8,260 Matching Annotations
  1. Last 7 days
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. report on an ambitious study that investigates multiple aspects of the neural and behavioral underpinnings of auditory-motor surprisal in the context of an auditory-motor learning paradigm (piano keyboard). Using an intricate design comprising several sub-parts and control procedures, they report that early ERPs (50-100 ms latency) reflect violations of established key-pitch mappings.

      Strengths:

      This is a carefully devised and executed study. The paradigm is quite intricate and, at the same time, addresses multiple aspects of auditory-motor learning, and does so in a rigorous way.

      Weaknesses:

      Perhaps because of the exhaustive approach, it is sometimes difficult to follow which parts of the experimental design the results come from; there are some questions regarding appropriate statistical methods, the inclusion/treatment of musical background in participants, and the nature (latency & extent) of the identified neural components that detect auditory-motor violations.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. report an EEG study (n=18) of participants playing a keyboard where the correspondence between keys and pitches is varied to introduce sensory-motor mismatches (discrepancies between sensory inputs and expected sensory consequences of motor commands). They find that the auditory N100 amplitude is enhanced for the initial keystroke following a mapping switch but rapidly attenuates for subsequent keystrokes (showing rapid updating of the forward model), whereas the motor-related P50 amplitude only differentiates trained versus untrained mappings after 30 minutes of goal-directed practice (potentially showing timescales of inverse model updating). Using parallel univariate and mTRF decoding analyses, they conclude that forward models (mapping action to predicted sound) update almost instantly to track short-term context, while inverse models (mapping sound to motor commands) update slowly and require extended, targeted practice.

      Strengths

      (1) Methodological innovation:

      The study utilizes an interesting, continuous auditory-motor paradigm that moves beyond standard trial-by-trial oddball designs, offering a more ecologically valid measure of trial-to-trial adaptation.

      (2) Analytical elegance and rigor:

      The combination of traditional univariate ERP analyses with multivariate temporal response function (mTRF) decoding is elegant, allowing the authors to successfully dissociate overlapping auditory and motor variance streams.

      (3) The dissociation between the rapid adaptation of the N100 forward model and the slower adaptation of the P50 inverse model is interesting.

      Weaknesses

      (1) Confounded passive listening baseline:

      The passive listening control condition lacks an orthogonal behavioural task (e.g., an occasional oddball detection task). Active playing inherently necessitates focused attention on auditory feedback to monitor performance, whereas passive playback does not. The globally weaker stimulus-evoked pattern at electrode Fz during passive listening strongly suggests that the absence of an N100 effect in this condition may simply reflect a lower state of attention, rather than isolating the absence of a motor-driven forward prediction, in particular because the pure sensory suprisal was also enhanced for "firsts" notes, so this could also lead to stronger N1, but this effect may be masked.

      Here, our goal is to probe surprisal resulting from natural deviations of the expected sensorimotor map, and to test whether the observed response can be accounted for by the auditory components alone. In previous work, passive listening (without an explicit behavioral task) has been widely deemed sufficient to measure auditory surprisal (cf. Di Liberto 2020). Because the listener is not privy to the order of firsts and others within a session, any general attentional effects would be expected to influence all notes and therefore cannot explain the selective enhancement observed for “first” notes which follow a map change.

      (2) Overclaimed theoretical novelty:

      The conceptual framing leans excessively on the authors' specific "MirrorNet" framework, presenting foundational, decades-old tenets of the motor control literature (i.e., unsupervised exploration for forward models vs. supervised skill acquisition for inverse models; Wolpert, Jordan, both in the nineties) as their own novel "conjectures." This theory-heavy introduction obscures the paper's actual empirical contribution to the design and the interesting question regarding the distinct temporal adaptation scales of forward versus inverse models. I think some rewriting can improve the paper.

      Thank you for pointing this out. It was not our intention to present the work of Wolpert etc. as a novel conjecture. We substantially revised the Introduction to emphasize that our contribution builds upon that theoretical framework and is also a study of how this framework evolves over time. We have cited Wolpert in the Introduction, and have now integrated the forward and inverse pathways more clearly into our hypotheses about the different effects of long- versus short-term sensorimotor experience on the MirrorNet framework.

      (3) Misplaced surprisal terminology:

      In a similar vein, I find the use of the term "auditory-motor surprisal" more theoretical grandstanding than actually useful. The significance statement claims to "extend this principle from sensory processing" but in fact, the concept of sensory motor unexpectedness is again a staple of the forward motor literature. Moreover, nowhere in the paper do they actually estimate sensorimotor surprisal. While the authors compute surprisal for their auditory baseline using IDyOM, their central sensorimotor analysis relies entirely on a simple categorical mismatch (first vs. subsequent keystrokes). The phenomenon can equally be referred to by its established nomenclature-"sensorimotor mismatch" or "sensory motor unexpectedness".

      In the revised Introduction, we added a discussion of the relationship between surprisal and contextual predictions to clarify our terminology. In practice, the terms auditory-motor surprisal and sensorimotor mismatch refer to closely related phenomena. However, we chose the term surprisal because it emphasizes that prediction violations depend not only on the overall frequency of an event, but also on the context in which it occurs. In the surprisal literature, an event can be unexpected because it violates predictions generated from recent context, or long-term statistical regularities, or prior experience, even if the event itself is not objectively rare.

      This distinction is important for our paradigm. A given note may occur frequently throughout the experiment and therefore is not rare in an absolute sense. Nevertheless, the same note may be highly surprising if it occurs immediately after a key-pitch map change, thus violating the participant's sensorimotor predictions. We therefore use the term surprisal to emphasize the role of contextual expectations rather than simple deviance or rarity.

      We finally agree that, in the absence of an auditory-motor equivalent of models such as IDyOM, our study does not provide a continuous estimate of surprisal. Instead, we use the distinction between first and keystrokes as a categorical approximation of high- and low-surprisal events. Developing computational models that estimate continuous auditory-motor surprisal from the preceding sensorimotor context would be an interesting direction for future work, and we have added a note concerning this in the Conclusion.

      (4) Incremental conceptual advance regarding the N100:

      The paper frames the N100 finding as a major discovery, but as far as I know, the attenuation of the auditory N1 to self-generated sounds via accurate motor prediction-and its enhancement during sensorimotor mismatch - is one of the most heavily documented phenomena in the auditory-motor literature (e.g. Timm et al., 2013; Bendixen et al, 2012; 2013). As far as I'm concerned, the authors should clarify that the novelty lies in the novel, elegant design that provides a new way to correct for non-sensory-specific motor-induced attenuation, and characterizing the distinct adaptation timescales of forward versus inverse models -- not in demonstrating N100 modulation by sensorimotor mismatch, which is well-documented, AFAIC.

      We agree now that the main finding of the paper is not discovering N100 as a signature of sensorimotor mismatch and we have revised the Introduction as discussed above. We now instead emphasize how it evolves over time and connect it to behavioural studies of sensorimotor perturbation where a behavioural adaptation is observed after one trial. We also incorporated the suggested literature on the N100 in the Introduction and Discussion because it shows that this neural signal has been previously seen in sensorimotor mismatch studies.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      As very general feedback, I would encourage the authors to revise the manuscript so that it is much clearer which results come from which part of the experiment. For example, it took me a while to figure out that the ERP results in Figure 3 came solely from the 'Variable map playing' parts of the study (and perhaps only from the Pre-test phase?).

      To improve clarity, we have rearranged the order of the figures and the respective text to organize the article into three main parts: the Variable Playing Task (Experiment I), the Training (Experiment II), and the TRF analysis (Experiment III). The paradigm panels are now closer to the Figure explaining their results. The Figure outlining how these tasks are carried out (previously Figure 2D) during one experimental session has been relegated to the supplementary materials.

      Major:

      (1) Statistics

      (a) I couldn't shake the impression that the authors are treating the statistical analyses a bit too casually. Some analyses use parametric (ANOVA, t-test), others non-parametric tests (Wilcoxon) or bootstrapping, without explicitly reasoning for one or the other; there are also some examples where I believe no correction for multiple comparisons is applied, but should be applied (e.g., tests in Figure 4?).

      We have added information in the Methods section to clarify the statistical choices. Here is a summary of our reasoning:

      Bootstrapping (to find the difference between first and others): this was to account for the imbalance in class sizes and is more conservative than parametric alternatives. That being said, parametric tests do converge on the same result (Figure 6C, main effect of keystroke type in the 2-way within-subjects

      ANOVA).

      For Figure 4, we have replaced the pairwise tests with a more robust linear mixed-effects model to capture the relationship between the number of previous keystrokes and amplitude. This avoids multiple pairwise comparisons between conditions. However, the conclusions of the figure remain unchanged: the amplitude difference increases with the number of previous keystrokes.

      Wilcoxon tests (subject-wise differences): With N = 18 participants, we do not meet the conventional threshold for normality (n > 30). The Wilcoxon test was therefore the appropriate choice.

      Within-subjects ANOVA (training and first vs. others): A two-way within-subjects ANOVA was used when comparing two conditions. Within-subjects designs with N = 18 do not violate ANOVA assumptions in the same way between-subjects designs would, since the critical assumption is the sphericity of difference scores rather than marginal normality.

      (b) Relatedly, I am not sure it is ok to run uncorrected statistical tests to identify 'time regions of interest', and to then zoom in on these and run additional statistical tests on them; this seems conspicuously like double dipping?

      We did the uncorrected tests as an exploratory analysis, but we would have arrived at the same result if we chose timepoints of interest based on the literature (P50 and P100 were both well-documented; P250+ also potentially could have had an effect based on the literature (Lutz et al., 2013 for example), but in our experiment we did not find it).

      (c) Comparing firsts versus other keystrokes: I wonder whether the bootstrapping procedure is necessary? In the MMN literature, this imbalance (oddball vs. standard) has not been an issue, as far as I am aware (or it has not been addressed?); I can follow the authors' reasoning for addressing this imbalance, but would feel more comfortable with the bootstrapping procedure if the authors can show that there is only a quantitative, but not a qualitative difference between statistics with bootstrapping vs. without bootstrapping (i.e. having a large imbalance between firsts and others keystrokes).

      While bootstrapping is less commonly used in some ERP studies, we chose this approach because it provides a robust estimate under class imbalance between conditions, as is typical in oddball-like paradigms. The effect of firsts versus others keystrokes remains significant under standard parametric analyses, consistent with the main effect observed in the two-way ANOVA (Figure 6C).

      (d) In addition, is it really correct to derive a null distribution only from the other keystrokes, as opposed to from both firsts and other keystrokes?

      Our procedure defines a null distribution based on differences between randomly sampled other keystrokes. This allows us to quantify whether the observed amplitude difference between first and other keystrokes exceeds what would be expected from differences within the other condition alone. Under the null hypothesis, the first–other difference does not differ from the distribution of differences obtained by comparing randomly selected subsets of other keystrokes of equal size.

      (2) Latency and duration of ERP differences

      I was rather surprised by how early the effects appear to be. Coming back to the MMN paradigm: here, the latency of the peak MMN for oddballs is typically in the ~150-250 ms range, i.e. in P2 territory. Granted, the effect can be initiated in the N1 component range, but then it persists through P2; in the current paradigm, the effect is very selective to the N1 (or even the P50 latency for Pre- vs. Post-training comparisons, which puts this effect squarely in the primary auditory cortex). I would encourage the authors to explore this apparent discrepancy with respect to the MMN latency a bit more; is this related to passive vs. active paradigms? But why does the effect not persist and is seemingly restricted to a brief time window? Presumably, the auditory-motor mismatch, once it is detected, will have 'downstream' effects?

      The early N100 effect has been reported multiple times in previous literature so we don't find this result surprising. It's possible that there are downstream effects that we're not seeing here. For example, we show in Figure S13 that the playing ERP is likely a linear sum of auditory and motor signals. The motor ERP also peaks at around 150, so in theory it could obscure the classic MMN. This point was mentioned in the Discussion (line 290).

      (3) Musical background of participants

      The authors state that some participants had more than 10 years of formal musical training, but that "none of the musically trained participants played piano as their primary instrument". How many of those nevertheless played piano? And how did this affect their performance? It would have been much cleaner to restrict participants to non-musicians...

      I am not convinced that performance in the training task is an appropriate proxy for musicianship (as the authors suppose on page 10). In general, I think the consideration of musicianship in the study is by far the weakest and should probably be left out.

      That being said, it is unfortunate that not more information on participants' background is provided, and that the authors did not exclude musicians, as this likely also has an impact on the results, since they presumably have had a stronger 'natural' key-pitch mapping than non-musicians.

      Participants did fill out a questionnaire adapted from the Goldsmiths Musical Sophistication Index previously used in our laboratory’s other studies.We found no correlation with the GSI general score, nor the subscores. We have added the questionnaire results in the supplementary materials and the correlation plots for the overall musical sophistication score and the perceptual abilities score (the subscale most closely associated with the demands of our task). Nevertheless, for our use case, we do not believe that the questionnaire is more relevant for predicting sensorimotor learning abilities than the actual performance during training. For example, aspects of emotion and social engagement in music are also measured, which we don’t find to be relevant to musical learning abilities, and perceptual abilities are self-reported.

      (4) How were peak amplitudes determined? (They should not be determined by simply picking the maximum, as this is susceptible to outliers, but instead as an average over a pre-defined time window.) In general, the description of methods would benefit from being more detailed.

      We indeed computed the peak response as the maximum over a 40 ms window. However, given the large number of trials, and that the signal was already low-pass filtered to 30 Hz, corresponding to a ~33 ms cycle, it is unlikely that the estimate is significantly affected by transient noise or spurious peak fluctuations. The concern about outliers would be more relevant for single-trial data.

      (5) Figure 3A and 6A 'Pre-training ERP' seem to be identical; why is that? Shouldn't Figure 3A essentially show the average of Figure 6A 'Pre-test ERP' and 6A 'Post-test ERP'?

      Yes, it is indeed identical. Figure 3A is the variable map playing without the influence of any other tasks, therefore it’s the pre-training ERP.

      (6) I had trouble following the results in Figure 4B/D. Why does 4B only go as far as 3 previous keystrokes, but 4D goes as far as 7? Maybe I am misunderstanding something here?

      We showed only the contexts for which there were more than 300 trials, which we noted in the Methods section. There are fewer firsts in general, and fewer trials for higher numbers of keystrokes in the context. Therefore the 300 trial cutoff allows us to go up to 3 previous keystrokes for Figure 4B, but 7 previous keystrokes for Figure 4D.

      (7) In Figures 3E and 3F, eyeballing and comparing the null and listen vs. null distributions (3E) with the First vs. Other distributions (3F), I had trouble wrapping my head around how the ones in 3F can be highly significantly different (p<0.001), while the others in 3E are not. (See also my question above re the calculation of the null distribution.)

      Regarding Figure 3E, as detailed in the Methods section, the comparison between playing and listening was performed using a permutation test, whereas the p-values for comparisons between playing and null or listening and null were computed empirically as the proportion of values in the null distribution that exceeded the observed statistic. This is because playing and listening are both empirical (non-null) distributions, making a direct permutation test more appropriate for their comparison.

      (8) Please clarify whether or not the decoders were compared to all keystrokes (firsts and others)?

      The decoders were compared to all keystrokes in the main text (Figure 7), but a sized-match sample of firsts and others yielded the same conclusion (Figure S12).

      (9) Last paragraph of Disentangling auditory...

      If I understand it correctly, then neither ANOVA revealed an interaction; yet, the authors computed post-hoc pairwise comparisons nevertheless?

      There is an interaction for P50 according to the ANOVA (Figure 6C). We followed up with post-hoc comparisons to investigate whether this interaction is driven by a particular key-pitch map.

      (10) Figure S9: More information is needed re the TRF decoder; why such a short time window (as opposed to (showing) the ERP epoch -.2 to .5 s)? What does it mean for the decoder to have its peak at 0 s?

      Since we used an inverse TRF formulation, the target reconstruction corresponds to a sparse impulse vector with value 1 at keystroke onsets and 0 elsewhere. As a result, only the temporal location at t=0 is of interest, with the expectation that the reconstruction should be flat outside this point. As a sanity check, we verified that averaging across onset-aligned windows reveals a clear peak at t=0, confirming that the model captures the expected temporal alignment between keystrokes and reconstructed responses.

      Minor:

      (1) Please include line numbers in the revised document to facilitate the review of the manuscript.

      (2) Baseline period: either baseline correct to 100 ms, or show the entire 200 ms baseline period in the figures.

      No baseline correction was applied to the ERP signals. Instead, data were re-referenced to the mastoids and band-pass filtered (1–30 Hz) to reduce slow drifts and high-frequency noise. As shown in Figure S5, the pre-stimulus baseline period does not exhibit systematic drift across conditions, consistent with stable baseline activity following preprocessing.

      (3) I was surprised to read that the authors used Sennheiser 650 headphones - surely they introduce significant electrical interference?!

      We have previously used headphones in EEG experiments in our lab without issues (cf. Cantisani 2023, Di Liberto 2020). In preprocessing, a notch filter at 50 Hz is applied to remove line noise, and ERP analyses are further low-pass filtered at 30 Hz to isolate the relevant evoked response components.

      (4) ICA should be run on continuous data to avoid situations where an eyeblink cannot be accurately identified (and removed) because it's cut off by the epoch (and this way it would remain in the epoch and contribute noise).

      ICA was indeed run on the continuous data (10 minutes for each task). We clarified this in the Methods section.

      (5) The supplementary video was not available.

      We have let the eLife team know about this.

      (6) Figure 2F: I believe the x-axis tick marks should read Block1 and Block2, instead of Pre and Post? Please clarify (also in the corresponding text) whether this is averaged across Pre-training and Post-training sessions, or only for one of them?

      Thank you for pointing out the error, it should indeed read block 1 and block 2, and has been updated. Both take place during the 30-minute training session, which consists of 2 blocks.

      (7) Figure 3: It wasn't clear to me how only significant channels are shown.

      We applied a mask so that only the significant channels are coloured according to amplitude difference. Non-significant channels are shown in white. The explanation for this is now found in Results > Experiment II > Effects of targeted skill acquisition training.

      (8) For the decoder analyses, how did the authors determine that investigating/using the same electrodes for auditory vs. motor ERPs is appropriate? I am aware that ERPs evoked by the auditory cortex are maximal at fronto-central electrodes; is the same the case for motor ERPs?

      We did not perform any pre-selection of channels for the decoder analyses. All channels were included in model training and prediction, allowing the decoder to learn data-driven spatial weights for reconstruction without imposing priors about channel relevance for auditory or motor processing.

      (9) Figure 4A/C: The stems represent keystrokes during the Variable map Pre/Post test? This indicates that this particular participant often only played 3 notes?

      Participants occasionally paused after producing short sequences of 3–5 notes. This behavior varied across individuals, with some producing near-continuous sequences with brief (< 1 s) pauses, and others inserting longer pauses (2–3 s) between melodic segments. Participants were instructed to generate short, varied melodic motifs and to avoid repeating identical sequences.

      (10) Figure 5E: Were these based on size-matched comparisons, i.e. similar to the method the authors applied to the other analyses comparing first vs. other keystrokes?

      The figure shows the means without size matching, but using size-matched comparisons doesn’t change the conclusions of the figures; we added this analysis in a supplementary figure.

      (11) Figure 6C and 6G: there seem to only be 16 and 17 datapoints, respectively?

      Figure 6C: We double-checked in the code and SVG file and there are indeed 18 subjects and 18 points.

      Some points are not clearly visible in the figure due to very close overlapping.

      Figure 6G: We unintentionally excluded one subject from the plot by setting the x-axis limit to between 2 and 4 on the training score. We have now adjusted the plot so that all subjects are visible.

      (12) Figure 6C: Why an ROI here, but not elsewhere?

      The ROI selection was based on prior ERP studies reporting robust auditory responses over central electrodes and motor-related error responses over frontal midline electrodes (Gehring 1993, Lutz 2013).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript presents compelling evidence from a wild chickadee population linking heritable spatial cognition to extra-pair paternity success, supporting sexual selection via good genes in a food-caching species. The integration of RFID cognition tests with ddRAD paternity assignment is methodologically strong and timely for behavioral ecology, though causal mechanisms and confounds warrant clarification.

      Overall, a major revision of the manuscript is recommended, addressing the points below.

      (1) Confirmation of manipulation and treatment effects.

      The central claim hinges on spatial cognition driving EP siring, but direct evidence that cognition predicts observed copulations (vs. post-copulatory mechanisms) is absent. While territories do not cluster by performance (Figure S4), quantify male aggression/movement data during fertile periods to rule out intrusion-based EPP. The authors should provide metrics like nearestneighbor distances for EP sires or playback responses linking cognition to dominance, as in prior chickadee work. Without this, causal female preference remains correlational.

      We do provide the mean distance to all known EP sires in Figure S2, in addition to the known neighbors coded by cognition and EPP (Figures S3 and S4). Unfortunately, we do not have data with playbacks for this set of individuals, though we have shown that males respond to threats from high or low elevation birds equally, which provides a potential proxy for cognitive performance and dominance (e.g., high elevation birds perform better on the task than low elevation birds, and low elevation birds are dominant/,more aggressive than high elevation birds; Kozlovsky et al. 2014, Beh Ecol and Sociobiol; Branch et al. 2015, Behaviour; Branch & Pravosudov 2016, Ethology).

      As mentioned in discussion of the manuscript, we do not see a significant relationship between dominance and task performance in our system (Heinen et al 2021) – this is also true for the closely-related black-capped chickadees (Robayo Noguera et al 2025). This is not to say that social dominance status does not affect female preference or choice, but that data is outside the scope of this work. We would like to highlight that we’ve shown high repeatability in individual task performance and shown a strong gene c basis for spa al learning and memory performance (Sonnenberg et al. 2019; Branch et al 2022; Semenov 2024, Current Biology). While social dominance status is a rela ve trait and known to change with me and age (eg adults are dominant to juveniles).

      From discussion:

      “Furthermore, while higher social dominance status is associated with access to better territories in chickadees (86), we see no association with dominance status and spatial cognitive abilities in our system (46) or closely related black-capped chickadees (81). While it is possible that our results reflect some unmeasured trait(s) linked to spatial cognitive ability, such as boldness, aggression, or increased exploratory behavior (e.g., 32), previous data from our system do not support these additional alternative hypotheses. Chickadees with enhanced spatial cognitive abilities are not more aggressive (78) nor do they show higher rates of exploratory behavior (e.g., higher space use) (79).”

      We agree that the results we present are correlational. A causal relationship is outside the scope of this research, as we cannot manipulate cognition in the wild and chickadees will not breed in captivity. The strength of our approach lies in multi-year data collection and the ability to compare among the social and extra-pair males, as well as using what we know about the system and species to rule out additional explanations, including age.

      (2) Female cognition-EPY link inconsistency.

      Poor female cognition predicts more EPY (first-20-trials: offspring-level χ<sup>2</sup>=6.21, P=0.013; nests: χ<sup>2</sup>=6.79, P=0.009), but not for full-task (P>0.5). The authors should discuss why (e.g., learning speed vs. memory stability) and add exploratory correlations (female errors vs. EPY proportion). They should soften claims in the Discussion section of "female-driven" without consistent support and should frame this as a hypothesis.

      Absolutely, we agree that this is an interesting nuance to the results regarding female cognition. While number of errors on the first 20 trials and across the entire task are highly correlated, this is not a 1-to-1 relationship (Figure S7a). We suggest that performance in the first 20 trials reflects memory acquisition, while performance across the full task reflects memory retention and recall (Sonnenberg et al. 2019) – both critical components of spatial learning and memory for food-caching birds.

      Previous work has shown that performance in the first 20 trials and across the entire task is linked to survival (Sonnenberg et al. 2010) and longer lifespan (Welklin et al. 2024) – meaning both metrics reflect fitness. In the discussion, we suggest females may be compensating for their poorer abilities by seeking EPY, but this is speculative, as we do not have data beyond the correlative relationship we report and cannot provide more insight to the difference between the first-20 and entire task. This said, it is not only poor performing females that have EPY in the nest and we included the female/mother identity as a random factor in our models (see Statistical analysis section of Methods). Certainly, further investigation into female task performance and mate choice is warranted.

      Edit to MS:

      In the discussion we have edited the sentence to be more specific to our findings:

      “Indeed, females with poorer spatial memory acquisition (made more errors on the first 20 trials) had more extra-pair young in their nests, while social male cognitive performance did not predict EPY in the nest.”

      (3) Cognitive task sensitivity and validity.

      Mean errors aggregate learning curves effectively, but single feeder-assignment (nonpreferred) confounds neophobia/motivation with spatial ability. The authors should report trial-by-trial improvements (Figure S7 subset) or criterion-to-learn metrics. Justify excluding high-error birds (<3 mean); sensitivity analysis needed to check bias toward high performers.

      We respectfully disagree that our task lacks sensitivity or validity. The criterion-to-learn or trials-to-criterion metric has been criticized for decades and should not be used in studies comparing individual variation, in our opinion (e.g., Pravosudov 2022, Current Opinion in Behavioral Science; Harrington & Lambert 2025, Biology Letters).

      We use metrics based on the nature of our task to assess performance and ensure birds have learned before we include them in our analyses, for instance, all birds made < 3 errors on average and completed at least 20 trials. Random chance performance on our task is 3.5 errors (7 possible errors), therefore, birds that make more than 3 errors have not learned the task and therefore would not be included in analyses. It should be noted that this is very rare and typically if birds are excluded its because they do not complete 20 trials.

      See Testing spatial cognition section of the manuscript:

      “In addition, birds were included in analyses if they performed at least 20 trials and made fewer than mean 3 errors across the 4-day testing period.”

      We can certainly understand concerns about individual differences in motivation and neophobia, however, we have also considered this and made efforts to address these issues. That said, we do rely on birds to participate willingly in the spatial task and there may be some bias associated with those that participate vs. those that do not that we cannot account for. Chickadees, as a caching species, are particularly well-suited for our work as they appear to have infinite motivation to obtain and store food items in the wild (and individuals indeed differ in this, hence the differences in the number of trials completed, which we control for in our analyses). We know this not only from our study but work from many researchers, where birds have ad libitum food and continue to cache. Regarding neophobia, birds are introduced to the feeder array in stages, as we explain in the methods, and no humans are present during testing.

      “Each array consisted of eight equidistant RFID-based feeders on a square (122 x 122 cm) aluminum frame suspended ca. 4 m above the ground (Figure 1). Each feeder is equipped with a small, motorized door. Prior to testing, we kept the feeder doors of the arrays open for approximately one month. Next, the feeder doors were closed and programmed to open for any bird with a PIT tag, this allowed birds to habituate to the motorized feeder doors for one week. Finally, we measured the spatial learning and memory abilities of mountain chickadees using a 4-day task. The spatial learning and memory task involved pseudo-randomly assigning each bird to a single feeder in the 8-feeder array that was not its most-visited feeder during the previous two habituation stages.”

      Finally, using the first-20 and 4-day task performance metrics we’ve shown relationships between survival, longevity, genetic variation, and reproductive output, while seeing none of these relationships with the cognitive flexibility task (all with different groups of birds over the years), which we find to be the most compelling evidence that our metric is valid and sensitive.

      (4) Paternity assignment robustness.

      ddRAD-CERVUS with bimodal LODs (Figure S8) is solid, but unassigned EPY (social-genotyped but no sire) implies missing sires (~?% of EPY?). Include all alive males as candidates yearly? Test power simulations for LOD thresholds. 2019 exclusion justified, but multi-year SNP alignment could boost resolution.

      One of the limitations or challenges of our system is that the birds inhabit a highly contiguous forest and our field site is not demarked by boundaries or barriers, meaning we do have undetected males just outside our field site that likely sire offspring and we have no data for. That said, we were able to assign paternity to 630 out of 732 offspring, giving us a success rate of 86%. We have now added this to the first paragraph of the results. For all 732 chicks we knew the social males genotype and could ID presence of EPY, but in that 14% we could not ID the EP male specifically. We did include all alive males as potential sires. This includes males that may not have been nesting in our boxes that particular year, but were detected alive in the previous winter testing season that we were able to genotype.

      We tried a multi-year SNP alignment first, but obtained stronger paternity assignments and differentiation between first and second-tier candidate sires when we ran each year separately. Running the SNP analysis for each year separately resulted in more SNPs to use in each year which increased our ability to confidently assign paternity.

      (5) Mechanistic speculation vs. data.

      Discussion invokes hippocampus genes (GWAS priors) and good genes, but no offspring cognition/survival data. Label as hypotheses; suggest tracking EPY recruitment. No brood size costs for EP sires is key, but monitor long-term nest investment (e.g., feeding rates).

      Indeed, these are informed speculations/hypotheses based on our previous work showing the genetic bases of cognition and high levels of heritability (Branch et al 2022; Semenov 2024, Current Biology). We also know that juvenile survival is predicted by performance on our spatial cognitive task (Sonnenberg et al 2019, Current Biology). However, we do not have offspring survival for these particular EPY (past fledging the nest). We recruit about 5% of the young back into our study site (Whitenack et al. 2025), which makes it difficult to make meaningful inferences at this point. Though, as we continue to collect data in this system we hope to obtain a sample size to address these questions.

      We have collected data on feeding rates at the nest via RFID in some years, however, these measures come with additional caveats as they do not control for the amount/quality of food. Though, preliminary analyses suggest no difference in feeding rates based on cognitive abilities.

      We use the mass of the nestlings at Day 16, which is a common proxy for survival likelihood in Passerines, and we know individuals of higher mass are more likely to survive and be recruited back into the system (Whitenack et al. 2025).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors ask whether spatial cognition is under sexual selection in mountain chickadees. To do so, the authors examined a large dataset that includes a) spatial cognition data for both males and females (obtained via use of a clever RFID-based feeder system) and b) social and extra-pair paternity nesting data. As predicted, males with higher spatial cognition sired more extra-pair offspring, and extra-pair sires had, on average, higher spatial cognition scores than the males they cuckolded. Interestingly, females with lower spatial cognition scores were more likely to seek extra-pair copulations, potentially to compensate for their own low spatial cognition. Surprisingly, there was no difference in spatial cognition scores between males that sired their own offspring and those that lost paternity at the nest. Also surprising was the fact that there were no differences in patterns of extra-pair paternity and spatial cognition between high- and low-elevation sites. The latter is particularly surprising in that spatial cognition should be under stronger selection at the high elevation site. Overall, this is a fascinating study that demonstrates that spatial cognition - a trait under natural selection as it directly impacts winter foraging and survival behaviour -is also under sexual selection.

      Strengths:

      The authors have a robust dataset (n = 732 offspring sampled over 3 years), high-quality spatial cognition data collected with a procedure that has been well-honed over the years, and couple the data with solid statistical procedures that address many potential covariates and potentially confounding factors. In addition, the authors are careful in the discussion to elaborate on the many potential alternative explanations from the results and questions that are likely to arise in the minds of readers (e.g., how are females assessing male spatial ability?)

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, no major weaknesses were identified in this study. As always, there are editorial issues that I would encourage the authors to consider, including presentation of data/results and clarification on some statistical issues. Overall, however, this is an excellent study that will make an important contribution to our understanding of the evolution of cognition and targets of sexual selection.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors presented evidence that spatial cognition in this population is under sexual selection, with extra-pair males, primarily chosen by the females, having better spatial cognition than males they cuckolded and males with better spatial cognition having more extrapair young.

      Strengths:

      This cognitive ecology study was conducted on a well-known long-term study population of free-ranging mountain chickadees. This strong base, alongside a thorough study design and extensive statistical analyses, enabled the authors to address research questions that few other labs can address, making this a potentially powerful study of broad general interest.

      Weaknesses:

      Throughout the manuscript, there is a focus on the "mean number of location errors per trial over the first 20 trials". Performance changes across trials, so why weren't learning vs peak performance analyzed separately? Similarly, authors also describe results in the context of the entire task, but sometimes in the context of the first 20 trials - why is one prioritised over the other, and why is the emphasis not always consistent? Are the results across the two generally the same? A more thorough explanation addressing all these points is necessary.

      Results are often similar in both metrics, however, the relationship between first 20 and total trials is not 1 to 1 (reported at top of results section and Figure S7a). We suggest that performance in the first 20 trials reflects memory acquisition, while performance across the full task reflects memory retention and recall (Sonnenberg et al. 2019) – both critical components of spatial learning and memory for food-caching birds. Previous work has shown that performance in the first 20 trials and across the entire task is linked to survival (Sonnenberg et al. 2010) and longer lifespan (Welklin et al. 2024) – meaning both metrics reflect fitness.

      We did locate several instances where the metric used is not clear and we have corrected this, thank you.

      To summarize, we reported results for both metrics for analyses related to the main hypotheses, and then reported first-20 trials in the main text for additional tests and provided the entire test data in the Supplemental Materials.

      Lines 429-432: Why was a categorical (i.e., chi-square test) and not a numerical comparison implemented? A numerical statistical test would capture more of the variation (i.e., the number of years separating the social and EPY males).

      We agree and have added a paired t-test to assess whether within each offspring, the social father differed in age from the EP father. This test returned a similar result (χ<sup>2</sup><sub>1</sub>=0.27, P=0.662) and has been added to the results.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Statistical analysis:

      The authors include elevation as a fixed effect in their models; however, I am curious as to why there were no elevation interaction terms included in the model, as I would predict that selection for higher spatial cognition would be stronger in high-elevation sites.

      We did test for an interaction between elevation and cognition in many of our models and did not find any support for interactions. For example, there was no interaction between elevation and cognition in the number of EPY sired model.

      (2) General comments:

      (a) I would prefer to see extra-pair paternity written out rather than EP, EPY, EPP, etc., as the inclusion of the words takes little extra space in the text and makes for easier reading (personal preference).

      We agree and have spelled out EP, EPY, EPC, and EPP throughout the MS.

      (b) The discussion does an excellent job addressing these questions, but it could be worth noting in the introduction why it is unlikely that this pattern would result simply from selection for dominance (or other factors), given that readers familiar with chickadees would likely immediately think about the role of dominance in extra-pair paternity.

      We have added this point to the introduction, thank you:

      “Previous research in chickadees shows that females often produce extra-pair young with socially dominant males (e.g., 44, 45), however, in our study system we do not see a significant relationship between social dominance and spatial cognitive abilities (46). One potential explanation for this, is that social dominance changes over an individual’s lifetime and with age, while spatial cognition is repeatable and consistent over individual mountain chickadee’s lifetime (25, 27-32).”

      (3) Specific comments:

      (a) Line 27-31: This feels like a weak justification. The study is really about selection on cognition rather than the study of sexual selection per se. I would encourage the authors to revise this justification statement to focus on how sexual selection can help shape cognition.

      We have edited the abstract.

      (b) Line 49: Suggest a stronger start rather than justifying the paper by stating that mate choice has been a focus of evolutionary biology.

      We have edited this statement.

      (c) Line 50: I believe this should be "mate choice" rather than "sexual selection"

      Edited.

      (d) Line 59-62: Confusing wording throughout, especially as "high quality" does not refer to sperm competition, but rather sperm that may have an advantage during sperm competition.

      Suggest reworking the sentence for clarity.

      We changed this to quality instead of competition.

      (e) Line 69: Predictable variation in what?

      We have removed predictable variation.

      (f) Line 87: time;

      Corrected.

      (g) Line 104: Cut "specifically (i.e., caches are not used for provisioning young),".

      Removed.

      (h) Line 106: Presumably referring to assortative mating?

      Added.

      (i) End of the introduction focuses on a couple of primary questions; however, once the reader gets to the methods and results, we find many more tests (e.g., age, brood size, female cognition, etc.). If the authors are going to include these additional tests (which I think they should), then I encourage them to provide the predictions or justifications for those analyses here. In addition, please double-check to ensure the presentation of all tests is consistent throughout the intro/methods/results/discussion.

      We have now added this information to the end of the introduction as alternative explanations, rather than specific predictions. These additional analyses were implemented post-hoc to exclude alternative explanations for the patterns observed, but we have linked them to the statistical analyses as requested by Reviewer 3 and for clarity.

      (j) Suggest including sample size (nests, nestlings, etc. per year) in methods.

      We have provided all sample sizes in the Supplemental Tables and in the text where appropriate.

      (k) Line 255: How many egg dumps? Would be interesting to have a number here for future meta-analyses, reviews, BOTW accounts, etc.

      Unfortunately, we do not have this data available, and the numbers were very low which is why we did not report them in the manuscript. As we continue to work in the system we will be able to provide this information.

      (l) Line 273: See comment above re: elevation as an interaction term in models.

      Addressed above.

      We did test for an interaction between elevation and cognition in many of our models and did not find any support for interactions. For example, there was no interaction between elevation and cognition in the number of EPY sired model.

      (m) Line 282: extra period.

      Removed.

      (n) Line 328: Change "Here" to "Next".

      Edited.

      (o) Line 465: I would suggest bringing this in earlier and considering the flow of how ideas are presented. Seems more logical to first look at whether males lost paternity, then, if so, to whom those males lost paternity.

      We have reorganized the results section to be consistent with the stats methods order.

      (p) Line 553: suggest "likely means" as there may be other attributes of individual quality outside of spatial cognition that are important.

      Yes, we have added this qualifier.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Section starting at line 268: This section has a long list of statistical analyses. To better help the reader follow the aims of the study and the relationship between them, I recommend numbering the research questions in the introduction and pairing them with the description of each statistical test here in the Statistical Analyses section.

      We agree, thank you for this suggestion.

      We have now added this information to the end of the introduction as alternative explanations, rather than specific predictions. These additional analyses were implemented post-hoc to exclude alternative explanations for the patterns observed, but we have linked them to the statistical analyses and results as requested.

      (2) Lines 295-297: What was the percentage of tested individuals that had brood size data available?

      We only have brood size information for birds that breed in our nestboxes and make it to day 16 post-hatching – this is a much-reduced sample from those that participate in cognitive testing (we test around 150 birds a year between both elevation sites). In addition, throughout breeding stages we lose nests to predation, prior to day 16, when we collect blood samples from the chicks. Birds also participate in cognitive testing and breeding in multiple years, so our sample size for EPP is a result of repeated measures in some instances.

      (3) Lines 473-479: The study is done, so use the past tense throughout the manuscript.

      Thank you, we have edited this for consistency.

    1. There are a range of degree programs that are offered in Ethnic Studies fields, reflecting the complexity and depth of experiences among people of color and Indigenous peoples in the United States and around the world. Ethnic Studies programs are united in their shared focus on power and domination, as well as a connection to real-world struggles for justice and equity. This is distinguished between traditional fields of regional studies, cultural studies, and American Studies. For example, researchers who study African cultures, traditions, history, and science may offer a program in African Studies or a degree specific to a region or country on the continent. These programs are distinct from a Black Studies program or Africana Studies program, which focuses on the self-determination and struggles of Black communities in the U.S. or in a transnational context. Ethnic Studies programs may offer degrees in Comparative Ethnic Studies, which addresses multiple historically defined racialized groups, or with a specific concentration in disciplines like Black Studies, African American Studies, Africana Studies, Native American Studies, Indigenous Studies, American Indian Studies, Chicanx and Latinx Studies, Asian American Studies, Critical Pacific Islands & Oceania Studies, Arab and Muslim Ethnicities and Diasporas, and Critical Middle East/Southwest and North Africa Studies.

      I am so glad that Ethnic Studies was able to be put as a required class because I genuinely believe that if everyone just gave each other the time of the day to learn just a bit from everyone's culture, it'll be much easier for everyone to get along and understand each other. Just be open minded and learn about other culture. I think it's always fun to learn about other people's way of living because we are all similar than different, more than we think.

    1. Almost 20 percent of economically insecure households in the United States lack access to privatetransportation (Langston, 2018). Low-income individuals without a vehicle are doubly burdened if they reside inneighborhoods without adequate and affordable public transportation, such as bus routes or subways. Theseindividuals may struggle to access schools, work, health care, and other necessary resources.

      I think of all the patients that we label as "noncompliant" or they end up in the hospital for missed treatments or not taking their medications. This makes me think of all the other reasons that someone could be missing treatments or medications. It is not because they are bad people. There are so many obstacles in the way.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Summary of the Key Clarification Underlying This Revision

      Both reviewers independently identified what appeared to be a direct contradiction between our LC-MS/MS measurements of intracellular ATP (Figure 2) and our single-cell QUEEN reporter measurements of intracellular ATP (Figure 5): NTT1 expression appeared to lower rather than raise intracellular ATP, and exogenous ATP treatment appeared to further lower the QUEEN signal even though LC-MS/MS showed the opposite. We have carefully reviewed the reviewers’ comments alongside our original figures and legends, and we agree that the source of this apparent contradiction was insufficiently explained in the original submission.

      To make the reported quantity intuitively track ATP abundance, we have now:

      - Plotted the reciprocal of the 488 nm signal (1/488 nm) in the updated Figure 5, eliminating the inverse correlation between AU values and ATP abundance;

      - Revised the Figure 5 legend, axis labels, Methods, and Results to explicitly state that the plotted value is directly proportional to intracellular ATP abundance, removing any ambiguity about directionality;

      - Subtracted autofluorescence from the raw QUEEN reporter fluorescence signal;

      - Expanded the Methods and Results to explain, side by side, why the QUEEN-based and LC-MS/MS based measurements are complementary but not numerically identical (different dynamic ranges; live single-cell sampling over time versus bulk lysates at fixed timepoints); and

      - Re-examined Figures 2, 5, and 7 together to confirm that, once the QUEEN directionality is correctly read, the two datasets are internally consistent: NTT1 expression lowers baseline intracellular ATP relative to Wt, and exogenous ATP supplementation raises intracellular ATP in NTT1 cells (and, more modestly and via a distinct mechanism, in Wt cells), by both methods.

      Because this misunderstanding affected interpretation of the foundational ATP data, it appears to have influenced evaluation of all downstream conclusions. For example, neither reviewer meaningfully engaged with:

      - The identification of distinct cell death trajectories of aged cells;

      - The mitochondrial dependency of NTT1-associated toxicity and the observed lifespan differences; and

      - The distinction between intracellular ATP manipulation and extracellular ATP sensing mechanisms.

      Example of a Data Discrepancy Resolved by This Clarification

      In some instances, we think the original figures did not present the data clearly enough to support the intended reading, which we address below.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to engineer a synthetic system for manipulating ATP homeostasis in budding yeast by expressing the microsporidian nucleotide transporter NTT1, thereby enabling ATP import from the extracellular environment. Using this system, they attempt to test whether intracellular ATP abundance causally regulates replicative lifespan and whether extracellular ATP sensing contributes independently to longevity pathways. The manuscript presents data from ATP biosensing, transcriptomics, mitochondrial perturbations, and microfluidic aging assays to build a dual-mechanism model linking ATP availability, MAPK signaling, mitochondrial function, and aging trajectories.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the study is its creative application of xenotopic synthetic biology to directly manipulate ATP homeostasis-an ambitious approach that addresses an important and difficult question in aging biology. The use of complementary methods, including single-cell ATP reporters, microfluidic lifespan measurements, and RNA-seq, generates a rich experimental dataset with the potential to reveal multiple layers of ATP-dependent physiological regulation. The manuscript also raises interesting hypotheses regarding extracellular nucleotide sensing and HOG/MAPK pathway involvement, opening conceptual space for future exploration of ATP-based signaling in yeast.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite these strengths, the manuscript suffers from several critical weaknesses that undermine the central conclusions. Foremost, the intracellular ATP measurements contradict key interpretations: NTT1 expression lowers ATP levels, yet multiple sections assert or assume that NTT1 increases intracellular ATP via import. This unresolved contradiction propagates throughout the mechanistic model. The authors do not consider or experimentally address the more parsimonious explanation that NTT1 may be a bidirectional ATP transporter, which would unify many perplexing results. Several important analyses are missing (e.g., transcriptomic comparison of NTT1 cells with vs. without ATP), and key signaling claims lack proper validation (e.g., Hog1 quantification, AMPK controls). Additionally, inconsistencies in figures-such as incorrect scale bars, mismatched ATP measurements, and a conceptual model contradicted by the data-further detract from clarity. As a result, the manuscript does not yet convincingly achieve its stated aims, and the current evidence does not adequately support the proposed causal relationships between ATP homeostasis and lifespan.

      We thank the reviewer for a rigorous and constructive critique. The central objection that our intracellular ATP measurements contradict our interpretation arose from a presentational error in how the QUEEN reporter data were plotted. As described in our Methods (QUEEN reporter section), the QUEEN biosensor is a ratiometric reporter whose 410 nm/488 nm excitation ratio increases with ATP binding. Because repeated 410 nm excitation causes phototoxicity over the multi-day time course of a replicative aging experiment, our longitudinal single-cell measurements (Figure 5) used only the 488 nm channel, for which fluorescence intensity decreases as ATP binds the reporter. In the original Figure 5, arbitrary fluorescence units (AU) were therefore inversely correlated with intracellular ATP abundance, such that higher AU values corresponded to lower ATP levels. We described this inverse relationship in the Results section and labeled the relevant figure panels “Low versus High,” but on reflection we agree this was not stated clearly enough in the figure legend itself, where a reader would most naturally look for it. As a result, the two datasets read as contradictory even though they are fully consistent, and we take responsibility for that lack of clarity.

      The reviewer proposes that NTT1 may function as a bidirectional transporter, with net ATP export accounting for the reduced ATP we observe in untreated NTT1-expressing cells. We considered this possibility, and our expanded metabolite data argue against it. LC-MS/MS shows that ATP, ADP and AMP are all significantly reduced in untreated NTT1-expressing cells relative to wild type (new Figure S2B), with AMP most severely affected a contraction of the entire adenylate pool rather than a shift in its distribution.

      Our transcriptome data identify the source of this contraction. NTT1 expression produces a coordinated downregulation of de novo purine biosynthesis, spanning the pathway (new Figure S2A), consistent with the pronounced AMP deficit. Parallel pyrimidine biosynthesis genes are unaffected, indicating a purine-specific response rather than a general biosynthetic shutdown. We therefore conclude that reduced de novo purine synthesis, not reverse transport, is the parsimonious explanation for the lower baseline nucleotide levels in NTT1-expressing cells, and we have added this analysis and interpretation to the Results and Discussion.

      Under ATP-replete conditions, both LC-MS/MS and the corrected QUEEN readout show a clear increase in intracellular ATP in NTT1-expressing cells, consistent with import. We have additionally added the transcriptomic comparison of NTT1-expressing cells with and without exogenous ATP that the reviewer requested (new Figures S1–S3), quantified Hog1 phosphorylation, and audited every figure, legend and numerical value in the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work presents interesting findings where the addition of exogenous ATP extends the replicative lifespan of yeast cells in a way that seems uncorrelated with actual increased intracellular ATP levels or mitochondria. To be clear, the addition of ATP to yeast growth media increases the number of cell divisions per cell in yeast. Expression of the NTT1 ATP transporter gene increases intracellular ATP levels according to LCMS analysis, but the effect on replicative lifespan works without the NTT1 gene and without an intracellular increase in ATP (possibly with a decrease in intracellular ATP), so the effect appears to be independent of the effect on intracellular ATP levels or mitochondria, as mitochondria-less R0 yeast cells also have increased numbers of cell division when grown with extracellular ATP. The plots in Figure 5 make it seem like exogenous ATP addition lowers intracellular ATP for both the NTT1 cells and the wild-type cells, and that is not what the data in Figure 2d with LCMS shows.

      As an aside, this seems like a better model for increased tumor cell growth in the presence of increased extracellular ATP, which happens in some cancers.

      Restated, the data suggest they were successful in increasing intracellular ATP by LCMS, but not by queen reporter, and that the seemingly likely increased intracellular ATP was not causative, as cells that did not have an increase in intracellular ATP, but had the same exogenous ATP addition, also gained an increase in replicative lifespan. There could also be two distinct mechanisms extending replicative lifespan to the same degree in these two different strains. More measurements, controls, and analyses are needed to accurately determine what is happening with intracellular ATP levels with age. It is currently unknown if there is any correlation between ATP levels and replicative aging (with properly controlled longitudinal measurements).

      Strengths:

      Longitudinal imaging of single cells. Analyzed ATP levels with two approaches. Creative approach to use NTT1 transporter to increase intracellular ATP levels. Solid replicative lifespan data.

      Weaknesses:

      Mostly unclear about ATP levels with age and the relationship, or lack thereo,f between intracellular ATP levels and replicative lifespan. No idea what this effect depends on, but some ideas what it does not depend on (mitochondria or increased intracellular ATP). Experiments seem to lack biological controls (cells without gfp) for age related changes in autofluorescence (and pH that can affect gfp signal) for the fluorescent microscopy quantifying ATP with age using the QUEEN reporter (seems that way as written); conflicting evidence on ATP levels; lack of LC-MS measurements in old cells; no apparent correlation between ATP levels and replicative lifespan, but that could be wrong - just not apparent from the longitudinal data plots. The LCMS data seems better than the microscopy data on ATP because the microscopy approach seems to lack proper biological controls, and the selection of only the top 40% of pixels to quantify signal seems unjustified as written, and possibly prone to technical artifacts. Figure 2 B&C plots of ATP levels should show what the cells were normalized to. The figures also seem too diluted and should probably be combined or put in the supplements (hog1 western) if they do not relate to the lifespan effect. There seem to be some technical scientific editorial errors, like in Figure 7.

      We appreciate this careful and, in most respects, accurate reading. The reviewer concludes that the lifespan extension conferred by extracellular ATP does not depend on an increase in intracellular ATP, since it occurs in cells lacking NTT1 and in rho<sup>0</sup> cells, and suggests that two distinct mechanisms may extend lifespan in the two strains. This is precisely the model our data supports, and we are encouraged that the reviewer arrived at it independently: we propose an intracellular, import-dependent and mitochondria-dependent mechanism operating in NTT1-expressing cells, and a separate extracellular ATP-sensing mechanism that acts without import and without functional mitochondria. We have rewritten the Results and Discussion to make this dual-mechanism structure explicit rather than leaving it to be inferred, and Figure 8 has been revised so that the model matches the data.

      The apparent conflict between the QUEEN and LC-MS/MS measurements, which underlies much of the reviewer's uncertainty about ATP levels with age, is resolved by the correction described below. We have additionally subtracted autofluorescence from the reporter signal, stated the normalization for the ATP measurements in the Figure 2 legends, and added a justification in the Methods for restricting quantification to the brightest pixels. The QUEEN reporter is a soluble cytoplasmic protein excluded from the vacuole, which occupies an increasing fraction of cell volume in ageing mother cells, so whole-cell quantification systematically underestimates cytoplasmic signal in old cells for reasons unrelated to ATP. On the request for LC-MS/MS on sorted old cells, we agree this would be valuable in principle, but because individual cells follow divergent ATP trajectories with age, a bulk measurement of a sorted population would average across those trajectories and would not be directly comparable to our single-cell data.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The intracellular ATP measurements contradict key interpretations: NTT1 expression lowers ATP levels, yet multiple sections assert or assume that NTT1 increases intracellular ATP via import. This unresolved contradiction propagates throughout the mechanistic model. The authors do not consider or experimentally address the more parsimonious explanation that NTT1 may be a bidirectional ATP transporter… Several important analyses are missing (e.g., transcriptomic comparison of NTT1 cells with vs. without ATP), and key signaling claims lack proper validation (e.g., Hog1 quantification, AMPK controls). Additionally, inconsistencies in figures, such as incorrect scale bars, mismatched ATP measurements, and a conceptual model contradicted by the data, further detract from clarity.

      We thank the reviewer for this central and constructive critique. As explained above, the apparent contradiction in intracellular ATP directionality stemmed from an underexplained sign convention in the QUEEN reporter readout in Figure 5, which we have now corrected and clarified throughout the text, legends, and axis labels. With this correction, NTT1 cells show reduced baseline ATP and a clear, dose-dependent increase in intracellular ATP upon exogenous ATP treatment, consistent between the QUEEN and LC-MS/MS assays. There is a discrepancy between the two methods (QUEEN versus LC-MS/MS) specifically in the Wt cell ATP measurements, which we discuss in the Results section.

      The authors seem to assume that NTT1 expression should result in ATP influx… the authors should consider an alternative interpretation: the ATP transporter is bidirectional… this interpretation seems to be consistent with many of the observations in the manuscript, and this bidirectional ATP flux can be experimentally tested.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful alternative hypothesis. With the QUEEN directionality now corrected (see summary above), the core observation motivating this suggestion lower ATP in NTT1 cells alongside evidence of import is substantially resolved: NTT1 cells have lower baseline intracellular ATP than Wt, and both LC-MS/MS and the corrected QUEEN readout show that exogenous ATP raises intracellular ATP specifically in NTT1 cells, consistent with net import under ATP-replete conditions. In addition, our expanded LCMS/MS data (Figure S2) suggest that NTT1 overexpression results in decreased de novo purine biosynthesis, offering a possible explanation for the decreased ATP levels in these cells.

      The RNA-seq analysis compared the effects of adding exogenous ATP in WT and NTT1 cells. However, analysis can also be done to compare the effects of NTT1 under conditions with or without exogenous ATP.

      We have added the missing transcriptomic comparison of NTT1 cells with versus without exogenous ATP, and the corresponding data are now presented in three new supplementary figures (Figures S1–S3).

      “In NTT1-expressing cells, ATP is directly imported from the extracellular environment…” the authors are assuming NTT1 cell imports ATP from media with ATP supplementation. This should be reconciled with the lower intracellular ATP concentration and lifespan shortening.

      This statement refers specifically to the ATP-treated condition, in which both LC-MS/MS and the corrected QUEEN measurements show elevated intracellular ATP in NTT1 cells relative to untreated NTT1 cells and to Wt. We have revised the text to make this conditional context explicit.

      The western blots for Hog1p and Hog1 should be quantified… I suggest using p-Hog1 or phos-Hog1 to indicate the phosphorylated form.

      We have now quantified Hog1 phosphorylation by western blot analysis from two independent biological replicate experiments, each probed with a different commercial phospho-Hog1 antibody, to confirm that the result is not antibody-specific (Figure 4, Figure S8; Methods). We have also adopted the reviewer’s suggested nomenclature and now consistently denote the phosphorylated form as Hog1ᵖ throughout the text and figures to avoid ambiguity with the Hog1p gene product naming convention.

      The model in Figure 8 indicates a larger lifespan extension in the NTT1 cells. This is not consistent with the data presented in Figure 5-7.

      The statement regarding a larger lifespan extension is consistent with the data presented in Figures 5 and 7, but we agree this connection was not spelled out clearly enough in the original text. These two figures differ in their treatment conditions. In Figure 6D, 10 µM ATP treatment resulted in a significant median lifespan extension in both Wt and NTT1 cells, though the magnitude of the extension differed: As stated in the Results, Wt cells showed a median RLS increase of 41% (p = 1.28E-12) upon 10 µM ATP supplementation, while NTT1 cells, which also showed an increase in ATP levels (Fig. 6B, C), showed an even more pronounced extension (median RLS increase = 60%, p = 4.03E-18) in lifespan (Fig. 6D). In Figure 7, we analyzed the higher dose of ATP treatment (10 mM) to examine its toxic effect on lifespan. Figure 7A shows that the lifespan-extension effect observed at the low ATP dose (Fig. 6) diminished under the 10 mM treatment condition for NTT1 cells but not for Wt cells. Figure 7B shows that elimination of functional mitochondria rescues this mitochondrial toxicity in NTT1 cells, such that these cells extend their lifespan to a magnitude comparable to Wt under 10 mM ATP treatment conditions.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The fluorescence imaging shows that cells with exogenous ATP have lower ATP levels, and that is not what was shown in Figure 2 by LCMS. So, as it is, this is confusing and not conclusive and may have to do with technical artifacts.

      We would like to clarify that our data do not in fact conflict. Figure 2B (fluorescence imaging) shows that NTT1 cells have lower intracellular ATP than Wt under baseline (no exogenous ATP) conditions, and that exogenous ATP treatment increases intracellular ATP abundance in both cell types. Figure 2C shows that under 2-deoxyglucose (2DG) treatment, Wt cells display decreased ATP levels regardless of exogenous ATP treatment, whereas NTT1 cells show increased intracellular ATP upon ATP treatment, further supporting the import function of NTT1. Our LC-MS/MS data (Fig. 2D, left panel) independently corroborate the fluorescence results in Figure 2B: NTT1 cells show lower ATP abundance than Wt cells at baseline, and exogenous ATP treatment raises intracellular ATP in NTT1 cells but not in Wt cells. We discuss the modest discrepancy between the LC-MS/MS and QUEEN measurements specifically for Wt cells in the Results section.

      The plots in Figure 5 make it seem like exogenous ATP addition lowers intracellular ATP for both the NTT1 cells and the wild-type cells, and that is not what the data in Figure 2d with LCMS shows… Restated, the data suggest they were successful in increasing intracellular ATP by LCMS, but not by queen reporter, and that the seemingly likely increased intracellular ATP was not causative…

      We appreciate the reviewer’s detailed reading of Figures 2 and 5. As described above, this apparent conflict arose because Figure 5 originally plotted a raw fluorescence value that is inversely related to ATP abundance without stating this clearly enough in the legend. We have corrected the legend, axis labels, and Results text so that the plotted quantity in Figure 5 (1/488 nm QUEEN signal) increases with ATP abundance, matching the LC-MS/MS data in Figure 2. With this correction, both assays agree that exogenous ATP treatment raises intracellular ATP in NTT1 cells; we discuss in the Results the more modest and assay-dependent behavior we observe in Wt cells, where LC-MS/MS and QUEEN differ somewhat in sensitivity and time-resolution.

      It needs a bit more experimental clarification and some thinking about what it means to disrupt ATP homeostasis with high extracellular levels of ATP, a generally biologically unnatural/pathological situation.

      The central premise of our study is that altered intracellular ATP is associated with lifespan. Mitochondrial functional decline is a hallmark of ageing, but whether this correlates with decreased ATP, and whether age-associated ATP changes are linked to cellular aging, remains an overlooked question. Here, for the first time, we show that not every cell exhibits a decreasing ATP trajectory with age, and that maintaining ATP homeostasis can extend lifespan. Interestingly, extracellular ATP sensing is directly relevant to cell-to-cell communication (purinergic signaling); however, this has never been characterized in yeast. Our data indicate that a similar, conserved mechanism may also be present in yeast, although the exact components of this sensing cascade require further study. This information is included in the Introduction and Discussion sections of the manuscript.

      The data for ATP levels with age needs to be cleaned up/refined… Sort some high bud scar cells and test them with LCMS… run wild-type cells to subtract out the autofluorescence… or redo it on a scope with linear unmixing.

      Our data indicates that each cell follows a different ATP-abundance trajectory during aging: while some cells show decreasing ATP with age, others show no change, and still others show increasing ATP. Population-level testing of sorted old cells would therefore not yield results that are directly comparable to our microfluidic experiments, in which we track individual cell trajectories over time. In the updated figure, we have subtracted autofluorescence.

      Figures 1 and 2 could be combined, and so could 3 and 5, 6 and 7. Figure 4 should probably be a supplement or part of another figure since upregulating HOG1 has nothing to do with the lifespan extension effect.

      We appreciate this suggestion for streamlining the figures. Our data show only decreased Hog1 activity under ATP treatment conditions; we did not test whether this decline in Hog1 activity is associated with lifespan extension. However, we would like to include this figure in the main text, because it directly validates the effect of extracellular ATP sensing on modulation of Hog1 activity.

      Figure 7 seems like it is showing that the NTT1 strain’s shorter replicative lifespan is rescued by losing mitochondria, and not that toxicity from ATP in the NTT1 is alleviated by losing mitochondria.

      Both the NTT1 strain’s shorter replicative lifespan and its ATP toxicity (10 mM) are rescued by eliminating respiratory mitochondria. In Figure 7, we analyzed the higher dose of ATP treatment (10 mM) to examine its toxic effect on lifespan. Figure 7A shows that the lifespan-extension effect observed at the low ATP dose (Fig. 5) diminished under the 10 mM treatment condition for NTT1 cells but not for Wt cells. Figure 7B shows that elimination of functional mitochondria rescues this mitochondrial toxicity in NTT1 cells, such that these cells extend their lifespan to a magnitude comparable to Wt under 10 mM ATP treatment conditions.

      I think you should make sure your pinhole is opened up to catch all the signal in z from each cell… It seems like taking the mean intensity of the top 40% of pixels in a cell can create technical artifacts… Please justify why you use that approach.

      We have added justification for the top-40%-pixel approach to the Methods: because the QUEEN reporter is a soluble cytoplasmic protein excluded from the large vacuoles that occupy an increasing fraction of cell volume as mother cells age, whole-cell or full-z-stack quantification systematically underestimates cytoplasmic ATP signal in older cells for reasons unrelated to ATP abundance. Restricting analysis to the brightest pixels focuses quantification on reporter-containing cytoplasm and avoids this age-confounded dilution artifact.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Objectives of the study and impact of the work

      The authors of this article primarily aim to reconstruct the evolutionary history of the insect odorant receptor (OR) family, which is responsible for the detection of odorant signals by olfactory neurons. Due to the lack of phylogenetic signal present in the sequences of this multigene family, which evolves very rapidly, phylogenetic analyses have so far never made it possible to precisely retrace how ORs diversified prior to the appearance of present-day insect orders, and what the drivers of this diversification were. For example, one may suspect that the adaptation of ORs to odors emitted by plants constituted a critical step in insect evolution during the "angiosperm terrestrial revolution," which occurred at the end of the Cretaceous, but nothing currently allows this to be asserted.

      There are very nice examples, notably in drosophilids, derived from comparisons between closely related species and documenting mechanisms of OR adaptation to certain signals. However, what the authors attempt to do in this work is to produce a macroevolutionary analysis at the scale of insects as a whole, based almost exclusively on bioinformatic analyses. To do this, they annotated OR genes in about one hundred insect species and developed pipelines for analyzing sequence similarity, structural similarity and functional similarity, the latter being estimated through a molecular docking approach. An important element in the evolution of insect ORs is the appearance of a unique co-receptor, called Orco, which appears to be an OR that has lost the ability to bind odorants. In addition to the large-scale bioinformatic analysis, the authors also aim to explore more specifically the factors that favored the emergence of Orco and the selective advantage conferred by the existence of OR-Orco complexes.

      Given the importance of odorant receptors in insect biology and in their adaptation to different environments and lifestyles, retracing their evolutionary history is indeed a major question in evolutionary biology. In principle, this type of work therefore has the potential to become a reference in the field and to provide a basis for significant scientific advances.

      Major strengths and weaknesses

      The sampling chosen for collecting OR sequences is very impressive, with more than 100 insect families represented, covering most of the major orders. This sampling appears appropriate for the question being addressed. The analysis pipeline used to collect the sequences makes sense, relying on homology-based annotation tools coupled with a structure-based filter. Nevertheless, one can note aberrant numbers of ORs for certain species (much lower than reality). A lower number of OR genes is somewhat expected, as the authors chose to apply a fairly stringent filter on sequence quality (based on predicted 3D structure), which reduces the number from 14,000 to 9,000. This choice seems logical given the subsequent use of these data, but it inevitably leads to data loss. However, the low number of genes also results from the fact that the pipeline did not function correctly for all genomes.

      In the revised version of the manuscript, the authors included a benchmarking step, which is a good point. They compared their OR gene annotations with previous reports in the same species. Unfortunately, this comparison is irrelevant because the chosen reference OR repertoires are actually a mix of transcriptome and genome annotations. Furthermore, comparisons with entire OR gene repertoires essentially demonstrate that their annotation was of good quality for species in which OR sequences were already present in the query OR database, but poor for species in which they were not. Therefore, these supplementary analyses made by the authors are not particularly in favor of an overall good quality of OR gene repertoires in the >110 species studied. The fact that some OR genes may be missing and that the total number may not be exact for each species is not prohibitive for studying the evolution of the family on a broad scale. However, it does call into question the correlation between the number of ORs and lifestyles and diets.

      Thank you for this important comment. We agree that it is inappropriate to directly compare genome-based OR annotations with OR repertoires derived solely from transcriptomes, because transcriptome-only datasets generally do not capture the complete OR gene complement of a species. We therefore repeated the benchmarking analysis and collected, wherever available for the species included in this study, published OR repertoires based on genome annotation or genome annotation supported by transcriptomic evidence. Transcriptome-only OR datasets are no longer included in this comparison.

      The updated benchmarking analysis shows that, for most species with comparable genome-based reference repertoires, the number of ORs identified in this study exceeds 70% of the previously reported number, with good agreement in OR repertoire size for most species (Table S1). Diabrotica virgifera is an exception: a previous manual annotation reported 124 complete ORs, whereas we identified 78, approximately two-thirds of the previously reported number. This result indicates that our automated annotation and stringent structural filtering pipeline may indeed underestimate OR repertoire size in some species. The large, repeat-rich genome of this species may further complicate gene prediction and the reconstruction of OR loci. We have therefore explicitly stated in the revised manuscript that incorporating transcriptomic evidence and manual curation may help recover more complete OR repertoires from such complex genomes.

      Another notable outlier is Anagrus nilaparvatae. A previous study reported 88 ORs, whereas we identified 330. Examination of the methods used in that study revealed that its OR search relied primarily on homology searches using known OR sequences from two other hymenopteran species. Because insect ORs constitute a rapidly evolving gene family with pronounced lineage-specific expansions, a limited query set may fail to detect highly divergent or species-specific ORs. In comparison, our study used OR queries from a broader range of insects and a genome-level annotation pipeline specifically designed for insect ORs, which may have enabled the detection of more highly divergent candidate ORs. Because the protein sequences of the 88 ORs were not made available in the original study, we are currently unable to perform a one-to-one comparison to verify whether all of these ORs are included in our annotations.

      You also noted that our better performance in species such as Drosophila melanogaster, Anopheles gambiae, and Bombyx mori might partly reflect the inclusion of known OR sequences from these species in the query database. We consider this an important and directly testable question. We therefore divided the benchmark species into two groups according to whether conspecific OR sequences were represented in the query database, and used ln(OR count_this study / OR count_previous) to quantify differences in OR counts relative to previous genome-based annotations. No significant difference was detected between the two groups (P = 0.841, Fig. S1 B). Given the unusually large difference in OR counts between the two studies for A. nilaparvatae, we also performed a sensitivity analysis excluding this species, which yielded the same conclusion (P = 0.413, Fig.S1 C). Thus, among the species for which comparable genome-based reference repertoires are currently available, we found no evidence that the inclusion of conspecific ORs in the query database systematically affected the final OR repertoire size. We have added this analysis to the supplementary material of the revised manuscript.

      Finally, we agree that annotation biases in OR repertoire size may affect analyses of its correlations with ecological traits. We therefore repeated all relevant ecological sensitivity analyses using an updated OR count dataset, taking the larger of the OR counts from our study and the previous annotation for each species (Fig. S1 D- G). The main statistical results remained consistent with the original analyses: OR counts were still significantly associated with adult diet, larval diet, and habitat, whereas no significant association was detected with circadian rhythm. We therefore consider the statistical associations between OR counts and the main ecological variables to be reasonably robust within the range of annotation discrepancies detectable using the currently available genome-based benchmarks, although automated annotation and stringent structural filtering may underestimate OR counts in some species. The updated benchmarking analyses are described in Supplementary Text S1 and summarized in Table S1.

      The following revision has been added (lines 103-107): “Benchmarking against curated OR repertoires showed that the automated pipeline recovered most previously reported ORs and that stringent structural filtering produced a high-confidence set of structurally intact receptors (Supplementary Text S1, Tables S1–S3, and fig. S1B–C). For most species with comparable genome-based references, retained OR counts exceeded 70% of published values.”

      From the dataset collected, the authors attempted to categorize ORs in several ways, starting with the reconstruction of sequence similarity networks. The approach is interesting, but fails to reveal homology relationships between ORs from species belonging to different insect orders. So it is unclear what the advantage of this approach is compared with the "classical" phylogenetic approach.

      Thank you for raising this important question. Our intention was not to replace classical phylogenetic analysis with sequence similarity networks. Rather, we used network-based approaches as a class-wide framework to classify ORs independently according to sequence similarity, structural similarity, and docking profiles, and then compared how these different classifications correspond across insect taxa and major macroevolutionary transitions.

      For smaller gene families with limited sequence divergence, defining subfamilies based on gene trees is a well-established and highly effective approach, because phylogenetic trees can both identify subfamilies and reveal their evolutionary relationships. However, the insect OR superfamily exhibits pronounced birth-and-death evolution, with frequent gene duplications and losses across lineages, and comprises a vast number of highly divergent sequences. Consequently, when a single phylogenetic tree is constructed for the entire OR superfamily, deep nodes often lack sufficient support, and relationships among subfamilies may be difficult to resolve consistently. It is therefore challenging to obtain a stable and consistent classification of thousands of ORs into subfamilies across insects using a single gene tree alone. We therefore used sequence similarity networks as a complementary classification approach. Their main advantage is that they allow large datasets to be grouped according to sequence similarity among all ORs without requiring the resolution of every deep phylogenetic relationship. More importantly, similar network frameworks can be used to construct sequence similarity, structural similarity, and docking-profile similarity networks, allowing SeqC, StrC, and dPC to be compared directly within a common analytical framework. This is difficult to achieve using conventional gene trees alone and is the main reason for our choice of a network-based approach.

      Sequence similarity networks alone cannot directly resolve homology relationships among ORs from different insect orders. During the previous revision, we therefore sought to link sequence communities to phylogenetic relationships. We conducted additional phylogenetic analyses of shared sequence communities containing multiple insect orders to search for potentially conserved OR lineages spanning different orders. However, among these shared communities, we identified only one conserved OR lineage spanning four insect orders with relatively clear phylogenetic support. We have added this result to the Supplementary Data S6. This finding further indicates that clearly identifiable orthology relationships spanning multiple orders are very limited among extant insect ORs.

      The following revision has also been added (lines 150-154): “The SSN is not intended to replace phylogenetic reconstruction, but rather to provide a complementary framework for summarizing sequence relationships among thousands of highly divergent ORs at a class-wide scale. It allows major patterns of OR sequence similarity and diversification to be visualized more clearly across the entire dataset. Phylogenetic analyses can then be used to further resolve evolutionary relationships within specific sequence communities.”

      The clustering based on structure also leads to the identification of a majority of "orderspecific" clusters, which does not provide major insights into the evolution of ORs. However, the authors highlight a group of ORs in flies that appear to possess an unusual intracellular region, as well as a cluster of OR shared across many insect orders that exhibit a larger binding cavity. This is really interesting, although more relevant to OR structure than to their evolution.

      Thank you for this important comment. We agree that the previous version of the manuscript focused primarily on structural differences among structural communities and did not adequately explore their potential evolutionary implications. StrC23 is the most widely distributed structural community, spanning 12 insect orders and containing 46.3% of the ORs. We further found that its putative binding pockets were significantly larger than those of other ORs, which we previously interpreted as a potentially conserved structural pattern across taxa. Following your suggestion, we conducted additional analyses of the phylogenetic and orthology relationships within StrC23. The results showed that StrC23 does not correspond to a single, broadly conserved orthogroup spanning insect orders, but instead contains 156 distinct orthologous groups. Of these, 24 encompass more than 10 species. Only a few of these larger groups span multiple insect orders: one contains ORs from Hymenoptera, Diptera, and Trichoptera, and two contain ORs from both Lepidoptera and Trichoptera. The remaining groups show pronounced order specificity, including nine Hymenoptera-specific groups, eight Lepidoptera-specific groups, and four Diptera-specific groups.

      These results indicate that the large putative binding pocket shared by StrC23 members cannot simply be attributed to a single conserved orthologous lineage spanning multiple orders, but is distributed across several phylogenetically independent OR lineages. This pattern may reflect convergent evolution toward similar structural features in different OR lineages, or the retention of an older structural feature in multiple OR lineages that subsequently underwent substantial sequence divergence. The current data do not allow us to distinguish conclusively between these two possibilities. We have added the phylogenetic and orthologous-group analyses of StrC23 to the revised manuscript and supplementary material to further clarify the evolutionary implications of this structural community shared across insect orders.

      The following revision has been added (lines 208-218): “To further investigate the evolutionary basis of this broadly shared structural feature, we examined the phylogenetic and orthology relationships among StrC23 receptors. StrC23 was divided into 156 orthologous groups, 24 of which contained ORs from more than 10 species. However, only a few of these larger groups spanned multiple insect orders: one included ORs from Hymenoptera, Diptera, and Trichoptera, while two included ORs from both Lepidoptera and Trichoptera (Supplementary Data S6). Thus, StrC23 does not represent a single conserved cross-order orthologous lineage, but instead comprises multiple phylogenetically distinct OR lineages. Its shared large-pocket architecture therefore cannot be explained solely by conservation of a single orthologous lineage and may reflect either structural convergence or retention of an ancient structural feature followed by substantial sequence divergence.”

      The analysis of structural diversity then leads the authors to focus on the Orco co-receptors, which are characterized by modifications of the binding pocket and the appearance of an extracellular loop that could explain the loss of the ability to bind odorant molecules. This part, which relies on in vitro experiments, is interesting and constitutes the most striking result of this study, which could in itself have been the subject of a separate manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of this part of our work.

      The rest of the manuscript is based on the prediction of OR response spectra using molecular docking. The work that has been carried out is extremely substantial, and the objective of linking clusters based on sequence similarity or 3D structural similarity with functional categories is entirely relevant. The docking score threshold used was chosen thoughtfully, which is very good, and according to the calculation performed should ensure a true positive rate of more than 20%, which is excellent in such a docking analysis. But in the absence of functional validation, this 20% true positive rate is not sufficient to extrapolate OR function, and docking-derived binding breadth measures used in the remaining of the manuscript have to be taken with caution, as acknowledged by the authors themselves. Consequently, the chance that results of this part of the work will enlighten the evolution of OR on a broad scale is low. For example, the fact that insect lineages that emerged after the Permian-Triassic extinction have more broadly-tuned OR is an interesting observation, yet remains highly speculative.

      Thank you for this important comment. We agree that, even after optimizing the docking threshold, the current hit rate of approximately 20% remains insufficient to interpret molecular docking results as reliable predictions of actual OR ligand responses or functions. We also acknowledge that the biological implications of some docking results were still overstated in the previous revision, potentially leading readers to interpret these computational results as approximations of actual OR function. To avoid this misunderstanding, we have further revised the relevant terminology and interpretation of results throughout the latest manuscript. For results derived entirely from molecular docking, we no longer use terms such as ‘docking-derived function’, ‘functional community’, or other expressions that might imply experimental evidence of function. Instead, we consistently use ‘docking profile’ to make clear that these analyses reflect only similarities in computational docking patterns among receptors.

      In addition, following your comments and the related suggestions from Reviewer 2, we have removed all results and discussion that directly linked docking-based predictions of OR function or recognition breadth to species ecology. We have explicitly presented the few remaining macroevolutionary comparisons as hypothesis-generating observations rather than evidence of functional evolution. For example, differences in docking-profile composition among extant insect lineages that originated before or after the end-Permian mass extinction (EPME) are now described only as a broad statistical pattern, with any interpretation framed as an experimentally untested hypothesis. Whether this pattern reflects actual differences in receptor tuning, and whether it is evolutionarily linked to environmental changes associated with the EPME, still requires testing through broader taxonomic sampling, reliable ancestral-state reconstruction, and functional experiments. We hope that these revisions restrict the interpretation of molecular docking results to what the evidence can support and bring the corresponding conclusions into closer alignment with the current strength of evidence.

      The following revision has been added in Result section (lines 367-369): “These observations should be interpreted as a docking-derived comparative pattern among extant lineages rather than direct evidence of ancestral functional changes across the

      EPME.”

      And Discussion section (lines 410-414): “However, this interpretation remains hypothetical. Because rapid OR evolution and limited cross-order orthology preclude reliable reconstruction of deep ancestral repertoires, the EPME-related pattern should be viewed as a descriptive comparison among extant lineages. Further validation will require broader taxon sampling, ancestral reconstruction, and experimental testing of receptor tuning breadth.”

      In summary, despite the large number of analyses performed, the authors do not really succeed in achieving the stated objective of reconstructing the evolutionary history of insect ORs, and the results obtained do not strongly support all the conclusions regarding the links between OR repertoires and environment or lifestyle.

      Thank you for this important comment. We agree that ‘reconstructing the evolutionary history of insect ORs’ was too broad a formulation and exceeded what our methods could reliably address. A rigorous reconstruction of evolutionary history requires well-resolved phylogenetic relationships across taxa, ancestral-state inference, and systematic analysis of gene duplication and loss events. We have therefore redefined the scientific objectives of this study. The revised manuscript no longer claims to have reconstructed the evolutionary history of insect ORs. Instead, it aims to systematically characterize insect OR diversity and classification patterns at the levels of sequence, structure, and docking profile, compare the correspondence among these levels, and describe differences in their distribution across insect taxa and broad macroevolutionary contexts.

      We have also reassessed the strength of different types of evidence concerning the relationships between OR repertoires and environment or lifestyle. For relationships between OR repertoire size and ecological traits, we repeated the genome-based benchmarking. After rerunning the ecological correlation sensitivity analyses using the updated OR count dataset, the main statistical results remained consistent with the original analyses. We therefore consider the current data to continue to support statistical associations between OR counts and ecological traits, with a degree of robustness. By contrast, we have removed results and discussion directly linking predicted OR function or recognition breadth to species ecology, and no longer use terms such as ‘docking-derived function’ or ‘functional community’ that might imply experimental evidence of function. The remaining macroevolutionary comparisons of docking profiles, such as differences in docking-profile composition among groups considered in relation to the EPME, are treated only as hypothesis-generating comparative patterns, rather than direct evidence of receptor functional evolution. We explicitly state that these hypotheses require future testing through functional experiments and more reliable ancestral-state reconstruction.

      In summary, we have redefined the study objectives and no longer describe this work as a reconstruction of insect OR evolutionary history. We have retained the statistical associations between OR counts and ecological traits that remained supported after reassessment, while removing results and discussion linking receptor function to ecology on the basis of molecular docking. We believe these revisions better align the scientific objectives and scope of the conclusions with the evidence provided by the available data and methods.

      We have revised the final paragraph of the Introduction to clarify the scope and objectives of this study (lines 80-91): “In this study, we characterized large-scale patterns of OR diversification across 115 species spanning 16 insect orders. Using a framework that integrates network analysis, protein structure prediction, and molecular docking, we constructed sequence-similarity (SSN), structural-similarity (StSN), and docking-profile similarity networks (dPSN) to classify ORs from three distinct perspectives. We identified differences in OR sequence-community diversity between holometabolous and non-holometabolous insects, as well as differences in docking-profile community composition among extant lineages whose order-level origins fall on opposite sides of the end-Permian mass extinction (EPME). Across this class-wide sampling, OR repertoire size was associated with adult diet, larval diet, and habitat, but not with circadian rhythm. Moreover, the conserved β-sheet in the extracellular loop 2 (EL2) region of Orco, together with its specialized binding-pocket architecture, is associated with its reduced ligand-binding capacity and represents a prominent structural specialization of the co-receptor lineage.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The remarkable evolvability of the olfactory system enables animals to rapidly adapt to dynamic and chemically complex environments. Over the past two decades, substantial effort has been devoted to uncovering the evolutionary principles that drive the diversification of odorant receptors (ORs), yielding key insights into the forces shaping their striking variability in both vertebrates and insects. In this manuscript, Zhang and colleagues analyze the OR repertoires of over 100 insect species, leveraging sequence and structural similarity to infer patterns of gene family evolution within this diverse and ecologically important clade. By integrating sequence-based and structure-based comparisons, their study builds on a compelling and recently emerging line of research made possible by the advent of AlphaFold, which has previously clarified the phylogenetic relationship between insect Ors and the gustatory receptor gene family and revealed the unexpectedly deep evolutionary origins of this ancient structural fold.

      Applying this approach to a large set of ORs derived from species throughout the insect phylogeny, the authors confirm many previously reported patterns of OR evolution. More importantly, with their large-scale approach the authors found new structural features of different Or clades, resulting in intriguing testable hypotheses about Or evolution that have the potential to support future directions in studying this important gene family. For example, the authors identify a structural feature mostly unique to the OR co-receptor ORco, a beta-sheet in EL2, which they functionally show reduces odorant binding affinity - a key aspect of ORco, which does not bind ligands in the ancestral ligand-biding site. This is a particularly strong part of the manuscript, since the authors support their in silico-derived hypothesis with functional data.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of this part of our work.

      In an attempt to assess the relationship between sequence identity and structure on one hand and function on the other, the authors perform an in-silico structure prediction and chemical docking analysis. While not suitable to assess the actual function of individual receptors without functional testing, this strategy revealed potential receptor clades with differences in the number and type of docked chemicals. As a response to the previous reviews, the authors now changed their writing to refer to these results as 'docking-derived function' instead of just 'function'. While I appreciate that the authors changed their wording, this semantic change still can be read as referring to dockingderived predictions as conclusions of actual biological function. However, this is not the case. Any functional claims based solely on the docking approach need to be interpreted with caution, as in silico-only approaches are currently not well enough predictors for actual receptor function. Accordingly, I strongly recommend to remove the parts that connect receptor function to structure or ecology.

      Thank you for highlighting this important issue again. We agree with your comments and acknowledge that the presentation of molecular docking results in the previous revision still overstated their biological implications. Following your suggestion, we have removed all results and discussion that directly linked receptor function to species ecology solely on the basis of molecular docking, to avoid interpreting computational predictions as actual biological functions. We then systematically reviewed and revised docking-related terminology throughout the manuscript. For results derived entirely from docking analyses, we no longer use ‘docking-derived function’, ‘functional community’, or other expressions that might imply experimental evidence of function. Instead, we consistently use ‘docking profile’ to clarify that these analyses reflect similarities in computational docking patterns among receptors, rather than experimentally validated functional categories.

      Through these revisions, we hope to distinguish more clearly between computational docking profiles and experimentally validated receptor function, and to avoid biological interpretations of docking results that exceed the available evidence. We believe these changes bring the manuscript's conclusions into closer alignment with the strength of the evidence.

      Assessing their docking analyses with respect to species ecology, the authors identify correlations suggesting that Or repertoires might follow predictable evolutionary trajectories broadly aligned with species ecology. These are interesting hypotheses. However, due to the inability to predict actual receptor function the author's claims about ecology-function relationships are not well supported. Accordingly, the authors should change the respective parts of the manuscript in way that it is clear these are currently untested hypotheses. This includes adjusting the title, since the work does not find any experimental support for ecological tuning.

      Thank you for this important suggestion. We agree that the current molecular docking analyses cannot support direct conclusions about relationships between actual receptor function and species ecology. Following your suggestion, we have removed the results and discussion directly linking docking-based predictions of OR function to species ecology. For the remaining macroevolutionary comparisons, such as differences in docking-profile composition among groups considered in relation to the EPME, we explicitly state that these results represent only computational patterns observed in extant taxa. The evolutionary interpretations proposed from these patterns remain experimentally untested hypotheses and cannot be considered direct evidence of changes in actual receptor function.

      In addition, following your suggestion, we have changed the manuscript title to ‘Classwide sequence, structural, and docking-profile diversity of insect odorant receptors and structural specialization of Orco’. The new title no longer emphasizes ‘ecological tuning’ or ‘olfactory perception’, but instead focuses on class-wide diversification of insect OR sequences, structures, and docking profiles, together with the experimentally supported structural specialization of Orco.

      The following revision has been added in Result section (lines 367-369): “These observations should be interpreted as a docking-derived comparative pattern among extant lineages rather than direct evidence of ancestral functional changes across the EPME.”

      And Discussion section (lines 410-414): “However, this interpretation remains hypothetical. Because rapid OR evolution and limited cross-order orthology preclude reliable reconstruction of deep ancestral repertoires, the EPME-related pattern should be viewed as a descriptive comparison among extant lineages. Further validation will require broader taxon sampling, ancestral reconstruction, and experimental testing of receptor tuning breadth.”

      I believe that future studies combining functional testing with an explicit evo-eco framework could benefit from this work and the explicit hypotheses it generates. But the authors should be careful to not overstate their in-silico derived results.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have revised the manuscript accordingly.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Below are my comments in response to the rebuttal letter. I thank the authors for their careful revision and detailed responses to the points raised in my review.

      (1) OR annotation pipeline and correlation analyses

      Previous comment: "One can note aberrant numbers of ORs for certain species (much lower than reality), which indicates that the pipeline probably did not function correctly for all genomes. In the absence of a validation step comparing the results with already known OR repertoires, it is difficult to estimate the overall quality of the data. [...] It calls into question certain results that rely on this total number, such as the correlation between the number of ORs and genome size, lifestyle, and diet."

      The response made by the authors on that point is not particularly convincing. They compared their OR gene annotations with previous reports in the same species, but this comparison is irrelevant because the chosen reference OR repertoires are actually a mix of transcriptome and genome annotations (the OR counts for Harmonia axyridis, Plutella xylostella, Pierus brassicae, Dendrolimus kikuchii, Carposina sasakii, Hermetia illucens, Chlorops oryzae and Propsilocerus akamusi are from transcriptomes). As not all OR genes are expressed in a given tissue, the number of ORs in transcriptomes is always lower than in genomes. Furthermore, comparisons with entire OR gene repertoires essentially demonstrate that their annotation was of good quality for species in which OR sequences were already present in the query OR database (Bombyx mori, Drosophila melanogaster, Anopheles gambiae) but was of bad quality for species in which OR sequences were NOT in the query (Diabrotica virgifera). However, re-annotation of Diabrotica led to an OR repertoire of 78 complete genes, vs. 124 in the manually curated genome annotation (1/3rd of the genes are missing). So these supplementary analyses made by the authors are not particularly in favor of an overall good quality of OR gene repertoires in the >110 species studied. They have also repeated the correlation analyses using 'full' OR gene sets where available. This showed that the correlation of OR count with genome size is no longer valid, but the correlation with diet or lifestyle is. However, if a mix of gene numbers from transcriptomes and genomes was used (see my comment above), I am afraid that these novel correlation analyses are not relevant. In conclusion, I would disagree with the claim that "These new benchmark and sensitivity analyses directly strengthen the evidence supporting our dataset and its ecological interpretations".

      Thank you for further highlighting this issue. As detailed in our response to the Public Review, we repeated the OR annotation benchmarking, excluded transcriptome-only repertoires, and restricted comparisons to genome-based reference datasets or genome-based datasets supported by transcriptomic evidence. The updated results show that, for most species with comparable reference data, the number of ORs identified in this study exceeds 70% of the previously reported number. We also explicitly acknowledge that repertoire size may still be underestimated in some species.

      We also directly tested whether query database composition systematically affected the number of annotated ORs. No significant difference was detected between species with and without conspecific OR queries (P = 0.841; P = 0.413 after excluding Anagrus nilaparvatae). Thus, we currently find no evidence that conspecific queries systematically increase the final OR count.

      In addition, we repeated the sensitivity analyses of ecological correlations using the updated OR count dataset. The main statistical results remained unchanged: OR counts were still significantly associated with adult diet, larval diet, and habitat, but not with circadian rhythm. We therefore consider these statistical associations between OR counts and ecological traits to be reasonably robust to the annotation differences currently detectable. Detailed results are provided in our response to the Public Review and in the revised supplementary text S1.

      (2) sequence similarity-based clusters

      Previous comment: "The authors attempted to categorize ORs in several ways, starting with the reconstruction of sequence similarity networks. The approach is interesting, but in the end, the results do not seem to be sufficiently exploited. [...] For example, clusters SeqC26 or SeqC28, which appear to be shared by many insects, are potentially very interesting. It might have been relevant to combine this similarity-based clustering approach with phylogenetic reconstructions within each shared cluster."

      The authors have followed this suggestion and identified an orthogroup conserved across several insect orders, which is an interesting observation. However the phylogeny of this orthogroup should be provided in supplementary data, which does not seem to be the case.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment. The corresponding phylogenetic tree has been added to the supplementary data S6.

      (3) structure-based clusters

      Previous comment: "The clusters shared by several orders are not truly exploited, which does not provide new insight into the evolution of ORs"

      The authors show an interesting feature for a cluster of ORs from several insect orders, with a large putative binding pocket. However, it is not clear whether they verified or not if this cluster also correspond to an orthogroup or if this shared feature (a large binding pocket) is a convergence. They also improved the discussion of their results on a cluster of fly ORs with a long intracellular domain, which is a good thing.

      Thank you for this important question. To determine whether StrC23, a structural community shared across multiple insect orders, corresponds to a conserved orthogroup, we performed additional phylogenetic analyses of its OR sequences and identified orthology relationships within the community based on the gene tree. The results showed that StrC23 does not correspond to a single orthogroup spanning insect orders, but instead contains 156 distinct orthologous groups. Of these, 24 encompass more than 10 species. Among these 24 larger groups, one contains ORs from Hymenoptera, Diptera, and Trichoptera, and two contain ORs from both Lepidoptera and Trichoptera. The remaining groups show pronounced order specificity, including nine Hymenoptera-specific groups, eight Lepidoptera-specific groups, and four Diptera-specific groups.

      These results indicate that the large putative binding pocket characteristic of StrC23 is not explained by a single, broadly conserved orthogroup spanning multiple orders, but is distributed across several phylogenetically independent OR lineages. We therefore consider that this shared structural feature cannot simply be interpreted as direct retention within a conserved orthologous lineage. It may reflect convergent evolution toward similar structural features in different OR lineages, or the retention of an older structural feature in multiple OR lineages that subsequently underwent substantial sequence divergence. The current data do not allow us to distinguish conclusively between these two possibilities. We have added the phylogenetic analysis of StrC23 to the revised manuscript to clarify the evolutionary relationships within this structural community.

      The following revision has been added (lines 208-218): “To further investigate the evolutionary basis of this broadly shared structural feature, we examined the phylogenetic and orthology relationships among StrC23 receptors. StrC23 was divided into 156 orthologous groups, 24 of which contained ORs from more than 10 species. However, only a few of these larger groups spanned multiple insect orders: one included ORs from Hymenoptera, Diptera, and Trichoptera, while two included ORs from both Lepidoptera and Trichoptera (Supplementary Data S6). Thus, StrC23 does not represent a single conserved cross-order orthologous lineage, but instead comprises multiple phylogenetically distinct OR lineages. Its shared large-pocket architecture therefore cannot be explained solely by conservation of a single orthologous lineage and may reflect either structural convergence or retention of an ancient structural feature followed by substantial sequence divergence.”

      (4) molecular dynamics simulation

      Previous comment: "The molecular dynamics modelling does not add anything in the way it is conducted (5 ns is too short)."

      The authors argue that such a short simulation is sufficient for testing the interaction between a compound and the extracellular beta-sheet of the coreceptor Orco. I'm not a specialist enough to confirm whether this is actually true, but I trust the author's expertise in this area.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment.

      (5 / 6) molecular docking and functional extrapolation

      Previous comment: "in the absence of functional validation, this 20% true positive rate is not sufficient to extrapolate OR function"

      The authors argue that molecular docking was not used to identify specific OR/ligand pairs, but rather to "estimate the potential binding tendencies of OR repertoires". I agree with this point; correlations were made using "binding breadth index values" that are calculated for entire OR repertoires. The text of the manuscript has been edited to refer to "docking-derived" functional clusters and binding breadth index, and to emphasise that the results should be interpreted with caution, which is a good point as it will prevent potential misinterpretation by the reader. However, this does not change the fact that interpreting the olfactory capacity of one species based on docking-derived binding breadth values of its OR repertoire is highly speculative (especially when OR repertoires are incomplete) and the chance that results of this part of the work will enlighten the evolution of OR on a broad scale is low.

      Thank you for raising this concern. We agree that repertoire-level analyses do not resolve the inherent limitations of molecular docking in predicting actual receptor function. Although such analyses summarize overall docking patterns rather than individual OR–ligand interactions, they still cannot reliably define a species’ true olfactory capabilities. It therefore remains insufficient to describe a species' actual olfactory capabilities solely on the basis of docking-derived binding breadth. As detailed in our response to the Public Review, we have addressed this issue by following your suggestions and those of Reviewer 2 and removing the results and discussion that used the binding breadth index to directly link predicted receptor function to ecological traits such as diet, habitat, and circadian rhythm. We have also further standardized the terminology, replacing ‘docking-derived function’, ‘functional community’, and other expressions that could imply experimentally established function with ‘docking profile’, to emphasize that these results describe computational docking patterns rather than experimentally determined receptor functions. Through these revisions, we hope to distinguish more clearly between computational docking patterns and experimentally established receptor functions, and to restrict the interpretation of the related macroevolutionary comparisons to what the current data can support.

      (7) EPME

      Previous comment: "ORs of non-holometabolous insects cannot be considered equivalent to those of species that existed before the Permian-Triassic extinction"

      The authors have now clarified the fact that they compared extant insect orders rather than ancestral and derived OR repertoires.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of the revised manuscript.

      (8 to 16)

      The authors have carefully considered all the points raised in the recommendations for the authors, improving the manuscript on several aspects.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of the revised manuscript.

      Minor comment

      Line 217: Orco did not emerge in the ancestor of Zygentoma, it emerged in the common ancestor of Zygentoma and Pterygota.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have corrected the statement.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have done a good job in their revision of the manuscript. They addressed many of the reviewers' concerns well.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of our previous revision.

      However, the functional claims are still too strong and need to be removed or tempered down as described in the public review.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have removed or tempered the functional predictions in the manuscript in accordance with the Public Review. Please see our response to the Public Review for details.

      Further, the manuscript title is not a good fit for the content. I would argue that the paper does not 'reveal ecological tuning shaping olfactory perception', since Or structurefunction relationships are involved in olfactory sensation or detection. Perception, however, requires interpretation, which is done by neural circuits but not receptors expressed within. Further, I still think that referring to 'ecological tuning' is far-fetched based on the docking approach that cannot really resolve the tuning of receptor sets. I would think that the work reveals interesting correlations between docking-derived population tuning and ecology. But that does not necessarily have anything to do with actual function and thus may not make much sense to advertise in the title or abstract.

      Thank you for your suggestions concerning the manuscript title. Following this comment, we have changed the title from ‘Evolutionary dynamics of insect odorant receptors reveal ecological tuning shaping olfactory perception’ to ‘Class-wide sequence, structural, and docking-profile diversity of insect odorant receptors and structural specialization of Orco’ The new title no longer emphasizes ecological tuning or olfactory perception, but instead focuses on the two aspects of this study supported by the most direct evidence: class-wide patterns of sequence and structural diversification in insect ORs, and the experimentally supported structural specialization of Orco.

      Consistent with the revised title, we have further adjusted the relevant wording in the Abstract, Results, and Discussion, and removed content directly linking receptor function to species ecology on the basis of docking results. We believe that the revised title and abstract more accurately reflect the main content of the study and the scope of its evidence, while avoiding functional or ecological interpretations of computational predictions that exceed their evidential support.

      I suggest selecting a title that fits the sequence/structure/in silico docking nature of their large macroevolutionary approach and findings better. After all, apart from the orco work this manuscript is mostly a resource of in silico predictions.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have revised the manuscript title.

      Author response table 1.

      Numbers of OR genes in previously annotated species.

      Reference

      Carey AF, Wang G, Su CY, Zwiebel LJ, Carlson JR. 2010. Odorant reception in the malaria mosquito Anopheles gambiae. Nature 464: 66-71.

      Engsontia P, Sangket U, Chotigeat W, Satasook C. 2014. Molecular evolution of the odorant and gustatory receptor genes in lepidopteran insects: implications for their adaptation and speciation. J Mol Evol 79: 21-39.

      Ma Y, Guo Z, Wang L, Wang B, Huang T, Tang B, Zhang G, Zhou Q. 2022. The genome of the rice planthopper egg parasitoid wasp Anagrus nilaparvatae casts light on the chemo- and mechanosensation in parasitism. BMC Genomics 23: 541.

      Mier P, Fontaine JF, Stoldt M, Libbrecht R, Martelli C, Foitzik S, Andrade-Navarro MA. 2022. Annotation and Analysis of 3902 Odorant Receptor Protein Sequences from 21 Insect Species Provide Insights into the Evolution of Odorant Receptor Gene Families in Solitary and Social Insects. Genes (Basel) 13.

      Paddock KJ, Corcoran JA. 2025. Life-stage dependent behavior mimics chemosensory repertoire diversity in a belowground, specialist herbivore. G3 (Bethesda) 15.

      Robertson HM, Warr CG, Carlson JR. 2003. Molecular evolution of the insect chemoreceptor gene superfamily in Drosophila melanogaster. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 100 Suppl 2: 14537-14542.

      Tanaka K, Uda Y, Ono Y, Nakagawa T, Suwa M, Yamaoka R, Touhara K. 2009. Highly selective tuning of a silkworm olfactory receptor to a key mulberry leaf volatile. Curr Biol 19: 881-890.

      Wang Q, Dicke M, Haverkamp A. 2023. Sympatric Pieris butterfly species exhibit a high conservation of chemoreceptors. Front Cell Neurosci 17: 1155405.

      Xiao S, Ye X, Wang S, Yang Y, Fang Q, Wang F, Ye G. 2023. Genome assembly of the ectoparasitoid wasp Theocolax elegans. Sci Data 10: 159.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to understand, in the context of leaf shape, how the constraints imposed by development inform evolution. Leaf shape is a good place to study the influence of development on evolution because it is a trait that exhibits a lot of diversity, and the developmental mechanisms that give rise to leaf shapes are apparently rather conserved across angiosperms.

      As part of the motivation for their work, the authors cite a previous study (Geeta et al), which found that in angiosperm phylogenies, transitions from complex to simple leaf shapes occur through evolution more often than transitions in the opposite direction. Is this due to developmental constraints or adaptation?

      The authors undertake two parallel lines of work:

      (1) Extending the study of Geeta et al with more data, consisting of both phylogenies and a shape classification dataset. The conclusion from this line of inquiry is that transitions from lobed to unlobed leaves are more common than transitions away from unlobed leaves.

      (2) The authors conduct evolution simulations in a computational model of leaf development. Here, they look at {\it neutral} mutations and whether simply neutral evolution is sufficient to drive the observed trend.

      The conclusion of the second part of the work is that the driver of the evolution toward simple leaf shape is entropy: there are more ways to make unlobed leaves than to make lobed leaves (at least in terms of gene regulation parameters that will produce the two leaf types). The argument is that random gene regulatory networks are more likely to produce unlobed leaves than lobed leaves; therefore, neutral evolution drives this trend.

      Data Analysis

      Roughly $9000$ images of leaves were classified into 4 categories: unlobed, lobed, dissected, and compound. These labels were applied to the tips of 5 phylogenetic trees of angiosperms (3 resolved at the genus level and 2 at the species level). By fitting a continuous-time Markov chain to the labelled trees, the authors claim that there is a significantly higher rate of transition to the unlobed leaf shape compared to transitions to more complex shapes.

      Simulation

      First, the authors validate a computational model (Runions et al) for leaf growth on an experimental dataset. By changing parameters in the model, they can recapitulate the morphological changes in the shapes of Arabidopsis leaves engendered by expression of two particular genes.

      Then the authors run an evolutionary model (without selection, just random mutations) on top of the computational leaf development model. As the random walk in parameter space reaches a stationary distribution, they look at both the proportions of the leaf categories in the steady state as well as the transition rates between different categories. The result is that transitions to unlobed leaves are more common than from unlobed leaves.

      We thank the reviewer for the helpful and clear summary of our work.

      General Comments

      The authors use angiosperm phylogenies from other works as the basis for the data analysis part of their work. Given the centrality of these phylogenies for their conclusions, more information is needed about how these phylogenies were constructed and what they mean. What is the timescale that they span? What method is used to infer them? What regions of DNA were sequenced in order to build the phylogenies? Also, maybe some more discussion of angiosperm evolution (e.g., when was the most recent common ancestor of all angiosperms?) would help put the study in context.

      We also need a more in-depth discussion of the computational model. What are all the $>100$ parameters doing, and what informs the seemingly strange mutational model that changes parameters by 3 orders of magnitude?

      I am confused about how the rates of transitions were inferred from the phylogeny. Here, one has a phylogeny inferred by some method (which needs to be described in more detail), and just the leaves are labelled. It is stated in the methods that BayesTraits was used to infer the transition rates. I realize this method is probably documented elsewhere, but a bit of a summary of how it works and how to interpret its results would (1) make the paper more selfcontained and (2) if the algorithm is credible, make the results firmer.

      We thank the referee for the suggestion to make the paper more accessible. The tool we use to infer transition rates from the phylogenies, BayesTraits, is standard in the field. However, the referee is right that for an interdisciplinary journal, it may be helpful to more fully flesh out how these methods work. To that end, we have added an additional section S2.A "Phylogenetic rate inference" in the supplementary information that includes a longer description of how BayesTraits works, and how we used it to infer transition rates from phylogenies.

      All trees are shown in the supplementary information section S2.B "Phylogenetic trees" with scale bars showing the amount of time or genetic change that the trees span. We have added details of the specific genes used to construct the trees in our analysis in Methods section F. For a broader discussion of angiosperm evolution, there is supplementary information section S4 "A short literature review of the adaptive significance of leaf shape".

      Regarding the more in-depth discussion of the computational model, we have added supplementary information section S1.A "Leaf model details" to give a more detailed description of the leaf model. We chose our mutational scheme over other methods, such as uniform or Latin hypercube sampling, as the biologically relevant ranges for each parameter were unknown. Mutations of multiple orders of magnitude are a way to sample both parameters with large and small ranges with the same scheme.

      Additionally, larger mutations help to move a walk out of a local region if it is stuck while small mutations ensure sensitive parameters are still varied. We use multiple schemes for additional robustness.

      I am a bit skeptical of the authors' interpretation of the biological trend (of complex to simple leaf shapes) as being driven by neutral evolution. Why does one expect that the mutations generated by the random walk models described in the work are in fact neutral mutations?

      A random walk is a well-established way of modelling the dynamics of neutral evolution in the monomorphic regime, where the population has a narrow diversity of different genotypes. In the higher mutation rate polymorphic regime, where the diversity of genotypes in the population is larger, we also expect that a random walk should still recapitulate the correct average transition rates. The purpose of the simulations is not to model every aspect of population genetics, but to ask whether developmental bias alone is sufficient to generate the observed directional asymmetry. By assigning equal fitness to all viable leaves, we isolate the contribution of development from that of selection. The agreement with the phylogenetic transition rates therefore demonstrates sufficiency rather than exclusivity: selection may also contribute, but it is not required to explain the observed bias. We discuss the evidence for the role of adaptation in leaf shape further in supplementary information section S4 "A short literature review of the adaptive significance of leaf shape".

      - If the entropy of simple leaf shapes is higher than that of complex leaf shapes, why did we have complex leaves at all? I suspect the authors might argue that this is due to selection. In that case, what allows these complex shapes to become simpler? Wouldn't they be losing the selective advantage that drove them to be more complex in the first place? Or maybe the idea is that the rates are inferred assuming some steady state that generates the phylogeny? I did not understand this point.

      The entropy language is a useful framing. Within that framework, one can view our study as showing that the entropy (defined here as the logarithm of the volume of parameter space mapping to a phenotype) of simple leaf shapes is higher than that of complex leaf shapes. If this entropy were to be ignored, and were we not to take fitness differences into account, then all states would be equally likely in our simulations. What we show is that the differences in entropy, which are related to differences in volumes of the parameter space that map to different phenotypes, also affect the rates. The inferred transition rates for both simulation and phylogeny from unlobed to more complex shapes are lower than the reverse but not zero. Therefore, complex leaf shapes arise stochastically through mutation and in this model would eventually reach a steady-state proportion, even in the absence of selection. This steady state proportion for complex leaves would be smaller than that of unlobed leaves, but non-zero.

      Are the rates of transitions between leaf types inferred for the phylogeny assuming that the phylogeny is generated by the steady state of some Markov process? (I think the answer is no: in that case, how does one explain the initial condition?)

      The tool we use to infer transition rates from phylogenies—BayesTraits—allows the initial state at the root of the tree to vary during the numerical optimisation (Pagel, 1994). Therefore, it is not assumed that the initial state is generated by the steady state of the Markov process.

      If I take the mutation model (random walk) seriously, then shouldn't I expect that this steady state obeys detailed balance? In that case I should have $p_i r_{i\to j} = p_j r_{j\to i}$ for each of the occupancies $\{ p_i\}$ and transition rates $r_{i\to j}$ for the shape categories. How close are the rates inferred from the phylogenies to obeying detailed balance? Presumably, the Markov chain fitted to the simulation data obeys detailed balance because the mutation model itself does?

      BayesTraits allows off-diagonal transition rates of the rate matrix to vary freely during numerical optimisation (Pagel, 1994). Therefore, there is no requirement for detailed balance to hold for the inferred rate matrix. For our simulations, the mutations are symmetric at the parameter level, therefore at this level, the process would be expected to obey detailed balance. We investigated this further by calculating the posterior signed equilibrium flux difference $\pi_iq_{ij}-\pi_jq_{ji}$ for all inferred rate matrices (see new material in supplementary information Fig S23). The posterior signed equilibrium fluxes for each transition pair in the simulations have 95% credible intervals overlapping with 0, which is consistent with detailed balance. Some phylogenetic state pairs are inconsistent with detailed balance. This could be due to something other than symmetric neutral drift acting on these specific transitions, such as selection or mutation biases not captured by the model. However, the identity of the transition pairs that are inconsistent with detailed balance varies between phylogenies, indicating that these apparent violations could be noise due to phylogenetic uncertainty. In any case, a violation of detailed balance does not disprove a developmental bias explanation, it just suggests that the underlying process is more complex than the reversible evolutionary algorithm we use in our leaf-model simulations. However, introducing non-reversible mutation dynamics into our leaf-model simulations would require additional assumptions and parameters describing mutational asymmetries, which are not necessary to reproduce the key bias towards unlobed.

      I find it hard to take the discussion of development seriously without some consideration of mechanics. Presumably, the mechanics are hidden in the computational leaf development model, but this model is not discussed in enough detail for the reader to know. It seems to me that the interesting question is: what are the {\it mechanical} constraints on development that drive the apparent trend in evolution towards simpler leaf shapes? Maybe it is something about the type of differential growth needed to make complex leaf shapes less robust to mutation. But in this case, I would assume that selection plays a role in the complexity of shape. In any case, a better understanding (or explanation) of the computational model is needed to make this interpretation.

      We thank the referee for the suggestion to make the paper more accessible. We have added a new, more detailed and pedagogical description of the model from (Runions, Tsiantis and Prusinkiewicz, 2017) in the supplementary information section S1.A “Leaf model details". We also note that Fig. 5 in the methods gives an overview of how the model works, including some mechanical aspects of development and growth.

      More generally, mechanics is one component of the developmental map that determines which parameter combinations produce viable leaf morphologies. Our analysis concerns the geometry of this complete developmental map, irrespective of whether its constraints arise from gene regulation, tissue mechanics, or their interaction.

      On the interesting question of what is causal, perhaps the example in figure 2 is helpful. We focus on two parameters, a morphogen repression strength, and a duration of growth. A key physical process here is called webbing, where cellular growth fills in the gaps between branching veins. This process flattens the leaf structure and creates a continuous, solid leaf blade (lamina). Strong webbing, characterized by a significant resistance to stretching and bending, results in a smoother margin (Runions, Tsiantis and Prusinkiewicz, 2017). The morphogen repression strength affects the physical parameters that determine how strong the webbing is. The duration of growth determines how long the leaf has to grow. If an unlobed leaf has some marginal patterning that results in small protrusions, such as serrations, increasing the duration of growth will amplify these protrusions, eventually forming lobes. Similarly, increasing the strength of morphogens that repress growth along the margin will deepen the sinuses between protrusions, resulting in lobes. Combinations can result in highly dissected and compound leaves, as illustrated in figure 2. Conversely, decreasing either or both will result in a smoother margin and eventually leaves with an unlobed shape. Thus, varying these two developmental parameters varies the physical processes that determine leaf shape. The mechanics of growth operate downstream of these parameters that we vary in our evolutionary simulations according to the details of the leaf developmental model.

      Some discussion of timescales is needed, especially when invoking neutral evolutionary arguments. If a neutral mutation occurs, its time to fix in a population of size $N$ is $\sim N$ generations. What are the relevant angiosperm population sizes and the number of mutations that separate branches on the tree? Are timescales remotely consistent with e.g., the age of angiosperms on Earth?

      Neutral processes have a well-established role in key aspects of angiosperm evolution, for example genome complexity (Lynch and Conery, 2003). This would suggest that the relevant timescales and generation times are not completely prohibitive of neutral processes also playing a role in the evolution of angiosperm leaf shape. Effective population sizes in plants are highly variable but estimates span 10^3-10^6. Assuming diploidy (and therefore average fixation time of 4Ne) and generation times of 1-10 years, this gives fixation timescales of 10^3-10^7 years. This is within the timescales of the trees we analyse, which span >150 million years.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      The paper's underlying question is interesting, extending the authors' prior work on RNA along similar conceptual lines. The paper combines both image analysis of leaves and a computational analysis of a simple model of leaf development.

      Weaknesses:

      The entire paper is based on the Runion model. More intuition about the Runion model would be useful for a broader readership that cares about the evolutionary aspect of this, but may not know the developmental model in question. Obviously, this is prior well-established work, but 2 - 3 sentences highlighting the key structural aspects of such a model would be great.

      Currently, that intuition is found implicitly in a sentence on page 2 ("complex leaf shapes need more specificity in their GRNs than their simpler unlobed leaf shape"), but the reader is left wondering - is the Runion model a detailed mechanistic one with multiple interacting genes/proteins? If so, how many? Or is it just 2 - 3 genes but with complexity entirely in how long they are each expressed/when they are turned off, etc.

      We thank the referee for the suggestion to make the paper more useful for a broader readership. To that end, we have added a more detailed description of the (Runions, Tsiantis and Prusinkiewicz, 2017) model in supplementary information section S1.A "Leaf model details".

      The Runions model has nearly 100 free parameters. Random walks in 100dimensional spaces have generic properties like a tendency to move toward regions of larger volume that have nothing to do with leaf biology. How do you disentangle the geometry of high-dimensional random walks from genuinely biological developmental bias? Would a toy model with 100 parameters and arbitrary phenotype categories also show "bias toward simplicity" if "simple" phenotypes occupy more volume?

      Our argument is largely independent of the number of parameters. While it is true that most of the volume is near the surface in a high-dimensional space, our argument is about the relative volumes of the sets of parameters that map to each of the four phenotypes, an entropic argument if you wish. The basic intuition is that a simple phenotype needs fewer parameters to be fine-tuned, and so a larger volume of parameter space will map to a simpler phenotype.

      The question about a toy model with arbitrary phenotypes is helpful because it allows us to clarify that what we are illustrating here with the biologically realistic example of leaf shapes is a much more generic principle. We can say with confidence that if the toy model generates a many-to-one set of outputs (phenotypes) through an algorithmic process whose description length does not grow faster than logarithmically with the size of the genotype space, then it should produce a bias towards simplicity regardless of the number of dimensions, see for example Johnston et al. (2022) and Dingle, Camargo and Louis (2018) for a longer discussion of this more general point which is based on arguments from algorithmic information theory (AIT). We do not use that framing in the current paper because the basic intuition for GRNs, that more complex phenotypes need more parameters to be fine-tuned and so have relatively smaller volumes, is more straightforward to understand than the more abstract AIT arguments. Our general prediction that this principle should hold more widely for GRNs can be made both by the more formal AIT route, or via the more heuristic fine-tuned parameter route.

      It is also true that random walks can have biases towards regions of parameter space with high robustness (Van Nimwegen et al., 1999). For our model, this would mean a bias towards valid leaves, however we have no reason to expect this would bias the rates between different valid leaf shapes. We address this point in methods section C.

      The discussion of Figure 4 (PCA of parameter space) uses "area" loosely when what's actually being measured is bin count in a 2D projection of a highdimensional space. I would think that, in general, PCA projections can be misleading about volume in the full parameter space, but I can't tell if that's an issue in this case. Some comments/thoughts here would be useful.

      The quantitative estimate of phenotype frequencies is computed directly in the full parameter space and does not depend on PCA. We estimate that the total volume of viable leaves maps to simple unlobed leaves about 80% of the time. However, the volume is extremely high-dimensional, and so hard to visualise. PCA is used solely to provide an interpretable visualization of this otherwise high-dimensional structure. The PCA plots in Fig 4 and Fig S16 are there to be illustrative, not quantitative. Because the volume differences are large, we do not think that the projections of the main PCA components would be misleading on at least the ordering of the sizes of the parameter space components that map to each leaf shape. We provided a similar analysis for other projections -- PC1-PC6 (supplementary information section S3.B "PCA occupancy for higher dimensions"), finding the same trend. To make this point clearer, we have now changed the sentence in the Fig. 4 caption slightly “This (reveals that --> illustrates how) unlobed leaves occupy a larger region of model parameter space than more complex shapes and that this larger space also contains the majority of more complex leaves.”

      The classifier validation section is in the Methods section, but it seems critical to the whole story. The < 80% agreement with manual classification could propagate to the rest of the estimates in the paper. Again, some comments/thoughts here would be useful.

      The review raises a valid concern. In response, we have repeated the analysis of the agreement between by-eye and automatic morphometric classification and produced a confusion matrix for the two classification methods to make the uncertainty clearer (see supplementary information Fig S7, section S1.E). The confusion matrices show that the agreement between the by-eye and automatic morphometric methods is high for unlobed, dissected and compound. The main source of disagreement is leaves that were classified as lobed by eye being classified as either unlobed or dissected by the automatic morphometric method. The proportion of by-eye lobed leaves classified by the automatic-morphometric method as either unlobed (27%) or dissected (23%) is relatively balanced, which we think will cancel out some error as well. Moreover, we find that the agreement between the automatic-morphometric method and by-eye classification increases to 90.0% when using the categories unlobed and all other categories grouped into one (complex). This is the most important classification for our finding that development and phylogeny are both biased towards unlobed.

      The authors should explain Mut2 and Mut5 in the main paper with a sentence or two, at least schematically, because how you mutate is obviously very relevant to interpreting a paper about biases in variation.

      We agree that this information should be readily available in the main text. In response, we have added a sentence to the results section C for more detail on the random walk.

      "[We mutated the initial sample using a random walk algorithm with two different mutational schemes, MUT2 (alg. 1) and MUT5 (alg. S2).] These algorithms work by iterating through model parameters one by one and perturbing the value by a small amount. We then [automatically classified the resulting shapes...]"

      However, we note that in methods section C there is already a more detailed description of both algorithms.

      “MUT2 (alg. 1) iterates through the parameters in a random order, and attempts to change the parameter by a value selected at random from an array of numbers randomly generated at 3 different orders of magnitude. MUT5 (alg. S2) is the same as MUT2 except that each mutation is additionally scaled by 10% of the current parameter’s range within the initial leaves (fig. S6). The aim here was to provide some way of accounting for the biologically relevant sampling range."

      Moreover, the MUT2 algorithm is described in pseudocode in Algorithm 1 in the main text, and the pseudocode for MUT5 is in supplementary information section S1.C, as algorithm S2.

      The two mutational schemes use additive perturbations to individual parameters. Real mutations presumably affect regulatory networks in more structured ways (e.g., changing binding affinities that affect multiple parameters simultaneously). How sensitive are the results to the assumption of independent single-parameter mutations?

      The referee raises an interesting and well-known issue concerning this widely studied class of GRN models. Without a detailed understanding of how individual genetic mutations map onto model parameters, it is difficult to determine with confidence whether a mutation would produce correlated changes in certain sets of parameters. Our main argument, however, is that the primary source of the observed bias is geometric: the volume of parameter space (or equivalently, the entropy) corresponding to simple leaf morphologies is substantially larger than that corresponding to complex morphologies. As long as mutations explore parameter space approximately symmetrically, even if they involve correlated changes in multiple parameters, larger phenotype regions will tend to be encountered more frequently and retained for longer than smaller regions. We therefore expect the observed bias to be robust to many alternative mutation models, as is already supported by the agreement between our two mutational schemes, although quantifying this robustness is an interesting direction for future work.

      The connectedness argument is made using a 2D PCA projection. Is there a way to check this statement in the full parameter space or perhaps in higherdimensional projections to test the robustness of this result? Connected components can merge/split under different projections.

      We agree that the 2D projection alone is limited. We therefore performed a new analysis using the same method but in the full dimensional parameter space. The nearest neighbour graph for the full-dimensional data has the following numbers of connected components: unlobed-146, lobed-273, dissected-255, compound-315. This follows the same pattern identified for the PC1-PC2 projection, that unlobed splits into fewer connected components than other leaf shape categories. We have added this result to the caption in figure 9.

      References:

      Dingle, K., Camargo, C.Q. and Louis, A.A. (2018) ‘Input–output maps are strongly biased towards simple outputs’, Nature Communications, 9(1), p. 761. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-018-03101-6.

      Johnston, I.G. et al. (2022) ‘Symmetry and simplicity spontaneously emerge from the algorithmic nature of evolution’, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 119(11), p. e2113883119. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2113883119.

      Lynch, M. and Conery, J.S. (2003) ‘The Origins of Genome Complexity’, Science, 302(5649), pp. 1401–1404. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1089370.

      Pagel, M. (1994) ‘Detecting correlated evolution on phylogenies: a general method for the comparative analysis of discrete characters’, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series B: Biological Sciences, 255(1342), pp. 37–45. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1098/rspb.1994.0006.

      Runions, A., Tsiantis, M. and Prusinkiewicz, P. (2017) ‘A common developmental program can produce diverse leaf shapes’, New Phytologist, 216(2), pp. 401–418. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1111/nph.14449.

      Van Nimwegen, E., Crutchfield, J.P. and Huynen, M. (1999) ‘Neutral evolution of mutational robustness’, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 96(17), pp. 9716–9720. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.96.17.9716.

    1. As you can see, even actions seemingly as small as hand gestures or seating arrangements can cause some large miscommunications. As Helena explains, our own world view is likely anything but “normal”. Instead, it is a combination of our unique accumulated experiences throughout life influenced by a myriad of factors. As responsible global citizens, it’s crucial for us to acknowledge how those influences may affect our perception of the world and how we communicate.

      I have a Math teacher who grew up in Greece, and at the very start of the year she told us never to raise our hands with our fingers spread. You would think it was a weird rule but the reason was in Greece when you put out your hand with 5 fingers spread its like 5 middle fingers toward someone. Like F*** you 5 times. So she just said Don't do it, as she would always have a negative reaction to it.

    1. Stig-matized illness can make an illness much moredifficult to treat and manage.

      I think this is important because patients may avoid getting medical care if they are afraid of being judged because of their condition. As future nurses, we need to make sure our patients feel comfortable and respected no matter what health issues they are dealing with. Building trust and treating everyone without judgment can help patients feel safer asking for help and following their treatment plan.

    1. By this, and this only, we have existed

      Looking back at "Old 2", I find myself disagreeing with rmamamnbiba23's point upon these lines. They state "Perhaps it be that, human nature only really can exist ithrough that which is bad or erroneous. But in death, that which is bad is not what is remebered by others despite that it is essentially most important when facing religous judgement." Ultimatley, I find this viewpoint rather lacking, and not entirely what Elliot meant to display in this poem. While yes, much of this poem displays the erroneous nature of man, the poem also provides hope, that man can change and become better, proving that that is is not simply human nature which dictates people to be good or bad. As for their point that ones bad deeds are simply forgotten upon their death, I don't believe this is what Elliot intded to mean by this line. Rather, I think that Elliot is establishing that the only way one can ever live, is through giving to others, and being generous, and no matter how you are remembered in death, that is what truly matters. This is because he "That awful daring of a moments surrender which an age of prudence can never retract, by this and thus only, we have existed which is not to be found in our obituaries." Thus, Elliot is saying, when someone gives to others completely, which is a "daring surrender" they truly live, regardless of what may be recorded upon their tombstone.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The current study is a follow-up to a previously published study by the same research group (Nold et al. 2025). In the previous study, the authors had included a set of exploratory analyses which assessed the effects of fitness level (denominated by a relative FTP), sex, and drug treatment (Naxolone versus placebo). In this previous study, the authors state that "exploratory analysis showed a significant main effect of fitness level on differences in pain ratings in the [saline] condition... suggesting increased hypoalgesia with increasing fitness levels, pooled across all stimulus intensities".

      In the current study, the authors have recruited an additional 22 female participants (21 included in analysis) from local cycling clubs to assess if fitness level does indeed impact exercise-induced hypoalgesia responses to experimental thermal and pressure pain models.

      Strengths:

      The current study has the potential to present a convincing argument about the effect of fitness level and potentially other factors (e.g., sex) on exercise-induced hypoalgesia responses. Combining data across two of their primary studies would be highly fruitful to the research community interested in this area. Specifically, it has the potential to inform sports medicine practitioners and how they administer exercise protocols to help those experiencing pain with a further consideration for the fitness level (and maybe sex) of their patients.

      Weaknesses:

      However, the current study makes several bold claims about the role of fitness level and sex on exercise-induced hypoalgesia, which I do not believe that this study on its own - or in conjunction with the previously published study by the same authors - can make at present. Namely, the current study does not appear to conduct any specific analyses between the cohorts from either study (current and present). The results mention a difference in the group mean values in "fitness level" between cohorts, but the analysis itself on pain responses/exercise-induced hypoalgesia is limited only to the cohort from the current study. If the authors wanted to provide a convincing argument that fitness level has an effect on exercise-induced hypoalgesia, then the analysis of this study would have to include an analysis between the groups considered to be of "high" and "low" fitness level. I do not think the current study does this. Instead, it makes an assumption from the previous study (Nold et al. 2025) which only states that "exploratory analysis showed a significant main effect of fitness level on differences in pain ratings in the [saline] condition... suggesting increased hypoalgesia with increasing fitness levels, pooled across all stimulus intensities". The analysis of this study would have to include fitness level "high fitness" versus "low fitness" of participants across both studies in its statistical model to properly discern if fitness level has an impact on exercise-induced hypoalgesia.

      A similar comment can be made with respect to sex differences, as these have not been assessed in the analysis of this study either.

      Another area of weakness in this study is how "fitness level" has been demarcated across participants. One issue is how authors have assumed that the current cohort is 'fit', whereas the previous cohort was 'less fit', meaning that the authors could be coming to false conclusions about fitness level. In detail, figures within the current study show a large overlap between the 'fit' and 'less fit' cohorts, where some participants have a higher relative functional threshold power (FTP) in the 'less fit' cohort than the 'fit' cohort and vice versa. Therefore, I believe the authors should better demarcate between those that are in the 'more fit' and 'less fit' groups according to a validated and well-established criterion from the kinesiology and sport science literature. That being said, I think this may be problematic in some ways as FTP is considered a relatively poor measure to denote fitness levels, a limitation highlighted in the previous study's review.

      Altogether, whilst I commend the researchers on their body of work across the two studies, the current methods and analysis provide an incomplete assessment of their primary research question, and therefore, I would urge the authors to reconsider some of their methods/analysis and the framing of their results to better reflect the main research question they have attempted to answer. Likewise, I would recommend that readers ensure they consider the current results with caution until the authors have addressed some areas of concern which currently limit their main conclusions.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their thorough and insightful comments and for the time invested in reviewing our work. In response, we have made several important revisions, particularly to address the major concerns regarding fitness level and sex differences.

      Specifically, we have:

      (1) Conducted additional pooled analyses to directly evaluate fitness and sex effects.

      We pooled the data from the previous and current studies and conducted linear mixed-effects models investigating the effect of exercise intensity between the subgroups, as well as specifically testing the effect of fitness level and sex across the pooled data. This allowed us to directly test the effects of fitness level and sex on a common scale rather than infer these effects from separate cohorts. To quantify evidence both for and against the presence of exercise-induced pain modulation and its moderation by fitness, sex, and study sample, we estimated Bayes factors comparing nested models of increasing complexity. In addition, we examined the posterior distributions of the regression coefficients (β) and subgroup- specific (males from previous study, females from previous study, females from current study) exercise effects to estimate the magnitude and uncertainty of these effects. The Bayesian analyses provided some evidence that fitness level moderated exercise-induced pain modulation, but sex did not. Importantly, these findings were consistent with the overall pattern of results obtained in the frequentist analyses. All corresponding statistics in the main manuscript and Supplementary Materials have been updated accordingly. To improve transparency, the pooled analyses are now presented in the dedicated Results subsections and accompanied by new figures (Figures 4 and 5). Furthermore, we have adapted the Title, Discussion and Conclusion to more closely reflect the results.

      (2) Clarified the assessment of fitness level.

      We expanded our consideration of fitness level and training status by discussing training volume as an additional indicator of training status. We also acknowledge that fitness is a continuous construct and that some overlap in FTP values exists between cohorts. To address this concern, we conducted pooled analyses using FTP as a continuous predictor rather than relying solely on cohort membership. For consistency and comparability with the previous study, FTP remained our primary indicator of fitness level, while analyses using training volume are now reported in the Supplementary Materials.

      (3) Expanded the mechanistic background on the effect of fitness level and sex on EIH.

      We expanded the mechanistic background in both the Introduction and Discussion to provide a clearer theoretical rationale for how fitness level and sex may influence exercise-induced hypoalgesia (EIH), drawing on relevant experimental and clinical literature.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study addresses an important question regarding exercise-induced modulation of pain in women, but the conclusions appear to be based on relatively limited and selective evidence. The authors report an interaction between exercise intensity and stimulus intensity, which they interpret as evidence for exercise-induced hypoalgesia and conclude that fitness, but not sex, modulates this effect. However, this main result relies on a relatively small interaction that emerges only under specific conditions, with inconsistent findings across pain modalities and stimulus intensities, and an analysis approach that does not fully exploit the continuous pain ratings collected. The lack of a baseline condition further limits the interpretability of the findings as reflecting hypoalgesia, and overall, the data provide a rather constrained basis for drawing broader conclusions.

      Strengths:

      (1) The focus on women is important and timely, particularly given the ambiguity in prior findings and the historical bias toward male-dominated samples.

      (2) The attempt to revisit previous findings in a new cohort is valuable in principle.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The core interpretation may not be fully supported by the data

      The central claim-that the results demonstrate exercise-induced hypoalgesia and its dependence on fitness but not sex-does not appear to be fully supported by the evidence presented.

      (1.1) Lack of baseline condition

      The absence of a no-exercise baseline substantially limits interpretation. The study compares high- and low-intensity exercise, but without a baseline, it is not possible to determine whether either condition produces hypoalgesia or hyperalgesia relative to calibration. The observed HI-LI difference, therefore, reflects only a relative contrast between exercise intensities, not an absolute reduction in pain. As a result, attributing the findings to "hypoalgesia" may be difficult to justify fully.

      (1.2) Lack of internal replication across conditions

      The reported effect is highly specific and does not clearly generalise across the experimental design. It emerges significantly only for heat pain at the highest stimulus intensity, with no clear effects for other intensities and for pressure pain. Moreover, the main statistical result is a relatively small interaction effect with a modest p value, which translates into a difference of approximately 6-8 VAS units on a 150 scale. This combination-a small effect size, limited statistical strength, and restriction to a single condition-substantially weakens the evidence for a robust or generalisable effect.

      (1.3) Deviations from the original study and selective use of data

      Although framed as a follow-up to previous work, the current study introduces substantial methodological changes, particularly in the acquisition and scaling of pain ratings (continuous vs post-hoc ratings, modified VAS with sub-threshold range). Despite collecting rich continuous data, the analysis focuses on peak responses to approximate the previous study. While this may aid comparability, it results in a strong emphasis on a single data point (highest intensity), rather than leveraging the full dataset. This limits both interpretability and comparability.

      (1.4) Over-reliance on null results regarding sex differences

      The conclusion that fitness, but not sex, modulates exercise-induced pain may not be directly supported by the data presented. The current study includes only highly fit women, and comparisons with men or less-fit women rely on non-significant differences in a previous cohort. The absence of a significant difference does not provide evidence for equivalence, and no formal statistical support for a null effect is provided. As such, conclusions about the absence of sex differences would unfortunately benefit from more cautious interpretation.

      (2) Limited sample and lack of diversity

      The dataset is narrow in scope, comprising a small sample (N = 21) of healthy, highly fit women. Key demographic characteristics (e.g. age range, BMI distribution) are not fully presented, explored or discussed. This limits generalisability and makes it difficult to draw broader conclusions about exercise-induced pain modulation in women, as the main focus of the study.

      (3) Methodological choices limit the interpretability of the data

      Several methodological decisions would benefit from stronger justification:

      (3.1) The use of a non-standard VAS scale (0-150 with a fixed pain threshold at 50) is unconventional and may influence how participants report pain, while limiting comparability with related literature.

      (3.2) Participants explicitly reported expecting exercise to reduce pain, introducing a potential confound that is not presently addressed.

      (3.3) A more comprehensive use of the full time series of pain ratings would provide a stronger and more transparent basis for interpretation of the present findings.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their time and effort invested in reviewing our manuscript and appreciate the comments. In response to the points raised by the reviewer, we have now updated our work. Specifically, we have:

      (1) Pooled samples and strengthened inferential framework:

      We pooled the current and previous datasets to provide a stronger basis for the primary interpretation of the findings. On this combined dataset, we conducted both frequentist linear mixed-effects models and complementary Bayesian analyses, allowing us to directly test effects of fitness level, sex, and exercise intensity within a unified framework and to quantify both effect sizes and evidence for/against key hypotheses. The Title, Results, Methods and Discussion have been adapted to more closely reflect the results.

      (2) Addressed sample limitations through pooled analysis:

      To mitigate limitations related to sample size and composition in the individual studies, we extended all primary inferential analyses to the pooled dataset. This approach increases statistical power, improves the stability of estimates, and enables a more reliable examination of between-group effects across fitness level and sex, thereby strengthening the generalisability of the findings.

      (3) Expanded analyses of continuous pain ratings:

      To address methodological concerns regarding the use of a summary pain metric, we supplemented the primary peak-based analyses with additional linear mixed-effects models on the full time-series data. Specifically, we modelled time × exercise intensity interactions for both heat and pressure pain, thereby capturing the dynamic structure of pain responses and ensuring that conclusions are supported by the richness of the continuous rating data. These analyses have been added to the Supplementary Materials.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Synopsis

      The current study is a follow-up to a previously published study by the same research group (Nold et al. 2025). In the previous study, the authors had included a set of exploratory analyses which assessed the effects of fitness level (denominated by a relative FTP), sex, and drug treatment (Naxolone versus placebo).

      In the current study, the authors have recruited an additional 22 female participants (21 included in analysis) from local cycling clubs to assess if fitness level impacts exercise-induced hypoalgesia responses to experimental thermal and pressure pain models.

      All the analysis of this study seems to be specific to the "fit" cohort from this study. No analysis or figures seem to show differences between cohorts from the current and previous studies. For this study, the authors found that maximum pain ratings after application of a thermal stimulus and pressure pain stimulus were lower after a high-intensity exercise compared to a lower-intensity exercise. There was also an exercise intensity × stimulus intensity interaction when thermal stimulations were applied, suggesting that the exercise-induced hypoalgesia response varies across exercise intensities as the stimulus intensity increases/decreases. The same cannot be said for pressure pain according the statistical analysis outputs of this study, although inspection of Figure 3B (top row) does illustrate that at higher stimulus intensities, there is a difference between exercise intensities for maximal pain ratings, whereas there is no difference at lower stimulus intensities (30 and 50 VAS). However, observing the changes in maximum pain ratings (Figure 3C) does show similar changes across all stimulus intensities for pressure pain, unlike thermal pain. Therefore, the authors claim that there is an effect of fitness level on the exercise-induced hypoalgesia response.

      Overall, the authors have completed a neat supplementary study to their previous study. However, there are several areas that I believe should be addressed within the current manuscript.

      First, the authors regularly state "...the hypoalgesic response to exercise depends on fitness level but not on sex". As mentioned earlier, the results section of the previous study states that "exploratory analysis showed a significant main effect of fitness level on differences in pain ratings in the [saline] condition... suggesting increased hypoalgesia with increasing fitness levels, pooled across all stimulus intensities". In this study, the authors do not seem to have completed a direct comparison between the two study cohorts. The results for the current study only seem to discuss the effects of exercise intensity within this study cohort. If this study is to be treated as a stand-alone study, then the data that is presented should make it clear that the effect of fitness level is being assessed. Currently, the results and the figures only illustrate the effects of exercise intensity and stimulus intensity, not fitness level (or sex), which are mentioned in the title, abstract, and most discussions.

      Second, on the topic of sex-related effects, as authors repeatedly state ""...the hypoalgesic response to exercise depends on fitness level but not on sex", I think it is worth noting that this statement would require an a priori assessment of sex differences on exercise-induced hypoalgesia responses. As the previous study (exploratory) and this study (no sex difference analysis) do not include this a priori assessment, I do not think they can conclude that sex is not a factor in the exercise-induced hypoalgesia response, though they can surmise that fitness level may have an influencing role if it was specifically tested in this study. If the authors wish to judge the role of sex, there ought to analysis on this specifically.

      Third, whilst the authors have tested the effects of "fitness level", I urge the authors to consider how they have demarcated between fitness levels in this study and any other (validated) criterion that could be used in place of their current method to distinguish between "fit" and "less fit" participants. To explain the cohort of the current study is judged to be "fitter" than the previous study based on the group mean relative FTP. Yet, observing Figure 1, there are several participants with lower relative FTP in the "fit" cohort than the "less fit" cohort, and vice versa. I would recommend the authors to consult with some kinesiologists/sport scientists about this issue. As the central topic of this study is the effect of fitness level, this warrants careful consideration, as the current method to split the groups is problematic, especially as there is clear overlap between the two groups in the metric that the authors have used (relative FTP).

      Fourth, I think it would be highly beneficial for the authors to add more discussion around the theoretical and mechanistic accounts about why fitness level (and sex) would impact exerciseinduced hypoalgesia responses. The current manuscript provides a nice account of the current literature in terms of the direction of each study's results, yet they do not explore why fitness level or sex has such effects. This would be highly valuable to a reader to set the tone of the study rationale in the introduction and provide more depth to the authors' discussion of their results.

      Below I have highlighted all my comments that have been separated into MAJOR and MINOR comment sections.

      I hope my comments are of use to the authors, and I would like to thank them and the journal for the opportunity to review their paper on a truly interesting and insightful topic.

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful comments and appreciate the time invested in reviewing our work. In the following, we have addressed all comments raised by the reviewer and marked all changes in the manuscript.

      Major Comments

      (1) In my opinion, it would enhance the manuscript if the authors provided a theoretical or mechanistic account of why fitness levels or sex would impact the exercise-related hypoalgesia effects. Though some reasoning about the mechanisms of fitness level and sex is mentioned in the discussion of the previous study (Nold et al. 2025), and even if the overall research findings are mixed at present, I do not think it would be overkill to provide the rationale for why the authors do/do not predict a certain response in the current study after their analyses. On this note, the authors may argue that the manuscript content from L52-61 is an account of the previous literature. However, whilst this literature sets out the directions of previous research findings, as I read this, I do not think there is a theoretical framework to underpin why fitness level or sex would impact exercise-induced hypoalgesia (EIH). References already included in the manuscript should have some discussions around this (e.g., Sluka et al. 2018; Koltyn 2000; Koltyn et al. 2014).

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. We agree that the mechanistic rationale for why fitness level and sex may influence EIH could be described in more detail. Accordingly, we have expanded the Introduction/Discussion to provide a more comprehensive overview of the potential mechanisms underlying these effects, drawing on previous EIH literature (e.g., Sluka et al., 2018; Koltyn, 2000; Koltyn et al., 2014) as well as evidence relating to changes in endogenous modulatory systems due to repeated exercise (Anderson & Shivakumar, 2013; Gajic et al., 2026; Matei et al., 2023; Saanijoki et al., 2022; Song et al., 2022) as well as sex differences in these neuromodulatory systems potentially contributing to sex differences in EIH (Blanton et al., 2021; Castelli et al., 2014; Fullerton et al., 2018; Levine et al., 2021; Loyd et al., 2008; Zubieta et al., 2002).

      (2) The study sets out an aim, but I do not see any (a priori) hypotheses in the intro or methods. If no hypotheses were registered, this can be reported in the discussion and factored into the discussion about why certain results would/would not be expected.

      The reviewer is correct that no formal, pre-registered hypotheses were specified for this study. As this study was designed as a follow-up to our previous study, which reported no exercise-induced pain modulation in relatively less fit females, the present investigation was primarily exploratory in nature and aimed to examine whether exercise-induced pain modulations would be observed in a sample of females with significantly higher fitness levels. We have now clarified this in the discussion and acknowledge the exploratory nature of the study when interpreting the findings.

      (3) Is there a sample size justification, sensitivity analysis, or post-hoc calculation for the additional 21 participants to detect effects for fitness level and sex?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. No formal a priori sample size calculation was performed for the recruitment of the additional 21 participants. The current study was designed as a follow-up to our previous work, in which female participants were, on average, slightly less fit than male participants. To better disentangle the effects of fitness and sex, we therefore aimed to recruit a comparable number of female participants with higher fitness levels. Accordingly, we targeted a sample size similar to that of the female subgroup in the previous study.

      (4) I have a wider question about where there has truly been a test between fitness levels.

      Definition and measurement of "fitness level".

      Is there an appropriate rationale that relative FTP is an appropriate measure to distinguish between fitness levels? Understandably, this is done for consistency between the two studies, and there may be mention of the use of the FTP measure in the original study; however, it would be worth justifying the use of the relative FTP measure to categorise fitness level with previous literature to back this up.

      We thank the reviewer for this very valid and important point regarding both the validity of FTP as a proxy for fitness and the distinction between fitness levels. Previous research has shown that the FTP and FTP20 tests are reliable and convenient methods to estimate approximate measures of VO2max (Denham et al., 2020) and that the FTP test is a useful test for performance prediction in moderately trained cyclists (Sørensen et al., 2019). Furthermore, we argue that FTP represents a continuous performance measure in our studies instead of a categorical variable distinguishing between fit and unfit individuals, and we have strengthened the manuscript by providing a clearer justification for its use as a field-based proxy of endurance fitness, supported by previous literature linking FTP to more direct physiological markers such as VO<sub>2max</sub> (Denham et al., 2020). Since we have used FTP in the previous sample as a measure of fitness level, we maintained this for consistency in the current study.

      We also acknowledge that, despite statistically significant group differences, there is meaningful overlap between the males of the previous study and the females of the current study and that “fitness level” should be interpreted as a continuum rather than a strict categorical separation. Accordingly, the labels “fit” and “unfit” should be interpreted relative to the samples included in the current and previous studies rather than as absolute classifications. To reflect this more accurately, we have revised the manuscript to refer to participants as having higher or lower fitness levels, which should be interpreted within the context of the pooled sample rather than as discrete fitness categories.

      Classification of fitness level.

      In L110-111 - The statistical analysis does show a difference between groups, but Figure 1A does show that there is a crossover with around half the sample from each study cohort. That is, the current study had ~16 participants who had a lower relative FTP than the highest relative FTP from the previous study. When removing the highest participant (outlier) in the previous study, there are still 7 participants (a third of the sample) with a lower relative FTP than participants considered of a 'lower' fitness level than the previous study.

      Essentially, on the group level, there is a statistical difference in relative FTP, but there is notable overlap between the two groups.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. Our aim was not to create entirely non-overlapping fitness categories, but rather to recruit a female sample with significantly higher average fitness levels than the females included in the previous study. As shown in the revised manuscript, females from the current study had, on average, significantly higher relative FTP values than females from the previous study, whereas no significant difference was observed between females from the current study and males from the previous study. We also report training volume as an additional indicator of training status; however, because training volume was self-reported, we consider FTP to provide a more objective and sensitive measure of fitness. The partial overlap in FTP values between samples is not unexpected and, in fact, facilitates comparisons across studies by ensuring that the samples are not entirely distinct populations.

      Could another distinction be made based on:

      - A set value (e.g., 2.0 W/kg-1);

      - Another value from previous literature, and the analysis be re-run with this classification of participants? The approach to use a set value is consistent with kinesiology literature that uses set values to demarcate fitness level for other more common, measures like VO2max (see ACSM guidelines and de Pauw et al. 2013);

      - Or by dissociating between training volume and slightly tweaking the wording to "training status/volume" (although I am cognisant that this would introduce an incongruence in terminology between the authors' studies, but other studies that have been referenced [e.g., Geva and Defrin, do specifically test between training volume]).

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestions. We would like to refrain from making another distinction based on a set value and dividing the group into “fit” and “unfit” individuals. Instead, we have pooled the samples and treated FTP as a continuous variable, which preserves statistical power and avoids the loss of information associated with dichotomising a continuous measure.

      To address the reviewers' suggestion of including training volume as a measure of fitness level, we have repeated our new analyses, namely the LMER model using training volume as a predictor for difference pain ratings (LI – HI Exercise pain ratings), in the pooled sample. These analyses yielded no significant effects for training volume, the interaction of training volume x sex, or training volume x subgroup in either heat or pressure pain. Furthermore, the training volume is potentially influenced by outliers in the current study sample. For completeness, we have added these analyses and according visualisation to the Supplements (Fig. S6).

      We believe that the FTP provides a more sensitive and objective measure of cardiovascular fitness level in our study, as it is not susceptible to recall bias, differences in training intensity and differences in training efficacy. We also note that other studies (Geva & Defrin, 2013) did not rely solely on self-reported training volume as a measure of fitness level, but recruited participants based on training history and athletic status (e.g. competitive triathletes vs. active controls).

      For these reasons, we consider the FTP the most appropriate primary indicator of fitness level in the current (and previous) study, while still reporting training volume in the main manuscript to consider.

      The above suggestions would also allow to select matched pairs from the male cohort when comparing effects between sexes. Altogether, though, I believe this comment to be the most important in my review of this paper, as the primary question depends strongly on how fitness level is defined and categorised by the researchers, and this requires careful consideration and validation from previous literature if such decisive conclusions are to be drawn from the results. Therefore, a clearer description of the reason why certain effects are expected (theory/mechanisms) and how participants have been categorised will be highly valuable for readers. It may be useful for the authors to reach out to kinesiologists/sport scientists within their peer groups to help with this comment.

      To further address the concern regarding between-cohort comparability, we have now pooled the samples from the previous and current study and re-analysed the data fitness level as a continuous variable rather than relying on cohort-based comparisons. Specifically, we conducted regression analyses examining fitness level, sex, and their interaction, as well as subgroup analyses including males from the previous study, females from the previous study, and females from the current study. These analyses were complemented by Bayesian model comparison and posterior inference. The results are now reported in the Results section. We also acknowledge that fitness is best viewed as a continuum rather than a discrete characteristic and have revised the manuscript accordingly, replacing references to “fit” and “unfit” participants with descriptions of relatively higher and lower fitness levels within the pooled sample.

      Finally, as mentioned in the previous comment (major comment #1), we have expanded the Introduction and Discussion to more clearly outline the mechanistic and theoretical rationale for expecting effects of fitness level and sex on exercise-induced pain modulation, drawing on relevant literature (see major comment #1). We believe these additions substantially strengthen both the conceptual justification and the analytical robustness of the manuscript.

      (5) The abstract states that "...further investigation to determine if and to what extent exercise induced hypoalgesia depends on fitness level and/or sex." However, I cannot see any analysis relating to sex in the results of this study that takes the female sample of this study and the male sample of the previous study and then carries out another LNER model? I also see no report of results about sex in any of the figures/tables. If sex is part of the abstract and main research question, then I would argue it ought to be in the results and feature in figures within the main manuscript, not supplementary material.

      We agree with the reviewer that, given the emphasis on fitness and sex in the Abstract and research aims, analyses directly examining sex effects should be presented in the main manuscript. In response, we pooled the samples from the previous and current studies and repeated the linear mixed-effects regression analyses used in the previous study to examine the effects of fitness and sex on exercise-induced pain modulation. We further complemented these analyses with Bayesian model comparison and parameter estimation to assess the moderating effects of fitness level and sex in the pooled dataset. The results of these pooled analyses are now reported in the corresponding Results section and are presented in the main manuscript as Figure 5. The Abstract, Results, Discussion, and Conclusions have been revised accordingly.

      (6) The current abstract and main manuscript make it seem that this study completed an additional analysis on the effect of sex, but this does not appear to be the case. Statements like "together with our previous findings, this suggests that exercise-induced hypoalgesia depends on fitness level but not on sex" are quite decisive, although it does not seem that any analysis was completed between sexes in an a priori fashion. The only data I can see that assesses between sex effects is an exploratory analysis from the previous study, which was part of a larger exploration of sex - fitness level - and drug interactions.

      Therefore could the authors either:

      - Run this analysis between sexes;

      - Or make it explicit that this study did not conduct any specific a priori analysis on sex differences in EIH at high and low intensities.

      - And/or temper how decisive their conclusions on the (null) effects for sex, unless there are statistical analyses to support this.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that the manuscript did not include a dedicated analysis of sex effects in the combined dataset. In response, we pooled the samples from the previous and current studies and conducted additional frequentist (LMER) and Bayesian (Bayes Factor and posterior distributions) analyses examining the effects of fitness and sex on exercise-induced pain modulation. The frequentist analyses indicated an association between fitness and EIH, but not sex, while the Bayesian analyses similarly provided little evidence for sex-dependent effects. These new analyses have been added to the manuscript, and the Abstract, Results, Discussion, and Conclusions have been revised accordingly.

      Section-specific Comments:

      (1) Abstract

      L38-40: See major comment #6 above.

      As described above, we have now conducted additional analyses on the moderating effect of fitness level and sex using frequentist and Bayesian analyses and adapted the Abstract accordingly.

      (2) Introduction

      L68 - What is meant by "robust" in this sentence? Robust to describe the direction and magnitude of the differences in effects between sexes seems a little misrepresentative.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment and agree that the wording is vague. To emphasise clarity, we have rephrased this to “[…] whereas others (Koltyn, 2000; Sternberg et al., 2001; Vaegter et al., 2014) suggest that hypoalgesia following exercise is more pronounced in females, but overall results remain inconclusive (Rice et al., 2019).”

      (3) Results

      L124 - What is the online rating scale? It is the word "online" in particular that is confusing here, as it is described in the methods, but just seems to be a standard handheld device with a cursor.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. In this case, “online” refers to the continuous ratings whilst the stimulus is ongoing, using a handheld rating device and using button presses. We clarified this further at the beginning of the Results and Methods sections to include “real-time (continuous) pain ratings” to avoid confusion.

      L136 - I think there is a missing word here before the set of parentheses. RPE?

      We thank the reviewer for detecting this and have added “RPE” before the parentheses.

      L136-138 - I would amend to read something like... "This confirms the exercise intensity protocols elicited a different output, relative power, physiological demand (HR), and perceived demand (RPE)", just to be clear on what the differences have been physiologically and psychologically for the participants when exercising at the two intensities.

      We agree with the reviewer and have rephrased the sentence according to their suggestion for clarity.

      (4) Discussion

      L190 - "results suggest that fit females show a hypoalgesic response to HI compared to LI exercise". I think there is a word missing in this sentence to make it clear what the results are.

      We have revised the sentence in accordance with the new (pooled) analysis results.

      L250-253 - The authors have given a fantastic account of the previous literature and the trends that each study has observed. However, in line with major comment #1, could the authors include some discussion to speculate why there are expected differences between training level/fitness level and sex (plus interactions)? Some studies that are referenced are theoretical papers, and even if the current literature is unsure about the likely mechanisms behind fitness and sex differences in EIH responses, stating this would also be useful to a reader but the authors could signpost them to specific references that would broaden their understanding after reading this study.

      We have now provided a more detailed account of the potential mechanistic background on why fitness level and/or sex could influence exercise-induced modulation in the Discussion (see major comment #1).

      (5) Limitations

      L258-259 - If I have understood this sentence correctly and the content in L301-304, the heat stimulus (temperature of the thermal probe) that was applied to induce a 30 VAS pain intensity rating at rest actually induced no pain at all, as 30 VAS is considered below the pain threshold of "minimally painful". In retrospect, this seems like an odd choice of measurement.

      It means that 30 VAS is simply a measure of warm (non-painful but detecting heat) and perturbation to the skin (pressure but not hurting) in the heat and pressure pain conditions, respectively. Therefore, to include the 30 VAS values in the analysis to dissociate whether HIGH or LIGHT intensities, fitness level, or sex have an impact on EIH seems misplaced, as there is no actual pain for which a hypoalgesia response can be tested at this intensity.

      Making this clearer in the results or discussion would be worthwhile for the readers, in my opinion.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this. In both the previous and current studies, participants were calibrated using the same procedure and rating scale (0 – 100) to identify painful stimulus intensities corresponding to VAS 30, 50, and 70. On the main experimental day, participants in the current study rated on a modified scale ranging from 0 to 150, with 50 marking the pain threshold, such that ratings below 50 reflected a non-painful rating. Importantly, the calibrated VAS 30, 50, and 70 stimuli refer to the target pain intensities established during the calibration procedure and not to the numerical values displayed on the experimental rating scale. Participants were familiarised with the scale and anchor points prior to testing and viewed only the visual analogue scale rather than numerical values during the experiment. We have adapted the wording, referring to VAS 30, 50, and 70 as intensities and not numerical ratings.

      (6) Conclusion

      L276-277 - Similar mention as before, can the authors please make it clear if there is a sex effect in their analyses or how this has properly been tested in a prior study through an a priori assessment to be certain that "fitness level rather than sex plays a central role in modulating EIH".

      We have now tested the effect of sex in frequentist and Bayesian analyses in the pooled samples and revised the conclusion in accordance with the results.

      (7) Methods

      L284 - What denotes an individual being "physically active"?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. “Physically active” was defined based on training volume, operationalised as regular participation in structured cycling training sessions (i.e., consistent engagement in planned cycling training units per week). This criterion was used to ensure that participants had an established and ongoing training routine relevant to the study context. We have clarified this in the referenced section.

      Table 1 - Female participants in the current study are noticeably older than the other cohorts from the previous study. While all are considered "young" (<40 y.o.), if one were to take a matched pair of females from each cohort (previous vs current) in terms of relative FTP, then the years of experience and exposure to training are likely a strong influence on EIH responses, not "fitness level" as it is described in this study. Just a speculative thought.

      The reviewer raises an interesting point. However, since we have not acquired any information on the years of training and volume, we are unable to answer this question in the current framework. Future research should investigate the effect of training years (which potentially strongly correlates with fitness level) on exercise-induced pain modulation.

      L313-315 - For future reference, there are some nice papers on how to administer the RPE scales with clear instructions to be certain that perceived effort is being measured appropriately (Halperin & Emanuel 2020; Halperin & Visgotsky 2025; Malleron et al. 2023). I always have a habit of signposting to these studies with regard to RPE because it can often be misrepresented in many different areas of research where RPE scales are used.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and for highlighting these relevant papers. In the present study, participants were extensively familiarised with the rating of perceived exertion scale, and the instructions closely followed the original definition and recommendations provided by Borg (1998). The scale was presented in accordance with its intended anchor points to promote accurate reporting of perceived exertion. We have now added a citation (Borg, 1998) in the Methods section to clarify this procedure.

      (8) Code Availability

      Thank you for including open source code in your submission. I am very appreciative of researchers who champion open research principles.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment and support of open research practices. We have updated the code containing the updated analyses and datasets.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Core interpretation may not be fully supported by the data

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. To investigate the role of fitness level and sex in exercise-induced pain modulation, we have now pooled the samples from the previous and current study and conducted frequentist (linear mixed effects models) analyses. Specifically, we tested for the effect of exercise intensity between the subgroups, as well as (consistent with those conducted in the previous study (Nold et al., 2026) testing the effect of fitness level and sex across the pooled data. This allowed us to directly test the effects of fitness level and sex on a common scale rather than infer these effects from separate cohorts. Furthermore, we conducted Bayesian analyses to quantify evidence both for and against the presence of exercise-induced pain modulation and its moderation by fitness, sex, and study sample, utilising the Bayes factors comparing nested models of increasing complexity. In addition, we examined the posterior distributions of the regression coefficients (β) and subgroup-specific exercise effects to estimate the magnitude and uncertainty of these effects. The Bayesian analyses provided some evidence that fitness level moderated exercise-induced pain modulation, but sex did not. Importantly, these findings were consistent with the overall pattern of results obtained in the frequentist analyses. All corresponding statistics in the main manuscript and Supplementary Materials have been updated accordingly. To improve clarity, the pooled analyses are now presented in dedicated Result subsections and accompanied by new figures (Fig. 4 and Fig. 5).

      (1.1) Lack of baseline condition

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that, in the absence of a no-exercise control condition, our design does not allow us to determine whether either exercise condition produced hypoalgesia or hyperalgesia relative to no exercise. Rather, the observed differences reflect the relative effects of high- versus low-intensity exercise on pain ratings.

      Our study was not designed to assess the overall effect of exercise compared with rest, but rather to investigate whether exercise intensity influences exercise-induced pain modulation. Specifically, we hypothesised that high-intensity exercise would produce greater pain modulation than low-intensity exercise. This approach was motivated by previous work demonstrating intensity-dependent differences in post-exercise pain responses (Jones et al., 2019; Vaegter et al., 2014).

      In response to the reviewer's comment, we have revised the manuscript to clarify this distinction and have replaced several instances of "exercise-induced hypoalgesia" with the more neutral term "exercise-induced pain modulation" where appropriate. We also explicitly acknowledge in the Limitations that the lack of a no-exercise condition precludes conclusions regarding absolute hypoalgesic/hyperalgesic effects of either exercise condition.

      (1.2) Lack of internal replication across conditions

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that the observed effect was most pronounced for heat pain at the highest stimulus intensity and was not consistently observed across all stimulus intensities or pain modalities. Importantly, however, this pattern mirrors the findings of our previous study, in which exercise intensity effects were likewise evident for heat pain but not pressure pain. We therefore interpret the current findings as a replication of the modality-specific pattern observed previously rather than an isolated positive result.

      To further address concerns regarding robustness and sample size, we have now pooled the data from the previous and current studies and conducted additional frequentist and Bayesian analyses examining the moderating roles of fitness level and sex on exercise-induced pain modulation. These analyses yielded converging evidence that fitness level contributes to variability in exercise-induced pain modulation, thereby strengthening confidence in the overall findings.

      With respect to pressure pain, previous meta-analyses have reported comparable or even larger exercise effects for pressure pain than heat pain (Naugle et al., 2012). However, most studies included in these analyses employed handheld pressure algometry, whereas our study used cuff pressure stimulation. Consequently, the pressure pain measures used here may not be directly comparable to those reported in the broader literature.

      (1.3) Deviations from the original study and selective use of data

      We agree with the reviewer that we have adapted the rating scale to reflect a real-time pain rating. To provide a comprehensive account of participants’ pain experience, we have included analyses corresponding to the visualisations on how online ratings evolve over the course of the pain administered in Supplemental Figure S7 – S8. Specifically, we conducted LMER models with exercise intensity × time on heat and pressure pain ratings, separately (Supplemental Fig. S7). The results yielded a significant interaction of exercise intensity × time on heat (β = -0.13, SE = 0. 06, t(7577) = 2.12, P = 0.03) but not pressure pain ratings (β = -0.07, SE = 0.10, t(7956) = -0.71, P = 0.48). Furthermore, we conducted LMER models with exercise intensity × time × stimulus intensity on heat and pressure pain ratings (Supplemental Fig. S8), suggesting no significant interaction on pressure pain ratings (β = -0.0002, SE = 0.004, t(2353) = -0.06, P = 0.95) but a significant interaction on heat pain ratings (β = -0.01, SE = 0.003, t(2201) = -3.24, P = 0.001).

      As the reviewer correctly notes, to facilitate comparison with the previous study, we conducted our primary analyses using peak pain ratings. We acknowledge that this approach does not fully capture the richness of the continuous data but allows for comparability.

      (1.4) Over-reliance on null results regarding sex differences

      We thank the reviewer for this important point regarding the interpretation of null effects, particularly in relation to sex differences. We agree that the absence of a statistically significant difference does not, in itself, provide evidence for equivalence between groups.

      To address this issue, we have pooled the samples and supplemented our frequentist analyses with Bayesian analyses. Bayes factors were computed to quantify the relative evidence for the null versus alternative hypotheses, providing a continuous measure of support that complements frequentist inference, particularly in cases of non-significant effects where evidence for the absence of an effect is of interest. Furthermore, posterior distributions of the regression coefficient of interest (in this case, the moderating role of sex on exercise-induced pain modulation) provided no evidence for a moderating role of sex on exercise-induced pain modulation. This approach allows for a more nuanced interpretation of the data, especially concerning null effects. We have adapted the Methods, Results, and Discussion accordingly.

      (2) Limited sample and lack of diversity

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The study was intentionally designed to include only female participants with significantly higher fitness levels compared to the females from the previous study, as our previous study included females who were slightly less fit than males, making it difficult to separate the effects of sex and fitness. We, therefore, aimed to examine exercise-induced pain modulation in a more homogeneous sample. However, much of the EIH literature has been conducted in highly trained male participants (Janal et al., 1984; Saanijoki et al., 2022; Scheef et al., 2012). As such, studies in women of higher fitness are important to improve our understanding of potential sex differences in exercise-induced pain modulation. While the present findings should be interpreted within the context of the sample studied, when analysed and considered alongside our previous work, they contribute to a broader understanding of exercise-induced pain modulation across sexes and fitness levels.

      (3) Methodological choices limit the interpretability of the data

      (3.1) The use of a non-standard VAS scale (0-150 with a fixed pain threshold at 50) is unconventional and may influence how participants report pain, while limiting comparability with related literature.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. Since we introduced real-time pain ratings in the current study, while the pain is ongoing, we aimed to introduce a scale that allowed us to pinpoint the period when a painful stimulus reaches painfulness (exceeds 50 on the scale). To allow for comparability between the studies, we have calculated the peak pain rating provided during the real-time pain ratings, as this corresponds to the instruction participants received in the previous study to rate the most painful point of the previous stimulation. Previous research (Koyama et al., 2004) has shown that, in heat pain, real-time ratings account for R<sup>2</sup> = 0.89 of the variability of post-stimulus rating, where much of the variability for the post-stimulus intensity pain rating is accounted for by the peak response during the online ratings (adj. R<sup>2</sup> = 0.3 – 0.4), suggesting good comparability of both pain measures. Furthermore, as we have now pooled the samples and conducted analyses, we rescaled the maximum pain ratings so that ratings below 50 (below the pain threshold) were set to 0, corresponding to VAS 0 in the previous study, resulting in pain ratings ranging between 0 and 100.

      (3.2) Participants explicitly reported expecting exercise to reduce pain, introducing a potential confound that is not presently addressed.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Indeed, participants reported expecting lower whole-body pain in response to acute aerobic exercise, but no changes in joint or muscle pain. In the context of exercise, previous research (Colloca et al., 2018) showed that exercise-unrelated expectations and exercise itself induce comparable hypoalgesic effects, though they might work through distinct mechanisms. Studies directly manipulating exercise-related expectations showed that education about EIH, compared with general education about exercise and pain, could induce hypoalgesia following aerobic exercise (Jones et al., 2017). Interestingly, another study (Vaegter et al., 2020) investigated the interplay of exercise-related expectations (through verbal instructions) and resistance exercise on pain perception and showed that only explicit negative instructions induced hyperalgesia, whereas positive or neutral exercise-related instructions did not change the magnitude of EIH.

      Since participants in the current study reported highly specific positive expectations only for whole-body pain, but not for joint or muscle pain, expectations are unlikely to fully explain our findings. Consistent with this, in our previous study using the same prospective expectation questionnaire, we found no significant expectation effects for any pain domain (Nold et al., 2025), although we acknowledge that the samples differed, especially with respect to fitness levels.

      Nevertheless, the current study was not designed to disentangle the effects of exercise and expectations, as expectation ratings were measured prospectively but not manipulated. Therefore, we cannot determine to what extent positive expectations of exercise have contributed to the observed effects, and we have now acknowledged this as a limitation in the Discussion.

      (3.3) A more comprehensive use of the full time series of pain ratings would provide a stronger and more transparent basis for interpretation of the present findings.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. As noted in our response to Comment 1.3, we have included analyses and visualisations of the full time series of online pain ratings in the Supplementary Materials (Fig. S7–S8), providing a more comprehensive understanding of pain dynamics over time.

      Figures are very low in quality - artefacts, small text, insufficient labelling.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this and, indeed, rendering the PDF reduced the quality of the images. For the reviewed version, we have been specifically attentive to image quality by increasing font sizes and adding labels.

      There was not enough detail in the methods section for the number of cycling blocks, and how low and high intensity were distributed throughout the session.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. Participants completed four cycling blocks in total, two HI and two LI exercise blocks, presented in a pseudo-randomised order in the session. To improve clarity, we have added the relevant details to the Methods section.

    1. Thus, when designers of social media systems make decisions about how data will be saved and what constraints will be put on the data, they are making decisions about who will get a better experience. Based on these decisions, some people will fit naturally into the data system, while others will have to put in extra work to make themselves fit, and others will have to modify themselves or misrepresent themselves to fit into the system. So, for example, if we made a form that someone needed to enter their address, we could assume everyone is in the United States and not have any country selection.

      I never really thought about how something as simple as an address form could make people feel left out. If a website only accepts U.S. addresses, someone from another part in the world may have to enter false information just to use it. This makes me think designers should try to consider more people’s real experiences when they build applications.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reply to the Reviewers

      We thank the editor and reviewers for their constructive assessment. The textual revisions and additions described in Section 3 have already been incorporated into the manuscript. The work planned in Section 2 comprises the statistical improvements and supplementary experiments or analyses specified under the individual reviewer comments.

      Each comment is answered separately in the original reviewer order. Comments addressed by revising or qualifying the wording are classified as completed textual revisions. They do not create additional experimental commitments. Planned measurements and statistical reanalysis are described prospectively, and no new results or unchanged significance are assumed.

      Reviewer 1

      Major comment 1. Ciliary integrity is not yet established as the causal or unifying mechanism of microtubule-stabilizer-mediated recovery

      A central conclusion of the manuscript is that preservation of ciliary integrity represents a shared structural checkpoint linking microtubule stabilization to spinal cord repair. The data clearly show that Noscapine treatment is associated with preservation of ciliary structures in ependymal cells and CSF-cNs, and that Paclitaxel produces similar cellular effects. However, I do not think the current experiments are sufficient to establish cilia as the causal mechanism underlying the functional benefits of these treatments. In particular, SANT-1 is a Smoothened antagonist and therefore interferes with Hedgehog/Smoothened signaling rather than specifically ablating cilia. Consequently, the partial loss of Noscapine-mediated recovery following SANT-1 treatment could reflect disruption of Hedgehog signaling rather than a specific requirement for ciliary structure. Conversely, Y-27632 is a ROCK inhibitor with broad effects on cytoskeletal organization and has previously been reported to improve recovery after SCI through cilia-independent mechanisms. Thus, while these pharmacological experiments are consistent with a contribution of cilia, they do not by themselves demonstrate that ciliary preservation is required for Noscapine-mediated repair.

      The most direct way to test this model would be a temporally controlled genetic disruption of ciliogenesis in the relevant central canal-associated population, for example using the Foxj1-CreER;Ift88/Kif3a strategy already proposed by the authors, followed by assessment of whether Noscapine can still promote recovery. This would provide the strongest test of the central mechanistic claim, although it would represent a substantial experiment requiring several months depending on mouse-line availability. More tractable alternatives could nevertheless considerably strengthen the current evidence. First, the authors could test whether ciliary preservation is reproduced across the full panel of microtubule-targeting compounds used in the initial screen. At present, five compounds are used to support cross-chemotype convergence in functional recovery, whereas ciliary preservation is examined mainly for Noscapine and Paclitaxel. Demonstrating that Epothilone D, TPI-287 and TTI-237 similarly preserve ependymal and/or CSF-cN cilia would provide much stronger support for ciliary preservation as a shared downstream response. Second, if an appropriate primary spinal-cord ependymal or related culture system is available, genetic disruption of ciliogenesis through IFT88 or KIF3A depletion could be used to determine whether Noscapine-associated cellular effects are lost when ciliogenesis is impaired. Such an orthogonal genetic experiment would directly complement the current pharmacological evidence and could likely be completed within several weeks to a few months. Neither alternative would fully establish that ependymal cilia are necessary for functional recovery in vivo, but together they would substantially strengthen the proposed mechanism. If additional experiments are not feasible, the authors should instead moderate statements describing ciliary integrity as "required," a "shared structural checkpoint," or a "unifying downstream dependency," and restrict the conclusion to the evidence that microtubule stabilization is associated with ciliary preservation and that cilia-associated pathways may contribute to recovery.

      Response:

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful and constructive assessment. We agree that the current pharmacological evidence does not establish ciliary preservation as a causal requirement for Noscapine-mediated functional recovery.

      To strengthen the evidence, we will first work to establish a suitable in vitro culture system using spinal cord ependymal or related cells. Once this system is established, we plan to compare the effects of the microtubule-targeting compounds used in our initial screen, including Noscapine, Paclitaxel, Epothilone D, TPI-287, and TTI-237, on ciliary structure and maintenance. This comparison will test whether the ciliary effects observed with Noscapine and Paclitaxel extend across the broader compound panel. We recognize that a shared structural response would strengthen evidence for convergence but would not, by itself, establish ciliary necessity.

      In parallel, we have begun preparations for a Foxj1-CreER–based conditional Ift88 deletion mouse model for subsequent in vivo validation. Our aim is to determine whether Noscapine retains its beneficial effects when ciliogenesis is genetically disrupted in the targeted population.

      Several mechanistic statements in the current preliminary revised manuscript have not yet undergone final coordinated revision, as we plan to validate these interpretations via the listed supplementary experiments. We have marked these relevant statements in red within the main text to indicate that these conclusions are pending revision. If the follow-up supplementary data cannot be obtained, yield inconclusive results, or fail to support the above inferences, we will qualify or remove the corresponding claims and retain only those observations directly supported by experimental data.

      Major comment 2. Several conclusions extend beyond the experimental readouts

      Several conclusions throughout the manuscript appear broader than the experimental readouts used to support them. I think these points should be addressed individually, either by providing additional quantitative analysis where this can reasonably be performed on existing material, or by revising the wording so that the conclusions more closely reflect what was directly measured.

      a. Glial and fibrotic scarring. In the Abstract, the authors state that maintenance of ciliary architecture is associated with "reduced glial scarring" (line 31). However, the main quantitative assessment of scarring in Figure 2 is based on Laminin-positive area, which is described as evidence of reduced "ECM/fibrotic scarring" (lines 103-107). GFAP staining is shown, but glial scar formation itself does not appear to be qualitatively or quantitatively assessed. The claim of reduced glial scarring should therefore either be supported by further histological analysis (H&E staining, antibody staining for various ECM component, superficy of scar measurement and so on) or removed. Similarly, reduced Laminin deposition is consistent with altered ECM/fibrotic remodeling, but Laminin alone provides a relatively limited assessment of the fibrotic scar. If the authors wish to maintain the broader claim of reduced fibrotic scarring, additional characterization of the fibrotic compartment would strengthen this conclusion; otherwise, "reduced Laminin deposition" would more precisely describe the result.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out our over‑interpretation of scar‑related results. We agree that Laminin staining alone is insufficient to support broad conclusions about glial and fibrotic scarring without additional histological quantification.

      We have revised the manuscript to limit conclusions strictly to our available data. We replaced the claim of “reduced glial scarring” from the Abstract with “reduced Laminin deposition” (line 31). The expression of “reduced ECM/fibrotic scarring” throughout the text was also modified to use a more precise description of “reduced Laminin deposition”, matching our Figure 2 quantification (line 109, 125, 296 and 844).

      b. Tissue continuity and circuit continuity. The Abstract states that treatment results in "improved tissue continuity" (line 31), but I could not identify a direct quantitative assessment of tissue continuity or lesion bridging. Figure 2 instead shows increased NeuN and SMI-312 labeling and Brainbow-positive "axon-like" or "tract-like" structures that appear to extend across the lesion (lines 107-115). The Results then conclude that these findings provide "structural substrates for cross-lesion circuit continuity" (lines 116-118). These anatomical observations are interesting, but they do not directly demonstrate tissue continuity or functional circuit reconstruction. If tissue continuity is an important outcome, a quantitative measurement of lesion/bridge dimensions could potentially be performed using the existing histological material. The Brainbow findings should otherwise be described as evidence of anatomical fiber continuity across the lesion rather than circuit continuity, unless additional evidence of synaptic or functional connectivity is provided.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment on our interpretation of anatomical tracing results. We agree our original wording overstated evidence for tissue and circuit continuity without direct synaptic or functional validation.

      Although we performed trans synaptic AAV tracing and observed labeled neuronal cell bodies caudal to the lesion core, these observations alone are insufficient to firmly establish genuine circuit reconstruction. We have revised the manuscript to moderate our conclusions. We replaced the claim of “improved tissue continuity” from the Abstract with “improved fiber continuity across the lesion” (line 31). The conclusions drawn from Brainbow tracing are now described as “evidence of anatomical fiber continuity across the lesion”, instead of “cross lesion circuit continuity” (lines 117-118, 284, 286 and 780-781).

      c. Ciliary structure versus ciliary function. The authors directly demonstrate preservation of ciliary morphology, including a greater proportion of ciliated ependymal cells, more continuous ciliary arrays, increased cilia-associated gene expression, and increased ciliation in RPE-1 cells (lines 198-214). However, they subsequently conclude that Noscapine "protects ciliary structure and function" and suggest that this preservation maintains CSF flow, environmental sensing, and lineage competence (lines 215-218). None of these physiological functions are directly measured. This distinction is particularly clear because the authors themselves state in the Discussion that measurements of ciliary beat coordination, CSF flow, and IFT dynamics will be required to link structural preservation to physiological function (lines 337-340). I therefore suggest consistently referring to preservation of ciliary structure or ciliation rather than ciliary function unless functional measurements are added.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this important distinction between ciliary structure and ciliary function. We agree that our original text drew inferential conclusions about ciliary related physiological functions without direct experimental measurements.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we have revised the manuscript to consistently refer to preservation of ciliary structure/ciliary integrity throughout the text and removed all claims regarding preserved ciliary function (lines 227-230, 245, 256-258, 274-275).

      d. CSF-cN survival. The manuscript repeatedly describes Noscapine as enhancing or preserving CSF-cN survival. For example, lines 175-179 state that PKD2L1 immunostaining "verified that Noscapine enhanced the survival of CSF-cNs," and similar language is used for Paclitaxel and SANT-1 experiments (lines 224-225 and 246-249). However, the presented readout appears to be the abundance or proportion of PKD2L1-positive cells at individual time points rather than a direct assessment of cell survival or cell death. The increased abundance of PKD2L1-positive cells is consistent with enhanced preservation of CSF-cNs but does not directly demonstrate increased survival. This conclusion could be strengthened relatively straightforwardly by assessing cell death specifically within PKD2L1-positive CSF-cNs, for example using TUNEL and/or cleaved caspase-3 staining at an appropriate early post-injury time point. Alternatively, the authors should describe the result as increased preservation or abundance of PKD2L1-positive CSF-cNs rather than enhanced survival.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this critical distinction. We agree that our PKD2L1 positive cells quantification reflects cell abundance at fixed time points, rather than a direct measurement of cell survival or cell death.

      Following the reviewer’s advice, we have revised the manuscript and replaced statements about enhanced CSF-cNs survival with increased abundance of CSF-cNs (lines 188-190, 236, 254, 258-260, 272, 288, 320, 339, 348-350, 356).

      Major comment 3. The proposed ependymal-to-astrocyte differentiation is not directly demonstrated

      A second important component of the proposed central canal repair mechanism is that Noscapine promotes differentiation of ependymal cells toward a reparative astrocytic state. This conclusion is mainly based on the decrease in ependymal cells and increase in astrocytes between 2 and 3 wpi, Monocle pseudotime trajectories connecting these populations, and the increased proportion of GFAP+Foxj1+ cells following Noscapine treatment (lines 149-165). While these observations are consistent with a relationship between ependymal and astrocytic states, they do not demonstrate a lineage transition. Pseudotime analysis orders transcriptionally related cell states but cannot establish the developmental origin of individual cells, and GFAP expression in Foxj1+ cells could alternatively reflect activation or phenotypic changes within ependymal cells rather than their differentiation into astrocytes. Nevertheless, the manuscript subsequently refers to "lineage progression," "lineage-associated transition," and the emergence of ependymal cell-associated astrocytes as a component of the proposed mechanism (lines 180-183, 241-246, 303-305 and 327-329). The authors appropriately acknowledge at lines 163-165 that formal demonstration of an ependymal-to-astrocyte transition would require lineage tracing, but the stronger lineage interpretation is retained elsewhere in the Results and Discussion.

      The most direct way to address this point would be lineage tracing of Foxj1-expressing ependymal cells, for example using a temporally controlled Foxj1-CreER reporter activated before injury, followed by SCI +/- Noscapine and assessment of whether labeled progeny acquire astrocytic identity. This would provide a clear test of whether Noscapine truly increases ependymal-derived astrocyte formation and would likely require several months depending on mouse-line availability. If such an experiment is beyond the scope of revision, I do not think an entirely new lineage-tracing study should necessarily be required. Instead, the authors should consistently limit their interpretation to what is directly supported-for example, that Noscapine is associated with an increased GFAP+Foxj1+ population and with transcriptional states connecting ependymal and astrocytic populations-rather than presenting these observations as demonstrated ependymal-to-astrocyte differentiation. Additional computational approaches such as RNA velocity could provide supporting evidence for directional state transitions, but would still not substitute for lineage tracing.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this important clarification. We agree that pseudotime analysis and GFAP/Foxj1 co-expression do not establish ependymal-to-astrocyte differentiation, and that the observed changes could alternatively reflect activation or phenotypic remodeling of ependymal cells.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we will make every effort to perform lineage-tracing experiments using Foxj1-CreER mice crossed with an appropriate Cre-dependent reporter line. We plan to induce labeling before injury, followed by SCI with or without Noscapine treatment, and assess whether lineage-labeled cells acquire astrocytic identity using appropriate markers. This experiment will help determine whether Noscapine increases the formation of astrocytes derived from Foxj1-expressing ependymal cells.

      Completion will depend on establishing and validating the tracing system. If reliable experimental results cannot be obtained, we will revise all lineage-related statements throughout the manuscript to only describe the increased GFAP-positive/Foxj1-positive cell population and the transcriptional association between ependymal and astrocytic cell states. The final conclusions will be revised in accordance with the experimental evidence. If the additional evidence is unavailable, inconclusive, or does not support these interpretations, we will qualify or remove the corresponding claims and restrict the conclusions to the observations directly supported by the data. We highlighted these statements that remain subject to revision in red in the manuscript.

      Minor comment 1. Statistical analysis should be reconsidered for several experiments

      The Methods state that two-tailed Student's t-tests were used for statistical comparisons (lines 544-551). This does not appear appropriate for several datasets, particularly the longitudinal BMS measurements, experiments containing more than two groups, and repeated measurements at 4 and 8 wpi. The authors should clarify the statistical test used for each comparison and account for repeated measurements and multiple comparisons where appropriate. The experimental unit should also be clearly defined. For example, in the RPE-1 cilia-length experiments, individual cilia should not necessarily be considered independent biological replicates when multiple cilia are measured from the same culture or experiment.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this issue. We agree that two-tailed Student’s t-tests are not appropriate for all experimental designs in this study. We will systematically review and revise the statistical methods throughout the manuscript and reanalyze the data where necessary.

      For longitudinal BMS measurements, we will use an appropriate repeated-measures or mixed-effects approach that accounts for observations from the same animal over time. Comparisons involving more than two groups will use an appropriate overall test followed by comparisons with correction for multiple testing. For measurements at 4 and 8 weeks post injury, the analysis will distinguish repeated observations from the same animals from measurements obtained from independent cohorts.

      We will also clarify the experimental unit and distinguish biological replicates from technical measurements for each analysis. For RPE1 cilia length experiments, we carried out three independent culture experiments. Individual cilia obtained from the same culture were not treated as independent biological replicates. The Methods and figure legends will specify the tests used, biological sample sizes, treatment of repeated measurements, and multiple-comparison corrections where applicable. Statistical annotations and the corresponding conclusions will be updated according to the reanalysis.

      Minor comment 2. The biological replication and sample structure of the single-cell RNA-seq experiment should be described explicitly.

      The manuscript states that 51,117 cells were retained across the conditions analyzed at 2 and 3 wpi, but it is unclear how many independent animals contributed to each condition, whether spinal cords were pooled before library preparation, and how many independent sequencing libraries were generated per group (lines 123-128). The authors should report the number of biological replicates per condition, the number of animals contributing to each replicate, and whether samples from different animals were processed independently or pooled.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive comment regarding the reporting of our scRNA-seq experimental design. For each experimental condition, tissues were collected from 8-10 independent animals. Tissue samples were pooled prior to library construction, and only one independent sequencing library was generated per group. We have explicitly supplemented these details about animal numbers, sample pooling strategy and library information within the “Single cell suspension preparation” and “Single cell RNA sequencing” subsections of the Methods in lines 565-609.

      Minor comment 3. Statistical inference from the single-cell dataset should account for biological replication.

      *The manuscript reports substantial differences in cell composition, including a reduction of microglia from >60% of recovered cells in control samples to Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this important reminder about statistical considerations for scRNA-seq data.

      Each sequencing library in our study was generated from pooled tissues of 8‑10 independent mice. While we consider each library representative of its corresponding experimental group, we acknowledge that only one library was available per condition, and our differential‑expression analyses lack independent library‑level biological replication.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we now present the differential-expression analysis for our scRNA-seq dataset as descriptive/exploratory findings, rather than formal statistical comparisons supported by biological replicates. We have updated the manuscript text in Results.

      Minor comment 4. Several in vivo drug-treatment details required for reproducibility are missing.

      The Methods state that mice received daily injections of saline, Noscapine, Paclitaxel or SANT-1 after crush injury, but the in vivo dose, vehicle and formulation are not clearly provided for all compounds. In addition, Y-27632 is not included in this treatment description despite being used in Figure 6 (lines 424-428). The dose, vehicle, injection route, treatment duration, and timing relative to injury should be explicitly reported for each pharmacological treatment.

      Response____:

      We appreciate the reviewer’s valuable comment regarding the completeness and reproducibility of our in vivo pharmacological treatment protocols. We have thoroughly revised and supplemented all drug administration details in the revised manuscript to fully address this concern.

      First, we have removed the previous ambiguous description of drug injection for crush injury models. Furthermore, we have explicitly and comprehensively reported the complete treatment regimens for both the crush SCI model and the complete transection SCI model, including drug dosage, formulation, vehicle solvent, injection route, treatment duration, and post-injury intervention timing for all compounds. Notably, we have supplemented the detailed in vivo administration parameters of Y-27632, which was previously omitted in the text but applied in Figure 6. All revisions are presented in lines 460-476 of the manuscript text.

      Minor comment 5. The administration strategy used in the initial microtubule-stabilizer screen should be clarified.

      Figure 1C reports concentrations in µM and describes microtubule stabilizers in combination with the LOCS, whereas later Noscapine experiments use systemic treatment in mg/kg (lines 755-766). It should be made clear which compounds were locally delivered through the scaffold, which were systemically administered, and how the concentrations used for the different compounds were selected.

      Response____:

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s insightful suggestion to clarify the administration strategies applied in our microtubule stabilizer screening and subsequent functional validation experiments. We have now comprehensively supplemented the detailed drug delivery regimens and dosage selection rationale in the revised manuscript.

      Specifically, we explicitly distinguished local scaffold-based delivery and systemic intraperitoneal administration for different compounds. In the initial microtubule stabilizer screening assay shown in Figure 1C, all candidate drugs were locally delivered via LOCS incubation at the indicated micromolar concentrations. The dose-ranging experiment of noscapine combined both local and systemic administration. Follow-up validation experiments used systemic intraperitoneal injection at mg/kg doses, with doses selected according to published in vivo therapeutic ranges. The detailed administration regimens were further supplemented in the Methods (lines 445-476).

      Minor comment 6. The description of the EB1 experiment appears inconsistent between the Results and Methods.

      The Results state that all five compounds reduced EB1-positive comet density "in vivo" (lines 88-90). However, the Methods describe treatment of HeLa cells with these compounds specifically to assess microtubule dynamics (lines 385-392). The authors should clarify whether the EB1 experiment was performed in vivo or in vitro and correct the corresponding text.

      Response____:

      We have corrected the misused term “in vivo” to “in vitro” in line 89 to align with our experimental setup described in Methods.

      Minor comment 7. The title of Figure 6 overstates the experiment presented.

      Figure 6 is entitled "Ciliary integrity is a key factor in regulating the functional recovery from SCI," yet the figure assesses ciliation, GFAP/Foxj1-positive cells, and PKD2L1-positive CSF-cNs and does not include a functional recovery measurement (lines 872-892). Unless functional data are added, the title should be revised to reflect the cellular phenotypes actually examined.

      Response____:

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we have revised the Figure 6 title to “Y‑27632 maintains ciliary structural integrity of central canal-associated cells”, which accurately reflects the cellular phenotypes examined in this figure.

      Minor comment 8. Randomization, blinding, sample-size determination and exclusion criteria should be reported more completely.

      The authors appropriately state that BMS scoring was performed by two observers blinded to experimental groups (lines 429-432). However, it is unclear whether animals were randomized to treatment groups, whether histological quantification was performed blinded, how sample sizes were determined, or whether any animals or samples were excluded from analysis. These details should be provided.

      Response____:

      We have supplemented the details of randomization, blinding, sample-size determination and exclusion criteria within the “Quantification and statistical analysis” subsection of the Methods (lines 596-609).

      Minor comment 9. The exclusive use of young female mice should be acknowledged as a limitation.

      All experiments were performed using 6-8-week-old female C57BL/6J mice (lines 350-354). This does not invalidate the findings, but given the translational framing of the manuscript, the authors should briefly acknowledge that possible sex- and age-dependent differences in treatment response were not evaluated.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important consideration. All experiments in this study were conducted using 6-8 weeks old female C57BL/6J mice. We acknowledge that potential sex and age dependent differences in treatment response have not been evaluated in the current work. We have added this limitation in the “Animals” subsection of the Methods section.

      Minor comment 10. Availability of processed single-cell data and analysis code would improve reproducibility.

      The raw sequencing data are deposited, but several downstream analyses are described as being performed using "custom R scripts" (lines 534-543). Providing the processed Seurat object, cell annotations and relevant analysis scripts would make the single-cell results considerably easier to reproduce and independently evaluate.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. In the final fully revised submission, we will make available the processed Seurat object, cell annotations, and relevant analysis scripts, including the custom R scripts used for downstream analyses. We will also provide accompanying documentation and software version information to facilitate reproducibility and independent evaluation. The Data and Code Availability statement will be updated with the corresponding repository links and access details.

      Reviewer 2

      Major comment 1. The statistical analysis needs to be revised throughout the manuscript

      This is my main concern, as it may affect many of the conclusions in the paper. The Methods state that two-tailed Student's t-tests were used, but many experiments have designs for which pairwise t-tests are not appropriate. Examples include the multi-group screen in Figure 1C, longitudinal BMS measurements, experiments with three or four groups, the factorial Noscapine × SANT-1 experiment, and measurements of multiple cells or cilia from the same biological replicate.

      Figure 1C requires an omnibus test followed by corrected post-hoc comparisons. Repeated pairwise t-tests across so many groups increase the risk of false-positive results, particularly given the small and unequal sample sizes.

      BMS measurements are longitudinal and should be analyzed using a repeated-measures or mixed-effects model that accounts for animal and time. Similarly, Figure 5 is a 2 × 2 design, and the claim that SANT-1 attenuates the effect of noscapine requires testing the Noscapine × SANT-1 interaction. Showing that one comparison is significant and another is not is not sufficient.

      There is also a risk of pseudoreplication. For example, Figure 4 reports measurements from 100 individual cilia per treatment, but individual cilia from the same experiment are not independent biological replicates. The analysis should either use replicate-level values or account for the nested structure of the data.

      For each experiment, the authors should also clearly report the biological n, technical/cellular replicates, randomization, blinding, exclusion criteria, statistical test and multiple-comparison correction.

      I consider a full statistical reanalysis essential before the quantitative conclusions of the manuscript can be properly evaluated. Importantly, the conclusions throughout the manuscript should then be revised according to the outcome of this reanalysis.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this detailed assessment. We agree that the statistical analyses must reflect the experimental designs and that a full statistical reanalysis is necessary to evaluate the quantitative conclusions. We will use appropriate omnibus tests with multiplicity-adjusted comparisons for multi-group experiments and repeated-measures or mixed-effects models for longitudinal BMS data, distinguishing repeated observations from independent cohorts for measurements at 4 and 8 weeks. We will directly test the Noscapine × SANT-1 interaction in the factorial experiment.

      For RPE1 cilia length experiments, we carried out three independent culture experiments. Individual cilia obtained from the same culture were not treated as independent biological replicates. All quantifications were performed blinded.

      We will clearly report the biological sample sizes, experimental units, statistical tests, and multiple-comparison corrections for each analysis. Following reanalysis, we will update the figure annotations, statistical results, and corresponding interpretations throughout the manuscript, qualifying or removing any conclusions that are no longer supported.

      Major comment 2. Appropriate vehicle and baseline controls are missing or unclear in several experiments

      The control groups need to be clarified throughout the paper.

      In Figures 1D-I, the relevant comparison for showing a noscapine effect is vehicle versus noscapine, rather than untreated control versus noscapine.

      More importantly, several crush experiments appear to lack a vehicle-treated SCI group. For example, Figures 3H-I compare uninjured, crush SCI and crush + noscapine animals, but there is no crush + vehicle group. If noscapine is administered in a vehicle with possible biological effects, untreated SCI is not an adequate control. The vehicle group should be shown if it was performed.

      Figures 4C-D would also benefit from an uninjured baseline. Crush versus crush + noscapine shows a treatment-associated difference in ciliation, but without baseline values it is difficult to conclude that noscapine preserves normal ciliation rather than simply increasing it after injury.

      The paclitaxel experiment in Figure S8 is also unclear. The manuscript appears to use saline-treated animals as controls, but conventional paclitaxel is poorly soluble in saline. Since both paclitaxel and paclitaxel liposomes are listed in the Methods, the authors should clarify which formulation was used and what the corresponding vehicle control was.

      More generally, formulation, vehicle, dose, route and treatment duration should be clearly reported for every drug.

      Responses____:

      • We thank the reviewer for this thorough evaluation of our control groups and drug administration details. We will revise the statistical analyses for Figures 1D-I, Figure 2 and Figure S1 following updated statistical approaches. As suggested, comparisons will be performed between the vehicle treated group and the noscapine treated group. For our crush SCI model, Noscapine and other compounds were delivered via intraperitoneal injection using saline as the solvent with no biologically active excipients. Our existing crush SCI group received intraperitoneal saline injection, which serves as the corresponding vehicle control for drug treated groups.

      We will add an uninjured control group to Figures 4C–D, including representative Arl13b/Foxj1 staining and quantification of the proportion of Foxj1-positive cells bearing Arl13b-positive cilia.

      • We thank the reviewer for this thorough evaluation of our control groups and drug administration details. In Figure S8, we used paclitaxel liposome for intraperitoneal injection, which is soluble in saline. The corresponding control group received intraperitoneal saline injection. Complete information regarding drug formulation, vehicle, dosage, administration route and treatment duration for all compounds has been supplemented within the “Spinal cord injury surgery” subsection of the Methods.

        Major comment 3.____ The current pharmacological experiments do not establish that cilia mediate the effects of noscapine

      This is the main mechanistic issue in the manuscript.

      Figure 5 is entitled "Ciliary integrity is required for the functional recovery mediated by Noscapine." However, SANT-1 is a Smoothened antagonist that blocks Hedgehog signaling; it is not a specific tool to remove or disrupt cilia. Hedgehog signaling can itself affect proliferation, differentiation, inflammation, survival and tissue repair. Therefore, the fact that SANT-1 reduces ciliation and attenuates some noscapine-associated effects does not show that these effects are caused by loss of cilia. It shows that the response to noscapine is sensitive to Smoothened/Hedgehog inhibition.

      The Y-27632 experiment has the same problem in the opposite direction. Y-27632 is a ROCK inhibitor with well-established effects on axonal growth, astrocytes and scar formation after SCI. Therefore, the observation that Y-27632 increases ciliation and reproduces some noscapine-associated phenotypes does not demonstrate that increased ciliation is responsible for these effects. Both could simply be parallel effects of ROCK inhibition.

      This also leaves open an alternative explanation for the overall findings: cilia may be better preserved because noscapine reduces tissue damage, rather than cilia preservation being the mechanism that drives repair.

      For this reason, the current data support an association between ciliary preservation and improved outcome, but do not establish that cilia are necessary or sufficient for recovery. Statements such as "ciliary integrity is required," "critical structural dependency," "structural checkpoint" and "cilia-dependent regenerative niche" should therefore be toned down.

      Interestingly, the authors themselves state in the Discussion that cell-specific genetic approaches such as Foxj1-CreER with Ift88/Kif3a would be needed to test ciliary necessity. I agree. If the authors wish to retain the strong causal conclusions, such an experiment would be required. Otherwise, the claims should be revised to reflect the current pharmacological evidence.

      Figure 6 should also be retitled, as it refers to regulation of "functional recovery" even though no behavioral or electrophysiological endpoint is shown.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this careful assessment. We agree that the current pharmacological experiments do not establish that ciliary preservation is necessary or sufficient for Noscapine-mediated recovery.

      To address this mechanistic question, we have already begun preparing Foxj1-CreER;Ift88 conditional knockout mice for subsequent validation experiments. We plan to use temporally controlled Ift88 deletion in Foxj1-expressing cells and assess whether Noscapine retains its beneficial effects following disruption of ciliogenesis. Several mechanistic claims in the preliminary revised manuscript await final coordinated validation through our planned supplementary experiments. These passages are highlighted in red in the main text to flag conclusions subject to revision.

      We have revised the Figure 6 title to “Y‑27632 maintains ciliary structural integrity of central canal-associated cells”, which accurately reflects the cellular phenotypes examined in this figure.

      Major comment 4. The data do not yet support a shared cilia-dependent mechanism across all microtubule-targeting compounds

      Figure 1 screens noscapine, epothilone D, TPI-287, TTI-237 and paclitaxel, and the authors suggest that these drugs converge on a common downstream mechanism. However, the only common outcome examined across all compounds is locomotor performance. Scar formation, axonal growth and ciliation are not studied across the full panel.

      The cilia experiments are mainly performed with noscapine and, to a lesser extent, paclitaxel. The data may therefore support a shared response between these two drugs, but they do not establish a "unifying" mechanism across all five compounds. It is also unclear why the other compounds are included in the initial screen if they are not followed up mechanistically.

      The terminology should also be more precise. Paclitaxel and epothilones are classical microtubule stabilizers, whereas noscapine mainly suppresses microtubule dynamics and does not act in the same way. I suggest using "microtubule-modulating compounds" when referring to the drugs collectively.

      Finally, the Results state that the compounds reduce EB1-positive comet density "in vivo," whereas the Methods describe this experiment in HeLa cells. This should be corrected. Reduced EB1 comet density also indicates reduced growing microtubule plus ends, but does not by itself prove equivalent microtubule stabilization by all compounds.

      Responses____:

      • We thank the reviewer for this constructive assessment. We agree that the current data do not establish a shared cilia-dependent mechanism across all five compounds. To extend the mechanistic comparison, we will first work to establish a suitable in vitro culture system using spinal cord ependymal or related cells. Once established, we plan to compare Noscapine, Paclitaxel, Epothilone D, TPI-287, and TTI-237 for their effects on ciliary structure and maintenance. This will test whether the ciliary responses observed with Noscapine and Paclitaxel extend across the broader compound panel.

      In parallel, we have begun preparations for a Foxj1-CreER–based conditional Ift88 deletion mouse model. Following establishment and validation of this model, we plan to investigate all five compounds to determine whether disruption of ciliogenesis in Foxj1-expressing cells alters their effects on recovery. By comparing treatment responses in conditional knockout mice and appropriate littermate controls, we aim to test whether these compounds share a dependence on cilia in the targeted population.

      The final conclusions will be revised in accordance with the experimental evidence. If the additional evidence is unavailable, inconclusive, or does not support these interpretations, we will qualify or remove the corresponding claims and restrict the conclusions to the observations directly supported by the data. We highlighted these statements that remain subject to revision in red in the manuscript.

      • As the reviewer noted, these agents have distinct molecular actions: paclitaxel and epothilones are classic microtubule stabilizers, whereas noscapine primarily suppresses microtubule dynamics. To avoid misrepresentation, we have changed “Microtubule stabilizing agents” to “microtubule modulating compounds” at lines 25 and 49. The EB1 comet‑density assay was performed in HeLa cells. We have corrected “in vivo” to “in vitro” at line 89 to resolve inconsistency between Results and Methods. EB1 comet density marks growing microtubule plus‑ends and reflects microtubule growth and catastrophe cycles. Reduced EB1 comet density indicates suppressed microtubule dynamics, which we present as preliminary evidence of microtubule stabilization.

      Major comment 5. Ciliary structure and ciliary function should be clearly separated

      Figure 4 contains some of the most interesting data in the study, but the conclusions go beyond what was measured.

      The authors show changes in cilium number, cilium length and ciliary markers, but they do not directly measure ciliary function. There are no measurements of ciliary beating, CSF flow, cilia-dependent signaling, mechanosensory responses or PKD2L1-dependent function in CSF-cNs.

      Therefore, statements about preserved CSF flow, environmental sensing, lineage competence or "ciliary function" are speculative. The manuscript should refer to ciliary structure, architecture or integrity unless a functional readout is provided.

      In Figure 4F, the authors also state that a greater proportion of CSF-cNs retain intact cilia after noscapine treatment, but I could not identify a corresponding quantitative analysis. This result should be quantified at the biological-replicate level.

      The State 1/State 2 nomenclature also appears inconsistent between Figures 3 and 4 and should be clarified.

      Response____:

      • We thank the reviewer for these careful comments on the interpretation of ciliary observations and the state nomenclature in pseudotime analysis. We agree that our measurements of ciliary markers only assess ciliary structural features, and statements about preserved CSF flow, environmental sensing, lineage competence and ciliary function are speculative without direct functional assays. We have removed all claims related to ciliary function throughout the manuscript and revised the text to describe only the preservation of ciliary structure/ciliary integrity (lines 227, 245, 256-258, 274-275).

      • We thank the reviewer for pointing out the lack of quantitative support for this statement. PKD2L1-positive CSF-cNs are very sparse in the sampled tissue, which has limited the number of cells available for analysis. In the forthcoming experiments, we will make every effort to obtain sufficient sampling across independent animals to quantify the proportion of PKD2L1-positive CSF-cNs bearing identifiable acetylated-tubulin-positive ciliary structures. The final conclusions will be revised in accordance with the experimental evidence. We highlighted these statements that remain subject to revision in red in the manuscript.

      • For the State 1/State 2 nomenclature inconsistency between Figures 3 and 4: State 1 and State 2 represent cell states derived from pseudotime analysis, combined with cell-type annotation. Specifically, we defined the ependymal cells at state 1 as “State 1 Ependymal cells” and the astrocytes at state 2 as “State 2 Astrocytes”. We have supplemented this definition at lines 177 and 199 of the manuscript to eliminate ambiguity.

        Major comment 6. The severity of the crush injury needs clarification

      The BMS scores in the crush experiments, particularly Figure 5E, appear unexpectedly low. The authors report BMS scores around 2 after complete transection, yet the crush animals show similarly poor recovery at four weeks despite a crush injury normally preserving considerably more spinal cord tissue.

      This raises questions about injury severity and reproducibility across the different experiments. The authors should explain why recovery is so limited in the crush controls and provide evidence that the injury was comparable between experimental groups.

      This is particularly important because most of the mechanistic experiments in Figures 3-6 rely on the crush model.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this important question regarding injury severity and the limited BMS recovery observed in our crush model.

      The thoracic crush spinal cord injury was performed using ultra-fine tip forceps to achieve spinal cord transection. During injury induction, the forceps were closed to a gap of 0 mm to achieve complete compression of the spinal cord, yielding a lesion of approximately 0.5 mm in length. Unlike conventional contusion injury, this crush model severs the spinal cord parenchyma, while the injured tissue segment is kept in place without tissue removal. This explains the poor locomotor recovery in crush SCI animals, which resembles the outcome of complete transection. Representative histological evidence of the lesion core after crush injury is provided in Figure S6B. We have supplemented the detailed injury procedure and instrument information in the “Spinal cord injury surgery” subsection of the Methods to clarify this specific crush model (lines 434-439).

      Minor comment 1.

      The opening statement that "microtubule-stabilizing agents consistently improve functional recovery after SCI" is too strong. The literature is not completely consistent. I suggest "have been reported to improve functional recovery after SCI."

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion to moderate the opening statement. We agree that the original claim overstated the consensus in the published literature, as previous studies on microtubule-targeting compounds for SCI are not universally consistent. We have revised the sentence at lines 25–27 to state that “microtubule-modulating compounds have been reported to improve functional recovery after spinal cord injury”, which better reflects the existing literature.

      Minor comment 2 and 3.

      The description of paclitaxel and epothilones as binding "the taxane pocket within the β-tubulin lumen" is inaccurate. A clearer formulation would be "the taxane-binding pocket on the luminal surface of β-tubulin."

      I would therefore revise the full sentence to: "Compounds such as paclitaxel and epothilones, which bind to the taxane-binding pocket on the luminal surface of β-tubulin, have been shown to promote axon regeneration, reduce fibrotic scarring, and improve locomotor outcomes in preclinical models of SCI."

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for correcting the description of the binding site on β-tubulin. We agree that the original wording was imprecise. Following the reviewer’s recommendation, we have updated the sentence to: “Compounds such as paclitaxel and epothilones, which bind to the taxane-binding pocket on the luminal surface of β-tubulin, have been shown to promote axon regeneration, reduce fibrotic scarring, and improve locomotor outcomes in preclinical models of SCI.” (lines 50-52).

      Minor comment 4.

      The hindlimb range-of-motion analysis in Figure 1 is unusual and relies on manually selected video frames and manually drawn angles. The authors should state whether frame selection and measurements were performed blinded and how reproducibility of this measurement was assessed.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this careful comment on the hindlimb range‑of‑motion analysis. All video frame selection and angle measurements for hindlimb range of motion in Figure 1 were performed by researchers blinded to experimental group assignments.

      Measurement reproducibility has not yet been formally assessed. To address this, we will have a second blinded observer independently repeat the frame selection and angle measurements for a subset of videos and evaluate agreement between observers. The assessment will include both steps to capture variability arising from manual frame selection as well as angle measurement. The procedure and results will be reported in the fully revised manuscript.

      Minor comment 5.

      Laminin-positive area alone should not be described as fibrotic scar. Laminin is also present in vascular basement membranes and other ECM structures. Either additional markers should be included or the result should be described as reduced laminin/ECM deposition.

      Response____:

      We agree that laminin staining alone cannot specifically define fibrotic scar, as laminin also exists in vascular basement membranes and other extracellular matrix structures. In accordance with the reviewer’s suggestion, we have revised the relevant text and replaced statements describing “ECM/fibrotic scarring” with “laminin deposition” at lines 109, 125, 296 and 844.

      Minor comment 6.

      Increased NeuN-positive cells should be described as increased neuronal presence or survival unless neuronal replacement/neurogenesis is directly demonstrated.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion to refine our description of NeuN-positive cells. We agree that greater NeuN-positive signal alone cannot confirm neuronal replacement or de novo neurogenesis. Following the reviewer’s recommendation, we have revised the corresponding text in the manuscript to describe this finding as “increased neuronal presence” at lines 110-112.

      Minor comment 7.

      Similarly, an increased proportion of PKD2L1-positive cells does not necessarily demonstrate increased CSF-cN survival. Absolute numbers or densities would provide stronger evidence.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment on the interpretation of PKD2L1-positive cell proportion. We agree that a change in the proportion of PKD2L1-positive cells cannot directly prove improved survival of CSF-cNs. We have revised the manuscript and replaced statements claiming enhanced CSF-cNs survival with descriptions of increased CSF-cNs abundance at lines 188-190, 236, 254, 258-260, 272, 288, 320, 339, 348-350, 356.

      Minor comment 8.

      The rationale for selecting noscapine for the mechanistic part of the study could be explained more clearly. If CNS accessibility and safety are important reasons, these points should be appropriately referenced and related to the dose used here.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for suggesting we clarify the rationale for selecting noscapine for mechanistic studies, and we have added this information together with references 13 and 20-22 in the manuscript at lines 94-98.

      Minor comment 9.

      The use of "chronic phase" for tissue collected three weeks after SCI should be reconsidered or justified.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the ambiguous use of “chronic phase” for tissue harvested at 3 weeks post‑SCI. According to references 1 and 26, secondary injury is categorized into acute (6 months) phases, with distinct pathological characteristics for each stage. The 3-week post-injury time point belongs to the intermediate phase, so we replaced the original “chronic phase” wording throughout the manuscript (lines 131-134, 171 and 823).

      Minor comment 10.

      The manuscript would benefit from careful editing of the causal language. In several places, association, structural preservation and causal mechanism are presented almost interchangeably. Keeping these concepts separate would make the conclusions clearer and better supported.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We will carefully revise the language and conclusions throughout the manuscript in light of the new experimental results, ensuring that all claims remain proportionate to the supporting evidence.

      Several mechanistic claims in the preliminary revised manuscript await final coordinated validation through our planned supplementary experiments. These passages are highlighted in red in the main text to flag conclusions subject to revision. Should follow-up data be unavailable, inconclusive, or inconsistent with these interpretations, we will qualify or delete these statements and limit our conclusions to data-supported observations only.

      Reviewer 3

      Major comment 1.

      One of the key conclusions is the CSF-cNs are preserved. Such as is stated: "At 4 weeks after complete transection SCI, CSF-cNs were detected in the noscapine group (Figure S7C), indicating that CSF-cNs may serve as a key responsive neuronal subtype contributing to functional recovery following treatment with Noscapine. We further performed immunostaining for PKD2L1 at 1 week post crush SCI, and the statistical results verified that Noscapine enhanced the survival of CSF-cNs (Figures S7D and S7E)." However, you state that for complete transection, spinal tissue is removed and replaced with a loaded biomaterial; are you referring to neurons adjacent to the lesion site? This should be quite clear. I do believe that the crush model is different, but for the transection, this is hard to understand and also relates to the RNA-seq as well (mentioned below). It could still be preservation from secondary damage, but this should be stated.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this thorough and insightful comment regarding the interpretation of CSF cNs signals in the complete transection SCI model. We appreciate the opportunity to clarify the anatomical location of these PKD2L1-positive cells and the biological interpretation of this result.

      In Figure S7C, the CSF-cNs detected at 4 weeks post complete transection SCI in the Noscapine-treated group are located within the lesion core. All corresponding immunostaining images were acquired from tissue sections sampled at the lesion core (Figure 5, 6, S7, S8). Although a segment of spinal tissue was removed and substituted with biomaterial in this transection model, residual endogenous cells including CSF-cNs can persist within the lesion core region.

      We have supplemented these clarifying statements in the manuscript at lines 185-188 to avoid confusion between the complete transection and crush injury models.

      Major comment 2.

      In Figure 2E, it is unclear where these pics are taken from; it seems to be adjacent to the biomaterial, as it is unlikely to be in the lesion core where the spinal tissue was removed. Please clarify, as this is quite an important point for this and other statements made.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this careful comment regarding the sampling location of images shown in Figure 2E. We apologize that our original description was ambiguous and caused confusion. The tissue sections used for Figure 2E were collected from the lesion core, corresponding to the region marked by the red dashed box in the schematic diagram in Figure 2B. Although part of the spinal tissue was resected and replaced with biomaterial in the complete transection model, this defined lesion-core region still contains residual cells that we assessed by immunostaining. We have clarified this sampling location at lines 110-112 in the manuscript text and figure legend to eliminate ambiguity.

      Major comment 3.

      In Figure 5, there is a great deal of supportive data, including cilia integrity with functional recovery after crush SCI, especially with the SANT-1 work. Why was axonal regeneration not examined in this SCI model as was done in Figure 2? Is this due to the sectioning of the cords coronally? This should be mentioned in the methods. It should still be possible to see if cilia integrity relates to axonal regeneration and functional recovery, or if it is due to something else. Correlative analysis between the different components or PCA would be helpful here. Additionally, were laminin levels examined here? It would be nice with the SANT-1 work to see if this has an effect on the fibroglial scar.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment and valuable suggestions. We agree that examining axonal regeneration, laminin deposition and fibroglial scar formation in the crush SCI model of Figure 5, together with correlative analyses across multiple readouts, would deepen our mechanistic understanding.

      As suggested by other reviewers, to more directly clarify whether ciliary integrity in Foxj1-positive cells is required for Noscapine-mediated functional recovery, we are preparing Foxj1-CreER;Ift88 conditional knockout mice. This genetic strategy enables temporally controlled, cell-specific disruption of ciliogenesis in Foxj1-expressing cells, overcoming the limitation of SANT‑1, which inhibits Smoothened/Hedgehog signaling rather than specifically ablating cilia. After verifying successful disruption of ciliogenesis in the target cell population, we will test Noscapine’s reparative effects in these conditional knockout mice and matched littermate controls using the crush SCI model. These genetic experiments will provide more direct evidence to evaluate the causal contribution of cilia to the repair response. The final conclusions will be revised in accordance with the experimental evidence. We highlighted these statements that remain subject to revision in red in the manuscript.

      Major comment 4.

      In Figure 6 was BMS not performed? It would be useful to compare to Figure 5 as all the other parameters are quite similar.

      Response____:

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s valuable suggestions. In follow-up experiments, we will perform relevant motor function assessments using the Foxj1-CreER;Ift88 conditional knockout mouse model. The final conclusions will be revised in accordance with the experimental evidence. We highlighted these statements that remain subject to revision in red in the manuscript.

      We fully recognize that the absence of functional recovery data limits the conclusions we can draw for this figure. Accordingly, we have revised the Figure 6 title to “Y‑27632 maintains ciliary structural integrity of central canal-associated cells”.

      Minor comment 1.

      The linear-ordered collagen scaffold (LOCS) was used to span the distance of the removed tissue following the spinal transection. The authors should be clearer about whether 1 mm or 2 mm was removed. In the given span of axonal growth and cell infiltration into this area, it is necessary to know the size and what would be possible in a 4-week timeframe. Further, please provide a picture of the LOCS, as the panels in Figure 2 appear to show channel structure, and knowing its origin is important for understanding the work.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful and important inquiry regarding the length of resected spinal tissue and the physical characteristics of the LOCS scaffold. This information is indeed critical to interpret the extent of axonal growth and cellular infiltration within the lesion gap over the 4-week experimental window.

      The implanted LOCS scaffold, visible in the lower panel of Figure 1A at the injury site, has a length of approximately 1.5 mm, corresponding to the 1.5 mm segment of spinal cord tissue that was resected. The LOCS possesses a channeled structure and remains incompletely degraded at 4 weeks post-injury, which explains why these structures can be observed in the fluorescent images in Figure 2. We have supplemented these details about the resection length, scaffold features and degradation profile in the manuscript for clarity (lines 112-115 and 432).

      Minor comment 2.

      I am a bit unclear about the use of the Brainbow mice, is this mono- or trans-synaptic tracing? Are the different color specific for different tracts or the primary vs the secondary neuron or completely unspecific?

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful question regarding the Brainbow mouse strategy used in our study.

      The Brainbow system labels individual neurons such that each neuron is assigned a distinct color; these colors do not distinguish neuronal subtypes, tracts, or primary versus secondary neurons. Importantly, the Brainbow mouse itself lacks trans synaptic activity. In addition, fluorescent protein expression in the Brainbow system requires Cre recombinase for activation. As shown in Figure 2I and S2, we delivered AAV-hSyn-cre to drive Brainbow fluorescent protein expression, and the trans synaptic property originates from the AAV serotype we employed, rather than the Brainbow mouse strain. We have supplemented these relevant descriptions in the manuscript at lines 116–120.

      Minor comment 3.

      It is stated that for the whole-cell single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq), the lesion core is taken, but in these experiments there is a biomaterial in the lesion core, so please state how much material and from exactly where it was taken. It seems unlikely this was only where the biomaterial was placed but also included surrounding tissue involved in secondary damage.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this careful and important question regarding the tissue harvesting strategy for our whole-cell single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq). For scRNA-seq, tissue samples were harvested from the lesion core region containing the implanted LOCS scaffold. The harvested spinal tissue was symmetrically dissected centred on the lesion core, with a total length of approximately 1.5–2 mm. We acknowledge that the harvested samples inevitably contained the adjacent surrounding regions undergoing secondary injury responses. We have added these precise sampling details in the manuscript to clearly define the anatomical region and sampling procedure (lines 547-549).

      Minor comment 4.

      On page 8 it is written, "intraflagellar transport (Ift122, Ift46)" and later IFT is used in the discussion, but it would be helpful to define it again, as it was hard to remember what this stood for from this reference on page 8.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion regarding the definition of IFT. We agree that redefining the abbreviation in the Discussion will improve readability, since the first mention of intraflagellar transport (Ift122, Ift46) appears earlier on page 9. We have added the full term “IFT (intraflagellar transport)” at its first occurrence within the Discussion section at line 331 to remind readers of this abbreviation.

      Minor comment 5.

      It is stated that Paclitaxel is injected intraperitoneally; however, it isn't known to cross the BBB, so how was this possible? Please add more details to the methods.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this important question regarding the intraperitoneal administration of paclitaxel and its delivery across the blood spinal cord barrier (BSCB). In our study, we used paclitaxel liposome for intraperitoneal injection. While free paclitaxel exhibits limited penetration across the intact blood-spinal cord barrier (BSCB), liposomal formulation improves its tissue delivery profile. Furthermore, spinal cord injury causes substantial disruption of the BSCB at the lesion site, which facilitates extravasation of paclitaxel liposome into the injured spinal parenchyma. We have supplemented these details, including the formulation information and dosing regimen, within the Methods (lines 445-476).

      Minor comment 6.

      For the thoracic crush SCI, the type of forceps should be mentioned in the methods, as the width will determine the severity and lesion length.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion regarding our thoracic crush spinal cord injury model. The crush injury was performed using ultra-fine tip forceps (Easybio, BE6129; minimal tip width: 0.1 mm). During injury induction, the forceps were closed to a gap of 0 mm to achieve complete compression of the spinal cord, yielding a lesion of approximately 0.5 mm in length. We have added these forceps specifications and injury parameters to the Methods section (lines 433--438).

      Minor comment 7.

      In Figure 1C to 1D, could you present the data in molarity or concentration (1mM vs 100mg/kg) so it is easier to compare from one panel to the next.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion regarding the units presented in Figure 1C and 1D. We apologize that our original description did not explicitly distinguish the two drug delivery strategies, which caused confusion.

      The different units originate from our distinct treatment designs. In Figure 1C, the drug was loaded onto LOCS, so experimental groups were labelled by drug concentration (μM/mM). In Figure 1D, the drug was administered via intraperitoneal injection, with doses reported as body weight based dosage (mg/kg). Given these fundamentally different delivery modes, it is not appropriate to unify them under a single type of unit. To help readers readily interpret this difference, we have added this rationale in the figure legend (lines 819-828).

      Minor comment 8.

      It is unclear how the number of animals were picked for each experiment, sometimes there are more and sometimes only 3 per group. Was a power analysis performed to determine this? It seems a bit underpowered.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment regarding sample size selection across our experiments. We acknowledge the reviewer’s concern that some groups have only n=3 animals, which may appear underpowered.

      Sample sizes in our study were selected based on our prior experience with this spinal transection/crush injury model and the expected variability of each assay. For histological measurements, we used at least n=3 per group; for behavioral BMS assessments, we increased the sample size to reduce variability. A formal power analysis was not performed before starting these in vivo experiments, which is a limitation of our work. We have noted this limitation explicitly in the methods at lines 604-609. We have labelled the number of animals (n value) for every experiment within the corresponding figure legends, and we have taken care not to overinterpret our findings.

      Minor comment 9.

      In Figure 2C, the boxes of the laminin staining are sometimes closer to the edge of the biomaterial and sometimes central; this could have an effect on the analysis. Was there a method for where this box was placed?

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this careful observation regarding the selection of regions of interest (ROIs) for laminin staining analysis in Figure 2C. The ROIs in Figure 2C simply mark representative regions selected for magnification and visualization, and these boxes **do not define the regions used for quantitative analysis. For the quantitative measurement of laminin-positive area fraction shown in Figure 2D, we analyzed the entire lesion core region. Therefore, the quantification results were not affected by the position of these dashed boxes. We have added this clarification in the figure legend to avoid misinterpretation by readers (809-811).

      Minor comment 10.

      In Figure 2G, it is unclear where these pics are taken from; are they from the center of the biomaterial or from the edges? The axons don't look linear as the LOCS looked earlier in the figure. Does the LOCS degrade? When? This is important to understand the work shown here.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this important question regarding the images shown in Figure 2G. The tissue imaged in Figure 2G was harvested from the center of the biomaterial, corresponding to the area marked by the red dashed box in the schematic diagram (Figure 2B). The implanted LOCS undergoes degradation after injury. However, within our maximum 4-week observation window, the LOCS does not degrade completely. This explains some linearly arranged structures observed in our tissue samples. We have clarified these descriptions at lines 110-115 in the manuscript text to help readers interpret the axonal morphology and tissue architecture.

      Minor comment 11.

      Is it possible that the Paclitaxel Figure 2J picture on top right is turned upside down? The reason I ask is that the EGFP staining is so strong in what is the caudal region of a full transection, and this seems quite odd 4 weeks after SCI and doesn't really relate to the lesion core, which is where these axons must be coming through to end up on the caudal side.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this critical observation regarding the upper-right image in Figure 2J. We apologize for insufficient anatomical orientation description in our original manuscript, which caused confusion.

      We have carefully rechecked the original image files of the Paclitaxel group and confirmed that this micrograph was not flipped or rotated upside down. Under our anterograde trans-synaptic tracing strategy, the intense EGFP signal indicates greater axonal transmission across the lesion site. This finding is consistent with previous literature demonstrating that paclitaxel and LOCS treatment effectively promote spinal cord injury recovery. Meanwhile, the paclitaxel group also displayed more nerve fiber signals within the lesion core compared with other treatment groups. We have added a clear explanation of the rostrocaudal orientation in the figure legend to help with understanding (lines 860-862).

      Minor comment 12.

      In this same Figure 2J, the caudal pics are the neurons that are shown here stained with something, or is this from trans-synaptic staining? Are they lower motoneurons?

      Response____:

      We appreciate the reviewer’s question about the identity of caudal signals and labelled cells in Figure 2J. No additional markers were used in this panel. Only three fluorescent proteins were detected. Importantly, this tracing strategy cannot distinguish neuronal subtypes. We have supplemented descriptions of the labelling strategy and characteristics of the Brainbow system at lines 116-120 of the manuscript.

      Minor comment 13.

      I really appreciate the clear marking of the timepoints and timelines in the figures. For Figure 3, the RNA-seq is from the full transection at 2 or 3 weeks. Why were these timepoints chosen? The following immunohistochemistry in the figure is crush SCI at 1 wpi, and while it is a less severe injury, it is unclear to me why this timepoint was chosen for this staining work. Please clarify.

      Response____:

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable question regarding the selection of time points for scRNA-seq and immunohistochemistry experiments in Figure 3.

      For the scRNA-seq experiment, samples from the complete transection SCI model were collected at 2 weeks post-injury to represent the subacute phase and at 3 weeks post-injury as an intermediate phase. These two time points capture the transitional state of cellular responses following spinal cord injury.

      For immunohistochemical analysis, we selected the 1-week time point after crush SCI in Figure 3H. This choice was based on the dynamic properties of ependymal cells; at 1 wpi, active cellular dynamics of ependymal cells can be clearly visualized at the histological level. We have clarified the rationale for the selection of injury models and time points in the manuscript (lines 134-135 and 168-170).

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      General Statements

      We want to thank the Reviewers for both their positive comments and their constructive criticisms.

      We are happy that Reviewer #1 found that “The manuscript examines very interesting topics - the molecular mechanism of action of Sephin1 as a potential therapeutic, its impact on autophagy, and a potential direct effect on the actin cytoskeleton” and that - “ *The authors performed numerous diverse experiments. “. *

      Similarly, Reviewer #2 recognizes that “The study presents a large body of data and attempts to connect several major cellular pathways, including actin dynamics, Golgi organization, the integrated stress response, and mTORC1-TFEB signaling. “ and that “The topic is important and timely, particularly given the ongoing debate regarding the specificity and mode of action of sephin1 and related compounds.”

      Indeed, they identified several flaws that we are more than willing to address along our revision.

      Considering the additional experiments already performed plus the ones planned for the near future, we are confident that our manuscript will gain more support.

      Description of the planned revisions

      Reviewer #2

      *Q: The data supporting a direct interaction between sephin1 and actin are not quantitatively documented, and the potential involvement of known actin-associated complexes, including PPP1R15 proteins and PP1c, is not addressed. *

      A: Our department has recently acquired the WAVE system (Creoptix), an advanced technological platform allowing the determination of the affinity between a small molecule and its target. Thanks to such technology, we will test sephin1-actin affinity as requested.

      Q: The analysis of Golgi organization is also limited. The use of GFP-based markers rather than established Golgi markers such as GM130 reduces confidence in the interpretation of Golgi morphology.

      A: We will perform the experiment suggested : we will assess Golgi morphology upon sephin1 treatment by using Golgi markers. In the meantime, we invite the Reviewer to take in consideration our EM analysis. We showed the regular occurrence of massive Golgi alterations at the ultrastructural level by using samples quick frozen within milliseconds, thus, free of fixation artifacts. Formal quantification will be provided as a complement.

      *Q: The evidence supporting modulation of mTORC1 signaling is not fully convincing. The quality of the 4EBP1 immunoblots is insufficient for reliable interpretation, and appropriate controls using established mTOR inhibitors such as rapamycin or Torin1 are missing. *

      Additional readouts, including phosphorylation of S6, should be included.

      A: We will complement our biochemical analyses as requested by the reviewer.

      In the meantime, we have specifically verified that sephin1 increases lysosomal activity via TFEB by assessing DQ-BSA signals in the TFEB KO HeLa line described in (XX). The cells were previously incubated overnight with 10 μg/mL of DQTM Red BSA added in normal medium. Then we treated HeLa cells with sephin1 (100 μM, 2 hours). After the wash-out ( 8 hours) we processed the cells for imaging. In TFEB KO cells, sephin1 did not increase DQ-BSA signals, a proxy for lysosomal activity. These data further support our hypothesis that sephin1 triggers lysosomal activity via the mTOR-TFEB pathway. These results are included in the new Supplementary figure 12F-G and reported also here for Reviewer’s convenience (Rebuttal figure 6A-B).

      Q: It remains unclear which events are primary and which are secondary consequences of cellular stress or cell death, in particular TFEB translocation, which should be shown with the endogenous protein.

      A: We are more than willing to test TFEB translocation upon sephin1 treatment by staining the endogenous protein

      Q: In addition, the study does not address the functional consequences of these pathways, such as the clearance of protein aggregates, which would be important to demonstrate, since it is the proposed model for the clinical application in which sephin 1 is tested as a therapeutic agent.

      A: We will include new data from EM morphometry on human fibroblasts carrying the LRRK2 E193K mutation which provide strong indication for the therapeutic effect of sephin1. We have recently thoroughly characterized the autophagic impairment in this genotype. Among others, we observed the massive accumulation of any kind of autophagic and catabolic organelles in E193K cells under normal, steady state conditions [1]. In the present study, we treated E193K fibroblasts (and age-matched wild-type controls) with sephin1 (100 μM, 2 hours) and after 6 hours wash-out we documented ultrastructural patterns, including autophagy by EM. Sephin1 acute treatment induced subcellular alterations as documented in HeLa. Upon a 6 hours wash-out, we noticed also in those fibroblasts the disappearance of any waste-loaded, jammed catabolic organelles. Representative images are already included in the revised manuscript and (New supplementary figure 15A) and in this rebuttal (Rebuttal figure 11C), quantification is planned as well.

      Description of the revisions that have already been incorporated in the transferred manuscript

      REVIEWER # 1

      Q: 1. The cellular LC3 analyses are fraught with inconsistencies.

      --Fig.1 shows that in response to Sephin1, LC3-I and LC3-II levels are similar; Fig.2 shows that LC3-I is more abundant than LC3-II; Fig.3 shows that LC3-II is way more abundant than LC3-I. This dramatic variability and inconsistencies make it impossible to draw solid conclusions about the effect of Sephin1 on LC3 lipidation or autophagy.

      A: We are sorry for this inconvenience. However, it is well known that LC3 detection by western blotting is problematic due to the inherent susceptibility of microtubule-associated protein 1 light chain 3 to degradation and structural instability. LC3-I, for instance, may be detected with lower efficiency by some anti-LC3 antibodies and is intrinsically less stable than LC3-II (see for example Rebuttal Figure 10A). Accordingly, the guidelines report that LC3B-II levels, and not LC3B-I, correlated with elevated levels of autophagic vesicles monitored either by electron microscopy or rat GFP-LC3 transfection in response to autophagy-inducing stress, Furthermore, a key recommendation is that LC3-II levels should be normalized to a housekeeping protein such as actin or tubulin rather than to LC3-I [2, 3]. In all our experiments we included the proper internal control and we mainly relied on LC3B-II/tubulin values to draw our conclusions. Altogether, we are confident that our data support our hypothesis.

      Q: In Fig.S1B, the LC3B blot has 8 lanes but the tubulin loading control shows 11 lanes. This also does not make sense.

      A: We are sorry for that. It was merely a clerical error that occurred during the pictures handling. We replaced it with the right picture.

      Q: LC3B is shown above and below a "23kDa" marker. But LC3-I should appear just above a 15kDa marker and LC3-II just below a 15kDa marker. In Fig.1A (and really, all the figures), LC3 species should not be >20kDa. Is the placement of the MW markers incorrect?

      A: Indeed, the reviewer is right. We indicate now the proper marker ( 15 kDa)

      Q: Why do Figs.S1E-F not show any actual data points? What are the bases of these curves? LC3-I and -II values are again all over the place in multiple supplemental data panels.

      A: Supplementary figures 1E-F show the D/R curve describing sephin1 effect. The Y axis shows LC3-II/tubulin and LC3II/I levels, respectively, while the X axis reports sephin1 concentration, expressed as Log. We fitted the experimental data to the logarithmic variation of the Hill equation. New figures report now also the actual data points.

        • The actin biochemistry assays involving Sephin1 are also problematic. --First, what does actin "precipitation" mean? Is actin misfolding and/or aggregating and therefore pelleting upon centrifugation? Or is it polymerizing and/or bundling and therefore pelleting upon centrifugation? Or (depending on the experiment) is it binding to beads that pellet upon centrifugation? This is all unclear.*

      A: We experienced that actin does not remain soluble in the buffer even at 1g room temperature when exposed to sephin1, at least in vitro. “Protein precipitation” is a common laboratory term referring to any strategy to separate proteins from a liquid sample. Generally, it works by making proteins insoluble so they clump together and sink to the bottom of a test tube. Given our experimental setting, we do think that precipitation is an acceptable term to describe the phenomenon.

      Coming to the other points raised by the Reviewer, we did try to characterize the nature of the actin found in the pellet by crystallography but we failed. Therefore we moved to a low resolution biochemical strategy , namely the limited proteolysis approach. Limited proteolysis is a technique where low amounts of proteases cleave only exposed and flexible peptide bonds in a native protein, leaving the core structure intact. It maps higher-order protein conformation, domain boundaries, and conformational changes upon ligand binding.

      More in detail, 850 ng of human platelet non-muscle actin (Cytoskeleton Inc., APHL99-C) was incubated overnight with 350μM sephin1 or DMSO in the following actin buffer [5 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0, 0.2 mM CaCl2, 0.2 mM ATP, 5% (w/v) sucrose, and 1% (w/v) dextran] in presence of Triton-X100 (0.01%). The following day the samples were preheated at 25°C for 10 minutes and then proteinase K (Bio Basic) was simultaneously applied to samples (enzyme: substrate at 1:100 mass ratio) that were subjected to a further incubation at 25°C for 5 minutes. Proteinase K activity was quenched by heating samples at 98°C for 5 minutes. After the addition of 5% sodium deoxycholate (Sigma Aldrich), samples were incubated at 98°C for 3 minutes and reduced by using 12 mM DTT at 37°C for 30 minutes. An alkylation step was performed using 40 mM IAA for 30 minutes in the dark. Next, proteins were digested with 0.5μg Lys-C (Wako Chemicals) at 37 °C for 4 hours. Subsequently, samples were diluted with 100 mM ammonium bicarbonate to obtain a final 1% concentration of sodium deoxycholate, then digested with 1μg of Trypsin (Thermo Scientific) at 37 °C overnight. The following addition of 1.5% formic acid and centrifugation at 16 000 rcf for 10 minutes provoked sodium deoxycholate precipitation. Digests were desalted on in-house–packed StageTips, lyophilized in a Speed-vac and resuspended in 20 μL of 0.1% formic acid for LC-MS/MS analysis. Peak intensities of peptides were transformed into log2 space and data were normalized by the average of peak abundance within each sample [4]. Log2 normalized intensities of single peptides were averaged through the replicates. By subtracting the averaged values of Actin- DMSO samples to Actin-sephin1 samples, the fold-change was calculated for each peptide. Significant abundance differences between conditions were determined using a t-test (two-tailed, two-sample unequal variance). Our low-resolution structural analysis suggests that sephin1 reduces the solvent accessibility of two peptides located in subdomain 1 and 3, respectively . The mapped binding site is relatively far from these peptides, indicating that this outcome may be due to a different structural organization of that region, rather than steric hindrance. In particular, our data nominated the peptide 7-18, encompassing the phosphate binding loop 1 and an hydrophobic sequence ( aa 297-312) in the subdomain 3. The P1 loop (amino acids 11–16) is a flexible segment that binds ATP. The hydrophobic loop in subdomain 3 and 4 is crucial for the stabilization of G-actin and supports the monomer addition in the growing actin filament. Existing literature does not suggest that the P1 loop may engage subdomain 3 in either lateral or longitudinal interactions [5]. As such, sephin1 may affect G-actin folding and trigger the formation of yet to be described supramolecular actin complexes involving P1 loop-subdomain 3 interaction. Our data suggest that such structures encompass at least 3 G-actin monomers, as they are recognised by phalloidin, and interact with Arp2/3. Furthermore, in vitro, such actin structures precipitate already at 16K g, while F-actin is classically sedimented at 100K g, suggesting the peculiar nature of the actin assembly induced by sephin1. We are still figuring out how to gain a more detailed understanding of actin folding upon sephin1 binding. We included in this rebuttal the data gathered so far (Rebuttal figure 10B-C).

      Q: It is also unclear how the experiments in Fig.4 were performed, because the legend for Fig.4 is uninformative, and the methods sections for the actin experiments were fairly thin. Data-wise, the pulldown blots in Fig.4A and Fig.4F are inconsistent with one another. Is Sephin1 pulldown of actin dose-dependent or not? Where are the actual data points in Fig.4G? Is the dose of Sephin1 used in Fig.4H higher than that in Fig.4F?

      A: We did our best to improve the description of the experiments and the relative figure legends.

      Figure 4A shows a representative blot of an in vitro pull-down experiment. Briefly, we gathered protein samples from HeLa cells, exposed that to either naive sephin1 or biotinylated sephin1 (FG08) and then we immobilized biotinylated sephin1 and the potential interacting proteins on streptavidin agarose beads. Eventually, we resolved the interacting protein by SDS-PAGE. Figure 4F reports a completely different experiment, i.e. actin precipitation ( see the answer above) upon sephin1 exposure. Probably the reviewer meant Figure 4C. That is indeed a pull-down, but here we incubated either purified β- or ∝- actin with biotinylated sephin1. We now included the data point in figure 4G and we reported that actual concentration of sephin1 used for the experiment in Figure 4H (150 uM).

      Q: CytoD binds to the + ends of actin filaments to prevent elongation and eventually promote depolymerization - what is the explanation for how this decreases the "precipitation" of actin in the presence of Sephin1 in Fig.4H-I?

      A: Cytochalasin-D binds both G- and F-actin, albeit with largely different affinity (Kd F-actin: 2 nM; Kd G-actin 20 μM). Our molecular dynamics analysis suggests that the predicted sephin1 binding pocket on actin overlaps with binding sites reported for other actin ligands, including cytochalasin D (supplementary figure 5E), suggesting potential competition between cytochalasin D and sephin1 for β-actin binding 51–53. Consistent with this hypothesis, when we tested actin biochemical behavior in vitro by means of our precipitation assay, cytochalasin D significantly reduced β-actin precipitation induced by sephin1. We modified the relative result section to better convey our working hypothesis.

      Q: The differences in actin "pulldown" by Sephin1-coated beads in Fig.S3D could possibly be explained by differences in input, and do not appear to be significantly outcompeted by soluble Sephin1.

      A: The graph in Figure S3E reports the yield of actin recovery by pulldown expressed as bound /input. Therefore, any potential difference in the input level would not affect the final data.

      Q: The amount of alpha-actin pulled down by Sephin1 appears to be proportional to the amount of albumin pulled down by the same beads in Fig.S4, showing that the proposed interaction of actin with Sephin1 is not specific. The complete absence of actin in lane 10 of Fig.S4 is difficult to reconcile with the amount in the pellets in lanes 4-5.

      A: Figure S4 does not report the results of a pull-down experiment. Instead, it includes representative blots of sedimentation assays for ∝ actin and albumin. As such, we cannot comment further about the point raised by the Reviewer

      Q: Fig.S6C/E appear to show pyrene-actin polymerization assays, but what do the different colored curves represent? What were the concentrations of Sephin1? Do the curves reach similar or different steady state levels of fluorescence? Does steady state occur at similar or different times? In other words, does Sephin1 increase or decrease the critical concentration of actin, polymerization rates, or other properties of actin?

      A: We realised that graph labeling was poor: we are really sorry for that. Different colors show different experimental conditions, namely pyrene-actin polymerization assays run in presence of F-buffer, DMSO, or sephin1. Figure C and D show the outcome of sephin1 added at time 0, while figure E-F describe the kinetics of the polymerization of actin pre-incubated with sephin1.

      In both cases, plateau levels are different, suggesting that sephin1 reduces the pool of g-actin.

      Regarding the time to reach the plateau, we stopped our analyses after 3600 seconds. In our hands, 1 hour incubation was enough to reach a plateau only for the condition including F-buffer.

      Q: The biological effects of Sephin1 on actin filaments in cells is unclear and inconsistent.

      --Fig.5 relied on LifeAct overexpression, whereas preliminary data on the more important endogenous F-actin was relegated to the supplement. For the data with LifeAct in Fig.5B, what do the authors mean by "actin dots" (presumably LifeAct dots)? Examples of actin dots (with arrows and magnifications) should be highlighted in Fig.5A so the reader can understand what structures the authors are referring to.

      A: In 2008 Riedl et. al. published LifeAct as a novel actin-binding probe. Lifeact is a 17 amino acid long peptide and binds preferentially to F-actin [6]. Since its publication, Lifeact has been fused to a variety of fluorescent proteins to label actin in vitro and in vivo [7]. It has been extensively demonstrated that transient expression of Lifeact in cell culture did not alter actin dynamics [8]. Super-resolution imaging of Lifeact and phalloidin in HeLa cells showed comparable results for imaging quality, filament thickness and length [9]. Accordingly, we consider LifeAct signal a reliable proxy for F-actin structures. As suggested, we included higher magnification insets with proper labelling.

      Finally, please note that in Fig. 5 immuno-EM from cryofixed cells does show the subcellular localization of endogenous actin upon sephin1 treatment.

      Q: --How does Sephin1 treatment quantitatively affect phalloidin staining of endogenous F-actin? Is this dose-dependent? This experiment is fundamental to understanding whether Sephin1 affects the cytoskeleton.

      A: We now include data describing the impact of sephin1 50, 100, 200, and 250 µM (new supplementary figure 8C-D and Rebuttal figure 11A-B). Indeed we noticed a partial D/R effect. We did not quantify actin structures upon 250 uM, a condition where we noticed toxicity and a quite odd cytoskeletal organization.

      Q: In Fig.S8, why do no phalloidin-stained actin "dots" appear in panel A, but several clumps of phalloidin-stained material appear in panel C? Panel B says n=8-10, but 8-10 what? Cells? Experiments? Experiments examining how many cells?

      A: We now offer more representative pictures (see new supplementary figure 9A). The number (n) refers to the number of independent experiments, each one including at least 4 cells. We clarified this information in the material and method section. We now write “For imaging data, N reflects the number of independent biological replicates (coverslips), ensuring a minimum of 4–5 cells were sampled per experiment”

      Q: As stated above, the jumping around on numerous pathways (e.g., autophagy, Golgi stress, GCN2 signaling, eIF2/PPP/CHOP, actin assembly, mTOR/TFEB signaling) throughout the figures was just too difficult to follow as currently written.

      A: We improved the figures description.

      Q: If the authors are specifically interested in following up on actin polymerization at the lysosome and mTOR signaling, they should begin with the Priya et al., 2023 Science Advances paper.

      A: We now comment the paper suggested by the reviewer

      REVIEWER # 2

      Q: A central concern is the lack of robust and quantitative evidence supporting the regulation of autophagy. The use of sephin1 at concentrations up to 100 µM raises concerns about non-specific effects and cellular toxicity, especially in light of previous studies using substantially lower concentrations around 5 µM.

      A:We have assessed cell viability upon 2 hours of sephin1 treatment at different concentrations. Our data indicate that 2 hours sephin1 is not overtly toxic at both 50 and 100 µM (Supplementary figure 1A). Instead, we registered slight toxicity at both 5 and 100 µM concentrations upon O/N incubation (Rebuttal figure 1A-B). By EM imaging of quick frozen samples, we did not notice toxicity upon sephin1 administration, considering global parameters such as cell density, membrane integrity, or organelle and nuclear morphology (Rebuttal figure 1C). In particular, the transient effects of 2 hours sephin1 treatment are less pronounced at 50 µM as compared to 100 µM. Longer incubation with 50 µM Sephin (4 hours and even overnight) did not visibly harm the cells either (Rebuttal figure 1C). We would like to remind here that in the original paper describing sephin1 [10], the authors performed several in vitro experiments using sephin1 at concentrations higher than 5 µM (as high as 50 µM, see for example the experiments included in figure S1 and S2).

      Q2: The absence of dose-response and time-course analyses limits the interpretation of the observed effects. * Measurements of LC3 dynamics over time and across different concentrations are needed, together with analysis of established autophagy substrates such as p62 and NBR1.*

      A: Dose-response and time-course analyses have been already included in the original submission. Please, see Supplementary figure 1B-F, where we explore D/R relationship and Supplementary figure 11A-I where we describe the time-course analyses of the molecular changes happening upon 100 µM Sephin1.

      Furthermore, we tested the long term effect of a 2 hours pulse with sephin1 50 µM. In detail, we treated HeLa cells with sephin1 (50 μM, 2 hours). After the wash-out ( 8 hours) and the treatment with DMSO or bafilomycin (100 nM, 2 hours), we measured by western-blotting LC3-II. We did not notice a major effect on LC3-II, suggesting that the initial pulse at 50 µM is not sufficient to elicit subsequent autophagy. The output of such analysis is included in this rebuttal (New supplementary figure 14A-B and Rebuttal figure 2A-B ).

      Prompted by Reviewer 2, we assessed the amount of p62. In particular, we analyzed the level of insoluble p62 in our experimental condition. In fact, the detergent insoluble fraction of p62 is a bona fide proxy for aggregated, polyubiquitinated protein complexes that eventually are cleared by selective autophagic clearance. More in detail, we treated HeLa cells with sephin1 (100 μM, 2 hours). After the wash-out ( 8 hours) and the treatment with DMSO or bafilomycin (100 nM, 2 hours), we solubilised the cells in a mild detergent buffer (1% Triton-X100, 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA). Upon centrifugation (15K g, 4°C), we collected the pellet and measured by western-blotting p62 levels. As shown in Rebuttal figure 2C–D, sephin1 treatment did not induce the accumulation of insoluble p62-positive aggregates.

      While p62 is a classic marker of autophagic flux under steady-state conditions, interpreting total p62 levels in our model is fundamentally confounded by transcriptional regulation. As we demonstrate in Figure 8D and Supplementary figure 13A–B, sephin1 strongly upregulates p62/SQSTM1 mRNA via TFEB (and likely ATF4/CHOP) during the washout phase. As highlighted in the autophagy guidelines [2, 3, 11], when p62 transcription is actively induced by cellular stress pathways, its protein levels cannot be reliably used as a readout for autophagic degradation, because de novo synthesis masks lysosomal turnover.

      To overcome this, we relied on functional readouts of autophagic and lysosomal clearance capacity: (1) DQ-BSA dequenching (Figure 8E–F), (2) BafA1-sensitive LC3-II flux following the washout (Figure 9A–D), and (3) new ultrastructural data in human LRRK2 E193K fibroblasts (New Supplementary figure. 15A / Rebuttal figure 11C). These diseased fibroblasts suffer from massive baseline accumulation of jammed catabolic organelles; a sephin1 pulse followed by a 6-hour washout successfully clears this pathological waste, providing definitive morphometric proof of functionally enhanced autophagic clearance

      Q: The study is largely restricted to HeLa cells, which are known to display particular features in their integrated stress response. This raises concerns about the general applicability of the findings.

      A: Following the Reviewer’ s suggestions, we measured the impact of acute Sephin1 treatment (100 μM, 2 hours) in different cell lines, including human HEK293 and DIV14 primary murine neurons ( obtained from E15.5 C56BL/6 mice embryos). In both the models, acute sephin1 treatment induced LC3B-II accumulation. These results are included in the revised manuscript (new supplementary figure 2A-D) and in this rebuttal for the Reviewer convenience (Rebuttal figure 2E-H)

      *Q: The lack of detectable increase in eIF2α phosphorylation in response to thapsigargin treatment is unexpected and should be clarified, as it may reflect suboptimal experimental conditions or timing. *

      A: Indeed the choice of the exemplificative blot included in the original submission was poor. We apologize for this issue. However, the quantification did report that thapsigargin elicit eIF2 phosphorylation ( about 1.7 fold over control, see Figure 2D). We now include a more representative blot (new Figure 2B).

      Q: The manuscript does not provide data on the expression or activity of PPP1R15A and PPP1R15B, despite their central role in regulating eIF2α phosphorylation and potentially Sephin's effect.

      A: First, we apologize for a nomenclature error in the original Figure 3 legend. Sephin1's originally proposed specific target is PPP1R15A (GADD34). PPP1R15B (CReP) is the constitutive, sephin1-insensitive subunit. We ectopically overexpressed PPP1R15B as a genetic bypass to force constitutive eIF2α dephosphorylation even in the presence of sephin1. We have corrected the text and legends to reflect this. We have now included the western blots confirming that PPP1R15B overexpression effectively abolishes Ssphin1-induced eIF2α phosphorylation (New Figure 3D; Rebuttal figure 3C–D). We have also added qRT-PCR data showing that sephin1 induces PPP1R15A mRNA (a known ISR target) but not PPP1R15B mRNA (New Supplementary figure 2E–F).

      Crucially, the Reviewer astutely points out the necessity of discussing the PPP1R15-PP1c-actin complex. The active eIF2α holophosphatase is a tripartite complex requiring G-actin for substrate specificity [12]. In the crystal structure of this holophosphatase (PDB: 4V0U), PPP1R15 binds G-actin directly at the hydrophobic cleft between subdomains 1 and 3. Remarkably, this is the exact same pocket where Cytochalasin D binds, and the very same interface where our PAL-MS and molecular docking localize Sephin1 binding (Figure 4B). We hypothesize that Sephin1 binding at the subdomain 1/3 cleft directly competes with or allosterically distorts the assembly of the active PPP1R15-PP1c-G-actin tripartite complex. During the revision, we will test the affinity of sephin1 to G-actin using the Creoptix WAVE platform, and we have expanded the Discussion to formally integrate the structural overlap between the sephin1 binding site and the holophosphatase G-actin interface.

      Q: In particular in Figure 3, there is absolutely no demonstration provided, that the ectopic expression of PPP1R15B is sufficient to down-regulate or prevent eIF2 phosphorylation, while leaving LC3 processing intact.

      A: We assessed eIF2 phosphorylation upon ectopic expression of PPP1R15B. As expected, PPP1R15B overexpression prevented sephin1 induced eIF2 phosphorylation. These data are included in the manuscript (new Figure 3D and Rebuttal figure 3C-D).

      *Q: The specificity of GCN2 involvement is also not convincingly demonstrated, as other eIF2α kinases are not excluded experimentally. *

      A: Indeed other pathways may link lysosome physiology and eIF2 phosphorylation. eIF2α phosphorylation acts as the central molecular switch that pauses general translation during lysosomal stress. For example, lysosomal membrane damage triggers the leakage of calcium from the punctured lysosomal lumen into the cytosol. This localized spike in calcium is sensed by the scaffolding protein ALIX. ALIX recruits and activates the kinase PKR. This physical sensor complex directly drives the phosphorylation of eIF2α. However, our data exclude lysosomal damage (Supplementary Figure 1G-H , plus ultrastructural observations) or any major role of Ca2+ (Supplementary Figure 12A-B). Another major pathway initiates on lysosomes. Lysosomal damage hampers the organelle's role as an amino acids recycling hub. Alteration in lysosome membrane potential slows down membrane transporters like SLC38A9, stopping the efflux of recycled amino acids into the cytosol. This scarcity reduces tRNAs loading with amino acids. The accumulation of uncharged tRNAs is intercepted by the metabolic sensor kinase GCN2. Upon activation, GCN2 phosphorylates eIF2α. To explore such a scenario, we monitored eIF2 phosphorylation and LC3-II accumulation in cells treated with sephin1 ( 2 hours, 100 μM ) and cultured in normal media or upon essential amino acids extra supplementation (5X). Noteworthy, essential amino acids supplementation did not prevent either sephin1 induced eIF2 phosphorylation or LC3II accumulation, suggesting another mechanism is involved. These data are included in the revised manuscript (New supplementary figure 2G-I and Rebuttal figure 3E-G). We deem that the minor/no role played by an hypothetical lysosomal damage or amino acids starvation , together with our pharmacological evidence of the implication of GCN2, strongly support our initial hypothesis that GCN2 senses actin cytoskeleton remodelling

      Q: Although the manuscript emphasizes actin as a primary target of sephin 1, the supporting evidence remains incomplete. The proteomic analysis from FG08 pull-down experiments is not fully reported, and a comprehensive list of interacting proteins is missing.

      A: To identify bona fide sephin1 interactors, we performed a pull-down followed by a SDS-PAGE. Upon silver stain, we selected the prominent band at ∼42kDa for the follow-up MS/MS analysis. Actin with more than 1370 identified peptides was by far the most abundant protein in the FG08 pull-down sample. We now added the full list of the identified proteins (New supplementary table 1).

      Q: The imaging of actin structures could also be improved, as the observed punctate signals may correspond to focal adhesions or other actin-based structures that are not characterized here.

      A: We agree with the reviewer that a characterization of the actin punctate signals was missing.

      The actin cluster observed upon acute sephin1 treatment localized mainly in the perinuclear zone. Rather than focal adhesions ( that are normally present on the cell membrane), we focused on actin comet tails, an actin structure propelled by WHAMM protein and related to autophagosome biogenesis [13]. To this aim, we transfected HeLa cells with GFP-WHAMM (kindly provided by Campellone’ s lab). The day after, we treated cells with sephin1 (2 hours, 100 μM). Upon fixation, we processed the cells to visualize actin structure via phalloidin. We did not report an evident colocalization between actin cluster and GFP-WHAMM signal, suggesting that actin punctate signals nature is different from comet tails. These results are included in the new Supplementary figure 9D and reported also here for Reviewer’s convenience (Rebuttal figure 4A).

      Q: Additional functional assays, such as analysis of actin repolymerization dynamics or cell migration, would help establish the relevance of the observed phenotypes.

      A: We monitored the impact on cell migration by the wound healing assay. In particular, we grew HeLa at full confluency, then created a physical gap within the cell monolayer. We treated the cell for either vehicle or sephin1 2 hours and then we monitored cell migration into the gap by taking photos at different time points (6, 12, 18, 24, 30 hours). Interestingly, we noticed that the sephin1 pulse did not significantly alter cell migratory behaviour. These results are included in the new Supplementary figure 8E and reported also here for Reviewer’s convenience (Rebuttal figure 4B-C). Altogether, our data suggest that our treatment (sephin1 100 μM 2 hours) does not permanently affect actin dynamics.

      Q: Quantitative analysis is lacking, and the mechanistic relationship between actin disruption and Golgi disorganization is not explored in depth. No experimental strategy to determine if protein secretion or glycosylation are affected by sephin1 was provided in the current manuscript. As a result, the connection between these observations and the proposed signaling cascade remains unclear.

      A: As suggested we analysed the glycosylation pattern of Negr1, an adhesion protein that undergoes glycosylation in six different sites. By western-blotting, fully glycosylated Negr1 runs at the apparent MW of 50 kDa and the naive protein at 30 kDa [14]. We treated cells with sephin1 (2 hours and 6 hours, 100 μM), monensin (6 hours, 500 nM), and vehicle. To appreciate the extent of Negr1 glycosylation we computed the ratio between the isoforms at 50 and the one at 30 kDa. We found that sephin1 treatments did not overtly affect Negr1 glycosylation. These results are included in the Rebuttal figure 4D-E. Altogether, our data suggest that our treatment (sephin1 100 μM 2 hours) does not overtly affect Golgi physiology.

      Q: The use of classical actin-polymerizing and -depolymerizing agents and genetic deletion of PERK has previously demonstrated that eIF2α phosphorylation can be modulated by the state of actin polymerization. In this context, the effects observed upon Sephin1 treatment on eIF2α could plausibly arise as a consequence of altered actin dynamics. Although the manuscript discusses a potential increase in globular actin levels, the functional consequences of this rise are not explored by direct experiments. Furthermore, while the discussion highlights the role of actin in Golgi organization and autophagosome formation, the study lacks a detailed and mechanistic analysis of these processes.

      A: We did our best to clarify the connection among sephin1, actin cytoskeleton, Golgi integrity , and autophagy. In particular, we investigated more in detail the impact of the ARP2/3 inhibitor CK-666. In fact, we already showed that CK-666 (250 μM, 2 hours) prevents the acute effect of sephin1 in terms of formation of actin clusters (Figure 5A-C) and LC-3II accumulation (Figure 5D-F). However, it does not prevent Golgi fragmentation (Figure 5H and Rebuttal figure 5C ) nor TFEB translocation induced by sephin1 (Rebuttal figure 5A-B). Still, CK-66 co-administration prevented late stage autophagy (Figure 9). Actually, we found that the ARP2/3 inhibitor CK-666 ( 250 μM, 2 hours) by itself affects Golgi integrity (Rebuttal figure 5C), induces CHOP mRNA (Rebuttal figure 5D) and elicits TFEB translocation (Rebuttal figure 5A-B).

      However, a pulse with only CK-666 ( 250 μM, 2 hours) is not sufficient to trigger late stage autophagy (Supplementary figure 14C-D and Rebuttal figure 5E-F).

      Altogether, these data suggest that Golgi integrity signals directly to the mTOR-TFEB pathway, as recently suggested also by PMID: 42115886. Our new data clearly indicate that TFEB is instrumental for sephin1 driven increase in lysosomal activity (New supplementary figure 12F-G and Rebuttal figure 6A-B). Therefore, we deem that TFEB translocation associated with Golgi fragmentation is necessary but not sufficient to induce late stage autophagy. We included in this revision new data describing that the co-administration with Cytochalasin D (1 μM) and sephin1 (100 μM) prevents late-stage autophagy ( New supplementary figure 14E and Rebuttal figure 6C). Given that Cytochalasin D impairs sephin1 binding to actin (figure 4H-I), we are confident that the actin alterations observed upon acute sephin1 treatment play a major role in orchestrating a full autophagic response.

      *Q: The evidence supporting modulation of mTORC1 signaling is not fully convincing. The quality of the 4EBP1 immunoblots is insufficient for reliable interpretation, and appropriate controls using established mTOR inhibitors such as rapamycin or Torin1 are missing. *

      Additional readouts, including phosphorylation of S6, should be included.

      A: We will complement our biochemical analyses as requested by the reviewer. Furthermore, we specifically verified that sephin1 increases lysosomal activity via TFEB by assessing DQ-BSA signals in the TFEB KO HeLa line described in [15]. The cells were previously incubated overnight with 10 μg/mL of DQTM Red BSA added in normal medium. Then we treated HeLa cells with sephin1 (100 μM, 2 hours). After the wash-out ( 8 hours) we processed the cells for imaging purposes. Sephin1 did not increase DQ-BSA signals, a proxy for lysosomal activity, in TFEB KO cells. These data further support our hypothesis that sephin1 triggers lysosomal activity via the mTOR-TFEB pathway. These results are included in the new Supplementary figure 12F-G and reported also here for Reviewer’s convenience (Rebuttal figure 6A-B).

      Q: Finally, the manuscript does not sufficiently address the broader pharmacological context of sephin1. Given the ongoing discussion regarding the specificity of this class of compounds, it would be important to compare sephin1 with related molecules such as guanabenz or other derivatives (Raphin 1?).

      A: Guanabenz acts as a highly potent α2-adrenergic receptor agonist, which confounds its cellular effects and limits its clinical utility due to severe hypotensive activity. To rigorously assess the structure-activity relationship (SAR) of this chemical class without adrenergic confounding, we synthesized three novel structural analogues of sephin1: DG161, EC190, and PF03 (Rebuttal Figure 7–9). Strikingly, these novel derivatives recapitulate the exact mechanism of sephin1—including actin cluster formation, CK-666-sensitive LC3-II accumulation, TFEB nuclear translocation, and enhanced lysosomal DQ-BSA activity—but achieve these effects at 4- to 20-fold lower concentrations (5 µM for DG161; 25 µM for EC190) compared to Sephin1 (100 µM). This analogue data definitively confirms that the MoA we describe is an on-target property of the pharmacophore, rather than a non-specific artifact of 100 µM dosing. These SAR data will form the basis of a follow-up manuscript, but we will gladly include a summarized discussion of this in the revised text to address the Reviewer's broader pharmacological question.

      Description of analyses that authors prefer not to carry out

      Reviewer 2

      Q: Alternative mechanisms, including effects on protein folding activity of the ribosome of these compounds (https://doi.org/10.1021/cn5001588), which could directly impact ribosome collision leading to GCN2 and subsequent mTORC1 activation, are not explored experimentally. This limits the ability to assess whether the observed effects are specific to actin modulation or reflect a more general stress response.

      A: The ribosome collision hypothesis is indeed intriguing, but technically challenging and far beyond the scope of this manuscript. Still, we deem that our existing data can partially address it . A direct effect on the ribosome causing translational stalling/collision would immediately halt global protein synthesis. However, our puromycin incorporation assay (Supplementary Figure 3A–B) shows no global translation elongation block at 2 hours. Furthermore, our time-course kinetics (Figure 6C–D, Supplementary Figure 11) demonstrate that robust actin clustering occurs within just 10 minutes of sephin1 exposure, whereas GCN2-dependent eIF2α phosphorylation does not peak until 120–240 minutes. This temporal hierarchy strongly positions cytoskeletal remodeling upstream of the ISR, rather than the reverse. Finally, treating cells with Cycloheximide—a classic translation inhibitor that stalls ribosomes—fails to induce the acute LC3-II accumulation (Supplementary Figure 3C–H) or the late TFEB-target transcription (Supplementary Figure 13D) seen with Sephin1.

      References

      1. Redl S, Zweydorf FV, Gloeckner CJ, et al (2025) The E193K LRRK2 mutation interferes with the autophagosome processing through the impairment of the LRRK2-Dynein-1 complex. Sci Rep 15:39117. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-025-26716-4
      2. Klionsky DJ, Abdalla FC, Abeliovich H, et al (2012) Guidelines for the use and interpretation of assays for monitoring autophagy. Autophagy 8:445–544
      3. Klionsky DJ, Abeliovich H, Agostinis P, et al (2008) Guidelines for the use and interpretation of assays for monitoring autophagy in higher eukaryotes. Autophagy 4:151–175. https://doi.org/10.4161/auto.5338
      4. Aguilan JT, Kulej K, Sidoli S (2020) Guide for protein fold change and p-value calculation for non-experts in proteomics. Mol Omics 16:573–582. https://doi.org/10.1039/d0mo00087f
      5. Goddette DW, Frieden C (1985) The binding of cytochalasin D to monomeric actin. Biochem Biophys Res Commun 128:1087–1092. https://doi.org/10.1016/0006-291x(85)91051-4
      6. Riedl J, Crevenna AH, Kessenbrock K, et al (2008) Lifeact: a versatile marker to visualize F-actin. Nat Methods 5:605–607. https://doi.org/10.1038/nmeth.1220
      7. Riedl J, Flynn KC, Raducanu A, et al (2010) Lifeact mice for studying F-actin dynamics. Nat Methods 7:168–169. https://doi.org/10.1038/nmeth0310-168
      8. Kumari A, Kesarwani S, Javoor MG, et al (2020) Structural insights into actin filament recognition by commonly used cellular actin markers. EMBO J 39:e104006. https://doi.org/10.15252/embj.2019104006
      9. Mazloom-Farsibaf H, Farzam F, Fazel M, et al (2021) Comparing lifeact and phalloidin for super-resolution imaging of actin in fixed cells. PLoS One 16:e0246138. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0246138
      10. Das I, Krzyzosiak A, Schneider K, et al (2015) Preventing proteostasis diseases by selective inhibition of a phosphatase regulatory subunit. Science 348:239–242. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aaa4484
      11. Klionsky DJ, Abdel-Aziz AK, Abdelfatah S, et al (2021) Guidelines for the use and interpretation of assays for monitoring autophagy (4th edition)1. Autophagy 17:1–382. https://doi.org/10.1080/15548627.2020.1797280
      12. Chen R, Rato C, Yan Y, et al (2015) G-actin provides substrate-specificity to eukaryotic initiation factor 2α holophosphatases. Elife 4:e04871. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.04871
      13. Kast DJ, Zajac AL, Holzbaur ELF, et al (2015) WHAMM Directs the Arp2/3 Complex to the ER for Autophagosome Biogenesis through an Actin Comet Tail Mechanism. Curr Biol 25:1791–1797. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2015.05.042
      14. Sim G, Jeong M, Seo H, et al (2022) The Role of N-Glycosylation in the Intracellular Trafficking and Functionality of Neuronal Growth Regulator 1. Cells 11:1242. https://doi.org/10.3390/cells11071242
      15. Li D, Shao R, Wang N, et al (2021) Sulforaphane Activates a lysosome-dependent transcriptional program to mitigate oxidative stress. Autophagy 17:872–887. https://doi.org/10.1080/15548627.2020.1739442
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This useful study employs optogenetics, genetically-encoded dopamine and serotonin sensors, and patch-clamp electrophysiology to investigate modulations of neurotransmitter release between striatal dopamine and serotonin neurons - a topic of interest to neuroscientists studying the basal ganglia. The results suggest that the dopamine and serotonin systems operate largely in parallel, with the activation of serotonin neurons resulting in a small, transient dopamine release. The authors suggest that this interaction occurs via glutamate release in the ventral tegmental area, findings that are closely related to previous work. Some conclusions are incomplete requiring larger samples-sizes and controls.

      We sincerely thank the editor and reviewers for their thoughtful and constructive comments. Addressing their concerns required extensive additional experimental work and the involvement of new personnel. We increased sample sizes, completed previously missing experimental groups, generated a largely new dataset, and performed additional anatomical experiments and analyses. We also removed the patch-clamp electrophysiology experiments to sharpen the study’s focus and extensively revised and reorganized the manuscript to address methodological and interpretative inconsistencies. Although the central concept remains unchanged, the revised manuscript provides a substantially more rigorous and consistent account of the limited and directionally asymmetric circuit-level coupling between striatal dopamine and serotonin release.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Liu et al use optogenetics and genetically encoded neuromodulator sensors to test the extent to which dopamine neuron stimulation produces striatal serotonin release, and vice versa. The study is timely given growing interest in dopamine/serotonin interactions and in the context of recent work showing bidirectional and dynamic regulation of striatal dopamine by another neuromodulator, acetylcholine. The authors find that striatal dopamine and serotonin afferents function largely independently, with dopamine neuron stimulation producing no striatal serotonin release and serotonin neuron stimulation producing minimal striatal dopamine release. This work will inform future work seeking to dissect the contributions of striatal dopamine, serotonin, and their interactions to various motivated behaviors. While the paper's main conclusions are adequately supported (see Strengths), additional controls and experiments would significantly broaden the paper's impact (see Weaknesses). Finally, this draft of the work is poorly presented with numerous errors, omissions, and inconsistencies evident throughout the text and the figures that should be addressed.

      Strengths:

      The study employs optogenetic stimulation simultaneously with fiber photometry recording of dopamine or serotonin release measured with genetically encoded sensors. These methods are state-of-the-art, offering tighter temporal control compared to pharmacological methods for manipulating dopamine and serotonin and improved selectivity over techniques like electrochemistry and microdialysis used to record neuromodulator release in previous studies on the subject. As a result, the paper's main conclusions are well supported.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The electrophysiology experiments in Figure 3 are only tangentially related to the focus of the study, and their findings are almost entirely irrelevant to the paper's main conclusions. The results of these experiments are also not novel. Glutamate corelease from 5-HT neurons has been previously shown, including in the OFC and VTA (Ren et al, 2018, Cell, McDevitt et al, 2014, Cell Rep, Liu et al 2014, Neuron; and others). The authors should explain more clearly what they think these data add to the manuscript and/or consider removing them altogether.

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful comments regarding the patch-clamp electrophysiology data. We acknowledge the concerns raised by multiple reviewers and have therefore removed these data from the revised manuscript to improve clarity and focus.

      (2) Related to the point above, as far as I can tell, the only value the electrophysiology data add is to suggest that perhaps activation of serotonin neurons may drive minimal striatal dopamine release via glutamate corelease in the VTA. The evidence provided in this version of the manuscript is insufficient to support that claim, but the manuscript would be significantly strengthened if the authors tested this hypothesis more directly. One way to do that could be to stimulate serotonin axons in the striatum (as opposed to the serotonin cell bodies) and record striatal dopamine release.

      This is an interesting approach. However, given the divergent projection of serotonin fibers and the need for a strict spectral separation between excitatory opsin and transmitter sensor fluorescence, we retained the current approach, which allows us to investigate circuit-level interactions while minimizing technical confounds.

      A complementary anatomical approach would be to use retrograde tracing to test whether the DR 5-HT neurons projecting to the striatum are the same or different from the VTA projecting population.

      We performed the suggested experiment and have included the new data in the revised manuscript (Figure 1F–H). This approach revealed a clear topographical organization. These results indicate that the identified neuronal populations are largely segregated.

      (3) The findings would be strengthened by the addition of a fluorophore-only control group lacking opsin expression in all experiments in Figures 1 and 2.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. We requested authorization to add an opsin-negative control cohort, but this request was not approved under the applicable animal-welfare regulations. We therefore cannot fully exclude nonspecific physiological effects of light delivery and now acknowledge this limitation in the Discussion. Nevertheless, the stimulation-locked response was confined to the biosensor channel and absent from the isosbestic channel, arguing against direct optical contamination. Moreover, application of the same optical stimulation protocol in the VTA did not generate a detectable stimulation-locked 5-HT signal. Although these observations do not fully replace an opsin-negative control, they support the interpretation that the response reflects a biological signal rather than direct optical interference.

      (4) The experiment of stimulating serotonin neurons and recording serotonin release in the NAc was not performed. It would be useful to be able to compare the magnitudes of evoked serotonin release in these two striatal regions, though it is not central to the main claims of the paper.

      This point has now been addressed with additional experiments, and the figure has been reformatted accordingly in the revised manuscript.

      (5) The interpretation of the results from Figure 2 is described inconsistently throughout the manuscript. The title implies there is significant crosstalk between the dopamine and serotonin systems. The abstract calls the crosstalk "transient", which is a description of its temporal dynamics, not its magnitude. Then the introduction figures and discussion all suggest the crosstalk is minimal. I suggest the authors describe the main findings - minimal crosstalk between the dopamine and serotonin systems - clearly and consistently in the title, abstract, and main text.

      We agree with the reviewer and have revised the title, abstract, Results, figure legends, and Discussion to describe the magnitude and directionality of the interaction consistently. The revised manuscript now emphasizes that striatal dopamine and serotonin release operate largely in parallel, with limited and asymmetric crosstalk: activation of VTA dopamine neurons did not produce detectable serotonin release, whereas activation of dorsal raphe serotonergic neurons induced only a weak, stimulation-locked dopamine signal without a sustained increase in dopamine amplitude. The revised title, “Asymmetric Circuit-Level Crosstalk Between Dopamine and Serotonin Release in the Striatum,” and the corresponding changes throughout the manuscript now more accurately reflect these findings.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This brief communication aims to clarify interactions between the dopamine (DA) and serotonin (5-HT) systems of mice. The authors use optogenetic stimulation of DA neurons in the VTA or of 5-HT neurons in the DRN, while monitoring the fluorescence of DA and 5-HT sensors in the nucleus accumbens (NAc) and dorsal striatum (DS) using fiber photometry. The authors report on a small release of DA in the NAc following DRN stimulation, which they attribute to glutamate co-release onto VTA DA neurons using slice electrophysiology. The authors also report on cocaine-induced 5-HT release in the striatum.

      Strengths:

      This is a topic well worth studying.

      Weaknesses:

      In its current form, this is an incomplete and underpowered study that does little to clarify the complicated relationship that exists between DA and 5-HT in the mammalian brain under physiological conditions or during cocaine use.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thorough evaluation and constructive efforts. We acknowledge that the original manuscript did not meet the expected standards and have therefore undertaken a complete revision. We hope that the revised version addresses the concerns raised and provides a clearer and more rigorous presentation of our findings.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors suggest that the small release of DA may be due to a release of glutamate from DRN 5-HT neurons to the VTA that stimulates weakly and in a transient fashion the VTA DA neurons, which in the end, produce a transient and small release of DA in the NAc.

      Their findings give more information on the previously reported complex and partial known crosstalk between 5-HT and DA in the NAc.

      I only have some minor concerns about the manuscript:

      (1) In Figure 2F, there is a missing curve for 5-HT in NAc. Besides, the legend shows n=2, making it difficult to perform statistical analysis with that data.

      We repeated the experiments and analysis with a new and expanded dataset. We believe this revised dataset now provides sufficient power for robust statistical analysis.

      (2) In Figure 3, the use of NBQX/AP5 is shown, but it is not mentioned either in the methodology or in the discussion. What is the meaning of those results?

      Based on the reviewers’ suggestions, we have removed this figure entirely from the revised manuscript.

      (3) Line 98 compares results from two different places of stimulation. The results are related to stimulation in the VTA, but the comparison indicates that the stimulation was made in the DRN.

      The manuscript has been extensively revised, and all relevant sections of the text have been updated accordingly.

      (4) If the release of 5-HT in Nac does not occur, it needs to be precise in the abstract that 5-HT is released in the dorsal striatum (DS) but not in the NAc (line 19).

      We performed an additional set of experiments and confirmed the presence of 5-HT release in the NAc.

      (5) Be consistent with the way you mention the 5-HT neurons. For example, in lines from 106 to 119, SERT neurons are used. Previously, 5-HT neurons were used.

      We have carefully considered this issue throughout the revised manuscript and have taken steps to ensure consistency, as highlighted by the reviewer.

      (6) There are several points of confusion when referring to the figures, making the text difficult to follow because the text explains something that is not shown in the figure cited.

      We have carefully considered this issue throughout the revised manuscript and have taken steps to ensure consistency, as highlighted by the reviewer.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      Additional comments from the reviewers recommend that the authors increase sample sizes, carry out control experiments to exclude non-specific effects, and modify the title and abstract to reflect the minimal cross-talk observed between dopamine and serotonin. Finally, we note that the text of the manuscript does not meet minimum standards in the field for clarity, interpretability, or reproducibility.

      We acquired a new experimental cohort, and performed additional experiments suggested by the reviewer. The manuscript has been revised and reformatted, incorporating all reviewer comments. We hope that this new version now meets the expected standards for clarity, interpretability, and reproducibility in the field.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) For angled stereotactic injections, the direction of the angle (ML, AP, etc) is not defined.

      Added to the revised manuscript.

      (2) The manuscript is full of grammatical errors and is very difficult to follow in some places, especially the results section for Figures 2 and 3. The following is an incomplete list of the most obvious errors to give examples of what I mean, but I strongly urge the authors to thoroughly revise the entire text.

      (a) There appear to be photometry traces copied and pasted by mistake over the x-axis labels in the bar graph in Figure 1E.

      (b) Line 41 states that fiber photometry recordings were used in reference 17, which is a human study that used voltammetry.

      (c) Figures are referenced out of order throughout.

      (d) Acronyms are used without being defined on the first usage.

      (e) Lines 54-56, missing references.

      (f) Line 82, the crosstalk reported in this paper is unidirectional, not bidirectional.

      (g) Line 92 describes the virus as AAV-dLIGHTX.XX, where presumably the exes are placeholders for numbers that were never replaced.

      (h) The text of the results section for Figure 2 in some cases directly contradicts the data it describes, and likely has some mistaken figure panel references.

      (i) Line 123 is missing a reference and just has the placeholder REF.

      (j) Lines 182-183 are a copy-paste mistake from lines 185-186.

      (k) Scalebars in figure legends are in units of micromolar, not micrometers.

      The manuscript has been extensively rewritten to address and incorporate the reviewers’ comments.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      This is one of the least impressive and compelling manuscripts I have ever been asked to review. It reads in many ways like a first draft, not like a document that was meticulously prepared and proofread prior to submission. The data and analyses are shockingly light (with some conclusions supported by an N of 1 or 2) yet frustratingly difficult to interpret. The text and figures are full of typos, inconsistencies, and factual errors in interpretation. Most concerningly, this study does little to clarify the complicated relationship that exists between DA and 5-HT, including providing compelling evidence for their key finding of 'crosstalk' between both modulators or mechanistically implicating glutamate co-release. In fact, it might add to the noise. It is therefore unclear what the value is of this study in its current form.

      We thank the reviewer for their detailed and thorough comments, which we saw as an opportunity to substantially improve the manuscript. We have therefore undertaken a comprehensive revision to improve clarity, coherence, and overall quality. As part of these revisions, we have removed the original Figure 3 presenting the in vitro patch-clamp electrophysiology data. We hope that the extensive changes implemented in the revised manuscript adequately address the reviewer’s concerns and significantly strengthen the study.

      General comments:

      (1) Limited scope: the design of the experiments performed offers very few opportunities for identifying 'crosstalk' between DA and 5-HT:

      (a) To most, such cross-talk might best be imagined at the level of cells expressing receptors for both modulators, yet this is not studied. Cross-talk may also manifest in complex circuit-level interactions, downstream of brain areas directly targeted by DA and 5-HT. This is not studied either. Instead, only one type of experiment is performed: optogenetically stimulating cell bodies in the midbrain while monitoring DA/5-HT levels in the striatum. Opportunities for 'cross-talk' in this preparation are exceedingly limited. For example, the only way that optogenetically-evoked DA release may impact 5-HT levels (assuming classical, direct projections from DA neurons to the striatum) is via presynaptic modulation of 5-HT release from axons. Though potentially interesting, it is not exhaustive.

      We agree that many types of crosstalk can be investigated; however, we chose to first adopt a broader approach that integrates neuronal circuit-level mechanisms. We believe that an important discrepancy remains in the literature that needs to be addressed. While our findings do not exclude the involvement of other forms of crosstalk, they aim to clarify whether crosstalk already exists at the level of neuronal circuits, which our results support.

      (b) Any negative modulation of DA or 5-HT release would require a baseline tone of either modulator within the dynamic range of the sensor, which is not demonstrated. Thus, in both cases, a negative influence cannot be excluded, limiting any finding to 'positive' modulation. This is problematic for a study set on setting the record straight on 'cross-talk' between DA and 5-HT, given that prior studies pointed to antagonistic influences.

      Previous studies using the same type of sensor have already demonstrated inhibitory crosstalk. For example, the study “Opponent Control of Reinforcement by Striatal Dopamine and Serotonin” successfully used this approach to reveal opposing interactions between dopaminergic and serotonergic signalling. Therefore, our findings are consistent with the possibility of circuit-level crosstalk and further contribute to resolving this ongoing question.

      (c) Only one stimulation paradigm is tested, and its biological (ir)relevance is not discussed.

      The stimulation paradigm used in this study has been extensively validated in multiple publications from our laboratory and has consistently been shown to promote reinforcement. Our recent review provides a comprehensive overview of this approach and its established behavioral effects. (Lüscher et al, Neuron, 2026, PMID: 42462721).

      (d) Only one brain region is investigated (striatum), with little justification for omitting other regions where both modulators coexist (e.g., amygdala, cortex, DRN).

      Not all brain structures can be investigated within the scope of a single study, and we acknowledge this limitation in the Discussion section.

      (e) The suitability of the chosen behavior and cocaine administration to reveal interactions is not mentioned.

      We have now clarified the use of i.p. cocaine injection to study the different temporal dynamics of 5-HT and DA release.

      (2) Scarcity of data and questionable analyses and interpretation:

      We thank the reviewer for the detailed comments listed below (a-m). In response, we repeated many experiments, increased sample sizes, completed the experimental groups, fully reanalysed the dataset, and removed the patch-clamp electrophysiology data. The manuscript has been extensively rewritten and reformatted based on a largely new dataset. In addition, we now focus specifically on one form of crosstalk and have expanded the discussion to address other potential mechanisms, as suggested by the reviewer. We hope this revised version adequately addresses the concerns raised. Because of the many changes in the text, the concerns listed below were addressed.

      (a) Conclusions for Figures 3B and C are based on a N of 1 whole cell recording each.

      (b) The relevance of data in Figures 3D and 3E to test the proposed hypothesis is unclear.

      (c) Figure 2F is an average of N=2 recordings.

      (d) Lines 98-100: Concluding statement not supported by experiment performed.

      (e) Apparent contraction: Lines 112-113 indicate that 5-HT neuron stimulation failed to evoke 'any significant change in DA', while lines 117-118 talk about a small but significant increase in DA in response to the same manipulation.

      (f) Line 114: conclusion not supported by data; Figure 2E points to DA, not 5-HT, and Figure 2F-H only shows 5-HT in DS, not NAc. Legend specifies that only 2 recordings are averaged in Figure 2F, and n=4 are quantified in Figures G and H, despite the plot containing 5 data points. What is going on?

      (g) The key finding of this study is a transient, barely-detectable increase in NAc DA for ~1s during the 10s stimulation of 5-HT neurons in N=4 mice (Figure 2D). It is not clear if a significant increase was observed in all mice tested, or if this increase is significantly different from what is seen in DS. Was this effect seen in multiple testing sessions?

      (h) Concerningly, the authors do not exclude the possibility of a 'startle' response to strong light delivery in mice expressing tdTomato-only. This is an essential control that is missing.

      (i) Very few details regarding this DA response are offered. How soon does it appear following DRN stimulation? If mediated by glutamate co-release, it ought to appear with the very first light stimulus.

      (j) The physiological significance of this stimulation paradigm is not established. Comparing it to cocaine-evoked DA release is not satisfactory, as cocaine elevates DA beyond levels encountered physiologically.

      (k) Correlative evidence to implicate glutamate is insufficient. Does co-release depress when driven with the same stimulus train as that applied in vivo? Is it strong enough to drive DA neuron firing? Does it not affect DS-projecting DA neurons? Does this DA 'blip' disappear in mice genetically deficient in glutamate co-release (using SERT-Cre vglut2-floxed mice, which are commercially available)?

      (l) The authors don't find evidence for DA stimulation affecting 5-HT release in the striatum. Is this sufficient to exclude any influence of DA on 5-HT? Isn't the fact that cocaine evokes 5-HT release evidence of an interaction? As such, it is unclear if the experiments performed significantly advance our understanding of whether and how DA and 5-HT influence one another.

      We respectfully disagree with this statement. Cocaine directly binds to the serotonin transporter (SERT), thereby blocking serotonin reuptake into the presynaptic terminal and increasing extracellular 5-HT levels in the synaptic cleft. Furthermore, dopamine and serotonin release exhibit distinct temporal dynamics, suggesting that their release is mediated through different molecular mechanisms and neural circuit pathways rather than through a single shared process.

      (m) The evidence that 5-HT stimulation alters DA release in the striatum is not compelling, but also not sufficient to exclude or support cross-talk between both modulators. The evidence provided is simply insufficient to strongly validate or challenge earlier studies.

      (3) Minor:

      In this revised manuscript, we have carefully implemented the reviewers’ suggestions and addressed the concerns they raised. We believe that this revised version addresses a significant proportion of the reviewers’ concerns and hope that these fundamental improvements are fully recognized during the evaluation.

      Because of the many changes in the revised manuscript, the concerns listed below do no longer apply or were addressed.

      (a) In the intro paragraph, line 19, specify that you are monitoring DA/5-HT in the striatum of mice.

      (b) In the results section, indicate the preparation: in vivo, awake, what were the mice doing...

      (c) Inconsistent nomenclature: VTA dopamine neurons are referred to as 'VTA DA', while dorsal raphe serotonergic neurons are referred to as 'DRN SERT' or 'DR SERT'. Why the difference? Is there any reason to believe that SERT-Cre mice label non-serotonergic neurons? Please adopt a consistent nomenclature and/or justify your choice. Also, if neurons are optogenetically stimulated, specify the word 'neuron' (e.g., line 118 refers to 'DR SERT stimulation', which could be interpreted to suggest the transporter is being activated).

      (d) Line 103 and elsewhere: Confusing terminology referring to VTA DA neurons stimulation as 'modulating' or 'altering' DA release in the striatum. Isn't it directly evoked by the stimulation of DA-releasing neurons? Please change the terminology so as not to make it unnecessarily vague.

      (e) Lines 111-112: comparison between DA and 5-HT fluorescence devoid of biological meaning. Relative increases in the fluorescence of 2 sensors that are molecularly distinct and separately-expressed in different cohorts of mice cannot be meaningfully compared.

      (f) The timeline in Figure 1A suggests that the optogenetic stimulation protocol is initiated 5 min prior to cocaine injection. Figure 1D (right) plots this 5 min baseline, yet little/no DA release can be seen, despite Figure 1F indicating peak DA ratios of 0.5-1. Please explain. Since both sets of recordings were performed back to back and are directly compared, make sure to show them both on the same graph for direct comparison.

      (g) Figure 1E contains 2 misplaced data traces.

      (h) Figure 2D. Please repeat for the full stimulation window, not just for the few seconds where a tiny change in DA is seen.

      (i) Figure 2E is misleading. It suggests that the peak extracellular DA concentration in NAC following DRN stimulation is approximately half of what cocaine evokes and similar to what VTA DA stim evokes (Figure 1F). But this is simply not true. There must be an error in calculation, and one should wait more than 20 minutes to properly estimate peak DA concentration in cocaine.

      (j) What is the value of comparing optogenetically-evoked neuromodulator release to cocaine-evoked release? Can the authors be sure that the DA levels reached in cocaine are not saturating the DA sensor? Wouldn't this be required to permit comparison?

      (k) Line 123: Please include a citation. Rephrase the sentence to avoid sounding dismissive.

      (l) Line 124: Vague/confusing sentence. What is meant by 'optogenetic projection targeting' and 'parsing the synaptic currents in identified regions'?

      (m) Figures 1D, 1G, 2C, 2F: confirm y-axis unit of measure. Are DA transients really only 0.2% in amplitude?

      (n) Figure 3B, 3C: number of recordings performed in DA and NAcSh, anterior not specified. Only one trace showed, and no summary plot. Insufficient data presented to draw conclusion.

      (o) How does the presence of EPSCs in OFC or NAc help support the author's finding of a brief elevation of DA upon DRN stimulation?

      (p) Line 358: Wrong unit.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Some minor concerns are the following:

      (1) In line 31, define what DS is.

      (2) In line 57, the word "neurons" is missing in the phrase ".....decreases 5-HT neuron spontaneous firing in DRN,...".

      (3) In line 111, the comparison needs to be between 5-HT release due to optogenetic stimulation with the 5-HT release due to cocaine infusion, not with DA release due to cocaine infusion.

      (4) In line 112, it should be Figure 2F.

      (5) In line 114, instead of 5-HT, it should be DA. In addition, it is not Figure 2E, but 2C.

      (6) In line 123, add the appropriate reference instead of "REF".

      (7) In lines 182 and 183, the text is out of context.

      (8) In lines 250 - 251, the text is out of context.

      (9) Why was Rabit anti-GFP if you do not use GFP in the procedures?

      While the manuscript underwent a complete comprehensive revision to improve clarity, coherence, and overall quality, we have carefully implemented the reviewers’ suggestions and addressed the concerns they raised.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript "Penumbria: Advanced 3D cell segmentation for biomedical imaging", the authors describe their 3D nuclei segmentation pipeline and compare it against state-of-the-art methods for nuclei and cell segmentation.

      The introduction is clear, with state-of-the-art methods, for instance, segmentation of cells from microscopy images, and motivates the method with science that can be done with cell segmentation. Related work is appropriately mentioned with the caveat that it conflates cell and nuclei segmentation, and some related work is missing.

      The Results section describes the loss, the architecture novelties, and evaluation results on nuclei segmentation, not cell segmentation. Here it becomes clear that Penumbria addresses 3D nuclei segmentation, i.e., instance segmentation of medium-sized, mostly convex-ish and well-separated objects in single-channel 3D volumes.

      Penumbria combines several choices and innovations:

      - loss: boundary distance regression<br /> - architecture<br /> - 3D U-VixLSTM<br /> - Zernike Layer<br /> - SGG<br /> - combine multiple scales in SGG<br /> - sampling strategy to look for bright and dark objects.

      The authors show on four nuclei segmentation benchmarks from confocal images that Penumbria outperforms CellPose-SAM (in either zero-shot or fine-tuned mode) and Stardist-3D in most cases, except for some where Stardist-3D performs better. They report results of an IoU threshold sweep to measure instance segmentation performance.

      Penumbria is available on GitHub under a non-commercial license. I have not tested it yet, and therefore assume that the code is in full working condition and reproduces the reported results.

      Strengths:

      (1) The method may outperform state-of-the-art methods for cell segmentation as shown in three of four 3D benchmarks.

      (2) The code is available.

      Weaknesses:

      Major

      (1) Similar to the established confusion across the literature, all the authors' evaluation datasets do not label cells, but cellular nuclei. This is important to understand because the methods they compare against, CellPose-SAM and Stardist-3D, demonstrate their performance on a variety of datasets, some of which label cellular membranes instead of nuclei. The cell segmentation task is often considered harder than the nuclei segmentation task, because objects consistently touch each other, the separation may have noise-induced holes, and object shapes may be more diverse than for nuclei.

      (2) The addition of U-VixLSTM, SGG, multi-scale input, Zernike layers, and distance transform regression sounds great, but a comparison to architectures or conventional losses used to train any combination is missing. Five innovations/choices combined simultaneously without an attempt to attribute.

      (3) There is no clear delineation of 2D and 3D approaches. E.g. CellPose-SAM is not 3D, but sequential 2D execution with optional averaging of doing this along all axes.

      (4) For the 3-fold cross-validated evaluation: It sounds like they were all trained for each benchmark independently? Did Stardist-3D and CellPose SAM start from their existing 'general' weights or from scratch (not possible with SAM, I know). Not described at all.

      (5) Experiments to evaluate generalization performance are missing (train on all datasets, compare across datasets, ...).

      (6) The Zernike layer optimizes only coefficients {3,4,12}; the evaluation could be described as rudimentary. Table 3 is missing cross-validation. Since mouse_skull is (a lot) different and differences for the others are minor, I would be curious how significant these results are. The following text is unclear: "This reflects how we developed these modifications in turn." How so?

      (7) Training and inference: input and output block size missing, GPU memory requirements undefined, discuss block size vs. batch size. 50% overlap block-inference with feathering not compared to other overlap ratios, just "works best". Test-time augmentation 8x rotation (what are those rotations? Why 8? How much does it contribute? Compare the cost for 8xs test time augmentation against skipping "background" heuristic.)

      Minor

      (1) What is the incoming contrast range and bit depth?

      (2) Stardist-3D's weakness is not that it requires convexity (it requires star-convexity) but that it picks one hypothesis leading to low-resolution outlines. This has been overcome by Starfinity (https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0092867421013398; https://github.com/multiFISH/EASI-FISH).

      (3) Heatmap regression is not the same as distance regression; the manuscript does not explain what it is and uses terms interchangeably. This should be clarified. The reference for heatmap is 14; for distances, there are others, e.g. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-00934-2_36.

      (4) Only one evaluation example compares against CellPose-SAM zero-shot; I would add this to all of them. The mentioned place switch would be interesting to see in a plot instead of text.

      (5) "We replicated this failure on multiple machines." How does the machine matter here? Did the authors do cross-validation across different computers, instead of different random seeds? This sounds expensive!

      (6) Brightness-based sampling could be achieved by augmentation?

      (7) In the text "We use the following bicubic upsampling factors[...]", I think the authors mean tricubic, or cubic (because they upscale only one axis). Bicubic makes no sense, but people say this in the literature; we can do better. Why integer upscaling factors instead of exact ones? Are the authors concerned about that one incomplete border pixel?

      (8) "Furthermore, it is not confined to Linux-based environments such as Segmamba [32], an important consideration given that biologists often work with Windows machines."<br /> This is confusing. Is this a comment about somebody's publicly available repository? This is not relevant to evaluate the method and should be discussed separately. Does it work in WSL?

      (9) Downsampling by factors >2 with bicubic interpolation sounds wrong; should the authors use averaging?

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Sherman Foo and Buzz Baum report the development of a tryptophan auxotrophy-based selection system in S. acidocaldarius. Using classical pop-in and pop-out methodology, the authors isolated a strain ΔtrpBA using a rich medium BDN medium (Brock medium supplemented with NZ-amine, Sucrose and uracil and an uracil auxotroph. To get stringent selection, they developed a defined medium BDN, based on analysis of amino acid composition of NZ-amine A and other related substrates. They then analyzed the possibility to use 5-FAA for counterselection and found that 5-FAA did not appear to function as an effective counterselection agent. Next, they successfully constructed a tryptophan complementation system using the pSVAara plasmid backbone, replacing the pyrEF cassette with the trpBAD genes from Saccharolobus solfataricus (sso0888 -sso0890).

      Exploiting both uracil and tryptophan auxotrophies, the authors further demonstrated the use of this system by dual-plasmid co-transformation and co-expression of the surface layer proteins and a dominant-negative mutant of the AAA-ATPase Vps4 and confirmed that the accumulation of surface layer lattice forming protein SlaA at the midzone of division-arrested cells together with its membrane anchor SlaB. The localization of SlaA and SlaB at the midcell was in agreement with the observations previously reported by the same group.

      This is a good summary of our paper.

      Major comments:

      1) The dual plasmids differ only at the selection markers, pryEF and trpBA. The stability of them in one cell needs to be addressed.

      Thank you for raising this point. We have now addressed plasmid stability by following the maintenance of both plasmids during growth under selective and non-selective conditions. As shown in our new figure Fig. S4C, a strain carrying both plasmids was first grown in selective BCS medium and subsequently transferred to BCS, BCS ura+, BCS trp+, or BCS ura+ trp+. Cultures were sampled after 10 and 20 generations and plated on selective medium to quantify plasmid maintenance.

      As expected, the two plasmid were efficiently maintained under selection. When selection for either plasmid was relaxed by supplementation, plasmid loss increased progressively with the number of generations as expected. After 20 generations, approximately 5% of the initial CFU remained under BCS ura+, approximately 21% under BCS trp+, and approximately 14% under BCS ura+ trp+. Thus, both plasmids can be maintained together under selection, while their maintenance is reduced at a similar rate only when the corresponding selective pressure is removed. The presence or loss of one plasmid does not appear to affect the stability of the other.

      2) Relevant to the above, the authors should test the plasmid stability after culture with reasonable generations. Is it possible to construct a stably transmitted dural plasmid with different ori?

      We agree that an alternative plasmid architecture with a different origin of replication could potentially improve long-term plasmid maintenance. However, constructing and validating such a system would require the identification and testing of additional compatible origins of replication, including screening of available native or cryptic plasmids, followed by construction and characterization of new plasmid backbones in S. acidocaldarius. This would constitute a substantial plasmid-development study beyond the scope of the present work.

      Importantly, the dual-plasmid experiment was intended primarily as a proof-of-concept demonstrating that the two selection systems can be combined in the same cell, rather than as a requirement for all applications of the toolbox. Where long-term maintenance of both selectable markers is required, an alternative strategy would be to incorporate the second selection marker stably into the genome. This is addressed in the discussion. We have therefore focused the present study on demonstrating the functionality and compatibility of the two selection systems, while experimentally characterizing the stability of the dual-plasmid configuration under selective and relaxed selection conditions (Fig. S4C).

      3) Lines 214-223, I am curious why the authors used ΔtrpAB as the auxotroph instead of using ΔtrpF directly, because the latter could be easily subject to 5-FAA counter selection test.

      Thank you for this question. As described earlier in the Results (revised manuscript line 120), we initially selected trpBA as the deletion target because we wanted to establish tryptophan auxotrophy without disrupting the production of upstream metabolic intermediates generated by other genes in the tryptophan biosynthetic pathway, such as trpF, trpE and trpD. In particular, indole-3-glycerol phosphate and other intermediates of this pathway can serve as precursors for the biosynthesis of secondary metabolites, including benzoxazinones and indole diterpene alkaloids.

      More generally, the principle of the selection system is not restricted to trpBA or trpF. Other genes in an amino acid biosynthetic pathway could in principle be targeted, provided that the selected gene is non-redundant and its deletion produces the desired auxotrophic phenotype.

      Minor comments:

      1) Lines 71-84, please add an important reference, Zhao et al., Rational design of unrestricted pRN1 derivatives and their application in the construction of a dual plasmid vector system for Saccharolobus islandicus, 2024.

      We thank the reviewer for this excellent suggestion. We agree that this study is highly relevant to our discussion of archaeal genetic tool development. We have now included this reference in the indicated section, highlighting the recent development and of a second stably maintained vector system for Sc. islandicus.

      2) In the title, the spatial organization of S-layer assembly during cytokinesis has already been reported by the authors previously. The title could be improved by slight modification.

      We have now updated the title to avoid overstating this aspect as a completely novel finding and to shift the focus to the selection system instead.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      Archaea of the order Sulfolobales are model microbes for studying the biology of archaea and the origin and evolution of eukaryotic-like characteristics. Lack of sufficient selection markers has been a limitation for genetic analysis of these organisms. Although dual selection system has been developed in Saccharolobus islandicus, another model archaeon of Sulfolobales, there is no such system for Sulfolobus acidocaldarius.

      The study by Foo and Baum explored a method for the formulation of defined Brock-based dropout medium, which enables stringent selection not only for trypan auxotrophic selection, but also will be potentially useful for other amino acid-based selection in general. Therefore, this study expanded the genetic toolkit available for S. acidocaldarius and provided additional evidence for spatial regulation of S-layer assembly during archaeal cytokinesis. The dual selection system was based the same plasmid backbone which could have problem in plasmid stability. Use of different compatible plasmid could improve the dual selection system. In general, the developed system will facilitate the study of cell biology and molecular biology using the model archaeon Sulfolobus acidocaldarius.

      We appreciate the reviewer's clear summary and are glad that this new selection method will be a valuable asset to the archaeal cell biology community.


      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      In this manuscript, the authors develop a new selection method in the model thermoacidophilic archaeon S. acidocaldarius that allows the simultaneous expression of two proteins of interest. Namely, they expressed either the S-layer proteins SlaA or SlaB fused to an HA tag simultaneously with a dominant negative Vps4 protein point mutant tagged with a His6 tag that allows cell cycle arrest. Using this technique, they go on to show that S-layer proteins accumulate at division site in dividing cells. The paper is well written, the data well presented, and the novel selection method will likely be a useful new tool in this model species for archaeal cell biology. However, a few points should be addressed to further support some of the claims made, convince readers of the usefulness of the new strain, and increase the overall clarity of the manuscript.

      Thank you for this summary of our results. Below, we address each of the specific points raised to further support our claims and enhance the manuscript's overall clarity and utility.

      Major points: - Line 115: Was any RT-qPCR or transcriptomics done to confirm that the expression of the downstream genes in the operon remained the same? - Line 227: Why express the trpBAD cassette if you only deleted trpBA? Does this mean you disrupted the expression of the downstream trpD gene (saci_1423) in the tryptophan biosynthesis operon?

      To address both points, yes, RT-qPCR was performed to test the expression of the downstream trpD gene. We have now included this result in Fig. S3D.

      We found that trpD expression was reduced but not abolished in the ΔtrpBA strain when compared to the wild-type strain DSM639. However, we also note that this is similar to the commonly used MW001 (ΔpyrE) strain, where the downstream pyrF gene expression was reduced compared to the wild-type strain. In both cases, complementation with the corresponding Sa. solfataricus gene(s) and the downstream gene (trpD or pyrF) was used to rescue its auxotrophic phenotype.

      • Line 227: Why did you choose to complement with the genes from Sa. solfataricus instead of using the native genes from S. acidocaldarius? Please clarify.

      This was done to minimize the risk of unwanted homologous recombination events between the expression vector and the host genome. Because the trpB 5’ UTR and trpD sequences are present on the plasmid backbone, using the native S. acidocaldarius sequence could lead to unintended recombination at these genomic flanking regions, destabilizing the system. We have now included this information in the text at line 230.

      • Line 236: Why is the promoter so much leakier on pSF251-SlaA-HA vs. pSVAaraFX-SlaA-HA? pSF251 is a derivative of pSVAaraFX-HA so it seems strange that the promoter would behave so differently on the two plasmids. While the arabinose promoter is somewhat leaky, it should not be this leaky according to reference 22 and in comparison to the non-induced controls of pSVAaraFX-SlaA-HA. The high level of expression in the non-induced control suggests the slaA-HA gene is being constitutively expressed. This could potentially be driven by the promoter of trpBAD cassette you introduced if you did not add a transcription terminator downstream.
      • Line 238: Why is the expression of SlaA-HA so much higher in BDM when using the pSF251-SlaA-HA plasmid vs. the pSVAara-Fx-SlaA-HA plasmid? It appears to express just as well as SlaA-HA did in BSN media when expressed on pSVAara-Fx-SlaA-HA. Do you think the promoter controlling the trpBAD casette is somehow driving stronger and more constitutive expression of genes downstream trpBAD?
      • Line 243: The authors may want to re qualify this. While the system can support inducible protein expression, the existing plasmid seems to express genes constitutively even when they are placed under inducible promoters. While the expression does increase upon induction, it goes from "high" to "very high" rather than "low" to "high" which may not be readily useful in typical applications of inducible promoters.

      Thank you for these comments. We have repeated and re-quantified the SlaA-HA expression experiments and believe that the apparent difference between pSF251-SlaA-HA and the parental pSVAaraFX-SlaA-HA construct is partly due to differences in Western blot presentation in the original manuscript.

      Firstly, pSF251 is progressively lost when cells are propagated in the absence of the corresponding selection in BNS. This is also supported by our observation in Fig. S4C, following supplementation of tryptophan in BCS. Thus, reduced SlaA-HA signal in both the uninduced and induced BNS samples in Fig. 3D is likely to reflect loss of the pSF251 plasmid rather than intrinsically low expression from the construct.

      Secondly, direct visual comparison of the original Fig. 3D with Fig. S2C is complicated by differences in Western blot exposure and contrast. In particular, the presentation of Fig. 3D was adjusted to make the relatively weak BNS signal visible, due to the point raised above. This more saturated presentation results in the impression that uninduced SlaA-HA expression with pSF251 in BDM may seem much higher than it actually is.

      We therefore consider the quantified values to provide a more appropriate comparison than direct visual comparison of band intensities between the two figures. To further support this, we have now included re-quantified data using triplicate experiments to show the quantified relative expression with means ±SD indicated in Fig. 3D and S2C. The re-quantified data show that SlaA-HA expression from pSF251 increases approximately two-fold following arabinose induction, confirming that the construct remains arabinose responsive. Furthermore, the blot in Figure 3D has been replaced with a more representative image featuring lower saturation levels.

      We also note that the magnitude of basal expression and the induction response can depend on the gene of interest and the properties of the encoded protein. The LacS protein used in previous characterization of the arabinose-inducible system is distinct from SlaA and may differ substantially in abundance and stability. A demonstration of this effect can be found in Fig. S4D, where the expression of SlaA and SlaB are significantly different, despite being expressed from the same plasmid. We have therefore avoided interpreting the basal expression observed with SlaA-HA as a universal property of the promoter system.

      With respect to the possibility of transcriptional read-through from the introduced S. solfataricus trpBAD cassette, we did not include a transcriptional terminator downstream of the cassette and therefore cannot exclude a contribution from transcription originating at the trpBAD promoter. However, we have not directly tested this mechanism and have therefore avoided attributing the observed basal expression specifically to trpBAD promoter read-through.

      Importantly, the primary purpose of pSF251 in this study is to introduce trpBAD as an alternative selectable marker, rather than to systematically characterize or optimize the arabinose-inducible promoter. Our data demonstrate that the resulting vector retains arabinose-responsive expression, while also highlighting that basal expression can be substantial and should be considered when selecting and optimizing constructs for individual applications. Alternative regulatory systems, including copper-, maltose- or xylose-responsive promoters, may provide additional options where tighter regulation is required, but systematic comparison of promoter systems is beyond the scope of this study. This caveat has now been included in the discussion.

      We have therefore edited the relevant text to state that pSF251 supports arabinose-responsive protein expression, rather than implying that it provides a tightly regulated low-to-high induction system.

      • Line 275: Since both plasmids have the same replication strategy as well as possessing extended regions of homology, one could wonder whether there are any issues with plasmids undergoing recombination with one another? Or if there are any issues with inheritance of the plasmids? While we certainly see cells that are positive for both proteins being expressed (an HA tagged S-layer protein and a His6 tagged Vsp4 protein), what is the percentage of cells that are positive for both? And how stable is this?

      This concern was also raised by Reviewer 1. We have now included new data in Fig. S4C to show the co-maintenance of both plasmids under selective and non-selective conditions. These experiments demonstrate that both plasmids can be maintained together under selection, while plasmid loss occurs progressively when the corresponding selective pressure is relaxed. Please see our response to Reviewer 1 above for a detailed description of these experiments.

      We have also examined simultaneous protein expression from the two plasmids at the single-cell level by flow cytometry. Specifically, we analysed strains overexpressing either SlaA-HA or SlaB-HA together with Vps4WkB-His6 (Fig. S4D). These experiments demonstrate that proteins encoded by the two plasmids can be expressed simultaneously in individual cells. However, the proportion of cells expressing each protein is dependent on the particular gene of interest. For example, SlaA expression is readily detected in the SlaA-HA/Vps4WkB-His6 strain, whereas SlaB expression is substantially lower in the corresponding SlaB-HA/Vps4WkB-His6 strain. Thus, the proportion of double-positive cells reflects gene-specific expression properties and cannot be considered a general characteristic of the dual-plasmid system.

      Importantly, the flow cytometry measurements report protein expression at the single-cell level and do not directly establish the presence or integrity of both plasmids in each individual cell. We therefore consider the plasmid stability experiment in Fig. S4C to be the appropriate assay for assessing inheritance of the two plasmids, while the flow cytometry and Western blotting experiments (Fig. S4D, Fig 4A) demonstrate that simultaneous expression from the two plasmids is possible in individual cells.

      • Line 379: Figure 3D actually shows the contrary (cells start to lose the pSF plasmid if grown in BSN). Please correct accordingly.

      Thank you for pointing this out. Indeed in the original Results (line 238), we also explicitly noted that lower expression levels were observed in BNS, potentially due to loss of the pSF251 vector in the presence of tryptophan in the rich medium, which relieves selection pressure. This limitation is further clarified with the addition of the plasmid stability data in Fig. S4C.

      Our intention in the statement at line 379 was not to suggest that pSF251 plasmids can be stably maintained during prolonged growth in BNS without selection. Rather, we intended to highlight the flexibility provided by having independent trpBAD and pyrEF selection systems. For example, the trpBAD marker can be used to select for genome-engineering events, while a pyrEF-based plasmid can subsequently be used for plasmid-based overexpression under conditions where higher protein yields are required. Conversely, the two selection systems can also be combined where simultaneous selection for a genomic modification and plasmid-borne construct is desirable.

      To avoid confusion, we have now edited this section to, “The availability of independent trpBAD and pyrEF selection systems provides flexibility for combining genome engineering and plasmid-based approaches. For example, auxotrophic strains can first be selected under defined conditions using trpBAD, while pyrEF-based plasmids can subsequently be used for overexpression experiments requiring higher protein yields. The two selection systems can also be combined to enable simultaneous selection of genomic modifications and plasmid-borne constructs.”

      • Line 407: How does SlaB contribute to the recruitment or stabilization of SlaA if SlaA is also enriched in the portion of the extended division bridge that SlaB is absent from? Please discuss.

      We agree that our original wording could be interpreted as implying that SlaB is required for recruitment or stabilization of SlaA at the division midzone, which is not directly supported by our observations.

      Our data show enrichment of SlaA or SlaB at the division midzone in division-arrested cells, consistent with the possibility that SlaB contributes to SlaA recruitment or stabilization, as suggested previously by the accumulation of exogenously added SlaA at the division bridge (Foo et al., 2025). However, as the reviewer points out, SlaA remains enriched within portions of extended division bridges where SlaB signal is reduced. Thus, SlaB is unlikely to be the sole determinant of SlaA localization at the division midzone.

      One possibility is that SlaB is dynamically remodelled during division-bridge maturation. In cells with extended division bridges, SlaB signal appears reduced at the bridge midzone but enriched at the flanking regions, while SlaA remains enriched within the bridge. Alternatively, additional S-layer anchoring components, including Saci_1846 identified previously (Foo et al., 2025), could contribute to SlaA retention or organization independently of SlaB. Distinguishing between these possibilities will require further experiments.

      We have therefore revised the text to present the contribution of SlaB to SlaA localization as a model rather than an established mechanism, and to acknowledge the possibility of additional or dynamically regulated S-layer anchoring mechanisms in the discussion.

      Foo, Sherman, Ido Caspy, Alice Cezanne, Tanmay A. M. Bharat, and Buzz Baum. “A Self-Assembling Surface Layer Flattens the Cytokinetic Furrow to Aid Cell Division in an Archaeon.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 122, no. 25 (2025): e2501044122. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2501044122.

      -Figure 4: It is unclear what the sample size is for microscopy. If only N=10 cells were imaged in one single experiment for each strain, then this does not fit standard criteria for scientific reproducibility. Unless N=10 cells were imaged across multiple independent experiments (e.g. 3 or 4 cells in three independent experiments)? Either way, one would expect that more cells could be imaged and added to this analysis, especially given that the authors enriched for dividing cells in their assays. It is also important that cells be selected in a blinded fashion.

      Thank you for raising this point. We have repeated the microscopy analysis and increased the sample size to 25 cells per strain, with three independent experiments performed. The revised analysis and corresponding figure have been updated accordingly.

      Because the purpose of this analysis was specifically to examine S-layer organization at the division site, dividing cells were selected according to its morphology. Importantly, cells were first identified and selected using an the independent channel (ConA staining) without assessing SlaA/SlaB localization. Only after the cells had been selected were the SlaA/SlaB fluorescence channels examined and quantified. Thus, selection of cells for analysis was based on an independent marker of cell morphology rather than the S-layer localization phenotype being quantified. This approach also resulted in inclusion of cells with both short and extended division bridges. Consequently, the midzone enrichment of SlaB is less distinct in the population-level profile shown in Fig. 4E than for SlaA, reflecting heterogeneity in division-bridge morphology rather than selection based on the S-layer localization phenotype.

      We have clarified this procedure in the revised Materials and Methods.

      • Figure 4: "endogenous S-layer at the midzone": Here the authors image the localization of tagged, overexpressed copies of SlaA and SlaB, not endogenous proteins. Please correct.

      We have now edited this phrase accordingly.

      Minor points: - Line 145: While the cells clearly grow in the absence of added tryptophan, it appears that they have a more severe/noticeable growth defect when grown on solid vs. liquid media. Is there a reason why this might be so?

      The more pronounced growth defect observed on solid media compared to liquid media may be due to differences in pH between the two cultivation formats, dictated by technical constraints in solid media preparation. Gelrite, the gelling agent used, fails to polymerize at the acidic pH of 3.0 at high temperatures, and is thus kept at a pH of 5.0, which imposes an additional stress on Sulfolobus cells.

      • Line 153: have been > has been

      We have corrected this typo accordingly.

      • Line 216: Would 5-FAA not be expected to just abiotically isomerize into the product of trpF under the acidic media conditions?

      This is an interesting hypothesis. However, the literature and our experimental data demonstrate that this is unlikely to be occurring.

      Firstly, an older study has shown that anthranilic acid derivatives do not undergo spontaneous skeletal or positional isomerization in acidic environments. At highly acidic values (approximating pH 2), anthranilic acids are remarkably stable against complex structural modifications (Stevens et al., 1952). The introduction of a highly electronegative fluorine atom at the C-5 position is expected to further exert a powerful electron-withdrawing inductive effect on the benzene ring, protecting the aromatic ring against the electrophilic intermediates required for skeletal or positional rearrangements.

      Second and more importantly, if 5-FAA were abiotically converting into a functional downstream tryptophan intermediate, this shortcut would bypass the genetic block in our ΔtrpF strain, rescuing its growth. Instead, we observe that 5-FAA is uniformly toxic to both the wild-type and the ΔtrpF strain (Fig. S3C). This lethality rules out abiotic conversion into a tryptophan intermediate or thermal degradation of 5-FAA. Instead, it indicates that 5-FAA possesses a toxicity mechanism in S. acidocaldarius that operates independently of the TrpF pathway. This phenomenon is precedented in hyperthermophilic archaea; for example, in Pyrococcus furiosus, deletion of downstream tryptophan biosynthesis genes similarly failed to yield 5-FAA resistance (Farkas et al., 2012).

      Stevens, W. H., J. M. Pepper, and M. Lounsbury. “The Decarboxylation of Anthranilic Acid.” Canadian Journal of Chemistry 30, no. 7 (1952): 529–40. https://doi.org/10.1139/v52-065.

      Farkas, Joel, Karen Stirrett, Gina L. Lipscomb, et al. “Recombinogenic Properties of Pyrococcus Furiosus Strain COM1 Enable Rapid Selection of Targeted Mutants.” Applied and Environmental Microbiology 78, no. 13 (2012): 4669–76. https://doi.org/10.1128/AEM.00936-12.

      • Line 228: Was a transcription terminator added downstream of sso0890?

      No. Please see above for the full response regarding transcriptional read-through and protein expression levels.

      • Line 375: This is only true for one of the two plasmids. The expression is quite high on your pSF plasmid.

      We agree that the original statement was too broad. We have rephrased the sentence to clarify that the response to arabinose induction is lower, rather than total expression levels.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      S. acidocaldarius has previously been made accessible to genetic manipulation including in-frame markerless gene deletion and exogenous expression of proteins of interest from an expression vector, pSVA-AraFX, under the control of inducible promoters (arabinose, xylose, sucrose) that allow the timely expression of target proteins in the cell. Existing tools rely on uracil auxotrophy (i.e. the parental strain is deficient for uracil synthesis, and exogenous plasmid DNA carries the missing uracil synthesis gene, allowing selection of transformants). Here, the authors develop a tryptophan auxotrophy-based selection system in S. acidocaldarius by deleting the genes trpBA. They then modified the pSVA-AraFX plasmid by replacing the uracil synthesis genes pyrEF by the tryptophan synthesis genes trpBA, allowing double expression of proteins in S. acidocaldarius. The technique is used in the present work to show localization of S-layer proteins in dividing cells as a proof on concept. This novel selection method will likely be a useful new tool for archaeal cell biologists.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment and for recognizing the value of our tryptophan auxotrophy-based selection system.


      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      The manuscript written by Foo and Baum describes the development of a tryptophan auxotrophy-based selection system for the archaeal model organism Sulfolobus acidocaldarius. The authors formulated a defined Brock-based dropout medium and demonstrated its use for tryptophan-based selection. They further combined this system with the established pyrEF marker to co-express two plasmid-borne constructs and used this approach to examine the localization of S-layer proteins in division-arrested cells.

      The development of an additional selectable marker in S. acidocaldarius has great potential for sophisticated genetic analyses, including chromosomal marker exchange, simultaneous gene expression and complementation, and so on. I believe that this work is a valuable contribution to the Sulfolobus research community. Overall, the manuscript is clearly written, the experiments are generally well designed, and the results are clearly presented and discussed. I have several comments that I hope will help the authors strengthen the manuscript.

      This is an accurate summary of our results.

      Major concerns 1.The dual-plasmid system is one of the major advances claimed in this study. However, the two plasmids appear to share the same backbone and differ mainly in their selection markers. The compatibility and stability of the two plasmids within the same cells have not been adequately validated. The authors should evaluate the dual-transformation efficiency and plasmid retention over multiple generations under dual-selection conditions. Plasmid-specific analyses are also needed to confirm that both plasmids remain intact and to exclude potential recombination or rearrangement.

      Thank you for the comment, this point was also raised by reviewers 1 and 2. We have now included new data in Fig. S4C to show the co-maintenance of both plasmids under selective and non-selective conditions. These experiments demonstrate that both plasmids can be maintained together under selection, while plasmid loss occurs progressively only when the corresponding selective pressure is relaxed. Please see our response to Reviewer 1 above for a more detailed description of these experiments.

      2.I am not fully convinced that the current data support the authors' claim of stringent tryptophan-based selection. The spot assays do demonstrate that an established ΔtrpBA culture cannot grow on BDM without tryptophan. However, in Sulfolobus transformation, a spot assay is not equivalent to a transformation plating assay and does not directly demonstrate the performance of the selection marker during transformation. Although the authors present this approach as a further development of the S. acidocaldarius genetic system, they do not show representative transformation plates or report transformation efficiency, background colony formation, or false-positive frequency. These data are needed to establish the stringency and practical utility of the proposed selection system.

      Thank you for raising this important point. We agree that the spot assays alone do not directly assess the performance of the trpBAD selection marker during transformation. We have therefore performed transformation plating assays and subsequently genotyped individual colonies to directly assess the stringency of tryptophan-based selection.

      Specifically, we performed three independent transformations of and genotyped 15 colonies from each transformation. This was done for the case of single (trpBAD) and double (trpBAD and pyrEF) transformations, plated on BDM or BCS. These analyses allowed us to directly determine the frequency of genuine transformants among colonies recovered. We have now included the resulting false-positive frequencies in the revised manuscript (lines 234, 281 and 294). These results demonstrate that background colony formation under the selection conditions is low and provide direct evidence for the stringency and practical utility of the trpBAD selection system during transformation.

      We have not presented CFU per µg DNA as a general transformation-efficiency metric. Although we recorded the number of colonies recovered following transformation, this value reflects not only DNA uptake but also recovery during the outgrowth period post electroporation and subsequent growth under selection. In addition, constructs containing different genes of interest can differ in plasmid size and in their effects on plasmid replication, copy number, gene expression, cellular fitness and recovery. Consequently, CFU per µg DNA would not provide a directly comparable measure of transformation efficiency across different constructs.

      Instead, we have focused on the frequency of genuine transformants among colonies recovered under selection, determined by genotyping independent colonies. We believe this provides a more direct assessment of the parameter relevant to the reviewer’s concern, namely the stringency and specificity of the proposed tryptophan-based selection system.

      Specific comments 1.The S-layer localization experiments provide a useful demonstration of the dual-selection system. However, the authors should clarify that SlaA and SlaB were examined separately in Vps4E209Q-arrested cells rather than simultaneously during unperturbed cytokinesis. Accordingly, terms such as "co-enrichment," "endogenous S-layer," and "spatial regulation" should be used with appropriate caution.

      We have combed through the manuscript text and updated the terms accordingly to more accurately reflect the conditions and results presented in the paper.

      2.The authors should provide additional information about key reagents, including the manufacturers and catalog numbers for casamino acids, tryptophan, Gelrite, and L-arabinose. This information is important for reproducing the defined and selective media, particularly because the composition of complex products such as casamino acids may vary among suppliers.

      This information is now included in the Materials and Methods.

      3.Plasmid sequences, annotated maps, primer sequences, and the complete BDM recipe should be deposited in a stable repository or provided as supplementary files. The statement that "all data are available in the manuscript" is not sufficient to ensure the reproducibility of a newly developed genetic system.

      We have now included the annotated plasmid map and sequence of pSF251, and primer sequences used as supplementary files. The full BDM recipe can be found in the Materials and Methods, which we have now updated to include the full recipe for Brock media.

      4.The sentence "The deletion of the arginine decarboxylase have been described" should be corrected to "Deletion of the arginine decarboxylase has been described."

      We have edited this typo accordingly.

      5.Figure S4C reports the percentages of HA-positive and His6-positive cells, but the gating strategy and negative controls used to establish the thresholds are not shown. Appropriate uninduced and single-expression controls should be included or described.

      We appreciate the reviewer's request for clarity on the gating approach. Because the data are presented as a scatter plot, the boundary thresholds for HA-positive and His6-positive populations were established as a horizontal gate on the Y-axis, set directly above the wild-type parental control population. As noted earlier in the manuscript, the uninduced sample exhibits a degree of leaky/basal expression rather than a completely silent state. Because of this, the uninduced population displays a significant shift in fluorescence compared to the negative wild-type control. This is highly dependent on the protein of interest as can be clearly observed between the expression of the soluble SlaA-HA vs the membrane protein HA-SlaB (Fig. S4D).

      As such, we chose to use the wild-type control to demonstrate the presence of the proteins of interest in this proof-of concept work. This Y-axis gate was positioned such that fewer than 5% of the negative wild-type control cells fall above the line. Because the fully induced populations exhibit an unambiguous upward shift in fluorescence intensity along the Y-axis, this clear boundary provides a highly reproducible separation between baseline cellular autofluorescence and protein overexpression.

      We have added a statement to the Materials and Methods section to explicitly clarify this gating threshold rationale in light of the basal expression levels.

      6.In line 227 and Figure 3A, why trpD was introduced into pSF251?

      This point was raised by reviewer 2 as well, please see above for our full response. In short, RT-qPCR analysis (Fig. S3D) revealed that our ΔtrpBA deletion reduced downstream trpD expression. This was similar to what we found in the MW001 background strain where, pyrF expression was reduced following deletion of pyrE. In both cases, complementation was carried out with the corresponding Sa. solfataricus gene + the downstream gene (trpD or pyrF)

      7.In line 268, I am not sure if "results not shown" should be allowed to use. The authors may need to rephrase these sentences or provide supporting data.

      We have revised this section to remove the statement regarding reduced protein expression, which was not directly supported by data presented in the manuscript. In addition, we now provide direct evidence that the ΔtrpBA mutant can be efficiently selected in BCS as well (line 294).

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      Sulfolobus acidocaldarius is an emerging model archaeon for studying fundamental cellular processes. However, the limited availability of selectable markers restricts more sophisticated genetic analyses in this organism. The development of an additional selectable marker should facilitate chromosomal gene exchange and recombination, simultaneous gene expression and complementation, and experiments combining genetic perturbations with reporter constructs. This work therefore represents a valuable technical contribution to the Sulfolobus research community and may enable more advanced genetic and cell-biological studies in this important archaeal model.

      We appreciate this supportive assessment of our work's significance.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      In this manuscript, the authors develop a new selection method in the model thermoacidophilic archaeon S. acidocaldarius that allows the simultaneous expression of two proteins of interest. Namely, they expressed either the S-layer proteins SlaA or SlaB fused to an HA tag simultaneously with a dominant negative Vps4 protein point mutant tagged with a His6 tag that allows cell cycle arrest. Using this technique, they go on to show that S-layer proteins accumulate at division site in dividing cells. The paper is well written, the data well presented, and the novel selection method will likely be a useful new tool in this model species for archaeal cell biology. However, a few points should be addressed to further support some of the claims made, convince readers of the usefulness of the new strain, and increase the overall clarity of the manuscript.

      Major points:

      • Line 115: Was any RT-qPCR or transcriptomics done to confirm that the expression of the downstream genes in the operon remained the same?
      • Line 227: Why express the trpBAD cassette if you only deleted trpBA? Does this mean you disrupted the expression of the downstream trpD gene (saci_1423) in the tryptophan biosynthesis operon?
      • Line 227: Why did you choose to complement with the genes from Sa. solfataricus instead of using the native genes from S. acidocaldarius? Please clarify.
      • Line 236: Why is the promoter so much leakier on pSF251-SlaA-HA vs. pSVAaraFX-SlaA-HA? pSF251 is a derivative of pSVAaraFX-HA so it seems strange that the promoter would behave so differently on the two plasmids. While the arabinose promoter is somewhat leaky, it should not be this leaky according to reference 22 and in comparison to the non-induced controls of pSVAaraFX-SlaA-HA. The high level of expression in the non-induced control suggests the slaA-HA gene is being constitutively expressed. This could potentially be driven by the promoter of trpBAD cassette you introduced if you did not add a transcription terminator downstream.
      • Line 238: Why is the expression of SlaA-HA so much higher in BDM when using the pSF251-SlaA-HA plasmid vs. the pSVAara-Fx-SlaA-HA plasmid? It appears to express just as well as SlaA-HA did in BSN media when expressed on pSVAara-Fx-SlaA-HA. Do you think the promoter controlling the trpBAD casette is somehow driving stronger and more constitutive expression of genes downstream trpBAD?
      • Line 243: The authors may want to re qualify this. While the system can support inducible protein expression, the existing plasmid seems to express genes constitutively even when they are placed under inducible promoters. While the expression does increase upon induction, it goes from "high" to "very high" rather than "low" to "high" which may not be readily useful in typical applications of inducible promoters.
      • Line 275: Since both plasmids have the same replication strategy as well as possessing extended regions of homology, one could wonder whether there are any issues with plasmids undergoing recombination with one another? Or if there are any issues with inheritance of the plasmids? While we certainly see cells that are positive for both proteins being expressed (an HA tagged S-layer protein and a His6 tagged Vsp4 protein), what is the percentage of cells that are positive for both? And how stable is this?
      • Line 379: Figure 3D actually shows the contrary (cells start to lose the pSF plasmid if grown in BSN). Please correct accordingly.
      • Line 407: How does SlaB contribute to the recruitment or stabilization of SlaA if SlaA is also enriched in the portion of the extended division bridge that SlaB is absent from? Please discuss. -Figure 4: It is unclear what the sample size is for microscopy. If only N=10 cells were imaged in one single experiment for each strain, then this does not fit standard criteria for scientific reproducibility. Unless N=10 cells were imaged across multiple independent experiments (e.g. 3 or 4 cells in three independent experiments)? Either way, one would expect that more cells could be imaged and added to this analysis, especially given that the authors enriched for dividing cells in their assays. It is also important that cells be selected in a blinded fashion.
      • Figure 4: "endogenous S-layer at the midzone": Here the authors image the localization of tagged, overexpressed copies of SlaA and SlaB, not endogenous proteins. Please correct.

      Minor points:

      • Line 145: While the cells clearly grow in the absence of added tryptophan, it appears that they have a more severe/noticeable growth defect when grown on solid vs. liquid media. Is there a reason why this might be so?
      • Line 153: have been > has been
      • Line 216: Would 5-FAA not be expected to just abiotically isomerize into the product of trpF under the acidic media conditions?
      • Line 228: Was a transcription terminator added downstream of sso0890?
      • Line 375: This is only true for one of the two plasmids. The expression is quite high on your pSF plasmid.

      Significance

      S. acidocaldarius has previously been made accessible to genetic manipulation including in-frame markerless gene deletion and exogenous expression of proteins of interest from an expression vector, pSVA-AraFX, under the control of inducible promoters (arabinose, xylose, sucrose) that allow the timely expression of target proteins in the cell. Existing tools rely on uracil auxotrophy (i.e. the parental strain is deficient for uracil synthesis, and exogenous plasmid DNA carries the missing uracil synthesis gene, allowing selection of transformants). Here, the authors develop a tryptophane auxotrophy-based selection system in S. acidocaldarius by deleting the genes trpBA. They then modified the pSVA-AraFX plasmid by replacing the uracil synthesis genes pyrEF by the tryptophan synthesis genes trpBA, allowing double expression of proteins in S. acidocaldarius. The technique is used in the present work to show localization of S-layer proteins in dividing cells as a proof on concept. This novel selection method will likely be a useful new tool for archaeal cell biologists.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Note from the authors:

      During review of the proofs and re-confirmation of all models and outcomes, we discovered that in the current version of the manuscript, the identity of the lagged time series in the exploratory cross-correlation analysis was misreported. In the cross-correlation plot (Fig. 4d), the posterior alpha time series was fixed and the frontal theta time series was lagged by the times indicated on the x-axis, not vice versa. The inset figures depicting the timeseries will be corrected accordingly in the Version of Record. The subsequent mediation model, in which we tested whether attention mediates the relationship between mnemonic prediction strength and cognitive control, was included as a follow-up to the previously reported cross-correlation outcomes and will therefore be removed. As noted in the Version of Record, the corrected interpretation of the temporal ordering is that in response to a strong mnemonic prediction error, increases in cognitive control precede increases in attention.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes a multi-modal study of associative learning and memory in humans, that combines scalp EEG, pupillometry and behavioral analysis to explore the construct of mnemonic prediction errors (MPEs), in terms of their relationship to attention and cognitive control. Across two pooled studies, participants performed associative memory tasks in which they learned the relationship between a cue word (action verb) and subsequent picture (animate or inanimate) with a strong vs. weak (4 or 1 repetitions) encoding manipulation. At test, participants were encouraged to generate a prediction following the cue word to determine whether the subsequently presented picture was a match or mismatch.

      The timecourse of pupillary responses during match decisions were decomposed using temporal principal components analysis, which identified 6 distinct and overlapping processes. Some of the components (PC3/PC4) exhibited sensitivity to both the strength and mismatch conditions, as well as behavior (both RT and accuracy) and retrieval success on the subsequent trial. Furthermore, relationships were also observed between pupillary responses (specifically for PC4) and both frontal theta and posterior alpha power measures obtained from scalp EEG in Experiment 2, as well as for frontal theta and subsequent learning from mismatch stimuli (assessed using subsequent memory findings from a surprise recognition test). The authors suggest the findings indicate that MPEs elicit changes in attention, arousal and cognitive control which impact subsequent learning.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript has many strengths, including a clever study design, thoughtful integration of multiple neurocognitive measures, and a set of rigorous and technically sophisticated analyses, which reveal a large set of relationships among the measures and behavior. The findings demonstrating brain/physiology-behavior relationships are particularly important, in that they point to potential functional consequences of MPEs.

      Weaknesses:

      The technical proficiency and complexity of the study and analysis also presents a clear limitation and challenge for interpretation. It is likely that readers, even those that are quite knowledgeable about the methods, constructs, and questions being addressed will often struggle (as this reviewer did) to keep the large set of findings in mind and gain understanding of how they all fit together.

      Indeed, it seems like there many threads running together in the paper which make it challenging to find the through-line of the key findings. The authors do address some of the key questions motivating the paper in the Introduction, but the results are somewhat ambiguous with regard to the primary question of the study as to whether the detection of MPEs leads to interaction among cognitive control, attention, and arousal. To their credit, the authors tackle this question through both cross-correlation and formal mediation analyses, and summarize these in diagrammatic figures (Figure 3, Figure 6). Yet it is not resolved whether the results represent a clear answer pointing to independence, or rather a lack of statistical power, or ill-resolved formulation of the mediational relationship. In particular, the cross-correlation suggests that posterior alpha suppression in response to MPEs does precede frontal theta, yet this indirect relationship does not explain the variation in trial-by-trial RTs on mismatches. This suggests a potential model misspecification.

      In addition to the primary interaction issue mentioned above (between cognitive control, attention & arousal), the Introduction lays out a number of claims:

      (1) That pupil size will be more sensitive to strong than weak MPEs.

      (2) That MPE-linked increases in attention (indexed with posterior alpha suppression) and arousal (indexed with pupil size) will be linked to learning.

      (3) That MPE learning will vary as a function of prediction strength.

      Given the focus on learning, it is somewhat surprising that learning is not included in the mediation models. As the authors indicate in the Discussion, the use of trial-by-trial RT variation to drive the mediation model might be problematic, given that the RTs are sensitive to a range of factors beyond mnemonic prediction strength and also are under competing pressures (longer for mismatches than matches, due to surprise-linked slowing, but also faster following stronger rather than weaker mnemonic predictions). Thus, an alternative possibility might be to use trial-by-trial recognition of mismatches as the outcome variable in mediation models rather than trial-by-trial RT as the independent variable.

      A large component of the results (Sections 2 and 3) is devoted to analyses of cue-linked pupil and EEG processes that putatively reflect mnemonic predictions (i.e., occurring before picture probes are presented and match/mismatch detection, i.e., MPEs occur). Yet these Results and the subsequent pupillary PCA components (PC1 and PC5) that are elicited are not well-integrated with the primary themes of the paper or the causal hypotheses. One finding that does seem to figure prominently (in that it is mentioned in Abstract, Introduction & Discussion) relates to the amount of attention allocated to the mnemonic prediction generation. Yet this finding is not well emphasized in the Results themselves. Possibly it refers to the negative relationship between posterior alpha during memory retrieval and the magnitude of pupillary PC3 component, described in Section 3. But it was quite challenging to identify amongst the wealth of results described in this Section as well as the others. More generally, the large amount of findings described across all four lengthy Results sections makes it challenging for readers to discern what are the key ones that the authors would like to highlight.

      It is recommended that the authors do another pass through the paper to better highlight the most critical findings that they want to emphasize or which are most interpretable from a mechanistic and causal flow perspective and then de-emphasize or move other findings to the Supplemental Materials. Although the authors are to be commended for such a rigorous and comprehensive set of analyses, there are so many of them and findings, that the key points get buried and the reader needs to struggle potentially unnecessarily to identify the key take-away points.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for the helpful feedback on how the manuscript can be further strengthened. We recognize that the rich set of findings can overwhelm the reader, resulting in difficulty discerning the main take aways about the effects of mnemonic prediction errors. We particularly appreciate Reviewer 1’s encouragement to restructure the manuscript so as to focus on the findings reported in Sections 1 and 4 of the original revision; the current revision now focuses on these key observations.

      As part of this restructuring, Reviewer 1 also proposed moving the content from Sections 2 and 3 of the original revision to the Supplement. We agree with the Reviewer that the questions addressed in these sections on retrieval-related processes are not the main focus of the paper, but that they are informative in their own right. To avoid their getting lost in the Supplement, we decided that these results would be better served in a separate manuscript and thus we have removed them entirely. 

      We acknowledge in the revised manuscript that the mediation and cross-correlation analyses were exploratory and that these specific analyses may not be well powered in the current experiments. With respect to Reviewer 1’s concerns about the specification of the mediation models, we were motivated to test whether MPEs trigger an increase in cognitive control that in turn, triggers an increase in attention and/or arousal (Fig. 4a); as such, we designed the model to assess whether, on strong MPE trials, frontal theta mediates the relationship between prediction strength and attention/arousal. As noted in the manuscript and raised by Reviewer 1, mismatch RT here is an imperfect measure of trial-level prediction strength. Future experiments that selectively elicit strong MPEs and have a more controlled measure of trial-level prediction strength may be better equipped to address these questions about interactions between control, attention, and arousal. We agree with Reviewer 1 that models assessing subsequent memory as an outcome would be desirable. However, given that (a) we did not find strong evidence for interactions at the time of a strong MPE and (b) we only observed a relationship between frontal theta and subsequent memory (but not posterior alpha or pupil), subsequent memory mediation models do not appear to be well justified. Altogether, these findings illuminate open avenues for future research.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors studied cognitive control and attention in response to mnemonic prediction errors (MPEs): situations in which the external reality violates internal memory-based predictions. The behavioral task first established strong versus weak predictions, and then either confirmed or violated these predictions. The authors examined markers of cognitive control (frontal theta) and attention (posterior alpha suppression, pupil response) while strong and weak predictions were confirmed or violated. They found increased cognitive control (frontal theta) for strong MPEs, which correlated with subsequent memory. Markers of attention (alpha suppression, pupil response) also accompanied strong MPEs but did not correlate with subsequent memory.

      Pupil response was investigated using an interesting approach that decomposes the response into different components, finding that different components respond earlier or later and show different correlations with MPEs and their strength. The authors also investigated how EEG, reaction time, and pupil responses correlated with one another, providing further insight into the mechanism underlying the response to MPEs. Together, the study points toward multiple control and attention mechanisms involved in MPE response and memory.

      Strengths:

      The study has a clear behavioral paradigm with multiple measures — behavioral, EEG, and pupillometry — that offer an investigation into different aspects of MPE response and memory.

      The study is also very comprehensive in looking at multiple phases in processing MPEs: the prediction phase (prior to the violation), the response to MPEs, and subsequent memory of MPEs, all within one study. Specifically, the link between neural mechanisms and subsequent memory is a major advancement, as most prior studies did not include this component. Mechanisms underlying subsequent memory of MPEs are theoretically important, as a primary function of MPEs is to promote learning and memory. As the authors mention, the different neural and pupillary signals are not robustly correlated, suggesting multiple mechanisms underlying MPE detections, which is interesting, offers avenues for future research, and can facilitate a better theory of how MPEs are processed in the brain. Finally, the decomposition of pupil response into different components and their correlation with behavior (RT during match/MPE detection) is interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      The methods are rigorous, and the data support the claims. The weaknesses are minor and are offered here as avenues for future research.

      (4) The relationships the authors find between brain measures and pupil components were largely not specific to mismatches/matches. Thus, the specificity of this relationship is untested.

      (5) The results with subsequent memory are important and address a major gap in the field that largely did not relate neural effects of MPE to subsequent memory. However, one major limitation of the study is that the authors did not test memory for matches. I understand the logic of avoiding testing matches. Because matches were repeated more times in the study, it’s not a fair comparison and could change participants’ overall criterion for old/new decisions. Future research could address this, e.g., by testing weak matches or potentially using a between-subject design.

      We appreciate Reviewer 2’s helpful feedback during the review process and encouraging comments on the strengths of the manuscript. We agree and note in the revision that it would be illuminating for future studies to contrast memory for events that violate and confirm mnemonic predictions.

      Comments on revised version

      The authors addressed all my concerns. I appreciate the authors’ thoughtful and detailed response.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      It was challenging to read the paper with key findings happening at the time of the MPE presented first, and then to go “backwards in time” to examine process that occurred at preceding time periods (i.e., prior to probe presentation), and then again forward in time to examine learning related processes.

      (1) Restructuring the Results

      In this regard two distinct recommendations are made:

      - Move Sections 2 and 3 to Supplemental Materials, to maintain the focus on the key findings related to detection of MPEs and their effects on subsequent learning.

      - An alternative structure would be to present the cue-locked findings first, which relate to mnemonic predictions, then to those that occur when those predictions get violated, and finally to the learning process that occur following MPEs and which can be detected with subsequent recognition tests.

      We thank the Reviewer for this encouragement to restructure the manuscript. To address concerns regarding the density of the paper and the cohesiveness of the findings, we removed the content that was in Sections 2 and 3 of the original revision. We will publish those results in a separate paper with additional analyses to more directly address previously raised questions regarding the mechanisms indexed by frontal theta and posterior alpha at the time of retrieval.  

      (2) Integration of the summary figures

      At the minimum, a recommendation would be to better integrate Figure 6, and maybe various versions of Figure 3, earlier into the text, preferably even in the Introduction, and then repeatedly refer to them throughout the results. For example, in Figure 6, linking the leftmost panel of the figure to Sections 2 and 3 is critical, and the righthand panel to Sections 1 with the rightmost part related to learning explicitly linked to Section 4.

      We moved the summary figure up to now be Figure 1; we reference this figure in the Introduction and throughout the manuscript; and we additionally make reference in the figure to the association between frontal theta and PC3 at the time of a strong MPE as well as the cross-correlation outcome. We hope these modifications further aid the reader in identifying the main findings of the manuscript.

      (3) Specification of the mediation models

      Additionally, for the mediation models it is quite unclear why mismatch RT is treated as the index of MPE magnitude, as this seems to be where the problem may lie in model fitting. Why not think of this as an outcome variable (since would seem to be a causal outcome of the underlying functional processes elicited by mismatch detection)?

      We thank the reviewer for these thoughtful comments. Our goal in designing the mediation models in Fig. 4a-c was to test our hypothesis that strong MPEs trigger an increase in cognitive control that, in turn, triggers an increase in attention and/or arousal; thus, attention/arousal should be the outcome and cognitive control should be the mediator. Given that increases in attention and cognitive control were selectively observed for strong and not weak MPEs, the models were restricted to strong MPEs. We therefore needed a trial-level measure of MPE magnitude to determine whether stronger MPEs in the strong condition elicit greater attention/arousal by engaging more cognitive control. As such, we decided to use mismatch RT as a proxy measure of MPE magnitude; we acknowledge in the text that this measure is imperfect. While a model with mismatch RT as the outcome variable is possible, the relative timing of the attention/arousal effects (which largely occur following responses) would render interpretation to be more challenging. Had stronger evidence of indirect effects emerged in Figs. 4b-c, we could have conducted model comparison with RT as an outcome. We acknowledge in the text that these analyses were exploratory and characterization of potential indirect effects will require more data and a more precise measure of MPE magnitude.

      Alternatively, examining trial-by-trial recognition memory of mismatches as the relevant outcome variable would also seem to capture the functional process of interest. In this regard, have the authors examined whether trial-by-trial RT on mismatches predicts subsequent recognition of these items? If this direct relationship holds, it could be a target for mediation analyses in itself.

      We agree with the reviewer that in theory, a mediation model predicting subsequent memory would be a desirable test of an integrated model of the mechanisms underlying MPE-driven learning. However, the mediation analyses conducted to address the functional relationships at the time of a prediction error (Fig. 4) are not well-powered to begin with; this limitation is raised in the Results and the Discussion. A mediation model predicting subsequent memory would be similarly underpowered; given that there is not strong evidence for indirect effects at the time of a strong MPE, and that only frontal theta – and not posterior alpha nor pupil – predicts subsequent memory, we think that such a mediation model is not well justified to include. Such a model should be more directly tested by well-powered designs in future studies.

      (4) Hippocampal theta in the Introduction

      The Introduction discusses hippocampal theta as well as frontal theta yet also makes clear that the former is not really well-detected or analyzed using scalp EEG. Consequently, a recommendation would be to remove this paragraph from the Introduction, since it can be misleading and a “red herring” for the reader, and instead only bring up this point in the Discussion section, as a pointer to the need for future research using methods that may be more sensitive to hippocampal interactions with PFC regions.

      We appreciate this point and moved discussion of the hippocampus from the Introduction to the Discussion.

    1. To show the class the harmful effects of such stereotypes, Elliott performed a classroom experiment. She found that almost all of the children in her class had either blue eyes or brown eyes. She told the class that children with brown eyes were smarter and worked harder than children with blue eyes. To be sure everyone could easily tell which category a child fell into, a piece of brown or blue cloth was pinned to each student’s collar.

      I think this shows how easily stereotypes can influence the way people see themselves and others. By telling the children that one eye color was smarter and worked harder than the other, Elliott showed how people can be judged based on a physical characteristic instead of their actual abilities. I believe this is unfair because eye color has nothing to do with how intelligent or hardworking someone is. This also shows how quickly people may treat others differently when they believe one group is better than another. It reminds me that we should get to know people as individuals instead of making assumptions based on their appearance.

    1. Author response:

      [Editors’ note: An Expression of Concern has been published for this article. The authors’ responses submitted during revision have been appended for further context]

      eLife Assessment

      This study provides a useful inventory of genes that are up- or down-regulated during the early metamorphic development of male and female larvae and proposes that the microRNA cluster miR-277/34 is involved in the development of sexual differences during early metamorphosis of Drosophila melanogaster, although its precise role remains unclear. The strength of evidence, based on a combination of diverse methods including mRNA and small RNA sequencing, in silico analyses, in vitro assays, and loss-of-function experiments, is incomplete as it lacks a general model and an examination of the potential effects of the miR-277/34 mutations on phenotypes such as morphology or developmental time. This work will be of interest to developmental biologists interested in sexual dimorphism and in the interplay between hormones and microRNAs during development.

      We thank the editor and reviewers for the positive and constructive comments and suggestions. Point-to-point responses are listed below.

      Reviewer #1:

      Summary:

      In this paper, Li and colleagues have found mircoRNAs that affect levels of metamorphosis-regulating genes that can also affect levels of sesquiterpenoids (juvenile hormone and related compounds) and ecdysteriods, which regulate the timing and stages of insects, respectively. They first compared the transcriptomes of Drosophila at the third larval instar and at the white pre-pupa stage. They found thousands of differences in gene transcript levels between males and females, and between the two different stages. Among those genes that were differentially regulated they saw that genes involved in insect hormone biosynthesis were disproportionately represented. Many of the differentially regulated genes were involved in the insect hormone biosynthesis pathway and ascorbate and alderete metabolism. MicroRNAs were also differentially expressed during metamorphosis and were separately identified. The authors then considered genes and whether the differentially expressed microRNAs might regulate transcripts known to be involved in sesquiterpenoid production. In silico analysis of microRNAs predicted a list of 17 microRNAs that can regulate transcripts of sesquiterpenoid biosynthesis genes. The authors then used an in vitro luciferase assay to validate the binding and downregulation of 10 of the microRNAs to genes involved with sesquiterpenoid production in S2 cells.

      Li and colleagues then focus on two genes they found were bound by microRNAs that have established roles in metamorphosis. The microRNAs miR-34 and miR-277 bind transcripts of two protein-coding genes that regulate metamorphosis Kr-h1, which encodes a transcription factor that is a JH-inducible transcription factor, and Allatostatin C Receptor 1, (AstC-R1), a G-protein coupled receptor that regulates the corpora allatum, the gland that produces sesquiterpenoids. Using a LAMP assay, one of the microRNAs, miR-277 was shown to bind to both AstC-R1 and Kr-h1 in in vivo whole-animal extracts. There is no mention of binding between either protein-coding transcript and the miR-34 microRNA. Temporal expression of all four transcripts shows that their abundance is anti-correlated; stages of high miR-34 or miR-277 expression correlate with low AstC-R1 or Kr-h1 expression. Homozygous deletions of both mircroRNAs result in 23% lethality, five days after adult eclosion. The authors also generated specific mutants in miR-34 or miR-277 and find differences in the expression of AstC-R1 and Kr-h1 and sex-specific differences in both sesquiterpenoids and ecdysteroids in the knock-out lines. If there were phenotypes associated with the specific knock-outs, those were not mentioned. Next, the authors examined the transcriptomes of the miR-3277 and miR-34 mutants and found several other GO-terms enriched among the differentially expressed genes. However, the sesquiterpenoid pathway and ascorbate and alderete metabolism are not listed.

      Strengths:

      This is an interesting manuscript that could make an important contribution to our understanding of the roles of micro RNAs at metamorphosis, and potentially of how sex-specific differences arise during metamorphosis. Strengths of the paper include the functional validation of microRNA binding, in vitro and in vivo-, as well as the characterization of sesquiterpenoid and ecdysteroid titers. The authors have also used CRISPR to generate specific knock-outs of miR-34 and miR-277. The transcriptomes will be a resource for future work to mine for differences in gene expression during metamorphosis.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Spatial Expression of miR-34 and miR-277. If miR-34 and miR-277 regulate AstC-R1 and Kr-h1, then they must be expressed in the same cells. Although the authors show that the microRNAs do bind to the transcripts of AstC-R1 and Kr-h1 in S2 cells, and miR-277 binds AstC-R1 and Kr-h1 in vivo whole-animal homogenates, we do not know if the microRNAs are ever in the cells where AstC-R1 or Kr-h1 are expressed. AstC-R1 is only expressed in a few cells in the brain, so it is not at all certain that it is co-expressed with either microRNA. The creation of enhancer lines or in situ hybridization in Drosophila is straightforward and would sort this out.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive and constructive comments. We agree with the reviewer, and have pointed out the limitation in the main text as follows:

      Lines 307-309 - “Further exploration of the spatial expression between miR-277, miR-34, Kr-h1 and AstC could bring new insights to the regulatory effects they have during metamorphosis”.

      (2) Phenotypes. Although a double deletion was used and specific knock-outs of both miR-34 and miR-277 were generated, the analysis of the mutants is very superficial. For the homozygous deletion of both microRNAs miR-34 and miR-277, only a decrease in survivorship was observed a full six days after adult eclosion - after the end of metamorphosis. No phenotype for either miR-34KO or miR-277-KO was given. The authors cite the work of others who have found specific phenotypes after manipulation of sesquiterpenoids or ecdysteroids, like Riddiford and Ashburner, but do not use any of these many studies to help them characterize the phenotype. If the loss of miR-34 and miR-277 affects so many pathways (including MAPK signaling, TGF-beta signaling, FoxO signaling, and Wnt signaling), as well as global titers of metamorphic hormones, then there shouldn't there be something different in the development to discuss?

      We thank for reviewer for pointing out the phenotypes. We did not detect morphological or developmental abnormalities during larval-pupal transitions in the different knockout mutants, and have now included the previously established research on miR-34 in the main text, shown as follows:

      Lines 305-307 - “MiR-34 has been documented to maintain the neural proteostasis while suppressing age-associated decline (Liu et al. 2012; Kennerdell, Liu and Bonini 2018; Srinivasan, Tran and Bonini 2022).”

      (3) I think the reliance on GO term enrichment is getting in the way of biology. For instance, I would not describe Kr-h1 as a sesquiterpenoid biosynthesis pathway gene. Yet the authors say they were motivated to examine microRNA regulation of Kr-h1 because they saw differences in levels of the sesquiterpenoid biosynthesis pathway between WL3 and WPP, a period which also saw differences in expression of some microRNAs. I understand that Kr-h1 expression is regulated by JH, a sesquiterpenoid, but it is not directly involved with JH production, so relying on GO term enrichment has made the decision to focus on Kr-h1 feel arbitrary.

      We have stated out the rationale and rephrased that Kr-h1 as sesquiterpenoid responsive gene in relevant sentences in the Results, shown as follows:

      Lines 135-145 - “Utilising an established cell culture dual-luciferase reporter assay (Hui et al 2013); we have validated 7 microRNAs (miR-8, miR-277, miR-958, miR-1000, miR-1002, miR-2283, miR-2280) that can downregulate the expression of Drosophila genes involved in JH synthesis, responsive, or signalling genes to varying degrees, including allatostatin C (AstC), allatostatin C receptor 1 (AstC-R1), allatostatin C receptor 2 (AstC-R2), Krüppel homolog 1 (Kr-h1), Chd64, juvenile hormone binding protein (JHBP), juvenile hormone diol kinase (JHDK) and juvenile hormone esterase (JHE) (Figure 1C). Among these genes, Kr-h1 or Kruppel homolog 1, is a JH-dependent transcription factor (responsive gene), and have been found to be regulated by another microRNA in cockroaches (Lozano et al 2015); while AstC-R1 or allatostatin C receptor 1, is a G-protein coupled receptor for neuropeptide allatostatin C which regulates juvenile hormone synthesis (Stay and Tobe 2007).”

      (4) The transcriptomes of miR-34 and miR-277 should have revealed genes encoding members of the sesquiterpenoid biosynthesis pathway as well as AstC-R1 and Kr-h1, but neither was mentioned. The functional tests of miR-34 and miR-277 were performed because they were shown to affect the levels of expression of genes in the sesquiterpenoid biosynthesis pathway. Figure 2 shows a significant decrease in AstC-R1 and Kr-h1 transcripts after the loss of miR-34 and miR-277. However, the results do not mention either (Lines 250-264). Instead, there is a list of 10 different GO terms (like arginine and proline metabolism or fatty acid degradation) that were enriched in miR-34 and miR-277 transcriptomes. If any of those ten types have any relationship to Kr-h1, AstC-R1, or metamorphosis, that has not been explained.

      We have now explicitly stated that Kr-h1 is significantly downregulated in the miR-277-KO transcriptomes consistent with our qPCR validation, as well as the transcriptomic analyses were used to understand genome-wide changes, shown as follows:

      Lines 211-217 - “Among these differentially regulated genes, Kr-h1 was significantly downregulated in the miR-277-KO mutants (Supplementary Table S2), consistent with our qPCR validations (Figure 2B). On the other hand, AstC-R1 was not classified as differentially regulated based on the in silico analyses threshold of the whole-body RNA-seq data, and whether this was due to its restricted expression in a small subset of brain neurons would require further experiments to differentiate between different scenarios.”

      Lines 255-259 - “It implies that miR-277 could have conserved regulatory roles of sesquiterpenoid and related pathways, and also divergent roles between sexes during metamorphosis with signaling pathways associated with cell proliferation, wing development, nutritional support, and endocrine regulation (Pan et al 2018; Jiang and Edgar 2009; Gibbens et al 2011; Toyama et al 2014).”

      (5) Not enough care was taken in describing the stages. The methods describe wandering larvae (WL3) and white pre-pupa (WPP) for the transcriptomes, but in the text, different terms are used, like "larva", "pupa" and "L3 larvae instars" "early pupae" "late L3". Also, it seems like the small RNA libraries for sequencing were taken from "L3 larvae", but the stage of the L3 larvae was not mentioned. Staging is important, especially during metamorphosis, since differences in expression are expected to exist between different stages of L3, between early vs late wandering, and between WPP and early pupal stages.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the importance of staging clarity, and have now revised both the Results and Methods to ensure all stages are defined explicitly and used consistently throughout the manuscript. In our dataset, all references to “L3 larvae” or “larva” correspond specifically to wandering third-instar larvae (WL3) which that have exited the food, display 1/3 to 1/4 gut contents, and show protruding anterior spiracles. All references to “pupa”, “pre-pupa”, or “early pupae” refer to white prepupae (WPP), defined as immobile individuals with fully everted spiracles and no movement when gently probed.

      Recommendations:

      (1) Lines 171-173. The genotype of the deletion line is given, but what is the genotype of the flies that were used? Were the balancers and chromosomes with mutations included in the analysis? I cannot tell from the description.

      The miR-277-34-KO line was used and significant decrease in survivorship was observed in double knockout line. The information is now included as follows:

      Lines 158-164 - “In the homozygous loss of function of miR-277/34 cluster fly (w[*]; Df(3R)mir-277-34-KO, TI{w[+mW.hs]=TI}mir-277-34-KO/TM3, P{w[+mC]=GAL4-twi.G}2.3, P{UAS-2xEGFP}AH2.3, Sb[1] Ser[1]; Chen et al 2014), we found that the heterozygous knockout individuals displayed low to almost no lethality, while the survivorship for the double knockout flies fell significantly with 77% of the double knockout flies dying within five days after eclosion (Figure 2A).”

      (2) The introduction and discussion are too broad. I would expect some information about what is happening to ecdysone and juvenile hormone titers during metamorphosis. Additional detail should be given to the regulation of the corpora allatum, since the Ast-C1 gene and sesquiterpenoid levels were a major part of the results. I had hoped the discussion would help to synthesize the details within the results, particularly the differences between sexes. Instead, the discussion is very general, citing other papers that are related, but without tying the results within those papers to specific results in this paper.

      We thank the reviewer. The following information is now included in the main text:

      Lines 47-53 - “Multiple ecdysone titre peaks were observed during Drosophila development with each pulse corresponds to a developmental transition (Kannangara et al., 2023; Scanlan et al., 2023). For instance, there are one small and another big one triggering wandering in larvae and pupariation, respectively. For sesquiterpenoid juvenile hormone, its titre in corpora allatum changes in different developmental stages (Zhang et al., 2022) and generally decreases closer to the end of larval stages for pupariation (Dubrovsky 2005).”

      (3) I found the text to be unclear, and important details were missing. There are many different cases where titers or gene expression went up or down, in males or females, but it is difficult to understand if these were expected or not, or what to make of all the differences. I also do not have a clear idea of what the hypothesis is. I had thought that the microRNAs were promoting the degradation of AstC-R1 or Kr-h1, so their loss should result in higher levels of AstC-R1 or Kr-h1 transcripts. However, Figures 2B and C show that there are lower levels of AstC-R1 and Kr-h1 transcripts in the loss of either miR-34 or miR-277. How does this fit with what is known of the progression of metamorphosis? A model built from the results to this point could help to organize the text.

      The following information is now included in the main text, shown as follows:

      - Lines 172-177 - “We then compared the expression of Kr-h1 and AstC-R1 of miR-277-KO, miR-34-KO, and between KO mutants and wild type flies using quantitative real-time PCR. The expression level of Kr-h1 was found to be significantly downregulated in both sexes of WL3 and WPP miR-277-KO mutants, coherent to the RNA-seq results; whereas a reduction was only noted in the male WL3 for miR-34-KO mutants but not in RNA-seq (Figure 2B; Supplementary Table S2).”

      - Lines 178-186 - “On the other hand, expression level of AstC-R1 determined by real-time PCR was found to be upregulated during metamorphosis in wild-type (w1118) flies, but not for either miR-277-KO or miR-34-KO mutants (Figure 2C; Supplementary Figure 6). This is in agreement with the transcriptomic analyses where AstC-R1 was only up-regulated during male and female metamorphosis in the wild-type fly (Supplementary Table S2). In addition, we also found that the expression level of AstC-R1 in WPP of both miR-277-KO and mir-34-KO flies were significantly different to that of the w1118 flies (Figure 2C). Together, these data demonstrated that Kr-h1 and AstC-R are stage-specifically regulated by miR-277/34 in vivo.”

      Reviewer #2:

      Summary:

      This study proposes that the microRNA cluster miR-277/34 controls the generation of sexual dimorphism in Drosophila melanogaster during metamorphosis by acting on specific hormonal and developmental gene pathways.

      Strengths:

      Using a combination of mRNA and small RNA sequencing together with genome-wide in silico and in vitro analyses the authors identified a microRNA cluster that may be involved in metamorphosis and the generation of sexual dimorphism in Drosophila melanogaster.

      Weaknesses:

      Biological validation of the identified sexually dimorphic genes and a detailed understanding of how the microRNA cluster miR-277/34 might be involved in the regulation of sesquiterpenoids are needed.

      Major suggestions:

      (1) If AstC-R1 and Kr-h1 are targets of the miR-277/34 cluster and cause their downregulation, it is not clear why there would also be a decrease in the levels of these genes in the miR-277/34 mutants. This would suggest that the mechanism is not straightforward and that further epistatic experiments should be carried out in order to clarify this issue.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive and constructive comments. We agree that targets participate in endocrine feedback loops is dynamic, which could be the case for Kr-h1 and AstC-R1 during the larvae-pupae transition as they are components of the sesquiterpenoid hormone regulatory network. Epistatic analyses would be useful for future work and seem to be beyond the current scope of this study. The following information is now included in the main text:

      Lines 184-187 - “Together, these data demonstrated that Kr-h1 and AstC-R are stage-specifically regulated by miR-277/34 in vivo. Further epistatic experiments would be needed to understand the dynamics between and the hormone actions.”

      (2) The changes in the expression levels of AstC-R1 in pupae of miR-277-KO and mir-34-KO flies must be accompanied by photos of the respective larvae and pupae, as well as an analysis of the larvae-pupa transition on the mutants by gender.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now added reference images illustrating the WL3 and WPP stages for w1118 in the Appendix as suggested (Author response image 1). We have analysed the larvae-pupae transition in both sexes of miR-277-KO and miR-34-KO mutants, directly comparing them with stage-matched w1118 controls, and we did not observe any detectable differences in larval morphology, pupal morphology, anterior spiracle eversion, gut-purge status, or timing of pupariation between the mutants and controls.

      Author response image 1.

      (3) Biological validation of the identified sexually dimorphic genes in vivo will be necessary for the support of this work.

      We have now included additional quantitative RT-PCR validation of key insect hormone pathway genes in male and female WL3 and WPP stages of wild-type, miR-277-KO, and miR-34-KO flies (Figure 5). These additional analyses confirm sex-specific expression differences in both wild-type and mutant backgrounds, supporting dimorphic endocrine regulation. The main text are also revised and shown as follows:

      Lines 276-287 - “To understand how different hormones such as juvenile hormone (Belgacem and Martin, 2002) involved during metamorphosis in both sexes, we selected and tested a selection of candidates from both sesquiterpenoid and ecdysteroid hormone pathways, and found JHAMT, Spok, CG40486, and CG10962 showed differential expression during transition from WL3 to WPP in mutant and/or wild-type fly lines in the transcriptome analyses (Supplementary Figure 16). To further examine these RNA-seq patterns, we performed RT-PCR on nine candidate genes from WL3 to WPP in WT and mutant fly lines. In the larval-pupal transition comparison, CG40486 was consistent down-regulated in WT males and females in both RNA-seq and RT-qPCR datasets. In the mutant-vs-WT comparison, CG9360 showed concordant downregulation in miR-277-KO WPP females. Other tested genes showed more condition-specific patterns matching between the transcriptomic and RT-qPCR analyses. Further validation and mechanistic studies will be required to define how these hormone-pathway changes contribute to the larval–pupal transition.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors show convincingly the complexity of gene up- and down-regulation at the outset of metamorphosis and identify substantial differences between the two sexes, even at this early time in development. The complexity of microRNA expression and the difference between the sexes are also nicely laid out. The functional significance of these differences, though, is harder to establish. The authors have focused on the roles of two families of developmental hormones, the ecdysteroids, and the juvenile hormones. The emergence of sex-specific differentiation of organs during metamorphosis is clearly downstream of the action of ecdysteroids and/or JH, but there is no evidence that the presence or lack of these hormones has any effect on the sexual identity of organ systems - i.e., that manipulations of JH or ecdysteroid result in either the masculinization or feminization of individuals or their organs. The precedence for the linkage of these hormones to sex determination is the 2002, Belgacem & Martin study, which describes the effects of JH on fly locomotion. These authors show that the number of stop/start bouts is sexually dimorphic, and removal of JH in males shifts their frequency into the female range while giving treated males exogenous JH moves it back. While this is referred to as a "feminization" of male behavior, this quantitative shift in frequency is not as compelling as would be a qualitative shift -- for example, the removal of JH causing males to show egg-laying behavior (a result that has never been seen). Also, these effects are in a fully mature system, rather than at the early metamorphic time examined in the present paper. In driving and coordination metamorphosis, JH and ecdysteroids are intimately involved in sexual differentiation, but I know of no compelling evidence that they play a role in sex determination.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive and constructive comments. We agree that our findings advanced on the sexual differences in gene regulation during metamorphosis rather than establishing direct evidence of juvenile hormone (JH) or ecdysteroids in influencing insect sex determination. In addition to rephrasing at various parts of the main text (see below), we have also carried out additional experiments in obtaining and analysing transcriptomes of late larvae and early pupae of both sexes in the wild-type of another species (Drosophila virilis), which showed similar KEGG pathways enriched. The revised parts are shown as follows:

      Lines 289-303 – Results section

      “Metamorphosis between different sexes in D. melanogaster and D. virilis

      In D. melanogaster, the transition from WL3 to WPP shows increased carbohydrate/energy metabolism and ER protein processing, with decreased lipid metabolism, detoxification (cytochrome P450), and redox/cofactor pathways (folate, glutathione, retinol); while PM-LM exhibits broader negative enrichment in translational and RNA-processing machinery (ribosome, spliceosome, proteasome, RNA degradation, ubiquitin-mediated proteolysis) and in signaling modules (mTOR, MAPK, FoxO, Hippo), whereas PF-LF shifts are smaller and less coordinated by GSEA (Supplementary Figure S15). On the other hand in D. virilis, core features match that of D. melanogaster from WL3 to WPP, carbohydrate/energy metabolism and ER protein processing increase, while lipid, detoxification, and redox/cofactor pathways decrease. The sex bias is inverted relative to D. melanogaster as PM-LM shows limited up-regulation, whereas PF-LF displays broader, coordinated repression involving amino-acid metabolism (glycine/serine/threonine; cysteine/methionine), lysosome, ABC transporters, and longevity-related signaling, yielding the largest DEG set in females (Supplementary Figure S15). These data strongly suggested the sexual differences in gene regulation during metamorphosis in insects is not species-specific.”

      Lines 354-361 – Methods section

      “D. melanogaster w1118 and D. virilis were reared at 25 C, 45-50% relative humidity and 14:10 hour light-dark cycle. Sexes of wandering L3 larvae instar (WL3) were differentiated under the light dissecting microscope by the presence (male) or absence (female) of gonads (Supplementary Figure 1). Collections were restricted to larvae wandering out of food and ready for pupariation. WPP were defined as immobile puparia with everted spiracles and a uniform white cuticle that were no longer moving even with external stimuli. A total of three biological replicates (Whole-body of 1 individual was served as per biological replicate) per stage and sex were obtained for D. melanogaster and D. virilis.”

      While the summary of the effects or removal of specific microRNAs on the components of the biosynthetic pathway for the JHs and ecdysteroids (Figure 2E ,F) is quite compelling, I am concerned about the effects of the removal of mir-277 and mir-34 on the levels of both the JHs and 20E. My concern centers around the data from the control group (w[1118] animals in Figure 2D). These data are the first report of a marked sex difference in the titer of either JH or ecdysteroid at the start of metamorphosis in Drosophila. As expected, males show a 10-20 increase in levels of JH III, JHB3, and 20E between the L3 stage and the white puparium, but, surprisingly, the levels of these hormones in female L3 larvae are equal to or greater than that seen at pupariation! These data for females run counter to over 50 years of work on the effects of ecdysteroids in Drosophila!

      We thank the reviewer and agree that the endocrine profiles of WL3 females require careful interpretation, given the late-L3 to WPP transition represents a highly dynamic window in which ecdysteroid and sesquiterpenoid titres can fluctuate over short developmental intervals. The revised text is shown as follows:

      Lines 322-326 – “Given the WL3 to WPP transition represents a highly dynamic window in which ecdysteroid and sesquiterpenoid titres can fluctuate over short developmental intervals, future experiments on narrower early-/mid-/late-wandering timepoints will be required to understand the dynamics of the microRNAs and hormones.”

      As far as I can gather from the paper, the L3 data were obtained using wandering larvae. This stage lasts for about 12 hours and ends with pupariation. Larvae from this period need to be used with caution for hormone studies. Levels of both JH and ecdysteroid are low as larvae leave the food but rapidly rise to their peak levels at the white puparium stage 12 hours later. To deal with the rapidly changing hormonal landscape through this period, the researchers have used physiological markers to track this progression. Initially, it was the sage of "puffing" of the giant salivary gland chromosomes, but, for bulk collection of staged larvae, larvae are fed on food containing a blue dye, and progression is tracked by the loss of blue coloring from the gut. I could not find if the authors had any criteria for selecting larvae during the wandering period. Male and female larvae grow to different sizes. Might this difference in growth be biased when larvae were selected during their wandering phase?

      We thank the reviewer and agree that WL3 represents a hormonally dynamic 12-hour window. To minimise developmental heterogeneity, WL3 larvae were selected for larvae that had completely exited the food and climbing upwards of the fly vials. To ensure tight developmental synchrony, pupating individuals from the same batch were collected 4 hours later, allowing us to match WL3 and WPP animals from a single, developmentally coordinated cohort. This paired-batch collection tried to minimise variation arising from differences in timing of wandering onset. As for the differences between the body sizes of male and female larvae, we minimise size-dependent bias, hormone titres measurement were measured to ng hormone per gram of tissue in our study, which corrects for sex-specific differences in mass. The information is now included in the main text as follows:

      Lines 276-287 – “To understand how different hormones such as juvenile hormone (Belgacem and Martin, 2002) involved during metamorphosis in both sexes, we selected and tested a selection of candidates from both sesquiterpenoid and ecdysteroid hormone pathways, and found JHAMT, Spok, CG40486, and CG10962 showed differential expression during transition from WL3 to WPP in mutant and/or wild-type fly lines in the transcriptome analyses (Supplementary Figure 16). To further examine these RNA-seq patterns, we performed RT-PCR on nine candidate genes from WL3 to WPP in WT and mutant fly lines. In the larval-pupal transition comparison, CG40486 was consistent down-regulated in WT males and females in both RNA-seq and RT-qPCR datasets. In the mutant-vs-WT comparison, CG9360 showed concordant downregulation in miR-277-KO WPP females. Other tested genes showed more condition-specific patterns matching between the transcriptomic and RT-qPCR analyses. Further validation and mechanistic studies will be required to define how these hormone-pathway changes contribute to the larval–pupal transition”.

      The other hormone-related issue is the expression of Kr-h1 during larval stages and metamorphosis (Figure 1G). Kr-h1 is the main target of JH and Kr-h1 expression is often used as a proxy for the JH titer. The authors report that peak Kr-h1 expression occurs in the L3 (when the JH titer should be lowest!) and that it drops at wandering. This pattern is counter to that reported in the literature (e.g., FlyBase, ModEncode).

      We have now revised the main text as follows:

      Lines 204-207 – “It should be noticed that the analyses of this study was based on RNA taken from whole-body rather than individual tissue, and further experiments will be required to dissect the dynamics of Kr-h1 and different hormones both spatially and temporally.”

      Besides dealing with the issues above, it would be useful in the background to establish the difference between "sex determination" and "sexual differentiation". I was surprised that the authors could deal with this subject without ever mentioning the sex determination pathway - e.g., double sex, transformer, etc.

      In this study, one major focus was on the differences between sex during metamorphosis rather than the sex determination pathway. We have included the reviewer’s suggestion by adding the following information in the main text, shown as follows:

      Lines 73-75 - “In insects, various genes related to sex determination or showing sexual dimorphic features have been revealed, including doublesex and transformer (Shukla and Nagaraju, 2010; Deng et al, 2025).”

      Line 61: at the time that the authors are considering, -- the transition from larva to pupa - the main controller of ecdysone production in the prothoracicotropic hormone, not ecdysis triggering hormone.

      Thanks for the reviewer’s suggestions. The main text is now written as follows:

      Lines 44-47 - “In general, these three hormones work in a cooperative manner, where ecdysteroid 20-hydroxyecdysone controls the timing of ecdysis or molting, prothoracicotropic hormone and the insulin-like peptides act as regulators of ecdysteroid synthesis, and sesquiterpenoid hormones such as juvenile hormone (JH) regulates metamorphosis based on their titre levels.”

      Line 71: it would be useful to name the main microRNAs that have been implicated in regulating insect metamorphosis.

      The main text is now written as follows:

      Lines 60-63 - “Previous studies have identified a number of microRNAs contributing to the regulation of insect metamorphosis such as let-7, miR-125, and miR-2 family (e.g. Caygill and Johnston 2008; Sokol et al 2008; Lozano et al 2015).”

      For Figures 2E and F as well as 3C (and a number of supplementary figures), it would be useful to provide some quantitative representation of the level of activation or suppression (as done in Figure 3B) rather than just Red or Green

      The trend of expression change of genes in selected pathways and detailed quantitative information can now be found in the supplementary file.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors sought to determine how Rif1 contributes to DNA replication timing (RT), transcriptional regulation, and embryonic development using zebrafish. They generated a maternal-zygotic rif1 knockout line and examined developmental phenotypes, genome-wide replication timing profiles, RNA-seq, and nascent transcription (SLAM-seq) during early embryogenesis.

      Their major findings in this manuscript are

      (1) Rif1 is not essential for zebrafish viability, unlike its partially essential role in mice.

      (2) Rif1 deficiency causes defects in female sex determination, delayed epiboly, and reduced primitive erythropoiesis.

      (3) Genome-wide RT is altered by Rif1, but developmental stage has a much larger influence than Rif1 itself.

      (4) Rif1 is required for the proper maturation ("sharpening") of the RT program during development rather than for specific developmental RT switches.

      (5) Rif1 has a much stronger effect on transcription during zygotic genome activation (ZGA) than on replication timing at these early stages.

      (6) Loss of Rif1 leads to increased expression of early zygotic genes, indicating that Rif1 normally suppresses widespread transcription during ZGA.

      Overall, the work proposes that Rif1 independently regulates replication timing and transcription, with these two functions becoming most prominent at different developmental stages.

      The major strengths of the manuscript are as follows.

      (1) the study combines multiple genome-wide approaches including whole-genome RT profiling, RNA-seq, SLAM-seq in combination with gene KO and developmental analyses.

      (2) One of the strongest points is that the authors conducted the analyses at multiple developmental stages rather than a single point.

      (3) The most important conclusion is that the Rif1 regulates transcription during development in a manner largely independent of its RT function, which was further strengthened by the additional data provided in the revised manuscript.

      On the other hand, the weakness of the manuscript includes the followings.

      (1) Limited mechanistic insight. The questions such as where Rif1 binds on the chromatin (in relation to the transcriptional promoters/ enhancers and replication origins).

      (2) Which functional domains of RIf1 are involved in regulation of transcription and replication (Is PP1 recruitment required for transcription regulation?) are not addressed.

      (3) Since Rif1 is known to be involved in chromatin organization/ nuclear architecture regulation, the studies addressing this (Hi-C, compartment analyses, ATAC seq etc) would provide important mechanistic information.

      (4) Female sex determination phenotype is intriguing, but it remains largely descriptive, and its mechanisms are elusive at the moment.

      Overall, the results support the authors' conclusions and they have successfully provided answers to the authors' original questions on developmental roles of Rif1 in RT and transcription in vertebrate.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors responded to my comments in a largely satisfactory manner. They have conducted additional analyses and concluded that Rif1 regulates transcription during ZGA largely independently of its classical RT function, which is an important finding.

      Although authors did not examine origin firing and replication fork rate in rif1 KO cells, which I suggested in my original review, this can be saved for their future studies.

      I think the revised manuscript has been improved and provides important basic information on the functions of the conserved Rif1 protein in RT and transcriptional regulation.

      I have no further recommendation for additional experiments or data analyses.

      We thank the reviewers for their public evaluations of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study by Masser et al. analyzes global replication timing and gene expression in rif-1 null zebrafish. This work is an extension of their previous report of the normal replication timing pattern during wild-type zebrafish development. The major valuable finding here is that Rif1 is not essential for viability in zebrafish, and - counter to expectation from studies in cultured cells and other species - late replication does not strongly depend on Rif1. Instead, the data suggest that Rif1 subtly sharpens replication timing pattern during normal development rather than function generally to delay replication timing. In the absence of Rif1, the normal pattern establishment is somewhat delayed. The authors also document some changes in expression during development with more genes being repressed by Rif1 than activated at some early stages.

      The study and analysis are generally rigorous, and the conclusions are supported by convincing data. Given the strong link between replication timing and cell type/development, studying timing in a whole developing organism is important. The experimental approach is technically challenging, particularly the bioinformatic analysis. The scientific advance here is largely confined to documenting the timing of Rif1-affected transcription, the unanticipated effect of the rif1 deletion on replication timing and on sex determination, though the latter is not explored. The difference in timing of the transcription phenotypes and replication phenotypes suggests they may be very distinct Rif1 roles. The overall study a useful set of findings and detailed data for future work.

      Loss of Rif1 did not affect viability, but it did strongly influence sex determination, resulting in a lower population of females. This effect is the strongest organismal phenotype, but the study provides no mechanistic explanation for the loss of females from the data gathered here.

      Comments on revised version:

      We are generally satisfied with the revised version of this manuscript.

      We thank the reviewers for their public evaluations of the manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Characterization of a dissociable Mediator subunit implicated in cellular pathways, particularly lung alveolar function, and HIV latency is conceptually interesting.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of this study are:

      (1) Demonstration of MED16 dissociation from the core Mediator complex and formation of a subcomplex containing MED16, upstream-binding protein 1 (UBP1), and transcription factor cellular promoter 2 (TFCP2) by elegant biochemical fractionation and immunoblotting analysis.

      (2) Defining nine N-terminal WD-40 repeats (WDRs) of MED16 as a Mediator-incorporating module and the C-terminal ⍺β-domain (157 amino acids) important for interaction with the UBP1-TFCP2 heterodimeric complex.

      (3) Illustration of a weak hydrophobic interaction between MED16 and the Mediator core that could be disrupted by 1,6-hexanediol, but not by its 2,5-hexanediol isomer nor by high salt (500 mM NaCl) disruption.

      (4) Classification of UBP1-upregulated cellular genes typically containing binding sites flanking the transcription start site (TSS) in contrast to UBP1-downregulated genes often containing a TSS-overlapping UBP1-binding site

      (5) Presenting evidence for Mediator complex-dissociated free MED16-repressed HIV promoter activity through functional association with UBP1 and showing bromodomain-containing protein 4 (BRD4) inhibitor JQ1 that potentially disrupts BRD4-inhibited HIV-1 transcription elongation could lead to reversal of HIV-1 latency.

      Weaknesses:

      Nevertheless, foreseeable weaknesses include:

      (1) No clear demonstration of MED16-UBP1-TFCP2 indeed forming a trimeric core subcomplex in regulating cellular gene transcription and HIV-1 promoter inhibition

      We appreciate this insightful comment from the reviewer. The physical interaction between MED16 and the UBP1–TFCP2 heterodimer was uncovered serendipitously via biochemical fractionation. Specifically, UBP1 and TFCP2 were identified in gel-filtration fractions containing free MED16 that eluted separately from the intact core Mediator complex (Figures 1D–1F). This biochemical observation suggested to us a potential functional linkage between MED16 and these two transcription factors. Subsequently, our functional assays further clarified this regulatory relationship: UBP1 and TFCP2 do interact with MED16 that is required to be fully assembled into Mediator complexes to exert transcriptional control. Truncation of MED16’s N-terminal WD40-repeat (WDR) domain (MED16ΔWDR) eliminates MED16 integration into the Mediator complex. Notably, this MED16ΔWDR mutant still retains an intact C-terminal αβ-domain capable of binding UBP1 yet completely loses the capacity to support UBP1-dependent transcription. Collectively, these data demonstrate that UBP1–TFCP2 engage MED16 as a component of the complete Mediator complex to govern target gene expression in cells.

      We have updated the abstract and full manuscript to present this model more clearly and coherently throughout the text.

      (2) No validation of transcriptomic datasets and pathways identified.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Since our RNA-seq analysis identified SFTP family genes (SFTPA1, SFTPA2, SFTPB, SFTPD) as UBP1-MED16 co-regulated targets, and these are lung-specific surfactant protein genes, we have now performed qRT-PCR validation in the A549 human lung adenocarcinoma cell line. The results confirm that knockdown of MED16 largely attenuates the expression of these SFTP genes (see Author response image 1) and other UBP1 target genes identified in our RNA-seq dataset.

      Author response image 1.

      qRT-PCR validation of SFTP gene family expression (SFTPA1/A2/B/D) in A549 cells

      (3) Use of mostly artificial reporter gene constructs and non-HIV host cells (e.g., human 293T embryonic kidney cells, human HeLa cervical cancer cells, and mouse HT pancreatic cancer cells) for examining MED16/UBP1-regulated HIV transcription.

      To overcome the limitations of artificial reporter systems, we have managed to utilize multiple complementary approaches beyond reporter assays, including: (i) RNA-seq analysis of endogenous gene regulation, (ii) biochemical co-IP and gel filtration experiments, (iii) immobilized template transcription assays that directly measure PIC assembly and nascent RNA production, and (iv) validation in the J-Lat 10.6 CD4+ T cell line harboring an integrated latent HIV-1 provirus, where MED16 overexpression suppresses HIV-1 reactivation.

      Unfortunately, the direct infection experiments with replication-competent HIV-1 were not feasible as our institution does not have the biosafety level 3 (BSL-3) containment facilities.

      (4) Inconsistent use of 293T and HeLa cells in the characterization of dissociated MED16 interaction with UBP1 and TFCP2.

      For biochemical characterization in this study, HEK293T cells were primarily utilized for overexpression-based co-immunoprecipitation (Co-IP) and domain-mapping assays owing to their superior transfection efficiency. In contrast, HeLa cells were employed for gel-filtration chromatography and endogenous Co-IP, as fractionation of HeLa nuclear extracts represents a well-established workflow for purifying native protein complexes. Critically, the physical interaction between MED16 and the UBP1–TFCP2 heterodimer was consistently detected in both HEK293T whole-cell lysates and HeLa nuclear extracts across all assays.

      (5) In vitro transcription using immobilized DNA templates was not performed to a high standard, thus failing to convincingly show MED16/UBP1-inhibited HIV-1 transcription preinitiation complex formation.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s careful assessment of the immobilized template assay. While we recognize the technical challenges inherent in this approach, we want to emphasize that the proposed model—that MED16-UBP1 inhibits HIV-1 transcription at the level of PIC assembly—does not rest solely on this single experiment.

      Multiple independent lines of evidence converge on this model:

      (1) The MED16-UBP1 inhibition depends on the UBP1 binding site overlapping the TSS: a chimeric reporter with the UBP1 binding site placed at the TSS is inhibited by MED16, whereas placing it upstream does not show inhibition, demonstrating the UBP1 binding site-specific repression (Fig 6A-C).

      (2) MED16 overexpression inhibits HIV-1 reporter activity in a manner depending on interaction with UBP1. Deletion of the MED16 αβ-domain (MED16Δαβ), which abolishes MED16-UBP1 interaction, completely abrogates the inhibitory effect (Fig 5E-G).

      (3) The MED16-UBP1 inhibition of HIV is independent of TAR-mediated elongation (Fig S2B-C) and HDAC-mediated deacetylation (Fig S2A), consistent with an inhibition mechanism operating at the initiation stage rather than at the post-initiation steps.

      (4) Upon MED16 overexpression, the immobilized template assay shows reduced CDK8 binding and Pol II pSer5 signals, along with TFIIB retention, providing mechanistic evidence that is consistent with the aforementioned functional observations.

      Thus, the model is supported by convergent evidence from reporter assays, domain-mapping experiments, pharmacological inhibition, and in vitro biochemical reconstitution. In the revised manuscript, we have further clarified how these complementary approaches collectively support the PIC inhibition model.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The article from Zheng et al. proposes an interesting hypothesis that the Med16 subunit of Mediator detaches from the complex, associates with transcription factor UBP1, and this complex activates or represses specific sets of genes in human cells. Despite my excitement upon reading the abstract, I was concerned by the lack of rigor in the experimental design. The only statement in the abstract that has some experimental support is the finding that Med16 dissociates from the Mediator and forms a subcomplex, but the data shown remain incomplete.

      We would like to first address a core conceptual point that we believe underpins several of the reviewer’s concerns.

      We respectfully disagreed that the reviewer summarized our proposed model as a pathway where “Med16 detaches from the complex, associates with transcription factor UBP1, and this complex activates or represses specific sets of genes.” We acknowledge that phrasing in our original manuscript may have created this misleading interpretation, yet this is not the mechanistic model we intend to convey. We identified the MED16–UBP1–TFCP2 interaction serendipitously during biochemical fractionation: UBP1 and TFCP2 co-eluted with free MED16 in gel-filtration fractions that were fully separated from the intact core Mediator complex. While this biochemical result guided our subsequent functional investigation into MED16–UBP1–TFCP2 crosstalk, we never intend to propose that a standalone MED16–UBP1–TFCP2 subcomplex can drive transcriptional activation or repression independently of the intact Mediator complex.

      Most importantly, our functional experiments demonstrate that UBP1 and TFCP2 require MED16 as an integral part of the Mediator complex to regulate transcription as shown by domain mapping experiments. Specifically, MED16 uses its N-terminal WDR domain to integrate into the Mediator and its C-terminal αβ-domain to bind UBP1/TFCP2. Deletion of either WDR or αβ-domain is functionally inert in both cellular and HIV-1 reporter assays. Thus, the MED16-UBP1 interaction is functionally relevant because it links these transcription factors to the Mediator complex, not because it forms an autonomous regulatory complex. In another word, UBP1–TFCP2 target MED16 to recruit the whole Mediator complex for governing gene expression in cells.

      We have comprehensively revised the full manuscript to sharply distinguish our initial biochemical observation from the validated functional model. As all experimental approaches carry inherent limitations, we tried our best to validate every major conclusion using multiple orthogonal assays and to draw mechanistic interpretations when results from distinct experimental systems do converge. Our detailed replies to each specific concern from the reviewer are provided below.

      Strengths:

      The authors have preliminary evidence that a stable Med16 complex may exist and that it may regulate specific sets of genes.

      Weaknesses:

      The experiments are poorly designed and can only infer possible roles for Med16 or UBP1 at this point. Furthermore, the data are often of poor quality and lack replication and quantitation. In other cases, key data such as MS results aren't even shown. Instead, we are given a curated list of only about 6 proteins (Figure S1), a subset of which the authors chose to pursue with follow-up experiments. This is not the expected level of scientific process.

      As clarified in our Summary Response above, we thought this reviewer may have misinterpreted our data and model. Overall, our work demonstrates that MED16 acts as a molecular bridge, linking UBP1/TFCP2 to the Mediator complex, not that three proteins form a free-standing subcomplex, and we have extensively revised the manuscript to clarify this.

      Here we also want to address the specific concerns about data completeness and rigor. The full mass spectrometry datasets were not clearly presented in the original submission. We have now reanalyzed the IP-MS data using a more precise quantification approach. Rather than scoring proteins by simple presence or absence, we calculated a bait-preferential score for each protein by comparing its normalized abundance in the MED16 IP to that in the other three Mediator bait IPs (MED1, MED12, CDK8). This score reflects the degree to which a protein is preferentially enriched by MED16 relative to other Mediator subunits. The bait-specific candidates identified by this analysis are presented in Fig S1B, and the complete list of MED16-specific candidates is now included. In addition, the raw abundance values and peptide counts for all identified proteins have been compiled and uploaded as supplementary tables. A detailed description of the normalization and scoring procedure is provided in the Methods section

      Furthermore, we have added quantification analysis for key Western blot results throughout the revised figures.

      (1) The data supporting the Med16 dissociation and co-association with UBP1 are incomplete and not convincing at this stage. According to the Methods and text, the gel filtration column was run with "un-dialyzed HeLa cell nuclear extract" and eluted in 300mM KCl buffer. The extracts were generated with the Dignam/Roeder method according to the text. Undialyzed, that means the extract would be between 0.4 - 0.5M NaCl. Under these high salt conditions (not physiological), it's possible and even plausible that Mediator subunits could separate over time. This caveat is not mentioned or controlled for by the authors. Because a putative Med16 subcomplex is a foundational point of the article, this is concerning.

      The data are incomplete because a potential Med16 complex is not defined biochemically. The current state suggests a smaller Med16-containing complex that may also contain UBP1 and other factors, but its composition is not determined. This is important because if you're going to conclude a new and biologically relevant Med16 complex, which is a point of the article, then readers will expect you to do that.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thorough feedback and address the two core concerns separately below.

      (1) Undialyzed nuclear extracts & high-salt conditions

      Published work confirms Mediator undergoes massive precipitation (~70% loss) upon dialysis to low-salt 100 mM KCl buffer (1), justifying our use of undialyzed HeLa nuclear extracts for biochemical assays. Prior study also demonstrated intact Mediator remains stable in up to 1 M KCl (1). Therefore, MED16 dissociation seen at 300 mM KCl arises from its unique biochemical property, rather than non-specific high-salt damage.

      (2) Biochemical interpretation of MED16-containing fractions

      We have revised ambiguous original wording to clarify our model: we do not intend to propose an autonomous MED16–UBP1–TFCP2 subcomplex functions independently in cells. Gel filtration only captures a biochemical state where MED16 co-elutes with UBP1/TFCP2 separate from core Mediator, which merely inspired our functional follow-up. Three lines of evidence prove UBP1/TFCP2 require fully assembled Mediator to function:

      (i) MED16’s N-terminal WDR domain mediates Mediator integration, while its C-terminal αβ-domain binds UBP1; both interactions can occur simultaneously (Fig 2B).

      (ii) MED16Δαβ incorporates into Mediator but loses UBP1 binding, showing no activity in UBP1-driven and HIV-1 reporter assays (Fig 3G, 5G).

      (iii) MED16ΔWDR retains UBP1 binding yet cannot assemble into Mediator, thus fails to repress HIV-1 transcription (Fig 5F).

      In vitro MED16 separation only reflects its extractable biochemical behavior, not a functional standalone complex. Collectively, our data establish UBP1/TFCP2 recruit the entire Mediator complex via MED16. All relevant manuscript sections have been rewritten to distinguish this preliminary biochemical observation from our validated functional model.

      Equally concerning are the IP-western results shown in Figure 1. In my opinion, these experiments do nothing to support the claims of the authors. The authors use hexanediols at 5% or 10% in an effort to disrupt the Mediator complex. Assuming this was weight/volume, that means ~400 to 800mM hexanediol solution, which is fairly high and can be expected to disrupt protein complexes, but the effects haven't been carefully assessed as far as I'm aware. The 2,5 HD (Figure 1B) experiments appear to simply contain greater protein loading, and this may contribute to the apparent differential results. In fact, in looking at the data, it seems that all MED subunits probed show the same trend as Med16. They are all reduced in the 1,6HD experiment relative to the 2,5 HD experiment. But it's hard to know, because replicates weren't completed and quantitation was not done. There aren't even loading controls. Other concerns about the IP-Western experiments are outlined in point 2.

      Treatment with 10% (w/v) 1,6-hexanediol (1,6-HD) is a well-established method to selectively disrupt weak hydrophobic interactions while maintaining stable protein assemblies. A comparable strategy was recently applied to dissect NEAT1-dependent paraspeckle formation driven by liquid–liquid phase separation (2). Notably, we included 2,5-hexanediol (2,5-HD) as a critical specificity control: as a structural isomer with distinct hydroxyl group positioning, 2,5-HD cannot efficiently disrupt weak hydrophobic contacts and failed to trigger MED16 dissociation (Figure 1B). The divergent outcomes observed side-by-side with equal sample input therefore serve as an internal control, validating that MED16 dissociation is a specific consequence of 1,6-HD treatment.

      We acknowledge mild signal reductions for several other Mediator subunits following 1,6-HD exposure under certain immunoprecipitation (IP) conditions (Figures 1A, 1B). Nevertheless, MED16 exhibits a uniquely pronounced dissociation by 1,6-HD that is consistent across three independent IPs using anti-CDK8, anti-MED1, and anti-MED12 antibodies, in both HEK293T whole-cell lysates and HeLa nuclear extracts. By contrast, the mild depletion of other Mediator subunits varies substantially depending on the antibody and cell extract used, whereas robust MED16 loss is universally observed in all experimental setups we tested.

      (2) At no point do the authors apply rigorous methods to test their hypothesis. Instead, methods are applied that have been largely discredited over time and can only serve as preliminary data for pilot studies, and cannot be used to draw definitive conclusions about protein function.

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s emphasis on methodological rigor. We fully concur that individual techniques including protein fractionation, IP-WB, transient transfection, shRNA knockdown, immobilized template and luciferase reporter assays each carry intrinsic limitations when deployed alone. To address this, we employed a panel of orthogonal experimental strategies throughout our work and only draw conclusions supported by convergent results across distinct assays. Our core mechanistic conclusion—that MED16 acts as a molecular bridge linking the UBP1–TFCP2 heterodimer to the intact Mediator complex to control transcription—is validated by multiple independent lines of evidence, rather than resting on a single experimental approach, as elaborated in detail below.

      (a) IP-westerns are fraught with caveats, especially the way they were performed here, in which the beads were washed at relatively low salt and then eluted by boiling the beads in loading buffer. This will "elute" bound proteins, but also proteins that non-specifically interact with or precipitate on the beads. And because Westerns are so sensitive, it is easy to generate positive results. It's just not a rigorous experiment.

      We acknowledge that IP-Western has inherent limitations regarding specificity. To minimize non-specific signals, we included IgG controls in our CDK8 IP experiments (available in raw data) and the boiling elution method has been extensively validated in our hands. More importantly, the interaction between MED16 and UBP1/TFCP2 is not solely supported by IP-Western.

      This interaction was initially observed through co-elution of MED16 with UBP1 and TFCP2 in gel filtration fractions (Fig 1D), confirmed by reciprocal co-IP with anti-MED16 and anti-TFCP2 antibodies in both HeLa NE and the resolved fractions (Fig 1E-F), and further corroborated by in vitro GST pull-down assays showing direct binding between MED16 αβ-domain and recombinant UBP1 (Fig 2C). IP-MS analysis with three biological replicates independently identified UBP1 and TFCP2 as MED16-associated proteins. Each of these methods has different sources of potential artifacts, yet they all converge on the same conclusion.

      (b) Many conclusions relied on transient transfection experiments, which are problematic because they require long timeframes, during which secondary/indirect effects from expression/overexpression will result. This is especially true if the proteins being artificially expressed/overexpressed are major transcription regulators, which is the case here. It is simply impossible to separate direct from indirect effects with these types of experiments. Another concern is that there was no effort to assess whether the induced protein levels were near physiological levels. Protein overexpression, especially if the protein is a known regulator of pol2 transcription (e.g., UBP1 or Med16), will create many unintended consequences.

      The reviewer raises a valid concern about indirect effects from overexpression. To address this, our key conclusions were validated by multiple loss-of-function approaches that do not rely on overexpression alone. Specifically, the conclusion that MED16 is required for UBP1 transcriptional activity is supported by:

      (i) shRNA-mediated MED16 knockdown (Fig 3C);

      (ii) CRISPR-mediated MED16 knockout in five independent frameshift clones with consistent phenotypes (Fig 3E-F);

      (iii) Using a domain-disruption approach, we demonstrated that a UBP1-binding-deficient MED16 mutant (Δαβ) fails to exert the dominant-negative effect on UBP1 activity, as seen with wild-type MED16 (Fig 3G and 6A). All these different methods point to the same conclusion. This makes it unlikely that the effects we see are simply artifacts of overexpression or indirect consequences.

      (c) Many conclusions were made based upon shRNA knockdown experiments, which are problematic because they require long timeframes (see above point), which makes it nearly impossible to identify effects that are direct vs. indirect/secondary/tertiary effects. Also, shRNA experiments will have off-target effects, which have been widely reported for well over a decade. An advantage of shRNA knockdowns is that they prevent genetic adaptation (a caveat with KO cell lines). A minimal test would be to show phenotypic rescue of the knockdown by expressing a knockdown-resistant Med16 (for example), but these types of experiments were not done.

      We agree that shRNA has potential off-target effects, and that is why we did not rely on shRNA as our sole loss-of-function approach. We have generated five independent CRISPR MED16 knockout clones, each with a distinct frameshift mutation, and all five clones showed consistent reduction in UBP1 reporter activity (Fig 3E-F). Furthermore, we performed RNA-seq on MED16 knockout cells in which wild-type MED16 was re-introduced. As presented in Author response image 2, re-expressing MED16 in KO cells can largely restore the expression of UBP1 target genes. These rescue data provide strong evidence that the transcriptional defects are specifically attributable to MED16 loss rather than off-target effects or clonal adaptation.

      Author response image 2.

      Gene profiling of MED16 KO and rescue effect

      (d) Many experiments used reporter assays, which involved artificial, non-native promoters. Reporters are good for pilot studies, but they aren't a rigorous test of direct regulatory roles for Med16 or other proteins. Reporters don't even measure transcription directly. In fact, no experiment in this study directly measures transcription. An RNA-seq experiment was done with overexpressed or Med16 knockdown cells, but these required long timeframes and RNA-seq measures steady-state mRNA, which doesn't test the potential direct effects of these proteins on nascent transcription.

      The two principal reporters used in this study are both based on native promoters. The UBP1 reporter is derived from the mouse α-globin gene promoter, a well-established natural target of UBP1/TFCP2 that contains two endogenous UBP1 binding sites. To enhance sensitivity, we expanded these to six copies, as the α-globin promoter has low basal activity in most cell lines. Critically, this expansion preserved the original promoter architecture, including the CCAAT box, TATA box, and TSS. The HIV-1 reporter is driven by the HIV-1 core promoter (-78 to +60), which contains all elements required for basal transcription and Tat-mediated activation. Thus, both reporters retain the native sequence context of the regulatory elements under study.

      These reporter assays served as initial screening and hypothesis-testing tools. The key functional insights from reporters were then validated in more physiological contexts:

      (i) The position-dependent effect of UBP1 binding (activation when upstream of TSS, repression when overlapping TSS) observed in chimeric reporters (Fig 6A-C) was independently confirmed by motif enrichment analysis of endogenous genes from RNA-seq data (Fig 6D-E).

      (ii) Our immobilized template transcription assays directly measure nascent RNA production from the HIV-1 promoter, showing that MED16 overexpression reduces transcriptional output (Fig 7C). Thus, while reporter assays alone would be insufficient, our conclusion on UBP1-MED16 function are further corroborated by both global genomic analysis and direct in vitro transcription measurements.

      (e) The MS experiments show promise, but the data were not shown, so it's hard to judge. The reader cannot compare/contrast the experiments, and we have no indication of the statistical confidence of the proteins identified. How many biological replicate MS experiments were performed?

      The IP-MS experiments were performed with three biological replicates for each of the four antibodies against MED1, MED12, CDK8, and MED16 respectively. The complete datasets are now provided in the revised manuscript (Supplementary Table 1).

      In addition, we have reanalyzed the data using a more quantitative approach. In the original submission, we classified proteins by a binary cutoff—detected or not detected in MED16 relative to other baits. In the revised analysis, we calculated a bait-preferential score for each protein by comparing its normalized abundance in the MED16 IP to its mean abundance across the other three Mediator baits. This score reflects how strongly a protein is enriched by MED16, rather than simply whether it meets an arbitrary detection threshold. A detailed description of this method is provided in the revised Methods section.

      Notably, using this quantitative method, UBP1 and TFCP2 can also be detected at lower levels in some replicates of the other Mediator baits. This is consistent with our functional model: UBP1 and TFCP2 associate with the whole Mediator complex through MED16. The MED16-biased enrichment pattern, now supported by the bait-preferential score, reinforces the conclusion that MED16 serves as the primary anchor for UBP1/TFCP2 to associate with the Mediator complex.

      (3) The data are over-interpreted, and alternative (and more plausible) hypotheses are ignored. Many examples of this, some of which are alluded to in the points above. For example, Med16 loss or overexpression will cause compensatory responses in cells. An expected result is that Mediator composition will be disrupted, since Med16 directly interacts with several other subunits. Also in yeast, the Robert, Gross, and Morse labs showed that loss of Med16/Sin4 causes loss of other tail module subunits, and this would be expected to cause major changes in the transcriptome. The authors also mention that yeast Med16/Sin4 "alters chromatin accessibility globally" and this would be expected to cause major changes in the transcriptome, leading to unintended consequences that will make data analysis and identification of direct Med16 effects impossible. The unintended consequences will be magnified with prolonged disruption of MED16 levels in cells (e.g., longer than 4h). These unintended consequences are hard to predict or define, and are likely to be widespread given the pivotal role of Mediator in gene expression. One unintended consequence appears to be loss of pol2 upon Med16 over-expression, as suggested by the western blot in Figure 8B. I point this out as just one example of the caveats/pitfalls associated with long-term knockdowns or over-expression.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Indeed, our new Co-IP and IP-MS data confirm that MED16 knockout leads to partial dissociation of MED23, MED24, and MED25 from the Mediator complex. We agree that this structural perturbation must be carefully considered when interpreting phenotypes from MED16 depletion experiments, and we acknowledge that long-term knockdown or knockout approaches are inherently susceptible to secondary effects and cellular adaptation.

      Author response image 3.

      MED16 knockout impacts on the Mediator complex

      However, our key conclusions are not based solely on long-term depletion experiments. Several lines of evidence, including experiments performed on short timescales without prolonged MED16 loss, converge on the same conclusion:

      First, the MED16 mutant lacking its C-terminal αβ-domain cleanly separates the two functions. This mutant retains the intact N-terminal WDR domain of MED16 and can integrate into the Mediator complex, preserving its structural role and preventing tail module dissociation. Yet it completely fails to exert the competitive inhibition (squelching) effect on the UBP1 reporter that is observed with wild-type MED16 overexpression (Fig 3G), and similarly fails to inhibit HIV-1 reporter activity (Fig 5G). The sole molecular defect of this mutant is its inability to bind UBP1 (Fig 2B). Critically, this overexpression experiment is performed in a wild-type background where the endogenous Mediator complex remains structurally intact. The only variable is whether the overexpressed MED16 can interact with UBP1. This provides strong evidence that the transcriptional effects are mediated specifically through the MED16-UBP1 interaction interface, independent of MED16's structural role in maintaining Mediator integrity.

      Second, the transcriptional changes we observe are not random but show specific functional coherence. If the transcriptomic changes in MED16 knockdown cells were merely secondary consequences of Mediator tail module disruption, we would expect broad, non-specific dysregulation. Instead, the UBP1-MED16 co-regulated genes are enriched for specific biological processes—angiogenesis—which largely align with the known biological functions of UBP1 (Fig 4D-E). This functional specificity is difficult to reconcile with the global, non-specific transcriptional disruption that would be expected from the total Mediator dysfunction.

      Finally, we wish to address the reviewer's observation regarding Pol II levels in Figure 8B. In preparing the revised manuscript, we carefully re-examined our original Western blot data and found that the reduction of Pol II upon MED16 overexpression was not consistently reproducible across independent experiments. We have therefore replaced new Pol II blot in Figure 8B. We note that this revision does not affect any of the conclusions drawn from Figure 8, which focus on the inhibitory effect of MED16 overexpression on HIV-1 latency reversal in J-Lat cells.

      We are grateful for the reviewer’s careful assessment, which encouraged us to refine our data presentation and enhance experimental rigor. The manuscript has been significantly improved as a result.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The decrease in 1,6-hexanediol-treated cells of MED16 is modest, variable, not quantified, and internally inconsistent. For example, in Figure 1A, 1,6-hexanediol treatment should not have an impact on the level of the protein being directly IP. For MED12 (and CDK8 and MED1 to a lesser extent), 1,6-hexanediol treatment alters the level of the target protein in the IP. Along these lines, Figure 1A shows a no 1,6H-D dependent decrease in MED1 or MED12 levels in the CDK8 IP, whereas Figure 1B does show a decrease. Figure 1A shows no 1,6H-D dependent decrease in CDK8 levels in the MED1 IP, whereas Figure 1B shows a dramatic decrease. MED24 levels in the MED12 IP increase upon 1,6H-D in Figure 1A, but decrease in Figure 1B. Internal inconsistencies of this nature persist in the other Figures.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful observation, and we here clarify the rationale behind our experimental design to resolve the apparent discrepancies between Figures 1A and 1B.

      We first performed co-immunoprecipitation (co-IP) assays using HEK293T whole-cell lysates with three distinct antibodies targeting CDK8, MED1, and MED12, respectively, to pull down intact Mediator complexes. This setup was designed to assess whether 1,6-hexanediol (1,6-HD) impairs Mediator complex integrity and, if so, whether this perturbation affects individual subunits unequally. Across all three independent IP replicates, we observed a uniform trend: most Mediator subunits displayed only mild signal attenuation, whereas MED16 exhibited a striking, dose-dependent reduction upon escalating 1,6-HD concentrations (Fig 1A). Quantitative densitometry of these immunoblot signals has now been incorporated into the revised Figures 1A and 1B to better visualize this difference. Thus, this initial result in Fig 1A indicated that MED16’s interaction with the core Mediator complex is uniquely vulnerable to 1,6-HD disruption, irrespective of which Mediator subunit was used for immunoprecipitation.

      To validate the reproducibility of this phenotype, we replicated the assay in an alternative biochemical system using HeLa nuclear extracts (NEs) (Fig 1B), with 2,5-hexanediol (2,5-HD) included as a critical negative control—this structural isomer cannot disrupt weak hydrophobic protein-protein contacts. Notably, the HeLa NE experiments in Fig 1B were carried out under elevated salt conditions (~300 mM NaCl), in contrast to the 150 mM NaCl buffer used for the HEK293T lysate assays in Figure 1A.

      We want to emphasize that despite these substantial technical disparities between the two experimental setups, both datasets converge on the identical core conclusion: MED16’s association with the core Mediator complex is selectively disrupted by 1,6-HD. This consistent trend is further strengthened by quantitative analysis of immunoblot band intensities from biological replicates, which we have added to the revised figures.

      Minor variability observed for other Mediator subunits between Fig 1A and 1B arises from intrinsic differences in cell type, extraction protocols, and buffer salt concentrations. For this reason, we did not draw mechanistic interpretations regarding the variable signal changes of other subunits across distinct experimental conditions; instead, our analysis focused on the robust, consistent loss of MED16 following 1,6-HD exposure.

      (2) Undermining the value of Figure 1E/F, UBP1 and TFCP2 may also associate with the small amount of MED16 in the 2MDa fractions. This is not tested, and therefore, the conclusion that they just associate with the dissociable form of MED16 is not supported.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful observation. Indeed, UBP1 and TFCP2 can associate with MED16 in the context of the intact Mediator complex. Figure 1B directly supports this: under 2,5-HD conditions, where MED16 remains integrated into the Mediator, both UBP1 and TFCP2 are co-immunoprecipitated with the Mediator complex (via anti-MED1). This association is lost under 1,6-hexanediol conditions, where MED16 dissociates—suggesting that UBP1 and TFCP2 are tethered to the Mediator through MED16.

      The gel filtration experiment (Fig 1D) further reveals that a portion of MED16 resolves away from the core Mediator complex under these in vitro conditions, and Figure 1E-F shows that UBP1 and TFCP2 co-immunoprecipitated with MED16 in these lower molecular weight fractions. Taken together, these data indicate that UBP1 and TFCP2 can be found in association with MED16 in two biochemically distinguishable states: one integrated into the Mediator complex, and another that has dissociated from it under our experimental conditions. We did not state that UBP1 and TFCP2 associate exclusively with the dissociated form; rather, the dissociated fraction is where we initially identified this interaction, which then led us to investigate its functional significance. The whole manuscript has been extensively rewritten now, and hopefully the confusion has been clarified.

      Our functional data further demonstrate that the transcriptional activities of UBP1 and TFCP2 require the intact Mediator complex. MED16 bridges this interaction through its C-terminal αβ-domain, which binds UBP1/TFCP2, and its N-terminal WDR domain, which anchors MED16 into the Mediator. We have revised the manuscript to clearly distinguish the biochemical observation from the functional model, and we now explicitly state that UBP1 and TFCP2 associate with the Mediator complex through MED16.

      (3) Domain mapping studies in Figure 2 are overinterpreted. Since the interactions could be indirect, it is not accurate to conclude "Therefore, the N-terminal WDR domain of MED16 is crucial for its integration into the Mediator complex, while the C-terminal αβ-domain is essential for interacting with UBP1-TFCP2."

      We fully acknowledge that co-immunoprecipitation (co-IP) assays alone cannot discriminate direct physical binding from indirect protein associations mediated by intermediate partners. Nevertheless, our conclusion that MED16 directly interacts with UBP1 is supported by two orthogonal, independent experimental datasets.

      First, GST pull-down assays using purified recombinant proteins expressed in E. coli confirm direct binding (Figure 2C). This cell-free biochemical system removes all potential cellular bridging factors, unambiguously demonstrating a physical contact between the C-terminal αβ-domain of MED16 and UBP1.

      Second, our mutational functional analyses further rule out an indirect interaction model. Deletion of the unique 36-residue USP peptide in UBP1 completely abrogates MED16 binding (Figure 2F, comparison between ΔSAM and DBD truncations). Reciprocally, MED16 mutants lacking the C-terminal αβ-domain lose all capacity to associate with UBP1. Importantly, both truncation mutations yield identical functional defects in UBP1-driven and HIV-1 luciferase reporter assays (Figures 3G and 5G). If this complex assembly relied on an uncharacterized bridging protein, it would be statistically improbable for two distinct, structurally unrelated deletions (USP removal on the UBP1 side and αβ-domain truncation on the MED16 side) to independently disrupt the same indirect linkage and generate identical loss-of-function phenotypes.

      Collectively, the congruent results from cell-free in vitro biochemistry and targeted mutational functional assays provide robust evidence for a direct, specific physical interaction between MED16 and UBP1.

      (4) A close examination of Figure 2C undermines confidence in the association studies. The bait protein in lanes 5-8 should be equal. Also, there is significant binding of GST to UBP1 and TFCP2, in roughly the same patterns as they bind to GST-MED16 αβ. The absence of input samples makes the results even more difficult to interpret.

      We acknowledge the technical limitations the reviewer pointed out. Regarding the concern about unequal protein loading across lanes 5-8, we note that lanes 7 and 8 in fact contain more GST-M16αβ bait protein than lanes 5 and 6, yet TFCP2L1 and YY1 still show no appreciable binding above the GST-alone background. This loading asymmetry therefore strengthens the conclusion that these proteins do not directly interact with MED16. For UBP1 and TFCP2, we have now provided quantification of the Western blot signals, which confirms a clear difference in binding to GST-M16αβ versus GST alone. Furthermore, these GST pull-down experiments were performed under stringent conditions—300 mM NaCl and 0.5% Tween-20 in the wash buffer—and the UBP1 and TFCP2 interactions with GST-M16αβ persisted under these conditions (lane 5-8), whereas binding to GST alone was minimal (lane 1-4). These technical details support the specificity of the observed interactions.

      (5) The domain deletion mutants are utilized throughout the manuscript as evidence of the importance of the UBP1-MED16 interaction. However, in Figure 2F lanes 7 and 8, the delta-S mutant binds MED16 as well as full-length UBP1. This undermines much of the subsequent data and conclusions about specificity.

      We believe the reviewer may have a misunderstanding about the experimental design. The delta-S (ΔSAM) mutant deletes the SAM motif, which is required for UBP1-TFCP2 heterodimerization, but retains the UBP1-specific sequence (USP) that mediates MED16 binding. The observation that ΔSAM still binds MED16 at levels comparable to full-length UBP1 is therefore not a discrepancy—it is the expected result and confirms that USP is the region responsible for MED16 interaction. The DBD mutant, which further removes USP, completely loses MED16 binding. Together, these deletion constructs delineate two separable interaction surfaces on UBP1: USP for MED16 binding and the SAM motif for TFCP2 heterodimerization (see Figure 2 G). The functional analysis of these domains is reflected in Figure 3B: ΔSAM, which retains MED16 binding but loses TFCP2 dimerization, shows approximately half the transcriptional activity of full-length UBP1, suggesting that both interactions contribute to full UBP1 function. To avoid similar confusion, we have renamed ΔS to ΔSAM,UBP1-SP to USP in the revised manuscript.

      (6) Even if the delta-S mutant were defective for MED16 binding, the result in Figure 3B does not "confirm that MED16 is required for the transcriptional activity of UBP1,". Removal of that domain may have other effects.

      We wish to first clarify a factual point: the delta-S mutant (ΔSAM) is not defective for MED16 binding. ΔSAM deletes the SAM motif that is required for UBP1-TFCP2 heterodimerization, but retains the UBP1-specific sequence (USP) that mediates MED16 binding. As shown in Figure 2F, ΔSAM binds MED16 at levels comparable to full-length UBP1. The mutant that loses MED16 binding is DBD, which further deletes USP.

      The functional result in Figure 3B is therefore consistent with this biochemical mapping: ΔSAM retains MED16 binding but loses TFCP2 dimerization, and accordingly shows approximately half the transcriptional activity of full-length UBP1. This suggests that both the MED16 interaction (via USP) and the TFCP2 interaction (via the SAM motif) contribute to full UBP1 function.

      More importantly, the conclusion that MED16 is required for UBP1 transcriptional activity does not rest on domain mutant analysis alone. It is supported by independent loss-of-function approaches: shRNA-mediated MED16 knockdown (Fig 3C) and CRISPR-mediated MED16 knockout across five independent frameshift clones (Fig 3E-F), both of which consistently reduce UBP1 reporter activity. The domain deletion mutants complement these approaches by mapping the specific interaction interfaces.

      (7) As Mediator is critical for the activation of many genes, it is not accurate to assume that the impact of its deletion in Figure 3E/F demonstrates a direct requirement in UBP1-driven transcription. This could easily be an indirect effect.

      MED16 knockout data must be interpreted cautiously due to potential Mediator destabilization artifacts. However, our conclusion does not rely solely on loss-of-function data; transient competitive overexpression and domain-mapping assays bypass chronic MED16 depletion entirely. The MED16Δαβ mutant retains full Mediator integration but loses UBP1 binding. Unlike wild-type MED16, this mutant fails to change UBP1 or HIV-1 reporter activity in 36–48 h transient assays performed in wild-type cells with intact endogenous Mediator. Dose titration further confirms that only UBP1-interacting MED16 competes for UBP1 binding to repress target promoters (Fig 3G). Since these experiments involve no permanent MED16 ablation, the observed transcriptional effects cannot be attributed to indirect global Mediator dysfunction, verifying specific MED16–UBP1 regulation.

      (8) Without documenting the relative protein expression levels in Figure 3G/H, conclusions cannot be drawn about the titration experiments, nor the co-expression experiments. These findings are likely the result of squelching or some form of competition that is not directly related to the UBP1-mediated transcription. A great deal of validation would be required in order to support the model that these effects are a result of MED16 overexpression sequestering UBP1 away from holo-Mediator.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. In fact, the squelching interpretation that the reviewer proposes is fully consistent with our functional model and helps reinforce a key conclusion of our study.

      The reviewer correctly points out that overexpressed MED16 may compete with the endogenous Mediator complex for UBP1 binding, sequestering UBP1 away from the holo-Mediator and thereby inhibiting UBP1-driven transcription. This interpretation directly implies that UBP1 requires association with the intact Mediator complex—not merely free MED16—to activate transcription. This is precisely the model we advocate, and the squelching phenomenon observed in Figure 3G thus provides independent functional evidence for it.

      The specificity of this effect is confirmed by the MED16 Δαβ mutant: the Δαβ mutant integrates into the Mediator complex normally but cannot bind UBP1, and consequently fails to exert any competitive inhibition on the UBP1 reporter (Fig 3G). This demonstrates that the squelching effect is specifically dependent on the MED16-UBP1 interaction interface. We have now documented the relative protein expression levels for these experiments in the revised manuscript.

      (9) The lack of any documentation of expression levels for the various ectopic proteins in the majority of Figures, renders mechanistic claims meaningless (Figures 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, S2, S3). This is particularly relevant since the model presented for many of the results invokes concentration-dependent competition.

      In the revised manuscript, we have now included Western blot data documenting the expression levels of ectopic proteins for the key experiments. The expression level data confirm that the proteins were expressed at the expected levels across the different conditions.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      The individual reviews are included above. Please also note that additional instructions regarding the publication of the preprint are below.

      If you choose to publish your preprint with eLife, these reviews will also be published with the article. As noted in the instructions following the reviews, you do have a chance to include a provisional response to the reviewers' comments in the provisional publication of the preprint. You will also have an opportunity to submit a revised version of the manuscript in the future. Finally, you do have the option of formally withdrawing the article from eLife after the Reviewed Preprint has been published and pursuing publication elsewhere.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The writing and presentation are generally good, except that some typos and mistakes in conceptual statements (e.g., lines 407-408 "WDR-deleted MED16, which cannot interact with UBP1") often confuse the readers.

      We thank the reviewer for the careful reading. We have tried out best to correct the typos and misstatements, including the error in line 407-408 where "WDR-deleted MED16, which cannot interact with UBP1" should refer to the αβ-domain deletion rather than the WDR deletion. The whole manuscript has been extensively rewritten for better clarity and preciseness.

      (2) Inconsistency in the citation format between numbering and author names should be avoided.

      The citation format has now been unified throughout the manuscript.

      (3) Two important scientific concepts based on the published literature should be mentioned:

      (a) "The position-dependent function of transcription factors (TFs) relative to the TSS" (lines 427-428) is a well-known fact in the transcription field that partly explains gene activation versus gene repression; and

      (b) the statement "JQ1 that is known to reverse HIV-1 latency by antagonizing BRD4's suppression of the Tat-P-TEFb/SEC (Super Elongation Complex) interaction" (lines 384-386) is only partially correct and is a property unique to the BRD4 long (BRD4-L) isoform.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now cited the relevant literature on the position-dependent function of transcription factors relative to the TSS, including the recent study by Duttke et al. (3), which systematically demonstrated that the effect of TF binding on transcription initiation is highly position-dependent. Our findings provide a clear example that UBP1 activates transcription when its binding motif is located upstream of the TSS but represses when the motif overlaps the TSS, which exemplifying this concept.

      We have corrected the statement to specify that JQ1 antagonizes the BRD4 long isoform (BRD4-L)-mediated suppression of Tat-P-TEFb/SEC, and have noted that the BRD4 short isoform (BRD4-S) may also contribute to HIV-1 promoter repression and JQ1-mediated latency reversal.

      (4) Another relevant concept is that BRD4 short (BRD4-S) isoform-inhibited HIV-1 promoter activity could be potentially alleviated by JQ1, leading to latency reversal. Besides the aforementioned points and those comments already provided in the Public Review, the involvement of TFCP2 and YY1 in MED16-UBP1 function has not been clearly established and will require more careful and detailed investigation.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. Regarding BRD4-S, we have added a discussion of the BRD4 short isoform's role in HIV-1 promoter regulation and its potential contribution to JQ1-mediated latency reversal.

      Regarding the involvement of TFCP2 and YY1, we agree that their precise roles within the MED16-UBP1 regulatory axis have not been fully dissected in the current study. Our data indicate that TFCP2 can dimerize with UBP1 to enhance transcriptional activation (Fig 3H), and YY1 is present in the MED16-containing fractions (Fig 1E), consistent with its previously reported role in HIV-1 silencing. However, the molecular details of how TFCP2 and YY1 contribute to MED16-UBP1 function—and whether they act in the same or parallel pathways—remain to be determined. We have acknowledged this as a limitation and a direction for future investigation in the revised Discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The data from Figure 1F are hard to interpret, the blot quality is poor for Med23, 16

      We acknowledge that the blot quality for MED23 and MED16 in Figure 1F was suboptimal in the original submission. We have now provided better Western blot, which confirms the specific co-immunoprecipitation of MED16 and MED23 with TFCP2 in both HeLa nuclear extract and the gel filtration fractions. Importantly, the reciprocal co-IP (anti-MED16 IP blotted for TFCP2 and UBP1, Fig 1E) independently validates this interaction.

      (2) Figure 2: No MW markers on gels. Also, these types of experiments are ok for pilot studies, but they aren't rigorous. Only a few proteins were tested, and it's easy to get false positives with how the experiments were completed. Finally, the Mediator proteins were tested as single isolated proteins rather than in their native context. As isolated proteins, they likely have large exposed hydrophobic patches (normally bound to other subunits), and this can generate non-specific "sticky" interactions that can lead to false positive results.

      We have now included MW markers on the gel images in the revised Figure 2.

      The reviewer raises a valid general concern about domain mapping experiments. However, we wish to emphasize that the readout in Figure 2B and 2F is the binding of exogenously expressed truncated proteins to their endogenous interaction partners—MED1, TFCP2, MED16, and MED23—which are natively folded and assembled in their physiological environment. This is not a situation where two isolated proteins are mixed in a test tube. Furthermore, the deletion series themselves contain important internal controls against non-specific "stickiness": In Figure 2B, progressive deletion of the WDR domains leads to a gradual reduction in MED1 binding, consistent with the predicted structural role of the β-propeller (WDR domain). The truncation at the αβ-domain specifically abolishes TFCP2 binding but does not affect its association with Mediator complex as indicated by MED1. If the truncated proteins were non-specifically sticky due to exposed hydrophobic patches, one would expect uniform binding across all truncations or random binding patterns, which is not observed. And in Figure 2F, deletion of the 36-amino-acid USP abolishes its MED16 binding, while deletion of the SAM motif does not. This sequence-specific differential effect is inconsistent with non-specific hydrophobic interactions.

      The domain mapping experiments in Figure 2 were not designed as an unbiased screen but as hypothesis-driven tests guided by the IP-MS results identifying UBP1/TFCP2 as MED16 interactors, sequence and structural analysis predicting the roles of the WDR and αβ-domains. The conclusions from these experiments are corroborated by subsequent functional assays: the USP-deleted mutant and the MED16 Δαβ mutant show corresponding functional defects in both UBP1 reporter and HIV-1 reporter assays (Fig 3G, Fig 5G), providing strong support that the mapped interaction interfaces are functionally relevant.

      (3) Figure 3: UBP1 reporter is artificial, 6X UBP1 sites upstream of a TATA box.

      We appreciate this comment and wish to clarify a misunderstanding. The UBP1 reporter used in Figure 3 is not an artificial construct assembled from random elements. Its backbone is derived from the mouse α-globin gene promoter, a well-established natural target of UBP1/TFCP2, which contains two endogenous UBP1/TFCP2 binding sites. In order to increase the reporter's sensitivity to UBP1/TFCP2, we expanded the original two sites to six. Critically, this expansion did not alter the native architecture of the promoter—the relative positions of the transcription factor binding sites, the CCAAT box, the TATA box, and the TSS remain unchanged from the original α-globin promoter. This reporter therefore retains the physiological spacing and topological organization of a genuine UBP1 target promoter, and its low basal activity and high inducibility by UBP1 make it a well-suited tool for modeling UBP1 transcriptional activity. We have further clarified this description in the revised manuscript.

      (4) Figure 3D: Med16 KD not compelling, perhaps 50% knockdown? Hard to tell because no replicates and no quantitation.

      We acknowledge that the shRNA-mediated MED16 knockdown in Figure 3D was partial and that the original presentation lacked replicate quantification. We initially tested three independent shRNAs targeting MED16, of which only one achieved appreciable knockdown. Recognizing this limitation, we turned to a more definitive loss-of-function approach: CRISPR-Cas9-mediated MED16 knockout. Five independent frameshift KO clones were generated in mouse HT cells, each verified by sequencing and Western blotting (Fig 3F), and all five clones consistently showed reduced UBP1 reporter activity compared with wild-type cells (Fig 3E). The consistency between the shRNA knockdown and CRISPR KO reinforce the conclusion that MED16 is required for UBP1 transcriptional activity.

      (5) Figure 3E: Med16 KO will be a different cell line because of genetic adaptation. That is, an RNA-seq experiment is expected to result in many gene expression changes compared to the parental line. This could contribute to differences, or differences could result from altered Mediator composition to compensate for Med16 loss, but this wasn't addressed by the authors. A rapid degron method would be much more rigorous.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important concern. We agree that prolonged MED16 loss can elicit cellular adaptation and compensatory changes in Mediator composition, as our own new data on tail module dissociation confirm. This makes it challenging to disentangle direct and indirect effects using constitutive KO models alone.

      However, two independent lines of evidence support a direct role for MED16 in UBP1-mediated transcription that cannot be explained by adaptive responses:

      First, acute shRNA-mediated knockdown produces the same phenotypic trend. shRNA operates on a shorter timescale (days) without prolonged selection for compensatory mutations, yet it also reduces UBP1 reporter activity (Fig 3C). The convergence of acute and chronic loss-of-function approaches suggests the phenotype is driven by MED16 loss itself rather than by the secondary adaptations that accumulate over time in KO cells.

      Second, and most critically, the MED16Δαβ mutant experiment completely bypasses the issues of genetic adaptation and Mediator structural disruption (Fig 3G). This experiment is performed in wild-type cells with an intact endogenous Mediator complex, without any MED16 depletion and without any long-term selection. The MED16Δαβ mutant retains full ability to integrate into the Mediator complex (its WDR domain is intact) but cannot bind UBP1. Overexpression of wild-type MED16 competitively inhibits the UBP1 reporter due to the squelching effect, whereas overexpression of MED16Δαβ at comparable levels does not (Fig 3G). The sole molecular difference is that MED16Δαβ doesn`t contain the UBP1-binding interface. Because this experiment involves no MED16 loss and no adaptive period, the result directly demonstrates that MED16-UBP1 interaction is required for UBP1 transcriptional activity, entirely independent of concerns about clonal adaptation.

      We appreciate the reviewer's suggestion of a rapid auxin-inducible degron approach. While acute depletion strategies offer clear advantages in minimizing cellular adaptation, they are not without limitations. First, degron-based depletion rarely achieves 100% elimination of the target protein, and residual protein may confound interpretation. Second, and particularly relevant to our system, degron-mediated degradation may preferentially target free, unassembled subunits while sparing proteins already stably integrated into large macromolecular complexes such as the Mediator—potentially creating a lag or even complete resistance to degradation for the pool of MED16 that is assembled into the complex. Given these considerations, we believe our convergent strategy—combining shRNA knockdown, CRISPR-mediated knockout in multiple independent clones, and the Δαβ mutant that bypasses structural perturbation—provides a robust and complementary set of evidence that does not rely on any single depletion method.

      (6) The title for Figure 3 is "Med16 is required for UBP1 activation of gene transcription", but that's not conclusively shown by these experiments.

      We agree that the original title of Figure 3 may overstate. We have revised the title to " MED16 acts through the Mediator complex to support UBP1-mediated transcriptional activation ", which may better reflect the data. As discussed in our responses above, this conclusion is supported by converging evidence from shRNA knockdown (Fig 3C), CRISPR-mediated KO across multiple clones (Fig 3E-F), and the specific loss of function observed with the MED16Δαβ mutant (Fig 3G).

      (7) Figure 5: Med16 protein levels were never measured, nor were other transfected proteins. Reporter assay data are correlative only; no evidence for direct effects, and only 2 other MED subunits are probed. Again, this is a starting point, but nothing to use for concrete conclusions about Med16.

      We have now provided Western blot data documenting MED16 and other transfected protein levels for the experiments in Figure 5, confirming that the proteins were expressed at the expected levels. We agree that plasmid-based reporter assays alone cannot establish direct transcriptional mechanisms. The HIV-1 reporter experiments in Figure 5 serve as an initial functional readout, and their conclusions are corroborated by more direct approaches: (i) the position-dependent specificity demonstrated by chimeric reporter assays (Fig 6A-C); (ii) the independence of the effect from TAR-mediated elongation and HDAC activity (Fig S2), ruling out alternative mechanisms; and (iii) the immobilized template transcription assays, which directly measure nascent RNA production and PIC assembly on the HIV-1 promoter (Fig 7). The reporter data should be viewed as one component of a larger body of convergent evidence rather than as standalone proof.

      MED23 and MED24 were chosen as the most relevant controls because they, along with MED16, form the core of the tail module submodule that creates the transcription factor interaction platform. They are structurally adjacent to MED16 within the same submodule. The fact that neither MED23 nor MED24 overexpression affects HIV-1 reporter activity (Fig 5C), whereas MED16 overexpression does so in a UBP1-binding-dependent manner (Fig 5C, 5E), demonstrates that the inhibitory effect is specific to MED16 and not a generic consequence of overexpressing a Mediator tail subunit.

      (8) Figure 6: similar concerns to Figure 5. The promoters are artificial, derived from a chicken beta-actin promoter with artificially inserted UBP1 binding sequences.

      We acknowledge that the chimeric promoters in Figure 6 are indeed deliberately designed. To address this specific question: Does the binding position of the UBP1 relative to the TSS dictate whether UBP1-MED16 activates or represses transcription?

      To isolate position as the sole variable, we needed a backbone promoter that (i) is stably and robustly active in the cell lines used, (ii) does not itself contain endogenous UBP1 binding sites that would confound the interpretation, and (iii) allows precise placement of the UBP1 binding motif either upstream of or overlapping the TSS. The chicken β-actin promoter meets all three criteria and is a widely used tool in molecular biology for such controlled promoter engineering experiments. Notably, its high GC content around the promoter region is also a feature shared with the HIV-1 core promoter, making it a particularly relevant backbone for the HIV-1 TSS chimeric constructs.

      The key controls for this experiment are internal: in the same backbone, placing the UBP1 binding site at the TSS results in MED16-UBP1-dependent repression, whereas placing it upstream does not (Fig 6A vs 6B). Furthermore, this position-dependent effect requires the MED16-UBP1 interaction interface, as the MED16 Δαβ mutant and the UBP1 DBD mutant both fail to produce the inhibitory effect (Fig 6A). The differential outcome between the two constructs—which differ only in the placement of the UBP1 binding site—cannot be attributed to the artificial nature of the backbone, because the backbone is identical in both cases.

      (9) Figure 6D: Not rigorous, no statistical analysis, cannot determine whether the modest changes are biologically relevant/meaningful. Also, data were obtained through indirect measurements and long timeframes, so any direct effects from possible UBP1 binding are probably lost.

      The differentially expressed genes in Figure 6D were selected using DESeq2 with a significance threshold of p < 0.05. The top 50 upregulated and top 50 downregulated transcripts were then used for UBP1 motif enrichment analysis around their promoters. We have clarified these selection criteria in the revised figure legend.

      Regarding the concern that indirect measurements over long timeframes, we now have additional evidence that UBP1 binding effects are preserved in our RNA-seq data. Motif analysis of UBP1-upregulated genes using HOMER identified the CP2 family binding motif (CNRG-N6-CNRG) as the most significantly enriched motif. This indicates that UBP1-binding-dependent transcriptional effects are not lost in our dataset.

      Author response image 4.

      Motif enrichment result of the UBP1 up-regulated genes

      Furthermore, when these UBP1-upregulated and UBP1-downregulated genes are analyzed separately for motif position relative to the TSS, a clear pattern emerges: UBP1-upregulated genes show motif enrichment flanking the TSS, whereas UBP1-downregulated genes show enrichment overlapping the TSS (Fig 6D). If the transcriptional changes were non-specific secondary consequences of prolonged UBP1 overexpression, one would not expect this position-specific distribution. Finally, this positional specificity is corroborated by the chimeric reporter experiments (Fig 6A-C), where moving the UBP1 binding site across the TSS in an otherwise identical promoter directly switches the regulatory outcome. The concordance among the de novo motif discovery, the genome-wide positional analysis, and the functional reporter assays supports the biological relevance of the motif enrichment pattern.

      (10) The title for Figure 6 is "UBP1 binding site determines the UBP1-Med16 inhibition in HIV-1 transcription" but the data do not convincingly show this.

      We appreciate this suggestion. We have revised the title to "The position of the UBP1 binding site relative to the TSS dictates whether MED16-UBP1 activates or represses transcription.". For clarification, Figure 6 not only demonstrates that the UBP1 binding position dictates MED16-UBP1-mediated inhibition in the HIV-1 context, but also revealed that this positional effect could be generalized to endogenous genes: UBP1 motifs flanking the TSS are associated with activation, while motifs overlapping with the TSS are associated with repression.

      (11) Figure 7: The data and the experiment do not support the claim in the title that "MED16-UBP1 complex prohibited PIC formation of HIV-1 transcription". I cannot convince myself that there are meaningful differences between the results shown in 7B, but it's hard to judge because there are no replicates and no quantitation.

      We have revised the title from "MED16-UBP1 complex prohibited PIC formation of HIV-1 transcription" to "MED16 interferes with HIV-1 PIC assembly at the TSS via its interaction with UBP1." We have also provided quantification of the Western blot signals from replicate experiments in Figure 7B, which confirms statistically significant differences in CDK8 binding, Pol II pSer5 signals, and TFIIB retention between conditions. We note that the key observations in Figure 7B were consistently observed across multiple pilot experiments prior to the final dataset presented in the manuscript. Thus, the reported differences are reproducible and not based on a single experiment.

      (12) The immobilized template experiments had only -78 upstream and +60 downstream of the TSS. By my understanding, much more upstream DNA is needed to allow a PIC to assemble, because the 5'-end bead attachment will block. I think this was outlined in an article by the Carey lab, but I'm not sure. A point here is that it would be reassuring for the authors to show that PIC assembly was occurring and that transcription was responsive to a transcription factor, similar to what the Carey lab has done with immobilized templates. See, for example, Figure 1 in Lin & Carey Curr Protocol Mol Biol 2012 Ch12 unit 12.14.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this technical consideration. We respectfully offer a different perspective based on current structural data on the human PIC.

      A recent cryo-EM study of the human Mediator-bound preinitiation complex (4) demonstrated that the PIC spans approximately 50 bp upstream and downstream of the TSS. The DNA templates used for structural determination in that study were generally within 105 bp upstream and 63 bp downstream of the TSS. Our HIV-1 template (-78 to +60, i.e., 78 bp upstream and 60 bp downstream of the TSS) falls within this well-characterized range and provides sufficient space for PIC assembly.

      Regarding the choice of the -78 boundary: the HIV-1 core promoter is defined as -78 to +60, and the region from -78 to -105 encompasses the HIV-1 enhancer, which contains additional regulatory elements including NF-κB and NFAT binding sites. We deliberately excluded these enhancer elements to avoid confounding regulatory inputs and to focus specifically on the UBP1 binding site at the TSS, which is the central focus of our model. The robust luciferase mRNA production observed in wild-type nuclear extract (Fig 7C) provides direct functional evidence that PIC assembly and transcription initiation proceed efficiently on this template under our conditions.

      Author response image 5.

      Promoter templates used for human PIC assembly (Chen et al., Science 372, eaba8490, 2021): templates within −105 to +65 bp of the TSS support PIC formation

      (13) Related to the above concern, the qPCR analysis from the extract experiments may be misleading because of contaminating nucleic acids in the extract. More control experiments are needed, such as no NTP controls.

      We thought this concern has been addressed by our experimental design.

      First, the PIC step in our experimental design (Fig 7B, "PIC") is the no-NTP control: nuclear extract is incubated with the immobilized template without NTPs. After washing, the proteins bound at this step are analyzed by Western blot, and importantly, there is no transcription occurred at this step. Transcription is then initiated by adding NTPs (Fig 7B, "Trx."), and the supernatant from this step is collected for qPCR analysis of transcription.

      Second, it is unlikely that the contaminating nucleic acids from the nuclear extract could confound our qPCR results, because the qPCR analysis specifically detects Luciferase mRNA transcribed from the immobilized HIV-1-Luciferase template, which is absent from eukaryotic genomes; and the endogenous genomic DNA or RNA cannot generate a false-positive signal.

      Lastly, after transcription, the immobilized templates are retained on the streptavidin beads and removed, while only the supernatant containing newly synthesized RNA is collected for qPCR. Any residual template DNA or extract-derived nucleic acids bound to the beads are therefore excluded from the qPCR sample.

      (14) Some references are made with the format of (author name, year), but others use numbers.

      The citation format has been unified throughout the manuscript.

      (15) On line 111-115, it is stated that 2,5 HD somehow "does not interfere with weak hydrophobic interaction due to different positions of hydroxyls" with no reference. Both 1,6 HD and 2,5 HD are hydrophobic molecules, and they will disrupt protein structure. The authors make a point about the differential results with 1,6 HD vs. 2,5 HD, but it's not compelling and not justified.

      We have now provided the reference to support this statement. The specificity of the 1,6-HD effect is further clarified as follows.

      1,6-HD and 2,5-HD are structural isomers sharing the same chemical formula and molecular weight. The key difference lies in the positions of their hydroxyl groups (See Author response image 6). The position of the two hydroxyl groups changes both the molecule’s shape and how it interacts with water and hydrophobic surfaces.

      In 1,6-HD, the two -OH groups sit at the ends of the chain, giving a more symmetric, flexible molecule, while in 2,5-hexanediol the -OH groups are closer to the middle, which changes polarity distribution and local geometry (5, 6). The distinctive structures matter because hydroxyl groups strongly hydrogen-bond with water. When they are terminal and well separated in 1,6-HD, the molecule can present a more balanced hydrophilic “cap” at both ends while keeping a relatively long hydrophobic center, which helps 1,6-HD partition into and disturb weakly interacting hydrophobic regions in condensates or hydrophobic interfaces (Author response image 6). By contrast, moving the hydroxyls inward in 2,5-HD does not help with disrupting the hydrophobic interfaces (Author response image 6). That is why 2,5-HD is often used as a comparison compound: it has the similar chemical formula, but the different hydroxyl pattern usually makes it a weaker or at least differently acting perturbant.

      Author response image 6.

      Differential disruption of hydrophobic interfaces by 1,6-HD vs 2,5-HD

      (16) On lines 117-120, the authors claim that Med16 is "integrated into the Mediator complex through weak hydrophobic interaction but not ionic interaction" based upon a few IP results. They then state (lines 130-131) that "the interaction between Mediator and Med16 is an unstable hydrophobic interaction." These statements make no sense based on any data shown, and they ignore the fact that Med16 purifies with Mediator from many different purification protocols. It's safe to say that its interaction with Mediator results from strong, extensive hydrophobic interfaces, which is further supported by actual structural data. The authors should check their reasoning here because they are over-interpreting their results, and this will be misleading to readers.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. The reviewer is right that our original phrasing—particularly "unstable hydrophobic interaction"—was imprecise and inconsistent with the established structural data. As the reviewer notes, MED16 co-purifies with the Mediator complex through multiple purification protocols, and recent cryo-EM structures (4) reveal that MED16 engages in extensive hydrophobic interfaces with neighboring tail module subunits, particularly MED24 and MED25. We fully agree that this is a strong, hydrophobic interaction in the physiological context.

      Our 1,6-hexanediol experiments demonstrated that the MED16-Mediator interface does have a hydrophobic character, which renders the sensitivity to 1,6-HD disruption. This does not mean the interaction is weak. We have now carefully described the relevant statements in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It is not accurate to claim that "198 (genes) were repressed by shMED16 knockdown (Fig 4B and 4C)". These genes were simply not activated by UBP1 in the knockdown cells.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful distinction. We have revised the text to state that the UBP1-activated genes were “profoundly downregulated upon MED16 depletion” rather than “repressed by shMED16 knockdown”. The biological point remains unchanged: MED16 is required for UBP1 to activate this set of target genes.

      (2) Like the majority of experiments presented, the RNA-seq presented in Figure 4 may reflect indirect effects of MED16 loss. As such, the results do not support the claim that "This result demonstrated that UBP1 and MED16 collaborate to regulate transcription".

      We acknowledge that RNA-seq data from MED16 knockdown cells alone cannot distinguish direct from indirect effects. However, we did not rely on the RNA-seq data alone to support a collaborative role for UBP1 and MED16.

      The key evidence comes from experiments comparing wild-type MED16 with the MED16Δαβ mutant. MED16Δαβ integrates into the Mediator complex normally but cannot bind UBP1 (Fig 2B). When overexpressed in wild-type cells, wild-type MED16 inhibits the UBP1-driven reporter activity through a squelching effect. In contrast, MED16Δαβ has no effect on the UBP1 reporter assay (Fig 3G), and the same is true for the HIV-1 reporter assays (Fig 5G). Thus, MED16 must both integrate into the Mediator complex and directly bind UBP1 to support UBP1-mediated transcription.

      In addition, the genes identified as UBP1-MED16 co-regulated by RNA-seq are enriched for specific biological processes—angiogenesis (Fig 4D-E)—that align with the known physiological functions of UBP1. Such functional coherence would be unexpected if the transcriptional changes were merely non-specific secondary consequences of Mediator disruption.

      Thus, while we agree that RNA-seq alone has limitations, the convergent evidence from the MED16Δαβ mutant and the functional specificity of the co-regulated gene set supports a collaborative role for UBP1 and MED16 in transcriptional regulation.

      (3) The data in Figure 4 are not presented with controls documenting the relative expression levels of MED16 and UBP1. For example, it would be important to understand the level of UBP1 overexpression achieved, relative to endogenous UBP1 levels in HeLa cells.

      We agree with the reviewer that documenting expression levels is important. Author response image 7 are the CPM values for UBP1 from our RNA-seq data, confirming robust overexpression in the UBP1-overexpression condition compared with the control. The MED16 protein levels in the knockdown cells can be found in Fig 3D, as the same MED16-knockdown HeLa cell line was used for the RNA-seq experiment.

      Author response image 7.

      UBP1 expression level derived from RNA-seq

      Regarding the physiological relevance of UBP1 overexpression, several observations support that the transcriptional effects we observe are specific rather than artifacts of overexpression: (i) the UBP1-activated genes are enriched for pathways known to be regulated by UBP1—angiogenesis (Fig 4D-E)—rather than showing random, non-specific activation; (ii) the activation of these genes is attenuated upon MED16 knockdown, demonstrating dependence on the MED16-UBP1 interaction; and (iii) in reporter assays, the MED16 mutant lacking its C-terminal αβ-domain fails to competitively inhibit UBP1 driven reporter transcription even when UBP1 is similarly overexpressed (Fig 3G), indicating that the competitive inhibition of the UBP1 reporter depends specifically on the MED16-UBP1 interaction interface, rather than on the amount of UBP1 protein overexpressed.

      (4) The enhancer-promoter architecture of the luciferase construct used in Figure 3 is not sufficiently described. Are the elements far enough apart that Mediator-dependent looping is required for transcription, for example?

      We appreciate the reviewer's question. The UBP1 reporter construct used in Figure 3 is derived from the mouse α-globin gene promoter, a well-established natural target of UBP1/TFCP2(7, 8). The native α-globin promoter contains two endogenous UBP1/TFCP2 binding sites; to increase the reporter's sensitivity to UBP1, we expanded these to six tandem copies. Critically, this expansion preserved the native architecture of the promoter—the relative positions of the UBP1 binding sites, the CCAAT box, the TATA box, and the TSS were not altered. The entire reporter construct spans only 198 bp in total length. At this scale, all regulatory elements reside within a compact proximal promoter region, with no element separated by a distance that would require DNA looping for functional communication. The reporter therefore measures UBP1-dependent transcriptional activation from the proximal promoter, consistent with the canonical role of Mediator in facilitating PIC assembly rather than mediating long-range enhancer-promoter interactions. We have added a detailed description of the construct architecture to the Methods section.

      (5) The identification of matches to the UBP1 consensus sequence in a promoter does not prove that this is how UBP1 overexpression is impacting their transcription. "highly matched UBP1 motifs were identified in their promoters (Fig. 4F), leading to their activation when UBP1 was overexpressed."

      We agree with the reviewer that the presence of a UBP1 consensus motif in a promoter does not by itself prove direct regulation. We have revised the original statement: the activation of these genes by UBP1 overexpression is now described as "associated with" the presence of UBP1 motifs in their promoters.

      We acknowledge that the ideal experiment to demonstrate direct UBP1 occupancy would be ChIP-seq. However, ChIP-grade antibodies against UBP1 are not commercially available, and no UBP1 ChIP-seq datasets exist in public databases. We attempted to carry out the ChIP-seq ourselves but were unable to obtain sufficiently good-quality data.

      In the absence of ChIP data, three lines of evidence indicate that the identified UBP1 motifs are functionally relevant. First, motif analysis of UBP1-upregulated genes using HOMER identified the CP2 family binding motif (CNRG-N6-CNRG) as the most significantly enriched motif. This demonstrates that UBP1-binding-dependent transcriptional could be preserved in our RNA-seq data. Second, when we examine the positional distribution of these motifs, a clear pattern emerges: UBP1 motifs flank the TSS in activated genes, but overlap the TSS in repressed genes (Fig 6D). Indirect effects would not produce this position-specific pattern. Third, our chimeric reporter experiments (Fig 6A-C) directly test this position effect: moving the UBP1 binding site upstream of the TSS leads to activation, while moving it to overlap the TSS leads to repression. Together, these three independent approaches support the conclusion that UBP1 regulates these genes through the motifs we identified. See Author response image 4.

      (6) Lines 266 and 277 are redundant.

      We have carefully reviewed lines 266 and 277. Line 266 is the topic sentence (caption) of the section ("MED16 collaborates with UBP1 to inhibit HIV-1 transcription"), which introduces the overall conclusion, while line 277 describes the specific experimental result ("MED16 inhibited HIV-luciferase activity in a dose-dependent manner"). These serve distinct rhetorical functions. We have ensured that no other redundant phrasing exists elsewhere in the section.

      (7) The mere correlation of binding site position with activation status does not prove "that UBP1 may act as either a transcriptional activator or repressor, depending on distance of its binding site to TSS."

      We appreciate the reviewer's concern regarding the distinction between correlation and causation. The genome-wide analysis (Fig 6D) reveals an association between UBP1 motif position and transcriptional outcome, which prompts us to postulate that the UBP1 binding position could dictate the transcriptional activity level. The causal evidence comes from the chimeric reporter experiments (Fig 6A-C), in which we directly manipulated the position of the UBP1 binding site relative to the TSS in an otherwise identical promoter background. Placing the UBP1 binding site at the TSS resulted in MED16-UBP1-dependent repression, whereas placing it upstream of the TSS did not. This controlled experiment demonstrates that changing only the position of the UBP1 binding site is sufficient to switch the regulatory outcome, thereby establishing a causal relationship between binding site position and transcriptional effect. We have revised the text to clearly distinguish the correlational genome-wide analysis from the causal reporter experiments.

      (8) In Figure 7, MED16 overexpression results in less CDK8 binding. This undermines the claim that MED16 overexpression lowers transcription by binding to UBP1, and suggests an indirect effect.

      We appreciate the reviewer's careful observation. The reduction in CDK8 binding upon MED16 overexpression is consistent with our model: MED16, through UBP1 occupying the TSS, interferes with PIC assembly, of which CDK8 is a component. Importantly, the input levels of CDK8 and other Mediator subunits remained unchanged across the three conditions (Fig 7B), indicating that the reduced CDK8 signal in the PIC is not due to altered protein expression.

      In support of the specificity of the transcriptional effect, MED16Δαβ—which integrates into the Mediator complex but cannot bind UBP1 (Fig 2B)—fails to competitively inhibit either the UBP1 reporter (Fig 3G) or the HIV-1 reporter (Fig 5G), confirming that the transcriptional outcome depends on the MED16-UBP1 interaction.

      (9) Figure 8F is not referenced in the text or legend.

      Figure 8F has now been referenced in the Results and Discussion section.

      Reference:

      (1) Wang G, Cantin GT, Stevens JL, Berk AJ. Characterization of mediator complexes from HeLa cell nuclear extract. Mol Cell Biol. 2001;21(14):4604-13.

      (2) Yamazaki T, Souquere S, Chujo T, Kobelke S, Chong YS, Fox AH, et al. Functional Domains of NEAT1 Architectural lncRNA Induce Paraspeckle Assembly through Phase Separation. Molecular Cell. 2018;70(6):1038-+.

      (3) Duttke SH, Guzman C, Chang M, Delos Santos NP, McDonald BR, Xie J, et al. Position-dependent function of human sequence-specific transcription factors. Nature. 2024;631(8022):891-8.

      (4) Chen X, Yin X, Li J, Wu Z, Qi Y, Wang X, et al. Structures of the human Mediator and Mediator-bound preinitiation complex. Science. 2021;372(6546).

      (5) Zheng T, Wake N, Weng SL, Perdikari TM, Murthy AC, Mittal J, et al. Molecular insights into the effect of 1,6-hexanediol on FUS phase separation. EMBO J. 2025;44(10):2725-40.

      (6) Romero CM, Páez MS, Miranda JA, Hernández DJ, Oviedo LE. Effect of temperature on the surface tension of diluted aqueous solutions of 1,2-hexanediol, 1,5-hexanediol, 1,6-hexanediol and 2,5-hexanediol. Fluid Phase Equilibr. 2007;258(1):67-72.

      (7) Lim LC, Swendeman SL, Sheffery M. Molecular cloning of the alpha-globin transcription factor CP2. Mol Cell Biol. 1992;12(2):828-35.

      (8) Chae JH, Kim CG. CP2 binding to the promoter is essential for the enhanced transcription of globin genes in erythroid cells. Mol Cells. 2003;15(1):40-7.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Our revision includes:

      (1) The generated data from long-read whole-genome sequencing of 1000 Genomes Project samples, including FASTQ files, SV calls, and the imputation panel, are now openly available via ENA and OpnMe. The imputed structural variant data have been submitted to UK Biobank for release through the UK Biobank Research Analysis Platform, subject to UK Biobank release procedures. SV-WAS summary statistics have been made available via OpnMe.

      (2) Clarification of analyses and methods, addition of two new Supplementary Figures, and correction of minor issues throughout the manuscript.

      (3) A significantly expanded Discussion to address the reviewers’ comments and better contextualise our methods and results.

      eLife Assessment

      This fundamental work significantly enhances our understanding of how structural variants influence human phenotypes. The conclusion is convincingly supported by rigorous analyses of long-read sequencing data. If the raw data are made publicly available, these high-quality datasets and findings will further advance our knowledge of genetic variation in the human population.

      We thank the editors for this positive assessment of our work. The raw long-read sequencing data (FASTQ files) can now be accessed through the European Nucleotide Archive (ENA) under accession number PRJEB89727, as part of a larger collection of 1019 sequenced probands from the 1000 Genomes Project (https://www.ebi.ac.uk/ena/browser/view/PRJEB89727). The generated imputation panel and the structural variant calls, based on the 888 probands used in the present manuscript, remain freely available for download at https://opnme.com/genomiclens. We have now added the summary statistics of 32 SV-wide association studies to the same resource. In addition, we have submitted the imputed SV genotypes for UK Biobank participants to the UK Biobank; once processed by UK Biobank, these genotypes will be released via the UK Biobank Research Analysis Platform (RAP).

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors sequenced 888 individuals from the 1000 Genomes Project using the Oxford Nanopore long-read sequencing method to achieve highly sensitive, genome-wide detection of structural variants (SVs) at the population level. They conducted solid benchmarking of SV calling and systematically characterized the identified SVs. While short-read sequencing methods, including those used in the 1000 Genomes Project, have been widely applied, they exhibit high accuracy in detecting single nucleotide variants (SNVs) and small insertions and deletions but have limited sensitivity for SV detection. This study significantly enhances SV detection capabilities, establishing it as a valuable resource for human genetic research. Furthermore, the authors constructed an SV imputation panel using the generated data and imputed SVs in 488,130 individuals from the UK Biobank. They then conducted a proof-of-principle genome-wide association study (GWAS) analysis based on the imputed SVs and selected traits within the UK Biobank. Their findings demonstrate that incorporating SV-GWAS analysis provides additional insights beyond conventional GWAS frameworks focusing on SNVs, particularly in improving fine mapping.

      The authors constructed a high-sensitivity reference panel of genome-wide SVs at the population level, addressing a critical gap in the field of human genetics. This resource is expected to significantly advance research in human genetics. They demonstrated the imputation of SVs in individuals from the UK Biobank using this panel and conducted a proof-of-concept SV-based GWAS. Their findings highlight a novel and effective strategy for integrating SVs into GWAS, which will facilitate the analysis of human genetic data from the UK Biobank and other datasets. Their conclusions are supported by comprehensive analyses.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the value of our SV imputation reference panel.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Although the authors employ state-of-the-art analytical approaches for the identification of SVs, the overall accuracy remains suboptimal, as indicated by an F1 score of 74.0%, particularly in tandem repeat regions. To enhance accuracy, it would be beneficial to explore alternative SV detection methods or develop novel approaches. Given the value of the reference panel and the fact that improved SV accuracy would lead to more precise SV imputation and GWAS results, investing effort in methodological refinement is highly encouraged.

      Accurate SV calling remains an active area of research and is beyond the scope of the present study. Tandem repeat regions are particularly challenging for standardised SV detection. We believe that achieving a benchmark for NA12878 of F1 = 74% on a genome-wide level and, notably, F1 = 91% when excluding longer tandem repeats, represents strong performance. This result is especially convincing when considering that our benchmarking compared the SV calls to data generated using a different sequencing technology and processed using different bioinformatics pipelines.

      (2) From the Methods section, it appears that the authors employed Beagle for both imputation and the UK Biobank imputation.

      (a) It would be better to explicitly clarify this in the Results section and provide a detailed description of the corresponding procedures and parameters in the Methods section for both analyses, as this represents a key aspect of the study.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. Accordingly, we added the clarification to the Methods section that the leave-one-out imputation used exactly the same pipeline and settings as the UK Biobank imputation (page 14, section “Leave-one-out imputation performance”):

      “We excluded one individual from the panel and imputed SVs for this individual using the panel of the remaining 887 samples, applying exactly the same pipeline and settings as those later used for SV imputation into UK Biobank (see below).”

      (b) Additionally, Beagle is not specifically designed for SV imputation, the imputation quality of SVs is generally lower than that of SNVs. Exploring strategies to improve SV imputation, such as developing a novel method with reference panel data, may enhance performance.

      As stated in our manuscript (page 4), we believe that, in our study, the imputation quality of SVs is lower than of that of SNVs primarily because of a) the greater difficulty of SV calling compared to SNV genotype calling and b) the heterogeneity in SV representation across samples. Once SVs are encoded as bi-allelic markers in the reference panel, they can be imputed using the same LD/haplotype-based framework as any other variants. Accordingly, improving SV imputation is likely to benefit most from more accurate upstream SV calling and genotyping (e.g., through more robust multi-sample calling and harmonised variant representations) and not so much from improved or SV-specific imputation methods. While improved imputation is an important research direction, it is beyond the scope of the present manuscript.

      (c) It is also important to assess how this reduced imputation quality may influence GWAS results. For instance, it would be useful to examine whether associated SVs exhibit higher imputation quality and whether SVs with lower quality are less likely to achieve significant association signals. In addition, the lower imputation quality observed for INV, DUP, and BND variants (Figure 3) may be due to their greater lengths (Figure 2). It is better to investigate the relationship between SV length and imputation quality.

      We agree that imputation quality can influence GWAS results. For example, for the FEV1/FVC phenotype, SVs with INFO > 0.9 are almost twice as likely to reach genome-wide significance (p < 5e-8) compared with SVs with 0.7 < INFO < 0.9 (odds ratio 1.95; Fisher’s exact test p-value 2.5e-5). This is consistent with the intuitive notion (applicable to any variants, not only to SVs) that greater uncertainty in the imputed genotypes dilutes association signals and therefore reduces power. For a detailed discussion of the relationship between allele frequency, imputation accuracy, and GWAS association results, see Zhang et al., Human Molecular Genetics 31(1):146–155 (2022), https://doi.org/10.1093/hmg/ddab203

      We have now investigated the relationship between SV length and imputation quality (the new Supplementary Figure 6). The results suggest that the observed association between imputation quality and SV size is primarily driven by the SV-size–dependent minor allele frequency in the imputation panel.

      (3) All examples presented in the manuscript focus on SVs that overlap with genes. It may also be valuable to investigate SVs that do not overlap with genes but intersect with enhancer regions. SVs can contribute to disease by altering regulatory elements, such as enhancers, which play a crucial role in gene expression. Including such analyses would further demonstrate the utility of SV-GWAS and provide deeper insights into the functional impact of SVs.

      We agree with the reviewer that examining SVs intersecting with enhancer regions could be an interesting direction for future studies, as it would provide additional insights into regulatory mechanisms and disease associations. However, in the present proof-of-principle study, we prefer focusing on SVs overlapping with genes and have now highlighted this in additional detail in the revised manuscript (Discussion, page 7):

      “In the present proof-of-principle study, we focused on SVs overlapping with the coding sequence of genes. In future applications of our SV imputation panel, more refined gene mapping approaches could be employed, e.g., including SVs overlapping enhancer regions or epigenetic marks. Such an enhanced mapping would increase the number of identified associated genes and thus provide additional insights into regulatory mechanisms and disease biology.”

      (4) The data availability link currently provides only a VCF file ("sniffles2_joint_sv_calls.vcf.gz") containing the identified SVs.

      (a) It would be beneficial for the authors to make all raw sequencing data (FASTQ files) and key processed datasets (such as alignment results and merged SV and SNV files) available. Providing these resources would enable other researchers to develop improved SV detection and imputation methods or conduct further genetic analyses.

      Thank you for emphasising the importance of data sharing, which we agree with.

      The Data Availability section of the manuscript already includes a link to https://opnme.com/genomiclens, where we made both the SV calls and the full and reduced SV imputation panel files freely available. We have now added SV summary statistics from 32 SVwide association studies to the same resource. Based on the reviewer’s request, we now also reference the ENA repository project PRJEB89727 (https://www.ebi.ac.uk/ena/browser/view/PRJEB89727), where the raw FASTQ files are available for download, in the manuscript.

      We have appended the Data Availability statement on page 22 of the revised manuscript as follows:

      “Raw SV calls, the long-read sequencing-based SV imputation panel, and the SV summary statistics from 32 SV-wide association studies are available through the OpnMe initiative of Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH (https://opnme.com/genomiclens). The raw long-read sequencing data (FASTQ files) for the 1000 Genomes Project samples included in this study are accessible via the European Nucleotide Archive under accession number PRJEB89727 (https://www.ebi.ac.uk/ena/browser/view/PRJEB89727). The dataset analysed here constitutes a subset of this broader collection.”

      (b) Furthermore, establishing a dedicated website for data access, along with a genome browser for SV visualization, could significantly enhance the impact and accessibility of the study. Additionally, all code, particularly the SV imputation pipeline accompanied by a detailed tutorial, should be deposited in a public repository such as GitHub. This would support researchers in imputing SVs and conducting SV-GWAS on their own datasets.

      The Methods section provides a full and detailed description of the imputation pipeline and parameters in the section “Preprocessing and imputation of SVs into UK Biobank” on page 14 of the revised manuscript. Our data processing simply consisted of running standard bioinformatics tools with the parameters exactly as described in the manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In the Results section, Figure 3b is mentioned before 3a, and it is better to switch them in the Figure.

      Thank you for highlighting this fact. We acknowledge that typically the sequence of sections matches exactly between text and figures. However, in this specific case, we would prefer to deviate from the norm: In our opinion, Figure 3 is easier to interpret in its current sequence. At the same time, the text flows more logically in its current sequence, describing 3b before 3a. We would therefore prefer to stick to the current order, even if it means that Fig. 3b is described before 3a in the text.

      (2) Page 10, "Figure 1e" -> "Figure 2e".

      Thank you, we corrected this issue.

      (3) Page 14, "Leave-one out" -> "Leave-one-out".

      Thank you, we corrected this mistake.

      (4) It is better not to use abbreviations in the subheadings, especially "UKB" (page 3).

      Thank you, we changed the acronym ‘UKB’ to ‘UK Biobank’ in all subheadings.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to develop a novel and efficient method for SV detection, utilizing data from the 1000 Genomes Project (1KGP) for modeling and calibration. This method was subsequently validated using UK population data and applied to identify structural variants associated with specific disease phenotypes.

      Strengths:

      Third-generation single-molecule sequencing data offers several advantages over traditional high-throughput sequencing methods, particularly due to its long-read lengths, which provide valuable insights into significant forms of genomic variation. The authors have developed an efficient method for detecting structural variations and optimizing the utilization of genomic data. We hope that this method will continue to be refined, enabling researchers to more effectively leverage long-read data, high-throughput data, or even a synergistic combination of both.

      Weaknesses:

      Although this research contributes to our ability to more effectively utilize long-length and high-throughput data, there are some key issues that need to be addressed in terms of analyzing the specific results as well as writing the article.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) How to discuss the lower detection rate of structural variations (SVs) in East Asian populations, it is worth considering whether the authors' training dataset, which may have been based on raw data with insufficient representation of East Asian individuals, could have introduced a bias favoring other populations. This potential bias might arise from the relatively limited data available for Asian ancestry. Alternatively, the observed differences could also be influenced by the role of natural selection, which may have shaped the genomic landscape of East Asian populations in distinct ways. Further investigation is needed to clarify these possibilities.

      Thank you for raising this important point. Although an interesting research direction, a detailed investigation of the factors affecting SV detection rates is beyond the scope of the present study. However, we do not think that the lower detection rate in East Asians is due to an underrepresentation of Asian ancestry in our dataset. To explain this to all readers, we have added the following explanation to page 7 of the Discussion:

      “In this context, we observed that the number of SVs detected per individual differed between superpopulations. We identified the highest average number of SVs in individuals of African descent and a slightly lower average in East Asians, compared to the other superpopulations. While we included a higher number of African ancestry individuals, the number of East Asian individuals included in our reference panel was comparable to the number of individuals from other, non-African ancestries. In fact, it was even larger than the number of European ancestry individuals (AFR n=241, SAS n=171; EAS n=168; EUR n=164; AMR n=144). Therefore, we do not expect a major bias from underrepresentation of any superpopulation in the training dataset. It is well established that African ancestry is more diverse than is the case for other superpopulations [32, 33] and previous studies indicate that East Asian populations tend to exhibit slightly lower genetic diversity compared to European populations [34], which is consistent with the lower observed SV counts per genome.”

      (2) The authors did not present the results of the detection of CNV.

      Copy number variations (CNVs) are considered a subclass of structural variants. In our analysis, we detected deletions and duplications, which represent the most common forms of CNVs. However, we did not specifically investigate high copy-number SVs, as these are often larger than what can be reliably detected using long-read sequencing. Large-scale CNVs are typically identified in biobank studies through analysis of intensity data from genotyping microarrays using tools like PennCNV, and there is extensive literature supporting the use of this microarray approach in UK Biobank and other genotyped cohorts, see for example Aguirre et al.: Phenomewide Burden of Copy-Number Variation in the UK Biobank. Am J Hum Genet. 2019, Aug 1;105(2):373-383. doi:10.1016/j.ajhg.2019.07.001.

      (3) Multiple testing correction is essential for ensuring the validity of large-scale structural variation (SV) association analyses. It is strongly recommended that the statistical methods and correction strategies employed, such as Bonferroni correction or false discovery rate (FDR) control, be explicitly detailed to enhance the transparency and reliability of the findings.

      For genome-wide SV association analyses, we applied the commonly used genome-wide significance threshold of 5e-8, which is standard in genome-wide studies. Given that these were exploratory proof-of-principle analyses illustrating use cases for SV analyses, we decided not to correct on top of that for multiple testing for the number of traits (32) tested. For the pQTL analyses, we further adjusted this threshold using a Bonferroni-type correction based on the number of proteins tested (1,463), to account for the increased number of multiple comparisons.

      We have now added a more detailed description of this multiple testing procedure to the Methods subsection “SV-wide association studies in UK Biobank” on page 16 of the revised manuscript:

      “In the exploratory SV-WAS, we used the standard threshold for genome-wide significance of p < 5×10<sup>-8</sup>. For the pQTL analyses, we applied Bonferroni correction for multiple testing on top of that genome-wide threshold, correcting for the number of tested protein levels (n=1463): p < 5×10<sup>-8</sup>/ 1463 = 3.4×10<sup>-11</sup>.”

      (4) The study primarily relied on data from the 1000 Genomes Project (1KGP) and the UK Biobank; however, the UK Biobank cohort is predominantly composed of individuals of European ancestry, which may restrict the generalizability of the research findings to other populations.

      Our reference panel was constructed to cover multiple ancestries, enabling imputation for diverse populations. Thus, our imputation panel can be applied to biobanks around the world and is freely available for this purpose. As a proof of principle, we have demonstrated the feasibility and performance of SV imputation in UK Biobank as an example of a broadly accessible cohort. We are looking forward to biobanks from diverse ancestries downloading our imputation panel and applying it to their populations.

      (5) Although the study employed long-read sequencing technology, the validation of structural variation (SV) detection accuracy predominantly relied on internal data, such as 'leave-one-out' validation. To further strengthen the reliability of the SV detection methods, it is recommended to incorporate additional external independent datasets for validation.

      The leave-one-out procedure in our study was used to validate the imputation performance, not the accuracy of SV detection. To assess SV calling accuracy, we performed extensive benchmarking against external SV call datasets derived from PacBio long-read sequencing and Illumina short-read sequencing. These details are provided under the subheading ‘Structural variant calling and benchmarking’ in the Results section on page 2 of the manuscript.

      (6) Some of the SVs mentioned in the study overlap with disease association loci in the GWAS Catalog, but functional annotation and exploration of the biological mechanisms of these SVs are more limited. It is suggested that LD can be added to analyse whether there are SNP that are highly linked to them to further explore their functions.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have actually conducted an analysis addressing exactly this question: We performed conditional association analyses of the SV signals with nearby short variants (SNPs and InDels) at the SV locus. Such a conditional analysis addresses whether the observed SV association is influenced by LD-correlated SNPs or not. The results of this analysis are reported in Supplementary Tables 16 and 17. These tables include both the conditional analysis results and the LD between each SV and the variant at the locus with the second-highest evidence for an association.

      Researchers interested in exploring the biological significance of the SV-WAS results in more detail can now download the full SV-WAS summary statistics from https://opnme.com/genomiclens.

      (7) The discussion section could be further expanded to explore the role of SV in complex diseases and its potential application in precision medicine. For example, it could discuss how SV information can be integrated into existing GWAS frameworks to enhance the accuracy of disease risk prediction.

      Thank you for the suggestion, we have now added the following sentences to the discussion (page 7/8):

      “Structural variants can influence complex disease biology through either the disruption of coding sequence or an altered regulation of gene expression. Such effects may not be well captured by short variants alone. Incorporating SVs into GWAS and follow-up analyses would thus provide more accurate disease risk prediction, uncover underlying pathomechanisms by highlighting actionable pathways and targets, and support precision medicine by providing biomarkers for patient stratification.”

      (8) The geographic labeling of certain samples in Figure 2 appears to contain inaccuracies. For instance, the CDX sample, which represents the Dai population from Xishuangbanna in China's Yunnan Province, is currently mislabeled as originating from China's Inner Mongolia. This discrepancy should be corrected to ensure the accuracy of the data representation.

      We apologise for the misunderstanding. The geographic map in Figure 2a serves as an illustrative mapping of the samples to countries. It is intended to provide readers with an overview of population coverage, rather than to indicate the precise geographic origins of individual populations. The populations CDX, CHB, and CHS are displayed within the outline of China in alphabetical order, without any intention to indicate their exact geographic origin. We changed the respective figure caption to make this clear (page 19 of the revised manuscript):

      “Map of the 888 samples from the 1000 Genomes project, mapping the samples to countries and not indicating detailed geographical origins of populations.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This study successfully identified genetic loci associated with various traits by generating large-scale long-read sequencing data from a diverse set of samples. This study is significant because it not only produces large-scale long-read genome sequencing data but also demonstrates its application in actual genetics research. Given its potential utility in various fields, this study is expected to make a valuable contribution to the academic community and to this journal. However, there are several critical aspects that could be improved. Below are specific comments for consideration.

      Strengths:

      Producing high-quality, large-scale variant datasets and imputation datasets

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Data availability

      Currently, it appears that only the Genomic Lens SV Panel is available on the webpage described in the Data Availability section. It is unclear whether the authors intend to release the raw sequencing data. Since the study utilized samples from the 1000 Genomes Project, there should be no restriction on making the data publicly accessible. Given this, would the authors consider making the raw sequencing reads publicly available? If so, NCBI SRA or EBI ENA would be the most appropriate repositories for data deposition. I strongly encourage the authors to consider public data release. Additionally, accessing the Genomic Lens SV Panel data does not seem straightforward. The manuscript should provide a more detailed description of how researchers can access and utilize these data. In my opinion, the best approach would be to upload the variant data (VCF files) to a public database such as the European Variation Archive (EVA) hosted by EBI.

      I strongly request that the authors publicly deposit the variant data. At a minimum:

      (a) The joint genotype data for all 888 samples from the 1000 Genomes Project must be publicly available.

      Thank you for emphasising the importance of data sharing, which we agree with.

      The Data Availability section of the manuscript already includes a link to https://opnme.com/genomiclens, where we make both the SV calls and the full and reduced SV imputation panels (provided as multi-sample VCF files) freely available. Based on the reviewer’s request, we now also reference the ENA repository project PRJEB89727 (https://www.ebi.ac.uk/ena/browser/view/PRJEB89727), where the raw FASTQ files are available for download.

      We have appended the Data Availability statement on page 22 of the revised manuscript as follows:

      “Raw SV calls, the long-read sequencing-based SV imputation panel, and the SV summary statistics from 32 SV-wide association studies are available through the OpnMe initiative of Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH (https://opnme.com/genomiclens). The raw long-read sequencing data (FASTQ files) for the 1000 Genomes Project samples included in this study are accessible via the European Nucleotide Archive under accession number PRJEB89727 (https://www.ebi.ac.uk/ena/browser/view/PRJEB89727). The dataset analysed here constitutes a subset of this broader collection.”

      (b) For the UK Biobank samples, at least allele frequency data should be disclosed.

      Supplementary Table 5 includes the allele frequencies of the SVs imputed into UK Biobank.

      (c) Since eLife has a well-established data-sharing policy, compliance with these guidelines is essential for publication in this journal.

      By sharing the FASTQ files, the SV calls, the SV imputation panels, the SV summary statistics, and (once processed by UK Biobank) the genotypes of SVs imputed into UK Biobank, we are providing all SV data generated in our study.

      (2) Long-read sequencing data quality

      While the manuscript presents N50 read length and mean or median read base quality for each sample in a table, it would be highly beneficial to visualize these data in figures as well. A violin plot or similar visualization summarizing these distributions would significantly improve data presentation.

      Notably, the base quality of ONT long-read sequencing data appears lower than expected. This may be attributed to the use of pore version 9.4.1, but the unexpectedly low base quality still warrants attention. It would be helpful to include a small figure within Figure 2 to illustrate this point. A visual representation of read length distribution and base quality distribution would strengthen the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now included two violin plots (the new Supplementary Figure 1) to the revised manuscript, summarising a) the N50 read length per sequencing run and b) the median read quality per sequencing run. These plots provide a clearer visualisation of the underlying distributions. We do not consider the ONT base quality to be low. Importantly, structural variant detection is generally robust to modest variations of per-base quality. Therefore, we do not expect the observed base quality levels to significantly affect SV calling in this study.

      (3) Variant detection precision, recall, and F1 score

      This study focuses on insertions and deletions (indels) {greater than or equal to}50 bp, but it remains unclear how well variants <50 bp are detected. I am particularly interested in the precision, recall, and F1 score for variants between 5-49 bp.

      While ONT base quality is relatively low, single-base variants are challenging to analyze, but variants {greater than or equal to}5 bp should still be detectable as their read accuracy is still approximately 90%, making analysis feasible. Given that Sniffles supports the detection of variants as small as 1 bp, I strongly encourage the authors to conduct an additional analysis.

      A simple two-category classification (e.g., 5-49 bp and {greater than or equal to}50 bp) should suffice. Additionally, a comparative analysis with HiFi and short-read sequencing data would be highly valuable. If possible, I strongly recommend that all detected variants {greater than or equal to}5 bp be made publicly available as VCF files.

      Because short InDels are available from high-coverage Illumina sequencing data generated for the same individuals (i.e., the data referred to as the NYGC dataset in our manuscript), we decided against calling such short variants from our lower coverage Oxford Nanopore data and thus concentrated our efforts on reliably calling longer variants covering at least 50 bp, consistent with the conventional definition of structural variants.

      (4) Assembly-based methods

      Given the low read accuracy and low sequencing depth in this dataset, it is understandable that genome assembly is challenging. However, the latest high-quality human genome datasets-such as those produced by the Human Pangenome Reference Consortium (HPRC)demonstrate that assembly-based approaches provide significant advantages, particularly for resolving complex and long structural variants.

      Since HPRC data also utilize 1000 Genomes Project samples, it would be highly informative to compare the accuracy of ONT sequencing in this study with HPRC's assembly-based genome data. The recent publication on 47 HPRC samples provides a valuable reference for such a comparison. Given its relevance, the authors should consider providing a comparative analysis with HPRC data.

      The aim of the present study was to generate an SV reference panel that enables SV imputation for large biobanks. Detailed assessments of ONT sequencing quality in general and comparisons to other sequencing efforts and technologies are out of scope for the present manuscript. We invite the scientific community to use the FASTQ files provided at ENA for conducting such detailed assessments in follow-up studies.

    1. Her nearly four-hour round-trip stems largely from the economic geography ofAtlanta, which is one of America’s most affluent metropolitan areas yet also one of themost physically divided by income. The low-income neighborhoods here often stretchfor miles, with rows of houses and low-slung apartments, interrupted by theoccasional strip mall, and lacking much in the way of good-paying jobs.

      I found it interesting that economic mobility can vary so dramatically from one neighborhood to another within the same city. We often talk about inequality as if it is primarily an individual or family issue, but this whole article goes to show that inequality can also be geographic. As we've been reading all week, where someone lives determines what resources and opportunities are available to them. This makes me continue to think about how policies focused only on helping individuals aren't enough. If the underlying conditions of a community remain unchanged, people may continue to face the same barriers even when they receive individual assistance.

  2. Oct 2026
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This study provides important findings on the expression of glutamate receptor (GluR) subunits across developmental stages and muscle types in Drosophila. It shows that adult muscle differs in GluR composition from larval body wall muscles, which have been the focus of most past studies. The study, while convincing, could be strengthened by acknowledging that it relies on heterogeneous methods and the absence of positive signals to infer receptor loss, which limits confidence in some of its claims. The findings illuminate how Drosophila excites muscles in diverse tissue types at different life stages, and are of interest to researchers across neuroscience.

      A note on the eLife assessment

      We are grateful for the assessment and for the reviewers' engagement. The assessment notes that the study "could be strengthened by acknowledging that it relies on heterogeneous methods and the absence of positive signals to infer receptor loss." We have taken this seriously and have addressed it in three ways in the revised manuscript:

      (i) We have replaced claims of absence with "not detected" throughout;

      (ii) We have added a paragraph describing the discrepancies between methods and the specific false-negative risks of each; and

      (ii) We have made explicit the internal positive controls that constrain our negative results, including the reciprocal GluRIIB/GluRIIC labeling within a single femur and the detection of Brp, Neto-β, and GluClα in the same flight muscle preparations in which GluRII subunits were not detected.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Sustar et al. takes a methodical approach to document the types of glutamate receptor subunits that reside in Drosophila muscles, examining developmental stages spanning from larvae to adults. Prior work thoroughly documented the subunits operating in Drosophila larval body wall muscles. Most subsequent research focused on the glutamate receptor heterotetramers found in the body wall, composed of GluRIIA/C/D/E or GluRIIB/C/D/E subunits, along with auxiliary subunits like isoforms of Neto.

      For the current work, the authors report that the larval muscle glutamate receptor composition is not universal for all Drosophila muscles. They examine the following muscle systems: larval body wall, adult abdomen, adult leg coxa, and adult indirect flight. They also briefly examine adult muscle structures associated with the proboscis, neck, and haltere. The authors find that the receptor subunits in the adult abdomen (mostly) match those in the larval body wall. This makes sense given that the adult abdominal muscles are derived from the larval body wall. Yet not much else matches the larval body wall. For example, all (or most) of the GluRII-type subunits are missing from the adult indirect flight muscles. Leg muscles have GluRII-type subunits, but they do not have all of them expressed prominently, and they are missing GluRIIB. Additionally, leg muscles express a glutamate-gated chloride channel, which could be a source of inhibitory glutamatergic transmission. Interestingly, when it comes to non-abdominal adult muscles, one general theme seems to be an active promoter (GAL4 driver) for the kainate-type glutamate receptor called Clumsy. The authors propose that Clumsy could be key to understanding how functional GluR complexes are assembled in adult insects.

      Strengths:

      (1) Documenting the types of glutamate receptors that operate in diverse insect muscle systems is important because it uncovers fundamental information.

      (2) Much of the prior research focus has been on how the body wall muscle tetramers assemble and operate. It is a strength to demonstrate the other receptor solutions used by adult NMJs.

      (3) The work uses GAL4 drivers and immunohistochemistry (when possible) in combination to draw conclusions.

      (4) The muscle anatomical analyses are of high quality. This allows the research group to reach refined conclusions.

      (5) The confocal-level images of synaptic active zones and their apposed glutamate receptor clusters are of high quality.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is a strawman argument that is used repeatedly to highlight the significance of the work. The argument implies that the field broadly assumes (or “tacitly” assumes) that the larval body wall glutamate receptor composition extrapolates to all muscles of the fly, including the adult. This reviewer cannot find evidence that this assumption or argument has been explicitly promulgated by others. More likely, others have not examined these muscles directly, and thus, they have not speculated one way or the other.

      The reviewer is correct that we could not find a paper stating explicitly that "the adult NMJ is molecularly identical to the larval NMJ," and we have revised the text to avoid implying that such an explicit claim exists. However, we do argue that larval body-wall findings are routinely presented as properties of "the Drosophila NMJ," "the fly NMJ," or "Drosophila muscle". That unqualified generalization is what has led readers (ourselves included) to extrapolate the canonical larval architecture to the adult.

      Many concrete examples can be found in the literature. He and Dickman (2025, Curr Opin Neurobiol) state that "two subtypes of ionotropic glutamate receptors (GluRs) mediate postsynaptic currents in Drosophila muscle, GluRIIA- and GluRIIB-containing," and describe their regulation by Neto as a general feature of "the fly NMJ". The word "adult" does not appear in the review. Chou et al. (2020, Neural Development) similarly assert that "at the Drosophila NMJ, iGluRs are heterometric tetramers composed of three invariant subunits, GluRIII/GluRIIC, GluRIID, and GluRIIE, as well as one of either GluRIIA or GluRIIB". A highly cited review of these receptors is titled "Glutamate receptors at the Drosophila neuromuscular junction" (DiAntonio, 2006) yet describes only the larval body-wall system, and Harris and Littleton (2015, Genetics) introduce the larval NMJ as "a well-established model glutamatergic synapse" before discussing "the fly NMJ" throughout. Notably, we could not find a review paper about Drosophila neuromuscular control that discussed differences in receptor composition between larval and adult muscles.

      This assumption is related to the genesis of this project, which came about due to the failure of pharmacological tools used in the larva (e.g., philanthotoxin) to block synaptic transmission at adult fly muscles. We (the Tuthill Lab) contacted several principal investigators studying adult fly motor control and within the larval NMJ field (including now co-author Dion Dickman) and asked for advice about why these drugs were not effective in paralyzing leg muscles. Nobody suggested that this could be because adult muscles use different glutamate receptors than the larvae. Indeed, it was only years later when we noticed a high level of GluCl expression in the FlyCellAtlas data that we realized it could be due to differences in receptor expression.

      We agree with the reviewer that adult muscle has rarely been examined directly (Rivlin et al., 2004 being the principal exception, which we cite and now discuss at greater length). Our argument is that this gap has been filled by an untested extrapolation from larvae rather than by data. Of the ~50 papers citing Rivlin et al. (2004), we could not find any that compare glutamate‑receptor subunit expression between larval and adult muscle. Follow‑up work pursued NMJ morphology, remodeling, adhesion molecules, and transporters, leaving the receptor question open.

      Overall, we respectfully disagree with the reviewer that this argument is a strawman, because it reflects our lived experiences as active investigators of adult and larval fly motor control. However, we take the reviewer’s point. We have removed language implying that an explicit model was being overturned, and we now frame the assumption as implicit and not universally held. We note only that the assumption was operative in practice: this project began when pharmacological tools that reliably block transmission at the larval NMJ (e.g., philanthotoxin) failed to paralyze adult leg muscles, and when we consulted colleagues who work on the larval NMJ and adult fly motor control, differences in receptor composition were not among the explanations offered. We recognize this is an anecdote rather than evidence, and we have kept it out of the manuscript.

      (2) Related - to the extent that there has been any tacit assumption about GluRIIC/D/E-anchored receptors being ubiquitous among adult muscles, tacit doubt was raised by Rivilin et al., 2004 (cited by the authors but not as a source of doubt) and by RNAseq datasets like FlyAtlas from 2022 (replicated in Figures s11 and s12). To be clear, the current analysis is better than a bulk transcript analysis from adult tissues. But rather than “overturning” a field or being paradigm-shifting, the current data seem confirmatory of FlyAtlas - and confirmatory of Rivlin et al., 2004, which explicitly concluded that larval and adult NMJs were different

      Rivlin et al. did not examine GluRIIC, D and E, or most of the other glutamate receptor subunits. Nevertheless, we revised the beginning of our Discussion (pg 8) to position our work in the context of their important findings:

      In 2004, Rivlin and colleagues conducted a careful survey of NMJs in seven muscles in the adult Drosophila thorax. They established that adult NMJs are morphologically distinct from larval NMJs, and that GluRIIA and GluRIIB are expressed in muscle-specific subsets, with some muscles mysteriously lacking both. Importantly, they speculated that some adult muscles must be using different glutamate receptor subunits (which were unknown at the time) to build synapses. This problem has remained unexplored for the last two decades.

      As the reviewer requested, we have removed "overturning"/"paradigm-shifting" language throughout. But we respectfully disagree that our analysis is “confirmatory” of the Fly Cell Atlas. The Fly Cell Atlas (Li et al., 2022) does not mention glutamate receptors, or the NMJ, anywhere in its analysis. It is a general single-nucleus transcriptomic resource whose adult-muscle glutamate-receptor content was never extracted, curated, or interpreted. Extracting meaning from the dataset required posing the question, curating the relevant cells and genes, and analyzing them, which is itself a meaningful scientific contribution.

      (3) One can draw expression-level conclusions from these data. But genetic tests (e.g., would clumsy losses of function impair leg muscles?) could help the authors and the field draw stronger conclusions about the roles of some of these glutamate receptor gene products. The current dataset falls short of definitively establishing the function of alternate glutamate receptor modules.

      We intend to perform functional and behavioral experiments with clumsy loss-of-function flies. However, this work will require creation of new genetic reagents and behavioral experiments that make it beyond the scope of this manuscript. We intend to address this important topic in a future paper.

      (4) The confocal synaptic images are of high quality. They are good enough that one could analyze how well Brp directly apposes a specific glutamate receptor subunit for all the associated imaging data underlying Figures S1-S8. No such analysis is done, but understanding what components seem to directly oppose the site of release could lead to better conclusions.

      In all tissues where IIA-E are expressed at the NMJ, the protein localization is directly adjacent to Brp (see representative images in Figure 2B and s5-8). This localization is often clear in single z-slices. We attempted to perform more detailed analyses, like measure the distance between Brp and GluR puncta, but found it very challenging due to the 3D orientation of the NMJ structure. We added a sentence to page 4 of the manuscript describing what we see and the overall similarity of IIA-E localization.

      Overall Assessment and Discussion:

      The data in this study are of high quality, and the results support the main conclusion: adult muscle glutamate receptor clusters do not recapitulate the “canonical” larval body wall clusters. This is important, and the data stand on their own. That is the most important part. This reviewer does have suggestions on how to put the current work in proper context; the current draft appears to overstate the novelty of the findings. Additionally, some sentences need editing for accuracy. None of those concerns impeach the excellent foundational data.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a broad survey of glutamate receptor composition at the neuromuscular junction in Drosophila across developmental stages and muscle types. The topic is clearly important, and the central observation-that adult muscles differ substantially from the canonical larval NMJ-is interesting and potentially impactful. The dataset is extensive and will likely be of value to the community. However, in my view, there are significant limitations in how the data are generated and interpreted, which at present reduce the strength of the conclusions.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses a relevant and timely question and provides a large and systematic dataset. The finding that adult muscles diverge from larval NMJ organization is compelling and challenges a widely held assumption in the field. The breadth of approaches, including genetic reporters, immunohistochemistry, endogenous tagging, and transcriptomic data, is, in principle, a strong aspect of the work and allows for a broad overview of receptor expression across tissues and developmental stages. Even in its current form, the manuscript provides useful descriptive information that will be of interest to the community.

      Weaknesses:

      A major concern is the reliance on a heterogeneous combination of detection methods (GAL4 reporters, antibody staining, endogenous tagging, and RNA), which are treated largely as equivalent lines of evidence. These approaches differ substantially in what they measure and in their sensitivity and specificity. While convergence across methods can in principle be convincing, here this convergence is often inferred from the shared absence of signal. This is problematic because all methods used are susceptible to false negatives for different reasons. As a result, the repeated conclusion that specific GluR subunits are “absent” from adult muscles, including those previously considered essential, is not fully justified by the data presented.

      This issue is not only theoretical. The manuscript itself seemingly contains examples where methods disagree, demonstrating that detection is incomplete and method-dependent. These discrepancies could be better integrated into the interpretation. Instead, negative results across methods are often taken as strong evidence for absence, which overstates the certainty of the findings.

      In addition, antibody validation appears to rely largely on prior work in larval tissue. Given the structural and biochemical differences in adult muscles, it is not clear that staining performance is equivalent, particularly in cases where the signal is weak or undetected. This further complicates the interpretation of negative results.

      More generally, the manuscript moves in several places from descriptive observations to functional or mechanistic implications that are not directly supported. The suggestion that adult muscles operate with fundamentally different receptor assemblies is intriguing, but remains speculative without functional validation. At a minimum, the distinction between observation and interpretation should be made more explicit.

      I thus think that the current conclusions need to be more carefully constrained. Ideally, the study would be strengthened by at least one functional experiment, such as electrophysiological recordings from adult NMJs or perturbation of candidate receptors like GluClα or Clumsy. This would help to anchor the expression data in synaptic function.

      We thank the reviewer for a careful and constructive critique. We agree that inference from the absence of signal requires caution, and we have revised both the wording and the framing of the manuscript substantially in response. We would also like to draw attention to a feature of our dataset that we did not previously make explicit, and which we believe speaks directly to the core concern: a number of our negative results are internally controlled by positive signal from the same reagent, in the same tissue, in the same preparation.

      (i) In the adult femur, anti-GluRIIB labels NMJs on tibia extensor fibers but not on accessory tibia flexor fibers within the same bisected femur, processed, stained, and imaged together (Figure 3C-D).

      (ii) Anti-GluRIIC shows the reciprocal pattern in the same preparations (Figure 3E-F). The failure to detect GluRIIC in the tibia extensor therefore cannot be attributed to a general failure of that antibody in adult tissue, to fixation, or to reagent penetration, because the same antibody labels NMJs tens of microns away in the same section.

      (iii) In indirect flight muscle, where we detected none of the five GluRII subunits, we reliably detected Brp, Neto-β::sfGFP, and GluClα:V5 at and around NMJs in the same preparations (Figures 2B, 2D, 4C). Reagent access, epitope preservation, and NMJ identification are therefore all demonstrated in the same tissue where our negative results are strongest.

      These controls do not exclude the possibility that receptors are present below our detection threshold, and we have accordingly replaced "absent" with "not detected" throughout the manuscript. They do, however, argue that the muscle-specific differences we report reflect genuine biological variation rather than method failure. We have added a paragraph to the Discussion making this argument explicitly, alongside a new paragraph describing the discrepancies between methods, and we have added a description of antibody validation to the Methods.

      In summary, this is an interesting and potentially important study, but the current manuscript somewhat overinterprets heterogeneous and partly indirect evidence. It will already be useful in its present form, but could be more convincing if the authors more rigorously account for methodological limitations and moderate their claims accordingly.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The Sustar et al. manuscript catalogs glutamate receptor composition across distinct Drosophila NMJs: larval and adult abdominal NMJs, as well as NMJs on adult leg and flight muscles. This work is important and probably overdue. The larval NMJ is the exemplar NMJ in this system, and the identity of “essential” and “alternative” subunits at this stage is assumed by many to hold across developmental stages and NMJ types. Here, the authors show that there is surprising diversification among NMJ types and that the notion of essential/alternative subunits only holds true at larval NMJs.

      The study will generate interest in the Clumsy GluR subunit, which has not been well-characterized at all, but is widely expressed at adult NMJs. They also find striking extrasynaptic expression of glutamate-gated chloride channel GluRClalpha in adult leg and flight muscles, raising questions about its role. The study is interesting, logical, and well-written. The figures are clear, and the discussion was particularly thoughtful. I have a couple of comments that the authors could consider.

      (1) They cite Rivlin et al., (2004) in the Introduction as the sole previous study to investigate the molecular composition of adult NMJs, but do not mention this work again. In the Discussion, it would be helpful to compare/contrast their finding with those of the earlier work.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have revised the beginning of our Discussion (pg. 8) to position our work in the context of Rivlin et al.’s important findings.

      (2) Were these analyses done in adults of consistent ages? It seems possible that the GluR subunit composition could be different in very young adults or in aged flies. The age of the animals should be mentioned in the Methods.

      Thank you for noticing this gap. We added age of flies to the Methods section, including the important detail that in cases where we failed to detect any GAL4 signal (e.g., GluRIID-GAL4), we additionally imaged very young and very old flies (0-2 hours old and 20-day-old). It did not change the results.

      (3) The broad expression of GluCl:V5 in adult leg and flight muscles is surprisingly robust and appears to light up the edges of all muscle fibers. Would the authors comment on the controls that were done to ensure that this staining is real and specific to animals carrying that V5 endogenous tag?

      We added a sentence to the results section (pg 8) to highlight the V5 negative staining controls that are shown in Figure s15.

      (4) The snRNAseq data in Figure S12 differ a bit from the IHC/GAL4 data summarized in the table in Figure 2. In particular, the data suggests that Ukar and Grik are widely expressed in adult muscles. Is there a reason not to include an “snRNA seq” column in Figure 2 alongside the data from GAL4 lines and IHC? To my mind, it is about as reliable as GAL4 lines that often capture only a subset of the full expression pattern. In this case, the snRNAseq data suggest that Ukar/Grik are likely at adult flight muscle NMJs, which might be important since NMJ was negative for everything except Neto-beta by IHC.

      We liked your suggestion to put these data together in one figure, and we tried to incorporate this during our revisions. However, because of the difficulty of combining multiple types of data into one table, we ultimately decided to keep them separate to avoid any confusion. The GAL4 analysis is qualitative (no expression, weak expression, strong expression) in percent of muscles. The RNA-seq data is quantitative and measured in fraction of muscle cells. Figure s13 now shows RNA-seq results in a table format that is parallel to the table with GAL4 results in Figure 2.

      We also added a paragraph to the end of the discussion to mull several discrepancies in results (e.g. Grik and Ukar) when using different methods.

      We did observe some discrepancies across the different experimental approaches. For GAL4 reporter lines, we used T2A gene trap lines where possible (for 15 of the 16 GluR genes) to determine receptor expression. However, some of these reporters were extremely weak and may have resulted in false negatives. For example, we did not detect Grik-GAL4 or Ukar-GAL4 expression in any tissue (Figure 2C), despite RNA-seq evidence that these are expressed robustly in adult muscles (Figures s11, s12). We do not have antibodies or protein reporters for these genes to help resolve this. Another discrepancy was with GluRIIE. In this case, antibody staining and RNA-seq did not detect GluRIIE in flight muscles (Figures s8, s11), while the GAL4>GFP reporter showed extremely faint signal in the flight muscles. Because of the marginal signal and the discrepancy with the other methods, we believe this could likely be a false positive. The table in Figure 2 does not effectively capture the nuance of this otherwise confusing result. Overall, however, we found that results from different approaches generally agreed and revealed intriguing differences between different muscle types.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Most of these recommendations are for text edits. Where experiments are noted (#8 and #9 below), they could be helpful, but they are not essential because the study has value as is.

      (1) It would be appropriate to scrub the entire manuscript of statements that say that the work is overturning an incorrect model about larval GluRII receptor tetramers working the same way in adult muscles. First, it is not necessary. But more importantly, by this reviewer’s reading, there is not an explicit model promoted by others that the larval body wall findings extrapolate to other muscles. The better way to frame the work is to state that it clearly shows the field has a lot of work to do to properly characterize glutamate receptor composition and function in Drosophila adults. Places in the text that the authors should edit include:

      - “...challenging assumptions about the uniformity of neuromuscular function” (Abstract)

      We deleted this clause.

      - “...it is often tacitly assumed...This extrapolation overlooks...during metamorphosis.” (Introduction)

      New wording: … “…it has commonly been assumed…” (Abstract) and “…we and others assumed…” (Intro)

      - “(With one notable exception, Rivlin et al., 2004)” (Introduction). This reference deserves more than an obscure parenthetical because it explicitly concluded that larval and adult NMJs differ.

      As described above, we revised the beginning of our Discussion (pg 8) to position our work in the context of Rivlin et al.’s important findings.

      In 2004, Rivlin and colleagues conducted a careful survey of NMJs in seven muscles in the adult Drosophila thorax. They established that adult NMJs are morphologically distinct from larval NMJs, and that GluRIIA and GluRIIB are expressed in muscle-specific subsets, with some muscles mysteriously lacking both. Importantly, they speculated that some adult muscles must be using different glutamate receptor subunits (which were unknown at the time) to build synapses. This problem has remained unexplored for the last two decades.

      - “Collectively, these results overturn the assumption of NMJ uniformity...” (Introduction)

      New wording: Collectively, these results reveal a diversity in NMJ composition”

      - “Our findings challenge the assumption...” (Conclusions)

      We deleted this clause.

      (2) (Related) The authors quibble in a couple of places that the GluRIIC/D/E subunits have been “previously considered essential for viability and NMJ function.” This reviewer’s understanding of those subunits has always been that they are essential for life, and indeed, they are essential because null mutants arrest as embryos. The places where the text seems to combine viability and NMJ function (including the Abstract) as incorrectly assigned roles for these subunits, should be more carefully edited. This reviewer agrees with the “NMJ function” conclusion since the authors are considering so many NMJs. Viability still holds.

      We agree with the reviewer, and we thank them for catching an imprecision that recurred throughout the manuscript. GluRIIC, GluRIID, and GluRIIE are essential for viability, and nothing in our data contradicts that conclusion.

      We think the point we were trying to make is narrower and sharper when stated precisely. Null mutants for these subunits arrest as embryos — that is, they die before the adult leg and flight muscles are formed. Those experiments therefore established a requirement for viability and for larval NMJ function, but they could not, in principle, have tested whether the same subunits are required at NMJs that arise only during pupal development. Our data do not revise the viability conclusion. They show that the subunit requirement established at the larval body-wall NMJ does not generalize to every NMJ in the animal.

      We have decoupled "viability" from "NMJ function" throughout the manuscript (Abstract, Introduction, Discussion) and have added a sentence to the Discussion making the developmental logic explicit:

      Importantly, because these mutants die before metamorphosis, these experiments established a requirement for viability and for larval NMJ function, but could not test whether the same subunits are required at adult NMJs, which are formed during pupal development.

      (3) “...the physiology and molecular architecture of adult fly NMJs remain largely unexplored...” The authors cite the Rivilin paper that examined the prothorax. But physiology has certainly been examined at DLMs as well as proboscis NMJs.

      As the manuscript says on page 2, the topic is largely unexplored compared to the larva. The Rivlin paper is an excellent contribution but was conducted over 20 years ago with more limited genetic reagents. There were also no follow-up studies. In the same amount of time, over 1000 papers have been published regarding the Drosophila larval NMJ.

      The reviewer is correct that physiology has been performed in adult DLMs and proboscis muscles. These studies, however, have focused on other biological questions and did not investigate the makeup of the NMJ or manipulate glutamate receptors with pharmacology or genetic tools. Our study reveals the need for such experiments.

      (4) “Surprisingly, we found that none of the primary GluRII subunits was strongly expressed in adult indirect flight muscles...” This sentence was difficult to parse when simultaneously examining the large dot for GluRIIE-Gal4 in the IFMs (Figure 2C), until the realization that the blank IHC result was driving the conclusion (no expression). The authors may want to delineate Gal4 vs. IHC for each dataset to avoid confusion for readers.

      We agree with the reviewer that this result is confusing. GluRIIE-GAL4 expression was a case in which a dot in the table didn’t capture the subtlety of the result. The GluRIIE-GAL4 was expressed very faintly in the IFM, to a degree that we almost called it negative.

      We added a paragraph to the Discussion in which we reflect on some data discrepancies:

      We did observe some discrepancies across the different experimental approaches. For GAL4 reporter lines, we used T2A gene trap lines where possible (for 15 of the 16 GluR genes) to determine receptor expression. However, some of these reporters were extremely weak and may have resulted in false negatives. For example, we did not detect Grik-GAL4 or Ukar-GAL4 expression in any tissue (Figure 2C), despite RNA-seq evidence that these are expressed robustly in adult muscles (Figures s11, s12). We do not have antibodies or protein reporters for these genes to help resolve this. Another discrepancy was with GluRIIE. In this case, antibody staining and RNA-seq did not detect GluRIIE in flight muscles (Figures s8, s11), while the GAL4>GFP reporter showed extremely faint signal in the flight muscles. Because of the marginal signal and the discrepancy with the other methods, we believe this could likely be a false positive. The table in Figure 2 does not effectively capture the nuance of this otherwise confusing result. Overall, however, we found that results from different approaches generally agreed and revealed intriguing differences between different muscle types.

      (5) “GluClalpha in adult muscles establishes the molecular identity of inhibitory glutamate responses described decades ago in other insects...” This reviewer really likes this idea. But the current data fall far short of the conclusion in this sentence.

      You are correct. We tempered this statement to “The identification of extrasynaptic GluClα in adult muscles establishes a possible mechanism for inhibitory glutamate responses described decades ago […]”

      (6) “One past study (Han et al., 2015) explored many combinations....” Nothing in this sentence is untrue. This reviewer just wanted to point out that one interesting observation from the Han paper was that an A/E combination alone yielded significant function in the heterologous system. To the extent that A and B have been described as competitive for the same C/D/E core, it is not a stretch to imagine that a B/E combination would have significant function, just like A/E. Or B/D/E as well.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation, which we think materially strengthens the plausibility of our interpretation, and we have incorporated it into the Discussion. Han et al. (2015) found that GluRIIA and GluRIIE together were sufficient to reconstitute functional receptors in a heterologous system, without GluRIIC or GluRIID. Because GluRIIA and GluRIIB are thought to compete for the same position within the tetramer, there is no obvious reason a GluRIIB/IIE or GluRIIB/IID/IIE complex should not also be functional. This provides a concrete precedent for exactly the kind of non-canonical combinations our expression data imply — for example, GluRIIB in the absence of detectable GluRIIC in tibia extensor fibers. We have added the following to the Discussion (p. 9):

      Notably, Han et al. (2015) found that GluRIIA and GluRIIE alone were sufficient to reconstitute functional receptors, without GluRIIC or GluRIID. Because GluRIIA and GluRIIB are thought to occupy the same position within the tetramer, this raises the possibility that GluRIIB-containing complexes lacking GluRIIC — such as the GluRIIB/IID/IIE combination implied by our data in the tibia extensor — could likewise be functional. Neto-β, which is required for receptor gating and synaptic clustering (Han et al., 2024; Kim et al., 2012), is expressed at all adult NMJs we examined (Figures 2D, 3B), so the auxiliary subunit requirement for such complexes would be satisfied. Direct tests of these subunit combinations by heterologous reconstitution are an important next step.

      (7) GluClalpha roles: The idea of a negative feedback controller is a good one. An alternative idea can be gleaned from the NMJ anatomy of circuits like the Mauthner Cell Escape Circuit in zebrafish. In that circuit, the fish have excitatory connections on some muscles and simultaneous control of inhibitory connections wired for other muscles to enable fast changes of direction.

      We thank the reviewer for this interesting comparison. We think the Mauthner arrangement is unlikely to apply here, for two reasons. First, GluClα appears to be expressed broadly across the leg and flight muscles we examined, rather than in a subset complementary to the excitatory receptors. Second, and more importantly, GluClα is extrasynaptic: it is distributed along the periphery of the muscle fiber and is not apposed to Brp-positive active zones (Figure 4C-D). Target-specific inhibitory transmission of the kind used in the Mauthner circuit requires inhibitory receptors positioned at synapses, whereas the localization we observe is better suited to tonic or slowly varying modulation of muscle excitability. We have added a sentence to the Discussion making this distinction, since the reviewer's question is one that readers will also have. And add to the manuscript, at the end of the GluClα hypothesis paragraph in the Discussion:

      We note that this arrangement differs from circuits in which excitatory and inhibitory transmission are targeted to different muscles to produce rapid directional control, as in the Mauthner cell escape circuit of larval zebrafish. While most arthropods possess GABAergic motor neurons that directly inhibit leg muscles, holometabolous insects such as Drosophila do not (Witten and Truman, 1998). And because GluClα is extrasynaptic rather than apposed to active zones, it is unlikely to support fast, target-specific inhibitory transmission.

      Two optional experimental suggestions:

      (8) The authors’ findings with Clumsy expression along with Clumsy message expression in the FlyAtlas RNAseq datasets - and finally, the unpublished work on Clumsy - all collectively suggest that it is a great target for adult knockdown. It is not required, but the authors’ conclusions would be bolstered if they were to test RNAi against Clumsy in chosen adult NMJs and check behavior (e.g., walking?) for defects.

      We intend to perform functional and behavioral experiments with clumsy loss-of-function flies. However, this work will require creation of new genetic reagents and behavioral experiments that make it beyond the scope of this manuscript. We intend to address this in a future paper.

      (9) The confocal synaptic images are of high quality. They are good enough that one could analyze how well Brp directly apposes a specific glutamate receptor subunit for all the associated imaging data underlying Figures S1-S8. No such analysis is done, but understanding what components seem to directly oppose the site of release could lead to better conclusions.

      In all tissues where IIA-E are expressed at the NMJ, the protein localization is directly adjacent to Brp (see representative images in Figure 2B and s5-8). This localization is often clear in single z-slices. We attempted to perform more detailed analyses, like measure the distance between Brp and GluR puncta, but found it very challenging due to the 3D orientation of the NMJ structure. We added a sentence to page 4 of the manuscript describing what we see and the overall similarity of IIA-E localization.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors should revise the wording throughout to more clearly distinguish between “absence” and “not detected,” in particular for statements regarding GluRII subunits in adult muscles. In the current form, some claims appear stronger than supported by the methods.

      Thank you for this important suggestion. We replaced “absence” with “not detected” throughout the manuscript. We also note this distinction explicitly in the Discussion.

      It would also improve clarity if the different experimental approaches (GAL4, antibody staining, tagging, RNA-seq) were presented more explicitly separated, rather than combined into a single readout. This would allow a better assessment of the evidence.

      We have kept the Results organized by finding rather than by technique, because the majority of our results were concordant across approaches and a technique-by-technique presentation would fragment each biological conclusion across four sections. However, we agree that the evidence should be separable by the reader, and it now is: Figure 2C reports GAL4 and IHC in separate columns, Figure s13 presents the RNA-seq results in a parallel table format, and the new Discussion paragraph identifies each case in which the methods disagreed and states which result we consider likely to be a false positive or false negative. Where a single method underlies a conclusion, we now say so in the text.

      The discrepancies between methods (e.g., RNA-seq vs GAL4 expression) should be discussed more directly, and the possibility of false negatives, especially for antibody staining in adult tissue, should be acknowledged more clearly.

      Thank you. Other reviewers also noticed this weakness of our manuscript, and as noted above, we added a paragraph in the discussion to highlight several important discrepancies in methods and possibilities of false positives.

      A functional experiment is not strictly required, but would clearly strengthen the manuscript. For example, electrophysiology at adult NMJs or perturbation of candidate receptors (e.g., GluClα or Clumsy) would help to link expression to function.

      We intend to perform functional and behavioral experiments with clumsy loss-of-function flies. However, this work will require creation of new genetic reagents and behavioral experiments that make it beyond the scope of this manuscript. These experiments and the accompanying behavioral analysis will form a separate study, which will be the foundation of a future paper.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This fundamental study is part of an impressive, large-scale effort to assess the reproducibility of published findings in the field of Drosophila immunity. In a companion article, the authors analyze 400 papers published between 1959 and 2011, and assess how many of the claims in these papers have been tested in subsequent publications. In this article, the authors report the results of validation experiments to assess a subset of the claims that, according to the literature, have not been corroborated. While the evidence reported for some of these validation studies is convincing, it remains incomplete for others.

      We thank the reviewers for their careful assessment of our manuscript. We are fully aware that this review process required a substantial investment of time and effort, and we are deeply grateful for their engagement. We also thank the eLife editors for enabling an open and constructive evaluation process of the highest standard.

      We fully agree with the eLife assessment, including the concluding statement highlighting the limitations of our analysis. We also concur with most of the reviewers’ comments, which we have addressed in detail in the revised manuscript. Addressing these comments required extensive additional work, which explains the duration of the revision. This period was also valuable in allowing colleagues from the Drosophila community to provide feedback on our study, including identifying potential issues—for instance regarding SR-C1—that we have carefully re-examined.

      Major revisions include the addition of new experimental data in the sections on Hemese, SR-C1, Sphinx1/2, and Caspar. These results largely confirm our initial conclusions, with the exception of SR-C1. We have therefore revised our interpretation of SR-C1, confirming earlier findings that it promotes bacterial binding, while maintaining that it does not function as a major phagocytic receptor. A table with new list of new reagents has been added at the end of the supplement (Table Supplement S4). We also add a comment on the fact that mutation in the serine protease MP1 (work from B.L.) does not affect wound melanization as initially proposed (Tang et al., 2006).

      One final point: our study assesses replicability using alternative experimental approaches, and we cannot exclude the possibility that our conclusions may be inaccurate. This limitation is inherent to all reproducibility studies. Nonetheless, our work should encourage the community to exercise caution when interpreting certain previous claims, some of which have become widely accepted.

      We thank the reviewers and editors for their constructive input, which has significantly improved the manuscript. At this stage, we are ready to proceed toward a version of record together with the eLife assessment (which may still evolve). We continue to believe that our reproducibility project is unique in its scope and depth. It not only provides quantitative insight into replicability (See companion article)—suggesting that replication rates may be higher in certain fields, consistent with the maturation of knowledge over recent decades—but also contributes to clarifying and refining a number of statements within the field. Although aware of the cost of assessing reproducibility (hard work for articles that are not quoted and statements that are not taking in account), I consider it as one of my most important and original works.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work revisits a substantial part of the published literature in the field of Drosophila innate immunity from 1959 to 2011. The strategy has been to restrain the analysis to some 400 articles and then to extract a main claim, two to four major claims and up to four minor claims totaling some 2000 claims overall. The consistency of these claims with the current state-of the-art has been evaluated and reported on a dedicated Web site known as ReproSci and also in the text as well as in the 28 Supplements that report experimental verification, direct or indirect, e.g., using novel null mutants unavailable at the time, of a selected set of claims made in several articles. Of note, this review is mostly limited to the manuscript and its associated supplements and does not integrally cover the ReproSci website.

      Strengths:

      One major strength of this article is that it tackles the issue of reproducibility/consistency on a large scale. Indeed, while many investigators have some serious doubts about some results found in the literature, few have the courage, or the means and time, to seriously challenge studies, especially if published by leaders in the field. The Discussion adequately states the major limitations of the ReproSci approach, which should be kept in mind by the reader to form their own opinion.

      This study also allows investigators not familiar with the field to have a clearer understanding of the questions at stake and to derive a more coherent global picture that allows them to better frame their own scientific questions. Besides a thorough and up-to-date knowledge of the literature used to assess the consistency of the claims with our current knowledge, a merit of this study is the undertaking of independent experiments to address some puzzling findings and the evidence presented is often convincing, albeit one should keep in mind the inherent limitations as several parameters are difficult to control, especially in the field of infections, as underlined by the authors themselves. Importantly, some work of the lead author has also been re-evaluated (Supplements S2-S4). Thus, while utmost caution should be exerted, and often is, in challenging claims, even if the challenge eventually proves to be not grounded, it is valuable to point out potential controversial issues to the scientific community.

      While this is not a point of this review, it should be acknowledged that the possibility to post comments on the ReproSci website will allow further readjustments by the community in the appreciation of the literature and also of the ReproSci assessments themselves and of its complementary additional experiments.

      We praise the reviewer for this assessment of our project

      Weaknesses:

      Challenging the results from articles is, by its very nature, a highly sensitive issue, and utmost care should be taken when challenging claims. While the authors generally acknowledge the limitations of their approach in the main text and Supplements, there are a few instances where their challenges remain questionable and should be reassessed. This is certainly the case for Supplement S18, for which the ReproSci authors make a claim for a point that was not made in the publication under scrutiny. The authors of that study (Ramet et al., Immunity, 2001) never claimed that scavenger receptor SR-CI is a phagocytosis receptor, but that it is required for optimal binding of S2 cells to bacteria. Westlake et al. here have tested for a role of this scavenger receptor in phagocytosis, which had not been tested by Ramet et al. Thus, even though the ReproSci study brings additional knowledge to our understanding of the function of SR-CI by directly testing its involvement in phagocytosis by larval hemocytes, it did not address the major point of the Ramet et al. study, SR-CI binding to bacteria, and thus inappropriately concludes in Supplement S18 that "Contrary to (Ramet et al., 2001, Saleh et al., 2006), we find that SR-CI is unlikely to be a major Drosophila phagocytic receptor for bacteria in vivo." It follows that the results of Ramet et al. cannot be challenged by ReproSci as it did not address this program. Of note, Saleh et al. (2006) also mistakenly stated that SR-CI impaired phagocytosis in S2 cells and could be used as a positive control to monitor phagocytosis in S2 cells. Their assay appears to have actually not monitored phagocytosis but the association of FITC-labeled bacteria to S2 cells by FACS, as they did not mention quenching the fluorescence of bacteria associated with the surface with Trypan blue.

      We have revised our evaluation of Sr-C1, as we acknowledge that we did not initially read Rämet et al. carefully. We incorrectly assumed that this study demonstrated a role for SR-C1 in phagocytosis, whereas it actually reports a defect in binding only. We have updated our assessment of SR-C1, validating the results from Rämet et al., 2001. We still mention our results on phagocytosis (See below for more information).

      The inference method to assess the consistency of results with current knowledge also has limitations that should be better acknowledged. At times, the argument is made that the gene under scrutiny may not be expressed at the right time according to large-scale data or that the gene product was not detected in the hemolymph by a mass-spectrometry approach. While being in theory strong arguments, some genes, for instance, those encoding proteases at the apex of proteolytic activation cascades, need not necessarily be strongly expressed and might be released by a few cells. In addition, we are often lacking relevant information on the expression of genes of interest upon specific immune challenges such as infections with such and such pathogens.

      The pattern of expression is always used as an element supporting our assessment but never as the central point of decision (See below for more information).

      As regards mass spectrometry, there is always the issue of sensitivity that limits the force of the argument. Our understanding of melanization remains currently limited, and methods are lacking to accurately measure the killing activity associated with the triggering of the proPO activation cascade. In this study, the authors monitor only the blackening reaction of the wound site based on a semi-quantitative measurement. They are not attempting to use other assays, such as monitoring the cleavage of proPOs into active POs or measuring PO enzymatic activity. These techniques are sometimes difficult to implement, and they suffer at times from variability. Thus, caution should be exerted when drawing conclusions from just monitoring the melanization of wounds.

      We employed approaches similar to those used in the original studies under evaluation. However, we acknowledge that our analysis primarily relied on cuticular melanization, which is more straightforward to monitor. We have revised the manuscript to clarify this limitation, particularly in the case of PGRP-LE.

      Likewise, the study of phagocytosis is limited by several factors. As most studies in the field focus on adults, the potential role of phagocytosis in controlling Gram-negative bacterial infections is often masked by the efficiency of the strong IMD-mediated systemic immune response mediated by AMPs (Hanson et al, eLife, 2019). This problem can be bypassed in rare instances of intestinal infections by Gram-negative bacteria such as Serratia marcescens (Nehme et al., PLoS Pathogens, 2007) or Pseudomonas aeruginosa (Limmer et al. PNAS, 2011), which escape from the digestive tract into the hemocoel without triggering, at least initially, the systemic immune response. It is technically feasible to monitor bacterial uptake in adults by injecting fluorescently labeled bacteria and subsequently quenching the signal from noningested bacteria. Nonetheless, many investigators prefer to resort to ex vivo assays starting from hemocytes collected from third-instar wandering larvae as they are easier to collect and then to analyze, e.g., by FACS. However, it should be pointed out that these hemocytes have been strongly exposed to a peak of ecdysone, which may alter their properties. Like for S2 cells, it is thus not clear whether third-instar larval hemocytes faithfully reproduce the situation in adults. The phagocytic assays are often performed with killed bacteria. Evidence with live microorganisms is better, especially with pathogens. Assays with live bacteria require however, an antibody used in a differential permeabilization protocol. Furthermore, the killing method alters the surface of the microorganisms, a key property for phagocytic uptake. Bacterial surface changes are minimal when microorganisms are killed by X-ray or UV light. These limitations should be kept in mind when proceeding to inference analysis of the consistency of claims. Eater illustrates this point well. Westlake et al. state that:" [...] subsequent studies showed that a null mutation of eater does not impact phagocytosis". The authors refer here to Bretscher et al., Biology Open, 2015, in which binding to heat-killed E. coli was assessed in an ex vivo assay in third instar larvae. In contrast, Chung and Kocks (JBC, 2011) tested whether the recombinant extracellular N-terminal ligand-binding domain was able to bind to bacteria. They found that this domain binds to live Gram-positive bacteria but not to live Gram-negative bacteria. For the latter, killing bacteria with ethanol or heating, but not by formaldehyde treatment, allowed binding. More importantly, Chung and Kocks documented a complex picture in which AMPs may be needed to permeabilize the Gram-negative bacterial cell wall that would then allow access of at least the recombinant secreted Eater extracellular domain to peptidoglycan or peptidoglycan-associated molecules. Thus, the systemic Imd-dependent immune response would be required in vivo to allow Eater-dependent uptake of Gram-negative bacteria by adult hemocytes. In ex vivo assays, any AMPs may be diluted too much to effectively attack the bacterial membrane. A prediction is then that there should be an altered phagocytosis of Gramnegative bacteria in IMD-pathway mutants, e.g., an imd null mutant but not the hypomorphic imd[1] allele. This could easily be tested by ReproSci using the adult phagocytosis assay used by Kocks et al, Cell, 2005. At the very least, the part on the role of Eater in phagocytosis should take the Chung &Kocks study into account, and the conclusions modulated.

      We agree that experimental conditions can always influence the outcome and may partly explain discrepancies in reproducibility. However, our approach is based on conceptual replication, with the aim of testing the generalizability of the original findings rather than reproducing them under identical conditions. We often used approaches quite similar to the initial statements.

      In the case of Eater, our results challenge the conclusion from Kocks et al. that phagocytosis of Gram-negative bacteria is impaired in the absence of Eater, as this was not confirmed when using null eater mutants. Nevertheless, our data support the idea that Eater contributes to the phagocytosis of Gram-negative bacteria, likely in cooperation with NimC1.

      Importantly, our findings are fully consistent with those of Chung and Knocks, who showed that the extracellular domain of Eater binds Gram-positive but not Gram-negative bacteria. Therefore, our work refines a specific aspect of the original conclusion, without questioning the overall significance of the initial Eater studies.

      Another point is that some mutant phenotypes may be highly sensitive to the genetic background, for instance, even after isogenization in two different backgrounds. In the framework of a Reproducibility project, there might be no other option for such cases than direct reproduction of the experiment as relying solely on inference may not be reliable enough.

      With respect to the experimental part, some minor weaknesses have been noted. The authors rely on survival to infection experiments, but often do not show any control experiments with mock-challenged or noninfected mutant fly lines. In some cases, monitoring the microbial burden would have strengthened the evidence. For long survival experiments, a check on the health status of the lines (viral microbiota, Wolbachia) would have been welcome. Also, the experimental validation of reagents, RNAi lines, or KO lines is not documented in all cases.

      We thank the reviewer for their careful and constructive assessment. We agree with most of the points raised and have revised the manuscript accordingly. In particular, we have softened the wording throughout to make our evaluation less abrupt. We have also added a dedicated section on limitations at the end of the manuscript, highlighting potential sources of bias and the inherent constraints of our reproducibility approach.

      In addition, we have expanded the description of the tools used and the validation of the RNAi experiments (see below). We consider it unlikely that factors such as Wolbachia or Nora virus significantly affect our conclusions, as our assays rely on short-term survival experiments, whereas these variables are more likely to influence ageing-related phenotypes. That said, we fully acknowledge that unrecognized parameters—such as environmental conditions (e.g., humidity), which we did not systematically control—could contribute to discrepancies. This limitation, however, applies broadly to most attempts at experimental reproduction.

      More generally, many of the claims we challenge have not been revisited for over a decade. Our inability to validate some of them suggests that the underlying biology may be more complex than initially proposed. We recognize that some of our conclusions may be incorrect, and it would be surprising if all were entirely accurate. At the same time, reproducibility studies often face an asymmetry in standards of evidence, whereby contradicting a published claim requires a higher burden of proof than establishing it. We believe it is important to document and share such discrepancies. We also explicitly acknowledge in the revised manuscript that the ReproSci framework itself may contain errors. Even if a significant proportion of our assessments are not correct, we believe this work contributes meaningfully to clarifying ongoing debates in the field for most of them.

      Finally, since the launch of the website, we have received three comments from the community—one addressing a major claim (Sr-C1) and two addressing more minor points— which have led us to refine our conclusions. The limited feedback we received suggest a broad agreement of the community with our assessment. It illustrates the value of maintaining an open, community-driven resource. The public and evolving nature of the project is, in our view, a key strength.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present an ambitious and large-scale reproducibility analysis of 400 articles on Drosophila immunity published before 2011. They extract major and minor claims from each article, assess their verifiability through literature comparison and, when possible, through targeted experimental re-testing, and synthesize their findings in an openly accessible online database. The goal is to provide clarity to the community regarding claims that have been contradicted, incompletely supported, or insufficiently followed up in the literature, and to foster broader community participation in evaluating historical findings. The manuscript summarizes the major insights emerging from this systematic effort.

      Strengths:

      (1) Novelty and community value: This work represents a rare example of a systematic, transparent, and community-facing reproducibility project in a specific research domain. The creation of a dedicated public platform for disseminating and discussing these assessments is particularly innovative.

      (2) Breadth and depth: The authors analyze an impressive number of publications spanning multiple decades, and they couple literature-based assessments with new experimental data where follow-up is missing.

      (3) Clarity of purpose: The manuscript carefully distinguishes between assessing evidential support for claims and judging the scientific merit of historical work. This helps frame the project as constructive rather than punitive.

      (4) Metascientific relevance: The analysis identifies methodological and contextual factors that commonly underlie irreproducible claims, providing a useful guide for future study design and interpretation.

      (5) Transparency: Supplementary datasets and the public website provide an exceptional degree of openness, which should facilitate community engagement and further refinement.

      We praise the reviewer for this assessment of our project.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Subjectivity in selection: Despite the authors' efforts, the choice of which papers and claims to highlight cannot be entirely objective. This is an inherent limitation of any retrospective curation effort, but it remains important to acknowledge explicitly.

      We have added a section at the end of the discussion to discuss the limitation of our study.

      (2) Emphasis on irreproducible claims: The manuscript focuses primarily on claims that are challenged or found to be weakly supported. While understandable from the perspective of novelty, this emphasis may risk overshadowing the value of claims that are well supported and reproducible.

      We have added two sentences at the end of the introduction and at the beginning of the discussion that most claims are reproducible.

      (3) Framing and language: Certain passages could benefit from more neutral phrasing and avoidance of binary terms such as "correct" or "incorrect," in keeping with the open-ended and iterative nature of scientific progress.

      We have carefully checked the phrasing of our article to be more nuanced and avoid black-and-white assessments.

      (4) Community interaction with the dataset: While the website is an excellent resource, the manuscript could further clarify how the community is expected to contribute, challenge, or refine the annotations, especially given the large volume of supplementary data.

      This point is already addressed in the revised sentence: “We hope that the community accessible website will encourage researchers to share their perspectives and contribute data from diverse sources, thereby improving objectivity.” In addition, we have proactively engaged with principal investigators to motivate them to contribute to this effort by sharing unpublished results and information. However, it remains unclear to what extent scientists are genuinely interested in reproducibility, as has been noted in other studies on the topic. For example, articles that challenge previous findings are often under-cited, and the presence of contradictory evidence does not necessarily prevent researchers from continuing to cite the original claims. This is clearly a challenge of reproducibility study. Comments, evidence and corrections will not be integrated in the ReproSci website. We have already updated this database when revising this article and will continue to do it.

      (5) Minor inconsistency: The manuscript states that papers from 1959-2011 were included, but the Methods section mentions a range beginning in 1940.

      This should be aligned for clarity.

      We have solved this discrepancy by correcting the method section. This should be 1959-2011. Thank you for spotting this mistake.

      Impact and significance:

      This contribution is likely to have a meaningful impact on both the Drosophila immunity community and the broader scientific ecosystem. It highlights methodological pitfalls, encourages transparent post-publication evaluation, and offers a reusable framework that other fields could adopt. The work also has pedagogical value for early-career researchers entering the field, who often struggle to navigate contradictory or outdated claims. By centralizing and contextualizing these discussions, the manuscript should help accelerate more robust and reproducible research.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this ambitious study, the authors set out to analyse the validity of a number of claims, both minor and major, from 400 published articles within the field of Drosophila immunity that were published before 2011. The authors were able to determine initially if claims were supported by comparing them to other published literature in the field and, if required, by experimentally testing 'unchallenged' claims that had not been followed up in subsequent published literature. Using this approach, the authors identified a number of claims that had contradictory evidence using new methods or taking into account developments within the field post-initial publication. They put their findings on a publicly available website designed to enable the research community to assess published work within the field with greater clarity.

      Strengths:

      The work presented is rigorous and methodical, the data presentation is high quality, and importantly, the data presented support the conclusions. The discussion is balanced, and the study is written considerately and respectfully, highlighting that the aim of the study is not to assign merit to individual scientists or publications but rather to improve clarity for scientists across the field. The approach carried out by the researchers focuses on testing the validity of the claims made in the original papers rather than testing whether the original experimental methods produced reproducible results. This is an important point since there are many reasons why the original interpretation of data may have understandably led to the claims made. These potential explanations for irreproducible data or conclusions are discussed in detail by the authors for each claim investigated.

      The authors have generated an accompanying website, which provides a valuable tool for the Drosophila Immunity research community that can be used to fact-check key claims and encourages community engagement. This will achieve one important goal of this study - to prevent time loss for scientists who base their research on claims that are irreproducible. The authors rightly point out that it is impossible (and indeed undesirable) to avoid publication of irreproducible results within a field since science is 'an exploratory process where progress is made by constant course correction'. This study is, however, an important piece of work that will make that course correction more efficient.

      Weaknesses:

      I have little to recommend for the improvement of this manuscript. As outlined in my comments above, I am very supportive of this manuscript and think it is a bold and ambitious body of work that is important for the Drosophila immunity field and beyond.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive assessment. This was indeed a huge amount of work with the hope this would be useful.

      Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      This is an important paper that can do much to set an example for thoughtful and rigorous evaluation of a discipline-wide body of literature. The compiled website of publications in Drosophila immunity is by itself a valuable contribution to the field. There is much to praise in this work, especially including the extensive and careful evaluation of the published literature.

      However, there are also cautions.

      We praise the reviewer for this assessment of our project.

      One notable concern is that the validation experiments are generally done at low sample sizes and low replication rates, and often lack statistical analysis. This is slippery ground for declaring a published study to be untrue. Since the conclusions reported here are nearly all negative, it is essential that the experiments be performed with adequate power to detect the originally described effects. At a minimum, they should be performed with the same sample size and replication structure as the originally reported studies.

      Many of the original claims we are assessing were obtained with lower sample size than our replicability experiments. Furthermore, we are often complementing our data with alternative approaches that are more robust (survival with additional bacterial strains, AMP kinetics with several time points, etc.). Although we can never claim for a total absence of an effect, our experimental designs are largely sufficient to demonstrate that we cannot report the major effects reported in the initial publications.

      The first section of Results should be an overview of the general accuracy of the literature.

      Of all claims made in the 400 evaluated papers, what proportion fell into each category of "verified", "unchallenged", "challenged", "mixed", or "partially verified"? This summary overview would provide a valuable assessment of the field as a whole. A detailed dispute of individual highlighted claims could follow the summary overview.

      We have described the statistic of our analysis on claim validity in a companion article that will be published back-to-back with this article. We have preferred to divide assessment of claims and statistics on replicability in two articles. The present one is to provide an overview of the main claims that we considered to be fragile. Following the reviewer’s comment, we have added at the start of the manuscript a sentence stating that most of the claims were found to be validated, highlighting the solidity of the field with a link to the other article.

      Section headings are phrased as declarative statements, "Gene X is not involved in process Y", which is more definitive phrasing than we typically use in scientific research. It implies proving a negative, which is difficult and rare, and the evidence provided in the present manuscript generally does not reach that threshold. A more common phrasing would be "We find no evidence that gene X contributes to process Y". A good model for this more qualified phrasing is the "We conclude that while Caspar might affect the Imd pathway in certain tissue-specific contexts, it is unlikely to act as a generic negative regulator of the Imd pathway," concluding the section on the role of Caspar. I am sure the authors feel that the softer, more qualified phrasing would undermine their article's goal of cleansing the literature of inaccuracies, but the hard declarative 'never' statements are difficult to justify unless every validation experiment is done with a high degree of rigor under a variety of experimental conditions. This caveat is acknowledged in the 3rd paragraph of the Discussion, but it is not reflected in the writing of the Results. The caveat should also appear in the Introduction.

      We fully agree with the reviewer and we have softened the way we discuss all the claims in the result section.

      The article is clear that "Claims were assessed as verified, unchallenged, challenged, mixed, or partially verified," but the project is called "reproducibility project" in the 7th line of the abstract, and the website is "ReproSci". The fourth line of the abstract and the introduction call some published research "irreproducible". Most of the present manuscript does not describe reproduction or replication. It describes validation, or independent experimental tests for consistency. Published work is considered validated if subsequent studies using distinct approaches yielded consistent results. For work that the authors consider suspicious, or that has not been subsequently tested, the new experiments provided here do not necessarily recreate the published experiment. Instead, the published result is evaluated with experiments that use different tools or methods, again testing for consistency of results. This is an important form of validation, but it is not reproduction, and it should not be referred to as such. I strongly suggest that variations of the words "reproducible" or "replication" be removed from the manuscript and replaced with "validation". This will be more scientifically accurate and will have the additional benefit of reducing the emotional charge that can be associated with declaring published research to be irreproducible.

      We agree on this point. In response to the reviewer’s comment, we have clarified our terminology. Specifically, we now use the term “conceptual replicability” in the abstract and consistently refer to “replicability” and “irreplicability” throughout the manuscript. We hope this revised terminology improves clarity.

      The manuscript includes an explanatory passage in the Results section, "Our project focuses on assessing the strength of the claims themselves (inferential/indirect reproducibility) rather than testing whether the original methods produce repeatable results (results/direct reproducibility). Thus, our conclusions do not directly challenge the initial results leading to a claim, but rather the general applicability of the claim itself." Rather than first appearing in Results, this statement should appear prominently in the abstract and introduction because it is a core element of the premise of the study. This can be combined with the content of the present Disclaimer section into a single paragraph in the Introduction instead of appearing in two redundant passages. I would again encourage the authors to substitute the word validation for reproduction, which would eliminate the need for the invented distinction between indirect versus direct reproduction. It is notable that the authors have chosen to title the relevant Methods section "Experimental Validation" and not "Replication".

      The disclaimer has been moved at the end of the introduction and one sentence has been added in the abstract.

      Experimental data "from various laboratories" in the last paragraph of the Introduction and the first paragraph of the Results are ambiguous. Since these new experiments are part of the central core of the manuscript, the specific laboratories contributing them should be named in the two paragraphs. If experiments are being contributed by all authors on the manuscript, it would suffice to say "the authors' laboratories". The attribution to "various labs" appears to be contradicted by the Discussion paragraph 2, which states "the host laboratory has expertise in" antibacterial and antifungal defense, implying a single lab. The claim of expertise by the lead author's laboratory is unnecessary and can be deleted if the Lemaitre lab is the ultimate source of all validation experiments.

      The authors and laboratories that did the experiments are listed in the author list and are easy to identify for experts. At the same time, we did not want to highlight the specific authors to avoid a negative impact on their career. We were very happy that a small number of labs helped in our project. Since all the supplement were reviewed by Hannah Westlake (who has left the lab and the project) and myself (BL), our expertise was important as we did not want to test articles far from what we are doing in the lab. I rephrase the sentence to make it clear.

      The passage on the controversial role of Duox in the gut is balanced and scholarly, and stands out for its discussion of multiple alternative lines of evidence in the published literature and supplement. This passage may benefit from research by multiple groups following up on the original claims that are not available for other claims, but the tone of the Duox section can be a model for the other sections.

      Comments on other sections and supplements:

      I understand the desire to explain how original results may have been obtained when they are not substantiated by subsequent experiments. However, statements such as "The initial results may have been obtained due to residual impurities in preparations of recombinant GNBP1" and "Non-replicable results on the roles of Spirit, Sphinx and Spheroide in Toll pathway activation may be due to off-target effects common to first-generation RNAi tools" are speculation. No experimental data are presented to support these assertions, so these statements and others like them (currently at the end of most "insights" sections) should not appear in Results. I recognize that the authors are trying to soften their criticism of prior studies by providing explanations for how errors may have occurred innocently. If they wish to do so, the speculative hypotheses should appear in the Discussion.

      The statement in Results that "The initial claim concerning wntD may be explained by a genetic background effect independent of wntD" similarly appears to be a speculation based on the reading of the main text Results. However, the Discussion clarifies that "Here, we obtained the same results as the authors of the claim when using the same mutant lines, but the result does not stand when using an independent mutant of the same gene, indicating the result was likely due to genetic background." That additional explanation in the Discussion greatly increases reader confidence in the Result and should be explained with reference to S5 in the Results. Such complete explanations should be provided everywhere possible without requiring the reader to check the Supplement in each instance.

      In some cases, such as "The results of the initial papers are likely due to the use of ubiquitous overexpression of PGRP-LE, resulting in melanization due to overactivation of the Imd pathway and resulting tissue damage", the claim to explain the original finding would be easy to test. The authors should perform those tests where they can, if they wish to retain the statements in the manuscript. Similarly, the claim "The published data are most consistent with a scenario in which RNAi generated off-target knockdown of a protein related to retinophilin/undertaker, while Undertaker itself is unlikely to have a role in phagocytosis" would be stronger if the authors searched the Drosophila genome for a plausible homolog that might have been impacted by the RNAi construct, and then put forth an argument as to why the off-target gene is more likely to have generated the original phenotype than the nominally targeted gene. There is a brief mention in S19 that junctophilin is the authors' preferred off-target candidate, but no evidence or rationale is presented to support that assertion. If the original RNAi line is still available, it would be easy enough to test whether junctophilin is knocked down as an offtarget, and ideally then to use an independent knockdown of junctophilin to recapitulate the original phenotype. Otherwise, the off-target knockdown hypothesis is idle speculation.

      A good model is the passage on extracellular DNA, which states, "experiments performed for ReproSci using the original DNAse IIlo hypomorph show that elevated Diptericin expression in the hypomorph is eliminated by outcrossing of chromosome II, and does not occur in an independent DNAse II null mutant, indicating that this effect is due to genetic background (Supplementary S11)." In this case, the authors have performed a clear experiment that explains the original finding, and inclusion of that explanation is warranted. Similar background replacement experiments in other validations are equally compelling.

      We believe that offering possible explanations for discrepancies between results is valuable for readers. For this reason, we have generally retained these elements in the Results section, with the exception of PGRP-SD. In that specific case, we removed the sentence stating that we could not identify the expected mutation in the original PGRP-SD mutants (see below). Although these points could have been moved to the Discussion, doing so would have made it difficult to directly associate each explanation with the corresponding claim. We therefore consider that keeping them in the Results section provides greater clarity. Our hypotheses are grounded in well-established considerations. It is known, for example, that early generations of RNAi constructs often exhibited off-target effects, that commercially available LPS preparations (e.g., from Sigma) were sometimes contaminated, and that genetic background can significantly influence immunological outcomes. It is therefore essential to consider and discuss such confounding factors, particularly those that were not fully appreciated at the time the field emerged.

      Identifying motivated collaborators and coordinating experimental validation proved to be extremely time-consuming, making it impractical to systematically provide experimental verification for every discrepancy. As a result, most of our explanations remain speculative, except for the cases of WntD and DNase II, where the observed differences can be attributed to genetic background effects.

      The statement "Analysis of several fly stocks expected to carry the PGRP-SDdS3 mutation used in the initial study revealed the presence of a wild-type copy PGRP-SD, suggesting that either the stock used in this study did not carry the expected mutation, or that the mutation was lost by contamination prior to sharing the stock with other labs" provides a documentable explanation of a potential error in the original two manuscripts, but the subsequent "analysis of several fly stocks" needs citations to published literature or explanation in the supplement. It is unclear from this passage how the wildtype allele in the purportedly mutant stocks could have led to the misattribution of function to PGRP-SD, so that should be explained more clearly in the manuscript.

      We have removed this statement in the revised version from the result section

      The originally claimed anorexia of the Gr28b mutation is explained as having been "likely obtained due to comparison to a wild-type line with unusually high feeding rates". This claim would be stronger if the wildtype line in question were named and data showing a high rate of feeding were presented in the supplement or cited from published literature. Otherwise, this appears to be speculation.

      The wild-type fly stocks we used are named in the supplement.

      In the section "The Toll immune pathway is not negatively regulated by wntD", FlyAtlas is cited as evidence that wntD is not expressed in adult flies. However, the FlyAtlas data is not adequately sensitive to make this claim conclusively. If the present authors wish to state that wntD is not expressed in adults, they should do a thorough test themselves and report it in the Supplement.

      Alternatively, the statement "data from FlyAtlas show that wntD is only expressed at the embryonic stage and not at the adult stage at which the experiments were performed by (Gordon et al., 2005a)" could be rephrased to something like "data from FlyAtlas show strong expression of wntD in the embryo but not the adult" and it should be followed by a direct statement that adult expression was also found to be near-undetectable by qPCR in supplement S5. That data is currently "not shown" in the supplement, but it should be shown because this is a central result that is being used to refute the original claim. This manuscript passage should also describe the expression data described in Gordon et al. (2005), for contrast, which was an experimental demonstration of expression in the embryo and a claim "RT-PCR was used to confirm expression of endogenous wntD RNA in adults (data not shown)."

      We agree on this but the expression pattern provided from fly atlas and other genomic resource is an additional element that reinforce our conclusion. For instance, the observation that the expression pattern of WntD is limited to early embryo is consistent with a role in the regulation of Toll pathway in D/V patterning but not immunity. The use of the expression pattern is not the key element of our assessments that rely on the use of loss-of-function mutation. We have rephrased the text in the manuscript according to Reviewer’s suggestion.

      Inclusion of the section on croquemort is curious because it seems to be focused exclusively on clearance of apoptotic cells in the embryo, not on anything related to immunity. The subsection is titled "Croquemort is not a phagocytic engulfment receptor for apoptotic cells or bacteria", but the text passage contains no mention of phagocytosis of bacteria, and phagocytosis of bacteria is not tested in the S17 supplement. I would suggest deleting this passage entirely if there is not going to be any discussion of the immune-related phenotypes.

      The reviewer is correct and we have in the revised version removed ‘bacteria’ from the title. We have kept the section S17 because this statement ‘Crq recognize and uptake apoptotic cells’ (Science, Immunity)’ is still a source of confusion while the role of crq is more downstream. We agree that efferocytosis might not considered as part of innate immunity but we consider these articles were important in the Drosophila immunity community at that time.

      The claim "Toll is not activated by overexpression of GNBP3 or Grass: Experiments performed for ReproSci find that contrary to previous reports, overexpression of GNBP3 (Goear et al., 2006) or Grass (El Chamy et al., 2008) in the absence of immune challenge does not effectively activate Toll signaling (Supplementaries S6, S7)" is overly strongly stated unless the authors can directly repeat the original published studies with identical experimental conditions. In the absence of that, the claim in the present manuscript needs to be softened to "we find no evidence that..." or something similar. The definitive claim "does not" presumes that the current experiments are more accurate or correct than the published ones, but no explanation is provided as to why that should be the case. In the absence of a clear and compelling argument as to why the current experiment is more accurate, it appears that there is one study (the original) that obtained a certain result and a second study (the present one) that did not. This can be reported as an inconsistency, but the second experiment does not prove that the first was an error.

      We have softened our statement and revised the supplement document. The title of the section is now ‘Toll is not strongly activated by overexpression of GNBP3 or Grass’. However we want to keep these supplements. The comment of the reviewer applies to all our assessment as we could be wrong. We are using experimental validation and not replication, although in this present case, we are using very similar approach to the described in the original study. Of note, the fact that over-expression of GNBP3 does not consistently activate Drs was already stated in Buchon et al 2019 and we spend quite sometimes in attempts to repeat this experiment. Finally, the Ferrandon team that produce this claim can easily repeat the experiment. This does not affect the main conclusion of their landmark article on GNBP3.

      The same comment applies to the refutation of the roles for Edin and IRC. Even though the current experiments are done in the context of a broader validation study, this does not automatically make them more correct. The present work should adhere to the same standards of reporting that we expect in any other piece of science.

      We fully agree with the reviewer but the comments he/she raised apply to all the assessments made in our article and nearly all the reproducibility experiments. Our assessment does not state that we are right but that we fail to conceptually reproduce the claim. This is clearly mentioned in our article. We hope to see clarification in the future. It may be one day shown that i) IRC indeed regulates intestinal immunity, ii) PGRP-LE will be shown to have an extracellular form, iii) 18W could indeed be a PRR for LPS (maybe in a specific tissues), iv) PGRPSD will be shown to function upstream of Toll, v) that Crq indeed binds apoptotic cell to internalize them… Our study highlights statements that are source of debate, but this is far from being clear. The authors of these challenged claims have the opportunity to contradict us.

      The statement "Furthermore, evidence from multiple papers suggests that this result, and other instances where mutations have been found to specifically eliminate Defensin expression, is likely due to segregating polymorphisms within Defensin that disrupt primer binding in some genetic backgrounds and lead to a false negative result (Supplementary S20)" should include citations to the multiple papers being referenced. This passage would benefit from a brief summary of the logic presented in S20 regarding the various means of quantifying Defensin expression.

      We appreciate the value of citing some of the papers underlying this claim. Key papers in question are discussed at length in Supplement S20, and the original papers do not realize the issue we are reporting. We therefore modified the text as follows: "Furthermore, this result, and other instances where mutations have been found to specifically eliminate Defensin expression, is likely due to segregating polymorphisms within Defensin that disrupt primer binding in some genetic backgrounds, leading to false negative results (Brennan 2007,Neyen 2014 and see Supplementary S20)”. The hypothesis we raise, namely that defensin function may involve specific polymorphisms that are absent from the reference Drosophila genome, is an important consideration that should be communicated to the community.

      In S22 Results, the statement "For general characterization of the IrcMB11278 mutant, including developmental and motor defects and survival to septic injury, see additional information on the ReproSci website" is not acceptable. All necessary information associated with the paper needs to be included in the Supplement. There cannot be supporting data relegated to an independent website with no guaranteed stability or version control. The same comment applies to "Our results show that eiger flies do not have reduced feeding compared to appropriate controls (See ReproSci website)" in S25.

      The ReproSci website contains additional data that we could not display in the supplement but may be useful to scientists. We believe that it is worth to mention them. We have however changed the writing stating ‘Experiments reported in the ReproSci website’ rather than ‘See ReproSci website’ to make it clear that the data are not part of the supplement.

      For IRC: We have added a new section that addresses the general characterization of the IrcMB11278 mutant in the revised version (Supplement 22 Figure 2 and 3 with associated text). We do not refer to the ReproSci website anymore.

      Supplement S21 appears to show a difference between the wildtype and hemese mutants in parasitoid encapsulation, which would support the original finding. However, the validation experiment is performed at a small sample size and is not replicated, so there can be no statistical analysis. There is no reported quantification of lamellocytes or total hemocytes. The validation experiment does not support the conclusion that the original study should be refuted. The S21 evaluation of hemese must either be performed rigorously or removed from the Supplement and the main text.

      To address reviewers’ comment, we generated two new Hemese null mutants, Hemese<sup>JP187</sup> and Hemese<sup>JP828</sup>, carrying deletions in the central region of the gene. Using these lines, we show that wild-type and Hemese mutant larvae display comparable levels of lamellocytes and similar numbers of melanized capsules following wasp infestation. We further quantified lamellocyte differentiation and included appropriate statistical analyses. We have removed the previous results obtained with the Hemese<sup>SK2</sup> mutant, which yielded similar observations. By reproducing our previous findings with independent mutant lines and by providing quantitative analyses, we strengthen our conclusion that Hemese does not act as a negative regulator of lamellocyte differentiation upon wasp infestation.

      In S22, the second sentence of the passage "Due to the fact that IrcMB11278 flies always survived at least 24h prior to death after becoming stuck to the substrate by their wings, we do not attribute the increased mortality in Ecc15-fed IrcMB11278 flies primarily to pathogen ingestion, but rather to locomotor defects. The difference in survival between sucrose-fed and Ecc15-fed IrcMB11278 flies may be explained by the increased viscosity of the Ecc15-containing substrate compared to the sucrose-containing substrate" is quite strange. The first sentence is plausible and a reasonable interpretation of the observations. But to then conclude that the difference between the bacterial treatment versus the control is more plausibly due to substrate viscosity than direct action of the bacteria on the fly is surprising. If the authors wish to put forward that interpretation, they need to test substrate viscosity and demonstrate that fly mortality correlates with viscosity. Otherwise, they must conclude that the validation experiment is consistent with the original study.

      The viscosity of a vial can easily be assessed by direct observation. Here, we provide an information that may guide further research but this is by no way a strong point of our article. Thus, we did not do any change to address this comment. We agree that the function of IRC should be entirely re-visited. We have however changed the name viscosity for stickiness to be more neutral.

      In S27, the visualization of eiger expression using a GFP reporter is very non-standard as a quantitative assay. The correct assay is qPCR, as is performed in other validation experiments, and which can easily be done on dissected fat body for a tissue-specific analysis. S27 Figure 1 should be replaced with a proper experiment and quantitative analysis. In S27 Figure 2, the authors should add a panel showing that eiger is successfully knocked down with each driver>construct combination. This is important because the data being reported show no effect of knockdown; it is therefore imperative to show that the knockdown is actually occurring. The same comment applies everywhere there is an RNAi to demonstrate a lack of effect.

      Eiger expression: Previous RNA-seq (Flyseq, Troha et al., 2018) or Affymetrix array using poly (A)- RNA (De Gregorio et al., 2001) have never identified eiger as an immune-induced gene. We have used a previously characterized GFP reporter gene using the same approach done by the author to attempt to see an induction in the fat body without success. Our conclusions have been nuanced.

      Eiger RNAi KD: The two RNAi lines we are using have already been used in many studies assessing the function of eiger ((#108814, reference here, #45253 reference here)

      The Drosomycin expression data in S3 Figure 2A look extremely noisy and are presented without error bars or statistical analysis. The S4 claim that sphinx and spheroid are not regulators of the Toll pathway because quantitative expression levels of these genes do not correlate with Toll target expression levels is an extremely weak inference. The RNAi did not work in S4, so no conclusion should be inferred from those experiments. Although the original claims in dispute may be errors in both cases, the validation data used to refute the original claims must be rigorous and of an acceptable scientific standard.

      S3: The inducibility of antimicrobial peptide genes is high, albeit very variable. Importantly, we do not observe any inhibition of Drs expression at the two time points (24 and 48 h) following infection with two distinct bacteria, M. luteus and E. faecalis. Although each experiment was performed once, this corresponds to four independent tests challenging the claim from my lab that “Spheroide is required for activation of the Toll pathway.” Furthermore, if Spheroide played a significant role in Toll pathway activation, increased susceptibility to E. faecalis, B. subtilis, and B. bassiana would be expected. However, both survival data (three independent experiments) and Drs expression profiles (four conditions) consistently indicate that Spheroide is not required for Toll pathway activation. For clarity, we have removed the data related to S. aureus.

      S4: To address the reviewer’s comments and reinforce our conclusion, we generated a deletion removing both sphinx 1 and sphinx 2 and analyzed Toll pathway activity in the absence of these two serine proteases. We find that flies lacking sphinx 1 and sphinx 2 exhibit wild-type induction of Drosomycin following M. luteus infection, as well as normal survival upon E. faecalis challenge. These new data provide strong evidence supporting our claim that, in contrast to our previous report (Kambris et al., 2006), Sphinx 1 and Sphinx 2 do not regulate the Toll pathway. Accordingly, we have replaced the earlier RNAi-based results with data obtained from loss-of-function mutants.

      In S6 Figure 1, it is inappropriate to plot n=2 data points as a histogram with mean and standard errors. If there are fewer than four independent points, all points should be plotted as a dot plot. This comment applies to many qPCR figures throughout the supplement. In S7 Figure 1, "one representative experiment" out of two performed is shown. This strongly suggests that the two replicates are noisy, and a cynical reader might suspect that the authors are trying to hide the variance. This also applies to S5 Fig 3. Particularly in the context of a validation study, it is imperative to present all data clearly and objectively, especially when these are the specific data that are being used to refute the claim.

      S6: The figure 1 of S6 shows all the points. Collectively, this represents 6 replications using 3 drivers of the claim ‘over-expression of GNBP3 efficiently activate the Toll pathway’. The observation, we are now reporting in S6, was already mentioned in Buchon et al 2009 (PNAS). To address reviewer’s concern, we have removed the standard deviation. Finally, our conclusion is rather soft ‘Overexpression of GNBP3 either ubiquitously or in the fat body does not effectively activate the Toll pathway’. At most, we find similar to (El Chamy et al., 2008) that overexpression may produce ‘weak but detectable’ activation of Toll’.

      S7: We could not address this point. The point stands, there is no condition where overexpression of native Grass corresponds with higher Drosomycin expression

      Other comments:

      In S26, the authors suggest that much of the observed melanization arises from excessive tissue damage associated with abdominal injection contrasted to the lesser damage associated with thoracic injection. I believe there may be a methodological difference here. The Methods of S27 are not entirely clear, but it appears that the validation experiment was done with a pinprick, whereas the original Mabary and Schneider study was done with injection via a pulled capillary. My lab group (and I personally) have extensive experience with both techniques. In our hands, pinpricks to the abdomen do indeed cause substantial injury, and the physically less pliable thorax is more robust to pinpricks. However, capillary injections to the abdomen do virtually no tissue damage - very probably less than thoracic injections - and result in substantially higher survivals of infection even than thoracic injections. Thus, the present manuscript may infer substantial tissue damage in the original study because they are employing a different technique.

      The reviewer is correct that injection and pinprick injury do not induce the same type of injury and there are differences across labs. We still believe that our approach is valuable. The point is that we confirmed a role of eiger in melanization but not due to its expression in the fat body. It is important to underline that our ReproSci is a conceptual replication project and that we never directly challenge the original observation but rather the robustness of the claim. Injection with a pulled capillary was attempted — in our hands, this caused extensive trauma and killed over 80% of flies it was attempted on. The pinprick on the other hand caused very little trauma. The first sentence of the Results/discussion section states this point.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      It is questionable whether all the studies relevant to the field of assessment have been identified, starting with the own publications from the lead authors. Indeed, Buchon et al, Genes & Development, 2009, Buchon et al., Cell Host&Microbe, 2009, Buchon et al., BMC Biology, 2010 have not been included in the 400 articles, even though one of them is cited when discussing the role of Duox in the intestinal host defense. Other missing articles that fulfill the criteria set by the authors include, but may not be limited to, Chung et al. JBC, 2011, Nehme et al., PLoS One, 2011, Cronin et al., Science, 2009, Limmer et al. 2011.

      In our selection, we did not choose articles dealing with intestinal homeostasis and stem cells as well as microbiota/symbionts (Buchon 2009a,b and 2010 Cronin 2009). We also did not analyze articles centered on virulence factor (Limmer 2011). I agree that we missed Chung et al. JBC, 2011 and Nehme et al., PLoS One, 2011 that were published in 2011. Table S1 provide all the information on the article we selected and the ones we removed from the first search.

      One area of the field that would have benefited from further insights of ReproSci is that of innate immunity memory or priming (Pham et al., PLoS Pathogens, 2007, has been included in the 400 articles). That being said, the scope of this article is already considerable, and this is just a suggestion for future scrutiny.

      The reviewer should recognize that this study (Pham et al.) is inherently complex to reproduce. The field of innate immune priming has also matured considerably since the first publications. Importantly, the set of articles containing “non-validated claims” does not fully overlap with the category of studies that might be considered as weak or problematic.

      A major issue in science is the exaggeration of claims, which our approach does not capture. As a result, some articles that are strongly promoted yet make relatively trivial claims— often a source of frustration within the community—may still be classified as valid under our framework. This represents an important limitation of our approach.

      For the Supplements, it would be better to show all the data points, especially with respect to RTqPCR data. The nature of the error bars (SD, SE) is never indicated except for one exception (Figure 5, S28). When introducing or using novel lines affecting gene expression, such as RNAi lines or KO mutants, there are often no indications as to how these lines have been validated.

      This is especially critical for negative results.

      Errors bars: The errors bars were standard deviation. Sorry for this lacks of clarity. This is now indicated in the supplement. Experiments were done in multiple laboratories requiring complex coordination. For this reason, changing all the graphs was too complicated and could not be done for all the figures in the revised version. However data points are shown in many figures of the original draft and all the new figures of the revised version.

      For RNAi validation: Concerning the RNAi validation:

      (a) Sphinx ½: We have extended our work on Sphinx using a newly generated double

      mutant that remove both Sphinx1 and 2. Thus our conclusion does not rely anymore only the use of RNAi.

      (b) S12: Hep RNAi : We are using standard Hep-RNAi and BskDN fly tools that have been validated in many studies.

      Articles validating the HepRNAi (BDSC35210) can be found on this link. This line has also been validated in Figure 1 of the revised version of Supplement S12.

      Articles validating the BskDN (BDSC6409) can be found on this link.

      Of note, the Bloomington number of Hep RNAi was miss-annotated and has been corrected in the revised version.

      (a) S16. Dscam: The Trip RNAi lines has been used in other articles (ex. Bui et al., “Adjacent neuronal fascicle guides motoneuron dendritic branching 2024 (eNeuro)).

      (b) S23. Duox. We are using two RNAi lines including the original RNAi construct used in the article we assessed (Ha et al., 2005).

      (c) Eiger: we are using two distinct UAS-RNAi constructs that have been validated (#108814, reference here, #45253 reference here).

      Loss-of-function mutations:

      For previously described mutants: we used some previously described mutants available in stock centers or from other labs. These include Spheroide<sup>D104</sup>, wntD mutants Irc<sup>MB11278</sup>, NOS<sup>Δall</sup> and Gr28b. See references in the supplement. We have always checked the genotypes of these mutants.

      For newly generated mutants

      spirit<sup>DR32</sup> see Figure 1 in S2

      edin<sup>KO</sup>: we have added a new figure describing the mutant in S14 D

      ΔSphinx1/2 we have added a figure describing the mutant in S4

      DNaseII<sup>sk4</sup>: the exact frameshift mutation is indicated in S11

      SR-CI<sup>SK6</sup> and Δ(Sr-CI,Sr-CIII): we have added a figure describing the mutant in S18

      Hemese<sup>JP187</sup> and HemeseJP<sup>828</sup> we have added a figure describing the mutant in S21

      Listericin<sup>Δ1</sup> and Listericin<sup>Δ2</sup> mutation are described in Figure 1 in S15

      We have now included in the revised supplement a table with all the new tools generated in the framework of the ReproSci project (Supplementary Table 4).

      The only uncharacterized mutant is PGRP-LE<sup>Δ53</sup>, a gift from François Rouyer (Gif-sur-Yvette). But we also did our experiments with an established mutant: PGRP-LE<sup>112</sup>.

      Is the repeated use of "in vitro" to refer to cell culture studies appropriate? In vitro usually refers to experiments performed in the absence of any living organism or cell, e.g., biochemical reactions in a test tube.

      Accordingly, we have replaced in vitro by in cell culture when appropriate

      (A) MAIN TEXT

      (1) Introduction:

      PGRP-LC: Ramet et al, Nature 2002 reference is missing.

      "[...]epithelial repair through stem cell proliferation" is a typical disease tolerance mechanism and therefore unlikely to "[...]contribute to DETERRING ingested pathogens". In addition, is "detterring" really the appropriate word?

      The changes have been made.

      (2) Results:

      GNBP1: "and find no evidence" would read better as "and found no evidence". In addition, for GNBP3, the authors may also want to cite Mishima et al. (JBC, 2009) and possibly one on silkworm ßGRP (Takehasi et al., PNAS, 2009).

      The changes have been made.

      Wnt D: "Dif" and not "dif"=diffuse irregular facets

      The changes have been made.

      cGLR-STING pathway (Cai et al., 2022): subsequent studies indicated that cGLR ligands are RNA molecules, not DNA. Thus, whether such receptors would be able to detect naked DNA remains a remote possibility.

      We agree and have amended the text accordingly

      DSCAM1: the statement "not amenable to genetic studies" might be modulated into "not easily amenable to genetic studies" as exemplified by Dong et al. PLoS Biol, 2025 (which the authors may now add to their reference list as this article was published after submission of the current work) and all the literature on DSCAM and the Drosophila nervous system.

      We agree and have amended the text accordingly

      Psidin: "multiple papers suggest...". References are not given.

      We have amended the text and reported to the supplement. Some references have been added.

      NOS: "this study reports" should be "this study reported"; otherwise, the reader falsely believes that the authors refer to the Reprosci article. NOS expression: what about data from subsequent RNAseq studies and data from FlyCell Atlas?

      We agree with the reviewer and used the past time. For simplicity, we did not discuss Nos expression pattern.

      Eiger: the Kodra et al. reference appears to be missing in the reference list.

      The Kodra reference has been added.

      (3) Discussion:

      Third source of irreproducible claims: besides off-target effects, a limitation of the RNAi approach is that one can never be sure that a null phenotype is obtained. Thus, when obtaining negative results, it may be caused by a hypomorphic effect.

      This additional point has been added with an example that illustrates the point “Besides off-target effects, a limitation of the RNAi approach is that one can never be sure that it mimics a full null phenotype. As an example, the partial silencing of the serine protease gene Grass may explain why its role in the antifungal response was not detected using in vivo RNAi, but was revealed through the use of a null mutation (El Chamy et al., 2008; Kambris et al., 2006b)”.

      (4) Reference list:

      Cuttell et al, Gordon et al, 2005, and Melcarne et al, 2019 are duplicated.

      Thank you for noticing it. Change has been made.

      (5) Supplementary materials:

      Table S2 and S3 appear to have been interchanged.

      This has been corrected.

      Ouyang et al: BioRXiv should be indicated.

      This has been corrected.

      (B) INDIVIDUAL SUPPLEMENTS:

      (1) S1: enzymatic activity of GNBP1.

      The number of independent experiments does not appear to be mentioned. With respect to the western blot shown in Figure 2A, it seems that the intensity of the band corresponding to activated ModSP is lower in lane 1 than in other lanes. The suggestion is to scan multiple blots to quantify the activation of this protein in different conditions. Do the authors know the nature of the high mobility band that appears solely when S. aureus peptidoglycan is added?

      Regarding the lower intensity of the activated ModSP band in lane 1, a similar phenomenon has been reported in An evolutionarily conserved serine protease network mediates melanization and Toll activation in Drosophila (Fig. S2), where ModSP autoactivation was observed following incubation with PGRP-SA, GNBP1, and peptidoglycans. In current experimental design, the primary objective was to determine whether preincubation of peptidoglycans with GNBP1 further enhances ModSP activation. Therefore, our analysis focused on comparisons across different incubation time points rather than direct comparison with lane 1. Within this context, the lower intensity of the activated ModSP band in lane 1 is expected and does not affect the interpretation of the results

      In response to the suggestion of scanning multiple blots for quantification, we note that no clear enhancement of ModSP autoactivation was observed across different incubation times. We also explored alternative incubation conditions, but none resulted in a detectable increase in activation. Thus, additional quantification would not change the overall conclusion.

      (2) S2: Spirit

      It would have been nice to display the spirit mRNA levels in the KO and KD mutants. Is the catalytic domain removed by the deletion and can the authors exclude a potential expression of a truncated Spirit from a cryptic translation initiation site upon leaky Gal4 expression of the transgene, hence the need for RTqPCR data using primers that map 3' to the transposon insertion?

      We are using a deletion that remove all the Spirit isoforms that all start with the same ATG which was removed in the mutant, so it's very unlikely. There is an HSP70T = Terminator after the Gal4, which should exclude an initiation of translation after Gal4. However, we have verified the expected mutation by PCR.

      Figure 2: Crystal cells appear to be present in spirit larvae. They, however, appear to be smaller, which may be difficult to measure. Quantification of the number of crystal cells is necessary.

      We have removed this part in the revised version (Figure 2C and associated text) because it does not concern the assessed claims in Kambris et al et., 2006 that Spirit regulates the Toll pathway.

      Figure 3: It is not clear if pooled data are presented for survival experiments.

      Yes survivals show pooled data. We have updated figure legend to make this clearer.

      (3) S4: Sphinx 1/2

      In the absence of testing null mutant flies, the conclusion may be too strong. Can the authors totally exclude the expression of these proteases in a few cells? If they function as apical proteases, a minimal expression may be sufficient to trigger a proteolytic cascade.

      To address the reviewer’s comments, we generated a deletion removing both sphinx 1 and sphinx 2 and analyzed Toll pathway activity in the absence of these two serine proteases. We find that flies lacking sphinx 1 and sphinx 2 exhibit wild-type induction of Drosomycin following M. luteus infection, as well as normal survival upon E. faecalis challenge. These new data provide strong evidence supporting our claim that, in contrast to our previous report (Kambris et al., 2006), Sphinx 1 and Sphinx 2 do not regulate the Toll pathway. Accordingly, we have replaced the earlier RNAi-based results with data obtained from loss-of-function mutants.

      (4) S5: wntD

      Figure 1, if any, appears to be missing.

      Thank you for noticing this. This is now corrected Figure 2=>Figure 1 and Figure 3=> Figure

      Fig. 3C-C': please, homogenize the color code with other panels (yw in blue and not suddenly in orange)

      We have homogenized the color code in the revised version.

      (5) S6-S7: Activation of Toll by overexpression of GNBP3 or protease genes The point is not framed appropriately: the overexpression studies were not intended to determine whether the overexpression of these genes activates the Toll pathway to levels of activation encountered during infection, but as tools for epistatic analysis, and in the case of S8, to identify novel protease genes that might be involved in Toll pathway activation. The results of the epistatic analysis are not disputed and, in some cases, have been validated by independent approaches (e.g., by hemolymph transfer experiments), and the hits of the protease screen have been validated by other laboratories, namely grass and SPE. In Figure S5B of Gottar et al, Cell, 2006, a level of only 30% of immunized was achieved, whereas it was about 70% in Figure 3A. Thus, the level of induction by overexpression of GNBP3 is variable but nevertheless sufficient for epistatic analysis both for Gottar et al. and for El Chamy et al., Nat. Immunol, 2008. Furthermore, levels of activation sufficient for epistatic analysis of Toll pathway activation or stimulation of the melanization proteolytic activation cascade upon the overexpression of either GNBP3 or GNBP1 together with PGRP-SA have been reached (Gobert et al., 2003; Gottar et al. 2006; El Chamy et al, 2008; Matskevich et al., Eur. J. Immunol., 2010). Thus, the overexpression of GNBP3 functions for genetic analysis purposes in two independent teams, that however, are working in the same research Unit. While one cannot exclude that enough peptidoglycan metabolites, e.g., TCT, are provided by the microbiota, it cannot be excluded that ß-(1-3)glucans might originate from the food or mycobiota, which may be distinct from that in the Reprosci laboratory. This illustrates the difficulty of controlling all parameters.

      We fully agree that the notion that GNBP3 functions upstream of serine protease is validated. The point is that we cannot reproduce the observation that overexpression of GNBP3 trigger a strong Toll activation sufficient for epistatic analysis as shown in Gottar et al., 2006. The point is that ReproSci does not challenged any of the major claims of Gottar et al. 2006 but only a minor claim. The magnitude of gene induction relative to the unchallenged condition is an important consideration in the field of Drosophila immunity and can be misleading. For example, a gene described as being induced fivefold may appear significant, whereas the same gene can be induced up to 1,000-fold following infection. Therefore, absolute expression level compared to challenged level, rather than fold changes alone, should be carefully considered when interpreting immune gene activation.

      We have done our studies with two different constructs. The observation that overexpression of a gene activate an immune pathway is by itself a result suggesting a concentration-dependent mode of activation. For instance, overexpression of ModSP is sufficient to activate the Toll pathway (Buchon 2009). This was not the case for GNBP3, even at low level. We cannot exclude that this could be the case in a specific background but at least not all background. Over-expression of GNBP3 is used in 3 panels of Gottar 2006 and this was a significant piece of data. On my side, my lab has lost significant amount of time to reproduce this without success.

      Now we could be wrong in our assessment but we let the author of this study to show it.

      To take in consideration Reviewer’s comment, we are softened our conclusions : ‘Overexpression of GNBP3 either ubiquitously or in the fat body does not effectively activate the Toll pathway’. At most, we find similar to (El Chamy et al., 2008) that overexpression may produce ‘weak but detectable’ activation of Toll’.

      References:

      Alphabetical order is not respected (Matskevich before Kim), and the Mishima reference is not optimal: it should be the JBC article in the same year that documents also the biochemistry of binding to ß-glucans.

      We have done the changes in the revised version

      (6) S8: PGRP-LE not in hemolymph

      Fink et al., Mucosal Immunol. 2016 used the NP1-Gal4, which is not expressed in enteroendocrine cells, as stated in the text, but in enterocytes (and possibly the nervous system).

      For controls, is the wild-type control the w[iso] Drosdel background?

      Please provide the supplier of the GFP antibody.

      We have addressed all the points in the revised version.

      (7) S9: PGRP-LE and melanization

      Figure 1D-E: A quantification would bolster the claim.

      We agree that quantification of Figure 1D-E would reinforce the claims but we believe that our data are sufficient to state that PGRP-LE does not block the cuticular melanization upon septic injury (which is also consistent with an intracellular role). We have softened our conclusion.

      (8) S10: PGRP-LE and bacillus

      Please provide a description of the Bacillus subtilis strain.

      This is a strain that derived from the Jean Lambert collection of Strasbourg and used in Lemaitre B PNAS 1997 (J.Millet and A. Klier, Pasteur Institute of Paris). We have checked the strain and confirm that it was indeed a B. subtilis strain that we name B subtillis FS.

      It is not clear from the Mat & Meth whether the 2-3 independent replicates per genotype represent biological replicates in one experiment or correspond to several independent experiments. Are the pooled data displayed?

      This information was on the methods. It has been copied to the figure caption.

      (9) S11: DNAse II and regulation of AMP genes

      The exact larval stage is not provided in S11, nor in the original study.

      The experiment was done on wandering third-instar larvae as indicated in the material and methods

      The number of flies for survival experiments is rather low, but this is not a major issue given the outcome of the experiment.

      We agree with the reviewer.

      What is the concentration of the injected DNA? As the solution was likely viscous, was the DNA sheared?

      We have used a concentration of DNA of: 200 ng/ul, which is now indicated in the revised version of the Supplement. DNA was no sheared.

      Figure 1A&D: A positive control of immunization would have been nice. 1D: At which time point was Diptericin expression measured by RTqPCR?

      Unchallenged flies were used in Figure 1A while in Figure 1D Diptericin was measured 6 h after challenged. We agree that a bacterial challenge control would have been nice, but clearly the level of Diptericin in 1A corresponds to levels observed in unchallenged flies. Of note, we have tried several different concentrations, of more or less long "sizes" of DNA (short or very long fragments), and also different DNA sources (E. coli or Drosophila) but we did not see any effect on the activation of the Imd pathway.

      DNAseII-deficient larvae have wild-type hemocyte numbers. His sub-title is not accurate as Figure 3 actually reports an INCREASED number of hemocytes in the DNase II mutant.

      The reviewer is correct and we have adjusted the text.

      (10) S12: JNK pathway and AMP gene expression

      Hep RNAi lines and possibly also the Bsk-DN line should be validated by monitoring puckered mRNA levels after a stress that activates the JNK pathway. The absence of this control weakens the Reprosci conclusions.

      As stated above, we are using standard Hep-RNAi and BskDN fly tools that have been validated in many studies.

      Articles validating the HepRNAi (BDSC35210) can be found on this link. We have also validated the RNAi in new Figure 1 of Supplement S12.

      Articles validating the BskDN (BDSC6409) can be found on this link

      The Bloomington number of Hep RNAi was miss-annotated and has been corrected in the revised version

      (11) S13: Caspar

      There is clearly a trend for improved survival of the Caspar mutant in Figure 1A. Please, show the pooled data and appropriate statistical analysis. The legend to 1A mentions one overexpression strain that is not displayed and has likely not been performed because loft experiments were performed at 25{degree sign}C, whereas OE experiments should be performed at 29{degree sign}C, hence in separate experiments.

      There was a mistake in the original figure legend when we mentioned the impact of overexpression of caspar on survival without showing the data (no effect was observed). The text has been removed in the revised version because it is not related to the claims we assessed from the Caspar article (Kim et al.,2006). To addressed reviewer’s comments, we now present the pooled data in Figure 1 of the revised Supplement S13. The conclusion is that we do not observe any increase host survival in caspar mutant related to wild-type consistent with our observation that the Imd pathway is not strikingly over-activated in absence of infection in caspar loss-of-function mutants.

      Why was the c729-Gal4 driver chosen? Has it been validated as a bona fide fat body driver?

      The use of c729-Gal4 was suggested by, and borrowed from, the laboratory of Prof. Gaiti Hasan, who had characterized and used it in adult fat body experiments (Subramanian M et al., 2013, Dis. Mod. & Mech). The BDSC number for the corresponding stock is BDSC_6983. Based on Flybase data, it is also expressed in somatic cells of male/female reproductive systems in the adult.

      The RTqPCR experiments are not overwhelmingly convincing for a lack of data points: pooled data should be shown, inasmuch as there is a significant difference upon Caspar OE 6h after Ecc15 challenge.

      We now show in the revised version of the Supplement S13 the pooled data from different experiments with individual points shown.

      In conclusion and although our results are variable, they do not reproduce the results produced in the original article by (Kim et al., 2006) According to our results, we observe:

      (1) no increase Dpt expression in absence of challenge both in caspar deficient larvae and adults.

      (2) A possible inhibition of Dpt upon over-expression caspar at 6h in adult.

      - A possible increased Dpt expression in caspar loss of function mutant larvae upon challenge.

      The later may suggest an inhibition role upon overexpression of caspar that required further analysis. The text of the supplement has been amended to take all those points in consideration.

      (12) S15: listericin

      Introduction: The LLO (also referred to as hly) L. monocytogenes mutant does not prevent the entry of Listeria inside cells. The pore-forming toxin listeriolysin is required for pathogen escape from the phagosome.

      There is no reference to LLO in the introduction of the S15 listericin section.

      Has the STAT-92E RNAi line been validated? It is difficult to draw a definitive conclusion on the absence of the role of the JAK-STAT pathway in adults using an RNAi transgene because it may only imperfectly silence the expression of the target gene. "Contrary to Goto et al.2010, in our hands reduction of JAK-STAT activity through RNAi [...] in adult flies": Goto et al. apparently tested the JAK-STAT pathway only in S2 cells. This statement should therefore be modulated accordingly.

      We have validated the STAT92 RNA in the revised version by confirming that Turandot gene expression is reduced in this mutant (Supplement 15 Figure 2 C-D). We have also validated the PGRP-LE<sup>112</sup> null mutant (Supplement 15 Figure 1C).

      We have adjusted the conclusion: “Contrary to (Goto et al., 2010), we find that Listericin expression is not specifically dependent on PGRP-LE, and is not dependent on JAK-STAT signaling in flies. Of note, this could be the case in S2 cells where the initial experiments were done.

      Antibacterial effects of listericin: It would be cautious not to rely solely on survival experiments, but also to monitor the bacterial titer to draw a definitive conclusion (assay used by Goto et al.). A control overexpressing GFP or a non-relevant peptide would have been welcome to control for potential metabolic effects that would decrease the effect of the overexpression. More importantly, Goto et al. used a Cg-Gal4 driver that is also expressed in hemocytes, which is likely not the case for the Lpp driver. Is it known if the c564 driver is also expressed in hemocytes and to the same level as the Cg-Gal4 driver?

      We have used two fat body drivers to overexpress Listerin, Lpp and C564, the latter being expressed in hemocytes indeed. We agree that bacterial counting would provide a sensitive assay but in absence of any protective effect of Listericin overexpression, we do not expect any major titer change in L. monocytogenes growth. To reinforce our conclusion, we have generated Listericin null mutations (Fig 4C) and we have shown that they are not more susceptible than the wild-type to L. monocytogenes.

      (13) S16: DSCAM1

      The authors use an RNAi construct to knock down DSCAM1 expression. Which part of the transcripts is targeted? Did the authors verify that silencing was effective and would affect all DSCAM transcripts?

      The DScam RNAI (BDSC #38945) that we are using has been used in other articles (link) and is validated in Kamiyama et al., Dev cell (Figure S4).

      Data points should be shown in the figure.

      Unfortunately, we could not address this point to the difficulty to reach the collaborator who provided the data.

      Their conclusions would be strengthened by directly testing opsonization using the assay developed by Haller et al., EMBO Reports, 2018. Also, to derive the phagocytic index, the authors must have counted the number of hemocytes retrieved from bled larvae? Was there a decrease when DSCAM1 was silenced in hemocytes? The use of a hml-Gal4-Gal80ts driver would have allowed to bypass the issue of developmental effects.

      We expect an opsonin to be abundant in the hemolymph but we did not find any secreted form of dScam in our proteomics analyses (Rommelaere 2024). 20 years after the publication of this landmark article in Science, the absence of any confirmation is puzzling and we are reluctant to do any additional experiment taking into consideration that phagocytosis assays are often variable.

      (14) S18: SR-CI

      The major issue with this supplement has been dealt with in the Public Review: no phagocytic receptor function was claimed in the Ramet et al, 2001 study.

      We fully agree with the reviewer and with Mika Rämet and Monty Krieger (personal communication), and we apologize for this misunderstanding. In fact, Rämet et al. (2001) did not present data demonstrating a role for Sr-CI in phagocytosis per se in his article, but rather showed that this receptor is involved in bacterial binding. Our confusion arose from a subtitle in the Results section of their article (“SR-CI Binds Both Gram-Positive and Gram-Negative Bacteria and Is Necessary for Optimal Phagocytosis by S2 Cells”) and the article title that claim that Sr-CI is a pattern recognition receptor, which does not reflect the content of the article.

      To clarify this point, we have revisited the original claim. Consistent with Rämet et al. (2001), we now observe a defect in hemocyte binding to bacteria in Sr-CI mutants. Thus, we validate the claim. Because Sr-CI is often assumed to function as a phagocytic receptor, we have also retained the experiments showing that it is not essential for the phagocytosis of E. coli or S. aureus. All experiments have been repeated during the revision process using a null single mutation and a double mutant removing both Sr-CI and Sr-CIII.

      Introduction: Is it really adequate to mention a phagocytic receptor for a ligand, dsRNA, that gets endocytosed?

      In the introduction, we summarized what is known on the Sr-CI, including its implication in the uptake of dsRNA. As suggested by the reviewer, we used the term endocytosis to refer to the ability to uptake dsRNA.

      Methods: Have the authors excluded the potential off-target effect of CRISPR-Cas9 in other scavenger receptor genes? Monitoring their expression levels would also allow the detection of any compensatory effect in the null mutant by overexpression of other scavenger receptors.

      We are now using two mutant lines: one carrying a frameshift mutation (SK6) that specifically affects Sr-CI, and another with a deletion removing both Sr-CI and Sr-CIII. We have carefully validated both mutations by genomic sequencing. As our results are now consistent with the original findings of Rämet et al. (2001), we believe that the analyses presented in the Supplementary Information are genetically well supported.

      Results: Figure 1 is really confusing with so much variability in the data, which raises doubts about the reliability of the method. The reduction of the phagocytic index in B is not "mild". Again, one would like to see the individual data points and to know what the error bars are. For 1G, has any statistical analysis been performed? Finally, Panels A to G lack homogeneity in their presentation. Also, why are the absolute values of the y-axis varying so much from panel to panel (A-B vs C-D; E vs. F)?

      We have repeated our experiments using a new set of mutants, both generated in the isogenic DrosDel background. In the revised version, we include additional experiments assessing the contribution of Sr-CI to hemocyte binding to bacteria. Consistent with the original report by Rämet et al. (2001), we observe similar results. We have revised the text accordingly and moderated our claims. In addition, we performed further biological replicates and now provide appropriate statistical analyses.

      (15) S19: Undertaker

      Undertaker has been identified through a deficiency screen that restricted the genomic zone of interest to eight genes. RNAi was then used to identify the candidate gene as being Undertaker. While an off-target effect of RNAi cannot be excluded, it cannot account for the results of the deficiency screen (junctophilin is on the second chromosome, whereas undertaker is on the third). The deficiency phenotype could be rescued by an Undertaker transgene. While overexpression can indeed provide a rescuing activity due to high levels of ectopic expression, why would it do so in the context of an 82F deficiency, unless this deficiency carries a second site mutation, which is a rather remote possibility.

      Given that the deficiency line deletes at least 14 genes in a cluster, several of which are involved in growth and development, we assume that another gene(s) within the span of this deficiency is responsible for the effect on efferocytosis, or that some other mutation in the uncontrolled genetic background is responsible. The impact of Df(3R)3-4 on efferocytosis remains to be investigated.

      The authors claim that Undertaker is not expressed at the right embryonic stage and hardly in S2 cells, which is correct according to large-scale data. However, Cuttell et al. successfully stained S2 cells with an antibody raised against retinophilin/undertaker by the investigators who studied the role of this gene in the eye (Mecklenburg et al., 2007). Should we trust more largescale datasets based on transcriptomics or a specially developed tool? (Both junctophilin and undertaker are at the limit of detection of the proteomic data available on FlyBase; equivalent signals in hemocytes were measured in FlyCellAtlas). Thus, the argument of the absence of expression is not definitive.

      We agree on this but the expression pattern is an additional element that reinforce our conclusion. This is not the key element that relies on the use of loss-of-function mutation. Another element is the absence of follow-up study in the last 18 years.

      The new phagocytosis data set generated by Reprosci shows an absence of impact of the undertaker loft mutation in larval hemocytes. Whether these data can be extrapolated to S2 cells, embryonic or adult hemocytes, remains debatable, as are the explanations put forth by Reprosci in their conclusion to explain by a possible off-target effect of RNAi on junctophilin. It would be interesting to determine the phenotype of junctophilin mutants in the ex vivo larval hemocyte assay.

      We have analyzed the role of Undertaker using third instar larvae in an ex vivo assay and did not find any role in efferocytosis. I think that all our data and analysis of the literature is consistent with our statement that’ that undertaker is unlikely to have a role in phagocytosis’. Now, we can never exclude that Undertake may play a subtle role in this process. The role of Draper has been observed in larval hemocyte that represent macrophage of flies. We are using a null mutation in undertaker preventing the existence of off-targets. We have nuanced our conclusion in the article and add a sentence in the conclusion of the supplement: ‘We cannot however exclude that Undertaker play a role at a specific stage of development that we did not assess.’

      (16) S20: Psidin

      This supplement is duplicated

      The duplicated supplement has been removed.

      Phagocytosis assay: the authors use E. coli-GFP. How can they discriminate between internalization and simple binding at the surface of hemocytes? It would have been more appropriate to use a phalloidin, stained to another color rather than green. The suggestion here is to first use FITC-labeled bacteria, followed by Trypan blue treatment to quench the fluorescence of noninternalized bacteria. Second, pHrodo bacteria could be used to monitor the acidification of the phagosome in wt and psidin hemocytes.

      We agree with the reviewer that this would be better. Because our observations are consistent with the data reported in this original article, we did not feel inclined to extend our analysis.

      (17) S21: Hemese

      The pie charts in Figure 1 would benefit from a statistical analysis. Why do the encapsulated eggs appear to be much larger in the hemese mutant? Could it be that more lamellocytes are recruited and make a thicker capsule? Should Figure 1C be imperatively quantified?

      To extent our analysis, we generated two new Hemese null mutants, Hemese<sup>JP187</sup> and Hemese<sup>JP828</sup>, carrying deletions in the central region of the gene. Using these lines, we show that wild-type and <sup>Hemese</sup> mutant larvae display comparable levels of lamellocytes and similar numbers of melanized capsules following wasp infestation. We further quantified lamellocyte differentiation and included appropriate statistical analyses. We have removed the previous results obtained with the Hemese<sup>SK2</sup> mutant, which yielded similar observations. By reproducing our previous findings with independent mutant lines and by providing quantitative analyses, we strengthen our conclusion that Hemese does not act as a negative regulator of lamellocyte differentiation upon wasp infestation.

      (18) S22 IRC

      IRC is actually not a catalase but a heme peroxidase. For the experiments on C. albicans, can the authors exclude that the IRC flies succumb because they are more sensitive to ethanol than wt or spz flies (sucrose is fermented by C. albicans): a control would be to use glycerol (nonfermentable) instead of sucrose solution.

      We thank the reviewer and Carolina Barillas (personal communication) to inform us that IRC is not a catalase but an heme peroxidase. This is now included in the article and the supplement. It is clear that the name IRC for immune regulated catalase is misleading. We cannot exclude that the IRC flies succumb because they are more sensitive to ethanol than wt or spz flies but we did not test this interesting idea during the revision.

      Do IRC mutants succumb to the ingestion of killed bacteria?

      No, they get stuck in fly food and die.

      (19) S23 DUOX

      Introduction: When citing Kumar et al., the authors might also want to cite Bai et al. on the Bactrocera dorsalis peritrophic matrix.

      This reference has been added

      Results:

      Figure 1: any statistical analysis? Data points are not shown for the lef panel, and error bars are not defined.

      We have added in the revised version ‘When using the Mann-Whitney U test, we still observed a statistically significant difference in CFU counts at 6 hpi in Figure 2B, as well as at both 6 hpi and 24 hpi in Figure 2F. However, the magnitude of these differences is relatively small’. Error bars have been defined in the general revision of the supplements (see above).

      Figure 2A shows only a limited reduction in Duox expression at the transcriptional level. "successfully" might be a bit of an overstatement.

      We have removed the term ‘successfully’.

      Figure 2E is too small.

      We have increased the size of Figure 2E.

      The authors might want to discuss the role of Duox in enterocytes destined to die as described by Amchelavsky et al., Cell Reports, 2020.

      Good point, we have discussed this reference in the revised version.

      The Sajjadian reference is incomplete.

      The reference has been completed

      (20) S24: NOS

      Maybe the work from the Royet laboratory could be cited along with that of Neyen et al. and Zaidmann-Remy et al. in the Introduction.

      Good points. We have added two references related to the work of the Royet lab (Bosco-Drayon et al., 2012; Charroux et al., 2017).

      It is not clear from Rabinovich et al. (2016) which line should be the relevant wild-type control. Why use w[1118] in Figure 1 and Ore-R in Figure 2? A more definitive conclusion could be reached upon isogenization or testing a second null mutant in homozygous and transheterozygous conditions?

      We agree that ideally, we should have used isogenic wild-type control but in absence of any effect of NOS mutants, we consider that the use of w[1118] and Oregon wild-type control is acceptable, considering that they behave similarly in the assay we have used.

      (21) S25 eiger survival

      Survival experiments: Are pooled data shown? Have the authors monitored the health status of their fly lines? In some of the survivals with late phenotypes, e.g., egr mutants and E. faecalis, this may be an issue, inasmuch as noninfected or mock-infected controls are not shown (have they been performed?).

      The survival analysis showed the pooled of 40 flies and were often done with two sexes. They also include many controls. We cannot never exclude minor effects at late time points, but the critical message is that we cannot reproduced the previously published results.

      The survival graphs are difficult to analyze: the authors should definitely avoid light colors such as yellow that do not show up well in a white background.

      As stated above, these experiments were done by many scientists in different lab and it was difficult to homogenize the data. Therefore, we did not modify our graphs although we agree with the reviewers. We believe that line patterns and contrast differences between groups guarantee that the readers can still assess the data.

      (22) S27: eiger humoral response

      Introduction: Have the authors also checked the Flysickseq data from the Buchon lab?

      There is no induction of eiger in Flysick. This information along with the reference Troha et al., have been added to S27.

      Methods: Have the RNAi lines been validated, and how? Is one more efficient at silencing than the other? This set of data would complement Figure 1 with RTqPCR experiments.

      The two RNAi lines we are using have already been used in many studies assessing the function of eiger ((#108814, reference here, #45253 reference here)

      Figure 3 colors in survival graphs: see S25.

      We did not modify our graphs although we agree with the reviewers. By increasing the magnification, the readers can still assess the data. As stated above, these experiments were done by many scientists in different labs and it was difficult to homogenize the data.

      Would it have been worth to also test the transheterozygous Gr28b mutants to avoid any issue of second-site mutations?

      We could have extended the genetics approach but, given that both us and another group (Sang) found no effect on feeding in an independent mutant, and extremely high feeding in the claimed 'anorexic' mutant, this would not be relevant to the claim. Future study may tell us if Gr28b has clearly a feeding phenotype.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Adjust the discussion to better contextualize subjectivity: Because the choice of claims and papers inevitably involves subjective decisions, consider expanding the discussion to acknowledge this limitation more explicitly and explain how the companion metascience manuscript complements this work.

      We have added a section at the end of the discussion to discuss the limitation of our study and we establish more link to the companion article.

      (2) Refine language and avoid binary judgments: Terms such as "correct," "incorrect," or similar definitive formulations should be softened. Emphasizing uncertainty and openness to future revision will better reflect the iterative nature of scientific inquiry.

      We are softening our language in several of our assessment to avoid binary judgement.

      (3) Highlight reproducible findings as well: While the focus on irreproducible or challenged claims is understandable, it may be helpful to balance this by more clearly acknowledging wellsupported claims or areas of strong reproducibility to reinforce the positive impact of robust findings.

      We have added two sentences at the end of the introduction and at the beginning of the discussion that most claims are reproducible and that we have focused here on nonreproducible claim.

      (4) Clarify how the community can engage with the dataset: Because you provide extensive supplementary material and a large online resource, consider adding more explicit guidance on how researchers can contribute comments, evidence, or corrections, and how these contributions will be integrated.

      This point is already addressed in the revised sentence: “We hope that the community-accessible website will encourage researchers to share their perspectives and contribute data from diverse sources, thereby improving objectivity.” In addition, we have proactively engaged with principal investigators to motivate them to contribute to this effort by sharing unpublished results and information. However, it remains unclear to what extent scientists are genuinely interested in reproducibility, as has been noted in other studies on the topic. For example, articles that challenge previous findings are often under-cited, and the presence of contradictory evidence does not necessarily prevent researchers from continuing to cite the original claims. This is clearly a challenge of reproducibility study. Comments, evidence and corrections will be integrated in the ReproSci website. We have already updated this database when revising this article and will continue to do it.

      (5) Resolve the date-range inconsistency: The Introduction mentions analysis of papers from 1959-2011, whereas the Methods section cites 1940-2011. This discrepancy should be corrected for consistency.

      We have solved this discrepancy by correcting the method section. This should be 1959-2011. Thank you for spotting this mistake.

      Reviewer #4 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The "disclaimer" subsection should be incorporated into the Introduction, as it is central to the premise of the study.

      The disclaimer has been moved at the end of the introduction and one sentence has been added in the abstract.

      (2) The inconsistency of graphical representation and statistical analysis of survival and gene expression data across different supplements is distracting and makes the project feel cobbled together. A consistent and unified framework for analysis and presentation would feel more cohesive and rigorous.

      The experiments were conducted across multiple laboratories and required substantial coordination. As a result, modifying the graphs at this stage would be technically complex and would require monumental effort for a tiny return. Therefore, we regret that we were unable to implement this change. The most important is that data and analyses are presented transparently, allowing readers to evaluate and interpret the results independently.

      (3) The purported roles of eiger and Gr28b in immunity have nothing to do with each other, aside from both having been published by David Schneider's group. I would suggest not combining them into a single section unless there is to be a 'miscellaneous' section that contains work by multiple groups.

      We have done two separate sections.

      (4) It would be easier to comment on specific passages in the manuscript if line numbers had been included.

      Sorry for this. We have included number of lines in the revised version.

      (5) The use of the word "elegant" to describe melanization reactions on page 3 is a bit odd and feels out of place.

      It has been removed

      (6) The sentence "We conclude that PGRP-LE is an exclusively intracellular sensor, with a prominent role regulating the gut immune response (Bosco-Drayon et al., 2012; Neyen et al., 2012)" should be edited to read "as reported in (citations)".

      We have edited the sentence.

      (7) The sentence "Experiments performed for ReproSci and review of the literature suggest that JNK is unlikely to have a strong direct or systematic role in the regulation of Drosophila AMPs in vivo, and is not required in the adult fat body for AMP expression in response to infection (Supplementary S12)" lacks detail. I realize that the experiments are described in S12, but I would suggest a brief summary in the main text of the article as well.

      We have provided more information in the article.

      (8) The phrasing of "While many of the challenged claims discussed in this paper are known to be controversial by experts, or have fallen quietly out of current research interests, some are still a source of confusion. This is particularly true for young scientists new to the field of Drosophila immunity or scientists with primary interests outside of Drosophila immunity that use the field as a reference." could be edited for clarity. A more direct phrasing could help, such as "Even in the absence of published refutation, many of the challenged claims were already considered controversial by experts in the field. Others have quietly fallen out of the general current research interest. These may nevertheless still be a source of confusion for young scientists new to the field of Drosophila immunity or scientists with primary interests outside of Drosophila immunity that use the field as a reference."

      We have changed the sentence accordingly.

      (9) On Discussion page 15, the comma should be removed from "In this article we have not discussed a number of claims, that had no clear follow-up studies and remain unchallenged."

      The coma has been removed.

      (10) In Methods, the authors "acknowledge that our verification experiments could also be erroneous". It would be appropriate to also include such a disclaimer in the Introduction and/or Discussion.

      The disclaimer has been moved at the end of the introduction and one sentence has been added in the abstract.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study presents an impressive large-scale effort to assess the reproducibility of published findings in the field of Drosophila immunity. The authors analyse 400 papers published between 1959 and 2011, and assess how many of the claims in these papers have been tested in subsequent publications. In a companion article they report the results of experiments to test a subset of the claims that, according to the literature, have not been tested. The present article also explores if various factors related to authors, institutions and journals influence reproducibility in this field. The evidence supporting the claims is solid, but there is considerable scope for strengthening and extending the analysis. The limitations inherent to evaluating reproducibility based on the published literature should also be acknowledged.

      We have included in the abstract the limitation of evaluating replicability based on the published literature

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out on the ambitious task of establishing the reproducibility of claims from the Drosophila immunity literature. Starting out from a corpus of 400 articles from 1959 and 2011, the authors sought to determine whether their claims were confirmed or contradicted by previous or subsequent publications. Additionally, they actively sought to replicate a subset of the claims for which no previous replications were available (although this set was not representative of the whole sample, as the authors focused on suspicious and/or easily testable claims). The focus of the article is on inferential reproducibility; thus, methods don't necessarily map exactly to the original ones.

      The authors present a large-scale analysis of the individual replication findings, which are presented in a companion article (Westlake et al., 2025. DOI 10.1101/2025.07.07.663442). In their retrospective analysis of reproducibility, the authors find that 61% of the original claims were verified by the literature, 7.5% were partialy verified, and only 6.8% were challenged, with 23.8% having no replication available. This is in stark contrast with the result of their prospective replications, in which only 16% of claims were successfully reproduced. The authors proceed to investigate correlates of replicability, with the most consistent finding being that findings stemming from higher-ranked universities (and possibly from very high impact journals) were more likely to be challenged.

      Strengths:

      (1) The work presents a large-scale, in-depth analysis of a particular field of science that includes authors with deep domain expertise of the field. This is a rare endeavour to establish the reproducibility of a particular subfield of science, and I'd argue that we need many more of these in different areas.

      (2) The project was built on a collaborative basis (https://ReproSci.epfl.ch/), using an online database (https://ReproSci.epfl.ch/), which was used to organize the annotations and comments of the community about the claims. The website remains online and can be a valuable resource to the Drosophila immunity community.

      (3) Data and code are shared in the authors' GitHub repository, with a Jupyter notebook available to reproduce the results.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive comments.

      Main concerns:

      (1) Although the authors claim that "Drosophila immunity claims are mostly replicable", this conclusion is strictly based on the retrospective analysis - in which around 84% of the claims for which a published verification attempt was found. This is in very stark contrast with the findings that the authors replicate prospectively, of which only 16% are verified. Although this large discrepancy may be explained by the fact that the authors focused on unchallenged and suspicious claims (which seems to be their preferred explanation), an alternative hypothesis is that there is a large amount of confirmation bias in the Drosophila immunity literature, either because attempts to replicate previous findings tend to reach similar results due to researcher bias, or because results that validate previous findings are more likely to be published.

      Both explanations are plausible (and, not being an expert in the field, I'd have a hard time estimating their relative probability), and in the absence of prospective replication of a systematic sample of claims - which could determine whether the replication rate for a random sample of claims is as high as that observed in the literature -, both should be considered in the manuscript.

      I still believe that most of ‘verified’ claims are indeed solid, consistent with the feeling of increased knowledge in the Drosophila immunity. Of note, when I started in the field in the early 90, nearly all the articles in Drosophila developmental biology, the dominant field at that time, were solid. I agree that this may represent a past period. Still, perceived irreproducibility is high because affecting claims published in high-impact articles. To address the reviewer’s comments, we have included the possibility of confirmation bias in the discussion of the article.

      (2) The fact that the analysis of factors correlating with reproducibility includes both prospective and retrospective replications also leads to the possibility of confusion bias in this analysis. If most of the challenged claims come from the authors' prospective replications, while most of the verified ones come from those that were replicated by the literature, it becomes unclear whether the identified factors are correlated with actual reproducibility of the claims or with the likelihood that a given claim will be tested by other authors and that this replication will be published.

      We agree that the ReproSci is a human biased endeavor and may be subjected to bias, notably the one mentioned. Some verified claims might be considered as challenged and some challenged claims as verified. But this is likely not affecting most of our results. Our papers have been posted on a public archive and that the community could scrutinize our data (most authors have checked their claims!). Based on community feedback, we have had to change the status of three claims only: one verified claim became challenged, one challenged claim became unchallenged and one unchallenged became verified. We therefore did not expect major changes in our conclusions. We have provided an estimation of irreproducibility ranging from 10-20% and we believe this is a rather safe interval. This is still significant. The fact that the ReproSci project is a human endeavor, and therefore subject to inherent limitations, is already emphasized in the last section of the discussion.

      (3) The methods are very brief for a project of this size, and many of the aspects in determining whether claims were conceptually replicated and how replications were set up are missing.

      Some of these - such as the PubMed search string for the publications and a better description of the annotation process - are described in the companion article, but this could be more explicitly stated. Others, however, remain obscure. Statements such as "Claims were cross-checked with evidence from previous, contemporary and subsequent publications and assigned a verification category" summarize a very complex process for which more detail should be given - in particular because what constitutes inferential reproducibility is not a self-evident concept. And although I appreciate that what constitutes a replication is ultimately a case-by-case decision, a general description of the guidelines used by the authors to determine this should be provided. As these processes were done by one author and reviewed by another, it would also be useful to know the agreement rates between them to have a general sense of how reproducible the annotation process might be.

      The same gap in methods descriptions holds for the prospective replications. How were labs selected, how were experimental protocols developed, and how was the validity of the experiments as a conceptual replication assessed? I understand that providing the methods for each individual replication is beyond the scope of the article, but a general description of how they were developed would be important.

      We have extended the first section of the Result to mention that an extended Material and Methods can be found in the complementary article Westlake et al., eLife 2026 and on the ReproSci website indicated the resources described in the companion articles. Disagreement between the two authors were limited and mostly dealt with textual interpretation (the definition of the major claims, which can affect if they are verified or not). As mentioned above, our articles are now public since more 6 months and we got little request to change the status of a claim (only 3 over more than 1000). Of note many claims from some ancient articles are part of the common knowledge, are verified routinely by many labs in the field, and therefore were easy to categorize.

      We also added a sentence to also underline that the scientific value of an article does not fully correlate with its status. A number of problematic articles filled with exaggeration or confused claims were still categorized as verified. Thus, we screen for replicability but they are many other publication issues we could not capture in our study. This point is now mentioned in the discussion.

      (4) As far as I could tell, the large-scale analysis of the replication results was not preregistered, and many decisions seem somewhat ad hoc. In particular, the categorization of journals (e.g. low impact, high impact, "trophy") and universities (e.g. top 50, 51-100, 101+) relies on arbitrary thresholds, and it is unclear how much the results are dependent on these decisions, as no sensitivity analyses are provided.

      Particularly, for analyses that correlate reproducibility with continuous variable (such as year of publication, impact factor or university ranking, I'd strongly favor using these variables as continuous variables in the analysis (e.g. using logistic regression) rather than performing pairwise comparisons between categories determined by arbitrary cutoffs. This would not only reduce the impact of arbitrary thresholds in the analysis, but would also increase statistical power in the univariate analyses (as the whole sample can be used in at once) and reduce the number of parameters in the multivariate model (as they will be included as a single variable rather than multiple dummy variables when there are more than two categories).

      We did not pre-registered our study, which is quite different from other reproducibility projects. We did not know at the start how the project would unfold. Of note, I believe that ‘cleaning’ an extensive field by experts was by itself an achievement and represent another way to assess replicability, with its own limitation.

      We agree that the cut-off can be seen as arbitrary. However, publication year has been modeled as a continuous variable through a spline (to allow for non-linearity) in the multivariate analysis. For journal and institutional ranking, we would like to defend and keep the categorical specifications in the main text for two reasons:

      - Institution ranking: For institutional ranking, the largest institutional category is “Not Ranked” which we cannot assign a rank and ranks institutions individually only through the top 100. Below that it publishes bands (101-150, 151-200, 201-300, 301400, 401-500) of variable width, which are not straightforward to use continuously without making strong assumptions (e.g midpoint) unsupported by the data.

      - Prestige: As mentioned by another reviewer there are career consequences attached to Nature, Science and Cell that are different from other journal, and the effect of moving from a journal from an IF 3 to 8 is different than from 30 to 35. We provide a sensitivity analysis in the supplementary information where we refit the multivariate model with log-transformed impact factor continuous predictor. We obtain very similar results than these in the main text, with the exception that the impact factor of the journal becomes significant. We describe and discuss this results in the supplementary information (section S5), while justifying why we keep the categorical model in the main text.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for prompting these additions, which we agree strengthen the paper.

      The text added in the SI states:

      “As a sensitivity analysis, we refitted the multivariable hierarchical logistic model by replacing journal-impact-factor categories with log₂-transformed continuous impact factor, while retaining all other covariates and random intercepts from the primary analysis. University ranking was retained as a categorical variable because the 2010 Shanghai Academic Ranking reports individual ranks only for institutions ranked 1– 100 and otherwise reports rank bands (101–150, 151–200, 201–300, 301–400, and 401–500); moreover, 441 of 1,006 claims (43.8%) were from unranked institutions, which constitute a distinct group.

      Each doubling of journal impact factor was associated with 1.51-fold higher odds that a claim was challenged (OR 1.51, 94% HDI 1.13–2.08). At the mean impact factors of the low-impact and trophy-journal tiers (4.4 and 61, respectively; approximately 3.8 doublings), the continuous model implies a trophy-versus-low-impact odds ratio of approximately 4.8. By contrast, the primary model directly estimated the trophy-versus-low-impact odds ratio as 1.75 (94% HDI 0.59–4.91). Although this wide interval includes 4.8, the point estimates differ between the two models. We interpret the larger implied trophy-journal effect in the continuous model cautiously because it assumes that the log-linear slope estimated predominantly from the many journals with lower impact factors (around 2–12) applies unchanged to the sparsely represented trophy journals (62 claims across Science, Nature, and Cell). We therefore retained the categorical journal analysis as the primary analysis because it directly estimates the trophy-journal comparison using claims published in those journals. Estimates for all other covariates were broadly similar to those in the primary model. In particular, the association with Top 50 university affiliation remained evident (OR 4.04, 94% HDI 1.57–10.08, compared with OR 3.68, 94% HDI 1.50–9.28 in the primary model)”.

      [This response is referred later as “Response to categorical variable encoding”]

      (5) The multivariate model used to investigate predictors of replicability includes unchallenged claims along with verified ones in the outcome, which seems like an odd decision. If the intention is to analyze which factors are correlated with reproducibility, it would make more sense to remove the unchallenged findings, as these are likely uninformative in this sense. In fact, based on the authors' own replications of unchallenged findings, they may be more likely to belong the "challenged" category than to the "unchallenged" one if they were to be verified.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this comment, we agree that the classification of the unchallenged claims as not challenged is difficult given their nature. We refitted the multivariable analysis excluding unchallenged claims, with a classification of Challenged and Unchallenged (Verified, Partially Verified, Mixed). The results are shown in the supplementary section S4 and are extremely similar to the main model.

      The text added in the SI states:

      “We fit the multivariate model from the main text while excluding unchallenged claims from the analysis. The methods are similar and the convergence and diagnosis checks are good and not reported here for brevity. The model simultaneously adjusts for author demographics, laboratory attributes and journal or institutional prestige and predict a binary outcome for each claim: challenged or not challenged (including Verified, Partially Verified, Mixed). The re-analysis included 659 claims, of which 60 (9.1%) were challenged. The non-challenged reference group comprised of Verified (n=525), Partially Verified (n=64), Mixed (n=10). The Adjusted odds ratios and 94% highest-density intervals are reported in Figure S4. The results are very similar to the analysis with the unchallenged claims in the main text, with only university ranking (Top 50) being a significant predictor (OR 3.34 (1.28–9.01) vs the main text OR 3.68 (94% HDI 1.50– 9.28). The other variable with the biggest changes shows only modest differences:

      - High-impact journal OR 1.12 (vs 1.31)

      - Trophy journal OR 1.47 (vs 1.75)

      - Post-doc OR 1.44 (vs 1.16) and their intervals still include 1. Note that the excluding unchallenged decision condition on follow-up, which is not random and might be influenced by our key variable (journal tier, institutional ranking) and bias results for this model.”

      However, we did not replace the main model of the article by this particular model because when you chose only claim that are either verified or challenged (so you exclude unchallenged), the condition that made these claims included in this analysis could be influenced by a cofactor, so our odds ratios might be wrong.

      [This response is referred later as “Response to unchallenged exclusion”]

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Lemaitre et al. conducted an analysis of 400 publications in the Drosophila immunity field (1959-2011), performing both univariable and multivariable analyses to identify factors that correlate with or influence the irreproducibility of scientific claims. Some of the findings are unexpected, for instance, neither the career stage of the PI nor that of the first author appears to matter that much, while others, such as the influence of institutional prestige or publication in "trophy journals," are more predictable. The results provide valuable insight into patterns of irreproducibility in academia and may help inform policies to improve research reproducibility in the field.

      Strengths:

      This study is based on a large, manually curated dataset, complemented by a companion paper (Westlake et al., 2025. DOI 10.1101/2025.07.07.663442) that provides additional details on experimentally documented cases. The statistical methods are appropriate, and the findings are both important and informative. The results are clearly presented and supported by accessible documentation through the ReproSci project.

      We thank the reviewer for their assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      The analysis is limited to a specific field (immunity) and model system (Drosophila). Since biological context may influence reproducibility -- for example, depending on whether mechanisms are more hardwired or variable -- and the model system itself may contribute to these effects (as the authors note), it remains unclear to what extent these findings generalize to other fields or organisms. The authors could expand the discussion to address the potential scope and limitations of the study's generalizability.

      We have added a limitation section at the end of the manuscript to discuss these points. We wrote:

      “Finally, the findings we report may be specific to a particular field, model organism, and time period, and may be strongly influenced by factors idiosyncratic to their development. Because this analysis is limited to a single field (immunity) and model system (Drosophila), it remains unclear to what extent these findings generalize to other fields, organisms, or more recent studies.”

      However, we believe that our study adds on the discussion on reproducibility by providing another approach. Our study also aligns with the feeling that knowledge of Drosophila innate immunity has increased so much in the last decades, and that science is still quite robust in many fields.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors of this paper were trying to identify how reproducible, or not, their subfield (Drosophila immunity) was since its inception over 50 years ago. This required identifying not only the papers, but the specific claims made in the paper, assessing if these claims were followed up in the literature, and if so whether the subsequent papers supported or refuted the original claim. In addition to this large manually curated effort, the authors further investigated some claims that were left unchallenged in the literature by conducting replications themselves. This provided a rich corpus of the subfield that could be investigated into what characteristics influence reproducibility.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of this study is the focus on a subfield, the detailing of identifying the main, major, and minor claims - which is a very challenging manual task - and then cataloging not only their assessment of if these claims were followed up in the literature, but also what characteristics might be contributing to reproducibility, which also included more manual effort to supplement the data that they were able to extract from the published papers. While this provides a rich dataset for analysis, there is a major weakness with this approach, which is not unique to this study.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is relying heavily on the published literature as the source for if a claim was determined to be verified or not. There are many documented issues with this stemming from every field of research - such as publication bias, selective reporting, all the way to fraud. It's understandable why the authors took this approach - it is the only way to get at a breadth of the literature - however the flaw with this approach is it takes the literature as a solid ground truth, which it is not. At the same time, it is not reasonable to expect the authors to have conducted independent replications for all of the 400 papers they identified.

      However, there is a big difference trying to assess the reproducibility of the literature by using the literature as the 'ground truth' vs doing this independently like other large-scale replication projects have attempted to do. This means the interpretation of the data is a bit challenging.

      We acknowledge that our analysis necessarily relies on the published literature; however, two important points should be considered. First, we assessed replicability more than a decade after the original studies, allowing us to evaluate whether their claims have withstood subsequent scrutiny. Second, the evaluation draws on the authors’ strong expertise in the field. Accordingly, the validity of published claims was not accepted uncritically but subjected to informed expert assessment. This is exemplified by the case of the proposed microbicidal role of Duox, which we classified as challenged despite the original article accumulating more than 600 citations.

      Overall, our replicability analysis, like similar efforts, relies not only on literature but also on expert judgment. Of course it has inherent limitations, which are now more clearly articulated in the discussion.

      Below are suggestions for the authors and readers to consider:

      (1) I understand why the authors prefer to mention claims as their primary means of reporting what they found, but it is nested within paper, and that makes it very hard to understand how to interpret these results at times. I also cannot understand at the high-level the relationship between claims and papers. The methods suggest there are 3-4 major claims per paper, but at 400 papers and 1,006 claims, this averages to ~2.5 claims per paper. Can the authors consider describing this relationship better (e.g., distribution of claims and papers) and/or considering presenting the data two ways (primary figures as claims and complimentary supplementary figures with papers as the unit). This will help the reader interpret the data both ways without confusion. I am also curious how the results look when presented both ways (e.g., does shifting to the paper as the unit of analysis shift the figures and interpretation?). This is especially true since the first and last author analysis shows there is varying distribution of papers and claims by authors (and thus the relationship between these is important for the reader).

      Articles can contain claims that we found replicable and other that we did not. Thus, we believe than an evaluation by claim is more precise. The extraction of the different claims relies on the reading of the article, but is a human enterprise. There are clearly some unavoidable biases at this step. Of note, the articles analyzed in this study are very different one from another (size, novelty, amount of data…).

      However, we agree that the analysis at the article level is interesting, and we followed the reviewer suggestion and provided in Supplementary Section S6 a sensitivity analysis of using article-level effects for the multivariate analysis. We note that because only 43 articles (12.5%) contained at least one challenged claim, this analysis is less robust than the claim analysis. The text added in the SI states:

      “Two claims in the same paper might not be independent, so we might want to incorporate an article random effect to the primary Bayesian formulation. However, due to the low number of claim per article (mostly one to four) and only 43 articles (12.5%) contained at least one challenged claim (and most articles contains only one to four claims), we could not manage to fit this model properly (we observe MCMC divergences). As a work-around sensitivity analysis, we repeated the analysis with the article as the unit. Each of 345 articles with complete covariate data (representing 869 major claims, 60 of the 69 challenged claims in the full dataset; the remaining 9 fell in articles excluded for missing covariates) contributed as outcome the proportion of its major claims classified as challenged. The model was a (frequentist) binomial-link fractional-response generalized linear model with HC3 standard errors (the intervals reported here are 94% confidence intervals rather than posterior credible intervals).

      Each article contributed equally regardless of its number of claims. The Top-50 institutional effect remained significant under both analysis (OR 5.15, 94% CI 2.18– 12.15; versus a claim-level OR 3.68, 94% HDI 1.50–9.28). In this new model Trophy journals also showed had higher odds of challenged claims than low-impact journals (OR 2.90, 94% CI 1.24–6.78 vs a claim-level OR 1.75, 94% HDI 0.59–4.91). This impact was not significant in the primary model but became significant at using article-level analysis. Other estimates are consistent in direction and magnitude with the primary claim-level model. Model diagnostics were satisfactory.”

      Moreover, we added Figure S6 which display visually the relationship between the claims and the article.

      [This response is referred later as “Response to claim vs article level analysis”]

      (2) As mentioned above, I think the biggest weakness is that the authors are taking the literature at face value when assigning if a claim was validated or challenged vs gathering new independent evidence. This means the paper leans more on papers, making it more like a citation analysis vs an independent effort like other large-scale replication projects. I highly recommend the authors state this in their limitations section.

      We have now explicitly acknowledged this limitation in a dedicated section at the end of the revised manuscript. However, as noted above, we do not take the literature at face value. Notably, some of the claims we identify as challenged originate from highly cited articles, which could lead a naïve reader to assume their validity.

      Ultimately, this replicabilty project remains a human, expert-driven effort aimed at determining which claims withstand scrutiny within a field. The broader community was invited to engage with and respond to these assessments and we did get some feedbacks. Importantly, claims were not evaluated in isolation but in the context of the entire body of knowledge, and all evaluations were made transparent and explicitly justified in the ReproSci database.

      On top of that, I have questions that I could not figure out (though I acknowledge I did not dig super deep into the data to try). The main comment I have is How was verified (and challenged) determined? It seems from the methods it was determined by "Claims were cross-checked with evidence from previous, contemporary and subsequent publications and assigned a verification category". If this is true, and all claims were done this way - are verified claims double counted then? (e.g., an original claim is found by a future claim to be verified - and thus that future claim is also considered to be verified because of the original claim).

      When two articles reported the same main claim and this claim was judged as “verified,” each instance was counted in the analysis. However, when validation came from studies published after 2011, the claim was counted only once. Thus, our study specifically evaluates the replicability of claims originating from a defined period (pre-2011).

      We note that, in principle, repeated publication of the same finding across many articles could artificially inflate estimates of replicability. However, such cases appeared to be rare in practice, and studies reporting similar claims typically provided complementary evidence—for example, elucidating gene function through either genetic or biochemical approaches.

      Related, did the authors look at the strength of validation or challenged claims? That is, if there is a relationship mapping the authors did for original claims and follow-up claims, I would imagine some claims have deeper (i.e., more) claims that followed up on them vs others. This might be interested to look at as well.

      We did not perform a systematic mapping between original claims and subsequent follow-up studies. While this is an important and interesting aspect, it was considered beyond the scope of the present work. The current study already represents a substantial investment of time and effort, and the resulting database provides a valuable resource for future analyses. In particular, it could support a dedicated bibliometric study at a later stage.

      (3) I recommend the authors add sample sizes when not present (e.g., Fig 4C).

      The cited panel appears to correspond to Figure 5C in the revised numbering, as the current Figure 4 contains only panels A and B. We systematically checked the denominators of all figures and revised the captions to report the numbers of claims, authors or laboratories represented, together with the reasons for exclusions. We also added the numbers of authors and claims directly within the author-level scatter plots, with the observational unit explicitly identified.

      I also find that the sample sizes are a bit confusing, and I recommend the authors check them and add more explanation when not complete, like they did for Fig 4A. For example, Fig 7B equals to 178 labs (how did more than 156 labs get determined here?), and yet the total number of claims is 996 (opposed to 1,006).

      There are 156 labs total, 23 labs contributed publications during both junior and senior stages, and 11 claims lacked a junior/senior classification. This has been explicited in the caption.

      Another example, is why does Fig 8B not have all 156 labs accounted for?

      The panel does not include all 156 laboratories because we could obtain information about first author training for only 146 PI and laboratories while prior first-author status was unavailable or indeterminate for ten PI. This has been added to the caption.

      (Related to Fig 8B, I caution on reporting a p value and drawing strong conclusions from this very small sample size - 22 authors).

      The 22 authors are not the total sample size; they constitute the subgroup of PIs who had previously published a first-author paper on Drosophila immunity in another laboratory. In the submitted panel, they were compared with 117 PIs without this training history, giving 139 classified laboratories and 774 claims.

      As a last example, Fig 8C has al 156 labs and 1,006 claims - is that expected? I guess it means authors who published before 1995 (as shown in Figure 8A continued to publish after 1995?) in that case, it's all authors? But the text says when they 'set up their lab' after 1995, but how can that be?

      Thank you for identifying this inconsistency. Figure 8C intentionally includes the full cohort of 156 PIs and all 1,006 claims. Panel C compares research styles and does not impose a restriction based on year of entry into the field or year of claim publication. Thus, PIs who entered the field before 1995 are included together with all claims attributed to them; the panel is not restricted to claims published after 1995.

      The statement that only PIs who established their laboratories after 1995 were included was an erroneous carryover from an earlier version of the analysis. We removed this restriction from the Results and revised the caption to state that exploratory PIs (n = 91) contributed 366 claims, whereas continuity PIs (n = 65) contributed 640 claims.

      We also replaced references to the date when PIs “established their laboratory” with “year of entry into the field,” defined as the year of their first Drosophila-immunity publication as either first or last author. During the same check, we revised Panel B to include all 146 PIs eligible for the pre-PI training comparison, contributing 793 claims.

      (4) Finally, I think it would help if the authors expanded on the limitations generally and potential alternative explanations and/or driving factors. For example, the line "though likely underestimated' is indicated in the discussion about the low rate of challenged claims, it might be useful to call out how publication bias is likely the driver here and thus it needs to be carefully considered in the interpretation of this. Related, I caution the authors on overinterpreting their suggestive evidence. The abstract for example, states claims of what was found in their analysis, when these are suggestive at best, which the authors acknowledge in the paper. But since most people start with the abstract, I worry this is indicating stronger evidence than what the authors actually have.

      We have added a dedicated section on limitations at the end of the Discussion to explicitly acknowledge key constraints, and we also address these points throughout the Discussion where relevant. In addition, these limitations are now in the abstract.

      The authors should be applauded for the monumental effort they put into this project, which does a wonderful job of having experts within a subfield engage their community to understand the connectiveness of the literature and attempt to understand how reliable specific results are and what factors might contribute to them. This project provides a nice blueprint for others to build from as well as leverage the data generated from this subfield, and thus should have an impact in the broader discussion on reproducibility and reliability of research evidence.

      Thank you for this positive assessment!

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Comments and recommendations are provided in the order that they appear in the manuscript.

      Introduction:

      - In the second paragraph of the introduction, I don't think all the references refer to "molecular life sciences" (e.g. one of them is from ecology and evolution, for example). I'd also argue that Macleod et al. 2014 refers to risk of bias rather than to reproducibility per se.

      We have corrected this in the revised version.

      - The author use both "reproducibility" and "replicability", apparently as synonyms, but as definitions for these words vary across sources (e.g. https://arxiv.org/abs/1802.03311, https://www.nationalacademies.org/our-work/reproducibility-and-replicability-in-science, https://osf.io/br9sp/) it may be worth stating their definitions upfront.

      Thank you for the references. We agree that the literature contains multiple, sometimes conflicting definitions of these terms, which can lead to confusion. In response to the reviewer’s comment, we have clarified our terminology. Specifically, we now use the term “conceptual replicability” in the abstract and consistently refer to “replicability” and “irreplicability” throughout the manuscript. We hope this revised terminology improves clarity.

      - Why are analysis described as "exploratory" and "multivariate"? If it has not been preregistered, shouldn't the multivariate analysis be considered exploratory as well?

      Thanks, we agree. The word “exploratory” is confusing as we use it for its structural meaning and not its epistemological meaning. We have replaced it throughout by “descriptive”, as to not imply that the multivariate analysis is preregistered by contrast.

      Results:

      Methodology and claim assessment

      - The methods for the selection, annotation and classification of studies are described very cursorily here, and the Methods section doesn't add that much, but I'll keep these observations to the methods. Still, it's worth mentioning that it's hard to know how reproducible the annotation and classification process is from the information provided.

      We have provided more information on the method section on the way to annotate and class claims. Of note, there is more information on the methods on the associated publication Westlake et al., 2025 and on the ReproSci website.

      - "Then, experimental work was performed in several laboratories...". Once again, a much better description of how replications were set up and performed is needed.

      We have provided information on the number of laboratories (nine) involved in the reproduction of 45 major claims. The laboratories involved in replication are listed in the author list. All the files associated with experimental replication can be found in the supplementary materials of Westlake et al 2025 or the ReproSci website.

      - "These claims subjected to experimental validation were selected according to criteria such as appearing suspicious due to the absence of direct follow up or being straightforward to test experimentally". This is rather vague, but if no explicit criteria were set upfront this may be inevitable. Still, it would be useful to know who made this decision.

      A first list of claims to be replicated was made by Hannah Westlake and Bruno Lemaitre. The claims that were selected to be replicated were tested by the labs and experimental workers that had the expertise required to test them. The choice of the claims to be tested was not random. Claims that were suspicious are claims that were already tested in the host laboratory without success, claims whose validity are debated at meeting, claims from highranked journal with no follow-up. This is now indicated in the method of the revised version.

      Drosophila immunity claims are mostly reproducible

      - The percentages given in the initial description of the results pool the results of the retrospective analysis of the literature and the prospective replications performed. As mentioned in the Public Review, I think these are rather distinct ways to assess reproducibility, and would recommend that these two analyses are described separately.

      We agree with the reviewer but we believe that we have already well separated the results before and after experimental work in the revised version. This is clearly shown in Table 1. Our text says ‘Importantly, 6.8% of claims (69 out of 1006) were challenged. Among these, 44.9% (31 out of 69) were contested by published articles including 7.2% by the same authors, and 55.1% (38 out of 69) were challenged experimentally as part of the ReproSci project.’

      - "These results may reflect the robust scientific standards and methodological rigor of Drosophila research...". Once again, as mentioned in the Public Review, I think publication bias is a plausible explanation, so this should be mentioned as an alternative.

      We have mentioned publication bias in the revised version in the section on limitation. But an important point to underline is that this analysis did not take publication results as face fact. This is a critical analysis by experts in the field. As already mentioned, some claims like ‘Duox produces microbicidal ROS” ‘NO is a signaling molecule…’that have been mentioned in multiple articles were considered as challenged.

      A second point is that it is likely that publications in some fields are more replicable than in other. Actually, we did not discuss ‘reproducibility issues’ when I started in the field 30 year ago because this was not perceived as an issue. It is normal that reproducibility rate varies according to fields. Nevertheless, we do find important claims with high visibility that are not replicable in our sample. Thus, our findings nuance the ‘reproducibility crisis narrative’ but we still believe that there is concern with reproducibility in life science. Last point, the criterium we have used in our study did not map all the problematic papers, notably some claims might be fundamentally verified but exaggerated in the original paper.

      - It would be useful to break down the "partially verified" category somewhere. Illustrative examples of what is meant by "insightful data were accompanied by incomplete interpretations" or "incomplete data were paired with insightful interpretations" would be useful as well.

      All the claims are listed in the public database with an explanation as to why they got affected to a category. The categories mixed and partially verified refer to claims that are more complex to categorize.

      Here are are two examples from the ReproSci website:

      Claim: Relish Rel mutants are very susceptible to bacterial and fungal infection. Partially verified

      Assessment: Relish mutants are primarily susceptible to Gram-negative bacterial infections, and do not typically have increased susceptibility to Gram-positive bacteria and fungi which are primarily rebuffed by the Toll pathway, although Imd signaling may provide a minor contribution to defense against these. The high susceptibility of Relish mutant to fungi observed in this article is likely due to the presence of the ebony marker (Lemaitre et al., 1996) [here only one part of the statement has been verified]

      Claim: PGRP-SC1a is required for Lys-type peptidoglycan recognition and Toll activation. Mixed

      Assessment: A possible role for PGRP-SCs in Toll activity has been strongly debated. Challenged by (Bischoff et al., 2006) who found no effect of PGRP-SC RNAi on activation of Toll (Drs expression) in adult flies (although note that their data show a minor reduction of Drs expression in flies in response to E. faecalis). Supported by (Costechareyre et al., 2016) who used single -SC1 and -SC2 mutants to show that Toll activation (Drs expression) was reduced in -SC1 but particularly -SC2 mutants (~50%) in response to E. faecalis (although survival was not affected). The supplementary data of (Paredes et al., 2011) similarly show that Drs expression was reduced (50%) in response to M. luteus septic infection in PGRP-SCdelta flies (PGRP-SC1A/B -SC2 triple mutant), but concluded that this was due to a secondary effect of Imd overactivation. Note that the phenotype found by (Garver et al., 2006) was much stronger (complete ablation of Drs expression), which is not consistent with any subsequent results and argues for a secondary mutation in this line, although this is not consistent with the successful rescue of Drs expression by transgenic replacement of PGRP-SC1a. Downregulation of Toll in these mutants could be explained if the Toll pathway requires amidase activity of PGRP-SC for immunogenicity (e.g. the sugar backbone without stem peptides is a stronger elicitor than whole peptidoglycan), whereas similar cleavage reduces recognition by the Imd pathway (consistent with the demonstrated requirement of stem peptides for full stimulation of the Imd pathway (Chang et al., 2005; Stenbak et al., 2004)). See annotation for (Mellroth et al., 2003). [here the claim is mostly challenged but there are observations that go in the same directions]

      As shown by these examples, category assessment was complex process and relied on human expertise. However, there was very little contestation from the community after the submission of our articles and the opening of the ReproSci website.

      A significant fraction of unchallenged claims is non-reproducible

      - Excluding the 45 unchallenged major claims that were experimentally tested, we categorized the remaining 240 unchallenged claims into three groups". No information is provided on that classification process (either here or in the methods). Who made these assessments (which seem quite subjective and dependent on field expertise), and how do you know if such judgments are reproducible across different evaluators?

      This categorization was done by Hannah Westlake and reviewed by Bruno Lemaitre with few disagreements. This is now indicated in the revised version. The category ‘unchallenged logically consistent” and ‘‘unchallenged logically consistent’ refer to claims that although not directly verified are corroborated or in with current literature. See ReproSci for justifications.

      Example from ReproSci website:

      Claim: The minimal structure needed to activate the Toll pathway is a muropeptide dimer.

      Assesment: Unchallenged logically consistent This is consistent with (Park et al., 2007) who show that on a linearized strand of peptidoglycan, the minimal motif is at least 3 dimers. But it is expected that a non-linearized dimer linked by the peptide bridge could serve as the minimal motif by clustering peptidoglycan.

      Claim: eater null flies are susceptible to oral infection with Serratia marcescens Unchallenged logically consistent Inconsistent with the observation that Eater mutants successfully phagocytose Serratia marcescens (Bretscher et al., 2015). This may indicate that another factor affected by eater mutation is required for defense against S. marcescens, such as formation of lamellopodia and filopodia or adhesion of hemocytes to the body wall, or that Eater contributes to binding of Gram-negative bacteria but does not trigger phagocytosis in response to them as it does for Gram-positive bacteria.

      Higher representation of challenged claims in trophy journals and from top universities

      - Both impact factor and the Shanghai university ranking are continuous variables, but the authors opt to use them as categorical variables in the analysis (i.e. "low-impact", "highimpact", "trophy"; "Top 50", "51-100", "101+"). While there may be legitimate reasons to do this if they feel that these categories are a better descriptor of the underlying reality (e.g. perhaps Cell, Science and Nature are indeed in a category by themselves), it is an unusual decision that leads the comparison to ignore the distinctions between journals/universities within a category. Moreover, it also opens up the opportunity to analysis bias as categories can be set up in many different ways. Thus, if the analysis was not preregistered, I'd recommend that analyses using impact factor and ranking as quantitative variables are added as sensitivity analyses, as these seem to me to be the most natural/less ad hoc way to look at the issue.

      See “Response to categorical variable encoding” above.

      - As mentioned in the Public Review, the analysis here pools the results from the retrospective analysis based on the literature and the prospective one based on the performed replications. Although this may be justified from a sample size perspective (as the number of challenged claims is not that high), it would be useful to perform this analysis separately on the two sets of results as well, as different trends may be noticed. There are many biases that might come into play here (e.g. results from top institutions being more or less likely to have challenged/unchallenged claims published) and looking at the results separately could help in tearing apart these hypotheses.

      The ReproSci project analyzes all the papers of a community during a period of time. As such, the total number of claims is limited and we believe that pooling the data was justified. We provide as sensitivity analysis in Supplement S7, a multivariate model with claims in their pre-experimental classification state:

      “As a sensitivity analysis, we refitted the multivariable hierarchical logistic model using only the claim classifications available before experimental validation by the ReproSci project, as the choice of which claims to further validate could have been influenced by covariate (impact factor, university status). The 45 claims tested prospectively were therefore restored to their original “Unchallenged” classification, while all covariates and author-level random intercepts were retained from the primary analysis. The complete-case analysis included 869 claims, of which 28 (3.2%) were challenged. No predictor had a 94% highest-density interval excluding 1, including publication in trophy journals (OR 1.11, 94% HDI 0.33–3.77) and affiliation with a Top50 institution (OR 1.44, 94% HDI 0.48–3.94). Thus, the associations observed in the pooled analysis were not evident when using classifications based exclusively on the retrospective literature review, although estimates were imprecise because of the small number of challenged claims”

      The irreproducibility rate has increased over time as the field has grown in popularity

      - Again, why not use year as a continuous variable rather than using 5-year windows (as this would effectively include more information)? I think the categorization here is less ad hoc than in the journal/university case, but it is still an unusual decision. More important than this, however, is the fact that pairwise comparisons between periods is probably not an appropriate strategy to look for a time trend, as it excludes all information not related to the pair in each analysis. I'd strongly suggest substituting this for a straightforward regression with publication year as a continuous variable.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. We agree that categorizing publication year into five-year periods may obscure temporal trends.

      We therefore modelled publication year continuously using a spline in the multivariable analysis, thereby retaining the full temporal information while allowing for non-linearity. A straightforward linear regression would impose a linear trend, which may not adequately capture changes over time. We retained the five-year groupings solely for visualization.

      - "The subsequent increase in unchallenged claims may reflect the rapid conceptual expansion of the field, which likely outpaced the growth in the number of researchers". Do we have data on the growth in the number of researchers in the field? If so, it might be interesting to cite this.

      We do not have the number of researchers to assess the growth of the field, however we can see in Figure 8A an increase in the number of laboratories (as identified by last author name) after 1995. This together with the increase in the number of articles (Figure 3A) clearly show the expansion on of the field.

      - Isn't a "rise in unchallenged claims" over time expected by chance, as older findings will have more time to have been verified by someone else? I understand that the 14-year window probably mitigates this effect, but it still probably exists in some degree and should be mentioned.

      The reviewer is correct that the % unchallenged claims should increase over time, but this does not explain the very low number of unchallenged claims between 1992-2001.

      First-author patterns of irreproducibility

      - With 69 challenged claims and 289 first authors, it would be impossible to achieve "perfect equality" (e.g. a Gini index of 0.88). To verify how far the observed coefficient deviates from chance, it would be useful to obtain (perhaps via simulations) the Gini coefficient expected by chance given the number of challenged claims/authors, and perhaps derive a p value as well (e.g. the proportion of random permutations in which the index exceeds the observed value).

      Very good observation, thank you, we provide this analysis for both first and last author, in the main text and in a supplementary table.

      Added first author text:

      “The distribution of challenged claims among first authors was highly unequal with a Gini coefficient of 0.881 (inequality index ranging from 0 -perfect equality- to 1 extreme inequality-, Figure 4B): the top 10% of first authors accounted for 73.9% of challenged claims, and the top 20% accounted for all challenged claims. This inequality exceeded that expected by chance (reassigning randomly the 69 challenged labels across individual claims, while preserving each author’s number of claims, p = 0.000001). It also remained greater than expected when claims from the same paper were kept together (p = 0.015; Supplementary Table Sx). The concentration of challenged claims among first authors cannot be explained solely by differences in the number of claims or by clustering within papers.”

      Added last author text:

      “Challenged claims were also unevenly distributed among leading authors (Gini coefficient = 0.856): the top 10% accounted for 71.0% of challenged claims and the top 20% accounted for 94.2%. The observed inequality exceeded that expected when challenged labels were reassigned across individual claims (p = 0.00081), but not when claims from the same paper were kept together (p = 0.127; Supplementary Table S9). The apparent concentration among leading authors could be explained by multiple challenged claims arising from the same papers.”

      Added method text:

      “We compared the observed Gini coefficients with two permutation analyses, each based on 1,000,000 permutations. First, we randomly reassigned the challenged labels across individual claims while keeping every claim attached to its original author. This preserved the number of claims contributed by each author. Second, we kept the challenged-claim pattern of each paper together and reassigned these patterns among papers containing the same number of claims. This additionally accounted for the possibility that claims from the same paper were challenged because of a shared problem. For each permutation, we recalculated the Gini coefficient across authors and calculated the p-value as the proportion of simulated coefficients that equalled or exceeded the observed coefficient. Full results are reported in Supplementary.”

      - Claims in a single paper may not be fully independent from each other (as both could be irreproducible due to the same error), so it could be worth adding the article as a random variable here.

      See answer above: [“Response to claim vs article level analysis”]

      - In Fig. 4B, what defines the order of the dots between 0 and 250 (i.e. authors that have no challenged claims)? Is this merely arbitrary? This should be stated more clearly.

      Thank you, the order was arbitrary, it has now been fixed by using a secondary sorting (verified claim proportion), and Authors tied on challenged-claim proportion are ordered by verified-claim proportion has been added the legend.

      - In Fig. 5C, there are clearly less dots than there are authors. This is likely due to superposition (i.e. there are probably multiple circles with 1 article and 0% verified claims). Nevertheless, it means that the graph conveys an erroneous message. As the x axis is a discrete variable, it may be worth turning it into five categories (e.g. 1 to 5) and adding some jitter to each of them in order to let the reader know how many dots are in each category/%.

      Thank you, this was indeed due to superposition. After trying to add a jitter, the graph was still confusing, so we changed the representation to show circle whose size depends on the number of authors. The graph now conveys the size of each block properly.

      Lead-author patterns of irreproducibility

      - The same comment concerning the Gini index made for the first authors also holds here.

      We added a text, see answer above.

      - In Fig. 6B, the same comment made for figure 4B also holds.

      Thank you, the order was arbitrary, it has now been fixed by using a secondary sorting (verified claim proportion), and Authors tied on challenged-claim proportion are ordered by verified-claim proportion has been added the legend.

      - The division between "senior" and "junior" PIs is rather ad hoc here. Once more, why not use "years from first last-author publication" as a continuous variable as a more neutral way to analyze this (as done in Fig. 8)? Also note that it is not clear whether "published a lastauthor article at least five years prior to the considered publication" means any article or one about Drosophila immunity (as in Fig. 8A), and which database was used to examine this (PubMed? Other?).

      Senior and junior researchers were classified based on whether they had published a last-author article five years or more using Pubmed (for seniors). We did not specify articles in Drosophila immunity when considering seniority but only having a last author article five year before the publication.

      - In Fig. 7C, the same comment made for Fig. 5C also holds, although the solution here is less obvious as there are more possible numbers for "number of articles".

      Thank you. As in Fig. 5C, superposition obscured multiple authors occupying the same coordinates. We therefore revised Fig. 7C so that authors with the same number of articles and proportion of challenged claims are represented by a single circle. Circle size and the number shown inside indicate how many authors are represented.

      - As far as I could tell, the data on Fig. 8A refers to when authors published their first first/last author papers on Drosophila immunity (which makes it different from Fig. 7, which refers to any article, but I could be mistaken). If this is the case, I'm not sure it's correct to talk about "the period when principal investigators established their laboratories" as mentioned in the text, as (a) they could have published a first author paper in somebody else's lab or (b) they could have started a lab and only later published a paper on Drosophila immunity. "Year of entry in the field" as in the figure legend seems more appropriate.

      We have changed for ‘year of entry in the field’ as suggested by the reviewer

      - In the same figure, the 1995 cutoff seems completely arbitrary. Why not analyze this as a regression with year of entry as a continuous variable?

      The 1995 boundary is historical as it marks the expansion of Drosophila immunity from a marginal subject into a popular field. The expansion of the field at this specific time was probably driven by a combination of factors: major advances in Drosophila genetics and genomic resources and growing knowledge of antimicrobial peptides in the early 1990, a strong interest on innate immunity that drew attention on the power of Drosophila to answer key questions in this new area. These developments attracted new researchers to insect immunity, and the later discoveries of the IMD and Toll pathways in 1995 and 1996 gave the field an additional (and probably even stronger) boost. Our corpus holds 29 articles for 1959– 1994 (0.8 per year) against 371 for 1995–2011 (21.8 per year), and only 13 of the 156 PIs entered before 1995. The comparison is therefore a cohort contrast more than a contrast or search for a cutting point. Moreover, a regression would impose a linear relationship between the different years, which we believe is too constrained on regard of the observed data.

      - "We hypothesized that these authors, having gained prior hands-on experience on Drosophila immunity, would be less prone to publishing irreproducible claims.". This is a possibility, but given that most of the sample is retrospective, it's also possible that the field is more prone to publicly challenging findings from newcomers.

      Since we do not observe major difference in replicability between senior and junior PI, we still believe that training as first author in a traditional immunity laboratory compared to no training is significant.

      Irreproducibility according to research styles

      - The objective definition of "continuity" and "exploratory" PIs should be stated here for this to be interpretable (note that this is not clear in the Methods either).

      We have better defined how we separate "continuity" and "exploratory" PIs in the methods and in the result section.

      Multivariable analysis of predictors of claim irreproducibility

      - As mentioned in the Public Review, does it make sense to include "unchallenged" along with "verified" in the outcome? If the objective is to reduce the analysis to a "verified/not verified" claim, wouldn't it make more sense to remove the unchallenged findings (as these are likely uninformative, and based on the authors' own replications may be more related to the "challenged" category than to the "unchallenged" one?

      See above, “Response to unchallenged exclusion”

      - As stated previously, why not include journal impact factor, university ranking, year of first paper and year of first Drosophila immunity paper, as continuous variables rather than categorical ones (which would effectively lead to a model with less parameters when there are more than 2 categories). Particularly, there is more information to be gained from adding a single variable than from performing individual comparisons between categories when these have a natural order.

      See above, “Response to categorical variable encoding”

      Discussion:

      - As "conceptual reproducibility" is somewhat of a vague concept, it seems important to discuss (both in the Methods and Discussion) how this was operationalized. Although it's obvious some decisions of what constitutes a direct replication will vary on a case-by-case basis, general guidelines on how these criteria were set are needed.

      We have defined in the methods used to categorize article claims as well as the link with the other companion article. In the ReproSci database, all the assessment are justified allowing to see how we classified claims.

      - "Contrary to the more dramatic narratives...". Here, it is important to emphasize the key differences between this and the cited references: (a) the fact that the majority of the replicability of the sample was found on the basis of a retrospective sample and (b) the fact that the study is dealing with conceptual rather than direct replications. Also, the possibility of confirmation bias should be mentioned as an alternative hypothesis in the last sentence of this paragraph.

      This is a good point and we have highlighted that methodological differences between our study and other studies could explain differences in replicability rates.

      - "findings that, despite being published, have never been independently tested". A more accurate description may be "have never been independently confirmed or refuted in the published literature", as many (and perhaps most - see Baker 2016) replication attempts may go unpublished, as the following sentences themselves indicate.

      We have changed the text according to the reviewer’s suggestion.

      - The description of how findings came to be regarded as "suspicious" here is interesting - and an important part of how the sample was determined. In this sense, I'd consider this as part of the methods. Even though defining what makes something "suspicious" may not be completely systematic, a general description of the method that led the researchers to arrive at this list (e.g. the process that seems to be hinted at in this paragraph) deserves a thorough description.

      The description of how findings came to be regarded as "suspicious" is now detailed in the methods.

      - "Our results suggest the status of a claim being "unchallenged" is not a reliable proxy for its validity". I agree, but this is statement is in direct contradiction with the authors' decision to include unchallenged claims along with validated ones in the binary outcome of the multivariate model.

      See above, “Response to unchallenged exclusion”

      - "Trophy journals are more likely to publish articles with challenged claims than high or lowimpact, although the difference was not significant." Again, a single analysis using a continuous measure of impact should provide more statistical evidence than the pairwise comparisons.

      See above, “Response to categorical variable encoding”

      - "However, this higher rate of follow-up work cannot fully explain by itself the higher proportion of challenged claims in trophy journals." Why not, exactly? I don't remember seeing an objective analysis of it.

      If we remove the unchallenged claims, we still observe higher rate of irreplicability in trophy journal: 15.85% in trophy journal versus 9% in high-impact and 8.1% in low-impact. So we believe that the higher rate of irreplicability in trophy journals cannot be explained by a lower level of unchallenged.

      - The very large paragraph on pages 21-22 could be split into two, one about journals and the other about universities.

      This has been done.

      - "Our data align with the broader narrative of increasing rates of non-reproducible science.". Does it? The time trend did not seem very clear to me (and I would argue that it was not analyzed properly).

      As indicated in the text, we observed an increase in the rate of irreplicable claims over time; however, this trend did not reach statistical significance. We are confident in the robustness of our analysis and therefore did not pursue this question further. While our findings align with concerns about non-replicable science, they also offer a more nuanced perspective, showing that in some fields, replicability remains significantly high.

      - "A similar but more acute pattern was observed during the SARS-CoV-2 pandemic." References should be provided here.

      We have added this reference to suggest that articles published on SARS-CoV-2 pandemic are overall less reliable than others: An alarming retraction rate for scientific publications on Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) Nicole Shu Ling Yeo-The https://doi.org/10.1080/08989621.2020.1782203

      - Some of the trends discussed here (e.g. time, continuity vs. exploratory style are not supported (even as a trend) by the multivariate model, and this caveat should be mentioned. An odds ratio of 0.89 with a very wide confidence interval may be too weak in terms of evidence strength to merit a whole paragraph in the introduction discussing it.

      We did not mention the question of time horizon or the distinction between continuity and exploratory research styles in the Introduction; however, we believe these issues merit consideration in the Discussion. In particular, the contrast between continuity-driven and exploratory approaches is noteworthy. Although we found no significant difference in the rate of challenged claims between these approaches, there was a significant difference in the rate of unchallenged claims, which are subsequently more likely to be challenged. This finding is important in the current funding landscape, where many agencies prioritize short-term, exploratory projects. Such incentives may inadvertently contribute to issues of irreproducibility.

      - There are many other limitations beyond those mentioned, in particular the fact that much of the analysis is retrospective and based on a potentially biased literature. The fact that the analysis does not seem to be preregistered and is dependent on a lot of ad hoc decisions also merits discussion. This should definitely be explored in more detail in the Limitations section.

      These limitations are now discussed in the limitation section at the end of the discussion. We agree on the fact that our analysis was not preregistered and that some of our conclusions are raised after analyzing the data. This article is part of a more global project including the databases with all the information. However, full objectivity when analyzing literature is not unachievable, and these critics are inherent to all reproducibility projects.

      Methods:

      Selected articles, annotation and experimental validation:

      - "In brief, a list of 400 publications published before 2011 was generated using a curated search string on the publicly available PubMed database.". Please state that the search string is available in the companion article (e.g. https://doi.org/10.1101/2025.07.07.663442) or include it here.

      This is now stated.

      - "Selected primary articles were annotated by a single researcher".

      By "annotation", do the authors mean the extraction of claims? This is not self-evident. Also, what does the "review" process entails? Do the authors have any data on agreement?

      We do not have data on agreement but overall, there were few discrepancies. We agree that the way to section article in separate claims could affect the conclusion in a number of cases. All the data are public and we did not have any request from the community. The fact that this project depends from arbitrage from the two annotators is mentioned in the limitations.

      - "Claims were cross-checked with evidence from previous, contemporary and subsequent publications and assigned a verification category."

      How was this process performed? This seems to be quite complex and there's hardly any information about it. And once again, do the authors have any data on how reproducible this process would be when performed by different people?

      All the data, notably claim assessment and justifications, are available on the website. Findings cross-checking the claim could be identified by knowledge of the authors, checking articles that quotes the articles. This was an enormous amount of work with human arbitrage. We expected more feedback from the community. The reaction of the community will be described in a companion article later.

      - The authors mentioned that annotations and verifications were made available for comments on the community, but how were these comments incorporated if different opinions were voiced? Can the authors provide data on how frequent these comments were, and how often they were incorporated?

      All data is available on the website, where members of the community can publicly comment on our assessments. The authors can see these comments on the ReproSci website

      Table 1:

      - Again, the three "partially verified" categories in Table 1 seem to refer to very different situations and it would be interesting to break these down somewhere.

      We agree that categories ‘mixed’ and ‘partially verified’ are complex. They represent situations where a decision was not easy. We prefer not to break down those categories in multiple sub-categories.

      First and last author classification:

      - What does "status of first author" mean?

      Status means their position: technician, PhD student, Post-doc, PI….

      - "PIs were manually classified as..." - there seems to be something missing in this sentence (e.g. "as senior or junior on the basis of whether they have...")

      We have added PIs: PIs were manually classified as senior or junior PIs on the basis on having published an article in Pubmed as last author more than five year ago.

      - The distinction between continuity and exploratory is not explained in objective terms. Is there any objective definition of what it means to "continue to work in the field". Publishing a paper in the last X years? And what counts as a "transient" incursion?

      We have better explained in the methods this distinction.

      Statistical analysis:

      - Can the authors define exactly what they mean by "weakly informative priors"?

      Weakly informative prior are Bayesian prior distribution that are meant to be vague as to let the data dominate the results (vs the prior belief of the scientist). They can be seen as very close to flat priors, which are not used here because they cause numerical convergence issues.

      - The authors mention a lot of variables included in the multivariable analysis, but little information is provided on the categorization. What are "low, high and trophy journals"? What university rankings are used?

      We used Shanghai Ranking’s 2010 Academic Ranking of World Universities as our ranking of university. Our binning of ranking in categories make the analysis less susceptible to changes in ranking system. We selected the Shanghai ranking as it primarily evaluates research output and awards (where Times also evaluate teaching, and QS also employer reputation), which we believe represent better the variable than may affect irreplaceability. For the categorization, please see answer above: “Response to categorical variable encoding”

      - "Exact formulas (...) are available in the public repository". What repository do authors mean? The project website? The GitHub repository? Please specify and provide a direct link if possible.

      We added a link to the main text (it was only in the supplementary document). The Supplementary document contains information on how to reproduce the results.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Specific comments:

      Some methodological details related to the main conclusions of the paper are missing.

      We have extended the methodological section and also better link this article to the companion article.

      - Impact factor: It is unclear which year(s) of journal impact factors were used. Trophy journals are defined as those with an impact factor >50 (Science, Nature, and Cell), but according to Figure 2B, there are only three such journals. Are "trophy journals" limited to these three, or are others included that meet the >50 impact factor threshold?

      These are the 2022 impact factor, we made that clear in the main text. Moreover, only 3 journals in our datasets had an impact factor >50: Nature, Cell, and Science (so the Trophy Journal category is limited to these 3, but not by definition). This is explicit in Table S1: List of journals with impact factor and claim assessment.

      - University ranking: Similarly, please clarify which year(s) of university ranking data were used. Since rankings vary depending on the system (e.g., QS, Times, Shanghai), were the conclusions consistent across multiple ranking sources?

      We used Shanghai Ranking’s 2010 Academic Ranking of World Universities as our ranking of university. Our binning of ranking in categories make the analysis less susceptible to changes in ranking system. We selected the Shanghai ranking as it primarily evaluate research output and awards (where Times also evaluate teaching, and QS also employer reputation), which we believe represent better the variable than may affect irreplaceability.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Table S4 - for leading author there is a variable of 'historical lab after 1998 continuity' - should that be 1995?

      Correct, we changed this label to Trained in Historical laboratory (Comparison restricted to claims published after 1995) to make it more explicit.

    1. Antagonistic bots can also be used as a form of political pushback that may be ethically justifiable. For example, the “Gender Pay Gap Bot [c13]” bot on Twitter is connected to a database on gender pay gaps for companies in the UK.

      This is interesting to me because it shows how bots are not automatically "bad" or "good" as their actions are dependent on how they are operated. With the example of the Gender Pay Gap Bot, it holds companies accountable by using actual databases instead of spreading misinformation. This makes me think of how we decide when to put criticism on bots.

    1. Symbolic-interaction theory explains how we all build reality in our everyday interactions with others. When school officials define some students as “gifted,” for example, we can expect teachers to treat them differently and expect the students themselves to behave differently as a result of having been labeled in this way. If students and teachers come to believe that one race is academically superior to another, the behavior that follows may be a self-fulfilling prophecy. One limitation of this approach is that people do not just make up such beliefs about superiority and inferiority. Rather, these beliefs are built into a society’s system of social inequality, which brings us to social-conflict theory.

      I found this passage interesting because it explains how the way we view people can actually influence their behavior and opportunities. A label may seem small, but over time it can affect how a student is treated and how they view their own abilities. This made me think about how important it is for teachers to recognize each student’s potential instead of making assumptions based on labels or stereotypes. I wonder how schools can make sure that labels are used to support students rather than limit what they believe they can accomplish.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study reports a novel phenomenon of maternal growth during pregnancy that is independent of growth hormone (GH), adding a new dimension to maternal biology of reproduction. The evidence is convincing and supported by state-of-the-art methodologies conducted in mice and persuasive observations in humans with hereditary isolated GH deficiency. Revised discussion should focus on possible mechanisms, including the role of IGF2, and on directions for future research.

      We thank the editors for these valuable suggestions. In response, we assessed hepatic Igf2 mRNA expression. As shown in Author response image 1, hepatic Igf2 mRNA expression was higher in Ghrhr<sup>lit/lit</sup> mice but was not significantly affected by pregnancy. However, we recognize that IGF-2 is produced by multiple tissues, particularly at the maternal-fetal interface, as well as by other maternal tissues, exerting endocrine or paracrine effects. Therefore, we believe that hepatic Igf2 expression alone provides only a limited view of the potential contribution of IGF-2 to the maternal adaptations induced by pregnancy. For this reason, we chose not to include these data in the revised manuscript. Instead, we expanded the Discussion to address the potential role of IGF-2 in the observed phenotypes and to highlight important directions for future research, as suggested.

      Author response image 1.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This work evaluates the impact of reproductive history on growth, body weight and body composition in mammals. In mice, somatic growth is stimulated by the first pregnancy while the second pregnancy increases body weight mainly by increasing adiposity. To probe the role of pituitary growth hormone (GH), the key regulator of somatic growth in these processes, was addressed by comparing the impact of reproduction on growth in normal ("wild type") and genetically GH-deficient females and by detailed characterization of the profile of fluctuations in circulating GH levels in both types of animals. Additional studies addressed the possible role of other endocrine pathways (ghrelin and estrogen) in the pregnancy-related growth. Surprisingly, reproduction-related growth was independent of GH, ghrelin and estrogen. To determine whether these results may apply ("translate") to human physiology, data on various parameters of somatic growth were collected from women with hereditary GH deficiency. The findings indicate that GH-independent stimulation of growth by reproductive events also occurs in women.

      Use of multiple animal models, rigorous characterization of GH levels in normal and GH-deficient females, and inclusion of data derived from a unique and well-characterised population of people with hereditary isolated GH deficiency and no GH replacement therapy are important strengths of these elegant and innovative studies. The results address a broader and clinically significant issue of permanent changes in body size, composition and function that result from pregnancy and lactation. This work also provides important background for further studies aimed at the identification of the mechanism involved and the role of specific reproductive events in the regulation of growth.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this thoughtful and highly positive evaluation of our work and for recognizing its novelty, rigor, and potential physiological and clinical significance.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript describes the fascinating phenomenon of growth hormone (GH)-independent growth occurring in the mother during pregnancy. This growth was most pronounced in dwarf mice that are lacking the receptor for growth hormone-releasing hormone (GHRH) and therefore showing isolated GH deficiency. However, the pregnancy-induced growth could also be observed in wild-type mice, suggesting that it is a normal part of the maternal adaptation to pregnancy. The study falls short of identifying the mechanism(s) driving this pregnancy-induced growth response, but it certainly reveals a novel insight into maternal physiology. The authors have completed a range of experiments in mice to prove that, as well as being GH independent, the pregnancy-induced growth also did not require GH signaling in the liver (i.e. not another pregnancy-specific ligand operating through the GHR to promote IGF). They also provided complementary data from a population of humans with untreated isolated GH deficiency that are broadly consistent with the hypothesis. While it is important to consider the significant species differences between rodents and humans, both in terms of growth physiology and also in terms of evolution of placental somato-mammotrophic hormones, this unique population are a valuable resource and adds credence to the study. Overall, I find this a compelling research story, but disappointingly unfinished. There are some areas where additional information could improve the ability to interpret the data, and some additional concepts that could be considered in the discussion. There are also areas where additional experiments might provide important insights. However, I think that such suggestions can be considered as appropriate for future research, rather than delaying consideration of the current manuscript.

      Main comments:

      (1) Data in Figure 1 are remarkable - not so much the growth in pregnancy in the wildtype mice, because while elevated GH is well known in pregnancy, but growth in the dwarf mice is indicative of GH-independent growth. From these data, it seems that there is good evidence that growth in pregnancy is an adaptive function. However, it is possible that growth is achieved in dwarf mice and that in wildtype mice may have been mediated through different mechanisms. The dwarf mice showed an increase in liver and plasma IGF1, suggestive of an additional ligand driving IGF in pregnancy. One could hypothesize that such an effect could be mediated by an additional pregnancy-specific ligand activating the GH receptor. In humans, placental growth hormone could be such a ligand, but as far as we know, there is no placental GH in mice. In contrast, the wildtype animals showed suppression of liver and circulating IGF1, and low levels of pSTAT5 in the liver during pregnancy. These data (in Figure 5) are very surprising. Given the high circulating GH in pregnancy, as well as high placental lactogen (which would be expected to activate STAT5 in the liver through the Prlr), the low levels of pSTAT5 are unexpected and would seem to indicate some sort of acquired insensitivity to GH. Is this entirely driven by down-regulation of STAT5b protein, or could there be activation of other, negative regulators of STAT signalling, such as SOCS? What is causing such a profound suppression of STAT5? Regardless of the mechanism, this suggests that pregnancy-induced growth in wildtype mice is independent of circulating IGF1 (potentially a different mechanism or in addition to that seen in IGHD mice).

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. The mechanisms underlying the reduced hepatic STAT5b protein expression observed during pregnancy remain unknown. Previous studies have also reported desensitization of hepatic JAK2/STAT5 GH signaling during pregnancy, associated with increased expression of negative regulators of STAT signaling, including CIS (Miquet et al., Am J Physiol Endocrinol Metab 289–E607, 2005). In the current manuscript, we also observed increased Cish mRNA expression in the liver of pregnant mice. We have incorporated this information into the revised manuscript. In addition, we expanded the Discussion to acknowledge the possibility that pregnancy-induced growth may occur through distinct mechanisms in wild-type and GH-deficient mice and that, in wild-type mice, this response may involve liver-derived IGF-1-independent mechanisms.

      The data shown in Figure 6 are a major strength of the study, showing that the pregnancy-induced changes are not specific to one particular transgenic model, but still occur in a variety of models affecting GH through different approaches. Given the pregnancy-specific nature of the changes, however, it seems an oversight not to have evaluated the role of placental lactogens. Prlr is highly expressed in the liver, but the function of this hormone in the liver is not well established. Could the extremely high levels of PL be mediating this growth response? Given the low expression of STAT5 in the liver and the fact that plasma IGF1 is not markedly elevated, it seems more likely that this growth response may be mediated by locally produced IGF1 in target tissues.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. Although we were not able to investigate the role of prolactin receptor signaling using mouse models in the present study, we agree that prolactin may contribute to pregnancy-induced growth. Accordingly, we revised the Discussion to acknowledge this possibility and to include the potential roles of placental lactogens and locally produced IGF-1 as additional mechanisms that may underlie pregnancy-induced body growth.

      I think these possibilities could be addressed by an expanded discussion of species variation in placental hormones, to highlight that humans have expansion of the GH locus, but rodents have expansion of the prolactin axis (see Soares, M. J. The prolactin and growth hormone families: pregnancy-specific hormones/cytokines at the maternal-fetal interface. Reprod Biol Endocrinol 2, 51, 2004). Importantly, placental GH and chorionic somatomammotropins (CSM) in humans are all variants of the GH gene, but CSM have preferential activity at Prlr. This seems to be a fundamental species difference in pregnancy biology, but has been interpreted as an example of convergent evolution, with conservation of prolactin and GH-like functions at the maternal-fetal interface, mediated by different mechanisms, likely contributing to the metabolic adaptations of the mother (see Newbern D, Freemark M. Placental hormones and the control of maternal metabolism and fetal growth. Curr Opin Endocrinol Diabetes Obes. 2011; 18: 409-416). While the preceding function has focused on explaining the evolution of placental lactogens (either prolactin or GH variants), the present data suggest that there are also mechanisms to maintain growth in pregnancy, independent of GH (even in the absence of a placental GH).

      Thank you very much for this observation and suggestion. In the Introduction, we succinctly mention species-specific differences in the GH locus (see Introduction). Since our study focused primarily on mice, we believe expanding on this information would detract from the study's focus, especially given that such details are available in other publications. However, we have added a sentence to the discussion noting that, despite significant species-specific differences in the GH locus, there has been evolutionary conservation in the maintenance of pregnancy-induced growth, potentially involving distinct mechanisms in rodents and humans, though both appear to be GH-independent.

      “However, important differences are observed between humans and rodents. Humans, but not rodents, possess the GH2 gene, which encodes the placental growth hormone (GH) variant, whose production progressively replaces pituitary GH (derived from the GH1 gene) secretion during pregnancy (Liao et al., 2018). In contrast, rodents maintain pituitary GH secretion throughout gestation (Gatford et al., 2017; Liao et al., 2018). Additionally, human GH, both pituitary and placental variants, as well as chorionic somatomammotropins, can activate both the GH receptor (GHR) and the prolactin receptor (PrlR), explaining their lactogenic effects. In contrast, murine GH activates only the GHR (Bartke and Kopchick, 2015).”

      (2) The human data are very interesting, and my initial impression was that it seemed unlikely to be the same phenomenon. Was there any real evidence for "growth" in pregnancy? Pubertal maturation of long bone growth might be expected to prevent further growth in adulthood. However, these issues were appropriately discussed, and it seems well justified to evaluate this unique population of women with IGHD who underwent pregnancy. It would be very interesting to know if these women experienced elevated IGF1 during pregnancy, indicative of placental GH contributing to growth. Mechanistically, this might be more like the dwarf mouse situation of IGHD, that the situation in wildtype mice (associated with liver insensitivity to GH and low IGF1).

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Unfortunately, the pregnancies of the women with IGHD occurred with limited medical assistance, and no additional clinical information is available, particularly regarding changes in circulating IGF-1 levels during pregnancy. Therefore, the evidence presented and discussed in the current manuscript represents the only information currently available on pregnancy-induced growth in this unique population.

      (3) It would be useful to include investigations that isolate the effects of pregnancy and the placental hormones. Such studies could include evaluating growth in pseudopregnant mice with IGHD (pregnancy-like changes in hormones but lacking the placental contribution) and in IGHD animals that experience pregnancy but not lactation (pups removed at birth). I accept that this might be too large an additional study to add for the present manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion and agree that this experiment could provide valuable information regarding the role of placental hormones in pregnancy-induced growth. Interestingly, previous work has shown that female mice housed with vasectomized males exhibit increased body weight compared with non-reproductive females, although this increase is substantially smaller than that observed in females with successive litters (Garratt et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 117:15748–15754, 2020). We discuss this study in the current manuscript. However, this study did not provide additional information on whether this increase reflects greater adiposity, enhanced body growth, or both. Unfortunately, we are unable to perform these time-intensive experiments. We appreciate the reviewer's understanding and agree that this important question should be addressed in future studies.

      (4) It is an important and translationally relevant observation that pregnancy increased the risk of long-term weight gain, and that after the first pregnancy, the pregnancy-induced growth response was more directed to promoting fat deposition. Does this provide any mechanistic insight? Could a metabolic adaptation result in growth?

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. At present, we do not have additional data to explain the mechanisms underlying the pregnancy-induced increases in body growth and adiposity or to determine whether these processes are mechanistically linked. In the revised manuscript, we have expanded the Discussion to address potential mechanisms that may contribute to the observed post-pregnancy growth, including hormonal and metabolic factors, while acknowledging that these possibilities remain speculative and require further investigation.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study describes an increase in body growth and body composition in both mice and women. In mice, the impact on growth is mainly seen during the first pregnancy, and the changes postpartum on body composition are also different during the first and second pregnancies. The study has used various knock-out models in the growth hormone axis to understand these changes as well as some gene expression analysis related to GH, IGF-1 and estrogen signalling pathways.

      Strengths:

      (1) The inclusion of various knock-out mouse models that allow for exploration of mechanisms related to the above-mentioned changes.

      (2) The investigation of gene expression of GHR, IGF-1R and ER pathways.

      Weaknesses:

      The human findings are dependent on the patient's recollection of bodily changes after their pregnancies.

      Conclusion:

      The authors have partly achieved their aim of describing changes in growth and body composition that remain after pregnancy and the mechanisms behind these changes. This study may have importance for a wide variety of research areas as well as in the clinical setting. The study is also unique in its attempt to bridge findings in mice to a unique human model of congenital GH deficiency.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the thoughtful evaluation of our study, for recognizing its novelty and potential significance, and for highlighting the strengths of our experimental approach. We have revised the manuscript to further acknowledge the limitations of the human data, as suggested.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The findings presented in this study are novel, exciting and important. I believe it would help the readers to include a diagram showing the timing of the various measurements and tissue collection in relation to conception, parturition and weaning. It would also be helpful to expand the discussion to include the author's thoughts on the possible role of various placental hormones, pituitary prolactin, metabolic changes and/or other factors in the observed growth. Finally, humans from whom the data were obtained should probably be referred to as individuals or subjects rather than patients.

      We thank the reviewer for these helpful suggestions. We included Figure 7 in the revised manuscript, which summarizes the study's experimental timeline. Additionally, we expanded the Discussion as recommended and replaced the term "patients" with "subjects" throughout the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In addition to my comment above about addressing the different evolution of placental hormones, the following minor suggestions are provided:

      (1) Abstract line 23 "most" could be "some" (because lots of evidence that pregnancy-induced adaptations are long-term - e.g. brain structure, maternal behavior, endocrine changes) - see below.

      Done.

      (2) Is "reproductive experience" the best term? Or is it "pregnancy"? (likely specifically due to the presence of placental hormones and/or maternal patterns of hormones, rather than other aspects of "reproductive experience) e.g. mating, parturition or lactation?

      We appreciate the reviewer's point. However, because we cannot exclude potential contributions of mating, parturition, or lactation to the observed increases in body growth and adiposity, we prefer to retain the term "reproductive experience," as the mice in the present study underwent all of these processes rather than pregnancy alone.

      (3) Potentially, the introduction could add references to brain changes in humans in pregnancy (this is a particularly topical area of research where long-term changes have been reported; e.g. Pritschet L, Taylor CM, Cossio D, Faskowitz J, Santander T, Handwerker DA, Grotzinger H, Layher E, Chrastil ER, Jacobs EG. Neuroanatomical changes observed over the course of a human pregnancy. Nat Neurosci. 2024 Nov;27(11):2253-2260; Martínez-García M, Paternina-Die M, Barba-Müller E, Martín de Blas D, Beumala L, Cortizo R, Pozzobon C, Marcos-Vidal L, Fernández-Pena A, Picado M, Belmonte-Padilla E, Massó-Rodriguez A, Ballesteros A, Desco M, Vilarroya Ó, Hoekzema E, Carmona S. Do Pregnancy-Induced Brain Changes Reverse? The Brain of a Mother Six Years after Parturition. Brain Sci. 2021 Jan 28;11(2):168. There is also a significant literature on long-term effects of reproductive experience (Bridges RS. Long-term alterations in neural and endocrine processes induced by motherhood in mammals. Horm Behav. 2016 Jan;77:193-203).

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. Accordingly, we incorporated these references into the Introduction to further emphasize the long-term effects of reproductive experience.

      (4) Figure 1: Why show body weight as a "delta" for primiparous animals, and "absolute "values for multiparous? Similarly, it seems that body length is an informative readout for these experiments, but this is only reported for one model, and most models are only shown as body weight and lean mass.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. For the primiparous mice, we chose to present the change (Δ) in body weight and lean mass because it more directly illustrates the effects of the first reproductive experience relative to each animal's baseline while avoiding redundant presentation of both absolute and Δ values, as both analyses yielded the same statistical conclusions. For the multiparous mice, absolute values were presented to facilitate comparison with the corresponding images and to allow direct comparison of body size between wild-type and Ghrhr<sup>lit/lit</sup> mice. Regarding body length, these measurements were collected only in the multiparous cohort and were not obtained after the first reproductive experience. Therefore, we are unable to provide body length data for the primiparous groups.

      (5) It seems it would be better to present all of the mouse data first, then the supporting human data.

      Done.

      (6) The manuscript includes a high-quality investigation of GH secretion - particularly the pulsatile secretion of GH. Is it possible to have matching IGF data (at least multiple time points in pregnancy)?

      We agree with the reviewer that serial measurements of circulating IGF-1 during pregnancy would provide valuable additional information. Unfortunately, this analysis is not feasible because the limited blood volume collected during the study did not allow sufficient sample storage for additional measurements.

      (7) Line 221 - "GHRH signaling is required for pregnancy-induced increases in GH secretion...". Can you actually make that conclusion, or is it possible that the lack of GHRH developmentally has permanently altered the pituitary gland, so it cannot respond to other GH secretagogues?

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that the congenital absence of GHRH signaling may cause developmental alterations in the pituitary that impair the response to other GH secretagogues. Therefore, we cannot distinguish whether the lack of pregnancy-induced increases in GH secretion reflects the absence of GHRH signaling per se or the developmental defects resulting from GHRH deficiency. We removed the aforementioned phrase from Results and have revised the Discussion to acknowledge this important limitation and to clarify that the observed phenotype may be secondary to impaired pituitary development.

      (8) Line 238 - "GHR signaling stimulates hepatic insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF-1) secretion, particularly by activating the signal transducer and activator of transcription 5b (STAT5b) pathway" for this point, should probably cite: Davey HW, Xie T, McLachlan MJ, Wilkins RJ, Waxman DJ, Grattan DR. STAT5b is required for GH-induced liver IGF-I gene expression. Endocrinology. 2001 Sep;142(9):3836-41.

      Thank you for this suggestion; we added this reference.

      (9) Line 240 - "GH action in the liver is not only controlled by the pattern of GH secretion...". should probably cite Waxman's work regarding patterns of GH secretion (e.g reviewed in Waxman DJ, O'Connor C. Growth hormone regulation of sex-dependent liver gene expression. Mol Endocrinol. 2006 Nov;20(11):2613-29.).

      This reference was included in this sentence.

      (10) Methods: Check statistics - some of the analysis should have been repeated measures?

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We carefully re-evaluated all statistical analyses and did not identify any experiment for which a repeated-measures analysis would have been appropriate. Therefore, no changes to the statistical analyses were necessary.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Introduction: The context of the sentence "Furthermore, historically, females have been underrepresented in studies" is unclear.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. Our intention was to emphasize that, because pregnancy is unique to females and females have historically been underrepresented in biomedical research, pregnancy-related physiology has received comparatively less attention. However, we agree that this statement was not essential in this context. Thus, we have removed it from the revised manuscript.

      (2) Introduction: Based on the paper, the main aim seems to be to study the lasting effects of pregnancy on the mother and not primarily to study the hormonal changes during pregnancy.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful observation. We agree that our study primarily focuses on the long-term effects of pregnancy on the maternal organism rather than the hormonal changes that occur during pregnancy. Accordingly, we revised this sentence to better reflect the main objective of the study: “Therefore, the goal of this study is to investigate the lasting effects of pregnancy on the maternal organism and the possible involvement of the somatotrophic axis in these changes.”

      (3) Other endocrine factors could affect the changes seen after pregnancy in mice and humans, such as the insulin level and activation of the IR.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we expanded the Discussion to acknowledge the potential contribution of several endocrine factors, including insulin signaling, to pregnancy-induced growth.

      (4) The receptor activation in tissues other than the liver has not been studied, such as in the growth plate, adipose tissue and muscle.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree with this point and have addressed this possibility in the revised Discussion.

      (5) Information on the age of the patient at the time of pregnancy could be included as well as the patient's height and weight before pregnancy and at follow-up.

      This information was added as Table 1.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      We appreciate the authors have provided answers to many of the points we raised, and the changes made to their manuscript, which we think strengthen the overall evidence presented. However, we find that some important controls are still missing across experiments.

      Major comments:

      (1) Shortcomings in Immunofluorescence experiments:

      a. Antibody cross-reactivity was only tested against CK1ɛ, but should also be tested against CK1α, which is abundant in U2OS cells, and is also known to be involved in cell-cycle regulation.

      We selected the CK1δ antibody (abcam, ab85320 clone AF12G4) precisely because of its well-established specificity for CK1δ. In many well-cited studies [An et al., Nature Communications, 2022, PMID: 35810166], [Eng et al., PLOS One 2017, PMID: 28545154], some of which involve direct comparison with CK1α and CK1ε [Sinnberg et al., BMC Cancer, 2016, PMID: 27488834], [Beale et al., Journal of Biological Rhythms, 2019, PMID: 30898060], the CK1δ (ab85320) antibody is cited directly as the antibody used to specifically detect CK1δ.

      Additionally, through our previous eLife paper, we have confirmed the observation from previous studies that clearly demonstrate that this CK1δ (ab85320) antibody can specifically recognize CK1δ and not even its closest homolog CK1ε. Given the high degree of conservation in the kinase region between CK1δ and CK1ε, this implies that this antibody is likely directed at the divergent C-terminal tail (see sequence alignments in Author response image 1). Given that CK1α C-terminal tail is even more divergent from CK1δ, along with its reliable use in the literature from multiple working groups, it is safe to assume that this antibody can reliably distinguish CK1δ from CK1α.

      Author response image 1.

      Protein sequence alignments between CK1δ, CK1ε, and CK1α highlighting high sequence conservation in the structured kinase domain and sequence divergence at the C-terminal tail.

      b. Fig. 1: Statistical analyses are missing from the analysis.

      We have clearly added statistical analysis showing significant differences of CK1δ localization at the centrosome.

      c. Fig. 2: No colocalisation analysis shown for figure 2, only some arrowheads pointing to puncta. Appropriate colocalisation statistics are important since for practical reasons, only a few representative images can be shown on the figure.

      CK1δ colocalization is already well-established in the literature and additionally demonstrated in this study with the clear colocalization in Figures 1C and 1D. In Figure 2, we have chosen to report representative images which correspond to the typical phenotype we observe and can compare side-by-side which show clear and striking differences in terms of CK1δ localization between a) cells that form foci and lose CK1δ localization at a clear and distinct centrosome and b) cells that do not form foci and CK1δ is clearly localized to the apparent centrosome. By showing several fields-of-view, we demonstrate that this is the prevalent comparative phenotype.

      d. Fig. 6: Even if the figure is illustrative, it is important to show centrosome staining to visualise CK1ẟ's recruitment to the centrosome in G2/prophase, especially since this information is used to propose the model in figure 7.

      It is well-established that centrosomal duplication is a key hallmark of G2. Combined with our observations from Figure 2 showing that CK1δ to distinct puncta that one can only assume is the centrosome, and now showing in Figure 6, a clear duplication of these puncta. Importantly, this occurs in cells that also exhibit higher DAPI staining consistent with the duplicated and condensed genomic state when compared to other cells in the field of view, another hallmark of G2. Therefore, additional centrosomal staining and colocalization will only confirm what we already know about typical hallmarks of G2 and wider mitosis and the established CK1δ localization to the centrosomes.

      e. For all figures: Please mention the number of independent biological replicates in the figure legends (1, 2, 6). For figure 1, if there are 3 independent biological replicates, the quantification should take all of them into account (as opposed to the data points corresponding to 10 cells), and statistics must be done appropriately, taking those independent replicates into account. Same for the colocalisation analysis in figure 2 once you include it.

      We have mentioned the number of independent biological replicates where we considered it appropriate in Figures 3, 4, and 5. Figure 1 A and B are representative fields-of-view which show a replicable phenotype and we have quantified 10 cells to show the statistical difference in CKδ colocalization to PCNT. Figure 1 C and D show individual representative cells used for the line plot analysis but as one can already see from Figures 1 and B, these observations are clearly reproducible. Figure 2 A is an additional representative photo from observations we have made in our previous eLife publication. Figure 2 B already shows multiple fields-of-view which show a replicable result. Figure 6, again, shows a representative series of cells which already clearly demonstrate the change in CK1δ localization over the course of mitosis.

      (2) Shortcomings in biochemistry experiments:

      On CalA control, this is not a matter of confirming that CalA treatment works in principle, but rather to confirm that CalA treatment worked in this specific replicate. Aliquots may lose potency (e.g. with freeze-thaw cycles / exposure to light), hence checking for enrichment of phospho-proteins is essential to confirm the treatment was successful in this particular instance. In the worst-case scenario, the company may have sent the wrong compound altogether! A positive and a negative control is the basis for every experiment to make meaningful interpretation. On a separate note, many experiments have control and siRNA or compound treatments on two different gels - this should be rectified as they are meaningless if different exposures have been selected for different immunoblots.

      I find it hard to seriously answer to these points. I do not know what kind of reagents the reviewer is used to work with. On every experiment we show as a sub-figure, we use the same CalA that clearly works as intended since we can clearly see a phosphorylation-induced gel shift of the kinase. This rules out aliquots losing their potency or supplier providing the wrong compound. We also show a clear negative control in showing the absence of the gel shift prior to CalA treatment.

      On a separate note, we have no experiments with siRNA so we are unsure what the reviewer is referring to here. Of the 11 immunoblots we report here, each of which are representative of a triple replicate, only 1, Figure 3B, shows a split view on an equal exposure. Even then this was actually run on the same gel and this figure was simply spliced to simplify the message we want to convey. Therefore, we believe we have used the appropriate controls and level of rigor to make our observations and interpret them adequately.

      (4) As the authors mention, the kinase is not fully inactive when tail phosphorylated. Recent research has also suggested that tail-phosphorylated CK1ẟ may show increased catalytic activity for a few select, specific substrates, in the co-occurrence of pT220 (Cullati et al., 2022; Cullati et al., 2024). It is thus tricky to directly infer that phosphorylated CK1ẟ is inhibited, when no positive control for CK1ẟ inhibition was shown in the evidence presented. It would be necessary to either nuance your claim or include a positive control for CK1ẟ inhibition. Please revise statements in the manuscript accordingly.

      We have clearly demonstrated that CKδ tail phosphorylation leads to kinase inhibition and refer the reviewer to our work in PNAS [Marzoll et al., PNAS, 2021; PMID: 35217617].

      (5) It would be important to include statistical analyses for the immunofluorescence data in Fig. 1 and 2.

      We have included statistical analysis where we considered it appropriate in Figure 1 A and B. In Figure 1 C and D, statistical analysis is not appropriate to apply to compare single line plots as the individual data are clearly distinct from one another. For Figure 2 A and B, again, we are showing this data to show what is already a clear difference in CK1δ centrosomal localization when we compare cells that either form PER-CRY foci or do not.

      (9) The authors mentioned "In the eLife study, we show that inhibition of kinase activity by PF670462 stabilizes CK1δ and that the overexpressed kinase-dead mutant CK1δ-K38R is stable." Unfortunately, the data from biochemical analyses presented in the eLife publication is uninterpretable due to a lack of loading controls.

      We respect the reviewer’s opinion on this matter. However, the earlier study was independently peer-reviewed and has already been published. The reviewer was not involved in the assessment of that work, and we therefore feel that a retrospective evaluation of its merits is beyond the scope of the present review. We would respectfully ask that the current manuscript be evaluated on the basis of the questions it addresses and the evidence presented here.

      (10) While the data presented in Penas et al. strongly suggests a link between CK1ẟ stabilisation and the APC/C-Cdh1 complex, it is the only study to have shown it. Given that (1) science relies on data reproducibility and (2) your proposed model relies heavily on the relationship between CK1ẟ stabilisation and the APC/CCdh1 complex, it would be appropriate to include the investigations mentioned in our original comment.

      We respectfully point out that the purpose of the present review is to assess the manuscript under consideration, not to retrospectively reassess data that have already been published, such as those reported by Penas et al., even if this is the only study we cite in support of this particular point.

      After checking the peer review received from Review Commons, we cannot see the “investigations in our original comment” that this reviewer is referring to.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this study, Serrano et al. employed a combination of cell biological and molecular approaches to investigate the localization and regulation of Casein Kinase CK1 during the cell cycle using U20S cells. They show that CK1 dynamically localizes between the centrosomes and the nucleus but can be sequestered away from the centrosomes upon overexpression of its binding partner PER2. They provide evidence that CK1 WT but not a phospho-null mutant strongly accumulates in a hyperphosphorylated form upon inhibition of phosphatases (using Calyculin and Okadaic Acid) and thus conclude that CK1 tail phosphorylation protects the kinase from degradation. Using synchronized cells, they show that CK1 accumulates unphosphorylated in S-phase (APC/Cdh1 inactive) but phosphorylated at the G2-M transition. Immunostaining shows that CK1 localizes to the centrosomes during mitosis.

      The manuscript has improved overall, but some sections are still inconclusive and require clarification.

      Major comments:

      Figure 1 is inconclusive. CK1 nuclear staining is highly similar in untreated cells and in cells treated with CHX + PF670462. The reduction in centrosomal staining in these cells is barely significant. However, the authors draw very strong conclusions from these data sets. In panel B, the cells appear to have been fixed incorrectly, and the anti-PCNT shows a strong background signal. Not convinced that immunofluorescence is the best approach to look at protein dynamics in vivo.

      Figures 1 A and B are meant to show how CHX and PF670462 may affect CK1δ localization to the centrosome (stained by PCNT) over several cells whereas Figures 1 C and D are meant to more clearly show this effect in individual cells. This effect is indeed modest in the endogenous situation compared to the overexpressed which shows a clearer redistribution of CK1δ. We show this when we compare the quantification in Figure 1A and the colocalization analysis in Figure 1 C (right panel; showing that some CK1δ still colocalizes to the PCNT-stained centrosome) to their overexpressed counterparts. This however, only emphasizes the strength of our overexpression approach as it has allowed us to observe a more dramatic shift in CK1δ centrosomal localization.  

      In Figure 2, panel B, the authors should co-stain the centrosomes of cells that co-express CRY1 and CK1, as some of these dots may represent the centrosomes.

      In principle, we indeed cannot exclude the possibility that a CRY-stained foci may actually be a centrosome. However, we refer to our comments to Reviewer #1 and add our observation that these PER-CRY foci are clearly nuclear based on our earlier eLife publication and are therefore unlikely to be centrosomal. (If some of the dots represent centrosomes, this would mean that a fraction of CRY1 is recruited from the nucleus to the centrosome in the cytosol. There is no mechanism for this known.)

      Figures 3B, please provide information on the non-phosphorylable CK1a mutant (it is mentioned as a variant in which all serine and threonine residues in the C-terminal tail were replaced by alanine). Specify the number of sites mutated and their exact position. Is this non-phosphorylable CK1a version catalytically active?

      As said, all serine and threonine residues in the tail have been changed, and yes, the kinase is of course active.

      Treatment of samples with inactivated PPase should be used as a control.

      It is unclear what this experiment would control for and how its outcome would affect any of the conclusions of the present study.

      Strengths:

      The authors reveal that the activity and abundance of dephosphorylated and phosphorylated CK1δ are regulated in a cell cycle-dependent manner. This suggests that these different pools are associated with distinct physiological functions.

      Weaknesses:

      Unfortunately, some of the data are inconclusive, and there is no data/information linking the cell cycle regulation of CK1δ to its function during the cell cycle.

      Although CK1δ continuously undergoes cycles of autophosphorylation and dephosphorylation, the kinase is predominantly found in its dephosphorylated, active state under steady-state conditions. This has obscured the physiological relevance of its well-established inhibitory autophosphorylation. We now identify mitosis as the cellular state in which this equilibrium shifts: autophosphorylated and consequently inhibited CK1δ accumulates. These findings resolve a longstanding question regarding the physiological function of CK1δ autophosphorylation and reveal it as a cell-cycle-regulated mechanism of kinase inhibition.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Most of our minor comments related to editorial issues have been ignored by the authors and the errors persist. Simple corrections will improve the manuscript and make it more readable.

      We also found new minor errors as follows:

      69-70: 'dependent on its kinase is activity' --> 'its kinase activity'

      164: 'sites or targeted by' --> 'sites are targeted by'

      179: 'PF670' instead of 'PF670462'

      292: 'against higher the steady state levels' --> 'against the higher steady state levels' or 'against higher steady state levels'

      We thank Reviewer #1 for their close reading of our text. We have adjusted the text accordingly.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The study addresses the organisation of synaptic connections from the medial to the lateral entorhinal cortex. Classic anatomical work has suggested these connections exist, but very little is known about their identity or functional impact. The manuscript argues that these projections are mediated by glutamatergic neurons, providing excitatory input from MEC to all layers of LEC, and by SST+ve interneurons sending inhibitory projections to L1 of LEC. This appears to be the most likely interpretation of the data, although in my opinion, more could be done to rule out the possible impact of the spread of the virus/tracer from the injection site.

      While this concern might seem overly picky, the importance of this level of detail is nicely shown by the authors' previous work clarifying connectivity from postrhinal to entorhinal cortices through careful analysis of similar types of data (Doan et al. 2019). If additional analyses/data can address the concern here, then I think this will be an important set of fundamental results that will influence thinking about circuit mechanisms for spatial cognition and episodic memory. In particular, it will nicely add to an emerging view that MEC and LEC can interact directly, showing that the organisation of these interactions is asymmetric and identifying a potentially interesting long-range inhibitory pathway.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Nilssen et al. presents a comprehensive study of the circuitry linking the medial and lateral entorhinal cortices (MEC and LEC). Using a combination of anatomical tracing, optogenetics, and in vitro electrophysiology, the authors convincingly demonstrate that the MEC sends both glutamatergic and long-range inhibitory SST+ GABAergic projections to the LEC, with distinct laminar and cell-type-specific targeting. Notably, they reveal that SST+ inhibitory projections selectively suppress the activity of layer IIa neurons, whereas excitatory inputs preferentially engage neurons in layers IIb and III, thereby differentially modulating hippocampal-projecting populations.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are carefully executed, the results are compelling, and the conclusions are well supported by the data. This work will be of broad interest to researchers studying memory circuits, cortical inhibition, and the organization of long-range connectivity.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the in vivo relevance of these connections remains to be determined, this is an important and timely contribution to our understanding of entorhinal-hippocampal interactions.

      The request for validation of injection specificity and viral spread, as detailed in the comments and suggestions of the two reviewers has been provided in the revised version. We added supplementary figures 1,2 and 6 as well as an extra insert into the old supplementary figure 5, now supplementary figure 9.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Points:

      (1) Interpretation of the retrograde labelling experiment in Figure 1A-C is challenging, as the spread of the tracer at the injection site is not shown. It's important to see the full dorsal-ventral extent of the injection site in order to establish that the labelling of neurons in MEC results from projections to LEC and not adjacent areas (including MEC).

      As mentioned in our initial reply, we are fully aware of the risks associated with an incomplete assessment of injection sites and viral spread, so we provide a new Supplementary Fig. 1 showing 6 dorsoventral levels of the case shown in Fig. 1A. The injection site in case of FG often shows a core of damaged tissue with a halo of substantial unspecific fluorescence. Outside of the injection side, one only sees retrogradely labeled somata (often recognizable by FG signal clustered in lysosomes) and dendritic elements. As indicated in the legend, we report some tracer leakage along the needle track in temporal and perirhinal cortex, areas that receive only sparse MEC projections, but there is no apparent spread of the injection into MEC.

      Numbers are also quite low. E.g., Figure 1A is N=1/2 for retrograde labelling experiments.

      The reviewer would be correct if the experiments were meant to analyze MEC projections to LEC in full anatomical detail. This was not our intention (several papers addressed this pathway in detail), we merely aimed to distinguish between glutamatergic and potential GABAergic contributions to this pathway and to establish optimal coordinates in slices to prepare for the electrophysiological recording experiments. Two animals suffice for this purpose and using more would be against the aim of reducing the use of experimental animals as much as possible.

      The rationale here for the use of AAV2-CAG-tdTomato as a retrograde tracer is unclear. My understanding is that this is more effective as an anterograde tracer. Some clarification and validation would be important.

      The reviewer is correct that AAV2 is generally considered an effective anterograde tracer, but tracing the connectivity of entorhinal cortex with AAVs has been proven to be notoriously difficult, in particular retrograde tracing of inputs to layer II. In a neighboring lab in the centre, headed by Edvard and May-Britt Moser, it was established that AAV2 types show very efficient retrograde transport and that is why we decided to use the virus. Also, in our hands the virus showed excellent retrograde transport that served our purpose

      (2) Interpretation of the anterograde experiments in Figure 1D-E would also benefit from showing evidence that the injection sites are restricted to MEC. It should be straightforward to make a supplemental figure showing labelling at all dorsoventral levels.

      More careful analysis of the axon labelling in the dentate gyrus could also help make a case for the selectivity of the injection site for eGFP. In this case, only the intermediate portion of the molecular layer of the DG should be labelled. In the image shown, the labelled band is quite wide, but it's hard to tell if this reflects the plane of section or is because it also includes labelling in the outer molecular layer (which would be indicative of LEC expression).

      We thank the reviewer for these two suggestions, and we have prepared a new Supplementary Fig. 2 in line with this.

      Numbers are also on the low side for these experiments.

      See our response above

      (3) For optogenetic experiments in Figure 2, the selectivity of targeting of AAV to MEC is assessed through the specificity of labelling in the DG. This is great, but it's important to show that this specificity is maintained at all dorsoventral levels.

      Higher resolution images of labelling in LEC could also be helpful. It's hard to tell from the images in 2A if labelling is axonal or is in the soma adjacent to the nuclear NeuN signal (which would indicate a lack of selectivity for MEC).

      We thank the reviewer for these two suggestions and provide a new Supplementary Fig. 6, showing both the details of AAV1 being present only in neuropil in MEC not in somata as well as the specific labeling in the middle molecular layer of DG in detail. Including all dorsoventral levels would not provide additional information in view of the very well-established topographical organization of the entorhinal to dentate projection, reaching approximately 20 -25 % of the full long axis of DG (Van Groen et al., 2003)

      In addition, we have again carefully screened all tissue from the electrophysiological experiments for possible leakage of virus from MEC to LEC. We decided to exclude recordings from one mouse, which had labelling in MEC that was close to the border with LEC. Neuron counts have therefore been adjusted (pages 7-9) and the example recording showing responses to TTX/4-AP exposure in Figure 2B has been exchanged.

      (4) The analysis of excitatory and inhibitory opto-responses in Figure 2 is nice. It may be helpful to report quantification of the rise and decay kinetics of the synaptic currents. They appear much slower for the inhibitory input, which may be functionally important.

      This would indeed be nice to add, but it would not significantly impact or change the main message of our study. Since the lab of the senior author (MPW) has been discontinued and the resources for conducting these analyses are not readily available anymore, we have found it difficult to comply with the reviewer’s request

      (5) More direct evidence for SST axons projecting from MEC to LEC would strengthen the conclusions made. E.g., in experiments where the SST neurons are labelled, is it possible to follow the axons? Do they project as expected from the MEC to the LEC?

      In our view the tracing data provide convincing evidence in support of a direct projection from MEC to LEC by SST neurons, as shown in horizontal brain sections where SST axons labelled in MEC of an SST<sup>Cre</sup> mouse projects within Layer I from the site of origin in MEC to Layer I of MEC (Supplementary Figure 3). Similar visualizations were not possible to obtain in our electrophysiological experiments where semicoronal slices were used. This cutting angle has been shown to be optimal to preserve most of the axon and the dendritic tree of LEC neurons (Tahvildari and Alonso, 2005; Canto and Witter 2012), but does not maintain the projection from MEC to LEC.

      Minor Points:

      (1) "These layers are heavily innervated by medial entorhinal axons (Figure 1F...". I don't see a 1F.

      This has been corrected; should have been Figure 1E.

      (2) Methods should report series resistance values for patch-clamp experiments (range and mean).

      Fully agree and this information has now been added on page 22 of the manuscript:

      Under Voltage clamp: ‘Recordings with series resistance ≤ 25 MΩ were accepted, with an average of 16.2 MΩ for voltage clamp recorded neurons (range, 4.9 – 24.9 MΩ).’

      Under Current clamp: ‘All recordings (series resistance: 18.9 MΩ, 5.0 – 66.7 MΩ; mean, range) were included for analysis.’

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Please specify in the figure or, alternatively, in the figure legend which virus was used in each group shown in Figures 2H and 2I. This is somewhat confusing, since Figure 2E illustrates a specific combination of viruses and mouse lines that only corresponds to part of Figure 2H. While this information is provided in the text, including it directly in the figure would help the reader.

      We thank the reviewer for this excellent suggestion, and we have implemented this in the new version of figure 2.

      (2) In Figure 4, regarding the inputs from PIR, cLEC, and PER to LEC, the inhibitory components recruited by each input were not examined as thoroughly as for the MEC inputs. In fact, some inhibitory interneurons were double-labeled in the GAD67 mice (Figure 4B), which could also influence the responses of LEC neurons, especially for PER inputs. Recordings in Figure 4C appear to have been obtained near the reversal potential for inhibition, which may have prevented the observation of inhibitory effects. The authors could discuss this point in the Results.

      The reviewer is correct and this issue is now addressed in the relevant section in the results (page 11):

      ‘It should be noted, however, that it is possible that inhibitory effects could have been masked in some recordings, due to the resting membrane potential in our recordings being close to the theoretical chloride equilibrium potential. This could be particularly relevant for the inputs from PER, an area where we found LEC-projecting GABAergic neurons (Fig. 4B) and which is known to provide long-distance inhibition to LEC (Pinto et al., 2006; Apergis- Schoute et al., 2007).’

      (2) A diagram summarizing the known connections among MEC, LEC, and the hippocampal formation, highlighting the relevant cell types, layers, and the new connections identified in this study, would be a valuable addition, perhaps as a supplementary figure.

      We appreciate the suggestion, though find a full summary of known connectivity a bit overdone. Instead, we included a new figure 6 that summarizes the main new findings of the paper in the context of LEC projections to the hippocampal formation.

      (3) Although the main focus is on MEC-LEC connectivity, the experiments examining interactions with other cortical areas and converging inputs would benefit from a discussion of how MEC-driven inhibition of LEC might influence those inputs and shape the resulting output to the hippocampus. Including a short paragraph addressing this in the Discussion section would strengthen the manuscript.

      Excellent suggestion although we did speculate briefly in the result section on the possible effect. We have added a short paragraph in the discussion (page 15), reiterating the part in the results (page 13, last paragraph of results). We also briefly discussed the potential functional relevance of the suppression of the pathway from layer IIa to DG-CA3/CA2 versus the facilitation of activity in the pathway from layers IIb/III to CA1 and subiculum (last section of the discussion).

      (4) Lastly, it would be interesting to know what the main source of activation is for the SST long-range LEC projecting neurons. Are these neurons recruited in a feedback manner by the activity of MEC excitatory cells? I realize this question is beyond the scope of the present study, but if the authors have any data or insights related to this point, including a brief discussion would be valuable.

      This is an interesting thought, and we have included a new supplementary figure (supplementary Figure 5) showing data from experiments mapping monosynaptic inputs to MEC SST neurons using rabies virus. Although it was not possible to target only MEC SST neurons that project to LEC, the data show which are the main extrinsic inputs to the population of MEC SST neurons, most likely including those that project to LEC.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Millard and colleagues investigated if the analgesic effect of nicotine on pain sensitivity, assessed with two pain models, is mediated by Peak Alpha Frequency (PAF) recorded with resting state EEG. The authors found indeed that nicotine (4 mg, gum) reduced pain ratings during phasic heat pain but not cuff pressor algometry compared to placebo conditions. Nicotine also increased PAF (globally). However, mediation analysis revealed that the reduction in pain ratings elicited by the phasic heat pain after taking nicotine was not mediated by the changes in PAF. Also, the authors only partially replicated the correlation between PAF and pain sensitivity at baseline (before nicotine treatment). At the group-level no correlation was found, but an exploratory analysis showed that the negative correlation (lower PAF, higher pain sensitivity) was present in males but not in females. The authors discuss the lack of correlation.

      In general, the study is rigorous, methodology is sound and the paper is well-written. Results are compelling and sufficiently discussed.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of this study are the pre-registration, proper sample size calculation, and data analysis. But also the presence of the analgesic effect of nicotine and the change in PAF.

      Weaknesses:

      It would even be more convincing if they had manipulated PAF directly.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for their positive and constructive comments regarding our study. We appreciate the view that the study was rigorous and methodologically sound, that the paper was well-written, and that the strengths included our pre-registration, sample size calculation, and data analysis.

      In response to the reviewer's comment about more directly manipulating Peak Alpha Frequency (PAF), we agree that such an approach could provide a more direct investigation of the role of PAF in pain processing. We chose nicotine to modulate PAF as the literature suggested it was associated with a reliable increase in PAF speed. As mentioned in our Discussion, there are several alternative methods to manipulate PAF, such as non-invasive brain stimulation techniques (NIBS) like transcranial alternating current stimulation (tACS) or neurofeedback training. These approaches could help clarify whether a causal relationship exists between PAF and pain sensitivity. Although methods such as NIBS still require further investigation as there is little evidence for these approaches changing PAF (Millard et al., 2024).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The study by Millard et al. investigates the effect of nicotine on alpha peak frequency and pain in a very elaborate experimental design. According to the statistical analysis, the authors found a factor-corrected significant effect for prolonged heat pain but not for alpha peak frequency in response to the nicotine treatment.

      Strengths:

      I very much like the study design and that the authors followed their research line by aiming to provide a complete picture of the pain-related cortical impact of alpha peak frequency. This is very important work, even in the absence of any statistical significance. I also appreciate the preregistration of the study and the well-written and balanced introduction. However, it is important to give access to the preregistration beforehand.

      Comment on latest version:

      I thank the authors for their efforts to respond to my previous concerns. I appreciate the additional analyses and the more cautious wording in several places. However, I still think the manuscript would benefit from a more direct interpretation of the findings.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, Millard et al. investigate the effects of nicotine on pain sensitivity and peak alpha frequency (PAF) in resting state EEG. To this end, they ran a pre-registered, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled experiment involving 62 healthy adults who received either 4 mg nicotine gum (n=29) or placebo (n=33). Prolonged heat and pressure were used as pain models. Resting state EEG and pain intensity (assessed with a visual analog scale) were measured before and after the intervention. Additionally, several covariates (sex at birth, depression and anxiety symptoms, stress, sleep quality, among others) were recorded. Data was analyzed using ANCOVAequivalent two-wave latent change score models, as well as repeated measures analysis of variance. Results do not show ‘experimentally relevant’ changes of PAF or pain intensity scores for either of the prolonged pain models due to nicotine intake.

      The main strengths of the manuscript are its solid conceptual framework and the thorough experimental design. The researchers make a good case in the introduction and discussion for the need to further investigate the association of PAF and pain sensitivity. Furthermore, they proceed to carefully describe every aspect of the experiment in great detail, which is excellent for reproducibility purposes. Finally, they analyse the data from almost every possible angle and provide an extensive report of their results.

      The main weakness of the manuscript is the interpretation of these results. Even though some of the differences are statistically significant (e.g., global PAF, pain intensity ratings during heat pain), these differences are far from being experimentally or clinically relevant. The effect sizes observed are not sufficiently large to consider that pain sensitivity was modulated by the nicotine intake, which puts into question all the answers to the research questions posed in the study.

      We would like to express our gratitude to Reviewer #3 for their thoughtful and constructive review, including the positive feedback on the strengths of our study's conceptual framework, experimental design, and thorough methodological descriptions.

      We acknowledge the concern regarding the experimental and clinical relevance of some statistically significant results (e.g., global PAF and pain intensity during heat pain) and agree that small effect sizes may limit their practical implications. However, our primary goal was to assess whether nicotine-induced changes in PAF mediate pain changes, rather than to demonstrate large direct effects on pain sensitivity. Nicotine was chosen for its known ability to modulate PAF, and our focus was on the mechanistic role of PAF in pain perception. To clarify this, we have revised the discussion to better differentiate between statistical significance, experimental relevance, and clinical applicability. We emphasize that this study represents a preliminary step towards understanding PAF’s mechanistic role in pain, rather than a direct clinical application.

      We appreciate the suggestion to refine our interpretation. We have adjusted our language to ensure it aligns with the effect sizes observed and made recommendations for future research, such as testing different nicotine doses, to potentially uncover stronger or more clinically relevant effects.

      Although modest, we believe these findings offer valuable insights into the potential mechanisms by which nicotine affects alpha oscillations and pain. We have also discussed how these small effects could become more pronounced in different populations (e.g., chronic pain patients) and over time, offering guidance for future research on PAF modulation and pain sensitivity.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I thank the authors for their efforts to respond to my concerns. I very much admire the thoughts and effort that the authors have put into this study. This is a great study design, a fantastic research idea and an important path to study the neurophysiology of pain.

      I also understand that some of my suggestions are not compatible with the authors' current line of analysing their data. Since the authors did not change the analysis procedure and obviously could not change their experimental design, I would largely keep my public review.

      However, acknowledge the different opinions and have a few remarks and suggestions.

      (1) In agreement with reviewer 3, I would not consider the effect of nicotine to be meaningful. The random effect mentioned by the authors could have been addressed with a crossover design. In this case, the placebo and intervention could have been directly compared. Interindividual differences in pain perception are at least partially controlled for by analysing the difference between pre and post-gum. The distribution of the pre-post difference separately for placebo and nicotine would be a valuable addition to the manuscript. I still think the minimal effect of nicotine on pain is not meaningful and not interpretable. The relevance of any explanatory variable like stress could be by chance (PMID: 35296861). Reviewer 3 had a valid point (comment 6) and this is something that should be mentioned as clearly as possible: there was no effect of nicotine. For PHP the comparison with the placebo is irrelevant if there is no pre vs. post-effect.

      It is fair to say that some issues could have been resolved using a cross-over design, however, the choice of a parallel design was made, in part, due to the desire to mask the presence of a placebo gum. Having a single session per participant allowed us to produce a deception that all participants were receiving nicotine gum, which was later revealed during a debrief. This aspect is far less feasible in a cross-over design. In future, different approaches could be used. And we appreciated the reviewers recognition that this cannot, of course, be changed at this stage.

      Regarding the comments of 1) ’I would not consider the effect of nicotine to be meaningful’, 2) the minimal effect of nicotine on pain is not meaningful and not interpretable’, and 3) ’there was no effect of nicotine’, we discern that the latter differs considerably from the first two points. We would like to address this point by first calling into question what the reviewer(s) mean by meaningful, and highlighting that discerning this varies by context. Edenberg (2021) highlights that meaning can be situated within several contexts: statistical, biological (mechanistic), clinical, and public policy. We show the statistical context, and therefore would like to emphasise that we cannot state number 3) ’there was no effect of nicotine’.

      Although the complexity of our analysis is not at the same scale, we appreciate the need for thousands of participants for brain-wide associations, as cited (PMID: 35296861 = Marek et al., 2022). The article referenced states that reproducible brain-wide association studies require thousands of individuals, and thus we would like to highlight that our work indicating the potential relevance of sex/stress greatly differs from this. Though it may be by chance, the potential for that chance is 0.05 from a statistical significance perspective. Certainly, no finding should be taken as truth without replication, but that does not mean we should not report our finding of a statistically significant effect of stress on change in PAF in our model.

      Then, the question becomes, are we already at the point where the issue of ’how to go beyond statistical significance’ should be addressed? One could argue no, as this is the first study to assess this question of nicotine’s effect on PAF and pain at the same time. But we would like to argue yes, although only to the mechanistic/biological level, because the question of what is meaningful is dependent on the study goals (Edenberg, 2021). We aimed to gain mechanistic insight into the PAF-pain relationship.

      We hoped to achieve some biological/mechanistic meaning in the present study, however, as outlined in the discussion, with small effect sizes for nicotine on PAF and nicotine on heat pain, and lack of a mediating effect, we may not have achieved this. Although, if replicated, even small magnitude effects can shape our understanding of relevant mechanisms underlying pain and aid future clinical perspectives (Edenberg, 2021; Ross & Bassett, 2024). Meaningfulness in clinical or public policy contexts should of course be in mind, but were clearly not the focus of this present work.

      We have edited the manuscript to demonstrate the fact that our effect size is small.

      We corrected the rounding to 2 decimals, and now also refer the reader to the supplementary materials table:

      “Change in pain was reduced by a factor of -0.68 for the nicotine group compared to the placebo group when controlling for confounding variables (Figure 3). See Supplementary Material 3.2, Table 5, for full model output.”

      We edited the abstract and the first paragraph of the discussion to make clear to the reader that the effect sizes were small. In our desire to keep the text clear and readable, we did not intend to overstretch our claims, and apologise if the manuscript was unintentionally portraying this overstretch. These are very important sections of the manuscript in which to mention such nuances, as these are the parts viewed most when readers do not wish to read the entire manuscript.

      Abstract

      “The nicotine group showed a small decrease in heat-pain ratings compared to placebo group when controlling confounders, and a small increase in PAF across the scalp from pre- to post-gum, both with and without confounder adjustment. These effects were most pronounced in the central-parietal and right-frontal electrodes.”

      Discussion first paragraph

      “Compared to placebo, our data demonstrate three key findings: 1) nicotine increased PAF speed; 2) nicotine reduced prolonged heat pain intensity but only when controlling for confounding and not for the prolonged pressure pain model, and 3) decreases in prolonged heat pain intensity were not mediated by changes in PAF. This suggests that changes in heat pain due to nicotine occur through mechanisms unrelated to change in PAF and require replication as the effects required control for confounding and the reduction was small in magnitude.”

      Discussion section on effect of nicotine on PAF:

      “In line with previous literature in non-smokers [38,47,48], we contribute additional evidence that chewing 4 mg of nicotine gum produces a statistically significant increase in PAF speed in non-smoking, nicotine-gum-naïve, pain-free, adult participants. An exploratory cluster-based permutation analysis indicated that the change in wide-window PAF (8–12 Hz) produced by nicotine, was most pronounced in a cluster of electrodes in the central-parietal region and a separate cluster of electrodes in the right-frontal region, rather than in the pre-registered sensorimotor ROI (i.e., Cz, C1, C2, C3, C4).”

      Discussion section on the effect of nicotine on pain:

      “While acknowledging the modest effect size, it’s essential to consider the context of our study’s focus. Assessing the clinical relevance of pain reduction is pertinent in applications involving the use of any intervention for pain management [71]. However, from a mechanistic standpoint, particularly in understanding the implications of and relation to PAF, the specific magnitude of the pain effect becomes less pivotal, as small effects can still have mechanistic or biological meaning without establishing clinical meaning [72]. Nevertheless, future research should examine whether effects on pain increase in magnitude with different nicotine administration regimens (i.e. dose and frequency).” 

      Discussion section on relationship between PAF and pain:

      “However, as this is the first study attempting to directly manipulate PAF, observing only small effects on pain, we cannot confidently state that a causal relationship between PAF and pain sensitivity does not exist, and future research should explore these relationships with larger sample sizes, larger doses of nicotine, and alternative PAF modulators.”

      Discussion final paragraph:

      “We have shown that, compared to placebo, nicotine gum produced statistically significant increases global PAF speed and decreases pain ratings during prolonged heat pain. However, the effects of nicotine on heat pain were not mediated by changes in PAF. Therefore, we find no evidence that PAF is causally related to pain. The implication of this is that changing PAF may not be a useful target for pain modulation, because pain sensitivity may not be dependent on state changes in PAF. However, this is the first study to test modulation of PAF as a mechanism for reducing pain intensity. Moreover, while effects on PAF appear small but robust, effects on heat pain required control for confounding to be observed. More randomised experiments on the effects of nicotine that use larger sample sizes, higher nicotine doses, and pharmacokinetic tracking, whilst also reducing mediator measurement error are needed to confirm the present findings and uncover whether these factors account for the lack of mediation effect seen here.”

      (2) I still think the authors made a mistake in using nicotine. Their new wording did not convince me, and I doubt that any reader would buy the "mediation by design" phrase.

      We addressed the reviewers previous comment (comment 1) on nicotine being a ‘mistake’, and no longer suggest there is a “large body of evidence suggests that nicotine is an ideal choice for manipulating PAF”. We have been clearer about our intention to assess mediation-by-design, with the manipulation of PAF being out primary aim. For example, this edit in the discussion:

      “The choice of nicotine was driven by its potential to change PAF, but also, short-term nicotine use is thought to have acute analgesic properties in experimental settings, with a review reporting that nicotine increased pain thresholds and pain tolerance [51].”

      In addition, we discussed the ’direct’ manipulation of PAF using non-invasive brain stimulation methods, and have now added further future research directions using methods other than nicotine or NIBS:

      “Furthermore, there may have been other mediators that suppress the mediating effects of PAF within our model [66,82,83]. This is plausible, as nicotine is thought to act on pain through multiple pathways [52,54,84], and more direct PAF modulation could more definitively evaluate whether PAF is mechanistically linked to pain sensitivity. Future interventions to modulate PAF could use non-invasive brain stimulation (NIBS), such as transcranial alternating current stimulation (tACS) or repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS), to influence neuronal firing and thereby directly target the brain mechanisms theorised to generate PAF [85–87]. This approach has since been investigated following the initial preprint of

      the present manuscript [88,89]. In addition, other approaches to modulating approaches could be considered, such as exercise [32–34], visual stimulation [35,36], cannabis [90,91], and neurofeedback [92,93], while considering their viability in terms of blinding, tolerability, and scalability.”

      (3) I acknowledge the work of the authors on SNR, the frequency spectrum looks smooth enough to detect peaks. However, the problem of different alpha sources is not solved. This can be seen in the frequency spectrum, where some participants show two peaks. This is not the first time I have suggested this to the authors; the idea is not new. The fMRI analogue would be to average all GM voxels; instead of global alpha it would be "global brain activity". Some suggestions for a future approach that the authors might consider:

      Run a group ICA and select topographies from there. This should simplify the (potentially arbitrary) selection process.

      Consider filtering the data before running the ICA, at least >20 Hz to exclude muscle artefacts.

      We respectfully note that the reviewer’s comment appears to overlook the substantial revisions we have already made in direct response to this issue. Specifically, we implemented ICA in the revised manuscript, using an automated, objective pipeline to identify components with a clear alpha peak and a topography aligned with a predefined sensorimotor template. This was explicitly done to address concerns about overlapping alpha sources and improve anatomical specificity.

      Contrary to the reviewer’s implication, we did not rely solely on global analyses in the original or revised manuscript, as we also included pre-defined ROIs and data-driven ROIs from cluster-based permutation analysis. The additional ICA-based analyses—included in the first revision—produced results that were consistent with the original sensor-space ROI findings, supporting the robustness of the PAF–pain mediation effect regardless of the method used to isolate sensorimotor alpha.

      We agree that group ICA could be a valuable complementary approach. However, it is not without limitations, particularly in EEG where inter-individual variability in source topographies is high. Our choice to perform ICA at the individual level and apply an automated selection criterion based on spectral and spatial features was deliberate, data-driven, and avoids the subjectivity involved in manual selection or group-level back-projection.

      We have added a discussion of this point and fully acknowledge that future work may benefit from comparing multiple alpha sources (e.g., mu vs. occipital) more explicitly. However, we must emphasise that this is not a missing analysis—it is already included in the revised manuscript. In this second revision, we have added an additional reference to this supplementary analysis within the section previously titled “Exploratory cluster-based permutation anlaysis”, now titled “Exploratory data-driven analysis of alpha”, in case the previous reference to it was in a sub-optimal location:

      “Lastly, use of in-house code developed to automatically extract a sensorimotor alpha component using independent component analysis (ICA) showed similar results to the sensorimotor ROI mediation analysis (Supplementary Material 3.11). This supports the robustness of the PAF-pain effect regardless of the method used to isolate sensorimotor alpha.”

      We strongly disagree with the suggestion to apply a low-pass filter below 20 Hz prior to ICA. This would remove high-frequency content, including muscle activity—the very signals ICA is designed to isolate and separate from neural activity.

      By removing muscle-related frequencies before ICA, the reviewer’s proposed approach would prevent ICA from identifying muscle components in the data. This is methodologically flawed. as ICA works best when it has access to the full spectral range of the signal, allowing it to separate statistically independent sources— including muscle, eye movements, and neural oscillations—based on their spatial and temporal structure (Onton et al., 2006). Thus the desired sensorimotor alpha component would be more distinct if the full spectral range is included. Low-pass filtering the data before ICA designed to identify alpha would severely compromise artifact removal, degrade component separation, and reduce the effectiveness of our preprocessing pipeline.

      References for responses to reviewer 2

      Edenberg HJ. Perspective on beyond statistical significance: Finding meaningful effects. Complex Psychiatry 2021;7:1–8. https://doi.org/10.1159/000517237.

      Marek S, Tervo-Clemmens B, Calabro FJ, Montez DF, Kay BP, Hatoum AS, Donohue MR, Foran W, Miller RL, Hendrickson TJ, Malone SM. Reproducible brain-wide association studies require thousands of individuals. Nature. 2022 Mar 24;603(7902):654-60.

      Ross LN, Bassett DS. Causation in neuroscience: keeping mechanism meaningful. Nature Reviews Neuroscience. 2024 Feb;25(2):81-90.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I would like to thank the authors for the time and dedication that they clearly put into addressing the reviewer's comments. As researchers, we alternate between both sides (as authors and reviewers) and we are all privy of how difficult these tasks can be.

      For me as a reviewer, this is one of the tough times. I wanted to support this manuscript because it is clear that conducting the study had to be a monumental effort, and there were early indications that it was rigorously carried out. Specifically referring to rigor, I value preregistration as a tool to assess the strength of the hypothesis posed before conducting the study, and the severity with which the claims are tested. During my first review, I tried to access the preregistration and even provided my email address as a sign of transparency, but access was not granted. During my second review, the main file in the submission system contained two versions of the same manuscript (the first one corresponding to the old version with the wrong preregistration link). I was not initially aware of this and I apologize for the misunderstanding.

      With respect to the rest of my observations, I see that the authors made concessions on small and less relevant issues (e.g. comments #1, #2, #3), but did not satisfactorily address the main ones (#4, #5, #6, #7, #8 and #9). Addressing those comments (which are in line with the issues noted by other reviewers), would probably have lead to a different interpretation of the results compared with what they state in the first paragraph of the discussion.

      The main claims (abstract and first paragraph of the discussion) are " 1) nicotine increased PAF speed; 2) nicotine reduced prolonged heat pain intensity but not prolonged pressure pain intensity compared to placebo gum". Just by reading and contrasting the claims with the results, my assessment is that the strength of evidence is inadequate.

      I was now able to review the analysis plan, which did not contain an estimation of the effect sizes (only effect directions) and did not have a proper sample size estimation (comment #4) and the main outcome was not, to my understanding, based in terms of the beta coefficients (as you replied to reviewer #1). I also do not think that the possibility of no effect or a false positive (comment #5) is fairly weighed in relation to these main claims in the abstract an first paragraph of the discussion.

      I also do not consider the response to comment #6 as satisfactory, first because it is a mistake to consider that we (as reviewers) only interpret the 'mean results'. As we have detailed access to the data, we interpret these results in terms of signal-to-noise ratio, i.e., how large is the effect (signal) compared with the intra and interindividual variance (noise), and it should be clear for anyone working on this fields (pain and EEG) that not only the main effect is not experimentally relevant to support the claims (comments #6 and #7), but in some cases it is likely to have arisen from the unjustified inclusion of covariates (comment #8 and #9). I only raise the final strength of evidence in my assessment from 'inadequate' to 'incomplete', because of the additions to the discussion.

      As a final thought, I would have been more than happy to support and recommend the reading of a manuscript that described a carefully designed and preregistered study, but in which the hypothesis were not corroborated by the data. I would have even marked the strength of evidence as compelling. Unfortunately, the preregistered hypothesis cannot be severely tested (at least not in terms of a frequentist framework) because the effects sizes were not predefined and the required sample size was not estimated, and what I see from the manuscript is that there is an effort to maintain claims that are not properly supported by the data and the final analysis. I recognized that I myself can also be in the wrong, so it will be left for eLife readers to make up their own minds.

      We respectfully disagree with the assertion that our preregistered hypotheses "cannot be severely tested" due to the absence of predefined effect sizes and sample size estimation. First, the primary purpose of preregistration is to increase transparency and reduce analytical flexibility—not necessarily to formalize power calculations, especially when reliable effect size estimates are unavailable, as is the case in emerging areas of research such as this one (Nosek et al., 2018). Predefining effect sizes based on speculative or contextually irrelevant prior studies would have introduced unjustified assumptions and potentially distorted interpretation. In this case, we made the scientifically responsible choice to avoid anchoring our design on uncertain estimates. 

      Second, our sample size is comparable to or larger than those used in prior published studies addressing similar questions, and our analytic pipeline followed the preregistered plan. The reviewer suggests that we are attempting to maintain unsupported claims; however, our discussion is careful to reflect the limitations of the findings, including their statistical uncertainty, and we do not overstate conclusions. Where effects were weak or absent, we reported this transparently and interpreted them cautiously.

      Finally, while formal power calculations are useful under certain conditions, they are not a prerequisite for a study to be considered a "severe test" of a hypothesis—especially when the statistical approach is preregistered, data are handled transparently, and null results are acknowledged rather than hidden. The sample size was informed by resource and feasibility constraints (Lakens, 2022) and aligns with or exceeds that of comparable studies in the field (Bowers et al., 2015). We have now made this rationale explicit in the manuscript.

      “The sample size was informed by resource and feasibility constraints [98] and aligns with or exceeds that of comparable studies in the field [38], covering 60 participants in total, with two extra in case of incomplete data identified during later data analysis.”

      We therefore maintain that the study is a valid and informative contribution, regardless of whether the observed results confirm or disconfirm the hypotheses.

      Nonetheless, below we have revisited previous comments (#4, #5, #6, #7, #8 and #9) that reviewer 3 stated were not satisfactorily addressed.

      Previous comment 4) Availability of the pre-registration

      We consider this point now addressed, as access to the OSF pre-registration was resolved. Moreover, we can assure the reviewer that their identity was not revealed, as the request for access was not received/seen.

      Previous comment 5) Magnitude of pain change – possibility of a type 1 error.

      Previous comment 5) To be perfectly clear, I trust the results of this study more than some of the cited studies regarding nicotine and pain because it was preregistered, the sample size is considerably larger, and it seems carefully controlled. I just do not agree with the interpretation of the results, stated in the first paragraph of the Discussion. Quoting J. Cohen, "The primary product of a research inquiry is one or more measures of effect size, not P values" (Cohen, 1990). As I am sure the authors are aware of, even tiny differences between conditions, treatments or groups will eventually be statistically significant given arbitrarily large sample sizes. What really matters then is the magnitude of these differences. In general, the authors hypothesize on why there were no differences on the pressure pain model, and why decreases in heat pain were not mediated by PAF, but do not seem to consider the possibility that the intervention just did not cause the intended effect on the nociceptive system, which would be a much more straightforward explanations for all observations.

      Our previous response included the fact that N=62 is not an arbitrarily large sample size and our consideration of the possibility of a false positive. In addition, we agree that conclusions should not be made based on p-values alone. Therefore, we have added more careful descriptions to highlight the nuances of our findings to the reader.

      We edited the abstract and the first paragraph of the discussion to make clear to the reader that the effect sizes were small. In our desire to keep the text clear and readable, we did not intend to overstretch our claims, and apologise if the manuscript was unintentionally portraying this overstretch. These are very important sections of the manuscript in which to mention such nuances, as these are the parts viewed most when readers do not wish to read the entire manuscript.

      Abstract

      “The nicotine group showed a small decrease in heat-pain ratings compared to placebo group when controlling confounders, and a small increase in PAF across the scalp from pre- to post-gum, both with and without confounder adjustment. These effects were most pronounced in the central-parietal and right-frontal electrodes.”

      Discussion first paragraph

      “Compared to placebo, our data demonstrate three key findings: 1) nicotine increased PAF speed; 2) nicotine reduced prolonged heat pain intensity but only when controlling for confounding and not for the prolonged pressure pain model, and 3) decreases in prolonged heat pain intensity were not mediated by changes in PAF. This suggests that changes in heat pain due to nicotine occur through mechanisms unrelated to change in PAF and require replication as the effects required control for confounding and the reduction was small in magnitude.”

      Discussion section on effect of nicotine on PAF:

      “In line with previous literature in non-smokers [38,47,48], we contribute additional evidence that chewing 4 mg of nicotine gum produces a statistically significant increase in PAF speed in non-smoking, nicotine-gum-naïve, pain-free, adult participants. An exploratory cluster-based permutation analysis indicated that the change in wide-window PAF (8–12 Hz) produced by nicotine, was most pronounced in a cluster of electrodes in the central-parietal region and a separate cluster of electrodes in the right-frontal region, rather than in the pre-registered sensorimotor ROI (i.e., Cz, C1, C2, C3, C4).”

      Discussion section on the effect of nicotine on pain:

      “While acknowledging the modest effect size, it’s essential to consider the context of our study’s focus. Assessing the clinical relevance of pain reduction is pertinent in applications involving the use of any intervention for pain management [71]. However, from a mechanistic standpoint, particularly in understanding the implications of and relation to PAF, the specific magnitude of the pain effect becomes less pivotal, as small effects can still have mechanistic or biological meaning without establishing clinical meaning [72]. Nevertheless, future research should examine whether effects on pain increase in magnitude with different nicotine administration regimens (i.e. dose and frequency).”

      Discussion section on relationship between PAF and pain:

      “However, as this is the first study attempting to directly manipulate PAF, observing only small effects on pain, we cannot confidently state that a causal relationship between PAF and pain sensitivity does not exist, and future research should explore these relationships with larger sample sizes, larger doses of nicotine, and alternative PAF modulators.”

      Discussion final paragraph:

      “We have shown that, compared to placebo, nicotine gum produced statistically significant increases global PAF speed and decreases pain ratings during prolonged heat pain. However, the effects of nicotine on heat pain were not mediated by changes in PAF. Therefore, we find no evidence that PAF is causally related to pain. The implication of this is that changing PAF may not be a useful target for pain modulation, because pain sensitivity may not be dependent on state changes in PAF. However, this is the first study to test modulation of PAF as a mechanism for reducing pain intensity. Moreover, while effects on PAF appear small but robust, effects on heat pain required control for confounding to be observed. More randomised experiments on the effects of nicotine that use larger sample sizes, higher nicotine doses, and pharmacokinetic tracking, whilst also reducing mediator measurement error are needed to confirm the present findings and uncover whether these factors account for the lack of mediation effect seen here.”

      Previous comment 6) Magnitude of pain change

      Previous comment (6) In this regard, I do not believe that an average *increase* of 0.05 / 10 (Nicotine post pre) can be considered a "reduction of pain ratings", regardless of the contrast with placebo (average increase of 0.24 / 10). This tiny effect size is more relevant in the context of the considerable inter-individual variation, in which subjects scored the same heat pain model anywhere from 1 to 10, and the same pressure pain model anywhere from 1 to 8.5. In this regard, the minimum clinically or experimentally important differences (MID) in pain ratings varies from study to study and across painful conditions but is rarely below 1 / 10 in a VAS or NRS scale, see f. ex. (Olsen et al., 2017). It is not my intention to question whether nicotine can function as an acute analgesic in general (as stated in the Discussion), but instead, if it worked as such under these very specific experimental conditions. I also acknowledge that the authors note this issue in two lines in the Discussion, but I believe that this is not weighed properly.

      Our previous response included discussion of interpreting mean values, a correction to a table that showed the ”increase” erroneously displayed previously due to list-wise deletion in the analysis. We have further attempted to weigh this issue more thoroughly and to always highlight the nuances of our results, as seen in our response to your previous comment 5 above. In further consideration of the effect size, note that the bootstrapped 95% CI for the effect of gum on change in pain was [-1.28, -0.16], which indicates that the overall difference falls within this range when controlling for other factors in the model. Of course this means the difference may be as small as -0.16, but also may be as large as -1.28. Such an effect might have be considered clinically relevant. Replication of the results is therefore warranted.

      Also, as outlined in our response to reviewer 2 comment 1, our intention was not to establish a clinical utility at this stage. We hoped to achieve some biological/mechanistic meaning in the present study, and if our present findings are replicated in future, even these small-magnitude effects can shape our understanding of relevant mechanisms underlying pain and aid the direction of future clinical perspectives (Edenberg, 2021; Ross & Bassett, 2024). Meaningfulness in clinical (e.g., MID) or public policy contexts should of course be in mind, but were not the focus of this present work.

      Several additional changes were made to the manuscript to emphasise these points to the reader, which are also outlined in the second round of response to your first comment 5 above, as both this comment 6 and 5 focus on magnitude of pain change. We hope this point is now considered to be weighed properly.

      Previous comment 7) Magnitude of PAF change

      Previous comment (7) In line with the topic of effect sizes, average effect sizes for PAF in the study cited in the manuscript range from around 1 Hz (Boord et al., 2008; Wydenkeller et al., 2009; Lim et al., 2016), to 2 Hz (Foulds et al., 1994), compared with changes of 0.06 Hz (Nicotine post - pre) or -0.01 Hz (Placebo post - pre). MIDs are not so clearly established for peak frequencies in EEG bands, but they should be certainly larger than some fractions of a Hertz (which is considerably below the reliability of the measurement).

      In our first response to this comment, we acknowledged this difference in magnitude, agreed that MIDs for PAF are not established, discussed the potential impact of bin size, and highlighted this issue in the revised manuscript text. Although, note that we have now slightly reduced the emphasis on the bin size:

      “The ability to detect changes in PAF could be considerably impacted by the frequency resolution used during Fourier Transformations, an element that is overlooked in recent methodological studies on PAF calculation [16,95].”

      In addition, we would now like to highlight some more details regarding the prior studies.

      We aimed to determine whether nicotine gum could increase PAF in healthy, pain-free, non-smokers. In line with previous literature in non-smokers (Foulds et al., 1994; Harkrider and Champlin, 2001; Bowers et al., 2015), we contribute additional evidence that chewing 4 mg of nicotine gum produces small increases in PAF speed in non-smoking, nicotine-gum-naïve, pain-free, adult participants. The other three papers mentioned by the reviewer are not cited in our manuscript and compare healthy individuals to chronic pain patients (Boord et al., 2008; Wydenkeller et al., 2009; Lim et al., 2016), and are thus not relevant to this discussion on the effect of nicotine on PAF.

      A cluster-based permutation analysis indicated that the change in wide window PAF (8-12 Hz) produced by nicotine, was most pronounced in a cluster of electrodes in the central-parietal region and a separate cluster of electrodes in the right-frontal region, rather than in the pre-registered sensorimotor ROI (i.e., Cz, C1, C2, C3, C4). The mediation analysis results showed minimal differences when these clusters of electrodes were used compared to global results (global: b = 0.085, p < .018), except for the expected stronger effect of nicotine on change in PAF alongside greater confidence in this effect (bs = 0.11-0.14, ps < .003). See Supplementary Material 3.8-3.10.

      Previous work examining nicotine-induced changes in PAF in healthy non-smokers have used small samples (i.e. <= 20) with nicotine injections or patches (Foulds et al., 1994; Harkrider and Champlin, 2001), while a later investigation used 62 male participants and nicotine gum (Bowers et al., 2015). Therefore, the present study is the largest study to date on nicotine and PAF including non-smoking male and female participants. Bowers didn’t see effects as large as 1 or 2 Hz (approx. 10 or 20% increases) seen in studies with fewer participants, such as n=4 (Foulds et al., 1994) and n=20 (Harkrider & Champlin, 2001), and the magnitude and location of effect depended on the COMT (Bowers et al., 2015).

      Bowers et al (2015) showed that the Met allele was related to nicotine-induced increases in PAF, whereas Val/Val homozygotes did not demonstrate PAF changes. In addition, the distribution of PAF increases varied depending on whether Met allele carriers were heterozygotes (i.e. Val/Met: frontal, central, and occipital electrodes) or homozygotes (i.e. Met/Met: parietal electrode). The largest difference between placebo and nicotine gum was 0.51 Hz (a 5.8% increase) at the Fz electrode for the Val/Met group and the smallest significant difference was 0.34 Hz (a 3.5% increase) at the Pz electrode for the Met/Met group.

      This study from Bowers used 6mg of nicotine gum, whereas we used 4mg, which may contribute to the lower effect size seen in our study. Dose-dependent effects have not been assessed in non-smokers, but given the dose-dependent changes seen in smokers who abstained from cigarettes prior to EEG recording (Pickworth et al., 1989; Pickworth et al., 1988; Pickworth et al., 1986), the smaller effect sizes seen in the present study may be in line with Bowers study.

      Though genetic analysis was not included in the present work, the use of a lower nicotine dose, inclusion of male and female participants, use of more electrodes (64 rather than 8), and unmeasured genetic variations in PAF’s response to nicotine could explain the smaller effect sizes compared to (Bowers et al., 2015).

      We have written a condensed summary of this to include in the manuscript discussion:

      ”Research on nicotine-induced changes in PAF in healthy non-smokers has largely relied on small samples (≤20) using injections or patches [47,48], with Bowers and colleagues [38] providing the only larger study (n= 62 males) using 6 mg nicotine gum. Their results showed modest PAF increases (~0.34–0.51 Hz; 3.5– 5.8%) compared to the larger effects (1–2 Hz; ~10–20%) reported in earlier small-sample studies, with magnitude and scalp distribution influenced by COMT genotype: Met allele carriers exhibited nicotineinduced increases (Val/Met: frontal, central, occipital; Met/Met: parietal), while Val/Val homozygotes showed no change. The present study now the largest to include both male and female non-smokers found smaller effects, likely due to the lower nicotine dose (4 mg), consistent with dose-dependent PAF modulation reported in abstinent smokers [69]. Broader EEG coverage (64 vs. 8 electrodes), sex inclusion, and unmeasured genetic variation may also account for differences between the present study and Bowers and colleagues [38]. Interestingly, beyond nicotine’s main effect on PAF, our 2W-LCS mediation model indicated a significant influence of sex, with females showing greater PAF increases than males. Given that female participants were significantly lighter than males (Supplementary Material 3.4) and the model did not test the interaction between sex at birth and gum group, these finding should be interpreted cautiously and warrant further investigation.”

      Previous comment 8) removing confounders calls to question robustness of the findings. Simmons paper

      Previous comment (8) The authors also ran alternative statistical models to analyze the data and did not find consistent results in terms of PHP ratings (PAF modulation was still statistically significantly different). The authors attribute this to the necessity of controlling for covariates. Now, considering the effects sizes, aren't these statistically significant differences just artifacts stemming from the inclusion of too many covariates (Simmons et al., 2011)? How much influence should be attributable to depression and anxiety symptoms, stress, sleep quality and past pain, considering that these are healthy volunteers? Should these contrasting differences call the authors to question the robustness of the findings (i.e., whether the same data subjected to different analysis provides the same results), particularly when the results do not align with the preregistered hypothesis (PAF modulation should occur on sensorimotor ROIs)?

      In addition to our previous response, we would like to add the following: Although we were previously unaware of the author recommendations from Simmons et al (2011) during initial preparation of this manuscript, we find we cover all points and have added a few improvements to ensure our adherence to this guideline is clear.

      We cover all six recommendations for authors suggested in Simmons et al (2011):

      (1) We decided to collect 62 participants prior to commencing data collection, this covered 60 participants in total, with two extra in case of incomplete data identified during data analysis.

      (2) We had more than 20 participants per group. We have now outlined this decision in the methods section:

      “The sample size was informed by resource and feasibility constraints [98] and aligns with or exceeds that of comparable studies in the field [38], covering 60 participants in total, with two extra in case of incomplete data identified during later data analysis.”

      (3) We provide detailed methods, which outlines all the variables collected.

      (4) We report all experimental conditions, and had no failed manipulations to report. We have now slightly adjusted the wording of our experimental protocol within the methods section to make this clear:

      “Participants were randomly assigned to one of only two conditions, thus after the second resting-state EEG, either nicotine or placebo gum was administered with the chew procedure. Following completion of the chew procedure, the third resting state, the second pain assessments, and the fouth resting state were conducted.”

      Regarding recommendation (5), listwise deletion was used, as already stated in the manuscript (see Methods, Statistical analysis, Mediation analysis, Assumptions), to exclude participants for whom only one timepoint was available in either the pain or PAF measures, and thus it is not possible to conduct analysis on participants with this missing data. Otherwise, no participants were removed for other reasons. 6) As we conducted analyses using pre-registered covariates determined based on a DAG, we repeated analyses without including these covariates in the form of RM-ANOVAs. The effect on PAF remains, however, as Simmons et al (2011) suggests, the fact we no longer observed a significant effect of gum on heat pain ratings may indicate that the finding is reliant on the presence of a covariate, which does not necessarily mean that the finding is not relevant. However, as reviewer 3 suggests, this should also cause us to question the robustness of the findings and the possibility of type 1 error. Therefore, we have adjusted text in the discussion as follows:

      “This underscores the necessity of controlling for confounding variables, as nicotine may only produce pain reduction for those with higher stress, and calls for further investigation into the robustness of the effect of nicotine on heat pain ratings.”

      Lastly, regarding the influence that should be attributable to our confounding health-related measures, given the healthy population, we still observe variation in several of these confounders. ’Healthy’ populations still score across a range on these scales, with cut-offs acting as suggestions for problematic symptomology. Assumptions testing confirmed the normality of these covariates, and lack of collinearity so that they could be included in our analyses. We have added a sentence to the Sample Characteristics in Results to outline the ranges reported for the confounding variables:

      “Depressive symptoms ranged from 0-4 (out of a maximum of 6), anxiety from 0-6 (out of a maximum of 6), perceived stress from 2-18 (out of a maximum of 40), and sleep quality from 2-10 (out of a maximum of 10; i.e. “excellent sleep quality”).”

      Previous comment 9) Exploratory sex analysis?

      (9) Beyond that, I believe in some cases that the authors overreach in an attempt to provide explanations for their results. While I agree that sex might be a relevant covariate, I cannot say whether the authors are confirming a pre-registered hypothesis regarding the gender-specific correlation of PAF and pain, or if this is just a post hoc subgroup analysis. Given the large number of analyses performed (considering the main document and the supplementary files), caution should be exercised on the selective interpretation of those that align with the researchers' hypotheses.

      To reiterate our previous response to this comment, we stated that sex was an exploratory analysis in the results and was chosen based on other PAF-pain literature, and had also adjusted part of the discussion to align with this. However, we have now seen the first paragraph of the discussion was not adjusted. Therefore, we hope the below edit has now adequately address the previous reviewer 3 comment 9:

      “In addition, when assessing the whole sample, we found inconclusive evidence for 4) slower PAF speed at baseline being associated with higher pain ratings for both the heat and pressure pain models. However, during exploratory analysis we found moderate evidence that slower PAF speed at baseline is associated with higher heat pain ratings at baseline in males but not females. In contrast PAF was not associated with pressure pain ratings for males or females.”

      References for response to reviewer 3

      Boord P, Siddall PJ, Tran Y, Herbert D, Middleton J, Craig A. Electroencephalographic slowing and reduced reactivity in neuropathic pain following spinal cord injury. Spinal cord. 2008 Feb;46(2):118-23.

      Bowers H, Smith D, De La Salle S, Choueiry J, Impey D, Philippe T, et al. COMT polymorphism modulates the resting-state EEG alpha oscillatory response to acute nicotine in male non-smokers. Genes, Brain and Behavior 2015;14:466–76.

      Edenberg HJ. Perspective on beyond statistical significance: Finding meaningful effects. Complex Psychiatry 2021;7:1–8. https://doi.org/10.1159/000517237.

      Foulds J, McSorley K, Sneddon J, Feyerabend C, Jarvis MJ, Russell MA. Effect of subcutaneous nicotine injections on EEG alpha frequency in non-smokers: A placebo-controlled pilot study. Psychopharmacology 1994;115:163–6.

      Harkrider AW, Champlin CA. Acute effect of nicotine on non-smokers: III. LLRs and EEGs. Hearing Research 2001;160:99–110.

      Lakens D. Sample size justification. Collabra: psychology. 2022 Mar 22;8(1):33267.

      Lim M, Kim JS, Kim DJ, Chung CK. Increased low-and high-frequency oscillatory activity in the prefrontal cortex of fibromyalgia patients. Frontiers in human neuroscience. 2016 Mar 14;10:111.

      Nosek BA, Ebersole CR, DeHaven AC, Mellor DT. The preregistration revolution. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. 2018 Mar 13;115(11):2600-6.

      Pickworth WB, Herning RI, Henningfield JE. Electroencephalographic effects of nicotine chewing gum in humans. Pharmacology Biochemistry and Behavior 1986;25:879–82.

      Pickworth WB, Herning RI, Henningfield JE. Mecamylamine reduces some EEG effects of nicotine chewing gum in humans. Pharmacology, Biochemistry, and Behavior 1988;30:149–53.

      Pickworth WB, Herning RI, Henningfield JE. Spontaneous EEG changes during tobacco abstinence and nicotine substitution in human volunteers. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 1989;251:976–82.

      Ross LN, Bassett DS. Causation in neuroscience: keeping mechanism meaningful. Nature Reviews Neuroscience. 2024 Feb;25(2):81-90.

      Simmons JP, Nelson LD, Simonsohn U. False-positive psychology: Undisclosed flexibility in data collection and analysis allows presenting anything as significant. Psychological science. 2011 Nov;22(11):1359-66.

      Wydenkeller S, Maurizio S, Dietz V, Halder P. Neuropathic pain in spinal cord injury: significance of clinical and electrophysiological measures. European Journal of Neuroscience. 2009 Jul;30(1):91-9.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigated factors required for neural progenitors to exit the cell cycle before the adult stage. They first show that Kr is turned on in pupal stage MBNBs, and depletion of Kr from pupal stage NBs leads to retention of MBNBs into the adult stage. Then they demonstrate that these retained NBs maintain the expression of Imp, and co-depletion of Imp abolishes the extended neurogenesis. Further, they show that co-depletion of kr-h1 significantly reduces the retained MBNBs caused by loss of kr, suggesting antagonistic genetic interactions between these two. In addition, they demonstrate that over-expressing Kr-h1 leads to the striking phenotype of tumor-like neuroblast overgrowth in adult brains.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors leveraged well-controlled, powerful genetic tools (including temporal control of RNAi knockdown using the Gal80ts system), and provided strong evidence that Kr expression in pupal stage MBNBs is required to repress Imp and promote the end of neurogenesis. Similarly, the experimental result of co-depleting Kr-h1 and Kr, and the striking phenotype upon Kr-h1 mis-expression, support the antagonistic roles played by Kr-h1 and Kr in this process.

      (2) The sample sizes, quantification methods, and p-values are well documented for all experiments. In most parts, the data presented strongly support their conclusions.

      (3) Identification of two transcription factors with opposite roles in controlling cell cycle exit, and their possible interactions with the Imp/Syp axis, is highly significant for the study on how the proliferation of neural progenitors is regulated and limited before the adult stage.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for their thoughtful and constructive assessment of our manuscript. We are grateful that the reviewer recognised the strength of our genetic approaches, the significance of identifying Kr and Kr-h1 as opposing regulators of MBNB termination, and the value of linking these factors to the Imp/Syp axis. We have revised the manuscript substantially in response to the reviewer’s comments. In particular, we have further characterised Kr expression in the KrIf-1 mutant background, examined the relationship between Kr, Kr-h1 and E93, analysed Kr-h1 expression in MBNBs using a Kr-h1::GFP BAC reporter, revised the proposed model, improved figure presentation and corrected typographical errors throughout the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The nature of the KrIf-1 allele is not clear. It is mentioned that this allele leads to misexpression of Kr in various tissues. However, it is not clear if Kr is mis-expressed or lost in MBNBs in the KrIf-1 mutant. If Kr is mis-expressed in MBNBs in the KrIf-1 mutant, then it would be difficult to explain why both loss of Kr and mis-expression of Kr in MBNBs lead to the same NB retention phenotype. The authors should examine Kr expression in MBNBs in the KrIf-1 mutant.

      We agree that clarifying the nature of Kr expression in the KrIf-1 mutant background is important. We have therefore performed additional Kr immunostaining in KrIf-1 mutant brains using tyramide signal amplification (TSA) to enhance the weak endogenous Kr signal. These new data show that Kr is ectopically detected in MBNBs and their progeny in KrIf-1 mutant late pupal and adult brains (Fig. S3G, H), and quantification of TSA-enhanced Kr signals further supports Kr misexpression in MBNBs during late pupal stages (Fig. S3I). We have added these data to the revised manuscript. These results indicate that the KrIf-1 phenotype is associated with aberrant Kr expression in MBNBs rather than a simple loss of Kr expression. We agree with the reviewer that it may appear counterintuitive that both Kr depletion and Kr misexpression can lead to MBNB retention. We now discuss this point more explicitly. Our interpretation is that MBNB termination requires tight control of Kr activity during a narrow developmental window. Loss of Kr prevents the normal progression of the Imp-to-Syp transition and E93 activation, whereas ectopic or mistimed Kr expression in KrIf-1 mutants may also interfere with the same termination programme. Thus, both reduced Kr activity and inappropriate Kr expression can disrupt the precisely regulated Kr-dependent transition required for timely MBNB cell-cycle exit and elimination.

      We have revised the Results and Discussion to make this interpretation clearer and to avoid describing KrIf-1 simply as equivalent to Kr loss of function.

      (2) Some parts of the regulations and interactions between Kr, Kr-h1, Imp, Syp, and E93 are not well-defined. For example, the data suggest that Kr is turned on in the pupal stage MBNBs, and is required to end neurogenesis through repressing Imp and Kr-h1. To further support this conclusion, the authors can examine if Kr-h1 expression is up-regulated in kr-RNAi.

      The authors suggested that Kr-h1 may act upstream or in parallel to Imp/Syp, but also suggested that Kr-h1 may repress E93. The expression of Imp, Syp, and E93 can be examined in brains with Kr-h1 mis-expression to determine where Kr-h1 acts. If Imp expression is elevated when Kr-h1 is mis-expressed, then Kr-h1 may act upstream of Imp. If Imp/Syp expression does not change, then Kr-h1 may act on the E93 level.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We agree that the regulatory relationships between Kr, Kr-h1, Imp/Syp and E93 were not sufficiently defined in the original manuscript. In the revised manuscript, we have therefore clarified which relationships are supported by our data and which remain unresolved.

      During revision, we placed particular emphasis on the relationship between Kr, Kr-h1 and E93, because our genetic interaction data showed that co-depletion of Kr-h1 partially suppresses MBNB retention caused by Kr depletion (Fig. 5A). This indicated that Kr and Kr-h1 functionally oppose each other during MBNB termination. We therefore asked whether this functional antagonism could be explained by a simple linear pathway in which Kr promotes termination by suppressing Kr-h1, which in turn antagonises E93.

      We first tested whether Kr-h1 regulates E93 in the MBNB lineage. Kr-h1 depletion increased E93 expression in the MBNB lineage, whereas Kr-h1 overexpression strongly reduced E93 expression (Fig. S5B). These data support the conclusion that Kr-h1 antagonises E93 expression in this lineage, consistent with the established antagonistic relationship between Kr-h1 and E93 in other developmental contexts.

      We next examined whether Kr regulates this Kr-h1–E93 axis by suppressing Kr-h1 expression. To address this, we used a functional Kr-h1::GFP BAC reporter. Kr-h1::GFP was readily detected in larval MBNBs but was strongly downregulated during pupal development, consistent with the MBNB-lineage-specific RNA-seq dataset of Liu et al. (2015). However, Kr depletion did not significantly increase Kr-h1::GFP levels in late pupal MBNBs (Fig. 5B and Fig. S5C). Moreover, despite the absence of detectable Kr-h1::GFP upregulation, Kr depletion strongly reduced E93 expression in the progeny region of the MBNB lineage, while the weak E93 signal detectable in MBNBs themselves was not substantially altered (Fig. 5B).

      These results argue against a simple linear pathway in which Kr promotes MBNB termination by directly repressing Kr-h1 expression. Instead, they suggest that Kr supports E93 expression within the MBNB lineage through a mechanism that does not require detectable upregulation of Kr-h1. Thus, Kr and Kr-h1 functionally oppose each other during MBNB termination, but they are unlikely to act through a simple linear Kr–Kr-h1–E93 pathway. We have revised the model accordingly, proposing that Kr and Kr-h1 act through convergent or parallel mechanisms to regulate the MBNB termination programme.

      Regarding the Imp/Syp axis, the original manuscript had already shown that Kr depletion causes persistent Imp expression in adult MBNB lineages and that co-depletion of Imp suppresses MBNB retention caused by Kr depletion. These data supported the conclusion that persistent Imp expression is required for MBNB retention following Kr depletion. In the revised manuscript, we strengthened this conclusion by analysing Imp and Syp expression during late pupal development, when MBNBs normally undergo cell-cycle exit and elimination. We found that Kr-depleted MBNBs maintain higher Imp expression and show reduced Syp expression compared with controls (Fig. 4A, B), supporting the idea that Kr promotes MBNB termination by facilitating the normal Imp-to-Syp transition.

      We also considered whether Kr-h1 acts upstream of the Imp/Syp transition. Kr-h1 overexpression caused persistent Imp expression in proliferating adult NBs (Fig. 5E). However, this manipulation produced a severe tumour-like overgrowth phenotype and likely represents a strongly non-physiological state. We therefore do not conclude that Kr-h1 normally acts upstream of Imp/Syp during MBNB termination. Rather, our revised interpretation is that Kr promotes MBNB termination through the Imp-to-Syp transition and by supporting E93 expression, whereas Kr-h1 counteracts termination at least in part by repressing E93. How the Imp/Syp and E93-associated pathways converge during MBNB termination remains an important question for future work.

      We have revised the Results, Discussion and Fig. 6D model accordingly, distinguishing experimentally supported relationships from more speculative connections.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors study the role of Kruppel in regulating the survival of mushroom body neuroblasts. They first confirm that adult wild-type brains have no proliferation and report that Kruppel mutants and Kruppel RNAi in neuroblasts show a few proliferative clones; they show that these proliferative clones are localized in the mushroom body. They then show that Kruppel is expressed mostly during pupal stages and acts by downregulating the expression of Imp, which has been shown to positively regulate neuroblast proliferation and survival. Expectedly, this also affects neuronal diversity in the mushroom body, which is enriched in gamma neurons that are born during the Imp-expression window. Finally, they show that Kr acts antagonistically to Kr-h1, which is expressed predominantly in larval stages.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of this paper is that it identified a novel regulator of Imp expression in the mushroom body neuroblasts. Imp is a conserved RNA-binding protein that has been shown to regulate neural stem cell proliferation and survival in different animals.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for their critical assessment of our manuscript and for the specific suggestions regarding manuscript framing, figure clarity, public dataset analysis and textual accuracy. We have revised the manuscript extensively in response to these comments. In particular, we have clarified that our study does not aim to describe physiological adult neurogenesis in Drosophila, but rather investigates how normally terminating neural progenitors can retain or regain neurogenic potential when the developmental termination programme is disrupted. We have also revised the text to avoid overstatement about functional integration of adult-born neurons, improved figure presentation, removed the incomplete targeted-screen framing, added analysis of public MBNB-lineage transcriptomic data, and corrected multiple textual and citation issues.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The main weakness of the paper is that the authors want to test adult neurogenesis in a system where no adult neurogenesis exists. To achieve this, they force neuroblasts to survive in adulthood by altering the genetic program that prevents them from terminating their proliferation. If this was reminiscing about "adult neurogenesis", the authors should at least show how adult neurons incorporate into the mushroom body even if they are born much later. On the contrary, this more likely resembles a tumorigenic phenotype, when stem cells divide way past their appropriate timing.

      We appreciate this important point and agree that Drosophila does not normally show substantial physiological neurogenesis in the adult central brain under standard conditions. We have therefore revised the manuscript to clarify the framing of our study. Our aim is not to claim that Kr depletion reveals a normal physiological adult neurogenesis programme, but rather to identify developmental mechanisms that normally terminate MBNB proliferation and restrict latent neurogenic potential in the adult brain.

      We note, however, that the original manuscript already provided evidence that the persistent proliferative cells induced by Kr depletion or the KrIf-1 mutation are associated with the MB lineage and generate neuronal progeny in young adult brains. EdU-positive clones were detected predominantly in the dorsoposterior MB cell body region (Fig. 2A, B). These clones generally contained a single Mira- and insc>GFP-positive NB-like cell, including mitotic cells with cortical Mira localisation (Fig. 2C, D), together with surrounding Elav-positive neuronal progeny (Fig. 2E). In addition, persistent mitotic cells in KrIf-1 mutant brains were found in the MB cell body region marked by mb247>GFP and OK107>GFP, and showed Mira localisation consistent with dividing MBNBs (Fig. 2F-H). Thus, although we have not directly demonstrated mature circuit integration, the original data support the conclusion that Kr depletion and the KrIf-1 mutation allow MBNBs to persist beyond their normal termination window and generate neuronal progeny within the MB region.

      At the same time, our data do not establish the precise neuronal identity, connectivity or functional incorporation of the newly generated progeny into mature MB circuits, nor do they determine the long-term behaviour of these progeny in older adult brains. We have therefore revised the text and Discussion to avoid overinterpreting these cells as fully integrated adult-born MB neurons, and now state that these issues remain important questions for future work.

      We also agree that prolonged progenitor proliferation can become pathological in some contexts. However, we do not think that the Kr-depletion and KrIf-1 phenotypes are equivalent to tumour-like overgrowth, at least under the conditions analysed here. In young adult brains, retained MBNBs remained spatially restricted to the MB cell body region, and each EdU-positive clone generally contained only a single NB-like cell with asymmetric Mira localisation, surrounded by Elav-positive neuronal progeny (Fig. 2C-E, G, H). This pattern is more consistent with persistent asymmetric MBNB divisions than with tumour-like expansion. This contrasts with Kr-h1 overexpression, which caused extensive tumour-like NB overproliferation with impaired neuronal differentiation; we now describe this latter phenotype as tumour-like NB overgrowth (Fig. 5C-E). We have revised the manuscript to distinguish these phenotypes more clearly.

      (2) Moreover, the figures are, in many cases, hard to understand, and the interpretation of the figures doesn't always match what one sees. The manuscript would benefit from better figures; for example, in Figure 2C, Miranda expression in insc>GFP in Kr-IF-1 is not visible.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the need to improve figure clarity. We have revised the figure presentation throughout the manuscript to improve readability, including increasing label size, improving panel labelling and ensuring that the interpretation in the Results is consistent with the corresponding figure panels and legends.

      Regarding the specific concern about Fig. 2C, we agree that the Mira signal was not sufficiently clear in the merged image. We have therefore added a Mira-only single-channel panel to Fig. 2C to allow the relevant signal to be evaluated more directly. We have also revised the text to clarify that retained MBNBs were identified based on combined positional, morphological and marker criteria, rather than by Mira signal alone.

      (3) The authors describe a targeted genetic screen, but they don't describe which genes were tested, how they were chosen, and why Kruppel was finally selected.

      We agree that the original description of a targeted genetic screen was insufficient. Because the screen was preliminary and incomplete, we concluded that presenting partial screening information would not be sufficiently informative and could overstate the scope of the present study. We have therefore removed the screen-based framing from the revised manuscript. Instead, the revised manuscript presents Kr as a candidate selected for focused functional analysis based on its known role in neuroblast temporal regulation and the strong MBNB retention phenotype observed upon Kr depletion and in the KrIf-1 mutant background.

      (4) The authors argue that Kr does not behave as a typical tTF in MBNBs. However, they show no expression in the embryo, limited expression in the larva and early pupa, and a peak around P24-P48. This sounds like a temporally regulated expression of a transcription factor. Importantly, they mentioned that they tested their observations against different datasets (FlyAtlas2, modENCODE, and MBNB-lineage-specific RNA-seq data), but they don't provide the data.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. We agree that our original wording could have been clearer. Our intention was not to argue that Kr cannot have a temporally restricted function in MBNBs, but rather that Kr does not behave like a canonical temporal transcription factor whose expression undergoes a strong stage-specific switch in this lineage.

      We have revised both the text and the corresponding quantification. In the original version, Kr signal levels in pupal MBNBs appeared to vary modestly across pupal stages. However, after reanalysing cytoplasmic and nuclear Kr signals separately using Welch’s ANOVA followed by Dunnett T3 multiple-comparison correction, no pairwise comparisons reached statistical significance (Fig. 3E, F). Thus, the revised quantification does not support a significant temporal change in Kr protein levels during the pupal stages analysed, and we have avoided describing Kr as showing a clear pupal expression peak.

      As requested, we have also included the public MBNB-lineage RNA-seq analysis in the revised manuscript as Fig. S5A. This analysis shows that Kr transcript levels remain low across the analysed developmental stages, in contrast to the stronger temporal changes observed for other regulators, including larval Kr-h1 expression followed by pupal downregulation, reciprocal induction of E93, and marked increases in Syp expression. Because FlyAtlas2 and modENCODE have limited spatial resolution for MBNB-specific expression, we now focus this comparison on the MBNB-lineage-specific RNA-seq dataset.

      We have therefore revised the manuscript to describe Kr as a postembryonic regulator required for pupal MBNB termination, rather than as a conventional temporally induced tTF in this lineage. In our revised interpretation, Kr expression is low and not detectably strongly temporally induced in MBNBs, whereas Kr function is temporally required during pupal MBNB termination, as supported by the Gal80ts knockdown experiments.

      (5) Finally, the contribution of Kr to the neuronal composition of the mushroom body is expected (since Imp is known to regulate neuronal diversity in the MB), but the presentation in the paper is very incomplete.

      We agree that, given the known role of Imp/Syp in MB neuronal temporal identity, altered MB neuronal composition is a plausible consequence of disrupted Kr function. However, we also agree that our study does not directly determine the precise neuronal identities, connectivity or functional properties of the progeny produced by persistent MBNBs. We have therefore revised the manuscript to present this aspect more cautiously.

      In the original manuscript, we had shown that Kr depletion and the KrIf-1 mutation affect MB morphology. In the revised manuscript, we have clarified the presentation of these data and added new analysis of the severe MB defects caused by Kr-h1 overexpression (Fig. 6C). We now describe these phenotypes as changes in MB morphology and lineage progression, rather than as direct evidence for altered neuronal composition.

      In the Discussion, we state that persistent Imp expression in Kr-depleted MBNBs could bias neuronal progeny toward earlier identities or delay their transition to later identities, but we explicitly note that neuronal identity and connectivity were not directly analysed. We also state that future studies will be required to determine whether prolonged MB neurogenesis alters MB circuit function, learning, plasticity or ageing. Thus, we have revised the manuscript to avoid overstating the contribution of Kr to MB neuronal composition.

      Unfortunately, based on the above, I am not convinced that the authors can use this framework to infer anything about adult neurogenesis. Therefore, the impact of this work is limited to the role of Kruppel in regulating Imp, which has already been shown to regulate the extent of neuroblast division, as well as the neuronal types that are born at different temporal windows.

      We understand the reviewer’s concern and have revised the manuscript to avoid implying that our data establish physiological adult neurogenesis in Drosophila. Instead, we now frame the study as identifying mechanisms that normally terminate MBNB proliferation and restrict latent neurogenic potential in the adult brain.

      We respectfully note, however, that the impact of this study is not limited to showing that Kr regulates Imp. First, we identify Kr as a postembryonic regulator required for timely MBNB termination during pupal development. Second, we show that both Kr depletion and the KrIf-1 mutation allow MBNBs to persist beyond their normal termination window and generate neuronal progeny in the adult MB region. Third, we show that Kr promotes not only the Imp-to-Syp transition but also proper E93 expression within the MBNB lineage. Finally, we identify Kr-h1 as a functionally opposing KLF-family factor that represses E93 and can drive tumour-like NB overgrowth when misexpressed. We have revised the manuscript to present these conclusions more clearly and cautiously.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Drosophila neuroblasts (NBs) serve as a well-established model for studying neural stem cell biology. The intrinsic genetic programs that control their mitotic potential throughout development have been described in remarkable detail, highlighting a series of sequentially expressed transcription factors and RNA-binding proteins that together constitute the temporal patterning system.

      However, the mechanisms that limit the number of NB divisions remain largely unknown in a specific subset of NBs known as mushroom body neuroblasts (MB NBs). Unlike other NBs, which terminate proliferation before or shortly after the onset of metamorphosis, MB NBs continue dividing until the end of metamorphosis, ceasing only just before adulthood.

      In this study, the authors identify the transcription factor Krüppel (Kr), a member of the conserved Krüppel-like family, as temporally regulated in MB NBs. They demonstrate that Kr knockdown during pupal stages maintains expression of the RNA-binding protein Imp and results in prolonged MB NB proliferation into adulthood. Their data suggest that Kr contributes to the timely silencing of Imp during metamorphosis. The authors further identify Kr-h1, a related transcription factor, as a potential antagonist. While Kr-h1 appears dispensable for the timely termination of MBNBs under normal conditions, its overexpression leads to their continued proliferation and tumor-like expansion in adults.

      This work provides the first evidence for a transcription factor-driven temporal regulation mechanism in MB NBs, offering new insight into the control of neural stem cell self-renewal. Given the evolutionary conservation of Krüppel-like factors, this study may have broader implications for the neural stem cell field.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study possibly identifies a new series of temporal transcription factors that are specific for mushroom body neuroblasts.

      (2) The mechanism could be conserved in vertebrates.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for their positive and constructive assessment of our study. We are grateful that the reviewer recognised the significance of identifying Kr as a regulator of mushroom body neuroblast termination, and the potential broader relevance of KLF-family transcription factors to neural stem cell regulation.

      In response to the reviewer’s comments, we have substantially revised the manuscript. In particular, we have added new data on Kr expression in the KrIf-1 mutant background, Kr-h1 expression in MBNBs, and the regulation of E93 by Kr and Kr-h1. We have also incorporated public MBNB-lineage transcriptomic data to place Kr, Kr-h1, E93, Imp and Syp within the known temporal progression of the MB lineage. Finally, we have revised the proposed model to distinguish experimentally supported interactions from open mechanistic questions.

      Weaknesses:

      Some proposed regulatory interactions, particularly between Kr, Kr-h1, and other temporal factors like Imp, Chinmo, and E93, have not been thoroughly investigated, which weakens the support for the proposed model. Additional experimental validation is needed to confirm these relationships and strengthen the mechanistic framework.

      We agree with the reviewer that some regulatory relationships in the original model required further experimental support. In response, we have added new data and revised the model substantially to distinguish experimentally supported interactions from unresolved mechanistic links.

      In the revised manuscript, we provide additional analysis of the Imp/Syp axis after Kr depletion, direct evidence for Kr-h1 expression in MBNBs, and new data showing that Kr-h1 antagonises E93 expression in the MBNB lineage. We also found that Kr depletion reduces E93 expression in the progeny region of the MBNB lineage without significantly increasing Kr-h1::GFP levels in MBNBs, arguing against a simple linear pathway in which Kr promotes termination by directly repressing Kr-h1. Together, these results support a revised model in which Kr promotes MBNB termination by facilitating the Imp-to-Syp transition and supporting E93 expression, whereas Kr-h1 functionally opposes termination at least in part through E93 repression.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      The majority of the reviewers agreed that a few major important points should be addressed, in particular:

      (1) Better characterization of the nature of the KrIf-1 allele.

      (2) Better define the regulations and interactions between Kr, Kr-h1, Imp, Syp, chinmo, and E93.

      (3) More information about the genetic screen performed.

      (4) The timings of expression of Kr in pupal MBNBs and of KrIf-1.

      The reviewers also found that a general proofreading of the manuscript would greatly benefit its readability and comprehension and suggested several small corrections and more detailed explanations.

      We thank the Reviewing Editor and Senior Editor for their careful assessment of our manuscript and for summarising the major points that required revision. We have addressed these points as follows.

      (1) Better characterisation of the nature of the KrIf-1 allele

      We agree that clarifying the nature of the KrIf-1 allele was important. We have now examined Kr expression in KrIf-1 mutant brains using TSA-enhanced Kr immunostaining. These new data show ectopic Kr signal in MBNBs and their progeny in KrIf-1 mutant late pupal and adult brains (Fig. S3G–I), supporting the conclusion that the KrIf-1 phenotype is associated with Kr misexpression rather than simple loss of Kr expression. We have revised the Results and Discussion to explain that MBNB termination requires precise control of Kr activity, and that both Kr depletion and inappropriate Kr expression can disrupt this termination programme.

      (2) Better definition of the regulatory relationships between Kr, Kr-h1, Imp, Syp, Chinmo and E93

      We have strengthened this part of the manuscript by combining the genetic evidence already present in the original manuscript with new expression analyses of temporal and hormone-responsive regulators. The original manuscript already showed that co-depletion of Imp suppresses MBNB retention caused by Kr depletion, supporting Imp as a key downstream effector of Kr. In the revised manuscript, we further show that Kr depletion causes persistent Imp expression and reduced Syp expression in late pupal MBNBs (Fig. 4), supporting the conclusion that Kr promotes MBNB termination by facilitating the Imp-to-Syp transition.

      We have also added new data on Kr-h1 and E93. Kr-h1 depletion increases E93 expression in the MBNB lineage, whereas Kr-h1 overexpression reduces E93 expression (Fig. S5B), supporting an antagonistic relationship between Kr-h1 and E93 in this lineage. In addition, Kr depletion reduces E93 expression in the surrounding progeny of the MBNB lineage without detectably increasing Kr-h1::GFP levels in late pupal MBNBs (Fig. 5B). These data argue against a simple linear Kr-Kr-h1-E93 pathway and instead support a model in which Kr and Kr-h1 function through convergent or parallel mechanisms to regulate MBNB termination.

      Regarding Chinmo, we agree that it is an important temporal factor. However, Chinmo is best characterised in this context as an early temporal fate regulator acting downstream of the Imp/Syp programme in MB lineages, where Imp and Syp regulate Chinmo translation post-transcriptionally (Liu et al., 2015). Because our study focuses primarily on late pupal MBNB termination, and because we were unable to obtain reliable Chinmo antibodies or reporter lines within the timeframe of this revision, we did not directly analyse Chinmo expression. We have therefore removed Chinmo from the main model and revised the Discussion to focus on the experimentally supported Imp/Syp and Kr-h1/E93 axes.

      (3) More information about the genetic screen

      We agree that the original screen-based description was not sufficiently informative. Because the targeted screen was preliminary and incomplete, we have removed the screen-based framing from the revised manuscript. Instead, we now present Kr as a candidate selected for focused functional analysis based on its known role in neuroblast temporal regulation and the strong MBNB retention phenotype observed upon Kr depletion and in the KrIf-1 mutant background.

      (4) Timing of Kr expression in pupal MBNBs and in KrIf-1

      We have clarified the timing of Kr expression in MBNBs. In wild-type brains, weak Kr signals were detected in MBNBs during pupal development using two Kr antibodies and a Kr::GFP BAC reporter, and these signals were reduced by Kr RNAi (Fig. 3E, F and Fig. S3F). We also analysed MBNB-lineage RNA-seq data, which show relatively low but persistent Kr transcript levels during postembryonic development (Fig. S5A). In the KrIf-1 background, TSA-enhanced Kr staining revealed ectopic Kr expression in MBNBs and their progeny during late pupal and adult stages (Fig. S3G–I). We have revised the manuscript to describe these expression patterns more clearly and to avoid overinterpreting weak embryonic or larval Kr signals.

      We have also proofread the manuscript, corrected typographical errors, standardised figure references and nomenclature, improved figure legends and revised several figures for clarity.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors identified Kr from a targeted genetic screen. Information about how many factors and what factors they have screened will also be very helpful to readers.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In the original manuscript, we briefly referred to a targeted genetic screen that led us to focus on Kr. However, because this screen was preliminary and incomplete, we agree that including partial screening information would not be sufficiently informative and might overstate the scope of the present study. We have therefore revised the manuscript to remove the screen-based framing and instead present Kr as a candidate selected for focused functional analysis based on its known role in neuroblast temporal regulation and the strong MBNB retention phenotype observed upon Kr depletion and in the KrIf-1 mutant background.

      (2) In Figure 2C wild type brains, what are the Mira+ cells and insc>GFP+ cells? There seems to be one cell that expresses both. Could it be a dormant NB?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We agree that a small number of weakly Mira-positive and insc>GFP-positive cells can occasionally be observed in adult control brains, as well as in KrIf-1 mutant brains. These cells were few in number, were generally located outside the stereotyped MBNB region, and showed much weaker marker signals than the retained MBNBs observed after Kr depletion or in KrIf-1 mutants. Because they did not appear to express other NB markers examined in this study, such as wor>GFP, we did not investigate them further. Their identity therefore remains unclear, and we cannot exclude the possibility that they represent rare dormant or NB-like cells in the adult brain.

      We have revised the text and figure legend to clarify that the retained MBNBs analysed in this study were identified based on their stereotyped MB-region position and strong NB-marker expression.

      (3) Kr is normally expressed in stage 10 embryonic NBs. Have stage 10 embryos been examined to make sure that there is no Kr expression in MBNBs?

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We agree that Kr expression in early embryonic neuroblasts is well established. Early embryonic MBNBs can in principle be identified using a detailed positional and combinatorial marker map, as shown by Kunz et al. (2012), who traced individual MBNBs from late embryonic stages back to stage 9 using combinations of Dac, Ey, Svp-lacZ and Rx, together with morphological and positional criteria. However, reliable identification of MBNBs at such early stages is technically challenging in our assay, because our analysis depended on simultaneous detection of OK107>GFP, Mira and Kr, and OK107>GFP/Mira-based identification of the MB lineage was more robust at later embryonic stages. We therefore focused our embryonic Kr analysis on stages at which MBNBs could be confidently identified by their position and marker expression.

      In these embryos, Kr was broadly detected in surrounding embryonic CNS cells, including thoracic NBs, but was not robustly detected in OK107>GFP- and Mira-positive MBNBs (Fig. S3A, B). We cannot fully exclude the possibility that MBNBs transiently express very low levels of Kr at earlier embryonic stages before they can be reliably identified in our assay. However, our temporally controlled Gal80ts experiments show that Kr depletion during the pupal stage, but not during earlier embryonic or larval stages, is sufficient to cause MBNB retention in adult brains (Fig. 3C, D). Thus, any transient embryonic Kr expression, if present, is unlikely to be the main cause of the adult MBNB retention phenotype described here.

      We have revised the text to avoid overinterpreting the absence of embryonic Kr expression and to emphasise that the critical requirement for Kr in this study occurs during pupal MBNB termination.

      (4) In Figure S3C, Kr expression seems to be cytoplasmic. Also in S3D, the expression of KrGFP in NBs is not obvious. Overall, Kr expression in pupal MBNBs is much more convincing than the larval expression.

      We agree with the reviewer. Kr expression in larval MBNBs is weak and less convincing than the pupal signal. We have therefore revised the manuscript to describe larval Kr expression more cautiously. In the revised text, we state that Kr was weakly detected in larval MBNBs by antibody staining and that the Kr::GFP BAC reporter showed stronger signals in cells adjacent to MBNBs, likely corresponding to GMCs or immature neurons that may have inherited Kr::GFP from MBNBs.

      We now base our main conclusion primarily on the pupal-stage data. At this stage, weak Kr signals were detected in MBNBs using two independent Kr antibodies and the Kr::GFP BAC reporter, and Kr depletion reduced the antibody signal (Fig. 3E, F and Fig. S3F). Importantly, this expression pattern is consistent with our functional data showing that pupal-stage-specific Kr depletion is sufficient to induce MBNB retention in adult brains, whereas earlier embryonic or larval depletion did not produce the same phenotype (Fig. 3C, D). Thus, both the expression and temporal knockdown data support a critical role for Kr during pupal MBNB termination.

      We also discuss the observation that Kr signals in pupal MBNBs appear partly cytoplasmic, raising the possibility that Kr may not act solely as a canonical nuclear transcription factor in this context, or that its localisation may be dynamically regulated during MBNB termination. Thus, we agree that the pupal expression data provide the strongest support for Kr expression in MBNBs, and we have revised the text accordingly.

      (5) A thorough proofreading is needed to correct the typos.

      We apologise for the typographical and formatting errors in the original manuscript. We have thoroughly proofread the revised manuscript, corrected typographical errors, standardised figure references and gene/protein nomenclature, and revised multiple sections for clarity and readability. We have also revised the figure legends and improved figure presentation where possible.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors should proofread for typos; there are quite a few ("survivial", "fount", "mitoic", "persistenc").

      We apologise for these typographical errors. We have thoroughly proofread the revised manuscript, corrected typographical errors and formatting problems, and revised multiple sections for clarity and readability.

      (2) In line 59, "adult eclosion" is incorrect. MBNBs also cease dividing before adult eclosion.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have revised the wording to avoid the incorrect phrase “adult eclosion” and now state that MBNBs normally terminate during late pupal development, before adulthood.

      (3) In line 70, this progression of transcription factors is seen in the mammalian retina, not the brain.

      We thank the reviewer for this correction. We have revised the relevant sentence to more accurately describe temporal patterning in mammalian neural progenitors, including the well-characterised example of retinal progenitor temporal progression and broader examples of temporal competence changes in cortical development.

      (4) In lines 73-75, I don't think that any of the cited papers show that Cas triggers cell cycle exit. Ref 11 shows that, in UAS-Cas, NBs persist (as the authors also say in lines 79-81).

      We agree that the original wording was too strong and potentially misleading. We have revised this section to state more generally that temporal transcription factors can influence NB proliferation and NB lifespan, rather than claiming that Cas directly triggers cell-cycle exit. We have also adjusted the discussion of Cas and Svp to better reflect the cited literature.

      (5) In lines 133-134, it should be Figure 2A, B instead of Figure 3A, B.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this error. We have corrected the figure reference.

      (6) Figures 1B and 1C are impossible to read. The x-axis should be reorganized and grouped into positive and negative CCRs to make a better argument. Moreover, the purpose of this figure is unclear. We already knew that neurons are postmitotic and all adult clusters are neurons. IF there were any NBs in the adult, they would be so few that they would be invisible with this resolution.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that the dot plots are dense, because they summarise the expression of 112 selected cell-cycle regulator (CCR) genes across multiple adult and larval brain cell clusters. In preparing the revised manuscript, we have ensured that the figure legends explain the meaning of colour intensity and dot size, and that the submitted PDF preserves sufficient resolution for the gene and cluster labels to be read upon enlargement.

      In the original figures, CCR genes were arranged according to broad functional categories. We have not forced all CCR genes into a simple positive-versus-negative classification, because the function of many CCRs is context-dependent. For example, APC/C components can contribute to either mitotic progression or G1 maintenance depending on co-activator context, and mitotic regulators such as Polo and Aurora kinases regulate multiple aspects of mitosis rather than acting simply as positive cell-cycle drivers. We therefore present the genes according to broad functional categories and discuss representative examples of positive and inhibitory regulators in the Results and figure legends, rather than implying that every CCR can be assigned unambiguously to one of two categories.

      Regarding the purpose of these analyses, our aim was not simply to restate that adult neurons are postmitotic, nor to claim that scRNA-seq can definitively exclude extremely rare adult progenitors. Rather, we used published scRNA-seq datasets to compare CCR expression programmes across adult and larval brain cell populations in an unbiased manner. The analysis shows that no adult brain cluster displays a coordinated larval NB-like positive CCR expression programme, whereas such a programme is readily observed in larval NB clusters. We have clarified this point in the text and acknowledge the limitation that very rare or non-canonical progenitor-like cells may not be detected by this approach.

      (7) The survival assays are confusing. Do the authors believe that the presence or absence of 2-3 clones in the adult brain of a few cells would lead to such a limited survival?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We agree that the survival assay required clearer explanation and should be interpreted cautiously. In this experiment, E2F1-Dp and Cdk2-CycE were expressed using TH-Gal4 to test whether forced activation of positive cell-cycle regulators can drive postmitotic neurons into aberrant cell-cycle re-entry. Although only a small number of pH3-positive cells may be detected at any single time point, this represents only a snapshot of an ongoing process and may underestimate the cumulative number of affected cells over time.

      TH-Gal4-positive dopaminergic neurons are relatively limited in number, but they include functionally important neuronal populations involved in motor behaviour, arousal, sleep/wake regulation and ageing-associated behavioural decline. Therefore, broad induction of aberrant cell-cycle re-entry and apoptosis within these neurons could plausibly affect organismal survival. However, we agree that the survival phenotype should not be overinterpreted. We cannot exclude the possibility that TH-Gal4 expression outside dopaminergic neurons, developmental effects of the manipulation, or other indirect consequences contribute to the reduced survival. Moreover, the precise cause of death was not determined in this study. We have therefore revised the manuscript to present the survival assay as supporting evidence that inappropriate activation of positive cell-cycle regulators is deleterious in postmitotic neurons, rather than as a direct mechanistic explanation for organismal lethality.

      (8) In Figure 2, how many of the proliferative clones are found in the mushroom body. Is it all of them?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. In Fig. 2, EdU-positive proliferative clones were scored based on their stereotyped position in the dorsoposterior MB cell body region. Under the conditions analysed, the scored clones were consistently detected within this MB region, and their number did not exceed four per brain hemisphere, consistent with the expected number of MBNBs (Fig. 2A, B). In addition, the identity of these clones as retained MBNB lineages was supported by NB marker expression, Mira localisation, insc>GFP expression where applicable, and their association with MB lineage markers such as mb247>GFP and OK107>GFP in KrIf-1 mutant brains (Fig. 2C-H). We have clarified this point in the revised text and figure legend.

      (9) In Figure 2C, why are there so many Miranda-positive cells?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. We agree that several Mira-positive cells can be observed in Fig. 2C, including in control brains. The identity of these additional Mira-positive cells remains unclear. They did not consistently co-express the canonical NB markers examined in this study, such as insc>GFP or wor>GFP, and therefore do not appear to represent canonical proliferative NBs. However, we cannot exclude the possibility that some weak Mira-positive cells represent rare dormant or NB-like cells in the adult brain. We have revised the text and figure legend to clarify this point.

      (10) In Figure 3C, the authors argue that Kr has an opposing function in NB regulation during larval stages, however, the Kr mutant (which is in both larval and pupal stages) has the highest number of EdU-positive clones. Moreover, conditions 2 and 9 have a comparable (low) number of EdU positive clones, although condition 2 has Kruppel downregulated in all stages.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that this part of the temporal knockdown experiment required more careful interpretation, and we have revised the manuscript to avoid overinterpreting small quantitative differences among individual temperature-shift conditions.

      First, Fig. 3C does not include a Kr mutant condition. We assume that the reviewer is referring to the constitutive insc>KrIR condition grown at 29°C throughout development (condition 1). This condition does not contain tub-Gal80ts and may therefore produce stronger and more continuous Kr RNAi induction than the Gal80ts-based temporal knockdown conditions. In addition, for practical reasons, flies in all conditions were initially kept at 25°C during egg laying to obtain sufficient embryos before being shifted to the indicated temperature regime, including condition 2. These differences may explain why condition 1 produced the highest number of EdU-positive clones. For this reason, we do not interpret condition 1 as a temporal-control condition and do not use it for direct quantitative comparison with the Gal80ts-based conditions.

      Second, regarding the comparison between conditions 2 and 9, we agree that these conditions should not be used to infer a simple relationship between the total duration of Kr knockdown and the number of retained MBNBs. We therefore avoid using these differences to infer an additional larval function of Kr. Instead, we now interpret this temporal knockdown experiment more conservatively: Kr depletion during the pupal period is sufficient to induce MBNB retention in adult brains, whereas depletion restricted to earlier embryonic/larval stages or later adult stages has little or no effect.

      Thus, the key conclusion supported by these data is the pupal-stage requirement for Kr in MBNB termination, rather than detailed comparisons among all temperature-shift conditions. We have revised the text accordingly.

      Overall, we have revised the manuscript to address the reviewer’s concerns by narrowing the framing of adult neurogenesis, clarifying the distinction between persistent MBNBs and tumour-like overgrowth, improving figure presentation, removing the incomplete screen description, adding public dataset analysis, and correcting textual and citation errors. We believe these revisions make the scope and conclusions of the study more precise.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Points

      (1) Targeted screen: The authors mention performing a targeted genetic screen. Please specify which transcription factors were tested.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In the original manuscript, we briefly referred to a targeted genetic screen. However, this screen was preliminary, incomplete, and included a broader set of candidate regulators rather than a systematically completed transcription-factor collection. We therefore agree that listing a partial set of tested factors would not be sufficiently informative and could overstate the scope of the present study.

      We have therefore removed the screen-based framing from the revised manuscript. Instead, the revised manuscript presents Kr as a candidate selected for focused functional analysis based on its established role in neuroblast temporal patterning and the strong MBNB retention phenotype observed upon Kr depletion and in the KrIf-1 mutant background. We also no longer use the preliminary screen as part of the evidence supporting our conclusions.

      (2) KrIf-1 allele : The authors report that KrIf-1 mutants retain MB NBs in adults, a phenotype resembling Kr loss of function. They propose that this results from Kr deregulation. However, KrIf-1 is a neomorphic allele known to cause ectopic expression in imaginal discs, raising the possibility that Kr is upregulated, not downregulated, in MB NBs. The authors should present experimental data on Kr expression in MB NBs in the KrIf-1 background to clarify this point.

      We agree that clarification of Kr expression in the KrIf-1 background is important. We have therefore performed additional Kr immunostaining in KrIf-1 mutant brains using tyramide signal amplification (TSA) to enhance the weak endogenous Kr signal. These new data show that Kr is ectopically detected in MBNBs and their progeny in KrIf-1 mutant late pupal and adult brains (Fig. S3G, H), and quantification of TSA-enhanced Kr signals further supports Kr misexpression in MBNBs during late pupal stages (Fig. S3I).

      These results indicate that KrIf-1 is associated with ectopic or aberrant Kr expression in MBNBs, rather than simple loss or downregulation of Kr expression. We have revised the manuscript to clarify this point and no longer interpret KrIf-1 as a simple Kr loss-of-function condition. Although both Kr depletion and KrIf-1 lead to MBNB retention, our revised interpretation is that MBNB termination requires precise temporal and spatial control of Kr activity. Kr depletion disrupts the normal Imp-to-Syp transition and reduces E93 expression in the MBNB lineage, whereas ectopic or mistimed Kr expression in KrIf-1 mutants may also interfere with the termination programme. Thus, both reduced Kr activity and inappropriate Kr expression can perturb the tightly regulated transition required for timely MBNB cell-cycle exit and elimination.

      (3) Line 258 - OK107>GFP subset (Fig. 2G): Please clarify why only a subset of EdU-positive clones co-express OK107>GFP. Is this due to EdU labeling other NB lineages not related to the mushroom body?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We do not think that the OK107-negative EdU-positive clones represent unrelated NB lineages. The EdU-positive clones analysed in Fig. 2G were located in the dorsoposterior MB cell body region and were associated with Mira-positive NB-like cells, supporting their identification as persistent MBNB-lineage clones.

      The reason that only a subset of EdU-positive clones clearly co-express OK107>GFP is likely that, while OK107-Gal4 strongly labels MB neurons and lineage cells, its activity in MBNBs and very young progeny appears to be weaker or more variable at the stages analysed. Thus, the absence of strong OK107>GFP signal in some EdU-positive cells does not necessarily indicate that these clones belong to non-MB lineages.

      We have revised the text and figure legend to clarify this point.

      (4) Line 261 - Early adulthood mitotic activity: The statement that NBs retain mitotic activity during early adulthood (citing Technau, 2007; Li and Hidalgo, 2020) is misleading. To my knowledge, this mitotic activity has only been reported in glial cells, not NBs. Please revise accordingly.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We agree that the original wording was misleading, because it could be read as implying that normal NBs retain mitotic activity during early adulthood. We have revised the text accordingly. The revised manuscript now refers more cautiously to the previously described early-adult period during which rare residual cell-cycle or proliferative activity has been reported in the adult Drosophila brain, without attributing this activity to normal persistent NBs.

      (5) Line 313 - Public dataset analysis: The manuscript mentions analysis of publicly available data, but no results are presented. Please include these findings.

      We agree and have now included the public dataset analysis in the revised manuscript. We analysed a published MBNB-lineage-specific RNA-seq dataset and present the expression profiles of selected temporal regulators in Fig. S5A.

      This analysis shows that Imp and chinmo transcripts are high during larval stages and decrease during pupal development, whereas Syp is strongly upregulated during the same period. Kr transcript levels remain relatively low throughout the analysed larval and pupal stages and do not show strong temporal induction. In contrast, Kr-h1 is highly expressed during larval stages and sharply downregulated after the larval-to-pupal transition, whereas E93 is strongly induced during pupal development.

      These expression profiles support the idea that MBNBs undergo a major temporal transition during pupal development, including the Imp/Syp transition and reciprocal changes in Kr-h1 and E93 expression. They are also consistent with our experimental finding that Kr-h1 antagonises E93 expression in the MBNB lineage. We have added this analysis to the Results and incorporated it into the revised model.

      (6) Figure 3A - Kr localization: Kr is detected predominantly in the cytoplasm, which contrasts with its function as a transcription factor. Is cytoplasmic localization typical for Kr? Please discuss.

      We thank the reviewer for this important observation. We agree that the weak Kr signal in pupal MBNBs appears partly enriched in the cytoplasm, which is unexpected for a canonical nuclear transcription factor. We have revised the Discussion to address this point.

      Because this signal was reduced upon Kr RNAi, we think that it is likely to represent a Kr-dependent signal rather than nonspecific background. However, we do not yet know whether the apparent cytoplasmic enrichment reflects dynamic regulation of Kr localisation, a non-canonical aspect of Kr function in postembryonic MBNBs, or technical limitations associated with detecting very low endogenous Kr levels. We therefore avoid overinterpreting the cytoplasmic signal, but note that Kr localisation and activity in pupal MBNBs may be more complex than expected for a canonical nuclear transcription factor. Future studies will be required to determine how Kr activity and localisation are regulated in pupal MBNBs.

      (7) Temporal Kr knockdown experiment: The result that Kr knockdown during pupal stages - but not earlier - leads to MB NB persistence is interesting but counterintuitive. Given the limitations of RNAi (e.g., leaky expression, incomplete knockdown), MARCM clones for Kr mutants would provide stronger evidence and improve confidence in this conclusion.

      We agree that MARCM analysis of Kr mutant MBNB clones would provide a valuable independent test of the temporal RNAi results. We attempted to establish this approach during revision, but it proved technically difficult within the available timeframe.

      A major practical limitation is that MBNBs are very few in number, with only four per brain hemisphere. Conventional MARCM or flip-out approaches therefore generate stochastic clones that are inefficient for reliably recovering and analysing MBNB clones. We also explored the possibility of using MB-lineage MARCM reagents reported in a previous study (Rossi & Desplan, 2020), but the available stocks were not directly compatible with the FRT chromosome required for our Kr mutant analysis. Generating the necessary compatible stocks and recovering sufficient MBNB clones would require substantial additional crossing and screening.

      For this reason, we were not able to include Kr mutant MARCM data in the revised manuscript. Instead, we base our conclusion on several complementary lines of evidence, including temporal Gal80ts-based Kr RNAi, two independent Kr RNAi lines, the reduction of Kr signal upon Kr RNAi newly added in this revision, and the independent KrIf-1 phenotype, which supports the idea that precise regulation of Kr activity is required for MBNB termination.

      (8) OK107-GAL4 activity: Please indicate early in the manuscript that OK107-GAL4 is not active in MB NBs but is active in their progeny. This would clarify the rationale for using the pan-NB driver insc-GAL4 for manipulating MB NBs.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have revised the manuscript to clarify the use of OK107-Gal4 and insc-Gal4 earlier in the Results and in the relevant figure legends.

      Although OK107-Gal4 activity is not completely absent from MBNBs, its activity in MBNBs is stage-dependent and weaker or more variable than in MB neurons and their progeny. We therefore used OK107-Gal4 mainly to visualise MB structures and MB lineage regions, whereas insc-Gal4 was used for robust NB-specific manipulation. This clarification should help explain why insc-Gal4, rather than OK107-Gal4, was used for MBNB-targeted knockdown experiments.

      (9) Figure 5A - Mira+ cell numbers: There appears to be an excess of Mira+ cells compared to the expected number of MB NBs. Please explain this observation.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. In Fig. 5A, we quantified the number of EdU-positive clones, not the total number of Mira-positive cells. As shown in Fig. 2, proliferative cells retained in Kr-depleted or KrIf-1 mutant adult brains were identified as persistent MBNBs based on combined criteria, including EdU incorporation, NB marker expression such as Mira and insc>GFP, NB-like morphology, and stereotyped location in the dorsoposterior MB region.

      We agree that additional Mira-positive cells can be observed in adult brains, including in control and Kr-depleted brains. However, these cells were not associated with EdU-positive proliferative clones and did not consistently express canonical NB markers examined in this study. Their identity therefore remains unclear, and they were not scored as retained MBNBs.

      (10) Line 430 - Kr-h1 over-expression phenotype: The amplification phenotype caused by Kr-h1 overexpression is reminiscent of that caused by chinmo overexpression (Narbonne-Reveau et al., 2016), suggesting that Kr-h1 may promote chinmo and Imp expression. Also, what is the expression pattern of Kr in the supernumerary adult MB NBs following Kr-h1 overexpression? Is Kr silenced? Investigating this would help clarify the regulatory links between Kr, Kr-h1, and Imp/chinmo.

      We agree that the Kr-h1 overexpression phenotype is reminiscent of NB amplification phenotypes associated with forced or aberrant activation of early temporal growth programmes, including those linked to Chinmo. Narbonne-Reveau et al. showed that Chinmo can promote NB amplification and tumour growth, and that Chinmo, Imp and Lin-28 form a growth-promoting module in neural tumours. Consistent with this idea, our revised manuscript shows that Kr-h1 overexpression causes extensive tumour-like NB overgrowth, impaired neuronal differentiation and persistent Imp expression (Fig. 5C–E).

      Although we did not analyse Chinmo expression in this revision, we did examine Imp expression following Kr-h1 overexpression and found persistent Imp expression in tumour-like NB cells (Fig. 5E). These data are consistent with the idea that excessive Kr-h1 activity can reinforce a progenitor-like state. However, we have interpreted this result cautiously, because Kr-h1 overexpression produces a severe tumour-like phenotype with impaired asymmetric division and neuronal differentiation. Thus, persistent Imp expression in this context could reflect either a more direct effect of Kr-h1 on early temporal programmes or an indirect consequence of the strongly perturbed progenitor-like state.

      We also did not directly analyse Kr expression in supernumerary NB-like cells following Kr-h1 overexpression. This is an interesting question, but the severe tissue disruption caused by Kr-h1 overexpression would make it difficult to distinguish a physiological regulatory effect on Kr from an indirect consequence of tumour-like overgrowth. In addition, endogenous Kr signals in MBNBs are weak, making it technically challenging to reliably quantify changes in Kr expression in this strongly perturbed condition.

      We have therefore revised the Discussion to clarify that the Kr-h1 overexpression phenotype should be interpreted mainly as evidence that excessive Kr-h1 activity can oppose MBNB termination and maintain Imp-positive progenitor-like cells, rather than as evidence for a defined normal regulatory pathway from Kr-h1 to Chinmo, Imp or Kr. In parallel, our revised loss-of-function and expression analyses show that Kr depletion causes persistent Imp and reduced Syp expression, that Kr supports E93 expression in the MBNB lineage (Fig. 5B), and that Kr-h1 antagonises E93 expression (Fig. S5B). Because Kr depletion did not significantly increase Kr-h1::GFP expression (Fig. 5B), we no longer present a simple linear model in which Kr promotes MBNB termination by repressing Kr-h1 expression.

      (11) Kr-h1 expression in MB NBs: Please provide direct evidence that Kr-h1 is expressed in MB NBs during development.

      We agree that direct evidence for Kr-h1 expression in MBNBs is important. We have therefore analysed Kr-h1 expression using a functional Kr-h1::GFP BAC reporter. Kr-h1::GFP was clearly detected in MBNBs during third-instar larval stages, with nuclear enrichment, but became barely detectable in late pupal MBNBs (Fig. 5B and Fig. S5C).

      This developmental downregulation is consistent with the published MBNB-lineage RNA-seq dataset, which shows high Kr-h1 transcript levels during larval stages and strong reduction after the larval-to-pupal transition (Fig. S5A). Together, these data provide direct evidence that Kr-h1 is expressed in MBNBs during development and is downregulated before MBNB termination.

      (12) Figure 6D - Model validation: The model in Figure 6D is appealing, but many of the proposed interactions remain untested. For example:

      - It is not established that Kr-h1 antagonizes E93 or vice versa in MB NBs.

      - The antagonistic relationship between Kr and Kr-h1 has not been experimentally confirmed.

      - The temporal expression of Kr-h1 in MB NBs is unknown.

      - The repression of E93 by Kr-h1 is unlikely to fully explain the MB NB amplification phenotype.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful critique. We have substantially revised Fig. 6D and the accompanying text to distinguish experimentally supported interactions from unresolved regulatory links.

      First, we have now tested the relationship between Kr-h1 and E93 in the MBNB lineage. Kr-h1 depletion increased E93 expression, whereas Kr-h1 overexpression reduced E93 expression (Fig. S5B), supporting the conclusion that Kr-h1 antagonises E93 expression in this lineage. Reciprocal antagonism between Kr-h1 and E93 has been reported in other insect developmental contexts. However, because we did not directly test whether E93 represses Kr-h1 in MBNBs, we now present this possible E93-to-Kr-h1 regulation as an unresolved or putative interaction rather than as an experimentally established relationship in our system.

      Second, we have clarified the relationship between Kr and Kr-h1. Our genetic data show that Kr-h1 knockdown partially suppresses MBNB retention caused by Kr depletion (Fig. 5A), indicating that Kr and Kr-h1 have opposing functions during MBNB termination. However, although Kr depletion reduced E93 expression in the MBNB lineage, it did not detectably increase Kr-h1::GFP levels in late pupal MBNBs (Fig. 5B). We therefore no longer present Kr as a direct upstream repressor of Kr-h1. Instead, the revised model proposes that Kr promotes MBNB termination by supporting the Imp-to-Syp transition and E93 expression, whereas Kr-h1 opposes termination at least in part by repressing E93.

      Third, we now provide direct evidence for Kr-h1 expression in MBNBs using a functional Kr-h1::GFP BAC reporter. Kr-h1::GFP was detected in larval MBNBs and became strongly reduced during pupal development (Fig. 5B and Fig. S5C). This temporal pattern is also consistent with the published MBNB-lineage RNA-seq dataset, which shows high Kr-h1 transcript levels during larval stages and downregulation after the larval-to-pupal transition (Fig. S5A).

      Finally, we agree that repression of E93 by Kr-h1 is unlikely to fully explain the strong tumour-like NB overgrowth caused by Kr-h1 overexpression. In the revised manuscript, we show that supernumerary tumour-like NB cells induced by Kr-h1 overexpression retain high Imp expression (Fig. 5E). This suggests that excessive Kr-h1 activity can oppose MBNB termination and maintain an Imp-positive progenitor-like state.

      However, we interpret the Kr-h1 overexpression phenotype cautiously, because this strong gain-of-function condition causes severe tumour-like overgrowth and may not accurately reflect the physiological regulatory relationship between Kr-h1 and the normal MBNB termination programme. We have therefore revised the Discussion to state that Chinmo, an early temporal factor linked to the Imp/Syp programme, may be relevant to the persistent progenitor-like state observed after Kr depletion or Kr-h1 overexpression. However, because we did not directly analyse Chinmo expression in this study, we do not include Chinmo in the main model and leave this question for future work.

      Minor Points

      (1) OK107-GAL4 activity: Please check and indicate early on in the manuscript that OK107-GAL4 is not active in MB NBs (although being active in their progeny). It would clarify why the authors keep using the pan NB insc-GAL4 to manipulate MB NBs.

      As described in our response to Major Point 8, we have clarified earlier in the Results that OK107-Gal4 strongly labels MB neurons and the MB lineage, but is not a robust or consistent driver in MBNBs at the stages relevant to our functional assays. We therefore used OK107-Gal4 primarily for visualising MB structures and MB lineage regions, whereas insc-Gal4 was used for robust NB-specific manipulation.

      (2) CCR list: Please clarify how the list of candidate cell cycle regulators (CCRs) was compiled.

      We have revised the Materials and Methods to clarify how the list of candidate cell-cycle regulators was compiled. Briefly, the CCR list was manually curated to include core cell-cycle regulators, cyclins and CDKs, DNA replication factors, checkpoint regulators, mitotic regulators, APC/C and ubiquitin-proteasome components, and non-canonical CDKs with known roles in transcriptional regulation.

      (3) Line 77-78 - Cas and Svp: The statement that Cas and Svp regulate neurogenesis termination by directly regulating cell cycle regulators needs references. As far as I know, the direct targets of Cas and Svp remain unidentified.

      We agree that the original wording was too strong. We have revised the text to state more generally that temporal transcription factors, including Cas and Svp, influence NB proliferation and lifespan, without implying that they directly regulate known cell-cycle target genes.

      (4) Line 410: Please add references to support this statement.

      We have added the appropriate reference to the original genetic modifier screen by Abrell et al., 2000, in which Kr-h1 mutations were identified as enhancers of the KrIf-1 eye phenotype. We have also revised the wording to state that this finding suggests a functional interaction between Kr and Kr-h1, rather than using it alone as evidence for a direct regulatory relationship.

      (5) Typos and minor edits:

      - Line 38: "capable" (spelling)

      - Line 102: Replace "unexplored" with "explored"

      - Line 106: "potential" (spelling)

      - Line 243: "mitotic" (spelling)

      - Line 260: "KrIf-1" (correct gene formatting)

      We have corrected the typographical errors and formatting issues indicated by the reviewer, including spelling errors and KrIf-1 gene formatting. We have also proofread the manuscript throughout.

    1. Author response:

      Summary of changes:

      (1) Framing of the sign test results. Throughout the manuscript we have clarified that the sign test provides direct evidence that the implicated gene sets are under lineage-specific selection, while the connection of this selective signal to any specific human phenotype is inferential and would require experimental validation. We also now emphasize that some sign test results are expected to be false positives, as indicated by the FDR.

      (2) FDR and cis:trans quantification. We have added explicit statements that (i) the cis dominance is consistent across a range of FDR thresholds (FDR < 0.25, 0.20, 0.10, 0.05, 0.01), (ii) the mean proportion of divergent sites explained by cis-regulation is 91%, and (iii) using the changepoint detection method, we identified 9159 cis-DMRs and 2046 trans-DMRs in total for downstream TF motif and SNV analysis. A power analysis comparing sensitivity to detect cis vs. trans effects is provided as author response image 1.

      (3) Clarification of regulation groups, including pure cis, pure trans, conserved, cis × trans and cis + trans. We have added explicit definitions of these categories in the Results.

      (4) Cis-gene direction-of-effect definition. We have clarified in the text that cis-regulated genes are defined as those where the direction of allelic difference is consistent between hybrid and parental samples. We note that the scatter plots in Figure 2B as well as Figure 2 supplemental figures plots the per-sample average percent difference in methylation. Cis genes appearing to have opposite direction-of-effect along the y=x diagonal on the scatter plot were due to a difference between this average, used only for visualization, and the values used for analysis in our statistical model. For values close to zero, average log2FC or per cent difference can flip sign even when the model correctly identifies the site as cis-regulated. The regulation classification is based on a statistical model and not the direction of average difference, so there will naturally be some small deviation around the axes when visualizing the results as a scatter plot.

      (5) New limitations. We have added four new limitations to the Discussion: (i) absence of an outgroup species; (ii) TFBS-disrupting mutations as an alternative cis mechanism; (iii) the need for experimental validation of SNV-methylation and TF-methylation links; and (iv) the scope of cell types examined.

      (6) Quantitative reporting. We have replaced "substantial" with specific numbers throughout.

      (7) Additional supplemental resource. A list of cis–cis regulated promoters and their associated genes has been added as Supplemental File 8.

      (8) Minor corrections. Missing citation for Hallgrímsdóttir et al. (2024) added; "Preprint at" removed from published paper citations; sequencing coverage reported in Methods.

      eLife Assessment:

      This study presents an important examination of the role of cis-acting versus trans-acting genetic variation on DNA methylation divergence between humans and chimpanzees, including its consequences for gene expression. By differentiating fused interspecies tetraploid cell lines into multiple cell types, the study provides compelling evidence for the importance of cis-acting changes, but incomplete evidence that these changes are of importance for adaptive trait evolution in humans. This work will be of interest to biologists and evolutionary anthropologists studying the evolution and genetics of gene regulation, particularly in primates.

      We appreciate the assessment and agree that the evidence for adaptive trait evolution is indirect. We would like to clarify what the sign test does and doesn’t establish. By rejecting a rigorous neutral null model, the sign test provides strong evidence for lineage-specific selection on DNA methylation divergence. Since the coordinated directional divergence we observe is not expected under neutral evolution, we are confident that the data are evidence of selection. However, the sign test does not identify the specific traits that selection acted upon; the connection between the signal of selection and any phenotype is speculative. Accordingly, we have now revised the manuscript to describe the sign test results as evidence of selection while keeping the interpretation of specific traits explicitly speculative. We also added discussion of the limitations on the trait-level inference (such as the absence of an outgroup, reliance on clinical HPO ontologies, etc.).

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Ma et al. use human-chimpanzee tetraploid cells across different cell types to identify the genetic causes and then transcriptomic consequences of divergence in DNA methylation. They conclude that the evolution of DNA methylation is driven primarily by cis-regulatory changes, and that the evolution of CpG sites contributes to cis-regulation, while transcription factor expression underlies some trans changes. They then argue that divergence in DNA methylation is associated with changes in gene expression and may contribute to human phenotypes.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for a detailed summary of our work.

      The tetraploid model is able to provide compelling evidence that most regulatory evolution occurs due to cis-regulatory changes. My only concern is that the extent of trans-changes may be overstated, as almost all are eliminated by changing from a nominal p-value criterion to even a 25% false discovery rate.

      We agree that trans-effects are more sensitive to FDR thresholds than cis-effects, and we have addressed this directly. This is a well-recognised limitation of existing cis/trans classification frameworks, and we acknowledge this limitation in the discussion and have added suggestions in experimental set-up to mitigate it. To address the reviewer's concern directly, we have added a formal power analysis quantifying the relative power to detect cis and trans effects as a function of read depth as well as biological noise (dispersion). We now explicitly state in the Results that the cis dominance over trans is consistent across a range of FDR cutoffs (FDR < 0.25, 0.20, 0.10, 0.05, 0.01; Figure 2—figure supplement 1–2), and we note that the greater FDR-sensitivity of trans-DMRs likely reflects systematically smaller effect sizes rather than false positives. We have added a power analysis in Author response image 1 that formally compares our sensitivity to detect cis vs. trans effects. We also note that DMR-level analyses recover both cis and trans effects at meaningful FDRs, consistent with the idea that trans effects are real but requires more replicates as well as a higher sequencing depth to make significant calls at the same level as cis changes at the individual CpG level.

      Author response image 1.

      Power analysis of cis and trans effects detected by the beta-binomial GLM framework. For each combination of effect size, per-unit read depth, and overdispersion (φ), we simulated a genome of 10,000 units — either individual CpG sites or regions/DMRs — comprising 2,000 true-effect units and 8,000 null units. The simulation is unit-agnostic: a "unit" represents a single CpG when modeling the per-CpG analysis and an aggregated region when modeling the regional (DMR-level) analysis, with read depth interpreted as the per-CpG coverage or the region-level (aggregate) coverage, respectively, and effect size as the corresponding per-CpG or region-level H–C methylation difference.

      Effects were classified using the same two-model scheme as the main analysis. A unit was called cis if the hybrid allelic (H–C) test was significant and the allele-by-generation interaction was not significant, and trans if the interaction was significant and the hybrid allelic test was not significant; all tests were Benjamini–Hochberg–corrected across the genome at the stated FDR threshold. Each unit was simulated with the full six-measurement design (two parental samples and four hybrid alleles from two hybrids), both models were fit, each set of p-values was BH-corrected across the genome, and "power" is the fraction of true units that land in the correct class.

      Cis-effect units were simulated with an equal H–C difference in both parents and hybrid (zero true interaction); trans-effect units with a parental H–C difference and no hybrid allelic difference (full-magnitude interaction); null units with no difference in either parents or hybrid. Sequencing depth was treated as a fixed design parameter: every sample at every simulated unit was assigned the same total read depth (the value on the y-axis of the heatmaps), corresponding to per-CpG coverage for the site-level analysis or aggregate per-region coverage for the regional analysis.

      We estimated the beta-binomial overdispersion (φ) directly from the data for each cell type used in this study: DA = 0.024, CNCC = 0.016, IPSC = 0.013, SKM = 0.014, and HEP = 0.011 (median = 0.014). To span this empirical range and to assess robustness to higher-than-observed dispersion, we evaluated power at φ = 0.015 (approximating the empirically observed median), 0.05, and 0.10; the latter two represent substantially more conservative (higher-noise) scenarios than any cell type in our data. Because power declines monotonically with φ, the φ = 0.015 row reflects the sensitivity expected under realistic conditions, while the higher rows bound the worst case. For each unit, a methylation probability was drawn from a beta distribution whose mean equals the unit's true methylation level and whose dispersion is set by the overdispersion parameter φ, and the number of methylated reads was then drawn from a binomial with that probability and the specified total depth. Consequently, the reported power describes the sensitivity expected at a given uniform per-unit (per-CpG or per-region) depth, spanning 10× to 200×, and is interpreted as the proportion of true-effect units assigned to the correct class.

      The follow-up analyses are incomplete with major gaps. The authors focus on single potential mechanisms for cis- and trans-changes, but it is not clear to what degree these mechanisms explain the extent of cis and trans changes. There are also other mechanisms which are not investigated, such as the importance of TF binding sites for cis-regulatory evolution.

      We agree that CpG-disrupting SNVs and TF binding motifs are just two out of many possible mechanisms, and we have added explicit acknowledgements of this in the text. Our goal was not to investigate all possible mechanisms, but rather to focus on two that showed promising results. For cis-regulation, we now state that TFBS mutations and other sequence variants could also contribute. We agree that further mechanistic investigation is an important direction for future work, and we have noted this explicitly in the Discussion.

      Next, the authors seek to show that differences in DNA methylation are functionally relevant... I worry that this result could be confounded by larger effect sizes for cis-changes than trans effects.

      We agree that larger cis-regulatory effect sizes could contribute to this result, and have now mentioned this in the Discussion: “This finding suggests that the repressive effects of species-specific methylation are strongest when both layers of regulation are driven in cis, perhaps because cis-regulated methylation changes tend to have larger effect sizes than trans-regulated changes.”

      Finally, the authors make a case for lineage-specific selection on DNA methylation that is connected to human traits. This evidence was not convincing. In fact, it is even said that these tests cannot be interpreted as evidence of lineage-specific selection (lines 399-401), so I am confused why these results are framed as testing for selection.

      We appreciate this comment but want to clarify. Lines 399–401 in the original manuscript state that the dental pulp stem cell (DPSC) sign test results specifically should not be interpreted as evidence of lineage-specific selection, because DPSCs use parental rather than hybrid cell lines. This caveat applies only to DPSCs. For all other cell types (iPSC, DA, CNCC, SKM, HEP), which use hybrid cell lines that control for trans-acting confounders, the sign test does indeed provide evidence of non-random directional bias inconsistent with neutral evolution, thereby constituting evidence of lineage-specific selection. We have added a clarifying sentence to make this distinction explicit: "For all other cell types (iPSC, DA, SKM, HEP, CNCC), which use hybrid cell lines, the sign test results provide direct evidence of lineage-specific selection on the implicated gene sets, as the hybrid system controls for trans-acting confounders."

      To be clear about the scope of the claim: the sign test directly demonstrates that the implicated gene sets are under lineage-specific selection. What remains inferential is the connection between this selective signal and any specific human phenotype, which would require experiments or further validation to establish; we have revised the framing throughout to keep this distinction explicit.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 96: How many iPSC lines were used for each species? When a replicate is mentioned (e.g., Figure 1B), are those technical or biological replicates?

      We have added the iPSC line counts to both the Results and Methods sections: two human and two chimpanzee iPSC lines were used. Replicates shown in Figure 1B are biological replicates (independent differentiation experiments from the same iPSC lines).

      (2) Line 98: How many donors for the DPSCs?

      We have added DPSC donor counts to the Methods: two human and two chimpanzee donors.

      (3) Line 103: PCA and other analyses combined data from WGBS and RRBS cell types. Some clarification about how this was done (e.g. restricting to RRBS sites?) would be useful in the main text as well as an acknowledgement of potential biases. And

      (4) Line 103: Related, what is the number of CpG sites considered?

      We have added a clarifying sentence to the Results: cross-cell-type analyses including Figure 1B heatmap and Figure 1C PCA analysis were restricted to CpG sites covered in all samples (i.e., the intersection of all covered sites, after phasing the hybrid samples), totaling 561,762 shared CpG sites. Within-cell-type PCA analysis in Figure 1—supplemental figure 1 was restricted to CpG sites shared across samples of the same cell type, which contains 31,802,196 sites for CNCC samples, 26,163,237 sites for DA, 29,787,850 sites for DPSC, and 1,006,674, 935,636 and 952,835 sites for IPSC, SKM and HEP, respectively. We acknowledge that this restriction to the intersected CpG sites result in PCA performed on sites covered by both WGBS and RRBS, which are most frequent in CpG-dense regions.

      (5) Line 103: For Figure 1B, it would be useful to first mention how human/chimp reads were parsed and for how many CpG sites this was possible.

      We have added a brief description of the allele-parsing approach (SNPsplit using species-specific SNV positions). For hybrid WGBS samples (DA and CNCC), on average, 48.2% ± 0.2% of all aligned reads are unassignable using SNPs between human and chimpanzee genome, 25.9% ± 0.2% of the reads are specific to human, and 25.1% ± 0.2% of reads are specific to chimpanzee. For hybrid RRBS samples (IPSC, SKM and HEP), on average, 88.4% ± 0.3% of all aligned reads are unassignable using SNPs between human and chimpanzee genome, 5.3%±0.1% of the reads are specific to human; 5.3%±0.1% of reads are specific to chimpanzee. We have added information above to the main text. Per sample splitting reports containing the exact number of reads assignable to each of human and chimpanzee are provided as a comprehensive table at Supplemental File 1. The lower assignment rate in RRBS is expected, and we have performed two additional analyses to demonstrate why. First, the reduced representation strategy concentrates coverage in CpG-dense promoters that are highly conserved between human and chimpanzee and therefore SNV-poor, while the short MspI fragments that dominate these libraries frequently fail to reach an informative SNV even when one is nearby. Quantifying this directly: among the 16,845,376 CpG positions covered by the union of all unphased hybrid RRBS libraries, 65.1% contain a human–chimpanzee SNV within ±50 bp (the reach of a typical RRBS read), compared with 90.8% within ±150 bp (the reach of a typical WGBS read pair) — a 1.40-fold difference in SNV accessibility at the very same CpGs. Second, we compared the aligned-length distributions of allele-resolved and unassigned reads across all ten hybrid libraries (Author response image 2). In the four WGBS libraries the two distributions are indistinguishable, confirming that read length is not driving mappability. In contrast, for all six RRBS libraries, allele-resolved reads are consistently longer than unassigned reads, with the effect reproducible across every cell type and replicate.

      Author response image 2.

      Aligned read length determines allele-assignment success in RRBS but not in WGBS. Aligned read lengths were extracted from the Bismark-aligned BAM files produced by phasing all ten hybrid bisulfite libraries: four WGBS libraries (CNCC and DA, two replicates each; left) and six RRBS libraries (HEP, iPSC and SKM, two replicates each; right). For each library, reads assigned to either the human (genome1) or chimpanzee (genome2) alleles were pooled into a single phased set (blue) and compared with the reads that could not be phased (grey); distributions were computed from subsampled reads and are shown as boxplots (box, interquartile range; line, median; whiskers, 5th–95th percentiles). In the WGBS libraries, phased and unassigned reads have effectively identical length distributions (median 150 bp for both; means 147.4–147.8 vs 142.1–143.1 bp), indicating that read length does not drive mappability in WGBS. In the RRBS libraries, which are dominated by short MspI fragments, phased reads are consistently longer than unassigned reads across every cell type and replicate (medians 70–75 vs 49–50 bp; means 80.5–85.7 vs 58.6–60.6 bp, ~1.4-fold). Because a read can be assigned to a parental allele only if it spans an informative human–chimpanzee SNV, these results show that the short fragment length characteristic of RRBS — together with its enrichment for SNV-poor, evolutionarily conserved CpG-dense promoters — accounts for its lower allele-resolution rate relative to WGBS.

      (6) Line 103: Hybrid/parental line isn't noted in the PCA. Is this just the parental samples?

      We clarify that Figure 1C shows both parental and hybrid samples, and we have updated the figure caption for Figure 1C to note that both hybrid and parental samples are plotted in the PCA. The parent/hybrid stratifications are shown in Figure 1—figure supplement 1 and referred to in the main text.

      (7) Line 149: No citation # is given for the Hallgrimsdottir paper.

      Corrected. Citation number 50 (Hallgrímsdóttir et al., 2024) has been added.

      (8) Line 167-169: Some explicit test here would be useful. Is this more than we'd expect just because the majority of CpG sites have conserved methylation levels? How much more do divergent CpG sites cluster than expected by chance?

      We agree that an explicit test of clustering would be informative, and we want to be clear about what our analysis does and does not establish. The changepoint algorithm is not a test of non-random clustering: it detects shifts in the local composition of regulatory classifications along the genome and segments each chromosome into locally homogeneous stretches. Its purpose here is enrichment rather than inference, because it selects regions in which neighboring CpG sites share both a regulatory classification and a consistent direction of species bias, so that the downstream motif-enrichment and CpG-SNV proximity analyses operate on interpretable units rather than on mixtures of mechanisms. Because the segmentation is not compared against a null model, it cannot by itself establish that divergent sites co-localize more than expected given that 83–93% of all sites are conserved. We have therefore revised the text so that Figure 2D reads as a descriptive summary of the neighbourhood composition of each regulation group, and removed any implication that the co-localization has been tested against a chance expectation. Asking whether divergent sites cluster more than expected is a genuinely different question from the one our DMR-calling addresses and answering it well would require a dedicated null model. We think this is a worthwhile analysis and a natural extension of this framework, but it is separate from the claims we make here, and we have not attempted it in this revision.

      (9) Line 186-187: It should be made clear that you looked to cis, trans, and cis + trans DMRs independently.

      We have revised this sentence to make explicit that cis-DMRs, trans-DMRs, and cis+trans DMRs were identified independently using the changepoint detection method applied separately to each regulatory class.

      (10) Line 190-192: Some quantification of the degree to which cis effects exceed trans effects would be useful. What proportion of total divergence (e.g. mean and s.d.) is explained by cis factors?

      We have added this quantification: “At FDR < 0.05, cis-regulation accounted for a mean of 91% of divergent sites and trans-regulation a mean of 4.5% across cell types, and cis remained the dominant category at every FDR cutoff tested (FDR < 0.25–0.01; Figure 2C, Figure 2—figure supplement 1–2, Supplemental Files 1–2).”

      (11) Line 194-196: It should be made clear that motif enrichment was done in the human genome, right? Are the results consistent if motif enrichment was done in the chimpanzee genome?

      We have clarified in the Methods that HOMER motif enrichment was performed using the human genome (hg38) as background. Repeating the analysis using the chimpanzee genome as background is a valuable future direction; we acknowledge this has not been formally tested.

      (12) Line 208: For TFs other than FOXM1 and FOXA2, is TF expression generally associated (positively or negatively) with trans DMRs favoring the chimpanzee or human lineage? An idea of the distribution would be useful.

      We plotted the distribution of differential TF expression for those with predicted binding sites enriched in Hu>Ch trans-DMRs versus Hu<Ch trans-DMRs in DA and CNCC. In neither cell type do the two distributions show a clear separation of directional shift. TF expression differences are broadly overlapping regardless of whether the associated trans-DMR favors the human or chimpanzee lineage. We speculate the lack of separation reflects multiple trans-acting inputs shaping methylation divergence such that single TF expression does not predict it. Aggregating across TFs with potentially opposing effects could further contribute to this observation as well (Figure 3—figure supplement 1). FOXM1 and FOXA2 are individual cases where a suggestive relationship was visible rather than evidence of genome-wide pattern.

      Author response image 3.

      Distribution of differential expression of TFs with predicted binding sites enriched in trans-DMRs. Density distribution of TF expression difference in human versus chimpanzee parental samples. There is a lack of separation between expression of TFs with predicted binding sites enriched in Hu>Ch trans-DMRs versus Hu<Ch trans-DMRs, in both DA and CNCC.

      (13) Line 211-212: Stats are needed.

      This statement is intended as a qualitative description rather than a quantitative statement. With only 4 cell types per comparison (Figure 3B), we do not have enough statistical power to establish a significant correlation, therefore we present this result as an exploratory observation rather than a statistically significant finding. We have therefore removed "consistent with this expectation," reframed the FOXM1 and FOXA2 results as descriptive observations from individual factors, and added an explicit statement that they are exploratory and hypothesis-generating rather than evidence of a genome-wide pattern.

      (14) Figure 3C: Direction is not given. It should be made clear that this is a gain/loss in humans.

      We have updated the Figure 3C caption to explicitly label the three SNV categories as: CpG gains in humans (human allele creates a CpG), CpG losses in humans (human allele disrupts a CpG), and no CpG change.

      (15) Figure 3C: Most cell types have a bias towards increased DNA methylation when there are no nearby CpG sites (gray bars). Why? Is this a consequence of a reference bias?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this. The grey bars correspond to methylation levels of conserved CpG sites near SNVs with no CpG-altering substitution and serve as the genome-wide background/control category, against which the substitution-containing categories are compared. Their modest skew toward higher methylation reflects a global offset shared by all categories rather than a substitution-specific effect. We suggest two non-exclusive explanations for this baseline offset: a genuine genome-wide difference in the distribution of human- versus chimpanzee-biased methylation, and/or a possible contribution of reference genome mapping bias arising from alignment to the human genome. Importantly, this does not affect the conclusions drawn from Figure 3C. Because the genome-wide offset is shared across all categories, the substitution-attributable signal is reflected in the difference between the CpG-gain/loss categories and the no-change (grey) baseline, and any genome-wide baseline shift — biological or technical — cancels in that comparison. We therefore interpret the grey-category asymmetry as a background property and explicitly do not attribute it to the substitutions themselves. Future work such as analyzing with reads mapped to the chimpanzee or a masked consensus genome or restricting to mappability- and coverage-matched regions could directly quantify any reference-bias contribution, and we note these as promising directions.

      (16) Line 258-269: Figure 3D is not referenced in the text.

      We have added a reference to Figure 3D in the relevant paragraph of the Results: “To test this, we compared the genomic distance between each DMR and its nearest CpG SNV. Consistent with our model, we found consistently shorter distances for cis-DMRs than trans-DMRs across all cell types examined: Median distances to the nearest CpG SNV were 24 ± 6 bp for trans-DMRs vs. 11 ± 2 bp for cis-DMRs (Figure 3D; Mann-Whitney p < 0.001 for all comparisons) [65].”

      (17) It is unclear why Figure 4A-C focus exclusively on cis-regulated promoters. Is this for biological or technical reasons?

      Both. Biologically, cis-regulated promoters are the most interpretable for assessing cell type-specificity, because cis effects are allele-intrinsic and not confounded by differences in trans-acting environments across cell types. Technically, trans-regulated promoters show methylation differences that depend on the trans-environment, making cross-cell-type comparisons less straightforward.

      (18) Line 371: How many DMRs are being considered?

      We have added the total number of DMRs (promoters) considered in the sign test analysis: 6,283.

      (19) Line 371-372: What is the ASM/ASE concordance test? I thought you were restricting the analysis to genes with a negative association between ASM and ASE (lines 366-367), so this needs to be clarified.

      We have clarified this in the text. The two-step procedure works as follows: (1) a binomial sign test is applied to all genes with promoter ASM to identify gene sets with directional bias in methylation; (2) separately, a binomial sign test is applied to the subset of genes where ASM and ASE show a negative (repressive) relationship. Gene sets that pass both steps are reported as candidates. The "ASM/ASE concordance test" refers to step 2. We have revised the text to make this two-step logic clearer.

      (20) Line 379: It may be worth mentioning that these are the DMRs which are most likely to be functionally relevant in shaping expression levels.

      We have added this sentence: " This subset represents cases where methylation changes are most likely to have a simple and direct repressive effect on transcription, filtering out more complex regulatory scenarios where methylation and expression changes may be uncoupled or subject to competing regulatory influences."

      (21) Line 387: The test here needs to be clearer. Does a significant result mean an enrichment of differences in that gene set, or a bias in the ratio of Hu/Ch differences?

      We have clarified: a significant result from the binomial sign test indicates a statistically significant bias in the ratio of human-biased to chimpanzee-biased changes within a gene set, relative to the genome-wide background ratio. It does not test for enrichment of the number of differences, only for non-random directionality.

      (22) Line 403: Why the focus on expression, when the rest of the paper is focused on the methylation patterns?

      Gene expression is the most direct functional readout of promoter methylation changes. The two-step sign test uses expression data in the second step precisely because it allows us to identify cases where methylation divergence has a demonstrable downstream consequence on transcription, which is the canonical mechanism by which promoter methylation affects phenotype. We have added a brief justification of this rationale to the text.

      (23) Line 456: Not clear where there is actually evidence of lineage-specific selection.

      We have added an explicit sentence in the Discussion describing what the evidence consists of: "Specifically, the evidence rejecting a neutral null model of cis-regulatory evolution consists of statistically significant directional bias in both promoter methylation and gene expression within functionally coherent gene sets, assessed using a two-step binomial sign test with permutation-based FDR correction." This constitutes direct evidence that the implicated gene sets are under lineage-specific selection; the separate question of which specific human phenotypes that selection shaped remains inferential and is framed as such throughout.

      (24) Line 457-459: I think this line needs to be further explained: "Our use of hybrid cell lines was critical to this discovery, as it allowed us to isolate cis-acting regulatory changes from confounding trans-acting and environmental effects." Specifically, it's not apparent why cis-regulation is important for demonstrating evidence of selection.

      We have added an explanation: "Isolating cis-acting changes is critical because the sign test requires that each promoter represents an independent observation; in hybrid cells, each allele's methylation is determined by its own cis-regulatory sequence, making observations across promoters genuinely independent and thus satisfying the assumptions of the binomial test."

      (25) Line 460-465: The concluding claims throughout this paragraph appear to be overstated.

      We have revised the concluding paragraph of the Results and the Discussion conclusion to soften the language.

      (26) Line 487: Provide the actual numbers instead of saying "substantial".

      We have replaced "substantial numbers of allele-specifically methylated promoters" with the actual count: 6,283 allele-specifically methylated promoters across all cell types.

      (27) Line 502: I question this interpretation. While it could be that there is a shared mechanistic basis, it could also be that the cis effects tend to be larger than the trans effects, providing additional power to identify strong correlations.

      We agree and have added this alternative explanation explicitly to the Discussion (see response to public review comment above).

      (28) Line 510: But the results section states that it's not possible to interpret these as lineage-specific selection.

      The caveat at lines 399–401 applies specifically to DPSCs, not to hybrid cell types. We have revised the text to make this distinction unambiguous.

      (29) Line 601: What coverage was the methylation data?

      We have added sequencing coverage and the number of CpG sites assayed below “Bisulfite-seq library preparation, sequencing and mapping” section in Methods. WGBS libraries achieved a mean coverage of 9.68× per CpG site, covering 43.6M unique CpG positions in CNCC (hybrid) and 43.4M in CNCC (parental), 41.9M in DA (hybrid) and 38.8M in DA (parental). RRBS libraries achieved a mean coverage of 5.02× per CpG site, covering 5.0M, 4.8M, and 4.5M unique CpG positions in the hybrid HEP, IPSC, and SKM libraries respectively, and 3.3M, 3.4M, and 3.2M in the corresponding parental libraries. The total number of CpG sites (union) of all WGBS samples is 48,994,320 sites, and the union of all CpG sites of RRBS samples is 7,289,251. The union of all samples (including WGBS and RRBS) is 49,049,052. We have also included coverage information per sample as a table in Supplemental File 1.

      (30) Line 820: citation shouldn't include "preprint at".

      Corrected. "Preprint at" has been removed from all published paper citations in the reference list.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript investigates the causes and consequences of human-specific DNA methylation divergence relative to chimpanzees... This study provides a valuable dataset and a compelling framework for understanding how local sequence variation contributes to epigenetic and transcriptional divergence, with likely broad impact in comparative and evolutionary genomics.

      We thank Reviewer 2 for this positive assessment and for the constructive suggestions.

      Although the authors identify transcription factors associated with differential methylation, it is unclear what proportion of differentially methylated CpGs or DMRs can be attributed to these factors. Providing a quantitative estimate would help assess the relative contribution of trans-acting regulation.

      We agree that a quantitative estimate of the proportion of differentially methylated CpGs or DMRs attributable to these transcription factors would be informative in principle. In practice, however, such an estimate is challenging to produce reliably: predicted binding sites are not all occupied or functional, individual DMRs are typically influenced by multiple trans-factors, and we lack the per-site functional data needed to assign methylation differences to specific TFs with confidence. More importantly, even if we could generate such a number, an association-based estimate would not establish that these factors causally drive the observed methylation differences. We have added a note to the main text clarifying that our analysis identifies candidate trans-acting factors associated with differential methylation rather than quantifying their causal contribution.

      The analysis of CpG-disrupting mutations is interesting but raises two concerns. First, other classes of variants—such as transcription factor binding site-disrupting mutations—could also influence local methylation patterns and are not considered here. Second, the causal direction remains ambiguous: CpG-disrupting mutations may result from methylation-associated mutational processes (e.g., C->T transitions at methylated CpGs) rather than being the primary drivers of methylation divergence.

      We have addressed both concerns in the revised manuscript. On the first point, our goal was not to suggest that CpG-disrupting variants are the only causes of local methylation divergence. We now explicitly acknowledge in the Results that TFBS mutations and other variant classes could also contribute to cis-methylation divergence and represent an important avenue for future investigation. On the second point: while CpG-disrupting mutations are indeed expected to be enriched in highly methylated regions, they would be expected to associate with methylation level rather than methylation divergence, and thus cannot explain the patterns we observe.

      Regarding the discussion comparing the distance between CpG-disrupting SNVs and trans-DMRs, without information on the absolute or relative distance distributions, it was difficult to assess the magnitude of the observed differences. Moreover, trans-DMRs, by definition, are not driven by local (cis) variation, and the lack of proximity to CpG-disrupting SNVs is expected. Clarifying what additional insight this analysis provides beyond this expectation may improve this section.

      We agree that the lack of proximity of trans-DMRs to CpG-disrupting SNVs is expected. We have revised the text to clarify that this analysis serves as an affirming result: it is consistent with the fact that cis-DMR are under local sequence-driven regulation, and that the CpG-disrupting SNV mechanism is more closely associated to cis-DMRs than trans-DMRs. The quantifications for distance distributions are shown in Figure 3D, and we have added a sentence noting the median distances for trans-DMRs vs. cis-DMRs: 24 ± 6 bp vs. 11 ± 2 bp.

      One potential extension would be to examine whether the same cis-acting SNVs are consistently associated with methylation differences across multiple cell types.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and have performed this analysis below. For each of the three regulatory region classes (promoters, enhancers, CTCF binding sites), we intersected CpG SNVs (±100 bp window) with cis-classified DMRs (pure_cis or cis_plus_trans at BH-corrected FDR < 0.05) across the five cell types (CNCC, DA, HEP, IPSC, SKM), and counted the number of cell types in which each SNV overlapped a cis-DMR. To assess significance, we compared this distribution to a permutation null in which, for each cell type, we randomly sampled the same number of regions from that cell type's pool of tested-but-conserved regions of the same class (1,000 permutations); SNVs were restricted to those falling within the tested universe across cell types.

      Local methylation effects of CpG SNVs were shared across cell types substantially more than expected by chance in all three region classes. The observed mean number of cell types sharing per SNV-in-cis-DMR was 1.244 vs. 1.077 ± 0.006 in the null for promoters, 1.133 vs. 1.042 ± 0.001 for enhancers, and 1.171 vs. 1.061 ± 0.002 for CTCF binding sites (all p < 0.001). Fold-enrichment scaled sharply with the degree of sharing: at the highest sharing level (cis-DMR in all five cell types), observed counts exceeded the permutation null by ~3,500-fold for promoters, ~800-fold for CTCF, and ~700-fold for enhancers. The slightly stronger consistency signal at promoters relative to enhancers is consistent with the more constitutive activity of promoter elements across cell types. These results indicate that the same cis-acting variants tend to drive methylation divergence across multiple cell types, supporting a shared mechanistic basis for cis-methylation divergence. We have added the figure in the main text as Figure 3—figure supplement 2.

      Regarding their two-step sign test analysis, because enrichment-based approaches can sometimes overemphasize statistical significance without reflecting effect size, I wonder if incorporating the magnitude of methylation change would provide additional information.

      We agree. The magnitude of methylation change (effect size) for each gene and gene set is now provided in Supplemental File 7 alongside the directional bias statistics. We have added a sentence to the Results pointing readers to this resource.

      Strength:

      I recommend that the authors provide a list of cis-cis-regulated promoters and their associated genes, which would be a valuable resource for the field.

      We have added this list as Supplemental File 8.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Ma et al. use human-chimpanzee tetraploid cells to examine species differences in DNA methylation... Both identified SNVs and transcription factors are good candidates for future experimentation. Further, they find that cis-DMRs are more highly correlated with cis-expressed genes than trans-DMRs with trans-expressed genes, providing evidence that methylation and expression are linked genome-wide.

      We thank Reviewer 3 for this summary and for the detailed recommendations.

      Weakness

      (1) Strengthening their cis/trans analysis, including: (a) only showing or analyzing genomic regions that pass FDR correction; (b) clarifying how cis genes are defined (Figure 2B shows some genes labeled as cis where the direction-of-effect differs between hybrid and parent cells); (c) assessing how well powered they are to perform each analysis.

      (a) Figure 2B has been updated to show regulatory classifications of promoter regions in cranial neural crest cells (CNCCs) at FDR < 0.05. Scatter plots and bar plots for all cell types at the level of individual CpG sites have been moved to Figure 2—figure supplement 1, and the corresponding promoter-level plots for all cell types other than CNCCs to Figure 2—figure supplement 2. We have clarified in the Figure 2—figure supplement 1 caption that nominal p-values are used to preserve the full dynamic range of the data, whereas FDR-corrected thresholds are applied for visualization of promoter scatter plots as well as all formal inference and for reporting significant candidate loci. FDR-corrected results are presented in Figure 2—figure supplements 1–2, and we have added explicit statements in the Results confirming that the cis: trans ratio is stable across FDR thresholds.

      (b) We have clarified the definition of cis-regulated genes in the text: cis-regulated genes are defined as those where the direction of allelic difference is consistent between hybrid and parental samples for both methylation and expression. We have verified that this definition is applied consistently throughout the manuscript and downstream analyses.

      (c) We have clarified the FDR correction approach for the sign test in the Methods: FDRs are estimated by permutation (10,000 permutations), and we report results at FDR < 0.25 for the two-step test with supporting evidence from the methylation-only sign test (nominal p < 0.05). We acknowledge that this is a relatively liberal threshold. The sign test itself provides direct evidence that the implicated gene sets are under lineage-specific selection; what we have toned down is the downstream interpretation, framing the link between these gene sets and specific human phenotypes as inferential and requiring experimental validation rather than as confirmed.

      (d) We agree that experimental validation would strengthen the mechanistic claims. We have added this explicitly to the Limitations section: "definitive demonstration of causality requires targeted experimental perturbations such as base editing (for CpG-disrupting SNVs) or TF knockdown/overexpression experiments (for trans-acting TFs)."

      (2) Softening claims about human evolution or human specificity for several reasons: (a) Their comparison lacks tetraploid controls (e.g. human-human tetraploids and chimp-chimp tetraploids) or experimental follow-up in diploid cells, making it hard to be certain that observed effects are not due to ploidy. (b) There are no outgroup species included in the analysis. (c) The use of no or very loose FDR corrections with the sign test makes it difficult to draw conclusions. (d) Experimental data to link SNVs to changes in cis methylation or identified transcription factors to changes in trans methylation would be needed to validate the authors' predictions.

      (a) The concern about ploidy effects is noted. We note, however, that the primary evidence for cis-regulation comes from allele-specific methylation within the same tetraploid nucleus, where both alleles experience identical ploidy and trans-environments. Ploidy effects would be expected to affect both alleles equally and would therefore not produce the allele-specific differences we observe. We acknowledge that single-species tetraploid controls would provide additional confidence and represent a valuable future experiment.

      (b) We have added the absence of an outgroup species as an explicit limitation in the Discussion.

      (c) We have clarified the FDR correction approach for the sign test in the Methods: FDRs are estimated by permutation (10,000 permutations), and we report results at FDR < 0.25 for the two-step test with supporting evidence from the methylation-only sign test (nominal p < 0.05). We acknowledge that this is a relatively liberal threshold and have emphasized this by adding a new sentence: “However, as indicated by the FDR, we do expect some fraction of these candidate gene sets to be false positives.”

      (d) We agree that experimental validation would strengthen the mechanistic claims. We have added this explicitly to the Limitations section: "definitive demonstration of causality requires targeted experimental perturbations such as base editing (for CpG-disrupting SNVs) or TF knockdown/overexpression experiments (for trans-acting TFs)."

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Why are dental pulp stem cells so different from the other cell types transcriptionally (e.g. Figure 1C)? Is this due to being primary cells vs. stem-cell-derived cells?

      The transcriptional distinctiveness of DPSCs is most likely attributable to their status as primary cells rather than iPSC-derived cells. Primary cells retain the epigenetic and transcriptional signatures of their tissue of origin and have not undergone reprogramming, whereas iPSC-derived cell types share a common pluripotent origin that may reduce inter-cell-type transcriptional distance. Additionally, DPSCs are mesenchymal stem cells with a distinct developmental lineage and were obtained from adult donors rather than differentiated in vitro, which may further contribute to their distinct profile. We have added a brief note to the Results acknowledging this.

      (2) I am concerned about how cis genes are defined. In Figure 2B, there are genes labeled as cis, where the direction-of-effect differs between hybrid and parent cells. I believe cis should only include genes with the same direction-of-effect between hybrid and parent cells, as illustrated in Figure 2A. This fix should propagate through the ensuing figures and results.

      We have clarified the definition of cis-regulated genes in the text (see response to Weakness 1b above). The classification framework assigns a site to "cis" when the allele effect test is significant in hybrids and the System × Allele interaction term is not significant, meaning there is no detectable change in the allelic difference between the hybrid and parental systems. Sites where the allelic difference genuinely differs between systems — that is, where the interaction term is significant — are classified as cis × trans (interactive) or cis + trans (additive) rather than pure cis, depending on whether the two systems disagree in direction or only in magnitude.

      We note that Figure 2B plots parental and hybrid methylation differences as the per-sample average difference in fractional methylation, which is used for visualization only. Points labeled cis that fall on the opposite side of the y = x diagonal are an artifact of this averaging: where the underlying difference is close to zero, the coverage-weighted per-sample average can flip sign even though the beta-binomial model, which fits the read counts directly and accounts for coverage and overdispersion, finds no significant interaction. The regulatory classification is based on the model, not on the sign of the averaged difference, so a small amount of scatter around the diagonal is expected. We have verified that this definition is applied consistently throughout the manuscript and downstream analyses and have clarified the caption of Figure 2B to make this explicit.

      (3) Are you equally powered to detect cis and trans effects?

      At the single-CpG level, the two hypotheses do differ in statistical power, but at the regional level this difference is mitigated by the higher effective read depth, and we now state this explicitly in the revised manuscript.

      The first hypothesis in our classification framework tests allele-specific methylation directly, whereas the second hypothesis includes an interaction term that evaluates whether allelic differences shift between the parental and hybrid systems. Because the interaction test is inherently less powerful, it requires greater sequencing depth and, ideally, additional replicates to yield comparably confident estimates and to assign sites to certain classification categories with significance. As a consequence, at the single-CpG level, trans effects are more sensitive to FDR thresholds than cis effects of equivalent nominal significance, which reduces our power to detect them. At the regional level, however, as well as in CpG-level analyses with high-coverage samples, this disparity in power between cis and trans largely disappears.

      This is the technical component of the issue. From a biological standpoint, cis effects are also intrinsically easier to detect than trans effects: estimates of trans effects necessarily incorporate not only trans-acting molecular mechanisms but also environmental and technical noise, so cis estimates will always be cleaner. This is a well-recognized limitation of existing cis/trans classification frameworks, and we acknowledge this limitation in the discussion and have added suggestions in experimental set-up to mitigate it. To address the reviewer's concern directly, we have performed a formal power analysis quantifying the relative power to detect cis and trans effects as a function of read depth (See Author response image 1).

      (4) Are the results shown for SNVs in CpGs in Figure 3C only for cis-DMRs or for all DMRs? If the latter, please show cis-DMRs and trans-DMRs separately and explain why trans-DMRs show the same pattern as cis-DMRs. In addition, I would expect that the CpG that contains an SNV leading to CpG loss or gain would be the most affected in terms of methylation status, rather than CpGs within 25bp vs. 50bp vs. 100bp. It would be helpful to see that plot as well.

      We thank the reviewer for the opportunity to clarify. Figure 3C is not an analysis stratified by cis-DMRs or trans-DMRs. Rather, it examines local methylation changes at conserved CpG sites located within 25 bp, 50 bp, and 100 bp of a CpG-disrupting SNV. The purpose of this analysis is to test a specific mechanistic hypothesis: that a CpG-disrupting mutation may influence the methylation status of nearby, intact CpG sites in cis. The analysis is therefore agnostic to cis/trans-DMR classification, as it asks a different question, namely whether sequence disruption at one CpG propagates locally to neighboring CpGs.

      We note that Figure 3D addresses a related but distinct question, showing that cis-acting sequence changes more broadly (not restricted to CpG-disrupting mutations) are more strongly associated with cis-DMRs than with trans-DMRs. Together, Figures 3C and 3D support complementary aspects of the cis mechanism: the local propagation of methylation changes around disrupted CpGs (3C) and the broader association of sequence variation with cis-DMRs (3D).

      Regarding the reviewer's second point: we agree that the CpG site directly disrupted by the SNV would itself be the most affected, by definition, since the CpG dinucleotide is destroyed (in the case of CpG loss) or newly created (in the case of CpG gain). Because methylation cannot be measured at a CpG that no longer exists (or has only just been created on one allele), this site cannot be included in a comparative methylation analysis across alleles or species. The 25/50/100 bp windows were therefore chosen specifically to test the local effect on conserved, measurable CpGs surrounding the disruption. We have clarified this rationale in the revised text/figure legend.

      (5) The finding that cis-DMRs and cis-expressed genes are more correlated than trans-DMRs with trans-expressed genes is nice to see. What is a potential explanation for why the patterns across the genomic interval surrounding the TSS are so different across cell types, and even positively correlated near the TSS in dopaminergic neurons? Why do you not see a difference between cis and trans in CNCCs? In addition, it would be nice to see the correlation between cis-DMRs and trans-expressed genes, and vice versa, as a control for these plots.

      We have added the suggested control analysis. For the cis-DMR/trans-expressed-gene and trans-DMR/cis-expressed-gene sets in both DA neurons and CNCCs, the correlations around the TSS are less consistently negative than for the cis-DMR/cis-expressed-gene set. In both cell types, cis-methylation and cis-expressed genes show the strongest opposing (negative) relationship to one another, which supports the specificity of the cis–cis coupling reported in Figure 4G. Regarding why the correlation profiles across the TSS-flanking interval differ so markedly across cell types—including the positive correlation near the TSS in dopaminergic neurons—and why the cis–trans distinction is less pronounced in CNCCs, we are not able to offer a confident explanation. The variation may reflect cell-type-specific regulatory architecture, but a great deal remains unknown about how methylation and transcription are coupled in a cell-type-specific manner, and our four cell types do not allow us to distinguish among the possible explanations. We think this is an open and interesting question, and that analyzing additional cell types with matched WGBS and gene expression data would be the most informative way to establish how general these patterns are and what drives the between-cell-type variation. We have noted this explicitly in the main text.

      Author response image 4.

      Spearman correlation of expression and methylation for CNCC and DA for subsets of genes with cis-regulated methylation and trans-regulated expression (orange), as well as genes with trans-regulated methylation and cis-regulated expression (blue). Two kb surrounding each transcription start site (TSS) is shown, split into 10 bins of 200 bp where individual CpG sites are pooled and averaged as fractional methylation values and correlated with expression values of the neighboring genes (in TPM).

      (6) The use of the sign test to identify pathways with the same direction of effect is a great approach. However, I am concerned with the use of no or very loose FDR corrections (e.g. FDR < 0.25 in line 372 and no FDR correction in line 374). Combined with Figure 6, where many of the signals appear to be weak or driven by a few genes (e.g. highly arched eyebrow and poor speech), it makes it difficult to draw robust conclusions. It is notable that the strongest signal is seen in DPSCs, which the authors note contains experimental confounds. We also think that the authors should tone down their biological interpretations, particularly for stem cells. For instance, COLEC11 is involved in neural crest cell migration but is identified from the iPSC analysis and not the CNCC analysis. Why not?

      We have added a sentence to emphasize the possibility of some false positive sign test results (“However, as indicated by the FDR, we do expect some fraction of these candidate gene sets to be false positives”), and we have toned down the biological interpretations accordingly.

      We want to clarify that the sign test directly demonstrates that these gene sets are under lineage-specific selection. We have clarified that the test does not establish a definitive link between these gene sets and specific human phenotypes; that link is inferential and would require experiments or further validation, and we have toned down the biological interpretations accordingly.

      Regarding COLEC11: in response to this comment, we directly examined COLEC11 expression and methylation in CNCCs and found that it is in fact significant in this cell type. In CNCC hybrid cells, COLEC11 shows significant chimpanzee-biased allele-specific expression (log2 fold change [human/chimpanzee allele] = –2.45; DESeq adjusted p = 0.005), together with significant human-biased methylation (fractional methylation [human – chimpanzee] = 14%; adjusted p < 0.001). The direction of this divergence is therefore consistent with IPSC. The reason COLEC11 did not surface at the pathway level in CNCCs is that other genes in the same pathway contribute to the directional signal for that cell type; we would not expect every individual gene to emerge in the cell type where its pathway is most relevant. We have added a note making this point and cautioning against over-interpreting any single gene example.

      (7) We appreciate that the authors provide a careful list of limitations of their study. In addition to the limitations listed, the authors should also include that experiments would be needed to validate that SNVs disrupting or creating CpGs affect methylation.

      We have added this to the Limitations section: “definitive demonstration of causality requires targeted experimental perturbations such as base editing (for CpG-disrupting SNVs) or TF knockdown/overexpression experiments (for trans-acting TFs).”

      (8) We also caution the authors in describing their findings as "human-specific" because there is no outgroup in this study.

      We agree and have added the absence of an outgroup as an explicit limitation in the Discussion.

      We thank all three reviewers again for their thorough and constructive engagement with our work. We believe the revised manuscript is improved as suggested.

    1. # What do you think is the responsibility of tech workers to think through the ethical implications of what they are making?

      I think social media has its pros and cons. If we want to enjoy its convenience and entertainment, we also need to recognize that not every risk can be eliminated. Developers cannot predict every harmful use, but they should keep improving safeguards to prevent known problems from that harm to be spread. Still, some damage to privacy or reputation may be irreversible by the time they respond. However, I don’t think all the responsibility should fall on developers. People who use technology to harm others should also be held accountable. Even strong safety measures cannot prevent every robbery or murder in the society we lived in , and online spaces face a similar problem. We need to learn how to navigate online risks, just as we do in reallife, while still expecting developers to address foreseeable harms.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      From a big picture viewpoint, this work aims to provide a method to fit parameters of reduced models for neural dynamics so that the resulting tuned model has a bifurcation diagram that matches that of a more complex, computationally expensive model. The matching of bifurcation diagrams ensures that the model dynamics agree on a region of parameter space, rather than just at specially tuned values, and that the models share properties such as qualitative features of their phase response curves, as the authors demonstrate. A notable point is the inclusion of extracellular potassium concentration dynamics into the reduced model - here, the quadratic integrate-and-fire model; this is straightforward but nonetheless useful for studying certain phenomena.

      Strengths:

      The paper demonstrates the method specifically on the fitting of the quadratic integrateand-fire model, with potassium concentration dynamics included, to the Wang-Buzsaki model extended to include the potassium component. The method works very well overall in this instance. The resulting model is thoroughly compared with the original, in terms of bifurcation diagrams, production of various activity patterns, phase response curves, and associated phase-locking and synchronization properties.

      Weaknesses:

      It is important to note that the proposed method requires that a target bifurcation diagram be known. In practical terms, this means that the method may be well suited to fitting a reduced model to another, more complicated model, but is not likely to be useful for fitting the model to data. Certainly, the authors did not illustrate any such application. Secondly, the authors do not provide any sort of general algorithm but rather give a demonstration of a single example of fitting one specific reduced model to one specific conductance-based model.

      We thank the reviewer for this critical assessment. It is true that we demonstrate our approach using as target the bifurcation diagram of a more realistic model. In principle, the method would be applicable to experimental systems if parameter space is sampled under appropriate experimental conditions, e.g., by recording at different extracellular potassium concentrations. However, this is challenging: generating reliable” experimental bifurcation diagrams” would require tightly controlled experimental repetitions under various conditions, particularly for reconstructing two-dimensional bifurcation diagrams. We hope that this work encourages the development of such methods. We have added a discussion of this point; see the paragraph starting at line 549.

      We have also included a general algorithm (Table I) and provide a second example illustrating the procedure (Supplementary Fig. S2).

      Finally, the main idea of the paper seems to me to be a natural descendant of the chain of reasoning, starting from Rinzel - continuing through Bertram; Golubitsky/Kaper/Josic; Izhikevich; and others - that a fundamental way to think about neuronal models, especially those involving bursting dynamics, is in terms of their bifurcation structure. According to this line of reasoning, two models are “the same” if they have the same bifurcation structure. Thus, it becomes natural to fit a reduced model to a more complicated model based on the bifurcation structure. The authors deserve credit for recognizing and implementing this step, and their work may be a useful example to the community. But the manuscript should have described and cited this chain of works to put the current study in the correct context.

      We have added a paragraph in the Discussion section (starting at line 517) to better situate the manuscript within the relevant literature and to explicitly acknowledge the chain of work.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Please see my public review. In line with my comments, I recommend that the authors either (a) provide a general algorithm for fitting at least a class of reduced models (i.e., those that satisfy some general assumptions) to a class of bifurcation diagrams, or (b) provide at least one more example of implementing their method. Step (b) would not need to be done to the same degree of thoroughness as the example they provided (e.g., the PRCs and synchrony need not be considered), but to me, this step would be very important if (a) is impractical. Otherwise, the paper should probably be rewritten to de-emphasize the message that this is a general method; instead, this should be a paper about specifically fitting the QIF (with potassium dynamics) to the Wang-Buzsaki model (with potassium dynamics).

      We provide a general algorithm for deriving a quadratic integrate-and-fire model with dependence on a biophysical parameter by fitting the bifurcation structure of a given class I conductance based neuron model near an SNL bifurcation induced by this parameter; see Table I.

      In addition, we provide a second example of the reduction procedure: motivated by Hesse et al. (Nature Communications, 10.1038/s41467-022-31195-6, 2022), we derive a QIF model that captures dependence on temperature instead of potassium concentration; see Supplementary Fig. S2.

      Not surprisingly, I also think it’s essential that the authors describe and cite the chain of works on thinking of neuronal models in equivalence classes based on bifurcation diagrams, and make clear that this paper builds on the ideas set forth in that chain.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. As mentioned above, we have added a paragraph in the Discussion section, starting at line 517, to acknowledge this chain of work.

      Also, the authors should make clear that their method is not one for fitting a model directly to data, which will require rewriting at least the first paragraph of their Discussion section.

      We thank the reviewer for helping us make our manuscript clearer. To avoid confusion, we have clarified this point already in the Introduction (see lines 52-57) and have included a new paragraph in the Discussion (starting at line 549).

      Other specific corrections are:

      (1) Typos should be fixed, as the paper has several. The first line of the abstract has one (“concentrations” → “concentration”), for starters. “Original model” on pg. 3 is missing “be” in “can defined”. “ceases” → “cease” on pg. 13. “nerons” → “neurons” on pg. 19. “standart” → “standard” pg. 24.

      Done. Additional typos were also corrected.

      (2) The abstract mentions “consequences in networks” in its second sentence. This is misleading because studying network dynamics is not at all the main emphasis of the paper, but rather a corollary application of the main ideas, so some restructuring of the abstract is needed. Similarly, the final abstract sentence overstates somewhat what was done with studying synchronization and should be rewritten more precisely.

      We have restructured the abstract accordingly.

      (3) For readers who are interested in the ideas here but not familiar with the QIF model, it will be very difficult to follow the first paragraph of Results. Elementary aspects of QIF dynamics should be explained here (e.g., what is the saddle-node bifurcation), and a basic figure panel about this should be included in Figure 1.

      We added a supplementary figure (Figure S1) adapted from Izhikevich for readers who might not be familiar with the QIF model.

      (4) Bottom lines of page 3 should be reworded to make clear that the slow variables are averaged over each member of a family of fast subsystem limit cycles. Also, “one limit action potential cycle” is an awkward phrase.

      We rephrased this sentence (see paragraph starting at line 140).

      (5) Text under system (1) – why isn’t c mentioned? Also, references to Figure 3 should be to Figure 2 here. And authors should state what they mean by “target model” and be clear about whether it includes potassium dynamics and/or pump current.

      c scales the parabola corresponding to the branch of fixed points, given by c(I<sub>app</sub> − I<sub>SN,0</sub> − I<sub>pump</sub>) = −a(ν − ν<sub>SN</sub>)<sup>2</sup>. Consequently, it also affects the position of the homoclinic bifurcation: In the previous version of the manuscript, c was inadvertently omitted from the expression for the branch of fixed points; this has now been corrected. See paragraph starting at line 154.

      Figure references have been corrected.

      By target model, we mean the conductance-based model that includes potassium dynamics and a pump current, in our case System 4. We clarified this point at the beginning of the Results section (see paragraph starting at line 116). Throughout the manuscript, we now explicitly indicate when we refer only to its fast subsystem and whether the pump current is included. In particular, note that the parameter derivation shown in Figure 4 is performed on the fast subsystem of the target model, in the absence of the pump current. I<sub>pump</sub> can be considered as a potassium-dependent contribution to the applied current, and can be added a posteriori to the QIF model. See paragraph starting at line 162.

      (6) Next par: is the “saddle-node bifurcation” that with I<sub>app</sub> as bifurcation parameter? Please clarify.

      Yes, it is the saddle-node bifurcation with I<sub>app</sub> as bifurcation parameter. We have clarified this in the manuscript; see the paragraph starting at line 170.

      (7) Bottom pg. 5: does “beyond” mean above? below?

      We meant above (larger values of ). In the text, we have replaced “beyond” with “larger than”. See paragraph starting at line 178.

      (8) Formula for v<sub>r</sub> at top of page 6: Please specify what formula for I<sub>pump</sub> is being used here.

      The formula for I<sub>pump</sub> is given in Eq. 5d. We are using the same formula throughout the paper.

      Note that to clarify the reduction procedure, we derive QIF parameters to match the bifurcation diagram with respect to the applied current of the fast subsystem of the target model when I<sub>pump</sub> = 0. Reintroducing I<sub>pump</sub> produces the same horizontal shift in this bifurcation diagram for both the QIF and Wang–Buzsáki versions.

      We have restructured the paragraph starting at line 178 to clarify these aspects.

      (9) Three lines below this: I don’t understand what “matching...is appreciable” and “in the continuity of...” mean. Please revise and also explain why a closer matching of v<sub>r</sub> to the min voltages in Figure 4d was not used, and exactly how the v<sub>r</sub> that is shown was chosen.

      With “matching...is appreciable”, we meant that values assigned to v<sub>r</sub> should be close to the minimum voltage values reached during spiking. With ”in the continuity of...”, we meant that when .(SNIC case), we choose v<sub>r</sub> by extrapolating the linear fit performed on the values of v<sub>r</sub> assigned when , (homoclinic case).

      When , v<sub>r</sub> was chosen so that the homoclinic bifurcation occurs at the same value of applied current as in the fast subsystem of the target model. This is explained in the paragraph starting at line 178 (see Eq. 2). This criterion also allows the minimum voltage values reached during spiking to be captured reasonably well (compare the green dotted line and the purple solid line in panel e of Figure 4).

      We have rewritten the paragraph starting at line 186 to clarify these aspects.

      (10) Bottom page 6 - reference to Figure 3e should be 4e. Also, the text mentions the shrinkage of spike amplitude, but the figure shows that vth increases over most of the K+ range before decreasing, so a correction is needed.

      We corrected the figure reference.

      The maximal voltage of the limit cycles of the target model’s fast subsystem (upper purple curve in Figure 4e) increases slightly between and , by less than 1mV. It then decreases by about 27mV before the fold of limit cycles. The sigmoidal function vth () allows us to capture this substantial decrease in the QIF model. The small preceding increase is not captured. We reformulated the text to avoid confusion (see paragraph starting at line 209).

      (11) Figure 4d: Why is E<sub>K</sub> plotted here? It should be mentioned in the caption and text. More generally, the caption for Figure 4e should be expanded to mention what the purple curves are, what is the black curve for K < K<sub>SNL</sub>, and what the other structures shown are. Finally, the text describes that theSNIC/SNL/Hom is determined by the choice of v<sub>r</sub> relative to v<sub>SN</sub>, so it’s not clear what is I<sub>app,SNL</sub> in the caption - please clarify.

      In conductance-based models, higher weakens the potassium concentration gradient, thereby raising E<sub>K</sub>. The sodium and potassium reversal potentials typically bound voltage oscillations during spiking (see for example Chander and Chakravarthy, PLOS ONE, 10.1371/journal.pone.0048802, 2012), so the minimum voltage of spikes is expected to be higher when is larger. We plotted E<sub>K</sub> in Figure 4d to show that the increase of the reset voltage v<sub>r</sub> at larger reflects this effect in the QIF version of the model. We clarified this in the caption of Figure 4 and in the text (see paragraph starting at line 199).

      Purple curves show families of limit cycles, while black curves, including the one for , show families of fixed points. The green curve shows the linear fit of v<sub>r</sub> from panel d. All these have now been included in the legend.

      In the QIF model, the onset bifurcation (SNIC, SNL, or homoclinic) is indeed determined by the choice of v<sub>r</sub> relative to v<sub>SN</sub>. Figure 4e shows the bifurcation diagram of the fast subsystem of the conductance-based model (Wang-Buzsáki). This is a bifurcation diagram with respect to , for a fixed value of applied current. We chose to fix I<sub>app</sub> at its value at the SNL bifurcation, denoted I<sub>app,SNL</sub>. I<sub>app,SNL</sub> is near 0.22 (see Figure 3a).

      (12) Eqn. (2a): Shouldn’t v<sub>SN</sub> depend on potassium like I<sub>SN</sub> and I<sub>pump</sub> do? What is the formula for Ipump there? Why isn’t the RHS of (2b) dependent on v as in the original model? Please clarify.

      For simplicity, we did not include a potassium dependence for v<sub>SN</sub> in the QIF model. Instead, we set it to its value at the SNL bifurcation (Figure 4b). This is explained in the paragraph starting at line 199: “We notice that v<sub>SN</sub> and the normal form coefficient a are relatively conserved in this interval. We fix them to their value at [K<sup>+</sup>]<sub>o,SNL</sub>.”

      The formula for I<sub>pump</sub> is given in Eq. 5d. The potassium dynamics depends on the voltage via the reset rule in Eq. 3d. This allows us to capture the small increments in at each action potential in the original model (see for example Figure 6c,h). We have clarified these two points in the manuscript (see paragraph starting at line 223).

      (13) Figure 3: Please indicate the criticality of the Hopf bifurcations shown.

      The legend of Fig. 3 now indicates that the Hopf bifurcations are subcritical. The same clarification has been added to the following figures as well.

      (14) Bottom pg. 9: Why isn’t there an I<sub>pump</sub> term as in eqn. (6a)? Please clarify. 

      You are correct, the I<sub>pump</sub> term should be included in the equation for the averaged slow subsystem of the QIF model (see paragraph starting at line 243); it was accidentally omitted in the manuscript. Thank you for pointing this out.

      (15) Top pg. 11: It’s important to reference the slow averaged dynamics here, which allows K+ to increase. Also, this first paragraph should already explain that this averaged dynamics is only relevant along the family of FS periodic orbits, not during the recovery when the FS has a branch of stable equilibria.

      The averaged slow subsystem is indeed only relevant along families of limit cycles of the fast subsystem. Along families of equilibria, averaging is not necessary and the standard slow subsystem can be used. We now explicitly define this standard slow subsystem for both Wang-Buzsáki and the QIF model (see paragraphs starting at lines 241 and 628). In panels e and j of Figure 6, both systems are now represented.

      In the paragraph starting at line 273, we now refer to the averaged slow subsystem to explain the overall increase of during bursts (purple curves in Fig. 6e,j), and to the standard slow subsystem to explain the decrease of during quiescent phases (black curves).

      (16) Pg. 11, par 3: This is unnecessarily confusing. Please try to reword and clarify this paragraph.

      We have simplified this paragraph (starting at line 293). The key point is that the reduction to the averaged slow subsystem is not valid too close to the homoclinic bifurcation.

      (17) Pg. 13, end of Scenario 2: Is there any evidence this is a canard effect and not a noise effect? If so, please mention the evidence; otherwise, perhaps take this out.

      What happens there appears to be a noise-induced canard effect: in the beginning of the burst, the system follows a family of stable limit cycles of the fast subsystem, i.e. a stable object. However, at some point, noise induces a transition to a portion of trajectory where the system evolves near the saddle branch, i.e. a repelling object, for a substantial amount of time. Such phenomena have been thoroughly investigated in the literature, and can also be obtained in a deterministic way; see for example Marin et al. (Physical Review E 90, 042718, 2014). Bursting traces similar to the one in Figure 7c are observed experimentally (see, for example, Figure 4c of Marin et al.), which is why we considered it worth mentioning. We have revised the paragraph starting at line 332 to clarify this point.

      (18) I only see 4 curves in Figure 9a,c, but the legend has 5. Are two on top of each other? Please clarify.

      Yes, the curve for = 7.21mM lies beneath the curve for = 5.21mM. This has been clarified in the figure caption.

      (19) Text should note that the QIF iPRC does not develop a negative region at high K+ and high phase, as WB iPRC does.

      We have updated the paragraph starting at line 409 to mention this.

      (20) Pg. 16, line 4: “at the network scale” is cryptic - a more precise phrase would be preferable.

      We have reformulated the sentence to clarify its meaning (see paragraph starting at line 380).

      (21) Pg. 16, line 9: Reordering of words could make this clearer.

      Done (see paragraph starting at line 385).

      (22) Pg. 16: I am confused by line 14 because the big changes in the iPRC in Figure 9c do not align with the spike phase in Figure 9d. Please clarify what is meant here.

      In the QIF model, at a given phase, the iPRC is the inverse of the slope of the voltage trace as a function of phase. Flatter slopes in Figure 9d therefore correspond to larger iPRC values in Figure 9c. This is illustrated in Figure S5. We have revised the paragraph starting at line 393 to make this point clearer.

      (23) Pg. 16: Please clarify what is meant by a “delta synapse”.

      By “delta synapse,” we meant a configuration in which each spike induces an instantaneous voltage jump in the postsynaptic neuron, modeled using the Dirac delta distribution. We have replaced the term “delta synapse” with “pulse-coupled,” which is more commonly used in the literature, and have added a clarification at its first occurrence in the manuscript.

      (24) Discussion, line 2: Delete comma.

      Done.

      (25) Importantly, as noted above, the first par. needs to be rewritten since the presented method won’t work directly from data or from a target model for which most of the parameters, and hence the bifurcation diagram, are not known.

      As mentioned above, we have included a new paragraph in the Discussion, starting at line 549, to clarify this point.

      (26) Pg. 18: ”Originally” → ”Typically”, perhaps?

      Done.

      (27) Note the work of Marder et al. on temperature-related neural variability.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have added two relevant references from the work of Marder and colleagues addressing temperature-dependent neural variability and ionic concentrations in our manuscript (see the sentence starting on line 537).

      (28) Pg. 20: Cut the ”Potassium dynamics and network models” subsection since it does not add anything substantive as written (or else expand it and include it in the subsection below).

      We have expanded this paragraph and incorporated it into the subsequent subsection, as suggested by the reviewer.

      (29) Finally, it’s a bit confusing that the authors refer to the potassium concentration as a slow variable yet have an instantaneous jump in this quantity at reset in their QIF model (i.e., instantaneous is VERY fast). Some explanation about this should be provided. Do they make the general assumption that ∆<sub>K</sub> is small, for example, such that this reset reflects the slow nature of K+ evolution (i.e., during the reset period, K+ would only change slowly, and hence by a small amount)?

      Yes, ∆<sub>K</sub> is chosen to be small, to capture the behavior of the original model (compare for example panels c and h of Figure 6). As a result, in the QIF model, in the same way as in the original model, despite the fact that the dynamics of includes a fast component, on average evolves slowly. By using the averaging method, we can determine whether overall increases or decreases.

      We clarified this in the manuscript, in the paragraph starting at line 243.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors derive an integrate-and-fire model to describe the dynamics of a more complex Wang-Buzsaki model and compare the two models. A detailed discussion of bifurcation schemes in both models is convincing and allows us to evaluate the simpler model.

      Strengths:

      The idea is interesting, and the mathematical approach appears to be convincing. In addition, differences between the simple and original models are also discussed.

      Weaknesses:

      A comparison to experimental data is necessary to support the theoretical work.

      As mentioned above in our answer to Reviewer 1, we demonstrate our method using as target the bifurcation diagram of a more realistic neuron model. Ideally, one would want to derive phenomenological models that capture bifurcation structures obtained from data. However, this is challenging and beyond the scope of the present study. We hope that this work encourages the development of such methods. We have revised the Introduction (see lines 52-57) and added a paragraph in the Discussion (see the paragraph starting at line 549) addressing this point.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The manuscript is well-structured; however, it appears that it has been edited with less care. Please see comments below:

      (1) Page 2: “A third bifurcation, the saddle-homoclinic orbit (HOM) bifurcation,”: provide a reference for the bifurcation.

      We have added a reference to the book by Izhikevich (see paragraph starting at line 63).

      We have added additional references in the Introduction that we considered helpful.

      (2) Page 3: “while a larger concentrations it is mediated by...”: remove “it”.

      There was indeed a typo in this sentence. The intended phrasing is: “while at larger concentrations it is mediated by...”. We have corrected it accordingly (paragraph starting at line 134).

      (3) Figure 2, caption: “dashed lines for unstable branches”: this is a dotted line.

      Corrected to “dotted lines”. Thank you.

      (4) Page 4: “is smaller than vSN (Fig. 3c),”: this figure panel does not exist, as well as the Fig.3d referred to afterwards. Please correct.

      We intended to refer to Fig. 2. Figure references have been corrected. See paragraph starting at line 154.

      (5) Page 6: “Fig. 3a-d shows ISN,0, vSN and a for [K]+o between 4 and 16 mM”: Fig.3c+d do not exist, please correct. Similar comment to “the absence of pump (Fig. 3e).” on the same page.

      We intended to refer to Fig. 4. Figure references have been corrected (paragraphs starting at lines 199 and 209).

      (6) Page 8: “(panel A)” → ”panel (a)”.

      Done.

      (7) Figure 4e: What is the meaning of the green dotted curve?

      This curve represents the linear fit of the reset voltage v<sub>r</sub> from panel d of Fig. 4, to show that the minimal voltage values of the limit cycles are also well captured. We have added this curve to the legend and included a brief explanation in the figure caption.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study investigates how experimentally introducing two facultative bacterial endosymbionts into the Russian wheat aphid, Diuraphis noxia, affects aphid performance, dispersal, and damage to cereal host plants. The authors provide solid evidence that the two symbionts can generate contrasting phenotypes: Rickettsiella increases plant damage while reducing wing formation and dispersal, whereas Regiella reduces aphid population growth and feeding damage. The successful establishment and stable transmission of these novel symbiont-host associations, combined with experiments spanning individual, whole-plant, population and mesocosm scales, are notable strengths of the work; however, the mechanisms underlying these effects remain unresolved, evidence for horizontal transmission is indirect, and some population-level conclusions rely on relatively small sample sizes or effects that are not consistently detected across time points, and therefore the potential application of these findings to pest management remains promising but speculative. The study will be of broad interest to researchers working on insect symbiosis, plant-insect interactions, and biologically based approaches to pest management.

      We have made revisions to the manuscript to cover issues raised around sample numbers and mechanisms. We appreciate that we have not been able to finalize the exact mechanism underlying plant damage effects. We note that while comparisons of population performance were limited by the number of populations we could feasibly maintain; sample sizes were substantial in some of the other experiments. We also do substantiate effects through a combination of experimental approaches that start with controlled conditions and then encompass more complex environments.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors examine what happens when two facultative endosymbionts, Rickettsiella viridis and Regiella insecticola, are introduced into a novel aphid host, the Russian wheat aphid (Diuraphis noxia). They ask whether these introduced symbionts affect aphid performance, plant damage, alate production, dispersal, plant defense responses, and symbiont dynamics. The main result is that the two symbionts have contrasting effects: Rickettsiella tends to increase plant damage and reduce dispersal-related traits, whereas Regiella tends to reduce plant damage and aphid population growth, with less evidence for an effect on dispersal.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript presents successful establishment of stable transinfected populations of an agriculturally important aphid species, which is a substantial technical achievement in itself. I also appreciated that the authors examined the system across several experimental contexts, including different host plants, mixed cages at two temperatures, whole-plant assays, and a mesocosm dispersal experiment, rather than relying on a single laboratory setup. Taken together, these experiments provide a useful and reasonably convincing demonstration that novel symbiont associations can generate contrasting phenotypes in this system.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the strengths of the work and for providing extensive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      There are some major aspects of this paper that I thought could be strengthened. My main concern is that the manuscript feels broader than it is conceptually focused. A wide range of outcomes is measured, which gives the study breadth, but it also makes the central question harder to identify. As written, the paper reads more strongly as a proof-of-principle demonstration of ecologically relevant phenotypes than as a tightly framed test of a specific biological idea.

      The broad range of tests in our work was intentional. Rather than relying on a single experimental approach or scale, we designed the study using multiple complementary approaches to independently evaluate the effects of endosymbionts. Thus, our conclusions are supported across multiple experimental contexts rather than by a single experiment or scale. For example, the effects on plant damage were consistent across different host plants, including wheat and barley (Figures 1 & S1), and across different experimental scales, ranging from individual plants maintained in small cages (Figure 1) to a dispersal experiment involving 24 plants (Figure 5). Similarly, aphid fitness was evaluated both at the individual level, using single aphids maintained on individual plants under favorable conditions (Figures S5 & S6), and at the population level under crowding conditions (Figures 3 & 4).

      Despite the breadth of measurements, the study is focused on establishing robust evidence for the contrasting effects of the two endosymbionts on aphid dispersal and plant feeding damage. To help address this concern, we have moved the summary table from the Supplementary Materials to the main text (now Table 1), which provides an overview of the experimental approaches and main findings and should help readers more clearly see how the different experiments are connected.

      A second issue is that the biological basis of the reported phenotypes remains less developed than the phenotypic description itself. The authors make a genuine effort to address mechanism through JA, JA-Ile, SA, and metabolomic profiling, but these analyses only partially explain the main results. The negative result for the canonical defense markers is informative, yet it still leaves a substantial gap between the observed variation in plant damage and the processes responsible for it.

      Our analyses of JA, JA-Ile, SA, and the metabolomic profiles provide some initial insights, but we appreciate that they do not fully explain the differences in plant damage observed between treatments. The primary aim of this study was to evaluate the phenotypic effects of the endosymbionts and their potential for agricultural application, rather than to provide a comprehensive mechanistic explanation. We have accordingly avoided overinterpreting the mechanistic results and now explicitly state that elucidating the underlying biological mechanisms will be an important direction for future research in Discussion section.

      I also think some caution is needed in how the two symbionts are compared. The authors explain why some follow-up experiments were designed differently for Rickettsiella and Regiella, and that rationale is understandable. Still, because the downstream assays were not fully matched, the paper is strongest when each symbiont is interpreted on its own terms rather than as a strict comparison.

      Our initial plant-damage experiment was designed as a first comparison to test whether different endosymbionts can have diverse and contrasting effects on their aphid host population and plant damage. We then investigated the individual phenotypes of each endosymbiont in greater detail, particularly in relation to their potential agricultural applications. Specifically, our results suggest that Regiella may reduce plant damage, whereas Rickettsiella may reduce dispersal. Based on these early findings, some further experiments were conducted with slightly different experimental setups. Nevertheless, many of the experiments conducted for the two endosymbionts were broadly comparable. We designed the additional experiment carried out only with Rickettsiella to test whether reduced alate production observed in our earlier experiments also translated into reduced dispersal at the population level. An equivalent experiment with Regiella was not undertaken because we failed to detect an effect of this endosymbiont on alate frequency in our preceding experiments. We have clarified this rationale in the Materials and methods section (“Aphid dispersal ability and plant feeding damage in mesocosms”).

      Overall, I would suggest softening the Significance Statement so that it more clearly reflects what is directly shown here, namely that introduced symbionts can alter plant damage and dispersal-related phenotypes under controlled conditions, rather than implying that the study directly tests management utility in agricultural settings.

      We have done this in the Significance Statement. We appreciate that the current experiments have been carried out under controlled conditions, rather than in agricultural settings. Pending permit approval, we are currently planning to extend this work to contained field settings to test whether effects on plant damage and dispersal ability are also observed under less controlled conditions.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors generated two novel aphid-symbiont associations and examined the impact of these new symbiotic associations on plant-insect-symbiont interactions. The authors notably provide detailed phenotypic assessments of the insect hosts and host plants. They show that one introduced symbiont, Rickettsiella, increases aphid-induced damage to host plants, while the other, Regiella, ameliorates aphid damage. The authors suggest that such novel insect-symbiont pairings may be used as tools to mitigate crop damage in the future.

      Strengths:

      Although a few experiments seem to have limited sample sizes and limited statistical power, these are often complemented with highly replicated smaller-scale experiments. The combination of larger mesocosm and population-level experiments along with assessments of individual insects generally provides a comprehensive depiction of the effects of these symbionts on their hosts. The opposing impacts of Regiella and Rickettsiella infection on the aphid host plant are of broad interest. It is also surprising that the host plants did not exhibit strong differences in canonical defensive signalling, despite these differences.

      Weaknesses:

      One thing that I struggled a little with was the rapid spread of Regiella in the shared plant experiments. Possibly this could be attributed to an increased reproductive output (due to faster developmental time, and/or an increase in fecundity) or efficient horizontal transmission. However, the other experiments performed indicate a slight negative impact (Figure 4a) or no influence (Figure 4C, 4D, Figure S6) of Regiella infection on host fitness. Given these other results, it seems that Regiella must spread fairly efficiently between hosts, which comes as a surprise, and there are very few examples of horizontal transmission of Regiella like this in the literature. The manuscript would benefit from a clear and direct demonstration of horizontal transmission, rather than it being inferred indirectly. The similar spread observed in the Rickettsiella mixed cages is less surprising, because there are several examples where this has been demonstrated.

      We agree that the rapid spread of Regiella in the shared-plant experiments cannot be readily explained by host fitness alone, though we have noted fitness benefits of Regiella in a different transinfection in oat aphids (Yu et al., 2025). In a previous study with transinfected green peach aphids and despite a substantial fitness cost, we found that Rickettsiella can spread relatively rapidly in a population and show high stability (Gu et al., 2023) and perhaps transmission of Regiella follows a similar pathway. However, whereas Rickettsiella may spread through plant tissues, Regiella showed relatively low levels of horizontal transmission through this pathway.

      We certainly agree that more work is required to establish the mechanism and dynamics of horizontal transmission in this system. Rather than focusing on mechanism, our objective here was to examine endosymbiont spread where intact plants were available and where there was a mixed aphid population. Note that we also conducted an additional experiment in which Regiella-infected aphids were present at a frequency of only 10% of the initial population, and in this situation Regiella nevertheless still increased in frequency including to a low Cp value in most (8/10) replicates, highlighting its persistence and potential to increase in populations.

      References:

      Gu et al., A rapidly spreading deleterious aphid endosymbiont that uses horizontal as well as vertical transmission. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 120, e2217278120 (2023).

      Yu et al., A persistent bacterial Regiella transinfection in the bird cherry-oat aphid Rhopalosiphum padi increasing host fitness and decreasing plant virus transmission. Pest Manag Sci 81, 2791-2799 (2025).

      It is also a little surprising that mesocosm-dispersal experiments were not also conducted using Regiella-infected lines. At several points throughout the manuscript, the idea of using symbiont transfections to reduce plant harm is raised. I can understand that these experiments are likely time-, space-, and resource-intensive, but that seems like these would have been relevant experiments, especially in the context of controlling damage to plants.

      We conducted the final mesocosm-dispersal experiment specifically with Rickettsiella because our earlier individual-plant experiments had already shown a clear reduction in alate production in Rickettsiella-infected aphids, together with effects on plant damage (Figure S1I) and population growth (Figure 3C). In contrast, we did not detect a significant difference in alate frequency between Regiella-infected and wild type aphid strains in the similar set up experiments (Figure S1I and Figure 4C). We therefore designed the additional experiment to test whether the reduced alate production observed with Rickettsiella also translated into reduced dispersal at the population level. We did not conduct the same experiment with Regiella because there was no difference in alate frequency in our earlier experiments. We have also added this explanation in Materials and methods section (“Aphid dispersal ability and plant feeding damage in mesocosms”). We do appreciate however that future experiments on dispersal of Regiella will be worthwhile resources permitting.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors were investigating the impact of introducing novel facultative bacterial endosymbionts into the pest aphid, Diuraphis noxia, to explore the possibility of using facultative symbionts as a crop protection tool. They successfully established the vertical transmission of both endosymbionts and performed a series of aphid performance and dispersal experiments together with measurement of aphid feeding on host plant health, growth, and metabolism. While most of the experiments revealed no effect of the endosymbionts, some significant treatment effects were found, showing that Rickettsiella reduced aphid dispersal, and Regiella reduced aphid population growth and feeding damage.

      Strengths:

      The team worked with two novel facultative symbionts (Rickettsiella viridis and Regiella insecticola) that they were able to successfully establish in D. noxia. The data were collected and analyzed using solid, well-described methodology.

      Weaknesses:

      While interpretation of the data is reasonable, the few experiments which revealed significant treatment effects rest on relatively small sample sizes.

      We acknowledge that more replication is always desirable, but we would also argue that significant effects were not marginal and replication was substantial in many cases (e. g. 9-10 replicate plants per damage treatment evaluation). We were also focused on using multiple experimental approaches and scales to independently and repeatedly evaluate the effects of endosymbionts on aphid fitness, wing development, plant damage, and aphid dispersal. Thus, conclusions are not based on a single experiment or experimental scale. For plant damage, for example, we observed consistent effects across different host plants, including wheat and barley (Figure 1 and Figure S1), as well as across different experimental scales, from individual plants maintained in small cages (Figure 1) to a dispersal experiment involving 24 plants (Figure 5). Similarly, aphid fitness was evaluated both at the individual level using single aphids maintained on individual plants under favorable conditions (60 replicates per treatment) (Figures S5 & S6) and at the population level under crowding conditions (Figures 3 & 4). These complementary experimental designs allowed us to examine whether the observed phenotypes were consistent across different environmental and population contexts. We did face challenges in high levels of replication of independent aphid strains in population cage experiments but attempted to replicate as much as possible given the resources that were available.

      Measuring symbiont density is difficult. The authors use quantitative PCR to measure the "density" of endosymbionts relative to a host gene. This is a standard approach in the field; however, recent work has shown that endosymbionts like the aphid primary endosymbiont, Buchnera, are variably polyploid [1]; further the aphid cells that house the symbionts are also highly polyploid and variable in their ploidy [2]. It is important to understand that what is being measured when using qPCR is DNA copy number and not quantification of the number of symbiont cells. Alternative approaches to measuring symbiont density include flow cytometry [3], and SymbiQuant [4], a machine vision tool that can quantitatively characterize symbiont populations from DAPI-stained confocal images. These alternate approaches also have their dlimitations. Currently, there is no perfect approach to measuring symbiont density, which remains an important measure in experiments such as these. Put simply, it is important for a reader to be aware of the limitations of each approach and interpret data accordingly.

      (1) Komaki, K., and H. Ishikawa. 2000. Genomic copy number of intracellular bacterial symbionts of aphids varies in response to developmental stage and morph of their host. Insect Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 30:253-258.

      (2) Nozaki, T., and S. Shigenobu. 2022. Ploidy dynamics in aphid host cells harboring bacterial symbionts. Scientific Reports 12:9111.

      (3) Simonet, P., G. Duport, K. Gaget, M. Weiss-Gayet, S. Colella, G. Febvay, H. Charles, J. Viñuelas, A. Heddi, and F. Calevro. 2016. Direct flow cytometry measurements reveal a fine-tuning of symbiotic cell dynamics according to the host developmental needs in aphid symbiosis. Scientific Reports 6:19967.

      (4) James, E. B., X. Pan, O. Schwartz, and A. C. C. Wilson. 2022. SymbiQuant: A machine learning object detection tool for polyploid independent estimates of endosymbiont population size. Frontiers in Microbiology 13:816608.

      We agree that qPCR-based measurements of endosymbiont gene copy number have limitations even if they are the standard approach used in most studies. In the current set of experiments, qPCR provided a practical and efficient approach for assessing variation in endosymbiont abundance and infection status among samples and the only one feasible given the number of monitoring events and samples required. Nevertheless, we acknowledge the limitations of this approach (and have pointed this out ourselves in a recent COIS paper – Hoffmann et al 2026). We now mention this under further work and provide a couple of references (see Discussion).

      Reference:

      Hoffmann, A. A., Yang, Q. and P. A. Ross. Aphid endosymbionts revisited: molecular detection, diversity, and population dynamics. Curr Op Insect Sci (in press). (2026)

      Impact and Significance:

      Food security and production, and pest control are major challenges facing the human population. This work contributes knowledge that will benefit the development of alternate pest control strategies in agriculture.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Overall, I found the study interesting and worthwhile, particularly because it shows that novel symbiont associations can generate contrasting phenotypes in an important pest species. My main suggestion would be to sharpen the framing of the paper and to bring the mechanistic and applied discussion into slightly closer alignment with the current evidence base. With those points addressed, I think the manuscript would read as a clearer and more balanced contribution.

      We have rephrased the Discussion around the mechanistic component of the work to sharpen this and link more directly to evidence. For instance:

      “Despite this, our metabolomic analyses suggest that endosymbionts in D. noxia may influence some other aspects of wheat metabolism in a spatially structured way. Within aphid-feeding areas, wheat exposed to Rickettsiella aphids showed increased valine and decreased 3-phenyllactic acid. Changes in valine have been reported in plants responding to herbivory and other forms of stress (43-45), while 3‑phenyllactic acid has been associated with antimicrobial and defense-related activity (46). In non-feeding areas, wheat exposed to Regiella aphids showed reduced urea and increased pantothenic acid. These changes may reflect differences in nitrogen metabolism and allocation (47), and in metabolic processes involving pantothenic acid (48) respectively. However, the present metabolomic data do not establish the functional consequences or causal mechanisms underlying these changes. They indicate that aphids carrying different endosymbionts are associated with some distinct metabolic responses in wheat, including responses that differ between aphid-feeding and non-feeding areas. Our findings are consistent with previous work showing that phloem‑feeding insects can induce changes in plant metabolites in response to herbivory (49, 50) and provide a basis for future studies to determine how endosymbionts influence aphid-induced plant responses and contribute to contrasting plant phenotypes.”

      We have not undertaken a complete reframing of the paper but further emphasized the focus on phenotypic contrasts in a few places including incorporating some changes to the comments below.

      (2) Lines 130-135: Please clarify more explicitly whether the main aim of the paper is to test a specific biological hypothesis about endosymbiont-mediated aphid-plant interactions or to provide a broader proof-of-principle survey of symbiont-associated phenotypes. As it stands, the framing moves between multitrophic biology and pest-management relevance, which makes the central conceptual contribution harder to identify.

      We have rephrased this sentence as “By integrating these factors, we investigate how endosymbiont infection influences aphid fitness and aphid–plant interactions, providing insights into the ecological consequences of novel microbial associations and their potential relevance to sustainable pest management.”

      (3) Line 205: For the metabolomic analysis, please consider adding a formal multivariate test for strain effects, especially for the comparisons shown in Figure 2C and 2D, or otherwise interpret the PCA more cautiously as descriptive rather than inferential.

      We have emphasized the descriptive component and rephrased this sentence as “However, within either area, there was no clear separation among aphid strains (Figures 2C & 2D), suggesting broadly similar metabolomic profiles among strains of the same aphid clone carrying different symbionts.”

      (4) Please clarify how the top and bottom feeding leaves were handled analytically in the analyses, and explain the rationale for collapsing them into a single "feeding area" category. If possible, it would be helpful to show whether leaf position itself influenced the plant-response patterns.

      We combined the upper and lower leaves together to provide a representative measure of the plant-level responses, rather than focusing on responses at a particular leaf position. This approach was consistent with the main objective of our study, which was to investigate whole plant responses to aphids hosting different endosymbionts, rather than differences in responses among different plant parts. In addition, combining the two portions provided sufficient plant material for the GC-MS analysis and helped ensure reliable metabolite measurements from the same material. Because the two leaf positions were combined prior to GC-MS analysis, we were unable to separately test the effect of leaf position on the metabolomic response in this dataset. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript in Materials and methods section (“Plant defense responses”).

      (5) Line 228: The use of 19{degree sign}C and 25{degree sign}C is not unusual in aphid work, but it would still help the reader if the manuscript stated more explicitly why these two temperatures were chosen in this study.

      We selected 19°C and 25°C because they represent contrasting temperature conditions within the range suitable for Russian wheat aphid development, allowing us to assess whether temperature influences Rickettsiella transmission and population dynamics. In particular, our previous observations indicated differences in the rate of Rickettsiella spread between these temperature conditions (Gu et al., 2023).

      Reference:

      Gu et al., A rapidly spreading deleterious aphid endosymbiont that uses horizontal as well as vertical transmission. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 120, e2217278120 (2023).

      (6) Lines 390-392: It would help to discuss more explicitly how the relatively modest effects in the individual life-history assays relate to the clearer signals seen at the whole-plant and population level.

      In our experiments, we assessed aphid fitness under different environmental conditions. In the individual fitness assays conducted on cups with a single plant (Figures S5 & S6), aphids were maintained under relatively favourable conditions, with limited environmental stress and without substantial crowding. Under these conditions, we observed an increase in fitness associated with endosymbiont infection. In contrast, we also examined aphid performance at the population level (Figures 3 & 4), where populations were established from a small number of aphids and subsequently experienced increasing crowding and density-dependent stress. Under these conditions, the effects of endosymbiont infection differed from those observed in the individual assays, with Rickettsiella-infected aphids showing greater population growth and Regiella-infected aphids showing reduced population growth.

      These results suggest that the effects of endosymbionts on aphid fitness are context-dependent and may become more pronounced as population density increases and density-dependent stress develops. Thus, relatively modest effects observed at the individual level where experiments are often undertaken may not translate to differences at the population level, and plant level effects may subsequently influence feeding pressure and plant damage. We have added this perspective in the Results and Discussion sections.

      (7) Line 678 & 688: In both whole-plant experiments, please explain how 3 and 4 replicate plants were selected.

      The replicate plants were randomly selected from the available plants for each treatment to minimize potential selection bias. We have clarified this procedure in the revised manuscript in Materials and methods section.

      (8) Lines 686-690 / Figure 4: In the Regiella whole-plant experiment, the Methods state that 16 plants were established per treatment and that 4 plants per treatment were removed at each time point (days 4, 8, 12, and 16). However, in Figure 4B-D, day 12 appears to include 5 data points. Please clarify this apparent mismatch between the described sampling scheme and the data shown in the figure.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this and we have corrected this mistake. We initially established 16 plants for the wild type and 17 plants for the Regiella treatment. Four plants per treatment were originally planned to be sampled at each time point (Days 4, 8, 12, and 16). However, because Day 12 was a key time point at which an obvious difference in plant damage was observed between the treatments, we selected one additional plant each treatment for measurement at Day 12, resulting in five data points for this treatment at that time point. The remaining plant was therefore measured at Day 16. We have clarified the sampling procedure in the revised Materials and methods section and figure legend.

      (9) Figure 2A and Figure 4A: These schematics are helpful overall, but the brown supporting sticks stand out quite strongly and may make the panels a little harder to interpret at first glance. I wonder whether they could be simplified, made less prominent, or replaced with photographs of the actual setup if those are available.

      We have revised Figures 2A and 4A to simplify the supporting structures and reduce their visual prominence.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Some of the statistics were not entirely clear to me, particularly the tests reported in the results which differ from what is described in the figure legends:

      (1) Lines 306-308: "Total nymph numbers were higher on Rickettsiella aphids from Day 21 to Day 25" and indicates that this is based on GLM testing, but the figure does not indicate statistical significance, and the figure legend states independent sample t-tests were used. Similar comment for the following paragraph and corresponding figure.

      The GLMs were used to test the overall patterns in nymph numbers across the relevant time periods, including Days 21–25, rather than testing each time point independently. We also conducted independent-sample t-tests to assess differences between treatments at individual time points. We have clarified this distinction in the Statistical section.

      (2) Line 43: Does not seem like the appropriate reference (reference is on plant virus transmission, not salivary toxins).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have removed this reference and replaced it with reference 34 (Luna et al., 2018) that directly supports the statement regarding aphid salivary toxins.

      Reference:

      Luna et al., Bacteria associated with Russian wheat aphid (Diuraphis noxia) enhance aphid virulence to wheat. Phytobiomes J 2, 151-164 (2018).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor editorial comments:

      (1) Figure S10 - the figure legend needs improvement as the current version does not help the reader understand the figure. Please also include a key.

      We have changed the figure legend with reference to our aim, and also explained use of the Cp values. “Figure S10. Rickettsiella Cp values in (A) routine screening of laboratory Rickettsiella colonies and (B) the mixed cage experiment assessing endosymbiont frequency changes over time at 19 °C and 25 °C. The dark red area represents overlap between the 19°C and 25°C experiments. Cp values represent the quantification cycle values obtained from qPCR, with lower Cp values indicating a higher amount of Rickettsiella target DNA. This figure shows the typical range of Cp values observed in our laboratory Rickettsiella -infected aphid colonies. We used this range as a reference for identifying aphids that acquired Rickettsiella through horizontal transmission, as horizontally infected aphids generally showed much higher Cp values than vertically infected aphids.”

      (2) Define Cp.

      We have explained it as “Cp values represent the quantification cycle values obtained from qPCR, with lower Cp values indicating a higher amount of Rickettsiella target DNA.”

      (3) Supplemental Information: Line 113 - T is missing from Table.

      This has been added.

      (4) Move Table S2 to the main paper - this table provides a useful summary of the work.

      This has been moved.

      Main Manuscript:

      (1) Line 145: Serratia was not detected at G0 - was it detected later? It seems possible that titer could be very low to begin and increase in later generations; please clarify.

      We have previously monitored the aphid populations for the presence of Serratia transinfected from the same donor resource across subsequent generations, and Serratia was not detected at any later generation. We also did not detect Serratia in the other aphid species we examined, including green peach aphids (Gu et al., 2023 & 2025) and oat aphids (Yang et al., 2026). Therefore, we believe that the absence of Serratia at G0 was not due to a very low initial titer followed by an increase in later generations but instead that Serratia had been lost from the aphid population.

      References:

      Gu et al., A rapidly spreading deleterious aphid endosymbiont that uses horizontal as well as vertical transmission. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 120, e2217278120 (2023).

      Gu et al., Transinfections of the endosymbiont Rickettsiella viridis in different Myzus persicae (Hemiptera: Aphididae) clones show consistent deleterious effects and stable transmission. J Econ Entomol 118, 1544-1552 (2025).

      Yang et al., A Rickettsiella transinfection in Rhopalosiphum padi reduces fitness and alate production but not plant virus transmission. Pest Man Sci 82, 3894-3906 (2026).

      (2) Line 206: "different aphid strain" - I learned from the manuscript that a single clone of D. noxia is found in Australia. Further, from my reading of the manuscript, I understand that one clonal isolate was propagated and then infected with symbionts. I think it is important to reword this sentence so that it is clear that the aphid genetic background is held constant, and that the only differences here are the presence or absence of the different symbionts. My reaction to this sentence was that you are working with the same aphid strain hosting different symbionts.

      We have clarified it by adding “the same aphid clone carrying different symbionts” after the different aphid strains.

      (3) Measuring symbiont "density" is a tricky thing to do; I explain this above in the public review. I suggest considering some revisions to the manuscript to be sure that you accurately reflect what has been measured and what can reasonably be inferred from using qPCR to measure gene copy number.

      We agree that qPCR-based measurements of symbiont gene copy number have limitations. In this experiment, we had a relatively large number of samples, and qPCR provided a practical and efficient approach for assessing variation in endosymbiont abundance and infection status among samples. While we acknowledge the limitations of this approach, the relative differences in gene copy number can still provide an indication of variation in endosymbiont abundance and infection status among treatments. Unfortunately, other approaches remain challenging given resource and expertise limitations.

      (4) I think that you may be undervaluing the results of the mixed infection experiments; I find them to be compelling. To me, the data suggest that the symbionts increase aphid fitness.

      In our experiments, we assessed aphid fitness under different environmental conditions. In the individual fitness assays conducted on cups with a single wheat plant (Figures S5 & S6), aphids were maintained under relatively favourable conditions, with limited environmental stress and without substantial crowding. Under these conditions, we observed an increase in fitness associated with symbiont infection. However, we also examined aphid performance under population-level conditions, where populations were established from a small number of aphids and subsequently experienced increasing crowding and density-dependent stress (Figures 3 & 4). Under these conditions, the effects on fitness were different from those observed in the individual assays. We therefore agree that our results suggest that symbionts can increase aphid fitness under some conditions, but that this effect may be context-dependent and can differ under population-level conditions where density-dependent stress occurs. We have also added this information to our Results section to make this clear to readers.

      (5) Lines 288-291: This sentence doesn’t make sense to me. What "minor fitness costs" are being referred to? If the infected lines are increasing in representation relative to the uninfected lines, that suggests that there are not fitness costs, but fitness advantages under the experimental conditions.

      We have rephrased it to “minor fitness effects” which we refer to the fitness test under favourable conditions.

      (6) The section that begins on line 293 - I find this part to not be particularly robust and suggest dropping it from the paper.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the robustness of this section. We included this experiment to monitor changes in aphid population over time and to help explain the differences in plant feeding damage observed between aphids carrying different endosymbionts. Importantly, we conducted this experiment using whole wheat plants to evaluate whether the patterns observed in our other experiments were also evident. We believe that these results provide important complementary evidence for interpreting the differences in plant damage among the aphids hosting different endosymbionts and therefore are relevant to the overall conclusions of the study. For this reason, we prefer to retain this section in the manuscript.

      (7) Line 298: three plants per time point - I do not think this sample size is reflected in the methods of the paper.

      We have mentioned in the method part with “At day 14, three replicate plants were randomly selected from the available plants for both treatments and we counted the total number of nymphs, alate adults, and apterous adults. This was repeated again at Days 21 and 25”.

      (8) Line 304: "the frequency of alates decreased as plant damage increased" - this seems to be counterintuitive!

      As plant damage increased, the total aphid population also increased, resulting in an increase in the absolute number of alates. However, the frequency (proportion) of alates decreased because the increase in the total aphid population was greater than the increase in the number of alates.

      (9) Line 404: "horizontal transmission through plant tissue and/or transfer via aphid contact or honeydew" - what evidence is there that this happens? I have not kept on top of the literature with respect to transmission of secondary symbionts in aphids, but back when I was very familiar with that literature, the data did not support transmission by any of those routes. If there is now evidence supporting transmission by these routes, please cite it here.

      Previous studies have provided experimental evidence that horizontal transmission of aphid-associated endosymbionts can occur through plants. For example, plant-mediated transmission has been demonstrated for direct detection of secondary endosymbiont in the plant tissue including Hamiltonella defensa (Li et al., 2018), Rickettsia (Shi et al., 2024) and Serratia symbiotica (Pons, et al., 2019a). Our previous research also demonstrates that Rickettsiella endosymbionts were detected in uninfected aphids after feeding by infected aphids regardless of physical contact (Gu et al., 2023). Endosymbionts have also been detected in aphid honeydew (Darby and Douglas, 2003) and some primary transmission route appears to be horizontal, through honeydew (faeces) and host plant phloem (Pons, et al., 2019a & 2019b; Perreau et al., 2021). Appropriate references have been added to the revised manuscript in the Discussion section.

      References:

      Li et al., Plant-mediated horizontal transmission of Hamiltonella defensa in the wheat aphid Sitobion miscanthi. J Agric Food Chem 66, 13367-13377 (2018).

      Shi et al., Rickettsia transmission from whitefly to plants benefits herbivore insects but is detrimental to fungal and viral pathogens. mBio 15, e02448-23 (2024).

      Pons et al., Circulation of the cultivable symbiont Serratia symbiotica in aphids is mediated by plants. Front Microbiol 10, 764 (2019a).

      Darby and Douglas, Elucidation of the transmission patterns of an insect-borne bacterium. Appl Environ Microbiol 69, 4403-4407 (2003).

      Pons et al., New insights into the nature of symbiotic associations in aphids: infection process, biological effects, and transmission mode of cultivable Serratia symbiotica bacteria. Appl Environ Microbiol 85, e02445-18 (2019b).

      Perreau et al., Vertical transmission at the pathogen-symbiont interface: Serratia symbiotica and aphids. mBio 12, e00359-21 (2021).

      (10) Line 511: revise to "to measure their relative densities relative to a host gene".

      We have revised it.

      (11) Throughout the manuscript, please replace "five aged-matched" with an accurate description of the aphids used in the experiment. Please pay particular attention to the figure legends. Simply state e.g. "five 10-day-old apterous females" etc.

      This has been replicated in the main manuscript and figure legends.

      (9) Line 727 - lowercase t for Tests.

      This has been added.

      (10) Line 738 - what happens when you don’t exclude the early time points? Do your significant results go away? Also, please define what is meant by "early time points".

      When the early time points (Day 14 for Rickettsiella and Day 4 for Regiella) were included in the analysis, the GLM still showed a significant effect of strain on alate production for Rickettsiella (F<sub>1,12</sub> = 26.434, P < 0.001). We excluded these early time points from the analysis presented in the manuscript because, at these stages, aphid population sizes were still similar between treatments. We also conducted independent-sample t-tests at individual time points and observed differences at the later time points, when aphid population sizes began to diverge. We therefore considered the later time points to be more informative for assessing fitness effects and population sizes under increasing crowding conditions. We have now clarified this as “The earliest time points in the experiments for Rickettsiella (Day 14) and Regiella (Day 4) were excluded” in the manuscript.

      (11) In the legends of all figures, please be explicit about sample sizes.

      We have added the relevant information about replicate number or sample sizes in the main and supplementary figures.

      (12) Line 1010 - replace "each leave" with "each leaf" - there was at least one other place, I think in the supplemental information, that leave was used instead of "leaf".

      We replaced this.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In addressing the question of residual body participation in sorting of organelles, a clear definition of this structure is required including when and where it is delineated from the posterior of a mother cell during the formation of daughter structures. The authors' definition is as follows: 'The RB originates from the collapse of the maternal parasite during daughter cell budding and occupies the space previously occupied by the mother cell.' As such, a clear marker of the mother cell 'collapse' is required, but such a marker is not identified or used in the study to separate what might be considered an active part of the mother cell during early daughter formation, and the residual body. This might seem like moot a point, but it would help to give clarity to notions of recycling and 'reservoirs'. Mother cells retain their active invasion apparatus until very late in daughter formation and the need for micronemes and rhoptries to be released from this service late in the process might explain why they are only then trafficked to the cell posterior and then into the daughters. So, is this a distinct 'residual body' body function/reservoir or just a spatial constraint of this sequence of daughter formation? The authors elegantly show that MyoF is necessary for segregation of micronemes and rhoptries into daughters, and that MyoF depletion leads to accumulation of these organelles within the residual body. Moreover, restored expression of MyoF can then recover these organelles. This clearly demonstrates the activity of the residual body as part of the syncytium space that participates in the maintenance of the vacuole. But does it imply that this space necessarily handles all inherited micronemes and rhoptries as a 'trafficking hub'? My concern with the lack of a clear definition could provide some misinterpretation or overinterpretation of the contribution residual body.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this conceptual point. We agree that, in the absence of a molecular marker that uniquely defines the nascent RB, the precise transition between posterior maternal cytoplasm and a morphologically distinct RB cannot be determined during early daughter formation. We have therefore clarified our terminology in the revised manuscript and define the RB operationally as the posterior compartment/connection between daughter parasites. We also avoid assigning early posterior trafficking events unambiguously to a fully formed RB. We further agree that the current data do not establish that all inherited micronemes and rhoptries must transit through the RB. We have therefore revised the Results and Discussion and softened terminology such as “central trafficking hub” and now conclude that the RB represents an important dynamic compartment in organelle recycling and redistribution, without implying that it is an obligatory intermediate for every inherited secretory organelle.

      (2) A further, remarkable conclusion is that maternal micronemes are evenly segregated into daughters through an active process for 'balanced microneme inheritance'. The proportion of maternal micronemes is quantified up to the 8-cell stage and shown to be not significantly different between cells. But would this result be expected with random assortment at this stage? The authors model the probability of a 32-cell stage vacuole occurring with each daughter having within 0-3 maternal micronemes and this is considered unlikely. However, the authors neither present the modelling for the 8cell stage or show quantification of 32-cell vacuoles. They do show some images of large vacuoles, but it is not possible to determine the distribution of maternal micronemes in these images. A regulated process of segregation would require a complex mechanism where some form of microneme counting would be required to create the proposed balance. It is, therefore, important to have strong data supporting such a hypothesis, but this is not currently presented.

      We agree that the previous wording implied a mechanistic conclusion beyond what can be established from the present dataset. We have therefore revised the manuscript so that the relatively even distribution of maternal micronemes at the 8-cell stage is presented as an observation that is consistent with a non-random or regulated partitioning process, rather than evidence for an established microneme-counting mechanism. The 32-cell model is now presented as supportive rather than definitive evidence, and we explicitly acknowledge that the quantitative experimental dataset was obtained at the 8-cell stage. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) The second half of the paper focuses on a more detailed characterization of microneme and rhoptry recycling. The authors strongly argue that the RB is a central hub for recycling micronemes and rhoptries; however, this conclusion is not fully supported by the data. For example, the authors state…Thus, the model that all microneme and rhoptry trafficking is RB-dependent is based primarily on the MyoF depletion phenotype (which results in RB accumulation) together with the observation that a relatively small amount of maternal microneme and rhoptry material is detectable in the RB of wild-type parasites. Although the authors' interpretation-that recycling is RB-dependent-is one possible explanation, alternative models are not discussed. For example, an alternative possibility is that the majority of micronemes and rhoptries are trafficked directly from the apical end of the mother parasite to the daughter cells without passing through the RB. In this scenario, only a subset of the organelles would enter the residual body, perhaps reflecting imperfect trafficking efficiency rather than an obligatory recycling step. Loss of MyoF would impair this trafficking pathway, resulting in the accumulation of secretory organelles within the RB. In other words, RB accumulation could be a consequence of MyoF depletion rather than evidence that all trafficking in wild-type parasites normally proceeds through the RB. This alternative interpretation seems particularly relevant for the rhoptries, given that the authors themselves state that "M-RON2 was integrated into daughter rhoptries prior to mother cell collapse and formation of the RB."

      We agree with the reviewer that the current data do not establish obligatory transit of all maternal micronemes and rhoptries through the RB. We have revised the manuscript throughout to make this distinction explicit. In particular, we now emphasize that maternal MIC2 can be directly observed entering the RB, whereas most maternal RON2 is incorporated into daughter rhoptries before mother-cell collapse and formation of a morphologically distinct RB. This observation leaves open the possibility that a substantial fraction of maternal rhoptries is transferred directly from the mother to developing daughters. We have also revised our interpretation of the MyoF-depletion phenotype. The accumulation of maternal MIC2 and RON2 in the RB following MyoF depletion demonstrates that MyoF is required for efficient redistribution of both organelle populations, but does not by itself demonstrate that both normally follow an identical spatial route through the RB. We now explicitly state that their precise trafficking routes and timing may differ.

      We nevertheless retain the conclusion that the RB is a dynamic compartment involved in organelle recycling because maternal MIC2 can be directly observed entering and leaving this compartment, and material accumulated there following MyoF depletion can subsequently be redistributed after restoration of MyoF.

      (2) Figure S10C. To determine whether microneme degradation occurs in the RB, the authors quantified the fluorescence intensity of individual micronemes in control parasites and following auxin washout, showing that after redistribution the fluorescence intensity of individual vesicles is unchanged. However, this is not the appropriate analysis to address the question being asked. To conclude that micronemes are not degraded, the authors would need to quantify the total fluorescence intensity within the entire vacuole. For example, if half of the micronemes were degraded, the remaining micronemes would be expected to retain the same fluorescence intensity as those in the control parasites. Thus, unchanged fluorescence intensity of individual vesicles does not exclude the possibility that degradation has occurred.

      We agree with this criticism and have revised the interpretation of the experiment accordingly. We no longer conclude that the analysis excludes microneme degradation. We now explicitly acknowledge that analysis of individual recovered micronemes cannot exclude degradation of a fraction of the total microneme population during RB retention. Thus, the experiment supports preservation of MIC2 signal in the recovered organelles but is no longer presented as evidence that no microneme degradation occurs.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Weakness:

      The inability to achieve higher temporal resolution due to phototoxicity precluded tracking of single micronemes, thus it remains possible that some micronemes follow a path similar to rhoptries and enter daughter cells before development of the residual body while others are recycled via the residual body. 

      We agree and have incorporated this limitation into the revised interpretation. Our live imaging demonstrates that maternal MIC2 can enter the RB and subsequently redistribute to daughter parasites, but it does not establish that every individual maternal microneme follows this route. We thank the reviewer for highlighting this distinction, which has helped us clarify the model presented in the Results and Discussion.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Carruthers and Sibley, 1997, is still the cited ref for Tic20 in the apicoplast despite the authors saying that would correct this to a van Dooren publication.

      Corrected

      (2) In Figure 2B three biological replicates were used however there are no error bars shown. The only reason for performing replicates is the observe the variance in the data, so if this is not shown the replicates are effectively meaningless. I strongly advice that error bars are given to indicate this seeing that the data in this figure form the basis of the major conclusions of the study. It might be necessary to show this in supplemental forms with fewer proteins if the error bars are too difficult to see in the combined figure.

      We agree and have corrected Figure 2B to display the variability between the three independent biological replicates. Error bars now represent the standard deviation.

      (3) Line 136: Can you conclude that these inheritance patterns are 'organelle-specific' when each organelle is only sampled with one or two proteins. Isn't it better to conclude that these are protein-specific, with the hypothesis that they might represent the orgnalle as a whole. I imagine that some proteins in organelles such as the apicoplast have shorter half-lives than others, and therefore some apicoplast proteins might behave like 'Group 3' proteins.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We agree that individual proteins within the same organelle may differ in their turnover kinetics and that analysis of one or two markers cannot establish that every molecular component of an organelle behaves identically. However, we do not think that describing the observations exclusively as protein-specific inheritance would fully reflect the biological process investigated here. The proteins analysed are established markers of defined organelles, and our conclusions are based not only on changes in fluorescence intensity, but also on the localization, morphology, partitioning, and spatial relationship between maternally inherited and newly synthesized organelle populations.

      This is particularly evident for micronemes and rhoptries, where maternal and de novo material remain spatially separated and individual organelles can be followed during inheritance.

      In addition, the microneme phenotype observed with MIC2 was confirmed using AMA1, MIC4, and MIC8.

      We therefore retain the terminology of organelle inheritance, while acknowledging that individual proteins within a given organelle may exhibit different turnover kinetics and that the markers analysed may not represent the behaviour of every molecular component of the organelle.

      (4) Line 222: It is an odd phrase to suggest that the Golgi, ER etc 'bypass' the residual body, which suggests an active avoidance mechanism. Would the authors also conclude that the nucleus 'bypasses' the RB? Moreover, the ER and mitochondria are actually known to be present in the RB forming continuous organelles between daughters in a vacuole. So again, this might be an overstatement that mispresents how the RB participates in vacuole functions.

      We agree and have removed the term “bypass.” The revised text now states only that we did not observe comparable accumulation of the analysed Golgi, ER, or apicoplast markers in the RB during inheritance. This avoids implying an active avoidance mechanism and is compatible with the known continuity of ER and mitochondria through the RB.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor comments:

      Figure 8F and Video S6: The authors should specify the time point after IAA washout at which live imaging was initiated. Does time 0 in the video correspond to the point at which IAA was removed?

      We have clarified this in the Results and Methods. Auxin was removed after 24 h of replication, and live imaging was subsequently initiated. Time 0 in Figure 8F and Video S6 corresponds to the first acquired frame after auxin washout.

      Figure S10 should read auxin, not auxine.

      Corrected

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have no further suggestions. Congratulations to the authors for a lovely study.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      • *

      __1. __General Statements [optional]

      This section is optional. Insert here any general statements you wish to make about the goal of the study or about the reviews.

      • *

      We express our appreciation to all three reviewers for their detailed comments on our manuscript and for highlighting that the experiments are well designed, manuscript well written, noting the clarity of the data sets and methods of quantification and analysis.

      We thank reviewers for appreciating our work on LS using the Drosophila model and noting that the compartment-targeting approach is a potentially valuable approach. We are of the view that understanding a human disease is a challenging task that often requires the use of multiple model systems and cell types, each of which has its strengths and limitations. Sometimes, there are species and cell type specific differences in observations on cellular and molecular processes, and we believe such differences are just as informative in deciphering underlying as are commonalities across model systems.

      We are delighted that reviewers have noted conceptually important conclusions that arise from our study with implications both for understanding the sub-cellular mechanism of disease in LS but also for the understanding the overall wiring of the endo-lysosomal system (a primary role for lysosomes and feedback from late-endo-lysosomal homeostasis for regulating upstream endocytic function). Yet, we thank the reviewers for highlighting some aspects of our data that need to be strengthened to fully realize the potential of these conceptual advances. Below, we provide a pointwise response to reviewer comments and in almost all cases propose pragmatic experiments or analysis to address each point. We believe that when completed, the revised manuscript will be a substantive advance in the understanding of the cell biology of LS, in lysosomal biology and its role in the overall wiring of the endosomal system.

      __2. __Description of the planned revisions

      Insert here a point-by-point reply that explains what revisions, additional experimentations and analyses are planned to address the points raised by the referees.

      • *

      Reviewer #1

      In this study the authors explore the role of the Drosophila orthologue of the Lowe syndrome protein OCRL (called dOCRL) in nephrocytes, the functional equivalent of the mammalian kidney. Using genetic knockout and complementation approaches it is shown that dOCRL is required for the clearance of the toxic compound silver nitrate from nephrocytes. This effect is phenocopied by loss of Rab7 and can be rescued by a constitutively active form of Rab7, suggesting involvement of late endosomal or lysosomal compartments. This is supported by experiments showing disrupted lysosomal function upon dOCRL loss. Loss of dOCRL also causes defects earlier in the endocytic pathway, with reduced uptake of the endocytic tracers dextran and mBSA into nephrocytes, and a loss of early endosomal compartments. Interestingly, re-expression of dOCRL targeted to the lysosome rescues the defects in both endosome and lysosome function, suggesting that the defects observed are primarily due to dOCRL function at the lysosome.

      This is a very nicely done study. The data are clear and support the authors' conclusions. The means of analysis and the quantitation of the data are appropriate. There are a few things that could be addressed in a revised version which are indicated below:

      We thank Reviewer #1 for the positive assessment of our study and for the constructive suggestions

      1.) The ability of lysosome-targeted dOCRL to rescue the phenotypes is interesting. Can the authors exclude the possibility that there is residual cytosolic dOCRL in the cells that can transiently associate with other organelles e.g. early endosomes to drive the phenotypic rescue? There are experiments described in the discussion about targeting dOCRL to early endosomes not rescuing the phenotypes. Currently this is mentioned as data not shown. It should be included.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We have previously validated the lysosomal targeting sequence (LTS) in S2R+ cells by demonstrating its colocalization with established lysosomal markers, including LAMP1 and LysoTracker. These data confirm that the LTS directs transgenes specifically to the lysosomal compartment. We will include these validation data in the revised manuscript.

      To further exclude the possibility that dOCRL localisation to organelles other than lysosomes contributes to the observed phenotypic rescue, we will include rescue experiments using dOCRL::GFP construct specifically targeted to the early endosomal compartment. This early endosome compartment specific construct does not rescue the defects observed in dOCRLKO nephrocytes.

      In addition we will perform colocalization analyses of LTS::dOCRL::GFP with an early endosomal marker. These experiments will help confirm the specificity of LTS-mediated targeting and rule out significant localisation of the construct to the early endosomal compartment.

      2.) The results with AgNO3 are confusing. Uptake into nephrocytes is not affected by loss of dOCRL but is affected by other manipulations that disrupt endosomal trafficking (suppl table 1). Yet, loss of dOCRL affects cellular uptake of dextran and mBSA, which rely on endocytosis. More explanation needs to be provided on what we know about AgNO3 uptake into nephrocytes. Is it by endocytosis, as the table in the supplementary table would seem to indicate? In that case, why would AgNO3 uptake not be affected by dOCRL loss? Also, what underlies the clearance of AgNO3 taken up into nephrocytes? If it is already in the cells, then does it leave by exocytosis? Or does it enter and leave cells through transporters? How does dOCRL affect the clearance of AgNO3 from the cells i.e. through what mechanism? Filtration of AgNO3 is also mentioned but not fully explained. How does filtration and clearance of AgNO3 relate to the processes that occur in the mammalian kidney, where filtration of blood is performed by the glomerulus, while clearance is in the proximal tubules, which are the region affected in Lowe syndrome?

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this important comment. In the revised manuscript, we will provide a more detailed explanation of the basis of the AgNO₃ uptake and clearance assay, drawing both from our genetic screen and from previous studies of nephrocyte endocytosis. Our data support the conclusion that AgNO₃ uptake occurs through endocytic pathways. Specifically, inhibition of key endocytic regulators, including Rab5 and Shibire (Dynamin), completely abolishes AgNO₃ uptake in nephrocytes. In contrast, loss of dOCRL reduces AgNO₃ uptake but does not eliminate it entirely, indicating that endocytic activity is impaired but not fully blocked in the mutant.

      It is important to distinguish between the uptake assays used in this study. Dextran and mBSA uptake assays are ex vivo measurements that assess endocytic uptake over relatively short time periods. In contrast, the AgNO₃ uptake and clearance assay is an in vivo functional assay performed over approximately 80 hours of larval development, thereby capturing both uptake and long-term cargo processing and clearance.

      When AgNO₃ uptake is examined over shorter time intervals (10-15 hours), we observe reduced accumulation in dOCRLKO nephrocytes relative to controls, consistent with impaired endocytic uptake. However, as the assay progresses, defects in cargo clearance become increasingly apparent. After approximately 36 hours, AgNO₃ begins to accumulate in dOCRLKO nephrocytes, whereas it is efficiently cleared from control cells. Consequently, the mutant nephrocytes display higher AgNO₃ retention at later time points despite their reduced initial uptake. This observation is consistent with our mBSA pulse-chase experiments. While dOCRLKO nephrocytes show reduced cargo uptake at early time points, they exhibit increased retention of mBSA during extended chase periods (e.g., 40 minutes), supporting a defect in cargo degradation and/or clearance rather than enhanced uptake.

      To further strengthen these conclusions and clarify the interpretation of the AgNO₃ assay, we will include the short-term (10-hour) AgNO₃ uptake data in the revised manuscript. These additional data will help distinguish the effects of dOCRL loss on initial uptake from its effects on subsequent cargo processing and clearance.

      The precise mechanism by which AgNO₃ is cleared from nephrocytes remains incompletely understood and was one of the primary motivations for conducting our genetic screen. Given the possibility that clearance could occur through exocytosis, we included several candidate genes involved in late endosomal and lysosomal exocytic pathways in our screen. However, either because of insufficient RNAi-mediated knockdown efficiency or because depletion of these genes produced severe nephrocyte morphological defects, we were unable to definitively identify the molecular machinery responsible for AgNO₃ clearance. Nevertheless, our findings provide evidence that the late endolysosomal pathway plays an important role in this process. In particular, the ability of constitutively active Rab7 (Rab7CA) to rescue the dOCRLKO phenotype suggests that proper functioning of the late endosomal/lysosomal compartment is critical for AgNO₃ processing and clearance. While the exact mechanism remains to be established, our data are consistent with a model in which cargo clearance is mediated through late endolysosomal trafficking pathways.

      It is important to consider the unique physiology of Drosophila nephrocytes. Unlike the mammalian renal system, where filtration occurs at the glomerulus and reabsorption is performed by proximal tubule cells (PTCs), nephrocytes perform both of these functions within a single cell type. Hemolymph components are first filtered in a size-selective manner through the basement membrane and slit diaphragms and are subsequently internalised by endocytosis. The internalised cargo is then processed through the endolysosomal pathway, functionally resembling the cargo-handling and processing activities of mammalian PTCs. Because nephrocytes play a central role in maintaining hemolymph homeostasis and clearing circulating toxins, the AgNO₃ uptake and clearance assay provides a physiologically relevant functional readout of nephrocyte activity. We therefore employed this assay to assess nephrocyte function in the absence of dOCRL. The defects in AgNO₃ handling observed in dOCRLKO nephrocytes support the conclusion that dOCRL is required for efficient endolysosomal cargo processing and clearance, thereby contributing to the maintenance of nephrocyte homeostasis. We will expand this discussion in the revised manuscript to provide greater clarity regarding both the rationale for using the AgNO₃ assay and its inherent limitations.

      3.) The data overall are clear and convincing, but Fig 3C is not. There does not appear to be any reduction in mBSA signal in the dOCRL image shown.

      Response: We will replace the figure with the one representing mean values.

      4.) Discussion could be more expansive eg dOCRL versus mammalian OCRL-clathrin binding, localisation etc... Response: We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. We will include the comparison of Drosophila and mammalian OCRL in the discussion of our manuscript.

      5.) The figures need to appear in the correct order in the text. Currently they are presented in the text in a jumbled way. Response: We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. We will correct this in the revised manuscript.

      6.) References are missing in quite a few places in the text. There are numerous instances of statements being made without the references to support them. Response: We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. We will correct this in the revised manuscript.

      7.) There are a few minor grammatical errors. Response: We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. We will correct this in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      This is a very nicely done study. The data are clear and support the authors' conclusions. The means of analysis and the quantitation of the data are appropriate. Response: We sincerely thank the reviewer for their positive evaluation of our manuscript and for their constructive feedback.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary The authors establish germline and nephrocyte-specific dOCRL loss-of-function models in Drosophila. They report that dOCRL deficiency is associated with increased plasma-membrane PI(4,5)P₂, decreased plasma-membrane PI4P, reduced dextran and BSA uptake, alterations in early- and late-endosomal markers, lysosomal expansion/dysfunction, and delayed AgNO₃ clearance. They further claim that a late-endolysosomal-targeted dOCRL construct rescues AgNO₃ retention, Cathepsin L accumulation, Rabenosyn-5 staining, and BSA uptake, whereas a presumably phosphatase-dead construct fails to normalize Cathepsin L. The authors conclude that lysosomal OCRL activity is the primary requirement for endolysosomal homeostasis and that the endocytic abnormalities are secondary to lysosomal dysfunction. The Drosophila model and compartment-targeting approach are potentially valuable. However, the central conclusion is not adequately supported because the localization and biochemical activity of the targeted construct have not been established in nephrocytes, and several endocytic and lysosomal assays are interpreted beyond what they directly measure. In addition, the authors extend the relevance of these findings too far to the pathophysiology and potential treatment of Lowe syndrome in patients. The study is restricted to Drosophila nephrocytes, and no evidence is provided in mammalian proximal-tubule cells, patient-derived cells, or mammalian disease models that selective restoration of lysosomal OCRL activity is sufficient to rescue endocytosis. The conclusions should therefore remain specific to the Drosophila system, while their relevance to human Lowe syndrome requires validation in mammalian models. We thank the reviewer for their comments, constructive suggestions, and critical evaluation of our manuscript.

      Major comments


      1. Lysosomal specificity is not convincingly demonstrated. The LTS sequence is intended to target proteins to the cytosolic surface of late endosomes and lysosomes. However, its localization must be independently validated for each fusion protein and in each cell type. In Figure 5B, localization is assessed in S2R+ cells rather than nephrocytes, and by colocalization with LTS-mCherry, which contains the same targeting sequence. This approach is partly circular and does not independently establish that the labelled organelles are lysosomes. Furthermore, their morphology differs from that of Cathepsin L-, Rab7-, and LysoTracker-positive structures. The displayed LTS-dOCRL-GFP signal is not confined to LTS-mCherry-positive structures and includes substantial peripheral and non-overlapping signal. Figure 4 uses LTS-mCherry in nephrocytes, but this reporter is not colocalized with Cathepsin L, LysoTracker, or another independent lysosomal marker. The different patterns observed in Figures 4 and 5 are also difficult to compare because they were obtained in different cell types. Response:

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion and agree that further validation of the lysosomal targeting sequence (LTS) localisation would strengthen the study.

      We have validated the lysosomal localisation of the LTS sequence through colocalization analyses with the lysosomal markers LAMP1 and LysoTracker in Drosophila S2R+ cells. These data support the specificity of LTS-mediated lysosomal targeting, and we can incorporate these results into the revised manuscript.


      LTS colocalization with lysosomal markers in S2R+ cells

      __ ____ __

      In addition, we have performed colocalization studies of LTS::dOCRL::GFP with LTS::mCherry in other Drosophila cell types, including salivary gland cells and haemocytes, where we observed substantial overlap between the two markers. We can also include these data in the revised manuscript as further evidence supporting the localisation of the construct.


      Nephrocyte and hemocytes (Red arrows- hemocytes; Blue arrow- Nephrocyte)




      Salivary glands

      __ __


      In nephrocytes, however, visualisation of punctate LTS::dOCRL::GFP fluorescence is technically challenging because these cells contain a highly acidic lysosomal compartment, which likely compromises GFP fluorescence stability. To address this issue, larvae were fed chloroquine (3 mg/mL) to reduce lysosomal acidity, which enabled the detection of LTS::dOCRL::GFP signals that colocalised with LTS::mCherry. A similar reduction in GFP signal specifically in nephrocytes has been observed in our studies using the mCherry::GFP::Atg8a reporter and has also been reported previously in the literature (PMID: 35805186).


      Nephrocytes in chloroquine fed larvae


      To further address the reviewer's concern, we will perform additional colocalisation analyses of LTS::mCherry with an independent lysosomal marker in nephrocytes and include these data in the revised manuscript.

      Furthermore, to exclude the possibility that the LTS sequence targets organelles other than lysosomes, we will perform colocalization studies with markers of other endomembrane compartments, including early endosomes.

      Finally, to rule out the possibility that the observed phenotypic rescue arises from dOCRL function at the plasma membrane or early endosomes rather than lysosomes, we will include rescue experiments using dOCRL constructs specifically targeted to the plasma membrane and early endosomal compartments. These studies will help establish the compartment-specific contribution of dOCRL to the observed rescue phenotype.


      To address the reviewer’s suggestion regarding the localisation of LTS-dOCRL in nephrocytes relative to independent lysosomal, Rab7-positive, and early endosomal markers, we plan to generate an LTS::dOCRL::mCherry transgenic line and use it to examine the localisation of lysosome-targeted dOCRL relative to lysosomal, Rab7-positive late endosomal, and early endosomal compartments. This strategy is intended to overcome the loss of GFP fluorescence that we observed with the LTS::dOCRL::GFP construct in nephrocytes, likely due to the highly acidic nature of the lysosomal environment. This approach is necessary since immunostaining of endogenous dOCRL is currently not feasible, as the available Drosophila dOCRL antibody does not perform reliably for immunofluorescence applications.

      However, we acknowledge that there may be technical limitations with this approach. Specifically, we are uncertain whether the LTS::dOCRL::mCherry construct will be fully compatible with immunostaining procedures. Our current LTS::mCherry reporter exhibits poor signal retention during the immunostaining workflow, and reliable fluorescence can only be observed when samples are imaged immediately after fixation. Therefore, while we will pursue this strategy, the technical feasibility of performing extensive co-localisation analyses using the mCherry-tagged construct remains to be established.

      To complement these studies, we will independently perform colocalization experiments in S2R+ cells, where imaging and immunostaining conditions are more amenable to detailed subcellular localisation analyses. These experiments will allow us to assess the localisation of LTS::dOCRL relative to lysosomal, Rab7-positive, and early endosomal markers in an independent cellular context. Overall, we will make every effort to validate the localisation of lysosome-targeted dOCRL in nephrocytes using independent compartment-specific markers and will include any resulting data in the revised manuscript.


      Most importantly, the authors do not show: (i) direct measurement of lysosomal PI(4,5)P₂ in dOCRLKO nephrocytes; (ii) reduction of lysosomal PI(4,5)P₂ by LTS-dOCRL; or (iii) measurement of plasma-membrane PI(4,5)P₂ or PI4P following LTS-dOCRL expression. The last point is particularly important because the construct appears to display non-lysosomal signal, including apparent plasma-membrane localization and puncta that do not colocalize with LTS-mCherry. The authors should therefore quantify LTS-dOCRL localization in nephrocytes relative to independent lysosomal, Rab7-positive, and early-endosomal markers; determine whether LTS-dOCRL corrects plasma-membrane PI(4,5)P₂ and PI4P; and assess lysosomal PI(4,5)P₂ in control, dOCRLKO, and LTS-dOCRL-rescued nephrocytes.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. We will include measurements of plasma membrane PI(4,5)P₂ and PI4P levels following expression of LTS::dOCRL. These experiments will allow us to assess whether lysosome-targeted dOCRL influences phosphoinositide homeostasis at the plasma membrane and provide additional insight into the relationship between lysosomal dOCRL function and cellular phosphoinositide regulation. With respect to lysosomal PI4P and PI(4,5)P₂ levels, these experiments are currently technically challenging in the Drosophila nephrocyte system. Simultaneous expression of phosphoinositide biosensors, compartment-specific markers, Gal4 drivers, and LTS::dOCRL transgenes in either wild-type or dOCRLKO backgrounds requires the generation of flies carrying multiple transgenic elements. In many cases, these complex genetic combinations are difficult to obtain, or maintain limiting our ability to directly quantify lysosomal phosphoinositide pools in vivo at present.

      • *

      The reduction in plasma-membrane PI4P is a major and insufficiently validated finding. The marked reduction in plasma-membrane PI4P in dOCRLKO nephrocytes is potentially important but requires substantially stronger validation. Although OCRL hydrolyses PI(4,5)P₂ to generate PI4P, a reduction in the steady-state bulk plasma-membrane PI4P pool is not a commonly established consequence of OCRL loss. Direct analysis of plasma-membrane phosphoinositides in human platelets showed that OCRL inhibition did not reduce plasma-membrane PI4P in resting or activated platelets, and no change in plasma-membrane PI4P was detected in HEK293T cells. In contrast, inhibition of PI4KIIIα strongly depleted plasma-membrane PI4P, supporting PI4KA, rather than OCRL, as the principal determinant of this pool (Bura and Jurak Begonja, 2021; PMID: 34947862). Similarly, lipidomic analysis of Lowe syndrome patient-derived cells, performed by the same group as in the manuscript under review, did not reveal a consistent reduction in total PI4P/PIP (Akhtar et al., 2022; PMID: 35023542). The best-established phosphoinositide consequence of OCRL deficiency is instead the accumulation of PI(4,5)P₂ on early endosomes, clathrin-coated intermediates, lysosomes and, in some cell types, at the plasma membrane (Vicinanza et al., 2011; Nández et al., 2014). These studies did not identify depletion of bulk plasma-membrane PI4P as a characteristic phenotype of OCRL loss. The finding reported here could therefore represent a nephrocyte-specific effect, an indirect consequence of altered phosphoinositide metabolism, or a limitation of the probe-based measurement. This issue is mechanistically central because a substantial loss of plasma-membrane PI4P could itself affect membrane identity, PI(4,5)P₂ resynthesis, and endocytosis. Moreover, the authors do not determine whether expression of dOCRL or LTS::dOCRL restores plasma-membrane PI4P and PI(4,5)P₂.

      Response:

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable insight. We recognise that alterations in PI(4,5)P₂ levels are a well-established consequence of OCRL deficiency and have been extensively studied in multiple systems. In contrast, changes in PI4P levels following OCRL loss are less commonly reported and remain relatively unexplored in the literature.

      In the present study, we quantified PI4P levels in a renal cell type, Drosophila nephrocytes. The reduction in PI4P observed in dOCRLKO nephrocytes may represent a cell type specific consequence of OCRL loss and could reflect the unique phosphoinositide dynamics of highly endocytic renal cells.

      Supporting the possibility that OCRL can influence PI4P homeostasis, a previous study (PMID: 28871046) reported that depletion of OCRL results in reduced PI4P levels in primary cilia. These findings suggest that OCRL dependent regulation of phosphoinositide composition may extend beyond PI(4,5)P₂ and may vary according to subcellular compartment and cellular context. To further substantiate our findings, we will include a rescue experiment assessing PI4P levels in the dOCRLKO background in the revised manuscript.

      The AgNO₃ data do not currently provide a robust quantitative measure of clearance In Figure 1H, the percentage of dOCRLKO nephrocytes classified as containing high AgNO₃ is greater at 42 hours than at 36 hours. Differences in initial loading, imaging conditions, cell size, or thresholding could therefore produce an apparent increase at a later time point. For this reason, the authors should provide measurements of initial AgNO₃ accumulation. Furthermore, they should explain the use of different AgNO₃ concentrations-0.003% in Figure 1 and 0.0015% in Figures 2 and 5-as this limits direct comparison between experiments.

      Response:

      We measured AgNO₃ uptake in control and dOCRLKO nephrocytes concurrently with the clearance assays. In addition, we will include an experiment assessing AgNO₃ uptake at the initial time point to further substantiate these findings. The imaging conditions were kept the same throughout the experiment.

      The concentration of 0.003 was used during the assay standardisation phase, in which only control and dOCRLKO nephrocytes were analysed. At this concentration, AgNO₃ did not exhibit detectable toxicity. For subsequent experiments, we reduced the concentration to 0.0015 to facilitate more accurate comparisons between control and dOCRLKO nephrocytes, as well as across additional genotypes included in the study. Importantly, control and dOCRLKO nephrocytes were included in every experimental set alongside the other genotypes. This approach ensured direct internal comparisons across experiments and minimised variability arising from experimental conditions.

      In Figure 3, the authors show reduced dextran and BSA uptake, supporting an endocytic defect. However, lower Rabenosyn-5, 2xFYVE, and Rab7 fluorescence does not demonstrate fewer or smaller endosomes. These signals may instead reflect altered protein abundance, membrane recruitment, or phosphoinositide content. The authors should therefore avoid conclusions regarding reduced endosomal compartment size or preserved endosomal maturation unless organelle number and size are directly quantified.

      Similarly, Rab7CA rescue identifies Rab7 as a genetic suppressor but does not prove that endogenous Rab7 activity is reduced or that it causes the lysosomal defect. Increased Cathepsin L staining, although diffuse and not clearly localized to intracellular puncta, together with reduced Magic Red activity, suggests accumulation of poorly functional lysosomes rather than increased lysosomal capacity. However, the authors measured Cathepsin B activity using Magic Red substrate MR-(RR)2 , rather than Cathepsin L activity using the Magic Red substrate MR-FR2.

      The use of Cathepsin L staining as a readout of lysosomal dysfunction may therefore require further characterization. Finally, the authors should test whether Rab7CA restores lysosomal activity, rather than only Cathepsin L abundance.

      Response:

      By measuring the fluorescence intensity of these markers, we observed reduced labelling intensity for Rabenosyn-5, 2xFYVE, and Rab7. We will modify this statement into the revised manuscript. We have not yet analysed the size or number of these compartments, as reliable quantification is challenging because the cells are densely populated with endosomal structures throughout the cytoplasm.

      In dOCRLKO nephrocytes, we observed an expansion of the lysosomal compartment, as indicated by increased LTS::mCherry fluorescence. To independently validate this finding, we employed an additional lysosomal marker, Cathepsin L, which showed a similar increased signal.

      To determine whether the enlarged lysosomal compartment remained functionally active, we assessed lysosomal proteolytic activity using the Magic Red Cathepsin assay. We initially tested both the Magic Red Cathepsin L and Magic Red Cathepsin B kits. However, the Magic Red Cathepsin L reagent failed to generate a detectable signal even in control nephrocytes, suggesting a technical limitation of the kit under our experimental conditions. Consequently, we proceeded with the Magic Red Cathepsin B assay. Importantly, the manufacturer's documentation indicates that, although these substrates are designed to preferentially detect specific cathepsins, they can also be cleaved by other cathepsin family members, thereby serving as a broader readout of lysosomal cathepsin activity.

      We appreciate the reviewer's suggestion regarding the functional assessment of Rab7CA mediated rescue. To address this important point, we will perform the Magic Red Cathepsin assay in the Rab7CA rescue background and include these results in the revised manuscript.

      Figure 3C measures BSA accumulation after a 15-minute incubation, whereas Figure 4I uses an 8-minute pulse followed by a 40-minute chase, showing increased intracellular staining that is interpreted as reduced degradation. Although residual BSA is higher in dOCRLKO cells after the chase, the amount present immediately after the 8-minute pulse was not measured. Consequently, the fraction cleared or degraded cannot be calculated, and the data reported in Figure 4I cannot be directly correlated with those reported in Figure 3C. To support the conclusion of defective degradation, the authors should provide a quantitative assessment of BSA levels immediately after the 8-minute pulse and at multiple chase times, with residual fluorescence expressed relative to the genotype-specific starting signal.

      The uptake pathway used by BSA in Drosophila nephrocytes also requires clarification. Maleylated BSA is a scavenger-receptor ligand in other cell types, whereas protein uptake in nephrocytes is commonly associated with Cubilin/Amnionless-dependent uptake. The manuscript does not establish which receptor or pathway mediates BSA internalization in nephrocytes.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. Our initial analyses showed that mBSA uptake at the early time points (5, 10, and 15 minutes) was consistently reduced in dOCRLKO nephrocytes compared with controls, indicating an impairment in uptake. However, during the subsequent chase period of 40 minutes, we observed a stronger and more persistent mBSA signal in dOCRLKO nephrocytes relative to controls, suggesting reduced degradation.

      To improve the clarity of the data presentation, we will include the pulse-only uptake data (8-minute incubation) alongside the pulse-chase experiments performed at the different time points in the revised manuscript, as suggested.

      The mBSA uptake assay is mediated through Cubilin-dependent endocytosis. In support of this, we have observed that knockdown of Cubilin by RNAi completely abolishes mBSA uptake in nephrocytes, confirming the specificity of the assay. We will provide these data as supplementary evidence to further clarify the mechanistic basis of mBSA uptake.

      Statistical analyses should reflect the biological replicate structure Most imaging datasets contain many nephrocytes derived from a smaller number of animals and experimental trials. Individual cells from the same animal are not independent biological replicates. Several three-group experiments also appear to have been analysed using unpaired t-tests rather than a single ANOVA with appropriate multiple-comparison correction.

      The authors should reanalyse the data using animal- or experimental-trial means as the biological unit, or apply nested or mixed-effects models that account for cells nested within animals. N and n should be defined consistently in every figure legend. This should not require new experiments.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We will reanalyse the experiments involving three-group comparisons using one-way ANOVA with appropriate multiple-comparison corrections. In addition, where measurements are obtained from multiple cells within the same animal, we will apply mixed-effects models that account for the nested data structure (cells nested within animals).

      Minor comments

      The authors should more clearly acknowledge the differences between the endocytic systems of Drosophila nephrocytes and mammalian proximal-tubule cells, rather than primarily emphasizing their similarities. Most notably, OCRL depletion affects dextran uptake in nephrocytes, whereas fluid-phase endocytosis is reportedly preserved in mammalian proximal-tubule cells. Another important and often underappreciated difference is the absence of the OCRL-related 5-phosphatase INPP5B in Drosophila. This may substantially limit the extent to which OCRL-depleted Drosophila nephrocytes can model the molecular and cellular pathophysiology of Lowe syndrome.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. We will include the comparison of Drosophila and mammalian OCRL, the limitations of the nephrocyte system in the discussion of our revised manuscript.

      The discordant results in Supplementary Table 1-complete loss of AgNO₃ uptake in the Trpml-null allele but no phenotype following Trpml RNAi-should be discussed.

      Response: One possible explanation for the observed results is the efficiency of the RNAi knockdown. While the Trpml null allele completely abolishes gene function and results in a complete loss of AgNO₃ uptake, the RNAi-mediated knockdown may not have been sufficient to reduce TRPML levels below the threshold required to produce a detectable phenotype. Consequently, residual TRPML activity in the RNAi background could account for the absence of an observable defect in AgNO₃ uptake.

      LTS-mCherry and Cathepsin L fluorescence should not be described as measures of lysosomal "size" or "expansion" unless organelle area, volume, or number is quantified. The early-endosome-targeted dOCRL experiment mentioned as "data not shown" is central to the proposed compartment-specific model. It should be presented, including localization and expression controls, or removed from the Discussion.

      Response: We will remove the lysosomal size comment from the manuscript. To strengthen the conclusions of the study, we will include the early-endosome-targeted dOCRL rescue experiment, as well as its localisation and expression control data, in the revised manuscript.

      The phosphatase-dead OCRL mutant should be assessed for functional activity by measuring PI(4,5)P₂ following mutant overexpression in OCRL-KO cells. Response: We will include this experiment in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      The potentially important conceptual advance is the observation that a late-endolysosomal-targeted, catalytically active dOCRL construct can suppress not only lysosomal phenotypes but also early-endosomal marker abnormalities and endocytic cargo uptake in vivo. If the spatial specificity of the construct is demonstrated, this would support substantial feedback from late-endolysosomal homeostasis to upstream endocytic function. The role of OCRL at lysosomes and the lysosomal PI(4,5)P₂-TRPML1 pathway are already established in mammalian Lowe syndrome models. The principal potential advance of this study is therefore not the identification of lysosomal dysfunction itself, but the proposal that restoration of lysosomal OCRL activity is sufficient to rescue upstream endocytosis. At present, this conclusion remains uncertain because direct activity of the construct at the plasma membrane, early endosomes, or other non-lysosomal compartments has not been excluded. The data are compatible with an important lysosomal contribution but do not yet establish lysosomes as the unique or primary site of OCRL action. The work should be of interest to researchers studying phosphoinositides, membrane trafficking, lysosomal signalling, renal endocytosis, Drosophila nephrocytes, and Lowe/Dent disease mechanisms. Field of expertise: membrane trafficking, phosphoinositide metabolism, lysosomal biology, inherited renal tubulopathies

      Response: We think that experiments using 2xFYVE-dOCRL and dOCRL::CAAX, which selectively target dOCRL to the early endosomal and plasma membrane compartments, respectively, would be important for assessing the contribution of these compartments to the observed rescue phenotype. In response, we will include rescue experiments using these compartment-specific dOCRL constructs in the revised manuscript.




      __Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      __Summary: Progress over recent decades has established a critical role for OCRL in endosomal-lysosomal biology, yet its primary subcellular site of action has remained a central point of debate. In this manuscript, the authors utilize a Drosophila nephrocyte model of Lowe Syndrome to demonstrate that lysosome-specific expression of functional dOCRL (specifically requiring its 5-phosphatase enzymatic activity) is sufficient to rescue key cellular phenotypes. The core conceptual strength of this study lies in its proposal of a "lysosome-first" model suggesting that lysosomal dysfunction is the primary driver of disease pathology in dOCRL-depleted nephrocytes, and that upstream endocytic uptake defects occur secondary to this lysosomal failure. The manuscript is well-written, the experiment is well designed. The data are clear, with proper controls. The results nicely quantified. I only have relatively minor questions for the authors.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments, constructive suggestions, and critical evaluation of our manuscript.

      Minor comments: 1. The authors state that "dOCRL KO larvae showed lethality at every stage of development when grown on yeast medium"; does this imply that survival rates differ when they are grown on standard media without yeast paste?

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this important point. dOCRLKO larvae exhibit lethality at the third instar larval stage when maintained on standard fly food. However, when reared on yeast paste media, the larvae survive until the pupariation stage and display significantly improved overall health compared with those grown on standard media. To ensure consistency across experimental conditions, all genotypes included in this study were reared on yeast-paste media.

      In Figure 1C and 1E, since the cell sizes differ significantly, with mutants weighing only approx. 50% of controls, it would be beneficial to normalize for cell size or area before calculating the plasma membrane to cytoplasm (PM:Cytoplasm) ratio

      Response: We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. We quantified plasma membrane and cytoplasmic fluorescence intensities by drawing line ROIs specifically across the plasma membrane and within the cytosolic region, rather than measuring the intensity of the entire cell. This approach minimises the potential confounding effects arising from differences in cell size between control and mutant nephrocytes. It is the accepted method of quantifying the levels of protein probes that localize to membranes and report the level of a lipid.

      For the benefit of the reader, it would be helpful if the figures followed a stricter chronological order; for example, Supplementary Figure 5 is referenced immediately after Figure 1.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We will correct the order of the figures in the revised manuscript to ensure that they are presented in the appropriate chronological sequence.

      Figures 5E and 5F show lower levels of Rabenosyn-5. What is the proposed mechanism for this reduction in early endosomal markers?

      Response: Does the reviewer mean the figures 3E and 3F. We have seen that depleting dOCRL leads to reduced endocytosis and reduced early endosomal compartment stained by Rabenosyn-5. The precise mechanism by which loss of dOCRL leads to reduced early endosomal levels is not yet fully understood. One possibility is that this is a secondary consequence of a broader imbalance within the endolysosomal system. Impaired endocytic uptake in dOCRL deficient nephrocytes could lead to reduced delivery of cargo and membrane into the early endosomal pathway, ultimately resulting in a decrease in early endosome formation or maintenance. A similar reduction in labelling intensity of EEA1 have also been observed in the zebrafish pronephric tubule upon loss of ocrl (PMID: 25838181).

      The rescue of the clearance defect by Rab7CA implies that the accumulation of PI(4,5)P₂ on late endolysosomes might interfere with Rab7 recruitment or activation, thereby stalling the fusion and maturation processes necessary for AgNO3 clearance. A possible explanation for why Rab7CA is sufficient to bypass the need for dOCRL activity during clearance should be highlighted in the Discussion section.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion and agree that discussing the potential mechanism underlying the Rab7CA mediated rescue would strengthen the manuscript. We will include this in our revised manuscript.

      Lines 341-343 do not appear to match the referenced figure (Supplementary Figure 2H), which shows results for the Hml-GAL4 driver rather than the Sns-GAL4 driver mentioned in the text.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for identifying this error. We will correct this mistake in the revised manuscript.

      There are a few typographical errors that need correction, such as the repetition of "that" in line 405.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for identifying this error. We will correct this mistake in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      Overall, this study provides a significant shift in how we might view the progression of Lowe Syndrome. By identifying the lysosome as the critical hub for dOCRL function, it opens new therapeutic avenues focused on correcting lysosomal PI(4,5)P₂ levels or acidification rather than targeting early endocytic machinery. The data is robust, the model is appropriate, and the "lysosome-first" hypothesis is a major step forward for the field of endolysosomal homeostasis. While the data are robust and the model is appropriate, the observation that lysosomal dOCRL rescues early endocytic uptake remains "surprising" and suggests a powerful homeostatic feedback loop. How lysosomal dysfunction signals back to inhibit the initial steps of endocytosis? whether through mTORC1/TFEB pathways or the depletion of recycling membrane resources, remains an intriguing question that warrants future study. This study is relevant to broader cell biology community and have future translational values.

      Response: We thank Reviewer #3 for this thoughtful and constructive comment. At present, the mechanism by which lysosomal dysfunction feeds back to inhibit the early stages of endocytosis remains unclear. We agree that understanding this connection represents an important area for future investigation.

      Nevertheless, our observations suggest that such a feedback mechanism exists in nephrocytes. In addition to the dOCRL mutant phenotype described here, we have also observed that impairment of lysosomal function through depletion of the lysosomal TRPML channel also leads to a reduction in mBSA uptake, indicating defects in early endocytic events. These findings support the existence of a feedback loop between lysosomal activity and endocytic uptake that may function to maintain endolysosomal homeostasis.

      • *

      __3. __Description of the revisions that have already been incorporated in the transferred manuscript

      Not applicable

      • *

      __4. __Description of analyses that authors prefer not to carry out

      Please include a point-by-point response explaining why some of the requested data or additional analyses might not be necessary or cannot be provided within the scope of a revision. This can be due to time or resource limitations or in case of disagreement about the necessity of such additional data given the scope of the study. Please leave empty if not applicable.

      With respect to assessing lysosomal PI4P and PI(4,5)P₂ levels, these experiments are currently technically challenging in the Drosophila nephrocyte system. Simultaneous expression of phosphoinositide biosensors, compartment-specific markers, Gal4 drivers, and LTS::dOCRL transgenes in either wild-type or dOCRLKO backgrounds requires the generation of flies carrying multiple transgenic elements. In many cases, these complex genetic combinations are difficult to obtain, or maintain limiting our ability to directly quantify lysosomal phosphoinositide pools in vivo at present. We therefore believe that there are time, resource and technical limitations in addressing this one point.

    1. Author response:

      On the eLife Assessment. We appreciate the assessment’s recognition that this study addresses a long-standing question concerning hippocampal and prefrontal contributions to working memory. We think the broader significance lies in constraining how causal manipulations in working-memory tasks are interpreted. Working memory encompasses many processes distributed across a trial and showing that a region is required for a delayed-response task does not establish when its contribution is necessary. The observation that hippocampus and mPFC are required while navigating to a goal, but not during stationary delay, challenges a common assumption and, in our opinion, has implications across the broader field of working-memory research.

      We agree that the original manuscript did not adequately report effect sizes or convey the uncertainty associated with some smaller samples. However, the dataset does include duration-matched stationary and running conditions, including a hippocampal long-delay control matched to early-running stimulation in both duration and elapsed time after cue onset. The new effect-size and within-animal analyses support a robust hippocampal epoch difference, while the corresponding mPFC comparison is less precisely estimated and should be interpreted more cautiously.

      We therefore think the central finding remains well supported: hippocampal function, and potentially mPFC function, is required during the active navigation period of this memory-guided task but not detectably during the stationary delay. This does not establish the specific computation disrupted during running. Neural recordings would certainly provide further insight into the underlying mechanism, but their absence does not detract from the value of the behavioral result itself.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The simplicity of the behavior makes it difficult to resolve how exactly the hippocampus and mPFC contribute to working memory.

      The task was designed to combine the temporal precision of cue-based delayed-response paradigms with the behavioral richness of freely moving navigation. Few tasks combine a fixed cue-presentation period, an explicit delay, and a subsequent navigation phase involving extended running. This structure creates well-defined behavioral epochs that can be targeted with temporally precise perturbations, allowing us to ask when hippocampal and mPFC contributions are required within an ongoing memory-guided behavior. How these regions contribute is the harder question, and one we are pursuing next. Identifying when perturbations disrupt behavior is an important step toward understanding how these regions support memory-guided navigation

      Also, the language does not always reflect the trends in the data: the authors claim that optogenetic perturbations cause mice to repeat previous choices, but the data show that perturbations increase the likelihood of choosing a preferred side (which is left for most mice). A side bias is not the same as choice repetition. This has implications for interpreting the nature of the behavioral effects.

      We agree that our results do not clearly distinguish a directional bias from a tendency to repeat the previous choice. To examine whether mice consistently favored a particular direction, we compared their side preferences during silencing across sessions. Mice generally favored the same side across silencing conditions, although some switched direction in individual sessions (Author response image 1a). Within sessions, the preferred side was maintained from no-stimulation to stimulation trials in 13 of 19 cases and reversed in six (Author response image 1b). These observations are consistent with a directional preference that can sometimes reverse during stimulation, and cannot be disambiguated from perseveration. In the revision, we will describe the effect as increased directional bias and revise the language concerning choice repetition and perseveration throughout the manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      Silencing increases directional bias. (a) Fraction of choices made to the right in each session, for every mouse (rows) and each silencing condition (symbols). Open symbols, no-stimulation trials; filled symbols, stimulation trials from the same session; blue and red denote a left or right preference during silencing. Filled symbols falling predominantly on the same side of 0.5 within a row indicate that a mouse generally favored the same direction across silencing conditions, although some mice switched direction. One session per mouse and condition, hippocampal silencing only; T2 and T6 did not perform the 0.8 s condition. (b) The same sessions expressed as signed bias, from no stimulation to silencing. Black lines mark the six sessions in which the preferred side reversed; grey lines the thirteen in which it was maintained.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      A major weakness of the study is the lack of a balanced design with equal time periods of silencing during the stem running period and temporal delay period in many of the animals, which precludes any conclusion about distinct functional roles of the regions during these two phases of the task. The main conclusion of distinction between temporal delay and stem running delay periods is therefore not adequately tested for the prefrontal cortex, and the statistics in terms of number of animals for this important control for hippocampal inactivation are also not comparable to the main experiment.

      We agree that matching stimulation duration is an essential control and recognize that the relevant comparisons and statistics were not sufficiently clear in the original manuscript. Four hippocampal conditions used closely matched stimulation durations of 2 s: Cue+Delay, long delay, early running, and running with a 0.8 s onset (Author response image 2a). Crucially, the long-delay control matched both stimulation duration and elapsed time after cue onset to the early-run condition, while the mouse remained stationary.

      Author response image 2b–c shows the estimated impairment and its 95% confidence interval for each condition. In the hippocampal experiments, the duration-matched stationary conditions showed effects close to zero, whereas the running conditions showed large impairments. Despite the smaller sample, the upper confidence limit for the long-delay impairment was approximately 10 percentage points, substantially below the observed early-running impairment. These estimates establish that despite the smaller sample, the data support a lack of effect compared to early running.

      Author response image 2.

      Duration-matched stimulation produces different behavioral effects across task epochs. (a) Stimulation timing relative to cue onset. Numbers within bars indicate calculated median stimulation duration in seconds; black ticks indicate door opening. Bold labels identify conditions with 2 s stimulation. (b-c) Mean impairment in choice accuracy for hippocampal and mPFC manipulations. Impairment is accuracy during baseline minus accuracy with stimulation, in percentage points. Error bars show 95% confidence intervals across animals; numbers indicate mice. Open circles denote single-animal observations, and arrows indicate confidence intervals extending beyond the plotted range.

      For mPFC, the duration-matched Cue+Delay condition likewise showed an effect close to zero, whereas early-running stimulation produced substantial impairment. However, the long-delay condition included only one mouse. The later-running effects in both regions were also less precisely estimated. We will distinguish these limitations from the more informative stationary-condition results.

      To directly test whether the duration-matched effects differed across epochs, we next compared impairment within the same mice, including only animals tested in both conditions (Author response image 3). For the hippocampus, every mouse showed greater impairment during early running than during either duration-matched stationary condition, and the confidence intervals for both paired differences excluded zero. These within-animal comparisons support an epoch-dependent effect that cannot be explained by stimulation duration alone. The mPFC comparison showed the same direction of effect, although the confidence interval for the Cue+Delay versus running difference narrowly included zero. We will therefore distinguish the stronger evidence for the hippocampal epoch difference from the more limited evidence for mPFC.

      Author response image 3.

      Within-animal comparisons of duration-matched stimulation effects. (a–b) Impairment during Cue+Delay or long-delay stimulation compared with early-running stimulation for hippocampal (a) and mPFC (b) manipulations. Points represent individual mice, lines connect observations from the same mouse, and black bars indicate mean. Annotations report the mean paired difference in impairment (running minus stationary), and its 95% confidence interval calculated using the t distribution. Positive differences indicate greater impairment during running. The single-mouse mPFC long-delay comparison is descriptive. Blue indicates stationary epochs and orange indicates running.

      The central question of this study is not new, with many previous studies investigating distinct and overlapping roles of hippocampus and prefrontal cortex in spatial working memory tasks and memory-guided navigation, using inactivation of one or both regions, crossed inactivation approaches, as well as targeting direct and indirect connections between the regions (PMIDs: 20074655, 9030646, 17045348, 30179661, 27511010, 10491611, 26017312, etc.), in addition to several physiology studies.

      We agree that hippocampal and prefrontal contributions to spatial working memory have been extensively studied. That’s precisely why we find these results impactful when placed in the rich context of the field. The requirement for these regions in delayed working memory tasks has often been interpreted in terms of their contributions during the delay period. However, a requirement during a delay-based task does not itself demonstrate a requirement during the delay. Previous manipulations have not isolated delay periods of waiting from the subsequent navigation within a trial.

      Our experiments extend this work by separately targeting cue presentation, the delay, and different portions of navigation within the same task. This allows us to test whether the behavioral consequences of perturbation depend on the particular epoch in which it occurs. This distinction is important: knowing that a region is required for a memory-guided task does not establish when its contribution is needed. Identifying those periods constrains how we interpret the deficits produced by longer-lasting inactivation. We believe that this is an important result that should be considered when interpreting these broader findings. We will ensure that the appropriate literature and discussion are included in the revision.

      It is not clarified why such short delay periods were used compared to long periods of ~10s in T-maze spatial alternation tasks with delay, and whether the temporal delay period of 1 sec is strictly distinct from the spatiotemporal delay period during stem running in terms of short-term memory function.

      The 1 s delay was chosen to maintain reliable task performance, as some mice could not perform the task with longer delays. Indeed, one reason the longer-delay condition includes fewer animals is that two mice could not perform reliably with the 3 s delay (one additional mouse was not tested in this condition). Delays on this timescale have also been used in rodent cued delayed-response tasks, including a 0.5 s delay in Kopec et al. (2015), a 1.3 s delay in Guo et al. (2014), and a 1.2 s delay in Inagaki et al. (2019). Like these tasks, our paradigm requires mice to remember an externally presented cue specifying the upcoming response, rather than their own previous arm choice as in spatial alternation. It therefore combines spatial navigation with a cued delayed-response requirement, and the delay durations tolerated in alternation tasks are not necessarily directly comparable. We will clarify this rationale in the manuscript.

      We agree that the stationary delay and the subsequent run both require retention of information after cue offset. Our experiments distinguish these behavioral epochs, but do not establish that they involve separate short-term memory processes. The different effects of perturbation suggest that the contribution of these regions changes as the animal moves from waiting to navigating. Determining what accounts for this change is an important direction for future work.

      The choice of time windows for inactivation needs to be better justified, which currently appears to be rather random (2s initial running period, run after 0.8s, run after 1.6s; for an average reported running period of ~2.4-2.5s).

      We sought to target different portions of the central-arm run. Given the typical traversal time of approximately 2.4–2.5 s, stimulation onsets at 0, 0.8, and 1.6 s sampled the beginning, middle, and later portions of the run. Our setup allowed precise control of stimulation timing, and, as shown in Figure 4b, these onset times correspond approximately to the start, middle, and end of the central arm. Each condition used a nominal 2 s stimulation window, truncated if the mouse reached the choice point sooner. The windows therefore overlap, with the later-onset condition generally producing shorter stimulation. We will clarify this rationale and the distinction between stimulation onset and duration in the revised manuscript.

      The mixture of PV-Cre animals (5 animals), Dlx targeting (2 animals), and one WT animal is also suggestive of a fragmented approach, and inactivation efficacy cannot be assumed to be similar for different animals. Importantly, there is no physiological evidence for confirmation of suppression in the optogenetic experiments, even in exemplar animals.

      The Dlx animals were included to improve regional specificity through local viral expression and to test whether the behavioral effects were consistent across targeting approaches. Both approaches produced comparable impairments during running, supporting their inclusion in the same analysis. We will clarify this rationale in the manuscript.

      Optogenetic activation of inhibitory interneurons is an established approach for suppressing local principal-cell activity, with physiological validation in previous studies (Guo et al., 2014; Li et al., 2019, Zutshi et al., 2022). In our experiments, running-period stimulation produced robust behavioral impairments that were consistent across animals and targeting approaches. Furthermore, comparisons across epochs were performed within animals, using the same preparation and stimulation parameters. Differences in efficacy between animals therefore cannot readily account for the observed epoch dependence. Although direct recordings would establish the magnitude and spatial extent of suppression in our preparation, the central behavioral finding is supported by these within-animal comparisons.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The findings are potentially important because they challenge the common assumption that hippocampal and prefrontal contributions to delayed-response tasks are centered on delay-period maintenance.

      We thank the reviewer for describing our findings as “potentially important” and for highlighting their implications for how hippocampal and prefrontal contributions to delayed-response tasks are understood. We appreciate the constructive suggestions and address the public comments below.

      Most notably, the study lacks a non-memory control task, such as a visually guided version of the maze, making it difficult to determine whether the observed deficits specifically reflect disruption of memory-guided behavior or more general impairments in action selection, behavioral flexibility, or movement planning. The observed increase in perseverative responding and delayed commitment to a turn are consistent with either interpretation.

      We agree that leaving the cue on throughout the trial would provide an important control for distinguishing memory-specific effects from broader effects on action selection or movement planning. The senior author is currently setting up a new laboratory, so implementing this control may take some time. We hope to include it in the revised manuscript.

      The running-period deficit indicates a disruption of processes that enable the animal to act on a remembered cue. Whether this reflects disruption of memory itself, movement planning, or another component of translating the cue into a choice requires further clarification but does not detract from the observed dependence on task epoch. Uncertainty about the mechanism of the running-period deficit also does not change the observation that the same manipulation produced no detectable impairment during the stationary delay, when the cue was absent and still had to be remembered. This will be clearly discussed in the revision.

      In addition, several experimental conditions rely on relatively small numbers of animals, limiting confidence in some negative findings, particularly for the longer-delay and later-run manipulations.

      We agree that small sample sizes limit the interpretation of some negative findings. We now report animal-level effect estimates and 95% confidence intervals for each condition (Author response image 2b–c; Author response table 1).

      Of the nine conditions with no detectable impairment and more than one mouse, seven had confidence intervals that excluded effects as large as the observed mean early-running impairment in the same region. This included the hippocampal long-delay condition, despite its smaller sample. These results argue against similarly large impairments in these conditions, although smaller effects remain possible. The two later-run conditions remained too uncertain to exclude such impairments. These and the two single-animal conditions are marked in Author response table 1 and will be interpreted cautiously.

      Author response table 1.

      Animal-level impairment estimates and uncertainty

      Finally, while the Discussion proposes that hippocampal-prefrontal circuits become engaged during the transformation of stored information into action, this mechanistic interpretation remains speculative because no neural recordings accompany the causal manipulations.

      We will clarify in the Discussion that the proposed transformation of stored information into action remains speculative. Nevertheless, we believe this is an exciting possibility raised by our findings that warrants further investigation. Neural recordings would help test this interpretation but are beyond the scope of the current paper. We plan to explore this question in future work.

      References

      Guo ZV, Li N, Huber D, Ophir E, Gutnisky D, Ting JT, Feng G, Svoboda K (2014). Flow of cortical activity underlying a tactile decision in mice. Neuron 81:179–94. doi:10.1016/j.neuron.2013.10.020. PMID 24361077.

      Kopec CD, Erlich JC, Brunton BW, Deisseroth K, Brody CD (2015). Cortical and subcortical contributions to short-term memory for orienting movements. Neuron 88:367–77. doi:10.1016/j.neuron.2015.08.033. PMID 26439529.

      Inagaki HK, Fontolan L, Romani S, Svoboda K (2019). Discrete attractor dynamics underlies persistent activity in the frontal cortex. Nature 566:212–217. doi:10.1038/s41586-019-0919-7. PMID 30728503.

      Li N, Chen S, Guo ZV, Chen H, Huo Y, Inagaki HK, Chen G, Davis C, Hansel D, Guo C, Svoboda K (2019). Spatiotemporal constraints on optogenetic inactivation in cortical circuits. eLife 8:e48622. doi:10.7554/eLife.48622. PMID 31736463.

      Zutshi I, Valero M, Fernández-Ruiz A, Buzsáki G (2022). Extrinsic control and intrinsic computation in the hippocampal CA1 circuit. Neuron 110:658–673.e5. doi:10.1016/j.neuron.2021.11.015. PMID 34890566.

    1. This instant feed-back helps students under-stand their mistakes andlearn from them, promotingcontinuous improvement.

      As a student, I am unsure how I feel about this. Feedback, from a human, is important and I think kids may catch on - just like we can catch on when we read and can tell things are AI.

    1. In the eye of the typhoon, though, it all looked different: the colour of the sky and of the sea, the sound of the waves, the smell of the tide, the whole expanse of the shore. We sat atop the breakwater for a time, taking in the view without a word to each other. We were supposedly in the middle of a great typhoon, and yet the waves were strangely hushed. And the point where they washed against the beach was much farther away than usual, even at low tide. The white sand stretched out before us as far as we could see. The whole, huge space felt like a room without furniture, except for the band of flotsam that lined the beach.

      Substantial Note:

      I really like this section for a few reasons. I think the language the author uses in conjunction with the imagery he has been using throughout this story really helps the reader to feel like this is a surreal experience. Some people may have never experienced a typhoon before, but by describing the aftermath as feeling further away from your life or how the surrounding shores look different despite it still looking very much the same, it can help giv4e some perspective. I like the imagery of an eye in a storm because I think it adds another sense of unease for disasters like these, like you are being watched but not by something or someone who is similar to you, more like something that is beyond your understanding. I like the language he uses here because it truly feels like I am being told a story as opposed to just reading one if that makes sense.

    1. As we have noted, certain illnesses come to havecultural meanings that are not reducible to biology,and these cultural meanings further burden theafflicted. At a general level, insights from this lineof research suggest a shift in emphasis away froman exclusive focus on biomedically fixing indi-viduals and toward changing the social and cul-tural context that gives particular illnesses theirnegative meaning.

      Conrad and Barker claim that some illnesses can have negative meanings in society, which can make it harder for people who have those illnesses.There would need to be evidence that people with certain illnesses experience judgment or negative treatment from society and that this affects their experience with their illness. I think this means that nurses should look at the whole person and not just their illness. A patient may already be dealing with physical symptoms, but they may also feel judged or embarrassed because of how other people view their condition. I think nurses should treat patients with respect and without judgment because the patient's social and emotional health can also affect their overall health.

    1. Personally, I have not always been a big fan of using technology. However, after the pandemic, my perspective has changed. I now believe that technology can a valuable way to provide social work services to many people who became isolated and had difficulty accessing services. I also think that developing competence in using technology will be an important challenge for me as a future social worker. When technology is used as a medium for social work practice, the situation is different from working with clients in person. We have to consider many complicated issues, such as maintaining confidentiality, working with clients who may not have a private or appropriate environment, and knowing how to respond when the technology does work properly. One issue that I had not thought about before listening the podcast was the possibility of insurance and licensing concerns when providing services to a client who is located in another state. I think this is a realistic issue that social workers need to consider carefully. It my require communication with insurance providers as well as collaboration among social work organization to find appropriate solutions. I also believe that social media should be used very carefully in social work practice. I would strictly do not share too much personal information or connect with clients through personal social media accounts in order to protect privacy and maintain appropriate professional boundaries. Even if a client requests to connect with me on social media, I think it is important to explain respectfully, based on social work ethics, why I cannot accept the request. Overall, I have come to see technology not only as a challenge but also as an important tool that can expand access to social work services. At the same time, I believe social workers need to be knowledgeable, competent, and thoughtful about the ethical and practical issues that come with using technology.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes the results of an experiment that demonstrates a disruption in statistical learning of room acoustics when transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) is applied to the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex in human listeners. The work uses a testing paradigm designed by the Zahorik group that has shown improvement in speech understanding as a function of listening exposure time in a room, presumably through a mechanism of statistical learning. The manuscript is comprehensive and clear, with detailed figures that show key results. Overall, this work provides an explanation for the mechanisms that support such statistical learning of room acoustics and, therefore, represents a major advancement for the field.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of the work is its simple and clear result, that the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex is involved in human room acoustic learning.

      Weaknesses:

      A potential weakness of this work is that the manuscript is quite lengthy and complex.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigated how listeners adapt to and utilize statistical properties of different acoustic spaces to improve speech perception. The researchers used repetitive TMS to perturb neural activity in DLPFC, inhibiting statistical learning compared to sham conditions. The authors also identified the most effective room types for the effective use of reverberations in speech in noise perception, with regular human-built environments bringing greater benefits than modified rooms with lower or higher reverberation times.

      Strengths:

      The introduction and discussion sections of the paper are very interesting and highlight the importance of the current study, particularly with regard to the use of ecologically valid stimuli in investigating statistical learning. However, they could be condensed into parts. TMS parameters and task conditions were well-considered and clearly explained.

      Weaknesses

      (1) The Results section is difficult to follow and includes a lot of detail, which could be removed. As such, it presents as confusing and speculative at times.

      (2) The hypotheses for the study are not clearly stated.

      (3) Multiple statistical models are implemented without correcting the alpha value. This leaves the analyses vulnerable to Type I errors.

      (4) It is confusing to understand how many discrete experiments are included in the study as a whole, and how many participants are involved in each experiment.

      (5) The TMS study is significantly underpowered and not robust. Sample size calculations need further explanation (effect sizes appear to be based on behavioural studies?). I would caution an exploratory presentation of these data, and calculate a posteriori the full sample size based on effect sizes observed in the TMS data.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a well-designed and insightful behavioural study examining human adaptation to room acoustics, building on prior work by Brandewie & Zahorik. The psychophysical results are convincing and add incremental but meaningful knowledge to our understanding of reverberation learning. However, I find the transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) component to be over-interpreted. The TMS protocol, while interesting, lacks sufficient anatomical specificity and mechanistic explanation to support the strong claims made regarding a unique role of the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (dlPFC) in this learning process. More cautious interpretation is warranted, especially given the modest statistical effects, the fact that the main TMS result of interest is a null result, the imprecise targeting of dlPFC (which is not validated), and the lack of knowledge about the timescale of TMS effects in relation to the behavioural task. I recommend revising the manuscript to shift emphasis toward the stronger behavioural findings and to present a more measured and transparent discussion of the TMS results and their limitations.

      Strengths:

      (1) Well-designed acoustical stimuli and psychophysical task.

      (2) Comparisons across room combinations are well conducted.

      (3) The virtual acoustic environment is impressive and applied well here.

      (4) A timely study with interesting behavioural results.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lack of hypotheses, particularly for TMS.

      (2) Lack of evidence for targeting TMS in [brain] space and time.

      (3) The most interesting effect of TMS is a null result compared to a weak statistical effect for "meta adaptation"

      Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Several behavioral experiments and one TMS experiment were performed to examine adaptation to room reverberation for speech intelligibility in noise. This is an important topic that has been extensively studied by several groups over the years. And the study is unique in that it examines one candidate brain area, dlPFC, potentially involved in this learning, and finds that disrupting this area by TMS results in a reduction in the learning. The behavioral conditions are in many ways similar to previous studies. However, they find results that do not match previous results (e.g., performance in anechoic condition is worse than in reverberation), making it difficult to assess the validity of the methods used. One unique aspect of the behavioral experiments is that Ambisonics was used to simulate the spaces, while headphone simulation was mostly used previously. The main behavioral experiment was performed by interleaving 3 different rooms and measuring speech intelligibility as a function of the number of words preceding the target in a given room on a given trial. The findings are that performance improves on the time scale of seconds (as the number of words preceding the target increases), but also on a much larger time scale of tens to hundreds of seconds (corresponding to multiple trials), while for some listeners it is degraded for the first couple of trials. The study also finds that the performance is best in the room that matches the T60 most commonly observed in everyday environments. These are potentially interesting results. However, there are issues with the design of the study and analysis methods that make it difficult to verify the conclusions based on the data.

      Strengths:

      (1) Analysis of the adaptation to reverberation on multiple time scales, for multiple reverberant and anechoic environments, and also considering contextual effects of one environment interleaved with the other two environments.

      (2) TMS experiment showing reduction of some of the learning effects by temporarily disabling the dlPFC.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study examines the adaptation for different carrier lengths, it keeps multiple characteristics (mainly talker voice and location) fixed in addition to reverberation. Therefore, it is possible that the subjects adapt to other aspects of the stimuli, not just to reverberation. A condition in which only reverberation would switch for the target would allow the authors to separate these confounding alternatives. Now, the authors try to address the concerns by indirect evidence/analyses. However, the evidence provided does not appear sufficient.

      The authors use terms that are either not defined or that seem to be defined incorrectly. The main issue then is the results, which are based on analysis of what the authors call d', Hit Rate, and Final Hit rate. First of all, they randomly switch between these measures. Second, it's not clear how they define them, given that their responses are either 4-alternative or 8-alternative forced choice. d', Hit Rate, and False Alarm Rate are defined in Signal detection theory for the detection of the presence of a target. It can be easily extended to a 2-alternative forced choice. But how does one define a Hit, and, in particular, a False Alarm, in a 4/8-alternative? The authors do not state how they did it, and without that, the computation of d' based on HR and FAR is dubious. Also, what the authors call Hit Rate, is presumably the percent correct performance (PCC), but even that is not clear. Then they use FHR and act as if this was the asymptotic value of their HR, even though in many conditions their learning has not ended, and randomly define a variable of +-10 from FHR, which must produce different results depending on whether the asymptote was reached or not. Other examples of usage of strange usage of terms: they talk about "global likelihood learning" (L426) without a definition or a reference, or about "cumulative hit rate" (L1738), where it is not clear to me what "cumulative" means there.

      There are not enough acoustic details about the stimuli. The authors find that reverberant performance is overall better than anechoic in 2 rooms. This goes contrary to previous results. And the authors do not provide enough acoustic details to establish that this is not an artefact of how the stimuli were normalized (e.g., what were the total signal and noise levels at the two ears in the anechoic and reverberant conditions?).

      There are some concerns about the use of statistics. For example, the authors perform two-way ANOVA (L724-728) in which one factor is room, but that factor does not have the same 3 levels across the two levels of the other factor. Also, in some comparisons, they randomly select 11 out of 22 subjects even though appropriate test correct for such imbalances without adding additional randomness of whether the 11 selected subjects happened to be the good or the bad ones.

      Details of the experiments are not sufficiently described in the methods (L194-205) to be able to follow what was done. It should be stated that 1 main experiment was performed using 3 rooms, and that 3 follow-ups were done on a new set of subjects, each with the room swapped.

      We sincerely thank the Editor and the Reviewers for their careful evaluation of our manuscript and for their constructive and insightful comments. We greatly appreciate the time and expertise invested in reviewing our work. The feedback has been invaluable in improving the clarity, rigor, and overall presentation of the manuscript.

      In response to the reviewers’ comments, we have carefully revised the manuscript throughout. The revisions include clarification of the study hypotheses, re-analysis of the TMS data using a mixed ANOVA framework, additional methodological details regarding the TMS procedures and behavioural analyses, expanded justification of the statistical modelling approach, clarification of the room-acoustics paradigm, revision of figures and figure legends, additional discussion of study limitations, and a more balanced interpretation of the TMS findings. We have also substantially revised the Discussion section and improved the overall structure and readability of the manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It is understood that this topical area is necessarily detail-heavy, but if there are ways to streamline the manuscript to more quickly arrive at key results (Figure 3?), the work might have an even greater overall impact.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback and have carefully revised the manuscript to address all comments from all reviewers. However, we have retained the existing order of figures and results to maintain consistency and avoid extensive structural changes that could compromise the clarity and flow of the manuscript.

      (2) Minor point: I believe Equation 1 should be d' = z(H) – z(F).

      Thanks for noticing this, we have fixed the equation.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 115: Towards the end of the introduction, the hypotheses for the current study remain unclear. Please explicitly outline each hypothesis before the Methods section.

      We have now specified the hypotheses tested at the end of the Introduction.

      (2) Line 229: Please state the minimum MEP amplitude criterion used during TMS thresholding (usually 50 µV). Please also reference the EMG hardware and software used to measure MEPs.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for noticing that a few details regarding our TMS procedure were missing in the “Continuous theta-burst stimulation” section of the Methods. We have extensively revised this section to include the required details. We did not, however, use MEP amplitude as a criterion for estimating motor thresholds. For single-pulse TMS-induced motor threshold determination, we used visual observation of the first dorsal interosseous (FDI) muscle twitch (Varnava et al., 2011).

      (3) Line 248: The Coordinate Response Measure corpus contains combinations of callsigns, colours, and numbers. What was the rationale in asking participants to only identify the colour and the number spoken, and not the callsign?

      The rationale for reporting only Color and Number was to ensure an equal number of keyword identifications across phrase lengths—for example, CP0 and CP1 do not contain a callsign. This has now been clarified in the Procedure section of the Methods.

      (4) Lines 327–334: The analyses outlined here are unclear – it appears that there are multiple different statistical tests being conducted on the same outcome variable in this study. Given that the design includes a between-subjects factor (TMS condition) and two within-subjects factors (Rooms, Carrier Length Phrase), could the analyses be simplified by employing a mixed ANOVA as opposed to separate repeated-measures and univariate ANOVAs? If this is, in fact, the analysis that was conducted, please improve the wording. Clarification/correction is also needed surrounding the use of the term “univariate” ANOVA, as this can refer to different statistical tests.

      We appreciate the reviewer pointing this out. We have re-analysed the TMS data using a mixed ANOVA design and reported it as such in the Results section. Although the numerical values have changed, the significant findings and conclusions remain the same.

      (5) Line 340: Whilst the authors identify that an alpha value of 0.05 and Bonferroni corrections were used for statistical inference in two-tailed t-tests, there is no indication of the alpha value used in the interpretation of the ANOVA results. Please include this before the Results section. Furthermore, given that multiple tests are being conducted in this project, the alpha value used to infer statistical significance should be corrected in accordance with the number of hypotheses, to reduce Type I error rates (e.g., 4 hypotheses would result in an alpha inference criterion of α = 0.0125).

      We appreciate the reviewer’s observation. The corrected alpha value was not explicitly reported because all statistical analyses were conducted using IBM SPSS Statistics for Windows, Version 29.0.2.0 (IBM Corp., Armonk, NY; RRID: SCR_002865). In SPSS, Bonferroni corrections are applied by adjusting the p-values rather than the alpha threshold itself. For transparency, we have now clarified in the manuscript the factors included in each statistical comparison to make the tested hypotheses fully explicit.

      (6) Line 346: The sample size calculation used in the current study could be improved. It is unclear why a sample size estimation of ≥18 is used when the actual sample recruited is significantly greater than this (62). Is this because 62 participants were divided across multiple experiments in this paper? Further clarification is needed. The alpha value used in this calculation should also be corrected to account for multiple statistical models.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this. We have clarified that the initial sample size estimation (n = 18) referred to individual ANOVA analyses. In the revised manuscript, we specify in each experimental section (Identity of Sound Environments and Continuous Theta Stimulation) the exact number of participants recruited per experiment, which together sum to a total of 74 participants across all experiments (also clarified in the Participants section of the Materials and Methods).

      (8) Line 438: Many of the statistical tests presented in the Results section have not been outlined in the Methods section or had the rationale explained in the Introduction – this makes the analyses feel confusing and speculative. Explicitly identifying the core hypotheses earlier in the manuscript and clearly stating which hypotheses are confirmatory or exploratory would be an important improvement.

      We appreciate the reviewer noticing this. We have clarified the hypotheses tested in the Introduction (4th and 5th paragraphs) and provided a more detailed account of the statistical analyses in the Materials and Methods (Statistical Analysis section).

      (9) Line 565: It is unclear how the 62 participants recruited in the study were divided across each of the experimental conditions. I would recommend expanding the Participants section in Methods to outline the number of participants involved in each stage of the study.

      Thanks for noticing this discrepancy—this calculation was indeed confusing and incorrect. We ultimately tested a total of 74 participants. We have specified the sample size per experiment in both the “Identity of selected sound environments” and “Continuous theta-burst stimulation” sections of the Methods, and reiterated this in the Results section to prevent confusion.

      (9) Line 792: The Results section as a whole is incredibly complex and lacks structure. This could be condensed significantly – details regarding previous research should be removed from Results, as this should already be outlined in the Introduction as rationale for the current project. It would be clearer to outline each confirmatory and exploratory hypothesis in the Introduction, then identify at each stage in the Results section where it is being tested.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s point. We have rewritten the 4th and 5th paragraphs of the Introduction to outline the confirmatory and exploratory hypotheses. While we have streamlined parts of the Results section to enhance clarity, we have retained contextual information for each analysis to help readers follow the logic of the findings, given the complexity and scope of the study.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Introduction – Overinterpretation and Hypothesis Clarity. The final paragraph of the Introduction (page 4) discusses the experimental findings and their interpretation, which belongs in the Discussion. This section should instead clearly state hypotheses for both the behavioural and TMS experiments. In particular, the TMS experiment lacks a clear rationale: what mechanism is being tested, and what behavioural outcome is predicted? Please revise this section to focus on the theoretical motivation, clearly defined hypotheses, and expected results, and less on summarizing the results.

      We appreciate this point and have accordingly deleted the final paragraph of the Introduction, as it is already incorporated into the Discussion section. We have stated the hypotheses/rationale more clearly in the Introduction.

      (2) TMS – Mechanism, Timeframe, and Clarity. The manuscript does not adequately explain how TMS produces long-lasting effects relevant to the task, which occur minutes (or possibly longer) after stimulation.

      (a) What is the specific timeframe between stimulation and behavioural testing?

      The timeframe between stimulation and behavioural testing has been clarified in the Methods section, e.g.: “Participants exposed to ‘real’ or ‘sham’ TMS completed the familiarization and behavioural task right after cTBS procedures.”

      (b) What is the evidence that TMS to the prefrontal cortex affects function on this timescale?

      We have added the following paragraph to the Discussion to address the timescale of continuous theta-burst stimulation (cTBS): cTBS, as used in our study, typically induces aftereffects lasting 20–50 minutes (Huang et al., 2005; Wischnewski & Schutter, 2015). While these effects are well established in the motor cortex—with motor-evoked potential changes persisting for up to one hour—recent evidence suggests that similar durations of cortical modulation can also occur in the prefrontal cortex (Taylor et al., 2025). Specifically, studies applying inhibitory rTMS to the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (dlPFC) during cognitive tasks have demonstrated functional effects lasting up to one hour in healthy participants (Wagner et al., 2006). Furthermore, Tupak et al. (2013) showed that inhibitory rTMS to the dlPFC leads to reduced oxygenation levels, reflecting decreased cortical activity, for at least 45 minutes—the same duration as the experimental task in our study. Given that changes in cerebral haemoglobin concentration closely correspond to neuronal activation (Liao et al., 2013), the fNIRS-measured alterations in local cerebral blood oxygenation provide an indirect but reliable indicator of TMS-induced neural modulation within this timescale.

      (c) Can post-stimulation effects be objectively measured or confirmed?

      Although no objective post-stimulation measures were collected in the present study, we acknowledge this as a limitation. However, previous research has shown that inhibitory rTMS to the dlPFC leads to reduced oxygenation levels—reflecting decreased cortical activity—for at least 45 minutes (Tupak et al., 2013). Given that changes in cerebral haemoglobin concentration closely correspond to neuronal activation (Liao et al., 2013), these findings indicate that fNIRS can serve as an indirect but reliable method for confirming TMS-induced neural modulation. We plan to incorporate such objective measures in future studies.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these important points and have addressed them by updating the Methods and Results sections and adding a paragraph to the Discussion. We would like to clarify, however, that the TMS effects observed in our study are not weak: the statistically significant differences between sham and TMS conditions were accompanied by large effect sizes, indicating that bilateral inhibitory stimulation of the dlPFC produced a robust and consistent effect across participants—specifically, a reduction in performance, reflecting decreased improvement in speech understanding with increasing exposure to the reverberant environment.

      (3) Figure 3A – Anatomical Specificity and Interpretation. Figure 3A implies precise stimulation of dlPFC and its projections to auditory cortex (A1), but the authors cannot actually target dlPFC or its connections specifically with this approach. Rather, the TMS protocol disrupts an undetermined region of PFC, with diffuse downstream effects. This should be clearly acknowledged in the figure legend and main text.

      We appreciate this comment and have acknowledged this point in the figure legend and Discussion, e.g., Figure 3 legend: “Although the TMS protocol was intended to target the dlPFC, it likely affected adjacent prefrontal regions, leading to diffuse downstream effects that may have included modulation of A1.”

      (4) Additionally, the Discussion overstates the evidence for a specific dlPFC → AC role in reverberation learning. The weak and poorly localized TMS effect does not support strong claims about this pathway. Please scale back this interpretation and focus more on the robust psychophysical results, which are the manuscript's stronger contribution.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have revised our interpretation to clarify that the proposed dlPFC–auditory cortex link is speculative, and have added caveats regarding the limited spatial precision of TMS targeting and individual variability in its effects, in the Discussion section “A role for dlPFC in statistical learning of room acoustics.”

      (4a) Line 152: Extra comma after “of”? Also, why are there square brackets around “callsigns” etc.?

      Fixed.

      (4b) Line 156: “RRID:SCR_001622” is unexplained and likely unnecessary—consider removing.

      Removed.

      (4c) Line 159: Why was no ramping applied at the end of the noise? Please clarify.

      Similar to Brandewie & Zahorik (2013), no ramping was applied. This has been clarified in the Methods (“Acoustic Stimuli”).

      (4d) Line 207: Methods do not describe the sham TMS protocol—please add this information.

      Thanks for noticing this. Information on the sham TMS protocol has been added.

      (4e) Line 352: Fix bracket formatting.

      Fixed.

      (4f) Line 382: Sentence is grammatically incorrect—please revise.

      Fixed.

      (4g) Line 394: Unclear use of square brackets—clarify or standardize.

      Fixed.

      (4h) Line 401: It is unclear how interleaving the talker and length ensures a different room each trial. Aren't these variables independent?

      The reviewer is correct: the only variable that was pseudorandomized was room order, to prevent carry-over effects, similar to Brandewie & Zahorik (2013). This has been clarified in the Methods section.

      (4i) Figure 1: Clarify that AI-generated images refer only to the room images, not other components.

      Fixed.

      (4j) Figure 2A: Confirm that “overall” includes all speakers and durations—clarify in legend.

      Fixed.

      (4k) The interesting duration effects in Figure 1D are not discussed in the text and appear before overall room effects in Figure 2A—please reorder and comment on these results.

      Fixed.

      (4l) Supplementary Figure 2: Caption contains a typo (“Lecture Room/Open-Plan Office”).

      Typo has been fixed.

      Also, I recommend adding this result to the main figure set—e.g., include overall d′ for all six talkers in Figure 2 alongside rooms (2A) and lengths (2D).

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. Including overall performance for all six talkers in Figure 2 would require substantial restructuring and risk making the figure crowded. We have therefore retained these results in the Supplementary Materials (Supplementary 2 and 3), as originally presented.

      (4m) Line 555: Phrase “to better understand” could be clearer—consider rewording.

      This section has been reworded.

      (4n) Lines 587–592: The lack of main effect of TMS is helpful, but more important is whether interactions between TMS and room/length variables occur. Please report these interactions, as they are central to interpreting the TMS effects.

      We appreciate the reviewer highlighting this. We have reviewed this analysis and reported the interaction Condition x CP length as follows: “A mixed ANOVA with a between-group factor of Condition and within-group factors of room and CP length confirmed that performance in these two populations was comparable, with no significant main effect of TMS conditions observed (‘sham’ vs. no exposure to TMS): [F (1,31) =0.01, p=0.91, ŋp2 = 0.00], and no significant interaction Condition x CP length was observed: [F (3,93) =0.48, p=0.69, ŋp2 = 0.01]; confirming that participants experiencing ‘sham’ TMS did not perform significantly differently from the ‘no exposure to TMS’ population”. 

      (4o) Line 601: Reiterate the timeframe of the TMS-behaviour gap. Is there supporting evidence that TMS can affect behaviour over this duration? Could null effects reflect fading TMS efficacy?

      We appreciate the reviewer pointing this out. We have clarified the timeframe of TMS stimulation in both the Methods and Results, e.g.: “The procedure began with TMS manipulation, and although the behavioural task lasted 45 minutes, the inhibitory effects of TMS extended for at least 60 minutes post-stimulation (Huang et al., 2005; Gamboa et al., 2010; Hoogendam, Ramakers, & Di Lazzaro, 2010; Romero et al., 2022).” However, we cannot dismiss individual differences in the duration of TMS effects, nor differences in efficacy duration between anatomical areas (motor cortex vs. dlPFC). We have noted this in the Discussion section “A role for dlPFC in statistical learning of room acoustics” (Pallant, 2011).

      (4p) Figure 3I: The “meta-adaptation” effect is marginal in both Exp 1 (p = 0.03) and Exp 2 sham (p = 0.04). These should be interpreted cautiously, given their statistical fragility.

      We appreciate this comment. We have now calculated effect sizes for all Wilcoxon signed-rank tests (Pearson’s r) and report them. For the two comparisons noted by the reviewer, the effect sizes are medium (Exp 1) and large (Exp 2). We are therefore confident that, even where the p-values are not extremely low, the statistical differences are reliable.

      (4q) Line 696: Reverberation is described as “common,” but it is nearly universal. Consider rephrasing to reflect this.

      We appreciate this suggestion and have rephrased this line.

      (4r) Line 816: The authors state that TMS reduced overall performance, but the earlier ANOVA (lines 587–592) shows no such effect. Please correct this discrepancy.

      We appreciate the reviewer noticing this. This section has been clarified: the lack of statistical significance at lines 587–592 relates to the comparison between a subset of ‘no-TMS-exposed’ listeners and ‘sham’-TMS-exposed listeners, made only to demonstrate the absence of placebo effects in the sham sample. Following the reviewers’ suggestions, we also re-analysed the data using a one-way ANOVA; this slightly changed the numerical values of the reported main effect but did not change the statistical outcome.

      Reviewer #4 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Lines 201–202: It's not clear what is meant by combination and by carrier length here.

      This section has been rewritten for clarity.

      (2) Line 330: What is meant by “Univariate” here? I think this was a mixed ANOVA, with a betweensubject factor of TMS exposure and the remaining factors within-subject.

      We appreciate this suggestion; we have re-analysed this section to use a mixed-ANOVA design. The numerical results differ, but the statistical outcome remains the same.

      (3) Lines 335–343: This is impossible to follow if one does not understand that there were 3 followup experiments.

      Thank you for highlighting that this section was confusing. We have rewritten it to clarify the following: “Three follow-up experiments were performed (univariate ANOVA) to assess whether speech understanding was affected by room context (i.e., the third room in which Open-Plan Office and Underground Car Park were learnt), with one between-subjects factor: room context (levels: Anechoic Room, Living Room, Lecture Room, and Highly Reflectant Room).” We have also added the following earlier in the Methods: “Additionally, we performed three follow-up experiments in different groups of listeners, assessing performance across combinations of three rooms: (1) Anechoic Room/Open-Plan Office/Underground Car Park (10 naïve listeners); (2) Living Room/Open-Plan Office/Underground Car Park (11 naïve listeners); and (3) Highly Reflectant Room/Open-Plan Office/Underground Car Park (10 naïve listeners). These conditions were used to determine whether a specific room combination was required to observe improvements in speech performance with increasing exposure to room acoustics i.e., with increasing carrier phrase length—and were assessed in the same way as Brandewie & Zahorik (2013).”

      (4) Lines 414–416: The review of Tsironis et al. (2024) (doi:10.1177/23312165241273399) does not provide strong evidence that there are multiple scales for adaptation to room reverberation (most adaptation effects stabilize within 1 sec).

      We apologize for this mistake, which arose from an issue with our reference manager. It has been corrected to: Robinson, Harper, & McAlpine (2016), Nature Communications, and Simpson, Harper, Reiss, & McAlpine (2014), Journal of Neuroscience.

      (5) Line 427: The supplementary figure shows that many subjects did not achieve asymptotic performance.

      We appreciate the reviewer pointing this out. The fittings have been extensively reviewed; please see the Methods and Results for the new fitting analysis. Indeed, some participants, although very slowly, keep improving over time without reaching clearly asymptotic behaviour. This section, however, referred specifically to the point at which performance stabilised within ±10% of final performance.

      (6) Line 428: The ±10% statistic is random (as discussed below). And why switch to HR now? And what is its meaning when the HR did not converge by the end of the run?

      We appreciate the reviewer raising the inconsistent use of d′ versus HR. d′ is referred to only in statistical analyses that do not bear a specific relation to the time-course analysis; time-course analysis does not allow us to calculate d′ at each trial or time point, owing to the lack of HR and FA values for single trials. We have clarified this in the Methods: “Given how d′ was calculated for |Color| and |Number|, it was not considered a useful metric for describing performance across time in different environments, owing to the paucity of data for each |Color| and |Number| affecting the temporal resolution of any generated curve. We therefore analysed the development of individual and average performance in each acoustic environment using cumulative hit rates, applying a 5-point moving average (~7 seconds) to each trace and plotting performance as a function of mean cumulative exposure time.”

      We have also extensively reviewed our fits, following these steps: (i) we compared single- vs. double-exponential fits across 22 participants (Supplementary Figure 1), which showed that double exponentials provided a better R<sup>2</sup> for the majority of participants; (ii) we re-ran all analyses forcing the fits to the HR endpoint; (iii) characterizing taus was not informative for our sample, given flat-like performance for some participants (Supplementary Figure 1)—in these cases, taus do not aid understanding of how performance stabilizes over time, particularly given the use of two taus; and (iv) cutting initial points differs by participant.

      (7) Line 434: Or that they learned/adapted to other characteristics that were fixed.

      Thank you—we have added “adapted to” in the sentence.

      (8) Supplementary tables often show differences, but the actual values are not shown. Also, the tables and figures randomly switch between d' and HR.

      Supplementary tables are intended only to show additional detail not reported in the main text or figures, to avoid redundancy; means (referred to in the Supplementary tables) are always shown in the main figures. We appreciate the reviewer raising the inconsistent use of d′ versus HR, addressed above, and have clarified this throughout the Methods and Results.

      (9) Lines 436–442: There seem to be a lot of issues with the fitting shown in Supplemental Figure 1 and Figure 2B:

      (a) It does not seem to converge, especially for the green line. So, presumably, the asymptotic value obtained for tau_slow was the upper bound set to 2000 s for many subjects' conditions. But those values are never shown—they should be in Supplemental Figure 1.

      (b) Then the FHR value, derived from that, is completely dependent on what the bound was set to, and is therefore arbitrary. And its value of 10% is also arbitrary. Why do this when tau itself of an exponential model represents the time it takes to reach 67% of the asymptotic value, from which one can derive whatever time it should take to reach the final 10%?

      (c) Even the use of the model specified by Equation 2 seems arbitrary. Average data in Figure 2B do not provide strong evidence for two time scales. If the authors are worried about the instability of the data at the beginning, a simple exponential with a weighted fit that prioritizes the later portions seems sufficient.

      (d) Lines 430–434: This conclusion seems wrong, based only on the arbitrary measure chosen for “global likelihood learning.” Looking at Figure 2B, there is no evidence that the green graph reached any asymptote, while for the yellow and blue it appears to have. The authors should try fitting a simple exponential function to it to show that tau is larger.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comments and have significantly revised these sections of the Methods and Results. In summary, we fitted the data with single- and double-exponential functions. Double exponentials were fitted to the full time course. Single exponentials were fitted to both the full time course (Supplementary Figure 1) and a truncated version excluding the first 10 points (~14 s) to mitigate initial variability (Supplementary Figure 2). AIC comparisons heavily favoured the double-exponential model for the full time course (mean AIC: double −442.8 vs. single −376.4), providing a better fit for ≥20/22 subjects across all environments. Compared against the truncated single-exponential fit, the double-exponential model retained a lower mean AIC (−420.7 vs. −399.1) and remained the preferred model for approximately half the subjects. The double-exponential model was preferred not only for its automated nature (requiring no manual truncation) but also for the magnitude of improvement: when the single model was superior, the advantage was marginal (ΔAIC = 9.7 ± 1.4), whereas the double model’s advantage was substantial (ΔAIC = 52.8 ± 8.9). We therefore used the double-exponential fit for further analysis.

      (10) Lines 436–446: How can this analysis be performed if asymptotic performance was not achieved in any of the conditions (nothing has plateaued in Figure 2B)? Also, the 10% FHR measure is dependent on the FHR estimate; correlating two measures based on the same measure is, by definition, expected to be correlated. This result seems to reflect that if one's learning is faster within a fixed number of trials (150), one has more opportunity to reach a higher final PCC even if asymptotic performance is identical.

      To clarify, the variables being correlated are not the FHR and ±10% of the FHR values themselves, but rather the time points at which each participant reached ±10% of their individual FHR during the task. This analysis therefore does not involve two measures derived directly from the same estimate. The timing of reaching ±10% of the FHR reflects the learning-settling trajectory rather than the FHR magnitude, so there is no a priori reason for the two measures to be intrinsically correlated. While asymptotic performance was not reached within 150 trials for some participants, the estimated FHR still provides a consistent individual marker of learning rate, allowing comparison of relative learning dynamics across participants and conditions.

      (11) Lines 448–461: Brandewie & Zahorik (2013) show that a large portion of that improvement is due to tuning to the voice and location of the speaker. Also, in the current study, there are some issues with the anechoic condition (see below).

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. This section refers specifically to results related to carrier phrase length, not to speaker identity (addressed separately below) or location, both of which were fixed in our study and therefore unlikely to account for the observed effects. We address the reviewer’s concerns about the anechoic condition in our responses below.

      (12) Line 491: What were the average trial numbers for the steady and initial trials? Also for the anechoic condition?

      We appreciate the reviewer raising this. We analysed the average trial number at which initial and steady trials occurred across a total of 360 trials: for all 22 participants, initial trials mean = 6 ± 4 and steady trials mean = 37 ± 9; sham TMS: initial trials mean = 5 ± 4, steady trials mean = 34 ± 6; real TMS: initial trials mean = 10 ± 9, steady trials mean = 38 ± 12; anechoic condition: initial trials mean = 6 ± 3, steady trials mean = 36 ± 8; and the 11 randomly selected subjects: initial trials mean = 6 ± 5, steady trials mean = 38 ± 7. This information has been added to the relevant Results sections.

      (13) Line 498: It's still not clear when the anechoic condition was performed. Lines 200–205 talk about combinations in which the Lecture Room was swapped, but it's impossible to follow when and how often that occurred. Given that the anechoic room was not included in the same way as the main three rooms, the conclusion at lines 500–504 is questionable.

      Thank you for noticing this. We have rewritten the relevant section of the Methods (“Identity of sound environments”) as follows: “Additionally, we performed three follow-up experiments in different groups of listeners, assessing performance across combinations of three rooms: (1) Anechoic Room/Open-Plan Office/Underground Car Park (10 naïve listeners); (2) Living Room/Open-Plan Office/Underground Car Park (11 naïve listeners); and (3) Highly Reflectant Room/Open-Plan Office/Underground Car Park (10 naïve listeners). These conditions were used to determine whether a specific room combination was required to observe improvements in speech performance with increasing exposure to room acoustics—i.e., with increasing carrier phrase length—and were assessed in the same way as Brandewie & Zahorik (2013).” The anechoic room was therefore explored in the same manner as the main three rooms.

      (14) Lines 508–521: Tuning to the talker's voice/location would not predict that the effect would be different for a different voice.

      We thank the reviewer for this point. If the improvement in speech understanding were due to tuning to a specific talker’s voice or location, we would expect the effect to differ across talkers. However, our analysis across six talkers (three female, three male) showed no significant interaction between talker, carrier phrase length, and room (F(30,630) = 0.73, p = 0.85, ηp<sup>2</sup> = 0.034). Although overall performance differed across talkers (main effect of talker: F(5,105) = 27.19, p < 0.001, ηp<sup>2</sup> = 0.56), these differences did not modulate the carrier phrase effect. We therefore conclude that the improvement in speech understanding with increasing carrier phrase length is consistent across talkers.

      (15) Lines 523–536: Neither of these tests addresses the question directly. That would require switching the talker randomly between the carrier and target (or throughout the sentence).

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We respectfully disagree that our analyses fail to address the question. While our experiment was not specifically designed to test the effect of switching talkers between the carrier and target segments, we examined whether adaptation to a talker could explain the improvement in performance with increasing carrier phrase length through three complementary analyses: (1) a repeated-measures ANOVA testing for interactions between talker and carrier phrase length (see response above); (2) an analysis of potential carry-over effects across consecutive same-talker trials; and (3) an assessment of talker-learning effects in the absence of reverberation (anechoic condition). As detailed in the Results section “Improvements in performance are explained by exposure to the environment, not talker idiosyncrasies,” none of these analyses revealed evidence that talker identity influenced the observed improvement in speech understanding. We therefore conclude that the performance improvements with increasing carrier phrase length are better explained by adaptation to the acoustic environment than to specific talkers.

      (16) Line 544: Why is FHR used in this measure when d' is used for the standard analysis in Figure 2D?

      As noted above, d′ is referred to only in statistical analyses that do not bear a specific relation to the time-course analysis. Given how d′ was calculated for | Colour | and |Number|, it was not considered a useful metric for describing performance across time in different environments, owing to the paucity of data affecting temporal resolution. We therefore used cumulative hit rates, with a 5-point moving average (~7 seconds), plotted against mean cumulative exposure time. This has been clarified in the Methods.

      (17) Also, why is FHR, as opposed to HR (which I assume is really PCC), computed across the whole experiment?

      FHR refers to the Final Cumulative Performance. This naming was used to distinguish it from trial-by-trial Hit Rate used in the time-course analysis. FHR is the final data point of the cumulative hit rate—i.e., after all responses have been accumulated in that listening environment. This has been clarified throughout the manuscript.

      (18) Still worse, it's also not clear when these anechoic trials were measured.

      We appreciate the reviewer noting a lack of clarity here. We performed three follow-up experiments in different, naïve groups of listeners, assessing performance across combinations of three rooms, including Anechoic Room/Open-Plan Office/Underground Car Park (10 naïve listeners), assessed in the same way as Brandewie & Zahorik (2013). The anechoic room was therefore explored in the same manner as the main three rooms; this has been clarified in the Methods and reiterated in the Results.

      (19) And specifically, from Supplemental Table 4, it looks like the improvement was considerable (up to 15%), supporting that the effect is occurring. Also, note that there seems to be something numerically wrong in Supplemental Table 4: the improvement CP0–CP1 is −6, CP1–CP2 is −9.667, and CP2–CP3 is −2.5. Based on this, CP0–CP2 is expected to be −15.667 (which it is), but CP0–CP3 is expected to be −18.167, yet it's stated as −13.167.

      We appreciate the reviewer pointing this out. Our statistical analysis does not match the calculations the reviewer derived from Supplemental Table 4. For transparency, we report below the means for each carrier phrase in the anechoic room, exported directly from SPSS, which are the values reported in the manuscript. We have reviewed this section to improve clarity and have included a link to the raw supplemental data.

      CP0: Mean 40.500, SE 4.548, 95% CI [30.212, 50.788]

      CP1: Mean 46.500, SE 5.296, 95% CI [34.519, 58.481]

      CP2: Mean 56.167, SE 3.777, 95% CI [47.624, 64.710]

      CP3: Mean 53.667, SE 3.966, 95% CI [44.695, 62.638]

      (20) Lines 555–557: This sentence seems grammatically incorrect.

      It has been corrected.

      (21) Lines 559–560: The sentence “a brain region implicated in listening performance in noise (Houtgast & Steeneken, 1973; Knudsen, 1929; Lochner & Burger, 1961)” seems to imply that the cited studies support dlPFC being the brain region implicated in hearing in noise. None of these studies does that.

      Thank you for noticing this—this was an error introduced by our reference manager and has been corrected.

      (22) Lines 586–592: What was the “overall performance” measure—d′, HR, or PCC? Also, what is “univariate” analysis here? A mixed ANOVA with a between-group factor of condition and withingroup factors of room and CP length would be appropriate, and the whole group of 22 subjects should be used for the “no-exposure” group, rather than a random selection of an 11-subject subgroup.

      We appreciate this comment and we have revised this analysis to include a mix ANOVA as suggested by the reviewer. It reads as follows in the Manuscript: “Given the potential placebo effects of a ‘sham’ TMS stimulation, we first tested whether our sample of 11 ‘sham’ TMS participants exhibited similar behavioural performance to the larger sample of 22 participants who had not been exposed to any TMS manipulation. A mixed ANOVA with a between-group factor of Condition and within-group factors of room and CP length confirmed that performance in these two populations was comparable, with no significant main effect of TMS conditions observed (‘sham’ vs. no exposure to TMS): [F (1,31) =0.01, p=0.91, ŋp2 = 0.00], confirming that participants experiencing ‘sham’ TMS did not perform significantly differently from the ‘no exposure to TMS’ population.”

      (23) Lines 600–601: By “univariate ANOVA” is meant one-way ANOVA? And why wasn't it a two-way ANOVA with factors of room and sham/real TMS? More importantly, the 10% of FHR measure is arbitrary and should be replaced by standard fitting, as discussed earlier. Looking at Figure 3B, the black line appears near an asymptote while the red one is still growing toward the end, and that should be reflected in tau.

      The ANOVAs in this and other sections have been revised based on the reviewers’ suggestions; mixed ANOVAs have instead been performed and reported, yielding similar results. The fittings and 10% FHR calculations have also been extensively revised. We now show that double exponentials are better suited to our dataset, and that two-tau parameters are not informative about when performance reaches a stable point during the task.

      (24) Also, why is the exposure time on the x-axis different in Figure 3B from Figure 2B (150 vs 500)? And it would be good to see where the across-room average no-TMS data would lie here (or show the equivalent average in Figure 2B).

      We appreciate the reviewer noticing this mismatch. Figure 2B shows the time course for each environment (150 s of exposure to each), whereas Figure 3B shows all environments collapsed (150 s × 3). This is because, for the 22 listeners without TMS exposure, a Rooms main effect was observed, justifying separate time courses per room; however, for listeners exposed to sham and real TMS, no Rooms × TMS interaction was observed, so separating time courses per room was not statistically justified. As the only significant effect was TMS condition, we grouped the time spent across all environments by TMS condition.

      (25) Lines 606–617: This analysis and Figure 3C have the same issues as described for Figure 2C— asymptotic performance was not achieved for many conditions, so the 10% measure is arbitrary, as is the resulting correlation.

      We appreciate the reviewer raising these fitting issues. This part of the manuscript has been extensively revised, including new analyses and figures, although our results have not changed. Additional detail has been added to the Methods (“Speech Performance Analysis and Timecourse Fittings of Mean Cumulative Hit Rates”), and the following summary has been added to the Results (“Statistical learning of reverberant environments occurs over long and short time courses”): we fitted data with single- and double-exponential functions; double exponentials were fitted to the full time course, and single exponentials to both the full time course (Supplementary Figure 1) and a truncated version excluding the first 10 points (~14 s) (Supplementary Figure 2). AIC comparisons heavily favoured the double-exponential model for the full time course (mean AIC: double −442.8 vs. single −376.4), providing a better fit for ≥20/22 subjects across all environments, and remained preferred when compared against the truncated single-exponential fit (−420.7 vs. −399.1, preferred for roughly half the subjects). The double-exponential model was preferred for both its automated nature and the magnitude of improvement (marginal ΔAIC = 9.7 ± 1.4 when the single model won, versus substantial ΔAIC = 52.8 ± 8.9 when the double model won). We therefore used the double-exponential fit for further analysis.

      (26) Lines 619–620: Was d′ really calculated using FHR (the final value) and a non-final False Alarm Rate? This would be arbitrary. It is still unclear how HR and FAR are defined here. There is no apparent benefit to switching between HR (Figure 3B/C, presumably overall percent correct, PCC), d′ (D, E, F), and back to HR (H, I).

      We appreciate the reviewer raising this. We have clarified in the Methods (“Speech performance analysis and time-course fittings of mean cumulative hit rates”) how Hit Rate, False Alarm Rate, and d′ were calculated.

      (27) Line 655: Figure 3E should be Figure 3F.

      Corrected.

      (28) Lines 661–670: Why was Number only analyzed for initial trials, while Color was analyzed for both initial and steady trials? Also, the choice of trials 9–10 for “steady” is arbitrary and should be shown somewhere in Figure 3B.

      We analysed performance for |Number| on initial trials (1–2) only, for CP0, because performance for this speech token could only improve if positively influenced by short-term, within-trial accumulation of information (acknowledging that | Colour | precedes |Number|). To determine how much knowledge accumulated over repeated exposures — i.e., metaadaptation—we instead needed to compare performance on a speech token whose improvement could only stem from knowledge gained across previous trials, not within a single carrier phrase. We compared | Colour | performance on CP0 between initial trials (1–2) and later, steady trials (9–10). If this hypothesis is supported, it suggests that | Colour | performance for CP0 benefits from meta-adaptive information conveyed across trials as knowledge of the environment’s global structure accumulates—our proxy for meta-adaptation (Figure 3G). The choice of trials 9–10 as “steady” follows work on animal models of meta-adaptation (Robinson, Harper, & McAlpine, 2016), which described a faster adaptation rate after the eighth presentation of an environment. This has been clarified in the manuscript.

      (29) Lines 724–728: This description is confusing. The main effect of “Lecture Room” vs. “Highly Reflectant” context is that performance is very good in the Lecture Room (green line) and poor in the Highly Reflectant Room (purple). Averaging that with OPO and CP and reporting “mean difference = 20.09” (in what units?) as “overall performance” distracts from the main point. Moreover, how can that be entered into an ANOVA when the room contexts differ (LR+OPO+CP vs. HR+OPO+CP)? That ANOVA seems incorrect; it should only be performed on OPO+CP across the two contexts.

      This section has been revised and re-analysed as suggested. Redundant and unnecessary statistical comparisons were removed, retaining only those that show the effect of context on OPO and CP when comparing the different contexts in which these common environments were learned.

      (30) Lines 740–750: Again, it is not surprising that when Living Room replaces Lecture Room—and performance in Living Room is worse than in Lecture Room—the average of LiR+OPO+CP is lower than LER+OPO+CP, if OPO+CP performance is unchanged. The interesting question is whether anything changed in OPO+CP performance, as suggested for the previous point.

      This section has been revised as suggested by the reviewer.

      (31) Lines 752–771: Again, the same issue—the main effect is that performance in Anechoic trials is worse than in Lecture Room or Living Room trials, which alone explains the group difference. I am also sceptical of the finding that Anechoic performance is worse than reverberant performance, contrary to typical spatial-release-from-masking results, where reverberation degrades performance by adding noise energy at the better ear and reducing binaural benefit through decorrelation. This may be an artefact of how target and noise levels were normalized after convolution with HRTFs/BRIRs (or the use of Ambisonics); no acoustic analysis of the stimuli is provided. At minimum, the total received level at the two ears for target and masker in every environment should be reported. Brandewie & Zahorik (2013), using equivalent anechoic and reverberant conditions, never observed reverberant performance to exceed anechoic, contrary to what is stated here (lines 754–755).

      We appreciate the reviewer raising these points. The statistical analysis in this section has been revised: only the common rooms across the three-room conditions (Open-Plan Office and Car Park) were directly compared. Performance in Living Room and Lecture Room was not statistically different (Results, paragraph 4, “Statistical learning of room acoustics is tuned to universally experienced reverberation times”). However, Anechoic and Lecture Room performance remained significantly different (mean difference = 11.08, t(9) = 2.66, p = 0.013, Cohen’s d = 0.84), as did performance in the common rooms when learned in the context of Lecture Room versus other contexts (mean difference = 9.7, F(1,41) = 13.24, p < 0.001, ηp<sup>2</sup> = 0.26).

      While this setup resembles many masking studies, Brandewie & Zahorik (2013) tested four rooms simultaneously, whereas we tested three-room conditions explicitly designed to test environment-mix adaptation. We observed a synergistic relationship between performance in ‘good’ reverberant rooms (Lecture Room, Living Room) and the common but less favourable rooms (Open-Plan Office, Car Park, with longer RT60): in the absence of a ‘good-reverb anchor,’ performance in the common rooms improved less over time, possibly because participants had less to leverage in anechoic environments.

      We agree that verifying at-ear acoustic levels is critical to ruling out a normalization artefact. Our stimuli were normalized in the 41-channel sound field, not at the listener’s ears: source speech and noise were convolved with the 41-channel anechoic or reverberant impulse responses, the 41-channel noise energy was scaled to a target of 70 dB, and the 41-channel speech field was scaled to the target SNR; the 41-channel signals were then rendered to two channels using a Higher Order Ambisonics-to-binaural decoder (hoa2bin), preserving natural head-related acoustic effects such as head shadow.

      To verify that this did not create an at-ear artefact, we extracted simulated at-ear RMS energy for speech and noise after hoa2bin rendering and mapped these to approximate dB SPL using the 70 dB sound-field anchor (see supplied table, Summary Reverb Data). In the anechoic condition, the noise (positioned to the left) is strongly attenuated at the right ear by head shadow (dropping from ~57 dB to ~51 dB), giving the frontal target speech a highly favourable SNR at the better ear. In the reverberant condition, room reflections fill in the head shadow, raising noise level at the right ear to 55–56 dB depending on room, substantially lowering the ear SNR relative to the anechoic condition. The improved behavioural performance in reverberation therefore occurred despite a poorer acoustic SNR at the better ear, confirming this is not a normalization artefact but rather a genuine perceptual spatial release from masking, likely driven by early reflections aiding target integration and late reverberation decorrelating the noise binaurally. We have added the at-ear acoustic details to the Methods (“Stimulus Normalization and Binaural Rendering”) and Table 2, and updated the Discussion to clarify this mechanism.

      (32) Lines 755–759: Describing anechoic spaces as “rare” and as rooms whose “walls are treated” states the facts backwards. Open spaces (e.g., a grass lawn) are largely anechoic fields, and people spend considerable time in such environments. An anechoic room may be artificial, but an anechoic (or near-anechoic) space is very common, and the room is simply an attempt to simulate that within an enclosure.

      We appreciate this point and have rewritten this section to reflect it.

      (33) Lines 808–812: This sentence appears incorrect. It refers to “the ability to correctly report keywords spoken in environments with the more extreme—lower or higher—RIRs,” presumably meaning OPO and CP, but these are not the environments with extreme RIRs; or, if referring to An and HR, those were not “encountered in experimental blocks also containing the moderately reverberant Lecture Room or Living Room.”

      Thank you for noting this. We have rephrased this section to refer only to the extreme high-RIR environments encountered.

      (34) Line 843: Should Fig 3Ai be Fig 3A? Also, in that figure there are arrows between dlPFC and A1, and between A1 and (the cerebellum?)—it's unclear what these represent.

      The arrows were intended to represent feedforward and feedback information flow to lower auditory brain centres. We acknowledge they were confusing and have removed them from the figure.

      (35) Lines 929–949: The authors did not account for listeners tuning to voice and location (as now cited via Best et al.), and their own and Brandewie & Zahorik's data show improvement due to carrier phrase even in the anechoic case (with the inconsistency in Supplemental Table 4 noted earlier). A direct test—switching the environment between carrier phrase and target phrase, as in Brandewie & Zahorik and Vlahou et al.—would be needed to fully attribute the effect to reverberation rather than other factors.

      We thank the reviewer for this detailed comment and agree that directly manipulating the environment between carrier and target phrase would provide the most direct test of environment-specific adaptation. While our study did not implement this manipulation, our data provide converging evidence: (1) listeners showed improvement with longer carrier phrases even in the anechoic condition, consistent with previous reports, but this improvement did not interact with talker identity, carrier phrase length, or room, indicating it is not driven by tuning to specific voices or locations; and (2) regarding Supplemental Table 4, the calculations suggested by the reviewer do not match our statistical analysis—we have reported the SPSS-exported means directly (shown above) and reviewed this section for clarity, including a link to the raw supplemental data. Taken together, while we cannot fully quantify the proportion of adaptation attributable to reverberation versus other factors without the direct environment-switch manipulation, our results indicate that the observed improvements primarily relate to exposure to the environment rather than talker-specific effects.

      (36) Lines 951–953: It is unclear what about “understanding speech in background noise” distinguishes this study from previous studies of adaptation to reverberation, many of which also examined speech in noise (as reviewed in Tsironis et al., 2024). Rather than reviewing pertinent studies on adaptation to reverberation for speech tokens, the authors cite abstract noise-texture studies that are only partially relevant, given the prevalence of speech in everyday listening (lines 955–958).

      We appreciate the reviewer raising this point. Our intention was to refer specifically to statistical learning of implicit environmental acoustic features such as reverberation, rather than to speech-in-noise perception per se. We have revised the text accordingly: “A key feature of our study, which distinguishes it from previous investigations of statistical learning of acoustic features in human listeners, is the use of an ethologically valid listening task—understanding speech in background noise while listeners implicitly learn repeated acoustic features.”

      (37) Lines 978–980: In what way? For environments with large T60, a simpler explanation than “ecological validity” is that there is more late reverberant energy in the target acting as a masker, predictable from DRR.

      This section has been rewritten to clarify that it is the decline in performance at longer RT60 that is reminiscent of the decline observed under rTMS.

      (38) Line 981: What does “the better to understand speech in reverberant background noise” mean?

      This sentence has been revised.

      (39) Lines 987–988: When did “performance decline over the course of an experimental session”? Figures 2B, 3B, and 4A all show performance improving over the session.

      We have rephrased this sentence to refer to a decline in overall performance.

      (40) Lines 990–992: Many previous studies report better adaptation to reverberation for some rooms than others (e.g., Brandewie & Zahorik, 2010; Vlahou et al., 2021), but none have reported decreased performance for an anechoic space relative to a reverberant one. This anomaly should be explained and reconciled with the existing literature before invoking ecological explanations such as “ethologically relevant environments.”

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that verifying the at-ear acoustic levels is critical to ruling out a normalization artefact, particularly given our finding that reverberant performance exceeded anechoic performance. To address this directly: our stimuli were normalized in the 41-channel sound field, not at the listener’s ears. The source speech and noise were convolved with the 41-channel anechoic or reverberant impulse responses; the 41-channel noise field was scaled to a target of 70 dB and the 41-channel speech field scaled to the target SNR; the 41-channel signals were then rendered to two channels via a Higher Order Ambisonics-to-binaural decoder (hoa2bin), preserving natural head-related effects such as head shadow because normalization preceded binaural rendering.

      To verify that this sound-field normalization did not create an at-ear artefact, we extracted simulated at-ear RMS energy for speech and noise after hoa2bin rendering and mapped these to approximate dB SPL using the 70 dB sound-field anchor (Summary Reverb Data table). In the anechoic condition, the noise (positioned left) is strongly attenuated at the right ear by head shadow (dropping from ~57 dB to ~51 dB), giving the frontal target speech a highly favourable SNR at the better ear. In the reverberant condition, room reflections fill in the head shadow, increasing right-ear noise level to 55–56 dB depending on room, substantially worsening the atear SNR relative to the anechoic condition. The improved behavioural performance in reverberation therefore occurred despite a poorer acoustic SNR at the better ear, confirming the finding is not a normalization artefact but instead reflects a genuine perceptual spatial release from masking—likely driven by early reflections aiding target integration and late reverberation decorrelating the noise binaurally. We have added these at-ear acoustic details to the Methods (“Stimulus Normalization and Binaural Rendering”) and Table 2 to clarify this mechanism.

      (41) Discussion: Given the questions about the results, the discussion might need to be rewritten to only discuss claims that are actually supported.

      The Discussion section has indeed been extensively revised.

      (42) The hippocampus and other areas have been proposed for statistical learning, and studies also show that disruption of DLPFC can boost statistical learning (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jml.2020.104144).

      We appreciate the reviewer raising this. We have cited Ambrus et al. (doi:10.1016/j.jml.2020.104144) in the Discussion (line 888) as evidence of opposing effects of dlPFC stimulation on statistical learning, and have further revised lines 891–903 of the Discussion to more clearly describe the known projections and functional interactions between dlPFC, hippocampus, striatum, and basal ganglia that support implicit and statistical learning.

      (43) Line 1739: What is “cumulative” here?

      “Cumulative” has been deleted.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) The experiments rely on three groups: CS-only WT, CTA WT, and CTA KO. Can the authors provide a rationale for not having a CS-only KO group?

      We did not include the CS-only (KO) group because longitudinal in vivo recordings in behaving animals are technically demanding, and our primary goal was to follow and compare the dynamics across learning in WT and Shank3 KO mice. However, we recorded an additional habituation water session one day before CST1, which allows us to address (1) the decoding performance in naïve KO animals, and (2) whether higher correlated noise is already present in KO animals before learning. To this end, we first trained and tested the classifier on cross-registered data from the habituation (HAB) water session and the CST1 saccharin session across the CSonly (WT), CTA (WT), and CTA (KO) groups. Because this comparison is made across sessions, it is not exactly comparable to discrimination within a session, but it does show that GC responses in naïve KO animals can discriminate water from saccharin at baseline. These data are now included in Figure 6 – figure supplement 2 and are described in lines 329-338.

      Interestingly, we also observed a significant reduction in the amplitude of suppressed responses during the habituation water session in KO compared to WT animals, as well as a trend toward higher stimulus-evoked neuronal coactivity (data included in Figure 2 – figure supplement 2). This suggests that reduced suppression is already present in GC of KO animals before learning, potentially contributing to slower CTA acquisition (now described in lines 209-215).

      (2) The authors design an effective behavioral paradigm comparing consumption of water and saccharin and tracking extinction (Figure 3). This paradigm shows differences in licking across distinct behavioral conditions. For instance, during T1, licking to water strongly differs from licking to saccharin for both WT and KO. During T2, licking to water strongly differs from licking to saccharin only for WT (much less for KO), and licking to saccharin in WT differs from that in KO. These differences in taste sampling across conditions could contribute to some of the effects on neural activity and discriminability reported in Figures 5 and 6. That is, sucrose and water trials may be highly discriminable because in one case the mouse licks and in the other it does not (or licks much less). The author may want to address this issue.

      This is an important point. As noted by the reviewer, active licking can modulate neuronal activity in the gustatory cortex independent of taste identity (Neese et al., 2022). Because our paradigm required animals to voluntarily sample tastants of different valences, motivated differences in licking are inherently tied to taste value, making it difficult to fully disentangle taste-evoked responses from lick-related activity.

      However, taste exposure is known to induce prolonged neural responses that persist beyond the sampling phase (Juen et al., 2024). In our recordings, we included a 10second post-sampling epoch. We thus trained and tested classifiers using calcium traces during this post-sampling period; in particular, we divided the 10-second duration into five 2-second bins, matching the length of the tastant delivery phase, and analyzed the classifier built within each bin. We found that in both WT and KO animals, decoding performance was consistently above chance throughout the postdelivery period (now added to Figure 6 – figure supplement 1, lines 321-329), suggesting that decoding accuracies during sampling likely reflect taste rather than licking.

      (3) Are there any omission trials following CTA? If so, they should be quantified and reported. How are the omission trials treated with regard to the analyses?

      On the day following each CST session, animals underwent a water-only session (i.e., saccharin was omitted) to minimize context–malaise association. During these sessions, animals resumed licking both in the total lick counts and in the number of trials they engaged in, to levels comparable to pre-conditioning behavior. We did not observe significant differences between the WT and KO groups during these omission sessions. This point has been mentioned in the Methods section of the revised manuscript (lines 544-547).

      (4) The authors describe the extinction paradigm as "alternative choice". In decision-making, alternative choice paradigms typically require 2 lateral spouts to report decisions following the sampling from a central spout. To avoid confusion, the authors may want to define their paradigm as alternative sampling.

      We have revised this terminology to “alternative sampling” to avoid confusion with the classical alternative-choice paradigms.

      (5) Figure 4 reports that CTA increases the proportion of neurons that consistently respond to saccharin and water across days. While the saccharin result could be an effect of aversive learning, it is less clear why the phenomenon would generalize to water as well. Can the authors provide an explanation?

      Water and saccharin activated an overlapping population of neurons in GC. When we further quantified their tuning properties in the lifetime plots (Figure 4), we found that neurons responsive to both stimuli showed the most stable responsiveness across days, compared to neurons that responded only to saccharin or only to water (Author response image 1). Because the water-responsive and saccharin-responsive groups in Figure 4 both include this subset of dual-responsive neurons, this likely explains why both plots show increased reliability. This effect on reliability of single-cell responses is thus distinct from changes in the ability to discriminate between tastants at the population level (Fig. 6).

      Author response image 1.

      GC neurons responding to both water and saccharin are more stable during CTA extinction. Lifetime plot showing significant responses of the same neurons responding to only water (blue), only saccharin (magenta), and to both saccharin and water (gold) across test sessions (T1-5) in the CTA (WT) group.

      (6) The recordings are performed in the part of the anterior insular cortex that is typically defined as "gustatory cortex" (GC). Given the functional heterogeneity of the anterior insular cortex (AIC) and given that the authors do not sample all of the anteroposterior extent of AIC, I would suggest being more explicit about their positioning in GC. Also, some citations (e.g., Gogolla et al, 2014) refer to the posterior insular cortex, which is considered more inherently multimodal than GC. GC multimodality is typically associative in nature, as only a few neurons respond to sound and light in naïve animals.

      Our stereotaxic coordinates targeted the conventional gustatory region within AIC (see revised manuscript Methods section, lines 489-490). We have revised the terminology throughout the manuscript to more explicitly reflect this anatomical positioning.

      (7) It would be useful to add summary figures showing the extent of viral spread as well as GRIN lens placement.

      Revised Manuscript Figure 1B shows a representative example of confirmed GRIN lens placement and the viral spread of GCaMP. In most cases, GCaMP expression is confined to GC, with minimal spread to the piriform cortex and along the injection track. Depth and GCaMP expression in GC were further validated during two-photon imaging.

      (8) I encourage the authors to add Ns every time percentages are reported. How many neurons have been recorded in each condition? Can the authors provide the average number of neurons recorded per session and per animal?

      We now included these numbers in the revised manuscript (lines 157-158, 162-163, 253, 268, 271-272).

      (9) It looks like some animals learned more than others (Figure 1E or Figure 3C). Is it possible to compare neural activity across animals that showed different degrees of learning?

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion – we now show a significant correlation between the magnitude of CTA and the coactivity metric in Figure 1 Figure supplement 3; we elaborate in our Response to Reviewer #3 Public Review 1.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) Causality: The paper infers that increased correlated variability causes learning deficits, but no causal tests (e.g., optogenetic modulation of inhibition or interneuron rescue) are presented to confirm this.

      Although we now provide data showing that correlated variability prior to learning is significantly correlated with the magnitude of CTA (see Response to Reviewer #1 Public Review 1above), we agree that we cannot infer causality without additional manipulations. While it might be possible to manipulate correlated variability by targeting inhibition within GC, optogenetic and chemogenetic manipulations of inhibition are likely to impact behavior through multiple mechanisms; for example, enhancing PV-interneuron activity in visual cortex profoundly impairs vision-dependent learning (Bissen et al. 2026, Leman et al. 2025). Thus, testing this would require finding a paradigm that specifically restores synchronization to WT levels without over-inhibiting the network, which is beyond the scope of the current study. We have rewritten the manuscript throughout to remove the inference of causality, and instead describe these two findings as being “associated” (see e.g. lines 95, 219-220, 379-382).

      (2) Behavioural scope: The study focuses exclusively on taste aversion; generalisation to other flexible learning paradigms (e.g., reversal or probabilistic tasks) is not addressed.

      Our study is focused on conditioned taste aversion (CTA) acquisition and extinction, which provides a well-established model for examining the formation and updating of aversive associative memories. We agree that cognitive flexibility encompasses a broad range of behavioral paradigms, and in the revised manuscript have sought to confined our conclusions to CTA. Whether the mechanisms identified here extend to other forms of flexible learning, such as reversal or probabilistic learning, or even to other sensory-stimulus-guided behavior, will require future investigation.

      (3) Mechanistic insights: While providing interesting findings of altered sensory perception and extinction of learning-related signals in AIC, it offered nearly no mechanistic insights. This makes the interpretation, especially on how generalisable these findings are, difficult. Also, different reported findings are "potentially" connected, but the exact relation between increased correlated variability and faster loss of taste selectivity cannot be assessed.

      In a new analysis we find that the coactivity level during CST1 showed a significant, positive correlation with the lick ratio (CST2/CST1); that is, the higher the initial coactivity during learning, the slower the CTA acquisition is (Figure 2 – figure supplement 3). This new piece of data (now added to revised manuscript lines 215218) provides a link between these two findings, and suggests that baseline coactivity levels in GC can influence the speed of CTA learning. We agree that this association does not imply causation, and have taken pains to avoid stating this.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      (1) The authors don't make a causal link between the behaviour and AIC neurophysiology, both the percentage of suppressed cells and the coactivity measurements. For the % of suppressed cells, it seems that both WT and KO cells are suppressed in the transition between CST1 and CST2 (Figure 1L), yet only the WT mice exhibit CTA (at least by CST2). For the taste-elicited coactivity measure, it seems that there is an increase in coactivity from CST1 to CST2 in WT (Figure 2C - blue, although not statistically tested?), but persistently higher coactivity in KO. Is this change of coactivity in WT important for the expression of CTA? Plotting behavioral performance (from Figure 1G) against coactivity (from Figure 2C) for each animal would be informative.

      This is a good suggestion (also made by the other reviewers), and we now show that the coactivity level during CST1 showed a significant, positive correlation with the lick ratio (CST2/CST1); that is, the higher the initial coactivity during learning, the slower the CTA acquisition is (Figure 2 – figure supplement 3).

      (2) Shank3 KO cells already show an increase in baseline coactivity (Figure 2- figure supplement 1), and the authors never examine CS-only responses in the KO group, therefore making it difficult to determine whether elevated coactivity and noise correlations reflect a generalized AIC abnormality in Shank3 KOs (perhaps through impaired PV-mediated inhibition in insular cortex - Gogolla et al, 2014) that is not directly responsible/related to CTA?

      We agree that the increased coactivity in KO animals likely reflects a general network defect in AIC before CTA learning. This baseline change is unrelated to the taste stimuli, because (1) the coactivity is already elevated before the animals receive the taste stimuli (that is, a baseline abnormality), (2) the neuronal responses to taste delivery during CST1 is indicative of CS-only responses, as it occurs before the injection of LiCl, when the associative learning process is initiated, and (3) a trend toward higher coactivity is already present in the habituation water session before CST1 (Figure 2 and Figure 2 – figure supplement 2).

      We have clarified our description of these findings to avoid claiming that the increased coactivity “causes” poor learning performance (lines 379-382).

      (3) How do the authors interpret the large range of lick ratios (Figure 1G) for WT (almost bi-modal distribution)? Is there a within-subject correlation with any of the neurophysiological measurements to suggest a relationship between AIC neurophysiology and behavioural expression of CTA?

      See response to Point 1 above.

      (4) Indeed, CTA appears to be successfully achieved for Shank3 KO mice delayed by 1 day, as the level of saccharin aversion during the first retrieval session (T1) is comparable between Shank3 KO and WTs. In this context, not extending the first part of the paradigm to include CST3 seems to be a missed opportunity. Doing so would have allowed for within-cell and within-subject comparison of taste-elicited pairwise correlation across the learning and to investigate the neural mechanism of delayed extinction in KOs more effectively.

      We did not include a third CST session because when we analyzed the lick counts, KO animals already formed robust CTA after CST2 that was indistinguishable from WT animals. This suggests that the faster loss of CTA memory during extinction is due to a faster extinction process, rather than a weaker CTA memory from the outset. Adding a third CST could potentially lead to a memory that is harder to extinguish. Whether Shank3 KO mice would exhibit faster loss of memory in this scenario is an open question that would be interesting to explore in a future study.

      (5) How to interpret Figure 5F: Absolute discriminability is lower for T5 for CTA WT and CTA KO compared to CS-only? Why would AIC neurons have less information on taste identity by the end of extinction than during the unconditioned (CS-only) condition? And if that is the case, how is decoding accuracy in Figure 6C higher in T5 for CTA WT vs CS-only?

      We appreciate the reviewer's confusion about the discrepancy between our single-cell and population-level discriminability results. We speculate that in the CS-only state, individual AIC neuronal responses mostly reflect taste identity. However, after learning (in the CTA group), these neurons develop “mixed selectivity” (Tye et al., 2024), encoding not only identity but also the learned valence and extinction history. The lower single-cell discriminability after extinction (T5) in Figure 5F suggests that, although taste identity may remain constant, the learned history (e.g., "this taste used to be dangerous, but now it's safe") has shifted. This mixing of information makes each cell a weaker discriminator on its own.

      However, the higher population decoding accuracy in Figure 6C demonstrates that the entire population of neurons can work together more effectively. The learning process could reorganize the neural ensemble in such ways that our support vector classifier (SVC) is able to identify and combine the relevant signals within the population, even when the valence of taste stimuli has changed, to better decode stimuli and outperform the non-learned state. This suggests that the brain shifted to a more robust, population-based coding strategy for complex, learned information, which is resistant to changes in selectivity at the single-cell level. The finding that population coding is robust to single-neuron variability has also been reported in other cortical regions (Montijin et al., 2016).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Mechanistic experiments: Consider inhibitory neuron-specific imaging or manipulation (e.g., optogenetic enhancement of interneuron activity) to test whether restoring inhibition rescues learning flexibility.

      We have addressed the limitation and potential issues for manipulating cortical inhibition in Response to Reviewer #2 Public review 1.

      (2) Clarify limitations: Explicitly acknowledge the correlational nature of neuralbehavioural relationships in the Discussion.

      We have removed language that implies a causal relationship throughout, and have emphasized the correlational nature of our findings in the Discussion section of our revised manuscript (lines 379-382)

      (3) Enhance clarity: Simplify some dense methodological sections and expand figure legends to guide interdisciplinary readers.

      We have adjusted the Methods section and figure legends as needed for better readability.

      Individual Comments for Authors:

      (1) L83-90: Confusingly written, not easy to understand for someone not knowing the paradigm in detail.

      - What are the different stages? Memory encoding? Leaning? Extinction

      - More reliable in taste responsiveness - what does that mean?

      We have emphasized the behavior stages where each finding was observed in the revised manuscript (lines 82-91)

      (2) L112: Not sure if these references support the "crucial", since they do not seem to be causal.

      We have reworded this for accuracy (line 111).

      (3) Figure 1: panels h and i in the heat maps, it looks like that in the KO animal, activity is more suppressed from CST1 to 2?

      Panels j, l, m, and Figure 2: Neuronal suppression is already higher in CST1; therefore, there is no CTA effect but a general "perceptual" issue in the Shank3 model. The only effect seems to be a potential reduction in activation in CST2 in KO animals.

      This point has been discussed in Reviewer #3 Public Review 2.

      (4) Clarify in text. Especially with the sentence in the next paragraph, it might be confusing: "We wondered what other features of AIC activity during CTA acquisition might differ between WT and Shank3 KO mice."

      We have rewritten this in the revised manuscript (lines 169-170).

      (5) Clarify which are CTA-dependent and which are general (e.g., if writing suppression during CTA acquisition, it implies that it is related. But these changes were present before CTA.

      We have clarified this in the revised manuscript (lines 209-215).

      (6) Figure 4: Mainly shows a CTA-related increase in reliability in their taste responsiveness. This is not addressed anywhere else in the document and is not taken up in the discussion. How could it be related to the other findings, and what is its relevance? Please elaborate (e.g., in the discussion) or potentially remove?

      We measured response reliability, as stabilization of stimulus-evoked responses has been reported in other sensory cortices across different learning tasks. Yet, it remained unclear whether CTA learning would induce similar changes in AIC. We took advantage of our longitudinal recording to address this question and believe that this piece of evidence will contribute to the research community that studies taste and learning in general. In addition, what is striking to us is that while the taste selectivity is degraded faster in KO animals, their response reliability is largely preserved. This suggests that these two sensory stimulus-related neuronal properties may involve distinct cellular and/or circuit mechanisms.

      (7) Figure 5: Problematic to compare T5 between both groups, since T5 is lower than T4 in WT (against the trend) and T4 is an outlier in KO. e.g., if compared at T5, completely different results? Or why is there significance between T1 and T2 but not between T1 and T4 in KO? Could the authors address this point?

      In Figure 5B, the slightly lower average for WT animals at T5 was driven by a single outlier, and there was no statistically significant difference between T4 and T5 (corrected post hoc t-test, WT, T4 vs. T5, p = 0.4097). Therefore, it does not contradict the trend toward an overall increase in nonselective neurons during CTA extinction. For KO animals, the lower average at T4 than T5 (corrected post hoc ttest, KO, T4 vs. T5, p = 0.0082) was intriguing, and one possible explanation is that neurons in the KO group might undergo more dynamic and variable changes in their responsiveness during CTA extinction, fluctuating before finally stabilizing.

      Comparing T5 instead of T4 thus ensures that neuronal responsiveness is stabilized and reflects an “extinct” CTA memory more truly.

      General Comments:

      (1) While changes in SNR were observed in Shank3 models, the mechanism underlying decreased correlated variability has not been reported to date. Since decreased variability is usually associated with improved SNR ratio, it might be worth highlighting the distinction between "signal" and "noise" as separated in your analyses to make it more understandable for the reader.

      We have described in the Results section what signal and noise correlations indicated and how they were separated in our analyses in both the Results and Methods section of the revised manuscript (lines 185-193, lines 673-681).

      (2) What is the origin of the increased correlated variability?

      We have discussed that reduced cortical feedback inhibition could be a potential source of increased correlated variability in the Discussion section of our revised manuscript (lines 370-375).

      (3) Is the variability generally increased between trials (bigger fluctuations between trials for each neuron), or is the variability of each neuron similar, but they are just more correlated (more synced)?

      Our pilot analysis did not detect any evident changes in the response variability for each neuron across trials; thus, we think that in KO animals, neuronal responsivity becomes more correlated and synchronized.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Point in line 422-424: Rephrase the closing statement of the discussion as you have shown that mutant mice are actually able to update their behaviour (in fact faster) when the valence of the sensory input changes.

      The “reduced ability to update behavior when the valence of a sensory input changes” refers to the finding that KO animals learned CTA more slowly; i.e., they were unable to timely adjust their behavior after malaise. We have rephrased this for clarity (line 448-449)

      (2) The Figure 6 legend does not correspond to panels D and E in the figure. Νο I, J in figure.

      We have fixed this mismatch in the revised manuscript.

      Minor concerns:

      (1) Cue/lick/taste-responding neurons greatly overlap and are not exclusively selective (Figure 1- figure supplement 2). Is there a genotype difference for the % of selective neurons (i.e., ones that only respond during cut/lick/taste) or the % of overlap?

      When we quantified the stimulus responsivity in KO animals, we also identified neurons that were activated by cues, licks, or tastes. Their respective percentages and overlap did not differ significantly from those in the WT group, indicating that the modality of KO neurons across different sensorimotor cues is not compromised in the KO condition (Author response image 2).

      Author response image 2.

      Neurons in WT and Shank3 KO animals show comparable responsiveness to sensorimotor stimuli during conditioning. (A) Percentage of neurons activated by the cue (left), lick movement (middle), and the tastant (right) in the CTA (KO) group (B) during the first conditioning session (CST1). (B) Venn diagram showing the overlaps among cue-, lick-, and tastant responsive neurons in (Figure 1 - figure supplement 2 C) and (A).

      (2) For Figure 1: The authors could also express consumption as a % of consumed (trial-averaged licks) over the number of trials. It is mentioned that mice undergo daily training sessions consisting of 'approximately 30 trials' (line 114). This can give an indication of how strong the learning is between cta1 and cta2 and how strong the genotype difference is.

      We are not sure if dividing trial-averaged licks over the number of trials would provide additional information, as the trial-average lick is already normalized to the number of trials.

      (3) Figure 4: Why is there a different number of neurons in C vs G?

      The figures B, C, D showed neurons that were activated by saccharin, and the figures F, G, H showed neurons that were activated by water. In all experimental groups, the numbers of neurons responsive to saccharin and water were different (i.e., B vs. F, C vs. G, D vs. H). The exact numbers were included in the corresponding figure legends in the revised manuscript.

      (4) Figure 5B: The grey background box is moved to the left.

      We kept the current figure format, as it effectively presents the mean, fitted mean, error bars, and individual animal data.

      (5) In line 142: (1-2), (2-3), (3-4), the numbers in parentheses are confusing.

      We have relabeled this as epoch 1-2, epoch 2-3, and epoch 3-4 in both text and figures for clarity (lines 145-146).

      (6) Line 188: Do the authors mean noise correlations?

      Rosenbaum et al. and Khoury et al. indeed measured correlated variability (noise correlation) in their study. On the other hand, Rothschild et al. did not specifically separate the noise from signal activities, which more likely reflect the coactivity measured in our case. We have rewritten this for accuracy (line 196).

      (7) Where mentioning in the CS-only group, please explicitly state the CS-only WT group.

      We have relabeled this throughout our revised manuscript.

      (8) In lines 273-274: if the comparison is the reduction in discriminability being faster for the KO animals that had CTA, the correct comparison should be CSonly KO vs CTA KO.

      We think that the better comparison to test how fast taste discriminability is reduced would be to perform post-hoc tests comparing T1 vs T2 within genotypes. We did not see significant changes between T1 and T2 in either genotype, which was reported in the figure legends of the reviewed preprint (lines 1140-1141).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a study that used 7T diffusion MRI in subjects from a Human Connectome Project dataset to characterize the zona incerta, an area of gray matter whose involvement has been demonstrated in a broad range of behavioral and physiologic functions. The authors employ tractography to model white matter tracts that involve connections with the ZI and use clustering techniques to segment the ZI into distinct subregions based on similar patterns of connectivity. The authors report a rostral-caudal organization of the ZI's streamlines where rostrally-projecting tracts are rostrally-positioned in the ZI and caudally-projecting tracts are caudally-positioned in the ZI.

      Strengths:

      The paper presents robust findings that demonstrate subregions of the human ZI that appear to be structurally distinct using a combination of spectral clustering and diffusion map embedding methods. The results of this work can contribute to our understanding of the anatomy and structural connectivity of the ZI, allowing us to further explore its role as a neuromodulatory target for various neurological disorders.

      Weaknesses:

      There should be further discussion of the clustering methods employed and why they are appropriate for the pertinent data. Additionally, the limitations of analyzing solely the cortical connections of the zona incerta should be addressed, as anatomical studies of the ZI have shown significant involvement of the ZI in tracts projecting to deep brain regions.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for recognizing the strengths of our study, as well as for providing constructive suggestions to further strengthen the manuscript.

      In response to the reviewer’s feedback, we have expanded our discussion of the clustering methods employed, including the rationale for using spectral clustering in combination with diffusion map embedding, and clarified why this approach is well-suited to connectivity-based parcellation of the ZI.

      Additionally, we have expanded the Discussion to address the limitations of focusing exclusively on cortical connections. As the reviewer correctly notes, anatomical studies have demonstrated that the ZI has extensive connections with deep brain regions, and our approach therefore represents only a partial view of its connectivity. We have previously demonstrated the feasibility of reconstructing subcortical pathways using in vivo diffusion MRI (Kai et al., NeuroImage, 2022), providing a foundation for extending the present framework beyond cortical connectivity. However, as iterated below in our specific response to reviewer 1, we believe this deserves a separate thorough investigation. Nonetheless, we now explicitly discuss this limitation in the revised Discussion and outline directions for future work incorporating subcortical connectivity analyses.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Haast et al. investigated the organization of the zona incerta (ZI) in the human brain based on its structural connectivity to the neocortex. They found that the ZI is organized according to a primary rostro-caudal gradient, where the rostral ZI is more strongly connected to the prefrontal cortex and the caudal ZI to the sensorimotor cortex. They also found that the central region of the ZI is differently connected to the neocortex compared with the rostral and caudal regions, and could be important as a deep brain stimulation target for the treatment of essential tremors.

      Strengths:

      I think the overall quality of this work is great, and the results are presented in a very clear and organized manner. I particularly appreciate the effort that the authors put into validating the results using 7T and 3T data, as well as test-retest data.

      Weaknesses:

      That being said, I was left with a couple of concerns after reading the paper.

      - Although the authors discussed animal evidence for a dorsal-ventral organization of the ZI, I thought that the evidence they presented for it in this paper was not so convincing. In Figure S5, the second gradient (G2) shows a clear dorsoventral pattern, but this pattern seems to primarily separate the ZI and H fields rather than show an internal topology of the ZI. This is more likely the case given that there are two bands (superior and inferior) of high G2 values surrounding a single band (middle) of low G2 values. The evidence for the rostrocaudal gradient, on the other hand, is quite convincing.

      - HCP data is still too advanced for clinical translation. Although 3T is becoming more and more prevalent for presurgical planning, the HCP 3T dataset is acquired with a voxel size of 1.25mm, which is a far higher resolution than the typical clinical scan. It would be very useful for clinical readers to see what individual subject replicability looks like if the data were acquired at the more typical voxel size of 2mm. This could be achieved by replicating the analysis on a downsampled version of the HCP data that more closely resembles clinical data. This is understandably a large undertaking, so it could be left to future validation work.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive evaluation of our work and for highlighting the clarity of the results, and our validation efforts across 7T, 3T, and test-retest datasets.

      Regarding the reviewer’s concern about the evidence for a dorsal-ventral organization, we agree that the rostro-caudal gradient is more prominent and convincing in our data, while the dorsal-ventral pattern is less robust. As the reviewer points out, the second gradient (G2) in Figure S5 may primarily reflect differences between the ZI and surrounding H fields, rather than a clear internal subdivision within the ZI itself. We have revised the Discussion to clarify this interpretation, emphasizing that our evidence for a dorsal-ventral organization is more tentative and requires further validation, particularly in light of prior animal literature.

      We also appreciate the reviewer’s important point regarding clinical translation. Indeed, the HCP datasets, both at 7T and 3T, use acquisition parameters (e.g., 1.25 mm voxel size at 3T) that exceed those of typical clinical scans. We therefore assessed the replicability of our findings in data acquired at more clinically representative resolutions (i.e., 2 mm voxel size at 3T). Details concerning this analysis are outlined in our response to reviewer 2 below.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) When using "spectral clustering" to segment the ZI per its structural connectivity, it is unclear how k=6 clusters were chosen. Moreover based on previous reports of rodent ZI cytoarchitecture into rostral, dorsal, ventral, and caudal regions there is disagreement with the topographic organization of six clusters presented in this manuscript. Moreover, "diffusion map embedding" was not described or cited. This technique of dimensionality reduction and how it was applied to the data should be specifically described.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. We agree that selecting the optimal number of clusters in data-driven approaches such as spectral clustering is inherently challenging in the absence of a definitive ground truth. To address this, we computed alternative cluster solutions across a range of k values (k=2-8), which are presented in Supplementary Figure 2B. Our decision to focus on k=6 was guided by prior cytoarchitectonic descriptions of the rodent ZI by Romanowski et al., 1985, who delineated six distinct sectors (pars rostropolaris, pars dorsalis, pars ventralis, pars magnocellularis, pars retropolaris, and pars caudalis). Thus, our approach aligns the data-driven clustering with established anatomical subdivisions. Additionally, we found that k=6 provided a meaningful level of granularity for probing location-dependent neuromodulatory effects within the ZI, as discussed in the revised Discussion section (‘Discrete subregions of the zona incerta using spectral clustering’, second paragraph).

      Finally, we acknowledge the lack of clarity concerning “diffusion map embedding” in the original submission. We have now more explicitly mentioned diffusion map embedding in the “Connectivity gradients” paragraph in the Methods section, which includes the relevant references as well as description on how it was applied to the data.

      (2) "Strong correlations with cognitive terms and cortical hierarchies were particularly evident for clusters 3-5 (Figure 7a-b), which have the highest number of connecting streamlines (Figure 3c). Cluster 5, located near the central sulcus, is significantly linked to movement related cognitive processing (Pearson's r = 0.623, p < 0.005) and CogPC1 (Pearson's r = 0.593, p < 0.005). Cluster 4, situated more anteriorly, overlaps with regions involved in working memory (Pearson's r = 0.494, p < 0.001) with a high level of expression of serotonin (5-HT1B) receptors (Pearson's r = 0.413, p < 0.005) (Beliveau et al., 2017). Cluster 3, located further towards the frontal pole, is associated with mood (Pearson's r = 0.473, p < 0.005) and impulsivity (Pearson's r = 0.473, p < 0.001), and the sensorimotor association axis (Pearson's r = 0.583, p < 0.005) (Sydnor et al., 2021). Clusters 1, 2, and 6, characterized by the least number of connecting streamlines (Figure 3c), were relatively weakly associated (i.e., low Spearman's coefficient and/or within the spatial autocorrelation range) with cognitive terms or cortical hierarchies."

      The validity of identifying correlations with the spectral clusters and functional connectivity in tasks related to "keywords", and reporting similarities between these data and the regions most strongly connected via tractography, is a bit questionable. These results are based on studies that may not report all relevant findings. There is a bias towards regions that are more commonly studied with fMRI. Moreover, claims can be made about assigning functions specific to a brain region for almost any structure/function relationship (with some exceptions).

      We agree that correlations between connectivity-defined ZI clusters and functional annotations derived from external datasets should be interpreted with caution, given potential biases in the available literature (e.g., overrepresentation of well-studied cortical regions in fMRI meta-analyses) and the inherent risk of over-assigning functions to structural subdivisions. Our intention was not to make definitive claims about the functional specialization of individual ZI subregions, but rather to provide an exploratory framework for situating the ZI within broader cortical hierarchies and functional domains. These analyses are intended to generate hypotheses and to offer preliminary insight into how connectivity-based subdivisions of the ZI may relate to cognition and behavior.

      We agree with the reviewer that future studies should be specifically designed to address these questions more directly, for example, by combining connectivity-informed parcellations of the ZI with task-based or resting-state fMRI in the same subjects. Such targeted approaches will be necessary to rigorously establish the integration of the ZI within the brain’s functional organization.

      (3) The ZI's connections to many subcortical structures have also been reported in rodents and non-human primates. Moreover, the authors describe the efficacy of DBS of the caudal ZI in alleviating symptoms in patients with essential tremor, which indicates modulation of the dentato-rubro-thalamic tract fibers that project to subcortical structures such as the VIM thalamus, red nucleus, and cerebellum. The atlas in the study was characterized per the ZI's cortical connections only. These concerns should be addressed in the discussion.

      We agree with the reviewer that incorporating subcortical connections is essential for a comprehensive understanding of ZI connectivity. Building on our prior work demonstrating the feasibility of subcortical tractography (Kai et al., NeuroImage, 2022), we propose a systematic investigation of in vivo subcortico-incertal tractography as a critical next step. We believe that a dedicated investigation is required to systematically evaluate subcorticoincertal tractography, optimize reconstruction of key pathways (e.g., the dentato-rubrothalamic tract), and determine how these subcortical connections contribute to the topographic organization of the human ZI. We now explicitly discuss these considerations and identify them as an important direction for future work. Such (currently ongoing) work will not only clarify how subcortical inputs shape the topography of the ZI, but will also enable targeted optimization of tractography parameters to maximize the reliable reconstruction of specific but key pathways, including the dentato-rubro-thalamic tract. We believe this line of investigation will be important in advancing both the anatomical characterization and translational relevance of the ZI.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Re: data quality compared to the clinic, this could be achieved by replicating the analysis on a downsampled version of the HCP data that more closely resembles clinical data. This is understandably a large undertaking, so it could be left to future validation work.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. While this was suggested as potential future work, we felt adding this analysis would strengthen the manuscript. In response, we repeated our analyses using diffusion MRI data that more closely approximates a clinical acquisition with a lower spatial resolution (i.e., 2 mm vs. 1.25 mm isotropic) and number of diffusion-encoding directions (i.e., 130 vs. 270, Kasa et al., NeuroImage Clin., 2022). We have included these analyses in the revised manuscript.

      Reassuringly, the principal rostro-caudal gradient of cortico-incertal connectivity was preserved, demonstrating that the dominant organizational feature of the ZI is robust even under clinically representative acquisition conditions. However, finer-grained parcellations were less consistent with the original HCP analyses. In particular, cluster solutions with larger numbers of clusters (k > 3) became increasingly variable, indicating that differentiation of subtle connectivity-defined subregions benefits from the higher spatial and angular resolution afforded by research-grade diffusion MRI.

      We believe these findings provide a more nuanced assessment of the translational potential of our approach. They suggest that the large-scale topographic organization of the ZI can be recovered using clinically realistic diffusion MRI, while also highlighting the current limitations of routine clinical acquisitions for resolving finer anatomical subdivisions.

      We have incorporated these results and their implications into the revised manuscript.

      (2) Figure 6 legend labels: (c) and (d) should be (b) and (c).

      Thank you for highlighting this discrepancy. We have corrected as proposed.

  3. docdrop.org docdrop.org
    1. one of the few things we know for certain about schooling is that the class background of a student's classmates has a dramatic effect on that student's level of success

      I usually think of academic success as something that depends mostly on each student, but the author argues that the people around you can also have a strong influence. Now when I think about it, definitely being surrounded by classmates who are motivated and have strong academic goals could encourage a student to have similar expectations for themselves. But at the same time, students from lower income backgrounds may not have the same exposure, even if they are personally motivated. This shows that educational inequality is more complicated than giving every student the same materials or teachers because the overall environment students learn in also shapes their experiences and outcomes.

    1. Starting with a summary of others’ views may seem to contradict the common advice that writers should lead with their own thesis or claim.

      why could we not start with our main claim or thesis and throw in others views as we go along in the writing to get people more excited to read what other people think compared to what the writer thinks

    1. . We often think very indi-vidualistically about human behavior.

      This seems especially relevant to health promotion campaigns that focus on changing personal behaviors. If health outcomes are heavily shaped by social conditions, then focusing exclusively on individual responsibility may oversimplify the problem. It makes me wonder whether public health messaging sometimes places responsibility on individuals for barriers they cannot fully control. For example, advising people to eat healthier or exercise more assumes they have access to affordable food, safe neighborhoods, and sufficient time. The sociological perspective challenges us to ask whether health interventions should focus as much on changing social environments as changing individual behavior.

  4. Sep 2026
    1. folkways direct, appropriate behavior in the day-to-day practices and expressions of a cultureEnd of search result
      1. A normal day in my life on campus: there is an expectation that if you are walking to your class and you walk through a doorway and a person is right behind you, you should make sure to hold the door open for that person rather than shutting it behind them or letting it slam in their face. In the textbook, the definitions in Chapter 3, refers to folkways. It is a routine behavior that governs casual daily social interactions and is known as politeness, but it does not carry deep moral weight. I learned this norm both directly and simply by observing. Growing up, I've always been an observer, and I loved to see how things were done. My parents would always remind me to "hold the door " when we were in town and out in public, and this taught me how to be polite and generous to others. Once I got older and would go out to public areas around others, I quickly noticed that almost everyone does it automatically; this reinforced the behavior just by watching others around me. If a person were to break this norm and let the door shut behind someone or let it hit them in the face, the reaction would be an informal negative sanction. It wouldn't be a serious action like the police getting called or getting you kicked out of this public area, but you will definitely get dirty looks and have others think you aren't polite or respectful.

      2. Another example I have for an expectation is students completing assignments, exams, and quizzes using their own knowledge, not using their peers' answers or using AI and apps that give you answers instead of using what you know and learned. In the textbook, this norm is pronounced moray these mores are strict norms that are known for protecting the core moral views, values, as well as principles of a group, so in this case, fairness and academic integrity in our community. I learned this by always having a reminder by my teachers growing up from elementary school,middle school, and high school and now up to college,teachers and professors have a lecture about their polices and how cheating isnt ok and that they dont support cheating and that you should use your own knowlege. This comes with severe formal negative sanctions: if a student were to get caught cheating, their teacher or professor will either make you redo the assignment or exam, or they can give you an automatic 0 for a grade. Violating this policy can not only give you a bad grade, but also it doesnt help you learn correctly. 3There has always been a clear rule in the united states that indivduals that individuals who aren't 21 years old are not legally allowed to purchase or be under the influence of alcohol. the expecation is that it is a law in the text book chapter 3 it states that laws are a formal norm that are officially written into a legal code and that are very strictly inforced by the united states law. I learned about this law just by growing up, with my parents telling me about it. When you walk into a store, sometimes they have signs saying you have to be 21 or older to purchase alcohol or any kind of drugs having to show proof you are 21 or older by giving your ID. If someone under the age of 21 is caught drinking, they will face the consequences that involve formal negative sanctions. This means getting in trouble with the police; you can get fined, be taken to jail, and may have to attend a mandatory alcohol education class.

    1. while ignoring settler colonialism at home

      I find this exert very interesting. The gay liberation movement of the late 60s, early 70s being able to recognize colonization efforts globally, but not internally shows just how embedded in systems of oppression and power people are, especially i the United States and Canada. Invisible systems of oppression such as patriarchy can be tied back to colonialism, and the spreading of christian European gender roles, yet usually white people in movements such as the gay rights movement are not prone to take that extra step, and see how their oppression may also result from colonization. This is because, often white people do not think about colonization as something that can effect them, more of an issue others face which although they can sympathize with, do not see its intersection with other social movements and issues. Its important we acknowledge colonizations role in the core of social issues, and work towards decolonization efforts to undo these causes, and look bigger to see other common routes intertwined within social issues.

    1. Depuis fin 2020, il n’est plus possible d’afficher des sites en Flash depuis les principaux navigateurs Web. Cet abandon technologique est la conséquence finale d’un mouvement entamé par l’ensemble des acteurs du Web, Adobe compris, qui vise à réorganiser la retraite définitive de Flash, empêchant, de fait, l’accès à des millions de sites Web. Seules quelques institutions, privées pour la plupart, sont sensibles à ce patrimoine : le Web Design Museum44 Le Web Design Museum est une plateforme en ligne qui présente une sélection de plus de 1 600 sites Web conçus entre 1991 et 2006, http://b-o.fr/wdm, Internet Archive55 Internet Archive est une organisation fondée en 1996 dont l’objectif est d’archiver le Web en réalisant des instantanés (sauvegardes de l’état d’un contenu à un instant donné) et en les rendant accessibles, http://b-o.fr/internet-archive, Flashpoint66 Flashpoint est un projet de préservation de jeux Web lancé par BlueMaxima en 2018, http://b-o.fr/flashpoint, ou la BnF77 BnF, Archives de l’Internet, http://b-o.fr/bnf (pour une base partielle du Web français consultable unique ment sur site physique). Le plus étonnant est que cette « désactivation » semble s’opérer dans une quasi-indifférence88 Voir : Nicole Carpenter, « Flash Support is Ending in 2020. Its Legacy Needs To Be Preserved », Polygon, 2020, http://b-o.fr/carpenter. Paradoxalement, le Web, héritage d’une vision cumulative du Mundaneum99 Le Mundaneum est un répertoire bibliographique à vocation universelle considéré comme l’ancêtre du Web. Établi à Bruxelles en 1920 par Paul Otlet et Henri La Fontaine, il rassemblait seize salles didactiques comprenant douze millions de fiches bibliographiques et un musée de la Presse avec 200  000 spécimens de journaux. , du Memex1010 Le Memex est un dispositif fictif préfigurant la dématérialisation des contenus et leur interconnexion mondiale. Il fut imaginé par Vannevar Bush dans « As We May Think », publié en 1945 dans la revue Atlantic Monthly, http://b-o.fr/bush, et du Cyberespace1111 Voir : William Gibson, Neuromancien [1984], Paris, La Découverte, 1985., semble aujourd’hui évoluer en mémoire limitée, comme si les internautes s’étaient lovés dans le modèle de l’obsolescence programmée des constructeurs hardware. Nous viendrait-il à l’idée de supprimer l’accès à des livres dont le format ou l’éditeur deviendrait « obsolète » ?

      Constat de départ de l'article : depuis fin 2020, des millions de sites Flash sont devenus inaccessibles, dans une quasi-indifférence. La question « Nous viendrait-il à l'idée de supprimer l'accès à des livres dont le format ou l'éditeur deviendrait « obsolète » ? » est le premier point de tension et ouvre le questionnement.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The work corroborates the idea, recently suggested by Rosenthal et al. (2025), that spreading depolarization is involved in the mechanisms of electroconvulsive therapy. Using a mouse model of electroconvulsive therapy and various sophisticated approaches to visualize cortical activity, the authors provide an extensive description of traveling calcium waves induced by electroconvulsive stimulation. The study confirms that the calcium events have properties typical of cortical spreading depolarization and seeks to show that the calcium/SD waves mediate therapeutic and neuroplastic effects of electroconvulsive therapy. The authors find that after electroconvulsive stimulation associated with calcium/SD waves, Fos expression increases widely; in the cortex, this increase is localized to the hemisphere affected by calcium waves. They show that some EEG predictors of the beneficial effects of electroconvulsive therapy correlate with the occurrence of calcium/SD waves. Despite the solid methodology and the study's interesting, its conclusions are not fully supported by the data.

      In particular:

      (1) The title of the paper claims that "electroconvulsive stimulation drives cortical spreading depolarization dependent immediate early gene expression". However, immunohistochemical staining shows that Fos expression increases not only in the cortex but also in many subcortical regions, including the hippocampus and amygdala (Figure 5A). Really, conventional electroconvulsive therapy stimulates nearly the entire brain volume and induces generalized seizure activity that can trigger SD not only in the cortex but also in other brain sites. Therefore, regions beyond the cortex can also drive the effects of electroconvulsive therapy.

      This is correct, our claim is that ECS drives spreading depression dependent IEG expression in cortex. We are not claiming this is the only consequence of ECS. The extracortical response to ECS could contribute to the treatment, and we discuss this in the hippocampus specifically (see Discussion). In current clinical practice, cortical surface EEG is used as a biomarker for predicting treatment outcome. Given that the CSD is necessary to drive Fos expression in cortex, we think it is warranted to speculate that monitoring CSD during ECT is worth exploring as a potentially superior biomarker of treatment outcome. Especially given that this is readily feasible (Discussion).

      Next, the authors use Fos staining as a marker of neuronal plasticity. However, Fos is also a marker of preceding neuronal activation. As electroconvulsive stimulation, seizures, and SD are associated with high neural activity, it is unclear whether the observed Fos upregulation results from the prior activation or heralds the subsequent plastic changes. Other markers of neuroplasticity (e.g., BDNF) should also be examined.

      The idea that Fos is a marker of neuronal activity is outdated. The primary correlate of Fos expression is neuronal plasticity and learning-related circuit modifications, rather than just neuronal activity – see e.g. (Bolhuis et al., 2001; de Hoz et al., 2018; Fleischmann et al., 2003; Kimpo and Doupe, 1997; Mahringer et al., 2022, 2019; Nakadate et al., 2012; Roy et al., 2016; Ryan et al., 2015; Tanaka et al., 2018; Tyssowski et al., 2018; Watanabe et al., 1996; Yassin et al., 2010). We have now referenced some of those articles in the manuscript (Introduction). But more importantly, our claim is that the CSD is necessary to drive Fos. The fact that CSD can occur in a single hemisphere allows, within a brain, to control for direct ECS response and phase III oscillations. In unilateral CSD, contralateral hemispheres displayed Fos levels in the cortex that were similar to sham mice. Investigating the exact plasticity pathway that is triggered by the CSD is an interesting question we are pursuing in follow-up work, but does not influence our conclusions here.

      (2) Postictal EEG suppression is one of the most promising correlates of positive clinical outcomes after electroconvulsive therapy. Cortical SD is also tightly coupled with suppression of neuronal activity in affected regions. Although the authors report that postictal suppression is stronger after stimulations with cortical SDs than without SDs, the cortices affected (ipsi) and unaffected (contra) by unilateral cortical calcium/SD events exhibit identical suppression (Figure 6F). The result contradicts established knowledge in the field. If the calcium events are cortical SDs, they should induce EEG suppression only in the affected hemisphere.

      The reviewer is correct in that postictal suppression is currently one of the best correlates of positive clinical outcome used in the clinic. However, note that EEG-based correlates are generally weak predictors of treatment outcomes: even recently identified correlates are unreliable between patients cohorts and account for less than 60% of the clinical outcome (Francis-Taylor et al., 2020; Scangos et al., 2019). See also our response to comment (2) of reviewer 3 on this topic.

      The primary problem in the interpretation of postictal suppression of EEG activity is that it is unclear what the source of the EEG signal is in this case. During phase III oscillation following the CSD, cortex is silent and all of the EEG is likely driven by thalamic input to cortex. Note, source localization in EEG does not help as the source of the signal is likely the thalamic axons in cortex (Huels et al., 2023) (or their postsynaptic, and in this case subthreshold, effects). Whatever the source of the cortical surface EEG may be, we know that following CSD it cannot be cortical activity, hence, whatever is driving postictal suppression is also not cortical. If we had to speculate, postictal suppression is likely an exhaustion of thalamus in attempting to drive cortex without getting any excitatory feedback. During an epileptic seizure, thalamus oscillates at delta frequencies and cortex responds at each peak of the oscillation, generating ictal spikes on the EEG (Meeren et al., 2002; Polack et al., 2009). The fact that ictal spikes are missing in an “optimal” phase III oscillation is consistent with our findings that the CSD completely silences cortex for minutes. Thus, during an ECS-driven phase III oscillation, cortex does not respond to thalamic input and at some point thalamus runs out of energy to maintain the oscillation - it is likely the combination of thalamus running out of energy and a silent cortex that gives rise to postictal suppression. Note we do find an asymmetry for the mid-oscillation amplitude (Figure 6A), which in this interpretation can be explained by the thalamo-cortical circuit attempting to compensate for the absence of cortical feedback by increasing its drive to the CSD-affected hemisphere.

      (3) The study states a beneficial role of calcium/SD waves in ECS effects. However, SD alters numerous aspects of brain function, leading to a range of effects that can underlie side effects as well. Assessment of the behavioral effects of stimulation with and without calcium/SD waves can help clarify the issue.

      This is a misunderstanding. We claim (and show) that the CSD is necessary to drive immediate early gene expression following ECS. Based on this we speculate that the CSD “may serve as a more relevant biomarker for predicting and optimizing therapeutic outcomes of ECT” than EEG biomarkers.

      We do not “state [that there is] a beneficial role of CSD” – we actually address the possibility that SD may not be therapeutically beneficial (Discussion). The suggestion of investigating behavioral consequences of CSD in mice is interesting, but likely not the most relevant follow-up work. This is for two reasons:

      (1) Very different from humans, most mouse behavior does not depend on cortex (Kawai et al., 2015; Pandey et al., 2026). Thus, any potential behavioral consequences of ECS in mice are difficult to interpret in the context of clinical relevance. We don’t think there is any known biomarker based on mouse behavior that has any direct translational value to psychiatric treatments. The reviewer may disagree with this assessment but just consider that no mouse behavior assay has ever been instrumental to the development of a novel psychiatric treatment.

      (2) The more direct – and simpler approach – is to directly test whether CSD correlates with treatment outcomes in patients. Our primary aim with this paper is to inspire exactly this. Note, we are currently pursuing this as well, of course. Monitoring CSDs in humans during ECT is likely possible with fNIRS or other hemodynamic-based measurements (Discussion).

      However, to reiterate – the claim of the manuscript is exactly as stated in the title. Thus, demonstrating the clinical relevance of the CSD is outside of the scope of the current manuscript, but will be trivial to prove by measuring treatment outcomes while routinely monitoring patients for CSD.

      The results of the work suggest that cortical SD can contribute to electroconvulsive therapy-related mechanisms and help to optimize the stimulation parameters to achieve maximal therapeutic effect.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The results of sham tests are shown only for the immunohistochemical data. However, results from control experiments should be provided for the EEG and calcium data.

      Sham data are included in Author response image 1. We are not sure how they support our conclusions and have left them out of the manuscript. A sham stimulation just characterizes ongoing activity under anesthesia. The more direct comparison is the difference between pre- and post-ECS activity. Baseline widefield calcium imaging data is already shown in Figure 1, 2, 6; baseline mouse EEG data is already shown in Figure 1 and 6. Baseline EEG in patients is not available in the present dataset.

      Author response image 1.

      Sham ECS does not result in phase III oscillations or a CSD. (A) Representative spectrograms (top) and raw traces (bottom) of concurrent EEG (left) and widefield calcium imaging (right) during a sham ECS session. (B) Population raster plot (top) and two example activity traces of neurons (bottom) during a sham ECS two-photon recording.

      Moreover, baseline (pre-ECS) calcium and EEG activity should be shown in Figures 1 and 6 to correctly assess the changes induced by stimulation.

      We are not sure we understand as pre-ECS data are already shown in Figures 1 and 6. We assume the reviewer may mean “more baseline data should be shown”? We have extended the time scale of the relevant panels in Figure 1, 2 and 6 to include 30 s instead of 10 s of pre-ECS data.

      Using the term 'oscillations/phase III oscillations' instead of 'seizures' throughout the text is confusing because the word covers a wide range of brain oscillations - from normal to pathological ones.

      This is indeed confusing – but the confusion arises from the often imprecise usage of the term “seizure” in the ECT literature. The EEG response to ECS is not equivalent to that of an epileptic seizure. The description of a “phase III oscillation” is a more precise description of the EEG signature. It was introduced by (Brumback and Staton, 1982) and is not our terminology. We dedicate an entire paragraph in the introduction to this distinction. We are not sure how to make this clearer in the current manuscript. Continuing to describe the EEG response to ECS as “seizure” is inaccurate, and mechanistically misleading, especially given that cortex is silent during the phase III oscillation following the CSD (i.e. cortex cannot be “seizing” during this phase of the EEG response, see our point above on postictal EEG suppression).

      The presentation of clinical data is scarce and unclear. e.g., the authors claim that the oscillation frequency is similar in mice and humans (lines 206-208). However, in Figure 1F, oscillations during the early post-ECS phase have twice the frequency (6-7 Hz) in the patient EEG recording (6-7 oscillations per 1 second) compared to the mouse EEG (3 Hz, i.e., 6 oscillations per 2 seconds during 73-75 s). It seems a bit odd because Figure 1H shows that the frequency does not exceed 5 Hz, even in patients.

      Please excuse, this is our mistake. The x-axis label in the human data of Figure 1F was incorrect. It should have read 1 to 3 s, not 1 to 2 s. Window sizes were of course matched between mice and human data and are all 2 s. The mistake is now corrected. The frequencies in patients and mice are compared in Figure 1H and are not different.

      A part of the discussion (lines 627-635) is based on factual inaccuracy: cortical SD cannot invade the hippocampus in the in vivo brain (only in slices), although SD can occur in the hippocampus in response to generalized seizures.

      It would be helpful if the reviewer would back up this claim with references. Short of this we are left to speculate - we suspect the reviewer may be referring to earlier work in the rat cortex, that claimed that a cortical SD can only invade hippocampus if glia has been impaired (Largo et al., 1997). This is now an outdated model: there are more recent reports of CSD invading the hippocampus (Bahari et al., 2020; Bonaccini Calia et al., 2022). If the reviewer has specific concerns with any of these papers, we would be happy to discuss in more detail, but the reviewers’ claim seems unfounded here.

      It is reasonable to expect that bilateral stimulation produces bilateral calcium/SD waves. In Rosenthal's experiments, this situation was most common. In the present study, bilateral ECS triggers mostly unilateral calcium waves. Do you have any idea what the reasons for the result are? As stimulation parameters (polarity, intensity, and frequency) have been shown to control the occurrence of SD waves, their unilateral pattern suggests non-uniform stimulation conditions. I am curious whether the uni- or bilateral pattern of calcium/SD waves depends on the ECS parameters.

      The main difference between our patient and mouse data is the polarity of stimulation. For patient data, the polarity of the current alternates with every pulse, while in our mouse data the stimulation was always right unipolar. This is discussed when we mention the asymmetry of SD in our data (Results, Methods) - we suspect the reviewer may have missed this.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript addresses the question of mechanisms underlying the therapeutic effects of electroconvulsive therapy (ECT). Clinical efficacy of ECT in major depression (and other disorders) is well established and has often been assumed to be a direct consequence of seizure activity generated by the current application. However, as the authors point out, this explanation is unsatisfactory. A recent study (Rosenthal et al., 2025) provided evidence that ECT generates a wave of cortical spreading depolarization (CSD) in mice, and initial evidence that similar events were generated in patients undergoing ECT. Based on their observations, Rosenthal et al. proposed that CSD, rather than seizure, may engage plasticity mechanisms that contribute to the brain's clinical response to ECT. The current study adds to that prior work by reporting other consequences of CSD, in addition to sustained Ca2+ elevations. The current study also links EEG characteristics immediately following the ECT with the likelihood of generating a CSD, which can help optimize ECT parameters.

      Strengths:

      An important research topic, linking a large set of rodent studies with a limited clinical EEG data set.

      The data acquisition and analyses appear to be of very high quality, and the main results are well illustrated.

      Association between EEG characteristics linked to good clinical outcome matched by mouse EEG data linked to CSD.

      Characterization of multiple consequences of CSD following ECT in the mouse brain.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The main characterization of CSD propagation comes from GCaMP Ca2+ measurements, as previously reported (Rosenthal et al., 2025). That prior study also provided key electrophysiological evidence of CSD with a DC shift after ECT in mice (supplemental data). Given the prior evidence for ECT-CSD, the additional measures shown in the current manuscript are fully expected. Thus, the 2-photon imaging of Ca2+ elevations following CSD (Figure 4) is consistent with prior 2-photon imaging studies of CSD, and the complex hemodynamic and pH changes are expected to contribute to propagation of EGFP fluorescence changes (Supplemental Figure 5). These data are well presented, but, contrary to the results section here, these results appear confirmatory rather than necessary to build a case that the key event generated by ECT is a CSD.

      This is correct, our work confirms that the calcium event following ECS is a CSD. The main claim of our paper is that ECS drives immediate early gene expression in a CSD-dependent manner.

      However, note that the Rosenthal paper concluded that the calcium event is a CSD while providing only little evidence for that claim – mind you, we agree with their interpretation, but provide more evidence for the conclusion. We are happy to discuss the limitations of the Rosenthal paper as highlighted below more prominently in the manuscript, if the reviewer thinks this would be helpful, but we think that is likely not necessary.

      Briefly, in the data presented in (Rosenthal et al., 2025), the only support for the calcium response being a CSD is the speed of propagation and the DC shift reported in extracellular recordings. We add to this by showing that the spread of the calcium event follows the pattern expected by a CSD through cortical layers (Figure 4), results in heterogeneous returns to baseline calcium levels (Figure 4), causes vasoconstriction (Figure S5), travels at the speed expected of a CSD regardless of stimulation parameters (Figure S3) and causes Fos expression (Figure 5).

      Most importantly, the ECS as used by Rosenthal and colleagues is not a mouse model of ECT, in the sense that is not a scalp electrical stimulation. The stimulation method is fundamentally different between our two articles: (Rosenthal et al., 2025) implanted stimulating electrodes directly in the mice’s dorsal cranium. Direct cortical stimulation is well known to be able to cause CSD (Leao, 1944). However, it is unclear whether direct cortical stimulation is a useful model for ECT. We suspect that Rosenthal and colleagues were led to believe that auricular stimulation does not work because they saw no evidence of a cortical seizure in calcium recordings following stimulation. (See discussion on the confusion of phase III oscillation and seizure in the ECT literature.) We suspect that EEG recordings following direct cortical stimulation would reveal a very different EEG pattern from that observed in patients. This highlights the importance and novelty of the comparison of mouse and human EEG we present in Figure 1. Note, in our auricular stimulation preparation we do not observe any seizure-like activity in cortex that lasts beyond the stimulation (compare Rosenthal’s Figure 1E vs Figure 1F here). Given the EEG similarity we show between mice and patients, we suspect the cortical seizure Rosenthal and colleagues find is a methodological artifact. This is puzzling to us, as Rosenthal and colleagues do briefly mention a single mouse example with an extracellular electrophysiology recording compatible with CSD following auricular stimulation (Supplementary Figure 2).

      Thus, not only is it necessary to add evidence to the interpretation that the ECS-driven calcium event is indeed a CSD, but also that it can be triggered by a stimulation method that successfully replicates the known EEG response of human patients.

      (2) The authors state that "our conclusion that CSD is the primary driver of plasticity is based on its role in driving Fos expression" (line 472). Related to the point above, there is already a very well-established literature showing that CSD leads to rapid and robust Fos expression in rodent cortex, so this is fully consistent with prior work. The prior work, CSD-fos work, should be summarized and/or cited more clearly in the manuscript. Showing that Fos increases only in the hemisphere where there is a large CSDCa2+ wave is a clear demonstration of this. While Fos increases can certainly be well linked to plasticity in some experimental paradigms, the implication that Fos increases underlie CSD-induced plasticity and possibly therapeutic effects of ECT is not appropriate. Fos increases after CSD are a reliable marker of the very strong neuronal activation that occurs, but Fos increases are not specific for plasticity and can be activated by challenges that do not generate synaptic plasticity. A range of other gene expression changes have been identified with CSD and may contribute to adaptive plasticity; these could be mentioned alongside speculation about Fos. To support the main conclusions of this paper about CSD driving plasticity via Fos, Fos knockout or knockdown studies are needed, as has been used in prior plasticity studies.

      We have added additional references to the CSD-Fos literature in the discussion. Regarding the role of Fos as a marker of plasticity rather than activity, we discuss this point in our reply to comment (1) of reviewer 1. Concerning the expression of other genes, we already referenced the TRKB/BDNF pathways (Discussion). We have now added references on RNA-seq following CSD, which show that Fos is one of the most differentially expressed genes following CSD (Dell’Orco et al., 2023). Regarding the use of Fos knockout/knockdown lines, please see our reply to the reviewer’s comment (4).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (3) The Results and Discussion sections should be revised to better reflect the prior discovery of CSD following ECT in rodents and initial evidence in humans, as discussed in the first point in the Weaknesses section above.

      The prior discovery of the fact that ECS can drive CSD is first mentioned in the third sentence of the abstract “However, this view is challenged by the recent finding that electroconvulsive stimulation (ECS) can trigger a cortical spreading depression (CSD).” (The abstract has no references, but the introduction should make it clear what is meant).

      There is an entire paragraph of the introduction discussing the Rosenthal results.

      The first time we discuss our results (end of the Introduction) we say: “Consistent with previous work (Rosenthal et al., 2025), we observed a slow travelling calcium event that appeared to be a CSD.” The Rosenthal paper is cited in 8 times in total throughout the manuscript.

      We are unsure what the reviewer is asking us to do here. As mentioned above, if any revision is warranted regarding that reference, it should be to clarify that the Rosenthal paper used direct intracranial stimulation rather than ECS, and did not fully confirm the calcium event as a CSD – but they should be credited for finding the first preliminary evidence for CSD following ECS in patients.

      (4) To support the authors' statement that "CSD is the primary driver of plasticity is based on its role in driving Fos expression", additional experiments with Fos knockdown or knockout (or alternative interventions) are needed.

      Our main claim is that CSD causes Fos expression in the cortex following ECS. The argument that Fos can be used as a marker of plasticity follows from the literature, not from the experiments done here – this would require a form of functional plasticity measurement, which is outside the scope of this paper (and might not be the most relevant direction, see our reply to comment (3) of reviewer 1). The only observation that a Fos genetic manipulation would give us is the lack or reduction of Fos expression following CSD, which would be orthogonal to the points we make here.

      (5) It would be helpful to use a more specific term than "Ca2+ event" in Figure 2D and throughout the related Results section. It is assumed that this is the large propagating Ca2+ event attributed to CSD, but the terminology is important, as all the other events in the recording (including during Pre-ECT and the Direct ECT period) are also Ca2+ events.

      We have added a clear definition of what we mean on first usage (Results). The reason to call it a calcium event, and not a CSD, is that we did not want to jump to conclusions. We do think that the event is a CSD, but conclusive proof of that is still lacking (in both our work and that of Rosenthal). It is conceivable that the event propagates via a different mechanism than a CSD.

      (6) The authors should comment on differences among rodent models of ECT stimulation, especially with direct and ear clip methods, as discussed in the context of translational value (Theilmann et al., 2014).

      The Theilmann 2014 paper compares ECS delivered via auricular stimulation and intracranial electrodes. They compare the two stimulation methods, but use stimulation currents, total charges, and stimulation duration that were not matched. In the case of stimulation current, those used in auricular stimulation are approximately 8 fold higher than what they use for intracranial stimulation. Moreover, the stimulations were performed in awake rats. This is scientifically - and ethically, even for 2014 - questionable in light of the fact that this is aimed at developing a model for ECT, which is always done under general anesthesia. They conclude that cortical stimulation has less adverse effects and is more effective in reducing immobility in a forced swim test. The confound in the interpretation of these results is that all stimulation was performed in awake animals. The reason this is no longer done in humans is that it is extremely painful. Direct cortical stimulation is likely much less painful (for the same reason TMS is less painful). This would explain their findings of increased adverse effects with auricular electrodes. Given the differences in stimulation parameters used, the difficulty of calibrating equivalent doses of auricular and intracortical stimulations, as well as the small effect sizes reported, we don’t think the results allow for any solid conclusions as to which method is more effective in reducing immobility in a forced swim test. However, even if one would assume the intracortical ECS is more ‘effective’, this is hardly relevant, as we are interested in using mouse ECS as a model for human ECT. One could speculate that intracranial ECS might also exhibit higher clinical benefit than surface ECS in patients, but that is not the scope of our research, and probably not clinically relevant. Finally, while the authors do include EEG recordings in the rat – these were not compared to patient recordings, and from visual inspection do not resemble patient EEG recordings that we have seen. We would argue that the best rodent model of ECT stimulation is the one that triggers neuronal activity most similar to that observed in patients. We have added a brief discussion of these points to the corresponding Methods section.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript combines widefield calcium imaging, electroencephalography, 2-photon imaging, and immunohistochemistry in mice to re-demonstrate that electroconvulsive stimulation (ECS) induces a seizure followed by cortical spreading depolarization, as previously shown. The putative novel finding - which is not unexpected - is that ECS is also correlated with increased expression of the immediate early gene cFOS, although this has also been shown previously. The authors speculate that CSD drives cFOS expression, which might contribute to the therapeutic effects of ECT; however, experiments performed do not provide causal evidence for this hypothesis. Instead, the authors use expression of cFOS - a nonspecific activity-dependent gene induced in various pathological and non-therapeutic contexts - as a proxy for plasticity and/or therapeutic effect. Hence, overall, the significance of the findings is limited and primarily serves to replicate prior work, with the evidence evaluated as incomplete.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are generally well executed from a technical perspective.

      Main Weaknesses to be addressed in revision:

      (1) The main findings of this paper are replication experiments of prior work, and thus, the novelty and significance of this manuscript are relatively limited.

      This appears incorrect. It was known that direct cortical stimulation (as was done in the Rosenthal paper) can drive a calcium event that resembles a CSD. It was also known that CSD can drive Fos expression. What was not known is that the Fos expression driven by ECS is fully explained by the calcium event (putative CSD). This is particularly relevant as most people still erroneously assume Fos is a marker or neuronal activity, and prior work has come to the conclusion that ECT does not drive, but likely downregulates Fos expression (Calais et al., 2013; Morinobu et al., 1995; Park et al., 2014; Winston et al., 1990). We have added a more prominent discussion section on this point.

      - It is already known that the mean frequency of ECT-induced seizures decays between peak and offset in humans (Stuiver et al. Clin Neurophysiol. 2026 Jan:181:2111439. doi: 10.1016/j.clinph.2025.2111439) and mice (Murakami et al. J Pharmacol Sci 2008 Jan;106(1):78-83. 10.1254/jphs.FP0071453), which the authors re-demonstrate in Figure 1.

      The importance of Figure 1 is to demonstrate that ECS delivered with auricular electrodes in mice causes an EEG signature that is very similar to that seen in patients. We do not claim we are the first to describe characteristics of phase III oscillations in either patients or mice (we have added the Murakami reference to the manuscript). The reply to comments (1) and (6) of reviewer 2 highlights why this comparison is so important – it was not done in the Rosenthal paper the reviewer mentions below, and it is not clear whether the intracortical stimulation used there even drives a comparable EEG response (given the calcium activity shown, we suspect the answer is no). To the best of our knowledge this direct comparison is novel – but again the key novelty of our work we highlight is the one described in the title.

      - It has already been demonstrated that ECT in mouse models induces lateralized CSD waves in a manner that depends on stimulation parameters and the initial evoked response during stimulation (Rosenthal et al. Nat Comm. 2025 May 18;16(1):4619. doi: 10.1038/s41467-025-59900-1); the authors replicate this in Figures 1, 2, 3, 6.

      It has indeed been demonstrated that ECS delivered using intracranial electrical stimulation can trigger CSD-like events (e.g. Rosenthal et al.). However, the fact that localized intracranial electrical stimulation can trigger a CSD has been shown quite a while ago already (see e.g. (Leao, 1944)). This is not the case for surface stimulation the way it is done in ECT and the way we do it. Nevertheless, note we give full credit to the Rosenthal work for making this connection. Our main contribution – as highlighted by the title – is showing that the Fos expression driven by ECS is fully explained by the CSD.

      - It is already widely established that EEG and calcium signals are highly concordant in mouse brain physiology, as shown in Figure 1.

      If the reviewer has references for this claim, we would be happy to add to the manuscript – we are not aware of any such work. As far as we are aware, this is still an area under active investigation – calcium signals correlate (locally) strongly with shank recordings (Wei et al., 2020), but how this translates into an EEG signal is speculative.

      It is already known that CSD propagates from supragranular to granular and infragranular layers (Zakharov et al. Epilepsia. 2019 Dec;60(12):2386-2397. doi: 10.1111/epi.16390) as shown in Figure 4.

      The reviewer may be jumping to conclusions here. It is correct that this has been shown for a CSD. The more important question (and the reason we did this experiment) is whether the calcium event triggered by ECS is indeed a CSD. We try to be careful to describe it as a calcium event in the results (mind you the calcium event in the Rosenthal is very likely a CSD as their intracortical stimulation (‘ECS’) is likely equivalent to the electrical stimulations used in the discovery of the CSD). We then perform a series of comparisons to see whether the calcium event has the known characteristics of a CSD – and we conclude everything we test is consistent with it being a CSD. Note, once again, that we do not claim novelty in any of this – the primary novelty is the link between ECS, Fos and CSD.

      - It is already known that CSD waves induce cFOS expression (e.g., Dell'Orco et al. Front Cell Neurosci. 2023 Dec 14:17:1292661. doi: 10.3389/fncel.2023.1292661; Hermann and Hossman. Neuroscience. 1999 Jan;88(2):599-608. doi: 10.1016/s0306-4522(98)00249-8) as the authors replicate in Figure 5.

      That is correct. The question however is how much of the Fos expression is explained by CSD. Prior work that has looked at Fos expression in response to ECS has found that ECS results in a slight reduction of Fos expression (Calais et al., 2013; Park et al., 2014). We suspect this is the result of not triggering a CSD. We do not claim to have discovered that CSD induces Fos expression. The novel contribution, which is the main claim of the paper, is that in the context of ECS the entirety of the cortical Fos expression can be explained by the CSD. This links the relative contributions of multiple components of the ECS response to a known marker of neuronal plasticity.

      Minimally, the authors should revise claims regarding novelty, as the manuscript, as written, is misleading to a reader not familiar with the field. There is limited innovation in re-demonstrating that these events are seizures and that they involve spreading depolarization.

      There is probably a misunderstanding here. We argue and show that there is no cortical seizure following ECS – that is why we refer to the EEG responses as phase III oscillations (characteristic of a silent cortex). And there is little prior evidence that the calcium events triggered by ECS are indeed a CSD (we think this is likely the case, but demonstrating this conclusively will require further work). If the reviewer has references for this, we would be happy to discuss. Note, the Rosenthal et al. paper just assumes (probably correctly) that they are a CSD, but does not demonstrate this. We don’t fully demonstrate this either, we just provide additional evidence. But once again, the novelty is in the title of the manuscript, and we do not claim any other novelty to the best of our reading of our manuscript. If the reviewer has a particularly misleading passage in mind, we are happy to rephrase.

      (2) The authors frame their hypothesis that CSD could be a potential mediator of the therapeutic effects of ECT, but they do not measure therapeutic effects or directly test this hypothesis. The principal advancement of the paper is showing that ECT-induced CSD triggers hemisphere-specific cFOS expression as a proxy of plasticity. However, it is already known that CSD induces cFOS expression (as noted above). The observation that cFOS expression was induced only by CSD, not by the initial seizure, is likely a byproduct of the greater activity induced by CSD than by seizure. cFOS expression is nonspecific to plasticity or therapeutic effects and can be triggered by many non-therapeutic interventions. The cFOS data thus do not meaningfully measure therapeutic plasticity. The authors also selectively cite references suggesting that EEG metrics such as seizure duration predict positive therapeutic outcomes, but this link is controversial and not well established in the clinical literature.

      We are not sure what the reviewer means by “cFOS expression is nonspecific to plasticity”. Does the reviewer mean Fos has other roles beside driving neuronal plasticity? That is very likely correct, but it is unclear how that is relevant. Fos is a key driver of a number of neuronal plasticity pathways (Chaudhuri et al., 2000; Cohen and Greenberg, 2008; Cruz et al., 2015; Durchdewald et al., 2009). Which exact pathways are driven by ECS is an interesting question that we are currently pursuing in follow-up work. Given what we know about Fos expression, it is probably well within reasonable bounds to conclude that Fos increases result in neuronal plasticity. Fos expression directly drives network plasticity (Yap et al., 2021): "our findings indicate that Fos expression has an instructive role in orchestrating persistent circuit modifications”. Likewise, Fos induction is strictly required for experience-dependent representational plasticity during learning (de Hoz et al., 2018): “locally blocking c-Fos expression caused […] decreased cortical experience-dependent plasticity, without affecting baseline excitability or basic auditory processing.”. Calcium activity explains about 15% of the variance of Fos expression (Mahringer et al., 2022). This is likely driven by the correlation between activity and plasticity, not by a direct necessity for Fos expression to maintain neuronal activity. This is consistent with the finding that Fos as a transcription factor does not function to maintain spiking activity; it is part of the gene-regulatory machinery that converts patterned synaptic input into lasting plastic change. Fos is induced by NMDA/Ca2+, ERK, and CREB/Elk signaling rather than by firing alone (Fields et al., 1997; Xia et al., 1996), and those same pathways are required for the transcriptional program that stabilizes long-term potentiation and other durable synaptic modifications (Davis et al., 2000). As an AP-1 transcription factor, Fos drives downstream gene expression, so its appearance is better read as entry into a plasticity-related nuclear program than as a measure of ongoing excitability (Minatohara et al., 2015; Morgan and Curran, 1991; Sheng and Greenberg, 1990). That interpretation is consistent with our work showing that early Fos expression preferentially marks neurons that later undergo the strongest learning-related functional changes (Mahringer et al., 2019) and tracks functional reorganization during learning rather than simple recent activation (Mahringer et al., 2019).

      The link between CSD and therapeutic effect is a speculation we make in the manuscript, not a conclusion. We are of course in the process of performing follow-up work to test whether CSD in patients is a better predictor of treatment outcome than EEG based metrics – no experiment we can do in mice will be able to test the hypothesis that CSD is the mediator of the therapeutic benefit of ECT.

      Regarding the power of EEG metrics to predict therapeutic outcomes, we fully agree with the reviewer. The literature on the reliability of EEG metrics computed from phase III oscillation data is controversial and noisy – this is something we establish in the introduction to motivate our research into other biological processes that could explain how ECT works. Note however, this is certainly not a fringe view – see e.g. comment (2) of reviewer 1: “Postictal EEG suppression is one of the most promising correlates of positive clinical outcomes after electroconvulsive therapy“ We think the reason for this is that a CSD is necessary for therapeutic benefit, but only has minor effects on the phase III oscillation – note this is a hypothesis based on our results that is trivial to test in patients (which are in currently investigating).

      Minor Weaknesses:

      (3) For the n=3 mice used for concurrent 2P imaging with microprism implant, these animals also had ChrimsonR co-expression, but there are no optogenetic studies described in this paper, which is confusing. Yet, this co-expression introduces a significant confound, as GCaMP6 emission (525/50nm band in this study) will overlap substantially with the ChrimsonR excitation spectrum. Thus, the fluorescence emission used to image these neurons may be optogenetically activating them at the same time. Please explain.

      Whenever possible, we use mice for multiple experiments in the lab. This is done to reduce the total number of mice used for experiments for ethical reasons. For the mice in question, ChrimsonR was injected in the retrosplenial cortex (Methods), which was originally done to stimulate locally the axons projecting in the imaging area (primary visual cortex here). Thus the labelling is very sparse, and perfectly compatible with two-photon GCaMP6f imaging. Fluorescence emission is far too weak to activate ChrimsonR.

      Qualitatively, one can mentally compare the light power we use to activate optogenetic tools, which tends to be blindingly bright (one shouldn’t look into the optogenetic stimulation laser), with the fluorescence emission from two-photon imaging of calcium indicators, which tends to be barely visible by eye.

      Quantitatively, one can estimate this as follows: At 510nm emission, each photon carries an energy of about . Assuming a neuron that strongly expresses GCaMP6f under two-photon excitation would emit a very high 10<sup>7</sup>photons per second (Har-Gil et al., 2018), its total emission power would be P = N<sub>photons</sub> * E ≈ 4pW. Assuming this is spread over the surface of the cell (sphere with 10 µm diameter), this translates to . This is several orders of magnitude below the value of 1 mW/mm<sup>2</sup> irradiance required to activate ChrimsonR modestly at peak absorption, which is 80nm away from GCaMP6f emission (Klapoetke et al., 2014). Note that this would be true even when ChrimsonR is injected at the site of imaging (Vasilevskaya and Keller, 2026).

      (4) Incision of the cortex for implantation of a prism is a significant cortical injury that likely induces CSD instantaneously and may change the propensity for CSD in subsequent recordings. Please comment on this limitation and address how much time elapsed after surgery before imaging.

      We suspect that the question is driven by a misunderstanding. While it is likely that the implantation triggers a CSD (and likely so does a standard two-photon window implantation), the implantation surgery and the experiments/imaging are separated by at least 3 weeks (Methods). We have never observed spontaneous CSDs in the days and weeks following an implantation surgery.

      (5) Method details are missing or insufficiently described for location, titer, and injection strategy for 2-photon experiments.

      We have added additional details as requested by the reviewer (Methods).

      (6) Given the wide range of parameters used for ECS in mice and ECT in humans, the authors should provide tables for what stimulation parameters were used for each recording. These protocols were chosen manually rather than randomly or systematically, which introduces confounding factors into analyses that use parameters as an independent variable.

      We have added two tables (Table S3 and Table S4) that displays the stimulation parameters used for each figure, as well as the distribution of parameters for mice and patients. More importantly, the properties of the travelling calcium event do not depend on the stimulation charge (Figure S3), which removes this confounding factor and supports the idea that the calcium event is a CSD.

      (7) While much of the cFOS staining after unilateral CSD shows hemisphere-specific asymmetry, several regions (piriform cortex, amygdala, thalamus) do appear to have bilateral cFOS expression. Please comment on this.

      That is correct – only the cortical expression of Fos depends on the cortical CSD (see our reply to comment (1) of reviewer 1). Quantification of the whole-brain Fos expression following ECS is outside the scope of the manuscript, but it is something we are currently pursuing for separate publication. We have now reworked the section describing the Fos expression to make it clear that we are only talking about cortical expression of Fos (Results).

      (8) The discussion states: "If CSD accounts for plasticity effects, triggering a CSD in a non-seizure context may be sufficient to elicit therapeutic effects. This is supported by the clinical success of ultra-brief stimulation treatments that do not cause seizures, such as rTMS with accelerated protocols, which achieves treatment efficacy on par with ECT for major depressive disorder". Are the authors implying that TMS induces CSD? What evidence supports this idea?

      That was indeed our speculation based on ongoing work on TMS in the lab – but it was poorly phrased and unnecessary. We have rephrased.

      (9) This statement - "Assuming psychosis is the result of thalamocortical coupling that is too weak in frontal areas of the cortex" (lines 583-585) - may be overly speculative.

      It is speculative indeed – but the speculation is not unfounded and has been made previously. The primary evidence is correlative in that schizophrenia is characterized by a reduction in coupling between thalamus and frontal areas of cortex – see e.g. (Giraldo-Chica and Woodward, 2017; Vinogradov et al., 2023). We have argued in previous work that combining this with computational models of psychosis (Sterzer et al., 2018), it is not unreasonable to speculate that a reduction in the coupling between thalamus and frontal areas of cortex could explain psychosis (Keller and Sterzer, 2024). The value of that speculation here is that it forms a testable hypothesis for the mechanism of action of ECT. Nevertheless, we have rephrased the statement slightly to make it clearer that this is still speculation.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors should design/execute an experiment(s) to attempt to prove causality between CSD, calcium influx, cFOS expression, and therapeutic effect. At a minimum, the authors need to revise claims regarding novelty, as the manuscript, as written, is misleading to a reader not familiar with the field.

      Regarding novelty – see discussion above.

      Regarding therapeutic effects – we are in the process of testing this in patients. Using CSD measurements during ECT to test whether CSD is a better predictor of treatment outcome. I suspect that this will, however, require many more labs to come to firm conclusions. Our aim here is to inspire these experiments. That is why we speculate about clinical relevance in the abstract and the discussion.

      References

      Bahari, F., Ssentongo, P., Liu, J., Kimbugwe, J., Curay, C., Schiff, S.J., Gluckman, B.J., 2020. Seizure-associated spreading depression is a major feature of ictal events in two animal models of chronic epilepsy. https://doi.org/10.1101/455519

      Bolhuis, J.J., Hetebrij, E., Den Boer-Visser, A.M., De Groot, J.H., Zijlstra, G.G.O., 2001. Localized immediate early gene expression related to the strength of song learning in socially reared zebra finches. European Journal of Neuroscience 13, 2165–2170. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.0953816x.2001.01588.x

      Bonaccini Calia, A., Masvidal-Codina, E., Smith, T.M., Schäfer, N., Rathore, D., Rodríguez-Lucas, E., Illa, X., De la Cruz, J.M., Del Corro, E., Prats-Alfonso, E., Viana, D., Bousquet, J., Hébert, C., Martínez-Aguilar, J., Sperling, J.R., Drummond, M., Halder, A., Dodd, A., Barr, K., Savage, S., Fornell, J., Sort, J., Guger, C., Villa, R., Kostarelos, K., Wykes, R.C., Guimerà-Brunet, A., Garrido, J.A., 2022. Full-bandwidth electrophysiology of seizures and epileptiform activity enabled by flexible graphene microtransistor depth neural probes. Nat. Nanotechnol. 17, 301–309. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41565-021-01041-9

      Brumback, R.A., Staton, R.D., 1982. The Electroencephalographic Pattern during Electroconvulsive Therapy. Clinical Electroencephalography 13, 148–153. https://doi.org/10.1177/155005948201300306

      Calais, J.B., Valvassori, S.S., Resende, W.R., Feier, G., Athié, M.C.P., Ribeiro, S., Gattaz, W.F., Quevedo, J., Ojopi, E.B., 2013. Long-term decrease in immediate early gene expression after electroconvulsive seizures. J Neural Transm (Vienna) 120, 259–266. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00702-012-0861-4

      Chaudhuri, A., Zangenehpour, S., Rahbar-Dehgan, F., Ye, F., 2000. Molecular maps of neural activity and quiescence. Acta Neurobiol Exp (Wars) 60, 403–410. https://doi.org/10.55782/ane-2000-1359

      Cohen, S., Greenberg, M.E., 2008. Communication between the synapse and the nucleus in neuronal development, plasticity, and disease. Annu Rev Cell Dev Biol 24, 183–209. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.cellbio.24.110707.175235

      Cruz, F.C., Javier Rubio, F., Hope, B.T., 2015. Using c-fos to study neuronal ensembles in corticostriatal circuitry of addiction. Brain Res 1628, 157–173. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brainres.2014.11.005

      Davis, S., Vanhoutte, P., Pages, C., Caboche, J., Laroche, S., 2000. The MAPK/ERK cascade targets both Elk-1 and cAMP response element-binding protein to control long-term potentiation-dependent gene expression in the dentate gyrus in vivo. J Neurosci 20, 4563–4572. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.20-12-04563.2000

      de Hoz, L., Gierej, D., Lioudyno, V., Jaworski, J., Blazejczyk, M., Cruces-Solís, H., Beroun, A., Lebitko, T., Nikolaev, T., Knapska, E., Nelken, I., Kaczmarek, L., 2018. Blocking c-Fos Expression Reveals the Role of Auditory Cortex Plasticity in Sound Frequency Discrimination Learning. Cereb Cortex 28, 1645–1655. https://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bhx060

      Dell’Orco, M., Weisend, J.E., Perrone-Bizzozero, N.I., Carlson, A.P., Morton, R.A., Linsenbardt, D.N., Shuttleworth, C.W., 2023. Repetitive spreading depolarization induces gene expression changes related to synaptic plasticity and neuroprotective pathways. Front. Cell. Neurosci. 17. https://doi.org/10.3389/fncel.2023.1292661

      Durchdewald, M., Angel, P., Hess, J., 2009. The transcription factor Fos: a Janus-type regulator in health and disease. Histol Histopathol 24, 1451–1461. https://doi.org/10.14670/HH-24.1451

      Fields, R.D., Eshete, F., Stevens, B., Itoh, K., 1997. Action potential-dependent regulation of gene expression: temporal specificity in ca2+, cAMP-responsive element-binding proteins, and mitogen-activated protein kinase signaling. J Neurosci 17, 7252–7266. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.17-19-07252.1997

      Fleischmann, A., Hvalby, O., Jensen, V., Strekalova, T., Zacher, C., Layer, L.E., Kvello, A., Reschke, M., Spanagel, R., Sprengel, R., Wagner, E.F., Gass, P., 2003. Impaired Long-Term Memory and NR2AType NMDA Receptor-Dependent Synaptic Plasticity in Mice Lacking c-Fos in the CNS. J. Neurosci. 23, 9116–9122. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.23-27-09116.2003

      Francis-Taylor, R., Ophel, G., Martin, D., Loo, C., 2020. The ictal EEG in ECT: A systematic review of the relationships between ictal features, ECT technique, seizure threshold and outcomes. Brain Stimulation 13, 1644–1654. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brs.2020.09.009

      Giraldo-Chica, M., Woodward, N.D., 2017. Review of thalamocortical resting-state fMRI studies in schizophrenia. Schizophr Res 180, 58–63. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.schres.2016.08.005

      Har-Gil, H., Golgher, L., Israel, S., Kain, D., Cheshnovsky, O., Parnas, M., Blinder, P., 2018. PySight: plug and play photon counting for fast continuous volumetric intravital microscopy. Optica 5, 1104. https://doi.org/10.1364/OPTICA.5.001104

      Huels, E.R., Kafashan, M., Hickman, L.B., Ching, S., Lin, N., Lenze, E.J., Farber, N.B., Avidan, M.S., Hogan, R.E., Palanca, B.J.A., 2023. Central-positive complexes in ECT-induced seizures: Possible evidence for thalamocortical mechanisms. Clin Neurophysiol 146, 77–86. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.clinph.2022.11.015

      Kawai, R., Markman, T., Poddar, R., Ko, R., Fantana, A.L., Dhawale, A.K., Kampff, A.R., Ölveczky, B.P., 2015. Motor cortex is required for learning but not for executing a motor skill. Neuron 86, 800– 812. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2015.03.024

      Keller, G.B., Sterzer, P., 2024. Predictive Processing: A Circuit Approach to Psychosis. Annu Rev Neurosci 47, 85–101. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-neuro-100223-121214

      Kimpo, R.R., Doupe, A.J., 1997. FOS Is Induced by Singing in Distinct Neuronal Populations in a Motor Network. Neuron 18, 315–325. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0896-6273(00)80271-8

      Klapoetke, N.C., Murata, Y., Kim, S.S., Pulver, S.R., Birdsey-Benson, A., Cho, Y.K., Morimoto, T.K., Chuong, A.S., Carpenter, E.J., Tian, Z., Wang, J., Xie, Y., Yan, Z., Zhang, Y., Chow, B.Y., Surek, B., Melkonian, M., Jayaraman, V., Constantine-Paton, M., Wong, G.K.-S., Boyden, E.S., 2014. Independent optical excitation of distinct neural populations. Nat Methods 11, 338–346. https://doi.org/10.1038/nmeth.2836

      Largo, C., Ibarz, J.M., Herreras, O., 1997. Effects of the Gliotoxin Fluorocitrate on Spreading Depression and Glial Membrane Potential in Rat Brain In Situ. Journal of Neurophysiology 78, 295–307. https://doi.org/10.1152/jn.1997.78.1.295

      Leao, A.A.P., 1944. Spreading depression of activity in the cerebral cortex. Journal of Neurophysiology 7, 359–390. https://doi.org/10.1152/jn.1944.7.6.359

      Mahringer, D., Petersen, A.V., Fiser, A., Okuno, H., Bito, H., Perrier, J.-F., Keller, G.B., 2019. Expression of c-Fos and Arc in hippocampal region CA1 marks neurons that exhibit learning-related activity changes. https://doi.org/10.1101/644526

      Mahringer, D., Zmarz, P., Okuno, H., Bito, H., Keller, G.B., 2022. Functional correlates of immediate early gene expression in mouse visual cortex. Peer Community Journal 2. https://doi.org/10.24072/pcjournal.156

      Meeren, H.K.M., Pijn, J.P.M., Luijtelaar, E.L.J.M.V., Coenen, A.M.L., Silva, F.H.L. da, 2002. Cortical Focus Drives Widespread Corticothalamic Networks during Spontaneous Absence Seizures in Rats. J. Neurosci. 22, 1480–1495. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.22-04-01480.2002

      Minatohara, K., Akiyoshi, M., Okuno, H., 2015. Role of Immediate-Early Genes in Synaptic Plasticity and Neuronal Ensembles Underlying the Memory Trace. Front Mol Neurosci 8, 78. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnmol.2015.00078

      Morgan, J.I., Curran, T., 1991. Stimulus-transcription coupling in the nervous system: involvement of the inducible proto-oncogenes fos and jun. Annu Rev Neurosci 14, 421–451. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.ne.14.030191.002225

      Morinobu, S., Nibuya, M., Duman, R.S., 1995. Chronic antidepressant treatment down-regulates the induction of c-fos mRNA in response to acute stress in rat frontal cortex. Neuropsychopharmacology 12, 221–228. https://doi.org/10.1016/0893-133X(94)00067-A

      Nakadate, K., Imamura, K., Watanabe, Y., 2012. Effects of monocular deprivation on the spatial pattern of visually induced expression of c-Fos protein. Neuroscience 202, 17–28. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroscience.2011.12.004

      Pandey, A., Kang, S., Pacchiarini, N., Wyszynska, H., Masseri, Z., O’Neill, J., Honey, R.C., Fox, K., 2026. Secondary Somatosensory Cortex Is Required for Learning but Not Execution of a Tactile Discrimination. Eur J Neurosci 63, e70390. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejn.70390

      Park, H.G., Yu, H.S., Park, S., Ahn, Y.M., Kim, Y.S., Kim, S.H., 2014. Repeated treatment with electroconvulsive seizures induces HDAC2 expression and down-regulation of NMDA receptorrelated genes through histone deacetylation in the rat frontal cortex. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol 17, 1487–1500. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1461145714000248

      Polack, P.-O., Mahon, S., Chavez, M., Charpier, S., 2009. Inactivation of the Somatosensory Cortex Prevents Paroxysmal Oscillations in Cortical and Related Thalamic Neurons in a Genetic Model of Absence Epilepsy. Cereb Cortex 19, 2078–2091. https://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bhn237

      Rosenthal, Z.P., Majeski, J.B., Somarowthu, A., Quinn, D.K., Lindquist, B.E., Putt, M.E., Karaj, A., Favilla, C.G., Baker, W.B., Hosseini, G., Rodriguez, J.P., Cristancho, M.A., Sheline, Y.I., William Shuttleworth, C., Abbott, C.C., Yodh, A.G., Goldberg, E.M., 2025. Electroconvulsive therapy generates a postictal wave of spreading depolarization in mice and humans. Nat Commun 16, 4619. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-025-59900-1

      Roy, D.S., Arons, A., Mitchell, T.I., Pignatelli, M., Ryan, T.J., Tonegawa, S., 2016. Memory retrieval by activating engram cells in mouse models of early Alzheimer’s disease. Nature 531, 508–512. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature17172

      Ryan, T.J., Roy, D.S., Pignatelli, M., Arons, A., Tonegawa, S., 2015. Memory. Engram cells retain memory under retrograde amnesia. Science 348, 1007–1013. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aaa5542

      Scangos, K.W., Weiner, R.D., Coffey, C.E., Krystal, A.D., 2019. An electrophysiological biomarker that may predict treatment response to ECT. J ECT 35, 95–102. https://doi.org/10.1097/YCT.0000000000000557

      Sheng, M., Greenberg, M.E., 1990. The regulation and function of c-fos and other immediate early genes in the nervous system. Neuron 4, 477–485. https://doi.org/10.1016/0896-6273(90)90106-p

      Sterzer, P., Adams, R.A., Fletcher, P., Frith, C., Lawrie, S.M., Muckli, L., Petrovic, P., Uhlhaas, P., Voss, M., Corlett, P.R., 2018. The Predictive Coding Account of Psychosis. Biol Psychiatry 84, 634–643. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2018.05.015

      Tanaka, K.Z., He, H., Tomar, A., Niisato, K., Huang, A.J.Y., McHugh, T.J., 2018. The hippocampal engram maps experience but not place. Science 361, 392–397. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aat5397

      Tyssowski, K.M., DeStefino, N.R., Cho, J.-H., Dunn, C.J., Poston, R.G., Carty, C.E., Jones, R.D., Chang, S.M., Romeo, P., Wurzelmann, M.K., Ward, J.M., Andermann, M.L., Saha, R.N., Dudek, S.M., Gray, J.M., 2018. Different Neuronal Activity Patterns Induce Different Gene Expression Programs. Neuron 98, 530-546.e11. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2018.04.001

      Vasilevskaya, A., Keller, G.B., 2026. A functional influence based circuit motif that constrains the set of plausible algorithms of cortical function. eLife 15. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.110827.1

      Vinogradov, S., Chafee, M.V., Lee, E., Morishita, H., 2023. Psychosis spectrum illnesses as disorders of prefrontal critical period plasticity. Neuropsychopharmacology 48, 168–185. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41386-022-01451-w

      Watanabe, Y., Johnson, R.S., Butler, L.S., Binder, D.K., Spiegelman, B.M., Papaioannou, V.E., McNamara, J.O., 1996. Null Mutation of c-fos Impairs Structural and Functional Plasticities in the Kindling Model of Epilepsy. J Neurosci 16, 3827–3836. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.16-1203827.1996

      Wei, Z., Lin, B.-J., Chen, T.-W., Daie, K., Svoboda, K., Druckmann, S., 2020. A comparison of neuronal population dynamics measured with calcium imaging and electrophysiology. PLoS Comput Biol 16, e1008198. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1008198

      Winston, S.M., Hayward, M.D., Nestler, E.J., Duman, R.S., 1990. Chronic electroconvulsive seizures down-regulate expression of the immediate-early genes c-fos and c-jun in rat cerebral cortex. J Neurochem 54, 1920–1925. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-4159.1990.tb04892.x

      Xia, Z., Dudek, H., Miranti, C.K., Greenberg, M.E., 1996. Calcium influx via the NMDA receptor induces immediate early gene transcription by a MAP kinase/ERK-dependent mechanism. J Neurosci 16, 5425–5436. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.16-17-05425.1996

      Yap, E.-L., Pettit, N.L., Davis, C.P., Nagy, M.A., Harmin, D.A., Golden, E., Dagliyan, O., Lin, C., Rudolph, S., Sharma, N., Griffith, E.C., Harvey, C.D., Greenberg, M.E., 2021. Bidirectional perisomatic inhibitory plasticity of a Fos neuronal network. Nature 590, 115–121. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-020-3031-0

      Yassin, L., Benedetti, B.L., Jouhanneau, J.-S., Wen, J.A., Poulet, J.F.A., Barth, A.L., 2010. An embedded subnetwork of highly active neurons in the neocortex. Neuron 68, 1043–1050. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2010.11.029

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The "multiple-demand" (MD) system is a well-known finding of human brain imaging and is thought to play a central role in cognitive control. To directly compare the MD system in humans and monkeys, Mione et al. used functional magnetic resonance imaging to measure whole-brain activation in a multi-step saccadic maze task. In humans, the authors found a distributed pattern of brain activity close match to the canonical MD network and extends to adjacent regions of dorsal attention and other networks. While there was good correspondence between monkey and human data, differences were also notable in the lateral frontal cortex, the dorsal parietal cortex, and the sensorimotor cortex.

      Strengths:

      Though previous data hint at a corresponding network in the macaque, there has been no direct comparison to human data. This study provides a direct cross-species comparison with whole-brain data from fMRI, and the findings suggest an extended and strongly interconnected brain network recruited by increased cognitive challenge.

      Weaknesses:

      In previous human imaging, the MD system is defined by overlapping activation for many kinds of cognitive demands. In the present work, however, the authors used just a single task. Although there is some overlap between the putative monkey MD network and the canonical MD network identified in human imaging, there should be caution in linking current findings to the MD system based on limited task events.

      In the Discussion, we acknowledge the limitation of using a single task. With this one task, however, the canonical MD network is clearly shown in our human data. Accompanying activation, especially of the canonical dorsal attention network, likely reflects the specific spatial demands of the maze task. In the monkey data, much of this dorsal attention activity is not seen (e.g. superior and medial parietal), likely reflecting limited power. Instead, there is distributed overlap with the previous limited monkey studies than have contrasted higher with lower cognitive demand. Though we agree that task-specific activations may contribute to our results, these arguments suggest that, in large part, our method does successfully identify a distributed set of multiple-demand regions. At the same time we acknowledge the desirability of further work to examine a wider range of task demands.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Though the whole-brain data obtained by fMRI can provide a direct comparison between species, a single cognitive task might be insufficient to link the findings with the MD system. A cognitively challenging task likely activates multiple regions of the MD system; however, it may also recruit some task-specific regions, which do not belong to the canonical MD network. Furthermore, this is probably the reason that the dorsal attention network showed the strongest activation rather than the core MD for the current visuospatial maze task.

      In the Discussion, we acknowledge the limitation of using a single task (p. 15-16), and the likely contribution of task-specific activations to our data, especially involving the dorsal attention network (p. 15).

      (2) Ideally, a meta-analysis recruiting more fMRI studies on humans and monkeys when they perform various similar cognitive tasks may strengthen the evidence that there is a comparable MD system between species.

      Many human meta-analyses, of course, show the common MD system. For monkeys, however, at least to our knowledge, there are insufficient studies for a similar meta-analysis. Instead we discuss overlaps between the current activation findings and two previous studies of respectively antisaccades and task switching (p. 15), suggesting that, in monkey as in human, there is convergence for different kinds of demand.

      (3) Different from human subjects, monkeys usually require substantial training before fMRI scanning. More details about the training of the two monkeys should be given. In addition, training may reshape cognitive task activations. This potential impact should also be discussed.

      We now address this point in the Discussion (p. 18). As we note, similar results for the two species apparently survive even large differences in protocol. A training summary has been added to Methods (p. 27).

      (4) According to the description in the text, the two monkeys have obvious differences in cognitive task activations. It is necessary to show individual-level brain activations as well.

      Individual results and a conjunction map are shown in Supplementary Figure 6 (see accompanying text on p. 13). As expected, the conjunction map had substantial similarity to the findings from the two animals combined. Similarities and differences between animals are addressed in the Discussion (p. 17).

      (5) Based on the current research content, the title seems to be too general.

      For the reasons given above (see point 2), we think our title is reasonable.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mione et al. aim to resolve a long-standing question in comparative neuroscience: whether the macaque brain contains a functional analogue to the distributed human multiple demand (MD) network. To address this, the authors employ a direct cross-species fMRI comparison using a multi-step saccadic maze task in humans and a simplified two-step version in macaques. By contrasting goal-directed navigation against a control condition that requires similar motor responses but no strategic planning, the study isolates the neural signatures of cognitive control across species.

      Strengths:

      The most compelling aspect of this work is its methodological alignment. Previous attempts to compare these systems often relied on comparisons of human BOLD signals and macaque single-unit recordings. By running parallel fMRI protocols, the authors establish a shared measurement basis that allows for a more direct comparison. The resulting activation maps clearly demonstrate conserved network topology across dorsomedial frontal, lateral, and medial parietal, and insula cortices. Combining these results with recent research on functional and structural connectivity further supports the idea that these networks evolved across species and provides a helpful starting point for future comparative studies. The findings will be highly useful for researchers investigating the evolutionary origins of domain-general cognitive control, as well as for neuroimaging methodologists developing cross-species alignment pipelines.

      Weaknesses:

      However, there are several differences in how the two groups were studied that make it harder to compare the results precisely. The human task mixed 2-, 4-, and 6-step trials within the same experimental blocks, whereas macaques performed only 2-step trials. This design difference likely places human participants in a state of sustained proactive cognitive control (Braver, 2012), as they must remain prepared for highly demanding trials at any moment. This elevated baseline arousal may artificially inflate MD network activation during the simpler 2-step trials in humans, making direct magnitude comparisons with the macaque data difficult.

      This is a reasonable concern, which we note in the Discussion. Crucially, as we point out, similarities between species appear to survive this and other differences in procedure.

      Additionally, the general linear model combined correct and error trials into a single regressor. Given that macaques exhibited substantially higher error rates, this approach risks diluting task-specific planning signals with activity related to error monitoring and reward prediction errors. The preprocessing pipeline also applied a 4 mm full-width half-maximum smoothing kernel to macaque data acquired at 1.5 mm resolution. Relative to the smaller size of the macaque brain, this kernel is quite large and likely blurs fine-grained topographical distinctions. This may partly explain why the macaque lateral frontal cortex shows a single dorsal activation patch rather than multiple discrete patches seen in humans.

      These are also reasonable concerns. To address them, we have added supplementary analyses using (a) only correct trials, and (b) a smaller smoothing kernel (see Supplementary Figure 3 and 4). In both cases, there is some loss of power, but otherwise similar results.

      Furthermore, there is concerning inter-individual variability in the macaque data. Normally, a functional network like the MD system is identified by consistent activation across all individuals. In this study, however, the two monkeys show substantially different activation maps and behavioral patterns. This lack of consistency renders the group-level results questionable, as it is unclear whether the group-level map represents a unified biological system or merely an average of disparate individual maps.

      Results for individual animals have now been supplemented with a conjunction map (Supplementary Figure 6). As expected, the conjunction map is similar to the map obtained by pooling data from the two animals.

      Finally, the subcortical activations shown in Figure 7 require more precise anatomical localization to confidently distinguish cerebellar nodes from adjacent brainstem structures.

      The slices shown in Figure 7 have been amended to better show the detail of activation outside cerebral cortex, in particular in cerebellum.

      The authors demonstrate a broad functional correspondence between human and macaque cognitive control networks, moving the field beyond speculative homology. The data suggest that an extended, interconnected network is recruited by cognitive challenge in both species; however, the strength of this claim is limited by the inter-individual variability and methodological constraints noted above. Assertions of precise topological equivalence should therefore be tempered. The absence of ventrolateral prefrontal and strong dorsal parietal activations in the macaque group analysis may reflect genuine biological differences, but could also stem from limited statistical power, excessive smoothing, or task design asymmetries. While the overall conclusions are plausible, they would be significantly strengthened by a more explicit discussion of these limitations and additional analytical clarifications regarding individual-level consistency.

      Indeed, as we note in the Discussion, there is a strong possibility that ventrolateral frontal and dorsal parietal activation are missing in our monkey data because of limited statistical power. Further work would be needed to address these possible limitations.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Please discuss how the mixed-difficulty block design in humans may induce a state of proactive cognitive control that elevates baseline MD activation compared to the fixed 2step macaque condition. A supplementary analysis comparing early versus late block 2-step trials in humans would help clarify whether activation magnitudes reflect sustained task-set maintenance or transient trial demands.

      We now note the potential importance of this in the Discussion (p. 18), and point out that similarities between species appear to survive this difference in procedure.

      (2) Please clarify the rationale for combining correct and error trials in a single regressor.

      Given the higher macaque error rates, please provide a supplementary GLM restricted to correct trials only for the monkey data. This will demonstrate whether the core activation topography remains consistent when error-related signals are excluded.

      A new analysis addresses this point (Supplementary Figure 3). As we note, restricting analysis to correctly-completed problems somewhat reduces power but leaves major features of the results intact.

      (3) Please justify the use of a 4 mm FWHM smoothing kernel for macaque data, given cortical thickness and brain size differences. If feasible, re-run the analysis with a smaller kernel or surface-based smoothing to assess whether finer topographical distinctions emerge in lateral frontal and parietal cortices.

      This new analysis has also been run (Supplementary Figure 4), again with reduced power but major features of the results intact. We also refer to previous work indicating choice of either 3 mm or 4 mm smoothing for macaque fMRI (p. 13), approximately matching the smoothing needed to align electrophysiological and fMRI maps (Issa et al., 2013, J.Neurosci.).

      (4) Please detail how the human '2-step problems only' analysis in Supplementary Figure 1 was specified in the GLM. Explicitly state whether 4- and 6-step trials were modeled as separate regressors of no interest to prevent hemodynamic bleed-over from contaminating the 2-step beta weights.

      Indeed, 4- and 6-step trials were removed using regressors of no interest, as now specified in Methods (p. 24).

      (5) Please provide higher-resolution slices or probabilistic atlas overlays for the cerebellar and subcortical activations in Figure 7. This will help clearly distinguish cerebellar hemispheres from adjacent brainstem structures and ensure anatomical labeling is accurate.

      To address this question, additional slices have been added to a revised Figure 7, in particular adding detail to cerebellar activation.

      (6) Please address the substantial inter-individual variability in the macaque data, particularly regarding Monkey B's performance. Even after excluding five poor-performing sessions, Monkey B only reached about 65% accuracy on the first step of the maze task. This suggests that the animal was largely guessing rather than following a strategic, goal directed plan. The notably higher accuracy on step 2 (>80%) could simply be a selection bias artifact, as the task terminates immediately following step 1 errors, meaning step 2 trials only occur when step 1 was already correct. Including an animal that likely did not fully grasp the overarching task rule in a cohort of N=2 raises serious concerns about signal dilution and the reliability of the group-level maps. Please explicitly justify why Monkey B's data were retained despite these performance concerns, or consider excluding this animal and acquiring data from a third, behaviorally reliable subject. At minimum, report a conjunction map showing regions strictly active in both animals alongside the combined analysis, and present individual subject maps more prominently to improve transparency.

      Though we appreciate this concern, we do not think the data indicate that monkey B failed to use the maze goal to constrain choices. As shown in Figure 3, the great majority of errors were timing errors (mostly not waiting for go signal). Excluding these, for step 1, of choices directed to one of the two available alternatives, 88% were correct (Figure 4, compare “correct” with “wrong open location”).

      As noted above, we have added a conjunction map (Supplementary Figure 6) to our previous presentation of individual data. We note (p. 13) that, as expected, this map strongly resembles results from the combined-animal analysis.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      The revised manuscript is much clearer, and the additional analyses address several of the original concerns. RAIN analyses (Rhythmicity Analysis Incorporating Nonparametric methods) now detects circadian rhythmicity in 7/11 recordings under light-dark conditions and 8/12 recordings in constant darkness, compared with 2/12 following treatment with the Orco antagonist. This supports circadian modulation of spontaneous firing and a role for Orco in its normal expression. The expanded qPCR analysis of Orco also supports the conclusion that Orco transcript abundance is not circadian, and the cAMP experiment shows that cAMP can modulate Orco-dependent activity.

      The remaining issue concerns the mechanistic interpretation. The lack of rhythmic Orco transcript abundance does not distinguish an autonomous post-translational feedback-loop (PTFL) clock from a model in which the canonical transcriptional-translational (TTFL) clock acts upstream through cAMP, calcium, kinases, phosphatases, channel trafficking, or related pathways to regulate Orco.

      Similarly, the new Figure 10 provides a useful representation of the authors' hypothesis, but the proposed delayed feedback and coupling mechanisms are not experimentally demonstrated.

      We do not think any further experiments are necessary for the present study. Instead, we recommend that the manuscript should clearly distinguish between what the data show and what remains proposed. The data support circadian modulation of ORN firing a role for Orco in its normal expression, non-circadian Orco transcript abundance, and cAMP-sensitive modulation of Orco-dependent activity. The proposal that an Orco-centred membrane feedback loop generates the rhythm is intriguing and may remain a hypothesis generated through this study that needs formal testing in the future. This should be explicitly stated. While this has been done in the discussion section, elsewhere, including in the abstract and elsewhere, the original claim remains.

      We thank the referees and the editors for their efforts and their positive feedback. As requested, we clarified throughout our manuscript that our proposal of an Orco-centered post-transcriptionally controlled feedback loop in the plasma membrane, which we term PTFL clock, is a novel hypothesis that needs to be tested in future experiments.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This study combines a five-year field experiment with a meta-analysis to quantify the effects of grazing on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes as modified by wetness. The results of this study are potentially valuable, but the Methods description is incomplete and compromises reproducibility and interpretability. A major caveat of this study is that the assessment of CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in time and space is not complete.

      We appreciate the comments. The incomplete assessment of CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in time and space has been added in the Limitations and implications for future study Section in the revised manuscript. Method description has been revised as follows:

      Lines 205-215, page 7: “Four grazing rotations were conducted each year from 2019 to 2023 in the field study. Before each grazing rotation, two cages (1.2 m × 1.2 m × 1.2 m) were installed in each plot to ensure that the vegetation inside would not be foraged by sheep. Aboveground plant biomass was collected after the end of each grazing rotation. Specifically, in each plot, five 1 m × 1 m quadrats were placed. All aboveground biomass within these quadrats was clipped at ground level and then oven-dried at 65 °C for 48 h to determine the community-level dry biomass. The plant species were classified into C<sub>3</sub> and C<sub>4</sub> groups (Table S1). Belowground biomass (BGB) was quantified by collecting root biomass using soil core with diameter of 7 cm each September from 2019 to 2023 (Fig. S2). Specifically, two soil cores were collected from each 1 m × 1 m quadrat corresponding to aboveground biomass measurements at depths of 0-30 cm. The belowground parts were then extracted from the soil by washing with water and oven-dried at 65 °C for 48 h to obtain dry weight.”

      Lines 243-245, page 8: “The environmental predictors considered in the analysis included grazing intensity, the response ratio of soil temperature and soil moisture, wetness index, and grazing duration.”

      Lines 468-470, page 15: “The assessment of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes was incomplete due to limited measurement time, area and sampling intervals. This may bias the representation of seasonal cycles and spatial heterogeneity, especially in the regions that was not monitored.”

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study integrates long-term (7th-11th year) ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> flux measurements from a continuously grazed typical steppe in Inner Mongolia with a global meta-analysis of grazing experiments (585 observations) to systematically investigate how the wetness index modulates the effects of grazing intensity on net ecosystem productivity (NEP) in grasslands.

      Key findings include:

      (1) Heavy grazing significantly reduced gross primary productivity (GPP) and ecosystem respiration (ER) in the typical steppe but did not significantly affect NEP.

      (2) Globally, grazing significantly reduced GPP, ER, and NEP, and a higher wetness index and aboveground biomass (AGB) enhance the positive response of NEP to grazing.

      (3) Under light and moderate grazing, the response of NEP to grazing was positively correlated with the wetness index, a relationship potentially mediated by a higher plant relative growth rate (RGR) in wetter years.

      This study holds considerable practical significance. In the context of global change, comprehending the regulatory function of water is of great importance for the adaptive management of grasslands.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study cleverly combines long-term in situ observations (revealing temporal dynamics and potential mechanisms) with a global meta-analysis (testing the generality of patterns), forming a complete evidence chain from "process understanding" to "pattern verification".

      (2) Focusing on the 7th to 11th years of grazing treatments avoids the common "initial disturbance effects" observed in short-term grazing experiments and truly captures the steady-state response of the ecosystem after it has reached a new equilibrium.

      (3) By analyzing plant relative growth rate (RGR) and aboveground biomass (AGB), this study provides mechanistic clues regarding how the wetness index modulates grazing effects. The finding that plant compensatory growth is enhanced in wetter years is a crucial pathway explaining the variation in the NEP response.

      (4) The meta-analysis systematically integrates published literature with a substantial sample size (585 observations) and broad geographical coverage (Figure 1B).

      (5) The finding that light grazing promotes carbon sinks in wet years, while heavy grazing reduces productivity even in wet years, has direct implications for adaptive grassland management under climate change.

      Thank you for the comments. We would like to express our gratitude for your positive and insightful evaluation of this manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the paper does have strengths in principle, there are weaknesses and areas for improvement in the paper. In particular:

      (1) Incomplete mechanistic chain: While RGR and AGB data offer valuable clues for mechanistic interpretation, the causal chain from "increased wetness → higher RGR → maintained NEP" remains incomplete. Key intermediate processes, such as soil moisture dynamics, nutrient availability, changes in community composition, and leaf photosynthetic physiological parameters, are absent, making the mechanistic explanation somewhat speculative.

      Thank you for the comments. The data of the soil moisture dynamics, composition of C<sub>3</sub> and C<sub>4</sub> plant communities and their species richness have been supplemented to complete the mechanistic chain. However, the structural equation modeling could not be set up if C<sub>3</sub> and C<sub>4</sub> plant communities were included (Fig. S8). Leaf photosynthetic physiological parameters were not collected in this study. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 339-341, page 11: “In addition, the structural equation model showed that grazing altered net ecosystem productivity by increasing soil temperature and relative growth rate, while decreasing aboveground biomass of plants (Fig. S8).”

      Lines 472-474, page 15: “Furthermore, key intermediate processes, such as soil nutrient availability, changes in community composition, and leaf photosynthetic physiological parameters, should also be investigated in the future.”

      (2) Inadequate exploration of heterogeneity: The global meta-analysis reveals significant effect heterogeneity. Currently, only a few moderators, such as wetness index, precipitation, and temperature, are analyzed. Potential moderators, including grazing history, grassland type (typical steppe/alpine meadow/savanna), livestock type (cattle/sheep/mixed), and soil type, are not adequately explored.

      Thank you for the comments. Grazing duration was presented in Fig. S13. The heterogeneity analysis of grassland types and livestock types was supplemented as Fig. S11 and Fig. S12 in the Supplementary documents. We have also made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 367-370, page 12: “Grazing decreased GPP, ER and NEP in desert and temperate grassland, but had no significant effect on GPP, ER and NEP in alpine grassland and savanna (Fig. S11). In addition, cattle and sheep grazing decreased GPP and NEP, but livestock mixed grazing did not show significant effect on GPP, ER and NEP (Fig. S12).”

      (3) Integration of long-term experiment and meta-analysis could be tighter.

      Thank you for the comments. Integration of long-term experiment and meta-analysis has been revised in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 449-463, page 15: “Our long-term experiment and global meta-analysis jointly provided complementary evidence for understanding the effect of grazing on the ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in grassland ecosystems. Long-term grazing field experiments revealed the mechanisms underlying the effects of grazing on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes. Global meta-analysis further clarified the universality of these response patterns across different climatic zones and grassland types. It should be noticed that both field experiment and meta-analyses consistently revealed that wetness was an important factor in regulating the ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in response to grazing. Under wetter conditions, light grazing promoted compensatory plant growth, enhanced leaf turnover and photosynthetic recovery capabilities, thereby maintaining or even enhancing the NEP (Morgan et al., 2016; Owensby et al., 2006). Conversely, under drier conditions or heavy grazing pressure, a decrease in aboveground biomass and weakened ecosystem resilience jointly limited the ecosystem carbon uptake capacity. These results suggested that wetness modulated the effects of grazing on NEP in grasslands. Moderate grazing may be sustainable under better water conditions, while heavy grazing may exceed the ecosystem resilience threshold even under relatively wet conditions, leading to sustained ecological degradation.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Overgrazing in grasslands is a widespread, enormous problem, and its consequences need more research attention.

      However, I have some concerns about the methods in this manuscript.

      (1) The plots were grazed from May to September. For the CO<sub>2</sub> measurements, it states growing season, and that data was collected on sunny days from 9 to 11 am. However, annual values are reported, and no details on how these were calculated. With no measurements outside of 9 to 11 am, and only on non-sunny days, and only during the growing season, I question how accurate the annual numbers are.

      Thank you for the comments. The ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes were measured during growing season; the description of annual CO<sub>2</sub> have been revised to “growing-season” CO<sub>2</sub>. The ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes were measured on sunny days during the growing season (May-September) between 9:00 and 11:00 a.m. It can represent typical daytime carbon flux dynamics during the growing season (Fan et al., 2011; Li et al., 2010). In addition, previous studies showed that the ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes measured at 9:00 and 11:00 a.m. represented the average ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes of the day (Niu et al., 2008; Rong et al., 2017; Yu et al., 2025), so we use the ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes measured at 9:00 and 11:00 a.m. to calculate the total ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes of the day. We have also revised it in the limitation for future study section. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 183-186, page 6: “The gas exchange measurements were conducted on sunny and calm days between 9:00 and 11:00, a time when the ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> represented the daily average (Niu et al., 2008; Rong et al., 2017; Yu et al., 2025), with a frequency of three times per month.”

      Lines 468-472, page 15: “The assessment of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes was incomplete due to limited measurement time, area and sampling intervals. This may bias the representation of seasonal cycles and spatial heterogeneity, especially in the regions that were not monitored. Multiple time-point sampling should be adopted; the sampling frequency and points should also be increased in the future field study.”

      (2) This study uses one chamber, 0.5 by 0.5 m, for a total area of 0.25 m<sup>2</sup>. This is pretty small, and with no replication, I would like to see more detail on how these are placed, especially when one of the dominant species is a bunchgrass. Sampling on or off a bunchgrass will give very different readings, and neither will be representative of the entire plot. The same for the soil temp and water measurements, there is no detail on how many replicates are in each plot, and working randomly does not work when there are spatial patterns caused by the bunchgrasses in the plots.

      Thank you for the comments. Two replicates of the chambers in each plot were set, and their specific sites were labeled in Fig. S2. The study area was located in a typical steppe dominated by Stipa grandis and Leymus chinensis. Therefore, we selected quadrats mainly containing these two species. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Line 186-187, page 6: “In each plot, the chambers of two replicates were measured.”

      (3) MAP and MAT are important in this study, and no mention is given if this data is from this site or a neighboring site, and if so, what the distance to this location is.

      Thank you for the comments. The data of MAP and MAT were provided in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 193-195, page 7: “The precipitation and air temperature were collected from the Xilinhot Meteorological Observation Station, which was near the experimental site in this field experiment.”

      (4) Vegetation was sampled in five locations in each plot. I note no detail on the belowground biomass, how many reps, what area, or which depth? This essential data is missing. The same goes for the RGR, and here the authors talk about grazing events. Whereas earlier in section 2.2, it implies continuous grazing every day during the growing season. RGR needs more details, such as how many times, its replication, etc.

      Thank you for the comments. The detailed method for how to collect belowground biomass and how to calculate the RGR has been supplemented in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 205-215, page 7: “Four grazing rotations were conducted each year from 2019 to 2023 in the field study. Before each grazing rotation, two cages (1.2 m × 1.2 m × 1.2 m) were installed in each plot to ensure that the vegetation inside would not be foraged by sheep. Aboveground plant biomass was collected after the end of each grazing rotation. Specifically, in each plot, five 1 m × 1 m quadrats were placed. All aboveground biomass within these quadrats was clipped at ground level and then oven-dried at 65 °C for 48 h to determine the community-level dry biomass. The plant species were classified into C<sub>3</sub> and C<sub>4</sub> groups (Table S1). Belowground biomass (BGB) was quantified by collecting root biomass using soil core with diameter of 7 cm each September from 2019 to 2023 (Fig. S2). Specifically, two soil cores were collected from each 1 m × 1 m quadrat corresponding to aboveground biomass measurements at depths of 0-30 cm. The belowground parts were then extracted from the soil by washing with water and oven-dried at 65 °C for 48 h to obtain dry weight.”

      (5) Hypothesis 2 is vague: "act as key factors". A more precise hypothesis would be better, otherwise it just leads to p-hacking.

      Thank you for the comments. The misleading description has been deleted.

      (6) More generally, neither hypothesis is really based on the introduction, as the authors report mixed results in the literature. Hence, the more specific hypothesis 1 reads like it is HARKED, based on the results that the authors found. This is not a good research practice. See the following papers on this topic:

      Murphy & Aquinis. 2019. HARKing: How bad can cherry-picking and question trolling produce bias in published results? Journal of Business and Psychology 34:1-17

      Bishop. 2019 Rein in the four horses of irreproducibility. Nature 568: 435

      Fraser et al. 2018. Questionable research practices in ecology and evolution. Plos One 13:7

      Parker et al. 2016. Transparency in ecology and evolution: real problems, real solutions. Trends in ecology and evolution 31:9

      Thank you for the suggestion. The hypotheses have been deleted in the revised manuscript to avoid HARKED mistakes.

      (7) Figure 2 mentioned n=3, which is correct. However, the variance around the means in the figures is tiny, which raises questions about the replication that is actually used here. I would like to see the entire statistics tables, including DF and sample sizes, included as an appendix, so that the reader can evaluate this much more.

      Thank you for the comments. In this study, the data presented in Fig.2 were expressed as mean± standard error (SE):

      In addition, we have provided the complete statistical table in Supplementary Table S2 according to the suggestion of the reviewer.

      (8) Figure 3, now only low, medium, and high grazing are reported as changes from the control. This can be misleading as the reader can't see how the control varies along the various gradients. I suggest including a figure with the raw data for each as an appendix. In addition, the sample size in 3d, e, f is much higher, and it looks to me like the authors used both the reps and years together. This is not good practice. In addition, full statistics tables should be included in the appendix.

      Thank you for the comments. The relationships between ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes and wetness index have been supplemented in Fig. S6. We have also provided the complete statistical table in Supplementary Table S3.

      (9) In Table S1, since there are already a number of recent meta-analyses on this topic, I think there needs to be a stronger justification for this one.

      Thank you for the comments. The results of our five-year field monitoring experiments showed that carbon fluxes and their components were significantly influenced by the wetness index. Therefore, we explored whether such effects also occur in grazing experiments at the global scale. The results demonstrated that similar patterns indeed exist worldwide, indicating that our meta-analysis is meaningful and necessary. In addition, previous studies have addressed related topics, net ecosystem productivity has mostly been treated as an auxiliary variable rather than the primary focus of investigation (Jiang et al., 2020; Shi et al., 2022; Zhang et al., 2022; Zhou et al., 2019). In previous studies, meta-analysis literatures on grazing and NEP were limited and not adequate. Our meta-analysis is more comprehensive and reflects the reliability of the results. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 491-492, page 16: “In previous studies, meta-analysis literatures of effects of grazing intensities on NEP were limited and not adequate.”

      Lines 512-514, page 16: “In summary, the meta-analysis of this study presents the first comprehensive assessment of how annual wetness index affects the response of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes to grazing across global grasslands.”

      (10) Regarding the grazing-induced CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes, these are only based on the plants and do not incorporate the animal CO<sub>2</sub> flux, nor the animal litter CO<sub>2</sub> flux, as they were penned at night outside the plots. Thus, the grazing impact is inflated in the data reported here and does not really represent GPP, NET, or RE. This needs to be written about in the discussion section.

      Thank you for the comments. The objective of this study was to evaluate the carbon exchange processes from vegetation and soil under grazing disturbance. Thus, the grazing effects reported in this study were the vegetation-soil ecosystem scale rather than the net carbon balance of the entire grazing system. Consequently, our conclusions regarding the effects of grazing on grassland ecosystem carbon exchange remain reliable and ecologically meaningful.

      We have made following changes in the manuscript:

      Lines 483-490, page 16: “There are also limitations in evaluating the effects of grazing on grassland-livestock ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in this study. Specifically, carbon emissions derived from animal respiration were not included in this study. Therefore, the results of the field experiment and meta-analysis in this study should not be interpreted as a complete carbon budget assessment of the grassland-livestock ecosystem. Our primary objective was to evaluate the carbon exchange processes between vegetation and soil under grazing disturbance. Thus, the grazing effects reported in the field experiment and meta-analysis of this study were responses at the vegetation- soil ecosystem scale rather than the net carbon balance of the entire grazing system.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Combining a five-year field experiment with a global meta-analysis, Wu et al. investigate how grazing intensity influences ecosystem carbon dioxide (CO<sub>2</sub>) fluxes in grasslands and how these effects are regulated by environmental conditions such as grazing duration, wetness index, and soil temperature and moisture responses.

      The authors show that the response of net ecosystem productivity (NEP) to light grazing shifts from negative to positive along a wetness gradient, whereas heavy grazing consistently suppresses NEP across wetness conditions. Importantly, this pattern is supported by both the field experiment and the meta-analysis, suggesting that moderate levels of grazing can potentially enhance both plant productivity and carbon sequestration under favorable moisture conditions.

      The integration of experimental data with a global synthesis is a particular strength of the study, allowing the authors to evaluate grazing impacts across both temporal variability (precipitation fluctuations in the field experiment) and spatial variability (wetness gradients across global grasslands). Overall, the conclusions are well supported by the data.

      However, several aspects of data acquisition, analysis, and presentation could be clarified to further strengthen the reproducibility and interpretation of the results:

      (1) A PRISMA-style flow diagram would be helpful for the meta-analysis to clearly illustrate the study selection process and facilitate interpretation of the dataset.

      Thank you for the comments. We have added the PRISMA-style flow diagram in the revised supplementary materials. See Fig. S9.

      (2) Grazing intensity requires a clearer definition and, where possible, standardization between the field experiment and the studies included in the meta-analysis. Key parameters such as the number of stock per area, days per rotation or per year, and total years of grazing should be clearly defined. In addition, the criteria used to classify grazing intensity into LG, MG, and HG in the meta-analysis should be explicitly described.

      Thank you for the comments. In our meta-analysis, the classifications of grazing intensity into light, moderate, and heavy grazing were provided in previous studies. For studies in which grazing intensity was not explicitly reported, we classified grazing intensity according to the USDA criteria (https://www.fs.usda.gov/Internet/FSE_DOCUMENTS/stelprdb5109714.pdf).

      The criteria was that: light grazing: approximately equal to a maximum of 40% Utilization (grazing and trampling) of forage standing crop (current and previous years’ growth) at the end of the growing season; moderate grazing: approximately equal to a maximum of 50% Utilization (grazing and trampling) of forage standing crop (current and previous years’ growth) at the end of the growing season; Heavy grazing: greater than 50% Utilization (grazing and trampling) of forage standing crop (current and previous years’ growth) at the end of the growing season (November 15).

      We have made following changes in the manuscript:

      Lines 271-277, page 9 “(e) The classifications of grazing intensity (light, moderate, and heavy grazing) were primarily based on the definitions provided in the original studies. For studies in which grazing intensity was not explicitly reported, we classified grazing intensity according to the modified Grazing Intensity Classes proposed by the USDA (https://www.fs.usda.gov/Internet/FSE_DOCUMENTS/stelprdb5109714.pdf) (Yin et al., 2023).”

      (3) In several sections of the manuscript, it is difficult to distinguish whether phrases such as "this study" or "our study" refer specifically to the field experiment or to the overall study, including both the experiment and the meta-analysis. Clearer wording distinguishing these components would improve readability.

      Thanks for the suggestion. The specific distinctions have been revised to clarify whether they refer to the field experiment, meta-analysis or the comprehensive conclusions of the results from both field experiment and meta-analysis.

      Lines 50-53, page 2: “Overall, the meta-analysis and field experiment jointly provide global perspectives on the response of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes to grazing intensity and improve our knowledge of the factors influencing the response of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes to grazing intensity.”

      Lines 191-193, page 6: “The annual precipitation and mean annual air temperature (MAT) for the field study area from 2019 to 2023 were obtained from the China Meteorological Data Service Centre (http://data.cma.cn/).”

      (4) The discussion attributes the non-significant annual NEP response to intra-annual precipitation variability, with grazing enhancing NEP under wet conditions but suppressing it under dry conditions. Another potential explanation may be that grazing affects GPP and ecosystem respiration (ER) at similar magnitudes (i.e., RR(GPP) ≈ RR(ER)), resulting in limited net changes in NEP.

      Thank you for the comments. Another potential explanation has been revised in the manuscript as follows:

      Lines 385-389, page 13: “Grazing decreased the responses of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes and plant biomass in global grasslands, but only NEP was not significantly affected by grazing in our field experiment (Fig. 4). The lack of a significant response in NEP may be because the site in this field study was managed for year-round continuous low-intensity grazing (Liang et al., 2021). In addition, grazing affected GPP and ER at similar magnitudes, resulting in limited net changes in NEP.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      As you can see from the above reviews and the specific recommendations below, the first issue you should resolve is a full description of methodological detail such that readers can, in principle, repeat your study. They have to know how you placed the chamber to have a representative measure of vegetation (averaging between high and low biomass patches). They also must know how to calculate grazing intensity and assign the values to the three classes. They want to see your raw data and statistical analyses (including formulae, replication, and degrees of freedom). Consider non-linear relationships of grazing and wetness. Try to better integrate the results from the experiment and the meta-analysis. Finally, make sure that you develop hypotheses from the prior knowledge presented in the introduction. For instance, instead of stating that NEP responses would shift from negative to positive with increasing wetness index, simply hypothesize that wetness mitigates the negative effects of grazing on CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes, even if you find that this is not true under heavy grazing.

      Thank you for the comments. The description of methodological details has been supplemented in the revised manuscript. The results from the experiment and the meta-analysis have been integrated.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      General suggestions:

      (1) The Introduction section and the assumptions should be rewritten and improved. The logicality of the introduction should be revised to better prioritize and contextualize the research problem. The reader is lost since the links between assumptions and previous knowledge are not clear.

      Thanks for the suggestion. The Introduction section and the assumptions have been rewritten as follows:

      Lines 135-147, page 5: “Previous studies on the effects of grazing intensities on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes have been constrained by limited spatial and temporal scales, which has led to an incomplete understanding of how different grazing intensities influence ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes. Furthermore, does the wetness modulate the effect of grazing on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in the typical steppe? Are these relationships globally generalizable? In this study, we investigated the effects of grazing intensities on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes by combining a long-term (7-11 years) field experiment conducted in a typical steppe and a meta-analysis of global grasslands. The objectives of this study were to: (i) investigate the effects of grazing intensity with annual wetness fluctuations on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes (GPP, ER and NEP) covering the 7th to 11th years of a continuous grazing experiment in a typical steppe as well as the meta-analysis in global grasslands; (ii) explore how environmental factors (particularly wetness index, soil moisture and temperature, and grazing intensity) regulate the effects of grazing on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes.”

      (2) In the "Materials and methods" section, you need to provide the reason why you chose the "wetness index" in this study, rather than other drought indices (such as Standardized Precipitation Evapotranspiration Index (SPEI), Aridity Index (AI)).

      Thank you for the comments. Although the standardized precipitation evapotranspiration index (SPEI) would be a more appropriate indicator for this study, its calculation requires relatively long and continuous climate data series, which were difficult to obtain in our global meta-analysis. This limitation was particularly important because our study also included a meta-analysis, for which complete climatic datasets were often unavailable from the collected literature. In contrast, the Aridity Index (AI) cannot adequately reflect interannual variability. We have supplemented this limitation in the revised as follows:

      Lines 482-483, page 15: “Furthermore, more drought or wetness indices should be investigated in future studies of grazing on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes.”

      (3) For the results and discussions, the results are currently presented in parallel (long-term experiment first, then meta-analysis). It is recommended to add a dedicated integration paragraph in the discussion.

      Thank you for the comments. The dedicated integration paragraph has been supplemented in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 450-464, page 15: “Our long-term experiment and global meta-analysis jointly provided complementary evidence for understanding the effect of grazing on the ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in grassland ecosystems. Long-term experiments revealed the mechanisms underlying the effects of grazing on plant characteristics and ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes under control conditions. And global meta-analysis further clarified the universality of these response patterns across different climatic zones and grassland types. It should be noticed that both field experiment and meta-analysis consistently revealed that wetness was an important factor in regulating the effect of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes. Under wetter conditions, light grazing promoted compensatory plant growth, enhanced leaf turnover and photosynthetic recovery capabilities, thereby maintaining or even enhancing the NEP. Conversely, under drier conditions or heavy grazing pressure, a decrease in aboveground biomass and weakened ecosystem resilience jointly limited the ecosystem carbon uptake capacity. These results suggested that wetness determined whether grazing promoted or inhibited the carbon sink function in grasslands. Moderate grazing may be sustainable under better water conditions, while heavy grazing may exceed the ecosystem resilience threshold even under relatively wet conditions, leading to sustained ecological degradation.”

      (4) Make sure that the whole manuscript has undergone professional proofreading, and check it carefully to avoid language mistakes.

      Thank you for the comments. The manuscript has been revised by professional proofreading to avoid language mistakes.

      Specific suggestions:

      (1) Lines 126-131: It is recommended to explicitly state three levels of research questions: (i) How does grazing intensity affect ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes? (ii) Does the wetness index modulate this effect? (iii) Are these relationships globally generalizable? This will provide a clear logical thread for the paper.

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 135-139, pages 5: “Previous studies on the effects of grazing intensities on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes have been constrained by limited spatial and temporal scales, which has led to an incomplete understanding of how different grazing intensities influence ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes. Furthermore, does the wetness modulate the effect of grazing on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in the typical steppe? Are these relationships globally generalizable?”

      (2) Lines 181: Briefly justify the choice of the De Martonne wetness index (Equation 1) in the introduction (why this index over other aridity indices).

      Thank you for the comments. The De Martonne wetness index is easier to obtain compared to other drought index, as it only requires annual average temperature and precipitation data for calculation, facilitating the statistics of global meta-analysis. The justification of the De Martonne wetness index has been revised in the manuscript:

      Lines 120-125, pages 4-5: “Annual precipitation is one of the climatic parameters, while the wetness index (WI) serves as a more integrative climatic indicator that incorporates both precipitation and temperature, thereby reflecting the overall water surplus or deficit (Song et al., 2019). A higher wetness index (WI > 30) indicates sufficient water availability for plant growth, whereas a lower wetness index (WI ≤ 30) suggests the water availability may be limited (De Martonne, 1926).”

      (3) Lines 173-174: Please specify the exact timing of flux measurements (e.g., "measured three times per month between 9:00 and 11:00 AM" is already stated, but add "on sunny and calm days" to ensure consistent conditions).

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have supplemented the exact timing of flux measurements in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 183-186, page 6: “The gas exchange measurements were conducted on sunny and calm days between 9:00 and 11:00, a time when the ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes represented the daily average (Niu et al., 2008; Rong et al., 2017; Yu et al., 2025), with a frequency of three times per month.”

      (4) The RGR and AGB data provide important clues for explaining the moderating role of the wetness index, but the mechanistic chain can be further refined. It is recommended to use the structural equation model.

      Thanks for the comments. The structural equation model has been supplemented to complete the mechanistic chain.

      Lines 338-342, page 11: “Heavy grazing decreased C<sub>3</sub> plant biomass but increased C<sub>4</sub> plant richness compared with other treatments (Fig. S7). In addition, the structural equation model showed that grazing altered net ecosystem productivity by increasing soil temperature and relative growth rate, while decreasing aboveground biomass of plants (Fig. S8).”

      Suggested addition: If data on soil moisture, soil nutrients (e.g., ammonium, nitrate), leaf photosynthetic parameters (e.g., maximum photosynthetic rate, stomatal conductance), or community composition are available, please incorporate them into the analysis to test a more complete mechanistic pathway.

      Thanks for the comments. The data of the composition of C<sub>3</sub> and C<sub>4</sub> plant communities and their species richness have been supplemented to complete the mechanistic chain.

      Lines 338-342, page 11: “Heavy grazing decreased C<sub>3</sub> plant biomass but increased C<sub>4</sub> plant richness compared with other treatments (Fig. S7). In addition, the structural equation model showed that grazing altered net ecosystem productivity by increasing soil temperature and relative growth rate, while decreasing aboveground biomass of plants (Fig. S8).”

      (5) The current meta - analysis has established the moderating role of the wetness index, but there is room for further exploration: Test for non-linearity. Could the relationship between the wetness index and the grazing effect size (lnRR of NEP) be non-linear in the global data? Consider fitting models that include a quadratic term for the wetness index or using generalized additive models (GAMs). If a threshold is identified, report the threshold estimate and its confidence interval and discuss its management implications.

      Thank you for the comments. Following the reviewer's suggestion, we further examined whether there is a nonlinear relationship between the wetness index (WI) and the magnitude of grazing effect (NEP_RR). We compared a linear mixed-effects model including a first-order term for WI with a quadratic mixed-effects model, and set Study ID as a random effect in both models. The results indicated that the AIC value of the quadratic model (256.56) was higher than that of the linear model (241.48), suggesting that adding the second-order term did not improve the model fitting precision. Based on this, we retained the simpler linear model in the revised manuscript.

      Author response table 1.

      The comparison of linear mixed-effects model and quadratic mixed-effects model

      Note: if the AIC value was lower, the model fitting accuracy was higher.

      (6) Section 4.1: This section is quite long. Consider splitting it into 2-3 paragraphs, discussing: (i) overall grazing effects on CO2 fluxes; (ii) the moderating role of the wetness index and its mechanisms; (iii) differential effects of grazing intensities.

      Thanks for the suggestion. Section 4.1 has been split into four paragraphs according to the suggestion of the reviewer. (i) overall grazing effects on ecosystem CO <sub>2</sub> fluxes; (ii) the moderating role of the wetness index and its mechanisms; (iii) integrated discussion of field study and meta-analysis.

      (7) Integrating the long-term experiment and meta-analysis. Does the effect size observed in the long - term experiment (e.g., an 85.83% increase in NEP under LG in the wettest year) align with the average effect size from the global meta - analysis under similar conditions? If not, what are the potential reasons? (e.g., specificity of the typical steppe, methodological differences between chamber and eddy covariance measurements) Is the mechanism identified in the long - term experiment (e.g., increased RGR) likely to be common globally? What are the joint management implications from both parts of the study? Are there contexts where caution is needed in extrapolating the findings? (e.g., alpine meadows might be more sensitive to grazing).

      Thank you for the comments. The long-term experiment and meta-analysis have been integrated in the revised manuscript. The results of field experiment showed that light grazing increased NEP by 85.83%. However, the response of light grazing was not significant in meta-analysis. Both the results of field experiment and global meta-analysis showed that light grazing did not reduce NEP under wetter conditions. The different results in effect size and statistical significance were mainly because the long-term experiment was conducted in a typical grassland ecosystem, which may possess a strong compensatory growth capacity under moderate water conditions. Therefore, light grazing can enhance NEP by increasing plant photosynthetic rate, promoting new leaf growth, and improving community resource utilization efficiency. However, the global meta-analysis integrated different grassland types, climatic conditions and grazing durations. Consequently, the average effect of global meta-analysis may be diluted by the high heterogeneity among ecosystems. The data to calculate RGR were not available in the original studies of the meta-analysis, so we could not include RGR in the meta-analysis. Therefore, it is still unclear if the mechanism of increased RGR could be common globally. The joint management implications have been revised as follows:

      Lines 393-400, page 13: “Both the results of field experiment and global meta-analysis showed that light grazing did not reduce NEP under wetter conditions (Fig. 3B, 6B and 7H). Light grazing usually stimulates leaf regrowth following defoliation, and these new leaves often are more physiologically active than the older leaves that contribute much of leaf area in ungrazed treatment (Polley et al., 2008), which likely imply a stronger leaf photosynthesis and C sink (Reich et al., 2007). Considering factors such as different grassland types (Fig. S11), livestock grazing modes (Fig. S12), climatic conditions, and grazing durations, the future grazing studies on NEP should focus more on ANPP and RGR, and extrapolate the results cautiously.”

      (8) Figure 8: The conceptual diagram is clear and effectively summarizes the main findings. Briefly explain the meaning of the arrows in the caption.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have revised Fig. 8 accordingly:

      “Schematic summary of the effects of grazing intensity on ecosystem carbon dioxide (CO<sub>2</sub>) fluxes and biomass in global grasslands in the meta-analysis. The blue and black arrows indicate negative effects on grazing and grazing intensities, respectively. Asterisks (<sup>*</sup>) indicate significant effects on variables at P < 0.05. GPP, gross primary productivity; ER, ecosystem respiration; NEP, net ecosystem productivity; LG, light grazing; MG, moderate grazing; HG, heavy grazing.

      (9) Please check all references for consistency with eLife style. Some entries currently have inconsistent formatting (e.g., some include issue numbers, while others do not; page number formatting varies).

      Thank you for the comments. We have checked the references one by one to revise them consistent with eLife style.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Method citation:

      (a) Please cite the original method references rather than studies that applied the methods. For example, the original publication introducing the wetness index (WI) is: De Martonne, E. Une nouvelle fonction climatologique: l'indice d'aridité. La Météorologie 2, 449-458 (1926).

      (b) Please also cite the R packages used in the analysis. One straightforward approach is the function citation() in R.

      Thank you for the comments. We have cited the references related to the original methods and cited the R packages used in the analysis.

      (2) Several expressions would benefit from clarification:

      (a) Line 182: What has been "referred to as soil moisture"?

      Thank you for the comments. Soil moisture refers to the volumetric water content of the soil, which has been clarified in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 199-200, pages 7: “Soil moisture was the soil volumetric water content.”

      (b) Line 184-185: Do you mean "soil temperature and soil moisture were measured simultaneously with ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> flux measurements."?

      Thank you for the comments. Yes, we simultaneously measured soil temperature and soil moisture using temperature and moisture probes while measuring ecosystem CO <sub>2</sub> flux measurements. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 198-199, page 7: “Soil temperature and moisture at a depth of 0-10 cm were measured simultaneously with ecosystem CO <sub>2</sub> flux measurements, using the probes of the LI-8100 system.”

      (c) Line 200: Please clarify what is meant by "the caged plots"?

      Thank you for the comments. The misleading words have been deleted in the revised manuscript.

      (d) Line 242-244: Do you mean "data from non-grazed treatments were excluded when additional treatments were present"?

      Thank you for the comments. Yes, data from non-grazed treatments were excluded when additional treatments were present. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 268-270, page 9: “(c) Data from non-grazed treatments were excluded when additional treatments (e.g., fertilization, experimental warming, or precipitation manipulation) were present.”

      (e) Line 263: Should this refer to RR<sub>++</sub> instead of RR? Please clarify how RR<sub>++</sub> (or lnRR++) was calculated from the reported response ratios and study weights.

      Thank you for the comments. RR is the dependent variable of the model, representing the response ratio for each observation. RR<sub>++</sub> typically refers to the pooled effect size obtained after all RRs are weighted and subjected to a mixed-effects model, which primarily corresponds to the estimated value of the model intercept β<sub>0</sub>. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 293-303, page 10: “A linear mixed-effects model, with ‘study’ included as a random factor, was employed to estimate the weighted response ratio (RR<sub>++</sub>) across studies or within a specific group, fitting with restricted maximum likelihood using the ‘lmer’ function in the ‘lme4’ package (Feng et al., 2023).

      where β<sub>0</sub> is the coefficient, π<sub>study</sub> denotes the random effect associated with ‘study’ (accounting for autocorrelation among observations from the same study), and ɛ corresponds to the residual sampling error. We checked the normality of the model residuals using the ‘check_normality’ function in the ‘performance’ package. When the assumption of normality was violated, bootstrapping with 999 iterations was performed using the ‘boot’ package to derive the 95% confidence interval (CI) for each RR<sub>++</sub> (Chen et al., 2021).”

      (3) Line 222: Please list all environmental predictors considered in the analysis.

      Thank you for the comments. The environmental predictors considered in the analysis have been listed in the revised manuscript:

      Lines: 243-245, page 8: “The environmental predictors considered in the analysis included grazing intensity, the response ratio of soil temperature and soil moisture, wetness index, and grazing duration.”

      (4) Line 343: The non-significant response of NEP appears only under MG, while both LG and HG significantly decrease NEP (Fig. 5). It may be helpful to discuss this grazing-intensity-dependent response more explicitly.

      Thank you for the comments. The reason why the non-significant response of NEP appeared only under MG was that moderate grazing affected GPP and ER at similar magnitudes, resulting in limited changes in NEP (Fig. 5). However, the reduction in response of GPP was higher than that of ER in LG and HG, resulting in the decrease in NEP. This was consistent with the hypothesis of moderate disturbance, which suggested that ecosystem functions remain stable under moderate levels of disturbance. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 390-393, page 13: “Similarly, the reason why the non-significant response of NEP appeared only under MG may be that moderate grazing affected GPP and ER at similar magnitudes, resulting in limited changes in NEP (Fig. 5). However, the reduction in response of GPP was higher than that of ER in LG and HG, resulting in the decrease in NEP.”

      (5) Line 397: The phrase "global-scale study" typically refers to experiments conducted worldwide. "Studies across global grasslands" may be more precise here.

      Thank you for the comments. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines: 475-477, page 15: “Our meta-analysis has limitations due to the relatively small sample size, which stems from the scarcity of studies across global grasslands exploring the effects of grazing intensity on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes.”

      (6) Line 403: ...have large amounts of grassland for grazing, "but rarely investigated".

      Thank you for the comments. We have made following changes according to the suggestion of the reviewer in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 480-482, pages 15-16: “In addition, future studies could conduct more experiments of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in South America, Africa and Oceania, which have large amounts of grasslands for grazing, but were rarely investigated.”

      (7) Please remember to cite Figure 8 in the text.

      Thank you for the comments. Figure 8 has been cited in the manuscript as follows:

      Lines 411-414, page 13: “Moderate grazing decreased GPP and NEP under lower WI, but the responses of GPP and NEP to moderate grazing were similar under higher WI in global grasslands (Figs. 6 and 8), indicating that higher wetness offset the response of GPP and NEP to moderate grazing.”

      (8) Figure S1:

      (a) The orange line in panel A appears to represent monthly temperature rather than mean annual temperature.

      (b) Same for the precipitation, the data shown here should be monthly values rather than annual means.

      (c) Consider using a color different from orange for the wetness index in panel C, unless the variable shown is temperature instead.

      Thank you for the comments. We have revised Fig. S1 according to the suggestion of the reviewer as follows:

      Supplementary page 5: “Fig. S1 The monthly total precipitation and average air temperature (A), annual precipitation (B) and wetness index (C) in the study area of the grazing intensity experiment in the typical steppe from 2019 to 2023.”

      (9) Figure S2B: Grazing intensity labels appear in Chinese in the figure. These should be translated into English, and the information on grazing intensity should be provided in the legend or the figure here, as well as in the Method section.

      Thank you for the comments. We have replaced the figures included the Chinese labels. See Fig. S2.

      (10) Figure S6B: LG significantly affects the relationships between wetness index and ER (P<0.05), but a regression line is missing from the panel.

      Thank you for the comments. We have added the regression line between wetness index and ER in Supplementary Fig. S6.

      (11) Figure S7A: "Mean" annual precipitation

      Thank you for the comments. The “Mean” has been revised in Figure S10A.

      References

      Fan, Y., Zhang, X., Wang, J., & Shi, P. (2011). Effect of solar radiation on net ecosystem CO2 exchange of alpine meadow on the Tibetan Plateau.Journal of Geographical Sciences, 21(4), 666-676.

      Jiang, Z., Hu, Z., Lai, D., Han, D., Wang, M., Liu, M., Zhang, M., & Guo, M. (2020). Light grazing facilitates carbon accumulation in subsoil in Chinese grasslands: A meta-analysis. Global Change Biology, 26(12), 7186–7197.

      Li, X., Fu, H., Guo, D., Li, X., & Wan, C. (2010). Partitioning soil respiration and assessing the carbon balance in a Setaria italica (L.) Beauv. Cropland on the Loess Plateau, Northern China. Soil Biology and Biochemistry, 42(2), 337-346.

      Niu, S., Wu, M., Han, Y., Xia, J., Li, L., & Wan, S. (2008). Water‐mediated responses of ecosystem carbon fluxes to climatic change in a temperate steppe. New Phytologist, 177(1), 209-219.

      Rong, Y., Johnson, D. A., Wang, Z., & Zhu, L. (2017). Grazing effects on ecosystem CO2 fluxes regulated by interannual climate fluctuation in a temperate grassland steppe in northern China. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment, 237, 194-202.

      Shi, R., Su, P., Zhou, Z., Yang, J., & Ding, X. (2022). Comparison of eddy covariance and automatic chamber‐based methods for measuring carbon flux. Agronomy Journal, 114.

      Wan, L., Liu, G., & Su, X. (2025). Global meta-analysis reveals different grazing management strategies change greenhouse gas emissions and global warming potential in grasslands. Geography and Sustainability, 6(3), 100251.

      Yin, M., Gao, X., Kuang, W., & Tenuta, M. (2023). Soil N<sub>2</sub>O emissions and functional genes in response to grazing grassland with livestock: A meta-analysis. Geoderma, 436, 116538.

      Yu, H., Wang, X., Wu, Y., Wang, C., Yan, R., Xu, D., & Xin, X. (2025). Light grazing tends to enhance ecosystem carbon sequestration and resource use efficiency in a meadow steppe of northern China. Agricultural and Forest Meteorology, 372, 110690.

      Zhang, R., Tian, D., Chen, H. Y. H., Seabloom, E. W., Han, G., Wang, S., Yu, G., Li, Z., & Niu, S. (2022). Biodiversity alleviates the decrease of grassland multifunctionality under grazing disturbance: A global meta-analysis. Global Ecology and Biogeography, 31(1), 155–167.

      Zhou, G., Luo, Q., Chen, Y., Hu, J., He, M., Gao, J., Zhou, L., Liu, H., & Zhou, X. (2019). Interactive effects of grazing and global change factors on soil and ecosystem respiration in grassland ecosystems: A global synthesis. Journal of Applied Ecology, 56(8), 2007–2019.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Choucri and Treiber have reassessed their previous study on TE-gene chimeric transcripts in neural genes in response to Azad et al (2024). Azad and colleagues argued that, contrary to Choucri and Treiber's findings, chimeric TE-mRNAs are relatively infrequent, and they cautioned that further optimization of bioinformatics pipelines is needed to detect TE insertions from RNAseq accurately. In this short response, Choucri and Treiber clearly demonstrate that differences in the tools used between their study and that of Azad et al. likely account for the contrasting results, along with RT-PCR failure in designing primers that would match the chimeric transcript, and the use of different Drosophila lines. The authors emphasize the need for uniform, standardized criteria in such analysis, which would ultimately strengthen and advance the field.

      Strengths:

      The addition of a ratio to compute the number of splice reads specific to the chimeric transcript and compare to the exon-exon splice reads is really interesting because it opens the door to finally quantify the contribution of chimeric TEs to the overall gene expression, although this is not the scope of the present article. The clear dissection of chimeric transcripts, along with the results from Azad et al, allows us to understand the differences between the two studies confidently. Finally, the discussion on Drosophila lines is indeed essential, given that the lines and even individuals have high TE polymorphism.

      Weaknesses:

      I think it is necessary to add more detail to this article, for instance, the differences between TEchim and Tidal could be laid out more precisely.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion and agree that a more explicit comparison improves the clarity of the manuscript. Briefly, TIDAL and TEChim are designed to answer different questions. TIDAL is an insertion/deletion caller that was primarily built to determine whether a TE insertion exists at a genomic locus and how it is distributed across strains or populations. It was not designed to resolve splice junctions between exons and TEs. TEChim, by contrast, is purpose-built to detect breakpoint-spanning reads that span exon junctions and putative splice sites within a TE. This difference in design has several concrete consequences in the algorithms used:

      (1) TIDAL clusters reads that support a candidate breakpoint within a window of twice the sequencing read length (e.g. 300nt for 150nt reads). This works well for calling genomic insertions, but it can be too restrictive for a splice junction, which may fall at a variable position within the gene and TE. TEChim does not rely on fixed-window clustering, but instead maps all reads, groups them to individual nt positions within the genome, and then filters for events that were detected in more than one biological replicate.

      (2) TEChim reconstructs long in-silico reads from overlapping paired-end reads, using FLASH, prior to alignment. In-silico paired-end reads are analysed, and full-read merged fragments provide single-nucleotide resolution for a breakpoint. This increases accuracy and confidence in split reads.

      (3) TEChim explicitly intersects candidate breakpoints with annotated exon/intron/UTR. Structures and canonical splice donor- and acceptor sites.

      We have now added a concise summary of the underlying principles of TEChim in the Methods section, and added details to the comparison of TIDAL with TEChim in the discussion. We hope that this addition makes it clearer why the two pipelines produce different results from the same input data.

      Regarding the roo example, one of the caveats of this family, along with others, is the presence of simple repeats. It would be important to show that the simple repeats are not interfering with the read mapping.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that simple repeats can complicate read mapping and that this requires careful consideration. We have now added to the results the exact locations and lengths of the three known and annotated repeat regions within roo (Domínguez, 2021) and show that the breakpoints we report map more than 4kb away from these regions. In addition, the splice junctions we identify (at positions 5190 and 5462) recur at the same position relative to the roo consensus sequence across multiple genomic insertions, and biological replicates. If these calls were artifacts of copyspecific simple repeats that interfered with read mapping, then we would expect breakpoints to vary between with each insertions local sequence, rather than converge on the same breakpoint. We therefore consider it unlikely that simple repeats account for the observed splice junctions. We have expanded our discussion to make this reasoning clearer.

      Regarding the experiments, if we are looking for a standardized protocol, then we should have a detailed material and methods section, with every experiment, replicate, and PCR temperature clearly defined.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and agree that a more detailed description of the experimental procedures will improve the reproducibility of the study. We have substantially expanded the Materials and Methods section, including the number of biological replicates, primer information, PCR conditions and other methodological details relevant for reproducing the experiments. In addition, we have written a detailed manual for the updated version of TEChim that we used here.

      Finally, and in my opinion, more importantly, the use of RT negative controls on the RT PCRs, along with DNA PCRs to show insertion presence, is mandatory for testing the presence of chimeric genes. Of course, water negative PCR controls are also needed, and unfortunately, absent from Figure 3.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have repeated the RNA extraction on 3 new samples, and this time also included minus-RT aliquots for each of the three biological replicates. We have run our PCR for the chimeric transcript between Beadex and opus on all these samples, and in addition on a water control. All these new results are now shown in Figure 3, and confirm our previous conclusions.

      We now also provide results from our DNA testing for the opus insertion in Beadex. We conduct these at regular intervals in our lab to ensure the insertion remains stable in our stock, and mentioned the results in the original version of this manuscript, but we agree that it is important to also show the raw data of this in this study. We use primers at the up- and downstream end of the opus insertion. The downstream pair gave a single band at the predicted size, which we confirmed by Sanger sequencing. This data is now presented in Figure 3 – Figure supplement 1. The PCR around the upstream end resulted in the expected band of 888bp, and two additional bands. Sanger sequencing of the 888bp band produced signals for both Beadex and opus, but we did not get a reliable signal across the precise breakpoint (see Author response image 1). We think this might partly be due to a tandem repeat at the beginning of the opus LTR, which may interfere with Sanger sequencing. Taken together, our data provides strong evidence that the opus insertion is present in our flies.

      Author response image 1.

      Sanger sequencing results of the 888bp band: Two segments of the raw Sanger sequencing trace are shown; the intervening, unmapped section is omitted. The left segment (grey) shows clean, high-confidence signal matching the Bx locus. The right segment (pink) shows the signal falling to near baseline within the opus LTR, so base calls in this region are log-confidence, and the trace does not resolve the breakpoint. Numbers above the sequence indicate position within the raw sequencing read.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Choucri and Treiber aims to directly address a recent critique regarding the role of transposable elements (TEs) in diversifying the neural transcriptome of Drosophila. The authors seek to demonstrate that TEs are not merely genomic "noise" but are frequently and reliably "exonized" into brain-specific mRNA. By introducing an upgraded computational pipeline, TEChim, and conducting precise experimental validations, the authors set out to show that TE-mediated splicing represents a genuine biological phenomenon that expands the molecular repertoire of the nervous system.

      Strengths:

      The study's primary strength lies in its rigorous technical "forensic" analysis of previous failed replication attempts. The authors convincingly demonstrate that the lack of signal in the opposing study stemmed from a fundamental methodological mismatch: the software used by the critics (TIDAL) is logically incapable of detecting splice sites located within TE sequences. Importantly, the authors complement this computational clarification with definitive experimental evidence through an effective "experimental rescue." By employing correctly designed primers and matching the genetic backgrounds of the fly strains, thereby accounting for genomic polymorphisms, they successfully validated all seven loci that were previously reported as undetectable. This dual-pronged strategy, addressing both algorithmic bias and experimental design, establishes a more robust technical benchmark for the detection and validation of TE-derived exons in neural tissues.

      Weaknesses:

      While the technical rebuttal is highly convincing, the scope of the study remains primarily defensive. As a response to a prior critique, the work focuses on establishing the existence and detectability of chimeric TE-derived transcripts rather than exploring their broader functional consequences. As a result, there is limited new insight into how these TEmodified isoforms influence neural circuit function or organismal behavior.

      We agree with the reviewer that the primary focus of this study is to establish a robust protocol for the detection and validation of TE-derived chimeric transcripts, and to resolve discrepancies raised by Azad et al. We believe this provides an important technical and conceptual framework for future studies investigating the functional impact of TE-driven genetic variation.

      In addition, the detection and validation of these events remain technically demanding, requiring deep sequencing and specialized bioinformatic expertise, which may limit broader adoption by laboratories without dedicated computational resources.

      We agree that the robust detection and validation of TE-derived chimeric transcripts is technically demanding, requiring both high-quality sequencing data and specialised computational analyses. However, we believe that these methodological challenges are justified by the biological insights that can be gained. By providing an updated computational approach together with experimental validation, we hope to facilitate further research into this phenomenon.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Choucri and Treiber responds to a recent paper by Azad et al., which responds to a paper by Treiber and Wadell (Genome Research, 2020). The controversy relates to the detection of transcripts with transposable elements (TEs) spliced into them in the Drosophila brain.

      Strengths:

      The authors now argue convincingly that these transcripts exist using an improved, updated version of their pipeline. They also validate some of their findings using RT-PCR and explain why Azad et al. failed to detect these transcripts due to methodological errors. Overall, I am convinced that these transcripts exist and that the TE-derived transcripts described by Choucri and Treiber are real.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors should mention that combining PCR-amplified cDNA generation with shortread sequencing is suboptimal for detecting TE-fusion transcripts. Recently, direct longread ONT RNA sequencing, which does not require amplification and spans the entire transcript, has been used to detect similar transcripts in human stem cells and the human brain (PMID: 40848716 & Garza et al, BioRxiv). Had the authors used this technology to validate their findings, there would be no question about these transcripts. If not doing such experiments, then they should at least discuss the possibility and the advantage of the approach.

      We thank the reviewer for this excellent suggestion and agree that long-read RNA sequencing represents a powerful approach to characterise chimeric transcripts, because it can capture full-length transcripts and reduce ambiguity of mapping short reads onto repetitive sequences. We have now expanded the Discussion to highlight the advantages of these technologies and to cite the suggested studies. At present, long-read RNA sequencing remains challenging for Drosophila brain samples, because the total amount of input RNA is limited. As a consequence, amplification is usually required, which itself can introduce artefacts, which we showed previously (Treiber and Waddell, 2017). While we agree that long-read sequencing will be an important approach for future studies, we believe that the combination of computational analysis and targeted experimental validation presented here provides robust evidence for the existence of chimeric TE-gene transcripts.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      To maximize the impact of the work, the authors should consider adding a technical guide that outlines the implementation of the updated TEChim pipeline and provides a standardized protocol for designing chimeric RT-PCR primers. This section should include a clear software workflow and a precise primer design strategy, emphasizing junction spanning probes and the necessity of genomic confirmation, to establish these methods as the definitive technical standard for studying transposable elements in the nervous system.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive suggestion and want to be upfront about what can and cannot be standardized here. Because TE sequences are repetitive, the specific primer pair that works best for a given locus cannot necessarily be predicted in advance, and some empirical testing of candidate primer pairs is unavoidable. What we can standardise, and now describe explicitly in the Methods section, is, firstly the use of TEChim to identify candidate splicing events, and secondly, the logic behind how we choose primers. Several candidate primer pairs are tested for a given genomic locus, and all resulting bands are confirmed using Sanger sequencing. Together with an expanded TEChim manual on GitHub, we believe this study gives other research groups a clear and reproducible starting point, while remaining honest that, as with most repeat-adjacent primer design, some locus-specific optimization remains necessary.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper by Boni and colleagues presents the engineering of a multi-step differentiation program in Escherichia coli based on synthetic gene circuits. The motivation behind the study was to engineer a system capable of undergoing differentiation in a step-wise manner without the presence of external spatial cues and without inducers added during the differentiation process. To achieve this, the authors created several synthetic gene circuits, one being a toggle switch, and the others being quorum-sensing-mediated gene expression modules. The outputs of the differentiation process are fluorescent proteins, which allowed the authors to quantify the behavior of the system using fluorescence intensity measurements. The authors additionally built a multi-component mathematical model which is able to reproduce the experimental data.

      The data presented are convincing and support the claims; the work is well executed.

      Strengths:

      (1) The differentiation process proceeds autonomously after the initial step in liquid culture in the presence of external inducers.

      (2) It is indeed a step-wise process.

      (3) The mathematical model predicts the outcome (% of green, blue and red FPexpressing cells in the population) when changing the initial ratio of green:blue FPexpressing cells.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for the Summary and for highlighting the strengths of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) No spatial pattern emerges. There are some isolated colonies that turn on the downstream FPs, but I do not see a pattern, really. Nonetheless, some colonies do differentiate (i.e. they turn on additional FPs).

      The pattern does not arise within single colonies, but when looking at groups of colonies: a green sender is surrounded by a circle of blue-red receivers, which is in turn surrounded by blue-only receivers. This organization can be seen as a collective bullseye pattern (green centre, red annulus, blue background). When multiple green colonies are present in the plate, each gives rise to its own bullseye pattern. We have now clarified this detail in the text:

      Lines 244-245 – “This motif is reminiscent of a bullseye pattern emerging not within a single colony, but in groups of colonies”

      (2) The mathematical model appears somewhat superfluous. While it can clearly reproduce the data, it is not used to make interesting predictions, changing parameters (and not initial conditions) that guide further experimental implementations.

      It is true that we presented the mathematical model primarily as being capable of recapitulating our experimental results. However, the model helped us identify the ideal set of initial conditions (i.e. inducers concentrations) for Figure 6, and to better understand the dynamics of 3O-C6-HSL and 3O-C14-HSL diffusion in our system (Supplementary Movie 6). While changing parameters would be theoretically possible (e.g. diffusion coefficients, protein production rates...) we have limited exploration in this direction, as fine-tuning a single molecular parameter, all other things being equal, is experimentally challenging.

      Since several comments highlighted this weakness, we have now employed our mathematical model to predict patterns theoretically achievable with the sequential differentiation program under substantially different experimental conditions. Please find a detailed answer to this point below (see Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors), point 8).

      Future directions:

      The utility of this differentiation process (e.g. in metabolic engineering or for the study of biofilm formation and antibiotic resistance) will become clearer once the FPs are substituted with functional proteins that exert an effect on the cells.

      We agree with Reviewer #1 that, for the purposes of an application, we would have to replace the fluorescent proteins with functional proteins. In the last paragraph of the discussion, we outline several potential applications of our differentiation system, including division of labor, biocomputation, biosensing, and engineered living materials. However, expanding the system in this direction is beyond the scope of this manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) This sentence is confusing to me: ‘When cells were pre-cultured with 100 nM aTc and 1 mM IPTG, the resulting colonies were almost entirely homogeneously green and blue, respectively.’ It reads as if both inducers were added in the same culture. I would rewrite this as: ‘When cells were pre-cultured with either 100 nM aTc or 1 mM IPTG, the resulting colonies were almost entirely homogeneously green or blue, respectively.’

      We adapted the text as suggested:

      Lines 127-129 – “When cells were pre-cultured with either 100 nM aTc or 1 mM IPTG, the resulting colonies were almost entirely homogeneously green or blue, respectively.”

      (2) It would be good to explain why the follow-up experiments are conducted with inducers at the beginning of the differentiation process, given that, in the absence of inducers, there is spontaneous symmetry breaking as noted by the authors: ‘When cells were pre-cultured in absence of inducers, both green and blue colonies grew in the plate (Figure 2b).’ Is it to obtain consistent results across biological replicates?

      We used defined inducer concentrations to control the ratio of senders: receivers. In the absence of inducers, the population consisted of approximately equal proportions of senders and receivers. Under these conditions, nearly all blue colonies were close to a green colony and exhibited high expression of the red reporter. To enable spatial patterning, we therefore required a population strongly biased towards the receiver state. Accordingly, we used low concentrations of IPTG to shift the population to this state (as explained in lines 235-241 of the revised version). For testing and characterization of the system, we spotted senders alongside receivers (e.g. in Fig 7C and some supplementary figures). In these experiments, pre-culturing with high concentrations of aTc or IPTG ensured that the entire population was in the desired state. We have now revised the text to clarify that the choice of inducer concentrations ensured specific population ratios and the reproducibility of the differentiation assay:

      Lines 235-241 – “We therefore selected a condition that would consistently generate a population strongly biased towards the receiver state, with only a few sparse senders to produce the diffusible signal. Having characterized the TS differentiation landscape (Figure 2), we decided to pre-culture cells starting from the green state in presence of 9, 12 and 18 µM IPTG, then plated at a cell density of 500-2000 colonies per plate, in absence of any positional information. This resulted in few sparse green senders densely surrounded by blue receivers, in a highly reproducible manner.”

      (3) In the legend to Figure 4b, please indicate what ‘experimental points’ are (single colonies?)

      We adapted the figure caption as suggested:

      Figure 4b – “Hexagons, circles and triangles represent the average fluorescence intensity of single colonies.”

      (4) This sentence was confusing to me: ‘The time-lapses supported our hypothesis that the differentiation key processes (colony growth, HSL production and detection, expression of the red reporter) happened simultaneously.’ I thought the whole idea behind the work was to have a step-wise differentiation process and that HSL production had to happen first, then its detection and finally the downstream activation of the red FP expression.

      We acknowledge that this sentence was poorly phrased and may have caused confusion. Our multi-step differentiation program indeed operates in a sequential, stepwise manner at the single-cell level: a blue receiver cell can only transition to the red state after detecting 3O-C6-HSL, and red colonies can only transition to the yellow state after detecting 3O-C14-HSL. At the colony level, one might therefore expect colonies to first appear green or blue and only later acquire red fluorescence. However, our time-lapse experiments showed that colonies were already expressing the final fluorescent reporters by the time they became visible. Thus, our observations indicate that, at the colony level, HSL production and detection, induction of the red reporter, and colony growth occur concurrently over the same time period. Experiments at the single-cell level might make the step-wise progression blue - red - yellow more obvious than colony-level time-lapses. We have revised the text to clarify this point:

      Lines 273-280 – “We therefore collected time-lapse videos of the plate assay, first inducing receiver cells with pure 3O-C6-HSL, then spotting sender cells alongside receivers, and finally performing the full differentiation assay (Supplementary Movies 1, 2, 3, 4). Whilst one might expect colonies to first appear green or blue and only later acquire red fluorescence, our time-lapse experiments showed that colonies were already expressing the final fluorescent reporters by the time they became visible. Thus, our observations indicate that, at the colony level, HSL production and detection, induction of the red reporter, and colony growth occur concurrently over the same time period.”

      (5) The authors write: ‘The combination of spatial and temporal information allowed us to develop a mathematical model that could qualitatively recapitulate the patterning properties of the system’. It is strangely put in my opinion. One is ‘allowed’ to develop a mathematical model under other circumstances, too. I suggest rewriting. For example: ‘We developed a mathematical model combining spatial and temporal information to quantitatively ...’.

      We adapted the text as suggested.

      (6) In Figure 6b, the scale bar is missing

      Thank you for noticing this, we have now added the scale bar.

      (7) Figure 7c: Why is the green colony huge compared with the others? The formation of such huge colonies seems to occur sometimes, but not always (it is seen also in Supplementary Figure 12a and in Supplementary Figure 13, but nowhere else; by the way, in Supplementary Figure 12a there is a spatial pattern, with a clearly visible red ring in the otherwise black colony!).

      The huge green colonies occur only in the experiments where 1 µl of green senders were inoculated at specific locations. In most of the differentiation assays, each colony arises from a single cell at unpredictable locations. For Figures 7c, S13a (previously 12a) and S14 (previously S13) we wanted a single green sender colony in the centre of the plate surrounded by blue receivers. To achieve this, as we briefly explained in the methods, we decided to spot 1 µl of culture at OD=1, therefore these green colonies originate from roughly 8×10<sup>5</sup> cells, which justifies their larger size. We have now clarified this detail in the corresponding figure captions:

      Figures 7c, S13a, S14 – “The sender colonies in this figure do not originate from one single cell, but from 1 µl of a culture of sender cells at OD=1, which explains their larger size (see Methods).”

      Concerning the red rings in figure S13a (previously S12a), we hypothesise they are the effect of the leakiness of the pLux promoter. Observing expression of mCherry in the green sender colony was actually the main indication that the sequential differentiation circuit was not working as planned: if mCherry was being expressed in the sender state, then probably cinI was also being expressed, therefore the green sender colony was undesirably producing 3O-C14-HSL. We therefore replaced pLux with pLuxLac, resulting in tighter control over the mCherry-cinI operon in the green sender state. The improvement associated with this modification can be appreciated in Figure 7c, where the green sender colonies do not display any red fluorescence.

      Regarding the specific pattern of this red signal, i.e. a ring, as opposed to an homogeneous signal in the entire colony, we have different hypotheses, but we have not investigated it thoroughly. Since the colony does not originate from a single cell but from a 1 µl inoculum, the effect might partially be ascribed to a ‘coffee ring stain’ phenomenon: upon absorption of the droplet, the outer ring could feature higher cell density compared to the centre, leading to higher red signal. In other cases, we have sometimes seen ring patterns arising in homogeneous colonies due to growth and temperature effects.

      (8) It would be nice to see the model predictions being used to create a system with different properties than the actual one. Can the authors modify parameters such as diffusion of the quorum-sensing molecule or the gene expression response to it, and see how the output would change? Changing the type of quorum-sensing molecule experimentally is doable, as is the addition of, for instance, a delay module in the gene expression module. Nonetheless, I am aware that this would require some time to do, but it would, in my opinion, strengthen the paper.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for the valuable suggestions. We have now employed the mathematical model to test the pattern resulting from various diffusion coefficients combinations and added Supplementary Figure S15 and a paragraph in the main text. Choosing diffusible signals with different diffusion coefficients would indeed allow to generate more complex patterns, including concentric rings where the expression of the red and yellow reporters does not overlap. While we agree that experimentally validating this point would be of considerable interest, we believe that changing diffusion rates is challenging and beyond the scope of a typical three-month revision, as it would most likely require substantial optimization and fine-tuning.

      Concerning the delay module, experimentally it could be implemented by introducing an intermediate step with a transcription factor modulating the expression of the CinI synthase. While we agree it would technically be feasible, we did not implement it due to time constraints. We would expect the effect of a delay module to be the following: production of C14-HSL would be delayed, therefore the front wave of C14-HSL would be consistently lagging behind the front wave of C6-HSL. The distance between the two fronts would be proportional to the delay introduced by the module. We hypothesise this would generate patterns with small yellow circles inside larger red circles. Our simulations already capture these dynamics by varying diffusion coefficients, and given the absence of experimental data to constrain parameters, we decided not to include a hypothetical delay module in our mathematical model.

      See Supplementary Figure S15

      Lines 378-385 – “Our model suggests that varying the diffusion coefficients of the two diffusible signals could generate more complex patterns, particularly concentric rings where the expression of red and yellow reporters does not overlap (Supplementary Figure S15). Interestingly, the largest region of mCitrine reporter expression is predicted when the diffusion of the first signal is slow, while that of the second is fast. This suggests that sufficient local accumulation of the first signal is required to reach the threshold for production of the second signal, which can then spread further away to produce an outer blue-yellow region.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, the authors implement a three-step genetic programme in E. coli that converts an initially homogeneous population into spatially structured sender, receiver, and ‘matured’ receiver colonies on agar without externally supplied positional information. They combine a TetR/LacI toggle switch for symmetry breaking, LuxI/LuxR quorum sensing for a paracrine signalling step, and CinI/CinR for an autocrine signalling-like maturation step, and complement the experiments with a mathematical model that qualitatively reproduces pattern formation over a range of initial conditions.

      While the article has many strengths such as a clear conceptual framing using Waddington landscapes, a modular and carefully optimised circuit design, thorough experimental characterisation of the toggle and quorum-sensing modules, integration of spatial modelling with experiments, and generally clear writing and figures, I think it will benefit the article to clarify the definition and stability of ‘differentiated’ states, clarify several quantitative and modelling aspects, better explain how fitted curves and promoter engineering were done, and improve some figure design and wording to avoid ambiguity.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for the summary and for highlighting the strengths of our work. Please find below our detailed responses addressing the weaknesses and gaps you identified.

      Detailed comments below:

      (1) P5-8 / and more generally: A major concern is that producing a reporter output is not, by itself, differentiation. For a state to be credibly called ‘differentiated’, it should be stable (self-maintained) over relevant timescales, ideally in the absence of the inducing context. As written, the manuscript sometimes seems to equate cell type with reporter expression. I strongly suggest adding a short subsection explicitly defining state versus output, and for each claimed state, stating whether it is stable/bistable or unstable/reversible, with evidence. Concretely, the authors should enumerate: a) Togglederived sender versus receiver: stable? under what conditions (inducer ranges, hysteresis window)? b) Paracrine-induced ‘red’ receivers: is this a stable differentiated state, or a context-dependent induction requiring proximity to senders? c) ‘Mature’ (yellow) state: does it persist after removal from the spatial signal field? If not, it should be described as an induced output programme rather than a mature lineage state.

      At present, later sections (and the ‘maturation’ language) risk over-stating what is demonstrated.

      We acknowledge Reviewer #2’s concern regarding the stability and irreversibility of our states and agree this is a limitation in our work. The hysteresis property of the toggle switch is well documented in previous studies (Litcofsky et. al., 2012; Barbier et. al., 2020), so we did not formally re-quantify it. However, the fact that pre-culturing cells without inducer yielded predictable green: blue ratios and very few colonies exhibiting both states indicates that the toggle switch is both irreversible and stable under our experimental conditions. For the second and third steps, the expression of the fluorescent proteins is maintained throughout the duration of the experiment and for several hours to days thereafter. It is indeed established that cells in stationary phase have protein half-lives on the scale of tens of hours (Wiechecki et. al., 2017; Gervais et. al., 2025). However, we agree that re-streaking these cells in the absence of sender cells would eventually lead to the cessation of fluorescent protein expression, making the quorum sensing-mediated differentiation steps reversible.

      You can find further details on this point in our reply to Reviewer #3 (Public review), point 1.

      We have now adjusted the wording throughout the manuscript, and in particular we modified the abstract to highlight that our system ‘mimics’ cell differentiation. We have also added sections to explain how red and yellow are reversible cellular programs and not stably differentiated cellular states:

      See Abstract

      Lines 92-104 – “In the present work, we aimed to address this gap by creating an autonomous multi-step program recapitulating cell differentiation in Escherichia coli. [...] Next, we activated a new molecular program in a subset of receivers that are in close proximity to a sender through intercellular communication, implemented via the quorum sensing (QS) system LuxI-LuxR. Finally, the newly emerged population underwent maturation by producing an autocrine signal via the quorum sensing system CinI-CinR.”

      Lines 171-173 – “Taken together, these observations showed that, owing to the TS bistability, a group of initially undifferentiated cells bifurcated into one of the two possible states, which were stably maintained thanks to the TS hysteresis (Litcofsky et. al., 2012).”

      Lines 255-266 – “It is crucial to distinguish that, while the blue/green identity associated with the toggle switch represents a true bistable state (Gardner et. al., 2000; Litcofsky et. al., 2012; Barbier et. al., 2020), the expression of the red reporter is reversible and dependent on proximity to the 3O-C6-HSL source. Although the QS ONOFF transition is considerably slower than the OFF-ON activation, reversibility remains a fundamental characteristic of QS (Abraham et. al., 2024). Furthermore, protein half-lives in stationary-phase cells extend over tens of hours (Wiechecki et. al., 2017; Gervais et. al., 2025), allowing for the stable detection of mCherry fluorescence over days. Consequently, mCherry serves as a robust readout for the molecular program’s output; however, a truly differentiated cell state would necessitate irreversible modifications to the gene expression profile. Therefore, in our landscape analogy we represented the receiver valley as a continuum where red intensity decreases as the distance from the sender valley increases, without local minima (Figure 1, 3rd row).”

      Lines 337-342 – “Thanks to the production of an ‘autocrine signal’ that affects only the red cells, this population drifts apart from the blue receiver state, increasing the distance between the two cell types in the differentiation landscape (Figure 1, IV° row). Similarly to the 2nd step, the 3rd step recapitulates a differentiation trajectory via expression of a fluorescent reporter, which in this system is reversible and does not introduce irreversible modifications of the cell state.”

      Lines 428-430 – “In this work, we successfully engineered a multistep program mimicking the differentiation of an initially homogeneous population into three distinct cell types without any external cues, while still achieving fine-tuning of the populations’ ratios through pre-culture conditions.”

      (2) Figure 2d: It is unclear whether this panel is intended to be qualitative (schematic/ illustrative) or generated from quantitative data. The legend should explicitly state the origin (e.g., representative image, averaged data, simulation output, schematic) and, if quantitative, what was measured, how many replicates, and how the visualisation was constructed.

      We acknowledge the potential confusion generated from this image. While its purpose is to visually illustrate the toggle switch differentiation landscape in 3D, the figure is derived from quantitative data, specifically from the same flow cytometry data used for Figure 2c. Basically, it is the density plot of the (GFP, mCerulean) events recorded for a single replicate (initial state: mixed, induced with 0.003 mM IPTG), but the density is represented with a third dimension (depth) instead of colour intensity (as we did for Figure 2e). We have now adjusted the figure caption to clarify the figure purpose and how it was generated:

      Figure 2d – “Representative 3D energy landscape: valleys represent the green and blue stable states, red line represents the separatrix. The landscape was generated from quantitative flow cytometry data from a single replicate in c (initial state: mixed, induced with 0.003 mM IPTG). We measured GFP and mCerulean fluorescence intensity from 50,000 single cells (see Methods). The depth of each (x,y) point in the landscape corresponds to the number of recorded cells with a specific (GFP, mCerulean) intensity. This specific condition was chosen for illustrative reasons, to show the landscape in an almost symmetrical condition.”

      (3) Figure 2e: The cross-sectional line is described as meant to be comparable, yet the leftmost plot appears to have a different slope from the others. The authors should explain whether this reflects a different scaling/normalisation, a different underlying dataset/condition, or simply a plotting artefact. If these are fitted trends, report the fit function (see also the comment on fitted lines below).

      The observation is correct, the cross-sectional lines do not have the same slope. They are obtained by connecting the local minima of the green and blue population, i.e. the two points with highest density in the density plots. As the mean fluorescence intensity of the two population is not the same across conditions, the resulting lines have different slopes. We chose this strategy instead of using fixed-slope cross-sectional lines to capture the maximum depth of each valley. We have now adjusted the figure caption to clarify how the cross-sectional lines were generated:

      Figure 2e – “Flow cytometry density plots of 5 representative conditions from c (initial state: mixed, inducer concentration indicated below each plot). For each density plot, we computed the coordinates of the local minima in the green and blue populations, then generated an orthogonal plane crossing them. Black lines represent the projections of these planes on the (GFP, mCerulean) plane. [...]”

      (4) Around P7-8: (saddle/separatrix description): When describing the saddle or separatrix between the two valleys, it would be helpful to briefly connect this more directly to a quantitative dynamical-systems perspective: for instance, the intersection of nullclines and how nullcline geometry changes under IPTG/aTc induction. This will make the landscape picture more complete for readers familiar with the original genetic toggle switch work (Garder et al., 2000).

      We thank Reviewer #2 for the suggestion. We have now included the concept of nullclines in our description of the differentiation landscape in the main text:

      Lines 153-159 – “Mathematically, the profile of the toggle switch landscape corresponds to the number of intersections between the nullclines (the curve where the derivative of a given species over time equals zero), which can be one or three (Gardner et. al., 2000). If they intersect only once, there is only one minimum on the potential curve, which corresponds to a single stable state. If they intersect three times, there are two minima and one maximum, which corresponds to two stable states, and the maximum represents the separatrix.”

      Lines 168-171 – “From a quantitative dynamical-systems perspective, the addition of aTc or IPTG modified the geometric shapes of the nullclines, shifting the three solutions. If the inducer concentration is large enough, the nullclines intersect only once, producing a single stable steady state (Gardner et. al., 2000).”

      (5) P9, lines 157-159: The current phrasing (‘in absence of noise, the system would be fully deterministic... in living cells, however, stochastic bursts... change the trajectory’) risks conflating predicting population-level percentages with predicting colony-level trajectories. It would help to clearly separate (i) the ability to predict the overall fraction of ON/OFF (green/blue) colonies from inducer conditions (which is largely deterministic at the population level) from (ii) the intrinsically stochastic choice of state made by any given founder cell and its colony.

      We acknowledge that this wording has generated confusion, but we are not completely sure we understood the suggestion made by Reviewer #2. If we understood correctly, the concern is that single-cell trajectories and population-level ratios are substantially different and should not be confused, and should be investigated and modelled differently.

      To clarify, our initial sentence referred to the toggle switch differentiation landscape, not to the likelihood of a cell or a colony to be in a given state. In absence of noise, the TS landscape is deterministic: one of the two states is always the stronger attractor, for the same initial conditions cells would fall 100% of the times in that valley. In living cells, however, there are sources of noise, which make it possible for two cells starting from the same initial conditions to end up in two different valleys. The stochastic bursts in gene expression can ‘push cells back up’ and beyond the separatrix. Very large noise would allow cells to end up in the green and blue valley regardless of the TS previous state or the inducer concentration.

      The differentiation induced by the toggle switch when the system is initiated close enough to the separatrix is stochastic. The probability of observing a certain ratio green: blue at the population level reflects exactly the likelihood of a single cell falling into one of the two stable states. Our mathematical model does not take into account molecular details (synthesis and degradation/dilution of proteins, affinity of transcription factors for their cognate promoter...) to mimic the stochastic choice at the cell level. Instead, it estimates the TS differentiation landscape from the population-level percentages based on thousands of single cells.

      To avoid confusion, we have removed the initial sentence and replaced it with an explanation of the link between individual cell trajectories and the resulting population-level ratios:

      Lines 159-164 – “When the system is close to the separatrix, cells can progress towards both the green and the blue destiny. The differentiation trajectory of a single cell is largely stochastic and is influenced by bursts of gene expression. Once the TS is locked in one state, the progeny of that cell maintains a memory of that state, hence a colony has the same state as the founder cell. At the population level, the ratio of green and blue colonies reflects the probability of each cell to fall into the green or the blue valley.”

      (6) P11, lines 193-195 (promoter engineering): The main text currently only refers to screening variants and choosing pLux76; I suggest briefly stating in the main text (not only in the supplement) what was changed (for example, promoter box variants, core promoter strength modifications) and what design criteria were used (reduced leakiness, increased dynamic range).

      We adapted the text as suggested:

      Lines 206-211 – we carried out a screening of pLux promoter variants, testing combinations of Lux boxes (G1 [iGem part BBa K1216007] and pLux76 (Grant et. al., 2016) and promoters with different strengths (100% and 54%), in order to identify variants with minimal leakiness and a high fold-change. We identified pLux76 (Grant et. al., 2016) as the regulatory region with the highest fold-change and sufficiently low leakiness among our candidates (Supplementary Figure S4)”

      (7) Use of fitted lines (Figures 2, 4, 5, 7): Wherever fitted curves are overlaid on data, the authors should indicate in the figure legend the explicit form of the fit as well as the fit equation/ parameters. As a reader, it is difficult to interpret what is empirical smoothing versus what is a mechanistic functional form.

      In most cases, with the exception of Figure 2c, the fitted curves have an illustrative purpose and result from empirical smoothing of the data points. Unless otherwise stated, the resulting parameters were not implemented in our mathematical model. For Figure 2c, instead, the experimental data is fitted with a mechanistic functional equation and the calculated parameters were implemented in our mathematical model.

      We have now added the equations and parameters of the lines fitting the experimental points, either directly in the figure caption or in Supplementary Information Tables (Tables VII to XII). In the latter case, the exact table is referenced in the corresponding figure caption.

      (8) P13, lines 232-235: The comparison between induction directly with C6-HSL and induction from sender colonies is qualitative (‘significantly smaller range’). The authors should provide distances (for example, in mm) for the induction range in each case and, if possible, approximate total HSL amounts or concentrations, so that the reader can appreciate the magnitude of the difference.

      We have now calculated the induction range as the distance where half-maximal induction is observed, which allowed us to compare the induction range across conditions. We adapted the text accordingly. We also provide an estimate of the amount of 3O-C6-HSL produced by a green sender colony, based on simulations of our mathematical model, but we highlight that the two conditions are substantially different and care should be used when comparing them: in one case, a fixed amount of C6-HSL is present from t=0 and simply diffuses outwards; in the second case, a source continuously produces C6-HSL that progresses as a wavefront, therefore the concentration profiles and diffusion dynamics are different.

      Lines 220-226 – “The induction range obtained with 100 picomoles of pure 3O-C6-HSL was approximately 6-8 mm (50% of maximal induction at 3.74 mm). The induction range around sender colonies was significantly smaller (50% of maximal induction at 1.8 mm, Figure 4b). Mathematical simulations yielded a similar slope when using 0.25 picomoles of 3O-C6-HSL (data not shown), even though care should be used when comparing diffusion of a fixed amount of inducer with continuous production from a growing source.”

      (9) P13, lines 259-262: The authors model the transition to the stationary phase via a monotonically decreasing sigmoid in time for biosynthetic capacity. What is the rationale or literature basis for this approach to model entry into the stationary phase? The authors should cite prior work and clarify why this form is appropriate here, versus alternatives (nutrient diffusion limitation, logistic growth with resource depletion, etc.).

      In most mathematical models involving pattern formation, entry of cells in stationary phase is simply treated as a step-wise function (Zwietering et al., 1990): the entire population is active (activity = 1) until it suddenly becomes inactive (activity = 0). However, experimental evidence suggests that the decay in activity is better represented by a smooth decreasing function (Gefen et al., 2014). While several frameworks and mathematical equations exist to describe loss of cell viability (for example under scenarios of heat inactivation (Mafart et al., 2002; Van Boekel et al., 2002), or nutrient limitation), we could not find previous works modeling the loss of metabolic activity upon entry in stationary phase. Again, experimental evidence suggest that switches in metabolic state are rather heterogeneous and occur stochastically at the single cell level (Nikolic et al., 2013; Kiviet et al., 2014; Van Heerden et al., 2014). We therefore decided to implement a simple heuristic approximation that captured well our experimental data. We have now added a paragraph in the section Mathematical modelling - Bacterial activity, supported by the appropriate references, to justify our reasoning:

      Supplementary Material, section A. “Mathematical modelling, subsection 4. Bacterial activity – In our system, production of diffusible molecules and fluorescent reporters happens on a timescale of several hours, therefore we decided to take into account the entry of cells in stationary phase. Traditionally, bacterial activity has been modelled as a step-wise inactivation function (Zwietering et al., 1990). However, experimental evidence has shown that bacteria support a low constant rate of protein expression even while growth-arrested, suggesting a low decay in bacterial activity (Gefen et al., 2014). Even when considering cell death upon heat inactivation, a Weibull frequency distribution model is preferred over a step-wise viability function (Mafart et al., 2002; Van Boekel et al., 2002). While we could not find mathematical descriptions specifically for entry in stationary phase, several single-cell metabolism studies support gradual, asynchronous state transitions (Nikolic et al., 2013; Kiviet et al., 2014; Van Heerden et al., 2014). We therefore decided to describe the loss of activity function in our system via a monotonically decreasing sigmoid function, that captured well our experimental data.”

      (10) Figure 6c: Are the areas of the plate shown in each column the same field of view across conditions/time, or are these simply representative regions selected per condition (possibly from different plates)? The caption/legend should clarify whether these are matched locations and how images were chosen.

      They are indeed representative regions per each condition. Each condition is a different plate, as the differentiation assays requires plating the culture homogeneously on a fresh plate without inducers. The plates used for imaging were the same used for the quantification in Figure 6b, four images per plate were collected, one representative image was chosen for Figure 6c. We have now adapted the figure caption to clarify how images were collected and chosen:

      Figure 6c – “Representative microscopy images of the spatial patterns generated by cells harbouring the 2-step system, pre-cultured with different inducer concentrations (indicated at the bottom of each column). Each column displays one representative image (from four locations imaged) of the seven plates in b. Rows (from top to bottom): GFP channel, CFP channel, mCherry channel, composite image.”

      (11) Figure 7a: The combination of solid, dashed, and dash-dot arrows/lines is visually hard to read. I suggest replacing the dash-dot line with a fully dotted line or using different colours (if consistent with journal style) to improve readability.

      Thank you for noticing this. We have now replaced the dash-dot line with a simple dotted line in Figures 3c, 7a, S12a (previously S11a) and S13b (previously S12b) to improve readability.

      (12) Figure 7e and similar analyses: The authors should explain in the Methods and/or captions how ‘distance from sender colonies’ is computed when multiple senders exist. Is the distance always measured to the nearest sender, and how are cases handled where a receiver is in the overlapping influence of several senders? This clarification is important for interpreting the fitted curves.

      The calculation of the distance in 4b, 5b and 7e was performed only in cases where sender colonies were sufficiently sparse (i.e., more than 1 cm away) to assume each receiver was under the influence of a single sender. When collecting the microscopy images, we carefully avoided to image fields of view with green senders just outside the edges of the images. Images with multiple senders (e.g., 7c) would require a non-trivial calculation to compute the relative contribution of each sender to the red intensity of each receiver. We have now clarified this detail in the Methods:

      Lines 558-560 – “When collecting microscopy images with senders and receivers, we carefully avoided to image fields of view with green senders just outside the edges of the images.”

      Lines 590-593 – “Calculation of the distance between receiver and sender colonies was performed only for images collected from plates with few sparse (i.e., more than 1 cm away) senders, ensuring that each receiver only sensed the 3O-C6-HSL produced by a single sender colony.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) P8, ‘upon transformation’: This phrasing is ambiguous and can be misread as referring to DNA transformation. I recommend changing ‘upon transformation’ to ‘after transition’ (or similar) to avoid confusion.

      The phrasing indeed refers to the DNA transformation of circuits into the cells. The two plasmids were co-transformed into MG1655, cells recovered for approximately 1 h, then the bacteria were plated on solid medium in absence of inducers. The resulting colonies, which we refer to as ‘upon transformation’, were a mixture of green and blue (both expressed at low intensity, as highlighted in Supplementary Figure 2). We only used these colonies for Figure 2c, middle row. For all other experiments, we selected colonies that had been pre-differentiated in one of the two states via chemical inducers, and showed strong expression of the respective reporter (Supplementary Figure 2). We have now adapted the figure caption to make this detail more explicit:

      Figure 2c – “For the initial state green and blue, cells were taken from colonies that were homogeneously green or blue, while for the initial state mixed, cells were taken from a colony obtained immediately after transformation of the circuit plasmids into cells.”

      (2) More generally, consider disambiguating terminology around ‘cell type’, ‘state’, and ‘output’, since the current wording occasionally implies stable fate commitment where the data (as presented) may instead support reversible, context-driven induction.

      We went carefully through the text and adapted it appropriately, highlighting which states are stable and which are reversible. See our detailed reply to your point 1 (Public review) above.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This manuscript presents an engineered 3-step circuit in E. coli that combines toggleswitch-based symmetry breaking with quorum-sensing interactions to generate colonyscale spatial patterns. The work is interesting as a synthetic circuit integration study and as a demonstration of self-organized patterning across physically separated colonies. The authors provided a compelling demonstration of the characterization/tuning of parts to guide the overall system engineering. A notable strength is the demonstration that a single circuit can generate a range of self-organized spatial patterns across separate colonies.

      However, I think the paper needs to tone down the extent to which the system demonstrates multi-step differentiation or morphogenesis, which is not critical for making the paper valuable. Only the first step of their circuit design (Figure 1), the toggle switch, generates stable alternative states. The latter steps are mainly signal-dependent reporter activation states layered on top of the blue receiver state, rather than true fate transitions. The authors explicitly state that red expression is added without replacing the blue identity, and they also acknowledge that red cells lose their identity upon restreaking unless they remain near sender cells. That substantially weakens the differentiation analogy and makes the Waddington framing too strong.

      We acknowledge that our sequential program does not recapitulate all the features of a differentiation trajectory, and in particular we do recognize the only two stable states are the identities associated with the toggle switch, while red and yellow are outputs indicating activation of a new molecular program. A complete differentiation program would require irreversible cell fate determination, as we mention in the discussion. For the same reason, in our illustrative Waddington landscape (Figure 1) we only represent two valleys, or minima, corresponding to the green and blue states, while the activation of the red and yellow programs does not result in further valleys. We modified the text at various points to clarify this important distinction, and the fact that our system mimics some key steps happening during multicellular differentiation, without claiming that expression of a fluorescent reporter is a stably differentiated state. Notably, we modified the abstract to highlight that our system ‘mimics’ cell differentiation.

      We believe the differentiation analogy and the Waddington framing remain valuable in our work, considering the physical constraints and timescale of our system. While it is true HSL-induced molecular program would eventually deactivate in absence of signal, this would require a significantly longer amount of time than the one we use to observe patterns. Also, upon storage of Petri dishes at 4 °C, the pattern (including red and yellow) remains stable for a few weeks. Finally, our main purpose was to investigate the capacity of a sequential program to generate autonomous spatial patterns, without the need for human intervention. The removal of a colony from the local signal field, e.g. to re-streak it on a fresh plate, represents a strong disturbance of the pattern, not dissimilar from early developmental biology experiments where transplant of tissue portions would sometimes result in fate reprogramming.

      You can find further details on this point in our reply to Reviewer #2 (Public review), point 1.

      See Abstract

      Lines 92-104 – “In the present work, we aimed to address this gap by creating an autonomous multi-step program recapitulating cell differentiation in Escherichia coli. [...] Next, we activated a new molecular program in a subset of receivers that are in close proximity to a sender through intercellular communication, implemented via the quorum sensing (QS) system LuxI-LuxR. Finally, the newly emerged population underwent maturation by producing an autocrine signal via the quorum sensing system CinI-CinR.”

      Lines 171-173 – “Taken together, these observations showed that, owing to the TS bistability, a group of initially undifferentiated cells bifurcated into one of the two possible states, which were stably maintained thanks to the TS hysteresis (Litcofsky et. al., 2012).”

      Lines 255-266 – “It is crucial to distinguish that, while the blue/green identity associated with the toggle switch represents a true bistable state (Gardner et. al., 2000; Litcofsky et. al., 2012; Barbier et. al., 2020), the expression of the red reporter is reversible and dependent on proximity to the 3O-C6-HSL source. Although the QS ON-OFF transition is considerably slower than the OFF-ON activation, reversibility remains a fundamental characteristic of QS (Abraham et. al., 2024). Furthermore, protein half-lives in stationary-phase cells extend over tens of hours (Wiechecki et. al., 2017; Gervais et. al., 2025), allowing for the stable detection of mCherry fluorescence over days. Consequently, mCherry serves as a robust readout for the molecular program’s output; however, a truly differentiated cell state would necessitate irreversible modifications to the gene expression profile. Therefore, in our landscape analogy we represented the receiver valley as a continuum where red intensity decreases as the distance from the sender valley increases, without local minima (Figure 1, 3rd row).”

      Lines 337-342 – “Thanks to the production of an ‘autocrine signal’ that affects only the red cells, this population drifts apart from the blue receiver state, increasing the distance between the two cell types in the differentiation landscape (Figure 1, IV° row). Similarly to the 2nd step, the 3rd step recapitulates a differentiation trajectory via expression of a fluorescent reporter, which in this system is reversible and does not introduce irreversible modifications of the cell state.”

      Lines 428-430 – “In this work, we successfully engineered a multistep program mimicking the differentiation of an initially homogeneous population into three distinct cell types without any external cues, while still achieving fine-tuning of the populations’ ratios through pre-culture conditions.”

      A related concern is that the 3rd step does not introduce a new spatial organizing rule. The authors show that the second signal remains confined to cells already receiving the first signal, and explicitly conclude that it functions only as an autocrine cue rather than a second paracrine layer. As a result, the 3-step system seems more like an added local readout or maturation layer. Overall, the main 2-step outcome is sparse green sender colonies surrounded by red-expressing blue receivers, with distant receivers remaining blue. That is a valid engineered pattern, but it is still a local, threshold-response circuit architecture.

      The comment is correct, we indeed refer to the 3rd step as ‘maturation’ in the manuscript, as the newly emerged red population activates a new molecular program, which cannot be activated in blue receivers that have not been exposed to C6-HSL. While we had initially expected that production of a second diffusible signal could result in signal propagation, therefore generating an outer yellow ring surrounding the red ring, our experiments showed C14-HSL only acted locally, and our mathematical simulations confirmed that the front wave of the second signal was always lagging behind the first one. We have now employed our mathematical model to explore which conditions would support a new patterning rule, and added Supplementary Figure S15. If the diffusion coefficients of C6-HSL and C14-HSL were 10-100 times smaller and 2-5 times larger respectively, a yellow-only area could appear around the red area.

      Regarding the last sentence, we are unsure about the concern raised and which alternatives Reviewer #3 would recommend. We fully agree our genetic program leverages a local, threshold-response circuit architecture, it is indeed a reaction-diffusion system based on quorum sensing signalling. Many natural patterning and morphogenesis systems do rely on local, rather than global, interactions, yet they are capable of forming complex and hierarchical structures.

      The autonomy claim should be toned down and stated more precisely. The plate patterning occurs without externally imposed spatial gradients, which is a strength. However, by design, the overall system behavior depends strongly on pre-culture inducer conditions that set the sender:receiver ratio, and this externally imposed history is central to the final pattern. This property is tied to how the circuit is designed where steps 2 and 3 largely respond to symmetry breaking introduced in step 1, which is dependent on both history and initialization on the plate. In particular, currently the pattern formation process is quite variable (e.g. figure 5), depending on how different colonies flip the toggle switch, and consequently, how many become senders and how many become receivers. It would have been fascinating if they could also demonstrate the differentiation within individual colonies, leading to intra-colony patterns. This aspect should at least be discussed.

      We would like to clarify that, by ‘autonomous’ we refer to the reaction-diffusion system that starts functioning upon the seeding of the cells on the plate. All previous steps (including the cell culturing, dilution and plating) correspond to setting the initial conditions. We agree with the description of Reviewer #3 concerning the features of our system, but we argue that autonomy and dependence on the initial conditions are two different properties. We claim our system is both autonomous and sensitive to initial conditions. Upon initialization of the system on the plate, there is no further intervention, or nudging (e.g. time-dependent light stimuli, addition or removal of inducers at specific times...), therefore the system is autonomous. It is also dependent on the initial conditions, which are set homogeneously for all the cells (no positional information, each cell experiences the exact same conditions). We believe this is a strength of our system, which allows to generate a variety of diverse yet reproducible spatial patterns. Independency from initial conditions would consistently generate the same pattern, regardless of the initial inducer concentration, which might be interesting for certain applications (e.g., ensuring a fixed population ratio, provide robustness to environmental variability...), but it is not universally superior.

      In order to clarify that we only refer to the reaction-diffusion system on the plate as the autonomous component, we have now added a sentence in the main text:

      Lines 132-134 – “In our differentiation assay, cell culturing, dilution and plating correspond to setting the initial conditions for the system. Upon initialisation on the plate, no further intervention was performed, therefore the system evolved in an autonomous fashion.”

      Concerning the intra-colony patterns, that was admittedly our initial interest. We explored conditions that would consistently generate colonies with sectors, for example by inducing cells in one of the two states and then growing them on agar supplemented with the opposite inducer. However, we immediately observed that, due to the close proximity of sender and receiver bacteria, and the rapid diffusion relative to the timescale of gene expression, all blue sectors were also red. This outcome effectively eliminated the distance-dependent nature of the quorum sensing response. In order to take full advantage of the diffusible system, we focused instead on well-separated homogeneous colonies. We have now added Supplementary Figure 5, the corresponding figure caption, and we briefly discuss in the main text the occurrence of intra-colony patterns and why we did not investigate them further:

      See Supplementary Figure S5

      Lines 228-231 – “We then tested the potential of the 2-step differentiation system to generate self-organized spatial patterns. We observed rare motifs arising within the sporadic colonies showing both green and blue sectors. Due to the close proximity of the sender and receiver bacteria within a colony, the blue sectors always showed strong red signal (Supplementary Figure S5).”

      The mathematical model is useful in guiding both the characterization of parts, modules and the overall system. However, the claims around its quantitative predictive power should also be made narrower. The simulations are built from multiple fitted and partly hand-tuned components, including toggle-switch response curves, colony-growth rules, diffusion, reporter-response functions, and activity decline. This supports a calibrated qualitative reconstruction of the observed patterns, but not a strong predictive or mechanistic validation.

      We accepted the suggestion and replaced ‘predicted’ with ‘recapitulated’ or ‘simulated’ at various locations in the main text:

      Lines 105-107 – “Throughout the work, experimental results were used to develop a mathematical model, providing us with insights that guided further experimental efforts.”

      Lines 292-293 – “We developed a mathematical model combining spatial and temporal information to qualitatively recapitulate the patterning properties of the system.”

      Lines 316-318 – “We therefore employed the mathematical model to simulate the patterns generated from the 2-step differentiation system for different initial blue: green ratios. The model suggested a variety of outcomes [...]”

      Other specific points:

      (1) Given the topic of the work, the authors should cite closely relevant studies in programming pattern formation, including: Cao et al, Cell 2016 Collective space-sensing coordinates pattern scaling in engineered bacteria Rajasekaran et al, Cell 2024 A programmable reaction-diffusion system for spatiotemporal cell signaling circuit design Lu et al, BioRxiv 2024 Discovery of interpretable patterning rules by integrating mechanistic modeling and deep learning

      We have added these references to the introduction and discussion.

      (2) The model assumes identical diffusion coefficients for C6-HSL and C14-HSL despite their substantially different molecular sizes and hydrophobicities. This assumption could distort kinetic lag with differential diffusion in explaining the autocrine confinement of the third step. Its impact should at least be explored in the simulations.

      The comment is very appropriate. To the best of our knowledge, no exact values have been published for C6-HSL and C14-HSL diffusion in water, let alone for diffusion in agar. However, estimates in water range between 3 ·10<sup>−6</sup> cm/s and 5 · 10<sup>−6</sup> cm/s at 25°C, depending on the chain length (i.e. a factor of 1.7 at most). In response to your concern, we have now computationally explored the effect of using signals with different diffusion coefficients and their impact on the resulting spatial pattern (Supplementary Figure S15). Varying the diffusion coefficient of the second diffusible signal does not substantially change the pattern: lower diffusion leads to the yellow region being slightly more concentrated around the green sender and more intense. Higher diffusion has the opposite effect, with yellow areas being wider but less intense. Conversely, changing the diffusion coefficient of the first signal leads to significant changes in the final pattern, suggesting that the kinetics of C6-HSL accumulation and dispersal have a strong influence on the production of C14-HSL and therefore of the yellow signal.

      (3) The mCherry response parameters change significantly between the 2-step and 3-step systems. The authors acknowledged this change but did not provide a clear explanation.

      We believe that the elements contributing to the different mCherry response in the 2-step and 3-step systems are: a) the replacement of pLux76 with pLuxLac, which leads to tighter regulation and overall reduced expression of the downstream genes; b) the addition of the cinI synthase and a RBS in a monocistronic unit upstream of mCherry, which might justify reduced expression of mCherry; c) circuit-induced cell burden and reduced growth rate for the 3-step system, which leads to a slower response and lower reporter expression. We have now added a paragraph in the section Mathematical modelling Bacterial activity that lists those differences. We have also added Supplementary Figure S20, containing the experimental data that was fitted to obtain the parameters listed in the second row of Table II. Finally, we highlight that for the implementation of our mathematical model we were only interested in the response function to varying 3O-C6-HSL concentrations and not in the exact values of individual parameters.

      Supplementary Material, section A. “Mathematical modelling, subsection 3. mCherry production and 30-C6-HSL sensing – The parameters fitted for mCherry production in the 2-step and 3-step systems are quite different. We hypothesize that the following elements contribute to the difference: a) the replacement of pLux76 with pLuxLac, which leads to tighter regulation and overall reduced expression of the downstream genes; b) the addition of the cinI synthase and a RBS in a monocistronic unit upstream of mCherry, which might justify reduced expression of mCherry; c) circuit-induced cell burden and reduced growth rate for the 3-step system, which leads to a slower response and lower reporter expression.”

      Supplementary Material, section A. “Mathematical modelling, subsection 4. Bacterial activity – For the implementation of our mathematical model, we were not interested in analysing individual parameters values, but rather in the resulting response function to varying 3O-C6-HSL concentrations. Further analysis would be needed to determine whether these parameters are statistically significant, but this is beyond the scope of this present manuscript.”

      (4) The 3-step system is evaluated at only a single condition with no simulation comparison, in contrast to the systematic 11-condition validation of the 2-step system.

      The rationale for not repeating the 11-condition assay with the 3-step system is that the patterns would be substantially the same as Figure 6c (red colonies would also be yellow). Furthermore, the Nikon SMZ25 stereo microscope we used to take images with a large field of view (ideal for the differentiation assay in Figure 6c) would not allow us to discriminate well between green and yellow colonies, making the interpretation of the patterns difficult. However, following up on your comment, we have now used our mathematical model to produce a representative image corresponding to Figure 6d, that we included as Supplementary Figure S16, exploring the effect of varying the green: blue ratio with the 3-step system.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Please see above. My comments are largely about improving the rigor and clarity of the writing, particularly those related to conceptual claims, as well as some modeling analysis to strengthen their conclusions.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for the suggestions. See our detailed replies to your points above.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study employs a closed-loop, theta-phase-specific optogenetic manipulation of medial septal parvalbumin-expressing neurons in rats and reports that disrupting theta-timescale coordination impairs performance of challenging aspects of spatial behaviors, while sparing hippocampal replay and spatial coding in hippocampal place cells. The findings are expected to advance theoretical understanding of learning and memory operations and to provide practical implications for the application of similar optogenetic approaches. The experiments were viewed as technically rigorous, but the strength of evidence provided in the current version of the manuscript was viewed as incomplete, mostly due to limited analyses and the descriptions of some of the experimental protocols.

      We thank all reviewers for their overall assessment, thoughtful comments, and suggestions. We have now addressed each of the reviewers’ comments in detail and updated the manuscript on bioRxiv (URL: https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2025.09.15.675587v2). In addition, we have shared the raw data, intermediate analysis files, and the complete repository to facilitate replication of the analysis and figures.

      Code repo: github.com/LorenFrankLab/ms_stim_analysis

      Data repo: dandiarchive.org/dandiset/001634

      Docker containers (see GitHub repo for use instructions):

      - Database: https://hub.docker.com/r/samuelbray32/spyglass-db-ms_stim_analysis

      - Python notebooks: https://hub.docker.com/r/samuelbray32/spyglass-hub-ms_stim_analysis

      (1) Novelty and contrast with earlier manipulations:

      We now explicitly contextualize our results with prior pharmacological (Wang et al., 2016; Wang et al., 2015; Koenig et al., 2011; Brandon et al., 2014), systemic (Robbe & Buzsaki 2009; Petersen and Buzsáki 2020), and behavioral (Drieu et al., 2018) manipulations that also assessed some of the physiological features we evaluated. This contrast helps us highlight both the insights and the discrepancies observed in the prior approaches. We also more clearly explain the novelty and importance of our specific approach for temporally and physiologically precise manipulation. Specifically, our approach (closed-loop theta-phase stimulation during locomotion) provides a level of physiological specificity that enables dissociation of theta-state dynamics from other hippocampal processes. This, in turn, allows us to address a question that has remained unresolved across prior studies: Are hippocampal spatial sequences during locomotion (i.e., theta sequences) necessary for learning a novel hippocampal-dependent task?

      (2) Additional analysis on SWRs during rest:

      Since submitting the manuscript, we have conducted additional analysis on the rate and length of SWRs in the rest box (rSWRs) and found that the rate and length are also indistinguishable between targeted and control animals (effect of manipulation between control and targeted animals; rSWR rate: p=0.45; rSWR length: p=0.94, mixed-effects model). We also find evidence for sequential neural representations (“significant replay”) in the rest box when the encoding was performed in the behavioral arena. Example trajectories and full analysis per animal are shown in the new supplementary figure (Figure S6). These results are consistent with our observations on aSWR rate, length, and content in the behavioral arena. Additionally, based on the reviewer’s recommendation, we have evaluated the fraction of ripples with continuous trajectories during the rest box before the W-Track experience and in the subsequent sleep epochs after the first exposure. We find that with experience on the track, the proportion of continuous replays increases on average in both control and transfected animals, and both groups of animals show an overlapping range of continuous trajectory lengths.

      (3) Theta sequence measurement in the absence of theta:

      We now explicitly explain why our manipulation makes it more appropriate to measure sequential hippocampal representations during locomotion (i.e., theta sequences) without using theta oscillation or an epoch-averaged, relatively large sliding window as a reference. The key insight here is that our manipulation suppresses theta and thus makes it difficult or impossible to accurately identify theta phase. We explain that while theta-phase-based approaches were used in prior work; these prior analyses may have confounded the absence of hippocampal theta sequences during locomotion by the inability to detect theta oscillatory phase reliably. We show that our method of using clusterless Bayesian decoding, in which we estimate the decoded position at every 2ms timestep, is indeed able to capture endogenous hippocampal sequences even without imposing any requirements of aligning to theta oscillations, thus providing an unbiased estimate of the rhythmicity of hippocampal spatial representations.

      (4) Additional analysis on place cell stability and tuning:

      We thank the reviewers for this question. For the KL divergence analysis, we have imposed a spike-count criterion (100 spikes for each interval type —stimulation-off, stimulation-on, and the stimulus sub-interval) and a coverage criterion (50% HPD of the units’ spatial firing distribution was contained within 40cm on the linear track and 100cm on the w-track). These criteria were chosen to ensure that spatial tuning curves were sufficiently well sampled and localized to allow reliable estimation of KL divergence, which is particularly sensitive to noise arising from low spike counts or diffuse firing. Based on the reviewer’s suggestion, we have relaxed the unit inclusion criteria for KL divergence by relaxing the criteria for the number of spikes (50 spikes) to include more weakly tuned place cells and replicated our results (p=.19, control n=147; targeted n=47).

      Further, we have also evaluated the stability of place field order between stimulation-on and stimulation-off conditions using more standard methods (as in Wang et. al., 2015; Spearman correlation of place field order, control vs targeted, Linear-track, p = .68, t-test, n=6 control and n=4 targeted; W-track p = 0.91, n=36 control, n=18 targeted). These results are consistent with our observations about place field stability during stimulation-off and stimulation-on conditions (Fig. 2F).

      Modified in results:

      “By contrast, we did not detect any changes in the spatial tuning of putative pyramidal neurons. Specifically, the increased spiking during stimulation-on intervals respected place field boundaries (Supplementary Figure 2B), and the place fields of single cells were not detectably affected by theta disruption (Figure 2E-F, single cell place fields, pooled for G). To assess these observations at the population level, we computed the similarity between the place field peaks in control versus targeted animals and could not detect a difference between the two conditions (Spearman correlation of place field peaks between stim-on and stim-off intervals: p=0.68, t-test). These results are consistent with previous studies that performed MS manipulations (Zutshi et al. 2018; Etter et al. 2023). Thus, our manipulation protocol provides an opportunity to ask specifically how temporal coding contributes to behavior.”

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Joshi and colleagues demonstrates that the precise theta-phase timing of spikes is causal for CA1 hippocampal theta sequences during locomotion on a linear track and is necessary for learning the cognitively demanding outbound component of a hippocampus-dependent alternation task (W-maze), independently of replay during immobility. To reach these conclusions, the authors developed a theta-phase-specific, closed-loop manipulation that used optogenetic activation of medial septal parvalbumin (PV) interneurons at the ascending phase of theta during locomotion. This protocol preserved immobility periods, allowing a clean and elegant dissociation from SWR-associated replay.

      The manuscript is well written and was a pleasure to read. The work described is of high quality and introduces several notable advances to the field:

      (a) It extends prior studies that manipulated theta oscillations by examining precise temporal structure (specifically theta sequences) rather than only LFP features.

      (b) The closed-loop manipulation enabled dissociation between deficits in theta sequences during a behavioural task and SWR-associated replay activity.

      (c) As controls, the authors included rats with suboptimal viral transduction or optic-fibre placement, and, within subjects, both stimulation-on (stim-on) and stimulation-off (stim-off) trials. Notably, sequence disruption persisted into stim-off periods within the same session.

      Overall, this is a strong manuscript that will provide valuable insights to the field. I have only minor comments:

      (1) As the authors note, it is striking that both behavioural performance and spike patterns are altered during stim-off trials. They propose that "disruption of theta sequences during the initial experience in an environment is sufficient to have lasting effects," implying that rapid, experience-dependent plasticity is driven by sequential firing. Does this imply that if rats were previously trained on the task, subsequent stim-on and stim-off trials would yield different outcomes, with stim-off trials showing improved performance and intact theta sequences? For example, if the sequence of one-third stim-on, one-third stim-off, one-third stim-on were inverted to off-on-off, would theta sequences be expected to emerge, disappear, and potentially re-emerge? While I am not asking for additional experiments, I think the discussion could be extended in this aspect.

      Alternatively, could the number of stim-off trials (one third of the total) be insufficient to support learning/induce plasticity? In the controls, ~50-100 trials appear necessary to achieve high performance.

      We think it is likely that pretraining would result in a different outcome, although we did not test this possibility. We have modified the discussion to address this point:

      Modified in discussion:

      “Critically, the behavioral effects in targeted animals were seen even though stimulation was off during the middle third of each exposure to the W-track. Consistent with this behavioral result, sequential firing during locomotion (at both the pairwise and population level) was disrupted during stimulation-on periods and remained disrupted in stimulation-off periods, indicating that the 5-6 minutes of stimulation-off trials was not sufficient to allow the system to recover. This surprising result indicates that the disruption of theta sequences during the early experience in a novel environment is sufficient to have lasting effects, potentially by interfering with the rapid plasticity engaged during early learning. In this framework theta sequences may be particularly important for establishing task-relevant structure during the earliest phases of exploration. While we did not explicitly test the effects of pretraining or longer duration of stimulation-off periods, our results raise the possibility that pretraining the animal in the behavioral arena would allow for the development of task-relevant representations, and thereby reduce or eliminate the behavioral impact of theta disruption.”

      (2) In line with the point above, the authors characterise the behavioural changes induced by MS optogenetic stimulation specifically as a "learning deficit," as rats failed to improve across 300 trials in an initially novel environment (W-maze). While they present this as complementary to prior demonstrations of impaired performance on previously learned tasks (Zutshi et al., 2018; Quirk et al., 2021; Etter et al., 2023; Petersen et al., 2020), an alternative interpretation is a working-memory deficit. This would produce the same behavioural pattern, with reference memory (the less cognitively demanding trials) remaining intact despite stimulation and concomitant changes in theta sequences. This interpretation would also be consistent with work in certain disease models, where reduced synaptic plasticity and working-memory deficits co-occur with preserved place coding despite impaired theta sequences (e.g., Viana da Silva et al., 2024; Donahue et al., 2025).

      We agree that traditionally deficits in alternation tasks have been termed “working memory” but we also note that this may confuse some readers, as memory in these tasks does not engage persistent activity throughout delays in areas like the prefrontal cortex.

      (3) It was not immediately clear whether SWR-associated activity was derived from the interleaved ~15-min rest sessions in a rest box, or from periods of immobility or reward consumption in the maze (aSWR, as in Jadhav et al 2012). Regardless, it would be informative to compare aSWR events within the maze to rest-box SWRs that may occur during more prolonged slow-wave episodes (even if not full sleep). This contrasts with Liu et al. (2024), who analyzed replay during ~1.5-h sleep sessions.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and suggestion. We will now explicitly mention in the manuscript that we have measured awake sharp wave ripples (aSWRs) on the track during immobility periods. In addition, in line with this and another reviewer’s recommendation, we have included analyses on the proportion of rest SWRs (rSWRs) between control and targeted animals in Supplementary Figure 6, replicating our findings during aSWRs. However, we note that the differences between Liu et al.’s (2024) study and ours. While they waited and analyzed replay during 1.5 hours of sleep sessions, in our study, and in the 1-day w-track learning protocol, sleep sessions are typically shorter (15-20 minutes). That said, control animals in our tasks with an intact hippocampus (previous studies) and intact theta sequences (our study control animals) can learn the task in one day, so a longer replay period is not necessary to learn the task.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors of this study developed a closed-loop optogenetic stimulation system with high temporal precision in rats to examine the effect of medial septum (MS) stimulation on the disruption of hippocampal activity at both behavioral and compressed time scales. They found that this manipulation preserved hippocampus single-cell-level spatial coding but affected theta sequences and performance during a spatial alternation task. The performance deficits were observed during the more cognitively demanding component of the task and even persisted after the stimulation was turned off. However, the effects of this disruption were confined to locomotor periods and did not impact waking rest replay, even during the early phase of stimulation-on. Their conclusion is consistent with previous findings from the Pastalkova lab, where MS disruption (using different methods) affected theta sequences and task performance but spared replay (Wang et al., 2015; Wang et al., 2016). However, it differs from a recent study in which optogenetic disruption of EC inputs during running affected both theta sequences and replay (Liu et al., 2023).

      Strengths:

      The experiments were well designed and controlled, and the results were generally well presented.

      Weaknesses:

      Major concerns are primarily technical but also conceptual. To further increase the impact of this study by contrasting findings from different disruptions, it is necessary to better align the analysis and detection methods.

      We thank the reviewer for their assessment and critical questions. We have addressed each of the comments below. As we note in our responses, our inclusion criteria were based on our analysis approach, in which we aimed to measure the impact of our manipulation where possible for each animal, and ideally at the level of every 20-minute run epoch. This is a strength of our experimental approach, and we will explicitly explain that in a next version of the manuscript.

      Major concerns:

      (1) To show that MS disruption does not affect spatial tuning, the authors computed the KL divergence of tuning curves between stimulation-on and stimulation-off conditions. I have two main questions about this analysis:

      (1.1) The authors seem to impose stringent inclusion criteria requiring a large number of spikes and a strong concentration of tuning curves. These criteria may have selected strongly spatially tuned cells, which are typically more stable and potentially less vulnerable to perturbations. Based on the Figure 2 caption, it seems that fewer than 10% of cells were included in the KL divergence analysis, which is lower than the usual proportion of place cells reported in the literature. What is the rationale for using such strict inclusion criteria? What happens to the cells that are not as strongly tuned but are still identified as significant place cells?

      We thank the reviewers for this question. For the KL divergence analysis, we have imposed a spike-count criterion (100 spikes for each interval type —stimulation-off, stimulation-on, and the stimulus sub-interval) and a coverage criterion (50% HPD of the units’ spatial firing distribution was contained within 40cm on the linear track and 100cm on the w-track). These criteria were chosen to ensure that spatial tuning curves were sufficiently well sampled and localized to allow reliable estimation of KL divergence, which is particularly sensitive to noise arising from low spike counts or diffuse firing. Based on the reviewer’s suggestion, we have relaxed the unit inclusion criteria for KL divergence by relaxing the criteria for the number of spikes (50 spikes) to include more weakly tuned place cells and replicated our results (p=.19, control n=147; targeted n=47).

      Further, we have also evaluated the stability of place field order between stimulation-on and stimulation-off conditions using more standard methods (as in Wang et. al., 2015; Spearman correlation of place field order, control vs targeted, Linear-track, p = .68, t-test, n=6 control and n=4 targeted; W-track p = 0.91, n=36 control, n=18 targeted). These results are consistent with our observations about place field stability during stimulation-off and stimulation-on conditions (Fig. 2F).

      Modified in results:

      “By contrast, we did not detect any changes in the spatial tuning of putative pyramidal neurons. Specifically, the increased spiking during stimulation-on intervals respected place field boundaries (Supplementary Figure 2B), and the place fields of single cells were not detectably affected by theta disruption (Figure 2E-F, single cell place fields, pooled for G). To assess these observations at the population level, we computed the similarity between the place field peaks in control versus targeted animals and could not detect a difference between the two conditions (Spearman correlation of place field peaks between stim-on and stim-off intervals: p=0.68, t-test). These results are consistent with previous studies that performed MS manipulations (Zutshi et al. 2018; Etter et al. 2023). Thus, our manipulation protocol provides an opportunity to ask specifically how temporal coding contributes to behavior.”

      (1.2) The KL divergence was computed between stimulation-on and stimulation-off conditions within the same animal group. However, the authors also showed that MS stimulation had lasting effects on theta sequences and performance even during stimulation-off periods. Would that lasting effect also influence spatial tuning? Based on these questions, the authors should perform additional analyses that directly measure spatial tuning quality and compare results across control and experimental groups - for example, spatial information of spikes (Skaggs et al., 1996), tuning stability, field length, and decoding error during running.

      To assess these observations at the population level, we computed the similarity between the place field peaks in control versus targeted animals and could not detect a difference between the two conditions (as in Wang et. al., 2015; Spearman correlation of place field order, control vs targeted, Linear-track, p = .68, t-test, n=6 control and n=4 targeted; W-track p = 0.91, n=36 control, n=18 targeted). Mean decoding error between animals depends on the recording quality. We have reported these values around stimulus times at the choice point in the previous version of the manuscript (Sup. Figure 3G). We also find that the distribution of place field coverage is not statistically different within and across animals (stimulation on versus stimulation off: p = 0.17, control versus targeted: p = 0.9, interaction of stimulation and targeting: p = 0.8, linear mixed effects model).

      (2) The authors compared their results with those from Liu et al. (2023) and proposed that the different outcomes could be explained by different sites of disruption. However, the detection and quantification methods for theta sequences and replay differ substantially between the two studies, emphasizing different aspects of the phenomenon. I am not suggesting that either method is superior, but providing additional analyses using aligned detection methods would better support the authors' interpretations and benefit the field by enabling clearer comparisons across studies. In the current analysis, the power spectrum of the decoded ahead/behind distance only indicates that there is a rhythmic pattern, without specifying the decoding features at different theta phases. Moreover, the continuous non-local representations during ripples could include stationary representations of a location or zigzag representations that do not exhibit a linear sequential trace. Given that, the authors should show averaged decoding results corrected by the animal's actual position within theta cycles and compute a quadrant ratio. For replay analysis, they could use a linear fit (as in Liu et al., 2023) and report the proportion of significant replay events.

      In Liu et al., 2023 study theta sequences were quantified by explicitly segmenting theta cycles into phase quadrants and evaluating the structure of the decoded representations within these phase-defined windows. This approach can be applied in studies that have a stable theta that can provide a temporal reference frame and where there is not enough spatial coverage in the spikes to identify the extent of ahead/behind representations. This analysis is hence not ideal to detect theta sequences in our data, as it is prone to errors due to our disruption of theta oscillatory activity itself. To account for this, we have used a Bayesian clusterless decoding approach in which we can measure the structure of hippocampal sequential representations even without imposing any restrictions on their temporal order. This method allows us to reliably capture theta sequences during locomotion in control animals (Fig. 4B) and their disruption in targeted animals (Fig. 4F).

      Since our experimental paradigm suppresses theta oscillations themselves, we used a clusterless decoding approach (as in Joshi et al., 2023) to obtain an unbiased estimate of rhythmicity for hippocampal spatial representations. Briefly, we estimated the peak of the posterior at every 2ms time step and computed the distance between that value and the actual position of the animal (decode-to-animal distance). We confirmed that, as expected, in control animals, we could detect “theta sequences” as in prior studies without explicitly requiring theta oscillatory cycle windows.

      We have now evaluated the distributions of SWRs that are labeled as continuous and have a trajectory displacement > 10 cm and consistently find continuous replays during both aSWRs and rSWRs (Fig. 5, Fig. S6). We also find that these distributions overlap between control and targeted animals (n=1216 targeted, n=3212 control, p=0.06).

      Author response image 1.

      (3) The finding that theta sequences and performance were impaired even during stimulation-off periods is particularly interesting and warrants deeper exploration. In the Discussion, the authors claim that this may arise from "the rapid plasticity engaged during early learning." However, this explanation does not fully account for the observation. Previous studies have shown that theta sequences can develop very rapidly (Feng et al., Foster lab, 2015; Zhou et al., Dragoi lab, 2025). If the authors hypothesize that rapid plasticity during early stimulation-on disrupts the theta sequence, then the plasticity window must also be short and terminate during the subsequent stimulation-off period. Otherwise, why can't animals redevelop theta sequences during stimulation-off? The authors should conduct additional analyses during the stimulation-off periods of the W-maze task. For example:

      (3.1) What is the spike-theta phase relationship? Do the phases return to normal or remain altered as during stimulation-on?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. We have now looked at theta power on the W Track and find that theta power does not fully recover on the W Track even during stimulation-off periods. We have included this in the results. See Figure S4.

      (3.2) Is there a significant place-field remapping from stimulation-on to stimulation-off? (Supplementary Figure 3F includes only a small subset of cells; what if population vector correlations are computed across all cells, or Bayesian decoding of stimulation-on spikes is performed using stimulation-off tuning curves?)

      We have addressed this question by computing the correlation between the peak of the place fields between stimulation-on and stimulation-off conditions and find that the distributions are largely overlapping between control and targeted animals on both the linear (Spearman correlation of place field peaks between stim-on and stim-off intervals, control vs targeted, p=0.68, t-test, n=6 control, n=4 targeted epochs) and wtrack (Spearman correlation of place field peaks between stim-on and stim-off intervals: p=0.91, t-test, n=36 control, n=18 targeted epochs).

      (3.3) The authors should also discuss why the stimulation-off epochs were not sufficient to support learning, and if the stimulation-off place cell sequences could have supported replay.

      We do not find the aSWR-associated replay to be impacted as a result of our manipulation. We have not conducted a specific experiment to test the impact of longer stimulation-off periods on the formation of place cell sequences, but in response to this and another question from Reviewer 1, we have added the following speculation in the discussion.

      Modified in discussion:

      “Critically, the behavioral effects in targeted animals were seen even though stimulation was off during the middle third of each exposure to the W-track. Consistent with this behavioral result, sequential firing during locomotion (at both the pairwise and population level) was disrupted during stimulation-on periods and remained disrupted in stimulation-off periods, indicating that the 5-6 minutes of stimulation-off trials was not sufficient to allow the system to This surprising result indicates that the disruption of theta sequences during the early experience in a novel environment is sufficient to have lasting effects, potentially by interfering with the rapid plasticity engaged during early learning. In this framework theta sequences may be particularly important for establishing task-relevant structure during the earliest phases of exploration. While we did not explicitly test the effects of pretraining or longer duration of stimulation-off periods, our results raise the possibility that pretraining the animal in the behavioral arena would allow for the development of task-relevant representations, and thereby reduce or eliminate the behavioral impact of theta disruption.”

      (4) Citations and/or discussion of key studies relevant to the current work are missing: Wang et al. in Pastalkova lab 2015-2016 studies for disruption of theta sequence (but not place cell sequence) disrupting learning but not replay, Drieu et al. in Zugaro lab 2018 study on disruption of theta sequence affecting sleep replay, Farooq and Dragoi 2019 for association between a lack of theta sequence and presence of waking rest replay during postnatal development, etc. The authors should discuss what the conceptually new findings in the current study are, given the findings of the previous literature above.

      We thank the reviewer for this question. We have substantially modified the introduction to include this prior work and highlight that our manipulation enabled us to address a question that has remained unresolved across prior studies: Are hippocampal spatial sequences during locomotion (i.e., theta sequences) necessary for learning a novel hippocampal-dependent task?

      (5) The assessment of theta sequence is not state-of-the-art:

      (5.1) Detecting the peak of cross-correlograms between neurons (CCG) relates to behavioral timescale CCG, not the theta sequence one; for the theta sequence, the closest to zero local peak should be used instead.

      Here we think we failed to explain our analyses clearly, as we did exactly that analysis. The cross-correlation peak in Fig. 2D is the peak within the theta timescale (+/- 100ms lag), not a slow behavior timescale (e.g. +/- 1s lag). In the revised version of the manuscript, we have improved the explanation so that this confusion does not arise.

      (5.2) How were other methods of detecting theta sequences performing on the stimulation-on/stimulation-off data: Bayesian decoding, firing sequences?

      In the absence of detectable theta oscillations, it is inappropriate to use the commonly used metric of detecting theta sequences. That method also assumes that the theta oscillatory cycle is the correct temporal “reference” for hippocampal theta sequences. To our knowledge, there is no direct evidence for this. Thus, in our manuscript, we have used two approaches to identify hippocampal spatial representations during stimulation-on and stimulation-off periods:

      (1) Clusterless Bayesian decoding approach

      (2) Pairwise correlations between neurons

      Analyses using these approaches provide an unbiased method to detect hippocampal spatial-temporal sequences during locomotion without using theta oscillations as a reference. Indeed, in control animals, we recover the endogenous theta timescale correlation and sequence structure during locomotion. Using the same approach in targeted animals reveals that even though we can measure hippocampal spatial sequential representations in targeted animals, the timing between them is altered.

      (5.3) How was phase precession during stimulation-on/stimulation-off?

      We cannot do this analysis for the theta manipulation condition since there is an unreliable phase estimate in the absence of theta on W Track. Based on the reviewers’ comments, we have now evaluated the theta phase precession on the linear track 10Hz stimulation condition. Phase precession could be observed even when evaluated against the entrained LFP. Further, at a population level, we observed that autocorrelograms followed the entrained 10Hz LFP in the stimulation-on condition compared to the stimulation-off condition (n=41 neurons, solid lines are medians, shaded areas 25/75 percentiles). We have added these results in Supplementary Figure 5.

      (6) It would be important to calculate additional variables in the replay part of the study to compare the quality of replay across the 2 groups:

      (6.1) Proportion of significant replay events out of the detected multiunit events.

      We assume the reviewer is recommending the analysis of significant replays as defined by performing a linear fit on the trajectory. We recognize that there is a fundamental diversity in the replay architecture, as has been shown using clustered and clusterless decoding approaches, and that assuming that only the replays with a linear fit are significant might bias us toward those trajectories. In aSWRs, we have shown that the replay events that are labeled “continuous” are equivalent in proportion between control and targeted animals. In the current version of the manuscript, for rSWRs, we similarly computed the proportion of replay events with a continuous trajectory that traverses at least 10cm on the w-track and found no differences between control and targeted groups. We also found the proportion of continuous rSWRs to increase in targeted animals, similar to control animals. We have included these results in the new Figure S6.

      (6.3) The average extent of trajectory depicted by the significant replay events in the targeted compared to the control, stimulation-on/stimulation-off.

      Here, we show the distributions of continuous replay trajectories (> 10 cm) between control and targeted animals, showing overlapping distributions (p=0.06). See Author response image 1.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Joshi et al. present an elegant and technically rigorous study examining how the temporal structure of hippocampal spiking during locomotion contributes to spatial learning. Using a closed-loop, theta phase-specific optogenetic manipulation of medial septal parvalbumin-expressing neurons in rats, the authors demonstrate that disrupting theta-timescale coordination impairs performance on the cognitively demanding component outbound trajectory of a spatial alternation task, while sparing hippocampal replay, place coding, and the simpler inbound learning. The work aims to dissociate the role of theta-associated temporal organization during navigation from sharp-wave ripple-associated replay during subsequent rest periods, providing a mechanistic link between theta sequences and learning. The findings have important implications for models of septo-hippocampal coordination and the functional segregation between online (theta) and offline (SWR) network states. That said, there are a few conceptual and methodological issues that need to be addressed.

      We thank the reviewer for the thoughtful comments and suggestions to strengthen our work. In a revised manuscript, we explicitly address prior publications where manipulations (either pharmacological or behavioral) have shown a dissociation between temporal sequence formation, place coding, and replay in the introduction and highlight the specific insights obtained from using our approach. Specifically, our approach (closed-loop theta-phase stimulation during locomotion) provides a level of physiological specificity that enables dissociation of theta-state dynamics from other hippocampal processes. This, in turn, allows us to address a question that has remained unresolved across prior studies: Are hippocampal spatial sequences during locomotion (i.e., theta sequences) necessary for learning a novel hippocampal-dependent task?

      One concern is the overall novelty of this work; the dissociation between online temporal sequence and offline replay events following memory deficits has previously been shown by Wang et al., 2016 elife. While the authors discuss Lui et al., 2023, which demonstrates MEC activation of inhibitory neurons at gamma frequencies during locomotion disrupts theta sequences, subsequent replay and learning (line 65-66), they do not reference Wang et al., 2016 who performed a very similar study with MS pharmacological inactivation, and report large decreases in theta power, attenuated theta frequencies together with behavioural deficits but SWR replay persisted. Given strong similarities in the manipulation and findings, this study should be discussed.

      We agree that this important study should be cited in the introduction, and have now included that in the revised introduction. Importantly in Wang et al., 2016 elife paper, they showed that while replay can exist after periods where theta sequences are disrupted using muscimol inactivation in the medial septum, the rate of replay was higher than in control, leaving open the possibility that the increased replays might contribute to consolidation of non-task memories. We also note that the manipulation was applied for hours, making it impossible to attribute a precise physiological basis for poor behavioral performance.

      Along the same lines, it should be noted that Brandon et al. (2014, Neuron) demonstrated that hippocampal place codes can still form in novel environments despite MS inactivation and loss of theta, indicating that spatial representations can emerge without intact septal drive. Referencing this study would strengthen the discussion of how temporal coordination, rather than spatial coding per se, underlies the learning deficits observed here.

      Thank you. We have referenced the study appropriately in the updated manuscript.

      Our findings, and previous dissociations between precise timescale and place field properties (Petersen and Buzsáki 2020; Liu et al. 2023; Wang, et al., 2016, Brandon et al., 2014) further suggest that different circuits with different time constants are responsible for processing spatial and temporal information in the hippocampal circuit. Spatial/contextual information may arrive from regions with slower timescales (such as the cortex), making them less susceptible to sub-second brief disruptions, while precisely timed inputs from the medial septum coordinate the tightly controlled timing offsets between hippocampal neurons. We hypothesize that learning requires the intersection of these two streams of information in the hippocampal network, and is impaired by the disorganization of the precise temporal templates in which internal plans can be matched to external inputs.

      The conclusion that disrupting "theta microstructure" impairs learning relies on the assumption that the observed behavioral deficits arise from altered temporal coding from within hippocampal CA1 only. However, optogenetic modulation of medial septal PV neurons influences multiple downstream regions (entorhinal cortex, retrosplenial cortex) via widespread GABAergic projections. While the authors do touch on this, their discussion should expand to include the network-level consequences of entorhinal grid-cell disruption and how this could affect temporal coding both online and offline.

      We agree and have expanded our previous discussion to include that possibility.

      Modified in discussion:

      “Understanding precisely why this temporal organization is critical will require more distributed measurements. Notably, MS targets include multiple cortical and subcortical targets (Joshi 2017), and our manipulation may have disrupted precise spike timing throughout these regions. Key amongst these regions include the pre- and para-subiculum, retrosplenial area and the entorhinal cortex, which also receive dense PV projection in addition to the CA3 and DG (Joshi et. al., 2017; Viney et. al., 2018; Salib et al., 2020). Disrupting the spatial code or spike-timing in these regions may contribute to the disruption of sequential activity we have observed. However, we do note that the first response of the stimulation to spiking activity in CA1 is consistent with a strong disinhibitory input to CA3, with spike latencies less than 20 milliseconds. Additionally, monitoring regions beyond the temporal cortex would be informative given the broad coordination between hippocampal theta and other systems (Joshi et al. 2023; Eichenbaum 2017; Buño and Velluti 1977; Berg, Whitmer, and Kleinfeld 2006; Ledberg and Robbe 2011).”

      The finding that replay content, rate, and duration are unchanged is critical to the paper's claim of dissociation. However, the analysis is restricted to immobility on the track. Given evidence for distinct awake vs. sleep replay, confirming that off-track rest and post-session sleep replays are similarly unaffected would confirm the conclusions of the paper. If these data are unavailable, the limitation should be acknowledged explicitly. Moreover, statistical power for detecting subtle differences in replay organization or spatial bias should be added to the supplement (n of events per animal, variability across sessions).

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now explicitly evaluated replay properties during rest and indeed confirm that replay rate, length, and content in this manipulation are indistinguishable between targeted and control animals. We have now added statistical power to these claims by reporting the number of events per animal and variability across sessions. As we mentioned above, where possible, we have attempted to replicate each analysis per session (20min session), and all analyses are replicable for each targeted and control animal. Our internal controls are the power of our approach, as there can be significant animal-to-animal variability.

      The exact protocol for optogenetic stimulation is a bit confusing. For the task, the first and final third (66%) of trials were disrupted and were only stimulated when away from the reward well and only when the animal was moving. What proportion of time within "stimulated" trials remained unstimulated? Why were only 66% of trials stimulated?

      We developed a stimulation protocol that included an interval in which stimulation was not applied (stimulation-off) periods to assess the impact of the stimulation at the level of each animal and epoch. This analytical approach gives us the power to study the impact of the stimulation and our experimental approach to the spiking patterns and neural activity observed. We will modify the explanation in the methods. Based on the reviewer’s comment, we have now calculated the proportion of time within the epoch where the laser was on. The laser is ON for ~10% of the total time in the epoch. We implemented a closed-loop algorithm that had both the spatial location of the animal and the theta phase of a reference electrode as online inputs. The trigger was applied when three conditions were met: a spatial inclusion criterion, a speed criterion, and theta phase criteria.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 1D & G: should include the frequency band of the filtered trace in the figure caption.

      We have now included the frequency band of the filtered trace (5-11Hz) in the figure caption.

      (2) The observation that hippocampal cells respond to stimulation within ~5-10 ms (Figure 2C), while theta power decreases significantly after 200 ms (Figure 1G), is interesting. Do the authors have any hypothesis explaining this discrepancy?

      Theta is likely best understood as the result of a complex feedback loop between the medial septum and various structures in the hippocampal formation. This would make it robust to individual perturbations. We now discuss this in the text.

      Modified in results:

      “Note, that while we can measure the response to hippocampal cells within 5-10ms, theta power decreases gradually over a period of 200 milliseconds. This is consistent with the view that theta oscillatory activity that can be measured in the hippocampus is a result of a multi-region feedback loop that involves various cortical and subcortical networks, a feature that may make it robust to individual perturbations.”

      (3) Figure 2A: The caption states that "in control rats, endogenous theta sequences are apparent." This is unclear. The purple region marks the ascending phase, but theta sequences are typically defined across peak-to-peak cycles. The shading may distract from this; consider adding dashed lines to indicate theta peaks.

      We thank the reviewers for this suggestion, and we have modified the visualization for this figure per the reviewers’ suggestion.

      (4) Figure 2B (top panel): How are the cells ordered? It appears they are sorted by peak firing time before stimulation (<0). This could misleadingly suggest a sequence before stimulation but not after. Some cells have peak firing in the 0-40 ms range-what is the intended interpretation of this ordering?

      We have modified the spiking by the spiking order after stimulation onset.

      (5) Line 239: Typo - "as for the linear track" should be "as for the W track."

      Modified.

      (6) Lines 279-282: The statement "This suggests a surprising level of preserved representational movement across frequencies ranging from 6 to 12 Hz" is unclear. What does "preserved representational movement" mean? A simpler explanation for the matching of power-spectrum peaks to stimulation frequency could be that stimulation increases firing rates, biasing decoding toward locations with higher mean firing, producing rhythmic fluctuations at the stimulation frequency under Poisson decoding assumptions.

      We have now added examples of the decode to animal distance in the different stimulation conditions to supplement this statement. We will also acknowledge that the change in firing rate might contribute to the observation.

      (7) Line 313: The phrase "while sparing learning on the interleaved trials where a less cognitively demanding choice was required" may be confusing. Although the authors refer to inbound runs, readers may interpret "interleaved trials" as stimulation-off trials.

      We agree and have modified this phrasing.

      (8) The claim that "representations of locations more distant from the animal were preserved during theta disruption" (line 350) is unclear-where is this shown?

      Fig S3G: Distribution of max decode to animal distance within theta cycles

      Consistent with the pairwise analyses (Supplementary Figure 3B-D), the ∼8 Hz peak in the power spectrum of the ahead/behind distance was significantly larger in control animals than in targeted animals across all conditions (Figure 4I; pooled comparison p’s < 10<sup>−4</sup>, hierarchical bootstrap p’s < 0.05). At the same time, the maximal extent of locations represented ahead and/or behind the animal near the choice point, where choices must be made on outbound and inbound trials, did not differ between control and targeted animals (Supplementary Figure 3G). Thus, our findings indicate that the precise timing of non-local representations during theta was disrupted, but the spatial extent was not.

      (9) The title of Figure S1 appears twice.

      Thank you. We have edited it.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It should be noted that there are several referencing errors that should be addressed. Please check the following:

      (a) Lines 77-81 - a few incorrect references.

      (b) Line 155 - Disruption of hippocampal theta has consistently shown to preserve spatial properties of place cells: Brandon et al., 2014, Koenig et al., 2011.

      Thank you. We have corrected these references.

      (2) Figure 1C- Did the authors stain for colocalization with virus and PV in the MS?

      Yes, our viral construct has eYFP expressed together with channelrhodopsin, and this rat line and viral construct have been previously standardized (Yu et al., 2018, Lepperod et al., 2021). In addition, we conducted three standardization experiments and visually inspected the overlap between eYFP-positive cells and parvalbumin-expressing neurons (86/86 YFP-expressing neurons tested positive for PV). An example of the overlap is now included in Supplementary figure 7.

      (3) Figure 1 - Shows an impressive reduction of theta power. Can Figure 1G be extended to show theta recovery immediately following stimulation?

      Our stimulation protocol restricted the stimulation to periods that were within the spatial and speed inclusion criteria. The period immediately following the stimulation on every trial is reward delivery, during which the animal has already slowed down, and we do not expect high theta power. Based on the reviewer’s suggestion, we have inspected the first few trials after the stimulus is turned off in the linear track and have confirmed that theta power immediately recovers. We have added these additional figures in Sup. Figure S4H.

      Author response image 2.

      (4) Do authors have examples of the same trajectory where temporal coding is intact in baseline and disrupted during stimulation? Does an intact theta sequence ever develop in the target animals?

      Yes, target animals do exhibit intact spatial sequences during the stimulation-off periods on the linear track and w-track (example in a targeted animal during the stimulation-off condition on linear track below). As we show in Figure 4E and Supplementary Figure S4G, on the w-track, while spatial sequences exist, each cycle’s duration is not consistent across the behavioral experience. Thus, on average, power spectrum of the ahead-behind distance is not rhythmic at 8Hz.

      (5) Have the authors computed spike-phase relationships or shown phase-position to evaluate phase precession in individual cells in both the 10 Hz stim vs the phase-specific?

      As discussed above, due to unreliable phase estimates during theta suppression, we have chosen to base our analysis of sequential structure on temporal cross-correlation and decoding analysis. However, in response to the reviewer’s question, we have evaluated phase precession under 10Hz stimulation. Consistent with our overall results for the ahead-behind distance, we find that individual cells phase-precess with the newly entrained theta. Additionally, at a population level, we are able to visualize a clear shift in peak spiking frequency.

      However, we agree that these results do not completely rule out the contribution of additional spikes, and in a revised version of the manuscript, we have included that possibility.

      (6) Did authors perform other types of stimulations that either drove the dominant frequency out of theta range (gamma) or completely desynchronize the system (by stimulating along all different times of theta to perform a phase-specific "scramble")?

      We did not attempt a gamma or scrambling stimulation condition.

      (7) There is overall inconsistency in the formatting of references throughout the text.

      We apologize for these errors and have rectified them in the updated version.

    1. Author response:

      In response to the valuable reviewers’ comments and suggested changes, we are finalising changes to the manuscript, in order to resubmit a revised version, and a document with full author responses, that reflects all the review comments.

      These changes include adding points of clarity, improving accuracy on wording of key messages, adding additional interpretation of the data, including additional data and analyses that reflect open questions raised, and more discussion concerning these unanswered questions, which are subjects of future work.

      In response to specific points we were asked to provisionally address (actions in italics):

      Reviewer #1. We are pleased the reviewer sees the insight these data bring. We indeed think it likely that cilia axoneme orientation is governed by the immediate microenvironment and/or changes to the cytoskeleton and are actively looking to explore this.

      To address the 3 areas of concern:

      (1) Our re-writing of the abstract and the results concerning transcriptomic data seeks to overcome weaknesses in descriptions of these data.

      (2) Further detail is being added on how z-distortion is corrected for, so accuracy is the same in all axis and orientation measurements are robust.

      (3) We will add to the discussion to add our thoughts as to why ciliary and cilia signalling genes are regulated by immobilisation, but that immobilisation does not apparently affect cilia structure.

      Reviewer #2. Thank you for such broadly positive comments, we are pleased the scale and depth of the quantitative analyses comes across, but will make sure that revisions throughout improve the quality of the writing describing these. We are actively exploring means to test ideas for how cilia axoneme become orientated in this way and what the function is. These preliminary ideas will be reflected in the discussion.

      Reviewer #3. Thank you for such a detailed and thoughtful review. They will ensure the data are presented to their very best and we will address the concerns raised. This descriptive study had a hypothesis, and made discoveries which surprised us, we have tried, as you say, to put this in some context of the role of cilia and the role of mechanical forces in GP biology. Most notably we are considering that uncoupled is not the correct term here. To address areas of concern;

      (1) We agree ‘uncoupled’ is not the correct word here. We cannot find a pattern of correlation between centriole position and orientation. However, the two can’t be ‘uncoupled’ and there is no proven independence on a single-cell level (that cilia position and cilia orientation are not in any way mechanistically linked). We will make changes and add more details on what we have considered in this area.

      (2) Similarly, we have not correlated in each cell, cellular orientation and ciliary orientation, though we have made attempts and not yet found a relationship. However, again, this is not the same as one being absent. We might have expected ciliary orientation to change as cell orientation does (through zones or with pertubations) as we have seen in vitro but this remains to be fully explored and is one subject of follow-up work. We are considering column populations and per animal considerations of the data.

      (3) We did take a cautious approach to statistics and specialist advice, but advice was not to overcomplicate things when there are 2 main messages related to centriole position and cilia orientation. Firstly, centriolar position appears random or without preference thus distribution of position on cell, is homogenous. Second, ciliary orientation angle is not a homogenous distribution, as would be expected if random with this number of measurements. We do, and will add comments to this effect, have to mindful of large dataset, but do not think this means we are looking at false discoveries due to number of comparisons. We are considering how better to reflect this. To address these important points we will add a section to the methods and discussion and will endeavour to change results to this end as it is a central point of the manuscript.

      (4) We will add new data concerning IFT88cKO and centriole position and orientation.

      (5) We will add a critique of the immobilisation experiments to ensure the relatively diminished power is clear. We agree force may have set things up initially, we will ensure this is discussed and we will ensure our proposal for why cilia orientation is this way is framed as a hypothesis. We have preliminary data, but this is the subject of an entire new project thus not yet supported by robust experimental evidence so is speculative at this stage and we will ensure this is clear.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This is an important study of critical period plasticity, focused on temperature manipulations, and how different parts of the Drosophila larval motor circuit adapt or maladapt. The work convincingly demonstrates that components of the motor network respond in distinct ways to the heat shock, and the combination of functional, structural, and electrophysiological approaches makes the study of significant interest. The work points to central interneurons as primary drivers of maladaptive changes, while motoneurons and neuromuscular junctions show compensatory or homeostatic adjustments. The study is methodologically rigorous, contributing important insights into critical period biology using a tractable invertebrate model.

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful critique and suggestions. We agree with these and, where possible, we have attempted to address these, improving this study. As outlined below, we have revised the manuscript substantively and included additional data and figures.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors examine the impact of heat stress during an embryonic CP in Drosophila, focusing on the larval locomotor network. They show that elevated temperature increases neuronal activity and, when applied during the CP, results in long-term instability of the network, which manifests in prolonged seizure recovery times. At the neuromuscular junction, substantial structural changes occur, including terminal overgrowth and altered receptor composition, yet synaptic transmission remains preserved due to homeostatic regulation. Motoneurons display reduced excitability but receive increased synaptic input from premotor interneurons. These findings suggest that maladaptive instability originates within the central circuitry rather than at the neuromuscular junction, where changes seem to be homeostatically compensated. The study concludes that different network components exhibit distinct and hierarchical responses to CP perturbations, with premotor interneurons setting the tone for downstream adjustments in motoneurons.

      Strengths:

      The work takes advantage of the unique accessibility of the Drosophila system. A major strength of the study is the integration of structural, physiological, and behavioral analyses, which allows the authors to draw a comprehensive picture of how CP perturbations shape the locomotor network. The choice of an ecologically relevant stimulus (heat stress) is particularly convincing, as it links experimental manipulations more closely to natural environmental conditions. The experiments are carefully designed, and the results are robust and consistent with previous findings in the field, while also extending them in new directions.

      Weaknesses:

      The study leaves some uncertainty regarding the experimental design and interpretation. The change from short to prolonged heat shock manipulations raises the possibility that the effects observed may not be confined to the critical period alone - this could be experimentally addressed or simply rephrased in the text.

      We agree that clarity about the experimental paradigm is important and have addressed this as suggested, within text, figures and figure legends: the duration of embryo exposure to 32˚C heat stress is now unambiguously stated and each figure has a graphical illustrations of the heat stress paradigm. For example, experiments represented in Figures 1, 3 (new data) and 8 (new data) used short, defined periods of a few hours of heat stress, aimed to identify specific windows of development that are sensitive to 32˚C heat stress. These also show that behavioural changes result from heat stress experienced during the specific 2-hour window that defines the critical period of the developing central locomotor circuitry, namely from 17-19 hours after egg laying - previously identified by Giachello & Baines (2015). Longer exposure to 32˚C heat stress during embryogenesis result in the same phenotypes when this 2-hour window is included, causing the same level of reduced larval crawling speed and lowered network stability, which manifests in increased seizure recovery times. This is as one might expect from a critical period of nervous system development.

      Where the neuromuscular junction is concerned, where we identified embryonic heat stress causing phenotypes that are evident at late larval stages, a more complex model has emerged. Following suggestions from both reviewers to explore shorter heat stress exposures during embryogenesis, additional experiments (see Figure 3) we identified what might be a critical period for the body wall muscles. This is an earlier window of development, within 13-16 hours after egg laying, which is sensitive to heat stress in terms of the levels of the GluRIIA glutamate receptor subunit that will be expressed in the late larva. This developmental period is characterised by muscles acquiring their electrical properties (Broadie & Bate, 1993), i.e. comparable to the central locomotor network transitioning through its critical period at the time that it becomes active. The neuromuscular junction is composed of both presynaptic motoneurons and postsynaptic muscles, and therefore this composite structure is subject to multiple, sequential critical periods. The characterisation of changes to neuromuscular junction synaptic physiology was carried out using heat stress throughout most of embryogenesis (Figure 4). We think this appropriate from the perspectives of having included all relevant critical periods (muscle and CNS) to explore how this composite structure responds to environmental heat stress; also based on our observations that for each critical period phenotypes are defined by the experience during the critical period and not exacerbated by prolonged heat stress either side.

      In addition, the maladaptive (seizure recovery) and adaptive/homeostatic phenotypes are not always clearly distinguished or highlighted, which makes it harder to appreciate how the different levels of the network plasticity fit together into a single mechanistic framework.

      Following the suggestion, we have tried to clarify the mechanistic framework in a new figure that aims to summarise the model in Figure 9.

      The question of whether phenotypes that result from an embryonic heat stress manipulation are adaptive or maladaptive is difficult to resolve. This is partly due to the nature of critical periods, since perturbations during these developmental windows can cause significant, long-lasting maladaptations that are challenging to reconcile from a perspective of adaptive plasticity. Secondly, in light of the nature of this animal, which has evolved a particularly rapid development and large brood sizes, any deviation from the evolved optimum developmental temperature of 25˚C could constitute a reduction in fitness. We interpret the phenotypes we see along those lines: network instability that results from critical-period perturbations is a manifestation of a sub-optimally tuned network, as is a reduction in larval crawling speed.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a thoughtful and well-executed study of critical period plasticity in the Drosophila larval motor circuit. The authors examined how transient heat, 32 {degree sign}C, during the embryonic stage, altered network properties, showing that premotor interneurons A27h increase excitatory drive onto motoneurons, which respond with a reduction in excitability. At the NMJ, synaptic terminals expand and GluRIIA distribution shifts, yet synaptic transmission remains largely unaffected. Despite these local compensations, the treated larvae display slower crawling and prolonged recovery from seizures, indicating that the network is functionally compromised.

      Strengths:

      (1) One of the major strengths of this study is the elegant dissection of a defined circuit, tracking changes from premotor interneurons through motoneurons to the NMJ. The multimodal approach provides a comprehensive view of how connected elements respond to CP perturbations.

      (2) An interesting finding is that NMJ morphology changes dramatically without corresponding deficits in synaptic transmission, challenging the common assumption that larger boutons necessarily indicate stronger synapses.

      (3) Another intriguing result is that even with two layers of homeostatic compensation, locomotor behavior is still impaired, highlighting the limits of compensation and underscoring the critical role of CP timing.

      (4) Beyond these scientific insights, the study benefits from a well-defined, tractable system and simple experimental manipulations, which together make the results highly interpretable and reproducible.

      Weaknesses:

      There are a few areas where the manuscript could be strengthened.

      (1) Although A27h premotor neurons are well characterized, the claim that they are the causal driver of downstream changes would be strengthened by additional experiments or a clearer discussion of the temporal hierarchy.

      We have tried to clarify the model of the temporal hierarchy (new Figure 9). This is a model and as such will hopefully help us collectively to think about this system and underlying processes, while also inviting this perspective to be challenged. The model we propose is compatible with our observations, namely that the premotor circuitry might change in response to a critical period heat stress (e.g. increasing their synaptic drive onto motoneurons), followed by homeostatic adjustment by the postsynaptic motoneurons (e.g. by reduction of their excitability), thus serving to maintain overall normal motoneuron firing patterns (see Figure 6).

      However, synaptic communication is commonly regulated in both antero- and retrograde directions. Therefore, while compatible with the observations we have made, bi-directional information flow could also be instructive during the CNS critical period.

      (2) While 32 {degree sign}C heat stress is presented as ecologically relevant, it produces maladaptive behavioral outcomes, raising questions about the ecological and mechanistic interpretation of the model. In particular, most experiments, with the exception of Figure 1, used prolonged (24h) heat treatments, which could introduce developmental effects beyond the CP itself. Comparing shorter and longer heat exposures would help clarify the specificity of the CP response.

      We agree. For a detailed response on this point, please response to Reviewer #1 above.

      (3) While there are schematics for experimental procedures, a circuit diagram tracing information flow and indicating where structural and functional changes occur would help readers better understand the findings.

      We have created Figure 9 as a working model.

      (4) Finally, the main paradox of the study, that robust homeostatic compensations occur yet behavior remains impaired, could be explored in more depth in the Discussion.

      We have tried to address this in the discussion.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      During development, neural circuits undergo brief windows of heightened neuronal plasticity (e.g., critical periods) that are thought to set the lifelong functional properties of underlying circuits. These authors, in addition to others within the Drosophila community, previously characterized a critical period in late fly embryonic development, during which alterations to neuronal activity impact late-stage larval crawling behavior. In the current study, the authors use an ethologically-relevant activation paradigm (increased temperature) to boost motor activity during embryogenesis, followed by a series of electrophysiology and imaging-based experiments to explore how 3 distinct levels of the circuit remodel in response to increases in embryonic motor activity. Specifically, they find that each level of the circuit responds differently, with increased excitatory drive from excitatory pre-motor neurons, reduced excitability in motor neurons, and no physiological changes at the NMJ despite dramatic morphological differences. Together, these data suggest that early life experience in the motor neuron drives compensatory changes at each level of the circuit to stabilize overall network output.

      Strengths:

      The study was well-written, and the data presented were clear and an important contribution to the field.

      Weaknesses:

      The sample sizes and what they referred to throughout the distinct studies were unclear. In the legends, the authors should clearly state for each experiment N=X, and if N refers to an NMJ, for example, instead of an individual animal, they should state N=X NMJs per N=X animals. This will help readers better understand the statistical impact of the study.

      This is a good point. For the majority, each data point is derived from a unique specimen, unless explicitly stated otherwise, for NMJ size on muscle DA1 (Figure 3) and for larval crawling data, where each larva was measured up to three time, once per unique 5-minute crawling interval.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      In addition to revising the text and making interpretive changes as suggested by the reviewers, we invite you to consider the following:

      (1) Either rephrase the conclusions on the role of the 2h CP and discuss the effects of temperature during embryonic development. Alternatively, to validate the idea of a longer CP window, directly compare the results of a few key experiments using the 2h and 24h heat treatment.

      We have addressed this within the text, as suggested. In the text and figure legends, we have made clear distinctions between exposure to 32˚C heat stress during most of embryogenesis vs a specific developmental window of a few hours. In figures, we have provided diagrams that graphically illustrate the period of heat stress exposure.

      Our ability to experimentally test differences between precise vs broader heat stress periods during embryonic development have been constrained due to the departure of scientists, who were able to carry out electrophysiological recordings (as also explained below). As the next best alternative, we focus on imaging and behavioural analyses. These demonstrated that the developing body wall muscles are sensitive to heat stress during an earlier phase, from 13-16 hours after egg laying, when the body wall muscles become electrically active. It precedes the critical period of the central locomotor circuitry (17-19 hours after egg laying), when neurons in the CNS become electrically and synaptically active (16 hours after egg laying). We think this an exciting additional insight, demonstrating sequential critical periods as different parts of the locomotor network become active: first the body wall muscles, followed by the central circuitry.

      (2) Clarifying the homeostatic responses and shedding light on how they engage with the maladaptive changes described would benefit the study. Furthermore, adding more information about the anatomical and structural changes and how they relate to the intrinsic and synaptic changes would also benefit the study.

      We have tried to address this within the text and with a summary diagram (Figure 8), as suggested.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It remains unclear whether the authors want to conclude that reduced network stability is not due to changes at the motoneuron level, but rather at the premotor level. Although this idea is mentioned in the results and discussion, it does not appear in the abstract or introduction, which leaves the different findings disconnected. Clarifying and highlighting this conclusion throughout the manuscript would strengthen the narrative.

      We have added additional experiments and changed the manuscript to address this point. These showed that there are distinct phases of embryonic development during which heat stress causes changes to NMJ structure vs to larval behaviour (seizure recovery times/network stability and crawling speed) - additional data in suppl. Fig. 2 and Fig. 7). In the Drosophila embryo, the body wall muscles develop and acquire their electrical properties before central neurons do, and these phases correlate with sensitivity to heat stress.

      (2) In the results section related to Figure 1, the logical link between the CP protocol and the functional assessment of the locomotor network at different temperatures is not sufficiently explained. It is not clear what this assessment is meant to test or demonstrate. A more explicit statement of the rationale and correction of what seems to be a typographical error in the final sentence of the paragraph would help to clarify the authors' intent.

      We have tried to rectify this by changes in the manuscript and to Figure 1, to make the sequence of panels more intuitive.

      (3) In the second results section, the experimental strategy shifts from using a short 2-hour heat shock to a 24-hour manipulation. The reasoning - that short manipulations in different windows yield no phenotype - is understandable, but a 24-hour perturbation may have broader consequences beyond the CP, simply by virtue of its longer duration. Moreover, 24h is roughly the duration of embryonic development at 25C. When at 32C, embryos should develop faster; therefore, is the 24h heat shock extending to L1?

      Yes, the 24 hour heat stress extends into the first few hours of the L1 larval stage.

      In order to validate the use of a longer window, the author should show how it affects the developmental time. Moreover, one should test that a few important observations remain the same with 2h and 24h heat perturbation. Alternatively, one cannot conclude that the phenotype is due to the rather narrow previously defined CP rather than to other effects associated with the overall embryonic developmental time and coordination. This would not make the results less interesting, but it would be important to assess whether the effects can be solely attributed to the 2h CP.

      We have compared the impact of heat stress experience during the majority of embryogenesis, including the CP that had been defined for the central locomotor network (17-19 hours after egg laying) with shorter heat stress manipulations during consecutive phases of embryogenesis until larval hatching. As outlined above in response to point (1) by the Reviewing Editor, reduced stability of the central network and associated reduction in larval crawling occurs when heat stress is experienced during the CP of the central locomotor network (17-19 hours after egg laying). Prolonged heat stress experience for 24 hours leads to indistinguishable outcomes, as long as this 2-hour CP window is included (see Fig. 1 and Fig. 8).

      However, this suggestion by Reviewer #1 led us to identify a second CP for the body wall muscles (see Fig. 3). NMJ overgrowth and changes to the postsynaptic glutamate receptor composition result from earlier heat stress experiences, and those are comparable to the effects caused by 24-hour heat stress exposure when this earlier muscle CP is included.

      Therefore, NMJ development is affected by consecutive CPs, an earlier one linked to body wall muscle development, followed by a later one that impacts the presynaptic motoneurons and their upstream circuitry. Nevertheless, the larval NMJ and behavioural phenotypes that we have identified appear to result from sensitivity to heat stress during these respective CP windows, with no clear evidence of cumulative effects on these phenotypes resulting from longer heat stress exposure during embryogenesis.

      (4) In session 3, the authors note that GluRIIA reductions were most pronounced in proximal regions of the NMJ. However, this is not explicitly quantified in the figures or methods. Including such quantification, or clarifying where it can be found, would make this observation more convincing.

      We have analysed anti-GluRIIA signal intensities in proximal vs distal boutons, comparing different ROI selection processes (e.g. thresholding to a full NMJ/anti-HRP mask and to an anti-GluRIIB mask, which is more selective to postsynaptic sites). Analysis of multiple data sets did not show statistical significance, but instead confirmed that comparable reductions in anti-GluRIIA signal manifest in both proximal and distal boutons, following an embryonic 32C heat stress, relative to controls. We have therefore removed relevant speculative statements.

      (5) In session 4, the authors conclude that motoneurons undergo a decrease in excitability to adjust to greater premotor drive. Is there anatomical evidence for this, such as an increase in input synapses?

      We previously quantified change in excitatory presynaptic synaptic contact number onto aCC motoneuron dendrites in third instar larvae following an embryonic pharmacological activity manipulation: overexcitation of the developing network following introduction of PTX via feeding to gravid females*. No significant structural changes were seen. Although this is a different manipulation of the developing network, all our data to date suggest that heat stress manipulations during the embryonic critical period signal via the same pathways, at least in part due to temperature increases leading to activity increases. Because such a quantification is technically challenging and extremely time-consuming due to the low level of marking individual motoneurons, we did not think it informative or in scope for this project.

      *See Figure 5 in this publication: Hunter I, Coulson B, Pettini T, Davies JJ, Parkin J, Landgraf M, Baines RA. Balance of activity during a critical period tunes a developing network. Elife. 2024 Jan 9;12:RP91599. doi: 10.7554/eLife.91599. PMID: 38193543; PMCID: PMC10945558.

      The interpretation of the optogenetic experiments would also benefit from clarification. If motoneurons are less excitable yet receive more drive, one might expect no net change, rather than the differences observed. Alternatively, could the excitability of the premotor neuron itself have changed, either intrinsically or in relation to Chronos expression? Measuring premotor activity directly during optogenetic activation could help to resolve this ambiguity.

      These are good suggestions. Yes, we think that motoneuron excitability has changed as a result of heat stress - see paper submitted in parallel and published since: Sobrido-Cameán et al., 2025, PLoS Biology. Unfortunately, the team members, who could have carried out this type of analysis had moved on by submission of the manuscript. Therefore, we were no able to experimentally pursue these questions further.

      (6) In session 6, the authors report slower propagation of premotor activity waves after CP heat stress, but the logic of the experiment is not sufficiently explained. How does this finding relate to the enhanced premotor drive described earlier? Only timing is quantified; information about amplitude and wave dynamics would strengthen the interpretation. These results could also be discussed in relation to Figure 1B, where acute heat stress increased motoneuron activity. One interesting possibility could be that CP manipulations might adaptively prepare the larva to function at different temperatures. Experiments testing wave propagation at 32 {degree sign}C (Figure 6) or, conversely, motoneuron activity after CP manipulations (Figure 1B paradigm) would provide valuable evidence for such an adaptive role.

      As per above, unfortunately, the team member who could have carried out this type of analysis had moved on by submission of the manuscript. However, we have tried to address the question of whether there is an adaptive element to the adjustments that result from embryonic heat stress experience. Specifically, we carried out behavioural tests on how larvae respond with changes in crawling speed to acute changes in ambient temperature (new Fig. 7).

      We interpret our findings as follows: that heat stress during embryonic development leads to sub-optimal outcomes with regard to network stability as well as default and maximum crawling speed. The precise causes for this will be difficult to unpick. Behaviourally, when challenging larvae with an acute change in ambient temperature, we saw that slow crawling larvae do respond comparatively normally to a relative increase in ambient temperature by speeding up (in effect an escape response). This demonstrates that embryonic heat stress causes a change in the default crawling speed, while principally maintaining behavioural responses to changes in ambient temperature. It appears that animals that had experienced heat stress during embryonic development, by adjusting their default speed downward, maintain a dynamic response range into a higher temperature range than controls (35C vs 29C, respectively). Potentially, this could be an adaptive outcome to living at higher temperatures, though such an interpretation would require a body of work. 

      Nevertheless, every aspect we have assayed suggests that heat stress experience during the CP leads to sub-optimal outcomes: of network instability, slower default and slower maximal crawling speeds.

      Minor points:

      (1) Abstract: "has suboptimal outcomes;" should be corrected to "has suboptimal outcomes,".

      Corrected

      (2) Abstract: "we find that transient embryonic..." would improve readability with a capitalized "We".

      We are unsure about the sentence this refers to. If this sentence, then we suggest that this could remain as was.

      "Within the central nervous system, we find transient embryonic CP perturbation leads to increased synaptic drive from premotor interneurons to motoneurons..."

      The intention here is to differentiate between changes within the CNS vs at the NMJ.

      (3) Abstract: The sentence "Present the larva ... as an experimental model system..." overstates novelty, as the system has already been established in prior work. Instead, this study could highlight temperature manipulation as an ecologically relevant way to probe CPs.

      We have adopted this suggestion.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I would recommend:

      (1) Perform additional experimental support and dissuasions for the causal role of the premotor neuron and the network disability.

      Unfortunately, it has not been possible to carry out additional e-phys experimental work due to key people having moved on and now unable to carry out such experiments, and no replacements in sight to do so. Instead, we have focused on other work that we could do, namely to test the effect of different heat stress windows during embryonic development on GluRIIA vs GluRIIB expression at postsynaptic sites. This shows that indeed the effect seen following a 24-hour heat stress is replicated by a much shorter window of heat stress. For NMJs GluRII composition the critical period is different from the critical period of the CNS. This replicates the different developmental timings of maturation: the body wall muscles express ion channels and attain their electrical properties several hours before central neurons. We have provided these additional data as a new supplementary figure to Fig. 2. We have changed the main text to note the caveat of longer heat stress manipulations potentially leading to additional or more exacerbated phenotypes.

      (2) I would suggest that the authors expand the discussion on why two layers of homeostatic adjustment fail to preserve behavior. Is this simply a limit of plasticity?

      This is a difficult aspect to address well, beyond the purely speculative and potentially confusing. We would like to suggest that to do so requires a basic understanding on what pressures neurons/networks respond to (heat-caused over-activation and/or metabolic); and from that perspective to gauge how they adjust to those pressures, i.e. what the adjustments are trying to "achieve". This in turn should inform on whether such adjustments are homeostatic or anti-homeostatic in nature, and whether there are limits beyond which we consider a system "breaking".

      (3) 32C heat was described as "ecologically relevant". However, it produces maladaptive outcomes. The author should consider reframing it as a stressor that reveals CP sensitivity, rather than an adaptive signal.

      This is a good suggestion, and we have implemented changes accordingly.

      (4) It is important to distinguish the effects of transient (2h) vs prolonged heat exposure to confirm the manipulation targeted CP specifically.

      We have tried to make these distinctions clearer within text and figure legends. As per response to (1) above, we generated and analysed additional data to show that changes in GluRIIA are induced during a defined shorter developmental time window, not exacerbated by prolonged heat stress exposure during embryogenesis.

      (5) I would definitely recommend adding a diagram tracking information flow and showing where structural and functional changes occur.

      This is a helpful suggestion, which we have tried to implement with a new figure (Fig. 8).

      Overall, this is a strong and well-written paper that produced some unexpected results, and added a solid model circuit to study CP plasticity at the circuit level.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I identified one typo: "activity manipulations during the embryonic CP are artificial, We asked to what extent" The "W" of "We" should be lower case.

      Now corrected.

    1. And we shall play a game of chess, Pressing lidless eyes and waiting for a knock upon the door.

      I think this line fuses two versions of chess into one. When I say this, I mean two opposite ways of treating the pieces. The first is chess as pattern, which is Pound's version in "The Game of Chess." The pieces are not people, only color and geometry: "Red knights, brown bishops, bright queens," "Luminous green from the rooks, / Clashing with 'x's of queens." Even the kill is a design: "Mate! King down in the vortex." Nobody is hurt, because nobody is there. The second is chess as cover for predation, which is Middleton's version in A Game at Chess. Here the pieces are people, and the rules become the excuse for trapping them. The Black King's letter orders the Jesuit's Pawn to take the Virgin White Queen's Pawn "by the burning affection I bear to the rape of devotion," and the Virgin ends up crying, "Help, O help!" In Pound the game is the whole point, and in Middleton the game is the disguise. Eliot's line carries both at once. "We shall play a game of chess" sounds like Pound, calm and abstract, but "lidless eyes" and "a knock upon the door" sound like Middleton's board, where someone is always being pursued. The effect is that the couple's game can't be read innocently anymore. Once you have seen chess used as a cover for assault, a quiet game in a closed room starts to feel like a stalemate with a threat behind it.

      Moreover, in the Hamlet excerpt, Claudius says, "When sorrows come, they come not single spies / But in battalions." Then the stage direction reads "A noise within," and Laertes arrives with the next blow. Middleton uses the same direction to stop the assault, but the Jesuitess later admits she "made that noise on purpose," so even the rescue was someone's move. In both plays the noise at the door is never relief. It is the next turn arriving.

      In essence, that is the role this line plays in the poem: t turns waiting into the section's last image. The couple can't speak or act, and the "game" is a stand-in for waiting to learn what happens to them. Ophelia's line fits them: "Lord, we know what we are, but know not what we may be." Pound supplies the board, Middleton supplies the danger, and Hamlet supplies the knock, so Eliot ends the scene with everyone poised and no move made.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      As a general phenomenon, adaptation of populations to their respective local conditions is well-documented, though not universally. In particular, local adaptation has been amply demonstrated in Arabidopsis thaliana, the focal species of this research, which is naturally highly selfing. Here, the authors report assays designed to evaluate the spatial scale of fitness variation among source populations and sites, as well as temporal variability in fitness expression. Further, they endeavor to identify traits and genomic regions that contribute to the demonstrated variation in fitness.

      Strengths:

      With many (200) inbred accessions drawn from throughout Sweden, the study offers an unusually fine sampling of genetic variation within this much-studied species, and through assays in multiple sites and years, it amply demonstrates the context-dependence of fitness expression. It supports the general phenomenon of local adaptation, with multiple nuances. Other examples exist, but it is of value to have further cases illustrating not only the context-dependence of fitness expression but also the sometimes idiosyncratic nature of fitness variation. I commend the authors on their cautionary language in relation to inferences about the roles of particular genomic regions (e.g.l.140-144; l.227)

      Weaknesses:

      To my mind, the manuscript is written primarily for the Arabidopsis community. This community is certainly large, but there are many evolutionary biologists who could appreciate this work but are not invited to do so. The authors could address the broader evolution community by acknowledging more of the relevant work of others (I've noted a few references in my comments to the authors). At least as important, the authors could make clearer the fact that A. thaliana is (almost) strictly selfing and how this feature of its biology both enables such a study and also limits inferences from it. Further, it seems to me that though I could be wrong, readers would appreciate a more direct, less discursive style of writing, and one that makes the broader import of the focal questions clearer.

      We agree that connecting the paper better to the broader field is desirable, and have tried to do this in the revision, including adding a brief description of A. thaliana that mentions the fact that it is highly selfing. That the availability of inbred lines influences the study design is fairly obvious. As for the inferences, we would argue that our main point—“know your organism”—is universal. For example, our selection experiments and common garden experiments produced diametrically opposite results in terms of fitness, and we attribute this to the importance of seedling establishment. It is hardly surprising that seedling establishment matters for an annual plant that favors disturbed habitats, but this is probably true for both outcrossers and selfers (although it is probable that selfing itself is an adaptation to such habitats), and could well be true for some long-lived trees as well. The Devil is in the details.

      As a reader, I would value seeing estimates of the overall fitness of the accessions in the different conditions, i.e., by combining the survival and fecundity results of the common garden experiments.

      Combining estimates would be possible in the common garden experiments, and would bring us somewhat closer to total fitness estimates, although as noted by another reviewer (and also emphasized by us), the time scale of our experiment is not sufficient to evaluate the trade-off between survival and fecundity. Furthermore, we would still be missing the establishment component of fitness, which we found to be extremely important. Therefore little would be gained by combining the estimates, while at the same time losing resolution to disentangle the fitness components. We thus decided to focus on the individual fitness components and leave a qualitative consideration of their joint effect for the Discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The goal of this study was to find evidence for local adaptation in survival and fecundity of the model plant Arabidopsis thaliana. The authors grew a large set of Swedish Arabidopsis accessions at four common garden sites in northern and southern Sweden. Accessions were grown from seed in trays, which were laid on the ground at each site in late summer, screened for survival in fall and the following spring, and fecundity was determined from rosette size and seed production in spring. Experiments were complemented by 'selection experiments', in which seeds of the same accessions were sown in plots, and after two years of growth, plants were sampled to determine fitness from genotype frequencies, providing a more comprehensive evaluation of lifetime fitness than can be gleaned from fecundity alone.

      To clarify, fecundity was determined from total plant area using photos of the mature stems, not the rosettes or direct counting of seeds. That said, it is true that our fecundity estimate was well correlated with rosette area. Furthermore, we validate our fecundity estimates by showing they were highly correlated with seed production estimated by measuring and counting siliques on a separate set of plants grown under common garden conditions in one of our sites (Brachi et al. 2022).

      As the main result, southern accessions had higher mortality in northern sites in one of two years, but also suffered more slug damage in southern sites in one year, indicating a potential link between frost tolerance and herbivore resistance. Fecundity of accession was highest when growing close to the 'home' environment, but while accessions from one sand dune population in southern Sweden had among the lowest fecundities overall, they consistently had the highest fitness in the selection experiment. Accessions from this population had large seed size and rapid root growth, which might be related to establishment success when arriving in a new, partially occupied habitat. However, neither trait could fully explain the very high fitness of this population, suggesting the presence of other, unmeasured traits.

      Another clarification: the small set of “beach” accessions that performed well in the selection experiments came from several beaches on the Baltic coast of Skåne, and we also had one such accession from the island of Gotland, 400 km away as the bird flies. Furthermore, we sampled measured seed size in several hundred additional accessions and demonstrated that large seeds are indeed characteristic of this habitat.

      Overall, the authors could provide clear evidence of local adaptation in different traits for some of their experiments, but they also highlight high temporal and spatial variability that makes prediction of microevolutionary change so challenging.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of this study is the highly comprehensive evaluation of different fitness-related traits of Arabidopsis under natural conditions. The evaluation of survival and fecundity in common garden experiments across four sites and two years provides an estimate of variability and consistency of results. The addition of the 'selection experiment' provides an extended view on plant fitness that is both original and interesting, in particular highlighting potential limitations of 'fitness-proxies' such as seed production that don't take into account seedling establishment and competitive exclusion.

      Throughout the study, the authors have gone to impressive depths in exploring their data, and particularly the discovery of 'native volunteers' in selection experiment plots and their statistical treatment is very elegant and has resulted in compelling conclusions. Also, while the authors are careful in the interpretation of their GWAS results, they nonetheless highlight a few interesting gene candidates that may be underlying the observed plant adaptations, and which likely will stimulate further research.

      Overall, the authors provide a rich new resource that is relevant and interesting both in the context of general evolutionary theory as well as more specifically for molecular biology.

      Weaknesses:

      While the repetition of the common garden experiments over two years is certainly better than no repetition (hence its mention also under 'strengths'), the very high variability found between the two years highlights the need for more extensive temporal replication. In this context, two temporal replicates are the bare minimum, and more repeats in time would be necessary to draw any kind of conclusion about the role of 'high mortality' and 'low mortality' years for the microevolution of Arabidopsis. It also seems that the authors missed an opportunity to explore potentially causal variation among years, as they did not attempt to relate winter mortality to actual climatic variables, even though they discuss winter harshness as a potential predictor.

      We agree that two years is insufficient to understand how variation in selective pressures compound over time to generate micro-evolutionary change. The eight-year data in Oakley et al. (2023), which we discuss in the paper, support this. Our results are nonetheless sufficient to demonstrate the idiosyncratic nature of selection. In the revision, we further emphasize that far longer time series would be needed for definitive conclusions on long-term micro-evolutionary change.

      Our short time series is one reason why we do not try to correlate with climate data, as this would amount to doing statistics with four data points (mostly two groups of accession N vs S, with mostly homogenous climates within groups, and two years). Another reason is that we simply have no idea how the kind of meteorological data that are publicly available would affect plant performance on a local scale. Hence we make no claims..

      The low temporal variation also makes the accidental slug herbivory appear somewhat random. Potted plants are notoriously susceptible to slug herbivory, and while it is certainly nice that slug damage predominantly affected one group of accessions, it nonetheless raises the question whether this reflects a 'real' selection pressure that plants commonly face in their respective local environments.

      Characterizing the plants as “potted” is not accurate. A more serious objection is having what is effectively an A. thaliana monoculture. But indeed we have no idea whether slugs exert a significant selective pressure on A. thaliana in Sweden, and we make no claims to that effect. The evidence for selection on glucosinolates by generalist herbivores such as slugs is fairly strong, but the precise agent is not known, and probably varies over time and space. Our results merely demonstrate one possibility.

      The addition of the 'selection experiment' is certainly original and provides valuable additional insights, but again, it seems a bit questionable which natural process really has affected this outcome. While the genetic and statistical analysis of this experiment seems to be state-of-the-art, the experimental design is rather rudimentary compared to more standard selection experiments. Specifically, the authors added seeds from greenhouse-grown mothers to experimental plots and only sampled plants two years later. This means that, potentially, the first very big bottleneck was germination under natural conditions, which may have already excluded many of the accessions before they had a chance to grow. While this certainly is one type of selection, it is not exactly the type of selection that a 2-year selection experiment is set up to measure. Either initially establishing the selection experiment from plants instead of seeds, or genotyping the population over several generations, would have substantially strengthened the conclusions that could be drawn from this experiment.

      We 100% agree that more data would have been beneficial, and hence we do not make any claims about the nature of selection. The selection experiment was an experiment per se, and we were lucky that very large fitness differences turned out to exist. As for initial selection on dormancy “set” incorrectly in greenhouse-grown seeds, we agree that this is a possibility, but we do not think it is likely to explain the data for several reasons. First, why would these differences favor a small set of beach accessions over every other accession in four very different field sites? Second, existing dormancy estimates do not predict fitness in our selection experiments. Third, the same seed batches germinated uniformly in the common-garden experiments with minimal stratification. Fourth, a much simpler explanation—seed size—exists. We clarify this in the revision while retaining our original message that further experiments are needed (and are underway).

      Also, the complete lack of information on population density is a bit problematic. It is not clear if there were other (non-Arabidopsis) plants present in the plots, how many Arabidopsis plants were established, if numbers changed over the year, etc. Given all of these limitations, calling this a 'selection experiment' is in fact somewhat misleading.

      Seeds were introduced into sites that appeared appropriate for A. thaliana, leaving the background community intact. We provided information on sowing density; the density of plants (A. thaliana and other species) that we obtained during the course of the experiments varied considerably between sites, much like in natural populations, although we lack systematic measurements. We provide more information (including photos) in the revision.

      Despite these weaknesses, the authors could achieve their main goals, and despite the somewhat minimal temporal replication, they were lucky to sample two fairly distinct years that provided them with interesting variation, which they could partially explain using the variation among their accessions. Overall, this study will likely make an important contribution to the field of evolutionary biology, and it is another very strong example of how the extensive molecular tools in Arabidopsis can be leveraged to address fundamental questions in evolution and ecology, to an extent that is not (yet) possible in other plant systems.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript presents a large common garden experiment across Sweden using solely local germplasm. Additionally, there is a collection of selection experiments that begin investigating the factors shaping fecundity in these populations. This provides an impressive amount of data and analysis investigating the underlying factors involved. Together, this helps support the data showing that fluctuations and interactions are key components determining Arabidopsis fitness and are more broadly applicable across plant and non-plant species.

      Strengths:

      The field trials are well conducted with extensive effort and sampling. Similarly while the genetic analysis is complex it is well conducted and reflects the complexity of dealing with population structure that may be intricately linked to adaptive structure. This has no real solution and the option of presenting results with and without correction is likely the only appropriate option.

      Weaknesses:

      A significant finding from this study was that fecundity is shaped more by yearly fluctuations and their interaction with genotype than it is by the main effect of location or genotype. Another significant finding is that the strength of selection can be quite strong, with nearly 5x ranges across accessions. It should be noted that there are a number of other studies using Arabidopsis in the wild with multiple years and locations that found similar observations beyond the Oakley citation. In general, the context of how these findings relate to existing knowledge in Arabidopsis is a bit underdeveloped.

      We have tried to remedy this in the revision (see also comments by Reviewer #1).

      The effects of the populations across the locations seem to rely on individual tests and PC analysis. It would seem to be possible to incorporate these tests more directly in the linear modeling analysis, and it isn't quite clear why this wasn't conducted.

      We respond to this question below, in Recommendations for the Authors (first item from you).

      I'm a bit puzzled by the discussion on how to find causative loci. This seems to focus solely on GWAS as the solution, with a goal to sequence vast individuals. But the loci that the manuscript discussed were found by a combination of structured mapping populations followed by molecular validation that then informed the GWAS. As such, I'm unsure if the proposed future approach of more sequencing is the best when a more balanced approach integrating diverse methods and population types will be more useful.

      We are puzzled by this comment in return. Our statement about more sequencing (penultimate sentence of discussion) was referring to achieving a better understanding of the history of migration and selection rather than identifying causative loci.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      The reviewers provide consistent and complementary recommendations that you should consider in a revision. In particular, you should try to better embed your results into the broader literature, both from Arabidopsis and other plant species. Also, try to make your text more accessible to readers outside the special topic.

      Agreed!

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) l.545: Here, the text states, importantly, that the accessions were randomized in the greenhouse. However, I have found no mention of this in the referenced Brachi et al. paper. I'm concerned that this be reported accurately and also that, if the accessions were not, in fact, randomized in the greenhouse, the potential for environmentally induced maternal influences to be confounded with genetically based differences be acknowledged, esp. in the case of the seed size difference found for B accessions.

      Accessions were continuously randomized in the greenhouse although we stopped moving them when they flowered to reduce the risk of contamination. All the seeds for all the accessions were produced in the same greenhouse, in the same conditions, in one single planting. We state this clearly in the revised paper.

      As for the seed size variation, note that the measurements we use in the paper were not taken on the seed we used in the experiments, so there is no reason they should be correlated with fitness if fitness was influenced by maternal effects. Moreover, we have plenty of data demonstrating that seed size variation is mostly genetic, and we added a supplementary figure showing that the measurements we used are strongly correlated with those of other experiments, including one done in the field. Finally, we already included a figure demonstrating that beach populations generally have much larger seeds.

      (2) l.593: BLUPs are estimated with statistical uncertainty. I realize that it would be far from straightforward to take into account their sampling variances in the GWAS, but it should be acknowledged that ignoring the uncertainty of the BLUPs has an unknown impact on the findings from the GWAS.

      All phenotypic measures come with error, and we had more replication than most GWAS studies (including essentially all human GWAS). The effect of such error is to reduce heritability and decrease the power of GWAS.

      (3) l.48: As an earlier important reference demonstrating this point: Antonovics, Clay, Schmitt, 1987 Oecologia.

      Indeed: added. Thanks!

      (4) l.49: studied rapid evolution in a natural population[s] - delete 's'

      Done.

      (5) l.502: lead -> led

      Corrected.

      (6) l.53: The present study sought to gain insight into local adaptation in A. thaliana.; Vague, as is the rest of the intro.

      Agreed. As noted above, the intro has been extensively reworked.

      (7) l.533: What is alpha?

      Alpha is the regularization parameter for the snmf algorithm. We added this clarification.

      (8) l.553: Were the accessions also randomized in the field planting?

      Yes, and we now state this.

      (9) l.597: As I've noted in my public comments, the authors have done well to couch their genomic inferences with caveats. In line with such caution, I urge the authors to consider alternate phrasing to 'genetically determined' -> genetically influenced. Also l. 166: 'control of' -> influence on (among other instances).

      No, “genetically determined” was correct on line 597, as this describes the model assumptions. But note that the liability-threshold model is by no means genetically deterministic: it is widely used in epidemiology to model genetic predisposition to diseases caused by the environment. For example, whether you get lung cancer or not primarily depends on luck and on your exposure to pollution (in particular smoking), but there are genes that influence how susceptible you are (to pollution; there are no genes that influence luck). There were some words missing in the sentence; hopefully things are clearer now.

      Re l. 166, "control of” was changed to “effect on”, which is more accurate. Note, however, that there is nothing genetically deterministic here: the context is a variance-partitioning, and the results show very clearly that genetic factors play a minor role relative to environmental ones—and that most of the variance remains unexplained. (Luck?)

      (10) l.595-602: Not clear.

      As noted, some words were missing. Hopefully it is clearer now.

      (11) l.744: Could have been confounded by cryptic native -- missing or extra word? Also next line.

      Corrected.

      (12) l.755-7: More direct phrasing would help readers understand this point.

      Indeed. Sentence straightened out.

      (11) l.129: 'The peak appears to involve a haplotype over 30 kb in length, which is consistent with a history of strong selection on this locus'. I don't understand the logic here. In what way should the length of the haplotype relate to the strength of selection? I would think this relates quite directly to the high degree of inbreeding.

      Strong selection causes rapid allele-frequency change, leaving less time for recombination to break up associated haplotypes, causing increased linkage disequilibrium. This is standard population genetics (e.g., Maynard Smith and Haigh 1974). Inbreeding also causes increased haplotype sharing, but genome-wide. Telling them apart is difficult, hence we used “consistent”. However, Reviewer 3 points to the existence of a segregating inversion in this region, which is an even more likely explanation, and we focus on this in the revision.

      (12) l.132: 'This suggests that the variation for slug damage seen in Figure 4 may be partly mediated by glucosinolate production.' I find the logic unclear here, as well.

      “This” referred to several observations, which is poor English. We rearranged the sentences to make our meaning clearer.

      (13) l.173: 'the accession-effect on fecundity' -> variation among accessions wrt fecundity.

      We rewrote this clunky sentence.

      (14) l.175: PCA unclear. Is this the same PCA described at l. 638? That is the only mention of PCA that I find in the methods, but I don't see that it connects here.

      No this doesn’t refer to the same analysis. In line 175 we talk about a vanilla, textbook PCA: confronted with 200 fecundity estimates in 8 experiments, we used PCR to look for patterns across the 8 dimensions, and found that 3 dimensions captured most of the variation (as shown in the heatmap). We have added a few sentences about this in the methods. Line 638 describes the way images of plants were treated to estimate variation in rosette color.

      (15) l.188: 'reveals what is causing them': Consider rephrasing to avoid language of causality, consistent with care taken elsewhere.

      Well, the context here is very different: we are effectively doing a post hoc analysis, and there is nothing wrong with saying that “the significant value in the chi-square test is caused by an excess of…”, for example. The patterns we see in the PCA are caused by the kinds of patterns we go on to discuss—it captures these patterns, among other things. We changed “reveals” to “helps us understand” to be less biblical.

      (16) l.219: downstream of -> conditional on.

      Yes.

      (17) l.235: Although native plants WERE growing nearby.

      Yes.

      (18) l.264: nearby: make this more explicit, i.e. within x km.

      We changed the sentence to “Although native plants were growing within less than a hundred meters in most cases,...”

      (19) l.285: none of our MAJOR conclusions depend on this.

      We disagree. No conclusion in the paper could be confounded by potential natives.

      (20) l.315: albeit it not as large as B accessions: delete 'it'.

      Corrected.

      (21) l.355: genetic basis of fitness -> genetic contribution to variation in fitness.

      No, this is pretty much exactly Lewontin’s usage—the sentence (and section) is about changes in allele frequencies. The alternative suggested is less precise as we have no fitness estimates, and cannot say anything about variance.

      (22) l.380-2: It seems to me that the authors could articulate a more compelling case.

      Well, what we wrote is the truth. Of course all of this work also fits into a broader context, but those were the specific goals—and we achieved them. There are many papers that ask big questions, but actually answer much more limited ones.

      (23) l.401: latitude vs. latitude???

      Oops. Changed to “north vs. south”, which is hopefully less obscure!

      (24) l.402: 'textbook local adaption,' -- the authors should acknowledge that rigid/simplistic thinking about LA has been recognized as a caricature for quite some time.

      We do. Using “textbook” is meant to convey this: textbooks tend to be full of cartoonish simplifications, and most chapters on local adaptation will have a figure (cartoon or based on real data) showing reaction norms as two crossing lines.

      (25) l.406: could maintain variation AMONG POPULATIONS [right?]

      Could be either, but “among populations” is better in this context.

      (26) l.419: Is there a possibility of a source envt maternal effect? See my comment on l.545.

      As stated in response to the previous comment: In principle yes, but if so, then this environmental maternal effect happens to be strongly correlated with seed size, a trait we know to be genetically controlled and which is also extremely likely to influence seedling establishment. Experiments to confirm these results are underway—meanwhile we would be happy to accept bets against!

      (27) l.434: 'very stable environments dating back to the last glaciation.' REF?

      Ha! That would be Wikipedia references as the precise location of the “Littorina sea” and existence of obvious ancient beachlines now inland have entertained Swedish and Danish school children for generations. But the details are not important: the point is that beaches are vast (by A. thaliana standards) disturbed habitats maintained by the sea, and while they change, they do so on a geological time scale. Of course not all beaches harbor A. thaliana—the beaches of Hanö Bay are geologically unusual for Sweden—but this is beyond the scope of this publication. The sentence has been changed to something less specific making the relevant points.

      (28) l.436: 'It is likely that the existence of S1 and S2 accessions is far more uncertain': unclear wording.

      Yup. We rewrote the paragraph.

      (29) l.446-7: 2nd person is jarring.

      Reworded.

      (30) ll.452-474: This is a welcome acknowledgement of the limits of molecular approaches to elucidating selection. It would be good scholarship to acknowledge earlier authors making such a case. I could suggest Rockman 2012. Evolution; Travisano and Shaw 2013. Evolution; Hoban et al. 2016. Am.Nat., and there are others.

      True; added; thanks!

      (31) l.490: 'might have to run a gauntlet of linkages to genes directly involved in local adaptation': This teleological wording is especially jarring.

      (32) l.494: 'resistance allele to sweep': In concluding this manuscript, it does not seem appropriate to use as an example a single locus case. More broadly, I question the value/effectiveness of this paragraph as a conclusion to this manuscript.

      We agree. The paragraph, gauntlets and all, has been replaced by discussion of why dissecting adaptive traits is hard.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) At the end of the introduction, the authors briefly outline the geographic scale of their study and mention both common garden and experimental evolution plots, but at this point in the manuscript, it is not clear how these differ, and as the methods only come at the very end, it would be better if some more details are provided here. Specifically, it could be mentioned explicitly here that common garden experiments consisted of placing greenhouse-grown plants in pots on the ground (but not burying/planting them), whereas selection experiments were established by sprinkling seeds in 1m 2 plots. This doesn't really become clear anywhere except in the methods, but this is fairly important for the interpretation of results.

      We agree, and have expanded the description of the experiments in the legend to Figure 1, which also links to supplementary photos of the sites. We also note that the differences between the common-garden and the selection experiments should not be exaggerated. In particular, we did not use “greenhouse-grown plants”, but seedlings that had been allowed to establish outdoors in sheltered conditions, and we did not put “pots on the ground” but buried trays with holes in the bottom so that the plants could root in local soil. The main differences between the experiments are guaranteed establishment and lack of competition (from conspecific and other plants). This has also been clarified in the figure legend and in Methods.

      (2) The authors discuss a difference in mortality between the two years of their common garden experiment and suggest that harsher winters could have been the cause of mortality in the north. However, they do not provide meteorological data to support this. Was the 2011-2012 winter harsher than the 2012-2013 winter, and did NM experience harsher conditions?

      The problem is that we do not know what constitutes harshness from the point of view of the plant. Winters differ in many ways: temperature, duration, snow cover, etc. We have changed the relevant paragraph to make clear that our observations are consistent with those of Oakley et al., and that some aspect of winter weather is a plausible explanation.

      (3) The authors find an indication for the involvement of the AOP cluster in overwinter survival, which, among other things controls the accumulation of hydroxyl/alkenyl/methylsulfinyl glucosinolates. Is the chemotype of the accessions in this study known?

      Indeed they are! We had downloaded the data from Katz et al (2021), but the analysis did not make it into the first version of this paper. Thanks for the encouragement. We added a figure showing that their chemotypes are strongly associated with slug damage, supporting a causal relationship.

      (4) L68: 'we added one field site in eastern Skane' - which site does this refer to? It seems odd to mention this before the common garden/selection experiments are mentioned. It should be clear that this is specifically referring to the latter.

      Yes, this was out of place. The site is discussed later, when it becomes relevant.

      (5) Figure 1: It would be useful if common garden and experimental evolution sites used different colors. In contrast, the use of colors for seasons in part C is unnecessary and distracting, as the red and blue colors for fall and winter are very similar to the colors for S1 and B.

      Fixed.

      (6) L90: The authors discuss mortality, but figures show survival. This seems an unnecessary complication for the reader, and the same unit should be used for discussion and presentation.

      Survival is one minus mortality. We trust the readers to be able to do this conversion.

      (7) L99: 'the converse was not true' - it is not immediately clear what this refers to. Referring to the non-linear relationship in panel 3a would make this clearer.

      It refers to the result that the accessions with high mortality in NM did not necessarily have high mortality in NA. We think this is clear from the sentence in question.

      (8) L108: 'S2 accession were also strongly affected' - this can be gleaned from the figures, but it is not immediately obvious as they are relatively complex. Could mean mortality/survival rates be provided to facilitate this?

      We could but, throughout the paper, we have attempted to improve readability by not interrupting the text with numbers or repeating details that are presented in the figures.

      (9) L117: 'however, an indirect association is likely' - what is meant by this?

      We meant that it seems more likely that some accessions are more sensitive to stress regardless of source. This has been clarified.

      (10) Figure 6: What are the two horizontal bars? What are dashed lines? Provide appropriate labels and a figure legend.

      The top is a zoom-in of the bottom and the dashed lines outline the zoomed-in region. Clarified in legend.

      (11) L174: Define 'BLUPS' here.

      Done.

      (12) L198: 'S1 and S2 accessions generally had higher fecundity in 2012-2013 than in 2011-2012' - this is not obvious from Figure 9. Especially for S1 (dark blue presumably), there appears to be no difference visible between years.

      Changed text to note that differences are sometimes small, but that the stated pattern is seen in 13 out of 16 comparisons (which has p = 0.01 using a sign test).

      (13) L401: 'latitude vs. latitude' - what is meant by this? Or is this a mistake?

      Northern vs. southern. This has been clarified. Also noted by Reviewer 1.

      (14) L436: 'the existence of S1 and S2 accessions is much more uncertain' - this is a bit of an odd expression. Could it be rephrased?

      This has been clarified and the paragraph rewritten. Also noted by Reviewer 1.

      (15) L673: Were plots tilled before sowing, or cleared of vegetation? If not, what other vegetation was present at sowing?

      No clearing of vegetation was done except at the SR site, which was a weedy agricultural field. This and other information has been added. No vegetation surveys were made, but we added some more photos to give an idea of what the sites were like.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In the section on lines 156-190 the large dataset is analyzed by accession in the linear model presented in Figure 6. Then, in Figure 8, the proposed populations appear to be tested individually in each experimental unit, leading to the probability argument in line 193. Is there a reason not to simply have accession nested within population in the model shown in Figure 6 as a way to directly test the between vs within population level components influencing the model? If the accessions are different, then it would be viable to treat this as random rather than fixed. Similarly, the field sites could be parsed into subsets as well.

      Excellent question. We thought a lot about this. Fig. 6 presents a standard ANOVA that simply shows that the overall pattern is what we hoped for: very large effects of site, year, and accession, plus substantial interaction effects. This motivates the exploratory analysis presented in Figs. 7-9, where we focus on how the relative performance of accessions within experiments depended on the fixed effects (year and site) and whether this matched their (arbitrarily but independently defined) group designation—as would be expected under local adaptation.

      We could explicitly add “group” to the model, as suggested, but this would give it a reality we do not think it deserves. Site, year, and accession are very much real, whereas group is the outcome of a somewhat arbitrary clustering of genotypes (i.e., accessions), analogous to race in human genetics, but without the sociological factors that sometimes warrant including race in a model not only because of direct genetic effects. Of course we could try to partition genotype and phenotype into within- and between-population variation using the classical quantitative genetics framework (i.e. Fst/Qst), but then we should have an a priori definition of “population”, which we don’t have. In addition to this fundamental objection, limited experimentation suggests that fitting a far more complex, nested mixed-effects model to our data is difficult in practice.

      Thus we prefer our original approach. We have changed the writing to clarify our logic.

      (2) Similarly, I'm not quite sure that the PC analysis is helping as the section is somewhat difficult to read given that the same impressions from Figure 7 are more explicitly shown in Figures 8 and 9.

      Well, the PCA (Fig. 7) is what led us to the analyses in Figs 8-9, where we interpret the PCs in terms of group behavior. We have tried to clarify our logic in writing.

      (3) Line 87-88 - An honest question, what is considered substantial divergence? The Fst values range from 0.05 to 0.27, suggesting that the divergences range across a spectrum and not all are substantial.

      We removed the sentence. That the divergence is substantial enough to make GWAS difficult becomes clear later (although the extent to which this is due to selection rather than marker divergence is not clear).

      (4) Line 129-130 - The 30kb AOP haplotype identified is likely the inversion associated with the major phenotypic variation identified in Sweden within Katz et al 2021. As such, the local LD structure may represent blocked recombination as much as linked selection.

      Of course; we missed that. Thanks!

      (5) Line 131-132 - I'm not quite sure what the evidence is that the MAM locus is more important.

      The AOP and MAM loci are epistatic, and both have been found to have influence on fitness in Arabidopsis and Brassica ssp in the field, along with sequence signatures of selection for both loci in multiple Brassicaceae. I'm unsure if this statement is supported.

      Indeed. This was a lazy and misleading reference to the fact that the MAM peak in Katz et al explains more of the variance than the AOP peak. It has been consigned to the dustbin of history. Instead we have added a figure showing that the glucosinolate profiles presented in that paper are highly correlated with slug damage in our study. Based on these results, I believe AOP explains more of the variation, but we leave pursuing this for those directly working on these pathways. The correspondence between our studies is certainly a nice confirmation of both.

      (6) Line 131-132 - It should also be noted that the MAM locus is variable in Sweden, albeit having multiple independent haplotypes that convergently create the same phenotype. There is an indication from Gloss 2022 that these haplotypes may create small-effect phenotypic variation.

      Correct again. What we meant to say was that the major polymorphism that is responsible for the highly significant MAM peak does not appear to segregate in Sweden, hence it is not surprising that we do not find an association at this locus either. We now say this. Needless to say, there could still be multiple variants at this locus that we do not have the power to detect.

    1. Key to the Text #1 “While sophisticated, Analytical AI systems rely on the patterns and correlations present in their training data, which may reflect existing societal biases.”

      I chose this quote because I thought it was interesting that AI can still have biases. I usually think of AI as something that is supposed to give you information based on facts, but this article explains that AI can learn from information that already has biases in it. This made me think about how AI is not always going to be completely neutral or correct. It also made me wonder how people can tell if an AI system is giving biased information and how they can fix it.

      Key to the Text #2 “Generative AI systems are not merely tools but collaborators that enhance human creativity, offering new perspectives and possibilities that extend beyond the conventional scope of programmed algorithms.”

      I chose this quote because I thought it was interesting that the authors called AI a “collaborator” instead of just a tool. I normally think of AI as something people use to help them with things, but the article makes it seem like AI can also be part of the creative process. This made me think about how much AI is becoming involved in things like writing, art, and other creative work. It also made me wonder how much of something is considered human creativity when AI is helping create it.

      Questions How can we make sure that AI does not continue the biases that already exist in society?

      If a person and AI create something together, who should get credit for the final product?

    1. Author response:

      General Statements

      We wish to bring to the attention of the editor and reviewers that the title of the manuscript has been modified to more accurately reflect the conclusions of our study, i.e. that PhDEF has a major binding and regulatory role in the petal epidermis.

      Point-by-point description of the revisions

      We thank the three reviewers for their critical reading of our manuscript. We also appreciate that the three reviewers highlighted the conceptual advances and the broad findings that our study brings to the community. They have identified key limitations of our analyses, and we have either provided explanations for our choice, or performed new analyses to circumvent biases. We believe that the manuscript is greatly improved and that our main conclusion, that PhDEF has a major binding and regulatory action in the petal epidermis, is strongly supported by our data.

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      Summary:

      The authors previously generated two cell-layer-specific mutants of petunia for the petal identity gene PhDEF. In this study, they profiled differential gene expression in those mutants through single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq). They found that more genes are highly and specifically expressed in the epidermal cell layer than in mesophyll cells. In addition, they identified cell-layer-specific and -aspecific PhDEF target genes. Using the extensive single-cell transcriptome and layer-specific target identification, the authors concluded that different cell identities affect homeotic regulator PhDEF, thereby influencing transcriptional regulation.

      Major comments:

      This presented work provides comprehensive evidence, that pre-existing cell layer identity (epidermis and mesophyll) modulate transcriptional output of homeotic transcription factor, PhDEF.

      However, a disconnection between PhDEF bindings to genome and transcriptional output undermines the robustness of their conclusion although some binding loci were shown to be correlated with DEG. This may indicate the chromatin state, the existence of interacting partners, and the non-productive binding of PhDEF, suggesting that PhDEF binding alone is not sufficient to predict transcriptional outcomes and additional regulatory mechanisms that shape gene expression in addition to the layer-specific regulatory mechanisms. This disconnection may also be due to the developmental timing. Indeed, it appears authors used different flower stages for ChIP-seq and scRNA-sequencing. In fully differentiated organs, PhDEF binding itself may be no longer transcriptionally productive, and differential gene expression results primarily from the pre-established cell identity rather than directly from the homeotic regulation of PhDEF. Therefore, the main question the authors asked-how homeotic identity works with cell-layer identity and how the homeotic gene, PhDEF, acts in mature organs-was not clearly explained by this study.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important issue. We agree that the difference in developmental timing between the scRNA-Seq and ChIP-Seq experiments might contribute to the disconnection that this reviewer pointed out.

      First, we want to explain that the reason for performing scRNA-Seq on fully differentiated petals was purely technical, as we were initially aiming to obtain protoplasts at stage 8 (stage used for the ChIP-Seq) but could never retrieve enough of them for proper encapsulation in the 10X Chromium chips. We have now clearly explained this in the manuscript (lines 104-107).

      A hypergeometric test shows that our ChIP-Seq and scRNA-Seq datasets overlap more than by chance (p = 0.000137); however, we agree that differences in developmental stages possibly bring a confounding effect to our conclusions. Therefore, we have decided to add to our manuscript the intersection between ChIP-Seq and bulk RNA-Seq data performed on WT, star and wico flowers at stage 8, that we published previously (Chopy et al., 2024). In that case, both datasets have been obtained with the same exact genetic material and at the same exact developmental stage.

      This intersection confirms that very similar binding profiles are observed for PhDEF target genes, whether they are differentially expressed in the epidermis (star only), in the mesophyll (wico only) or in both layers (star and wico) (Figure 4A). However, star-specific DEGs were more often bound by PhDEF by epidermis+shared binding sites, and wico-specific DEGs more often with mesophyll-specific binding sites, suggesting a weak but significant association between binding and regulatory profiles. Performing similar tests for individual binding categories for DEGs identified by scRNA-Seq also revealed that epidermis-specific DEGs displayed more epidermis+shared binding sites than expected. Since the association between epidermal DEGs and shared+epidermal binding sites is found both in the intersection with RNA-Seq and scRNA-Seq data, we have now stated that “layer-specific binding and transcriptional regulation are partially linked, at least in the epidermis” (line 354).

      In Figure 2, the use of the term "target" is potentially misleading. It sounds like direct target genes (direct binding and differential expression) for PhDEF, but it refers only to DEGs.

      Indeed, the term "target" was referring to both indirect and direct targets of PhDEF. To avoid any possible confusion, we have replaced it by differentially expressed genes (DEGs) throughout the manuscript, when appropriate.

      Lines 496-497: When the authors state, "~ demonstrates for the first time that the regulatory function of homeotic factor is influenced by cell layer identity," it sounds overstated, as prior studies have shown that pre-existing tissue or cell identity can shape transcriptional activity and developmental output.

      We agree that previous studies have shown that cell identity influences transcriptional activity in general. While this might not have been specifically assessed in the context of different cell layers, we have rewritten this sentence accordingly.

      Minor comments:

      In the UMAP presentation, as depicted in Figures 2C, S3, and S5, the cells with zero expression can be colored in light gray (or an inverted color scheme). The purple hue masks the gene expressions of other cells, making it difficult to see the yellow or light green colored cells.

      We have modified all UMAPs depicting gene expression as suggested, in Figures 2C and S5, and replaced UMAPs with DotPlots in Figure S3.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance):

      General assessment: This study is well-designed and technically sound. They utilize single-cell transcriptomics and ChIP-seq by using genetically well-defined genetic materials and layer-specific PhDEF deletion mutants. The analysis showed where PhDEF binds to genomic loci and which genes are differentially expressed in petal epidermis and mesophyll, providing evidence of cell-layer-specific function of homeotic gene in mature organs. Although certain mechanistic aspects were not elucidated, the data from the extensive genome-wide study contributed to drawing their conclusions.

      Advances: This research goes beyond classical models of floral organ identity by showing that homeotic gene function is not uniform in the same floral organ. It represents a conceptual advance in our understanding by integrating cell layer identity into the framework of homeotic gene regulation.

      Audience: This study will be of broad interest to scientists who study transcription networks, cell and organ identity in the context of plant development.

      My field of expertise: Transcriptional regulation by transcription factor, epigenetic regulation of gene expression, plant development

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      Summary:

      This study from Cavallini-Speisser et al. cleverly leverages a tissue layer-specific mutant, single cell and bulk RNA-sequencing, and ChIP-sequencing to decipher tissue layer-specific regulation of petal development in petunia by the PhDEF transcription factor. The authors find common and unique targets of PhDEF between the epidermis and mesophyll and conclude that the activity of transcription factors like PhDEF are influenced by the pre-existing environment in the cell they are expressed in. Understanding when and how a given transcription factor drives expression of unique target genes in various contexts is an important aspect of developmental biology that can be elusive outside of highly tractable model systems. As such, I think this study is of high value and has strong potential to expand our understanding of how developmental specificity is mediated by commonly employed transcriptional regulators. However, I think there are some issues with possible over-interpretation and some places where documentation of experimental design and data quality control are lacking. I elaborate on these concerns below.

      Major Comments:

      Line 155: Assigning mesophyll clusters by default without any positive marker genes strikes me as problematic, especially as much of the analysis rests on comparing the transcriptomes of epidermis and mesophyll cells. Can the authors perhaps leverage published scRNA-seq datasets to find potential mesophyll markers, even homologs from other species, to improve confidence in the cluster assignment?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Our statement of defining mesophyll identity by default was not entirely true (and we have now removed it), since it is supported by GO-enriched terms for cluster markers. For cluster "mesophyll 3", there is a strong enrichment for photosynthesis-related genes; and for cluster "mesophyll 2", there is a strong enrichment for water transport-related genes, both functions being fulfilled by the petal mesophyll. For cluster "mesophyll 1", the most enriched GO term is "glutathione metabolic process" that rather points to stress response. These three clusters also do not express any of the epidermal-identity genes, in contrast to the clusters that we assigned as epidermal. Cluster markers from the mesophyll display the lowest enrichment of all clusters (the best cluster markers have a log2FC between 2.8 and 4.9, in contrast to a log2FC between 8.1 and 9.9 for all other clusters), which is in line with our finding that the mesophyll expresses less specific genes than the epidermis, and suggests a basal identity with a transcriptomic signature that is less clear than in the epidermis. Therefore, it is not entirely trivial to find positive marker genes for the mesophyll with a strong specificity.

      In order to be more transparent about the expression patterns of the genes we selected to assign cluster identity, we modified Figure S3 to include DotPlots of selected photosynthesis-related genes, histone genes, S-phase genes and vasculature genes in the same figure, to compare with DotPlots of epidermal genes and pigmentation genes from Figure 1D, to allow for an informed comparison. Our conclusions remain the same as previously: epidermal clusters are defined based on the specific expression of epidermal genes and/or pigmentation genes. We notice, however, that the cluster "upper limb epidermis" strongly expresses photosynthesis genes, which is likely why it is close in the UMAP space to the "mesophyll 3" cluster. We have no explanation for that, but the extremely high expression of pigmentation genes in this cluster, however, identifies it as epidermal without a doubt. We have also added in Figure S3 the DotPlots of expression levels of homologs of 15 epidermis-enriched and 9 mesophyll-enriched genes from tobacco petal scRNA-Seq published by Kang et al. (doi: 10.1111/nph.17992). This shows that our definition of epidermal and mesophyll clusters and the one from Kang et al. generally overlap.

      Line 228: Through the description and interpretation of the ChIP-seq dataset, the authors use the fact that peaks are more abundant and bigger in the epidermis to conclude that binding of PhDEF is "stronger" in the epidermis. This implies a difference in physical interaction between the TF and the DNA that I don't think can be concluded from the data presented. This could be confounded by biology; if expression of PhDEF is more heterogeneous in the mesophyll than in the epidermis, the peaks from that tissue will be averaged out and appear smaller when in fact the binding is the same strength. This could also be a technical artifact if the ChIP was less efficient in one sample versus another. This conclusion requires reinterpretation. The authors have the power to address this at least partially with the scRNA-seq by measuring PhDEF heterogeneity. I believe assessing ChIP efficiency would have required a spike in control, but perhaps there is a computational way to address this. It is important to discuss these confounding factors in the text.

      This is indeed another important point. We agree that the word "stronger", to describe PhDEF binding in the epidermis, was not appropriate and we have replaced it with "more frequent" which is a more factual interpretation of our results. We also agree that even this interpretation depends on potential ChIP artifacts that we have now evaluated.

      We have used our WT scRNA-Seq data to explore the heterogeneity of PhDEF expression in the mesophyll and the epidermis, as suggested. The barplot in Figure S10B represents the number of cells (y-axis) with given PhDEF RNA counts (x-axis) in the clusters that we assigned as epidermis (left) and mesophyll (right). We have performed this analysis after removing cells that do not express PhDEF at all, which represents 47.7% and 47.4% of epidermal and mesophyll cells, respectively, hence very similar proportions. The distributions of expression of PhDEF in the epidermis and in the mesophyll are within the same ranges, with a slightly higher expression of PhDEF in the mesophyll than in the epidermis. The coefficients of variation (cv) of the two distributions are similar and slightly higher in the epidermis (cv = 0.34 in the mesophyll and cv = 0.36 in the epidermis, p = 0.00106 with Feltz and Miller’s asymptotic test). Therefore, it appears that the expression of PhDEF is actually higher and slightly less variable in the mesophyll than in the epidermis, meaning that it should not result in averaging out the peaks detected. This relies on the assumption that PhDEF protein levels are directly correlated with PhDEF RNA levels, which we have not explored in this study and remains a limitation. We have included this analysis lines 275-278 and Figure S10B.

      Regarding ChIP efficiency, we had run different tests prior to sequencing: first, we have tested different amounts of chromatin, keeping the quantity of antibody unchanged, and tested ChIP enrichment by qPCR on a set of two positive (PhDEF and Pos2) and one negative (Neg1) control binding sites. Second, after selecting the best chromatin quantity, we have performed 4 independent ChIP replicates for each genotype (split between two assays named ChIP-1 and ChIP-2) and measured ChIP efficiency by qPCR. This is depicted in Figure S10A, with the replicates chosen for sequencing highlighted with an orange star.

      We have now explained in greater detail in the Methods our preliminary tests. There is indeed variation of enrichment between replicates, and particularly between assays here (ChIP-1 vs. ChIP-2), which is inherent to the ChIP experiment. It might be particularly prominent in our case due to our custom antibody directed against PhDEF, in contrast to commercial antibodies that are commonly used in ChIP experiments with tagged transgenic lines. However, we see consistently lower enrichment for star as compared to wico and WT, in line with the more frequent epidermal binding of PhDEF. We have followed the ENCODE guidelines for our analysis pipeline, in particular applying the IDR. We have now added other mapping statistics in Table S5 including the FRiP (fraction of reads in peaks) metric, that is in the range of expected values but is lower for star (around 0.5%) than for WT and wico (0.7-1.2 %), again consistent with the more frequent epidermal binding of PhDEF.

      Line 376: The authors risk overinterpreting a lack of differential gene expression detection in their analysis of PhDEF binding profiles. This can be affected by how deeply a library was sequenced or how many cells were analyzed per cell type. A gene might not be found to be DE if low depth or few cells resulted in noise or dropout. Lack of detection does not mean lack of differential regulation so the biological relevance of this portion of the analysis should be interpreted with caution.

      We have added to this new version of the manuscript an intersection between ChIP-Seq and bulk RNA-Seq in WT, star and wico, as bulk RNA-Seq is much more sensitive than scRNA-Seq in detecting lowly expressed genes. We have also added the sentence that bulk RNA-Seq "better captures lowly expressed genes" than scRNA-Seq, line 333. This intersection revealed an association between epidermal DEGs (star-specific DEGs) and the presence of epidermal+shared binding sites for PhDEF. We have modified our conclusions accordingly.

      Line 476: The authors state there is a mismatch in developmental timing between the RNAseq and ChIP datasets. Why is this? This is mentioned briefly in the Discussion, but has the potential to be majorly confounding to the joint interpretation of the ChIP and RNAseq datasets. This experimental design choice should be justified more thoroughly and a consideration of the limitations it brings to data interpretation should be more prominent in the text.

      This concern has also been raised by the first reviewer, and we have now added to our study an intersection between ChIP-Seq and bulk RNA-Seq performed at the same stage. We have also explained the technical reasons for performing scRNA-Seq at a mature stage only (lines 104-107). Indeed, the intersection between bulk RNA-Seq and ChIP-Seq performed at the same stage revealed a significant association between epidermal DEGs (star-specific DEGs) and the presence of epidermal+shared binding sites for PhDEF. Testing for individiual binding categories, we could also detect an enrichment of epidermal+shared binding sites for epidermal-specific DEGs identified by scRNA-Seq. Therefore, we have now stated that “layer-specific binding and transcriptional regulation are partially linked, at least in the epidermis” (line 354).

      Minor Comments:

      Line 229: The authors compare correlations between pseudo-bulked transcriptomes and argue that in the star mutant the epidermis adopts a mesophyll-like identity. The correlation between epidermis and mesophyll in star is 0.97 and the correlations were 0.94 and 0.93 in the other genotypes tested. What is the meaningful cutoff for saying the transcriptomes are similar or not? Is 0.97 so much higher than 0.94 that this conclusion is supported?

      The comparison of pseudo-bulk transcriptomes is a very global and exploratory approach. Given the high number of genes underlying these pseudo-bulk datasets, any difference in the correlation between them is statistically significant, which is not very informative. We agree with this reviewer that the interpretation of these correlation coefficients is somewhat arbitrary. We have simplified this part of the manuscript and have mostly focused on comparing star and wico pseudo-bulk transcriptomes to the WT ones, but not to each other's, which aligns well with our main message of a specific epidermal identity, easily shifting to a mesophyll-identity when PhDEF is missing or not entirely functional. We have also removed Figure 2E to a supplementary figure to give less emphasis to this analysis.

      Line 264: What are the "manually chosen thresholds for differential expression"? Can the authors explain and justify this? There is very little detail on this in the materials and methods and this raises some concerns regarding how a threshold was chosen.

      Seurat gives a default threshold of 0.25 for log2FC, which we found to be very permissive. In order to capture the most informative targets of PhDEF, but still to capture a meaningful number of targets, we empirically decided to increase this threshold to 0.75. On the WT scRNA-Seq dataset, we observed that the layer-specificity factor was also capturing meaningful differences in layer-specific expression (see Figure 1E). We chose a cut-off at 10% since it was the lowest to give a significant difference in the numbers of epidermis- vs. mesophyll-enriched genes in the WT petal. We have added these explanations in the methods.

      Figure 3G: Could this plot be annotated with the classification of peak layer specificity? It is a little difficult for me as the reader to keep up with all the categories in the text, and showing them in the figure might make that easier to follow.

      We have now annotated the Venn diagram in Figure 3G with the classifications of binding profiles.

      Figure 4A: A comparison of only two cell categories should not use scaled expression, as this can over-emphasize small differences in gene expression. Can this be replaced with a dot plot that uses unscaled expression values?

      We thank the reviewer for noticing this issue, we have built a DotPlot with unscaled values and replaced it in Figure 4A, which does not change our conclusions. We have also used unscaled values in Figure S14.

      Figure 4C: Could this be represented more legibly with stacked, space-filled bar charts? As is, this is difficult to read, and might be impossible for someone who is color blind. In addition, the authors claim this analysis shows similar proportions across all categories, but I wonder if that would hold true if they performed an over-representation analysis normalized to the categories shown in "all genes expressed". This could allow them to statistically test whether there are real differences in representation among the categories.

      We have now used a different and color-blind-friendly palette for pie charts of PhDEF binding profiles. Following reviewers' comments, we have analyzed the intersection of bulk RNA-Seq with ChIP-Seq (both performed at the same stage), and performed Chi2 goodness-of-fit tests that indeed support some association between binding profile and regulation profile, although this remains limited.

      Supplemental Figure 2: It's great that the authors include these metrics, but it would be ideal to also include the plots of standard QC metrics for scRNA-seq such as those found here to give a better sense of per cell quality: https://satijalab.org/seurat/articles/pbmc3k_tutorial

      In addition, it is important to include QC metrics for ChIPseq, which I did not find in the supplement. Metrics such as FRiP are important for interpreting ChIP library quality.

      We have now added the standard QC plots (Feature number per cell and RNA counts per cell) to Figure S2, as suggested. Mitochondrial and ribosomal genes are not annotated in the Petunia axillaris nuclear genome that we used, therefore we could not compute mitochondrial or ribosomal gene counts. We have removed cells expressing less than 200 genes, but did not apply any upper thresholds as there were no obvious outliers.

      FastQC reports for scRNA-Seq and ChIP-Seq have been deposited at https://entrepot.recherche.data.gouv.fr/dataverse/PhDEF_Flower_layer, as indicated in the Methods.

      We have also added ChIP metrics in Table S5, including the number of reads, duplicated reads, mapped reads and computed the FriP score. This score ranges between 0.5 % and 1.2 %, which is satisfactory and above the minimum recommended score  by ENCODE of 0.3 %.

      Line 654: What model was used for DESeq2?

      We have used default parameters for DESeq2, ie a negative binomial GLM fitting and Wald significance tests. We have added this information in the Methods.

      Line 752: Can the authors justify why peaks were called separately on input and ChIP samples rather than allowing MACS2 to call peaks in the ChIP sample over input background? That differs from the standard MACS2 pipeline and no explanation for this is provided in the text.

      Our analysis pipeline has indeed been customized, in particular to detect peaks in our positive control PhDEF, for which a binding site of PhDEF in the promoter has been demonstrated experimentally by others in many different species. This binding has a strong experimental support, and we expected PhDEF to bind to its own promoter in the two cell layers. Our ChIP-Seq results show a posteriori that this particular peak is far from being the strongest one over the genome; therefore, we believe it represents a good control to detect binding enrichment for average targets. We have first tried the standard MACS2 pipeline that calculates the enrichment of IP over Input, but we could only detect PhDEF binding for one WT and one wico replicate, although the peaks were visually clear in the two replicates. Our input sample being generally noisy, we explored how separate peak calling between IP and Input would behave (as already done in e.g. Durand et al., 2023, doi: 10.1093/plcell/koad025). We also explored how thresholds for FDR in MACS2, and IDR thresholds for reproducibility between IP samples, would influence peak detection in IP and Input.

      We found that calling peaks on the IP with a relaxed FDR (0.1), then applying the IDR at 0.1, allowed the capture of PhDEF binding to its own promoter in the two wico replicates (but still not in WT, because the peaks were lost after applying the IDR threshold). No peak was detected in the input with these settings, however for other genes we observed spurious peak detection in the input, therefore we decided to lower the FDR thresholds for input peaks to 0.05. Our choices have been made in an attempt to increase specificity at the risk of losing sensibility, and we probably lose true binding events. Considering that this ChIP has been performed on the endogenous PhDEF protein directly, and in chimeric flowers that only express PhDEF in half of the tissue, adapting the ChIP analysis pipeline was a necessary step.

      We have now added a few lines in the Methods (lines 696-706) to explain our rationale.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance):

      General Assessment:

      Strengths: The authors employ a unique and powerful mutant system to explore a fundamental developmental biology question. In addition, the datasets generated will likely be useful to other researchers working in petunia or flower development.

      Limitations: While the mutant system employed here is a creative way to get at tissue-layer specific transcription factor activity, the ChIP samples still include heterogeneous cell types, which may impact the findings presented here.

      Advance: This study uses a unique system to test the function of a transcription factor in distinct cell types. As stated above, understanding when and how a given transcription factor drives expression of unique target genes in various contexts is an important aspect of developmental biology.

      Audience: I believe this work will be of primary interest to the plant development, single cell, and chromatin biology communities. These are specialized, basic research communities.

      Reviewer Expertise: I am a plant developmental biologist who works with multiple modes of cell-type-specific NGS datasets including bulk and single cell RNAseq and ChIPseq among others.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      Summary:

      This study addresses a fundamental but underexplored aspect of homeotic gene function: how regulators of cell identity act during late stages of organ development. The authors take advantage of layer-specific mutants of the MADS-box gene PhDEF in Petunia hybrida to dissect the roles of this floral identity regulator in the epidermis and mesophyll. By combining single-cell RNA sequencing with ChIP-seq analyses in wild-type and mutant chimeric petals, the work demonstrates that, although PhDEF is expressed at comparable levels in both petal layers, it binds to and regulates a substantially larger and more layer-enriched set of genes in the epidermis than in the mesophyll. The identification of both layer-specific and shared PhDEF binding sites supports a model in which pre-existing layer identity modulates the regulatory output of homeotic transcription factors.

      Major comments:

      Dissecting PhDEF binding preferences in the epidermis versus the mesophyll using the star and wico mutants is a clever and powerful approach. However, conclusions involving cell identity should be drawn with caution for two reasons. First, cell identities appear to be altered in the mutants: scRNA-seq data suggest that even cells assigned to the same cluster can be molecularly distinct across genotypes. For example, the transcriptomes of wild-type epidermis and mesophyll are highly similar (Pearson correlation R = 0.94), yet both show lower correlation with epidermal cells from star or wico petals. These results raise questions such as are the cells identified as epidermal cells really strictly epidermal in the mutants? Do you need to take into consideration cell composition of the mutants when you do differential expression analysis?Second, PhDEF is expressed in both epidermal and mesophyll clusters in all genotypes, albeit at different levels and in fewer cells in the mutants. As a result, the ChIP-seq profiles should be interpreted as cell type-enriched rather than cell type-specific.

      We fully agree with this reviewer's comments, and alterations in cell identity in the star and wico mutants is indeed a main pitfall for our analysis. The phdef mutation alters the transcriptomic signatures of cells physically located in the epidermis or in the mesophyll, which can result in their artificial clustering with cells located elsewhere in the petal. It might be particularly true for the epidermis, since we see strong depletion in epidermal clusters in the star flowers (and even in the wico flowers), whereas the mesophyll is not much affected in wico flowers. As a result, it is likely that we lose many epidermal cells in star flowers that end up labeled as mesophyll cells, resulting in the under-estimation of DEGs in this layer. We had explored other possible ways to define epidermal or mesophyll cells in our dataset, based for instance on PhDEF or PhGLO1 expression, but since for the majority of cells PhDEF expression is simply not captured, we would have wrongly assigned phdef mutant identity to WT cells. In spite of this limitation, we find more DEGs in the epidermis than in the mesophyll, showing that even an underestimation of DEGs in the epidermis does not affect our main conclusion, which is that PhDEF has a major regulatory action in the epidermis. We have explicitly written this limitation in our manuscript, lines 234-236.

      We agree that ChIP-Seq profiles are rather cell type-enriched than cell type-specific, which we have stated explicitly in the sentence line 308, saying that "differential binding between layers is quantitative". However, for simplicity we prefer to retain the term "specific" since our conclusions are based on the definition of peaks that can either be present or absent in a given genotype, and hence in a given cell layer.

      And there are a few things that need clarification:

      a) Protoplasting and tissue dissection analyses suggest that mesophyll cells constitute more than 80% of the cells in wild-type petals, whereas the scRNA-seq data indicate a substantially lower proportion. Could this discrepancy reflect technical biases in cell recovery or capture efficiency, or issues related to cell identity assignment during clustering and annotation? Notably, the scRNA-seq data from star and wico petals show mesophyll proportions close to 80%. Is this difference due to an increased abundance of mesophyll cells in the mutants, or could it instead reflect differences in transcriptomic separability? In wild-type petals, the epidermal and mesophyll transcriptomes are highly correlated and express similar numbers of genes, with epidermal cells distinguished mainly by higher expression of a subset of genes. This raises the possibility that mesophyll cells in the wild type occupy a more plastic or less differentiated transcriptional state and may therefore be misclassified as epidermal cells, whereas disruption of regulatory mechanisms in the mutants enhances transcriptional divergence and alters cell clustering outcomes.

      Our protoplasting and tissue sections show that the mesophyll should represent 80% of cells in WT tissue, while we estimate it at 70% in our WT scRNA-Seq data based on our cluster assignment (mesophyll = 60% + vasculature = 10%, that we separated from the mesophyll cells but is actually embedded within this tissue). This is not a very strong difference, and considering the multiple steps that protoplasting and cell capture entail, we considered that this was reasonably close to the expected proportions.

      In the star and wico flowers, we assign mesophyll identity to a greater proportion of cells, but as explained above, we believe that cells with altered epidermal identity are easily clustered as mesophyll cells, since they lose their specific transcriptomic signature. This is actually in line with one of the main messages of our article, that petal epidermis transcriptional identity is highly specific.

      b) Cluster 0 appears to show internal heterogeneity, as the expression patterns of KCS3 and LLE2 are largely mutually exclusive. Do these patterns reflect the presence of distinct epidermal cell types within the limb that are currently grouped into a single cluster?

      Indeed, there appears to be some internal heterogeneity within cluster 0. Since our main focus was to compare epidermal and mesophyll clusters, we did not explore further the heterogeneity within epidermal clusters and kept a coarse resolution.

      c) Clusters 0 and 7 both exhibit high expression of pigmentation genes, while cluster 7 additionally shows strong enrichment for cell division genes. Are cell cycle genes the primary features distinguishing these two clusters? If cell cycle effects are regressed out, would cluster 7 merge with cluster 0, potentially yielding a more continuous cell state trajectory and helping to resolve the pattern noted in point (b)?

      To answer one of Reviewer 1's comments, we have added additional DotPlots to better describe our clusters, in Figure S3. Clusters 0 (limb epidermis), 6 (upper limb epidermis) and 7 (replicating cells) exhibit high expression of pigmentation genes (in particular cluster 6), as depicted in Figure 1D. Cluster 7, consisting of only 30 cells, is the only cluster expressing histone genes and S-phase genes. It is possible that these few cells are cluster-6 cells that are replicating, but considering the very low number of cells involved, we have not explored any further their identity and decided to remove them, as it would only marginally affect the conclusions of our analyses. It is indeed surprising that cluster 6 (upper limb epidermis) is quite distinct in the UMAP space to the other epidermal clusters 0 (limb epidermis) and 4 (upper tube epidermis), and we have not observed similar situations in other scRNA-Seq studies. We speculate that this is due to the joint expression of anthocyanin-related and photosynthesis-related genes, which convey a very strong transcriptomic signature to these cells that distinguish them from other epidermal cells.

      d) Pearson correlation is largely driven by highly expressed genes and may therefore be insensitive to changes in cell identity markers. The conclusions that the less clear separation of mesophyll and epidermal cells in star is due to altered cell identity would be more convincing if supported by independent validation, such as in situ hybridization or reporter analyses, to directly visualize molecular alterations in the relevant cell types when comparing wild-type and mutant tissues.

      Following another reviewer's comments, we have now given less emphasis on the Pearson correlation analysis, that was to some extent subjective. Therefore, our conclusion that mesophyll and epidermal cells in star are less separated than in WT has been removed.

      Minor comments:

      (1) For color-coded figure legends (e.g., Fig. 1C), please also include the cluster numbers. This would facilitate interpretation, particularly for readers with reduced color sensitivity.

      We have now used colour-blind-friendly palettes and we have added cluster numbers in Figure 1C.

      (2) For figures containing abbreviations (e.g., Fig. 1D, st. / ca.), please explicitly define all abbreviations in the figure legend.

      We have defined all abbreviations in the figure legends.

      (3) For all UMAP figures, and for figures involving comparisons across clusters, please use consistent color schemes for the same clusters throughout the manuscript.

      We have modified color schemes across the manuscript for colour-blind-friendly palettes, consistently used throughout the manuscript.

      (4) In Fig. S6, the plot showing all genes does not exactly match Fig. 1C, although it appears to represent the same data. Please use the same version of packages, seed values and parameters for all UMAP plots to avoid such discrepancies.

      Figure S6 is the result of integrating with Harmony the WT dataset (as shown in Figure 1C) with WT datasets after removing genes differentially expressed by the protoplasting process. Therefore these UMAPs are a result of integrating different datasets than in Figure 1C, which changes the shape of the UMAPs but cannot be controlled by the seed values, to our knowledge.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance):

      Overall, this work significantly advances our understanding of late homeotic gene function. It establishes compelling evidence for how developmental context constrains transcription factor activity and offers broadly relevant insights for studies of organ patterning. The combination of genetic mosaics with single-cell and chromatin-level analyses represents a powerful and generalizable strategy that will be of interest to both plant developmental biologists and researchers studying transcriptional regulation.

      My expertise: single cell genomics, chromatin biology and plant development.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The uniqueness of this paper is the study of the formation of temporal binding-dependent memories in the cntnap2 mouse, a long-standing mouse model of autism that has been used to test therapeutic modalities.

      Strengths:

      I liked the combination of optical recordings and interventions and the backup of primary observations with control experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Fiber photometry recordings are too coarse to give salient clues to the underlying mechanism.

      We acknowledge that fiber photometry provides population-level measurements and does not resolve the activity of individual neurons or synaptic mechanisms. Our aim was to identify alterations in the activity of defined neuronal populations during behaviour rather than to delineate the underlying cellular mechanisms. We agree that future studies employing higher-resolution approaches, such as two-photon calcium imaging, in vivo electrophysiology, or single-cell recordings, would provide important mechanistic insights into the circuit changes underlying the observed activity patterns.

      (2) Are perturbed pyramidal cells causally responsible for the altered trace? What can be concluded about the possible role of inhibitory interneurons as potential drivers? The observations focus on abnormal regional activity as observed with fiber photometry and manipulated by optogenetics. The authors should state clearly the limits of their conclusions.

      Our optogenetic experiments demonstrate a causal role for the targeted neuronal population in modulating the observed activity and behavioural phenotype. However, we do not conclude that this population is solely responsible for generating the altered fiber photometry signal, nor do we infer that it represents the exclusive driver of the underlying circuit dysfunction. Rather, our findings demonstrate that manipulating this population is sufficient to alter circuit activity, while acknowledging that the recorded signals likely reflect interactions between multiple neuronal populations. We have revised the manuscript to make these distinctions clearer.

      (3) I found the "trace" nomenclature confusing. "....in which mice are required to memorize the association between a tone (Conditioned Stimulus) and a mild electric foot-shock (Unconditioned Stimulus), separated by a time interval called Trace (Sellami et al., 2017)." It seems that the conceptual model invokes the creation of an [eligibility] trace, characterized by its progressive disappearance over time. It may be a convention in the field or a matter of language, but it seems perverse to use "trace" to label the time interval rather than the entity that is decaying. If this is an accepted convention going back to Howard Eichenbaum, the authors should cite the paper that first introduced the convention.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. This is indeed an established convention in the classical/Pavlovian conditioning literature rather than terminology specific to our study or to Sellami et al. (2017). The term "trace conditioning" was coined by Pavlov (1927), who used "trace interval" to designate the empty period separating CS offset from US onset, precisely because — as the reviewer intuits — successful conditioning across this gap requires the organism to maintain a memory trace of the CS. In other words, the interval is named for the cognitive/neural entity (the decaying CS trace) that must be sustained across it, not because the interval itself is thought to be a physical or decaying object. So "trace interval" is shorthand for "the interval across which a trace must be maintained," analogous to how "delay conditioning" refers to a paradigm named for a temporal property of the procedure rather than the mechanism per se. We have added a citation to Pavlov (1927) at first use of the term, and clarified the phrasing to make the etymology explicit, as suggested.

      (4) I would advocate for the addition of some discussion points for the authors to consider.

      (a) Is the retention of activity in CA1 related to phenomena at the cellular or subcellular level in CA1 pyramidal cells? I'm thinking of dendritic, delayed, and stochastic CaMKII activation (DDSC) as defined by Yasuda's group or short-term and associative plasticity of calcium dynamics (STAPCD) as delineated by Caya-Bissonette and Beique.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. Our study was designed to investigate network-level dynamics, and the approaches used do not allow us to determine whether the retained activity in CA1 arises from intracellular mechanisms, such as dendritic calcium dynamics or CaMKII-dependent signalling (including mechanisms such as DDSC or STAPCD), recurrent circuit interactions, or a combination of both. We therefore cannot directly assess the contribution of these cellular and subcellular processes. We have now added a paragraph to the Discussion acknowledging that persistent dendritic calcium signalling and CaMKII-dependent plasticity are plausible contributors to sustained CA1 activity and represent an important avenue for future investigation.

      (b) Was the optogenetic intervention ever administered in a delayed fashion, capitalizing on the temporal advantages of optogenetics to probe dynamics?

      This is indeed an important control. While we did not perform this intervention in the current study, this control was part of our seminal study demonstrating the causal role of the dCA1 in temporal binding (Sellami et al., PNAS, 2017, Fig. 1E doi: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.161965711). We showed that aged mice had reduced temporal binding capacity, associated with decreased dCA1 activity. We successfully rescued temporal binding capacity in aged mice through ChR2-induced activation of dCA1 pyramidal neurons during the trace interval, but not outside of the trace interval. Given the striking similarity between the temporal binding deficits observed in aged mice and those reported here in Cntnap2 KO mice, we did not repeat this previously established control in the present study. To acknowledge this point, we have also added a statement to the Discussion noting that confirming the temporal specificity of dCA1 optogenetic manipulation in the Cntnap2 KO model will be an important direction for future studies.

      (c) Is the newfound reliance on corticostriatal pathways something more than compensation at the behavioral level? Could it be driven in part by the ASD-related genetic changes?

      We agree that the increased reliance on corticostriatal pathways could reflect both compensatory recruitment at the behavioral level and a direct consequence of ASD-related genetic alterations affecting circuit development and function. Our current data demonstrate a shift in circuit engagement but do not allow us to distinguish whether this represents an adaptive compensation or a primary consequence of Cntnap2 deficiency. However, given that ASD-associated mutations can alter the development, connectivity, and plasticity of corticostriatal circuits, it is possible that the observed changes reflect intrinsic circuit reorganization rather than solely a compensatory behavioral strategy. We have revised the Discussion to acknowledge this possibility and to clarify that altered corticostriatal recruitment may represent a direct consequence of the genetic disruption that subsequently shapes behavioral strategies.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors investigate the contribution of dorsal CA1 hippocampal dysfunction to cognitive impairments in the Cntnap2 knockout mouse model of autism spectrum disorder. Building on previous evidence implicating the hippocampus in episodic and relational memory processes, they combine trace fear conditioning, fiber photometry, optogenetic manipulation, a relational/declarative memory radial maze task, and cFos mapping to test whether altered CA1 function contributes to deficits in temporal binding and memory flexibility.

      The study has several important strengths. First, the work addresses a relatively understudied aspect of autism-related cognition, namely hippocampal-dependent memory processes, whereas much of the literature has focused on social behavior, cortical circuits, or striatal dysfunction. Second, the authors employ multiple complementary approaches that converge on a coherent mechanistic hypothesis. The behavioral data demonstrate a reduced ability of Cntnap2 knockout mice to retain associations across long temporal gaps. Fiber photometry recordings reveal reduced dorsal CA1 activity during conditions that challenge temporal binding, and optogenetic activation of dorsal CA1 neurons during the trace interval is sufficient to rescue memory performance. Together, these findings provide strong support for a causal contribution of dorsal CA1 activity to temporal binding deficits in this model.

      The second major strength of the manuscript is the extension of these findings to a more complex hippocampus-dependent memory task. The radial maze experiments indicate that Cntnap2 knockout mice show impaired memory flexibility and a greater reliance on egocentric learning strategies. The accompanying cFos analyses suggest altered recruitment of hippocampal and striatal networks during learning, providing a systems-level framework that may explain the observed behavioral phenotype.

      Overall, the main conclusions regarding impaired temporal binding and reduced dorsal CA1 engagement are well supported by the data. The optogenetic rescue experiments are particularly compelling because they move beyond correlation and directly test causality. The manuscript therefore makes a meaningful contribution to our understanding of how hippocampal dysfunction may contribute to cognitive abnormalities associated with autism.

      Weaknesses:

      Some conclusions are necessarily more inferential than others. In particular, the interpretation that the observed behavioral phenotype reflects a broader shift from hippocampal-dependent declarative memory toward striatum-dependent procedural learning is supported primarily by cFos activity patterns and behavioral strategy measures. While the data are consistent with this interpretation, they do not directly demonstrate a causal reorganization of memory systems. Similarly, although the findings identify a mechanism in the Cntnap2 model, caution is warranted when extrapolating these conclusions to autism spectrum disorder more broadly; but I believe this caution is addressed in the discussion.

      We agree that our data do not directly demonstrate a causal reorganization of memory systems with cFOS activity patterns. Our intention was to propose that the behavioural strategy together with the brain-wide cFos activation patterns are consistent with a shift in the relative engagement of hippocampal- and striatal-dependent networks. We have revised the manuscript to moderate our interpretation throughout, replacing causal language with wording that reflects an association between the observed behavioural changes and altered recruitment of these memory-related circuits.

      Despite these limitations, the study presents a coherent and well-executed body of work that provides novel mechanistic insight into hippocampal contributions to cognitive dysfunction in a widely used autism model. The findings should be of considerable interest to researchers studying hippocampal function, memory systems, and neurodevelopmental disorders.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript evaluated behavioral phenotypes in the Cntnap2 knockout mouse using two behavioral paradigms: trace fear conditioning and a radial maze task. The trace fear conditioning training is normal, but memory generalization is impaired. The inflexibility is suggested to be related to low activity in dCA1 neurons, which can be rescued by ChR2. The radial maze task data suggested a similar conclusion. Brain-wide cFos mapping indicated impairments in the Cntnap2 knockout mouse. The brain-wide cFos mapping does not show direct correlations with Cntnap2, limiting the interpretation of these data in the context of this paper.

      We agree that brain-wide cFos mapping does not directly identify the molecular or cellular mechanisms by which Cntnap2 deficiency alters circuit function. Rather, we use cFos as a functional readout of network recruitment during behaviour. Our interpretation is therefore limited to identifying differences in activity patterns associated with the behavioural phenotype, rather than establishing direct mechanistic links to Cntnap2 function. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript and moderated the text accordingly.

      Strengths:

      The behavior data are solid.

      Weaknesses:

      The underlying mechanism is not fully investigated.

      Major points:

      (1) The authors should thoroughly check their manuscript as there are many typos in the current version that affect the readability.

      (2) In trace fear conditioning, the tone test impairment can be rescued by ChR2. Have the authors tried rescue experiments with Cntnap2? Rescue experiments in the radial maze task are also essential, either with ChR2 or Cntnap2.

      We agree that rescue experiments in the radial maze would provide additional mechanistic insight by testing whether restoring dCA1 activity optogenetically in Cntnap2 KO mice is sufficient to rescue declarative memory flexibility. However, we have already established the causal role of dCA1 in temporal binding and relational/declarative memory in the radial maze task in our earlier work (Sellami et al., PNAS, 2017, Figure 2E). Indeed, optogenetic inhibition of dCA1 in the radial maze task, specifically during the inter-trial interval, prevented flexible relational/declarative memory formation. In the present study, we confirmed the causal contribution of dCA1 activity to temporal binding in Cntnap2 KO mice in the trace fear conditioning paradigm (Figure 1J-L). Therefore, repeating the optogenetic experiment in the radial maze would provide only limited additional information, while requiring dedicated experimental cohorts and additional validation. Moreover, as the team is based in 2 different institutions and countries (France and Australia), we unfortunately do not have the capacity to perform these experiments.

      Regarding a rescue with the Cntnap2 protein, here, we used the Cntnap2 KO as a well-accepted model of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), rather than understanding the role of this protein in temporal binding capacity and memory formation. The present study was hence designed to determine how dCA1 activity relates to temporal binding and memory performance in ASD, building on the causal evidence established in our previous work. We therefore consider Cntnap2-specific rescue experiments an important follow-up to further test the sufficiency of dCA1 activation, rather than an essential experiment for establishing the conclusions of the present study.

      We have highlighted these points as an important direction for future investigations and revised the manuscript to better distinguish our findings from this additional mechanistic question.

      (3) The quality of the cFos example image in Figure 3 is too low. The authors should also provide example images for the other brain regions in the supplementary data, if possible.

      The low quality of the cFos image in Figure 3 resulted from a formatting issue during figure uploading. This has now been corrected, and a higher-resolution image has been included in the revised manuscript. We have also added representative images for the other brain regions analyzed to the Supplementary Information, as requested.

      (4) The causal link between the brain-wide cFos mapping and the Cntnap2 knockout is weak. How to explain the increase of cFos cell densities in some brain regions, but the decrease in others?

      We agree that cFos mapping cannot explain the mechanisms underlying the regional increases and decreases in activity. We interpret these bidirectional changes as reflecting differential recruitment of distributed brain networks rather than direct effects of Cntnap2 deficiency on individual brain regions, and have clarified this in the revised manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Improve clarity of the Figure layout: Figure 1, panel I legend. I think the identification of experimental groups is in the wrong place. It really applies to panels K, N, and L, not to panel I. This is important because the genetic stimulation in panels K, N, and L is the key experiment in this whole figure.

      We agree that the placement of the experimental group identification in the original figure legend could be confusing. We have revised the figure layout and legend so that the description of the experimental groups is now associated with panels K and L, where the optogenetic stimulation experiments are presented, thereby improving the clarity of the figure.

      (2) Fix Figure references. "This indicates impaired retention of trace fear memory and temporal binding ability, relative to WT mice (Figure 2I)....: [there is no Fig. 2I, so I'm guessing you mean Fig. 1I; subsequent Figure references also seem to confuse Fig. 1 and 2].

      We thank the reviewer for identifying these errors. We have carefully checked and corrected all figure citations throughout the manuscript, including the reference to Figure 1I-L in this section, to ensure that each citation now refers to the appropriate panel.

      (3) Missing words? In both T20 and T40 conditions, regardless of genotype, [the response to] tone frequency significantly decreased.

      We thank the reviewer for spotting this omission. The sentence has been corrected to read: "In both T20 and T40 conditions, regardless of genotype, the response to tone frequency significantly decreased."

      (4) Jargon that should be declared at an appropriately early point. R/DM = relational/declarative memory.

      We have now introduced the term as relational/declarative memory (R/DM) at its first appearance in the manuscript and have ensured that the abbreviation is used consistently thereafter.

      (5) Confusing statement? "In the 40s trace-conditioned group, while the frequency of the calcium transients did not differ between WT and Cntnap2 KO mice throughout conditioning (Figure S1G), their amplitude was significantly reduced both during the presentation of the second tone and consistently across the three trace intervals in Cntnap2 KO mice (Figure 1I)."

      We have revised this sentence to improve its clarity and explicitly distinguish between the frequency and amplitude of calcium transients. The revised text now makes clear that, although the frequency of calcium transients did not differ between genotypes throughout conditioning, their amplitude was significantly reduced in Cntnap2 KO mice during the second tone presentation and across the three trace intervals.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The manuscript would benefit from a clearer distinction between conclusions directly supported by the data and broader interpretations. In particular, statements suggesting a shift from declarative to procedural memory systems could be presented more cautiously, as the cFos analyses provide indirect rather than causal evidence for such reorganization.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive comment. We have revised the manuscript throughout to more clearly distinguish conclusions that are directly supported by our data from broader interpretations. In particular, statements referring to a shift from declarative to procedural memory systems have been moderated.

      (2) Additional clarification of the behavioral interpretation of the radial maze task would be valuable for readers who are less familiar with this paradigm, particularly regarding its relationship to relational/declarative memory and its distinction from procedural learning strategies. In addition, the results' interpretation in this paradigm is unclear to me. What is the significance of the 20-second delay in this task (why not use 10 sec or 60 sec)? I believe the paradigm tests spatial rather than temporal distant items (in contrast with trace fear conditioning that refers to temporally distant events)? Please explain further the link between the two behavioral paradigms.

      We thank the reviewer for these comments.

      Regarding the relationship between relational/declarative and procedural learning: The R/DM task was designed by our group (Marighetto and colleagues; Mingaud et al., 2007; Sellami et al., 2017, 2018) specifically to dissociate two learning/memory systems that can support the same behavioral output (correct arm choice) but that differ fundamentally in their underlying representations and, critically, in their flexibility.

      During acquisition, an animal can solve each of the three arm-pair discriminations either by forming a flexible, relational representation of the whole spatial configuration (i.e. an allocentric/hippocampus-dependent "cognitive map" strategy, in which the reward's location is encoded relative to distal cues and to the other pairs) or by learning a set of rigid, response-based rules (i.e. an egocentric/striatum-dependent "turn left/turn right" procedural strategy tied to each specific pair).

      Both strategies can produce equivalent accuracy during initial acquisition, which is why acquisition performance alone cannot distinguish them. The flexibility probe (recombining pairs A and B into a novel pair AB, without moving the reward) is the critical dissociation: only an animal that encoded the reward's location relationally, within a broader spatial map, can generalize correctly to this untrained configuration; an animal that relied on a rigid stimulus– response rule for each pair individually would be unable to solve the recombined pair above chance. Performance on pair AB is therefore the read-out of hippocampus-dependent relational/declarative memory, while the degree of left–right lateralization during acquisition (quantified by a lateralization index) is a converging behavioral signature of reliance on the egocentric/procedural system.

      We have clarified this distinction in the Methods and Results to facilitate interpretation of the paradigm.

      Regarding the 20-s delay and its relationship to trace fear conditioning: The reviewer is correct that the R/DM task and TFC differ in the information being integrated: the R/DM task involves spatially distinct discrimination episodes, whereas TFC involves temporally separated stimuli presented in the same context. However, both tasks require information separated by an interval to be integrated into a unified memory representation, a process referred to here as “temporal binding” (Sellami et al., 2017). The 20-s inter-trial interval in the R/DM task was based on our previous work, in which this interval was shown to be sensitive to age-related deficits in temporal binding and relational memory (Sellami et al., 2017). Similarly, our TFC experiments established a longer temporal-binding capacity in young mice (up to 40 s) compared with aged mice (20 s). Thus, although the two paradigms involve different types of information, they share the requirement to maintain and integrate information across a temporal gap. The different intervals used in the two paradigms reflect their distinct task structures and demands.

      (3) Although the authors address potential locomotor confounds, a brief discussion of how hyperactivity and impulsivity might influence behavioral performance in the different paradigms would strengthen the interpretation of the results.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We agree that distinguishing hyperactivity from impulsivity strengthens the interpretation of our behavioral phenotypes, and we have added a discussion paragraph making this distinction explicit. Briefly: in the TFC paradigm, our existing open-field data (Figure S1D) show that while Cntnap2 KO mice travel more distance and move faster, their resting time is unaffected relative to WT; so, the reduced freezing/temporal binding phenotype at the 40 s trace cannot be attributed to a general locomotor confound, since freezing (immobility) was actually comparable between genotypes during acquisition. In the R/DM radial maze task, however, we agree the phenotype is better read as impulsivity than hyperactivity per se: KO mice show shorter decision latencies specifically at the choice point (Figure 2G), with no corresponding genotype effect on their post-choice running speed for correct trials (Figure 2H), indicating that the effect is on deliberation before response rather than on general motor output. We have revised the Discussion to make this distinction, and its implications for interpreting the egocentric/procedural bias, explicit.

      (4) Minor presentation issues:

      - Ensure that all statistical tests, sample sizes, and post hoc comparisons are reported consistently throughout the manuscript and figure legends.

      We have carefully reviewed the statistical reporting throughout the manuscript and figure legends to ensure consistency. We have clarified sample sizes, statistical tests, and post hoc comparisons where required and in the methods.

      - Carefully proofread the manuscript for minor typographical and grammatical errors. For instance, a) several figures numbers indicated in the main text do not correspond to the figures the authors refers to (page 5 Figure 2I, page 6 Figure 2J and 2K, page 7 "data in fig S2"... and so on); b) rephrase (not clear) page 9: "Differences in the relative contribution of individual substructures between trained WT and Cntnap2 KO mice involved dCA1, dCA2, and dCA3, and favored the DMS, IL, and ACC."

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting these issues. We have carefully proofread the manuscript and corrected all figure reference errors and typographical inconsistencies throughout the text. We have also revised the unclear sentence on page 9 to improve clarity and accuracy.

      - Page 9, an additional sentence is needed to explain the significance of the bibliographical reference: "Atypicalities in declarative memory have been reported in ASD, with specific impairments in relating items (Minor et al., 2023)."

      We have revised this section to clarify the significance of the cited study and its relevance to our findings. Specifically, we have expanded the sentence to highlight that impairments in relational processing in ASD may reflect difficulties in integrating individual experiences into coherent memory representations, a process that relies on hippocampal function.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Points:

      As stated in the public review, the authors need to thoroughly check their manuscript before submission. There are too many typos in the current version that affect the readability. For example, but not limited to:

      (1) Page 5, "Figure 2I" should be "Figure 1I"; "Figure 2J" should be "Figure 1J"; "Figure 2K" should be "Figure 1K".

      (2) The figure legends of Figure 1J-L are missing.

      (3) Page 8, "In contrast, Cntnap2 KO mice showed no learning-induced dCA1 activation together with hypoactivation of dCA3 in both naïve and trained groups compared to WT mice (Figure S2A)", should it be dCA2 instead of dCA1? Please double-check the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting these issues. We have thoroughly checked the manuscript and corrected all typos, figure reference errors, and fixed figure legend information. Regarding the point (3), we did mean to describe the lack of training-induced activation of dCA1, but failed to reference back to Figure 3, likely causing the confusion. This has now been clarified. The manuscript has also been carefully proofread to improve clarity and readability.

      Minor points:

      There are two duplicate rows (two wt) in their raw datasheet, Fig3BCD & S2 and Fig3EF. Please correct them in case of further problems.

      WT Naive 178.736 103.821 250.703 185.229 437.575 50.535 266.254 306.187 306.187 WT Naive 178.736 103.821 250.703 185.229 437.575 50.535 266.254 306.187 306.187

      WT Naive 46.87 37.94 15.19 8.57 4.98 12.02 8.88 20.98 2.42 12.77 14.68 14.68 WT Naive 46.87 37.94 15.19 8.57 4.98 12.02 8.88 20.98 2.42 12.77 14.68 14.68

      We thank the reviewer for noticing this mistake. These duplicated rows have been corrected.

    1. These developments, in turn, made education a potent politicalissue, especially in cities but elsewhere too. As schooling was seenas an economic and cultural advantage, it also became a point ofcontention. The history of American education is rife with groupsorganizing to demand changes in the schools. Such incidents werecommonplace in the 19th century, but became far more frequent withthe growing importance of education. Following the World War II,education became an increasingly contentious issue, especially as itgrew more tightly linked to social and economic status (Ravitch,1983; Vinovskis, 1999).Historically, much of this agitation focused on the question ofequity, and whether everyone had equal access to education. In theearly 19th century, there were debates about the status of working-class children in schools, along with women in secondary and highereducation. In the 20th century, political conflicts often concerned newethnic groups, along with questions of school funding. These battleswere difficult and embroiled educators in considerable conflict, butthey also contributed to important changes.

      I think it is interesting that some of the problems people experienced in the 20th century are still happening today. Back then, not everyone had equal access to education, and I think this problem still exists in different ways. Wealthy families can provide their children with better schools and more opportunities, while lower-income families may not be able to do the same, even if their children have a lot of potential. I also think it was very important that people started questioning whether education was truly equal and accessible to everyone. We can see how much education has improved because of these discussions, but I still do not think educational inequality has completely disappeared.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Revision Plan after Review Commons Reviews

      1. General Statements We are excited that the reviewers think that “The findings demonstrate that PA-X can modulate both the innate and adaptive immune responses to infection, providing important insights into the function of this protein, which is conserved across the majority of IAV strains.” and that they acknowledge that “the story is really strong and improves the current state of the art in this field.” We also thank the reviewers for recognizing the physiological relevance of our study, stating that “strength of the study is the use of ALI cultures, thus a very relevant primary cell model, closely mimicking the in vivo situation” and that “use of primary human bronchial epithelial cultures and their analysis at the single cells level allowing to distinguish infected from bystander cells add important information” for immunomodulation by influenza A virus PA-X. We also thank the reviewers for noting that our study uses “thorough and comprehensive scRNA-seq analysis corroborated by orthogonal approaches to verify their claims (cytokine measurements and flow cytometry for MHCI)”

      One reviewer stated that our study “neither brings up a new concept, nor does it describe mechanisms which are not yet reported in the context of other viruses.” While influenza A virus is certainly not the first virus to antagonize MHC I antigen presentation, we disagree that this makes our study less significant for several reasons. First, while this is an accepted mechanism of immune evasion in many DNA viruses, it is not currently a process that is widely recognized in RNA viruses in general and influenza A virus in particular. There has only been one previous report to this effect in influenza A virus, and only in cell lines, and it is not a mechanism that is widely discussed in the field. However, reduced MHC I antigen presentation may have an important impact on effective responses to influenza A virus, in particular in individuals with existing immunity and memory T cells, i.e. vaccinated individuals. Therefore, our study is significant because it highlights this new aspect of influenza A virus immune evasion and suggests a revised model for influenza A viral adaptive immune evasion. In this model, antigen presentation inhibition is an active mechanism of evasion complementary to the well-established antigenic drift as “passive” evasion. Our study also highlights that antigen presentation inhibition by influenza A virus does occur in a relevant setting – a model of the bronchial epithelium. Lastly, the study is significant because it points to a new facet of PA-X activity and thus of influenza A virus-host interactions. So far studies of this protein have focused on effects on innate immunity and may thus be missing an important component of its function. We have revised the text to emphasize the importance of antigen presentation inhibition as an understudied mechanism of influenza A virus immune evasion and as a new function for the PA-X protein (lines 140-143, 505-509, 529-531).

      We also want to emphasize that our results provide the first description of a mechanism for MHC I downregulation in influenza A virus infection. Moreover, they suggest that PA-X decreases peptide-loaded surface MHC I levels in two ways. On the one hand, PA-X directly reduces the total amount of MHC I by downregulating MHC I mRNAs, thus presumably reducing new MHC I protein synthesis. On the one hand, PA-X decreases the expression of other genes involved in antigen presentation, which will indirectly reduce correct folding and loading of the MHC I complex. Unloaded and poorly folded MHC I does not carry out antigen presentation and is essentially “invisible” to the antibodies we used, which only detect correctly folded and loaded MHC I. Unloaded MHC I is also thought to be highly susceptible to protein degradation. We have clarified this model in the text (lines 521-527). Nonetheless, we plan to refine the PA-X regulation model by testing whether there is evidence for direct effects on trafficking (i.e. retention of the MHC I proteins in intracellular compartments in the presence of PA-X; see section 2).

      In this version of the manuscript, we have already substantially revised the text in response to the reviewers’ comments, as described in section 3 below. We have carried new analyses requested by the reviewers, adding several supplemental figure panels. We have edited the text to clarify the significance of the study and the model of PA-X regulation of MHC I in response to Reviewer 2’s concerns. We have clarified the number of replicates used, moved one of the supplemental figures to the main figures (Figure S7, now Figure 4C-G), and better described the 5’ RACE results in response to Reviewer 3’s comments. We provide a version of the manuscript with changes highlighted in yellow (including legends for new Figures or Figure panels).

      In addition, we plan to carry out additional experimental revisions as described in section 2 below. In particular, we will investigate several questions raised by Reviewer 2, where technically feasible, to further strengthen the mechanistic aspect and significance of our manuscript.

      We agree with the reviewers that this manuscript would be of interest to a broad immunology and virology audience as well as influenza biology researchers.

      1. Description of the planned revisions

      Reviewer 1

      The authors propose that PA-X directly targets for degradation several mRNA of genes involved in antigen processing and presentation, and they tested it in HEK 293T cells transfected with empty vector, wt or catalytically inactive PA-X. Could the authors confirm these data [5’ RACE] in hBEC, infected with WT or ∆X viruses?

      We agree that it would be ideal to confirm cleavage during viral infection in this more relevant model. We will attempt to perform 5’RACE experiments with infection in ALI cultures. We note that this may present a challenge for several technical reasons. First, because a low percent of cells are infected in ALI cultures, the abundance of the fragments may be too low to detect in the assay. In addition, the procedure requires a relatively large amount of starting RNA, which may not be easily obtainable from an ALI culture. Lastly, the 5’RACE experiments in the manuscript were performed in cells that had the cellular exonuclease Xrn1 knocked down, as we previously showed that this stabilizes the RNA fragments. Replicating Xrn1 knock-downs in the ALI culture may prove technically challenging.

      Reviewer 2

      • Conversely, one would expect also ISG-induction in bystander cells, due to higher IFN-lambda secretion in the delta-PA-X condition and this would hinder viral spread at later time points. An experiment I would recommend.

      To address this possibility, we will repeat ALI infections and measure titers and percentage infected cells up to day 7. However, we think it is unlikely that we will see a difference. In the current manuscript, we include viral titers up to day 4 (Figure 1C) and the percentage infected cells at day 3 (Figure S8A). In both cases we do not see a difference between cultures infected with WT and PA-X-deficient viruses. Moreover, although ISG responses in bystander cells are different at 1 day post infection (DPI), the differences are largely gone by 3 DPI (Figure 2D). The transitory nature of the ISG modulation likely prevents long-term effects on viral spread. The loss of ISG differences may be due to threshold effects of IFN signaling, such that maximal signaling is achieved in both conditions despite apparent differences in secreted IFN levels (Figures 2C-D).

      • Can PA-X alone, for instance expressed from a lentivirus, downmodulate MHCI and alter IFN signalling and cytokine secretion?

      To address this question, we will express PA-X in isolation and measure MHC I downregulation and cytokine secretion in the absence of other viral proteins. In the latter case, we will use synthetic agonists to induce IFN and/or other cytokines, as these signals will likely be otherwise absent in uninfected cells.

      • Does PA-X interact with MHCI, how does it alter trafficking? Is MHCI retarded in the ER, is it channeled to the lysosome etc?

      Because of PA-X’s function as an RNase and its predominantly nuclear localization (Khaperskyy, Schmaling et al. 2016, PMID: 26849127; Hayashi et al. 2016, PMID: 27226377; Daly et al. 2026, PMID: 41511082), it is not likely that PA-X directly interacts with MHC I. Our results suggest it downregulates MHC I at the RNA levels. However, PA-X may also indirectly alter trafficking, since our results also indicate that PA-X cleaves host mRNAs encoding proteins that are essential to MHC I antigen processing and presentation. Reduction in the levels of these proteins prevents the normal peptide loading trafficking of MHC I, and in some cases leads to increased MHC I protein degradation. For example, inhibition of HSP90 is sufficient to reduce surface levels of folded MHC I and increase surface levels of unfolded MHC I, which cannot present antigen (Callahan et al. PMID: 18216248). (Since the antibody we used only binds folded and peptide-loaded MHC I, poorly folded and unloaded complexes at the surface would be invisible in our experiments). To test the possibility that there is a change in MHC I trafficking independent of total levels, we will use confocal microscopy and/or flow cytometry to measure levels and localization of folded and unfolded MHC I protein. We will use an antibody specific to unfolded HLA-B and HLA-C (Ruggiero et al., 2025, PMID: 41067637) to uncover additional defects in the MHC I exposure pathway.

      Reviewer 3

      1. Additional statistical tests should be added to several figures including for viral titre comparisons (Figure 1C), heat map analysis (Figure 2D and Figure 4B) and ELISA analysis of IFN beta (Figure S5).

      We have already added statistical analysis for Figure 1C, 4B and S5 (see section 3 on revisions already incorporated in the manuscript). For Figure 2D, we plotted data from a custom set of genes, rather than relying on the results of a gene set analysis program. In the revision, we will add statistical testing for the general impact of PA-X on ISGs as a group, which may require us to develop some custom code.

      1. In line 387-391 the authors state that they also examined another viral strain to determine whether the reduction in MHC I expression is conserved, reporting a trend towards reduced MHC I expression in Figure S8C and D. However, this effect appears modest, with no statistically significant difference reported, and only a subset of donors was included in the analysis. Therefore, the subsequent description of the reduction as "striking" appears somewhat inconsistent with the data presented in Figure S8 and may benefit from rewording to more accurately reflect the findings.

      We apologize for the confusion - the “striking” comment was meant to refer to the MHC I phenotype overall, and mainly the results obtained with A/Perth/16/2009 H3N2, not the A/California/04/2009 H1N1 results. We have edited the text to clarify this (line 413). Nonetheless, we will repeat experiments measuring the effect of A/California/04/2009 H1N1 on MHC I levels in ALI cultures in additional donors.

      1. Description of the revisions that have already been incorporated in the transferred manuscript

      We have added analyses and new figure panels, as well as edited the text to address the following comments made by the reviewers. We have highlighted the changes in yellow in the text. We have also moved Figure S7 to the main figures (now Figure 4C-G), leading to changes in figure numbering. (Reviewer comments are in blue italics and our responses in black.)

      Reviewer 1

      Third, they show that PA-X could also limit the production of pro-inflammatory and lung injury associated cytokine. They should take advantage of the single cell RNA data and analyse the data as done for IFNs, to define if the observed reduction is a direct effect of PA-X in infected cells only or an indirect effect of PA-X presence/absence on all cells. Do bystander cells produce IL6, IL1b, G-CSF, FGF, etc? Is this production reduced in wt vs dX infections, in both infected and bystander cells?

      We have now added a heatmap (Figure S6A) that shows the expression of the differentially secreted cytokines and growth factors in infected vs. bystander cells. Interestingly some of the cytokines are expressed more highly in infected cells, while others in bystander cells. Moreover, in some cases the pattern changes at different timepoints. Surprisingly, this analysis shows that the relative mRNA levels in the different conditions do not correlate with secreted protein levels, i.e. PA-X does not clearly downregulate these cytokines and growth factors at the RNA level. Therefore, we cannot use the RNA profiles to determine whether secretion is changed in infected or bystander cells. Nonetheless, this analysis shows that PA-X is likely to have both cell-intrinsic and paracrine effects on the production of both inflammatory and repair-associated cytokines. Also, this analysis reinforces the importance of using programs like CytoSig to identify bystander cell responses to protein secretion rather than relying solely on the transcriptional regulation of the cytokine. We have added a discussion of this result in the text (lines 331-339).

      The data presented confirm that IAV infected cells downregulate expression of HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, at both the protein and RNA level and that this reduction is partially dependent on PA-X. Is this happening in all infected cell types? In Figure 4c, I noticed a small proportion of dX infected cells significantly upregulating HLA-ABC expression. Are these a spillover of non infected cells?

      We have added heatmaps showing the levels of differentially expressed antigen presentation genes at 1 and 3 DPI in ciliated and club cells (Figure S7B). We find that PA-X reduces expression of these genes in the infected portion of both ciliated and club cells, indicating this is not a cell-type specific effect.

      We also noticed the small proportion of cells with significantly upregulated HLA-ABC expression. We do not know where this population comes from. It is possible that these cells are not infected but have bound virus on the surface. Alternatively, a small portion of cells may have been infected by defective viral particles that increase antiviral responses and do not properly express all viral proteins. Also, while the small population with high HLA-ABC is only presented in the ∆X-infected sample in the replicate we used as a representative example in the manuscript, in some of the other experimental replicates we see this population in both WT and ∆X-infected cells or only in some technical replicates. Overall, this population is not detected consistently. Because we used median fluorescence intensity instead of mean fluorescence intensity, we do not believe this small population makes a significance contribution to our measurements.

      In Fig 4b at 3dpi, HLA-G is indicated as "up with PA-X" but the color code indicates the opposite. Please clarify and discuss the possible implication in the context of NK cytotoxic activity.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for pointing out this error. We have amended the heat map (Figure 4B) to show that HLA-G is increased during infection with the PA-X deficient virus, specifically in infected cells. It is possible that the elevated HLA-G expression in ∆X infection results in greater surface protein expression, which could lead to a greater inhibitory effect on NK cell cytotoxicity vs. WT-infected or mock-infected cells. This is certainly an avenue for future exploration, as it would be interesting to explore the balance between PA-X MHC I antagonism and impacts on NK cell cytotoxicity. We now mention the possible effect of changes in levels of HLA-G (and of other non-classical MHC I complex) on NK cell activity in the Discussion (lines 556-559).

      Reviewer 2

      • If PA-X alters MHCI levels, this might activate NK-cell killing of infected cells, as they are triggered by low HLA-levels; so does PA-X also affect NK-cell ligands?

      We have analyzed the results for activating NK cell ligands in the scRNAseq dataset. Many of them are somewhat induced during infection (vs. mock conditions) and are also generally expressed at higher levels in WT vs. ∆X infections, particularly at 3 DPI. However, none of the changes reach statistical significance (padj > 0.05 with FindAllMarkers). Higher expression of NGK2D ligand genes in WT vs. ∆X infection is intriguing, and suggests that the virus does not prevent upregulation of these NK cell-activating signals through PA-X. Therefore, these results do not suggest that there is a compensatory change to protect cells from NK cell killing. We have now included these data as Figure S9 and discuss them in the Discussion section (lines 559-569).

      Reviewer 3

      1. The scRNAseq data is validated for several conclusions by additional assays such as Luminex to analyse cytokine levels and a 5' RACE workflow to look at cleavage of host genes by PA-X. However, for several of these additional assays it is unclear on how many replicate experiments were performed. This should be more clearly stated and ideally there should be three independent experiments conducted.

      We have edited the figure legends to more clearly indicate that all our experiments were carried out in ≥3 biological replicates, except for the scRNAseq, which was done in two biological replicates with different donors. This is true for experiments with ALI cultures, as well as Calu-3 and HEK293T cells. In addition, for each ALI experiment in the main figures of the manuscript, we carried out at least one biological replicate with each of the different donors we used, and we now explicitly state this in the legends.

      1. Many experiments in this paper involve comparisons between WT and PA-X-deficient viruses. To support the conclusions regarding the effects of PA-X, it is important to demonstrate that infection rates are comparable between the two viruses, including with appropriate statistical analysis.

      We agree that this is an important point. Indeed, we collected apical washes from most experiments to measure viral replication and for all flow cytometry experiments we assessed the percentage of NP+ positive cells. We also measured the percentage of infected cells based on influenza A virus reads in the scRNAseq. These data are already included as Figure 1C, Figure S8A, and Figure 1G. We have not seen any evidence of difference in infection rates between the two viruses. Therefore, our results indicate differences in infection rate are not a concern. We have added explicit statements to this effect in the text (lines 398-400).

      1. Additional statistical tests should be added to several figures including for viral titre comparisons (Figure 1C), heat map analysis (Figure 2D and Figure 4B) and ELISA analysis of IFN beta (Figure S5).

      We did not include p values for Fig 1 C and S5 as the differences were not statistically significant. We have now added statements to the figure legend to clarify that statistical testing was carried out and that differences were not significant. In Figure 4B, the heat map already only includes genes that were identified as differentially expressed genes (DEGs) in infections with WT vs. PA-X-deficient viruses by Seurat’s FindAllMarkers function. The cutoff for DEGs were |log2FC| > 0.25 and p-adjusted

      1. Figure 1 part C is listed to be a viral titre from a TCID50 assay but the units on the graph are PFU/ml. It should be TCID50/ml if it is a TCID50 assay but the materials and methods describe a plaque assay. Titres also seem quite high compared to what other literature appears to report. The figure legend mentions n=11 from 5 separate donors, is this from separate infections or were these technical replicates of the 5 donors?

      The confusion stems from the fact that we aggregated data from both TCID50 and plaque assays in the original figure. To do so, we converted the numbers to PFU/ml by multiplying by 0.7 according to the Poisson distribution. This conversion is commonly used (https://www.atcc.org/resources/culture-guides/virology-culture-guide). However, to avoid confusion and the potential confound of using different assays, we have now excluded the plaque assays from the analysis and changed the axis label to TCID50/ml. We also have recalculated the TCID50 numbers using the Reed-Muench method to ensure that they are correct. This figure now represents n = 8, which refers to 8 separate independent experiments with 1 experiment for donors 1 and 5, and two experiments each for donors 2-4. We now clearly state this in the legend. We collected apical washes to titer viruses for all replicate experiments shown in Figures 2C, 3C, and 5A (4D in the previous submission), hence the large number of replicates.

      We were also surprised at the robust viral titer that is produced in the primary ALI cultures and agree that it is several logs higher than we have observed in cell lines. However, anecdotally many people report that human seasonal viruses replicate much more efficiently in the ALI culture, likely because these cultures are closer to the natural site of viral replication. Additional sources of the difference may be the strain used and the inoculation and collection procedures.

      1. Figure S5-mislabelled graph- only has a part A in the figure but a part A and C are in the figure legend. Should IFN-X be IFN-beta? Perform statistical test to confirm no significant difference.

      We apologize for the mistake. We have corrected the figure legend and the figure, which was missing a panel label. Both now have panels A and B. As mentioned above, we have also now clarified in the figure legend that the differences were not statistically significant.

      1. Figure 3- could you clarify what the n= 5-11 independent experiments describes and how many independent experiments were performed for the data in Figure 3C.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this error, which was due to copy-pasting of text from another legend, and have corrected the figure legend to n = 5, with one biological replicate for each donor.

      1. Figure S6 B- These cytokines are either below or above the limit of detection of the standard curve of the assay. For cytokines above the upper limit of detection, could the samples be appropriately diluted and rerun to obtain values within the standard curve range? For cytokines below the lower limit of detection, it is unclear whether these data provide meaningful quantitative information and, therefore, if they should be included. Additionally, the presentation of the data in Figure S6B should ideally be consistent with the graphs in Figure 3C, including the labelling and formatting of the axes.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. Considering that there does not appear to be any PA-X-dependent differences for cytokines above the limit of detection, we did not repeat this test at different dilutions. To avoid misrepresenting the data, we have removed the results for all cytokines that were outside of the standard curve range.

      1. For Figure S7 (5′ RACE workflow), this appears to be important data supporting a potential mechanism by which PA-X inhibits the expression of antigen-processing and presentation genes. Therefore, it may be more appropriate for this experiment to be presented in the main body of the manuscript. However, the DNA gel images are not particularly clear, and there appear to be several nonspecific bands. In particular, Figure S7E is not very convincing. Additionally, it appears that only one independent experiment was performed but ideally there should be at least three independent biological replicates.

      This experiment was indeed carried out in three independent biological replicates, which we have now clarified in the figure legend. We also have increased the contrast of the gels in ImageJ for better visualization of the bands and captured a clearer representative picture of the HSP90AA1 RACE experiments (formerly Figure S7E, now Figure 4G). The quality of the results is an unfortunate consequence of the 5’ RACE assay, especially when using endogenous mRNAs. As the RACE adaptors are ligated to all 5’ phosphate-bearing RNA fragments and the gene specific primers amplify any fragment coming from the target gene, many background fragments are also detected. To verify our results, we sequenced the PCR products we amplified. Importantly, the sequencing supported the idea that only the amplicons in the WT PA-X transfected sample represented the PA-X cleavage products identified in the 5’ RACE-seq. In these samples, the amplicons aligned to the gene reference only 3’ of the cleavage site and the adaptor sequence was detected 5’ of the cleavage site. In contrast, sequences from faint bands of similar sizes in cells transfected with empty vector and the PA-X D108A catalytic mutant aligned to the target gene (CALR or HSP90AA1) 5’ of the expected cut site and did not align to the RACE adapter sequence. We have emphasized this in the text (lines 377-379) and figure legend. We also agree with the reviewer’s point that this would be better suited as a main figure and have made this change (now Figure 4C-G).

      1. In line 339-341 a downregulation of genes relating to antigen processing and presentation is described for both ciliated and club cells and reference is made to table 1 but in table 1 this term is only listed for the club cells not the ciliated cells.

      We only listed the top three gene sets in this table, but antigen processing and presentation was within the top 10 gene sets for ciliated cell cluster 10 at 1 DPI. We have now clarified this in the text (lines 351-358). In addition, the “protein folding” gene set is in the top three gene sets from ciliated cells. This gene set contains several genes involved in antigen processing (for example, HSP90AA1, HSP90AB1, CALR, CANX). Additionally, the existing gene set analysis in all infected cells at 1 DPI in Figure 4A, the new one in Figure S7A for 3 DPI, and the new heatmaps analyzing antigen processing and presentation gene expression separately in ciliated and club cells (Figure S7B), confirm that the PA-X dependent downregulation of antigen processing and presentation genes is shared between cell types.

      1. In line 343 to 344 it is stated that antigen processing and presentation is one of the top downregulated gene sets for both 1 and 3 DPI with a reference to Figure 4A but in the Figure of 4A the figure legend and image only mention the 1 DPI data. Figure 4B has analysis from both timepoints.

      We have added the gene set enrichment analysis plot for 3 DPI in the supplemental data (Figure S7A) to confirm that antigen processing and presentation gene sets are downregulated by PA-X.

      1. Figure 4F/G appears to be the same data as Figure S8H- is this a duplication of the same data? Is this also only from one independent experiment?

      They are different results. Figure 4F/G represents the MHC I recovery after acid strip in the influenza A virus-infected (NP+) cells in the population. Figure S8H represents the MHC I recovery after acid strip in the uninfected (NP-) cells in the same sample. We have edited the panel titles to make this difference clearer. We separated the two populations because we found that MHC I trafficking is significantly reduced in cells that are infected, but in not bystander cells, indicating that the MHC I regulation is due to a cell intrinsic activity rather than paracrine signaling. We felt this is important to include because there is a PA-X-dependent transcriptional reduction in both infected and bystander populations at least at 1 DPI (Figure 4B). However, the results in Figure S8H show that in the bystander cells, this change in RNA levels does not translate to reduced trafficking. We have edited the text and figure panel to make this clearer. Like all other experiments in the manuscript, these results are averages of multiple biological replicates, in this case 3-4 (samples from one timepoint were accidentally lost during processing in one of the replicates). We have edited the legends to make this clear.

      1. Description of analyses that authors prefer not to carry out

      Reviewer 1

      An experiment in this direction would be a great addition to the paper. For example, the authors could infect mice with a primary wt virus, and then test CD8 activity 1 month later during a secondary heterotypic infection with either a wt or dX virus. The authors themselves recognize that functional effects of PA-X disruption of MHC I trafficking need to be tested in vivo, to understand how this disruption affects T cell clearance of infected cells during primary and, most importantly, secondary infections. An experiment in this direction would be a great addition to the paper.

      We thank the reviewer for this idea, and we agree that this experiment would be a great addition to this story. However, we feel this is beyond the scope of the current study because of the amount of optimization involved in changing species and potentially viral strain. Because the mRNAs of mice and humans have different sequences and PA-X cleaves target based on sequence (Gaucherand et al. 2023, PMID: 37349586), we would have to establish that PA-X targets the same mRNAs and proteins in mouse cells. In addition, to do a secondary infection and isolate T cell effects, we would need to use the PR8/X31 system. This system is based on the lab-adapted PR8 strain, as both strains carry the polymerase segments, and thus PA-X, from PR8. Therefore, we would have to first establish how well these strains recapitulate the effects of seasonal strains on MHC I. This is particularly a concern since a previous report of MHC I downregulation in influenza A virus observed strain-specific differences in A549 cells, and found that the common mouse-adapted strain PR8 had the least effect on MHC I levels among the tested strains (Koutsakos et al. 2019, PMID: 31191533). Nonetheless, we agree that it is very important to test in vivo effects of MHC I antagonism, and we plan to perform in vivo studies in the future.

      Reviewer 2

      • How are the effects on IFN-signalling when using a NS1, PA-X double KO as compared to a NS1-deficient IAV? Are both proteins acting complementary?

      We agree with the reviewer that the interplay of PA-X and NS1 is a very interesting question. However, in our opinion investigating this question is beyond the scope of this manuscript due to its complexity. First of all, loss of NS1 dramatically reduces influenza A virus replication in ALI cultures (for example, Haye et al. 2009, PMID: 19403682), making comparisons between NS1 mutant viruses and other strains tricky. In addition, a recent study suggested that NS1 is required for PA-X activity during infection (Bougon et al. 2024, PMID: 38629840), which further complicates the task of dissecting the specific effects of NS1 vs. PA-X. The molecular nature of this interaction is currently unknown, which means we cannot easily use mutants to separate the effects of NS1 on PA-X from those of NS1 on gene expression in general.

      • Can they feed IAV-specific T cells to the system and will WT infected cells perform much better under such conditions, i.e. evade killing as compared to PA-X infections?

      In principle this would be a great experiment. However, there is currently no system for modeling T cell cytotoxicity ex vivo. Anecdotally, according to other groups working on modeling T cells effects in ex vivo systems, introducing antigen-specific T cells into the ALI system for a cytotoxicity assay does not work. While we hope that in the future these techniques will be available, at present this experiment is not feasible.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      (1) Davis and co-authors used many mouse models to investigate mechanisms that regulate the contractility of mouse popliteal collecting vessels, primarily chronotropy. Many of the mechanisms studied were previously shown to regulate pressure-induced constriction in small arteries. The authors use prior literature from the vasculature as a framework to test similar concepts in lymphatic vessels. The mouse models used provide evidence for and against the involvement of multiple proteins in regulating chronotropy and other contractile properties in lymphatic vessels. They propose that mechano-activation of GNAQ/GNA11-coupled GPCRs generates IP3, which induces Ca2+ release through IP3R1 and drives depolarization through the activation of ANO1 Cl- channels. Major concerns include the author's major conclusion that GNAQ/GNA11-coupled GPCRs contribute to chronotropy. This conclusion is not supported by the data presented.

      Although we have not yet identified a specific GPCR in LMCs that mediates pressure-induced chronotropy, our experiments have established that Gq/11-coupled GPCRs are critical for this response. The almost identical phenotypes of GNAQ/GNA11 double KO vessels with ANO1 KO and IP<sub>3</sub>R1 KO vessels point to an upstream, mechanosensitive GPCR that regulates ANO1-regulated pacemaking activity through calcium release by IP<sub>3</sub>R1. New experiments show that the highly specific GNAQ/GNA11 inhibitor YM254890 decreases contraction frequency to the same degree as, or even stronger than, that observed in Gq/11 double KO mice (Fig. 22). Additional data assessing the responses of inguinal-axillary lymphatic vessels (IALVs) from G11<sup>-/-</sup> and Gq/11 double KO further confirm our findings and conclusions (Suppl. Fig. 1). To address your concern about identifying a specific GPCR, we have performed new scRNAseq analyses to identify and rank the most prominently expressed GPCRs in LMCs (Fig. 21) along with new experiments to test the most likely GPCR candidates that emerged from that analysis (Fig. 22). Please see our specific responses below and the additional data that we now provide.

      While our results still fall short of identifying a specific Gq/11-coupled GPCR involved in this LMC mechanosensitive response, they rule out all of the major mechanosensitive ion channels previously implicated in this process (Figs. 4-15), rule out G12/13-coupled GPCRs (Fig.20) and strongly support a critical role for the canonical Gq/11-coupled mechanism (Fig. 18 and Suppl. Fig. 1). New data to eliminate contributions of the 7 most consistently expressed LMC GPCRs, along with the most likely mechanosensory GPCR in VSMCs (AT<sub>1</sub>R) (Fig. 22), out of the 136 GPCRs detected in our LMC scRNAseq dataset, raise interesting GPCR candidates that require future testing. The remaining list of 11 strongly or moderately expressed candidates includes 3 frizzled GPCRs that typically do not signal through G proteins, an olfactory GPCR, and several adhesion GPCRs (aGPCRs) that encode their own agonist (containing the Stachel peptide sequence). Some of these adhesion GPCRs recruit and signal through Gq/11, and aGPCRs have been implicated in mechanosensation in other cell types (PMID: 25937282, PMID: 40395494). However, pharmacological tools to specifically test most of these aGPCRs are currently lacking. Another possibility, of course, is that the key LMC protein may be a GPCR with a very low expression level.

      At present, the only way to test most of those candidates would be to generate new mice with smooth muscle KO of the specific GPCRs, as Offermann’s group has done in a few other cases (PMID: 40623996, PMID: 38597112, PMID: 39920161), but we are without the resources to embark on such an expedition. We are therefore unable to resolve this last issue with currently available resources and/or technology but now acknowledge this as a shortcoming of our study and a future direction. We have adjusted our title to be more congruent with the data presented in the revised manuscript.

      Strengths:

      (2) One major strength of the study lies in the vast number of mouse knockout models that were used to test the importance of ion channels and G protein signaling pathways in the regulation of lymphatic vessel contractility. In this regard, the study is a valiant effort. The authors achieved several objectives to find that ANO1 and IP3R1 regulate chronotropy, and many other potential proteins do not regulate chronotropy. This study will have a major impact on the field if additional support for G proteins is provided.

      Please see our specific responses below and the additional data that we now provide to strengthen support for a GNAQ/GNA11 mechanism.

      Weaknesses:

      (3) Major conclusions concerning the involvement of G proteins are drawn from the global Gna11 knockout mouse models. This conclusion is weak. Global Gna11 knockout mice are highly likely to have a multifactorial phenotype that could create significant differences in the data.

      We agree that global GNAQ/11 DKO mice likely have a multifactorial phenotype and that, IF our hypothesis involved testing some aspect of in vivo function with multiple cell types or organs, this would complicate our conclusions. However, because our approach focuses on ex vivo testing of the F-P relationship of isolated lymphatic vessels, a response mediated specifically by LMCs (i.e., independent of other circulating factors, endothelium, neural control, etc.), our results are NOT likely to be influenced by such extrinsic factors. Stefan Offermanns and colleagues have used similar mice (single floxed gene + Cre + global KO) and ex vivo assays of arteries in multiple peer-reviewed studies (e.g. PMID 31549965), so there is clear precedent for our approach. An alternative approach to the global GNAQ/11 DKO mice would be to use Myh11Cre; GNAQ<sup>f/f</sup>; GNA11<sup>f/f</sup> double floxed mice, but then those would likely suffer from the potential limitation of competing recombination between the two floxed genes, as we and others have encountered this problem in previous studies using a single Cre with multiple floxed alleles (PMID: 29336844, PMID: 36868507).

      (4) Control experiments need to be performed on vessels from the global knockout mice if these major conclusions are to be made.

      Control experiments were conducted on popliteal vessels from Myh11Cre; GNAQ<sup>f/f</sup>; GNA11<sup>+/+</sup> mice (uninduced littermates) and from GNAQ<sup>f/f</sup>; GNA11<sup>+/+</sup> mice (lacking Myh11Cre), the combination of which had a normal F-P relationship (Fig. 18). We have also conducted experiments on Myh11Cre; GNAQ<sup>f/f</sup>; GNA11<sup>-/-</sup> mice that were not induced with tamoxifen (GNA11<sup>-/-</sup>). It is not clear if the reviewer is suggesting that we include GNAQ<sup>-/-</sup> mice, but we did not have access to those mice. Gnaq<sup>-/-</sup> mice exhibit significant developmental abnormalities (PMID: 22723772), although according to Offermanns and colleagues (PMID: 9687499), only GNAQ homozygous deficient mice displayed “obvious phenotypic defects”.

      (5) Similarly, pharmacological tools or alternative approaches to manipulate G proteins should be used to support the data from these mouse models to draw these major conclusions.

      To address this comment, we have performed new experiments on WT mice using the potent GNAQ/11 inhibitor YM254890 (at 100 nM, the concentration used in many previous publications by other groups), which had nearly the same effect on abrogating the F-P relationship as induced Myh11Cre; GNAQ<sup>f/f</sup>; GNA11<sup>-/-</sup> mice (see Fig. 22). The specificity of YM-254890 for the Gq family has recently been verified by excellent work out of David Yule’s lab (PMID: 40563241).

      (6) The Gnaq smKO mice are the most specific G protein model studied here. However, there is no phenotype. Do not discuss trends in the data. If the data are not significant, conclude so. If more experiments are required to reach significance, provide more data in the manuscript.

      With respect to the Gq smKO data:

      (1) We have added more data to the control group.

      (2) We have now listed the p value (0.0819 in Fig. 18) for the Gq/11 controls vs Gq smKO, instead of simply designating it “n.s.” with a cut-off of p<0.05; the readers can now judge for themselves how close the values come to being significant.

      (3) Although the F-P slope does not reach significance (Fig. 18B), the frequency is significantly different between the Gq/11 controls and Gq smKO at 3 pressures (see the frequency graph in Fig. 18C), so significant differences ARE indeed detected in Gq smKO vessels.

      (4) The F-P slope for the DKO is lower than that of the G11 KO and it appears the two knockouts are cumulative, suggesting that Gnaq deletion is contributing to the lower values of the Gq/11 DKO. As further support for this conclusion, we have performed new experiments on IALVs (in part also to address concern #8 below) and that analysis is shown in Suppl. Fig. 1. We include those data as a Supplemental Figure because the contraction data in all the other figures are for popliteal lymphatic vessels. Note that the F-P analysis is not appropriate for IALVs because the control vessels typically show only a 2-2.5x change in frequency over the entire pressure range and frequency essentially reaches a plateau at P = 2 cm H<sub>2</sub>O. The frequency plots for control, G11<sup>-/-</sup> and Gq/11 DKO IALV vessels show the same trend as for popliteal vessels (significantly lower than control vessels at all pressures, with only a single exception), but in this case the DKO vessels have significantly lower frequencies than G11<sup>-/-</sup> vessels at the lower pressures (1-2-3 cm H<sub>2</sub>O), further supporting the results from popliteal vessels.

      (7) The conclusions repeatedly refer to a signaling pathway wherein the upstream component is GPCRs, which activate G proteins. While this may be the case, no GPCRs were identified here, and the involvement of G proteins is questionable, as the authors outline in lines 693-695 and noted above. The conclusions should be tempered, including in the abstract, unless additional experiments are performed to support the involvement of G proteins. Perhaps then the authors may be able to infer that GPCRs are involved.

      Please see our response to your comment #1. We have now included additional experiments using the Gq/11 inhibitor YM254890 (at a concentration of 100 nM that is reputed to be “selective” for Gq/11, according to the literature (PMID: 40563241). The blunting of the F-P relationship in the presence of that compound is comparable to, and perhaps even more significant than, the blunting observed for the DKO (the summary analysis is shown for P= 3 cm H<sub>2</sub>O in the middle of Fig. 22, in a format that matches the other analyses in that figure, but the frequencies were significantly attenuated over the entire lower pressure range). These results strengthen support for a ligand-independent mechanotransduction mechanism through one or more GPCRs of the Gq/11 family. However, because 1) there are at least 136 possible specific GPCR candidates and 2) our new specific tests of the 7 most abundantly expressed GPCRs were negative, pinning down the exact GPCR(s) involved will require much more work. Given the amount of data already presented in this study, and the possibility that the unidentified GPCR is an orphan receptor or other GPCR with very low expression, we think it is appropriate to defer that line of experimentation to a future study. We now clearly state that this is a limitation of the present work and a future direction.

      (8) Line 318. The point regarding the choice to use popliteal vessels versus IALVs will be unclear to the uninitiated, particularly as the authors previously used IALVs. Including additional justification in the text and/or data from IALVs in Figure 1, which compares IALVs to popliteal vessels, would better explain the logic.

      We now include additional justification in the text by citing Zawieja 2018 and the similarities to Ano1 KO and IP<sub>3</sub>R1 KO findings in IALVs in our other papers. Note also the very close agreement between the Gq/11 data for popliteal vessels vs IALVs in Fig. 18 C and Suppl. Fig. 1).

      (9) The conclusions drawn for TRPC6 and TRPC3 are less convincing. Germline global knockout mice, which are known to undergo compensation, were used, and high data variability is apparent. Using TRPC3 and TRPC6 blockers in the mouse models studied in Figure 4 would strengthen the arguments made regarding these proteins.

      Our primary reason for using the global KO mice is that pharmacological inhibitors of TRP channels, particularly TRPC6, are quite non-specific. We did not have access to Trpc6 floxed mice but our ex vivo assay focuses a specific aspect of LMC function in isolation from extrinsic influences (see answer to comment #3 above), and of the 18 cell subtypes detected in these vessels by scRNAseq, Trpc6 is only detectable in LMCs (Fig. 5 panel A). With regard to consequences of global knockouts and possible compensation, that is why we generated the Trpc6/Trpc3 DKO mice, as upregulation of Trpc3 is a known compensatory mechanism for Trpc6 deletion (PMID: 16055711); to our knowledge only one other group has taken the trouble to test this (PMID: 16055711) with respect to vascular smooth muscle function.

      (10) Did you perform power analysis to ensure that experimental numbers were sufficient to conclude that no statistical difference exists between datasets? If not, this needs to be done. For example, data shown in Figure 5C for tone and 6C for frequency and tone appear to be significantly different, but are concluded not to be so.

      With respect to Fig. 5, there are significant differences in contraction frequency between the TrpC6/C3 DKO mice and their SV129 controls at 5 of 7 pressures, but the frequencies of the KO mice were actually HIGHER—the opposite of the result expected if TRPC6 or TRPC3 were critical for pacemaking. With respect to the effects of TRPC6 KO on tone, there were no significant differences in tone between TRPC6<sup>-/</sup>- vessels and their SV129 controls, but there were indeed significant differences between the TrpC6/C3 DKO mice and controls at 4 of 7 pressures, but with tone actually being HIGHER than normal (opposite to what would be predicted if those channels were critical for the development of myogenic tone). We point out how that observation is at odds with the conclusions of at least one study on arterial myogenic tone (PMID: 11861411), but that topic is not the focus of our study.

      (11) At the end of each result section, a concluding statement is made regarding the effects on pressure-induced chronotropy. In many cases, there are additional effects of manipulating protein expression on other contractile properties. One example is for TRPC3 and TRPC6 (lines 414-416), but others are TRPV4, TRPV3, ENaC, Kir, Cav3.1/3.2, etc. Some interpretation is in the Discussion, but the concluding statements at the end of each result section should be expanded to summarize what the authors think the other significant differences in the data represent.

      Thank you for allowing us the flexibility to address this at the end of each relevant section in the Results. We have now expanded several of these sections as you suggest.

      (12) Kv7.4 channels. You state you have data (not shown) with linopiridine and XE991. Why not show those results here to support the experiments with the Kcnq4 smKO mice? Otherwise, I suggest you remove the statement from the unpublished data.

      We have removed the comments about the unpublished data with other Kv7.4 inhibitors.

      (13) Figure 13A. Kcnj2 is modestly expressed in LECs, but very little is present in LMCs. This likely underlies the effect of barium. If you remove the endothelium, does the effect of barium disappear? While this is not the major focus of the study, the effects of barium are dramatic, and it should be made clear whether this is due to inhibition of Kir channels in smooth muscle or endothelial cells.

      Thank you for making this very good point. We cannot rule out an effect on LECs in this context and denuding popliteal LVs is nearly impossible without compromising their contractile function because of their small size and the presence of intraluminal valves. The valves prevent easy passage of an air bubble (the opening is only 1/4 the area of the lumen) and attempts at mechanical removal result in extreme valve damage and/or residual LECs at valve sites. If there is an influence of inhibiting Kir channels in LECs, it is not via electrical communication between LECs and LMCs, which is minimal or non-existent as we have shown in previous studies (PMID: 30143234, PMID: 28994159, PMID: 30355030). Thus, a potential LEC influence would be mediated by release/production of vasoactive factors, which is a point that we now discuss.

      (14) Figure 18C tone. Several values for losartan look different but are not labelled as such. Please clarify and discuss if different.

      All the significantly different values were labeled as such, but that panel is no longer in the revised paper as the AT<sub>1</sub>R frequency data have been included in a different form (Fig. 22).

      (15) The manuscript should include raw data traces in figures that show the major pathways that you conclude regulate chronotropy.

      Thank you for this suggestion. Three new figures have now been added to illustrate the blunting of F-P relationship in Ano1 smKO (Fig. 3), IP<sub>3</sub>R1 smKO (Fig. 17) and GNAQ/11 DKO vessels (Fig. 19).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Davis et al. embarked on the quest for the molecular elements responsible for the regulation of lymphatic phasic contractile activity in response to variation of transmural pressure, a mechanism (termed pressure-induced lymphatic chronotropy by the authors) critical for drainage of interstitial fluid from the tissue and transport of lymph back to the blood circulation. Their aim was to investigate the mechanism(s) involved in the pressure-induced regulation of lymphatic pumping, and test whether activation of cation channels, shown in other systems to play mechanosensitive roles are directly at play, and/or whether mechano-activation of GNAQ/GNA11-coupled GPCRs is necessary to generate second messengers to activate those channels, as it has been suggested for the regulation of myogenic tone in arteries. To achieve their goal, the authors used their well-described, highly reliable protocols of mouse lymphatic vessel isolation, pressure myography, and data acquisition to obtain frequency-pressure relationships and other contractile function parameters from transgenic mice where specific channels or molecular elements of interest have been ablated. They combined these data with scRNAseq analysis of these gene targets to determine their respective role and levels of expression in lymphatic muscle cells. Their conclusion is that none of the exhaustive list of tested ion channels was critical, except ANO1 Cl channels, part of the contractile pacemaker mechanism, but that transmural pressure activates GNAQ/GNA11-coupled GPCRs, which generate IP3 to induce SR Ca2+ release through IP3R1 and activate ANO1-mediated depolarization.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript's strengths reside primarily in very robust, clean, and unequivocal pressure myography data and analysis. The research team is mastering these techniques they developed more than a decade ago and have implemented in mouse lymphatics to study their contractile properties, with consistent and convincing outcomes. They also provide data from an impressive list of transgenic mice in order to determine the role of the targeted gene in pressure-induced lymphatic chronotropy, relying on pharmacological small molecule inhibitors only when necessary. Finally, the use of scRNAseq analysis they gathered from previously published datasets brings novelty with respect to the expression of the genes of interest in all populations of cells comprising the lymphatic vessels, but more critically, to validate or contrast the potential impact of genetic alteration of the given gene on the ability of lymphatic muscles to respond to a change in pressure.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The main weakness may reside in the fact that while the authors provide a convincing demonstration that GNAQ/GNA11 are involved in the regulation of the F-P relationship, they give little evidence of the involvement of "upstream" receptors. Indeed, inhibition of AT1R, shown to be involved in myogenic regulation of arteries (a phenomenon the authors rightfully compare to pressure-induced lymphatic chronotropy), didn't lead to a similar effect (decrease in F-P) in lymphatic vessels. Arguably, other GPCRs might be involved in lymphatic vessels, but as such information is not provided in the manuscript, the author's conclusions should be dampened. More in-depth discussion would be required. In fact, it can be argued that the discussion is very restricted with respect to the amount of data and information the manuscript provides.

      To address these valid concerns, we performed a detailed scRNA-seq analysis of the GPCRs expressed in mouse LMCs. Approximately 136 GPCRs were identified as being expressed in over 0.5% of LMCs, the top 20 of which are expressed at moderate levels in a substantial percentage (>36%) of LMCs. We have added a new Figure showing bubble plots of these 20 GPCRs in the various cell populations of IALVs, ranked according to their expression level (Fig. 21); we also show their expression in the other cell types. We then experimentally tested 7 of the most likely candidates for which inhibitors were available by determining whether blocking the GPCR would alter pacemaking by lowering the contraction frequency at P=3 cm H<sub>2</sub>O. This was a streamlined assay compared to measuring the complete F-P relationship but produced similar results; to demonstrate this point, we also performed the streamlined analysis for the ANO1 inhibitor, Ano1 smKO, IP<sub>3</sub>R1 smKO and Gq/11 DKO, all of which showed significantly reduced frequencies, compared to their respective controls at P=3 cm H<sub>2</sub>O (see Fig. 22, black symbols). The alignment of statistical significance for the latter results with the corresponding F-P analyses shown in Figs. 2, 16 and 18) demonstrates that this assay is sufficiently powerful to detect a significant effect on pacemaking. Unfortunately, the results for each of the GPCRs tested were negative (Fig. 22, red symbols). We conclude that none of those particular GPCRs (NPY1R, ET<sub>A</sub>R, NPR3, TBA<sub>2</sub>XR, S1PR1, AT1<sub>A</sub>R, AT1<sub>B</sub>R), or two additional GPCRs (HT-2R, HRH1) that were tested in previous studies (PMID: 12770929, 28453392), are critical for pacemaking or the F-P relationship in LMCs. Of the remaining 11 GPCRs, several are adhesion receptors (Adgrl1, Adgrl2, Adgrl3, Adga2), two are orphan receptors (Gprc5b, Olfr1033), one codes for the GABA-B1 receptor (Gabbr1, with unknown function in the lymphatic system), two code for proteins in the Wnt signaling pathway (Fzd4, Fzd2), one codes for a protein in the Hedgehog signaling pathway (Smo) and one encodes a beta-amyloid binding protein (Tm2d1). The possible roles of these GPCRs, and the other 100+ GPCRs expressed at much lower levels remain to be tested in future studies. At any rate, systematic investigation of these GPCRs is well beyond the scope of this study, and in many cases not possible due the lack of known soluble ligands/antagonists. We have significantly expanded the Discussion with regard to this topic and stated that our inability to identify a specific Gq/11-coupled mechanosensory GPCR in LMCs is a limitation of our study.

      (2) Overall, the authors convincingly achieved their aim by performing an impressive number of technically challenging experiments, leading to solid datasets. While these support their main conclusions, a more elaborate discussion might be required to refine them.

      We hope this limitation has been tempered by the addition of the new data and the expanded Discussion section mentioned above.

      (3) This study is likely to have an important impact on the field as it provides some answers to the lingering question of how lymphatic vessels regulate their contractile activity to variation in transmural pressure and certainly proposes an experimental means to further explore and address that question.

      Thank you.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Davis and colleagues aimed to identify the molecular sensors and signaling cascade that enable collecting lymphatic vessels to increase their spontaneous contraction frequency in response to intraluminal pressure (pressure-induced chronotropy). They tested whether the process is similar to blood vessel myogenic constriction by relying on cation channels (TRPC6, TRPM4, PKD2, PIEZO1, etc.) or instead require the activation of G-protein-coupled receptors (presumably mechanosensitive GNAQ/GNA11-coupled receptors), using ex vivo pressure myography of mouse popliteal lymphatics, smooth muscle-specific conditional knockouts, quantitative PCR validation, and single-cell RNA sequencing for target prioritization. The authors convincingly demonstrate that pressure-induced chronotropy does not require the cation channels implicated in arterial myogenic tone but is blunted by deletion of GNAQ/GNA11 or IP3 receptor 1, supporting a model of GPCR > IP3 > Ca2+ release > Cl⁻ channel activation > depolarization. The core conclusion is robust. The work redefines lymphatic pacemaking as G-protein-coupled receptor-dependent mechanotransduction, distinct from arterial mechanisms, and provides a genetically validated toolkit that is useful for studying lymphatic function and dysfunction.

      Strengths:

      (1) The data are of high quality and highly sensitive functional readouts

      (2) The systematic genetic targeting is a major strength that overcomes pharmacological artifacts

      (3) Careful quantitative analyses of frequency-pressure slopes

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The use of inguinal-axillary vessels for single-cell RNA sequencing rather than the popliteal segment studied functionally.

      Agreed. The need to use IALVs derives from the much smaller amount of tissue needed for scRNAseq analysis of individual popliteal vessels (and 3-5x longer time required for cleaning) before pooling them. We have tried to clearly state this limitation. However, functional comparisons between popliteal and IALV function are quite similar in almost all aspects that we have studied. In the majority of our protocols, preliminary experiments using IALVs were performed side by side with popliteal vessels (for Ncx1 smKO, Trpc6<sup>-/</sup>-, Trpc6/3 DKO, G<sub>12/13</sub> DKO, Piezo1 smKO, Trmp4 smKO) without detection of a significant difference in phenotype. In addition, we have performed new experiments using IALVs from G11<sup>-/-</sup> and GNAQ/GNA11 DKO mice to support the major positive findings drawn from the popliteal vessel studies (compare Fig. 18 with Suppl. Fig. 1).

      (2) No direct testing of the specific G-protein-coupled receptor involved.

      Agreed. As described in our response to the other reviewers (see point 1 to Reviewer 1 and point 1 to Reviewer 2), to address these concerns we have added a new figure (Fig. 21) ranking the top-expressed GPCRs in LMCs and have experimentally tested several of the most likely candidates (Fig. 22). Unfortunately, our results were still negative, allowing us to rule out those particular GPCRs but not to pinpoint a specific GPCR. The possible roles of other 100+ GPCRs in LMCs remain to be investigated in future studies. We have adjusted our title to better reflect our results.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors state multiple times that several cation channels have been shown to contribute to vascular tone. Arterial smooth muscle cell ANO1 channels also contribute to arterial myogenic tone (PMID: 22872152). An ANO1-dependent mechanism is proposed here in lymphatic vessels, and the same ANO1 mouse models are studied. PMID: 22872152 is not discussed or cited and should be.

      Now cited.

      (2) Lines 88-97. It is important to note that the Bulley paper studied tamoxifen-inducible smooth muscle cell-specific knockout mice, whereas the Sharif-Naeini study used germline SM22-driven PKD1 knockout mice. The mice used in the Sharif-Naeini paper were subsequently found to have an ADPKD-like phenotype due to non-specific knockout of PKD1 in other cell types (PMID: 20856231). That should also be noted. The authors also state "PKD1 channel" in this paragraph when PKD1 does not form a channel.

      Corrected and clarified. A new paper on PKD1 by Jaggar’s group is now cited in that context.

      (3) Line 119. Perhaps you mean PKD1/2 channels?

      Corrected.

      (4) Line 312. It is unusual that data from Figure 2A is described before that in Figure 1. Can you reorder the figures to fit the text?

      Corrected.

      (5) Line 130. Can you provide references that show that ANO1 is not intrinsically mechanosensitive?

      Added.

      (6) Line 160. I believe the Pkd2f/f mice are available from the Maryland PKD Core and were not generated by the Jaggar lab.

      Corrected.

      (7) Line 319 needs a reference.

      Added.

      (8) The color choice for the symbols in many figures, particularly Figures 2, 3, and 4, makes it difficult to know which condition is which.

      Corrected.

      (9) I may have missed it, but the Figure 1A legend seems to need a definition for every cell type abbreviation.

      It is shown in panel A (Figure 2).

      (10) In several places, the authors state that they deleted gene expression in LMCs, when the mouse model deletes expression from all smooth muscle cells. Please refine wording.

      Clarified.

      (11) Line 664-666. Sharif-Naeini did not propose that PKD2 channels contribute to myogenic tone. That was Bulley et al.

      Corrected.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The role of TRPV4: It is interesting to note that despite a quasi-non-expression of the TRPV4 gene in LMC, KO this gene in these cells results in an increase in contraction frequency and a strong decrease in amplitude at low pressures, suggesting the channel is expressed and active in LMCs. It is not too clear how macrophages could be indirectly involved in this process by releasing products. Are they also sensitive to pressure? How? And why should they be more involved than any other cell type present in the vessel wall (i.e, LECs)?

      Macrophages definitely release products that affect LMC activity (PMID: 38826322) and they may be sensitive to pressure but that has not yet been demonstrated. However, as shown in the paper cited, selective KO of Trpv4 in macrophages does not abrogate the F-P relationship in lymphatic vessels.

      (2) The role of AT1R in pressure-induced chronotropy: The lack of effect of AT1R inhibition on F-P doesn't mean other GPCRs could play a similar role in lymphatics. A more in-depth discussion could be provided. Furthermore, could G-proteins be activated by pressure independently of coupled receptors?

      We have extensively expanded our discussion of possible mechanosensitive GPCRs in LMCs. We have also cited at least one paper providing evidence for G-proteins being activated by pressure independently of coupled receptors (PMID 28148497), although we believe our added assessment of LMC GPCR expression reveals novel targets to explore for mechanotransduction in LMCs.

      (3) Figure 1: Please explain the apparent discrepancy between the described protocol and the experiment displayed in A. Please explain and confirm that the experiments presented in the study followed the protocol described in the Methods section. Add text to Methods.

      The example does indeed follow the stated protocol in the “METHODS section” for the sequence and duration of pressure steps. Note that we stated 2 min was typical at each pressure level but for some of the lower pressures 4-5 min were required to get a sufficient number of contractions, as in this case. The diameter and pressure traces at P=8, 10 cm H<sub>2</sub>O are not shown in the example so that we could expand the time axis for better resolution.

      It can also be inferred from the trace that the F-P curve was built from frequencies obtained when pressure was lowered and increased. Are values at a given pressure identical if recorded when pressures were lowered or increased? Does it influence the relationship?

      There is indeed some variability in the response to stepping pressure up vs down because of rate-sensitive effects, as described in one of our previous studies (PMID: 19001046). In the protocol we implemented here, the FREQ at P=3 cm H<sub>2</sub>O upon step up from 0.5 cm H<sub>2</sub>O was usually slightly higher than the initial FREQ at P=3 cm H<sub>2</sub>O. Those two values were averaged together and this is now stated.

      The FREQ graph in B displays values up to 10 cm H2O, which are not shown in A.

      The data at P=8, 10 cm H<sub>2</sub>O were obtained for that same vessel. The complete range is shown to illustrate that the relationship reaches a plateau above 5 cm H<sub>2</sub>O.

      (4) Figure 1: Is there a need to repeat/duplicate the FREQ graph in B and D?

      It has now been replaced with Ejection Fraction.

      (5) Figure 19: With respect to point #2, and whether G-proteins are involved/important in the process, given the current state of understanding, that part of the illustration might need to be amended.

      The figure has been revised.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Below are some suggestions for the authors to consider:

      (1) Test specific GPCRs pharmacologically (e.g., AT1R) on wild-type vessels to determine if pressure-induced chronotropy is blunted.

      Done, Figure 22.

      The authors could also rank Gq/11 receptors based on the expression in LMCs (e.g., qPCR using FACS-sorted cells).

      Done, Figure 21.

      (2) Residual chronotropy in ANO1 knockout mice: Quantify the remaining frequency-pressure slope in Myh11-CreERᵀ²;Ano1ᶠ/ᶠ vessels and test whether it is sensitive to low-chloride buffer or chloride channel blockers to probe an alternative Cl⁻ conductance.

      The role of chloride in lymphatic pacemaking is well appreciated and the reviewer offers some intriguing experiments for future experimentation. The use of low Cl<sup>-</sup> solutions was part of the fundamental discovery of lymphatic muscle pacemaking and the role of a calcium-activated chloride channel as the basis for spontaneous transient depolarizations (STDs) by Dirk Van Helden in 1993 who reported that “Lymphatic STDs reversed at potentials near -35 mV (range -40 to -25 mV; n = 4)” and were “suppressed by exposure to low chloride (replaced with sodium isethionate) solution [(> 5 minutes)]”, although more details were not provided. The effect of low Cl<sup>-</sup> and lymphatic muscle excitability was followed up in a 2008 paper by von der Weid et al., which showed that STD frequency and amplitude increased acutely (within 2-3 min) after the bath solution was changed to a solution containing 10% of the initial Cl<sup>-</sup> concentration (replaced with methane sulphonate). This result likely suggests that the acute reduction of extracellular Cl<sup>-</sup> increased the reversal potential for Cl<sup>-</sup> and that within 2-3 minutes the intracellular Cl- content had not quite run down. Work by Boedtkjer’s group (Mohanakumar et al. 2018) also demonstrated that human lymphatic pacemaking was also heavily dependent on the bath Cl<sup>-</sup> concentration. Using wire myography preparations, they showed that human thoracic rings and mesenteric vessels ceased spontaneous contractions when Cl<sup>-</sup> was removed (replaced with aspartate), and that contractions returned upon washout with a normal Cl<sup>-</sup> containing solution. In that study, the authors noted that there was some variability in the timing required for contractions to cease with the mesenteric LVs. In some cases, an acute large constriction immediately followed the exchange with Cl<sup>-</sup> free solution, which would also point to an acute depolarizing/stimulatory effect of a rapid resetting of E<sub>Cl</sub> to a more positive value when external Cl<sup>-</sup> was removed acutely removed. A limitation to the approach is the use of wire myographs as opposed to pressurized vessels, as the wire method does not allow the vessels to be stretched in a physiological manner. Similarly, diastolic depolarization was not typically observed by Van Helden and von der Weid, as they used pinned-out tissue sections (required for recording STDs from short vessel sections), which highlights the necessity of using a physiological stretch stimulus.

      On the face of it, the complete cessation of contractions reported in the Boedtkjer paper is at odds with our previous and present results using Ani9 and Ano1 smKO and IP<sub>3</sub>R1 smKO vessels, which retain some baseline level of pacemaking, albeit largely pressure-independent. Thus, the hypothesis that a separate Cl<sup>-</sup> channel may be active and important holds some merit. However, it is worth noting that we do not expect this basal pacemaker drive to be calcium-dependent, as IP<sub>3</sub>R1 calcium oscillations are maintained. IP<sub>3</sub>R1 smKO vessels, which largely lack subcellular calcium transients in diastole, also have a lower-than-expected contraction frequency compared to Ano1 smKO vessels, although this is in part due to an elongation of the action potential plateau. We also do not think the residual activity is simply due to the inability of inducible Cres to drive complete recombination, as we performed experiments with Ani9-treated Ano1 smKO vessels (Fig. 2B) and did not observe a significant additional reduction in the concentrations at which maximal inhibition is assumed, 2-10 mM (see also Harlow et al. 2025). We do not see a robust presence of Ano2 (TMEM16b) and while Ano6 (TMEM16) is expressed, it is a calcium-activated scramblase with permeability to both cations and Cl<sup>-</sup> (Ye et al 2019).

      We also have personal experience with Cl<sup>-</sup> substitution (replaced to 10 mM by aspartate), originally obtained as part of our work identifying Ano1 as the primary calcium-activated chloride channel, although the inability to ascertain the intracellular Cl<sup>-</sup> at any point in time while the bath exchange is occurring significantly limited the interpretability of that data. During review of that manuscript, we were asked to remove the Cl<sup>-</sup> substitution experiments but spontaneous contractions still persisted in the majority of the vessels (n=6). Notably this was not a complete removal of Cl<sup>-</sup> as was done in Mohanakumar et al. 2018. However, the complete removal of Cl<sup>-</sup> is a much more significant intervention than the inhibition of a single channel, likely altering HCO<sub>3</sub><sup>-</sup> and Na<sup>+</sup> flux through the associated Cl<sup>-</sup> antiporters and symporters. How Cl<sup>-</sup> removal affects LMC intracellular pH regulation via impaired bicarbonate transport also remains unknown. Nor is it well appreciated how Cl<sup>-</sup> removal affects mitochondrial function and ROS production in LMCs, which regulate potentially significant confounding pathways related to lymphatic muscle pacemaking. Without control of these significant confounding circumstances, the hypothesis that the baseline depolarization is still a Cl<sup>-</sup> channel is far from a certainty.

      In Author response image 1, we provide the reviewer with the expression data for other members of the Anoctamin family, the potential Anoctamin-regulating CLCA family, and other documented chloride channels in LMCs (clusters 5-6).

      Author response image 1.

      (3) I understand this would be a huge undertaking, but aligning scRNAseq with functional vessels using popliteal LMCs or inguinal-axillary LMCs could help rule out potential tissue-specific differences.

      We understand the reviewer’s concerns and, owing to the small amount of cells that can be recovered from popliteal vessels, we instead now provide new data using pressure myography of inguinal axillary vessels (IALVs) for the data with positive findings (Gq/11 inhibition) that support our findings in popliteal vessels (Suppl. Fig. 1). This points to a fundamental role for Gaq, Ga11, and possibly Ga14, in signaling upstream of IP<sub>3</sub>R1 mobilization and Ano1 activation. We are aware of the length of this manuscript (now further increased in order to respond to the reviewers’ suggestions) and, given the negative data for the vast majority of putative mechanosensory pathways, we have omitted some of the parallel data collected in IALVs. In the majority of our protocols, preliminary experiments using IALVs were tested side by side with popliteal vessels (from Ncx1 smKO, Trpc6<sup>-/-</sup>, Trpc3/6<sup>-/-</sup>, G12/13 DKO, Piezo1smKO, Trmp4 smKO mice) without detection of a significant difference in phenotype.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This study provides a valuable genome-centric characterization of microbial communities across deep sediment cores from a Spartina patens salt marsh. The study provides claims on the metabolic capabilities of the deep sediment microbiome as well as on a burial microbial assembly process and functional complementarity at depth. However, some of these claims remain incomplete and would benefit from further supporting evidence. Overall, this work will be of interest to microbial ecologists working on wetlands.

      We appreciate all of the efforts of the reviewers and editors. Additional analysis and extensive edits were made to the original manuscript to address the comments of both reviewers and editor. We believe this effort has significantly improved the manuscript.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Vineis et al. examined the structure and functional potential of microbial communities along a vertical sediment profile of a salt marsh, using a genome-centric metagenomic approach. They attempted to test whether (1) the microbial communities within dynamic upper layers contain genomes with diverse functional potential, (2) the energy limited deeper sediments contain microbial consortia assembled to metabolise complex carbon, and (3) microbial compositional changes in the low energy sediments mirror the burial processes observed in marine environments with similar energetic limitations. Results revealed a core microbial consortia that contains a collective metabolic potential for complex carbon and aromatics degradation, suggesting putative syntrophic interactions. Besides, the recovery of MAGs assembled independently from multiple depths in the same core and the consistent relative abundance structure of MAGs within co-occurrence network modules together suggest burial process as a likely mechanism for microbial assembly.

      Strengths:

      (1) Two long sediment cores (down to 240 cm deep) were collected in this study, allowing investigation of the less well characterised subsurface microbiome in salt marsh.

      (2) A genome-centric metagenomic approach was employed here, which provides information on both the structure and functional potential of the salt marsh sediment microbiome, which is not possible in commonly performed 16S rRNA-based surveys.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In both the abstract and conclusion, the authors claimed that results from this study provide a "mechanistic understanding" of the assembly and distribution of the microbial communities in salt marsh sediment (P2, L31 and P35, L645-649). However, both claims are speculative and not supported by solid evidence. Firstly, the genomic data presented in this study and supplementary physical properties of sediments in the broader area are not enough to make a solid claim (that appears in the title) on microbial assembly being governed by a burial process. Alternative explanations include residual bioturbation, slow porewater advection, etc. Therefore, this remains an interesting hypothesis unless additional evidence is provided to rule out the alternative explanations. Similarly, the claim on the detailed syntrophic interactions among members within a co-occurrence network module (e.g. P36, L649-652) is purely speculative and warrants functional validation experiments to prove.

      The reviewer makes two points in section 1 of their review, and we have addressed each point as follows: 1) We have removed the term “mechanistic understanding” from the manuscript and instead focused on the co-occurring group of microbes and the evidence for overall community and population structure with depth. Statistical analyses were added to the manuscript including a test for the influence of depth on the overall community structure (Fig. 3) and sample-specific single nucleotide variants (SNVs) within a collection of MAGs that were abundant and prevalent throughout the subsurface (Fig. 7). The text now contains additional text in the discussion (lines 702-720 and 843-845) that addresses alternative explanations of our observations including the potential for advection and residual bioturbation. 2) We agree that to prove syntrophy, functional validation through experimentation is required and we have added a statement to this effect on line 858-864.

      (2) A major aim of this work was to study complex carbon degradation. However, neither CAZymes, the first-line carbon degradation enzymes, nor peptidases, which can be important contributors to carbon degradation at depth, was examined here. METABOLIC, which the authors used for functional annotation of MAGs, by default generates peptidases outputs and can be easily integrated here.

      We expanded our analysis to include CAZymes and peptidases including an analysis of the number of peptidase pathways among our network modules (Table S3, Fig. S6), and a supplemental table of glycoside hydrolase and polysaccharide lyase (Table S2). Methods regarding the CAZyme and peptidase analysis are included on lines 282-296, results on 490-509, and 581-588.

      (3) No geochemical data is available to provide context for the genomic analysis here. Without such information, readers cannot even tell whether the surface sediment samples were oxic or anoxic. A reference to a PhD thesis is provided (P6, L126) but it would be most helpful to extract relevant data from there and provide as a supplementary table.

      Oxygen concentrations were not measured as part of that study. Although oxygen concentrations are heterogeneous, due to bioturbation, and radial oxygen loss from roots in marsh systems similar to ours they are generally below detection at the shallowest depth examined in our study. We have added additional citations relevant to this point on lines 747-753.

      (4) A single metagenomic binning tool, CONCOCT, was used in this study, which very likely has resulted in a limited number of MAGs recovered. More (high-quality) MAGs are expected with the use of additional binners and a bin consolidation procedure.

      We agree that multiple binning tools can potentially identify more bins, contigs can be mistakenly binned when using purely automated processes. To sidestep the chance of including erroneous contigs in our collection, we chose to invest a large amount of time and effort required to bin manually. CONCOCT was used as an initial guide to identify some of the most easily reconstructed MAGs but all contigs within MAGs were subjected to visual inspection of the sequencing coverage profile over several samples, sequence composition congruency, and real-time completion and contamination estimation as contigs were manually added and/or subtracted from the collection in each bin. This approach is not more widely applied because of the expertise and time required to manually reconstruct MAGs from each sample individually. Many researchers find that human involvement is often required to improve the accuracy of automated binning tools, which has given rise to several tools in addition to Anvi’o, BinaRena, ICoVeR, and ggKBase. To elaborate on this procedure, we made a video tutorial of our approach to binning manual-binning-approach. An example of the manual bin refining process can be found here (merenlab-MAG-refinement)

      (5) Several terminologies are misleading here. Firstly, the term "co-occurring" or "co-located" microbes or MAGs (e.g. P1, L19 and P31, L537) can be misleading as it could imply a close spatial relationship. However, co-occurrence networks rely on correlations of (relative) abundance and show statistical associations instead of direct spatial or physical relationships. I would suggest alternative names such as co-abundant or statistically associated microbes.

      We have added text to address the important point raised by the reviewer regarding the term “cooccurrence”. We added additional language in the methods section to define co-occurrence and to make clear that the term should not be interpreted to infer a direct spatial or physical relationship (lines 121-123). However, the term “cooccurrence” is commonly used to describe the significant correlations identified molecular ecological networks and we think the introduction of additional terminology such as “statistically associated” could lead to additional confusion.

      Secondly, the term "persistent conversion of soil organic carbon" (P36, L654) in the conclusion is also misleading as it implies an active process, which cannot be tested without metatranscriptomics or metaproteomics data.

      We agree and thus we added metatranscriptomic data to the manuscript to assess the activity of the microbes in the subnetwork of commonly co-occurring MAGs within the subsurface. Our results indicate that the pathways for complex carbon are both present and active at the time of sampling. The methods section describing this additional analysis is included on lines 155-168 and 314-324 and we created a new figure to communicate the present and active MAGs in the Bathyarchaeia BA1 subnetwork (Fig. 7). Even with the additional metatranscriptome data, we agree that the term “persistent conversion of soil organic carbon” is still not supported by our data because we sampled at a single timepoint and we have removed this text from the manuscript.

      (6) Based on a NMDS plot of KEGG IDs (Figure 4B), the authors claimed that the functional potential among MAGs in modules 1, 2 and 7 was very similar (P18, L346). However, the dispersions of modules 1 and 2 were just too large. A proper statistical test, such as PERMANOVA, should be used to support the claim.

      We replaced the analysis of the KEGG modules with a more detailed characterization of the functions identified in the MAGs within each of the modules (Fig. 5) (including the CAZy and peptidase analysis described above) (Table S2 and S4). This revised approach provides more resolution on the higher-order functions that are differentially detected among the modules. This allows for greater clarity on the functions that are specific to the MAGs within each module.

      (7) Genome-scale metabolic networks was analysed using Metag2Metabo (M2M) and results were discussed in detail (P26, L453-466). However, the source data should be provided in a supplementary table to show what metabolites are producible by which MAGs.

      The M2M analysis generates a map of thousands of genes and reactions for each MAG which is stored in an XML-formatted file. Files for each MAG are available upon request so the metabolic pathways can be explored in Fluxer (https://fluxer.umbc.edu/) or Escher (https://escher.github.io/). The metabolites produced through complimentary reactions within the Bathyarchaeia BA1 subnetwork are included in Table S6 and the complimentary gene content for the Benzoyl-CoA pathway is shown in Table S7.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This work provides a detailed metabolic reconstruction of sediment microbiomes along a depth profile in a Spartina patens salt marsh in Massachusetts, USA. Using a combination of genome reconstruction, co-occurrence network analysis, and metabolic profiling, the authors describe the metabolic potential of co-occurring microbial consortia in understudied deep sediments.

      Major strengths of this study include the detailed metagenomic characterization of the understudied deep marsh sediments. The authors recovered genomes representing a substantial portion of the deep sediment microbiome (up to ~60%) and provided an initial explanation of pathways related to the potential for organic carbon decomposition in this environment. Of particular interest is the capability of the deep sediment microbiome to process aromatic organic compounds, highlighting the need for a collaborative consortium to carry out their decomposition. Improved understanding of the microbial transformation of deep sediment organic carbon in blue carbon ecosystems is vital to better understand the fate of this large carbon pool in the face of climate change.

      However, I have a few concerns in the interpretation of the results, and in the case of the surface sediments there is a lack of strong evidence in my opinion.

      (1) A stronger ecological interpretation is needed regarding the meaning of the co-occurrence network analysis. The authors correctly note that their analysis identifies groups of co-occurring genomes, which may indicate shared niche space, not necessarily interspecific ecological interactions (as the authors imply for instance in lines 423-425). When performing network analysis using samples from the entire sediment profile (0-240 cm), they identified consortia that co-vary in relative abundance along the depth gradient most likely because of shared environmental filtering forces, such as changes in redox potential and sediment chemistry. Supplementary Figure S4 showing that different modules have distinct abundance distributions along the sediment profile supports this idea. Being that the case, I would like the authors to define the ecological significance of the "connector hub". Is it merely taxa that is prevalent in the whole sediment profile? Since the modules are physically separated (in different sediment depth layers), they are not really interacting between each other. As it stands, it is not clear why the authors decide to study connector hubs in greater detail, along with their subnetworks.

      These are all very good points raised by the reviewer and we have taken the following steps to clarify the role of connector nodes. Additional text regarding the environmental role of a connector node is included on lines 273-278, 440-442. We added additional text regarding our decision to study the Bathyarchaeia BA1 MAGs that were classified as connectors in greater detail (lines 514-534).

      (2) I question if the lack of network modules in the surface sediment is really a consequence of non-significant interspecific ecological interactions and not the result of methodological biases. The low MAG recovery and thus short read recruitment in surface-level metagenomes may hinder the ability of the authors to identify co-varying microorganisms in the surface sediment. The high diversity of the surface sediment prevents proper assembly of the surface microbiome. I would also argue that as redox potential declines sharply in salt marsh sediments just below the root surface, the microbial community in the first few centimeter's changes rapidly and is significantly different from the more stable deep sediment microbiome. Due to the sampling design, the study has less representation of the surface layer (only 0-30 cm, while the cores extend down to 240 cm). Grouping sediment microbiomes by depth based on similarity in their sequence space (e.g., Mash) or functional profile (e.g., KEGG annotation) before performing network analysis could help to better infer ecological relationships within the distinct ecological niches of the marsh sediment profile, rather than performing a single network analysis of all samples combined.

      We agree with rationale that the low MAG recovery from surface sediments inhibits our ability to build a reliable network that would capture interactions within this region of the sediment profile. While the reviewer’s idea of grouping samples based on functional similarity or depth is and interesting idea, this decreases the number of samples used for estimating co-occurrence. Because we had few MAGs derived from surface sediments, it is unlikely that this recommended approach would yield additional connections. Additional analysis of surface sediments is certainly warranted in order to tease apart the interactions and their relevance to the biogeochemistry of the sediment. The reviewer comments may be useful to others attempting to identifying niche spaces and connections in the surface. See lines 775-783.

      (3) Normalizing the relative abundance of MAGs by dividing by the total reads mapping to a particular sample can be misleading due to differences in recruitment levels across samples (and depths). A better approach would be to normalize by metagenome library size, or preferably by genome equivalents (e.g., using MicrobeCensus) or a similar approach.

      We decided to normalize to the number of reads mapped to our non-redundant collection of MAGs instead of to the total number of sequences in each sample for several reasons. 1.) We do not know what the proportion of unmapped reads represents and could include virus and eukaryotic life. Comparing the amount of microbial DNA to the eukaryotic fraction can be misleading because changes in the relative abundance from these sources would skew the microbial relative abundance. In human microbiome studies, subtraction of human reads is often carried out prior to calculating relative abundance, but we lack any such reference in our system. We added text to explain this in the methods (lines 219-232). 2.) We are not comparing the total abundance of MAGs across samples or comparing individual genes across samples, so tools such as MicrobeCensus would not offer an improved analysis. Additionally, many of these tools rely on reference genomes within the workflow which is challenging in these sediments due to the many novel taxa. There are challenges with any relative abundance calculation and clear explanation of our read mapping strategy and Fig. S2 allows the reader to see the potential bias.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      It appears that the main issue is that some of the claims in the paper are not adequately justified. You can find the detailed assessment of the two reviewers in their reviews, and their recommendations are listed below. We encourage you to examine these comments and incorporate the recommendations in your manuscript. In particular, after consulting the reviewers, we encourage you to prioritize the following:

      (1) Addressing alternative hypotheses.

      (2) Improving MAG binning and assembly.

      (3) Revising statistical analyses.

      (4) Including CAZymes and peptidases in the analysis.

      (5) Revising the terminology and interpretation (e.g. regarding co-occurrence).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Title: consider shortening it.

      We agree and shortened the title

      (2) P3, L49-52: incomplete sentence.

      The corrected sentence in on lines 45-47.

      (3) P3, L54: consider adding a citation for "blue carbon stocks" for a broad readership.

      We added a citation. Line 54.

      (4) P7, panel A: consider adding coordinate axes; panel B: would be helpful to add more details on the tools (e.g. CONCOCT for binning), key parameters (e.g. dereplication at 95% ANI), and/or key statistics used (e.g. the number of high-quality and medium-quality MAGs).

      We added additional details to figure 1.

      (5) P8, L131 (and L148): define MAG at its first use. Are they bins with >50% completeness and <10 contamination MAGs?

      MAGs are first defined on line 24. Bins are a minimum of 50% complete and maximum 10% redundant (lines 200-205).

      (6) P9, L168: the default setting for dRep uses -comp 75, which won't result in MAGs with a completeness <75%; however, some MAGs in Table S1 have a completeness <75%.

      The methods on this point are clarified on lines 191-206.

      (7) P10, L173: by the "75% threshold", do you mean for completeness/completion?

      We have clarified that sentence to specify “completion” on line 203.

      (8) P10, L175: provide the version number for GTDB used.

      The version is now provided in the text on line 205.

      (9) P10, L185: information in the GitHub repository is incomplete; e.g. the code for running CONCOCT binning is missing.

      The GitHub is now up to date including a link to a video explaining how binning and MAG refining were conducted for one of the samples.

      (10) P14, L268: how many MAGs are novel at each taxonomic ranks? Table S1 does not include genus level data.

      We have included additional text regarding the novelty of MAGs on line 370-375. Table S1 now has genus-level classification.

      (11) P14, L271, 274, and 276: please provide the exact numbers and/or percentages.

      The percentages are now reported on lines 372-375.

      (12) P14, L272: however, Figure 2 only shows phylum data.

      We have reworked this paragraph and corrected this error (lines 384-406)

      (13) P14, L281: deep instead of shallow?

      The paragraph was rewritten and this point now appears on lines 392-394.

      (14) P16, L298-302: would be helpful to provide a supplementary table showing these values.

      These values were added to table S1.

      (15) P16, L314: aren't they 30% and 50%, respectively?

      This error was corrected. See lines 378-379.

      (16) P18, L339: five Dehalococcoidales and no GIF9 MAGs?

      We revised this section and the details are now included on lines 438-440.

      (17) P21, L385: module 5 instead of 4?

      This section was revised and the corrected details can be found on lines 460-462.

      (18) P21, L386: Figure S4 is irrelevant here.

      This section was revised and the corrected details can be found on lines 460-461.

      (19) P22, L394: Figure 5 instead?

      This section was removed during revision

      (20) P24, L413: to me, these MAGs were present along the entire core instead.

      The section regarding “bimodal” MAGs was removed during revision.

      (21) P24, L411: there are multiple typos in the scientific names in Figure S6.

      We have removed this supplemental.

      (22) P25, L430: Fig. 6A instead?

      The correction of this error is on line 525 and references figure S7A.

      (23) P25, L440: module 1?

      The GIF9 classification was replaced with the family-level classification AB-539-J10 and we have corrected any error assigning these MAGs to the incorrect module. The original sentence containing this error was revised, but the section including these results can be found on lines 514-534.

      (24) P28, L501: these pathways were present in not even half of the MAGs.

      The details of selenate and arsenate are now presented in figure 5.

      (25) P30, L508: also provide a key for the size of nodes.

      The original figure 6 is now figure S7 and was revised to include a key for genome size in the network.

      (26) P31, L553: please provide a supplementary table showing the metabolic potential of each MAG to support this claim.

      We created figure 5 to address this comment in addition to table S9. The associated text can be found on lines 739-745.

      (27) P32, L564: I would suggest changing the word "consistency" to "correlated pattern" for clarity.

      We are trying to describe the correlated pattern as being consistent across multiple samples. See lines 730-732 for the revised use of this term.

      (28) P32, L567: also Bacteroidales.

      We have clarified the genomic content of MAGs containing benzoyl-CoA reductase subunits and production of benzoyl-CoA from phenol on lines 630-635

      (29) P32, L575: please tone down this statement; some MAGs are capable of both (Figure 6C).

      We have toned down the statement and discussion of the metabolic handoffs and syntrophy. See lines 801-817.

      (30) P33, L582-585: aromatics are not products of fermentation so their decomposition doesn't "follow" the initial fermentation.

      We revised the statement on lines 815-817.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Performing co-assemblies could help improve the recovery of microorganisms from the surface sediment layer.

      We have responded to this comment in response to reviewer 1, point #4

      We agree that multiple binning tools can potentially identify more bins, contigs can be mistakenly binned when using purely automated processes. To sidestep the chance of including erroneous contigs in our collection, we chose to invest a large amount of time and effort required to bin manually. CONCOCT was used as an initial guide to identify some of the most easily reconstructed MAGs but all contigs within MAGs were subjected to visual inspection of the sequencing coverage profile over several samples, sequence composition congruency, and real-time completion and contamination estimation as contigs were manually added and/or subtracted from the collection in each bin. This approach is not more widely applied because of the expertise and time required to manually reconstruct MAGs from each sample individually. Many researchers find that human involvement is often required to improve the accuracy of automated binning tools, which has given rise to several tools in addition to Anvi’o, BinaRena, ICoVeR, and ggKBase. To elaborate on this procedure, we made a video tutorial of our approach to binning manual-binning-approach. An example of the manual bin refining process can be found here (merenlab-MAG-refinement)

      (2) Performing diversity analysis of metabolic pathways in surface vs deep sediments could help prove the idea of more versatility in the surface marsh sediment.

      To address this comment, we created a figure detailing the proportion of MAGs containing central microbial functions among the modules with distinct depth distributions (Fig. 5), analyzed the number of complete pathways (Fig. 4, Fig. S5) and differences in CAZyme and peptidase genes (Fig. S6).

      (3) To strengthen the idea that burial is key in deep marine sediments, looking at the abundance of mobility structures (i.e., flagella) along the sediment profile could help make a case.

      This is an interesting idea, however, many of the same genes used for motility are also used to form biofilms. This analysis could be an interesting aspect of these sediments that warrants an independent study.

      (4) Lines 60-63, but oxygen leaked from macrophytes could also exacerbate microbial respiration rates.

      This point is clarified on lines 59-64.

      (5) Line 49-52: Check this sentence. It does not read properly. "2this" -> "this".

      We corrected this error on lines 45-47

      (6) Line 173: I assume >75% is only for completion, not contamination, right? I would rephrase to make this clear.

      This point is clarified on lines 201-206.

      (7) Line 179, what is Bacteria_71? Citation is needed.

      A citation has been added for this single-copy gene collection on line 209.

      (8) Line 201: When performing log transformations, how are 0s, which are highly abundant in microbiome data, handled?

      The details of matrix transformation are clarified on line 252-254. However, unlike amplicon data (ASVs and OTUs), the read recruitment data contained very few zeros in the dataset.

      (9) Line 417: The Pseudolabrys MAG most likely utilizes the dsr and apr genes in reverse, as is typical for other Alphaproteobacteria, not for sulfate reduction. Additionally, sat can also function in assimilatory sulfate reduction.

      Yes, we agree with the reviewer’s assessment of Pseudolabrys. However, during revision, the section regarding MAGs with bimodal distribution was removed.

      (10) Line 414 uppercase mags.

      During revision, the section containing this error was removed.

      (11) Line 605: "examined".

      This error was corrected on line 682.

      (12) Line 610: Are independent MAGs from adjacent sediment layers more similar to each other than those from layers that are farther apart? Demonstrating such a pattern could provide stronger evidence that burial acts as a major force shaping the assembly of the deep sediment microbiome.

      We conducted a community-level analysis based on MAG relative abundance (Fig. 3) and a population analysis of SNVs for six abundant MAGs to test for an effect of depth (Fig. 8). While we no longer focus our analysis on a mechanistic explanation of the depth-dependent patterns, with the exception of lines 769-772. As requested by the reviewers we discuss the observed patterns in light of several other potential mechanisms (lines 838-845)

      (13) While acknowledging that selection pressure following burial is a major driver of microbial community assembly in marine sediments, I would ask whether other biogeomorphic forces could also influence the assembly of sediment microbiomes over millennial timescales, such as bioturbation or sediment redistribution within the salt marsh environment.

      Based on our community and population-level analysis, we suggest that bioturbation and sediment redistribution are likely to shape the upper 40 cm. Beyond this depth, we did not find evidence for major restructuring events. This topic is discussed on lines 830-845, but the formation of distinct relative abundance peaks for the modules primarily found in deeper sediments remains an outstanding question (lines 772-774).

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      General Statement

      We thank all three reviewers for their constructive and positive assessment of our manuscript. We agree with the comments and suggestions raised by the reviewers and have incorporated, or are in the process of addressing, the proposed revisions, controls, and experiments.

      Many of the issues raised have already been addressed in the revised manuscript, including changes to the wording and interpretation of our mechanistic conclusions, clarification of the experimental rationale, and standardization of nomenclature. Several additional experiments are currently underway, and we expect to complete the full set of proposed experiments and corresponding analyses completed within approximately three months.

      We also note that several of the experiments requested by Reviewer 2 overlap substantially with those proposed by Reviewer 3, particularly the experiments addressing the role of endogenous, damage-induced ROS and the cellular context of Pten–Akt/p38 signaling in the adult intestine. We therefore expect that a common set of experiments will address multiple reviewer concerns and further strengthen the overall mechanistic conclusions of the study.

      Reviewer #1

      *1.1 Sex-specific differences in regeneration: *

      *The conclusion that females regenerate better than males is not fully supported by the data presented. To support this claim, it would be important to demonstrate that the extent of rpr-induced ablation is comparable between sexes. Differences in regenerative outcomes could otherwise reflect differences in the initial level of damage rather than intrinsic differences in regenerative capacity. *

      To determine whether the observed differences in regenerative outcome between females and males reflect differences in regenerative capacity rather than differences in the extent of initial tissue damage, we will perform two complementary experiments.

      a) Quantification of the initial extent of rpr-induced cell death in males and females.

      We will induce apoptosis under identical experimental conditions in male and female larvae and collect wing imaginal discs at defined time points following rpr induction. Discs will be fixed and stained for the apoptotic marker cleaved Dcp-1 caspase. We will quantify the extent of apoptosis by measuring the Dcp-1-positive area and/or volume relative to the total wing disc area or volume.

      b) Contingency plan: Assessment of the final regenerative outcome following sustained ablation.

      To check for differences in the extent of tissue damage, we will maintain rpr-induced ablation in the targeted domain throughout development until pupariation and subsequently quantify the resulting adult wing area. We will also assess the extent of tissue loss in the adult wing by quantifying the affected wing surface area. Comparing the extent of ablation with the final regenerated wing size in males and females will allow us to determine whether sex-specific differences in adult wing regeneration persist when the extent of tissue damage is experimentally controlled.

      Because the driver used is sex-independent, we will use identical Gal4/UAS conditions in males and females, including the same induction protocol, temperature, developmental timing, and duration of induction.

      1.2 Direct evidence of PTEN oxidation:

      The central conclusion of the manuscript is that ROS promote regeneration by oxidatively inhibiting PTEN. While the genetic evidence using the Pten-C79A allele is compelling, the study lacks direct evidence that PTEN is oxidized in vivo under the experimental conditions employed. If technically feasible, direct assessment of PTEN oxidation would further strengthen the mechanistic basis of the study. However, I do not consider this experiment essential for publication, given the strength of the genetic evidence.

      The central conclusion of the manuscript is that ROS promote regeneration by oxidatively inhibiting PTEN. While the genetic evidence using the Pten-C79A allele is compelling, the study lacks direct evidence that PTEN is oxidized in vivo under the experimental conditions employed. If technically feasible, direct assessment of PTEN oxidation would further strengthen the mechanistic basis of the study. However, I do not consider this experiment essential for publication, given the strength of the genetic evidence.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that direct demonstration of PTEN oxidation in vivo would provide additional biochemical support for the proposed mechanism. However, direct assessment of PTEN oxidation, including detection of Cys79 oxidation or formation of the proposed Cys79–Cys132 disulfide bond, is not technically feasible in our current Drosophila experimental system. We therefore did not perform this analysis.

      Nevertheless, our genetic experiments provide functional evidence that Cys79 is specifically required for the redox-dependent regulation of PTEN. The PtenC79A variant retains phosphatase activity under basal conditions but is refractory to oxidative stress, in contrast to PtenWT. This uncoupling of basal PTEN activity from its oxidative sensitivity supports a role for Cys79 in ROS-dependent regulation of PTEN. Importantly, we have revised the manuscript throughout to distinguish between the experimentally demonstrated Cys79-dependent redox regulation of PTEN and the inferred oxidation of Cys79. We now explicitly state that PTEN oxidation and Cys79–Cys132 disulfide formation was not directly measured in Drosophila and that these molecular events are proposed based on the genetic evidence and the established mechanism described in mammalian PTEN.

      We believe that these revisions appropriately qualify the mechanistic interpretation while retaining the conclusions supported by our genetic and functional data.

      *1.3 Linking regenerative phenotypes to Akt activation: *

      The conclusion that ROS overcome PTEN-mediated inhibition of regeneration would be strengthened by showing phospho-Akt levels in the corresponding conditions used for the regeneration experiments in Fig. 3. This would provide a more direct mechanistic connection between PTEN regulation, Akt activation, and the observed rescue of regenerative capacity.

      To directly link the regenerative phenotypes observed in Fig. 3 to Akt activation, we will measure phospho-Akt levels under the same genetic and dietary conditions used in the regeneration experiments. Specifically, we will compare wing imaginal discs from control ablated animals (salE/Pv>rpr; nub>+) and animals expressing PtenWT in the nubbin domain (salE/Pv>rpr; nub>PtenWT), with and without H₂O₂ supplementation. Wing discs will be collected at a defined developmental stage, fixed, and stained for phospho-Akt. We will quantify phospho-Akt levels in the relevant nubbin domain and compare them across genotypes and dietary conditions.

      This experiment will determine whether the H₂O₂-dependent rescue of regeneration observed in PtenWT-expressing animals is accompanied by increased Akt phosphorylation. Together with the regeneration data, these measurements will provide a more direct mechanistic link between ROS-dependent PTEN regulation, Akt activation, and regenerative capacity.

      The minor comment “Similarly, the rationale for introducing the H₂O₂-Akt phosphorylation experiments would benefit from a brief explanation linking these experiments to the subsequent analysis of PTEN function” will be addressed in the revised manuscript following completion of these experiments.

      *1.4 Interpretation of the C79A mutant: *

      The data support the conclusion that Pten-C79A is refractory to ROS-mediated regulation. Nevertheless, the manuscript would benefit from a brief discussion of alternative effects that the mutation could have on PTEN stability, localization, or protein interactions. Such discussion would help delimit what can be concluded directly from the presented experiments.

      We have included this text in the discussion:

      “The preservation of basal PTEN function despite the loss of oxidative responsiveness in PtenC79A contrasts with the reduced basal activity of PtenC132A. The reduced catalytic activity of PtenC132A is consistent with previous studies showing that substitution of the equivalent Cys124 residue in human PTEN abolishes phosphatase activity and promotes tumorigenic growth (Chao et al., 2020; Myers et al., 1997, 1998; Post et al., 2020). Mutation in Cys124 residue generates a catalytic inactive form of PTEN that results in an accumulation of PIP3 (Myers et al., 1998). Although our data support the conclusion that the C79A substitution compromises the oxidative responsiveness of PTEN while preserving its basal function, we cannot exclude the possibility that this mutation may also affect other properties of the protein, such as its stability, subcellular localization, or interactions with regulatory proteins. These possibilities were not directly assessed in the present study and therefore should be considered when interpreting the effects of the PtenC79A transgene.”

      *1.5 Extent of mechanistic support: *

      *The proposed ROS-PTEN-Akt-p38 signaling axis is convincing and well supported overall. However, some statements in the Discussion imply direct mechanistic links that are not directly demonstrated in the present study but rely partly on previous publications from the authors and others. Distinguishing more clearly between findings established here and conclusions inferred from previous work would improve precision. *

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have revised the manuscript throughout to more clearly distinguish between findings directly demonstrated in the present study and mechanistic interpretations that are supported by, or depend on, previous studies. We have qualified statements concerning the ROS–PTEN–Akt–p38 pathway where the direct causal relationship was not tested in the present experiments, and we now explicitly indicate when conclusions are based on previous work. We have also revised statements concerning PTEN oxidation and the role of PTEN Cys79 to distinguish the experimentally demonstrated Cys79-dependent redox response from the inferred oxidation of this residue. These changes have been implemented throughout the Results and Discussion to ensure that the strength of each mechanistic conclusion is consistent with the experimental evidence presented in this study.

      Minor comment 1.1 The experiments showing that H₂O₂ induces Akt phosphorylation (Fig. 2) appear more directly related to the subsequent section on PTEN regulation than to the preceding nutrient-restriction experiments. Consider adding a short transition sentence to improve the flow of the Results.

      We have modified the transition between these two parts, in order to follow a better logic of the manuscript. The text now reads:

      “These observations raised the question of how ROS promote Akt activation during regeneration. Given that PTEN is a redox-sensitive negative regulator of the PI3K–Akt pathway, we hypothesized that ROS-dependent inhibition of PTEN could provide a mechanism linking oxidative stress to Akt activation and, consequently, regeneration.

      Subtitle: ROS-dependent regulation of PTEN promotes regeneration

      To test this possibility, we first examined whether redox regulation of PTEN contributes to wing regeneration. To this end, we analyzed adult wings emerging from larvae that had been fed with or without H₂O₂ in different genetic backgrounds.”

      Minor 1.2 The relationship between Figures 2 and 3 could be clarified. Since H₂O₂ supplementation increases Akt phosphorylation and Akt activation promotes regeneration, it is not immediately obvious why H₂O*₂ treatment alone does not improve regeneration in the control ablation background. Some discussion of this apparent discrepancy would help readers interpret the findings. *

      We have introduced a text to clarify this point (page 3 )

      “Because H₂O₂ supplementation increases Akt phosphorylation but does not further enhance regeneration in control ablated tissues, we reasoned that additional ROS may have little effect when endogenous regenerative signaling is already sufficient but could become beneficial when PTEN-mediated inhibition of Akt is increased. Consistent with this possibility, genetic ablation in the sal domain combined with overexpression of the wild type form of Pten in the nubbin domain (salE/Pv>rpr; nub>PtenWT) led to a marked increase in aberrant wings with patterning defects, and a smaller size of the wings, indicating a impaired regeneration.”

      *Minor 1.3. In Fig. 4, the conclusion that PTEN oxidation is required for p38 activation is reasonable. However, since p38 is regulated by several ROS-dependent inputs discussed elsewhere in the manuscript, it may be preferable to state that PTEN oxidation represents an important contributor to p38 activation rather than necessarily its sole regulator. *

      At the end of that section (las paragraph of the section: Cys79-dependent redox regulation of PTEN promotes phosphorylation-dependent Akt activation in imaginal disc epithelia) we modified the text as:

      “This observation is consistent with the ROS-insensitive phosphatase activity of PtenC79A and indicates that Cys79-dependent redox regulation of PTEN is an important contributor to p38 activation under oxidative conditions.”

      *Minor1.4 The DSS experiments establish a correlation between damage-induced ROS production, Akt activation, and p38 activation in the gut. The manuscript should maintain a clear distinction between correlation and causation when discussing these experiments. *

      We agree with the reviewer and add this text:

      “These observations establish an association between tissue damage, ROS production, and activation of Akt and p38 in the adult gut. We therefore next asked whether Cys79-dependent redox regulation of PTEN contributes to Akt activation during the intestinal damage response.”

      *Minor 1.5 The justification for focusing the Akt and p38 signaling analyses in enterocytes rather than directly in intestinal stem cells could be explained more explicitly. *

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have clarified the rationale for focusing the Akt and p38 analyses on enterocytes.

      “Because DSS-induced ROS production occurs broadly throughout the intestinal epithelium, we reasoned that the abundant enterocyte population would provide a more sensitive tissue-wide readout of changes in Akt and p38 phosphorylation than the relatively restricted esg-Gal4-positive ISC/enteroblast population.”

      We have added this explanation to the Results section. In addition, in response to the related reviewer comments, we will directly assess phospho-Akt and phospho-p38 in esg-positive cells expressing PtenWT or PtenC79A to determine whether the signaling changes also occur within the progenitor population in which we observe the proliferative phenotype (see 1. Description of planned revisions).

      Minor comment 1.6. A careful proofreading would improve readability as a number of typographical and grammatical errors remain throughout the manuscript.

      We will carefully proofread the manuscript prior to final submission.

      Reviewer #2

      *2.1. The genetic experiments provide convincing evidence that Cys79 is required for ROS-dependent regulation of Pten. PtenC79A retains the ability to suppress Akt under basal conditions but, unlike PtenWT, becomes refractory to oxidative stress. These findings provide strong support for the proposed mechanism. *

      However, oxidation of Drosophila Pten itself, or formation of the proposed C79-C132 disulfide bond (Fig 3C), is not directly demonstrated or measured in this study. The manuscript sometimes presents this inferred molecular event as experimentally demonstrated. For example, the authors state that "tissue damage induces Pten oxidization" and "Pten oxidation at Cys79." The authors should distinguish consistently between what is directly demonstrated and what is inferred from the genetic experiments and the established mammalian mechanism. Statements claiming direct oxidation of Cys79 should be revised to something like "Cys79-dependent redox regulation of PTEN", or otherwise make clear that oxidation at this residue is inferred. I do not consider additional biochemical demonstration of the C79-C132 disulfide necessary for the conclusions of the study provided that the wording is appropriately qualified.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that our genetic experiments support a role for Cys79 in the redox-dependent regulation of PTEN, but that we did not directly measure oxidation of Drosophila PTEN or formation of the proposed Cys79–Cys132 disulfide bond. We have therefore revised the manuscript throughout to distinguish the molecular events directly demonstrated in our experiments from those inferred based on our genetic data and the established mechanism described for mammalian PTEN.

      Specifically, we have replaced statements referring to direct “PTEN oxidation” or “oxidation at Cys79” with the more precise terminology “Cys79-dependent redox regulation of PTEN” or “redox regulation of PTEN”, where appropriate. We now explicitly state that oxidation of Cys79 and formation of the Cys79–Cys132 disulfide bond were not directly measured in Drosophila and are proposed based on the functional behavior of the PtenC79A transgene and previous studies of PTEN redox regulation in mammals.

      We have also revised the Results and Discussion to avoid presenting this inferred molecular event as experimentally demonstrated. In particular, our conclusions are now framed around the finding that the C79A substitution preserves basal PTEN function while impairing its response to oxidative stress, supporting a role for Cys79-dependent redox regulation in ROS-dependent Akt and p38 signaling. We believe these revisions more accurately reflect the strength and limitations of the experimental evidence while retaining the mechanistic conclusion supported by our genetic analyses.

      *2.2. The interpretation of the PtenC79A transgene is central to the manuscript. However, the experiments do not establish whether transgenuc PtenWT and PtenC79A are expressed at comparable protein levels or whether the C79A substitution affects Pten stability or localization. Differences in abundance, stability or localization could complicate interpretation of the Akt and regeneration assays. *

      *The manuscript states that UAS constructs carrying the cysteine substitutions were generated, but I could not determine whether multiple independent PtenC79A transgenic lines were examined or whether PtenWT and PtenC79A were integrated at equivalent genomic sites. The authors should clarify the genomic insertion sites and whether independent transgenic lines were examined. More importantly, they should demonstrate that PtenWT and PtenC79A (as well as PtenC132A) proteins accumulate at comparable levels, ideally under both control and oxidative-stress conditions. This validation is important because PtenC79A is effectively the principal experimental tool used to uncouple Pten phosphatase activity from its redox regulation. If technically feasible, comparison of their localization would provide an additional useful control. *

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point regarding the interpretation of the PtenC79A transgene. We agree that differences in transgene expression, protein stability, or subcellular localization could potentially influence the interpretation of the functional assays.

      To control for potential differences arising from genomic insertion sites, all Pten constructs used in this study were cloned into the pUASTattB vector and generated by PhiC31-mediated site-specific integration into the same attP landing site (VK00022; chromosome 2R, cytological position 57F5). We have now clarified this information in the Materials and Methods. Thus, PtenWT, PtenC79A, and PtenC132A transgenes are integrated at the same genomic site, minimizing variation attributable to different insertion loci.

      We agree that direct comparison of PTEN protein abundance and localization would provide an additional validation of the transgenes. However, we currently do not have a suitable PTEN antibody or an alternative assay that would allow us to reliably distinguish and quantitatively compare the transgenic PTEN variants at the protein level in our experimental tissues. We therefore have not performed a direct analysis of PTEN protein abundance, stability, or localization and have revised the Discussion to explicitly acknowledge this limitation.

      Importantly, our experiments provide functional evidence that the PtenC79A transgene retains basal PTEN function while showing a markedly different response to oxidative stress compared with PtenWT. In addition, the use of the same genomic landing site controls for positional effects on transgene expression. We have therefore retained the functional interpretation of the PtenC79A experiments while qualifying our conclusions to acknowledge that differences in protein abundance, stability, or localization cannot be completely excluded.

      As mentioned above we agree that direct comparison of PTEN protein abundance and localization would provide an additional validation of the transgenes. However, we currently do not have a suitable PTEN antibody or an alternative assay that would allow us to reliably distinguish and quantitatively compare the transgenic PTEN variants at the protein level in our experimental tissues. We therefore have not performed a direct analysis of PTEN protein abundance, stability, or localization and have revised the Discussion to explicitly acknowledge this limitation.

      Importantly, our experiments provide functional evidence that the PtenC79A transgene retains basal PTEN function while showing a markedly different response to oxidative stress compared with PtenWT. In addition, the use of the same genomic landing site controls for positional effects on transgene expression. We have therefore retained the functional interpretation of the PtenC79A experiments while qualifying our conclusions to acknowledge that differences in protein abundance, stability, or localization cannot be completely excluded.

      Most comments have been already carried out and included in the transferred manuscript, except these ones:

      2.3. The manuscript is framed around a mechanism in which ROS generated following tissue damage regulate Pten and thereby promote regeneration. However, most of the decisive comparisons between PtenWT and PtenC79A are performed using exogenously added H2O2. These experiments convincingly establish differential responsiveness of WT and C79A Pten to oxidative stress, but they do not directly demonstrate that endogenous ROS generated during tissue damage regulate Pten through Cys79. This distinction is particularly important given the relatively high concentrations of H2O2 used in some experiments, which may not be equivalent to the levels and dynamics of ROS generated physiologically during tissue damage. This issue is particularly apparent in the adult intestine. The authors show that epithelial damage by DSS treatment is accompanied by increased ROS, P-Akt and P-p38 (Fig. 5B,C,D). However, the subsequent experiments examining PtenWT and PtenC79A use H2O2 feeding rather than DSS-mediated injury.

      in at least one of their tissue-damage models, the authors should directly (without addition of H2O2) test PtenWT versus PtenC79A. This is probably easiest for DSS-mediated intestinal damage. Otherwise, the authors should distinguish consistently between responses to experimentally imposed oxidative stress and regulation by endogenous damage-generated ROS and avoid claiming that the latter has been directly demonstrated.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. To directly test whether endogenous ROS generated during tissue damage regulate Pten through Cys79, we will compare PtenWT and PtenC79A in the context of DSS-induced intestinal damage, without exogenous H₂O₂ supplementation. Adult flies expressing either PtenWT or PtenC79A in the intestinal epithelium will be treated with DSS under the same conditions used to induce tissue damage and ROS production in Fig. 5.

      We will assess three complementary outputs: (i) ISC proliferation, by quantifying esg>GFP-positive cells and mitotic cells; (ii) Akt activation, by measuring phospho-Akt levels; and (iii) p38 activation, by measuring phospho-p38 levels. These analyses will determine whether the ROS generated endogenously in response to tissue damage differentially regulate the PtenWT and PtenC79A variants.

      If DSS-induced damage increases proliferation, phospho-Akt, and phospho-p38 in PtenWT-expressing intestines, but these responses are reduced or abolished in PtenC79A-expressing intestines, this will provide direct evidence that Cys79-dependent Pten redox regulation contributes to the response to endogenous, damage-induced ROS. These experiments will also allow us to distinguish the effects of experimentally imposed oxidative stress by H₂O₂ from the physiological ROS response associated with tissue damage.

      *2.4. In the adult intestine, the functional proliferative response is examined by expressing Pten variants in esg-positive intestinal stem cells/enteroblasts, whereas Akt and p38 activation are subsequently examined after expression in differentiated enterocytes using Myo1A-Gal4. These experiments show that Cys79-dependent Pten regulation influences both progenitor proliferation and Akt/p38 signaling in the intestine, but they do not establish that the signaling changes measured in enterocytes account for the altered proliferative response of the esg-positive cells. The current presentation therefore leaves unresolved whether Pten redox regulation acts cell-autonomously within intestinal progenitors or whether Pten-dependent signaling in differentiated epithelial cells can influence progenitor proliferation non-cell-autonomously. *

      *The authors should examine P-Akt and/or P-p38 specifically in esg-positive cells expressing PtenWT versus PtenC79A. This examination would connect the signaling and functional observations more directly. Additionally, testing whether enterocyte-specific PtenC79A affects ISC proliferation would address a potentially interesting non-cell-autonomous mechanism. *

      We agree with the reviewer’s observation. In response to this comment we plan to determine whether Cys79-dependent PTEN regulation directly affects Akt and p38 signaling in intestinal progenitor cells, we will examine phospho-Akt and phospho-p38 specifically in esg-positive intestinal stem cells/enteroblasts expressing either PtenWT or PtenC79A. Adult flies expressing PtenWT or PtenC79A under esg-Gal4 will be analyzed under standard feeding conditions and following DSS supplementation, using the same conditions as in the proliferation experiments. We will quantify phospho-Akt and phospho-p38 specifically within the esg-GFP-positive cell population and compare the responses between the two Pten variants.

      These experiments will directly determine whether the differential proliferative responses of PtenWT- andPtenC79A-expressing progenitor cells are accompanied by corresponding differences in Akt and p38 activation within the same cell population. Thus, they will provide a more direct link between Cys79-dependent PTEN redox regulation, Akt/p38 signaling, and ISC proliferation, and help establish whether these effects are cell-autonomous.

      Minor comments

      Minor 2.1. *In the absence of a direct phosphatase assay, statements that PtenC132A has "abolished phosphatase activity" should preferably be phrased as being consistent with loss of phosphatase activity. *

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have revised the wording throughout the manuscript to avoid stating that PtenC132A has directly demonstrated loss of phosphatase activity. We now describe the observed phenotype as being consistent with reduced PTEN catalytic activity, based on previous studies showing that mutation of the corresponding catalytic cysteine in human PTEN (C124S) abolishes phosphatase activity.

      *Minor 2.2. The authors refer to the UAS-Pten constructs as "alleles." Because these are transgenes rather than mutations introduced into the endogenous Pten locus, "Pten transgenes" or "Pten variants" would generally be more precise and would avoid possible confusion. *

      We agree with the reviewer, and we have changed alleles by transgenes.

      *Minor 2.3. The manuscript would benefit from careful proofreading and standardization of nomenclature. For example, "ICS," "flourescence," "athe" and "rsulted" should be corrected, and the nomenclature used for the Pten transgenes/variants and Gal4 genotypes should be standardized throughout the text, Methods, and figure legends. *

      We have corrected the typographical errors identified by the reviewer and standardized the nomenclature for the Pten transgenes/variants and Gal4 genotypes throughout the revised manuscript, including the Results and Methods. We will perform a final comprehensive proofreading and nomenclature check across the entire manuscript, figure legends, and supplementary information after all revisions and new experimental results have been incorporated into the final version.

      __Reviewer #3 __

      *3.1. The paper relies heavily on ectopic/over-expression of proteins including Pdk1, Akt, and variants of PTEN to determine the roles of these proteins in wing disc and gut regeneration. The authors should clearly acknowledge the limitations of the rescue-by-overexpression methods they use. The Gal4/UAS system they use typically drives expression of gene targets 10-100x above the normal levels of endogenous proteins, and therefore abnormal gain of function phenotypes can result. These are clear in some of their experiments, but this is not acknowledged. *

      We agree with the reviewer on this point. We added at the end of the discussion:

      “An important consideration in interpreting our genetic experiments is the use of the Gal4/UAS system to manipulate Pdk1-Akt, and PTEN levels. Because these transgenes are expressed ectopically and may reach levels substantially above those of the endogenous proteins, the resulting phenotypes may reflect supraphysiological pathway activity. This is particularly relevant for the rescue experiments, in which increased Pdk1/Akt expression was sufficient to restore regeneration under nutrient-restricted conditions, and for experiments involving PtenWT and PtenC79A transgenes. Thus, although these experiments provide genetic evidence supporting a role for Akt activation and Cys79-dependent redox regulation of PTEN in regenerative responses, the magnitude of the observed effects should not necessarily be interpreted as reflecting physiological protein levels or signaling activity. Future experiments using endogenous Pten, Pdk1, or Akt alleles would help determine whether these effects are recapitulated under physiological expression levels.”

      3.2. The authors present one test using Pten-C132A and conclude that is it inactive and uninformative regarding the inactivation of PTEN by oxidation. The analogous Cys (Cys124) has been studied in human cells. Were the results the same or different? Please comment and provide the relevant citations.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Cys132 in our Pten protein corresponds to the conserved catalytic cysteine Cys124 in human PTEN. Previous studies have shown that mutation of human PTEN Cys124 to serine (C124S) abolishes phosphatase activity, establishing that this residue is essential for PTEN catalytic function (Bonneau and Longy, 2000). Thus, our Pten-C132A mutant is consistent with these findings and is expected to be catalytically inactive.

      However, this experiment should be distinguished from a direct assessment of oxidative inactivation. In human PTEN, the catalytic Cys124 (Cys132 in flies) can undergo reversible oxidation, including formation of an intramolecular disulfide bond with Cys71 (Cys79 in flies), resulting in inhibition of PTEN phosphatase activity (Lee et al., 2002; Leslie et al., 2003). Because the C132A mutation removes the cysteine thiol itself, the mutant cannot directly report on oxidation of this residue. Therefore, our C132A experiment provides evidence for the essential catalytic role of Cys132 but does not by itself establish whether Cys132 is oxidatively modified or whether such modification contributes to PTEN inactivation.

      We have revised the manuscript accordingly to clarify this distinction and have added the relevant literature concerning both the catalytic role and oxidative regulation of the conserved PTEN cysteine.

      We have therefore revised the text to explicitly to clarify this point. We added the text (page 4)

      “Next, we tested whether these transgenes affected regeneration in a ROS-dependent manner. We did not observe a marked regeneration defect following PtenC132A overexpression, either under standard conditions or in H₂O₂-supplemented food. This result is consistent with the reduced catalytic activity expected for this mutant, as mutation of the corresponding catalytic cysteine in human PTEN (C124S) abolishes phosphatase activity (Bonneau & Longy, 2000; Jang et al., 2021; Lee et al., 2002; Leslie et al., 2003). Thus, although C132 is essential for Pten phosphatase activity, the C132A mutant is not suitable for distinguishing a loss of catalytic function from a loss of ROS-dependent regulation. In contrast, UAS- PtenC79A resulted in regeneration phenotypes comparable to those induced by UAS-PtenWT under standard feeding conditions, but no differences were detected in both female and male flies after H₂O₂-supplementation (Fig. 3A, B). These results indicate that UAS- PtenC79A retains sufficient phosphatase activity while being insensitive to changes in ROS levels. Based on these results, we focused all further experiments on PtenC79A as a variant that preserves phosphatase activity while being refractory to ROS-mediated regulation.”

      (Note that Reviewers 3 and 2 raise overlapping concerns, as comments 3.3 and 3.4 are essentially equivalent to comments 2.4 and 2.3.

      Major comments

      3.3. The experiments performed in the midgut leave open the question of whether the PTEN-AKT regulation studied here is important and active in enterocytes (EC) or stem cells (ISC) or both. In Figure 5 we see activity data primarily for ECs, In Figure 6A-C we see proliferation data for progenitor cells (ISC & EB), and in Figure 6 D-G we again see activity data for ECs. It is neither logical nor intelligible to equate effects seen in ECs with regenerative responses seen in the ISC population, since they are different cell types with different functions during regeneration (ECs respond to damage and often die, whereas ISC grow and proliferate). The authors should resolve these discrepancies. If they think the ROS/PTEN/AKT control is working primarily in ISCs, then they should look at activities in ISCs (e.g. ROS, P-AKT, P-p38). But if they think the regulation is more important in ECs, then they should check how modulating PTEN responses in ECs affects ISC proliferation and regeneration. In this latter case, then it would also be logical to address how ROS-dependent control of PTEN in ECs regulates signaling to the ISCs.

      The concern raised by the reviewer substantially overlaps with Reviewer 2, comment 2.4. As described above, we will directly examine phospho-Akt and phospho-p38 in esg-positive ISC expressing either PtenWT or PtenC79A under the same conditions used for the proliferation assays. By quantifying signaling activity specifically within the progenitor population, these experiments will determine whether the differential proliferative responses are accompanied by corresponding changes in Akt and p38 activation within the same cells. This will directly link Cys79-dependent Pten regulation to signaling in ISC and clarify whether the observed effects are cell autonomous.

      In addition, our existing analyses in enterocytes will be interpreted separately as measurements of Pten-dependent signaling in a distinct epithelial cell population.

      3.4. The paper falls somewhat short of demonstrating that ROS regulation of Pten in the midgut alters normal regeneration. In the midgut experiments, H2O2 is used both to promote regeneration, and at the same time to alter PTEN oxidation. It would be more compelling to use a separate treatments to induce regeneration and alter oxidation, as done in the wing (with rpr and H2O2 respectively, Figure 3). In addition, including an assay of regenerative output beyond esg+ cell proliferation would be helpful (e.g. survival, gut size, tissue replacement, regeneration signaling responses (e.g. Upd2, Upd3 expression).

      This concern substantially overlaps with Reviewer 2, comment 2.3. As described above, we will compare PtenWT and PtenC79A in the context of DSS-induced intestinal damage without exogenous H₂O₂ supplementation. We will assess ISC proliferation together with phospho-Akt and phospho-p38 activation to determine whether endogenous, damage-induced ROS differentially regulate the two PTEN variants.

      These experiments will directly test the contribution of Cys79-dependent PTEN regulation to the response to physiologically generated ROS and will distinguish this mechanism from the effects observed following experimentally imposed oxidative stress.

      Although these experiments will primarily assess progenitor proliferation as the functional regenerative readout, together with Akt and p38 activation they will provide complementary functional and signaling measurements of the intestinal damage response. We recognize that additional measures of regenerative outcome, such as tissue restoration, survival, or damage-induced regenerative signaling factors, would provide further information on tissue-level recovery; however, these analyses are beyond the scope of the present study.

      *Minor comment 3.1. The Introduction section should also mention that Ask1 has been proposed to be a direct ROS sensor (as diagrammed in the summary figure 7.) Likewise, it could be worth noting somewhere that AKT activity has also been reported to be directly regulated by Cysteine oxidation, affecting downstream activities oppositely to PTEN oxidation (Murata et al, 2003, doi:10.1074/jbc.M310171200). *

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have expanded the Introduction to place our findings in the broader context of ROS-dependent signaling. We have also added a statement in the Discussion noting that Akt itself can be regulated by cysteine oxidation, as reported previously (Murata et al., 2003; Su et al., 2019).

      Introduction: “ROS can regulate signaling pathways through the reversible oxidation of cysteine residues in multiple proteins (Schieber & Chandel, 2014). In addition to PTEN, ASK1 has been proposed to function as a direct redox sensor, providing a mechanism by which ROS can activate downstream stress-responsive kinases such as p38 and JNK (Ichijo et al., 1997; Obsil & Obsilova, 2017; Sakauchi et al., 2017; Tobiume et al., 2001).” Discussion: “Although our findings support a role for Cys79-dependent redox regulation of PTEN in linking oxidative stress to Akt activation, ROS may regulate these pathways at multiple levels. ASK1 has been proposed to act as a direct redox sensor (Gotoh & Cooper, 1998; Nishida et al., 2017; Saitoh et al., 1998), whereas Akt itself can also be directly regulated by cysteine oxidation (Murata et al., 2003; Su et al., 2019). Thus, PTEN represents an important redox-sensitive node within a broader network of ROS-responsive signaling mechanisms, rather than necessarily the sole mediator of ROS effects on Akt and stress-activated kinases.”

      Minor 3.2. The introduction should cite PMID 31554796 (Patel et al 2019), which offers a detailed analysis of ROS-ASK-P38 regulation in the midgut. It is cited elsewhere, but would also be appropriate in the Intro.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the relevance of Patel et al. (2019). Although this study was already cited elsewhere in the manuscript, we agree that its findings on ROS–ASK1–p38 regulation in the Drosophila midgut are also pertinent to the Introduction. We have therefore added the citation there and clarified that related ROS–ASK1–p38 signaling has been described in the midgut, whereas our previous work addressed this pathway in imaginal discs.

      New text in the introduction:

      “In Drosophila imaginal discs, ROS-induced Akt activation attenuates ASK1 activity, thereby limiting apoptosis while preserving regenerative p38 signaling (Esteban-Collado et al., 2021; Santabárbara-Ruiz et al., 2019). In the Drosophilamidgut, ROS–ASK1–p38 signaling has also been implicated in the response to tissue damage (Patel et al., 2019). However, the upstream mechanism linking tissue damage-induced ROS production to activation of the Akt–ASK1–p38 regenerative signaling axis has not been established.”

      Minor comment 3.3. In Figures 1 and 3 the paper presents data on wing areas as a measure or regenerative success. But the Gal4 driver used (Sal-Gal4) doesn't express the rescuing genes in the same patterns or levels as normally, so these wings are probably rather abnormal despite the growth rescues. The authors should comment on this and describe the wing shapes, and/or show example pictures of the actual wings

      We thank the reviewer for giving us the opportunity to clarify this issue in the manuscript. The wings show some defects on the size but not on the wing pattern. We do have already these wings and we will add them and comment on this issue.

      *Minor comment 3.4. In the graphs in Figure 4 (A,B), not all the relevant p values are shown. Please add more p value indicators. Most importantly, the p values for the degree of rescue between WT Pten and Pten-C79A should be included. Similarly, the p values for the differences between the effects of these PTEN alleles should be included in Figure 6 B, C, E, F. *

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. The p values will be shown in the final version of the manuscript.

      *Minor 3.5. The P-Akt result shown in Figure 5C (Std food) is different than the similar condition shown in Figure 6D. Please comment on the discrepancy. *

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the apparent difference in basal P-Akt staining between the standard-food condition in Fig. 5C and the Myo1A>GFP standard-food condition in Fig. 6D. These experiments were performed independently and served different purposes. In Fig. 5C, P-Akt was analyzed to assess the effect of DSS-induced intestinal damage, whereas in Fig. 6D, P-Akt was analyzed in Myo1A-expressing enterocytes to examine the contribution of PTEN to ROS-dependent Akt activation. The representative images were acquired in separate experiments and therefore should not be interpreted as a direct comparison of absolute fluorescence intensity. Importantly, fluorescence intensities were quantified and normalized within each experiment, and the standard-food controls were used as the reference condition. Thus, the apparent difference in staining intensity between the representative images does not reflect a difference in the relative basal P-Akt levels within the respective experiments.

      However, to clarify this discrepancy in the text we have added:

      “Because P-Akt measurements in Fig. 5 and Fig. 6 were obtained in independent experiments and normalized to their respective controls, the representative images should not be interpreted as directly comparable absolute fluorescence intensities”.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Dear Editor and Reviewers,

      We thank the Editor and the three reviewers for their careful, constructive, and encouraging assessments of our manuscript. Their comments helped us improve the accessibility of the text, clarify the experimental logic, expand the methodological details, and temper several claims.

      We believe that the revised manuscript has improved a lot and is now substantially more accessible to a broad audience. In particular, we have removed or minimized specialized terminology and technical labels where they were not essential, replacing them with more straightforward descriptions. We have also reorganized the experimental narrative to make the underlying logic easier to follow, revised the figure legends, applied consistent color coding, and added explicit explanations of the assays and their interpretation. We have also tempered the central claim, replacing the description of SEM as “the predominant” mechanism with the more appropriate formulation that it represents “a major” route, while explicitly acknowledging alternative explanations. Together, these changes reduce jargon, clarify the reasoning, and make the significance of our findings more accessible to readers beyond the field of yeast genetics.

      The revised manuscript was read by several researchers who are not yeast geneticists, whose feedback confirmed that the text is clear, coherent, and accessible to readers outside the immediate specialist community.

      Reviewer #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary This paper analyzes the process of ploidy alterations amongst a set of diverse yeast (S. cerevisiae) strains and documents the sequential appearance of ~diploid, ~ triploid and ~tetraploid isolates from asci. It argues that this is the predominant mechanism of ploidy increases and that it explains many findings in other studies.

      • *

      *Major comments

      *

        • The key conclusion of the paper is that the series of consecutive events described is "the predominant natural route to polyploidy in yeast". However, the events shown remain relatively rare (and if they are not rare, no comparison to frequency of other events is provided). In addition, the experiments start with a selection of strains picked for their ability to mate. a. A figure illustrating the frequency of each step in the process would help put the results into larger context. Response: The experiments were performed on different strain sets and were designed to test the individual steps of SEM rather than to estimate a population-wide rate for the complete sequence. A figure illustrating the frequency of each step is not feasible because we did not establish any population level estimate of their rates. The revised manuscript reports the relevant conditional observations in the Results. In the first cycle, all 32 strains in the spore-derived experiment sporulated, five of nine heterothallic strains produced colonies with ploidy consistent with postmeiotic genome doubling, and only two backgrounds (AKR and ALH) generated triploid progeny after mating tests. In the intact-ascus experiment, five of twelve tested backgrounds generated triploid colonies, with observed frequencies of 1.2–9.1% among the relevant colonies. For the second cycle, 38 of 46 natural triploids sporulated; among 32 sequenced triploid-derived colonies, six (19%) displayed the combined genomic signatures of postmeiotic genome doubling, and five of these six remained mating competent. The complete 3x-to-4x transition was directly recovered in the ALH background. We now present these values as conditional experimental frequencies, not as estimates of the natural incidence of SEM*. We have therefore tempered the central claim of “predominant route”, explicitly described the strain-selection limitations, and clarified that SEM is one important route among several.
      1. While the data show that the series of sporulation/endoreplication/and mating appears to generate cells with altered ploidy and extensive aneuploidy, the evidence that this is "the predominant natural route" is difficult to extract from the work as presented. There are references to prior papers, but the key points in those papers should be presented in a manner that is convincing-perhaps in a table that compares issues addressed in this work and that build the argument made in favor of this SEM mechanism being 'predominant (e.g, frequency of aneuploidy, frequency of triploidy, tetraploidy, ploidy stability etc.)*

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this constructive suggestion. Figure 5 now includes a summary panel (Fig. 5D) comparing the observed natural-polyploid genomic features with the expectations of the stepwise and saltational routes. This comparison clearly shows that several genomic signatures argue against a dominant saltational origin and support a stepwise polyploidization through iterative SEM cycles as a major route to natural polyploidy in S. cerevisiae.

      *a. An example of this is the statement in lines 62-64 that "8-20% of natural isolates are autopolyploid and triploids are at least as frequent as tetraploids" , but Peter et al found Response: We initially sought to provide a general estimate of polyploidy prevalence by integrating data from several large-scale studies. Following the reviewer’s suggestion, however, we now report the specific numbers from the 1,011-genome study, thereby simplifying and strengthening the presentation “In the 1,011-genome study, 91 of the 742 isolates with assigned natural ploidy were polyploid (11.5%), including 46 triploids and 39 tetraploids, indicating that triploids were slightly more common than tetraploids”.

      • Figure 2B is extremely confusing and would benefit by making it easier to understand. a. First, it would help to understand how these particular strains were chosen from the 728 starting strains. The text says that it chose those that could mate, but if step 1 is sporulation, why not test the hundreds of strains that could sporulate (based on Table S2). The left part of Fig 2B illustrates a mating score inferred based on 3 assays. Are the a or alpha designations and listing of hetero vs homo zygosity from before or after the experiment? How part C relates to part B of the figure is unclear, one would need to trace the strains from the left of 2B to the bottom of 2C.*

      Response: We agree and substantially redesigned Figure 2 by reversing the order of the original panels B and C and adding explanatory schematics and clarification within each panel and its legend. The revised figure now uses a consistent color code for haploid, diploid, and triploid ploidy classes, as well as for mating-type composition. Mating scores are explicitly described as composite scores derived from mass-mating assays, direct observation of zygote formation, and the creeping phenotype, which is now clearly defined as a mating-associated aggregation phenotype used as an additional readout of mating competence. The revised text also clarifies that the spore-derived endoreplication experiment, presented in the new Panel B, addresses the first endoreplication step of the SEM cycle (E1), whereas the new Panel C presents the natural-diploid mating screen addressing the first mating step (M1).

      1. The title of the legend states that "endoreduplication during spore germination enables diploid to triploid transition" (line 180). Yet, the 'triploids generated are primarily Response: We addressed these questions by redesigning the new Panel B to show more clearly that postmeiotic genome doubling was detected only in non-self-mating (heterothallic) strains, which generated approximately 2x spore-derived colonies. By contrast, as expected following spore microdissection, all 23 self-mating (homothallic) strains produced MATa/MATα diploid colonies, and none showed evidence of genome doubling, which would have resulted in tetraploid colonies. The revised figure and legend also illustrate that the gray-shaded range represents the approximate ploidy expected from genome doubling and that none of the 23 homothallic strains produced colonies with doubled ploidy.

      c. In Fig 2C, there are a few red or blue spots in the homothallic strains, so the term 'exclusively' in line 190 cannot be true. It is also not clear why endoreduplication would expect to generate strains that are the same ploidy level as the parents, unless the intention is that endoreduplication AFTER meiosis is expected to give diploid progeny. Please be more explicit as there are many unstated assumptions here that are difficult to follow. Response: We apologize for the confusion and thank the reviewer for identifying this lack of clarity. As described above, the revised Figure 2 presents the experimental design and results more explicitly, which should resolve most of the potential misunderstandings. We have also removed the term “exclusively” to account for the small number of single-mating-type colonies, most likely generated by loss of heterozygosity at the MAT locus, recovered from homothallic spore-derived progeny and replaced it with the more accurate term “predominantly.”

      • The triploidy to tetraploidy step (starting at line 196) appears to be built upon analysis of 3 euploid triploid isolates (from the 1011 collection, not from experiments in Figure 2). These exhibit very low spore viability (presumably due to chromosome segregation defects known to be prevalent in spores from triploid parents). Accordingly, these meioses gave rise to aneuploid spores. It is argued that any strains with tetrasomic chromosomes must have arisen via endoreduplication. However, highly aneuploid isolates exhibit high levels of chromosome instability, such that missegregation of extra chromosomal pairs would need to be ruled out to reach this conclusion. Furthermore, if the '1.5x' spores that mate carried 1x of most chromosomes and 2x of other chromosomes (e.g., chromosomes 4,5,6) -what rules out the possibility that they mated with another spore that also had 1x of the same chromosomes and 2x of the same ones (e.g., chromosomes 4,5,6) . a. The illustration of this process in Figure 3 is confusing. For example, the text says that the 3X spore in the ascus after E2 is a/alpha/alpha, but the figure says it's only alpha/alpha. Does it have only alpha/alpha because it has only two copies of chr3 despite being ~3X? Assuming it has only MATalpha, it could then mate with a 1.5x spore that had either 1 or 2 copies of Chr3, and therefore was either a/a or alpha/alpha. b. In Fig. 3C, why is the ABR data for ChrV, VI, X, XI, XV and XVI so sparse? c. There is a focus on monosporic asci (i.e., only one spore survives the meiosis). Please explain the rationale for this and the assumptions that underlie it.*

      Response: We agree that a single four-copy chromosome would not establish postmeiotic genome doubling, especially in aneuploid triploid progeny. Our inference is based on a combination of signatures observed together in six isolates: 1. Several chromosomes were present in four copies, although triploid meiosis alone can generate at most three copies of a given chromosome in a spore. 2. Single-copy chromosomes were completely absent, whereas they were common among non-endoreplicated triploid-derived isolates. 3. Four-copy chromosomes showed ABRs near 0.5, consistent with duplication of pre-existing heterozygous two-copy chromosomes. 4. Two-copy chromosomes lacked heterozygous variants, consistent with duplication of chromosomes that were initially present in one copy. This is the reason why ABR data for ChrV, VI, X, XI, XV and XVI are so sparse. 5. The overall genome content was higher in these isolates (2.2–3.0x; mean 2.6x) than in the other triploid-derived isolates (1.1–2.4x; mean 1.7x), and they remained capable of mating, excluding that they originated from self-mating. The coordinated occurrence of these features is not readily explained by independent chromosome missegregation events. We nevertheless use “putatively endoreplicated” and “consistent with genome doubling” where appropriate, because the molecular mechanism cannot be directly observed retrospectively. We revised Figure 3 to clarify the chromosome-copy-number and ABR logic. The parental genotype shown in the schematic is now stated explicitly, and the revised legend explains that ABR is the fraction of sequencing reads carrying the alternative allele at heterozygous sites. We also clarified that the experiment analyzes three natural triploid backgrounds (BBT, BAD, and CRE).

      • Fig 4 looks at the whole ascus, rather than selected spores. And asks about their DNA content (4A), presumably after sporulation and then whatever mating or endoreduplication+ mating that goes on in the privacy of the ascus.... Most spores were haploid (didn't mate) or diploid (mated with ascus siblings) and 1-9% of the spores were triploid (with 2/8 analyzed having some tetrasomic and/or disomic chromosomes). While this is consistent with the model being proposed, can we rule out the possibility of a partial meiosis that yielded 2 1x spores and 1 2x spore and then mating between the 2x and 1x spores... There may be good arguments for this, but they were difficult to find.*

      Response: There are two main reasons why we consider the occurrence of triploid colonies among the meiotic progeny of diploid parental strains to be more consistent with completion of a first SEM cycle than with partial meiosis. First, meiotic restitution, defined as the omission or incomplete execution of one of the two meiotic divisions, would generate two unreduced diploid gametes within the ascus; mating between two such gametes would produce tetraploid rather than triploid colonies. Second, in the experiment shown in Figure 3, we identified genome-doubled colonies derived from asci containing three or four viable spores, making it unlikely that the observed genome doubling resulted from meiotic chromosome non-reduction. We chose not to include these additional explanations in the main text in order to preserve the manuscript’s narrative flow.

      6. It apparently assumes that 3X spores arose only by endoreduplication and mating between sister spores. a. One confusing thing is that here it shows 2x and 3x progeny, but if we already know that triploid sporulation gives mostly ~1.5x spores (Figure 3) why are they labeled as 1x or 2x inside the asci in Figure 4B?

      Response: Figure 4B depicts progeny derived from a diploid parental cell and therefore does not contain a 2x spore. The reviewer may instead be referring to Figure 4C. We agree that triploid meiosis produces spores with an average ploidy of approximately 1.5x; however, triploid-derived spores display a broad range of chromosome complements because of the uneven segregation characteristic of triploid meiosis, as illustrated in Figure 3B. We therefore replaced the 1x and 2x labels in Figure 4C with ∼1x and ∼2x to reflect the variable chromosome complements of triploid-derived spores. We have also extended this notation to near-triploids and near tetraploids and revised the text accordingly to explain that near-haploid and near-diploid colonies likely result from uneven chromosome segregation during triploid meiosis without subsequent mating.

      7. The text is written for a highly specialized audience fluent in the fine points of S. cerevisiae mating, meiosis and ploidy change. Some simple explanations (e.g., homo vs heterothallism and how that is determined -presumably based on Ho gene function but not stated as such; 'bisexuality' - how does this differ from same sex mating and from mating of the same organism with its progeny that has switched to the opposite mating type?) What does dioecy mean for a yeast cell? These questions may seem naïve, but require extensive familiarity with the field; explaining the intended meaning would benefit allow a broader audience of readers to appreciate the fine points of this work.

      Response: We agree and have revised the manuscript to make it accessible to a broader audience. We now introduce the canonical yeast life cycle in the Introduction, describe self-mating and non-self-mating strains in functional terms, and clarify that MATa and MATα designate the two mating types. We have removed specialized terms such as “bisexuality” and “dioecy” and made extensive efforts to simplify the narrative, clarify the experimental logic, and explain technical concepts so that the manuscript can be readily understood by readers who are not specialists in yeast genetics.

      8. Arguments in the paragraph from line 388-398 are hard to follow. Some visual to bolster the explanation and help readers understand why stepwise is definitely more prevalent than saltation in all strains and conditions is needed.

      Response: We agree. We reorganized the Results section around explicit predictions of the two models, including triploid frequency, association with self-fertility, genome-wide homozygosity, ABR profiles, and aneuploidy. We also added a summary panel to Figure 5 comparing the genomic features observed in natural polyploids with the expectations of the stepwise and saltational routes. This comparison makes clear that the genomic properties of natural polyploids are more consistent with a stepwise origin than with a predominantly saltational one, while acknowledging that alternative mechanisms may also contribute.

      9. Lines 404-407-is this true for the natural tetraploids in the 1011 collection as well (that they lack 0.5 ABR peaks?) . Which stains are artificial vs natural vs from industrial fermentation sources.

      Response: The 1,011-collection strains analyzed in this section are all classified as natural isolates as defined by the original study, regardless of their domesticated or industrial status. They are natural by opposition to lab-generated polyploids. Natural tetraploids do not lack an approximately 0.5 ABR peak. Rather, all 38 natural tetraploids display approximately 0.25, 0.5, and 0.75 peaks. The key observation is the presence of the additional 0.25 and 0.75 classes together with the 0.5 class. These patterns are also seen in the experimentally generated ALH-4x isolate and are expected when four-copy chromosomes contain 1:3, 2:2, and 3:1 allele ratios. We added the following sentence “By contrast, natural tetraploids displayed additional ABR peaks at ~0.25, and ~0.75, together with the ~0.5 peak (Fig. 5B), a pattern also observed in the ALH-4x isolate generated through two successive SEM cycles (Fig. 4E). The additional peaks at ~0.25 and ~0.75 are inconsistent with simple WGD of a heterozygous diploid and instead supports a stepwise origin through the SEM sequence.”.

      10. Paragraph 408-416-The argument is not easy to follow-if tetraploids are not so stable, then there should be lots of aneuploidy derived from them as well. Are there publications that have followed chromosome loss from triploid or tetraploids strains?

      Response: This paragraph also was extensively rewritten to simplify the message. Moreover, we now refer to the publication by Mayer & Aguilera (1990) reporting a higher rate of chromosome loss in tetraploids than in triploids.

      • While this paper may have established SEM as a mechanism of generating polyploidy and aneuploidy, it is difficult to understand if this mechanism is as 'predominant' as claimed. Please provide a figure or table to bolster this point. Furthermore, even if SEM is a frequent event, that doesnot rule out other mechanisms, the WGD being one of them. Thus, the authors should temper their statements to allow for other mechanisms that they show do also generate polyploids and aneuploids.*

      Response: We fully agree. The manuscript now consistently uses “a major route” rather than “the predominant route”. We explicitly state that WGD, meiotic restitution, MAT-locus homogenization, and other mechanisms may contribute to natural polyploidization. Our conclusion is that SEM explains a substantial and previously underappreciated fraction of the observations, not that SEM is the only route. A novel panel D was added to Figure 5 to summarize the genomic signatures observed in natural polyploids and their agreement or disagreement with predictions of the stepwise and saltational routes to polyploidization.

      12. Also, was the stepwise process recapitulated starting from haploids to the tetraploids for the same strains? My impression is that at the triploid stage more and 'better' triploids were chosen from the 1011 collection, so has the continuity of the process really been demonstrated definitively?

      Response: We cannot initiate the SEM sequence from a haploid strain because haploid cells do not undergo sporulation. The complete experimental continuity demonstrated here therefore begins with diploid parental strains: diploid-to-triploid formation was observed using intact asci from multiple diploid genetic backgrounds, and experimentally generated triploids were subsequently used to demonstrate the triploid-to-tetraploid transition, including the ALH-3x-to-ALH-4x lineage.

      The three natural triploids selected from the 1,011-genome collection were used specifically to characterize the second SEM cycle and to identify postmeiotic genome-doubling events among their meiotic progeny. They were not selected because they were considered “better” or more representative triploids, but because they were euploid and sporulation competent. The data nevertheless provide direct experimental continuity from diploidy to triploidy and from triploidy to tetraploidy.

      • Finally, how much does strain background play a role in the results and would attempting to repeat these experiments with different strains be likely to yield different results that would be simply ascribed to 'strain-specific effects'? The effort to look at many strains is admirable; explanations of why specific strains were chosen for the work over others would be helpful.*

      Response: We thank the reviewer for recognizing the effort made to analyze multiple strain backgrounds. We agree that genetic background may influence all stages of the SEM sequence, including sporulation, spore viability, postmeiotic genome-doubling propensity, mating competence, and tolerance of aneuploidy. We therefore do not consider the frequencies measured here to be universal, and repeating these experiments with additional strains could yield different outcomes that reflect genuine biological variation rather than merely experimental noise.

      The spore-derived experiment included 32 diploid strains with defined sexual behaviors, comprising 23 self-mating and 9 non-self-mating backgrounds. The intact-ascus experiment deliberately focused on 12 non-self-mating diploid strains because the preceding experiment detected postmeiotic genome doubling in this class and because loss of self-fertility is enriched among natural polyploids. These strains nevertheless represented diverse genetic and ecological backgrounds, and triploid progeny were recovered from several independent backgrounds, indicating that the process is not restricted to a single strain.

      We now explicitly acknowledge in the Discussion that natural variation in genes involved in spindle pole body duplication, chromosome segregation, cytokinesis, cell-cycle control, and aneuploidy tolerance may contribute to differences among strain backgrounds in the frequency and efficiency of the complete SEM sequence. Thus, strain background is an important determinant of the process and a subject for future investigation, while the recovery of SEM-associated outcomes across multiple backgrounds supports the general relevance of the mechanism.

      Minor comments

      1. * Are the strains selected for these studies truly 'wild' isolates or from domesticated yeasts? Could there be a difference between how domesticated/industrial yeasts and wild yeasts become polyploid? How do the strains study here compare with those from previous studies of polyploidization?* Response__:__ We agree that the term “natural polyploids” required clarification. In the revised manuscript, we explicitly state that this category includes both wild isolates recovered from natural environments and domesticated isolates originating from industrial or other human-associated environments. These non-laboratory isolates are distinct from laboratory-derived polyploids generated through experimental genetic manipulation. We now make this distinction explicit in the Introduction and use “natural polyploids” in this broad sense throughout the manuscript.

      With respect to the mechanism of polyploidization, our data do not reveal clear differences between wild and domesticated isolates. Both groups display genomic features compatible with the SEM model, including loss of self-fertility, aneuploidy, and complex allele-balance-ratio profiles. Notably, the ALH strain, in which we experimentally demonstrated the complete SEM sequence, was isolated from horse dung in Ecuador. Other polyploid strains used in our study, such as the triploid strains BBT and BAD, originated from domesticated environments, whereas CRE was isolated from a termite mound. Overall, our results do not suggest that ecological origin is a major discriminant of the mechanism underlying polyploid formation. However, because the evidence supporting this conclusion is limited, we decided not to discuss this aspect in the main text and have restricted it to the response to the reviewer.

      • One striking result that needs to be explained is why growth of a haploid lab strain (Ho deleted, one mating type) led to extremely rapid autodiploidization (mating type homozygous) that provides a growth advantage on glucose limiting medium (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cell.2016.08.002). How frequently would that type of event happen when cells are stressed a bit?*

      Response: We agree that this is an interesting point. In the Results section, we note that previous studies showed that endoreplication occurs frequently during haploid vegetative growth, with approximately 17% of cells spontaneously becoming diploid after 100 generations in the absence of external stress, and that this frequency can reach 100% in the presence of ethanol or potassium chloride (31). We have now added the reference suggested by the reviewer to note that rapid autodiploidization was also observed during experimental evolution under glucose limitation, where it conferred a growth advantage. This finding further supports the idea that diploidization can arise during adaptation to nutrient-limited environments and may be strongly favored under such conditions (lines 163–165).

      It would be interesting to examine whether stress affects the rate of postmeiotic endoreplication. However, systematically addressing this question is beyond the scope of the present manuscript and will likely require a dedicated follow-up study.

      • Lines 353-356-were sufficient numbers of tetraploids tested to make this a fair comparison?*

      Response: We sequenced 32 colonies derived from individual spores produced by triploid meiosis and detected postmeiotic endoreplication in 6 cases (18.8%; Fig. 3B). In contrast, none of the 28 colonies derived from tetraploid meiosis showed evidence of endoreplication (0%). A two-sided Fisher’s exact test indicated that this difference was statistically significant (p=0.026p = 0.026p=0.026), suggesting that postmeiotic endoreplication occurs more frequently among triploid-derived than tetraploid-derived spores. To preserve the flow of the main text, we have not included this statistical test in the manuscript.

      • In figure 5C, what is the difference between an a mater, a mater and a bisexual mater and, related to this, what is dioecy in the context of yeast mating? It was previously described (ref 41) in polyploid fermentation strains. Can some context be provided on its role here?*

      Response: We understand that the reviewer was referring to Supplementary Fig. 5C rather than Fig. 5C. We have therefore removed this panel and the sentence referring to it to avoid further complicating the narrative with issues related to bisexuality and dioecy. We thank the reviewer for pointing out that these aspects were not essential to the central message of the paper and that their inclusion made the story unnecessarily complex and less accessible to a broad audience.

      • Lines 370-372-the order of the models in Fig1 A are saltation and then stepwise but are discussed here in the reverse order.*

      Response: We thank the reviewer for pointing out this inversion. We have corrected the main text so that the two models are now cited in the order in which they are presented in Figure 1.

      • Chromsome loss from tetraploids referred to from ref 30: Where in this paper is the stability of ploidy levels noted? In scanning all the figures, this reviewer could only find discussion of LOH/heterozygosity.*

      Response: In the Methods section, the authors state that the ploidy of the mutation-accumulation (MA) lines was assessed by flow cytometry both before and at the end of the experiment, specifically “to verify the ploidy level.” Moreover, the Discussion explicitly states: “Overall, the ploidy level of MA lines generated from wild strains is extremely stable.” These statements support the conclusion that the study assessed and reported ploidy-level stability, although the main focus of the paper was on loss of heterozygosity.

      • If this process is really the predominant mechanism of ploidy shifts and generation of aneuploids, then testing mutants that are missing a gene required for sporulation, endoreduplication or mating should block the process and greatly reduce the frequency of triploid vs tetraploid isolates.*

      Response: In principle, impairing sporulation or mating would directly eliminate processes that define the SEM sequence and would therefore provide limited mechanistic information beyond the experiments presented here. Furthermore, the molecular mechanism underlying postmeiotic endoreplication remains unknown, we therefore consider this experiment an interesting avenue for future work, but beyond the scope of the present study.


      Significance This paper has the potential to change ideas about the sources of polyploidy and aneuploidy in S. cerevisiae and to highlight intra-ascus events that drive some of it. The text and figures need to be clearer, and the storyline needs to be made more accessible to readers who are not super-specialized in this area(as indicated in specific comments above). A few tables or figure that compare more assumptions and expectations of the two major models that are compared (and perhaps note other possible models as well) would go a long way to underpinning the data and making the case for the claims (once they are appropriately tempered based on the data). As currently written, this would reach a specialized audience interested in mechanisms of generating ploidy changes in the model yeast. It would be much better if written for a broader audience including those working on ploidy issues in many different fungi.

      Response: We thank Reviewer 1 for this positive assessment and for emphasizing the broader significance of our study. We agree that the manuscript needed to be more accessible to readers beyond the yeast-genetics community. In response, we have substantially revised the text and figures and clarified the experimental logic and terminology. We believe that these changes have improved the clarity, accessibility, and overall impact of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This study demonstrates that ploidy can increase one level at a time with a reduced gamete that undergoes endoreplication mating with a typical sibling gamete, highlighting a bigger role for triploids as an intermediate step to polyploidized lineages. It is by endoreplication, not whole genome duplication, resolving an existing uncertainty. It also resolves a major question of yeast triploid incidence as likely being from this mechanism and not partial tetraploid reversion (this latter point could be better emphasized in the abstract). The figures need a little more layman's explanation of the allele balance ratio data. The methods need a little more detail for reproducibility.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for his very positive assessment and recommendation for publication. In the revised abstract, we now explicitly state that triploids are key intermediates in stepwise polyploidization, rather than merely transient products of tetraploid regression toward diploidy. In the Result section, we have expanded the description of the allele balance ratio (ABR) concept, which is used in several figures. Finally, we have added an Extended Methods section providing additional experimental details on cytometric analyses, mating and zygote formation, creeping assays, and the calculation of mating scores.

      Minor: I give small points of improvement through the manuscript but see no major issues and recommend publication otherwise.

      • *

      Line 24: Mention the other autopolyploidization mechanisms

      Response: We added a sentence in the abstract to say that polyploidization is generally attributed to mitotic genome doubling or unreduced gamete fusion.

      Line 30: Mention the triploid bridge from plant studies

      Response: We added a sentence in the abstract to say that triploids are central intermediates in stepwise polyploidization, analogous to the triploid bridge described in plants.

      Line 50: Worth a mention there that ohnogenes (gene copies from WGD) have a higher incidence of becoming oncogenes, see work of Hevre Isambert.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for pointing us to this reference. We have added a sentence noting that, in vertebrates, genes retained from ancient whole genome duplication events, known as ohnologs, are disproportionately enriched among genes implicated in cancer and dominant genetic disorders.

      Line 65: one sentence needed on what the canonical lifestyle of yeasts is

      Response: We have added a description of the canonical life cycle, explaining that diploid cells carry the two mating types, MATa and MATα, and normally undergo meiosis and sporulation to produce four haploid spores, two MATa and two MATα, which remain enclosed within an ascus. Upon germination, spores of opposite mating types can mate with one another, thereby restoring the diploid state.

      • *

      Line 75: Some general statement needed about any interesting or unique population level functions of the triploids and/or tetraploids

      Response: We found it difficult to add a general statement at this point without interrupting the flow of the narrative. Moreover, at the beginning of the Introduction, we already state that polyploidy promotes genomic and phenotypic diversification, facilitates adaptation to stress, and contributes to ecological success and domestication. Nevertheless, we have clarified the composition of the “natural polyploid” category, which here includes both wild isolates recovered from natural niches and domesticated isolates originating from industrial or other anthropogenic environments. We also clearly state in the discussion section that polyploid yeast strains are widely used in fermentation industries, including brewing and baking, and are also frequently isolated from clinical settings.

      Line 82: I have no problem with this SEM acronym and think the sporulation/endoreplication/mate description accurate, but perhaps authors might want to reconsider for search optimization of their results because SEM also stands for scanning electron microscopy

      Response: We understand the reviewer’s concern regarding the use of “SEM,” which is also commonly used to refer to scanning electron microscopy. However, we have not identified a more suitable acronym, and we feel that SEM accurately and concisely represents the Sporulate–Endoreplicate–Mate mechanism proposed here. We therefore prefer to retain the acronym, while recognizing that it is also used in other contexts.

      Figure 1C: It's not clear what changes from step 2 to 3, and that it shows mating. It looks like a selfing process. Color labelling of spores would make this idea clearer.

      Response: We assume that the reviewer is referring to Fig. 1B, as there is no Fig. 1C. We thank the reviewer for drawing our attention to this lack of clarity. We have clarified that step 2 corresponds to the endoreplication of one spore, whereas step 3 corresponds to mating between the endoreplicated spore and one intact spore. We have also modified the illustrations of the endoreplication event and the mating bridge to make these steps more apparent.

      Figure 2A: Can you put this same color scheme into figure 1C

      Response: We assume that the reviewer is referring to Fig. 1B, as there is no Fig. 1C. We prefer to retain the gray shading in this figure to distinguish the number of chromosome sets in vegetative 2n and gametic 1n cells from overall ploidy. Throughout the figures, ploidy is consistently represented using green, orange, and brown for 2x, 3x, and 4x cells, respectively. Although this distinction may be subtle, we consider it important because the SEM mechanism can operate across different ploidy levels.

      Figure 2B: What is the unique dot in the middle of the light field of the ATR strain?

      Response: The dot represents the global mating score, calculated as the average of the mating, zygote formation, and creeping assay scores. This score was calculated for all strains but was not always visible because it lay at the extremity of the corresponding bars. To simplify the panel and avoid potential confusion, we have removed these dots from the figure.

      Line 184: Explain what a creeping phenotype is earlier on in the main manuscript and relevance to ploidy variation

      Response: We have clarified the meaning and relevance of the creeping phenotype at its first occurrence. In the Fig. 2 legend, we now define it as “a mating-associated aggregation phenotype used as an additional readout of mating competence.”

      Line 209: do you want to definitively attribute a relative contribution in concrete numbers to either mutational load or chromosome mis-segregation, e.g. mutational load is much worse (the ~5% viability versus the 50% viability)?

      Response: We agree that the comparison is informative, but we do not think that the relative contributions of mutational load and chromosome mis-segregation can be quantified directly, because the natural triploids examined here have different genetic backgrounds. We have therefore revised the text to place greater emphasis on the likely contribution of mutational load while avoiding an unsupported numerical attribution: “The substantially lower spore viability of natural triploids (5.0–7.8%) suggests that, in addition to triploidy-associated segregation defects, meiotic segregation unmasks a major contribution from recessive deleterious variants in their genomes, including several heterozygous high-impact variants in essential genes.”

      Figure 2: please put keys in the figures instead of having them written out in the captions

      Response: We have added the relevant keys directly to the figures, as requested, rather than describing them only in the captions.

      Figure 3C: I do not understand the y-axis of the ABR figure or the data distribution patterns and how they demonstrate higher ABR complexity/correlation to the colored copies figure above it. Can you explain better in the caption how to perceive this pattern? (That is, I get the idea that it about ratios to a reference allele to interpret ploidy, but it is a struggle for a lay person to interpret what look like different patterns (e.g .a split cloud over 0.75 and 0.25, and a concentrated cloud at 0.5) could yield the same ploidy assignment (4x) and how that can be differentiated from the other ploidy levels.

      Response: We have added the following explanation to the legend of Fig. 3C: “In the chromosome-level ABR profile, each gray point represents a heterozygous variant along the chromosome. ABR profiles show the fraction of sequencing reads carrying the alternative allele at heterozygous sites. Only variants with ABR values between 0.125 and 0.875 are shown (see Methods).” We have also added an explanation in the main text: “Third, allele balance ratios (ABRs), which measure the relative abundance of alternative alleles at heterozygous sites, showed patterns consistent with genome doubling (Fig. 3C). In four-copy chromosomes, heterozygous variants had an ABR of ~ 0.5, as expected when two-copy chromosomes are duplicated (Fig. 3D). By contrast, two-copy chromosomes lacked heterozygous variants, consistent with duplication of chromosomes that were initially present in a single copy (Fig. 3C and 3D; Supplementary Fig. 3).”

      • *

      Figure 4E: Same comment as above.

      Response: We have added the following explanation to the legend of Fig.4E: “ABR profiles show the fraction of sequencing reads carrying the alternative allele at heterozygous sites (y-axis), with each gray point representing a variant along the chromosome (x-axis). In ALH-3x, ABRs cluster around ~0.33 and ~0.67 on three-copy chromosomes, corresponding to 1:2 and 2:1 allelic ratios, respectively. In ALH-4x, ABRs cluster around ~0.25, ~0.5, and ~0.75 on four-copy chromosomes, corresponding to 1:3, 2:2, and 3:1 allelic ratios, respectively.”.

      Line 490: Intriguing idea about application, but can you be more specific? In plant (and some animal) breeding, polyploidy is an important tool for creating larger/more-stress resistant/ purposefully sterile strains (to prevent invasiveness in natural environments). Can you suggest a real benefit to a polyploidized yeast strain for baking and brewing?

      Response: We have not modified the text, as we do not yet have sufficient evidence to propose a specific, validated benefit of SEM-generated polyploid strains for baking or brewing. We already note that polyploid yeast strains are widely used in fermentation industries, including brewing and baking, and are also frequently isolated from clinical settings. Although SEM could potentially provide a route to generate novel polyploid strains with desirable industrial traits, such as improved fermentation performance or stress tolerance, whether this mechanism can be reliably harnessed for strain improvement remains unknown.

      Line 249: Very nice set of experiments proving viable aneuploids

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this nice comment.

      Line 518: I know the protocol is referenced, but a few more details here on the flow cytometry would be helpful. What was the buffer used, what was the flow cytometer, what was the number of events.

      Response: We have added all details in an Extended method section and also added few more details in the main Methods section.

      Line 573-574: Same comment, just some brief details to give a general idea.

      Response: we have added a few more details.

      Line 569-571: Something off here because a flow cytometry step is described twice. What is the distinction between the first description and the second description?

      Response: We thank the reviewer for pointing out this ambiguity. We used the same flow-cytometry readout for ploidy determination but two different sample-preparation procedures depending on the purpose of the analysis. A rapid preparation was used for initial screening of ascus-derived colonies, whereas a more thorough preparation, including PBS washing, was used for subsequent ploidy validation. We have revised the Flow cytometry and Ascus micromanipulation sections to make this distinction explicit.

      Line 617: Correct various formatting errors in references: italicize species, do not use all caps or capitalize all words in titles, etc.

      Response: We have corrected the formatting errors in the references. Species names are now italicized, and titles have been standardized by removing unnecessary capitalization and all-capital formatting.

      Supplementary Figure 1 caption: The data points falling along a gradient value instead of discrete integers indicates aneuploidy and repeat measures. Please mention both in the caption, and add standard errors if possible.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for pointing out that the representation was not sufficiently clear. The data points in Supplementary Fig. 1 do not represent repeated measurements. Triangles correspond to individual monosporic isolates derived from diploid strains, whereas circles correspond to the progeny obtained after crossing these isolates with compatible haploid testers. Therefore, standard errors are not applicable. We have revised the figure legend to make this distinction explicit. We also clarify that the non-integer ploidy values represent quantitative DNA-content estimates and can reflect deviations from complete euploid chromosome sets.

      Supplementary captions: The ABR patterns are much better explained here than in the main figure captions. Please also put a form of these descriptions in the main figure captions, even if it seems repetitive.

      Response: We have updated the main figure legends to include the clearer, more detailed descriptions of ABR patterns that were previously only in the supplementary captions, ensuring consistent and self-contained explanations across all ABR panels.

      Significance

      *I am a general polyploid evolution, not yeast specialist, so apologies if I have gaps in reviewing the yeast-specific aspects. But from my view this is a well done and well written study that establishes the mechanism by which yeast can be polyploidized. This is in reference the important evolutionary phenomenon of whole genome duplication conferring adaptive advantages in many taxa, but as authors touch on at the end, breeding improvement. The novelty is slightly inaccurately presented in the abstract (more accurately presented in the actual text). As authors note, there are many studies demonstrating the importance of the triploid bridge, in plant allopolyploids mostly. This should be brought into some comparative discussion. Autopolyplodizaton happening through the usual routes of lack of gametic reduction, etc. as the authors indicate in introduction, should be touched upon in abstract.

      It is a stretch to say this is a "new framework for polyploid genome formation across eukaryotes" but it is certainly a good work perhaps widely applicable for fungi, which are understudied for polyploid evolution. This theme could be expanded on throughout the work for a more specific but more intriguing direction. For example what is the ecological significance for such high triploid/tetraploid incidence in yeast/fungi? What could the accessibility of this polyploidizaton mechanism imply for their evolution?*

      Response: We thank the Reviewer for this supportive assessment of our study. We are pleased that the work was recognized as well conducted and as establishing a mechanism underlying an important evolutionary phenomenon with broad implications for adaptation and genome evolution.

      Reviewer #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity:

      In this manuscript, titled "A postmeiotic route to stepwise polyploidy", Fischer and co-workers describe a novel model for the development of polyploidy in yeast, and hence in possibly many other organisms. Based on careful examination of individual examples and of a broad panel of natural isolates, as well as experimental reconstitution they describe a scenario whereby right after meiosis a germinating spore undergoes endoreplication, hence becoming diploid, before it mates with a neighboring spore, possibly a meiotic sibling, to generate a triploid. This sequence, sporulation, endoreplication followed by mating, is abbreviated SEM. Subsequent reiteration of this process leads ultimately to the generation of tetraploids or near tetraploids. Supporting this model, the frequency of triploids, of heterozygosity and of aneuploidy in natural isolates is much higher than predicted by the more classic model whereby tetraploids are generated by division failure or endoreplication of a diploid. This scenario is also shown to be prevalent in the case of heterothallic and much less frequent in homothallic strains, supporting the notion that endoreplication and mating are early events after spore germination. This scenario also suggests that triploids are much better able to generate viable spores that themselves engage in mating than generally anticipated.

      • *

      The data is solid, based on a solid dataset of natural isolates and experimental derivatives from them, including full genome sequences. The argumentation based on the data presented is very convincing.

      Response: We sincerely thank the reviewer for this positive assessment of our manuscript.

      A few presentation points would, however, benefit from further attention by the authors before publication.

      • *

      1- The notion of endoreplication will suggest a very precise scenario to many cell biologists, namely the succession of two S-phases without mitosis, and may appear as excluding other scenario with the same output, such as abortive mitosis or failed cytokinesis. It would therefore be useful for the authors to perhaps find another wording or to clearly define what they understand under endoreplication. Indeed, the data as it stands does not allow distinguishing between these diverse possibilities and the discussion itself demonstrates that the authors are open to a variety of possible mechanisms. This discussion could also benefit from being a bit better substantiated, to ensure that there is no misunderstanding.

      Response: We fully agree that we cannot conclude on the molecular mechanism involved in the endoreplication step and we acknowledge this present limitation. However, we are using the word endoreplication on purpose to include endocycling, abortive mitosis and cytokinesis failure as it is described in the review by D. T. Fox, R. J. Duronio (2013). We also clearly state this at the beginning of the result section: “The molecular mechanism underlying this genome doubling event is currently unknown. Here, we use endoreplication as a general term for genome doubling that may result either from two successive rounds of DNA replication without mitosis or from an abortive mitosis or failed cytokinesis (30).” So, we believe that the message is clearly conveyed and that we don’t need to find another wording.

      2- The authors report that the SEM sequence is well identifiable in heterothallic isolates and barely so in homothallic ones. However, they do not discuss why they think this is. Upon spore germination, recent data have indicated that cells needs to undergo several rounds of divisions before becoming able to mate (PMID: 30355051). This should give time to both homothallic and heterothallic spores to "endoreplicate". Therefore, why SEM is dependent on heterothallism is not intuitive and would profit of some discussion.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for raising this important question. We have added a discussion of the difference between heterothallic and homothallic isolates and now propose two possible, although speculative, explanations:

      “By contrast, spores able to self-mate may rapidly restore diploidy through mating and therefore be less likely to enter the SEM pathway. Alternatively, loss of mating-type switching itself could influence endoreplication: if cells attempt to initiate mating-type switching but the process is impaired, this failure could trigger a cellular response that favors genome duplication. Whether either of these mechanisms, or another mechanism, promotes entry into the SEM pathway remains to be determined.”

      This discussion makes clear that the proposed explanations are hypotheses and that the molecular basis of the apparent association between heterothallism and SEM remains unresolved.

      3- The figures are not particularly intuitive and it takes some time to understand what data is represented and how. For examples, this reviewer found figure 2B quite cryptic at first. It would be useful to provide a schematic of the different tests used and of how the mating score is derived from them. Figure 3B refers to BBT, BAD and CRE. It would be useful to remind the readers in the legend what these abbreviations stand for, without having to search for them in the supplementary material.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for drawing our attention to this issue. We have made substantial efforts to improve the clarity and accessibility of all figures, not only Fig. 2B. In particular, we have added schematics illustrating the different assays and how the global mating score is calculated. We have also revised the figure legends extensively and now define abbreviations such as BBT, BAD, and CRE directly in the relevant legends, so that the necessary information is accessible without consulting the Supplementary Material.

      **Referees cross-commenting**

      I agree with the two other reviewers that the text is written for a highly specialised audience. As a yeast geneticist, this did not disturb me too much, but it was even for me somewhat jargonous at places. The authors would strongly increase the impact of their paper if they would make it more approachable for a broad audience.

      I also agree that bringing a broader comparison with the data available would help judging better about the prevalence of the SEM scenario.

      Response: We sincerely thank all three reviewers for drawing our attention to this issue. As yeast geneticists, we recognize that concepts familiar to us may be specialized and not readily accessible to researchers from other fields. We have therefore made substantial efforts to rewrite the manuscript and make it accessible to a broad audience. We simplified several concepts and replaced specialized terminology with more explicit wording; for example, “homothallic” and “heterothallic” have been replaced throughout by “self-mating” and “non-self-mating” strains. We also substantially improved the figures so that the main results can be understood more intuitively without relying exclusively on the detailed text. Finally, we placed the SEM mechanism in a broader context by discussing it alongside other established mechanisms of polyploidization. Overall, we believe that these revisions have significantly improved the clarity, accessibility, and impact of the manuscript.

      Significance:

      Overall, this manuscript proposes a very original model that departs from classically accepted scenarios in interesting manners. It is also very well supported by a large body of observations and careful analyses. This study, therefore, renews our views and concepts about genome evolution, and the emergence of polyploid phenotypes. Whereas I expect that this work might steer quite some debate, I find it a well-grounded and very useful addition to the discussion. As such, this manuscript will address a broad audience in the fields of evolution, genome structure, molecular biology, cell biology and biotechnology.

      Response: We are pleased that the Reviewer considers our work a potentially important contribution to current models of genome evolution and polyploidization. We share the view that the discovery of SEM could represent a conceptual advance in our understanding of yeast genome evolution and may also have broader implications for polyploidization beyond yeast.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary

      This paper analyzes the process of ploidy alterations amongst a set of diverse yeast (S. cerevisiae) strains and documents the sequential appearance of ~diploid, ~ triploid and ~tetraploid isolates from asci. It argues that this is the predominant mechanism of ploidy increases and that it explains many findings in other studies.

      Major comments

      1. The key conclusion of the paper is that the series of consecutive events described is "the predominant natural route to polyploidy in yeast". However, the events shown remain relatively rare (and if they are not rare, no comparison to frequency of other events is provided). In addition, the experiments start with a selection of strains picked for their ability to mate.

      a) A figure illustrating the frequency of each step in the process would help put the results into larger context.

      1. While the data show that the series of sporulation/endoreplication/and mating appears to generate cells with altered ploidy and extensive aneuploidy, the evidence that this is "the predominant natural route" is difficult to extract from the work as presented. There are references to prior papers, but the key points in those papers should be presented in a manner that is convincing-perhaps in a table that compares issues addressed in this work and that build the argument made in favor of this SEM mechanism being 'predominant (e.g, frequency of aneuploidy, frequency of triploidy, tetraploidy, ploidy stability etc.)

      a) An example of this is the statement in lines 62-64 that "8-20% of natural isolates are autopolyploid and triploids are at least as frequent as tetraploids" , but Peter et al found <5% triploids among 1011 yeasts and a similar number of tetraploids. Providing the actual data being quoted across the literature would help make this argument more specifically.

      1. Figure 2B is extremely confusing and would benefit by making it easier to understand.

      a) First, it would help to understand how these particular strains were chosen from the 728 starting strains. The text says that it chose those that could mate, but if step 1 is sporulation, why not test the hundreds of strains that could sporulate (based on Table S2). The left part of Fig 2B illustrates a mating score inferred based on 3 assays. Are the a or alpha designations and listing of hetero vs homo zygosity from before or after the experiment? How part C relates to part B of the figure is unclear, one would need to trace the strains from the left of 2B to the bottom of 2C.

      b) The title of the legend states that "endoreduplication during spore germination enables diploid to triploid transition" (line 180). Yet, the 'triploids generated are primarily <3N (presumably highly aneuploid) and a good proportion of the 'triploid' strains are much closer to diploid ploidy levels. Finally, only 2/23 of the homothallic isolates (those that can switch mating type and then mate with their progeny) display this 'triploid identity'. Please explain how this argues for a prevalent mechanism? And is it possible that the selection of specific strains for this experiment may have minimized the detection of endoreduplicaton (which does not require mating or sporulation if it is due to mitotic events)?

      c) In Fig 2C, there are a few red or blue spots in the homothallic strains, so the term 'exclusively' in line 190 cannot be true. It is also not clear why endoreduplication would expect to generate strains that are the same ploidy level as the parents, unless the intention is that endoreduplication AFTER meiosis is expected to give diploid progeny. Please be more explicit as there are many unstated assumptions here that are difficult to follow.

      1. The triploidy to tetraploidy step (starting at line 196) appears to be built upon analysis of 3 euploid triploid isolates (from the 1011 collection, not from experiments in Figure 2). These exhibit very low spore viability (presumably due to chromosome segregation defects known to be prevalent in spores from triploid parents). Accordingly, these meioses gave rise to aneuploid spores. It is argued that any strains with tetrasomic chromosomes must have arisen via endoreduplication. However, highly aneuploid isolates exhibit high levels of chromosome instability, such that missegregation of extra chromosomal pairs would need to be ruled out to reach this conclusion. Furthermore, if the '1.5x' spores that mate carried 1x of most chromosomes and 2x of other chromosomes (e.g., chromosomes 4,5,6) -what rules out the possibility that they mated with another spore that also had 1x of the same chromosomes and 2x of the same ones (e.g., chromosomes 4,5,6) .

      a) The illustration of this process in Figure 3 is confusing. For example, the text says that the 3X spore in the ascus after E2 is a/alpha/alpha, but the figure says it's only alpha/alpha. Does it have only alpha/alpha because it has only two copies of chr3 despite being ~3X? Assuming it has only MATalpha, it could then mate with a 1.5x spore that had either 1 or 2 copies of Chr3, and therefore was either a/a or alpha/alpha.

      b) In Fig. 3C, why is the ABR data for ChrV, VI, X, XI, XV and XVI so sparse?

      c) There is a focus on monosporic asci (i.e., only one spore survives the meiosis). Please explain the rationale for this and the assumptions that underlie it.

      1. Fig 4 looks at the whole ascus, rather than selected spores. And asks about their DNA content (4A), presumably after sporulation and then whatever mating or endoreduplication+ mating that goes on in the privacy of the ascus.... Most spores were haploid (didn't mate) or diploid (mated with ascus siblings) and 1-9% of the spores were triploid (with 2/8 analyzed having some tetrasomic and/or disomic chromosomes). While this is consistent with the model being proposed, can we rule out the possibility of a partial meiosis that yielded 2 1x spores and 1 2x spore and then mating between the 2x and 1x spores... There may be good arguments for this, but they were difficult to find.

      2. It apparently assumes that 3X spores arose only by endoreduplication and mating between sister spores.

      a) One confusing thing is that here it shows 2x and 3x progeny, but if we already know that triploid sporulation gives mostly ~1.5x spores (Figure 3) why are they labeled as 1x or 2x inside the asci in Figure 4B?

      1. The text is written for a highly specialized audience fluent in the fine points of S. cerevisiae mating, meiosis and ploidy change. Some simple explanations (e.g., homo vs heterothallism and how that is determined -presumably based on Ho gene function but not stated as such; 'bisexuality' - how does this differ from same sex mating and from mating of the same organism with its progeny that has switched to the opposite mating type?) What does dioecy mean for a yeast cell? These questions may seem naïve, but require extensive familiarity with the field; explaining the intended meaning would benefit allow a broader audience of readers to appreciate the fine points of this work.

      2. Arguments in the paragraph from line 388-398 are hard to follow. Some visual to bolster the explanation and help readers understand why stepwise is definitely more prevalent than saltation in all strains and conditions is needed.

      3. Lines 404-407-is this true for the natural tetraploids in the 1011 collection as well (that they lack 0.5 ABR peaks?) . Which stains are artificial vs natural vs from industrial fermentation sources.

      4. Paragraph 408-416-The argument is not easy to follow-if tetraploids are not so stable, then there should be lots of aneuploidy derived from them as well. Are there publications that have followed chromosome loss from triploid or tetraploids strains?

      5. While this paper may have established SEM as a mechanism of generating polyploidy and aneuploidy, it is difficult to understand if this mechanism is as 'predominant' as claimed. Please provide a figure or table to bolster this point. Furthermore, even if SEM is a frequent event, that doesnot rule out other mechanisms, the WGD being one of them. Thus, the authors should temper their statements to allow for other mechanisms that they show do also generate polyploids and aneuploids.

      6. Also, was the stepwise process recapitulated starting from haploids to the tetraploids for the same strains? My impression is that at the triploid stage more and 'better' triploids were chosen from the 1011 collection, so has the continuity of the process really been demonstrated definitively?

      7. Finally, how much does strain background play a role in the results and would attempting to repeat these experiments with different strains be likely to yield different results that would be simply ascribed to 'strain-specific effects'? The effort to look at many strains is admirable; explanations of why specific strains were chosen for the work over others would be helpful.

      Minor comments

      1. Are the strains selected for these studies truly 'wild' isolates or from domesticated yeasts? Could there be a difference between how domesticated/industrial yeasts and wild yeasts become polyploid? How do the strains study here compare with those from previous studies of polyploidization?

      2. One striking result that needs to be explained is why growth of a haploid lab strain (Ho deleted, one mating type) led to extremely rapid autodiploidization (mating type homozygous) that provides a growth advantage on glucose limiting medium (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cell.2016.08.002). How frequently would that type of event happen when cells are stressed a bit?

      3. Lines 353-356-were sufficient numbers of tetraploids tested to make this a fair comparison?

      4. In figure 5C, what is the difference between an a mater, a mater and a bisexual mater and, related to this, what is dioecy in the context of yeast mating? It was previously described (ref 41) in polyploid fermentation strains. Can some context be provided on its role here?

      5. Lines 370-372-the order of the models in Fig1 A are saltation and then stepwise but are discussed here in the reverse order.

      6. Chromsome loss from tetraploids referred to from ref 30: Where in this paper is the stability of ploidy levels noted? In scanning all the figures, this reviewer could only find discussion of LOH/heterozygosity.

      7. If this process is really the predominant mechanism of ploidy shifts and generation of aneuploids, then testing mutants that are missing a gene required for sporulation, endoreduplication or mating should block the process and greatly reduce the frequency of triploid vs tetraploid isolates.

      Referees cross-commenting

      I agree with the other reviewers and think the manuscript will benefit from clarifications that make it much more accessible to general readers. I also think they need to be careful to avoid apparent overstatements that should be better substatiated.

      Significance

      Significance

      This paper has the potential to change ideas about the sources of polyploidy and aneuploidy in S. cerevisiae and to highlight intra-ascus events that drive some of it. The text and figures need to be clearer, and the storyline needs to be made more accessible to readers who are not super-specialized in this area(as indicated in specific comments above). A few tables or figure that compare more assumptions and expectations of the two major models that are compared (and perhaps note other possible models as well) would go a long way to underpinning the data and making the case for the claims (once they are appropriately tempered based on the data). As currently written, this would reach a specialized audience interested in mechanisms of generating ploidy changes in the model yeast. It would be much better if written for a broader audience including those working on ploidy issues in many different fungi.

      Expertise-I have extensive experience working with aneuploidy and, to some degree with polyploidy, but I am not involved directly in studies of S. cerevisiae meiosis and mating issues. Thus, I needed to do a lot of checking the referenced literature on those topics.

    1. a comparison of statistical, machine-learning, recurrent-neural-network, and pretrained foundation-model configurations for the same higher-education building and forecast days, combined with calendar-regime analysis, paired uncertainty estimates, and a weather-source comparison. We examine whether accuracy gains justify building-specific fitting, whether model rankings change between workdays and non-workdays, and how a pretrained model responds to different weather sources. We select configurations on chronological validation days and retain daily and weekly seasonal-naive references. Calendar and schedule covariates are treated as known at the forecast origin; target-day weather is supplied retrospectively.

      this describes what was done but I think we should frame the contributions differently. for example: "This study contributes empirical evidence on the conditions under which increasingly complex forecasting models provide meaningful value for higher-education buildings. By evaluating conventional statistical and machine-learning methods alongside recurrent neural networks and pretrained foundation models within a common building-level setting, we distinguish gains attributable to model complexity from those attributable to building-specific adaptation. The analysis further shows how this comparison depends on calendar regime: workdays and non-workdays may constitute substantively different forecasting settings rather than merely subsets of the same dataset. Finally, by jointly considering predictive uncertainty and alternative weather inputs, the study clarifies the robustness and practical interpretability of pretrained models in building-energy forecasting. This provides a temporally validated basis for selecting forecasting approaches relative to seasonal-naive benchmarks, while distinguishing retrospective weather-informed performance from fully operational forecast performance"

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We sincerely thank the editors and reviewers for their thorough evaluation of our manuscript. We are grateful for their enthusiastic support of our comparative approach to understanding cardiac regeneration across fish lineages, and we appreciate the care with which they captured and summarized the key findings of our study. Their constructive suggestions have been invaluable in strengthening the work, and we are pleased to submit the revised manuscript enclosed herewith.

      The revised manuscript contains 7 main figures and 8 supplementary figures, representing the addition of two figures relative to the previous version. Specifically, we have included additional Podocalyxin immunostaining to clarify our characterization of ventricular vascularization, and Picrosirius Red staining to improve the characterization of fibrillar collagen in uninjured Xiphophorus hearts relative to zebrafish. We have also refined our RNA-seq analysis by manually curating well-defined markers of cardiomyocyte cell fate change and immune system activation, such that the manuscript no longer relies on a single-cell RNA-seq dataset. All remaining revisions have been made in direct response to the reviewers' comments, as detailed below.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Minor Weaknesses:

      Transcriptomic analysis was only done for one time point. Different time points could be included to validate whether some processes occur at different time points. But this can be done in the future for more detailed studies.

      We agree with this valuable suggestion. While RNA-seq at multiple time points would undoubtedly enrich our understanding of the temporal dynamics of Xiphophorus heart regeneration, such an expansion would constitute a substantial independent study extending well beyond the scope of this initial characterization. We agree that this represents a compelling avenue for future investigation, and we have acknowledged this limitation explicitly in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript (lines 357-363).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 5B and quantification in Figure 5D seem inconsistent. The numbers of Mpx neutrophils at Day 7 seem the same as Day 14 and 30, but overall, there are very few Mpx+ cells. The authors should examine earlier time points, such as Day 1 and 3, to determine if neutrophil and macrophage infiltration is different in zebrafish.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful observation. We agree that the apparent similarity in Mpx<sup>+</sup> cell numbers across Day 7, 14, and 30 in the original figures warranted closer examination of earlier time points. We have therefore performed new Mpx and L-plastin immunostaining at 1 and 3 dpci in Xiphophorus hearts. These analyses confirm low immune cell infiltration at these early time points, with Mpx<sup>+</sup> cell numbers peaking at 14 dpci, which is a pattern strikingly different from the rapid and robust neutrophil infiltration observed in zebrafish within the first few days post-injury. These results reinforce our conclusion that the inflammatory response in Xiphophorus is both delayed and attenuated relative to zebrafish, and the updated data are now presented in Figure 6.

      (2) Their transcriptomic data at 7 days post injury suggest that TGFß signaling was not activated after injury, and tenascin C was not expressed in platyfish. The authors might check whether TGFB signaling is activated and tenascin is expressed at later time points, since platyfish show persistent scarring. This may help determine whether the molecular mechanisms of scarring in platyfish are the same as in zebrafish, and it just happens late.

      We think it is a good suggestion. Unfortunately, our anti-TnC antibodies do not produce a clear or specific signal in platyfish tissue, precluding immunofluorescence-based analysis of TnC expression at later regenerative stages. To partially address this limitation, we have included transcript abundance data for several genes associated with TGF-β signaling in the new Figure 5, which provides an initial view of this pathway's activity during Xiphophorus heart regeneration. Nevertheless, a thorough characterization of TGF-β activity and TnC expression, especially including protein-level validation and temporal profiling, would require dedicated methodological development and constitutes a new study. We therefore consider this to be an important avenue for future investigation rather than a component of the present initial characterization.

      (3) The PCNA staining BrdU labeling experiments suggest that proliferating cardiomyocytes are not maintained even though they re-enter the cell cycle. Since the platyfish hearts lack the proliferative compact cardiomyocytes that account for myocardial regeneration in zebrafish, do the authors suggest that their trabecular cardiomyocytes proliferate or that they only undergo DNA synthesis?

      This question touches on a central unresolved aspect of our findings. Our results indicate that a subset of cardiomyocytes re-enter the cell cycle and undergo DNA synthesis at 7 and 14 dpci, as evidenced by PCNA staining (new Figure 7D). However, BrdU incorporation combined with Tropomyosin immunostaining reveals an absence of BrdU<sup>+</sup>/Tropomyosin<sup>+</sup> cardiomyocytes within the border zone myocardium (new Figure 7F), indicating that newly synthesized DNA does not translate into efficient cardiomyocyte repopulation of the injured area. Whether the detected S-phase entry is followed by mitosis, or whether these cardiomyocytes undergo DNA synthesis without completing cell division, a phenomenon known as endoreplication, which has been described in other cardiac contexts, remains to be determined. Resolving this question would require live imaging or mitotic marker analyses beyond the scope of the present study, and we have highlighted this as an important open question in the revised Discussion.

      (4) Line 136-137. The authors might clarify what they meant by "N2.261 antibody recognizes different myosin types in zebrafish versus platyfish". Are these N2.261+ cardiomyocytes in the atria of platyfish also immature cardiomyocytes, but are there more immature cardiomyocytes in platyfish than in zebrafish?

      We thank the reviewer for this good question. In zebrafish, N2.261 has been established as a marker of immature cardiomyocytes in larvae and regenerating myocardium; however, we cannot currently conclude that N2.261-positive atrial cardiomyocytes in platyfish represent an analogous immature population. Rather, the broad atrial immunoreactivity in platyfish most likely reflects the presence of the N2.261 epitope within the dominant atrial myosin heavy chain isoform of this species. Thus, platyfish atrial myosin shares greater sequence similarity with the antibody's target epitope than the corresponding zebrafish atrial myosin does. In other words, the differential labeling pattern between species is more likely attributable to evolutionary divergence in myosin heavy chain sequences than to differences in cardiomyocyte maturation state. To directly identify which amino acid residues are essential for N2.261 immunoreactivity and to resolve these evolutionary differences, we have initiated a dedicated epitope-mapping study.

      To clarify this interpretation in the manuscript, we have replaced the previous concluding statement with the following: "Together, these findings indicate that N2.261 recognizes distinct myosin heavy chain isoforms in zebrafish and Xiphophorus: an embryonic ventricular isoform in the former and an atrial isoform in the latter. The differential labeling pattern between species is more likely attributable to evolutionary divergence in myosin heavy chain sequences than to differences in cardiomyocyte maturation state, reflecting the substantial lineage-specific reshaping of cardiac myosin repertoires that has occurred between cyprinids and poeciliids."

      (5) Line 212-"Interspecies comparison revealed that upon cryoinjury, 199 and 268 orthologous gene transcripts were more abundant in zebrafish than in platyfish, respectively". Does the author mean that "more abundant in zebrafish than in platyfish and vice versa"?

      We thank the reviewer for flagging this ambiguity. The original sentence was indeed unclear, and we have revised it to read: "Interspecies comparison revealed that upon cryoinjury, 199 orthologous gene transcripts showed a higher log₂FC in zebrafish than in platyfish, while 268 showed the opposite pattern, indicating that the two species mount distinct transcriptional responses to cardiac injury." We believe this phrasing now unambiguously conveys that the comparison is bidirectional.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Major comments

      (1) Title selection

      The title the authors chose suggests that platyfish and swordtails "partially regenerate," but I do wonder how much these animals truly regenerate. This may be a semantic discussion and a matter of personal preference. Still, based on other significant work on regenerative capacity (see, for example, the landmark cavefish regeneration paper PMID: 30462998 or work on medaka PMID: 24947076), the persistence of such a prominent fibrotic scar would be considered a minimal regenerative capacity. Measuring this "partial regeneration" more precisely by comparing zebrafish with platyfish and swordtails would also greatly strengthen the comparisons made here - see below.

      The same can be said about line 152-153 - do these hearts "regenerate" with deformation and partial scarring, or would it be more fair to say that they are "healed" or "repaired" with a process that involves fibrosis?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this conceptual point, and we appreciate the references to the cavefish and medaka literature. We acknowledge that the term "partially regenerate" requires careful justification given the persistence of a substantial collagenous scar at the injury site. We have retained this terminology for the following reasons:

      (1) The bulging wound undergoes resorption over time, suggesting that the initial structural deformation is transient rather than permanent.

      (2) Wound size is significantly reduced and the proportion of hearts retaining visible injury decreases over the course of the experiment.

      (3) Cardiomyocyte proliferation is detectably elevated in the myocardium at 7 and 14 dpci, indicating that some regenerative machinery is engaged.

      We would also note that partial heart regeneration accompanied by residual scarring has been described in newts, a classically regenerative vertebrate. This suggests that the boundary between regeneration and fibrotic repair is not always clear-cut. Rather than a binary distinction, the cardiac injury response may exist on a continuum, where hallmarks of regeneration, such as wound resorption, reduced scar size, and cardiomyocyte proliferation, can coexist with persistent fibrosis. We therefore believe that "partial regeneration with persistent scarring" accurately and honestly reflects our findings, and we have refined the relevant passages in the manuscript, including the indicated lines, to make this nuance explicit.

      (2) Cross-species comparisons

      Having two species of livebearers strengthens the findings of this paper, but the presentation of results from both species is inconsistent. For example, the reader should not be asked to assume that the architecture of the swordtail ventricle is similar to that of the platyfish (line 125). The same applies to the presence or absence of coronary vessels (Figure 1), the reduction in wound area over time (Figure 3), and the immune system's response (Figure 5). Most importantly, the authors miss an opportunity to move from qualitative observations to quantifying the "partial regeneration" phenotype they observe. Specifically, providing a side-by-side comparison between these new species and zebrafish would help define the extent of differences in regeneration potential. For instance, in Figure 6, while the authors provide excellent quantification of PCNA staining in platyfish, these data are less meaningful without a direct comparison with zebrafish results. The same applies to Figures 6E and 6F - although differences are noted, quantifying these results would enable a more rigorous assessment of the process.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive critique. We agree that greater consistency in the cross-species presentation strengthens the comparative framework of the paper, and we have made several additions to address this.

      To document the cardiac architecture of swordtails explicitly, rather than asking the reader to assume similarity with platyfish, we have added the following data:

      (1) New supplementary figure (Figure S1) dedicated to the swordtail ventricle, incorporating 1) AFOG, 2) Picrosirius Red, 3) Alkaline Phosphatase Assay for the vasculature, 4) and immunostaining against Fibronectin, N2.261, and F-actin.

      (2) The dynamics of swordtail heart regeneration across 7, 14, 30, 60, and 90 dpci are presented in a separate supplementary figure (Figure S5), which also includes quantification of wound size over time. These data show that the wound, representing approximately 20% of ventricular area at 7 dpci, is reduced to approximately 2.5% by 60–90 dpci, providing quantitative support for our characterization of partial regeneration in this species.

      We appreciate the reviewer's point regarding side-by-side quantitative comparisons with zebrafish for markers such as PCNA. We respectfully note, however, that cardiomyocyte proliferation in zebrafish following cryoinjury is extensively documented across multiple independent studies, and we consider this body of evidence sufficient to contextualize our platyfish findings without requiring full parallel quantification. Nevertheless, in response to this comment, we have included side-by-side zebrafish and platyfish data for BrdU staining in the new Figure 7, with zebrafish quantification drawn from our previously published dataset (Sallin et al., 2015). We believe this addition meaningfully strengthens the cross-species comparison at this key figure while remaining within the scope of the present study.

      (3) Lack of coronary vasculature

      There is a growing body of evidence highlighting the importance of the coronary vessels during zebrafish heart regeneration (PMIDs: 27647901, 31743664). Surprisingly, this finding has not been integrated or discussed in the context of this literature.

      The results of the alkaline phosphatase assay and anti-podocalyxin-2 staining appear inconsistent. Specifically, in Supplementary Figure 1L-M, we can see some vessels covering the bulbus arteriosus and also what appears to be a signal in the ventricle. However, in Figures 1 K and 1L, we cannot see any vessels, even in the bulbus. The authors should also be more rigorous and add a description of how many animals were analyzed, their ages, and sizes. In zebrafish, the formation of the coronary arteries appears to depend on animal size and age. With the data provided, we cannot say whether this is a one-time observation or a consistent finding across many animals at different ages and across both species.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point and for directing us to the relevant literature. We agree that the role of coronary vasculature in zebrafish heart regeneration is an important and growing area of research, and we have now integrated a discussion of this evidence into the manuscript, highlighting the contrast with the avascular Xiphophorus ventricle and its potential implications for regenerative capacity.

      Regarding the apparent inconsistency between the alkaline phosphatase assay and the anti-Podocalyxin (anti-Podxl) staining, we thank the reviewer for this careful observation. We have performed additional staining to resolve this discrepancy and conclude that the two approaches, rather than being inconsistent, reflect distinct and complementary aspects of ventricular organization.

      To better characterize the anti-Podxl signal, we performed immunofluorescence on thick (50 µm) sections of both platyfish and zebrafish hearts. In contrast to zebrafish, anti-Podxl immunoreactivity in platyfish is confined to a very thin outer layer of the myocardium. This subtle signal accounts for the weak staining previously observed in whole-ventricle preparations and was already visible, though not highlighted, in the original figures (see white arrow in new Supplementary Figure S3C, H, O–R). A direct comparison of anti-Podxl staining across species (Supplementary Figure S3A, D, N, R) clearly demonstrates the absence of coronary vascularization in the platyfish ventricle. Consistent with this, no vascular signal is detected in the platyfish bulbus arteriosus (Supplementary Figure S3I).

      To further clarify the nature of the outer myocardial layer in Xiphophorus, we performed Picrosirius Red (PSR) staining, which selectively labels fibrillar collagen, across all three species. Whereas the compact outer myocardium of zebrafish is PSR-negative, a thin but distinct PSR-positive layer is present at the ventricular surface of both platyfish and swordtails, closely mirroring the anti-Podx1 staining pattern.

      Taken together, these findings indicate that the outer ventricular layer of Xiphophorus fish is composed of a thin collagen- and Podxl-immunoreactive matrix, which is structurally distinct from the vascularized compact myocardium of zebrafish and is consistent with the absence of coronary vessels in these species.

      Finally, we acknowledge the reviewer's request for greater rigor regarding sample sizes, animal ages, and body sizes. These details have now been added to the Methods section. We note that, in line with the reviewer's observation regarding zebrafish coronary development, we have ensured that animals of comparable size and age ranges are described for each species to allow meaningful cross-species interpretation.

      (4) The link between livebearers' responses and pseudoaneurysms is overstated. This work is already extremely relevant without trying to make it medically oriented.

      We agree that the clinical parallel with pseudoaneurysms was overstated in the original manuscript, and that the comparative and evolutionary relevance of our findings stands on its own merits without requiring a medical framing. We have accordingly removed the term from the Results section and now invoke it only briefly at the close of the Discussion, where a concise note on broader medical relevance is appropriate without overshaping the narrative of the paper.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The description of the N2.261 staining (Figure 1 and Supplementary Figure 1) is entirely irrelevant for the rest of the manuscript. One wonders why the authors have not used this antibody to characterize the presence or absence of "dedifferentiated" muscle after injury. Given that they make a point later about potential differences in dedifferentiation in livebearers, this is a missed opportunity to address it using tools the authors have characterized extensively in zebrafish.

      This is a valuable suggestion that we have now addressed. We performed N2.261 immunostaining on injured platyfish and swordtail hearts at 7 dpci, and included the results as an additional supplementary figure (Suppl. Fig. S4C). Importantly, N2.261 immunoreactivity was not detected in the peri-injury zone of the myocardium, suggesting that, unlike in regenerating zebrafish hearts, the embryonic cardiac myosin heavy chain isoform is not upregulated at the injury site in platyfish. This finding is particularly informative given the broad atrial N2.261 reactivity observed in intact platyfish hearts: the absence of enhanced staining in the injury zone argues against a dedifferentiation-associated upregulation of this isoform and instead suggests that platyfish cardiomyocytes may not undergo the same embryonic gene re-expression program that characterizes zebrafish cardiac regeneration. This result therefore directly informs our later discussion of potential differences in dedifferentiation between zebrafish and livebearers, and we have updated the relevant section of the manuscript accordingly.

      (2) Many of the markers highlighted here as part of the differential gene expression analysis are not the most canonical ones, and it is unclear how the authors selected them. For example, in Figure 5, anxa2a, hlx1, and nup153 are presented as macrophage markers. However, anxa2a appears to be expressed predominantly in the endocardium in response to injury (see PMID: 32341028), and other markers (mpeg, mfap4, etc) would have been more consistent as macrophage markers according to other literature. The same is true for cardiomyocyte proliferation markers and dedifferentiation markers in Figure 6. In this last case, N2.261 could have been used as reported by the authors before. L-plastin is a pan-leukocyte marker, not a macrophage marker. This should be corrected (Figure 5 and lines 258-279).

      We agree with this critique that several of the markers used in the original analysis were neither sufficiently canonical nor specific for the cell populations we intended to characterize. We apologize for this oversight. In response, we have moved away from scRNA-seq-derived marker sets and now rely entirely on manually curated markers drawn from the established literature, as detailed below.

      (1) Cardiomyocyte cell fate change (new Figure 7, Supplementary Figure S8): We now report the transcript abundance of genes encoding proteins with well-documented roles in the transcriptional reprogramming associated with cardiomyocyte dedifferentiation and redifferentiation. These include members of the Activator Protein-1 (AP-1) complex, the SWI/SNF chromatin remodeling complex, and the transcriptional coactivator cited4a, alongside established markers of cardiomyocyte proliferation (cx43) and sarcomere reassembly (the Rbfox family). We also include myh7 transcript abundance, which in zebrafish is upregulated in dedifferentiated cardiomyocytes.

      (2) Immune response (new Figure 6, Supplementary Figure S7): New Figure 6 focuses on pan-leukocyte markers, while Supplementary Figure S7 presents genes involved in innate myeloid activation and inflammation, including components of the NF-κB/TNF-α pathway, TLR signaling, and inflammatory regulation, as well as specific markers of neutrophils (mpx) and macrophages (mpeg1, mfap4), in line with the markers recommended by the reviewer.

      Regarding L-plastin, we thank the reviewer for this correction. The text has been amended throughout to describe L-plastin accurately as a pan-leukocyte marker rather than a macrophage/phagocyte marker.

      (3) In several instances, the authors reference papers without citing the original source. In many other instances, there are some oversights regarding citations. I would advise revising many of these:

      We thank the reviewer for drawing our attention to these citation oversights. We have carefully revised the reference list throughout the manuscript to ensure that original discovery papers are cited alongside, or in place of, review articles wherever appropriate.

      (4) Lines 49-51 - several very interesting reviews of cardiac regeneration are listed here, but referencing the source of the discovery is always most rigorous.

      For lines 49–51, we have replaced the previous review citations with three original research papers reporting the discovery of cardiac regeneration in zebrafish and three reporting it in axolotl. We have applied the same principle of prioritizing primary sources across all other instances flagged by the reviewer.

      (5) Line 76. When discussing the recovery of the muscle after cryoinjury, Poss et al. 2002 shouldn't be referenced. Sánchez-Iranzo et al 2018 should be replaced by González-Rosa et al. 2011, which is the contemporary manuscript to those of Chablais 2011 and Schnabel 2011.

      Done

      (6) Line 284 - when discussing cardiomyocyte dedifferentiation, it would be fair to reference also Kikuchi et al 2010.

      Done

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The Neuronal microtubule cytoskeleton is essential for long-range transport in axons and dendrites. The axon-specific plus-end out microtubule organization vs the dendritic-specific plus-end in organization allows for selective transport into each neurite, setting up neuronal polarity. In addition, the dendritic microtubule organization is thought to be important for dendritic pruning in Drosophila during metamorphosis. However, the precise mechanisms that organize microtubules in neurons are still incompletely understood.

      In the current manuscript, the authors describe the spectraplakin protein Shot as important in developmental dendritic pruning. They find that Shot has dendritic microtubule polarity defects, which, based on their rescues and previous work, is likely the reason for the pruning defect.

      Since Shot is a known actin-microtubule crosslinker, they also investigate the putative role of actin and find that actin is also important for dendritic pruning. Finally, they find that several factors that have been shown to function as a dendritic MTOC in C. elegans also show a defect in Drosophila upon depletion.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this work was technically well-performed, using advanced genetics and imaging. The author reports some interesting findings identifying new players for dendritic microtubule organization and pruning.

      We thank reviewer 1 for this assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The evidence for Shot interacting with actin for its functioning is contradictory. The Shot lacking the actin interaction domain did not rescue the mutant; however, it also has a strong toxic effect upon overexpression in wildtype (Figure S3), so a potential rescue may be masked. Moreover, the C-terminus-only construct, which carries the GAS2-like domain, was sufficient to rescue the pruning. This actually suggests that MT bundling/stabilization is the main function of Shot (and no actin binding is needed).

      Thank you for this comment. We agree that the rescue and overexpression experiments with UAS-Shot ΔCH1 (lacking only the first actin-binding domain) and UAS-Shot CTerm (containing only the MT binding domain) allow for other interpretations than ours that both features are necessary for Shot function in dendrites. To address this issue, we tested two more Shot domain deletion mutants, Shot ΔABD (lacking both actin-binding domains) and Shot ΔCTail, which lacks the MT binding domain (Figure 3). Neither of the latter two constructs can rescue the pruning and MT orientation phenotypes of shot mutants, confirming that actin binding is required for these functions in the context of full-length Shot. Importantly, in contrast to the previously used Shot ΔCH1, neither Shot ΔABD nor Shot ΔCTail inhibit pruning upon overexpression, ruling out other interpretations of overexpression toxicity (Fig. S2). The observation that Shot CTerm (containing only the MT binding domain) is sufficient to rescue indicates that actin binding is only required for Shot function in the context of full-length Shot. Interestingly, this is reminiscent of a proposed autoregulation mechanism where actin binding disinhibits Shot's MT binding domain (Applewhite 2013).

      Figure 3, Figure S2 (Shot domain analysis): We added two new constructs (Shot ΔABD, Shot ΔCtail) and a Shot BAC as additional control in Figure 3.

      (2) On the other hand, actin depolymerization leads to some microtubule defects and subtle changes in shot localization in young neurons (not old ones). More importantly, it did not enhance the microtubule or pruning defects of the Shot domain, suggesting these act in the same pathway. Interesting to note is that Mical expression led to microtubule defects but not to pruning defects. This argues that MT organization effects alone are not enough to cause pruning defects. This may be good to discuss.

      Thank you for this comment. We think that microtubule orientation defects are tightly linked to dendrite pruning defects, as all known conditions causing orientation defects either cause pruning defects, or they act as genetic enhancers of pruning mutants. We now clarify this in the introduction citing the example of EB1 RNAi (causes orientation defects (Matties et al., 2010), enhances pruning mutants (Herzmann et al., 2018)). This is also the case for Mical overexpression, which causes orientation defects and enhances the pruning defects caused by Shot RNAi. To make this point clearer, we now also show representative images of pruning defects caused by either Shot RNAi alone or Shot RNAi combined with Mical overexpression.

      Introduction - we explain better the genetic relationship between microtubule orientation and pruning. Figure 4 (phenotypic enhancement of shot knockdown by Mical overexpression): added representative images.

      (3) For the actin depolymerization, the authors used overexpression of the actin-oxidizing Mical protein. However, Mical may have another target. It would be good to validate key findings with better characterized actin targeting tools.

      Thank you for this comment. To our knowledge, there are no good tools to globally manipulate actin dynamics in vivo in a similar manner to, e. g., latrunculin in cultured cells. According to the literature, Micals are highly specific for actin. To enhance our analysis, we assessed the effect of Mical overexpression on actin distribution in c4da neurons (as assessed by LifeAct-GFP) and found significant effects at the first instar.

      Added new analysis of effect of Mical overexpression on Lifeact::GFP distribution in c4da neurons (new Fig. S3), added references for Mical targets.

      (4) In analogy to C. elegans, where RAB-11 functions as a ncMTOC to set up microtubules in dendrites, the authors investigated the role of these in Drosophila. Interestingly, they find that rab-11 also colocalizes to gamma tubulin and its depletion leads to some microtubule defects. Furthermore, they find a genetic interaction between these components and Shot; however, this does not prove that these components act together (if at all, it would be the opposite). This should be made more clear. What would be needed to connect these is to address RAB-11 localization + gamma-tubulin upon shot depletion.

      All components studied in this manuscript lead to a partial reversal of microtubules in the dendrite. However, it is not clear from how the data is represented if the microtubule defect is subtle in all animals or whether it is partially penetrant stronger effect (a few animals/neurons have a strong phenotype). This is relevant as this may suggest that other mechanisms are also required for this organization, and it would make it markedly different from C. elegans. This should be discussed and potentially represented differently.

      Thank you for this comment. We agree that the genetic interaction with pruning as readout does not prove that Rab11 and Shot act in the exact same pathway during establishment of microtubule organization. To address this question, we live-imaged Rab11::GFP vesicles in control and Shot knockdown neurons and found no significant difference in motile behavior (new Figure 7). As Rab11::GFP also is not visibly enriched at dendrite tips at the first instar stage, we cannot confidently state that a Rab11 tip MTOC exists in Drosophila neurons. Still, we only see EB1 comets originating from Rab11 puncta at the first instar, but not the third. We therefore rephrased and toned down our interpretation and state now that Rab11 may be a component of a developmentally transient MTOC but likely acts independently of Shot.

      Unfortunately, we do not see many comets per neuron with our fluorescently tagged EB1 constructs, indicating that only a fraction of them are labeled. This makes it very difficult to judge severity between single neurons. The impression is that usually only some comets per neuron have reversed orientation, which would be consistent with several independent mechanisms for orientation.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript, the authors reveal that the spectraplakin Shot, which can bind both microtubules and actin, is essential for the proper pruning of dendrites in a developing Drosophila model. A molecular basis for the coordination of these two cytoskeletons during neuronal development has been elusive, and the authors' data point to the role of Shot in regulating microtubule polarity and growth through one of its actin-binding domains. The authors also propose an intriguing new activity for a spectraplakin: functioning as part of a microtubule-organizing center (MTOC).

      Strengths:

      (1) A strength of the manuscript is the authors' data supporting the idea that Shot regulates dendrite pruning via its actin-binding CH1 domain and that this domain is also implicated in Shot's ability to regulate microtubule polarity and growth (although see comments below); these data are consistent with the authors' model that Shot acts through both the actin and microtubule cytoskeletons to regulate neuronal development.

      (2) Another strength of the manuscript is the data in support of Rab11 functioning as an MTOC in young larvae but not older larvae; this is an important finding that may resolve some debates in the literature. The finding that Rab11 and Msps coimmunoprecipitate is nice evidence in support of the idea that Rab11(+) endosomes serve as MTOCs.

      Thank you for these comments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A significant, major concern is that most of the authors' main conclusions are not (well) supported, in particular, the model that Shot functions as part of an MTOC. The story has many interesting components, but lacks the experimental depth to support the authors' claims.

      Thank you for this comment. We agree that we cannot conclusively state that Shot is part of a classical MTOC where microtubules are nucleated and therefore tone down our conclusions regarding this.

      (2) One of the authors' central claims is that Shot functions as part of a non-centrosomal MTOC, presumably a MTOC anchored on Rab11(+) endosomes. For example, in the Introduction, last paragraph, the authors summarize their model: "Shot localizes to dendrite tips in an actin-dependent manner where it recruits factors cooperating with an early-acting, Rab11-dependent MTOC." This statement is not supported. The authors do not show any data that Shot localizes with Rab11 or that Rab11 localization or its MTOC activity is affected by the loss of Shot (or otherwise manipulating Shot). A genetic interaction between Shot and Rab11 is not sufficient to support this claim, which relies on the proteins functioning together at a certain place and time. On a related note, the claim that Shot localization to dendrite tips is actin-dependent is not well supported: the authors show that the CH1 domain is needed to enrich Shot at dendrite tips, but they do not directly manipulate actin (it would be helpful if the authors showed the overexpression of Mical disrupted actin, as they predict).

      Thank you for these comments. In response, we tested whether Shot knockdown affects Rab11 vesicle motility in first instar dendrites and find that this is likely not the case (new Fig. 7 K, L). We therefore remove the proposal that Shot directly regulates Rab11. Regarding the actin dependence of Shot tip localization, we based this conclusion on the observations that Shot ΔCH1 does not localize to tips, and that Mical overexpression significantly broadens the Shot tip signal (Fig. 5 E, F, J - previously Fig. 5 C, D, G). To further deepen this conclusion, we now add a localization analysis of a Shot mutant lacking both actin-binding CH domains (Shot ΔABD) and find that this also abrogates tip enrichment.

      (3) The authors show an image that Shot colocalizes with the EB1-mScarlet3 comet initiation sites and use this representative image to generate a model that Shot functions as part of an MTOC. However, this conclusion needs additional support: the authors should quantify the frequency of EB1 comets that originate from Shot-GFP aggregates, report the orientation of EB1 comets that originate from Shot-GFP aggregates (e.g., do the Shot-GFP aggregates correlate with anterogradely or retrogradely moving EB1 comets), and characterize the developmental timing of these events. The genetic interaction tests revealing ability of shot dsRNA to enhance the loss of microtubule-interacting proteins (Msps, Patronin, EB1) and Rab11 are consistent with the idea that Shot regulates microtubules, but it does not provide any spatial information on where Shot is interacting with these proteins, which is critical to the model that Shot is acting as part of a dendritic MTOC.

      Thank you for these comments. Due in part to low overall EB1 comet density in c4da neurons, we could rarely see comets originating from tip-localized Shot::GFP at the first instar stage - one example is shown in new Fig. S5C (previously Fig. 7D). At later stages, Shot is relatively evenly localized along the dendritic plasma membrane. As we cannot be certain about the relatively vague MTOC conclusions, we decided to rephrase our conclusions and state - based on genetic and functional data - that Shot's ability to stabilize microtubules is required, likely at dendritic tips.

      (4) It is unclear whether the authors are proposing that dendrite pruning defects are due to an early function of Shot in regulating microtubule polarity in young neurons (during 1st instar larval stages) or whether Shot is acting in another way to affect dendrite pruning. It would be helpful for the authors to present and discuss a specific model regarding Shot's regulation of dendrite pruning in the Discussion.

      Thank you for these comments. It is indeed our hypothesis that Shot's early role in setting up microtubule organization is also crucial for pruning, this is the most parsimonious explanation as pruning and orientation defects always go hand in hand. We added the following sentence in the Discussion: "As we do not have evidence for Shot regulation at the onset of the pupal stage (Fig. S4), the function of Shot crucial for pruning is most arguably its early role in setting up uniform microtubule orientation."

      (5) The authors argue that a change in microtubule polarity contributes to dendrite pruning defects. For example, in the Introduction, last paragraph, the authors state: "Loss of Shot causes pruning defects caused by mixed orientation of dendritic microtubules." The authors show a correlative relationship, not a causal one. In Figure 4, C and E, the authors show that overexpression of Mical disrupts microtubule polarity but not dendrite pruning, raising the question of whether disrupting microtubule polarity is sufficient to cause dendrite pruning defects. The lack of an association between a disruption in microtubule polarity and dendrite pruning in neurons overexpressing Mical is an important finding.

      Thank you for this comment. Microtubule orientation defects are tightly linked to dendrite pruning defects, as all known conditions causing orientation defects either cause pruning defects, or they act as genetic enhancers of pruning mutants. We now clarify this in the introduction citing the example of EB1 RNAi (which causes orientation defects (Matties et al., 2010), and does not cause pruning defects by itself, but enhances the effects of other pruning mutants (Herzmann et al., 2018)). This is also the case for Mical overexpression, which causes orientation defects and enhances the pruning defects caused by Shot RNAi. To make this point clearer, we now also show representative images of pruning defects caused by either Shot RNAi alone or Shot RNAi combined with Mical overexpression.

      Introduction - we explain better the genetic relationship between microtubule orientation and pruning. Figure 4 (phenotypic enhancement of shot knockdown by Mical overexpression): added representative images

      (6) The authors show that a truncated Shot construct with the microtubule-binding domain, but no actin-binding domain (Shot-C-term), can rescue dendrite pruning defects and Khc-lacZ localization, whereas the longer Shot construct that lacks just one actin-binding domain ("delta-CH1") cannot. Have the authors confirmed that both proteins are expressed at equivalent levels? Based on these results and their finding that over-expression of Shot-delta-CH1 disrupts dendrite pruning, it seems possible that Shot-delta-CH1 may function as a dominant-negative rather than a loss-of-function. Regardless, the authors should develop a model that takes into account their findings that Shot, without any actin-binding domains and only a microtubule-binding domain, shows robust rescue.

      Thank you for this constructive criticism. We agree that the rescue and overexpression experiments with UAS-Shot ΔCH1 (lacking only the first actin-binding domain) and UAS-Shot CTerm (containing only the MT binding domain) allow for other interpretations than ours that both features are necessary for Shot function in dendrites. To address this issue, we tested two more Shot domain deletion mutants, Shot ΔABD, lacking both actin-binding domains, and Shot ΔCTail, which lacks the MT binding domain (Figure 3). Neither of these two constructs can rescue the pruning and MT orientation phenotypes of shot mutants, confirming that both actin and microtubule binding are required for these functions in the context of full-length Shot. Importantly, in contrast to the previously tested Shot ΔCH1, neither Shot ΔABD nor Shot ΔCTail inhibit pruning upon overexpression, ruling out other interpretations of overexpression toxicity. The observation that Shot CTerm is sufficient to rescue indicates that actin binding is only required for Shot function in the context of full-length Shot. Interestingly, this is reminiscent of a proposed autoregulation mechanism where actin binding disinhibits Shot's MT binding domain (Applewhite 2013).

      Figure 3, Figure S2 (Shot domain analysis): We added two new constructs (Shot ΔABD, Shot ΔCTail) and a Shot BAC as additional control in Figure 3.

      (7) The authors state that: "The fact that Shot variants lacking the CH1 domain cannot rescue the pruning defects of shot[3] mutants suggested that dendrite tip localization of Shot was important for its function." (pages 10-11). This statement is not accurate: the Shot C-term construct, which lacks the CH1 domain (as well as other domains), is able to rescue dendrite pruning defects.

      Thank you for this comment. Shot ΔCH1 indeed does show a partial rescue of the pruning defects (but not of the polarity defects). To clarify whether actin binding is required for Shot function in dendrites, we tested the additional Shot construct Shot ΔABD and found that this construct could not rescue the defects at all (Fig. 3).

      Fig. 3, added Shot ΔABD.

      (8) The authors state that: "In further support of non-functionality, overexpression of Shot[deltaCH1] caused strong pruning defects (Fig. S3)." (page 8). Presumably, these results indicate that Shot-delta-CH1 is functioning as a dominant-negative since a loss-of-function protein would have no effect. The authors should revise how they interpret these results. This comment is related to another comment about the ability of Shot constructs to rescue the shot [3] mutant.

      Thank you for this comment. We agree that the rescue and overexpression experiments with UAS-Shot ΔCH1 (lacking only the first actin-binding domain) allow for other interpretations than ours - that actin binding is necessary for Shot function in dendrites. To address this issue, we tested another Shot domain deletion mutant, Shot ΔABD (lacking both actin-binding domains) (Figure 3). This construct did not rescue the pruning and MT orientation phenotypes of shot mutants, and also does not cause pruning defects upon overexpression, confirming that actin binding is required in the context of full-length Shot. As our domain analysis is reminiscent of a proposed autoregulation mechanism where actin binding disinhibits Shot's MT binding domain (Applewhite 2013), it is interesting to speculate that the overexpression toxicity of Shot ΔCH1 may stem from a residual ability of the second CH domain to relieve autoinhibition.

      Fig. 3, Fig. S2, added Shot ΔABD and Shot ΔCTail to domain analyses.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Not enough info was given about how the statistics were performed in e.g., Figures 5E, 5H and 7C. Many data are highly significant, but this is not always directly clear to me from the images, e.g., 7C 6-10um. Or comparing 7I to 7L, how come the significance is so much different

      Thank you for this comment. For quantification of the localization data, we pooled the data points from individual intensity profiles for each dendrite segment and compared them statistically. Since this generates a relatively high number of data points, samples are quite likely to be significantly different. Acknowledging this, we now only compare the most distal segments (0-2 μm, 2-4 μm). We describe our approach now in more detail in the methods section.

      Better description of fluorescence quantifications in Figs. 5, 7 in Methods section.

      (2) Abstract "while plus-en out MT just grow from the soma" - I think this is probably only partially correct. There are various players important for organizing/nucleating these microtubules (e.g., Augmin for local MT nucleation).

      Thank you for this comment. This was oversimplified and we rephrased the abstract.

      (3) "We and others have previously shown that c4da neuron dendrite pruning depends on local microtubule disassembly in proximal dendrites (Herzmann et al, 2017)." Nice to add other references.

      Thank you for this comment. We added additional references.

      (4) Figure 2 EB imaging. Where was this performed along the dendrite? Close to the CB, this may reflect CB MT growth entering the dendrite.

      Thank you for this comment. We usually perform EB1 imaging in primary or secondary dendrites -- now mentioned in the text (p. 7). The idea that anterograde comets in this region could reflect microtubules entering from the soma is interesting, especially as the fast anterograde comets upon combined shot knockdown and Mical overexpression behave so differently. We take up this idea in the Discussion - thanks again!

      (5) Figure 3H-L I cannot see the magenta in the overlays. Separate channels seem to be needed. And where is the axon? Moreover, in the text it is stated that the I 3H fusion protein is exclusively in the axon. And control is not in 3M.

      Thank you for this comment. Our lacZ antibodies are relatively weak, so the axons are not always visible. We therefore changed the text to only mention the soma now. We also now include all shown genotypes in the quantification.

      (6) Figure 4A I'm not sure what is seen in the image. Is this a single dendrite? And if so, why is Shot only seen on one side?

      Thank you for this comment. In this panel (now moved to Fig. 5A) we had to take a fairly thin projection of a confocal stack because of strong surrounding tissue signal. Because of this, the Shot::GFP signal on one edge of the dendrite is not as well visible. We try to improve this by indicating the edges of the dendrite in the panel.

      Fig. 5A - D, indicated dendrite outline in confocal/SIM images.

      (7) Figure S2C description is not the same as in the graph (neurons / dendrites).

      Thank you for pointing this out. We corrected the legend (now Fig. 2C).

      (8) Figure S4 - is this a single dendrite or a bundle?

      The images (now Fig. S5) correspond to the microtubule signal from single primary dendrites, i. e., mostly microtubule bundles. We clarify now in the legend.

      Fig. S5, specified nature of samples in legend.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In the Discussion, page 13, the authors state that: "On the one hand, we provide evidence that Shot anchors microtubules via actin in mature neurons." This is not supported by the authors' evidence; indeed, the authors themselves state on page 10 that "... the CH1 domain is unlikely to be required for Shot cortical localization in dendritic shafts." If the authors mean to say that the cortical localization of Shot is restricted to dendrite tips, then superresolution microscopy should be done on dendrite tips.

      Thank you for pointing this out. As the CH1 domain is clearly not required for Shot third instar localization, we agree with this notion and rephrase our interpretation accordingly: "Our data also do not rule out that Shot could anchor dendritic microtubules in mature third instar neurons, likely in cooperation with actin." (p. 17)

      (2) The authors characterize the localization of Shot during larval stages but not during pupal stages. The authors should characterize where Shot localizes during dendrite pruning, since it is possible that Shot may localize differently at this stage. For example, the authors mention that Shot localizes to dendrite tips during early larval stages but not late larval stages; it seems that the localization of Shot is dynamic.

      Thank you for this comment. In response, we analyzed Shot localization in a time-course experiment including the second instar larval stage and at 5 h APF in the early pupal stage (new Figure S4). This showed that Shot localizes almost exclusively to dendrite tips at the first instar, but is more broadly distributed in the soma and along dendrites shafts at all later developmental stages.

      New Fig. S4, time course of Shot::GFP localization including first to third instars and early pupal stage.

      (3) Figure 3: Khc-lacZ is not an ideal read-out of microtubule polarity per se. Better, read-out microtubule polarity using EB1-GFP.

      Thank you for this comment. Unfortunately, this experiment is not feasible in this situation. In our MARCM system, we use a red fluorescent tdTomato to label c4da neurons, and all Shot transgenes carry GFP tags, prohibiting the use of both fluorescent EB1 transgenes that we have, EB1::GFP and EB1::mScarlet3.

      (4) Figure 4 A-A' (also Figure S4): Superresolution microscopy data are presented but not analyzed. Analysis should be included before drawing a conclusion from these data.

      Thank you for this comment. In response, we quantified the width of the dendritic microtubule bundles in the STED experiments (now Fig. S5) and found that these bundles are significantly thinner upon shot knockdown.

      New Fig. S5 B, quantification of STED data.

      (5) Figure 5, A and B: These images are extremely difficult to interpret on their own. It is not clear what the authors are interpreting as a positive signal. Analysis and quantification of Shot-FL and Shot-deltaCH1 should be included, not just representative images. This seems like a missed opportunity.

      Thank you for this comment. In response, we show higher magnification images of Shot(endo)GFP, UAS-Shot::GFP, and the two actin-binding mutants (UAS-Shot ΔCH1::GFP and UAS-Shot ΔABD::GFP. For better interpretation, we indicate the boundaries of the dendrites as determined by tdTomato expression in the neurons (new Fig. 5 A - D).

      (6) Figure 6: If gamma-tubulin is knocked down, does this decrease the number of EB1-GFP comets that originate from Rab11(+)-endosomes?

      Thank you for this comment. This experiment is technically challenging because of the number and location of UAS transgenes involved. In addition, gamma-tubulin knockdown only has minor effects on pruning (no defects) or microtubule behavior (no orientation defects) in c4da neurons (Wang et al., 2019, eLife (Fengwei Yu lab).

      (7) Figure 6: Rab11(+) endosomes correlate with the initiation of EB1-GFP comets in first instar larvae, but the orientation of microtubules is analyzed in third instar larvae -is there an effect on microtubule polarity in younger larvae? What about second instar larvae? On a related note, what is the orientation of microtubules that originate from Rab11(+) endosomes? These should be quantified data.

      Thank you for this comment. We analyzed the effect of Rab11 knockdown at the first instar stage and found that this led to a non-significant increase in anterograde comets. These data are now included as new Fig. S6. We also checked the orientation and found that all comets from Rab11-cherry puncta were retrograde, this is now mentioned in the text.

      New Fig. S6, effect of Rab11 dsRNA on comet orientation in first instar neurons.

      (8) Figure 6: Panel G shows that Rab11-GFP and Msps-FLAG co-immunoprecipitate. What effect does Rab11[S25N] have on EB1-GFP comet frequency and site of origin?

      Thank you for this comment. Unfortunately, Rab11[S25N] does not cause c4da neuron dendrite pruning phenotypes in our hands, even though it has worked in another lab (Lin et al., 2020, PLoS Genetics), possibly due to subtle differences in the GAL4 transgenes used. We therefore did not try this transgene in our assays.

      (9) Figure 6: Does Patronin colocalize with Rab11 in neurons?

      Thank you for this comment. We had originally included an image of Patronin::GFP expressed in c4da neurons that appeared to show tip enrichment. When we tried to reproduce and quantify this result, we found that Patronin localization varied strongly with expression levels, and more focused or punctate signals seemed to reflect either aggregation or decoration of microtubules. We therefore removed the image and instead included a more detailed genetic analysis of Patronin, which shows similar phenotypes as Shot (MT orientation defects at the first instar, enhancement of Shot knockdown phenotypes (Fig. 6).

      Removed Patronin::GFP image (old Fig. 7H), added effect of Patronin dsRNA on comet orientation at first instar, enhancement of Shot dsRNA phenotype (new Fig. 6 D, E).

      (10) Figure 7D: These data showing EB1-mScarlet3 comets originating from Shot-GFP should be quantified. Also, which Shot domains are involved in this recruitment?

      Thank you for this comment. We observed only very few comets directly from tips in these experiments which precluded quantification. Acknowledging this, we moved the image to Supplementary Fig. 5.

      As EB1 likely binds to Shot via SxIP motifs in the C-terminal region, we also tested whether the ShotΔCTail construct lacking the GAS2 domain and adjacent regions can recruit EB1. This is not the case. We therefore conclude that Shot recruits EB1 via its C-terminal part (new Figure 6D, E).

      (11) Figure 2, A and B; Figure 4 B; Figure 6, B and D: Please include a scale bar for the time axis on these (and any other) kymographs.

      Thank you for this comment. We checked and added time scale bars if missing.

      (12) The authors should analyze the localization of GFP-tagged endogenous Shot in parallel to the exogenous expression of Shot under Gal4-UAS control.

      Thank you for this comment. We tried to image endogenously tagged Shot::GFP at the first instar timepoint, but this was unfortunately not feasible due to very high Shot::GFP expression in neighboring tissues at this stage (and relatively low expression in c4da neurons).

      (13) The authors should clarify at some point in the manuscript that EB1 comets can reflect either de novo microtubule growth (microtubule nucleation) or growth from the pre-existing ends of microtubules. EB1 comets alone do not indicate microtubule nucleation.

      Thank you for this comment. We added the following sentence to the description of the first EB1 experiment (p. 7): "EB1 binds to the plus ends of growing microtubules (both newly nucleated and re-elongating), and plus end-bound EB1 is visible as moving dots (also known as comets)."

      (14) It is unclear what the n in the graphs in the figures represent: neurons? Or dendrites/comets/etc? Please specify in the figure legend.

      Thank you for this comment. We now specify this for each graph.

      (15) Page 6, the authors write that "We and others have previously shown that c4da neuron dendrite pruning depends on local microtubule disassembly in proximal dendrites," but only cite their paper; please include the citations for the work by others.

      Thank you for this comment. We added additional references.

      (16) Page 9, the authors state: "Such phenomena are often seen when microtubules are not attached to specific anchoring sites such that they can be moved by microtubule motors." This is a fairly speculative interpretation of the data and should be saved for the Discussion.

      Thank you for this comment. We moved this speculation to the Discussion.

    1. We usually picture instructions as a vertical numbered list, and most are, but the right structure depends on how the steps relate to one another:

      I haven't really considered the structure of lists before reading this section. I have always considered lists that weren't numbered to be harder to follow because I like being able to check things off as I go. However, this makes me realize that different structured lists actually give more freedom and flexibility to complete steps in whatever way is best for oneself. So, in some cases, if a numbered list were provided, it may make the reader think they have to follow a specific order when a different order may be better for them.

    1. overuse of AI in early education may hinder foundational cognitive and emotional development due to decreased active engagement[

      I couldnt agree anymore i mean i was in school like 10 years ago and going back to school now its like nobody wants to ask questions anymore. Nobody wants to discuss what we learned or even as for an explanation from anyone. We rely on a computer to speak to us then we lose that connection from each other the wisdom experiance growth that a computer can never compute. Yes AI is exceptionally beneficial to society and making us expand on the information we know. But if we are not taking the time to think reflect or understand then we are more likely to follow blindly to what is being said to us. I really believe it has some potential but just like everything there is if we dont take the proactive steps to work along side it it will work against us very quick

    1. feminists and ‘modern women’ are to blame for their problems.

      In one of my English classes, we engaged in extensive discussions about who held agency in the context of the "Fall of Humankind." Our professor suggested that the most straightforward answer was Eve, as she was traditionally believed to have bitten the apple and initiated the fall. However, he encouraged us to think critically and consider alternative perspectives. Notably, these conversations centered on John Milton's "Paradise Lost," rather than the biblical account itself. This distinction prompted me to reflect on whether the Bible, or its interpretations over time, may have been employed as a political tool to suppress women. If this is the case, it raises important questions about the motivations and historical contexts that led to such uses of religious narratives. Furthermore, it invites a broader examination of how literature and religious texts have been interpreted to reinforce or challenge societal power structures, particularly regarding gender roles.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors conducted a comprehensive benchmarking and evaluation of co-folding platforms, including AlphaFold3, Boltz-2, Chai-1, and the docking algorithm Dock3.7, which employs a physics-based scoring function that incorporates van der Waals interactions, electrostatics, and ligand desolvation energies. The system of interest was the SARS-CoV-2 NSP3 macrodomain (Mac1), an increasingly popular antiviral target, and the ligand sets comprised 557 unseen ligand poses (keeping the training for these co-folding platforms in mind). Additionally, the authors investigated whether the co-folding models could distinguish true ligands from non-binding small molecules. The study is thorough, with extensive statistical support and consensus across multiple metrics (chemoinformatics for quantifying ligand similarity and efficacy). The questions that the authors aim to address are whether the co-folding models struggle with memorization, whether they can distinguish between a true and a false binder, whether they replicate experimental binding affinities and efficacy, and how they compare to the physics-based docking algorithm (Dock3.7).

      We thank Reviewer 1 for this thoughtful summary of our work.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this is a scientifically solid paper. The work is highly detailed and well executed, featuring thorough data analysis and statistical assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      My main concern is that the study's aim is a bit unclear. Modern benchmarking studies comparing physics-based docking with deep learning-based co-folding approaches (e.g., AF3, Boltz-2, Chai-1, and others) are increasingly expected to go beyond aggregate performance metrics.

      Indeed, we have gone into several examples of failures and successes for each of these methods. As we are not developing these methods ourselves, we also think this dataset will be a valuable contribution for improving them further.

      In addition to rigorous dataset construction, transparent methodology, and appropriate statistical evaluation, high-impact benchmarks typically provide actionable guidance on when each method class is most appropriate, reflecting their distinct inductive biases and practical constraints. Failure-mode analyses that link performance differences to protein flexibility, ligand chemistry, or binding-site characteristics are particularly valuable, as they move comparisons beyond "scoreboard" assessments toward mechanistic understanding.

      Right now, we do not observe meaningful trends that separate the failure modes for any individual method. This is covered in Supplementary Figures 6 and 7.

      While full biological validation is not expected, qualitative interpretation grounded in physical and biological principles strengthens conclusions. Providing reproducible workflows or reference pipelines is not mandatory, but it is increasingly viewed as a best practice because it facilitates adoption and helps contextualize results for practitioners.

      We note that our code is available (https://github.com/jongbin99/Cofolding/) and all structural data will be publicly accessible in the PDB alongside publication (we only held it back only for “blinding” during peer review to avoid contamination with any new deep learning methods).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Kim et al. evaluates the performance of three modern AI-based methods in predicting complex structures and binding affinities between proteins and chemical compounds. An honest 'prospective' evaluation is achieved by studying benchmark structures and chemical compounds that did not exist in the PDB at the time the AI structure prediction models (AlphaFold3, Chai-1, Boltz-2) were trained.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study addresses an important question in modern computational biology and drug discovery, and establishes the strengths and limitations of the three tools in solving various computational chemistry tasks, including compound pose prediction, active-inactive discrimination, and potency ranking.

      (2) The conclusions are based on examination of four separate targets and respective compound datasets, where for one of the targets, the authors also obtained numerous X-ray structures to serve as experimental answers for the binding pose prediction task.

      (3) The study reports relationships between structure prediction confidence, predicted energies (DOCK3.7), and affinity predictions (Boltz-2) with the geometric accuracy of compound pose prediction as well as the experimentally measured potency.

      (4) One of the key findings is the limited ability of co-folding methods to predict conformational rearrangements, which does not correlate with their ability to predict binding poses of the compounds inducing these rearrangements.

      (5) The findings could serve as useful guidelines for computational chemists in selecting appropriate software and scoring schemes for each task.

      We appreciate Reviewer 2’s summary of the novelty of the dataset and analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      While I consider this a solid study, several aspects would need to be addressed to make it really strong:

      (1) DOCK3.7 docking and scoring experiments were performed using one experimental structure of Mac1, selected from dozens of structures based on a criterion that is not sufficiently well justified. For sigma2 receptor, dopamine D4 receptor, and AmpC β-lactamase, it is not clear which structures or models were selected for docking at all. It is well known that geometry predictions, scoring, and active-inactive ROC AUCs are all strongly influenced by the selected structure. It would be important to attempt Mac1 docking using all available experimental Mac1 structures, or at least against representative structures in various conformations; it would also be quite insightful to compare results to docking of the same compound sets to AF3, Boltz-2 and Chai-1 predicted structures of Mac1. Same goes for the docking studies of sigma2, D4, and AmpC β-lactamase.

      In any program, a decision has to be made as to which template will be used for docking, we justified the choice in the methods:

      “We used this structure because the inhibitor (Z5014193706) was the most potent molecule with a structure determined around the same time as the ligands in this dataset were tested.”

      We stand by this as a reasonable assumption. Similarly, for sigma2, D4, and AmpC β-lactamase, the template was chosen in the respective papers:

      a) The σ2 receptor bound to cholesterol (PDB ID: 7MFI) was used in the docking calculations.

      - This structure was determined in the paper, the first structure of sigma2 and therefore a worthy template

      b) The D4 receptor campaign used PDB 5WIU

      - This was one of two D4 structures available and chosen because it was not bound to sodium

      c) For AmpC, the campaign used the structure in the Protein Data Bank (PDB) 1L2S

      - This maximizes comparisons to other docking studies that used the same receptor template.

      The major goal of this study is to compare different methods under reasonable (but perhaps as the reviewer points out, not optimal) conditions, not to optimize docking score.

      (2) For binding affinity predictions, as a control, authors should consider compound co-folding with an unrelated protein, or even with a pseudo-peptide that consists of a few random single amino acids - this would provide an honest baseline for such predictions.

      This suggestion would be valuable for understanding the performance for these methods from the perspective of ligand specificity (a valuable, but separate, goal). Surely this will generate some number or some prediction - but what would this baseline mean and how would it be relevant for drug discovery? Therefore, we do not think this suggestion is relevant for the issues being investigated in this manuscript.

      (3) ROC curves Figure 3 and elsewhere should be shown, and AUCs quantified/reported on a log or square-root scaled x-axis, to emphasize early enrichment, which is the area of practical significance for these predictions. For example, Figure 3A currently suggests that the pose prediction performance of AF3 exceeds that of Boltz-2 whereas the early enrichment is clearly better for Boltz-2.

      We agree with this, and added a semi-logAUC plot for Figure 3A. For Figure 5, we also generated a semi-logAUC plot to see early ligand enrichment clearly, added as Supplementary Figure 11. We added the text:

      “Considering its early enrichment performance, Boltz-2 Ligand ipTM was the strongest predictor of pose accuracy based on normalized logAUC (20.5% above random, Fig. 3a). In contrast, although Boltz-2 pIC50 showed poor overall discrimination, it overestimated its ability to enrich true positive poses at low false positive rates, despite having a weak early enrichment behavior”

      (4) 'Trained set' in figures and text should probably be 'training set'? Or otherwise explain this new term the first time it is introduced.

      Thank you for pointing out this for clarification. ‘Training set’ is the correct word, and we made changes appropriately across all figures and texts.

      (5) Figure 1 illustrates a projection onto the first two principal components of a space that apparently had only one (scalar) metric for each compound pair (% maximum common substructure or Tanimoto coefficient); the authors need to better explain the principle behind this analysis and visualization.

      This suggestion is valuable, since we often use PCA to reduce dimensionality for more complex features. For clarification, we actually have a full pairwise similarity matrix for all tested Mac1 compounds based on each of Tc and MCS%. PCA for each MCS% and Tc is a representation of each pairwise similarity matrix. We also made a change in Figure 1 caption to make this point clearer:

      “projection of compounds represented by their full pairwise similarity vectors (by ECFP-4 Tc and MCS%)”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study's core conclusions are well-supported by data. It is shown that co-folding outperforms docking in known ligand pose/affinity prediction (validated by RMSD and IC₅₀ correlation), struggles with false-positive discrimination in virtual screens (lower AUC values), and is complementary to docking (non-correlated errors, distinct strengths in drug discovery stages).

      Strengths:

      (1) Unprecedented prospective design with 557 novel Mac1-ligand complexes ensures rigorous, independent evaluation of co-folding methods.

      (2) Comprehensive comparison of 3 co-folding tools (AlphaFold3, Chai-1, Boltz-2) with DOCK3.7 across diverse targets and metrics enables nuanced performance assessment.

      (3) The study clearly demonstrates complementary roles of co-folding (superior pose/affinity prediction for known ligands) and docking (better hit prioritization), and addresses deep learning memorization concerns via ligand similarity analysis.

      We thank Reviewer 3 for pointing out the unprecedented and comprehensive nature of our study

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Limited generalization to diverse protein families (e.g., no ion channels/transporters).

      We agree - we have not explored the entire proteome and these are important target classes that will surely be investigated by future studies. We focused on targets here where we had large number of X-ray crystal structures (Mac1) and affinity/inhibition measurements from docking (the other three targets).

      (2) Ambiguity in the mechanism underlying co-folding's failure to predict rare conformational changes.

      Again, we agree. We are not the developers of these methods. We observe that these methods do not predict conformational changes with high fidelity and this weakness is an area that co-folding methods will surely prioritize in the future.

      (3) Virtual screen comparison is unbalanced (docking-prioritized hit lists bias results).

      We acknowledge this in the results: “An important caveat is that the hit-lists were composed of molecules prioritized by docking in the first place, giving it an advantage on these particular sets.” and discussion: “Finally, comparing co-folding to docking based on hit-lists themselves selected by docking is arguably unfair to co-folding. Counter-balancing this is the inclusion, in each of the three hit lists, of molecules that had mediocre and poor docking scores intentionally selected to test the correlation between docking score and hit-rate. Here too, the correlation between co-folding score and likelihood to bind, what we sometimes call a “dock-response-curve” was no better than docking’s, often worse (SFig.11).”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Here are suggestions for revisions:

      (1) The writing is at times obtuse and hard to follow.

      This happens sometimes when multiple authors are writing together. We apologize and are happy to respond to specific areas that can be streamlined to be easier to follow.

      (2) In the Results section, "A set of 557 previously unreported Mac1 ligand complexes", the authors have compared the ligand poses across different metrics such as Tc - a standard, highly effective method in chemo-informatics and MCS (maximum common substructures); these are standard metrics for quantifying the structural similarity between pairs of small molecules. This part of the analysis checks whether this is memorization; it is critical to compare the two metrics, but it is not sufficient to draw a conclusion.

      Thank you for pointing out about the structural similarity of molecules co-folded to those present in the training set (resolved as Mac1 complexes and deposited in PDB before training dates). We have conducted an analysis where we do a pairwise similarity comparison for all ligands present in the PDB (regardless of the target), by both Tc and MCS, and overlay the cluster of ligands we tested (Mac1, AmpC, sigma2, D4). This should show where our tested benchmark datasets lie in the chemical space covered in the entire PDB. Each cluster (around 500 to 1300 compounds per target system) is overlaid on the cluster of all ligands deposited in PDB (over 50,000 compounds), and each cluster was relatively diverse by both Tc and MCS.

      (3) In the "Co folding can accurately reproduce poses of ligands dissimilar to those trained." Subsection under Results, the authors' conclusions are hard to follow; they state that the co-folding models often mispredict or miss the alternative conformation, but they also predict poses that are distinct from the training set. What does that imply?

      Our interpretation is actually a somewhat unsettling one: co-folding gets the ligand pose right even when it gets the protein wrong, and even when the ligand is novel. This suggests the models may be anchoring on conserved pharmacophoric interactions (like the adenosine-mimicking purine scaffold) rather than truly modeling the physics of the full complex. We added to the results section:

      This result suggests that co-folding reliably recapitulates dominant ligand-binding interactions even in the absence of accurate protein conformational modeling, providing further support to the idea that they are learning specific interaction patterns rather than a deeper physics-based representation (Masters et al. 2025).

      (4) The Discussion section connects the results and conclusions, but it can be challenging to grasp the study's overall message.

      We think the final paragraph hits on three major points:

      - Co-folding accurately predicts ligand poses for known binders, but fails to capture conformational changes

      - Co-folding does not reliably distinguish true binders from false positives in virtual screening hit lists

      - Docking and co-folding are complementary rather than competing tools

      (5) The work is highly detailed and well executed, featuring thorough data analysis and statistical assessment. The value of the paper would be further enhanced by explaining how it differs from seemingly similar results reported in other studies, including the one cited in this manuscript (see https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.64898/2025.12.04.692352v1).

      The Mac1 results are completely unique. However, the docking datasets are exactly the same as those analyzed in the Menon et al manuscript. We don’t think our results differs from conclusions of the Menon et al manuscript as we wrote: These observations are supported by a fascinating study on some of the same ligand sets as investigated here, using AlphaFold3, reaching similar conclusions (Menon et al. 2025).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Expand target diversity to include ion channels, transporters, etc., beyond enzymes and GPCRs.

      (2) Investigate the cause of co-folding's failure in predicting rare conformational changes (e.g., adjust sampling, MSA inputs, or add experimental constraints).

      (3) Mitigate docking bias in virtual screens (e.g., re-analyze unbiased compound libraries).

      We addressed these three points in the public review above

      (4) Test Boltz-2's affinity predictions without linear calibration and compare with FEP.

      The data without linear calibration are included in the manuscript. Comparing such a large number of compounds with FEP is currently beyond our capabilities.

      (5) Conduct proof-of-concept to test co-folding-docking integration for better hit rates.

      We think this is well beyond the scope of this manuscript - but look forward to testing this idea in the future.

      We also got one community review that we respond to below:

      Summary

      This manuscript evaluates the performance of co-folding models when tasked with 1) the recapitulation of a large number of experimentally determined co-crystal structures of Mac1 with a series of Mac1 ligands and 2) the rescoring of hits to identify false positives originally derived from a set of large docking-based virtual screens. The evaluation leverages a dataset of crystal structures and affinity data from high-throughput crystallographic and biophysical screens, respectively. These data uniquely enable this report to focus on the ability of co-folding models to handle ligands, resulting in an analysis that is particularly timely given the wide adoption of co-folding models and the relative scarcity of such ligand-focused benchmarks among existing evaluations, which have primarily focused on protein structure prediction or binder design.

      Thank you for this thoughtful summary of our work

      Feedback

      The experiments and analyses in the manuscript are well thought-out and do not have any significant issues. There are a few high-level points that may improve the clarity and completeness of the results. Importantly, none of the suggested additional experiments will affect the conclusions of the paper, but rather help provide additional context for the results:

      The first section presents an exciting opportunity to frame the Mac1 ligands against ligands in the PDB more broadly. It would be informative to assess whether chemotypes that are easier or harder to predict accurately and confidently are over- or under-represented in the PDB as a whole. Note that this is not a recommendation that new scaffold similarity metrics be incorporated into the analysis, but rather that analyses similar to those already performed in the manuscript are performed using all ligands in the PDB. For example, PCA-based analyses similar to those in Fig. 1c could be used to examine Mac1 ligands in the context of all PDB ligands enabling questions such as whether similarity to a nearest PDB neighbor, cluster size in a Tc/MCS PCA space, or other frequency-based measures show any relationship with prediction vs. crystal structure RMSD. Such analyses could provide additional insight into how effectively models leverage ligand information present in the PDB overall, as opposed to biases arising specifically from scaffolds represented in Mac1 structures in the PDB, which are already well covered in the manuscript. The conclusion that Tc/MCS do not correlate with the ligand RMSDs for the ligands already associated with the Mac1 is well supported, and presumably suggests that a correlation would not exist against the backdrop of the PDB, but it would be interesting to see the data using analyses similar to those already done in the manuscript nonetheless.

      We are adding new figures in SFig.1 that consider how different clusters of ligands tested for our co-folding analysis are distributed across the chemical space in PDB. This is done by making a similarity comparison between every ligand in PDB and those tested in our analysis by Tc and MCS%, then plotting in PCA space for each metric. We are excited to see that each dataset covers a wide scope in PCA space, but at the same time, there are unexplored areas in the chemical space of PDB by co-folding.

      Similarly, even though the four proteins used in this manuscript are not themselves the primary focus of the analysis, it would be valuable to perform a high-level assessment of the precedent for each protein in the PDB (beyond the count of liganded structures in Table S6), either in protein sequence space (e.g., MSAs) or structural space (e.g., FoldSeek). An analysis like this would provide important context about whether any of the proteins in the study have close homologs with liganded structures in the PDB, or are generally overrepresented in the PDB. The fact that the AUC for L-pLDDT for AmpC is higher than σ2 and D4, for example, is notable given the relative abundance of liganded AmpC structures in the PDB (this raises potentially interesting questions related to where DOCK3.7 and AF3 actually place the ligands, given the orthosteric β-lactam binding pocket in AmpC, although this is outside of the scope of this manuscript).

      High-level assessment of the precedent for each protein in the PDB will definitely help to understand if proteins we used have close homologs with liganded structures in the PDB. Our Supplementary Table 6 covers the extent to which these liganded structures were available by cutoff dates for AF3, Chai-1 and Boltz-2. AmpC had more homologs than sigma2 and D4, and this may explain a better AUC for AF3 L-pLDDT specifically for this target.

      A discussion of the affinity probability results (`affinity_probability_binary`) from Boltz-2 is likely warranted in the second section in addition to the pIC50s that are already reported (`affinity_pred_value`). The former seems like it would be more applicable for section 2 of the manuscript, but both warrant inclusion—they should both be calculated by default when the affinity pipeline in Boltz-2 is turned on, so it wouldn't involve any more inference.

      As boltz-2 affinity module outputs both affinity probability binary output and affinity predicted value, we kept track of both metrics. So we tried re-ranking hit lists using both metrics. Where boltz-2 performed better (Sigma2, D4), binary probability values were more representative as a metric to differentiate true actives from non-binders. This was more clear in semi-logarithmic ROC plots. However, in AmpC, both Boltz-2 scoring metrics performed similarly. Such inconsistency in trend made it difficult to draw conclusions.

      Minor points

      A more detailed description of the experimental methods used to generate the ground-truth data in the introduction (even though these have been explained in prior works) would help orient the reader early on, and ground the benchmarking aspect of the story. In general, the abstract and introduction would benefit from a more cohesive through-line to tie the two complementary but orthogonal sections of the paper together.

      We will include a more thorough description alongside the PDB depositions. As for the two sections, we have tried to tie them together from the perspective of drug discovery workflows…

      The cutoffs in the "Co-folding can accurately reproduce..." section shift between 2.5 Å (from the ligand center of mass) and 2.0 Å. Is there a reason for this? Along similar lines, mentioning cutoffs for true positives/negatives when introducing the ROC analyses later on in the Mac1 section seems unnecessary since no cutoff should be necessary here.

      We used 2.5A distance to COM to just get at “broadly the correct binding site” for fast filtering and 2.0A RMSD because that is the broadly accepted standard in the field for “relatively correct binding pose”.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      AIRE has been well known to contribute to immune self-tolerance in the thymus by expressing auto-antigens; in this manuscript, the authors describe unexpected findings about the interaction of AIRE with AID in B cells, and its function in the immune system, thereby contributing to a fundamental understanding of the broader functions of AIRE. The strength of this manuscript is that, by employing biochemical and genetic experiments, the authors convincingly show interaction between AIRE and AID and subsequent AIRE's function in the GC responses. However, two weak points exist: first, the connection between AIRE, auto-anti IL17 Abs, and IL17-positive effector T cells, and second, like the thymus, expression of auto-antigens by AIRE in the GC B cells has not been tested.

      We thank the journal editors for the thoughtful and constructive evaluation of our data and for recognizing the significance, strengths and weaknesses of our study. We have addressed these major weak points in the responses below and have also provided discussion on the important aspect of whether AIRE regulates autoantigen expression in GC B cells analogous to its role in mTECs, which certainly warrants future investigation.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors provide in vivo and in vitro evidence for an interaction between AIRE and AID. This has implications for the dynamics of the germinal center response and autoimmunity related to the APSI disease.

      The manuscript describes an unexpected function of AIRE, which is more well known for its function to regulate negative selection of T cells in the thymus. Here, the gene has also been shown to be expressed by B cells (Immunity 2015: 26070482). They describe that AIRE interacts with AID, and in its absence, B cells acquire more hypermutations and also produce autoantibodies against IL-17. These autoantibodies have been described previously.

      Strengths:

      The study is interesting and provides some additional information about how AIRE regulates immune cell function. Several biochemical and in vivo experiments show the interaction and the function of AIREs in the regulation of AID activity in the GC response.

      Weaknesses:

      Some of the hypothetical consequences of this regulation are not investigated. This includes responses to model antigens and dynamics of the germinal center related to kinetics.

      We are grateful for the reviewer’s interest and careful and thoughtful review of the manuscript.

      Major Comments:

      (1) AID regulates both switch and somatic hypermutation. Switch is easier to achieve, so which of these processes does AIRE influence the most? Also, the switch is thought to occur before the B cell enters the GC. Looking at the histology, is AIRE also expressed at the early proliferative stage that has been described by Ann Haberman?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this provocative point. Yes, it has been recently shown that CSR occurs earlier after B cell activation largely prior to GC entry (Roco et al. 2019), and CSR is generally easier to induce in vitro than SHM. These data and observations further support well-established findings that CSR and SHM involve distinct mechanisms and pathways to resolve DNA lesions (Frossi et al., 2019; Masani et al., 2013; Roco et al., 2019; Schrader et al., 2023), even though both require AID. We observed a strong upregulation of AIRE expression upon CD40 signaling (Fig. 2C–G) and that AIRE in B cells negatively regulates both CSR and SHM (Fig. 3E– J and Fig. 4A–H), but it would be difficult to directly compare the magnitude of AIRE’s influence between them because they are mechanistically distinct and occurs at different stages and locations during antigen-specific B cell responses.

      We observed some AIRE-expressing B cells outside of the GC (Fig. 1A–C, J), some of which could represent newly activated cells about to enter the GC reaction, but we did not perform imaging or flow cytometry experiments or track their Ki67 or Bcl6 expression in the Aire<sup>Adig</sup> reporter mice. However, these cells appear to be largely IgD<sup>-</sup>, suggesting that they may have already undergone CSR and are perhaps not (entirely) the early proliferative B cells described by Dr Haberman.

      (2) In experiments determining anti-CD40-dependent upregulation of AIRE, naïve resting B cells were used from mice. A proportion of the B-cells got activated. Are these MZB or FOB cells as MZBs are more easily activated?

      We thank the reviewer for this careful interpretation of our data. Indeed, the methods used to purify naïve B cells do not exclude MZBs and, as they are more sensitive to activation, may also express AIRE upon stimulation with CD40L. However, although we cannot exclude MZBs in these cultures, they represent less than 10% of the total B cells in these cultures whereas we observed approximately 30% of the cells upregulating AIRE expression.

      Interestingly, Yamano et al. (Yamano et al., 2015) suggested that GC B cells may not express AIRE due to strong BCR signaling; however, it is known that GC B cells have attenuated BCR signaling to promote LZ to DZ transition, consistent with the timing of AIRE upregulation postCD40-CD40L engagement (Davidzohn et al., 2020; Khalil et al., 2012). In contrast, MZBs are known to exhibit greater baseline activation of pathways downstream of BCRs (Hampel et al., 2011), which may provide inhibitory signals for the upregulation of AIRE.

      (3) In the BM chimeric experiments in Figure 3. Do the AIRE+ and AIRE - populations distribute equally among B cell subpopulations?

      We thank the reviewer for this interesting comment. In our chimera experiment, although we did not analyze specific subsets such as B-1 or MZB, we observe that AIRE-deficient B cells outcompeted WT B cells in lymphoid organs as well as in the blood in spite of prior publications showing equivalent reconstitution of CD45.2 mice with CD45.1/CD45.2 B cells (Kalari Kandy et al., 2023).

      (4) Furthermore, in the NP-KLH experiments, one would expect that B cells with increased affinity would leave the GC earlier and become plasma cells. Thus, the kinetics of the AIRE+ vs AIRE- B cells within the GC would be different? Also, would they maybe take over at some point, as the increased affinity would favor help from Tfh cells that are known to be limited?

      We thank the reviewer for these insightful comments. Yes, we would expect to see that Aire<sup>-/-</sup> B cells will dominate GCs over time. Indeed, our chimera experiments (Fig. 3A–D) indicated that Aire<sup>-/-</sup> B cells were of higher frequency in the GCs compared to WT post-immunization, consistent with the expansion of higher affinity clones. However, although we did not quantify the development of PCs in these mice, our adoptive transfer experiments showed that mice receiving Aire<sup>-/-</sup> B cells developed higher affinity antibodies compared to those receiving WT B cells (Fig. 3G), indicating a higher affinity plasma cell pool compared to controls.

      (5) Given the previous studies on AIRE's function in regulating transcription (PMID: 34518235), how does this interaction fit into this picture?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Although we did not directly test the role of AIRE in the regulation of tissue-restricted antigens, we observed a clear interaction between AIRE and pSer5 Pol II (Fig. 6F), consistent with its function as a broad-spectrum transcriptional regulator (Fang et al., 2024; Giraud et al., 2012; Oven et al., 2007). This is particularly important for antibody diversification in B cells, as it is known that AID is targeted to sites of Pol II pausing (Chaudhuri et al., 2003; Pavri et al., 2010). Further, recent reports have shown that the CARD domain of AIRE promotes its polymerization and the formation of nucleation sites at which a positive feedback loop to create transcriptional hubs (Huoh et al., 2024). Interestingly, the CARD domain is also necessary for the interaction between AIRE and AID (Fig. 5F), indicating that either these condensates are also critical for preventing AID from being recruited to Pol II or that AIRE may perform alternative functions in B cells compared to mTECs. Nevertheless, in this current manuscript, we focus on the capacity of AIRE to utilize this interaction with pSer5 Pol II to prevent AID localization to its DNA substrates, however, future studies may focus on how this interaction may impact the expression of peripheral tissue antigens to promote T cell tolerance.

      (6) In the uracil experiments, the readout for AID to induce double-stranded breaks could be tested.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion for complementary data to our uracil analyses. In our manuscript, we tested the generation of uracil in Aire<sup>+/+</sup> and Aire<sup>-/-</sup> CH12 cells since this is a downstream function of AID’s activity. Therefore, our data focused on an immediate and direct impact of AIRE on AID’s activity. Further, although we observe an interaction between AIRE and AID as well as a downstream functional consequence, it is unclear whether AIRE may also impact other pathways in these cells after activation that may confound the results of downstream analyses, such as DSBs. We agree that DSBs would be an interesting readout further downstream, and future work may focus on the function of AIRE in these additional processes.

      (7) The candida experiments are a nice connection to the situation in patients. However, why is it mostly auto-antibodies against IL-17? How about other immune responses, as well as T cellindependent type I and II responses?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Indeed, we observed a significant increase in the generation of autoreactive, neutralizing antibodies against Th17-associated cytokines (Fig. 7D, E). However, although AIRE-deficient patients produce neutralizing antibodies against type 1 interferons as well, clearance of the fungal pathogen Candida albicans relies heavily on IL-17 to promote the upregulation of antimicrobial peptides and neutrophil infiltration (Conti et al., 2014), which may be a particularly pronounced response induced in our mouse models. Therefore, we targeted our assay towards these cytokines, but do not rule out possible production of autoantibodies against other factors. It would be interesting for additional studies to determine the production of autoreactive antibodies against cytokines in other infection models, such as viral infections, as APS-1 patients have been reported to display an increased susceptibility to viral infections as well (Bastard et al., 2021; Hetemaki et al., 2021; Oikonomou et al., 2021).

      These important discussions have been included in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Zhou et al investigated the expression and function of AIRE in B cells in peripheral lymphoid tissues. First, they found the expression of AIRE protein in mature B cells in the follicles in human tonsils and spleens from healthy donors. Flow cytometry analyses using human samples as well as Aire-reporter mice demonstrated AIRE expression in germinal center B cells. The expression of Aire in B cells was induced by CD40 signals. Then, to investigate the impact of AIRE deficiency on B-cell function, the authors used a method of transplanting bone marrow cells from Aire-KO and WT mice into B-cell-deficient mice, comparing B-cell development and function reconstituted in the recipient mice. Their results showed that Aire-deficient B cells strongly responded to immunization with antigens, exhibiting enhanced class switching and somatic hypermutation of antibodies compared with WT B cells. The same phenomena were observed in CRISPRed B cell lines lacking Aire. The authors successfully utilized the Aire-deficient B cell line to demonstrate that Aire suppresses antibody class switching and somatic hypermutation via its interaction with AID. Finally, using B cell transfer into B cell-deficient mice demonstrated that mice harboring Aire-deficient B cells produced high levels of autoantibodies against Th17 cytokines and exhibited reduced resistance to Candida infection. This mirrors characteristic symptoms in AIRE-deficient patients. The findings of this study not only reveal an unexpected function of AIRE in B cells but also have the potential to contribute to understanding the pathogenesis of APECED and to offering a new direction for developing therapies.

      We are grateful for the reviewer’s careful and thoughtful review of the manuscript and appreciation of the significance of our findings.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this study lies in demonstrating the expression of the function of AIRE in B cells in both mice and humans. It also revealed the direct interaction between AIRE and AID, along with its binding mode (requiring CARD and NLS domains of AIRE), and showed that this interaction is crucial for AIRE function in B cells. It is also significant that the study demonstrated how B-cell-intrinsic dysfunction of AIRE leads to autoantibody production against cytokines.

      Weaknesses:

      As for loss-of-function analysis of Aire in B cells, in addition to the B cell transfer from Aire-KO mice performed in this study, generating B cell-specific Aire-deficient mice using Aire-flox mice (Dobes et al, Eur J Immunol 2018) would further reinforce the conclusions of this study. Furthermore, the relationship with Aire function in thymic B cells reported by previous studies remains unclear, posing an unresolved challenge. This study also failed to address whether Aire deficiency affects gene expression in GC B cells, in particular, whether it induces the expression of various self-antigens as reported in thymic B cells or mTECs.

      We thank the reviewer for these thoughtful critiques of our manuscript. As this study was largely carried out prior to the development of Aire-flox mice, we took advantage of the adoptive transfer model to generate mice with AIRE deletion specifically in B cells. Since Aire-flox mice were developed, these mice would be the new gold standard for analysis and would provide further strength to our existing data. Unfortunately, these mice are not readily available, and we do not currently have the resources to reconstitute this line and are unable to obtain them.

      In addition, although we do not directly test the role of AIRE in the regulation of tissue-restricted antigens, we observed a clear interaction between AIRE and pSer5 Pol II (Fig. 6F), consistent with its function as a transcriptional regulator (Fang et al., 2024; Giraud et al., 2012; Oven et al., 2007). This is particularly important for antibody diversification in B cells, as it is known that AID is targeted to sites of Pol II pausing (Chaudhuri et al., 2003; Pavri et al., 2010). Further, recent reports have shown that the CARD domain of AIRE promotes its polymerization and the formation of nucleation sites at which a positive feedback loop creates transcriptional hubs (Huoh et al., 2024). Interestingly, the CARD domain is also necessary for the interaction between AIRE and AID (Fig. 5F) indicating that either these condensates are also critical for preventing AID from being recruited to Pol II or that AIRE may perform alternative functions in this subset of B cells compared to mTECs. Nevertheless, in this study, we focused on the capacity of AIRE to utilize this interaction with pSer5 Pol II to reduce AID targeting to its DNA substrates. However, future studies may focus on how this interaction may impact the expression of peripheral tissue antigens to promote T cell tolerance.

      The discussion related to these important aspects raised by the reviewer are included in the original and revised manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) How do these findings connect to IgA responses and the ongoing GC response in the peyers patches?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this additional point. Indeed, we also observed AIRE expression in GC B cells from Peyer’s patches (Fig. S1J) and found that CSR to IgA in our in vitro models was increased by the deletion of AIRE in B cells (Fig. 4A–C). These data suggest that, in AIRE-deficient B cells, there may be an increase in IgA production, however, we did not directly test mucosal IgA levels in our adoptive transfer models. Future work may focus on the role of B cell intrinsic AIRE and its impact on the capacity of Peyer’s patch-associated B cells to produce IgA and its role on mucosal barrier immunity and microbiota coating.

      These important discussions have been included in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Some of the histology is rather dark, and it would be nice to see some more examples in the supplement.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this to our attention. We have included an additional staining of a whole follicle with GC in the supplement as requested (Fig. S1C, bottom panel).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In the Discussion section, could the authors explore Aire's functions and biological significance in greater depth? Although Aire was originally identified as a regulator of tissue-restricted antigen expression in mTECs, it has subsequently shown to play crucial roles in diverse processes, including germ cell development, antigen processing, and B cell function regulation (this study). In light of these recent findings, it is conceivable that Aire did not evolve specifically as an mTECassociated gene. Rather, the reverse may be possible: Aire may have originally emerged as a regulator of germ cell development and/or immune responses, with its expression and functions later co-opted by mTECs (analogous to how other transcription factors have been adopted for differentiation of mimetic mTECs). I would welcome the authors expanding on this evolutionary perspective in future work or revisions.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful and fascinating perspective on the evolutionary and ancestral functions of AIRE as a transcription factor. We have incorporated additional discussion in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Personally, I knew that Aire is expressed in B cells, as indicated by several gene expression databases. But the ImmGen database shows that Aire mRNA expression is detected at higher levels in plasma cells than in GC B cells. What do the authors think?

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this question and appreciate the personal comment in support of our results. Indeed, the ImmGen database shows little Aire expression in GC B cells, with most of the signal coming from plasma cells in the B cell compartment. Further, as the Reviewer suggested, reanalysis of previously published scRNA-seq (Duan et al., 2021) has shown Aire transcript in some, albeit a lower percentage of, GC B cells (Author response image 1), which was more abundant near the peak time of the immune response after immunization, in line with our and the Reviewer’s observations.

      Author response image 1.

      Analysis of Aire expression in the day 7 (upper row) and day 14 (lower row) post-immunization scRNA-Seq datasets (Duan et al., 2021), showing 200 Aire<sup>+</sup> GC B cells out of 3542 GC B cells (5.65%) on day 7 and 183 Aire<sup>+</sup> GC B cells out of 19757 GC B cells (0.93%) on day 14, and the distribution of these Aire<sup>+</sup> GC B cells in both dark zone (DZ) and light zone (LZ) B cells.

      A myriad of technical factors can impact the detection of lower-expressed genes by bulk RNA-seq and even scRNA-seq, and that looking at individual cells may give better resolution. This is the case for a considerable number of other genes we have studied or that have been reported in other investigators’ publications. Many biological factors can also have an important effect (e.g. protein levels may vary depending on cell states and do not necessarily correlate with transcript levels). Significant impact of the strain background, diet, microbiome and the living environment of the animals cannot be excluded either. Similarly, recent reports have shown that CGRP from spleen-innervating nociceptors signals to splenic B cells to promote germinal center reactions (Wu et al., 2024). However, Immgen showed no Ramp1 expression in splenic B cell compartments. In addition, Nur77/Nr4a1 has also been shown to be highly expressed by a small number of light zone cells and is critical for regulating GC reactions (Brooks et al., 2021; Mueller et al., 2015) even though ImmGen shows very little expression of this gene in its bulk sequencing. Therefore, we think that much of the data from ImmGen should be carefully validated with additional experimental methods. In this case, we were able to detect AIRE protein using methods including immunofluorescence, immunoprecipitation, western blot, and flow cytometry.

      (3) Line 343: "donor Aire-/-" may be a mistake for "donor Aire+/+"?

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this to our attention and have adjusted the manuscript accordingly.

      (4) Line 346: Is "data now shown" a spelling mistake? Including this, there are multiple occurrences of "data not shown" in the Results and Discussion sections. If the authors describe or discuss the data, it should be shown.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this to our attention and have revised the manuscript accordingly.

      (5) Line 346-350: The authors should investigate more thoroughly whether Aire influences gene expression in GC B cells, particularly the expression of a set of self-antigen genes, as demonstrated in thymic B cells by Yamano et al (Immunity 2015). Regardless of the outcome, such data would be highly significant for this study and the broader research community.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Although we did not directly test the role of AIRE in the regulation of tissue-restricted antigens, we observed a clear interaction between AIRE and pSer5 Pol II (Fig. 6F), consistent with its function as a transcriptional regulator (Fang et al., 2024; Giraud et al., 2012; Oven et al., 2007). This is particularly important for antibody diversification in B cells, as it is known that AID is targeted to sites of Pol II pausing (Chaudhuri et al., 2003; Pavri et al., 2010). Further, recent reports have shown that the CARD domain of AIRE promotes its polymerization and the formation of nucleation sites at which a positive feedback loop to create transcriptional hubs (Huoh et al., 2024). Interestingly, the CARD domain is also necessary for the interaction between AIRE and AID (Fig. 5F) indicating that either these condensates are also critical for preventing AID from being recruited to Pol II or that AIRE may perform alternative functions in B cells compared to mTECs. Nevertheless, in this current study, we focused on the capacity of AIRE to utilize this interaction with pSer5 Pol II to prevent AID targeting to its DNA substrates, and future studies may focus on how this interaction may impact the expression of peripheral tissue antigens to promote T cell tolerance.

      (6) Line 1282-1293: The number of B cells used for Western blotting should be clearly indicated. Since the expression levels of Aire mRNA in B cells are lower than those in mTECs, detecting Aire protein in B cells is also likely difficult. It is important to specify the number of B cells required so that other researchers can reproduce the Western blotting results presented in this paper.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point and have revised the manuscript accordingly.

      References

      Bastard, P., E. Orlova, L. Sozaeva, R. Levy, A. James, M.M. Schmitt, S. Ochoa, M. Kareva, Y. Rodina, A. Gervais, T. Le Voyer, J. Rosain, Q. Philippot, A.L. Neehus, E. Shaw, M. Migaud, L. Bizien, O. Ekwall, S. Berg, G. Beccuti, L. Ghizzoni, G. Thiriez, A. Pavot, C. Goujard, M.L. Fremond, E. Carter, A. Rothenbuhler, A. Linglart, B. Mignot, A. Comte, N. Cheikh, O. Hermine, L. Breivik, E.S. Husebye, S. Humbert, P. Rohrlich, A. Coaquette, F. Vuoto, K. Faure, N. Mahlaoui, P. Kotnik, T. Battelino, K. Trebusak Podkrajsek, K. Kisand, E.M.N. Ferre, T. DiMaggio, L.B. Rosen, P.D. Burbelo, M. McIntyre, N.Y. Kann, A. Shcherbina, M. Pavlova, A. Kolodkina, S.M. Holland, S.Y. Zhang, Y.J. Crow, L.D. Notarangelo, H.C. Su, L. Abel, M.S. Anderson, E. Jouanguy, B. Neven, A. Puel, J.L. Casanova, and M.S. Lionakis. 2021. Preexisting autoantibodies to type I IFNs underlie critical COVID-19 pneumonia in patients with APS-1. The Journal of experimental medicine 218:

      Brooks, J.F., C. Tan, J.L. Mueller, K. Hibiya, R. Hiwa, V. Vykunta, and J. Zikherman. 2021. Negative feedback by NUR77/Nr4a1 restrains B cell clonal dominance during early Tdependent immune responses. Cell Rep 36:109645.

      Chaudhuri, J., M. Tian, C. Khuong, K. Chua, E. Pinaud, and F.W. Alt. 2003. Transcription-targeted DNA deamination by the AID antibody diversification enzyme. Nature 422:726-730.

      Conti, H.R., A.R. Huppler, N. Whibley, and S.L. Gaffen. 2014. Animal models for candidiasis. Curr Protoc Immunol 105:19.16.11-19.16.13.

      Davidzohn, N., A. Biram, L. Stoler-Barak, A. Grenov, B. Dassa, and Z. Shulman. 2020. Syk degradation restrains plasma cell formation and promotes zonal transitions in germinal centers. The Journal of experimental medicine 217:

      Duan, L., D. Liu, H. Chen, M.A. Mintz, M.Y. Chou, D.I. Kotov, Y. Xu, J. An, B.J. Laidlaw, and J.G. Cyster. 2021. Follicular dendritic cells restrict interleukin-4 availability in germinal centers and foster memory B cell generation. Immunity 54:2256-2272 e2256.

      Fang, Y., K. Bansal, S. Mostafavi, C. Benoist, and D. Mathis. 2024. AIRE relies on Z-DNA to flag gene targets for thymic T cell tolerization. Nature 628:400-407.

      Frossi, B., G. Antoniali, K. Yu, N. Akhtar, M.H. Kaplan, M.R. Kelley, G. Tell, and C.E.M. Pucillo. 2019. Endonuclease and redox activities of human apurinic/apyrimidinic endonuclease 1 have distinctive and essential functions in IgA class switch recombination. J Biol Chem 294:5198-5207.

      Giraud, M., H. Yoshida, J. Abramson, P.B. Rahl, R.A. Young, D. Mathis, and C. Benoist. 2012. Aire unleashes stalled RNA polymerase to induce ectopic gene expression in thymic epithelial cells. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 109:535-540.

      Hampel, F., S. Ehrenberg, C. Hojer, A. Draeseke, G. Marschall-Schroter, R. Kuhn, B. Mack, O. Gires, C.J. Vahl, M. Schmidt-Supprian, L.J. Strobl, and U. Zimber-Strobl. 2011. CD19independent instruction of murine marginal zone B-cell development by constitutive Notch2 signaling. Blood 118:6321-6331.

      Hetemaki, I., S. Laakso, H. Valimaa, I. Kleino, E. Kekalainen, O. Makitie, and T.P. Arstila. 2021. Patients with autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome type 1 have an increased susceptibility to severe herpesvirus infections. Clin Immunol 231:108851.

      Huoh, Y.S., Q. Zhang, R. Torner, S.C. Baca, H. Arthanari, and S. Hur. 2024. Mechanism for controlled assembly of transcriptional condensates by Aire. Nature immunology 25:15801592.

      Kalari Kandy, R.R., X. Fan, and X. Cao. 2023. CD45.1/CD45.2 Congenic Markers Induce a Selective Bias for CD8+ T Cells during Adoptive Lymphocyte Reconstitution in Lymphocytopenia Mice. Immunohorizons 7:755-759.

      Khalil, A.M., J.C. Cambier, and M.J. Shlomchik. 2012. B cell receptor signal transduction in the GC is short-circuited by high phosphatase activity. Science 336:1178-1181.

      Masani, S., L. Han, and K. Yu. 2013. Apurinic/apyrimidinic endonuclease 1 is the essential nuclease during immunoglobulin class switch recombination. Mol Cell Biol 33:1468-1473.

      Mueller, J., M. Matloubian, and J. Zikherman. 2015. Cutting edge: An in vivo reporter reveals active B cell receptor signaling in the germinal center. Journal of immunology 194:29932997.

      Oikonomou, V., T.J. Break, S.L. Gaffen, N.M. Moutsopoulos, and M.S. Lionakis. 2021. Infections in the monogenic autoimmune syndrome APECED. Curr Opin Immunol 72:286-297.

      Oven, I., N. Brdickova, J. Kohoutek, T. Vaupotic, M. Narat, and B.M. Peterlin. 2007. AIRE recruits P-TEFb for transcriptional elongation of target genes in medullary thymic epithelial cells. Mol Cell Biol 27:8815-8823.

      Pavri, R., A. Gazumyan, M. Jankovic, M. Di Virgilio, I. Klein, C. Ansarah-Sobrinho, W. Resch, A. Yamane, B. Reina San-Martin, V. Barreto, T.J. Nieland, D.E. Root, R. Casellas, and M.C. Nussenzweig. 2010. Activation-induced cytidine deaminase targets DNA at sites of RNA polymerase II stalling by interaction with Spt5. Cell 143:122-133.

      Roco, J.A., L. Mesin, S.C. Binder, C. Nefzger, P. Gonzalez-Figueroa, P.F. Canete, J. Ellyard, Q. Shen, P.A. Robert, J. Cappello, H. Vohra, Y. Zhang, C.R. Nowosad, A. Schiepers, L.M. Corcoran, K.M. Toellner, J.M. Polo, M. Meyer-Hermann, G.D. Victora, and C.G. Vinuesa. 2019. Class-Switch Recombination Occurs Infrequently in Germinal Centers. Immunity 51:337-350 e337.

      Schrader, C.E., T. Williams, K. Pechhold, E.K. Linehan, D. Tsuchimoto, and Y. Nakabeppu. 2023. APE2 Promotes AID-Dependent Somatic Hypermutation in Primary B Cell Cultures That Is Suppressed by APE1. Journal of immunology 210:1804-1814.

      Wu, M., G. Song, J. Li, Z. Song, B. Zhao, L. Liang, W. Li, H. Hu, H. Tu, S. Li, P. Li, B. Zhang, W. Wang, Y. Zhang, W. Zhang, W. Zheng, J. Wang, Y. Wen, K. Wang, A. Li, T. Zhou, Y. Zhang, and H. Li. 2024. Innervation of nociceptor neurons in the spleen promotes germinal center responses and humoral immunity. Cell 187:2935-2951 e2919.

      Yamano, T., J. Nedjic, M. Hinterberger, M. Steinert, S. Koser, S. Pinto, N. Gerdes, E. Lutgens, N. Ishimaru, M. Busslinger, B. Brors, B. Kyewski, and L. Klein. 2015. Thymic B Cells Are Licensed to Present Self Antigens for Central T Cell Tolerance Induction. Immunity 42:1048-1061.

    1. Participants this summer expressed shock at what the AI generated: pleasing displays at first glance that, upon deeper inspection, reveal fabricated book titles, gibberish language, incorrect details, photos that weren't of their chosen authors and images that reinforced ethnic or racial stereotypes.

      I think this was a powerful way to demonstrate AI's limits. Even though it helps save time critical thinking is something only we can apply. AI is naturally embedded in bias, stereotypes and inaccurate information. This is why our own thinking goes a long way beyond using the tool to generate for us. This exercise was a good way to let students understand that as convenient and as reliable it may seem, it cant accurately produce things we use our own analyzing skills and critical thinking for.

    1. As college students on the threshold of the academic community, many of you probably think that research is about finding answers to a question given to you by your professor. While this may have been true in high school, we would like to propose that a more meaningful research process in college starts somewhere else, i

      seeing that new way of of asking questions, different then the standard that makes up old school traditional process of asking a teacher.

    1. Some tools have the ability to speak to you in ways that others do not.

      An extension of this is Conway's law which may tend to force us to create work which not only reflects us, but which becomes us.

      The relationship with tools becomes a two way street between us and the tool as well as the tools which interpose all of us (humanity).

      What might this mean for our relationship with Artificial Intelligence? Will our laziness with respect to thinking turn us into non-thinkers who rely on a tool not actually able to think?

      (via me at https://old.reddit.com/r/typewriters/comments/1wjidrf/what_words_could_we_use_to_better_describe_the/pamjdv3/)

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Comments on revised version.

      As discussed before, the authors employ a wide range of techniques (FOS IHC, FP for fine scale PVN OXT population dynamics, behavioural analysis, core and surface temperature tracking, physiological recordings to assess AAV specificity, optogenetic activation of PVN OXT neurons, and projection tracing) to address a clear question. The outcomes of these techniques seem to drive the same conclusion that PVN OXT neurons signal transitions from rest to arousal (behavioural and thermogenic) in a state-dependent manner:

      - FOS data identifies PVN OXT population activity following behavioural onset

      - Ca activity in these cells peaks at behavioural and thermogenic state transitions

      - Rump temperature and BAT activity increase at state transition points

      - Optogenetic stimulation of these cells recapitulates the thermogenic effects seen during physiological state transitions (in low body temperature animals) with a trending increase in physical activity

      Despite the inconclusive IHC results when validating the specificity of their AAV, the virgin female/ lactation experiment is convincing that they are specifically targeting PVN OXT neurons. The rationale for this experiment is clearer in the revised manuscript.

      Generally, in terms of the revised manuscript, the authors give strong responses to reviewer comments, either incorporating feedback, or giving clear explanations for the choices they made in the original manuscript. The revised manuscript is clearer about the question the authors aim to address, the reasons for their choice of experiments, and the limitations of the techniques used.

      We thank the reviewer for the close attention to the manuscript, the response to reviewers, and the revision, all of which have improved the manuscript.

      Criticisms:

      I appreciate and agree with the authors' point that this manuscript is more fundamental than simply social basis oxytocin neuron function. This is point is well made by their data, and in the revised text. However, I still believe more behavioural analysis would be welcome to any reader.

      They partly justify the lack of behavioural analysis in Figure 6 with the problem of "animal merging" on the SGBS images. However, in Figure 6C, they confirm that, in solo conditions, the SGBS readings are consistent with core body temperature readings. So why not stick to core body temperature, opto stimulate and analyse the social behaviour with DLC (with normal video recordings)?

      This is a good suggestion. Because we find that quiescent huddling (paired) bouts were associated with stronger body temperature regulation compared to solo quiescence and other behavioral states, and because PVNOT peak probability and frequency were higher in the paired compared to solo context, these experiments are warranted. We made the following edits to the discussion:

      “Future experiments should attempt to disentangle the effects of PVNOT light stimulation on social vs. non-social aspects of these behavioral state transitions; of particular interest would be to examine how light stimulation affects the duration and thermoregulatory control of social huddling.”

      The lactation validation still seems out of place in manuscript order. It is a very valuable validation, but it feels more like supplementary data for Figure 1. I feel the authors wanted it as a main figure because of how much work it must have been. In that case, it still makes more sense to include it in Figure 1.

      The purpose of the lactation experiment arose from the inadequacy of using histology to test whether AAV-transfected cells were oxytocin-immunoreactive. Because we observed intense oxytocin immunoreactivity in the fibres lining the ventricle, and less reactivity in the cell bodies than what we would have predicted from the Oxytocin-Cre-dependent AAV, we turned to the known physiological relationship between oxytocin-positive neurons and lactation. As such, this study is not associated with Figure 1, which demonstrates our initial, coarse-grained findings relating FOS activity in the PVN and in oxytocin-positive neurons during social thermoregulation.

      To your point, it typically does make sense to have the cellular validation “up front” as supporting or background information that enables the downstream experiments. However, what gives this data credibility as a standalone figure is the novel finding that PVNOT neurons display burst-like patterns of activity outside the context of lactation. Previous discussions with experts in the field, along with a review of the literature, unexpectedly led us to the observation that the burst-like patterns we observed during the transition from rest to wake and thermogenesis in virgin females represents a new aspect of oxytocin neuron physiology. Because we wanted to directly compare the new virgin female activity pattern (i.e., Figure 2) with the known lactation activity pattern, we decided it made the most sense to combine the validation aspect with the novel aspect into a standalone figure.

      Though their lactation experiment validates that they are targeting PVN OXT neurons, their optogenetic stimulation protocol may not be specifically inducing OXT release from these cells. PVN OXT neurons co-release glutamate but can also release glutamate independently of OXT following lower frequency tonic stimulation. OXT release from PVN neurons requires pulsatile stimulation at a higher frequency (Leithead et al., 2021; Piñol et al., 2014; Lincoln & Wakerley, 1975). In this paper, the authors use a low stimulation frequency (10Hz) and continuous pulse train (20s) to optogenetically manipulate the target PVN population which may bias the cells towards glutamate release over OXT. Therefore, though they find evidence that PVN OXT neurons are involved in driving the transition between states in their other experiments, their optogenetic stimulation may not necessarily involve OXT release/signalling. It may be valuable to separate this out to identify the signalling molecule underlying this behavioural/ thermogenic transition. This could be done by using an opto protocol that recapitulates physiological OXT release.

      The authors do however mention that isolating the specific contribution of OXT signalling compared to other co-transmitted molecules was not the aim of this study, so this is not an essential question for this manuscript.

      Thank you for this thoughtful point. We agree our optogenetic stimulation experiment should be interpreted as activation of PVNOT neurons rather than as selective evidence for oxytocin release or oxytocin signaling. PVNOT neurons can co-release glutamate (an idea we had also briefly touched upon in the Limitations and caveats section), and the stimulation pattern/frequency may influence the relative engagement of fast glutamatergic transmission versus peptide release. We agree the lactation literature, including Lincoln et al., highlights the importance of high-frequency pulsatile activity for oxytocin release, and that Piñol et al. provide evidence that PVNOT-linked glutamatergic transmission can interact with oxytocin-receptor-dependent modulation of downstream synapses–so thanks for pointing these out.

      We made revisions to support our protocol and now acknowledge this important aspect of the neuronal physiology. In Results, we now explain why we selected 10Hz: this frequency was grounded in the study by Fukushima et al. (2022), where 10Hz stimulation of PVNOT terminals in the rMR elicit thermogenic responses and 10Hz stimulation of PVNOT somata produce thermogenesis that’s dependent on oxytocin receptors in rMR.

      In the Limitations section, we now cite these three references to include broader context around stimulation frequency and differential release. We emphasize that our optogenetic data demonstrate sufficiency of PVNOT neuron activation, but do not establish whether the downstream thermogenic and behavioral effects are mediated by oxytocin, glutamate, or both. We note that resolving this issue will require future experiments using stimulation-pattern comparisons together with receptor-targeted pharmacology or genetic loss-of-function approaches.

      References

      Leithead, A. B., Tasker, J. G., & Harony-Nicolas, H. (2021). The interplay between glutamatergic circuits and oxytocin neurons in the hypothalamus and its relevance to neurodevelopmental disorders. Journal of neuroendocrinology, 33(12), e13061. https://doi.org/10.1111/jne.13061

      Lincoln, D. W., & Wakerley, J. B. (1975). Factors governing the periodic activation of supraoptic and paraventricular neurosecretory cells during suckling in the rat. The Journal of physiology, 250(2), 443-461. https://doi.org/10.1113/jphysiol.1975.sp011064

      Piñol, R. A., Jameson, H., Popratiloff, A., Lee, N. H., & Mendelowitz, D. (2014). Visualization of oxytocin release that mediates paired pulse facilitation in hypothalamic pathways to brainstem autonomic neurons. PloS one, 9(11), e112138. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0112138

      A loss of function experiment to test for sufficiency would be a nice addition to further confirm their claims, but the authors mention that there were technical limitations to their attempts at inhibiting PVN OXT neurons. I appreciate the authors declaring that the DREADDs attempt suffered from unfortunate confounds. But for optogenetic attempts, I don't think they need a closed-loop system to get some useful results. They still can shine the light at "random" moments (that will correspond to random body temperatures) and then separate the data per body temperature.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive suggestion. Such an experiment would strengthen our claims and complement the optogenetic activation (Fig. 6). Reviewer 3 brought up a similar concern.

      Building directly on the reviewer’s proposal, we now describe a loss-of-function experiment as an important next step. Optogenetic inhibition of PVNOT neurons can be delivered at pseudo-random times across light and rest phase. Because animals spend extended periods at rest during this phase, a substantial fraction will fall within established rest bouts, which can then be analyzed and stratified by body temperature, as the reviewer notes. The prediction is that silencing PVNOT neurons during rest should prolong the average duration of rest bouts and delay the onset of activity and thermogenesis, relative to matched unstimulated bouts.This provides a direct test of whether PVNOT activity is necessary for the transition from rest to activity. We have revised the Limitations and caveats section to describe this experiment.

      “Third, although we show that PVNOT neurons are sufficient to drive thermogenic and behavioral transitions (Fig. 6), we did not perform acute loss-of-function experiments. Such experiments are warranted because decreases in baseline PVNOT calcium activity were associated with transitions toward the onset of quiescence (Fig. 3I-L), suggesting this system may bidirectionally regulate thermo-behavioural state. A tractable next step would be to optogenetically inhibit PVNOT neurons during established rest bouts, delivered at pseudo-random times across the light and rest phase and analyzed post hoc by behavioral state and body temperature; we predict that silencing during rest would prolong the average duration of rest bouts and delay the onset of activity and thermogenesis. Pairing the inhibition with selective oxytocin antagonist (such as L-368,899), would further test whether the thermogenic and autonomic components of these transitions are oxytocin receptor dependent rather than driven by glutamate released by the same neurons.”

      Lastly, the mention of Raam et al. 2026 is insufficient. The authors just mention it regarding the potential differences with males, to be explored in future experiments. Even if not using males in the current study doesn't affect the stated conclusions, the fact that they chose females because "their thermo-behavioural states were readily discernible" is a considerable bias. Testing males in this very study might be out of scope, but more discussion is warranted.

      We thank the reviewer for this point. We agree that our decision to study females deserves fuller treatment, and we have expanded the Limitations and caveats section accordingly.

      We want to be clear about the rationale, because it was methodological rather than an assumption of sex specificity. Our previous study on behavioral thermoregulation in mice (Landen et al., 2024) showed that, during the light/rest phase, females–but not males–display clearly rhythmic episodes of rest and activity that align with transitions between thermoregulatory states, and are therefore well suited to the analyses that form the core of this study. This choice does constrain the generality of our findings to females, but it does not affect the validity of the conclusions we draw, all of which concern PVNOT neurons in females.

      At the same time, we agree that whether these mechanisms extend to males is a substantive open question and we now say so explicitly. A direct comparison in males, while beyond the scope of the present study, is an important next step, and the recently defined neural basis of collective thermoregulatory huddling (Raam et al. 2026) offers a useful framework for that work. We have modified the Discussion/Limitations and caveats as follows:

      “We focused on females for a practical reason: during the light and rest phase, females show clear, rhythmic bouts of rest and activity, which makes transitions between thermoregulatory states readily discernible and well suited to the analyses around each state transition used here (Landen et al., 2024). This choice constrains the generality of our conclusions, which pertain specifically to females. Because oxytocin signaling can differ between sexes (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.yfrne.2015.04.003), and because the neural control of thermoregulatory behavior may not be identical in males, whether the PVNOT dynamics we describe operate similarly in males remains an open question. Testing males directly was beyond the scope of the present study, but it is an important next step, particularly as the neural basis of collective thermoregulatory huddling has recently begun to be defined (Raam et al. 2026).”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a very interesting study from Vandendoren and colleagues examining the role of PVN oxytocin neurons during thermoregulatory behaviors, in particular during thermoregulatory huddling. The findings are important and have implications for the thermoregulation field as well as the social/naturalistic behavior field. The findings are compelling and use a combination of state-of-the-art tools (photometry, optogenetics, automated behavior tracking, thermal imaging, and core body temperature measurement), often in combination with each other, to produce a rigorous and high-dimensional dataset.

      Comments on revised version.

      I appreciate the effort the authors have put into addressing all of my questions, and I have no remaining concerns.

      Thanks for the comments; they have greatly improved the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates how the activity of hypothalamic paraventricular oxytocin (PVNOT) neurons relates to physiological states in female mice, with a particular focus on behavioral states and thermogenic sympathetic activity. To address this question, the authors combined automated video-based behavioral classification with calcium imaging of PVNOT neuron activity. Sympathetic thermogenesis was inferred from surface temperature changes measured by infrared thermography, and the authors have made their custom analysis scripts available. The authors report that strong, pulsatile activation of PVNOT neurons was "occasionally" observed immediately before transitions from resting to active states. This observation suggests that PVNOT neuronal activity may facilitate the transition from rest to activity. This phenomenon was observed in both pair-housed and individually housed animals. Taken together, these findings raise the possibility that the oxytocinergic system contributes to naturalistic behavior transitions even in the absence of social interactions. However, concerns regarding the selectivity of GCaMP expression in oxytocin-expressing neurons call into question the validity of the recorded PVNOT neuronal activity.

      Strengths:

      The oxytocinergic neural system is believed to subserve a wide range of physiological functions. Elucidating these roles requires monitoring PVNOT neuronal activity under diverse behavioral contexts, as well as manipulating this activity to establish causal relationships. In this study, the authors present a technically sound experimental framework that integrates behavioral tracking in both individually and group-housed mice with the monitoring and manipulation of PVNOT neuron activity. This setup represents a valuable methodological resource for researchers investigating the physiological functions of oxytocin.

      Thanks for the comments. We are encouraged to hear this framework will open new doors in understanding how the oxytocin system regulates behavior and energy homeostasis.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Immunohistochemical validation of selective GCaMP expression in oxytocin-expressing neurons showed that only 24-51% of GCaMP-positive neurons expressed oxytocin. As an alternative approach, the authors demonstrate that GCaMP-expressing PVN neurons in virgin females exhibit calcium peaks during rest-wake transitions with kinetics similar to those observed in PVNOT neurons during early lactation. However, this comparison is based solely on population-level peak profiles and does not provide direct evidence for cell-type specificity of GCaMP expression in oxytocin neurons. This limitation substantially undermines the validity of the optical calcium imaging data. In situ hybridization targeting oxytocin mRNA, rather than immunohistochemistry, may provide a more reliable assessment of expression specificity.

      We view our data as showing strong evidence that the recorded neurons include, but may not be limited to, PVNOT neurons for the following two reasons: (1) as the reviewer notes, our longitudinal experiment shows conservation in the physiological and biophysical profile of these neurons in females that went from virgins to parturition and lactation, and (2) as described in Discussion/PVNOT neurons in context of arousal and peptidergic PVN cell-types, non-OT cell-types in the PVN do not show this pulsatile busting profile.

      In the “Discussion/Thermal tracking and validation of PVNOT recording specificity” section we had stated “We note that the animals were perfused at ~ZT4–8, before we were aware that somatic OT immunoreactivity in PVN neurons reaches a daily low during the early light phase [56]”. We now add to this the idea, suggested by the reviewer, that “In situ hybridization targeting oxytocin mRNA, rather than immunohistochemistry, may provide a more reliable assessment of expression specificity.”

      (2) Although the authors' interpretation is generally consistent with the data presented, their main conclusions rely heavily on observational findings. Moreover, optogenetic stimulation of PVNOT neurons failed to robustly recapitulate behavioral state transitions (Figs. 6D and S5B). Further interventional experiments will be necessary to more rigorously test the authors' interpretation and to establish mechanistic insight into the causal relationship between PVNOT activity and rest-to-active transitions. In particular, loss-of-function approaches targeting the PVNOT system, such as OXTR antagonism, inhibitory DREADDs, or cell-type-specific ablation, will be essential to determine whether perturbation of this system alters behavioral state transitions These points should be addressed in future studies.

      Reviewer 1 brought up a similar concern. We have added to the Discussion/Limitations and caveats to address this.

      “Third, although we show that PVNOT neurons are sufficient to drive thermogenic and behavioral transitions (Fig. 6), we did not perform acute loss-of-function experiments. Such experiments are warranted because decreases in baseline PVNOT calcium activity were associated with transitions toward the onset of quiescence (Fig. 3I-L), suggesting this system may bidirectionally regulate thermo-behavioural state. A tractable next step would be to optogenetically inhibit PVNOT neurons during established rest bouts, delivered at pseudo-random times across the light and rest phase and analyzed post hoc by behavioral state and body temperature; we predict that silencing during rest would prolong the average duration of rest bouts and delay the onset of activity and thermogenesis. Pairing the inhibition with selective oxytocin antagonist (such as L-368,899), would further test whether the thermogenic and autonomic components of these transitions are oxytocin receptor dependent rather than driven by glutamate released by the same neurons.”

      Note: as described in the previous response to reviewers, we have tried inhibitory DREADDs in this system and have concluded that it is of little value because delivering DREADD ligand requires handing the animals for an IP injection—a procedure that disrupts sleep/rest and induces stress hyperthermia.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have answered our criticisms and can proceed as they chose. This is an important paper, and it is the author's choice whether to develop their research here or in a subsequent paper.

      Thank you.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I thank the authors for citing my pre-print, as suggested by Reviewer 1. The paper has now been published and the authors may like to cite the published version (doi.org/10.1038/s41593-026-02224-0).

      Thank you.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors now interpret their results as indicating that PVNOT activity biases the system toward state transition (from rest to active), rather than acting as a deterministic trigger. This interpretation is reasonable. However, the wording "PVNOT peaks (or neurons) predict transitions to behavioral arousal and thermogenesis" may be misleading. If arousal and thermogenesis occur in more than 80% of cases following PVNOT peaks, then such peaks could reasonably be described as "being predicted". Otherwise, the terminology should be revised for clarity.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this question, which touches on a substantive issue in how predictive relationships are characterized. We agree that "predicts" can misleadingly imply a high positive predictive value: i.e., that a large fraction of peaks are followed by transitions.

      This is not the claim we intend, nor is it the appropriate statistical criterion. A variable is predictive when it shifts the conditional probability (or, here, the conditional distribution) of the outcome relative to its base rate — the criterion underlying likelihood ratios, relative risk, and signal-detection measures — rather than when it exceeds an absolute occurrence threshold such as 80%. By this standard, a peak can be informative even if transitions do not follow the majority of peaks, provided transitions are substantially more likely (or thermogenically warmer) when a peak precedes them than when one does not.

      Our data support precisely this. The logistic regression shows peaks are much more probable immediately before rest offset than at other transitions or at baseline, and our new analysis shows that transitions preceded by peaks carry significantly larger post-offset Tb increases than those without. We are not claiming peaks act as a deterministic trigger, and we agree with the reviewer that they are not present before every transition.

      To keep our language aligned with these results, we have revised the wording to avoid "predict" where it could imply high hit-rate determinism, replacing it with comparative phrasing. Accordingly, we have revised the terminology throughout the manuscript: where a claim concerns timing, we now state that peaks “precede” transitions. We have removed “predict”/”predictive” from the section heading, figure legend, introduction and results as follows.

      “Then, we discovered that PVNOT calcium dynamics during huddling were associated with increased likelihood of transitions to body warming and arousal.”

      “PVNOT neuronal activity precedes transitions towards thermogenesis and behavioral arousal in social and non-social contexts.”

      Fig. 3 legend title: “PVNOT peaks are associated with increased likelihood of thermogenic rest-to-active transitions.”

      “Thus, PVNOT peaks are at least five-fold more likely to occur near the offset of quiescence/quiescent compared to onset, and signal an increase in physical activity—a correlate of behavioral arousal 53 and a means of increasing metabolic rate and Tb [26]”

      “Thus, for nesting and active huddling, PVNOT peaks are two- to three- fold more likely to occur at bout onset than offset.” Dropping flagged word here lol.

      “Together these results suggest that elevated PVNOT activity dynamics precede the offset of two rest states (quiescence and quiescent huddling) by approximately 100 seconds, and the onset of two post-quiescence active states (nesting and active huddling) by around 20 seconds, in solo and paired mice respectively.”

      “Moreover, PVNOT peaks aligned with the low point of a U-shaped body temperature profile: on average, Tb decreased before, and increased after, the time of the calcium peak in both solo and paired conditions (Fig. 3O,R). Together, these results suggest that PVN<sup>OT</sup> peaks occur during a low Tb trough and mark a subsequent rise in Tb.”

      (2) Regarding the 400-sec latency of BAT surface temperature increases following optogenetic stimulation, the authors now attribute this delay to slow peptidergic transmission. However, the authors should consider prior findings showing that BAT temperature increased immediately following optogenetic stimulation of PVN→rMR oxytocin neurons in anesthetized rats (Fukushima et al., 2022).

      My hunch is that doing this in anesthetized rats gives a stronger signal to noise… not sure if I can back that up though.

      At the least we can add a sentence that says “rMR oxytocin neurons immediately increases BAT temperature, while infusion of OXT or NMDA in the rMR results in BAT temperature increases after approximately one minute…” (see Fig. 3,4,5).

      We thank the reviewer for redirecting us to Fukushima et al. (2022). We note, however, that in that study the fast-responding variable was BAT sympathetic nerve activity, whereas the BAT temperature itself rose over several minutes following both optogenetic stimulation (their Fig. 4F, quantified at 5 and 10 minutes) and focal rMR infusion of oxytocin or NDMA (their Fig. 5, multiminute traces). This thermal timescale is comparable to the one we observe.

      The remaining difference could reflect methodological differences: we stimulated PVNOT somata rather than rMR terminals, measured intrascapular surface rather than BAT temperature directly, and recorded in awake, freely behaving animals (rather than anesthetized animals) in which competing thermoeffector and behavioral processes are active. Consistent with a methodological basis for the delay, focal infusion of oxytocin or NMDA into the rMR in that study increased BAT temperature over roughly a minute (Fukushima et al., 2022). Slow, diffuse peptidergic neuromodulation may further contribute, oxytocin is released from large dense-core vesicles and can act over extended time scales (Ludwig and Leng, 2006; Parmaksiz and Kim, 2025; Qian et al., 2023), although our data cannot isolate this mechanism from the factors above or from fast glutamatergic co-transmission that likely accompanies PVNOT activation (Hrabovszky and Liposits, 2008).

      (3) In the previous review, clarification was requested regarding the rationale and histological basis for intravenous FluoroGold injection. While the authors have now added methodological details, they should also incorporate the following explanatory text (previously provided in their rebuttal) into the manuscript for readers unfamiliar with PVN histological analyses:

      "Intravenous injection of FluoroGold (FG) was used to histologically differentiate between magnocellular and parvicellular oxytocin neurons in the PVN. Because the posterior pituitary is located outside the blood-brain barrier, i.v. FG is selectively taken up by terminals of magnocellular neurons and retrogradely transported to their cell bodies. This allows us to infer the neuroanatomical identity (magno- vs. parvicellular) of the PVNOT neurons of interest."

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have added the explanatory text to the results subsection, “PVN<sup>OT</sup> cellular projections to the rMR”. The text now reads: “rMR cell types in mice, we used FluoroGold (FG to disambiguate magno- vs. parvocellular PVN<sup>OT</sup> projections [67] (Fig. S6A-C). Because the posterior pituitary is located outside the blood-brain barrier, intravenous FG is selectively taken up by terminals of magnocellular neurons and retrogradely transported to their cell bodies. This allows us to infer the neuroanatomical identity (magno- vs. parvicellular) of the PVN<sup>OT</sup> neurons of interest.”

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      In this interesting manuscript the authors present experiments examining the relationship between the obligate intracellular bacterium Chlamydia pneumoniae (Cpn) and the microtubule (MT) cytoskeleton of the host eukaryotic cell using both mammalian cells and yeast as a model. They demonstrate that host microtubule stability contributes to the rate of entry of the bacteria into the cells. Interphase MT architecture is therefore important and correspondingly they show that mitotic cells are less permissive to bacterial entry. Other experiments show that Cpn entry is accompanied by changes to MT stability (measured indirectly via post-translational modifications). Finally they investigate the effects of overexpressing a Cpn virulence factor Cpn0572 in mammalian cells and yeast that they have previously shown to interact with both the actin and MT cytoskeletal networks. Cpn0572 expression induces MT acetylation (stability) which correlates with their previous observations and when expressed ectopically in yeast Cpn0572 suppresses force-dependent MT catastrophe. They propose that chlamydial effectors like Cpn0572 influence MT architecture and stability during Cpn entry, revealing a previously unappreciated role for MT in the bacterial entry process.

      • *

      Our Response to Summary ____Reviewer #1

      We thank the reviewer for the summary of our study. We would like to clarify one point. The mammalian-cell experiments demonstrating that CPn0572 interacts with and alters the MT cytoskeleton, including increased MT acetylation, were reported in our previous work (Höhler et al., 2024; doi: 10.1242/jcs.263450) and are not experiments performed in the present study. In the current manuscript, we use controlled ectopic expression of CPn0572 in S. pombe to analyse its effects on MT dynamics by live-cell imaging and show that CPn0572 reduces catastrophe and depolymerization and suppresses the normal catastrophe response at the cell cortex.

      Experimental points

      * __Comment 1*__

      Fig 1A - to assist interpretation whole cell images similar to those in the supplementary file should be included. It is difficult to relate the images in the small immunofluorescence panels to the phenotypes depicted.* *

      Answer to comment 1

      We have provided whole cell images of the enlarged images shown in Fig 1A. These are shown in Supp. Fig. S1A. We have added the following statement in the revised results section (line 174): Whole cell images of the zoom images in Fig 1A are shown in Fig S1A.




      Comment 2

      Cold recovery assay: one wonders what happens to the actin and intermediate filament networks under these conditions and when treated with MT-targetted agents. Some data should be included to rule out that there are additional effects on these systems as off target effects on actin might also influence the data. This is an essential control to support the conclusions drawn.

      Answer to comment 2

      Cold treatment efficiently perturbs the MT cytoskeleton without causing a comparable gross disruption of the actin cytoskeleton. These images are now included in the revised version of the manuscript (new Supp. Fig. S2). We have added the following sentence to our revised manuscript:(lines 129-130) Cold-treatment did not lead to gross alteration of F-actin organization (Fig. S2A).

      Comment 3a

      *Is MT repolymerisation synchronous following cold recovery? Its difficult to assess from the included images and sample size. *

      Answer to comment 3a

      Cold-induced MT depolymerization followed by rewarming results in rapid and highly synchronized MT regrowth in U2OS cells. This has been quantitatively demonstrated by Didier et al. (2008), who showed that MT asters were detectable within 30 s after rewarming and that a centrosome-radiating MT network had reformed in 95% of control U2OS cells within 60 s (Didier et al., 2008; doi: 10.1091/mbc.E06-12-1140). The images shown in our study are representative examples and were not intended to independently quantify the synchrony of MT regrowth.

      We have clarified this point in the revised results section as follows: (lines 120–122) “Cold-induced MT depolymerization followed by rewarming results in rapid and highly synchronized re-polymerization of the MT cytoskeleton in U2OS cells [32].”

      Comment 3b

      Why was this method selected in preference to nocodazole treatment and washout, where synchrony is easier to establish.

      Answer to comment 3b

      We selected cold-induced MT depolymerization because this approach provides both rapid and synchronized MT regrowth upon rewarming. We do not consider synchrony of MT repolymerization to be inherently easier to establish following nocodazole treatment and washout. In U2OS cells, cold-induced MT depolymerization followed by rewarming is a well-established MT-regrowth assay, and rapid, highly coordinated repolymerization has been demonstrated previously (Didier et al., 2008; doi: 10.1091/mbc.E06-12-1140).

      Importantly, the cold-recovery approach is particularly suitable for our experimental question because transfer of the cells from ice to 37°C provides a precisely defined starting point for MT repolymerization and, at the same time, initiates the early infection period. This allows us to analyse C. pneumoniae entry during the first minutes of MT recovery. Nocodazole washout can likewise be used to induce synchronized MT regrowth, but requires drug removal and repeated washing before recovery can be initiated. We therefore chose cold-induced depolymerization as the more appropriate approach for coupling synchronized MT regrowth directly to the very early stages of infection.


      Comment 4

      Although EB are scored in Fig 1A, they are not shown alongside the microtubules and modified microtubules as described.

      Answer to comment 4

      We apologize for the misleading representation in Fig 1A. The upper part of the figure is a schematic illustration of the experimental setup, whereas the lower part shows representative microscopic images of the tubulin and acetylated MT phenotype at the indicated time points. The schematic depicts the experimental workflow subsequently used for the infection experiments and was not intended to indicate that EBs were visualized in the images shown in Fig 1A.

      We have modified the schematic in the revised manuscript to make this distinction clear and to avoid further confusion.

      Comment 5a (please note- we have divided this into several sub comments)

      What happens to actin/intermediate filaments following the treatments with Taxol?

      Answer to comment 5a

      Because actin has a central role in chlamydial entry, we examined whether the Taxol treatment used in our experiments causes a major reorganization of the actin cytoskeleton. U2OS cells treated with DMSO or 10 µM Taxol for 2 h showed prominent F-actin fibres under both conditions, with no obvious gross disruption of the actin cytoskeleton following Taxol treatment (included now as new Fig. S2B). We have added the following sentence to our revised manuscript:(lines 202-204): Under the conditions used, Taxol treated cells showed prominent F-actin fibres with no obvious gross disruption of the actin cytoskeleton (Fig S2B).

      We did not analyse intermediate filaments. To our knowledge, there are no data implicating intermediate filaments in chlamydial entry. In C. trachomatis, their reorganization has been described during later inclusion development (Kumar and Valdivia, 2008, doi:10.1016/j.chom.2008.05.018), while in C. pneumoniae-infected cells alterations of vimentin and keratins 8/18 were detected at 48-72 h post-infection (Savijoki et al., 2008, doi:10.1111/j.1574-695X.2008.00488.x).

      Comment 5b

      Is this specifically targeting the MT under these conditions?


      Answer to comment 5b

      Taxol directly binds β-tubulin within polymerized MTs and stabilizes the MT lattice (Xiao et al., 2006, doi:10.1073/pnas.0603704103). Nevertheless, because actin and MTs are functionally interconnected, we experimentally assessed the actin cytoskeleton under the exact Taxol conditions used in our infection assay and did not observe a major alteration of F-actin organization.

      The purpose of the Taxol/Tubacin comparison was specifically to distinguish MT stabilization from increased tubulin acetylation per se. Taxol stabilizes MTs and consequently increases their acetylation, whereas Tubacin inhibits HDAC6-mediated tubulin deacetylation and increases MT acetylation without stabilizing MTs (Haggarty et al., 2003, doi:10.1073/pnas.0430973100). Under our experimental conditions, both treatments produced a comparable increase in acetylated MTs, whereas only Taxol generated MTs resistant to cold-induced depolymerization. These data are already shown in Fig 2 and Fig S3 and described in the Results (lines 195-220).

      Thus, both Taxol and Tubacin increase MT acetylation, but only Taxol stabilizes the MT network and only Taxol increases EB internalization. This is the basis for our conclusion that the long-lived MT state, rather than acetylation alone, is associated with enhanced C. pneumoniae entry.

      Comment 5c

      How toxic are the treatments and how were they titrated - this does not seem to be included.


      Answer to comment 5c

      The concentrations and treatment times are already given in both the Fig 2 legend and the Materials and Methods. U2OS cells were treated with 10 µM Taxol or 10 µM Tubacin for 2 h at 37°C before infection (Fig 2, lines 222-232; Materials and Methods, lines 675-686).

      These conditions were not established by a de novo dose-response titration in the present study but were selected on the basis of established short-term treatments for manipulating MT stability and acetylation in U2OS cells. Importantly, Jansen et al. used the same conditions - 10 µM Taxol for 2 h and 10 µM Tubacin for 2 h in U2OS cells - to experimentally distinguish stable from acetylated MT populations (Jansen et al., 2023, doi:10.1083/jcb.202106105). Tubacin as an inhibitor of HDAC6-dependent tubulin deacetylation was originally characterized by Haggarty et al. (2003, doi:10.1073/pnas.0430973100).

      We additionally verified the intended differential effects of these treatments in our own U2OS cells: both Taxol and Tubacin increased MT acetylation, whereas only Taxol protected MTs against cold-induced depolymerization (Fig 2 and Fig S3; lines 199-209).

      We did not perform a separate quantitative cytotoxicity assay. However, treatment was limited to 2 h, we observed no obvious signs of acute cellular deterioration or major changes in cell morphology, and the new F-actin analysis shows no gross disruption of the actin cytoskeleton under the Taxol conditions used.

      Comment 6

      line 156 - it is unclear what 'microtubule subsets' are referred to here and how the authors arrive at the fact that ~9% of MT are acetylated.

      Answer to comment 6

      We apologize that the term “microtubule subsets” was not sufficiently defined. By this term, we referred to microtubules distinguished by post-translational modification, in this case acetylated versus non-acetylated MTs. U2OS cells vary considerably in the abundance of acetylated MTs, ranging from cells containing few to cells containing many acetylated MTs.

      We have changed the wording in the results section accordingly.

      Comment 7

      Can the effects of taxol be modulated by changing the bacterial load (MOI)? The dose dependency of taxol is considered but not the reciprocal i.e. whether the effect can be suppressed by increasing the number of bacteria.

      Answer to comment 7

      We understand the proposed experiment to mean varying the bacterial load (MOI) at a constant taxol concentration to determine whether the taxol-dependent increase in entry becomes less apparent at higher MOIs.

      While such an experiment could test how the magnitude of the taxol effect depends on bacterial input, increasing the MOI is not mechanistically reciprocal to the taxol treatment. Taxol alters a host-cell property before addition of C. pneumoniae EBs by stabilizing MTs and increasing the population of long-lived/acetylated MTs. Our experiment therefore addresses whether this pre-existing MT state influences bacterial entry. Increasing the number of bacteria does not reverse or otherwise alter this host-cell state.

      Moreover, at high MOIs, a reduced relative difference between control and taxol-treated cells could result simply from saturation of available entry sites or cellular uptake capacity rather than from suppression of the taxol effect. We therefore consider an MOI titration in taxol-treated cells difficult to interpret with respect to the specific question of whether a pre-existing stabilized MT state promotes C. pneumoniae entry.

      Comment 8

      Figure 1 shows limited co-localisation between EB and MT. Are the authors certain that this is not stochastic? How many EB align with F-actin stress fibres on intermediate filaments under similar conditions. This might be interesting and correct, but controls are lacking to demonstrate specificity, which would make the data more convincing.

      Answer to comment 8

      We addressed the possibility that the observed EB–MT co-localization reflects stochastic overlap by quantifying the fraction of the cellular area occupied by MTs at the 10-min time point. At this stage of MT recovery, MTs occupied approximately 14% of the cellular area, whereas 35% of internalized EBs co-localized with MTs. Thus, EB–MT association occurred substantially more frequently than expected from MT area coverage alone. Using the MT-covered cellular area as the probability of random overlap, the observed frequency was significantly higher than expected for a random spatial distribution (exact binomial test, p The association was also strongly biased toward a specific MT population. Of the MT-associated EBs, 71% were associated with acetylated MTs, although acetylated MTs represented only approximately 9% of the total MT population under these conditions. This strong enrichment further argues against stochastic overlap.

      We deliberately performed this analysis at 10 min after shifting the cells back to 37°C, when MT re-polymerization is still incomplete and individual MT filaments are clearly distinguishable. This minimizes apparent co-localization resulting simply from the dense MT network present in untreated interphase cells.

      We do not consider F-actin to provide an equivalent negative control for this question. F-actin remains extensively distributed under these conditions and, importantly, actin is directly involved in chlamydial entry; EB association with actin would therefore be biologically expected rather than a measure of nonspecific cytoskeletal overlap. We did not analyse intermediate filaments. We consider the comparison between the observed EB–MT association and the quantitatively determined probability of random overlap to provide the more direct test of stochastic association.

      We have revised the Results section accordingly (lines 154-166): “Next, we analysed the subcellular localization of internalized EBs. At the 10-min time point (Fig. 1A), MT re-polymerization was still incomplete and individual MT filaments were clearly distinguished. Approximately 14% of the cellular area was occupied by MTs, whereas 35% of internalized EBs co-localized with MTs (Fig. 1E, F). Thus, EB association with MTs occurred at a substantially higher frequency than expected from MT area coverage alone. Consistently, comparison with a random spatial distribution using the fraction of MT-covered cellular area as the probability of random EB–MT overlap showed that the observed association was significantly higher than expected by chance (exact binomial test, p __ __

      Comment 9

      Figure 3. The cell cycle block relies upon RO-3306 which shifts the mitotic cell population from 5% to 36%. Would a thymidine block and release to synchronise the population yield a higher proportion of cells in mitosis? Did the authors consider this approach and exclude it for a defined reason?


      Answer to comment 9

      Achieving the highest possible proportion of mitotic cells was not the primary requirement for our experiment. Rather, we required a sufficient number of cells entering mitosis within a defined time window after release.

      Thymidine arrests cells at the G1/S transition, and cells must subsequently progress through S and G2 before entering mitosis. In contrast, the CDK1 inhibitor RO-3306 arrests cells directly at the G2/M transition and therefore allows rapid and temporally defined entry into mitosis following washout. We therefore considered RO-3306 more suitable for our experimental design. Importantly, our analysis does not rely on the entire synchronized population being mitotic. Following RO-3306 release, mitotic and non-mitotic cells were identified and analysed separately at the single-cell level. Under our conditions, approximately 36% of the population was mitotic, providing sufficient numbers of mitotic cells for quantification of C. pneumoniae infection. Thus, increasing the overall percentage of mitotic cells would not alter the basis of our comparison between mitotic and non-mitotic cells.

      Comment 10

      Many properties change in mitotic cells in addition to MT architecture. A particular consideration is the profound reorganisation of the actin cytoskeleton and changes in the composition of the plasma membrane, which might also influence the rates of Cpn entry. It is very technically difficult to show that these effects are specifically due to the MT changes and consequently this experiment, while interesting might have many alternative interpretations.

      • *

      Answer to comment 10

      We agree with the reviewer that mitosis involves extensive cellular reorganization in addition to the replacement of the interphase MT network by the mitotic spindle, and that the experiment in Fig 3 cannot by itself attribute the reduced C. pneumoniae entry specifically to changes in MT architecture. Indeed, we already considered this issue in the Results section. We note that endocytosis is generally reduced during early mitosis and is reactivated from anaphase onwards. At the same time, receptor-specific internalization pathways can remain active during mitosis, including EGFR uptake, which is particularly relevant here because EGFR is utilized by C. pneumoniae for host-cell entry. In addition, Fig 3D shows the mitotic reorganization of the actin cytoskeleton by rhodamine-phalloidin staining.

      Thus, we agree that changes in actin organization, membrane trafficking and other mitosis-associated cellular properties may contribute to the reduced infection efficiency observed in mitotic cells. Our intention with this experiment was not to establish that the reduction in EB entry is caused exclusively by loss of the interphase MT array. Rather, we asked whether C. pneumoniae entry is altered in a physiological cellular state in which the interphase MT architecture is absent and replaced by the mitotic spindle. We find that mitotic cells remain permissive to EB entry, but infection efficiency is strongly reduced compared with interphase cells.

      The MT-specific conclusions of our study are therefore based primarily on the experiments in Figs 1 and 2, in which MT composition and stability are directly analysed or manipulated. The mitotic-cell experiment provides complementary evidence showing that a cellular state lacking the normal interphase MT architecture is associated with strongly reduced EB entry, but we agree that this experiment alone cannot distinguish the contribution of MT reorganization from other mitosis-associated changes.

      To make this limitation explicit, we have changed the final sentence of this part of the results section to (lines 276-278):" Thus, EB entry is strongly reduced in mitotic cells, a cellular state characterized by loss of the interphase MT architecture but also by broader changes in cytoskeletal organization and membrane trafficking."__ __

      Comment 11a (please note- we have divided this into several sub comments)

      While the overexpression experiments in cells and yeast are interesting, these come with caveats about the dose of the effector and the relevance of the system to the pathological process.

      Answer to comment 11a

      The S. pombe experiments were designed to analyse the effects of CPn0572 on MT dynamics under controlled expression conditions, rather than to reproduce the infection process. CPn0572-mCherry is expressed from a single genome-integrated copy under an inducible TetO promoter, and MT dynamics are analysed after only 1 h of induction. This minimizes dosage heterogeneity and allows early effects of CPn0572 on the MT cytoskeleton to be analysed in living cells. This rationale is already described in the manuscript (lines 384-391).

      The manuscript also explicitly acknowledges that TetO-driven expression cannot reproduce the spatially restricted delivery of an effector by the bacterial secretion system; rather, it provides a tractable system in which the consequences of CPn0572 appearance in a eukaryotic cell can be analysed (lines 577-583).

      The relevance of the S. pombe system for analysing MT dynamics is addressed in detail in our response to Comment 15. Importantly, CPn0572 has independently been shown to associate with and stabilize MTs in mammalian cells in the infection (Höhler et al., 2024, doi:10.1242/jcs.263450). Thus, the S. pombe experiments are used to resolve how CPn0572 alters MT behaviour, not as a surrogate for C. pneumoniae infection.

      Comment 11b

      *Could Chlamydia trachomatis TARP that interacts with actin but not MT be used as a control here? *

      Answer to comment 11b

      We do not consider C. trachomatis TarP an appropriate matched negative control for CPn0572. Although both proteins belong to the TarP family and both modulate actin, their activities toward the actin cytoskeleton are not equivalent. TarP and CPn0572 show distinct patterns of subcellular localization and F-actin association, and CPn0572 additionally binds preassembled F-actin and protects it from cofilin-mediated destabilization (Jewett et al., 2006, doi:10.1073/pnas.0603044103; Jewett et al., 2010, doi:10.1371/journal.ppat.1000997; Zrieq et al., 2017, doi:10.3389/fcimb.2017.00511). CPn0572 additionally associates with MTs (Höhler et al., 2024, doi:10.1242/jcs.263450).

      This distinction is important because the actin and MT cytoskeletons are functionally interconnected (Dogterom and Koenderink, 2019, doi:10.1038/s41580-018-0067-1). Consequently, differences in MT behaviour following expression of TarP and CPn0572 could not be attributed specifically to the presence or absence of MT-binding activity. TarP therefore would not constitute a control differing from CPn0572 only in its ability to target MTs.

      Comment 11c

      While there are interesting effects of CPn0572, which in part relate to the other phenotypes identified in the work, the link between the activities of Cpn0572 overexpression and the infection process are currently weak, beyond the fact that this is one of a number of effectors what have the capability of manipulating the actin and/or MT cytoskeletal networks. The current presentation is therefore speculative.

      Answer to comment 11c

      We believe that this concern reflects a misunderstanding of how the CPn0572 experiments are positioned within the manuscript. The study addresses three consecutive but distinct questions: (1) whether the pre-existing state of the host MT network influences C. pneumoniae entry; (2) whether C. pneumoniae itself alters the host MT network during early infection; and (3) how a chlamydial protein with MT-modulating activity can alter MT dynamics. CPn0572 is used for the third question as one experimentally tractable example of a chlamydial MT modulator. We do not propose that CPn0572 alone accounts for either the entry phenotype or the infection-induced increase in MT acetylation.

      This three-part logic is already stated in the original manuscript. In the Introduction, we first define the permissive host MT state, then describe the infection-induced increase in MT acetylation, and finally introduce controlled expression of CPn0572 to analyse its effect on MT stability (lines 96-104).

      The distinction between the first two parts is made particularly explicit in the Discussion: “The preferential infection of cells containing acetylated MTs needs to be distinguished from the increase in MT acetylation observed 1 hr after chlamydial infection.” The manuscript then states that the former represents a host-cell property present before infection, whereas the latter demonstrates that C. pneumoniae remodels the host MT cytoskeleton during infection (lines 531-536).

      Likewise, CPn0572 is explicitly introduced as one example with which to investigate how chlamydial proteins might alter MT dynamics. The relevant results sections states that several C. pneumoniae proteins are likely to jointly manipulate the MT cytoskeleton and that CPn0572 was analysed “to start to understand how MTs might be modulated by chlamydial proteins” (lines 374-381). We then show that CPn0572 reduces MT catastrophe and depolymerization and suppresses the normal catastrophe response at the cell cortex, thereby increasing MT persistence (lines 403-410).

      The manuscript furthermore explicitly argues against a single-effector model. We state that the infection-induced increase in MT acetylation is likely to result from “multiple EB-associated effectors that together remodel the host MT network” (lines 572-574).

      To strengthen this concept experimentally, we have added an experiment in the revised version of the manuscript. We now analysed the combined activity of two chlamydial MT-modulating proteins namely CPn0572 and CPn0443. Thus, if we have two independent MT modulations, we would expect a phenotype intermediate between those produced by either protein alone. CPn0443 was originally identified as a C. pneumoniae protein that strongly alters the interphase MT cytoskeleton by destabilizing it (Wevers et al., 2023, doi:10.3390/ijms24087618) which is opposite to the function of CPn0572.

      We therefore asked what happens when these two opposing chlamydial MT modulators are present in the same cell. CPn0572 increases MT occupancy, whereas CPn0443 strongly reduces MT occupancy and longitudinal MT organization. Importantly, simultaneous expression produces an intermediate phenotype: CPn0572 partially counteracts both the CPn0443-induced reduction in MT occupancy and the loss of longitudinal MT organization. These new data (Fig. 7) directly demonstrate that two chlamydial MT modulators can interact at the level of the same cellular MT network. They therefore provide additional experimental support for the concept that host MT remodelling may reflect the combined activities of multiple chlamydial proteins rather than the action of CPn0572 alone.

      Thus, the manuscript neither establishes nor claims a one-to-one causal relationship between CPn0572 and the infection-induced MT phenotype. Rather, a pre-existing host MT state affects bacterial entry, C. pneumoniae subsequently remodels the host MT network, and CPn0572 is used as one example to determine how a chlamydial MT-modulating protein can alter MT dynamics.

      Comment 12

      The Discussion is extensive, and could be reduced to deal with the key findings presented in the work and potentially to address some of the limitations.

      __ ____Answer to comment 12__

      We have shortened the discussion.

      The original discussion already discusses the limitations and boundaries. For example, we state that Taxol-induced MT stabilization may not fully recapitulate the properties of naturally acetylated MTs, that the proposed contribution of MT-dependent membrane trafficking to EB entry remains to be tested, and that the infection-induced MT phenotype is likely to reflect the combined activity of multiple chlamydial proteins rather than a single effector. We also explicitly note that TetO-driven ectopic expression of CPn0572 does not reproduce the spatially restricted delivery of an effector during infection.

      In addition, following the reviewer’s specific concern regarding the mitotic-cell experiment, we have clarified this in the revised results section (see comment 10).

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      * This is an interesting and potentially important study, which will be of interest to researchers studying Cpn, related Chlamydiae and obligate intracellular bacteria, and more generally to those studying the entry of bacterial pathogens into host mammalian cells. Bacterial effectors like Cpn0572 are also of interest to the cell biology community, as studying their activities can reveal novel insights into the regulation and dynamics of the cytoskeleton, relevant to fields including immunology, developmental biology and cancer biology.*

      * The manuscript addresses key unresolved questions - for example, it tries to reconcile the potential role for the MT cytoskeleton in bacterial entry, which has been suspected but overtaken by studies of the actin cytoskeleton, where cause and effect and more straightforward. The work investigates role for the posttranslational modification of MT and how this can be reprogrammed by pathogens. Finally, it offers an opportunity to study the interplay between the actin and MT networks and how this might be bridged. This is not well understood in mammalian cells.*

      *Notwithstanding the comments above, the individual experiments presented are largely well executed and support the individual conclusions drawn. The weakness of the study is that it is descriptive and correlative. It is an assembly of interesting, but potentially differentially related, experiments examining MT during Cpn infection, essentially in three separate sections i) stability of cellular MT being important for Cpn infection, ii) assessing changes to MT modifications during Cpn infection, iii) the effects of a particular effector amongst many on these processes. While broadly self-supporting in that they all address Cpn and MT, they are presented as cohesive, although the direct relationships between these different topics remains somewhat subjective.

      The reviewer actively researches interactions between bacterial pathogens and the host cytoskeleton.*

      Our answer to Reviewer 1 (significance)

      We appreciate the reviewer’s positive assessment of the interest and potential importance of the study. We would, however, like to clarify both the conceptual connection between the experimental sections and what we consider an important aspect of the novelty of the work.

      Bacterial entry into mammalian cells has overwhelmingly been studied as an actin-driven process. Although MTs have been implicated in several bacterial infection cycles, their functions have been studied much less extensively and mainly in post-entry trafficking and later stages of infection. A defined role for different MT states during bacterial entry has remained largely unexplored.

      Our central finding is therefore not simply that MTs contribute to C. pneumoniae infection. We show that, within the same mammalian cell population, cells with a particular pre-existing MT state are preferentially infected. Increasing amounts of acetylated/long-lived MTs correlate with increasing entry efficiency, whereas detyrosinated MTs do not, and the Taxol/Tubacin experiments further distinguish MT stability from acetylation itself. To our knowledge, a pre-existing MT state has not previously been identified as a determinant of differential host-cell permissiveness to bacterial entry.

      The subsequent experiments build directly on this finding. Having established that a long-lived interphase MT state favors entry, we ask whether C. pneumoniae itself modifies this state and show that early infection increases MT acetylation in a viability-dependent manner. We then use CPn0572 as one mechanistically tractable early effector to ask how a chlamydial MT stabilizer can generate increased MT persistence and show that it suppresses catastrophe and reduces depolymerization.

      Thus, while the study does not establish a single linear molecular pathway, the experiments are not an assembly of differentially related observations. Together, they identify a previously unrecognized host-cell MT state that determines permissiveness to bacterial entry, show that Chlamydia subsequently remodels this cytoskeletal system, and provide mechanistic insight into how an early chlamydial effector can generate a persistent MT state.


      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Evidence, reproducibility, and clarity

      * Summary

      The manuscript by Schenk et al examines how the microtubule state of U2OS cells affects the ability of Chlamydia pneumoniae to enter the host cell. The authors test whether two tubulin post-translational modifications, detyrosination and acetylation, affect bacterium entry and find that cells with higher levels of acetylation display more internalized Chlamydia particles. They also test whether the tubulin state or the post-translational modification is the important factor for Chlamydia entry and find that stabilization of microtubules with taxol treatment is sufficient for increasing the number of internalized particles. They show that entry is higher in interphase cells than mitotic cells. Finally, they show that the Chlamydia protein CPn0572, which was previously shown to alter microtubules in mammalian cells, can alter microtubule dynamics in yeast cells. Overall, this is a straight-forward set of experiments that add information about how the state of microtubules in cells impacts the entry step of Chlamydia infection.*

      Response to Summary

      We thank the reviewer for this accurate summary of the main findings of our study.

      Major comments

      Comment 13

      In general, the claims and the conclusions are supported by the data. The data in Figures 1–4 address very specific questions and are straightforward. The only issue is that the microtubule immunofluorescence does not look very good. Especially the total tubulin staining. In many cells, it doesn't even look filamentous. Generally, methanol fixation preserves microtubule structures much better than PFA.

      __Answer to comment 13 __

      We agree that methanol fixation can provide a sharper visualization of filamentous MTs. However, the choice of fixation also depends on the biological question being addressed. Importantly, a study specifically examining fixation effects in Chlamydia trachomatis-infected cells showed that alcohol-based fixation can induce cellular shrinkage and distortion, whereas formaldehyde fixation is used to better preserve overall cellular architecture and the spatial relationships between cellular components (Kokes and Valdivia, 2015; doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0139153). This consideration was particularly important in our experiments, because our analyses required assessment of the spatial relationship between chlamydial EBs and the host-cell MT cytoskeleton during the early stages of infection.

      PFA fixation has also been used in previous studies examining early Chlamydia–host cell interactions, including studies in U2OS cells and during early C. pneumoniae infection (Nans et al., 2014; doi__: _10.1111/cmi.12310_; Mölleken and Hegemann, 2017; doi: 10.1371/journal.ppat.1006556__).

      We acknowledge that the total-tubulin staining appears less sharply filamentous in some cells. Nevertheless, MT structures relevant to our analyses are distinguishable under the experimental conditions used, and identical fixation, staining and imaging conditions were applied across the respective experimental groups. Importantly, as also noted by the reviewer, the quantitative data in Figures 1–4 support the conclusions drawn from these experiments.

      Comment 14

      Its not clear why the inside/outside staining was only used in Fig 2. How do the authors know that the particles in the other figures are inside vs outside the host cell?

      __Answer to comment 14 __

      Inside/outside staining was used in Fig 2 because these experiments were designed specifically to quantify EB internalization. In contrast, Fig 1 examines changes in MT post-translational modifications, while Fig 3 examines the organization of the MT and actin cytoskeletons. For these experiments, inside/outside staining was technically not feasible because the complete staining combination would require five fluorescence channels, whereas our microscopy setup allows a maximum of four.

      We therefore used a spatial approach to assign EB localization in Figs 1 and 3. We initially tested a plasma membrane marker as a means of defining the cell boundary. However, the permeabilization required for subsequent tubulin immunostaining resulted in additional intracellular staining of this marker, preventing an unambiguous identification of the plasma membrane in the final samples. We therefore used the outer boundary of the cytoplasmic α/β-tubulin signal to delineate the cellular area in interphase cells. For the mitotic cells analyzed in Fig 3, the prominent cortical F-actin signal provided a clear definition of the cell boundary.

      Each optical section of the complete confocal z-stack was examined individually, and EBs were classified according to their three-dimensional position relative to the delineated cellular area. Thus, whereas Fig 2 uses inside/outside staining to directly distinguish internalized from extracellular EBs, EB localization in Figs 1 and 3 was assigned on the basis of their spatial position within the cellular volume.

      Comment 15a (please note- we have divided this into several sub comments)

      The use of S. pombe to test the effects of CPn0572-mCherry on microtubule dynamics seems an odd choice. It is not clear whether these findings are relevant to the story since yeast cells are very different from mammalian cells.


      Answer to comment 15a

      We consider S. pombe a highly appropriate system for analysing the effect of CPn0572 on MT dynamics for four reasons: (1) its simple and exceptionally well-characterized interphase MT cytoskeleton allows changes in MT bundle dynamics to be resolved particularly clearly; (2) fundamental components of the MT system are evolutionarily ancient; (3) yeast-based approaches are established for identifying functions of chlamydial proteins; and (4) Chlamydiae are themselves an ancient lineage of intracellular bacteria, making conserved eukaryotic cellular processes plausible targets for their effectors.

      (1) S. pombe interphase cells contain only a small number of well-defined MT bundles whose dynamics and behaviour at the cell cortex can be followed directly and quantitatively in living cells (Drummond and Cross, 2000, doi:10.1016/S0960-9822(00)00570-4; Sawin and Tran, 2006, doi:10.1002/yea.1404). This makes changes in MT bundle dynamics considerably easier to resolve than within the dense MT network of mammalian cells.

      (2) Yeast model systems have been exceptionally successful in uncovering fundamental principles of eukaryotic cell biology, as exemplified by Nobel-Prize-for- Medicine winning work on cell-cycle control, vesicle trafficking and autophagy. The tubulin-based MT cytoskeleton is likewise evolutionarily ancient: α-, β- and γ-tubulins and diverse MT motors were already present in the last eukaryotic common ancestor, before diversification of the major eukaryotic lineages (Wickstead and Gull, 2011, doi:10.1083/jcb.201102065). Many years ago, our own work provided a direct example of functional conservation: S. pombe Mal3 belongs to the EB1 family of conserved MT plus-end-tracking proteins that regulate MT dynamics, and human EB1 can substitute for Mal3 in S. pombe (Beinhauer et al., 1997, doi:10.1083/jcb.139.3.717).

      __(3) __Several yeast-based approaches successfully investigated chlamydial proteins. A systematic Saccharomyces cerevisiae expression screen identified C. trachomatis proteins that affect yeast cellular functions or target eukaryotic organelles (Sisko et al., 2006, doi:10.1111/j.1365-2958.2006.05074.x), and subsequent yeast-based screening identified chlamydial proteins targeting lipid droplets (Kumar et al., 2006, doi:10.1016/j.cub.2006.06.060). In our own S. pombe screen, 13 of 116 tested C. pneumoniae proteins strongly altered the interphase MT cytoskeleton (Wevers et al., 2023, doi:10.3390/ijms24087618).

      (4) Chlamydiae have a long evolutionary history of interaction with eukaryotic cells. The last common ancestor of pathogenic and symbiotic Chlamydiae was already adapted to intracellular survival approximately 700 million years ago and possessed a type III secretion system (Horn et al., 2004, doi:10.1126/science.1096330). It is therefore plausible that chlamydial effectors exploit ancient, conserved features of eukaryotic cell biology, including the MT cytoskeleton.

      We therefore do not use S. pombe as a model for mammalian infection itself, but as a tractable system in which effects of CPn0572 on fundamental MT properties can be resolved clearly. Importantly, relevance to mammalian cells is independently supported by our previous demonstration that CPn0572 associates with and stabilizes MTs in mammalian cells (Höhler et al., 2024, doi:10.1242/jcs.263450).


      Comment 15b

      Furthermore, the Fleig group has already shown that CPn0572 binds to microtubules when ectopically expressed in mammalian cells and causes their stabilization and bundling. It would be useful to see if CPn0572 expression increases acetylation when expressed in mammalian cells

      Answer to comment 15b

      This experiment has already been performed. Ectopic expression of CPn0572 resulted in an approximately threefold increase in acetylated α-tubulin compared with control cells (Höhler et al., 2024, doi:10.1242/jcs.263450).

      Comment 15c

      And test whether it directly alters microtubule dynamics using reconstitution assays.

      Answer to comment 15c

      Reconstitution experiments with purified CPn0572 and tubulin could test whether CPn0572 is sufficient to alter MT dynamics in a minimal in vitro system. However, CPn0572 modulates both the actin and MT cytoskeletons, and such an assay would not establish how its MT effects arise in the cellular context, where additional host components or interactions between the two cytoskeletal systems may contribute. The aim of the present study was to determine whether CPn0572 affects MT organization and dynamics in living cells. Together with our previous demonstration that CPn0572 associates with and stabilizes MTs in mammalian cells (Höhler et al., 2024, doi:10.1242/jcs.263450), the S. pombe experiments establish that CPn0572 alters MT behaviour in a cellular context. Dissecting whether this activity is mediated by a direct interaction with tubulin/MTs or involves additional host factors will require a separate biochemical analysis and is beyond the scope of the present study.

      Comment 15d

      Furthermore, its role in Chlamydia infection could be tested by deleting the gene from the Chlamydia genome.

      Answer to comment 15d

      A CPn0572 deletion could address the contribution of this effector to C. pneumoniae infection. However, targeted gene-deletion approaches such as those available for C. trachomatis have not been established for C. pneumoniae (Shima et al., 2018, doi:10.1128/mSphere.00412-18; Wan et al., 2023, doi:10.3389/fimmu.2023.1209879). Thus, deletion of CPn0572 is currently not technically feasible.

      Moreover, CPn0572 is a TarP-family effector that modulates both the actin and MT cytoskeletons (Höhler et al., 2024, doi:10.1242/jcs.263450). Consequently, even if a CPn0572 deletion mutant were available, any resulting infection phenotype would reflect the combined loss of its cellular activities and would not by itself establish the specific contribution of its MT-modulating function.

      *Minor comments

      *

      Comment 16

      The exact antibodies used for immunofluorescence and western blot should be listed. Some tubulin antibodies are not very good and the reader needs to know that the results are reliable.

      __Answer to comment 16 __

      We have revised the Materials and Methods section to provide the exact antibodies used for all immunofluorescence and Western blot analyses, including the respective supplier, catalogue number and antibody dilution. In addition, for experiments in which different α-tubulin antibodies were used, we now specify the antibody and its host species for each individual experiment, allowing unambiguous identification of the antibody used.

      Comment 17

      Fig. 4 – it would be nice to validate the increase in acetylation by immunofluorescence.

      Answer to comment 17

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. We have now independently validated the infection-induced increase in MT acetylation by immunofluorescence microscopy. Representative fluorescence images together with the corresponding quantitative analysis have been added to the revised Fig. 4G, H. Consistent with the Western blot analysis, immunofluorescence showed a significant MOI-dependent increase in acetylated α-tubulin 1 h post infection.

      The corresponding text has been added to the revised manuscript (lines 329–332):

      “To independently validate the infection-induced increase in MT acetylation observed at 1 hpi, we additionally analysed acetylated MT levels by immunofluorescence microscopy. Consistent with the Western blot results, immunofluorescence analysis showed a significant MOI-dependent increase in MT acetylation (Fig. 4G, H).”

      This independent analysis confirms the increase in MT acetylation observed by Western blotting and supports our conclusion that C. pneumoniae infection induces increased MT acetylation.

      Comment 18

      The term inside-out staining is confusing. I think the authors mean inside/outside staining.

      Answer to comment 18

      We agree that “inside/outside staining” more accurately describes the staining approach used in our experiments. We have therefore replaced “inside-out staining” with “inside/outside staining” throughout the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      * This study provides new information about how Chlamydia alters the microtubule cytoskeleton to enter mammalian cells. Previous work had shown that Chlamydia utilizes the actin cytoskeleton so this study expands our knowledge of the entry mechanisms. The insights would be more mechanistic if the effects of CPn0572 could be shown in reconstitution assays. The work will be of interest to researchers that study the basic mechanisms of pathogen entry into mammalian cells.*

      Our Response to Significance

      We thank the reviewer for this assessment. The point concerning a CPn0572 reconstitution assay is addressed in our response to Comment 15c above.

    1. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      In this manuscript, Assaf et al. address an important question by investigating the post-transcriptional-regulation of gtubulin mediated by the tubulin autoregulation mechanism and its functional role in microtubule nucleation and chromosome segregation. Autoregulation of a/b-tubulin has been shown previously, including by the current authors, but whether other tubulin genes are regulated in a similar manner was unknown. Using cell culture models and treatment with microtubule-destabilising/stabilising drugs, they demonstrate that cells regulate gtubulin levels in response to changes in soluble a-b tubulin levels. This regulation depends on the tubulin autoregulation mechanism that the authors previously identified for a/b-tubulin and the authors identify a similar motif in the N-term of gtubulin that is recognized by TTC5. By using a R3H g-tubulin mutant, which specifically disrupts the binding of TTC5, they examine the consequences of deregulated gtubulin biosynthesis. They showed that loss of g-tubulin mRNA regulation moderately increases overall gtubulin levels, which is nevertheless sufficient to enhance microtubule nucleation and induce mitotic defect.

      Specific points:

      • As pointed out by the authors in the discussion, there needs to be an explanation for how regulating just the mRNA levels of g-tubulin (and not other complex components) can influence the overall protein levels of g-TuRC in order to achieve a functional output for the regulation. The authors provide a nice explanation for when g-tubulin levels drop - this would potentially expose Ubi sites on GCPs that would lead to their ubiquitination and degradation. First, can the authors show that the GCP protein levels are also decreased, like g-tubulin, when they increase the pool of a/b-tubulin dimers? Second, what do the authors think happens when g-tubulin levels are increased? How does this lead to an increase in GCP levels? I don't think this is essential to answer, and certainly not experimentally, but if there is no simple answer then the authors should at least acknowledge this in the discussion.
      • Statistics - In several cases (eg. Fig 3D), the authors compare multiple conditions to one control and use Mann-Whitney or t-tests. The need to use one-way ANOVA with correction for multiple comparisons. This is also true when they compare different conditions to each other, while also comparing to controls. The statistical analysis should be done in a single ANOVA analysis, not with multiple different individual tests. E.g. Fig 4C.
      • N numbers: In many of the experiments, the authors perform 3-4 biological replicates, plotting the value from each replicate e.g. only 3 or 4 values. In Fig 3D and 4C, however, where they examine g-tubulin levels at centrosomes and microtubule nucleation after cold treatment, they plot the individual centrosome values from each of the replicates. Given that there may be variability between the replicates, and the number of centrosomes are not equal between replicates, it would be better to plot the average value from each replicate, which would better match how data is plotted in other experiments. For example, in Figure 4C, perhaps there is not really a significant difference in microtubule nucleation between TTC5 KO and TTC5 KO + TUBGR3H. This result is a bit odd considering the levels of centrosomal g-tubulin are not different (Fig 3D). The authors try to address this in the discussion (without mentioning the result in the results), but I am not fully convinced by their arguments.
      • In the IP shown in Figure 3B, a negative control, such as a construct expressing the FLAG tag alone, is necessary to confirm the specificity of the interactions.
      • In Figure 4B, the authors should include an image that is representative of their quantification. Based on the current image, we would conclude that nucleation is reduced in the TTC5 + TubGR3H condition compared to TubGR3H alone, which is not consistent with the quantification shown in Figure 4C.
      • In Figure S7A, the authors show that all cell lines show similar timing; however, this is not evident from the examples shown in Fig 5B. This is likely because there is a lot of variation in cell division timing and the authors chose to show example images from cells that happened to have different timings. However, this may appear confusing to readers. I t may be better to include the timing graph in the main figure, along with single images to highlight phenotypes (rather than time series for each condition). The time series images could be moved to supplementary.
      • The authors conclude that « partial depletion of g-tubulin restored mitotic fidelity to levels comparable to those of control cells » however in fig 5E, and 5F they only statistically compare the siRNAi control to the siTUBG1 for each genotype (which shows a reduction). But to say that they go back down to control levels, they should also statistically test the difference with the parental siRNAi control.

      Minor comments:

      • Figure 1C : the line above "SCAPER KO" + should be only on the last 2 columns
      • Figure 1E : It would improve clarity if the authors indicated in the figure that the immunoprecipitation was performed using TTC5
      • Figure 5E-F : It is not clear from the graph whether the parental cells were also transfected with the siRNA, although this appears to be the case based on the figure legend.
      • In the legend of Figure S4E, the cell lines appear to be TTC5 KO and TUBGR3H, rather than mutant TTC5 as indicated in the legend

      Significance

      The manuscript is well written, the data is well presented and overall the data supports the conclusions being drawn. The results and conclusions are significant and will be of interest to a broad readership.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript seeks to make use of information about Ct values from PCR testing of mosquito pools for West Nile virus infection to make inferences about mosquito prevalence and West Nile risk. It does so through analysis of empirical data and simulated data with a realistic agent-based model.

      Strengths:

      This work is conceptually innovative for mosquito-borne viruses, building on ideas developed primarily during work on SARS-CoV-2. Exploring this topic is worthwhile regardless of the outcome. The use of data, testing in multiple labs, and the complementarity of modeling and empirical data analysis are all strengths of the approach.

      Weaknesses:

      Some of the primary weaknesses include a dependence of the results on relatively narrow model assumptions, and a lack of compelling improvement over existing methods. None of these weaknesses are fatal flaws; they are modest weaknesses that limit the potential of or excitement about the method.

      Thank you for the comment

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors extend their previous population-based Ct-value framework for inferring community epidemic trajectories from human infections to vector infections, using mosquitoes as vectors for West Nile virus. They use agent-based modelling to distinguish virus-positive detections arising from non-active infection states from those reflecting active infections, and then apply this framework to mosquito surveillance data from Colorado and Texas.

      Overall, this is a well-designed and carefully evaluated study. The manuscript proposes a feasible and potentially valuable framework for vector infection surveillance. The findings are supported by both mechanistic agent-based simulations and applications to real-world mosquito surveillance data, which strengthens the biological plausibility and practical relevance of the proposed approach.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the study is its clear methodological extension from human infection surveillance to vector infection surveillance. The agent-based modelling framework provides a useful basis for distinguishing active infections from virus-positive detections that may reflect non-active infection states. The application to surveillance data from two different geographic settings further supports the feasibility of the framework. Overall, the study is carefully designed, and the model schematic and main analyses are generally clear.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It would be helpful if the authors could provide plots showing variation across locations and over time. This would further support the claim made in the paragraph at lines 101-107.

      Thank you for the comment. Our supplementary Material Figures S5 and S6 already included these visualisations. However, we note that these were not referenced in the manuscript. We have now referenced these within the lines:

      “First, the variation we observe is consistent across five trapping seasons and two states (Figures S5 and S6).”

      (2) Figure 2: The model schematic is clear in terms of workflow, but it would benefit from more information on model parameterization. In particular, it would be helpful to clarify which parameters or migration rates were estimated from the data and which were assumed based on prior literature.

      Thank you for the comment. All the parameters are used from the literature and recorded in the Supplementary Material. However, we have now added a note in the caption of Figure 2, referencing the Supplementary Material as below:

      “Overall structure of the agent-based model (parameters were derived from the literature; see Supplementary Material S2, S3 and S4)”

      (3) Figure 4: I wonder whether the authors examined how changes in the proportion of mosquitoes with static viral-kinetics trajectories would affect the observed bimodal distribution. Relatedly, it would be useful to know whether there is a threshold proportion at which the method becomes less able to distinguish active from static viral-kinetics patterns.

      Thank you for the comment. We have conducted this in analysis and have already included the relevant figures in the Supplementary Material, In particular, Figures S14 (in Section S7) and S22. We have referenced Figure S14 where we discuss the proportion of mosquitoes with static viral-kinetics trajectories that would affect the observed bimodal distribution. However, we had not included a reference to Figure S22, where we illustrate the proportions at which the method becomes less able to distinguish active from static viral-kinetics patterns. We have now included this reference in the same line.

      “We found that the simulated pooled Ct values aligned well with the observed data when the percentage viral load inherited from birds was 100% and the probability of a productive or non-productive infection in the mosquitoes was 0.5, capturing the bimodal distribution of low Ct values (from productively infected mosquitoes) and high Ct values (from non-productively infected mosquitoes) (Figure 4 (B), (C) & (D); Supplementary Material S7.1, Figure S14 for Ct distributions of viral inheritance probability vs. model change probability and Figure S22 for the accuracy and confidence-interval coverage across different productive infection proportions).”

      Conclusion:

      Overall, the evidence is reasonably strong for demonstrating the feasibility and biological plausibility of the proposed framework. Some conclusions would be further strengthened by additional sensitivity analyses on key assumptions, especially the proportion of static viral-kinetics trajectories and spatial-temporal heterogeneity across surveillance sites.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for th e authors):

      (1) ll 70-73 - There are a lot of ideas in this sentence. It would be useful to support this with a schematic figure or something like that, which illustrates the conceptual predictions made here. Such a step is necessary given the novelty of what is being explored here.

      This portion of the introduction has been simplified to better introduce the core observations that formed our hypothesis:

      “The substantial variation in viral quantities observed during cross-sectional entomological surveillance suggests more complex vector/virus interactions, and the precedence set by population SARS-CoV-2 testing in humans suggests that Ct value data for WNV in mosquitoes could inform metrics of disease risk to humans. However, there are substantial differences in the epidemiology and biology of WNV infection in mosquitoes with SARS-CoV-2 in humans.”

      We have chosen not to include an additional schematic figure, as the core idea (population viral loads reflect the convolution of infection incidence and within-host viral kinetics) is illustrated in the referenced literature, and the main message of the current manuscript is the explore how this phenomenon is observed in arbovirus vector surveillance.

      (2) ll 134-137 - Mosquito species is another factor that could result in wide variation in Ct values due to differences in vector competence and infection kinetics. Given that 2-4 mosquito species are present in these pools with unknown frequencies, this seems like a potentially major source of unexplained variation.

      Importantly, Culex pipiens and Culex tarsalis mosquitoes are separated prior to testing for WNV. We have clarified in the legend for Figure 1 that Ct values are presented from pools of either Culex pipiens/restuans/salinarus or Culex tarsalis.

      Additionally, we have added the following text to the Materials and Methods section:

      “For identification purposes, Cx. Pipiens species mosquitoes are not separated from the Cx. Salinarius or Cx. Restuans, which are nearly identical morphological. However, Cx. Pipiens is far more abundant than either Cx. Salinarius or Cx. Restuans in Nebraska.”

      We also show in Figure S22, S23, and S24 that we observe similar variation in Ct values across mosquito species, location, and epi week, and thus we do not think that differences between species play a major impact in our findings.

      (3) ll 173-175 - I believe that this is a consequence of the trapping method. Could this please be spelt out a bit more?

      Indeed, all of the data in this manuscript were derived from mosquitoes collected in CDC Light Traps that attract host-seeking mosquitoes (i.e mosquitoes looking for a bloodmeal). We are not considering vertical transmission in our model as it has been reported to occur infrequently in laboratory studies. Therefore, WNV-positive mosquitoes collected in CDC Light Traps have been exposed to WNV through a previous blood meal from a bird. We have clarified the text to include this explanation:

      “The mosquito pool Ct value data in this study come from specimens collected using CDC Light Traps that are baited with CO2, specifically targeting host-seeking mosquitoes. Vertical transmission is not factored into our model, thus, for a WNV-positive mosquito to be captured in the pool, it must have already obtained one blood meal from an infected bird and be seeking its next blood meal, which introduces a delay between infection and being captured.”

      (4) ll 177-178 - Doesn't the temporal trend in Ct values primarily reflect temporal changes in mosquito infection prevalence?

      Thank you for the comment. We agree that the temporal changes in mosquito infection prevalence is the main factor influencing the distribution of the Ct values in pools, as the time-since-infection distribution of trapped mosquitoes does not vary sufficiently to lead to trapping mosquitoes at very different points in their viral kinetics trajectory. Our intended point from this sentence was, given the prevalence and pool size, the variation in the viral load of the infected mosquitoes does not vary in time as all infected mosquito are trapped after they have reached a constant high-viral load level. We have now revised this sentence to reflect this.

      “As the infected mosquitoes progress from increasing viral load to a high set-point viral load, temporal trends in pooled Ct values primarily reflect time-varying infection prevalence and the number of infected mosquitoes in each pool. The remaining non-temporal variation in pooled Ct values reflect individual-level variation in mosquito set-point viral loads.”

      (5) Section 2.2 - It would seem that the assumed viral kinetics in birds would be important to this line of reasoning, given that that determines initial viral load ingested by mosquitoes. I am unclear on what was assumed in the model regarding viral kinetics in birds.

      Thank you for the comment. We have discussed the viral kinetics of the birds in detail in Section 5.3 and Supplementary Material S3. However, we agree that we have not explicitly mentioned this in Section 2.2. Therefore, we have added a reference to these sections in the following paragraph:

      “The model assumes that the mosquito's initial viral load is proportional to the infector bird's viral load (see Section 5.3 and Supplementary Material S3 for further details on the bird viral kinetics model).”

      (6) ll 194-202 - Whilst you have shown that this hypothesis leads to predictions that are consistent with the data, this is a relatively narrow hypothesis, and others are neither discussed nor refuted.

      There are two features of the data which we discuss. First, the substantial variation in Ct values across pools. This is described in detail in Section 2.1. The second observation is the bimodal pattern, which L192-202 refers to. While we agree that we have not modelled alternative hypotheses, our point is that the distribution of pooled Ct values is bimodal, and capturing some mosquitoes with very low viral loads is the most plausible explanation for the mode at high Ct values. However, we contend that this is actually a fairly broad hypothesis, as there are many plausible mechanisms generating mosquito infections with low viral loads, which we already discuss (discussion section beginning “This could be explained by a variety of factors…”). No changes have been made to the manuscript.

      (7) Section 2.3, first paragraph - The problem with this approach is that these simulations depend on a number of assumptions and parameter settings that are not estimated as part of the model fitting process. Thus, the model is very narrow and contingent on these narrow and not compellingly justified assumptions.

      Thank you for the comment. While we agree with the reviewer that this is a potential limitation of our study, we have discussed this in detail in the discussion. As mentioned in the manuscript “the main objective of this study was not to formally fit the multi-scale agent-based model to the data, but rather to understand how individual-level viral kinetics in mosquitoes are reflected in pooled surveillance data, and to demonstrate the use of pooled Ct values in estimating WNV infection prevalence”, we believe the assumptions and model are sufficient to address the research objectives. Furthermore, the fact that simulated Ct value distributions from the ABM can be used directly with the prevalence estimation method to give similar estimates to the existing PooledInfRate package supports the validity of our assumptions, though we agree that this does not necessarily mean all of our assumptions are correct, nor that our model is generalisable to other settings. No changes have been made to the manuscript.

      (8) Section 2.3, second paragraph - So the newly proposed method using Ct values does no better than the existing method using binary data?

      Thank you for the comment. We agree with the reviewer that our method and the existing PooledInfRate package perform similarly at the estimated prevalence levels of WNV. However, the Ct-based method, as we have discussed and shown, is robust at all prevalence levels where the binary-only method fails, and our method can distinguish the productive and non-productive prevalence.. Thus, while the prevalence estimates are similar under both methods for the current dataset, the novelty lies in the ability to reconstruct prevalence using the data in an entirely different way, and the proof-of-concept for how Ct values may harbour more biological information than treating pools as positive/negative. We believe that these points are sufficiently discussed throughout the manuscript. We have not made any changes to the manuscript.

      (9) ll 252-254 - This may only be true because the simulation model and the inference model are identical. If the inference model were misspecified (due, for example, to incorrect assumptions about kinetics, etc), this result would likely weaken.

      Thank you for the comment. The difference in robustness between the binary-only method and Ct-based method is not a feature of the method, but rather of how the data is used. At higher prevalence, all pools are likely to have at least one positive mosquito in them, and thus all pools will be positive, removing all information to discriminate between different prevalence levels. In contrast, the Ct-based method is able to still discriminate between prevalence levels even when all of the pools are positive, as there is still information based on whether the positive pools have low or high Ct values. No changes have been made to the manuscript.

      (10) ll 272-273 - Again, this is highly dependent on built-in model assumptions.

      Thank you for the comment. We agree that the performance of a model can depend on the underlying assumptions and the structure of the model. This is true in general for any model-based inference technique (see White, 1982, for example). Therefore, our simulations, results and interpretations are intended to be evaluated under the model structures and underlying assumptions we have used throughout the manuscript. However, to be explicit, we have now added this line at the end of the paragraph that included the sentence.

      “These results are based on the model structure and the underlying assumptions we used and they may be affected by model misspecification, including incorrect assumptions (see White, 1982, for example).”

      (11) ll 273-281 - Can this be done with pooled data only, or does it require individual mosquito Ct values? The latter would seem to be less practical to obtain in real-world applications.

      Thank you for the comment. As we have cited the related work for SARS-CoV-2, in theory, these methods are applicable when individual Ct values are present. Both pooled data and individual-level data will work, but using pooled data requires the pooling and dilution process to be modelled explicitly. However, as the reviewer mentions, for mosquito surveillance, this is not a practical approach as mosquitoes are always pooled prior to testing to reduce effort and costs. No changes have been made to the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The supplementary figures do not appear to be ordered according to their first mention in the manuscript, which makes them somewhat harder to follow.

      Thank you for the helpful comment. We have now made sufficient changes to the Supplementary Material and updated the references in the manuscript. Where possible, the supplementary figures and sections are now numbered and presented in the order of their first mention in the manuscript.

      (2) Lines 71-73: This sentence is somewhat vague, and I was not fully clear on the intended message. The authors may wish to revise it for clarity.

      Thank you for the comment. Similar comments have been made by Reviewer #1. We have revised this sentence for clarity.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript is very interesting and timely. By introducing the critical effects of desolvation barriers and solvent (water)-separated minima into the implicit-solvent potentials (of mean force, PMFs) for coarse-grained molecular dynamics simulations of biomolecular liquid-liquid phase separation (LLPS), this work fills a gap that should be apparent to researchers of protein folding in the past couple of decades but has so far escaped deserved attention such that these basic features of aqueous solvation have seldom, though not never, been invoked in recent studies of biomolecular condensates. Although the present paper deals almost exclusively with homopolymers, this work can be a foundation for the future development of a new, more physical coarse-grained interaction scheme for simulating amino acid sequence-dependent effects, which I presume is the authors' ongoing or next endeavor. The results presented in this manuscript are highly valuable.

      We thank the reviewer for all these positive comments.

      However, there is room for improvement in the authors' description of (i) the broader impact of effects of desolvation barrier and solvent-separated minimum in the thermodynamics of biomolecular condensates, especially with regard to the ramifications on hydrostatic pressure-dependent effects; (ii) the physical implication of using a 20-parameter hydropathy scale rather than a 210-parameter pairwise amino acid interaction scheme; and (iii) temperature-dependent effects, including the authors' discussion of "enthalpic" and "entropic" contributions. In all these aspects, the authors' discussion should be put in a more comprehensive context of the existing literature. At a few other places, the description of the methods and results should be clarified as well. Accordingly, the authors should revise the manuscript to address the following items thoroughly within the revised manuscript (not merely in the response letter) with the additional references mentioned below included in the revised discussion:

      (1) In several places, e.g., on line 77 (p.2), the authors appear to suggest that "implicit-solvent representation" is the origin of the deficiency in commonly utilized coarse-grained potentials that this study is aiming to rectify. But desolvation barriers and solvent-separated minima are also features of implicit-solvent representations; they are just features that should be incorporated in more accurate implicit-solvent potentials. This point is stated quite clearly and accurately in the Abstract (p.1) but not consistently in the rest of the text. The authors should check the entire text carefully to ensure that a coherent, accurate perspective is presented.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this important issue. We agree that implicit-solvent representation itself is not the origin of the deficiency. Our intention is to incorporate desolvation-inspired effective terms within an implicit-solvent coarse-grained framework, because many commonly used implicit-solvent potentials do not directly account for the desolvation features, such as the desolvation barrier and the solvent-separated potential well.

      We have revised the Abstract, Introduction, Results, and Discussion to make this distinction consistent throughout the manuscript. The revised text now emphasizes that the model remains an implicit-solvent CG model, but contains additional effective terms inspired by desolvation features observed in all-atom PMFs.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 1, lines 17–20) The Abstract identifies the model as an implicit-solvent CG model with added desolvation terms:

      "Here, guided by all-atom simulations and experimental measurements, we develop a desolvation-aware implicit-solvent CG model by incorporating residue-level desolvation terms directly into the pairwise energy function and apply it to investigate LLPS of intrinsically disordered proteins."

      (2) (page 2, lines 80–81) The Introduction retains the implicit-solvent description of existing residue-level CG models:

      "Despite these advances, most residue-level CG models rely on implicit solvent representations, in which individual water molecules are not explicitly represented."

      (3) (page 2, lines 87–89) The specific limitation is identified as the absence of a direct account of the multi-step desolvation process:

      "More importantly, conventional implicit-solvent CG models used for LLPS usually do not directly account for the multi-step desolvation process that accompanies the transition from a dilute solution to a dense condensate."

      (4) (page 4, lines 172–174) The added terms are described as part of a desolvation-inspired effective potential:

      "Together, these parameters shape the desolvation-inspired effective potential and modulate the statistical balance between direct-contact and solvent-separated configurations."

      (5) (page 15, lines 521–522) The Discussion restates the implicit-solvent model framework:

      "To address this challenge, we developed a desolvation-aware implicit-solvent CG framework that incorporates desolvation barrier and solvent-separated terms into the pairwise potential."

      (2) In the discussion of the importance of desolvation barriers and solvent-separated minima in the Introduction (pp.1-3), connections should be drawn to recent works that utilize these PMF features to rationalize hydrostatic pressure (P)-modulated effects on biomolecular LLPS, including the P-dependent reentrant phase separation of alpha elastin; see Cinar et al. (2019) Chem Eur J 25:13049 (https://chemistryeurope.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1002/chem.201902210) and references therein, especially discussions around Figures 10, 11 & 13 in this reference.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this literature to our attention. We agree that pressure-modulated LLPS provides important context for the physical relevance of desolvation barriers and solvent-separated minima. We have therefore expanded the Introduction and Discussion to connect our model to prior work on hydrostaticpressure-dependent condensate behavior, including pressure-dependent reentrant phase separation of alpha-elastin.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 3, lines 93–95) The Introduction connects the PMF features to hydrostaticpressure-dependent LLPS:

      "Related studies on hydrostatic pressure effects have further suggested that desolvation barriers and solvent-separated minima can help rationalise pressure-modulated LLPS behaviors, including the pressure-dependent reentrant phase separation of α-elastin Cinar et al. (2019, 2018)."

      (2) (page 15, lines 533–537) The Discussion states the pressure-dependent implication conservatively:

      "These findings may also provide a useful physical basis for future studies of pressure-dependent condensate behavior, as pressure-induced changes in hydration, solvent-separated states, and desolvation barriers have been proposed to contribute to pressure-modulated and reentrant LLPS Dias and Chan, 2014); Cinar et al. (2019, 2018)."

      (3) In the lower panels of Figures 2D, E (p.5), what do the differently colored small circles in the double-minimum free energy profiles represent? Does the color shading have the same meaning as that in the upper panels? If so, what do the positions of the circles on the free energy profile represent? The authors should clarify this.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this ambiguity. The small circles in the lower panels of Figures 2D and 2E are qualitative schematic representations of residue-pair configurations along the effective pair-potential profile. Their blue and green colors distinguish the barrier-variation and solvent-separated-well cases, respectively; they are not a quantitative scale and do not encode temperature or population magnitude. The positions of the circles indicate the direct-contact, barrierregion, or solvent-separated regions, while the density of circles schematically represents the population of configurations.

      We have clarified this interpretation in the Figure 2 caption and aligned the Results text with the redistribution among direct-contact, barrier-region, and solvent-separated states.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 6, Figure 2D and E lower panels) The schematics distinguish low and high ε_b or ε_ss and use the density and position of the circles to depict populations in the direct-contact, barrier-region, and solvent-separated regions; the blue and green colors distinguish the two parameter families and are not a quantitative scale.

      (2) (page 6, Figure 2 caption) The caption defines the population encoding used in the lower panels:

      "The lower panels schematically illustrate how changes in ε<sub>b</sub> and ε<sub>ss</sub> alter the distribution of residue-pair configurations. The small circles indicate schematic populations of residue-pair configurations along the potential profile, with denser circles representing a higher population."

      (3) (page 5, lines 210–213) The Results text connects the schematics to redistribution among the three residue-pair states:

      "These opposing effects suggest that the desolvation potential regulates macroscopic phase behavior by redistributing residue-pair configurations between direct-contact, barrier-region, and solvent-separated states (lower panels of Figure 2D and E)."

      (4) The discussion regarding entropy and enthalpy around Figure 2 is quite confusing as it stands. What do the authors mean exactly by the association of entropy or enthalpy with the desolvation barrier of the solvent-separated minimum? Are they referring to conformational entropy?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this ambiguity. We agree that our original wording around entropy and enthalpy could be misleading, because it might imply a rigorous thermodynamic decomposition of the PMF. In the revised manuscript, we have therefore clarified that the effect of the desolvation barrier refers to an entropyrelated configurational restriction of residue-pair configurations near the barrier region, rather than the overall conformational entropy of the entire chain. We also replaced the previous "enthalpic stabilization" wording with "effective free-energy stabilization" to avoid implying that the solvent-separated minimum is treated as a purely enthalpic contribution.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 5, lines 199–201) The barrier effect is described in terms of the sampled residue-pair population:

      "Analysis of residue-residue radial distribution functions showed that higher ε<sub>b</sub> suppresses the population of configurations near the barrier region (Figure 2—figure Supplement 1C)."

      (2) (page 5, lines 201–202) The entropy-related statement is restricted to configurational sampling near the barrier:

      "This reduction in the statistical weight of barrier-region configurations can be interpreted as an entropy-related configurational restriction and thus disfavors phase separation."

      (3) (page 5, lines 209–210) The solvent-separated minimum is described as an effective free-energy contribution:

      "This solvent-separated minimum provides effective free-energy stabilization for water-mediated configurations and thereby promotes phase separation."

      (4) (page 6, Figure 2D and E lower panels) The schematic headings are "Barrier-mediated Restriction" and "Solvent-separated Stabilization", avoiding a strict entropy-enthalpy decomposition.

      (5) Do the authors assume that the PMF (effective implicit-solvent potential) is a purely enthalpic term? It appears to be the authors' assumption. If so, the assumption has to be stated clearly in their discussion of "entropy" vs "enthalpy" around Figure 2.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We do not assume that the PMF obtained from all-atom simulations is a purely enthalpic term. The PMF is a free-energy profile that contains enthalpic and entropic contributions. The current manuscript defines the PMF as −k<sub>B</sub> T lnP(r), uses the all-atom PMFs to motivate a nonbonded effective coarse-grained potential, and describes the solvent-separated minimum as providing effective free-energy stabilization. We do not perform a rigorous enthalpy-entropy decomposition, and the revised wording avoids implying such a decomposition.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 16, lines 594–595) The Methods define the PMF as a free-energy profile obtained from the radial probability density:

      "The potential of mean force (PMF) was computed as PMF(r) = −k<sub>B</sub>T ln P(r), where P(r) is the radial probability density obtained from the production trajectory."

      (2) (page 5, Figure 1 caption) The CG interaction is labeled as an effective potential rather than as an enthalpic PMF decomposition:

      "Pairwise effective potential incorporating desolvation-inspired terms. Different curves correspond to different desolvation parameters."

      (3) (page 4, lines 172–174) The parameters are described as shaping an effective potential:

      "Together, these parameters shape the desolvation-inspired effective potential and modulate the statistical balance between direct-contact and solvent-separated configurations."

      (4) (page 5, lines 209–210) The solvent-separated contribution is described using free-energy language:

      "This solvent-separated minimum provides effective free-energy stabilization for water-mediated configurations and thereby promotes phase separation."

      (6) Closely related to points 3-5 above, it should be stated clearly that the "temperature" used in the authors' simulations does not represent experimental temperature if the authors are using purely enthalpic effective potentials because PMFs are in fact temperature-dependent. This clarification is necessary to avoid misunderstanding. In this regard, it should be noted that temperature-dependent effective interactions have been used for modeling biomolecular condensates in analytical theory (Lin, Song, Forman-Kay & Chan, J Mol Liq 2017, already in the citation list) as well as in coarse-grained molecular dynamics simulations [Dignon et al. (2019) ACS Cent Sci 5:821-830 (https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acscentsci.9b00102); Chakravarti & Joseph (2025) Protein Sci 34:e70284 (https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/pro.70284)]. The latter two studies, not cited currently, are particularly relevant and thus should be cited because the authors may wish to incorporate temperature-dependent features in their ongoing or future effort in constructing a more comprehensive coarse-grained interaction scheme for biomolecular LLPS simulation.

      We agree with the reviewer that the simulation temperature should be interpreted carefully. In the present simulations, the effective potential is temperature-independent within each chosen parameter set. Therefore, the reduced temperature primarily serves as a model temperature controlling the relative strength of thermal fluctuations, rather than as a direct experimental temperature. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript and added relevant references on temperature-dependent effective interactions, which represent an important direction for future model development.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 4, lines 177–179) The manuscript states that the absolute simulation temperature is not an experimental temperature:

      "Because the effective interaction parameters used in the model are temperature-independent, the absolute simulation temperature should not be directly interpreted as an experimental temperature."

      (2) (page 4, lines 182–184) The reduced temperature is identified as a model temperature:

      "Accordingly, T<sup>*</sup> should be interpreted primarily as a model temperature that controls the relative strength of thermal fluctuations, rather than as having a direct quantitative correspondence with experimental temperature."

      (3) (page 14, lines 481–485) The FUS LC temperature comparison is framed cautiously:

      "It is worth noting that the residue-level coarse-grained models used here employ temperature-independent effective interaction parameters. As a result, the temperature values reported here cannot be interpreted as quantitatively equivalent to experimental temperatures, particularly when they deviate substantially from room-temperature conditions."

      (4) (page 15, lines 563–567; continues on page 16, lines 568–569) The Discussion identifies temperature-dependent effective interactions and a corresponding future extension:

      "In addition, effective interactions themselves can be temperature-dependent, as demonstrated in analytical theories and coarse-grained simulations of biomolecular condensates Lin et al. (2017); Dignon et al. (2019); Chakravarti and Joseph (2025). Future extensions of the model could therefore incorporate residue-specific and temperature-dependent desolvation parameters derived from bottom-up parameterization or expanded experimental datasets, thereby enhancing predictive accuracy for sequence-dependent LLPS."

      (7) In tackling "entropy" vs "enthalpy", it should be noted that the temperature dependence of the effective interactions entails an entropic contribution (which is itself temperature dependent) in addition to conformational entropy. As for the effective potential with desolvation barrier and solvent-separated minimum, it should be noted that the decomposition into entropic and enthalpic contributions at the direct contact, desolvation barrier, and solvent-separated minimum can be dramatically different, see, e.g., MaCallum et al. (2007) PNAS 104:6206-6210 (https://www.pnas.org/doi/full/10.1073/pnas.0605859104) and references therein.

      We thank the reviewer for this important clarification. We agree that temperature-dependent effective interactions can contain entropic contributions beyond conformational entropy and that the balance of enthalpic and entropic contributions may differ among the direct-contact minimum, desolvation barrier, and solvent-separated minimum. The present model does not decompose the PMF into temperature-dependent enthalpic and entropic components; accordingly, we have avoided assigning those components to individual PMF features. The Discussion cites explicit-solvent PMF analyses when noting residue-pair and temperature dependence and identifies temperature-dependent desolvation parameters as an important future extension.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 15, lines 561–563) The Discussion cites explicit-solvent PMF work when noting residue-pair and temperature dependence:

      "Explicit-solvent PMF analyses have shown that desolvation barrier heights and solvent-separated minima can differ substantially among residue pairs and may also exhibit temperature dependence Cinar et al. (2019); Debiec et al. (2014); MacCallum et al. (2007)."

      (2) (page 15, lines 563–566) The manuscript states that effective interactions can themselves depend on temperature:

      "In addition, effective interactions themselves can be temperature dependent, as demonstrated in analytical theories and coarse-grained simulations of biomolecular condensates Lin et al. (2017); Dignon et al. (2019); Chakravarti and Joseph (2025)."

      (3) (page 15, lines 566–567; continues on page 16, lines 568–569) Temperature-dependent desolvation parameters are identified as a future model extension:

      "Future extensions of the model could therefore incorporate residue-specific and temperature-dependent desolvation parameters derived from bottom-up parameterization or expanded experimental datasets, thereby enhancing predictive accuracy for sequence-dependent LLPS."

      (8) P.7, line 340: The proportionality relation follows directly from the standard FloryHuggins result T_c = T chi(T)/chi_c, thus the proportionality constant is exactly 1/chi_c. Is this the standard relation that the authors are invoking here? The authors should clarify this.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the missing intermediate steps. Yes, the relation we invoked is based on the standard Flory-Huggins critical condition. In the revised manuscript, we have expanded the derivation to explicitly show how the critical condition chi(T_c) = chi_c leads to the relation between chi(T_sim) - chi_c and the normalized thermal distance (T_c - T_sim)/T_sim.

      We also revised the wording to avoid presenting this as a universal law. The relation is now presented as a simulation-supported trend within the present model, rationalized by a simplified linear-response assumption between Delta R_g and the excess interaction strength.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 7, lines 263–264) The critical-condition substitution is now shown explicitly:

      "At the critical point, χ(T<sub>c</sub>) = χ<sub>c</sub>, which gives ε<sub>eff</sub> = k<sub>B</sub>T<sub>c</sub>χ<sub>c</sub>. Substituting this relation into the expression for χ(T<sub>sim</sub>) yields χ(T<sub>sim</sub>) = χ<sub>c</sub>T<sub>c</sub>/T<sub>sim</sub>."

      (2) (page 7, line 265) The resulting relation is written as Equation (2):

      "χ(T<sub>sim</sub>) − χ<sub>c</sub> = χ<sub>c</sub> (T<sub>c</sub> − T<sub>sim</sub>)/T<sub>sim</sub>."

      (3) (page 7, lines 266–267) The fixed-chain-length assumption is stated explicitly:

      "For systems with the same chain length, χ<sub>c</sub> is a fixed constant. Thus, the deviation from the critical interaction parameter is directly related to the rescaled thermal distance (T<sub>c</sub> − T<sub>sim</sub>)/T<sub>sim</sub>."

      (9) The study on dynamic consequences on pp.8-11 is interesting, but clarifications are necessary:

      (i) The vertical schematic in Figure 4A should be explained in detail in its entirety. As it stands, no explanation is provided either in the figure caption or in the text. In particular, what does "elasticity driven" refer to?

      (ii) The top snapshot in Figure 4A is labeled t_sim = 0 ns. Does it mean that the snapshot shown is the only chain configuration that the authors used to start the simulation, and that the snapshot does NOT represent the result of any time evolution, no matter how short the duration is? However, if that is the case, why is this snapshot identified with spinodal decomposition if it is not the product of a time evolution from a more homogeneous configuration?

      (iii) Related to (ii) - do the rectangular boxes shown represent the entire simulation box or just part of the box containing the polymer chains? One would imagine that if the top snapshot represents spinodal decomposition, the simulation would have been started at a more uniform distribution a short time prior? Why is this not the case?

      (iv) What precisely do the small yellow beads and black-colored springs in the zoomin image of Figure 4E represent?

      We thank the reviewer for all these inspiring comments and questions. We agree that the original Figure 4 schematic did not sufficiently explain the sequence of dynamical events and the meaning of several graphical elements. We have therefore revised both the Figure 4 caption and the Results text to make the schematic self-contained and to clarify how it relates to the quantitative analyses in Figure 4F and G.

      First, we replaced the phrase "elasticity driven" with a more precise description of "viscoelastic resistance". In the revised text, interfacial tension is described as favoring domain fusion thermodynamically, whereas transient inter-chain network connectivity within dense domains generates viscoelastic resistance to the deformation required for coalescence. This revision avoids implying that elasticity is the driving force and instead identifies it as a resistance that delays domain fusion kinetically during the plateau regime.

      Second, we clarified the meaning of t_sim = 0 ns and its relation to spinodal decomposition. The system was equilibrated at a supercritical temperature to obtain a homogeneous one-phase state and was then instantaneously quenched to the target temperature. The label t_sim = 0 ns denotes the first snapshot immediately after the quench. It is not the only initial configuration used in all simulations; the reported kinetic metrics were averaged over six independent slab simulation replicas.

      The t_sim = 0 ns snapshot is therefore described as a homogeneous but thermodynamically unstable post-quench state. Spinodal decomposition refers to the subsequent amplification of the initial density fluctuations after the quench, including the development of interconnected density fluctuations within 1-2 ns, rather than to a preceding evolution represented by the t_sim = 0 ns snapshot.

      Third, we clarified that the rectangular snapshots in Figure 4A show the entire simulation box viewed along the z-axis. The subsequent snapshots show how post-quench density fluctuations grow and reorganize into dense domains during spinodal decomposition.

      Finally, we clarified the symbols in the zoom-in schematic of Figure 4E. Yellow beads now denote residues involved in transient inter-chain contacts, and black springs denote schematic network connections formed by these contacts. These elements are meant to illustrate transient network connectivity and are not additional simulated particles or force-field terms.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 10, Figure 4A) The vertical schematic now labels the progression as "Thermodynamic instability", "Kinetic arrest (viscoelastic resistance)", "Domain coarsening (interfacial-tension dominated)", and "Dynamic equilibrium (chain self-diffusion)".

      (2) (page 10, Figure 4E) The plateau schematic labels the competing effects as "Interfacial Tension" and "Transient network resistance".

      (3) (page 10, Figure 4 caption) The caption defines the snapshots and the vertical schematic:

      "Upper snapshots show the simulation box along the z-axis at t<sub>sim</sub> = 0, 10, and 500 ns. The vertical schematic summarizes the dynamical progression described in the main text, from the post-quench spinodal instability to kinetic arrest, domain coarsening, and dynamic equilibrium."

      (4) (page 11, lines 368–370) The first recorded time point after the quench is defined explicitly:

      "Here, t<sub>sim</sub> = 0 ns denotes the first snapshot immediately after the temperature quench, corresponding to a homogeneous but thermodynamically unstable nonequilibrium state."

      (5) (page 10, Figure 4 caption) The yellow beads and black springs are defined:

      "In the zoom-in view, yellow beads denote residues involved in transient inter-chain contacts, and black springs denote schematic network connections formed by these contacts."

      (6) (page 12, lines 401–404) The Results explain the physical meaning of the transient network:

      "In the zoom-in schematic in Figure 4E, this transient network is represented by connections between residues involved in inter-chain contacts, illustrating how multivalent interactions can resist domain deformation during the plateau regime."

      (10) In discussing dynamic effects, it is useful to draw connections to related works on the effect of chain flexibility on "aging" of condensate [Biswas & Potoyan (2024) PRX 45:9222-9245 (https://journals.aps.org/prxlife/abstract/10.1103/PRXLife.2.023011)] and characterization of viscoelasticity in simulations of biomolecular condensates [Tejedor et al. (2023) J Phys Chem B 127:4441-4459 (https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acs.jpcb.3c01292)], as the effects of desolvation can be explored further based on these prior works.

      We thank the reviewer for these important references. We have added connections to simulation studies of condensate viscoelasticity and aging. The revised manuscript now places our dynamic results in the context of transient network connectivity, chain flexibility, sticker lifetime, desolvation-associated rigidification, and viscoelastic or aging-like material behavior.

      We present these connections conservatively as relevant context and as future directions for extending the current model, rather than claiming a new universal dynamic mechanism.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 12, lines 397–399) The dynamics section cites simulation-based rheological analyses of condensate viscoelasticity:

      "Similar viscoelastic effects have recently been quantified in molecular simulations of biomolecular condensates using rheological analyses of time-dependent material properties Tejedor et al. (2023)."

      (2) (page 12, lines 399–401) The manuscript connects condensate aging to chain flexibility, sticker lifetime, and desolvation-associated rigidification:

      "Molecular simulations of condensate aging have further highlighted the roles of chain flexibility, sticker lifetime, and desolvation-associated rigidification in promoting more solid-like states Biswas and Potoyan (2024)."

      (3) (page 12, lines 423–427) The kinetic interpretation is connected to viscoelastic andaging-like behavior:

      "The sensitivity of kinetic arrest and coarsening dynamics to desolvation parameters underscores the importance of incorporating desolvation features into coarse-grained potentials for more physically plausible molecular simulations of LLPS, especially when connecting microscopic interaction lifetimes to emergent viscoelastic or ageing-like material behavior."

      (4) (page 16, lines 569–572) The Discussion identifies simulation-based rheological analysis as a future direction:

      "An additional direction would be to combine these potentials with simulation-based rheological analyses to quantify how desolvation reshapes condensate viscoelasticity, aging-like maturation, and long-time material relaxation Tejedor et al. (2023); Biswas and Potoyan (2024)."

      (11) Much of the present study is based on the original HPS formulation of Dignon et al. (2018). In this regard and also in anticipation of future development of improved interaction schemes, several issues should be stated and discussed, even if briefly:

      (i) The original HPS model has a basic shortcoming in accounting for the relative interaction strengths of, among others, arginine vs lysine residues [Das et al. (2020) PNAS 117:28795-28805 (https://www.pnas.org/doi/10.1073/pnas.2008122117)].

      (ii) Compared to 210-parameter pairwise interaction schemes, such as KH in Dignon et al. (2018) and Joseph et al. (2021), the 20-parameter interaction scheme is likely too restrictive to account for pairwise amino acid residue interactions [Wessén et al. (2022) J Phys Chem B 45:9222-9245 (https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acs.jpcb.2c06181)].

      (iii) The height of the desolvation barrier may vary significantly for different amino acid residue pairs, see, e.g., Figure 11 of Cinar et al. (2019) mentioned above (and references therein). The authors should discuss these nuances in the revised version. They may also wish to take them into consideration in future investigations.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion to clarify these limitations. We have revised the Discussion to acknowledge explicitly the limitations of the 20-parameter hydropathy-scale representation relative to more flexible 210-parameter pairwise interaction schemes for describing amino-acid-pair interactions. We have also added discussion emphasizing that future desolvation-aware models should incorporate residue-pair-specific parameters for the desolvation barrier and solvent-separated potential well.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 13, lines 445–446) The scope of the averaged baseline parameterization is stated explicitly:

      "This uniform parameterization captures the generic desolvation features of the PMFs but does not resolve residue-pair-specific variations in desolvation energetics."

      (2) (page 15, lines 551–554) The Discussion identifies the limitation of the 20-parameter HPS representation, including Arg/Lys interactions:

      "In particular, HPS-type models use a 20-parameter hydropathy-scale representation, which is useful for capturing generic IDP phase behavior but is not flexible enough to resolve residue-pair-specific chemical effects, such as the distinct interaction patterns of arginine and lysine residues Das et al. (2020)."

      (3) (page 15, lines 554–557) The greater flexibility of 210-parameter pairwise schemes is described:

      "More general 210-parameter pairwise interaction schemes, such as KH-type and related residue-pair-specific models, provide greater flexibility for encoding amino acid-pair preferences and capturing sequence-specific interaction heterogeneity Dignon et al. (2018b); Joseph et al. (2021); Wessén et al. (2022)."

      (4) (page 15, lines 557–561) The limitation of using one averaged desolvation parameter set is stated:

      "Second, the present desolvation model employs a single set of averaged parameters (α<sub>b</sub>, α<sub>ss</sub>) for all residue pairs. While this simplification is effective for isolating the generic physical consequences of desolvation, it has limitations in describing the pair-specific variations in the desolvation barrier and the solvent-separated minimum."

      (5) (page 15, lines 566–567; continues on page 16, lines 568–569) Residue-specific and temperature-dependent parameters are identified as a future extension:

      "Future extensions of the model could therefore incorporate residue-specific and temperature-dependent desolvation parameters derived from bottom-up parameterization or expanded experimental datasets, thereby enhancing predictive accuracy for sequence-dependent LLPS."

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript addresses an important and timely question in the molecular simulation of biomolecular condensates. Most residue-level coarse-grained models used for IDP phase separation employ implicit solvent and represent effective interactions through relatively simple pairwise potentials. While these models have been very useful, they usually do not explicitly distinguish direct contacts from solvent-separated interactions, nor do they include an energetic barrier associated with water removal. This manuscript attempts to address that limitation by introducing desolvation-inspired terms into coarse-grained models and examining their consequences for phase behavior, chain conformations, dense-phase packing, and dynamics. Strengths:

      The central idea is physically well motivated. Using a simple homopolymer model, the authors show that increasing the desolvation barrier suppresses phase separation, whereas stabilizing solvent-separated contacts enhances phase separation. They further show that solvent-separated interactions can reduce densephase over-compaction, which is a meaningful result given the known challenges in obtaining both accurate single-chain dimensions and realistic dense-phase properties from the same coarse-grained model. The finding that desolvation-like terms can reshape dense-phase packing without simply rescaling the overall interaction strength is interesting and could be useful for future model development. I also found the attempt to connect conformational changes across dilute and dense phases with thermal distance from the critical point to be intriguing. The dynamic analysis, including the FRAP-like simulations and the discussion of kinetic arrest during coarsening, adds another useful dimension to the work.

      Weaknesses:

      At the same time, there are several places where the manuscript would benefit from more careful framing. First, the desolvation terms are still effective coarse-grained parameters rather than a direct representation of water molecules. The language sometimes gives the impression that desolvation is being treated explicitly, whereas the model introduces desolvation-inspired effective interactions into an implicitsolvent framework.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment and constructive suggestions. We agree that the desolvation terms should be described as effective coarse-grained parameters rather than explicit water molecules. We have revised the manuscript to describe the model as a desolvation-aware implicit-solvent coarse-grained framework with desolvation-inspired effective interaction terms.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 1, lines 17–20) The Abstract identifies the model as an implicit-solvent CG model:

      "Here, guided by all-atom simulations and experimental measurements, we develop a desolvation-aware implicit-solvent CG model by incorporating residue-level desolvation terms directly into the pairwise energy function and apply it to investigate LLPS of intrinsically disordered proteins."

      (2) (page 4, lines 151–153) The Results describe the added contributions as desolvation-related effective terms:

      "These observations underscore the importance of incorporating desolvation-related effective terms and exploring the effects of different desolvation strengths on the thermodynamics and kinetics of protein LLPS."

      (3) (page 4, lines 172–174) The pair interaction is described as a desolvation-inspired effective potential:

      "Together, these parameters shape the desolvation-inspired effective potential and modulate the statistical balance between direct-contact and solvent-separated configurations."

      (4) (page 15, lines 541–543) The Discussion emphasizes that the framework retains water-mediated features within an implicit-solvent representation:

      "By retaining key water-mediated features while preserving the computational efficiency of implicit-solvent representations, this framework provides a mechanistic means to decouple overall phase-separation propensity from condensed-phase packing."

      Second, the conformational analysis is interesting, but the broader context of prior work on dilute-to-dense phase conformational reorganization of IDPs could be more clearly discussed. This would help clarify what is new in the present work, whether it is the conformational change itself, its dependence on desolvation terms, or the proposed scaling with distance from the critical point.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that the conformational change itself should be placed in the context of prior work. The contribution of the present analysis is not simply the observation that IDP conformations can reorganize upon condensation. Rather, we examine how desolvation-inspired effective terms modulate dilute- and dense-phase conformations and how the conformational change correlates with thermal distance from the critical point within the present model.

      We have revised the Results section discussing Figure 3 to cite prior work and to state the interpretation of ΔR_g more clearly.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 6, lines 230–232) Prior work on conformational reorganization upon condensation is cited:

      "Previous studies have shown that IDP condensation can reorganize chain conformations by redistributing the balance between intra-chain and inter-chain interactions Wei et al. (2017); Hazra and Levy (2021); Tesei et al. (2021); von Bülow et al. (2025)."

      (2) (page 7, lines 241–242) The phase-dependent conformational response to the desolvation parameters is introduced:

      "In addition to the difference between dilute- and dense-phase conformations, varying the desolvation parameters further reveals a phase-dependent conformational response (Figure 3A–C)."

      (3) (page 7, lines 243–244) The stronger response in the dilute phase is stated directly:

      "Increasing ε<sub>b</sub> or decreasing ε<sub>ss</sub> shifts the dilute-phase R<sub>g</sub> distributions toward larger values, whereas the dense-phase R<sub>g</sub> remains comparatively insensitive to these parameter changes."

      (4) (page 7, lines 247–249) The source of the desolvation-dependent variation in ΔR_g is identified:

      "As a result, the desolvation-dependent variation in ΔR<sub>g</sub> = R<sub>g</sub><sup>dense</sup> − R<sub>g</sub><sup>dilute</sup> arises predominantly from the conformational changes of isolated chains in the dilute phase."

      (5) (page 7, lines 254–256) The observed relationship is presented as an approximate trend in the simulated systems:

      "Notably, data from the simulated systems approximately follow a common trend, revealing a strong correlation between the magnitude of conformational change and the thermal distance to the phase transition point (R<sup>2</sup> = 0.942, Figure 3D)."

      Third, the dynamic results are potentially useful, but the manuscript should more clearly articulate what is nontrivial beyond the expected slowing of local rearrangements by an added barrier in the potential.

      Overall, I think this is a useful and potentially important contribution.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive comment and the positive overall assessment. We have revised the dynamics section to clarify that the nontrivial result lies in the competition between two effects: although the desolvation barrier directly slows local rearrangements, its reduction of dense-phase packing can reverse the net mobility trend at fixed temperature. At matched thermodynamic quench depth, the intrinsic slowing associated with energy-landscape roughness becomes evident. We also clarified that desolvation modulates transient kinetic arrest and domain-scale coarsening, not only local rearrangements.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 11, lines 353–357) The fixed-temperature and matched-quench-depth analyses are summarized as opposing contributions:

      "Together, the fixed-temperature and renormalized analyses in Figure 4C and D reveal two distinct and opposing contributions of desolvation to condensate dynamics. At fixed temperature, increasing ε<sub>b</sub> loosens dense-phase packing and thereby increases the measured diffusion coefficient, whereas at matched thermodynamic quench depth, the same parameter change suppresses chain mobility by roughening the microscopic energy landscape and slowing local rearrangements."

      (2) (page 11, lines 358–361) The multiscale interpretation is stated explicitly:

      "Condensate dynamics therefore emerge from a balance between density-regulated mobility and energy-landscape-regulated mobility, with macroscopic packing determining the dominant trend and microscopic barrier roughness imposing an additional kinetic modulation. This interplay highlights how desolvation reshapes condensate dynamics across multiple physical scales."

      (3) (page 12, lines 421–423) The dynamics section distinguishes the result from simple local slowing:

      "This picture shows that desolvation does more than slow down local chain rearrangements through an added barrier. It also regulates the balance between fluctuation growth, transient arrest, and domain coarsening, thereby shaping the evolution of phase-separated domains."

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The model is physically motivated and useful, but I would encourage the authors to be more precise in describing the added terms as desolvation-inspired effective interactions rather than explicit desolvation.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment and suggestion. We have revised the manuscript accordingly and describe the added terms as desolvation-inspired effective interactions within an implicit-solvent CG framework throughout the Abstract, Results, and Discussion. More detailed changes are provided in our response to the first point raised in Reviewer #2's Public Review.

      (2) The desolvation barrier is introduced as part of the equilibrium pair potential, and therefore it is expected to affect not only kinetics but also the phase boundary through changes in the configurational partition function. The manuscript would benefit from clarifying this point, since the term "barrier" may otherwise suggest a primarily kinetic role. In particular, the authors should explain whether the observed shift in T_c reflects a change in the effective pair attraction, for example, through the integrated Boltzmann weight or second virial coefficient, rather than only an entropic penalty associated with restricted configurations.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We agree that the desolvation barrier is part of the equilibrium pair potential and therefore affects the phase boundary through the Boltzmann-weighted sampling of residue-pair configurations, not only through kinetic slowing.

      Following this recommendation, we added a bead-level second virial coefficient analysis based on the effective pair potential. This analysis provides a pair-potentiallevel measure of the integrated effective attraction and clarifies why increasing the barrier lowers T_c, whereas stabilizing the solvent-separated minimum raises T_c.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 5, lines 203–205) The equilibrium role of the barrier is stated explicitly:

      "At the pair-potential level, the desolvation barrier modifies the equilibrium Boltzmann weight and thereby alters the integrated effective attraction, as quantified by the bead-level second virial coefficient B<sub>2</sub>."

      (2) (page 5, lines 205–207) The barrier-dependent second virial coefficient is connected to the shift in critical temperature:

      "Specifically, increasing ε<sub>b</sub> makes B<sub>2</sub>/σ<sup>3</sup> larger (Figure 2—figure Supplement 1G), indicating a weaker integrated effective attraction and providing a thermodynamic basis for the lower T<sub>c</sub><sup>*</sup>."

      (3) (page 5, lines 207–209) The solvent-separated-well trend is linked to a smaller second virial coefficient:

      "By contrast, deepening the solvent-separated well ε<sub>ss</sub> elevates T<sub>c</sub><sup>*</sup> (Figure 2E), which is associated with the enhanced population of solvent-separated configurations and a smaller B<sub>2</sub>/σ<sup>3</sup> (Figure 2—figure Supplement 1D, H)."

      (4) (page 18, lines 662–665) The Methods specify the integration range and the quantity used to compare integrated effective attraction:

      "The upper limit of integration r<sub>c</sub> is set as 3σ, which is sufficiently large to capture the full range of interactions while ensuring numerical convergence. The reduced value B<sub>2</sub>/σ<sup>3</sup> was used to compare the integrated effective attraction under different desolvation parameters."

      (5) (Figure 2—figure supplement 1G, H) The new panels report the integrated effective attraction:

      "(G, H) Bead-level second virial coefficient (B<sub>2</sub>/σ<sup>3</sup>) calculated from the effective pair potential under varying ε<sub>b</sub> at fixed ε<sub>ss</sub> = 0.02 kcal/mol (G) and varying ε<sub>ss</sub> at fixed ε<sub>b</sub> = 3.12 cal/mol (H)."

      (3) The conformational analysis in Figure 3 is interesting and potentially important. It would help to better place this result in the context of prior work showing dilute-todense phase conformational reorganization of IDPs, and to clarify what is new here beyond that broader observation.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment and suggestion. We have revised the Results section discussing Figure 3 to place dilute-to-dense conformational reorganization of IDPs in the context of previous studies and then to emphasize the specific contribution of the present work.

      The revised text clarifies that, within the present model, desolvation-inspired interactions mainly regulate chain conformations in the dilute phase, whereas dense-phase conformations remain comparatively insensitive. Detailed changes are provided in our response to the second point raised in Reviewer #2's Public Review.

      (4) The proposed scaling between ΔR_g and distance from the critical point is intriguing, but the argument relies on simplifying assumptions. I would present this more as an empirical scaling supported by a plausible theoretical argument rather than a general result.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We agree that the correlation between Delta R_g and the distance from the critical point relies on simplifying assumptions and should not be presented as a general law. In the revised manuscript, we have softened the interpretation and now present this relationship as an empirical correlation supported by a simplified Flory-Huggins-based theoretical argument.

      Corresponding changes:

      (1) (page 7, lines 254–256) The relationship is described as an approximate trend in the simulated systems:

      "Notably, data from the simulated systems approximately follow a common trend, revealing a strong correlation between the magnitude of conformational change and the thermal distance to the phase transition point (R<sup>2</sup> = 0.942, Figure 3D)."

      (2) (page 7, lines 256–258) The interpretation is limited to an association with thermal distance from the critical point:

      "This result suggests that the conformational response to phase separation is closely associated with how far the system resides thermally from the critical point."

      (3) (page 7, lines 263–264) The critical-condition derivation is shown explicitly:

      "At the critical point, χ(T<sub>c</sub>) = χ<sub>c</sub>, which gives ε<sub>eff</sub> = k<sub>B</sub>T<sub>c</sub>χ<sub>c</sub>. Substituting this relation into the expression for χ(T<sub>sim</sub>) yields χ(T<sub>sim</sub>) = χ<sub>c</sub>T<sub>c</sub>/T<sub>sim</sub>."

      (4) (page 7, lines 268–272) The structural relation is explicitly introduced as a first-order linear-response approximation:

      "The thermodynamic driving force χ(T<sub>sim</sub>) – χ<sub>c</sub> can then be related to the structural observable ΔR<sub>g</sub>. Since ΔR<sub>g</sub> captures the structural transition from an intrachain-interaction-dominated state in the dilute phase to an interchain-interaction-dominated state in the dense phase, we assume, as a first-order approximation, that this conformational shift responds approximately linearly to the excess interaction strength, expressed as ΔR<sub>g</sub> ∝ [χ(T<sub>sim</sub>) − χ<sub>c</sub>]."

      (5) (page 8, lines 285–287) The unscaled relation is labeled as an empirical scaling approximation:

      "Although the complete relation in Equation (3) contains an additional T<sub>sim</sub> factor, the unscaled quantities remain strongly correlated over the simulated range. We therefore use T<sub>c</sub> − T<sub>sim</sub> ∝ ΔR<sub>g</sub> as an empirical scaling approximation."

      (5) The dynamics section would benefit from a statement of what is nontrivial, since a desolvation barrier is expected to slow local rearrangements.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment and suggestions. As described above, we have revised the dynamics section to clarify what is nontrivial beyond the expected slowing of local rearrangements by an added barrier. The revised text emphasizes that desolvation affects condensate dynamics through competing effects of macroscopic packing and microscopic energy-landscape roughness, and that it also regulates transient kinetic arrest and domain-scale coarsening. More detailed changes are provided in our response to the third point raised in Reviewer #2's Public Review.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public review:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors combine discriminative auditory fear conditioning with longitudinal in vivo calcium imaging to ask how prelimbic (PL) representations of learned and generalized threat evolve across recent and remote memory time points. Using two different CS+ frequencies and a no-shock control group, they report that PL population activity tracks graded behavioral generalization, that population similarity is highest for tones eliciting strong threat responding, and that distinct subnetworks can be identified that appear to encode tone-specific sensory features versus learned threat-related response structure. To my knowledge, this may be the first study to comprehensively examine neural encoding of fear generalization in prelimbic cortex (PL). The manuscript is ambitious and technically interesting, and several aspects are potentially important. In particular, the suggestion that neurons showing graded, learning-related response patterns become selectively stabilized over time is intriguing. The inclusion of two CS+ training conditions and a no-shock control also strengthens the case that at least some of the reported effects are related to associative learning rather than simple sensory differences. However, in its current form, the manuscript does not yet fully support the strength of the conceptual claims. Several issues limit confidence in the interpretation, including the possibility that repeated testing itself contributes to changes across days, uncertainty about the relationship between neural activity and freezing behavior, limited quantitative documentation of longitudinal cell registration, and a number of problems in figure clarity and statistical framing. Overall, the study contains promising observations, but the claims should be narrowed, and several analyses or controls would be needed to fully support the proposed framework.

      Detailed Comments

      (1) A general concern is that the repeated test procedure itself may contribute to extinction. Because the animals are exposed to multiple CS frequencies across multiple test days, and each tone is presented three times per session, some of the reported changes in behavior and neural activity across days could reflect extinction or repeated nonreinforced retrieval rather than the passage of time per se. This is especially relevant given that the manuscript makes claims about recent versus remote representations and representational drift over 30 days. At a minimum, the authors should discuss this limitation explicitly and temper claims about time-dependent changes. Ideally, they would include a control group in which animals are tested only once or twice (e.g., at an early and later time point with fewer CS frequencies), or a reduced-frequency testing design that minimizes extinction while still allowing evaluation of recent versus remote memory.

      We agree with the reviewer that repeated testing is an inherent limitation of longitudinal memory studies and may itself contribute to neural changes across sessions. Repeated retrieval can induce memory updating (reconsolidation) or extinction, the latter involving the formation of a new association between the CS+ and safety. Although memory updating may have contributed to the ensemble reorganization observed here, several aspects of our findings argue against extinction as the primary explanation for the observed neural changes.

      First, we observed substantial neuronal ensemble turnover beginning with the first retrieval session. This early turnover is consistent with previous observations in the prefrontal cortex [1, 2] and with growing evidence that cortical memory representations remain dynamic throughout systems consolidation [3, 4]. Longitudinal studies have shown that neurons are continuously recruited into and removed from cortical memory ensembles while memory expression remains stable [1-4].

      Second, we calculated discrimination ratios to quantify discrimination of each tone relative to the CS+ across retrieval sessions (Figure S1). These analyses showed that discrimination increased, rather than decreased, over successive retrieval sessions, a pattern inconsistent with the behavioral profile expected if repeated testing had induced extinction.

      Finally, one of the most novel findings of our study is that ensemble turnover does not affect all neuronal populations equally. The graded neurons identified by our clustering analysis maintained their identity and functional organization across retrieval sessions, and their activity was better explained by tone threat value than by freezing behavior (Figure 8). This selective stability indicates that ensemble reorganization is not a uniform process but instead preferentially affects specific neuronal subpopulations while preserving a stable threat-value generalization gradient. Thus, although repeated retrieval may contribute to ongoing ensemble reorganization, our results demonstrate that this process is selective and largely spares the neuronal subpopulations that encode graded threat-value representations.

      Accordingly, we have revised the Discussion to explicitly acknowledge these points as follows:

      “The ensemble turnover observed here is consistent with previous studies demonstrating dynamic reorganization of cortical activity patterns over time [1-3, 5]. Such reorganization has been proposed to provide flexibility by allowing new information to be incorporated into existing cortical representations while preserving stable behavioral performance [4, 6]. Several mechanisms could contribute to this turnover, including systems consolidation, retrieval-induced reconsolidation or memory updating, and repeated nonreinforced stimulus exposure [4, 6-8]. Although our experiments cannot distinguish between the first two possibilities, the behavioral data argue against extinction as the primary explanation. Extinction is generally associated with the formation of new CS+-safety associations [9], whereas discrimination ratios increased across retrieval sessions, indicating that animals progressively improved their discrimination between threat-associated and safe stimuli rather than acquiring generalized safety responses. This pattern is consistent with previous work showing that discrimination learning sharpens stimulus representations and narrows behavioral generalization gradients [10-13]. Importantly, turnover was not uniform across the population. Graded neurons retained remarkably consistent response profiles across retrieval sessions, and their activity remained more strongly associated with learned threat value than with freezing behavior. These observations indicate that stable components of the population code can coexist with extensive reorganization of surrounding neuronal ensembles.” Pg. 19

      (2) More generally, some of the reported learning-related neural differences may be driven by behavioral differences, particularly freezing, rather than by learning or generalization per se. For example, animals that freeze more to certain frequencies may show corresponding neural response differences simply because freezing alters PL activity. The authors should examine this possibility more directly. Analyses testing whether recorded cells encode freezing behavior, or whether tone frequency-related neural differences remain robust when comparing high- and low-freezing epochs, would help determine whether the reported effects reflect learned stimulus value rather than behavioral state differences.

      This is an important point, which was also highlighted by the other reviewers. To directly address this concern, we implemented the generalized linear model (GLM) analysis suggested by Reviewer 3. We modeled the neuronal activity time series using both tone identity and freezing behavior as simultaneous predictors. Because tone identity was fixed across trials whereas freezing varied from trial to trial, the GLM allowed us to dissociate their independent contributions to neuronal activity.

      As described in the original submission, freezing was estimated from the miniscope's onboard inertial measurement unit (IMU), which measures body acceleration along three axes. Rather than classifying freezing using a fixed threshold, we estimated the continuous probability of freezing from the accelerometer signal using a Gaussian mixture model. This probabilistic estimate was incorporated directly into the GLM together with tone identity, providing a conservative test of whether neuronal activity was better explained by freezing behavior or by the auditory stimulus.

      We applied the GLM both to all sound-responsive neurons contributing to the population response curves (Figure 4) and to the graded and frequency-selective neuronal subpopulations identified by our clustering analysis (Figure 8). Across both experimental groups and all analyses, the median regression coefficients (β) associated with tone identity were consistently larger than those associated with freezing, indicating that tone identity contributed more strongly to neuronal activity. Moreover, tone coefficients exhibited graded monotonic profiles that closely tracked the learned threat value of each tone, with graded neurons showing the strongest gradients (Figures 4a, 8a, and 8e). Consistent with previous reports [14, 15] freezing accounted for a modest but significant component of PL activity. However, only 6–8% of graded neurons were classified as freezing-dominant, indicating that for the vast majority of these neurons, tone identity was the stronger predictor. Together, these findings demonstrate that the graded representation of learned threat value persists after accounting for freezing behavior, supporting our conclusion that PL activity reflects learned threat value rather than merely the behavioral expression of fear.

      (3) A central feature of the manuscript is the analysis of neural response properties over an extended period of time, up to 30 days after learning. However, aside from a brief mention in the Methods that spatial registration was used, the manuscript provides very little quantitative information about this critical aspect of the study. The paper would be strengthened by including explicit metrics describing longitudinal cell tracking, such as the number and proportion of ROIs retained across all sessions, distributions of spatial-footprint correlations or centroid distances across days, and representative examples of matched imaging fields over time. Without this information, it is difficult to assess how strongly the longitudinal claims are supported.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We now include measures of registration quality in the resubmission. Specifically, we calculated shifts in centroid distances, proportion of ROIs retained across all sessions, and representative examples of matched imaging fields over time (Fig, S3).

      (4) The text states that "Figs. 1c and 1d show GCaMP6f expression in PL, representative calcium footprints, and activity traces". However, the figure as presented does not clearly show all of these elements, at least not in a way that matches the description in the Results. The correspondence between text and figure should be corrected.

      We corrected correspondence between text and Figure.

      (5) The labeling of Figure 2a is insufficient for interpretation. The legend states that the panel shows raster plots of sound responsiveness, but the axes and scaling are not clearly defined. It is not clear from the figure what the x-axis represents, whether the y-axis corresponds to individual neurons, where the CS period occurs, or what the activity scale at the right denotes. Also, the term 'rasters' implies that spikes were analyzed. It seems that the spike inference approach (CASCADE) was only used for later analyses. Perhaps 'heat-plot' would be more accurate here? Generally, this figure should be annotated more clearly so that the reader can understand it without referring back to the Methods.

      We clarified the labelling of the Figure 2a and call the graphs “activity-plots”.

      (6) In relation to Figure 3, the analysis of population-averaged responses across tone frequencies is useful, but the manuscript would be stronger with additional statistical analyses across time and across groups. For example, if the authors want to argue that learning induces graded changes in neural responses and that these evolve across time, they should directly compare within-group responses across days and also compare matched frequencies between the conditioned groups and the no-shock controls. These analyses would help establish whether the observed differences are genuinely learning dependent and whether they change significantly over time.

      For Figure 3, we maintained the previous one-way ANOVAs assessing changes in AUC per day to be able to note significance on the Figure panels. However, we added a three-way mixed-effects analysis, using group (CS15, CS3, no shocks), frequency (3, 7, 11, 15), and day of testing (2, 15, 30) as variables, with frequency and day of testing as repeated measures. The results were described as follows (statistical details Table S1):

      “To determine how AUC varied across groups over time, we performed a three-way mixed-effects ANOVA with group (CS+15, CS+3, and no shock), frequency (3, 7, 11, and 15 kHz), and time (test days 1, 15, and 30) as factors, with repeated measures on frequency and time. For positive responder neurons, the analysis revealed significant main effects of group (p < 0.001) and time (p < 0.05), as well as a significant group × frequency interaction (p < 0.001), whereas the time × frequency and group × time × frequency interactions were not significant (p > 0.05; Table S2a). Tukey-corrected post hoc comparisons showed that, in the CS+15 group, AUC differed between all frequency pairs except 11 and 15 kHz (p < 0.05). In the CS+3 group, the AUC at 3 kHz differed from those at 7, 11, and 15 kHz (p < 0.05), whereas no significant frequency differences were observed in the no-shock controls (p > 0.05). For negative responder neurons, the only significant effect was a time × frequency interaction (p < 0.01). Tukey-corrected simple-effects analyses revealed that, on day 30, the AUC at 15 kHz differed from those at 3, 7, and 11 kHz (p < 0.05; Table S2b). Because this pattern was observed across all experimental groups, including the no-shock controls, it is unlikely to reflect associative learning. These results indicate that although the AUC exhibited modest changes over time, these changes were not group-specific and therefore do not support learning-dependent alterations in neuronal responses. Together, these results show that despite substantial neuronal turnover, PL population responses encode generalization gradients, closely matching behavioral expression.” Pg. 9

      (7) The inclusion of two different CS+ frequencies and a no-shock control is a strength of the study and substantially improves the interpretation that graded neural responses are related to learning and generalization rather than to simple sensory processing or passage of time. That said, I am not entirely comfortable with the use of the term "inference" throughout the manuscript. What is being measured here appears closer to sensory generalization than inference in a stronger cognitive sense. The current task does not clearly require that animals infer hidden structure or stimulus value through abstract reasoning; rather, the generalized stimulus may simply be treated as similar to the conditioned cue. The terminology should therefore be reconsidered or softened.

      We thank the reviewer for appreciating the strengths of the experimental design and for this thoughtful suggestion regarding terminology. We agree that the term inference may overstate the cognitive processes engaged by the current task. Accordingly, we revised the terminology throughout the manuscript to describe these effects as graded generalization of threat value across stimuli. The new GLM analyses further support this interpretation by demonstrating that, in the conditioned groups, neuronal activity at both the population and single-neuron levels is explained substantially better by tone identity than by freezing behavior (Figures 4 and 8). We therefore retained the term threat value, as our results indicate that PL activity primarily reflects learned threat value rather than simply the expression of freezing behavior, but removed inference.

      (8) I also found the use of the term "valence" somewhat problematic. The manuscript appears to use valence to refer to graded responding across tones with different aversive significance, but valence typically refers more broadly to distinctions between appetitive and aversive value. Here, terms such as "threat value," "aversive value," may be more precise. The authors should consider revising this language throughout.

      We corrected the language and replaced valence for “threat value”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The following points are those that occurred to me across readings of the paper. They are listed in what I take to be the order of their significance. Many of the points relate to the loose use of language and invocation of concepts that are not warranted, given the study design and results obtained.

      Major Comments:

      (1) The concept of ensemble turnover is interesting - the way it is introduced and discussed implies some type of spontaneous change in the neural underpinnings of fear discrimination and generalization in the PL. But, of course, every trial involves an opportunity to learn about the threat CS or the generalization test stimuli, and I am troubled by the thought that stability in the neural underpinnings of fear discrimination and generalization will actually reflect the level of defensive behaviours evoked on different trial types and/or the discrepancy between those behaviours and the outcome of a given trial in the generalization test. That is, stability in the neural underpinnings may be related to an animal's certainty or uncertainty in the contingency between a stimulus and danger; or, put another way, an animal's confidence that danger will or won't occur given the presence of some stimulus. This is not uninteresting. It is, however, not considered anywhere in the paper, which is overloaded with references to inferred threat values and integration of information across different types of stimuli. The protocol is not one that requires inference about anything or integration across anything.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. We agree that our original wording may have implied that turnover was a spontaneous process. Repeated retrieval provides opportunities for updating the learned contingencies associated with both the conditioned and generalization stimuli, and therefore changes in ensemble composition across sessions need not arise independently of experience. We also agree that the stability of graded neuronal representations may be related to the animal's certainty about the learned contingencies. However, in our data the graded neuronal population remained remarkably stable across retrieval sessions, whereas changes occurred primarily within the dynamic, frequency-selective neuronal populations. This suggests that stable ensembles preserve representations of learned threat value while updating is concentrated in a distinct neuronal subpopulation. We have now incorporated these ideas into the Discussion.

      (2) I appreciate the link to Gu and Johansen in paragraph 3 of the Introduction, but the type of generalization under investigation here is not the same as the type of 'generalization' studied by Gu and Johansen [who used a sensory preconditioning protocol]. Nonetheless, the authors have forced the language used by Gu and Johansen into their paper, and this has created tension [at least for this reader] as the concepts introduced by Gu and Johansen [inference, integration] are simply not relevant given the generalization protocol used here. Here are a few examples of points where the tension might interfere with a reader's understanding:

      We thank the reviewer for these specific criticisms. We revised the manuscript throughout to remove or redefine terms like "inferred valence" and "integration," replacing them with clearer, more accurate descriptions of gradient generalization of threat value. Below we address each point raised by the reviewer regarding terminology clarifications.

      (a) 'We hypothesized that generalization to novel stimuli depends on stable subnetwork organization that enables comparisons between learned and inferred valence, as well as population-level features that reduce variability across related representations.'

      I understand the words in the hypothesis, but can't form a representation of what is being said because of the reference to terms that stand in need of clarification [inferred valence, variability across related representations], but, ultimately, won't be clarified. This needs to be re-expressed so that the reader can appreciate what is being said.

      (a) We hypothesized that the PL generates representations of learned threat value that support threat generalization and discrimination, and that these representations emerge from the coordinated activity of stable and dynamic neuronal subnetworks, preserving consistent relationships among stimuli despite ongoing cellular turnover.

      (b) 'Our results show that stable cortical subnetworks integrate the emotional "gist" of memory and inferred valence for novel cues over time, despite ongoing ensemble reorganization, and that population-level firing rate similarity across stimulus presentations determines threat generalization.'

      Again, what does this mean? How is the gist of a memory integrated with inferred valence for novel cues over time? The statement simply doesn't make sense. This needs to be rewritten for clarity.

      (b) The summary statement was rewritten: " Together, these findings provide a neural framework for understanding how the PL supports adaptive threat generalization and discrimination.” pg. 4

      (c) 'In CS<sup>+</sup> 15 mice, positively modulated sound-responsive neurons exhibited graded tone activity reflecting the contingency learned valence as well as the inferred valence of novel tones across testing days...'.

      Can this be rewritten as 'In CS<sup>+</sup>15 mice, positively modulated sound-responsive neurons exhibited graded activity to the tone CS and its variants that were used to assess generalization.'? The overloading of the text with references to 'contingency learned valence' and 'inferred valence' is unnecessary and makes it much harder to understand what has been shown in the results.

      We adopted the reviewer's suggested rewording: " In CS<sup>+</sup> 15 mice, positively modulated sound-responsive neurons exhibited graded tone activity reflecting learned contingency value across testing days" pg. 9

      We will systematically review the entire manuscript to ensure consistency with this revised framing.

      (3) Re the same passage of text as in 2c:

      Is it the case that these neurons are simply tracking the expression of freezing to the various tones? The same question applies to the results obtained for the CS+3 mice. If this is the case, then why should the results be taken to support the banner statement that 'Sound-modulated PL population responses encode learned and inferred valence' - these analyses do not support that statement. And, as indicated, I don't believe that the language of learned and inferred valence is appropriate to such statements, given the nature of the protocol used and results obtained. It is a study looking at how populations of neurons in the PL respond during presentations of auditory stimuli that were subject to discriminative conditioning, and during tests of generalized freezing to other [intermediate] auditory stimuli.

      The reviewer is correct that the graded population responses observed in PL could reflect freezing behavior across tone frequencies rather than encoding an abstract threat-value representation. This important concern was also raised by other reviewers. To address it directly, we followed Reviewer 3’s suggestion and implement a Generalized Linear Model (GLM) using the time series activity derived from the Ca2+ signals, with both tone identity and freezing behavior included as predictors. This analysis allowed us to dissociate the respective contributions of tone frequency and freezing to the graded neural responses. Based on the outcome of this analysis, we concluded that tone identity was a stronger predictor of neuronal activity than freezing. These results are summarized in Figures 4 for all cells contributing to population responses and Figure 8 for the main neuron types identified in the clustering analysis (frequency-selective and graded neurons). All details of this extensive new analysis are shown in red in the revised resubmission.

      In addition, we revised the text to remove the terminology of “learned and inferred valence” throughout the manuscript.

      (4) It is stated that:

      'In no-shock controls, although both positive and negative responses were present, population activity was not modulated by tone frequency or valence'.

      What does this mean? I can understand that population activity was not modulated by tone frequency. But what does it mean to say that it was not modulated by valence? Why should it have been when none of the tones were conditioned in this group and, hence, mice were responding to all the tones equally? And given that this is true, I don't understand the use of 'valence' here, or the subsequent statements in this paragraph that 'graded responses require associative learning' and that 'PL population responses encode graded sound-valence associations that reflect both learning and inference, closely matching behavioral generalization.' The latter statement is particularly unwarranted and, again, highlights a major issue with the paper. It could and should be rewritten as 'PL population responses reflect behavioral generalization.' There is nothing in the additional language that adds to the reader's understanding of what has been shown. The reference to 'graded sound-valence associations that reflect both learning and inference' is completely unwarranted, given the nature of this study. It is anathema to the vast literature on stimulus generalization. If the authors wished to make statements of this sort, they should have taken a different approach, perhaps using protocols like those featured in Gu and Johansen.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. We agree that our use of the term valence in describing the no-shock controls was imprecise. Because none of the tones was associated with reinforcement in this group, there was no learned valence that could modulate neuronal activity. Our intention was simply to convey that, although both positive and negative sound-responsive neurons were present, the population responses did not vary systematically across tone frequencies. We have revised this section accordingly.

      We also agree that our original wording overstated the interpretation of the graded population responses. Our data do not demonstrate that associative learning is required for sound responsiveness itself; rather, they show that associative learning is required for the emergence of graded population responses that distinguish tones according to their learned threat value. We have revised the text to make this distinction explicit.

      Finally, we agree that our previous references to "learning and inference" were not justified by the behavioral paradigm. We have removed this language throughout the manuscript and now describe the findings more directly as graded representations of learned threat value that closely parallel the observed behavioral generalization gradients.

      (5) The section titled, 'Consistently active neurons preserve valence representations as newly recruited neurons sharpen remote memory traces' ends with the following summary:

      'Together, these results indicate that consistently active neurons maintain stable representations of learned and inferred sound associations across time, whereas neurons recruited after conditioning progressively acquire graded tuning at later retrieval stages. This dynamic refinement suggests that cortical memory representations become increasingly selective during systems consolidation, while a stable neuronal subpopulation preserves the core emotional content of the memory.'

      Once again, the summary is not in keeping with the results obtained. The 'dynamic refinement' of representations is far more likely to reflect the repeated testing across days 1, 15, and 30 rather than anything to do with systems consolidation - at the very least, it is the simplest interpretation of the results. The impact of repeated testing is evident in the sharpening of generalization gradients over time, which is contrary to what is otherwise observed in the literature - the incredibly well -documented broadening of generalization gradients with time. Given this impact of repeated testing, surely the changes in the neuronal population that underlie performance are more likely to reflect the learning that occurs on days 1, 15, and 30, which is reflected in reduced freezing to the non-conditioned tones. If this is a reasonable take on the results, then I don't see the basis for invoking systems consolidation at all, and I don't see the basis for inferring a stable neuronal subpopulation that preserves the emotional content of the memory. Rather, non-reinforced presentations of 'never-reinforced' tones result in recruitment of additional neurons that result in suppression of freezing responses to those stimuli.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. We agree that repeated retrieval is an inherent limitation of longitudinal memory studies and that repeated non-reinforced presentations of the tones provide opportunities for memory updating. Accordingly, we have revised the Discussion to explicitly acknowledge that repeated retrieval may contribute to the ensemble reorganization observed across sessions through memory updating or reconsolidation processes (Discussion, pg. 19).

      We also agree that the progressive sharpening of the behavioral generalization gradients across retrieval sessions is consistent with memory updating. Both the behavioral data (increased discrimination ratios) and the neuronal data (progressively sharper population generalization gradients among neurons active after conditioning) indicate that the memory representation became more precise over time. We now discuss this possibility explicitly in the revised Discussion. We also agree that fear generalization often broadens with time; however, this is not universal. Under discriminative conditioning paradigms, repeated retrieval can instead produce progressively narrower generalization gradients [11]. We have revised the Discussion to clarify this distinction and added the appropriate references (pg. 19).

      While the reviewer's interpretation is therefore plausible, we do not believe it fully accounts for our observations. If repeated non-reinforced presentations were the sole driver of the observed neuronal changes, one might expect a more uniform reorganization across the neuronal populations engaged by the task. Instead, the reorganization was highly selective. Neurons encoding graded threat value remained remarkably stable across retrieval sessions, whereas neuronal turnover occurred primarily within the frequency-selective subpopulations. Thus, although repeated retrieval may update the memory representation, the neuronal substrate supporting graded threat-value coding is largely preserved while refinement occurs within a distinct neuronal subpopulation.

      Moreover, we observed substantial neuronal turnover beginning with the first retrieval session, consistent with previous longitudinal studies showing that cortical memory ensembles remain dynamic despite stable memory [1-4]. This early emergence of turnover suggests that repeated testing alone is unlikely to account for the continuous population dynamics observed throughout the experiment.

      Rather than viewing these findings as evidence exclusively for either memory updating or systems consolidation, we believe they are more consistent with current models proposing that these processes occur in parallel. Several influential frameworks argue that memories are continuously modified through retrieval while simultaneously undergoing systems-level reorganization [4, 6, 16, 17].We have therefore revised the Discussion to interpret the longitudinal changes more conservatively as reflecting the combined influence of retrieval-dependent memory updating and systems-level reorganization.

      In summary, we have revised the manuscript to better acknowledge the contribution of repeated retrieval while emphasizing what we believe is the principal finding of our study: despite substantial turnover within the overall ensemble, the neuronal population encoding graded threat value remained remarkably stable, whereas refinement occurred primarily within dynamic frequency-selective neuronal populations.

      (6) In the section titled, 'Population vector similarity at stimulus onset determines degree of generalization', it is stated that:

      'Because population similarity peaked shortly after stimulus onset, we quantified similarity during the first 5 s after tone onset relative to the CS<sup>+</sup>. In CS<sup>+</sup>15 mice, population similarity was highest for 15/15 and 15/11 tone pairs with no differences between them.'

      Isn't this consistent with the view that the population response in the PL simply reflects the level of freezing? Freezing to the 15-15 and 15-11 tones is most likely to be similar on their first presentation prior to the effects of extinction on the 11 Hz tone; hence the results obtained. That is, these results appear to clearly indicate that neuronal responses in the PL reflect the degree of stimulus generalization, as evidenced in freezing behavior. Given all that we know about the involvement of the PL in expressing fear responses, it is not appropriate to claim that 'population vector similarity at stimulus onset *determines* the degree of generalization. The PL responses simply reflect the varying levels of performance displayed to the different types of tones. What have I missed that could be taken to support additional statements?

      We agree that, because population similarity is highest for the 3/3, 15/15, and 15/11 tone pairs and freezing is also greatest for these same stimuli, the neural data could, in principle, reflect a correlate of behavioral expression rather than an independent representation of learned threat value.

      To directly address this possibility, we implemented a generalized linear model (GLM) to dissociate the contributions of tone identity and freezing behavior to neuronal activity. Across all analyses, tone identity consistently explained substantially more variance in neuronal activity than freezing behavior. Importantly, this finding held not only for the full population of sound-responsive neurons used to generate the population similarity analyses (Figure 4), but also for both the stable graded neurons and the dynamic tone-selective neuronal populations identified by our clustering analysis (Figure 8). Thus, although freezing behavior contributes modestly to PL activity, it cannot account for the enhanced similarity of population vectors across stimulus presentations or the graded population responses that form the basis of our conclusions.

      In addition, the temporal dynamics of the population vector similarity analysis are not entirely consistent with the interpretation that PL activity simply reflects the expression of freezing behavior. Population vector similarity peaked during the first 5 seconds following tone onset, whereas freezing occurred intermittently throughout the tone presentations. Although this temporal relationship does not establish causality, it is consistent with the interpretation that PL activity reflects the learned threat value associated with each tone rather than merely tracking the magnitude of freezing.

      Finally, we have revised the manuscript to more clearly acknowledge the correlational nature of these analyses. Specifically, we now state that population vector similarity is associated with, rather than determines, the degree of threat generalization.

      Later in the same section, it is stated that 'population-level similarity at stimulus onset scales with behavioral threat generalization and is maximal for tones associated with robust threat responses.' For simplicity and, therefore, clarity, this should be rewritten as 'population-level similarity at stimulus onset reflects behavioral threat generalization.'

      We made this correction. (“These findings indicate that population-level similarity at stimulus onset scales with behavioral threat generalization”. pg. 13)

      (7) In the section titled, 'Different subnetworks encode acoustic versus learned properties of sound association', it is stated that:

      'Our previous analyses show that learned and inferred associations are represented at the population level. However, these results do not resolve whether graded responses arise from pooled activity of frequency-selective neurons or from subnetworks encoding integrated learned valence across tones.'

      What does it mean to say 'integrated learned valence across tones'? As it presently stands, the meaning of the phrase is unclear. It only makes sense if one supposes that generalized freezing responses to the 11 and 7 kHZ tones reflect separate associations between those tones and the aversive foot shock US. This supposition is inconsistent with the rich literature on generalization of Pavlovian conditioned fear responses. Specifically, it is inconsistent with the many theories of fear generalization, which attribute the reduction in fear as one moves away from the specific conditioned stimulus to a decrement in the ability of the test stimulus to activate the trained CS-US association. My strong impression is that the authors would do well to ground their findings in theories of stimulus/fear generalization, of which there are many. This would better serve the results obtained [and the reader's appreciation of them] - at present, the unnecessary invocation of concepts does very little to enhance the reader's appreciation or understanding of what has been found in the study.

      We agree that the phrase "integrated learned valence" is unnecessarily opaque and we replaced it with more precise language “Our previous analyses demonstrated that threat-value generalization gradients are represented at the population level. However, these findings do not reveal how these representations arise. Specifically, the observed population gradients could emerge either from the pooled activity of frequency-selective neurons that respond to individual tones or from neuronal subnetworks that integrate information across tones to encode their learned threat-value.” (Pg. 13)

      (8) Another example of what has been a common theme in this review:

      '...we hypothesized that the PL active ensemble segregates into functionally distinct subnetworks: one encoding tone-specific sensory features with dynamic characteristics, and another responding to all frequencies encoding stable core memory content and inferred emotional valence.'

      What does it mean to say 'all frequencies encoding stable core memory content and inferred emotional valence'? Do the authors mean to say '...and another that tracks freezing/defensive responses regardless of whether they were elicited by the trained CS or one of the generalization test stimuli'?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that this section was unclear. We agree that our original wording was imprecise and could be interpreted as implying cognitive processes that were not directly tested in the present study. Accordingly, we have revised the terminology throughout the manuscript. We no longer refer to "inferred emotional valence" or "core memory content" and instead describe these neurons more specifically as exhibiting graded representations of learned threat value.

      This is not the interpretation we intended. To determine whether these neurons primarily reflected defensive behavior rather than learned stimulus value, we implemented a Generalized Linear Model (GLM) that dissociates the contributions of tone identity and freezing behavior to neuronal activity. Across the entire neuronal population, as well as within the stable graded and dynamic tone-selective neuronal subpopulations, tone identity consistently explained substantially more variance than freezing behavior (Figures 4 and 8). Furthermore, after accounting for freezing, the regression coefficients of the graded neurons continued to follow the learned threat value of the tones, exhibiting opposite monotonic gradients in the CS+15 and CS+3 groups. If these neurons simply tracked defensive behavior irrespective of the stimulus presented, this relationship would not be expected to persist after accounting for freezing. We therefore conclude that the activity of this stable neuronal subpopulation is better explained by graded representations of learned threat value than by defensive behavior alone, and we have revised the manuscript accordingly.

      (9) It is stated that - 'Graded clusters encode emotional valence but constitute only a fraction of the active population; yet valence coding at the population level remains accurate and precise. This indicates that neurons newly recruited into the population-likely frequency-selective and organized within learning-independent clusters-can be shaped by associative processes through modulation of firing activity.'

      What does this mean? Are the authors trying to say that - 'Some clusters of PL neurons track freezing responses. In spite of the fact that these are only a fraction of the total active neuronal population, the population-level response of PL neurons also tracks the levels of fear to the trained tone and its variants used in the test for generalization.' If this is what one wants to say, then the final statement in the reproduced section does not follow. That is, there is no indication that 'neurons newly recruited into the population-likely frequency-selective and organized within learning-independent clusters-can be shaped by associative processes through modulation of firing activity.' As noted, the characteristics of other ensembles that become active across the repeated tests on days 1, 15, and 30 are more likely to reflect learning from non-reinforcement that occurs within and across those sessions. Perhaps this is what is meant by the phrase, 'shaped by associative processes'? If so, it should be stated explicitly instead of left to the reader to work out.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting that this section was unclear. We agree that the original phrasing was insufficiently precise. Our intention was to convey that only a subset of PL neurons displays graded tuning that tracks behavioral generalization across tones. Nevertheless, despite constituting only a fraction of the total active population, this graded coding is also reflected at the population level. This observation led us to hypothesize that neurons recruited into the active population after conditioning— likely dynamic, frequency-selective neurons—also contribute to these graded population responses through modulation of their firing rates.

      The reviewer correctly notes that the phrase "shaped by associative processes" was too vague. By this we meant that the firing properties of these neurons are modified by the animal's associative history, including both the original conditioning experience and any retrieval-dependent updating that may occur during subsequent test sessions. We have revised the manuscript to make this interpretation explicit rather than leaving it to the reader to infer.

      To test this hypothesis, the GLM analysis we implemented dissociated the contributions of tone identity and freezing behavior to neuronal activity. After accounting for freezing, tone identity (i.e., learned threat value) remained a significant predictor of neuronal responses. Importantly, this was also true for the dynamic, frequency-selective neurons (Fig. 8e–f), indicating that these neurons contribute to population-level representations of learned threat value through firing-rate modulation rather than simply reflecting defensive behavior.

      To clarify our interpretation, we have rewritten the relevant section as follows:

      "Graded clusters encode generalization gradients but constitute only a subset of the active neuronal population. Nevertheless, population-level representations, which incorporate all active neurons, remain robust and accurately preserve these gradients. This observation led us to hypothesize that neurons recruited over time (e.g., dynamic, frequency-selective cells) also contribute to threat-value representations. Consistent with findings in the hippocampus showing that neurons can encode task contingencies through firing-rate modulation despite responding selectively to a single location (Gagliardi et al., 2024; Huxter et al., 2003; Sanders et al., 2019), we tested whether dynamic, frequency-selective clusters exhibited firing-rate differences proportional to learned threat value." (page 15)

      Regarding the reviewer's suggestion that the characteristics of the newly recruited neurons may reflect learning during repeated non-reinforced test sessions, we agree that retrieval-dependent memory updating likely contributes to the reorganization of the dynamic neuronal population, and we now explicitly acknowledge this possibility in the Discussion. However, we do not believe that our findings are fully explained by repeated non-reinforced retrieval alone. First, no-shock control animals underwent the same repeated testing but failed to develop graded neuronal representations, indicating that repeated exposure in the absence of associative learning is insufficient to account for the observed changes. Second, both behavioral discrimination and the corresponding population-level neural gradients became progressively sharper over time, consistent with refinement of learned threat representations rather than an effect of repeated testing alone, which must lead to extinction.

      In summary, we thank the reviewer for highlighting both the ambiguity of our original wording and an important alternative interpretation. In response, we have clarified the text to explicitly define what we mean by associative processes, added a GLM analysis demonstrating that the newly recruited neurons encode learned threat value beyond freezing behavior, and revised the Discussion to acknowledge that retrieval-dependent memory updating likely contributes to the reorganization of the dynamic neuronal population.

      (10) The following points all relate to the Discussion and reiterate many of the points above.

      (a) 'A subset of neurons remains consistently active across sessions, preserving core components of the memory trace and supporting inference of emotional valence for novel sounds, while neurons recruited after conditioning progressively acquire valence selectivity at remote time points.'

      'Inference of emotional valence' is unclear and unwarranted for all of the reasons provided above regarding the use of language.

      We modified the language as stated in the prior points.

      (b) '...Our data reconcile these views by demonstrating that cortical representations of emotional valence emerge rapidly after learning and persist within stable subnetworks, even as the broader population undergoes substantial turnover. This architecture preserves core mnemonic content while allowing flexibility in the surrounding ensemble.'

      These statements assume that the PL neuronal responses reflect something more than the levels of freezing behavior to the different stimuli; what are the grounds for this assumption?

      We incorporated the new GLM analysis to address this point and conclusions.

      (c) 'Importantly, these subnetworks encode both learned contingencies and the inferred valence of novel stimuli along a graded representational axis, suggesting that strong recurrent connectivity provides a stable scaffold for emotional memory representations.'

      What is a graded representational axis, and what part of the first statement suggests that 'strong recurrent connectivity provides a stable scaffold for emotional memory representations'? If the authors' goal was to make statements about emotional memory representations vis-à-vis emotional memory content, they should have used protocols that allowed them to probe such content. The auditory fear conditioning protocol used here [followed by tests for generalization to other auditory stimuli that differ in frequency from the conditioned tone] is not one that lends itself to analysis of emotional memory representations or content.

      We agree that the term "graded representational axis" was insufficiently defined and could be interpreted in multiple ways. Because this terminology was not essential to our conclusions, we have removed it and instead describe the observed phenomenon as a graded population representation of learned threat value across tone frequencies. We also removed the statement suggesting that recurrent connectivity provides a stable scaffold for these representations, as this mechanistic interpretation is not directly supported by our data.

      We also agree that some sections of the manuscript overstated the scope of our conclusions and have revised the wording accordingly. Our study uses neuronal activity recorded during memory retrieval after learning, an approach widely used in studies of systems consolidation to infer how learned information is represented within neural populations. Accordingly, we have revised the manuscript to explicitly state that our findings pertain to neural representations of learned threat value during memory retrieval rather than the broader content of emotional memories.

      Finally, we agree that our data are correlational and do not establish the causal role of the neuronal representations we identify. Throughout the manuscript, we now refer more precisely to population- and single-neuron correlates of learned threat value during memory retrieval following auditory fear conditioning.

      (d) 'Dynamic tone-selective responsive neurons emerge independently of learning, as they are present in both control and experimental mice, reflecting pre-existing PL sensory-driven properties (Hockley & Malmierca, 2024; Zikopoulos & Barbas, 2006).'

      Maybe. They are also likely to have developed as a consequence of the repeated testing on days 1, 15, and 30, which involved intermixed exposures to the tones of different frequencies. That is, rather than 'pre-existing PL sensory-driven properties', the responses of these neurons might reflect the emergence of discrimination between the various tones across testing, and greater suppression of freezing to the non-trained tones compared to the trained tone across the various test intervals.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. Our interpretation that these neurons reflect preexisting sensory-driven properties of PL cortex is based on two observations. First, tone-selective neuronal clusters were present in both conditioned and no-shock control animals, consistent with previous reports of sensory responsiveness in PL cortex [18, 19]. Second, these responses were already present during the first retrieval session, when the intermediate frequencies were presented for the first time. Thus, they cannot be explained by repeated exposure to those tones across subsequent test sessions.

      We therefore interpret the frequency-selective response properties as pre-existing features of PL circuitry that are present independently of conditioning. In contrast, associative learning modifies the firing activity of these neurons, allowing them to contribute to graded representations of learned threat value. This interpretation is supported by our GLM analysis, which showed that, after accounting for freezing, tone identity significantly predicted the activity of frequency-selective neurons in conditioned animals but not in no-shock controls. Thus, while the frequency-selective response properties are present independently of learning, associative learning modifies how these neurons encode learned threat value. We have revised the manuscript to clarify this distinction.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Normandin et al. explore the coding of stimuli predicting an aversive event in the prelimbic cortex. Stimuli could either be explicitly paired, explicitly unpaired, or novel but with an inferred association with the aversive event (generalization). Long-term tracking of GCaMP-positive neurons allowed them to examine how coding evolves out to a month following training. In general, they found two types of ensemble codes. One was ensembles coding for each stimulus independently, but with enhanced responding to the one eliciting a freezing response. The other was ensembles that responded to all stimuli in proportion to their similarity to the stimulus paired with the aversive event, either increasing or decreasing their activation with the degree of freezing elicited by a stimulus. Importantly, this second set of ensembles was more stable across days, potentially providing a memory trace.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors track ensembles in prelimbic cortex over long time scales, providing valuable information on the consolidation of neural codes.

      (2) Neural coding of generalization is examined, which is under-examined in the field.

      We thank the reviewer for appreciating our design to track ensembles over time and the relevance of studying the neural substrates of generalization.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Difficult to determine if responses treated as encoding stimulus valence are driven instead by the behavior that the stimulus elicits, freezing.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful and constructive comment. We agree that an alternative interpretation is that the graded neuronal responses may partially reflect freezing-related activity rather than representations of learned threat value. In the revised manuscript, we acknowledge that previous studies have identified PL neurons whose activity tracks freezing independently of stimulus identity or associative content. To directly address this possibility, we implemented the reviewer's suggestion by fitting a generalized linear model (GLM) to the neuronal activity time series derived from the Ca<sup>2+</sup> signals, using tone identity and freezing behavior as predictors. Because tone identity is fixed across trials, whereas freezing varies both during tone presentation and across trials (see below our answer to the Recommendations to Authors), this approach allowed us to dissociate their respective contributions to neuronal activity. We are grateful for this excellent suggestion, which has substantially strengthened both the manuscript and the conclusions that can be drawn from our data. The new analyses are summarized in Figures 4 and 8.

      In the points below we summarize the new findings.

      (2) The study implies that the identified ensembles are causally related to valence memory, but no experimental interventions are performed to justify this.

      We appreciate the reviewer's point. We agree that our data are correlational in nature and that establishing a causal relationship between identified ensembles and valence memory would require experimental interventions such as combinations of optogenetic and two-photon manipulations, which are beyond the scope of the present study but represent an important direction for future work.

      We examined inter-individual variability in freezing relative to the proportion of graded cells but the number of mice used in this study (CS+3= 5 and CS+15=7) did not give us enough power to reach significance.

      Therefore, we modified the manuscript terminology accordingly, replacing causal language with phrasing that accurately reflects the correlational nature of our conclusions.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Many sections of the paper should be rewritten along the lines that I have suggested in my public review and below.

      Minor Comments:

      (1) INTRO - 'This broad accessibility reduces spatial specificity and increases learning variability...'.

      Broad accessibility of what, exactly? And how does the 'broad accessibility' reduce spatial specificity and increase learning variability? That is, I do not understand what the terms 'reduced spatial specificity' and 'increased learning variability' refer to at this point in the first paragraph...

      We rewrote the introduction and discussion to address the points raised by the reviewer.

      (1) INTRO - 'The prelimbic cortex (PL) contributes to the expression (Burgos-Robles et al., 2009; SierraMercado et al., 2011; Sotres-Bayon & Quirk, 2010) and the proper discrimination and generalization of threat memories (Rosas-Vidal et al., 2025; Stujenske et al., 2022).'

      What is achieved by calling it 'proper' discrimination and generalization? Can't one simply say that the PL contributes to the expression, discrimination, and generalization of threat memories?

      This was corrected.

      (3) INTRO - '... and that population-level firing rate similarity across stimulus presentations determines threat generalization'.

      Or, alternatively, that generalization of conditioned freezing responses from the tone CS to variants along the dimension of Hz values is reflected in systematic changes in the firing rate of PL neuronal ensembles; when the test stimulus is similar to the conditioned stimulus, the two elicit similar behavioural responses and evoke a similar population-level firing rate in the respective PL neuronal ensembles.

      We have revised the Introduction as stated above. However, as discussed in our detailed responses, freezing behavior cannot fully account for the observed patterns of PL activity.

      (4) METHODS - 'Memory retrieval was tested on days 1, 15, and 30 after conditioning to probe early, long-term, and remote memory (Bontempi et al., 1996). During retrieval, mice were tested in a novel context with the CS<sup>+</sup>, CS1<sup>-</sup>, and two intermediate frequencies (7 and 11 kHz), presented in semirandom order, with each tone repeated three times (Fig. 1a).'

      Why was testing conducted in a different context than that of conditioning? This is likely to result in an underestimation of generalization to the different tones...

      In tone fear conditioning, it is always customary to test in a different context to dissociate conditioning to the context vs conditioning to the tones, which usually take place simultaneously in the same context [20]. Therefore, testing generalization in a novel context gives the correct estimate of generalization to the tones in the absence of contextual conditioning confounds. Please note that while overall freezing levels may be lower in a novel context due to the absence of contextual conditioning, the relative generalization gradient across tones — which is what your study measures — is unlikely to be systematically distorted by context change.

      (5) RESULTS - 'No-shock control mice showed no significant differences in freezing across frequencies on any testing day (p > 0.05; Fig. 1b, right), confirming that freezing reflected associative learning.'

      The inference doesn't follow from the result described. Was there more freezing among animals in the shocked groups compared to those in the no-shock group? I presume so - my point is that this comparison is the one that most directly speaks to the presence or absence of associative learning.

      Experimental animals exhibited not only higher overall freezing but also graded freezing responses across tone frequencies. It is important to note that no-shock controls did not display this pattern, ruling out the possibility that the different frequencies themselves elicited graded behavioral responses. To clarify this point, we revised the sentence as follows: "No-shock control mice showed no significant differences in freezing across frequencies on any testing day (p > 0.05; Fig. 1b, right), confirming that the graded freezing patterns resulted from associative learning rather than the acoustic properties of the tones." (Pg. 6)

      (6) 'Across animals and sessions, we identified distinct neuronal populations showing positive modulation, negative modulation, mixed responses, or no consistent response to sound (Fig. 2b)...'

      To be clear, do you mean to say that there were distinct neuronal populations that consistently [i.e., across all three sessions] increased their responses to the tones [positive modulation], decreased their responses to the tones [negative modulation], showed variable responses to the tones [mixed responses], and did not respond to tones [not modulated]?

      The sentence refers to neuronal populations identified within each recording session based on their responses to the tones, not to neurons that maintained the same response profile across all three sessions. We have revised the text to make this distinction explicit. The only stable patterns across sessions were observed in graded neurons that were stable across retrieval.

      “Across animals, we identified distinct neuronal subpopulations showing positive modulation, negative modulation, mixed responses, or no consistent response to sound in each session (Fig. 2b)” Pg. 7

      (7) What does 'active' mean in relation to Figure 2? Does this refer to neurons that displayed either positive responses, negative responses, and/or mixed responses? In the text, it is stated that 'Sound responder neurons were classified using a test that detected modulation based on magnitude relative to baseline variability, allowing reliable identification of both transient and sustained responses while remaining robust to noise...'

      I can't work out if this is the same classification criteria used for the determination of positive modulation, negative modulation, and mixed responding.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this ambiguity. In Figure 2, the term "active" referred to neurons that exhibited significant sound-evoked modulation and were subsequently classified as showing positive, negative, or mixed responses. Thus, active and sound-responsive refer to the same population of neurons. We removed the word active to avoid confusion.

      The reference to transient and sustained responses describes the temporal profile of the calcium signals rather than separate response categories. Some neurons exhibited brief calcium transients that rose and decayed rapidly, whereas others displayed sustained activity throughout the tone presentation. The sound-response detection algorithm was designed to reliably identify both temporal response profiles. We have revised the manuscript to make these definitions explicit. We modified the sentence as follows: “Sound-responsive neurons were identified using a statistical test that detected activity modulation relative to baseline variability, allowing reliable identification of responses while remaining robust to noise. This approach was effective for neurons exhibiting either brief calcium transients that rose and decayed rapidly or sustained activity throughout the tone presentation.” Pg. 7-8

      (8) 'A moderate proportion of neurons was present across all retrieval sessions, with no differences between groups (p > 0.05).'

      Do you mean to say that 'A moderate proportion of neurons was ACTIVE across all retrieval sessions, with no differences between groups (p > 0.05)'?

      We replaced the word present and replaced it with “active”. Pg. 8

      (9) In the section titled, 'Different subnetworks encode acoustic versus learned properties of sound association', it is stated that:

      'If neurons encoding graded responses carry core mnemonic information, they should exhibit enhanced stability over time. To test this hypothesis, we quantified the proportion of registered neurons that retained their cluster identity across at least two retrieval sessions and compared these values to a shuffled null distribution (10,000 iterations), with multiple comparisons controlled using the BenjaminiHochberg procedure.'

      What does the comparison to the shuffled null distribution tell us exactly? I accept that some neurons were stable positive responders across at least two sessions. The comparison to the shuffled null distribution creates a false impression about the robustness of this stability or the 'enhanced stability over time'.

      Our intention in comparing the observed stability to a shuffled null distribution was to evaluate whether the proportion of neurons retaining cluster identity exceeded chance levels expected from random assignment. The shuffled distribution therefore provides a statistical baseline against which the observed degree of stability can be evaluated. We agree, however, that the wording “enhanced stability over time” may be confusing regarding this finding. We rephrased this paragraph to clarify that a subset of neurons retained cluster identity across all retrieval sessions at levels greater than expected by chance as follows:

      “These data demonstrate that graded clusters remain consistently active at levels exceeding chance, preserving their cellular identity and providing a stable representation of learned contingencies and generalization gradients.” Pg. 15.

      (10) ABSTRACT. The abstract states that, 'Stimulus-evoked population similarity scaled precisely with behavioral generalization, and consistent population states emerged only for tones associated with shock or those eliciting strong generalized freezing, indicating that population-level similarity predicts inferred threat.'

      I believe that the sentence could be rewritten as, 'Stimulus-evoked population similarity reflected the degree of generalization, and consistent population states emerged only for tones associated with shock or those eliciting strong generalized freezing.'

      We revised the text according the reviewer’s suggestion; however, we had to shorten the sentence due to word limits. “Population similarity tracked behavioral generalization, whereas consistent population states emerged only for shock-associated or highly generalized tones.” Pg. 2

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major points:

      (1) The ensembles with graded activation in proportion to stimulus valence are described at various points in the manuscript as "maintaining the emotional 'gist'", "preserving core components of the memory trace", and "preserving core components of the memory trace". This conclusion is premature because there is an alternative interpretation. The graded response ensembles would also be consistent with coding for the freezing behavior itself, irrespective of the specific memory or stimulus association that drives it. An ensemble that encodes a behavior in this way would not be considered mnemonic, just as motor neurons in the spinal cord are not, even if they may fire during a conditioned response. Indeed, previous work has identified neurons in the prelimbic cortex that encode freezing independently from the stimuli that signal an aversive outcome (e.g., Kyriazi, Headley, and Pare 2020; Casanova, Pouget, ..., Vetere 2024).

      There are two ways the authors can address this point.

      (a) Fit a generalized linear model to the time series of inferred spiking activity from the Ca2+ signal and include stimuli and freezing as predictors. Since freezing behavior is inconsistent across trials, while stimulus presence is fixed, they can be disassociated. If, after accounting for freezing, responsiveness neurons still show a graded coding of stimuli that agrees with inferred aversiveness, this would strengthen their claim that they have identified an ensemble that corresponds with mnemonic or salience aspects of the stimuli.

      (b) Conduct no further analysis but cover the issue in the discussion as a limitation to their study and to dampen some of the language throughout the manuscript that implies that a memory trace has been identified.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful and constructive comment. We agree that an important alternative interpretation is that graded-response ensembles could reflect freezing-related activity rather than representations of learned threat value. To directly address this possibility, we implemented a Generalized Linear Model (GLM) analysis, as suggested by the reviewer. The GLM was fitted to the activity of every sound-responsive neuron included in the population analyses and simultaneously incorporated tone identity and continuous freezing probability (derived probabilistically from miniscope acceleration) as predictors, allowing us to quantify their independent contributions to neuronal activity.

      We want to note that freezing was quantified from the miniscope's inertial measurement unit (IMU) using a two-component Gaussian mixture model applied to the log-transformed body-acceleration signal. Rather than classifying freezing with a binary threshold, we used the posterior probability of the low-movement state as a continuous freezing regressor. This approach captures graded variations in immobility and provides a more conservative test of tone encoding, because it accounts for more behaviour-related variance than a binary classifier, making it more difficult to detect an independent contribution of tone identity.

      We applied the GLM both to all sound-responsive neurons contributing to the population response curves and separately to the identified frequency-selective and graded neuronal subpopulations. Across all analyses, tone identity consistently explained neuronal activity better than freezing. Furthermore, the freezing-corrected tone β coefficients scaled with learned threat value, with graded neurons exhibiting the strongest monotonic gradients, indicating that they provide the most robust representation of learned threat value. These findings demonstrate that the graded coding of learned threat value persists after accounting for freezing behavior and therefore cannot be explained simply by the behavioral expression of fear. The new analyses are presented in Figures 4 and 8. Notably, although freezing-dominant neurons were present in both the tone-selective and graded populations, they represented only a small fraction of each group and were least prevalent among graded neurons (6–8%), further supporting the conclusion that graded neurons primarily encode learned threat value.

      In addition, we revised the manuscript to avoid language implying that these neuronal populations constitute a mnemonic trace. Instead, we consistently describe them as encoding learned threat value, a more accurate interpretation that is directly supported by the new GLM analyses.

      (2) The title makes a seemingly causal claim by using the term 'arise', "Learned and inferred valence arise from interactions between stable and dynamic subnetworks". While it is true that the authors show that both stable and dynamic ensembles encode valence, they do not demonstrate that the behavioral expression of valence depends on these codes, nor their interaction. Experimentally testing this is beyond the scope of this study (holographic two-photon stimulation of transient and stable ensembles?), but they may be able to get closer to it by examining inter-individual variability. The authors could measure the proportion of neurons in each subject that participate in the stable (graded responding) and dynamic (stimulus-specific) ensembles, and see if they predict individual differences in the expression of freezing behavior or its generalization. Indeed, this correlation may change across testing days.

      We agree that the term “arise” in the title may imply a stronger causal relationship than is directly supported by the present data. We modified the title in the resubmission as follows: “Complementary stable and dynamic prelimbic ensembles encode learned threat value underlying generalization and discrimination”

      The new LGM analysis confirms that a large proportion of neural activity can be predicted by tone threat value; therefore, we think this title fully captures our findings.

      We also appreciate the reviewer's suggestion to examine inter-individual variability. In the revised manuscript, we tested whether the proportion of graded neurons correlated with freezing behavior. However, the limited number of experimental animals in each experimental group provided insufficient statistical power to reliably assess this relationship. Accordingly, we revised the manuscript to clarify that our conclusions are based on correlational observations rather than causal inferences.

      In summary, we revised the title and related language throughout the manuscript to avoid implying causal mechanisms beyond the scope of the current experiments.

      Minor points:

      (1) I was surprised by the absence of an ensemble in the No-shock group that responded uniformly to all stimuli. Can the authors confirm this?

      Yes, we confirm this finding. It was unexpected to us as well. We would like to clarify, however, that some control neurons may have responded to more than one frequency, but these responses were too infrequent or too weak to be classified as a distinct graded neuronal population by our clustering algorithm. Thus, while broadly responsive neurons may have been present in the control group, they did not form a robust, identifiable ensemble comparable to that observed after fear conditioning.

      (2) Several different approaches were used to analyze the same Ca2+ responses to stimuli across testing days. These were the "Sound responder classification", "Average stimulus-aligned trace procedure", "Population similarity over time across tone pairs", and the construction of "Stimulus response vectors". These feature differing alignment/binning/interpolation, normalization, and response quantification procedures, and it is unclear why they cannot all be in agreement, at least when it comes to alignment and normalization.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful reading of our Methods. All analyses were performed on the same underlying calcium imaging dataset, but they were designed to address different aspects of the data and therefore required different preprocessing steps. The analyses share a common initial pipeline leading to the calcium traces (all z-scored across the session). Differences in subsequent processing (e.g., use of ΔF/F versus CASCADE-deconvolved activity, normalization, baseline correction, temporal binning, and interpolation) were introduced only when required by the specific analysis method.

      To make this clearer, we have substantially revised the Methods. We added a new overview of preprocessing section that summarizes the common preprocessing pipeline and explicitly distinguishes the shared steps from those that are analysis-specific. We also included a summary table describing the input signal (ΔF/F or CASCADE-deconvolved activity), normalization procedure, and temporal processing used for each analysis. Finally, the individual Methods sections were revised to eliminate redundancies and more clearly describe the steps to avoid confusion. We hope these revisions make the rationale for the different preprocessing procedures and the overall analytical workflow more transparent (Pg. 22-23)

      (3) In the methods section "Window-wise response quantification" the Ca2+ signal was baselinesubtracted and divided by the standard deviation in the baseline across trials, but that data was already presumably z-normalized to the baseline of each trial ("Data alignment and normalization"). This second step of normalization seems excessive. Why is it not sufficient to just take the average peri-stimulus response across the z-normalized trials from the "Data alignment and normalization" section? This is simpler and would capture the effect size of the response relative to baseline.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful observation.

      The two operations are also not the same normalization applied twice; they standardize different sources of variability. During the alignment step, each trial is z-scored relative to its own baseline by dividing by the standard deviation of that trial's baseline across time. This places all trials on a common within-trial scale before averaging. In the window-wise step, the trial-averaged, baseline-subtracted response is expressed relative to the standard deviation of the per-trial baseline levels across trials—a distinct quantity that reflects trial-to-trial baseline stability rather than within-trial fluctuations. The purpose of this second term was to down-weight windows in cells with unstable baselines across trials, and it entered the analysis only as a significance criterion; the magnitude threshold defining a sound responder was applied to the trial-averaged baseline-relative response itself. We have revised the Methods to clarify the distinct roles of these two normalization steps.

      To further address this concern, we re-ran the sound-responder classification after removing the second (between-trial) normalization step, so that responder detection depended only on the per-trial baselinerelative response magnitude and its temporal persistence. Across all cells, tones, and sessions (n = 89,504 cell–tone–session classifications), the two procedures agreed on 95.3% of labels. The small fraction of cells whose labels changed were almost exclusively those lying immediately at the detection threshold: 86.6% of changes involved cells moving into or out of the "modulated" category, whereas direct reversals between excitatory and inhibitory classification occurred in only 8 of 89,504 cases (0.009%). Consistent with the between-trial standard deviation being a less stable quantity when few trials are available, label changes were approximately twice as frequent in the three-trial retrieval sessions (5.2%) as in the ten-trial conditioning sessions (2.1%). Overall responder proportions changed only minimally (positive responders +2.2%, negative responders +4.3%), and all population-level findings—including the graded threat-value gradient across tones, its absence in no-shock controls, and its persistence after controlling for freezing in the , as analysis—were unaffected. These analyses demonstrate that our conclusions are robust to this methodological choice.

      (4) It would increase confidence in the tracking of neurons across days if the authors showed some example images of neurons tracked across days.

      We added an example in the Supplement. Additionally, we now provide measures of registration quality (Fig. S3)

      (5) Table S2 is a bit confusing. I take it that Graded A/B were only for CS15, and Graded C/D/E were only for CS3. Also, Common B1-4 were the cells with positive responses to individual stimuli, and Common C1-4 were the cells with negative responses to stimuli. If this is the case, it should be explained in the figure legend (or even better, clusters should be named and numbered consistently in all figures.

      Thank you for pointing this out, we corrected the Table to indicate which test corresponds to which figure and cluster, specifying which ones were positive or negative modulated. Please note old Table 2 is now Table 5

      (6) The term network and subnetworks implies some connectivity between neurons, but in this study, it is used to refer to the ensembles of cells activated in a similar manner. Since connectivity is never assessed, it would be better if the authors stuck to the terms ensembles or populations.

      We changed the wording and now use ensembles or populations

      (7) The legend for Figure S3 has the text 'eded', which seems to be a typo.

      We corrected this typo.

      References

      (1) Kitamura, T., et al., Engrams and circuits crucial for systems consolidation of a memory. Science, 2017. 356(6333): p. 73–78.

      (2) DeNardo, L.A., et al., Temporal evolution of cortical ensembles promoting remote memory retrieval. Nat Neurosci, 2019. 22(3): p. 460–469.

      (3) Tome, D.F., et al., Dynamic and selective engrams emerge with memory consolidation. Nat Neurosci, 2024. 27(3): p. 561–572.

      (4) Mau, W., M.E. Hasselmo, and D.J. Cai, The brain in motion: How ensemble fluidity drives memory-updating and flexibility. Elife, 2020. 9.

      (5) Gallego, J.A., et al., Long-term stability of cortical population dynamics underlying consistent behavior. Nat Neurosci, 2020. 23(2): p. 260–270.

      (6) Zaki, Y. and D.J. Cai, Memory engram stability and flexibility. Neuropsychopharmacology, 2024. 50(1): p. 285–293.

      (7) Lacagnina, A.F., et al., Distinct hippocampal engrams control extinction and relapse of fear memory. Nat Neurosci, 2019. 22(5): p. 753–761.

      (8) Sangha, S., Plasticity of Fear and Safety Neurons of the Amygdala in Response to Fear Extinction. Front Behav Neurosci, 2015. 9: p. 354.

      (9) Bouton, M.E., S. Maren, and G.P. McNally, Behavioral and Neurobiological Mechanisms of Pavlovian and Instrumental Extinction Learning. Physiol Rev, 2021. 101(2): p. 611–681.

      (10) Jenkins, H.M. and R.H. Harrison, Effect of discrimination training on auditory generalization. J Exp Psychol, 1960. 59: p. 246–53.

      (11) Dunsmoor, J.E. and K.S. LaBar, Effects of discrimination training on fear generalization gradients and perceptual classification in humans. Behav Neurosci, 2013. 127(3): p. 350–6.

      (12) Herzog, K., et al., Reducing Generalization of Conditioned Fear: Beneficial Impact of Fear Relevance and Feedback in Discrimination Training. Front Psychol, 2021. 12: p. 665711.

      (13) Lommen, M.J.J., et al., Training discrimination diminishes maladaptive avoidance of innocuous stimuli in a fear conditioning paradigm. PLoS One, 2017. 12(10): p. e0184485.

      (14) Casanova, J.P., et al., Threat-dependent scaling of prelimbic dynamics to enhance fear representation. Neuron, 2024. 112(14): p. 2304–2314 e6.

      (15) Kyriazi, P., D.B. Headley, and D. Pare, Different Multidimensional Representations across the Amygdalo-Prefrontal Network during an Approach-Avoidance Task. Neuron, 2020. 107(4): p. 717–730 e5.

      (16) McKenzie, S. and H. Eichenbaum, Consolidation and reconsolidation: two lives of memories? Neuron, 2011. 71(2): p. 224–33.

      (17) Winocur, G. and M. Moscovitch, Memory transformation and systems consolidation. J Int Neuropsychol Soc, 2011. 17(5): p. 766–80.

      (18) Hockley, A. and M.S. Malmierca, Auditory processing control by the medial prefrontal cortex: A review of the rodent functional organisation. Hear Res, 2024. 443: p. 108954.

      (19) Zikopoulos, B. and H. Barbas, Prefrontal projections to the thalamic reticular nucleus form a unique circuit for attentional mechanisms. J Neurosci, 2006. 26(28): p. 7348–61.

      (20) Phillips, R.G. and J.E. LeDoux, Differential contribution of amygdala and hippocampus to cued and contextual fear conditioning. Behav Neurosci, 1992. 106(2): p. 274–85.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This work by Antonnen et al. was triggered by claims of auditory-mediated effects on altricial avian embryos, which were published without any direct evidence that the relevant parental vocalizations were actually heard. I agree with Anttonen et al. that, based on the available evidence about avian auditory development, those claims are highly speculative and therefore necessitate more direct experimental verification.

      Attonen et al. have embarked on a comprehensive series of experiments to:

      (1) Better characterize acoustically the relevant parental vocalizations (heat whistles; in a separate preprint, not reviewed here)

      (2) Characterize the auditory sensitivity of zebra finches at various stages of their posthatching development. Despite the long-standing importance of the zebra finch as a songbird model in neuroethology of learned vocalizations, the auditory development of the species has not been studied so far.

      (3) Explore an alternative hypothesis of how the parental vocalizations might be perceived.

      The principal method used here is the non-invasive recording of ABR (auditory brainstem response), a standard neurophysiological method in auditory research. The click-evoked ABR provides a quick and objective assessment of basic hearing sensitivity that does not require animal training. Weaknesses of the technique include its limited frequency specificity and low signal-to-noise ratio. The authors are experienced with ABR measurements and well aware of those issues. ABR responses in zebra finches are shown to gradually appear during the first week posthatching and to mature in subsequent weeks, consistent with the auditory development in other altricial bird species studied previously. When matching the acoustic properties of parental heat whistles and auditory sensitivities, hearing of the parental heat whistles by zebra finch hatchlings was convincingly excluded. Although not directly measured, this also convincingly extrapolates to zebra finch embryos. Finally, the authors tested the hypothesis that parental heat whistles could induce perceptible vibrations of the egg and thus stimulate the embryo via a different modality. The method used here was laser doppler vibrometry, an appropriate, state-of-the-art technique that the authors also have proven experience with. The induced vibrations were shown to be several orders of magnitude below known vibrotactile sensitivities in mammals and birds. Thus, although zebra finch vibrotactile thresholds were not obtained directly, the hypothesis of vibrotactile perception of parental heat whistles by zebra finch embryos could also be rejected convincingly.

      In summary, even when considering some weaknesses of the techniques (which the authors are aware of), the conclusions of the paper are well supported: Auditory and/or vibration perception of parental heat whistles can be excluded as an explanation for previous reports of developmental programming for high ambient temperatures. As a constructive suggestion towards resolving the apparent paradox, the authors recommend repeating some of the crucial, previous playback experiments at lower sound levels that better match the natural parental vocalizations.

      (R1. A1) We thank the reviewer for their time and effort to thoroughly review our paper and for the positive comments on our manuscript. In the revised manuscript we have addressed the concerns that you have raised in the Joint recommendations above (Pages 1-4).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study by Anttonen, Christensen-Dalsgaard, and Elemans describes the development of hearing thresholds in an altricial songbird species, the zebra finch. The results are very clear and along what might have been expected for altricial birds: at hatch (2 days post-hatch), the chicks are functionally deaf. Auditory evoked activity in the form of auditory brainstem responses (ABR) can start to be detected at 4 days post-hatch, but only at very loud sound levels. The study also shows that ABR response matures rapidly and reaches adult-like properties around 25 days post-hatch. The functional development of the auditory system is also frequency dependent, with a low-to-high frequency time course. All experiments are very well performed. The careful study throughout development and with the use of multiple time-points early in development is important to further ensure that the negative results found right after hatching are not the result of the experimental manipulation. The results themselves could be classified as somewhat descriptive, but, as the authors point out, they are particularly relevant and timely. Since 2016, there have been a series of studies published in high-profile journals that have presumably shown the importance of prenatal acoustic communication in altricial birds, mostly in zebra finches. This early acoustic communication would serve various adaptive functions. Although acoustic communication between embryos in the egg and parents has been shown in precocial birds (and crocodiles), finding an important function for prenatal communication in altricial birds came as a surprise. Unfortunately, none of those studies performed a careful assessment of the chicks' hearing abilities. This is done here, and the results are clear: zebra finches at 2 and 6 days post-hatch are functionally deaf. Since it is highly improbable that the hearing in the egg is more developed than at birth, one can only conclude that zebra finches in the egg (or at birth) cannot hear the heat whistles. The paper also ruled out the detection on egg vibrations as an alternative path. The prior literature will have to be corrected, or further studies conducted to solve the discrepancies. For this purpose, the "companion" paper on bioRxiv that studies the bioacoustical properties of heat calls from the same group will be particularly useful. Researchers from different groups will be able to precisely compare their stimuli.

      Beyond the quality of the experiments, I also found that the paper was very well written. The introduction was particularly clear and complete (yet concise).

      Weaknesses:

      My only minor criticism is that the authors do not discuss potential differences between behavioral audiograms and ABRs. Optimally, one would need to repeat the work of Okanoya and Dooling with your setup and using the same calibration. The ~20dB difference might be real, or it might be due to SPL measured with different instruments, at different distances, etc. Either way, you could add a sentence in the discussion that states that even with the 20 dB difference in audiogram heat whistles would not be detected during the early days post-hatch. But adding a (novel) behavioral assay in young birds could further resolve the issue.

      (R2. A0) We thank the reviewer for their time and effort to thoroughly review our paper, and for the positive comments on our manuscript.

      In our revision, we have added a new figure (Fig 5) and three new paragraphs (Lines 387-422) in the discussion to compare all published ABR and behavioral audiograms and the differences between and among these datasets. Our adult data is consistent with the reported findings from four other labs despite differences in stimulus design, setups and genetic background of the animals, providing strong support for our findings.

      Furthermore we have more clearly presented our argument why we think juvenile and embryos cannot detect heat whistles. For clarification, we have added a new figure (Fig 4) and four new paragraphs (Lines 271-355) in the discussion.

      We agree with the reviewer that more data is needed on the development of hearing in songbirds and zebra finches especially; both anatomical data and functional, such as innervation. We emphasize this need in our discussion (Lines 352-355 and Lines 405-411).

      More Minor Points:

      (1) As mentioned in the main text, the duration of pips (from pips to bursts) affects the effective bandwidth of the stimulus. I believe that the authors could give an estimate of this effective bandwidth, given what is known from bird auditory filters. I think that this estimate could be useful to compare to the effective bandwidth of the heat-call, which can now also be estimated.

      (R2. A1) Please see answer A3.4 under Joint Recommendations.

      (2) Figure 5b. Label the green and pink areas as song and heat-call spectrum. Also note that in the legend the authors say: "Green and red areas display the frequency windows related to the best hearing sensitivity of zebra finches and to heat calls, respectively". I don't think this is what they meant. I agree that 1-4 kHz is the best frequency sensitivity of zebra finches, but they probably meant green == "song frequency spectrum" and pink == "heat call spectrum". In either case, the figure and the legend need clarification.

      (R2. A2) We thank the reviewer for pointing out these issues. We have changed the figure and legend accordingly. In the meantime, we published a paper measuring the in vivo source levels of the heat whistles (Anttonen et al., Current Biology 2025), and we have carefully gone through this manuscript to incorporate those findings and adjust the text accordingly. We have therefore adjusted the analysis in Fig 3B to correct for the narrower frequency distribution of the heat whistles.

      (3) Figure 5c. Here also, I would change the song and heat-call labels to "song spectrum", "heat call spectrum". The authors would not want readers to think that they used song and heat calls in these experiments (maybe next time?). For the same reason, maybe in 5a you could add a cartoon of the oscillogram of a frequency sweep next to your speaker.

      (R2. A3) We thank the reviewer for pointing out these issues We mention the frequency sweep in the legend for panel A, but decided against including this in the figure to prevent too much clutter. We have changed the figure = legend to (new text underlined):

      Legend Fig 3. “A Setup used to measure sound-induced vibrations of eggs. A 94 dB, 0.25-to-10 kHz frequency sweep was played at the eggs to determine the vibration transfer function.”

      (4) Methods. In the description of the stimulus, the authors describe "5ms long tone bursts", but these are the tone pips in the main part of the manuscript. Use the same terms.

      (R2. A4) Thank you for catching this, we have changed this into “5ms long tone pips".

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary

      Following recent findings that exposure to natural sounds and anthropogenic noise before hatching affects development and fitness in an altricial songbird, this study attempts to estimate the hearing capacities of zebra finch nestlings and the perception of high frequencies in that species. It also tries to estimate whether airborne sound can make zebra finch eggs vibrate, although this is not relevant to the question.

      Strength

      That prenatal sounds can affect the development of altricial birds clearly challenges the long-held assumption that altricial avian embryos cannot hear. However, there is currently no data to support that expectation. Investigating the development of hearing in songbirds is therefore important, even though technically challenging. More broadly, there is accumulating evidence that some bird species use sounds beyond their known hearing range (especially towards high frequencies), which also calls for a reassessment of avian auditory perception.

      Weaknesses

      Rather than following validated protocols, the study presents many experimental flaws and two major methodological mistakes (see below), which invalidate all results on responses to frequencyspecific tones in nestlings and those on vibration transmission to eggs, as well as largely underestimating hearing sensitivity. Accordingly, the study fails to detect a response in the majority of individuals tested with tones, including adults, and the results are overall inconsistent with previous studies in songbirds. The text throughout the preprint is also highly inaccurate, often presenting only part of the evidence or misrepresenting previous findings (both qualitatively and quantitatively; some examples are given below), which alters the conclusions.

      Conclusion and impact

      The conclusion from this study is not supported by the evidence. Even if the experiment had been performed correctly, there are well-recognised limitations and challenges of the method that likely explain the lack of response. The preprint fails to acknowledge that the method is well-known for largely underestimating hearing threshold (by 20-40dB in animals) and that it may not be suitable for a 1-gram hatchling. Unlike what is claimed throughout, including in the title, the failure to detect hearing sensitivity in this study does not invalidate all previous findings documenting the impacts of prenatal sound and noise on songbird development. The limitations of the approach and of this study are a much more parsimonious explanation. The incorrect results and interpretations, and the flawed representation of current knowledge, mean that this preprint regrettably creates more confusion than it advances the field.

      (R3. A0) We thank the reviewer for their detailed and critical assessment. We agree that establishing auditory sensitivity in very young altricial birds is technically challenging and that careful interpretation of ABR data is essential. We also appreciate the reviewer’s recognition of the importance of obtaining direct physiological data on auditory development.

      However, we respectfully disagree with the reviewer’s central claim that our methodology is flawed or that our conclusions are unsupported. Many of the concerns raised reflect misunderstandings of ABR methodology, selective interpretation of the literature, or assumptions that are not supported by empirical evidence. Below, we address the main points in turn.

      As also stated in our Provisional response, the reviewer’s critique can be distilled into four main arguments:

      (1) ABR cannot be reliably measured in very small animals.

      (2) Our stimulus design (especially 25 ms tone bursts) invalidates frequency-specific results.

      (3) ABR thresholds should be corrected to behavioral thresholds, which would alter conclusions.

      (4) Our findings are inconsistent with prior studies in songbirds.

      We address each of these below before responding point-by-point.

      (1) Suitability of ABR in small animals.

      Reviewer claim: ABR may not be suitable for very small hatchlings.

      This claim is not supported by existing evidence. ABR measures summed neural activity, and signal amplitude depends in part on the distance between neural tissue and recording electrodes. In smaller animals, this distance is reduced, which can increase signal amplitude and improve signal-to-noise ratio.

      Consistent with this, ABR has been successfully recorded in animals substantially smaller than zebra finch hatchlings, including zebrafish (Jørgensen et al., 2012), 10 mm froglets (Goutte et al., 2017) and 5 mm salamanders (Capshaw et al., 2020). It is in fact much more surprising the technique still provides robust signals even in extremely large animals such as Minke whales, where the distance between electrodes and brain is on the decimeter scale (Houser et al., 2024). We have extensive experience of recording ABRs in such small systems.

      Thus, there is no principled reason why ABR would be an invalid method to study auditory sensitivity in zebra finch hatchlings.

      (2) Stimulus design and tone duration

      Reviewer claim: Use of 25 ms tone bursts invalidates frequency-specific results.

      We agree that stimulus duration affects frequency specificity and ABR detectability. However, the reviewer’s assertion that there is a single “correct protocol” (≤5 ms) is inaccurate. In avian ABR studies, stimulus duration varies depending on experimental goals.

      Our choice of 25 ms tone bursts was intentional and necessary to accurately represent low frequencies (down to 250 Hz), ensuring sufficient cycles per stimulus in the plateau segment of 15 ms and minimizing spectral splatter (see auditory brainstem response design considerations discussed in Lauridsen et al., 2021) and our responses below.

      Key clarifications:

      a) Click-evoked ABRs form the basis of our conclusions about onset of hearing, not tone bursts.

      b) Tone bursts were used primarily to assess frequency-dependent maturation, not detect earliest sensitivity.

      c) We explicitly demonstrate that:

      - 25 ms bursts yield higher thresholds (lower sensitivity)

      - 5 ms pips yield lower thresholds and align with published ABR audiograms

      We have now:

      - Further clarified the rationale of stimulus design in the methods (Line 520-530) and added a section in the discussion (Lines 397-411).

      - Included additional comparison between burst and pip datasets (Lines 387-395).

      - Clarified that conclusions about early hearing do not depend on tone-burst data (Fig 4 and Lines 271-294).

      (3) ABR vs behavioral thresholds

      Reviewer claim: Failure to correct ABR thresholds (20–40 dB) invalidates conclusions.

      We agree that ABR thresholds typically overestimate behavioral thresholds. However, we disagree that this invalidates our conclusions.

      Importantly:

      a) We do not replace measured ABR data with corrected values, as this would be methodologically inappropriate.

      b) Instead, we:

      - Present measured ABR thresholds transparently (Fig 1-3)

      - Compare them directly to published behavioral audiograms (Fig 5)

      - Explicitly discuss the expected offset (Lines 413-422)

      In the revised manuscript we:

      a) Add a new figure (Fig. 5) compiling all published ABR and behavioral audiograms

      b) Show that:

      - ABR and behavioral audiograms have similar shapes (Fig 5, new discussion Lines 387-422)

      - Offsets are typically ~20 dB (Line 413-422)

      Crucially, even under conservative corrections:

      - Early hatchlings remain far less sensitive than adults (>54 dB SPL) to clicks.

      - Heat whistle levels remain at or below detection limits even in adults (new figure Fig 4)

      - The developmental gap (>50 dB between adults and 2 DPH hatchlings) remains decisive.

      Thus, incorporating ABR–behavioral differences does not change the central conclusion.

      (4) Consistency with prior literature in developing songbirds.

      Reviewer claim: Results contradict previous studies in developing songbirds.

      We respectfully disagree. The cited studies fall into three categories:

      (1) Behavioral studies (e.g., alarm-call responses)

      (2) Gene expression studies (e.g., ZENK activation)

      (3) Different species with different developmental trajectories

      None of these directly measure auditory sensitivity thresholds in zebra finch embryos or hatchlings.

      We emphasize:

      - Behavioral responses do not provide threshold measurements

      - Neural activation (e.g., ZENK) does not demonstrate functional perception thresholds

      - Cross-species comparisons must consider differences in developmental timing.

      We have now expanded the Discussion to explicitly address these studies and clarify how they relate to our findings (Lines 357-367). Our data are consistent with what is known about the physiology of auditory development in all birds studied so far.

      (5) Final statement

      We have revised the manuscript extensively to:

      - Clarify methodology and experimental design

      - Expand discussion of ABR limitations

      - Incorporate additional literature and comparisons

      - Correct inconsistencies in reporting

      We maintain that our central conclusions—that early zebra finch hatchlings lack detectable auditory brainstem responses and are unlikely to perceive parental heat calls at natural levels—is robust and supported by the data. We go into more detail in our point-by-point rebuttal below.

      Detailed assessment

      For brevity, only some references are included below as examples, using, when possible, those cited in the preprint (DOI is provided otherwise). A full review of all the studies supporting the points below is beyond the scope of this assessment.

      (A) Hearing experiment

      The study uses the Auditory Brainstem Response (ABR), which measures minute electrical signals transmitted to the surface of the skull from the auditory nerve and nuclei in the brainstem. ABR is widely used, especially in humans, because it is non-invasive. However, ABR is also a lot less sensitive than other methods, and requires very specific experimental precautions to reliably detect a response, especially in extremely small animals and with high-frequency sounds, as here.

      (1) Results on nestling frequency sensitivity are invalid, for failing to follow correct protocols:

      (R3. A1.1) We disagree that our protocol is invalid. There is no universal ABR protocol standard in birds. Our approach is consistent with established principles of stimulus design and is validated by:

      - Robust click-evoked responses

      - Consistent developmental trajectories

      - Agreement between pip-based ABR and behavioral audiograms

      We now clarify this explicitly. See response R3. A0 (Stimulus design and tone duration).

      The results on frequency testing in nestlings are invalid, since what might serve as a positive control did not work: in adults, no response was detected in a majority of individuals, at the core of their hearing range, with loud 95dB sounds (Figure S1), when testing frequency sensitivity with "tone burst".

      This is mostly because the study used a stimulation duration 5 times larger than the norm. It used 25ms tone bursts, when all published avian studies (in altricial or precocial birds) used stimulation of 5ms or less (when using subdermal electrodes as here; e.g., cited: Brittan-Powell et al 2004; not cited: Brittan-Powell et al 2002 (doi: 10.1121/1.1494807), Henry & Lucas 2008 (doi: 10.1016/j.anbehav.2008.08.003)). Long stimulations do not make sense and are indeed known to interfere with the detection of an ABR response, especially at high frequencies, as, for example, explicitly tested and stated in Lauridsen et al 2021 (cited).

      (R3. A1.2) ABR with long-duration stimuli were shown previously to work perfectly well in birds and do not interfere with the detection of an ABR response. Longer stimuli have been used, e.g. in the following bird papers:

      - Amin et al., J Neurophysiol 2007 (cited) on zebra finch ABR: 20 ms tone bursts

      - Korneeva et al. (2006), evoked responses from field L in flycatcher (cited by the reviewer): 20 ms

      - Saunders et al. (1973) (cited): 60 ms tone bursts.

      - Larsen ON, Wahlberg M, Christensen-Dalsgaard (2020) Amphibious hearing in a diving bird, the great cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo sinensis), J Exp Biol, doi:10.1242/jeb.217265: 25 ms tone bursts

      Human ABR has been measured even with long-duration speech signals (duration 40 ms and longer). See for example Binkhamis et al., Ear and Hearing 40: 659-670, 2019.

      Furthermore, the reviewer unfortunately misunderstood some aspects in Lauridsen et al., which tested a specifical method exploiting neural phase locking, and showed that this method has a low-frequency bias because neural phase locking decreases at high frequencies.

      Also, Lauridsen et al clearly show the reason for using 25 ms bursts: because we aimed to measure frequencies down to 250 Hz, we need to have a sufficient number of cycles (3) in the plateau segment to represent the frequency adequately (Lauridsen et al. fig 1). A 15 ms plateau contains 3 cycles, plus 5 ms rise/fall time (1 cycle) equals 25 ms. We have clarified this in our methods (L520-525) and added a section in the discussion (L397-411).

      Thus, long-duration stimulations make sense and have been used before successfully. See also response R3.A0 (Stimulus design and tone duration).

      Adult response was then re-tested with a correct 5ms tone duration ("tone-pip"), which showed that, for the few individuals that responded to 25ms tones, thresholds were abnormally high (c.a. by 30dB; Figure 2C).

      Yet, no nestlings were retested with a correct protocol. There is therefore no valid data to support any conclusion on nestling frequency hearing. Under these circumstances, the fact that some nestlings showed a response to 25ms tones from day 8 would argue against them having very low sensitivity to sound.

      (R3. A1.3) Please see answer A3.1 under Joint Recommendations and R3.A0 (Stimulus design and tone duration).

      (2) Responses to clicks underestimate hearing onset by several days:

      Without any valid nestling responses to tones (see # 1), establishing the onset of hearing is not possible based on responses to clicks only, since responses to clicks occur at least 4 days after responses to tones during development (Saunders et al, 1973). Here, 60% of 4-day-old individuals responding to clicks means most would have responded to tones at and before 2 days post-hatch, had the experiment been done correctly.

      (R3. A2.1) We disagree that clicks necessarily underestimate onset.

      Clicks are broadband stimuli that:

      - Recruit large neural populations

      - Are commonly used to detect early auditory responses

      The cited delay between tone and click responses reflects stimulus energy differences, not an inherent limitation of clicks. We have clarified this in the revision and softened language to refer to “no detectable ABR response” rather than absolute deafness.

      The report that Saunders could only see responses to clicks later than to tones only reflects that he used click amplitudes that were insufficiently high. The ABR responses reported were to extremely intense tones (110 dB SPL) of long duration (60 ms).

      If Saunders had used clicks (duration 60 µs) with comparable sound energy, they would have had been very difficult to produce. He should have used clicks with an amplitude 1000 times (60 dB) higher than the tones to produce the same sound energy. This would have been clicks at 170 dB SPL, equivalent to the sound at the mouth of a medium-sized military cannon. Applying this pressure would not be a recommendable method for hearing assessment, but instead lead to irreversible hearing damage.

      In budgerigars, hearing onset occurs before 5 days post hatch, since responses to both clicks and tones were detectable at the first age tested at 5dph (Brittan-Powell et al, 2004).

      (R3. A2.2) This is not how we interpret the cited paper. They state that ‘Responses were first obtained from 1-week-old at high stimulation, and their click responses (Fig. 1) show no wave 1 peak at 6 days post-hatch. Also, their conclusion (p 3101) states that ‘budgerigars probably cannot hear at hatching’.

      (3) Experimental parameters chosen lower ABR detectability, specifically in younger birds: Very fast stimulus repetition rate inhibits the ABR response, especially in young:

      (a) The stimulus presentation rate (25 stim/ sec) is 6 times faster than zebra finch heat-calls, and 5 to 25 times faster than most previous studies in young birds (e.g., cited: Saunders et al 1973, 1974: 1 stim/sec or less; Katayama 1985: 3.3 clicks/sec; Brittan-Powell et al 2004: 4 stim/sec).

      Faster rates saturate the neurons and accordingly are known to decrease ABR amplitude and increase ABR latency, especially in younger animals with an immature nervous system.

      In birds, this occurs especially in the range from 5 to 30 stim/sec (e.g., cited: Saunder et al 1973, Brittan-Powell et al 2004). Values here with 25 rather than 1-4 stim/min are therefore underestimating true sensitivity.

      (R3. A3a) Please see answer A3.3 under Joint Recommendations.

      (b) Averaging over only 400 measures is insufficient to reliably detect weak ABR signals: The study uses 2 to 3 times fewer measures per stimulation type than the recommended value of 1,000 (e.g., Brittan-Powell et al 2002, 2024; Henry & Lucas 2008). This specifically affects the detection of weak signals, as in small hatchlings with tiny brains (adult zebra finches are 12-14g).

      (R3. A3b) Please see answer A3.2 under Joint Recommendations.

      (c) Body temperature is not specified and strongly affects the ABR:

      Controlling the body temperature of hatchlings of 1-4 grams (with a temperature probe under a 5mm-wide wing) would be very challenging. Low body temperature entirely eliminates the ABR, and even slight deviance from optimal temperature strongly increases wave latency and decreases wave amplitude (e.g., cited: Katayama 1985).

      (R3. A3c) Please see answer A2 under Joint Recommendations.

      (d) Other essential information is missing on parameters known to affect the ABR: This includes i) the weight of the animals,

      (R3. A3d-i) These important details have now been added in Table S6.

      (ii) whether and how the response signal was amplified and filtered,

      (R3. A3d-ii) Signal was amplified 500 times (74 dB). We have included these important details to the methods (Line 508).

      (iii) how the automatised S/N>2 criteria compared to visual assessment for wave detection,

      (R3. A3d-iii) There is no universally accepted/fitting protocol for performing ABR recordings in various animals, we decided to perform both visual and automated criteria detection of thresholds. The automated criterion in our experience is more strict approach than visual detection of thresholds, because using an automated criteria for threshold detection will remove potential experimenter bias from the results. We added this in our methods (Lines 583-585).

      (iv) what measures were taken to allow the correct placement of electrodes on hatchlings less than 5 grams.

      (R3. A3d-iv) We have placed electrodes in much smaller animals than 5 grams, and the common landmarks (ear opening, midline of skull) could easily be identified in the hatchlings.

      (4) Results in adults largely underestimate sensitivity at high frequencies, and are not the correct reference point:

      (a) Thresholds measured here at high frequencies for adults (using the correct stimulus duration, only done on adults) are 10-30dB higher than in all 3 other published ABR studies in adult zebra finches (cited: Zevin et al 2004; Amin et al 2007; not cited: Noirot et al 2011 (10.1121/1.3578452)), for both 4 and 6 kHz tone pips.

      (b) The underlying assumption used throughout the preprint that hearing must be adult-like to be functional in nestlings does not make sense. Slower and smaller neural responses are characteristic of immature systems, but it does not mean signals are not being perceived.

      (R3. A4) We acknowledge variation across studies and now include a comprehensive comparison of all zebra finch audiograms (new Fig. 5 and discussion Lines 387-422).

      Importantly:

      - Our pip-based audiogram aligns with previous ABR studies

      - Differences in high-frequency sensitivity likely reflect methodological variation or population differences.

      Our conclusions rely on relative developmental changes, not absolute thresholds.

      (5) Failure to account for ABR underestimation leads to false conclusions:

      (a) Whether the ABR method is suitable to assess hearing in very small hatchlings is unknown. No previous avian study has used ABR before 5 days post-hatch, and all have used larger bird species than the zebra finch.

      (R3. A5a) As stated above (R3.A0), small animals should give better signals, and we have been able to measure ABR in much smaller animals previously.

      (b) Even when performed correctly on large enough animals, the ABR systematically underestimates actual auditory sensitivity by 20-40 dB, especially at high frequencies, compared to behavioural responses (e.g., none cited: Brittan-Powell et al 2002, Henry & Lucas 2008, Noirot et al 2011). Against common practice, the preprint fails to account for this, leading to wrong interpretations.

      (R3. A5a) See our answer to R3.A0 above.

      For example, in Figure 1G (comparing to heat call levels), actual hearing thresholds would be 3040dB below those displayed. In addition, the "heat whistle" level displayed here (from the same authors) is 15dB lower than their second measure that they do not mention, and than measures obtained by others (unpublished data). When these two corrections are made - or even just the first one - the conclusion that heat-call sound levels are below the zebra finch hearing threshold does not hold.

      (R3. A5a) Our conclusion that heat whistles are unlikely to be perceived does not rely on a single dataset or method, but on the convergence of three independent constraints: (i) signal amplitude, (ii) adult auditory sensitivity, and (iii) developmental immaturity of the auditory system.

      First, heat whistles are low-amplitude signals. Our in vivo measurements show levels of ~33 dB re 20 µPa at 10 cm and ~14 dB at 1 m (Anttonen et al., 2025, Curr Biol). Even allowing for uncertainty in near-field estimation, a conservative upper bound at very close range (<5 cm) is ~40 dB SPL.

      Second, the most sensitive available measure—behavioral audiograms—places adult zebra finch thresholds at ~40 dB SPL at ~6 kHz (Okanoya and Dooling, 1987, J Comp Psychol), increasing steeply toward higher frequencies. Thus, even under optimal conditions, heat whistles fall at or below the detection threshold of adults, and only potentially at very close range.

      Third, auditory sensitivity in early development is substantially reduced. Our ABR data show a ≥40–60 dB decrease in sensitivity in hatchlings relative to adults for click stimuli, which provide the most favorable conditions for eliciting responses. Because frequency-specific sensitivity develops later, thresholds at 6–8 kHz are expected to be even higher in hatchlings and embryos.

      Taken together, these constraints define a narrow and unfavorable detection window: a low-amplitude, high-frequency signal positioned at the edge of adult sensitivity, combined with a large developmental decrease in auditory sensitivity. Under these conditions, it is unlikely that heat whistles are detectable by hatchlings or embryos.

      Importantly, this conclusion does not depend on precise correction factors between ABR and behavioral thresholds. Even when considering the most sensitive behavioral data and conservative estimates of sound level, the signal remains at or below the limits of detection in adults, and far below expected sensitivity in early developmental stages.

      We have included this argument more clearly in our discussion (Line 271-367), illustrated by new Fig. 5.

      (c) Rather than making appropriate corrections, the preprint uses a reference in humans (L180), where ABR is measured using a much more powerful method (multi-array EEG) than in animals, and from a larger brain. The shift of "10-20dB" obtained in humans is not applicable to animals.

      (R3. A5c) Again our conclusions rely on relative developmental changes, not absolute thresholds. The clinical practice in humans to measure ABR is with 4 electrodes, not a multi-electrode EEG array.

      Animal studies where ABR audiograms have been compared directly to psychophysical audiograms show differences of around 20 dB. For example in Brittain powell et al 2002, audiogram comparisons between behavioral and ABR in budgerigars were made within the same lab, same animal population and by the same people, leading to 20 dB difference. Our discussion includes a new paragraph on this topic (Lines 413-422).

      (6) Results are inconsistent with previous findings in developing songbirds:

      (R3. A6) We now explicitly discuss all cited studies. Key points:

      - Early behavioral responses do not imply high-frequency sensitivity

      - Studies in other species do not directly translate to zebra finches

      - None of the cited work provides direct measures of auditory thresholds in embryos

      As expected from all of the above, results and conclusions in the preprint are inconsistent with findings in other songbirds, which, using other methods, show for example, auditory sensitivity in: a) zebra finch embryos, in response to song vs silence (not cited: Rivera et al 2018, doi: 10.1097/WNR.0000000000001187)

      (R3. A6a) We thank the reviewer for pointing out this study. We agree that the question of auditory responsiveness in embryos is important, and that a range of approaches have been used to address it. However, the study cited (Rivera et al., 2018) does not directly measure auditory sensitivity, but instead infers auditory processing from differences between treatment groups exposed to different acoustic conditions. As such, it is not directly comparable to physiological measures of hearing sensitivity, such as ABR or behavioral thresholds.

      In addition, interpretation of these results is complicated by limited characterization of the acoustic environment and differences in experimental handling between groups, which may introduce confounding factors unrelated to auditory perception. Given these considerations, and because our study focuses specifically on quantifying auditory sensitivity using established physiological methods, we have chosen not to include a detailed discussion of this work.

      (b) flycatcher hatchlings at 2-3d post hatch (first age tested), across a wide range of frequencies (0.3 to 5kHz), at low to moderate sound levels (45-65dB) (cited: Aleksandrov and Dmitrieva 1992, not cited: Korneeva et al 2006 (10.1134/S0022093006060056)).

      (R3. A6b) Korneeva et al. (2006) and Aleksandrov and Dmitrieva (1992) report evoked responses in very young flycatcher hatchlings across a broad frequency range. Notably, these measurements were obtained using more invasive recording approaches (e.g., implanted electrodes in Field L) in unanesthetized birds, which are known to yield lower thresholds compared to far-field ABR recordings under anesthesia. These methodological differences likely account for part of the higher sensitivity reported.

      Importantly, even in flycatchers, auditory sensitivity shows substantial postnatal improvement: thresholds decrease by up to ~40 dB over the first days after hatching, and the upper frequency limit expands from ~4 to ~7 kHz. Thus, while absolute sensitivity may differ across species and methods, the overall developmental trajectory—gradual improvement in sensitivity and progressive extension toward higher frequencies—is consistent with our findings and with broader patterns reported in songbirds.

      We have added this paper in our discussion (Lines 362-365).

      (c) songbird nestlings at 2-6d post hatch, which discriminate and behaviourally respond to relevant parental calls or even complex songs. This level of discrimination requires good hearing across frequencies (e.g., not cited: Korneeva et al 2006; Schroeder & Podos 2023 (doi: 10.1016/j.anbehav.2023.06.015)).

      (R3. A6c) The species mentioned are different species from our study species. In the Pied flycatchers (Korneeva et al. 2006) experimental conditions were different: recordings were made from unanesthetized nestlings with implanted electrodes directly in the brain (field L), so likely with better SNR. The audiograms show a 10 dB SPL threshold after day 11, so the species may be considerably more sensitive than the zebra finch. The swamp sparrows in the Schroeder and Podos (2023) behavioral study were exposed for 4 days starting at 4-7 days post-hatch, so the study does not address embryonal hearing.

      (d) zebra finch nestlings at 13d post-hatch, which show adult-like processing of songs in the auditory cortex (CNM) (Schroeder & Remage-Healey 2021, doi: 10.1002/dneu.22802).

      (R3. A6d) This study does not conflict with our data. Even though sensitivity is lower at 10 days than in adults, cortical processing could still be ‘adult-like’.

      (e) zebra finch juveniles, which are able to perceive and learn song syllables at 5-7kHz (fundamental frequency) with very similar acoustic properties to heat calls, and also produced during inspiration (Goller & Daley 2001, doi: 10.1098/rspb.2001.1805).

      (R3. A6e) This result is not in conflict with our data. First, the onset of song learning occurs earliest at 20 DPH as discussed in the paper and our work demonstrates that click-evoked ABR thresholds are adult-like at 20 DPH. In the cited paper, the tutoring experiments were initiated at 35 DPH so the auditory system of the studied juveniles is mature.

      Second, even though Goller & Daley 2001 do not report the source level of the specific syllable or the playback sound pressure levels, the source level of the inspiratory notes is comparable to other syllables, and thus around ~67 dB and ~34 dB louder than heat whistles.

      NONE of these results - which contradict results and claims in the preprint - are mentioned.

      Instead, the preprint focuses on very slow-developing species (parrots and owls), which take 2-4 times longer than songbirds to fledge (cited: Brittan-Powell et al 2004; Köppl & Nickel 2007; Kraemer et al 2017).

      (R3. A6f) We have included papers in our discussion that reflect the known data (to our best knowledge) on the developmental neurophysiology and neuroanatomy of the auditory system and not proxies thereof.

      (7) Results in figures are misreported in the text, and conclusions in the abstract and headers are not supported by the data:

      For example:

      (a) The data on Figure 1E shows that at 4 days old, 8 out of 13 nestlings (60%) responded to clicks, but the text says only 5/13 responded (L89).

      (R3. A7a1) We apologize for this typo. Corrected.

      When 60% (4dph) and 90% (6dph) of individuals responded, the correct term would be that "most animals", rather than "some animals" responded (L89).

      (R3. A7a2) We have rephrased this sentence into “observable in most animals during” as suggested.

      Saying that ABR to loud sound appeared "in the majority only after one week" (L93) is also incorrect, given the data.

      (R3. A7a3) We have rephrased this sentence into: “Thus, sounds at loud, yet physiologically relevant SPLs do not evoke ABRs in the first days after hatching, but do so in all animals at 8 DPH.” (Lines 97-99).

      It follows that the title of the paragraph is also erroneous.

      (R3. A7a4) The paragraph title supports our conclusions and we will keep it.

      (b) The hearing threshold is underestimated by 40dB at 6 and 8Kz on Fig 2C, not by "10-20dB" as reported in the text (L178).

      (R3. A7b) We have changed the title of this section and moved the last sentence to the discussion to remove the focus on heat whistles. We added a paragraph in the discussion to specifically address the difference between ABR and behaviorally measured audiograms (Lines 413-422).

      (B) Egg vibration experiment

      (8) Using airborne sound to vibrate eggs is biologically irrelevant:

      (R3. A8.1) We agree that parental contact could influence vibration transmission.

      However, (1) prior studies assume airborne sound transmission, and (2) our experiment tests this assumption directly. We now clarify this scope (Lines 328-342 and Figure 4) and discuss contact-based transmission as a potential future direction.

      The measurement of airborne sound levels to vibrate eggs misunderstands bone conduction hearing and is not biologically meaningful: zebra finch parents are in direct contact with the eggs when producing heat calls during incubation, not hovering in front of the nest. This misunderstanding affects all extrapolations from this study to findings in studies on prenatal communication.

      (R3. A8.2) The definition of bone conduction is the response to sound that is not mediated by a functional middle ear, but through the skull. In the earlier study, the eggs were stimulated by sound from a headphone, so that is the reason for using the same stimulation here. See also joint response A3.5 above.

      (C) Misrepresentation of current knowledge

      (9) Values from published papers are misreported, which reverses the conclusions:

      (R3. A9) We thank the reviewer for identifying inconsistencies and have:

      - Corrected heat whistle frequency ranges consistently through our paper

      - Added a comprehensive comparison figure gathering all available audiograms (Fig 5)

      - Expanded discussion of high-frequency hearing.

      These revisions do not alter our conclusions.

      Most critical examples:

      (a) Preprint: "Zebra finch most sensitive hearing range of 1-to-4 kHz (Amin et al., 2007; Okanoya and Dooling, 1987; Yeh et al., 2023)" (L173).

      Actual values in the studies cited are:

      1-to-7kHz, in Amin et al 2007 (threshold [=50dB with ABR] is the same at 7kHz and 1KHz).

      1-to-6 kHz, in Okanoya and Dooling (the threshold [=30dB with behaviour] is actually lower at 6kHz than at 1KHz).

      1-to-7kHz, in Yeh et al (threshold [=35-38dB with behaviour] is the same at 7kHz and 1KHz).

      (R3. A9a.1) In this sentence presenting our results (“sensitive hearing range of 1-to-4 kHz”) we originally wrote that “these are consistent with the following papers (Amin et al., 2007; Okanoya and Dooling, 1987; Yeh et al., 2023)". This latter part was left out during the writing process. This explains the different numbers. We apologize for this mistake.

      To avoid confusion, in our revision we have placed all ABR curves together into new Fig 5 and have included a new paragraph to discuss the differences (Lines 387-422).

      Note that zebra finch nestlings' begging calls peaking at 6kHz (Elie & Theunissen 2015, doi: 10.1007/s10071-015-0933-6), would fall 2kHz above the parents' best hearing range if it were only up to 4kHz.

      (R3. A9a.2) Of course that is possible. However this representation is incorrect because begging calls are harmonic sounds with a fundamental frequency around 500 Hz and formant at 6 kHz. Begging calls thus contain lots of energy at frequencies below 6 kHz, while the heat whistles do not. The peak frequency of heat whistles is also their lowest frequency component.

      (b) The preprint incorrectly states throughout (e.g., L139, L163, L248) that heat-calls are 7-10kHz, when the actual value is 6-10kHz in the paper cited (Katsis et al, 2018).

      (R3. A9b) The authors in Katsis et al. 2018 provided a range of 6-10 kHz estimated from the spectrogram without any further specification of methods. In another manuscript, we have quantified the heat whistle frequency (Anttonen et al Curr Biol https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2025.08.054) to be 6.8 ± 0.6 kHz. We have changed this accordingly throughout our manuscript.

      (c) Using the correct values from these studies, and heat-calls at 45 dB SPL (as measured by others (unpublished data), or as measured by the authors themselves, but which is not reported here (Anttonen et al 2025), the correct conclusion is that heat calls fall within the known zebra finch hearing range.

      (R3. A9c) Please see our answer R3.A5a. We have included this argument more clearly in our discussion (Lines 271-355), illustrated by new Fig. 4.

      (10) Published evidence towards high-frequency hearing, including in early development, is systematically omitted:

      (a) Other studies showing birds use high frequencies above the known avian hearing range are ignored. This includes oilbirds (7-23kHz; Brinklov et al 2017; by 1 of the preprint authors, doi: 10.1098/rsos.170255) and hummingbirds (10-20kHz; Duque et al 2020, doi: 10.1126/sciadv.abb9393), and in a lesser extreme, zebra finches' inspiratory song syllables at 57kHz (Goller & Dalley, 2001).

      (R3. A10a) We agree that some bird species produce or use acoustic signals extending into high frequencies. However, signal production is not evidence of perceptual sensitivity. Many animals, including birds and mammals, produce signals that contain harmonic or broadband components extending beyond their most sensitive hearing range without implying functional detection at those frequencies.

      The cited examples (oilbirds, hummingbirds, inspiratory song syllables in zebra finches) concern signal production or ecological specializations in different species, not measured auditory sensitivity in zebra finches, and particularly not during early development. As such, they do not provide evidence that zebra finches—adults or embryos—can detect low-amplitude, narrowband signals in the 6–7 kHz range.

      Our study explicitly addresses auditory sensitivity using physiological measurements, which is the relevant metric for evaluating detectability.

      (b) The discussion of anatomical development (L228-241) completely omits the well-known fact that the avian basilar papilla develops from high to low frequencies (i.e., base to apex), which - as many have pointed out - is opposite to the low-to-high development of sensitivity (e.g., cited: Cohen & Fermin 1978; Caus Capdevila et al 2021).

      (R3. A10b) We agree that the avian basilar papilla develops from base to apex (high to low frequency). We have now added a sentence in the Discussion to acknowledge this (Lines 406411).

      Importantly, morphological development does not directly translate to functional sensitivity. Functional hearing depends critically on factors such as hair cell innervation, synaptic maturation, and central auditory processing, which are known to develop over time.

      Our data show a low-to-high frequency progression in functional sensitivity, consistent with previous physiological studies. This apparent mismatch between anatomical gradients and functional onset has been noted in other systems and likely reflects the later maturation of neural encoding rather than hair cell differentiation per se. We now clarify this distinction in the revised manuscript (Lines 406-411).

      (c) High frequency hearing in songbirds at hatching is several orders of magnitude better than in chickens and ducks at the same age, even though songbirds are altricial (e.g., at 4kHz, flycatcher: 47dB, chicken-duck: 90dB; at 5kHz, flycatcher: 65dB, chicken-duck: 115dB; Korneeva et al 2006, Saunders et al 1974). That is because Galliformes are low-frequency specialists, according to both anatomical and ecological evidence, with calls peaking at 0.8 to 1.2kHz rather than 2-6kHz in songbirds. It is incorrect to conclude that altricial embryos cannot perceive high frequencies because low-frequency specialist precocial birds do not (L250;261).

      (R3. A10c) We agree that species differ in their auditory ecology and frequency specialization, and we do not claim that all altricial birds share identical developmental trajectories.

      However, the cited comparisons involve different species, methodologies, and developmental timelines, which limits their direct comparability. In particular:

      Developmental staging is not directly comparable across species using days post-hatch alone.

      - Different methods (e.g., invasive recordings vs. ABR vs behavioural assays) yield systematically different thresholds.

      - Ecological specialization (e.g., low-frequency vs. broadband species) influences adult audiograms and likely developmental trajectories.

      We have revised the Discussion to explicitly acknowledge these limitations and to avoid overgeneralization across species. Importantly, our conclusions are based on within-species comparisons (adult vs. hatchling zebra finches) combined with measured signal levels of heat whistles. These constraints are sufficient to evaluate detectability without relying on cross-species extrapolation.

      (11) Incorrect statements do not reflect findings from the references cited For example:

      (a) "in altricial bird species hearing typically starts after hatching" (L12, in abstract), "with little to no functional hearing during embryonic stages (Woolley, 2017)." (L33).

      There is no evidence, in any species, to support these statements. This is only a - commonly repeated - assumption, not actually based on any data. On the contrary, the extremely limited evidence to date shows the opposite, with zebra finch embryos showing ZENK activation in the auditory cortex in response to song playback (Rivera et al, 2018, not cited).

      The book chapter cited (Woolley 2017) acknowledges this lack of evidence, and, in the context of song learning, provides as only references (prior to 2018), 2 studies showing that songbirds do not develop a normal song if the song tutor is removed before 10d post-hatch. That nestlings cannot memorise (to later reproduce) complex signals heard before d10 does not mean that they are deaf to any sound before day 10.

      Studies showing hearing in young songbird nestlings (see point 6 above) also contradict these statements.

      (R3. A11a) We agree that the precise onset of hearing in altricial embryos is not well established. We have therefore revised the wording in the Abstract and Introduction to avoid categorical statements and instead reflect the limited available evidence (Lines 13-16 and 33-37).

      Our data provide direct physiological measurements showing extremely low sensitivity immediately after hatching, which constrains the likelihood of functional hearing in earlier embryonic stages.

      Regarding the cited ZENK study, we note that immediate early gene expression indicates neural activation but does not provide a measure of auditory sensitivity or detection thresholds. As such, it cannot be directly compared to physiological or behavioral measures of hearing.

      (b) "Zebra finch embryos supposedly are epigenetically guided to adapt to high temperatures by their parents high-frequency "heat calls" " (L36 and L135).

      This is an extremely vague and meaningless description of these results, which cannot be assessed by readers, even though these results are presented as a major justification for the present study. Rather than giving an interpretation of what "supposedly" may occur, it would be appropriate to simply synthesize the empirical evidence provided in these papers. They showed that embryonic exposure to heat-calls, as opposed to control contact calls, alters a suite of physiological and behavioural traits in nestlings, including how growth and cellular physiology respond to high temperatures. This also leads to carry-over effects on song learning and reproductive fitness in adulthood.

      (R3. A11b) We thank the reviewer for raising this point. In the revised manuscript, we have replaced the previous phrasing with a more precise and neutral summary of what these studies report, namely that embryonic exposure to heat-call playbacks has been associated with differences in physiological and behavioral traits.

      Our study, however, addresses a distinct question—whether such acoustic signals are detectable by embryos given known constraints on signal amplitude and auditory sensitivity. The cited studies do not directly quantify auditory perception or the physical sound environment experienced by embryos. As a result, they do not provide a direct test of the sensory mechanism required for acoustic communication. A detailed evaluation of experimental design and interpretation in those studies is beyond the scope of the present manuscript, and we therefore limit our discussion to assessing the biophysical and physiological plausibility of the proposed mechanism.

      (c) "The acoustic communication in precocial mallard ducks depends specifically on the lowfrequency auditory sensitivity of the embryo (Gottlieb, 1975)" (L253)

      The study cited (Gottlieb, 1975) demonstrates exactly the opposite of this statement: it shows that duckling embryos, not only perceive high frequency sounds (relative to the species frequency range), but also NEED this exposure to display normal audition and behaviour post-hatch. Specifically, it shows that duckling embryos deprived of exposure to their own high-frequency calls (at 2 kHz), failed to identify maternal calls post-hatch because of their abnormal insensitivity to higher frequencies, which was later confirmed by directly testing their auditory perception of tones (Dimitrieva & Gottlieb, 1994).

      (R3. A11c) We thank the reviewer for this clarification and have revised the relevant text. Our intention was to highlight that embryonic auditory experience can shape postnatal behavior, not to imply strict low-frequency limitation. Therefore we already included the actual frequency in the original sentence. We have removed the non-descriptive term “low-frequency” (Lines 330-332).

      (12) Considering all of the mistakes and distortions highlighted above, it would be very premature to conclude, based on these results and statements, that altricial avian embryos are not sensitive to sound. This study provides no actual scientific ground to support this conclusion.

      (R3. A12) We respectfully disagree with the reviewer’s conclusion.

      Our study does not make a general claim that altricial embryos are incapable of perceiving sound. Rather, we evaluate a specific hypothesis: whether zebra finch embryos and hatchlings can detect sound and parental heat whistles.

      Our conclusions are based on the convergence of:

      (1) Measured low sound pressure levels of heat whistles,

      (2) Established adult auditory thresholds (behavioral data),

      (3) A large developmental decrease in auditory sensitivity demonstrated by our ABR measurements.

      Even under conservative assumptions, these constraints place heat whistles at or below adult detection thresholds and far below expected sensitivity in hatchlings and embryos.

      Thus, our conclusion is not based on absence of evidence, but on quantitative constraints that make detection unlikely under biologically realistic conditions.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Joint recommendations:

      In response to the joint recommendations, we have:

      - Expanded methodological transparency (temperature, electrode setup, stimulus parameters),

      - Added new data (Fig S3) and figures (Fig 4 and 5),

      - Clarified ABR limitations and interpretation,

      - Strengthened the separation between measured results and interpretation,

      - Reframed conclusions to avoid overstatement.

      These revisions leave the central two conclusions unchanged: 1) zebra finch hatchlings and embryos are functionally deaf, and 2) under biologically realistic conditions, heat whistles are unlikely to be detectable by zebra finch hatchlings or embryos.

      (A) Reviewers 1 and 2:

      Much of the reviewer discourse revolved around providing clarifications of methodology for measuring the ABR and caveats for interpretation. There was near consensus with reviewers 1 and 2 on issues related to the ABR, which should be addressed.

      We appreciate the reviewers’ consensus that the main conclusions are supported, while requesting clarification of methodological details and interpretation of ABR measurements.

      (1) Please address all of the issues raised by reviewers 1 and 2 above.

      (A1) All points raised by Reviewers 1 and 2 have been addressed in detail in our point-by-point rebuttal below. In addition, we have revised the manuscript to improve clarity, added new figures (Fig. 4, 5), and substantially expanded the Discussion with eight new paragraphs to better contextualize our findings.

      (2) Please also

      - clarify all aspects of experimental details of the ABR that were missing, including temperature control (estimate body and ambient temperatures during ABR recordings,

      - please address the possibility of hypothermia of hatchlings that could have reduced ABR responses,

      - and potential local head cooling due to surgical exposure and its likely effect on highfrequency response depression).

      (A2) In our revision, we have expanded the Methods section (L479-485) and added the following new data:

      Body and ambient temperature/hypothermia

      We have now included the body temperatures during ABR recordings in new table S6. These data show that:

      (1) Body temperature was stable throughout recordings,

      (2) Temperatures were within the physiological range,

      (3) Conditions were consistent across all age groups.

      Importantly, even the youngest hatchlings maintained stable temperatures and showed no indication of hypothermia. Therefore, differences in ABR responses cannot be attributed to temperature effects.

      Potential cooling due to surgical exposure

      This concern does not apply to our experiments. We used subdermal needle electrodes, which do not require surgical exposure. Therefore, no local cooling of the head occurred, and no tissue exposure could affect high-frequency sensitivity. We have added a clarifying sentence in the Methods section to explicitly state this (Line 501-503).

      (B) Reviewer 3 also had additional requests for clarification that should also be addressed:

      (3.1) Stimulus duration too long: The study used 25 ms tone bursts instead of the standard {less than or equal to} 5 ms "pips." Could this prevent reliable ABR detection, especially at high frequencies?

      (A3.1) We agree that stimulus duration affects ABR characteristics and now clarify our rationale in the manuscript.

      - The 25 ms tone bursts were deliberately chosen to ensure sufficient cycle representation at low frequencies (down to 250 Hz) and to avoid frequency splatter.

      - Using a constant duration across frequencies ensures comparable stimulus energy.

      Importantly:

      - The 25 ms data yield audiogram shapes consistent with both click responses (Fig 2C) and published behavioral data (new Fig 5).

      - To address potential high-frequency limitations, we included a dataset using 5 ms tone pips, which produced thresholds consistent with published ABR studies (new Fig 5).

      Thus, both stimulus types support the same conclusion: a gradual maturation of hearing sensitivity from low to high frequencies. We have expanded the Discussion with three paragraphs to clarify these methodological trade-offs (Lines 387-422).

      (3.2) Were 400 sweeps enough averaging? Might a signal appear at 1000 or more?

      (A3.2) Signal-to-noise ratio improves with the square root of the number of averages. Increasing from 400 to 1000 sweeps would therefore reduce thresholds by at most ~4 dB. This magnitude is small relative to the >54 dB developmental differences observed, and the large gap between signal levels and detection thresholds. Thus, increasing sweep number would not alter the conclusions. We now clarify this explicitly in the Methods (L530).

      (3.3) Was the repetition rate too high? How does the stimulus presentation affect the ABR? Might a signal have emerged with 1-4 per second?

      (A3.3) We have clarified stimulus presentation rates in the revised manuscript:

      - Clicks were presented at 25 Hz. Control measurements (now included as Supplementary Fig. S3) show no effect of this rate on ABR amplitude or threshold.

      - Tone bursts and pips were presented at ~3 Hz, consistent with commonly used rates that avoid neural adaptation. We apologize for leaving this out in our original submission.

      We now explicitly describe these parameters and their rationale in the Methods (Lines 543-552).

      (3.4) If possible, provide an estimate of the effective bandwidth of the tone pips and compare it with the bandwidth of the parental heat-whistles.

      (A3.4) We agree that stimulus bandwidth differs between tone pips and heat whistles, and that broader signals may stimulate multiple auditory filters. Shorter stimuli (e.g., 5 ms pips) have broader bandwidth and may stimulate multiple filters—particularly at low frequencies—potentially lowering thresholds, whereas longer stimuli (25 ms bursts) are more frequency-specific and may yield higher thresholds. At higher frequencies (including the heat whistle range), this effect is expected to be smaller.

      However, quantitative correction is currently not possible due to a lack of species-specific data on auditory tuning curves in zebra finches. The only available avian data (budgerigar; Saunders et al., 1979) suggest auditory filter bandwidths (Q10 dB, i.e., the bandwidth 10 dB below the peak divided by peak frequency) of ~1.4 at low frequencies and ~1000 Hz at higher frequencies, but how multifilter stimulation affects thresholds is unknown and likely species- and frequency-dependent.

      Given these uncertainties, direct comparison between tone stimuli and heat whistles requires strong assumptions. We therefore suggest that future studies should measure responses to natural heat whistles directly.

      (3.5) Egg Vibration Experiment. Address the possibility that if a parent were physically lying on top of an egg and generated a heat call, parental body vibration could significantly communicate some perceptual vibrotactile signal to the egg. Reviewer 3 raised the possibility that the experiments in this paper tested the extent to which an auditory input can vibrate the egg - what if a vocalizing bird was on the egg?

      (A3.5) We agree that embryos may receive multiple types of sensory input from parents, including direct mechanical cues.

      However, our experiment specifically tests the hypothesis proposed in prior work: that airborne sound (heat whistles) induces egg vibrations sufficient for perception. Our findings show that airborne sound-induced vibrations are orders of magnitude below known vibrotactile sensitivity thresholds.

      Regarding parental contact:

      - Heat whistles are produced by an aerodynamic whistle mechanism, not tissue vibration (Anttonen et al., Curr Biol 2025), meaning most respiratory energy is radiated as sound rather than dissipated as heat/vibration in the body.

      - A parent sitting on the egg would attenuate airborne sound transmission, not amplify it.

      We now clarify in the Discussion that other cues (e.g., respiration, direct contact, temperature) may exist and need to be included in new experiments (Lines 349-352). Even so, these are distinct mechanisms and were not the hypothesis tested in prior playback studies.

      In our paper, we will not add a detailed discussion of these prior papers as this is outside the scope of this paper. Instead, we added a paragraph what would be a constructive way forward (Lines 349-355). Hopefully somebody in the community will have the good fortune to secure research funding to continue this benchmarking work.

      (4) Finally, all reviewers agreed that some more context on the ABR and its relationship to functional hearing could be provided, with less direct focus on the heat-call experiments.

      (A4) We agree and in the revision discussion have compiled all published ABR and behavioral audiograms (Fig. 5) and added new paragraphs on functional hearing (Lines 261-269), and ABR vs behavioural audiograms (Lines 413-422).

      Furthermore, to remove focus on the heat whistles, we have moved all heat-whistle-specific interpretation out of the Results into a single, focused Discussion section (Line 271-355).

      The behavioral studies mentioned below show auditory responses (e.g., begging suppression). However, these behaviors are tested between ~5–10 days post-hatch (consistent with our findings), in different species, and do not provide quantitative sensitivity thresholds, nor do they address detectability of low-amplitude, high-frequency signals like heat whistles.

      In our revision we added a new discussion paragraph including these behavioral studies (Lines 357-367).

      For example, there are ample cases in the literature of altricial birds exhibiting behavioral evidence of auditory sensitivity by reducing begging calls in response to parental alarm calls:

      Platzen & Magrath (2004) - Playback of parental alarm calls nearly abolished nestling non-begging calls and reduced begging in scrubwrens. Proc. R. Soc. B 271:1271-1276.

      Different species: scrubwrens. Playback age: 5-, 8- and 11-DPH nestlings.

      Magrath, Haff, Horn & Leonard (2006) - Review and experiments on the developmental shift to silence/freeze after aerial alarm calls as chicks become fledglings; documents nestling quieting to alarms. Proc. R. Soc. B 273:2335-2341.

      Different species: scrubwrens. Playback age: 7-9 DPH nestlings, and 2- 4 days after fledging.

      Magrath, Pitcher & Dalziell (2007) - Nestlings respond to the sound of a predator's footsteps and parental food/alarm calls; includes begging suppression following predator sounds. Anim. Behav. 74:1117-1129.

      Different species: scrubwrens. Playback age: 8 DPH nestlings.

      Haff & Magrath (2012) - Nestlings suppress calling after heterospecific alarm calls (when acoustically similar to conspecific alarms), indicating generalized auditory danger recognition. Anim. Behav. 84:e.g., 495-505 (article).

      Different species: scrubwrens. Playback age: 5-6 and 10-11DPH nestlings. They show that 10-11 days old suppress calling while 5-6 days old do not.

      Barati & McDonald (2017) - Noisy miner nestlings suppress begging after conspecific alarm calls and some heterospecific cues; stronger/longer suppression for terrestrial-predator alarms. Sci. Rep. 7:9563.

      Different species: Noisy miner (Manorina melanocephala ). Playback age: 14 DPH. Nestlings started to vocalise at 5 DPH.

      Suzuki (2011) - In Paridae, parental alarm calls encode predator type; prior work (cited within) shows young of altricial species suppress vocalizations to alarms. Curr. Biol. 21:15-20.

      Different species: great tits. Playback age: 17 DPH.

      Can you please contextualize the present results about the timing of auditory development with the above body of work with respect to the timing of alarm call-induced begging call suppression?

      In our revision we have added a new paragraph in the discussion on these papers (Lines 357-367), and highlight the need for comparative work on hearing development in different species (Lines 352-355 and Lines 405-411).

      (5) Strictly speaking, a flat ABR does not equal deafness - at the extreme, an average of 10,000 trials may pull out a minuscule signal. Thus, the more rigorous path would be, in the results section, to ensure that statements summarize the data as they are, representing an absence of a neural signal.

      Save the interpretation of what this may mean for the discussion, and provide alongside this interpretation the necessary caveats related to temperature, rendition rate, averaging, etc.

      Clarify the conditions where a flat ABR demonstrates or fails to demonstrate immature deafness.

      Expand clarification for how the known 20-40 dB difference between ABR and behavioral thresholds can exist if a flat ABR can be interpreted as deafness.

      Consider refraining from concluding deafness from a flat ABR. Discuss that behavioral, single-unit, or alternative physiological assays might detect responses below the ABR threshold. If such cases exist, cite.

      (A5) We thought about this considerably before starting our measurements. What constitutes the absence of a signal? Even with intracellular recordings of all but one of the auditory neurons, the last one could still contain a signal and theoretically transmit information to the nervous system. We agree with the reviewers that absence of an ABR response should not be equated with absolute deafness. We have revised the manuscript accordingly and removed all statements implying “deafness” from the Results. The Results now strictly report presence or absence of detectable ABR responses.

      However, in both clinical and comparative contexts, absence of ABR responses at high SPLs (e.g., 90–95 dB) is widely interpreted as functionally non-responsive hearing. The developmental shift we observe (>54 dB) is far larger than typical ABR–behavioral offsets (20–40 dB). In the Discussion, we have added a new paragraph arguing that we think that the term functional deafness is reasonable here (Lines 261-269).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the Reviewing Editor, the Senior Editor, and the three reviewers for their careful and constructive assessment of our manuscript. We were encouraged that the reviewers found the question timely and novel, the experimental design thoughtful and well-replicated, and the analyses diverse and informative. The reviewers also raised a number of valuable concerns, which clustered around three themes: (i) the framing of host-mediated selection as microbiome “engineering” versus a proof of concept; (ii) the interpretive challenges introduced by microbial dispersal and the resulting limits on the sterile-inoculated controls; and (iii) requests for clearer methodological detail and additional context from the recent literature. We have revised the manuscript to address these points through clearer framing, expanded discussion, and fuller methodological detail. Consistent with the nature of this long-term experiment, our revisions strengthen the interpretation and presentation of the existing dataset rather than adding new experiments.

      eLife Assessment

      The study has also shortcomings in that the rescuing effect is not benchmarked against healthy well-watered plants, the sterilized controls do not add much information, and the dispersal between inocula confounds the interpretation of the results… the presentation would overall benefit from more extensive consideration of recent developments in the field.

      We appreciate this balanced summary and have revised the manuscript accordingly. We have reframed the abstract and Introduction to present the study explicitly as a proof of concept rather than a completed engineering effort (ll. 27–31; ll. 96–101); we now address the well-watered benchmarking limitation and the limits of the sterile-inoculated controls directly in the Discussion (ll. 543–551); we discuss dispersal and its confounding effect on interpretation head-on, including an alternative hypothesis (ll. 546–551); and we have incorporated the recent studies suggested by Reviewer 3 (ll. 206–209, 442, 476–478). Each change is detailed in the point-by-point responses below.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Weaknesses:

      The findings demonstrate the efficacy of host-mediated microbiome selection, but the engineering part for enhancing rice performance under drought-stress conditions has not been provided. The proposed mechanisms rely on correlations but not direct experimental proofs.

      We agree, and we have adopted this framing throughout. Our study demonstrates host-mediated selection as a discovery framework rather than a completed engineering pipeline, and we now say so explicitly: the abstract has been reframed (ll. 27–31) and a statement added at the end of the Introduction (ll. 96–101) clarifying that the work reproducibly enriches beneficial taxa and functions and yields simplified candidate communities, but does not yet benchmark those communities against single-isolate inoculants or test them in the field or against a resident native microbiome. We likewise agree that the functional inferences from our metagenome-assembled genomes (MAGs) are correlative; we now state this explicitly in the Methods and Discussion (ll. 776–778) and note that establishing causal roles for individual taxa or genes will require targeted isolation and genetic manipulation.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The experimental design… could benefit from more detailed explanations. For instance, what are the criteria for choosing these soils and how are they relevant to rice growth phenotype? Also, the word ‘generation’ is misleading as it implies the use of seed-to-seed experiments… It would also be good to explain why the authors chose 6 generations for rice fields and 4 generations for deserts and serpentine seep. Importantly, the contribution of the rice seed microbiome… has not been considered and is also missing from… the discussion.

      We have addressed each part of this comment. Soil selection criteria: the Results section “Source inocula bacterial diversity” describes our rationale — we screened nine field soils in a pilot experiment, then selected the three that both supported rice growth and had negligible taxonomic overlap (providing three distinct starting points), with a stated per-soil expectation (rice-adapted, drought-adapted, and high-diversity). We are happy to expand this further if the reviewer feels additional detail is needed. “Generation”: we now define this term as a single 40-day selection cycle rather than a seed-to-seed generation (l. 109). Six vs. four generations: we explain in the Results (l. 309) that, having observed convergence of microbiome composition across soil treatments by the fourth selection generation, we concentrated resources on Rice Field and carried it through two additional cycles. Seed microbiome: we have added a note to the Discussion (ll. 444–446) that, although seeds were surface-sterilized before each generation, a residual contribution of seed-borne endophytes common to all treatments cannot be excluded.

      The authors stated that microbiomes were not selected for propagation into future generations in control lines. In this case, have the authors tested if the control LI microbiome in SG1 through SG6 did or did not significantly change in all the soil types?

      We have clarified the role of the live-inoculated (LI) lines in the text. LI lines were well-watered controls that were re-inoculated each generation with unsterilized selection-line material; they were included to identify drought-enriched taxa (by contrast with the droughted selection lines) and to test whether drought-optimized microbiomes were deleterious under well-watered conditions — not as an independently propagated selection line. Because LI communities were re-derived from selection-line inocula each generation, their composition necessarily tracked the changes occurring in the selection lines; this is the basis of the SL-versus-LI differential-abundance analysis (Figure 7B, Supplemental Figure 9). We note that comprehensive, temporally resolved 16S sequencing was performed for Rice Field, so we are appropriately cautious about extending LI comparisons across every soil type, and we have tempered our conclusions from the control lines accordingly (ll. 543–551).

      In Figure 3B (rice field), the tolerance in terms of AUC NDVI contrastingly increases to the biomass values in SG5 and SG6… the [NDVI] does not seem to be a good measure… It would be interesting to analyze these data sets under normal conditions… include representative pictures of all the ‘generations’… It will also be important to include the LI control data in Figures 3B and 3C.

      We appreciate these suggestions and respond to each. Our metric is biomass-adjusted AUC NDVI, which we use precisely to separate drought performance from plant size; NDVI itself was validated against shoot water content in preliminary experiments (R = 0.98; Supplemental Figure 2E), so we are confident it is an appropriate, validated proxy for drought status. We have substantially expanded the Methods to explain this adjustment and why the metric can diverge from raw biomass (ll. 666–669). Regarding the specific additions requested: analyzing the well-watered plants as a phenotypic dataset, adding representative images for every generation, and plotting LI data in Figure 3B/C would each require new analyses or figures that are outside the scope of this revision; moreover, LI plants were never droughted and therefore have no drought-response score comparable to the SL and SI lines, so they cannot be placed on the same axes. Representative images contrasting the first and last selection generations are already provided in Figure 3A. We have, however, added an explicit acknowledgement that our design does not quantify the absolute magnitude of drought rescue relative to well-watered performance (ll. 551–552).

      It is less clear how sterile soils acquired environmental taxa over time. Was this a seepage of microbes from inoculated samples to the calcinated clay, possibly via the water irrigation system? In this regard, four Venn diagrams representing all the generations… would be relevant.

      Each plant was grown in an individual container with its own separate water reservoir (Supplemental Figure 4), so shared irrigation was not a route of transfer; the most likely routes are airborne movement and handling within the growth chamber, together with within-treatment shuffling of plants. Our dispersal analysis (Figure 5) already traces the origins of taxa in each treatment, and Supplemental Figure 6 quantifies the ASVs shared among treatments over generations; we have added explicit criteria for these origin assignments (ll. 248–253). We therefore prefer to retain the existing Figure 5 / Supplemental Figure 6 presentation rather than add four separate Venn diagrams, which would convey the same information less quantitatively, but we are glad to reconsider if the editor feels a Venn representation would help readers.

      What is the logic behind the so-called ‘immigrating taxa’ in this study?

      “Immigrating” (dispersed) taxa are those that appear in a treatment despite not being attributable to that treatment’s own starting material — i.e., ASVs not detected in that treatment’s field soil or enrichment-generation inoculum, which must therefore have arrived by dispersal from other treatments or from the growth-chamber environment. We have made this definition explicit in the text (ll. 248–253).

      The decrease in alpha-diversity in subsequent generations… should be thoroughly discussed. Have authors tried to culture these few remaining taxa? If yes… tested for their individual drought tolerance supported by physiological assays… If no, is the microbiome of SG6 (and associated functions) ideal or sufficient to create drought tolerance in field conditions?

      We have expanded the discussion of the diversity decline. In addition to niche filtering along the soil-to-root gradient and dilution-to-extinction (already discussed), we now note that DNA-based profiling cannot distinguish metabolically active cells from relic DNA or dormant/non-viable cells, so part of the apparent collapse in diversity may reflect enrichment for the taxa that were active in the original inoculum (ll. 206–209). We agree that culturing the remaining taxa and characterizing them with physiological assays (e.g., water potential, water-use efficiency, stomatal conductance) is a valuable next step; these experiments are outside the scope of the present study, which we have now framed explicitly as a proof of concept, and we identify field validation of selected communities as a key open question (ll. 96–101).

      The result that Ideonella was identified as the dominant taxa in all selection conditions is highly interesting… This… should have been followed up for isolating the strains and performing direct tests to test their importance for conveying drought stress.

      We agree that isolating and directly testing dominant taxa such as Ideonella is the logical next step, and we now emphasize that a central value of host-mediated selection is that it yields simplified communities from which such taxa can be more readily isolated (ll. 27–31). These isolation and functional-validation experiments are beyond the scope of the current study and we have framed them as future directions rather than undertaking them here.

      The MAGs shown in Figure 8 have apparently ‘been assigned to ASVs…’. These data are not shown anywhere… the MAG data only give correlations but not direct genetic proofs of the biological functions of the identified genes.

      We have expanded the Methods to describe how each MAG was matched to an ASV (by closest taxonomic assignment and by concordance of relative abundance across samples), and we now state explicitly that these assignments are approximate and that the functional inferences drawn from them are correlative rather than definitive (ll. 776–778). We would be glad to add a supplemental table listing the MAG-to-ASV assignments if the reviewer or editor would find it useful; because it reports assignments already in hand, it requires no new analysis.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Strengths:

      I think this study examines an important and exciting topic in the area of plant microbiomes. I predict the findings of the experiments will inform a wide audience of researchers attempting similar studies and be helpful in their designs.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the novelty of this complex experiment as well as the effort we put into designing it. Like the reviewer, we hope that this manuscript can serve a wide audience and help inform subsequent experiments in this new topic area.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the controls were well designed, the dispersal of the microbiomes erased the utility of the sterile inoculated (SI) controls… the SI lines acquired microbes from the experiment and never appeared to significantly deviate from the SL plants. The dispersal of the microbes… also minimizes any conclusions that can be made about the different starting inocula and how prone to selection they may be.

      We agree that microbial dispersal confounded our ability to use the sterile-inoculated (SI) plants to account for batch variation between generations. By maintaining each plant as a spatially discrete unit (individual pots and watering reservoirs), we had originally intended SI plants simply to acquire a similar consortium of environmental microbiota each generation. Truly axenic SI plants would have been better suited to this purpose, but would have severely limited the number of replicates and replicate selection lines we could include. We have now addressed this limitation directly in the Discussion (ll. 543–551): we state that the SI lines cannot be treated as static, microbe-free baselines, that the batch-to-batch variation they were meant to capture is only partially controlled, and that dispersal limits the strength of the conclusions we can draw about differences between starting inocula. This shared trajectory of selection and intended control lines has been observed in other host-mediated selection studies but rarely discussed in detail, and we now foreground it as a lesson for experimental design.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      My first concern is the framing of the approach… the authors never show that this approach has better efficacy than single-isolate inoculates… The phase of the research is still proof of concept, understandably, but these caveats should be mentioned/addressed head-on in the Introduction and Discussion.

      We agree and have made these caveats explicit rather than implicit. The abstract now frames the work as identifying candidate taxa and communities rather than delivering a finished engineering solution (ll. 27–31); the Introduction now states plainly that this is a proof of concept that does not benchmark the passaged communities against single-isolate inoculants or evaluate them in the field or against a resident native microbiome (ll. 96–101); and the Discussion reiterates these limitations (ll. 543–551).

      I disagree with the authors that the selected microbiota better approximate field conditions (line 55) - because… the diversity of the microbiome is drastically reduced… it is likely that exclusion of taxa is just as important as the passaging of bacterial members to see the desired effect.

      We take this point and have revised the sentence at (former) line 55 accordingly (now l. 57): we now say that community-level screening more closely approximates field complexity than single-isolate screens only at the outset, and we no longer imply that the selected (diversity-reduced) communities better approximate the field. We agree that taxon exclusion may be as important as enrichment; this is consistent with our balance analyses, in which the denominator groups comprise taxa negatively associated with phenotype (Figure 7), and with the diminishing returns we observe as diversity collapses. We have also added an explicit sentence to the Discussion (l. 488) stating that the exclusion of detrimental taxa may be as important as the enrichment of beneficial ones, and that a microbiome’s finite membership may contribute to the diminishing returns of selection we observe over generations.

      (1) It is unclear what the reason (or methodology) for correcting NDVI by biomass. Much of the findings hinge on corrected NDVI values, so a more thorough explanation of the correction method… would benefit the reader.

      We have substantially expanded this explanation in the Methods (ll. 666–669). We now state that biomass and AUC NDVI were anti-correlated (Supplemental Figure 12) and that we adjusted for plant size by taking the residuals of a linear regression of AUC NDVI on shoot dry-weight biomass, using these biomass-adjusted values as our measure of drought performance so that selection would reflect drought tolerance rather than plant size alone.

      (2) Are data for panels B and C of Figure 3 scaled?… how can one have a negative area under the curve if all the NDVI values are positive? For panel B, the representative plant images are much larger than 0.8 grams.

      This is a helpful catch, and the confusion stems from our terse original description. The values plotted are the biomass-adjusted AUC NDVI (regression residuals), which are centered on zero by construction; negative values therefore indicate poorer-than-expected drought performance for a plant of a given size and do not reflect negative raw NDVI or a negative raw area under the curve. We now explain this explicitly (ll. 666–669). In panel C, shoot biomass is plotted as dry weight in grams; the representative plant images in panel A are qualitative illustrations and are not scaled to the biomass axis. We will make the axis labels and legend state the units and the residual nature of the adjusted metric explicitly (noted in our accompanying figure-revision guide).

      (3) The dispersal analysis… What are the criteria for classifying ASVs as specific to an input source? Was it that they were observed in all samples of field soil, i.e. was a prevalence threshold implemented? Could they be observed in any other soil at a smaller threshold?

      We have added the criteria explicitly (ll. 248–253). An ASV was attributed to a given soil treatment if it was detected (present/absent) in that treatment’s field-soil or enrichment-generation inoculum samples; ASVs detected in none of the field soils or source inocula were designated environmental in origin (“unk/env”), and ASVs meeting the criterion for more than one treatment were assigned to each. Assignments were thus based on detection in the source samples rather than on an abundance-prevalence threshold within later generations.

      This reviewer finds the results around [inoculum source] inconclusive… the serpentine seep microbiome appears to provide more benefit from the first round of selection than any other soil… The slope of improvement… is different between soils, but mainly because the serpentine microbiomes start out conveying greater benefits than the other soils.

      We agree the Serpentine Seep result is not clear-cut. The Discussion already presents inoculum provenance as one of several factors shaping the outcome rather than a decisive one, and we have now added an explicit acknowledgement that Serpentine Seep conferred comparatively large benefits in the earliest cycles before plateauing, so its weaker response to continued selection may reflect an early approach to a performance ceiling rather than an inherently poorer substrate for selection (l. 423). We have tempered our “source matters” language accordingly.

      Have the authors assessed the biomass and ndvi of the well-watered plants?… showing this data would allow the reader to assess the degree to which the microbiomes are rescuing the plant… and… whether tradeoffs exist… under fully watered conditions.

      We have added an explicit statement that our design does not pair each droughted line with a well-watered readout of the same phenotype, so we refrain from estimating the absolute magnitude of drought rescue (ll. 551–552). We note, however, that shoot biomass increased in parallel with drought performance across selection generations (Figure 3C), which provides no evidence that selection for drought tolerance came at a cost to growth under our conditions. Collecting matched well-watered phenotypes to quantify effect size and trade-offs is a worthwhile aim for future work but would constitute a new analysis beyond this revision.

      How can the authors exclude the possibility that environmental microbes pre-existing in the growth chamber taxonomically overlap with the field soil-specific microbes?… the alternative hypothesis should be mentioned… A clearer representation of the ASVs categorized as source soil-specific in Figure 5… would be useful and how many of these ASVs make up the bar plots.

      We now state this alternative hypothesis explicitly: because dispersed taxa came to dominate all treatments, we cannot fully exclude that taxa shared across treatments were recruited from a common growth-chamber pool rather than dispersing directly between soils (ll. 546–549). We note that the two processes are difficult to distinguish retrospectively, but that the bias of each SI line toward its own treatment’s native diversity (Figure 5) is more consistent with genuine cross-treatment dispersal. Regarding the figure, the number of ASVs underlying each origin category is available in Supplemental Figure 6; we describe in the accompanying figure-revision guide how the Figure 5 legend can be clarified to state the assignment criteria and the ASV counts.

      The sterile inoculated plants were a nice control in theory, but I question their utility… A contrast that should be made is the microbiomes of only SI plants. It is striking that sterilized controls assemble and retain more microbes from the unsterilized starting inoculum. I would expect everything to be acquired from dispersal.

      We agree, and we have foregrounded this in the Discussion (ll. 543–551). As the reviewer notes, SI communities were biased toward their own treatment’s native diversity rather than being assembled entirely from dispersal (Figure 5) — an informative observation, but one that also demonstrates why the SI lines cannot serve as the clean, microbe-free baseline we had intended. We now treat this as a key design lesson and note that a fully isolated (e.g., gnotobiotic) control would be required to separate these effects in future experiments (l. 560).

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Weaknesses:

      Sterile/non-inoculated calcined clay also tends to enrich similar microbes… In a future experiment, the work would benefit from including a truly sterile control… the reader may get to wonder whether these efforts are necessary at all… This is discussed across the paper but not directly addressed and I think the manuscript would benefit from a clear argument for or against this idea.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful point and have made our argument explicit rather than leaving it implicit. First, we agree a fully isolated, truly sterile control would strengthen future iterations of this design; the manuscript notes that gnotobiotic plants would be the ideal (if costly) means of achieving this (l. 560). Second, on whether selection is necessary if plants recruit beneficial microbes from the environment: the phenotypic gains seen even in the sterile-inoculated lines do not indicate that selection was superfluous, but rather that those plants recruited from a metacommunity that was itself being optimized by selection in the neighboring selection lines each generation. In other words, environmental acquisition propagated the benefits of selection across the shared growth-chamber environment rather than replacing it. We have clarified this reasoning in the Discussion (ll. 543–551).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      It is mentioned multiple times… that host genotype is the driver of the microbiota selection… However, this is not the case [multiple lines] and therefore I don’t find that surprising that there is a convergence of the microbiota across soils and selection rounds.

      We agree and have added text making this explicit: all plants were a single, near-isogenic rice genotype, and because host genotype is itself a strong filter on microbiome composition, the use of one genotype — together with shared environmental conditions and selection criteria — makes convergence across lines an expected rather than a surprising outcome (ll. 438–441). We have softened language that could be read as attributing selection to host-genotype variation.

      Another possibility… is that those microbes that are found in the later generations are actually the ones that were active/alive in the initial inoculum. It is not possible to rule out that most of the sequenced microbes in the input were not actually dead. Similar observations were made… in Duran et al. 2022. New Phytol.

      We have added this possibility to the manuscript, noting that DNA-based profiling cannot distinguish metabolically active cells from relic DNA or dormant/non-viable cells, so part of the apparent diversity decline may reflect enrichment for the subset of taxa that were active in the original inoculum, with reference to the transplantation work the reviewer cites (Durán et al. 2022; ll. 206–209).

      In the shotgun data, was there any observation of other microbes present (fungi, virus)? Did they follow the same trends as the bacterial communities?… I think addressing this will be very interesting and very novel.

      We agree this is an interesting question. Our shotgun workflow was designed and assembled specifically to recover high-quality bacterial and archaeal MAGs, and a rigorous cross-kingdom analysis (fungi, viruses) would require dedicated, eukaryote- and virus-specific assembly, binning, and reference databases — a substantial new analysis that lies outside the scope of this revision. We therefore flag cross-kingdom community dynamics as a promising direction for future work rather than presenting a new analysis here.

      Any interesting overlap with the results found in Karasov et al. 2022 (biorxiv)?

      We have added a comparison to drought-driven selection on host-associated microbiomes in Arabidopsis (Karasov et al. 2022) at the relevant point in the Discussion (l. 442).

      In Liu et al., 2024 Nat. Comms, the authors found Devosia as an interesting candidate for disease suppression (to add to the discussion?).

      Added — we now note that Devosia, one of the lesser-known genera enriched in our experiment, has recently been highlighted as a candidate mediator of disease suppression in the rhizosphere (Liu et al. 2024; l. 476).

      Lipids as a signal for host-microbe interaction: Rich et al., 2021 Science.

      Added — in the functional-enrichment discussion we now cite lipids as increasingly recognized central signaling molecules in host–microbe symbioses (Rich et al. 2021; l. 478).

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Dwulet et al. combined experimental and modeling approaches to investigate how correlated spontaneous activity in the mouse's primary visual (V1) and primary somatosensory (S1) areas drives the development of multisensory integration in area RL. Notably, they focused on early developmental stages, before sensory experience occurs. Consistent with previous experimental findings, the authors first demonstrated that spontaneous activity becomes more sparse across development in all three areas, as measured by event amplitude, event duration, and participation ratio. Using a linear mixed model analysis to compare the maturation of this spontaneous activity, they found evidence that S1 matured the fastest. The authors then presented experimental evidence suggesting that these spontaneous events were moderately correlated both spatially and temporally.

      They hypothesized that activity-dependent mechanisms use these correlations to establish connectivity across these regions. To test this hypothesis, the authors modeled a feedforward network with connections from S1 to RL and from V1 to RL, where the strength of connections depended on a Hebbian term for potentiation and a heterosynaptic term for depression. By investigating different levels of V1-S1 correlations, they found that moderate levels of correlation led to the significant development of topographically organized connectivity while maintaining a mix of bimodal and unimodal cells in RL. Additionally, when simulating a network with a more mature S1, they observed that topographical maps improved not only between S1 and RL but also between V1 and RL. Finally, the authors use linear regression to suggest that the mixture of bimodal and unimodal cells in RL is optimal for encoding the maximum amount of information from both V1 and S1.

      However, there are significant gaps between the experimental data and the modeling setup, which weaken the paper's conclusions. Additionally, some key details are omitted, making it difficult to fully assess their analysis and interpret some of their figures.

      (1) Some of the statistical measures and techniques in Figure 1 could benefit from clearer definitions. While the thresholds for activation (peak with at least 5% dF/F0) and events (20% of recorded cells activated simultaneously) are provided, event duration and participation rate are not clearly defined. Based on this definition of event alone, it is unclear why the minimum participation rate in Figure 1F is not 20%. Additionally, the conclusion that S1 matures earlier than RL and V1 could be strengthened by including a direct comparison between S1 and RL, as the current analysis only compares these areas to V1.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have now updated the Methods to include the event duration as time above half max, participation rate as % of cells out of total in that region active during an event. Also, the threshold of 20% recorded cells to identify an event was incorrectly stated, in fact the threshold was 5% consistent with what the reviewer observed in Figure 1F. This error has been corrected throughout the Methods. We chose 5% because spontaneous activity significantly sparsifies over development, with events involving far fewer cells, as previously shown by multiple studies (Golshani et al., 2009; Rochefort et al., 2009; Gribizis et al., 2019; Leighton et al., 2021; Murakami et al., 2022; Chini et al., 2022; reviewed in Lakhera et al., 2024).

      For the linear mixed model (LMM) analysis, we used V1 as a reference just for convenience, but this has no influence on the results. We now added a direct comparison using each area as reference in the LMMs. Several Supplementary Tables (S1-3) now show these results with coefficient estimates and stars showing statistical significance and are mentioned in the legend of Figure 1 and the main text.

      (2) The wide-field experiments in Figure 2 could be expanded to support the feedforward modeling assumptions. Currently, the spatial and temporal correlations presented leave open the possibility that these spontaneous events are traveling waves propagating from V1 to RL to S1 (or vice versa). This scenario would suggest a different connectivity scheme for the model. Clarifying this point with additional data analysis, specifically including temporal correlations involving RL, could provide stronger support for the model's assumptions.

      We agree with the reviewer that the correlation analyses shown in Figure 2 do not differentiate between two possibilities: activity that travels smoothly from one cortical area to another, thereby correlating correlations between these areas, versus activity that is spatially confined to individual areas but occurs near-synchronously across those areas. To address this point, we have revised Figure 2 in two ways.

      First, we added examples of spontaneous activity showing near-synchronous but spatially distinct activation of sub-areas in V1, RL and S1 (new Figure 2D). These examples show that localized activity can remain confined to individual sensory cortical areas and RL, while occurring at similar times across areas. Thus, the observed correlations are not simply due to single large events spreading continuously across the entire imaged field.

      Second, we added a lagged cross-correlation analysis between V1 and S1 activity (new Figure 2G). This analysis shows that the correlation between V1 and S1 peaks close to zero lag and decays for both positive and negative lags. This argues against a stereotyped travelling-wave-like propagation from V1 to S1 or from S1 to V1 with a fixed delay. The cross-correlation curves show a mild asymmetry, with somewhat higher correlations when S1 precedes V1. However, because the dominant peak is centered near zero lag, we interpret the data primarily as evidence for near-synchronous, spatially structured coactivity across sensory areas, rather than fixed directional propagation.

      Together, these two analyses support the modeling abstraction that V1 and S1 provide temporally correlated, spatially structured inputs to RL. We have added the new activity examples and the lagged cross-correlation analysis to Figure 2 and revised the Results accordingly. Although these analyses do not exclude all forms of propagating activity, they argue against the specific concern that the correlations are dominated by stereotyped traveling waves passing sequentially through V1, RL, and S1.

      (3) The functional correlation map in Figure 2D appears contradictory to the authors' modeling assumption that inputs are correlated spatially in V1 and S1. While V1 seed points align topographically with RL, this organization breaks down when extended into S1. In contrast, and in support of the modeling assumption, Figure 2E shows clearer topography across all three regions. A discussion of this discrepancy would be helpful, as it's a key conclusion of the figure. Additionally, it is unclear when this data was collected during development. Clarifying the developmental stage and analyzing how this map changes over time could strengthen the results.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this ambiguity. In the original version, the functional correlation maps were generated using separate seed locations in V1 and S1, and the interpretation relied heavily on thresholded RGB maps in which each pixel was assigned to the color channel with the strongest correlation. This representation made it difficult to directly compare the V1- and S1-seeded maps and may have given the impression that topographic organization was preserved in one direction but not the other.

      We have therefore revised the analysis and presentation of Figure 2. Instead of using separate seeds in V1 and S1, we now use common seed locations in RL and compute the correlations of these RL seeds with activity across the imaged cortical field. This allows us to ask directly whether different RL locations are associated with spatially distinct regions in both V1 and S1. We now show both the raw correlation maps, in which the RGB channels reflect the correlation values for the three RL seeds (new Figure 2E), and the thresholded/maximum-channel representation, in which each pixel is assigned to the strongest of the three color channels (new Figure 2F). The raw correlation maps make the correlation structure visible without relying solely on thresholding, whereas the thresholded representation highlights the spatial ordering of the strongest correlations.

      With this revised analysis, the topographic relationship across V1, RL, and S1 is clearer and no longer depends on comparing separate V1- and S1-seeded maps. We also clarified in the figure legend how the RGB maps are computed and how thresholded pixels are represented.

      The reviewer also asked about the developmental stage and progression of this phenomenon. The example shown in Figure 2 was recorded at PN9, and we now state this explicitly. In addition, we added examples from PN9–PN13 in Supplementary Figure S1, showing that similar functional correlation-map structure is present across the developmental period analyzed here. This is consistent with previous work showing that retinotopy-like patterns in higher visual areas can be recovered from functional-connectivity analysis of spontaneous activity before eye opening (Murakami et al., 2022), and with recent work showing that retinotopy-like and somatotopy-like patterns of ongoing activity, together with their rough topographic correspondence in RL, are already present before eye opening at PN10–11 (Matsumoto, Murakami & Ohki, 2025).

      (4) The modeling of spontaneous events with fixed amplitude and duration seems inconsistent with the experimental data in Figure 1, which shows variability in these parameters. This is particularly confusing in Figure 4, where S1 maturation is modeled as a stronger topographical alignment with RL, but the experimental data defines maturation based on amplitude, duration, and event rates. Justifying these modeling choices or adapting the model to reflect experimental variability would create a better connection between the theory and data.

      We agree with the reviewer that the original presentation did not sufficiently distinguish between the experimentally measured maturation of spontaneous activity and the way S1 maturation was implemented in the model. In the experiments (Figure 1), earlier maturation of S1 was reflected by lower event amplitudes, shorter durations, and higher event rates. In contrast, the original model explored the effect of a stronger or more spatially refined S1-to-RL projection (Figure 4). This modeling choice was motivated by pilot anatomical data suggesting that projections from S1 to RL become more elaborate earlier than projections from V1 to RL at comparable developmental ages. We include examples of these pilot data (Author response image 1), but we have not included them in the manuscript because the dataset is preliminary and does not yet allow for a sufficiently complete quantitative analysis.

      Author response image 1.

      Projections from V1 and S1 to RL at different developmental ages. Pilot anatomical data suggest that the S1 projection to RL becomes more elaborate and mature earlier than the V1 projection.

      To address the reviewer’s concern more directly, we have now extended the model to incorporate differences in the spontaneous activity patterns of V1 and S1, including the lower amplitude and higher frequency of S1 events. We then examined how these activity differences interact with different levels of initial connectivity bias between the primary sensory cortices and RL (Supplementary Figure S2). We also quantified the resulting topography, map alignment, and fraction of bimodal RL neurons as a function of the S1 bias and included these additional plots in Figure 4 (panels C-E).

      This analysis shows that incorporating the more mature S1-like activity patterns alone was not sufficient to generate the appropriate topographic and aligned maps. Rather, the model still required an initial connectivity bias, together with an appropriate level and structure of correlated activity. This is consistent with the results shown in Figure 3B,E,G–I and discussed in our response to Reviewer 2, point 3, where we show that the initial bias does not by itself determine the final map structure, but instead interacts with the level of V1–S1 correlation. We have added the new analysis to Supplementary Figure S2 and revised the text to clarify the interpretation. Rather than presenting the stronger S1 bias as a direct consequence of the more mature S1 activity dynamics revealed through the differences in amplitude, duration, and event rate, we now frame it as a model prediction: earlier S1 maturation may need to be accompanied by, or act through, a more advanced anatomical or functional S1-to-RL projection, whose refinement still depends on the temporal and spatial structure of spontaneous activity.

      The results suggest that differences in spontaneous activity dynamics and differences in projection maturity may act together during the emergence of topographically aligned multisensory maps, with neither component alone being sufficient to determine the final organization. Future experiments will be needed to establish whether such an S1-to-RL connectivity bias is present systematically, to quantify its developmental progression, and to disentangle the relative contributions of more mature spontaneous activity dynamics and more mature connectivity.

      (5) Several important details of the mathematical model are missing or unclear, partly due to typos. The Results section mentions the general framework of the input correlation matrix (e.g., "S1 and V1 neurons were driven by a combination of events, independent and shared in each V1 and S1" and "each independent event activated a randomly chosen, contiguous set of neurons"), but the specifics are not fully explained. Additionally, the caption of Figure 5 refers to a non-linear transfer function (a sigmoid), but these details are not provided in the Methods section, which instead suggests a linear model was used. A careful review of the main text and Methods section would help ensure that all the necessary details are included and that the story is both complete and accurate.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out these missing details and inconsistencies. We have carefully revised the Results, figure captions, and Methods to make the model description more complete and internally consistent.

      First, we clarified how spontaneous input events were generated. Specifically, V1 and S1 activity was constructed from independent events in each area and shared events across the two areas. These event streams were generated using Poisson processes, with the rates chosen such that the total event rate was matched across simulations while varying the fraction of shared versus independent events. We also clarified that each event activated a spatially contiguous group of neurons, thereby implementing local spatial correlations within each primary sensory area, while shared events activated corresponding topographic locations in V1 and S1.

      Second, in the Methods we clarified the use of the nonlinear transfer function in the decoding analysis shown in Figure 5. The simulated RL activity was transformed with a sigmoid nonlinearity before performing the regression analysis, and we have now added the corresponding equation (15) to the Methods.

      Third, we clarified the distinction between the numerical decoding analysis and the analytical calculation of the optimal weight matrix. The decoding analysis uses the nonlinear transformation described above, whereas the analytical calculation uses a linearized version of the model to obtain a tractable closed-form solution. We now state this explicitly in the Methods to avoid the impression that two inconsistent models were used.

      Finally, we corrected several typographical errors and checked that the Results, Methods, and figure captions use consistent terminology for the input generation, correlation structure, and decoding analysis.

      (6) While Figure 5 supports the paper's conclusion that a mixture of unimodal and bimodal neurons in RL optimizes information encoding, the authors missed an opportunity to strengthen the connection between the model and experimental data. Specifically, they could apply this reconstruction method to the experimental data and examine how RL's ability to reconstruct V1/S1 activity changes across development. Their model predicts that this performance would improve over time, and if this trend is observed in the experimental data, it would provide strong validation that these feedforward connections are developing in line with the model's predictions.

      We agree with the reviewer that applying the reconstruction analysis directly to the experimental data would provide an important additional test of the model. However, the current experimental datasets are not well suited for this analysis. The two-photon recordings used to characterize spontaneous activity in V1, S1, and RL were acquired sequentially rather than simultaneously, and therefore cannot be used to reconstruct V1/S1 activity from RL activity. In principle, a related analysis could be attempted using the wide-field recordings, which are simultaneous across cortical areas. However, these data have lower spatial resolution, include movement-related variability, and do not provide cellular-resolution measurements of RL activity. We explored this possibility, but the resulting reconstructions were not sufficiently reliable or interpretable to include in the manuscript.

      We now state this explicitly as a limitation in the Discussion and identify simultaneous multiarea recordings at cellular resolution as an important future test of the model. Such experiments would make it possible to determine whether the ability of RL activity to reconstruct V1/S1 activity improves across development, as predicted by the model.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors aim to investigate the role of spontaneous activity in shaping the development of multisensory integration in the brain, specifically focusing on the connections between primary visual and somatosensory sensory areas (V1 and S1) and a higher-order cortical area rostrolateral to V1 (RL). They seek to understand how spontaneous activity guides the formation of aligned topographic maps and the emergence of bimodal neurons in RL.

      First, the authors found that spontaneous activity in all three areas sparsifies over time, but S1 exhibits more mature patterns earlier than V1 and RL. They claimed that correlated activity among neighboring regions of these areas during development carries topographic information. These data were used to implement a computational model that employed Hebbian rules of synaptic plasticity. The model indicated that correlated spontaneous activity can generate topographic connectivity between S1/V1 and RL and bimodal neurons in RL. The model suggested that the more mature spontaneous activity in S1 can guide map alignment between V1 and RL. In addition, the model also suggested that a mixture of bimodal and unimodal neurons in RL is optimal for decoding information from V1 and S1.

      While the data presented in the manuscript is promising and provides preliminary insights into the role of spontaneous activity in multisensory integration, it would be beneficial to strengthen the experimental foundation regarding the correlation between V1, S1, and RL. Incorporating more rigorous spatio-temporal analyses of spontaneous activity could enhance the robustness of these findings.

      Here are some important concerns:

      (1) The analysis of how spatial topography influences activity correlations in Figure 2 has several issues.

      (1a) While squares in V1 and S1 covered a small area of these sensory areas, the correlated territories in RL covered the entire area of RL. The topographic map in V1 continues caudally, so where is the rest of the map in RL? Something similar applies to the relationship between S1 and RL.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this ambiguity. In the original version, the functional correlation maps were generated using separate seed locations in V1 and S1, and the interpretation relied heavily on thresholded RGB maps in which each pixel was assigned to the color channel with the strongest correlation. This made it difficult to directly compare the V1- and S1-seeded maps and could give the impression that the correlation structure extended differently across RL depending on the chosen seed area.

      We have therefore revised the analysis and presentation of Figure 2. Instead of using separate seeds in V1 and S1, we now use common seed locations in RL and compute the correlation of each RL seed with activity across the imaged cortical field. This allows us to ask more directly whether different locations in RL are associated with spatially distinct regions in both V1 and S1. We now show both the raw correlation maps, in which the RGB channels reflect the correlation values for the three RL seeds (new Figure 2E), and the thresholded/maximum channel representation, in which each pixel is assigned to the strongest of the three color channels (new Figure 2F). The raw correlation maps make the correlation structure visible without relying solely on thresholding, whereas the maximum-channel representation highlights the spatial ordering of the strongest correlations.

      With this revised analysis, the topographic relationship across V1, RL, and S1 is clearer and no longer depends on comparing separate V1- and S1-seeded maps. We also clarified in the figure legend and Methods how the RGB maps are computed, how the maximum-channel maps are generated, and how thresholded pixels are represented. In addition, we added Supplementary Figure S1 to show further functional-correlation-map examples across PN9, PN10, and PN13 recordings, with seed locations in V1, S1, or RL as indicated in each panel.

      (1b) It is essential to know how areas were drawn. High precision is required.

      Consistent delineation of cortical areas is absolutely essential for interpreting the functional correlation maps. We have therefore expanded the Methods to describe how cortical areas were delineated from the wide-field recordings. Briefly, recordings were acquired in a field of view defined relative to lambda and the midline, and cortical-area outlines were assigned using published reference maps together with the spatial organization of spontaneous activity patterns and functional correlation maps. This approach follows the procedure we previously validated for developmental wide-field recordings (Leighton et al., 2021).

      To make this transparent, we added Supplementary Figure S3, which illustrates how the reference-map-based outlines were overlaid on the imaging field of view and how functional correlation maps and individual network events helped identify the boundaries of V1 and neighboring areas. We also clarified this in the Methods.

      (1c) It is not clear if correlated activity means different events in sync or large events that cover 2 or all 3 cortical areas of interest. The figure points to the second option, which contradicts the size of events at these stages, mainly in the oldest mice analyzed here.

      The reviewer asks whether the correlations reflect spatially confined events occurring near-synchronously in different cortical areas, or instead large events spanning V1, RL, and S1. To clarify this point, we revised Figure 2 to show representative activity traces and individual frames from the wide-field recordings (new Figure 2B–D). These examples show that activity can be localized to distinct subregions within V1, RL, and S1 while occurring at similar times across areas. Thus, the observed correlations are not well explained by single large events spreading continuously across the entire imaged field.

      We have revised the Results and Figure 2 to make this clearer. In addition, the lagged cross-correlation analysis in Figure 2G shows that V1–S1 correlations peak near zero lag and decay for both positive and negative lags, arguing against a stereotyped travelling-wave-like propagation between the two primary sensory cortices as the dominant explanation for the observed correlations.

      (1d) It is fundamental to know in detail and provide examples of how the detection of events was performed. For instance, could the dispersion of light from an event in V1 close to RL cause the detection of activity in RL?

      The reviewer asks how events were detected in the wide-field recordings and whether light dispersion could lead to false-positive correlations between neighboring areas. We have clarified this point in the Methods. For the functional correlation analyses shown in Figure 2, we did not perform event detection. Instead, the correlation maps were computed from the continuous fluorescence time courses by calculating Pearson correlations between seed region activity and the activity of every pixel in the field of view. Thus, the functional correlation maps do not depend on detecting or assigning individual events.

      To address the concern about whether correlations could reflect light spread from large events rather than genuine co-activity across areas, we revised Figure 2 to include representative activity traces and individual frames from the wide-field recordings. These examples show that activity can be spatially confined to distinct subregions in V1, RL, and S1 while occurring at similar times across areas. This argues against the interpretation that the correlations are simply caused by a single event spreading continuously across the imaged field or by light dispersion from one area into another. We have also described the area delineation procedure in more detail in the Methods and added Supplementary Figure S3 to illustrate how activity patterns and functional correlation maps were used to assign outlines of distinct cortical areas.

      Although wide-field imaging cannot completely exclude minor contributions from light scattering near area borders, the spatially localized activation patterns and the topographically ordered correlation maps support the interpretation that the correlations reflect genuine nearsynchronous co-activity across V1, RL, and S1.

      (2) For the correlations among V1, S1, and RL, it is crucial to have a consistent method to delineate the borders of cortical areas. The authors mention in one sentence that areas were drawn according to a reference map. More details are needed to convince the reader that the borders are accurate, especially because their shape and position change with age.

      As described in our response to point 1b, we have expanded the Methods to clarify how cortical-area borders were delineated in the wide-field recordings. Briefly, recordings were acquired in a field of view defined relative to lambda and the midline, and cortical area outlines were assigned using published reference maps together with the spatial organization of spontaneous activity patterns and functional correlation maps. We also added Supplementary Figure S3, which illustrates how the outlines based on reference maps were overlaid on the imaging field of view and how functional correlation maps and individual network events helped identify the boundaries of V1 and neighboring areas. This makes the delineation procedure more transparent across animals and developmental ages.

      (3) The results from the model seem to be based on the initial bias in connectivity between neighboring cells from the different areas. Then, it seems straightforward that implementing correlated activity with Hebbian and synaptic depression rules will force the strengthening of connections between spatially close cells. Despite this apparent predisposition of the model towards a defined outcome, the flaws in the experimental data used prevent a rigorous interpretation of the computational model.

      We understand the reviewer’s concern that the initial topographic bias could predispose the model toward the emergence of topographic maps. However, the model results show that this bias is not by itself sufficient to determine the final organization (Figure 3B,E,G– I). When V1–S1 correlations are weak, many RL neurons decouple from the primary sensory inputs, resulting in poor topography and few bimodal neurons (Figure 3E,G–I). Conversely, when V1–S1 correlations are very strong, the two input maps become highly aligned, but topography is degraded because many RL neurons receive similar visual and somatosensory inputs at the same topographic location, thereby overriding the initial topographic bias (Figure 3E,G,H). Thus, the initial bias does not simply determine the final map structure. Rather, appropriate topography, map alignment, and the emergence of a mixture of unimodal and bimodal neurons require an intermediate level of correlated activity.

      We have revised the manuscript to make this interpretation clearer. We also strengthened the experimental basis for the activity structure used in the model by revising Figure 2 and the corresponding Results and Methods. The revised analyses now show near-synchronous but spatially distinct activation of V1, RL, and S1, a lagged cross-correlation analysis arguing against stereotyped travelling-wave-like propagation between V1 and S1, and functional correlation maps computed from common RL seed locations. Together, these additions clarify the spatial and temporal structure of the spontaneous activity used to motivate the model.

      Finally, as described in our response to Reviewer 1, point 4, we have extended the model to test the role of the initial bias more directly in combination with experimentally measured differences in V1 and S1 activity patterns. In this analysis, we incorporated these activity differences and examined how they interact with different levels of initial connectivity bias (Supplementary Figure S2). These simulations show that more mature S1-like activity patterns alone are not sufficient to generate the appropriate topographic and aligned maps, and that an initial connectivity bias is required. At the same time, consistent with Figure 3, this bias does not by itself determine the final organization; the outcome also depends on the temporal correlation structure of V1 and S1 activity.

      We agree that the initial topographic bias remains an important modeling assumption, consistent with the idea that coarse activity-independent mechanisms provide an initial scaffold for later activity-dependent refinement. We now present the model accordingly: not as showing that correlated activity alone creates topography from an entirely unstructured circuit, but as showing how structured spontaneous activity can refine an initially coarse topographic scaffold to produce aligned multisensory maps and a mixture of unimodal and bimodal RL neurons.

      (4) In the Introduction, the authors nicely and briefly explain the role of primary and higher order sensory cortices in information processing. They also explain how spontaneous activity during development helps to build these circuits by refining connections or establishing hierarchies. They continue explaining the relevance of aligning different topographic maps to allow multisensory integration. Then they provide some examples of sites of multisensory integration. This provides a general context for the data presented in the Results section; however, and importantly, there is no specific introduction of why they are interested in RL and its interaction with V1 and S1. The authors should introduce the RL area and explain why it is an interesting site for multisensory processing.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have revised the Introduction to make the rationale for focusing on RL more explicit. Specifically, we now introduce RL as a higher-order cortical area located between V1 and S1 that receives topographically organized input from both primary sensory cortices and contains overlapping visual and tactile representations. We also clarify that RL is a particularly relevant area for studying multisensory map alignment because corresponding locations in visual and whisker space can converge onto the same RL neurons, including bimodal neurons. Finally, we expanded the Introduction to explain that RL has been implicated in visually guided tactile behaviors and cross-modal generalization, making it an appropriate model system for studying how aligned multisensory representations emerge during development.

      (5) The results shown in Figure 1 corroborate published data from Golshani et al, Rochefort et al, Murakami et al. While the reproduction of data is more than welcome, the authors should specify which part of the data is completely new and acknowledge clearly the rest as corroboration of previous data. The sentence "As described in previous experiments ..." partially acknowledges this fact but is not clear enough. In addition, the transition between this part of the manuscript and the next data is not smooth. Data seems to be used to feed the model so perhaps the organization of the manuscript leaves room for improvement.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have therefore revised the Results to clarify that the developmental sparsification of spontaneous activity in V1 is consistent with previous work, including Portera-Cailliau, Konnerth, Hanganu-Opatz, Crair and Ohki labs as well as our own (Siegel et al. 2021) and that similar developmental trends in S1 and RL corroborate and extend these observations across the sensory and higher-order cortical areas analyzed here.

      We also clarified what is new in the present analysis. Specifically, our contribution is not simply to reproduce previously described developmental sparsification, but to compare V1, S1, and RL within the same experimental and statistical framework, revealing that S1 exhibits more mature activity features earlier than V1 and RL. We also revised the transition to the next section to make clearer how these measurements motivate the subsequent analysis of temporally and spatially correlated spontaneous activity between V1, S1, and RL.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Dwulet et al. explores how the development of spontaneous neural activity in primary sensory cortices influences the co-alignment of multiple sensory modalities in higher order brain areas (HOAs). To address this question, they focus on connectivity between the primary visual (V1) and somatosensory (S1) cortices and an associative cortical area (RL) in mice. The authors combine experimental (wide-field and two-photon calcium imaging) and computational approaches to show that spontaneous activity matures at a different pace across these brain regions. Their data indicate that S1 develops more rapidly than V1, which is possibly beneficial for RL's integration of visual and somatosensory inputs through correlated spontaneous activity. Using a computational model, they demonstrate that a moderate correlation between V1 and S1 activity can optimally guide the formation of bimodal neurons in RL, which are crucial for maximizing the decodability of multisensory stimuli. This finding highlights the role of correlated spontaneous activity in primary sensory cortices in establishing co-aligned topographic multimodal sensory representations in downstream circuits.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well written and it provides strong enough evidence to support the main claim of the authors. The insights on the role of correlated activity on instructing co-aligned multisensory maps in HOAs are not trivial and are an important advancement for the field.

      Weaknesses:

      In the opinion of this reviewer, the study has no major weaknesses. A drawback of the work is that none of the predictions of the computational modeling have been corroborated through mechanistic experimental manipulations of early brain activity.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment of the manuscript and for highlighting the importance of the model predictions. We agree that a direct mechanistic perturbation of early spontaneous activity would provide an important future test of the model. Such experiments could, for example, perturb the temporal correlation structure between V1 and S1 during the relevant developmental window and then test whether this affects the alignment of V1/S1 maps in RL and the emergence of bimodal RL neurons.

      In the present study, we focused on identifying candidate features of spontaneous activity that could instruct multisensory map alignment and testing their sufficiency in a computational model. We now explicitly acknowledge in the Discussion that causal perturbations of early spontaneous activity will be needed to validate the model predictions experimentally. We believe this provides an important direction for future work while preserving the main conclusion of the current study: that structured, moderately correlated spontaneous activity provides a plausible developmental mechanism for refining aligned multisensory representations in higher-order cortex.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Additional comments/suggestions for the figures:

      (1) In Figure 1D-G, some of the dots lie almost directly on top of each other, essentially "hiding" certain data points. Using different shapes for each of the three regions might help alleviate this issue and make the data more visually distinct.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have revised Figure 1D-G so that the three cortical regions are shown with different marker shapes. This should make overlapping data points easier to distinguish and clarify that each point corresponds to the average value for one animal and cortical region at the indicated postnatal age.

      (2) In Figure 2D-E, RGB color values are used to represent the highest correlation coefficient across the three seeded areas. It would be more informative if these also depicted the magnitude of the correlations, possibly through a color gradient. Additionally, the black regions in these panels are not currently defined and should be clarified.

      We have revised the functional correlation-map analysis and its presentation in Figure 2, as suggested by the reviewer. In the revised figure, the main correlation-map panels now use three seed locations in RL and show the resulting correlations across the imaged cortical field. We present the maps in two complementary ways. First, the raw RGB correlation map shows the correlation values for all three seed locations, with the intensity of each color channel reflecting the magnitude of the corresponding Pearson correlation coefficient (new Fig. 2E). Second, the maximum-channel representation assigns each pixel to the seed location with the strongest correlation, while still preserving correlation strength through pixel intensity (new Fig. 2F).

      We have also added color scales to relate pixel intensity to correlation magnitude and clarified that black pixels in the maximum-channel representation correspond to pixels below the correlation threshold used for visualization. The figure legend and Methods now describe how the RGB maps and maximum-channel maps were computed. Finally, we added Supplementary Figure S1 with additional examples from PN9, PN10, and PN13 recordings, with seed locations in V1, S1, or RL as indicated in each panel. This illustrates that they are quite similar across the ages investigated here.

      (3) I found Figure 3F a bit difficult to interpret without referring to the Methods section for the definitions of Topography and Alignment. Since these definitions are relatively short and essential for understanding all the modeling figures, I suggest moving them into the main text where they are first introduced.

      The definitions of Topography and Alignment have been added to the text where they are introduced.

      (4) In Figures 3-5, it is unclear what causes the variability in the model’s responses, as there are two potential sources of randomness: the initial random connectivity matrix and the correlated inputs driving the system. Are either of these fixed? For example, is the distribution of dots along the y-axis in Figure 3G-H, which corresponds to zero correlation between V1 and S1, driven by variability in the initial connectivity matrix, the random timing of input events, or a combination of both? If it’s a combination, it would be interesting to tease this effect apart by fixing one form of randomness and recreating these plots.

      In the original simulations in Figures 3–5, neither source of randomness was fixed across runs: each point corresponds to an independent developmental realization with a newly sampled initial connectivity matrix and a newly sampled sequence of spontaneous input events. The initial connectivity was random but weakly biased toward matched topographic location, while spontaneous activity consisted of stochastic independent and shared events activating randomly chosen contiguous groups of neurons (as explained in the main text and Methods). Thus, for example, the spread of points at zero V1–S1 correlation in Figures 3G–H reflects a combination of variability in the initial connectivity and variability in the independent V1 and S1 event histories. At zero correlation, no shared V1–S1 events are present, so this spread does not reflect variability in correlated shared events, but rather run-to-run differences in the two independently refined maps.

      We have clarified this point in the text and figure legend. We agree that fixing one source of randomness while varying the other would be an interesting additional analysis to decompose the relative contribution of initial wiring versus input history. However, the goal of the present simulations was to characterize the ensemble of possible developmental outcomes when both initial connectivity and spontaneous activity vary, as expected biologically.

      This interpretation is also consistent with the earlier two-layer model from developmental refinements from retina/thalamus to V1 (Wosniack et al., eLife 2021) on which our model builds, where final receptive fields emerge from the interaction between weak biased initial connectivity and stochastic structured spontaneous activity. In the current three-layer extension, the same principle applies to two converging projections, from V1 to RL and from S1 to RL. The initial topographic bias constrains the possible map structure, while the spatiotemporal statistics of V1 and S1 activity determine whether the two maps remain separate, align, or collapse into overly bimodal representations.

      (5) The specific parameter values used to create the panels in the modeling figures (Figures 3 and 4) should be made clearer, at least in the figure captions. For example, in Figure 3E, the exact values for the “weak,” “medium,” and “strong” correlations should be provided. Additionally, Figure 4 does not mention the strength of the correlated input considered, which should be specified as well.

      The values for the weak, medium and strong correlations have been added to the figure caption of Figure 3. The input correlation for Figure 4 is also now specified in the figure caption.

      (6) There is an odd vertical line in Figure 3I that doesn’t appear to be discussed or defined. Its purpose should be clarified, or the line should be removed if it is unintentional.

      This line has been removed.

      (7) There is a typo in the caption for Figure 3. Panel 'K' should be panel 'J'.

      This typo has been corrected.

      (8) In the text, the authors write "With these connectivity refinements, the generated activity in RL became sparser in terms of amplitude and participation rate (Figure 3J)." While this appears to be the case for this single example, it is difficult to confirm without zooming in on the panel. These quantities should be computed across multiple instances, and a summary plot should be provided to support this statement.

      The experimentally measured developmental sparsification of RL activity is quantified (independent of the model) in Figure 1D–F.

      We see how the original wording placed too much weight on the illustrative example in Figure 3J. We have revised the text to clarify that Figure 3J shows a representative simulation illustrating how RL activity changes as V1/S1-to-RL connectivity refines, rather than a separate population-level quantification across model instances.

      At the same time, this example is not meant to introduce a new, unsupported mechanism. The model used here is an extension of our previous two-layer model of developmental refinements between retina/thalamus and V1, in which spontaneous activity refined feedforward receptive fields from thalamus to V1. In that study, we specifically quantified how receptive field refinement led to sparsification of cortical activity in V1 over development, including reduced event amplitude, reduced event size/participation, and reduced pairwise correlations (Wosniack et al., 2021). Thus, the example shown in Figure 3J is consistent with a mechanism that has already been systematically characterized in the simpler two-layer setting.

      In the present manuscript, the central modeling results concern the emergence of topography, alignment, and the balance of unimodal and bimodal RL neurons. We therefore have softened the corresponding statement and explicitly refer to Figure 3J as an illustrative example.

      (9) Figure 5C is a bit difficult to interpret. The corresponding text states, "However, when activity across V1 and S1 is moderately correlated, having some unimodal RL neurons can achieve a higher total maximum fraction of variance for both V1 and S1 compared to the purely bimodal case (Figure 5C)", from which I infer that these dots represent networks resulting from "moderate correlations." However, the exact range of correlations considered should be mentioned in the text or figure caption. Additionally, I find it unusual that some networks with close to 0% bimodal cells perform quite well in reconstructing both S1 and V1. Many data points overlap, but I notice quite a few pale dots in the upper right of the plot. I believe this should be addressed in the main text.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. We have added the correlation values used for the simulations in Figure 5C to the figure caption and clarified the interpretation in the Results. The high reconstruction performance for some networks with relatively few bimodal cells arises because, when V1 and S1 activity are not perfectly correlated, unimodal RL neurons can provide unambiguous information about activity in one sensory area. In contrast, a purely bimodal population can make it more difficult to distinguish whether one or both primary sensory cortices were active. Thus, for moderately correlated inputs, a mixture of unimodal and bimodal RL neurons can reconstruct both sensory areas better than a population composed entirely of bimodal neurons. We have revised the main text to make this point explicit.

      (10) The network schematics in Figures 3A and 5A could be improved to better illustrate the network setup using a similar approach as the one used by this research group in Wosniack et al. (2021). Adding arrowheads to the lines from V1/S1 to RL would clarify that these are purely feedforward inputs. It would also be helpful to depict that V1 and S1 are driven by correlated events that are spatially structured.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have revised the schematics in Figures 3A and 5A to make the feedforward nature of the model clearer by adding arrowheads to the projections from V1 and S1 to RL. We have also clarified the depiction and description of the input activity. Specifically, Figure 3C shows the spontaneous events driving V1 and S1 in the model, including shared events that are both temporally correlated and spatially structured across corresponding topographic locations in the two primary sensory areas. These shared events activate matched contiguous groups of neurons in V1 and S1, while independent events activate randomly chosen contiguous groups within each area. We have clarified this point in the Results and Methods.

      General comments regarding the text (including typos):

      (1) In Statistical analysis, "In wide-field calcium imaging (we re-analyzed data from [46] (Figure 1))..." should be referencing Figure 2.

      Typo fixed.

      (2) Right before Table 1, the authors mention that they ran the simulations for 500,000 milliseconds, which is 500 seconds. This doesn't seem long enough for the weights to approach their steady-state values given the inter-event interval. Since the example simulations in Figure 3 are 1,000 seconds long, I'm guessing this is a typo.

      Typo fixed. Indeed the simulations in Figure 3 were 1,000 ms (1 s) long.

      (3) The specific time step used for the simulations should be specified. Currently, the text only mentions "sufficiently small time steps".

      We have now specified the simulation time step in the Methods.

      (4) In the Rate-based network model section, you write "These biased weights decay with a Gaussian profile with increasing distance (Figure 3)), with amplitude a and spread s", but Table 1 denotes these parameters differently.

      We have corrected the notation so that the parameter names are consistent between the Methods and Table 1.

      (5) Currently, all differential equations are written as 1/tau*df/dt. Based on the units of your time constants (seconds), I believe these equations should be tau*df/dt.

      We have corrected the differential-equation notation.

      (6) Equations 5-6 and 8 should be differential equations.

      We have corrected these equations so that they are written as differential equations. These mistakes happened because we changed formats between from Word to Latex.

      (7) The expectation in Equation 8 is not clearly defined and I would think here that the W_ij's should be within expectations. In the next paragraph, the authors specify that they are interested in a specific case of W_ij's, but this condition has not been introduced yet.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this ambiguity. We have revised the text around Equation 8 to define the expectation more clearly and to introduce the specific steady-state connectivity configuration before it is used. Because the expectation is taken over the input activity statistics at steady state, the weights are fixed quantities in this calculation. Including W_ij inside the expectation would therefore not change the result, but we have revised the notation and explanatory text to make this clearer.

      (8) The expectation in Equation 8 is not clearly defined, and I believe that the W_ij’s should be included within the expectations (in the following paragraph, the authors mention that they are interested in a specific case of W_ij’s, but this condition has not yet been introduced).

      This comment is the same as the one above. Please see the point above for the reply.

      (9) At the start of "Optimal weight matrix for correlated input populations", you write that the vector X is M x 1. If that is the case X'X would be a 1x1 matrix. I'm not sure if you meant to write X as 1 x M or to examine XX'.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this dimensional inconsistency. We have corrected the notation in the Methods. The concatenated input vector X=[v; s] has size M x 1, so the relevant input covariance matrix is X X^T not X^T X. This covariance matrix has size M x M, as required for the eigenvector analysis. We revised the corresponding equations and explanatory text accordingly.

      (10) Equation 11 has an s_i on the right-hand side that should be a \mu_s.

      Typo fixed.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Some sentences may require more scientific rigor. For instance: "We found that activity between the visual and the somatosensory cortex is often, but not always, temporally synchronized.

      We have revised the Results to state the quantitative observations more explicitly. Specifically for this example, we now report that the average activity in V1 and S1 across PN9PN12 animals showed a range of Pearson correlation coefficients with a mean of approximately 0.5. We also describe the examples in Figure 2B-D as near-synchronous but spatially distinct activation of subregions in V1, RL, and S1, and we use the lagged cross-correlation analysis in Figure 2G to support the conclusion that V1-S1 correlations peak near zero lag rather than reflecting stereotyped propagation with a fixed delay.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor suggestions on how to improve some specific aspects of the manuscript.

      Introduction:

      (1) What do the authors mean when they write "Higher-order areas (HOAs) situated between primary sensory areas"? This sentence might need some editing.

      We have revised the sentence to clarify that we are referring to higher-order cortical areas that receive and combine inputs from multiple primary sensory areas. We now also state explicitly that some of these areas, including RL, are anatomically positioned between the primary sensory cortices whose inputs they integrate.

      (2) In later portions of the manuscript, it becomes clear what the authors mean when they write “whereby sensory neurons converge onto higher-order cortex while preserving space”, but I think that it would be beneficial if this statement would be better explained also in the introduction.

      This has been clarified in the introduction. Specifically, we now clarify that topographic convergence means that neurons representing corresponding regions of sensory space in different primary sensory areas can project to overlapping or nearby locations in higher-order cortex. In the case of RL, this means that visual and tactile representations with corresponding spatial organization can converge onto RL neurons, including bimodal neurons.

      (3) Could the authors provide some more information about RL and the rationale as to why it was chosen as the HOA that they investigated in the study?

      We have expanded the Introduction to make the rationale for focusing on RL more explicit. We now introduce RL as a higher-order cortical area located between V1 and S1 that receives topographically organized input from both primary sensory cortices. We also explain that RL contains overlapping visual and tactile representations, including bimodal neurons, and that corresponding locations in visual and whisker space can converge in RL. In addition, we now note that RL has been implicated in visually guided tactile behavior and cross-modal generalization. These anatomical and functional properties make RL a particularly suitable model system for studying how aligned multisensory representations emerge.

      Results:

      (1) "RL was found to slightly lag behind V1 and S1". On what evidence is this statement based upon? As far as I can understand, there are no significant differences between V1 and RL besides amplitudes being higher in RL, which I don't think can be univocally interpreted as a sign that RL lags behind V1 in the developmental profile.

      The evidence for a delayed RL maturation relative to V1 and S1 is limited and comes from the pattern of coefficient estimates in the linear mixed models, now shown in Supplementary Tables S1-S3, rather than from a robust difference across all measured activity features. We have therefore revised the Results to state more conservatively that RL and V1 develop more similarly during the second postnatal week, while S1 shows more mature activity features earlier in development. The full linear mixed-model comparisons using V1, S1, and RL as reference areas are provided in Supplementary Tables S1-S3.

      (2) Figure 1H is very hard to read.

      (a) The slopes and the intercepts have values that differ by orders of magnitude, so the slopes get squeezed and become invisible. Further, the different parts of the plots (e.g. the one of amplitude and duration) are almost overlapping, which is a bit confusing. Slopes and intercepts should also have different units of measure (see Equation 3), so I wonder how they can lie on the same axis. Can the authors try to plot the data in a manner that is easier to visually inspect?

      (b) Including the "reference" (V1) intercept in H is also a bit misleading, as one might intuitively interpret it as a difference between V1 and other brain areas. Perhaps the overall differences between brain areas (regardless of age) might be best represented in a plot without age on the x-axis (only brain area). Alternatively, one might point them out directly on the plots in DG.

      (c) In D-G, what do the individual dots represent? The legend states N=10 animals, but I only see ~6 dots per plot.

      We thank the reviewer for these helpful points. We have revised the caption of Figure 1H and added Supplementary Tables S1-S3, which provide the full linear mixed-model estimates for each choice of reference area. These tables report the intercepts, slopes, interaction terms, confidence intervals, and significance levels in a format that avoids placing quantities with different units and scales on the same visual axis.

      For the caption of Figure 1H: The V1 value corresponds to the model intercept at PN8, whereas the age coefficient corresponds to the slope for V1. The S1, RL, Age: S1, and Age: RL terms represent differences relative to this reference model. To avoid the impression that the V1 intercept represents a difference between areas, we now explicitly state that the coefficients in Figure 1H are interpreted relative to V1 at PN8, and that the complete comparisons using S1 and RL as reference areas are provided in Supplementary Tables S2 and S3.

      Finally, we clarified that the individual points in Figure 1D–G represent animal-level averages for each cortical area at the indicated age. The value N = 9 refers to the total number of animals included across the dataset, not to the number of animals at each postnatal age. Because recordings were distributed across ages and some points overlap visually, fewer points are visible in individual panels than the total N.

      (3) Figure 2B-C: at which lag does this correlation peak? Is it at 0ms? Or does one brain area precede/follow the other one?

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have revised Figure 2 to include a lagged V1–S1 cross-correlation analysis. The V1–S1 correlation peaks close to zero lag and decreases for both positive and negative lags, indicating that the dominant temporal relationship is near-synchronous rather than consistent with fixed-delay propagation from one primary sensory cortex to the other. The curves show a mild asymmetry, with somewhat stronger correlations when S1 precedes V1, but because the dominant peak is near zero lag, we interpret the data primarily as evidence for near-synchronous, spatially structured coactivity across areas rather than stereotyped travelling-wave propagation. We have added this interpretation to the Results and clarified the temporal-lag convention in the Figure 2 legend.

      (4) Figure 2D-E: in the methods section the authors report that "The actual color of each pixel represents the highest coefficient of correlation value across the three channels." I think that this important information should be included in the main text or the legend of the figure.

      We have changed Fig. 2 now to clarify the quantification of the functional correlation maps and also added the information requested by the reviewer to the figure legend.

      (5) Figure 3D: I think that it would be beneficial if the authors would highlight directly in the figure that those connectivity matrices are between V1/S1 and RL.

      This information has been added to the figure.

      (6) Figure 3I: does the vertical line correspond to the "critical amount of temporal correlation" (eq. 2)? If so, could the authors provide this information in the figure or the figure legend?

      This line was unintentional and has been removed.

      (7) It would be nice if the data that was generated for this study (and the data that has already been published and was used to generate Figure 2) would be made publicly available on an open-access repository.

      We agree that open data sharing is important. We have made the code used for the model and figure generation available in the repository listed in the Data and Code Availability section. At present, we are not able to deposit the complete raw imaging datasets in an open repository because the wide-field and two-photon imaging files are very large, amounting to multiple terabytes, and we do not currently have a sustainable hosting solution for these raw data. We will share data upon request, and we will deposit the raw imaging datasets in an appropriate open repository if a feasible long-term hosting solution becomes available.

      References

      M. Chini, T. Pfeffer, and I. Hanganu-Opatz. An increase of inhibition drives the developmental decorrelation of neural activity. eLife, 11:e78811, 2022.

      P. Golshani, J. T. Gonçalves, S. Khoshkhoo, R. Mostany, S. Smirnakis, and C. PorteraCailliau. Internally mediated developmental desynchronization of neocortical network activity. Journal of Neuroscience, 29(35):10890–10899, 2009.

      A. Gribizis, X. Ge, T. L. Daigle, J. B. Ackman, H. Zeng, D. Lee, and M. C. Crair. Visual cortex gains independence from peripheral drive before eye opening. Neuron, 104(4):711–723.e3, 2019.

      S. Lakhera, E. Herbert, and J. Gjorgjieva. Modeling the emergence of circuit organization and function during development. Cold Spring Harbor Perspectives in Biology, 17(2):a041511, 2025.

      A. H. Leighton, J. E. Cheyne, G. J. Houwen, P. P. Maldonado, F. De Winter, C. N. Levelt, and C. Lohmann. Somatostatin interneurons restrict cell recruitment to retinally driven spontaneous activity in the developing cortex. Cell Reports, 36(1):109316, 2021.

      H. Matsumoto, T. Murakami, and K. Ohki. Topographic correspondence between retinotopic and whisker somatosensory map in mouse higher visual area and its development. Frontiers in Neural Circuits, 19:1552130, 2025.

      T. Murakami, T. Matsui, M. Uemura, and K. Ohki. Modular strategy for development of the hierarchical visual network in mice. Nature, 608:578–585, 2022.

      N. L. Rochefort, O. Garaschuk, R.-I. Milos, M. Narushima, N. Marandi, B. Pichler, Y. Kovalchuk, and A. Konnerth. Sparsification of neuronal activity in the visual cortex at eyeopening. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 106(35):15049–15054, 2009.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      1. General Statements [optional]

      On behalf of the authors, I thank the reviewers for their critical reading of the manuscript. We really appreciate the care and attention they have applied to their reading and reports.

      An initial comment may add some context - in accordance with German law, I (AFS) had to retire from my position at Dresden University in October 2023. I am still working however have very little capacity to add new experiments to the manuscript. Consequently my response to the reviewers is somewhat more critical than the normal concessions and acquiescence that are usually adopted.

      2. Point-by-point description of the revisions

      *Reviewer #1 Summary *

      This manuscript describes functional characterization of Bod1 family proteins (particularly Bod1L) and their interaction with COMPASS family histone methyltransferase complexes. Bod1 proteins are conserved through evolution and related to yeast Shg1, which binds to the yeast COMPASS via a conserved domain and negatively regulates H3K4me3 levels. Here the authors performed IP-MS of Bod1L, Bod1, Setd1a, and Setd1b in engineered mouse embryonic stem cells and confirmed presence of Bod1 and Bod1L in both Setd1a and Setd1b-containing COMPASS complexes. AlphaFold modeling predicted an interaction between the Bod1/L Shg domain and a conserved helix in Setd1a/b which was validated in stable Setd1a deletion ESC lines and with isolated Sed1a/b fragments. Functional analysis of Bod1L and Setd1a deletion lines confirmed that Bod1L negatively regulated H3K4me3 levels. Moreover, the knockouts caused parallel effects on the expression of DNA repair genes and both apparently enhanced levels of baseline DNA damage, in agreement with findings in leukemia cell lines. This argues that Setd1a/Bod1L regulates DNA repair gene expression independently of H3K4me3.

      Major comments Figures 2D, 2E, 3C: there are no panels showing the efficiency of Bod1 or Bod1L immunoprecipitation. The immunoblots seem to indicate that either Bod1 or Bod1L precipitate a substantial fraction of Setd1a and a much smaller fraction of Setd1b, although it is impossible to tell without the blots of Bod1/Bod1L. The idea that Setd1a is primarily associated with Bod1L vs Bod1 is presumed in the rest of the manuscript (likely based on previous results in other cell lines) but is not strongly supported by these figures.

      Response: The protein complex and interaction data is based on AP-MS (affinity purification-mass spectrometry) and the results are presented as Volcano plots, which is the standard and most accessible format. AP-MS acquires candidate data because some bona-fide interactions will be missed and spurious interactions will be included, especially when the threshold of significance is lowered. To validate the candidate data from tagged SETD1A and SETD1B we used

      (a) reciprocal AP-MS with tagged BOD1L, BOD1 and CXXC1. These results secured the primary conclusion regarding the associations of BOD1L and BOD1 with SETD1A and SETD1B (as well as other subunits). I should add that we show – for the first time – functional evidence that BOD1L is a subunit of the SETD1A complex (Figure 5).

      (b) immunoprecipitations to confirm selected interactions. As stated in the legend of Figure 2, 10% total extract are shown as controls. This control allows the reader to evaluate the efficiency of the associated protein in the IP. For example, (Fig. 2D), clearly BOD1L associates much more with SETD1A than with SETD1B. Nevertheless, the association with SETD1B was detected and reciprocally confirmed (Fig. 3C). Another example, (Fig. 2E), clearly BPTF interacts with BOD1L at notable efficiency but not with SETD1A. There are also additional IPs in the supplement that add further confidence.

      Additionally, AP-MS with three SETD1A deletion mutants (Fig. 4) adds supporting evidence to the conclusions drawn from Figures 2 and 3. The implication that BOD1L and BOD1 interact with X3, which in Figure 4 is a negative result and therefore – because negative results in AP-MS cannot be used to draw conclusions – we explicitly tested the proposition that BOD1L and BOD1 interact with X3 to secure the conclusion (Fig 4D).

      Consequently, with respect, we do not agree with the following comment by reviewer 1 -

      - although it is impossible to tell without the blots of Bod1/Bod1L. The idea that Setd1a is primarily associated with Bod1L vs Bod1 is presumed in the rest of the manuscript (likely based on previous results in other cell lines) but is not strongly supported by these figures.

      __ T__he data presented clearly allows reasonable evaluation of yield and consequently conclusions about the BOD1L and SET1A interactions. The primary association of BOD1L with SETD1A is established by the data presented, as is the secondary associations between BOD1 and SETD1A, as well as BOD1L and SETD1B.

      Figure 4: the SETD1A-X1 and X3 internal deletion lines show many interesting interactions not detected in the wild-type line, notably with CPSF components. What is the significance of this?

      AP-MS explores the proteome and a number of intriguing associations can be found in addition to the most robust biochemical interactions. In this manuscript, we present some exploration of the intriguing extras but remain focused on the SETD1A and B complexes. We and others have published on the connection between the yeast Set1C and yeast CPSF, but exploring that issue connection is beyond the experimental and conceptual themes of this manuscript, especially considering other comments by the reviewers about reducing the manuscript.

      Related to Figure 4: Why were none of the functional genomics experiments described in Figures 5-7 performed on the Setd1a-X3 deletion line given that the authors had it in hand? This would have been a logical complement to the Bod1L deletion experiment and further addressed the issue of functional partnership between Setd1a and Bod1/L. One could make a similar point regarding Bod1-it is unclear why (given the co-IP and AP-MS data in Figures 2 and 3) a deletion line of Bod1 was not analyzed in parallel. There was convincing rationale in the Hoshii 2024 paper to focus on Setd1a/Bod1L in that system; the rationale for doing this here is less clear.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Indeed this is a good experiment that emerges from the data we are presenting (and not from Hoshii et al 2024). We take this excellent suggestion as an indication that our manuscript has presented the evidence sufficiently well to permit the reviewer to make this suggestion, which is worth pursing in a new project. However the manuscript is already replete with progress. It is worth mentioning that in response to an earlier round of reviewing elsewhere, we added the experiment that is now Figure 7. This process of adding further experiments in response to thoughtful reviewing comes at the risk of promoting further good suggestions, which are constructive and welcome but at some point progress should be published.

      Figure 5G: This figure does not seem to include a control in which wild-type ESCs are treated with tamoxifen in parallel with the Flp Bod1L line.

      There is no published or conceptual reason to include a control for the induction of DNA damage by tamoxifen in wild type cells. My lab pioneered ligand inducible conditional mutagenesis (Logie C and Stewart AF. 1995 Ligand-regulated site-specific recombination. PNAS 92, 5940-5944) including tamoxifen inducible conditional mutagenesis in mice (Schwenk F, Kühn R, Angrand P-O, Rajewsky K and Stewart AF. 1998 Temporally and spatially regulated somatic mutagenesis in mice. Nucleic Acids Res. 26, 1427-1432) and we have published advice for the appropriate controls for tamoxifen induced conditional mutagenesis (Anastassiadis et al 2010, Methods Enzymol, 477, 109-23). All experiments involving tamoxifen induction of conditional mutagenesis were thoroughly accompanied by appropriate controls. In the case of Fig. 5G, administration of tamoxifen to ESCs had no detectable effect on DNA damage as evaluated by p-H2AX or p-ATM staining – as expected and therefore not shown.

      Figure 6: This figure should include Venn diagrams that clearly show the overlap between genes affected by Bod1L removal compared to Setd1a.

      In Figure 6B, the overlap is clearly illustrated in a colour presentation that we think is superior to presenting these data as a Venn diagram. These data are also presented in different formats - in the Supplement Fig. 6D and the most significant DNA repair genes are listed in Table 1 again presented in an overlapping format.

      Related to Figure 6/7: These figures should include analysis of the H3K4me3 ChIP-seq data in Figure 5 specifically at Bod1L-regulated DEGs.

      We now present a new Supplemental Figure 6E and include the statement - ‘Increased H3K4me3 peaks were also observed at the promoters of the DNA repair genes that showed decreased expression after loss of BOD1L (Supplemental Figure 6E).’ in the text. In other words, elevated H3K4me3 is also observed on the DNA repair genes that show decreased expression.

      Discussion: The authors should note that the direct role of Setd1a at DNA breaks is proposed to rely on enzymatic activity (Higgs et al 2018, Bayley et al 2022).

      A sentence regarding SETD1A enzyme activity in DNA repair has been included in the Discussion.

      Minor comments

      __ Figure 5: panel arrangement is confusing. __The arrangement of Figure 5 has been improved.

      __Hoshii et al, 2024 is not listed in the references. __This omission has been corrected

      __Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)): ____*

      The key advance in this work is demonstration that Bod1L removal affects expression of DNA repair genes and increases DNA damage in ES cells. This seems to occur independently of changes in H3K4me3 (although specific analysis of H3K4me3 at these genes was not performed). *__

      We now include analysis of H3K4me3 at promoters of genes downregulated after loss of Bod1L (new Supplemental Figure 6E). As with all active promoters, H3K4me3 is also elevated on these genes.

      Removal of Setd1a had similar effects. The work seems to support previous reports in leukemia cell lines for specific effects of Setd1a/Bod1L on DNA repair that is not related to Setd1a enzymatic activity (Hoshii et al 2018, 2024 in the manuscript)(and contrasts with findings in U2Os cells that do implicate enzymatic activity and emphasize a direct role at replication forks rather than in transcription; Higgs et al 2018 and Bayley et al 2022 in the manuscript). This is a modest but important conceptual advance in thinking about Bod1L and COMPASS complex functions in transcription and DNA damage repair. Whether these functions are specific to Bod1L vs Bod1 in ESCs, or to Setd1a over Setd1b, in ESCs, was not addressed.

      In the Introduction we highlighted the difference between Setd1a and b in ESCs. We previously published that Setd1a is essential whereas Setd1b is not, and Setd1b fails to rescue the loss of Setd1a in ESCs when (over)expressed from the Setd1a promoter (Bledau et al, 2014). Furthermore the preferential association of BOD1 with SETD1B rather than SETD1A can be concluded from the data provided. These considerations support the conclusion that SETD1A and BOD1L are specifically regulating DNA repair gene expression.

      The audience for this work will be chromatin/epigenetics experts. My expertise is in the field of chromatin and epigenetics, and I have studied histone modification function extensively in the context of transcription.

      As a final comment to reviewer 1 – thankyou for your thoughtfulness but please allow a comment on the term ‘COMPASS’, which is not used in our manuscript. COMPASS is a confusing and ambiguous term. It means ‘COMPlex ASsociated with yeast Set1’ and was first used to describe the incomplete yeast Set1 complex. Concomitantly, my group published the complete complex, termed Set1C, along with the first biochemical proof that it was an H3K4 methyltransferase (the first bona fide H3K4 methyltransferase, and the second bona fide histone methyltransferase). The following year, the second COMPASS publication reported the full complex by including the missing subunit and also biochemical proof of H3K4 methyltransferase enzyme activity. Subsequently the term ‘COMPASS’ has been applied to the Trithorax and MLL complexes, which share half of the Set1C/COMPASS complex – these four subunits are highly conserved in eukaryotes – but also include another 4+ subunits unrelated to the other half of Set1C/COMPASS, which are also are different between the Trithorax/MLL1,2 and Trithorax related/MLL3,4 complexes. So it is imprecise and confusing – especially for the majority of bioscientists who do not have histone methylation expertise - to name these partially related but distinct complexes, ‘COMPASS’. The highly conserved 4 subunits of these complexes have been more precisely termed ‘WRAD’ (after the mammalian names, WDR5, RBBP5, ASH2L, DPY30). WRAD, as opposed to COMPASS, is unambiguous and does not require specialist insider knowledge to unravel the confusion. Therefore the term ‘WRAD’ is used to refer to the conserved quartet in the manuscript.

      __*Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      This manuscript investigates H3K4me-methylating complexes in mouse embryonic stem cells with a specific focus on the SETD1A complex and its binding partners. The authors define the interaction between SETD1A and BOD1L and characterize a requirement for BOD1L in maintaining the expression of DNA repair genes in mESCs. BOD1L has previously been implicated in regulating the replication fork (Bayley et al., Mol Cell, 2022 and others), however the authors propose another role for BOD1L in restraining H3K4me3 at TSS-proximal nucleosomes which impacts gene expression of DNA repair genes. *__

      With respect, we do not suggest that the restraining action of BOD1L on H3K4me3 has any impact on gene expression. In contrast, we note that elevated H3K4me3 at TSS-proximal nucleosomes does not correlate with changes in gene expression.

      However, a number of aspects of this model require additional support. Furthermore, while there are some new insights gained from the experiments performed, the data presentation makes the impact of the studies difficult to interpret. Specific concerns are outlined in further detail below: ____ 1. A key approach used through the manuscript is AP-MS experiments to determine protein interactors of SETD1A, SETD1B, and other complex subunits. It appears these experiments were generally performed in triplicate, however, there should be more discussion of what thresholds were used to quantify interactors. The methods states that if 2 unique peptides were identified, though it is very difficult to tell from the volcano plots why some proteins are labelled and named as interactors and others are not discussed. Furthermore, the volcano plots are generally difficult to read and do not lend themselves well to comparisons between different experiments. Another format in addition to potential volcano plots, such as a heatmap, would improve the readability and provide a better method of visualizing the quantitative results of these experiments.

      Our presentation of AP-MS data in Volcano plots is conventional. As mentioned above (reviewer 1, response 1), AP-MS analyses present candidate data that requires further support, which we supplied for the conclusions we draw, as detailed above.

      There is very little discussion of the additional interactors identified, outside of expected components, in the AP-MS experiments described in Figures 2 and 3. The authors state that they pursued additional experiments but that there was not productive data. It is unclear what this means as to whether these are not legitimate interactors or if there were other technical challenges. There is some discussion of OGT and BPTF, but it is not particularly informative. I think further clarification and/or characterization on the other interactors would be useful to be able to interpret the validity of the data presented in the AP-MS volcano plots____.

      The candidate data obtained by AP-MS analyses include a core of reliable interactions as well as other less robust identifications that may be true or false positives. In this manuscript, we focused on the reliable and verified interactions, and mentioned notable additions, which we hope will assist further investigations. Further proteomic exploration is beyond the scope of this manuscript.

      In Figure 4, AP-MS is used to characterize interactors of different deletion mutants of SETD1A. The expression of the deletion mutants should be shown by western or another approach to see how these compare to wildtype. In addition, the interaction is further probed in cells by a co-IP approach using an overexpression construct of the X3 region of SETD1A. Since the authors have the deletion mutant, this could be used in a co-IP experiment in addition to exogenous expression of just the X3 fragment. This would allow a direct comparison with WT SETD1A and other mutants. Also, to further support the specificity of the interaction show in Fig 4D, a similar experiment could be performed with other regions of SETD1A (or B), such as a the X1 or X2 regions.

      We are not certain about these comments. The deletion mutants were examined by AP-MS, which is effectively superior to a co-IP, and retrieved most of the expected proteins. If we had pursued unexpected proteins identified in the mutant AP-MS, then Western (or similar) analysis of expression levels of the SETD1A mutants would be important. However we obtained reciprocal confirmation of the primary result, which is better than a co-IP with Western. Detailed analyses with other X regions are beyond the focus of this work.

      Figure 5C and this H3K4me3 chip results in the BOD1L mutant cells would be further supported by showing the levels of SETD1A (and other H3K4 methylating enzymes) in these cells lines to better support the conclusion that BOD1L is directly restricting SETD1A activity at chromatin____.

      In both yeast and in vitro, elevated H3K4me3 by Set1C without Shg1 is not due to elevated Set1 expression or changes of the Set1 complex, (other than loss of Shg1; Roguev et al, 2001, Kim et al, 2013). Concordantly, we show that SETD1A without X3 (i.e. without BOD1L) still retrieves the rest of the SETD1A-Complex (Figure 4B). Furthermore, Setd1a is expressed from its endogenous promoter to ensure physiological expression level.

      Figure 5F shows growth curves of WT and BOD1 mutant ESCs. However, this data requires statistical analysis to make an accurate comparison between cell lines. Furthermore, the mutant cell lines in particular would benefit from showing at least one additional time point if feasible. In addition, the authors state that this is likely representative of increased cell death in the mutant cells, however this is not directly tested in this experiment.

      Figure 5F shows straightforward growth curves of ESCs wt, heterozygous or homozygous Bod1l mutants. Please note that the figure includes the growth curves of two independent heterozygous and homozygous Bod1l ES cell lines thereby presenting reproducibility for the impaired growth.

      The volcano plots in Figure 6 for the RNA-seq analysis are also difficult to interpret. Another data presentation method should also be used to be able to compare between experiments- this is not that feasible with the method and labeling of the data here, and the quantitative aspect of this data is not fully realized using this approach.

      Figure 6A represents the RNA-seq data in Volcano plots, which is complemented by the dot plots of Figure 6B and the listing of genes in Table 1. RNA-seq data is difficult to present in visually accessible figures and we think that the presentations in Figure 6 are effective, because this visualization allows the estimation of effect size as well as p-values. These data are also presented in a different format in the Supplement Figure 6D.

      The authors propose that the role of BOD1L DNA damage repair in ESCs is two fold in ESCs-one is a direct role at replication forks, and a second is its role in regulation of DNA repair genes with SETD1A. This may be the case, but the data provided here do not show that there is a direct role for BOD1L in regulating these genes. Additional experiments showing chIP or CUT&RUN of BOD1L and or SETD1A-dependent H3K4methyl species would provide more evidence that these DNA repair gene expression changes are directly due to BOD1L's role. It is also possible the gene expression changes are an indirect consequence of it's role at replication forks, but this is not really addressed. Furthermore, the model proposed in Figure 8 is difficult to understand and does not clearly represent the data in places (for example, the impact on H3K4methylation).

      Our conclusion regarding the two-fold role of BOD1L is based on (a) the data of others regarding protection of the replication fork; (b) our verification that BOD1L is a component of the SETD1A complex; (c) the known role of SETD1A as the major H3K4 trimethyltransferase at active promoters; (d) the observation that conditional mutagenesis of Bod1l predominantly leads to decreased mRNAs that encode for various components of DNA repair pathways. If the loss of BOD1L led only to DNA damage and not gene expression changes due to compromised action of the SETD1A complex, then a loss of expression of DNA damage genes would not be expected. In particular, double strand DNA damage elevates the expression of Xrcc4, Xrcc5 and Rad51c however these mRNAs are strongly down-regulated when Bod1l (or Setd1a) is lost.

      These points constitute a strong basis for our conclusion of a two-fold role for BOD1L and these points have been strengthened in the revised manuscript.

      Regarding the reviewers comments –

      This may be the case, but the data provided here do not show that there is a direct role for BOD1L in regulating these genes. Additional experiments showing chIP or CUT&RUN of BOD1L and or SETD1A-dependent H3K4methyl species would provide more evidence that these DNA repair gene expression changes are directly due to BOD1L's role.

      • it is extremely difficult to demonstrate a direct role for BOD1L in gene regulation using ChIP/CUT&RUN,because SETD1A and B, and subunits of their complexes, are found on all active promoters – (for example, Cxxc1; Fig. 3, Denissov et al 2014). The question of target gene specificity, which emerges from RNA-seq analyses, is a notable problem for the H3K4 methyltransferases because their widespread and overlapping chromatin occupancy on promoters does not facilitate conclusions about specificities. Stated differently, yes we find BOD1L on the affected promoters, but we also find BOD1L on all active promoters, so it’s location on affected promoters is indecisive.

      The discussion section could be significantly streamlined and focused more directly on the content of the manuscript. There are a number of different areas covered in detail that go beyond what is needed for the discussion of the paper and are distracting and confusing. For example, the discussion of the work of Hoshii et al on page 13 is highly relevant, but it could be shortened to focus on the most relevant data from the 2024 paper. (Although I could not find this paper in the reference list, but assume it is this one:https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38989615/). Other areas that seems somewhat tangential include the discussion of the potential PP2A interaction on page 14, which is not focused on in the manuscript. Also, the broader question of the role of H3K4 methylation in transcription is covered in some detail and this could be shortened to discuss in a more straightforward manner the potential implications of this study on our understanding of H3K4methyl marks in transcription.

      With due respect, we disagree. A shorter, less informative and less thoughtful discussion would probably have been criticized as insufficient. The reviewer is expressing an opinion. We think that we have succinctly presented the complexities of H3K4 methylation in transcription and our brief comment about PP2A may assist further research.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)): There are some new insights provided into the relationship between SETD1A/SETD1B and the BOD1 and BOD1L components of the complex, however, the overall advances of this manuscript are relatively limited. A number of additional experiments are required to advance this work beyond what is already known in the field, and the specificty of their conclusions needs additional support. This limits the overall impact of this study* *

      We thank the reviewer for acknowledging that there are some new insights. We have a different opinion regarding their impact on current knowledge. The SET1Complex and H3K4 methylation lies at the centre of epigenetic. Any progress is vitally important.

      __*Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      This manuscript reveals that BOD1L, as a subunit of the SETD1A complex, plays a key role in embryonic stem cell survival by maintaining the expression of DNA repair genes to protect cells from the accumulation of DNA damage. The study finds that BOD1L interacts with the X3 helix of SETD1A through its Shg1 homology region, and that loss of BOD1L leads to elevated H3K4me2/3 levels (consistent with the conserved function of Shg1 in yeast), downregulation of DNA repair gene expression, accumulation of DNA damage, and cell death. While the findings possess a certain degree of novelty, there are some logical issues that require further revision.__ ** 1.The authors conclude that "BOD1L maintains DNA repair gene expression through the SETD1A complex," but the current evidence is merely correlational. However, does the downregulation of DNA repair genes directly lead to DNA damage accumulation and cell death? Does BOD1L's own function in replication fork protection (Higgs et al., 2015) also contribute to this phenotype? The authors mention this point in the discussion, but the experiments do not distinguish between these two functions. *

      Please see the comments above responding to reviewer 2, point 7. The manuscript presents strong evidence that the conclusion is not ‘merely coincidental’. We addressed the question ‘____Does BOD1L’s own function ____in replication fork protection (Higgs et al., 2015) also contribute to this phenotype? ‘ in the experiment of Figure 7 and not just mentioned in the discussion.

      It is recommended to supplement with rescue experiments: in BOD1L-deficient cells, complement with wild-type BOD1L and mutants (e.g., lacking the X3 binding domain) to examine DNA repair gene expression, DNA damage accumulation, and cell death.

      As noted in our response to reviewer 1 point 3, we thank the reviewer for this constructive suggestion for further experiments that ideally will be in another manuscript.

      2.Figure 5C shows that BOD1L deletion leads to increased H3K4me3, whereas SETD1A deletion results in decreased H3K4me3. However, RNA-seq reveals substantial overlap in the downregulated genes between the two conditions (Figure 6B). Based on this, the authors infer that "H3K4me3 is not essential for DNA repair gene expression." This inference is reasonable, but one possibility needs to be excluded: whether the increase in H3K4me3 caused by BOD1L deletion occurs at non-target genes (specifically, DNA damage repair genes). It is recommended to perform H3K4me3 ChIP-qPCR in BOD1L-deficient cells to validate changes at the promoter regions of key DNA repair ____genes.

      This comment is similar to a point made by reviewer 1 point 6. The analysis is now included in Supplement Figure 6E.

      3.Figure 5G uses γH2AX and pATM staining to detect DNA damage, but the type of DNA damage (double-strand breaks, single-strand breaks, replication fork stalling, etc.) and its extent have not been quantified. It is recommended to supplement with: (1) a neutral comet assay to detect double-strand breaks, or an alkaline comet assay to detect total DNA damage; (2) an analysis of replication fork stability (e.g., a DNA fiber assay) to distinguish between BOD1L's replication fork protection function and its transcriptional regulatory role.

      With respect, further DNA damage assays will not distinguish between BOD1L's replication fork protection function and its transcriptional regulatory role.

      4.Figure 2E shows that BOD1L interacts with BPTF independently of SETD1A. However, the functional significance of this interaction has not been further explored. BPTF is a subunit of the NURF chromatin remodeling complex, and its interaction with BOD1L may be involved in DNA repair or transcriptional regulation. It is recommended to supplement with: (1) examining changes in BPTF chromatin binding in BOD1L-deficient cells (BPTF ChIP-seq); (2) investigating whether BPTF knockdown affects DNA repair gene expression or the DNA damage response.

      The manuscript is not about BPTF, rather we present a complementary observation to assist further research.

      5.The study demonstrates that BOD1L binding to the X3 helix inhibits the methylation activity of the SET domain, but the molecular mechanism remains unclear. The authors propose hypotheses in the Discussion, such as "monomer vs dimer" or "allosteric regulation," but direct biophysical evidence to explain how this long-range regulation is achieved is lacking.

      The interaction between BOD1L and SETD1A is presented and the implications are discussed in the context of existing information on the Set1 complexes. Further work – indeed a completely new project - is required to explore the implications of the findings we report.

      6.The experiment observed that BOD1 can also bind to the X3 site of SETD1B, and the two proteins share structural similarity. Although the text mentions that BOD1L is the major subunit in ESCs, it does not sufficiently explore whether BOD1 exerts partial compensatory effects in the absence of BOD1L, or the logic underlying their specific switching in different tissues.

      We agree – the manuscript does not explore whether BOD1 exerts partial compensatory effects in the absence of BOD1L. That would also be another project. Also we have not included speculations about ‘the logic underlying their specific switching in different tissues. ____‘

      Minor suggestion____:____

      1.The RNA-seq experiments were performed with biological duplicates (two samples per condition), it is generally recommended to have at least three biological replicates to ensure statistical power.

      As specified in the M&M, the primary RNA-seq experiments were performed with biological duplicates in parallel in three closely related ESC culture conditions and the conclusions are drawn from these six overlapping datasets. The other RNA-seq experiment was performed in triplicates, as was an RNA-seq experiment using ESCFCS conditions, that was not included but delivered the same results as presented here.

      2.In the co-IP experiments shown in Figure 2D and 2E, there is a lack of quantification or internal controls.

      As mentioned in response to reviewer 1, point 1, the controls are included and quantification can be estimated from the figures. Further data are provided in Supplement Figure 1.__3.The peak calling parameters and statistical methods for the ChIP-seq analysis were not described in detail. __Now included in the M&M.

      4.The description of the BOD1L-BPTF interaction results (Figure 2E) in the main text is too brief, and the conditions and controls for the IP experiment are not specified.

      The text referring to BPTF has been expanded and is now –

      Therefore, we examined the interaction with BPTF in more detail. By immunoprecipitation using BOD1L-VENUS expressed from a Bod1l BAC transgene, the interaction between BOD1L and BPTF was confirmed. However, immunoprecipitation using BPTF-VENUS expressed from a Bptf BAC transgene retrieved the NURF subunit SNF2L/SMARCA1 (Supplemental Fig. S1) but failed to retrieve SETD1A (Fig. 2E) indicating that BOD1L independently interacts with both SETD1A-C and BPTF, and that BPTF interacts with BOD1L independently of its interaction with NURF.

      5.The discussion section is somewhat lengthy and contains speculative content (such as the discussion on OGT and MLL complexes). Although interesting, these points are not strongly related to the core findings of this study and could be streamlined.

      The Discussion is a little less than 1300 words.

      6.Page8 "Bod1 esiRNAi knock-down" should be ""Bod1 esiRNA knock-down".

      Corrected.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)): Should be revised.

      Revisons suggested by the reviewers have been incorporated.

    1. given the choice

      I appreciate the sentiment, but I think that the convenience and sheer speed of AI's responses has been overlooked by the author. The uses of AI are almost limitless, and almost anything can be generated within seconds. While I would hope that most people would choose human generated over AI slop, I do not think this is the case. Not only is it difficult for many people to differentiate between human and AI content, but I would also argue that most people do not know (or care) what is going on behind the scenes and just accept AI models as wonderful tools. We cannot ignore the fact that most people using these tools may not be fully aware of the implications, but are just perfectly happy with the outputs they receive and will continue to use it.

    2. decided by decisions that we all make as a community

      This paragraph reminded me of Elon Musk’s purchase of Twitter (now known as “X”). I remember in 2023, when he introduced the idea of charging a fee to use the app, there was a lot of outrage online. Although the idea was discussed, X did not end up requiring all users to pay to use the platform. This made me think about how much influence users can have when they come together and speak out about changes they disagree with. Although this may be an optimistic way of looking at the situation, I think it is important to recognize that the internet is not entirely out of our control.

    3. they retreat to putting more and more content behind either password protection or payment walls or both

      I think this can be extremely frustrating, as the internet should be used as a way to have information at your finger tips. The internet is a way for people world wide to educate themselves, and learn information that may not be easily accessible for them in person. Having access to the internet, we as a generation have been fortunate enough to be able to learn things by not having to go to the library and do the research ourselves. By putting a lot of human written information behind paywalls and passwords, makes the information that was previously easily accessible, less affordable for people who may have heavily relied on the internet for free education to expand their knowledge and education in an affordable way.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper describes an interesting phenotype of C. elegans lite-1 mutants. Previous work showed that lite-1 mutants lose a violet/blue light avoidance response. The authors show here that lite-1 mutants also show a defect in negative diacetyl chemotaxis. While wild-type worms avoid diacetyl at high concentrations, lite-1 mutants are instead *attracted* to it. The authors go on to perform Ca2+ imaging in sensory neurons and find that ADL and ASK neurons show altered Ca2+ responses to diacetyl in lite-1 mutants, suggesting LITE-1 is required for these responses. As unc-13 mutants with defective synaptic transmission show similar diacetyl Ca2+ responses as wild-type, this suggests these neurons respond cell autonomously to diacetyl. However, whether lite-1 also acts cell-autonomously is not discussed. Indeed, because unc-13 and lite-1 mutants show different ADL and ASK Ca2+ responses, it seems the diacetyl response regulated by LITE-1 is likely acting outside of those cells. An interesting result that is not commented on is the switching of the valence of the ASK Ca2+ response in lite-1 mutants. ASK neurons still respond to diacetyl, but instead of a strong increase in Ca2+, diacetyl appears to drive it strongly lower. This may be consistent with the switch in valence in the diacetyl chemotaxis assay. It also argues against the idea that LITE-1 is a low-affinity diacetyl receptor that drives avoidance or the Ca2+ responses in ASK, since it is still present in lite-1 mutants. The authors then use a strain that expresses LITE-1 in the body wall muscles and show this expression is sufficient to engender them with sensitivity to diacetyl, as measured through altered swimming and hypercontractility. The authors interpret this result as LITE-1 may act as a diacetyl receptor. The authors test whether a structurally similar molecule, 2,3-pentanedione, shows similar effects, and they find it does. Alpha-fold modeling and molecular docking analysis show where diacetyl might bind to the LITE-1 protein. They then test whether lite-1 mutants show chemotaxis defects to other molecules, as seen with diacetyl. Generally, they find that the observed diacetyl responses are unique, although lite-1 mutants do lose their avoidance response to 2,3-pentanedione. However, unlike the acquisition of diacetyl attraction in lite-1 mutants, 2,3 pentanedione avoidance is *lost*; it is not switched to attraction. Overall, I felt the description of the results and their implications could have been more in-depth. Further, the evidence that LITE-1 is a chemoreceptor itself, rather than acting in some way to shape chemoreceptor responses (via light or otherwise), remains unclear, as conceded by the authors.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the study follows up on an interesting and useful result. The experiments as presented are generally well-conceived and performed. The authors use a variety of behavioral and imaging approaches to test how LITE-1 mediates diacetyl avoidance.

      Weaknesses:

      The study is missing experiments needed to resolve whether LITE-1 is doing what they propose. The evidence that LITE-1 is a diacetyl receptor is lacking support since lite-1 mutants have their avoidance and calcium responses flipped, which would not be expected if it were acting solely as an avoidance receptor. Presumably, the authors are concluding that the attractive response that is left in the lite-1 mutant is mediated by ODR-10, but that experiment is not shown.

      We interpret the shift from avoidance to attraction in lite-1 mutants as consistent with the loss of an aversive sensory component in the presence of an underlying attractive response to diacetyl. We initially hypothesised that this residual attraction was mediated predominantly by ODR-10. To test this, we now generated and analysed lite-1; odr-10 double mutants. The double mutants retained an attractive response to diacetyl, indicating that ODR-10 alone does not account for the attraction observed in the absence of LITE-1 and that additional receptors or sensory pathways are likely to contribute. This finding is consistent with previous studies where loss of ODR-10 did not lead to a complete loss of diacetyl responsiveness.

      Similarly, the authors concede that "the use of lite-1 point mutants that affect specific LITE-1 function, such as light sensing, channel gating, or binding pocket, could further elucidate LITE-1 mechanisms." This reviewer agrees, and such experiments designed to localize diacetyl binding site(s) would be necessary to conclude definitively that LITE-1 is a diacetyl receptor. The body wall muscle assay used or some other heterologous experimental system could work for such a structure-function analysis. A concern is whether the extensive number of LITE-1 point mutants described in the literature affect cell surface expression vs. receptor function, which might complicate the interpretation of a result showing loss of diacetyl responses.

      We agree that structure-function analysis using LITE-1 point mutants could help identify regions or residues that contribute to the diacetyl response and is an important future direction for research, which we have included in the discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Koh and colleagues investigate the broader sensory role of LITE-1, a gustatory receptor previously linked to UV light detection in C. elegans. Their study explores whether LITE-1 also mediates avoidance of specific chemical stimuli-namely, high concentrations of diacetyl and 2,3-pentanedione. They show that LITE-1 is required in the ADL and ASK neurons for calcium responses to diacetyl, and that its expression in body-wall muscles is sufficient to trigger hypercontraction upon odorant exposure. Molecular docking suggests both odorants may directly bind to LITE-1 with micromolar affinity. These findings suggest LITE-1 may act as a multimodal receptor for both light and chemical stimuli.

      Strengths:

      (1) Methodological Precision: The study is technically strong, with well-executed calcium imaging and quantitative behavioral assays that clearly show neural and muscular responses to chemical stimuli.

      (2) Novelty and Scope: The work presents a compelling case for LITE-1 functioning as a multimodal sensor, which is an intriguing expansion of its known role.

      (3) Potential Impact: If validated, the findings could significantly advance the understanding of sensory integration in C. elegans, and the tools developed may be broadly useful to the research community.

      (4) Relevance to the Field: The study adds to evidence that C. elegans uses non-canonical sensory pathways and may inspire further exploration of multimodal receptor functions in other systems.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lack of Rescue Experiments: The absence of rescue experiments makes it difficult to definitively link the observed phenotypes to loss of lite-1.

      We have now performed the rescue experiment expressing lite-1 in ADL, and showed that LITE-1 in ADL is sufficient for avoidance, although it is not a complete rescue to wild-type levels.

      (2) Single Loss-of-Function Approach: The reliance on a single genetic mutant limits interpretability. Additional strategies such as RNAi (e.g., neuron-specific knockdown) would provide stronger evidence.

      We observed the loss of avoidance in three independent lite-1 alleles. Combined with the new cell-specific rescue experiment, we think this provides sufficient support for the conclusion that the phenotype is due to loss of lite-1 function.

      (3) Unclear Neuronal Contribution: While calcium responses in ADL and ASK are reduced, it's unclear which neuron(s) are necessary for behavioral avoidance. Cell-specific rescue or knockdown experiments are needed.

      We have expressed lite-1 genomic DNA under the ADL-specific promoter srh-220, which restored the avoidance phenotype, although it is not a complete rescue of wild-type behaviour. Together with calcium imaging data, this suggests that proper avoidance likely requires input from both ADL and ASK neurons.

      (4) Unvalidated Docking Data: The molecular docking predictions lack experimental validation. Site-directed mutagenesis would be needed to support claims of direct interaction.

      We agree that the docking data does not in itself establish direct binding (we think the muscle expression and paralysis provides stronger evidence). Based on previously reported docking experiments, we wanted to check if diacetyl could occupy the same binding pocket. We have now also included docking data of the other odorants from the chemotaxis assays in the manuscript.

      (5) Limited Odorant Specificity Testing: Docking analysis does not include non-binding odorants, making it difficult to assess binding specificity.

      We agree and have now included docking data of the other odorants from the chemotaxis assays. 2-butanone, which is avoided by lite-1 mutants, was predicted to have a slightly higher binding affinity for LITE-1 than 2,3-pentanedione. This highlights the need to interpret the in silico docking data together with real experimental data, rather than using the computational predictions alone to infer functional receptor activation.

      (6) Incomplete Quantification: Some calcium imaging results (e.g., in AWA neurons of unc-13 mutants) lack statistical comparisons, which limits their interpretive value.

      We have generated the scatter plots of calcium imaging responses across the different sensory neurons, and the statistical significance was assessed using two-sided t-tests with FDR correction, which is now included in the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this work, Brown and colleagues report that the photosensor protein LITE-1 of the nematode C. elegans may also be a chemosensor that can be activated by high concentrations of the compound diacetyl. LITE-1 was described as a putative ion channel of the gustatory receptor family, which is mainly constituted by insect odorant receptors. These form tetrameric ion channels that can be activated by odorants. Specificity is achieved by forming heteromeric channels from three copies of the odorant receptor co-receptor (ORCO) and another subunit that resembles ORCO in the pore-forming C-terminus, but brings in a binding site for the respective odorant. LITE-1 has a very similar structure, according to Alphafold3 predictions, and also carries a binding pocket. In LITE-1, this was proposed to be occupied by a light-absorbing molecule that activates the channel when a photon is absorbed. Alternatively, compounds generated by absorption of high-energy photons may be formed in vivo and bound by the LITE-1 binding pocket. Koh et al. now demonstrate that another, non-light-activated compound, diacetyl, at high concentrations, can activate cells expressing LITE-1. Such (chemosensory) cells are also responsible for the avoidance of high concentrations of diacetyl. LITE-1 activation in excitable cells, i.e, muscles, causes strong body contraction and paralysis, and the authors show that this is also the case when diacetyl is presented. The authors further present molecular docking studies showing that diacetyl could occupy the binding pocket of LITE-1. Last, they show that another compound chemically resembling diacetyl, i.e., 2,3-pentanedione, can also induce avoidance in a LITE-1 dependent manner, though not as potently.

      The data are intriguing, and the demonstration of LITE-1 being a diacetyl chemosensor is interesting. Yet, there are a few questions arising that the authors should address.

      The authors identified mutants lacking diacetyl responses. In their chemotaxis assay (Figures 1A, B), they show that lite-1 mutants do not avoid high concentrations of diacetyl. However, the animals actually showed attraction, as the chemotaxis index was positive. If the lite-1 animals were insensitive, they should be indifferent, and the chemotaxis index should be close to zero. This means, other neurons contribute to the diacetyl response, and the result of these neurons being activated means/remains attraction? If so, the authors need to rule out any effects of these neurons on the effects they attribute to LITE-1 in the other assays.

      We have tested tax-4 mutants in the chemotaxis assay and found that, contrary to the predicted chemotaxis index of zero, these animals retained strong avoidance of high concentrations of diacetyl. This indicates that tax-4 mutants are not chemosensory null for this stimulus and that TAX-4 independent sensory pathways contribute to high diacetyl avoidance. We agree that these experiments cannot completely rule out indirect neuronal effects. We have therefore revised the text to acknowledge this limitation. Nevertheless, the rapid paralysis and contraction observed when LITE-1 is expressed specifically in body-wall muscle in a lite-1 mutant background support the idea that LITE-1 is sufficient to confer a diacetyl-evoked response in these cells.

      The effect of diacetyl on muscle cells (Figure 3C) is pretty rapid, i.e., already during 1 minute after application, the animals are almost maximally contracted. How fast is it really? Can the authors provide a time course with more time points during the first minute? This is a relevant question, as the compound would have to either pass the worm cuticle or enter through the gut and diffuse through the body to reach the muscle cells. Can one expect this to occur within (less than) a minute? In this context, the authors need to rule out that other mechanisms may be at play. E.g., diacetyl may be immediately sensed by ciliated chemosensory neurons that might release a signaling molecule that leads to activation of LITE-1 in muscles, or that sensitizes it somehow, responding to light used for filming animals. The authors should repeat this assay in a lite-1 mutant background.

      We repeated the paralysis assays under red-filtered illumination to minimise potential effects of light, with animals maintained in darkness from hatching to adulthood. We also included lite-1 mutants to assess whether neuronal LITE-1 contributed to the paralysis response. In addition, the assay was repeated with more frequent time points, revealing that paralysis and body contraction occurred within 10 s and neuronal LITE-1 does not contribute to the effect.

      Furthermore, the authors tested unc-13 mutants to rule out indirect effects on the neurons recorded. Likewise, they should eliminate neuropeptide signaling via unc-31 mutants (a recent paper cited by the authors showed involvement of neuropeptide signaling in LITE-1-mediated light avoidance behavior).

      We agreed and have acknowledged and discuss in the manuscript that contributions from gap junction-mediated communication, neuropeptide signalling and other chemosensory pathways cannot be excluded.

      Last, to demonstrate that effects are not indirect in response to chemosensory neurons, the authors should repeat the contraction or swimming assay in a tax-4 mutant, which largely lacks chemosensation. This also applies to the chemotaxis assay. Animals should exhibit a chemotaxis index to diacetyl of zero, then.

      We have tested tax-4 mutants, and like wild-type animals, retained strong avoidance of high concentrations of diacetyl, indicating that TAX-4-independent sensory pathways contribute to this response. This indicates that tax-4 mutants are not chemosensory null for this stimulus and that TAX-4-independent sensory pathways contribute to high diacetyl avoidance. Therefore, repeating the contraction or swimming assay in a tax-4 background would not completely exclude indirect input from other chemosensory neurons. In addition, rapid paralysis and contraction were observed when LITE-1 is expressed specifically in body-wall muscle in a lite-1 mutant background, and together with the calcium imaging and rescue data, they support a role for ADL and ASK in mediating high diacetyl avoidance. The tax-4 chemotaxis data is now included in the manuscript.

      Does diacetyl activate other neurons expressing LITE-1? A number of cells express LITE-1 at high levels, which the authors have not tested (they restricted their analyses to chemosensory neurons). This is important to address because it leaves the possibility that LITE-1 requires a specific partner only present in these chemosensory neurons to detect diacetyl. This partner would have to be present also in muscles, where diacetyl could activate ectopically expressed LITE-1. According to CeNGEN scRNAseq data, cells expressing LITE-1 can be identified. The ADL and ASH neurons actually come up only at the lowest threshold, so some of the other cells showing much higher levels of LITE-1 mRNAs, i.e., AVG, ALM, PLM, ASG, PHA, PHB, AVM, RIF, or some pharyngeal neurons, should be tested. ASG was among the cells the authors recorded from, but this neuron did not show a response.

      We have acknowledged and discuss in the manuscript that other non-sensory neurons may contribute to the avoidance behavioural, and which should be the future direction for investigation.

      The authors need to show that diacetyl responses of ADL and/or ASK can be rescued by expressing LITE-1 specifically in these neurons in a lite-1 mutant background.

      We have expressed lite-1 genomic DNA under the ADL-specific promoter srh-220, which restored the avoidance phenotype, although it is not a complete rescue of wild-type behaviour. Together with calcium imaging data, this suggests that proper avoidance likely requires input from both ADL and ASK neurons.

      Molecular docking studies are not described in detail. How was this done?

      Molecular docking was performed in two stages. First, diacetyl was docked to the tetrameric LITE-1 model using DynamicBind without a predefined binding pocket. The generated complexes were ranked using the DynamicBind confidence score, and the highest ranked poses were used to identify the candidate binding site. The top DynamicBind pose was then used to define the box region for redocking with Gnina. Gnina poses were ranked using the CNN score. A more detailed molecular docking procedure has now been updated in the Methods section.

      Diacetyl is a very small molecule. How well can docking algorithms assess this at all?

      We agree that the small size of diacetyl limits the precision of docking scores because it forms relatively few protein contacts. However, its small size and limited conformational flexibility also simplify pose sampling. To increase robustness, we used two conceptually different docking approaches. First, DynamicBind was used without a predefined binding pocket to identify candidate binding regions while allowing ligand-associated protein conformational adjustments. Second, the resulting pocket was subjected to focused redocking and CNN-based pose ranking with Gnina. The results are interpreted as a structural hypothesis for the probable binding site and relative affinity ranking, rather than as definitive proof of binding or an accurate quantitative affinity measurement.

      Did the authors preselect the binding pocket, or did the algorithm sample the entire molecular surface of the LITE-1 model and end up with the binding pocket?

      The binding pocket was not predefined. Diacetyl was first docked to the tetrameric LITE-1 model using DynamicBind without specifying pocket residues or grid coordinates. DynamicBind therefore performed global, pocket-agnostic docking. The highest-ranked poses identified a candidate pocket, which was then used for focused redocking with Gnina.

      The latter would be very convincing. The authors should provide control docking experiments with other molecules that caused avoidance in their hands (i.e. benzaldehyde, 2,4,5,trimethlythiazole, isoamyl alcohol, nonanone, octanone), but did not activate LITE-1. Also, they should try docking molecules related to diacetyl, and if there are some that do not dock under the same conditions, such molecules should be used in a behavioral experiment. Ideally, they should also not activate LITE-1. Examples could be, e.g., diacetyl monoxime or 2,4-pentanedione.

      We have now included docking data of the other odorants from the chemotaxis assays. 2-butanone, which is avoided by lite-1 mutants, was predicted to have a slightly higher binding affinity for LITE-1 than 2,3-pentanedione. This highlights the need to interpret the in silico docking data together with real experimental data, rather than using the computational predictions alone to infer functional receptor activation.

      Last, the authors should provide a PDB file with the docked diacetyl to allow readers to assess the binding for themselves. Since a large number of mutations of LITE-1 have been reported, it may be that amino acids shown to be essential for LITE-1 function are also required for diacetyl binding. If so, this could be backed up with an experiment.

      We agree that structure-function analysis using LITE-1 point mutants could help identify regions or residues that contribute to the diacetyl response and which we have highlighted in the discussion as an important future direction for research. Additionally, we have now provided the PDB file containing a representative DynamicBind derived docking pose of diacetyl within the LITE-1 binding pocket.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) lite-1 mutant animals, as described, fail to avoid' high concentrations of diacetyl, but isn't it more accurate to say that the valence of the response is changed from avoidance to attraction? Do the authors believe that attraction is mediated by ODR-10? Can you build an odr-10; lite-1 double mutant and determine if they lose this attraction to high concentrations of diacetyl and/or 2,3 pentanedione?

      Our initial interpretation was that, in the absence of LITE-1-mediated avoidance, attraction to high concentrations of diacetyl is driven by the low-concentration receptor ODR-10. Interestingly, however, the lite-1; odr-10 double mutants remained strongly attracted to high concentrations of diacetyl, suggesting that this phenotype is independent of ODR-10 and may instead be mediated by other, less specific odorant receptors. This is consistence with the odr-10 mutants not completely losing attraction to low concentration of diacetyl, suggesting the involvement of other potential/putative receptors (Sengupta et al., 1996; Taniguchi et al., 2015). The lite-1; odr-10 double mutant data is now added in the results section (lines: 82 to 90; Figure S1B).

      (2) For ADL, yes, it seems like lite-1 mutants have a reduced diacetyl response, but the ASK response seems... different. While it goes up (slowly) in wild-type, cellular Ca2+ levels in ASK (and maybe ADL) are *reduced* by diacetyl in lite-1 mutants. Can the authors comment on this, and the behavioral responses change in valence?

      ADL and ASK are involved in both attractive and aversive responses so it is possible that the attractive component of the diacetyl response suppresses their activity. In the absence of LITE-1 activation, the observed decrease in calcium responses may reflect the unopposed inhibitory input. The slower decay of the calcium signal in ASK neurons of unc-13 mutants further supports the presence of additional inhibitory signals influencing their activity. This explanation is now included in the results section (lines: 101 to 117).

      (3) ADL and ASK calcium traces in unc-13 mutants look generally similar and lack the effects seen in lite-1 mutants. Does that mean the lite-1 effect is in cells other than ADL or ASK? Can the authors spend more time discussing these differences?

      We acknowledge that LITE-1 is expressed in multiple cell types beyond chemosensory neurons, and that non-chemosensory neurons may also contribute to the observed phenotype. In the previous version, we had highlighted the interneuron AVG as a potential contributor, given its role in light-induced escape. In the revised discussion, we have now expanded this section to include additional possible contributors such as the LITE-1-expressing phasmid neuron PHA and the pharyngeal interneurons I2, both of which have been implicated in hydrogen peroxide sensing (lines: 177 to 181).

      (4) Chemotaxis responses to diacetyl and 2,3-pentanedione in lite-1 mutants are rather different. Diacetyl switches from repulsive (CI < 0) to *attractive* (CI > 0), which is not what would be expected for mutations that eliminate a receptor. In contrast, the 2,3-butanedione responses are more what would be predicted: diacetyl goes from inhibitor to no effect (CI ~0). Again, if the authors feel that this is because of the ODR-10 function, can they discuss whether 2,3-butanedione is predicted to bind ODR-10 like diacetyl?

      We think a switch to attraction is expected for the removal of a receptor for an aversive signal, in an attractive background signal. We did indeed think that this attraction was mediated by odr-10, but the double mutant results now show other receptors must be involved. This is also not wholly unexpected since previous work has identified other receptors of high-concentration diacetyl and the original odr-10 paper didn’t report a complete absence of diacetyl response, suggesting the presence of other receptors that mediate attraction to diacetyl (Sengupta et al., 1996; Taniguchi et al., 2014). The new data is now added in the results section (lines: 82 to 90; Figure S1B; Supplementary video 1 and 2).

      (5) Were the behavior experiments performed in the dark? I realize the calcium imaging experiments and some of the video behavior recordings are not possible in complete darkness, but maybe the authors made efforts to exclude visible light effects (e.g., infrared illumination, etc.) in some assays that might help determine whether light plays *no* role in the effects observed. Alternatively, the authors could try repeating their chemotaxis experiments in the dark or at least communicate in the methods that this was not viewed as a concern (and why). As the authors propose and discuss LITE-1 modulating diacetyl responses via light sensation as a possibility, it is incumbent upon them to communicate the steps they took to overcome this concern for themselves.

      We acknowledge this and have performed a chemotaxis experiment to compare assays performed under dark and ambient light conditions, and no significant differences were observed (results section: lines 75 to 80; Figure S1A, material and methods section: 241 to 246). Therefore, subsequent chemotaxis assays were carried out under ambient light while avoiding exposure to strong illumination.

      Paralysis assays were repeated under red-filtered illumination to minimise light effects, with animals maintained in darkness from hatching to adulthood. Additionally, the assay was expanded to include lite-1 mutants, ruling out contributions from neuronal LITE-1 to paralysis. The new data is now incorporated into the result section (diacetyl; lines: 135 to 137, figures 4 and S3; 2,3-pentanedione; lines: 152 to 154, figures 4 and S6), materials and methods section have been updated to reflect these changes (lines: 250 to 253 and 257 to 260).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor Issues:

      (1) Pmyo-3::LITE-1 worms shrink in the absence of odorants (Figures 3C, 4D); possible effects of ambient light should be discussed.

      We acknowledge the possibility that worms expressing LITE-1 in body-wall muscle experience minor contractions under ambient light, though it is not sufficient to cause paralysis.

      To minimise potential light-induced effects, the paralysis assays were repeated with red-filtered illumination to reduce light stimulation of LITE-1. Animals were maintained in darkness from hatching to adulthood, and in the updated assay, worm length remained relatively constant.

      The new data (Figures 3C, 4E, S4C and S6C) and materials and methods section has been updated accordingly (lines: 250 to 253 and 257 to 260).

      (2) The title is misleading, as ASH does not show altered activity in lite-1 mutants and should be removed from the claim.

      ASH has been removed from the title (line: 97).

      (3) Specific Kd values should be provided for the reported micromolar binding affinities.

      The values from DynamicBind and Gnina are provided in Figure S5.

      Recommendations:

      (1) LITE-1, a member of the gustatory receptor family, was previously shown to mediate UV light responses in C. elegans. In this study, Koh and colleagues demonstrate that LITE-1 is also required for the nematode's avoidance of high concentrations of diacetyl - an odorant that is attractive at low levels but aversive at higher concentrations. Using calcium imaging, the authors show that LITE-1 is necessary in the sensory neurons ADL and ASK for calcium transients in response to high concentrations of diacetyl. Additionally, they find that expressing LITE-1 in body-wall muscles causes hypercontraction upon diacetyl exposure. Similar LITE-1-dependent responses were observed for 2,3-pentanedione, another structurally related odorant. Molecular docking analyses suggest that both diacetyl and 2,3-pentanedione directly bind to LITE-1 with micromolar affinity.

      These findings are intriguing and have the potential to significantly advance our understanding of LITE-1 as a multimodal sensory receptor. However, several major issues need to be addressed to support the authors' conclusions:

      (1) Rescue experiments are missing. The authors should rescue at least one lite-1 mutant to confirm that the observed avoidance defects are specifically due to loss of lite-1.

      Because the avoidance defect was observed in three independent lite-1 alleles, we think background mutations are unlikely to be causal. We have now also performed a rescue experiment with lite-1 expressed in ADL neurons. In this strain, attraction is restored. The new data have been incorporated into the results section (lines: 119 to 121; Fig. 2D).

      (2) Alternative loss-of-function approach. To strengthen the findings, the authors should use a different method to disrupt lite-1 function-such as RNAi by feeding or cell-specific RNAi driven by the lite-1 promoter (see PMID: 17459615).

      We believe the multiple alleles (Fig. 1B) and new cell-specific rescue experiment (Fig. 2D) provide sufficient support for the conclusion that the phenotype is due to loss of lite-1 function.

      (3) Clarify the role of ADL and ASK neurons. While calcium imaging data show reduced activity in these neurons in lite-1 mutants, it remains unclear whether lite-1 is required in ADL, ASK, or both for avoidance behavior. Cell-specific rescue or RNAi experiments, along with additional calcium imaging, are needed to determine the contribution of each neuron.

      We agree that more in-depth work will be required to dissect the neuronal pathways involved in LITE-1-mediated diacetyl avoidance. We have avoided making specific comments on how exactly the observed imaging results relate to the behavioural phenotype. The new rescue experiment expressing lite-1 in ADL does at least show that LITE-1 in ADL is sufficient for avoidance, although it’s not a complete rescue to wild-type levels (lines: 119 to 121; Fig. 2D).

      (4) Validation of molecular docking results. While molecular docking suggests direct binding of odorants to LITE-1, experimental validation is needed. Mutations that reduce predicted binding affinity (engineered in transgenes or via CRISPR) should be tested for functional impact on avoidance behavior.

      We agree the docking does not in itself establish direct binding (we think the muscle expression and paralysis provides much stronger evidence). Based on previously reported docking experiments, we were simply curious whether diacetyl would be predicted to occupy the same binding pocket. We have now updated the discussion in the use of lite-1 mutants to test for impact on diacetyl avoidance (lines: 188 to 191).

      (5) Include analysis of non-binding odorants. Docking results should also be presented for odorants that did not elicit LITE-1-dependent avoidance, to help establish specificity.

      We have now included docking data of odorants from the chemotaxis assays, with the corresponding docking values shown in Supplementary Figure 5. 2-butanone, which is avoided by lite-1 mutants, was predicted to have a slightly higher binding affinity for LITE-1 than 2,3-pentanedione. This highlights the need to interpret the in silico docking data together with real experimental data, rather than using the computational predictions alone to infer functional receptor activation.

      (6) Figure 2C concerns. In neurons such as AWA, calcium transients in unc-13 mutants appear reduced compared to wild-type. A statistical comparison for all the neurons should be included to assess significance.

      Scatter plots of calcium imaging responses across the different sensory neurons were generated, and statistical significance was assessed using two-sided t-tests with FDR correction. Only ADL and ASK neurons showed significant differences between lite-1 mutants and wild-type animals. No significant differences were observed in any neuronal pairs between unc-13 mutants and wild-type, including AWA neurons, although the difference is close to significant (p = 0.07). The scatter plots were now included as Supplementary Figure 3.

      Minor points:

      (1) Figures 3C and 4D: Pmyo-3::LITE-1 worms appear to shrink even without diacetyl or 2,3-pentanedione. Could this be due to ambient light? The authors should discuss this possibility.

      We acknowledge the possibility that worms expressing LITE-1 in body-wall muscle experience minor contractions under ambient light, though it is not sufficient to cause paralysis. We repeated the paralysis assays with red-filtered illumination to reduce light stimulation of LITE-1. Animals were maintained in darkness from hatching to adulthood, to minimise potential light-induced effects, and in the updated assay, worm length remained relatively constant.

      The new data (Figures 3C, 4E, S4C and S6C) and materials and methods section has been updated accordingly (lines: 250 to 253 and 257 to 260).

      (2) Title revision needed: The title "Chemosensory neurons ADL, ASK, and ASH are involved in avoidance of diacetyl" is misleading, as calcium transients in ASH appear unaffected in lite-1 mutants. The title should reflect the actual data.

      ASH have been removed from the title (line: 97).

      (3) Binding affinity clarification: The authors report micromolar binding affinity for LITE-1 but should provide specific dissociation constants for clarity and completeness.

      The values from DynamicBind and Gnina are now provided in Supplementary Figure 5.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      How did the authors measure body length if the animals were swimming in the diacetyl solution? Standard 6-well plates have an area of roughly 10 cm², meaning that if one adds 1 ml, the liquid level should be 1 mm. The animals would be able to move in 3D, so it is likely that animals swim up and down and do not move in one flat plane, i.e., head and tail would be out of focus, and only a projection image would be recorded that would lead to an underestimation of actual worm length.

      We acknowledge that this issue may led to an underestimation of worm length in the previous assay. However, every effort was made to exclude worms that moved out of focus. The paralysis assay has since been modified to include spreading a thin layer of solution across the worms, which keeps them mostly in focus, particularly those that are paralysed. Worms that were partially out of focus were excluded from the analysis.

      We have incorporated the new data into the results section, reflected in the updated Figures 3C, 4E, S4C, and S6C. Corresponding revisions have also been made in the materials and methods (lines: 250 to 253 and 257 to 260).

      Could diacetyl be a compound that results from UV absorption in cells? This may be worth discussing. What could be the precursor molecule?

      We are not aware of such a precursor, but we cannot rule it out. Even if UV absorption in cells leads to diacetyl production, it is likely that the resulting diacetyl levels are insufficient to activate LITE-1, as our data suggest that LITE-1 functions as a receptor for high concentrations of diacetyl. We have updated the discussion accordingly (lines: 169 to 173).

      In lines 57-61, the references to Edwards 2008 and Ward 2008 do not seem to fit the statements made in this sentence.

      The inclusion of Edwards et al., 2008 was an error, and it has now been removed. Ward et al., 2008 demonstrated that ASJ phototransduction requires cGMP and CNG channels, stating that “Our studies indicate that C. elegans photoreceptor cells also employ CNG channels and the second messenger cGMP for phototransduction.”

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to compare proposal models of perceptual decision making using a joint modeling approach, where they fit models to both behavioral outcomes as well as CPP. Most notably, they compare a standard evidence accumulation model with models that track the evidence without integrating it over time (extrema detection). The authors report that the joint CPP-behavioral data do not discriminate between two of their proposals.

      Strengths:

      This is an interesting finding that reinforces the idea that what we believe to see based on aggregation over trials may not be what happens on every single trial. The models are creative and the simulations are convincing, relating the models to multiple neural markers of decision formation. These include the CPP but also mu/beta power spectra.

      Initial weaknesses:

      Contrary to the original draft, the current version now clarifies the goals of the study as well as the role of internal vs external noise.

      The authors clarify their stance on the optimality of extrema detection in the Public Review, where they make some good points. Specifically, they argue that models that have studied optimal decision making in the past have considered a quite narrow definition of optimality, for example, ignoring energetic costs.

      The authors clarified the fixed value of the scaling parameter (which apparently was already mentioned in the initial draft, which I had missed). My comment about the discrepancy between the bounded integration model and the EZ diffusion model can thus be ignored. However, I do think that the similarity of the bounded integration model and the EZ diffusion model could be acknowledged in the manuscript somewhere.

      I still think the choice of modeling the grand average accuracy and EEG signal may distort the results. As Figure 1 reveals, there is in fact substantial variation in the change in accuracy across conditions. I can imagine that one model may be preferred over another based on the aggregate data, while the other model is preferred for some participants. On the group level, this may lead to different conclusions, at least quantitatively (e.g., in terms of G2), but potentially even qualitatively. This is especially true for the neurally-informed models because of the covariation between behavioral and neural data.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper examines whether humans use protracted temporal integration in a noise-free, deferred-response contrast discrimination task, using a covert evidence-duration manipulation combined with EEG (SSVEP, CPP, Mu/Beta). The key finding is that evidence for protracted sampling is behaviorally and neurally supported, but even joint CPP + behaviour fitting cannot fully discriminate a standard integration (DDM) model from a novel "extremum-flagging" non-integration model. The paper is transparent about this outcome.

      Strengths:

      This is a well-conducted and well-written study that makes a genuine contribution to the perceptual decision-making literature by introducing a clean experimental design for probing temporal integration without participants adapting their strategy and demonstrating for the first time that a non-integration model (extremum-flagging) can replicate CPP waveform dynamics that have long been considered hallmarks of evidence accumulation. The transparent treatment of equivocal modelling outcomes is commendable.

      Weaknesses:

      My main concerns relate to statistical power, the under-specification of the and the extremum-flagging mechanism. Addressing these would greatly strengthen the paper.

      (1) The sample of 16 participants (15, after the exclusion of one participant) is described as "close to similar EEG studies" with no formal power analysis. Given that the paper's core claim rests on subtle quantitative differences between two model classes - differences that are, by the authors' own admission, not sufficient to declare a winner - even a modest increase in sample size might yield a more decisive outcome. At a minimum, the authors should report a sensitivity analysis or post-hoc power calculation to indicate what effect sizes the current N could reliably detect, particularly for the rmANOVA comparisons and the neural constraint fitting.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding sample size and statistical sensitivity. To address statistical robustness throughout the paper, we have now reported effect sizes for our statistical tests (e.g. η2 for rmANOVA; including Tables S1 and S2), and we provide error-shading around the ERP waveforms to indicate the reliability of the key patterns our models are aimed at capturing (i.e. the dramatically higher and earlier CPP peak for high-contrast, and very little systematic differences across the four low-contrast durations - see revised Figure 3). We also conducted an indicative post-hoc power analysis using the G*Power software based on the behavioural data. Using the observed partial η2 = 0.44 for the test of duration effect on accuracy among only the low-contrast conditions, and the final sample of 15 participants, this amounts to a statistical power of 0.998.

      On the model comparison, while we agree that larger sample sizes are generally beneficial for population-level inferences, we respectfully maintain that our current sample size is sufficient to support the core claim that qualitative dynamics of neural signatures of decision formation, usually assumed to reflect temporal integration, can be successfully reproduced using non-integration models in the delayed-response task conditions we examine here. Any marginal changes in quantitative fit resulting from having a higher N contribute to grand averages are unlikely to substantively alter this conclusion of the model comparison. The statistical reliability of the data to which our models are fitted is also bolstered by the number of trials (about 256 per condition per participant). It is common in behavioural modelling studies for data to be collected from a much smaller sample (e.g., fewer than 10 subjects) but with a high trial yield - a relevant precedent for us being Stine et al., (2020), who provided a compelling demonstration of similar model fits for Extrema and Integration models using only 6 subjects. In sum, the key qualitative data patterns of accuracy improvements with duration and broader, lower and duration-invariant low-contrast CPPs are statistically robust and provide a strong basis to reveal the fundamental principle that the Extremum-flagging and Integration models are both able to produce these key qualitative dynamics.

      (2) The Extremum-flagging model is the paper's most novel contribution, yet its physiological basis is underspecified. The model posits that each decision-terminating bound-crossing triggers a stereotyped, half-sine-shaped centroparietal signal, but no neural circuit or computational mechanism is proposed for how the brain could detect the first bound-crossing event in a non-accumulating evidence stream or generate a temporally precise, fixed-amplitude signal in response. Possible connections to P3b theories of context updating and response facilitation are acknowledged, but these are vague functional descriptions rather than mechanistic accounts. I think the discussion should engage more directly with potential neural substrates that could generate this flagging signal, and whether these are consistent with the known generators of the CPP/P3b. Without this, the extremum-flagging model risks being viewed as a mathematical convenience rather than a biologically plausible alternative.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive comment. While the focus of this paper was indeed on simple mathematical descriptions in the spirit of classical cognitive modelling, we agree that expanding on the potential neural substrates of the Extremum-flagging model strengthens its utility as an alternative framework. We have revised the Discussion to engage with potential biological mechanisms, particularly those previously proposed to underlie the P300/P3b, such as Nieuwenhuis’ (2005) proposal that it reflects a phasic arousal response mediated by the LC/NE system that serves to activate task-relevant areas following completion of a decision. We agree that aside from this, accounts of ERP component functions over the years have often been vague and non-mechanistic, but the idea that they reflect discrete neural activations marking an internal cognitive event in a stereotyped way persists, and remains a basic assumption of several new and influential ERP signal analysis toolboxes (e.g. Ehinger 2019; Weindel 2024). If the flagging signal’s fixed amplitude seems physiologically implausible, all-or-nothing neural activation events are not generally unheard of in neurophysiology, and, again, we are taking an approach favouring parsimony in the spirit of cognitive modelling, and we found that we did not need to assume any variation in the amplitude of the flagging signal in order to capture the key decision signal dynamics alongside behavioural accuracies in this particular case.

      We also discuss the study of Latimer et al. (2015), who demonstrated that discrete, step-function state transitions that on single trials may mark extrema detection events, can produce ramp-like signals when trial-averaged. While the biological plausibility of such step-function dynamics remains a subject of debate, it serves as another example of how continuous evidence integration is not the only way to reproduce the ramping neural signals traditionally observed in grand-average neural signals.

      (3) The Integration model at the preferred neural weighting estimates a high-to-low contrast drift rate ratio of 8.7, whereas the empirical Mu/Beta lateralization slopes suggest a ratio of approximately 3.5. The authors attribute this discrepancy to the nonlinear contrast response function of early visual cortex and the salience of the high-contrast evidence onset, but these explanations are speculative. These outcomes are arguably the most quantitatively damaging result for the integration model, so they deserve more than a brief discussion. I would recommend that the authors (a) estimate what range of contrast response nonlinearities would be required to close this gap, (b) test whether an alternative drift rate parameterization (e.g., scaling drift rates directly by SSVEP amplitude rather than contrast) reduces the discrepancy, or (c) be more explicit about treating this as a point against the Integration account.

      We agree that the quantitative discrepancy we demonstrated between the empirically observed buildup rate ratio in motor preparation signals (3.5) and the greater drift-rate ratio (8.7) required by the Integration model to fit the CPP waveforms is an important one that should be emphasised and discussed with greater depth and clarity. As we said, nonlinear contrast response functions and a boosting effect of the salient high-contrast step-change are two plausible ways that a drift rate might scale disproportionately more steeply with contrast, but in principle, assuming straightforward transmission of evidence accumulation to the motor level, Mu/Beta lateralization slopes should then reflect this steeper drift rate scaling, or at least approach it even when allowing for some temporal blurring. We have thus put more emphasis on the discrepancy by confirming that if we constrain the drift rates to be directly proportional to contrast, the Integration model is indeed significantly hampered in its ability to produce the much steeper CPP buildup for higher-contrast trials, much more so than the Extremum-flagging model (Figure 4 - Supplement 7). We have also applied a temporal blurring equivalent to the short-time Fourier Transform to the simulated motor preparation waveforms (convolving with a boxcar of the same duration as the Fourier window) in Figure 4N-P so that the real and simulated traces are on an equal footing in this respect. We have also revised the Discussion to elaborate on how this quantitative discrepancy represents a point against the Integration account, and possible ways it might be reconciled with an Integration account. One reason, for example, why the relative steepness of the Centroparietal ERP in the high-contrast condition so far exceeds that of Mu/Beta might be that additional processes are evoked by the very salient step-change, which may make a positive-polarity contribution to the centroparietal ERP waveform and hence cause overestimation of how early and steeply the underlying, high-contrast CPP decision signal rises. We looked into this by carefully examining time courses and topographies through the initial period of buildup, with no additional smoothing low-pass filter applied, now presented in Figure 3 - Supplementary Figure 1. While the smoothed waveforms that we show in the main paper and to which we fit models could be seen to have a brief inflection during the main buildup for the high-contrast condition, removing the smoothing shows that this arises not from random noise but from a distinct bimodal morphology, with a distinct early peak and lull during the buildup, which temporally coincides with a very strong bilateral occipital N2 (associated with a low-level evidence-onset detection or ‘target selection’ process - Loughnane et al 2016), in a way that suggests that the positive tail-end of the dipolar neural generators of the N2 may contribute to the initial part of the positive centro-parietal buildup. It is difficult to estimate the extent to which the neurally-constrained model estimate of high-contrast drift rate is inflated by this initial overlapping potential, because we can’t precisely know the ground truth of the N2 tail’s contribution, but this analysis provides a potential explanation that can be explored in future (e.g. through softening the strong-evidence onset with a ramp or use of auditory evidence). We thank the reviewer for raising this as we feel that this extra discussion positively adds to the theme of the paper to highlight methodological challenges with neurally-constrained modelling. In the process, we have updated the methods section to present in full detail the centroparietal electrode selection and waveform smoothing that was applied to provide the models with a relatively uninterrupted buildup signal to capture, which is important for readers to appraise the potential impact of this overlapping potential.

      (4) The sensitivity analysis over neural constraint weightings (w = 0.1 to 1000) is thoughtful, but the paper ultimately acknowledges that the preferred weighting is w=10, chosen because it achieves "a good fit to CPP dynamics without substantively sacrificing behavioral fit" - a qualitative criterion. No principled statistical framework is used to select the optimal weighting or to compare models at a given weighting. A Bayesian model comparison could provide a more formal framework for combining behavioral and neural fit components, and would allow a clearer statement about the relative posterior probability of each model.

      We agree with the reviewer that theoretically, the Bayesian framework provides a principled way to combine behavioural and neural evidence by weighting each source according to its statistical reliability. However, a Bayesian formulation typically quantifies reliability through across-trial variance, which applies quite differently for accuracy and EEG data. While the precision of EEG measurements can be estimated empirically (e.g., from noise characteristics), we currently lack a formal measure of uncertainty for the linking function itself, that is, the theoretical mapping between neural signatures and latent decision processes. This represents an unresolved methodological issue rather than a straightforward parameter estimation problem. Second, although hierarchical Bayesian approaches are well established for standard diffusion models, the mechanisms examined here for extremum flagging do not currently have tractable closed-form formulations suitable for Bayesian integration. Developing a dedicated hierarchical Bayesian framework for these non-standard mechanisms would require substantial methodological work and is beyond the scope of this research.

      Thus, rather than imposing a single assumed reliability relationship between neural and behavioural data, we chose to perform a systematic sweep across weighting values. We view this approach as a transparent sensitivity analysis that accommodates different scientific priors regarding the relative contribution of neural versus behavioural constraints. By presenting the full range of w (including in supplemental tables and figures), readers can directly evaluate how model behaviour changes when emphasis is shifted between behavioural data and neural data, transparently revealing how the behavioural and neural signal fits can trade against one another.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Hajimohammadi, Mohr, O'Connell and Kelly is intended to demonstrate that participants integrate evidence over time to make a decision, even in a noise-free, static decision context. This is validated by the observation that (1) participant accuracy improves with increased exposure to the stimulus; and (2) there is a correlation between participant accuracy and a neural index of evidence accumulation, as measured by centro-parietal positivity (CPP).

      Strengths:

      (1) Joint modelling of accuracy and CPP dynamics is a significant achievement, as behaviour alone often cannot distinguish between competing theories of decision-making. In the case of protracted sampling in particular, the absence of reaction times (RT) due to the delayed nature of the response makes this method highly appealing.

      (2) The experimental manipulations and the method used to extract the different neural indices are well chosen, enabling the mapping of putative cognitive processes such as evidence accumulation and motor preparation onto the recorded EEG with clarity.

      (3) The in-depth discussion of the results clearly articulates those reported by the authors and in previous works.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) One main issue to support the interpretation of the authors toward the need for protracted sampling is the timing of the evidence. By design, participants believe that the signal is present for 1.6 seconds (reinforced by the fact that easy trials were displayed for 1.6 seconds). However, the difference in stimuli is turned off either 1.4, 1.2, 0.8 or 0 seconds before the cue to respond. While this makes sense in the context of the authors' question, it also raises the possibility that participants will focus on the last samples before answering. Even if participants apply equal weighting, this still favours them delaying evidence accumulation until they are sufficiently certain that the evidence should be present (e.g. participants might start accumulating after the stimulus has disappeared in the 0.2 condition). I do not see an easy way to test these alternative explanations outside of running a study in which the evidence is always offset before the go cue.

      This is a reasonable question about the design - if participants were under the impression that they had a whole 1.6 sec of stimulation, couldn’t they afford to wait until later into the stimulus to start sampling? However, the task was designed to be so difficult that participants would be deterred from ignoring any initial evidence, and the fixed and explicitly instructed lead-in period as well as the interleaved easy trials, would have continually reinforced their ability to time their sampling onset quite precisely. Indeed, key aspects of the data confirm they did not appreciably delay sampling. First, accuracy in even the shortest (0.2 s) condition was reliably above chance (t(15) = 2.60, p = 0.0201) and improved steadily across evidence durations (Figure 1B). This places an upper bound on the accumulation onset: participants cannot have delayed accumulation until after the evidence disappeared and still achieve above-chance performance; if they only used the ‘last samples,’ at the end of the stimulus, they would have performed at chance level for all durations except 1.6 sec. Second, we fit a model that allowed for such a delayed sampling onset, captured in the parameter ‘sampT,’ which, across the range of neural weightings (Tables S3, S5-8), consistently landed within a few tens of msec of evidence onset (often slightly before rather than delayed), and improved the overall model fit very little relative to the addition of starting point variabilities or collapsing bound. The Methods section now addresses these aspects of task design.

      (2) Regarding the behavioural models, are these identifiable based on accuracy data alone? This should be addressed using a parameter recovery study, in which a set of parameters is used to generate data, and the same fitting routine used for the real data is used to estimate the parameters. This would enable us to determine what can be inferred from the model comparison presented. This is not a serious problem for the manuscript, as it specifically aims to go beyond behaviour. It is, however, worth noting that such a parameter recovery addition could be used to demonstrate the need for a joint modelling framework to answer the question of protracted sampling on delayed response times (RT).

      As the reviewer notes, we did have the specific aim of going beyond behaviour, and the need to do so is demonstrated in the inability to adjudicate between the alternative models based on behaviour alone. We took this as sufficient justification without a formal parameter recovery test to assess the degree to which behaviour-only models could accurately estimate parameter values. Still, we agree that it is valuable to address parameter identifiability in some way. Since a full parameter recovery covering the full possible parameter space for each of the many models would be too great in volume to add to this paper, we can instead address identifiability somewhat indirectly through parameter estimate consistency across the 10 fits we conducted with different instantiations of noise; we now provide the standard deviations alongside the mean parameter values for the D1, D2 and B parameters of each of the behaviour-only models in Table 1 - Table Supplement 1, which indicates that the parameter estimates were reliable across 10 different instantiations. 

      Minor comments:

      (1) I would advise authors to fix the D1 parameter and use it as a scaling parameter across all models. Currently, as I understand it, the models are scale-free, meaning the same fit is achieved by multiplying all parameters by two, for example. This makes the fit more complex (bounds on parameter values are required) and means that the models are less comparable in terms of their estimates. Perhaps I'm missing something, but I would have thought that fixing D1 (the common parameter across all models) would solve these issues.

      The models are not scale-free because they are constrained relative to a fixed sampling noise parameter value of s = 0.1; All tables in the main text have now been updated to make this more immediately clear. Aside from this being standard in diffusion modelling (Ratcliff & Smith, 2004), this enabled us to replicate the observation by Stine et al., (2020) that since the non-integration models depend on the magnitude of individual evidence samples rather than an integration of many, the drift rate values must be set much higher to achieve the same choice accuracy as the integration models (Table 1).

      (2) Why is the snapshot model so bad despite being a good model in Stine et al 2020? Can the authors speculate in the discussion?

      We thank the reviewer for querying this. We had originally thought that the poor performance of the snapshot model made sense because the continued presentation of zero contrast difference for short-evidence trials renders it a bad strategy. Because our main purpose was to briefly substantiate the principle that accuracies alone are an insufficient basis for model comparison and move on to the main goal of jointly modelling accuracies and CPP dynamics, we did not take the same level of care to ensure we attained the very best fit of the behaviour-only models, as we did for the neurally-constrained models. In the neurally-constrained modeling, we took care to check for every parameter whether the range of allowed values (Table S4) was narrow enough to avoid the optimisation algorithm getting lost in untenable parts of parameter space, yet wide enough to include the optimum point, and wherever we saw parameter values landing at or near the edge of the allowed range we expanded that range and re-ran the model fit. Applying these same checks to the behaviour-only fitting, we found that the SnapShot model needed a wider range on drift rate and when we applied this, the fit was much more competitive, in line with Stine et al., (2020), though it remained the worst-fitting model among all two-drift-rate behaviour-only models (see updated Table 1). We similarly conducted these checks across all behaviour-only models and re-ran them. The extrema detection model with last-sample default when no bound is hit also improved its fit, though again it did not fit better than the version with guess default. Thus, the point we were making with this section, that behaviour alone can be captured competitively by a range of integration and non-integration models, is bolstered by the updated model fits. Since the last-sample default was competitive in the behaviour-only fits, we also ran a version of the Extremum-flagging model jointly fit to accuracies and CPP dynamics with a last-sample rather than random guess default when a bound was not reached, and show in new Figure 4 - Figure Supplement 8 that the conclusions are the same. Again, thank you for prompting us to look back at those fits.

      (3) The meaning of the flag width is unclear. Figure 4 provides the reader with an intuitive understanding of the model that the authors have in mind. However, the tables in the appendices report values between 0.2 and 0.9. I understand that these values represent the width of the half-sine in seconds. This suggests that the actual estimated values for these flag events are much broader than those displayed in Figure 4. While this is probably fine for most models, it can be problematic for the extremum-flagging model, as it means that the rise to the peak takes between 0.1 and 0.45 seconds. While strictly speaking, this is still a 'flag' model, such a slow rise to the peak, given the usual expectation of evidence accumulation, would place this model closer to a smooth integration model than to a boundary-crossing flagging mechanism.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this about the flag width parameter. In so doing, they enabled us to catch that our schematic depiction of the model in Figure 4 was misleading, and have now revised it to make clear that the flag signal is a post-decision one triggered by the bound crossing, and we have updated explanations accordingly (in ‘Neurally-constrained models’ and Discussion). The reviewer is correct that the reported values in the supplemental materials (approximately 0.2–0.9 s) correspond to the width of the half-sine kernel used to model the post-decision flag event. However, the flag signal is stereotyped, evidence-independent, and is triggered once the decision threshold has already been crossed, so it does not share the key characteristics of evidence integration, regardless of how wide the model estimates it. In the extremum-flagging model, the boundary crossing remains a discrete event. The width parameter instead captures the temporal extent of the neural process that follows this commitment event. Such a post-decision neural process unfolding over several hundred milliseconds is in line with some classic theories of the centroparietal P300/P3b component, and we now expand our discussion point on this to address proposed neural substrates (e.g. Nieuwenhuis et al’s (2005) implication of a phasic noradrenaline system response).

      (4) In the modelling section, it is not clear overall (i.e. for G<sup>2</sup> and R<sup>2</sup>) how the participant dimension is taken into account. Are these individually fitted models, and if so, how are the secondary statistics generated from the individual estimates? Or were these fitted over all participants?

      All models were fitted to the grand-average neural and behavioural data across participants, rather than to individual participant data. We chose this approach as the CPP signal at the individual level is highly noisy, which can introduce substantial instability and noise into the model fitting procedure. We have revised the Modelling section to explicitly state that the reported G<sup>2</sup> and R<sup>2</sup> values are derived from models fitted to the grand-average data, and in the revised discussion acknowledged this as a limitation of the current modelling framework.

      (5) On page 7, in the last sentence of the first paragraph of the section titled 'Decision-Related Neural Signals', the authors state that 'this stable contrast-difference encoding suggests that a constant (i.e. non-adapting) drift rate is a reasonable simplifying model assumption'. However, I am not sure how this is true given that SSVEP quantifies encoding, yet the drift rate can vary due to non-sensory aspects (e.g. attention).

      The reviewer makes a good point - even if sensory encoding is stable, non-sensory factors like attention could cause dynamic changes in the effective drift rate independently of the sensory representation itself. However, our point in that section, which we have revised to put more clearly, was to test for one particular well-known time-varying effect that could impact drift rate, namely sensory adaptation, a well-established phenomenon behaviorally and at the level of sensory neuronal responses, where prolonged stimulation produces reductions over time in sensory neural activity. If strong adaptation were present in the sensory evidence representation indexed by the SSVEP, we would expect corresponding temporal changes in the signal. The absence of such changes lends support to the simplifying assumption (as in most accumulation models) that the drift rate is approximately stationary over time, even if we cannot be sure there isn’t a time-varying effect downstream.

      (6) The mu/beta lateralisation does indeed favor the integration model more, but in terms of boundary estimation and starting-point analyses, both models are pretty far apart. Providing an interpretation of this observation, e.g. regarding alternative linking functions for mu/beta, would add to the manuscript.

      In response to this comment, we revised the manuscript in the Discussion to say that in the current analyses, we implicitly assume an approximately linear mapping between Mu/Beta amplitude and decision units. However, the true relationship may instead reflect another monotonic transformation (e.g., involving power rather than amplitude, logarithmic scaling such as dB units, or a nonlinear saturating function). This uncertainty could affect the apparent correspondence between the neural signal and the model-derived estimates of boundary position or urgency dynamics. While our analyses support a close relationship between Mu/Beta lateralisation and the evolving decision process, the precise quantitative mapping remains uncertain. One possibility is that urgency itself evolves nonlinearly (e.g., decelerating over time), even if the measured neural trajectory appears approximately linear under the current transformation assumptions.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to compare proposal models of perceptual decision making using a joint modeling approach, where they fit models to both behavioral outcomes as well as CPP. Most notably, they compare a standard evidence accumulation model with models that track the evidence without integrating it over time (extrema detection). The authors report that the joint CPP-behavioral data do not discriminate between two of their proposals.

      Strengths:

      This is an interesting finding that reinforces the idea that what we believe to see based on aggregation over trials may not be what happens on every single trial. The models are creative, and the simulations are convincing, relating the models to multiple neural markers of decision formation. These include the CPP but also mu/beta power spectra.

      Weaknesses:

      The paper makes some strong points, and the work seems generally well-executed. The weaknesses that I identified are twofold:

      (1) Embedding in the literature/exposition of the main argument.

      The focus in the introduction is on the noise-free nature of the stimulus and the prolonged presentation time. However, after reading the paper, I felt these were mostly experimental design choices that enable comparison of the different models using the CPP. Perhaps my misreading of the goals of the paper stems from two other observations:

      (a) The fact that the stimulus is noise-free does not entail that perception is noise-free. Thus, the argument that using a noise-free stimulus precludes the necessity of temporal integration seems not completely valid. Of course, one could argue that noise is limited in this case, but that makes a noise-free stimulus more of a design choice.

      (b) The focus on prolonged stimulus presentation, but at the same time the contrast with expanded judgement, did not make sense to me. Perhaps, as a non-native speaker, I am misreading the subtle difference between "protracted sampling" and "longer sampling", but again, the longer duration seems mostly a design choice.

      We thank the reviewer for this impression, which has helped us revise the introduction to more clearly motivate the paradigm as an interesting case for close examination. The primary driver of our choice of stimulus and task parameters was not to enable model comparison using the CPP; it was to examine a decision scenario that exists in everyday life but that has not been examined in terms of underlying decision mechanisms because it offers only sparse behavioural data - the scenario in which plainly visible objects (without noise or stochasticity, as in daylight conditions) need to be examined for a subtle feature difference to guide a later action. The reviewer echoes our point in the Intro, that despite the absence of physical noise in the stimulus, perceptual processing itself is not noise-free. Therefore, temporal integration is certainly not precluded, but its benefit is minimised and less obvious to the decision maker. Given the examples we raise where integration was found to not be employed to its optimal extent (e.g. bound setting foregoing accuracy improvements with duration), and the various theoretical accounts citing energy costs associated with integration and the fleeting nature of many natural environments where prolonged deliberation about a static stimulus is not the norm (e.g. Uchida et al 2006), it is quite hard to guess a priori whether humans will engage in protracted sampling and integration in this case, in practice, even if it is optimal under basic assumptions. As we make clear in our revised Intro, this theoretical interest in the uncertain case of long, noise-free stimuli where perfect, unbounded integration may be optimal but seems doubtful given extant empirical findings, is coupled with a methodological interest in the extent to which neural signatures of decision formation can ‘come to the rescue’ and provide grounds for reliable adjudication between competing mathematical models, when behavioural data fall short.

      More could be said about the optimality of the extrema detection methods. In particular, decades of work (centuries?) have shown that evidence integration is an optimal decision-making procedure: For example, the Sequential Probability Ratio Test is Bayes-optimal wrt mean RT (Wald, 1946); evidence accumulation together with collapsing threshold serves to maximize rewards in repeated choices (e.g., Bogacz et al., PsychRev, 2006; Boehm et al. APP, 2020). Given all this work, why would the brain have evolved to adopt a different mechanism? I realize that the paper is not about optimal decision making, but some discussion of this point seems warranted.

      We had a similar impression initially when reading Stine et al., (2020) where extrema-detection was pitted against integration - is extrema detection so suboptimal that it is too implausible to even consider? Ditterich (2006) argued that signal-to-noise ratio would have to be implausibly high for extrema-detection to produce the behaviour observed on typical decision tasks. However, the fact is, we do not know the effective signal-to-noise ratio, nor can we precisely quantify the costs associated with prolonged evidence accumulation, such as attentional or energetic costs (Drugowitsch et. al., 2012). Even if the extrema detection strategy appears implausibly suboptimal, it is an important principle to demonstrate how not only behavioural but also neural decision signal dynamics can be so nicely consistent with integration yet technically can be quantitatively captured with non-integration mechanisms.

      (2) Modeling choices.

      The authors introduce a parameter, sampT, that represents uncertainty in the sampling onset time. It was not clear to me whether this parameter represented an offset of all trials, or a distribution (probably the latter). I wonder how exactly this parameter was integrated into the models, and in particular, if and how it interacts with the starting-point parameters. My intuition is that on a single-trial, IF early sampling occurs, you can model that with either a negative sampT and z at 0, or with sampT at 0 but a shift in z. This would suggest trade-offs between these parameters, making them hard to estimate independently. Since the paper does not depend on the identification of parameter estimates, this may not be a huge problem, but nevertheless it is good to explore the consequences.

      We thank the reviewer for raising an important question regarding the relationship between sampT and starting-point variability (sz). Mechanistically, early accumulation onset can indeed generate effects that resemble starting-point variability: if accumulation begins during a period containing only zero-mean noise, then by the time informative evidence appears, the decision variable will already have diffused away randomly from zero. In this sense, negative sampT can induce variability in the state of the accumulator at evidence onset. However, the two mechanisms are not mathematically equivalent. The sz parameter assumes a uniform distribution over starting points, whereas the variability induced by early accumulation onset would instead reflect the distribution resulting from integrating zero-mean Gaussian noise over variable durations. Aside from this distinction between distribution shapes, the reviewer is correct that these parameters could partially trade off with one another when sampT takes negative values. In our model, however, sampT was allowed to take either positive or negative values. Positive values delay the onset of evidence integration relative to the evidence, thereby ignoring the first samples, very different from the effect of starting point variability. Nevertheless, to the extent that they can partially trade off each other to some degree, the consequent problem this might cause to accurately estimating both parameters is part of the reason we do not fit a model that includes both simultaneously.

      The way the Bounded Integration model (BIntg) is formulated seems very close to the EZ-diffusion model (Wagenmakers et al., PBR, 2007). This model states that the proportion of correct responses Pc = 1/(1+exp(-B*D/s^2), with B and D the bound and drift rate parameters, respectively. However, filling in the numbers for the high contrast condition from Table 2, and assuming that s=2 (because the model description states that dt=2, with s undefined), I get a Pc of 80% for the 1.6H condition. This seems substantially less than what Figure 2 suggests.

      As we had stated in the Methods section, the model used “a standard deviation of 0.1 arbitrary units” for the evidence. We now make it more explicitly clear that this corresponds to setting within-trial noise s = 0.1 as the scaling parameter (the first paragraph of ‘Model Fits to behaviour only’ and the first paragraph of ‘Integration models’ in Methods). Replacing (s = 0.1) in the suggested calculation yields a predicted accuracy close to 1 for the high-contrast condition, consistent with both the behavioural data and the model predictions shown in Figure 2. We have now clarified this parameter explicitly in the revised Methods and updated Table 1 and Table 2 to avoid confusion.

      On some occasions, it is unclear to me what modeling choices are being made:

      (a) It seems as if the models are fit on accuracy data alone (before introducing the neural data). This seems suboptimal given that the authors do report differences in RT.

      Because of the delayed-report feature of the task, RTs do not directly reflect decision termination time, which is the basis of the use of RT in cognitive modelling normally. Here, whether the decision process has concluded during the stimulus or not, indeterminate response-cue detection and motor execution processes intervene between the stimulus and RT, which would necessitate complicating the models with additional mechanisms, of which there are several possibilities as reflected in the response to the reviewer’s final comment about the RT effects below. This could potentially obscure the core mechanisms of decision formation during the stimulus itself, which was the focus of the study.

      (b) Are the models fit on all data combined, or on the data of individual participants? Fitting individual participant data is preferred, as combined or aggregated data may be distorted by individual differences.

      Because of the noise and variability of EEG data at the single-participant level, we model data averaged across participants, which we have ensured is clear in the revised paper. We provide individual accuracy trends in Figure 1, to verify that the accuracy improvements with increasing evidence duration seen on average are representative of the vast majority of individual subjects. We also added a comment on the limitation this incurs regarding individual difference analysis in the revised discussion.

      (c) The authors seem to suggest that the diffusion coefficient s is estimated (in the section "Integration models"). Most likely, however, this is set to a fixed value. Obviously, it matters for the model comparison using AIC whether this parameter was freely estimated or not.

      As noted in our response to an earlier Comment, the diffusion coefficient was fixed at s=0.1, and to make this explicit, we have entered it for all models in the revised Table 1 and Table 2.

      Not really a weakness, but I wondered about the effect of stimulus duration on RT. In particular, what hypothesis (or post hoc explanation) do the authors have for these RT effects? I could think of at least three hypotheses that are consistent with the behavioral data:

      (a) H1: The shorter the evidence duration, the more likely participants are to require a double-check before response execution, reflecting their uncertainty about their decision.

      (b) H2: There is a collapsing threshold that initiates at stimulus offset, leading to quicker responses on trials where there is more evidence.

      (c) H3: motor preparation is correlated with the evidence signal, which leads to faster responses on trials with more evidence.

      We thank the reviewer for these hypotheses. We agree that the RT effects admit multiple possible interpretations, and while we are cautious not to overinterpret them mechanistically in the paper given our focus on the decision process during the stimulus preceding these response-cue-triggered responses, we do take them to signify that the decision process has not always fully completed and been transformed to a finalised action plan by the time of response cue (start of Results section). To consider these interesting possibilities further:

      We agree that the longer RTs for shorter duration, more uncertain trials could reflect a “double-checking” process (H1), but it could alternatively reflect the fact that if a bound has already been reached during the stimulus, this commitment can be translated to fully-selected action plan that only needs triggering, whereas if a bound has not been reached by stimulus offset, which would occur more often for shorter evidence-duration trials, more of the motor action-selection process would yet need to be completed to initiate the action, causing the slight delay in RT. In other words, on longer-duration trials, the accumulated evidence is more likely to have already reached the bound before the response cue, allowing participants to both commit to a choice and prepare the associated motor response in advance. Therefore, RTs would be shorter as the remaining processes after the cue primarily involve cue detection and motor execution.

      This interpretation is broadly compatible with the reviewer’s H3 account, in the sense that motor preparation may track the evolving decision variable/evidence state. It is also possible that collapsing bounds are set on a post-stimulus, cue-evoked process (H2), which is not mutually exclusive with the above possibilities. It would be hard to determine whether such a process is primarily a response cue-detection decision process that is modulated by uncertainty state at stimulus offset, or a cue-triggered “double-check” process that perhaps operates on the iconic memory of the evidence, and our paradigm does not allow these alternatives to be cleanly dissociated.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      As you can see, the reviewers are positive about the work and highlight several strengths, while at the same time offering recommendations for improvement. Once these points are satisfactorily addressed, this may also lead to a revision of the eLife assessment below.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      As outlined in my public review, my most important recommendations relate to sample size and possible neural bases of the extremum-flagging model.

      Minor Comments:

      (1) p. 4 rmANOVA statistic is listed as 12.35.31.

      This has been corrected, with thanks for spotting it.

      (2) The stable d-SSVEP amplitude during the evidence period is used to justify a constant (non-adapting) drift rate assumption. This is a reasonable inference, but the SSVEP reflects early sensory encoding rather than the decision variable per se. Neural adaptation or gain changes at later processing stages could still produce a non-constant effective drift rate even with a stable sensory representation. This inference should be qualified.

      This is true. We have clarified that these checks for one important potential source of a time-varying drift rate, namely adaptation at the level of early sensory representation, but admit that other effects may happen downstream.

      (3) The Methods describe a leaky accumulation extension; the Results note leak ≈ 0.0002 at w=10, which is effectively zero. This is a positive result (evidence against leaky integration) that should be stated more explicitly in the Results or Discussion rather than appearing only in supplementary tables.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this. We have pointed to this result now in the first paragraph of the Discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The panels in Figure 4 H, I, J are not discussed in the Neurally-constrained models Section, while I believe they are probably more informative than Figure 4E alone.

      The manuscript has been revised to explain Figure 4H,I, J fully under ‘Neurally-constrained models’.

      (2) In the method section, we don't know how many trials were rejected based on the chosen threshold.

      The Method section is updated with the rejected trials after preprocessing. It now reads, “After preprocessing, 12017 trials remained across all conditions, with an average rejection rate of 15% (± 12.9%) across participants.”

      (3) Figure 1: For b and c, data are mean {plus minus} s.e.m. after between-participant variance was factored out. -> reference or detailed method.

      We have now explained in the caption that this is done by subtracting the overall mean of each individual from their data and adding back the grand mean, retaining the between-condition differences - that is, we remove the component of variance that repeated-measures tests ignore.

      (4) Figure 2: Shouldn't the snapshot model only feature one sample, as in Stine et al. 2020? This figure and others would also benefit from a better resolution.

      The reviewer is correct regarding the schematic of the snapshot model presented in Stine et al., (2020). We used small, light orange dots to represent the evidence samples presumably being encoded and a larger orange dot to indicate the single randomly chosen sample used as evidence for the decision. In our revised figure, we have increased the visual distinction between the evidence dots and the selected dot, and pointed this out in the caption. We have also improved the figure resolutions.

      (5) Typo:

      - Semi-saturation Table S4.

      - pi missing in the text of the G^2 equation.

      Thank you for catching these.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Small, random points:

      (1) How was it ensured that participants indeed did not detect the change in contrast throughout the 1.6s interval? In previous work (Winkel et al., PBR, 2014) we did something similar in a random-dot motion task, but observed that participants always observed the change, if we did not slowly change the coherence of the stimulus (unfortunately, Winkel et al., 2014 is not explicit about the exact parameters of the change, but Figure 2 suggests that the change in coherence lasted 50ms, independent of stimulus strength).

      It is true that abrupt changes in stimulus strength are more salient and detectable than a ramped change. The experimenters tested the stimulus during the task design subjectively, to satisfy themselves that they could not tell when the contrast stepped back to baseline, but this was not verified systematically with psychometrics, nor can we be sure that a more sensitive observer couldn’t sometimes detect the change. However, based on the task design, stimulus properties, and both behavioural and neural data, we are confident that participants are very unlikely to have been sufficiently confident in detecting the step-back in contrast to ceasing their contrast-comparison decision process at that point:

      (1) Participants were naive to the underlying manipulation. They were informed that trials would naturally vary in difficulty. It was normal for them to perceive some trials as harder than others without suspecting a mid-trial structural change.

      (2) The contrast difference in the hard condition was very subtle, and though it is possible that the step-down in contrast could be detected with above-chance accuracy if instructed to do so, given there was no instruction on whether and when the step-down would happen, it is very unlikely they could be detected with sufficient confidence to be certain there is no remaining evidence in the stimulus. Furthermore, the rapid, flickering nature of the stimulus would have helped to mask the transition point, in comparison with a sudden change in a continuously-playing random-dot motion stimulus (as in Winkel et al., 2014).

      (3) Our behavioural post-cue RT data imply the participants did not cease decision formation at evidence offset. If they had, then they would have been afforded the most time to prepare their chosen action in advance of the response cue in the case of the earlier evidence offset (i.e. shorter durations), yet these were the conditions with the longest, not the shortest post-cue RTs.

      (4) The low-contrast CPP traces remained elevated for the full 1600 ms interval, unperturbed by the evidence offsets. If participants were explicitly detecting a sudden change in contrast, we would expect to see a transient evoked response locked to that change, marking that detection. Instead, the sustained elevation of the CPP is characteristic of a continuation of the decision process, uninterrupted, through the subtle offsets.

      (2) Could you include the regression coefficients of the statistical modeling of the behavioral data?

      The regression coefficient is now added to the second paragraph of the Results section.

      (3) I felt Figure 5B was a bit confusing: Are the dashed lines here the ipsilateral sides or the non-linear bounds? This was confusing because "data" only has a solid line in the legend.

      We agree that the subtle nonlinearity, which appears visually close to the linear model, may have caused this confusion. To improve clarity, we have added arrows to Figure 5B to explicitly indicate which legend refers to which panel, and distinguish the dashed nonlinear bounds from the other traces.

      (4) "amplitude variations [...] to be used as an independent evaluation of model fit": Could you refer to where these model predictions are presented? I think this is in Figure 4 - Sup 5?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this. The model-predicted waveforms showing amplitude variations across durations for all neural weightings are presented in Figure 4 - Supplementary Figures 2 and 5. We have clarified this in the revised manuscript.

      References

      Ditterich, J. (2006). Evidence for time‐variant decision making. European Journal of Neuroscience, 24(12), 3628–3641. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1460-9568.2006.05221.x

      Drugowitsch, J., Moreno-Bote, R., Churchland, A. K., Shadlen, M. N., & Pouget, A. (2012). The cost of accumulating evidence in perceptual decision making. Journal of Neuroscience, 32(11), 3612–3628.

      Ehinger, B. V., & Dimigen, O. (2019). Unfold: An integrated toolbox for overlap correction, non-linear modeling, and regression-based EEG analysis. PeerJ, 7, e7838.

      Latimer, K. W., Yates, J. L., Meister, M. L. R., Huk, A. C., & Pillow, J. W. (2015). Single-trial spike trains in parietal cortex reveal discrete steps during decision-making. Science, 349(6244), 184–187. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aaa4056

      Loughnane, G. M., Newman, D. P., Bellgrove, M. A., Lalor, E. C., Kelly, S. P., & O’Connell, R. G. (2016). Target selection signals influence perceptual decisions by modulating the onset and rate of evidence accumulation. Current Biology, 26(4), 496–502.

      Nieuwenhuis, S., Aston-Jones, G., & Cohen, J. D. (2005). Decision making, the P3, and the locus coeruleus–norepinephrine system. Psychological Bulletin, 131(4), 510.

      Stine, G. M., Zylberberg, A., Ditterich, J., & Shadlen, M. N. (2020). Differentiating between integration and non-integration strategies in perceptual decision making. Elife, 9, e55365.

      Uchida, N., Kepecs, A., & Mainen, Z. F. (2006). Seeing at a glance, smelling in a whiff: Rapid forms of perceptual decision making. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 7(6), 485–491.

      Weindel, G., van Maanen, L., & Borst, J. P. (2024). Trial-by-trial detection of cognitive events in neural time-series. Imaging Neuroscience, 2, imag–2.

      Winkel, J., Keuken, M. C., Van Maanen, L., Wagenmakers, E.-J., & Forstmann, B. U. (2014). Early evidence affects later decisions: Why evidence accumulation is required to explain response time data. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 21(3), 777–784. https://doi.org/10.3758/s13423-013-0551-8

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors describe a clever genetic system based on rapamycin-inducible expression of a beta-galactose reporter. The authors compare this spectrophotometer-based readout to the parasite reduction rate version 2 (PRR v2) recently described by some of the same authors and based on incorporation of [<sup>3</sup>H]-hypoxanthine. The results are generally comparable, with some differences for slower-acting compounds. The authors report that this format is better suited for higher-throughput studies and requires less time to quantify the time-dependent onset of parasiticidal action compared with the PRR v2.

      Strengths:

      This is a very well-executed and well-described body of work with a comprehensive set of analyses.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors should revise their text to also describe other methods used to quantify parasite growth. This method saves time compared to the PRR v2 but is too complex for simple screening of antiplasmodial activity of agents tested alone. Its value lies in assessing the speed of action of compounds tested in combination.

      We thank reviewer 1 for the supportive feedback and for raising some important points.

      Many antimalarials have quite specific times of action. Are these MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assays, and the comparator PRR v2 assays, conducted with asynchronous cultures? This should be described in the methods and referred to in the text (apologies if I missed some references).

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. Both, the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> and PRR v2 assays were performed using asynchronous parasite cultures. This information is included in the Methods section together with the relevant references. To improve clarity, we have also explicitly stated this in the main text.

      The authors correctly state that flow cytometry-based readouts, such as with MitoTracker alone, can limit throughput and that MitoTracker alone can produce spurious results. The authors should cite work from other labs that combine MitoTracker with a nuclear dye, such as SYBR Green I. I think others have also been used, such as YoYo-1, which overcomes the limitations of using MitoTracker alone. Also, many labs use a nuclear dye such as SYBR Green I in a spectrophotometer-based format that enables rapid processing of plates at scale (96, 384, or even 1536 wells per plate). Luciferase-based screens have also been used in large-scale screening campaigns. The introduction should cite these various approaches, especially as the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> method is quite a complex screen with an initial period of drug exposure (up to 3 days) followed by a five-day phase initiated by rapamycin addition to induce expression of the beta-gal sensor.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. In the Introduction we mention and describe alternative approaches for assessing parasite viability. This also includes the work by Maiga et al., which combines MitoTracker with a nuclear dye to improve the reliability of flow cytometry-based readouts. We have revised the text and now explicitly mention the use of dual staining to make this discussion more explicit.

      We agree that several additional methods, such as luciferase-based reporter systems, have been successfully applied in antimalarial screening. However, these approaches are primarily designed to assess parasite growth inhibition rather than directly measuring parasite viability after drug exposure, which is the focus of the present study. Readout methods used to assess parasite viability in a PRR assay setup are so far based on HRP2-ELISA (de Carvalho et al.), MitoTracker and SYBR green staining (Maiga et al.) and [<sup>3</sup>H]-hypoxanthine incorporation (Sanz et al.; Walz et al.) as cited in the manuscript. Many other readout methods to assess parasite growth have other limitations as briefly discussed in Hellingman et al., 2024. A comprehensive comparison and review of all available readout methods would therefore be beyond the scope of this manuscript.

      It would be helpful for authors to provide some indication of the cost comparison between the PPR v2 and MULT-i<sup>2</sup>.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. We agree that a comparison of the costs associated with the PRR v2 and MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assays would be informative, but while the consumable costs provide one measure of assay expense, we consider the reduction in hands-on time and the simplified workflow to be the main contributors to the overall cost advantage of the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay. These reductions in labor requirements are subject to large regional differences and impossible for us to access. Nevertheless, together with the increased throughput and the reduced labor, make the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay more cost-effective for larger-scale applications compared with the PRR v2 assay.

      Also, the authors should indicate whether these reagents will be deposited in a repository such as BEI Resources. They should also indicate conditions for other groups to request these materials, such as whether an MTA is required.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. The engineered parasite line will be made available for non-commercial use to other researchers upon request. An MTA will be required excluding commercial use of the provided strains. The detailed code used for data analysis is available upon request, and an example code file has already been included as a Supplementary File.

      The pharmacological models are interesting, but likely well out of the range of expertise of many labs. Has code been deposited into public repositories that make it possible for other labs to implement these analyses?

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. We agree that implementation of pharmacological modeling approaches can represent a barrier for laboratories without prior experience in pharmacometric analysis, particularly due to the requirement for specialized software such as NONMEM. To facilitate implementation, an example code is provided in the Supplementary File. The final model was developed using a forward–backward selection approach for parameter estimation and model refinement as described in the Methods section. These additions should help other researchers adapt the approach to their own datasets.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      Antimalarial combination therapy is the standard of care for malaria, a disease that impacts hundreds of millions of people annually. Combination therapy is crucial for effectively treating the disease and delaying the emergence of drug resistance. Despite the importance of choosing appropriate partner antimalarials for combination therapy, drug interactions are typically evaluated late in the course of drug development. Standard in vitro assays that determine synergistic, antagonistic, or additive interactions between drug combinations rely on measuring inhibition of parasite proliferation, which is inadequate for translation to pharmacodynamic models for parasite clearance in the patient. Direct measurement of parasite viability under drug treatment has previously relied on methods that are labor and resource-intensive, limiting applications to single compounds and single concentrations. Here, Hellingman et al make use of an inducible chemiluminescence reporter to measure cell viability and apply this novel approach to quantify drug interactions. The methodology is a significant improvement upon prior methods, requiring significantly fewer resources, half the time, and substantially less handling than the standard PRR v2 assay, whilst maintaining high resolution and sensitivity.

      They assess the limit of detection for the improved method and cross-reference their results for single drugs at a single concentration with the currently standard PRRv2 assay. The authors next established analytical methods to characterize the impact of drug combinations on parasite viability using the GDPI pharmacodynamic model and compared their MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay to the prior cPRR approach. Their refined workflow allowed them to comprehensively evaluate the known synergistic combination between atovaquone and proguanil with greater resolution than the comparable cPRR assay and identified additional interaction parameters between the fast-acting antimalarials piperaquine and pyrimethamine. Overall, the authors demonstrate that their inducible lacZ system provides significant advantages compared with prior approaches to determine parasite viability. They convincingly demonstrate the strengths of their approach by characterizing two antimalarial combinations at much greater resolution than previously possible with prior methods. The system and methods established here will be particularly useful for evaluating novel antimalarial combinations with chemical series in preclinical evaluation and to optimize future antimalarial therapies.

      Strengths:

      The streamlined approach relies on induction of the lacZ enzyme only after drug washout. As opposed to when stably expressed, this allows the authors to estimate parasite viability without undergoing serial dilutions to estimate viable parasite titers. This innovation vastly reduced resource and time intensity, enabling greater throughput for parasite viability estimation. The established methodology and analysis pipeline enabled the testing of 49 drug combinations for parasite viability in the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay compared to only 9 in the conventional cPRR assay. This provided improved resolution in the ability to estimate drug combination parameters in a pharmacodynamic model. The ability to comprehensively characterize combination pharmacodynamic properties in vitro will have important implications for downstream modelling of in vivo combinations, and for optimizing future antimalarial combination therapies.

      The authors made good use of modelling and AICc for parametric estimation and model evaluation to demonstrate the advantages of the richer dataset afforded by the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay.

      We thank reviewer 2 for her/his appreciation of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors correctly identified a range of confounding effects that lead to artefacts in their assay results when compared to the cPRR assay. For instance, the authors observed reduced signal at high parasite density during recovery due to overgrowth and likely enzyme degradation, and suggested residual signal may remain from non-proliferating sexual stage parasites surviving drug treatment that would not be detected in the cPRR assay.

      Measurement of parasite viability in the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay was achieved by extrapolating the chemoluminescence signal to that of a serial dilution of parasites made at the initiation of drug treatment. How did the authors account for differing levels of enzyme expression at early (e.g., ring) vs late stage parasites (trophozoite or schizonts)? Were cultures synchronized prior to initiation of assays? Could differences in life-cycle progression following drug treatment be an additional confounding factor that may account for differences with the PRR v2 assay?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. All, the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> and PRR v2 assay were performed using asynchronous parasite cultures. We have clarified this in the revised manuscript.

      We agree that parasite developmental stages may influence the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> readout, as LacZ expression levels differ between parasite stages, with differences observed between ring stages and more mature trophozoite/schizont stages as published by Hellingman et al., 2024. This represents a potential source of variability, as the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay quantifies the amount of expressed reporter enzyme rather than directly measuring parasite numbers at the time of readout. The use of asynchronous cultures minimizes the impact of stage-specific effects by providing a mixed parasite population representative of the natural distribution of developmental stages. Nevertheless, we acknowledge that differences in parasite stage progression following drug exposure may contribute to variation in the extrapolated parasite numbers and may partially explain differences observed between the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> and PRR v2 assay measurements. We have added this consideration to the Discussion.

      The addition of an inducible element is an improvement of their earlier lacZ/β-gal<sup>SENSOR</sup> (PMID: 41575867); however, the authors fail to explain why this is an improvement and how this adds additional merit over the initial system. While the authors compare their new assay to the PRR v2, they fail to compare it to their own non-inducible lacZ/β-gal<sup>SENSOR</sup> system. Their non-inducible system already showed superiority to the cPRR assays, and it would be good to show how they compare and what the advantages of the new system are over the old. e.g., how is the signal-to-noise improved?

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. The main improvement provided by the inducible system is the temporal separation of parasite growth/drug exposure from reporter expression. In the original non-inducible lacZ/β-gal<sup>SENSOR</sup> system, reporter expression occurs continuously throughout the assay, resulting in accumulation of β-galactosidase during parasite growth/drug exposure and therefore an increasing background signal. Consequently, quantification relies on endpoint reporter levels and does not allow the reporter expression window to be standardized independently of parasite exposure history.

      In contrast, in the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> system, reporter expression is initiated only after addition of rapamycin post-antimalarial drug washout. This prevents reporter accumulation during the drug exposure window and ensures a defined reporter enzyme accumulation window after drug exposure. Importantly, this allows parasite numbers to be extrapolated from a calibration curve generated at the time of induction, which would not be possible with the non-inducible system because reporter expression would continue after drug removal and would depend on the previous culture history.

      We have revised the manuscript to more clearly describe these advantages and to emphasize that the key benefit of the inducible system is not simply an increase in signal intensity, but improved control of reporter expression, reduced background accumulation, and the ability to perform quantitative parasite reduction rate measurements.

      How does the sensitivity compare? How quickly does the can the signal be detected after induction? They show signal after 48h, but it would be very useful to the community to look at earlier timepoints as well and compare them to the uninduced line and a line that has been induced 48h earlier to match the expression patterns throughout the lifecycle (something like 2h,4h,6h, 12h, and 24h).

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. We acknowledge that the sensitivity of the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> readout depends on both the initial parasite density and the duration of the induction period and that a detailed characterization of the induction kinetics, including earlier time points after rapamycin addition, would provide additional information on the sensitivity and temporal resolution of the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> system.

      In the present study, we focused on the time window relevant for application of the assay in a PRR assay workflow and routine drug screening setting. Earlier time points (<24 h after induction) were therefore not systematically evaluated. The selected time points were chosen based on the expected kinetics of the loxP-DiCre recombination system, which has previously been reported to achieve high recombination efficiency within one asexual parasite cycle, (Collins et al., 2013) and shown with own data in this study, as well as on practical considerations for implementation in routine workflows.

      Is the chemiluminescence signal for the i-lacZ induced parasites comparable to the stably expressed lacZ parasites previously characterized by the group? If so, do the authors consider this inducible iteration a complete replacement for PRR assays?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. The chemiluminescence signal obtained with the inducible lacZ (i-lacZ) parasites is comparable to that observed with the previously characterized constitutively expressing lacZ parasites. However, the inducible system provides an important additional advantage by avoiding continuous β-galactosidase production and accumulation during parasite growth, thereby reducing background signal and enabling a controlled reporter expression window.

      We do not consider the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay to be a replacement for classical PRR assays. Rather, we consider it a complementary approach that enables more efficient screening and characterization of drug combinations, particularly by providing information on the time-dependent onset of parasiticidal activity in a higher-throughput format. Promising combinations identified using MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay can subsequently be investigated in more extensive PRR assays.

      The authors observed differences between their i-lacZ assay and conventional PRR assays attributable to the accumulation of lacZ enzyme at higher levels of surviving parasites, followed by degradation. Have the authors tested how long lacZ remains stable in standard or overgrown parasite cultures?

      We thank the reviewer for this important question. We assessed the stability of β-galactosidase activity in parasite lysates stored under different conditions and observed that the enzymatic activity remained stable for up to 21 days when lysates were stored at either -20°C or 37°C (Hellingman et al., 2024).

      We have not systematically characterized β-galactosidase stability in standard or overgrown parasite cultures. However, in experiments involving overgrown cultures, we observed that the β-galactosidase-derived signal decreased rapidly in overgrown culture settings, suggesting that enzyme stability in overgrown cultures is lower than in standard cultures and parasite lysates.

      At what parasitemia were the counts reported in Figure 1D conducted at?

      We thank the reviewer for this clarification request. The measurements shown in Figure 1D were performed at approximately 3% parasitemia, assuming an erythrocyte infection rate of 10-fold within 48 hours as parasite cultures were initiated at 0.3% parasitemia and incubated for 48 hours under rapamycin before the measurements were performed.

      Figure 2: Is the increasing background in DMSO-treated parasites attributable to leakage of the di-cre system contributing to a background level of LacZ induction? To what extent would this impact results in the PRR assay format?

      We thank the reviewer for this important observation. We agree that low-level leakage of the loxP-DiCre system may contribute to the increased lacZ signal observed in DMSO-treated parasites under overgrowth conditions. However, this effect was only observed when parasites were allowed to proliferate extensively in the absence of effective drug pressure.

      In the context of the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay, these conditions correspond to compound concentrations that do not affect parasite survival or replication. Such concentrations are outside the range of interest for evaluating antimalarial activity, as they represent inactive treatment conditions. Therefore, although reporter leakage may contribute to background signal under extreme overgrowth conditions, we expect this effect to have a negligible impact on the interpretation of MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay results.

      Please define the abbreviations used (e.g., NONMEM and DV).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have revised the manuscript to define all abbreviations at their first occurrence in the text and have added the relevant terms to the abbreviation list.

      Line 297: cPRR assay - give citation.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have added the appropriate citation for the cPRR assay at the indicated location in the revised manuscript.

      The 2 in MULT-i<sup>2</sup> is not always superscripted.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have corrected the formatting throughout the manuscript to ensure that the “2” in MULT-i<sup>2</sup> is consistently presented as a superscript where appropriate.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, the authors strived to develop a highly efficient drug survival assay for in vitro cultured human malaria parasites P. falciparum. This was done by generating a transgenic P. falciparum line using a creLox strategy that allows detection of (presumably) viable parasites by a β-lactamase assay. To estimate the Limit of quantification of the recombined P. falciparum NF54i-lacZ, the authors ultimately designed a protocol in which viable parasites are detected by the luminescence of β-D-galactoside generated by β-lactamase within the transgenic parasites. For this, the parasite must be incubated with rapamycin for 120 hours to induce CreLox recombinase, which places β-lactamase under an active promoter. Using this assay, termed MULT-i<sup>2</sup>, the author shows interactions between two antimalarial drug pairs that were previously demonstrated by another assay. In the case of pyronaridine and piperaquine pair, the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay generated some additional insights compared to the previous assay, presumably by virtue of including more concentration datapoints. In conclusion, the authors argue that the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay is much less resource-intensive and time-consuming and can be applied on a large scale at a much lower cost and with the highest efficiency.

      Overall, the data generated in this manuscript are clear and well represented, and I am convinced that MULT-i<sup>2</sup> provides yet another of many drug assays for malaria parasites and could be put to good use. However, I struggle to fully appreciate the merit of his study, as the manuscript reads more like a technical document than a scientific study.

      We thank reviewer 3 for her/his appreciation of our work.

      I particularly lack an understanding of the strengths and weaknesses/limitations of the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> methodology and, thus, its applicability. I also do not fully appreciate the need for such an elaborate luminescence-based experimental setup. It would be good if some of these issues were addressed.

      Specifically:

      (1) The whole assay is based on detecting parasites by luminescence after 120 hr (5 days) after drug exposure. During that time, presumably the parasites that survived the drug pressure regrow to a detectable level and, at the same time, perform efficacious CreLox-based recombination to produce β-D-galactoside for detection. Is this necessary? How superior is this detection method to other methods, such as Fluorescence-assisted Cell Sorting (FACS), etc? Moreover, the 5-day growth-CreLox-β-D-galactoside production could introduce a series of confounding effects. In my view, more studies (beyond comparisons with a single existing method) would be useful for understanding this entire process.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point regarding the rationale, applicability, and limitations of the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> methodology.

      Quantification of viable parasites after drug exposure remains challenging, particularly when surviving parasites are present at low frequencies or require extended recovery periods. Current approaches, such as the parasite reduction ratio (PRR) assay based on [<sup>3</sup>H]-hypoxanthine incorporation, provide sensitive measurements of replicating parasites but are labor-intensive, require specialized infrastructure, and are not easily scalable for large numbers of drug combinations. Alternative approaches based on HRP2 detection no longer rely on radioactive readouts but generally provide lower sensitivity, particularly when quantifying low levels of surviving parasites within a shorter time frame.

      The MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay was developed to address these limitations by combining a highly sensitive chemiluminescent β-galactosidase readout with an inducible reporter system. The 5-day induction period after drug exposure serves as a controlled gene expression step, allowing surviving parasites to recover and produce sufficient reporter signal for sensitive quantification using a standard plate reader. This approach enables higher-throughput assessment of parasiticidal activity while avoiding radioactive readouts and reducing the need for labor-intensive dilution-based approaches.

      We acknowledge that the recovery and reporter expression period introduces additional biological steps compared with direct parasite detection methods and may therefore represent a potential source of variability. The MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay is not intended to replace all existing viability measurements but rather to provide a complementary screening tool for investigating larger numbers of drug combinations. More detailed comparisons with additional detection platforms, including fluorescence-based approaches such as flow cytometry, would be valuable; however, a comprehensive comparison of all available parasite viability readouts was beyond the scope of this study. We have added more explanations to the Discussion including the strengths and limitations.

      Related to that above, how would MULT-i<sup>2</sup> perform in case of drugs that do not necessarily kill all parasites, such as artemisinin? In the case of artemisinin, it is becoming evident that at least a small fraction of the parasite revives after treatment via a temporary dormancy state. This has, in fact, also been shown for other drugs such as mefloquine, pyrimethamine, etc. Would such a situation produce a range of false readings? In general, in its current state, it is hard to see what the limitations of this method are, which makes it hard to decide whether to use it for a particular application.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point regarding the interpretation and applicability of the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay. We agree that distinguishing between growth inhibition assays and viability-based assays is essential when interpreting the response to drugs that induce temporary parasite dormancy or delayed recovery.

      The MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay was specifically developed as a viability-based approach and therefore differs fundamentally from conventional IC50 assays, which primarily measure inhibition of parasite growth during drug exposure and may not capture parasites that survive treatment through temporary growth arrest or dormancy. Similar to the PRR assay, the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay measures the ability of surviving parasites to recover and proliferate after drug exposure. Therefore, parasites that temporarily enter a dormant state but subsequently resume replication are expected to contribute to the measured signal rather than representing false-positive or false-negative results.

      This is illustrated by the artemisinin experiments presented in this study, where the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay captures the recovery of surviving parasites following treatment as it does the PRR v2 assay.

      Given the stated cost and labor efficiency of MULT-i<sup>2</sup>, it is disappointing to see only two applications for two drug pairs: atovaquone/proguanil and piperquine/pyronaridine, for both of which their interactions were already known. The manuscript would benefit greatly if the authors demonstrated more drug interactions and identified (and ultimately validated) new ones. This would certainly make MULT-i<sup>2</sup> method more attractive. In particular, it would be nice to see if one could use MULT-i<sup>2</sup> for studies of triple combinations as enthusiastically suggested.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. We agree that demonstrating additional applications, including triple-drug combinations, would further highlight the potential of the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay.

      The primary aim of this study was to validate the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> methodology against the established PRR v2 assay and to demonstrate that the new platform can reproduce known parasiticidal interaction profiles while providing a more scalable workflow. For this reason, we selected well-characterized drug combinations, including atovaquone/proguanil and piperaquine/pyronaridine, which provide suitable benchmark systems for comparison with previous PRR data.

      Although evaluation of a larger number of novel combinations and triple-drug regimens would be highly valuable, generating corresponding PRR datasets for direct comparison was beyond the scope of the current study.

      Throughout the manuscript, the authors claim that MULT-i<sup>2</sup> is considerably less expensive and can be done much faster than previous methods. In my view, this is not exactly a scientific argument. The cost of an assay depends heavily on the cost of reagents and labor, which are subject to market price fluctuations. The efficiency and time consumption can very much depend on laboratory organization, etc. Unless the author could specifically demonstrate where and how these assays are cheaper and faster, I suggest not discussing this.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that absolute assay costs can vary depending on local reagent prices, labor costs and laboratory infrastructure.

      When comparing both methods under the same laboratory conditions, the total assay duration of the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay is shorter than that of the PRR assay (11 days (MULT-i<sup>2</sup>) compared with approximately 21–28 days (PRR) according to published protocols). In addition, the MULT-i<sup>2</sup> assay reduces labor-intensive processing steps and enables higher-throughput measurements using a plate reader for readout. These factors contribute to reduced workload and improved scalability, independent of fluctuations in individual reagent or personnel costs.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      This valuable study provides insights into the role of steroid signaling during tumorigenesis in the adult male drosophila accessory gland (functional equivalent of the prostate gland in mammals), hinting at a possible counterintuitive anti-tumoral role of sex hormones during prostate cancer in certain patients. While the Drosophila model provides an elegant way to study the hypothesis derived from the Cancer Atlas analysis, the analyses of public prostate cancer expression data are incomplete and critical knowledge on patients' treatment modalities and normalization across different datasets is missing. This work would be of interest to prostate cancer researchers as it suggests that the absence of androgen receptor signaling in humans could constitute a mechanism promoting tumor escape.

      We thank the reviewers for the time they have spent on the manuscript, the production of a public review and their useful recommendations. As a general goal for the corrected version, we will try to provide more insight on the data (especially the human data), and more controls, to strengthen our conclusions. We are aware of the lack of a definitive proof of the role of the apparent decrease in AR signaling on tumour progression, but hope that this manuscript will encourage medical scientists to test/challenge its counterintuitive results in large cohorts of tissues and mouse/human models.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this article, Vialat and his colleagues examine the early stages - which remain largely unknown - of the tumor escape process, particularly the basal extrusion of tumor cells following endocrine therapy for prostate cancer.

      They first used the "Prostate Cancer Atlas" database, which provides access to a vast amount of transcriptomic data, to perform high-throughput analyses. Interestingly, analyzing a series of Androgen Receptor (AR) target genes in castration-resistant prostate cancers, they concluded that the loss of the canonical AR signaling pathway may contribute to tumor resistance.

      Using a well-established model in Drosophila, they then replicated in vivo an endocrine therapy targeting the accessory gland by genetically inhibiting the expression of ecdysone, the only sex steroid present in Drosophila. These experiments induced basal extrusion similar to the mechanism observed in tumor escape in humans.

      These results suggest that the deprivation of sex steroids may play an important role in tumor progression.

      However, although the data from the "Prostate Cancer Atlas" constitutes a powerful tool that serves as the basis for this new concept, clinical validation using carefully selected human tumor samples would help strengthen the authors' conclusions.

      Strengths:

      (1) The Prostate Cancer Atlas is a comprehensive collection of clinical data derived from RNA sequencing and serves as a powerful tool for conducting high-throughput analyses in this paper.

      (2) The Drosophila model used in this article is well established and has already been the subject of publications by the team. In addition to being an in vivo model, Drosophila offers a threefold advantage for this study: i) the presence of an accessory gland, similar to the prostate, which allows for the simulation of tumor formation and, in particular, extrusion mechanisms; ii) its regulation by a single sex steroid, ecdysone; iii) the genetic ability to modulate or inactivate ecdysone expression, which allows for a parallel to be drawn with hormonal deprivation in humans.

      (3) This study presents interesting and original findings. The data are, for the most part, of high quality.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The Prostate Cancer Atlas, which is an essential tool in this study, was described only briefly - if at all - in both the introduction and the "Materials and Methods" section. The selection criteria used to distinguish CRPC or NEPC from adenocarcinoma in the Atlas or as determined by the authors, as well as the analytical methods, were not specified. It is therefore difficult to be convinced by the results, particularly those presented in Figures 1 and 2.

      As the tool has been published in different articles, we chose to limit its description. However, we agree that explanation are necessary, that will be added in the new version. First, we initially used here just basic categories, in order to avoid any possible bias; so mCRPC includes rare DNPC and NECP patients. We will also put the data with true ARPC, with essentially the same results.

      For human data, we also expect to use transcriptomic data from an independent cohort to check whether the same loss of AR signaling occurs during progression. Furthermore, we consider to add the data showing that decrease in canonical AR signaling also (logically with the previous results) correlates with castration status or ADT exposure (these info are available on ProstateCancerAtlas). Interestingly, and this can be put in supplementary data, prostatecanceratlas detects changes in EMT genes or proliferation genes that are coherent with what is known about cancer progression, indicating that the apparent decrease in AR signaling should correspond to a real phenomenon.

      (2) Although the hypothesis put forward by the authors - that the deprivation of sex hormones contributes to tumor progression - is strongly supported by the Drosophila model and by the in silico analysis of transcriptomic data from the Atlas, this concept still needs to be clinically validated by analyzing a series of prostate cancer samples, either through transcriptomic analysis or by tracking gene expression in histological sections.

      There are many indirect evidences that loss of AR signaling induces tumor progression in mouse (as stated in the intro or the discussion of the manuscript). However, as suggested in the introduction of the letter, we believe that medical scientists are the most qualified to prove that sex steroid deprivation indeed induces tumor progression in human. We will add in any case data to at least reinforce this puzzling finding of a decrease in AR canonical signaling during progression.

      (3) With regard to the cells responsible for tumor escape, stem cells have been described as "candidates for the initiating resistant tumor growth" (lanes 50-55), but it is also essential to address the recent concept of "persistent cells". Indeed, these cells have been primarily associated with their tolerance to treatment (chemotherapy) and are referred to as "drug-tolerant cells". However, persistent cells could also correspond to cells that evade hormone therapy in the case of prostate cancer. This possibility should be discussed in the article.

      This is an interesting suggestion, which can be discussed: on the one hand, intrabasal cells may not have accumulated mutations to survive the loss of EcR signaling, as would do persistent cells. On the other hand, they strongly proliferate, and show no sign of senescence, behaving more like resistant cells. So, it does not look to us that we induced the appearance of persistent cells in the Drosophila accessory gland, except if these cells are quickly reactivating to give rise to intrabasal cells.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Vialat and collaborators study the role of steroid hormone signalling on the development of prostate cancer (patients) and of accessory gland tumours in Drosophila, a tissue functionally equivalent to the prostate. Mining publicly available prostate cancer expression data and using gene expression signatures, they uncover that androgen signalling is actually down-regulated in castration resistant prostate cancers (CRPC) compared to "primary" cancers, leading the authors to wonder whether down-regulation of canonical androgen signalling could represent an important event increasing tumour aggressiveness. They then take advantage of their recently published tumour model in the accessory gland of Drosophila adult males, in which cells are primed for tumorigenesis by the constitutive activation of the EGFR receptor, to test directly this hypothesis. They show that the genetic invalidation of ecdysone reception and signalling increases the aggressiveness of the "pre-cancerous" lesions, and that ecdysone-insensitive tumours present higher proliferation and initiate basal extrusion.

      Strengths:

      The authors bring original observations on the role of ecdysone signalling to prevent male accessory gland tumour development in Drosophila

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The link between the human data mining and Drosophila model is not straightforward.

      (2) Important information, in particular clinical information, is missing in the presentation of the cancer patients' data, making it complicated to grasp the solidity of the claims.

      (3) Data-mining insights should be validated by orthogonal approaches.

      (4) Ecdysone signalling activity should be monitored.

      While the two parts of the study both investigate the role of steroid signalling on tumour growth, the link remains slightly artificial. I think starting with Drosophila and then opening with some patient data would be better suited to the level of proof reached here, implying that the anti-tumoral role of steroids observed experimentally in the fly might be conserved based on data mining in patients, rather than trying to prove in the fly the hints gained from public data mining. Indeed, there are many important differences between the mammalian prostate and the fly accessory gland, as well as between sex hormone androgen signalling and developmental timing ecdysone signalling.

      This is an interesting suggestion. Actually, we first wrote the manuscript by starting with Drosophila data and then going to patients data, and previous reviewers said that this was not possible to directly go from Drosophila to human. So, we suppose that the real way to solve this will be by the validation or refutation of the data by other teams in different models.

      The prostate cancer data mining and re-evaluation brings some interesting observations that appear to challenge the androgen driver, contrary to the vast amount of literature. Indeed, the authors observe an apparent decrease in androgen signalling in the more advanced states of the disease, in particular CRPC. In order to better evaluate its clinical relevance, more background on the tumours analysed should be provided.

      This point is also important to Reviewer 1, and will be implemented.

      What treatments were received by the patients? Hormonotherapy? LH/RH analogues? +/- anti-androgens? Are these treatments still given when CRPC emerge and tissues were banked? Metastatic disease? Are these only primary tumours in situ? Are there metastases included in the analyses?

      Most CRPC come from metastatic sites. Most of the CRPC were treated by ADT. We chose to have an approach that included all the samples; but we will provide insight, whenever available, on these absolutely relevant questions.

      Frequently, castration resistance is associated with alternatively spliced variants of the AR (AR-V7) that become constitutive and could bind to new AR-sensitive enhancers, even in the absence of androgen. Is the splice variant status of patients known, or could it be inferred from the expression data? Would there be different responses according to AR-V7 status?

      As a first approach, from the cohorts that were used, it seems that in the PCA patients, there are around or less than 15% of patients harboring the AR-V7 driver. It could be of interest to test their behavior regarding the same set of genes, and it will be done if we can identify the patients.

      Regarding the signature used. Why not monitor PSMA, one of the major prostate cancer markers, which is regulated by AR?

      It will be done. PSMA behaves as the others, even though the drop between primary samples and ARPC samples is very limited and just statistically significant.

      Finally, to consolidate the surprising observation that AR signalling is repressed in CRPCs, the authors should back these in silico predictions with orthogonal approaches such as histochemistry on patients' TMA or tissues from mouse models, monitoring AR activity.

      As said previously, we believe that this specific work will be better done by medical scientists.

      Regarding the fly experiments, the observation that ecdysone signalling depletion cooperates with EGFR-lambda activation to generate big overgrowths that delaminate basally without passing through the muscular sheet is interesting. However, several important controls need to be provided in order to support the claims:

      Considering the comments regarding the fly experiments, we agree that, if experiences are taken individually, controls are lacking. However, we have to explain our strategy and why the results taken in their entirety have a significance. In our model of epithelial tumorigenesis, we have started to explore the EcR pathway after years of work on other pathways. At the first experiment (with the EcR RNAi line), we were struck by the intrabasal phenotype that did not occurred in our previous experiments, and especially for the 14 RNAi lines that we published in two independent articles on Ras/MAPK, Pi3K/Akt pathways and cholesterol metabolism. As justly said in the review, many unexpected effects can happen, so we decided to explore the role of five other genes of the same pathway to be sure of the reproducibility of the phenotype when we block the EcR pathway. The odds of having the same specific phenotype for 6 lines of the EcR pathway when there is always another phenotype for 14 lines targeting other pathways can be calculated: p = 0.00000494. So, the best control we offer, and it is largely significant, is the repetition of the experiments intended to downregulate the EcR pathway, that produce the same phenotypes independently of the target.

      Furthermore, all lines we used were previously tested, validated and most of the time published in other scientific works. This is essential to us, as one complexity of doing rare clones in an otherwise normal tissue is that decreasing an mRNA in less than 5% of the cells of course difficultly leads to a detectable drop in overall expression in the whole gland. This is also the reason why we always tried pairs of fly lines to block the receptor activity itself (RNAi EcR, RNAi Shd), the receptor's downstream targets (RNAi HR3, RNAi HR4), and the production of ecdysone (RNAi Sad, RNAi Phtm). As we validated RNAi Sad, we can try anyway to validate at least another RNAi of another category. Furthermore, we did use a RNAi White control: it behaves in the same way as the GFP control. We will put the results comparing the two lines in supplementary data.

      (a) The authors should use an ecdysone reporter (ERE-LacZ, ERE-GFP...) to monitor and show that Ecdysone signalling is indeed lower in the tumours after genetic manipulations, or that it is higher in EGFR-lambda small clones.

      This would be of interest to validate that the 6 lines are behaving in the same way (at least, they give similar phenotypes). However, in the adult accessory gland, ERE activity is largely lower than during development (DOI: 10.1016/j.jinsphys.2011.03.027), and to be able to decrease it, authors had to express notoriously strong dominant-negative EcR-DN. We can try the experiment but are really not persuaded that we will be able to see a drop of activity with only a decrease of expression of the gene. If we can think of another solution that could be more efficient, we will try it as the idea is of course interesting.

      (b) EcR is normally a repressor, which is turned into an activator in the presence of 20-hydroxyecdysone. The removal of EcR could lead to de-repression of genes and thus slightly activate the pathway. Monitoring ecdysone signalling activity is thus critical.

      Actually, there are different EcR isoforms. EcR-B1 is generally considered as the main activator of the pathway, as EcR-A is a repressor of the pathway. The EcR RNAi line which was used does not target a specific isoform.

      (c) The authors should also monitor the expression of Phantom, Shadow, Shade, and EcR in the different accessory glands (wild-type, EGFR-lambda, EGFR-lambda & EcR-RNAi). It is extremely surprising that systemic ecdysone has so little role since Phantom, Shadow, or Shade RNAi appear as potent as EcR-RNAi. This quantification has actually been performed for Sad in Figure S5, which is not even mentioned in the text. It should be done for Phtm.

      The levels of ecdysone are tenths of times lower in adult compared to the peaks during embryogenesis or metamorphosis. And one source of production is the epithelial cells of the accessory glands themselves. Considering that EcR is expressed in all the cells of the accessory gland (epithelial cells and muscle cells), it seems plausible that there is only a very little amount of ecdysone that can in fact be available for the other epithelial cells.

      A UAS-yellow-RNAi (or similarly irrelevant RNAi) rather than UAS-GFP should be used as a control for the EcR, Phtm, Sad, Shd, and Tub RNAi. Indeed, loading the RNAi machinery could have some unexpected effects not controlled by the UAS-GFP.

      The NLSGFP line we used here is the one we already published twice (and we compared it to RNAi lines), and this is the reason why we used this already validated control. However, we tested a RNAi White line, and it behaves in the same way.

      The authors should not use the term "sex steroid" when referring to ecdysone. It is a steroid hormone important for developmental timing and rate of growth, but is not a sex hormone, as sex is cell autonomously genetically determined in the fly.

      In human, sex hormones control sexual differentiation (up to adult characteristics) and sexual reproduction. In Drosophila, ecdysone controls sexual reproduction in both sexes and sexual differentiation at least in the female (DOI: 10.1007/s004270050186). From these results, we do not think that saying it is a sex steroid (not a sex hormone) is ill suited. We intend to precise what we put in this term in the introduction to avoid overinterpretation from our part.

    1. Embedding evaluators may sound like a small or inconsequential step, but often the things that sound most boring or procedural are actually the most essential.

      "Amodei argues that AI companies should respond to failures elsewhere as though those failures had happened within their own organizations." Embedding third party evaluators and sharing misalignment issues with the public and other AI companies is in my mind comparable to workplace and industry safety organizations like the USCSB, OSHA, and the NFPA. I watch a lot of USCSB (US Chemical Safety Board) videos on industrial accidents. These videos show an animation of what happened, explain what happened, and share recommendations made by the USCSB to the other safety organizations mentioned. The goal of these videos is to inform and educate industry professionals and the public, so that similar accidents are hopefully prevented. I think establishing AI's version of safety regulation works towards not only establishing the industry as a true industry rather than a wild frontier devoid of precaution, but also towards protecting all members of the industry. When industrial disasters occur, there is loss of life, injuries, and the plant responsible is often irreparably damaged, causing severe job loss. In the case of an AI disaster, it is much the same. Employees would lose their jobs, and perhaps more importantly, the public at large could face severe negative impact. The responsible thing to do is often the right thing to do, not because it is responsible, but because it is caring.

    2. whose role is to verify adherence to safety practices and commitments, report incidents, and help assess the alignment of not just completed AI models but training pipelines and processes.

      I think the creators of these AI tools have a responsibility to protect the rights of everyone that is using AI or may be impacted by it in some way. Evaluators tasked with ensuring the tools are working smoothly have a responsibility to be transparent about the tools as well, and to favor precision and quality over speed or efficiency.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      __Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)): __

      *Mitochondrial network morphology constantly adapts to the physiological conditions of the cell. Fusion and fission play a well established role in remodeling of the mitochondrial network. In their present study, Kasmaie et al. focused on pull-out events that generate novel mitochondrial tubules emanating from the side of existing tubules and show that this is an important mechanism contributing to network morphology. Using live cell microscopy combined with pharmacological treatments and/or knock-down of key components of mitochondrial dynamics they show that this process is dependent on the machinery of mitochondrial fusion and fission and mitochondria-associated actin. Furthermore, they claim that ER mitochondria contact sites (ERMCS) may be important. The authors have made some interesting observations, and most parts of the manuscript are sound. However, some of their conclusions should be supported by additional experimentation, as outlined below. *

      __Major comments __

      1*. On page 5 the authors claim that cells grown in galactose medium showed an increased fusion but not an increased fission rate. Excessive fusion in the presence of unchanged fission is expected to result in hyperfused networks. After adaptation to the new medium cells should reach a steady state, where fusion and fission activities are balanced. Why was this not observed? *

      We think that this is because the cells have not attained yet a new equilibrium. To show this, we will repeat the starvation experiment at different time points up to 24h and measure PO, fusion and fission. We have preliminary data showing that connectivity does not further increase beyond 4 hours, so we expect that fusion and fission will reach a new equilibrium past 4h.

      2*. The authors propose on p. 6 that the overall mitochondrial area increases upon growth in galactose medium, while the amount of mitochondrial proteins and mitochondrial mass remain unchanged. This would mean that mitochondrial proteins become more dilute in the organelle. Is this what they think is happening? Is there a loss of cristae to compensate for the overall growth of the organelle under conditions where mitochondrial mass remains unchanged? Would this affect the diffusion of metabolites in the matrix? These are central questions that should be addressed experimentally. *

      We have started to reanalyse mitochondrial structure using Lightning super-resolution. We found that, in MEFs, mitochondria become thinner in galactose. We therefore think that what is happening is that, consistent with dynamic tubulation, mitochondria stretch out without changing their mass in galactose. We still need to do the same analysis in primary fibroblasts and complement this with electron microscopy.

      3. Fig. 5A and B show the association of mitochondrial pull-out events with ERMCS. Unfortunately, the field of view that is shown is very crowded and ER is almost everywhere. How was the association of ER and mitochondria defined? To support their statement the authors should provide some functional evidence. For example, they could test whether a reduction of ERMCS results in a reduction of pull-outs.

      While manipulating functional ERMCS would be interesting, it would be a very challenging experiment as this would affect other mitochondrial functions that could indirectly affect pull-outs. There are also many ERMCS tethers in mammalian cells that can potentially compensate for each other, further complicating the interpretation of the data. However, it is not surprising that pull-outs would be associated with ERMCS as fission/fusion and dynamic tubulation were shown to occur at ERMCS using similar methods. To us, this is thus not a key part of the current work and thus, given the difficulties associated with the proposed experiment, we are not planning on doing it.

      However, given that some issues with the ER data were also raised by reviewer 4, we will redo the imaging and analysis. First, we will use a better ER construct that we have (mCherry-Cyb5) and reimage using Lightning super resolution on our new Leica Stellaris microscope, which will greatly improve image quality. We will also do as suggested by reviewer 4 and used images turned 90 degrees as a negative control (see also R4 Point 3).

      4*. In Fig. 5E the authors show that MFN2 is enriched at pull-out sites. However, in Fig. 6 they analyzed a knock-down of MFN1, rather than MFN2. Is MFN1 also enriched at pull-out sites, and does a knock-down of MFN2 result in altered pull-out activity? *

      We originally looked at MFN2 because we had technical issues with the MFN1 construct that significantly altered mitochondrial structure, making the analysis unreliable. To address the reviewer’s point, we will measure pull-outs in cells where MFN2 is knocked down. This will allow us to determine whether both MFNs are involved in pull-outs.

      __Minor comments __

      5*. The third paragraph of the introduction refers to an "original study" and "more recent work", however, both cite the same paper (ref. 10). Please clarify. *

      We have reworked the introduction to clarify the relationship between pull-outs and dynamic tubulation (pull-outs are a type of dynamic tubulation). This sentence has thus been removed.

      6*. Fig. 1 quantifies the pull-out events per cell. Please also indicate the time of observation, i.e. number of events per cell and minute. *

      The length of the videos (5 minutes) and the fact that each data point represent the total number of events within this 5 minute is now clearly stated in the legend of each figure where pull-outs were quantified.

      7*. Page 4, the text refers to Fig. 1F (Bottom, white arrows) for successful fusion events. However, these are shown in Fig. 1E and highlighted by arrowheads. Also the reference to Fig. 1F for stable branches is not correct. *

      This has been corrected.

      8*. Please indicate in Fig. 4B what was loaded on the gels. Total cell extracts? Also add molecular weight markers. *

      It is now mentioned in the figure legend that these are whole cell lysates and the MW markers have been added to the blots.

      9*. I'm not sure whether appropriate statistical analysis was performed in Fig. 6D and G. Please double-check. Please note that I am not an expert on this. *

      T-tests are appropriate here.

      10*. Please briefly describe the DeAct-mito tool in the text to help the reader to understand the experiment without having to look it up in the cited paper. Also, please add a reference for CK666 in the results section. *

      This is now added in the text.

      __Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)): __

      *The paper provides some conceptual advances for the understanding of mitochondrial network formation, which will be of interest to an audience interested in mitochondrial dynamics. It offers initial insights into the molecular machinery involved in generating mitochondrial pull-outs, but does not go into much detail regarding the molecular aspects of these processes. *

      Pull-outs were previously identified as a form of dynamic tubulation, but their regulation and whether they represent the same process as tip elongation remained unclear. The goal of the manuscript was thus to identify pull-outs as a distinct type of dynamic tubulation that is metabolically regulated. In this sense, we think that a detailed molecular analysis of pull-outs is outside the scope of our manuscript.

      Nevertheless, to provide more molecular details of pull-outs, we have added data showing that pull-outs that fuse have higher MFN2 intensity (New Figure 5H) and that retracting pull-outs are short-lived and shorter in length (New Supplemental Figure 1C)(see also R2 Minor comments Point 5). Retracting pull-outs were however not associated with differences in MFN2 or DRP1 enrichment, but we showed that actin plays a role in pull-outs. We will thus address whether the presence of actin affect pull-out fate by doing the same analysis on our AC probe data present in Figure 7.

      MFNs have previously been shown to oligomerize/activate in response to change in the redox balance (Shutt el al. (2012) EMBO Rep.). we will thus use MFN1 oligomerization as a readout to measure MFN1 activation in response to starvation. Our preliminary data suggests that MFN1 oligomerizes/activates during glucose starvation, which would provide a mechanistic link between starvation and increased pull-outs. Finally, as Miro participate in the pulling of mitochondrial tubules during dynamic tubulation, we will determine its role using siRNA.

      __Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)): __

      *Mitochondria must constantly adapt their structure and function in response to changes in cellular physiology. For example, starvation conditions result in a more highly connected mitochondrial network, which increases ATP production and protects the organelle from mitophagy. Yet how the network achieves the rapid increase in connectivity is not fully understood. In this manuscript, live cell imaging captures mitochondrial pull-outs, a feature of all cell lines that is regulated by mitochondrial function. Quantification of mitochondrial fusion, fission, and pullouts indicates that pullouts occur at the greatest frequency and that most of these events result in reversal at steady state but can also lead to fusion events or stable branches in the network. These events increase when physiological conditions change mitochondrial function, either when cells are grown in galactose or deprived of glucose. The frequency of mitochondrial pullouts increased in both conditions, which correlates with increased connectivity and number of branches. Inhibiting beta-oxidation of fatty acids and thus the production of acetyl coA to fuel the TCA cycle in glucose starvation conditions prevented the increased frequency of mitochondrial pullouts, indicating that these events are regulated by mitochondrial function. Modeling predicts that the increased connectivity of the network facilitates rapid diffusion of metabolites. Live cell imaging also indicates that the sites of mitochondrial pullouts are marked by ER, DRP1, MFN2, and actin. Consistent with this, depletion of DRP1 or MFN1 by siRNA reduces the frequency of mitochondrial pullouts, as does depletion of mitochondrial actin or cellular actin ARP2/3-dependent polymerization. In sum, the data document a novel aspect of mitochondrial dynamics that contributes to remodeling organellar structure in response to changes in cellular physiology. *

      __Major Comments: __

      1*. In Figure 3, fatty acid oxidation is blocked to prevent production of acetyl coA, which fuels the TCA cycle and production of reducing equivalents required for oxidative phosphorylation. The data convincingly demonstrate that inhibition of FAO blocks the increase in mitochondrial pullouts resulting from glucose starvation. However, it remains unclear if this is specifically due to reduced oxidative phosphorylation or reduced FOA or specific blocks in the TCA cycle. Why not use inhibitors of the electron transport chain for these experiments? *

      *What does the mitochondrial network look like under these conditions? Representative images would be useful in addition to the connectivity score. *

      *Also in this figure, the number of mitochondrial pull-outs is different from the original data presented in Figure 1D (10 vs 17). Is there a difference in growth conditions or time of the video? *

      To address the effect of ETC inhibition, we will add pull-out data for cells incubated with oligomycin, which blocks the ATP synthase.

      We also added images for conditions where there were no representative images in the original manuscript (New Figure 3A).

      As for the difference in pull-outs between Figure 1 and 3, we do not know. All these experiments were conducted in the same way with the same acquisition parameters (same duration, same frame rate). As these are primary cells, it is possible that there is some batch-to-batch variation or that, although we keep our cells in culture for a limited number of passages, there was some variation in passage number that caused that.

      2*. The data in Figure 5 show that DRP1 and MFN2 are present at pull-out events. It is not clear why a rather complicated/convoluted normalization strategy was used to present this data. It would be more useful to readers to see the raw numbers for each condition (X number of pull-out events also had DRP1 or MFN2 present). Why was MFN1 not used in this experiment (especially given that this is the target of siRNA knockdown in the next figure). *

      *It may be too technically challenging, but it would be interesting to know if both mitochondrial dynamins are present at pull-out events or if it's either/or. Perhaps if only DRP1 is present, the pull-out is more likely to retract or form a stable branch while the presence of MFN1/2 would increase the probability that the pull-out goes on to fuse? *

      We originally did as the reviewer suggested and performed a binary quantification of the presence of DRP1 and MFN2 at pull-out sites. However, as the foci were sometimes more diffuse (especially for MFN2 that is always on mitochondria), this was challenging to do in an unbiassed manner. We used this alternative method have a more objective evaluation of the recruitment of MFN and DRP1 at pull-out sites. As suggested by the reviewer, we have now added this original quantification that also shows that DRP1 and MFN2 are present at pull-out sites (New Figure 5E).

      We used MFN2 for this experiment as we were not able to transfect our tagged MFN1 construct without causing major issues to mitochondrial networks, issues that compromised the experiment. To address this question, we will instead provide pull-out data for MFN2 knockdown.

      As for the suggestion, the experiments were in fact done with both proteins expressed. We thus went back and correlated MFN2 and DRP1 expression with pull-out fate. Most pull-out sites had both dynamins present and the absence of DRP1 did not change the fate of the pull-out. However, the pull-out that went on to fuse had higher MFN2 levels than those that retracted or stayed without fusing (New Figure 5H). We also clarified in the text that both proteins were expressed at the same time.

      __Minor comments: __

      *1a. The Western blot in Figure 4 should include molecular weight markers. *

      They are now added to the figure

      *b. The search time is a little hard to interpret with only micrometer squared values - could these be correlated to molecules of approximately similar size? *

      Membrane-associated proteins have a lower diffusion speed than soluble molecules, whether proteins or small solutes. As stated in the text, we estimate that membrane proteins diffuse slower (around the 0.3 µm2/s estimate of the figure) compared to soluble molecules (3-30 µm2/s).

      1. This figure also refers to end-to-end fission rates in the graph axis labels and figure legend text - this should be fusion rates.

      This is actually end-to-end fission. To minimize the number of variables, all fusion and fission rates were calculated as a function of end-to end fission.

      *2. The Western blot in Figure 6 should also include molecular weight markers. *

      They have been added.

      *3. The duration of the CK666 treatment used in Figure 7 is not noted in the figure legend or materials and methods. *

      It has been added to the figure legend.

      *4. It would be convenient for readers to find the duration of the image acquisition used to quantify the number of pull-out events in the figure legends rather than having to dig into the materials and methods. *

      This has been added

      5. Could more information about the pull-outs that retract be shared? Is there anything notable about these pull-outs compared to those that are stable or go on to fuse? Are they shorter or more dynamic or lack actin?

      As stated above (R2 point 2), reanalysing the DRP1/MFN2 expression data, we found that on average, the pull-outs that go on to fuse have more MFN2 signal, that often remains with the tip of the pull-out (New Figure 5H). There was however no difference in DRP1 and MFN2 between the pull-outs that retract or stay without fusing. In addition, pull-outs that retracted were on average shorter and usually retracted within a short time (__Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)): __

      *The manuscript reports a novel phenomenon that the authors name mitochondrial pull-outs. While most of these events simply retract, some are stable and some result in a fusion event, which seems to contribute to increasing mitochondrial network connectivity under conditions that rely on oxidative phosphorylation for ATP production. Importantly, acute loss of DRP1, MFN1, or actin results in a decreased frequency of pull-out events, suggesting that the core machinery required for mitochondrial dynamics also supports mitochondrial pull-outs. While the imaging and quantification data are convincing, the study lacks a functional assay to demonstrate that mitochondrial pull-outs are required for the adaptation of mitochondrial functions in galactose and/or glucose starvation conditions, which somewhat limits the significance of the study. *

      We already showed (Figure 7G) that blocking pull-outs using the Arp2/3 complex inhibitor CK666 inhibits the increase in oxygen consumption rates (OCR) caused by glucose starvation, suggesting that pull-outs re required for this.

      Loss of MFN1 also prevents pull-outs (Figure 6). We now have preliminary data suggesting that although loss of MFN1 does not decrease OCR under basal conditions, it prevents the increase in OCR caused by glucose starvation. We will complete these experiments add survival data showing that MFN1 survival is impaired by long-term starvation.

      __Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)): __

      *Kasmaie et al. present a manuscript in which they claim to have identified a new form of mitochondrial dynamic tubulation. A major concern is that this kind of dynamic tubulation has already been described by other authors--up to 11 years ago. Although the authors of this manuscript cite prior publications, they do not adequately contextualize their own work in relation to what has been shown previously by others in peer-reviewed publications.The manuscript presents this phenomenon as a distinct entity, although similar observations have previously been reported.. Moreover, throughout this work there is a disregard for employing appropriate methodologies for the visualization and quantification of mitochondrial fusion events. Diffraction-limited confocal microscopy is not an appropiate method for the assessment of mitochondrial fusion. Apparent stable continuity between diffraction-limited mitochondrial signals is by no means the same as mitochondrial fusion, thus the fusion-frequency measurements cannot support the authors' conclusions. This concern is especially important because the same methodological assumption underlies recent related work from this group (Gatti et al., 2025), which the present manuscript cites as precedent rather than recognizing as a limitation. Overall, both the conceptual and methodological basis of this work are fundamentally flawed. Therefore, I would strongly recommend rejection. *

      Throughout their initial assessment (above) and the text that follows below, Reviewer 3 has two main arguments against our manuscript:

      We did not properly cite Wang et al (2015) and Qin et al (2020) relative to dynamic tubulation. We did not use PA-GFP for quantifying fusion. Contrary to the reviewer, we do not think that these arguments are sufficient to reject the manuscript. We will summarise our point of view here and refer to it when addressing specific comments from the reviewer.

      __1. Distinction between dynamic tubulation, pull-outs and tip elongation. __

      First, we recognise that the original version of the abstract was not too clear and could have read as we thought that dynamic tubulation and pull-outs were distinct. We are sorry for the confusion it created. However, in the result section, we clearly stated that pull-out is a form of dynamic tubulation.

      Our view is that pull-outs and tip elongation are distinct types of dynamic tubulation that were not previously recognised as such because the original papers (which we cited) did not separate them. While example of both were provided in these papers, they were lumped together for all quantifications. Here, we specifically separate the two types of dynamic tubulation while making it clear that these are both types of dynamic tubulation. Importantly, the novelty of our work does not reside in the description of these processes but rather in the demonstration that pull-outs, but not tip elongation, are regulated by mitochondrial activity and actin.

      We have reworked the abstract and introduction to make this clearer and will update the discussion when we are done with the revisions.

      2. Use of PA-GFP to quantify fusion.

      The reviewer brings an important point about the limitations of our approach for quantifying fusion. This is something that we previously addressed in response to reviewers in Gatti et al. (to the reviewer’s satisfaction). We compared our fusion criterion (fusion must last 100 sec) to PA-GFP and found that 94% of all apparent fusion events that lasted 100 sec were actual fusion events as measured with PA-GFP. To us, this provided a very good approximation to the PA-GFP experiments (although it might miss some transient fusion events) without the drawback of not being able to quantify all fusion events within a cell. We thus proceeded the same way for the current study.

      We also want to point out that, as the other reviewers mentioned, this study is not about mitochondrial fusion but about dynamic tubulation. We used fission and fusion as a comparison point as they are better understood than dynamic tubulation. In this context, the use of PAGFP is challenging as it does not allow to measure all mitochondrial dynamics events occurring in one cell (it measures only fusion between PAGFP-negative and PAGFP-positive mitochondria) and the spread of PAGFP will vary between control and starved cells (the latter being more connected).

      We will revise the text to state the caveats of our quantification method (mainly that it might miss some transient fusion events). If the reviewer insists, we could provide a panel showing that starvation increases fusion using PAGFP but, as the other reviewers stated, would not bring much new to our study.

      __Major comments: __

      1*. In their abstract, the authors define "dynamic tubulation" as "Rapid elongation of the tip of mitochondrial tubules." However, the previous literature regarding this phenomenon does not define it, as the authors here indicate, as only emerging from mitochondrial tips1,2. Indeed, both of these previously published articles provide examples of dynamic tubulation events not only from mitochondrial tips but also from mitochondrial sides-i.e., "lateral" surfaces. In Wang et al., 2015, the HeLa cell time-lapse images in Figure S3 provide an unambiguous example of a lateral extrusion of a dynamic tubulation event; and in Qin et al., 2020, there is a clear example of this phenomenon in Figure 1a, where the dynamic tubulation event is extruded from the lateral face of the organelle, rather than the tip. It is essential that the authors of this manuscript align their definition of "dynamic tubulation" with that of previous studies, which played key roles in establishing the very dynamics and mechanistic underpinnings of this phenomenon. *

      *Continuing on in their abstract, the authors say, "However, these mechanisms alone cannot fully account for the formation of highly interconnected mitochondrial networks that are required for rapid distribution of mitochondria material." This sentence purports that the other authors of previous work argued that dynamic tubulation from tips could account for the highly interconnected nature of mitochondrial networks, but as I have highlighted above, prior publications did not define tubulation events in this narrow way. It is important to note, too, for instance, Wang et al., 2015, discussed the dependency of pulling tubules out of mitochondria as a basic mechanism for forming complex mitochondrial reticula: *

      *"However, fusion of individual mitochondria is not sufficient to form mitochondrial networks in vitro (Meeusen et al., 2004), indicating that other unknown mechanisms are essential for mitochondrial network formation. The basic module for network formation is the tubule. Tubules connect to form a lattice, and the network is a series of interconnected lattices. Hypothetically, a network can be constructed by pulling tubules out of existing membrane compartments and then connecting these tubules by fusion to give a lattice; by repeating this process, a network can be created." *

      *Given the above, it is critical that the authors appropriately re-contextualize their study in terms of the existing literature, which has not only laid broad foundations for this topic but has been around for more than a decade. *

      As mentioned above, the original abstract was not clear about dynamic tubulation and pull-outs. We had also missed that an example of pull-out was shown in the supplementary data of Wang et al., which did not assess any potential distinction between tip elongation and pull-outs. Also, the quote from Wang et al. provided by the reviewer is purely hypothetical and does not really address pull-outs.

      The abstract has been changed to address this point.

      2*. The authors of the present manuscript then say in the abstract, "Here, we identify a distinct type of dynamic tubulation, mitochondrial pull-outs characterized by the lateral extrusion from pre-existing mitochondrial tubules, as metabolically regulated determinants of mitochondrial network formation." The claim that this represents a distinct type of dynamic tubulation is difficult to reconcile with previous reports describing similar events. In the next sentence of the abstract, the authors allude to additional mechanistic insight: "Pull-outs are distinct from the tip elongation form of dynamic tubulation as they are modulated by the mitochondrial dynamins MFN1 and DRP1. . . ." The extent to which this provides novel information is open to question, as Wang et al., 2015, and Qin et al., 2020, both examined the potential roles of Mitofusins and DRP1 in this process. Although they do not rigorously quantify the effects of suppressing these genes on the dynamic tubulation process, they nevertheless indicate that "In Mfn-null MEF cells, dynamic tubulation can still occur (Figure 6F and Supplementary information, Movie S21), but the tubules fail to fuse into networks," and "in these Drp1-depleted cells, we were still able to observe frequent MDT events. . . ." The authors of the present manuscript suggest that the suppression of at least MFN1 and DRP1 leads to a significant decrease in the frequency of dynamic tubulation events, but, to determine whether these factors are essential for the process or not would require complete knockout (KO) of the respective genes. *

      It is a distinct type of dynamic tubulation in the sense that it is distinct from tip elongation, which we show in our manuscript. This does not mean that we think that pull-outs have never been reported before, sorry if our wording seemed to imply this. The novelty here is the fact that pull-outs are responsive to metabolic changes.

      As for the effect of knocking down MFN1 or DRP1, we show that it prevents pull-outs but never claimed that it blocks dynamic tubulation as a whole, as this would imply that it also affects tip elongation. As stated in the result section of our manuscript, we agree with Qin et al. that loss of DRP1 does not affect tip elongation. We also never claimed that mitochondrial dynamins are essential for pull-outs, so we do not understand the last part of the reviewer’s comment, especially since the knockdowns show a phenotype.

      The abstract has been changed to address the reviewer’s point.

      3*. In their introduction, the authors indicate: "In fact, most fusion events occur on the side of a mitochondrial tubule rather than at its end, creating new mitochondrial junctions that increase network connectivity (8, 9)." It is essential that the authors contextualize their comments in terms of well-established literature that laid the foundations for their specific topics of focus. In this case, they mention frequencies of types of mitochondrial fusion events, but they fail to cite a landmark paper, namely, Liu et al., 2009, which is important in any assessment of the types of fusion events that exist3. Notably, one of the recent papers that they do cite here, Gatti et al., 2025, did not account for the importance of using PAGFP to monitor individual fusion events, particularly when attempting to score such events with diffraction-limited confocal microscopy, so this work was unable to distinguish between transient (i.e., "kiss-and-run") versus complete mitochondrial fusion types. It is worth carefully noting that it is intrinsically unfeasible to systematically quantify and categorize fusion events using conventional confocal microscopy (in the absence PAGFP), because it is unfeasible to know whether a genuine fusion event has actually occurred or whether the membranes are simply adjacent to one another, engaged in an inter-mitochondrial contact4. As it turns out, a good example of this intrinsically ambiguous situation is on display in Fig. 1c of Gatti et al., 2025. Given that transient fusion events3 can occur within as short a time as 4 s, the frequency calculation of mitochondrial fusion events from Gatti et al., 2025, using an indirect measure of 100 s as a "validated" criterion invariably missed the large category of fusion events described in the much earlier publication3. Thus, Gatti et al, 2025, should not be used as a reference for the frequency of different types of mitochondrial fusion, since it did not directly employ PAGFP in its frequency analyses of confocal time-lapse imaging, and thus it neither accounted for the existence of transient fusion events nor the unfeasibility of distinguishing between stable fusion and inter-mitochondrial contacts. In other words, the frequency measurements from Gatti et al, 2025, which rely on confocal microscopy alone, cannot possibly be reliable. *

      We are well aware of Liu et al. However, that paper does not address tip-to-tip versus tip-to-side fusion, instead focussing on transient versus stable fusion events. The concept of tip vs side fusion was established by the Voeltz lab and we got similar results. The two papers we cited are the ones usually cited when discussing this (see Preminger and Schuldiner (2024) PLoS Biology). We could add the reference to satisfy the reviewer, but this does not add anything to our manuscript.

      As for the PAGFP argument, most of the fusion events we counted in Gatti et al were tip to side, and we know from the PAGFP experiment we provided in that paper, that these represent stable fusion events. It is possible that transient fusion events (which we rarely observed) behave differently but it remains that a large fraction of fusion events occur tip-to side as originally shown by the Voeltz lab.

      *4. In the introduction, the authors say, "While the original study focussed [sic] on mitochondria tip elongation(10), more recent work included events arising from discrete protrusions on the side of mitochondrial tubules as part of dynamic tubulation events(10). Nevertheless, these pull-out events (previously reported in yeast (12)) were not fully described and their relationship to mitochondrial tip elongation (the original dynamic tubulation definition(10)) remained unclear." It is concerning that, even though the authors are aware of Wang et al., 2015, and Qin et al., 2020, they do not accurately represent what is inside these published articles. As indicated above, both papers provide examples of dynamic tubulation events originating from the sides of mitochondria, thus these particular events were also represented within the data sets of these papers. For this reason, it is concerning thatthe manuscript introduces the term "pull-outs" for events that appear similar to those described previously.. This section of the introduction should be removed or heavily edited to provide an accurate representation of the manner in which prior publications accounted for and defined these phenomena. *

      As stated above, we reworked the introduction and yes, we missed the pull-out present in a supplementary figure of Wang et al. We do not think however that we did not properly represent what is inside these published articles: while the two types of dynamic tubulation are shown in these papers, they are lumped together in the analysis as if they are all the same thing. We used the terms pull-out and tip elongation to describe the two types of dynamic tubulation and address their differences.

      The introduction has nevertheless been reworked to clarify this.

      *5. Likewise, the last paragraph of the introduction needs to be removed or rewritten to provide an accurate and balanced framing of where the current study sits within the context of the existing literature. This necessitates giving an accurate account of prior publications and not treating "pull-outs" as if this were a novelty, which is patently untrue. *

      We did not intend to claim that pull-outs are a novelty, and we indeed cite the original publication stating the name “pull-out”. If the reviewer refers to the use of the term distinct (R3 Point 2), it is there to state that pull-outs are different from tip elongation, not that they are a novel mitochondrial behaviour. Beyond the semantics, we do not think that there anything in that paragraph that is not supported by data.

      *6. The images in Figure 1A appear quite artifactual. What is a "schematic representation," according to the authors? Is this a cartoon or a micrograph? The authors must specify. For example, the tip of the mitochondrion in the top left box appears like it has been cut with a straight edge. This is the first time I have seen a mitochondrion that, instead of having a rounded end, looks completely flat. This is the same for the so-called "pull-out" part of the mitochondrion in the lower right box. How is it possible that the very end of the mitochondrion is at a right angle? What's more, the mitochondria in these images are so saturated, that it is impossible to see anything resembling their natural contours. The authors present only two frames, as well, so it is impossible to assess the tubulation in any meaningfully dynamic way. *

      As stated in the figure legend, this is a schematic representation, a drawing to help the reader understand the concept that pull-out and tip elongation are two types of dynamic tubulation.

      7. The authors say, "Pull-outs, but not tip elongation, result in the formation of branched mitochondria that are typical of hyperfused networks associated with cell survival and increased bioenergetics."[first paragraph of result section] On what basis could the authors possibly make this claim? If either a tip elongation or "pull-out" led to fusion with another mitochondrion, there is a strong chance that this fusion event would lead to a branched, rather than linear, mitochondrial morphology. This sentence should be removed unless it is actually supported by rigorous data and analysis.

      The process of pull-out itself creates a three-way junction, a branching point. As the reviewer points out, any subsequent fusion would also create a junction. As a pull-out that fuses creates 2 junctions while a tip elongation that fuses only creates 1, this still means that pull-outs create more junctions than tip elongation. As the sentence could nevertheless be somewhat misleading, we modified it to “Pull-outs, but not tip elongation, result in the formation of a new mitochondrial branch, increasing mitochondrial connectivity which is typical of hyperfused networks associated with cell survival and increased bioenergetics.”

      8. The authors say, "Thus, these two modes of dynamic tubulation affect mitochondrial network topology in distinct manners and could thus have distinct roles and regulation. We thus set out to characterise mitochondrial pull-outs." The evidence presented up to this point does not provide a sufficiently strong basis for the subsequent analyses. The conclusions rely primarily on a limited number of images without quantitative support, making it difficult to justify the proposed framework for the experiments that follow.

      This is still the first introductory paragraph of the result section. We are not claiming anything at this point, only stating that this is a question that we think is worth pursuing, hence the characterisation of pull-outs. We think that our subsequent data support the idea that these experiments were worth doing.

      9. It is not clear what Figure 1C is supposed to represent, based on the ambiguous description in the legend or the y axis. The main text suggests that you are trying to quantify relative pull-out frequency. This has nothing to do with being OMM-IMM-positive, per se. That is not the point. What is the frequency of tubulation from the tip versus the side?

      This was indeed unclear. This graph shows the quantification of the proportion of pull-outs (per cell) that are positive for the outer membrane marker mCherry-Fis1 and the matrix marker CCO-GFP. This has been clarified in the text and the figure legend.

      10. Figure 1D compares the frequency of pull-outs to mitochondrial fusion and fission events. This is not really a meaningful comparison. What is the point of doing a statistical analysis when comparing different categories of phenomena? A relevant comparison would be the frequency of tubulation from the tip versus the side. Where is that, along with statistics?

      The main point of the panel was to show that pull-outs are frequent, not necessarily that that they are more frequent than fusion and fission, but this nonetheless provides a point of reference for the reader.

      We did not show data for tip elongation in Figure 1 as this figure is about characterizing pull-outs. However, we did analyse pull-outs in relation to tip elongation in the starvation experiments in Figure 2. Overall, pull-outs tend to be somewhat more frequent than tip elongation in control cells, although the difference is more pronounced in primary fibroblasts than U2OS cells. Importantly, starvation significantly increases the number of pull-outs relative to tip elongation, supporting the conclusion that tip elongation and pull-outs are distinct types of dynamic tubulation.

      *11. In Figures 1E-G, the authors present data involving fusion events. It is critical that the authors appreciate that it is unfeasible to score mitochondrial fusion events using diffraction-limited confocal microscopy alone, because as the membranes converge, it is impossible to visualize what is happening below around 250 nm with any confidence. This is the reason that you need to employ PAGFP and/or super-resolution microscopy to be able to minimize both false-positives and false-negatives. Unfortunately, the authors did not address this limitation in their previous work and the same issue remains in the current manuscript. All data regarding fusion that is not using PAGFP or super-resolution to evaluate each specific event should be discarded, because it will inevitably lead to erroneous measurements. *

      As stated above, while we acknowledge the caveats of our approach, the fusion events that we count as fusion events (100 sec of apparent fusion) are almost certainly actual fusion events (94% accuracy in Gatti et al.). All this means is that we might underestimate the number of pull-outs and tip elongation that lead to fusion. Also, fusion resulting from tip elongation or pull-out is much more frequent than from any random end, using the same criteria.

      *12. The images in Figure 1G appear to be taken somehow from Figure 1A. As mentioned above, it is not clear whether these images represent microscopy data or schematic illustrations. This information should be made explicit in the figure itself, rather than requiring the reader to infer it or locate it in the Methods section. It is essential that the authors of this manuscript attempt to be more thoughtful about providing key information in the figures that clarify obvious questions, such as, Is this a cartoon or not? What type of microscope was used? Etc. *

      It is indeed a drawing at the top of the table in Figure 1G. This has been clarified in the figure legend. The type of microscope that was used is the same for most experiments and is stated in the method section.

      13. In all data, the authors need to report the number of events analyzed, not just the number of cells and independent experiments.

      All pull-out/fission/fusion graphs report the number of events as the data in the graph. Total numbers are also found in the tables. For connectivity and mitochondrial area, each point represents a cell but there are no “events” as such. For the few graphs where % were shown, the average number of pull-outs/cell was added to the figure legend.

      14. The data in Figure 2, relating to mitochondrial morphology, length, etc. need to reflect direct measurements and quantifications. For example, the units in the length measurement in 2B are opaque. It is insufficient to base conclusions upon a probabilistic algorithm, where the authors lose contact with the ground truth of the images. This should be re-analyzed in a standard, direct way.

      Out method for calculating mitochondrial length was thoroughly validated in our original publication (Ouellet et al (2017) PLoS Comp Biol). The quantification reflects our raw images (see Figure 2A) In any case, length is not the key point, but connectivity is. Our readout for connectivity is the ratio of branch points to mitochondrial tips, which has also been validated in Ouellet et al. We could do a branch length analysis in Fiji if this is what the reviewer is alluding to, but we do not think that this would bring anything new to our manuscript.

      15. All the data in Figure 2 relating to purported fusion events must be removed, because it derives from the unacceptable use of diffraction-limited microscopy without PAGFP. I have already explained why these data are insufficient.

      We have already addressed this concern this above.

      16. Again: the data in Figure 3, relating to mitochondrial fusion should be removed and redone with proper methodologies.

      See above

      16. In Figure 4B, it is not enough to show an immunoblot and conclude that there was no change. This should be quantified over at least 3 experiments. Also, using the total OXPHOS antibody cocktail is not adequate for making a broad claim about mitochondrial mass, particularly when it is contradicted by the data in the previous panel. It is important to note that a larger mitochondrial area would likely correspond to an increased mitochondrial mass. The authors should note that proteins are not the only feature of the organelle that possesses mass. Therefore, even if all the mass of all the proteins remained equal among the different treatments, this does not account for changes in the mass of other components, such as membranes, etc. The authors must include images along with their quantifications in Figure 4A. Also, they should clarify how they have accurately measured mitochondrial area, particularly in the context of a more branched mitochondrial reticulum, which leads to difficulties in segmentation.

      The western blot is now quantified in New Figure 4C. The images are in Figure 2A.

      As the reviewer states, it is difficult to accurately measure mitochondrial area/length from the images as they are crowded in the perinuclear area. It is also unlikely that there would be a significant change in mitochondrial mass within the short frame of the experiment (4 hours), especially at the level of protein content. The most likely explanation for the discrepancy is not that the western blot contradicts the area measurements, but rather than the area measurements did not tell the full story. We think that, consistent with dynamic tubulation, mitochondria stretch in response to starvation. We are currently looking at this using Lightning super-resolution and will add the data to the final manuscript. See also R1 Point 2.

      17. I would recommend that the authors refrain from using simulations, as they do not provide direct measurements, which are essential, and they rely on oversimplifications of complex cellular behavior, which make their conclusions not convincing.

      We think that modelling of biological systems is an important field of research that has provided valuable insights into complex biological processes. We do not think that we should remove this data from the manuscript. The stimulation is not meant to provide experimental data but rather to show that our data is consistent with an increase in diffusibility.

      18. For Figure 5, the authors say, "Strikingly, 95% of pull-out events were localized at ER-mitochondria interfaces (Figure 5B), suggesting that these events occur at ERMCS." This observation is less compelling than suggested, given the widespread distribution of the ER throughout the cell.. It would be more striking if the tubulations happened 95% of the time where there was no ER at all. To provide clarity, the authors should perform this analysis exclusively on mitochondria in the periphery of the cell, where the ER is not so super-abundant. Also, it is important to note that Qin et al., 2020, already defined the relationship between tubulation and ER. To be transparent, the authors should reference their work, which undoubtedly encompassed what they have here re-branded as "pull-outs."

      We will redo the imaging and analysis as suggested by Reviewer 4 (R4 Point 3). We would also like to reiterate that we did not re-brand anything as 1) the term pull-out was already in use and 2) we are studying a subset of dynamic tubulation events, which also include tip elongation.

      19. Assuming that the images in Figure 5 were obtained with Airyscan, examining fusion should be feasible. However, despite their quantifications of fusion in Figure 5D and F, they provide no examples of it, which is not acceptable. Moreover, the data should not be normalized in this fashion. It is important to provide the raw frequencies, with respect to mitochondrial area and time. I would also note that 6 s time intervals is too long to follow these events accurately. One or 2 s intervals would be optimal.

      The key message here (as with the rest of the manuscript) is about pull-outs, not fusion. This is why we did not include examples of fusion and fission in the figure. However, as requested by the reviewer, we will provide this data in the revised version.

      In terms of quantification, as explained to Reviewer 2 (Point 2), we used the relative signal intensity because the determination of recruitment in a yes/no manner was challenging, especially for MFN2 that is already on mitochondria. We nevertheless added this quantification in New Figure 5E.

      20. In Figure 7A, it is not surprising that most pull-out events were marked by the AC-mito signal, because the AC-mito signal appears almost ubiquitously across the whole contour of the organelle. You could just as well inquire what is the frequency of the mCherry-Fis1 signal at pull-out sights. It would be better to label the general mitochondrial population in this experiment with a dye like MitoTracker, so that there is a generalized label, which has nothing to do with a specific protein, or its targeting sequence.

      We will refer the reviewer to the original publication on AC probes and their validation (Schiavon (2020) Nat Methods). The concept of the AC probe is that it clusters where actin is present on mitochondria. mCherry-fis1 is used as a control as it has the same transmembrane domain but fails to cluster around actin. Mitotracker is not the proper control for this experiment as it is not on the outer membrane and cannot take into account diffusion along the outer membrane.

      21. In Figure 7C, the authors are not accounting for variables that affect the accuracy of the frequencies that they are reporting. It is not enough to quantify events per cell. Indeed it is not even clear what this means. Did they authors really examine the whole cell for each analysis or was it an ROI within the cell? One way or the other, it is essential that the authors are obtaining frequencies where there is the same amount of mitochondria over the same amount of time. If one cell has twice as many mitochondria, for example, then there will be twice as many chances, on average, to find a tubulation event. There is no indication here that the authors have accounted for this key variable anywhere in this manuscript. If so, it must be clearly written in the y axis as "events/micron^2/s."

      As stated in the graphs and figure legends, we counted all the events occurring within each cell. We did not normalise to mitochondrial area due to the limitations stated above (R3 Point 16). However, as requested by the reviewer, we will also provide the data normalised to mitochondrial area in the new version of the manuscript.

      22. The Discussion is overly long and should be revised in light of the comments above. In particular, any proposed new terminology or conceptual distinction should be carefully justified and discussed in the context of the existing literature.. Any potential novelty in this work, such as the role of mitochondrial actin in tubulation, must be contextualized with respect to the existing literature, rather than a frontier that the authors have re-drawn to make it seem as if they were exploring uncharted territory.

      The discussion will be reworked in the light of the new data and all reviewers’ comments, but we are unsure of what would constitute a proper length for a discussion, as it is currently only just over 1.5 pages long.

      23. Lastly, the term "pull-out" is poorly chosen, for different reasons. Perhaps foremost among these, it implies that a mitochondrial tubule is physically pulled out from a pre-existing mitochondrion, yet the authors do not demonstrate a pulling force, identify a force-generating mechanism, or exclude alternative explanations such as local membrane expansion, pushing, or mitochondrial movement. Thus, the terminology prematurely converts an observed morphology into a mechanistic process. A term that does not presuppose mechanistic insight, such as "lateral mitochondrial tubulation," would be more appropriate.

      The main claim of the reviewer is that our study should not be published because we are studying pull-outs, a type of dynamic tubulation that is already known. The reviewer should thus agree with us that these tubulation events occur because membranes are pulled out of an existing tubule with the help of Miro and Kif5. It should also be noted that this is the term originally used to describe these events in yeast (Osman et al, (2012) PNAS).

      As suggested by Reviewer 4 (Point 1), we will nevertheless provide data for Miro knockdown that should address this point.

      __Minor comments: __

      *24. In the title "events" should be "event" *

      Changed

      25. There are various typographic and grammatical errors that should be addressed.

      We will thoroughly revise the text.

      __**Referees cross-commenting** __

      __*This section contains comments from different reviewers* __

      __*Reviewer 3* __

      *I note that referees 1, 2, and 4 do not refer to the limitations of attempting to quantify mitochondrial fusion events with diffraction-limited microscopy. In my opinion, any study purporting to investigate mechanisms of mitochondrial fusion need not only to discuss PAGFP and super-resolution imaging techniques but actually employ them in their experiments, as well. *

      __*Reviewer 1* __

      *Reviewer 3 has raised some important points that should be carefully considered by the authors and editors. However, I do not share his/her view that super-resolution microscopy and PAGFP are mandatory tools for studying mitochondrial fusion. Having worked in the field of mitochondrial dynamics for almost 30 years, I have witnessed groundbreaking discoveries on mitochondrial fusion that were made long before either super-resolution microscopy or PAGFP became available. I continue to believe that mitochondrial network dynamics can be studied effectively using conventional microscopy. Nevertheless, the apparent discrepancies in the data presented by Kasmaie et al. should be resolved (see, for example, my point 1). *

      __*Reviewer 3* __

      *It is unclear how one could hope to accurately quantify rates of individual fusion events using standard diffraction-limited microscopy without PAGFP or some variant of it. The reason for this is that it is impossible to distinguish between mitochondria that are simply touching and next to each other and ones that have truly undergone fusion. This is particularly complicated when one considers transient or "kiss-and-run" fusion events. While it is not impossible to see a fusion a event with standard confocal microscopy, it is quite unfeasible to obtain an accurate frequency of fusion events, under different conditions and experimental groups, as this manuscript was purporting to do, unless one uses appropriate tools, such as PAGFP, to enable one to definitively say whether a fusion event has occurred.. I am fairly certain that this reasoning is sound. Of course, I do not mean to be dismissive, if I am in error. Perhaps there is another tool that has escaped my notice. A PEG assay might work, but it is quite unnatural, and it is not usually employed for looking at individual fusion events but rather whole mitochondrial network fusion capacity. *

      __*Reviewer 4* __

      *While I agree that additional validation using complementary methods could strengthen some of the conclusions, I also do not share the view that these tools are necessary for the scope of this work. Fusion dynamics are not the primary focus of this study, and the authors present important findings using well-established methodologies that, in my opinion, will advance the field and make the manuscript suitable for publication. *

      __*Reviewer 3* __

      *Reviewer #4 indicates that "Fusion dynamics are not the primary focus of this study. . . ." Nevertheless, it is clear that this manuscript focuses on the role of "pull-outs" in mediating increased mitochondrial interconnectivity. It is clear that "interconnectivity," in the context of this study, refers to mitochondrial fusion. The abstract quite clearly emphasizes mitochondrial fusion and the interconnection of mitochondrial networks. Moreover, 5 out of 7 of the main figures contain panels that purport to directly measure individual fusion events, as a method of evaluating certain conclusions as to "pull-outs." Therefore, it does not seem accurate to conclude that "Fusion dynamics are not the primary focus of this study. . . ." I am not convinced that the frequency of individual fusion events can be quantified using diffraction-limited microscopy without PAGFP (or comparable variant).. Inasmuch it is impossible to physically resolve the mitochondrial membranes, and mitochondria frequently touch without undergoing fusion, and they also engage in rapid transient fusion events, without the aid of a probe that unambiguously reports on fusion, it is indeed a matter of great uncertainty whether a fusion event may or may not have occurred. *

      __*Reviewer 1* __

      *I think it is clear by now that PAGFP and, with some limitations, super-resolution microscopy are superior methods for studying individual mitochondrial fusion events. However, transient 'kiss-and-run' type interactions do not result in an overall change in network topology. Increased network interconnectivity is driven by bona fide fusion events, which can be assessed using conventional microscopy. The authors may wish to elaborate on this point in the discussion section. *

      It should perhaps be acknowledged that opinions on these methodological issues may differ

      Our response:

      In response to the various comments in the cross-commenting section, Reviewer 4 is right that “Fusion dynamics are not the primary focus of this study”. We are not “purporting to investigate mechanisms of mitochondrial fusion” as suggested by Reviewer 3 and contrary to what the reviewer seems to assume, it is not “clear that "interconnectivity," in the context of this study, refers to mitochondrial fusion”. Stable pull-outs increase connectivity (the number of junctions and branches) without fusion.

      We have previously shown (Gatti et al.) that our criterion for fusion (apparent fusion lasting 100 sec) accurately identifies fusion events. It is possible, as suggested by Reviewer 3, that some transient events are missed by this analysis, which we will acknowledge in the revised manuscript, but this will not change the conclusion that pull-outs are metabolically regulated. In addition, the fact that PAGFP diffuses at different rates in control and starved cells and the fact that it cannot identify all fusion events within a cell greatly limits its use in the current manuscript.

      As stated above, we can provide data showing that PAGFP-positive fusion is increased in starved cells if the editor thinks that it is required.

      __Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)): __

      *This study provides, at best, only an incremental advance in the field of mitochondrial dynamics and membrane remodeling. Generally, there is a significant concern that it does not appropriately contextualize the aims and conclusions of the research with respect to previous publications, which laid the foundations for the phenomenon of dynamic tubulation. Moreover, although this study attempts to quantify mitochondrial fusion events in relation to dynamic tubulation, the reliance on diffraction-limited confocal microscopy is not suited for investigations of mitochondrial fusion. While there is some indication that mitochondrial actin may be important for the formation of these lateral tubulations, significant additional work will need to be performed to support this conclusion. *

      *Background of referee: *

      *I have many years of experience in mitochondrial research, including imaging mitochondria, from confocal microscopy with PAGFP to various super-resolution imaging techniques. *

      We have reworked the introduction and will rework the discussion considering our new data and the comments of the 4 reviewers. In our opinion, disagreement about how the study should be introduces should not be ground to reject the paper if the science is sound (the reviewer had only a few data-related comments that were also raised by the other reviewers and have been or will be addressed in the revised manuscript).

      And, lastly, we are not studying fusion here. We are showing that a specific form of dynamic tubulation (pull-outs) is regulated by nutrient availability. Fusion and fission are used as comparison points since they are better known and understood than dynamic tubulation.

      __Reviewer #4 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)): __

      __Summary: __

      Kasmaie et al. demonstrate a mechanism of mitochondrial shaping by tubule pullout. The authors propose this mechanism and its regulation is distinct from previously described dynamic tubulation processes, and propose the involvement of mitochondrial dynamins and actin in pullout events.

      Before acceptance, it will be important to address the points below to ensure the conclusions are fully supported and accurate.

      __Major comments: __

      *1. Throughout the manuscript, the authors distinguish between the mechanism described by Qin et al. (2020) and Wang et al. (2015) and the pullout mechanism described here. However, I do not believe this distinction is entirely proven, and consequently the proposed knowledge gap is not well defined. In Qin et al. (2020), the term dynamic tubulation encompasses both tip elongation and pullout/branching events. Therefore, how mitochondria can create the 3-way junction morphology does not appear to represent the primary distinction between the two processes or the relevant knowledge gap. In contrast, as the authors note, Osman et al (2015) describe an actin-dependent form of tubulation whose mechanism remains unresolved, a more appropriate knowledge gap to emphasize. Alternatively, the authors could highlight the limited understanding of tubulation beyond the cell periphery. *

      Furthermore, the original dynamic tubulation studies thoroughly characterized the roles of KIF5B, Miro1, and microtubules. Since pullout events are consistently compared throughout the manuscript with dynamic tubulation/tip elongation events and are proposed as mechanistically distinct, it is required to show what is the dependency of pullouts on these factors as well.

      *Another option to strengthen the distinction would be the propensity of pullouts in the cell periphery compared to perinuclear regions, as dynamic tubulation was shown to happen exclusively in the periphery. *

      We agree with the reviewer that we did not properly frame our study. We have now reworked the introduction to better explain that pull-outs are a type of dynamic tubulation is regulated in a manner distinct from tip elongation. We will also thoroughly revise the discussion once we have all the new data within the manuscript and take into consideration the pertinent suggestions that the reviewer made.

      As suggested by the reviewer, we will also test the effect of Miro knockdown on pull-outs and assess whether there is a particular spatial distribution of pull-outs.

      2. The extensive use of different cell lines throughout the manuscript is concerning. At least four distinct cell lines, including lines from different organisms, are used across the study, with the cell line changing between figures and, in some cases, even within the same figure. On the one hand it is reassuring to see that the findings seem sto be independent of cell iine and this is very good. On the other, this makes it difficult to draw a coherent mechanistic framework, especially since conclusions based on one cell line are later used to support conclusions drawn from experiments in another.

      Most of the experiments were done in primary fibroblasts with some in MEFs or U2OS cells, the latter because they are easier to transfect with siRNA. We had tried to set up the experiments so that there was an overlap between the cell lines, but we agree that this was not the case for the U2OS in the second part of the manuscript. To bridge this gap, we have repeated the starvation experiments in U2OS and found similar results as for MEFs and primary fibroblasts (New Supplemental Figure 2). As repeating all the U2OS experiments in primary fibroblasts (or the reverse) would be time consuming and would not provide additional insights, we think that this provides a good compromise.

      3. While the results regarding the involvement of the ER, DRP1, MFN1/2, and actin are important for the characterization of pullouts and suggest an interesting and distinct mechanism, they require better controls to fully support the stated claims.

      *For instance, regarding the ER-positive pullout sites - could this observation simply reflect the overall extent of ER-mitochondria contact? If a large fraction of mitochondrial area is overlapping with ER in 2D microscopy, it would be expected that nearly all pullouts would also occur at ER-positive regions. A useful control would be to quantify the fraction of total mitochondrial area associated with the ER, or to perform a random-overlap measurement, as described by Abrisch et al. (JCB, 2020), by rotating one image 90{degree sign} with respect to the other image and measuring random overlap. The same measurement (% of X-positive pullouts) and controls should be done for the other components - DRP1, MFN1/2 and actin. *

      *More generally, the current data demonstrate localization of these factors at pullout sites and the effects of their depletion on pullouts, but do not establish their direct mechanistic involvement. Given the broad roles of these factors and their effect on a variety of mitochondrial and cellular processes, additional evidence is required to support such a conclusion. Until then, the claims regarding their role in pullout events should be toned down. *

      We will redo the imaging and analysis. First, we will use a better ER construct that we have (mCherry-Cytb5) and reimage using Lightning super resolution on our new Leica Stellaris microscope, which will greatly improve image quality. We will also use images turned 90 degrees as a negative control for the colocalization analysis (see also R1 Point 3 and R3 Point 18).

      As mentioned in R1 Significance section and in response to R2 Minor comment #5, we have added data showing that pull-outs that fuse have higher MFN2 intensity (New Figure 5H) and that retracting pull-outs are short-lived and shorter in length (New Supplemental Figure 1C). We will analyse our actin data in Figure 7 in the same way and determine whether MFN1 activates/oligomerizes in response to starvation (for which we have some preliminary data).

      4. "These results indicate that the mitochondrial ends generated by dynamic tubulation, including pull-outs, are selectively used for future fusion events."

      *It is not clear how the data support this conclusion. Figure 1G shows 42% of fusion events are of pullout tips - a substantial fraction, but not the majority. Based on this, the probability of fusion at pullout ends does not appear to differ substantially from that at non-pullout ends. If the authors instead mean that pullout tips are more likely to undergo fusion than fission, then the statements should be corrected accordingly, including the legend of Figure 1G and the discussion. *

      What we meant is that most fusion events occurred following tip elongation or a pull-out, both forms of dynamic tubulation. This behaviour was not exclusive to pull-outs. The text was not very clear and the table in __Figure 1G__mentioned pull-outs and dynamic tubulation, not tip elongation. This has now been clarified in the text and the figure. We think that the sentence mentioned by the reviewer is correct given the clarification that this also include tip elongation.

      *5. Figure 4C-D should clearly indicate that the presented data and the associated conclusions are based on model predictions rather than experimental data. This is currently not made sufficiently clear in the figure panels, title, or legend. *

      *In addition, the presentation of these panels is unusual. While the axes are rendered at high resolution, the plotted data appear to be low-resolution images. The authors should provide the original high-resolution graphs. *

      We have clarified this in the figure legend. The resolution of the panels was also fixed.

      *6. The authors claim that pullouts are more frequent than fission/fusion. The tracking of the events is biased in that sense, since the criteria for a fission/fusion event to be counted require it to be stable, whereas pullouts are counted even if they are short-lived and retract, likely inflating pullout counts relative to fusion and fission. Moreover, they are counted using a cell ine potentially sub-optimal in its dynamics due to tagging of Fis1. *

      Our main point here was only to show that pull-outs are frequent, with the comparison with fission and fusion providing a baseline that is known to the readers. Thus, we quantified mitochondrial dynamics relative to total events to address the overall frequencies. This is why retracting pull-out are included here. We nevertheless agree that fast retracting pull-outs will not have the same effect on overall network structure. We will add a figure separating stable pull-outs from retracting ones along with individual numbers for fission and fusion (which are pooled in Figure 1D).

      Concerning the statement on Fis1, we are not sure of what the reviewer means. In the majority of the experiments, we use mitotracker to label mitochondria, thus Fis1 is not tagged. The reviewer might be referring to our mCherry-Fis1 construct that was used in a few experiments (Figure 1B-C, actin experiments in Figure 7)? This construct only contains the transmembrane domain of Fis1 at the c-terminus of mCherry. This construct does not affect mitochondrial structure. This has been clarified in the result section.

      __Minor comments: __

      *1. Please provide quantification for the Western blot shown in Figure 4B and indicate whether the experiment was performed in triplicates. *

      Now in New Figure 4C.

      2. The authors show an increase in pullouts and fusion under galactose and glucose-starvation conditions, while tip elongation and fission remain unchanged. Frequencies are reported per cell, and not normalized to mitochondrial length. The authors show that mitochondrial area is higher in these conditions, and higher counts of these events could rise simply due to a larger network. Normalizing event counts to mitochondrial length or area during the metabolic manipulations would directly test whether pullouts and fusion are truly upregulated per network unit.

      We will normalise data to mitochondrial length.

      3. The authors could consider including a schematic model summarizing the proposed mechanism.

      We will add a schematic model as suggested by the reviewer.

      4. Please include timestamps in the videos and indicate the scale bar size in all microscopy panels. Please specify in the figure legends the time intervals over which the measurements were collected.

      We will add the appropriate information

      5. Why does Arp2/3 inhibition have no apparent effect under normal conditions, whereas DeAct does? Why was DeAct not measured under glucose starvation? This should be addressed.

      First, it is not surprising that DeAct would have a stronger phenotype that CK666 as the former removes all mitochondrial actin while the latter only affect Arp2/3-dependent actin. As for why Arp2/3 inhibition would not have an effect in control cells, we think that it has to do with the amount and stability of actin on mitochondria. We have some preliminary data suggesting that there is less actin on glucose-starved which could potentiate the effect of CK666. As actin is not the main focus of this manuscript, we wanted to keep the data for another story.

      We will add the DeAct glucose starvation data to the manuscript.

      *6. If I understand correctly, the mCherry-Fis1 construct contains only the targeting sequence (tail anchor) of Fis1. If so, please clarify that in the text. *

      Yes, it is the case. It has been clarified.

      *7. Please clarify the rationale for using yeast mitochondria parameters for the simulations, particularly when these are combined with parameters obtained from experimental data in mammalian cells. *

      This is the model that was available to us. It should not affect our conclusions.

      *8. The manuscript would benefit from addressing physical properties of the tubules that might reflect mechanical requirements for pullouts. It would be informative to compare tubule diameters across the different event types. This parameter was analyzed in the original dynamic tubulation studies and would provide an additional point of comparison between the mechanisms described here. *

      This is a good point. We will measure pull-out and tip elongation diameters using Lightning super-resolution.

      __Minor textual comments (no need to respond in the point-by-point letter): __

      *1. The first results section is missing a section title. *

      Added

      *2. References to the panels in Figure 1 appear in the wrong order in the text. The same for Video 1 and 2. *

      Indeed it was. This has been fixed.

      *3. Supplementary Figure 1 appears to be mislabeled. I assume that panels A-B depict pullouts, whereas panels C-D depict tip elongation. Additionally, please clarify what the blue regions represent. *

      Yes it was. This has been fixed.

      *4. For consistency, consider replacing "DMEM" with "Ctrl" in all relevant panels. *

      We will make the necessary adjustments.

      *5. Consider replacing "Energy production" (in Abstract and introduction) with "Energy conversion" which is the correct term (Energy is not produced at any point in cells). *

      This has been changed

      __Reviewer #4 (Significance (Required)): __

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Kasmaie et al. present a manuscript in which they claim to have identified a new form of mitochondrial dynamic tubulation. A major concern is that this kind of dynamic tubulation has already been described by other authors--up to 11 years ago. Although the authors of this manuscript cite prior publications, they do not adequately contextualize their own work in relation to what has been shown previously by others in peer-reviewed publications.The manuscript presents this phenomenon as a distinct entity, although similar observations have previously been reported.. Moreover, throughout this work there is a disregard for employing appropriate methodologies for the visualization and quantification of mitochondrial fusion events. Diffraction-limited confocal microscopy is not an appropiate method for the assessment of mitochondrial fusion. Apparent stable continuity between diffraction-limited mitochondrial signals is by no means the same as mitochondrial fusion, thus the fusion-frequency measurements cannot support the authors' conclusions. This concern is especially important because the same methodological assumption underlies recent related work from this group (Gatti et al., 2025), which the present manuscript cites as precedent rather than recognizing as a limitation. Overall, both the conceptual and methodological basis of this work are fundamentally flawed. Therefore, I would strongly recommend rejection.

      Major comments:

      In their abstract, the authors define "dynamic tubulation" as "Rapid elongation of the tip of mitochondrial tubules." However, the previous literature regarding this phenomenon does not define it, as the authors here indicate, as only emerging from mitochondrial tips1,2. Indeed, both of these previously published articles provide examples of dynamic tubulation events not only from mitochondrial tips but also from mitochondrial sides-i.e., "lateral" surfaces. In Wang et al., 2015, the HeLa cell time-lapse images in Figure S3 provide an unambiguous example of a lateral extrusion of a dynamic tubulation event; and in Qin et al., 2020, there is a clear example of this phenomenon in Figure 1a, where the dynamic tubulation event is extruded from the lateral face of the organelle, rather than the tip. It is essential that the authors of this manuscript align their definition of "dynamic tubulation" with that of previous studies, which played key roles in establishing the very dynamics and mechanistic underpinnings of this phenomenon. Continuing on in their abstract, the authors say, "However, these mechanisms alone cannot fully account for the formation of highly interconnected mitochondrial networks that are required for rapid distribution of mitochondria material." This sentence purports that the other authors of previous work argued that dynamic tubulation from tips could account for the highly interconnected nature of mitochondrial networks, but as I have highlighted above, prior publications did not define tubulation events in this narrow way. It is important to note, too, for instance, Wang et al., 2015, discussed the dependency of pulling tubules out of mitochondria as a basic mechanism for forming complex mitochondrial reticula: "However, fusion of individual mitochondria is not sufficient to form mitochondrial networks in vitro (Meeusen et al., 2004), indicating that other unknown mechanisms are essential for mitochondrial network formation. The basic module for network formation is the tubule. Tubules connect to form a lattice, and the network is a series of interconnected lattices. Hypothetically, a network can be constructed by pulling tubules out of existing membrane compartments and then connecting these tubules by fusion to give a lattice; by repeating this process, a network can be created." Given the above, it is critical that the authors appropriately re-contextualize their study in terms of the existing literature, which has not only laid broad foundations for this topic but has been around for more than a decade. The authors of the present manuscript then say in the abstract, "Here, we identify a distinct type of dynamic tubulation, mitochondrial pull-outs characterized by the lateral extrusion from pre-existing mitochondrial tubules, as metabolically regulated determinants of mitochondrial network formation." The claim that this represents a distinct type of dynamic tubulation is difficult to reconcile with previous reports describing similar events.In the next sentence of the abstract, the authors allude to additional mechanistic insight: "Pull-outs are distinct from the tip elongation form of dynamic tubulation as they are modulated by the mitochondrial dynamins MFN1 and DRP1. . . ." The extent to which this provides novel information is open to question, as Wang et al., 2015, and Qin et al., 2020, both examined the potential roles of Mitofusins and DRP1 in this process. Although they do not rigorously quantify the effects of suppressing these genes on the dynamic tubulation process, they nevertheless indicate that "In Mfn-null MEF cells, dynamic tubulation can still occur (Figure 6F and Supplementary information, Movie S21), but the tubules fail to fuse into networks," and "in these Drp1-depleted cells, we were still able to observe frequent MDT events. . . ." The authors of the present manuscript suggest that the suppression of at least MFN1 and DRP1 leads to a significant decrease in the frequency of dynamic tubulation events, but, to determine whether these factors are essential for the process or not would require complete knockout (KO) of the respective genes. In their introduction, the authors indicate: "In fact, most fusion events occur on the side of a mitochondrial tubule rather than at its end, creating new mitochondrial junctions that increase network connectivity (8, 9)." It is essential that the authors contextualize their comments in terms of well-established literature that laid the foundations for their specific topics of focus. In this case, they mention frequencies of types of mitochondrial fusion events, but they fail to cite a landmark paper, namely, Liu et al., 2009, which is important in any assessment of the types of fusion events that exist3. Notably, one of the recent papers that they do cite here, Gatti et al., 2025, did not account for the importance of using PAGFP to monitor individual fusion events, particularly when attempting to score such events with diffraction-limited confocal microscopy, so this work was unable to distinguish between transient (i.e., "kiss-and-run") versus complete mitochondrial fusion types. It is worth carefully noting that it is intrinsically unfeasible to systematically quantify and categorize fusion events using conventional confocal microscopy (in the absence PAGFP), because it is unfeasible to know whether a genuine fusion event has actually occurred or whether the membranes are simply adjacent to one another, engaged in an inter-mitochondrial contact4. As it turns out, a good example of this intrinsically ambiguous situation is on display in Fig. 1c of Gatti et al., 2025. Given that transient fusion events3 can occur within as short a time as 4 s, the frequency calculation of mitochondrial fusion events from Gatti et al., 2025, using an indirect measure of 100 s as a "validated" criterion invariably missed the large category of fusion events described in the much earlier publication3. Thus, Gatti et al, 2025, should not be used as a reference for the frequency of different types of mitochondrial fusion, since it did not directly employ PAGFP in its frequency analyses of confocal time-lapse imaging, and thus it neither accounted for the existence of transient fusion events nor the unfeasibility of distinguishing between stable fusion and inter-mitochondrial contacts. In other words, the frequency measurements from Gatti et al, 2025, which rely on confocal microscopy alone, cannot possibly be reliable. In the introduction, the authors say, "While the original study focussed [sic] on mitochondria tip elongation(10), more recent work included events arising from discrete protrusions on the side of mitochondrial tubules as part of dynamic tubulation events(10). Nevertheless, these pull-out events (previously reported in yeast (12)) were not fully described and their relationship to mitochondrial tip elongation (the original dynamic tubulation definition(10)) remained unclear." It is concerning that, even though the authors are aware of Wang et al., 2015, and Qin et al., 2020, they do not accurately represent what is inside these published articles. As indicated above, both papers provide examples of dynamic tubulation events originating from the sides of mitochondria, thus these particular events were also represented within the data sets of these papers. For this reason, it is concerning thatthe manuscript introduces the term "pull-outs" for events that appear similar to those described previously.. This section of the introduction should be removed or heavily edited to provide an accurate representation of the manner in which prior publications accounted for and defined these phenomena. Likewise, the last paragraph of the introduction needs to be removed or rewritten to provide an accurate and balanced framing of where the current study sits within the context of the existing literature. This necessitates giving an accurate account of prior publications and not treating "pull-outs" as if this were a novelty, which is patently untrue. The images in Figure 1A appear quite artifactual. What is a "schematic representation," according to the authors? Is this a cartoon or a micrograph? The authors must specify. For example, the tip of the mitochondrion in the top left box appears like it has been cut with a straight edge. This is the first time I have seen a mitochondrion that, instead of having a rounded end, looks completely flat. This is the same for the so-called "pull-out" part of the mitochondrion in the lower right box. How is it possible that the very end of the mitochondrion is at a right angle? What's more, the mitochondria in these images are so saturated, that it is impossible to see anything resembling their natural contours. The authors present only two frames, as well, so it is impossible to assess the tubulation in any meaningfully dynamic way. The authors say, "Pull-outs, but not tip elongation, result in the formation of branched mitochondria that are typical of hyperfused networks associated with cell survival and increased bioenergetics." On what basis could the authors possibly make this claim? If either a tip elongation or "pull-out" led to fusion with another mitochondrion, there is a strong chance that this fusion event would lead to a branched, rather than linear, mitochondrial morphology. This sentence should be removed unless it is actually supported by rigorous data and analysis. The authors say, "Thus, these two modes of dynamic tubulation affect mitochondrial network topology in distinct manners and could thus have distinct roles and regulation. We thus set out to characterise mitochondrial pull-outs." The evidence presented up to this point does not provide a sufficiently strong basis for the subsequent analyses. The conclusions rely primarily on a limited number of images without quantitative support, making it difficult to justify the proposed framework for the experiments that follow.It is not clear what Figure 1C is supposed to represent, based on the ambiguous description in the legend or the y axis. The main text suggests that you are trying to quantify relative pull-out frequency. This has nothing to do with being OMM-IMM-positive, per se. That is not the point. What is the frequency of tubulation from the tip versus the side? Figure 1D compares the frequency of pull-outs to mitochondrial fusion and fission events. This is not really a meaningful comparison. What is the point of doing a statistical analysis when comparing different categories of phenomena? A relevant comparison would be the frequency of tubulation from the tip versus the side. Where is that, along with statistics? In Figures 1E-G, the authors present data involving fusion events. It is critical that the authors appreciate that it is unfeasible to score mitochondrial fusion events using diffraction-limited confocal microscopy alone, because as the membranes converge, it is impossible to visualize what is happening below around 250 nm with any confidence. This is the reason that you need to employ PAGFP and/or super-resolution microscopy to be able to minimize both false-positives and false-negatives.Unfortunately, the authors did not address this limitation in their previous work and the same issue remains in the current manuscript.. All data regarding fusion that is not using PAGFP or super-resolution to evaluate each specific event should be discarded, because it will inevitably lead to erroneous measurements. The images in Figure 1G appear to be taken somehow from Figure 1A. As mentioned above, it is not clear whether these images represent microscopy data or schematic illustrations. This information should be made explicit in the figure itself, rather than requiring the reader to infer it or locate it in the Methods section.. It is essential that the authors of this manuscript attempt to be more thoughtful about providing key information in the figures that clarify obvious questions, such as, Is this a cartoon or not? What type of microscope was used? Etc. In all data, the authors need to report the number of events analyzed, not just the number of cells and independent experiments. The data in Figure 2, relating to mitochondrial morphology, length, etc. need to reflect direct measurements and quantifications. For example, the units in the length measurement in 2B are opaque. It is insufficient to base conclusions upon a probabilistic algorithm, where the authors lose contact with the ground truth of the images. This should be re-analyzed in a standard, direct way. All the data in Figure 2 relating to purported fusion events must be removed, because it derives from the unacceptable use of diffraction-limited microscopy without PAGFP. I have already explained why these data are insufficient. Again: the data in Figure 3, relating to mitochondrial fusion should be removed and redone with proper methodologies. In Figure 4B, it is not enough to show an immunoblot and conclude that there was no change. This should be quantified over at least 3 experiments. Also, using the total OXPHOS antibody cocktail is not adequate for making a broad claim about mitochondrial mass, particularly when it is contradicted by the data in the previous panel. It is important to note that a larger mitochondrial area would likely correspond to an increased mitochondrial mass. The authors should note that proteins are not the only feature of the organelle that possesses mass. Therefore, even if all the mass of all the proteins remained equal among the different treatments, this does not account for changes in the mass of other components, such as membranes, etc. The authors must include images along with their quantifications in Figure 4A. Also, they should clarify how they have accurately measured mitochondrial area, particularly in the context of a more branched mitochondrial reticulum, which leads to difficulties in segmentation. I would recommend that the authors refrain from using simulations, as they do not provide direct measurements, which are essential, and they rely on oversimplifications of complex cellular behavior, which make their conclusions not convincing. For Figure 5, the authors say, "Strikingly, 95% of pull-out events were localized at ER-mitochondria interfaces (Figure 5B), suggesting that these events occur at ERMCS." This observation is less compelling than suggested, given the widespread distribution of the ER throughout the cell.. It would be more striking if the tubulations happened 95% of the time where there was no ER at all. To provide clarity, the authors should perform this analysis exclusively on mitochondria in the periphery of the cell, where the ER is not so super-abundant. Also, it is important to note that Qin et al., 2020, already defined the relationship between tubulation and ER. To be transparent, the authors should reference their work, which undoubtedly encompassed what they have here re-branded as "pull-outs." Assuming that the images in Figure 5 were obtained with Airyscan, examining fusion should be feasible. However, despite their quantifications of fusion in Figure 5D and F, they provide no examples of it, which is not acceptable. Moreover, the data should not be normalized in this fashion. It is important to provide the raw frequencies, with respect to mitochondrial area and time. I would also note that 6 s time intervals is too long to follow these events accurately. One or 2 s intervals would be optimal. In Figure 7A, it is not surprising that most pull-out events were marked by the AC-mito signal, because the AC-mito signal appears almost ubiquitously across the whole contour of the organelle. You could just as well inquire what is the frequency of the mCherry-Fis1 signal at pull-out sights. It would be better to label the general mitochondrial population in this experiment with a dye like MitoTracker, so that there is a generalized label, which has nothing to do with a specific protein, or its targeting sequence. In Figure 7C, the authors are not accounting for variables that affect the accuracy of the frequencies that they are reporting. It is not enough to quantify events per cell. Indeed it is not even clear what this means. Did they authors really examine the whole cell for each analysis or was it an ROI within the cell? One way or the other, it is essential that the authors are obtaining frequencies where there is the same amount of mitochondria over the same amount of time. If one cell has twice as many mitochondria, for example, then there will be twice as many chances, on average, to find a tubulation event. There is no indication here that the authors have accounted for this key variable anywhere in this manuscript. If so, it must be clearly written in the y axis as "events/micron^2/s."The Discussion is overly long and should be revised in light of the comments above. In particular, any proposed new terminology or conceptual distinction should be carefully justified and discussed in the context of the existing literature.. Any potential novelty in this work, such as the role of mitochondrial actin in tubulation, must be contextualized with respect to the existing literature, rather than a frontier that the authors have re-drawn to make it seem as if they were exploring uncharted territory. Lastly, the term "pull-out" is poorly chosen, for different reasons. Perhaps foremost among these, it implies that a mitochondrial tubule is physically pulled out from a pre-existing mitochondrion, yet the authors do not demonstrate a pulling force, identify a force-generating mechanism, or exclude alternative explanations such as local membrane expansion, pushing, or mitochondrial movement. Thus, the terminology prematurely converts an observed morphology into a mechanistic process. A term that does not presuppose mechanistic insight, such as "lateral mitochondrial tubulation," would be more appropriate.

      Minor comments:

      In the title "events" should be "event" There are various typographic and grammatical errors that should be addressed. References: 1. Wang C, Du W, Su QP, Zhu M, Feng P, Li Y, Zhou Y, Mi N, Zhu Y, Jiang D, Zhang S, Zhang Z, Sun Y, Yu L. Dynamic tubulation of mitochondria drives mitochondrial network formation. Cell Res. 2015 Oct;25(10):1108-20. doi: 10.1038/cr.2015.89. Epub 2015 Jul 24. PMID: 26206315; PMCID: PMC4650629.

      1. Qin J, Guo Y, Xue B, Shi P, Chen Y, Su QP, Hao H, Zhao S, Wu C, Yu L, Li D, Sun Y. ER-mitochondria contacts promote mtDNA nucleoids active transportation via mitochondrial dynamic tubulation. Nat Commun. 2020 Sep 8;11(1):4471. doi: 10.1038/s41467-020-18202-4. PMID: 32901010; PMCID: PMC7478960.

      2. Liu X, Weaver D, Shirihai O, Hajnóczky G. Mitochondrial 'kiss-and-run': interplay between mitochondrial motility and fusion-fission dynamics. EMBO J. 2009 Oct 21;28(20):3074-89. doi: 10.1038/emboj.2009.255. Epub 2009 Sep 10. PMID: 19745815; PMCID: PMC2771091.

      3. Wong YC, Peng W, Krainc D. Lysosomal Regulation of Inter-mitochondrial Contact Fate and Motility in Charcot-Marie-Tooth Type 2. Dev Cell. 2019 Aug 5;50(3):339-354.e4. doi: 10.1016/j.devcel.2019.05.033. Epub 2019 Jun 20. PMID: 31231042; PMCID: PMC6726396.

      Referees cross-commenting

      This section contains comments from different reviewers

      Reviewer 3 I note that referees 1, 2, and 4 do not refer to the limitations of attempting to quantify mitochondrial fusion events with diffraction-limited microscopy. In my opinion, any study purporting to investigate mechanisms of mitochondrial fusion need not only to discuss PAGFP and super-resolution imaging techniques but actually employ them in their experiments, as well.

      Reviewer 1 Reviewer 3 has raised some important points that should be carefully considered by the authors and editors. However, I do not share his/her view that super-resolution microscopy and PAGFP are mandatory tools for studying mitochondrial fusion. Having worked in the field of mitochondrial dynamics for almost 30 years, I have witnessed groundbreaking discoveries on mitochondrial fusion that were made long before either super-resolution microscopy or PAGFP became available. I continue to believe that mitochondrial network dynamics can be studied effectively using conventional microscopy. Nevertheless, the apparent discrepancies in the data presented by Kasmaie et al. should be resolved (see, for example, my point 1).

      Reviewer 3 It is unclear how one could hope to accurately quantify rates of individual fusion events using standard diffraction-limited microscopy without PAGFP or some variant of it. The reason for this is that it is impossible to distinguish between mitochondria that are simply touching and next to each other and ones that have truly undergone fusion. This is particularly complicated when one considers transient or "kiss-and-run" fusion events. While it is not impossible to see a fusion a event with standard confocal microscopy, it is quite unfeasible to obtain an accurate frequency of fusion events, under different conditions and experimental groups, as this manuscript was purporting to do, unless one uses appropriate tools, such as PAGFP, to enable one to definitively say whether a fusion event has occurred.. I am fairly certain that this reasoning is sound. Of course, I do not mean to be dismissive, if I am in error. Perhaps there is another tool that has escaped my notice. A PEG assay might work, but it is quite unnatural, and it is not usually employed for looking at individual fusion events but rather whole mitochondrial network fusion capacity.

      Reviewer 4 While I agree that additional validation using complementary methods could strengthen some of the conclusions, I also do not share the view that these tools are necessary for the scope of this work. Fusion dynamics are not the primary focus of this study, and the authors present important findings using well-established methodologies that, in my opinion, will advance the field and make the manuscript suitable for publication.

      Reviewer 3 Reviewer #4 indicates that "Fusion dynamics are not the primary focus of this study. . . ." Nevertheless, it is clear that this manuscript focuses on the role of "pull-outs" in mediating increased mitochondrial interconnectivity. It is clear that "interconnectivity," in the context of this study, refers to mitochondrial fusion. The abstract quite clearly emphasizes mitochondrial fusion and the interconnection of mitochondrial networks. Moreover, 5 out of 7 of the main figures contain panels that purport to directly measure individual fusion events, as a method of evaluating certain conclusions as to "pull-outs." Therefore, it does not seem accurate to conclude that "Fusion dynamics are not the primary focus of this study. . . ." I am not convinced that the frequency of individual fusion events can be quantified using diffraction-limited microscopy without PAGFP (or comparable variant).. Inasmuch it is impossible to physically resolve the mitochondrial membranes, and mitochondria frequently touch without undergoing fusion, and they also engage in rapid transient fusion events, without the aid of a probe that unambiguously reports on fusion, it is indeed a matter of great uncertainty whether a fusion event may or may not have occurred.

      Reviewer 1 I think it is clear by now that PAGFP and, with some limitations, super-resolution microscopy are superior methods for studying individual mitochondrial fusion events. However, transient 'kiss-and-run' type interactions do not result in an overall change in network topology. Increased network interconnectivity is driven by bona fide fusion events, which can be assessed using conventional microscopy. The authors may wish to elaborate on this point in the discussion section. It should perhaps be acknowledged that opinions on these methodological issues may differ

      Significance

      This study provides, at best, only an incremental advance in the field of mitochondrial dynamics and membrane remodeling. Generally, there is a significant concern that it does not appropriately contextualize the aims and conclusions of the research with respect to previous publications, which laid the foundations for the phenomenon of dynamic tubulation. Moreover, although this study attempts to quantify mitochondrial fusion events in relation to dynamic tubulation, the reliance on diffraction-limited confocal microscopy is not suited for investigations of mitochondrial fusion. While there is some indication that mitochondrial actin may be important for the formation of these lateral tubulations, significant additional work will need to be performed to support this conclusion.

      Background of referee:

      I have many years of experience in mitochondrial research, including imaging mitochondria, from confocal microscopy with PAGFP to various super-resolution imaging techniques.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work by Hall et al provides a novel and important new finding about communication between the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) and the CA1 region of the dorsal hippocampus: there is a clear ability of ACC to predict CA1 activity, and that is modulated by learning/experience. Furthermore, they have some evidence that the modulation differs by whether the CA1 neurons were in the deep versus superficial sub-layer of CA1. The evidence is suggestive of new and exciting findings, but some gaps and weaknesses remain to be addressed before I believe all of the authors' claims can be supported. The figures also need to be slightly better organized, and the discussion is missing a major dimension in my opinion. Overall, this is a strong submission, but with some gaps to fill.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is a well-written manuscript - the introduction was especially clear, well-cited, and motivating.

      (2) The sub-layer specific communication between ACC and CA1 represents the discovery of a novel and functionally impactful piece of neurobiology.

      (3) Optogenetics was an important verification of ACC-CA1 communication, as was the analysis of neurons by waveform type.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Figure 2: Why are the data separated into two groups from the outset? If all data are combined, is there a general drop in prediction gain from pre to post?

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. In Figure 1F, all data is combined for GLM decoding. We found a significant pre-to-post decrease in prediction gain specifically using the –200 to 0 ms window to predict CA1 spiking during ripples. Figure 3 builds upon these findings to examine how prediction gain changes relate to task engagement.

      (2) 2b and 2c are important since they are complementary means to show the same thing, and it is important that they cross-validate each other, especially since the non-significant task active neuron difference in 2b appears to be nearly as strong as the significant difference to its left. A more holistic analysis can be done to compare these dimensions.

      We appreciate this feedback. In light of this comment, as well as similar concerns raised by other reviewers regarding the binary classification of neurons as task-active or task-inactive (modulation index > 0 or < 0), we adopted a more comprehensive analytical approach. Rather than relying on an arbitrary threshold, we first examined the continuous relationship between modulation index and prediction gain change across all neurons (Figure 2C). We then divided neurons into modulation index quartiles to assess whether prediction gain changes varied across different degrees of task modulation (Figure 2D). Follow-up analyses focused on the extreme quartile comparisons that contributed to the observed effects (Figure 2E). Overall, this new approach better captured the continuous nature of task-related modulation while avoiding the inclusion of a large population of neurons with modulation indices near zero that may not meaningfully differ in task engagement. However, we were unable to replicate modulation index changes for neurons split by prediction gain score percentile and removed those figures from the manuscript. We have adjusted the text accordingly to account for this new effect.

      (3) Sup vs deep neuron definition: Did the authors have any means to validate this anatomical separation using histology or otherwise? I don't believe they described anything like that, and instead use physiology to infer anatomical location. I understand anatomy-based methods may be practically impossible with tetrodes, but this limitation should at least be mentioned, and it should be explained that without something like silicon probes or histological validation, anatomy had to be inferred from physiology.

      We think this is an important limitation to address and thank you for bringing this to our attention. Given our technical restraints, we only validated radial position through physiological properties. This remains an outstanding limitation of this study. We have since added text into the main discussion bringing attention to this limitation. See below:

      “Lastly, our CA1 sublayer classification does come with its own caveats. Tetrode identification of CA1 sublayers is not a trivial matter. We implemented guidelines informed by past research (see methods) to help ensure we isolated CA1sup and CA1deep groups, only including neurons where we had the greatest confidence (Berndt et al., 2023; Mizuseki et al., 2011). In doing so, we excluded neurons which classification was uncertain. It is possible this excludes some meaningful populations of CA1 sublayers. Additionally, despite our approach, some cross-inclusion of sublayers may remain. Therefore, interpretations of CA1 sublayers difference should be considered with these limitations in mind. That said, the number of neurons and animals tested does provide overall confidence regarding our results. Future studies investigating this ACC to CA1 sublayer specific line of communication would benefit from the use of silicon probes or neuropixels that enable precise radial localization.”

      (4) Superficial vs deep differences in firing rate ratio based on PG: there are many fewer CAdeep neurons, but in 4c, the trends appear to be the same pre-training, top PG lower than others. It seems the lack of difference in CA1deep in 4c may be due to the much lower power/n. This should be discussed or addressed.

      We appreciate this feedback and since have added more recordings to address these lower Ns (CA1sup: Previous N = 71, Revisions N = 89; CA1deep: Previous N = 21, Revisions N = 61). Notably, we find that previous firing rate ratio (now called modulation index) is no longer significant with the inclusion of more neurons and is reported accordingly (Figure 2—figure supplement 1).

      (5) In Figure 5, the term "firing rate ratio" is used, and it sounds the same as in previous figures, but this is a different ratio (based on modulation by opto stim, not task).

      To improve clarity and avoid confusion with task-related modulation metric used across the paper, we renamed “Firing Rate Ratio" throughout the manuscript to "Modulation Index". We also relabeled the Figure 5D Y-axis as "Z-scored Firing Response" to more accurately reflect the plotted data and avoid confusion.

      (6) I would like to learn more about these v-type neurons. I understand we do not yet know about their molecular or morphologic correlate, but more analysis can be done with the current data.

      We thank you for this feedback. We have included further analysis into V-type properties. Namely, we performed autocorrelegrams, theta phase modulation, and burst index analyses. See Figure 6 and Figure 6—figure supplement 1.

      Additionally, we performed cross-correlogram analyses to examine whether V-type interneurons exhibited consistent temporal relationships with PV interneurons or other CA1 neurons. However, V-type and PV interneurons were sparse throughout our recordings, with most sessions containing two or fewer identified interneurons, which limited our ability to perform meaningful cross-correlogram analyses. Nevertheless, we examined the available recordings but found no consistent evidence of correlated firing between interneuron classes or between V-type interneurons and CA1 pyramidal neurons.

      (7) I would like more discussion of ACC-CA1 connectivity.

      We have since added greater discussion of ACC-CA1 connectivity into the discussion section. See below:

      “Finally, an important caveat to mention is that it remains an ongoing debate whether ACC directly projects to CA1 (Andrianova et al., 2023; Rajasethupathy et al., 2015; Shi et al., 2022). One lab reported clear monosynaptic ACC-to-CA1 connection (Rajasethupathy et al., 2015), while another lab replicated those same experiments and were unable to come to the same conclusions (Andrianova et al., 2023). Further studies report no direct connection (Shi et al., 2022). The contention in connectivity may arise from differences in targeting strategies, injection coordinates, or viruses used. Our findings reported an excitatory response in CA1 V-type interneurons in response to ACC stimulations, proposing another possibility for ACCàCA1 connectivity. Interestingly V-type interneurons responded with extremely low-latency as fast as 4.2 ms after stimulations, compatible with monosynaptic timing (Cho et al., 2013; Petreanu et al., 2007; Wang et al., 2009). If the ACC→V-Type connection was monosynaptic pathway, it could help explain discrepancies in the field, as the relative sparsity of V-type interneurons may reduce the likelihood of detecting ACC→CA1 connectivity. However, future anatomical studies are needed to conclusively determine connectivity.

      Alternatively, ACC→CA1 communication may be mediated by multiple intermediate structures (Behzadi et al., 1990; Oh et al., 2014; Shi et al., 2022; Souza et al., 2022). The ACC sends monosynaptic projections to the nucleus reuniens (RE) and median raphe (MnR), both of which project directly to CA1 (Oh et al., 2014; Shi et al., 2022). The RE has a known role in contextual discrimination learning and memory specificity (Ramanathan & Maren, 2019; Ramanathan et al., 2018; Ratigan et al., 2023; Silva et al., 2021; Xu & Südhof, 2013). Interestingly, RE→CA1 activity tuned to immobility (freezing) emerges only after shocks are presented, suggesting a learning-induced modification between regions, similar to that seen in our ACC–CA1 data (Ratigan et al., 2023). As for MnR, it receives dense inputs from the ACC (Behzadi et al., 1990; Souza et al., 2022), and its projections to the CA1 are predominantly glutamatergic (Jackson et al., 2009; Senft et al., 2021; Szonyi et al., 2016). Notably, these glutamatergic MnR inputs directly target CA1 interneurons, including CCK basket cells (Miettinen & Freund, 1992; Morales & Bloom, 1997; Senft et al., 2021), while avoiding PV interneurons and pyramidal neurons (Acsady et al., 1993; Freund et al., 1990; Halasy et al., 1992; Miettinen & Freund, 1992; Papp et al., 1999; Turi et al., 2019). This connectivity suggests that the ACC may indirectly modulate CA1 activity through the MnR, potentially suppressing PV interneuron and pyramidal neuron activity via local inhibitory circuits, thereby contributing to the regulation of hippocampal oscillations and memory consolidation (Huang et al., 2022; Wang et al., 2015). Ultimately, future experiments combining pathway-specific manipulations with simultaneous recordings will be necessary to distinguish direct from polysynaptic mechanisms.”

      (8) Some elements may be missing from the discussion, relating baseline functioning versus post-learning function.

      We thank the reviewer for this feedback and their recommendation for possible alternate explanations. We have added these discussions into the main text. See below:

      “Alternatively, ACC→CA1 communication may contribute to the homeostatic downscaling of memory-unrelated synapses during sleep. Evidence finds that slow-wave sleep is strongly linked to downscaling of non-learning related neuron activity (Gulati et al., 2017; Liu et al., 2010; Tononi & Cirelli, 2003; Tononi & Cirelli, 2006; Watson et al., 2016). Slow-wave sleep ripples in particular depotentiate memory-unrelated synapses (Gulati et al., 2017; Norimoto et al., 2018). In our study, we find that learning-related reduction in communication between ACC and CA1 were selective for task-inactive neurons. Therefore, ACC→CA1sup communication may not simply weaken following learning but rather becomes selectively disengaged from task-inactive neurons, enabling homeostatic downscaling while preserving behaviorally relevant synapses (Liu et al., 2010; Norimoto et al., 2018; Tononi & Cirelli, 2003; Tononi & Cirelli, 2006; Watson et al., 2016). Still, behavioral recruitment alone cannot account for the observed remodeling of ACC→CA1 communication, as CA1sup and CA1deep neurons did not display significant differences in task-related activity (Figure 2—figure supplemental 2). Instead, these learning-related changes of task-inactive neurons appear sublayer-specific.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uncovers an inhibitory pathway from the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) to pyramidal cells in the superficial sublayer of hippocampal area CA1 (CA1sup). As ACC neuron spiking tends to precede hippocampal ripples, this presents the intriguing possibility that ACC inputs are selectively inhibiting particular CA1sup neurons, which could play a role in the reactivation of task-related ensembles known to take place during hippocampal ripples. Indeed, through a generalized linear model (GLM) analysis, the authors demonstrate that the ACC activity within the 200ms immediately preceding the ripple is predictive of the ripple content.

      Strengths:

      The biggest strength of the work is the optogenetic manipulation experiments, which convincingly demonstrate that stimulation of ACC pyramidal neurons activates an interneuron population with symmetric spike waveforms, and inhibits parvalbumin interneurons and pyramidal cells in CA1sup but not CA1deep sublayer.

      An additional strength in the GLM analysis which consistently shows that ACC activity preceding the ripple is predictive of hippocampal activity during the ripple considerably more than in shuffled data for all cells and periods tested.

      Weaknesses:

      The major weakness of this work is that the link with learning and memory is not very well supported.

      The only evidence of rebalancing and reorganization appears to be a single statistical test (the test in Figure 1f, p=0.013) demonstrating a decrease of the GLM prediction gain from pre-task sleep to post-task sleep; the same test is repeated for subsets of the data in the rest of the figures. As the idea of rebalancing and reorganization is central to the paper as currently written, exploring it through another measure, independent of the GLM prediction gain, should be expected. The notion that this pathway is suppressed in sleep following learning can be supported by demonstrating a decrease in any of the following measures: ACC spike-triggered average CA1sup responses, cross-covariances (Wierzynski et al 2009) between ACC and CA1sup cells in post-task sleep, or ripple-triggered cross-correlations (Sirota et al. 2009).

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful feedback. We have added an additional analysis the reviewer pointed out to address this concern. Specifically, we performed an ACC spike‑triggered analysis. The ACC spike‑triggered average further supported the learning‑related decrease in ACC-to-CA1 activity (see Figure 1—figure supplement 1). We did not include a separate cross-covariance analysis because the ACC spike-triggered average captures essentially the same temporal relationship between ACC and CA1 activity.

      The differences between task-active and task-inactive neurons are not convincing. The separation between task-active and task-inactive neurons is to divide a distribution that is far from bimodal into what appears to be two arbitrary groups. Similarly, the authors divide cells relative to their prediction gain ("Top PG" and "Bottom PG" in Figure 2c), which fails to select for the population of significantly predicted cells (relative to the shuffle). Within CA1sup cells, after learning, there is a significant decrease in the prediction gain for "task-inactive" cells but not "task-active" cells, but it is important to keep in mind that the "task-active" group contains only 24 neurons, and there was no difference between the two groups of cells ("task-active" vs "task-inactive") when directly compared.

      We agree with this concern. To address this, we removed conclusion based on those arbitrary criteria instead opting for a more continuous approach. Specifically, we adopted a more comprehensive analytical approach. Rather than relying on an arbitrary threshold, we first examined the continuous relationship between modulation index and prediction gain change across all neurons (Figure 2C). We then divided neurons into modulation index quartiles to assess whether prediction gain changes varied across different degrees of task modulation (Figure 2D). Follow-up analyses focused on the extreme quartile comparisons that contributed to the observed effects (Figure 2E). Overall, this new approach better captured the continuous nature of task-related modulation while avoiding the inclusion of a large population of neurons with modulation indices near zero that may not meaningfully differ in task engagement.

      Finally, it is not clear whether the identity of the pathway-responsive CA1sup neurons is fixed or whether it may change with learning. A deeper analysis into the cell pair cross-correlations or the weights of the GLM analysis may reveal whether there is a reorganization of CA1sup responses (some cells that were inhibited are no longer inhibited, and vice versa) or a dampening (the same CA1sup cells are inhibited in both cases, but the inhibition is less-pronounced in post-task sleep). The possibility of a rigid circuit dampened immediately following fear conditioning, is not discussed by the authors.

      We appreciate this feedback. To address this concern without weight analysis, we examined the stability of prediction gain scores between pre- and post-training sleep. Preservation of neuronal prediction-gain rankings would suggest that learning weakens existing predictive communication while maintaining the relative contribution of individual neurons, consistent with a dampening response. In contrast, poor preservation of prediction-gain rankings would be more indicative of a reorganization of predictive relationships across the population. This led to interesting findings regarding sublayer differences: ACC→CA1sup communication is more dynamic and evolving following learning, whereas ACC→CA1deep communication remains comparatively stable (See Figure 2A&B; Figure 3 C–F).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Hall and colleagues investigate how the coupling of activity from ACC to CA1is altered by fear learning, showing that during sleep immediately before learning, there is evidence for increased coupling of ACC activity with neurons that will subsequently be inhibited during the learning process. They go on to show that this effect seems to be mediated most by a subpopulation of neurons in the superficial layer of CA1. This fits with previous reports suggesting that these superficial neurons are key for the flexible updating of memory. The authors then go on to show that artificial activation of ACC using optogenetics results in varied effects in CA1, including a subtle decrease in activity of superficial neurons that lasts longer than the stimulus itself. Finally, the authors present some preliminary data suggesting that different interneurons may be recruited by this optogenetic stimulation in different ways and at different times.

      Overall, this is an interesting paper, but much of the analysis is very preliminary, and much of the crucial data about the learning effects and alterations to cell firing are not presented clearly and fully. This is further confounded by a rather opaque description of the results and analysis in the text. Overall, there is something very interesting here, but there needs to be a substantial series of extra analyses to clearly say what this is. In many cases, more robust analysis may render the results underpowered, which could dramatically change the conclusions of the paper.

      Strengths:

      The authors performed difficult, dual-location recordings across a multi-day learning paradigm, which seems like it could be a really nice dataset. They delve into the circuit basis of an interesting finding regarding ACC to CA1 connectivity and how this changes before and after fear conditioning. They provide data to suggest this connectivity may be through specific and distinct subcircuits in CA1.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is essentially no information in the text or figures about what the actual learning was, how it was done, how individual animals performed, and how any of these metrics related to learning. Looking at the methods, the authors did a number of things never mentioned anywhere in the text or figures, including novel arena exposure, contextual reexposure in extinction after learning, etc. It seems that this is a very rich dataset that has not been presented at all. I would recommend at the very least:

      We appreciate the reviewers’ feedback and have worked to address these concerns. See below our response.

      (a) Plot all of the behavioural training data, and how each mouse relates to one another - did the mice learn? At this stage, we don't know!

      We have now plotted all contextual fear conditioning behavioral data for each mouse (Figure 2—figure supplement 1). All mice exhibited high level of freezing during the contextual fear test, suggesting successful learning of the context–shock association.

      (b) Explain in the text in detail exactly what was done and why, and what this tells us about the neuronal activity.

      We have now added text to describe in detail the behavioral results and how that may relate to our GLM analyses. We have also more clearly detailed our experimental objectives (what was done and why) utilizing contextual fear conditioning,

      “In this approach, we were able to examine ACC–CA1 communication prior, during, and after learning, enabling us to examine how this communication evolves across fear learning. Specifically, we emphasized investigation into communication changes between pre- and post-training sleep to understand whether functional connectivity undergoes learning-related reorganization.”

      “Lastly, we examined whether PG scores correlated with the freezing response in mice during recall. Across all mice, freezing was significantly higher during recall than pre-shock baseline during training (Figure 2—figure supplement 2A). Overall, we found no correlation between PG and freezing (Figure 2—figure supplement 2B–D). However, there was a trend for a positive correlation (p = .07) between ΔPG and freezing percentage. An important consideration is that the uniformly high levels of freezing in mice limited behavioral variability, potentially reducing our ability to detect relationships between ACC–CA1 communication decoding and behavioral differences.”

      (c) If there is variance in learning and or conditioning, does this relate to features in the analysis, such as the GLM result.

      We examined this question by first investigating whether prediction gain scores in pre-training, post-training, or overall ΔPG correlated with freezing percentage. We found no significant correlation between any of the variables (Figure 2—figure supplement 1). We speculate this may be a result of a relatively robust freezing response limiting the ability for our fine-grained GLM decoding analyses to detect those differences. We have added this consideration to the main text.

      (2) Along similar lines, a key metric for most of the paper is that neurons most coupled with ACC are more likely to be inhibited during training. However, there is nothing anywhere in the paper showing these data. How do neurons in general respond to contextual shocks? The methods describe this as the average firing rate during training, normalised to pre-sleep activity. This metric seems a bit coarse and may obscure really important task-relevant dynamics. Are the neurons active at specific times, are they tuned to relevant parts of the task, and do any of these features of the cell activity also relate to the coupling with ACC? Similarly, how did the authors mitigate the influence of electrical artefacts caused by the foot shock in their recordings? Again, there is a huge amount of data here that is not being described, and likely holds very valuable information about what is actually happening. The paper would really benefit from the inclusion of these data in an accessible form, such as heatmaps of spiking, how these patterns change over time, and around e.g., foot shock, etc. Also key is how these features are altered by the variability of learning across subjects.

      We thank reviewer for this feedback. As pointed out, electrical artifacts caused by the footshocks prevents our ability to examine, with temporal sensitivity, neurons’ responses to footshocks. Therefore, we are left to examine activity changes across longer timescales. We acknowledge that our current modulation index analysis is a bit coarse. One reason is that our preliminary analyses using more temporally sensitive approaches did not reveal robust CA1 activity associated with specific behaviors, such as freezing or transitions between mobility and immobility. Thus, we chose a more holistic approach looking at the full CFC session to include all components that CA1 may be encoding during the training session. For example, although the pre-shock baseline period does not contain any footshock stimuli, it serves a key part in the process as mice begin to encode their environment around them. Nevertheless, we have added an additional analysis to examine how modulation changes across the pre-shock versus post-shock window (Figure 5—figure supplement 1). Although this provides greater insight into how ACC and CA1 activity changes across different dimensions in the task, further investigation utilizing casual manipulations is necessary to elucidate which phase ACC→CA1 activity is most involved.

      (3) A number of the effects are presented by comparing a statistically significant effect to a non-statistically significant effect (e.g. in Figure 2b, Figure 2d, Figure 4 b,c, and others). This isn't really valid - the key test that the two groups are different is either with a direct test of the difference or an interaction term in an e.g., ANOVA test. In some places, I am not sure the same conclusions will be drawn from the data with these tests.

      We want to thank the reviewer for this critical feedback. We have since added the appropriate statistical measure including linear mixed-effects models and ANOVA tests and for our analysis to avoid our previous statistical errors.

      (4) To what extent is defining superficial and deep CA1 neurons solely by ripple waveform an accepted method? Of the two papers referenced for this approach, one is a 2-photon calcium imaging paper that does not do electrical recordings (as far as I am aware), and the second uses this as a descriptor after defining the positions of units on an array. It would be good to clarify how accepted this is, and also how robust this is. At the very least, some kind of metric or walkthrough in the supplement as to how this was done, and how well each cell was classified and with what confidence, or some metric of how distinct and separate the two populations were (or was it just a smudge).

      We appreciate this feedback. While the Berndt 2023 paper implemented 2-photon calcium imaging, they also used tetrode classifications for radial axes in that paper which help informed our approach. Ultimately, our tetrode classification remains an outstanding limitation which we have since added to the main text (See below).

      “Lastly, our CA1 sublayer classification does come with its own caveats. Tetrode identification of CA1 sublayers is not a trivial matter. We implemented guidelines informed by past research (see methods) to help ensure we isolated CA1sup and CA1deep groups, only including neurons where we had the greatest confidence (Berndt et al., 2023; Mizuseki et al., 2011). In doing so, we excluded neurons which classification was uncertain. It is possible this excludes some meaningful populations of CA1 sublayers. Additionally, despite our approach, some cross-inclusion of sublayers may remain. Therefore, interpretations of CA1 sublayers difference should be considered with these limitations in mind. That said, the number of neurons and animals tested does provide overall confidence regarding our results. Future studies investigating this ACC to CA1 sublayer specific line of communication would benefit from the use of silicon probes or neuropixels that enable precise radial localization.”

      (5) In the optogenetic experiment in Figure 5, the effect on the CA1 sup neurons seems to be driven by changes in a small subpopulation of this group, with no change in the others. Related to point 2, is there anything else in the data that can pull out what these cells are? More detailed analysis of the firing of these neurons might pull out something really interesting.

      We thank the reviewer for this feedback. Firstly, we want to clarify that optogenetic experiments were performed in a separate cohort of mice that did not undergo contextual fear conditioning. We have adjusted the text accordingly to make this distinction clearer. We have also added a per-animal separation of CA1 heatmap responses to ACC stimulations to demonstrate suppression is preserved across animals (Figure 5—figure supplement 3; Figure 6—figure supplement 2). Finally, our optogenetic experiments were primarily focused on understanding anatomical connectivity. Consequently, common waking behaviors (e.g., exploration and feeding) were not standardized across animals, and our analyses were therefore restricted to comparisons between slow-wave sleep and wakefulness more broadly.

      (6) Related to this - a number of comparisons simply pool neurons across mice and analyse them as if independent. This is done a lot in the past, but it would be better if an approach that included the interdependence of neurons recorded from the same mouse at the same time were used (such as a hierarchical model). While this is complex, a simpler approach would just be to plot the summary data also per mouse. For example, in Figure 5, how do the neurons inhibited by ACC activation spread across the different mice? Is the level of inhibition related to how well the mice learned the CS-US association?

      For dual-site analysis we have now added animal-level comparison for some key analyses (See Figure—figure supplement 1&2). As for optogenetic experiments, we have added per-animal heatmaps for ACC stimulation response (Figure 5—figure supplement 3; Figure 6—figure supplement 2).

      (7) Figure 6 is interesting, but very preliminary. None of the effects are quantified, and one of the cell types is not identified. I think some proper analysis needs to be done, again across mice, to be able to draw conclusions from these data.

      We thank the reviewer for this feedback. Reviewer 1 had a similar concern, and we have since added additional analyses to the revisions. Specifically, we performed autocorrelegrams, theta phase modulation analyses and a burst index analysis for V-Type interneurons. Importantly, however, these approaches still collapse neurons across mice. Given the sparse nature of V-type and PV interneurons, files often contain 2 or fewer interneurons making within-animal comparison difficult. That said, we have added supplemental figures displaying per-animal changes in response to ACC stimulations (Figure 6—figure supplement 1).

      (8) Finally, in general, I felt that the way the paper was written was very hard to follow, often relying on very processed levels of analysis that were hard to relate back to the raw traces and their biological meaning. In general taking more words to really simply and fully explain each analysis, and taking the words and figures to walk through how each analysis was done and what it tells us about the neuronal data/biology would be really beneficial, especially to someone who is not an extracellular electrophysiologist or immersed in the immediate field.

      We thank the reviewer for this feedback. Throughout the manuscript, we have revised the text to improve clarity in explaining our approaches and their results.

      In summary, while this manuscript explores an intriguing hypothesis about pre-learning circuit dynamics, it is currently held back by insufficient clarity in behavioural analysis, data presentation, and statistical quantification. Addressing these core issues would greatly improve interpretability and confidence in the findings.

      Additional comment:

      For the optogenetic experiments, we reprocessed and resorted the neuronal dataset to ensure accurate cell classification. Following this re-analysis, the principal findings remained unchanged. However, we found that sublayer-specific differences in response to ACC stimulation were restricted to the first second following ACC stimulation. Consequently, we removed the previous Figure 5E, which examined firing rate changes across successive 1-sec time bins, as the additional time windows did not provide further evidence of sublayer-specific effects.

      Acsady, L., Halasy, K., & Freund, T. F. (1993). Calretinin is present in non-pyramidal cells of the rat hippocampus--III. Their inputs from the median raphe and medial septal nuclei. Neuroscience, 52(4), 829-841. https://doi.org/10.1016/0306-4522(93)90532-k

      Andrianova, L., Yanakieva, S., Margetts-Smith, G., Kohli, S., Brady, E. S., Aggleton, J. P., & Craig, M. T. (2023). No evidence from complementary data sources of a direct glutamatergic projection from the mouse anterior cingulate area to the hippocampal formation. eLife, 12, e77364. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.77364

      Behzadi, G., Kalén, P., Parvopassu, F., & Wiklund, L. (1990). Afferents to the median raphe nucleus of the rat: Retrograde cholera toxin and wheat germ conjugated horseradish peroxidase tracing, and selective<span class="small">d</span>-[<sup>3</sup>H]aspartate labelling of possible excitatory amino acid inputs. Neuroscience, 37(1), 77-100. https://doi.org/10.1016/0306-4522(90)90194-9

      Berndt, M., Trusel, M., Roberts, T. F., Pfeiffer, B. E., & Volk, L. J. (2023). Bidirectional synaptic changes in deep and superficial hippocampal neurons following in vivo activity. Neuron, 111(19), 2984-2994.e2984. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2023.08.014

      Cho, J. H., Deisseroth, K., & Bolshakov, V. Y. (2013). Synaptic encoding of fear extinction in mPFC-amygdala circuits. Neuron, 80(6), 1491-1507. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2013.09.025

      Freund, T. F., Gulyas, A. I., Acsady, L., Gorcs, T., & Toth, K. (1990). Serotonergic control of the hippocampus via local inhibitory interneurons. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 87(21), 8501-8505. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.87.21.8501

      Gulati, T., Guo, L., Ramanathan, D. S., Bodepudi, A., & Ganguly, K. (2017). Neural reactivations during sleep determine network credit assignment. Nat Neurosci, 20(9), 1277-1284. https://doi.org/10.1038/nn.4601

      Halasy, K., Miettinen, R., Szabat, E., & Freund, T. F. (1992). GABAergic Interneurons are the Major Postsynaptic Targets of Median Raphe Afferents in the Rat Dentate Gyrus. Eur J Neurosci, 4(2), 144-153. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1460-9568.1992.tb00861.x

      Huang, W., Ikemoto, S., & Wang, D. V. (2022). Median Raphe Nonserotonergic Neurons Modulate Hippocampal Theta Oscillations. J Neurosci, 42(10), 1987-1998. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1536-21.2022

      Jackson, J., Bland, B. H., & Antle, M. C. (2009). Nonserotonergic projection neurons in the midbrain raphe nuclei contain the vesicular glutamate transporter VGLUT3. Synapse, 63(1), 31-41. https://doi.org/10.1002/syn.20581

      Liu, Z.-W., Faraguna, U., Cirelli, C., Tononi, G., & Gao, X.-B. (2010). Direct Evidence for Wake-Related Increases and Sleep-Related Decreases in Synaptic Strength in Rodent Cortex. The Journal of Neuroscience, 30(25), 8671. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1409-10.2010

      Miettinen, R., & Freund, T. F. (1992). Convergence and segregation of septal and median raphe inputs onto different subsets of hippocampal inhibitory interneurons. Brain Res, 594(2), 263-272. https://doi.org/10.1016/0006-8993(92)91133-y

      Mizuseki, K., Diba, K., Pastalkova, E., & Buzsáki, G. (2011). Hippocampal CA1 pyramidal cells form functionally distinct sublayers. Nature Neuroscience, 14(9), 1174-1181. https://doi.org/10.1038/nn.2894

      Morales, M., & Bloom, F. E. (1997). The 5-HT3 receptor is present in different subpopulations of GABAergic neurons in the rat telencephalon. J Neurosci, 17(9), 3157-3167. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.17-09-03157.1997

      Norimoto, H., Makino, K., Gao, M., Shikano, Y., Okamoto, K., Ishikawa, T., Sasaki, T., Hioki, H., Fujisawa, S., & Ikegaya, Y. (2018). Hippocampal ripples down-regulate synapses. Science, 359(6383), 1524-1527. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aao0702

      Oh, S. W., Harris, J. A., Ng, L., Winslow, B., Cain, N., Mihalas, S., Wang, Q., Lau, C., Kuan, L., Henry, A. M., Mortrud, M. T., Ouellette, B., Nguyen, T. N., Sorensen, S. A., Slaughterbeck, C. R., Wakeman, W., Li, Y., Feng, D., Ho, A., . . . Zeng, H. (2014). A mesoscale connectome of the mouse brain. Nature, 508(7495), 207-214. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature13186

      Papp, E. C., Hajos, N., Acsady, L., & Freund, T. F. (1999). Medial septal and median raphe innervation of vasoactive intestinal polypeptide-containing interneurons in the hippocampus. Neuroscience, 90(2), 369-382. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0306-4522(98)00455-2

      Petreanu, L., Huber, D., Sobczyk, A., & Svoboda, K. (2007). Channelrhodopsin-2–assisted circuit mapping of long-range callosal projections. Nature Neuroscience, 10(5), 663-668. https://doi.org/10.1038/nn1891

      Rajasethupathy, P., Sankaran, S., Marshel, J. H., Kim, C. K., Ferenczi, E., Lee, S. Y., Berndt, A., Ramakrishnan, C., Jaffe, A., Lo, M., Liston, C., & Deisseroth, K. (2015). Projections from neocortex mediate top-down control of memory retrieval. Nature, 526(7575), 653-659. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature15389

      Ramanathan, K. R., & Maren, S. (2019). Nucleus reuniens mediates the extinction of contextual fear conditioning. Behavioural brain research, 374, 112114. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbr.2019.112114

      Ramanathan, K. R., Ressler, R. L., Jin, J., & Maren, S. (2018). Nucleus Reuniens Is Required for Encoding and Retrieving Precise, Hippocampal-Dependent Contextual Fear Memories in Rats. The Journal of Neuroscience, 38(46), 9925. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1429-18.2018

      Ratigan, H. C., Krishnan, S., Smith, S., & Sheffield, M. E. J. (2023). A thalamic-hippocampal CA1 signal for contextual fear memory suppression, extinction, and discrimination. Nat Commun, 14(1), 6758. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-023-42429-6

      Senft, R. A., Freret, M. E., Sturrock, N., & Dymecki, S. M. (2021). Neurochemically and Hodologically Distinct Ascending VGLUT3 versus Serotonin Subsystems Comprise the r2-Pet1 Median Raphe. J Neurosci, 41(12), 2581-2600. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1667-20.2021

      Shi, W., Xue, M., Wu, F., Fan, K., Chen, Q. Y., Xu, F., Li, X. H., Bi, G. Q., Lu, J. S., & Zhuo, M. (2022). Whole-brain mapping of efferent projections of the anterior cingulate cortex in adult male mice. Mol Pain, 18, 17448069221094529. https://doi.org/10.1177/17448069221094529

      Silva, B. A., Astori, S., Burns, A. M., Heiser, H., van den Heuvel, L., Santoni, G., Martinez-Reza, M. F., Sandi, C., & Gräff, J. (2021). A thalamo-amygdalar circuit underlying the extinction of remote fear memories. Nature Neuroscience, 24(7), 964-974. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41593-021-00856-y

      Souza, R., Bueno, D., Lima, L. B., Muchon, M. J., Gonçalves, L., Donato, J., Jr., Shammah-Lagnado, S. J., & Metzger, M. (2022). Top-down projections of the prefrontal cortex to the ventral tegmental area, laterodorsal tegmental nucleus, and median raphe nucleus. Brain Struct Funct, 227(7), 2465-2487. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00429-022-02538-2

      Szonyi, A., Mayer, M. I., Cserep, C., Takacs, V. T., Watanabe, M., Freund, T. F., & Nyiri, G. (2016). The ascending median raphe projections are mainly glutamatergic in the mouse forebrain. Brain Struct Funct, 221(2), 735-751. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00429-014-0935-1

      Tononi, G., & Cirelli, C. (2003). Sleep and synaptic homeostasis: a hypothesis. Brain Research Bulletin, 62(2), 143-150. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brainresbull.2003.09.004

      Tononi, G., & Cirelli, C. (2006). Sleep function and synaptic homeostasis. Sleep Med Rev, 10(1), 49-62. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.smrv.2005.05.002

      Turi, G. F., Li, W. K., Chavlis, S., Pandi, I., O'Hare, J., Priestley, J. B., Grosmark, A. D., Liao, Z., Ladow, M., Zhang, J. F., Zemelman, B. V., Poirazi, P., & Losonczy, A. (2019). Vasoactive Intestinal Polypeptide-Expressing Interneurons in the Hippocampus Support Goal-Oriented Spatial Learning. Neuron, 101(6), 1150-1165 e1158. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2019.01.009

      Wang, D. V., Yau, H.-J., Broker, C. J., Tsou, J.-H., Bonci, A., & Ikemoto, S. (2015). Mesopontine median raphe regulates hippocampal ripple oscillation and memory consolidation. Nature Neuroscience, 18(5), 728-735. https://doi.org/10.1038/nn.3998

      Wang, J., Hasan, M. T., & Seung, H. S. (2009). Laser-evoked synaptic transmission in cultured hippocampal neurons expressing channelrhodopsin-2 delivered by adeno-associated virus. J Neurosci Methods, 183(2), 165-175. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jneumeth.2009.06.024

      Watson, Brendon O., Levenstein, D., Greene, J. P., Gelinas, Jennifer N., & Buzsáki, G. (2016). Network Homeostasis and State Dynamics of Neocortical Sleep. Neuron, 90(4), 839-852. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2016.03.036

      Xu, W., & Südhof, T. C. (2013). A Neural Circuit for Memory Specificity and Generalization. Science, 339(6125), 1290-1295. https://doi.org/doi:10.1126/science.1229534

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Suggested fixes (these correlate with the numbered points in the Weaknesses section of the Public Review):

      (1) That seems like the larger finding to start with, before dissecting by Firing Activity Index. I'd first show the overall finding, then dissect it.

      We thank the reviewer for this recommendation. In our manuscript, figure 1F examines the overall pre-to-post prediction gain changes prior to any neuron separation. Further separation of neurons’ characteristics and classification occurs in subsequent figures.

      (2) The overall picture painted by Figure 2 suggests a correlation analysis should be carried out to search for a general property: prediction score gain vs firing activity index. Are those two variables considered significant by Pearson correlation? Did the authors try that and it didn't work, so they did these analyses? If there is no significant correlation, what does a more detailed look at those two variables on an x-y plot teach us? I suggest considering showing such a plot to readers, at least in a Supplement.

      We thank the reviewer for this feedback and have incorporated this approach in our revised manuscript. Specifically, we performed a correlation analysis between prediction gain change and modulation index (formerly called firing activity index). We uncovered a significant positive correlation between variables, suggesting that task engagement modifies ACC→CA1 communication (Figure 2C).

      (3) (No additional comments).

      (4) This weakness may be able to be addressed by doing a correlation of depth (LFP amplitude of sharp wave) versus the firing rate ratio. For example, the threshold used for deep may have been such that it reduced the number of detected deep neurons, but if a general relationship between depth and degree of FRR is found, it can remove issues from this difference in statistical power.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We were unable to perform a reliable link between correlation depth and modulation index. LFP amplitude can vary substantially between tetrodes due to differences in electrode impedance, placement, and recording conditions, making direct comparisons across animals difficult. While within-animal analyses could largely circumvent these issues, many recording sessions did not include tetrodes spanning the full superficial-to-deep CA1 axis, preventing a reliable assessment of this relationship.

      (5) I would give it a different name - "opto-modulation index" or "opto firing rate ratio" perhaps. This would make it clear that you are not measuring task-based modulation of firing.

      We have since modified our wording to improve clarity. Specifically, we renamed “Firing Rate Ratio" throughout the manuscript to "Modulation Index". We also relabeled the Figure 5D Y-axis as "Z-scored Firing Response" to more accurately reflect the plotted data and avoid confusion

      (6) Specifically: can the post-opto lag of v-type versus wide-waveform and PV-type neurons be analyzed? Are the V-type neurons increasing firing before the others decrease? What about cross correlograms between v-type and pyramidal neurons, either at baseline or post-stim?

      We appreciate this feedback. We have added a figure showing differences in response lags to the optostimulation. We demonstrate that V-Type interneurons clearly fire prior to PV and pyramidal cells (Figure 6—figure supplement 1E&F). Additionally, we performed cross-correlogram analyses to examine whether V-type interneurons exhibited consistent temporal relationships with PV interneurons or other CA1 neurons. However, V-type and PV interneurons were sparse throughout our recordings, with most sessions containing two or fewer identified interneurons, which limited our ability to perform meaningful cross-correlation analyses. Nevertheless, we examined the available recordings but found no consistent evidence of correlated firing between interneuron classes or between V-type and pyramidal neurons.

      (7) Can the authors discuss the candidate pathways for connectivity from ACC to CA1?

      We thank the reviewer for this feedback. We have since added discussions on ACC-to-CA1 connectivity and discussed possible relay brain regions between ACC and CA1.

      (8) There is mounting evidence about the role of sleep oscillatory events playing homeostatic roles, not only memory-based. The authors bring this up, but do not offer it as an explanation for their findings, but I believe they probably should. For example, Norimoto et al 2018 cited by the authors. Also, Gulati/Gunguly et al 2017 Nature Neuroscience suggests downscaling as a default NonREM activity. Gulati and also Roux/Buzsaki NatNeuro 2017 show that certain privileged or tagged neurons can be protected from this. This therefore reflects that default activity in nonREM may have a homeostatic role, but then learning may alter that default. I believe this should be discussed as a possible reason for the dissociation between ACC and CA1, the authors observe after CFC.

      In more detail, the authors state that CFC worsened ACC ability to predict ripple spike rate vectors. The authors suggest this may reflect "worsened" communication from ACC to HPC. It could also reflect a SHIFT (not worsening) in the information state of the hippocampus, where ripples reflect novel information and/or information coming from other brain regions. Essentially, the novel information may out-compete usual information flows. For example, ACC may be a default "feeder" into ripples (for example as part of default mode network) when there was no recent highly salient information, but under non-default conditions such as after CFC, ripple content may be fed from other sources (be they internal or external to the HPC). I believe this should be discussed.

      For example, were CA1 sup task inactive neurons basically DMN-active neurons? Figure 2 shows neurons with the highest pre-training ACC prediction were the ones that dropped the most in training - again suggesting these neurons may be tuned to internal or default dynamics rather than CFC (or other novel experiences).

      This shift from a default communication mode to a more experience-based one should probably be discussed as an alternative explanation, rather than simply "worsening" of communication.

      We thank the reviewer for this feedback and their recommendation for possible alternate explanations. We have incorporated many of the listed citations and ideas they discussed into our discussion section proposing homeostatic downscaling and a shift in the default mode network as possible explanations for our results.

      Minor Weaknesses:

      (1) Introduction Line 52: "during replays" should probably be "during replay events".

      Changed.

      (2) Introduction Line 76: "how communications" should be "how communication"

      Changed.

      (3) 200-0, 400-200, 600-400 time bins are a bit unclear in Figure 1f. Are they really negative times, rather than positive? Perhaps negative signs could be put into the legend of 1f, or the time windows can be shown on the left side of 1e. Or potentially 1f could use the same -0.6, -0.4, etc as 1e so readers understand they are linked (if I understand correctly).

      They are negative in the sense the occur before the ripple event. Figure 1e now displays the negative signs.

      (4) I don't believe the methods describe how many tetrodes are put into the ACC. It would seem this should be put in the ACC portion of the "Stereotaxic surgery" section.

      We now clearly explain the number of tetrodes (8) in the "Stereotaxic surgery" section.

      (5) Results line 125: "learning induced" should be "learning-induced".

      Changed.

      (6) In terms of display, deep and sup are swapped in the various figures in terms of which is shown first/second (at least for readers assuming left is first). I suggest putting deep first or sup first in all figures. To me, sup first seems more natural, but homogeneity seems best regardless. This will help readers easily track results.

      We adjusted the figures so that superficial is typically displayed first with some exceptions. For example, in Figure 3A, CA1deep is shown first to preserve the anatomical (dorsal-ventral) relationship.

      (7) Results line 178: "optogenetics stimulation" should be "optogenetic stimulation".

      Changed.

      (8) Results line 180: "upon stimulations" should be "upon stimulation".

      Changed.

      (9) Results line 180: "to different capacities" could be "to different degrees" or "in different manners".

      Changed.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The sleep scoring procedure is not described clearly. The text references delta waves and ripple oscillations, but the accompanying citation (Wang et al. 2015) does not use such a procedure. Since the post-task rest sessions are called "sleep sessions", there is some confusion about whether the data was restricted to slow wave sleep or not. If data from each sleep session were taken without restricting to actual sleep, that would be problematic because animals may be less likely to sleep immediately following fear conditioning, which could introduce some sleep/wake bias into the comparisons. In particular, the relationship between cortex and ripple activity has been reported to dramatically change between awake and sleep states (Tang & Jadhav, 2019). I am not including this point in the public review in case the data was in fact restricted for sleep, and it simply needs to be clarified in the text.

      Thank you for this feedback. The recordings were in fact restricted to sleep. We have added text to the manuscript to make this clearer. Moreover, we added further discussion on how sleep was calculated.

      There is a puzzling paragraph in the discussion, arguing that "Here, we add to this understanding with CA1sup neurons having a diminished role in fear memory formation". Sparse task-related activity in CA1sup does not imply that CA1sup is not involved in memory. Indeed, while the median of CA1sup neurons' firing rate ratio was below zero, there is a substantial proportion of neurons that are recruited, and these could be extremely important for memory. Most studies on reactivation and replay would only concentrate on cells sufficiently active in the task, and observe whether these patterns of activity are enhanced in post-task sleep.

      We thank the reviewer for this feedback and have removed the text claiming sublayer difference in fear conditioning.

      If the ACC is indeed inhibiting the CA1sup pyramidal cells through V-type interneurons, then one would expect the average GLM weights predicting the activity of those best-predicted CA1sup cells to be negative. If that is true, that could nicely tie the prediction effect to the optogenetic results, demonstrating that ACC's relationship to pyramidal cells is inhibitory in natural conditions as well.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Unfortunately, our primary GLM analysis did not properly save weight coefficients to perform such analyses. To address this as closely as possible, we performed a preliminary analysis using a modified version of our GLM to examine whether the coefficients predicting CA1sup pyramidal neuron activity exhibited a bias toward negative weights. While this modified analysis did not generate coefficients directly comparable to the prediction gain values reported in the manuscript, it allowed us to assess whether an overall difference in coefficient sign was evident between CA1 sublayers. We found no significant bias toward negative coefficients and no clear differences between CA1sup and CA1deep neurons. Although this result does not provide additional support for an inhibitory relationship under natural conditions, it does not necessarily contradict our optogenetic findings. GLM coefficients quantify statistical dependencies between neural activities and reflect not only direct interactions but also indirect network effects, shared inputs, and the model structure. Consequently, the sign of a GLM coefficient should not be interpreted as a direct measure of whether the underlying synaptic relationship is excitatory or inhibitory.

      Figure 1f is strangely missing comparisons for positive delays. If such windows were to be included and if the reactivation gain is lower for them, that could really drive home the point that communication takes place in the ACC->CA1 direction more than in the CA1->ACC direction.

      Our goal of this study was to examine how incoming information from the cortex may differentially drive CA1 sublayer activity. While we think examining the reverse direction offers a compelling future direction, it was beyond the scope of our present manuscript.

      There is some confusion about the N-s. There's a total of 190 CA1 neurons (Figure 2a legend). 21 of them are deep, and 77 are sup (Figure 3b legend), so presumably 92 would be neither. The legend of Figure 4b agrees with this: 24 task-active CA1sup and 53 task-inactive CA1sup cells, while in CA1deep, there were 14 task-active and 7 task-inactive cells, but in Figure 3c, there is a comparison of N=24 CA1deep cells and n=94 CA1sup cells (so 72 neither).

      For one dual-site animal, the CFC recording file was corrupted, while the pre- and post-training recordings remained intact. As a result, this animal was included only in the GLM analyses, leading to slight differences in sample size across analyses. We have clarified these sample sizes in the revised manuscript and highlighted this discrepancy in the Methods section.

      There appears to be a typo on line 213, the reference should be to Figure 6f.

      Changed.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      To what extent do the authors think that this is learning dependent, as opposed to stress dependent? Not that I want an experiment here, but it is important to note that both of these regions are very much involved in stress responses. Do you think you would get the same result with a purely appetitive learning paradigm? Or is this specific to stress? It might be nice to add this to the discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for this raising this point of discussion. Future experiments utilizing appetitive behavioral tasks could help address these important questions. While we have avoided speculating too much, we agree it is valuable to acknowledge this possibility. Accordingly, we have added a brief discussion point to at least call attention to this possibility for the reader.

      “Another caveat to mention is that both the ACC and CA1 are involved in the stress response (Kim et al., 2015; Lamotte et al., 2021). Future experiments utilizing appetitive learning paradigms, rather than the aversive contextual fear conditioning used here, will help disentangle learning-related remodeling of ACC→CA1 communication from changes driven by stress.”

      There are a number of typos that confuse the message - for example, in the abstract, the authors say that ACC suppresses superficial CA1 interneurons. This seems most likely an error - I think the authors mean superficial CA1 neurons? Or PV interneurons? Similar errors exist throughout, as well as odd combinations of bold and italics across and within words, etc. Overall, especially in consideration of my final main point above regarding clarity of the text, it would be good to have a proper proofread to make sure the text is as clear as possible

      We thank the reviewer for identifying these issues. The specific error in the abstract has been corrected, and we have since carefully proofread the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Okazaki et al. showed flickering stimuli to patients with unilateral spatial neglect (USN) and measured EEG responses. They compared this with another patient group (post-stroke, but no USN) and healthy controls. The author's rationale was to entrain intrinsic brain rhythms using the flicker of different frequencies (3-30 Hz). Effects found unique to the 9-Hz stimulation condition differentiate USN patients from the other groups, leading them to conclude that USN can be characterized by increased hemispheric alpha asymmetry, driven by a relatively increased response in the intact hemisphere.

      Strengths:

      This study is principled empirical work that benefits from access to special patient groups of considerable size (about 60 stroke patients in total, and 20 USN). The authors use state-of-the-art established methods to (1) deliver and (2) quantify the responses to the flicker stimulation in the EEG recordings. In addition, they use phase-coupling measures to investigate cross-frequency coupling (here: alphagamma) and a measure of directed connectivity between brain areas, transfer entropy. The results are supported by means of simulations using a coupled oscillators model.

      Weaknesses:

      In my eyes, the major conceptual weakness of the study is that the authors make the a priori assumption that the flicker stimulation entrains intrinsic brain rhythms, especially alpha (9 Hz). To date, there is no direct (and only equivocal indirect) evidence that alpha rhythms can be entrained with periodic visual stimulation. In the present study, the assumption of alpha entrainment permeates some analytical decisions - where it would be possible to separate stimulus-driven from intrinsic rhythms more strongly than is currently the case, potentially yielding deeper insights into the oscillopathy of USN - and, ultimately, the interpretation of the results. Another potential issue to consider here is the analysis of gamma rhythms in EEG data, absent a control of miniature eye movements, a known problem (YuvalGreenberg et al., 2008, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2008.03.027) that may be exacerbated here, given that USN patients could show different auxiliary gaze behaviour.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for the careful and constructive evaluation of our study, and for recognizing the strengths of the patient cohort and our combined empirical and computational approach. We also appreciate the reviewer’s concern that our original wording could be read as assuming that flicker stimulation necessarily entrains intrinsic alpha rhythms. In the revised manuscript, we have clarified that our interpretation is based on frequency-specific stimulus-locked responses and model-based inference, rather than on an a priori assumption of entrainment. We have also revised the relevant parts of the Introduction and Discussion to distinguish more clearly between stimulus-locked responses and intrinsic oscillatory dynamics. In addition, we have expanded our discussion of the potential influence of miniature eye movements on gamma-band activity and PAC. These points are addressed in detail in our responses to the Recommendations for the Authors below.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study investigates how altered neural oscillations may contribute to unilateral spatial neglect (USN) following right-hemisphere stroke. By combining steady-state visual evoked potentials (SSVEPs), phase-amplitude coupling (PAC), transfer entropy (TE), and computational modeling, the authors aim to show that USN arises from disrupted hemispheric synchronization dynamics rather than simply from lesion extent. The integration of empirical EEG data with a mechanistic model is a major strength and offers a valuable new perspective on how frequency-specific neural dynamics relate to clinical symptoms.

      The work has several notable strengths. The combination of experimental and modeling approaches is innovative and powerful, and the findings provide a coherent mechanistic framework linking abnormal neural entrainment to attentional deficits. The study also provides concrete evidence to support the potential for frequency specific neuromodulatory interventions, which could have translational relevance.

      At the same time, there are areas where the evidence could be clarified or contextualized further. The manuscript would benefit from more detailed characterization of lesions, since differences in lesion topography (white vs. gray matter, occipital vs. parietal areas) could greatly improve our understanding of the physiopathology causing unilateral spatial neglect and the altered neural oscillations reported. Methodological choices, such as focusing analyses on occipital electrodes rather than parietal sites, and the potential influence of volume conduction in transfer entropy analyses, also need clearer justification/elaboration. In addition, while the authors report several neural metrics, it is not always clear why SSVEP power was chosen as the primary correlate of clinical severity over other measures. More broadly, the manuscript would be strengthened by clearer definitions of dependent variables and reporting of software and toolboxes used.

      Overall, the study makes a significant contribution by demonstrating that USN can be conceptualized as a disorder of disrupted oscillatory dynamics. With some clarifications and expansions, the paper will provide readers with a clearer understanding of both the strengths and the limitations of the evidence, and it will stand as a valuable reference for future work on oscillatory mechanisms in stroke and attention.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for the positive assessment of our integrated empirical and computational approach, and for highlighting the potential contribution of our findings to understanding oscillatory mechanisms in USN.

      In response to the reviewer’s comments, we have added new supplementary figures showing lesion overlap maps and lesion-volume analyses (Supplementary Figure 1), additional analyses related to electrode selection and SSVEP topography (Supplementary Figure 2), and clinical-correlation analyses of hemispheric imbalance measures (Supplementary Figure 3). We have also revised the manuscript to better contextualize lesion topography and lesion extent, clarify the rationale for the occipital-electrode and clinical-correlation analyses, and provide additional methodological details. These issues are addressed in detail in our point-by-point responses to the Recommendations for the Authors below.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I found your manuscript well-written and hence easy to follow. Allow me to provide some recommendations to tackle the "weaknesses":

      (1) I have mentioned that the entrainment assumption is not warranted based on the current evidence, but I also think that the analysis and interpretation is critically constrained by this. The way the analysis is carried out conflates stimulus-driven and intrinsic brain rhythms, especially in the alpha band. In other words, spectral representations of the EEG data will likely be dominated by natural alpha rhythms, whereas the stimulus-driven signals could be accentuated by a different analysis, time-locked to the stimulation. This is explained in greater detail in Keitel et al. (2019, https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1633-18.2019). Looking into alpha and stimulus-driven responses separately, without the assumption of entrainment, may actually allow a more complete picture of the impact of USN because the stimulus driven SSVEPs are taken to indicate different cortical processes than alpha (see e.g., Duecker et al., 2021, https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.3134-20.2021, though for gamma). Importantly, this all does not exclude the possibility that alpha rhythms were indeed entrained here, but given the current situation, this should be an outcome of the study rather than an a-priori assumption. I suggest re-framing the manuscript this way.

      We agree that the current wording could be read as presuming alpha entrainment. We have revised the framing and terminology to reflect that entrainment is inferred from the 9-Hz–specific stimulation effect and the absence of a corresponding hemispheric bias at rest, with further support from the resonance mechanism demonstrated by our computational model. We also point readers to the Discussion “Alpha frequency-specific hemispheric bias and entrainment in USN patients”, where we explain why the present 9-Hz–specific findings are interpreted in terms of alpha-range resonance/phase alignment and how this is expressed in EEG. We revised the Introduction SSER description (p.4) to:

      “SSERs are elicited by rhythmic sensory stimulation and provide a measure of stimulus-locked neural responses. When the stimulation frequency is close to the system’s intrinsic resonance frequency, these responses may include an entrainment component, reflecting the alignment of endogenous oscillations to external input (Pikovsky, Rosenblum, and Kurths 2003; Okazaki et al. 2021)”

      We have also revised the Introduction hypothesis statement (p.5) to avoid implying an a priori entrainment assumption, replacing it with:

      “We hypothesized that frequency-specific stimulus-locked synchronization dynamics in response to rhythmic stimulation would be selectively disrupted in one hemisphere, resulting in an interhemispheric imbalance in USN.”

      Finally, to ensure consistent framing in the Discussion, “Alpha frequency-specific hemispheric bias and entrainment in USN patients”, we have revised the opening sentence (p.20) as follows:

      “We observed a hemispheric bias in stimulus-locked responses to flickering stimuli in USN patients in the alpha range, which corresponds to the natural frequency of the visual system (Rosanova et al. 2009; Okazaki et al. 2021).”

      (2) Transfer Entropy is used as a measure of directed connectivity and applied to narrow-band filtered EEG signals. Methodological issues have been pointed out with regard to that (Daube et al., 2022, https://doi.org/10.48550/arXiv.2201.02461). Has this been considered?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important methodological concern. As Daube et al. (2022) noted, Transfer Entropy (TE) can be overestimated when applied to narrow-band signals with strong autocorrelation. However, in our analysis, TE was computed not from the narrow-band 9-Hz waveform itself but from its instantaneous amplitude (amplitude envelope), which fluctuates nonperiodically on a slower timescale, thereby reducing the risk of spurious causality driven by sinusoidal autocorrelation. We clarified this explicitly in the Methods, “Transfer entropy (TE)” (p.8) by adding:

      “After applying an 8.5–9.5 Hz FIR bandpass filter to the EEG responses to 9-Hz flickering stimuli, we extracted the instantaneous amplitude (amplitude envelope) from the analytic signal using the Hilbert transform. Because this amplitude envelope fluctuates nonperiodically at a slower timescale than the carrier 9-Hz oscillation, it provides a broadband measure of signal dynamics while minimizing the strong autocorrelation inherent in narrow-band periodic signals that can spuriously inflate TE estimates (Daube C et al., 2022).”

      We have also clarified the relationship between TE and volume conduction in the same section:

      “Importantly, because TE evaluates time-lagged prediction (from Y(t) to X(t+τ)), it is not designed to capture zero-lag common-source correlations (i.e., volume conduction) and therefore characterizes directed, nonzero-lag dependencies rather than an instantaneous coupling.”

      Finally, we have added an explicit interpretation emphasizing the direction-specific nature of the effect in the Discussion, “Biased information transfer in USN patients” (p.23):

      “This directional asymmetry argues against spurious overestimation of TE due to autocorrelation or volume conduction (Daube, Gross, and Ince 2022), because such pseudo-causal effects would be expected to manifest more symmetrically in both directions. In addition, by computing TE from the amplitude envelope of the 9-Hz activity, we reduced the influence of strong autocorrelation inherent in narrow-band oscillatory signals and thereby minimized the conditions that Daube et al. identified as leading to TE overestimation. Taken together, these points suggest that the observed TE asymmetry is unlikely to be explained solely by methodological artifacts and may reflect a genuine directional imbalance in interregional communication following right-hemisphere damage.”

      (3) If a closer control of miniature eye movements is not possible, I suggest removing any gamma analysis, or at least prominently mentioning the caveat that gamma activity may be contaminated by eye movement artifacts.

      We agree that the contribution of miniature eye movements cannot be completely excluded. However, we consider it unlikely that the hemispheric asymmetry in alpha– gamma PAC reported in this study mainly arises from eye-movement artifacts, for the following reasons. First, SP (saccadic spike potential)-related PAC would require saccade timing to be tightly phase-locked to the 9-Hz cycle. However, SPs are time-locked to saccade onset and typically cluster around 200–300 ms after stimulus onset (Yuval-Greenberg et al., 2008; Keren et al., 2010). Thus, it is unlikely that they would be consistently phase-locked to the 9-Hz cycle (≈111 ms), and even modest temporal jitter would markedly blur PAC. Second, because SPs are brief spike-like transients with broadband high-frequency components, periodic SP contamination would be expected to yield a broadband gamma profile, rather than the relatively narrow band (35–45 Hz) observed here. In addition, we directly compared gamma-band power (35–45 Hz) at O1 and O2 during 9-Hz stimulation using the same gamma range as in the PAC analysis and found no significant hemispheric differences in any group (Author response image 1), arguing against a systematic unilateral increase in gamma power driven by asymmetric saccade behavior. Taken together, these considerations make it difficult to attribute the observed alpha–gamma PAC asymmetry primarily to SPs arising from eye movements. Nonetheless, residual eye-movement artifacts cannot be completely ruled out, and we now explicitly state this limitation in the Discussion, “Limitations” (p. 25) by adding:

      “Fourth, the hemispheric bias in alpha–gamma PAC should be interpreted in light of potential contamination from miniature saccades (Yuval-Greenberg, Tomer, Keren, Nelken, & Deouell, 2008). However, several observations make it unlikely that such artifacts are the primary source of the effect. For saccadic spike potentials to account for the PAC under 9-Hz stimulation, they would need to occur in a highly periodic and phase-locked manner relative to the 9-Hz cycle. This scenario is unlikely given the stimulus-locked dynamics of miniature saccades. (i.e., post-stimulus inhibition followed by a rebound around 200–300 ms) (Yuval-Greenberg & Deouell, 2009). Moreover, SP-related contamination would be expected to yield a broadband gamma profile (~20–90 Hz) (Keren, Yuval-Greenberg, & Deouell, 2010; Yuval-Greenberg & Deouell, 2009), rather than the relatively narrow band (35–45 Hz) observed here. In addition, we found that gamma-band power in the 35–45 Hz range did not show any hemispheric difference between O1 and O2 during 9-Hz stimulation (data not shown).”

      Author response image 1.

      Hemispheric differences in gamma-band (35–45 Hz) power during 9-Hz flicker stimulation. Left (O1) − Right (O2) gamma power did not differ from zero in any group (non-USN: p = 0.45; USN: p = 0.34; healthy: p = 0.35). Error bars represent 2 standard errors of the mean.

      (4) Please provide more methodological detail on the resting state recordings. When, how, and under which circumstances were these recorded?

      Thank you for pointing this out. We clarified when the resting-state interval was taken in the Methods, “Steady-state visual evoked potential (SSVEP)” (p.7) by adding:

      “For the resting-state interval, power was estimated using the same procedure from the ‘off’ interval immediately preceding the 3-Hz flicker block (see Fig. 1)”

      (5) Provide power spectra of the EEG data for illustration - ideally for resting state and stimulation conditions. These should allow the reader to visually evaluate the effects of different stimulation frequencies, as well as differences between participant groups.

      Figure 2 already presents spectra normalized to the resting-state baseline. To make this explicit for readers, we clarified this point in the Figure 2 caption (p.11) by adding:

      “Spectra are normalized to the baseline from the resting-state interval.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors indicate L.608 "the precise extent and topography of brain lesions could not be fully homogenized across patients", but the manuscript would highly benefit from any additional detail that could be obtained from characterization of the lesion sites. At minimum, it would be important to indicate for USN and non-USN groups whether lesions predominantly affected white matter or gray matter, and whether occipital versus parietal cortices were involved (e.g., using MRI atlas templates). If this coarse information can be obtained, the authors could test whether any of these anatomical details can distinguish are different between USN and nonUSN patients. This information could help the reader evaluate whether the reported neural asymmetries might be driven by lesion topography rather than purely by oscillatory dynamics.

      We understand this comment as raising the important concern that lesion location and lesion volume may differ between the USN and non-USN groups and could contribute to the observed neural asymmetry. We agree that the presence of USN and the alteration of oscillatory dynamics should be interpreted in relation to which regions and networks are damaged, and to what extent. In response to the reviewer’s suggestion, we generated lesion overlap maps based on the available structural images and additionally quantified lesion volume for each patient (replaced Supplementary Figure 1). This analysis confirmed that lesion volume was significantly larger in the USN group than in the non-USN group. Thus, lesion volume is an important anatomical factor to consider when interpreting group differences in USN and neural responses.

      At the same time, the present results suggest that lesion volume and coarse lesion topography alone are not sufficient to explain the 9 Hz-specific imbalance in interhemispheric synchrony. Interhemispheric synchrony depends on distributed network functions involving multiple cortical and subcortical regions and their connecting pathways, and similar functional imbalances may arise from different patterns of anatomical damage. Moreover, although the newly added lesion maps confirmed more extensive lesions in the USN group, lesions in both groups predominantly involved the right MCA territory, and lesion extent and location varied across patients. Importantly, the hemispheric asymmetry in neural responses emerged selectively in the 9 Hz condition, whereas SSVEP responses at other frequencies were largely balanced between hemispheres. If lesion volume or coarse lesion topography alone were sufficient to explain the effect, one might expect a more uniform reduction across frequencies or a simpler pattern corresponding to lesion extent.

      Accordingly, we do not treat lesion topography and oscillatory dynamics as competing explanations. Instead, we regard them as hierarchically related: anatomical damage alters network components, and this in turn gives rise to a frequency-specific imbalance in synchronization capacity. To clarify this point, we replaced the previous Supplementary Figure 1 with a new figure showing lesion overlap maps and lesion volume information, and revised the Discussion section “Distinct neural responses in non-USN and USN patients” (p. 24) as follows.

      “To further characterize the anatomical background of these group differences, we generated lesion overlap maps and quantified lesion volume in the USN and non-USN groups (Supplementary Figure 1). Both groups predominantly showed lesions involving the right MCA territory, but lesion volume was significantly larger in the USN group than in the non-USN group (USN: 72,419 ± 73,778 mm<sup>3</sup>; non-USN: 11,739 ± 23,907 mm<sup>3</sup>; Mann–Whitney U = 361.0, p = 1.41 × 10<sup>-5</sup>). These anatomical differences indicate that lesion extent is an important factor associated with USN. However, they do not by themselves fully explain the frequency-specific neural effect observed here. Importantly, this frequency specificity coincides with the intrinsic alpha frequency of the visual system. This correspondence suggests that the present finding may not simply arise from lesion location or lesion volume alone, but may instead reflect a more complex mechanism involving selective functional disruption of oscillatory networks. From this perspective, lesion topography and oscillatory dynamics should be regarded not as competing explanations, but as different levels at which the same pathological condition can be understood. The key question is which network components are affected and how their dysfunction gives rise to the frequency-selective hemispheric imbalance in synchronization capacity at 9 Hz. Thus, even if USN and non-USN patients differ in lesion extent and aspects of lesion topography, this does not undermine the present interpretation, but rather highlights the need to examine how anatomical damage relates to frequency-specific network dysfunction.”

      We have also referred to our computational account and clarified its implication for the functional mechanism in the same subsection (p. 24):

      “Our computational model illustrates a plausible mechanism for such a process. When two coupled oscillators sharing the same intrinsic alpha frequency are connected via asymmetric interhemispheric couplings, the model selectively produces an imbalance in synchrony at the resonant frequency, whereas responses at non-resonant stimulation frequencies remain relatively balanced between hemispheres. This model result suggests that post-lesion asymmetry in interhemispheric coupling may bias alpha-band information processing (e.g. phase-dependent sampling/synchrony) between hemispheres, and may consequently manifest as systematic biases in perceptual and attentional allocation.”

      We have also revised the Limitations (p. 25) to acknowledge that the present lesion analyses characterize the distribution and extent of lesions across groups, but do not directly identify which anatomical network disruptions give rise to the 9 Hz-specific imbalance in interhemispheric synchrony.

      “Second, although we added lesion overlap maps and quantified lesion volume, these analyses primarily characterize where and how extensively lesions were distributed across the two patient groups. They do not directly identify which anatomical network disruptions give rise to the 9 Hz-specific imbalance in interhemispheric synchrony. Future studies with larger cohorts will be necessary to combine detailed lesion-symptom mapping and assessments of white-matter disconnection with neural synchrony analyses to determine which anatomical network disruptions lead to frequency-specific alterations in oscillatory dynamics after stroke.”

      (2) The rationale for focusing on O1 and O2 electrodes should be clarified. Given that neglect is classically associated with parietal dysfunction, one would expect analyses of parietal electrodes to be informative. Could the authors justify their choice, and possibly report whether similar effects were (or were not) observed at parietal sites?

      Our primary SSVEP analyses focused on O1 and O2 because flicker stimulation is designed to drive the visual system, and the fundamental SSVEP component is typically maximal over occipital electrodes in healthy participants (Norcia et al., 2015). We also note that hemispheric differences at central and frontal electrodes are already shown in Fig. 4 and described in the Results, demonstrating no significant left–right differences at these sites across any stimulation frequency conditions, including 9 Hz. In addition, we added a supplementary figure showing the scalp topography of the mean fundamental-frequency SSVEP power averaged across all stimulation conditions, which displays the expected occipital maximum and thus a typical SSVEP spatial profile (Supplementary Fig. 2, shown below). We added the rationale and the reference in the Methods, “Steady-state visual evoked potential (SSVEP)” (p. 7) section by adding:

      “SSVEP power at the fundamental (stimulated) frequency was then extracted for subsequent analyses. Because the fundamental SSVEP component is typically maximal over occipital electrodes in healthy participants (Norcia et al., 2015), we evaluated occipital electrodes (O1/O2) as primary sites. The scalp topography of the mean fundamental-frequency SSVEP power averaged across stimulation conditions is shown in Supplementary Fig. 2.”

      (3) For the mutual information and transfer entropy analyses, the potential influence of volume conduction should be acknowledged. Numerous studies mitigate this issue by applying source reconstruction or connectivity metrics that are insensitive to zerolag correlations. Even if the present study did not use such approaches, the authors should discuss the extent to which volume conduction might confound their results, and ideally provide some justification for why their findings remain valid.

      Regarding directed connectivity, our primary analysis uses Transfer Entropy (TE), which evaluates time-lagged prediction and is therefore, by definition, not directly sensitive to zero-lag common-source correlations. Consistently, our key finding is direction-specific (feedforward only), which is not readily explained by symmetric, zero-lag relationships typical of volume conduction. We stated this explicitly in the Methods, “Transfer entropy (TE)” (p.8) by adding:

      “Importantly, because TE evaluates time-lagged prediction (from Y(t) to X(t+τ)), it is not designed to capture zero-lag common-source correlations (i.e., volume conduction) and therefore characterizes directed, nonzero-lag dependencies rather than instantaneous coupling.”

      We have also clarified the direction-specific logic in the Discussion, “Biased information transfer in USN patients” (p.22):

      “This hemispheric difference appeared only in the Feedforward (visual-to-frontal) direction, and no such difference was observed in the Feedback (frontal-to-visual) direction. This directional asymmetry argues against spurious overestimation of TE due to autocorrelation or volume conduction (Daube C, Gross J and Ince RAA, 2022), because such pseudo-causal effects would be expected to manifest more symmetrically in both directions. In addition, by computing TE from the amplitude envelope of the 9-Hz activity, we reduced the influence of strong autocorrelation inherent in narrow-band oscillatory signals and thereby minimized the conditions that Daube et al. identified as leading to TE overestimation. Taken together, these points suggest that the observed TE asymmetry is unlikely to be explained solely by methodological artifacts and may reflect a genuine directional imbalance in interregional communication following right-hemisphere damage.”

      (4) In line 579, the authors write 'patients with USN may have larger lesions than those without USN.' It would be useful to clarify whether this claim is supported by the present data (i.e., lesion size comparisons between the two patient groups) or whether it reflects prior literature. If based on the current sample, please provide the corresponding statistical evidence.

      This issue has been addressed as part of our response to comment (1), with corresponding revisions made to the Discussion (p. 24), the Limitations (p. 25), and Supplementary Figure 1.

      (5) The dependent variable for SSVEP analyses is not clearly described, which makes it difficult to understand the results (e.g., L.214, L285-297). It seems that for all stimulation conditions, one value was extracted (and then compared between O1 and O2 electrodes), but is that the amplitude at the stimulated frequency (e.g., for a visual stimulation at f Hz, comparing the amplitude of the power spectrum at f Hz between O1 and O2)?

      Thank you for pointing this out. We clarified that the dependent variable for the SSVEP analyses was the power at the fundamental (stimulated) frequency f for each condition. We added this explicitly to the Methods, “Statistical analysis” (p.9):

      “The SSVEP power at the fundamental (stimulated) frequency f was analyzed for each condition as the dependent variable...”

      (6) Most analyses are described relatively precisely mathematically, but no toolbox or software is mentioned. Were they implemented using custom scripts? If toolboxes/software was used, the authors should indicate which ones and their versions, and add references. For instance, I might be wrong, but I guess the linear mixed model analyses were not performed using custom code. MATLAB is mentioned for the simulations, but no version is indicated. This is particularly important for reproducibility since the authors did not provide direct access to their scripts.

      The EEG preprocessing, PAC, and cluster-based permutation tests were conducted using the FieldTrip toolbox integrated with custom MATLAB scripts. Linear mixed-effects models were performed in SPSS. We added this information to the Methods, “Preprocessing” (p.7):

      “All EEG analyses were implemented using custom scripts in MATLAB (MathWorks, Natick, MA, USA) and the FieldTrip toolbox (Oostenveld R et al., 2011).”

      We have also specified the tools used for the linear mixed-effects models and the cluster-based permutation test in the Methods, “Statistical analysis” (p.9):

      “…using a linear mixed model in SPSS… a cluster-based permutation test (Maris E and Oostenveld R, 2007) using FieldTrip.”

      (7) The rationale for correlating BIT scores specifically with SSVEP power (rather than with the hemispheric imbalance measure, or with MI/TE results) is not clearly articulated. The results section highlights several neural metrics (SSVEP imbalance, PAC, TE), so it would strengthen the manuscript if the authors explained why SSVEP power was prioritized for correlation analyses. Is there a theoretical or empirical reason for this choice?

      While our main group-level results demonstrate a frequency-selective hemispheric imbalance, Fig. 5 suggests that the lesioned and intact hemispheres are not necessarily simple mirror images of each other and can show distinct response profiles. Therefore, to clarify which hemisphere’s response changes are associated with symptom severity, we assessed correlations with BIT using hemisphere-specific SSVEP power. At the same time, it is also informative to directly test the extent to which symptom severity covaries with hemispheric imbalance metrics (i.e., left–right differences in SSVEP, PAC, and TE). Accordingly, in the revised manuscript we additionally analyzed correlations between BIT and hemispheric imbalance measures of SSVEP, PAC, and TE, and report these results in the Supplementary Information (Supplementary Fig. 3). We added this clarification to the Results, “Correlation between SSVEP power and USN severity” (p.17):

      “In addition, correlations between BIT and the hemispheric imbalance of SSVEP power are provided in the Supplementary Information (Supplementary Fig. 3A). We also report, as additional exploratory analyses, correlations between BIT and hemispheric imbalance measures derived from PAC and TE (Supplementary Fig. 3B and 3C). None of these correlations reached statistical significance after correction, although the feedforward TE imbalance to the left frontal region showed a marginal uncorrected association with BIT score (r = -0.51, uncorrected p = 0.05).”

      We have also added the following statement to the Discussion, “Biased information transfer in USN patients” (p.23).

      “This interpretation is also consistent with the trend-level correlation shown in Supplementary Figure 3C. Although the correlation did not survive correction for multiple comparisons, patients with a stronger feedforward TE bias toward the left frontal region tended to show higher BIT scores. This observation raises the possibility that asymmetric information transfer from the right visual cortex to the intact left frontal cortex may contribute to compensatory network reorganization associated with milder neglect symptoms.”

      (8) The discussion could be enriched by considering whether the observed abnormal alpha-band entrainment relates to the well-known alpha-lateralization phenomenon in spatial attention. In healthy individuals, covert attentional orienting is typically accompanied by lateralized modulations of alpha power (increased ipsilateral, decreased contralateral). Could the asymmetric alpha entrainment reported here be interpreted as a pathological exaggeration of this mechanism, thereby linking the electrophysiological findings more directly to attentional orientation deficits in neglect?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this valuable point. To integrate our results with the alpha-lateralization literature, we added a new paragraph to the Discussion, “Local hemispheric bias of alpha-band entrainment and attentional dysfunction in USN patients” (p.22) subsection

      “Clinically, USN presents as neglect of the left visual field and is generally thought to reflect a relative dominance of rightward orienting. Because alpha power is often interpreted as reflecting functional inhibition (Worden et al. 2000; Kelly et al. 2006; Foxe and Snyder 2011), classic alpha-power lateralization associated with rightward orienting would typically predict increased alpha power over the right hemisphere and decreased alpha power over the left. However, in our data, right-hemisphere alpha power during stimulation was comparable to that of controls, whereas the intact left hemisphere exhibited stronger stimulus-locked synchronization (SSVEP) and enhanced alpha–gamma coupling. Thus, the present findings do not appear to reflect a simple amplification of tonic spatial alpha-power lateralization. Rather, they suggest a dynamic, temporally selective form of alpha-mediated inhibition that organizes the timing of local excitability. From this perspective, alpha-power lateralization and stimulus-locked entrainment may reflect related but distinct aspects of alpha-based inhibitory control, with the former regulating spatial gating and the latter regulating the timing of sensory processing (Jensen and Mazaheri 2010).

      Moreover, such a timing-based bias may arise even in the absence of explicit flicker. Visual input is continuously sampled under the influence of intrinsic alpha activity, and perceptual sensitivity fluctuates with the phase of ongoing oscillations (Romei et al. 2008; Iemi et al. 2017; VanRullen 2016). As a consequence, processing is relatively facilitated when incoming events coincide with high-excitability phases and relatively suppressed otherwise (Busch, Dubois, and VanRullen 2009; Mathewson et al. 2010). Thus, a hemispheric bias in alpha-band synchronization capacity could bias the timing with which sensory input is sampled across the two hemispheres, even without explicit rhythmic stimulation. This view is also consistent with the possibility that the bias is less apparent during eyes-closed rest with minimal visual input, yet becomes behaviorally expressed in everyday settings where continuous input is sampled in a phase-dependent manner (Landau and Fries 2012; VanRullen 2016). Overall, a hemispheric bias in synchronization capacity within the alpha range likely disrupts the temporally coordinated sampling of visual input required for balanced spatial attention, contributing to the attentional deficits observed in USN.”

      (9) All reported t-tests should include degrees of freedom (df). This is essential for transparency and allows readers to assess the robustness of the statistical results.

      We added the degrees of freedom for the t-tests reported in the Results, “Hemispheric imbalance of TE” (p.15):

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This is an extensively revised version of a previously submitted manuscript that, as detailed in their 20-page response to the first reviews, satisfactorily addresses the reviewers' comments. In particular, the revised manuscript makes it much clearer how this work fits into and advances the field. The added experiments strengthen the rigor of the manuscript as well. Overall, this paper is ready to go.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive evaluation and for recognizing the improvements made in our revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The revised manuscript has been substantially improved. The authors have addressed many of my previous concerns through the addition of new data, analyses, and discussion. The characterization of epithelial folding in the ascidian Ciona provides valuable insight into a comparatively less explored morphogenetic system, and the imaging and quantitative analyses are overall compelling. That said, a few important points remain to be addressed.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment and for acknowledging the improvements made in our revised manuscript. We are also grateful for the reviewer’s continued constructive suggestions.

      One remaining issue concerns the mechanistic novelty of the actomyosin redistribution described in this study. The authors emphasize that the key novelty lies in the stepwise translocation of actomyosin from the lateral membrane to the apical domain during the initial stage (apical constriction), followed by redistribution from the apical domain back to the lateral domain during the accelerated stage (invagination). I agree that the dynamic redistribution itself is potentially interesting and may represent an underexplored aspect of epithelial morphogenesis. However, as I discussed in my previous review comments, from a mechanics perspective, the role of apical actomyosin in driving apical constriction and of lateral actomyosin in contributing to tissue folding/invagination have already been demonstrated in multiple systems, although to varying extents depending on the model. Therefore, while the current study convincingly documents a distinct spatiotemporal sequence of actomyosin localization in Ciona atrial siphon tube formation, it could be clarified further to what extent this work advances new mechanical principles underlying epithelial folding, as opposed to revealing a variation in the deployment of previously described force-generating modules.

      Importantly, I think the manuscript has the potential to provide deeper conceptual insight if the authors more explicitly consider the significance of the "redistribution" process itself. Redistribution does not only involve the appearance of actomyosin at a new membrane domain; it also necessarily involves its disappearance from the previous domain. The latter aspect has, in my view, been much less explored in the literature. For example: Is the removal of lateral actomyosin during the early phase important for efficient apical constriction? Conversely, is the reduction of apical actomyosin during the later accelerated phase important for proper invagination mechanics? These questions are particularly interesting because they address whether redistribution between domains serves an active mechanical regulatory role, rather than focusing on the role of force-generating actomyosin at a given location.

      I acknowledge that addressing these questions experimentally could be technically challenging. One potentially powerful way to address this would be through the revised computational model. For example, the authors could test whether tissue folding is altered when actomyosin is allowed to accumulate at a new domain without being concomitantly depleted from the original domain. Such analyses could help distinguish whether redistribution itself has functional mechanical importance, rather than merely reflecting sequential recruitment to different cellular regions. In my opinion, incorporating this aspect would substantially strengthen the conceptual and mechanistic novelty of the study.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that the mechanical significance of actomyosin redistribution, beyond the individual roles of apical and lateral contractility, deserves further clarification. In our study, quantitative analysis of F-actin dynamics revealed a bidirectional reorganization of the actomyosin network during siphon morphogenesis: the increase of F-actin intensity in one domain was accompanied by its reduction in the other domains during both the initial and accelerated invagination stages. These observations suggest that actomyosin redistribution may represent an active mechanical regulatory process rather than merely sequential recruitment to different cellular domains. Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we used the computational model developed in this study to examine its functional significance.

      Specifically, we modified the temporal dynamics of actomyosin activity by maintaining apical contractility during the accelerated stage or by prematurely enhancing lateral contractility during the initial stage in simulations. We found that sustained apical tension during the accelerated stage primarily induced stronger central cell elongation (Figure 6—figure supplement 1A-C), whereas elevating lateral actomyosin activity during the initial stage (14–16 hpf) suppressed central cell elongation and reduced the inward movement of surrounding cells toward the central region (Fig. 6—figure supplement 1D-F), resulting in earlier bending deformation with a flatter invaginating morphology (Fig. 6—figure supplement 1F). Although both perturbations eventually converged to similar final shapes, likely because they reached similar final actomyosin distributions, their distinct morphogenetic trajectories demonstrate the mechanical importance of the temporal sequence of actomyosin redistribution. These results further clarify the significance of the previously identified apico-basal tension imbalance and lateral contraction by revealing how their sequential activation coordinates tissue deformation. The initial dominance of apical contractility, together with limited lateral contraction, promotes cell elongation and convergence of the active region, whereas the subsequent shift toward lateral contractility facilitates cell shortening and deep tissue invagination.

      Thus, our results highlight that the bidirectional redistribution of actomyosin is not merely a consequence of morphogenesis, but contributes to the dynamic regulation of epithelial folding. We have incorporated these new simulation results and analyses into the revised manuscript as Figure 6—figure supplement 1.

      My other concern relates to the new optogenetic data presented in Figure 4-figure supplement 2. In the "Dark" samples, active myosin does not appear to be clearly enriched along the membrane, but instead seems relatively diffuse within the cytoplasm. This appears distinct from the images shown in Figure 2, where active myosin exhibits clear membrane enrichment. Could the authors provide top-view images for the samples shown in Figure 4-figure supplement 2? This would help clarify whether active myosin is indeed enriched along the apical membrane at 16 hpf and along the lateral membrane at 17 hpf in the "Dark" condition.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful observation. We agree that the p-MLC signal in the "Dark" samples of the original Figure 4—figure supplement 2 appeared less membrane-enriched than in Figure 2. This was due to a technical adjustment: because the optogenetic system occupied the 568 nm channel, we have to switch the p-MLC signal from Alexa Fluor 568 anti-rabbit IgG to Alexa Fluor 647 anti-rabbit IgG, which yielded relatively weaker membrane signal under our imaging conditions. To address this, we have replaced the cross-sectional images with better-representative examples and added top-view images (Figure 4—figure supplement 2). These new panels clearly showed that active myosin was enriched at apical junctions (16 hpf) and lateral membranes (17 hpf) in the Dark condition, consistent with that in Figure 2. Since the Dark and Light groups were processed identically, the relative comparison remains valid.

      In addition, the tissue morphology in the "17 hpf Light 1 hr" panel of Figure 4-figure supplement 2 appears noticeably different from that shown in Figure 4. Specifically, the apical side of the tissue in Figure 4 appears substantially more relaxed than in Figure 4-figure supplement 2. Based on the authors' interpretation of the optogenetic experiments, apical active myosin is not strongly affected by the treatment described in Figure 4. If so, one would expect apical constriction to remain largely intact. However, the more relaxed apical domain shown in Figure 4 seems to suggest that apical constriction may in fact be perturbed by the optogenetic manipulation. This apparent discrepancy complicates the interpretation of the experiment and seems somewhat inconsistent with the authors' main conclusion from this figure.

      We thank the reviewer for this very careful and insightful observation. We agree that the tissue morphology in the "17 hpf Light 1 hr" panel of Figure 4—figure supplement 2 appears less relaxed than that in Figure 4B.

      We acknowledge that optogenetic inhibition of myosin activity might indeed have a partial effect on activity of apical myosin, which can lead to apical relaxation after the initial constriction, as shown in the representative embryo in Figure 4B. However, because Ciona embryos are not always perfectly synchronized at 16 hpf (the time point when light illumination was initiated), individual embryos exhibit slight variations in the extent of apical constriction that has already been achieved during the initial stage (13.5–16.0 hpf). For embryos that had completed a relatively stronger apical constriction by 16 hpf, the apical domain can maintain its constricted morphology even after light exposure (Figure 4—figure supplement 2). Embryos with relatively weaker apical constriction at the time of light onset are more prone to exhibit apical relaxation upon optogenetic manipulation, as illustrated in Figure 4B. This developmental heterogeneity is the primary reason for the morphological variability observed between individual embryos in the optogenetic groups. Importantly, despite this morphological variability, the quantitative comparison of apical p-MLC intensity between the Light and Dark groups in Figure 4—figure supplement 2B showed no statistically significant difference (t-test, ns), which is consistent with the fact that during normal development, apical myosin activity naturally declines after 16 hpf (Figure 2B). In contrast, lateral p-MLC intensity was significantly reduced in the Light group compared to the Dark control (Figure 4—figure supplement 2B). This reduction in lateral contractility is the key factor responsible for the blockade of invagination progression.

      We have revised the statements accordingly. Hopefully, these clarifications have adequately addressed the reviewer's concern.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Concerns raised in the initial submission were addressed in the revised manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for the encouraging feedback and for acknowledging our revisions.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      No further revisions suggested.

      We thank the reviewer again for the positive assessment.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Here are several additional comments and suggestions in addition to the concerns described in the public review.

      Line 86 - 88: the authors state "However, this transition is from apical to basolateral (Sherrard et al., 2010), rather than a bidirectional redistribution between apical and lateral domains." This statement feels somewhat out of context because the concept of "bidirectional redistribution" has not yet been introduced. It may fit more naturally in the Discussion section, after the relevant observations and interpretations have been fully presented.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have revised the sentence in the Introduction to avoid introducing the concept of "bidirectional redistribution" prematurely.

      Line 92 - 95: the authors raised the questions of "Whether a bidirectional redistribution of actomyosin between apical and lateral domains operates as a core mechanism for sequential invagination, and whether lateral contractility is essential for the accelerated phase, remain unclear." These questions also feel somewhat out of context, for the same reason mentioned above.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have revised the text to avoid prematurely introducing the concept of "bidirectional redistribution" in the Introduction.

      Line 162 - 163: The authors state that "This redistribution pattern was consistent with that of F-actin in the corresponding phases." This conclusion should be revised, as the reported increase in apical F-actin and reduction in lateral F-actin during the initial stage do not appear to reach statistical significance, which is different from that of active myosin.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful observation. We agree that the F-actin changes during the initial stage did not reach statistical significance, unlike the active myosin data. We have revised the sentence to state that the myosin redistribution showed a similar trend to F-actin, while acknowledging the lack of statistical significance for F-actin.

      Line 349 - 350: "and the invagination speed (represented by slopes of curves in Figure 5A) gradually slows down at later stages." It seems that Figure 5A should be Figure 5B.

      Thank you for pointing out this typo. We have corrected it in the revised manuscript (now Figure 5C).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      We appreciate the efforts made by the authors to address the questions and comments raised in the initial submission. The only remaining concerns are regarding grammar and spelling and a couple of minor errors.

      (1) Lines 346-347, "These trends are consistent with the experimental mutant data (Figure 5A, B)."

      This was confusing - was this meant to be Figure 3A, B?

      We sincerely apologize for this confusion. We have corrected it in the revised manuscript (now Figure 3B).

      (2) Lines 349-350, "... the invagination speed (represented by the slopes of curves in Figure 5A) gradually slows down at later stages..."

      Similar to above, was this meant to be Figure 5C?

      Thank you for pointing out this typo. We have corrected it in the revised manuscript (now Figure 5C).

      (3) There is a typo in Line 336 ("dimmish") and some minor grammatical concerns in the introduction.

      We have corrected the typo "dimmish" to "diminish". We have also carefully proofread the entire manuscript and fixed any remaining grammatical issues.

    1. • Set aside your writing for at least a few hours, preferably a day or two, until you can look at it objectively.

      It will be super helpful that there was a week in between when our first draft was due and now as we begin to edit. I tried not to look at my essay during last week and just focus on peer reviews. This time away will definitely give me a new perspective. I wonder how reading other's papers may help my own revision as well.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Manuscript number: RC-2024-02737

      Corresponding author(s): King, Megan

      1. General Statements

      We thank all reviewers for their comments and recommendations.

      In this revised submission we outline compelling evidence that the critical window for polymerase theta (Pol theta) activity is just prior to the G2/M transition, downstream of PLK1 activation but upstream of full CDK1 activation; we arrive at this new focus through our mechanistic dissection of how loss of the DNA repair and replication factor DNA2 compromises Pol theta-mediated end joining (TMEJ). Although a direct role for PLK1 in licensing TMEJ was recently reported, the interpretation of prior studies was that TMEJ repair is restricted to mitosis. Instead, our results highlight that the window in which TMEJ drives most repair is in late G2 during the period of mitotic commitment when PLK1 activity begins to build. In this revision, we provide further evidence to support this key observation, as we now demonstrate that the Aurora A kinase is likewise required for efficient TMEJ. We now propose that during the period of mitotic commitment (but crucially prior to mitosis) Aurora A (not CDK1) primes PLK1 to become active, driving TMEJ competence. This finding is important because although it reinforces that TMEJ is tied to mitosis, it highlights that most TMEJ repair likely occurs prior to mitotic entry itself. We provide further evidence that a minor subset of TMEJ repair events require CDK1 activation and occur in mitosis, but this is largely restricted to complex repair outcomes called templated insertions. Mechanistically, we suspect that these templated insertions events require Pol theta’s ATPase activity (in addition to polymerase activity) and may constitute as second, delayed stage of TMEJ function that drives more complex DSB repair products during mitosis.

      In preparing this revision we have made major changes to the manuscript necessary to provide clarity; this includes the removal of data using genetic or pharmacological perturbations to the BLM helicase. Although we observed similar consequences of BLM knock-down or inhibitors on the cell cycle (leading to primarily a G1 arrest) on TMEJ proficiency, we were unable to rescue the genetic effect with a complementation construct while the pharmacological inhibitors may not be sufficiently specific. We therefore felt it best to remove this aspect of the manuscript, which now instead focuses on the cell cycle regulation of TMEJ.

      2. Point-by-point description of the revisions

      *Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)): *

      *Summary *

      *DNA double-strand breaks can be repaired by NHEJ, TMEJ, or HR. While there have been many studies of the factors that regulate double-strand break repair pathway choice, the exact mechanisms by which TMEJ is regulated remain under active study. In this study, McBrine and colleagues conducted experiments in two human cell lines to investigate the contribution of DNA resection to TMEJ. After induction of Cas9 breaks at a single locus, they used NGS amplicon sequencing and a pre-existing computational pipeline to quantify repair by inaccurate NHEJ or TMEJ. Their initial data suggested that loss/inhibition of the BLM DNA helicase or DNA2 nuclease inhibit resection and thereby decrease TMEJ repair. Probing further, they conducted carefully controlled cell cycle analysis and determined that loss of either BLM or DNA2 slows progression to the G2/M transition, when TMEJ is activated through PLK1 phosphorylation of polymerase theta. Based on these findings, they conclude that both BLM and DNA2 promote TMEJ repair, likely by promoting efficient replication and timely progression into G2/M. *

      *Major comments *

      Overall, the authors' conclusions are well-supported by their data. They used multiple approaches to validate their findings, including the use of siRNAs and small molecule inhibitors that largely produce similar results. However, three major additions/experiments should be included.

        • First, most of the data from the NGS sequencing results are displayed as TMEJ/NHEJ ratios. While this makes it easy to compare between different experimental conditions, it could mask differences in overall repair efficiency. I recommend that the authors include the initial percentages of TMEJ-like and NHEJ-like repair junctions in supplemental information, so that readers can determine the efficiencies of the different repair pathways in each condition. * We agree with the Reviewer that there is additional information that can be gleaned from the NGS sequencing approach. In the revised manuscript, we now include the full percent of outcomes interpreted as TMEJ and NHEJ (as percent of total sequences) as side-by-side bar graphs in the Supplemental Material for all data (Supplemental Figure S4). As appreciated by the Reviewer, we have retained expressing the TMEJ:NHEJ ratio in the main text for clarity.
      1. Second, the DSB repair spectrum (as displayed in Figure 1B) should be provided for each TMEJ:NHEJ plot in supplemental information, at the very least the for knockdown/inhibitor experiments where a significant difference in TMEJ:NHEJ ratio is observed. *

      We agree with the Reviewer and now include a representative DSB repair spectrum for each experiment in the Supplemental Material of the revision (Supplemental Figures S1, S2), selecting an experiment that falls in the middle of the distribution from all biological replicates.

      • Finally, the conclusion that transition to the G2 stage (where polymerase theta becomes activated through phosphorylation by PLK1) is necessary for TMEJ is logical, based on the data and previously published studies. However, to provide additional support for this model, the authors should consider repeating the experiments from Figure 5B/5C using cells with the PLK1 phosphorylation sites on polymerase theta mutated (e.g., using the 10A construct from Gelot et al., doi.org/10.1038/s41586-023-06506-6). The expectation is that the TMEJ reduction observed with BLM or DNA2 inhibition should not decrease further, if indeed the decrease is largely due to an inability to progress to the point in the cell cycle where polymerase theta is activated by phosphorylation. This experiment should be able to be completed within 1-2 months, if the appropriate cell line can be obtained. *

      While we appreciate the intent of the Reviewer’s question, given the consensus discussion between all three reviewers that this was a challenging yet unessential experiment, we have declined to take on this line of questioning as part of this study. We do, however, now provide further evidence (and depth) for this model by demonstrating that Aurora A inhibitors also compromise TMEJ (Figure 5).

      *Minor comments *

      • The cell cycle plots in Figures 4 and 5 are difficult to interpret given the current color scheme (especially the difference between S and G2). I suggest changing the color scheme and arranging the legend so that the key is in the same order as the plots (G1 on the bottom, S in the middle, G2 on the top).*

      We have re-ordered the cell cycle legend and adjusted the colors as suggested.

      • In Figure 3B, the resection time course is interesting, but I wondered why they are no time points between 12 and 24 hours? Also, if the time course was performed multiple times, it would be nice to see these data represented in the plot, along with standard error bars. *

      The resection time course was performed as a pilot experiment to determine the earliest reasonable time to harvest gDNA and observe sufficiently high resected, ssDNA to make conclusions about relative resection efficiency across the various siRNA-treatment conditions. It was also performed to verify that after ~ 24 hours (the time at which we harvest genomic DNA for endpoint indel scoring) DSBs have been largely repaired. As a pilot experiment, however, we did not collect any timepoints between 12 -24 hours, or multiple replicates for all timepoints. We agree with the Reviewer’s concern about reproducibility and given that these other timepoints are not necessary to support the conclusions of the Figure we have now moved this panel to Supplemental Material (as it may be of interest to readers) in Supplemental Figure S5.

      ***Referees cross-commenting** *

      *I agree with Reviewer #2 that "The primary issue with this manuscript is that it does not present the experimental conclusions in a straightforward manner. Instead of focusing on what was learned, it reads more like a journey." Based on the abstract, I had expected to learn more about the role of BLM and DNA2 in regulating TMEJ via resection, but the crux of the story is about cell cycle effects impacting TMEJ when the levels of these proteins are reduced. Rewriting would help address this. *

      Reviewer 2 also asked that that representative spectra of all relevant experiments are presented as supplementary information instead of flattening the entire spectrum in one number. This seems critical in a revised manuscript.

      We have endeavored to rewrite the manuscript in a more straightforward manner that focuses on the cell cycle regulation of TMEJ. We now also include representative spectra in the Supplemental Material.

      *Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)): *

      *I am a basic scientist studying DNA repair mechanisms and have a long-standing interest in the mechanism of TMEJ. *

      *In my opinion, the results from this study will be interesting to scientists studying double-strand break repair pathway choice and those thinking about how inhibition of different DSB repair proteins can be used in cancer treatments. The strongest aspect of the study is the way in which the authors investigated the effect of BLM, DNA2, and EXO1 knockdown/inhibition on cell cycle progression, and used the data to make conclusions about the most important factors influencing TMEJ repair. The experiments are carefully controlled, and the most important conclusions are supported by multiple lines of experimental reasoning. As stated above in the summary, the study can be improved by the inclusion of more of the primary data in the supplemental information, and by the addition of a key experiment that will further support the authors' model. *

      *The study supports the recent findings from the Sfier and Ceccaldi labs that the main driver of TMEJ, polymerase theta, operates primarily during mitosis, and its activation depends on PLK1. Further, it presents initial data on the intriguing finding that BRCA1 deficiency is synthetic lethal with BLM deficiency, and this can be enhanced with Olaparib treatment, which will be of interest to translational and clinical scientists. *

      *Overall, the study is notable because of its careful attention to cell cycle progression on DSB repair outcomes, and why caution needs to be taken when interpreting how genetic perturbation of DNA repair proteins impacts repair mechanisms. *

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s appreciation for our rigorous approach and statement of the context and impact of our work.

      *Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)): *

      *In this manuscript, the authors use two cell lines, U2OS and RPE1, to investigate the effects of impeding long-range end resection on alternative end-joining (TMEJ). They monitor repair of a CRISPR-induced DSB, presenting their findings as the ratio of TMEJ to cNHEJ outcomes. Initially, the authors observe that inhibiting BLM and DNA2 produces a TMEJ-deficient phenotype similar to that resulting from pharmacological inhibition of PolQ, suggesting a potential role for long-range end resection. However, this inference is challenged by evidence showing that genetically or pharmacologically perturbed cells fail to progress through the cell cycle, not reaching the previously reported cell cycle phase in which TMEJ typically occurs. Although it remains an open question whether TMEJ acts exclusively in M phase (given MMEJ manifestations in G0/G1 cells), the authors attempt to pinpoint the cell cycle stage of TMEJ-mediated DSB repair by using cell cycle inhibitors. However, in my opinion, these assays and experiments fall short of providing conclusive evidence. I therefore feel that the data is best presented focusing on the cellular consequences of impeding BLM/DNA2, and not on TMEJ, which is basically used as a marker/proxy for mitosis/mitotic cells. In the discussion, the authors themselves suggest several additional experimental approaches that would strengthen their conclusions or deepen their investigations. I believe that implementing such strategies would broaden the impact and interest; in their absence (I do not suggest the authors to start performing these time and resource consuming experimentation to be included in the current manuscript) the study has a more specific target audience. *

      We appreciate that the author felt that our initial submission was unsuccessful at straddling two aspects: one related to BLM/DNA2 function and the other to the cell cycle. In this revision, we have chosen to focus entirely on the latter context including through the addition of new experiments and analysis. The revised manuscript highlights a role for Aurora A-PLK1 in activating “simple” TMEJ repair in late G2 with complex TMEJ-driven repair occurring in mitosis. We would argue that these findings indeed provide novel insight into TMEJ regulation.

      *Major comments *

      1. *i) The primary issue with this manuscript is that it does not present the experimental conclusions in a straightforward manner. Instead of focusing on what was learned, it reads more like a "journey." This issue is apparent from the abstract: 13 out of 16 lines are devoted to describing the authors' initial intent to investigate the role of long-range end resection enzymes in TMEJ, only to reveal that the observed effect is actually an indirect consequence of cell cycle perturbations. The manuscript uses TMEJ as a proxy for cells not reaching mitosis, thus supporting the conclusions reached from the more direct cell cycle analyses. While the majority of the experiments address the effects of inhibiting BLM and DNA2, the abstract suggests that these findings reveal new insights about TMEJ, which is doubtful or at most limited. The only potential novelty regarding TMEJ, aside from confirming its regulation by the cell cycle, is the narrowing down of the specific substage in which it operates. However, this conclusion is inferred from indirect effects rather than direct measurement, and also somewhat debatable by being dependent on a very explicit interpretation of the cell cycle inhibitors that are being used (whose action in my experiences are not as strict/narrow as here considered). * In response to this point and the critiques of the other reviewers, we have now extensively edited the manuscript. Given concerns raised about the interpretation of our data on knock-down of the BLM helicase given our inability to rescue TMEJ by complementation as described above, we have rewritten the manuscript to have a clear focus on: 1) what can be learned from the NGS approach to interrogating repair outcomes in response to the perturbations we explore; and 2) the effect of cell cycle progression on TMEJ proficiency, particularly in response to inhibitors of PLK1 and Aurora A compared to CDK1 and nocodazole blocks. We agree with the Reviewer that our initial description of the cell cycle inhibitors was overly binary. However, given that inhibitors of these kinases are actively being pursued in the clinic, and effects on TMEJ could contribute to their efficacy, we would argue that our insights will be important to the field.

      2. *ii) I do not have an immediate solution to this concern but feel the data itself is valuable. I also appreciate the authors' thorough approach in conclusively establishing that the observed disruption of TMEJ upon BLM/DNA2 depletion is a downstream consequence of cellular phenotypes, rather than an anticipated resection issue at CRISPR-induced DNA breaks. I would thus recommend rewriting the manuscript to reflect this perspective. * We appreciate that the reviewer feels that the data is valuable and highlights the need to take cell cycle effects into account when assessing the genetic or pharmacological inhibition of DNA repair factors.

      *iii) Some conclusions are overinterpreted, especially regarding the timing of DNA repair based on mutant spectra analysis. For instance, in lines 257-258, the authors conclude, "by the same timepoints, we find over 65% of DSBs have been repaired with mutagenic indels, indicating high transfection efficiency and rapid DSB induction." This statement is inaccurate for several reasons: (1) Given the iterative cycles of DSB induction, error-free repair, and recutting, it's possible that, for example, only 15% of DSBs have actually been repaired with mutagenic indels; (2) The assay detects only intact molecules, so unrepaired DSBs/broken molecules are not accounted for, especially those that are not resected and thus escape detection in Figure 3; and (3) The assay captures only deletions that retain the primer binding site. A more accurate statement would thus be something like, "65% of intact alleles at this timepoint contain mutations indicative of error-prone repair, indicating high transfection efficiency and robust (rather than rapid) DSB induction." The use of "rapid" is questionable here, as I consider 24 hours a long time, given that NHEJ typically occurs within an hour. *

      We agree with the Reviewer. This sentence was meant to indicate that the ‘final’ repair product (i.e. a mutagenic indel) was robustly observed and indicates that the transfection/induction was successful, rather than establishing a value reflecting the outcome of a single DNA cutting and repair event. As perfect repair is indistinguishable from uncut chromosomes in our assay, we can infer that the total percentage of DSBs induced per genome is likely higher than 65%. Moreover, persistent DSBs or repaired DSBs that deleted enough flanking sequence to lose the primer binding region would also be invisible in our assay. Given this, we have now edited this statement to more accurately state: “65% of intact alleles at this timepoint contain mutations indicative of error-prone repair, indicating high transfection efficiency and robust DSB induction” as suggested by the Reviewer.

      1. *iv) While I'm hesitant to request additional experiments, I believe the HR measurements of siDNA2 through the mClover assay, alongside the siNT condition, require additional replicates. Currently, these results are marked as non-significant in Figure 3D but labeled with a "+" instead of "+++" in Figure 3E. Additionally, the combination siBLM+siEXO1 is marked with a "-" in Figure 3E, though a statistical comparison of single siDNA2 to the double combination would likely result in a non-significant outcome. This makes it difficult to draw firm conclusions, and further biological replicates would help clarify the data; two of the current data points are wildtype, while one aligns with siBLM levels. * We appreciate the concern of the Reviewer and agree. We now include additional biological replicates of the LMNA-mClover assay with siDNA2 treatment to reinforce this result.

      2. *v) Another major concern is the potential off-target effects of siRNA, as the reported phenotypes might partly stem from this issue. None of the experiments have been validated using complementing constructs resistant to targeting. Although the inhibitor data is useful, not all experiments have been validated with this method. Adding these controls would be beneficial but is ultimately "optional". In their absence, I recommend the authors temper their conclusions regarding siRNA-only data. * We took this concern of this and the other reviewers to heart and attempted to carry out key experiments of siBLM conditions with rescue constructs that are insensitive to the siRNA. As described above, we were unable to achieve a rescue of TMEJ. While this could be a consequence of effects of BLM under- or over-expression, as it is challenging to match to the endogenous levels, or a potential complication from different BLM splice variants, we are not sufficiently confident at this point to include this data and have therefore removed it from the manuscript. This revision instead focuses on the cell cycle regulation of TMEJ. We remain confident in the results of the siDNA2 and DNA2i given our ability to recapitulate the expected delays in S-phase upon this perturbation and the alignment of these changes with the DNA repair outcome.

      *Minor comments *

      • *

      *1) The title is unclear: "its" refers to a repair pathway, which is here not demonstrated to be "sensitive" but instead not employed in cells where BLM-DNA2 is inhibited and/or downregulated. It is to me also somewhat off point: it turns out that TMEJ is a proxy for reading out a cell cycle stage, and I feel that the title should reflect the more direct consequences induced by loss of BLM-DNA. Otherwise one could substitute TMEJ for any other mitotic process creating a "true" statement. *

      Given the shift in focus of the manuscript, the manuscript has been retitled: “Activation of Pol theta-mediated end joining begins during mitotic commitment”.

      *2) To me, the readability of the manuscript would be improved by shortening the text: Especially the intro is very lengthy and reads like a review instead of focusing on providing the information necessary to understand the experiments/logic of the result section. Additional information that is relevant for discussing the outcomes of the experiments can be introduced at that stage. I realize this is also a matter of style but I felt that I had to go through a lot of context before getting to the actual data, which did not necessarily brought new insight into all what was discussed before. *

      As described above, we have endeavored to rewrite the manuscript in more direct and concise fashion.

      *3) Typo's: Line 242, missing "on" (Based on...); line 590, missing "to" (important to test) *

      Thank you, we have corrected this error.

      *4) I suggest to have the y-axis of the histograms in the figures to be identical. For example Figure 1 C en D have three histograms with Y-axis going to 4, but one going to 3. For consistency and comparison it is more useful to have all of them going to 4. Idem for Figure 2 where D deviates from A-C (I understand that e.g. has no datapoint exceeding the arbitrary mark 3 but it allows for a better comparison of D to A-C if the Y-axes are identical. *

      We agree and have made all y-axes consistent across the Figures for each relevant comparison.

      *5) Please specify, upon first usage, e.g. in the legend of a Figure how the ratio TMEJ:NHEJ is defined (instead of only in the method section). Also mention in the text that this is an arbitrary and subjective unit used for clarity which is indicative but not an absolute measure for the underlying biology: all product that have a MH of 2 and higher are binned under TMEJ, but surely non-sequence guided NHEJ will also produce deletions that, just by pure chance, have junctions in which 2 bp overlap. Also, not all TMEJ outcomes have 2bp of MH. NHEJ outcomes are thus in the TMEJ subclass and vice versa. This is not problematic to me but it should be kept in mind, especially in interpreting mutant backgrounds. *

      We agree with the Reviewer and now discuss our categorization scheme in far greater detail including the rationale and caveats in the revised manuscript.

      *6) Related to the above I also want to propose that representative spectra of all relevant experiments are presented as supplementary information instead of flattening the entire spectrum in one number, in which all nuance but also details may be lost, which can be informative to the TMEJ and NHEJ afficionados. *

      We agree that this is likely one aspect of our work that will be useful to experts. We therefore now include a representative DSB mutation spectrum for each experimental condition in the Supplemental Material (Supplemental Figures S1, S2).

      ***Referees cross-commenting** *

      *I agree with all the points brought up by the other 2 reviewers (and glad to see so much overlap). And thus feel that the authors need to address all them. *

      *I initially was somewhat reserved on asking for additional experiments addressing potential off-targets of the siRNAs underlying some of the phenotypes (no experience myself using si's as opposed to sg's and clean knock-out models) wanting to see how the other reviewers potentially more experienced with this technology would weigh this concern. Having read their reports I thus als underwrite reviewer #3's remark: 2. I would strongly recommend that the authors confirm their BLM siRNA results (experiments in Fig. 1C, 3C and 4A) by examining whether add-back of exogenous, siRNA-resistant BLM can rescue the phenotypes they see on cell cycle progression and TMEJ. Alternatively, they could also make use of at least one of the many BLM knockout cell models that have been generated previously by many labs (including in both RPE-1 (Tsukada et al., Mol. Cell 2024) and U2OS (Jiang et al., Mol. Cell 2024) backgrounds), where exogenous BLM and helicase-dead BLM have been added back. This would be especially important to do if the authors cannot confirm the potency and selectivity of BLM-IN-1, as suggested above." *

      Final comment from my end: I perhaps was somewhat unclear or went too fast: I've read concern #3 of reviewer 1 in the light of "the authors should consider..." thinking it was "optional". I agree with reviewer #3 that it is not essential.

      Again, we thank the Reviewer for their expert advice and have addressed these issues in the the point-by-point responses above.

      *Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)): *

      *This study is of interest to those studying the long range end resection enzymes including DNA2, BLM and EXO1, and to researchers with in depth knowledge and interest into the regulation of TMEJ. The study is limited in providing very concrete new information - it is somewhat descriptive (e.g. the study doesn't provide insight into why cells arrest at a given stage in the absence of BLM or DNA2 functionality). Hence, I feel that the outcomes are of interest to specialist as I feel that the individual observations are of relevance but there is not a impactful overarching gain of knowledge. The data can be used by others to further design experiments aimed to elucidate the roles of specific DNA repair enzymes. *

      *Of note and as requested, my field of interest is repair of DNA breaks: EJ, cNHEJ, altEJ. *

      We would suggest that we have enhanced the impact of our work in this revision through the addition of new data highlighting our evidence for a privileged late G2 window for TMEJ prior to mitotic entry while complex, TMEJ-driven templated insertions occur in mitosis itself.

      *Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)): *

      *Summary and significance: *

      • *

      *In this manuscript, the authors describe mutational outcomes at a single site-specific DNA double-strand break induced by Cas9 in RPE-1 and U2OS cells. They find that depletion of BLM or DNA2 using siRNA or treatment of cells with small molecule inhibitors causes a shift from DNA polymerase theta (POLQ)-dependent repair outcomes to classical non-homologous end-joining (NHEJ)-mediated ones. In contrast, EXO1 depletion has no effect. They go on to show that this is not due to any potential role for BLM and DNA2 in DNA-end resection, but rather because under their experimental conditions, loss of BLM or DNA2 leads to cell cycle disruption such that fewer cells make it into mitosis, where POLQ is most active. *

      *The key conclusions the authors draw are in large part convincing, as most experiments in the manuscript are replicating previously published findings. There is no reason to believe that long-range DNA-end resection would be required for POLQ-mediated end-joining (TMEJ), because TMEJ does not need longer overhangs than those MRE11 and CtIP can already provide via initial end-processing (50-100 nt). The fact that BLM and EXO1 do not promote microhomology-mediated end-joining was already shown in 2013 by Truong et al., PNAS. *

      *The manuscript reads a bit like a warning that cell cycle progression defects must be taken into account when measuring POLQ-mediated end-joining (TMEJ) repair events; but this is not really a novel insight, given the recent reports that POLQ is most active in mitosis (work from Löbrich, Sfeir and Ceccaldi labs). *

      We appreciate that the Reviewer found our work largely convincing. We have substantially edited the manuscript to make it more straightforward. In addition, taken together our data make an important addition to prior reports by highlighting the concept that TMEJ becomes fully activated in late G2 prior to mitosis (given that CDK1 inhibition, which blocks mitosis but not the Aurora A-PLK1 circuit, leads to TMEJ that is as efficient as in unperturbed cells).

      *The manuscript would be suitable for publication if the authors could address the points below. *

      *Major comments: *

        • Major conclusions are drawn about effects of BLM loss on cell cycle progression based on the use of only a single siRNA, and the use of reported chemical inhibitors of BLM DNA-binding activity. Unfortunately, the ML216 inhibitor the authors use was found not to be a selective or potent inhibitor of BLM (Oliver lab, eLife 2021), and BLM-IN-1 has not been sufficiently well-characterised in cells yet as far as I am aware. The authors need to remove the ML216 data, as any effects they see are likely just due to the toxic effects of this compound rather than any effect on BLM specifically. Have the authors checked SCEs in cells treated with BLM-IN-1? If they do not see the characteristic 5-10x increase in SCEs that is observed in all BLM-deficient cells, then they can also not trust any results they get with that compound either. * As highlighted above, we agree with the Reviewer and endeavored to further validate our siBLM knock-down results through a variety of means. Ultimately, as described above, we were unable to achieve a rescue of TMEJ. We suspect that this is a consequence of effects of BLM under- or over-expression, as it is challenging to match to the endogenous levels, or a potential complication from different BLM splice variants. We also agree about the toxicity of the BLM inhibitors. Given these concerns, we have now removed this data from the manuscript, which has been refocused to directly address the cell cycle regulation of TMEJ.
      1. I would strongly recommend that the authors confirm their BLM siRNA results (experiments in Fig. 1C, 3C and 4A) by examining whether add-back of exogenous, siRNA-resistant BLM can rescue the phenotypes they see on cell cycle progression and TMEJ. Alternatively, they could also make use of at least one of the many BLM knockout cell models that have been generated previously by many labs (including in both RPE-1 (Tsukada et al., Mol. Cell 2024) and U2OS (Jiang et al., Mol. Cell 2024) backgrounds), where exogenous BLM and helicase-dead BLM have been added back. This would be especially important to do if the authors cannot confirm the potency and selectivity of BLM-IN-1, as suggested above. *

      Please see the response to Point 1.

      • How do the authors know whether their EXO1 depletion is working in Figure S4C? EXO1 loss is synthetic lethal with BRCA1 deficiency (van de Kooij et al., Mol. Cell 2024 and Tsukada et al., Mol. Cell 2024), so I would have expected to see a drop in cell viability when EXO1 is depleted in BRCA1-deficient cells. Also, western blots for RPE-1 in Fig. 1C are missing; as are ones for Figures S4A-C. In Figure S4D, blots are not of sufficient quality, alternative ones should be provided. What does "stain-free" mean here? *

      Given the removal of data involving siBLM treatments, this Western blot has been removed. Instead, we validate target transcript knockdown by qRT-PCR. In the case of DNA2, the effects of an siRNA knockdown are corroborated with a small molecule inhibitor.

      *Minor comments: *

        • I find the title of the manuscript somewhat lacking clarity/precision. It is not clear what the word "its" is referring to. * Given the shift in focus of the manuscript, the manuscript has been retitled: “Activation of Pol theta-mediated end joining begins during mitotic commitment”.
      1. Lines 23-24: TMEJ is not just a back-up for HR, but also for NHEJ. *

      We have edited this text in the revised manuscript and now focus on TMEJ’s ability to act on resected, unresolved DSBs that persist to the G2/M transition .

      Lines 27-28: who has proposed this? Consider re-phrasing this (see second paragraph of summary above).

      We have rephased this section in the revised manuscript (paragraph beginning at line 71). Our rationale was not based on long-range resection being a strict, biochemical requirement for TMEJ, but rather was based on the observation that many of the proposed substrates for TMEJ (overly resected DSBs that cannot be ligated by NHEJ, or aborted HR intermediates) are downstream of long-range resection. For example, in Vergara, et al. 2023, Nat Comm loss of BLM (or RMI2) suppresses MMEJ repair in an MMEJ vs NHEJ reporter assay. Indeed, Truong et al. 2013 PNAS indicates that BLM loss actually promotes MMEJ, but notably this assay only measures competition between HR and MMEJ outcomes, rather than MMEJ vs NHEJ.

      • Line 32: DNA should be DNA2. *

      Thank you, this error has been corrected.

      • Line 71: Sgs1 should be in italics. *

      Thank you, this error has been corrected.

      • Line 147: NHEJ is not active throughout the cell cycle; it is inhibited during mitosis. *

      Thank you, this has been corrected to “throughout interphase” (Line 92).

      • Line 242: the word "on" is missing after the word "Based". *

      Thank you, this error has been corrected.

      • Line 282: replace resolution with dissolution. *

      Thank you, this text was removed in revision.

      • Line 482: it is already known that BRCA-deficient tumours accumulate mutational signatures attributed to TMEJ. *

      Thank you, this text was removed in revision.

      • Line 484: any role of BRCA1 in resection is highly controversial; but anyway no-one has claimed that BRCA1 is required for short-range resection by MRE11, which is all that would be required for TMEJ. *

      While not strictly required for either short or long-range resection, we are quite open to the model of BRCA1 stimulating resection via its interaction with CtIP and general antagonism of 53BP1 recruitment (Cruz-Garcia, et al. 2014 Cell Rep, Densham et al. 2016 Nat Struct Mol Biol). Regardless, this section has been removed to better focus on the cell cycle control of TMEJ.

      • Line 500: deficient is mis-spelled. *

      Thank you, this error has been corrected.

      *Lines 500-520: work by van de Kooij et al. and Tsukada et al. is not properly referenced here. Both already showed that BLM loss is synthetic lethal with BRCA1 deficiency, but interestingly, van de Kooij et al. showed that 53BP1 loss rescues the BRCA1-BLM synthetic lethality, whereas Tsukada et al. found that it does not, despite the fact that it rescues olaparib sensitivity. The authors' results seem to support the latter. Also, hypersensitivity to olaparib in BLM-depleted cells was already shown previously by Gottipati et al. Cancer Res. 2010. *

      We thank the reviewer for their comments; however, this data and discussion of BRCA1 and BLM has been removed.

      • Lines 519-520: it is not clear to me why the results in Figure 6 provide an alternative mechanism contributing to synthetic lethality between BLM and BRCA1 from that shown previously. *

      See Point 12.

      • Methods: siRNA sequences should be provided. *

      We apologize for the oversight. While some siRNA sequences are proprietary, we have included the source for each commercially available reagent in the Materials and Methods.

      ***Referees cross-commenting** *

      *I agree with most of the comments from the other reviews. As stated by Reviewer 2, it is nice to see significant overlap between the three reviews. *

      *It seems all three of us think the manuscript needs a significant re-write for clarity purposes, to make it read less like a "journey" and more like the synthesis of existing observations that it actually is. It is important for the field to know that EXO1, BLM and DNA2 do not contribute directly to TMEJ, and that any effects that can be observed indicating that they do, can likely be put down to cell-cycle progression defects. *

      *Where I differ from reviewer 1 and 2, is in the need to carry out experiments with the POLQ-10A mutant from the Ceccaldi paper. There are multiple reasons why that might not work, so I think that is unnecesary. But I otherwise agree with reviewer 2 that the authors need to address all the other points from all three of us. *

      We have endeavored to address the general critiques of the reviewers by rewriting the manuscript and focusing directly on the cell cycle regulation of TMEJ.

      *Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)): *

      *The key conclusions the authors draw are in large part convincing, as most experiments in the manuscript are replicating previously published findings. There is no reason to believe that long-range DNA-end resection would be required for POLQ-mediated end-joining (TMEJ), because TMEJ does not need longer overhangs than those MRE11 and CtIP can already provide via initial end-processing (50-100 nt). The fact that BLM and EXO1 do not promote microhomology-mediated end-joining was already shown in 2013 by Truong et al., PNAS. *

      The manuscript reads a bit like a warning that cell cycle progression defects must be taken into account when measuring POLQ-mediated end-joining (TMEJ) repair events; but this is not really a novel insight, given the recent reports that POLQ is most active in mitosis (work from Löbrich, Sfeir and Ceccaldi labs).

      We thank the Reviewer for their comments and have endeavored to refocus, clarify and emphasize the novel aspects of our study, namely evidence for a period of late G2 during which TMEJ is licensed through Aurora A-PLK1 with additional complex, TMEJ-mediated repair occurring in mitosis.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This important study uses a tripartite transdiagnostic computational framework to distinguish depression-specific, anxiety-specific, and shared psychopathology dimensions, in their relationships to mood variability and mood reactivity to reward prediction errors across multiple large non-clinical cohorts and a clinical sample. The evidence is convincing overall because the study combines large samples, a well-characterized gambling task and in-depth computational and psychometric analyses, and it replicates the depression-specific association with blunted reward prediction error-sensitivity in a clinical sample. However, the anxiety-specific effects are less consistently supported across individual datasets, may be underpowered in the clinical cohort because of comorbidity, and some aspects of the factor-analytic, risk-attitude, and mediation analyses would benefit from clearer explanation. These findings advance a mechanistic account of how distinct symptom dimensions differentially shape reward-based mood updating and variability, providing a principled framework for future transdiagnostic modeling.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for this important assessment.

      Regarding inconsistent results for anxiety-related effects in healthy datasets. Although the anxiety-specific factor showed associations in the expected direction across healthy datasets, these associations were not significant in several individual datasets. Specifically, anxiety-specific scores were positively correlated with mood variation (laboratory dataset: r = 0.10, p = 0.531; online dataset 1: r = 0.08, p = 0.026; online dataset 2: r = 0.19, p = 0.004) and with RPE-related mood sensitivity (laboratory dataset: r = 0.04, p = 0.820; online dataset 1: r = 0.05, p = 0.216; online dataset 2: r = 0.19, p = 0.004; Figures 2A–C and 2E–G). This pattern may partly reflect limited statistical power at the single-dataset level. Because these datasets used comparable task and questionnaire procedures and showed positive effect directions, we conducted pooled analyses to obtain a more stable estimate. Importantly, these analyses included dataset as a random intercept in mixed-effects models to account for between-dataset differences. Thus, the pooled analysis provides an integrated estimate across samples, conceptually similar to an individual-participant-data meta-analytic approach. The pooled results provided evidence for the expected anxiety-specific associations with greater mood variability and heightened RPE-related mood sensitivity in non-clinical participants (mood variation: t = 3.46, p < 0.001; RPE-related mood sensitivity: t = 2.60, p = 0.009). In addition, we conducted a mini meta-analysis, and results support that anxiety is associated with intensified mood fluctuations and increased mood sensitivity to RPE in non-clinical participants. We have clarified this point below:

      Pages 10-11:

      “Correlations between the anxiety-specific factor and mood variation were positive in direction across datasets, although they were not statistically significant in several datasets (the laboratory dataset: r = 0.10, p = 0.531; the online dataset 1: r = 0.08, p = 0.026; the online dataset 2: r = 0.19, p = 0.004). Similarly, correlations between the anxiety-specific factor and β<sub>RPE</sub> were positive in direction but statistically inconsistent across datasets (the laboratory dataset: r = 0.04, p = 0.820; the online dataset 1: r = 0.05, p = 0.216; the online dataset 2: r = 0.19, p = 0.004; Figure 2A-C & 2E-G). Because these datasets used comparable task and questionnaire procedures and showed positive effect directions, and because reliable individual differences often require large samples to detect[48], we combined the laboratory dataset, online dataset 1, and online dataset 2 (total N = 1,026). This approach is analogous to an individual-participant-data meta-analytic analysis. We fitted linear mixed-effects models predicting mood variation and β<sub>RPE</sub> from the three bifactor scores, with dataset included as a random intercept to account for dataset-level variability. For mood variation, the anxiety-specific factor was positively associated with mood variation (t = 3.46, p < 0.001), whereas the depression-specific factor was negatively associated with mood variation (t = -6.13, p < 0.001). For RPE-related mood sensitivity, the anxiety-specific factor was positively associated with β<sub>RPE</sub> (t = 2.60, p = 0.009), whereas the depression-specific factor was negatively associated with β<sub>RPE</sub> (t = -5.30, p < 0.001). These associations remained significant after controlling for gender, age, task earnings, and mood drift. In addition, we performed a mini meta-analysis on these correlation coefficients[49]. Results showed significant positive correlation for both mood variation and RPE-related mood sensitivity (mood variation: Z = 3.399, 95 % CI for correlation coefficient r [0.045, 0.166]; RPE-related mood sensitivity: Z = 2.618, 95 % CI for correlation coefficient r [0.021, 0.143]), supporting that anxiety is associated with intensified mood fluctuations and increased mood sensitivity to RPE in non-clinical participants.”

      We also admit that the anxiety-related effects were less robust than the depression-related effects and were detectable only in the pooled dataset (n = 1,026); therefore, they require further replication in larger samples.

      Page 17:

      “Notably, the anxiety-related effects were less robust than the depression-related effects and were detectable only in the pooled dataset (n = 1,026); therefore, they require further replication in larger samples.”

      Regarding be underpowered sample size in the clinical cohort. We agree that the clinical sample may have been underpowered to detect anxiety-specific effects, especially given the high comorbidity between anxiety and depression in affective disorders (Table S8). Based on the effect size observed in the non-clinical datasets (r = 0.079), we estimated that a sample size of 1,226 would be required to detect this effect with 80% statistical power using a two-tailed test with α = .05. This estimate is substantially larger than the current clinical sample size (n = 116). Although these covariate analyses support the robustness of the depression-related effect, they do not resolve whether the absence of the anxiety-related effect reflects limited power or true clinical discontinuity. We also revised the Discussion to explicitly acknowledge that the anxiety-related effect observed in the pooled non-clinical dataset was not replicated in the clinical sample. We now note two possible interpretations. First, this discontinuity may reflect limited statistical power in the clinical sample. Second, and more speculatively, it may reflect a disruption of mood homeostasis in affective disorders (Paulus, 2007). In non-clinical individuals, the counterbalancing associations of depression- and anxiety-related traits with mood variation may contribute to emotional equilibrium. In contrast, affective disorders may involve a loss of this regulatory balance, reducing the ability to stabilize mood in the face of competing depression- and anxiety-related affective signals. We have revised the manuscript as follows:

      Pages 12-13:

      “To test whether abnormalities in RPE-driven mood fluctuations can serve as clinically relevant computational markers of depression- and anxiety-related symptom dimensions, we recruited patients with affective disorders (n = 116) to complete the same questionnaire battery and gambling task with momentary mood ratings (Figure 1). Demographic, psychological, and clinical characteristics are summarized in Table 1 and Table S8. We observed significant negative correlations between depression-specific scores and both mood variation (r = -0.239, p = 0.009) and RPE-related mood sensitivity (β_RPE; r = -0.216, p = 0.020). These associations remained significant after controlling for demographic and clinical covariates, task earnings, and mood drift (ps < 0.05). Bootstrap validation yielded consistent results. Mediation analyses further showed that reduced mood sensitivity to RPEs statistically mediated the association between depression-specific scores and lower mood fluctuations (a × b = -0.141, 95% CI = [-0.261, -0.038], p = 0.021; Figure 3). However, we did not observe significant correlation with anxiety (mood variation: r = -0.092, p = 0.327; β_RPE: r = -0.095, p = 0.311).”

      Pages 17-18:

      “Notably, the pattern of heightened RPE sensitivity observed in the pooled non-clinical dataset was not observed in the clinical sample. On the one hand, this discontinuity may reflect that the clinical sample was underpowered to detect anxiety-specific effects, especially given the high comorbidity between anxiety and depression in affective disorders (Table S8). Based on the effect size observed in the non-clinical datasets (r = 0.079), we estimated that a sample size of 1,226 would be required to detect this effect with 80% statistical power using a two-tailed test with α = .05. This estimate is substantially larger than the current clinical sample size (n = 116). On the other hand, it may reflect a disruption of mood homeostasis in clinical populations[41,58]. In non-clinical individuals, counterbalancing associations of depression- and anxiety-related traits with mood variation may help maintain emotional equilibrium. In contrast, affective disorders may involve a loss of such regulatory balance, reducing the ability to stabilize mood in the face of competing depression- and anxiety-related affective signals.”

      Abstract:

      “Results showed that depression was associated with dampened mood fluctuations due to mood hyposensitivity to RPE. Importantly, this pattern was also found in patients with affective disorders. In contrast, anxiety correlated with heightened mood fluctuations stemming from mood hypersensitivity to RPE in non-clinical participants.”

      We have also revised the manuscript accordingly to make the factor-analytic, risk-attitude, and mediation analyses clear.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a very interesting paper. The research question is intriguing, allowing the authors to address commonly observed comorbidities between depression and anxiety and their dissociable and opposite relationship to mood fluctuations and sensitivity to reward prediction errors. The computational analyses are very in-depth, including many state-of-the-art checks and validations. Another strength is the inclusion of several large or very large samples, including a patient sample in addition to the general population sample.

      I have the following questions:

      (1) Factor analysis

      I found the hierarchical organization of the factors interesting. While this is a very common procedure in, for example, the field of intelligence (producing sub-scores and a general g factor), it is not yet very commonly used in the field of computational psychiatry (though it has been validated before for anxiety/depression, so it is used here with good reason). I was also impressed by the methodological depth. In particular, it was of note how thoroughly done it was (for example, repeating the EFA on the second half of the data set). I have one question though: is the sample size too small for the exploratory analyses, given the number of items? Given the stability across the half-split, I imagine it is not. Perhaps the authors could spell out how many items, what would be the recommended standard for a subject-to-item ratio, and comment on this. A very technical point, the authors should specify how they extracted the factor scores from the other data sets (is it using the Thurstone or Bartlett method)? From experience (though not doing a hierarchical factor analysis), Bartlett can be somewhat better compared to the default (Thurstone) - better as in the resulting factors more closely recapitulating the factor correlations in the original sample (and independence of responses of other participants in a sample for computing a person's factor score). Could you also comment on similarities or divergences in this hierarchical factor analysis approach from another one recently used transdiagnostically in Wise et al. (2026, Translational Psychiatry)?

      We thank the Reviewer for the positive evaluation of our hierarchical factor-analytic approach and for recognizing the methodological depth of our analyses. We are particularly grateful for the Reviewer’s constructive suggestions regarding the participant-to-item ratio, factor score extraction, and the relation between our approach and recent transdiagnostic hierarchical factor-analytic work.

      First, hierarchical organization. As the Reviewer noted, hierarchical and bifactor representations have a well-established tradition in intelligence research, where they are used to model the g factor alongside domain-specific abilities (e.g., Reise, 2012; Rodriguez et al., 2016). Crucially, the use of such hierarchical structures in the present study was motivated primarily by theory and evidence from anxiety and depression research, rather than by analogy to intelligence research alone. This tradition can be traced back to the tripartite model of anxiety and depression (Clark & Watson, 1991), which distinguished a broad shared component of general distress or negative affect from more specific anxiety- and depression-related components. Subsequent psychometric work has further supported bifactor and hierarchical representations of anxiety and depression symptoms, including models that separate a general internalizing/distress factor from symptom-specific dimensions (e.g., Simms et al., 2008). More recently, similar hierarchical symptom structures have also been adopted in computational psychiatry to relate shared and specific affective symptom dimensions to task-derived computational parameters (Gagne et al., 2020, 2022; see Wise et al., 2023 for a review). Thus, the bifactor structure used here provides a theoretically motivated way to capture both the variance shared by anxiety and depression and the symptom-specific variance relevant to our computational analyses. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Pages 3-4:

      “Recent work has used bifactor models of the tripartite model of depression and anxiety to clarify their distinct features and differential influences on decision-making[31,32]. The tripartite model of anxiety and depression proposes that these two symptom dimensions share a broad general distress or negative affect component while also including symptom-specific components: low positive affect/anhedonia is more specific to depression, whereas physiological hyperarousal is more specific to anxiety[30,33,34]. Bifactor analysis offers a way to model this structure statistically. In a bifactor model, symptoms load on a general factor reflecting their shared variance and on specific factors capturing residual variance in narrower symptom dimensions after accounting for the general factor. Although bifactor and hierarchical models have long been used in psychometrics, e.g., intelligence research[35,36], their application to anxiety and depression is grounded in the tripartite model and subsequent psychometric work distinguishing general internalizing/distress from symptom-specific dimensions. This framework has recently been extended to computational psychiatry, where shared and specific affective symptom dimensions have been linked to task-derived computational parameters. For example, Gagne et al. (2022) used bifactor analysis to show that depression was associated with weaker prior beliefs, whereas anxiety was associated with a stronger negative bias in belief updatin31.”

      Second, the participant-to-item ratio. We agree that the ratio of 450 participants to 128 items in the EFA split-half sample, approximately 3.5:1, is below some conventional sample-size recommendations for exploratory factor analysis, including the often-cited recommendation of five participants per item (Costello & Osborne, 2005). However, as the Reviewer noted, the split-half analysis showed a stable factor structure, and the independent CFA in the other split-half sample further supported the robustness of the solution. Importantly, participant-to-item ratios are only one criterion for evaluating factor recovery. De Winter, Dodou, and Wieringa (2009) demonstrated that reliable EFA solutions may be obtained even with relatively small samples when the data are well-conditioned, such as when factor loadings are high, the number of factors is small, and each factor is defined by multiple items. These conditions were largely met in our data. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Supplementary Page 3:

      “In addition, the ratio of 450 participants to 128 items in the EFA split-half sample, approximately 3.5:1, is below some conventional sample-size recommendations for EFA, including the often-cited recommendation of five participants per item[8]. However, the split-half EFA yielded a stable factor structure, and the independent CFA further supported the robustness of this solution. Moreover, reliable EFA solutions may be obtained even with relatively small samples when the data are well-conditioned, such as when factor loadings are high, the number of factors is small, and each factor is defined by multiple items9. These conditions were largely met in our data.”

      Next, factor score extraction. We followed prior work using bifactor modeling in computational psychiatry (Gagne et al., 2020) and extracted factor scores with the Anderson–Rubin method, implemented using psych::factor.scores with method = "Anderson". This approach yields standardized and mutually orthogonal factor scores, which is particularly appropriate for our subsequent correlation analyses because it produces orthogonal scores and therefore avoids multicollinearity among the general, depression-specific, and anxiety-specific factors. In addition, as suggested by the Reviewer, we extracted factor scores using the Bartlett method from an oblique bifactor model, which allowed the depression- and anxiety-specific factors to correlate. In the combined dataset (n = 1,026), anxiety- and depression-specific scores were significantly correlated when extracted using the Bartlett method (r = 0.638, p < 0.001), whereas, as expected, they were effectively uncorrelated when extracted using the Anderson–Rubin method (r < 0.001, p = 1.000). This comparison suggests that the Anderson–Rubin method is more appropriate for our analytic aim of estimating the unique associations of shared and symptom-specific components with task-derived parameters, because it separates the general distress/internalizing factor from the statistically separable residual anxiety- and depression-specific components. For this reason, we retained the Anderson–Rubin factor scores in the main analyses. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Supplementary Page 3:

      “For factor score extraction, we followed prior work using bifactor modeling in computational psychiatry[10] and extracted factor scores with the Anderson–Rubin method, implemented using psych::factor.scores with method = "Anderson". This approach yields standardized and mutually orthogonal factor scores, which is particularly appropriate for our subsequent correlation analyses because it avoids multicollinearity among the general, depression-specific, and anxiety-specific factors. As a robustness check, we also extracted factor scores using the Bartlett method from an oblique bifactor model, which allowed the depression- and anxiety-specific factors to correlate. In the combined dataset (n = 1,026), anxiety- and depression-specific scores were significantly correlated when extracted using the Bartlett method (r = 0.638, p < 0.001), whereas, as expected, they were effectively uncorrelated when extracted using the Anderson–Rubin method (r < 0.001, p = 1.000). This comparison suggests that the Anderson–Rubin method is more appropriate for our analytic aim of isolating the unique contributions of shared and symptom-specific variance, because it separates the general distress/internalizing factor from residual anxiety- and depression-specific components. Thus, we retained the Anderson–Rubin factor scores in the main analyses.”

      Finally, the similarities and differences between our hierarchical factor-analytic approach and the recent transdiagnostic hierarchical factor-analytic approach of Wise et al. (2026). Both approaches fit EFA models with different numbers of factors and use cross-level correlations to characterize hierarchical symptom structure. However, Wise et al. (2026) applied this framework to a broader symptom battery covering transdiagnostic and neurodevelopmental dimensions, identifying a hierarchy that included a general psychopathology factor and more specific dimensions such as internalizing, externalizing, inattentive/neurodevelopmental, mood/anxiety, and withdrawal. In contrast, our study focused more narrowly on anxiety and depression dimensions, with the goal of deriving symptom factors that could be linked to task-derived computational parameters. Accordingly, whether the current findings are specific to anxiety- and depression-related symptom dimensions or instead reflect broader transdiagnostic psychopathology or nonspecific response-related variance remains unknown. Future studies should include measures covering a wider range of psychiatric dimensions, such as internalizing, externalizing, inattentive/neurodevelopmental, mood/anxiety, and withdrawal dimensions identified by Wise et al. (2026), to better determine whether the links among symptom dimensions, RPE-related mood sensitivity, and mood variability are disorder-specific or transdiagnostic. We have discussed this point in the revised manuscript as follows: Page 19:

      “Future studies should include measures covering a wider range of psychiatric dimensions, such as internalizing, externalizing, inattentive/neurodevelopmental, mood/anxiety, and withdrawal dimensions identified by Wise et al. (2026)[59], to better characterize whether links among symptom dimensions, RPE sensitivity, and mood variability are disorder-specific or transdiagnostic.”

      (2) Linking factors to task parameters

      As I understand it, the authors relate the orthogonalized depression/anxiety to task parameters (sensitivity to RPEs on mood and mood variations) using correlations. In order to have a better understanding of how this relates to other commonly used approaches, I would pose two questions:

      (i) What are the correlations when the full (non-orthogonalized) factor scores for depression and anxiety are used? Are the signs the same?

      (ii) What are the results when, instead of the independent correlations, the authors perform b_RPE ~ anxiety + depression (again using the non-orthogonalized factors)? I'm assuming all of these analyses should give the same results if the authors' hypothesis of opposing effects of anxiety and depression holds true.

      We thank the Reviewer for these helpful comments. Our original analyses used orthogonalized depression- and anxiety-specific factor scores because this approach is aligned with our analytic aim of separating shared and symptom-specific variance within the tripartite/bifactor framework of anxiety and depression (Clark & Watson, 1991), and has been used in prior work (Gagne et al., 2020, 2022; see Wise et al., 2023 for a review). Orthogonalization allows us to statistically separate the shared distress component from the symptom-specific components of anxiety and depression, which was central to our hypothesis regarding their opposing associations with task-derived parameters. As expected, the orthogonalized anxiety- and depression-specific factor scores were uncorrelated in the combined dataset (r < 0.001, p = 1.000; n = 1,026). By contrast, the full non-orthogonalized depression and anxiety scores retained substantial shared variance and were highly correlated (r = 0.638, p < 0.001; n = 1,026), making their separate associations less straightforward to interpret.

      Nevertheless, we agree that analyses using the full non-orthogonalized depression and anxiety scores provide an important comparison with more commonly used non-orthogonal symptom-score approaches. We therefore conducted the analyses suggested by the Reviewer. When the full depression and anxiety scores were entered separately into linear mixed-effects models predicting RPE-related mood sensitivity, with dataset included as a random intercept, the anxiety association was not significant (anxiety: b = 0.002, t = 1.130, p = 0.259; depression: b = -0.008, t = -3.732, p < 0.001). By contrast, when the full non-orthogonalized anxiety and depression scores were entered simultaneously in the same linear mixed-effects model, the original pattern was replicated: anxiety and depression showed opposing associations with RPE-related mood sensitivity (anxiety: b = 0.012, t = 4.619, p < 0.001; depression: b = -0.017, t = -5.851, p < 0.001). This pattern is consistent with a mutual suppression effect: shared variance between anxiety and depression may obscure their unique associations when examined separately, whereas the simultaneous regression model reveals their opposing symptom-specific associations.

      Together, these supplementary analyses support our original interpretation that RPE-related mood sensitivity is associated with the separable anxiety- and depression-specific components in opposite directions. We have revised the manuscript as follows:

      Supplementary Pages 3-4:

      “We further analyzed non-orthogonalized full depression and anxiety scores to assess the robustness of our results. When full depression and anxiety scores were entered in separate linear mixed-effects models predicting RPE-related mood sensitivity, with dataset included as a random intercept, the anxiety association was not significant (anxiety: b = 0.002, t = 1.130, p = 0.259; depression: b = -0.008, t = -3.732, p < 0.001). By contrast, when the full non-orthogonalized anxiety and depression scores were entered simultaneously in the same linear mixed-effects model, the original pattern was replicated: anxiety and depression showed opposing associations with RPE-related mood sensitivity (anxiety: b = 0.012, t = 4.619, p < 0.001; depression: b = -0.017, t = -5.851, p < 0.001). This pattern is consistent with a mutual suppression effect: shared variance between anxiety and depression may obscure their unique associations when examined separately, whereas simultaneous regression reveals their opposing symptom-specific associations. These results support our interpretation that RPE-related mood sensitivity is linked to the separable anxiety- and depression-specific components.”

      Minor comments:

      (1) The authors should write down when the data were collected for each study. This is because AI capabilities have massively increased since ~2020 in quite specific steps (with the public release of new AI models), meaning that AI is likely to have been able to do tasks and questionnaires without detection if data were collected recently.

      We thank the Reviewer for this important comment. We have now added the data collection periods for each dataset in Table 1. The laboratory and clinical dataset were collected in a controlled laboratory setting rather than through online testing. As shown in Table 1, all online experiments were conducted before November 2022, prior to the public release of ChatGPT and its broad entry into public awareness. Therefore, our data were unlikely to have been substantially affected by AI-assisted responding. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Page 20:

      “See Table 1 for demographic information and data collection periods. Because online data collection may raise concerns about AI-generated responses, we note that artificial intelligence tools, such as ChatGPT, became widely known to the public in November 2022, whereas all online experiments in the present study were conducted before November 2022 (see Table 1). Therefore, these data were unlikely to have been substantially affected by participants’ use of AI tools.”

      (2) The authors should include a statement in the methods section that checks for AI were done. If none yet, could you do any? Recent papers (Westwood, PNAS 2025; van der Stigchel PNAS, 2026) point to the risk since at least the release of o4-mini (used in the cited paper to create very human-like behaviour).

      We thank the Reviewer for this helpful comment. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Page 20:

      “See Table 1 for demographic information and data collection periods. Because online data collection may raise concerns about AI-generated responses, we note that artificial intelligence tools, such as ChatGPT, became widely known to the public in November 2022, whereas all online experiments in the present study were conducted before November 2022 (see Table 1). Therefore, these data were unlikely to have been substantially affected by participants’ use of AI tools.”

      (3) It would have been good to collect questionnaires of other, thought to be unrelated psychiatric traits, like compulsivity or schizophrenia symptoms, to check the specificity of the results, also under the assumption that higher scores on either of these skewed questionnaires can pick up individual differences in 'bad questionnaire completion'. The authors should comment on the absence of other questionnaires in the discussion in the limitations section.

      We thank the Reviewer for this helpful comment. We agree that the absence of broader psychiatric trait measures limits our ability to evaluate the specificity of the observed associations. Our symptom assessment focused specifically on anxiety and depression because the study was motivated by hypotheses about their potentially opposing links with RPE sensitivity and mood variability. Although previous research has shown intact mood sensitivity to RPEs in individuals with suicidal thoughts and behaviors (Wang et al., 2026), we cannot determine whether the current findings are specific to anxiety- and depression-related symptom dimensions or instead reflect broader transdiagnostic psychopathology or nonspecific response-style variance.

      Regarding the concern that higher scores on symptom questionnaires with skewed score distributions may partly capture individual differences in poor-quality questionnaire responding, we note that we implemented strict data-quality procedures for both questionnaire and task data. Four attention-check items were embedded throughout the questionnaire battery, requiring participants to select a prespecified response, for example, “Please select the second option for this item.” Similarly, four attention-check trials were embedded throughout the gambling task. For example, participants were asked to choose between a certain gain of 20 points and a gamble with possible outcomes of 35 and 55 points, for which the dominant response was to choose the gamble option. Participants who failed any of these attention checks were excluded. In addition, our behavioral and mood data reproduced key patterns reported in previous studies (Rutledge et al., 2014 & 2015) using momentary mood ratings during gambling tasks, including higher mood following gains than following losses and systematic mood drift over time (all ps < 0.001). These procedures and validation checks reduce the likelihood that the present findings were driven by poor questionnaire or task completion. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Page 19:

      “Second, our symptom assessment focused specifically on anxiety and depression. This choice was motivated by our primary hypotheses, but it limits our ability to evaluate the specificity of the observed associations. Recent work has shown that individuals with suicidal thoughts and behaviors exhibit reduced mood sensitivity to certain rewards (CR), but not to RPEs[49], suggesting that the current RPE-related effects are not driven by suicide-related processes. However, because we did not assess other psychiatric dimensions, such as compulsivity or schizophrenia-spectrum symptoms, we cannot determine whether the current findings are specific to anxiety- and depression-related symptom dimensions or instead reflect broader transdiagnostic psychopathology or nonspecific response-related variance. Future studies should include measures covering a wider range of psychiatric dimensions, such as internalizing, externalizing, inattentive/neurodevelopmental, mood/anxiety, and withdrawal dimensions identified by Wise et al. (2026)[59], to better characterize whether links among symptom dimensions, RPE sensitivity, and mood variability are disorder-specific or transdiagnostic.”

      Page 20:

      “Participants were excluded if 1) they failed any of the attentional checks (4 items); 2) they made the same choices for all items; 3) they responded with extreme inconsistency in two similar questionnaires (difference in z-scores out of ±2).”

      Page 21:

      “There were four items for attentional checks, which required the participants to make a specific choice and were embedded in the entire measurements, e.g., ‘please select the second option for this item’.”

      Page 22:

      “We also set 4 trials embedded in the entire task for attentional checks. For example, participants were asked to make a choice between a certain gain 20 and a gamble 35/55, where the correct response for this trial was the gamble choice.”

      Page 5:

      “Choice data (e.g., gambling rates) and mood data (e.g., initial mood, mean mood, and mood variation) showed patterns similar to those reported in previous studies measuring momentary mood during gambling tasks (Figure S2 & S3)[10,45]. We also replicated established effects on momentary mood: mood was higher following gains than following losses, and mood drifted over time (all ps < 0.001; Figure S4).”

      (4) The authors could include a more explicit sentence in the abstract stating that the anxiety result did not hold up in the clinical population.

      We thank the Reviewer for this helpful comment. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Abstract:

      “Results showed that depression was associated with dampened mood fluctuations due to mood hyposensitivity to RPE. Importantly, this pattern was also found in patients with affective disorders. In contrast, anxiety correlated with heightened mood fluctuations stemming from mood hypersensitivity to RPE in non-clinical participants.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Despite their common co-occurrence, depression and anxiety are known to alter mood fluctuations in opposite ways. Here, the authors aimed at distinguishing depression-specific from anxiety-specific from psychopathology-general effects of reward processing on mood fluctuations, focusing on reward prediction errors (RPEs), which are known to be linked to mood fluctuations. This mechanistic study aims at uncovering the process through which these psychopathologies are associated with mood modulations. The authors were able to appropriately test their hypothesis and obtained results corroborating their conclusions.

      This work provides a convincing demonstration of the relevance of computational psychiatry (Huys et al, 2016) and the use of decision neuroscience to shed light on the interplay of anxiety, depression, and mood.

      Strengths:

      The authors used a tripartite model to distinguish depression vs anxiety, as well as a computational model distinguishing reward expectation (EV in the model) from outcome processing through RPE, which are two sequential cognitive processes.

      The manuscript adequately addresses the concerns one would have regarding risk-attitudes and regarding referring to trending statistical results.

      Weaknesses:

      The sample size of the clinical sample (N=116) may not be sufficient to detect anxiety-specific effects due to the high rate of comorbid anxious depression. It would be beneficial to include the number of MDD vs GAD vs anxious depression diagnoses in the clinical population, as this would likely shine light on the power limitations.

      We thank the Reviewer for this helpful comment. We agree that the clinical sample may have been underpowered to detect anxiety-specific effects, especially given the high comorbidity between anxiety and depression in affective disorders (see Table S8 for diagnosis, illness duration, and medication status). Based on the effect size observed in the non-clinical datasets (r = 0.079), we estimated that a sample size of 1,226 would be required to detect this effect with 80% statistical power using a two-tailed test with α = .05. This estimate is substantially larger than the current clinical sample size (n = 116). Although these covariate analyses support the robustness of the depression-related effect, they do not resolve whether the absence of the anxiety-related effect reflects limited power or true clinical discontinuity.

      We also revised the Discussion to explicitly acknowledge that the anxiety-related effect observed in the pooled non-clinical dataset was not replicated in the clinical sample. We now note two possible interpretations. First, this discontinuity may reflect limited statistical power in the clinical sample. Second, and more speculatively, it may reflect a disruption of mood homeostasis in affective disorders (Paulus, 2007). In non-clinical individuals, the counterbalancing associations of depression- and anxiety-related traits with mood variation may contribute to emotional equilibrium. In contrast, affective disorders may involve a loss of this regulatory balance, reducing the ability to stabilize mood in the face of competing depression- and anxiety-related affective signals. We have revised the manuscript as follows:

      Pages 12-13:

      “To test whether abnormalities in RPE-driven mood fluctuations can serve as clinically relevant computational markers of depression- and anxiety-related symptom dimensions, we recruited patients with affective disorders (n = 116) to complete the same questionnaire battery and gambling task with momentary mood ratings (Figure 1). Demographic, psychological, and clinical characteristics are summarized in Table 1 and Table S8. We observed significant negative correlations between depression-specific scores and both mood variation (r = -0.239, p = 0.009) and RPE-related mood sensitivity (β<sub>RPE</sub>; r = -0.216, p = 0.020). These associations remained significant after controlling for demographic and clinical covariates, task earnings, and mood drift (ps < 0.05). Bootstrap validation yielded consistent results. Mediation analyses further showed that reduced mood sensitivity to RPEs statistically mediated the association between depression-specific scores and lower mood fluctuations (a × b = -0.141, 95% CI = [-0.261, -0.038], p = 0.021; Figure 3). However, we did not observe significant correlation with anxiety (mood variation: r = -0.092, p = 0.327; β_RPE: r = -0.095, p = 0.311).”

      Pages 17-18:

      “Notably, the pattern of heightened RPE sensitivity observed in the pooled non-clinical dataset was not observed in the clinical sample. On the one hand, this discontinuity may reflect that the clinical sample was underpowered to detect anxiety-specific effects, especially given the high comorbidity between anxiety and depression in affective disorders (Table S8). Based on the effect size observed in the non-clinical datasets (r = 0.079), we estimated that a sample size of 1,226 would be required to detect this effect with 80% statistical power using a two-tailed test with α = .05. This estimate is substantially larger than the current clinical sample size (n = 116). On the other hand, it may reflect a disruption of mood homeostasis in clinical populations[41,58]. In non-clinical individuals, counterbalancing associations of depression- and anxiety-related traits with mood variation may help maintain emotional equilibrium. In contrast, affective disorders may involve a loss of such regulatory balance, reducing the ability to stabilize mood in the face of competing depression- and anxiety-related affective signals.”

      Abstract:

      “Results showed that depression was associated with dampened mood fluctuations due to mood hyposensitivity to RPE. Importantly, this pattern was also found in patients with affective disorders. In contrast, anxiety correlated with heightened mood fluctuations stemming from mood hypersensitivity to RPE in non-clinical participants.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this submission, Wang and colleagues jointly examine the association between depression and anxiety symptoms and individuals' affective reactivity to reward prediction errors in Ruttledge et al.'s gambling paradigm. Taking a bifactor approach to anxiety and depression in several non-clinical (and one clinical sample), the authors find that anxiety-specific symptoms relate to over-reactivity of mood to reward prediction errors (RPEs) as well as heightened mood variability, while depression-specific symptoms relate to blunted mood sensitivity to RPEs. These depression- but not anxiety-specific relationships replicated in patient samples.

      Strengths:

      I was impressed that the data-driven, transdiagnostic approach employed by the authors uncovered specific relationships between anxiety and depression-specific factors and RPE reactivity in a well characterized task and computational model, especially in a non-clinical sample. This sheds new light on how these affective processes may be perturbed-and importantly, in different ways-by anxiety and depression symptoms. Likewise, the replication of the depression-specific finding (RPE hypo-reactivity) in a clinical sample was nice to see.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the anxiety- and depression-specific factors had differential effects on mood variability (Figure 2A-D) and RPE reactivity (Figure 2E-G) in all samples, such that the correlations between the two factors and these mood parameters were significantly different, the anxiety factor was not consistently (significantly) associated with either mood-related parameter across samples. However, the authors resolve anxiety-specific predictive effects when they collapse across datasets. While it is intuitive that achieving a larger effective sample size would afford the power necessary to detect such individual differences, this struck me as a major caveat for this set of results.

      We thank the Reviewer for this important comment. Although the anxiety-specific factor showed associations in the expected direction across datasets, these associations were not significant in several individual datasets. Specifically, anxiety-specific scores were positively correlated with mood variation (laboratory dataset: r = 0.10, p = 0.531; online dataset 1: r = 0.08, p = 0.026; online dataset 2: r = 0.19, p = 0.004) and with RPE-related mood sensitivity (laboratory dataset: r = 0.04, p = 0.820; online dataset 1: r = 0.05, p = 0.216; online dataset 2: r = 0.19, p = 0.004; Figures 2A–C and 2E–G). This pattern may partly reflect limited statistical power at the single-dataset level.

      Because these datasets used comparable task and questionnaire procedures and showed positive effect directions, we conducted pooled analyses to obtain a more stable estimate. Importantly, these analyses included dataset as a random intercept in mixed-effects models to account for between-dataset differences. Thus, the pooled analysis provides an integrated estimate across samples, conceptually similar to an individual-participant-data meta-analytic approach. The pooled results provided evidence for the expected anxiety-specific associations with greater mood variability and heightened RPE-related mood sensitivity (mood variation: t = 3.46, p < 0.001; RPE-related mood sensitivity: t = 2.60, p = 0.009). In addition, we conducted a mini meta-analysis, and results support that anxiety is associated with intensified mood fluctuations and increased mood sensitivity to RPE.

      However, we have clarified in the revised manuscript that the anxiety-related effects were less robust than the depression-related effects and require further replication in larger samples.

      Pages 10-11:

      “Correlations between the anxiety-specific factor and mood variation were positive in direction across datasets, although they were not statistically significant in several datasets (the laboratory dataset: r = 0.10, p = 0.531; the online dataset 1: r = 0.08, p = 0.026; the online dataset 2: r = 0.19, p = 0.004). Similarly, correlations between the anxiety-specific factor and β<sub>RPE</sub> were positive in direction but statistically inconsistent across datasets (the laboratory dataset: r = 0.04, p = 0.820; the online dataset 1: r = 0.05, p = 0.216; the online dataset 2: r = 0.19, p = 0.004; Figure 2A-C & 2E-G). Because these datasets used comparable task and questionnaire procedures and showed positive effect directions, and because reliable individual differences often require large samples to detect[48], we combined the laboratory dataset, online dataset 1, and online dataset 2 (total N = 1,026). This approach is analogous to an individual-participant-data meta-analytic analysis. We fitted linear mixed-effects models predicting mood variation and β<sub>RPE</sub> from the three bifactor scores, with dataset included as a random intercept to account for dataset-level variability. For mood variation, the anxiety-specific factor was positively associated with mood variation (t = 3.46, p < 0.001), whereas the depression-specific factor was negatively associated with mood variation (t = -6.13, p < 0.001). For RPE-related mood sensitivity, the anxiety-specific factor was positively associated with β<sub>RPE</sub> (t = 2.60, p = 0.009), whereas the depression-specific factor was negatively associated with β<sub>RPE</sub> (t = -5.30, p < 0.001). These associations remained significant after controlling for gender, age, task earnings, and mood drift. In addition, we performed a mini meta-analysis on these correlation coefficients[49]. Results showed significant positive correlation for both mood variation and RPE-related mood sensitivity (mood variation: Z = 3.399, 95 % CI for correlation coefficient r [0.045, 0.166]; RPE-related mood sensitivity: Z = 2.618, 95 % CI for correlation coefficient r [0.021, 0.143]), supporting that anxiety is associated with intensified mood fluctuations and increased mood sensitivity to RPE.”

      Page 17:

      “Notably, the anxiety-related effects were less robust than the depression-related effects and were detectable only in the pooled dataset (n = 1,026); therefore, they require further replication in larger samples.”

      (2) The authors observe associations between the 'common factor' of depression and anxiety and risk-attitude tendencies, presumably the alpha (exponent) parameter in a prospect theory-type subjective value model. But where is this analysis explained? (i.e. how was this model formulated and how were risk attitude parameters estimated?) And what is the interpretation of this finding - is there precedent for looking at risk attitudes in this task? And why would these predictive effects only be observed in relation to the common, but not unique, factors of anxiety and depression?

      We apologize for the unclear statement. We have added a description of the computational modeling of choice behavior. Please see our revisions below:

      Page 13:

      “Choice parameters were estimated using an established approach–avoidance prospect theory model[10,45,49], which included loss aversion, domain-specific risk attitude parameters in the gain and loss domains, and value-independent Pavlovian approach and avoidance parameters (see Supplementary Note 7 for details of the computational choice models). In this model, risk attitude was quantified by the exponent parameter α in a prospect-theory-inspired subjective value function. Lower α values reflect greater risk aversion, whereas values closer to or above 1 reflect more linear or risk-seeking valuation.”

      Supplementary Pages 8-9:

      Note 7: Computational model of gambling choice

      To quantify how different events impacted participants’ momentary moods during the gambling In line with previous studies[14,15], our choice model space included expected value model (cM1), prospect theory model (cM2)[16], and approach-avoidance prospect theory model (cM3)[14]. For cM2 (Equations 6-9), there were 3 parameters, including risk aversion (α, range: [0.3, 1.3]), loss aversion (λ: [0.5, 5]), and inverse temperature (μ: [0, 10]).

      Where V<sub>gain</sub> and V<sub>loss</sub> are the objective gain and loss from a gamble, respectively. Please note thatV<sub>gain</sub> is 0 in loss trials and V<sub>loss</sub> is 0 in gain trials. V<sub>certain</sub> is the objective value for the certain option. U<sub>gamble</sub> and U<sub>certain</sub> denote the subjective utilities of the gamble and the certain option, respectively. Choice probability for gamble (P<sub>gamble</sub>) is determined by the softmax rule. Building on cM2, cM3 decomposes the decision process into risk-attitude-driven valuation (e.g., loss and risk aversion) and value-insensitive motivational components (Equations 6-8 & 10-12). That is, choice probability for P<sub>gamble</sub> in cM3 is jointly determined by the softmax rule and approach/avoidance parameters (β<sub>gain</sub>: [-1, 1], β<sub>loss</sub>: [-1, 1]). Approach/avoidance parameters are not applied in mixed trials. Please note that a higher gambling rate does not imply a change in risk attitude per se: it can arise from an increased value-insensitive approach bias even when risk-attitude parameters are comparable between groups. Risk attitude is indeed conceptualized in economics as the curvature of the utility function (i.e., the subjective value) of the objective outcomes, with concave curves associated with risk aversion, and convex curves associated with risk seeking[17,18]. By contrast, the approach or avoidance bias apply to all the value. A possible interpretation of the approach bias is that participant approach the option with the highest possible gain (the lottery) in the gain frame; the avoidance bias would then reflect a tendency to systematically avoid the highest potential losses (the lottery) in the loss frame.

      Model comparison using BIC revealed that the winning model for each dataset was the approach-avoidance prospect theory model (cM3; mean R<sup>2</sup> = 0.51 for the laboratory dataset, 0.49 for the online dataset1, 0.54 for the online dataset 2, and 0.40 for the clinical dataset; Table S9).

      Please also see our interpretation of this finding below:

      Page 18:

      “With respect to decision-making, prior literature using risky decision-making tasks without feedback has linked pathological anxiety to greater risk aversion[58]. In line with this, our results from a risky decision-making task with feedback suggest that the common factor, rather than anxiety-specific variance per se, is more consistently associated with risk aversion. This suggests that heightened gain-domain risk aversion may be a transdiagnostic feature of internalizing psychopathology, rather than being uniquely attributable to anxiety.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Thank you very much for giving me the opportunity to review this very interesting paper.

      Recommendations:

      (1) Add more specific ethics information than "study was approved by ethics committee of Beijing normal university".

      We thank the Reviewer for this important comment. We have added approval number. Please see our revision below:

      Page 20:

      “The study was approved by the Ethics Committee of Beijing Normal University (approve number: ICBIR_A_0016_028). Written or electronic informed consent was obtained from all participants before participation.”

      (2) Add information on how participants were recruited. I think the websites listed only hosted the experiment/questionnaires?

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing this out. We have revised the relevant text as follows:

      Page 20:

      “A total of 2634 participants via online platforms (questionnaires from https://www.wjx.cn and tasks from https://www.naodao.com) took part in five experiments, including a psychometric experiment, a laboratory experiment, two online replication experiments. Participants were recruited through participant pools and study advertisement. For online experiments, interested participants accessed the study through an online link and completed the questionnaires and task remotely. For the laboratory experiment, participants completed the study in a controlled laboratory setting.”

      (3) Typo in Figure 1A, grey panel - psychometric.

      We apologize for the typo. We have corrected typographical errors throughout the manuscript.

      (4) In the Discussion, there is a section on r-to-z transformations, and I was not quite sure what in the Results this links to.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out the unclear statement. Please see our revision below:

      Page 18:

      “First, although anxiety- and depression-related associations differed consistently, the anxiety-specific associations themselves were less robust across datasets.”

      **Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):&&

      The Results sections 2 (depression) and 3 (anxiety) could be improved by reducing the back and forth between factors throughout the results. It may be useful to split them into 3 sections: depression only, anxiety only, and depression vs anxiety.

      We thank the Reviewer for this helpful suggestion. As suggested, we have reorganized this part into three sections: depression, anxiety, and depression versus anxiety. Please see our revision below:

      Page 12:

      “Differential associations of depression and anxiety with mood fluctuations. To directly test whether depression- and anxiety-specific factors differed in their associations with mood dynamics, we compared the corresponding correlations. These comparisons showed that depression-specific associations were significantly more negative than anxiety-specific associations for both mood variation (laboratory dataset: Z = -1.84, p = 0.033; online dataset 1: Z = -5.36, p < 0.001; online dataset 2: Z = -3.42, p < 0.001) and β_RPE (laboratory dataset: Z = -1.77, p = 0.038; online dataset 1: Z = -3.67, p < 0.001; online dataset 2: Z = -4.00, p < 0.001; Figures 2A–C and 2E–G). These results support distinct associations of depression- and anxiety-specific factors with RPE-related mood dynamics.”

      In the discussion, the authors could have mentioned the brain areas most likely to be involved in these processes, both cognitive and psychopathological, as previous studies (such as Cecchi et al, 2022) have aimed at identifying regions involved in RPE processing while modulating mood in health. A short section on this would be useful to the neuropsychiatric community.

      We thank the Reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We agree that the Discussion would benefit from a more explicit consideration of the neural systems that may support RPE-related mood updating and their relevance to psychopathology. We have revised the Discussion accordingly, as shown below:

      Page 16:

      “Although the present study did not include neuroimaging, the observed computational dissociation may map onto partially distinct neural systems involved in reward learning, mood updating, and affective psychopathology. RPE processing has been consistently linked to striatal–midbrain dopaminergic reward-learning circuits[8,50]. The integration of these reward-learning signals into subjective mood and value-based decision-making may further involve the ventral medial prefrontal cortex and orbitofrontal cortex[44]. In addition, the anterior insula may be particularly relevant for integrating feedback-related signals with affective and interoceptive states[8,44], potentially linking RPE processing to anxiety- and depression-related mood dynamics. Consistent with this view, Cecchi et al. (2022)[51] used intracranial EEG to show that feedback-related neural activity tracks mood fluctuations and risky choice. Future neuroimaging studies should test whether depression-related reductions and anxiety-related increases in RPE-related mood sensitivity are associated with altered interactions among striatal, prefrontal, and insular circuits.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors need to present a clearer definition of the terms "bifactor analysis" and "tripartite model" in the Introduction. What does tripartite mean in this context? What are the assumptions of such bifactor analyses (e.g. as used in Gagne et al. and the present work) and how, in broad strokes, are they carried out? These are important constructs to clarify for readers outside the computational psychiatry niche.

      We thank the Reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have revised the Introduction accordingly, as shown below:

      Page 3:

      “Recent work has used bifactor models of the tripartite model of depression and anxiety to clarify their distinct features and differential influences on decision-making[31,32]. The tripartite model of anxiety and depression proposes that these two symptom dimensions share a broad general distress or negative affect component while also including symptom-specific components: low positive affect/anhedonia is more specific to depression, whereas physiological hyperarousal is more specific to anxiety[30,33,34]. Bifactor analysis offers a way to model this structure statistically. In a bifactor model, symptoms load on a general factor reflecting their shared variance and on specific factors capturing residual variance in narrower symptom dimensions after accounting for the general factor.”

      (2) Previous examinations of depression and RPE reactivity in this task paradigm, as the authors note (e.g. Rutledge et al., 2017), observed that individuals diagnosed with depression showed an intact association between RPEs and mood. In other words, there was no previously observed relationship between depression and affective reactivity to RPEs in this task context. Here, the authors find that the "unique" depression factor identified by the authors (in a non-clinical sample) is associated with blunted RPE sensitivity - this is worth commenting on specifically.

      We thank the Reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have discussed this point in the Discussion. Please also see it below:

      Pages 15-16:

      “Our computational model not only replicates the important role of RPEs in mood dynamics but also highlights the divergent mediating roles of RPE-related mood sensitivity in the associations of depression and anxiety with mood fluctuations. The opposite associations of depression and anxiety with mood sensitivity to RPEs complement previous findings of apparently intact RPE-related mood sensitivity in depression[12,25,37]. These findings further underscore the necessity of decomposing shared and specific components of depression and anxiety in studies of mood dynamics, which can enhance our understanding of their distinct associations with emotion processing and cognitive flexibility. This point is consistent with bifactor-based work showing that shared and specific symptom dimensions can have different computational correlates. For example, Gagne et al. (2020) showed that bifactor-derived symptom dimensions differentially relate to maladaptation to environmental volatility[32], complementing previous findings that trait anxiety is associated with inflexible adjustment to volatility[32].”

      (3) There is a note (line 247) about the interpretation of the correlations in Figure 2, which attempts to explain away the inconsistent relationships between the anxiety-specific factor and mood variability as well as RPE reactivity observed in Figure 2. I can't say I understand the authors' point here about "signs of positive correlations", so I would say the authors need to clarify their logic here. More to the point, the authors only resolve anxiety-specific predictive effects when they collapse across these datasets. As discussed above (see 'weaknesses'), this is a serious limitation in my view and needs to be discussed as such in the paper.

      We apologize for the unclear statement. Although the anxiety-specific factor showed associations in the expected direction across datasets, these associations were not significant in several individual datasets. Specifically, anxiety-specific scores were positively correlated with mood variation (laboratory dataset: r = 0.10, p = 0.531; online dataset 1: r = 0.08, p = 0.026; online dataset 2: r = 0.19, p = 0.004) and with RPE-related mood sensitivity (laboratory dataset: r = 0.04, p = 0.820; online dataset 1: r = 0.05, p = 0.216; online dataset 2: r = 0.19, p = 0.004; Figures 2A–C and 2E–G). This pattern may partly reflect limited statistical power at the single-dataset level.

      Because these datasets used comparable task and questionnaire procedures and showed positive effect directions, we conducted pooled analyses to obtain a more stable estimate. Importantly, these analyses included dataset as a random intercept in mixed-effects models to account for between-dataset differences. Thus, the pooled analysis provides an integrated estimate across samples, conceptually similar to an individual-participant-data meta-analytic approach. The pooled results provided evidence for the expected anxiety-specific associations with greater mood variability and heightened RPE-related mood sensitivity (mood variation: t = 3.46, p < 0.001; RPE-related mood sensitivity: t = 2.60, p = 0.009). We have revised it to make it clear. Please see our revisions below:

      Pages 10-11:

      “Correlations between the anxiety-specific factor and mood variation were positive in direction across datasets, although they were not statistically significant in several datasets (the laboratory dataset: r = 0.10, p = 0.531; the online dataset 1: r = 0.08, p = 0.026; the online dataset 2: r = 0.19, p = 0.004). Similarly, correlations between the anxiety-specific factor and β_RPE were positive in direction but statistically inconsistent across datasets (the laboratory dataset: r = 0.04, p = 0.820; the online dataset 1: r = 0.05, p = 0.216; the online dataset 2: r = 0.19, p = 0.004; Figure 2A-C & 2E-G). Because these datasets used comparable task and questionnaire procedures and showed positive effect directions, and because reliable individual differences often require large samples to detect, we combined the laboratory dataset, online dataset 1, and online dataset 2 (total N = 1,026). This approach is analogous to an individual-participant-data meta-analytic analysis while accounting for dataset-level variability. Because these datasets used comparable task and questionnaire procedures and showed positive effect directions, and because reliable individual differences often require large samples to detect[48], we combined the laboratory dataset, online dataset 1, and online dataset 2 (total N = 1,026). This approach is analogous to an individual-participant-data meta-analytic analysis while accounting for dataset-level variability. We fitted linear mixed-effects models predicting mood variation and β<sub>RPE</sub> from the three bifactor scores, with dataset included as a random intercept. For mood variation, the anxiety-specific factor was positively associated with mood variation (t = 3.46, p < 0.001), whereas the depression-specific factor was negatively associated with mood variation (t = -6.13, p < 0.001). For RPE-related mood sensitivity, the anxiety-specific factor was positively associated with β<sub>RPE</sub> (t = 2.60, p = 0.009), whereas the depression-specific factor was negatively associated with β<sub>RPE</sub> (t = -5.30, p < 0.001).”

      Page 17:

      “Notably, the anxiety-related effects were less robust than the depression-related effects and were detectable only in the pooled dataset (n = 1,026); therefore, they require further replication in larger samples.”

      (4) I expected to see that the authors would also investigate relationships between anxiety/depression related factors and the decay (gamma) parameter in the 'Happiness equation', which is presumably estimated from the data here. While I don't have a strong intuition about directions of (or presence of) predictive relationships here, doesn't it stand to reason that different aspects of psychopathology examined here might map onto how long- (versus short-) lasting the effects of, say, RPEs are, upon mood?

      We thank the Reviewer for this important comment. In the healthy datasets, we fitted a linear mixed-effects model predicting the decay parameter (γ) from the three bifactor scores, with dataset included as a random intercept. None of the factors showed a significant association with γ (common: t = 0.708, p = 0.479; anxiety: t = 0.564, p = 0.573; depression: t = 1.146, p = 0.252). In the clinical dataset, we fitted a linear model predicting γ from the three bifactor scores and again found no significant associations (common: t = -0.036, p = 0.972; anxiety: t = -0.047, p = 0.963; depression: t = 0.052, p = 0.959). We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Supplementary Page 5:

      “In the healthy datasets, we conducted a linear mixed-effect model against decay parameter (gamma) with all three factors, with dataset as a random factor. Results did not show significant effect (common: t = 0.708, p = 0.479; anxiety: t = 0.564, p = 0.573; depression: t = 1.146, p = 0.252). In the clinical dataset, we conducted a linear model against decay parameter (gamma) with all three factors and found no significant effect (common: t = -0.036, p = 0.972; anxiety: t = -0.047, p = 0.963; depression: t = 0.052, p = 0.959).”

      (5) The rationale for and interpretation of the mediation model, which presumably aims to explain the relationships between anxiety- and depression-specific factors, RPE reactivity, and mood variability was barely explained by the authors. At present, I'm not sure what the added value of this analysis is. The authors should either remove or explain/motivate the mediation more clearly.

      We thank the Reviewer for this helpful comment. The rationale for the mediation analysis is that mood variability in the task is not only a descriptive behavioral outcome, but may also arise from the degree to which momentary mood is updated by RPEs. Therefore, if depression is associated with reduced RPE-related mood sensitivity and anxiety with increased RPE-related mood sensitivity, these alterations should statistically account for their opposite associations with mood variability. The mediation model directly tested this possibility by examining whether RPE-related mood sensitivity accounted for the association between symptom-specific factors and mood variability. We have clarified this rationale in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Page 10:

      “Given the strong correlation between β<sub>RPE</sub> and mood variation (rs > 0.67, ps < 0.001), we further conducted a mediation analysis to examine whether individual differences in RPE-related mood sensitivity statistically accounted for the association between depression loading and mood variation. This analysis was motivated by the hypothesis that depression-related dampening of mood variability may arise, at least in part, from reduced mood sensitivity to RPEs.”

      (6) This submission would benefit from extensive English language copy editing. There are many passages in the paper (in fact, too many to list here) that suffer from either grammatical errors or clarity issues.

      We apologize for these mistakes. We have corrected the typographical errors throughout the manuscript.

    1. Chapter 7: AI Literacy Liza Long and Abraham Romney A first-year student who has only ever talked to a chatbot on Snapchat for fun is, by the end of one semester, teaching her professors how to prompt more effectively. A technical writer who has spent a career translating engineering specifications into user-friendly manuals discovers that her job now includes auditing an AI system’s claims before they reach a customer. Both these cases are actually the same story, and they prompt a simple question: what does it mean to write for a living in the age of artificial intelligence? You will probably work alongside generative AI for the rest of your career, whether or not you ever choose to use it. Colleagues will use it; documents you receive will be shaped by it; employers will expect you to have judgment about it. AI literacy is the foundation of that judgment: knowing what these systems are, what they do well, how they fail, and what responsibilities attach to their use. AI literacy functions as a professional habit of mind: a set of practices for working alongside generative AI tools while keeping your judgment, your voice, and the trust of the people who read what you produce. It has become a permanent, core competency of technical and professional communication.  Because the technology is changing so rapidly, we are taking a high-level approach to AI literacy with a goal of developing AI fluency. This chapter covers the basics of how LLMs work, how to prompt chatbots and evaluate their outputs, how (and when) to disclose and cite AI collaboration, and how to redesign the documents and assessments you produce so that you remain the human in charge. Image by cocoandwifi from Pixabay Pixabay Content License Chapter Learning Objectives By the end of this chapter, you will be able to: Explain why AI literacy has become a core professional competency in technical and workplace writing. Draft an effective prompt using a structured approach, and explain prompting as a form of authorship. Evaluate AI-generated content for accuracy, bias, and hallucination, and describe practices for verifying claims before they reach a reader. Write a clear, professional AI disclosure statement and cite generative AI tools appropriately in APA style. Describe at least two ways that workplace deliverables and assessments can be redesigned to remain meaningful now that AI can produce fluent text instantly. From Producing Text to Directing It Section objectives: distinguish “writing with AI” from “writing for AI,” and explain why problem formulation is becoming a more valuable professional skill than drafting. For most of the history of technical communication, the job was translation: take complex engineering or scientific information and turn it into prose that a human reader could act on. Generative AI has commoditized the easiest part of that job. Any competent chatbot can now draft a passable memo, a boilerplate proposal, or a first-pass procedure. Fluent language has become abundant and cheap. Judgment has become the scarce resource: knowing what to ask for,  whether the answer is any good, and what to do with it next. Some organizations are already redesigning their information systems around this shift, restructuring documentation into tagged, machine-readable components so that AI tools retrieve accurate context, and training writers to think about two audiences at once: the human reader and the algorithm that will eventually process the same content. Practicing AI literacy means understanding where the profession is heading: toward being the person who curates, verifies, and takes responsibility for what a human-AI system produces together, whether or not your own title ever says “data architect.” That shift starts with a skill our education system rarely teaches directly: problem formulation. We have spent generations training students to answer questions. Designing the question is a rarer, harder skill, and it is the one that matters most now. A vague prompt produces the intellectual equivalent of moldy cheese. A clear, constrained, intellectually ambitious question produces something worth reading. The people who get real value out of AI right now share a few traits: they are curious, they have a genuine problem they want to solve, and they are willing to fail and try again. This is also why “prompt engineering” is the wrong name for the skill we are describing here. The phrase signals that this territory belongs to engineers and coders, and that writers and communicators are only visiting this space. In fact, writers and communicators are prompting natives when “English is the hottest new programming language,” as OpenAI founder and Anthropic employee Andrej Karpathy wrote on X in 2023. A prompt is a rhetorical act: it sets an audience, a purpose, a tone, and a set of constraints, and it draws on exactly the skills technical communicators have always practiced. One accessible way to teach this is the Role, Task, Voice, and Context approach: Define who the AI should act as (role) Tell it what it should do (task) Specify the tone it should use (voice) Provide the background information it needs to get the task right (context). Here is an example: Role: Act as an expert Technical Writer and Usability Specialist. Task: Convert a complex, multi-paragraph technical explanation of Git branching into a clear, numbered troubleshooting guide for a beginner software developer. Voice: Use an instructional, clear, and encouraging tone with short sentences and active verbs. Avoid jargon where possible, and define it immediately if necessary. Context: This guide will be included in an open-source documentation wiki for a university computer science club. The readers understand what coding is but are completely new to version control systems like GitHub, so they often get confused when merge conflicts happen. Experience with a tool reduces how much of this scaffolding you need, and it remains a useful way to think rhetorically about any AI interaction, especially early on. Case Study: From Snapchat to AI Superuser Payton Grond arrived in a first-year writing class as a marketing and communications major with, in her own words, “very, very little” experience using AI for anything academic. Her only real exposure had been talking to Snapchat’s built-in chatbot, mostly as a distraction. By the end of the semester, she had moved well past simply using AI in her own writing: she was teaching classmates, and eventually a professor in another class, how to prompt more effectively. Curiosity, humility, and intention made Payton what her instructor came to think of as a “superuser.” She noticed that different AI platforms behaved differently and matched the tool to the task: one for creative brainstorming, one for structure, one for deep research. And she framed her own use of these tools in a way worth quoting directly: “You’re still working if you’re prompting. You’re the one who is ultimately deciding what gets put on the page.” For Payton, prompting was a form of authorship. That reframing mattered later, in a business applications course, when classmates accused her of cheating for using AI on an assignment graded entirely on formatting, with AI-generated content explicitly permitted. Payton and another student stepped in to explain how prompting actually worked, walking their professor through the process. Students, given the right tools and enough trust, can become some of the best AI educators in the room. Payton’s own recommendation, when asked whether AI literacy needed to be taught formally, was blunt: “It should be taught. Especially in high school.” She had felt the whiplash of arriving at college after years of “no AI, ever” rules, only to find every class handling AI differently. Consistency, transparency, and a little room to experiment made the difference for her, and it will make the difference for the students and colleagues you eventually work alongside. Key Term: Problem Formulation: the cognitive ability to identify, analyze, delineate, and structure a real-world problem so that an AI system can effectively solve it Key Term: Superuser. A person who becomes skilled with AI tools through curiosity, willingness to experiment, and a habit of treating AI as a collaborator whose output still requires their own judgment. Evaluating What AI Gives You Section objectives: identify why large language models hallucinate, and practice calibrated trust when deciding whether to accept, verify, or override AI output. Now that we’ve explored how to interact with chatbots, let’s look at how they work so that we can understand the importance of verifying their outputs. A large language model generates text by predicting, one token at a time, what is statistically likely to come next, based on patterns learned from enormous amounts of training data. It operates purely on probability: no worldview, no lived experience, no mechanism for distinguishing a true claim from a fluent one. That is why these tools hallucinate: they confidently generate citations, statistics, and quotations that sound exactly right but were invented on the spot. An internal Microsoft training document put it bluntly: these systems are “built to be persuasive, not truthful” (as cited in Weiss & Metz, 2023). What this means in practical terms is that you must treat every factual claim, source, and statistic an AI tool gives you as a lead to verify before it goes out under your name. Three other failure modes matter for writers. Bias: models reproduce patterns in their training data, including its stereotypes, its overrepresentation of dominant languages and perspectives, and its gaps. Sycophancy: models tend to agree with the framing you give them, which makes them unreliable critics unless you deliberately invite disagreement. Generic register: model output gravitates toward a smooth, elevated, one-size-fits-all professional voice, fluent, but unanchored in any real situation. Learning to hear that voice, and to notice what it papers over, is a core literacy skill. Evaluating AI output well requires what I have come to call calibrated trust: the moment-to-moment skill of knowing when to follow AI output, when to verify it, and when to override it entirely. Calibrated trust is earned through practice, under real stakes, the same way you learn to trust or distrust a new colleague’s judgment. It also requires sustained attention even when a collaboration is going smoothly, because an AI system runs at constant capacity: it works identically at 2 a.m. and 9 a.m., carrying no fatigue and feeling no weight for a bad decision. That weight belongs entirely to the accountable human. Managing your own attention and your own boundaries around AI-assisted work is a skill you will mostly have to teach yourself, and it’s a critical one. Researchers are already reporting a new kind of burnout experienced by frequent LLM users.. This is also where technical communicators are especially vital, as the people who catch what an algorithm misses. AI-crafted misinformation online tends to follow a recognizable template: a hook, a struggle, a heroic turn, a moral, and a prompt to share. Teaching yourself and the people you work with to recognize that template, and to apply a simple verification habit such as stop, investigate the source, find better coverage, and trace the claim to its original context, is now a basic professional literacy. The same discipline that catches manufactured misinformation on social media catches a fabricated statistic in an AI-drafted report before it reaches a client. Key Term: Hallucination. A large language model’s confident generation of false or fabricated information, including nonexistent sources, quotations, or statistics, that sounds plausible because it matches learned patterns of language, regardless of whether it is true. Key Term: Calibrated Trust. The skill of deciding, in the moment, whether to accept, verify, or override AI-generated output; a skill built through repeated practice under real stakes. Disclosure, Citation, and Professional Practice Section objectives: draft a clear AI acknowledgment statement, and cite generative AI tools appropriately using APA style. Every profession that touches AI-generated content is converging on the same expectation: say what you used, how you used it, and why. In the classroom, I ask students to acknowledge their AI use, share the chat itself, evaluate the AI’s output critically, and explain why they made the choices they did. That same structure translates directly into professional practice. A useful acknowledgment statement names the tool, describes specifically how it was used, and explains how the output was verified or revised before it went out under your name. Example acknowledgement statement: “I used [tool] to [specific task]. I verified the output by [method] and revised it to [what you changed and why].” Citation follows the same logic, just formalized. APA style treats a chatbot as a piece of software with an organizational author: you cite the company, the version, and a description of what it is, then quote or paraphrase its output the way you would any other source. A typical APA reference looks like this: OpenAI. (2023). ChatGPT (Mar 14 version) [Large language model]. https://chat.openai.com/chat, cited in text as (OpenAI, 2023). The same principle applies whatever the tool: name it, date it, and link to the conversation itself if the platform allows sharing, because a link to the actual exchange is the clearest form of transparency you can offer a reader or a colleague. Two habits will keep you out of trouble here. First, verify every AI-recommended source yourself before treating it as real. These tools can generate a completely convincing citation, author, and journal for an article the author never wrote; the only way to catch this is to look it up. Second, keep citation and disclosure distinct: a citation tells your reader where a specific quotation or fact came from, while a disclosure statement tells them how AI shaped your process as a whole. Professional writing increasingly asks for both. Do we need to cite and acknowledge AI use in every instance? Norms are still developing around this question, and the answer will likely depend on the way AI is used. For example, we are not citing the use of spelling and grammar checks, though LLMs can act in this way. Use your best professional judgment. If the LLM is performing a routine templated task, it may not require an acknowledgment statement. Redesigning the Deliverable Section objectives: describe why fluent AI-generated text undermines older forms of assessment, and identify design principles for documents and assignments that still demonstrate human thinking. For more than a century, the polished document functioned as reliable evidence of thinking. If you could produce clear, well-organized prose, the assumption went, you could think clearly. That assumption is now broken: language is cheap and abundant, and fluency alone proves very little about the person who produced it. The traditional essay and the traditional report were already imperfect proxies for thinking, rewarding stamina and formatting compliance as much as insight. AI has simply made that assessment flaw impossible to ignore. Banning AI outright, or policing it with detection software, misses the more useful question. A colleague of mine, reflecting on faculty debates over AI policy, described three postures worth applying to any workplace deliverable: subtract AI where you need to recover genuine human presence, add it where it expands what is possible, and multiply with it where it can genuinely extend your capacity to create and connect. Research on AI use in writing classrooms backs this up directly: misuse tracks assignment design far more closely than it tracks student intent. Generic, one-size-fits-all assignments, the technical-writing equivalent of “summarize this article,” invite automation. Personalized, well-scaffolded tasks grounded in real context earn genuine engagement instead. The deeper redesign question for technical writers is what you are actually trying to communicate and how you are measuring impact. In a workplace, tracking your effort might mean documenting your prompts and your revisions as a routine part of a project file, the same way engineers keep a design history. The goal stays the same: keep the thinking visible, in a world where fluent writing comes cheap and proves less than it used to. Becoming a Professional Cyborg The skills above are practical, but they sit on top of something less comfortable to talk about: sustained AI collaboration changes how your brain works. After spending several intense weeks co-writing a federal grant application with an AI assistant, I found myself groping for vocabulary to describe what I was feeling, and eventually landed on a word: cyborg. But I am not a glamorous science fiction movie cyborg; I’m the ordinary, unglamorous kind: someone whose thinking has become genuinely entangled with a machine’s, while their body, their accountability, and their exhaustion remain entirely human. Two features of that entanglement are worth naming up front. The first is what I call the asymmetry of endurance: the AI runs at constant capacity, with no circadian rhythm and no point of diminishing returns, so any boundary on the work has to come entirely from you. Deciding when to stop is itself a form of cognitive labor. The second is that this vigilance feels like ordinary, even pleasurable, productive work while it is happening; your body sends the bill later. The practical habit worth building here is simple: schedule your own stopping points before you start a high-stakes AI collaboration, and notice when “one more pass” has become less about the work and more about the machine’s bottomless availability. Naming what you are experiencing, openly and as it happens, is most of what protects you. This will be especially important for technical writers, who are increasingly partnering with LLMs to create their work. Use, Refusal, and Responsibility Some professionals and some of your classmates decline to use generative AI, for reasons that deserve respect: environmental costs, labor and copyright concerns, privacy, or a commitment to developing their own unassisted abilities. Declining specific uses for reasons you can explain and justify is itself an exercise of AI literacy. However, especially in technical writing, refusing to understand the technology is not an option. The responsibilities remain either way: recognizing AI-shaped text, evaluating AI-influenced claims, and making policy decisions about tools you can explain. It’s helpful to understand the technology even if you ultimately choose not to use it, because an informed refusal is more defensible than an uninformed one Whatever you decide, three responsibilities are non-negotiable in this course and in professional life: know your context’s rules (each instructor, workplace, and publication sets its own); disclose use where disclosure is expected; and own the output, every word, as if you had written it, because ethically you have. Chapter Summary AI literacy in technical and professional communication is a bundle of skills: formulating problems clearly enough to prompt well, evaluating AI output with calibrated skepticism, disclosing and citing that collaboration honestly, and redesigning the documents and assessments you produce so they still demonstrate human judgment. Anyone in the field can build these habits, computer science degree or not. The core move is the one Payton Grond made: treat AI as a genuine collaborator that expands what you can do, and keep its fluency separate from your own thinking.

      One thing that stood out to me in Chapter 7 was the idea that AI can be helpful, but we still have to use our own judgment. I use AI pretty often, so I thought the part about checking information for accuracy was important. AI can sound really confident even when the information is wrong, so it’s important to double-check things before using them.

      I also liked the idea that using AI doesn’t mean you aren’t doing the work. We’re still the ones deciding what information to use and what actually belongs in our final work. As a college student, I think learning how to use AI responsibly is going to be an important skill for school and future jobs. Stephanie

    1. The résumé and cover letter are arguments, not autobiographies. The word “résumé” comes from French, meaning to summarize, but by the 1940s, the meaning had morphed into the job document we are discussing here. These documents make specific claims: this person fits this position at this organization. Everything in them serves that claim or does not belong. This genre also stages the book’s central drama in miniature: AI can now produce a professional-sounding application instantly, which means that sounding professional is no longer enough on its own. What sets an application apart now is fit, specificity, and an honest picture of who you are. Learning Objectives Analyze a job posting as the rhetorical situation your materials must answer. Build a résumé around evidence-based accomplishment statements. Write cover letters that argue fit rather than restate the résumé. Use AI in the job search ethically and effectively, and represent yourself honestly. Title: Resume, Career, Jobsearch Author: resumaic Source: Pixabay License: Pixabay Content License Reading the Posting Treat the posting as your audience analysis. Highlight the required and preferred qualifications, the repeated terms, and the values language (“collaborative,” “fast-paced,” “mission-driven”). These are the criteria your reader, whether a person or an applicant-tracking system, will screen against. Your materials, if tailored well, can answer the posting point by point, in its own vocabulary (at least where it honestly applies), with your strongest evidence. The Résumé A résumé is a claims-and-evidence document, and it is usually skimmed in seconds, so design it to be read quickly: clean alignment, consistent formatting, informative section headings, and your most relevant material first. There is no single correct template, because conventions vary by field. This book teaches some of the current principles, but your campus career center is worth a visit for a field-specific review and more information about what has worked for recent graduates. Accomplishment Statements: XYZ and STAR The unit of persuasion on a résumé is the accomplishment statement, and a reliable way to build one is the XYZ method: accomplished X, as measured by Y, by doing Z. So “Reduced patient processing errors by 30 percent by redesigning the intake form” tells a lot more than “Responsible for forms.” The formula comes from Laszlo Bock, Google’s former head of People Operations, who described it in Work Rules! (2015), and it is advice Google’s recruiters still give applicants; for an accessible summary, see Bill Murphy Jr.’s account of Google’s résumé guidance for Inc. (external link). The point of the formula is to move you off duties and onto results: what changed, how much, and how you made it happen. The XYZ method has a close cousin you will meet again in interviews, the STAR method, which frames an accomplishment as Situation, Task, Action, and Result. STAR was built for interviews, where you have a minute or two to tell the whole story out loud, so it spends real time setting up the situation and the task. A résumé gives you no such room, and here the two methods come together: compress the story to a single line, imply the situation and task in a few words, and lead with the action and the measurable result. A strong résumé bullet is really a STAR story boiled down to its action and result, with a number attached, which is more or less what XYZ produces. Learn both, and use STAR to surface the raw material and XYZ to compress it for the page. Finding and Using Metrics Both XYZ and STAR put a number at the center of the accomplishment, the Y in XYZ and the result in STAR, and students often stall here, sure they have nothing to count because their work never produced a sales figure. Revenue is only one kind of measurement, though, and usually not the one most available to you. Most work produces metrics of some kind, if you know where to look. When you cannot point to dollars, you can still quantify along other dimensions. Scale and volume: how many documents you produced, customers you served, students you tutored, events you ran, or tickets you resolved. Frequency and consistency: how often, and how reliably, a weekly report or a semester without a missed deadline. Time: how long something took, or how much you saved, a turnaround cut from three days to one. Scope and responsibility: how big, a team of twelve you coordinated, or a budget or caseload you carried. Quality and outcome: what improved, an error rate you lowered or a satisfaction rating you raised. Reach and audience: readers, attendees, downloads. Selectivity and recognition: selected from a pool of applicants, placed in a competition, or chosen as one of a small number. Several of these measure scope or effort rather than results, and that is fine: “Coordinated schedules for a twelve-person team” quantifies the responsibility even though it doesn’t name a specific outcome. A before-and-after is often the most persuasive shape a student can reach for, because it shows change without demanding a dramatic figure, so it can be useful to name how things where and what resulted from your effort. Even when it seems difficult to get exact information, you can still make a good-faith effort to represent your work even when the numbers may not be perfect. When you don’t have an exact number, an approximation you can defend is fine. You can even write “approximately” and be ready to explain how you arrived at it. Count what you can actually count, roster sizes, event totals, shift hours, rather than inventing precision. And when a truthful number simply is not available, do not fabricate one; make the bullet concrete instead, naming what changed and who benefited, which is really the most impressive part, even without a number. The goal is not a number for its own sake but clear evidence a reader can trust, keeping in mind, of course, that numbers help the reader get a more memorable sense of scale and impact. Action Verbs Every accomplishment bullet should open with an action verb, a verb that names what you did: analyzed, designed, coordinated, built, led. Action verbs put you in the position of the person doing the work, and they push the bullet toward accomplishment rather than duty. “Responsible for scheduling” describes a job; “Coordinated schedules for a twelve-person team” describes you doing something. Match the tense to the time: past tense for past roles (“Analyzed,” “Organized”), present tense for a role you still hold (“Analyze,” “Organize”). For some reason, I often see students use some other tense like progressive (like Analyzing instead of analyzed. Not recommended). Avoid weak openers like “Helped,” “Assisted,” and “Worked on,” which quietly hand the credit to someone else, and try not to repeat the same verb down the page. The Purdue Online Writing Lab’s categorized list of action verbs for employment documents (external link) is a good place to look when you need a sharper word. Why Bullets, Not Paragraphs Résumés use bullet points, not paragraphs, and the reason is the reader. Recruiters skim, often in seconds, and a prose paragraph makes them hunt for the accomplishment buried inside it. Bullets isolate one accomplishment each, lead with the action verb, and line up down the page so the eye can scan them in parallel. They also parse more reliably for the applicant-tracking systems that read structure better than they read narrative. Save connected prose (full sentences and paragraphs) for the cover letter, where you tell the story; the résumé presents the evidence in scannable units. Relevant Coursework as Experience If you are still in your degree or newly finished, you may feel you have little to put on a résumé. You have more than you think. Coursework, and especially project-based coursework, is legitimate, relevant experience, and for an internship or an entry-level role in your field, it is often more relevant than the unrelated work experience you already have. A technical communication major who waited tables has real transferable skills worth listing, but a course project in which she designed and usability-tested a set of instructions speaks far more directly to a documentation internship than the restaurant job does. Recruiters hiring at the entry level know they are hiring for potential, and they read coursework as evidence of it. The key is to frame courses and course projects as accomplishments, with the same XYZ discipline you use everywhere else, rather than as a bare list of titles. You can place coursework in a few different spots, depending on how much weight you want it to carry. The lightest is a short “Relevant Coursework” line or list under your Education section, naming the courses whose content matches requirements in the posting, which is useful when a hiring manager is scanning for specific knowledge. The strongest is a set of bullet points under a named course or project, in an “Academic Projects” or “Relevant Experience” section, where you describe what you built, tested, or analyzed in accomplishment form: “Designed and usability-tested a twelve-step installation guide with five participants, cutting task-completion errors by 50%.” You can also fold the skills a course gave you into a Skills section, or narrate a course project as a short story in the cover letter, where prose can show fit. One rule to keep in mind: list a course only when it strengthens your case for this posting. Introductory and general-education courses rarely earn the space, while advanced, field-specific, project-heavy courses often do. For formatting patterns, see Indeed’s guide to including relevant coursework (external link). Ordering Education and Experience How you order your sections is itself a rhetorical choice, and the rule is to put your strongest, most relevant material where a reader will see it first. For a student or a recent graduate, that usually means education comes before experience, since your degree and your coursework are your best evidence. Once you have a position or two behind you, experience moves up and education drops down, listed in reverse chronological order (most recent first). Google’s recruiters give the same advice, and add a detail worth knowing: recent graduates should include school, degree, major, GPA, and graduation month and year, while the further you get from graduation, the less of that detail you need to carry. One caution the advice does not mention: a decades-old graduation year effectively announces your age, so at some point trimming that date may be a good idea. Skills, Templates, and Visual Résumés Résumé conventions vary by field, and a few format questions come up often enough to be worth addressing directly. If you work in a design-related field, a more visual résumé, one that shows off your sense of layout and type, is acceptable and sometimes expected, since the document itself works as a sample of what you can do. In most other fields, a conventional layout will probably work better than trying to look fancy. Be careful with templates. A template can help you get started, but many are built to fill space rather than to make an argument, and they nudge you toward sections you don’t really need. This can work against you. A decorative sidebar or multi-column grid can confuse the applicant-tracking systems that parse a single clean column more reliably, and templates tempt you to pad, encouraging you to fill up the space in, say, a skills sidebar. That brings up the skills section, which is worth thinking through rather than copying from a template. A dedicated skills section works best as a scannable home for concrete, verifiable skills: the specific tools, software, languages, and certifications a recruiter or an ATS can match against the posting. These are often what people have traditionally called “hard skills,” though many are also the perishable skills discussed in the sense of Chapter 1, tied to particular tools and technologies that can go out of date. Durable skills, the human-centered abilities like collaboration and problem-solving, do little work sitting in a list, and generic entries like “team player” or “strong communicator” read as filler rather than evidence. The better move is to prove a durable skill in a bullet, with something that actually happened, rather than to assert it. Employers say they want these durable skills (see the NACE Career Readiness Competencies (external link), also discussed in Chapter 1), but claiming one does little on its own; showing it through a real accomplishment is what carries weight with a reader, which makes a pretty good argument for putting them in the context of a bullet point where you can “show” rather than “tell.” The Objective and the Summary Statement Many résumé examples open with a summary statement. Traditionally that space held an objective statement, which announced the kind of job the candidate wanted. Most career advisors now treat the objective as outdated, because it spends the résumé’s most valuable space on what the candidate wants rather than on what the employer needs; Google’s recruiters simply tell applicants to skip it, on the reasoning that they already know your objective is to land this job. The summary statement replaces it with a brief, achievement-focused pitch, three or four lines or a short cluster of bullets, that leads with your strongest, most relevant, ideally quantified accomplishments and signals your fit for this specific role. A summary works best, though, when you have a record to summarize. With five or more years of relevant experience, it earns a space on your document. For a soon-to-be or recent graduate it often does not, because with little to condense, the summary tends to fill with generic phrasing: “Passionate, hard-working professional looking to leverage skills.” That can read as filler to a recruiter giving your résumé a six-second scan. Space is scarce, and padding it, by inflating detail, enlarging fonts, or stretching white space onto an awkward second page, works against you. For most new graduates the better move is to skip the summary, keep the résumé to a tight single page, and let strong, tailored accomplishment bullets carry the argument. Include a summary only when it can act as a data-backed elevator pitch that proves your fit in a few seconds. If you catch yourself writing generic phrases in your summary, you might just want to cut it. The Cover Letter The letter argues fit in three moves. Open by naming the position and your central qualification for it, specifically, not just “I am writing to apply.” In the body, develop two or three claims that connect your evidence to the posting’s priorities, adding what the résumé cannot: context, motivation, and knowledge of the organization, since one genuine, specific detail about the employer outperforms a paragraph of enthusiasm. Close by restating fit and pointing forward. Keep it to one page, and match the register of the industry you are writing to. Some industries want very short cover letters; others may want longer ones; others may not expect them at all. It’s probably better to have no cover letter at all than to have a poorly-written one. Co-Intelligence Workflow: Employment Materials I mentioned that AI can produce these job documents. LLMs were trained on large amounts of data from the internet, including sample resumes and tons of career advice websites. But giving the process over too fully can make you miss out on the reasoning process that condensing to bullet points requires of you. With that in mind, here are some ideas for how to approach AI. You supply: the real posting, your honest inventory of experience and skills, and the facts about the employer you actually gathered. AI drafts: a first-pass tailoring of your résumé bullets to the posting’s language, and a rough cover letter from your materials You diagnose: mark every sentence that could appear in anyone’s letter because it’s generic. That generic register could apply equally to your competition’s letter too. Replace it with specifics only you can claim. AI assists revision: tighten, check parallelism, and simulate a skeptical recruiter (“what would make this reader doubt fit?”). You verify and own: every claim true, every detail accurate, and disclosure handled according to your context’s rules. You will sit in the interview alone, so the materials have to be yours. Durable Skills in This Genre Self-knowledge and narrative judgment: AI can phrase your experience, but it cannot know which experiences matter or what story they tell together. Integrity: the discipline to stay accurate under pressure to embellish. Fortitude: applications are a rejection-rich environment, and persisting through it, revising rather than despairing, is itself a professional skill. Practice it now, in the low-stakes version. Reflect: Peer + AI Review Exchange drafts with a peer; separately, ask an AI reviewer to evaluate your materials against the posting. Then write one page: Where did the two reviews agree and disagree? Which peer comments could no AI have made, and which AI comments did your peer miss? What did you change, what did you decline to change, and why?

      After reading Chapter 14, one thing that stood out to me was that a résumé should show what you’ve actually accomplished, not just list your job duties. I also liked the idea that college projects can count as experience, especially when you’re still building your résumé.

      The section about AI was interesting too. I think AI can be helpful when writing a résumé or cover letter, but you still need to make sure everything is true and actually sounds like you. Overall, I think the main thing I took from this chapter is that being specific and honest is more important than just trying to sound professional.

    1. The summation of human experience is being expanded at a prodigious rate, and the means we use for threading through the consequent maze to the momentarily important item is the same as was used in the days of square-rigged ships.

      This passage is quoted in Bowen's "Faster Than Thought".

    1. In just 3 short paragraphs Dr. Cutcha Risling Baldy describes what it is like to be a California Indian woman today. She bids us to think about land theft, loss and destruction. She makes us think about the significance of intergenerational trauma and how violence doesn’t just hurt the victim. Cutcha calls us to think about missing and murdered indigenous women and places that California Native people deem sacred. Her life is place based. She speaks and writes from an internal place that is spiritually, emotionally, and intrinsically connected to where her ancestors and she were raised, and where their creation happened. Colonization may have pushed many of us from our homelands, but we return. See more on Dr. Risling Baldy's work on the Hupa Coming-of-Age Dance as decolonizing praxis under Chapter 8, section 8.6: Transformational Liberation through Love.

      Extremely important! Dr. Cutcha describes how California is like for the average woman today and how the significance of intergenerational truama doesn't just "hurt" the victim but affections generations to come and native people in California are deem sacred.

    1. it is easy to think that their problems are theirs alone, and that they and other individuals with the same problems are entirely to blame for their difficulties.

      I think that it's more than us viewing it aa that's the individual's problem alone. I feel like when. We are in society where certain things that wouldn't be considered social norms are. frowned upon on and when people act against societal norms, they're actually dehumanized for it and I think it's so easy for us to just. attack one another rather than being compassionate because there could be so many reasons on why a person decided to commit an act, or why a person Is unemployed, or may be in poor health, drink too much alcohol but focusing specifically on drinking too much alcohol and committing crimes. A person's behavior most of the time has intent. A person doesn't simply in most cases, do something just to do it. There's a reason, let's say for example someone got caught stealing groceries or this is a very well known one that I see all the time, but people steal baby formula. There is one group of people who says that it's wrong and that it's not fair to, people who actually pay for these formulas. And there are other people who will say that well”he person probably couldn't afford getting their baby formula and they wanted to ensure that their baby had something to eat”. So when you're dealing with these two arguments, it could be. let's say someone is an alcoholic. They're usually frowned upon, but we don't know what it is that the alcohol person may be experiencing mentally. And they may be using it as a coping mechanism. However, a lot of people don't really care to aknowledge a different perspective. They just go off on what they believe in and I think that causes more harm. And good, because if you're shaming someone for doing. A crime. Such as stealing or drinking alcohol without really taking the time to understand why The person did it. Then that itself will create more social problems.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript authors examined the effect of rif1 knockout on replication timing and transcription in early embryos of zebrafish. Contrary to the expectation, genome-wide replication timing domains did not significantly change upon Rif1 knockout, although the replication timing became less dynamic in the mutant, meaning the entire genomes are replicated toward the mid S. In contrast, transcriptional profiles change by rif1 mutation throughout the embryo stage. These effects were more predominantly observed after gastrulation at the early stages of zebrafish development.

      The results presented in this manuscript provide new information on the effects of rif1 mutation on early zebrafish development, although the underlying mechanism has not been explored. The information is useful for researchers in the field of early development, with specific focus on replication and transcription regulation.

      The genome wide analyses of replication timing has been conducted and analyzed properly. The transcriptional analyses are conducted by RNA-seq and SLAM-seq (determining the nascent mRNA), and the results convincingly show the overall transcriptional patterns at different developmental stages.

      This work shows that Rif1 regulates replication timing and transcription in zebrafish embryos, while the extents of the effects vary during the developmental process. Although the data convincingly illustrate the whole picture of Rif1 KO on replication and transcription during zebrafish development, the mechanistic insight is missing. Especially, how Rif1 may or may not coordinately regulate replication and transcription during the zebrafish development has not been addressed.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the value of combining genome-wide replication-timing, RNA-seq, and SLAM-seq analyses across zebrafish development. We agree that the original study did not establish a molecular mechanism linking Rif1-dependent transcriptional and replication-timing effects. To address whether these effects are locally coordinated, we added a gene-centred analysis comparing replication-timing values for genes with increased, decreased, or unchanged transcript abundance at Dome (Figure 5--figure supplement 2). Differentially expressed genes did not show a clear enrichment in early- or late-replicating regions, either at Dome or at pre-MBT. These results argue against replication timing state being the primary determinant of the Dome-stage transcriptional changes. We also expanded the Discussion to explain the limitations of the current study and the need for future measurements of origin use, fork progression, chromatin state, and cell-type-specific effects. The new discussion of Nakatani et al. (2025) further places our findings in the context of evidence that Rif1-dependent replication-timing changes can be uncoupled from transcriptional changes.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This study by Masser et al. analyzes global replication timing and gene expression in rif-1 null zebrafish. This work is an extension of their previous report on the normal replication timing pattern during wild-type zebrafish development. The major valuable finding here is that Rif1 is not essential for viability in zebrafish, and - counter to expectation from studies in cultured cells and other species - late replication does not strongly depend on Rif1. Instead, the data suggest that Rif1 subtly sharpens replication timing pattern during normal development rather than function generally to delay replication timing. In the absence of Rif1, the normal pattern establishment is somewhat delayed. The authors also document some changes in expression during development with more genes being repressed by Rif1 than activated at some early stages.

      The study and analysis are generally rigorous, and the conclusions are supported by convincing data. The manuscript is well written, though there are aspects of the presentation that could be improved for a broader scientific audience. Given the strong link between replication timing and cell type/development, studying timing in a whole developing organism is important. The experimental approach is technically challenging, particularly the bioinformatic analysis. The scientific advance here is largely confined to documenting the timing of Rif1-affected transcription, the unanticipated effect of the rif1 deletion on replication timing and on sex determination, though the latter is not explored. The work is descriptive and feels like two relatively unconnected studies, transcription and replication plus a small bit of development, and the difference in timing of the transcription phenotypes and replication phenotypes suggests they may be very distinct Rif1 roles. There isn't a lot of new insight into the mechanism of how Rif1 affects either replication timing or gene expression. As such, the overall study is an useful set of findings and detailed data for future work, but it doesn't make a big step forward in understanding the role of Rif1 or the biological processes it affects.

      Weaknesses worth addressing include the following:

      (1) Loss of Rif1 did not affect viability, but it did strongly influence sex determination, resulting in a lower population of females. This effect is the strongest organismal phenotype, but the study provides no explanation for the loss of females from the data gathered here.

      (2) The approach to distinguish nascent zygotically expressed mRNAs from maternal mRNAs is a strength. Are the differentially expressed genes related at all to regions of the genome whose replication timing is most affected? Are any of them related to the sex determination or developmental phenotypes?

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the rigor of the analyses and the value of studying replication timing in a developing vertebrate. We revised the manuscript extensively to make the experimental logic, zebrafish developmental context, replication-timing analyses, and figure legends more accessible to a broad audience. We also quantified the gastrulation phenotype, showing an approximately one-hour delay in completion of epiboly in maternal-zygotic rif1 mutants rather than a persistent developmental arrest.

      We agree that the mechanism underlying the sex-ratio phenotype remains unresolved. The transcriptomic experiments were performed in whole embryos at stages much earlier than zebrafish sex determination and therefore cannot resolve changes in primordial germ cells or supporting gonadal somatic cells. We have avoided making a mechanistic connection between the early embryonic transcriptional changes and the adult sex-ratio phenotype and identify this as an important area for future study. To address the relationship between transcription and replication timing, we added Figure 5--figure supplement 2. Genes with increased or decreased transcript abundance at Dome were not preferentially associated with early- or late-replicating regions. Together with the distinct developmental timing of the transcriptional and replication-timing phenotypes, this supports the interpretation that Rif1 has separable roles in the two processes rather than a single local mechanism that directly couples them.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Using the zebrafish model system, this manuscript assessed the roles of Rif1 protein in replication timing control and transcription during early development, and successfully demonstrated the differential impact of Rif1 protein in replication timing control and transcription. Moreover, the comprehensive assessments of the impacts of mutating Rif1 on animal development (including animal survival and sexual development) were assessed. Although there are works that examined Rif1's implications in replication timing and transcription separately, this work is unique in assessing all these points at once.

      The strength of this manuscript is the genomic analyses of replication timing and transcription being combined in a single model system. Consequently, this manuscript clearly demonstrates the differential impact of Rif1 in these processes during zebrafish development.

      The weakness of this manuscript is, as the authors comment in the Discussion, analyses of replication timing and transcription were performed using bulk embryos. There is a possibility that tissue-specific changes could have been masked. Tissue-specific or single-cell analysis in the future will fill the gap in the knowledge.

      Some of the findings presented in this manuscript are consistent with previous findings using different models such as Drosophila and mice, whereas other findings do not necessarily agree. I hope further studies will reveal more clearly what is common in these systems, and what is different.

      Also, the suggestion that the Rif1 protein may be implicated in a function similar to Fanconi-Anemia genes/proteins is very intriguing.

      Overall, the data presented in this manuscript sufficiently justify the authors' claims. Moreover, this manuscript provides interesting insights into Rif1's function, as well as how development could be controlled.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the strength of analyzing replication timing, transcription, and developmental phenotypes in the same vertebrate model. We agree that bulk-embryo measurements may mask tissue- or cell-type-specific effects. We now emphasize this limitation and the need for future tissue-specific or single-cell studies, particularly in the cell populations relevant to sex determination. We also expanded the cross-species context by discussing the recent mouse-embryo study by Nakatani et al. (2025), which supports a conserved role for RIF1 in consolidation of the replication-timing program while also indicating that replication-timing and transcriptional effects can be uncoupled. We agree that defining which Rif1 functions are conserved across zebrafish, mouse, Drosophila, and other systems, including possible relationships to Fanconi-anaemia pathways, will be an important direction for future work.

      Reviewing Editor:

      While the paper was under revision, a relevant paper from the Torres-Padilla lab was published (Nakatani et al., Developmental Cell, 2025). It complements these studies and cites the previous version of this manuscript. I suggest adding a reference in the Discussion to support the conclusions.

      We thank the Reviewing Editor for bringing the recent study by Nakatani et al. to our attention. We have added a standalone paragraph near the end of the Discussion explaining how this work complements our findings, and we have added the complete reference to the bibliography. The new Discussion text reads:

      “A recent study in mouse embryos independently identified RIF1 as a regulator of the developmental consolidation of the RT program. RIF1 depletion produced a less-defined, developmentally immature RT program, while RIF1-dependent RT changes were not correlated with transcriptional changes (Nakatani et al., 2025). Together with our findings in zebrafish, these results support a conserved role for RIF1 in sharpening replication timing during vertebrate development and indicate that its effects on replication timing can be uncoupled from changes in gene expression.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The results presented in this manuscript provide new information on the effects of rif1 mutation on replication and transcription during early zebrafish development, although the underlying mechanism has not been explored. I suggest authors consider conducting the following experiments.

      (1) Does replication timing domains have any role in Rif1-mediated regulation of transcription? It is not clear from the data presented whether transcriptionally affected genes are in the early replicating domains or late replicating domains (that appear after the shield stage). This should be examined.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. To address whether transcriptional effects in rif1 mutants are associated with replication timing, we assigned each gene the nearest smoothed replication timing value and compared replication timing distributions for genes whose transcript levels increased at Dome, decreased at Dome, or were not significantly changed. This analysis is now shown in Figure 5—figure supplement 2. Genes with increased or decreased transcript abundance at Dome did not show a clear enrichment for either early- or late-replicating regions relative to genes with no significant transcript change. This was also true when replication timing was examined at pre-MBT, the stage preceding the major transcriptional changes detected at Dome. These results argue against replication timing state being the primary determinant of the Dome-stage transcriptional changes observed in rif1 mutant embryos. We have revised the Results to describe this analysis and added Figure 5—figure supplement 2.

      (2) It is of interest whether the Rif1-mediated regulation of transcription and replication are mediated by a common mechanism, e.g. through alteration of chromatin structures. Close look at the data in Figure 3D indicates that some genome segments convert replication timing or undergo significant changes of replication timing. It would be informative to know whether these segments (Rif1-regulated replication domains) are associated with the genes whose expression change upon rif1 knockout.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. We agree that an association between Rif1-dependent replication timing changes and Rif1-dependent transcriptional changes would be informative, and we considered this analysis. We attempted to identify Rif1-regulated replication timing domains using the same approach that we previously used to define developmentally regulated timing domains. However, the effect of Rif1 loss differed qualitatively from the developmental timing switches described in our prior work. Rather than producing a limited set of discrete timing-domain transitions, Rif1 loss caused a broad reduction in the dispersion of replication timing values across the genome, consistent with a general flattening of the timing profile. Under these conditions, an unbiased domain-calling approach preferentially identifies genomic regions with the most extreme early or late timing values in wild-type embryos, because these regions show the largest shift toward the mean in rif1 mutants. Thus, the resulting “Rif1-regulated replication domains” largely reflect the strongest wild-type timing domains rather than a discrete set of Rif1-specific regulatory intervals. For this reason, we do not think that assigning differentially expressed genes to such domains would provide a meaningful test of whether Rif1 regulates transcription and replication timing through a common local mechanism. Instead, we have now added a gene-centred analysis comparing replication timing values for genes with increased, decreased, or unchanged transcript abundance at Dome (Figure 5—figure supplement 2), which directly addresses whether transcriptionally affected genes are associated with early- or late-replicating regions.

      (3) Replication is analyzed only by timing analysis. Authors need to analyze frequency of origin firing and replication fork rate by DNA fiber analyses to see whether they are affected by rif1 knockout at various stages of development.

      We agree that measuring origin firing frequency and replication fork rate would provide valuable additional information about how Rif1 loss affects the replication program. However, performing DNA fibre analyses across multiple zebrafish developmental stages and genotypes would require substantial optimization and experimental expansion beyond the scope of the current revision. The current study was designed to measure genome-wide replication timing and transcript abundance across developmental stages, rather than single-molecule replication dynamics. We therefore have not added DNA fibre experiments. Instead, we have revised the Discussion to acknowledge this limitation and to clarify that replication timing reflects the combined effects of origin usage, fork progression, fork directionality, and fork stability. We added the following text to the Discussion:

      “A further limitation of this study is that we concentrated on replication timing without directly measuring other features of the replication program that contribute to this timing. These features include origin usage, replication fork spacing, fork directionality, fork progression, and fork stability. A more comprehensive understanding of how Rif1 loss affects these parameters will be important for defining the relationship between Rif1-dependent changes in replication timing and transcription.”

      Figure 4B, D and F: I did not see the blue lines which represent preMBT in the panels shown.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this error. The pre-MBT data were not intended to be shown in Figures 4B, 4D, and 4F. We have corrected the figure legend by removing the reference to the blue pre-MBT line.

      Line 270: Figure 4G should be Figure 6G.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this error. We have corrected the figure reference from Figure 4G to Figure 6G.

      No description of Figure 6E and 6F in the main text.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this omission. We have added text to the Results describing Figures 6E and 6F. The revised text explains that Dome Up-DEGs are normally upregulated from pre-MBT to Shield stages but show earlier upregulation in rif1 mutant embryos, whereas Dome Down-DEGs normally decrease between Dome and Shield stages but show earlier reduction in mutant embryos.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) This study is an extension of the lab’s previous work which established the wild-type genome-wide replication timing pattern during zebrafish development. The experimental details and analysis are described in the methods, but the general strategy is sometimes treated very cursorily. A non-expert can only understand parts of it by going back to the Seifert study.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We agree that the replication-timing strategy should be understandable without requiring readers to consult our previous study. We have revised the manuscript to explain the general logic of the assay more clearly. Specifically, we now state that replication timing was inferred from copy-number differences between S-phase and G1-phase genomic DNA: genomic regions that replicate early in S phase are enriched in S-phase DNA relative to G1 DNA, whereas later-replicating regions are less enriched. We also clarified that pre-MBT, dome, and shield embryos were treated as S-phase samples because most cells are in S phase at these stages, whereas nuclei from bud and 24 hpf embryos were sorted by DNA content to isolate G1 and S-phase fractions. These additions make the experimental design and interpretation of the replication-timing profiles clearer in the main text and Methods.

      Figure 2 is meant to document developmental delay in early embryos, but the differences between the single wt and mutant examples in 2D are poorly described and labeled. Most readers will be unfamiliar with the specifics of zebrafish development. There is also no quantification of this developmental phenotype, and that quantification should be included along with better labeling and description of 2D.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We agree that the developmental delay shown in Figure 2D required clearer explanation and quantification for readers who are less familiar with zebrafish gastrulation. We have revised the Results to explain that epiboly is the process by which the blastoderm and yolk syncytial layer move toward the vegetal pole to envelop the yolk cell, and that zebrafish gastrulation stages are commonly described by the percentage of yolk coverage. We also added quantification of this phenotype. At 10 hpf, most wild-type embryos had completed epiboly, whereas most rif1 mutant embryos had not: 18 of 24 wild-type embryos, but only 2 of 24 mutant embryos, had reached 100% yolk coverage. By 11 hpf, all wild-type and mutant embryos had completed epiboly. These revisions clarify that rif1 mutant embryos show an approximately 1-hour delay in epiboly completion rather than a persistent arrest in gastrulation.

      (3) The presentation could be greatly improved with additional information about the experimental approach and display. As written, the text and figure legends assume readers are intimately familiar with replication timing experiments, zebrafish development, and differential gene expression analysis. Most of the figure legends are not sufficient to understand the figures themselves, and the necessary information is also not always in the results. An example is Figure 3 which is not well described (other than the PCA plots); the term “lag” which is the x-axis in 3C is not defined.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. We agree that several aspects of the replication-timing analysis required clearer explanation for readers who are less familiar with replication-timing experiments. We have revised the Results to explain the logic of the replication-timing assay more clearly and have added a more detailed description of the autocorrelation analysis in Figure 3C. Specifically, we now explain that autocorrelation measures how similar replication-timing values are across increasing genomic distances along the same chromosome, providing a quantitative readout of the peak-and-valley structure of the timing profile. We also clarified that increasing autocorrelation across hundreds of kilobases reflects the progressive establishment of broader replication-timing domains during development. In addition, we changed the x-axis label in Figure 3C from “lag” to “Genomic distance (Mb).” Together, these changes should make the experimental approach and display easier to understand without requiring readers to consult our previous replication-timing study.

      Figure 4 is generally poorly described and labelled (4B, D, and F graph legends indicate preMBT in the data, but there are no blue lines on the graphs), and Figures 6 and 7 are quite busy.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We agree that the Figure 4 legend incorrectly described the data shown in panels B, D, and F. The pre-MBT data were not intended to be plotted in these panels, and we have removed the corresponding reference from the figure legend. We recognize that Figures 6 and 7 contain several analyses, but we have retained the current organization because the panels in each figure address a connected set of questions. Figure 6 summarizes how Rif1 loss affects abundance of developmentally regulated transcripts, whereas Figure 7 extends this analysis by directly measuring nascent transcription using SLAM-seq.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I do not think any additional experiments are required to justify the authors’ claims. Well done! However, for readers’ benefit, I propose the following changes or adding more explanations:

      (1) Page 2, line 86: I guess “single copy” means “single copy per haploid”. Better to clarify this point.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful clarification. The reviewer is correct that “single copy” refers to a single copy per haploid genome. We have revised the text to state that the zebrafish genome has a single copy of the rif1 gene per haploid genome.

      (2) Related to the data presented in Figure 2C, do you have an explanation for why sex determination is affected in the heterozygotes, despite the change in Rif1 expression being subtle (Figure 1C)?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We agree that the reduction in whole-embryo rif1 mRNA levels in heterozygotes appears modest relative to the sex-ratio phenotype. At present, we can only speculate about the basis for this difference. One possibility is that whole-embryo mRNA measurements do not accurately reflect Rif1 abundance in the specific cell populations that influence zebrafish sex determination, such as primordial germ cells or their supporting somatic cells. We have therefore avoided making a strong mechanistic conclusion from the heterozygous phenotype.

      (3) Related to the data presented in Figure 2D, did you observe a delay in heterozygotes?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. We have not quantitatively analyzed epiboly progression in heterozygous embryos. However, we did not observe an obvious developmental delay in heterozygotes during early development. The delay shown in Figure 2D was observed in maternal-zygotic rif1 homozygous mutants.

      (4) Figure 3D: it is not easy to distinguish WT and mutant lines, particularly for the Bud stage. Please consider changing the colour schemes or other aspects. For example, making colour lines thinner may help.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We agree that the wild-type and mutant profiles in Figure 3D, particularly at the bud stage, were difficult to distinguish in the original version. We have revised Figure 3D by reducing the line width of the colored profiles, which improves the contrast between the wild-type and mutant traces.

      (5) Figure 3E: Could you avoid overlapping of WT and mutant plots?

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We considered separating the wild-type and mutant density plots in Figure 3E, but we have retained the overlaid format because the purpose of this panel is to directly compare the distributions of replication timing values between genotypes at each developmental stage. Overlaying the plots makes the reduced dispersion of timing values in the rif1 mutants easier to visualize relative to the corresponding wild-type distribution.

      (6) Figure 4C and 4E: the point legends (WT and mutant) do not match the points used in the graph.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this potential source of confusion. In Figures 4C and 4E, point shape indicates genotype, with open squares representing wild-type samples and open circles representing rif1 mutant samples. Point color indicates developmental stage. We used separate visual encodings for genotype and stage to avoid a large legend containing every genotype-stage combination. To make this clearer, we have revised the figure legend to state explicitly that point shape denotes genotype and point color denotes developmental stage.

      (7) Figure 4D: Very difficult to recognise 24 hr mutant line. Please improve the way there are shown.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We agree that the 24 hpf mutant profile in Figure 4D was difficult to distinguish in the original version. We have revised the figure by changing the appearance of the mutant lines to make them more visible while preserving the stage color scheme.

      (8) Related to data presented in Figure 4B. Is it possible to show a statistical evaluation of all (or a reasonably large number of samples from) DARs?

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Figure 4A already provides a genome-wide analysis of the DAR set shown by example in Figure 4B. Specifically, Figure 4A plots the change in replication timing from shield to 24 hpf for all 2,498 putative enhancer-associated DARs in both wild-type and rif1 mutant embryos. The strong correlation between wild-type and mutant values indicates that DAR-associated timing changes are largely preserved in rif1 mutants. Because all DARs used for this analysis are included in the scatterplot, we did not add a separate statistical analysis of selected examples from Figure 4B.

      (9) Page 8, line 220: It is unclear what “all” means. Is it all the available replication timing values genome-wide? Please clarify.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this ambiguity. In this sentence, “all” refers to all genome-wide replication timing values calculated from the genomic windows used in our replication timing analysis. We have revised the text to make this clearer.

      (10) Figures 6C and 6D: Colour labels are too dark and it is almost impossible to read texts inside. Please reconsider the colour scheme.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We agree that the labels in Figures 6C and 6D were difficult to read because of insufficient contrast. We have changed the text colour inside the colored boxes to white to improve legibility.

      (11) Related to overall transcription studies: Is there any sign that Rif1 mutation affects the transcription of genes involved in sex determination?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this interesting question. We have not specifically analyzed whether genes involved in sex determination are differentially expressed in the early embryonic transcriptome data. Because zebrafish sex determination occurs substantially later than the embryonic stages analyzed here, and likely depends on specific cell populations such as primordial germ cells and supporting gonadal somatic cells, we do not think the current whole-embryo RNA-seq data can directly resolve this question. We therefore avoid drawing a mechanistic connection between the early transcriptional changes and the adult sex-ratio phenotype. Determining whether Rif1 mutation affects transcription in the cell populations that regulate zebrafish sex determination will be an important direction for future work.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      We thank the reviewers for the constructive criticism. All issues are addressed in the following point-by-point response.

      We addressed a major issue of the reviewers by adding a domain-deletion study. This study shows that Ig-like domain 3 of CADM1 is responsible for the interaction. Thus, we now propose a clear mechanism for CD82 regulation of CADM1 adhesion function.

      Point-by-point description of the revisions

      Reviewer #1:

      Major Comments:

      • Using a variety of elegant and sophisticated studies, the authors clearly present data that strongly support their conclusions of the interaction between CADM1 and CD82. Additionally, they speculate on the specific interaction sites/mechanism through which CD82 may affect the spacing of CADM1, which is supported by cryo EM. However, they do not go on to demonstrate a physiological role for this inhibitory interaction.

      In this MS we identify an interaction between CADM1 and CD82. Though we find an inhibitory activity, indeed we do not present in vivo data supporting a physiological role.

      Our observation of CADM1-CD82 interaction in HEK cells and Jurkat Tcells, co-expression of the two proteins in several tissues (based on human protein atlas) and shared relevance in metastasis support a physiological role.

      Minor Comments:

      • In Figure 4, there seems to be a significant size difference between WT and CD82KO Jurkat cells. If this is the case, this needs to be described a bit more. Additionally, how does this potential size difference impact the quantification of the percentage space covered by CADM1 clusters? Also, for these experiments, it is more appropriate to use the mean of each independent replicate rather than simply counting each cell as an n. Including these data as super plots so the reader can better understand the spread and reproducibility of the data would be ideal. Best practices suggest that statistical analysis should be performed on data from independent experiments (Lord et al 2020 PMID: 32346721).

      With regard to the size difference, this may indeed represent a phenotype associated with CD82 knockout. A modest difference in cell size was observed, although this did not reach statistical significance (Reviewer Fig. A). As all quantitative analyses in Figure 4 were performed at the cell surface, cell volume was not a parameter used in the primary analysis. To provide a more complete visualisation of the cellular context, we additionally assessed 3D cell dimensions and used these measurements to examine whether the observed clustering phenotype was influenced by cell size. Restricting the analysis to cells with a Z-projected area of 100-150 µm² yielded the same trends in percentage space covered (Reviewer Fig. B), cluster density (Reviewer Fig. C), and cluster size (Reviewer Fig. D). These findings support the conclusion that the differences reported in Figure 4 are maintained independently of the modest differences in cell size observed. We have not included these additional analyses in the revised manuscript, as they do not alter the overall conclusions and may distract from the main message, particularly as the size difference could represent an indirect consequence of CD82 loss. We would, however, be happy to include these data should the editor feel they would strengthen the manuscript. In addition, we have replaced the representative image of the CD82 KO cell with one that more accurately reflects the modest size difference observed.

      We have now updated the graphs (visualizing the independent experiments) to be in-line with Lord et al. 2020.

      Reviewer #2:

      __ __ 2.1 Line 101-102- In MS analysis, Table 1, several common proteins are present in all three bands analyzed by MS including CD82. Authors should explain why CD82 is observed in 250 KDa band in relatively high abundance?

      The intensity of CD82 in the 250-kDa band is 30-50x lower than observed in the other two bands (90-100 and 100-110 kDa).

      The detection of some CD82 in the 250-kDa band likely originates from partial aggregation due to freeze thawing or temporary storage at 4 degrees. Reducing sample buffer was added to all samples but samples were not boiled and partial aggregation is visible in SDS-PAGE gel.

      2.2 Line 118-119, authors should make a better explanation why the lower MW CADM1 band is not observed in co-expression, especially that lower MW band is also absent in CADM1-Strep purification FigS2b? Although the migration pattern of CD82 and CADM1 is similar to glycosylated proteins authors should confirm this band doubling is due to glycosylation. It is crucial because a great portion of the manuscript relies on protein separation on SEC that can be greatly impacted by glycosylation state of the proteins.

      A lower band was observed in the SDS-PAGE gel in fig. S2b (Now Fig. S3b). We now clearly indicate the double band with a bracket instead of the single arrow.

      Regarding the N-glycosylation of CD82, Wang et al. (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jprot.2011.11.013) demonstrate band shifts of the upper band of CD82 by side-directed mutagenesis.

      In case of CADM1, we tried to validate the bands with additional experiments not included in the manuscript. If the reviewer finds it necessary this figure can be included. We demonstrated that at least the upper band at 90 kDa purified with CD82-gfp-strep shifts to 45 kDa, the expected MW of CADM1, when mutating all N-glycosylation sites to Glu. However, this mutant showed low expression and low stability. To further confirm that the double-band pattern is caused by glycosylation, we treated CADM1(ECD) and CADM1(F42S, ECD) with O-glycosidase, neuroaminidase and PNGaseF. The SDS-PAGE gels show a double band before and a single band after digestion.

      With respect to N-glycan variants in SEC:

      We often observed narrow double peaks for CD82-strep purifications (Fig. S6A, S8B,G), likely caused by the two N-glycosylation variants. However, when fused to eGFP, we can no longer distinguish the two states on SEC (although we still see a double band on SDS-PAGE gel). Consistently, we observed single peaks for different constructs of CADM1 in SEC, while observing double bands on SDS-PAGE gel. Likely, the two variants migrate very close to each other and can only be separated when the added MW of glycans is relatively high. We therefore don’t think that the large shifts of peaks for CADM1 or CADM1-CD82 complex can be caused by N-glycosylation.

      2.3 Line 120-considering the lower yield of CADM1 in co-expression studies and presence of CD82 protein in MS analysis of band 3, it raises the question whether the peak eluted at 10 mL in F-SEC chromatogram of co-expressed proteins is from a legit CD82-CADM1 complex or it is simply CD82 oligomerization/interaction with other proteins. I would suggest authors purify GFP-CD82 and CADM individually and run the mixture over F-SEC to confirm complex formation rather than running co-purified protein. The same experiment should be done with CD82-CADM1mixture without fusing GFP to rule out the possible influence of GFP on dimerization.

      The detection of CD82 in the 250 kDa is likely due to aggregation (see 2.1).

      Indeed, based on SEC results resulting from our small-scale expressions (Fig. S2E) we cannot conclude the composition of the 10 mL peak. In our large-scale experiment, we put single fractions of the SEC on gel and only see bands of CADM1 and CD82 for earlier peaks (Fig.1A-B). From this, we conclude the 12.5 mL peak in fig. 1A is composed of CADM1 and CD82.

      Mixing two detergent-solubilized membrane proteins to analyze complex formation is not straight forward due to the possible interference of micelles.

      2.4 Figure 3. The color scheme used makes it really difficult to follow curves for different concentrations. I would suggest using distinct colors for each concentration.

      We changed the colors of graphs showing different concentrations in figure 2, figure 3, S7 and S8 to a better distinguishable color palette.

      2.5 274-275. Authors argue that the CADM clusters occupy more surface area in CD82KO cells compared to normal cells. From figure 4C. it seems that CD82KO cells are smaller in size than normal cells? Is that true? If that's the case, authors should provide evidence that the expression/surface area is the same for both normal and CD82KO cells before making the conclusion. If the expression level remains the same between two cell types but the size of KO cell is smaller, it is expected that CADM will occupy more surface area on KO cells. Consequently, the clusters are expected to be bigger. Therefore, the smaller cluster size in normal cells is not directly caused by CD82 but by smaller cell size due to CD82KO.

      With regard to the size difference, this may indeed represent a phenotype associated with CD82 knockout. A modest difference in cell size was observed, although this did not reach statistical significance (Reviewer Fig. A). As all quantitative analyses in Figure 4 were performed at the cell surface, cell volume was not a parameter used in the primary analysis. To provide a more complete visualisation of the cellular context, we additionally assessed 3D cell dimensions and used these measurements to examine whether the observed clustering phenotype was influenced by cell size. Restricting the analysis to cells with a Z-projected area of 100-150 µm² yielded the same trends in percentage space covered (Reviewer Fig. B), cluster density (Reviewer Fig. C), and cluster size (Reviewer Fig. D). These findings support the conclusion that the differences reported in Figure 4 are maintained independently of the modest differences in cell size observed. We have not included these additional analyses in the revised manuscript, as they do not alter the overall conclusions and may distract from the main message, particularly as the size difference could represent an indirect consequence of CD82 loss. We would, however, be happy to include these data should the editor feel they would strengthen the manuscript. In addition, we have replaced the representative image of the CD82 KO cell with one that more accurately reflects the modest size difference observed.

      2.6 Line 205-207. Authors show that CADM1(ECD) is not interacting with CD82 and conclude that interaction between transmembrane helices is required. It raises the question that how in cryoEM, authors could capture interaction between Ig domain of CADM1 and CD82 between two different micelles? Providing such details about experimental setup helps readers to adopt the method for structural determination of elusive complexes.

      For the cryo EM sample a complex of full-length CADM1 and CD82 was purified. The 2D classes we observe showing two connected micelles are likely caused by interaction of the CADM1 ectodomain, forming a complex of two dimers of CADM1 and CD82 in one micelle (CD82-CADM1)—(CADM1-CD82).

      Reviewer #3:

      Major comments:

      3.1 In Figure 1, the second co-purification is much less efficient than the first (1C vs 1A). Perhaps removing Figure 1C and the associated SEC trace (or moving to the supplement) would make for an easier-to-understand figure panel. I was initially confused about the low efficiency, and it raised some doubts while I was first interpreting this figure. The large-scale purification in 1F and 1G looks much more convincing than what is shown in 1C.

      We moved all small-scale experiments into a supplemental figure (S2) and truncated the text where possible to leave the main focus on the large-scale purification.

      3.2 I found the experiments in Figure 2 very hard to follow, and the accompanying text needs improvement before publication. Why was CADM1 ECD rather than full-length used for SEC-MALS? It seems like the authors are trying to claim that CD82 reduces CADM1 oligomerization based on a smaller shoulder peak at ~10-12 mL with the fusion construct compared to CADM1 alone. However, it looks like 10 mL is the void volume of this column- wouldn't another explanation be the CADM1 sample simply has a higher percentage of misfolded or aggregated protein, and it not necessarily an "oligomer"?

      We modified the text describing the results in Fig. 2 to improve readability.

      Performing SEC-MALLS with membrane proteins is not straight forward, due to the presence of empty micelles causing an unstable baseline and the possibility that micelles fuse or separate. Therefore, we only performed SEC-MALLS with soluble CADM1(ECD) to have a clear readout.

      The void volume of the column is at ca. 8.5 mL EV. The void peak is indeed barely visible as we use the protein directly after the SEC for purification without concentrating. In the SECs for protein purification the void peak at 8.5 mL is more visible (Fig. S3B,D). The same column has been used for both experiments connected to different systems (AKTA and HPLC).

      Further, we think the 10 mL peaks are complexes instead of aggregation because we see a shift to higher EV after dilution during the SEC after reinjection as expected for concentration dependent complex formation.

      3.3 The liposome assay is a clever way to assess if CD82 alters CADM1 oligomerization. However, details of how this assay was performed need clarification, and I am not convinced of the authors' conclusions given the current presentation. In the S4A, the authors show that CADM1 ECD His does not co-purify with CD82, but then CADM1 ECD His was used in liposome experiments to assess how CD82 changes clustering. Why was full-length CADM1 not used? For quantification, the average liposome radius is reported, but to me, a more robust quantification would be the percentage of liposome area contacting another liposome (i.e., ~35 nm distance between two liposomes), if the authors are trying to assess how CD82 affects CADM1 clustering. How does the average liposome radius reflect CADM1 clustering?

      Reconstituting both membrane proteins in full-length would indeed be the more native approach. However, we chose to anchor CADM1(ECD)-his to the surface of the liposome for several practical reasons. We used CADM1(ECD)-his because it gave us the possibility to “titrate” different CADM1 concentration against one sample of reconstituted liposomes. We cannot estimate how much CD82 is successfully reconstituted into the liposome. When we reconstitute full length CADM1 mixed with CD82 it was difficult to validate if both proteins and in which ratio they are reconstituted.

      We were trying to use cryo-EM pictures to quantify cluster sizes using the grey gradient but this proved difficult even using a single grid with consistent imaging settings because of the ice gradients over the grid and ice contamination. Observed clusters are 3-dimensional and we can only observe single liposomes at the very edge of it.

      The clusters we observed when looking and reconstituted liposomes looked very different from non-reconstituted liposomes. We added examples to figure S5. The clusters are overall less dense and liposomes cluster but not with a consistent distance as we observe it for WT CADM1.

      The DLS reads out the particle sizes and shows two peaks at 100 and 300 nm after adding CADM1(ECD)-His. We interpret this as CADM1 connecting micelles as observed on cryoEM images and therefore causing an increase in average particle size.

      3.4 The AlphaFold model shown in main text Figure 5 is not high confidence, and I suggest moving this to the supplement. To validate that the LEL of CD82 interacts with Ig1 of CADM1 as suggested by the EM density, the authors should perform mutagenesis or a domain swap with a different tetraspanin, and also binding assays with Ig1, Ig2, and Ig3 of CADM1 to validate this claim in the absence of high-resolution structural data.

      We removed the AlphaFold predictions from figure 5 and added it to the other predictions in Fig. S13. We did not see interactions of soluble CADM1(ECD) (Fig. S12) or single Ig domains (not included in MS) with purified CD82. Instead, we added a domain-truncation study in Fig. 5. The study shows the same level of co-purifications of CD82-StrepII3 and CADM1-His, CADM1ΔIg1 and CADM1Δ1-2 but strongly reduced co-purification when deleting all 3 Ig like domains. No CADM1-His constructs were detected in absence of CD82-StrepII3 and expression controls are shown in Fig. S12. The additional data made the overall interaction mechanism more clear and we rephrased it in the discussion.

      3.5 The EM processing workflow figure (S10) is missing many important details. FSC curve needs to be shown for the final map, and details like what was used for motion correction, CTF estimation, and how 31k particles became 45k particles (were these classes used as templates for picking?), and how many classes were used in heterogeneous refinement (and what those volumes looked like) should be included.

      We created a new processing figure. The figure includes the FSC curve and particle distribution for the finale volume. We added the first ab initio and heterogeneous refinement steps for each round of particle picking and marked volumes of which particles were selected for further processing. We indicated the number of selected and total particles for the final 2D classes and then indicated which group of particles was used and the percentage of particles in the resulting 3D volumes instead of indicating the particle number for each volume for better overview. We added what jobs were used for motion correction and CTF estimation.

      3.6 A short model figure at the end of the manuscript would be helpful to summarize the authors' findings.

      We added a figure displaying how CD82 hinders the tight formation of CADM1 multimers between membranes as Fig. 6.

      Minor comments:

      __ __3.7 Line 67: "In cancer, CADM1 can function as an oncogene as well as a tumor suppressor by regulating different signaling cascades, such as the Hippo pathway that promotes cell proliferation [27]." I found this sentence confusing- I think it is worth including another sentence or two explaining how CADM1 can have both tumor suppressor or promoter effects for readers that aren't familiar with CADM1 biology.

      We expended this part of the introduction to better explain the different functions of CADM1 and how it acts as a tumor suppressor and promotor simultaneously using examples:

      “Cell adhesion molecule 1 (CADM1) is a widely expressed adhesion molecule that has a dual function in cell signaling and adhesion and is involved in several biological functions. CADM1 overexpression promotes recruitment of T cells or mast cells in autoinflammatory diseases, like type 1 diabetes, asthma or neuroinflammatory diseases [24, 25, 26]. In most cancers, low CADM1 expression is associated with more aggressive tumors as it promotes apoptosis and inhibits proliferation [27].However, in T-cell lymphoma high CADM1 expression is associated with poor outcomes as its overexpression can lead to increased organ infiltration of tumors. The role of CADM1 in signaling and adhesion might explain its dual association with poor or good cancer prognosis and in both cases the change in expression level makes it a suitable therapeutic target and a biomarker [28, 29]. First in vivo studies using antibody-drug conjugates or chimeric-antigen receptors show a specific response against cancer cells and are considered promising candidates for clinical trials [30, 31, 32]. Considering these recent successes, it is crucial to understand the different functions and regulation of CADM1.”

      3.8 The introduction spends time discussing glycosylation sites on CD82 and CADM1. When I first read the intro, I thought glycosylation would be a focus of some of the experiments, but it wasn't. Instead, I think the paper would be stronger if you spent a bit more time in the intro talking about what is known about CADM1- as some examples, are there other interaction partners known to regulate its oligomerization? Therapeutic targeting is briefly mentioned, but has there been any success or progress in that area?

      The glycosylation explains why we consistently observe double bands in our SDS-PAGE gels and therefore needs to be mentioned in the introduction.

      We added more information about CADM1 as a cancer therapy target and recent developments in the introduction (see 3.6).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study by Vitar et al. probes the molecular identity and functional specialization of pH-sensing channels in cerebrospinal fluid-contacting neurons (CSFcNs). Combining patch-clamp electrophysiology, laser-based local acidification, immunohistochemistry, and confocal imaging, the authors propose that PKD2L1 channels localized to the apical protrusion (ApPr) function as the predominant dual-mode pH sensor in these cells.

      The work establishes a compelling spatial-physiological link between channel localization and chemosensory behavior. The integration of optical and electrical approaches is technically strong, and the separation of phasic and sustained response modes offers a useful conceptual advance for understanding how CSF composition is monitored.

      Comments on revised version:

      I thank the authors for their extensive revisions and detailed responses to the reviewers' comments. The manuscript has been substantially improved, and most of the major concerns raised in the initial review have been adequately addressed. In particular, the additional analyses of PKD2L1 channel activity, the incorporation of physiologically relevant pH conditions, the clarification of ASIC involvement, and the expanded Discussion have significantly strengthened the study.

      Major scientific concerns largely addressed:

      Quantification of PKD2L1 channel activity

      The authors appropriately addressed my previous concerns regarding the use of Po as the sole measure of channel activity. The inclusion of additional parameters such as apparent Po, open time, nmax, holding current, and membrane charge provides a more robust assessment of PKD2L1 activity and substantially strengthens the conclusions.

      Physiological relevance of pH modulation

      The inclusion of experiments at pH 6.5 and the additional analyses of holding current and resting membrane potential are valuable additions. These experiments considerably improve the physiological relevance of the study.

      ASIC contribution

      The additional pharmacological experiments using ASIC blockers are helpful and support the conclusion that the photolysis-evoked response in the apical process is predominantly mediated by PKD2L1 channels.

      Functional implications

      The expanded Discussion regarding Ca2+-dependent signaling, neurosecretion, and the potential physiological roles of CSFcNs considerably improves the manuscript.

      Remaining concerns:

      Continued overstatement regarding "exclusive" localization and function:

      Although the authors softened some statements in the revised manuscript, the term "exclusive" remains in several key locations, including the title.

      For example:

      "PKD2L1 channels segregated to the apical compartment are the exclusive dual-mode pH sensor..."

      The data clearly demonstrate strong enrichment of functional PKD2L1 channels in the apical process. However, the available evidence does not fully justify the term "exclusive," particularly because:

      - PKD2L1 immunoreactivity is still detectable outside the apical process.

      - ASIC-mediated responses are present in CSFcNs.

      - The authors themselves use more appropriate terminology such as "predominantly located" in the Discussion.

      Therefore, I recommend replacing "exclusive" with more conservative terminology such as:

      - predominant

      - predominantly localized

      - enriche

      - functionally segregated

      throughout the manuscript, including the title, Abstract, Introduction, Results, and Discussion.

      We agree with the reviewer that the world “exclusive” is misleading and should be replaced. Following the reviewer’s suggestions, we have deleted the word “exclusive from the title, which now reads: “PKD2L1 channels segregated to the apical compartment are the functional dual-mode pH sensors in cerebrospinal fluid-contacting neurons.”

      In addition, the word “exclusive” has been changed with more conservative terminology in other parts of the text: lines 80, 420, 466 and 551.

      Use of the term "tonic current"

      The manuscript continues to use the term "PKD2L1 tonic current."

      While the dibucaine-sensitive holding current is clearly present, the precise mechanism generating this current remains uncertain. Indeed, the authors themselves acknowledge in the Discussion that:

      - an alternative conducting state may exist, or

      - unresolved brief channel openings may account for the current.

      Therefore, the data support the existence of a sustained PKD2L1-associated current, but do not yet definitively establish a distinct tonic gating mode of the channel.

      I therefore recommend replacing:

      "tonic current" with a more neutral expression such as:

      - sustained current

      - PKD2L1-associated holding current

      - sustained PKD2L1-mediated current throughout the manuscript.

      Continued use of "off-current" and "off-response":

      The revised manuscript has improved considerably in this regard. However, the terms "off-current" and "off-response" still remain in portions of the text and figure legends.

      Because the manuscript itself demonstrates that the response reflects recovery from transient acidification rather than a separate OFF signaling mechanism, these terms remain potentially misleading.

      I recommend replacing them with terminology such as:

      - photolysis-evoked PKD2L1 current

      - recovery current

      - proton-removal-induced current

      throughout the manuscript, including figure legends.

      We apologize, as the word “tonic” and the terminology “off-current” should have completely disappeared after the first round of revisions. We have now replaced those all along the text. “Tonic” has been replaced by “sustained”.

      “Off-current” or “off-response” have been replaced by appropriate terms in lines: 339, 342, 544, 545, 546, 549, 552, 555, 556, 560, 576, 580, 585, 588, 807 and 929. We have nevertheless conserved the term “off-current” in line 552 as we are referring to terminology used by other authors.

      Minor editorial corrections

      Figure 1Bd Please change: "po" to "Po" for consistency with standard channel physiology nomenclature.

      Figure 1Ca Please add units (mV) to the voltage labels shown on the left side of the traces.

      Figure 3E Please change: "Norm po" to "Norm Po".

      Figure 4Fb Please replace: "sec" with "s" to conform with SI unit conventions.

      Done.

      The authors have addressed the majority of my previous concerns and the manuscript has been substantially improved. The remaining issues are primarily related to terminology and overinterpretation rather than experimental deficiencies.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cerebrospinal fluid contacting neurons (CSF-cNs) are GABAergic cells surrounding the spinal cord central canal (CC). In mammals, their soma lies sub-ependymally, with a dendritic-like apical extension (AP) terminating as a bulb inside the CC.

      How this anatomy-soma and AP in distinct extracellular environments-relates to their multimodal CSF-sensing function remains unclear.

      The authors confirm in the GATA3:GFP mice where these cells are labeled that CSFcNs exhibit prominent spontaneous electrical activity mediated by PKD2L1 (TRPP2) channels, non-selective cation channels with ~200 pS conductance modulated by protons and mechanical forces.

      They investigated PKD2L1 pH sensitivity and its effects on CSFcN excitability. They uncovered that PKD2L1 generates both phasic and tonic currents, bidirectionally modulated by pH with high sensitivity near physiological values.

      Combining electrophysiology (intact and isolated AP recordings) with elegant laser-photolysis, they show functional PKD2L1 channels localize specifically to the apical extension (AP).

      This spatial segregation, coupled with PKD2L1's biophysical properties (high conductance, pH sensitivity) and the AP's unique features (very high input resistance), renders CSFcN excitability highly sensitive to PKD2L1 modulation. Their findings reveal how the AP's properties are optimised for its sensory role.

      Strengths:

      This is a very convincing demonstration using elegant and challenging approaches (uncaging, outside out patch of the AP) together to form a complete understanding on how these sensory cells can detect so finely the changes of pH in the CSF.

      Weaknesses:

      Not weaknesses, there are only minor requests to complete the beautiful study.

      (1) The apical extension's response to removal of acidification is nicely illustrated in Figure 4C,G. There's something puzzling there: while the response to Glutamate is immediate, the channel responses to H+ is extremely delayed by 100ms - 2s, and even sometimes came in bursts separated by few hundreds of ms. H+ diffuse even faster than glutamate. Why is that?

      I don't quite understand how the response is so delayed & how to explain the recurring bursts of channel opening in the figure panel ?

      The kinetic of the response to proton uncaging is analyzed in Figure 4E, where the charge of the current traces is plotted against time. What this analysis shows is that the response lasts a few hundred ms (τ 250 ms) and then the PKD2L1 activity increase subsides to baseline. The peak of the response is at 100 ms (Figure 4G), but the increase in activity happens as soon as the uncaging pulse ends (Figure 4D, G and H). This behavior has already been shown in expression systems, where the channel activity is blocked by protons and the blockage is released when the acid is withdrawn. In an intact cell as the CSFcNs studied here, the exact kinetics of the recovery response are probably more complex (and variable) than in expression systems. Indeed, it is known that the recovery of this current depends, for example, on pH and extracellular calcium. Also, PKD2L1 are inhibited by intracellular calcium (de Caen et al, eLife 2016) but are themselves permeable to Ca<sup>++</sup> ions. The interaction of these effects could give rise to the “bursts” that are observed in some cases. However, this is merely speculative at this point.

      - The authors should show in Fig 4C,G the traces for 1-2 s before uncaging occurs so we can appreciate whether such events occur as well in baseline and discuss this further in revisions.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we have added a trace in Figure 4C (upper blue trace) showing the spontaneous activity of the cell, prior to uncaging, as it is already shown for another example in Figure 4D.

      - Could the authors use a fluorescent pH sensor to monitor pH in the extracellular space and in the cell ?

      This is an important point that was already addressed by the reviewing editors in the previous round of revisions. Indeed, we have attempted to perform pH calibrations in the setup using the pHsensitive dye pyranine (or HPTS: 8-Hydroxypyrene-1,3,6-trisulfonic acid). HPTS is a very useful tool for pH calibrations in the physiological range: its pKa value is close to 7.2 and it can be used as a ratiometric dye (its fluorescence is pH-independent at 405–410 nm and pH-dependent at 450 nm). Unfortunately, the calibration under the conditions of a real experiment is not possible because the photolysis in the slice occurs in a tiny volume (approximately 1 µm³ in a total bath volume of more than 1 ml). In these conditions, the 405 nm uncaging pulse bleaches the dye in the photolysis spot and any useful information is lost. In addition, our imaging system is not fast enough to follow the pH change. As discussed in the Materials and Methods section, subsection “Estimation of the pH drop induced by photolysis” (line 791), the fast protonation of bicarbonate indicates that the pH change induced by the photolysis recovers in the submillisecond range.

      - Could the authors investigate whether in the apical extension, PKD2L1 channels are mainly at the outer membrane in the apical extension OR whether many channels are located in inner membranes ?

      PKD2L1 channels are probably subject to a high rate of turnover, and they are certainly localized in the plasma membrane of the apical process as well as in the inner membranes. Although this is a very interesting point, we believe it is out of the scope of this work.

      (2) Suppl Fig 4 is very cool and should be moved to main figure. The coupling of Soma and AP is very tight, yet there is a clear difference in targeting of channels that respond to cues in the CSF. In the context of an intact spinal cord, we can wonder how and when the contribution from ASIC in the some would be relevant to physiology. Can the authors think of experiments with an intact central canal to test the sensitivity and condition of recruitment of pH sensing in the soma (ASIC) versus the apical extension (PKD2L1)?

      We have followed the suggestion of the reviewer and have made Supplementary Figure 4 a main figure.

      The fact that the normal interphase between the spinal cord parenchyma and the cc is lost is already acknowledged in the discussion, lines 486 to 489. As the reviewer suggests, PKD2L1 and ASIC channels seem both to be important in the response of CSFcN to pH changes. However, both channels are activated in very different physiological contexts, as is discussed in the section “The involvement of ASIC channels”. Keeping the central canal intact in order to be as close as possible to physiological conditions, as suggested by the reviewer, would be ideal. However, as CSFcNs are in the middle of the cord, it would require the use of optical techniques that allow to penetrate deep into the tissue (e.g., 2-photon microscopy) that unfortunately are not available in our labs.

      (3) The Reissner fiber is missing after slicing the spinal cord. From our observations in fish, the fiber being under tension triggers lots of activity in CSF-cNs (Bellegarda et al Elife 2023) that also relies on PKD2L1 (Bohm et al NC 2016; Sternberg et al NC 2019). Could the authors discuss the contribution of the Reissner fiber to the PKD2L1 mediated modulation of CSFcN excitability ? Could the authors conceive a way to slice along the anteroposterior axis (sagitally) the spinal cord to keep the Reissner fiber in the central canal when recording CSF-cN apical extension ?

      - The authors should show in Fig 4C,G the traces for 1-2 s before uncaging occurs so we can appreciate whether such events occur as well in baseline and discuss this further in revisions.

      As discussed in the previous point, the in vitro slice preparation has technical limitations that are mainly related to the alterations of the normal structure of the tissue. Although keeping the Reissner fiber intact in a sagittal slice seems possible, accessing the CSFcNs with electrophysiological methods would still be a challenge.

      We have now added a sentence in the Discussion, lines 561 to 564, where we discuss that CSFcN excitability is modulated by the Reissner fiber and that it remains to be explored whether in rodents the gating of PKD2L1 channels is modulated by the Reissner fibre, as has been shown in zebrafish.

    1. Film and Bricolage A Bull Durham tobacco billboard in Durham, North Carolina. Photo by James Willamor, CCBY. Source: Flickr.(opens in new tab) “Walt Whitman once said, ‘I see great things in baseball. It’s our game, the American game. It will repair our losses and be a blessing to us.’ You could look it up.” — Annie Savoy, played by Susan Sarandon, from the film Bull Durham More than Merely Movies The LA Times did look up the reference(opens in new tab) quoted at the end of the film Bull Durham and found that Whitman’s sentiments were represented more or less accurately. What appears in the film is a distillation of a longer paraphrase—made by Horace L. Traubel, a noted Whitman biographer—of a statement Whitman probably did make. The line in Bull Durham captures the essence of the quote, even if it is a paraphrase of a paraphrase. This is often what great films do. They take what is available in reality and distill it down so viewers can understand it the first time. When you make a copy of a copy, things get blurry, more difficult to decipher. Films often do the exact opposite with elements of culture. They reduce present reality and essential past experiences into distilled intertextual(opens in new tab) products—mediated messages that combine various types of text into one. A movie combines moving pictures (video, film or animation), sound, graphics, special effects and, of course, written text, which is most often spoken as dialogue. It can be delivered as a disembodied voice speaking over video in what is called a voice-over(opens in new tab), or text can appear in graphic form as actual text on screen. Each element from video to sound to graphics and special effects is considered a text. The various texts are sewn together in a multi-layered story. Movies are popular because of the stories they tell and the way they tell them. The most popular films have a compelling narrative, fantastic special effects, great cinematography, supportive, realistic sound effects and often a great score(opens in new tab). Compiling and combining texts for mass audiences in major motion pictures is incredibly difficult to do well, but with digital technology, many millions of people can create intertextual stories on their own. Professional video editing software includes row upon row of visual and aural elements stacked to create an intertextual presentation. Image by Lauren Caulfield, CCBY. Source: Flickr.(opens in new tab) Whether you are a YouTube producer or enjoy making Instagram stories every day, you can be an intertextual storyteller with tools readily available on the mass market. The “readily available” part calls to mind the concept of bricolage(opens in new tab), which in intertextual storytelling means taking the images, sounds and words readily available to you, along with the recording and editing tools that are also available, and making stories intended for others to appreciate. This chapter covers the film industry and bricolage together to emphasize that all mediated messages, whether they are an individual’s latest Instagram production or a major motion picture studio’s latest multimillion-dollar gamble, are exercises in bricolage. This chapter first discusses film as an industry and as a modern mass media platform. It goes on to examine the potential cultural influence of filmmaking and the implications of this potential for filmmakers. The chapter unpacks the concept of bricolage in the context of filmmaking. Finally, this chapter considers the role of passion in crafting messages for mass media audiences. Filmmakers are some of the most passionate, creative people in the mass media industry. They balance knowledge and skill in managing many types of media production. At their best, they are enthusiastic about storytelling and about professionally mastering many aspects of the art form. At their worst, filmmakers (including producers, directors and others in the industry) are controlling manipulators who apply their efforts recklessly and for personal gain. There is a reason some of the worst outrages leading to the Me Too movement happened in the film industry. It is an industry where powerful people, usually men, have for too long used their power to do awful things without repercussions(opens in new tab). This issue will be addressed before the chapter’s conclusion. A Brief History of Film This section draws heavily from a text called Movie-Made America(opens in new tab) by Robert Sklar who points out that popular films in America were the first modern mass medium. Since this text considers the penny press the first mass medium, it will be necessary to clarify. The penny press arose around the end of the First Industrial Revolution. By the 1830s, many people in newly-developing nations had left the agrarian life and moved to cities to work for wages in some form of manufacturing. The penny press was identified as their mass medium because large numbers of people consumed the same newspapers at an affordable cost. They shared collective narratives about what was happening in the world that editors considered important. (Readers were privy to the agenda-setting function of the mass media; however, the penny press was often a regional mass medium. Different city, different paper.) A text on the kinetoscope sits alongside a cup of tea. Note how the film winds its way through the kinetoscope. It was viewed through a viewfinder at top. Photo by Luke McKernan, CCBY. Source: Flikr. Fifty years later, the Second Industrial Revolution progressed with advancements in the textile, steel, automotive and war industries, which continued through World War I and World War II. Sklar argues this industrialization made the film industry viable. After working 10- or 12-hour days to keep up with demand and to make enough money to survive and perhaps thrive, people were looking for quick, easy and relatively affordable entertainment. Motion pictures shown on big screens in theaters built for sizable audiences fit the bill. What made filmmaking a mass media industry was the ability to show the same film to large audiences again and again. Films also presented a new way of telling stories. Early filmmakers experimented with the art form and actively sought to make their work different from anything that had come before(opens in new tab). In art and culture, a purposeful break from the past is one way of defining modernity(opens in new tab). Thus, film was the first modern mass medium. The very first movie parlors, however, were not capable of projecting film. Early Moviegoing According to Sklar, when the film industry arose at the turn of the 20th century, films were first exhibited as short motion pictures viewed in kinetoscopes. In the image of the kinetoscope shown in this chapter on a book’s cover, you can see an open cabinet. Inside the cabinet is a long, winding film. To watch a movie, you would lean over the top of the closed cabinet and peer into the viewfinder(opens in new tab). It cost a nickel. Most often, immigrants and working-class people frequented nickelodeons(opens in new tab), which is what the parlors and theaters housing kinetoscopes were called. In the United States, film brought American culture to immigrants and immigrant culture to other Americans in an exchange that helped foster social change. The Developing Movie Industry Nickelodeons were not profitable enough to sustain the industry in the long term. Recognizing that showing films was more profitable when movies were projected for many viewers at the same time, filmmakers rushed to create films that looked best in that format. When film was taken out of the box and projected on large screens, it opened up the medium to become the mass market industry it is today. From the perspective of theater owners, it was better to show one film from one protected projection machine to an audience of paying customers than to have people fill up a parlor and wait in line to climb on top of the equipment one at a time. As film became a mass medium, concerns over content and the medium’s potential to influence public opinion grew. Movie Ratings In the 20th century, producers quickly learned that motion pictures could be the most powerful propaganda tool in the world. By bringing modern messages to mass audiences, films were (and still are) able to shape public opinion through culture. Their reach extends beyond influencing trends: Films are massively popular emotional and educational cultural products that can influence the shape and direction of social structures. Early on, messages in the medium were not subject to government or church approval, which concerned the leaders of these institutions. The battle for control over the industry has never stopped. The current rating system used in the United States is a voluntary system. That is, the government does not censor films. The industry regulates and censors itself through the maintenance of a movie ratings system, which is not without controversy(opens in new tab). Because films can have massive economic, cultural and social impacts, it should always be expected that powerful groups will try to exert their influence over this medium. Movies and Culture There are dozens of journals that examine the relationships between film and culture(opens in new tab). Films influence popular culture, group culture and just about everyone’s personal culture. If your professor or instructor were to name an abstract emotion, a major industry or a popular sport, you could probably think of a film that deals with that aspect of culture or society. Think about gender norms, religious sensibilities, economic inequality, gay rights, militarism, environmentalism, family values, popular history, patriotism, cultural violence, liberty, race, global technology, artificial intelligence or sheep farming. There is a movie for almost every group culture. Social issues often drive filmmakers, but they may also pursue stories about popular issues to attract the broadest possible audience. Filmmakers often balance the desire to highlight the social and cultural issues they care about with the need to make money in a global cultural industry. Filmmaking Practice The American film industry employs more than 2 million people, according to the Motion Picture Association of America(opens in new tab). Filmmakers and studios are protected by the First Amendment to discuss almost any topic they choose. The marketplace is often a more limiting factor than other forms of social or cultural influence. Many great stories are not made into films because it is too costly to produce a major motion picture to risk box-office losses. It is the right of the film studio to pursue profits, but many filmmakers consider their work a vocation or calling. The driving artistic and economic forces often compete wherever movies are made. Green screens are used in film production to allow for the use of computer-generated backgrounds. Photo by Mark Sebastian. Source: Flickr. Filmmakers today gain experience by making commercials, music videos, television shows, independent movies and even web series posted directly online. Young filmmakers rarely work with actual film. It is far more expensive to shoot film than video. The most common format at the time this book is being revised is SD (secure digital) media. The file type and codec depends on the camera. Many filmmakers shoot video on DSLR cameras and enjoy the ability to switch lenses for different conditions or effects. This type of media can store large files, and in the future SD storage may increase as high as 128 terabytes per card(opens in new tab). As video quality increases, so does the need for greater storage capacity. Video formats such as 4K and 8K are known as ultra high definition. They enable filmmakers to capture and show incredibly detailed images(opens in new tab). Successful filmmakers not only have to know the tools of the trade, but they must also be good at networking. Films may cost up to a billion dollars to make and to promote. Filmmakers must demonstrate they can work well with others before a studio will take such a large chance on their talent. Because so much social and cultural influence and financial risk rest on a few flagship films each year, the controls are generally only given to proven filmmakers. To truly represent the voices of women, minorities, immigrants and other cultural groups in our society, there need to be pathways in the industry to producing, directing and promoting major films. For example, even before news broke about the many women who have been sexually assaulted in the industry, Hollywood had drawn mass attention for problems with industry sexism(opens in new tab). Perhaps for the industry to be a better place for women personally, it needs to be a better place professionally. For this reason, there must be a variety of industry entry points if Hollywood is truly going to offer diverse points of view told from diverse groups of people.(opens in new tab) An entry point(opens in new tab) is a position in an industry that an individual can use to gain the experience needed to move up the career ladder. All of the technical skill in the world is of little use if there are not pathways to powerful positions. Storytelling Filmmaking tools and practical career preparations give options and opportunities to professionals, but they do not make films better by themselves. In other words, a technically skilled filmmaker might still fail because the industry is about storytelling. You might like a film with great special effects more than you like one without any, but the development of a new special effects technology does not make every film that employs it a good one. You can probably think of a bad movie with relatively good special effects(opens in new tab) (Spoiler alert: Lots of Michael Bay). Likewise, there are great classic films with almost no special effects. The tools are only as good as the people wielding them. As suggested, films can play an important social and cultural role. They can communicate political agendas and can push issues to the forefront of media attention. Filmmakers and studies, on the other hand, may also go out of their way not to make political statements. Whether a film communicates directly or more subtly, the most successful films combine great technical skill with a combination of trusted and innovative storytelling techniques. A key goal of movie marketing is to make people anticipate a film so much that they feel they have to see it on the opening weekend for fear of missing out. For people who do not often go to movies, one key indicator they use to judge a film’s success is its rank at the box office. It takes the support of both regular movie fans and those who only see a few films a year for a movie to be a true blockbuster. The best and most successful films combine great technical prowess with innovative but approachable storytelling. The best filmmakers have to be able to get professional work out of hundreds or even thousands of people working on a single project. They must be able to manage actors, special effects crew members, film crews and marketing professionals, to name a few. Filmmakers must also have a sense of the interplay between texts. The best storytelling is multifaceted and emotional but sufficiently connected to reality to be relatable. Bricolage Every motion picture that succeeds at being intertextual(opens in new tab) — that is, every film that combines a variety of types of text into a tapestry for audiences with a good story behind it — is a matter of bricolage. The term “bricolage” is related to the French word for “tinkering” and calls to mind the word “collage.” Most readers of this text will have made several collages in school with the idea being to create art or to depict a concept using available materials rather than drawing or painting something from scratch using a single medium. Bricolage refers to a do-it-yourself tinkering process where you make something new out of other things. You might argue that new films are made with new technology, not existing film clips or video files. You might also point out that special effects, 3D projection, and IMAX technology are not cheap, and the materials to make modern blockbusters are not going to be found simply lying around. You would be correct if movies were only storage media they are shot on, the computers they are edited in, and the 3D glasses you wear in the theater. But in reality, every film is made with limited resources using the existing tools and the talent available at the time. Every film is, to some extent, a pastiche, a reference to the films that came before. Bricolage is about taking the tools, materials and talents available to you, tinkering with them and making something different that has its own meaning. It is like a college student making dinner from leftovers. Turkey and Swiss cheese with pancakes for bread? Why not? Throw some chili on it. Wash it down with a light beer. Bricolage. Some bricolage is better than others. Major motion picture filmmakers do a kind of bricolage. They simply have more expensive tools. Often, it is said, films are written three times. First, the script is written. Then the film is shot and brought to life by the director, actors, film crews and effects crews. Finally, a film is rewritten in editing. This notion that films are written as scripts, revised in the shooting process and written a third time in the editing booth comes from this video summarizing how the original Star Wars was saved in editing(opens in new tab). Filmmaking is a collaborative, iterative process, which means it may take many people many tries to create a successful story. The Limits of Passion Some students will be impressed by Quentin Tarantino’s assertion, “I didn’t go to film school. I went to films.” It is tempting to think that all you need to know about filmmaking can be learned by watching films. That is certainly the start of developing a passion that can drive a career, but there is a case to be made for a formal education. More than a passion project, backstage making “Ascendant” by Tim Brennan, CCBY. Source: Flikr. College is where you learn how to think strategically. You learn how to work with other professionals-in-training. Working through college for four years or more, you gain stability and personal connections. You may not all end up as filmmakers or mass media professionals, but the critical thinking and problem-solving skills you learn from a liberal arts background prepare you to evaluate sources of information. You learn how to ask where people selling you a story got their information. If you learn how to learn, how to analyze media critically and how to make your own work as professional as possible, you will be prepared for shifts in the industry that might otherwise sap your passion. Passion is like a pit bull. It can be a friend, companion and protector — something to rely on when times are tough. Passion that is mistreated, ignored, or that knows only about the darker, more violent side of life, can get out of its owner’s control. There is no specific, perfect formula for cultivating your passion. Choose one and apply it in every college course you possibly can. If your education works for you, your passion can be tamed and it will always with you. Before he was known as a screenwriter and before he had directed anything, Quentin Tarantino was doing more than just watching movies. He worked with people who made films. His work at a production company enabled him to get his script for True Romance to film director Tony Scott. Without his production company experience, no one would have cared that he knew everything there was to know about kung fu movies and westerns. He would have been a very knowledgeable video store clerk in a world where video stores were about to die. So Wrong for so Long When Uma Thurman talked about Harvey Weinstein’s attempts to sexually assault her(opens in new tab), she told a story dozens of other women shared about Weinstein’s abusive, criminal behavior. The prevalence of sexual assault in Hollywood was a driving force behind the global Me Too movement of women as well as men sharing stories of sexual assault and abuse. Abusive behavior, mostly on the part of men in the workplace, has been tolerated in Hollywood and in other corporate and institutional cultures for far too long. Sometimes it was even joked about. Most often, it was allowed to be part of the business of entertainment. In a better future for film and other forms of media making, sexual assault would not be tolerated, and people of all genders and backgrounds would support each other against those who abuse their power to reinforce their dominance and for sexual gratification. Laws did not do enough to protect women from predators(opens in new tab), but speaking out has started to make a difference in a culture that has tolerated harassment, abuse and rape. For the film industry to truly be one of free expression and thoughtful cultural and social meaning-making, it cannot be a place where more than half of society is objectified and dehumanized regularly. Uma Thurman also noted in her opinion article about Harvey Weinstein that she was objectified to the point that Quentin Tarantino pushed her to risk her life when shooting a car chase scene. Her story was about sexual objectification and assault but also about the way men, in particular, devalue women in many aspects of life. If Hollywood can change, its stories change too and the social and cultural impacts of that movement would be felt like waves emanating from this time for future generations.
      1. Films as mass media

      Highlight: “Films were the first modern mass medium.”

      Annotation:

      This stood out to me because movies were one of the first forms of entertainment that could reach very large audiences. This helped make film an important part of American culture.

      1. Film can influence opinions

      Highlight: The statement that films can shape public opinion and influence social structures.

      Annotation:

      This shows how powerful media can be. Movies are not just entertainment; they can influence the way people think about social issues, culture, and even politics.

      1. Movies and culture

      Highlight: “Films influence popular culture, group culture and just about everyone’s personal culture.”

      Annotation:

      I agree with this because movies can introduce people to new ideas, lifestyles, traditions, and social issues. They can also influence trends and the way people view different groups.

      1. Bricolage

      Highlight: The explanation that bricolage is a do-it-yourself process of making something new from other available things.

      Annotation:

      I can relate this idea to social media because people often combine pictures, music, videos, and text to create their own content. Technology makes it much easier for ordinary people to become media creators.

      1. Critical thinking

      Highlight: The section explaining that college develops critical-thinking and problem-solving skills that help people evaluate sources of information.

      Annotation:

      This connects directly to this course because we are learning to think critically about media. It is important to ask where information comes from and whether the source is trustworthy before accepting it as fact.

      These five are probably the strongest choices because they connect the reading directly to the main theme of HUM/186: how media influences society and culture.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary: 

      The manuscript by Yang, Wang, and Cléry presents a lightweight pipeline for real-time identification of common marmosets in a laboratory setting. Models were trained and evaluated on data derived from a family of three closely related adults and a set of juvenile twins. Freely moving animals entered an enclosed space fixed to the housing cage door, which permitted the entry of individual animals for data acquisition. Utilizing YOLOv8-nano, identification was improved through the introduction of uniquely colored collar beads. Analyses of facial similarity showed close morphological relatedness amongst individuals and highlighted the need for highly discriminative classification. Overall, the authors offer a framework for identity tracking that prioritizes real-time inference. The authors demonstrate that combining facial detection with visual markers enables adequate identity assignment under controlled laboratory conditions with minimal cross-individual misclassification. 

      Strengths: 

      (1) The proposed pipeline offers a solution for real-time identity tracking in common marmosets. Its lightweight design enables deployment across a wide range of hardware configurations. Furthermore, if similar strategies are employed, this methodology is likely adaptable for other species with minimal modification. 

      (2) Evaluation of closely related individuals provides a necessary stress test for the discrimination of facial identity tracking. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) The pipeline's reliance on controlled animal isolation and small visual markers raises questions about the approach's generalizability to unconstrained multi-animal environments. The provided confusion matrices (Figures 6-8) indicate that the most common misclassifications are background-related, possibly suggesting that detection specificity is the primary source of error. All things considered, these findings raise concerns about performance in its use in socially dynamic and visually complex environments. 

      Thank you for the comment. The background column of the confusion matrix can be explained by several occasions: a) the model detects an object where there is no object, b) there is more than one prediction label for the same object, or c) an object appeared in the image but not manually labeled, however the program was able to detect that object. The value of the background column does not necessarily mean that the detection is incorrect, as the precision score for the detection labels are good. We have rephrased the relevant sections for clarification to include the sources of the increased value in background columns in confusion matrices, as follows:

      “The background class of the confusion matrix showed frequently predictions as marmoset faces and collar beads for the training (Figure 6A) and validation set (Figure 6B). However, it does not necessarily indicate incorrect predictions or misclassifications. Instead, these values were mostly explained by multiple detections of the same object class. For instance, additional marmoset faces were predicted when multiple animals were present within a single video frame. The long collar structure or motion blur of the marmosets could also cause multiple detections of beads that belong to the same collar. This also corresponded to the high precision and recall scores observed across prediction classes (Figure 5D), suggesting that the increased background false positives were mainly related to the object-count discrepancies, instead of poor detection performance.”

      Prediction misclassification is one source of the background false positive. The misclassification could not be avoided in automatic prediction algorithm, but we included the manual filtering and majority-voting during our real-time classification to reduce this effect. Multiple detection of the same class may also be considered as the background, since only one object may be labelled in the ground truth, such as multiple collar beads or automatic face extraction. In addition, blurry objects were not labeled manually during training but can be detected during prediction, which also resulted in background false positive. It was clarified in the main text as follows:

      “The normalized confusion matrices showed high accuracy and consistency of most marmoset faces and collars detection in training (Figure 8A) and validation (Figure 8B) tests, with some exceptions. Particularly, the background was frequently identified as the collar of Young2 marmoset. This elevated background score was likely contributed by the multi-color design of the Young2 marmoset collar, making it more difficult to distinguish compared to collars with a single bead color. In this occasion, if one bead is occluded, blurred, or outside the field of view, the other visible collar bead could affect the prediction and lead to an incorrect identification from the ground truth.”

      (2) The manuscript claims performance comparable to that of human experimenters but provides no explicit evidence to support these claims. While it is plausible that human experimenters may be less accurate in facial recognition tasks involving closely related marmosets, the authors don't provide evidence. Moreover, while that might be the case, the color-coded beads provide a salient identity cue for the model, which complicates the interpretation of this comparison grounded in facial recognition. 

      Thank you for pointing out this concern. The aim of the facial recognition tool is to collect data from marmosets without having experimenters to check the identity continuously. The program is not aimed at outperforming the experimenters’ role but avoid having constant human intervention that can disrupt a more ecological in cage data collection. It is also essential for having more flexibility to collect data in case a specific experimenter is not here and thus to not disrupt the project. Human experimenters have extensive experience closely working with marmosets, having the unique collar beads associated to each marmosets allows human experimenters to hardly make mistakes identifying marmosets and to do it quickly. We collected identification accuracy of human experimenters by presenting 10 clips of the five marmosets involved in the manuscript (2 clips per marmosets), with 2 random clips repeated twice. The results were plotted by each experimenter. The identification accuracy of the experimenters correlates with the time spent with the animals, as the animal health technicians (responsible for daily health check and husbandry) achieved 95.83% average accuracy in identifying the marmosets. We clarified those points in the main text as follows:

      “Its automated pipeline substantially reduces the time and work required for traditional manual identity labeling, while maintaining an expert-level human performance and reproducibility across experimenters (95.83% average accuracy for animal health technicians, responsible for daily health check and husbandry while lab experiments ranges between 25 to 80% of accuracy depending on the amount of time spent with each animal, Supplementary figure 1). The tool’s advantages are particularly efficient for large datasets and longitudinal studies, where manual identity labeling becomes difficult, as variability and errors increase along with dataset size and experimenter number.”

      We filtered the prediction of the collars, and the identification result solely based on the faces for the 2 young marmosets was correct. The prediction results were plotted on Video 7, Video 7—video supplement 1, and Video 7—video supplement 2 and added to the Results section as follows:

      “We tested the prediction performance without collar and its longitudinal application, using the face-only prediction on the young marmosets at 11 months and 16 months (Video 7, Video 7—video supplement 1, Video 7—video supplement 2). The face classifier correctly identified the young twin marmosets solely based on their facial features, indicating that facial identity classification was performed independently of collar information and that the collar beads acted only as an auxiliary confirmation rather than the main classifier of the system (Video 7).”

      Explanation for classification of marmoset faces and collar beads in the Discussion section:

      “Facial features serve as the main and intrinsic biometric identifier for each marmoset, providing a unique source of individual recognition. Since collar-based confirmation could be affected by visibility limitations, we implemented the uniquely color-coded bead collars as an auxiliary cue to provide additional confirmation in identity prediction. For example, this issue can be caused by identical or similar bead colors between individuals (Video 5, 6) and beads that are occluded by fur (Video 3 - 6). In addition, collar beads may change over time or not be worn by all animals.”.

      “With one separated model trained per family unit, our system can utilize distinct collar colors as an additional identifier when available, while facial features performed as the main biometric marker. Even though multiple marmosets with visually similar faces may present close to the camera, the additional collar information can improve confidence in identity prediction without replacing facial recognition as the primary mechanism of identification (Video 7).”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary: 

      In this study, Yang et al. develop a real-time system for automatic face detection and identification of multiple unrestrained common marmosets in a home cage setting. 

      Strengths: 

      The study aims to address an unmet need in behavioral neuroscience: the ability to non-invasively identify animals is crucial to the automated and rigorous study of neural behaviors; this is especially true for common marmosets, which are rapidly becoming a model system of choice for the study of complex social cognition. By using a YOLOv8 backbone, the study achieve human level performance, both in terms of precision and recall of the trained models.

      Weaknesses: 

      The robustness of the system is not clear from the limited datasets presented. The use of color-coded beads undercuts the study's premise that the system achieves truly non-invasive tracking. Although the system achieves good performance in face detection, it does not perform as well for classification using faces alone (especially when the faces are similar, as in twin animals). Here, too, the color-coded beads play a key role in identity discrimination. The stated goals of the study and the actual results presented are therefore at odds.

      Thank you for the comment. First, we would like to clarify the role of the collar beads in our system. Compared to the faces, a unique identity marker, the collar beads were not used as the main identity classifier but rather as an external visual marker. The color-coded bead was not used solely for the purpose of marmoset video classification; it was also used as an additional source of identification for one marmoset. As the marmosets usually move very fast inside the cage, it is mainly used as a visual marker for experimenters to recognize them in a distance in a short time.

      The mislabelling is more frequent with the young twins not only due to their face similarity, but also due to the limited number of images being used for the model training, as discussed in the paragraph #4 of the Discussion section. Collar beads are small and less frequently detected by the camera, since it could be occluded by the marmoset fur. In addition, it was invisible to the camera if the marmoset turned sideways or was far from the camera. Therefore, higher weight was assigned to the beads due to their small size and less frequent detections compared to face labels, such that it was only an element to confirm the identity, instead of the main classifier.

      The inclusion of the collar beads doesn’t affect the prediction results of the marmoset faces. The model achieved a good precision/recall score for the identity labeling in the manuscript. In the revision, with the majority-vote strategy, we filtered the detection of all collar beads and showed that the model was able to correctly identify the marmosets solely by their faces. The Results section has been modified as follows:

      “We tested the prediction performance without collar and its longitudinal application, using the face-only prediction on the young marmosets at 11 months and 16 months (Video 7, Video 7—video supplement 1, Video 7—video supplement 2). The face classifier correctly identified the young twin marmosets solely based on their facial features, indicating that facial identity classification was performed independently of collar information and that the collar beads acted only as an auxiliary confirmation rather than the main classifier of the system (Video 7).”

      Explanation for classification of marmoset faces and collar beads in the Discussion section:

      “Facial features serve as the main and intrinsic biometric identifier for each marmoset, providing a unique source of individual recognition. Since collar-based confirmation could be affected by visibility limitations, we implemented the uniquely color-coded bead collars as an auxiliary cue to provide additional confirmation in identity prediction. For example, this issue can be caused by identical or similar bead colors between individuals (Video 5, 6) and beads that are occluded by fur (Video 3 - 6). In addition, collar beads may change over time or not be worn by all animals.”.

      “With one separated model trained per family unit, our system can utilize distinct collar colors as an additional identifier when available, while facial features performed as the main biometric marker. Even though multiple marmosets with visually similar faces may present close to the camera, the additional collar information can improve confidence in identity prediction without replacing facial recognition as the primary mechanism of identification (Video 7).”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary: 

      In this manuscript, Yang et al introduce a new method for automatically identifying marmosets in their home cage using a supervised deep learning method that recognizes the face and colored beads on marmoset collars. The authors show a high precision rate of identifying marmosets to levels comparable to a human experimenter. The method overall seems robust at identifying marmosets at different life stages and different settings; however, given the current form, I'm struggling to see the generalizability and experimental utility of this method. 

      Strengths: 

      (1) The authors provide a near-perfect automatic identification of marmosets in their home cage. 

      (2) This method is robust across lightning, camera angles, etc., making it potentially useful for marmoset (and other NHP) identification outside the housing cage as well 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) Despite the almost perfect precision, in its current form, I'm failing to see how this method can be useful to other labs. 

      Thank you for your comment. This Tools & Resources paper mainly described the development of the marmoset identification program and methods. Future work will focus on extending the program application on identification from different housing conditions, in combination with various behavioral tasks such as in-cage touchscreen system or manual tasks, and in the wild that precludes handling or isolation of marmosets for collecting behavioral data. The program solely requires a camera, a computing device, and marmosets, as there are no hardware restrictions. In addition, we are currently collaborating with other labs on the marmoset identification from videos taken from other setups. The program achieved effective face extraction from the marmoset in the video, without the need for additional program modifications.

      (2) This is a nice methods manuscript, but the authors do not present results to show how their method can be used outside of identifying marmosets inside their home cages in a small field of view. 

      Thank you for your feedback. The method developed was applied in combination with other touchscreen behavioral tasks, aiming to extract data without human intervention. This approach was discussed in paragraph #6 in the Discussion section. While this manuscript focuses on the methods of close-view face identification when marmosets perform behavioral tasks, the identification and automatic face extraction program could also be applied to marmoset videos taken from a larger view, including phone cameras. Even though the marmosets are still housed in their home cage, the example videos presented the program’s application in a larger field of view. We have added examples of the videos/photos from a different experimental setup to respond to this comment in the Discussion section as follows:

      “The motivation for this real-time marmoset identity recognition program was to develop an easy-to-use, generalizable pipeline that could be applied across different marmosets and lab environments, such as using larger field of view or phone cameras (Figure 10).”

      (3) Reading the manuscript is strenuous, given its repetitive nature. Consolidating and shortening the results, as well as adding some definitions to the results section, would be helpful. 

      Thank you for pointing this out and your suggestions. We have rephrased the Results section for simplification to facilitate the understanding of the manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The weight of the color-coded beads was increased to improve identification accuracy. From a brief look at the code provided on GitHub, the weight assigned to the beads seems substantial. This calls into question the need to use facial recognition in the identification strategy. As the code currently stands, facial identity appears to serve primarily as a fallback when bead detection fails to register. To strengthen the methodological justification, the paper would benefit from the authors providing a rationale for choosing this weighting scheme and, if available, supplemental figures showing performance across a range of different weights to demonstrate why that specific value was assigned in the algorithm.

      We have added the model prediction results without the collar beads showing that the facial recognition algorithm works even without the collar beads and that those collar beads are not the main classifier. The Methods section has been modified as follows:

      “For each detected bounding box, the scripts returned a corresponding label of marmoset face and collar bead color. We assigned the detected collar beads as the corresponding marmoset identity with a higher weight, which improved the detection confidence across frames.”

      The Discussion section has been modified as follows:

      “Facial features serve as the main and intrinsic biometric identifier for each marmoset, providing a unique source of individual recognition. Since collar-based confirmation could be affected by visibility limitations, we implemented the uniquely color-coded bead collars as an auxiliary cue to provide additional confirmation in identity prediction. For example, this issue can be caused by identical or similar bead colors between individuals (Video 5, 6) and beads that are occluded by fur (Video 3 - 6). In addition, collar beads may change over time or not be worn by all animals.”

      “With one separated model trained per family unit, our system can utilize distinct collar colors as an additional identifier when available, while facial features performed as the main biometric marker. Even though multiple marmosets with visually similar faces may present close to the camera, the additional collar information can improve confidence in identity prediction without replacing facial recognition as the primary mechanism of identification (Video 7).”

      The weight assigned to the beads in the GitHub page is the highest weight that we would suggest. The actual weight can be customized by the experimenters based on the actual experimental setup. For example, we used the weight of 2 in our real-time version of the marmoset face identification, while marmosets were presented with their corresponding tasks once identified. The GitHub page has been edited to clarify this point.

      (2) The overall utility of this approach, other than the real-time detection component, needs more clarification. It is currently unclear why this approach, and in which specific experimental or observational settings, is particularly advantageous compared to existing methods for assigning animal identity.

      In addition to the advantages mentioned in paragraph #1 of the Introduction and paragraphs #1-3 in the Discussion, we have added more details in the Discussion section:

      “While existing marmoset identification approaches usually utilize visible markers, Radio Frequency Identification (RFID), or observation, the manual works and human interventions involved can impact animal behaviors, especially during their behavioral task performance. The facial identification tool aims to collect data from marmosets without having experimenters to check the identity continuously, instead of outperforming the experimenters’ role.”

      (3) Although it appears that performance based on faces and color beads was evaluated separately, this was not clearly presented, leading to confusion about whether face detection performance also benefited from color beads on the animals.

      Prediction of the different labels in the same model is independent, so the prediction of color beads is not affecting the prediction results of marmoset faces. Correct identity classification could be achieved without depending on the color beads, as we have filtered out the color beads detection class. The Results section has been modified as follows:

      “We tested the prediction performance without collar and its longitudinal application, using the face-only prediction on the young marmosets at 11 months and 16 months (Video 7, Video 7—video supplement 1, Video 7—video supplement 2). The face classifier correctly identified the young twin marmosets solely based on their facial features, indicating that facial identity classification was performed independently of collar information and that the collar beads acted only as an auxiliary confirmation rather than the main classifier of the system (Video 7).”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I found the paper quite confusing as written. The term "model" is overused and highly conflated: there are the YOLOv8 pre-trained models, the "face classification" model, and the "automatic facial and identity extraction" model. The flowchart in Figure 2A is equally confusing. The mapping from the flowchart to the results is not straightforward, and I needed several passes to grasp it. I would recommend that the authors simplify the terminology and the mapping of the methods to the results.

      Thank you for pointing this out! The YOLOv8 pre-trained models, the "face classification" model, and the "automatic facial and identity extraction" model were indeed separately trained object detection models. They all have different weights/parameters but share the same YOLOv8 architecture/backbone. We removed some of the “model” term in the manuscript and replaced them with “classifier/framework/pipeline” to avoid misunderstanding. This information has been clarified in the revised manuscript of the Methods section and Figure 2, which provides an overall clearer explanation of the workflow of the methodology of the program.

      (2) It is not clear how robust these results are, given the limited data sets analysed.

      We agree that only five marmosets were involved in this manuscript, this unfortunately limited the robustness of the prediction results. Indeed, the limited number of animals that can be used per study has been a main limitation in non-human primate research, as they are very valuable animal models. However, we included approximately 3400 images in the training dataset, which were collected across days. New videos and photos that were captured from different devices were also used in the testing to ensure that the program can be used on new marmosets, different housing cage, and from different recording devices as indicated here:

      “The motivation for this real-time marmoset identity recognition program was to develop an easy-to-use, generalizable pipeline that could be applied across different marmosets and lab environments, such as using larger field of view or phone cameras (Figure 10). The pipeline was designed to have no specific hardware requirements and can be implemented for any standard recording device, including any commonly available cameras, primate chair system, and computer-based device.”

      (3) There are two paradoxes regarding the stated motives of the study:

      (a) If the objective was to truly use non-invasive methods for the identification of animals, then why use the color-coated beads?

      As mentioned previously, identity detection can be made without collar beads, still with correct prediction results as indicated here:

      “We tested the prediction performance without collar and its longitudinal application, using the face-only prediction on the young marmosets at 11 months and 16 months (Video 7, Video 7—video supplement 1, Video 7—video supplement 2). The face classifier correctly identified the young twin marmosets solely based on their facial features, indicating that facial identity classification was performed independently of collar information and that the collar beads acted only as an auxiliary cue rather than the main classifier of the system (Video 7).”

      The color-coated beads are used for easier and quick marmoset identification during daily care, health check, for weekend staff, training or handling.

      (b) If the objective was to achieve high identification performance, and the color-coated beads are sufficient for this purpose, then why bother with faces at all?

      Collar beads are small compared to the face, and less visible due to fur occlusion and motion blur. Moreover, it is possible that some marmosets do not have collar beads due to their young age or when involved in other procedures such as imaging scans. The collars need to be checked and changed regularly in growing marmosets and it is not always convenient (some marmosets do not support the collar, some can have sensitive skin that would lead to abrasion) thus the need to develop a facial recognition system. Furthermore, marmosets who are from other labs or in the wild might not wear a collar with colored beads, thus face is the main classifier in this model to be more generally applicable. It is highlighted here:

      “Facial features serve as the main and intrinsic biometric identifier for each marmoset, providing a unique source of individual recognition. Since collar-based confirmation could be affected by visibility limitations, we implemented the uniquely color-coded bead collars as an auxiliary cue to provide additional confirmation in identity prediction. For example, this issue can be caused by identical or similar bead colors between individuals (Video 5, 6) and beads that are occluded by fur (Video 3 - 6). In addition, collar beads may change over time or not be worn by all animals.”

      (4) I was puzzled by the face similarity results in Figure 9. It appears that the face similarity measures were stronger (higher cosine similarity, lower Euclidean distance) for the adult data set compared to the twin data set. If so, why was it more challenging for the system to handle the twin data set?

      Face similarity can only be compared within models (therefore within adults and within twins). As this is calculated from different models, the adult face similarity cannot be compared with twins’ face similarity. It has been clarified in the Methods section as follows:

      “Statistical tests were performed only within the face classifier of each marmoset family, as embedding spaces may vary in scaling, learned features, and baseline metrics making cross-model comparison of inter-individual face similarity unreliable (Bollegala, 2017).”

      And in the Results section as follows: “We performed the statistical tests only on the face classifier for the adult marmoset family, as the twin marmoset model only involved two individuals and thus not valid for within-model statistical analysis (Table 2, 3).”

      The twin dataset aims to represent a test for the program utility in new marmosets, especially for testing if the program can still distinguish between the marmosets with similar faces. Thus, the number of twin data collected is less than the adult dataset, as explained by Discussion paragraph #2 “While comparing between the adult and young marmoset datasets, we found that the adult marmosets’ face classifier, trained with a larger number of varied images, showed more reliability and efficiency in marmoset identity recognition.” This explains the challenge the system faces when differentiating the twins, while increasing the training dataset is required to solve this issue.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major issues:

      (1) My main issue is regarding the utility of this method in scientific experiments. This manuscript is a "methods paper" introducing a face recognition method to identify a single marmoset in their home cage in a very specific and confined field of view. This comprises a limitation on what experiments can be performed using this method. On the contrary, if (a) the authors can show that this method can be used for a bigger field of view, where the social structure/interactions can be studied for neuroethological, cognitive or social studies that will make this method significantly more robust; or (b) design an experiment that can be performed using the current method to show that this method in its current form is sufficient.

      (a) Our method worked in larger home cage (larger view) with videos taken inside the cage / outside the cage, with multiple marmosets moving around, while the camera and its fixation are also moving. A new figure (Figure 10) has been added to highlight this wide application:

      “The motivation for this real-time marmoset identity recognition program was to develop an easy-to-use, generalizable pipeline that could be applied across different marmosets and lab environments, such as using larger field of view or phone cameras (Figure 10). The pipeline was designed to have no specific hardware requirements and can be implemented for any standard recording device, including any commonly available cameras, primate chair system, and computer-based device.”.

      (b) We are currently using this method to collect in-cage touchscreen data with multiple marmosets without the need to isolate such animals to acquire the data, avoiding social separation. The collection of data in nonhuman primates is still a long process, so we wanted to share the facial recognition system first, aligned with our commitment towards open science, to benefit the broader community (we have already been contacted by two labs since the publication of this preprint) while we keep collecting data for the scientific project. We have added the touchscreen application as example in the Discussion section as follows:

      “Once trained, the system operates automatically to collect real-time identity and can work to present subject-specific behavioral or cognitive tasks based on the identity of the detected animal, with no work or presence needed on the user’s end. This tool has already been implemented in touchscreen-based marmoset cognitive tasks, including pairwise visual discrimination paradigm.”

      (2) The authors claim a longitudinal identification of marmosets, yet I think the data to fully support this are deficient. This might be a result of unclarity of this experiment. How was this experiment done? Was the training done on the 7 months and then applied to the 11 months? Are there more continuous data that track the precision of the identification in time? For example, how does the twin identification evolve in time?

      This Tools & Resources paper mainly described the development of the marmoset identification program and methods. Ongoing work in the lab, the main research focus of which is the longitudinal assessment of cognitive functions, either during neurodevelopment or in preclinical ageing model, is benefiting from such algorithms to help identifying the animals to collect in cage behavioral data. As such, we have done some testing in one young cohort. The training of the young marmosets’ identification was done only on the 7-month data, and then we applied the identification program to the videos of the same marmosets when they were 11 months old and 16 months old (for the no-collar results) as indicated as follows in the Methods section:

      “Moreover, we evaluated the model performance and its generalization across developmental stages using new videos: 1) from the adult marmosets and 2) from the same young marmosets at 11 months, which were not involved during initial program training”.

      And in the Results section as follows: “We tested the prediction performance without collar and its longitudinal application, using the face-only prediction on the young marmosets at 11 months and 16 months (Video 7, Video 7—video supplement 1, Video 7—video supplement 2). The face classifier correctly identified the young twin marmosets solely based on their facial features, indicating that facial identity classification was performed independently of collar information and that the collar beads acted only as an auxiliary cue rather than the main classifier of the system (Video 7).”

      The identification program was shown to correctly identify the marmosets; however, we found that “While comparing between the adult and young marmoset datasets, we found that the adult marmosets’ face classifier, trained with a larger number of varied images, showed more reliability and efficiency in marmoset identity recognition.”

      The mislabeling was more frequent with the young twins not only due to their face similarity, but also due to the limited number of images being used for model training. The face images used in the identification model training were less compared to the adult model, which contributed to a less accurate prediction result. As the marmoset is still developing before adulthood, their face features will become more different as they age. By increasing the number of training images from different ages of the young marmosets, this could be solved as it is therefore possible to build efficient identification program for longitudinal study. Thus, instead of the current classifiers presented in this manuscript, we suggested that the method/tool could be beneficial for longitudinal studies, not restricting to the individual-based identification program mentioned in this manuscript, as “The tool’s advantages are particularly efficient for large datasets and longitudinal studies, where manual identity labeling becomes difficult, as variability and errors increase along with dataset size and experimenter number.”

      (3) How does this method compare to other methods that were used in the past?

      The advantages were mentioned in paragraph #1 of the Introduction and paragraph #1-3 in the Discussion. Current approaches for marmosets are usually visible markers (ear dye, collar, etc.), RFID, or observation, of which manual works and human interventions are required. These methods usually need continuous adjustment due to tighter collar, dye fading, etc. This can affect marmoset behaviors, especially during their behavioral task performance, as mentioned as follows:

      “While existing marmoset identification approaches usually utilize visible markers, Radio Frequency Identification (RFID), or observation, the manual works and human interventions involved can impact animal behaviors, especially during their behavioral task performance. The facial identification tool aims to collect data from marmosets without having experimenters to check the identity continuously, instead of outperforming the experimenters’ role.”

      (4) Did the authors think of adding a continuity or a space constraint? For example, video 6 shows misidentification of the twins; in this specific case, adding a probabilistic continuity or space constraint that will limit identity switches might be useful. This can also be using a retroactive correction - for example, video 3.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that these approaches will be valuable improvements for future offline analysis.

      The probabilistic continuity constraint can indeed help decrease identity switches. In our current application, we have implemented a temporal smoothing through majority voting across a 30-frame (1 second) window, of which the program outputs the most frequent prediction of identity. With this strategy, we could reduce the occasional frame misprediction and maintain the real-time performance. Our animals are free-moving and may appear in any location within the camera field of view and housing cage. Therefore, position is not strongly associated with the identity of individual.

      We agree that retroactive correction could improve the detection consistency for offline analysis by correcting past detection by future prediction results. However, the current pipeline is incorporated with behavioral tasks, meaning that the prediction results aim to be transmitted with minimal time delay. As additional frame analysis and extra computational power may be needed for retroactive correction, the increased latency can be limited to the utility of real-time system and task control.

      Minor issues:

      (5) In its current form, I think the manuscript can be significantly shortened and the results/figures can be consolidated (confusion matrices with validation figures for example).

      We have followed the reviewer’s suggestion and shortened the Methods and Results sections.

      (6) The term "unseen" that the authors use in their results is confusing. Are the authors referring to monkeys that are hidden from their view, or "unseen" before by the model? The video indicates the latter, but I think the term can be changed to something less confusing, like novel, new, etc.

      We have changed the term “unseen” by “new” to avoid confusion.

      (7) Can the authors add information about the relationship between the number of manually labeled images and the identification precision?

      The relationship between number of manually labeled images and identification precision has been described in the Discussion section as: “Moreover, the performance of the system is strongly dependent on the amount and variability of the training data, with identity classification improving as more marmoset images are involved in the model training.”

      This means that more manually labeled images (i.e. larger training datasets) could improve the identification precision. However, model performance will plateau regardless of training dataset size, referred in the Results: “Each of the models was trained until reaching the early stopping criteria (i.e. no improvement within the last 100 training epochs).”

      More manually labeled images could help improve the variability of model prediction, but too many of these images are also risky for overfitting. In this case, overfitted model might not be able to make valid predictions on new videos/images.

      (8) Can the authors expand a bit about the difference between YOLO Nano, small, and medium in the methods?

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have added a brief description of the pre-trained models in the methods: “These pre-trained models share the same object detection backbone but differ in number of parameters and computing power. Larger models, such as YOLOv8 medium, provide higher detection accuracy but require greater computational resources and longer inference time. In contrast, smaller models prioritize the computational efficiency.”

      (9) Clear and short definitions of what IoU, Recall, F1, and other terms represent should be added to the results section (not formulas, short sentences).

      The definitions and formula for the evaluation metrics were described in detail in the Methods section. To help readers while avoiding repetitions with the detailed methodology definitions, we have added a brief description of these terms at their first mention in the Results section: “Model performance included the precision (the proportion of correct positive predictions), recall (the proportion of corrected predicted ground-truth labels), and mAP@50–95 (the average detection accuracy across different IoU object localization thresholds; see Methods and Materials section for detailed definitions).”.

      (10) In the methods-"video collection" section, can the authors please include more information? Is this a motion-sensitive camera? Otherwise, what's the size of the data that is collected? This will help in reproducibility and system requirements. If this is not continuously collected data, discuss what can be done to make an online identification tool.

      We have included the camera as industrial color/RGB camera, which functions like any webcam and has no motion-sensitive functions. The size of data collected was described in detail in the Methods section that we slightly modified for clarity for: “Three adult marmosets from one family were recorded for 1 hour across each of the 5 recording days, with unrestricted voluntary access to the primate chair space. For the adult marmosets, the housing cage door was opened at the beginning of the recording session allowing them to enter and exit freely into the primate chair space for food rewards and observation (Figure 1C). Two young marmosets were briefly isolated and recorded separately for testing and improving the automatic face extraction program. We recorded them at two developmental time points, 7 months old and 11 months old (an additional time point at 16 months old has been added for one marmoset to test the identification without collar). During video collection, a sliding panel and an in-cage box were positioned near the housing cage door to temporarily isolate individual marmosets from other family members. Individual isolation was kept brief (approximately 10 minutes) to prevent disturbance and potential stress due to family separation. “To capture sufficient variability in postures, individuals, and lighting conditions, clips were sampled throughout the adult marmoset videos (approximately 5 hours) (Figure 2B).”

      The size of the training dataset was also described in detail in the Methods section, referred as: “To minimize image computations and data storage, we created a dataset of 2498 annotated images from the three adult marmosets. All images were manually annotated to label marmoset faces, individual identities, and the collar bead colors (Figure 2C). The annotated images were used for training models of multi-marmoset face classification and the automatic identity extraction, which can automatically detect, localize, and identify marmoset faces (Figure 2A, Step 1 – 4). We created another dataset of two young marmosets at 7 months old (total images = 502) for testing the automatic facial and identity extraction (Figure 2A, Step 4 – 5). For both adult and young marmoset datasets, images were randomly divided into a training set and a validation set at a ratio of 8:2.”

      Our manuscript is not describing an online identification tool (i.e. the described program does not require connection to internet). Instead, once trained and the program is performing well with new marmoset videos, we could use the trained weights for real-time marmoset identification (no need to collect new training data) as we are doing it for our touchscreen data collection in cage. It is referred in the Discussion as follows: “Once trained, the system operates automatically to collect real-time identity and can work to present subject-specific behavioral or cognitive tasks based on the identity of the detected animal, with no work or presence needed on the user’s end. This tool has already been implemented in touchscreen-based marmoset cognitive tasks, including pairwise visual discrimination paradigm.”

      This program can be used for online applications if you are using a camera that is connected 24/7. For now, we are only using it while using our behavioral testing chair due to limitations issues (safety recordings, removing all electrical apparatus during night, overheating of camera if use continuously).

      (11) Would increasing the size of the beads help with their identification? In the images included in Figure 2C, it's very difficult to see these beads.

      Yes, collar beads can be occluded by fur, blurred by motions, or outside the field of camera view. We have now included increasing the collar beads size in the Discussion, referred as: “An alternate experimental solution is to improve collar visibility, including using distinct color code across individuals within a family, increasing the size of the beads, or increasing collar beads number to reduce occlusion.” However, the size of the beads needs to be appropriate to avoid being inconvenient and disruptive to the animals to ensure their welfare.

      (12) It's difficult to understand the setup of the camera in regard to the housing cage. Can the marmosets go into the primate's chair at any point (from the videos, it seems so, but the dashed line in 1C might indicate otherwise), or is the primate chair there only to mount the camera? Consider redrawing 1C in a more clear way.

      The figure 1C is a simplified drawing of the photo 1A, we have edited the drawing of Figure 1C to highlight the free access when the chair is mounted to the cage as stated here: “For the adult marmosets, the housing cage door was opened at the beginning of the recording session allowing them to enter and exit freely into the primate chair space for food rewards and observation (Figure 1C).”

      (13) Given the repetitiveness of the figures, an icon atop each figure specifying what's being tested will be helpful.

      We have added an icon for each figure 3-8.

      (14) I feel the supplemental figures for Figure 9 are more compelling than the main figure. Consider including some of the panels in the main figure.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We included heat maps of the adult family relationships in Figure 9, including the cosine similarities and Euclidean distances. The current legend of Figure 9 is changed as follows: “Figures 9. Across-model visualization of the face similarity between marmoset pairs. Four types of family relationships (mother-father, father-son, mother-son, and twin1-twin2) were compared, based on the training results of adult and young marmosets. The similarity was calculated using (A) cosine similarity and the (B) Euclidean distance. Heat map of the (C) cosine similarity and (D) Euclidean distance was plotted between the 3 relationship pairs in the adult family. The cosine similarity score ranged from 0 (very different) and 1 (exactly same) for marmoset faces. The Euclidean distance score ranged from 0 (exactly same) and 1 (very different) for marmoset faces.”

      (15) Related to this, I feel that the display of Figure 9 obscures the differences that the authors report.

      The display of Figure 9 has been improved following the above reviewer’s suggestions.

      (16) In Figure 9, given the large effect sizes but non-significant p-values, will adding more training points/epochs improve the differences.

      For the trained recognition programs, we have already implemented the “early stopping criteria” as shown in the Results section: “Each of the models was trained until reaching the early stopping criteria (i.e. no improvement within the last 100 training epochs).” This means that the program has already plateau with its performance.

      (17) Line 30: either "within" or "in".

      This has been corrected.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This manuscript reports an important study in which the authors apply smFRET imaging to probe HIV-1 Env conformational dynamics in the presence of antibodies. Previous implementations of smFRET imaging of HIV-1 Env, which focus on gp120 conformation, have yielded limited information on antibodies that target gp41. Through the cutting-edge application of smFRET imaging, the study provides convincing insights into the mechanisms of action of relevant antibodies.

      We appreciate this positive assessment and thank the reviewers for their time and constructive comments. We have made the following changes in the revised manuscript to address all points raised by reviewers.

      (1) Clarify the distinction between suppression efficiency and functional cost.

      (2) Add controls: smFRET experiments in the presence of monovalent 10E8.4 and iMab individually.

      (3) All of the smFRET population contour plots have been removed, as suggested.

      (4) Repeat neutralization experiments of tagged viruses (carrying nc-AA-incorporated, amber-suppressed Env), add and compare infectivity profiles between before and after click-chemistry labeling of tagged viruses.

      (5) Add a section (Complementary views from smFRET and structural studies) to the Discussion on how these approaches complement each other.

      (6) Further clarify three prefusion conformational states identified by smFRET, the relation with previously identified States 1, 2, 3, and asymmetry, the heterogeneity of Env presentations and virion morphology, and the focus of this study.

      Please find below our point-by-point responses to the public reviews and recommendations for the authors.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors have considered a panel of antibodies that target epitopes at the gp120/gp41 interface (8ANC195 and PGT151), the fusion peptide in the gp41 domain (VRC34), and the MPER region of gp41 (DH511.2_K3 and VRC42). They also investigate 10E8.4/iMab, which is an engineered bispecific antibody that targets the MPER and the CD4 receptor. On a technical note, they have applied a double amber codon-readthrough strategy to incorporate the non-natural TCO*A amino acid, which gets labeled through click chemistry. This approach should result in less disruption of the native Env structure as compared to the peptide insertion previously used for smFRET imaging of Env. Furthermore, previous implementations of smFRET imaging of HIV-1 Env, which focus on gp120 conformation, have yielded limited information on antibodies that target gp41. Altogether, through the cutting-edge application of smFRET imaging, the study provides novel insights into the mechanisms of action of interesting and clinically relevant antibodies.

      Thank you for the positive comments!

      In validating the functionality of the S401TAG/R542TAG Env, the authors performed infectivity assays and observed 20% infectivity as compared to wild-type (Figure S2A). However, the text equates this with "20% dual-amber suppression efficiency". This would benefit from some explanation. Why do the authors interpret infectivity as reporting on amber suppression efficiency, and not the functional cost of modifying Env, which is probably unavoidable? Or a combination of both? Is there data to suggest that 100% amber suppression would leave Env 100% functional? If so, this would be valuable to show. If not, the text should be clarified.

      We acknowledge this concern and have clarified the distinction between suppression efficiency and functional cost in this revised manuscript. The observed reduction in infectivity does not translate into functional loss; instead, it more reflects the efficiency of suppression (one of the critical limitations of applying genetic code expansion in mammalian cells). To support the preservation of Env functionality, we performed dose-response neutralization experiments of tag-free and 100% dual-ncAA-incorporated Env virions by two trimer-specific neutralizing antibodies, which exhibited similar dose-dependent neutralization sensitivity (Fig. 1D), providing stronger validation than infectivity assays. We also compared infectivity between labeled and unlabeled virions and observed no significant difference (Fig. S3B).

      We have previously discussed several limitations of amber suppression in mammalian cells when combined with smFRET viral systems (PMID: 38232732; PMID: 40716060) and, more recently, in our methodology chapters (PMID: 42349953; PMID: 42349954). In brief, orthogonal tRNA/aaRS pair–mediated amber suppression (reassigning/repurposing amber stop codons to non-canonical amino acids) of the introduced ambers in the target protein (Env in our case) must compete with the cellular translation system, particularly release factors that recognize amber codons and terminate translation. Readthrough of endogenous amber codons in virus-producing cells (in our case, HEK293T) can disrupt normal protein expression and virus production. Similarly, readthrough of pre-existing amber codons in HIV-1 ORFs other than the targeted ambers in Env can disrupt virus assembly, which we addressed by generating an amber-free provirus (PMID: 38232732). Introducing two amber codons into Env further reduces efficiency, as dual suppression requires two sequential successful suppression events within the same Env molecule.

      The authors state that the contour plots in Figure 2E reveal "dynamic sampling" of the observed FRET states. Strictly speaking, as presented, the contour plots (and FRET histograms) provide no information on dynamics per se. They indicate only the relative thermodynamic stabilities of the FRET states; transitions between states are a matter of interpretation. The TDPs, shown later in Figure 5A, nicely display the dynamics. More importantly, interpretation of the contour plots is challenging, as some seem to suggest an evolution toward lower FRET states. This is especially evident in Figures 2F and 3D, which suggest that the system evolves into a stable 0.1-FRET state (CO) after about 3 sec. Unless the authors want to conclude something from this, I would suggest that they consider removing the contour plots, since their interpretations are fully supported by the FRET histograms alone.

      We agree and have removed the contour plots, as they do not add meaningful information beyond what the histograms show.

      The data indicating that Env conformation is manipulated by 10E8.4/iMab is interesting. If I understand correctly, 10E8.4/iMab is an engineered antibody with one Fab targeting MPER and the second Fab targeting CD4. In the absence of CD4, could the difference between 10E8.4/iMab and the other MPER antibodies be due to 10E8.4/iMab being monovalent with respect to MPER binding?

      We appreciate this question. To address this, we have performed important controls: smFRET experiments in the presence of 10E8.4 and iMab individually in the absence of CD4. The results are shown in Fig. S9 in the revised manuscript, which indicates that 10E8.4 behaves similarly to other MPER-directed bNAbs we tested in this study, whereas iMab does not appear to affect the conformational populations of Env. The dual effect exerted by the bivalent 10E8.4/iMab is therefore very unexpected and thus interesting, as discussed in the Discussion section.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Xu and co-workers unveil two distinct modes of neutralisation by gp41targeted broadly neutralizing antibodies on HIV-1 Env. So far, it was unclear as to how the mechanism of neutralisation occurred for this subset of neutralising antibodies (that can target the fusion peptide or the membrane proximal external region of the gp41 subunit). Thanks to single-molecule FRET, the authors show that the majority of broadly neutralizing antibodies stabilize the closed Env conformation (named State 1 since the original work by Munro and colleagues PMID: 25298114). Interestingly, the bivalent 10E8.4/iMab stabilized in turn a CD4-bound open state of Env. The two modes of neutralization described for these antibodies show previously unknown allosteric mechanisms that stabilize closed and open Env conformation, stressing the importance of Env conformational dynamics and its efficiency during the process of fusion.

      Strengths:

      The article is well-written, and the figures fully depict the data in a convincing way. The authors have used smFRET, which is now established in the field as a good tool to assess Env dynamics.

      We appreciate these positive comments!

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The limited controls on how click chemistry affects Env (as labelled Env HIV virions were not evaluated).

      We agree. Our previous validation focused on ncAA-incorporated Env HIV-1 virions, but not the fluorescently labeled virions. To address this, we have added infectivity results for labeled virions after click-chemistry labeling, compared with those before labeling. We did not observe any measurable difference in infectivity (Fig. S3B), indicating that the labeling procedure does not impair viral infectivity.

      We also attempted to perform dose-dependent neutralization after labeling. However, as anticipated in our provisional response, this remains technically challenging because the additional labeling and centrifugation steps substantially increase sample handling time, while the dual amber suppression system already limits virion production in cells. As a result, we were not able to obtain sufficiently robust datasets for this additional functional validation.

      Nevertheless, we have previously demonstrated real-time tracking of single click-labeled Env virions during internalization and intracellular trafficking in live cells (PMID: 38232732), providing independent evidence that click-chemistry-labeled Env retains functional competence.

      (2) Photobleaching of donor and acceptor molecules occurs right after 10sec exposure.

      We acknowledge this limitation and have included it in the revision.

      (3) Other limitations are well described in the corresponding section.

      We appreciate this comment.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      As a means of clarifying the mechanism of 10E8.4/iMab, the authors might consider performing separate smFRET experiments in the presence of the normal 10E8.4 antibody and the normal iMab antibody (a negative control). Alternatively, they could consider imaging in the presence of the DH511.2_K3 and VRC42 Fabs (as opposed to full-length Ig) to make a cleaner comparison, although this may be less informative given the high concentrations of antibodies used.

      We thank the reviewer for this excellent suggestion. To enable a direct comparison, we performed the most informative control by examining virus-associated Env in the presence of 10E8.4 alone and iMab alone. The corresponding smFRET results are presented in Fig. S9. We found that 10E8.4 behaves similarly to other MPER-directed antibodies, whereas iMab alone does not appear to have a notable effect on the conformational propensity of Env. For transparency and to facilitate future antibody design, we have also included the Fab region sequences of the antibodies in Table S2.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The article is well-written, the findings are of high interest for the community. The article should be shared once the points stated below are clarified and revised by the authors.

      We appreciate this comment and the points raised by the reviewer and have revised the manuscript accordingly.

      (1) In Figure 1C, the tomographic slices showing HIV-1 WT as compared to HIV-1 decorated with EnvBG505 S401ncAA R542nCAA are quite different morphologically. The micrographs chosen show a big particle with two capsids close to a smaller one without a capsid and at least in this plane bold (no Env incorporation) for the WT; whilst for the HIV-1 decorated with EnvBG505 S401ncAA R542nCAA no capsid is apparent in both particles, one (the right one) is very small and the right one does present a number of Envs but no apparent capsid is visible here. Please comment - perhaps it would be important to average the morphological traits of both and look at average diameter, average Env incorporation, morphology of the capsid, percentage of immature particles, capsid abnormalities (as the one shown in the upper micrograph).

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment.

      The tomograms in Fig. 1C were included to demonstrate the overall size and shape of the viral particles rather than to provide a quantitative structural comparison. HIV-1 viral particles are inherently heterogeneous, and the original slides were selected as representative examples. Following the reviewer's suggestion, we replaced the representative wild-type (Fig. 1C, top panel) and tagged virus (Fig. 1C, bottom panel) tomographic slides with those that better reflect the overall quality of each sample. To further address this concern, we refer the reviewer to the nanoparticle tracking analysis (NTA) shown in Fig. S3, which shows no significant difference in particle diameter between the wild-type and tagged viruses. In the revised manuscript, we now replace "morphology" with "shape" or "size," as these terms better reflect what our results can say.

      We agree that a quantitative analysis of capsid morphology, Env spike incorporation, and the proportion of immature particles would be informative. However, such analyses would require a substantially larger cryoET dataset, which is beyond the scope of the present study; nevertheless, it is certainly in our interest to pursue a cryoET-focused study of EnvCA interactions, with Env complexed with 10E8.4/iMab. Our primary objective is to study Env conformational dynamics by smFRET rather than viral morphogenesis or capsid maturation, whose relationship to Env dynamics remains largely unexplored. It is also worth noting that the optimal particle populations for smFRET and cryoET differ. smFRET measures the conformational dynamics of individual Env trimers and therefore selectively analyzes virions containing a single dually labeled Env trimer, whereas cryoET structural analyses typically benefit from particles with higher Env spike densities. Therefore, the particle populations favored for the two techniques are not identical.

      (2) In Figure 1D, there is a difference in neutralisation with PGT151 - how different are these two curves - how does the labelling affect neutralisation for bNAbs targeting gp41? Would it be possible to assess also the infectivity, fusion and neutralisation profiles of particles where the flurophores are included? This would be without diluting the Env for single particle analysis, but just to understand how harsh the organic reaction is and how it affects Env function (as all experiments and conclusions in the manuscript are based on labelled Env).

      Again, we sincerely appreciate these questions, which have helped us improve the manuscript. Neutralization assays for the tagged viruses were performed using the ncAA-incorporated, amber-suppressed viruses, whereas the engineered wild-type is amber-free. The differences between these two dose-response curves in the original Fig. 1D are small and within the experimental variation routinely observed under even identical conditions (same virus and same bNAb). We have repeated these experiments, and the new results are shown in the revised Fig. 1D. Although minor variations remain, the overall neutralization profiles and IC50 values are highly consistent.

      To assess whether the fluorophore labeling reaction affects Env functionality, as noted above, we have included infectivity results for labeled virions after click-chemistry labeling, compared with those before labeling. We did not observe any measurable difference in infectivity (Fig. S3B), indicating that the labeling procedure does not impair viral infectivity. We also attempted to perform dose-dependent neutralization after labeling. However, as anticipated in our provisional response, this remains technically challenging because the additional labeling and centrifugation steps substantially increase sample handling time, while the dual amber suppression system already limits virion production in cells. As a result, we were not able to obtain sufficiently robust datasets for this additional functional validation. Nevertheless, we have previously demonstrated real-time tracking of click-labelled Env virions during internalization and intracellular trafficking in live cells (PMID: 38232732), providing independent evidence that click-chemistry-labelled Env retains functional competence.

      We believe that the unchanged infectivity of labeled viruses relative to their unlabeled counterparts, together with our previously observed real-time trajectories of click-labeled virions in live cells, provides strong evidence that our labeling strategy does not measurably impair Env function.

      (3) In Figure 2E and 2G, the authors employ a three Gaussian fit approach to recover the three populations (pre-triggered - pre-fusion closed - CD4 bound open). Can you please relate these with State 1, 2 and 3 from the original article (PMID: 25298114). Comment on the possibility that more than three populations could be fitted and what this could mean - pre-triggered and partially open (one gp120 asymmetrically open) could occur? Could this labelling approach account for this asymmetry?

      Thanks for this suggestion. In this study, we compared our results obtained using the gp120-gp41 structural axis with those obtained using the referenced gp120 V1-V4 structural axis to confidently assign the FRET-identified states to the previously reported three primary populations. The referenced axis is comparable to those used in the original article (PMID: 25298114) and later confirmed using the amber-click strategy (PMID: 38232732). We observe the same structural changes from these two distinct structural angles, as probed under ligand-free conditions (Fig. 2E and 2G) and CD4-triggered open conditions (Fig. 2F and 2H).

      The pre-triggered state corresponds to State 1; the pre-fusion closed state corresponds to the symmetric State 2 (which the SOSIP-based soluble Env primarily adopts; PMID: 30971821); and the CD4-bound open state corresponds to the fully open State 3. The assignment of the FRET states observed from the gp120 V1-V4 structural axis to States 1, 2, and 3 was originally reported in two studies (PMIDs: 27795397 and 29561264). In the asymmetric trimer configuration, the State 2 FRET signal originates from the free protomer, while the other one or two protomers bind CD4 and adopt the open conformation (PMID: 29561264). The asymmetric intermediate (PMID: 29561264) was identified using a heterotrimer experimental design consisting of a mixture of wild-type and CD4-binding-incompetent D368R protomers, which was not used in the present study. Therefore, our labeling approach cannot unambiguously resolve this asymmetry.

      Regarding the possibility of more than three populations, evidence from current and previous studies (PMIDs: 25298114, 27795397, 29561264, 38232732, 30971821) strongly supports the presence of three primary states of virus-associated Env, with additional substates that can be resolved under specific triggering conditions (PMIDs: 30974085, 41326374, 39640534). The assignment of such substates requires well-controlled experimental designs (PMIDs: 30974085, 41326374, 39640534).

      We have related PT, PC, and CO to States 1, 2, and 3, and added comments on multiple states and asymmetry in the revised manuscript.

      (4) When comparing smFRET with CryoET or structure, one can see that in smFRET there are always many potential conformations for big sub-populations of Env. Indeed, there is a trend, and the addition of bNAbs (Figure 4) clearly has an impact on increasing and stabilizing a particular state as defined by the authors (e.g. PT at 45% upon addition of 8ANC195, but also 32% PC and 23% CO). I assume that when analysing single particle CryoET or single virus CryoET, one needs to discard after template matching different scenarios that do not necessarily contribute to the highest resolution and this information is not always discussed. It would be interesting to address this in the discussion as the effect on Env dynamics of adding ligands (including CD4 and 17b) is not inducing in all Envs a drastic conformational change - this could be derived from the Ka of the ligands, but also from the intrinsic Env heterogeneity in both dynamics and architecture - I think that addressing these matters in the discussion could be of interest for the community. In this regard, the transition density plots are very helpful.

      We completely agree and appreciate this insightful suggestion. We have expanded the Discussion to better address the complementary insights provided by smFRET and structural approaches. In single-particle cryoEM, we do not observe the full spectrum of Env conformations for technical reasons, not because particles are intentionally discarded to obtain only the highest-resolution structures. One reason is that open Env conformations are much more sensitive to radiation damage than closed Env. Likewise, ligand-free closed Env is more sensitive to radiation damage than a bNAb-stabilized closed Env. Thus, the outcome of an SPA cryo-EM study depends strongly on the biological question being addressed and the conformational state that is preferentially preserved under the experimental conditions. Although one could hypothetically collect much larger datasets to recover lower-abundance conformations, this would be both cost-prohibitive and unlikely to faithfully represent the relative conformational populations due to differential, conformation-dependent radiation damage.

      We agree that the smFRET data highlight an important aspect of Env dynamics. Ligands, including bNAbs, CD4, and 17b, generally shift the conformational equilibrium toward particular states rather than driving all Env trimers into a single conformation. This likely reflects both differences in ligand binding properties and the intrinsic conformational heterogeneity of Env. We therefore believe that structural studies and smFRET provide complementary information. Structural methods resolve the molecular architecture of individual conformational states at atomic (by cryoEM) and near-atomic (by cryo-ET) levels, whereas smFRET quantifies their relative populations and dynamic interconversion. As the reviewer pointed out, the transition density plots are particularly valuable in illustrating these dynamic changes.

      We have incorporated these points into the revised Discussion (Subtitle: complementary views from smFRET and structural studies in general).

      (5) One of the very interesting findings of the paper is that the effect of bNabs (at least the ones tested) have an impact on the Env dynamics and how this shift can alter entry - therefore the structural view is perhaps less important - In spite of this, we still employ a structural jargon to refer to "Env open conformation stabilisation" for instance - even if the data shows that upon ligand exposure dynamics are still important but shifted. Please comment.

      This is a great point. Our smFRET data show that bNAb binding generally shifts the conformational distribution toward and stabilizes particular Env states by lowering their free energy and increasing their occupancy. We have clarified that ligand-induced stabilization reflects a redistribution of the conformational ensemble while preserving the intrinsic dynamic nature of Env.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Fujita and colleagues investigated two selective peripheral nerve voltage-gated sodium channel inhibitors targeting either Nav1.7 or Nav1.8 on the excitability of human dorsal root ganglion neurons. The authors discovered that Nav1.8 inhibition is more effective at suppressing repetitive firing of DRG neurons, and this may explain the greater clinical efficacy observed for suzetrigine.

      Strengths:

      The study is interesting, and the findings are conceptually satisfying in that they may explain one aspect of Nav1.7 vs Nav1.8 targeting success.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The use of postmortem human DRG neurons provides translational relevance, but the use of these cells is also a liability, given their high degree of variability. Of note are the 10 to 20-fold differences in baseline properties among cells, which dwarf the effects of the test compounds. The experiments may suffer from undersampling.

      We have added data from an additional 3 donors for the key results on increase in threshold and reduction of action potential upstroke, more than doubling the number of neurons for this data. We have also added a Supplementary Figure (Figure S2) that breaks out the effects on these parameters for each donor. This illustrates that there is a high degree of neuron-to-neuron variability in the effect of inhibiting Nav1.7 channels even within a single donor, even though we confined data to neurons that were verified to be capsaicin-sensitive. We also now note that there is a similar high degree of cell-to-cell variability in relative functional expression of Nav1.7 and Nav1.8 channels in capsaicin-sensitive mouse DRG neurons.

      (2) A potential confounder when using post-mortem human DRG neurons is heterogeneity of cell types. The methods clearly state that the cells selected for recording were of 'generally' small size, but specific criteria for what constitutes 'small' or other unstated selection criteria were not provided. A table of individual cell capacitance and input resistance values, along with information about individual donors (age, sex, ethnicity), is important to include. Additionally, some discussion of how DRG neuron heterogeneity impacts the findings. This relates to concern #1 about sample size determination and how cell heterogeneity factored into this calculation.

      We have added a figure (Figure S1) showing histograms and box plots of individual cell capacitance, input resistance, resting potentials, and maximum upstroke. We have also added a table with the information about donors (Table S1). As noted, we have also added a figure (Figure S2) that breaks out the effects on these parameters for each donor, illustrating that there is a high degree of neuron-to-neuron variability in the effects even within a single donor. We have added several sentences to the Discussion concerning the neuron-to-neuron variability in the effects of Nav1.7 inhibition, including the possibility that this may reflect heterogeneity of cell function.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors examine the functional role of Nav1.7 voltage-gated sodium channels in human sensory neuron electrogenesis using a Nav1.7 selective inhibitor and human dorsal root ganglion neurons obtained from organ donors. Patch-clamp electrophysiology is used at physiological temperature to measure the impact of Nav1.7 inhibition on sensory neurons' action potential firing. This is an important topic as Nav1.7 and Nav1.8 have been identified as therapeutic targets for the treatment of pain, but there has been mixed success with isoform-specific inhibitors in clinical trials. The data suggest that Nav1.7 and Nav1.8 have overlapping yet complementary functions in nociceptor neurons and that targeting both may be most effective for reducing nociception.

      Strengths:

      The data are of high quality. Action potential properties are measured at 37 degrees Celsius. Threshold is measured using brief pulses. The Nav1.7 inhibitor has been reported to be highly selective for Nav1.7 over Nav1.8 and moderately selective for Nav1.7 over Nav1.1 and Nav1.6. Data are collected using identical conditions and protocols to a previous study on the role of Nav1.8 in similar neurons.

      Weaknesses:

      The study relies on a single Nav1.7 inhibitor that has not been extensively characterized. One prior study indicates that the IC50 is around 140 nM, thus the 600 nM concentration used in this study could be predicted to reduce Nav1.7 currents by 80%. However, there is no voltage-clamp data in the current study to confirm this, and therefore, it is unclear if the batch of AM-2099 is as potent as reported in the paper that initially described its selectivity. The impact of Nav1.7 inhibition is compared to data from a previous study by this lab, and this is a minor concern. It would have been interesting to see if the combined inhibition of Nav1.7 and Nav1.8 completely blocked action potential generation in the human DRG neurons.

      We have done experiments to directly characterize the potency of the AM-2099 sample we used on both cloned human Nav1.7 channels and on native currents in the DRG neurons. Using a stable cell line expressing human Nav1.7 channels, we determined dose-response curves at both 22°C and 37°C, using an automated patch clamp instrument. These results are shown in a new Figure 1. Interestingly, we found that the IC<sub>50</sub> is substantially higher at 37°C than at room temperature. We also did experiments quantifying the effect of 100 nM and 600 nM AM-2099 on native sodium currents in the human DRG neurons, which align well with the results on the cloned Nav1.7 channels in suggesting that at 37°C, 600 nM AM-2099 inhibits Nav1.7 channels by about 85%.

      We have also added a new figure (Figure S3) showing the effects of a different Nav1.7 inhibitor, PF04856264. The effects of this inhibitor were qualitatively identical but quantitatively smaller than those of AM-2099. When we realized this, we did voltage clamp experiments on cloned Nav1.7 channels and discovered that the potency of PF-04856264 at 37°C was weaker than expected from the published IC<sub>50</sub>, which was determined at room temperature.

      We are currently doing experiments testing combined inhibition of Nav1.7 and Nav1.8 channels whenever we can obtain human neurons. Because it is of interest to examine effects of partial as well as full inhibition of each channel type, there are multiple permutations of inhibitors combined and alone that are of interest to characterize, and these studies are still in progress. We think the results in the present manuscript stand on their own and together with previous data on effects of Nav1.8 inhibitors alone provide a foundation for on-going and future studies on combinations of inhibitors by ourselves and others.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Fujita/Jo/Stewart/Osorno et al. investigate the contribution of Nav1.7 in regulating the excitability and firing properties of human dorsal root ganglion (hDRG) neurons in vitro. The authors characterize the effects of a previously reported Nav1.7-selective blocker AM-2099 in cultured hDRG neurons from postmortem organ donors. The authors observed modest changes in many of the properties expected by inhibiting Nav channels, including decreased action potential upstroke rate and amplitude, while increasing the voltage and current thresholds for spike generation. However, AM-2099 did not change the maximum number of APs in response to suprathreshold stimulation, leading the authors to conclude that Nav1.7 inhibition alone has limited efficacy in reducing the firing properties of hDRG neurons and that Nav1.7 blockers may have limited efficacy as analgesics. This is surprising, given that patients with loss-of-function mutations in Nav1.7 suffer from congenital insensitivity to pain. While it may indeed be true that pharmacological inhibition of Nav1.7 is unlikely to produce analgesia, the present study was limited to a single concentration of AM-2099. The manuscript would be significantly strengthened by a more careful and thorough pharmacological characterization of this compound, which has not been widely used or validated in native human DRG neurons.

      Strengths:

      Experiments are well-designed and executed, and the results presented are convincing. The focus on voltage-gated sodium channels in native human DRG neurons is highly relevant to recent efforts to develop safer analgesic options for chronic pain in people.

      Weaknesses:

      Only a single concentration of AM-2099 was used for all experiments. This compound was reported to be selective for cloned human Nav1.7 channels in heterologous systems, but has not been validated in other studies after the original publication in 2016. Since the original study reported a substantial statedependent block of recombinant Nav1.7 channels, more detailed pharmacological characterization of AM-2099 is needed in human DRG neurons to fully support these claims. This study would be significantly strengthened by the inclusion of dose-response curves to assess how much of the sodium current is inhibited at this concentration, confirming selectivity in hDRG, and whether maximal inhibition of Nav1.7 still has limited efficacy in reducing the firing of native human sensory neurons.

      We have added results from experiments to directly quantify the potency of AM-2099 on both cloned human Nav1.7 channels (new Figure 1) and on native currents in the DRG neurons (new Figure 2). These show that 600 nM AM-2099 produces about 85% inhibition of Nav1.7 channels at 37°C. We have added a paragraph to the Discussion explaining that we chose this concentration of AM-2099 to produce reasonably complete inhibition of Nav1.7 channels while minimizing potential inhibition of a component of non-Nav1.7 TTX-sensitive current.

      With regard to the broader point about reconciling the variable and sometimes relatively modest effects of Nav1.7 inhibition with the complete loss of pain sensation in humans with loss-of-function mutations, we have modified the Introduction and Discussion to eliminate any implication that the results in the manuscript suggest that pharmacological inhibition of Nav1.7 is unlikely to produce analgesia. Our experiments are only on action potential firing in the cell body, and it is perfectly possible that inhibiting Nav1.7 channels in the axon could disrupt generation or propagation of action potentials, either in the main axon or in the fine axon terminals in the spinal cord. We have modified the Discussion to explicitly point this out, which would reconcile the loss of pain sensation in humans with loss-offunction mutations with the incomplete effects of Nav1.7 inhibitors on excitability of cell bodies.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor comments:

      In addition to the points noted in the eLife assessment summary above, the study has several important strengths, including use of human primary neurons and recordings performed under physiologically relevant conditions (at 37 {degree sign}C using brief current injections). However, reviewers also identified several key weaknesses that must be addressed to support the central conclusions. In particular, multiple reviewers raised concerns regarding the lack of voltage-clamp data evaluating the efficacy and specificity of AM-2099 inhibition of Nav1.7 currents. A single dose of 600 nM was used based on the report of Marx (2016) in recombinant systems (Marx, 2016). Since no other studies other than the single Amgen report exist on this compound, it is important to validate its effects directly in the human DRGs used here. Additional concerns include the lack of dose-response analysis, as well as the large variability in baseline properties, which complicates the interpretation of the results. To assist the revision of the study, we outline below the key issues that should be addressed.

      Recommendations for authors:

      (1) Add voltage-clamp experiments to directly measure Nav1.7 current inhibition by AM-2099 in hDRG neurons. Given the limited previous characterization of this compound, it is important to confirm that the concentration used here (600 nM) effectively blocks Nav1.7 currents in the native system used here.

      (2) Related to point 1 above, perform a dose-response of AM-2099 on hDRGs on Nav1.7 currents in human DRGs. Since this study, at least in part, is framed as a comparative analysis of Nav1.7 vs Nav1.8 channel subtypes in DRGs, it seems important to establish pharmacological equivalence to ensure that the comparisons are made at functionally comparable levels of channel block.

      We have added results from experiments to directly characterize the potency of AM-2099 on both cloned human Nav1.7 channels and on native currents in the DRG neurons. Using a stable cell line expressing human Nav1.7 channels, we determined dose-response curves at both 22°C and 37°C, using an automated patch clamp instrument. These results are shown in a new Figure 1. Interestingly, we found that the IC<sup>50</sup> is substantially higher at 37°C than at room temperature. We also did experiments quantifying the effect of 100 nM and 600 nM AM-2099 on native sodium currents in the human DRG neurons, which align well with the results on the cloned Nav1.7 channels in suggesting that at 37°C, 600 nM AM-2099 inhibits Nav1.7 channels by about 85%.

      (3) Reviewer 1 notes that there seem to be 10-20-fold differences in baseline firing properties, which would exceed the effects of the test compound. This raises concerns about undersampling. Additional analysis or experiments would strengthen the conclusions.

      We have added data from an additional 3 donors for the key results on increase in threshold and reduction of action potential upstroke, more than doubling the number of neurons for this data. We have also added a Supplementary Figure that breaks out the effects on these parameters for each donor. This illustrates that there is a high degree of cell-to-cell variability in the effects even within a single donor, even though we confined data to neurons that were verified to be capsaicin-sensitive. Reviewer 1 made the excellent suggestion that because of the neuron-to-neuron variability in baseline properties, the effects of compounds could be better illustrated by displaying changes from baseline. Following this suggestion, we have added Tukey-style box plots displaying the data in this way. Together with the donor-to-donor breakout of data in the new Figure S2, these plots make it clear that the neuron-to-neuron variability reveals genuine differences in the channel make-up of each neuron and not experimental error.

      (4) Reviewer 2 notes an interesting experiment: does a combined block of Nav1.7 with the AM compound and Nav1.8 block action potential generation? If Nav1.7 controls threshold and Nav1.8 controls firing, then the combined inhibition should be highly effective in blocking nociceptive output, which could have therapeutic relevance.

      We are currently doing experiments testing combined inhibition of Nav1.7 and Nav1.8 channels whenever we can obtain human neurons. Because it is of interest to examine effects of partial as well as full inhibition of each channel type, there are multiple permutations of inhibitors combined and alone that are of interest to characterize, and these studies are still in progress. We think the results in the present manuscript stand on their own and together with previous data on effects of Nav1.8 inhibitors alone provide a foundation for ongoing and future studies on combinations of inhibitors by ourselves and others.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Concerns in addition to those in the Public Review:

      Major:

      (1) As per point 1 of the weaknesses in the Public Review, I'm concerned that the experiments suffer from undersampling. This requires a discussion of how the sample size was determined.

      We have added experiments from an additional 3 donors to the key results in Figures 3-5, more than doubling the number of neurons for these measurements.

      (3) The effect of compounds could be better displayed as a change from baseline in Figure 1C-E. Also, are the AP traces and phase plots shown in Figures 1AB and 2AB averages or representative?

      Thanks for this excellent suggestion. We have added box-plots that show changes from baseline for the various parameters. We have also clarified that the action potential traces and phase plots are from application of AM-2099 in a single representative neuron.

      Minor:

      (1) Provide source of VX-548 and report the purity of both compounds.

      We have provided the information for VX-548 and added the information on the purity of both compounds

      (2) Clinical failures of Nav1.7 blockers may not be solely due to pharmacodynamic limitations as implied by this study. Pharmacokinetic differences and toxicity (e.g., effects on the autonomic nervous system) may also have contributed.

      Thanks for raising this important point. We have added this point to the Introduction.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      It is an interesting study, and the conclusions are reasonable. However, it would have been good to see validation of the potency of AM-2099 on native DRG sodium currents and/or recombinant human Nav1.7 channels expressed in a heterologous expression system.

      We have added results from experiments to directly quantify the potency of AM-2099 on both cloned human Nav1.7 channels (new Figure 1) and on native currents in the DRG neurons (new Figure 2).

      Minor comments:

      (1) Page 3, middle paragraph - there is a "(" missing before Renganathan.

      Thanks, corrected.

      (2) Page 4: Is anything known about AM-2099 in terms of state-dependence? It seems like Marx 2016 is the only previously published study using it, so additional information on the inhibitor would be helpful.

      We have not characterized the state-dependence of AM-2099, but we characterized its potency in voltage clamp using holding voltages similar to the average resting potentials of the cells in current clamp conditions.

      (3) Page 6 discusses that there might be differences between human and rodent DRG neurons in terms of Nav1.7 and Nav1.8. It would be nice if this were directly tested with these same Nav1.7 and Nav1.8 inhibitors.

      We have recently done such a study on mouse DRG neurons which has just been published (J Physiol. 604:6104-6127, doi: 10.1113/JP290574).

      (4) Figure 2A, right panel: I could not figure out the difference between the red and green traces. Perhaps this could be explained in the figure legend?

      Thank you for pointing out that this was confusing. These two traces showed two different subthreshold responses, one of which was slightly regenerative without generating a full-blown spike. We have simplified the figure by now showing only a single subthreshold response.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The conclusion that Nav1.7 inhibition has limited efficacy for inhibiting the firing of human DRG neurons is not fully supported by the data. This may be true, but it cannot be concluded without a more thorough pharmacological characterization of this compound. Dose-response curves and experimental confirmation of Nav1.7 selectivity (maybe just total Nav current, TTX-sensitive and TTX-resistant components) are needed.

      We agree and have now added two new figures with this data.

      (2) How was the 600 nM concentration chosen? Given that AM-2099 was reported to exhibit state dependent block, how much of the Na current is inhibited by this concentration at the initial voltage used in current clamp experiments (~-80 mV)?

      We have added a paragraph to the Discussion recognizing the limitation that 600 nM AM-2099 produces ~85% rather than complete inhibition of Nav1.7 current and explaining that we chose this concentration of AM-2099 to produce reasonably complete inhibition of Nav1.7 channels while minimizing potential inhibition of a component of non-Nav1.7 TTX-sensitive current.

      (3) It appears that the effects of AM-2099 on the refractory period are bimodally distributed, where neurons that recovered more slowly at baseline were preferentially affected by AM-2099 (Figure 4). Do these reflect different neuronal populations (e.g. smaller or larger diameter DRG) or different resting voltages in these experiments?

      We agree that there seem to be two groups based on initial refractory period. Examining the parameters for the cells, there is no clear correlation between the effects of AM-2099 on the refractory period with resting potential or cell diameter. At this time, it is not obvious what determines the differences in refractory period. We speculate that neuron-to-neuron differences in the potassium conductances that generate the after hyperpolarization may be different in these cells but it will take further work to explore this.

      (4) How much of the sodium current is mediated by Nav1.7 in hDRG neurons? How does inhibition of both Nav1.7 and Nav1.8 affect hDRG excitability?

      The new Figure 2 shows data quantifying the AM-2099-sensitive current in the DRG neurons. With regard to combined Nav1.7 and Nav1.8 inhibition, we are currently doing experiments examining inhibition of excitability by combined Nav1.7 and Nav1.8 inhibition, which we agree is the logical next step in exploring how the two components of current control excitability. These are still in progress. Because designing and interpreting these experiments is facilitated by the current experiments with Nav1.7 inhibition alone, we believe that reporting the current results now will serve the scientific community better than waiting to obtain and interpret a body of data on dual inhibition in a sufficient number of donors, which we obtain only sporadically.

      (5) Donor information and soma diameters should be included. Capsaicin sensitivity testing was mentioned in the methods, but I was unable to find any inclusion of these data in the results. These may be useful to potentially infer effects in different cell types.

      We have added a figure (Figure S1) showing histograms and box plots of individual cell capacitance, input resistance, resting potentials, and maximum upstroke. We have also added a table with the information about donors (Table S1). We have now clarified that data were confined to cells verified to be capsaicin-sensitive and that ~95% of all cells tested were capsaicin-sensitive.

      (6) Please check statistical tests and reporting. Several graphs do not appear to have paired responses (e.g. Figure 1E, Figure 4B). As a result, two-tailed Wilcoxon tests would not be appropriate. Also, check reported p-values (e.g. p=.0002), which are identical for multiple panels in the Results section.

      We have clarified that the symbols of action potential width in control without a corresponding value after AM-2099 represent neurons in which the action potential in AM-2099 had a peak < 0 mV. These cells were not included in the data set of paired parameters used for the Wilcoxon test. We have also checked and verified all statistical tests.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      This manuscript investigates the evolutionary relationships among domains I and II of three families of insecticidal proteins: Cry proteins from Bacillus thuringiensis, Prb proteins from bacterial symbionts of nematodes, and IPD113 proteins from ferns. These protein families were previously thought to have evolved independently because they share very low sequence identity (approximately 10%), despite exhibiting notable structural similarities. Through phylogenetic analyses and structural comparisons, the authors propose that domains I and II of these protein families share a common evolutionary origin and have likely undergone extensive horizontal gene transfer (HGT) across diverse taxa, including bacteria, eukaryotes, and archaea. In contrast, domain III does not show a shared evolutionary history between Cry proteins and the Pra component of Prb proteins. The authors also report evidence of domain II swapping and identify multiple conserved motifs across clades, suggesting a more complex evolutionary history than previously appreciated.

      Major Comments 1. The study proposes a common evolutionary origin for Cry, Prb, and IPD113 proteins; however, it cannot definitively exclude the possibility of convergent evolution, given the very low amino acid identity (~10%) among these families. For example, the authors note that eukaryotic genes encoding these proteins often contain introns (Table S2), which may also be interpreted as supporting convergent evolution rather than horizontal acquisition. This uncertainty warrants a more cautious interpretation and highlights the need for additional analyses or discussion to better discriminate between common ancestry and convergence.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that convergent evolution cannot be formally excluded on the evidence available, and we have revised the manuscript in two ways. First, we added an analysis designed specifically to separate the two explanations, described under (1) below. Second, we rewrote the opening of the Discussion so that the basis for our preference, and its limits, are stated explicitly (lines 406–419): "Our findings support common ancestry as the more plausible and parsimonious explanation for the similarities among the three insecticidal protein families, Cry, Prb, and IPD113. Although convergent evolution cannot be formally excluded, we consider it an unlikely account of the similarities reported here, because it would require their independent emergence at multiple hierarchical levels: motifs occurring at corresponding positions and favoring the same residues, the core structures of both domains, and a mosaic of domain-specific relationships in which the domain II placements of some sequences cross family boundaries whereas their domain I placements do not. A shared structural context alone does not specify which residue is favored at a given position (Fig. S7B), and selection for insecticidal activity alone does not predict the mosaic pattern observed in the domain-level trees (Fig. 3). Under common ancestry, both observations can instead be explained by a single evolutionary origin: the motifs were retained by descent under residue-level selection, and the mosaic pattern is consistent with domain swapping between lineages. We therefore regard descent from a shared ancestor, followed by extensive sequence divergence, as the more parsimonious explanation for these observations."

      We set out the evidence behind each of these three levels below.

      __ _(1) Amino acid motifs._ __The motif conservation that we emphasize does not consist of a few scattered matching residues. As noted in lines 200–202, domain I contains motifs of approximately 20 amino acids corresponding to α-helices, and each sequence retains, on average, more than four such motifs. These similarities are not randomly distributed, but are repeatedly observed across distinct clades in corresponding domain regions and structural contexts.

      We provide the additional data showing that this conservation cannot be explained simply by constraints imposed by secondary structure. Even when both secondary structure and residue burial were held fixed, individual positions strongly favored the same residues across clades (median frequencies of 66% in domain I helices and 59% in domain II strands; Fig. S7B), whereas the most frequent hydrophobic residue accounts for only ~25% in experimental structures (Škrbić et al. 2024). Thus, shared structural context alone does not explain the residue-level conservation, which is more consistent with common descent than with independent convergence on the same fold. We added this explanation in lines 188–198.

      • Phylogenetic relationships. The phylogenetic pattern suggestive of domain II swapping is also difficult to explain by simple convergence alone. While convergent evolution can in principle generate superficial similarity, it does not readily explain the discordant phylogenetic relationships observed between domains. In our case, the fact that domains I and II show different phylogenetic affinities is more naturally interpreted as reflecting a history of domain exchange or recombination than repeated independent convergence. We added this explanation in lines 174–176.

      • _Structural conservation _The structural conservation we observed is not limited to overall resemblance in fold, but extends to the core elements of domains I and II. In particular, the α-helices and β-strands that constitute these domains show substantial correspondence in their relative orientations and spatial arrangement. Given the structural diversity of bacterial insecticidal proteins (Crickmore et al. 2021) and pore-forming toxin strategies (Dal Peraro and van der Goot 2016), insecticidal activity alone would not necessarily be expected to drive both domains independently toward the specific core architectures observed here. Thus, the cross-clade conservation of these domain cores is more consistent with divergence while maintaining functional architecture than with repeated independent convergence. We added this explanation in lines 252–267.

      _Regarding the presence of introns in eukaryotic homologs, we do not consider this to be decisive evidence for convergent evolution, nor does it directly exclude horizontal gene transfer (HGT). An ancient HGT event followed by intron gain in eukaryotic genomes remains a plausible scenario. We added this explanation in lines 61–62. _

      ____Nevertheless, we have revised the title of the manuscript to "Remote homology between bacterial and fern insecticidal proteins reveals a broadly distributed superfamily shaped by recurrent horizontal transfer", which no longer asserts divergent evolution. The title also reflects the results of a more exhaustive homolog search suggested by Reviewer #3.__ __

      1. Although the study proposes multiple HGT events, it does not conclusively demonstrate the mechanisms or pathways underlying these transfers. The inferred HGT events would benefit from further validation, potentially through experimental approaches or population-level analyses. The authors are encouraged to expand their discussion on possible mechanisms facilitating HGT, such as the involvement of transposable elements, and to consider how ecological interactions (e.g., symbiosis or shared niches) may have promoted the horizontal transfer and diversification of these insecticidal protein families across different taxa.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. The primary aim of this study was to infer the evolutionary history of these insecticidal protein families, and the possible HGT events that emerged from our analyses will require further investigation of their genetic basis. In response to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have added following discussion (lines 522–530):

      “cry genes are generally associated with plasmids and mobile genetic elements (Schnepf et al. 1998; Mahillon and Chandler 1998), which provide biologically plausible genomic contexts for HGT, at least in bacterial lineages. However, it remains unclear whether similar signatures are also present in the genomic regions surrounding genes encoding Cry-like domain-containing proteins in eukaryotes and archaea. Addressing this question will require future comparative analyses of flanking regions and broader genomic context. In addition, ecological interactions such as symbiosis or shared niches can be regarded as general factors that could increase opportunities for HGT by bringing phylogenetically distant organisms into repeated contact”.

      1. The conclusions of the study rely entirely on computational analyses, including phylogenetic inference and structural prediction. While these approaches are appropriate, experimental validation would considerably strengthen the manuscript. For instance, biochemical or functional assays assessing the insecticidal or nematocidal activity of selected proteins from different taxa would provide direct support for the proposed evolutionary relationships. This could include heterologous expression of candidate proteins in model organisms or cell lines, followed by toxicity assays, or genetic manipulation (knockout or overexpression) in native or model systems to assess physiological function. Although such experiments may be beyond the scope of the present study, they should at least be acknowledged as important directions for future research.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that experimental work would strengthen the biological interpretation of our findings, and functional analyses of representative proteins from different taxa will be an important direction for future research. Interestingly, recent experimental work by Li et al. (2026) showed that two-domain proteins from the bacterium Cohnella faecalis, the sea anemone Actinia tenebrosa, and the arbuscular mycorrhizal fungus Rhizophagus clarus are insecticidal. All three of these proteins are present in our dataset and fall within the IPD113 clade (Table S2). We now cite this study and have added a discussion of it (lines 501–513). At the same time, we note that functional similarity alone would not necessarily distinguish common ancestry from convergent evolution because similar activities may evolve independently, whereas homologous proteins may also diverge substantially in function after descent from a common ancestor.

      Minor Comments • Line 19: The authors refer to five clades, but only four clades are initially described (Cry, IPD113, Prb, and the mixed 2D/3D20 clades). The fifth clade (Photobacterium) is only mentioned later (line 103). This should be clarified earlier for consistency.

      __ ____Response:__ We have revised the abstract (lines 21–22) to list all five clades explicitly: “Phylogenetic analyses separated the structurally similar proteins into five clades: Cry, IPD113, Prb, 2D/3D-mixed, and Photobacterium.”

      Line 39: The phrase "although its precise role remains unclear" should be removed. Domain III has been clearly demonstrated to be involved in host recognition, and genetic engineering studies using domain III swaps have strongly supported its role in specificity.

      Response: We have removed the phrase “although its precise role remains unclear” from the revised manuscript (lines 42–43).

      Line 94: The authors report the identification of six putative novel Cry proteins using BLASTp with Cry1Aa1 as a query. It would be helpful to clearly specify which proteins these are, identify the closest known Cry proteins to each candidate, and indicate whether they originate from B. thuringiensis or from other organisms.

      __Response: __The six sequences identified by BLASTp using Cry1Aa1 (GenBank: AAA22353) as a query are: AYF84850.1 (Bacillus thuringiensis), MED1304786.1 (Bacillus pacificus), WP_284654161.1 (Paenibacillus thiaminolyticus), WP_377941243.1 (Bacillus mycoides), WP_390212565.1 (B. thuringiensis), and WP_002169796.1 (B. mycoides). Two therefore derive from B. thuringiensis and four from other species. AYF84850.1 is 96.8% identical to Cry8Ca5 and belongs to the Cry8Ca rank, although it is distinct from all currently named Cry8Ca proteins. Among the remaining five sequences, four show 45–75% identity to their closest named Cry proteins and therefore fall within existing primary ranks but outside existing secondary ranks, whereas WP_284654161.1 is below the 45% threshold and cannot be assigned to any named primary rank. Their closest named Cry proteins are Cry41Ab1 (MED1304786.1), Cry1Na1 (WP_284654161.1), Cry42Aa1 (WP_377941243.1), Cry69Ab1 (WP_390212565.1), and Cry41Ba1 (WP_002169796.1). We have added the closest named Cry protein and the corresponding full-length sequence identity for each sequence to Table S2.

      Line 110: Many proteins contain additional domains beyond the canonical two. The authors should describe which types of domains are most frequently found in addition to domains I and II.

      __Response: __We performed InterProScan analysis on the BLASTp-derived set. We have added a description of these domain types to the main text (lines 142–150) and a new supplementary figure (Fig. S5) showing the Pfam domain architecture grouped by clade.

      Beyond the canonical D1 and D2, the most common additional Pfam domains are Jacalin-like lectin (primarily in IPD113 and 2D/3D-mixed), Ricin B lectin (IPD113), and PirA-like (Prb). In the IPD113 clade, Jacalin-like lectin domains overlap with D2 as defined in this study. N-terminal domains found upstream of D1 include Ricin B lectin, Sushi/SCR, SET domain, and PirA-like (Prb only), while C-terminal domains found downstream of D2 include PLL-like, EF-hand, and Ricin B lectin. All Prb sequences with additional domains carry an N-terminal PirA-like domain. Manual structural inspection identified additional domains in 61 proteins; Pfam detected additional domains in 21 of these, leaving 40 without an additional Pfam annotation. This suggests that some accessory regions may represent novel or highly divergent domain types not yet represented in Pfam (lines 142–150).

      Line 120: Although the authors state that the phylogenetic tree of domain I resembles that of the full-length toxin, the domain I phylogeny shows that Prb and IPD113 families are not as closely related as they appear in the full-protein analysis. Furthermore, the phylogenetic trees are information-dense, making it difficult for the reader to identify which proteins cluster in each branch. The authors are encouraged to label branches numerically and provide a supplementary table listing the proteins included in each branch for all three phylogenetic trees.

      __Response: __We note that branch lengths in the GS tree do not represent evolutionary distances. Nevertheless, the five clades defined in the two-domain tree (Fig. 2A) are consistently recovered in the domain I tree (Fig. 3A), including the separation of Prb and IPD113 into distinct clades. We have added a fully labeled version of all three phylogenetic trees as Fig. S3.

      Line 132: The MEME analysis identified 60 motifs, but some detailed information on these motifs is missing. Alignments of the identified MEME blocks should be included as supplementary material, as this information is critical to support the claim that domain I is unlikely to have arisen through convergent evolution. In addition, in Figure S4, the authors could indicate the positions of individual α-helices in domain I and β-strands in domain II to allow readers to clearly associate specific MEME blocks with defined structural elements. Currently, only domain boundaries are shown, and additional structural detail (localization of each alpha helix and beta strand) would improve clarity.

      __Response: __Alignments of the identified MEME blocks will be available in HTML format in the data repository upon acceptance. In addition, we revised Fig. S4 (now Fig. S7A) to show the secondary-structure frequency (helix/strand/loop) across all sequences, together with the helix and strand positions of three representative proteins (Cry1Aa1, P. akhurstii Prb, and L. wrightii IPD113), above the MEME motif locations mapped onto the same FoldMason structural alignment and grouped by clade.

      Lines 174-181: The structural analyses of the predicted models are highly interesting; however, Figure 5 lacks clarity. Adding labels for the individual α-helices of domain I, particularly those other than α-helix 5 that are reported to show high conservation, would be helpful. The authors should also specify which sequences exhibit the highest degree of structural conservation.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. Figure 5 has been substantially revised, and we have added the information requested.

      First, we changed what the figure measures. The RMSD-based panels have been removed. Fig. 5A and B now show, for every cross-clade pair, the fraction of the shorter domain that could be superimposed after MatchMaker pruning (coverage), alongside the same comparisons against control folds. TM-scores for these comparisons are reported separately in Fig. S8. This also addresses the concern raised by Reviewer #3 regarding the use of RMSD. Each lane in the revised panels corresponds to a single clade pair or control set, which we hope makes the comparison easier to follow than the previous presentation.

      Second, the secondary-structure elements are now shown explicitly. Fig. 5C–F present the best-matching pair of each cross-clade comparison as a structural superposition in two orientations, with the superimposable residues opaque and the remainder transparent, next to the corresponding residue-level sequence alignment in which α-helices are drawn as boxes and β-strands as arrows. Individual helices and strands can therefore be located along the sequence and mapped onto the superposition, rather than only the domain boundaries being indicated. In domain I, the strongest conservation is centered on α5 and extends to several adjacent helices (Fig. 5C and D); in domain II, one or more of the antiparallel β-sheets forming the β-prism overlap almost completely (Fig. 5E and F).

      Third, we now identify the most conserved sequences explicitly. Across all cross-clade comparisons, excluding the five Photobacterium sequences as in Fig. 5, the best-matching pair superimposed more than 55% of the shorter domain and the strongest reached 90%, whereas the best pair against a non-homologous domain, that is the α-helical pore-forming domains in Fig. 5A and the dirigent domains in Fig. 5B, reached only 22%. The four best-matching pairs are shown in Fig. 5C–F. Their accessions, matched cores and amino acid identities are given on the panels themselves; the Results summarize the coverage, amino acid identities and conserved structural elements (lines 252–259). The corresponding values for every other pair are contained in the raw data to be released with the paper, so that any pair can be ranked directly.

      Line 274: The manuscript raises an important but insufficiently developed question regarding the physiological roles of these proteins across different organisms and whether they all function as pore-forming toxins. This represents one of the weaker aspects of the study. The roles of Cry-like two-domain proteins in bacteria, eukaryotes, and archaea remain unclear, and the manuscript would benefit from a more in-depth discussion or speculation on their possible biological functions and ecological significance in non-bacterial taxa.

      __Response: __Direct experimental evidence bearing on this question became available during the revision of this manuscript. Li et al. (2026) used the fern IPD113_Cow protein as a structural query against the AlphaFold Protein Structure Database, selected ten two-domain candidates, and expressed them in a Bacillus thuringiensis chassis; eight yielded detectable protein and were assayed against five insect pests. Three proved insecticidal: a protein from the bacterium Cohnella faecalis against Spodoptera frugiperda, one from the sea anemone Actinia tenebrosa against Mythimna separata, and one from the arbuscular mycorrhizal fungus Rhizophagus clarus against the beetle Colaphellus bowringi. All three of these sequences are present in our dataset and fall within the IPD113 clade (Table S2). Some two-domain proteins carried by bacteria, fungi and animals can therefore retain insecticidal activity. We note, however, that the remaining five candidates were inactive against all five insects tested, so insecticidal activity cannot be assumed across the family as a whole. We have added these points to the Discussion (lines 501–513).

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      Overall, the study broadens our understanding of the distribution and evolution of insecticidal proteins. To our knowledge, this is the only study that has systematically analyzed genomes from diverse organisms to identify additional proteins showing similarities to domains I and II of the three-domain Cry toxins produced by Bacillus thuringiensis. The expected audience for this manuscript consists of specialists working in the field of insecticidal Cry toxins or, more broadly, in the study of pore-forming toxins. I am an expert with more than 30 years of experience studying the mechanisms of action of insecticidal proteins produced by Bacillus thuringiensis, as well as the mechanisms of resistance developed by insects. My work includes multiple studies involving genomic analyses, transcriptomics, and proteomics.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this positive assessment of our work and for recognizing the broader significance and novelty of the study.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      The authors investigated the evolutionary relationships among Cry, Prb, and IPD113 proteins using AlphaFold3-based structure prediction, structure-guided phylogenetic analyses, motif conservation, and structural distance comparisons, and proposes divergent evolution with multiple horizontal gene transfer events. The manuscript is well organized, and some comments need to be concerned.

      Major comments: 1. The conclusion of divergent evolution is based on structural similarity, motif conservation, and GS phylogenies. However, the authors should explain that these methods cannot be used to conclude long-term structural constraint or deep convergent evolution.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this important comment, and we agree. Structural similarity, motif conservation, and GS phylogenies cannot by themselves establish that a fold has been maintained by long-term structural constraint, and they cannot establish deep convergent evolution either. We make neither claim.

      The revised manuscript now states this limitation explicitly at the outset and adopts a more cautious interpretation throughout (lines 406–419). We have also added an opening sentence to the Abstract (lines 10–11), so that this point is stated at the outset rather than only in the Discussion: “When proteins are too divergent in sequence to establish homology, structural similarity alone cannot distinguish common ancestry from convergence on the same fold.”

      At the same time, our preference for common ancestry does not rest on an assumption about constraint. The revised Discussion states the comparison and its basis explicitly (lines 407–415): “Although convergent evolution cannot be formally excluded, we consider it an unlikely account of the similarities reported here, because it would require their independent emergence at multiple hierarchical levels: motifs occurring at corresponding positions and favoring the same residues, the core structures of both domains, and a mosaic of domain-specific relationships in which the domain II placements of some sequences cross family boundaries whereas their domain I placements do not. A shared structural context alone does not specify which residue is favored at a given position (Fig. S7B), and selection for insecticidal activity alone does not predict the mosaic pattern observed in the domain-level trees (Fig. 3).”

      The second of these two points is an analysis added during revision rather than an assertion. When secondary structure and the degree of residue burial were both held fixed, individual positions still favored the same residues, which a shared structural context alone does not specify. The evidence behind each of the three levels is set out in our response to Major Comment 1 by Reviewer 1.

      1. While GS is an appropriate choice for low-similarity sequences, the manuscript does not discuss its resolution limits or error characteristics in this dataset.

      Response: We agree that the manuscript should have discussed its resolution limits and error characteristics rather than leaving them implicit. We have added a paragraph to the Discussion that does so (lines 421–433):

      “The GS and ML analyses were informative at different phylogenetic scales. Across the full dataset, extensive sequence divergence limited the resolution of conventional MSA-based maximum-likelihood inference: even in the initial 557-sequence dataset, relationships involving Prb and IPD113 were weakly supported (Fig. S2A). In contrast, GS recovered well-supported deep branches, with the clade-defining branches in Fig. 2A reaching EP ≥ 0.9, although EP support is not directly comparable to bootstrap support. Well-supported deep branches were also recovered after the Foldseek-derived sequences were added, and Prb and IPD113 remained distinct, strongly supported groups (Fig. S13). The separation between Cry and the 2D/3D-mixed group, however, was not retained in the expanded dataset, indicating that this boundary is sensitive to sequence sampling. Within individual groups, ML provided finer resolution in some cases. The 3D-Cry proteins in the 2D/3D-mixed group formed a single well-supported group in the ML tree (Fig. S12A), whereas GS did not recover them as a group (Fig. 2A). We therefore used GS to characterize broad relationships among these highly divergent proteins and ML to examine relationships within more closely related subsets.”

      We have also stated the GS branch support in the Results, where the two-domain tree and the domain II tree are presented (lines 123–125 and 169–170).

      1. Multiple downstream analyses depend on Alphafold predicted structures, including domain definition, motif localization, and 3Di distance calculations. The authors didn't discuss how prediction confidence (e.g., pLDDT or PAE) affects these analyses or whether low-confidence regions were excluded.

      Response: We agree that prediction confidence matters here, and we addressed it in two ways: by testing the accuracy of the models against experiment, and by restricting the structural analyses to high-confidence models. Confidence scores are indirect, so we checked the models directly. For the proteins in our dataset that have an experimentally determined structure of the identical sequence, the models reproduce the experiment closely, including PDB 8D2J (L. wrightii IPD113) and 7FDP (P. akhurstii Prb) at TM-score 0.970 and 0.991. Both structures were released after AlphaFold 3's template cutoff and so were not available to the predictions that recovered them (Fig. S16). Where the residual uncertainty sits also matters. Residues with pLDDT

      1. An opening question is whether this evolutionary analysis could help us understand the specificity of the insecticidal proteins based on defined structures or not. It has been proved that 3D Cry toxins have different target spectrums with very similar structure.

      Response: We consider that our analyses do not directly address insecticidal specificity. However, from the sequence perspective, proteins with similar sequences are generally expected to show similar insecticidal spectra, as is often the case for Cry protein subfamilies defined by amino acid sequence identity (e.g., Cry1 and Cry2). In particular, given the importance of domain II in target specificity, the phylogeny in Fig. 3B may be useful for generating hypotheses about specificity. For example, Cry58A, whose insecticidal spectrum is not well characterized, falls into the same domain II clade as Cry21 proteins, raising the possibility that it may also have nematocidal activity. By contrast, we consider it difficult to discuss specificity based on our structural analyses alone, because loop regions, which may be important for specificity, are also more likely to include lower-confidence predictions.

      Minor comments 1. Lines 23-24. Please specify whether this conclusion is based primarily on GS topology, AA/3Di distance analysis, or motif similarity.

      __Response: __We revised the abstract as follows: “Amino acid motifs conserved in corresponding positions across clades, along with shared secondary structure organization within domain cores, further support a shared evolutionary origin” (lines 24–25).

      1. Lines 49-54. The term "midnight zone" is introduced with a classical reference. A brief explanation of its relevance in the context of modern structure prediction would improve clarity.

      __Response: __The midnight zone describes a limit on what sequence identity can establish, and this is not altered by the availability of accurate structural models. Even when reliable models exist for both proteins, a shared fold in this regime remains equally consistent with descent from a common ancestor and with independent convergence, so whether a structural resemblance reflects homology or analogy has to be evaluated case by case, on evidence other than the resemblance itself.

      What accurate structure prediction has changed is the scope of what can be compared, and we have added a sentence on this to the final paragraph of the Introduction, where we set out our approach: "Accurate structure prediction now yields models for proteins that have no experimental structure, so these families could be examined structurally in their entirety rather than through the few members whose structures have been solved." (lines 66–68).

      1. Lines 81-83. Did the authors examine genomic context or flanking gene beside introns.

      __Response: __We have not yet performed a systematic comparison of the flanking nucleotide regions to investigate domain swapping. Such comparative analyses will be an important subject of future work for clarifying the detailed evolutionary histories of individual domains and the mechanism of domain swapping.

      1. Please indicate the number of sequences per clade in the main text, not only figures.

      __Response: __We have added the number of sequences per clade to the main text where the five clades are first introduced: Cry (n = 247), 2D/3D-mixed (n = 109), IPD113 (n = 115), Prb (n = 81), and Photobacterium (n = 5) (lines 126–137).

      1. Lines 119-123. Please clarify whether this inference applies to all four clades equally or only to specific branches.

      __Response: __We have clarified that this inference does not apply uniformly across all clades. In the domain II tree (Fig. 3B), the Prb-clade sequences form a single, distinct group, and the majority of the Cry-clade sequences (~92%) form a cohesive block. By contrast, sequences of the IPD113, 2D/3D-mixed, and Photobacterium clades, together with several nematocidal Cry proteins (Cry5A, Cry5D, Cry5E, and Cry12), as well as Cry31 and Cry70, that clustered far from the rest of the Cry proteins in the Cry and 2D/3D-mixed clade, are extensively intermixed. We have revised the text accordingly (lines 164–172).

      1. Lines 132-133. Please provide the minimum motif length and information content thresholds here.

      __Response: __The minimum motif length in the MEME search was set to 8 amino acids (maximum: 50). The shortest motif identified was 11 amino acids in length, and the longest was 50. These motif-width settings and the observed length range are now stated in the Methods (lines 617–618). Information content thresholds for retaining motifs are described in the Methods (lines 613–616).

      1. Lines 241-243. Indicating which types of additional data can help to resolve this question would strengthen the discussion.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have added analyses of the distribution of domain III and a new Discussion paragraph that sets out the evidence and the remaining uncertainty (lines 447–462). The restricted distribution of domain III is consistent with its addition to a pre-existing two-domain scaffold, but the available unrooted phylogenies do not resolve the number or order of domain gains and losses.

      The new analyses are as follows. We searched our full sequence dataset using Cry domain III sequences and AF3-predicted structures as queries, with BLASTp, HMMER and Foldseek. The sequence-based searches detected domain III only in Cry proteins, and Pfam likewise did not detect the Cry domain III family (PF03944) outside them, consistent with the InterProScan analysis we performed in response to Reviewer #1 (Minor comment #4). A jelly-roll domain III was found only within the Cry and 2D/3D-mixed clades, including the three-domain Cry proteins that we newly identify in Pseudomonadota and amoebozoans, and in no two-domain member of the IPD113, Prb or Photobacterium clades (Table S2). The structure-based search additionally recovered the Pra domain of the insect-derived three-domain Prb proteins; Pra shares the jelly-roll fold with domain III, but the resemblance does not exceed that of unrelated proteins of the same fold, so it provides no evidence of specific common ancestry (Fig. S9). Meanwhile, several two-domain lineages carry additional domains of their own that are unrelated to domain III, such as Ricin B lectin domains in IPD113 and PirA-like domains in Prb.

      Taken together, these observations are consistent with the addition of domain III to a pre-existing two-domain protein. However, as the revised Discussion states, the unrooted phylogenies and the interspersion of two-domain and three-domain proteins do not resolve the number or order of domain gains and losses. An ancestral three-domain architecture followed by secondary losses therefore remains an alternative (lines 447–462).

      We have also added a sentence at the end of the same paragraph indicating what would test this interpretation further: “Reconstruction of ancestral domain architecture under alternative root placements, together with comparative genomic analyses of closely related 2D and 3D domain proteins, would help distinguish these scenarios.” (lines 460–462). Reconstruction of ancestral domain architecture, which Reviewer #3 also raised, would address the direction of change explicitly, and we set out what it would require in our reply to that comment. Comparative genomics of genera such as Paenibacillus and Lysinibacillus, which carry both architectures, could in addition show the flanking regions and recombination signatures associated with gain or loss of the C-terminal module.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      The study provides a conceptual advance by proposing a unified evolutionary framework for Cry, Prb, and IPD113 proteins, integrating structural phylogenetics with cross-kingdom comparative analysis.

      The work directly addresses and extends previous hypotheses of convergent evolution (e.g., Wei et al., PNAS 2023) by incorporating structure-based phylogenetic methods and distance metrics.

      Researchers in protein evolution, microbial toxins, structural bioinformatics, horizontal gene transfer, and insecticidal protein engineering will be interested in this study.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this positive assessment of the conceptual significance and potential impact of our study.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      General comments: the main point is an interesting descriptive one: Cry, Prb IPD113 proteins share an origin and have been spread through multiple HGT events due to proximity/symbiosis. Evidence is presented for this conclusion but there are some things to reconsider in the analysis to make the evolutionary portrait of this protein family more complete and little more reliable.

      Proteins containing Cry-like two domains are broadly distributed across taxa

      Ideally, this step of gathering homologs should cast as wide of a net as possible in order to get the most complete set of homologs for downstream analysis. Since you're leaning on folds in parts of the manuscript ( e.g. alignment and phylogenetics ) I don't understand why you use blastp here for homology detection. If folds are too far in sequence space to align then homology search will be too near sighted as well. Use foldseek or justify this choice somehow. As it stands I don't understand why you chose this strategy if the goal was to be exhaustive in your search for homologs

      Response: The main goal of the present study was not to comprehensively catalog all proteins with similar folds, but rather to test whether Cry, Prb, and IPD113 proteins have emerged from common ancestry. From that perspective, we considered it important to recover proteins that could bridge these three families not only at the structural level but also in amino acid sequence space. Encouragingly, our BLAST-based search did identify such intermediate links. In particular, among the bacterial IPD113 hits, four Bacillus sequences including Bacillus thuringiensis were recovered at an E-value threshold of Meanwhile, we fully agree that a more exhaustive survey of proteins sharing this fold is highly valuable. We recovered 170 proteins containing the domain I + II architecture that were not retrieved by BLASTp and that shared less than 95% sequence identity with any BLASTp-derived sequence. When these Foldseek-derived sequences were added to the GS phylogeny (Fig. S13), they were accommodated within the clade structure defined by the BLASTp-derived set rather than forming a separate lineage. The Prb, IPD113 and Photobacterium clades were each recovered essentially intact, but the Cry and 2D/3D-mixed clades were no longer separated, and many of the added sequences also showed relatively low AF3 structural-confidence metrics. Such outcomes are to be expected because these sequences are distant from the original set in amino-acid sequence space.

      For these reasons, we kept the analyses in the original manuscript that address whether these families share a common origin restricted to the BLASTp-derived set, and we report the Foldseek-derived set separately as an additional analysis that illustrates the whole picture of this protein family. This expanded survey was valuable in its own right. The 170 Foldseek-derived proteins comprise 101 bacterial, 27 fungal, 9 dinoflagellate, 4 insect, 27 amoebozoan and 2 ciliate sequences, and among those accommodated within the Cry and 2D/3D-mixed clades we found amoebozoan and Pseudomonadota sequences carrying a Cry-type jelly-roll domain III directly after domain II, that is, the same three-domain (3D-Cry) architecture as the Cry proteins of Bacillus thuringiensis. Prompted by this observation we collected further related sequences and, in the revised manuscript, show by domain-wise structural comparison that these amoebozoan and Pseudomonadota proteins are indeed three-domain Cry proteins nested within the Cry radiation (Fig. 7). We thank the reviewer for this suggestion.

      Because this expanded survey substantially widened the taxonomic scope of the study, we have also changed the title of the manuscript. The original title, "Divergent evolution of insecticidal protein families across bacteria and ferns", no longer describes the content accurately: the family as we now report it is not confined to bacteria and ferns, and it includes amoebozoan and Pseudomonadota three-domain Cry proteins that fall within the Cry radiation itself. The revised title is "Remote homology between bacterial and fern insecticidal proteins reveals a broadly distributed superfamily shaped by recurrent horizontal transfer".

      Phylogenetic analysis identifies the 2D/3D-mixed clade

      Using foldmason and graph splitting approaches to build the tree is novel and interesting. However, this method hasn't been benchmarked. Do other structural phylogenetic approaches give you similar results? Are there differences between the trees produced by this method and current standard practice for structural phylogenetics? Please also report a standard MSA and tree built with only sequence data (e.g. a typical mafft /iqtree type approach ) to show a clear comparison to a sequence-based baseline.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We would first like to clarify that the phylogenies underlying Figs. 2A, 3A and 3B are not structural-phylogenetic inferences but amino-acid-based ones. FoldMason was used solely to delimit the boundaries of the structurally corresponding, homologous Cry-like core domains, so that these regions could be trimmed consistently across highly divergent proteins. Phylogenetic inference was then performed by Graph Splitting on the amino-acid sequences of these trimmed regions. Structural information therefore enters only at the domain-delimitation (trimming) step, whereas these trees are amino-acid (sequence-based) phylogenies of structurally corresponding regions, reconstructed with a graph-based method. We have made this explicit in the revised Methods (lines 586–591) to avoid the impression that the domain trees are structural phylogenies.

      In connection with this clarification, we should also report a change that we made after identifying a problem in our original analysis. In the original submission, Fig. S5 and panel B of Fig. S6 showed Graph Splitting trees inferred from 3Di structural-alphabet sequences. While preparing this revision, we realized that this application of the method was not appropriate: 3Di states are derived from local structural geometry rather than representing independently evolving sequence characters, so a Graph Splitting tree inferred from them is not fully independent of the structural similarity that originally motivated our homology hypothesis. We have therefore removed both trees, together with the two sentences in the Results that referred to them, and now restrict Graph Splitting analyses to amino-acid sequences. Every Graph Splitting tree in the revised manuscript is inferred from the amino-acid sequence of the structurally delimited core region, with structural information used only to define the domain boundaries.

      According to the suggestion, we analyzed the same amino-acid data used for the GS tree in Fig. 2A with two conventional approaches: a standard MSA + ML tree (MAFFT + IQ-TREE, WAG+F+R7) and a NeighborNet split network, which is useful for visualizing conflicting phylogenetic signals, such as those arising from domain swapping (Figure S2). In both, the main clades in Fig. 2A were recovered as broadly cohesive groups with minor intermixing, but the deeper relationships among them were weakly supported. In the ML tree, the branch uniting the Cry sequences has SH-aLRT 25 / UFBoot 45 and the two basal splits have UFBoot 86 and 71; in the NeighborNet, the central splits are poorly supported and the core of the network is highly reticulate. Consistently, branches defining relationships within individual clades are generally supported, whereas the backbone branches relating three or more clades are unsupported in both conventional analyses.

      In the initial 557-sequence dataset, the conventional analyses leave the deeper relationships among the major groups poorly resolved. In contrast, GS separates the five clades, with every clade-defining deep branch supported at EP ≥ 0.9. EP support is not directly comparable to bootstrap support, and the Cry/2D/3D-mixed boundary was not retained after the dataset was expanded. We therefore use GS to characterize broad relationships among these highly divergent proteins and ML to examine relationships within more closely related subsets, as now explained in the Discussion (lines 421–433).

      Also, did you trim the columns with the domains that aren't shared across all members of the family when using them as input for the global tree? I see that domain 1 and 2 are likely shared across all members from figure 1a but have divergent histories ( figure 3b ).Please use a method to find the consensus structural region. If the topology of the tree changes in trees inferred with and without these domains, this will change many of the conclusions of the paper since the order of domain architecture changes and transfers will impact the order in which the events are inferred to have happened with respect to the species tree.

      __Response: __We agree that, for the global tree, it is essential to restrict the analysis to regions that are structurally corresponding and homologous across all proteins being compared, and this is precisely what we did. As also clarified in our response above, we did not use full-length sequences. Instead, we used FoldMason to identify and delimit the consensus, structurally corresponding homologous region — the shared domain I–II core — and only this trimmed region was used as input for the global Graph Splitting tree in Fig. 2A. This is the “method to find the consensus structural region” that the reviewer requests: FoldMason provides a structure-based, multiple-structure delimitation of the shared core, and columns corresponding to non-shared domains (for example domain III of the three-domain Cry proteins, and other accessory domains present in only some members) were therefore not included in the global phylogeny. We have described this delimitation and trimming procedure explicitly in the revised Methods (lines 562–583).

      We also agree that domain I and domain II, although shared across all the proteins analyzed here, do not necessarily share identical evolutionary histories. This is why the two domains were also analyzed separately (Fig. 3A, B), revealing the discordant domain II placements. We use the combined domain I–II tree to characterize broad relationships, not to date events or place them relative to a species tree. The domain I tree has a topology similar to the combined tree (Fig. 3A; Fig. S3B). When 170 Foldseek-derived sequences were added, Prb, IPD113 and Photobacterium were recovered essentially intact, but Cry and the 2D/3D-mixed group were no longer separated (Fig. S13; lines 328–331). The absence of Cry domain III from IPD113, Prb and Photobacterium was established by sequence and structure searches and Pfam annotation (Table S2), independently of the combined topology. Its restricted distribution is consistent with addition to a pre-existing two-domain scaffold, but neither these unrooted trees nor the observed architectures resolve the number or order of gains and losses. An ancestral three-domain architecture followed by secondary losses remains an alternative (lines 447–462).

      Domain II swapping across clades except for Prb

      Line 125-127 have you verified the flanking regions? Do some of them still have homology at the nucleotide level?

      Response: We have not yet performed a systematic comparison of the flanking nucleotide regions to investigate domain swapping. Such comparative analyses will be an important subject of future work for clarifying the detailed evolutionary histories of individual domains and the mechanism of domain swapping.

      Could you use ancestral trait reconstruction to show the architecture changes on the consensus region tree and indicate critical transitions. It would be interesting to see how often this is inferred to happen. Also, using different tree building strategies, any major divergence in the number of changes required to explain the extant domain architecture could be an argument for or against a particular evolutionary model. This would require running several different trees of the consensus region... also, If there is some data on function related to the extant proteins it would be interesting to see if the shifts in architecture explain any of them.

      Response: Thank you for very interesting suggestion. We agree that ancestral trait reconstruction of domain architecture, and comparison of the inferred number of transitions across alternative trees, would be highly informative. However, we consider this to be beyond the scope of the present study, as it would require extensive additional analyses across multiple tree-building strategies and careful treatment of uncertainty in both topology and domain-specific histories. Our goal here was more limited, namely to test for common ancestry and to resolve the broad relationships among the major clades.

      In the paragraph discussing the gain and loss of domain III, we noted the potential future utility of ancestral state reconstruction as follows: “Reconstruction of ancestral domain architecture under alternative root placements, together with comparative genomic analyses of closely related 2D and 3D domain proteins, would help distinguish these scenarios.” (lines 460–462).

      Figure 4a What exactly do you mean by raster plot? Presence absence matrix might be a more appropriate title? There is no way of knowing what each pixel corresponds to though.

      Response: We agree that “raster plot” was not the clearest term for Fig. 4A. We have therefore revised the legend to describe panel A as a “motif presence–absence matrix” and to clarify that each gray bar indicates the presence of the corresponding motif (lines 809–811).

      Many horizontal gene transfers shaped broad taxonomic distribution

      Domain core structures aare highly conserved beyond clades

      171-172 RMSD is less than ideal for considering homology. Use metrics like lddt which account for flex or at least TM score which has literature related to cutoffs when things should be considered homologous. Im sure they are in your case but its best practice to use those scores for arguing this type of thing.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We agree that RMSD alone is not the most appropriate metric for arguments related to structural conservation, as it depends on the number of aligned residues and lacks well-established cutoffs for inferring fold similarity. To clarify, lines 171–172 of the original manuscript were not intended to argue for homology through RMSD, but rather to describe the degree of structural overlap at the domain level. The primary evidence for divergent evolution in this section relies on the observation that specific secondary-structure elements—α-helices in domain I and β-sheets in domain II—are spatially conserved across clades.

      We now report two complementary measures in place of RMSD. First, TM-scores computed with US-align for all pairwise comparisons of domain I and of domain II are shown in Fig. S8. Essentially every cross-clade pair exceeds the conventional 0.5 threshold for fold identity, whereas the α-helical pore-forming domains of different CATH topologies used as controls for domain I (ClyA/HlyE, colicin and the diphtheria toxin translocation domain) fall below it, as do the dirigent domains used as a control for domain II. Second, because a TM-score establishes that a fold is shared but does not by itself discriminate within a fold, Fig. 5A and B now report the fraction of the shorter domain that could be superimposed (“coverage”), which is sensitive to how much of the ancestral core each lineage has retained.

      We also want to be explicit about a limitation of these data that became clear during the revision. For domain II, jacalin-like lectins reach median coverage values of 36% and 37% against IPD113 and Prb, matching the highest cross-clade values. High similarity in domain II therefore distinguishes the β-prism fold from unrelated folds but does not resolve relationships within it, and we now state this in the Results rather than treating domain II structural similarity as independent evidence of common ancestry. The structural argument in this section accordingly rests on domain I, where the non-homologous controls are cleanly separated, and on the residue-level motif evidence presented in the preceding section.

      The RMSD-based panels have been removed and the corresponding text rewritten (lines 227–267).

      Methods, phylgoenetic analysis.

      What was used to root these trees? In general I use mad or midpoint rooting when there is no outgroup. In your case there is no easy outgroup since you have eukaryoters and bacteria on the tree so rooting the trees should be done with one of these outgroup free methods.

      Response: We should have been more precise, and we thank the reviewer for catching this. The distinction is between the trees on which our inferences rest and the way those trees are displayed. The Graph Splitting trees (Figs. 2, 3, S3, S9A, S10, and S13) and the maximum-likelihood trees in Fig. 6A and Fig. S12 are unrooted, and no root was assumed in their interpretation. Because the dataset spans bacteria, eukaryotes, and archaea, there is no suitable outgroup that lies outside the group being analyzed, and we therefore preferred not to impose a root using a criterion that the data themselves cannot test. Where a root is shown in a figure, it is a midpoint root used for display purposes only; this applies to the maximum-likelihood trees in Figs. 7C, S2A, S14, and S15C.

      We also accept the consequence highlighted by the reviewer: the direction of transfer cannot be inferred from an unrooted tree. Where we argue for a bacterial origin, the direction is inferred from the taxonomic composition of each clade, from the interleaving of bacterial and non-bacterial sequences within it, and from the comparison of amino-acid and 3Di distances, rather than from the position of a root. The rooting of every tree is now stated explicitly in the Methods (lines 603–607), and the evidence on which the directional argument rests is presented in the Results (lines 285–319; Figs. 6, S10, S11 and S12).

      Line 203. The single bacterial member inside this clade appears to be a MAG from its name. Are you certain of its provenance? Could this be contamination? If this is really a point you want to put forward you should probably dig into where this thing comes from, whats on the contig and if its really what you think it is before arguing for HGT.

      __Response: __We are particularly grateful to the reviewer for drawing our attention to this issue. As the reviewer noted, the BioSample record (SAMN04544940) lists the sample type as “Metagenomic assembly” and the host as the terrestrial isopod Trachelipus rathkii. We therefore examined the contig directly.

      OIZ96594.1 is encoded at positions 1,632–2,930 of the 3,719-bp contig LUKY01000019.1. The gene model is complete, with 789 bp of contig sequence downstream of the stop codon, and is therefore not truncated by an assembly boundary. However, the available annotations of the flanking genes do not establish the taxonomic origin of the contig. We therefore agree with the reviewer that the contig alone is insufficient to establish its provenance. We next tested the most immediate alternative suggested by the record, namely that the contig might be derived from the host. A tblastn search against the Trachelipus rathkii genome assembly (GCA_015478945.1), produced by the same laboratory, returned no hit even at the permissive threshold of E Taken together, these searches do not allow us to exclude either host contamination or contamination from another organism present in the sample. We have therefore followed the reviewer's advice and no longer use this sequence as evidence for HGT. We retain OIZ96594.1 in the homology dataset as a Prb-family sequence, because its family assignment is not in question. In the figures it also keeps its deposited taxonomic designation as a bacterial sequence, since we likewise have no evidence that would justify overturning that annotation; what we withdraw is the inference we drew from it. This is now stated in the legend of Fig. S12 (lines 994–996), where the sequence is identified as being of unresolved provenance and the pairs involving it are excluded from interpretation as candidate transfers. In addition, we no longer use it as evidence for bacterial provenance, for the direction of transfer, or for the identity of a donor lineage. Accordingly, we have removed the statement that the Prb clade contains a single bacterial member nested within an animal clade, and we no longer identify this lineage as a candidate donor; the corresponding annotation has also been removed from Fig. S12.

      Finally, the reviewer’s comment also drew our attention to an error in the sequence label. We have corrected the label in Fig. S10 to “Candidatus_Rickettsiella_OIZ96594.1”.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      Studies of deeply divergent protein families are now becoming possible due to the advent of structural phylogenetics and homology detection methods. The set of best practices are evolving day to day as people experiment with new methods and approaches.

      This particular family, the Cry proteins, are a good case study. The authors present the case for their version of evolutionary history. While the paper is very descriptive of the evolutionary history of this family, it offers little discussion about the relationship between the phylogeny and the function of the proteins within the extant organisms its found in and the possible relationship between the different organisms that possess this protein, their symbiotes and the insects they are producing these proteins to ward off. After all, the objective of phylogenetic analysis is, at least in part, to explain the emergence of extant biology. So it would be good to see some more of that in this manuscript.

      Some interesting new approaches to deep phylogenetics are presented that I haven't seen elsewhere and could be a valuable addition to the discussion around which phylogenetic methods are best suited for working with very distant homology. Unfortunately these aren't validated and this isn't really a methods paper. There are a few things that are unclear to me as far as methodological choices as well.

      I would like to see a bit more of an exhaustive search for the starting set of homologs to be sure that everything is included. Downstream of that, multiple evolutionary scenarios should be presented for the core shared domains between all homologs using various phylogenetic methods employing structural phylogenetics and traditional maximum likelihood analysis. For now the authors rely on a graph splitting method after aligning using structural information that I haven't seen benchmarked anywhere. Also, it's unclear what the consensus/core region of the protein is across all homologs. On first glance at the architecture it appears to be domains 1 and 2 but they have different evolutionary histories. Please chop the structures down to the consensus domain shared between all of the homologs and perform phylogenetic analysis on this core. Then look at the N and C terminals separately.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this summary, which we used to organize the revision. We address the four points in turn.

      • __Phylogeny and function in extant organisms. __ We have expanded the Discussion on this point (lines 501–513). Li et al. (2026) recently expressed ten two-domain candidates selected from the AlphaFold database in a Bacillus thuringiensis chassis; eight yielded detectable protein and were assayed, of which three were insecticidal; all three fall within the IPD113 clade of our dataset (Table S2).

      • __Exhaustiveness of the homolog search. __ We carried out the structure-based search the reviewer asked for. A Foldseek search of structure space recovered 170 further proteins with the domain I + II architecture that BLASTp had missed, including the first members from amoebozoans and ciliates, and a follow-up search around those hits retained 305 additional three-domain Cry proteins after structural assessment and filtering (Table S3; lines 719–742). This work now forms a separate Results section (“Foldseek searches uncover many putative novel 3D Cry proteins”), with Fig. 7 and Figs. S13–S15. It also produced a result we would not otherwise have found: amoebozoans and Pseudomonadota carry the same three-domain architecture as Bacillus thuringiensis, and they are placed within the radiation of the Bacillota Cry proteins rather than outside it.

      • __Consensus core region and the terminal domains. __ FoldMason was used to delimit the structurally corresponding domain I–II core across all proteins, and only that trimmed region was used for the global tree; domains I and II were then analyzed separately (Fig. 3), which reveals the domain II swapping. The regions outside the core were analyzed in their own right: Cry domain III, Pra and the insect Pra-like domains in Fig. S9, and the other N- and C-terminal accessory domains by Pfam annotation in Fig. S5, according to the suggestion by the reviewer #1.

      • __Benchmarking of the method. __ As described in our response to the reviewer’s comment above, we compared the Graph Splitting tree with a conventional MSA + maximum-likelihood tree and with a NeighborNet split network built from the same amino-acid data. We also agree that this is not a methods paper. However, Graph Splitting itself was extensively benchmarked in the original study (Matsui and Iwasaki, 2020). What we can do here is make clear what the method resolves on this particular dataset and what it does not, and we now do so in the revised Discussion (lines 421–433). GS and ML proved informative at different phylogenetic scales. In the initial dataset, Graph Splitting recovered well-supported branches separating the five major clades, whereas conventional alignment-based inference left deeper relationships poorly resolved. The Cry/2D/3D-mixed boundary was sensitive to sequence sampling and was not retained in the expanded dataset. Maximum likelihood provided finer resolution within some groups. We therefore now use the two methods according to the scale at which each is most informative.

    1. Most companies today operate in a turbu-lent environment with complex strategies that,though valid when they were launched, maylose their validity as business conditionschange. In this kind of environment, wherenew threats and opportunities arise constantly,companies must become capable of what ChrisArgyris calls double-loop learning—learning

      What I found most interesting in this part of the article is the idea of double-loop learning. I think it is easy for managers to assume that when an organization is not achieving its goals, the problem is simply poor performance or poor implementation. However, the authors suggest that sometimes we need to question the strategy itself and ask whether our original assumptions are still correct. I think this is especially important in healthcare because organizations work in an environment that can change quickly. For example, if a hospital introduces a new strategy to improve patient care but the results are not improving, managers should not only ask how they can implement the strategy better. They should also ask whether the strategy is actually addressing the right problem. This made me think about the difference between doing something better and doing the right thing. An organization could become very efficient at following a strategy that is no longer effective. In that situation, improving the process may not solve the real problem. I also wonder how managers can know when it is time to stop improving an existing strategy and start questioning it. There may be a tendency to continue with a plan because a lot of time and resources have already been invested in it. For me, this is one of the most useful ideas in the article because it shows that good management is not only about measuring performance, but also about being open to questioning the strategy behind it.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      We thank all reviewers for their supportive comments and constructive feedback.

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      In their manuscript "An Aurora Kinase A/TPX2 complex phosphorylates CKAP2 to control mitotic spindle growth", Kucharski and colleagues combined immunoprecipitation and mass-spectrometry to identify mitotic interactors of the microtubule-associated protein CKAP2. By this approach, the authors revealed the Aurora A-TPX2 complex as a prominent interactor of CKAP2. Based on a series of further in-cellulo and in-vitro experiments, they propose that phosphorylation of CKAP2 by Aurora A decreases the binding affinity of CKAP2 to microtubules, thereby controlling mitotic spindle growth and stability. The authors propose an intriguing model containing a negative feedback loop of Aurora A activity at the spindle. Initially, Aurora A activity promotes mitotic spindle microtubule growth, but when the spindle matures, CKAP2 phosphorylation reduces microtubule polymerization, preventing excessive spindle growth/elongation and stabilizing its size and architecture. How microtubule polymerization activity is restrained to prevent excessive spindle elongation during mitosis is an important question and the proposed model is interesting. The study is overall well-designed and performed. However, several controls and experiments could be performed to strengthen the conclusions and further elucidate the underlying molecular mechanism.

      Major points: 1) Page 4, Fig. 1D - the authors state: "Given the central role of AurKA and TPX2 in spindle regulation, we focused on their interaction with CKAP2." - Aurora A and TPX2 are indeed interesting candidates to study in the context of interaction with CKAP2. However, KIF2A is a much stronger candidate according to the mass-spectrometry data, and it also has a central role in spindle regulation. Moreover, it has also been reported as a Aurora A-TPX2 interactor. Although not a primary topic of this study, the finding of KIF2A and potential meaning of this interaction could be better discussed in the text.

      We agree with the reviewer and will include a discussion around KIF2A as a potential CKAP2 interactor as well as a potential subject in future studies.

      2) Fig. S1A - After performing immunoprecipitation with CKAP2, reciprocal immunoprecipitation of TPX2 confirmed its association with both Aurora A and CKAP2. To provide another control and strengthen the results, reciprocal immunoprecipitation of Aurora A could be performed.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out and are suggesting performing the reciprocal immunoprecipitation in our revision plan.

      3) The main part that has been left unexplored, and which could significantly strengthen the conclusions and further elucidate the underlying molecular mechanism is generation and analysis of phospho-null and phospho-mimetic mutants of identified residues at CKAP2 N-terminus (Ser39, Ser76, Thr209, and Ser347). For instance, mutating all four residues in parallel could be a good starting point to test their effect on cellular phenotypes, microtubule binding and polymerization.

      In our revision, we plan to identify all Aurora A sites in CKAP2. We will introduce combinatorial and single-site mutations (both phosphomimetic and non-phosphorylatable) and assess their impact on mitotic spindles.

      4) The protein-protein interactions are proven using cell lysates, which contain all cellular proteins and resulting interactions may be indirect. Since the authors have already shown the ability to purify CKAP2, Aurora A and TPX2, it would be relevant to use these purified components and show direct interactions between individual proteins, including the used truncations.

      We agree with the reviewer that this is an important point to test and suggest performing Microscale Thermophoresis using purified proteins to test interactions directly, as well as measure the precise affinity between CKAP2, Aurora A and TPX2.

      5) If TPX2 promoted CKAP2 phosphorylation by Aurora A, reducing the levels of CKAP2 at microtubules, would TPX2 depletion (e.g. by siRNAs) lead to an increase of microtubule-bound CKAP2?

      We agree with the reviewer that this is a prediction from our model and our revision plan suggests performing the TPX2 knockdown and measuring changes of CKAP2 levels on spindles.

      6) Fig. 4A - It is difficult to understand how CKAP2 KO clone C12 exhibited reduced tubulin intensity but maintained normal TPX2 levels. Immunoblots showing the level of CKAP2 knock-out in all clones are required to understand the depletion efficiency.

      We agree that providing immunoblots for CKAP2 KO clones will be useful and suggest performing these in our revision plan.

      7) How microtubule polymerization activity is restrained to prevent excessive spindle elongation during mitosis is an important question and the proposed model based on AuroraA-TPX2 and CKAP2 is intriguing. The proposed negative feedback model could be further discussed in order to offer potential explanation how CKAP2 becomes more phosphorylated in later mitosis compared to the early stages. Is this simply time-dependent? Does it depend on specific localization of individual elements over time, or on regulation of Aurora A activity?

      These are indeed very interesting questions that we will attempt to address in the discussion. In short: While we do believe that Aurora A phosphorylation of CKAP2 is crucial in Metaphase, we do think that other kinases add crucial phosphorylation, particularly at the conserved C-terminus of CKAP2 in later stages, for example during Anaphase when CKAP2 switches localization from microtubules to chromatin.

      Minor points: 1) Page 6 - the authors state: "To test this directly, we expressed and purified CKAP2-GFP from E. coli and incubated the protein in vitro with recombinant GFP-AurKA (Fig. S1E) in the presence or absence of ATP." - However, the Fig. S1E does not exist and thus this needs to be corrected.

      This will be corrected in the revised manuscript.

      2) Page 8 - the authors state: "Our proteomic and immunoprecipitation analyses indicated that CKAP2 interacts directly with TPX2...". As mentioned above, direct interactions could be indicated only by using purified components.

      We agree and will perform direct measurements on purified components.

      3) Page 11 - the authors state: "Consistent with this, AurKA-dependent phosphorylation of CKAP2 reduces its microtubule binding affinity in vitro and in cells (Figs. 3 and 6G)." - Fig. 6G does not exist and thus this needs to be corrected. The authors probably referred to Fig. 3A,G.

      This will be corrected in the revised manuscript.

      4) It may be useful for the readers to provide a flow-chart-like model of the proposed feedback loop.

      We would be happy to provide a better graphical representation of the model, if space and editorial constraints allow.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      Strengths/Advance: The model is interesting and novel, with potential to expand our understanding of spindle microtubule growth and stability regulation during mitosis. The study is overall well-designed and performed. It has a potential to fill an important gap: how microtubule polymerization activity is restrained to prevent excessive spindle elongation during mitosis.

      Limitations: Listed above within the comments, along with suggested experiments that may serve to overcome the limitations. In brief, the proposed negative feedback model should be further discussed in order to offer potential explanation how CKAP2 becomes more phosphorylated in later mitosis compared to the early stages. Phospho-mutants of CKAP2 and pull-down with purified components could be used to strengthen the main conclusions.

      Audience: Broader cell biology-related audience, including more specialized in cell division.

      Reviewer's expertise: cell biology, mitosis, microtubules, mitotic spindle.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      This study reports that CKAP. a microtubule associated protein involved in the regulation of the mitotic spindle by promoting microtubule polymerization, is regulated by the Aurora-A kinase in association with its co-factor TPX2. The authors propose that this regulation fine-tunes the ability of CKAP to promote microtubule depolymerization and regulate the size of the mitotic spindle.

      The study is based on both in vitro assays with recombinant proteins and in cellulo assays in human tissue culture cells. the study makes the following key claims:

      • that CKAP interacts directly with Aurora-A/TPX2 based on IP-MS data and co-localization data.
      • that Aurora-A/TPX2 regulate CKAP via protein phosphorylation and that this phosphorylation event prevents CKAP from binding to microtubules. The authors also propose that CKAP presence favors the recruitment of TPX2 to the mitotic spindle
      • that this phosphorylation event fine-tunes the ability of CkAP to regulate spindle size

      Major comments: - with regard to the first claim, the presented data demonstrate that Aurora-A and TPX2 co-immunoprecipitate and co-localize, but they never show evidence that those proteins are direct interactors. To demonstrate this claim, the authors should perform co-IP experiments with recombinant proteins (which the authors) to exclude an indirect interaction.

      We agree with the reviewer that this is an important point to test. Instead of co-IP with purified proteins, we suggest performing microscale thermophoresis to test interactions directly, as well as measure the precise affinity between CKAP2, Aurora A, and TPX2, which we wouldn’t get out of co-IPs. We believe that Kd measurements would be helpful in sharpening our model.

      • a central claim of the study is that Aurora-A/TPX2 regulate CKAP by protein phosphorylation. While the presented data is interesting, it is far from conclusive.

      1) the authors first show that CKAP is phosphorylated in mitotic cells. They then report that this phosphorylation depends on Aurora-A by using an Aurora-A inhibitor on cells arrested in mitosis with the Eg5-inhibitor STLC. The first caveat here, is that Aurora-A inhibition will dramatically delay mitotic entry. The authors should show that the cells treated with STLC or STLC + the Aurora-A inhibitor are indeed both in mitosis, e.g. by blotting for cyclin B1.

      We agree with the reviewer and plan to provide assurance that cells are indeed in mitosis in our revised manuscript

      .

      2) the authors report via a series of protein kinase assays that Aurora-A phosphorylates CKAP (Figure 2F). The problem of such an assay is that recombinant kinases can be very promiscuous, especially when the kinase to substrate ratio is around 1 or higher than 1, as shown in Figure 2F. Moreover, in the present figure, the phosphorylation mark on CKAP is very low compared to Aurora-A itself. These experiments at this stage do not indicate that CKAP is a good Aurora-A substrate. A better way to carry out these epxeriments would be to a) have a kinase to substrate ratio of 1:100, and to compare the phospho-incoporation in CKAP with another known Aurora-A substrate.

      We agree with the reviewers that a 1:100 protein kinase ratio would give us a stronger confirmation of CKAP2 phosphorylation by Aurora A, and we suggest performing these in our revision plan.

      3) These concerns are not further alleviated by the kinase assays shown in Figure 4D, where the authors add TPX2 to the kinase reaction, and claim that TPX2 acts as a bridge between CKAP and Aurora-A. First the authors report that CKAP phosphorylation is markedly increased in the presence of TPX2: the presented data is not quantified, and the increase is not particularly strong. Moreover, TPX2 is an Aurora-A activator. Is it therefore not logic to see more CKAP phosphorylation without having to invoke a bridging function for TPX2? Again a comparison of Aurora-A activity on a known substrate as comparison would help.

      We agree that the bridging vs activating question is important. On the other hand, it is hard to address. We will follow the reviewer’s suggestion and attempt to tease these apart with a known Aurora A substrate.

      3) the most convincing data showing that Aurora-A can phosphorylate CKAP is presented in Figure 5, where the CKAP phosphorylation is more consequent, but again those experiments should be repeated with a different kinase to substrate ratio, to exclude a promiscuity artefact.

      As mentioned above, we agree with the reviewers that a 1:100 protein kinase ratio would give us a stronger confirmation of CKAP2 phosphorylation by Aurora A, and we suggest performing these in our revision plan.

      • another central claim of the study is that CKAP phosphorylation reduces its affinity for microtubules. While the in vitro data with recombinant proteins is convincing, the data presented in cells is less so, for the following reasons:

      1) in Figure 3A-C the authors measure beta-tubulin and CKAP levels over the whole spindle in a single Z-plane. the problem is that in the presented images the spindle is vastly different between DMSO and MLN8237-treated cells (in fact the DMSO-treated cells looks like an anaphase cells). To compensate for this the authors should first make sure that the cells are all the same stage of mitosis (MG132 treatment), and if there is still a strong difference in spindle length and height, consider quantifying these two proteins cumulatively over the whole spindle over several z-planes. Indeed, it cannot be excluded that the decrease in beta-tubulin observed by the authors, which is the parameter that changes, arise due to differences in spindle height.

      We agree with the reviewer that experiments in cells will never be as clear-cut as our in vitro experiments. Cell manipulation inherently introduces a slew of uncontrollables, which is why combining both approaches is the most powerful way to address both the direct biological impact of a manipulation (e.g., phosphorylation) on our system and its physiological relevance in cells. We will address both the experimental and conceptual concerns in our revised manuscript.

      2) the figure legend of figure 3C indicates that the authors performed 3 independent experiments with 50 cells each. However, they don't report the individual means of the experiments. Moreover, are the SEM error bars and the statistical tests generated based on N=3 independent experiments or 150 cells (which are not independent)? this information is essential to evaluated the reproducibility.

      We will provide improved plots and analysis for this data in our revised manuscript.

      • to support their model the authors also report that TPX2-levels decrease in 2 out 3 CKAP KO cells. These data are, at the moment, not particularly strong. Indeed, the decrease is only moderate and only seen in 2 out of 3 clones. The fact that in a third clone the authors could not see a decrease could indicate that the subtle changes in TXP2 levels, could just represent inter-clone variability. If the authors wanted to strengthen this aspect, they should in addition deplete acutely CKAP by siRNA and test for a decrease in TPX2-levels.

      In our revision plan, we suggest to perform this experiment exactly as outlined by the reviewer.

      • finally the last and most important claim of the study, is that Aurora-A/TPX-2 fine-tune the microtubule polymerization ability of CKAP in order to regulate spindle size. Unfortunately, there is no data supporting this particular model. The authors do not, e.g., provide data showing how a non-phosphorylatable CKAP would affect spindle size, which would be a direct test of their model. Instead at the current stage the presented model is only a speculation. Either the authors should provide direct evidence for a such a model, or strongly reduce their claim.

      We agree with the reviewer that this type of data would significantly strengthen our model. In our revision, we plan to identify all Aurora A sites in CKAP2. We will introduce combinatorial and single-site mutations (both phosphomimetic and non-phosphorylatable) and assess their impact on mitotic spindles.

      OPTIONAL: - the authors strongly imply that CKAP interacts with Aurora-A/TPX2 and not with Aurora B, which had been previously suggested. To strengthen this conclusion, the authors could also measure CKAP levels on the spindle in the presence of an Aurora B inhibitor.

      This experiment is already in the manuscript: Fig. S1D shows that treatment with the AurKB inhibitor ZM447439, at doses sufficient to cause severe chromosome segregation defects, does not alter CKAP2 localization on the spindle or chromatin. We will ensure this experiment is outlined clearer in a revised version of our manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      This study is potentially interesting and novel, linking the microtubule polymerisation driver CKAP to the Aurora-A/TPX2 regulation module. This interaction has not been reported so, far, and if the authors can substantiate their claims, this would be a very nice contribution to the mitosis/microtubule community. Unfortunately, at present stage many of the claims are (not yet) well supported by the experimental data

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      This manuscript investigates the regulation of CKAP2, a microtubule-associated protein whose polymerizing activity is essential for proper spindle formation during mitosis, and whose dysregulation (through either loss or overexpression) is known to drive chromosomal instability and aneuploidy. Despite this clear link to genome maintenance, the upstream mechanisms controlling CKAP2 activity have remained largely undefined. To address this gap, the authors performed immunoprecipitation of endogenous CKAP2 from mitotic RPE1 cells followed by mass spectrometry, in order to map its interaction partners. This approach identified the Aurora A kinase and its coactivator TPX2 as specific CKAP2 binding partners, notably excluding Aurora B, in contrast to earlier reports implicating that kinase. Building on this finding, the authors demonstrate that CKAP2 colocalizes with Aurora A-TPX2 complexes across mitotic stages and is directly phosphorylated by Aurora A, both in cellulo and in vitro. Functionally, this phosphorylation event reduces CKAP2's affinity for microtubules. Together, these results position CKAP2 as a new direct substrate of the Aurora A-TPX2 signaling axis and propose a phosphorylation-dependent mechanism that fine-tunes spindle microtubule growth and stability.

      Major Comments: 1. On page 7, the authors state that "These findings suggest that AurKA-mediated phosphorylation negatively regulates CKAP2's microtubule binding in cells." I feel that this is an overstatement, at least as it relates to the in-cell experiments. In fact in Fig. 3D, the authors show that CKAP2 levels are decreased after Aurora A inhibition (albeit not as much as microtubule density which is why relative CKAP2 levels appear higher). The authors should consider additional quantifications/normalizations/explanations or co-staining experiments to convincingly show the effect of AurA inhibition on CKAP2 in cells. Their in vitro TIRF data is much more convincing, however these are not mitotic microtubules (with all their modifications and MAPs).

      We agree with the reviewer that experiments on cells are, by their very nature, less controllable than our in vitro assays, since cellular manipulations inevitably introduce additional variables. It is precisely for this reason that we view the two approaches as complementary: The in vitro experiments allow us to define the direct mechanistic consequences of specific disruptions, such as phosphorylation, while the cellular experiments demonstrate their physiological relevance in a more complex biological context. Together, these approaches provide a more robust assessment than either system alone.

      We will address this with the same MG132-synchronized, whole-z-stack, properly normalized quantification described under Reviewer 2's parallel comment on Fig. 3A-C.

      Figure 4. A-C: It's very difficult to interpret the quantitative data from 4A because the authors only show non-normalized TPX2 levels and separately b-tubulin levels. To properly appreciate the function of CKAP2 on TPX2 localization, the authors need to show relative data per cell, either in a scatter plot or as the TPX2/b-tubulin ratio in a dot blot. Additionally, the authors need to clarify for quantifications of signal intensity and whether the same Z-section was used for all signals reported for an individual cell. This should be added to the methods.

      We will replot the data by cell and address all quantifications in our revised manuscript and methods.

      1. For the AlphaFold model, the authors need (at minimum) to show the pLDDT scores/local confidence scores and PAE plots in order to evaluate the validity of this model. This is a critical point because there's a significant amount of results and discussion that are built on this model.

      This is a great point. We will add pLDDT and PAE plots for the CKAP2-TPX2 AlphaFold model as a supplementary figure in our revised manuscript.

      Minor Comments: 1. Some of the figure legends are lacking sufficient clarity/detail to sufficiently describe the figure. The following legends need to be corrected/clarified. a. 1a: Presumably, there's a release step between the palbociclib treatment and the STLC. It would be helpful to place this consequently on the figure. Moreover, either in the methods or the figures legends, the authors should clarify what was used as the control for the IP. This is important for the correct interpretation of the results. b. 1b: This is not a phosphoproteomics screen (as far as this reviewer understood) and the wording of the legends needs to be corrected. c. 1c: The colours of the nodes in the network in figure 1c presumably reflect the enrich subnetworks that were identified. However, what these actually are and the statistical analysis remains unclear and thus it is difficult to appreciate the significance of this network. d. Fig. 2 and others: Overall, avoid using yellow for any labelling in the figures as this is quite difficult to read on a white background. e. Fig 2d, e (pro-diamond Q staining) are not particularly convincing and the total IP appears to be lower as well. The authors are encouraged to quantify signa intensity in a minimum of triplicate experiments. f. P6 : Reference to a FigS1E but there is no E in figure S1.

      We will address all these point in our revised manuscript.

      OPTIONAL experiment g. A major weakness of this manuscript is that the functional consequences of the AuroraA-Tpx2-CKAP2 complex on microtubule/spindle polymerization in the cell has not been addressed. For example, is the loss of spindle polymerization in TPX2/CKAP2 lacking cells exacerbated or rescued when the other protein is lost? There are certain predictions as to this functional interplay that can be tested with the tools and cell lines already in place, and this lab has certainly the expertise to see these through. These experiments would significantly increase the impact of this manuscript.

      We agree with the reviewer that this is an interesting question, but we think the scope of the implied experiments exceeds that of a regular revision.

      Identification of Aurora A phosphosites on CKAP2 either in vitro or in cells and testing the functional consequences would also significantly increase impact of this story. The authors may already have some clues to this in their mass spec data that they can exploit.

      In our revision, we plan to identify all Aurora A sites in CKAP2. We will introduce combinatorial and single-site mutations (both phosphomimetic and non-phosphorylatable) and assess their impact on mitotic spindles.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      • This study reports a new interaction between spindle binding/regulatory proteins that adds to our current understanding of microtubule dynamics and allows for a better understanding of the mitotic spindle dynamic and mitosis. It provides new insights on the function of CKAP2, a protein that is frequently overexpressed in cancer. A better understanding of the mechanisms of mitosis is essential in a lot of different processes but especially in cancer where it is almost always deregulated. • This is a well-written and easy to follow manuscript (for a cell biology expert at least) describing a new relationship between AurkA, TPX2 and CKAP2. Overall, with some minor exceptions, the conclusions provided by the authors are well-supported by the evidence. Methods are well presented and could be reproduced easily. A major limitation is that there's no evidence provided by the authors of the exact sites (other than from proteomics databases) that are regulated by AurKA, and even these sites were no tested. Nevertheless, this manuscript will be quite suitable for a specialized audience with an interest in the fundamental workings of mitosis and spindle biology.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Joint Public Review:

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The derivation of the main error term misses some important steps, which complicates peer review at this stage. In particular, factorisation of the covariance into noise and the inverse of the observation covariance matrix needs a more thorough justification. The cited sources do not contain the derivation for a noise term with full covariance, which is essential for deriving this error term.

      The derivation of the main error term misses some important steps, which complicates peer review at this stage

      We thank the reviewers for this careful observation. This concern is associated with the error term. Thus, we first clarified the noise assumption explicitly. We assume that ξ(t) is i.i.d. over time with zero mean and an arbitrary (not necessarily diagonal) positive definite covariance matrix .

      In particular, factorisation of the covariance into noise and the inverse of the observation covariance matrix needs a more thorough justification. The cited sources do not contain the derivation for a noise term with full covariance, which is essential for deriving this error term.

      The cited sources do contain the derivation for a noise term with full covariance. We have updated the citation that directly supports Eq. (S.2): Proposition 11.1 of Hamilton (1994, TimeSeries Analysis), which establishes the asymptotic distribution The proof, given in Appendix 11.A of Hamilton (1994), proceeds via a CLT for martingale difference sequences. See Theoretical Details of the Supplementary Materials.

      (2) The practical recommendation at the end of the paper also requires clearer guidance on how the design perturbations are constructed, and how many times and for how long the system is stimulated in each iteration of the experiment.

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. We agree that the practical implementation of the experimental design should be explained more clearly. We have addressed this concern in two ways. First, we have revised the manuscript to explicitly describe the parameter design procedure. Second, we have revised the manuscript to clearly provide a reference to the detailed experimental condition table in the supplementary material. See Results - Main Manuscript.

      (3) Finally, there is no analysis of model mis-specification. In particular, the true dynamics are unlikely to be linear; the noise is unlikely to be either Gaussian or uncorrelated across time; and the B matrix is unlikely to be known perfectly. We’re not suggesting that the authors consider a more complex model, but it’s important to know how sensitive their method is to model mismatch. If nothing can be done analytically, then simulations would at least provide some kind of guide.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point regarding model mis-specification. We agree that it is important to run simulations to assess the impact of these model mismatches, therefore we conducted preliminary simulations to assess the sensitivity when two primary assumptions are violated: linear state dynamics and a perfectly known input matrix B. We added these preliminary results in the Supplementary Material, and revised the main manuscript to include a mention of these results. In summary, the simulations showed:

      The model estimation error increases with the strength of the nonlinearity; however, perturbation can increase the information and lead to accurate estimation of the hidden mode even under nonlinearity.

      The matrix A can be estimated roughly even if the assumed input matrix B differs from the true matrix in some cases.

      The matrices A and B can be estimated jointly without bias, provided the stimulation pattern excites the full state space.

      In such joint estimation, preferentially exciting the hidden modes directly leads to more accurate estimation of A than stimulating other modes. See Background and Results - Main Manuscript, Experimental Conditions and Results - Supplementary Material.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      (1) Please tell us what tACS, tDCS, and TMS are, and how much control the experimenter has over them. That’s important, because they are going to be used as control signals, so we need to know how accurately u(t) can be specified, and what its range is.

      Please tell us what tACS, tDCS, and TMS are, and how much control the experimenter has over them.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s helpful comment. We agree that it is important to describe these stimulation methods with appropriate references. We have added a new section titled “Neural Stimulation as Control Inputs” to the background, which connects our theoretical framework to practical experimental settings.

      We need to know how accurately u(t) can be specified, and what its range is.

      The accuracy and range of control inputs vary substantially depending on the specific stimulation technique and experimental setup, and a thorough discussion would require a dedicated review beyond the scope of this manuscript. Instead, we have added a sentence acknowledging the gap between practical experimental implementations and the theoretical formulation, and cited relevant references for readers interested in further details.

      Background - Main Manuscript

      “Neural Stimulation as Control Inputs

      This section describes how commonly used neural stimulation techniques can be related to input signals in control theory. Their adjustable parameters vary depending on how the stimulation inputs are modulated.

      Three non-invasive electrical stimulation methods illustrate how stimulation paradigms map onto basic control inputs. Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) induces brief and transient perturbations via electromagnetic pulses [19], which are naturally represented as a sequence of impulse-like inputs, where the timing and intensity of each pulse are the primary controllable parameters. Transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS) primarily modulates neural activity through approximately constant inputs [26], which can be viewed as a step-like signal whose main controllable parameter is the amplitude of the applied current. Transcranial alternating current stimulation (tACS) delivers oscillatory inputs [7], corresponding to sinusoidal signals characterized by amplitude, frequency, and phase. In control theory, impulse, step, and sinusoidal inputs are the basic components used to characterize system responses and dynamics [22, 21].

      The control input framework extends beyond non-invasive techniques to invasive and optogenetic stimulation. Invasive electrical stimulation, including intracranial microstimulation and deep brain stimulation (DBS), enables direct delivery of electrical inputs to neural tissue [17], providing flexible control over amplitude and timing through pulse trains or temporally structured waveforms. Optogenetic stimulation allows genetically targeted activation or inhibition of specific neurons using light [5], providing fine-grained control over multiple input dimensions, including amplitude (light intensity), temporal pattern, and cell-type specificity. In particular, recent developments enable stimulation at the level of individual neurons with high temporal precision [27, 16], allowing flexible construction of spatiotemporal input patterns.

      These stimulation examples demonstrate that the theoretical framework developed in this paper connects to practical experimental settings. While a substantial gap remains between idealized control inputs in theory and experimentally realizable stimulation, the core principles established in the following sections provide a foundation that naturally extends to these practical stimulation paradigms.”

      (2) Is the solid curve in the last panel of Figure 4b the prediction? If not, are the data points consistent with the prediction in Equation 8? This should be clear.

      Thank you for this question. The solid curve shows the empirical eigenvalues of the state covariance matrix, not the eigenvalues of matrix A. As shown in Equation 9, the estimation error is proportional to the inverse of the sum of the eigenvalues of the state covariance matrix. We have clarified these points by revising the main text and the figure captions. See Results - Main Manuscript.

      (3) Page 10, "Nodes 7 and 8 have only outgoing edges". It looks like node 7 has an incoming edge from node 8 (Fig. 6b). Or are we misinterpreting something?

      Thank you for pointing out this inconsistency. You are correct. Node 7 did have an incoming edge from Node 8 and contradicted the statement in the text. Moreover, we now think that two hub nodes (Node 7 and 8) are not necessary for demonstrating our primary theory. To resolve these issues, we have revised the simulation so that the network now contains a single hub node with only outgoing edges. Please refer to Fig. 6.

      (4) Figure 6f, g: why isn't the estimation error proportional to tr[Sig_x^{-1}]?

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. In the original manuscript, the estimation error in Figure 6f, g was plotted on a logarithmic scale, which obscured the proportional relationship with . The underlying values are indeed proportional, consistent with our theoretical prediction.

      In the revised manuscript, we have substantially reorganized Figure 6 to make the theoretical reasoning more transparent by using 1/µ instead of following Eq. 9. The sum across the column in panel (g) is proportional to the estimation error shown in panel (h).

      (5) Page 11, "The simulation was conducted with a single node receiving an impulse-shaped perturbation input." What’s an "impulse-shaped perturbation input"? A delta function? Please make this clear.

      Thank you for this clarifying question. We clarified the explanation as follows.

      Results - Main Manuscript

      “Each node was individually perturbed by an impulse input. Here, an impulse input is defined as a Kronecker delta at t = 0 with fixed amplitude α = 10, with no external input applied at any subsequent time step.”

      (6) Page 11, "Fig. 6d shows that the system possesses modes with small absolute eigenvalues." According to Figure 6d, all the absolute eigenvalues are between 9.9 and 9.98. So this statement appears not to be correct. Are we missing something?

      Thank you for pointing this out. You are correct. The previous statement was inconsistent with the figure. In the revised simulation, we have redesigned the network so that it clearly contains modes with distinct damping characteristics: heavily damped modes with absolute eigenvalues below 0.8 and lightly damped modes with absolute eigenvalues close to 1.0 (see revised Fig. 6c). This makes the relationship between mode damping and perturbation effectiveness much more transparent.

      Results - Main Manuscript

      “Figs. 6c shows the damping rates |λA| of the eigenvalues of A: the mode formed by Nodes 1 and 2 (15Hz) is heavily damped, while those formed by Nodes 3–6 are moderately damped. Node 7 serves as a hub with only outgoing edges.”

      (7) Page 11, "Crucially, the eigenvectors corresponding to these rapidly decaying modes (e.g., evec 7, evec 8) have their largest components concentrated at Nodes 7 and 8." If "nodes" are the same as "eigenvalue index", then the components on node 8 are zero (Figure 6e, bottom). In any case, it should be clear what you mean.

      Thank you for this comment. We agree that the previous description regarding eigenvectors was unclear and inconsistent with the figure. We now think that explaining with eigenvectors is not necessary for demonstrating our primary theory. We have therefore replaced the plots of eigenvectors with the reciprocals of the eigenvalues of Σ<sub>X</sub>, which are directly and rigorously explained by Equation (9). These reciprocals clearly show that the modes associated with Nodes 1 and 2 are heavily damped and applying perturbations to these nodes contribute to the estimation error and the perturbations to hub node (Node 7) broadly increases all eigenvalues of Σ<sub>X</sub>, thereby reducing the estimation error across all modes. This change ensures that all simulation results are grounded in the theory presented in the paper. Please refer to the revised Fig. 6d–g for details.

      (8) It’s not clear to us what’s plotted in Figure 6e. The real part of the eigenvectors? Which would explain why some of the eigenvectors are the same (e.g., 1 and 2). But that does not seem like a good idea, since the eigenvectors can be rotated by an arbitrary complex phase. Also, eigenvectors 7 and 8 seem totally opposite, and there’s no weight at all on index 6 and index 8. Could there be a mistake in the figure? In addition, Figure 6e is explained and interpreted in two different paragraphs, discussing the same observation. It would be easier to understand if they were moved to the same paragraph. Also, in the second paragraph where plot 6e is referenced (page 11, line 19), what does ’concentrated’ mean?

      Thank you for this comment. As described in our response to Comment (7), we have removed the eigenvector-based analysis from the revised simulation to prevent confusing readers. The revised results focus on quantities that are directly explained by Equation (9). Please refer to the revised Fig. 6 for the updated results.

      (9) Page 11, "This simulation demonstrates that, given a tentative connectivity matrix, an effective perturbation input (such as TMS or tDCS) can be designed by targeting the node with the highest weighted out-degree." "Demonstrates" seems strong. There is only one simulation, and that wasn’t totally convincing: a perturbation applied to node 7 did almost the same as a perturbation applied to nodes 1-6, even though it had a much higher outdegree than those nodes. It would be very helpful if you provided theoretical reasoning for why perturbing nodes with high-weight connections (Figure 6) minimises the prediction error. In particular, which properties of a hub node make it effective as a stimulation target? Why is it just its total output weights and not also its number of edges/centrality? How is the high output weight of a node related to its alignment with other eigenvectors, and is this always the case or just in this example?

      Demonstrates seems strong.

      Thank you for this important comment. We agree that "demonstrates" was too strong and have replaced it with "illustrates."

      It would be very helpful if you provided theoretical reasoning for why perturbing nodes with high-weight connections (Figure 6) minimises the prediction error.

      We agree with this comment. We have revised the simulation and accompanying text to connect the results directly to the main theory based on . As responded to Comments (7) and (8), we have removed the eigenvector-based analysis and instead plotted the reciprocals of the eigenvalues of Σ<sub>X</sub>, which are directly related to the estimation error via Equation (9). This change allows us to provide a clear theoretical explanation for why perturbing certain nodes minimizes the prediction error.

      Is this always the case or just in this example?

      We have also explicitly stated the limitations: whether a hub node or a specific subnetwork node is more effective depends on factors such as the outgoing edge weights from the hub and the individual damping rates of each mode. The revised text emphasizes that this simulation presents one example of perturbation location design, and the optimal strategy must be evaluated case by case using the theoretical framework of Equation (9).

      Results - Main Manuscript

      “As this simulation represents only one example of location design, its limitations and the corresponding countermeasures should be stated. In actual experiments, the most effective perturbation location depends on factors such as hub-node connectivity and modal damping rates, and B itself may not always be known a priori. In such cases, approaches such as iterative optimization of (described in a later section) and joint estimation of A and B (Supplementary Material B.3) provide systematic alternatives. Nevertheless, the results presented here provide an intuitive guideline: stimulation directed at hub nodes or at nodes driving heavily damped modes effectively excites the full set of dynamical modes and minimizes estimation error.”

      (10) What are the physical units for the time scales and stimulation amplitudes? For instance, on page 13, there is an argument that "In practical experiments, such long windows are unrealistic because neural states change rapidly over time." However, it is unclear whether T=100 a.u. or T=1000 a.u. etc. is realistic. By relating it to the eigenspectrum of A, which is supposed to be physiologically realistic, one can estimate the length of the stimulation window and support the above statement. Similarly, the impulse amplitude on page 13 is alpha=10<sup>20</sup> (a.u.). Also, Table 1 in the Supplementary has an extremely wide range of stimulation amplitudes. Is 10<sup>20</sup> a.u. a feasible amplitude in practice? And finally, please tell us which nodes the input was applied to.

      Thank you for your incisive comments. We have addressed each comment as follows.

      What are the physical units for the time scales and stimulation amplitudes?

      They don’t have physical units. This study is a theoretical investigation that focuses on the relative differences between passive observation and perturbation-based approaches, rather than providing precise predictions for specific experimental settings. The time scales and stimulation amplitudes are therefore expressed in arbitrary units.

      For instance, on page 13, there is an argument that "In practical experiments, such long windows are unrealistic because neural states change rapidly over time." However, it is unclear whether T=100 a.u. or T=1000 a.u. etc. is realistic.

      We agree that the original expression “unrealistic” was not appropriate given the arbitrary units. We have revised the text to clarify that the time scales are in arbitrary units and that the main point is about the relative difference in required data length between passive observation and perturbation-based approaches, rather than making an absolute claim about feasibility.

      Results - Main Manuscript

      “To obtain estimates under the passive condition that are comparable to those derived under perturbation, it is necessary to experimentally observe extensive time-series data. Figure 7f illustrates the LDA projection and classification accuracy for different time-series lengths. The leftmost LDA plot (T = 20) corresponds to the passive condition shown in Fig. 7c, indicating that the estimation performance in the passive condition becomes comparable to that in the perturbation condition only when the time window reaches approximately T = 200, a 10-fold increase compared to T = 20. While the absolute duration depends on the interpretation of the time unit, such time windows may not be prohibitive in some experimental settings. Nevertheless, our results consistently show that passive observation requires substantially longer recordings to achieve comparable performance, highlighting the efficiency of the perturbation-based approach when the available data length is limited.”

      Is 10<sup>20</sup> a.u. a feasible amplitude in practice?

      Although we have already stated that the stimulation amplitudes are in arbitrary units, we agree that the original value of 10<sup>20</sup> was excessively large and could be misleading. We have revised the impulse amplitude from 10<sup>20</sup> to 10<sup>2</sup>, as 10<sup>20</sup> is physically unrealistic—it would imply a stimulus intensity many orders of magnitude beyond any conceivable experimental setting. The revised value of 10<sup>2</sup> is more plausible: for reference, TMS stimulation voltages exceed typical EEG amplitudes by roughly 4–6 orders of magnitude. The classification accuracy decreased slightly; however, our main conclusion regarding the efficiency of the perturbation-based approach under limited data remains unchanged. See Table B.1.

      Finally, please tell us which nodes the input was applied to.

      The stimulus location was optimized to minimize the . We have clarified this procedure in the main text and added a visual indication of the selected stimulation site (red circles) in Fig.7.

      Results - Main Manuscript

      “The neural signals were simulated under five different task conditions and two stimulation conditions: passive observation and external perturbation. Perturbation was applied as impulse-type inputs, such as TMS. The stimulus location was determined for each task condition by applying an impulse to each node and selecting the one that minimized . The resulting time-series data are shown in Fig. 7b. Using this data, we estimated the underlying dynamical system via a control-based identification approach presented in Eq. 5, which corresponds to an estimation of functional connectivity.

      (11) Page 13: "The controlled transition test was run with T = 1." Previously, T referred to the number of time steps. Is that the case here? If so, that seems hard to justify. If not, please tell us what T is (and, ideally, use a different symbol).

      Is that the case here?

      No. In this context, T does not denote the number of time steps.

      If not, please tell us what T is (and, ideally, use a different symbol).

      Thank you for your helpful comment. We have standardized the notation throughout the manuscript. In this paper, T consistently denotes the number of time steps (i.e., data length). In the sections “Neural State Classification” and “Neural State Transitions,” we had mistakenly used T to refer to time length. To resolve this inconsistency, we have added a separate column labeled “Data Length (T)” to Table B.1 for clarification and replaced the previous usage of T with “data length” where appropriate.

      Results - Main Manuscript

      “To obtain estimates under the passive condition that are comparable to those derived under perturbation, it is necessary to experimentally observe extensive time-series data. Figure 7f illustrates the LDA projection and classification accuracy for different time-series lengths. The leftmost LDA plot (T = 20) corresponds to the passive condition shown in Fig. 7c, indicating that the estimation performance in the passive condition becomes comparable to that in the perturbation condition only when the time window reaches approximately T = 200, a 10-fold increase compared to T = 20. While the absolute duration depends on the interpretation of the time unit, such time windows may not be prohibitive in some experimental settings. Nevertheless, our results consistently show that passive observation requires substantially longer recordings to achieve comparable performance, highlighting the efficiency of the perturbation-based approach when the available data length is limited.”

      Results - Main Manuscript

      “The controlled transition test was run with T = 50. The control objective was to set nodes3 and 4 to 25 while keeping all other nodes at 0 without any movement. See Table B.1.”

      (12) Page 14: "where the matrix A (Fig. 10a) is designed to have 16 modes." What do you mean by has "16 nodes"?

      Thank you for pointing this out. By “16 modes,” we refer to 16 dynamical eigenmodes (i.e., 16 eigenvalue pairs). In the real-valued state-space representation used in the simulations, each complex conjugate pair corresponds to a 2-dimensional real block, resulting in a 32-dimensional system (32 nodes). We revised the wording to clearly distinguish between the number of dynamical modes and the dimensionality (number of nodes) of the state vector, to avoid confusion.

      Results - Main Manuscript

      “Iterative refinement of both the perturbation design and the estimation process progressively improves the accuracy of A. The time-series data is collected from 32 points, where the matrix A (Fig. 10a) is designed to have 16 oscillatory modes (i.e., 16 complex-conjugate eigenvalue pairs, yielding 32 eigenvalues in total).”

      (13) In Figure 10b, the y-axis should start at zero; otherwise, it’s a bit misleading how much the active perturbation helps. This will make it clear that the estimation error drops by about 33%. It would be worth commenting on whether this is typical; after all, potential users of this method would want to know how much improvement they’re likely to see.

      It would be worth commenting on whether this is typical; after all, potential users of this method would want to know how much improvement they’re likely to see.

      Thank you for this insightful comment. We agree with the reviewer that quantifying the expected improvement would be valuable for experimental practice. However, this simulation is a theoretical demonstration. Its primary purpose was to show that an iterative active perturbation approach can progressively converge to an optimal perturbation design even without prior knowledge of the true system, rather than to quantify a universally expected improvement rate.

      The y-axis should start at zero; otherwise, it’s a bit misleading how much the active perturbation helps.

      We believe that the y-axis should start at the accuracy with optimal perturbation because the primary purpose of this simulation was to demonstrate that an iterative active perturbation approach can progressively converge. If we had started the y-axis at zero, the message would be visually obscured.

      Potential users of this method would want to know how much improvement they’re likely to see.

      We acknowledge that this is one example of the application of our method, and the magnitude of improvement depends on various factors such as network structure, noise level, and stimulation design. We should not mislead the readers. We have therefore maintained the y-axis starting point and added a clarifying statement in the revised manuscript to indicate that the simulation is case-specific rather than universal.

      Results - Main Manuscript

      “These results should be interpreted as a case-specific illustration rather than a universal gain, as the magnitude of improvement depends on factors such as network structure, recording duration, noise level, and stimulation design. This simulation demonstrates that our perturbation design framework enables the step-by-step refinement of system identification even without prior knowledge of the system.”

      (14) Please provide a derivation for the factorised covariance in Equation S.2. This is the equation that underpins the main result of the paper - the error in dynamical system estimation. Currently, it appears to be taken from [Hamilton, J. D. Time Series Analysis], yet we were unable to find this result in the book. Most of the derivations in Chapters 8.1 and 8.2 assume diagonal noise covariance, and even isotropic noise (cov = sigma*2 * I), which simplifies the particular case of the derivations. Could the authors provide a reference or the derivation for the case with full covariance?

      As described in our response to the Weakness above, the relevant result is Proposition 11.1 of Hamilton (1994), not Chapters 8.1–8.2. Proposition 11.1 states the asymptotic distribution of the vectorised OLS estimator in a VAR model with i.i.d. innovations whose covariance matrix Ω is an arbitrary positive definite matrix. The factorisation in our Eq. (S.2) corresponds directly to the revised manuscript we explicitly cite “Hamilton (1994), Proposition 11.1” at Eq. (S.1) and in Hamilton’s Proposition 11.1, with and . In state the i.i.d. assumption on ξ(t) in the preceding paragraph, so that the connection to this result is unambiguous. See Theoretical Details Supplementary.

      (15) Strongly perturbing/Exciting fast-decaying modes to give them more ’runway’ and increase observed variability makes intuitive sense for a normal system. But what would happen in the case of non-normal dynamics, where stimulating one dimension only transiently amplifies it, but then excites other dimensions? Non-normality breaks the alignment between PC components and dynamic modes (see Kumar, Ankit, Loren M. Frank, and Kristofer E. Bouchard. "Identifying feedforward and feedback controllable subspaces of neural population dynamics." arXiv preprint arXiv:2408.05875 (2024)), so eigenvectors of A and Σ<sub>X</sub> won’t align for non-normal dynamics. This alignment appears to be a hidden assumption of this paper. Should the normal dynamics then be stated as an assumption/limitation of the framework? Is the example in Figure 6a highly non-normal? Does considering out-degree provide an empirical approach, an alternative to ’enlargement’, to dealing with non-normality?

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment regarding non-normal dynamics.

      Should normal dynamics be stated as an assumption/limitation of the framework?

      No. Our framework does not assume normal dynamics. For example, Figure 5 and the revised Figure 6 illustrate non-normal cases. In Figure 5, the row and column norms of A differ substantially (row norms ≈ [1.96, 4.05, 1.33, 4.70]; column norms ≈ [6.14, 1.94, 1.39, 0.87]). In Figure 6, Node 7 is a hub with only outgoing edges, so row 7 of A is zero while column 7 has nonzero entries. In addition, the Nodes 5–6 and Nodes 3–4 are strictly one-way, leaving the corresponding off-diagonal block upper-triangular. Both features break the symmetry required for normality.

      We additionally computed a commutator-based non-normality index which equals 0 for any normal matrix and approaches for the canonical maximally non-normal example (the 2×2 nilpotent Jordan block). The non-normality index is 1.34 for Figure 5 and 0.41 for Figure 6. These values confirm that both are clearly non-normal.

      Is the example in Figure 6a highly non-normal?

      Yes. As stated above, the network structure of Figure 6a clearly indicates non-normality.

      Does considering out-degree provide an empirical approach, an alternative to ‘enlargement’, to dealing with non-normality?

      No. In the previous manuscript, the results of out-degree and eigenvector structure were provided as supplementary intuition. However, the central contribution of our framework lies in maximizing the minimum eigenvalue µ of the observed state covariance (Equation 9), and for systems where non-normality is strong and subnetwork structure is less modular, the iterative optimization of provides a principled, assumption-free method. We clearly mentioned this point in the revised manuscript as follows. See Results in the main manuscript.

      (16) In the iterative experiment at the very end of the paper (Figure 10), what was the strategy for designing ‘u<sub>design</sub>´? How many stimulations were applied in an iteration? Are you stimulating along eigenvectors? Do you sample from components randomly, or perturb each of them individually, with the amplitude proportional to reciprocals?

      Thank you for this important question. We have clarified the design rule and stimulation protocol in the revised manuscript, and address each sub-question below.

      How many stimulations were applied in an iteration?

      One stimulation session was applied in an iteration.

      Are you stimulating along eigenvectors?

      The optimal stimulation is designed as the target node of the perturbation is determined through numerical optimization that minimizes

      Do you sample from components randomly, or perturb each of them individually, with the amplitude proportional to reciprocals?

      The optimal stimulation is designed as a composite-frequency sinusoidal input encompassing all modes of the estimated Â, and the target node of the perturbation is determined through numerical optimization that minimizes . See Results - Main Manuscript.

      (17) While it is clear that the proposed active method performs better than passive observation, some results lack a comparison with stimulating random directions/nodes with a comparable control energy (Figure 7e & Figure 10b).

      Thank you for your helpful comment. Although the optimally designed stimulation outperforms random stimulation, the previous stimulation settings were not configured to explicitly demonstrate this difference. Therefore, we modified the network structure, recording length, and stimulation intensity so that both the main messages and the difference from random stimulation can be shown simultaneously. Accordingly, we have added a comparison with random stimulation in both Figure 7e and Figure 10b.

      In Figure 7e, we included a random stimulation condition where the target node is selected randomly, and the results show that the optimized stimulation outperforms random stimulation.

      These additions strengthen the evidence for the effectiveness of our proposed method compared to non-optimized approaches.

      (18) Is it reasonable to assume full observability of the system? It would be interesting to consider biases arising from the partial observability of the system, in the spirit of Figure 9, which looked at partial controllability.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that partial observability is an important consideration, however it is out of scope for the current work. Thus, we have added a future direction in the Discussion addressing partial observability. We note that Takens’ embedding theorem and Hankel DMD enable recovery of a system’s eigenvalues from partial observations, and since our framework relies on the eigenvalue structure of A, the proposed perturbation design remains applicable under partial observability.

      Discussion - Main Manuscript

      “Two directions warrant further investigation: extending the framework to partial observability, and validating it through stimulation experiments. In experimental neuroscience, recordings are often limited to a subset of neural populations, resulting in partial observability. A growing body of work has leveraged delay-embedding techniques, represented by Takens’ embedding theorem [25], to reconstruct hidden dynamics from partial observations [2, 3, 23, 11]. Applying such techniques enables the estimation of the full connectivity matrix, thereby extending our framework to settings with partial observability. The second direction concerns experimental validation. Validating a theoretical framework through experimental design is an essential in bridging the gap between theory and practice.”

      Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation.

      (1) The word ’state’ is overloaded in Figure 7. When talking about neural state classification, the ’state’ refers to a regime guided by a distinct dynamics A (should it be A<sub>i</sub>? Figure 7A bottom). However, each dynamical system also has a ’state’. A different word should be used in Figure 7A and the corresponding text.

      We agree that the terminology is potentially confusing. To avoid the confusion, we replaced the term “state” with “task condition” and “neural signal” in the main text, and revised Fig. 7.

      Results - Main Manuscript

      “We designed a neural network with clearly distinct task conditions and considered a simulation setting in which these conditions are classified using signals of a fixed duration. These distinct task conditions consist of five types, each defined by a unique linear dynamical system characterized by differing eigenvalue spectra and connectivity topologies of matrix A (Fig. 7a). These task conditions are intended to mimic different cognitive or behavioral contexts. For example, in a typical motor task experiment, such conditions could correspond to motor execution or imagery involving the left or right hand, or resting state [1, 24]. The neural signal was simulated under five different task conditions and two stimulation conditions: passive observation and external perturbation. Perturbation was applied as impulse-type inputs, such as TMS. The stimulus location was determined for each task condition by applying an impulse to each node and selecting the one that minimized . The resulting time-series data are shown in Fig. 7b. Using this data, we estimated the underlying dynamical system via a control-based identification approach presented in Eq. 5, which corresponds to an estimation of functional connectivity.”

      (2) It would be helpful to provide dimensions of matrices around Equation S.2, since vectorization makes dimensions hard to track.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We agree that explicitly stating the matrix dimensions improves readability, particularly around the Kronecker product where vectorization can obscure the size of the resulting covariance matrix. We have revised the text as follows (the equation S.2 is 3 now). See Theoretical Details of the Supplementary Materials.

      (3) The background sections of the paper would benefit from referring to similar active perturbation methods: Wagenmaker, Andrew, et al. "Active learning of neural population dynamics using two-photon holographic optogenetics." Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 37 (2024): 31659-31687. Minai, Yuki, et al. "MiSO: Optimizing brain stimulation to create neural activity states." Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 37 (2024): 24126-24149.

      We thank the reviewer for these helpful suggestions. We have incorporated Wagenmaker et al. (2024) and Minai et al. (2024) into the Introduction. Their works focus on developing algorithmic approaches to active stimulation design for specific experimental platforms, while our work aims to establish a general theoretical framework for why and which perturbation inputs are effective has yet to be established. We cited these works and have clarified this distinction in the revised manuscript as follows.

      Introduction - Main Manuscript

      “In this paper, we propose a framework for designing the optimal perturbation input through control theory in neuroscience. We interpret neural dynamics as a control system [8, 6, 14, 12, 20, 24], and treat external perturbations as control inputs to design properties of neural stimulation (Fig. 1d). If the optimal perturbation input can be systematically designed, it becomes possible to steer the neural system toward states that are maximally informative (Fig. 1e), thereby enhancing the accuracy of the inferred connectivity (Fig. 1f). While recent studies have begun to develop algorithmic approaches to active stimulation design for specific experimental platforms [18, 28], a general theoretical framework for why and which perturbation inputs are effective has yet to be established. We first describe how to formulate neural dynamics as a control system and how to estimate the model parameters from observed data. Building upon this formulation, we derive a theoretical basis that enables us to design the optimal perturbation inputs for the neural system identification. We demonstrate the validity and utility of this theoretical basis by exploring its implications for optimizing parameters of common neurostimulation techniques and by applying it to practical examples, including neural state classification [4, 9, 1, 24] and control of neural states [8, 13, 14, 12]. In these demonstrations, we define concrete problems and apply the theory to validate its practical utility.”

      Minor corrections to the text and figures.

      (1) In Figure 3, it would be helpful to point out that the plots are in the subspace spanned by the first three principal components.

      Thank you for pointing out. We revised the caption of the Fig.3 as follows. See Results - Main Manuscript.

      (2) Figure 4 caption: "eigenvectors" –> "eigenvectors of Σ<sub>X</sub>", just to make it crystal clear (since A also has eigenvectors).

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have revised the caption of Figure 4. See Results - Main Manuscript.

      (3) Page 5, Equation (8): Capital xi should be introduced in the main text of the paper as the covariance matrix for the noise term xi. Now it can only be understood after reading the Supplementary. Or maybe call the covariance matrix Σ<sub>ξ</sub>rather than Σ<sub>ξ</sub>? That will probably make it clearer.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have made both changes. First, we introduced the noise covariance matrix explicitly in the main text immediately after Eq. (1), defining. Second, we replaced the notation Σ<sub>ξ</sub> with Σ<sub>ξ</sub>(lowercase subscript matching the noise variable throughout the main text and supplementary.

      (4) Page 7, Equation (14): The description of the equation states "The covariance matrices of x(t) for impulse inputs can be written as:... ". We assume this is supposed to be the "state vector," not "covariance matrices".

      Thank you for catching this. We have corrected the wording to “state vector” instead of “covariance matrices". See Results - Main Manuscript

      (5) Page 10, after introducing Figures 6a-b, potentially a sentence is missing (’...’ in the first line of the last paragraph).

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have removed the placeholder along with updating the stimulation settings for Figure 6.

      (6) Page 10, Figure 6 (e): A clearer labelling would be helpful, e.g., a title for the legend (e.g. node index) and a more informative title (e.g. Eigenvector alignment with nodes), a caption (what is the take-home message?), and y-axis labels (what is the ’value’?).

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. We have revised the Figure 6 taking your suggestion into account. The new figure includes a clearer title, axis labels, and an informative caption that highlights the key take-home message. See Results - Main Manuscript

      (7) Page 11, paragraph 1: The sentence "...(as discussed in Section)" is missing a section reference.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have replaced the section reference placeholder with the equation reference to Equation (9), which is the relevant theoretical result.

      (8) Page 13, caption of Figure 8c: compputed -> computed.

      We have corrected this typo. We also reviewed the manuscript for any similar typographical errors and corrected them.

      (9) Page 14 Figure 9: The y-axis label for "Controlled State Process" plots is missing.

      Thank you for catching this. The y-axis was hidden by other elements in the figure. We have revised the figure layout to ensure that the y-axis label is visible.

      (10) Page 16: The sentence "As described in Section, a preliminary ... " is missing a section reference

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have corrected the missing reference. The sentence now reads “as shown in Fig. 10” rather than the incomplete “as described in Section.”

      (11) Page 16, Fig. 10c: It looks like the errors have inconsistent color ranges. A shared colorbar would help.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have revised Figure 10c to use a shared colorbar across all subplots.

      (12) Page 17, Paragraph preceding eq. 16: "the eigenvectors of X" --> "the eigenvectors of Sigma_X".

      Thank you for catching this. We have revised the text. See Methods - Main Manuscript.

      (13) S.1: This is a GLS, not an OLS estimator, if this assumes full noise covariance.

      As stated in our response to the Weakness above, we assume the noise term ξ(t) is i.i.d. with covariance matrix Σ<sub>ξ</sub>, and the estimator we analyze is the OLS estimator. See Theoretical Details - Supplementary Material.

      (14) S.2: Unclear that⊗is the Kronecker product (not outer), as it is not defined.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this ambiguity. In the revised Supplementary Material, we have explicitly explained the Kronecker product with a reference to Hamilton [10, Appendix A.4, p. 732]. See Theoretical Details - Supplementary Material.

      (15) S.51: There is an accidental comma between alpha and A after "xdiff(t) ="

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have removed the accidental comma. See Theoretical Details - Supplementary Material.

      (16) Section B.2: It would be useful to have the simulation details for that section (as is given for the other section in B.1).

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have added a dedicated “Simulation details” paragraph to Appendix B.5 (the section containing Fig. B.4) so that the setup is now described with the same level of specificity as the other appendix sections. See Experimental Conditions and Results - Supplementary Material.

      References

      (1) Irma N Angulo-Sherman, Marisol Rodríguez-Ugarte, Nadia Sciacca, Eduardo Iáñez, and José M Azorín. Effect of tDCS stimulation of motor cortex and cerebellum on EEG classification of motor imagery and sensorimotor band power. J. Neuroeng. Rehabil., 14(1):31, April 2017.

      (2) Hassan Arbabi and I Mezić. Computation of transient koopman spectrum using hankeldynamic mode decompoisition. APS, page G1.009, November 2017.

      (3) Steven L Brunton, Bingni W Brunton, Joshua L Proctor, Eurika Kaiser, and J Nathan Kutz. Chaos as an intermittently forced linear system. Nat. Commun., 8(1):19, May 2017.

      (4) Adenauer G Casali, Olivia Gosseries, Mario Rosanova, Mélanie Boly, Simone Sarasso, Karina R Casali, Silvia Casarotto, Marie-Aurélie Bruno, Steven Laureys, Giulio Tononi, and Marcello Massimini. A theoretically based index of consciousness independent of sensory processing and behavior. Sci. Transl. Med., 5(198), August 2013.

      (5) Karl Deisseroth. Optogenetics. Nat. Methods, 8(1):26–29, January 2011.

      (6) Shikuang Deng, Jingwei Li, B T Thomas Yeo, and Shi Gu. Control theory illustrates the energy efficiency in the dynamic reconfiguration of functional connectivity. Commun. Biol., 5(1):295, April 2022.

      (7) Shrey Grover, Renata Fayzullina, Breanna M Bullard, Victoria Levina, and Robert M G Reinhart. A meta-analysis suggests that tACS improves cognition in healthy, aging, and psychiatric populations. Sci. Transl. Med., 15(697):eabo2044, May 2023.

      (8) Shi Gu, Fabio Pasqualetti, Matthew Cieslak, Qawi K Telesford, Alfred B Yu, Ari E Kahn, John D Medaglia, Jean M Vettel, Michael B Miller, Scott T Grafton, and Danielle S Bassett. Controllability of structural brain networks. Nat. Commun., 6:8414, October 2015.

      (9) Mark Hallett, Riccardo Di Iorio, Paolo Maria Rossini, Jung E Park, Robert Chen, Pablo Celnik, Antonio P Strafella, Hideyuki Matsumoto, and Yoshikazu Ugawa. Contribution of transcranial magnetic stimulation to assessment of brain connectivity and networks. Clin. Neurophysiol., 128(11):2125–2139, November 2017.

      (10) James Douglas Hamilton. Time Series Analysis. Princeton University Press, Princeton, 1994.

      (11) Ann Huang, Mitchell Ostrow, Satpreet H Singh, Leo Kozachkov, Ila Fiete, and Kanaka Rajan. InputDSA: Demixing then comparing recurrent and externally driven dynamics. arXiv [q-bio.NC], November 2025.

      (12) Shunsuke Kamiya, Genji Kawakita, Shuntaro Sasai, Jun Kitazono, and Masafumi Oizumi. Optimal control costs of brain state transitions in linear stochastic systems. J. Neurosci., 43(2):270–281, January 2023.

      (13) Teresa M Karrer, Jason Z Kim, Jennifer Stiso, Ari E Kahn, Fabio Pasqualetti, Ute Habel, and Danielle S Bassett. A practical guide to methodological considerations in the controllability of structural brain networks. J. Neural Eng., 17(2):026031, April 2020.

      (14) Genji Kawakita, Shunsuke Kamiya, Shuntaro Sasai, Jun Kitazono, and Masafumi Oizumi. Quantifying brain state transition cost via schrödinger bridge. Netw. Neurosci., 6(1):118– 134, February 2022.

      (15) Hassan K Khalil. Nonlinear systems. Prentice-Hall, Upper Saddle River, NJ, 2002.

      (16) Paul K LaFosse, Zhishang Zhou, Jonathan F O’Rawe, Nina G Friedman, Victoria M Scott, Yanting Deng, and Mark H Histed. Single-cell optogenetics reveals attenuationby-suppression in visual cortical neurons. bioRxivorg, page 2023.09.13.557650, May 2024.

      (17) Andres M Lozano, Nir Lipsman, Hagai Bergman, Peter Brown, Stephan Chabardes, Jin Woo Chang, Keith Matthews, Cameron C McIntyre, Thomas E Schlaepfer, Michael Schulder, Yasin Temel, Jens Volkmann, and Joachim K Krauss. Deep brain stimulation: current challenges and future directions. Nat. Rev. Neurol., 15(3):148–160, March 2019.

      (18) Yuki Minai, Matthew Smith, Joana Soldado-Magraner, and Byron Yu. MiSO: Optimizing brain stimulation to create neural activity states. In A Globerson, L Mackey, D Belgrave, A Fan, U Paquet, J Tomczak, and C Zhang, editors, Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 37, volume 37, pages 24126–24149, San Diego, California, USA, 2024. Neural Information Processing Systems Foundation, Inc. (NeurIPS).

      (19) Davide Momi, Zheng Wang, and John D Griffiths. TMS-evoked responses are driven by recurrent large-scale network dynamics. Elife, 12(e83232), April 2023.

      (20) Ali Moradi Amani, Amirhessam Tahmassebi, Andreas Stadlbauer, Uwe Meyer-Baese, Vincent Noblet, Frederic Blanc, Hagen Malberg, and Anke Meyer-Baese. Controllability of functional and structural brain networks. Complexity, 2024(1), January 2024.

      (21) Norman S Nise. Control Systems Engineering. John Wiley & Sons, 8 edition, 2020.

      (22) Katsuhiko Ogata. Modern Control Engineering. Prentice Hall, 2010.

      (23) Mitchell Ostrow, Adam Eisen, and Ila Fiete. Delay embedding theory of neural sequence models. arXiv [cs.LG], June 2024.

      (24) Yumi Shikauchi, Mitsuaki Takemi, Leo Tomasevic, Jun Kitazono, Hartwig R Siebner, and Masafumi Oizumi. Quantifying state-dependent control properties of brain dynamics from perturbation responses. J. Neurosci., page e0364252025, December 2025.

      (25) Floris Takens. Detecting strange attractors in turbulence. In David Rand and Lai-SangYoung, editors, Dynamical Systems and Turbulence, Warwick 1980, volume 898 of Lecture Notes in Mathematics, pages 366–381. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 1981.

      (26) Liam C Tapsell, Matheus D Pinto, Ann-Maree Vallence, Casey Whife, Maria Luciana Perez Armendariz, Shaswat Senger, Jack Andringa-Bate, Dana Hince, and Myles C Murphy. What are the optimal transcranial direct current stimulation parameters and design elements to modulate corticospinal excitability? a systematic review and longitudinal meta-analysis. Neurol. Res. Pract., 7(1):86, November 2025.

      (27) Lei Tong, Shanshan Han, Yao Xue, Minggang Chen, Fuyi Chen, Wei Ke, Yousheng Shu, Ning Ding, Joerg Bewersdorf, Z Jimmy Zhou, Peng Yuan, and Jaime Grutzendler. Single cell in vivo optogenetic stimulation by two-photon excitation fluorescence transfer. iScience, 26(10):107857, October 2023.

      (28) Andrew Wagenmaker, Lu Mi, Marton Rozsa, Matthew S Bull, Karel Svoboda, Kayvon Daie, Matthew D Golub, and Kevin Jamieson. Active learning of neural population dynamics using two-photon holographic optogenetics. Adv. Neural Inf. Process. Syst., 37:31659–31687, 2024.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a study utilizing several types of analyses (computational modeling, neuronal cultures, rodent epilepsy model, and human intracranial multi-scale recordings) to address a highly relevant conceptual question: Are fast ripples (FRs) distinct pathological entities or largely emergent products of stochastic spike clustering? The results can potentially reshape current approaches to incorporating fast ripples into the epilepsy surgery evaluation.

      Strengths:

      The conceptualization of fast ripples as potentially arising by chance is highly novel and builds effectively on questions raised in prior studies that have never been satisfactorily resolved.

      The integration across biological scales and models is a major strength. The state dependency analysis provides additional, strong support. The methodology and statistical approaches used are thoughtfully presented and rigorously applied.

      In particular, this paper provides a strong response to the findings from Gliske et al, Nat Commun 2018. This study utilized long-term data analysis to uncover low rates of FRs detected from most recording sites, suggesting spurious detections, although FRs were concentrated within seizure onset areas.

      We fully agree with this comparison. Although we had already cited this paper, we now further emphasize this observation in the Discussion:

      “Furthermore, the variability of FRs across time (Gliske et al., 2018) indicates that longer nocturnal recordings in humans are necessary. It also suggests that changes in excitability across time could explain this change in FR incidence.”

      Weaknesses:

      The authors clearly aimed to use a statistical rather than a mechanism-based approach in this work. However, the paper's framing of true fast ripples as oscillatory events with stochastic fast ripples considered as confounders does not take prior investigations into biological mechanisms, particularly prior studies that point to an important role for stochastic fast ripples in some contexts. Incorporating recognition of these mechanisms would strengthen the manuscript and provide a more complete and nuanced characterization.

      Some examples from the literature:

      Eissa et al, eNeuro 2016, a paper that closely parallels this manuscript but took a mechanistic rather than statistical approach, showed that fast ripples can arise from population paroxysmal depolarizations - a key feature of epileptiform discharges - as temporally clustered, jittered population firing, with FRs appearing in LFP or EEG due to summated postsynaptic potentials (which are slower than action potentials and can generate signals in the high gamma range).

      Foffani et al., 2007, Neuron, and Ibarz et al., 2010, J Neurosci, argue that FRs are pseudo-oscillations created by jittered neuronal populations in the setting of altered spike timing.

      Smith et al., 2020, Sci Rep, contrasts FR characteristics in different regimes, i.e., intact inhibition early in a seizure vs. implied collapse of inhibition after recruitment. Schlingloff et al., 2025, J Neurosci, reported analogous findings in an animal model.

      We agree with the reviewer that even stochastic events may be of biological importance and an increase in stochastic events will occur when there is an increase in synchronisation and excitability, two properties of pathological cortex. We also don’t disagree that FRs can occur as distinct entities, although our work indicates that most are due to chance.

      To address this point, we have clarified our claims in the Abstract:

      “This work does not rule out FRs as potential indicators of epileptogenic tissue, but it does challenge prevailing assumptions about their generation and specificity. Their higher prevalence in epileptogenic tissue is likely primarily due to increased excitation and/or neural synchronization, rather than peculiar abnormalities in network behavior.”

      In addition, we expand on these points at various junctures in the Discussion. In particular, we reiterate our assertion that FRs may still be a useful biomarker, but that their interpretation should be moderated to reflect the fact that they often occur by chance:

      “Importantly, we do not question the potential of FRs to delineate the seizure-onset zone. Instead, our results suggest that the observed increase in FRs within the epileptogenic zone is an emergent phenomenon – arising due to changes in secondary network properties such as excitability and synchronization, not as a direct result of some pathology that is specific to epilepsy. In addition, we show that long-durations FRs are more likely to be distinct oscillations than stochastic events; and so FR duration is a key parameter that should be considered in future studies.”

      The computational model and subtraction approach provide a strong case for the random emergence of clustered activity in the high gamma band, given its assumptions. However, any such modeling effort needs to account for inhibitory activity, including impaired inhibitory function that is expected in epileptic brain regions, which has a strong modulating effect on excitatory firing and is thought to play a significant role in FR generation.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concerns, but we believe that the impact of inhibitory interneuron activity on excitatory firing rates and synchronisation is incorporated indirectly into our simulations, while keeping our model as parsimonious as possible by not directly incorporating interneuron activity into our simulations. We have addressed this point in the Methods section:

      “Varying synchrony allowed us to test the impact, on the network, of inhibitory cells, which have been shown to favour synchrony (Bocchio et al., 2024; Cobb et al., 1995).”

      The shuffling procedure aims to preserve the power spectrum but randomizes high frequency phase (>200 Hz). However, this procedure removes biologically meaningful spike timing correlations, as well as structured cross-frequency coupling. The subtraction method thus likely underestimates the incidence of structured "distinct" FRs, while perhaps overestimating "chance" FRs due to biologically infeasible activity, making the statement that most FRs are due to chance correlation too strong.

      We appreciate this concern, which is especially important given that our results depend crucially on the validity of our shuffling procedure (as described in the Discussion). To address this issue, we have implemented an additional shuffling algorithm that preserves cross-frequency coupling (see last section of the Results, especially Supplementary Fig. 10f). This method showed no qualitative difference, compared with other alternative methods presented in Supplementary Fig. 10. These new results are described in the Methods section:

      “Last, we also implemented a method based on wavelet-IAAFT with preservation of cross-frequency coupling, since fast ripples are typically locked to low-frequency phase (Sheybani et al., 2019). The code detects the highest phase-amplitude coupling (PAC) in the original signal between [300-6000 Hz] for amplitude and several low-frequency bands ranging from 2-20 Hz, bandwidth of 3 Hz. PAC is computed using the modulation index (Tort et al., 2008). Then, in the shuffled signal under construction and during convergence testing of PSD (see above), the PAC between high-frequency part of the signal (300-6000 Hz) and the identified low frequency for phase is normalized to that of the highest PAC identified earlier.”

      The kainate findings underscore this point: the increase in the number of FR detections could be, as the authors state, an increase in chance clustering due to increased network excitability generally. However, the likelihood of a parallel increase in pathological FRs cannot be ruled out, given likely pro-epileptic alterations in spike timing and circuit function.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s point but wish to re-emphasise our interpretation of these findings – that the observed increase in the incidence of FRs occurs as a result of increased network excitability/synchrony, secondary to the pathological mechanisms of epilepsy. We have updated the Discussion accordingly:

      “Importantly, we do not question the potential of FRs to delineate the seizure-onset zone. Instead, our results suggest that the observed increase in FRs within the epileptogenic zone is an emergent phenomenon – arising due to changes in secondary network properties such as excitability and synchronization, not as a direct result of some pathology that is specific to epilepsy. In addition, we show that long-duration FRs are more likely to be distinct oscillations than stochastic events; and so FR duration is a key parameter that should be considered in future studies.”

      To further emphasise this important point, we have also updated the Abstract:

      “This work does not rule out FRs as potential indicators of epileptogenic tissue, but it does challenge prevailing assumptions about their generation and specificity. Their higher prevalence in epileptogenic tissue is likely primarily due to increased excitation and/or neural synchronization, rather than peculiar abnormalities in network behavior.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper asks an important question that has not been discussed much in the extensive literature on the High Frequency Oscillations (HFOs) that have been extensively studied in patients with epilepsy and experimental models of epilepsy. The question is whether the Fast Ripples (FRs), the HFOs in the 250-500 Hz frequency band, represent a pathological phenomenon or represent a physiological phenomenon that occurs in the healthy brain but happens to be more frequent in epileptic tissue. It is an important question that has not been systematically addressed until now. The authors conclude, from very extensive simulations, from extensive experimental animal studies (the systemic kianate model of epilepsy in rats), and from a modest amount of human data, that FRs occur in healthy brains as a result of the chance occurrence of bursts of action potentials, and that in epileptic tissue, their frequency of occurrence is approximately 30% higher than what is expected by chance. They conclude that FRs are not a separate phenomenon of epileptic tissue. This finding is reinforced by the recent findings of FRs in experimental models of Alzheimer's disease.

      Strengths:

      This is a valuable study because it asks an important and original question and because it evaluates it from several angles (simulation, tissue culture, experimental animals, and human patients). The simulations and the analyses of real data are performed very carefully and with original and solidly documented approaches, using extensive simulations and extensive data sets in the cultured cell data and in the in vivo experiments. The paper is clearly written and well-illustrated.

      Weaknesses:

      I found only one serious weakness in this study, but it is one that is of importance. Although the original work on FRs was done in an experimental model of epilepsy, the field really became prominent when ripples and fast ripples were found first in microelectrode recordings of epileptic patients and then in the intracerebral EEG of such patients. Numerous studies have been performed since then, with a valuable meta-analysis including 700 patients (Wang Z, Guo J, van 't Klooster M, Hoogteijling S, Jacobs J, Zijlmans M. Prognostic Value of Complete Resection of the High-Frequency Oscillation Area in Intracranial EEG: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Neurology. 2024 May 14;102(9). Although the consensus at this point is that FRs are not the ideal and totally specific marker of epileptic tissue that many thought it could be, FRs are nevertheless much more frequent in epileptic tissue than in non-epileptic tissue and are a solid biomarker.

      We agree with the reviewer, and do not intend to challenge the role of FRs as a marker of the seizure-onset zone, and potentially the epileptogenic zone. Instead, the aim of this study was to address the question of whether FRs are generated by intrinsic pathological mechanisms, or whether they arise due to the chance co-occurrence of action potentials that follow different dynamics in epileptogenic parenchyma. We have updated the Discussion accordingly:

      “Importantly, we do not question the potential of FRs to delineate the seizure-onset zone. Instead, our results suggest that the observed increase in FRs within the epileptogenic zone is an emergent phenomenon – arising due to changes in secondary network properties such as excitability and synchronization, not as a direct result of some pathology that is specific to epilepsy. In addition, we show that long-durations FRs are more likely to be distinct oscillations than stochastic events; and so FR duration is a key parameter that should be considered in future studies.”

      To further emphasise this important point, we have also updated the Abstract:

      “This work does not rule out FRs as potential indicators of epileptogenic tissue, but it does challenge prevailing assumptions about their generation and specificity. Their higher prevalence in epileptogenic tissue is likely primarily due to increased excitation and/or neural synchronization, rather than peculiar abnormalities in network behavior.”

      It is also well established that they are much more frequent in NREM sleep than in wakefulness, as reported in the original paper of Staba et al (Staba RJ, Wilson CL, Bragin A, Jhung D, Fried I, Engel J Jr. High-frequency oscillations recorded in human medial temporal lobe during sleep. Ann Neurol. 2004 Jul;56(1):108-15., not mentioned in this paper) and in the study of Bagshaw et al (2009). In this last paper, using SEEG in various brain regions, the average rate of FRs in NREM sleep is about 6 times that in wakefulness. In the paper by Staba, with microelectrodes in mesial temporal structures, it is about twice. As a separate issue, the paper of Fraucher et al (Frauscher B, von Ellenrieder N, Zelmann R, Rogers C, Nguyen DK, Kahane P, Dubeau F, Gotman J. High-Frequency Oscillations in the Normal Human Brain. Ann Neurol. 2018 Sep;84(3):374-385), which is not quoted, found that, in an extensive sample, non-epileptic human tissue sampled with SEEG generated extremely rare FRs (an average rate of 0.04/min/channel, i.e. 1 every 25 min).

      The results above are mentioned because they do not fit with the data provided in the present study: FRs are much more frequent in NREM sleep than in wakefulness in human epileptic patients, and they are much more frequent (not 30% more, but many hundreds of percent more) in epileptic tissue than in non-epileptic human tissue. The fundamental phenomenon of interest is, I believe, the FRs in epileptic patients. The animal experiments, tissue studies, and simulations are models to study the human phenomenon. With respect to the modulation by sleep and the differentiation between epileptic and non-epileptic tissue, it seems that the systems studied in this paper are not good models of the human condition. The human results presented in the study only reflect wakefulness recordings, which is not the condition in which most HFO studies have been done and in which most HFOs occur. The authors refer to the study of long-term fluctuations in HFO rates by Gliske et al. (2018) to say that one has to be careful with the results regarding sleep, for example, Bagshaw et al (2009), but the clear predominance in of HFOs in NREM sleep has been observed by many studies. The cautions regarding fluctuations over extended periods also apply to the awake human data analyzed in this study. The study's conclusions regarding the generation of FRs are therefore questionably applicable to the human condition. I do not dispute their validity for the models and situations in which they were studied.

      We looked at this in more detail. Our simulations were intended to test how the incidence of FRs can vary with different parameters of network activity (neuronal count, firing rate, synchronization). Indeed, since their incidence is known to vary across regions and within regions and across states, we wanted to test how FRs are controlled by different factors. As such, we do not wish to draw firm conclusions about the observed sleep-wake changes in FR incidence in rodents, and how it relates to humans – evidence shows that pathological FRs in rodents do not display state-specific preferential occurrence (Ewell et al., 2019). We have added new text to the Abstract and Discussion to emphasize this.

      Abstract:

      “Our simulations showed that chance aggregation can generate fast-ripples and that their incidence changes depending on brain state, an observation that we confirmed in our rodent data.”

      We acknowledge that previous publications have reported higher rates during sleep, although with shorter recordings than in our rodent recordings (Staba, 2004: one night; Bagshaw, 2009: 10 min; Frauscher, 2018: 20 min – only sleep recordings). We have rewritten the part of the Discussion on the effect of the sleep-wake cycle on FRs incidence:

      “In our rodent data, we were initially surprised to find a higher rate of FRs during wakefulness, which contrasts with previous reports in humans (Bagshaw et al., 2009; Staba et al., 2004). However, previous studies only indicate that physiological vs pathological FRs are more easily distinguished during NREM sleep (von Ellenrieder et al., 2016) and that their incidence varies during sleep (Von Ellenrieder et al., 2017), but in hours-long recordings, no differences in incidence have been reported in the mesial temporal lobe (Dümpelmann et al., 2015). Furthermore, the variability of FRs across time (Gliske et al., 2018) indicates that longer nocturnal recordings in humans are necessary. It also suggests that changes in excitability across time could explain this change in FR incidence. Last, but not least, another report did not find a state-dependent expression of FRs in the kainate rat model of temporal lobe epilepsy (Ewell et al., 2019), thus indicating that the variability of FRs across sleep and wake is still an open question, at least in rodents. Hence, the main conclusion on the effect of sleep-wake transitions is that these transitions impact the likelihood of stochastic events, more than dictating the direction (increases vs decreases) of change. It also highlights that the specificity of FRs to epileptogenic parenchyma could vary across the sleep-wake cycle, which would be crucial in epileptology (Dimakopoulos et al., 2024; Roehri et al., 2018; Sheybani et al., 2019, 2018; Zijlmans et al., 2012, 2009). Hence, FRs reflect and are highly susceptible to changes in network excitability.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      An outstanding question in the field of high-frequency oscillations (HFOs) in the context of epilepsy is how these oscillations emerge, considering that they occur at such high frequencies, i.e., 250Hz, well above the firing ability of single neurons. One hypothesis that has been suggested in the past is that neurons that fire in an out-of-phase fashion, or rather at random intervals, may contribute to a spectrum of HFOs ranging from 250-500Hz that are observed in epilepsy. However, how possible it is that random action potentials could aggregate to the extent that they could give rise to HFOs in the so-called fast ripple (FRs) frequency range (>200 according to the authors) remains unclear. To test this hypothesis, they used computational modeling to randomly insert action potentials in a signal, and they found that this approach is sufficient to generate FRs. Some of the predictors of whether FRs could occur were neuronal count, firing rate, and synchronization. Besides computational modeling, they used different model systems to test whether that would be possible to be observed in neuronal cultures, in epileptic rats (intrahippocampal kainic acid model), and human data. Neuronal cultures treated with picrotoxin did not show evidence that FRs could be generated beyond chance aggregation of action potentials. They then asked whether synchronization and firing rate could play a role in the emergence of FRs. They found that changes in neural firing and synchronization, such as those occurring during differences phase of the sleep-wake cycle, could affect the number of FRs occurring by chance aggregation, with more FRs seen during periods of wakefulness, a result that they replicated in human data.

      The authors largely achieve their proposed aims of demonstrating that random neuronal firing can, in principle, generate FRs. Results from this study could influence current thinking around mechanisms generating FRs in epilepsy. The use of different computational approaches and model systems could offer new analytical methodologies for the study of FRs in the context of brain disease.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors used a multi-level approach combining computational modeling with experimental datasets, including neuronal cultures, a rat model of temporal lobe epilepsy, and human data.

      (2) Identification of key parameters such as neuronal count, firing rate, synchronization, and brain state in observed incidence of FRs generated through random aggregation of neural firing.

      (3) Cross-species validation increases the likelihood of generalizability of the findings.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Some of the simulated FRs appear short in duration and may not meet standard detection and definition criteria, potentially influencing validity.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important concern. To address this issue, we quantified and compared the duration of FRs in original and shuffled rodent data. Consistent with the reviewer’s suspicions, we found that FRs in shuffled signals are shorter than FRs in original signals. This is important because it shows that: (i) a longer duration should be considered a core feature of genuine FRs; and (ii) depending on the basal duration of FRs, the shuffling procedure will lead to different ratios of genuine to stochastic FRs. We have updated the Results accordingly:

      “These findings demonstrate the challenge of identifying distinct FRs within a composite population of distinct and stochastic events. One parameter that could help disentangle these events is their duration. Indeed, one might expect stochastic events to be more likely to be short-lived, since the probability of consecutive APs continuing to co-occur across neurons decreases over time. Hence, we next compared the distribution of FR durations between original and shuffled rodent data and found that FRs in shuffled data are shorter than those in original data (Supplementary Fig. 9). This makes duration a key feature that could help identify distinctly generated FRs.”

      And Discussion accordingly:

      “In addition, we show that long durations FRs are more likely to be distinct oscillations than stochastic events; and so FR duration is a key parameter that should be considered in future studies.”

      (2) The neuronal culture approach does not directly test random insertion of action potentials, limiting interpretation.

      Neither the neuronal culture approach, the rat data or the human data directly test random insertion of action potentials. The insertion of random action potentials is only performed in the simulated data to test if FRs can arise from the chance insertion of action potentials. Once this was confirmed in the simulations, we then used the shuffling procedure in biological data to test if FRs are more frequent than expected by chance.

      (3) Sleep is treated as a homogeneous state in the rat dataset, without accounting for stage-specific differences in synchronization, which may affect the results and interpretation.

      We agree with the reviewer, but our primary aim was to answer the question of whether FRs can arise by chance. Although it was interesting to see that, in our longitudinal rodent data, the incidence of FRs varies across the sleep-wake cycle, any sleep-stage-specific changes are beyond the scope of this work.

      (4) The analyses conducted in human data lack direct comparison with sleep data.

      We agree that it would have been useful to investigate variations in the incidence of FRs across the sleep-wake cycle in human microelectrode recordings. Unfortunately, however, such sleep recordings were not available. Hence, while we cannot compare variations in FR incidence across brain states between humans and animal models, our conclusions that FRs arise mostly by the chance co-occurrence of action potentials still holds.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Please indicate where corrections for multiple comparisons were used.

      P-values corrected for multiple comparisons are indicated by the accompanying phrase: “adjusted p-value”. We had previously omitted to mention this once in the Results, which we have now corrected.

      (2) Delta amplitude is likely sufficient for detecting sleep-wake transitions, but the beta/delta ratio is better supported in the literature. Do the results change if beta activity is incorporated?

      We have now computed the beta (15-40 Hz) to delta (0.5-4 Hz) ratio and find that this is closely correlated with delta across time. We have updated the Results accordingly:

      “Importantly, these findings were robust to the specific method used to detect FRs (Supplementary Fig. 4c) (Padmasola et al., 2024; Sheybani et al., 2019, 2018). Also our use of delta power to identify periods of presumed wakefulness and sleep was highly (negatively) correlated with an alternative method of using the beta-to-delta ratio across time (another marker of increased vigilance; (Fraigne et al., 2023), see Supplementary Fig. 4d).”

      Methods:

      “We further verified that delta power across time displayed similar fluctuations to beta (15-40 Hz) to delta power ratio, another marker of vigilance (Fraigne et al., 2023).”

      And we updated Supplementary Fig. 4d

      “(d) Beta to delta power ratio across time is superimposed over delta power across time. There is a strong (inverse) correlation between the two time-series (inset), which is confirmed by the correlation coefficient across animals (right).”

      (3) Figure 2's axis labeling with the 3D plots is hard to read.

      We have enlarged the font size.

      (4) The scaling of the histogram in Figure 3 is unclear.

      This was on omission. The scale has now been added to Figure 3.

      (5) There is a risk of overfitting in the regression model. Was cross-validation used?

      We have now repeated this analysis with cross-validation, without any qualitative impact on the results (e.g. the model still performs well above chance). We have updated the Methods:

      “To further confirm the performance of GBT, we used a cross-validation procedure where the GBT is trained on 80% of data and then tested on the 20% remaining. The procedure is repeated 1000 times and the r<sup>2</sup> is saved at each round. We repeated the analysis with randomization of the outputs across 1000 rounds and saved this null distribution r<sup>2</sup>. We then compared the performance against original data.”

      Legend of Fig. 3:

      “(e) Performance of the GBT classifier using cross-validation (training: 80% of data; test: 20% remaining) using original (orange) and shuffled (blue) data. The difference is significant (paired t-test, p<0.0001).”

      And Results:

      “Furthermore, using a cross-validation approach with 80% of the data as training set and the remaining 20% as the test set, we obtained a significantly higher explained variance than when outputs were shuffled across the 125,000 solution points (paired t-test, p<0.0001, Fig. 3e), […]”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Maybe I missed it, but I did not find the length of human data analyzed or how the sections were selected.

      Apologies for this omission. The methods have been updated accordingly:

      “Microwire signals were selected based on high signal-to-noise ratio, as reflected by the detection of ≥ 1 single unit. Duration of recordings was of (median, interquartile range) 10 min and 17 s [3-13 min] and number of electrodes per patient was 4.5 [2.75-8].”

      The authors use the term "virtual simulation", which I find odd. I think the simulation is very real in the sense that it simulates reality, and I do not understand how a simulation can be virtual.

      We have updated the manuscript accordingly.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Comments:

      (1) In Figure 1, the authors suggest that random insertion of action potentials in a signal is sufficient to yield FRs. However, the observed FRs shown in panel 1b (also in supplemental Figure 5) seem pretty short in duration and may not meet the mentioned criteria in methods that require at least 4 cycles and ".whose amplitude is 3 times that of the surrounding baseline..". Moreover, in panel 1b, it seems that the FR shows a candle-like appearance, which has often been associated with filtering of sharp transients. How did the authors validate that the detected FRs were "real" FRs?

      Given the very large amount of data, it was not possible to visually verify all FRs. However, FRs were detected with published methods (Roehri et al., 2016; Roehri et al., 2017; and Sheybani et al., 2018 for confirmation of 24-hour variability in rodents) that have subsequently been used in several publications.

      Regarding the candle-like appearance of the spectrogram, the Delphos algorithm precisely looks for isolated “islands” of increased power (see Roehri et al., 2018, Ann Neurol), thus excluding any candle-like appearance. Similarly, the detector in Sheybani et al. (2018) J Neurosci first detects candidate FRs but then excludes those that are associated with a peak in lower frequencies, thus also limiting the risk of detecting candle-like events.

      Regarding duration, we have compared the duration of FRs in original and shuffled rodent data and found that FRs in original signals are indeed longer. This makes duration a key feature to identify distinct FRs. We have updated the Results accordingly:

      “These findings demonstrate the challenge of identifying distinct FRs within a composite population of distinct and stochastic events. One parameter that could help disentangle these events is their duration. Indeed, one might expect stochastic events to be more likely to be short-lived, since the probability of consecutive APs continuing to co-occur across neurons decreases over time. Hence, we next compared the distribution of FR durations between original and shuffled rodent data and found that FRs in shuffled data are shorter than those in original data (Supplementary Fig. 9). This makes duration a key feature that could help identify distinctly generated FRs.”

      (2) In the context of neuronal cultures, it is unclear how it could be deducted that the result relates to chance incidence of action potentials considering that no random action potentials were inserted, but only random shuffling of the high frequency component of the signal was attempted "Hence, neural networks with limited complexity (Kim et al., 2020; Saglam-Metiner et al., 2024; Sanchez-Vives and McCormick, 2000; Timofeev and Chauvette) fail to generate FRs beyond that expected from the chance coincidence of APs, even after increasing network excitability."

      FRs arise from series of action potentials occurring at a delay corresponding to their oscillatory frequency (250-500 Hz). Simulations demonstrated that FRs can occur by chance. When the EEG is shuffled, the only FRs that remain are those occurring by chance, because those occurring as individual entities have been broken up. Hence, if the original EEG displays more FRs than the shuffled EEG, then it means that these additional FRs were generated as individual entities. We have improved the Results section to clarify this:

      “We hypothesized that if FRs arise purely from chance firing, then temporally shuffling these recordings while conserving their spectral properties (Supplementary Fig. 3) would disrupt any oscillatory structure, leaving only FRs that occur due to chance.] Any additional FRs in the original data, compared to the number of FRs in the shuffled EEG, should thus be assumed to be individual entities.”

      (3) In the rat dataset, sleep was treated rather homogenously, without accounting for the sleep stage that is characterized by different synchronization and firing. An analysis of different sleep stages would be valuable.

      Although we agree that it would be scientifically interesting, we believe that our claim – that the ratio of genuine to stochastic FRs changes across the sleep-wake cycle – would hold. Unfortunately, lack of EMG prevents us from performing reliable sleep scoring. However, we do now include an alternative method for differentiating sleep from wake using the beta-to-delta ratio, which was highly correlated with delta activity, supporting our previous approach. Please refer to Supplementary Fig. 4d for further information.

      (4) The authors found that chance aggregation was highest during periods of wakefulness. Analyses of human data also confirmed that FRs could occur by chance aggregation during wakefulness. However, a comparison with sleep data would further strengthen this finding.

      We fully agree, but unfortunately, we do not have sleep data using microwires. Although our central claim – that FRs can occur by chance clustering of action potentials – would hold, we agree that it would have been scientifically interesting to add sleep data.

      (5) The statistics section would benefit from addressing how normality was determined and power analysis, as well as the inclusion of the exact sample size for all experiments.

      With large sample sizes, ANOVA and linear mixed models are robust to non-normality. Given the large sample sizes of our data, we thus used ANOVA and linear mixed model. For tests with small sample sizes where normality was violated, we used non-parametric tests, indicated by their name, e.g., Wilcoxon test for Supplementary Fig. 3b.

      (6) Greater discussion on the implications of this study for proposed in-phase or out-of-phase FR generation mechanisms is suggested.

      We have added further discussion on this. In the aim to keep the Discussion short and impactful, we could not elaborate too much. We have synthetized other parts of the Discussion to keep it within the right length. Here is the additional part:

      “It has been argued that the very high frequency that can be obtained during FRs are due to out-of-phase firing of excitatory neurons (Foffani et al., 2007; Ibarz et al., 2010), which is also consistent with our concept of stochastic firing. The conceptual difference is the degree to which there is any underlying organization of this firing. We argue that in the majority of cases there is no organization, although a substantial minority cannot be explained on a stochastic basis.”

      (7) More explanation around why wakefulness may drive chance aggregation and the clinical relevance of it, as often presurgical epilepsy recordings are being evaluated during sleep.

      We have profoundly rewritten the Discussion regarding the effect of the sleep-wake cycle on FRs incidence:

      “In our rodent data, we were initially surprised to find a higher rate of FRs during wakefulness, which contrasts with previous reports in humans (Bagshaw et al., 2009; Staba et al., 2004). However, previous studies only indicate that physiological vs pathological FRs are more easily distinguished during NREM sleep (von Ellenrieder et al., 2016) and that their incidence varies during sleep (Von Ellenrieder et al., 2017), but in hours-long recordings, no differences in incidence have been reported in the mesial temporal lobe (Dümpelmann et al., 2015). Furthermore, the variability of FRs across time (Gliske et al., 2018) indicates that longer nocturnal recordings in humans are necessary. It also suggests that changes in excitability across time could explain this change in FR incidence. Last, but not least, another report did not find a state-dependent expression of FRs in the kainate rat model of temporal lobe epilepsy (Ewell et al., 2019), thus indicating that the variability of FRs across sleep and wake is still an open question, at least in rodents. Hence, the main conclusion on the effect of sleep-wake transitions is that these transitions impact the likelihood of stochastic events, more than dictating the direction (increases vs decreases) of change. It also highlights that the specificity of FRs to epileptogenic parenchyma could vary across the sleep-wake cycle, which would be crucial in epileptology (Dimakopoulos et al., 2024; Roehri et al., 2018; Sheybani et al., 2019, 2018; Zijlmans et al., 2012, 2009).”

      Minor Comments:

      (1) Abstract, please include the frequency range of fast ripples explored in this study.

      The abstract has been updated accordingly.

      (2) Abstract, consider including the exact epilepsy model system in rats instead of "a rodent model of hippocampal epilepsy".

      The abstract has been updated accordingly.

      (3) Line 87, while Ylinen uses the term "high frequency oscillations" to refer to ripples up to 200Hz, which are different from the ones discussed here, better to rephrase or use another reference.

      The reference has been changed for Bragin et al. (1999), Epilepsia

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the reviewer’s for their thoughtful comments that have significantly strengthened the paper. Below, we have outlined our responses to both the public reviews and recommendations.

      In addition to the alterations to the manuscript based on the reviews, during our review of the data analysis we uncovered some small errors that we have now corrected. In looking back over the image registration, we identified three animals whose olfactory bulbs did not register properly and one with poor cell counting in the telencephalon. To account for these issues, we imputed the missing data using an iterative soft-threshold singular value decomposition (described on lines 779-783 of the updated manuscript). This update had little impact on the results. We also identified a small error in how we determined ‘unique’ and ‘overlapping’ edges in the network analysis (Figure 8). In the previous analysis we had incorrectly noted that all ‘unique’ edges did not have an overlapping confidence interval with the two other networks (i.e., the networks for evading freezers, freezers, and non-reactive). Instead, the ‘unique’ edges in the prior version of the manuscript did not have an overlap with at least one other network. We have now updated the analysis so the reader can distinguish between edges that are truly ‘unique’ versus those with ‘1 overlapping confidence interval’ or ‘2 overlapping confidence intervals’ with other networks. As before, this update and change to the analysis does not materially affect the results or conclusions.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Weaknesses:

      The neural analysis part is very comprehensive. Figure 5 and Figure 6 are independent but complement each other very well. They together support that the cerebellar system is the key brain component for a freezing response. Their extreme focus on high-level analyses, however, came at the expense of biological intuitions. I suggest adding some figure panels and result/discussion paragraphs to help with that aspect.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have made extensive edits to the manuscript to include additional discussion and biological intuition. Specifically:

      We added a supplemental figure (Figure S6-2) that has scatterplots showing how cfos levels vary with the different behavioral contrasts. Although the PLS analysis is multivariate, this univariate analysis should help give readers a better intuition of how the behavior relates to brain function.

      We have also rewritten the results sections for both the PLS analysis (lines 303-361) and network analysis (lines 396-437) to incorporate more of a discussion about the biological context of different regions identified. Thank you for this suggestion, we feel that this significantly strengthens the biological interpretation of the data for the reader.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) My first concern relates to the claim in the abstract that "We found that fear memory behavior fell into four distinct groups: non-reactive, evaders, evading freezers, and freezers".

      In my opinion, the "freezing" aspect is well supported as being both triggered by the CAS and for memory effect upon re-exposure to the tank, but I am less convinced about the "evasive" behaviour. In Figure 2, it appears that "evasiveness" is generally not increased in both the Exposure or Memory phases for many groups, and in Figure 5, it appears that "evasiveness" is expressed by nearly 50% of the fish in the pre-exposure condition before CAS addition and in all phases in the vehicle condition. Therefore, it appears that most of the expression of this behaviour is independent of any memorybased effect.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and we agree that this line in the abstract was unintentionally misleading. We have now altered this line in the abstract (lines 34-36) to read:

      “We also found that that behavior fell into four distinct groups: non-reactive, evaders, evading freezers, and freezers with the evading freezer and freezer groups most clearly associated with memory formation.”

      On the larger point of the inclusion of evasion as part of the fear response, we believe this is warranted for the following reasons: (1) evasive behavior has long been acknowledged as a highly variable aspect of how fish respond to alarm substance where some fish exhibit evasion and others do not. This observation goes back to the original work from Karl von Frisch in minnows (von Frisch, 1938), and others in zebrafish (e.g., Suboski et al, 1990). One goal of our paper (and the work from the lab in general) is to try dissecting out this individual variation that can get lost when only considering population averages. (2) The unsupervised clustering also suggests that there are two distinct types of freezing clusters (Figure 4B) where some fish freeze intermittently with normal swimming and others freeze intermittently with evasive behavior. This suggests that evasion is increased in response to CAS, but only in a subset of fish. (3) The brain networks from the evading freezer and freezer groups are distinct (Figure 8A) despite having equally high levels of freezing behavior (Figures 4B and C). This means the difference we’re able to distinguish behaviorally is also manifesting in the brain, suggesting that it is not anomalous. Thus, while we agree that freezing is definitely the strongest and clearest behavioral response to CAS, we believe the analysis of this large dataset supports the interpretation that, in a subset of fish, increased evasive behavior in response to CAS is also a part of the response.

      (2) My second concern relates to the claim in the abstract that "background strain and sex influenced how fish respond to CAS, with males more likely to increase evasive behaviors than females and the TU strain more likely to be non-reactive."

      My understanding, based on the introduction and on the methods, is that it is likely important that the CAS be prepared from conspecifics of the same strain and sex, and for this reason, they prepared different CAS specific for each strain and each sex. Therefore, the "CAS" that is applied is necessarily different for each condition, and I am concerned about if the differences observed could relate more to variation in the quality, purity, concentration, etc. of the specific CAS samples for different groups, rather than their reactivity to the substance or their ability to form memories based on such experiences.

      The CAS was prepared by mixing extracts from all four strains and both sexes (so 8 fish per batch). Thus, all the fish were exposed to the same CAS mix derived from the same donors. This is described in the methods (lines 626-629). However, to ensure that this is clear to readers, we’ve now included a line indicating this in the results section (lines 123-124).

      (3) My third concern relates to the interpretation of the cFos data.

      As I mentioned above, I feel as though the behavioural analysis is perhaps more complex than is warranted via the inclusion of evasiveness, and I wonder if the conclusions from the experiments would be simpler if analyzed only from the perspective of freezing.

      We agree that the freezing response is driving the majority of the neural cfos response that we are seeing (e.g., Figure 6A-C). However, we feel that the network analysis (Figure 8) justifies the distinction between freezers and evading freezers. This is because the brain networks for these two groups (freezers and evading freezers) are quite distinct, even though these groups both have the same levels of freezing behavior (Figure 4). This stark difference in patterns of neural activity suggests the brain of a freezer and an evading freezer are engaging with the world in two distinct ways that is worth noting. We’ve updated the abstract to make this point clearer (abstract: lines 39-48) and discuss the biological interpretations of patterns of brain activity unique to evasion or evading freezers in more depth (lines 303-361; lines 396-437).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      (1) The three-day contextual fear paradigm, as implemented - one CAS pairing on day 2 followed by a single recall test on day 3 - inevitably conflates acquisition and long-term memory, making it impossible to know whether strains like TU truly recall the association poorly or simply learn it more slowly. For example, given that TU fish extinguish fear faster than AB or TL strains in extended protocols, they may simply require additional or repeated CAS pairings to achieve the same asymptotic performance. To disentangle learning kinetics from recall strength, the assay could be revised to include multiple acquisition trials (e.g., conditioning on two or more consecutive days) with an immediate post-conditioning probe to assess acquisition independent of consolidation, and continuous measurement of freezing and evasive behaviors across each trial to fit learning curves for each strain. Such refinements - even if on a subset of the strains - would reveal whether "non-reactive" phenotypes reflect genuine recall deficits or merely delayed acquisition.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. We agree that it is difficult to disentangle acquisition from consolidation. Indeed, the TU fish do appear to have lower levels of freezing in response to the CAS (Figure 2A), supporting the idea that reduced performance at memory day could be due to some sort of deficit at acquisition. However, pursuing a detailed examination of strain dependent differences in fear memory acquisition versus consolidation is beyond the scope of the current paper where we primarily focus on individual differences in behavior. Nonetheless, we have included this important point in the discussion (lines 470-471).

      (2) My second major question is with respect to Figure 3 panel B. This is a complex figure, and I can understand the gist of what the authors are attempting to show, but it is difficult to understand as it is. Can this be represented in a way that is clearer and explained a bit more easily?

      We agree that this figure is one of the more complex in the paper. However, we’ve struggled to come up with a better way to present it. We have improved the presentation based on other reviewer comments by making the vehicle and CAS groups more easily distinguishable by using open versus closed circles. We’ve also included additional interpretations of the data in the results, which we hope will help guide readers through this figure better (lines 208-223).

      (3) The brain mapping is by far one of the most interesting aspects of this study, and the methods that the group used are interesting. The brain mapping, however, relies on generating "contrasting" groups (Figure 6A), and I was not clear as to how these two groups were formed. Could the authors elaborate a bit?

      These contrasting groups (contrast 1, contrast 2) arise analytically from the partial least squares (PLS) analysis; they are not defined by the experimenter. In brief, PLS is a multivariate technique that identifies latent variables that capture axes of maximal covariation between two datasets: behavior and brain activity. As an analogy to a more widely known technique, principal components analysis (PCA) uncovers axes of maximal variance within a single dataset. PLS, in contrast, simultaneously analyzes the covariation in two datasets. The contrast groups in Figure 6A represent the behavioral weights of the latent variables that capture the most covariance, which illustrates how the four behaviors load onto these top two contrasts.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major points:

      (1) The c-Fos analysis in Figure 5 is very comprehensive and convincing, but lacks intuitive presentations. In my understanding, the increase in c-Fos expression in red areas means increased freezing behavior for Contrast 1 for the PLS analysis? Do you have representative c-Fos expression images between different groups of fish?

      We decided not to include a representative cfos image because the data is derived from a large number of fish (N=87) and thus it can easily be cherry-picked to choose images that match the narrative. Instead, to more accurately capture the breadth of the data while providing a more intuitive presentation, we have included an additional supplemental figure that includes scatterplots of scaled cfos data against behavioral scores for each of the two contrasts (S6-2). We believe this more fully and accurately captures the relationship between behavior and brain activity. We included six different example brain regions and scatterplots for cfos activity against behavioral scores for contrasts 1 and 2, demonstrating a range of relationships. However, we should note that PLS is a multivariate technique, and so this univariate analysis does not fully capture the subtleties of the PLS analysis. Nonetheless, we think this will help give a more intuitive interpretation of the data to readers. We have also referenced this additional data in the manuscript (lines 307-309). We thank the reviewer for this excellent suggestion that improves the ability of readers to understand the paper.

      (2) Also related to Figure 5, the result section only describes the PLS statistics and does not try to describe the biological interpretation. Do the authors think the c-Fos expression directly represents lowlevel behavior, such as swimming, or a high-level behavioral state or learning? Maybe different areas mediate different aspects?

      For example, the medullary locomotor areas, which are usually highly correlated with swimming in terms of neural activity, seem to have higher c-Fos expression in freezing fish. I'm not saying this shouldn't be the case. c-Fos expression in this area was not elevated in larval fish during OMR in Shainer et al., 2023, indicating that it doesn't linearly reflect neural activity. But discussing a bit of intuition on the connection between c-Fos expression and biological process, rather than just saying "the cerebellum could regulate emotional states", would help us guide through this highly complex analysis.

      We have now added more interpretation of the data in both the PLS and network analysis sections (lines 303-361 and lines 396-437). Again, thank you for this excellent suggestion. This helps make the biological interpretation of the data clearer.

      Minor points:

      (1) Figure 2B titles: please write "memory" on the right side.

      We considered writing ‘memory’ on the right-hand side, but we thought this may add confusion because it would not apply to both graphs in the row. The left-hand graphs are the responses during ‘exposure’ and the right-hand graphs are the responses during the ‘memory’ phase. This is indicated by the titles above the left and right-hand sets of graphs.

      (2) Figure 2C: needs legend lines.

      We have now moved the legend lines from the top of the graphs to below the graph to make them more visible to readers.

      (3) Line 187: "aggregated" data.

      This has now been changed to ‘aggregated’ (now line 194).

      (4) Line 371: I'm not sure what "Beyond" means.

      We have now significantly changed this part of the paper and we no longer use the word ‘beyond’ here.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Regarding point (1) in the Public Review:

      I would encourage the authors to consider whether this study might be better focused exclusively on the freezing behaviour, which does appear to be reliably expressed during CAS exposure and in the memory phases, and would significantly simplify the subsequent analyses of neural activity, and perhaps may lead to a more coherent conclusion.

      As noted in our response to the public review, we appreciate this suggestion, but we have decided to keep the inclusion of the evasive behavior. This is because (1) evasive behavior has long been acknowledged as a highly variable aspect of how fish respond to alarm substance where some fish exhibit evasion and others do not. This observation goes back to the original work from Karl von Frisch in minnows (von Frisch, 1938), and others in zebrafish (e.g., Suboski et al, 1990). One goal of our paper (and the work from the lab in general) is to try dissecting out this individual variation that can get lost when only considering population averages. (2) The unsupervised clustering also suggests that there are two distinct types of freezing clusters (Figure 4B) where some fish freeze intermittently with normal swimming and others freeze intermittently with evasive behavior. This suggests that evasion is increased in response to CAS, but only in a subset of fish. (3) The brain networks from the evading freezer and freezer groups are very distinct (Figure 8A) despite having equally high levels of freezing behavior (Figures 4B and C). This means the difference we’re able to distinguish behaviorally is also manifesting in the brain, suggesting that it is not anomalous. Thus, while we agree that freezing is definitely the strongest and clearest behavioral response to CAS, we believe the analysis of this large dataset supports the interpretation that, in a subset of fish, increased evasive behavior in response to CAS is also a part of the response.

      A more minor concern related to the analyses in Figure 2: in the figure legend, it is stated that "*-P < 0.05 compared to vehicle treated fish via t-tests". How are the authors dealing with the multiple comparisons problem? Would something like an ANOVA not be more appropriate?

      Thank you for bringing this point up. We did not initially correct for multiple comparisons because we considered each of these experiments across sex and strain separate since we did not compare across strains. However, the way we’ve grouped the data together in figure 2 makes it appear as if they are one large experiment. To alleviate any concern about multiple testing, we have now corrected for multiple comparisons using the false discover rate (FDR) correction. The statistics in the figure and captions have now been updated.

      (2) Regarding point (2) in the Public Review:

      If the authors agree with my concern regarding potential variability in the CAS samples, I would suggest either testing for differences among strains using the same batch of CAS, or including and explaining this caveat in the text.

      As noted in our response to the public review, the CAS was the same for all the fish. Each batch was derived from 8 donor fish, one fish from each strain and sex (described in lines 123-124 of the results and lines 626-629 of the methods).

      (3) Regarding point (3) in the Public Review:

      I feel like the standard in the field for such conclusions would be after

      (a) Direct analyses of the activity states in these areas. I was surprised not to see a direct analysis of the cFos stainings in the cerebellum relative to freezing behaviour, for example, ideally in a different animal cohort.

      The PLS analysis does relate activity in the cerebellum (and other brain regions) to specific behaviors via the the behavioral contrasts (Figure 6A). We believe this approach (instead of dividing fish into ‘high and low freezers’) is a more powerful way to leverage the data from all the animals tested (87 fish). However, we appreciate that the interpretation of the PLS analysis is not as intuitive as seeing scatterplots or bar charts comparing neural activity. For this reason (and in response to a comment from reviewer 1), we have included as a supplementary figure (Figure S6-2) scatterplots showing how standardized c-fos activity varies with the behavioral scores from the contrasts identified from the PLS analysis. Given that contrast 1 weights heavily in the positive direction on freezing, these figures can essentially be read as looking at cfos activity as a function of freezing levels. What can clearly be seen is that for regions of the cerebelleum (E.g., the LCa and CC) there is a clear positive relationship between cfos activity and the behavior scores for contrast 1.

      (b) Some kind of manipulation of the brain area resulting in the relevant behavioural modification.

      We completely agree with the reviewer. However, at the moment, we do not have the tools to do this in adult zebrafish. It is something we’re actively working on.

      Of course, I appreciate that such experiments might not be possible or feasible, and in which case I would suggest adjusting the claims accordingly and highlighting the caveats to their interpretations.

      We have incorporated the caveat that we have not directly altered neural activity into the discussion (lines 542-543) and adjusted how we discuss our findings in the abstract (lines 39-41) to more accurately represent the type of evidence we provide. Hopefully we’ll be able to do so in the near future!

      MINOR CONCERNS:

      (1) In Figure 3, how is the end of a behavioural epoch defined? I am surprised to see that you consider transitions between the same behavioural state. How does erratic swimming -> erratic swimming differ from a longer single epoch of erratic swimming? In general, I find this analysis confusing, and I am not sure if it adds significantly to the message of the paper.

      Thank you for this question as it prompted us to realize we were missing this in our methods section. We have now updated the methods to include how we calculated the behavioral transitions (lines 644-650). In short, we used a 750 ms behavioral epoch time that corresponds to the size of the sliding window we used for the random forest model.

      We have also updated the description of this analysis in the results to indicate the main finding from it (lines 207-223). In brief, the main finding is that exposure to CAS results in longer bouts of evasive behavior without increasing its frequency. Whereas CAS induced freezing arises from both longer bouts and likelihood of occuring. While we agree that this is a relatively minor finding in the paper, one of our goals is to provide as comprehensive analysis of fear behavior as possible to help guide future researchers interested in using fish for understanding different aspects of fear-related behaviors.

      (2) In the PLS analyses, two measures of evasion are used: evasion time, and evasion as a percent of active behavior. I don't understand the justification for both of these being used rather than one. Again, my overall recommendation is to reduce the focus on the analysis of evasion behaviour, but if you do not choose to do this, I think the rationale of how both measures are used and why needs explanation.

      We chose to incorporate two different measures of evasion throughout the study because the high levels of freezing in some animals results in little opportunity to express other behaviors (like evasion). Thus, to better capture what fish may be doing in the absence of freezing (i.e., when they are active) we also calculate the amount of active time spent performing evasive behaviors (instead of normal swimming). We have now included an explanation for this earlier in the results section when we first use this metric (lines 149-152).

      (3) In the methods, I don't understand this: "Animals that were assigned the wrong sex were removed from data analysis, as well as its paired fish (< 2%)".

      We determine the sex of fish when we set them up for dual housing. However, we occasionally make errors in sex determination. To ensure we properly sexed the fish, at the end of experiments, we euthanize the fish and check for the presence of eggs. If we incorrectly assigned the sex to a fish, they are removed from the experiment alongside the other fish they were dual housed with. This is because we want to ensure all fish are housed in the same way (i.e., a male fish with a female fish).

      (4) How was this determined differently from the first time, resulting in exclusion?

      After experiments, fish were euthanized and we checked for the presence of eggs (line 599-601). We’ve now added a line in this other part of the methods referring back to where we describe this (lines 676678).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Here are some minor concerns and errors found in the manuscript:

      (1) For Figure 2B and Figure 3B, can the group make the lines solid and dotted? The circle or triangle designation is difficult to see, and since the crux of the figure depends on comparing Veh and CAS, it would be easier to see if the lines were altered.

      Thank you for this suggestion. Instead of making the lines solid and dotted, we decided to make both the CAS and vehicle group circles and then have open and closed circles. We believe this solves the issue of being able to distinguish these groups and makes the data more readable.

      (2) Figure 2C: It appears that the line colors in the legend are missing.

      We have moved the line colors below the graphs to make them more obvious.

      (3) Figure 8A: Same thing here - could the text be enlarged? It's really difficult to make out each node, and when I zoom the text becomes pixelated. This is an important figure and one that will likely be referenced, and making it clear would be helpful.

      This one is difficult. We have made the network images as large as would fit on a page. We have now uploaded vectorized versions of the images so that they do not become pixelated when zooming in. As part of our supplemental materials we also include a cystoscope file that can be explored in greater depth as well.

      (4) The paper is really well written: I found a few typos, though:

      (a) Line 529: "Institutional Cara and Use Committee" should be "Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee" (Change cara to care and add animal).

      (b) Line 274: "hybdridization" should read hybridization.

      Thank you for catching these typos. They have now been fixed.

    1. I enjoyed your paper!

      We have empirical datasets that correspond to your theory. For example, I was one author on a paper showing "islands of divergence" between subspecies of Heliconius butterflies, where the loci that showed up as Fst peaks were known colour pattern loci.

      See: Nadeau, N.J., Whibley, A.C., Jones, R.T., Davey, J.W., Dasmahapatra, K.K., Baxter, S.W., Quail, M.A., ffrench-Constant, R.H., Blaxter, M., Mallet, J., & Jiggins, C. 2012. Genomic islands of divergence in hybridizing Heliconius butterflies identified by large-scale targeted sequencing. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences 367:343–353. https://doi.org/10.1098/rstb.2011.0198

      Needless to say, Cruickshank & Hahn (2014) found fault with this, as well as with all other examples of islands of speciation, for sometimes spurious reasons. We had used the wrong measure of Fst, hence the regions of the genome that should have shown Fst ~ 0 were in fact shown as Fst >> 0. So actually the Fst peaks are much more real that appeared to be the case in the paper. We know this because this is a parapatric hybrid zone between mimicry colour pattern "races" that we designate as subspecies, and the two regions of the genome that show Fst peaks are in regions are colour pattern switch loci that have strong effects on survival, due to mimicry. So the pattern is real, as evidenced by the narrow hybrid zone (~10 km wide) between very divergent colour pattern forms with mobile butterflies (which move up to several km between hatching and reproducing). It's worth reading Cruickshank & Hahn's critique of Nadeau et al. to see if it makes sense. I don't think it does. When Fst ~ 0 in most of the genome, it's hard to argue that this isn't due to gene flow.

      Meanwhile, in a later study from our group, Martin et al. (2013) again showed that pattern (this time with a better measure of Fst), for the aglaope/amaryllis hybrid zone studied by Nadeau et al. (their Fig. 4, top panel). However, they showed that in spite of abundant gene flow between sympatric Heliconius melpomene and H. cydno (actual per generation m < 0.001, leading to up to around 40% genomic replacement of the H. melpomene genome by H. cydno genomic information in Panama), and in spite of strong colour pattern differences, the colour pattern loci were not clearly visible against the generally highly diverged genetic background (Fig 4, panel 7 down from top). Martin, S.H., Dasmahapatra, K.K., Nadeau, N.J., Salazar, C., Walters, J.R., Simpson, F., Blaxter, M., Manica, A., Mallet, J., & Jiggins, C.D. 2013. Genome-wide evidence for speciation with gene flow in Heliconius butterflies. Genome Research 23:1817–1828. https://doi.org/10.1101/gr.159426.113 .

      So you could infer from this, that Heliconius cydno and Heliconius melpomene had speciated, and produced whole-genome reproductive isolation, whereas in parapatric contact, Heliconius melpomene aglaope and H. melpomene amaryllis, had not. So what is surprising about that?

      However, at the time of publication of Cruickshank & Hahn 2014, we were already sitting on another dataset, from deep in the Amazon. We've never really published this properly on its own, but it does form part of a recent paper on the hybrid origin of Heliconius elevatus. See: Rosser, N., Seixas, F., Queste, L.M., Cama, B., Mori-Pezo, R., Kryvokhyzha, D., Nelson, M., Waite-Hudson, R., Costa, M., Elias, M., Eleres de Figueiredo, C.M., Freitas, A.V.L., Joron, M., Kozak, K., Lamas, G., Pereira Martins, A.R., McMillan, W.O., Ready, J., Rueda-Muñoz, N., Salazar, C., Salazar, P., Schulz, S., Shirai, L.T., Silva-Brandão, K.L., Mallet, J., & Dasmahapatra, K.K. 2024. Hybrid speciation driven by multilocus introgression of ecological traits. Nature (London) 628:811–817. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-024-07263-w . See Fig.3. Heliconius elevatus and its majority parent species, H. pardalinus, co-occur across most of the southern Amazon basin, a vast region, and appear to have homogenized around 98% of their genomes (Fst ~ 0), leading to a spiky pattern of Fst "islands of speciation."

      Cruickshank & Hahn were arguing even against Hahn's own Turner et al. 2005 paper which first promoted the idea of islands of speciation, on the basis of now hard-to-interpret data they obtained form Anopheles gambiae M and S forms; today recognized as An. gambiae sensu stricto, and An. coluzzi. (Turner, T.L., Hahn, M.W., & Nuzhdin, S.V. 2005. Genomic islands of speciation in Anopheles gambiae. PLoS Biology 3:e285). Since then, Turner and Hahn have been consistently engaged in trying to downplay this original argument, and the Cruickshank and Hahn paper was perhaps, they thought, the final "nail in the coffin" of the idea.

      But why? I believe that they, Turner & Hahn in particulr, could not conceive of coexisting species that could sustain an amount of gene flow that would homogenize large portions of the genome, and yet leave species-determining traits intact; it made no sense in view of what they regarded as "good," reproductively isolated, species.

      I think the problem seems to be that perhaps the "islands of speciation" of Turner et al. 2005 are highly transitory, on the basis of our empirical data. There is probably only a brief period where gene flow is sufficient, but also divergent polygenic selection is sufficient, to maintain Fst islands of speciation, as in Anopheles and Heliconius elevatus/pardalinus. Soon after, the species either collapse, or become "congealed" (genomic divergence everywhere), like Heliconius cydno and H. melpomene in Panama.

      On the other hand, it seems to me incredibly important in the understanding of speciation that this intermediate state exists along the speciation continuum. If speciation mainly occurs by ecological divergent selection, then models like yours are relevant to speciation theory. Yes, you can have a few loci evolving, that provide local adaptation, and then you can have smaller effect loci evolving that hitch-hike along with those, and then you can have genome-wide LD among islands that helps small effect loci evolving elsewhere in the genome, long before you get total genome-wide "congealing", as Nosil et al. have put it. Heliconius elevatus and H. pardalinus are clearly separate species with different colour patterns (involved in mimicry), behaviour (including mating behaviour, and flight performance), host plant selection, pheromones, etc., etc. The F1 hybrids are very rare in the wild (although do occur, maybe 1 in 1000 matings). And yet 98% of their genome is more or less shared with Fst ~ 0, as a result of this trickle of gene flow.

      As a long term warrior on behalf of the importance of hybridization and introgression, I am not fond of the terminology of "reproductive isolation", "barriers" and "barrier loci" that you use in your paper. There's a lot of gene flow between closely related psecies, and there is a continuum. Is speciation really a result of erecting barriers? That seems very mid-20th Century (think Hitler, Stalin, etc.)! Speciation is not about building walls around populations, it's about exploiting novel ecological opportunities, which may or may not result in epistatic problems with maintaining both adaptive suites in the same population. Classic "barriers" between species are by-products of speciation, not a result of the requirement of speciation to produce barriers.

      Anyway, I hope you find this commentary interesting!

    1. What do our stories have to say about justice/care/kindness (whatever value is the subject of reflection)? Who is involved in this process? Who gets to explore and tell their stories? Whose voice counts?

      When I think of my community I reflect on justice, kindness, freedom, and others experiences within my community. I am currently going through a family court case where justice isn't being served appropriately. A lot of people had more hope in the justice system including myself but, once you go through a certain situation it makes you look at the justice system completely different then I did before. I think everyone should be able to tell their stories and be heard. As we all have different outlooks on situations and may be able to help people see the situation through a different lens. I know when I'm in a community that has a lot of kindness I feel safe and comfortable to share my stories and open up about my experiences.

    1. This combination of letters/functions forms the basis of the 16 personality types, which represent an interaction of the preferences a person subconsciously espouses.

      Based off of this, do they think that there are only going to be 16 different possibilities for our personalities to shape? I feel as though there should be many more due to the fact of how varying someone's personality could be from those with the same letters. We may just represent them differently, but I feel as though many other factors go into the personality.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study aims to understand how cell fusion contributes to wound healing using a laser-induced injury in the notum epithelium of a developing fruit fly. The authors meticulously characterize the epithelial fusion events using a live imaging approach and report that syncytia arise by 'border breakdown' and 'cell shrinking'. The syncytial epithelial cells also appear to outcompete mononucleated cells and preferentially dissolve their tangential borders, which correlates with the accumulation of actin at the leading edge.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this study is the authors' live imaging approach to capture these dynamic fusion events that are a fundamental yet poorly understood biological process.

      Comments on revised version.

      The manuscript overall is significantly improved and authors addressed majority of my concerns. The addition of the computational vertex model (Figure 7) as well as Atg1 RNAi (Figure 4) to inhibit cell fusion provide more mechanistic insight to their study. However, the analysis of Atg1 RNAi wound assay falls short as it does directly measure changes in syncytium frequency nor size to confirm that cell fusion is reduced. The authors should quantify the number of nuclei per syncytium over the 2hr wound healing period as performed for WT in Figure 1C. It would have been ideal if they could have also performed the Act-GFP spreading assay in WT and Atg1 RNAi strains to determine if Act-GFP movement is dependent on cell fusion as purposed. At the least, further quantification of Atg1 RNAi phenotype is warranted to support their conclusions.

      In response to the reviewer's comment, we have repeated the analysis of Fig 1C and generated a new panel, Fig. 4C, which is directly comparable to the control and shows that syncytial size is dramatically reduced in the Atg1 knockdown area. Unfortunately, we cannot perform the second analysis of actin-GFP spreading in the Atg1 knockdown cells because we need Gal4 for labeling individual cells and for knocking down Atg1, and we can't do both at the same time.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Overall, this study provides a thorough description of the formation of syncytia following wounding of the proliferation-competent diploid epithelium of the pupal notum. While this phenomenon has already been described briefly for this particular tissue by the Galko lab in Wang et al 2015, the authors provide a much more detailed description and characterisation of the process providing some novel insights (radial versus tangential border breakdown, cell shrinkage, timings, syncytia outcompeting mononucleated cells, etc.).

      Strengths:

      This paper provides an elegant, thorough, descriptive characterisation of syncytia-driven wound closure using state-of-the-art confocal live imaging of the pupal notum. The authors show that laser-induced wounding of this diploid, proliferation-competent epithelium results in the formation of syncytia of various sizes in the first few cell rows around the wound edge, which progressively become bigger as healing proceeds. This results in ~50% of cells becoming part of these syncytia. The cell fusion events were convincingly demonstrated by showing the disappearance of p120ctnRFP and E-Cadherin-GFP from cell-cell borders as well as cytoplasmic GFP mixing of GFP-positive cells with a GFP-negative cell.

      Apart from cell-cell fusion by border breakdown that mostly happens in the first 2h following wounding, the authors also found that at later stages of wound healing cell shrinkage following cytoplasmic mixing contributed to syncytia formation.

      Next, the authors provided some convincing evidence that syncytia outcompete mononuclear cells for being positioned in the first cell row around the wound.

      The authors then show that radial border breakdown occurs much less frequently than tangential border breakdown. They suggest that radial border breakdown reduces the requirement for cell-cell intercalations. They also hypothesise that tangential border breakdown might allow fused cells to share resources and provide more resources to be used near the wound edge, e.g. for actomyosin cable formation. To test this, the authors generate single-cell clones that overexpress Actin-GFP. They then show convincingly how a single Actin-GFP-positive cell in the second cell row fuses with one GFP-negative cell in the first cell row. The Actin-GFP signal then spreads in the fused cell and labels some previously unlabelled actin-rich structure near the wound edge which most likely is the actomyosin cable. This provides some evidence for resource sharing by cytoplasmic mixing following fusion.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have extended their original manuscript by adding two key parts. First, they show a role of Atg1 in mediating cell fusion (Figure 4). Second, they provide additional evidence for a contribution of radial border fusions to wound closure through its effect on tissue fluidity and through computational modelling (Figure 7).

      This new version of the manuscript is greatly improved and provides significant new insights into the role of syncytia in aiding wound repair. There are just a few minor, yet important, additions needed to back up Figure 4 which should not require new experiments.

      Minor but important points:

      The authors show a role of Atg1 in mediating syncytia formation in Figure 4. However, since the Pnr>+ side of the wound closes slower than the non-Pnr side (control side), a few additions to this figure would be important and should not require additional experiments.

      (1) The authors should show, similar to the data shown in Figure 4D of the wound radius over time for control versus Pnr>Atg1RNAi, also the same type of data for control versus Pnr>+.

      The data the reviewer requests is available in our bioRxiv manuscript, in Fig. 6B (Hua, Krystofiak, Pumford, Page-McCaw, and Hutson, https://doi.org/10.64898/2026.05.31.728998). These experiments were all done at the same time. As you can see, the difference in closure rate is quite subtle in control wounds.

      (2) Since Pnr>+ also slows down wound healing, albeit to a lesser extent than Pnr>Atg1, the authors should also show an extra graph that provides evidence that Pnr>Atg1RNAi reduces syncytia formation more than Pnr>+ does. E.g. Two graphs could be added that show individual cell size at 4 or 5h post wounding for control versus Pnr>Atg1RNAi as well as for control versus Pnr>+ and also another graph with the same data but comparing cell size between Pnr>+ and Pnr>Atg1RNAi. Otherwise, if the expected minimum cell size for a syncytium is easy to estimate, a graph could be added that shows the percentage of cells that are above this threshold (e.g. above 100 square micron) for control versus Pnr>Atg1RNAi and control versus Pnr>+ and Pnr>+ versus Pnr>Atg1RNAi.

      In response to this comment and the comment from reviewer 1, we have now added new Fig. 4C, which addresses the reviewer's question about the comparative frequency of fusion in pnr>Atg1RNAi and pnr>+. These graphs show that Atg1 knockdown significantly reduces the size of syncytia.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this revised manuscript, White et al. aimed to understand the wound-induced syncytia formation behavior in wound repair of Drosophila melanogaster pupal notum. For this purpose, the authors characterized two different types of adherens junctions' outcomes during syncytia formation around the wound region - border breakdown versus apical shrinking which appear to happen in different time points and for different time durations. The authors characterized cell-cell fusion events using cytoplasmic, junctional and nuclear markers. They determined that about half of the cells within 70 um radii from the wound undergo cell-cell fusion. They studied wound induction on the border between control epithelia and pnr domain suggesting that Atg1 is required for post-wound syncytia formation and wound closure. They showed that during wound closure syncytia gradually invade the wound leading edge mostly by radial fusion events. The data suggests that intercalation of cells from the leading edge slows down the wound closure process. They propose that cell fluidity of syncytial cells plays a role in wound closure speed. Finally, the authors showed that actin is concentrated to the front edge of syncytia located in the wound leading edge. The authors described some aspects of syncytia formation during wound closure using different approaches. Some clarifications are needed as described below.

      Major suggestions:

      (1) Introduction, page 4. The examples of developmental syncytia formation of invertebrates and vertebrates are confusing. The authors may want to make the examples clear and add additional examples. Currently, readers may assume that C. elegans cell fusions occur only in the hypodermis - other structures can be mentioned like the vulva, pharyngeal muscles, glia, tail. In addition, the authors may want to add injury-induced fusions like the C. elegans' PLM and PVD neurons (Ghosh-Roy et al., 2010; Newman et al., 2015; Oren-Suissa et al., 2017).

      We appreciate the suggestions and have included the additional examples of C. elegans vulva and PLM and PVD neurons. We are limiting ourselves to those because we don't want to focus too heavily on C. elegans examples, as that's not the direction this paper is heading.

      (2) In cases where it is not clear whether fusion has occurred or whether mononucleated cells were ejected from the leading edge, membrane markers can be used. Page 6. Lines 96-99. The authors may want to use a membrane marker like RFP-PH driven by the epithelial cell promoter.

      At this point in the manuscript, we are introducing syncytia and are not concerned yet with their origin. 

      (3) Pages 8-10. The authors may want to clearly explain that apical junctions shrinking is a post fusion event. That the apical shrinking is caused by the expansion of fusion pores and the migration of apical junctions towards the basolateral domain. This is something that was clearly shown during physiological epidermal cell-cell fusion in C. elegans by Mohler et al., 1998 and 2002. A cartoon showing the process of cell-cell fusion, pore expansion and apical junction dynamics would make the manuscript much clearer.

      Apical shrinking cannot be caused by the "migration of apical junctions towards the basolateral domain" because that is not what we observed -- rather, we observed labeled adherens junctions remaining at the apical surface while the area they enclose becomes smaller (shrinks). Further, despite close reading of the Mohler papers, it is not clear how similar the apical shrinking events of this manuscript are to the fusion events described there. Finally, we do not want to include a schematic describing this process because that would suggest certainty that we do not have. Unlike in C. elegans development, wound-induced cell fusion is stochastic, not stereotyped; with cells that display apical shrinking, the fusion partner of a labeled cell is difficult to identify because it is often not a neighboring cell. These factors make it difficult to describe this process in detail, but we have sufficient data to conclude that these are indeed cell fusion events.

      (4) Page 9. Line 170. "...as these cells represent fusion initiation events (fusion pore) but were unable to productively stabilize and expand the site of fusion and so returned to the diploid state." The authors may want to make clear that this is an assumption that needs to be tested. Live imaging using a membrane marker may resolve whether a reversible fusion pore was generated.

      Thank you for the suggestion; we have updated this text to make it clear that this is an interpretation.

      (5) Page 11. It is not clear whether Atg1 is directly required for cell fusion, or that autophagy is required for efficient cell fusion or both Atg1 and autophagy participate in the fusion process.

      Our data show that Atg1 is required for cell fusion. The work that inspired this experiment, Kakanj et al 2022, concluded from their more comprehensive studies that the process of autophagy was required. We have clarified the text.

      (6) Page 12. Line 235. "Indeed, we observed that several hours after wounding, the entire leading edge was occupied by syncytia." This observation is based only on the adherens junction marker. Can they test basal cell membrane marker? Is it possible that the mononucleate cell in the leading edge is under the two syncytia?

      Unfortunately, there are not good basal markers -- the recently reported basal spot markers also label adherens junctions. Nonetheless, we are confident that the mononuclear cell is not under the syncytia because we image Z-stacks and thus can detect cell overlap.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor suggestions:

      (1) Figure 1. The authors may want to add an image immediately after laser ablation of the actual wound and the area around the wound. Add an arrow to mark the wound.

      With this wounding modality, the extent of the wound is unclear for ~30 min. As we reported in O'Connor et al, PLoS One, 2021, there is a gradient of damage emanating out from the center of the wound, and cells with greater amounts of damage die while those with less damage repair and survive. Immediately after laser ablation, very little visible damage is evident by 120ctn-RFP and Histone-GFP (the markers in Fig. 1) until the cells die and the surrounding cells respond.

      (2) Page 6. Line 86. "A mitotic tissue utilizes cell-cell fusions during wound repair." replace "during wound repair" with "after wound induction" since in this section the authors do not show that this process is part of wound repair.

      Thank you for the suggestion - we reworded this heading to remove "wound repair".

      (3) Page 6. Line 92. The authors may want to be consistent with the terms used in the text and in the figure - His2GFP in the text versus Histone GFP in the figures.

      Thank you for the suggestion, we have revised for consistency.

      (4) Figure 1 - supplement figure 1D. The "v" of Div panel moved below D.

      Thank you, we have corrected it.

      (5) Figure 1 - supplement figure 1G. add "i" to second Gii to make it Giii.

      Thank you, we have corrected it.

      (6) Page 24. Figure 1H legend. 3 or 4 wounds?

      Thank you for catching this error - 4 wounds.

      (7) Page 7. Line 124. "GFP mixing always preceded border breakdowns (n=11)" instead of "always" use "in all observed cases".

      We have made this change.

      (8) Figure 2. Switch the writing "Apical Shrinking: Nuclear Transfer" since apical shrinking represented in panel 2A and Nuclear Transfer in panel 2B. If this description applies only to panel 2B, make it clear.

      We consider this heading to apply to panels A and B together (as they show the same sample, just different channels).

      (9) Figure 2C. Is ActinGFP a cytoplasmic GFP driven by actin promoter or Actin-bound GFP? Cytoplasmic GFP versus membrane-cortex GFP?

      It is a transgene expressing an actin-GFP fusion protein, as noted in the key reagents table and discussed in Fig. 8. We corrected the manuscript to ensure it is always referred to now as Actin-GFP in the text, figures, and legends.

      (10) Video 3 - Impressive movie!

      Thank you!

      (11) Page 9. Line 155. "In both these cells, as the cell lost its basal volume, cytoplasm moved laterally to join the neighboring syncytia." It seems that the apical shrinking cells' cytoplasm joined the neighboring syncytia even before.

      Because both indicated cells (yellow and white arrows) and the neighboring syncytium are all labeled with GFP, it is not possible to determine precisely when the cells' cytoplasm joined the syncytium.

      (12) Page 9. Line 158. "...but fusions associated with apical shrinking occurred later and were more numerous." Did the fusion occur later or the apical shrinking itself as was mentioned before and shown in Figure 2F?

      We have changed the wording, as for many apical shrinking events we cannot tell exactly when the fusions were initiated.

      (13) Page 25. Figure 3A legend. What is the meaning of morphological fusion? Border breakdown and apical shrinking? The authors may want to define it.

      We have defined it now in the legend.

      (14) Page 26. Figure 3B-C legend. "Panel C shows that apical shrinking fusion and border-breakdown fusion occur at similar distances from the wound." It seems that fusion by apical shrinking mostly occurs within 60-70 um from wound center and fusion by breakdown occurs equally at all distances up to 80 um.

      We don't disagree with your comment, but we feel the dataset is too small to make such a statement. The data is presented so the interested reader can make their own conclusion.

      (15) Page 9. Line 165. "...but infrequently (n=3) with GFP mixing and no subsequent cell fusion..." Does this mean that there were GFP mixing without border breakdown or apical shrinking?

      Yes, that is correct. We assume that in this case a fusion pore opened and then closed again. We have added a phrase to clarify.

      (16) Page 9. Line 175. "...the spatial distribution of fusing cells that shrank vs. lost borders was similar (compare Figures 1G and 2E)." Even though the visual comparison suggests similar spatial distribution, the carefully quantified distribution in figure 3C suggests more fusion by shrinkage at 60-70 um from wound center of the 5 tested wounds.

      As we noted to comment 14, we feel the data set is too small to make such a statement. The data is presented so the interested reader can make their own conclusion.

      (17) Figure 3. The shown pies sum the results from 5 wounds. It would be interesting to add a graph comparing the percentage of fused and persisted cells per wound to see the variability, if exists.

      Unfortunately, the number of fused/persisting cells in each wound is greatly affected by the heat-shock conditions that generate the labeled clones; even the ratio of these fates would be heavily influenced by noise because the numbers are small in each animal. Further, the frequency of fusion is determined by the wound size as shown in Fig. 1. Because of these variables, such data could be easily misinterpreted.

      (18) Figure 3 - figure supplement 1D. Even though it was mentioned that the duration of some border breakdown is finished within minutes it is worth comparing it with shrinking duration on one graph.

      Unlike apical shrinking, it is difficult to identify exactly when border breakdown concludes, so this data is difficult to compare. We have provided several examples of border breakdown in the manuscript that give an overview of the process.

      (19) Video 1 is not mentioned in the main text.

      Thank you for catching that omission. We now refer to it in the first paragraph of the results.

      (20) Figure 4B. The difference between the treated group and the control group is unclear. Add arrows.

      We have added some arrows to Fig. 4B.

      (21) Figure 4C. For consistency use percentage for both border breakdown and shrinking cells.

      In response to the reviewer's comment, we now provide the consistent metric of number of lost borders and number of shrinking cells.

      (22) Page 11. Did the authors try other wound types (e.g. mechanical/chemical wounds)? May other wound causes besides laser ablation result in different response? This may help to answer whether there is a causation between syncytia formation and speed wound closure.

      There are reports of puncture and pinch wounds inducing cell fusion. Perhaps the reviewer is suggesting that we might be able to identify a wounding method that does not induce cell fusion and then compare the rate of wound closure. However, another type of wound would probably inflict different amounts of cell damage and so would be hard to compare. Overall, we think the half-and-half system of comparing responses on the two sides of the wound is the best, most controlled comparison.

      (23) Figure 4F-G. It was mentioned that there is less syncytia formation in Atg KD cells, however the difference in cell area between control, WT and Atg KD is not obvious. The authors may want to mark the dots that represent syncytia to distinguish them from mononucleated cells.

      The point we are trying to make (now Fig. 4G-H) is that cell area is related to distance moved, regardless of how cell area is determined. We do not have the ability to count nuclei in the control sides (nuclei are labeled only on the pnr side), and further, we have reported separately (White et al, 2024) that there is a limited amount of endocycling in these cells, which should also increase area.

      (24) Figure 5G. y axis. The authors may want to change "small cells" to "mononucleate cells".

      We changed it to "unfused cells" which is the term we used in the legend. In these wounds we were unable to visualize nuclei.

      (25) Page 12. Line 243. (Figure 5D,G) instead (Figure 5D).

      We changed it to read (Figure 5D,G).

      (26) Page 12-13. Lines 241-246. The description of "mononuclear cells removed" and "syncytia outcompete unfused cells" may be clearer if explained here as mononuclear cells joining the syncytium by cell-cell fusion.

      Here we are describing a different phenomenon - not that fusion is removing all the smaller cells but rather that the syncytia are faster/better/more effective at wound closure than the smaller cells. This is illustrated in Fig. 5Cii-Ciii.

      (27) Page 13. Line 261. "Thus, there were about five-fold more tangential borders lost to fusion than radial" Is this conclusion also true when analyzing each wound individually?

      This is a reproducible finding, that there is more fusion across tangential borders than across radial borders. The ratio of tangential-border loss: radial-border loss for each wound is as follows:

      wound 1, 63:12

      wound 2, 39: 11

      wound 3, 44:8

      wound 4, 50:8

      (28) Page 31. Figure 6 - figure supplement 1 legend, Line 652. Make "B)" bold.

      Done.

      (29) Page 14. Lines 270-275. If there is an advantage to radial fusion versus cell intercalation for wound closure speed, how do the authors explain that the percentage of radial fusion is lower than the percentage of intercalation? (Figure 6D) How does the wound affect the molecular level (fusogen expression?) of the surrounding cells? 

      We expect that radial fusion specifically reduces the need for intercalation at the leading edge, as shown in Fig. 6C. Both would speed closure, however, as any increase in cell area will allow more efficient redistribution of resources such as actin and will also reduce the total number of junctions needing to be remodeled as the wound closes. Since we don't know the fusogen, we can't say how the wound affects its distribution.

      (30) Page 14. It is not clear where the experimental data ends and the model starts. For example, in line 276, it would be clearer to describe the "tissue fluidity as measured" or is it more precise to write instead "as estimated/calculated". The fusion between observations and model is confusing and maybe this should be unfused.

      This text, referring to the analysis in Fig. 7A, B, is not a computational model but rather a quantitative analysis of tissue fluidity as measured by a pre-existing metric, the shape index. This is experimental data. The computational model begins in the next paragraph, accompanying Fig. 7C, D. We edited the language slightly in this paragraph to clarify.

      (31) Figure 8 versus Figure 2C. Actin-bound GFP versus cytoplasmic GFP? Both mentioned as Actin GFP. Make it clear.

      They are indeed the same thing, actin protein fused to GFP, as described in the text and legend, and they are labeled identically.

      (32) Figure 8Biii, Div. Nice presentation of signal distribution between the cells.

      Thank you!

      (33) Page 30. Figure 8G legend. Lines 623-628. Is the shown mean profile plot based on specific images shown in Fi and Fv or just the cells represented there? Since Fi is a single z slice and Fv is maximum intensity projection which are not comparable.

      In response to the reviewer's question, we reanalyzed the image. Fig. 8G compares Z-projections.

      (34) Page 15. Line 303-304. "Tangential border fusions allow resources from distant cells to be mobilized to the wound edge." Does not this leading-edge actin localization happen in radial fusions close to the region of the wound?

      Fusions along radial borders, as shown in the top panel of Fig. 6A, would not offer the opportunity to move actin from distant cells to cells nearer to the wound.

      (35) Page 15. Did the authors test any predictions from the simulations of the model experimentally?

      This isn’t so much a predictive model as an exploratory model that addresses one question: is it plausible that the presence of syncytia can speed closure by reducing the need for intercalations, even if the syncytia have no other special properties. The only prediction would be that inhibiting fusion would slow wound closure.

      (36) Page 17. It would be interesting to discuss the following questions: (A) Is autophagy required for fusion. (B) Is Atg1 required for epithelial cell fusion? (C) Is autophagy required for wound repair? Are any of the combinations correct (A&B, A&C, B&C, A&B&C)

      The role of autophagy in wound-induced cell fusion was thoroughly explored in the 2022 EMBO J paper from Maria Leptin's lab, "Autophagy-mediated plasma membrane removal promotes the formation of epithelial syncytia" by Kakanj et al. We merely knockdown a gene they discovered to be important for wound-induced epithelial fusion, Atg1, as one means of investigating how syncytia contribute to wound closure. Our results don't add to their findings, and the role of autophagy is not what we want to focus on in our Discussion.

      (37) Page 19. Line 381-384. "If N represents the number of cells that fused, our results suggests that syncytia can apply up to N times more actin to the leading edge; considering that we observed syncytia with dozens of nuclei, this could represent a significant enhancement of actin at the leading edge. Increased actin might explain the ability of syncytia to outcompete diploid cells at the leading edge." To enhance this suggestion, the authors may want to compare actin signal in the leading edge of different size syncytia.

      We thought a lot about this experiment because reviewer 2 asked for it in the previous round of review, but as we said then, we can imagine too many caveats to the interpretation to make it worthwhile.

      (38) Page 22. Line 447-448. "...fusion would act the fastest after wounding because there is no need for DNA replication." There may be a potential need for protein (fusogen) synthesis.

      The timing of fusion, which we report here begins within 10 minutes after wounding, suggests that if there is a fusogen, it is already present in the cells before wounding.

      (39) Page 34. Line 716. Add "C" to "29{degree sign}".

      Done.

      (40) Page 38. "Wound closure analysis" part. Can the wound closure be visualized using brightfield?

      The scar also impedes imaging through bright-field microscopy.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Weaknesses:

      All experiments in the manuscript use optogenetic activation of DANs, thus it is not clear what kind of memories are formed. Several stimuli can be used as punishment, such as electric shock, salt, bitter, and light - it is not clear what kind of memory the authors investigate here. The findings could be discussed in the context of what DANs respond to.

      This is indeed a caveat of our study and we discuss this issue now in lines 557-566. We refrained from testing necessity to specific US on purpose as we knew that another research group was focussing on this question in parallel (Weber et al., 2023, also published in eLife) and therefore rather focussed on complementary experiments. That study also includes a rather deep discussion about the inputs to individual DANs. We briefly refer to this discussion (lines 442-444) but decided to not go into detail to avoid too much overlap.

      Furthermore, studies in adults and larvae showed that most DANs can code for both valences - etc., aversive DANs can be activated by punishment, and inhibited by reward. Thus, safety learning might be a result of a decrease in activity in DANs during odor presentation. The authors also do not discuss possible feedback loops from MBONs to DANs across compartments. Could such connections allow for safety learning in larvae?

      We thank the reviewer for raising these points and included a brief discussion of both scenarios in lines 469-474.

      The authors show that artificial activation with different light intensities can form different memories and that increasing the light intensity sometimes leads to no memories. Also, using different optogenetic tools reveals different results. This again raises the question of how applicable the results will be for learning with real stimuli. Is there a natural stimulus that only induces safety learning, but no punishment learning?

      We do not know of such a stimulus. Based on our data, a US that only activates a single DAN should only make safety memory – however, the available data of which US activates which DAN is very limited in larvae and currently no such US is known. We discuss this point briefly in lines 557-563 and 572-574.

      The authors provide a detailed behavioral analysis of locomotion behavior; however, the detailed analysis seems unnecessary for that dataset. Modulation of speed and bending rate has been described before with simpler methods (specifically for MBONs). The revealed locomotion phenotypes probably affect larval locomotion during memory recall with light activation, thus the authors should show that larvae are potentially able to move during light-on memory tests.

      We expanded our locomotion analysis of the innate and learned odor preference experiments (new Fig. 6) and show that in these experiments, even with TH-DANs being activated, larvae indeed can move relatively normal and the existing locomotion phenotypes are not correlated to their olfactory choices.

      We do not agree that the locomotion analysis is unnecessary. Modulations of speed and bending have been described for MBONs but to our knowledge not for DANs. It is not trivial at all that DANs and MBONs cause the same behavioral modulations (see, for example, this adult study: Mohammad et al., 2024 Plos Biol). There is extremely limited knowledge about the motoric effects of dopaminergic neurons in larvae - we therefore find it important to describe our results in detail. We added some further rationale of why we think it is crucial to explore the functions of DANs for learning and movements together (lines 81-86).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors have done a great job at structuring the figures. But some main figures would benefit from including the controls instead of placing them in supplementary.

      We had decided to put the controls into the supplement in some cases to prevent the main figures to be overcrowded. We revised this decision upon the reviewer’s comment for Fig. 8 (previously Fig. 7) but decided to keep other figures unchanged as we feel that the current design best fits the purpose of each figure. We provide a figure-for-figure rationale in our response to the recommendations for the authors.

      (2) The paper would benefit from a deeper discussion regarding molecular mechanisms underlying their results. It would be interesting to see what the authors think about different Dopamine receptors and how they relate to the findings of this paper.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. Although we agree that such a discussion would be interesting, we hesitate to expand on this topic, as the discussion is already quite long and our study does not contribute any new data to clarify the molecular dopaminergic mechanism.

      (3) Throughout the paper, the authors have been clear and comprehensive, but in some cases, further explanation of their choices were missing. For example, the choice to compare bending and tail velocity over other parameters within the same clusters is unclear.

      We understand that this choice was not clearly explained and expanded on our rationale in lines 244-251.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Weaknesses:

      The larvae exhibit directed locomotory action to express punishment or safety memory. If the larvae did not move, we would not be able to assess memory function. Hence, functional activation of DANs could result in one action, which seems like two different functions of memory expression and locomotion. It can also be argued that activation of DANs represents a teaching signal to the KCs, and then eventually, downstream of the MBONs, it results in locomotion modulation. Hence, the seeming functional diversity could be a function of different downstream neuronal pathways and not molecular context-dependent diversity inside dopaminergic neurons. The authors should address this possibility or point out the fallacy in the above argument.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this issue. To the first point, we expanded our locomotion analysis of the innate and learned odour preference experiments (new Fig. 6) and show that in these experiments, even with TH-DANs being activated, larvae indeed can move relatively normal. In addition, the existing locomotion phenotypes in these experiments were not correlated with the animals’ olfactory choice. This makes it unlikely that the changed locomotion directly determines our observation during the olfactory experiments.

      We do agree that it is possible that both the preference after learning and the changed locomotion could come through the same dopaminergic mechanism via diverse downstream pathways. We cover this hypothesis in Fig. 10G and address this question briefly in lines 580-582.

      The finding that activation of TH-GAL4 conveys aversive valence and R58E02-GAL4 conveys appetitive valence seems redundant (Figure 6). I understand they say this in the context of locomotion. However, they may not have mentioned similar findings in adults. In adults, artificial activation of DANs covered by the same GAL4 lines acts as aversive and appetitive teaching signals for memory formation. These references should be cited appropriately in the results and discussion if not currently included.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and tried to include the relevant adult literature (see e.g. lines 351-356 and 583-604). In particular, we added a quite detailed discussion about a paper published after our initial submission that performed similar experiments for the adult PAM-DANs Lozada-Perdomo et al., 2025, iScience).

      We do not agree, however, that the experiments in Fig. 7 (previously Fig. 6) are redundant. Recent studies in adults found no correlation between the rewarding/punishing effects and the innate valence a given dopaminergic neuron induces (Rohrsen et al., 2021, bioRxiv; Mohammad et al., 2024, PLOS Biol; Lozada-Perdomo et al., 2025, iScience). To our knowledge, no such studies have been carried out in larvae so far. Therefore, we think that it is not only important to test it but that the respective results compared to the results in adults are of relevance for the readership.

      The evidence for the role of dopamine (Figure 7) can be bolstered by using other available RNAi lines against TH. A valium20 vector-based shRNA line is recommended. The current evidence is based mainly on non-specific pharmacological intervention with 3IY.

      We agree to this caveat and made it transparent now in lines 387-389 and 401-403. We nevertheless chose, for the time being, to not include further experiments to address this point in the current study.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Activation of specific or multiple DANs seems to increase naïve odor preference (f1 or TH). Is this due to locomotion defects in TH - how does the odor preference develop over time? Can this increased odor preference explain the safety learning - where they also approach the odor stimulus?

      The reviewer is right that in presence of light, we see increased odor preference both innate and after unpaired training – theoretically, that could be the same effect. However, this would not explain why we see the same increased preferences after unpaired learning with all driver strains but increased innate preferences only for some of them. Moreover, when activating TH, we also see increased odor preference in absence of light after unpaired training but not innately. We therefore think that these are independent effects.

      We also include a new Fig. 6 providing additional information, including the development of preference over time, and addressing the question whether the modulations in locomotion can explain differences in odor preference.

      Locomotion behavior was assessed in 30s light-on periods - was the behavior different from the memory test or naïve preference test which had light on for 3 (or 2.5) minutes - which light intensity was used for the data shown in Figure 5.2? How did the larvae move in the high light concentration/ or with ATR - did they not show memory due to impaired locomotion?

      Light intensity for all odour preference and learning experiments with ChR2-XXL was 100 µW/cm<sup>2</sup> (except Fig. 2 – S2C), i.e. equivalent to the experiments in Fig. 5 – S1 and Fig. 9 – S2 (weak light). We replaced Fig. 5 – S2 with a new expanded Fig. 6 analysing the locomotion of our experiments shown in Fig. 2F, 3F and Fig. 2 – S1F. We show in this figure that the larvae can move relatively normal and that the locomotion effects are weaker than in our experiments with 30s light periods. Unfortunately, we do not have videos available for all experiments and therefore cannot make a similar analysis for Fig. 2 – S2C and D when we used strong light or ATR feeding. The experimenters did not notice impaired locomotion during the experiment and the animals did show normal odour preferences similar to those shown in Fig. 3 – but the preferences were the same after paired and unpaired training, resulting in zero Memory Scores. Therefore, we do not think that the locomotion prevented the memory expression.

      In several experiments, even genetic controls seem to show learning with blue light activation. Thus, the light itself seems to activate DANs. The authors should discuss these effects and explain what this could mean for the findings. The light stimulus might not just activate the specific DAN that expresses the optogenetics, but also additionally other DANs which respond to light.

      We thank the reviewer to point this out and point out this caveat in lines 159-165.

      The authors speculate about the function of potential MB circuits - the DAN-MBON circuit is not well described so far and might be required for the US in test memory recall. A straightforward experiment to investigate the involvement of this circuit in punishment or safety memory recall would be to block dopamine receptors in the MBON.

      We very much agree to this suggestion, but believe these experiments are beyond the scope of the current study. We therefore decided to not perform these experiments for the current paper.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) As self-explanatory as the figures are, it would be interesting to also see controls in some of them. For example, in Figure 5, the effect size graph (Figure 5C) clarifies to an extent the difference between control genotypes and the experimental genotypes. It would be nice to see the results of genetic controls in Figures 5A and 5B instead of in Figure 4 - supplement 2.

      We originally decided to put the controls into the supplement to prevent the main figures to be overcrowded. We revised this decision upon the reviewer’s comment for Fig. 8 (originally 7). For Fig. 4 and 5 specifically, we decided to keep the current layout because each serves a different purpose: Fig. 4D-L, Fig. 5 – S1 and S2 present the actual data with all genotypes that were made in parallel and therefore can be compared directly. Fig. 4 – S2 aims to visualize the effect of the light by comparing all controls across all experiments, normalized to the same starting value. Fig. 5A and B aim to compare the shape and effect size of activating DANs on top of the effect of the light - therefore, we subtracted the controls in each experiment from the experimental group. We think that adding the controls’ behaviour to Fig. 5A and B would undermine the aim of this figure.

      (2) It is a bit unclear why bending and tail velocities were the parameters chosen to compare between groups while in most cases they were of lower relative importance according to Figure 4 - supplement 1. Elaborating on this would strengthen the differences in behavior and also the claims of this study.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion and tried to make our choice clearer. Please see our answer to the respective part of the public review.

      (3) In adults, it has been shown that the same DAN can encode opposing valence depending on whether it was activated before or after odor presentation. Discussing the importance of temporal order of stimulus processing would bolster the results regarding paired and unpaired training in Figure 3.

      We thank the reviewer for this very good suggestion – also in larvae, this temporal function has been described. We discuss these observations in relation to our results in lines in 481-494.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Toshima et al., as stated in the public reviews, have done an admirable job with this manuscript. Below are specific suggestions that could improve the manuscript. It is, of course, up to the authors to decide which ones to attend to.

      Treat controls consistently. In Figure 2 and others, parental controls are not pooled, but in Figure 3, for odor preference, controls are pooled.

      We agree that the same things should be treated in the same way throughout a study and normally adhere to this principle. We nevertheless made an exception for Fig. 3 only because its goal is to provide a post-hoc analysis across several replications of experiments, some of which included genetic controls, others not (from Fig. 2, Fig. 2-S2 and S3). Due to relatively small effect sizes and high variability in odor preferences, to answer the question of paired and unpaired learning, we need higher sample sizes than each individual experiment provided. We therefore decided to pool all “equivalent” data across all these experiments. We do agree that this is a suboptimal approach but hope the reviewer can understand the rationale behind it. We explained our rationale clearer now (lines 180-183).

      I prefer to see all data points in a graph. It is more transparent than the box plots. Also, could you note why the data median is preferable to show over the mean?

      Although we in principle agree to the notion that presenting all data points is more transparent, we opted against it as it makes some graphs harder to read in particular with high sample sizes – in some of our figures, we have hundreds of data points per group. We explain our choice, including for using the median, in the method section (lines 835-839).

      Please undertake another round of language editing to handle spelling errors, etc. Use consistent British/American English.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion and tried our best to fix any spelling and grammar errors.

      I urge the authors to move beyond the false dichotomy of 'p' value statistics to using the statistical framework of estimation statistics for data analysis. I understand switching from familiar statistical analysis in such a late manuscript stage is very difficult. However, the authors can consider the estimation statistics framework in subsequent studies. https://www.estimationstats.com is a good starting point for biologists to get to know a framework that has been extensively worked on and is arguably a more 'honest' way of analyzing data. Disclaimer: I am not associated with the above website.

      We agree that the p-value has problems and are aware of the estimation statistics framework. We had considered applying it here, but we decided against switching to a completely different statistical framework for a research project that was ongoing since several years. However, we are sincerely considering it for our current research projects.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) A major question that remains is why the mutations have so much more detrimental effect in MutL (100-fold lower k<sub>cat</sub>/K<sub>M</sub>) than they do in GyrB (3-fold lower). Can the authors explain this? Doesn't this argue against the proposed catalytic conservation?

      We agree that the quantitative effects of the mutations differ between MutL and GyrB. However, we do not think that this difference argues against conservation of the catalytic mechanism. The trends of the mutational effects are highly consistent between the two enzymes. In both proteins, replacement of the conserved catalytic glutamate with Ala (E29A in aqMutL and E48A in aqGyrB) abolished ATPase activity and ATP binding, whereas replacement with the isosteric amide residue (E29Q and E48Q), which preserves hydrogen-bonding capability but lacks proton-accepting capacity, retained ATP binding and measurable ATPase activity. Likewise, substitutions of the second acidic residue (E32Q in aqMutL and D51N in aqGyrB) also retained substantial ATPase activity despite the loss of proton-accepting capability. Most importantly, simultaneous substitution of both acidic residues (E29Q/E32Q in aqMutL and E48Q/D51N in aqGyrB) completely abolished ATPase activity in both enzymes. Therefore, although the magnitude of the activity reduction caused by the individual mutations differs between MutL and GyrB, the qualitative pattern is essentially identical. We therefore think that the proposed catalytic mechanism is conserved, while the quantitative differences likely reflect differences in the local catalytic environment rather than differences in the underlying mechanism.

      (2) The structure figures all have omit maps for just the AMPPnP and the water, whereas the density for the acidic residues and their mutants is not shown.

      We have added Supplementary Fig. S2, which shows the 2F<sub>o</sub>–F<sub>c</sub> electron density maps around residues Glu48/Asp51 (or their substituted residues) in the wildtype and all mutant structures. The following sentences have been added in the revised manuscript:

      “To show that the introduced substitutions were unambiguously supported by the crystallographic data, electron density maps around residues 48 and 51 are shown in Supplementary Fig. S2.” (p. 4 line 198-200 in the revised manuscript)

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) The authors assessed the consequences of variants in the human MutL homologs PMS2 and MLH1, but various other human GHKL ATPases contain clinically relevant variants, some of which have stronger disease associations than the mutations examined in this study. A broader analysis of the effect (or likely effect) of disease-linked mutations in GHKL ATPases would have strengthened this study.

      We agree that extending the analysis to additional disease-associated variants in other human GHKL ATPases would further strengthen our understanding of the conserved catalytic mechanism and its clinical relevance. However, we believe that such a comprehensive analysis is beyond the scope of the present study, which focuses on establishing the fundamental catalytic mechanism shared between MutL and GyrB. We consider systematic functional and structural analyses of disease-associated variants across the GHKL ATPase family to be an important direction for future research. We have now added a statement to the Results and Discussion section to acknowledge this limitation and highlight this future perspective:

      “Although we focused here on pathogenic variants in the MutL homologs MLH1 and PMS2, extending similar structural and biochemical analyses to disease-associated variants in other human GHKL ATPases will be important for evaluating the generality and clinical relevance of the conserved catalytic mechanism proposed in this study.” (p. 6 line 303-306 in the revised manuscript)

      (2) In MLH1, the E37K mutation completely abolishes ATPase activity, but the corresponding mutations in aqMutL, aqGyrB, and PMS2 do not. It remains unclear why E37K in MLH1 leads to complete loss of activity, as the authors propose that water molecule positioning via the first acidic residue, as well as ATP lid stabilisation and associated conformational changes, should still be possible.

      We agree that the complete loss of ATPase activity caused by the MLH1 E37K variant cannot be explained solely by loss of the catalytic carboxylate. However, we note that the corresponding aqMutL E32K variant analyzed in this study also exhibited essentially no detectable ATPase activity, indicating that this phenotype is not unique to MLH1. It can be thought that the severe defect of the lysine variants arises not merely from loss of the acidic side chain but from charge reversal. We have clarified this point in the Results and Discussion sections:

      “In contrast, the E37K mutation in the MLH1 NTD completely abolished the ATPase activity under our assay conditions (Fig. 5B and Table 1) unlike the corresponding glutamine substitutions, which retained substantial residual ATPase activity in aqMutL, aqGyrB, and PMS2 NTDs. A similar complete loss of ATPase activity was also observed for the E32K mutant form of the aqMutL NTD. These observations suggest that the severe defect caused by the lysine substitution cannot be attributed simply to loss of the catalytic carboxylate. Instead, introduction of a positively charged side chain (charge reversal) is likely to perturb the local electrostatic environment. Structural characterization of the MLH1 E37K and aqMutL E32K mutant forms will be required to clarify the molecular basis of this severe functional defect.” (p. 6 line 281-289 in the revised manuscript)

      (3) The authors do not examine ATP binding in the E32 mutants of aqMutL NTD and the D51 mutants of aqGyrB, or AMPPNP binding of the NLH1 and PMS2 mutants. Hence, the relative contributions of the acidic residues to ATP binding and hydrolysis remain partially unclear.

      We performed additional ATP-binding experiments using the aqMutL NTD E32A and aqGyrB NTD D51A mutant forms. Both mutant forms exhibited ATP-binding activities comparable to those of the corresponding wildtype forms. These results support our conclusion that the second acidic residue primarily contributes to ATP hydrolysis rather than ATP binding, whereas the first acidic residue plays dual roles in ATP binding and catalysis.

      Although we agree that nucleotide-binding analyses of the MLH1 and PMS2 variants would be informative, these experiments were not feasible because the equilibrium dialysis assay requires high protein concentrations, which we were unable to obtain for the recombinant human MLH1 and PMS2 N-terminal domains.

      We have incorporated these new data into the Results and Discussion section:

      “In contrast to the E29A mutant form of the aqMutL NTD, the E32A mutant form exhibited ATP binding ability comparable to that of the wildtype form (Supplementary Fig. S1A), indicating that Glu32 does not contribute to ATP binding.” (p. 3 line 143-145 in the revised manuscript)

      “The D51A mutant form of the aqGyrB NTD retained ATP binding ability comparable to that of the wildtype form, indicating that Asp51 is not required for nucleotide binding (Supplementary Fig. S1B).” (p. 4 line 183-185 in the revised manuscript)

      (4) The ATPase assays for PMS2 and MLH1 (Figure 7 and Table 1) were performed with purification/solubility tags still present. Hence, it cannot be ruled out that these tags influence the measured activities.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that the possible influence of the purification/solubility tags on the absolute ATPase activities of the PMS2 and MLH1 NTDs cannot be completely excluded. However, the wild-type and mutant forms for each homolog were analyzed using identical constructs under the same experimental conditions. Therefore, the affinity/solubility tags are unlikely to affect the relative comparisons of the mutational effects. Furthermore, because the affinity tags are located at the N terminus and are distant from the ATPase active site, they are unlikely to directly perturb the catalytic center.

      (5) The authors suggest that the two-acidic-residue mechanism proposed in this study could be shared among several GHKL ATPase families, yet they also state that the hydrogen-bonding network was not observed in MutL and MORC family proteins. This raises doubt about how conserved the mechanism is, e.g., in MutL and MORC proteins.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. Our proposed mechanism is based on the cooperative catalytic roles of the two conserved acidic residues, namely the involvement of the first acidic residue in ATP binding and nucleophilic water positioning and the role of the second acidic residue in proton abstraction. In contrast, the Glu48–Gln340 hydrogen-bonding interaction described in aqGyrB was proposed only as a structural feature that may modulate the contribution of the first acidic residue to ATP binding. It is not an essential component of the catalytic mechanism proposed in this study. Therefore, the absence of this particular hydrogen-bonding network in the currently available structures of MutL and MORC proteins does not argue against conservation of the catalytic mechanism itself.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      One of the structures (Crystal Structure of the E48A variant) has relatively poor statistics in the PDB validation report. Please improve this structure.

      We performed additional refinement of the E48A crystal structure. This resulted in a clear improvement in the overall model quality, with the Ramachandran favored residues increasing from 93.4% to 95.4%, the percentage of side-chain outliers decreasing from 6.1% to 1.4%. The refined structural model has been used throughout the revised manuscript, and the updated refinement statistics are provided in Table 2.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Please show conventional density maps (e.g., sigmaA weighted 2fo-fc maps).

      This comment is closely related to Comment (2) in the Public Review by the Reviewer #1. In response, we have added Supplementary Fig. S2, which presents conventional σA-weighted 2F<sub>o</sub>–F<sub>c</sub> electron density maps around the catalytic acidic residues in the wild-type and mutant aqGyrB structures.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Regarding the analysis of clinical variants, it would be informative to note that the second allele is lost before tumor growth in Lynch syndrome.

      “Therefore, these variants might contribute to the development of Lynch syndrome by weakening the ATPase-driven regulatory functions of MutL.” (p. 6 line 280-281 in the original manuscript) has been changed to:

      “In individuals carrying these germline variants, subsequent loss or inactivation of the remaining wildtype allele would leave only the ATPase-defective MutL protein, thereby compromising mismatch repair and promoting tumorigenesis.” (p. 6 line 296-298 in the revised manuscript)

      (2) P. 4, in the paragraph "Conserved roles of two acidic residues of aqGyrB in ATP hydrolysis", the E48Q mutant retains approximately one third of the WT activity, not one quarter as stated in the text (Table 1). Additionally, later in the article, the D51 mutant is reported to retain approximately one-sixth (~17%) of the WT activity, rather than ~25% as written.

      We thank the reviewer for carefully identifying these inconsistencies. The text has been corrected to accurately reflect the data presented in Table 1: “…one third of the wildtype activity” (p. 4 line 180) and “…retaining ~16%...” (p. 4 line 186 in the revised manuscript)

      (3) P. 6, lines 275-276, this sentence should be rephrased for clarity, as the authors note at the end of page 5 that not all members of the GHKL ATPase family possess this second acidic residue.

      “…this second acidic residue plays a conserved and functionally significant role in ATP hydrolysis across the GHKL ATPase family.” in the original manuscript has been changed to:

      “…this second acidic residue plays a conserved and functionally significant role in ATP hydrolysis among some members of the GHKL ATPase family.” (p. 6 line 292 in the revised manuscript)

      (4) P. 9, in the "Data Accessibility Statement", the PDB code 23UY is missing. This entry corresponds to the crystal structure of the D51A mutant of aqGyrB NTD and should be included.

      The Data Accessibility Statement has been revised to include the code 23UY. (p. 9 line 454 in the revised manuscript)

      (5) P. 14, the table should be labelled "Table 2. Data collection and refinement statistics for the aqGyrB NTDs", rather than "Supplementary Table 2", to ensure consistency with how it is cited in the main text.

      The table title has been corrected from "Supplementary Table 2" to "Table 2”. (p. 4 line 198 in the revised manuscript)

      (6) It is difficult to determine from the figures whether the magnesium ion is positioned equivalently in aqMutL and aqGyrB. Did the authors observe any differences in ion positioning?

      To facilitate direct comparison of the catalytic Mg<sup>2+</sup> ion between the aqMutL and aqGyrB NTDs, we have added Supplementary Fig. S3, which shows a structural superimposition of the ATPase active sites of the two proteins:

      “Structural superposition of the aqGyrB NTD and aqMutL NTD revealed that the catalytic Mg<sup>2+</sup> ion occupies essentially the same position in the two ATPase active sites (Supplementary Fig. S3), indicating that the metal-binding geometry is highly conserved, where the Mg<sup>2+</sup> ion is coordinated by the side chain of the conserved Asn, AMPPNP, and surrounding water molecules. Neither Glu48 of aqMutL nor Asp51 of aqGyrB directly coordinated the Mg<sup>2+</sup> ion.” (p. 5 line 201-205 in the revised manuscript)

      (7) The authors should discuss the interaction between the aqGyrB NTD, Mg<sup>2+</sup>, and ATP during the binding step. In the case of the E48A mutant, where ATP binding is lost, does E48 directly establish contacts with Mg<sup>2+</sup>, or is another residue involved (with conformational changes preventing this interaction)?

      Our structural analyses indicate that Glu48 does not directly coordinate the catalytic Mg<sup>2+</sup> ion. Instead, as shown in Supplementary Fig. S3, the Mg<sup>2+</sup> ion is coordinated by the side chain of Asn52, AMPPNP, and surrounding water molecules. We have clarified this point in the Results and Discussion sections:

      “Structural superposition of the aqGyrB NTD and aqMutL NTD revealed that the catalytic Mg<sup>2+</sup> ion occupies essentially the same position in the two ATPase active sites (Supplementary Fig. S3), indicating that the metal-binding geometry is highly conserved, where the Mg<sup>2+</sup> ion is coordinated by the side chain of Asn52, AMPPNP, and surrounding water molecules. Neither Glu48 nor Asp51 directly coordinated the Mg<sup>2+</sup> ion.” (p. 5 line 201-205 in the revised manuscript)

      (8) Figures 1 and 3: Use ribbon representation and no shadows, at least for the inset panels, to enhance clarity and interpretability.

      We have revised Figures 1 and 3 by displaying the protein structures in ribbon representation and removing shadows from the inset panels.

      (9) Combine Figures 1 and 2, and combine Figures 3 and 4.

      Following the reviewer's recommendation, we have combined the original Figures 1 and 2 into a single figure and the original Figures 3 and 4 into another single figure.

      (10) Figure 5: Zoom in further and remove shadows. The current panels are not very effective in highlighting how ATP is bound by the different protein variants.

      Figure 5 has been revised by increasing the magnification of the ATP-binding sites and removing shadows from the structural renderings.

      (11) Figure 8. Add a scale bar to show evolutionary distance.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. To provide information on evolutionary distances while preserving the clarity of the main figure, we have added a new Supplementary Fig. S5 showing the same phylogenetic tree with branch lengths proportional to the inferred evolutionary distances and an evolutionary distance scale bar. Figure 6 has been retained in its simplified form with equal branch lengths to facilitate visualization of the ancestral-state reconstruction, and we have clarified this distinction in the Materials and Methods section:

      “For visualization purposes, branch lengths were not scaled and were displayed with equal lengths in Fig. 6. The corresponding phylogeny with branch lengths proportional to the inferred evolutionary distances is provided in Supplementary Fig. S5.” (p. 9 line 429-432 in the revised manuscript)

    1. Stubblebine’s point about writing as a tool for thinking is one John Warner also drives home in his book More Than Words: How to think about writing in the Age of AI (a book we read in the AI book club, with a recording here). I agree 100% about writing as a mode of thinking, which is why I’ve sort of abandoned many attempts to use AI in writing blog posts. It’s not so much that AI-generated content in posts is soulless or too bland or too general; it’s that it can sometimes remove the thinking elements of the writing process. That’s the real value of writing — the clarity of mind and changed perspective that often results.

      I agree that writing helps us think through our ideas, not just describe them. When AI does most of the work, we may miss the process of struggling with our thoughts and gaining a clearer perspective. AI can still be helpful for brainstorming and editing, but it should not replace our own thinking. What is the best way to use AI while still keeping the writing process meaningful?

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Point by point response to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required):

      In the manuscript by Dembska et al titled, "High-throughput identification of protein turnover modulators in human neurons," the authors engineered human embryonic stem cell that expresses the MCFT reporter (FT-NGN-hESC). The FT-NGN-hESC line can be induced to differentiate into a near pure population of neurons (FT-iNGN). These neurons were subsequently used to screen almost 6000 compounds to identify candidates that could alter protein turnover. They selected three and characterized the resulting changes to the transcriptome and proteome of iNGN neurons. They identified ribosomal proteins, initiation factors and snoRNA as some of the top up-regulated genes-which have not been demonstrated before in neurons. Additionally, the authors proceeded to test the compounds on their ability to resolve alpha-synuclein aggregation in mouse hippocampal neurons. The manuscript is an elegant demonstration of how a fluorescent reporter can be applied to human ES-derived cells to assess changes in protein turnover and disease pathology.

      Major comments:

      -Development of the FT-NGN-hESC line that can be differentiated into FT-iNGN neurons serves as an excellent tool for screening small molecule drugs that can alter protein turnover in human ES-derived lines.

      However, if the goal of the study is to demonstrate the efficacy of a compound to mitigate disease pathology, it would benefit from directly addressing a specific neurodegenerative disease (i.e. Parkinson's or other related synucleinopathies) by using patient-derived iPSCs.

      As outlined in Fig1A, MCFT can be inserted into the CLYBL site and differentiated into neural cells to assess the impact of the disease on protein turnover in patient cells. Although the population of neural cells can vary, that diversity or heterogeneity of differentiating cells could provide information as to when in development that protein turnover begins to change in the context of disease progression. [OPTIONAL]

      We thank the reviewer for the interesting suggestion to use patient-derived iPSCs. First, we would like to highlight the fact that we did show that our lead compound CI-994 was efficient in clearing alpha-synuclein fibrils from dopaminergic neurons derived from human iPSCs. Nevertheless, we indeed did so far not perform experiments on iPSCs derived from patients suffering from Parkinson’s disease. Here we believe that the MCFT readout would not be directly useful in testing the efficiency of compounds on the pathological hallmarks of dopaminergic neurons differentiated from such iPSCs. Nevertheless, we agree that testing the efficiency of our lead compound in clearing alpha-synuclein fibrils in these patient-derived cells would enrich the manuscript. Therefore, we propose to test the efficacy of CI-994 in clearing alpha-synuclein fibers from dopaminergic neurons derived from a sporadic patient-derived iPSC cell line.

      -The rationale for why the aSyn aggregation assay was performed on primary mouse neurons was not clear. The authors invested much effort into the development and characterization of FT-iNGNs and the effect of the three drugs on transcription and translation of iNGNs (Figs1-4). Yet, to assess pathology, they employ mouse neurons.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point and agree that the rationale for using primary mouse neurons as the initial screening model was not sufficiently explained.

      Primary neurons were selected because, at the time the study was initiated, they represented the most robust and fully characterized neuronal model of Lewy body–like pathology. This model reproducibly captures the progressive formation and maturation of alpha-synuclein aggregates, including the accumulation of key molecular and structural features of Lewy body pathology. Importantly, it is also highly compatible with compound screening in 96-well plates, provides a robust pathological signal within approximately 10 days, and allows multiple compounds, concentrations and treatment windows to be compared in parallel. It has therefore become a widely used model for alpha-synuclein drug-screening studies in both academic and pharmaceutical settings. Furthermore, as we now show in Fig.S5J, iNGNs do not express endogenous aSyn, thus preventing them from using these cells for this assay.

      Until recently, no human iPSC-derived neuronal model had been shown to reproduce the formation and maturation of Lewy body–like pathology with such extensive molecular and ultrastructural characterization. We have now established this in human iPSC-derived dopaminergic neurons and recently published the model (Mahul-Mellier et al., Science Advances, 2026). This human model represents an important advance, as it reproduces several key features of Lewy body pathology in the disease-relevant neuronal population. However, pathology develops more slowly and at a lower level than in primary neurons. At 21 days after seeding, only approximately 3% of neurons display somatic pathology, and cultures must be maintained for up to 56 days to reach higher pathological levels. At these extended time points, neuronal attachment in 96-well plates also becomes a limiting factor, making the model less suitable for the initial screening of multiple compounds across several concentrations.

      For these reasons, we used a two-step strategy: primary neurons provided a robust and scalable system for the initial screening of the compounds across multiple concentrations, while the most promising compounds were subsequently validated in human iPSC-derived dopaminergic neurons. This approach combines the screening capacity and reproducibility of the primary neuronal model with the increased human and disease relevance of the iPSC-derived neuronal model. We have clarified this rationale in the revised manuscript.

      We have now edited the manuscript to better justify the use of mouse primary neurons for the aSyn assay.

      If the use of mouse neurons was essential, then I would expect the authors to show that introduction of preformed fibrils (PFF) increased MCFT half-life (more mOrange fluorescence) and demonstrate that reduction of phospho-aSyn following drug treatment correlated with increased RPs, eIFs or snoRNAs expression-as was shown for iNGNs.

      We agree with the reviewer that these experiments would significantly improve the manuscript, and we will thus perform them to following way:

      1. We will transduce primary neurons with lentiviral vectors expressing the MCFT, and after 48 hours, we will add PFFs, and then image the cells every other day for 10 days.
      2. We will treat primary neurons with PFFs and with or without drugs, and then perform RNA extraction after 10 days followed by QPCR of the following genes: snora63, snord97, snora12, rpl39, rps3a, rps27a,rpl34, eif3e, eif3l.

        Conversely, could the aggregation assay be performed on mature iNGNs to make the experimental model more consistent?

      We understand the point of the reviewer. We initially planned to perform this experiment, which requires target neurons to express endogenous synuclein (Mahul-Mellier et al., PNAS 2020). As can be seen from the Western Blot below (also now shown as Fig.S5J), iNGNs do not express endogenous alpha-synuclein.

      -The identification of RPs, eIFs and snoRNAs as up-regulated genes upon drug treatment is a novel finding in post-mitotic neurons. It should be noted that elevated expression of components of the translational machinery are hallmarks of dividing cells. The authors should denote whether neurogenesis-related or proneural genes are up- or down-regulated in their volcano plots (Figs3&4). Additional evidence should show that these drugs do not interfere with differentiation and that the cells are not regressing to a mitotic-state.

      We thank the reviewer for this very good point. We have now analyzed the distribution of neurogenesis-related genes, and we found no evidence of a significant downregulation or upregulation of these genes (revised Fig. S3J-L), excluding a drastic change in cell identity upon treatment. Concerning the mitotic state the reviewer mentions, the lack of changes in cell number (Fig. S2F), nuclear size (Fig. S2G), or cellular morphology (Fig. S2H, newly included) suggests that drug treatment did not induce overt changes in the cellular state relative to the pre-treatment post-mitotic condition (Fig. S1B).

      -From identified genes that are up- or down-regulated in omics results, typically one or more genes are validated using immunofluorescence or smFISH. I would urge the authors to include one or both methods to confirm their transcriptomic or proteomic results.

      We agree with the reviewer, and we have now selected a panel of ribosomal proteins (RPL29, RPL31, RPL23, RPL8, RPL24, RPL27, RPL21, RPL35, RPL32, RPL36, RPS15 and RPL36AL), that are increased at the proteome level upon treatment with all three compounds. Antibodies are available for these proteins, and thus we will first test which ones can be reliably detected by immunofluorescence, and then we will perform their quantification with or without drug treatment in iNGNs using immunofluorescence.

      __ Minor comments:__

      -As some of the results are fluorescence readouts, it is recommended that higher magnification images (greater than 20x) or enlarged insets be included (Figs1B, 5B,G,K).

      This is a good point, we now show higher magnification images as enlarged insets.

      In particular, neurons that have long polarized extensions should be clearly and discretely visible as structure can be a proxy for neuronal identity and maturity. -Inclusion of images of iNGNs over time (i.e. during dox induction and after treatment of drugs at day 0,1,3,5,14) at greater than 20x magnification would enhance the conclusions of the manuscript.

      We agree with the reviewer that morphology of neurons is a useful indication of neuronal identity and maturity, and we have now included greater magnifications of iNGNs in the supplement. However, we do not think that including images of iNGNs over time, especially over such an extended time window will be very informative in the context of our work, since we are focusing on a single time point for the drug screening.

      -For Fig3F-N, please demarcate cut-offs for significant up- or down-regulated genes (red lines) and include number of genes as was done in Fig3A-C.

      We thank the reviewer for this point, and we have now modified the figure accordingly.

      -For Fig4A-I, including cut-offs for significant up- or down-regulated genes and counts would facilitate comparison of the results.

      In this case, there are very few (in fact only 1 protein) that is significantly downregulated, and we have included the corresponding plots in the supplementary material as FigS4A-C.

      -Test pairwise combination of the three drugs.

      We thank the reviewer for this interesting point, however to make this relevant it would imply testing a large number of combinations at different doses in different systems, which is another project per se. It is also not entirely clear to us whether such as large amount of work would be worthwhile, given the fact that only CI-994 showed efficiency in clearing PFFs from dopaminergic neurons derived from human iPSCs.

      **Referees cross commenting**

      I believe Reviewer #2's comments were quite thoughtful and excellent. It should be noted that whether proteostasis deficits observed in neurodegenerative diseases are linked to proteasomal, lysosomal or both pathways should be addressed, if not experimentally, in the text of the manuscript as it is central to how the reporter works and what cellular mechanism is probed under pathological conditions. I believe the comments from the two reviewers are complementary.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance Required):

      General assessment: The work presented in the manuscript, as is, was well done and performed with rigor, but the results do appear preliminary and without additional work can seem descriptive. The strengths are the development of the human ES cell line that expresses the MCFT reporter that can be differentiated into human neurons. These cells can then be used to screen a large number of compounds, therapeutic agents or orphan drugs to rapidly assess the resulting physiological changes to the cells. Having said this, a high-throughput screen is just the beginning and validating the observed changes need additional experiments, well-defined controls and thorough analyses.

      Another caveat of this work is that the authors use a different cell-type to study alpha-synuclein aggregation. While it can be argued that authors were trying to demonstrate the effect of the drugs on diverse cell-types or pathological condition, then the burden of proof lies with the authors to show that protein turnover, transcriptome and proteome within mouse neurons are also similarly affected by the drugs as was shown for human cells.

      Conceptual advances:

      The approach used in the manuscript can be implemented to engineer human neurons expressing any fluorescence reporter that assesses changes in cellular physiology. Moreover, the finding that translation-related genes are up-regulated by drugs that increase protein turnover could reveal new potential targets for disease intervention. Ultimately, if this approach can be readily adapted to patient-derived iPSCs, then it would be possible to personalize a drug (or cocktail) treatment or regimen that is specific to a patient's prognosis.

      Audience:

      I believe this work would be of interest to a broad audience of fluorescence tool-builders, translational researchers and neuroscientists. The authors make a great effort to bridge basic science with drug discovery and translational research.

      __Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)): ____

      __Summary: The manuscript titled 'high-throughput identification of protein turnover modulators in human neurons" reported using a previously developed MCFT reporter system for screening compounds that increase protein turnover in stem cell-derived human neurons, and showcased three compounds that suppress pS129 aSyn pathology in a seeded aggregation model. The platform has throughput advantage and the pS129 clearance data across systems is the strong. My main concerns are about how directly some of the mechanistic claims are actually supported by the data, outlined below. __ Major comments: __

      1. It is known that GFP is quenched in acidic environments including the lysosome, while RFP is much less sensitive to this. This is exactly why tandem GFP-RFP constructs are so widely used as lysosomal degradation sensors in the autophagy field. I understand the MCFT here is a genuine Fluorescent Timer based on differential maturation kinetics rather than pH quenching, and the authors validated it against orthogonal methods under basal conditions in ref 42. My concern is specifically about what happens once cells are treated with a compound that perturbs proteostasis more broadly. Under basal conditions the readout may cleanly reflect proteasomal turnover, but once you add a compound, both proteasomal and lysosomal/autophagic degradation are likely engaged. If a compound shifts the sensor pool toward lysosomal handling, GFP will get quenched , it will still show up as a lower G/R ratio and get scored as a hit for the same reason.

      We understand that indeed, if a compound shifts the sensor pool towards lysosomal handling, GFP will get quenched. However, the hits in our screen are those with a higher, not a lower G/R ratio. Therefore the compounds that shift the sensor pool towards lysosomal detection will not by assigned as hits, in fact on the contrary they will be de facto be considered as non-hits.

      1. Since this is an imaging-based screen, I think the authors already have what they need to at least partially address this: looking at total signal intensity changes and colocalization between GFP and RFP signal, or with a lysosomal marker like LAMP1 could help tease apart whether the ratio changes are coming from proteasomal degradation, lysosomal degradation, or both. Right now "increased protein turnover" is a reasonable interpretation but it's not really demonstrated for the three lead compounds specifically.

      Because we show above that comment 1. is in fact misguided, we believe these experiments are not required.

      1. PFF are known to be cleared primarily by lysosomes, not proteasomes, once it is aggregated. But the MCFT sensor is specifically built around a PEST degron targeting proteasomal degradation. So there's a disconnect: the screen identifies compounds based on a proteasome-linked readout, but the clearance phenotype in Fig. 5 is happening in a system where lysosomal degradation is expected to dominate. Nothing in the paper actually shows these are the same mechanism. I think this needs a direct test (bafilomycin/chloroquine co-treatment to ask if clearance is autophagy-dependent, and a proteasome inhibitor (marizomib/bortezomib) co-treatment to ask if it's UPS-dependent).

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that our current data do not demonstrate that the reduction in phospho-alpha-synuclein pathology is directly mediated by increased proteasomal degradation. We have now clarified in the manuscript that we did not establish a firm mechanistic link between the MCFT readout and the reduction in alpha-synuclein pathology.

      However, we would like to clarify an important distinction between the exogenous PFF seeds and the alpha-synuclein pathology quantified in Fig. 5. Exogenously added PFFs are internalized through the endolysosomal pathway. A fraction of these seeds subsequently escapes from damaged or perforated endolysosomal compartments and reaches the cytosol, where it induces the recruitment and conversion of soluble endogenous alpha-synuclein into newly formed fibrils. These newly formed fibrils progressively accumulate in neurites and later in the neuronal soma, where they mature into Lewy body–like inclusions.

      Thus, the phospho-alpha-synuclein signal quantified in Fig. 5 does not primarily measure the lysosomal clearance of the internalized PFF inoculum. It reflects the accumulation of newly formed pathological fibrils composed predominantly of endogenous alpha-synuclein. We agree that the mechanisms regulating the formation, turnover or clearance of this newly generated pathology may involve the ubiquitin–proteasome system, the autophagy–lysosomal pathway, or interactions between both pathways, but the present experiments were not designed to distinguish between these possibilities.

      Importantly, approximately 10 days after PFF exposure are required to generate a robust and reproducible level of phospho-alpha-synuclein pathology that allows differences between treatment conditions to be reliably quantified. Sustained inhibition of either proteasomal or autophagy–lysosomal degradation over this period is not experimentally feasible in primary neurons because it is highly toxic. Based on our previous experience with this model, proteasome or autophagy inhibitors can only be applied for short periods, typically no longer than 24 hours, without inducing substantial neuronal toxicity (unpublished observations).

      A short co-treatment with bafilomycin or chloroquine would also be difficult to interpret in this context. In addition to inhibiting lysosomal degradation, these compounds can alter PFF intracellular trafficking, lysosomal integrity, seed escape and consequently the initial seeding process itself. Similarly, proteasome inhibitors have broad effects on neuronal proteostasis and can independently promote alpha-synuclein accumulation and cellular stress. A 24-hour inhibition at a selected stage of the 10-day process would therefore not reveal which pathway is responsible for the overall reduction in pathology and could instead reflect acute effects on several distinct steps of pathology formation.

      The purpose of Fig. 5 was to determine whether compounds identified through the MCFT screen could also reduce the formation or accumulation of endogenous alpha-synuclein pathology in a complementary PFF-seeding model. We have now clarified this distinction in the manuscript and explicitly state that the mechanistic link between the proteasome-related MCFT readout and the reduction in alpha-synuclein pathology remains to be established.

      1. Around lines 233 and 367 the authors propose that increased degradation without corresponding increases in proteasomal protein levels is likely due to changes in assembly, capping, chaperone engagement, or PTMs on the proteasome. This is plausible but it's supported entirely by citations to other people's work, not anything shown here. Comparing assembly state by native PAGE, a proteasome activity assay, or ubiquitin-conjugate levels between DMSO and treated cells would support the hypothesis. If this isn't feasible for this manuscript, I'd at least ask that the text be softened so this reads as a hypothesis for future work rather than a likely mechanism.

      We think this is an interesting point. We thus propose to determine the changes in proteasome activity in iNGNs after 24h treatment with the 3 drugs.

      1. The authors mention in the Limitations section that they can't rule out that some pathways are still dynamically changing at 24h, but this is left as an acknowledged gap rather than something they test. Given this is a live-cell imaging platform, it seems like it would be straightforward to collect a time course (6/12/24/48h) at least for the three lead compounds to see whether the G/R shift at 24h is a stable new state or not. Especially, mTOR inhibition is known to shut down global transcription while upregulating ribosomal proteins to compensate for slowed protein synthesis. I'd want to know whether this is a specific turnover-promoting mechanism or a broader stress/adaptation response that just happens to also show up as a G/R change. Cell count alone isn't a very sensitive readout for distinguishing these. Also, ribosomal protein levels go up without a corresponding increase in mRNA, and the authors attribute this to post-transcriptional regulation of translation. But this could just as easily be explained by decreased degradation/stabilization of existing ribosomal proteins, which is a different mechanism entirely, and arguably doesn't actually support the "enhanced turnover" claim.

      We thank the reviewer for this interesting point. We agree that a time course of the three lead compounds to see how the G/R shift is changing would be of interest, and we will perform this experiment. We also do agree that understanding how the mTOR pathway reacts to compound treatment is of interest, and we will thus perform ELISA tests based on reactivity to p70S6K phosphorylation to measure mTOR activity over time after treatment with the three compounds, as we have done previously in Sun et al., Cell Systems 2026.

      Concerning the mechanism that causes ribosomal proteins to increase: we agree with the reviewer that we cannot claim that this is caused by an increased synthesis rather than decreased degradation of the ribosomes, and we have now specified this in the manuscript discussion. However, we do not think that the latter is against the claim we make for enhanced turnover. First, we show that MCFT turnover is de facto enhanced by treatment with the compound. Second, an increase in ribosomal proteins is likely to drive the increased protein synthesis rate since as we demonstrated in our previous work (Sun et al., Cell Systems 2026), changes in global protein synthesis rates directly feed into global protein degradation rate through a passive adaptation mechanism in various cell types, including human neurons. We thus believe that increase in ribosomal protein content, irrespective of the mechanism leading to this increase, will lead to an increase in protein degradation rate.

      __**Referees cross commenting** __

      I found Reviewer #1's assessment to be thorough and largely complementary to my own. Together, our comments raise the same underlying question: whether the turnover phenotype demonstrated in iNGNs is mechanistically connected to the pathology phenotype demonstrated in a different model system. The one area I would consider optional rather than essential is the suggestion to test pairwise drug combinations, since the mechanism is not yet clear, and combining two compounds would only make it harder to disentangle.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      This work provides a technical advance of clear value to the proteostasis and neurodegeneration fields.

      The audience for this work includes researchers in proteostasis, autophagy-lysosome and ubiquitin-proteasome biology, drug discovery groups working on neurodegenerative disease, and stem cell/iPSC modeling labs interested in scalable phenotypic screening platforms. The main caveat, as detailed above, is that the mechanistic interpretation of the screen is not yet fully disentangled from lysosomal/autophagic contributions, which matters both for interpreting the primary screening data and for understanding how the lead compounds are actually acting on aSyn pathology.

      My field of expertise: proteostasis, autophagy-lysosome and ubiquitin-proteasome systems, selective autophagy receptors, proteomics, chemoproteomics, neurodegeneration-relevant cellular models.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper leverages 7T fMRI data from the Natural Scenes Dataset to investigate whether retinotopic coding, the position-selective organization of visual response structures, spontaneous resting-state interactions between the Default Network (DN) and the Dorsal Attention Network (dATN). Using individualized network parcellations and population receptive field (pRF) modeling, the authors show that DN voxels can be split into two subpopulations based on their response to visual stimulation: those with position-specific positive BOLD responses (+pRFs) and those with position-specific negative BOLD responses (-pRFs). Critically, these subpopulations relate differently to the dATN during rest: -pRFs are anticorrelated with the dATN, +pRFs are positively correlated, and non-retinotopic DN voxels show no coupling. The anticorrelation (and positive correlation) is enhanced when DN and dATN voxels share visual field preferences. An eventtriggered analysis suggests that retinotopic coding shapes both "top-down" (DNinitiated) and "bottom-up" (dATN-initiated) spontaneous activity transients, supporting the claim that the retinotopic scaffold is intrinsic to the DN. These findings challenge the prevailing view of global DN-dATN antagonism and suggest retinotopic coding as an organizing principle for cross-network communication.

      Strengths:

      The central finding that what looks like network-level independence between DN and dATN decomposes into structured, bivalent interactions organized by voxellevel visual field preferences is a compelling demonstration that macro-scale network descriptions can hide meaningful substructure. The logic of the analysis is clean: pRF properties are estimated from retinotopic mapping data and then used to predict resting-state coupling in completely independent scanning sessions. This cross-session, cross-modality design rules out many circularity concerns.

      The use of individualized multi-session hierarchical Bayesian parcellation (Kong et al.) to define DN and dATN boundaries within each subject is the right methodological choice for this question. Network boundaries in posterior cortex, where DN and dATN interdigitate most closely, vary considerably across individuals, and group-average approaches would introduce exactly the kind of misassignment that would most confound the result.

      The matched-vs-random pRF analysis is well-controlled. The authors demonstrate that cortical distance between matched and randomly-matched dATN pRFs does not differ, effectively ruling out spatial proximity on the cortical surface as a confound. tSNR controls further show that signal quality differences do not drive the effect.

      The event-triggered analysis (Figure 3) is creative and adds genuine value. Showing that retinotopically-specific coupling persists during DN-initiated activity transients, not only dATN-initiated ones, is the key piece of evidence for the claim that the code is intrinsic to the DN rather than passively inherited through bottom-up visual drive.

      The result is observed consistently across all individual participants, which provides strong evidence for the robustness of the qualitative pattern despite the small sample size inherent to densely-sampled designs.

      Weaknesses

      (1) The nature of negative pRFs requires more scrutiny

      The entire interpretive framework depends on treating negative pRFs in the DN as genuine position-selective neural responses (suppression). However, negative BOLD signals are well known to arise from non-neural sources, specifically, vascular stealing (where activation in nearby tissue diverts blood from adjacent voxels) and macrovascular draining vein effects that produce spatially displaced signal inversions. These concerns are amplified at 7T, where T2*-weighted GEEPI carries substantial macrovascular weighting. The DN and dATN interdigitate extensively in the posterior cortex, often within millimeters. A negative pRF in a DN voxel adjacent to a positive dATN voxel could, in principle, reflect the hemodynamic shadow of its neighbor rather than an independent neural response.

      The spatial dispersion control (matched vs. random pRFs have similar cortical distribution) is valuable but addresses long-range confounds, not local hemodynamic crosstalk. The reliability of sign and center position across runs is reassuring but does not exclude a vascular origin, as vascular architecture is itself stable across sessions. I would encourage the authors to test whether the matched-vs-random effect survives exclusion of voxels near large pial vessels (identifiable from T2* contrast or the venograms available in the NSD). These analyses would not be dispositive, but they would meaningfully strengthen the neural interpretation.

      The reviewer raises an important concern about the interpretation of negative pRFs in the DN, namely that spatially specific negative BOLD responses could, in principle, reflect local vascular effects rather than genuine position-selective suppression. The reviewer suggests excluding voxels near large vessels to address this issue.

      Based on the reviewer’s suggestion, we repeated the pRF matching analysis excluding any voxels within 3mm of a major vein, as identified using the time-of-flight (TOF) MR venography included in the NSD. This analysis therefore tests whether the retinotopically specific DN–dATN coupling persists after removing voxels most likely to be affected by vascular signal.

      Excluding these voxels did not impact our results: we found preferential coupling according to response valence and center position, with stronger correlation between matched +DN and +dATN voxels (t(6) = 6.054, p < 0.001), and a more pronounced negative correlation between matched -DN and -dATN voxels (t(6) = -5.0448, p < 0.01). We have added these results to the supplemental figures (Fig. S7), and also added to the text (Pg. 8). Together with the run-wise reliability of pRF sign and position, and the persistence of the matched-versus-random effect after vessel exclusion, this analysis supports the interpretation that negative DN pRFs reflect structured, spatially specific responses rather than a vascular artifact.

      “Finally, to rule out any possible influences from vascular stealing (i.e. the shunting of blood into active tissue from nearby regions), we repeated the matching analysis after excluding any voxels within a 3mm radius of a major vessel (Fig. S7; see Methods). Both matching effects remained after excluding vascularly susceptible voxels (+DN x dATN: t(6) = 6.054; p < 0.001; -DN x dATN: t(6) = -5.0448; p < 0.01).”

      (2) Amount of retinotopic mapping data and choice of pRF pipeline

      The NSD includes 6 runs of retinotopic mapping (~5 minutes each; 3 baraperture, 3 wedge/ring). The authors use only the 3 bar-aperture runs (~15 minutes total per subject) and fit their own pRFs using AFNI's 3dNLfim procedure, rather than using the pRF estimates provided as part of the NSD release (which were fitted using the analyzePRF toolbox with all 6 runs).

      Fifteen minutes of bar data is quite limited for reliable voxel-wise pRF estimation, especially in regions far from the early visual cortex, where signal-to-noise is inherently lower. Standard recommendations for robust pRF mapping in higherorder regions generally suggest substantially more data. The variance-explained threshold is close to the noise floor by design, meaning that a non-trivial number of the "retinotopic" DN voxels may be poorly estimated. Given that the core analyses depend on both the sign and the center position of these pRFs, the limited data is a significant concern.

      The authors do not explain why they chose to re-fit pRFs rather than use the NSD-provided estimates. If the motivation was methodological (e.g., the NSD pRF pipeline does not readily yield signed amplitude, or the bar-only fits were judged more appropriate for detecting negative responses), this should be made explicit. If the NSD-provided pRFs can reproduce the key findings, this would substantially increase confidence in the results. If they cannot, that divergence itself would be important to understand. I would ask the authors to address this choice and, if feasible, to report whether the core results replicate using the NSDprovided pRF estimates and/or whether using all 6 runs of retinotopy data changes the findings.

      The reviewer raises two related concerns: first, that the amount of retinotopic mapping data available in the NSD may be limited for estimating voxel-wise pRFs in higher-order cortical regions; and second, that we re-fit the pRF model using AFNI rather than relying on the pRF estimates provided with the NSD release. We appreciate the opportunity to clarify both points. We agree with the reviewer that more travelling bar data would be preferable and would likely yield more robust model fits, particularly in higher-order regions with lower SNR. This is a limitation of our paper that we now acknowledge in the discussion section. However, we do not think that more data would fundamentally change the pattern of our results for the following reasons.

      First, we implemented a novel data-driven approach to derive a threshold for thresholding significant pRF fits (a noise floor). Importantly, our noise floor estimation yields a conservative threshold (R<sup>2</sup> > 0.14), which is greater than both our previous work characterizing cortical pRFs (Steel et al. 2024: R<sup>2</sup> > 0.08) and other work exploring visual responses in the default network (Klink et al. 2021: R<sup>2</sup> > 0.05; no threshold: Szinte and Knapen 2020; Knapen 2021).

      Second, the key pRF features used in our analyses – response sign and centre position – were reliable across retinotopic mapping runs. This reliability is important because our central matching analysis depends on voxel-wise estimates of both response valence and visual-field position.

      Third, the matching analysis asks whether pRF parameters estimated from the retinotopic mapping task predict functional coupling measured during independent resting-state scans. Noisy or unstable pRF estimates should weaken this relationship, because they would degrade the accuracy of voxel-wise matching. Thus, parameter instability would be expected to obscure retinotopically specific coupling rather than systematically produce the observed matched-versus-random effects.

      To the reviewer’s question about our decision to re-fit the pRF model using AFNI, the reviewer is correct that this was motivated by the requirements of our analysis: we re-fit the pRF estimates using AFNI because it allows for both positive and negative signed amplitudes. The pRF model fits provided with the NSD do not allow bivalent amplitude estimates. We have made this decision clearer in the text, reproduced below (Pg. 4-5; Pg. 14-15).

      “We chose to re-fit the data using a simple Gaussian approach as implemented in AFNI to allow for both positive and negative signed amplitudes.”

      “The limited amount of pRF mapping task data included in the NSD posed a challenge for establishing reliable visual response estimates. Here, we addressed this issue by developing a novel thresholding method to establish robust voxel-wise model fits. Among voxels that passed this empirical threshold, we observed a significant correlation in voxel-wise estimates of centre position and visual response amplitude. In addition, our pRF matching results were based on the relationship between the voxel-wise estimates of centre position and response amplitude with resting-state fMRI – a completely independent measure. Crucially, noisy estimates of pRF parameters would obscure this relationship and make our results less likely. Therefore, despite the relatively limited pRF mapping data available, unstable pRF estimates are unlikely to drive our results.”

      (3) pRF model adequacy for the Default Network

      The isotropic Gaussian pRF model was developed for and validated in early and mid-level visual cortex, where it captures the dominant spatial selectivity of neuronal populations. In DN voxels where the model explains comparatively little variance, it is less clear that the model is capturing the right quantity.

      Specifically, the negative pRFs could conceivably be described by a model with a dominant suppressive surround (e.g., a difference-of-Gaussians model), in which what appears as a "negative pRF" in the standard model is actually the surround component of a center-surround mechanism whose center is poorly resolved. This distinction matters: a genuine inverted code (negative center response) implies a qualitatively different computation than inherited surround suppression from nearby visual cortex.

      The authors should consider discussing why the standard model is sufficient for the questions asked, or ideally, testing whether the sign distinction survives under alternative pRF model specifications.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment about the limitations of a single gaussian pRF model. We chose the single gaussian model as a direct extension of prior work from our lab and others (Steel et al., 2024, Klink et al., 2022, Szinte and Knapen, 2021). We agree that a negative response in this model could, in principle, reflect a more complex spatial profile, such as a dominant suppressive surround. However, adjudicating among alternative pRF models would require more retinotopic mapping data than are available in the NSD, particularly for higher-order cortex. Thus, we feel that it is outside the scope of the current work. We now address this limitation in our discussion (Pg. 15).

      “Relatedly, here we used a single gaussian model, consistent with prior work on negative visual responses in memory systems (31, 33, 34). However, other models of visual receptive fields might offer further insight into the DN’s visual responsiveness, such as double gaussian models of surround suppression (65) or compressive summation (66). Future studies might directly compare different visual models to further refine the computations underpinning visual responses in the DN.”

      (4) Interpreting resting-state transients as top-down vs. bottom-up The event-triggered analysis labels high-amplitude DN pRF activations as "topdown events" and dATN activations as "bottom-up events." This is a reasonable inference given experience-sampling studies showing that rest involves alternation between internal and external attention, but it remains an inference. Without concurrent experience sampling, eye-tracking, or physiological monitoring, we cannot establish that a spontaneous DN transient reflects memory retrieval or internally-directed thought rather than a global arousal fluctuation. Similarly, dATN transients during rest could reflect covert shifts of spatial attention to remembered or imagined locations rather than bottom-up processing per se. I would ask the authors to soften this framing or to discuss what additional data would be needed to validate the top-down/bottom-up attribution.

      The reviewer raises an important concern about the strong interpretation of elevated BOLD activity detected in the DN and dATN as top-down and bottom-up events. We agree that the limitations of fMRI in our current data prevent these strong claims about the origin of these signals. We have therefore softened this framing throughout the manuscript, and we now refer to these events as DN-driven and dATN-driven. We think that this more directly describes the analysis: events were defined by transient high-amplitude activity in DN or dATN pRFs, respectively.  

      (5) The "retinotopic code" vs. "visual field bias" distinction The paper uses the language of a "retinotopic code" throughout and correctly distinguishes this from a "retinotopic map," noting that DN voxels do not form a continuous topographic representation on the cortical surface. This distinction deserves greater emphasis. In vision science, retinotopic maps carry computational significance through their topographic continuity and relationship to cortical wiring. A distributed collection of voxels with coarse visual field preferences but no cortical topography is a fundamentally different organizational feature. Recent reviews have drawn an explicit distinction between retinotopic maps and visual field biases (Groen, Dekker, Knapen & Silson, TiCS 2022), and the present findings may be more accurately characterized as the latter. Perhaps the authors think that the distinction is merely a signal-to-noise distinction, in which case I would invite them to clearly speak to this interpretation. In any case, this is not a criticism of the findings themselves, but clarity on this point would prevent conflation of two different organizational principles and would help position the work for both the vision and network neuroscience communities.

      The reviewer raises a valuable point about the distinction between a retinotopic code, a retinotopic map, and a visual field bias, and we are happy to add discussion of this topic to our manuscript.

      Our results show that the DN does not exhibit a continuous retinotopic map in the sense used in early visual cortex. Rather, our results suggest a distributed voxel-level code for visual-field position: individual DN voxels show reliable spatial preferences, and these preferences predict retinotopically specific functional coupling with dATN voxels. This voxel-level organization is analogous to other distributed spatial codes, such as head-direction coding in retrosplenial cortex, where spatial variables are represented by population activity without requiring a topographic map on the cortical surface. This differs from a coarse visual-field bias, including preferential responses to the contralateral visual field, although we do also observe such biases. We have added text unpacking this important distinction to the Discussion (Pg. 15-16):

      “Prior work has emphasized the visual response bias in regions where voxel-wise retinotopic responses lack a map-like organization(35); overall, the DN does exhibit this kind of bias. However, our results show that the voxel-scale activity underpinning this bias reflects the latent connectivity of those voxels. Thus, we adopt the term “retinotopic coding”, because this voxel-scale coding scheme exists without a map-like organization on the cortical surface. For example, rodent and bat head direction cells are not laid out in a literal ring, but the population code of these neurons forms a ring manifold(68, 69).”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using a public dataset of retinotopic mapping and resting-state data, the authors find that the default mode network has voxels that respond (positively or negatively) to visual stimulation at specific retinotopic positions, and that restingstate activity in these voxels is correlated with activity in more traditional sensory voxels with the same visual-location preference. The retinotopic specificity is bidirectional, such that high activity in default mode voxels drives activity only in voxels with matching receptive fields in sensory cortex, and vice versa. These findings are at odds with traditional views of the default mode network as having abstract (non-retinotopic) representations and competing (rather than cooperating) with external sensory representations.

      Strengths:

      This study continues an intriguing line of research about how default mode regions interact with the sensory cortex. Demonstrating that there are structured interactions between these regions at rest, and that these interactions are in fact organized according to retinotopic location (as opposed to traditional views of representational format in the default mode network), provides a new framework for thinking about large-scale internal and external brain networks. The authors make use of a well-powered public dataset that allows for precise estimates of pRFs and individual-specific resting-state networks, and develop a number of interesting analyses that characterize the relationships between DN and dATN voxels. The findings are exciting and could have a major impact on future studies in cognitive neuroimaging.

      The authors mention that these findings could shed light on internal/external interactions such as "anticipatory saccades or memory-guided attention," which is true, though I would argue that constructing DN representations of external stimuli is in fact even more fundamental than these specific cases (e.g., see Barnett and Bellana, 2025, "Situation models and the default mode network"). The "highways" identified in this study could play a vital role in real-world perceptual processes that are constantly translating external input into internal mental models.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The criterion used for defining voxels as retinotopic seems very liberal. The authors show that only 5% of voxels have R^2>0.14 in a null analysis, and therefore define voxels with R^2>0.14 as retinotopic. Although all the networks in 1C show voxel distributions that differ from the null, the number of false positives above R^2>0.14 seems problematic, especially for the DN positive pRFs (red distribution) and to a lesser extent the DN negative pRFs (blue distribution). From visual inspection of the plot, the false discovery rate (fraction of voxels labeled as retinotopic that are false positives) looks like it would be greater than 50% for the DN-positive pRFs. The authors do show that the positive pRF voxels have abovechance consistency across runs, again providing evidence that there are true positive voxels in this set, but perhaps a stricter criterion (such as having consistent negative fits across runs) would provide more targeted identification of the DN voxels with true retinotopic sensitivity.

      We thank the reviewer for giving us the opportunity to discuss this important decision. We agree with the reviewer that a stricter R<sup>2</sup> criterion could result in more targeted pRF identification. Motivated by the reviewer’s suggestion, we repeated the cross-region pRF matching analysis across multiple R2 thresholds.

      The retinotopic matching effects were not dependent on the original threshold. In fact, we found that the pRF matching effects are enhanced as the R<sup>2</sup> value increases (Fig. S5). This pattern suggests that any false-positive voxels admitted near the original threshold would dilute, rather than drive, the observed matched-versus-random effects. We have added text to the results highlighting this finding (Pg. 7):

      “In contrast, DN voxels that responded positively to visual stimulation (DN positive pRFs, +pRFs) had a positive correlation with the dATN (mean correlation = 0.284±0.152, t(6) = 4.96, p = 0.0025), while DN voxels with systematic negative responses to visual stimulation (DN negative pRFs, -pRFs) were anti-correlated with the dATN (mean correlation = -0.21±0.149, t(6) = -3.75, p = 0.0094). This relationship was further strengthened by adopting more conservative R<sup>2</sup> thresholds up to 0.30 despite the overall number of included voxels decreasing, suggesting that this effect is not driven by false-positive voxels at the edge of our threshold criteria (Fig. S5).”

      (2) The claim that "opponency at rest between the DN and dATN appears to be driven by the subset of DN voxels with negative retinotopic tuning" is not well supported. The fraction of DN voxels with negative pRFs is small: 9.42% of DN voxels have pRFs, and 58.77% are negative, so about 6% of DN voxels have negative pRFs. The fact that any DN voxels have negative pRFs is notable, but the authors do not provide evidence that these 6% are driving the overall behavior of the DN. They do show (e.g., in Figure 2B) that negative and positive pRFs have opposing influences, but the overall correlation with dATN does not look similar to the negative pRF connectivity. I'm also unsure whether "opponency" is a reasonable description for two networks that are "independent (i.e., not correlated)" in this analysis.

      The reviewer raises an important point about whether negative DN pRFs should be described as driving the overall DN–dATN relationship. We agree that this language was too strong. Negative pRFs constitute a small subset of DN voxels, and our analyses show that this subset has a distinct pattern of functional coupling with the dATN, not that it explains the global relationship between the DN and dATN as a whole.

      We have therefore revised the manuscript to avoid implying that negative DN pRFs drive overall DN–dATN opponency. Instead, we now frame these voxels as an important retinotopically tuned subpopulation nested within broader network dynamics. Specifically, our results show that visually responsive DN voxels are not homogeneous: positive and negative DN pRFs show opposing patterns of coupling with dATN pRFs, and these interactions are strengthened when voxels share visual-field preferences. This suggests that a small but structured subset of DN voxels may provide a route for retinotopically specific communication between internally and externally oriented networks, without implying that this subset determines the mean activity pattern of the entire DN:

      “Spontaneous DN and dATN activity during rest is uncorrelated at the network level. However, voxel-scale functional coupling across networks is shaped by the latent visual field preferences of individual voxels in each network, as measured during independent retinotopic mapping.” Abstract (Pg. 2)

      “This result shows that voxel-level visual response profiles shape DN-dATN coupling during spontaneous resting-state activity. Specifically, the DN and dATN activation is independent during rest. However, at the voxel-level, specific sub-groups of DN voxels have distinct coupling patterns with the dATN that depends on the valence of voxels’ visual responses. DN and dATN voxels with positive visual responses show a positive relationship during rest, and a notable subset of DN voxels with negative visual responses display the canonical opponency with dATN voxels. This suggests that retinotopic coding may be a mechanism that enables visual information to be exchanged between these large-scale brain systems. Specifically, opponency at rest between the DN and dATN appears to be driven by the subset of DN voxels with negative retinotopic tuning.” Results (Pg. 7)

      These findings offer a multi-scale account of neural communication, in which interactions among sub-populations of voxels with shared tuning preferences are nested within macro-scale network dynamics. Nesting multiple neural codes might enable ongoing computations within a larger brain system (e.g., attending to internal mental states within the DN during memory recall), while simultaneously allowing for the sharing of fine-grained representations across brain systems (34). Discussion (Pg. 14)

      (3) The event-triggered analysis is effective at testing the bidirectional relationship between DN and dATN, with high activity in either network triggering a response in the other network. However, it would be helpful to show more validation that these "events" are meaningful windows of time to study. First, is 13 TRs a typical length of time that activity is elevated during one of these events? Second, the top-down and bottom-up terminology is perhaps too loaded and not well-justified; if the negative pRFs in the DN reflect a meaningful coding system, then couldn't low (rather than high) activity indicate a top-down event?

      We thank the reviewer for these helpful suggestions. To the best of our knowledge, there is not currently a widely agreed-upon time window for performing event-based fMRI analyses. We chose a 13 TR time window to balance between sufficiently capturing BOLD signal related to the chosen event while also minimizing influence from other signal fluctuations, based on the procedure adopted in Gordon et al. (Nature, 2023) and Mitra et al. (J. Neuro Phys, 2014), which considered temporal relationships among brain regions over comparable timescales. In our analysis, this window considered 6 TRs (9.6s) on either side of the detected event, which we felt comfortably captures the peak BOLD signal that would result from an impulse at the event time, and responses that may reflect upstream activity leading into it.

      The reviewer has raised an additional comment about the terms “top-down” and “bottom-up.” These concerns were shared by Reviewer 1. Based on these comments, we have adopted the terms “DN-driven” and “dATN-driven”, which we think aligns more closely with our analysis approach.

      (4) The framing of this paper relative to the authors' past work, such as Steel et al. 2024 ("A retinotopic code structures the interaction between perception and memory systems"), could be improved. The existence of negative pRFs in the DN and a functional relationship between these pRFs and the sensory pRFs have already been described in prior work. My understanding of the primary novelty here is that this paper examines resting-state data, showing that there are widespread spontaneous interactions between broad internal and external networks, but this distinction is not made explicit in the Introduction.

      We appreciate the opportunity to clarify the novel aspects of our paper. The reviewer correctly identifies the extent of prior work, which identified -pRFs in regions of the canonical default network (Szinte and Knapen, 2021; Klink et al., 2022) and characterized the local interactions between adjacent perceptual and mnemonic regions (Steel et al., 2024). Our current work builds upon these findings in two key ways.

      First, we explore the effect across individually-defined whole brain networks. While the DN and dATN are often adjacent, these networks are spatially discontinuous and are comprised of distinct sub-regions (e.g. in prefrontal cortex). Whether retinotopic patterning of activity would persist in distributed networks could not have been extrapolated from our prior work. We think that finding will be of broad interest to the community studying perception and memory systems, because it offers a mechanistic account of how information is read in/out of memory.

      Second, here we considered whether spontaneous activity across networks would be structured by a retinotopic code. Our previous work characterized activity during tasks that depended on visual information: either scene perception or mental imagery. While the prior work was an important first step, it left open the possibility that retinotopic coding may only be relevant in visual tasks. By demonstrating that the retinotopic coding structures voxel-specific coactivation during rest, which entails no overt visual demands, we provide evidence that retinotopic features are a general, mode-agnostic code between regions.

      (5) The definition of the default mode (DN) in this study aligns with past research, but the definition of the dorsal attention network (dATN) seems at odds with standard terminology. For example, the authors cite Fox et al. 2006, which depicts the dATN as including regions such as IPS, FEF, SMA, and MT+. Here, however, the "dATN" seems to be primarily lateral and ventral visual cortex (e.g., Figure S5). The exact location of these sensory pRFs is not critical to the authors' claims, but this labeling seems incorrect, and the motivation for defining/selecting the sensory network in this way is not described.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment and their careful consideration of our network definition.

      Our method for network identification, and the topography of the resulting networks, are broadly consistent with more recent conceptualizations of the DN and dATN (e.g. Du et al. 2024, Gordon et al. 2017, Braga and Buckner 2017). Relatedly, because we defined brain networks based on the unique connectivity patterns of each individual participant, we expect them to differ from previous group-level network descriptions. The increased resolution of the 7T data in the NSD may also result in greater departure from prior definitions compared to previous work done at 3T.

      Further study into dATN differences between group-level 3T, individualized 3T, and individualized 7T networks could be a valuable future direction, but this is outside the scope of this work.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper addresses an important question (the relationship between DN and dATN, and the role of retinotopic coding) and uses a set of novel analyses.

      Strengths:

      Important question, novel analytical approaches (pRF-informed functional connectivity analysis).

      Weaknesses:

      Some of the key claims are not fully supported by the data presented. There is also a concern about over-interpretation of the results. Key issues:

      (1)  The authors claim that retinotopic coding scaffolds the interaction between DMN and dATN. However, retinotopically tuned voxels account for a mere 9% of DMN voxels. So this appears to be a major overstatement. For instance, the statement that "these findings would position retinotopy as a unifying framework for brain-wide information processing" is not justified given the presented data.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern about the framing of our conclusion, which was shared by reviewers 1 and 2. In response to these comments, we have revised our paper to more accurately reflect the observed data. Specifically, we focus on the specific sub-populations of voxels within the DN and dATN that show retinotopic responses, and we have removed references to explaining the overall pattern of activity across networks.

      (2) Given that positive pRF voxels in DMN positively correlate with dATN voxels and negative pRF voxels in DMN negatively correlate with dATN voxels, there is a concern that these results could be contributed to by imprecise brain network parcellations. E.g., could some of the positive pRF voxels in DMN be erroneously assigned to DMN and actually belong to one of the other task-positive networks? There is insufficient validation of network parcellation to put this worry to rest, especially since it depends on ICA, which has a degree of arbitrariness built in.

      We thank the reviewer for the opportunity to clarify our method for network definition.

      Precision functional mapping is a growing field with many methods for defining personalized functional networks for each individual. Because the NSD resting-state data is relatively high resolution, we chose an approach designed to improve the stability of voxel-wise network assignment: Multi-Session Hierarchical Bayesian Modeling approach (Kong et al. 2019; Du et al. 2024). This approach enhances stability of network assignment by including a group-based prior and accounting for both within- and across-subject variability. This approach is more stable than ICA, and, because this approach leverages a prior, there is less concern about arbitrary or idiosyncratic network definitions.

      However, it is still common for network assignments to have lower confidence around the borders between networks. Yet, we also do not think border misassignment is likely to explain the present results for two reasons: first, while DN and dATN nodes are sometimes adjacent, there are many regions where they are spatially distant, such as the IPS for dATN and the lateral temporal lobe for DN. Second, the DN pRFs do not appear to cluster selectively along DN–dATN borders, suggesting that they are not simply misassigned dATN voxels.(Fig. S3) Therefore, we think voxels on the edge of these networks are unlikely to drive the effects observed here (see Fig. S3).

      (3) The claim that retinotopic coding is intrinsic to the DN network is not supported by rigorous analysis and results. The analysis here has many arbitrary factors, including: the threshold of the 99th percentile of resting-state distribution; the designation of DN as "top-down" and dATN as "bottom-up"; the definition of "anti-matched" voxels instead of using randomly selected voxels; and the statistics being paired between matched and anti-matched voxels instead of using comparisons to baseline. Overall, I do not think that the result supports the conclusion that retinotopic coding in DN is intrinsic instead of being bottomup-driven, given the very high threshold (99%) used and the fact that many other networks could also send bottom-up input to DN. Furthermore, the idea that bottom-up inputs only occur when the dATN (or any other RSN)'s spontaneous BOLD activity is above a certain threshold is a huge and unvalidated assumption.

      The reviewer raises several interesting concerns about decisions in our event-detection analysis. Here, we clarify the rationale for several analytic choices:

      (1) The 99th-percentile threshold was chosen to identify sparse, high-amplitude events while minimizing contamination from smaller ongoing fluctuations.

      (2) The other reviewers also noted a concern with the top-down/bottom-up terminology. We have revised these terms to DN-driven and dATN-driven, which we think reflect our approach more accurately.

      (3) We used anti-matched rather than randomly selected voxels because the full event-by-voxel randomization procedure was computationally intractable at the network level.

      (4) We did not understand the reviewer’s contention about activation baseline, but we would welcome clarification.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor points

      (1) The reliability analysis (Figure 1D) notes that dATN negative pRF amplitude was not reliable above chance in 2 of 7 participants. This could be discussed more prominently as it suggests that negative pRFs may not be stable features in all networks, which tempers the generality of the sign distinction as a fundamental organizational property.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point of clarification. It is true that 2/7 participants did not show reliable negative pRFs in the dATN. However, the majority of participants show stable negative pRFs, and even in these 2 participants, the negative result does not indicate that negative pRFs would not be stable in those individuals with additional data. 

      Based on the reviewer’s comment, we have added emphasis to this point, but we do not feel that this warrants greater discussion in the paper. 

      Both positive and negative pRF amplitude was reliable in the DN for all subjects. In the dATN, positive amplitude pRFs were reliable in all participants, and negative amplitude pRFs (which constituted a small proportion of the overall pRFs in this network) were reliable in 5/7 participants. For the remainder of the paper, we only consider positive pRFs in the dATN. Importantly, pRF center position was highly reproducible across runs of pRF data in the dATN and DN in all subjects (Fig. 1D).  Pg. 5

      (2) The paper would benefit from situating the findings more explicitly within the cortical gradient framework (Margulies et al., 2016), which predicts that DN regions have maximally abstract, transmodal codes. The present findings complicate this view productively and deserve to be "situated" within that ongoing debate.

      We agree that the gradient framework is interesting, and we have added discussion of Margulies to our paper. (Pg. 16)

      Relatedly, the DN is considered a transmodal hub for cortical processing, where disparate sensory and motor processes converge (59, 75) The DN’s position at the cortical apex implies connections with and influence over unimodal cortical areas. However, the mechanism for liking unimodal and transmodal networks had been unknown. Prior work posited that sensory coding in transmodal areas might serve this function (31, 35), and our data provide direct empirical support for this account: specific visually-responsive voxels provide an input/output interface linking perceptual and memory systems. This complements work delineating specific affective and effective subregions within the DN that link the DN to other brain areas (76). Thus, while the DN may be “distant from input” (28), these data suggest that it is not disengaged from sensory processing.

      (3) It would be informative to know whether the *proportion* of negative vs. positive pRFs differs between DN-A and DN-B, given their distinct functional roles.

      Despite the functional specialization of DN-A and DN-B, and the slightly higher mean proportion of negative pRFs in DN-A (61% vs 56%), we found no statistically significant difference in the proportion of negative pRFs across the two networks (t(6) = 0.888, p = 0.409).

      (4) Low N is inherent to the densely-sampled NSD design, and the within-subject consistency is a strength. Nevertheless, with 6 degrees of freedom, the precision of specific quantitative estimates (e.g., that 58.77% of DN pRFs are negative) is uncertain, and the authors should be cautious about the generalizability of these point estimates.

      The reviewer raises a concern about the inclusion of specific levels of decimal place in our statistical reporting. We do not think that this is a major issue with the paper, but we are willing to change if the reviewer feels strongly.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 1C could use an explicit legend (I believe it is following the color convention from the bar plots in 1F?). Also, for consistency, it would be helpful to make all the colormaps in 1F correspond to the bars (i.e., change the dATN colormap to go white->green).

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion, and we have added explicit labels to Fig. 1C

      (2) Providing a scatter plot, in which each dot is a voxel and the x and y axes are the pRF amplitude estimates in different runs, could help provide evidence that there are voxels with pRFs that have consistently negative amplitudes across runs. This would also go beyond the binary consistency analysis in Figure 1D to show that the magnitudes of the amplitude estimates are also consistent.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We feel that the binary consistency conveys sufficient information. Because the analysis is done using pairwise correlation, how the scatter plot would reflect the three-way consistency is not clear. 

      (3) For understanding how the overall correlation between DN and dATN could be driven by voxel populations with opposing effects (e.g., Figure 2B), it would be useful to show how the +pRF and -pRF voxels compare to other voxels within the DN. For example, are these the voxels with the strongest negative and positive correlations with dATN, or are there many other DN voxels (among the 90% that do not have pRFs) that also have similarly-strong dATN correlations?

      The reviewer offers a very interesting suggestion. Based on the reviewer’s suggestion, we have refocused our paper on the particular subpopulations of +/- pRFs in the DN, rather than on an explanation for the overall pattern of correlation between the DN and dATN. Because our revised framing focuses on the properties of these retinotopically defined voxel populations, rather than on explaining whole-network DN–dATN coupling, we have not added this additional analysis. We have revised the relevant text to avoid implying that these pRF subpopulations drive the overall network-level relationship.

      (4) Initially, the baseline comparison pRFs for the matched pRFs are labeled "random" pRFs, which seems misleading; these are closer to "mismatched"/"anti-matched" pRFs since they are selected from the 1/3 that are farthest away. Then the comparison switched to using the anti-matched pRFs that are the 10 very farthest away, though I didn't understand the rationale that "the large number of pRFs made the random matching procedure impractical" - in what way is the number of pRFs larger in this analysis? Having a more consistent baseline (e.g., just using the 10 anti-matched pRFs the whole time) would be easier to interpret.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have compared the results between the randomly-sampled bottom ⅓ matched versus the 10 worst matched, and the pattern of results is identical (the effect is strongest in the 10 worst matched). Therefore, we include the bottom ⅓ matched in the main text as a more conservative test of this effect. We are happy to include this as a supplemental figure if the reviewer feels it is essential. 

      (5) In the past, I have only seen the terminology "bootstrapped" to refer to sampling with replacement from the data sample, producing samples/statistics that are centered on the observed data. Here (lines 704-708), the sampling is coming from the null distribution of randomly-chosen voxels, and therefore the term "bootstrapped" would not apply (and could just be replaced with "null").

      We have revised this terminology in the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Abstract and Discussion should be significantly toned down. E.g., the claim that "These findings challenge the prevailing view of global DN-dATN antagonism" is not really supported by the data provided. The claim that "retinotopic coding underpins the dynamic coordination of perception and thought" is also unsupported by the presented data.

      We have revised the manuscript in light of this comment.

      (2) Line 233-235: The null statistical result cannot support the claim reached here. Correlation analysis or Bayesian statistics should be used.

      We have revised the manuscript in light of this comment.

      (3) Line 250-254: Comparison to baseline should be used, in addition to comparing matched and random voxels.

      We agree that baseline comparisons can be useful in event-triggered analyses. However, for the pRF-matching analysis discussed here, the critical question is whether shared visual-field preference influences resting-state functional coupling between DN and dATN voxels. For this question, we believe that the appropriate baseline is the coupling observed for pRFs that do not share visual-field preferences. We therefore compare retinotopically matched pRFs to randomly matched pRFs drawn from the same networks. 

      (4) Line 271: "not" is missing.

      We have revised the manuscript in light of this comment.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Forbes et al. developed an integrated approach to identify cis-regulatory elements (CREs) in the large (3.6 Gbp) genome of the crustacean Parhyale hawaiensis, addressing the challenge of pinpointing these regions among large regions of non-coding sequences. They combined ATAC-seq chromatin accessibility profiling (both bulk and single-nucleus) across embryonic and adult tissues with low-coverage genome sequencing of three congeneric species (P. aquilina, P. darvishi, P. plumicornis). Without assembling congener genomes, they mapped reads with low stringency to the P. hawaiensis reference, identifying about 55k conserved islands that overlap ATAC peaks more than expected by chance. This dual filter was used to select CRE candidates for transgenic reporter validation, yielding 6 functional elements (out of 11 tested) driving ubiquitous, neuronal, or muscle-specific expression, a major advance for non-model systems with large genomes.

      Strengths:

      Forbes et al. generated high-quality ATAC data across multiple scales. Using bulk ATAC-seq (from whole embryos, developing and adult legs), they identified tens of thousands of open chromatin peaks across the assembled P. hawaiensis large genome. Moreover, using single-nucleus ATAC-seq from adult legs, they could resolve differentially accessible chromatin profiles across over 15 cell types previously identified by scRNA-seq, enabling cell-type-specific candidate selection.

      Furthermore, their innovative low-coverage comparative genomics method mapped 0.46-6.4% of congener reads to P. hawaiensis without genome assembly, revealing hundreds of thousands of conserved non-coding islands, including about 55k showing conservation in all four species, far exceeding random expectation.

      Using the developed approach, the authors could validate 6 (out of 11 candidates) reporter constructs, driving robust ubiquitous and tissue-specific expression, succeeding where prior promoter-only screening failed and providing immediately useful genetic tools for the Parhyale community.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary limitation is that functional CRE testing was performed only in P. hawaiensis. While conservation maps are valuable resources, the manuscript lacks functional validation in congener species, limiting claims about broad applicability across related genomes/species.

      The approach also failed to validate developmental CREs. None of the candidates from combined ATAC and conservation filtering drove reporter expression matching endogenous patterns. The authors appropriately hypothesize technical limits (low expression) or biological factors (long-range enhancers, shadow enhancers).

      Overall Assessment:

      Forbes et al. fully succeed with their integrated approach to (1) generate an ATAC-seq atlas plus functional CRE discovery and (2) innovative low-coverage sequencing for conservation mapping in the large 3.6 Gbp genome of Parhyale hawaiensis. Their combination of ATAC-seq chromatin accessibility profiling (bulk and single-nucleus) across embryonic and adult tissues with low-coverage genome sequencing of three congeneric species (P. aquilina, P. darvishi, P. plumicornis), without congener genome assembly, drastically shrank the CRE search space. Using this approach, the authors could validate six out of 11 candidate transgenic reporters (ubiquitous, neuronal, and muscle-specific), where prior promoter-only screening failed.

      The low-coverage mapping innovation cuts cost and labour while snATAC-seq provides cell-type resolution, making these resources valuable for building new genetic and imaging tools in Parhyale.

      This compelling method also has the potential to enable labs with limited resources to identify and characterize regulatory elements in more non-model organisms, advancing our understanding of their evolution while establishing a scalable pipeline for large-genome systems.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments and valuable feedback.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Standardize terminology and introduce acronyms properly:

      I suggest standardizing technique names throughout the manuscript (e.g., ATAC-seq rather than ATACseq, RNA-seq rather than RNAseq, ChIP-seq rather than ChipSeq). Please also introduce technical terms with their full name at first use, such as 'Assay for Transposase-Accessible Chromatin using sequencing (ATAC-seq)' rather than just the acronym.

      Corrected.

      (2) Correct author name:

      On page 15, "Lo brutto" appears to be misspelt. Please review and fix throughout the text and the corresponding reference in the bibliography if this is the case.

      Corrected.

      (3) Revise the title to reflect dual contributions:

      The paper delivers two key advances: (a) ATAC-seq atlas plus functional CRE discovery in P. hawaiensis, and (b) innovative low-coverage sequencing for conservation mapping across congenerics. Current title highlights only the first. Consider modifying the title to better reflect both.

      The title reflects our overall objective, without highlighting one of the two approaches (advances) in particular. We would like to keep this concise title and invite readers to read about the two approaches in the abstract.

      (4) Emphasize the combined power of the approach in the Discussion and Conclusions:

      A significant innovation of this manuscript is integrating low-coverage comparative genomics with ATAC-seq to prioritize functional CREs in a large non-model genome. The abstract highlights this well, but the Discussion and Conclusions could better emphasize the power of this pipeline over ATAC-seq alone. The authors could also add 2-3 sentences quantifying cost savings versus traditional assemblies and reiterating how this complements ATAC-seq for efficient CRE prioritization in non-model species.

      We have added the following text in the Discussion to describe complementary contributions of ATAC-seq and sequence conservation to CRE discovery: "Previous efforts to identify cis-regulatory elements in Parhyale relied on reporter constructs carrying a few kb of sequences upstream of selected target genes, an approach that has worked well in animals and plants with relatively small genomes. As presented earlier, however, this approach was often unsuccessful in Parhyale: from tens of reporters tested, only four robust native drivers had so far been identified (refs). The present work adds 5 new drivers to that collection, including ones with ubiquitous, neuron- and muscle-specific activities. This result comes from combining information on genome-wide chromatin accessibility and evolutionary conservation profiles.

      We cannot at this point distinguish the relative contributions of chromatin profiling and sequence conservation to CRE discovery, because these sources of information were not tested separately. At minimum, we can state that (1) ATAC-seq profiles serve to identify robustly the promoters of candidate genes that are active in a particular cellular context (cell type and stage) and (2) coupling this information with sequence conservation narrows down candidate promoters and distant CREs by a factor of 4 to 10, since only a fraction of ATAC-seq peaks show sequence conservation (Figure 3D). This represents a great improvement in our ability to select candidates to test by transgenesis, the most labour-intensive step in the process."

      Further, we have added this text to explain the advantages and cost savings of our low coverage sequencing strategy: "Our strategy of mapping regions of sequence conservation by direct mapping of short sequence reads across species is much more accessible than conventional strategies that rely on genome assembly. The latter require much higher sequence coverage (> 50x) from multiple libraries, long-read sequencing or other scaffolding methods, and complex bioinformatic pipelines to assemble large genomes. Moreover, these approaches are often compromised by high levels of polymorphism found in natural populations. We estimate that our approach is 5- to 10-fold cheaper than assembly-based methods, even excluding labor costs."

      (5) Improve figure readability:

      The authors could improve figure readability by introducing a schematic representation of the specimens and more references in Figures 4, 5 and Supplementary Figure 5. A schematic representation would help non-experts in Parhyale understand what they are looking at. Some figures might also benefit from improved color contrast (e.g., Figure 3 has very similar orange/red colors; black dots on a dark grey background are hard to distinguish).

      We have added additional labels and explanations in the legends of Figures 4, 5 and Supplementary Figure 5, which we think will make the images more intelligible to the readers. In Figure 3 we modified the colouring in panels B and C to improve contrast.

      (6) Quantify reporter validation efficiencies:

      The authors should add a summary table/plot (e.g. n surviving, n fluorescent) or label the figures (n of specimens showing that pattern/n of specimens that do not show the pattern) with exact numbers to explicitly illustrate the observation. For example, Supplementary Table 3 contains excellent data for the putative developmental CREs tested, but the main text lacks equivalent quantification for successful reporters.

      This information is already provided in Table 3.

      (7) Discuss the rapid evolution of developmental CREs:

      The failure to validate developmental CREs using conserved candidates may also reflect the rapid evolution and turnover of developmental enhancers, which can erode detectable sequence conservation over these phylogenetic distances. As a result, functionally relevant elements may have been excluded during candidate selection. It may be worth discussing this possibility alongside the proposed long-range and shadow enhancers hypothesis.

      We added the phrase “or the rapid evolution of these enhancers leading to low sequence conservation" in the relevant part of the Discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Forbes, Skafida, Karapidaki et al. concerns the in silico identification of cis-regulatory elements (CREs) in large genomes using chromatin accessibility (ATAC-seq) and sequence conservation (genomic DNA sequencing) data. They exemplify this method by applying it to identify novel CREs in Parhyale hawaiensis, which they validated using reporter constructs.

      The results are convincing and are well supported by the data and validations. Identified CREs are valuable for researchers interested in the regulation of the expression of genes they control.

      The methodology on the whole is also valid, as suggested by the results and previous publications on various taxa. Sequence conservation, as stated by the authors, was long used as a method to identify regions of non-coding DNA with functional and evolutionary constraints. The same applies to ATAC-seq data, which has also been used as a proxy for functional regions in different animals such as sea urchins and amphioxus. The methodology proposed is likely to be successfully used by researchers working on a variety of experimental organisms.

      The authors do not use existing genome assemblies and use short-read sequencing to identify conserved regions, and while it is not conceptually novel, such an approach is becoming more and more viable and useful considering the recent advances in next-generation sequencing technology and the decrease in price of short-read sequencing.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments and valuable feedback.

      Two major weaknesses are:

      (1) The novelty of the approach and its advantages should be more explicitly stated.

      (2) The authors do not discuss in depth the strength of using a combination of two methods rather than either of the two, especially considering that previously known CREs do not overlap with conserved sequences.

      We have added two paragraphs at the start of the Discussion to address the reviewer's comments 1 and 2 more explicitly (see response to reviewer 1, comment 4).

      Previously known CREs do include some conserved sequences, see Suppl. Figure 7.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In addition to addressing the two above-mentioned weaknesses, the authors should address the following minor issues:

      (1) It is difficult to refer to particular regions of text without line numbers.

      Spelling of ChIPseq is inconsistent in the Introduction.

      Spelling corrected. (Sorry for not including line numbering, we'll try to remember next time.)

      (2) "6.4% of reads from P. aquilina, 4.1% of reads from P. darvishi, and 0.46 % of reads from P. plumicornis could be mapped unambiguously to the P. hawaiensis genome" seems quite low for closely related species. Do the authors expect such low rates?

      Neutral nucleotide substitution rates in multicellular animals are in the order of 1 per site per 100 million years (e.g. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/12949132/) or a little lower (e.g. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/11792858/, https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34049492/). With the evolutionary times separating P. hawaiensis from P. aquilina/darvishi and P. plumicornis estimated at roughly 50 and 180 million years (2x25 and 2x90 million years, respectively), we expect a large fraction of neutrally evolving nucleotides in these genomes to have changed. We performed the read mapping using bowtie2, which requires a ~20 nt long perfect match with the reference sequence. We were therefore not surprised to obtain such low rates of read mapping. In fact, these low mapping rates (long divergence times) are important for islands of sequence conservation to stand out.

      (3) "Of these, 37% are found in introns, 54% in intergenic regions, and 1% overlap with promoters (TSS), marking regions that evolve at a lower rate than surrounding non-coding sequences". The authors explain in the Methods why they omit exons, but in the Results and Discussion, it is not stated. In addition, discussing the conservation with exons would be helpful, and the % in exons should be compared to non-coding regions.

      We have added "Of these, 8% are found in exons, likely reflecting conservation in protein-coding sequences".

      (4) "Two of the 7 reporters we tested, named neuro5 and neuro6," if I understood correctly, neuro5 and neuro6 are CREs, however, they are named quite ambiguously, and their names can be mistaken for gene names.

      Indeed, neuro5 and neur6 are the names of the CRE reporters. We have now added the names of the corresponding genes ("carrying CREs associated with the genes αTub and Cdk5α, respectively"). The gene names are also given in Table 3.

      (5) Why was single-end sequencing done for E24?

      We now explain this in the Methods: "Sequencing was carried out on an Illumina NextSeq 500 sequencer; we carried out single-end 76 bp sequencing for the first sample we generated (E24), and then switched to paired-end 76 bp sequencing for the other samples, because this leads to more specific read mapping."

      (6) Syntax related to in-line references should be double checked as the following sentences are broken by parentheses, e.g., "updated in (Almazán et al. 2022))".

      Corrected.

      (7) Could the authors discuss the P. aquilina genome size, which was estimated to be 3-times less than P. hawaiensis? Considering that in their phylogeny these two species are closest, it is quite surprising that they have such differing genome sizes. Do you expect it to be true? If yes, what could be the reason?

      As we explain in the manuscript, our estimates of genome size were obtained by dividing the total number of nucleotides sequenced by the estimated genome coverage, for each species. This method could overestimate genome sizes if there was a significant fraction of contaminating DNA in the preps, or a high degree of sequence variation that would prevent efficient mapping to BUSCO genes (both would underestimate genome coverage), but we find no evidence of this when we estimate the genome size of P. hawaiensis (see manuscript). We used the same method to estimate genome size in all four Parhyale species and have no reason to think that the method would be biased in one species and not in others. We therefore think that we have comparable estimates of genome size for the 4 species and the size difference is real.

      Variations in genome size can be driven by changes in the fraction of repetitive sequences found in a genome. We therefore checked the proportion of repetitive elements in each Parhyale genome using dnaPipeTE (https://github.com/clemgoub/dnaPipeTE). Based on this method (which likely underestimates the repetitive genome content) we find that the genomes of P. hawaiensis, P. aquiline, P. darvishi and P. plumicornis contain 31%, 22%, 18% and 39% of repetitive sequences, respectively. These figures do not fully account for the differences in genome size (particularly since P. darvishi appears to have even fewer repetitive sequences than P. aquiline). We therefore hesitate to add this very preliminary analysis to the manuscript.

      Of note, such rapid change in genome size is not unprecedented: in fruit flies genome size can vary more than 3-fold in species that have diverged over about 30 million years (https://elifesciences.org/articles/66405).

      (8) Wording "and found a genome coverage of 5.8x, corresponding to a genome size of 3.0 Gbp instead of 3.6 Gbp" is confusing and unclear as to what the authors exactly did here.

      We modified the sentence: "As a control, we followed the same procedure for P. hawaiensis, for which genome size is known (ref), and found a genome size of 3.0 Gbp instead of 3.6 Gbp (with a genome coverage of 5.8x)."

      (9) In the figures and supplementary figures, the genome browser screenshots should also include tracks of macs2 called peaks (those in narrowPeak format).

      Each ATACseq and sequence conservation track has its own set of peaks; we think that adding more tracks would overcrowd the figures. All the tracks (including called peaks) are provided as genome-browser-readable files in Supplementary Data files 1-3, so readers should be able to explore the data and reconstruct the figure panels without much effort.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Forbes et al. present a new approach for identifying cis-regulatory elements in large genomes. Using Parhyale hawaiensis, a crustacean with a large genome (~3.6 Gb, comparable in size to the human genome), the authors show that current methods for identifying cis-regulatory elements, effective in smaller genomes, are markedly inefficient in organisms with large genomes. To address this limitation, they combine bulk ATAC-seq and single-cell (sc) ATAC-seq to identify chromatin regions that are either ubiquitously accessible or specifically accessible in particular cell types. They further integrate comparative genomics across multiple Parhyale species (P. hawaiensis, P. aquilina, and P. darvishi), selected at appropriate phylogenetic distances (20-95 million years divergence), to pinpoint conserved open chromatin regions likely under functional constraint.

      Using this strategy, the authors predict a set of ubiquitous and cell-type-specific cis-regulatory elements. Importantly, they validate these predictions using rigorous transgenic reporter assays, convincingly demonstrating that their approach can successfully identify functional regulatory elements where previous methods had failed.

      Strengths:

      The approach introduced by Forbes et al. is conceptually straightforward, efficient, and readily transferable to other organisms. The validation experiments show not only that a substantial proportion of the predicted elements are functional, but also that the method is capable of identifying both ubiquitous and cell-type-specific regulatory elements. Given that the identification of regulatory regions remains a major bottleneck in understanding the molecular mechanisms underlying processes of development and regeneration, this work has the potential to make a significant impact in developmental and regeneration biology, particularly for studies involving non-model organisms with large genomes.

      An additional strength is the demonstration that only the genome of the focal species requires high-quality sequencing and assembly. In contrast, species used solely for comparative analysis can be sequenced at low coverage without assembly, substantially reducing costs and increasing the accessibility of the approach.

      Weaknesses:

      While the method is effective in identifying regulatory elements that are active ubiquitously or in differentiated cell types, it failed in detecting elements associated with developmentally regulated genes. This may be due to trivial reasons, such as a very low level of expression of the selected genes. However, as acknowledged by the authors, it may also indicate inherent challenges in identifying regulatory elements associated with developmentally dynamic gene regulation, compared to those associated with genes expressed in differentiated cell types.

      A second limitation, also acknowledged by the authors, is the absence of chromatin conformation capture data, which would help link distal regulatory elements to their target genes. This limitation may be particularly relevant for developmentally regulated genes, where long-range regulatory interactions may be critical.

      Addressing these limitations will be an important direction for future work. Nonetheless, the approach as presented in this manuscript represents a key contribution that sets the stage for further methodological advances in the identification of cis-regulatory elements in large genomes.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have no specific comment for the authors. While in my opinion the study has two limitations (as described in the public review), these are clearly acknowledged and properly discussed in the manuscript.

      The manuscript is extremely well written. It has been a great pleasure to read it. Excellent job!

      Thank you!

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Many thanks to the three reviewers and the editors for their thoughtful comments and careful evaluation of our manuscript. These are fair, consistent and largely expected comments. On behalf of my co-authors, we provide this response to the public reviews to summarize the main issues raised and the corresponding revisions we have made in the revised manuscript.

      (1) The main consistent comment from all three referees was that our single-nucleus RNA-seq data should be further validated. The reviewers differ in the detail of exactly what they think should be validated, but collectively these comments referred to validation of: (1) the identified cell types, (2) pathways inferred from trajectory analysis, (3) differentially expressed genes between plucked and control conditions across the four sampled time points, and/or (4) inferred ligand–receptor pairs from the cell–cell communication analysis.

      We believe that we are on strong footing for some of these points because of extensive work we’ve done in the past in the cichlid fish model.

      In the references cited in the manuscript and highlighted below (References 1, 10, 11, 29, 30, 31), we tally 29 figures with 273 individual figure panels presenting histology, in situ hybridization, and immunohistochemistry featuring genes expressed in cichlid (replacement) teeth. Most of these genes are markers of dental competency and/or indicative of regenerative potential.

      In addition, in multiple of these papers, we use pharmacology to manipulate the role of key pathways (Hh, BMP, Wnt, Notch) in cichlid tooth development and replacement. Validation of cell types in the present study therefore draws on these published data in cichlids (and other vertebrates), as well as on an unbiased comparative approach, SAMap, which identifies homology between cichlid and mouse dental cell types based on shared gene expression.

      In short, experiments to validate cell types and pathways active in cichlid teeth have been published and are referenced herein. We recognized, however, that these references (some of which include Gareth Fraser as an author, when he was a postdoc in my group; for Reviewer 2) were cited primarily in the Introduction, rather than in the Rationale/Methods or Results sections. We have therefore clarified these connections in the revised manuscript (line 173-74).

      We have not validated nor analyzed functionally the ligand-receptor pairs we inferred from cell-cell communication analysis. This work is beyond the scope of the current paper, and we now state more clearly that these inferences represent hypotheses to be tested in future studies, although many of these ligand–receptor pairs have been noted in other tooth-related publications cited in the manuscript.

      (2) The biggest weakness of our manuscript, noted by referees, is that we do not provide serial histology to accompany our snRNA-seq time course after plucking. We previously described this as a limitation in the “Study limitations and future direction” section of the Discussion, but we have now strengthened this discussion. In particular, we more explicitly acknowledge that we do not directly document the histological progression of tissue responses across the plucking time course or the degree of tissue damage caused by the plucking paradigm at each sampled time point.

      In the “study limitations” section, we note both issues 1 and 2 and suggest that a spatial transcriptomics experiment across the timespan of plucking<>recovery would address simultaneously the desire to understand cellular context of plucking and cellular/spatial differences in plucked vs control cell-type gene expression.

      (3) Reviewers also asked about the presence and interpretation of stromal cells in our snRNA-seq data. In response, we re-examined the mesenchymal compartment and added additional analyses to better characterize stromal/mesenchymal populations and their inferred trajectories in the revised manuscript. This includes a revised Figure 4, revised text around Figure 4 and revised Supplementary Figures.

      (4) Multiple (minor) suggestions for clarification in text and figures have been adopted throughout the revised manuscript, figure legends, and supplemental materials.

      Overall, we do not anticipate that further reviewer engagement will be necessary, and we believe that editorial review of the revised manuscript should be sufficient.

      References cited in the manuscript, highlighted here:

      (1) Fraser, G. J. et al. An Ancient Gene Network Is Co-opted for Teeth on Old and New Jaws. PLoS Biol. 7, e1000031 (2009).

      (10) Fraser, G. J., Bloomquist, R. F. & Streelman, J. T. Common developmental pathways link tooth shape to regeneration. Dev. Biol. 377, 399–414 (2013).

      (11) Bloomquist, R. F. et al. Developmental plasticity of epithelial stem cells in tooth and taste bud renewal. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 116, 17858–17866 (2019).

      (29) Streelman, J. T., Webb, J. F., Albertson, R. C. & Kocher, T. D. The cusp of evolution and development: a model of cichlid tooth shape diversity. Evol. Dev. 5, 600–608 (2003).

      (30) Fraser, G. J., Bloomquist, R. F. & Streelman, J. T. A periodic pattern generator for dental diversity. BMC Biol. 6, 32 (2008).

      (31) Bloomquist, R. F. et al. Coevolutionary patterning of teeth and taste buds. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 112, (2015).

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used single-nucleus RNA sequencing (snRNA-seq) to investigate accelerated tooth replacement following tooth plucking in cichlid fish. They analyzed four stages of regeneration using elegant and well-designed approaches to characterize cellular trajectories and interactions within the dental epithelium and mesenchyme during the accelerated replacement process. Their analyses identified cell-type-specific gene expression profiles and intercellular signaling interactions associated with whole-tooth regeneration.

      Strengths:

      This is a highly interesting and thoughtfully executed study that provides compelling and convincing insights into the mechanisms underlying accelerated tooth regeneration.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript currently lacks experimental validation of the single-nucleus RNA-seq data.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for the thoughtful and positive assessment of our study, including the recognition that our snRNA-seq time course provides insight into cellular trajectories, cell-type-specific gene expression, and inferred intercellular signaling during accelerated tooth replacement in cichlid fish. We also appreciate the reviewer’s central concern that the manuscript would be strengthened by additional experimental validation of the single-nucleus RNA-seq data.

      As summarized above and discussed in more detail in our point-by-point responses below, we have clarified how the present cell-type annotations and pathway interpretations are supported by extensive prior experimental work in the cichlid tooth model, including histology, in situ hybridization, immunohistochemistry, and pharmacological perturbation of major developmental pathways. We have also added analyses demonstrating reproducibility across biological test subjects and consistency of representative differentially expressed genes between paired plucked and control samples. Finally, we have strengthened the Study Limitations section to more clearly state that future spatial transcriptomic, histological, and functional validation experiments will be important next steps.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mubeen and colleagues studied the cellular basis of tooth regeneration in cichlid fish. Using an elegant tooth plunking strategy followed by single-nucleus RNA-sequencing, the authors were hoping to achieve an atlas of cellular and transcriptional changes that occur within and between cells during whole tooth replacement.

      Strengths:

      The major strengths of the methods and results are high novelty in the approach in a vertebrate with continuous tooth replacement, the temporal analysis of analyzing at plucking and three later time points, the thorough and sophisticated analysis of the snRNA-seq data, including the inference of trajectories and signaling events, and the robust signal of transcriptional differences induced by tooth plucking.

      Weaknesses:

      The major weaknesses of the methods and results are no validation of any of the inferred cell types, no functional tests of whether any of the changes in signaling pathways affect the plucking-induced tooth replacement process, and perhaps no clear takeaway message for biologists not necessarily interested in tooth replacement.

      Conclusion:

      The authors achieved their aims of identifying the changes in gene expression and cellular composition that occur during whole tooth replacement accelerated by plucking. Overall, the results support their conclusions, although some slight semantic qualifiers should probably be added (e.g., referring to "cell types" as "putative cell types").

      The work should have a high impact in the field of tooth and organ regeneration, and the novel methodological paradigm established here of accelerating tooth replacement three-fold by plucking has great promise for future follow-up studies to further study this process. The work could also have a strong impact through the computational methods used here to infer trajectories and signaling interactions. Specific pathways, genes, and cell types could be tested in other fish, such as zebrafish, to test function during tooth replacement.

      The work is unique and interdisciplinary, and also has significance by establishing that robust phenotypically plastic accelerations in regeneration rates occur upon tooth removal. There are very few studies like this one that combine genetic and environmental studies of regeneration. The result that three different species of cichlid fish that normally have very different tooth patterns all accelerate tooth replacement threefold upon tooth plucking also has significance in revealing a highly conserved plucking response.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for the careful and constructive evaluation of our manuscript and for highlighting the novelty of the cichlid tooth-plucking paradigm, the temporal design of the snRNA-seq experiment, and the computational analyses used to infer cellular trajectories and signaling interactions during accelerated tooth replacement. We also appreciate the reviewer’s comments regarding validation of inferred cell types and interpretation of signaling pathways.

      In response, we have revised the manuscript to clarify that our cell-type annotations are supported by marker-gene expression, previously published cichlid tooth studies, and an unbiased comparative approach, SAMap, which relates cichlid and mouse dental cell types based on shared gene-expression structure. We have also clarified that inferred ligand-receptor interactions represent computational hypotheses rather than functionally validated mechanisms. In addition, we revised Figure 6 and Figure 7A to improve the readability and interpretation of inferred signaling results, and we edited the relevant text and figure legends to make these results easier to follow. These points are addressed in greater detail in the point-by-point responses below.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting paper. The process of tooth exfoliation and replacement in vertebrates remains an intriguing and fascinating subject of inquiry. As the scientists noted, there are no mammalian models that can be used to examine signaling pathways in real time.

      Strengths:

      This work integrates in vivo and high-resolution transcriptomics. The study confirms previous findings and emphasizes the need for additional research into the processes that drive the restoration of missing teeth for future therapeutic uses.

      Weaknesses:

      I disagree with the use of the phrase "plucking". Instead, the authors use tooth extraction or tooth removal, which is clinically more correct for the procedure they are doing.

      The inspiration for our ‘plucking’ experiment is work done in the hair follicle model (lines 73-74). Because cichlid teeth are so numerous, are very small, and lack dental roots, this is an accurate description of the procedure. We opt to retain the phrasing.

      The title is rather broad and appears to be more appropriate for a review than an original research work. I would advise specifying the species under research and/or the sort of damage model used in the transcriptome analysis.

      We opt to retain the title.

      It's uncertain whether the findings are exclusively based on regeneration. The presence of tooth remnants, as well as unintended harm to surrounding tissues, may have triggered repair mechanisms, thereby biasing the current data. How did the authors handle this issue? The oral cavity was under severe manipulation, increasing the inflammatory stimuli, a situation that does not take place in physiological exfoliation.

      In the revised manuscript, we have more clearly acknowledged that our plucking paradigm may induce tissue damage and repair-associated responses in addition to accelerated tooth replacement. We have strengthened the Study Limitations section to state that we do not directly document the histological progression of tissue responses across the time course or the degree of damage caused by plucking at each sampled time point. One caveat, however, is that bone remodeling and immune response is likely triggered on the ‘control’ side of the jaw also, just not to the same degree as after plucking.

      The authors indicated the use of microCT analysis; however, no such information appears in the main text. In fact, this manuscript lacks anatomical information. It is required to conduct histological examinations of the regenerated teeth at various time points.

      microCT data were included as a Supplemental Figure to demonstrate the dental formulae of our chosen species; but we did not characterize post-plucking recovery using this technique (see above summary and below point-by-point comments).

      Although the current findings confirm previously found and verified signaling pathways, the absence of functional data lends uniqueness to this work.

      In the revised manuscript, we also clarify that, while our transcriptomic analyses identify candidate cell states, pathways, and signaling interactions associated with accelerated replacement, the functional roles of these inferred pathways remain to be verified in future studies.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Points:

      (1) Figure 1 should include representative H&E staining images comparing the left control side and the regenerated side at 7 days post-plucking. This would provide important histological context for the regeneration process and help readers better interpret the molecular findings.

      This would indeed be valuable information, but we did not carry out histology of paired control vs plucked jaws to accompany our pulse-chase and dissections for single-nucleus isolation. This comment is similar to that below about validation of what is happening on plucked vs. control jaw halves and is the first limitation we discuss in the “study limitations and future directions” section (from line 538).

      (2) Each tooth position consists of a functional tooth, a replacement tooth, and the dental (successional) lamina. On the control side, the successional lamina contains teeth at different developmental stages, analogous to the mammalian bud, cap, and bell stages. Can the snRNA-seq analysis distinguish among tooth families at different developmental stages, as well as the individual components within a single tooth unit? Clarification of this point would enhance the developmental interpretation of the dataset.

      No, our approach does not distinguish among teeth at different stages, nor among teeth in even vs odd positions that tend to be synchronized in replacement cycles. Theoretically, one could do this by dissecting individual teeth and pooling by tooth stage, but we did not.

      (3) Identifying successional lamina cells is critical, and the authors report putative SL cells within the VEE cluster. However, the stromal cells surrounding the successional lamina are also known to play important roles in tooth regeneration. Can the authors further annotate and characterize stromal cell populations in the snRNA-seq dataset? Additional analysis of these supporting cells would strengthen the conclusions regarding epithelial-mesenchymal interactions.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. In response, we further characterized mesenchymal subpopulations and included these new analyses in the revised manuscript (updated Figure 4 and Supplemental Figure 8). Specifically, pseudotime and CellRank analyses identified a mesenchymal subpopulation enriched for Twist1, Dnmt1, and Runx2, which we interpret as putative dental ectomesenchyme (DEM) based on the established roles of these genes in odontogenic mesenchymal development and differentiation, as well as their reported expression in mouse and human tooth single-cell transcriptomic studies. Notably, this putative dental ectomesenchymal population resides within the broader dental follicle compartment identified in our dataset (Figure 4A-C).

      To further assess supporting stromal populations, we examined the expression of established stromal marker genes, including Lum, Col6a3, Aspn, and Vegfc. These markers were broadly restricted to mesenchymal populations and showed strong enrichment overlapping the newly identified putative dental ectomesenchymal region (Supplemental Figure 8B). Consistent with these observations, differential expression analysis identified additional DEM-enriched genes that substantially overlap canonical stromal markers, including extracellular matrix-associated genes, supporting a close transcriptional relationship between the putative dental ectomesenchyme and the surrounding stromal mesenchymal compartment (Supplemental Figure 8C). Together, these findings refine the mesenchymal landscape surrounding the putative successional lamina and support the presence of a specialized stromal microenvironment associated with tooth regeneration.

      Consistent with this interpretation, our CellChat analysis identified significantly increased interactions between the dental ectomesenchyme and cycling ameloblast populations on the plucked side at Day 0 (Supplemental Figure 8D). These interactions were enriched for signaling pathways including SEMA4, EPHB, SLIT and SPP1, all of which have established roles in tissue remodeling, extracellular matrix organization, and regenerative processes. (Supplemental Figure 8E). Because Day 0 contained sufficient biological replicates and cell numbers for robust statistical comparison, we focused our interaction analyses on this time point. Collectively, these additional analyses provide a more comprehensive characterization of the stromal compartment and further support the conclusion that a specialized dental ectomesenchymal population actively participates in epithelial-mesenchymal communication during the earliest stages of tooth regeneration. So, in total, Figure 4 was revised, the text on lines 281-309 was revised, and Supplemental Figure 8 was added.

      (4) The manuscript currently lacks experimental validation of the single-nucleus RNA-seq data. The authors should validate the expression of major signature genes using RNAscope or immunostaining, ideally comparing regenerated samples with the left-side control. Such validation would significantly enhance the robustness of the conclusions.

      We did not validate up- or down-regulation of differentially expressed genes in intact tissue, owing in part to (1) the complexity of this experiment, (2) the fact that the majority of DEGs, or ‘major signature genes’ have been observed to be expressed in dentitions generally, and often by us in previous work on cichlid teeth, and the fact that (3) independent biological replicates were strongly consistent in the direction of effects (see below). In the “study limitations” section, we note this issue and suggest that a spatial transcriptomics experiment across the timespan of plucking<>recovery would address simultaneously the desire to understand cellular context of plucking and cellular/spatial differences in plucked vs control cell-type gene expression.

      Minor Points

      (1) In Figure 1, the color scheme used in the schematic drawing (Figure 1A) should match the corresponding structures shown in Figure 1B to improve clarity and consistency.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful suggestion regarding the color consistency between the schematic (Figure 1A) and the fluorescence images (Figure 1B). However, the color scheme in the schematic (Figure 1A) was intentionally selected to maximize accessibility, particularly for readers with color vision deficiencies, and therefore differs from the magenta and green fluorescence channels used in Figure 1B. In the fluorescence images, the magenta and green colors reflect the native display colors used for the Alizarin Red and Calcein labeling channels in the pulse-chase experiment. Directly matching the schematic colors to the fluorescence images could reduce the visual contrast between key anatomical structures and compromise accessibility for some readers. We have therefore retained the current color scheme in Figure 1A while ensuring that the corresponding structures are clearly identified through consistent labels and annotations across both panels.

      (2) The abbreviation for successional lamina (SL) should be defined upon first use in the Introduction.

      We thank the reviewer for catching this omission. We have now defined the abbreviation “successional lamina (SL)” upon its first appearance in the Introduction.

      (3) Regarding biological replicates, the authors should provide data demonstrating the consistency and reproducibility across replicated samples.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. To demonstrate the consistency and reproducibility across biological test subjects, we have added analyses summarizing sequencing quality metrics, test subject contributions, integrated clustering, and representative differential gene expression across individual samples (see Figure S4, panels C, D & E and Author response image 1). Panel A shows that nuclei from different biological test subjects are well integrated across clusters rather than segregating by sample origin. Finally, Panel B presents representative differentially expressed genes from multiple cell populations, demonstrating consistent expression differences between paired plucked and control samples across biological test subjects.

      Author response image 1.

      (A) UMAP embedding of dental nuclei. Each point represents a single nucleus, colored by test subject. (B) Representative differentially expressed genes show consistent expression differences between plucked and control samples across biological replicates. Paired boxplots of average gene expression for representative differentially expressed genes from multiple cell populations at Days 0, 1, 3, and 7. Each point represents one biological replicate (test subject), with paired plucked and control samples connected by dashed lines. The y-axis shows average gene expression, and the x-axis indicates the experimental condition. These representative examples illustrate the consistent direction of differential expression across biological replicates, supporting the reproducibility of the single-nucleus RNA-seq dataset.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 1: Can the panels to the right of panel B be labeled? It's not clear what these six images are showing, so giving them letters and explaining briefly in the legend what the point of each panel is would clarify. "Right, example of individually classified teeth" - can the authors elaborate on what each tooth is an example of (i.e., how each tooth shown was classified"?) For clarity, the graphs in panels C and D should have the y-axes labeled

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. In response, we revised the Figure 1B legend to clarify the classification criteria used for dye incorporation analyses and to better describe the representative fluorescence images. Specifically, teeth positive for both Alizarin and Calcein were classified as pre-existing old teeth, whereas teeth positive only for Calcein were classified as newly formed teeth. We additionally clarified that the images to the right of panel B show representative individually classified teeth, with the top row representing pre-existing old teeth and the bottom row representing newly formed teeth. We also added y-axis labels to panels C and D to improve figure clarity and readability.

      (2) Figure 2 legend: should "the cell type" instead be "the putative cell type"? Without validation for all cell types, it seems adding some sort of qualifier is in order here. Can the authors comment further on examples of validation from other studies? For example, Gareth Fraser has published numerous studies that show Pitx2 expression marking dental epithelium in different fish, yet none of these older papers are cited.

      Identification and validation of cell types make use of multiple published datasets in cichlids (for markers matched to mouse), as well as an unbiased computational approach (SAMap) that draws homology between cichlid and mouse dental cell types, based on shared global patterns of gene expression. There is perhaps a philosophical debate to be had about the validity of ‘cell types,’ generally, but our data are validated using two methods. We edited the text in lines 167-177 to clarify, including citing references to our own work (these studies include Gareth Fraser as an author, when he was a postdoc with Streelman).

      (3) Figure 6 is extremely complicated. Can any portions of rows or columns in these tables be highlighted in the figure to help the reader follow the proposed signaling interactions highlighted in the text?

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. To improve the readability of Figure 6 and better guide readers through the dynamic signaling patterns described in the text, we revised the figure by visually highlighting the key sender-receiver interaction regions discussed in the Results. Specifically, we annotated the interactions involving mesenchymal subpopulations and alveolar bone (OST) signaling toward CYC-AMB at Days 0 and 7, mesenchymal signaling toward NK/T cells at Day 1, and epithelial cross-talk centred around ES-2 at Day 3. These visual annotations allow readers to more readily identify the signaling interactions highlighted in the text and relate them to the corresponding regions of the interaction heatmaps.

      (4) In Figure 7A, what does the black font indicate (if grey is up in control and red is up in plucked)? I'd guess not up in either, which then makes it unclear whether the sets in black are different or why they are being presented.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this ambiguity. In Figure 7A, blue and red labels indicate signaling pathways identified by CellChat as condition-specific, with blue representing pathways detected only in the control condition and red representing pathways detected only in the plucked condition. In contrast, pathways shown in black represent signaling pathways detected in both conditions but exhibiting significant differences in inferred communication probability between conditions. Thus, the black labels denote shared signaling pathways whose activity differs significantly between control and plucked samples, rather than pathways unique to either condition. We have revised the figure legend to clarify this distinction and improve interpretability.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I encourage the authors to offer information on the histological differences between teeth during physiological and accelerated replacement. I'm curious if the eruption's accelerated rate has any effect on the mineralization of those teeth.

      We did not examine the histology of individual teeth, and so can’t comment on differences in mineralization.

      (2) The findings section contains multiple sentences that should be moved under material and techniques.

      We expect the reviewer is referring to paragraph lines 104-114, which was a tricky paragraph to place in the manuscript. In the end, we believe it represents important context necessary to interpret findings (which could be missed if moved to ‘methods’) and so we’ve chosen to keep this paragraph in its place.

      (3) It would be useful to include a table showing sample distribution by experimental design.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Sample distributions across experimental conditions, time points, biological test subjects, and identified cell populations are already provided in Supplementary Table 1. To improve clarity and accessibility, we have revised the table legend to more explicitly describe the experimental design and sample annotations represented in the table.

      (4) The writers did a nice job with the graphics in Figure 8; however, the schematics in Figure C are difficult to follow and are not adequately discussed anywhere. Please note that this text may be of great interest to the dentistry community, including clinicians, and that a clear and succinct explanation of the schemes at the end would be quite beneficial.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have revised the Figure 8 legend to more clearly explain Panel C as a summary schematic of inferred cell–cell communication events associated with accelerated tooth replacement after plucking. The updated legend clarifies that the pathway labels in Figure 8C summarize results directly from Figure 7A: red pathway labels indicate plucked-only signaling events, corresponding to pathways shown as full red bars in Figure 7A, while black pathway labels indicate signaling interactions detected in both plucked and control conditions but showing significant differences in interaction probability between conditions. Panel C also includes a cell-type legend at the bottom to identify the relevant cell populations.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      We thank the three reviewers for their critical reading of our manuscript. We also appreciate that the three reviewers highlighted the novelty and the broad interest of our study. They have identified key limitations of our analyses, and we have either provided explanations for our choice, or performed new analyses to circumvent biases. We believe that the manuscript is greatly improved and that our main conclusion, that PhDEF has a major binding and regulatory action in the petal epidermis, is strongly supported by our data.

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary

      The authors previously generated two cell-layer-specific mutants of petunia for the petal identity gene PhDEF. In this study, they profiled differential gene expression in those mutants through single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq). They found that more genes are highly and specifically expressed in the epidermal cell layer than in mesophyll cells. In addition, they identified cell-layer-specific and -aspecific PhDEF target genes. Using the extensive single-cell transcriptome and layer-specific target identification, the authors concluded that different cell identities affect homeotic regulator PhDEF, thereby influencing transcriptional regulation.

      Major comments

      This presented work provides comprehensive evidence, that pre-existing cell layer identity (epidermis and mesophyll) modulate transcriptional output of homeotic transcription factor, PhDEF.

      However, a disconnection between PhDEF bindings to genome and transcriptional output undermines the robustness of their conclusion although some binding loci were shown to be correlated with DEG. This may indicate the chromatin state, the existence of interacting partners, and the non-productive binding of PhDEF, suggesting that PhDEF binding alone is not sufficient to predict transcriptional outcomes and additional regulatory mechanisms that shape gene expression in addition to the layer-specific regulatory mechanisms. This disconnection may also be due to the developmental timing. Indeed, it appears authors used different flower stages for ChIP-seq and scRNA-sequencing. In fully differentiated organs, PhDEF binding itself may be no longer transcriptionally productive, and differential gene expression results primarily from the pre-established cell identity rather than directly from the homeotic regulation of PhDEF. Therefore, the main question the authors asked-how homeotic identity works with cell-layer identity and how the homeotic gene, PhDEF, acts in mature organs-was not clearly explained by this study.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important issue. We agree that the difference in developmental timing between the scRNA-Seq and ChIP-Seq experiments might contribute to the disconnection that this reviewer pointed out.

      First, we want to explain that the reason for performing scRNA-Seq on fully differentiated petals was purely technical, as we were initially aiming to obtain protoplasts at stage 8 (stage used for the ChIP-Seq) but could never retrieve enough of them for proper encapsulation in the 10X Chromium chips. We have now clearly explained this in the manuscript (lines 104-107).

      A hypergeometric test shows that our ChIP-Seq and scRNA-Seq datasets overlap more than by chance (p = 0.000137); however, we agree that differences in developmental stages possibly bring a confounding effect to our conclusions. Therefore, we have decided to add to our manuscript the intersection between ChIP-Seq and bulk RNA-Seq data performed on WT, star and wico flowers at stage 8, that we published previously (Chopy et al., 2024). In that case, both datasets have been obtained with the same exact genetic material and at the same exact developmental stage.

      This intersection confirms that very similar binding profiles are observed for PhDEF target genes, whether they are differentially expressed in the epidermis (star only), in the mesophyll (wico only) or in both layers (star and wico) (Figure 4A). However, star-specific DEGs were more often bound by PhDEF by epidermis+shared binding sites, and wico-specific DEGs more often with mesophyll-specific binding sites, suggesting a weak but significant association between binding and regulatory profiles. Performing similar tests for individual binding categories for DEGs identified by scRNA-Seq also revealed that epidermis-specific DEGs displayed more epidermis+shared binding sites than expected. Since the association between epidermal DEGs and shared+epidermal binding sites is found both in the intersection with RNA-Seq and scRNA-Seq data, we have now stated that « layer-specific binding and transcriptional regulation are partially linked, at least in the epidermis » (line 354).

      In Figure 2, the use of the term "target" is potentially misleading. It sounds like direct target genes (direct binding and differential expression) for PhDEF, but it refers only to DEGs.

      Indeed, the term "target" was referring to both indirect and direct targets of PhDEF. To avoid any possible confusion, we have replaced it by differentially expressed genes (DEGs) throughout the manuscript, when appropriate.

      Lines 496-497: When the authors state, "~ demonstrates for the first time that the regulatory function of homeotic factor is influenced by cell layer identity," it sounds overstated, as prior studies have shown that pre-existing tissue or cell identity can shape transcriptional activity and developmental output.

      We agree that previous studies have shown that cell identity influences transcriptional activity in general. While this might not have been specifically assessed in the context of different cell layers, we have rewritten this sentence accordingly.

      Minor comments

      In the UMAP presentation, as depicted in Figures 2C, S3, and S5, the cells with zero expression can be colored in light gray (or an inverted color scheme). The purple hue masks the gene expressions of other cells, making it difficult to see the yellow or light green colored cells.

      We have modified all UMAPs depicting gene expression as suggested, in Figures 2C and S5, and replaced UMAPs with DotPlots in Figure S3.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      General assessment

      This study is well-designed and technically sound. They utilize single-cell transcriptomics and ChIP-seq by using genetically well-defined genetic materials and layer-specific PhDEF deletion mutants. The analysis showed where PhDEF binds to genomic loci and which genes are differentially expressed in petal epidermis and mesophyll, providing evidence of cell-layer-specific function of homeotic gene in mature organs. Although certain mechanistic aspects were not elucidated, the data from the extensive genome-wide study contributed to drawing their conclusions.

      Advances

      This research goes beyond classical models of floral organ identity by showing that homeotic gene function is not uniform in the same floral organ. It represents a conceptual advance in our understanding by integrating cell layer identity into the framework of homeotic gene regulation.

      Audience

      This study will be of broad interest to scientists who study transcription networks, cell and organ identity in the context of plant development.

      My field of expertise:

      Transcriptional regulation by transcription factor, epigenetic regulation of gene expression, plant development

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary:

      This study from Cavallini-Speisser et al. cleverly leverages a tissue layer-specific mutant, single cell and bulk RNA-sequencing, and ChIP-sequencing to decipher tissue layer-specific regulation of petal development in petunia by the PhDEF transcription factor. The authors find common and unique targets of PhDEF between the epidermis and mesophyll and conclude that the activity of transcription factors like PhDEF are influenced by the pre-existing environment in the cell they are expressed in. Understanding when and how a given transcription factor drives expression of unique target genes in various contexts is an important aspect of developmental biology that can be elusive outside of highly tractable model systems. As such, I think this study is of high value and has strong potential to expand our understanding of how developmental specificity is mediated by commonly employed transcriptional regulators. However, I think there are some issues with possible over-interpretation and some places where documentation of experimental design and data quality control are lacking. I elaborate on these concerns below.

      Major Comments:

      Line 155: Assigning mesophyll clusters by default without any positive marker genes strikes me as problematic, especially as much of the analysis rests on comparing the transcriptomes of epidermis and mesophyll cells. Can the authors perhaps leverage published scRNA-seq datasets to find potential mesophyll markers, even homologs from other species, to improve confidence in the cluster assignment?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Our statement of defining mesophyll identity by default was not entirely true (and we have now removed it), since it is supported by GO-enriched terms for cluster markers. For cluster "mesophyll 3", there is a strong enrichment for photosynthesis-related genes; and for cluster "mesophyll 2", there is a strong enrichment for water transport-related genes, both functions being fulfilled by the petal mesophyll. For cluster "mesophyll 1", the most enriched GO term is "glutathione metabolic process" that rather points to stress response. These three clusters also do not express any of the epidermal-identity genes, in contrast to the clusters that we assigned as epidermal. Cluster markers from the mesophyll display the lowest enrichment of all clusters (the best cluster markers have a log2FC between 2.8 and 4.9, in contrast to a log2FC between 8.1 and 9.9 for all other clusters), which is in line with our finding that the mesophyll expresses less specific genes than the epidermis, and suggests a basal identity with a transcriptomic signature that is less clear than in the epidermis. Therefore, it is not entirely trivial to find positive marker genes for the mesophyll with a strong specificity.

      In order to be more transparent about the expression patterns of the genes we selected to assign cluster identity, we modified Figure S3 to include DotPlots of selected photosynthesis-related genes, histone genes, S-phase genes and vasculature genes in the same figure, to compare with DotPlots of epidermal genes and pigmentation genes from Figure 1D, to allow for an informed comparison. Our conclusions remain the same as previously: epidermal clusters are defined based on the specific expression of epidermal genes and/or pigmentation genes. We notice, however, that the cluster "upper limb epidermis" strongly expresses photosynthesis genes, which is likely why it is close in the UMAP space to the "mesophyll 3" cluster. We have no explanation for that, but the extremely high expression of pigmentation genes in this cluster, however, identifies it as epidermal without a doubt. We have also added in Figure S3 the DotPlots of expression levels of homologs of 15 epidermis-enriched and 9 mesophyll-enriched genes from tobacco petal scRNA-Seq published by Kang et al. (doi: 10.1111/nph.17992). This shows that our definition of epidermal and mesophyll clusters and the one from Kang et al. generally overlap.

      Line 228: Through the description and interpretation of the ChIP-seq dataset, the authors use the fact that peaks are more abundant and bigger in the epidermis to conclude that binding of PhDEF is "stronger" in the epidermis. This implies a difference in physical interaction between the TF and the DNA that I don't think can be concluded from the data presented. This could be confounded by biology; if expression of PhDEF is more heterogeneous in the mesophyll than in the epidermis, the peaks from that tissue will be averaged out and appear smaller when in fact the binding is the same strength. This could also be a technical artifact if the ChIP was less efficient in one sample versus another. This conclusion requires reinterpretation. The authors have the power to address this at least partially with the scRNA-seq by measuring PhDEF heterogeneity. I believe assessing ChIP efficiency would have required a spike in control, but perhaps there is a computational way to address this. It is important to discuss these confounding factors in the text.

      This is another important point. We agree that the word "stronger", to describe PhDEF binding in the epidermis, was not appropriate and we have replaced it with "more frequent" which is a more factual interpretation of our results. We also agree that even this interpretation depends on potential ChIP artifacts that we have now evaluated.

      We have used our WT scRNA-Seq data to explore the heterogeneity of PhDEF expression in the mesophyll and the epidermis, as suggested. The barplot in Figure S10B represents the number of cells (y-axis) with given PhDEF RNA counts (x-axis) in the clusters that we assigned as epidermis (left) and mesophyll (right). We have performed this analysis after removing cells that do not express PhDEF at all, which represents 47.7% and 47.4% of epidermal and mesophyll cells, respectively, hence very similar proportions. The distributions of expression of PhDEF in the epidermis and in the mesophyll are within the same ranges, with a slightly higher expression of PhDEF in the mesophyll than in the epidermis. The coefficients of variation (cv) of the two distributions are similar and slightly higher in the epidermis (cv = 0.34 in the mesophyll and cv = 0.36 in the epidermis, p = 0.00106 with Feltz and Miller’s asymptotic test). Therefore, it appears that the expression of PhDEF is actually higher and slightly less variable in the mesophyll than in the epidermis, meaning that it should not result in averaging out the peaks detected. This relies on the assumption that PhDEF protein levels are directly correlated with PhDEF RNA levels, which we have not explored in this study and remains a limitation. We have included this analysis lines 275-278 and Figure S10B.

      Regarding ChIP efficiency, we had run different tests prior to sequencing: first, we have tested different amounts of chromatin, keeping the quantity of antibody unchanged, and tested ChIP enrichment by qPCR on a set of two positive (PhDEF and Pos2) and one negative (Neg1) control binding sites. Second, after selecting the best chromatin quantity, we have performed 4 independent ChIP replicates for each genotype (split between two assays named ChIP-1 and ChIP-2) and measured ChIP efficiency by qPCR. This is depicted in Figure S10A, with the replicates chosen for sequencing highlighted with an orange star.

      We have now explained in greater detail in the Methods our preliminary tests. There is variation of enrichment between replicates, and particularly between assays here (ChIP-1 vs. ChIP-2), which is inherent to the ChIP experiment. It might be particularly prominent in our case due to our custom antibody directed against PhDEF, in contrast to commercial antibodies that are commonly used in ChIP experiments with tagged transgenic lines. However, we see consistently lower enrichment for star as compared to wico and WT, in line with the more frequent epidermal binding of PhDEF. We have followed the ENCODE guidelines for our analysis pipeline, in particular applying the IDR. We have now added other mapping statistics in Table S5 including the FRiP (fraction of reads in peaks) metric, that is in the range of expected values but is lower for star (around 0.5%) than for WT and wico (0.7-1.2 %), again consistent with the more frequent epidermal binding of PhDEF.

      Line 376: The authors risk overinterpreting a lack of differential gene expression detection in their analysis of PhDEF binding profiles. This can be affected by how deeply a library was sequenced or how many cells were analyzed per cell type. A gene might not be found to be DE if low depth or few cells resulted in noise or dropout. Lack of detection does not mean lack of differential regulation so the biological relevance of this portion of the analysis should be interpreted with caution.

      We have added to this new version of the manuscript an intersection between ChIP-Seq and bulk RNA-Seq in WT, star and wico, as bulk RNA-Seq is much more sensitive than scRNA-Seq in detecting lowly expressed genes. We have also added the sentence that bulk RNA-Seq "better captures lowly expressed genes" than scRNA-Seq, line 333. This intersection revealed an association between epidermal DEGs (star-specific DEGs) and the presence of epidermal+shared binding sites for PhDEF. We have modified our conclusions accordingly.

      Line 476: The authors state there is a mismatch in developmental timing between the RNAseq and ChIP datasets. Why is this? This is mentioned briefly in the Discussion, but has the potential to be majorly confounding to the joint interpretation of the ChIP and RNAseq datasets. This experimental design choice should be justified more thoroughly and a consideration of the limitations it brings to data interpretation should be more prominent in the text.

      This concern has also been raised by the first reviewer, and we have now added to our study an intersection between ChIP-Seq and bulk RNA-Seq performed at the same stage. We have also explained the technical reasons for performing scRNA-Seq at a mature stage only (lines 104-107). Indeed, the intersection between bulk RNA-Seq and ChIP-Seq performed at the same stage revealed a significant association between epidermal DEGs (star-specific DEGs) and the presence of epidermal+shared binding sites for PhDEF. Testing for individiual binding categories, we could also detect an enrichment of epidermal+shared binding sites for epidermal-specific DEGs identified by scRNA-Seq. Therefore, we have now stated that « layer-specific binding and transcriptional regulation are partially linked, at least in the epidermis » (line 354).

      Minor Comments:

      Line 229: The authors compare correlations between pseudo-bulked transcriptomes and argue that in the star mutant the epidermis adopts a mesophyll-like identity. The correlation between epidermis and mesophyll in star is 0.97 and the correlations were 0.94 and 0.93 in the other genotypes tested. What is the meaningful cutoff for saying the transcriptomes are similar or not? Is 0.97 so much higher than 0.94 that this conclusion is supported?

      The comparison of pseudo-bulk transcriptomes is a very global and exploratory approach. Given the high number of genes underlying these pseudo-bulk datasets, any difference in the correlation between them is statistically significant, which is not very informative. We agree with this reviewer that the interpretation of these correlation coefficients is somewhat arbitrary. We have simplified this part of the manuscript and have mostly focused on comparing star and wico pseudo-bulk transcriptomes to the WT ones, but not to each other's, which aligns well with our main message of a specific epidermal identity, easily shifting to a mesophyll-identity when PhDEF is missing or not entirely functional. We have also removed Figure 2E to a supplementary figure to give less emphasis to this analysis.

      Line 264: What are the "manually chosen thresholds for differential expression"? Can the authors explain and justify this? There is very little detail on this in the materials and methods and this raises some concerns regarding how a threshold was chosen.

      Seurat gives a default threshold of 0.25 for log2FC, which we found to be very permissive. In order to capture the most informative targets of PhDEF, but still to capture a meaningful number of targets, we empirically decided to increase this threshold to 0.75. On the WT scRNA-Seq dataset, we observed that the layer-specificity factor was also capturing meaningful differences in layer-specific expression (see Figure 1E). We chose a cut-off at 10% since it was the lowest to give a significant difference in the numbers of epidermis- vs. mesophyll-enriched genes in the WT petal. We have added these explanations in the methods.

      Figure 3G: Could this plot be annotated with the classification of peak layer specificity? It is a little difficult for me as the reader to keep up with all the categories in the text, and showing them in the figure might make that easier to follow.

      We have now annotated the Venn diagram in Figure 3G with the classifications of binding profiles.

      Figure 4A: A comparison of only two cell categories should not use scaled expression, as this can over-emphasize small differences in gene expression. Can this be replaced with a dot plot that uses unscaled expression values?

      We thank the reviewer for noticing this issue, we have built a DotPlot with unscaled values and replaced it in Figure 4A, which does not change our conclusions. We have also used unscaled values in Figure S14.

      Figure 4C: Could this be represented more legibly with stacked, space-filled bar charts? As is, this is difficult to read, and might be impossible for someone who is color blind. In addition, the authors claim this analysis shows similar proportions across all categories, but I wonder if that would hold true if they performed an over-representation analysis normalized to the categories shown in "all genes expressed". This could allow them to statistically test whether there are real differences in representation among the categories.

      We have now used a different and color-blind-friendly palette for pie charts of PhDEF binding profiles. Following reviewers' comments, we have analyzed the intersection of bulk RNA-Seq with ChIP-Seq (both performed at the same stage), and performed Chi2 goodness-of-fit tests that indeed support some association between binding profile and regulation profile, although this remains limited.

      Supplemental Figure 2: It's great that the authors include these metrics, but it would be ideal to also include the plots of standard QC metrics for scRNA-seq such as those found here to give a better sense of per cell quality: https://satijalab.org/seurat/articles/pbmc3k_tutorial

      In addition, it is important to include QC metrics for ChIPseq, which I did not find in the supplement. Metrics such as FRiP are important for interpreting ChIP library quality.

      We have now added the standard QC plots (Feature number per cell and RNA counts per cell) to Figure S2, as suggested. Mitochondrial and ribosomal genes are not annotated in the Petunia axillaris nuclear genome that we used, therefore we could not compute mitochondrial or ribosomal gene counts. We have removed cells expressing less than 200 genes, but did not apply any upper thresholds as there were no obvious outliers.

      FastQC reports for scRNA-Seq and ChIP-Seq have been deposited at https://entrepot.recherche.data.gouv.fr/dataverse/PhDEF_Flower_layer, as indicated in the Methods.

      We have also added ChIP metrics in Table S5, including the number of reads, duplicated reads, mapped reads and computed the FriP score. This score ranges between 0.5 % and 1.2 %, which is satisfactory and above the minimum recommended score by ENCODE of 0.3 %.

      Line 654: What model was used for DESeq2?

      We have used default parameters for DESeq2, ie a negative binomial GLM fitting and Wald significance tests. We have added this information in the Methods.

      Line 752: Can the authors justify why peaks were called separately on input and ChIP samples rather than allowing MACS2 to call peaks in the ChIP sample over input background? That differs from the standard MACS2 pipeline and no explanation for this is provided in the text.

      Our analysis pipeline has indeed been customized, in particular to detect peaks in our positive control PhDEF, for which a binding site of PhDEF in the promoter has been demonstrated experimentally by others in many different species. This binding has a strong experimental support, and we expected PhDEF to bind to its own promoter in the two cell layers. Our ChIP-Seq results show a posteriori that this particular peak is far from being the strongest one over the genome; therefore, we believe it represents a good control to detect binding enrichment for average targets. We have first tried the standard MACS2 pipeline that calculates the enrichment of IP over Input, but we could only detect PhDEF binding for one WT and one wico replicate, although the peaks were visually clear in the two replicates. Our input sample being generally noisy, we explored how separate peak calling between IP and Input would behave (as already done in e.g. Durand et al., 2023, doi: 10.1093/plcell/koad025). We also explored how thresholds for FDR in MACS2, and IDR thresholds for reproducibility between IP samples, would influence peak detection in IP and Input.

      We found that calling peaks on the IP with a relaxed FDR (0.1), then applying the IDR at 0.1, allowed the capture of PhDEF binding to its own promoter in the two wico replicates (but still not in WT, because the peaks were lost after applying the IDR threshold). No peak was detected in the input with these settings, however for other genes we observed spurious peak detection in the input, therefore we decided to lower the FDR thresholds for input peaks to 0.05. Our choices have been made in an attempt to increase specificity at the risk of losing sensibility, and we probably lose true binding events. Considering that this ChIP has been performed on the endogenous PhDEF protein directly, and in chimeric flowers that only express PhDEF in half of the tissue, adapting the ChIP analysis pipeline was a necessary step.

      We have now added a few lines in the Methods (lines 696-706) to explain our rationale.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      General Assessment:

      Strengths: The authors employ a unique and powerful mutant system to explore a fundamental developmental biology question. In addition, the datasets generated will likely be useful to other researchers working in petunia or flower development.

      Limitations: While the mutant system employed here is a creative way to get at tissue-layer specific transcription factor activity, the ChIP samples still include heterogeneous cell types, which may impact the findings presented here.

      Advance: This study uses a unique system to test the function of a transcription factor in distinct cell types. As stated above, understanding when and how a given transcription factor drives expression of unique target genes in various contexts is an important aspect of developmental biology.

      Audience: I believe this work will be of primary interest to the plant development, single cell, and chromatin biology communities. These are specialized, basic research communities.

      Reviewer Expertise: I am a plant developmental biologist who works with multiple modes of cell-type-specific NGS datasets including bulk and single cell RNAseq and ChIPseq among others.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary: This study addresses a fundamental but underexplored aspect of homeotic gene function: how regulators of cell identity act during late stages of organ development. The authors take advantage of layer-specific mutants of the MADS-box gene PhDEF in Petunia hybrida to dissect the roles of this floral identity regulator in the epidermis and mesophyll. By combining single-cell RNA sequencing with ChIP-seq analyses in wild-type and mutant chimeric petals, the work demonstrates that, although PhDEF is expressed at comparable levels in both petal layers, it binds to and regulates a substantially larger and more layer-enriched set of genes in the epidermis than in the mesophyll. The identification of both layer-specific and shared PhDEF binding sites supports a model in which pre-existing layer identity modulates the regulatory output of homeotic transcription factors.

      Major comments:

      Dissecting PhDEF binding preferences in the epidermis versus the mesophyll using the star and wico mutants is a clever and powerful approach. However, conclusions involving cell identity should be drawn with caution for two reasons. First, cell identities appear to be altered in the mutants: scRNA-seq data suggest that even cells assigned to the same cluster can be molecularly distinct across genotypes. For example, the transcriptomes of wild-type epidermis and mesophyll are highly similar (Pearson correlation R = 0.94), yet both show lower correlation with epidermal cells from star or wico petals. These results raise questions such as are the cells identified as epidermal cells really strictly epidermal in the mutants? Do you need to take into consideration cell composition of the mutants when you do differential expression analysis?Second, PhDEF is expressed in both epidermal and mesophyll clusters in all genotypes, albeit at different levels and in fewer cells in the mutants. As a result, the ChIP-seq profiles should be interpreted as cell type-enriched rather than cell type-specific.

      We fully agree with this reviewer's comments, and alterations in cell identity in the star and wico mutants is indeed a main pitfall for our analysis. The phdef mutation alters the transcriptomic signatures of cells physically located in the epidermis or in the mesophyll, which can result in their artificial clustering with cells located elsewhere in the petal. It might be particularly true for the epidermis, since we see strong depletion in epidermal clusters in the star flowers (and even in the wico flowers), whereas the mesophyll is not much affected in wico flowers. As a result, it is likely that we lose many epidermal cells in star flowers that end up labeled as mesophyll cells, resulting in the under-estimation of DEGs in this layer. We had explored other possible ways to define epidermal or mesophyll cells in our dataset, based for instance on PhDEF or PhGLO1 expression, but since for the majority of cells PhDEF expression is simply not captured, we would have wrongly assigned phdef mutant identity to WT cells. In spite of this limitation, we find more DEGs in the epidermis than in the mesophyll, showing that even an underestimation of DEGs in the epidermis does not affect our main conclusion, which is that PhDEF has a major regulatory action in the epidermis. We have explicitly written this limitation in our manuscript, lines 234-236.

      We agree that ChIP-Seq profiles are rather cell type-enriched than cell type-specific, which we have stated explicitly in the sentence line 308, saying that "differential binding between layers is quantitative". However, for simplicity we prefer to retain the term "specific" since our conclusions are based on the definition of peaks that can either be present or absent in a given genotype, and hence in a given cell layer.

      And there are a few things that need clarification:

      a. Protoplasting and tissue dissection analyses suggest that mesophyll cells constitute more than 80% of the cells in wild-type petals, whereas the scRNA-seq data indicate a substantially lower proportion. Could this discrepancy reflect technical biases in cell recovery or capture efficiency, or issues related to cell identity assignment during clustering and annotation? Notably, the scRNA-seq data from star and wico petals show mesophyll proportions close to 80%. Is this difference due to an increased abundance of mesophyll cells in the mutants, or could it instead reflect differences in transcriptomic separability? In wild-type petals, the epidermal and mesophyll transcriptomes are highly correlated and express similar numbers of genes, with epidermal cells distinguished mainly by higher expression of a subset of genes. This raises the possibility that mesophyll cells in the wild type occupy a more plastic or less differentiated transcriptional state and may therefore be misclassified as epidermal cells, whereas disruption of regulatory mechanisms in the mutants enhances transcriptional divergence and alters cell clustering outcomes.

      Our protoplasting and tissue sections show that the mesophyll should represent 80% of cells in WT tissue, while we estimate it at 70% in our WT scRNA-Seq data based on our cluster assignment (mesophyll = 60% + vasculature = 10%, that we separated from the mesophyll cells but is actually embedded within this tissue). This is not a very strong difference, and considering the multiple steps that protoplasting and cell capture entail, we considered that this was reasonably close to the expected proportions.

      In the star and wico flowers, we assign mesophyll identity to a greater proportion of cells, but as explained above, we believe that cells with altered epidermal identity are easily clustered as mesophyll cells, since they lose their specific transcriptomic signature. This is actually in line with one of the main messages of our article, that petal epidermis transcriptional identity is highly specific.

      b. Cluster 0 appears to show internal heterogeneity, as the expression patterns of KCS3 and LLE2 are largely mutually exclusive. Do these patterns reflect the presence of distinct epidermal cell types within the limb that are currently grouped into a single cluster?

      Indeed, there appears to be some internal heterogeneity within cluster 0. Since our main focus was to compare epidermal and mesophyll clusters, we did not explore further the heterogeneity within epidermal clusters and kept a coarse resolution.

      c. Clusters 0 and 7 both exhibit high expression of pigmentation genes, while cluster 7 additionally shows strong enrichment for cell division genes. Are cell cycle genes the primary features distinguishing these two clusters? If cell cycle effects are regressed out, would cluster 7 merge with cluster 0, potentially yielding a more continuous cell state trajectory and helping to resolve the pattern noted in point (b)?

      To answer one of Reviewer 1's comments, we have added additional DotPlots to better describe our clusters, in Figure S3. Clusters 0 (limb epidermis), 6 (upper limb epidermis) and 7 (replicating cells) exhibit high expression of pigmentation genes (in particular cluster 6), as depicted in Figure 1D. Cluster 7, consisting of only 30 cells, is the only cluster expressing histone genes and S-phase genes. It is possible that these few cells are cluster-6 cells that are replicating, but considering the very low number of cells involved, we have not explored any further their identity and decided to remove them, as it would only marginally affect the conclusions of our analyses. It is indeed surprising that cluster 6 (upper limb epidermis) is quite distinct in the UMAP space to the other epidermal clusters 0 (limb epidermis) and 4 (upper tube epidermis), and we have not observed similar situations in other scRNA-Seq studies. We speculate that this is due to the joint expression of anthocyanin-related and photosynthesis-related genes, which convey a very strong transcriptomic signature to these cells that distinguish them from other epidermal cells.

      d.Pearson correlation is largely driven by highly expressed genes and may therefore be insensitive to changes in cell identity markers. The conclusions that the less clear separation of mesophyll and epidermal cells in star is due to altered cell identity would be more convincing if supported by independent validation, such as in situ hybridization or reporter analyses, to directly visualize molecular alterations in the relevant cell types when comparing wild-type and mutant tissues.

      Following another reviewer's comments, we have now given less emphasis on the Pearson correlation analysis, that was to some extent subjective. Therefore, our conclusion that mesophyll and epidermal cells in star are less separated than in WT has been removed.

      Minor comments:

      1.For color-coded figure legends (e.g., Fig. 1C), please also include the cluster numbers. This would facilitate interpretation, particularly for readers with reduced color sensitivity.

      We have now used colour-blind-friendly palettes and we have added cluster numbers in Figure 1C.

      2.For figures containing abbreviations (e.g., Fig. 1D, st. / ca.), please explicitly define all abbreviations in the figure legend.

      We have defined all abbreviations in the figure legends.

      3.For all UMAP figures, and for figures involving comparisons across clusters, please use consistent color schemes for the same clusters throughout the manuscript.

      We have modified color schemes across the manuscript for colour-blind-friendly palettes, consistently used throughout the manuscript.

      4.In Fig. S6, the plot showing all genes does not exactly match Fig. 1C, although it appears to represent the same data. Please use the same version of packages, seed values and parameters for all UMAP plots to avoid such discrepancies.

      Figure S6 is the result of integrating with Harmony the WT dataset (as shown in Figure 1C) with WT datasets after removing genes differentially expressed by the protoplasting process. Therefore these UMAPs are a result of integrating different datasets than in Figure 1C, which changes the shape of the UMAPs but cannot be controlled by the seed values, to our knowledge.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      Overall, this work significantly advances our understanding of late homeotic gene function. It establishes compelling evidence for how developmental context constrains transcription factor activity and offers broadly relevant insights for studies of organ patterning. The combination of genetic mosaics with single-cell and chromatin-level analyses represents a powerful and generalizable strategy that will be of interest to both plant developmental biologists and researchers studying transcriptional regulation.

      My expertise: single cell genomics, chromatin biology and plant development

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Animals ability to escape from threat is a crucial survival behaviour exhibited across the animal kingdom. In vertebrates, hard-wired circuits allow animals to escape from predators without the need for learning. One of the main vertebrate brain regions that controls escape from threat is the brainstem dorsal periaqueductal gray. Research in the last decades has shown that dorsal PAG glutamatergic neurons control the initiation of escape (from imminent threat) and escape vigour, whereas GABAergic neurons are spontaneously and tonically active and have been shown to provide an inhibitory threshold for eliciting escape and further signal escape termination (for reviews on this topic see for example: Gross and Canteras, 2012; Silva, Gross and Graeff, 2016; Motta, Carobrez and Canteras, 2017; Franklin, 2019; Silva and McNaughton, 2019; Lefler and Branco, 2020; Stempel, 2024). In addition to their role in the escape action, the dPAG has been suggested to have a broader function in threat processing. Specifically, a subset of neurons in the dorsal PAG has been shown have activity correlated to the approach/distance to a threat zone or predator. These neurons have been called 'risk assessment' neurons (Deng et al. 2016; Masferrer et al. 2020; Reis et al. 2021). Whether risk assessment neurons integrate threats across different modalities and contexts (here: social vs different predatory threats) is currently not known.

      The present study addresses two important and long-standing questions in the field: what is the cell-type identity of dorsal PAG neurons encoding threat assessment versus escape?, and are different classes of threat processed by shared or dedicated neuronal populations? The study design is careful and methodologically performed well. While some of the experiments have been published in the past, the comparison of social and predator threat responses across contexts and a description of assessment+ cells across both main excitatory and inhibitory PAG neuron types is interesting.

      Briefly, using miniaturized fluorescence microscopy (miniscope calcium imaging) in Vglut2::Cre and Vgat::Cre mice during a live predator (rat) exposure paradigm, the authors characterize neuronal activity in identified glutamatergic and GABAergic dPAG neurons across approach-escape cycles. The central finding is that both excitatory and inhibitory populations contain Assessment+ neurons (active during approach, silent at escape onset) and Escape+ neurons (suppressed during approach, activated at escape onset) and the authors propose that the activity profiles of Assessment+ and Escape+ cells may reflect local circuit wiring rules with putative GABAergic inhibition between excitatory neuronal subsets. Consistent with this, optogenetic activation of GABAergic dPAG neurons suppressed risk assessment behavior and promoted exploratory rearing but did not affect 'baseline' locomotion, building on Tsang et al. 2023 and Stempel et al. 2024. Population-level decoding using CEBRA (Schneider et al., 2023) confirmed that both Vglut2+ and Vgat+ ensembles independently encode behavioral state with high accuracy.

      A second finding of this paper concerns threat generalization. Sequential exposure to a predator, an aggressive conspecific, and a prey insect (cockroach; paradigm from Rossier et al., 2021) revealed that more than half of responsive excitatory neurons and nearly half of responsive inhibitory neurons were activated by two or three threat types. This substantial overlap argues for at least partially convergent, rather than parallel, encoding of threat in dPAG, consistent with its role as a general trigger for defensive avoidance (Silva et al., 2013), and contrasts with the anatomically segregated upstream processing of predator and social threats in the medial hypothalamic defensive network. Taken together, this study suggests the dPAG as a site of coordinated excitatory-inhibitory computation in the control of innate threat assessment and avoidance across biologically diverse threat contexts.

      Below are comments related to the figures/ data analysis and generally to the discussion part which we recommend should be expanded/changed to put the findings of the authors more in context of published literature and to discuss in more detail the proposed circuit mechanisms that align with the author's findings. Generally, this is a very nice and large dataset that could benefit from a more fine-grained and in-depth analysis of escape+ and risk assessment+ cells and their precise temporal activity profiles. We do not suggest to perform further experiments and think the work in this manuscript is publishable as is with some additional analyses and changes to the text.

      Related Figure 1 and calcium imaging methods.

        • The classification of neurons as 'Assessment+' and 'Escape+' positive is unclear and should be formally described in the methods, presumably these are the neurons with significantly increased "positive" or absolute slope? __Author’s response: __We apologize that the classification was not sufficiently clear. We will add a more detailed description of the criteria used to classify both neuron classes in the methods section. Escape+ neurons were those with a significant increase of activity, whereas Assessment+ neurons had a significant decrease in activity (negative slope). Absolute maximum slope values were used for comparison to previously categorized Assessment+ and Escape*+ neurons in Figure 2M.
      1. Can the authors clarify what they mean by escape? In the methods under "manual behavioral annotation", "Escape behavior" is defined as including retractions, retreats and flight. However, under "unsupervised behavioral annotation", escape is defined as "high-velocity locomotion aiming at increasing distance between threat source and subject". Are Escape+ neurons ones that are significantly modulated (presumably positively) at flight (latter definition), or throughout retractions, retreats and flight (former definition)? This also relates to the plots for 'escape+' neurons, where it would be useful to separately plot 'successful flights to shelter' to make the results comparable to previous studies and where trajectories are at least relatively stereotyped.*

      __Author’s response: __We apologize for any confusion raised by the duplicated definition. We have time locked neural activity to ‘escape’ behaviors that we defined to include: retraction, retreat or flight. However, we agree with the reviewer that this includes a wide range of escape quality and that a finer analysis may be helpful. To assess any potential differences in neural encoding related to this variation we will include an analysis in the revision that separates high-intensity from low-intensity escapes.

      • More example traces of different FOVs aligned to escape-to-shelter onset and to risk assessment onset would be useful, as well as a plot with the % of escape-active neurons and a reliability index (in how many trials is each neuron active?). Similarly, are the proportions of escape+ and assessment+ neurons similar across animals and FOVs recorded?*

      __Author’s response: __We thank the reviewer for these excellent suggestions and will add additional example traces and nimiscope FOVs, together with a table with the proportions of each neuron class per mouse and reliability indices for all neurons.

      • Some further basic analyses of the neurons' responses would be helpful to gage their activity profiles. Do these correspond to previously published descriptions of the two classes of escape+ neurons? Are they active during baseline locomotion? Do you observe the same clusters of GABAergic neurons that have been previously described where some dip at escape onset and some ramp up towards escape termination? Please add these plots as a supplement.*

      __Author’s response: __We appreciate the reviewer's suggestions and request to link our findings better to published work. We will provide plots showing the correlations between neural activity and baseline locomotion, speed, distance to the threat, and escape termination. We expect that aligning neural activity to escape termination will allow us to observe the two subclasses of GABAergic neurons described by Stempel et al. (2024): neurons that gradually increase their activity, peaking at escape termination, and neurons that gradually decrease their activity, reaching a trough at escape onset.

      • It is generally assumed that assessment+ cells 'map'/correlate to the distance to a threat zone. Plots with quantification of this correlation would be useful, and whether they are also speed modulated or not? If the animal stops on the way to the threat zone, does the risk assessment signal plateau for example?*

      Author’s response: We will provide supplementary plots for correlations of neural activity with baseline locomotion, speed, and distance to threat. We will also examine the data for cases in which the approach was interrupted, as suggested by the reviewer.

      • Both in Figures 1 and 2, both the single trial examples of individual neurons and averages across neurons in the Vgat+ and Vglut2+ recordings show very fast changes that seem to be shorter than Gcamp6s kinetics would allow, and that happen exactly at escape onset when there is presumable a fast head turn movement. What motion correction controls do the authors have in place to make sure that some of the fast changes they see are not motion artefacts? (e.g., see Figure 2, panel C bottom.) (Importantly, see also comment 8 below).*

      __Author’s response: __We acknowledge the reviewer’s concern about motion artefacts. Several precautions were taken to minimize such artifacts. During experiments and prior to recording we carefully tapped the miniscope attached to the baseplate and looked at the image to make sure no obvious image movement occurred due to gross mechanical instability. Within the miniscope image analysis we applied five rounds of NoRMCorre motion correction implemented within CaImAn and confirmed the stability of the ROIs by manual scanning of all videos. While subtle motion artifacts could persist in our data despite these precautions, we believe that artifactual variations of GCaMP signal at escape onset (head turn followed by escape) are unlikely because similar changes in GCaMP signal are seen at the onset of risk assessment when sudden head movement occured. Nevertheless, to better address this potential confound we will: 1) manually annotate instances of head turning events outside of escapes and examine their neural correlations, and 2) provide frame-by-frame FOV images from examples of Assessment+ and Escape+ cells across head turns.

      • Related to this, the overall escape velocity is extremely low (around 10cm/s). When the authors only analyze high speed escapes (>50cm/s), do they see different cell activity profiles emerge that they might miss with these very low speed escapes that presumably activate less neurons that high-speed escapes? While slow-speed escapes still elicit activity in both Vgat+ and Vglut2+ neurons, their calcium activity changes will be much lower, potentially hindering a more detailed analysis, as clear signals might be sparser for escape+ neurons.*

      Author’s response: As discussed above, we used a relatively broad definition of escape so as to increase the number of trials and strengthen the power of our statistical analysis. However, to test this possibility more explicitly we will split our trials by high and low-intensity escapes and check for such correlations.

      • With the min/max normalization that has been applied across the entire session it is hard to see 'local changes' in the heatmaps. Given that glutamatergic neurons are thought to only sparsely fire outside of escape episodes, the heatmaps are hard to read with the 'min/max' Z-scoring, and we would strongly encourage the authors to plot 'locally' Z-scored traces without a min/max normalization for each cell (at least for some examples). Importantly we would suggest to change the color scheme for the heatmaps to allow visual identification of the baseline / 'F0'.*

      __Author’s response: __We agree that this could be a useful alternative way to visualize the data and will plot locally Z-scored traces and shift to standard colormaps that allow for easier visual identification of the baseline as suggested by the reviewer.

      • The calculation of the slope estimated on the calcium signal is somewhat unclear in the methods section. The way it is described right now, it is not clear whether the window is centered at the behavioral event of interest or not. In the figures, it appears that this is an absolute slope, which is also not clear from the methods. Further, considering the half-decay time of GCamP6f, which is ~ 0.5s (Chen et al., 2013), it seems like the result of this calculation could be cancelation or a slope near-zero if the signal both rises and decays in this broader window. Why is not the peak (e.g. max) or the AUC used for this analysis? The authors should clarify the calculation and provide rationale for their choice? Is the sign (positive/negative) of the slope not of interest?*

      __Author’s response: __We apologize that the description of the slope analysis was not clear. We will revise the Methods to specify the exact time window used – which is centered on the behavioral event – and whether signed or absolute slope values were used. We will also report whether the sign of the slope is used for classification and clarify the rationale for retaining the slope metric which derives from the argument that quantifying the slope around the behavioral event of interest is less sensitive to signal-to-noise ratio variability between cells within the same field of view. We also favored a slope-based, rather than AUC-based assessment because we were looking to identify cells with previously-identified properties (Masferrer et al. 2020). This criterion allowed for increasing the sensitivity of classification even in cases where peak or AUC criteria analyses were not significant.

      • The GRIN lens placement in the example in Figure 1 is in the lateral PAG, whereas most others are located in the dorsolateral PAG. It would be useful to have a sentence in the introduction to state that the authors include the lateral, dorsolateral and dorsomedial PAG as 'dorsal PAG' and a rational for this placement.*

      Author’s response: __We agree that anatomical precision is important given potential functional differences across PAG columns. Based on our histological reconstruction and comparison with the anatomical atlas, we interpret the example shown in __Figure 1 as being located within the dorsolateral PAG rather than the lateral PAG. To make this clearer we will revise the figure labeling and add PAG column boundary overlays. We will also add a statement in the Methods/Results clarifying which PAG subdivisions were included under the term “dorsal PAG” and provide a rationale for this grouping.

      • Could the authors comment on how the proportions of Assessment+ and Escape+ neurons relate to previously published literature (e.g., Deng et al. 2016)?*

      __Author’s response: __We will add a paragraph and table comparing our findings with those from published manuscripts (Deng et al. 2016; Masferrer et al. 2020).

      Related to Figure 2

      • In panel K of Figure 2, both Vgat+ and Vglut2+ assessment+ neurons seem to have a rise at escape onset in addition to the slow rise during their movement towards the threat zone. Also here, the offset kinetics of the signal seem to now correlate well to the slow decay kinetics you would expect for GCamp6f and a quantification of controls and motion correction quality metrics would be very helpful to add. Depending on the baselining the peaks during escape would probably be significant as well. The authors could try and cluster the neurons further to see if they can disentangle further 'sub classes/clusters'.*

      Author’s response: In these time-warped analyses only cells with a significant correlation to escape onset were included. No statistical testing was performed to explore significance at the events highlighted by the reviewer. Nevertheless, we will add data from our clustering analyses as well as motion correction quality metrics and example FOV and ROIs.

      • The calculation of the slope estimated on the calcium signal is somewhat unclear in the methods section. The way it is described right now, it is not clear to me whether the window is centered at the behavioral event of interest or not. In the figures, it appears that this is an absolute slope, which is also not clear from the methods. Further, considering the half-decay of GCamP6f which is ~ 0.5s (Chen et al., 2013) it seems like the result of this calculation could be cancelation or a slope near-zero if the signal both rises and decays in this broader window. Why is not the peak (e.g. max) or the AUC used for this analysis? The authors should clarify the calculation and provide rationale for their choice? Is the sign (positive/negative) of the slope not of interest?*

      __Author’s response: __As discussed above, we chose to use a slope-based analysis because this feature best distinguishes the Assessment+ and Escape+ cell classes. This choice made it possible for us to maximize the identification of such cells even in cases in which AUC or peak analysis were not significant. We felt it was appropriate given that the aim was primarily to maximize the identification of previously well-described cell classes rather than de novo search. We will include a more detailed rationale for this approach in the manuscript.

      • The authors find a significant increase in the accuracy of the classification of the two defensive behaviors (risk assessment versus escape) from models trained on the Vgat+ population calcium activity. This is an interesting finding which should be to the very least discussed in the discussion. Is there more information content in this population? Does this have anything to do with the slower dynamics of the signal? As mentioned above, would clustering these populations further reveal a more fine-grained detail of their population activity, e.g. see previously published work by Stempel et al. who suggest that there are at least two broad clusters of escape-active GABAergic neurons.*

      __Author’s response: __We agree that the increase in classification accuracy is intriguing. While we do not have a precise explanation for this effect, we note that the higher decoding accuracy may reflect the fact that the Vgat+ population collectively contains richer information about defensive behaviors than the Vglut2+ population. However, because our recordings measure calcium activity rather than spiking, we cannot exclude the possibility that differences in signal-to-noise ratio, or other population-level recording characteristics like the number of recorded neurons contribute to this effect. Therefore, we have been careful not to overinterpret the improved decoding performance as necessarily reflecting greater information content. We also agree that further subdivision of the Vgat+ population could reveal additional functional organization. We are happy to incorporate further analysis for clustering (see above) into the manuscript as suggested.

      Related to Figure 3

      • In Figure 3A, the ChR2 seems to be significantly spread throughout the entire PAG and also the superior colliculus. As it is hard to see cell bodies with ChR2 at this magnification, we would recommend to add a supplemental figure with the outlines of the infection sites.*

      __Author’s response: __We acknowledge that the viral spread of these infections is larger than the dPAG, but we are confident that we are recovering spatial specificity with the placement of the optic fibers in the dPAG. We are happy to provide outlines of the infection sites for all animals.

      • The authors state that: "Interestingly, although stimulation of Vgat⁺ dPAG neurons significantly reduced the peak speed of escape, it did not change the overall time spent escaping". Could they comment on how this may relate to a previous study where the probability of escape is decreased upon activation of Vgat+ neurons and initiated escapes can be induced (Stempel et al. 2024)? Do they think this could be differences in location of stimulation fiber or one vs two injection sites (bigger vs smaller spread along the AP axis of the PAG?) - or do they think there could be a fundamental difference between fast escape from imminent looming stimuli to slower escapes to rat/prey/social predators?*

      __Author’s response: __The publication mentioned by the reviewer found that Vgat+ activation decreased the probability of escape to a looming stimulus. We believe the discrepancy with our results could arise from differences in the temporal pattern of the stimulation. While Stempel and colleagues stimulated at escape onset, we stimulated for longer and regularly spaced, one minute long light pulses.

      Related to Figure 4.

      • Individual examples of cells responding to one threat vs multiple threats would be very useful to add to see their dynamics across threats.*

      __Author’s response: __Thanks for the suggestion. We will provide full trace examples for the three tests for neurons responding to three, two or one threat.

      • The Venn diagrams in panel I are very hard to read, and color-blind people might struggle with the red/green (also in panel C). We would suggest to change colors, and replace Venn diagrams to make results more interpretable/readable.*

      __Author’s response: __We thank the reviewer for this useful feedback. We will remove the Venn diagrams and stick to the pie charts and make sure that all figure panels are color blind friendly.

      • Have any statistical tests been performed to assess whether there is a difference between the proportions in figure D and H as well as Figure 4J?*

      __Author’s response: __No. We will perform and include the results of these statistical tests.

      General and other comments

      • We strongly encourage the authors to add example videos of the behaviors tested and of all major findings including example calcium activity and optogenetic manipulations.*

      __Author’s response: __We will include videos for approach and escape behaviors for representative mice performing the three tests as well as representative calcium traces. We will also include exemplary behavior videos of experimental and control animals in the optogenetic activation experiments.

      • Relating to a more fine-grained analysis of escape-active cells (as recommended above), the authors state in the discussion that: 'A notable paradox of our findings is that while GABAergic and glutamatergic dPAG neurons showed nearly indistinguishable neural firing correlates of approach and avoidance (both harbored Assessment+ and Escape+ cells) [...]". Since previous works have already looked at escape-active cells in more detail, with differences between Vgat+ and Vglut2+ neurons having been described, we would encourage the authors to look at unsupervised clustering of the escape-active neuron populations, as the firing rates of these neurons should be distinguishable along the escape sequence and especially when taking into account speed correlations and activity profiles aligned to escape onset or offset. If they can't find differences these should be discussed, as major differences may relate to the paradigms used (rats vs visual 'looming' threats).*

      Author’s response: As described above, we will correlate neural activity with speed and cluster the response types with unsupervised methods (e.g. K-Means clustering, hierarchical clustering) in order to uncover further differences between Vglut2+ and Vgat+ neurons. We will discuss the finding in the discussion section in more detail.

      • We would ask the authors to make sure that the cited literature supports their statements. Some statements are in the manuscript are not clearly, only partially correct or the literature itself is inconsistent or citations are confusing/misleading.*

      e.g.: "A functional cellular and circuit architecture of dorsal PAG is emerging in which stimulation of glutamatergic neurons in dorsal PAG promotes freezing at low intensity and flight at high intensity (Tovote et al. 2016, Deng et al. 2016, Evans et al. 2018, Tsang et al. 2023)."

      Not all of the cited papers support that graded stimulation of glutamatergic neurons in the dorsal PAG results in escape/flight or freezing but rather that there is some (dis-)inhibitory interplay between dorsal and ventrolateral PAG which results in the selection of one or the other behaviors, and that the ventrolateral PAG more specifically drives freezing (e.g., Tovote et al. 2016). Some studies have shown that activation of the dorsal PAG and in particular of glutamatergic neurons elicits 'all-or-none' flight behavior. Additionally, studies where freezing has been observed with dorsal PAG stimulation have often used CamKIIa as a promoter (e.g. Deng et al. 2016*), which is expressed at significant levels in both excitatory and inhibitory neurons. Thus, we would argue it is not entirely clear whether freezing through 'low intensity' dPAG stimulation is a biological feature of the dPAG network, especially also as inhibition of the dPAG promotes freezing - probably through disinhibition of the vlPAG.

      * In the results section on page 6, it is stated that Deng et al. 2016 use VGlut2-Cre to target ChR2 for eliciting escape, but they have used CamKIIa ("Previous studies have shown that optogenetic activation of Vglut2+ dPAG neurons elicited flight behavior[...]").

      Similarly, on page 3, the following statement on GABAergic neurons isn't clear: "Stimulation of GABAergic neurons, on the other hand, does not elicit defensive behavior (Tsang et al., 2023) and recent evidence shows that they can inhibit looming stimulus-evoked flight behavior (Stempel et al., 2024) suggesting they might act as part of a tonic inhibitory circuit that receives primarily local inputs (Franklin et al., 2017; but see Wu et al. 2024)."

      Multiple papers across all columns have shown that GABAergic neurons are tonically and spontaneously active (e.g., Chen et al., 2023; Wang et al., 2023; Stempel et al., 2024) and Stempel et al. estimated that GABAergic PAG neurons make up >50% of spontaneous inputs to glutamatergic PAG neurons, thus positioning them well to control their activity. Franklin et al. 2017 (and others) have shown that GABAergic neurons receive input from thalamic and hypothalamic regions (probably also from midbrain regions that were not analyzed in that study), thus arguing that they receive significant input from outside of the PAG to integrate - currently unknown - inputs from other brain regions to presumably guide their activity in a context-specific manner. The statement that they should thus be part of a circuit that receives primarily local inputs is not well supported by previous studies. Also, how this enables a 'push-pull' circuit and what is meant here exactly, could be clarified. It is not clear why the presence of risk assessment neurons would support such a circuit model rather than an integrative/threshold one. Further, Stempel et al. 2024 have also shown that GABAergic neurons ramp up activity during escape and are thus technically 'flight+' cells. We agree that there are interesting and presumably complicated intra-PAG dynamics to be studied where their connectivity will define different circuit model possibilities.

      __Author’s response: __We thank the reviewer for this careful presentation and analysis of the literature and apologize where we may have inaccurately referenced previous work. We will carefully revise citations and make sure all statements are supported adequately by the literature and more explicitly declare the speculative tone where relevant for our conclusions.

      **Referee cross-commenting**

      We generally agree with most comments made by reviewer 2, and their concerns. While the novelty of this manuscript is limited, highlighting the advances better, also through more accurate analyses, should allow the authors to better build up their novel findings ('major concern 1'). We agree with the reviewers 'major concerns' 2-5 and that they should be addressed by the authors, for scientific reasons beyond novelty, as some of the analysis feels incomplete. For example, while we do not think that new experiments are necessary, the authors can discuss the issue of spatiotemporal overlap of variables that do not allow a definitive description of 'risk assessment' cells. This issue is in fact present in most published work on risk assessment cells (usually described with a rat predator that is continuously present). Concerns 7-9 are valid, and touch on similar points raised by our review. We do not think that modelling would add anything substantial to this manuscript that couldn't be hypothesised in the discussion beyond their proposed model. In summary, we agree with the points raised by reviewer too, but find that the data is useful and should be published, after some revising and additional more fine-grained analyses to strengthen the manuscript's claims.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      Overall, even though the overall novelty is somewhat limited considering the paper shows significant overlap with recent findings on the involvement of glutamatergic and GABAergic dorsal PAG neurons in risk assessment and escape, there are some important and novel findings that advance the knowledge in the field of neuronal circuits underlying defensive behaviors. For example, the direct comparison of how different threat contexts modulate the activity of individual neurons and the finding that both GABAergic and glutamatergic population activity can predict defensive behavioral output are interesting and important findings. While this study may of limited interest to a very broad audience, it is of importance to the fields of neuroethology and the study of the neural circuits underlying innate defensive behaviors.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      This manuscript examines how excitatory and inhibitory neurons in the dorsal periaqueductal gray (dPAG) encode defensive behavior during exposure to natural threats. The question is important, and the experiments are technically ambitious. In particular, the attempt to compare Vglut2+ and Vgat+ populations across predator, social, and prey-related contexts is potentially valuable. However, in its current form, I do not think the manuscript yet establishes a sufficiently strong conceptual advance over the existing literature, and several of the main interpretations appear stronger than the data support.

      *

      Major Concerns:*

      1)One main concern is novelty. The broader claim that dPAG contains neuronal populations related to threat assessment, approach/avoidance, and escape is not new. Prior work has already shown that PAG neurons differentiate distinct components of defensive behavior during predator exposure, including assessment-like and flight-related activity patterns, and that dPAG ensembles encode approach versus avoidance states across. In parallel, earlier circuit studies had already established a central role for excitatory dPAG neurons in driving escape and freezing, and for local GABAergic dPAG neurons in modulating instinctive escape. The study would benefit for better clarification for each of the main findi.ngs on where the novel contribution to the literature sits.

      __Author’s response: __We agree with the reviewers that the novelty provided by our work is incremental and that our findings in some aspects overlap with those of previous studies that described Assessment+ and Escape+ cells in dPAG during approach and avoidance of a rat or that performed GCaMP miniscope recordings in glutamatergic and GABAergic neurons in dPAG under conditions of looming stimulus escape. However, we are pleased to see that the reviewers also acknowledge the novelty of our data and its usefulness for researchers in the field of innate defensive behavior. We will restructure the introduction and discussion sections to highlight the unique contributions of our work and better frame our findings with respect to the existing literature (see also our rebuttal introduction).

      2)A second major issue concerns anatomical specificity. From the histology, it is not fully clear that all lens, fibers and injections are confined to the same functional PAG columns. This matters because the manuscript interprets the results at the level of "dorsal PAG," yet functional and input differences across PAG columns are well established in the literature (including dm/dl vs l), with a more prominent involvement of dm/dl in escape in respect to l. I therefore suggest the authors to repeat the key analyses using only neurons, injections and fiber placements clearly restricted dm/dl dPAG, and see if this generalises to l.

      Author’s response: __We agree that anatomical precision is important given potential functional differences across PAG columns. Based on our histological reconstruction and comparison with the anatomical atlas, we interpret the example shown in __Figure 1 as being located within the dorsolateral PAG (dlPAG) rather than the lateral PAG (lPAG). To make this clearer we will revise the figure labeling and add PAG column boundary overlays as suggested by the reviewers. We will also repeat the core analyses using only cells from the dlPAG and incorporate those findings into the manuscript as relevant. We will also add a statement in the Methods/Results section clarifying which PAG subdivisions were included under the term “dorsal PAG” and provide a rationale for this grouping.

      3)A third concern is the interpretation of "risk assessment" neurons recorded in this work. While this neurons have been previously reported in similar conditions, here the predator is continuously present and the behavioral space is highly constrained. Under those conditions, neuronal activity classified as related to risk assessment could in principle reflect a combination of position in the corridor, heading direction, distance from the safe chamber, distance to the threat compartment, body elongation, or locomotor state, etc rather than threat assessment per se. I do not think the current analyses are sufficient to separate these possibilities. To support the central interpretive claim, the manuscript would benefit from additional control analyses accounting for positional and kinematic variables, and additional experiments including control conditions that dissociates threat presence from spatial configuration.

      __Author’s response: __We agree with the reviewer that at present it is not clear which particular aspect of the approach behavior, if any, is best correlated with Assessment+ cell activity. In order to better understand the activity patterns of these cells, we will correlate their activity also to speed, distance to threat, and baseline locomotion.

      4)Relatedly, I found the treatment of behavioural annotation too qualitative for the strength of the neural claims. Behaviours such as risk assessment, retraction, retreat, and flight are described verbally, but the manuscript would be much more reproducible if the authors provided explicit operational criteria, quantitative thresholds, and inter-rater reliability. At present, the reader is asked to accept a fairly subjective labelling scheme, yet many of the neural conclusions depend directly on those labels. Critically no major differences have been observed between cell type responses, hinting that perhaps more rigorous behavioural quantification may be required.

      Author’s response: __For consistency across datasets our miniscope data were manually annotated by a single expert scorer and we did not use precise quantitative thresholds for each behavior nor quantify inter-rater reliability. However, in our optogenetic activation dataset we complemented our manually annotated data with automatically extracted measures as well as unsupervised behavior categorization with Keypoint MoSeq, with a satisfactory overlap for behaviors (see __Figure 3F). We agree that there are differences in the pattern of correlations of Vglut2+ and Vgat+ neurons across behaviors. Unfortunately, despite major efforts on our part to test these differences – including looking at variations in behavioral vigor and quality across the datasets – we were unable to do so in a statistically reliable fashion. Thus, we do not think that this failure depended on a lack of consideration of the quality of behaviors involved. Instead, we conclude that we lacked the statistical power to see what may be subtle differences between these cell types.

      5)The statistical framework used to define neuronal response classes also needs clarification. Responsive cells are identified relative to shuffled null distributions, but it is not clear that the analysis adequately controls for multiple comparison: multiple testing across neurons, behavioural epochs, and response classes.

      __Author’s response: __We thank the reviewer for raising this important point and agree that multiple-comparison control was insufficiently described. We will implement a permutation-based maximum-statistic correction across behavioral epochs within each neuron, thereby controlling the family-wise error rate across the behavioral comparisons used to define responsivity. The resulting corrected permutation p-values will subsequently be controlled across neurons using the Benjamini–Hochberg FDR procedure (q = 0.05), separately for each cell type and experimental condition. We will also clarify that Assessment+ and Escape+ categories are assigned after significance testing based on the pattern and direction of behavioral modulation and therefore do not constitute additional independent statistical tests. We will update the Methods and corresponding analyses and figures accordingly and report whether these corrections affect the main conclusions.

      6)I also think the interpretation of the CEBRA analyses is too strong. These analyses show that the recorded populations contain information sufficient to decode the annotated behaviors, but they do not demonstrate that the population encodes an abstract "behavioral state" rather than a mixture of posture, speed, position, and other correlated sensorimotor variables. Because the labelled behaviours are themselves associated with distinct kinematic structure, decoding alone is not enough to support the stronger conceptual claim. That interpretation would require nuisance-controlled analyses or matched comparisons showing that decoding persists beyond simple sensorimotor differences.

      __Author’s response: __We agree that the CEBRA analysis is difficult to interpret and have been cautious in extracting actionable conclusions from this data analysis tool. Nevertheless, give the widespread interest in such advanced dimensionality reduction tools, we think it is a useful addition to the manuscript and will reframe our interpretation of the CEBRA results to adhere more closely to a strict statement of the observed correlations.

      7)The optogenetic results in Vgat+ mice should also be interpreted more cautiously. I was not convinced by the conclusion that stimulation reduces risk-assessment behavior. Increased rearing does not straightforwardly imply reduced assessment, as in some contexts rearing itself can be part of assessment-related behavior. More generally, if stimulation alters locomotor structure, this could secondarily change the frequency of other scored behaviors and syllables without demonstrating that the manipulated neurons specifically control risk assessment. For example, if locomotion speed is reduced by the manipulation, then the mouse may engage in other behaviour that do not require locomotion such as rearing or grooming. I therefore think the claims in this section should be toned down and are not easily interpretable with the data provided.

      __Author’s response: __We agree with the reviewer’s statement on the caveats of the optogenetic experiments and wholeheartedly appreciate the difficulty in distinguishing direct and indirect consequences of such manipulations. We will revise the Results and Discussion to be more cautious in our interpretations that prolonged activation of Vgat+ dPAG neurons altered the behavioral structure during predator exposure, reducing risk assessment behavior while increasing rearing/exploration and pointing out the difficulties inherent in interpreting the overall impact of such an artificial manipulation.

      8)The functional interpretation of the inhibitory population is not sufficiently novel relative to prior work. Previous studies have already shown that GABAergic neurons in dPAG modulate instinctive escape behavior, so the present result that inhibitory neurons affect escape-related responding is, on its own, not a major conceptual advance. What would make the current study more compelling is clear evidence that these neurons specifically encode or regulate risk assessment. At present, however, that conclusion remains uncertain. Because the predator is continuously present in the assay, the timing of threat delivery is not well defined by construction, making it difficult to separate neural activity linked to threat assessment from activity linked to the suppression, gating, or delayed initiation of escape during approach. In other words, the observed slowing during "risk assessment" could reflect inhibition of escape-related motor output rather than a distinct effect of assessment itself.

      __Author’s response: __We agree with the reviewer that our findings on manipulating Vgat+ neurons overlap in part with prior work. We started this work before those publications appeared and hope that the overlapping findings can, nevertheless, be a useful confirmation for researchers in the field. We completely agree with the reviewer on the difficulty inherent in interpreting neural activity correlations with the types of self-paced behaviors we are interested in here and the alternative explanations provided are eminently possible and even probable. Our data do not offer the possibility to distinguish these cases, and we apologize if our discussion appeared to draw definitive conclusions on a role of dPAG neurons in controlling risk assessment behaviors per se. We will take a more cautious approach in our discussion to argue for a role in controlling behavior during approach to threat and that this may be mediated by changes in risk assessment or other pre-escape behaviors.

      9) The author states: "Unfortunately, we were not able to identify testing conditions under which the two cell types differed statistically, leaving open the question of whether GABAergic and glutamatergic neurons in dPAG reliably encode different aspects of defensive behavior. Our assessment of ensemble encoding of behavior also failed to shed light on cell-type specific differences in encoding, with both cell-types showing significant predictive correlations of approach and avoidance behaviors." This statement is surprising and substantially limits the conceptual advance, because the main distinction the study sets out to test is ultimately not resolved. In my view, one likely reason is the experimental design itself. Because the predator is continuously present, threat presentation, exploration, risk assessment, sensory sampling, escape decision, and escape onset are all temporally entangled. Under these conditions, it becomes very difficult to isolate which component of the defensive sequence is actually being encoded, and this may reduce the ability to detect meaningful differences between excitatory and inhibitory populations. This is especially important given that prior work has already shown that dPAG populations vglut and vgat population encode and modulate differently defensive behaviours such as escape. In that context, the present study would need a cleaner behavioral design to demonstrate a distinct contribution of cell type, rather than a mixed representation of overlapping sensory, motor, and defensive variables.

      __Author’s response: __We thank the reviewer for raising the issue of the surprising lack of differences in encoding between excitatory and inhibitory neurons as the findings were equally unexpected for us. We will conduct the proposed analyses related to trial splitting according to speed and other kinematics, together with unsupervised clustering. In the eventuality of being unable to find them, we will add a paragraph in the discussion about the limitations of our experimental design.

      • 10)Finally, the proposed model in which local GABAergic inhibition organizes Assessment+ and Escape+ excitatory populations is interesting, but at present it remains speculative. The data may be consistent with this idea, but they do not directly test it. Since computational modelling of this framework would not be too complex, I would suggest additional analyses and network modelling to substantiate this claim, for example by showing that a network model under these constraints would recapitulate the neural responses observed in vivo.*

      Author’s response: We agree that the proposed local inhibitory circuit model is speculative. To make this more clear to the reader we will revise the manuscript to present the model as purely hypothetical. Because our current experiments do not measure synaptic connectivity or selectively manipulate Assessment+ versus Escape+ subpopulations we do not think that a network model alone would provide definitive mechanistic evidence. We will therefore tone down the circuit interpretation and clearly state which aspects are supported by the present data and which require future experiments, such as cell-type- and projection-specific recordings, connectivity mapping, or targeted manipulation of functionally defined neuronal subpopulations.

      Overall, I think the manuscript contains useful data, but in its present form its novel contribution is unclear. Additional experiments and analyses may be needed to strengthen its central claims, as described above.

      *

      Reviewer #2 (Significance Required):*

      This manuscript examines how excitatory and inhibitory neurons in the dorsal periaqueductal gray (dPAG) encode defensive behavior during exposure to natural threats. The question is important, and the experiments are technically ambitious. In particular, the attempt to compare Vglut2+ and Vgat+ populations across predator, social, and prey-related contexts is potentially valuable. However, in its current form, I do not think the manuscript yet establishes a sufficiently strong conceptual advance over the existing literature, and several of the main interpretations appear stronger than the data support.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This manuscript examines how excitatory and inhibitory neurons in the dorsal periaqueductal gray (dPAG) encode defensive behavior during exposure to natural threats. The question is important, and the experiments are technically ambitious. In particular, the attempt to compare Vglut2+ and Vgat+ populations across predator, social, and prey-related contexts is potentially valuable. However, in its current form, I do not think the manuscript yet establishes a sufficiently strong conceptual advance over the existing literature, and several of the main interpretations appear stronger than the data support.

      Major Concerns:

      1)One main concern is novelty. The broader claim that dPAG contains neuronal populations related to threat assessment, approach/avoidance, and escape is not new. Prior work has already shown that PAG neurons differentiate distinct components of defensive behavior during predator exposure, including assessment-like and flight-related activity patterns, and that dPAG ensembles encode approach versus avoidance states across. In parallel, earlier circuit studies had already established a central role for excitatory dPAG neurons in driving escape and freezing, and for local GABAergic dPAG neurons in modulating instinctive escape. The study would benefit for better clarification for each of the main findings on where the novel contribution to the literature sits.

      2)A second major issue concerns anatomical specificity. From the histology, it is not fully clear that all lens, fibers and injections are confined to the same functional PAG columns. This matters because the manuscript interprets the results at the level of "dorsal PAG," yet functional and input differences across PAG columns are well established in the literature (including dm/dl vs l), with a more prominent involvement of dm/dl in escape in respect to l. I therefore suggest the authors to repeat the key analyses using only neurons, injections and fiber placements clearly restricted dm/dl dPAG, and see if this generalises to l.

      3)A third concern is the interpretation of "risk assessment" neurons recorded in this work. While this neurons have been previously reported in similar conditions, here the predator is continuously present and the behavioral space is highly constrained. Under those conditions, neuronal activity classified as related to risk assessment could in principle reflect a combination of position in the corridor, heading direction, distance from the safe chamber, distance to the threat compartment, body elongation, or locomotor state, etc rather than threat assessment per se. I do not think the current analyses are sufficient to separate these possibilities. To support the central interpretive claim, the manuscript would benefit from additional control analyses accounting for positional and kinematic variables, and additional experiments including control conditions that dissociates threat presence from spatial configuration.

      4)Relatedly, I found the treatment of behavioural annotation too qualitative for the strength of the neural claims. Behaviours such as risk assessment, retraction, retreat, and flight are described verbally, but the manuscript would be much more reproducible if the authors provided explicit operational criteria, quantitative thresholds, and inter-rater reliability. At present, the reader is asked to accept a fairly subjective labelling scheme, yet many of the neural conclusions depend directly on those labels. Critically no major differences have been observed between cell type responses, hinting that perhaps more rigorous behavioural quantification may be required.

      5)The statistical framework used to define neuronal response classes also needs clarification. Responsive cells are identified relative to shuffled null distributions, but it is not clear that the analysis adequately controls for multiple comparison: multiple testing across neurons, behavioural epochs, and response classes.

      6)I also think the interpretation of the CEBRA analyses is too strong. These analyses show that the recorded populations contain information sufficient to decode the annotated behaviors, but they do not demonstrate that the population encodes an abstract "behavioral state" rather than a mixture of posture, speed, position, and other correlated sensorimotor variables. Because the labelled behaviours are themselves associated with distinct kinematic structure, decoding alone is not enough to support the stronger conceptual claim. That interpretation would require nuisance-controlled analyses or matched comparisons showing that decoding persists beyond simple sensorimotor differences.

      7)The optogenetic results in Vgat+ mice should also be interpreted more cautiously. I was not convinced by the conclusion that stimulation reduces risk-assessment behavior. Increased rearing does not straightforwardly imply reduced assessment, as in some contexts rearing itself can be part of assessment-related behavior. More generally, if stimulation alters locomotor structure, this could secondarily change the frequency of other scored behaviors and syllables without demonstrating that the manipulated neurons specifically control risk assessment. For example, if locomotion speed is reduced by the manipulation, then the mouse may engage in other behaviour that do not require locomotion such as rearing or grooming. I therefore think the claims in this section should be toned down and are not easily interpretable with the data provided.

      8)The functional interpretation of the inhibitory population is not sufficiently novel relative to prior work. Previous studies have already shown that GABAergic neurons in dPAG modulate instinctive escape behavior, so the present result that inhibitory neurons affect escape-related responding is, on its own, not a major conceptual advance. What would make the current study more compelling is clear evidence that these neurons specifically encode or regulate risk assessment. At present, however, that conclusion remains uncertain. Because the predator is continuously present in the assay, the timing of threat delivery is not well defined by construction, making it difficult to separate neural activity linked to threat assessment from activity linked to the suppression, gating, or delayed initiation of escape during approach. In other words, the observed slowing during "risk assessment" could reflect inhibition of escape-related motor output rather than a distinct effect of assessment itself.

      9) The author states: "Unfortunately, we were not able to identify testing conditions under which the two cell types differed statistically, leaving open the question of whether GABAergic and glutamatergic neurons in dPAG reliably encode different aspects of defensive behavior. Our assessment of ensemble encoding of behavior also failed to shed light on cell-type specific differences in encoding, with both cell-types showing significant predictive correlations of approach and avoidance behaviors." This statement is surprising and substantially limits the conceptual advance, because the main distinction the study sets out to test is ultimately not resolved. In my view, one likely reason is the experimental design itself. Because the predator is continuously present, threat presentation, exploration, risk assessment, sensory sampling, escape decision, and escape onset are all temporally entangled. Under these conditions, it becomes very difficult to isolate which component of the defensive sequence is actually being encoded, and this may reduce the ability to detect meaningful differences between excitatory and inhibitory populations. This is especially important given that prior work has already shown that dPAG populations vglut and vgat population encode and modulate differently defensive behaviours such as escape. In that context, the present study would need a cleaner behavioral design to demonstrate a distinct contribution of cell type, rather than a mixed representation of overlapping sensory, motor, and defensive variables

      10)Finally, the proposed model in which local GABAergic inhibition organizes Assessment+ and Escape+ excitatory populations is interesting, but at present it remains speculative. The data may be consistent with this idea, but they do not directly test it. Since computational modelling of this framework would not be too complex, I would suggest additional analyses and network modelling to substantiate this claim, for example by showing that a network model under these constraints would recapitulate the neural responses observed in vivo.

      Overall, I think the manuscript contains useful data, but in its present form its novel contribution is unclear. Additional experiments and analyses may be needed to strengthen its central claims, as described above.

      Significance

      See previous section

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Peer review of Ayuso-Jimeno et al. "Excitatory and inhibitory neurons in the dorsal periaqueductal gray encode decisions to assess and escape natural threats"

      Animals ability to escape from threat is a crucial survival behaviour exhibited across the animal kingdom. In vertebrates, hard-wired circuits allow animals to escape from predators without the need for learning. One of the main vertebrate brain regions that controls escape from threat is the brainstem dorsal periaqueductal gray. Research in the last decades has shown that dorsal PAG glutamatergic neurons control the initiation of escape (from imminent threat) and escape vigour, whereas GABAergic neurons are spontaneously and tonically active and have been shown to provide an inhibitory threshold for eliciting escape and further signal escape termination (for reviews on this topic see for example: Gross and Canteras, 2012; Silva, Gross and Graeff, 2016; Motta, Carobrez and Canteras, 2017; Franklin, 2019; Silva and McNaughton, 2019; Lefler and Branco, 2020; Stempel, 2024). In addition to their role in the escape action, the dPAG has been suggested to have a broader function in threat processing. Specifically, a subset of neurons in the dorsal PAG has been shown have activity correlated to the approach/distance to a threat zone or predator. These neurons have been called 'risk assessment' neurons (Deng et al. 2016; Masferrer et al. 2020; Reis et al. 2021). Whether risk assessment neurons integrate threats across different modalities and contexts (here: social vs different predatory threats) is currently not known.

      The present study addresses two important and long-standing questions in the field: what is the cell-type identity of dorsal PAG neurons encoding threat assessment versus escape?, and are different classes of threat processed by shared or dedicated neuronal populations? The study design is careful and methodologically performed well. While some of the experiments have been published in the past, the comparison of social and predator threat responses across contexts and a description of assessment+ cells across both main excitatory and inhibitory PAG neuron types is interesting.

      Briefly, using miniaturized fluorescence microscopy (miniscope calcium imaging) in Vglut2::Cre and Vgat::Cre mice during a live predator (rat) exposure paradigm, the authors characterize neuronal activity in identified glutamatergic and GABAergic dPAG neurons across approach-escape cycles. The central finding is that both excitatory and inhibitory populations contain Assessment+ neurons (active during approach, silent at escape onset) and Escape+ neurons (suppressed during approach, activated at escape onset) and the authors propose that the activity profiles of Assessment+ and Escape+ cells may reflect local circuit wiring rules with putative GABAergic inhibition between excitatory neuronal subsets. Consistent with this, optogenetic activation of GABAergic dPAG neurons suppressed risk assessment behavior and promoted exploratory rearing but did not affect 'baseline' locomotion, building on Tsang et al. 2023 and Stempel et al. 2024. Population-level decoding using CEBRA (Schneider et al., 2023) confirmed that both Vglut2+ and Vgat+ ensembles independently encode behavioral state with high accuracy.

      A second finding of this paper concerns threat generalization. Sequential exposure to a predator, an aggressive conspecific, and a prey insect (cockroach; paradigm from Rossier et al., 2021) revealed that more than half of responsive excitatory neurons and nearly half of responsive inhibitory neurons were activated by two or three threat types. This substantial overlap argues for at least partially convergent, rather than parallel, encoding of threat in dPAG, consistent with its role as a general trigger for defensive avoidance (Silva et al., 2013), and contrasts with the anatomically segregated upstream processing of predator and social threats in the medial hypothalamic defensive network. Taken together, this study suggests the dPAG as a site of coordinated excitatory-inhibitory computation in the control of innate threat assessment and avoidance across biologically diverse threat contexts.

      Below are comments related to the figures/ data analysis and generally to the discussion part which we recommend should be expanded/changed to put the findings of the authors more in context of published literature and to discuss in more detail the proposed circuit mechanisms that align with the author's findings. Generally, this is a very nice and large dataset that could benefit from a more fine-grained and in-depth analysis of escape+ and risk assessment+ cells and their precise temporal activity profiles. We do not suggest to perform further experiments and think the work in this manuscript is publishable as is with some additional analyses and changes to the text.

      Related Figure 1 and calcium imaging methods.

      1. The classification of neurons as 'Assessment+' and 'Escape+' positive is unclear and should be formally described in the methods, presumably these are the neurons with significantly increased "positive" or absolute slope?
      2. Can the authors clarify what they mean by escape? In the methods under "manual behavioral annotation", "Escape behavior" is defined as including retractions, retreats and flight. However, under "unsupervised behavioral annotation", escape is defined as "high-velocity locomotion aiming at increasing distance between threat source and subject". Are Escape+ neurons ones that are significantly modulated (presumably positively) at flight (latter definition), or throughout retractions, retreats and flight (former definition)? This also relates to the plots for 'escape+' neurons, where it would be useful to separately plot 'successful flights to shelter' to make the results comparable to previous studies and where trajectories are at least relatively stereotyped.
      3. More example traces of different FOVs aligned to escape-to-shelter onset and to risk assessment onset would be useful, as well as a plot with the % of escape-active neurons and a reliability index (in how many trials is each neuron active?). Similarly, are the proportions of escape+ and assessment+ neurons similar across animals and FOVs recorded?
      4. Some further basic analyses of the neurons' responses would be helpful to gage their activity profiles. Do these correspond to previously published descriptions of the two classes of escape+ neurons? Are they active during baseline locomotion? Do you observe the same clusters of GABAergic neurons that have been previously described where some dip at escape onset and some ramp up towards escape termination? Please add these plots as a supplement.
      5. It is generally assumed that assessment+ cells 'map'/correlate to the distance to a threat zone. Plots with quantification of this correlation would be useful, and whether they are also speed modulated or not? If the animal stops on the way to the threat zone, does the risk assessment signal plateau for example?
      6. Both in Figures 1 and 2, both the single trial examples of individual neurons and averages across neurons in the Vgat+ and VGlut2+ recordings show very fast changes that seem to be shorter than Gcamp6s kinetics would allow, and that happen exactly at escape onset when there is presumable a fast head turn movement. What motion correction controls do the authors have in place to make sure that some of the fast changes they see are not motion artefacts? (e.g., see Figure 2, panel C bottom.) (Importantly, see also comment 8 below).
      7. Related to this, the overall escape velocity is extremely low (around 10cm/s). When the authors only analyze high speed escapes (>50cm/s), do they see different cell activity profiles emerge that they might miss with these very low speed escapes that presumably activate less neurons that high-speed escapes? While slow-speed escapes still elicit activity in both Vgat+ and Vglut2+ neurons, their calcium activity changes will be much lower, potentially hindering a more detailed analysis, as clear signals might be sparser for escape+ neurons.
      8. With the min/max normalization that has been applied across the entire session it is hard to see 'local changes' in the heatmaps. Given that glutamatergic neurons are thought to only sparsely fire outside of escape episodes, the heatmaps are hard to read with the 'min/max' Z-scoring, and we would strongly encourage the authors to plot 'locally' Z-scored traces without a min/max normalization for each cell (at least for some examples). Importantly we would suggest to change the color scheme for the heatmaps to allow visual identification of the baseline / 'F0'.
      9. The calculation of the slope estimated on the calcium signal is somewhat unclear in the methods section. The way it is described right now, it is not clear whether the window is centered at the behavioral event of interest or not. In the figures, it appears that this is an absolute slope, which is also not clear from the methods. Further, considering the half-decay time of GCamP6f, which is ~ 0.5s (Chen et al., 2013), it seems like the result of this calculation could be cancelation or a slope near-zero if the signal both rises and decays in this broader window. Why is not the peak (e.g. max) or the AUC used for this analysis? The authors should clarify the calculation and provide rationale for their choice? Is the sign (positive/negative) of the slope not of interest?
      10. The GRIN lens placement in the example in Figure 1 is in the lateral PAG, whereas most others are located in the dorsolateral PAG. It would be useful to have a sentence in the introduction to state that the authors include the lateral, dorsolateral and dorsomedial PAG as 'dorsal PAG' and a rational for this placement.
      11. Could the authors comment on how the proportions of Assessment+ and Escape+ neurons relate to previously published literature (e.g., Deng et al. 2016)?

      Related to Figure 2

      1. In panel K of Figure 2, both Vgat+ and VGlut2+ assessment+ neurons seem to have a rise at escape onset in addition to the slow rise during their movement towards the threat zone. Also here, the offset kinetics of the signal seem to now correlate well to the slow decay kinetics you would expect for GCamp6f and a quantification of controls and motion correction quality metrics would be very helpful to add. Depending on the baselining the peaks during escape would probably be significant as well. The authors could try and cluster the neurons further to see if they can disentangle further 'sub classes/clusters'.
      2. The calculation of the slope estimated on the calcium signal is somewhat unclear in the methods section. The way it is described right now, it is not clear to me whether the window is centered at the behavioral event of interest or not. In the figures, it appears that this is an absolute slope, which is also not clear from the methods. Further, considering the half-decay of GCamP6f which is ~ 0.5s (Chen et al., 2013) it seems like the result of this calculation could be cancelation or a slope near-zero if the signal both rises and decays in this broader window. Why is not the peak (e.g. max) or the AUC used for this analysis? The authors should clarify the calculation and provide rationale for their choice? Is the sign (positive/negative) of the slope not of interest?
      3. The authors find a significant increase in the accuracy of the classification of the two defensive behaviors (risk assessment versus escape) from models trained on the Vgat+ population calcium activity. This is an interesting finding which should be to the very least discussed in the discussion. Is there more information content in this population? Does this have anything to do with the slower dynamics of the signal? As mentioned above, would clustering these populations further reveal a more fine-grained detail of their population activity, e.g. see previously published work by Stempel et al. who suggest that there are at least two broad clusters of escape-active GABAergic neurons.

      Related to Figure 3.

      1. In Figure 3A, the ChR2 seems to be significantly spread throughout the entire PAG and also the superior colliculus. As it is hard to see cell bodies with ChR2 at this magnification, we would recommend to add a supplemental figure with the outlines of the infection sites.
      2. The authors state that: "Interestingly, although stimulation of Vgat⁺ dPAG neurons significantly reduced the peak speed of escape, it did not change the overall time spent escaping". Could they comment on how this may relate to a previous study where the probability of escape is decreased upon activation of Vgat+ neurons and initiated escapes can be induced (Stempel et al. 2024)? Do they think this could be differences in location of stimulation fiber or one vs two injection sites (bigger vs smaller spread along the AP axis of the PAG?) - or do they think there could be a fundamental difference between fast escape from imminent looming stimuli to slower escapes to rat/prey/social predators?

      Related to Figure 4.

      1. Individual examples of cells responding to one threat vs multiple threats would be very useful to add to see their dynamics across threats.
      2. The Venn diagrams in panel I are very hard to read, and color-blind people might struggle with the red/green (also in panel C). We would suggest to change colors, and replace Venn diagrams to make results more interpretable/readable.
      3. Have any statistical tests been performed to assess whether there is a difference between the proportions in figure D and H as well as Figure 4J?

      General and other comments

      1. We strongly encourage the authors to add example videos of the behaviors tested and of all major findings including example calcium activity and optogenetic manipulations.
      2. Relating to a more fine-grained analysis of escape-active cells (as recommended above), the authors state in the discussion that: 'A notable paradox of our findings is that while GABAergic and glutamatergic dPAG neurons showed nearly indistinguishable neural firing correlates of approach and avoidance (both harbored Assessment+ and Escape+ cells) [...]". Since previous works have already looked at escape-active cells in more detail, with differences between Vgat+ and Vglut2+ neurons having been described, we would encourage the authors to look at unsupervised clustering of the escape-active neuron populations, as the firing rates of these neurons should be distinguishable along the escape sequence and especially when taking into account speed correlations and activity profiles aligned to escape onset or offset. If they can't find differences these should be discussed, as major differences may relate to the paradigms used (rats vs visual 'looming' threats).
      3. We would ask the authors to make sure that the cited literature supports their statements. Some statements are in the manuscript are not clearly, only partially correct or the literature itself is inconsistent or citations are confusing/misleading.

      e.g.: "A functional cellular and circuit architecture of dorsal PAG is emerging in which stimulation of glutamatergic neurons in dorsal PAG promotes freezing at low intensity and flight at high intensity (Tovote et al. 2016, Deng et al. 2016, Evans et al. 2018, Tsang et al. 2023)."

      Not all of the cited papers support that graded stimulation of glutamatergic neurons in the dorsal PAG results in escape/flight or freezing but rather that there is some (dis-)inhibitory interplay between dorsal and ventrolateral PAG which results in the selection of one or the other behaviors, and that the ventrolateral PAG more specifically drives freezing (e.g., Tovote et al. 2016). Some studies have shown that activation of the dorsal PAG and in particular of glutamatergic neurons elicits 'all-or-none' flight behavior. Additionally, studies where freezing has been observed with dorsal PAG stimulation have often used CamKIIa as a promoter (e.g. Deng et al. 2016*), which is expressed at significant levels in both excitatory and inhibitory neurons. Thus, we would argue it is not entirely clear whether freezing through 'low intensity' dPAG stimulation is a biological feature of the dPAG network, especially also as inhibition of the dPAG promotes freezing - probably through disinhibition of the vlPAG.

      In the results section on page 6, it is stated that Deng et al. 2016 use VGlut2-Cre to target ChR2 for eliciting escape, but they have used CamKIIa ("Previous studies have shown that optogenetic activation of Vglut2+ dPAG neurons elicited flight behavior[...]"). Similarly, on page 3, the following statement on GABAergic neurons isn't clear: "Stimulation of GABAergic neurons, on the other hand, does not elicit defensive behavior (Tsang et al., 2023) and recent evidence shows that they can inhibit looming stimulus-evoked flight behavior (Stempel et al., 2024) suggesting they might act as part of a tonic inhibitory circuit that receives primarily local inputs (Franklin et al., 2017; but see Wu et al. 2024)." Multiple papers across all columns have shown that GABAergic neurons are tonically and spontaneously active (e.g., Chen et al., 2023; Wang et al., 2023; Stempel et al., 2024) and Stempel et al. estimated that GABAergic PAG neurons make up >50% of spontaneous inputs to glutamatergic PAG neurons, thus positioning them well to control their activity. Franklin et al. 2017 (and others) have shown that GABAergic neurons receive input from thalamic and hypothalamic regions (probably also from midbrain regions that were not analyzed in that study), thus arguing that they receive significant input from outside of the PAG to integrate - currently unknown - inputs from other brain regions to presumably guide their activity in a context-specific manner. The statement that they should thus be part of a circuit that receives primarily local inputs is not well supported by previous studies. Also, how this enables a 'push-pull' circuit and what is meant here exactly, could be clarified. It is not clear why the presence of risk assessment neurons would support such a circuit model rather than an integrative/threshold one. Further, Stempel et al. 2024 have also shown that GABAergic neurons ramp up activity during escape and are thus technically 'flight+' cells. We agree that there are interesting and presumably complicated intra-PAG dynamics to be studied where their connectivity will define different circuit model possibilities.

      Referee cross-commenting

      We generally agree with most comments made by reviewer 2, and their concerns. While the novelty of this manuscript is limited, highlighting the advances better, also through more accurate analyses, should allow the authors to better build up their novel findings ('major concern 1'). We agree with the reviewers 'major concerns' 2-5 and that they should be addressed by the authors, for scientific reasons beyond novelty, as some of the analysis feels incomplete. For example, while we do not think that new experiments are necessary, the authors can discuss the issue of spatiotemporal overlap of variables that do not allow a definitive description of 'risk assessment' cells. This issue is in fact present in most published work on risk assessment cells (usually described with a rat predator that is continuously present). Concerns 7-9 are valid, and touch on similar points raised by our review. We do not think that modelling would add anything substantial to this manuscript that couldn't be hypothesised in the discussion beyond their proposed model. In summary, we agree with the points raised by reviewer too, but find that the data is useful and should be published, after some revising and additional more fine-grained analyses to strengthen the manuscript's claims.

      Significance

      Overall, even though the overall novelty is somewhat limited considering the paper shows significant overlap with recent findings on the involvement of glutamatergic and GABAergic dorsal PAG neurons in risk assessment and escape, there are some important and novel findings that advance the knowledge in the field of neuronal circuits underlying defensive behaviors. For example, the direct comparison of how different threat contexts modulate the activity of individual neurons and the finding that both GABAergic and glutamatergic population activity can predict defensive behavioral output are interesting and important findings. While this study may of limited interest to a very broad audience, it is of importance to the fields of neuroethology and the study of the neural circuits underlying innate defensive behaviors.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This valuable study uses the analysis of connectomic and transcriptomic datasets to survey the anatomy and connectivity of neurosecretory cells in the Drosophila brain. While the connectivity analyses are convincing, the anatomical and functional data provided to verify cell type identity and paracrine signaling is incomplete. Once these aspects are improved, this study would be of interest to neuroscientists working on hormonal signaling in Drosophila and other animals.

      We thank the editor and reviewers for their assessment of our manuscript. We hope that the additional results in the revised manuscript addresses all of the concerns.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by McKim et al seeks to provide a comprehensive description of the connectivity of neurosecretory cells (NSCs) using a high-resolution electron microscopy dataset of the fly brain and several single-cell RNA seq transcriptomic datasets from the brain and peripheral tissues of the fly. They use connectomic analyses to identify discrete functional subgroups of NSCs and describe both the broad architecture of the synaptic inputs to these subgroups as well as some of the specific inputs including from chemosensory pathways. They then demonstrate that NSCs have very few traditional presynapses consistent with their known function as providing paracrine release of neuropeptides. Acknowledging that EM datasets can't account for paracrine release, the authors use several scRNAseq datasets to explore signaling between NSCs and characterize widespread patterns of neuropeptide receptor expression across the brain and several body tissues. The thoroughness of this study allows it to largely achieve it's goal and provides a useful resource for anyone studying neurohormonal signaling.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of this study are the thorough nature of the approach and the integration of several large-scale datasets to address short-comings of individual datasets. The study also acknowledges the limitations that are inherent to studying hormonal signaling and provides interpretations within the context of these limitations.

      We thank this reviewer for the thorough assessment and highlighting the strengths of our manuscript. Based on comments from the other reviewer, we now include additional analyses of NSCs from two new recent datasets – the brain and nerve cord (BANC) connectome and the male central nervous system (maleCNS) connectome. Our original conclusions based on the FlyWire connectome remain unchanged, further validating our analyses.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, the framing of this paper needs to be shifted from statements of what was done to what was found. Each subsection, and the narrative within each, is framed on topics such as "synaptic output pathways from NSC" when there are clear and impactful findings such as "NSCs have sparse synaptic output". Framing the manuscript in this way allows the reader to identify broad takeaways that are applicable to other model system. Otherwise, the manuscript risks being encyclopedic in nature. An overall synthesis of the results would help provide the larger context within which this study falls.

      We agree with the reviewer and have modified the subsection titles to highlight the main findings within those sections.

      We have also included a figure (new Figure 10) which summarizes the main findings from our manuscript and places them within the larger context of neuroendocrine signaling in adult Drosophila in relation to other studies.

      The cartoon schematic in Figure 5A (which is adapted from a 2020 review) has an error. This schematic depicts uniglomerular projection neurons of the antennal lobe projecting directly to the lateral horn (without synapsing in the mushroom bodies) and multiglomerular projection neurons projecting to the mushroom bodies and then lateral horn. This should be reversed (uniglomerular PNs synapse in the calyx and then further project to the LH and multiglomerular PNs project along the mlACT directly to the LH) and is nicely depicted in a Strutz et al 2014 publication in eLife.

      We thank the reviewer for spotting this error. We have now modified the schematic as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to provide a comprehensive description of the neurosecretory network in the adult Drosophila brain. They sought to assign and verify the types of 80 neurosecretory cells (NSCs) found in the publicly available FlyWire female brain connectome. They then describe the organization of synaptic inputs and outputs across NSC types and outline circuits by which olfaction may regulate NSCs, and by which Corazon-producing NSCs may regulate flight behavior. Leveraging existing transcriptomic data, they also describe the hormone and receptor expressions in the NSCs and suggest putative paracrine signaling between NSCs. Taken together, these analyses provide a framework for future experiments, which may demonstrate whether and how NSCs, and the circuits to which they belong, may shape physiological function or animal behavior.

      Strengths:

      This study uses the FlyWire female brain connectome (Dorkenwald et al. 2023) to assign putative cell types to the 80 neurosecretory cells (NSCs) based on clustering of synaptic connectivity and morphological features. The authors then verify type assignments for selected populations by matching cluster sizes to anatomical localization and cell counts using immunohistochemistry of neuropeptide expression and markers with known co-expression.

      The authors compare their findings to previous work describing the synaptic connectivity of the neurosecretory network in larval Drosophila (Huckesfeld et al., 2021), finding that there are some differences between these developmental stages. Direct comparisons between adults and larvae are made possible through direct comparison in Table 1, as well as the authors' choice to adopt similar (or equivalent) analyses and data visualizations in the present paper's figures.

      The authors extract core themes in NSC synaptic connectivity that speak to their function: different NSC types are downstream of shared presynaptic outputs, suggesting the possibility of joint or coordinated activation, depending on upstream activity. NSCs receive some but not all modalities of sensory input. NSCs have more synaptic inputs than outputs, suggesting they predominantly influence neuronal and whole-body physiology through paracrine and endocrine signaling.

      The authors outline synaptic pathways by which olfactory inputs may influence NSC activity and by which Corazonin-releasing NSCs may regulate flight. These analyses provide a basis for future experiments, which may demonstrate whether and how such circuits shape physiological function or animal behavior.

      The authors extract expression patterns of neuropeptides and receptors across NSC cell types from existing transcriptomic data (Davie et al., 2018) and present the hypothesis that NSCs could be interconnected via paracrine signaling. The authors also catalog hormone receptor expression across tissues, drawing from the Fly Cell Atlas (Li et al., 2022).

      We thank this reviewer for the thorough assessment and for highlighting the strengths of our manuscript. Based on comments from the other reviewer, we now include additional analyses of NSCs from two new recent datasets – the brain and nerve cord (BANC) connectome and the male central nervous system (maleCNS) connectome. Our original conclusions based on the FlyWire connectome remain unchanged, further validating our analyses.

      Weaknesses:

      The clustering of NSCs by their presynaptic inputs and morphological features, along with corroboration with their anatomical locations, distinguished some, but not all cell types. The authors attempt to distinguish cell types using additional methodologies: immunohistochemistry (Figure 2), retrograde trans-synaptic labeling, and characterization of dense core vesicle characteristics in the FlyWire dataset (Figure 1, Supplement 1). However, these corroborating experiments often lacked experimental replicates, were not rigorously quantified, and/or were presented as singular images from individual animals or even individual cells of interest. The assignments of DH44 and DMS types remain particularly unconvincing.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We would like to clarify that all immunohistochemical images presented in this manuscript are representative images based on at least 5 independent samples. We have now clarified this in the methods.

      Additionally, we show DH44 > retro-Tango signal across five samples (new Figure 2 Supplement 3) to highlight the consistency of retrograde trans-synaptic labeling. We also show the neurons providing inputs to putative m-NSC<sup>DH44</sup> and putative m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup> in both FAFB and maleCNS connectomes (new Figure 2 Supplement 2B-C). In both the FAFB and maleCNS datasets, we see a group of neurons (marked by black arrows) providing inputs to m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup> but not m-NSC<sup>DH44</sup>. Importantly, these input neurons are not labelled in DH44 > retro-Tango samples, lending further support to our assignment of DH44 and DMS cell types.

      The electron micrographs showing dense core vesicle (DCV) characteristics (new Figure 2 Supplement 2E-G) are also representative images based on examination of multiple neurons. However, we agree with the reviewer that a rigorous quantification would be useful to showcase the differences between DCVs from NSC subtypes. Therefore, we have now performed a quantitative analysis of the DCVs in putative m-NSC<sup>DH44</sup> (n=6), putative m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup> (n=6) and descending neurons (n=2) known to express DMS across three datasets (FlyWire, BANC and maleCNS connectomes). For consistency, we examined the cross section of each cell where the diameter of nuclei was the largest. We quantified the mean gray value of at least 50 DCVs per cell. The individual who performed these analyses was blind to the neuron identity. Our analysis (new Figure 2 Supplement 2H-J) shows that mean gray values of putative m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup> and DMS descending neurons in FAFB and maleCNS are not significantly different, whereas the mean gray values of m-NSC<sup>DH44</sup> are significantly higher. This analysis agrees with our initial DH44 and DMS NSC subtype assignments. Nonetheless, given the similarity in morphology and synaptic connectivity of DH44 and DMS neurons, we have included the limitation on cell type assignment in the absence of molecular markers in the connectome datasets.

      The authors present connectivity diagrams for visualization of putative paracrine signaling between NSCs based on their peptide and receptor expression patterns. These transcriptomic data alone are inadequate for drawing these conclusions, and these connectivity diagrams are untested hypotheses rather than results. The authors do discuss this in the Discussion section.

      We agree with the reviewer that the novel paracrine pathways presented are untested hypotheses. However, there is a very high likelihood that a given NSC subtype can signal to another NSC subtype using a neuropeptide if its receptor is expressed in the target NSC. This is due to the fact that all NSC axons are part of the same nerve bundle (nervi corpora cardiaca) which exits the brain. The axons of different NSCs form release sites that are extremely close to each other. While the release sites in NSCs cannot be visualized in adult Drosophila connectomes (since these regions were not included in the sample prep), these have been mapped in the larvae and shown to be in close proximity (Hückesfeld et al., 2021: https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.65745). Neuropeptides from these release sites can easily diffuse via the hemolymph to peripheral tissues (e.g. fat body and ovaries) that are much further away from the release sites on neighboring NSCs. We believe that neuropeptide receptors are expressed in NSCs near these release sites where they can receive inputs, not just from the adjacent NSCs, but also from other sources such as the gut enteroendocrine cells. Hence, neuropeptide diffusion is not a limiting factor preventing paracrine signaling between NSCs, and receptor expression is a good indicator for putative paracrine signaling. Consistent with this, several pathways highlighted in the plot (CRZ to CAPA, DH44 to Hugin and Hugin to DH44) have been anatomically and/or functionally validated previously (Zandawala et al., 2021: https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pgen.1009425; King et al., 2017: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2017.05.089; Mizuno et al., 2021: https://doi.org/10.1111/dgd.12733). Additionally, a similar analysis was also employed to depict putative interactions between NSCs in larval Drosophila (Hückesfeld et al., 2021). We have now modified the caption for this figure to explicitly state these connections are putative. We hope that the putative pathways presented here will inspire future functional studies, and have also highlighted this outstanding question in the summary Figure 10.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript presents an ambitious and comprehensive synaptic connectome of neurosecretory cells (NSC) in the Drosophila brain, which highlights the neural circuits underlying hormonal regulation of physiology and behaviour. The authors use EM-based connectomics, retrograde tracing, and previously characterised single-cell transcriptomic data. The goal was to map the inputs to and outputs from NSCs, revealing novel interactions between sensory, motor, and neurosecretory systems. The results are of great value for the field of neuroendocrinology, with implications for understanding how hormonal signals integrate with brain function to coordinate physiology.

      The manuscript is well-written and provides novel insights into the neurosecretory connectome in the adult Drosophila brain. Some, additional behavioural experiments will significantly strengthen the conclusions.

      Strengths:

      (1) Rigorous anatomical analysis

      (2) Novel insights on the wiring logic of the neurosecretory cells.

      We thank this reviewer for the thorough assessment and highlighting the strengths of our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Functional validation of findings would greatly improve the manuscript.

      We agree with this reviewer that assessing the functional output from NSCs would improve the manuscript. Given that we currently lack genetic tools to measure hormone levels and that behaviors and physiology are modulated by NSCs on slow timescales, it is difficult to assess the immediate functional impact of the sensory inputs to NSC using approaches such as optogenetics. However, since l-NSC<sup>CRZ</sup> are the only known cell type that provide output to descending neurons, we have functionally tested this output pathway using different behavioral assays (new Figure 8 and Supplements). Our analysis identifies a novel role for l-NSC<sup>CRZ</sup> and DNg27 neurons in female reproduction (based on the number of eggs laid).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      You will see that the reviewers found your work interesting and valuable, but had some suggestions for how revision could improve the manuscript. A common thread in the reviews is that functional speculations about the extracted circuits and paracrine signaling would benefit from revision, and would fit better in the Discussion, not Results section. Caveats could be more explicitly stated and language asserting functionality could be tempered. The reviewers were unanimous in their desire for a summary diagram or model.

      We thank the editor for these suggestions to improve the manuscript. We have now functionally validated some output pathways from l-NSC<sup>CRZ</sup>. We have also toned down the language regarding functionality where appropriate. Finally, we included a figure (new Figure 10) which summarizes the main findings from our manuscript and places them within the larger context of neuroendocrine signaling in adult Drosophila in relation to other studies.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data, or analyses:

      The authors present connectomic analyses for NSCs identified in the FlyWire dataset. All of their connectomic findings would be strengthened by executing these same analyses in the freely available female hemibrain connectome (Scheffer et al. 2020; Plaza et al. 2022), thereby effectively increasing their sample size from one whole brain to three hemispheres. It is unclear why the authors chose only to focus on the FlyWire dataset.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We had performed a preliminary analysis using the hemibrain dataset. However, out of the 80 endocrine cells that we found in FlyWire, the hemibrain dataset lacks both the NSC subtypes in the SEZ (SEZ-NSC<sup>CAPA</sup> and SEZ-NSC<sup>Hugin</sup>) as well as l-NSC subtypes in the other hemisphere (l-NSC<sup>ITP</sup>, l-NSC<sup>DH31</sup>, l-NSC<sup>CRZ</sup>). In addition, a majority of the input synapses for all NSC are in the SEZ region which allowed us to classify the different NSC subtypes in FlyWire. Since this information is missing in the hemibrain dataset, we are unable to classify the m-NSC into the different subtypes (not shown). Therefore, we cannot perform a comprehensive analysis of input and output pathways of different NSC subtypes using the hemibrain dataset. To address this concern, we have repeated several analyses with two new recent datasets – the brain and nerve cord (BANC) connectome and the male central nervous system (maleCNS) connectome (Table 1, new Figure 1 Supplement 1, new Figure 2 Supplement 2, new Figure 3 Supplement 3, new Figure 6 Supplement 1, new Figure 7 Supplement 3). Our original conclusions based on the FlyWire connectome remain unchanged, further validating our analyses.

      The authors initially map assign NSC types based on anatomical locations and clustering of presynaptic connections and morphological features. Due to matching cell counts and similar soma locations, they find that DMS and DH44 types cannot be easily distinguished. The authors attempt to assign cell types to these two populations using two methods, neither of which are convincing as executed:

      (1) The authors attempt to distinguish the identities of the two populations by anatomically comparing presynaptic inputs in FlyWire to those observed with light microscopy using retrograde trans-synaptic labeling. Due to the lack of a genetic driver line for the DMS population, the authors could complete this only for the DH44 population. The authors present only one animal, at inadequate magnification to see the absence of distinguishing presynaptic neurons. The results would be strengthened by the presentation and quantification of multiple samples; without more than one sample, it is not possible to know how robust this finding is in this genetic driver line. The authors might also consider taking advantage of the widely-used template brain (Bogovic, 2020) to align their light micrographs of presynaptic inputs from the retrograde tracing, with the presynaptic skeletons from FlyWire and compare in a more quantitative and precise manner. The authors might also consider taking a similar approach using anterograde tracing (Talay et al. 2017) to label postsynaptic outputs. Given that postsynaptic outputs are fewer, so long as there are identifiable, distinct postsynaptic partners, it may be easier to distinguish the two populations with anterograde tracing.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We would like to clarify that all immunohistochemical images presented in this manuscript are representative images based on at least 5 independent samples. We have now clarified this in the methods.

      Additionally, we show DH44 > retro-Tango signal across five samples (new Figure 2 Supplement 3) to highlight the consistency of retrograde trans-synaptic labeling. We also provide a magnified image in this figure to highlight the absence of presynaptic neurons that distinguish m-NSC<sup>DH44</sup> and m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup>.

      We also show the neurons providing inputs to putative m-NSC<sup>DH44</sup> and putative m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup> in both FAFB and maleCNS connectomes (new Figure 2 Supplement 2B-C). In both the FAFB and maleCNS datasets, we see a group of neurons (marked by black arrows) providing inputs to mNSC<sup>DMS</sup> but not m-NSC<sup>DH44</sup>. Importantly, these input neurons are not labelled in DH44 > retroTango samples, lending further support to our assignment of DH44 and DMS cell types.

      As per this reviewer’s suggestion, we also aligned our retrograde tracing light micrographs to a template brain (Author response image 1). However, we were unable to quantitatively compare neurons in our light micrographs with neuronal skeletons from the connectome. This is because retroTango labels several neurons in the SEZ which obscures morphology of individual neurons needed for such comparisons. Additional experiments, where retro-Tango output is restricted to sparse populations of neurons using a Flp-out strategy, are needed to perform such quantitative analyses. These experiments are beyond the scope of this study since we now provide additional lines of evidence for cell assignments.

      Author response image 1.

      DH44 > retro-Tango presynaptic signal aligned to JRC2018 unisex template brain

      We appreciate the suggestion to use the anterograde tracing tool trans-Tango to distinguish mNSC<sup>DH44</sup> and m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup>. There is very little synaptic output from m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup> and m-NSC<sup>DH44</sup> based on the FlyWire connectome. There is no synaptic output from both of these cell types if we use a threshold of 5 synapses for significant connections (new Figure 7). Using a threshold of 2 synapses for significant synaptic connections, 3 neurons are downstream of m-NSC<sup>DH441</sup> and 5 neurons are downstream of m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup> (not shown). Since these postsynaptic neurons are not bilaterally paired (we do not anticipate unilateral pathways), we don’t think that these connections are significant. Consistent with our analysis with the FlyWire connectome, we did not observe any significant post-synaptic signal with DH44 > trans-Tango (Author response image 2) even using flies raised at 21ºC which increases the synaptic strength during development. Since we do not have a GAL4 driver to specifically target m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup> , we could not perform similar trans-Tango analysis of m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup>.

      Author response image 2.

      DH44 > trans-Tango (left) and w<sup>1118</sup> > trans-Tango (right; control). Presynaptic neurons are labelled in green and post-synaptic neurons are in red. Representative images based on 5 samples.

      Our connectome analyses revealed that putative m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup> receive direct synaptic inputs from enteric neurons but m-NSC<sup>DH44</sup> do not. We used this information to perform another trans-Tango analysis using Gr43a-Gal4 which labels a subpopulation of enteric neurons (Miyamoto and Amrein, 2013: https://doi.org/10.4161/fly.27241) (Author response image 3).

      Author response image 3.

      Initiating trans-Tango from Gr43a neurons (green) does not label any postsynaptic neurons (magenta) in the pars intercerebralis (white arrow head), including those labelled by the DMS antibody (cyan).

      Unfortunately, initiating trans-Tango from Gr43a neurons did not label any post-synaptic neurons in the pars intercerebralis where m-NSC<sup>DH44</sup> and m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup> soma are located. This could be due to a) low trans-Tango sensitivity or b) m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup> are downstream from other enteric neurons not captured by Gr43a-GAL4. In the absence of other broad enteric neuron drivers, we are unable to perform additional analyses.

      (2) The authors attempt to assign cell types by qualitatively assessing the darkness of dense core vesicles in these two populations. However, there is a presentation of only single planar images through three selected cells (a DMS-expressing descending neuron, DMS-expressing NSC, and DH44-expressing NSC) without any quantitative analyses of vesicle characteristics within or across NSC cell types. It is not possible for the reader to assess whether the darker vesicles constitute a real trend, or if these images are hand-selected to support their point. This piece of evidence would be more convincing if the authors demonstrate consistent vesicle characteristics within NSC type and differences across type. Moreover, such analysis of dense core vesicle features in cell types with distinct and known peptide expression would be broadly interesting.

      Given that NSC type assignment is a major contribution of the present paper, it is critical that the authors are clear about the remaining uncertainty in assigning cell types, so as not to propagate false certainty into future work.

      This comment has been addressed above, and we refer the reviewer to the new Figure 2 Supplement 2E-J.

      The authors suggest larger peptide release capacity from CAPA-producing NSCs based on their larger morphological features (Figure 1, Supplement 2), which is more speculative than certain. In Figure 1, Supplement 1 the authors demonstrate the capacity to visualize vesicles number and size in individual NSCs. Rather than speculate over larger peptide release capacity based on cell size, the authors could quantify these vesicle features, which are surely a better indication of peptide release capacities.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that number of dense core vesicles within these and other neurons would be a better indicator of their peptide release capacity. We are performing these analyses on a brain-wide scale as part of another project. Therefore, we have removed the following speculative statement from the present manuscript:

      “But given their location, large size, and presumed large release capacity, we speculate that SEZ-NSC<sup>CAPA</sup> participate in global modulation of post-feeding physiology.”

      The authors provide an analysis of NSCs' synaptic inputs and outputs, but never mention whether NSCs are synaptically connected to each other. If connected, it would be very sensible to provide some analysis of synaptic connectivity between NSCs. If they are not connected, the authors should explicitly mention this in the main text, as it is relevant to the overall aim of this study.

      All NSCs are classified as endocrine cells in the FlyWire connectome. Hence, as shown in new Figures 3B and 7B, NSCs do not provide output to any endocrine cells (NSCs) using a threshold of 5 synapses for significant connections. Similarly, we do not see any synaptic connectivity between NSCs in the BANC dataset (new Figure 7 Supplement 3A-B). We do observe sparse connectivity between NSCs in the maleCNS dataset with a threshold of 5 synapses (new Figure 7 Supplement 3C-D), as well as in the Flywire connectome when the threshold is reduced to 2 synapses (new Figure 7 Supplement 2). However, we refrain from emphasizing on these connections because additional validation is required to rule out false positives in synapse predictions. Dense-core vesicles in NSCs can frequently be mistaken for synaptic T-bars during the prediction (unpublished observation).

      Although unlikely, NSCs could also form synapses with each other near their release sites and outside the brain volumes captured in all three datasets examined in this study. This limitation has been included in the discussion.

      There is no substitute for a good circuit wiring diagram; the motifs that are extracted in Figure 3H might be better appreciated if the reader was first presented with a well-formatted complete circuit diagram, which may then foreshadow the points made in the main text and in Figure 3H.

      We appreciate this suggestion. We now include a circuit diagram (new Figure 3G) to highlight the connectivity between NSCs and their presynaptic partners. The proportion plot (old Figure 3G) has now been moved to new Figure 3 Supplement 5.

      The authors provide extensive bar graphs showing synaptic input body IDs in Figure 3 Supplement 2, however they don't complete the same analysis for synaptic outputs (likely due to low numbers). Even so, it would be useful to the reader if the body IDs and cell types for both synaptic inputs and outputs were documented in a supplemental table. Providing such an inventory is aligned with the goals of this study.

      Only l-NSC<sup>unknown</sup> and l-NSC<sup>CRZ</sup> provide synaptic outputs in the FlyWire connectome (new Figure 7B-F). We have included bar graphs showing output from both these cell types at a single-cell level (new Figure 7G). Additionally, we have annotated all the NSC subtypes in FlyWire and BANC on Codex. Further exploring the inputs and outputs of NSC subtypes can be done interactively on Codex. For example, the search command “{upstream_union} cell_type == SEZ_NSC_CAPA” will retrieve all the neurons providing inputs to SEZ-NSC<sup>CAPA</sup>. As a quick search, this is more convenient than pasting individual body IDs from a supplementary table into Codex. All code outputs (csv files) containing this information are also available on Zenodo.

      In describing possible paracrine signaling, the authors write "Given the proximity of NSC axon terminations, it is extremely likely that a hormone released from a given NSC will influence the activity of other NSC types if its receptor is expressed in those cells." In the absence of functional experiments and/or information about spatial localization and/or peptide diffusion and the proximity of receptors to release sites, the expression patterns alone are insufficient to support this conclusion. Thus, the authors might consider removing the circular connectivity plots in Figure 7C, and Figure 7, Supplement 1A-H, and instead emphasize what can be concluded with certainty from the transcriptomic data (which are expression patterns of the hormones and receptors across NSCs and other tissue types). The authors might instead speculate over potential paracrine signaling between NSCs in the Discussion. Given that the authors describe paracrine signaling between NSCs as 'putative' in the abstract and main text, the authors will likely agree the legend for Figure 7 is misleading.

      This comment has been addressed above. We agree with the reviewer and have modified the figure legends (new Figure 9 and Figure 9 Supplement 1) to emphasize that the connections are putative.

      Should the authors keep these connectivity diagrams, it is important to reconsider their threshold wherein 50% of cells in a cluster must express a given hormone for it to be considered present in their analysis. It is entirely conceivable that there is real heterogeneity in hormone expression within the cluster, so it is surprising the authors have applied this artificial criterion.

      We thank the reviewer for presenting us with this option.

      We also apologize for the oversight in explaining our thresholding carefully. To minimize false positives, neuropeptides were subjected to a two-step filtering process. First, only those expressed in at least 50% of the cells within a given cluster were retained. Second, a composite expression score was calculated for each neuropeptide by multiplying its average expression by its percent detection. These values were normalized to the maximum observed signal across the dataset, and only hormone-cluster pairs maintaining a relative score of 0.25 or higher were included in the final analysis. This stringent filtering approach was implemented to focus the analysis on dominant neuropeptides and to exclude contamination from ambient RNA, which is common for neuropeptides (Allen et al., 2020: https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.54074). To account for lower abundance of receptor transcripts, we used a more permissive threshold for receptors by retaining those expressed in at least 5% of the cells within a cluster. Unlike the neuropeptides, no secondary relative-score filtering was applied to the receptors to ensure that biologically relevant signaling targets were not prematurely excluded due to low transcript density. We have now revised our methods to explain these details.

      Importantly, we used this thresholding criteria to align previous anatomical studies with our single-cell expression analysis and filter out neuropeptides that likely represent contamination: 1) Transcript for leucokinin (Lk) neuropeptide is expressed in l-NSC<sup>ITP</sup> (but previous studies have not been able to detect this peptide in l-NSC<sup>ITP</sup> (Zandawala et al., 2018: https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pgen.1007767). 2) Hugin is not expressed in m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup> (Oh et al., 2021: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2021.04.028). 3) Ilp2 is not expressed in SEZNSC<sup>CAPA</sup> and m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup> (this study and various others). 4) ITP is not expressed in any m-NSC (Gera et al., 2025: https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.97043.3). Based on these and other examples, we feel that our stringent criteria recover putative pathways that are likely functional while filtering obvious false positive. Nonetheless, we agree with the reviewer that some of these NSCs could represent heterogeneous clusters as has been shown recently for m-NSC<sup>DILP</sup> (Held, Bisen, Zandawala et al., 2025: https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.99548.3). This heterogeneity could result in some authentic connections to drop out. However, our goal for this analysis was to not identify all the putative paracrine connections, but rather the strongest ones with the hope that it can inspire future functional studies.

      The data shown in Figure 2 would be easier to interpret and therefore more convincing with better use of insets, appropriate overlays of multiple markers, higher image magnifications, and quantification across samples. Specifically: In Figure 2C, authors show mCherry expression but it isn't clear where these cell bodies are located with respect to the image in Figure 2B. This is also true for Figure 2D. Insets in Figure 2B that correspond with regions shown in 2C and 2D would be helpful. In Figure 2, the authors do not provide cell counts across samples for all markers. Thus, it isn't clear how consistent these cell counts are across samples. In Figure 2E, authors claim that no Gr64f-positive cells innervate the NCC, yet there is clearly a GFP signal in the NCC region in the merged image. The authors should provide an additional marker or a higher magnification image to convince the reader that these projections are not in the NCC region.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. To improve clarity, we have made the following changes:

      Figures 2C and 2D are based on different samples than the one shown in Figure 2B. But we have added dashed boxes in Figure 2B to indicate the regions shown in Figure 2C and 2D.

      Included sample sizes in Figure 2A and 2C. The rest of the panels are representative images based on at least 5 samples. This has been included in the methods.

      The cell count has been provided for m-NSC<sup>DILP</sup> for both markers in Figure 2A. The cell counts for m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup>, labelled using mCherry alone, has been provided in Figure 2C. We did not perform cell counting when using the membrane GFP reporter as it is difficult to accurately count overlapping cells (see dashed box labelled C in Figure 2B).

      We also provide a new supplementary file (new Figure 2 Supplement 1) showing cell counts for m-NSC<sup>DILP</sup> using different markers. Based on this, we can confidently conclude that adult Drosophila typically have more than 14 m-NSC<sup>DILP</sup>.

      We have corrected a typo in our label for Figure 2E: it should be Gr64a instead of Gr64f.

      We have modified the Figure 2E inset to show that the four pairs of Gr64a > myrGFP expressing corazonin cells do not project via the NCC (labelled with an arrow). We have also identified the four pairs of Gr64a neurons (Author response image 4 left panel) in the FlyWire connectome, which shows that these neurons do not exit the brain via the NCC.

      Author response image 4.

      Corazonin-expressing Gr64a neurons in the FlyWire connectome (left) and a light micrograph (right, same as in Figure 2E) showing Gr64a neurons (green) and corazonin neurons (magenta).

      Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation:

      Throughout the paper, the authors provide scant or, at times, no citations. Inadequate citation is as much an issue in the introduction as it is in the results and discussion sections. As such, the authors often do not provide a well-supported premise for the present work and/or do not place their findings and interpretations into the context of existing literature. Related, there is a predominance of references to the work of the authors themselves, often in place of citing earlier foundational work. Citations are nearly exclusive to the Drosophila literature, with the exception of the second paragraph of the introduction. This paper would be greatly improved with references to a broader literature.

      We have now added additional references to give credit to foundational work where appropriate. We have also included citations to non-Drosophila literature for more general statements in the introduction and discussion; however, we refrain from citing such studies in the results section to keep it focused.

      Figure 1 Supplement 1 is referenced after Figure 2 in the text. The authors might consider reassigning it as a supplement to Figure 2, which also uses imaging methodologies to distinguish NSC cell types.

      We agree with the reviewer and have reassigned the figures accordingly.

      Figure 3G is difficult to interpret, and its figure legend is brief and inadequate.

      As suggested by this reviewer, we have replaced this panel with a circuit diagram. The proportion plot (old Figure 3G) has now been moved to Figure 3 Supplement 5, and we have expanded the figure legend.

      The bar graphs in Figure 3 Supplements 2 and 3 would best benefit the reader if the x-axis labels are not simply body IDs, but also cell types or instances (if assigned in FlyWire).

      We appreciate this suggestion. Cell types are routinely updated on Codex while the root IDs remain static for v783. Therefore, we chose root IDs for these plots as they can be used to query Codex easily and reliably. We now provide all raw data as csv files on Zenodo used to make these plots. This includes cell types and other classifications.

      Minor corrections to the text and figures:

      Table 1 compares the observed numbers of NSC types in adult flies to those in larvae and those expected based on previous literature. The authors should cite the previous studies that support each of the expected or larval numbers, either within the table or in the table legend. It would also be appreciated if the expected numbers were cited in the main text.

      References for NSC numbers in larvae and expected numbers in adults are now included in Table 1.

      In describing the author's approach to analyzing synaptic connectivity by cosine similarity, authors cite their own previous work rather than the foundational study describing this approach or earlier studies that use it.

      We have now also cited Schlegel et al., 2021 (https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.66018) who used a similar approach in the olfactory system.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The observation that most gustatory inputs to NSCs are indirect (particularly for feedingrelated NSCs) is very interesting but lacks functional validation. I suggest that the authors conduct behavioural assays where specific sensory inputs are activated or silenced while monitoring outputs from NSCs. This could include optogenetics to stimulate or inhibit sensory neurons, or alternative feeding assays.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. We agree that the functional validation of gustatory-to-NSC pathways is a highly compelling direction for future research. However, we believe that behavioral assays, as suggested, pose significant interpretive challenges for the following reasons:

      NSCs primarily function by releasing hormones into the systemic circulation. Unlike classical neurotransmission, hormonal modulation typically operates on much slower timescales (minutes to hours). Consequently, acute activation of sensory inputs is unlikely to elicit immediate, quantifiable behavioral changes that can be specifically attributed to NSC activity.

      Most NSC classes are known to influence multiple physiological and behavioral processes simultaneously. Attributing a specific behavioral phenotype to a single NSC class following sensory stimulation would be confounded by these overlapping roles.

      Activating or silencing taste neurons will directly impact feeding behavior through canonical motor circuits, independent of the neuroendocrine system. In such a paradigm, it would be nearly impossible to isolate the specific "indirect" contribution of the NSCs to the observed behavior.

      While we agree that functional connectivity, such as optogenetic activation of taste neurons paired with calcium imaging (e.g., GCaMP) in NSCs, would be the ideal way to validate these inputs, we consider these extensive physiological experiments to be beyond the scope of this anatomical and connectomic study.

      Nonetheless, to address this important question, we now use a recently developed approach (Bates et al., 2026: https://doi.org/10.1101/2025.07.31.667571) based on linear dynamical modeling to estimate the influence of various sensory neurons (gustatory, olfactory, enteric, hygrosensory, etc.) on different NSC classes. Our analysis (new Figure 6 and Figure 6 Supplement 1) reveals that contents of consumed food (detected by enteric neurons) have a stronger influence on NSCs compared to inputs from external taste receptors.

      (2) Descending neurons appear to play a crucial role in regulating both motor and endocrine output. However, their functional contribution is only inferred from the connectomic data. The authors could perform functional activity manipulations (silencing or activating) of these descending neurons (for instance dMS descending neurons) to explore their role in behaviour. This could be tested with simple behavioural assays such as feeding or reproduction (i.e egg laying).

      We believe that there might be some confusion. DMS descending neurons (DNp32 cell type) used for dense-core vesicle comparisons with m-NSC<sup>DMS</sup> and m-NSC<sup>DH44</sup> (new Figure 2 Supplement 2) are different from the descending neurons (DNg27 cell type) that receive inputs from l-NSC<sup>CRZ</sup> (new Figure 7). We have indicated the cell type of DMS descending neurons in the text to clarify this. We have also functionally tested DNg27 (instead of DMS descending neurons suggested by the reviewer) using optogenetic and chemogenetic approaches for effects in feeding, food preference, starvation survival, egg laying and flight (new Figure 8 and Figure 8 Supplement 1). While we expected DNg27 to influence flight based on our connectome analyses, we do not see any phenotype in our free flight setup following DNg27 activation (new Figure 8 Supplement 1). However, this could be due to the split GAL4 driver used being very weak (new Figure 8 Supplement 2). This is also supported by the egg-laying assay where DNg27 inactivation only produces a phenotype after day 8 (Figure 8). Since we currently don’t have access to another driver to specifically target DNg27, we are unable to validate our results in the free flight setup using an independent driver.

      (3) The authors describe a sparse olfactory input pathway to NSCs, with emphasis on odours playing major roles. However, the physiological consequences of these connections are not explored in detail. Authors should use ORN/AL stimulation (e.g., using optogenetics) to explore how odour sensory pathways affect hormonal secretion in NSCs.

      We acknowledge the reviewer’s interest in the physiological consequences of the olfactory to NSC pathways identified in our study. While we agree that exploring how specific odors modulate neuroendocrine output is a logical next step, we believe that such experiments are currently unfeasible due to significant technical and biological constraints as highlighted above for taste neurons. Hence, we calculated the influence of olfactory receptor neuron activation on different NSC classes using an approach based on linear dynamical modeling (new Figure 6 and Figure 6 Supplement 1). Our analysis reveals that smell has a weaker influence on NSC compared to taste.

      (4) The authors present a large amount of nice yet complex data, which can be difficult to navigate through and is sometimes hard to follow. Consider adding more schematic diagrams to summarize the key pathways and interactions between NSC types and their inputs/outputs.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now included a figure (new Figure 10) which summarizes the main findings from our manuscript and places them within the larger context of neuroendocrine signaling in adult Drosophila in relation to other studies.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mast cells have previously been reported to play an important role in bacterial immune defense and act protectively in sepsis. However, many of these findings were based on studies using Kit mutant mice. In this study, the authors conducted a detailed investigation using mast cell-deficient Cpa3 Cre-Master mice. As a result, the authors found that the Cpa3 Cre-Master mice exhibited responses similar to wildtype mice in terms of bacterial immune defense. This suggests that the observed phenotype is not due to mast cell-dependent bacterial immune defense, but rather is associated with dysbiosis of the gut microbiota.

      Strengths:

      Mast cells have long been reported to play an important role in the protective response against sepsis, and their function in infection defense has been demonstrated. However, Kit mutant mice have been reported to exhibit impaired peristalsis, and several mast cell-specific genetically modified mouse lines have since been developed and examined in detail. This study presents an important finding by logically demonstrating that the exacerbation of sepsis in Kit mice is due to alterations in the gut microbiota, and that the phenotype previously thought to be mast cell-dependent was, in fact, not.

      In addition, the experiments were carefully designed using mice with matched genetic backgrounds. These findings underscore the importance of microbiota composition in interpreting immune phenotypes and highlight the need for cohousing controls in mutant mouse studies.

      A major strength of this work is the robustness of the CLP data, generated over eight years by three independent researchers across two institutions with large sample sizes, lending strong support to the conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      The study assesses only a limited subset of gut bacterial species, leaving the extent to which E. coli expansion contributes to the observed phenotype unclear.

      We now performed 16S rRNA sequencing of cecal samples isolated from Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> and Cpa3<sup>Cre/+</sup> mice and their respective littermates. Results are display in a new Figure 4. Our comparative analysis of the cecal microbial communities in Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> and Kit<sup>+/+</sup> mice (Figure 4A+B) confirmed the expansion of E. coli (Enterobacteriaceae) that we had observed by CFU counts (Figure 3D). Furthermore, it revealed a dysbiotic shift marked by increased abundance of Peptostreptococcaceae, Verrucomicrobiaceae, Coriobacteriaceae, and Erysipelotrichaceae in KitW/Wv mice.

      None of these changes was observed when comparing the cecal microbiomes of Cpa3Cre/+ and Cpa3+/+ mice (Figure 4C+D), indicating that the compositional shift in Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice is due to the deficiency in Kit but not mast cells. Of note, as stated on page 14, the microbial changes that we observed in Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice resemble dysbiotic patterns reported in chronic intestinal inflammation, experimental colitis, and impaired barrier function. These new findings fully align with and further support our earlier conclusion that Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice harbour pro-pathogenic microbiota.

      The new results are display in a new Figure 4, and described on pages 9-10 and discussed on pages 13-14.

      Moreover, in the cohousing experiments, there is no evidence provided to confirm successful microbiota normalization between groups.

      It is correct that we have no direct data to confirm microbiota normalization between groups after co-housing. We note, however, that co-housing is a generally accepted method for microbiota equalization or conversion (Caruso et al., Cell Rep. 2019, Ridaura et al., Science 2013, and reviewed in Moore et al., Clin. Transl. Immunol. 2016). In any case, Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mutants were made resistant to CLP by co-housing. Similar microbiota sequencing results between groups, while useful, would again only be correlative.

      A more detailed analysis of the microbial composition would be necessary to strengthen the reliability of the findings.

      See above the new data from 16S rRNA sequencing.

      It is also important to note that Cpa3-deficient mice exhibit not only mast cell depletion but also defects in basophils and T cells. These additional immunological alterations may counterbalance one another, potentially masking phenotypic changes and complicating interpretation.

      Regarding basophils in Cpa3<sup>Cre/+</sup> mice, compared to wild-type mice, basophils are reduced to about 40% of normal (Feyerabend et al., Immunity 2011). In Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice, compared to wild-type mice, basophils are reduced to about 10% of normal. To our knowledge, there has been no phenotype reported in which a reduction in basophils compensates for the loss for mast cells. Given that Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice have about threefold lower numbers of basophils and are highly susceptible to sepsis, there is no evidence that a reduction in basophils is protective in mast cell-deficient mice. On the contrary, mice that were normal for mast cells but had their basophils depleted were more susceptible to sepsis (Piliponsky et al., Nat. Immunol. 2019). Hence, basophils appear to be protective, and their reduction increases susceptibility. In light of these data and considerations, there is no evidence for a reduction in basophils to counterbalance the loss of mast cells in Cpa3<sup>Cre/+</sup> mice.

      Regarding T cells, there is no evidence, and there are no reports, that Cpa3<sup>Cre/+</sup> mice have defects in T cells (Feyerabend et al., Immunity 2011, Feyerabend et al., Cell Metabolism 2016). Cpa3 is weakly and transiently expressed early in the T cell lineage (Feyerabend et al., Immunity 2009; for expression levels in T cells versus mast cells, see Author response image 1). In summary, in contrast to the reviewer's claim, there are no known defects in T cell development or T cell functions in Cpa3<sup>Cre/+</sup> mice. We think the reviewer needs to provide published evidence for his/her claim that Cpa3-deficient mice exhibit defects in T cells. We as authors are also obliged to support our claims scientifically, and rightfully so.

      Author response image 1.

      Generated from the Immgen database. Shown are RNAseq gene expression levels of diverse T-cell and mast cell populations.

      Furthermore, it remains to be determined whether the altered gut microbiota observed in KitW/Wv mice is a consequence of impaired intestinal motility, whether a similar phenotype is observed in KitW-sh/W-sh mice, and whether comparable results occur in SCF-deficient models. Addressing these questions would provide greater clarity on the contribution of mast cells versus secondary factors in the observed phenotypes.

      The purpose of our study was to verify or refute the key claim dating back to two 1996 Nature papers that mast cells play important roles against sepsis. We demonstrate here that this is not the case because mice without mast cells (Cpa3<sup>Cre/+</sup> mice) were as resistant to sepsis as wild-type mice. Hence, mast cells are not involved in the immunity against sepsis, and 'secondary factors' are not involved in this simple experiment (both groups of mice, wild-type and Cpa3<sup>Cre/+</sup> mice, were on the identical genetic background). Second, Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice are also as resistant to sepsis as wild-type mice when confronted with the identical intestinal slurry. Therefore, Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice have no immune deficit in response to sepsis. Hence, in our view, the underlying immunological question regarding the role of mast cells in sepsis has been conclusively addressed and answered by our data. We have changed the title to emphasize this central question.

      The reviewer now asks us to delve even deeper into Kit biology and in particular intestinal pathophysiology in this and other Kit or steel mutants. While we share his/her interest in such questions, we fully disagree with the statement that 'addressing these questions would provide greater clarity on the contribution of mast cells versus secondary factors in the observed phenotypes.' We do not intend to enter the field of gut physiology or its link to microbiota, all the more because any results would not affect the central conclusion of our manuscript.

      Given that KitW/Wv mice exhibit impaired peristalsis, is the observed increase in E. coli a consequence of this dysfunction?

      See above

      Previous studies with BMMC reconstitution experiments have indicated that mast cells are a source of TNF - how does this align with the current findings?

      It does not align well. It is possible that cultured and transplanted mast cells (BMMC) produce TNF. Given that we did not find a reduction in TNF levels in the peritoneal lavage or serum in mice without mast cells undergoing sepsis, under physiological conditions mast cell-derived TNF does not seem to have a measurable impact on total TNF levels.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study presents a useful finding that the high susceptibility to CLP sepsis of Kitmutant mice is not due to mast cell deficiency, but to dysbiosis.

      However, the present data are insufficient and incomplete to support the conclusion, and would benefit from more rigorous approaches. With the mechanism part strengthened, this paper would be of interest to researchers on mast cell biology and mucosal immunology.

      We disagree with the view that our data are insufficient and incomplete. Our results demonstrate that mice lacking mast cells (Cpa3<sup>Cre/+</sup> mice) are as resistant to sepsis as wild-type mice, demonstrating that mast cells do not play a detectable role in immunity against sepsis. Additionally, we show that Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice exhibit the same resistance to sepsis as wild-type mice when confronted with the identical intestinal slurry. This finding demonstrates that Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice have no immune deficit in response to sepsis. These central data are both sufficient and complete, given that our data fully address the potential role of mast cells in sepsis. Our study aimed to investigate the role of mast cells in sepsis, not to examine the mechanisms of dysbiosis or associated pathological phenotypes in Kit-mutant controls. We have changed the title to make this point.

      Recommendations:

      (1) The authors showed that E. coli increases in the cecum of Kit-mutant mice, which causes high CLP susceptibility. However, they did not provide any evidence E. coli is responsible for the high susceptibility.

      We showed that E. coli CFUs were increased in the cecum of Kit-mutant mice, but we did not state that this causes CLP susceptibility. We wrote: 'Hence, Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> microbiota contains high levels of E. coli, which may underlie the observed pathogenicity'. We demonstrated that intestinal slurry from Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice is more pathogenic compared to intestinal slurry from wild-type mice. However, we did not search for or identify the bacterial species that causes this increased pathogenicity because we were addressing the role of mast cells in sepsis. We demonstrate an association of pathogenicity in sepsis experiments with cecal content of pathogenic bacteria (see also the new data on 16S rRNA sequencing). The same argument could be made for each bacterial species identified but this would be very complex experiments (both microbiologically and immunologically) given requirements for bacterial isolation, titration, and considerations of synergism. We therefore refrain from this undertaking.

      In the Figure 3 experiments, the authors administered the same number of cecal bacteria and did not show the number of E. coli after the administration.

      The samples were split and one aliquot was analysed by microbiology and the other aliquot was injected intraperitoneally. Fig. 3d shows the colony-forming units (for Lactobacilli and E coli) from aliquots of cecal slurry used in the intraperitoneal injection experiments shown in Fig. 3a-c. Hence, our data show the colony-forming units that were injected into the mice. It is unclear to us why this is not the key information rather than 'the number of E. coli after the administration'.

      The authors should provide evidence showing that depletion of E. coli decreases susceptibility.

      See response to point 1 above.

      (2) The author should provide direct evidence of dysbiosis by, for example, shotgun sequencing of cecal and fecal contents.

      We performed 16S rRNA sequencing of cecal contents and observed a dysbiotic shift towards an increase of Peptostreptococcaceae, Verrucomicrobiaceae, Coriobacteriaceae, Enterobacteriaceae, and Erysipelotrichaceae in Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice compared to Kit<sup>+/+</sup> controls. None of these changes was observed when comparing the cecal microbiomes of Cpa3<sup>Cre/+</sup> and Cpa3<sup>+/+</sup> mice, indicating that the compositional shift in Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice is due to deficiency in Kit but not mast cells. Of note, as stated on page 14, the microbial changes we observed in Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice resemble dysbiotic patterns reported in chronic intestinal inflammation, experimental colitis, and impaired barrier function.

      These new findings fully align and further support with our earlier conclusion that Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice harbour pro-pathogenic microbiota.

      The new results are display in a new Figure 4, and described on pages 10-11 and discussed on pages 13-14.

      (3) In case the authors find dysbiosis, they should analyze the mechanisms by which Kit mutation causes dysbiosis.

      We have no intention to further explore Kit biology and in particular the intestinal pathophysiology caused by the Kit mutation because any results would not affect the central conclusion of our manuscript (see title). The review process and the revision shall center on making the core of a paper as conclusive as possible, and not widen a paper by requests 'tangential to the main conclusion' (Kaelin Jr. Nature 2017).

      References:

      Caruso, R., Ono, M., Bunker, M. E., Núñez, G. & Inohara, N. Dynamic and Asymmetric Changes of the Microbial Communities after Cohousing in Laboratory Mice. Cell Rep. 27, 3401-3412.e3 (2019).

      Feyerabend, T. B. et al. Deletion of Notch1 Converts Pro-T Cells to Dendritic Cells and Promotes Thymic B Cells by Cell-Extrinsic and Cell-Intrinsic Mechanisms. Immunity 30, 67–79 (2009).

      Feyerabend, T. B. et al. Cre-Mediated Cell Ablation Contests Mast Cell Contribution in Models of Antibody- and T Cell-Mediated Autoimmunity. Immunity 35, 832–844 (2011).

      Feyerabend, T. B., Gutierrez, D. A. & Rodewald, H.-R. Of Mouse Models of Mast Cell Deficiency and Metabolic Syndrome. Cell Metab 24, 1–2 (2016).

      Kaelin Jr, W. G. Publish houses of brick, not mansions of straw. Nature 545, 387– 387 (2017).

      Moore, R. J. & Stanley, D. Experimental design considerations in microbiota/inflammation studies. Clin. Transl. Immunol. 5, e92 (2016).

      Piliponsky, A. M. et al. Basophil-derived tumor necrosis factor can enhance survival in a sepsis model in mice. Nat. Immunol. 20, 129–140 (2019).

      Ridaura, V. K. et al. Gut Microbiota from Twins Discordant for Obesity Modulate Metabolism in Mice. Science 341, 1241214 (2013).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data, or analyses:

      (1) The study examines only a limited range of gut bacterial species, making it difficult to determine the specific contribution of E. coli expansion to the observed phenotype. A more comprehensive microbial profiling (e.g., 16S rRNA sequencing or metagenomics) would significantly strengthen the conclusions (e.g., Cpa3-mast cell deficient mice, Kit WWv, Kit W-sh/W-sh mice).

      As mentioned above, we now performed 16S rRNA sequencing of cecal contents from Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> and Cpa3<sup>Cre/+</sup> mice and their respective littermates. Addressing microbiota in Kit<sup>W-sh/W-sh</sup> mice would not add information relevant for our paper.

      (2) The role of impaired peristalsis in KitW/Wv mice as a contributor to microbial dysbiosis and increased E. coli burden should be further explored. Complementary studies using KitW-sh/W-sh or SCF-deficient mice could clarify whether the observed microbiota changes are unique to the W/Wv model.

      We changed the title of the manuscript to emphasize our (unchanged) focus on the immunological role of mast cells in protecting against bacterial sepsis. The responses of Cpa3<sup>Cre</sup> mice clearly ruled out a role of mast cells to these infectious conditions. Our observation of altered microbiota in Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice is consistent with their increased CLP susceptibility. We cite the known peristalsis deficit of Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice as a possible explanation for the microbiota alterations. In the future, other investigators may find it interesting to elucidate the link between Kit mutations and dysbiosis. As stated further above, in our view, these additional questions and potential data have no bearings on the conclusions of our paper.

      (3) In the cohousing experiments, no data are provided to confirm whether microbiota normalization was achieved between groups. Including microbial composition data pre- and post-cohousing would improve the reliability of the interpretation.

      Cohousing made the susceptibility of Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> and Kit<sup>+/+</sup> mice comparable. Detailed analysis of the extent of microbiota normalization would only make sense to ultimately determine specific taxa or combinations thereof that are responsible for the increased susceptibility of Kit<sup>W/Wv</sup> mice, a question that was never the goal of this study.

      (4) The use of Cpa3 Cre/+ mice introduces potential confounders, as these mice also have defects in basophils and T cells. Functional validation or additional models (e.g., Mas-TRECK or Mcpt5-Cre mice) could help isolate the mast cell-specific effects.

      See our detailed explanation above (Reviewer #1 Public review). It is incorrect to claim that Cpa3<sup>Cre/+</sup> mice have defects in T cells. The reviewer needs to provide published evidence for his/her claim that Cpa3-deficient mice exhibit defects in T cells. We as authors are also obliged to support our claims scientifically, and rightfully so.

      (5) Clarification is needed regarding the role of mast cell-derived TNF. Given previous reports using BMMC reconstitution that implicate mast cells as a source of TNF, reconciling these findings with the current study's results would strengthen interpretation.

      We also disagree here. Experiments in normal unmanipulated mice are inevitably superior to Kit mutants after BMMC reconstitution which is an artificial system. The transplanted cells do not mature normally and don’t settle in their natural niches. We mentioned in the discussion that there is conflicting literature derived from different models and mice.

      But we do not share the expectation that results obtained with Kit-independent models, that differ from previous studies using Kit mutants, necessarily require reconciliation. The experiments are simply incomparable and the most physiologically relevant experiment will pave the way. Research on mast cell functions based on BMMC-reconstituted Kit mutants has meanwhile proven to be unreliable.

      (6) A clearer delineation between mast cell-dependent and microbiota-mediated mechanisms in the discussion sections would enhance readability and impact.

      We restructured the discussion and distinguished between Kit-dependent and mast cell-dependent phenotypes. We also discussed in detail the observed microbiota differences and their influences for the outcomes in the different sepsis experiments.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      King and colleagues generated a mouse with a point mutation in IL21R and investigated the influence on IL-21-mediated T and B cell activation and differentiation. They found that mutant mice show a reduced T and B cell response, with CD4 T cell differentiation into T follicular helper cells being primarily affected.

      Strengths:

      The authors combined in vitro and in vivo analysis, including bone-marrow chimeric mice.

      Weaknesses:

      The effect of the IL21R EINS mutant does not specifically affect STAT1, as clearly shown in Figure 1 H, I. Particularly at lower doses of IL21, which may be more relevant in vivo, the effects are very similar. A second key weakness is the very small Tfh response, a not very clear PD-1 and CXCR5 staining to identify Tfh, and a lack of a steady-state (prior to immunisation) comparison of Tfh numbers in the different mouse strains. The latter makes it impossible to know what fraction of the response is antigen-specific.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript, "An IL-21R hypomorph circumvents functional redundancy to define STAT1 signaling in germinal center responses," Cecile King and colleagues identify a cytoplasmic site of the IL-21 receptor that differentially regulates STAT1 and STAT3 activation upon IL-21 stimulation. They further examine the immunological consequences of this site-specific alteration on Tfh differentiation and Tfh-dependent humoral immunity, raising important questions about how geneknockout models may obscure nuanced functional roles of signaling molecules.

      Strengths:

      The study convincingly highlights a non-redundant role for STAT1 downstream of IL-21-IL-21R signaling in the Tfh differentiation pathway. This conclusion is supported by in vitro analyses of STAT1 and STAT3 activation in CD4 T cells stimulated with IL-21 or IL-6; by in vivo assessments of Tfh and germinal center B cell responses in WT and IL21R-EINS mutant mice, including bonemarrow chimera systems; and by investigating the expression of Tfh-related molecules in WT versus IL21R-EINS CD4 T cells.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the experiments were carefully executed with appropriate controls, a key question remains unresolved: whether the Tfh differentiation defect in IL21R-EINS mice is directly attributable to reduced STAT1 activation. Rescue experiments that restore STAT1 signaling in IL21R-EINS TCR-transgenic CD4 T cells would provide strong evidence linking the mutation to impaired STAT1 activation and, consequently, defective Tfh differentiation. Without such evidence, it remains formally possible that additional, uncharacterized mutations introduced during ENU mutagenesis contribute to the phenotypes observed, particularly given the discrepancies between IL21R knockout and IL21R-EINS mutant mice.

      We agree that further experiments are needed to definitively show that the effect is attributable to reduced STAT1 activation alone. Rescue experiments will be a focus of future experiments.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure1

      I would recommend changing the conclusion in Line 141 to 'potentially less affected' rather than unaffected as there is a clear and very consistent effect on pSTAT3 in every IL21 dose tested. Also, it seems that much more IL21 is required to induce STAT1 phosphorylation, which may explain the increased effect of the EINS mutant on this signalling pathway. Similarly, for the STAT5 data in Figure S1, there is very little phosphorylation beyond baseline phosphorylation (unstimulated), but there is a clear and consistent reduction in pSTAT5 in the EINS mutants.

      Neither pSTAT3 nor pSTAT5 were significantly different between WT and IL21rEINS cells in either the percentage or MFI. We have edited line 141 to state “the levels of phosphorylated STAT3 in CD4+ T cells were significantly less affected by the Il21r<sup>EINS</sup> mutation (Fig. 1I).”

      A minor point: Why is the MFI in IL21R-/- mice at 300 in panel C and at 200 in panel E? How representative is the reduced baseline pSTAT5 in IL21r-/- mice? 

      This is likely due to machine voltage during acquisition in a different experiment.

      Collectively, I would suggest concluding from that data that the EINS mutation affects IL21R signaling, which results in reduced STAT1, 3, and 5 phosphorylation, with pSTAT1 being most strongly reduced, particularly at high IL21 concentration. 

      Please also see response to above comment. Since neither pSTAT3 nor pSTAT5 were significantly different between WT and IL21rEINS cells, the data does not support that conclusion.

      All subsequent data therefore do not investigate the effect of the EINS mutation on STAT1, but on overall reduced IL21R signalling. This needs to be considered when interpreting the data. For example, the text in lines 171, 172, and 174 should be adjusted as the effect is neither only dependent on STAT1 nor is STAT3 signalling intact.

      Please also see responses above. It is possible that a different method for detection of phosphorylated STAT3 and STAT5 could have looked more closely into the effect at very low concentrations of IL-21. However, our findings using Westen Blot and flow cytometry only observed a significant difference in STAT1 activation. We have edited our sentence on line 333 to state “response in the presence of an IL-21 receptor mutant that predominantly affects IL-21 activation of STAT1”.

      A key signalling pathway downstream of IL21R is AKT and S6 phosphorylation. It would be important to also investigate the effect of the EINS mutation on these pathways.

      We agree and this will be a focus of future experiments.

      (2) Figure 2

      PNA or BCL-6 staining would be preferable to identify GC in Figure 1A, but the flow cytometry data in Figure 3 are convincing, so this is not absolutely necessary.

      Also, no conclusions can be made here about STAT1 specifically, and there could be other reasons why Tfh are slightly and temporarily reduced in EINS mice.

      (3) Figure 3

      Line 200: Please explain what is meant by 'despite an expansion of the IgG1 FAs B cell population on day5, the percentages of EINS IgG1* GC B cells were significantly lower (Fig. 3F). I cannot see any expansion of IgG1 FAS B cells, nor can I see a specific effect on day 7. Both total GC B cells and IgG1 GC B cells are similarly affected throughout the response. Some data points may not reach statistical significance, but the trend is very clear.

      Figure 3E shows the percentage of GC B cells increasing from day 3 to day 7 in WT and from day 3 to day 5 in IL21rEINS, with significant differences between WT and IL21rEINS on days 5 and 7. In Figure 3F he percentage of IgG1+ GC B cells increase from day 3 to day 14 in both genotypes, with a significant difference between IL21rEINS on day 7. We have edited to manuscript to state “Despite an increase in the IgG1<sup>+</sup> FAS<sup>+</sup> B cell population from day 3 in response to immunization, the percentages of Il21r<sup>EINS</sup> IgG1+ GC B cells were significantly lower relative to WT cells 7 days after SRBC immunisation (Fig. 3F).”

      (4) Figure 4

      How many days after SRBC immunization was the analysis done?

      The data show an intrinsic role of IL21R signalling to Tfh development, which may include a role for STAT1. The absence of any effect on GC B cells is somewhat surprising. Chimeric and irradiated mice sometimes mount poor immune responses, and GC B cell numbers are very low. What is the frequency of GC B cells in non-immunized mice? This would be important to know if the mice responded at all, and if they did, if the 'baseline' of GC activity differs.

      As stated in the figure legend for Figure 4 – on day 7 “Mixed BM chimaeras were reconstituted with equal ratios of WT CD45.1+ BM cells and Il21rEINS CD45.2+ BM cells. 8 weeks after transfer, the mice were immunized with SRBC and analysed 7days later.

      (5) Figure 7

      Please highlight that while only IL21R-/- mice showed a significant difference in the frequency of Tfh, a similar trend was observed in WT and IL21Reins mice. The data spread is smaller in the IL21R-deficient mice, facilitating statistical significance. As throughout the manuscript, this is not a STAT1 IL-21R mutant; it is a mutant with reduced IL21R signalling. In fact, the finding that IL-6 does not compensate for the EINS mutation may suggest that STAT1 plays a minor role in the biological effects observed.

      We can only report on the statistical significance of the data we have.

      (6) Other comments

      Figure 1 F/G. I think the Y axis should read pSTAT1 and pSTAT3, respectively.

      Thank you, we have corrected the graph accordingly.

      Figure S1A. Please change the order of WT, IL21EINS, and IL21R-/- to match the main figures (IL21R-/- last). Currently, A, B, and D have a different order, but C is like the main figures.

      The figure panels are aligned to show media, then either IL-2 or IL-6 and then IL21.

      Please provide complete flow cytometry gating strategies for all figures.

      Flow cytometry dating for P-STAT1 and p-STAT3 is shown in figure 1, for Tfh cells and Tfr cells in Figure 2, 4 and 5. Please also see supplementary figures for T cell gating and methods for detailed description of antibodies and dilutions used for immunostaining.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Line 332 requires revision.

      We have edited the final sentence to state” Taken together these findings demonstrate that, despite the strong ability of IL-6 to activate STAT1, IL-6 is ineffective at fully compensating for the germinal centre response in the presence of an IL-21 receptor mutant that predominantly affects IL-21 activation of STAT1.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We have carefully considered all comments and have revised the manuscript to address the key points raised. We have also updated the author list to include Kinga Niedobecka, who performed the additional flow cytometric validation of the engineered THP1 cell lines included in the revised manuscript. In particular, we have strengthened the validation of the THP1-CD1c system, clarified and better signposted the characterisation of CD1c-autoreactive T-cells using existing data, and refined the explanation of the mechanisms underlying enhanced responses to Mtb-infected cells. Some of the suggestions represent significant additional experimental work beyond the scope of this manuscript, and in these instances we have amended the text to clarify interpretation and limitations.

      eLife Assessment

      The study investigates how CD1c-restricted T cells respond to Mtb-infected APCs, leading to increased cytokine production and cytotoxic activity that may help control Mtb infection. While the work is important and will interest researchers in the field, the supporting evidence is incomplete and could be strengthened by additional experiments. Experiments would: (i) evaluate THP1-CD1c cells to determine whether MHC surface expression is reduced or entirely abolished, (ii) enhance confidence in the purity of the CD1c-specific T cell population isolated from blood, and (iii) suggest what additional signal THP1-CD1c cells treated with Mtb express that is absent from the untreated cells.

      (i) evaluate THP1-CD1c cells to determine whether MHC surface expression is reduced or entirely abolished

      We thank the Editor for highlighting this important point. We agree that it is essential to establish whether conventional MHC-mediated antigen presentation could contribute to the observed T-cell responses. To address this directly, we repeated and extended our flow cytometric validation of the engineered THP1 system. These data are now presented in an expanded Fig. 1A and include assessment of CD1c, classical MHC class I, MHC class II, β2m, CD1b and HLA-E across WT THP1, THP1-KO and THP1-CD1c cells. Our THP1-KO system is based on CRISPR-mediated knockout of both β2microglobulin (β2m) and the Class II transactivator (CIITA). Loss of β2m removes surface expression of β2m-dependent molecules, including classical MHC class I and endogenous CD1 proteins, while CIITA knockout prevents MHC class II expression. In this new analysis, WT THP1 cells expressed β2m and classical MHC class I, with low detectable MHC class II and HLA-E. In contrast, THP1-KO cells lacked detectable β2m, MHC class I, MHC class II, HLA-E, CD1b and CD1c. Importantly, THP1-CD1c cells retained robust CD1c expression through the CD1c-β2m fusion construct, while MHC class I, MHC class II, CD1b and HLA-E remained undetectable by flow cytometry.

      These extended validation data support the conclusion that residual MHC expression does not account for the observed T-cell responses, which are instead dependent on CD1c expression. We have revised the relevant section of the Results to incorporate these data and to clarify that the engineered THP1-CD1c APC system provides robust CD1c expression in the absence of detectable surface MHC-I or MHC-II (revised manuscript, page 5-6, lines 111-122; Fig. 1A and Fig. 1 legend).

      (ii) enhance confidence in the purity of the CD1c-specific T-cell population isolated from blood

      We agree that confidence in the specificity and purity of the CD1cautoreactive T-cell populations is essential. The relevant data were included in the original manuscript, but we recognise that they were not signposted clearly enough. We have therefore revised the Results to describe the enrichment, sorting, post-expansion validation and functional specificity of the T-cell lines more explicitly on page 8, lines 176-191.

      CD1c-autoreactive T-cell lines were generated from two independent donors using two complementary strategies. One line was generated by expansion with THP1-CD1c APCs followed by CD1c-endo tetramer-guided sorting and expansion. A second line was generated by direct enrichment using CD1c-endo streptamers, followed by CD1c-endo dextramer sorting and expansion. The gating strategy and post-sort validation are shown in Fig. S4. Importantly, after expansion, the enriched cells stained strongly with CD1c-endo tetramers, whereas unstained and irrelevant tetramer controls showed no detectable staining. In the main figure, both donor-derived lines are shown to be strongly CD1c-endo tetramer-positive, with post-expansion tetramer positivity of 97100% (Fig. 3A and 3C). Both lines were αβTCR+CD4+ and lacked detectable γδTCR or CD8 expression (Fig. 3B and 3D).

      We also highlight the functional validation of specificity. Both T-cell lines were activated by THP1-CD1c APCs but not THP1-KO APCs, as assessed by CD69 and CD25 upregulation (Fig. 3E). Importantly, the specificity of these cells was further supported by TCR transfer experiments. TCRs cloned from one of the CD1c-endo tetramer-positive T-cell lines were expressed in Jurkat reporter cells and conferred CD1c-endo tetramer binding, activation in response to plate-bound CD1c-endo protein, and enhanced activation in response to Mtb-infected THP1-CD1c APCs (Fig. 5B-D, page 10, lines 225244). This provides independent confirmation that the enriched T-cell line contained CD1c-reactive TCRs capable of mediating CD1c-dependent recognition.

      Together, these data support that the T-cell populations used in the functional assays are highly enriched CD1c-specific T-cell lines rather than mixed or nonspecific populations.

      (iii) suggest what additional signal THP1-CD1c cells treated with Mtb express that is absent from the untreated cells.

      We agree that identifying the additional signal provided by Mtb-treated THP1-CD1c cells is an important mechanistic question. We have now revised the Discussion to clarify our interpretation and to more explicitly outline the likely mechanisms (revised manuscript, page 16-17, lines 380-400).

      Our data suggest that the enhanced response to Mtb-infected THP1-CD1c cells is unlikely to be explained simply by increased CD1c expression, generic APC activation, or soluble cytokine release. CD1c expression was maintained but not increased on THP1-CD1c cells after Mtb infection, and stimulation with TLR2 or TLR4 agonists did not reproduce the enhanced cytotoxicity observed after Mtb infection. In addition, Mtb-treated THP1-CD1c cells alone produced IL-8 and RANTES, but not the broader cytokine profile observed in T-cell co-cultures. Together, these data suggest that Mtb exposure provides an additional CD1c-dependent activating signal.

      We now discuss that this signal is most likely an altered CD1c-presented lipid repertoire on Mtb-exposed APCs. Possible mechanisms include presentation of Mtb-derived lipids, infection-induced accumulation of host-derived stimulatory “stress lipids”, presentation of bacterial and mammalian shared lipids, or altered lipid processing and trafficking during infection. These possibilities are consistent with prior studies showing enhanced responses of autoreactive CD1-restricted T-cells to microbial stimulation and our TCR transfer experiments seemingly support a CD1c-TCR-dependent recognition mechanism. However, because we have not directly identified the lipid ligands presented by CD1c on Mtb-infected APCs, we now state this as a mechanistic hypothesis rather than a conclusion, and a key outstanding question.

      We have revised the Discussion (page 16-17, lines 380-410) to make this limitation explicit. Future studies will require isolation of CD1c molecules from Mtb-infected cells and then lipidomic analysis and mass spectrometry to define the CD1c-associated lipid species.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      (1) This study asks an important question. The single-cell transcription analysis suggests the inherent cytotoxic program of lipid-CD1c cells and provides insights into their phenotypic and potential functional profiles. Function experiments suggest that these autoreactive T-cells can react to Mtb infection, adding to the paradigm of infection control by these non-conventional T-cell populations.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive assessment of the importance of the study and for recognising the value of the single-cell transcriptional analysis and functional experiments. We are pleased that the reviewer agrees that our findings provide insight into the cytotoxic effector programme of CD1c-autoreactive T-cells and their potential contribution to immune responses during Mtb infection.

      Weaknesses:

      (2) The study lacks sufficient rigor; conclusions may be strengthened with the incorporation of more controls, and some deeper characterization of the THP1 system and the CD1c-specific T-cells isolated from blood. Crucial conclusions are drawn from the cell mixing experiments involving the engineered THP-1 system and CD1c-lipidspecific T-cells from blood. These cells need more in-depth characterization. The expression of MHC-I/II is clearly reduced in THP1-CD1c cells. However, it is important to ensure that it is completely abolished, since a residual expression can skew the result with activation of conventional T-cells in the blood or low levels of conventional T-cells that may be present in the CD1c-tetra/multimer sorted T-cells

      We agree that this is an important point and have addressed it by adding new experimental controls and by clarifying the validation of the CD1c-autoreactive T-cell lines.

      First, we repeated flow cytometric validation of the existing markers and extended the panel to assess additional surface molecules across WT THP1, THP1-KO and THP1CD1c cells. The revised Fig. 1A therefore includes repeat staining for β2m, classical MHC class I, MHC class II and CD1c, together with newly added staining for HLA-E and CD1b.

      The THP1-KO system is based on CRISPR-mediated knockout of both β2-microglobulin (β2m) and the Class II transactivator (CIITA). Loss of β2m removes surface expression of β2m-dependent molecules, including classical MHC class I and endogenous CD1 proteins, while CIITA knockout prevents MHC class II expression. The repeated analyses confirmed the original staining pattern, while the additional HLA-E and CD1b stains further extended validation of the system. WT THP1 cells expressed β2m and classical MHC class I, with low detectable MHC class II and HLA-E. In contrast, THP1-KO cells lacked detectable β2m, MHC class I, MHC class II, HLA-E, CD1b and CD1c.

      Importantly, THP1-CD1c cells retained robust CD1c expression through the CD1c-β2m fusion construct, while MHC class I, MHC class II, HLA-E and CD1b remained undetectable by flow cytometry. We have revised the Results to describe these new validation experiments more clearly (revised manuscript, page 5-6, lines 111-122, Fig. 1A and Fig. 1 legend).

      Second, we have strengthened the description of the purity and specificity of the CD1c-autoreactive T-cell lines. These lines were generated using two complementary approaches, namely expansion with THP1-CD1c APCs followed by CD1c-endo tetramer-guided sorting, and direct enrichment using CD1c-endo streptamers followed by CD1c-endo dextramer sorting and expansion. The gating strategy and post-sort validation are shown in Fig. S4. After expansion, the enriched cells stained strongly with CD1c-endo tetramers, whereas unstained and irrelevant tetramer controls showed no detectable staining. Both donor-derived lines were strongly CD1c-endo tetramer positive, with post-expansion tetramer positivity of 97 to 100%, and both were αβTCR+CD4+ with no detectable γδTCR or CD8 expression (Fig. 3A-D). Functionally, both lines responded to THP1-CD1c APCs but not parental THP1-KO APCs, as assessed by CD69 and CD25 upregulation (Fig. 3E). We have revised the Results to signpost these data more clearly (revised manuscript, page 8, lines 176–191).

      Finally, TCR transfer experiments provide independent confirmation of CD1c-specific recognition. TCRs cloned from one of the CD1c-endo tetramer-positive T-cell lines conferred CD1c-endo tetramer binding and CD1c-dependent activation when expressed in Jurkat reporter cells (Fig. 5B-D, revised manuscript, page 10, lines 225244). Together, the absence of detectable MHC-I/MHC-II expression in the engineered APC system, the high CD1c-endo tetramer enrichment of the T-cell lines, the lack of activation against THP1-KO cells, and the TCR transfer experiments support the conclusion that the observed responses are driven by CD1c-dependent recognition rather than residual conventional MHC-mediated activation.

      (3) Figure 2: The immunohistochemistry appears to be shown only for one biopsy; it may be worth quantifying the immunohistochemistry of all five.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We agree that quantitative analysis of CD1c immunohistochemistry across all biopsies would be valuable. We examined CD1c staining across all five TB lung biopsies and observed a consistent spatial pattern, with CD1c staining generally low or infrequent in central granulomatous regions and more apparent in distal inflammatory tissue and lymphoid/B-cell follicle-rich areas.

      However, because these were diagnostic human biopsy samples with substantial variation in tissue size, architecture, granuloma representation and inflammatory composition, we do not think that simple bulk quantification of CD1c-positive area across biopsies would be robust or biologically interpretable. In particular, quantification would be strongly affected by whether a section captured granuloma centre, peripheral inflammatory regions, lymphoid aggregates, or uninvolved lung tissue. We have therefore retained the IHC as representative spatial evidence of CD1c expression in TB lung tissue, rather than presenting it as a quantitative comparison across anatomical compartments.

      We have revised the Results to make this clearer, stating that CD1c expression was observed across the biopsies analysed but was spatially heterogeneous, with staining most apparent away from the granuloma centre and in lymphoid/inflammatory regions (revised manuscript, page 7, lines 144-151). We have also tempered the interpretation in the Discussion to avoid overstatement and now highlight systematic quantitative spatial analysis of larger tissue cohorts as an important future direction (revised manuscript, page 18, lines 427-430).

      (4) The expression of CD1 molecules goes up during the differentiation of MoDC, and Mtb infection prevents or dampens the upregulation. Does Mtb infection downregulate the CD1 expression of mature DCs? Can the effect of Mtb on the expression of CD1a,b,c molecules be investigated using CD1c-expressing DCs from blood? What could be the reason THP-1 cells do not downregulate CD1 molecules upon Mtb infection, and how about the expression of CD1a and b?

      We agree that the distinction between impaired CD1 upregulation during MoDC differentiation and active downregulation of CD1 expression on already differentiated CD1-expressing DCs is important.

      In the revised manuscript, we have clarified that our primary cell data assess the effect of Mtb infection on differentiated MoDCs that already express CD1 molecules, rather than only examining failure of CD1 induction during differentiation. Specifically, we analysed a published RNA-sequencing dataset from differentiated human MoDCs infected with live Mtb and observed reduced expression of group 1 CD1 genes, including CD1A, CD1B and CD1C, at 48 hours after infection. We then validated this experimentally at the protein level by flow cytometry, showing reduced CD1c expression on primary MoDCs after live Mtb infection. These data support the conclusion that Mtb infection can reduce CD1 expression on CD1c-expressing primary DCs.

      We agree that analysis of freshly isolated blood CD1c+ DCs would be valuable. However, these cells are rare in peripheral blood and are technically challenging to isolate in sufficient numbers for live Mtb infection assays and downstream flow cytometric or functional analysis. For this reason, we used MoDCs as a tractable primary human DC model to assess infection-induced changes in CD1 expression. We now acknowledge in the revised Discussion that validation in primary blood-derived CD1c+ DCs would be an important future direction.

      We have also clarified why CD1c expression is not downregulated in the engineered THP1-CD1c system. In primary DCs, Mtb-mediated suppression of CD1c has been linked to host regulatory mechanisms, including post-transcriptional regulation by miRNAs such as miR-381-3p, which targets the 3′ UTR of endogenous CD1c transcripts. In contrast, CD1c expression in our THP1-CD1c cells is driven by a lentiviral CD1c-β2m fusion construct under a heterologous promoter and expressed from a cDNA lacking the native untranslated regions. Therefore, CD1c in this system is not expected to be regulated in the same way as endogenous CD1c in primary DCs.

      This is a deliberate feature of the model. It allows us to assess CD1c-dependent T-cell responses to Mtb-infected APCs without the confounding effect of infection-induced CD1c loss. THP1-CD1c cells do not express endogenous CD1a or CD1b because the parental THP1-KO cells lack β2m-dependent endogenous CD1 surface expression, and only CD1c is reintroduced through the CD1c-β2m fusion construct. We have revised the Results and Discussion to clarify these points (revised manuscript, pages 7- 8, lines 165174 and pages 17- 18, lines 411-430).

      (5) Figure 3: (F) What does the X-axis read for the no infection group? The value for MOI = 0 should be incorporated for the infected T-cell group.

      We agree that the original presentation could be clearer. The uninfected condition corresponds to MOI = 0, whereas the remaining points represent THP1-CD1c APCs exposed to increasing amounts of UV-killed Mtb. We have retained the figure layout but revised the figure legend to clarify that the MOI values on the x-axis apply only to the Mtb-treated conditions, and that the no-infection/no-treatment control represents MOI = 0 (Fig. 3 legend).

      (6) Figure 4: In the lysis assay, THP1-CD1c cells (uninfected and infected) incubated alone should be incorporated.

      We agree that APC-only controls are essential for interpreting the lysis assay, and we apologise that this was not sufficiently clear in the original manuscript. THP1-CD1c cells cultured alone, both uninfected and Mtb-infected, were included in all assays and used to define baseline target-cell viability for each matched condition.

      The data in Fig. 4 are presented as specific lysis to isolate the effect of T-cells on target cell viability. Specifically, THP1 viability in APC-only wells was used as the baseline and subtracted from the corresponding T-cell co-culture condition within the same experiment. Thus, lysis of uninfected THP1-CD1c cells was calculated relative to uninfected THP1-CD1c cells cultured alone, and lysis of Mtb-infected THP1-CD1c cells was calculated relative to Mtb-infected THP1-CD1c cells cultured alone. This presentation allows the T-cell-mediated effect to be visualised while accounting for baseline viability differences.

      We have revised the Methods and Fig. 4 legend to make this calculation more explicit (revised manuscript, page 25, lines 608-614; Fig. 4 legend).

      (7) A quantitative brief on the single cell TCR sequencing - including how many T-cells were sequenced and the frequency of different clone including EM1 and EM2 - should be shown.

      We agree that the single-cell TCR sequencing data required clearer quantitative description. We have expanded the Results and Fig. 5 legend to include the number of single cells analysed and the frequency of the dominant clonotypes. Single CD1c-endo tetramer-positive T-cells were sorted into individual wells for targeted TCR sequencing. After filtering and manual curation, 11 single cells yielded productive paired αβ TCR sequences. The repertoire was oligoclonal, with two dominant productive clonotypes accounting for 10 of 11 paired TCRs. EM1 was detected in 6 of 11 cells and EM2 was detected in 4 of 11 cells. These data support the selection of EM1 and EM2 for TCR-transfer experiments and clarify that they were dominant clonotypes within the CD1c-endo tetramer-positive T-cell line rather than arbitrarily selected TCRs. We have revised the Results and Fig. 5 legend accordingly (revised manuscript, page 10, lines 225-235, Fig. 5 legend).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (8) Perform an experiment to assess activation of T-cells expressing EM1 or EM2, upon mixing with CD1c-expressing dendritic cells isolated from human blood, with and without Mtb infection.

      We agree that testing EM1 and EM2 TCRs against primary dendritic cells is an important question. However, in the specific context of Mtb infection, the proposed experiment is difficult to interpret because Mtb downregulates CD1c expression on primary dendritic cells. This is supported by previous studies showing that Mtb and BCG suppress CD1c expression on DCs [1,2], and by our own data showing reduced CD1 group 1 transcript expression in Mtb-infected MoDCs and reduced CD1c protein expression on primary MoDCs following Mtb infection (Fig. 2B and 2C). Therefore, mixing EM1- or EM2-expressing Jurkat T-cells with Mtb-infected primary CD1c-expressing DCs would introduce a major confounder: reduced T-cell activation could reflect loss of CD1c expression rather than absence of a CD1c-dependent Mtb-induced activating signal. This is precisely why we used the engineered THP1-CD1c system, in which CD1c expression is preserved during Mtb infection (Fig. 2D). This model allowed us to test whether Mtb infection enhances CD1c-TCR-dependent activation without the confounding effect of infection-induced CD1c loss.

      Using this controlled system, we show that EM1 and EM2 TCRs confer CD1c-endo tetramer binding, activation in response to plate-bound CD1c-endo protein, activation in response to THP1-CD1c but not THP1-KO APCs, and enhanced activation in response to Mtb-infected THP1-CD1c APCs (Fig. 5B-D). These data support the conclusion that the enhanced response to Mtb-infected APCs is mediated through CD1c recognition by the TCR.

      We have revised the Results and Discussion to clarify this rationale and to explain why the engineered THP1-CD1c system was necessary for these experiments (revised manuscript, page 10, lines 242-244; page 17-18, lines 411-430).

      (9) Conduct an experiment to assess T-cell cytotoxicity expressing EM1 or EM2, in the presence and absence of Mtb infection.

      We agree this would be a valuable experiment. As outlined in our response to 8, EM1 and EM2 were cloned into Jurkat T-cells to test TCR-dependent CD1c recognition and activation, not cytotoxic effector function. Jurkat T-cells are not cytotoxic effector cells<sup>3</sup>, so they are not suitable for target-cell killing assays.

      Cytotoxicity was instead assessed using the original CD1c-autoreactive T-cell lines (Figs. 3F-G and 4D-E). Testing EM1- or EM2-mediated killing would require engineering and validating primary human T-cells expressing these TCRs, which is a substantial additional workflow. We have clarified in the revised manuscript that the EM1/EM2 experiments demonstrate TCR-dependent recognition, while cytotoxicity was assessed using the CD1c-autoreactive T-cell lines (revised manuscript, page 10, lines 234–244).

      (10) A list of primers used for TCR sequencing should be provided.

      We have now provided the primer sequences used for targeted single-cell TCR sequencing in a new supplementary table (Table S1). We have also revised the Methods to provide additional detail on the single-cell TCR sequencing workflow, including CD1c-endo tetramer-guided single-cell sorting, oligo-dT reverse transcription, universal cDNA amplification, targeted amplification of TCR variable regions using TRAC-, TRBC-, TRGC- and TRDC-specific primers, well-specific 8-bp barcoding, size selection, library preparation and MiSeq sequencing. In addition, we now cite the SMART-seq2 protocol on which the approach was based (Picelli et al., 2014) (revised manuscript, page 20, lines 491-503; new Table S1).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      (1) The study is designed well and has developed many exciting tools to generate specific information.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive assessment of the study design and for recognising the value of the experimental tools developed in this work.

      Weaknesses:

      (2) The study has weaknesses in two important parameters - novelty and relevance in controlling TB. Further, the results could be better presented and discussed to allow easy understanding of the experimental design

      We accept that the novelty and relevance to TB control could be made clearer in the manuscript. However, we believe the study makes several important and previously unreported contributions, and we have revised the Introduction, Results and Discussion to improve the clarity of the experimental design and to state the conceptual advance more explicitly.

      First, to our knowledge, this is the first study to demonstrate that human CD1c-autoreactive T-cells respond more strongly to Mtb-infected CD1c+ APCs than to uninfected CD1c+ APCs. Previous work has shown that CD1c-autoreactive T-cells exist in human blood and can respond to CD1c-expressing cells in the absence of exogenous antigen. However, their role during infection has remained unclear. Our findings extend the field beyond the established steady-state, autoimmune and tumour contexts of CD1c autoreactivity by identifying Mtb-infected APCs as a biologically relevant setting in which these cells acquire enhanced effector activity. We propose that CD1cautoreactive T cells may not simply represent autoreactive bystanders that become pathogenic in disease, but instead form an evolutionarily conserved arm of lipid immune surveillance that can detect infection-associated changes in antigen presentation. Given the long-standing selective pressure imposed by microbial infection throughout human evolution, it is plausible that protection against infection represents a central physiological function of these cells, with their roles in autoimmunity and cancer reflecting the same capacity to sense altered self-lipid landscapes in other settings. Our data provide initial functional evidence supporting this model.

      Second, the study provides functional evidence that these cells are not simply activated by infected APCs, but can mediate effector functions relevant to antimicrobial immunity. CD1c-autoreactive T-cells showed enhanced activation, cytokine production and cytotoxicity in response to Mtb-infected APCs, and led to reduced Mtb burden under in vitro conditions. These findings are directly relevant to TB immunity because cytotoxic T-cell pathways and antimicrobial molecules such as granulysin have been implicated in control of intracellular Mtb.

      Third, the study links these functional observations to the ex vivo biology of human CD1c-autoreactive T-cells. Single-cell transcriptomic profiling demonstrates that these cells are enriched for cytotoxic effector-memory programmes and express molecules associated with target-cell killing and antimicrobial activity. This provides an independent, unbiased cellular basis for the functional assays and strengthens the conclusion that CD1c-autoreactive T-cells represent a plausible effector population in anti-mycobacterial immunity.

      We agree that the experimental design needed clearer presentation. In the revised manuscript, we have improved signposting of the stepwise logic of the study: (1) defining and validating the THP1-CD1c APC system, (2) demonstrating CD1cautoreactive T-cell enrichment and specificity, (3) testing responses to UV-killed and live Mtb, (4) confirming TCR-dependent CD1c recognition using EM1 and EM2 TCR transfer, and (5) integrating these functional data with single-cell transcriptomic profiling of ex vivo CD1c-autoreactive T-cells. These revisions aim to make the experimental design easier to follow and to clarify how each section supports the overall conclusion.

      We have revised the Introduction and Discussion accordingly to more clearly state the novelty and TB relevance of the work (revised manuscript, page 4-5, lines 83-104; page 14, lines 323-329).

      (3) At several places, UV-killed or live Mtb were used. What is the rationale behind that?

      We have now added a Methods statement explaining that UV-killed Mtb was used for controlled exposure to defined amounts of Mtb-derived antigen, particularly in dose-response cytotoxicity and cytokine-release assays, whereas live Mtb was used to assess T-cell activation, target-cell lysis and relative bacterial burden during APC infection with proliferating Mtb. We have also ensured that the figure legends clearly specify whether UV-killed or live Mtb was used in each experiment (revised manuscript, page 22, lines 534-540).

      (4) Why use irradiated THP1-CD1c cells for activating T-cells?

      Irradiated THP1-CD1c cells were used only during the T-cell expansion phase to provide sustained CD1c-mediated stimulation while preventing proliferation of the THP1 APCs. This was necessary because the expansion cultures lasted up to 12 days, during which non-irradiated THP1 cells would continue to divide and could overgrow the T-cell culture. Irradiation therefore allowed THP1-CD1c cells to function as APCs while maintaining controlled culture conditions and enabling selective expansion of CD1c-reactive T-cells. We have clarified this rationale in the Methods (revised manuscript, page 19-20, lines 472-474).

      (5) While functional assays identified only CD4+ cells as CD1c-restricted, scRNAseq shows that both CD4+ and CD8+ cells exhibit this phenotype

      We agree with the reviewer’s observation and have clarified this point in the revised Discussion. The functional assays were performed using CD1c-autoreactive Tcell lines generated from two donors. Both lines were CD4+αβTCR+, reflecting the outcome of the enrichment, sorting and expansion process used to generate sufficient T-cells for functional assays. These lines therefore provide mechanistic evidence that CD4+ CD1c-autoreactive T-cells can recognise CD1c+ APCs and respond more strongly to Mtb-infected APCs, but they are not intended to represent the full diversity of the CD1c-autoreactive T-cell compartment.

      By contrast, the single-cell RNA-seq analysis was designed to provide a broader ex vivo assessment of CD1c-endo-binding T-cells without relying on prolonged in vitro expansion. This revealed that CD1c-autoreactive T-cells include both CD4+ and CD8+ populations, with enrichment of cytotoxic effector-memory programmes. We therefore interpret the functional and single-cell datasets as complementary: the functional assays provide mechanistic validation using tractable CD1c-reactive T-cell lines, while the single-cell data demonstrate that the broader ex vivo CD1c-autoreactive compartment is phenotypically diverse and includes both CD4+ and CD8+ cytotoxic populations.

      We have revised the Discussion to clarify this point and to emphasise that combining in vitro functional assays with ex vivo single-cell profiling allowed us to capture both mechanistic activity and broader cellular diversity (revised manuscript, page 14-15, lines 341-349).

      (6) Identifying the specific lipid antigen presented by CD1c could add greater value to the study.

      We agree that identifying the specific CD1c-presented lipid antigen(s) would add important mechanistic insight. As noted in the response to the Editor, our data suggest that the enhanced response to Mtb-infected THP1-CD1c APCs is most likely due to altered CD1c-associated lipid presentation. However, defining these lipid species would require isolation of CD1c from infected APCs followed by specialised mass spectrometry-based lipidomics, which is a substantial additional workflow. We have revised the Discussion to state this limitation clearly and to highlight lipid identification as an important next step (revised manuscript, page 16-17, lines 380-410).

      (7) Since autoreactivity was independent of exogenous antigen, the cytotoxic activity should also be independent of exogeneous antigens? What additional signal a THP1-CD1c cells treated with UV-killed Mtb express that is absent from the untreated cells?

      CD1c-autoreactive T-cells likely recognise self-lipids presented by CD1c, but our data show that this response is enhanced after Mtb exposure. We interpret this as evidence that Mtb alters the quality or abundance of CD1c-associated lipid ligands, potentially through Mtb-derived lipids or infection-induced changes in host lipid metabolism. We have revised the Discussion to clarify that the precise lipid ligand(s) remain unidentified and will require future CD1c-lipidomic analysis (revised manuscript, page 16-17, lines 380-410).

      (8) The relative Mtb growth assay is confusing. CD1c cells with Mtb infection triggers massive lytic response, as shown in Figure 4. Under similar conditions, in Figure 6, the authors report a significant decline in Mtb growth in these cells. The problem is that with the kind of lytic response observed, a lot more Mtb could be present extracellularly and would evade killing. How do we reconcile the two observations?

      In the Mtb lux assay, extracellular bacteria were removed by washing after the initial infection step, so the starting bacterial population measured in the co-culture assay is expected to be predominantly cell-associated. We also recognise that the luminescence readout measures total viable lux-expressing Mtb under the assay conditions and does not distinguish intracellular from extracellular bacteria at later time points.

      The cytotoxicity observed in Fig. 4 reflects enhanced but incomplete lysis of infected APCs. Therefore, although T-cell-mediated lysis could release some bacteria from infected target T-cells, the reduced luminescence observed in Fig. 6C indicates a lower net viable Mtb burden under these co-culture conditions. We interpret this as the combined outcome of CD1c-autoreactive T-cell effector activity, including cytotoxicity and antimicrobial mediators such as granulysin and cytokines, rather than as direct evidence of selective intracellular bacterial killing.

      We have revised the Results and Methods to clarify that the Mtb lux assay measures relative viable bacterial burden/luminescence under in vitro co-culture conditions. We have changed the discussion to avoid over-interpreting this assay as distinguishing intracellular from extracellular Mtb killing (revised manuscript, page 11-12, lines 266274, page 26, lines 633-637).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (9) Nearly 40-50% of the samples did not respond to THP1-CD1 stimulation. What contributes to this diversity?

      We agree that there is clear donor-to-donor variability in the response to THP1-CD1c stimulation [4]. Approximately one-third of donors did not show detectable expansion under these assay conditions. This likely reflects differences in the precursor frequency and TCR repertoire composition of CD1c-autoreactive T-cells between donors, together with variation in activation state and responsiveness during short-term in vitro expansion. Apparent non-response may also reflect low-frequency CD1c-reactive populations that are present but fall below the detection threshold. We have revised the Discussion to acknowledge donor heterogeneity as an expected feature of primary human CD1c-autoreactive T-cell responses (revised manuscript, page 14-15, lines 341-349).

      (10) For lung biopsy staining, how is CD1 expression in healthy tissue or some unrelated inflammatory condition?

      The purpose of the lung biopsy staining was to determine whether CD1c-expressing cells are present in human TB lung tissue and to assess their spatial relationship to granulomatous inflammation, rather than to perform a formal comparison between healthy, non-TB inflammatory and TB lung tissue.

      Across the TB biopsies analysed, CD1c staining was spatially heterogeneous. CD1c expression was generally low or infrequent in central granuloma regions and in tissue regions remote from granulomatous inflammation, whereas staining was more apparent in distal inflammatory tissue and lymphoid/B-cell follicle-rich regions. We have revised the Results to clarify that these data are presented as representative spatial observations within TB lung tissue, rather than as a quantitative comparison with healthy or unrelated inflammatory tissue.

      We agree that comparison with healthy lung and non-TB inflammatory lung tissue would provide useful additional context, particularly for distinguishing TB-associated changes from more general inflammatory induction of CD1c. We now acknowledge this as an important future direction (revised manuscript, page 18, lines 425-430). We have also revised the Results to clarify the spatial pattern of CD1c staining within TB lung tissue (revised manuscript, page 7, lines 144-151).

      (11) What was the rationale for using UV-killed or live Mtb for different experiments?

      This point is addressed in our response to 3 above.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript is well written, and the novelty, impact, and limitations of this study are precisely highlighted by the authors.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive assessment of the manuscript, particularly their recognition of the study’s novelty, impact and balanced discussion of its limitations.

      (2) Lipid antigen identification and direct lipid identification via lipidomics/MS of CD1c-bound lipids from Mtb-infected APCs would clarify whether the enhancement arises from altered self-lipids or subtle Mtb lipids

      We agree that direct identification of CD1c-bound lipids from Mtb-infected APCs would provide important mechanistic insight and help determine whether enhanced activation reflects altered self-lipids, Mtb-derived lipids, or shared lipid species. As noted above, this would require isolation of CD1c from infected APCs followed by specialised mass spectrometry-based lipidomic analysis, which represents a substantial additional workflow. We have revised the Discussion to state this limitation clearly and to highlight CD1c-lipidomic analysis as an important next step (revised manuscript, page 16-17, lines 380-410).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (3) Figure 2Ai-vi, lines 134-136. The authors should include the data from central granuloma staining to solidify their claim of the presence of CD1c expression remote from the centre of TB granulomas.

      Central granuloma regions are included in Fig. 2A, including panels showing staining within granulomatous tissue where CD1c expression is low or infrequent compared with distal inflammatory and lymphoid/B-cell follicle-rich regions. We agree that this spatial distinction was not sufficiently clear in the original text and figure legend.

      We have therefore revised the Results and Fig. 2 legend to more explicitly guide the reader through the central versus distal regions shown in Fig. 2A. The revised text now states that CD1c expression was observed across lung biopsies from all five TB patients, but was spatially heterogeneous, with staining most apparent in distal inflammatory tissue and lymphoid/B-cell follicle-rich areas, and generally low or infrequent in central granuloma regions (revised manuscript, page 7, lines 144-151; Fig. 2 legend).

      (4) Figure 2D, lines 149-151. The authors should clarify whether the CD1c resistance to downregulation is model-specific to THP1-CD1c-APCs or an overexpression artefact

      As described in our response to Reviewer 1, 5, we agree that this point required clearer explanation. We have clarified in the revised Results and Discussion that the preservation of CD1c expression in THP1-CD1c APCs likely reflects the engineered nature of this system, rather than a general feature of endogenous CD1c regulation during Mtb infection.

      Specifically, in primary MoDCs, Mtb infection reduces CD1c expression at both transcript and protein levels (Fig. 2B and 2C). In contrast, CD1c in THP1-CD1c APCs is expressed from a heterologous CD1c-β2m fusion construct rather than from the endogenous CD1C locus. Therefore, its resistance to downregulation is likely model-specific and related to the expression system. We now state this in the Results and Discussion, and explain that this feature allows CD1c-dependent T-cell responses to Mtb-infected APCs to be assessed without the confounding effect of infection-induced CD1c loss (revised manuscript, page 7-8, lines 165-174; page 17-18, lines 411-430).

      (5) Figure 6C. The relative Mtb burden is measured through luminescence. While this correlates closely with CFUs, confirmation with plating is better evidence.

      We have previously shown close correlation between luminescence in our system and CFUs<sup>5</sup> (Bielecka mBio 2017, PMID: 28174307). Perhaps controversially, we propose that luminescence is a better readout of total Mtb load. Luminescence captures all metabolically active Mtb, whilst CFUs may be confounded by clumping of bacteria, for example, giving an underestimate. However, we agree with the reviewer that luminescence is an indirect measure of bacterial burden and that CFU plating would provide additional confirmatory evidence. We have therefore revised the Results, Discussion and Methods to describe the assay more cautiously as a measure of relative viable Mtb burden/luminescence, and we now acknowledge the absence of CFU confirmation as a limitation of the study (revised manuscript, page 11-12, lines 266-274; page 17, lines 400-403; page 26, lines 633-637).

      (6) Figure 7. The authors show that CD1c-autoreactive T-cells exhibit cytotoxic effector memory phenotype. While the sc-RNAseq subsampling is robust, the number of sample donors being 2 might create a potential bias.

      We agree that the use of two donors for the single-cell RNA-seq analysis is a limitation and could introduce donor-specific bias. We have now stated this more explicitly in the Discussion. Importantly, the scRNA-seq data are not used alone to define function, but rather provide an ex vivo phenotypic framework that complements the functional assays showing CD1c-dependent activation, cytokine production, cytotoxicity and reduced relative Mtb burden.

      The subsampling analysis supports the robustness of the transcriptional patterns within this dataset, but we agree that larger donor cohorts will be required to determine how consistently these cytotoxic effector-memory programmes are represented across the broader human CD1c-autoreactive T-cell compartment. We have revised the Discussion accordingly (revised manuscript, page 17, lines 403-410).

      (7) The authors should on how it might compare with non-autoreactive CD1c-restricted T-cells.

      We agree that it is important to place these findings in the context of non-autoreactive, antigen-specific CD1c-restricted T-cells. Previous studies have shown that CD1c can present microbial lipid antigens, such as mycobacterial lipids, to T-cells with defined antigen specificity. In contrast, the CD1c-autoreactive T-cells studied here recognise endogenous ligands and appear to respond to infection through changes in the CD1c-presented lipid repertoire rather than through recognition of a single defined foreign antigen.

      Our findings suggest that autoreactive CD1c-restricted T-cells may provide a complementary mode of immune surveillance, capable of sensing infection-induced changes in lipid presentation, whereas non-autoreactive CD1c-restricted T-cells may respond more directly to specific microbial lipid antigens. A head-to-head comparison would clearly be very interesting, but an extensive new piece of work beyond the scope to the current study. We have expanded the Discussion to more clearly highlight this distinction, and that direct comparison is required (revised manuscript, page 16-17, lines 380-410).

      Concluding remarks

      In summary, we have addressed the key concerns raised by the reviewers by strengthening validation of the experimental system, improving characterisation of T cell populations, and clarifying mechanistic interpretation. We believe these revisions significantly improve the clarity and rigour of the manuscript. We accept that identification of the CD1-presented lipids is an important next step that will give significant mechanistic insight, but is beyond the scope of the current work.

      References:

      (1) Wen, Q. et al. MiR-381-3p Regulates the Antigen-Presenting Capability of Dendritic Cells and Represses Antituberculosis Cellular Immune Responses by Targeting CD1c. J Immunol 197, 580-589 (2016). https://doi.org/10.4049/jimmunol.1500481

      (2) Gagliardi, M. C. et al. Bacillus Calmette-Guerin shares with virulent Mycobacterium tuberculosis the capacity to subvert monocyte differentiation into dendritic cell: implications for its efficacy as a vaccine preventing tuberculosis. Vaccine 22, 3848-3857 (2004). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.vaccine.2004.07.009

      (3) Grailer, J. et al. A Novel Cell-based Luciferase Reporter Platform for the Development and Characterization of T-Cell Redirecting Therapies and Vaccine Development. J Immunother 46, 96-106 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1097/CJI.0000000000000453

      (4) Guo, T. et al. A Subset of Human Autoreactive CD1c-Restricted T Cells Preferentially Expresses TRBV4-1(+) TCRs. J Immunol 200, 500-511 (2018). https://doi.org/10.4049/jimmunol.1700677

      (5) Bielecka, M. K. et al. A Bioengineered Three-Dimensional Cell Culture Platform Integrated with Microfluidics To Address Antimicrobial Resistance in Tuberculosis. mBio 8 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1128/mBio.02073-16

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study asks whether synapses formed by the same broad neuronal class (excitatory pyramidal neurons, PN) adapt their presynaptic organization in a cortex-specific manner, comparing the prefrontal cortex (PFC) with the primary somatosensory cortex (S1). The authors combine sophisticated electrophysiology (paired recordings and extracellular minimal stimulation), pharmacological perturbations of presynaptic Ca<sup>2+</sup>-secretion coupling, bouton Ca<sup>2+</sup> imaging, and mechanistic modeling. Across two prominent excitatory connections (Layer 5 (L5) PN-L5PN and L2/3-L5PN), they provide convergent evidence that mature PFC synapses operate with looser Ca<sup>2+</sup> channel-release sensor coupling than their S1 counterparts.

      Overall, the study provides an appealing mechanistic link between synaptic nano/micro-architecture and cortical-area specialization. The idea that PFC synapses retain a more "plasticity-favoring" presynaptic state, while the primary sensory cortex emphasizes reliability and timing precision, is potentially impactful for how we think about circuit computation and plasticity across cortical hierarchies.

      Strengths:

      A major strength is the multi-pronged experimental strategy. The paper first establishes robust, area-dependent differences in synaptic efficacy, reliability, timing, and short-term plasticity (facilitation prevailing in PFC versus depression in S1), using both paired recordings and minimal extracellular stimulation paradigms. The coupling interpretation is then directly supported by differential sensitivity to EGTA (and appropriate positive-control effects of fast chelators). Finally, volume-averaged calcium signals are reported to be similar across areas, arguing against trivial explanations based on gross differences in calcium influx, and the modeling provides a quantitative framework for interpreting the observed chelator effects.

      Weaknesses:

      Limitations are minor and concern interpretation/clarity rather than core results. Some key inferences rely on indirect readouts (chelator sensitivity, fluctuation analysis-derived parameters, bouton-averaged calcium signals), each of which carries assumptions and potential confounds that should be discussed more explicitly. In particular, the repatching paradigm for the paired-recording EGTA experiment, though very impressive, and the limited number of extracellular calcium conditions used for fluctuation analysis (three concentrations), can influence quantitative estimates and the confidence intervals around them.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for his/her overall positive assessment of our manuscript and the constructive advice, which helped us to improve our manuscript. We discussed the limitations, assumptions and potential confounding factors in more detail. We addressed them pointwise in the recommendations for the authors.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Schwarze et al. investigated whether synaptic efficacy is brain-region specific. To this end, they compared synaptic connections established by layer 5 (L5) neocortical pyramidal cells and between L5 and L2/3 pyramidal cells. In order to identify the mechanism of this brain region specificity, the authors employed several experimental approaches, including paired electrophysiological recordings, extracellular stimulation, low- and high-affinity intracellular calcium chelators (EGTA and BAPTA), multiple probability fluctuation analysis (MPFA), and intracellular measurements of calcium transients as well as computational modelling. The findings of the present study indicate that synaptic connections in the primary somatosensory cortex (S1) are significantly stronger and more reliable than those in the prefrontal cortex (PFC).

      The study is timely, and the topic is of significant interest to the neuroscience community. Despite the extensive research that has been carried out on the neuroanatomy and receptor distribution of different brain regions, comparatively little attention has been paid to differences in synaptic physiology. The authors' approach is characterised by its elegance and comprehensive nature, and the conclusions drawn are compelling. Nevertheless, there are a number of unresolved issues.

      First, we would like to thank the reviewer for his/her detailed survey of our work, which was very helpful in improving our manuscript. We are happy about the overall positive evaluation and the constructive comments. To fully clarify all points, we performed new experiments and analyses, in particular we determined EGTA sensitivity in PFC and S1 from the same animal and we performed MPFA with an additional extracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup> concentration. We extended the discussion on the examined cell types. Overall, we carefully revised the manuscript to address all points. Please see below our point-wise response.

      Major points:

      (1) The authors state that data from the S1 cortex were obtained in a previous study. In the context of an explicitly comparative study (PFC vs. S1cortex), it would have been advantageous for the authors to perform a subset of experiments in which both cortices were obtained from a single animal. This is a feasible undertaking, given the spatial separation of the PFC and S1 cortex.

      This is only true for the paired recordings from L5PN-L5PN connections in S1, which were obtained in a previous study and partially reanalyzed. All recordings from L2/3-L5PN connections in S1 and PFC as well as the paired recordings on L5PN-L5PN synapses in PFC were obtained in the present study. To make this clearer, we have added Table 1. This lists which data and associated figures are from this study and which are from previous studies (Bornschein et al., Cell Rep. 2019; Bornschein et al., Front. Syn. Neurosci. 2019).

      Our experiments are lengthy and therefore it is challenging to achieve two successful recordings within the lifetime of acute brain slices. For this reason, the previous version of the manuscript did not include recordings from PFC and S1 of the same animal. We have now measured EGTA effects in L2/3-L5PNs from S1 and PFC of the same animal. Two new recordings were added to the EGTA-AM plots in Figure 2C-F and in the results section. Example recordings are shown in Figure S3A and B, as is the comparison of EGTA-AM effects in L2/3-L5PNs from PFC and S1 in Figure S3C, with data points from the same animal marked.

      “On the other hand, EGTA significantly reduced EPSC amplitudes only in PFC (0.54, 0.47-0.67; 55% of control) but not in S1 (0.85, 0.81-1.04; 100% of control). For a better comparison of EGTA effects some recordings were performed in PFC and S1 derived from the same animal to rule out interindividual effects (see example recording in Figure S3A-C).”

      (2) Figure 1A is somewhat misleading because it could suggest that the authors have performed dual recordings in identified PFC pyramidal cells.

      We thank the reviewier for this helpful note. We added “L2/3 or L5” to the stimulation panel of Figure 1A to illustrate that we stimulated either extracellularly in L2/3 or L5PNs directly via the patch pipette.

      (3) PFC and S1 cortex in rodents differ markedly in their morphological organisation. For example, in all sensory cortices, layer 4 is very pronounced; however, in the PFC of rodent,s no clear layer 4 can be found. On the other hand, PFC shows a clear separation of layers 2 and 3, which is not visible inthe S1 cortex. Furthermore, PFC pyramidal cells in layers 2, 3, and 5 exhibit significant heterogeneity, diverging considerably from those found in layers 5a and 5b of S1 cortex. Thus, there is no clear correlation between L5 pyramidal cells in the PFC and the S1 cortex. In order to achieve a meaningful comparison of the data obtained in PFC and S1 cortex, it is necessary for the authors to determine whether the record is from similar pyramidal cell populations.

      (3) In addition, PFC pyramidal cells in layer 2, 3 and 5 are highly heterogeneous and differ markedly from those in layer 5a and 5b of S1 cortex. To achieve a meaningful comparison of the data obtained in the PFC and the S1 cortex, the authors need to determine whether the record from similar pyramidal cell populations.

      We apologize for having not been precise about the specific location and type of pyramidal neurons in the original manuscript. Extracellular stimulation in PFC and S1 was always performed in layer 2, where the first large cell bodies, relative to the pia mater, are located within a cortical column. Therefore, we assume that the same cell populations were stimulated in both brain regions (van Aerde & Feldmeyer, Cereb. Cortex 2015; Oberlaender et al., Cereb. Cortex 2012; Lefort et al, Neuron 2009). To stick with the standard terminology, we refer to it in the manuscript as upper layer 2/3. We kept stimulation intensity as low as possible to ensure that only a few presynaptic cells within the target region were activated.

      In S1, paired recordings were obtained from pyramidal neurons in layer 5A following the procedures and criteria described in detail in our previous work (Bornschein et al., Cell Rep. 2019; Bornschein et al., Front. Syn. Neurosci. 2019; Bornschein et al., Science 2025). Briefly, these criteria are as follows: close proximity to layer 4 and the barrels as well as the PPR of 0.78 (0.69-0.90), which is consistent with depression dominating in L5A (Frick et al., Cereb. Cortex 2008; Bornschein et al., Front. Syn. Neurosci. 2019) and different from L5B with PPR ≥ 1 (Lefort & Petersen, Cereb. Cortex 2017). Within layer 5A we did not attempt to further differentiate between pyramidal neuron types. For recordings in S1 with extracellular stimulation we focused on the same locations as for the paired recordings. We extended the corresponding section in Materials and Methods of the revised manuscript.

      We agree that there is no clear layer 4 in PFC, making the distinction between layer 2/3 and layer 5 less clear. Layer 2/3 and layer 5 have approximately the same diameter (van Aerde & Feldmeyer, Cereb. Cortex 2015). Based on this, we performed recordings in upper layer 5 of PFC. We did neither morphologically nor electrophysiologically differentiate between pyramidal neuron cell types. It should be noted that within a cortical area (S1 or PFC), we did not find a difference between glutamatergic synapses from L2/3 onto L5PNs and L5PN-to-L5PN synapses, neither with regard to the EGTA-sensitivity of release nor with regard to the release probability. In particular, we found homogeneous results and similar variability in both, the examined connections in the PFC and in S1, with no discernible clustering in the data that would suggest stimulation of different cell populations. These findings suggest that excitatory inputs to L5PNs exhibit similar properties (PPR, p<sub>N</sub>, CD) irrespective of whether they originate in L2/3 or in neighbouring PNs in L5A. However, we do see significant differences between synapses in the different cortical areas S1 and PFC. Thus, intra-area specific differences in morphology and spiking patterns among pyramidal neurons appear to not be reflected on the level of their synapses.

      The Reviewer probably refers to such differences and heterogeneity in morphology and spiking patterns of pyramidal neurons. If he/she has more specific differences in mind, it would be helpful if references for the significant heterogeneity could be given.

      Please also note that the type of experiments we perform with paired recordings and long-lasting patch-clamp measurements is not suitable for analyzing population differences among pyramidal neuron types.

      We refer to the problem of pyramidal neuron heterogeneity in the revised manuscript in the discussion.

      “Patch-clamp recordings from L5PNs located in the upper layer 5 (L5A in S1) were established according to the criteria described in detail in our previous work on this connection in S1 (Bornschein et al., 2019b; Bornschein et al., 2025). Presynaptic neurons were stimulated extracellularly in upper layer 2/3 (L2/3-L5PN connections) straight above the patched L5PN or in on-cell mode in L5A right next to the postsynaptic cell (L5PN-L5PN connections; Figure 1).“

      “We did neither morphologically nor based on spiking patterns differentiate further between PN subtypes within a given layer. However, within a cortical area (S1 or PFC) we did not find a difference between glutamatergic synapses from L2/3 onto L5PNs and L5PN to L5PN synapses, neither with regard to the EGTA sensitivity of release nor with regard to p<sub>N</sub>. In particular, we found homogeneous results and similar variability in both, the examined connections in the PFC and in S1, with no discernible clustering in the data that would indicate stimulation of different cell populations. These findings suggest that excitatory inputs to L5PNs exhibit similar properties (PPR, p<sub>N</sub>, CD) irrespective of whether they originate in L2/3 or in neighboring PNs in L5A. However, we do see significant differences between synapses in the different cortical areas S1 and PFC. Thus, intra-area specific differences in morphology and spiking patterns among PNs appear to be not reflected on the level of their synapses.“

      (4) For the S1 cortex, in rats it has been found that L5 synaptic connection between pairs of L5a pyramidal cells and pairs of L5b pyramidal cells differ markedly with respect to mean EPSP amplitude, latency and coefficient of variation (cv, a surrogate measure for the synaptic release probability) (cf. Markram et al., 1997; Frick et al., 2008). It is therefore likely that PFC and S1 pre- and postsynaptic pyramidal cells are not only morphologically and electrophysiological distinct but also with respect to their synaptic properties. At least, the authors need to discuss these confounding issues and preferentially address them experimentally. For example, it would be helpful to demonstrate that paired recordings were made from the same pyramidal cell types, perhaps by documenting their morphology and/or firing patterns. In addition, they should discuss the marked difference in EPSP amplitude and putative release probability between their data and the earlier studies.

      We agree that Markram et al. (J. Physiol. 1997) and Frick et al. (Cereb. Cortex 2008) provided highly valuable insights into synaptic transmission between pyramidal neurons in S1. We referred to their work in detail in our previous work on developmental changes in the presynaptic organization of transmitter release in L5APN synapses in S1 (Bornschein et al., Cell Rep. 2019). Both studies were performed in young rats and EPSPs were measured, whereas we worked in mice and recorded EPSCs. This impedes a direct comparison of amplitudes.

      Markram et al. (J. Physiol. 1997) recorded in 2-week-old rats from thick tufted PNs, corresponding to L5BPNs. Given the longer lifespan and slower development of rats compared to mice, this likely reflects a maturation state that corresponds better to our previous measurements in 8 to 10-day-old mice. Markram et al. found small failure rate (median 7%), which is similar to what we found in our previous study for young L5APN synapses (low failure rates and high p<sub>N</sub>; Bornschein et al., Cell Rep. 2019).

      The study by Frick et al. (Cereb. Cortex 2008) is closer to our present study and to the mature age window in our previous study, although they also recorded from rats but from L5APN-L5APN pairs in almost 3-week-old animals in S1. Again, EPSPs rather than EPSCs were recorded, impeding a direct comparison of amplitudes.

      Both studies concluded, based on the synaptic failure rate and CV analysis of EPSP amplitude, that the synapses they investigated operate with high release probability. This is fully in line with our findings. Of note, we found no significant difference between L2/3-L5PN and L5PN-L5PN synapses within a given area, indicating that varibality on the synaptic level between PNs of a given area is not pronounced.

      In order to further substantiate this, we determined the relative variability in median EPSC amplitudes to test whether there is a higher variability of recorded cell types in PFC compared to S1. The relative MAD (median absolute deviation) of EPSC amplitudes was 0.46 in PFC and 0.50 in S1. The similarity in these values argues against higher cell-type variability in PFC compared to S1. We have discussed the results of these studies in relation to our own findings.

      “Two other previous studies on L5APN (Frick et al., 2008) and L5BPN (Markram et al., 1997) connections concluded that these synapses operate with high release probability, which nicely agrees with our previous (Bornschein et al., 2019b) and current results. It is remarkable that we did not even detect any differences between the L2/3-L5PN and L5PN-L5PN synapses within a given cortical area. Overall these results from different studies (Markram et al., 1997; Reyes and Sakmann, 1999; Frick et al., 2008; Bornschein et al., 2019b; Bornschein et al., 2019a) may indicate that variability on the synaptic level between PNs of a given area is not pronounced. In order to further substantiate this, we determined the relative variability in median EPSC amplitudes to test whether there is a higher variability of recorded cell types in PFC compared to S1. The relative MAD (median absolute deviation) of EPSC amplitudes was 0.46 in PFC and 0.50 in S1. The similarity in these values argues against higher cell-type variability in PFC compared to S1.

      (5) In order to perform multiple probability fluctuation analysis (MPFA), a parabolic fit with a mere three points is inadequate, particularly because 2 mM and 5 mM Ca<sup>2+</sup> are close to the peak of the variance-to-mean parabola, and only 1 mM Ca<sup>2+</sup> is on its initial linear part. A more meaningful result would have been obtained with an additional Ca<sup>2+</sup> concentration between 1.0 and 2.0 mM, as these are closer to the physiological range. In this context, the authors should have quoted the more recent and more detailed paper by the Silver group (Saviane and Silver, 2006; Lanore and Silver, 2016) and not just the Clements and Silver review paper.

      We used only three Ca<sup>2+</sup> concentrations for MPFA as these resulted in a low (<0.5), a medium (~0.5) and a large (>0.5) p<sub>N</sub> condition, thereby clearly determining a parabola. Also Saviane and Silver (Nature 2006) performed MPFA with three extracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup> concentrations (1, 2, and 8 mM). We have now cited this paper, as well as the more recent work by Lanore and Silver (Neuromethods 2016), in relation to the MPFA method. To verify the reliability of MPFA, the determined parameters were compared with values estimated based on the EPSC amplitudes (EPSC = N p<sub>N</sub> q; PFC, 6 pA; S1, 48 pA) and failure rates (F = (1-p<sub>N</sub>)^N; PFC, 0.25, S1, 0.0001). The estimated values did in fact match those of the MPFA (EPSCs in PFC: 8 pA, 5-15 pA, and S1: 29 pA, 18-53 pA; failure rates in PFC: 0.16, 0.08-0.28, and S1: 0, 0-0.03; see original manuscript.

      To further support this, we have now conducted additional experiments using four Ca<sup>2+</sup> concentrations. The results are consistent with those from the experiments using three concentrations. The additional Ca<sup>2+</sup> concentration of 1.5 mM did not improve the parabolic fit, as it yielded p<sub>N</sub> values very close to those determined with 2 mM Ca<sup>2+</sup>. Therefore, the additional experiments are shown in Author response image 1. The novel p<sub>N</sub> data are included in the summary of p<sub>N</sub> values (now n=6) in the results section and in Figure 3F.

      Author response image 1.

      MPFA with four different extracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup> concentrations. (A) MPFA of EPSC amplitudes recorded at the indicated [Ca<sup>2+</sup>]<sub>e</sub> from L2/3-L5PNs in PFC. Top: Individual EPSCs (grey, average in black) recorded from L5PNs after extracellular stimulation in L2/3. Middle: Plot of EPSC amplitudes over time. Bottom: Corresponding mean-variance plot fitted with a parabola estimating the quantal parameters of release. p<sub>N</sub> is for 2 mM [Ca<sup>2+</sup>]<sub>e</sub>. Recordings were made in the presence of 10 µM Bicuculline, 0.25 mM Kynurenic acid and 50 µM 2-Amino-5-phosphonovaleriansäure. (B) As in (A), but for a L2/3-L5PN connection in S1. (C) Summary of determined p<sub>N</sub> values in PFC and S1 (dots represent individual experiments; P=0.485, Mann-Whitney U rank-sum test).

      Additionally, we performed bootstrap analyses with 10,000 replicates which were generated with replacement from the original data sample. Distributions of bootstrap 25% trimmed means showed a clear separation for N and q between PFC and S1 but not for p<sub>N</sub>. The bootstrap results are shown in Author response image 2.

      Author response image 2.

      Bootstrap analysis (A-C) Distribution of bootstrap 25% trimmed means of the quantal parameters p<sub>N</sub> (A), N (B) and q (C) in PFC (orange), S1 (blue) and S1 with gDGG (light blue). 10,000 bootstrap replicates were generated with replacement from the original data sample obtained by MPFA in L5PN-L5PN connections (cf. Figure 3D). (D) Same as in (A) but for MPFA in L2/3-L5PN connections.

      (6) Methods: The authors should clarify whether their paired recordings from L5 pyramidal cells involved whole-cell recordings from both pre- and postsynaptic neurons. From Figure 1B, it appears as if the presynaptic neurons were not recorded in whole cell mode but rather stimulated in cell-attached mode. This is also reflected in the artefact visible in the current trace recorded in the postsynaptic neuron. The authors should explicitly state their methodological approach and mention how reliable the timing of the presynaptic action potential was under these circumstances. The same holds true for the extracellular stimulation protocol. A significantly more detailed description of the experimental protocol is necessary here.

      In the paired recordings, presynaptic cells were stimulated in the cell-attached mode. For presynaptic EGTA application the whole-cell configuration was established after re-patching to allow buffer perfusion of the presynaptic L5PN. This is described in the methods section of the original version of the manuscript. We extended this description as follows:

      “In paired recordings, presynaptic L5PNs were stimulated in on-cell configuration (200-500 mV, 1-2 ms). In the chelator wash-in experiments, presynaptic neurons were repatched with a pipette solution supplemented with 10 mM EGTA (K-gluconate concentration was reduced to 135 mM to adjust osmolarity) and whole-cell configuration was established to allow EGTA perfusion of the presynaptic neuron.”

      The amplitudes were determined by fitting a product of two exponential functions to the baseline-subtracted currents, which allows for independent adjustment of the time constants of the rising and falling phases and minimizes noise effects (cf. Bornschein et al., J. Physiol. 2013). Synaptic delays were determined from the onset of stimulation to the fitted EPSC onset. We added this more detailed explanation to the methods section. in the timing of the presynaptic action potential was similar in recordings from PFC and S1. This applies to the paired-recordings with on-cell stimulation of presynaptic neurons as well as to the extracellular stimulation experiments.

      “Synaptic responses were determined by fitting a product of two exponential functions to the baseline-subtracted currents, which allows for independent adjustment of the time constants of the rising and falling phases and minimizes noise effects (Bornschein et al., 2013). Synaptic delays were determined from the onset of stimulation to the fitted onset of the EPSC. PPRs were calculated by dividing the second amplitude of two consecutive EPSCs by the first.”

      (7) Methods: The authors use Student's t-test for data comparison. The authors should verify that the data distribution was indeed normal, e.g. by using a Shapiro-Wilk test. If this is not the case, non-parametric tests should be used.

      We typically used non-parametric tests as stated in the figure legends of the corresponding figures. We have now explained the abbreviations for the Mann-Whitney U test (MWU) and the Wilcoxon signed-rank test (WSR) in the figure legends. A paired t-test was used only in Figure 5F after testing for normal distribution with the Shapiro-Wilk test. This is described in the methods section of the original version of the manuscript. Additionally, results of the Shapiro-Wilk test were now included in the figure legends.

      “Normality was tested using the Shapiro-Wilk test. Normally distributed data were compared with the t-test (two groups) or a one-way ANOVA (more than two groups). Non-normally distributed or small samples of data were compared with the Mann-Whitney U rank-sum test (MWU; two groups) or a Kruskal-Wallis ANOVA on ranks (more than two groups). (…). To compare pre- and post-treatment data the paired t-test or the Wilcoxon signed-rank test (WSR) was used, depending on the distribution of the data.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Max Schwarze and colleagues examined the coupling distance between presynaptic Ca<sup>2+</sup> channels and the vesicular release sensor at neocortical synapses in mice. They propose that Ca<sup>2+</sup> channel-release sensor coupling differs across cortical areas, with relatively loose (microdomain) coupling in prefrontal cortex (PFC) and tighter (nanodomain) coupling in primary somatosensory cortex (S1) for comparable pyramidal-neuron synapse types. To test this, they combine paired recordings and minimal stimulation with chelator manipulations (EGTA/BAPTA), mean-variance/MPFA-style analyses, presynaptic Ca<sup>2+</sup> imaging, and computational modeling. They conclude that presynaptic coupling organization is area-specific in the mature cortex and contributes to regional differences in synaptic timing, reliability, and short-term plasticity.

      Strengths:

      This study tackles an important question and is strengthened by a cohesive body of evidence assembled from multiple complementary approaches. A major asset is the inclusion of high-value datasets, particularly the paired recordings between L5 pyramidal neurons and the systematic assessment of EGTA sensitivity, which provide a solid functional foundation for the authors' central claims. The work is further distinguished by its genuinely multimodal design: combining electrophysiology with presynaptic calcium imaging (and integrating these observations with quantitative analyses and modeling) offers a more mechanistic view of neurotransmitter release than any single method could provide. Overall, the direct, within-framework comparison of presynaptic release-control mechanisms across cortical areas for comparable synapse types is compelling and gives the conclusions a level of robustness and interpretability that is often difficult to achieve in studies of cortical synaptic diversity.

      Weaknesses:

      Several aspects would benefit from clearer explanation, stronger integration with the existing literature, and a more explicit discussion of limitations and potential confounds. Without these additions, some conclusions remain speculative. Throughout the manuscript, the authors also often imply that different measurements reflect the same underlying synapse population. This is unlikely to be strictly true across all experiments and makes it difficult to integrate results from the various approaches into a single, unified set of functional synaptic properties. In addition, some statements-particularly those linking coupling mode to "higher-order neocortical functions"-appear broader than what is directly supported by the experiments and should be tempered or more precisely scoped.

      Below, I list several topics that could help better frame the main findings of the present study and clarify how it relates to previously published work.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for the comprehensive and detailed assessment of our manuscript and his/her overall positive evaluation. We have addressed all of the reviewer's points. We expanded the model description and discussion, and slightly toned down our conclusion.

      (1) The authors use EGTA sensitivity of EPSCs (together with additional metrics) to argue that S1 and PFC synapses differ in Ca<sup>2+</sup> channel-release sensor coupling. While this is a plausible interpretation, EGTA effects are not uniquely determined by coupling distance and can also reflect differences in Ca<sup>2+</sup> entry kinetics, action potential waveform, endogenous buffering/extrusion, or release-sensor/vesicle state. The authors use a constrained modeling approach, but the rationale for the different constraint sets is not fully clear from the current description. It would be helpful to expand and clarify the Methods section to explain how these constraints were defined, justified, and applied (and how alternative constraint choices would affect the results). In this context, the Abstract's broader claim that the study "reveals microdomain coupling as a presynaptic structure-function correlate of higher-order neocortical functions" appears overstated. Given the well-known diversity of cortical synapses even within a single region (e.g., synapses onto different interneuron subclasses or different PN cell types, extracortical sources like thalamus), the authors should clarify the intended scope: is the conclusion meant to apply broadly across synapse classes in S1 and PFC, or only to the specific connection type(s) examined here?

      We would like to thank the reviewer from pointing out that our description fell a bit short, in particular with respect to the interpretation of the EGTA effects. We addressed the points as follows in the revised manuscript: We discussed the interpretation of EGTA effects in more detail. We toned down the concluding statement in the last sentence of the Abstract.

      “Differences in the sensitivity of release to low to moderate concentrations of EGTA (≤ 30 mM) are a standard indicator of differences in the coupling distance (e.g. Adler et al., 1991; Bucurenciu et al., 2008; reviewed in Eggermann et al., 2012; Vyleta and Jonas, 2014; Kusch et al., 2018; Bornschein et al., 2019b). p<sub>N</sub> is determined by the size of the Ca<sup>2+</sup> signal at the release sensor and the binding kinetics and affinity of the sensor. The former in turn is determined by the details of the Ca<sup>2+</sup> influx and the diffusional coupling distance between the VGCCs and the sensor. The similarity of Ca<sup>2+</sup> signals between synapses in PFC and S1 (Figure 4) indicates that Ca<sup>2+</sup> influx is similar between boutons, although more subtle differences in the influx kinetics may have remained undetected in these volume-averaged signals. Regarding sensor affinity, results in a previous study indicate that differences in EGTA sensitivity show differences in coupling rather than sensor affinity even if k<sub>on</sub> of the sensor and its affinity should differ as much as ten-fold, which appears to be an unlikely scenario given that even the two major isoforms of Synaptotagmin that trigger synchronous release differ by less than a factor of three to four in their affinity (Bollmann et al., 2000; Schneggenburger and Neher, 2000; Bornschein et al., 2025). Finally, the increase in the PPR induced by the application of Cd<sup>2+</sup> further supports our conclusion of microdomain coupling in the PFC synapses (Scimemi and Diamond, 2012).”

      “They suggest that microdomain coupling in pyramidal neuron synapses could be a presynaptic structure-function correlate of higher order neocortical functions.”

      (2) The chelator logic is sound in principle, but the Discussion should more explicitly acknowledge standard caveats and alternative explanations. The authors partly address this by including presynaptic Ca<sup>2+</sup> imaging and modeling, yet it would help to explain more clearly how the combination of (i) chelator sensitivity, (ii) presynaptic Ca<sup>2+</sup> signals, and (iii) model constraints rules out-or substantially reduces the likelihood of-changes in AP waveform, Ca<sup>2+</sup> influx kinetics, buffering/extrusion, or sensor/vesicle state as the primary drivers. In addition, recent hypotheses emphasizing vesicle priming and/or release-site occupancy as contributors to apparent EGTA sensitivity should be discussed as a complementary or alternative interpretation.

      Please see above the first part of the discussion to point one.

      (3) A substantial portion of the S1 comparison appears to rely on previously published datasets. This should be made unambiguous in the Results and Methods, and it would be helpful to summarize this clearly (e.g., in a table indicating which figures/analyses use new data versus reanalysis of published data). If this information is already present, it should be highlighted more prominently.

      Please excuse us for not having made it clearer which data had already been published. Only the paired recordings from L5PN-L5PN connections in S1 were obtained in previous studies and partially reanalyzed. Paired recordings on the same synapses in PFC as well as all recordings from L2/3-L5PN connections in PFC and S1 were obtained in the present study. At your suggestion, we have added Table 1 highlighting which data and associated figures are from this study and which were acquired in previous studies (Bornschein et al., Cell Rep. 2019; Bornschein et al., Front. Syn. Neurosci. 2019).

      (4) The modeling is informative, but the choice of a specific VGCC-release-site geometry and channel arrangement is not sufficiently justified. The manuscript adopts a particular spatial configuration, yet the rationale for selecting this geometry, rather than other plausible architectures discussed in the literature, is not clearly explained, nor is it meaningfully revisited in the Discussion. The authors should justify why the same organization is assumed across two distinct cortical areas and, ideally, include (or at a minimum discuss) a sensitivity analysis showing how key inferences (e.g., coupling distance and channel number) depend on the assumed geometry.

      We extended the discussion of why a ring-like structure of VGCCs was assumed in the model.

      “The microdomain was assumed to be formed by a ring-like structure of VGCCs around a vesicle (Figure 5D). This topography was chosen because such a microdomain was found to best predict the experimental data of transmitter release from PNs in young S1 (Bornschein et al., 2019b). Other previously described distributions of VGCCs suitable to reproduce release data cover random distributions of VGCCs (Scimemi and Diamond, 2012), VGCC clusters (Meinrenken et al., 2002; Nakamura et al., 2015), and exclusion zones (Keller et al., 2015). In the early S1, all of these models predicted a higher EGTA sensitivity of the microdomain, however, these models provided a poorer fit to the full set of the experimental data than the ring-like structure (Bornschein et al., 2019b). Since the experimental data from PNs in the mature PFC were similar to those in young S1, these other microdomain models were not tested explicitly here.”

      (5) The calcium imaging data are valuable, but given the diversity of synapses within each cortical layer, it is not clear that imaged boutons can be confidently assigned to the specific connection types being interrogated electrophysiologically. A substantial fraction of boutons likely corresponds to different postsynaptic targets (including interneurons and distinct pyramidal-cell classes), and this heterogeneity could complicate interpretation. This limitation should be discussed explicitly

      Excitatory pyramidal cells make up 80-85% of cortical neurons, with the highest density in layer 5 (Keller et al., Front. Neuroanat. 2018). In the somatosensory cortex, inhibitory synapses account for only about 10% (Santuy et al., Brain Struct. Funct. 2018). We imaged a large number of presynaptic boutons within layer 5 (about 10 boutons per cell, in total 85 boutons in PFC and 100 boutons in S1, numbers of boutons were now included in Figure 4). In this respect, the impact of inhibitory synapses is minor. Since connectivity between neighboring PNs in layer 5A is high (Feldmeyer, Front. Neuroanat. 2012), we assume that a large proportion of the imaged boutons target neighbouring L5PNs. We added a sentence on potential postsynaptic targets in the results section.

      “The imaged presynaptic boutons most likely connect to neighboring pyramidal cells, as connectivity between L5PNs in layer 5A is high (Feldmeyer, 2012). Nevertheless, a small proportion of other postsynaptic targets, such as interneurons, cannot be ruled out.”

      (6) In unitary connections, the authors assess EGTA effects alongside other functional parameters (strength, delay, short-term plasticity), which is a major strength. However, for L2/3 to L5 connections, it appears that EGTA sensitivity was tested primarily using extracellular stimulation. Given anatomical and circuit differences between PFC and S1, extracellular stimulation may recruit different synapse populations across regions, potentially confounding regional comparisons of EGTA sensitivity. This limitation should be acknowledged explicitly. While I am not requesting technically demanding L2/3↔L5 paired recordings in S1, the possibility that different synapse identities are being sampled should be treated as a meaningful source of uncertainty. The Discussion would also benefit from placing the magnitude of EGTA effects in the context of prior "loose coupling" literature, where comparatively large EGTA effects have been reported in some systems. In addition, the reported difference between adult PFC EGTA effects and S1 inhibition appears small (on the order of <10%) and should be interpreted cautiously, especially given that PFC and S1 mature on different timelines and P21-P26 is unlikely to reflect a mature PFC circuit state. The adult cohort (P90-P100) is therefore important, but the age mismatch complicates PFC-S1 comparisons; ideally, S1 should be assessed at matched ages, or this limitation should be discussed explicitly. Finally, for statistical robustness, in panel D of Figure 2, were the comparisons corrected for multiple testing to control Type I error?

      EGTA sensitivity was examined in PFC and in S1, for two connections in each region - using paired recordings for L5PN-L5PN connections and using extracellular stimulation for L2/3-L5PN connections. The L5PN-L5PN data from S1 were collected in an earlier study (Bornschein et al., Cell Rep. 2019; Bornschein et al., Front. Syn. Neurosci. 2019), have now been reanalyzed for the test period between 20 and 30 min, and included in Figure 2B for the sake of consistency (see Table 1). To emphasize this point, despite stimulating different input synapses with different stimulation methods, we obtained similar results in the respective brain regions. This suggests that the EGTA sensitivity observed in the investigated PFC connections is not a solely synapse-specific property.

      It is difficult to compare the absolute EGTA sensitivities from different synapses from different publications, since EGTA effects do not depend exclusively on the coupling distance, as the reviewer also noted in point 1. They are, among other factors, influenced by the Ca<sup>2+</sup> sensitivity of the release machinery, which differs between our Syt1-expressing cortical synapses and Syt2-expressing synapses in other brain regions (Schneggenburger et al., Nature, 2000; Bollmann et al., Science, 2000; Bornschein et al., Science 2025), such as the calyx of Held or the cerebellar basket to Purkinje cell synapse. Furthermore, direct patching and loading of the presynaptic bouton with EGTA - as feasible at the calyx of Held and other large synapses - results in higher effective EGTA concentrations compared to somatic loading of presynaptic terminals, despite identical pipette concentrations. The buffer-AM method introduces additional uncertainty regarding the effective intra-bouton EGTA concentration, since the loading efficacy has to be estimated. Thus, although differences in EGTA sensitivity primarily show differences in coupling distances, the comparison of absolute values between different publications is difficult. Consistently, data-constrained models are used to estimate the coupling topography and to compare these topographies rather than comparing the absolute EGTA effects (e.g. Buccurenciu et al., Neuron, 2008; Vyleta and Jonas, Science, 2014; Bornschein et al., Cell Rep., 2019; Chen et al., Neuron, 2024; Bornschein et al., Science, 2025).

      We include a note on this in the discussion.

      “Thus, although the absolute EGTA sensitivity is influenced by different factors, which necessitates data-constrained models for quantitative comparisons, the general sensitivity of release to EGTA indicates loose coupling.”

      In mouse neocortex postnatal maturation in S1 and PFC follows the same time course. Kroon et al. (Sci. Rep. 2019) reported that maturation of dendritic morphology and intrinsic properties of pyramidal neurons occurs within the first two weeks after birth, now cited in the discussion. Therefore, it is unlikely that the EGTA effect in PFC is due to a delayed maturation. The difference in EGTA sensitivity between PFC at P90-100 and S1 at P21-26 is indeed small but significant (P=0.009, Mann-Whitney-U rank sum test).

      “Since postnatal development follows the same time-course in mouse PFC and S1 and occurs predominantly within the first two weeks after birth, (…) (Kroon et al., 2019).”

      Thank you for the advice concerning statistical robustness. We replaced the Mann-Whitney-U rank sum test in Figure 2D by a one-way ANOVA and performed a Holm-Sidak post-hoc test correcting for multiple comparisons. Similarly, ANOVA was used to compare more than two groups in Figures 1K and 2F. We changed the corresponding P values and tests in the figure legends and added the performed post-hoc tests in the methods section.

      “For multiple comparisons post-hoc testing was performed with the Holm-Sidak (one-way ANOVA) or Dunn´s method (ANOVA on ranks).”

      (7) Alterations in initial release probability are often associated with changes in short-term plasticity. In the present manuscript, the authors report similar initial release probability at PFC and S1 synapses, yet observe differences in short-term plasticity profiles. The mechanistic basis for this apparent dissociation is not addressed and should be discussed explicitly, including potential explanations.

      Various other factors besides p<sub>N</sub> can influence short-term plasticity, that are the coupling distance, the number of occupied release sites (N<sub>occ</sub>), the replenishment of N<sub>occ</sub> or the recruitment of newly formed N<sub>occ</sub> as well as the expression of endogenous Ca<sup>2+</sup> buffers (Blatow et al., Neuron 2003; Felmy et al., Neuron 2003; Matveev et al., Biophys. J. 2004; Neher, Cell Calcium 1998; Regehr, CSH Perp. Biol. 2012) or fascilitation sensors (Turecek & Regehr, J. Neurosci. 2018; Shin et al., eLife 2025). Traditionally, p<sub>N</sub> had been assumed to have a major impact on short-term plasticity (STP) which is indeed the case at low replenishment rates (e.g. Feldmeyer and Radnikow, J. Physiol. 2009; Zucker and Regehr, Ann. Rev. Physiol. 2002). But at several synapses very fast replenishment rates have been described driving a progressive overfilling of the initial RRP and increasing N<sub>occ</sub> above baseline levels (Brachtendorf et al., Front. Cell. Neurosci. 2015; Doussau et al., eLife 2017; Miki et al., Neuron 2016; Valera et al., J. Neurosci. 2012) making replenishment the stronger determinant of STP.

      Additionally, the size and organization of sub-pools from which vesicle recruitment and release occurs affects the speed and reliability of vesicular release. In our previous study on L5PN-L5PN connections in S1 we found that developmental tightening of CDs was associated with an increase in PPR without altering p<sub>N</sub> (Bornschein et al., Cell Rep. 2019). We could show that the maturation of a replenishment pool during postnatal development increases vesicle recruitment and reliability thereby affecting STP (Bornschein et al., Front. Syn. Neurosci. 2019).

      We discussed this in the revised manuscript.

      “Classically, p<sub>N</sub> was considered as the major determinant of short-term plasticity (e.g. reviewed in Zucker and Regehr, 2002; Feldmeyer and Radnikow, 2009). More recently other factors, including the number of occupied release sites, their replenishment or an increase in their occupancy, or the expression of endogenous Ca<sup>2+</sup> buffers have been considered as more important determinants of short-term plasticity (Rozov et al., 2001; Blatow et al., 2003; Felmy et al., 2003; Matveev et al., 2004; Bornschein et al., 2013; Miki et al., 2016; Doussau et al., 2017; Jackman and Regehr, 2017; Neher and Brose, 2018). (…)”

      Short-term plasticity changes during postnatal development at different cortical PN connections without alterations in p<sub>N</sub> (Reyes and Sakmann, 1999; Bornschein et al., 2019a). For L5PN-to-L5PN connections these differences were found to result from the maturation of an intermediate replenishment vesicle pool (Bornschein et al., 2019).

      (8) There are multiple instances where the text appears to cite non-existent or misnumbered figure panels (e.g., references to "Figure 4G-I / 4J" when the relevant material appears elsewhere). These should be corrected throughout, as they currently reduce readability and confidence.

      We apologize for the misnumbering which originated from a previous version of this manuscript. Figure 4G-J is actually Figure 5A-D. We corrected the references to Figure 5 in the methods section.

      (9) The Methods describe P21-P26 animals, whereas the Results include older cohorts (e.g., P90-P100) and additional regions (e.g., mPFC). The Methods should be updated so that all cohorts and regions analyzed in the Results are fully described.

      Thank you for thoroughly reading the methods. We added the missing cohort (P90-100) and brain region (mPFC) to the method section.

      “C57BL/6J mice at P21-26 and P90-100 of either sex were decapitated under deep Isoflurane (Curamed) inhalation anaesthesia. (…) Coronal neocortical slices (150-250 μm thick) were cut from the lateral PFC, medial PFC (mPFC) or S1 region (Figure 1A) with a vibratome (HM 650 V, Microm).”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      These are mostly points for discussion; there is no need for additional experiments.

      (1) Discuss potential effects of (re-)patching on presynaptic physiology and the "control" time course in Figure 2A.

      The repatching strategy is a strength, but it also introduces opportunities for physiological drift (dialysis effects, changes in access resistance, altered excitability, and the switch to presynaptic stimulation in whole-cell after repatching). Please discuss (and, if already quantified, briefly report) why EPSC amplitudes appear to increase in the control time course after repatching (as seen in Figure 2A). Even a short explanation (e.g., run-up after whole-cell access, recovery from on-cell stimulation, washout of endogenous buffering, improved spike waveform reliability, etc.) plus reassurance that baseline stationarity criteria were met would strengthen confidence in the repatching-based inference.

      Baseline recordings were usually performed with the presynaptic neuron in cell-attached mode. In this configuration intracellular ion concentration, second messenger systems as well as cell-specific resting membrane potential stay essentially unaffected. When switching to whole-cell mode after re-patching of the presynaptic cell, the pipette solution determines the intracellular environment, which may also affect second messenger systems and mobile endogenous buffers will be washed out. Although layer 5 pyramidal neurons do not express relevant concentrations of these mobile buffers (Helmchen et al., Biophys. J., 1996; Tran and Stricker, Biophys. J., 2018; Bornschein et al., Cell Rep., 2019), this might have contributed to the moderate and temporary run-up after whole-cell access to presynaptic cells.

      In postsynaptic neurons, we also routinely controlled the stability of R<sub>s</sub> and I<sub>leak</sub> during our prolonged measurements. In the controls, we found a median initial increase in relative EPSC amplitudes to 1.17 (1.02-1.38) between 0 and 10 min after the presynaptic whole-cell access was established, which correlated with a temporary decline in R<sub>s</sub> in 3 out of 6 recordings. EPSC amplitudes returned to their baseline values after 20 min at the latest (1.02, 0.75-1.20). We added potential reasons for the temporary amplitude increase in the controls in the results section.

      “In control recordings a temporary initial increase in EPSC amplitudes after whole-cell access to the presynaptic neuron was evident. Although L5PNs do not express large concentrations of mobile buffers (Helmchen et al., 1996; Tran and Stricker, 2018; Bornschein et al., 2019b), their wash-out might have contributed to the temporary run-up. On the other hand, run-up correlated with a temporary decline in R<sub>s</sub> in some recordings (3 out of 6). Run-up effects normalized after 20 min at the latest (1.02, 0.75-1.20).”

      (2) Clarify interpretation/robustness of MPFA-derived "N" given the large range, and discuss uncertainty from using only three [Ca<sup>2+</sup>]e conditions for L2/3-L5PN MPFA.

      The manuscript reports that "N" is markedly smaller in PFC than S1 (median ~2.1 vs 8), but the S1 range is very broad (3-19).

      (a) Briefly discuss whether/why such a wide N range is expected and how it should be interpreted (binomial "N" vs anatomical release sites; sensitivity to CV assumptions; potential dependence on connection geometry, bouton number, dendritic filtering, etc.).

      (b) Add a short statement on uncertainty/identifiability when fitting MPFA with only three conditions for L2/3-L5PN (e.g., whether confidence intervals/bootstraps were examined; how stable q and N are to small changes in the variance estimates). Even a qualitative note would help readers judge how much weight to put on the absolute N estimates versus the overall cross-area trend.

      (a) In our previous study on this connection we determined a wide range for N (8, 3-19) even though we used four extracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup> concentrations in MPFA (Bornschein et al., Cell Rep. 2019). The binomial parameter N can be considered to represent the number of release sites, including empty release sites (see Brachtendorf et al., Front. Cell. Neurosci. 2025). The range of release sites is likely to reflect the variability in the number of anatomical synaptic contacts ranging from 1 to 6 for these synapses (Frick et al., Cereb. Cortex 2008). Since 1 to 3 active zones/release sites per synaptic contact appear to be typical for small cortical synapses (e.g. Xu-Friedman et al., J. Neurosci. 2001), this results in a wide range of 1-18 release sites per connection.

      In our previous study (Bornschein et al., Cell Rep. 2019), we also investigated the effects of different values of CV1 and CV2 by repeating the MPFA fitting procedures for different combinations of CV1 and CV2 ranging from 0.1 to 1 each. We have quantified a deviation of ≤10% in the estimates of vesicular release probability from the typically used CV values of 0.3 across a wide range of CV value combinations (see also Schmidt et al., Curr. Biol. 2013). We have added a note regarding CV sensitivity in the methods section.

      “For CV assumptions that deviate from the standard value of 0.3, deviations in the calculated p<sub>N</sub> values of less than 10% are to be expected (Schmidt et al., 2013; Bornschein et al., 2019b).”

      (b) The three Ca<sup>2+</sup> concentrations we used for MPFA resulted in a low (<0.5), a medium (~0.5) and a large (>0.5) p<sub>N</sub> condition. With this, a parabola is uniquely determined by three parameters. To further ensure the reliability of the parameters determined by MPFA, we compared them to values estimated from EPSC amplitudes (EPSC = N p<sub>N</sub> q; PFC, 6 pA; S1, 48 pA) and failure rates (F = (1-p<sub>N</sub>)^N; PFC, 0.25, S1, 0.0001), which yielded values similar to those from MPFA (EPSCs in PFC: 8 pA, 5-15 pA, and S1: 29 pA, 18-53 pA; failure rates in PFC: 0.16, 0.08-0.28, and S1: 0, 0-0.03; see original manuscript).

      To further support this, we have now conducted additional experiments using four Ca<sup>2+</sup> concentrations. The results are consistent with those from the experiments using three concentrations. The additional experiments are shown for review purposes in Figure R1. The novel p<sub>N</sub> data are included in the summary of p<sub>N</sub> values (now n=6) in the results section and in Figure 3F.

      Additionally, we performed bootstrap analyses with 10,000 replicates which were generated with replacement from the original data sample. Distributions of bootstrap 25% trimmed means showed a clear separation for N and q between PFC and S1 but not for p<sub>N</sub>. The bootstrap results are shown for review purposes in Author response image 2 (cf. point 5 of Reviewer#2).

      (3) Broaden the discussion, e.g. by linking to nanodomain/microdomain coupling as a general strategy for stimulus encoding, including sensory periphery examples.

      The work will resonate beyond the cortex if the authors explicitly connect their findings to broader principles: how the spatial coupling regime shapes the transfer function between Ca<sup>2+</sup> entry and vesicle fusion, thereby tuning reliability, timing, and dynamic range. Requested addition: Please consider adding a short subsection discussing analogous implementations in the sensory periphery, especially ribbon synapses of cochlear inner hair cells and rod photoreceptors, where nanodomain coupling has been discussed as a key determinant of encoding and release dynamics. Also, citing relevant work such as that by Scimemi and Diamond 2012 would further strengthen the paper.

      We agree that the work by Scimemi and Diamond (J.Neurosci. 2012) is important and we cited and discussed their work in several of our previous publications. We now also included the paper in the revised version of the present manuscript. As requested, we also included a discussion on findings from ribbon type synapses and also from the neuromuscular junction.

      “Nanodomain coupling was also found in the peripheral nervous system, in particular at retinal (Singer and Diamond, 2003; Jarsky et al., 2010) and auditory (Moser and Beutner, 2000; Brandt et al., 2005) ribbon-type synapses and at the neuromuscular junction (Harlow et al., 2001; Shahrezaei et al., 2006). These synapses have highly specialized properties and appear to be optimized for very reliable transmission and, in the case of ribbon synapses, also for high-frequency coding of sensory information (reviewed in Matthews and Fuchs, 2010; Eggermann et al., 2012). Thus, it appears that synapses in the sensory pathways, in particular those engaged in reliable high-frequency coding of sensory information, both in the periphery and in the lower processing stages of the CNS, up to primary sensory cortices, operate with nanodomain coupling. In the executing motor pathway, the neuromuscular junction uses nanodomain coupling and, as recent results from our group suggest, also PNs in the primary motor cortex (Yarim et al., in preparation). It is tempting to speculate that complete loops from or to the primary cortices to their peripheral target organs operate with nanodomains. Microdomain coupling, on the other hand, appears to come into play only if integration of information from multiple sources and plasticity are the main focus, as at certain synapses in PFC (this study) or hippocampus (Vyleta and Jonas, 2014).”

      “The microdomain was assumed to be formed by a ring-like structure of VGCCs around a vesicle (Figure 5D). This topography was chosen because such a microdomain was found to best predict the experimental data of transmitter release from PNs in young S1 (Bornschein et al., 2019b). Other previously described distributions of VGCCs suitable to reproduce release data cover random distributions of VGCCs (Scimemi and Diamond, 2012), VGCC clusters (Meinrenken et al., 2002; Nakamura et al., 2015; Rebola et al., 2019), and exclusion zones (Keller et al., 2015; Rebola et al., 2019). In the early S1, all of these models predicted a higher EGTA sensitivity of the microdomain, however, these models provided a poorer fit to the full set of the experimental data than the ring-like structure (Bornschein et al., 2019b). Since the experimental data from PNs in the mature PFC were similar to those in young S1, these other microdomain models were not tested explicitly here.”

      “(…) Finally, the increase in the PPR induced by the application of Cd<sup>2+</sup> further supports our conclusion of microdomain coupling in the PFC synapses (Scimemi and Diamond, 2012).”

      (4) Address limitations of basal/resting Ca<sup>2+</sup> estimates and make explicit that measured Ca<sup>2+</sup> signals are volume-averaged (not microdomain) readouts.

      (a) The reported basal [Ca<sup>2+</sup>]i values are in the ~tens of nM range. Given the stated in vitro KD for Fluo-5F in the authors' pipette solution (439 nM), the resting estimates are far below KD; this does not invalidate the approach, but it does warrant a brief discussion of sensitivity/uncertainty (influence of Rmin estimation, background subtraction, and how errors propagate into basal [Ca<sup>2+</sup>]i). Repeating experiments is not necessary-just clearer framing of limitations.

      (b) Please also emphasize more prominently (ideally in Results and/or Discussion) that the bouton signals are volume averaged and therefore do not directly report calcium microdomains at active zones or nanodomains at release sensors. The Methods already state this point; echoing it in the main text would prevent over-interpretation by readers.

      (a) We agree that Fluo5F is less suitable for determining absolute basal calcium levels. In a previous study (Bornschein et al., Science 2025) we determined the basal Ca<sup>2+</sup> concentration with OGB1 (K<sub>D</sub>=166 nM; basal [Ca<sup>2+</sup>]<sub>i</sub>=44 nM, 24-58 nM, n=43 boutons from 10 cells) and observed no significant difference to basal [Ca<sup>2+</sup>]<sub>i</sub> values determined with Fluo5F despite the K<sub>D</sub> of 439 nM (31 nM, 16-54 nM, 14 boutons from 3 cells; P=0.204, MWU; data not published). We added this limitation to the results section and swapped Figure panels 4E and F for confluence. The calibration curve of Fluo5F as well as the comparison to basal [Ca<sup>2+</sup>]<sub>i</sub> values determined with OGB1have been included in Figure S4.

      “The quantification of absolute basal [Ca<sup>2+</sup>]<sub>i</sub> was limited by the K<sub>D</sub> of Fluo5F (439 nM), which slightly underestimated basal [Ca<sup>2+</sup>]<sub>i</sub> values in comparison to quantification with OGB1 (K<sub>D</sub>=166 nM, Figure S4). Nevertheless, relative comparison of basal [Ca<sup>2+</sup>]<sub>i</sub> yielded no significant differences between PFC (30 nM, 21-34 nM) and S1 (22 nM, 13-38 nM; Figure 4F).”

      (b) In the results section, we have now emphasized that volume-averaged Ca<sup>2+</sup> signals were measured.

      “We performed dual-dye two-photon Ca<sup>2+</sup> imaging (Sabatini et al., 2002) to quantify volume-averaged Ca<sup>2+</sup> signals at presumed presynaptic boutons located on axon collaterals of L5PNs in PFC and in S1.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) For a meaningful comparison, recordings from the PFC and the S1 cortex of the same animals should be undertaken. Additionally, I suggest performing additional experiments regarding the different cell types of L5 pyramidal cells in layer 5a.

      We performed new experiments to determine EGTA sensitivity in PFC and S1 from the same animal. The results from these experiments agree with the previous results. They are included in the results section , in Figure 2C-F and in Figure S3A-C.

      Additionally, we extended the discussion on the examined cell types. For S1 cortex we refer in more detail to our previous work, where we described in depth where and under consideration of which criteria our recordings were established and that based on these criteria we recorded from pyramidal neurons in layer 5A in S1 (Bornschein et al., Cell Rep. 2019; Bornschein et al. Front. Synapt. Neurosci. 2019; Bornschein et al., Science 2025). Within layer 5A, we did not attempt to further distinguish between types of pyramidal neurons. We include this in the methods section.

      “Patch-clamp recordings from L5PNs located in the upper layer 5 (L5A in S1) were established according to the criteria described in detail in our previous work on this connection in S1 (Bornschein et al., 2019b; Bornschein et al., 2025). Presynaptic neurons were stimulated extracellularly in upper layer 2/3 (L2/3-L5PN connections) straight above the patched L5PN or in on-cell mode in L5A right next to the postsynaptic cell (L5PN-L5PN connections; Figure 1).”

      For the recordings in PFC and heterogeneity in pyramidal neuron types we refer to our detailed response to the point 3 of Reviewer 2. There we also discuss that the heterogeneity in morphology and spiking patterns is probably not reflected on the synaptic level. We would also like to emphasize that the type of experiments we perform with paired recordings and long-lasting patch-clamp measurements is not suitable to differentiate between subpopulations of pyramidal neurons. This would require successful recordings form several tens of different pyramidal neurons, which is not feasible in our type of experiment. We discuss this limitation of the discussion.

      (2) The authors need to comment in depth on their MPFA data, and if feasibl,e perform additional experiments.

      Concerning the robustness of quantification of synaptic parameters by MPFA, we refer to our comments on point 2b of the recommendations for the authors to Reviewer 1. Additionally, we performed new MPFA experiments with four extracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup> concentrations that agree with our results with three Ca<sup>2+</sup> concentrations.

      (3) The statistical analysis should be revised and a test for the normality of data distribution should be implemented.

      A test for normal distribution (Shapiro-Wilk test) has already been described in the methods section in the previous version of this manuscript.

      (3) Figure 1A is somewhat misleading because it could suggest that the authors have performed dual recordings in identified PFC pyramidal cells.

      We added “L2/3 or L5” to the stimulation panel of Figure 1A to illustrate that we stimulated either extracellularly in L2/3 or L5PNs directly via the patch pipette.

      (4) Is the relative variance of the mean EPSC amplitude and latency between connections larger in the PFC connections than in S1 cortex? This could indicate a variability in cell types.

      The relative variance of EPSC amplitudes calculated as median absolute deviation (MAD) was 0.46 in PFC and 0.50 in S1 arguing against differences in the variability in cell types. The larger variability in delays expressed as SD<sub>Delay</sub> is the result of the larger coupling distance in PFC compared to S1 (Bullmann et al., J. Neurosci. 2024). Consequently, also the relative MAD is larger (0.89) in PFC compared to S1 (0.14) and is therefore not able to detect differences in the variability of recorded cell types.

      (5) Reyes and Sakmann (1999) have previously described differences for L2/3-L5b and L5b-L5b synaptic connections in S1 cortex at different developmental stages. This paper needs to be cited as it is highly relevant to this study.

      Reyes and Sakmann (J. Neurosci. 1999) reported layer-specific differences in short-term plasticity in young sensorimotor cortex which disappeared as maturation progressed and short-term plasticity increased. In a previous study (Bornschein et al., Front. Syn. Neurosci. 2019) we also described a developmentally driven increase in short-term plasticity caused by the maturation of vesicle pools. In the present study we used mature animals and would therefore not expect layer-specific differences neither in S1 nor in PFC since the time course of postnatal maturation was described to be comparable in both neocortical circuits (Kroon et al., Sci. Rep. 2019).

      We discussed this paper in the context of developmental changes in short-term plasticity.

      “Short-term plasticity changes during postnatal development at different cortical PN connections without alterations in p<sub>N</sub> (Reyes and Sakmann, 1999; Bornschein et al., 2019a). For L5PN-to-L5PN connections these differences were found to result from the maturation of an intermediate replenishment vesicle pool (Bornschein et al., 2019a). Such pool maturation may also underlie the elimination of layer-specific differences in short-term plasticity between L2/3-L5B and L5B-L5B synaptic connections that were evident in young rats but eliminated during the first weeks of postnatal development (Reyes and Sakmann, 1999). Since postnatal development follows the same time course in mouse PFC and S1 and occurs predominantly within the first two weeks after birth, significant layer-specific differences in PN synapses are unlikely in both areas in our experimental time window (Kroon et al., 2019). Consistently, we found similar PPRs at L2/3-L5PN synapses and L5PN-L5PN synapses in both areas, with facilitation in PFC and depression in S1, irrespective of the presynaptic PN synapse type.

      (6) Regarding the point of loose or tight Ca<sup>2+</sup> channel coupling: Could some of the differences result from differences in the presynaptic Ca<sup>2+</sup> channel complement? Please comment.

      This can be excluded. Ca<sub>v</sub>2.1 and Ca<sub>v</sub>2.2 are the main channels gating release at PN synapses. The gating kinetics of these channels are very similar and they only differ somewhat in their peak current amplitude (Bornschein et al., Cell Rep. 2019, Figure 4). Since the number of open channels is a fit parameter in our simulations there would only be an effect on the estimate of the number of channels gating release but not for the estimate of the coupling distance. This is all the more true since the EGTA effect depends on the diffusion distance rather than on the gating kinetics. These considerations will also hold for Ca<sub>v</sub>2.3 channels, which have slower closing kinetics, but anyway play only a very minor role for triggering release.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      __Response to Reviewers __

      Please see below detailed responses to all comments of the four reviewers:

      Reviewer #1

      Line 39: Remove comma from "therefore, keeping"

      Response: Comma was removed.

      Line 102: Remove comma from "drivers, that"

      Response: Comma was removed.

      Line 107: Change from "dependent temperature" to "temperature dependent"

      Response: It was changed to “temperature dependent”.

      Line 115: Change from "be used avoid severe" to "be used to avoid severe"

      Response: It was changed to “be used to avoid severe”.

      Line 258: Change "of QS is complicated... " to "of QF activity is complicated..."

      Response: It was changed to “of QF activity is complicated”.

      Line 263-264. Adoption of GAL4 in mosquitoes is also hampered by the lack of GAL4 activity when expressed using pan-neuronal drivers. Consider adding "or lack of effectiveness in neurons" to this sentence and cite the following paper: Zhao,Development of a pan-neuronal genetic driver in Aedes aegypti mosquitoes, Cell Report Methods, 2021.

      Response: We included this important reference in the revised version in the 2nd paragraph of the introduction when highlighting the limitations of GAL4.

      Discussion. It would be helpful to add discussion of which temperature sensitive intein variant the investigators recommend to choose for different situations and why. For the pan neuronal nsyb line, the investigators chose TS19, but for Orco, the investigators chose J1. This choice appears to reflect the severity of the temperature dependence, but it would be helpful if the investigators discuss this decision more explicitly. This would be helpful information for when researchers are considering implementing these variants into their experiments.

      __Response: __We appreciate this suggestion and provided additional context in the revised manuscript. This comment also promoted us to add a paragraph to the discussion, where we state in more detail about the advantages of having QF2C86_INTts with different temperature profiles.

      Briefly, we choose nSyb-QF2 C86_INTTS19 for larval experiments because the on/off threshold occurs at lower temperatures, at which development is slower, allowing analysis throughout larval development. Behavioral experiments, on the other hand are easier and more robust at somewhat higher temperature (~ 25°C) when flies are more active, which is why Orco-QF2 C86_INTJ1 was used.

      In addition, the investigators might want to mention that the HACK system (Lin and Potter, Genetics, 2016) could be a genetic strategy used with these QF2-intein^ts variants to convert existing GAL4/GAL80/LexA/QF2 lines to QF2-intein^ts lines.

      Response: That again is an excellent point, and the notion that standard GAL4 and QF/QF2 lines could be converted into temperature sensitive driver lines was included in the discussion.

      The authors should deposit their QF2-intein plasmids to Drosophila Genomics Resource Center and/or Addgene and include this information into their manuscript (ideally as a table for easy identification). This will help expedite adoption of these new reagents by other research groups.

      Response: We will deposit following plasmids to Addgene and include this information as a supplementary table 3.

      pCaSpeR4-Orco-QF2C86_INTWT, pCaSpeR4-Orco-QF2C86_INTJ1, pCaSpeR4-Orco-QF2C86_INTJ2, pCaSpeR4-Orco-QF2C86_INTTS19, pCaSpeR4-Orco-QF2C86_INTF1, pCaSpeR4-nSyb-QF2C86_INTWT and pCaSpeR4-nSyb-QF2C86_INTTS19

      Figure 1. Consider re-organizing these panels (and corresponding text) so that panels B,C come before A. That is, introduce QF2 and intein first, and then show how these are put together in the schematic.

      Response: Thank you, we agree. Figure 1 has been re-organized accordingly.

      Figure 1B. Check spelling of "Dimerization".

      Response: Thank you, corrected.

      Figure 1D. The images of the palps in J1/30C (and other examples) appear to show autofluorescence in palp sensilla. The authors may wish to mention this in the manuscript or legend to clarify that this is not induced GFP reporter expression.

      Response: Has now been noted in the figure legend.

      Figure 1A Legend. "QF2 containing the Sce VMA1 intein at immediately upstream of indicated cysteine (C) residue driven by the Orco promoter were combined with a QUAS-reporter," Awkward phrasing; not clear what this means. Is QF2-N the N-terminus of QF2, and QF2-C the C-terminus of QF2 in the schematic? This might be clearer if Figure 1 panel A comes after panels B, C as mentioned above.

      Response: We have re-ordered Figure 1 as suggested and made clarified the text of Figure legend 1A (now 1C); “Temperature-sensitive inteins were inserted at C86 of the QF2 coding sequence. Self-splicing of the intein at permissive temperature connects the two QF2 fragments and reconstitute a functional QF2 protein, while at restrictive temperature, the intein is retained within the DNA binding domain, abolishing QF2 activity.”

      Figure 1B Legend, line 603. What is "QF2s" ? Plural of QF2? If so, I think you can do without the 's'.

      Response: ‘s” was removed.

      Figure 1B Legend, line 605. "removal of the middle domain of the original QF to avoid lethality caused by broad expression of". Awkward phrasing. Consider changing to "the location of the middle domain removed in original QF to avoid ...."

      __Response: __It was changed to “The dashed line indicates the location of the middle domain removed in the original QF to avoid toxicity caused by broad expression of QF.”

      General question. Does the intein get completely removed from the protein, or is there some of it left behind? This information could be incorporated into the Introduction or associated with Figure 1.

      Response: Western analysis indicates self-spicing of the VMA1 intein from GAL4 restores appropriate host protein size. Lack of a QF antibody does not provide an opportunity to check for that. However, given that spacing of the cysteine residues in zinc finger motifs is crucial for DNA binding, it is highly likely that precise removal of intein must occur to restore transcriptional activity of QF2. A comment regarding this issue was added in the first paragraph of the result section. “Analysis of GAL4containing temperature-sensitive VMA1 inteins by Western blot analysis indicate that self-splicing results in expected reduction to the size of the host protein (Zeidler et al. 2004; Tan et al. 2009). Whether the VMA1 intein is precisely removed from QF2 cannot be assessed due to lack of an antibody. Regardless, the key goal of our study is to assess whether temperature induced VMA1 splicing can restore QF2 functionality by assessing reporter gene expression.”

      Figure 2 (and 4 and 5). I found the temperature shift schematics confusing and not clear. Please update. Is D1 day 1? If so, then how can it be at 30°C for D1 to D6 (red bar) and also at lower temperatures (D1-D4 green and blue bars)? Consider using absolute days; ie D1-D6 indicates at that temperature for 6 days after eclosion, and then D7-D10 would be at that following temperature for 3 more days. Also, the colored red and green bars start before Day1-- does that mean animals are shifted to those temperatures as pupae before adult eclosion? Or immediately upon eclosion? Maybe instead of using D1, D4, D6, the authors would use hours at that temperature; ie, D3 = 72 hrs. Overall, I found these schematics of the time shifts very hard to follow.

      Response: Thank you for pointing this ambiguity out. This was corrected and will be in the revised Figure 2.

      Figure 2 legend, line 631. "taster" should be "faster".

      Response: corrected.

      Figure 3. The larval expression experiments in this transparent system are excellent. It would be more rigorous if the investigator should quantify these results. It would be useful to have a graph showing increase in fluorescence over time; ie, 6, 12, 18, 24, 36,48 hours, 96 hrs after shift to permissive temperature. This would provide some guidelines in how quickly the intein splicing process works and also when it maxes out. I realize larval development might limit the extend of this quantification. These would be helpful experiments to add quantification to their methods, but I realize this is somewhat addressed in Figure 5B using a different experimental paradigm.

      Response: We performed additional downshift experiments and present images and quantification at the suggested timepoints. These data are presented in Figure 3B. The findings show that induction occurs within 6 hours and reaches steady state level within less than 24 hours after downshift to permissive temperature of 18°C.

      Figure 4A. The direction arrows are hard to see on the airflow schematics.

      Response: Will be corrected in new Figure 4.

      Figure 4 legend, line 672. "Bars with different letters are significantly." Awkward sentence, please revise.

      Response: Revised to “Bars indicated by different letters are significantly different”.

      Reviewer #2

      Please quantify all expression data (e.g. Fig 1D, 2B, 3) in terms of GFP signal, and ideally also in terms of GFP gene expression level.

      Response: Due to the limited expression of Orco in olfactory sensory neurons, it is challenging to accurately quantify gene expression levels. However, we measured mean fluorescence by quantifying GFP protein expression levels using Fiji software (Shihan et al, 2021, Biochem. Biophys. Rep.; Jain et al, 2023, Front. Ecol. Evol.) and included these quantified data in the revised manuscript (see Figures 1D, 2C and 3A and 3B)

      1. The imaging has been conducted through larval or adult cuticle, without the use of antibodies. The imaging results are thus very crude, and the concern is that low level of GFP expression remains undetected. Please conduct experiments where you dissect and immunostain a tissue (brain, etc) and then quantify the GFP signal in various conditions.

      As suggested by the reviewer, we also repeated GFP expression analysis expression using immunostaining of the antennae and the maxillary palps of flies reared across all three temperatures for wild type and two temperature-sensitive inteins (Supplementary Figure 2). While somewhat more sensitive, the results of these antibody staining experiments align with the live imaging data (compare quantification in Figure 1 (live imaging) and Supplementary Figure 2 (antibody staining).

      For some experiments you use TS19 lines, and for others - J1. The data is thus hard to compare. Please use one or both lines throughout, or at least explain your choice of lines.

      __Response: __We appreciate this suggestion (also raised by reviewer 1) and will provide introductory sentences to each of these experiments. This comment also promoted us to add a paragraph to the discussion, where we state in more detail about the advantages of having QF2C86_INTts with different temperature profiles.

      Briefly, we choose TS19 for larval experiments since the on/off switch occurs at lower temperatures, providing more time to conduct temperature-shift experiments during larval development (Figure 3B). Behavioral experiments, on the other hand are somewhat easier to carry out at higher temperature when flies overall are more active, which is why J1 was used in olfactory assays (Figure 4).

      Please map your insertions at least to a chromosome, and ideally - more precisely than that.

      __Response: __We mapped the insertion of Orco-QF2_INTts and nSyb-QF2C86_INTts transgenes both genetically and by conducting inverse PCR analysis and cloning DNA adjacent to the insertion sites. This information is included in the revised manuscript in Supplementary Table 2.

      The authors raise the question about the equivalency of QS repression and the inactive form of QF2 the made, but they never address this question properly. Please demonstrate, by quantifying gene expression and GFP (or another reporter) fluorescence levels that QF2_INT at 25/30C leads to the same or lower expression at the most effective QS line (on the X).

      __Response: __We appreciate this suggestion but think it to be beyond the scope of this paper. Additionally, based on published data by C. Potter and colleagues, who have developed and expanded the use of the Q system, and the data presented in this work, we think that the QINT based system is superior to turn on/off expression of QF/QF2 compared to QS/quinic acid. First, QS inhibition by feeding larvae quinic acid showed minimal rescue in the CNS, compared to of larvae controls lacking (lacking QS; Riabinina et al 2019) [https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC6499530]; Second, expression of QUAS-mCD8 reporter expression in the CNS is only partially restored and only in a subset of neurons in tub-QS/quinic acid fed larvae fed, and in many neurons, it is not restored at all (Riabinina et al., 2015; see attached Supplementary Figure 3 of that paper). Lastly, these authors noted that attempts to restore expression in the adult CNS were not successful, presumably due to lack of efficient BBB crossing of quinic acid (Riabinina et al., 2015, and Riabinina et al., 2019). Lastly, even in non-neuronal cells, restoring expression of QUAS-reporters of tub-QS, quinic acid fed flies was poor after one day, needing five days to reach saturation levels that were similar controls (Potter et al., 2010). Given these published data and our findings, showing that QINT allows full recovery of both expression (Figures 2 and 3) and function (Figure 4 and 5) in larvae and adults within 24 to 72 hours, we believe that the suggested experiments would be of little value to the current study.

      Please properly and systematically characterise time courses of activation/inactivation of J1/TS19 lines in different assays.

      Response: Figure 2 show activation/deactivation time course in OSNs for Orco-QF2C86_INTJ1S19. In addition, new data shows time course of activation in the CNS (brain/ventral nerve cord) and PNS for nsyb-QF2C86_INTTS19 (Figure 3B).

      Reviewer #3

      While the modified temperature-dependent regulatory system seems promising, the authors do not address leakiness of the system at higher "permissive" temperatures (i.e. 25 {degree sign}C) that are common in routine fly work. Moreover, temperature shifts can influence developmental processes so controls showing that the temperature changes alone do not affect reporter expression in a standard QF2 driver (without intein) would be useful to include.

      Response: “Leaky expression” is a fair concern, which could arise due to residual splicing of the INTts at higher temperatures__. __Quantification of our expression analysis indicates that with the exception of INTJ2, which shows some, but highly reduced levels of expression at 30°C, none of the other three constructs show evidence of leakiness at 25°C (INTTS19 and INTF1) or 30 °C (INTJ1) (See Figures 1D, 2B and 3A and 3B).

      Data on the effectiveness of reporter labeling are presented qualitatively (i.e., fluorescence images). Measurements of reporter intensity across temperatures and time points (e.g., mean fluorescence per neuron) would strengthen claims of "robust" vs. "no" expression and allow more rigorous comparisons of splicing efficiencies among the four intein variants. The quantification will also require appropriate statistical tests.

      __Response: __Yes, this follows the potential concern of leakiness raised above, which we have addressed, using Fiji ImageJ software (Shihan et al, 2021, Biochem. Biophys. Rep.; Jain et al, 2023, Front. Ecol. Evol.) for quantifying GFP expression across temperatures.

      3.Divergent temperature profiles are shown for certain inteins (e.g., INTTS19 shows activity only at 18{degree sign}C, whereas in yeast it was active up to 25{degree sign}C). Providing biochemical evidence (e.g., Western blot showing spliced vs. unsplicedQF2) would clarify whether the observed phenotypes stem from splicing efficiency or altered protein stability.

      __Response: __A similar point was raised by reviewer 1, and for convenience, we paste our response here again:

      Western analysis indicates self-spicing of the VMA1 intein from GAL80/GAL4 restores appropriate host protein size. Lack of a QF antibody does not provide an opportunity to check for that. However, given that spacing of the cysteine residues in zinc finger motifs is crucial for DNA binding, it is highly likely that precise removal of intein must occur to restore transcriptional activity of QF2. A note regarding this issue was added in the first paragraph of the result section. “Analysis of GAL4containing temperature-sensitive VMA1 inteins by Western blot analysis indicate that self-splicing results in expected reduction to the size of the host protein (Zeidler et al. 2004; Tan et al. 2009). Whether the VMA1 intein is precisely removed from QF2 cannot be assessed due to lack of an antibody. Regardless, the key goal of our study is to assess whether temperature induced VMA1 splicing can restore QF2 functionality by assessing reporter gene expression.”

      Reviewer #4

      Temperature stress at 30{degree sign}C

      The restrictive temperature used (30{degree sign}C) is known to be stressful for Drosophila, including increased larval mortality. This raises the possibility that some effects may be influenced by temperature rather than solely by the genetic system. Please address this explicitly. Additional controls or discussion would strengthen confidence that 30{degree sign}C is appropriate. Could intermediate temperatures (e.g., 28-29{degree sign}C) provide a more physiological compromise?

      __Response: __Temperature affects physiology by mainly increasing metabolism. The temperature range used in the study (18 to 30 °C ) has no impact on health of Drosophila. When raised at any temperature between 18 °C and 30°C develop and mate normally and are fertile, with the key difference having accelerated development (and presumably somewhat accelerated aging) as temperature increases. We agree with the reviewer that any experiment with changing temperature conditions requires adequate controls. We included such a control by using the standard QF2 driver, as well as QF2_INTwt whose activity, and hence reporter expression, are not dependent on temperature per se for comparison (Figure 1D, Figures 3A, 4B and 5A). Furthermore, the functional olfactory assay shows that olfactory performance is indistinguishable in control flies kept at 25 °C and 30°C (Figures 4B and 4C).

      Terminology clarity (Abstract)The wording around "permissive" and "restrictive" temperature ranges should be clarified, as these ranges partly overlap depending on the construct.

      __Response: __We think that “permissive” and “restrictive” are clear descriptors for “supporting/allowing” activity and “preventing/hindering” activity to occur, and for the following reasons, we think it to be fair to use these terms in the abstract. First, when considering temperature-sensitive mutations, a precise cut-off point generally does not exist, but there is a small range of temperatures, over which transition from permissive to restrictive occurs. Second, since the mutations have distinct profiles, with some being restrictive, while other being permissive at 25°C, it is not possible to define the specific range for each INTts in the abstract due to space limitation. By using the terms “permissive” and “restrictive”, we allow for a context dependent interpretation.

      Figure 4 legend clarity.

      "Left/right" should be replaced with "top/bottom" (or equivalent) to match the figure layout. The legend requires more detail: what exactly do the green (or red) bars represent? The meaning of labels such as "a" and "b" should be explicitly defined.

      __Response: “__Left/right" was replaced with "top/bottom".

      The green bars indicate the response of flies reared at 25°C to ethyl acetate and the red bars are the response of flies reared at 30°C.

      Labels such as “a” and “b” indicate significantly different fly response to ethyl acetate based on ordinary one-way ANOVA with Tukey’s multiple comparison tests (p

      1. Generality to other systems (Discussion)

      The Discussion highlights potential application in systems such as zebrafish. It would strengthen this section if the authors could comment on:

      expected temperature ranges in these organisms so whether specific intein variants might be better suited for such systems

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work explores the relationship between sexual conflict and species diversification in a clade of small water striders. They use multiple phylogenetic methods to establish a potential phylogenetic tree and explore incomplete lineage sorting and introgression. They then compare their calibrated species tree with phenotypic measures of many species to try to infer the relationship between species diversity and sexual conflict. They show evidence for both ILS and introgression within the broader clade. They also find evidence that male leg diversity is associated with speciation, potentially due to sexual conflict, and that male genital grasping structures as well as female anti-grasping traits have less evidence for an association with speciation. This paper seems like a generally rigorous and interesting addition to the literature on sexual conflict and speciation, and I believe the conclusions are well supported with only a few minor concerns with methodology.

      Strengths:

      This paper verifies results using multiple methodologies to ensure robustness to changes in software use, and presents convincing evidence for the hypotheses tested.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lines 299-304: For the categorization of sexual conflict traits, were categories chosen by a blinded participant or by a researcher who knew the species they were observing? If any of these traits are subtle, this could add bias to the categorisation of traits.

      (2) Lines 325-327: It is unclear to me if you control for phylogenetic relationships in this model. Diversification rate could be lineage-specific regardless of sexual conflict, so it seems like potentially including phylogenetic relationships in a model would control for that. And similarly, lines 331-333, I may be mistaken, but it sounds like you are using lm() to model a binary outcome (presence/absence), but lm() doesn't do logistic regression as far as I know, so it may be better to model this as a logistic regression (controlled for phylogeny) using glm().

      (3) There are a few areas where the reporting of inference or statistics could be improved, and throughout the manuscript there are often mentions of 'significant' without any measure of uncertainty such as confidence intervals (example on lines 449-451). In lines 385-390, because the intervals are so wide, I would suggest saying these clades diverged between X-mya and Y-mya, rather than giving an actual estimate. It seems to me like giving a specific date is a bit overconfident when the authors have such wide intervals. On line 436, I think the authors should report confidence intervals for their 5mya estimate. In lines 455-456, what is this correlation and what are the authors' uncertainties around the estimate?

      (4) Lines 549-545: When the two possible explanations for this result are reported, it seems like the authors are saying that because they can't think of how to test this possibility, the other possibility is more likely. But I don't think that is an argument against the first possibility.

      (5) Lines 591-602: This paragraph confuses me. I thought that much of the introduction and Figure 1 seemed to be putting forth that the terminal segment complexity was a conflict structure that we were interested in. However, here it is stated that it does not strongly influence mating success, so is it necessarily a conflict trait? Is it demonstrated that the leg structures influence mating success?

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      We appreciate the additional clarifications suggested by the reviewers, and we will include these in the final Version of Record.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      The reviewers are very enthusiastic about this study, but have pointed out a central issue: are "space-time attractors" really attractors?

      The reviewers would be willing to increase the assessment of significance if the comments are properly addressed, and in particular, the issue about space-time attractors.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for the feedback on our manuscript and have revised the paper to address their questions and concerns. This document includes (i) an overview of the major changes to the paper, and (ii) point-by-point responses to the reviewers. We have also attached a version of the revised paper that highlights substantial changes to the text.

      Briefly, the reviewers asked for improved intuition about the STA representation and dynamics, and its relationship to attractor networks. To address their questions, we have restructured the paper. It now starts by introducing the STA, which has a representation and connectivity that are both handcrafted. The revised manuscript characterises the resulting dynamics and fixed points in more detail, both empirically and analytically. We then introduce a new model that directly optimises the fixed points of a neural network to represent an explicit plan of the future. The optimal weights for inferring such representations resemble the STA connectivity empirically. Finally, we analyse our unconstrained recurrent neural network, which learns both optimal representations and connectivity. As also shown in the original paper, this network learns to implement an algorithm that closely resembles an STA. Together, these results show that attractor networks can infer PFC-like representations of the future, and this is an efficient solution to dynamic planning problems known to depend on PFC.

      RE1: Expanded theory of STA dynamics

      We have now formalised how the STA relates to a formulation of planning as an inference process over future trajectories, which has been previously proposed in cognitive science and reinforcement learning. We show in the revised paper that the STA dynamics resemble an algorithm for approximate inference in the corresponding probabilistic graphical model. This allows us to characterise the fixed points of the algorithm analytically and relate them directly to a well-established cognitive theory of planning. These analyses help bridge the gap between neural implementation and cognitive computation. They shine new light on previous results in the paper while also providing more intuition for the STA dynamics.

      We have also included a new model that directly optimises the fixed points of an attractor network to resemble a posterior distribution over future locations from planning-as-inference. This analysis complements the handcrafted STA, where we impose both the representation and connectivity, and the RNN, where both the representation and connectivity are learned. The new model imposes (i) an explicit spacetime representation, and (ii) the multiplicative structure of a message passing algorithm. We then train the weights associated with the forward and backward messages by gradient descent on the KL divergence between (i) the true posterior marginals and (ii) the approximate distribution over future locations implied by the network representation at the fixed point. Supplementary Figure S2 of the revised manuscript shows that the optimal weights reflect the transition structure of the environment, similar to the handcrafted STA model and the task-optimised RNN. This makes the connection between attractor dynamics and planning-as-inference more explicit by showing that the fixed points of an attractor network can be optimised directly for planning.

      RE2: Improved characterisation of fixed points

      We have clarified how and why the STA is an attractor network. Attractor networks are defined by the existence of stable fixed points. In ring and grid attractors, there is a continuum of such fixed points in the absence of structured inputs (but often with tonic excitation). In contrast, the STA has a discrete set of input-dependent fixed points. We show explicitly in the revised manuscript how these fixed points depend on the reward inputs to the network, and also how they relate to planning-as-inference.

      We are not claiming that the STA is exactly equivalent to continuous ring and grid attractors. Instead, we want to convey the intuition that the connectivity of the STA constrains the possible fixed points to be plausible trajectories through space and time. The reward inputs determine which of these possibilities is an actual fixed point in a given planning problem. This is not unlike ring attractors in the presence of strong visual inputs. The connectivity enforces a single bump of activity, and the visual input ‘yokes’ the bump to an appropriate orientation. These similarities and differences are highlighted in the revised paper.

      Finally, we have added a new Figure 3 to the main text that characterises the STA fixed points empirically. This figure:

      (a) Shows the evolution of the STA dynamics and convergence to different fixed points in different environments (panels A-B).

      (b) Shows that the network can converge to different fixed points on different trials in the same environment. This happens when there are multiple equally good paths to a goal (panels B-D).

      (c) Shows that other fixed points also exist that correspond to longer trajectories, but the dynamics of the network bias it towards representations of shorter paths. The STA reliably converges to fixed points representing longer trajectories if it is initialised within their basin of attraction (panel F).

      Updated main text:

      “Unlike ring and grid attractors, the fixed points of the spacetime attractor depend on tonic inputs. However, the connectivity constrains the fixed points to represent continuous trajectories for any combination of inputs. In this section, we show this empirically. Later, we will see that such connectivity is optimal for planning-as-inference.

      To compute a plan, it is necessary to know which states will be rewarding in the future. This reward information is provided as an input to the STA and enables fast adaptation without rewiring the synaptic connections. It alters the fixed points of the recurrent dynamics to only include trajectories that are also associated with high cumulative reward (Figure 3; Methods).”

      RE3: Ground truth rewards as an input to the network

      Both reviewers asked about the external input to the STA that specifies the reward available at different states in the future. In reinforcement learning and cognitive science, ‘planning’ is usually defined as the problem of computing a trajectory that maximises cumulative future reward, given an initial state and a reward function (e.g. Mattar & Lengyel, 2022). This is similar to many real-life situations, where we have a known but distant goal (win a game of chess, finish our paper before a deadline, …). When such a reward function is known, it remains challenging to determine the sequence of actions to get there. This has been the topic of much previous work in neuroscience, including (i) the successor representation, which combines a trial-specific reward function with stable transition statistics; and (ii) different types of sequential search, which use a known reward function to evaluate different possible future trajectories.

      To highlight the importance of planning, even when the reward function is known, Figure 4 of the revised manuscript shows that the STA performs better than a greedy baseline that acts according to the immediate reward input instead of planning to maximise cumulative reward. Planning is therefore distinct from learning or inferring a reward function, which is itself a major open question in cognitive science. While undoubtedly interesting, a solution to this problem is beyond the scope of our paper. That is why we decided to simply provide ground truth rewards as an input to the STA. We have clarified the distinction between planning and ‘reward learning’ in the revised paper, and the supplementary material now includes a discussion of where the reward input to the STA could come from.

      Author response image 1.

      All performance quantifications in Figure 4 now include an additional ‘greedy’ baseline (grey bars). This is an agent that acts according to the immediate future reward. The performance improvement of the STA over this baseline highlights the importance of planning to maximise cumulative reward.

      Updated main text:

      “There are several possible sources of reward input to a spacetime attractor (Supplementary Note). We focus on planning under a known reward function and therefore assume access to ground-truth rewards.”

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work builds a theory to implement planning trajectories towards a goal in a known environment, inspired by analyses of prefrontal neural recordings. Unlike standard neural architectures for this task, such as value-based learning and successor representations, their proposed theory is able to adapt to novel goal locations within a trial. The key to the theory is that future times are represented by orthogonal groups of neurons. The recurrent connectivity between groups of neurons selective to specific future times and locations reflects the learned knowledge of the task. Finally, the authors show that standard networks trained on the task approximate their proposed theory.

      Strengths

      The structure of the work is clear, and the presentation of the results is very well written, which is particularly noticeable given the consequential amount of results presented. The authors are able to link their theory with experimental findings in neural recordings. The reverse-engineering of trained recurrent neural networks is very thorough, by analyzing both dynamics and connectivity. The assumptions and predictions of their model are clearly stated.

      We appreciate the encouraging comments and hope our revised manuscript addresses the reviewer’s questions.

      Weaknesses

      (1.1) It is unclear whether their proposed theory, "space-time attractors", actually is an attractor network. The authors used recurrent neural networks with very few timesteps, and long single neuron time constants with respect to the task time scales. Attractor networks, as the ones the authors cite, refer to networks that generate nontrivial patterns of activity through recurrent interactions, after long periods of time.

      See RE1 & RE2 for a comprehensive response to this question. Briefly, we show in the revised manuscript how the fixed points of the STA dynamics relate to planning-as-inference, and we clarify the similarities and differences between the STA and other attractor networks in the main text. We show in the new Figure 3 that (i) representations of future paths are stable over long periods of time, and (ii) multiple fixed points can exist when there are multiple paths to the goal. It is also worth noting that the RNN representation in Figure 6H remains stable for 75 time constants and recovers from perturbations. This is substantially longer than during training, where ‘planning’ lasted up to 14 network time constants, and it suggests that the network representation is a stable fixed point.

      (1.2) The authors gloss over how the reward inputs are calculated. Computing these reward inputs should be part of the planning process, and the authors are implicitly leaving this problem aside. How does the reward input, which includes future time and location, depend on the actions that have not yet been taken by the agent? It feels like most of the planning computation is already provided by these reward inputs at the beginning of the trial. It could be that the network is only learning to process the planned sequence of actions present in the inputs.

      See RE3 for a comprehensive response to this question. Briefly, ‘planning’ is often defined as the problem of computing a trajectory that maximises future reward, given a reward function, initial state, and transition function. The reward function provided to the agent indicates which future states it would be desirable to reach, but not how to reach them. To make this point clearer, we show in Author response image 1 that the representations computed by the STA generate better behaviour than an agent acting greedily according to the reward function specified by the inputs. This highlights the importance of considering distant goals when choosing immediate actions.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The text is very nicely written, and I appreciated the way in which methods are presented, with a clear structure and a logical chaining of the different sections. My comments and suggestions refer mostly to the methods and the RNN implementation. Please find below a list of issues.

      Relatively major:

      (1.3) All the equations of the dynamics should be written in discrete time and not in continuous time. There is no notion of "iteration" in continuous time, so it is currently very hard to understand how the RNN works, and what the different epochs are ("the RNN performed 10 network iterations..."?).

      We have rewritten all equations in discrete time and clarified the notion of ‘iterations’.

      (1.4) This is pointed out in the public review, but the authors insist on making an analogy between the spacetime attractor implementation of planning and attractor networks. It seems to me that these two types of models are very different. What defines attractor networks (such as grid- or ring-attractor networks) is that recurrent connections internally generate stable states of activity for long periods of time, in the absence of inputs. Nothing like that is shown here. Robust input-driven trajectories are neither necessary nor sufficient for showing that an RNN is an attractor network. The fact that, given the inputs, networks are run for very short periods of time in this work seems to indicate that this is a very different type of network compared to the attractor networks mentioned previously.

      See RE1 & RE2 for a comprehensive response to this question. Briefly, it is correct that the fixed points of the STA depend on the inputs, which is different from canonical ring and grid attractors.

      We show that the fixed points of the recurrent STA dynamics are reward-maximising paths when conditioned on those inputs. Briefly, we now (i) analytically characterise the input-dependence of the fixed points and show how they relate to planning-as-inference; and (ii) show empirically that STA representations remain stable for long periods of time (Figure 3). The revised paper also clarifies the similarities and differences to previous attractor models.

      Minor

      (1.5) It would be nice to show more clearly what the inputs are in a given trial, and how they change over time in the RNN (specifying the planning and execution phases). A supplementary figure may help.

      How is the information about walls provided to the network exactly? More generally, it would be nice to clearly indicate in the Methods what all the inputs "x" to the RNN are, and how they change over time (during planning, during execution, and how they change as the environment steps are updated).

      We have made a new Supplementary Figure S3 that illustrates the inputs to and outputs from the different models. Briefly, the information about the walls is provided to the RNN as a binary vector x<sub>w</sub> ∈ ℝ <sup>2𝑁</sup>. The elements of this vector indicate for each of the N states whether there is a wall (i) to the right of, and (ii) above it. In each trial, a subset of these is present, and a subset is absent. All ‘present’ walls are assigned a value of +1 in x<sub>w</sub> , and all absent walls are assigned a value of 0 in x<sub>w</sub> . We have also clarified this in the revised Methods.

      (1.6) It would help to clarify, at least in the methods, the shape of all the matrices and vectors that are trained.

      We have clarified the shapes of all matrices and vectors in the Methods.

      (1.7) N in the methods is not defined (I think N = 16, the total number of locations on the grid).

      N is indeed the total number of locations in the state space. This is 16 for almost all analyses in the paper, which involve planning on a 4x4 grid. The updated manuscript includes a few analyses in larger environments, where N is larger. We have clarified this in the Methods.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This well-written manuscript proposes to use attractors in space and time (STA) as a mechanistic explanation for planning in the prefrontal cortex. The main conceptual hypothesis is that planning is implemented as attractor dynamics in a representation that encodes states at each time step jointly. Depending on inputs, the network relaxes to a trajectory that already contains future states that will be visited at each time step, rather than computing a scalar value at each point in time and space like other classical approaches from RL. The authors compare this approach to implementations such as TD learning and successor representation, and further show that trained recurrent neural networks on specific tasks involving planning develop structured subspaces resembling the ones postulated in STA.

      The idea of treating attracting trajectories unfolding in time as the computational substrate for planning is very interesting and potentially important. The explicit construction of a state x time representational space and its implementation via recurrent dynamics are appealing and convincing in the idealized tasks considered. I found the manuscript to be refreshingly explicit regarding several of the assumptions and limitations of the models, for example, the fact that certain advantages can be viewed as properties of the state space itself and not necessarily of a fundamentally new planning mechanism.

      Overall, the manuscript presents a cool attractor model that extends in time and explores its performance in a subset of illustrative tasks involving planning. My doubts concern mostly the interpretation and scope of the claims made in the manuscript. Here are a few comments where I detail my questions/concerns:

      We appreciate the enthusiasm about the manuscript and its potential importance. We address the remaining questions and concerns below.

      (2.1) The authors nicely discuss that much of the difference between STA and classical TD or SR agents is "in some sense a property of the state space rather than the decision making algorithm," and that TD and SR could in principle be implemented in a comparable space x time representation. This is fair, but it also suggests that the central contribution of the manuscript lies primarily in the representational factorization (state x time tiling) and its dynamical implementation via attractors, rather than in a fundamentally new planning algorithm or theory, mechanistic or not. I think theory should be distinguished from mechanism, and it would therefore help the reader to describe the conceptual advancement more as a novel mechanism or implementation than a novel (mechanistic) theory for decision/planning.

      We respectfully disagree that ‘theory’ has to be distinguished from ‘mechanism’. We do agree that ‘computation’ and ‘mechanism’ can often be distinguished. However, we think theories can live at either of these (and other) levels of explanation. What we propose is indeed a potential mechanism for planning that combines recently characterised prefrontal spacetime representations with attractor dynamics to infer desirable ‘plans’. As we show in the revised manuscript, this mechanism resembles the computation of ‘planning-as-inference’, which has previously been proposed in cognitive science (e.g. Botvinick & Toussaint, 2012). Our theory is therefore not about the computation – it is about the mechanism. The title “A mechanistic theory of planning…” is meant to clarify what level of description our paper addresses.

      As an example of the importance of mechanistic theories, the computation of angular velocity integration can be implemented in many different ways. Seminal work by Skaggs et al. (1994) and others in the 1990s showed how it can be implemented in neural networks, inspired by experimental data. These theories paved the way for detailed experimental characterisations of the fruit fly head direction circuit more than two decades later (Turner-Evans et al., 2017; Kim et al, 2017; and others). Inspired by this and other success stories, we think an important role of theoretical neuroscience is to develop theories about neural mechanisms that can be tested in future experiments!

      (2.2) Related to my previous point, I think it would be helpful to position STA more explicitly relative to computational/theoretical literature in which attractor networks encode temporally ordered patterns (so effectively including future times). For example, classical extensions of Hopfield networks with asymmetric connectivity implement retrieval of sequences and ordered transitions between patterns (Sompolinsky & Kanter, 1986). More recently, sequential attractors and limit-cycle dynamics have been constructed in structured recurrent networks by the Morrison group (Parmelee et al., 2021). These works do not implement an explicit discretized state x future-time tiling as in STA and do not specifically discuss the usage for planning. However, they do provide concrete precedents for attractor dynamics over temporally structured trajectories in terms of mechanism. It would be useful to discuss this literature and clarify a little what's new mechanistically in the view of the authors.

      We agree that this is not the first use of attractor networks to represent or compute sequences. Instead, we show that a combination of spacetime representations with attractor dynamics is sufficient to compute plans in dynamic problems known to depend on prefrontal cortex. As the reviewer points out, the primary difference from most previous work lies in the fact that the entire sequence is encoded in a single fixed point of the STA dynamics. This differs from e.g. Sompolinsky & Kanter, where the population encodes one element at a time and generates sequences as limit cycles. The instantaneous encoding of an entire sequence in the STA is what enables planning through parallel message passing rather than sequential search. This is highlighted in the main text of the revised manuscript, which also includes a supplementary discussion of the similarities and differences between the STA and related work on sequences in attractor networks.

      Updated main text:

      “Entorhinal grid cells are also embed a world model in their connectivity (McNaughton et al., 2006), but they only encode a single location at a time (Vollan et al., 2026). Such networks can generate sequences, but the individual elements are represented one by one (Sompolinsky and Kanter, 1986; Kleinfeld, 1986; Widloski et al., 2025). The spacetime attractor suggests that circuit principles in prefrontal cortex resemble other cortical areas that use structural knowledge to infer features of the world. The major difference is that PFC instantaneously represents many points in time, which generalises known circuit principles to complex planning.”

      (2.3) A central claim of the manuscript is that space-time trajectories are attractors of the STA dynamics. The manuscript does provide empirical evidence consistent with attractor-like behavior. However, it is not explicitly shown whether trajectory representations persist in the absence of sustained external inputs. So it's not clear to me whether the trajectories should be interpreted as intrinsic attractors of the recurrent system, which can be selected by delivering transient inputs, or whether they must be stabilized by a specific continuous external drive. It would be useful if the author could clarify/discuss this point.

      We show in the revised paper that the fixed points of the STA dynamics take the form r <sub>δ</sub> = e<sup>R<sub>δ</sub></sup> ◦ (Ar<sub>δ−1</sub>) ◦ (A<sup>T</sup> r<sub>δ+ 1</sub>) (Methods). Here, r δ is the activity of neurons representing expected locations in δ actions; R δ is the reward function in δ actions; and A is the environment adjacency matrix. These fixed points depend on the reward inputs through the first term. In the absence of reward inputs, the fixed points are ‘diffusive’, while still respecting the transition structure of the environment. In the presence of reward inputs, they concentrate probability mass on trajectories with high expected reward. We have clarified these properties in the main text and introduced a new Figure 3 that characterises the fixed points of the STA in more detail. See also RE1 and RE2.

      (2.4) As far as I understand it, reward information is provided as input to specific populations encoding future time steps, and that's essential for rapid adaptation without rewiring connectivity. How such future-time-specific reward inputs would be generated and routed to distinct neural populations isn't entirely clear to me. Since this seems to be an essential component of the model, I think it would be important to discuss more deeply the source and plausibility of these reward signals related to different timesteps.

      See RE3 for a comprehensive response to this question. Briefly, ‘planning’ is often defined as the problem of computing a trajectory that maximises future reward, given a reward function, initial state, and transition function. The reward function provided to the agent indicates which future states it would be desirable to reach, but not how to reach them (see Author response image 1). We agree that the challenge of estimating future reward is an interesting question, but it is beyond the scope of this paper. We have clarified this distinction in the main text and added a supplementary discussion that speculates about where reward information could originate in biological circuits.

      (2.5) The authors note that vanilla STA scales linearly with planning horizon, and discuss potentially hierarchical extensions for longer horizons. They acknowledge that learning abstractions remains an open challenge, yet the examples of planning in the manuscript are restricted to very short temporal horizons and limited branching complexity. It is not obvious to me in what cases the current implementation and interpretation of STA remains viable (for example, in terms of relaxation iterations) as the horizon and branching factor increase. Relatively simple planning can be managed by simpler, less costly models/algorithms, whereas complex planning is a lot harder to deal with, and it's something that a mechanistic "theory" should address. In the context of the claims of the paper in its present form, I think this is possibly the most important conceptual and practical limitation in the manuscript.

      It is correct that planning gets increasingly challenging with planning depth. In the absence of noise, the STA scales to sequences of up to 12-13 actions – and even longer if the minimum path length is known a priori. Performance gets progressively worse when recurrent activity and parameter noise increase. The revised paper includes a new Supplementary Figure S1A-C that shows how the STA planning ability depends on planning depth for different levels of noise.

      We do not consider planning depth to be a major limitation of the work, since humans are rarely thought to plan much more than 6 steps into the future at a single level of abstraction (e.g. van Opheusden et al., 2023). Instead, we believe that hierarchical planning is used to infer trajectories to distant goals (Eckstein & Collins, 2020). To illustrate this point, we have now implemented a proof-of-principle hierarchical STA in Supplementary Figure S1D-E. This simulation shows how an ‘abstract plan’ inferred by one STA can be treated as a goal to infer a more ‘detailed plan’ in a second STA. In principle, this enables the system to compute plans that are arbitrarily long, provided they can be broken down into chunks smaller than the limits imposed by the analyses in Supplementary Figure S1A-C.

      Finally, RNNs learn an STA-like algorithm when trained on dynamic planning problems with a planning depth of 6. It is therefore not clear to us whether simpler and less costly algorithms can be easily implemented in the dynamics of recurrent networks.

      (2.6) The RNN analyses show that trained networks develop structured subspaces aligned with future time indices and exhibit perturbation behavior consistent with attractor-like dynamics. The manuscript also explicitly notes differences between the trained RNN and the handcrafted STA (e.g., long-range couplings between subspaces and differences in behavior of lower-value trajectories under perturbation), which I much appreciated. My doubt is on the specificity of this result, as trained RNNs on fixed-horizon tasks can develop latent dimensions correlated with temporal progress within a trial or time-to-goal. I think it would help the reader to clarify whether the results demonstrate that STA-like computations emerge in RNNs trained on planning tasks, or that RNNs generally develop some kind of structured spacetime representations when tasks involve future timesteps and some degree of flexibility in the decisions.

      An important point to note is that the subspaces we identify do not encode time-to-goal, since they are all active at the very beginning of the trial. We also show that RNNs trained on simpler static tasks do not learn the same algorithm (Supplementary Figure S7) and do not generalise to dynamic problems (Figure 5F). Finally, other algorithms are capable of solving the dynamic problems we study (e.g. the ‘value agent’ in Figure 5B-E). We therefore do not think it is trivial that RNNs learn an STA-like algorithm.

      We do think that ‘structured spacetime representations’ generally emerge in RNNs trained on tasks that involve flexible behaviour in changing environments – in some sense that is the claim we are trying to make. It is known that spacetime representations are optimal for structured sequence memory tasks (e.g. Whittington et al., 2025; Dorrell et al., 2026), and we think this is for exactly the same reason. In sequence working memory, the reward function changes in time – for each action, the reward is only non-zero at the corresponding sequence element. However, the adjacency matrix is uniform for sequence memory – any sequence element can follow any other sequence element – so there is no need for planning. We are therefore not claiming that spacetime representations only emerge in the specific planning task we consider here. Instead, we expand the set of problems solvable by such representations to also include adaptive planning known to depend on prefrontal cortex. We have made this more explicit in the revised manuscript.

      Updated main text:

      “Together, our analyses show that RNNs trained on a dynamic planning task learn to approximate a spacetime attractor. This was also true across variations in model architecture (Methods; Figure S10; Figure S11). These results extend previous findings that explicit spacetime representations are optimal for sequence memory (Supplementary Note; Whittington et al., 2023; Dorrell et al., 2026; Wang et al., 2025). Additionally, RNNs with too few hidden units to learn a spacetime attractor failed to solve the task (Figure S12), suggesting that other solutions are not readily learned by gradient descent.”

      A few more minor points, mainly concerning clarity:

      (2.7) The main dynamical equation combines a log-domain recurrent term, a floor operation, and a log-sum-exp normalization step, followed by exponentiation. The intuition/logic behind this specific formulation could be clarified for the reader. For example it would be helpful to explain why the recurrent input appears inside a log, and also whether/how these operations relate to any multiplicative constraint.

      The specific form of these equations comes from the intuition that the STA approximates planning as an inference process over future trajectories. We have clarified this in the revised manuscript, which explicitly shows how these equations relate to planning-as-inference as formulated previously (e.g. Botvinick & Toussaint, 2012; Levine, 2017).

      (2.8) While the computational cost of successor representation in an expanded NT x NT representation is discussed, the corresponding scaling of STA in terms of number of units and connections (as a function, for example, of the planning horizon) isn't clear to me. Perhaps the authors could compare costs more explicitly.

      The memory cost of a spacetime-SR would be (NT)^2 and the computational cost (NT)^3 (it is possible that both of these could be reduced by taking advantage of the structured nature of the spacetime successor matrix, but that is beyond the scope of this work). The memory cost of the STA is NT, and the computational cost is (NT)^2 (each iteration of the network dynamics requires the calculation of T matrix-vector products of size NxN, and the number of steps to convergence is approximately linear in T). We have included this comparison in the Supplementary Discussion of the revised paper.

      (2.9) In the RNN analyses, structured subspaces aligned with future time indices are shown. I couldn't find a quantification of how much variance is captured by the subspaces, relative to other latent dimensions. Adding it would help get a feeling for the strength of the alignment.

      We have added a new Supplementary Figure S6 to the revised manuscript, which quantifies the variance explained by the future-coding subspaces over the course of a trial. The variance explained by the K dimensions encoded by these subspaces is substantially higher than a random baseline, and it approaches the upper bound given by the top K PCs. Interestingly, the future-coding subspaces all explain a lot of variance early in the execution period. During later stages of execution, only the ‘immediate future’ subspaces explain substantial variance. This suggests that the RNN only maintains information in subspaces that represent times before the end of the trial.

      References

      Botvinick, Matthew, and Marc Toussaint. "Planning as inference." Trends in cognitive sciences 16.10 (2012): 485-488.

      Dorrell, William, et al. "An Efficient Computing Theory of Prefrontal Structured Working Memory Representations." bioRxiv (2026): 2026-02.

      Eckstein, Maria K., and Anne GE Collins. "Computational evidence for hierarchically structured reinforcement learning in humans." Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 117.47 (2020): 29381-29389.

      Kim, Sung Soo, et al. "Ring attractor dynamics in the Drosophila central brain." Science 356.6340 (2017): 849-853.

      Levine, Sergey. "Reinforcement learning and control as probabilistic inference: Tutorial and review." arXiv preprint arXiv:1805.00909 (2018).

      Mattar, Marcelo G., and Máté Lengyel. "Planning in the brain." Neuron 110.6 (2022): 914-934.

      Skaggs, William, et al. "A model of the neural basis of the rat's sense of direction." Advances in neural information processing systems 7 (1994).

      Turner-Evans, Daniel, et al. "Angular velocity integration in a fly heading circuit." Elife 6 (2017): e23496.

      Van Opheusden, Bas, et al. "Expertise increases planning depth in human gameplay." Nature 618.7967 (2023): 1000-1005.

      Whittington, James CR, et al. "A tale of two algorithms: Structured slots explain prefrontal sequence memory and are unified with hippocampal cognitive maps." Neuron 113.2 (2025): 321-333.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      As requested by all three reviewers we have added a new figure which applies our new end-to-end sorters on real openly available data. This demonstrates that our modular algorithms, optimized to work on simulated data, also performs well in real world cases. In addition, to demonstrate that our results are not due overfitting on simulated data on a specific probe geometry (Neuropixels 1.0), we added a Supplementary Figure demonstrating that our positive results for the end-to-end spike sorters are observed for numerous probe geometries (Neuropixels 2.0, SiNAPS, tetrode and Cambridge NeuroTech). We hope that the extended applications will convince the reviewers and readers of the robustness of our results.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Weaknesses:

      The reviewer identifies several weaknesses:

      (1) The main concern is the limited support for the claim that ’Lupin’ and individual modules’ outperform existing spike sorters.

      (2) Evidence is primarily from a single benchmark based on an intentionally simplified simulation. While the authors discuss the trade-offs between simulated and real data, the current evaluation does not provide enough diversity to justify claims of superiority.

      (3) While improving individual modules that run in a serial fashion could aid overall spike sorting performance, acknowledging that some end-to-end sorters work in an iterative fashion across multiple of these modules would be fair. Perhaps the optimal spike sorter is not a serial set of modules.

      (4) There is also a risk of benchmark overfitting. A modular approach makes it easy to select components that excel on specific benchmarks (or a specific project’s data characteristics) without generalizing.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for the comments and the valuable feedback. We revised our paper to answer the major concerns that were raised by the reviewer. Regarding the claims about Lupin (1,2), we modified the manuscript in two directions: (i) we attempted to stress that the goal of the paper is not the introduction of the new Lupin sorter per se, but rather presenting and highlighting the modularity of the sorting components framework. In doing so, we also toned down our claims of superiority; (ii) we added simulations on a diverse range of probes and included three real experimental datasets, obtained with different probes, in the results. Regarding the iterative aspect of some sorters – point (3) – we added a paragraph to the discussion highlighting that Kilosort4, unlike previous versions of KiloSort, [9] does not iterate over modules anymore, and thus it can be regarded as a serial algorithm. In addition, although all sorters we present are serial, our proposed framework does not prevent iterative schemes: for example, one could add a re-clustering step after a first template-matching pass. In fact, the modular framework makes this task even easier than before.

      Finally, related to point (4), we added some comments on the problem of overfitting with modular benchmarks in the Discussion, but we think that the risks have been mitigated with the addition of more end-to-end examples with various probe types and experimental data in the revised manuscript.

      The reviewer also points toward some possible ways to strengthen this work:

      (1) Evaluate on multiple simulation regimes, consider adding at least one biophysically detailed simulation, benchmark on multiple probe-geometries with neurons also clustered in different depth profiles (as this will affect drift solutions), and provide real-data validation. Even without full ground truth, real-data can be evaluated with expert curation, functional validation (e.g., refractory violations, quality metrics, unit waveform consistency), agreement across sorters, and consistency across time.

      (2) Related to real-data applicability, it is also important to acknowledge that modulatory approaches can enable overfitting to the needs of individual projects. Without real-data benchmarking (or benchmark diversity), it is unclear how the framework will guide users towards generalizable ’best practices’ rather than optimized configurations that work for their specific conditions.

      In response to these comments, the manuscript has been extended both with more simulated ground truth recordings and experimental data. For additional ground truth, we generated recordings with various probe geometries, to check that the results observed for our modular pipeline could generalize (see Supplementary Figure). Regarding real experiments, we chose three open dataset of various types (chronic and acute implantations, IMEC and Cambridge Neurotech devices) and compared the results of several sorters at a macroscopic level relying on high-level automatic curation tools [7, 3, 6] to quantify how many “good”, “oversplit” and “noise” units are found. This is now a new Figure 8 in our manuscript. We believe that the results from all these datasets demonstrate that Lupin is, as is claimed in the paper, on par with the most popular spike sorting algorithm, Kilosort4 [9].

      Regarding overfitting, we do not believe this is a direct consequence of the modular approach introduced in this article, but rather a general potential “risk” in the spike sorting field. Each spike sorter exposes a large array of parameters that users can tweak to attempt to optimize outcomes on specific datasets, but this end-to-end fine-tuning is hard to control and quantify. We believe that the modular benchmarks introduced in this paper may enable a finer, more controlled, and quantifiable parameter exploration. As an example, very high firing rates such as those observed in the cerebellum might require different parameters for peak detection than for neurons in the cortex. To test this, one could use our generation framework to mimic key macroscopic features of the system you are studying, and benchmark the peak detection step to find optimal parameters. Overall, we do not see this optimization strategy as a problem. Extracellular electrophysiology is so diverse based on brain regions, species, conditions, tasks, etc. that generalizable “best practices” might not exist.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Tone down or further support the Lupin and specific modules’ superiority claims.

      This has been modified in the manuscript, and we added a final figure to discuss how Lupin is on par with Kilosort on real data, but with no claim of superiority.

      (2) Add benchmark diversity, this would test generalization and mitigate benchmark overfitting. Specifically: add more probe-geometries, and allow for different depth-profiles of clusters of neurons.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion, and indeed, we added some more benchmarks to convince the readers that the results observed can be generalized properly. More specifically, we extended the duration of the recordings to 30 min, and included additional benchmark datasets with four different probe geometries (Neuropixels 2.0, a Cambridge Neurotech probe, a SiNAPS probe and a tetrode).

      (3) Clarify how (x,y) positions of neurons are distributed around the shanks.

      This has been clarified in the Methods section. The (x,y) positions are generated uniformly within a rectangle covering the probe boundaries, plus a 20µm margin. Regarding the depth, z positions (distance from the probe) are drawn uniformly from the range [5,40] µm.

      (4) Add at least one real-data benchmark. Some suggestions for evaluation are: stability of firing rates over time, agreement across sorters, quality metrics, functional validation, expert curation.

      As suggested by almost all reviewers, we added some real-data benchmarks (see last figure). Since experimental data don’t have ground truth, we used automatic curation tools as a proxy for “goodness” of the results. We used automatic labels from Bombcell [3] and UnitRefine, which label units as good, multi-unit activity (MUA) and noise, and SLAy [7] for automatic merging, which correlates with the amount of putative oversplits. We felt it was fairer to use external curation tools instead of creating our own methods to assess quality.

      (5) Clarify recommendations for users facing drift. While your statement of ’not having drift is ideal’ is true, the reality is that many recordings have drift. Some practical solutions would be useful. For example, when to trust results and how to report drift sensitivity.

      The reviewer is right, and we added a sentence to clarify when motion correction methods should be used, in our opinions.

      (6) It would help to see what types of signals are most often missed, for example: low-SNR units, drifting units, bursty units, and show which modules affect which of these issues.

      This is already shown in Figures 4 of the manuscript, at the clustering level. These Figures show that cells with low firing rates and/or low SNR are most likely to be missed by all sorters. Our ground truth simulator does not include a bursting mechanism yet. We think that this would be an interesting aspect to simulate and we plan to include bursting units, with bursty spike trains and waveform modulation, in future releases. We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      (7) To overcome the issue of overfitting to specific datasets rather than generalization, it would help if a ’default’ or ’recommended starting point’ for users were described in more detail.

      We overcome the issue of overfitting by adding other artificial ground truth recordings (see Supplementary Figure S1), and also real world dataset (see Figure 8). In all these simulations, Lupin is used with default parameters, and this is, we believe, a good starting point. Of course, for very special needs (animal species, brain structures, ...), one might need to adapt parameters, but so as for any other sorters, and such an exploration of the parameter space is out of the scope of the current manuscript. This has been added in the Discussion.

      (8) A lot of the plots have ticks / labels too small to read in 100%, or show quite low-resolution. For example, Figure 3 and Figure 5. Please homogenize across all figures.

      The figures have been regenerated and homogenized as suggested.

      (9) Consider archiving the GitHub version used to generate the figures on Zenodo (DOI) for posterity.

      This has been done for the current state of the manuscript at https://zenodo.org/records/20407862 and the code is available at https://github.com/SpikeInterface/sorting_components_benchmark_paper

      (10) To make the manuscript more reader-friendly, I recommend adding graphics representing the different methods. For example, in Figure 3 one could add schematics of the two peak-detection methods.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. However, this project and our manuscript is not introducing these methods, only re-implementing them in a modular framework. Hence we feel it is out of the scope of this manuscript to produce schematics of the many methods discussed in the paper readers should view the original sources to find out more information.

      (11) Discuss what is meant by KS-like clustering, as I was under the impression that KS4 is also iterative. This may be on the template-matching side, but it’s difficult to know where you draw the border between iterative clustering and (iterative) template-matching. Potentially, we would want to see these processes as one module together, as many sorters work in an iterative fashion across these steps.

      By KS-like clustering, we meant that the code is a direct port, in Python, of the clustering algorithm implemented in KiloSort4. However, we cannot guarantee that this is the exact same clustering method, because of the way the clustering of KiloSort is interleaved with some others steps part of the algorithm. To be more specific, Kilosort has its own special way of performing matched filtering, with a custom grid of templates generated internally with a higher resolution compared to the recording channels positions. These templates are then used to estimate a putative position of each spikes, and these positions are the ones that are used to start the clustering. Thus, the term KS-like comes from the fact that we do not reproduce this exact same mechanism. In SpikeInterface matched filtering is performed using an equivalent approach, but positions are not estimated in the exact same manner. Since the clustering code is equivalent, the results might differ. Regardless of these details, the clustering is not iterative. In former versions of KiloSort, the core algorithm used ideas from k-SVD algorithms, often used in the Machine Learning community. In such an algorithm, the goal is to learn a sparse dictionary of templates to reconstruct the signals, and indeed, there was some iterations between optimizing the templates and the spike times. However, this is no longer the case in KiloSort4. The algorithm works in a serial manner, following the global strategy mentioned in our paper.

      (12) Rather than showing results for one specific simulation, it would be more convincing if we saw the average result of multiple simulations. We don’t need to see individual neurons necessarily (e.g., Figure 3B and C, but this applies throughout the manuscript).

      While we tend to agree with the reviewer than averaging over multiple datasets might be more informative (as we did in the final figure, for end-to-end sorter comparison), we want to say that given the fact that we are using ground-truth recordings that are randomly generated, as long as we do not change the macroscopic properties of the recordings, results on various instances of the noise will be very similar, and averages might not be as informative as one could hope for. One option would be to vary the parameter space of these ground truth recordings, but then there are so many parameters (noise levels, firing rates, distributions of the cells, ...) than averaging everything, and/or even choosing what should be primarily studied is an open question on its own. However, to ease the redibility of the figures, individual neurons were removed from the plots.

      (13) Legends are often incomplete. For example, describe what individual dots are and what lines are in the different figures, even if it seems obvious.

      Legends have been updated.

      (14) Figure 7 would benefit from average thick curves for each model (optionally with individual thin lines for each instance, or error bars). Individual neurons can be left out. Figure 7E (and likewise Figure 5E) would benefit from having x labels to indicate precise labels, so the color attribution is reserved for specific models. It’s quite an intense ’search’ game to understand these figures.

      All the figures have been regenerated, and for the sake of readability, we removed the scatter plots for the individual neurons, focusing only on the averaged lines.

      (15) While I appreciate the effort is gigantic, it may be better for the reader to conclude that.

      This has been rephrased.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Major comments

      The model ground truth data used in the paper does not need to be a perfect match to experimental data to provide useful benchmarking. However, as with all measurements of spike sorting accuracy, extrapolation to experimental data can be complicated. Users of these tools will need to assess how well the simulated data matches their recordings.

      We agree with the reviewer that extrapolating our results to real data is difficult, and the same point was raised by the other referees. We have now extended the results to include three experimental datasets from different probes. Due to the lack of ground truth, we used automatic curation tools (Bombcell [3] and UnitRefine for labeling, SLAy for merging [7]) as a proxy for performance and showed that Lupin is on par with Kilosort4 on all datasets. We hope this gives users some idea of how well the new sorters will work on their data.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Any comparison to experimental data would be welcome. Is it possible to add firing rate, amplitude, and template similarity distributions from measured recordings to the panels in Figure 2D?

      Experimental data is very diverse, depending on brain region, species, recording technology, etc. Instead of extending the comparison between simulated and experimental data, we rely on new Figure 8 to showcase the applicability and performance of the presented methods on real recordings.

      (2) Do yields of units passing basic quality metrics look different with the new sorter vs. established sorters? Another option that would help establish the range of applicability of the results would be a different model ground truth system, e.g., the hybrid ground truth data used by the authors in reference 7.

      As it can be seen on synthetic recordings (e.g Figure 7A-B), all sorters behave similarly with respect to firing rates, signal to noise ratios. To help establish the range of applicability, we added an extra Figure 8 in the manuscript, as described above.

      (3) Interpolation errors are likely larger for NP1.0 probes - which have 40 um vertical pitch - than NP2.0 probes, with 15 um pitch. If it’s possible to include even a small-scale comparison of the results from the 2.0 geometry, that would be very valuable for readers trying to decide what probe type to use.

      In the revised manuscript, we added new ground truth benchmarks with a NP2, and other, layouts to show that the key results do not depend on the geometry of the probe (see Supplementary Figure 1). But to address more specifically the point raised by the reviewer, we note that in the case of applying Lupin to NP2 layouts, there is only a loss of ≈ 7.5% of well-detected units between static and motion-corrected cases (see Supplementary Figure 1). Where when we apply Lupin to NP1 layouts (see Figure 7) there is a decrease of 20% of well-detected units. So clearly, a smaller pitch and the columnar arrangement of NP2 seems to help motion-correction methods, and thus reduce the failures due to motion. This has been added in the Discussion.

      About the text:

      (1) In panel E of Figures 5 and 7: Adding the name of the sorter algorithm under the bar charts would be helpful. It is encoded by the color of the outline of each box, but I found that cue rather subtle.

      The figures have been regenerated, with increased ticks and label fonts. We found that adding the names made the Figures too dense, and acronyms would not simplify the figures. In the end we decided not to add them.

      (2) Is the number of features (K) used for clustering already mentioned in the main text or methods? I couldn’t find it.

      We thanks the reviewer for pointing out this problem, and the answer (K = 5) has been added in the manuscript, in the methods section.

      (3) Equation 2 in Methods, defining accuracy, appears to be incorrect. I believe the correct equation is: accuracy = TPij/(Ni + Nj - TPij).

      The reviewer is right, and this has been corrected

      (4) In the abstract, line 18: Component based spike sorters => component based spike sorter.

      This has been corrected

      (5) Line 169 "we can artificially boost the signal-to-noise..." I don’t really see anything artificial about leveraging the extra information in neighboring sites. Maybe just remove that adjective?

      We removed “artificial” from the sentence.

      (6) Line 196-197, describing the result in Figure 3: Especially since 3A is a log plot, it would be helpful to add a percentage to the spikes missed on the high end. These are probably pretty unusual cases, under 0.1%?

      This has been commented in the text, but both because this number is only an approximation (the problem of pairing peaks between detected and ground truth is slightly ill-defined), and because it depends on the particular seeds and parameters of the artificial ground-truth, we avoided numerical values.

      (7) Line 567: "number of dimensions from M to K 5" => "number of dimensions from M to K[5]" That is, is the 5 meant to be a reference? Or is 5 the number of dimensions retained to describe the temporal waveform?

      5 is the value of K, and this has been corrected in the manuscript.

      (8) Line 585-590: Does this description of how to handle borders between groups of sites also apply to the KS-clustering method?

      For the KS-clustering methods, we used the original method implemented in KiloSort. In fact, KiloSort aggregates all the clusters found during the clustering steps, launched per bins, but duplicated templates (based on their shapes only) are removed before matching (and those are the cells at the borders found numerous times). After the template-matching step, once cells have been “populated” with theirs spikes, templates are once again removed and/or merged. However, as explained in the methods, currently this step has not been implemented in our framework. To be more explicit, during template matching, KiloSort stores the features of all discovered spikes, in a space where the effects of nearby spikes have been subtracted, to get a clearer picture of these features. In this “denoised” space, the clustering algorithms is launched again on all spikes (decimated), to assign labels.

      (9) Line 687: "In fact, a major main with Kilosort lies after the template matching step..." => "In fact, a major difference with Kilosort lies after the template matching step...".

      This has been corrected.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Major comments

      (1) The simulator itself has to be improved and extended. Right now, it simply generates, for every unit, a mother waveform from a sum of exponentials, scales that over channels, and then adds up multiple instantiations of every unit on every channel, along with noise. This is not a biophysical simulator: it is an ad hoc procedure, and the sentence "we firmly believe that.." (lines 482-483) does not make the procedure convincing. To make the simulator credible, the authors should: (1) use a set of biophysical equations, with multi-compartmental modeling of currents and return currents; (2) use noised data from extracellular recordings; or (3) some combination thereof.

      The reviewer is right when pointing out that the current ground truth generator is not “biophysical”, and this is why in the manuscript we used the terms “biophysically plausible”. However, we decided to changed this phrase to “phenomenological” in order to avoid confusion. We believe that our generation tool has the key ingredients to challenge (and also demonstrate limits of) modern spike sorters, which is the goal of the proposed simulator. Spike sorters performing well on such phenomenological simulated data should be a necessary, but not sufficient, condition to convince experimentalists that they will work well on real data. In previous papers [5, 4], we used MEArec [1], which relies on biophysical modeling of the reconstructed neurons to simulate extracellular potentials to generate ground-truth recordings. However, such biophysical simulations have two shortcomings: i) simulations are very slow and resource-hungry; ii) it is not guaranteed that the superior simulation environment (multicompartment modeling) translates to simulated data that are more similar to experimental data. In fact, the Kilosort4 paper [9] shows that the action potentials generated by MEArec [1] have an almost doubled duration compared to realistic data, which requires further ad-hoc parametrization. We believe this discrepancy can be due to the fact that virtually all multi-compartment models are built from in vitro slices, not in vivo recordings. Given these limitations, we decided to rely on a simpler but better controllable model for generating templates. Despite not being “biophysical”, the generation model can replicate, to some extent, the variability in waveforms (using different parameters for waveforms widths and spatial decays) and allows us to have a ground-truth model for drifting as well, that we can use to assess interpolation errors. Nevertheless, we agree with the reviewer that some aspects of the simulator can be improved, such as the structure of the noise in the data. We are currently working on the Spikeinterface side to improve the generation module so that it supports temporally correlated noise (spatial correlation is already supported and used in this manuscript).

      (2) The simulated dataset has to be extended in time. Maybe I missed something, but 500 units over 10 minutes, with some units having firing rates as low as 0.1 spikes/s, corresponds to some of the units firing an expected 60 spikes. This is clearly too short, and does not replicate the standard situation in extracellular experiments.

      We extended the simulated recording to an half an hour duration. However, as it can be seen in the Figures, this does not affect the main results of the paper.

      (3) The simulated dataset has to be extended in space. The choice of using NeuroPixels 1.0 geometry is a poor one. Many labs use other monolithic electrode arrays (MEAs, silicon probes, other rigid arrays); tetrodes remain a major tool, and flexible probes (polyimide, mesh) are evolving. Assessing algorithms over a single spatial architecture is likely to lead to local maxima in performance and potentially erroneous conclusions.

      We believe the that Neuropixels 1.0 geometry is a good choice: the NP1.0 paper it is the most highly cited paper about a high-density electrophysiology probe, suggested that it is currently the most widely used probe in the world. However, the reviewer is correct that there is a risk of overfitting. To demonstrate generalizability of our algorithm, we have added results obtained with NP2.0 layout, a Cambridge NeuroTech layout, a SINAPs probe layout and tetrodes. The results demonstrate that the Lupin sorter is not overfitted.

      (4) The existing spike sorters evaluated are not completely described. Some sorters (e.g., SpyKING Circus and KS4) were described in previous publications, but it is unclear whether the implementation that was used for the present tests is exactly the same as those previously published. More importantly, some of the sorters evaluated (e.g., TDC, TDC2, SpyKING Circus 2) were never described in a peerreviewed paper. This does not mean that they cannot be evaluated - but if they are, they must be described in full. Relying on the fact that the code is open source cannot replace a complete and accurate scientific description.

      The reviewer is rising a valid point, but we think it is beyond the scope of this paper to fully describe every component of every spike sorter mentioned in the paper. We made the deliberate choice to describe the sorters as chains of components in order to demonstrate the flexibility of our modular approach. Full details of every components can be found in the online documentation. In order to ensure the manuscript felt more complete and concrete, we revised the descriptions in our Methods section, in order to give some more details.

      (5) Related to the above, all relevant code should be made available online in permanent repositories, not only in author-controlled ones.

      We are not sure of what exactly is suggested by the reviewer. In order to clarify the situation, we pushed the notebooks and all the code needed to reproduce the Figures of the paper in a Zenodo archive https://zenodo.org/records/19695406

      (6) It is unclear why SpyKING Circus 2 and TDC2 are evaluated - these could potentially be described as straw men. I recommend reorganizing the manuscript so that after every module is evaluated separately based on a limited ground truth dataset, a single "best" sorter would be constructed, and then tested extensively (and compared to the de facto state of the art). Such reorganization would both demonstrate the utility of a modular approach and clarify the general usefulness of the outcome.

      Although we agree that these two sorters might be seen as straw men, we decided to keep them in the paper for various reasons. This has been clarified in the manuscript, but the primary reason is an historical one: the developers of these sorters decided to unite their efforts while designing new tools and algorithms, which led to the initial work on the modular framework described here. Because SpyKING CIRCUS and TriDesClous had to evolve for maintenance, it was decided to try to write a common “grammar” that would allow these two spike sorters to be described in the same framework. The reviewer is right in the fact that once the foundations were stabilized, most of the development efforts were put to Lupin, that was built as the best combination of all the expertise gained on the two aforementioned sorters. A second reason to keep them is that, once again, we decided that Lupin should not be the main focus of the paper. Of course, this is a nice illustration of what the modular framework can do, but we do not want to push it per se. What matters most is the methodology, especially since we can not claim, here, that Lupin would be the best spike sorter regardless of data types, probe geometries, .... We extended the paper with other probe geometries (see added Supplementary Figure 1) and real world data (see Figure 8), and we observed that Lupin was on par, and/or slightly better than KiloSort 4 with respect to number of False Positives for examples. But ultimately, the paper is really about the development of a common ecosystem such that all tools can be improved upon, at the community level.

      (7) The new algorithms developed, for example, clustering and template matching, have to be described in more detail, and demonstrated graphically on simple datasets. This can be done in supplementary material if the authors prefer not to extend the manuscript too much.

      As suggest by the reviewer, we tried to extend the methods of the clustering and the template matching steps, bearing in mind that some of them have already been published in detail elsewhere. We really want to underline that the central point of the paper is the modularity of the architecture, not so much the low-level details. To populate our framework and demonstrate its generalization, we implemented some key algorithms. But describing with schematics and in depth every individual methods is something that is not even done in papers focused on the spike sorters themselves. Later, the reviewer complains that the paper sounds like a technical report. Delving into more details would only amplify this problem.

      (8) This reviewer finds the description and interpretation of the results to be inadequate. As an example, focusing on Figure 5: The results in Figure 5A have to be supplemented and summarized as a scalar point estimate (e.g., median accuracy), an estimate of dispersion (e.g., using MAD, IQR, or SD), evaluated over multiple runs, and compared using statistical tests between tools and conditions (e.g., using a multi-dimensional analysis of variance, a mixed effect model, etc.). The results in Figure 5D must have an indication of dispersion. Any conclusions based on the numerical experiments must be based on these metrics and statistical evaluations.

      To try and simply the plots and their interpretation, we decided to remove the scatter plots of the individual neurons in all Figures, to really focus on the core trends. We believe that the results, such as the dependence on accuracy as a function of SNR, are difficult to capture with summary statistics, and that the results are best understood by looking at the plots we have made. If we wanted to make strong claims about one algorithm being more suitable for a specific task, then these summary statistics would be suitable. Instead, we are trying to demonstrate the general utility of the components framework, and we optimize Lupin simply to maximize the accuracy of each step.

      (9) The entire MS would benefit from expert proofreading; there are many language errors, mostly in indefinite articles and grammatical numbers.

      The manuscript has been intensively proofread by native english speakers.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Lines 14-15: "...a... sorters...": either "...sorter..." or "...a... sorter...".

      This has been corrected

      (2) Line 30: "peak detection" or "event detection"?

      We prefer the term “peak detection", since this is exactly what the algorithm are looking for: spatio-temporal extrema in the signals

      (3) Line 30: the purely sequential structure of the modules is very limiting and generally incorrect. Template matching may replace peak detection, as is the case in many real-time hardware implementations. The feedforward process is limiting, and many sorters use feedback or multiple loops. It is unclear whether and how the proposed framework supports such structures.

      The reviewer raises a good point that we did not explain well in the manuscript. Since our framework is modular, with each component independent of the others, a developer has freedom to create “iterative" sorters. E.g. they could loop over a pair of steps until a criteria is met. In fact, this is one of the advantages of creating modular components. The examples we show in the manuscript are sequential feedforward structures, leading to this confusion. We have clarified the point in the text. We show sequential sorters because to our knowledge there are currently no iterative sorters in wide use. Older versions of Kilosort were iterative, but KiloSort4 is not. Modularity also allows us to isolate one component for a specific task. Hence, for a real-time implementation, we can pre-compute templates using the peak-detection and clustering components. Then these steps would be skipped for “online” sorting, which would only use the template matching component. The reviewer states that “template matching may replace peak detection”. Indeed, in Lupin, SC2 and TDC2, template matching does replace peak detection – the initial peak detection is only used to construct templates for downstream matching. We have clarified this point in the text.

      (4) Lines 62-63: Are all of these sorters supported by the spike Interface framework? Please include a table of which are and which are not. The same for every module.

      All the sorters listed are indeed supported by Spike Interface, and this has been added in the text.

      (5) Lines 84, 98, and elsewhere: TriDesClous 2 is mentioned. What about TriDesClous - is there such a sorter, and if yes, what is the scientific reference?

      TriDesClous (https://github.com/tridesclous/tridesclous) is a spike sorting pipeline that has not been properly published with a DOI, but that has been developed by the first author of the manuscript and has been used by many papers [8].

      (6) Line 84: Lupin - suggest reorganizing the manuscript around this sorter and evaluating it on multiple datasets.

      The paper is not about Lupin, and we tried to rewrite the manuscript in order to make this point more explicit. The paper is intended to be a proof of concept of the benefits that can be obtained thanks to a modular approach. This is why we do not want to reorganize the paper on Lupin itself.

      (7) Line 104, Figure 1, and elsewhere: What is the advantage of evaluating three sorters, if two are predicted to be worse than the third/state of the art? Suggest to reorganize the MS: (a) describe a proper simulator; (b) describe every individual modules: mention the existing algorithms and elaborate + demonstrate the new algorithms; (c) evaluate every individual module - on properly realistic dataset; (d) evaluate existing complete spike sorters + the proposed best combination - on the same ground truth dataset; (e) compare the best two sorters on multiple datasets. In addition, may identify the WEAKEST link in each sorter and demonstrate the improvement by replacing ("upgrading") that link alone.

      As clarified in the introduction and in the “End-to-end evaluation..." section, we decided to keep three sorters for various reasons. The first is historical: SpyKING CIRCUS 2 and TridesClous 2 were the first two sorters that motivated the creation of the sortingcomponents framework. Because both authors realized that they had so much code in common, they decided to unite their efforts while rewriting them and share some common building blocks. The second reason is that the paper is not about Lupin, per se, but more about the general philosophy of the modular architecture presented here. We want to push forward the idea, in the community, that we should share tools, ideas and algorithms in order to enhance the analysis pipelines. Keeping several sorters, even if sub-optimal, is a way to showcase the flexibility of the framework, and this is why we did not re-organize the manuscript as suggested by the reviewer.

      (8) Line 121: "can drastically cut the time.." - provide quantitative support. In general, avoid superlatives and unsupported statements.

      Spikeinterface has been primarily design to ease the comparison between spike sorting pipelines [2]. Thus all comparison metrics such as agreement matrices, false positives, false negatives, ... are available out of the box when using these Benchmark objects. It would be hard to provide a quantitative support for such a speedup since it will depend on the algorithm, but it allows developer to simply focus on the core implementation while benefiting for free of the whole ecosystem that will launch benchmarks and compare it, with appropriate metrics validated by a large community. Since this validation process, on its own, can be quite complex depending on the processing step, we truly believe the development gain is important, despite the fact that it might be hard to quantify. However, we rewrote the sentence in order to avoid superlatives.

      (9) Line 129: "powerful and fast way to generate artificial" - again, avoid statements with superlatives and lacking quantitative support.

      We rewrote the sentence to avoid superlatives.

      (10) Line 129: "powerful and fast way to generate artificial" - the assumptions made in constructing the artificial data critically and strongly affect the conclusions of the benchmark processes. For instance, it is well known that about 10% of the spikes in the cortex have a positive extrema, but the generator is limited to negative spikes. Also, the generator produces spatially-displaced and scaled versions of the waveform generated by the putative soma, but extracellular waveforms almost never behave that way. Even if the simulator is improved, it will always remain a simulator, and therefore the caveat should always be kept in mind.

      The reviewer is right: our simulator has some limitations compared to biological data. But the fact is that, even on synthetic data, there is still plenty of room for improvements of current spike sorting pipelines before even getting to real data, where ground truth are unknown. We believe that such ground truth simulator is a necessary, but not sufficient, condition to validate sorting algorithms. Other options such as hybrid recordings would also suffer from the same flaws, and might be even more questionable. In the revised version of the manuscript, we also added tests on real data to compare more qualitatively Lupin and KiloSort. The fact that results are in line with what is observed on synthetic data gives us confidence in our observations.

      (11) The authors should add a limitations section to the MS.

      Some limits have been more extensively discussed in the Discussion of the paper, with respect to the feedforward architecture, the validity of the ground truth data.

      (12) Line 129: Can the benchmark object be used with other data (e.g., existing)? The methods indicate that this is the case - please demonstrate.

      We think that a proper demonstration would be out of the scope of this paper, but indeed, as long as the user can provide a recording alongside with a sorting (exhaustive or not), then the Benchmark objects can be used. This allows the use of hybrid recordings, and/or manually curated datasets where users would be able to provide a ground truth. Of course, depending if the ground truth is exhaustive or not (if one knows the activity of all the neurons in the recordings), the metrics might not be the same. But everything is built-in in the object.

      (13) Line 144: 10 minutes is too short and nearly irrelevant. In particular, many units spike at rates much lower than 0.1 spikes/s, and in 10 minutes would emit less than a score of spikes (e.g., 0.01 spikes/s would accumulate, on average, 6 spikes..).

      We regenerated all the figures in the paper with 30 min long recordings, and the results remain similar to the 10 minute recordings.

      (14) Line 151: firing rates are not independent of the waveform as implicitly assumed; this should be accounted for, at least in the options in the simulator. Same for library waveforms - the firing rates should be a parameter that is optionally provided along with the waveform library.

      We are not sure what is meant by the reviewer. We believe that the point is that some cell types, with particular waveforms, have particular firing rates, such as fast-spiking interneurons. This could be dealt with in the current simulator, since users can provide, on a per cell basis, some particular values to generate the waveforms of the neurons. One could clearly imagine having some particular cell types with dedicated waveforms and firing rate parameters. However, for the sake of simplicity in the paper, we chose not to use such granularity. What the simulator can not do, at the moment, is to perform amplitude modulation of the templates as function of bursts for example. But this could easily be implemented, and should be part of future works to consolidate the generator.

      (15) Figure 2A, D: It is unclear why the specific zig-zag motion was simulated. Please rationalize, or use a motion from a real dataset. In particular, simulate (a) breathing-induced micro-motions, (b) gradual drift, and/or (c) a step jump.

      We used a zig-zag plus a Brownian motion to cover a rather broad range of continuous motion. Of course, as pointed out by the reviewer, the heterogeneity of real drifts is large, and again, we believe it is out of the scope of the manuscript to cover them all. In previous works, we explored how motion correction methods were working as function of the drifts [5], and the conclusion was that this simple continuous drift was already challenging enough to make the spike sorters fail. Adding discontinuities, as often encountered in experiment, would only make things worse. Finally, we added real world data (Figure 8) from three randomly picked dataset with heterogeneous probe geometries. They all come with some drift, that might be representative of what is typically dealt with.

      (16) Line 181: "more computationally demanding" - quantification?

      We forgot to add the reference to panel 3D, and this has been corrected in the manuscript.

      (17) Line 192: "(Figure 3A" - add ")"

      This has been corrected

      (18) Lines 195-6: "... not that missing a few spikes at peak detection will not have a large impact..." - this statement should be quantified.

      We reformulated the sentence, but the point here is simply that template-matching based algorithms use the template-matching step exactly for this purpose: to label spikes that would have been ignored/missed by the peak detection and clustering steps. The fact that template-matching based pipelines such as KiloSort, SpyKING-CIRCUS, ... outperforms clustering-based solution when detecting spikes [4] is a clear support for our sentence.

      (19) Lines 195-6: "... not that missing a few spikes at peak detection will not have a large impact..." - this statement, if correct, exposes a key weakness of the purely modular approach. For instance, assume that module 2.1 performance can be 0.5 and module 2.2 performance is 0.9, and that will have zero impact on the overall performance of a sorter that has module 4.1 as its fourth module, yielding an overall performance of 0.7. But when module 4.2 is used, module 2.1 performance of 0.5 results in an overall performance of 0.5, whereas module 2.2 performance of 0.9 translates to an overall performance of 0.9. The point should be clear now: evaluating every module in isolation cannot fully predict the behavior of the full system - even if a purely feedforward, single iteration (no loop) architecture is assumed. This requires algorithmic support in the proposed framework, and at the very least explicit discussion.

      The reviewer is right, benchmarking every module in isolation cannot fully predict the behavior of the full system. However, the fact that Lupin, built as an optimal combination of the components and can be on par, if not better in some situations, than KiloSort 4 on various artificial and real dataset makes a compelling argument in favor of assembling the best algorithmic pieces one after the other. In fully assembled spike sorting pipelines, the failures at one stage might be compensated by some algorithmic optimizations latter on. But still, being able to identify these failures, and eventually correct them at the appropriate level, i.e. as soon as they appear might be beneficial for the development of the tool, and to ease their readability/maintenance. This has been added in the discussion.

      (20) Line 203: "we hope that future efforts": This statement is strange for two reasons: (a) if the authors hope for it, why not simply do it? (b) if the authors cannot do it / it is out of scope, the proper place to mention their hopes is in the Discussion section.

      This has been moved to the Discussion section

      (21) Line 232: "motion is only partially compensated for" - so what is the utility of the compensation? This becomes clear later, but the statement is obscure at this point - please clarify.

      This has been clarified.

      (22) Figure 4A, right: The fact that the lines do not reach unity even for high FRs suggests that the FRs are NOT the key limiting factor. Please provide a scalar measure and a 2D analysis of the accuracy as a function of FRs and SNRs, separately for static and motion-corrected.

      We are not sure that we understand what is being requested by the reviewer. A scalar measure with a 2D analysis of the accuracy as a function of FRs and SNRs would mean, per case (static and motion corrected) at least 4 panels, thus a total of 8 panels. This seems like an overly dense figures. Further, a scalar measure is unlikely to provide more insight into the analysis.

      (23) Line 275: "kriging method" - describe.

      For a full description we refer readers to the original paper describing the method [9] and other work on motion correction [5]. We have added a brief description of the method in the text in the "Motion interpolation reduces spike sorting performance" section.

      (24) Lines 309-310: Where are the templates from in this case - true or estimated? If the latter, say it.

      This has been clarified.

      (25) Line 317: This is the point where I almost gave up - the MS up to this stage seemed very much like a technical report and is not organized in a clear, results-oriented manner. Even for a Methods-oriented paper, one expects to learn the key results, but those are lost in this MS.

      While we agree that this part of the manuscript is rather technical, this is something that we believe is at the core of some scientific questions that have not been yet properly addressed by most of the spike sorting pipelines. The idea of performing template-matching, i.e. to seek for spatio-temporal pattern in the signals while at the same time compensating only partially the motion has never been properly benchmarks. While template-matching is clearly a game-changer in static recordings, i.e. without motion, the extra-addition of motion might limit its performances. We firmly believe that our modular approach can be used to isolate such core questions from the whole integrated pipelines, and guide both users and developers.

      (26) Figure 6A, second and third panels: The fourth (rightmost) panel shows that there are differences between the "true" and "interpolated" templates, but this cannot be seen in the two middle panels - probably because too much information is overloaded on every channel. My suggestion is to show a reduced number of channels, but for each of those, show all five waveforms (corresponding to different spatial positions of the centers of mass) in a NON-overlapping display.

      The figure has been redrawn, as requested by the reviewer.

      (27) Figure 6 and the entire issue of the failure in motion correction + lines 331-332: It is not 100% convincing that the failure is not at the DREDGE level - please demonstrate that the motion is estimated perfectly.

      We checked that the DREDGE algorithm is correctly estimating the motion. To convince the reader this is the case, this has now been shown in Figure 2, panel D, where the simulated motion is displayed on top of the motion estimated by DREDGE. As shown, both are very similar.

      (28) Figure 6 and the entire issue of the failure in motion correction: If motion is estimated perfectly and interpolation is done properly, then is the failure an outcome of discrete spatial sampling? In other words, if the movement in space over time (in the simulator) were limited to discrete steps that correspond exactly to the positions of the electrodes, would the motion correction allow perfect performance? Stated differently: if the electrodes were not 15 or 20 micro-meters apart but rather 1 micro-meter apart, would the difference (e.g, between Figure 4A/4B, or between Figure 5A and Fig. 5B) be reduced? Please check and report.

      The reviewer is raising an interesting point, and indeed, this is something that we are planning to investigate. We felt it would have been too technical for the scope of this paper, which is aimed at showcasing the modular framework and its possibilities. But we are planning to explore such failures with ultra-dense probes as has been done in the DREDGE paper [10]. We also have the intuition that errors are originating from failures of discrete spatial sampling: hence the larger the sampling, the more pronounced the errors.

      (29) Figure 6B: It is impossible to discern which line is which - this underscores the general point of summarizing every CDF by a scalar with measures of dispersion (i.e., descriptive statistics) + statistical testing (i.e., quantitative statistics).

      While we agree with the reviewer that the plots are dense, they convey the global message of the paper and are the same that were used in [9]. To ease the comparison, we decided to stick to this representation.

      (30) Figure 6D: add error bars.

      There are no error bars, since there was only a single run in this figure, i.e. on a single dataset.

      (31) Line 318, line 328: So what is the result here - that the interpolation idea is not useful? If yes, what is the source of the failure? Is it discrete/poor spatial sampling as suggested above? Something else?

      The result is that interpolation, rather than motion estimation, is the bottleneck in recoding with motion. A careful analysis using data from dense probes, as already stated above, would be the focus of further work. But we suspect that errors results mostly from bad interpolation due to discrete spatial sampling.

      (32) Line 334: up to this point, there are no quantified results - and actually, no clear results at all.

      We rewrote the section accordingly, to make the key observations more striking. The goal of this section is not to propose quantified results and say which interpolation methods is the best (a full paper should be devoted to this question), but rather to show the possibilities offered by the modular framework, looking at questions that have been not yet properly addressed in spike sorting algorithms.

      (33) Line 345: "This is likely due" - provide support? Example?

      We rephrased the sentence accordingly.

      (34) Line 349: "this is mostly because both clustering..." - but feature detection was evaluated together with clustering, so a conclusion specifically about clustering is unwarranted. This is a general point - can the proposed software/modular framework evaluate feature extraction separately from clustering? If yes, please demonstrate.

      The reviewer is right about the fact that feature extraction was evaluated together with clustering, however, we want to stress that it is exactly the same method used by all the clustering algorithms developed in the paper. Thus, even if the feature detection method might not be optimal, it is not introducing any biases. Currently, almost all spike sorting algorithms these days are using PCA (or truncated SVD) as a feature detection method, on nearby channels where peaks are detected, and this is why we decided to only focus on this method.

      (35) Lines 358-374: If SpyKING-CIRCUS 2 and TriDesClous do not provide any advantage, why include them in the MS? Many other sorters could be included as well. In other words, what do we LEARN from the failure of these sorters to compete with KS4 and Lupin? If nothing, please remove them. If something, please state the conclusions clearly.

      Both these software have advantages, but we decided to keep them as they offer direct illustrations than implementation of fully integrated pipelines, other than Lupin, are possible within the proposed framework. TriDesClous2 is fast, and SpyKingCircus2 (in line with Spyking Circus [11]) is mostly tailored for in-vitro data, and thus can scale for more than thousands of channels while some other algorithms might not [9]. Of course, listing all the pros and cons of each software would be impossible within the scope of the paper, but we decided to keep them for illustrative purpose.

      (36) Line 369: "the main advantages of these sorters lie in their modularity" - modularity is an advantage only if it is useful for something - if the sorters are modular but perform poorly, the point is nullified.

      We agree with the reviewer, but we would like to point out that here, none of the modular sorters shown in the paper are performing poorly, and all have pros and cons as said in the previous point.

      We believe that this is important to show that modularity can offer some options both for users and developers with respect to probe geometries, animal species, data types, ...

      (37) Line 371: "on our dataset" - this is a very important limitation. See general comments, and discuss in the Limitations section of the Discussion.

      We extended the paper by adding more datasets, for different probe layouts, and also real datasets with meta comparison of state of the art spike sorters (see Supplementary Figure S1).

      (38) Figure 7C: the difference between the cyan (KS-like) and the orange (KS4) lines makes the KS-like irrelevant. Please improve or remove.

      The reviewer is right, and we removed the KS-like pipeline, since it at the stage of the manuscript it is not yet exactly like KiloSort 4.

      (39) Line 379: "each individual algorithmic steps" - should be "step".

      This has been corrected

      (40) Line 380: Is Lupin available for download and usage as a separate, standalone package - i.e., not as part of the spike interface framework? If not, please make it available. And if yes, indicate this clearly.

      Lupin is part of the SpikeInterface project, and thus can not be installed in a standalone mode, outside of the SpikeInterface framework

      (41) Line 385: "our... gigantic...effort" - avoid superlatives, especially to self.

      This has been removed

      References

      (1) A. P. Buccino and G. T. Einevoll. Mearec: a fast and customizable testbench simulator for ground-truth extracellular spiking activity. Neuroinformatics, pages 1–20, 2020.

      (2) A. P. Buccino, C. L. Hurwitz, S. Garcia, J. Magland, J. H. Siegle, R. Hurwitz, and M. H. Hennig. Spikeinterface, a unified framework for spike sorting. Elife, 9:e61834, 2020.

      (3) J. M. J. Fabre, E. H. v. Beest, A. J. Peters, M. Carandini, and K. D. Harris. Bombcell: automated curation and cell classification of spike-sorted electrophysiology data.

      (4) S. Garcia, A. P. Buccino, and P. Yger. How do spike collisions affect spike sorting performance? Eneuro, 9(5), 2022.

      (5) S. Garcia, C. Windolf, J. Boussard, B. Dichter, A. P. Buccino, and P. Yger. A Modular Implementation to Handle and Benchmark Drift Correction for High-Density Extracellular Recordings. eNeuro, 11(2):ENEURO.0229–23.2023, Feb. 2024.

      (6) A. Jain, R. Greene, C. Halcrow, J. A. Swann, A. Kleinjohann, F. Spurio, S. Graff, A. Pan-Vazquez, B. Kampa, J. Gall, S. Grün, O. Winter, A. Buccino, M. H. Hennig, and S. Musall. UnitRefine: A community toolbox for automated spike sorting curation.

      (7) S. Koukuntla, T. DeWeese, A. Cheng, R. Mildren, A. Lawrence, A. R. Graves, K. E. Cullen, J. Colonell, T. D. Harris, and A. S. Charles. SLAy-ing oversplitting errors in high-density electrophysiology spike sorting. bioRxiv: The Preprint Server for Biology, page 2025.06.20.660590, 2025.

      (8) J. Magland, J. J. Jun, E. Lovero, A. J. Morley, C. L. Hurwitz, A. P. Buccino, S. Garcia, and A. H. Barnett. Spikeforest, reproducible web-facing ground-truth validation of automated neural spike sorters. Elife, 9:e55167, 2020.

      (9) M. Pachitariu, S. Sridhar, J. Pennington, and C. Stringer. Spike sorting with Kilosort4. Nature Methods, 21(5):914–921, May 2024. Publisher: Nature Publishing Group.

      (10) C. Windolf, H. Yu, A. C. Paulk, D. Meszéna, W. Muñoz, J. Boussard, R. Hardstone, I. Caprara, M. Jamali, Y. Kfir, D. Xu, J. E. Chung, K. K. Sellers, Z. Ye, J. Shaker, A. Lebedeva, R. T. Raghavan, E. Trautmann, M. Melin, J. Couto, S. Garcia, B. Coughlin, M. Elmaleh, D. Christianson, J. D. W. Greenlee, C. Horváth, R. Fiáth, I. Ulbert, M. A. Long, J. A. Movshon, M. N. Shadlen, M. M. Churchland, A. K. Churchland, N. A. Steinmetz, E. F. Chang, J. S. Schweitzer, Z. M. Williams, S. S. Cash, L. Paninski, and E. Varol. DREDge: robust motion correction for high-density extracellular recordings across species. Nature Methods, 22(4):788–800, Apr. 2025.

      (11) P. Yger, G. L. Spampinato, E. Esposito, B. Lefebvre, S. Deny, C. Gardella, M. Stimberg, F. Jetter, G. Zeck, S. Picaud, et al. A spike sorting toolbox for up to thousands of electrodes validated with ground truth recordings in vitro and in vivo. Elife, 7:e34518, 2018.

    1. Educating & enacting change means practicing microresistance in interpersonal relationships and macroresistance strategies when the systems and institutions of which we are a part are guilty of dominant-group supremacy in policies, procedures, or practices.

      One connection I made with this content is how social workers can help create change in both small and big ways. Microresistance can be something as simple as speaking up when someone says something unfair or standing up for someone who may not feel comfortable speaking for themselves. It made me realize that you do not always have to do something huge to make a difference.

      I also connected this to what I have learned about advocacy in social work. Sometimes the problem is bigger than just one person and comes from rules or systems that are unfair. Social workers can help people with their individual problems, but they can also speak up when they notice the same problems happening to a lot of people. I think both are important parts of creating change.

    1. From the computer's point of view, the operating system is the program most intimately involved with the hardware. In this context, we can view an operating system as a resource allocator. A computer system has many resources that may be required to solve a problem: CPU time, memory space, storage space, I/O devices, and so on. The operating system acts as the manager of these resources. Facing numerous and possibly conflicting requests for resources, the operating system must decide how to allocate them to specific programs and users so that it can operate the computer system efficiently and fairly.

      Flip the perspective around to the computer's side of things, and the operating system is really the piece of software with the closest, most direct relationship to the hardware. Seen this way, it makes sense to think of the operating system as a resource allocator—something that manages the pool of resources a computer has available whenever it's trying to solve a problem, whether that's CPU cycles, memory, storage, or various I/O devices. Since requests for these resources come in constantly and often clash with one another, the operating system has to figure out how to divide things up among competing programs and users in a way that keeps the whole system running both efficiently and fairly.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review)

      Summary:

      The authors report the results of a tDCS brain stimulation study (verum vs sham stimulation of left DLPFC; between-subjects) in 46 participants, using an intense stimulation protocol over 2 weeks, combined with an experience-sampling approach, plus follow-up measures after 6 months.

      Strengths:

      The authors are studying a relevant and interesting research question using an intriguing design, following participants quite intensely over time and even at a follow-up time point. The use of an experience-sampling approach is another strength of the work.

      Comments on revised version.

      With the last round of revisions, the authors have now addressed my concerns.

      Thank you to re-review this revision, and we all appreciate you kindly contributing to substantially improve the conceptualization, statistics and statements for this manuscript.

      Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The current study tested the effects of repeated sessions of tDCS targeting the DLPFC on procrastination behavior. The main outcome is that anodal versus sham DLPFC tDCS reduces procrastination behavior on both a short-term and a long-term scale up to six months after the stimulation sessions.

      Strengths:

      The current study tests competing models of procrastination with state-of-the-art high-definition transcranial electric stimulation. The study assesses stimulation effects on procrastination on both a short-term and a long-term scale, suggesting that repeated stimulation of the prefrontal cortex reduces procrastination on a time scale of up to six months.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript has already been reviewed and revised before, and it seems that the quality of the manuscript has substantially improved as a result of this revision process. I agree with the other reviewers that one must be cautious with drawing conclusions regarding the cognitive mechanisms underlying this effect, as many different cognitive functions are implemented by the DLPFC.

      We do appreciate you to take valuable time offering those insightful and helpful comments on this revised manuscript. As you kindly raised, this revision has redrawn conclusions and statements on domain-specific mechanistic roles of DLPFC in interpreting why this neuromodulation treatments are effective.

      One aspect of the current results that puzzles me is the strength of the current stimulation effects. Meta-analyses suggest that tDCS shows only small-to-moderate effect sizes (with Cohen's d around 0.5). While the authors report no effect sizes for their statistical models, the small p values, in combination with the unusually small sample size of 18 participants per group, suggests that the effect size must be rather large. Can the authors provide an estimate of the effect size of their stimulation effects? If they are considerably larger than to be expected, could the authors give an explanation for why their stimulation setup is showing much stronger effects than comparable high-definition tDCS studies on cognition or decision making?

      Thank you for raising this very crucial question in effect size determination. We fully understand that this large effect size makes you puzzled, and that the limited sample size indeed attenuates detectable power in the statistics. We completely agree that reporting the actual effect sizes is essential for interpreting the magnitude of our findings, and we appreciate the opportunity to clarify why the observed effects in our study appear substantially larger than the small-to-moderate effect sizes typically reported in meta-analyses of tDCS studies on cognition and decision-making.

      Following your suggestion, we have calculated the effect sizes for our primary outcomes. Based on the simple effect analyses (pre- vs. post-neuromodulation within the active neuromodulation group), we computed Cohen’s d for the within-group changes: for task-execution willingness, d = 2.37 (95% CI [1.49, 3.25]); for the actual procrastination rate, d = 1.52 (95% CI [0.87, 2.16]).

      We acknowledge that these effect sizes are considerably larger than the typical d ≈ 0.5 reported in the tDCS literature. After careful consideration, we attribute this discrepancy to three methodological and conceptual differences between our study and typical cognitive/decision-making tDCS studies. First, the small-to-moderate effect sizes are observed in studies utilizing a single-session tDCS protocol, yet our study employed an intensive 7-session HD-tDCS protocol over 15 days. Therefore, multi-session tDCS that induces cumulative, activity-dependent long-term potentiation (LTP)-like plasticity may substantially amplify and consolidates behavioral effects compared to single-session stimulation (Ke et al., 2023; Zhong et al., 2021). Second, most tDCS studies on cognition recruit healthy young adults who often perform near ceiling on laboratory tasks, leaving little "room for improvement" and thereby constraining the observable effect size. In our study, we strictly screened for severe chronic procrastinators. Because our participants had severe baseline deficits in task execution, the "ceiling space" for behavioral improvement was much larger, naturally inflating the observable effect size of the intervention. Lastly, given all the procrastinators completed tasks in the last session (0% procrastination rate in the active group, without within-group variance), mathematically, this boundary variable (0% vs 100%) artificially inflates the effect size estimate when calculating Cohen’s d with a near-zero post-test standard deviation.

      Nevertheless, as a sensitivity analysis, those findings are confirmed by Beta regression model addressing the risks of boundary variables, indicating that the potential inflation of effect sizes is statistically acceptable:

      In summary, while the observed Cohen's d values are unusually large, they are contextually justified by the cumulative nature of our multi-session protocol, the targeted clinical-like population, and the mathematical properties of bounded behavioral metrics.

      Results Section (Page 9, Line 441-444)

      “... For procrastination willingness, results showed a statistically significant interaction effect between multi-session neuromodulations and groups (β = -7.84, SE = 1.80, t = -4.36, DF = 45.6, p < .001, Cohen d = 2.37, 95% CI: 1.49-3.25; Fig. 3A and Fig. S2a).”

      Results Section (Page 9, Line 454-458)

      “... Similarly, a statistically significant interaction effect was identified here (β = -7.37, SE = 2.40, t = -3.02, DF = 46.6, p = .004, Cohen d = 1.52, 95% CI: 0.87-2.16), and the simple effect analysis further revealed decreased actual procrastination rates after ms-tDCS in the active neuromodulation group.”

      Regarding the strengths of the stimulation effects, I moreover found remarkable that the post-test procrastination rate was 100% in all (!) participants in the DLPFC group (figure 3F). I admit that it is hard to trust results that have no individual variation at all. This means that all participants are perfect responders to tDCS, which is again at variance what one typically expects for tDCS (where one usually has many non-responders). Do the authors have an explanation for this?

      Thank you for raising this highly important and helpful comment. Indeed, we fully understand that this result (a 100% task complete rate among all participants in the DLPFC group) is somewhat extraordinary. This pattern was equally striking to us when unblinded the data. After carefully scrutinizing the data and statistics, we are thrilled to confirm that this pattern is true. In support of this observation, we were gratified to receive numerous thank-you letters from participants who engaged in active neuromodulation. They expressed gratitude to us, and reported that they have substantially ameliorated procrastination behavior in real-life activities after completing the trial. While this does not constitute formal scientific evidence, we are also glad to see the benefits of this neuromodulation for those procrastinators.

      Two reasons could account for this pattern herein. One interpretation is to attribute this pattern to “floor effect”. In the present study, the procrastination rate was calculated as 1 minus the task-completion rate (e.g., 80%, 60%, 40%) by the deadline. At last stimulation sessions (#6 and #7), all the participants completed their real-life tasks before the deadline, yielding a 0% (1 minus 100% completion rate) procrastination rate, without any between-individual variation. Thus, rather than there being no individual variation in procrastination, this scalar – the procrastination rate - is too insensitive to capture subtle differences per se. For instance, although participants #1 and #2 both showed a 0% procrastination rate - meaning that both completed their tasks before the deadline - Participant #1 might have completed it 3 hours before the deadline, whereas Participant #2 might have completed it only 10 minutes before. In this case, the “scalar inflation” emerges to let us perceive that both participants have equivalent procrastination rates, although participant #2 may have a higher procrastination level than #1. As conceptually defined in the field, procrastination is contextualized as “not completing a task before the deadline”. Thus, if this task is completed before the deadline, regardless of whether it was finished close to or far in advance of the deadline, this case is defined as “no procrastination”. In the present study, the primary outcome is whether a participant procrastinated on a real-life task before the deadline in real-world settings, irrespective of when she/he completed this task. Thus, this scalar - procrastination rate - fits our conceptualization of procrastination.

      Another reason is the potential accumulative effects from sequential multi-session tDCS stimulation, as we explained above. As shown in Mann-Kendall trend tests, the procrastination rates show a significant linear downtrend in the active neuromodulation group across sessions, even after removing sessions #6 and #7. This indicates that the improvements of going against procrastination may be sequentially accumulative along with the increase in sessions, implying a potential “dose-dependent effect”. Despite a speculative interpretation, this “dose-dependent effect” in neuromodulation has been well-documented in previous studies, showing the robustly linear association between the number of sessions and effectiveness (c.f., Cole et al., 2020; Hutton et al., 2023; Sabé et al., 2024; Schulze et al., 2018). Therefore, although this extreme pattern is somewhat extraordinary compared to previous observations, it makes sense.

      We also conducted robustness check by removing sessions #6, #7, and both, to validate whether this results were biased by “scalar inflation”. We do believe that this analysis could support statistical robustness to go against potential biases from extreme cells. By doing so, we found that all the group*treatment_day interaction effects remained significant when removing either session #6 or session #7 (or even both, all p-values < .05), indicating high statistical robustness. Please see Table S3 and Table S4.

      Taken together, in spite of their being extraordinary, we confirm that those findings are statistically robust to extreme outliers. As you kindly suggested, we have added those findings of the robustness check into the revised Supplemental Materials section.

      In any case, I am surprised by the rather small sample size. Due to the small effect sizes for tDCS, it is common to have a minimum of 30 subjects per group in between-subject designs. According to G*Power, a between-subject design with 17 subjects per group could detect only relatively large effect sizes of Cohen's d = 0.99 (alpha = 5%, power = 80%, independent-samples t-test). As explained above, this is far above the effect size that can be expected for tDCS. In addition, small samples bear the risk that results strongly depend on outliers in the data, which might explain the strong effect size observed in the current study. The small sample size should be discussed as a major limitation of the current study and that the results need to be replicated by studies with larger sample sizes. Moreover, to rule out that the results are driven by outlier in the data, the authors should show individual data points in all plots showing empirical data.

      We sincerely thank you for this highly constructive and methodologically sound critique. We completely agree that sample size is a critical consideration in tDCS research, and that visualizing individual data points is essential to rule out the possibility that our findings are driven by outliers.

      We acknowledge that our sample size is smaller than the ~30 per group often recommended for detecting small-to-moderate effects in general cognitive tDCS meta-analyses. We have determined this a priori effect size based on the existing work we published previously (Xu et al., 2023, J Exp Psychol Gen;152(4):1122-1133). In our pilot study (Xu et al., 2023), we identified a significant interaction effect between the single-session tDCS stimulation (active vs sham) and time (pre-test vs post-test) (t = 2.38, p = .02, n = 27; 95% CI [0.14, 1.49]) for changing procrastination willingness in the laboratory settings, indicating a medium effect size. Based on this specific empirical foundation, GPower indicated that a total sample size of 34 (17 per group) was sufficient to achieve 80% power (please see GPower output below). To account for potential attrition, we aimed to recruit 36 participants (18 per group), ultimately retaining 46 participants (23 per group) after exclusions. While we stand by this a priori justification, we fully agree with your overarching point that this remains a constraint.

      We completely agree with your observation regarding the plots. The apparent absence of data points in the previous versions of Figures 3B and 3F was not due to data exclusion, but rather to severe overplotting. Because multiple participants in the active neuromodulation group achieved identical scores (e.g., 0% procrastination rate or 100% task-execution willingness in later sessions), their data points perfectly overlapped, making it appear as though only ~10 points were present. As you helpfully suggested, we now employ jittered scatter plots with adjusted transparency, ensuring that all 23 individual data points per group are clearly visible, even when values are identical. As these revised figures demonstrate, the significant group differences reflect a consistent, cohort-wide shift rather than the influence of isolated outliers. Those

      As you rightly suggested, we have explicitly framed the small sample size as a major limitation and emphasized the necessity for large-scale replication. We have strengthened the wording in the Limitations section to explicitly mention the risk of outlier dependency and the need for larger cohorts.

      Legend Section (Page 28, Line 1161-1163)

      “… To ensure transparency and rule out outlier-driven effects, individual data points for all participants (N=23 per group) are overlaid on the bars using a jittered distribution to prevent overplotting of identical values.”

      Discussion Section (Page 13, Line 691-696)

      “… a major limitation of the current study is the relatively small sample size (total N = 46). While this was determined a priori based on our specific pilot study, small samples inherently bear a higher risk of being influenced by outliers and may overestimate effect sizes compared to large-scale meta-analytic expectations for tDCS. Therefore, these findings warrant caution in generalization and necessitate rigorous replication in larger, adequately powered cohorts.”

      Related to this, in the figure showing individual data points (3B/F), I count only around 10 data points per tDCS group for the 18 participants per group. I ask the authors to modify the plot that the data points from all participants can be seen (for example, by adding some noise on the x-axis for participants with the same value on the y axis).

      Thank you for this kind reminder. As we replied above, those plots have been redrawn by adding the jitters, which favor the readability as you kindly suggested.

      Another surprising aspect of the data is that repeated sessions of tDCS change procrastination behavior up to six months after stimulation. Do the authors think that their tDCS setup leads to such long-lasting neuroplastic changes, and if yes, can they cite prior work where similar dosages of tDCS also showed such long-lasting effects? Or could the results be explained by learning effects, for example because participants in the DLPFC group learned during the repeated tDCS sessions that it feels internally rewarding to finish one's tasks instead of procrastinating them, and they still benefit from this kind of "learned industriousness" 6 months later? In any case, in my view it is important to be more specific about how seven sessions of tDCS can affect behavior half a year later.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this highly insightful and thought-provoking comment. The concept of "learned industriousness" is particularly apt and captures a crucial alternative mechanism that we must address. We agree that explaining how seven sessions of tDCS can affect behavior half a year later requires a nuanced discussion of both neurobiological and behavioral learning mechanisms.

      Regarding the first point, we do believe that our multi-session protocol can induce long-lasting neuroplastic changes. While single-session tDCS effects are typically transient, cumulative neurobiological evidence demonstrates that repeated, multi-session protocols (typically ranging from 5 to 10 sessions) can induce activity-dependent, long-term potentiation (LTP)-like plasticity that consolidates over time (Agboada et al., 2020; Au et al., 2017; Jannati et al., 2023). Our 7-session protocol falls squarely within this range of "intensified dosing" designed to promote such consolidation. Meta-analyses and empirical studies on multi-session tDCS have shown that such protocols can produce behavioral and neurophysiological effects lasting weeks to months, particularly when targeting prefrontal regions involved in value-based decision-making and cognitive control (e.g., Brunoni et al., 2013; Sabé et al., 2024; Woodham et al., 2025).

      Furthermore, we completely agree with you for this alternative explanation regarding learning effects. It is highly plausible that participants in the active group, experiencing reduced task aversiveness and increased outcome value during the intervention, learned that completing tasks is internally rewarding. This aligns perfectly with the psychological concept of "learned industriousness" (Eisenberger, 1992), where the reinforcement of effortful behavior makes future engagement more likely. We explicitly acknowledge that repeated exposure to the experience-sampling protocol and the positive feedback of task completion could facilitate this kind of behavioral learning. More importantly, we argue that the learning effects are not bad things in this neuromodulation, and the learning effect and the neuroplasticity may be synergistic. The sham control group underwent the exact same experience-sampling protocol, reported real-life tasks, and had the identical opportunity for "learned industriousness" through feedback. However, as identified in the half-year follow-up, the sham group did not exhibit the same progressive improvement during the intervention, nor did they sustain a significant reduction in procrastination at the 6-month follow-up (their rates returned to near-baseline levels). This divergence suggests that while learning may play a role, the active neuromodulation likely provided the necessary neuroplastic "boost" (e.g., by enhancing prefrontal value-encoding circuits) that facilitated, accelerated, and consolidated this learning, making the behavioral change durable. Without the neuromodulatory enhancement, the mere exposure to the protocol was insufficient to produce long-term change.

      As you kindly suggested, we have explicitly incorporated this nuanced discussion into the revised manuscript, by citing relevant literature on multi-session tDCS plasticity, explicitly acknowledging the "learned industriousness" hypothesis, and reiterating the limitation of having only a single follow-up point.

      Discussion Section (Page 12, Line 627-634)

      “... Despite statistically supporting the TDM, we acknowledge that alternative neurocognitive mechanisms could contribute to the observed reductions in procrastination. For instance, repeated exposure to the experience-sampling protocol may have enhanced participants’ awareness of task progress or facilitated feedback-based learning, thereby increasing the subjective value of goal completion independent of DLPFC neuromodulation. Participants in the active group may have learned during the repeated sessions that completing tasks feels internally rewarding, thereby benefiting from a form of “learned industriousness” (Eisenberger, 1992) that persists months later.”

      Discussion Section (Page 14, Line 719-723)

      “... we explicitly note that a single 6-month follow-up timepoint cannot definitively establish the stability or trajectory of these effects. Future studies incorporating multiple longitudinal assessments (e.g., 1-month, 3-month, 6-month, 12-month) are required to substantiate claims about long-term retention and to disentangle the precise contributions of neuroplasticity versus behavioral learning.”

      Lastly, the link to the data repository works, but I could not inspect the data because I was asked to request access to the data, which I did not do in order to remain anonymous.

      Thank you a lot to take invaluable to review our data and code in this repository. As we reported previously, all the data and code to support those findings have been deposited in the eLife online submission system for your reviews and scrutiny before this manuscript is formally published. As the editorial policy of eLife on VOR (Version of Record) instructed, to prevent from mixture of codes and data across multiple round of revisions, those data and codes in the final version would be released once this paper is formally published. Please do not worry for the anonymity policy. This is a public peer review, and it thus enables those helpful comments that you kindly suggested to be public when this manuscript is formally published. Again, thank you to substantially contribute on this revised manuscript by sharing those helpful suggestions.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Editors note: We encourage the authors to consider the remaining reviewer concerns and revise the manuscript accordingly.

      Thank you so much for this warm and kind reminder. We have addressed all of those concerns that remained by the new Reviewer #4, point-by-point. All the co-authors do appreciate you for handling our manuscript, and for contributing those fruitful and helpful comments. We do believe that the quality of this manuscript has been substantially improved, benefiting from this editorial process.

      References

      Agboada, D., Mosayebi-Samani, M., Kuo, M. F., & Nitsche, M. A. (2020). Induction of long-term potentiation-like plasticity in the primary motor cortex with repeated anodal transcranial direct current stimulation - Better effects with intensified protocols? Brain Stimulation, 13(4), 987–997. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brs.2020.04.009

      Au, J., Karsten, C., Buschkuehl, M., & Jaeggi, S. M. (2017). Optimizing transcranial direct current stimulation protocols to promote long-term learning. Journal of Cognitive Enhancement, 1(1), 65–72. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41465-017-0007-6

      Brunoni, A. R., Boggio, P. S., Ferrucci, R., Priori, A., & Fregni, F. (2013). Transcranial direct current stimulation: challenges, opportunities, and impact on psychiatry and neurorehabilitation. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 4, 19. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2013.00019

      Cole, E. J., Stimpson, K. H., Bentzley, B. S., Gulser, M., Cherian, K., Tischler, C., Nejad, R., Pankow, H., Choi, E., Aaron, H., Espil, F. M., Pannu, J., Xiao, X., Duvio, D., Solvason, H. B., Hawkins, J., Guerra, A., Jo, B., Raj, K. S., Phillips, A. L., … Williams, N. R. (2020). Stanford accelerated intelligent neuromodulation therapy for treatment-resistant depression. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 177(8), 716–726. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2019.19070720

      Eisenberger, R. (1992). Learned industriousness. Psychological Review, 99(2), 248–267. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-295X.99.2.248

      Hutton, T. M., Aaronson, S. T., Carpenter, L. L., Pages, K., Krantz, D., Lucas, L., Chen, B., & Sackeim, H. A. (2023). Dosing transcranial magnetic stimulation in major depressive disorder: Relations between number of treatment sessions and effectiveness in a large patient registry. Brain Stimulation, 16(5), 1510–1521. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brs.2023.10.001

      Jannati, A., Oberman, L. M., Rotenberg, A., & Pascual-Leone, A. (2023). Assessing the mechanisms of brain plasticity by transcranial magnetic stimulation. Neuropsychopharmacology, 48(1), 191–208. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41386-022-01453-8

      Ke, Y., Liu, S., Chen, L., et al. (2023). Lasting enhancements in neural efficiency by multi-session transcranial direct current stimulation during working memory training. npj Science of Learning, 8(1), Article 23. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41539-023-00200-y

      Sabé, M., Hyde, J., Cramer, C., Eberhard, A., Crippa, A., Brunoni, A. R., Aleman, A., Kaiser, S., Baldwin, D. S., Garner, M., Sentissi, O., Fiedorowicz, J. G., Brandt, V., Cortese, S., & Solmi, M. (2024). Transcranial magnetic stimulation and transcranial direct current stimulation across mental disorders: A systematic review and dose-response meta-analysis. JAMA Network Open, 7(5), e2412616. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2024.12616

      Schulze, L., Feffer, K., Lozano, C., Giacobbe, P., Daskalakis, Z. J., Blumberger, D. M., & Downar, J. (2018). Number of pulses or number of sessions? An open-label study of trajectories of improvement for once- vs. twice-daily dorsomedial prefrontal rTMS in major depression. Brain Stimulation, 11(2), 327–336. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brs.2017.11.002

      Woodham, R. D., Selvaraj, S., Lajmi, N., Hobday, H., Sheehan, G., Ghazi-Noori, A.-R., Lagerberg, P. J., Rizvi, M., Kwon, S. S., Orhii, P., Maislin, D., Hernandez, L., Machado-Vieira, R., Soares, J. C., Young, A. H., & Fu, C. H. Y. (2025). Home-based transcranial direct current stimulation treatment for major depressive disorder: a fully remote phase 2 randomized sham-controlled trial. Nature Medicine, 31(1), 87–95. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41591-024-03305-y

      Zhong, M., Cywiak, C., Metto, A. C., Liu, X., Qian, C., et al. (2021). Multi-session delivery of synchronous rTMS and sensory stimulation induces long-term plasticity. Brain Stimulation, 14(4), 884–894. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brs.2021.05.003

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This valuable study leverages a large global dataset of tens of thousands of tuberculosis samples to place recurrent protein-coding mutations into their three-dimensional structural context, offering an expanded view of how antibiotic resistance emerges compared to traditional genetic analyses alone. The strength of evidence is convincing, supported by the scale and breadth of the dataset and the systematic structural analysis, although some of the assumptions made in the the modeling approach are only partially supported. Overall, the work will be of broad interest to researchers studying microbial evolution, antibiotic resistance, and structure-function relationships in pathogens.

      We thank the reviewers and editors for their careful critique of our work. We believe the work has been strengthened by addressing the comments and are delighted to submit a revised version. This version has a detailed discussion of prior literature on structure analysis of antibiotic resistance variants in Mycobacterium tuberculosis, more details on dataset origins and data processing to improve reproducibility, better explanations of the evolutionary assumptions underlying the scoring method we developed, and more discussion of proteins that show homoplasic and clustered mutational signals that are not known to confer antibiotic resistance. We include detailed responses to the comments below.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Green et al. attempt to use large-scale protein structure analysis to find signals of selection and clustering related to antibiotic resistance. This was applied to the whole proteome of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, with a specific focus on the smaller set of known antibiotic-resistance-related proteins.

      Strengths:

      The use of geospatial analysis to detect signals of selection and clustering on the structural level is really intriguing. This could have a wider use beyond the AMR focussed work here and could be applied to a more general evolutionary analysis context. Much of the strength of this work lies in breaking ground into this structural evolution space, something rarely seen in such pathogen data. Additional further research can be done to build on this foundation, and the work presented here will be important for the field.

      The size of the dataset and use of protein structure prediction via AlphaFold, giving such a consistent signal within the dataset, is also of great interest and shows the power of these approaches to allow us to integrate protein structure more confidently into evolution and selection analyses.

      Weaknesses:

      There are several issues with the evolutionary analysis and assumptions made in the paper, which perhaps overstate the findings, or require refining to take into account other factors that may be at play.

      (1) The focus on antimicrobial resistance (AMR) throughout the paper contains the findings within that lens. This results in a few different weaknesses:

      (a) While the large size of the analysis is highlighted in the abstract and elsewhere, in reality, only a few proteins are studied in depth. These are proteins already associated with AMR by many other studies, somewhat retreading old ground and reducing the novelty.

      (b) Beyond the AMR-associated proteins, the proteome work is of great interest, but only casually interrogated and only in the context of AMR. There appears to be an assumption that all signals of positive selection detected are related to AMR, whereas something like cas10 is part of the CRISPR machinery, a set of proteins often under positive selection, and thus unlikely to be AMR-related.

      We agree that environmental pressures beyond AMR may impose positive selection. In response to the reviewer’s comment we have now included more results and a supplementary figure of the findings about Cas10. We have expanded our results about the proteins found with significant clustering that are not known AMR-associated proteins, and clarified in the discussion that we don’t believe positive selection is caused only by AMR.

      We note that data from homoplasic substitutions in proteins (Figure 1) does indeed support that AMR is the strongest driver of positive selection in Mtb. A challenge is that knowledge about protein function varies in depth by protein, and in Mtb the AMR proteins are among the most well-studied in the proteome. Thus, explanations from literature are most readily available for AMR proteins. Moreover, proteins may exhibit positive selection for more than one reason – for example, we find significant clustering in the proteins GlmM, GlmS, GlmU, and MurA, all of which are involved in amino sugar metabolism, a key component of the cell wall. These proteins could plausibly have a role in AMR via cell wall permeability mechanisms, and could plausibly have a role in adaptation to host environment via the same (or other) mechanisms.

      (2) The strength of the signal from the structural information and the novelty of the structural incorporation into prediction are perhaps overstated.

      (a) A drop of 13% in F1 for a gain of 2% in PPV is quite the trade-off. This is not as indicative of a strong predictor that could be used as the abstract claims. While the approach is novel and this is a good finding for a first attempt at such complex analysis, this is perhaps not as significant as the authors claim.

      (b) In relation to this, there is a lack of situating these findings within the wider research landscape. For instance, the use of structure for predicting resistance has been done, for example, in PncA (https://academic.oup.com/jacamr/article/6/2/dlae037/7630603, https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1476927125003664, https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-020-58635-x) and in RpoB (https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-020-74648-y). These, and other such works, should be acknowledged as the novelty of this work is perhaps not as stark as the authors present it to be.

      We appreciate this comment and have made efforts to better situate our work in the wider context of structure-based prediction of antibiotic resistance. We have included description of and citation to these works and others in the introduction, results, and discussion. A differentiator between our work and previous is that we have trained a predictor across all proteins in the WHO catalogue of known resistance variants, not limited ourselves to a single protein at a time. We feel this makes the case that structure (and specifically proximity to known resistance-conferring variants) is a universally useful feature for resistance mutation prediction. We have also updated our abstract to reflect the exact performance of our method.

      Introduction: “Protein three-dimensional structure has shown utility as an input feature for identifying resistance-conferring variants in known resistance-conferring proteins such as RpoB,[26,27] PncA [28–30], and AtpE.[31]While past work has sought to reannotate parts of the M. tuberculosis proteome with computationally predicted protein structures using older structure prediction methods,[32] we can now infer a protein structure for nearly every protein in the proteome using AlphaFold,[33] leading to new works examining the 3D location of mutations in known and suspected resistance-conferring proteins.[34,35]”

      (3) The authors postulate that neutral AA substitutions would be randomly distributed in the protein structure and thus use random mutations as a negative control to simulate this neutral evolution. However, I am unsure if this is a true negative control for neutral evolution. The vast majority of residues would be under purifying selection, not neutral selection, especially in core proteins like rpoB and gyrA. Therefore, most of these residues would never be mutated in a real-world dataset. Therefore, you are not testing positive selection against neutral selection; you are testing positive against purifying, which will have a much stronger signal. This is likely to, in turn, overestimate the signal of positive selection. This would be better accounted for using a model of neutral evolution, although this is complex and perhaps outside the scope. Still, it needs to be made clear that these negative controls are not representative of neutral evolution.

      The goal of our negative control was to simulate the random accumulation of amino acid substitutions without the effects of selection, which we had originally referred to as “neutral evolution” but is better described as “randomly accumulating substitutions.” We agree that in the absence of antibiotics, essential proteins like RpoB and GyrA are probably under purifying selection, and thus will have depletion of mutations in their hydrophobic cores. We have revised our wording in the results section “A protein-level statistic to test for mutational clustering” to make it clear that our negative control is that of randomly accumulating substitutions. We have included possible extension to more realistic evolutionary scenarios in the discussion.

      As a side note, if we were to compare the observed mutation 3-D pattern to a purifying selection model, that may overestimate the signal compared with the randomly accumulating substitution model that we currently present in the manuscript. Purifying selection would tend to result in slower evolutionary rates than positive selection or randomly accumulation substitutions. So, a control based on purifying selection would have to have fewer mutations to account for the same evolutionary time, and this could lead to underestimating clustering.

      (4) In a similar vein, the use of 15 Å as a cut-off for stating co-localisation feels quite arbitrary. The average radius of a globular protein is about 20 Å, so this could be quite a

      large patch of a protein. I think it may be good to situate the cut-off for a 'single location' within a size estimator of the entire protein, as 15 Å could be a neighbourhood in a large protein, but be the whole protein for smaller ones.

      We interrogated the use of 15 Å as a cutoff and found that it is indeed not very stringent, and functions more as a filter to remove the most egregious examples of proteins lacking single-location clustering. We include a new supplementary figure showing the number of significant hits as the cutoff is varied from 2 Å to 40 Å, and summarize these results in the main text. We note that we in fact find a weak negative relationship between protein length and the distance between the top two residues with highest G-score (R<sup>2</sup> = 0.008, b = -3.1806, p-value = 0.048), the opposite of what would be expected under a scenario the distance between residues is simply driven by protein size and not a signal for clustering.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an important study that, for the first time, systematically places the homoplastic genetic variation observed in the coding regions in a large collection of >31,000 M. tuberculosis samples into the protein structural context. This should be much more informative when, e.g. predicting antimicrobial resistance. The authors imaginatively apply the Getis-Ord score, which originated in geographical spatial analysis but has also been used in human disease to demonstrate that missense mutations in M. tuberculosis known to be associated with antimicrobial resistance are clustered in space. That they are able to consider almost all of the proteome using a large dataset of 31,000 M. tuberculosis complex clinical samples, which makes the evidence convincing.

      Strengths:

      To my knowledge, this is the first study to place the homoplastic missense mutations from a large clinical dataset into their protein structural context and attempt to look for clustering in space, which could be indicative of a recent evolutionary pressure, such as the use of antibiotics. The field usually only views resistance through the genetic paradigm, so it is delightful to see a structural paradigm being brought to bear, as this should, in theory, be much more informative, as protein structure is much closer to function. In addition, the dataset used is large (>31,000 clinical M. tuberculosis samples), and the authors are able to consider almost all of the ORFs (3,687/3,996) in the M. tuberculosis reference, and hence the analysis is comprehensive.

      Weaknesses:

      It is not apparent at the time of this review if the study could be reproduced by other researchers as e.g. whilst the authors state that the raw sequencing files (FASTQ) underpinning the dataset of 31,428 M. tuberculosis isolates can be downloaded the table in the Supplement containing the sample and accession identifiers contains rows that do not contain NCBI accessions e.g. '01R0685' or 'IDR 1600023875' or '1479144813357T181715lib5022nextseqn0035151bp' instead of the expected form e.g. 'SAMEA1016138'. I have searched the NCBI SRA using these terms and got no results, so they cannot be used to download any FASTQ files. There is also no information in the preprint on how the reads were processed (which is a complex process) and the dataset of SNPs subsequently built. One can trace back through the references, but I cannot find anywhere where one can download the SNP dataset, which would permit researchers to reproduce at least the latter stages of the work -- one obvious option would be to make the SNP dataset available. Likewise, the authors have constructed a "M. tuberculosis structureome", which would be very useful for the community but does not appear to be publicly available. At the time of the review, not all the GitHub repositories were public, so these points may have been rectified when that was corrected.

      We have made a number of changes to improve reproducibility of the manuscript.

      First, we have updated Table 1 with additional information to reflect the dataset of origin. While most of the isolates used are available from NCBI (94.5%), the remainder are from other sources. An additional 4.8% are exclusively from PATRIC (now the BV-BRC) and 0.4% are from ENA. Some of the isolates were originally named by their internal identifiers, not their NCBI BioSamples, which has been rectified. Of the three identifiers the reviewer cites, two were originally from Reseq-TB and are now listed with their NCBI BioSamples, and the third, 01R0685, corresponds to one isolate deposited with others in a single BioProject (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/bioproject/?term=PRJEB26000; individual isolate available here: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/biosample/10125872). We have clarified in the table metadata that the relevant search identifier.

      Second, we have added a new section to our methods about the origins of the Mtb genomic data used in our manuscript, and describing the process of variant calling and SNP dataset construction.

      Third, we have provided the data in a zenodo repository along with instructions for using the protein distance map files provided: 10.5281/zenodo.20766453

      Lastly, we have ensured that the github is publicly available.

      The authors correctly point out in the Introduction that supervised methods like GWAS or ML need datasets with matching genetic and phenotypic drug susceptibility data, which are much difficult/expensive to obtain, but don't then close the loop by comparing their results back to such supervised methods. They pick out RnJ as having previously been identified by a GWAS, but it would have provided a useful validation of their method to e.g. demonstrating that X% of the genes they identify were also identified by GWAS/ML studies, and therefore their method can achieve similar results but without having to collect pDST data.

      We agree that this is a compelling possible extension of the work but due to time constraints have chosen not to pursue it for this manuscript.

      Whilst the authors acknowledge that assuming all sites are equally likely to mutate in their random shuffling procedure is a shortcoming, a bigger weakness is, I suspect, that one should also only consider which amino acids could arise at each codon due to a SNP. Shuffling assumes any amino acid can arise at any codon which is only possible with multiple nucleotide changes, which is possible but highly unlikely.

      Our approach is based on analyzing, in the wild-type protein structure, the 3D location at which mutations occur. In this calculation we do not consider the identity of the amino acid change per se. We have now clarified in the methods that we are not explicitly simulating biochemical change of the wild-type amino acid to any given mutant, rather we are analyzing the wild type amino acid in its structural context. We have added the following text in the methods section: In Computing inter-residue distances, “The EVcouplings Python package was used to compute the distance between wild-type amino acid residues in all protein structures”; in Computing the Getis-Ord score for clustering of homoplastic mutations, “The two values input to the Getis-Ord statistic computation are a per-residue score x, here the per-amino acid homoplasy score, and a weight matrix W that contains the inverse of the inter-residue distances computed from the wildtype amino acids”; and in Preparing GeO score calibration data, “Note that we do not recompute inter-residue distances when simulating mutations in an amino acid, as the distances used as input to GeO score are the wild-type inter-residue distances.” We hope this addresses the reviewer’s concern.

      Finally, the authors implicitly assume that the mutations do not perturb the structure of the proteins, which is likely to be generally true for essential genes but less likely to be true for non-essential genes. This assumption underpins their entire approach and should be borne in mind when evaluating the results.

      Our approach is based on analyzing, in the wild-type protein structure, the 3D location at which missense mutations occur and are observable in a naturally evolving population. It is true that we have not undertaken an analysis of whether any given mutation does or does not perturb the protein structure in which it occurs. However, location alone is a useful piece of information to analyze, as the location of naturally occurring mutations gives a readout of what types of mutations are allowed to persist under natural selection. Among our findings is that mutations display significant clustering even in non-essential genes, which we address in our discussion, “for proteins where mutations that lead to loss of function are known to cause resistance, such as PncA and RsmG (GidB), it is not necessarily expected to find clustering of mutations. We suspect that the observed clustering is due to mutations in a certain region of the protein being more likely to cause loss of function.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It would be good if a more detailed description of the sequencing dataset origins were presented. The Supplementary Table 1, which is meant to hold these data, points to another paper, which in turn points to another paper which does not detail collection strategies for this data. This needs to be clear so that any bias in collection, which could over-inflate selection signals, can be assessed.

      [From public reviews]

      First, we have updated Table 1 with additional information to reflect the dataset of origin. While most of the isolates used are available from the NCBI (94.5%), the remainder are from other sources. An additional 4.8% are exclusively from PATRIC (now the BV-BRC) and 0.4% are from ENA. Some of the isolates were originally named by their internal identifiers, not their NCBI BioSamples, which has been rectified. Of the three identifiers the reviewer cites, two were originally from Reseq-TB and are now listed with their NCBI BioSamples, and the third, 01R0685, corresponds to one isolate deposited with others in a single BioProject (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/bioproject/?term=PRJEB26000; individual isolate available here: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/biosample/10125872). We have clarified in the table metadata that the relevant search identifier.

      (2) Line 351: The exact download date is missing here.

      We have added the exact download date

      (3) Line 363: Did you mean lowest e-value? Higher would be worse.

      Thank you for catching this, it is indeed the lowest e-value (confusion stemmed from looking at highest negative log e-value).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The GitHub repo* was not public at the time of review (nor was it listed under user aggreen), so I could not check how reproducible the results are -- please make it public.

      Absolutely, this has been addressed.

      (2) The authors say "we envision structure being added as an additional feature in future work to predict resistance phenotypes from sequences" - this is not true, as some work has already been published predicting resistance in MBTC going back to 2019**

      We have addressed this with wording changes and citations to the mentioned work (see public responses)

      (3) Throughout the term 'non-synonymous' is used; that would include premature stop codons. Would 'missense' be more appropriate?

      You’re correct in pointing out that the term “non-synonymous” is too general for what we mean in this paper. Our analysis included missense mutations and in-frame indels, but did not include premature stop (nonsense) mutations or frameshift mutations. So, the term missense (alone) is narrower than what we wish to convey. We have made clarifications throughout.

      (4) The aminoglycosides are an important, albeit less used, class of antibiotics, and mutations arise in the ribosomal genes, e.g. rrs (which hence do not encode protein). They have therefore been excluded for obvious reasons, but it would help a reader from the tuberculosis field if this were acknowledged. Likewise, a reader might wonder why Rv0678 isn't in Figure 1 - I suspect it is because most of the samples were sequenced before the introduction of bedaquiline, but again, it would help if this were explained.

      See response to (5)

      (5) On a related note, it is not surprising that rpoC appears in Figure 1 due to its role in compensating for the fitness cost that arises when a rifamipicin-resistance mutation occurs in rpoB: obviously not central but a nice "oh yeah that makes sense" point for the reader if it were briefly mentioned.

      These are both great points about the relevance of our results to the Mtb community. We have added an additional paragraph interpreting the results of Figure 1 that mentions the reason for the appearance of RpoC and Cas10, and non-appearance of non-coding genes and genes relevant to resistance to newly introduced and repurposed drugs.

      (6) How is the "minimum coordinate difference" calculated? I assume all the structures are missing hydrogens as usual, so for two amino acids A and B, is it the smallest distance between any pair of heavy atoms from A and B? That would, I assume, introduce some bias for larger amino acids like Trp, or did you calculate from shared atoms like the backbone C_alpha atoms? That in turn will tend to make the distances a bit larger. It would be useful to know, as you explicitly mention a 1.5 nm threshold.

      We have explained this in a new section of the results, “The EVcouplings Python package was used to compute the distance between amino acid residues in all protein structures [49]. The package calculates the distance between all heavy (non-hydrogen) atoms in residue i and residue j, then returns the minimum of those distances.”

      (7) Given the reference used (H37Rv) is Lineage 4, one wonders about deeprooted/phylogenetic mutations, but then I suspect this sentence is doing a lot of that heavy-lifting: "We performed ancestral sequence reconstruction to determine the number of independent arisals of each mutation (homoplasy)". For the more general reader, it would be useful to touch on exactly what you mean and the importance of only considering homoplastic mutations.

      We have expanded our explanation in this section to better make the case for the use of homoplastic variants in our analysis, “Because analyzing the frequency of alleles in a population can be biased by oversampling of particular lineages, and by evolutionary recency, we chose to analyze the number of independent arrivals of each mutation (homoplasy) rather than their population-level frequency. This ensures that more recent evolutionary events are not underrepresented due to lack of time to spread in the population. To accomplish this, we used a previously compiled a dataset of genomes of 31,428 isolates from the Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex (MTBC), with ancestral sequence reconstruction to determine the number of independent arrivals of each mutation (Supplementary Data 1).”

      (8) Whilst this is true: "Evolution-based approaches are an alternative for finding variants associated with antibiotic resistance without requiring resistance phenotype data", the dataset used to, e.g. build the second edition of the WHO catalogue of resistanceassociated variants has >50,000 samples and therefore is larger than the dataset you have analysed here. The last time I looked, there were >100k M. tuberculosis samples in NCBI, and therefore, to be valid, your approach should really use more samples than are available with WGS and pDST data. I appreciate, however, that this will not be possible for this manuscript, but it is an obvious criticism.

      We appreciate this critique and acknowledge that the number of isolates with both WGS and pDST has increased rapidly in recent years. The first edition of the WHO catalogue (2021) used 38,215 isolates, which increased to over 50k in the second edition. The dataset of homoplastic mutations on which we based this paper was originally published in 2021.

      To address your comment, we have softened our assertions in the introduction about the utility of evolution-based approaches, and emphasize instead the different nature of the underlying signal, “Evolution-based approaches are an alternative for finding variants associated with antibiotic resistance by analyzing their mutational frequency and phylogenetic distribution”

      (9) Minor point, but the second sentence in the Introduction ignores that one can diagnose MDR-TB using phenotypic methods as well as genetic methods.

      We have added an additional citation and mention of laboratory phenotypic methods.

      (10) There are a few typos: "genic" "G-sore"

      Addressed.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, the authors investigate the mechanisms of low-frequency synaptic depression at cerebellar parallel fiber to interneuron synapses using unitary recordings that allow direct quantification of synaptic vesicle release. They show that sparse stimulation can induce robust synaptic depression even in the absence of substantial vesicle consumption, and that this depressed state is rapidly reversed when stimulation frequency is increased. To account for these observations, the authors propose a model in which low-frequency depression reflects a redistribution of vesicles within the readily releasable pool, in particular, a reduction in docking site occupancy due to vesicle undocking.

      Strengths:

      I found the experimental work to be of high quality throughout. The use of simple synapse recordings to count individual vesicle release events is particularly powerful in this context and allows questions to be addressed that are difficult to approach with more conventional approaches. The demonstration that low-frequency depression can occur independently of prior vesicle release, together with the rapid recovery observed during high-frequency stimulation, places strong constraints on possible underlying mechanisms and represents a clear strength of the study.

      The modelling framework is clearly laid out and helps organize a broad set of observations across stimulation frequencies. Several of the experimental tests appear well-motivated by the model, including the recovery train experiments, the analysis of failures, and the use of doublet stimulation. Taken together, the data provide a coherent phenomenological description of low-frequency depression and its relationship to vesicle availability within the readily releasable pool.

      We thank the Reviewer for his positive assessment of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      While the experimental results are strong, the manuscript would benefit from rebalancing the strength of the mechanistic conclusions drawn from the modelling in light of its limitations. The framework is clearly useful and provides a coherent interpretation of the data, but it is not uniquely constrained by the experimental observations, and alternative models or interpretations could plausibly account for the findings. The use of different model regimes concatenated across time, with substantially different parameter values, highlights the abstract nature of the approach. For these reasons, the model seems best presented as one plausible explanatory framework rather than a definitive biological mechanism. Clarifying the distinction between data-driven observations and model-based inferences would help readers assess which conclusions are strongly supported and which remain more speculative.

      The interpretation of the Ca2+-related experiments would benefit from more cautious wording. The absence of detectable changes in presynaptic Ca2+ signals does not exclude more localized or subtle Ca2+-dependent mechanisms, and conclusions regarding Ca2+ independence should therefore be framed accordingly. In addition, while low-frequency depression is still observed at reduced extracellular Ca2+, these experiments appear less diagnostic of the specific model-derived mechanism emphasized elsewhere in the manuscript - namely, a selective reduction in docking-site occupancy - and should be discussed with appropriate qualification in the text.

      Concerning Ca2+ signals, the Reviewer is right. While we found no change in Ca2+ signalling apart from a slow Ca2+ accumulation during long trains at 1 Hz, the possibility of an undetected change cannot be excluded. We have added a word of caution in this direction on p. 11. Concerning the 1.5 mM Ca2+ experiments, the Reviewer presumably alludes to the first recovery train (yellow) point in Supplementary Fig. 2C. This is also the last point (s11) of the slow train at 0.5 Hz because no delay at all was interposed between the slow train and the recovery train. We have now included one more experiment (with a present total number n = 6), and we have corrected Fig. S2C accordingly. In the new version the depression measured for s4-s10 vs s1 during the 0.5 Hz trains is 0.69 +/- 0.05 (p = 0.00058, paired one-tail t-test). The ratio of the s1 value of the recovery train compared to control s1 is 0.83 +/- 0.08 (p = 0.028, paired one-tail t-test).

      Major points:

      (1) Clarify and qualify mechanistic claims derived from the model.

      Throughout the manuscript, changes in model parameters are at times described as if they directly reflected underlying physiological mechanisms. As a result, the conceptual distinction between experimentally observed phenomena, model-derived variables, and biological interpretation is not always clear. Several conclusions in the Results and Discussion are phrased as mechanistic statements, although they rest on assumptions intrinsic to the modelling framework. The authors should systematically review the text and explicitly distinguish between (i) experimentally observed changes in synaptic responses and (ii) inferences about vesicle docking states or transitions within the model.

      In particular, statements implying that vesicle undocking is the mechanism underlying low-frequency depression should be rephrased to reflect that this is an interpretation within the proposed framework rather than a uniquely demonstrated biological process. For example, statements such as "Low-frequency depression is caused by synaptic vesicle undocking" should be replaced with formulations such as "Within the framework of our model, low-frequency depression is accounted for by a redistribution of synaptic vesicles away from docking sites" or "Our results are consistent with a model in which changes in vesicle docking-state occupancy contribute to low-frequency depression."

      A particularly problematic example is the statement that "these experiments further confirm that LFD only involves a decrease in δ, without accompanying changes in ρ or IP size." Here, an experimentally defined phenomenon (LFD) is directly equated with changes in model-derived variables. Such statements should be revised to make clear that δ, ρ, and IP size are inferred quantities within the model, and that the experimental data are interpreted through this framework rather than directly confirming changes in these parameters. Similarly, overgeneralizing statements such as "Undocking therefore represents the key mechanism controlling short-term depression across stimulation frequencies" should be softened to reflect that this conclusion emerges from the model rather than from direct experimental evidence.

      As suggested, we clarify the distinction in the revised version between experimental data and modelling, and we refrain from making definitive statements on underlying cellular mechanisms.

      (2) Address the biological interpretation of time-dependent model regimes.

      The model relies on distinct parameter regimes applied at different time points, with some transitions effectively suppressed in certain regimes. While this approach captures the data well, its biological interpretation remains unclear. The authors should either (i) expand the discussion to outline plausible biological processes that could give rise to such regime changes (for example, calcium-dependent modulation of transition rates or activity-dependent changes in vesicle state stability), or (ii) more explicitly frame this aspect of the model as a descriptive abstraction rather than a mechanistic proposal. This further underscores the need to clearly separate the descriptive role of the model from claims about underlying biological mechanisms.

      We thank the Reviewer for drawing our attention to this important point. Below 10 ms, rate constants are largely determined by the large-amplitude, fast-decaying Ca2+ signal occurring near voltage-dependent Ca2+ channels (‘Ca2+ nanodomain’). After 10 ms, the rate constants depend on the low-amplitude, slowly decaying Ca2+ signals averaged over the entire varicosity (‘volume-averaged Ca2+’). We explain this better in the revised version (Materials and Methods, p. 21).

      (3) Reframe conclusions drawn from calcium-related experiments.

      The calcium imaging data demonstrate no detectable changes in the measured presynaptic calcium signals under the tested conditions, but they do not rule out that calcium signals contribute in ways undetectable by the assay. Conclusions should therefore be revised to reflect this limitation, avoiding statements that exclude a role for calcium-dependent mechanisms. Wording such as "we did not detect evidence for..." would be more appropriate than conclusions implying the absence of an effect.

      Similarly, while low-frequency depression is still observed at reduced extracellular calcium (1.5 mM Ca<sup>2+</sup>), the specific mechanistic signature emphasized elsewhere in the manuscript - namely a selectively reduced first response during a high-frequency recovery train - is no longer apparent. These experiments should therefore be discussed as consistent with the proposed framework, but not as providing independent support for a selective reduction in docking-site occupancy. Explicitly acknowledging this limitation would improve clarity and avoid overinterpreting these data.

      This has been discussed above (‘weaknesses’).

      (4) Soften interpretations based on non-significant comparisons.

      In several places, comparisons that do not reach statistical significance are used to argue for equivalence between conditions (for example, comparisons involving failure versus non-failure trials or different LFD conditions). These conclusions should be revised to emphasize the limits of statistical power and framed as a lack of evidence for a difference rather than evidence of independence.

      We have amended this point in the revised version.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Silva and co-workers exploit their previously established methods of analyzing release events at single parallel fiber to molecular layer interneuron synapses. They observed synaptic depression at low transmission frequencies (< 5 Hz), which rapidly recovers during high-frequency transmission. Analysis of the time course of low-frequency depression revealed an initial rapid and a slow linearly increasing time course. Strikingly, the initial depression occurred even in the absence of preceding release, arguing against vesicle depletion as the underlying mechanism.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of the study is the careful demonstration of an interesting synaptic phenomenon challenging the classical vesicle-centered interpretation of synaptic depression.

      We thank the Reviewer for his positive assessment of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      No major weaknesses were identified by this reviewer.

      The finding of release-independent synaptic depression is important and would have widespread implications. Therefore, some more analyses to increase the confidence in these findings could be performed.

      My concern is whether rundown could explain the findings. If the rate of failures in s1 increases and at the same time the amplitude decreases during the experiments, an apparent depression in s2 could arise. The Supplementary Figure 5A addresses run-down, but the figure is not easy to understand, and, as far as I understood, it does not address the question of whether the release-independent depression could be caused by a rundown. To address this, the analysis of Figure 5 could be repeated by investigating the failure rate and amplitude separately or by analyzing the 1st and 2nd half of the recordings separately.

      The Reviewer makes a very important point that had escaped our attention. If the responses were declining over the course of an experiment, near the end of the recordings, a high proportion of failures would be associated with a weak response to the second AP. This could distort the relation between initial failures and amount of LFD, perhaps to the point of indicating LFD after failures when there were none. As suggested by the Reviewer, we tested this possibility by examining the stability of the synaptic responses during experiments. We found a mean s<sub>1</sub> value of 0.87 ± 0.13 for the first half of the experiments used in Fig. 5, and of 1.10 ± 0.17 for the second half (p > 0.05, n = 10). This analysis shows that there was no rundown during these experiments. We show in Author response image 1 a plot of s1 as a function of train number in these experiments, for two examples as well as for the average across frequencies and across experiments. These plots do not suggest any artefactual correlation between failures, mean s1, and rundown.

      Author response image 1.

      Plot of s1 as a function of train number for the experiments of Fig. 5

      In response to a request of Reviewer 2, Author response image 1 illustrates the evolution of s1 values as a function of train number for the experiments used to produce Figure 5. In each experiment, about 20 s1 values were obtained at two ISIs (either 10 ms and 500 ms, or 800 ms and 1600 ms). Author response image 1 shows two examples of s1 values as a function of train number (these values fluctuate widely between 0 and 3), and the average across cells and ISI values. There is no indication of a rundown of s1 values as a function of train number.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript builds on the observation that, at some synapses, low-frequency stimulation causes synaptic depression, which can be reversed by subsequent high-frequency stimulation. Such low-frequency depression (LFD) cannot be easily explained by the depletion of a single vesicle pool. Here, Silva and colleagues propose a model of activity-dependent vesicle trafficking to explain LFD at synapses between cerebellar granule cells and molecular layer interneurons.

      Strengths:

      Overall, LFD is interesting and worthy of examination, and the authors provide new experimental results that are of the high quality expected from this group.

      Weaknesses:

      The study proposes a novel model of vesicle trafficking that is not explained by known biological mechanisms, and the manuscript does not adequately compare or discuss alternative models.

      I have several concerns about how the authors interpret the data. First, the manuscript's primary conceptual advance is the idea that LFD involves vesicle undocking, rather than depletion. However, most experiments were performed under conditions that promote vesicle depletion (3 mM extracellular Ca2+). When experiments were repeated in physiological Ca2+, there appeared to be little or no LFD (stats are not provided). Second, the RS/DS/DU/undocking model, though not outside the realm of possibility, is not readily explained by known mechanisms and is only loosely supported by experimental findings. Third, when simulating LFD, the authors do not compare alternative models and use inappropriate language to imply that a model fit represents the truth (e.g., "the finding of identical experimental and simulated values confirms that the undocking mechanism accounts for LFD"). Finally, the model is presented in an overly complicated manner. The sheer amount of terms and nomenclature makes the manuscript confusing and difficult to read. Overall, the manuscript would benefit from added experiments and more statistics, a better justification and evaluation of the model, and more nuanced language.

      We respectfully disagree with these sweeping criticisms, as described in more detail below.

      Major concerns:

      (1) Most experiments were performed under conditions that exacerbate depletion

      In order to attribute LFD to vesicle undocking rather than depletion, it is important to show LFD under conditions where depletion is minimal. As mentioned above, the authors only report significant LFD in elevated extracellular Ca2+. In a small number of experiments performed in more physiological Ca2+ (1.5 mM), there is no depression after a single stimulus, and it is not clear that there was statistically significant depression during a low-frequency train. Several studies cited in support of LFD share this problem:

      Abrahamsson et al., (2007) recorded from Schaffer collaterals in 4 mM Ca, 3-4X physiological Ca2+.

      Doussau et al., (2010) recorded from Aplysia synapses in 3X Ca compared to seawater.

      Rudolph et al., (2011) is cited as an example of LFD. However, this study performed experiments at high release probability cerebellar climbing fibers, and reported depression that increased monotonically with stimulation frequency, so it does not resemble the phenomenon studied in this paper. Lin et al., (2022) also largely describe monotonic depression at the calyx.

      The Reviewer suggests that LFD may only occur under non-physiological conditions, if the release probability has been increased by artificially elevating the extracellular Ca2+.

      The implication is that LFD is at best a curiosity with little or no significance for brain signalling. We disagree with this point of view for several reasons.

      Concerning the statement ‘In order to attribute LFD to vesicle undocking rather than depletion, it is important to show LFD under conditions where depletion is minimal’: This is the purpose of the analysis shown in Fig. 5.

      The statement ‘the authors only report significant LFD in elevated extracellular Ca2+’ is inaccurate. Fig. S2C shows a clear LFD in 1.5 mM Ca2+, as acknowledged by Reviewer 1 (‘low-frequency depression is still observed at reduced extracellular Ca2+’). However, we failed to provide a p-value for the depression in the initial version of the paper (p was 0.004, n = 5 with this data set; paired t-test, one-tail). In the revised version, we document the 1.5 mM results more extensively, including the incorporation of the results of an additional experiment, and an explicit statistical analysis of the data (p = 0.00058, n = 6; paired t-test, one-tail).

      Concerning the statement ‘there is no depression after a single stimulus’: We find that the onset kinetics of LFD is slower in 1.5 Ca2+ than in 3 Ca2+ (respectively 1.8 ISI and 0.51 ISI, Fig. 2C and Fig. S2C). This explains that the PPR is not significantly <1 in 1.5 Ca2+ without implying any weakening of the extent of LFD at steady state.

      As explained in the manuscript (p. 5), in a previous work, we developed a method to ascribe changes in SV pools, within the RS/DS model, with specific modifications of s1, s2 and s5-s8 during test 100 Hz trains (Tran et al., 2022). This method was developed in 3 mM Ca2+ conditions, and for this reason, we performed most experiments for the present work in 3 mM Ca2+.

      Chiu and Carter (2024) demonstrated LFD in neocortical synapses; they performed their study in 1.2 mM Ca2+, not in elevated Ca2+.

      Rudolph et al., (2011) showed low-frequency depression not only in elevated external Ca2+, but also in 0.5 mM Ca2+. While Rudolph et al., (2011) did not make an explicit link between their observations and LFD, there is no reason to doubt that these observations are an example of LFD. They showed a biphasic depression when switching the stimulation frequency from 0.05 Hz to 2 Hz. In one of the founding papers of LFD, Doussau et al., (2010) describe a biphasic depression when switching the stimulation frequency from 0.025 Hz to 1 Hz; Fig. 1 of the two papers (Rudolph 2011 and Doussau 2010) are strikingly similar.

      Lin et al., (2022) would probably not agree with the statement that the depression at the calyx is ‘largely monotonic’, as they stress the finding of quasi-constant depression between 5 and 50 Hz.

      The authors note that their results differ from those of Atluri and Regehr, but do not mention that a possible reason for the difference is the increased release probability in their experiments.

      In fact, we clearly listed the difference in external Ca2+ as a likely source of the discrepancy by saying ‘This discrepancy presumably stems from differences in experimental conditions (room temperature, stimulation of multiple presynaptic PFs and 2 mM external Ca<sup>2+</sup> concentration in the previous work, vs. near-physiological temperature, single presynaptic stimulation and 3 mM external Ca<sup>2+</sup> here)’.

      The authors should provide statistics for the data obtained in 1.5 mM Ca, and discuss why LFD is increased in conditions that also elevate vesicle release probability.

      See our comments above: the revised version includes the requested statistics. On p. 6 of the manuscript, we do provide an explanation for the apparent lack of LFD at 1.5 Ca2+ and 2 Hz, namely a superimposition of LFD with facilitation. At 1.5 Ca2+ and 0.5 Hz, our LFD numbers are not weaker than at 3 mM Ca2+ and 0.5 Hz of 1 Hz.

      Altogether, it is correct that many LFD experiments have been carried out in high release probability synapses and/or under conditions of elevated Ca2+. However, the reasons underlying these choices are diverse (in our case, to build on the previous SV pool analysis developed in Tran et al., 2022 in 3 Ca2+ conditions) and do not imply a limitation to the phenomenon. LFD is present in physiological conditions for low-to-moderate release probability synapses (as shown in our work), and altogether, there is no reason to dismiss LFD as non-physiological.

      (2) Lack of biological mechanisms supporting the model

      The model is presented without compelling biological support. The evidence in support of vesicle undocking comes from experiments by the Watanabe lab, which showed fewer-than expected docked vesicles under EM when cultured synapses were stimulated immediately prior to high-pressure freezing. Kusick et al were careful to note that these vesicles may have been lost to fusion.

      The Watanabe lab showed an SV deficit at docking sites at times ranging from about 100 ms to several seconds (Kusick et al., 2020, their Fig. 5E). This corresponds to the ISI values where we see paired-pulse depression. In their Summary, Kusick et al., raise the possibility of SV fusion as an alternative to undocking at the 100 ms time point. But the same issue had previously been considered in Miki et al., 2018 with other techniques (their Fig. 2d), where it was shown that the SV deficit seen in paired-pulse experiments could not be explained by fusion. This leaves undocking as the most likely explanation, at least in our preparation. We have added a new paragraph on p. 14 to clarify this point.

      The putative undocking Kusick describes is immediate (< 5 ms after stimulation), and it was not shown to be Ca2+ sensitive. This manuscript describes "calcium-dependent undocking" that proceeds from 10 ms - 200 ms. Multiple studies from the Watanabe lab show that a single stimulus lowers the number of docked vesicles, and subsequently, there is a transient redocking of vesicles that can be blocked by EGTA or Syt7 knockout.

      This is not an accurate description of the Kusick results or of our results. In the Kusick paper, the SV deficit seen at <5 ms after stimulation is attributed to exocytosis, not to undocking. Clearly, it is Ca2+-dependent. Our manuscript describes potential calcium-dependent undocking not during the time 10 ms- 150 ms, during which our undocking rate is assumed to be calcium-independent, but starting at 150 ms and lasting a few hundred ms thereafter.

      I also question the rationale for the authors' model that 2 vesicles are coupled in series to a single release site. Previous papers from this lab cited EM studies from frog and neuromuscular that showed filamentous connections between vesicles (do these synapses show LFD?). Here, the authors primarily cite their previous models to support their arguments. I encourage them to continue searching for ultrastructural evidence for 2-vesicle-docking-units and to cite such studies.

      It is important to remember that our sequential two-step model was not based on EM data, but on a series of functional data including variance-mean analysis of summed SV release numbers; covariance analysis among subsequent SV release numbers; analysis of release latencies as a function of stimulus number during an AP train; analysis of SV release numbers under conditions of very high release probability. We note that the phenomenon of Ca2+-dependent docking that we proposed based on these observations has been consistent with flash-and-freeze or zap-and-freeze results from several laboratories. Concerning potential filamentous connections between SVs and the AZ plasma membrane at a distance of several 10s of nm, this has been seen not only in frog or mice neuromuscular junctions, but also at brain synapses (ex: Siksou et al., Journal of Neuroscience 2007; Cole et al., Journal of Neuroscience 2016; Fernandez-Busnadiego, Journal of Cell Biology 2010; 2013).

      (3) Comparison to other vesicle models

      The authors use overly assertive language to suggest that the model proves a mechanism. "Altogether, these results indicate that the slow phase of LFD ... reflects a δ decrease without significant changes in pr, in ρ or in IP size". Simulating data does not conclusively "indicate" the underlying mechanism, but the authors could state their data can be "explained by a model where..".

      Please see our response above to a similar point by Reviewer 1.

      However, LFD does not require activity-dependent undocking. Instead, the phenomenon has been explained by high-release probability, paired with an activity-dependent increase in either docking or release probability (Chiu and Carter, 2024; Doussau et al., 2017). Does the new model do a better job of replicating some facet of the data? If multiple models can explain the same data, how can we determine which model is correct? The "Alternative Presynaptic Depression Mechanisms" should be expanded to discuss these issues.

      We could not find statements in the Chiu and Carter paper or in the Doussau et al., paper explaining LFD ‘by high-release probability, paired with an activity-dependent increase in either docking or release probability’. As far as we can see, Chiu and Carter do not propose any specific mechanism for LFD, beyond saying that depression and facilitation must be separate. Doussau et al., (their Fig. 6) clearly frame their interpretation in a sequential two-step model. As in the preceding Miki et al., paper (which they cite extensively), they assume a rapid (a few ms), Ca-dependent transition between their ‘reluctant pool’ and their ‘fully-releasable pool’, respectively homologous to RS and DS. Thus, the Doussau et al., interpretation is close to that presented in our present work, even though significant differences exist. An important difference is that Doussau et al., did not use simple synapses, so that they did not have access to key synaptic parameters such as the number of docking sites or the release probability per docking site. Consequently, the model in Doussau et al., does not have the same level of detail as ours. The revised version explains better the differences and similarity between the models of Doussau et al., and that exposed in our work (new paragraph on p. 14).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      Three reviewers have seen the paper. They agree that the evidence for low-frequency depression (LFD) is solid, but they all suggest that the data with 1.5 mM extracellular calcium should be analyzed and discussed in more detail. The finding of release-independent depression is surprising, but further data analysis to investigate whether it could be caused by run-down is required. The reviewers think the study will be more complete if the authors add N's and stats for LFD in 1.5 mM Ca. In addition, the most important change would be adding clarity in the text about the limitations and simplifications of the model. Please edit the text to clearly state that the presented model provides one possible framework to account for the data, and that other models might also be plausible, and clearly describe the limitations and simplifications of the model.

      Thank you for your positive assessment of our work. As explained in more detail below, we have added the requested statistics for 1.5 mM Ca data. We have also thoroughly revised our text to separate more clearly facts and interpretation. Finally, we now explain in more detail the limitations of our model.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor points

      (1) Statistical analysis and reporting.

      Please justify the use of one-tailed statistical tests and consider whether two-tailed tests would be more appropriate in some cases.

      In Materials and Methods (p. 17), we explain that one-tailed statistics were used when the sign of any possible deviation was predicted; otherwise two-tailed statistics were used.

      Exact p-values should be reported consistently rather than using threshold notation.

      We have corrected this as far as we could. Exact p-values that are still missing will be provided in the version of record.

      For analyses using rank-based statistics (e.g., calcium imaging and recovery experiments), please clarify which comparisons were paired and which were unpaired, and ensure that this is clearly indicated in the Methods and figure legends.

      We have now clearly indicated whether these statistics were paired or unpaired.

      (2) Figure clarity and presentation.

      In Figure 1, clarify whether the responses shown in panel C represent measured EPSCs or derived quantities, as this is not immediately clear from the labelling.

      Thank you for spotting this, the figure has been corrected.

      In Figure 2, please show the variability of control responses used for normalization.

      The variability of control responses used for normalization is now clearly explained in Materials and Methods (p. 18).

      In Figure 3, the use of similar color schemes for different model states and for data-model comparisons is confusing and should be revised.

      Thank you for spotting this; has been corrected.

      In Figures 4 and 5, consider reintroducing or clarifying schematic representations of the model states referred to in the text to aid reader comprehension.

      Figure 4 had already such representations. We have now modified these representations to make them simpler and clearer. We considered adding some model to Fig. 5 but could not come to any satisfactory option.

      (3) Controls and interpretation of pharmacological experiments.

      For experiments involving intracellular BAPTA, it would strengthen the interpretation to either include or explicitly discuss positive controls demonstrating that the manipulation was effective under the recording conditions. Alternatively, loosen the interpretation of those data.

      We have modified the text as suggested by the Reviewer.

      (4) Terminology and consistency.

      Ensure consistent use of terminology for vesicle states and model variables throughout the text and figures, and clarify whether different labels (e.g., RS/DS versus alternative notations) refer to equivalent states.

      We have revised our manuscript as suggested.

      (5) Model fit at short inter-stimulus intervals.

      In Figure 3B, the model appears to capture the overall trend of facilitation but shows a noticeable deviation from the data at the shortest inter-stimulus intervals. It would be helpful to clarify whether this reflects limitations of the current parameterization, known simplifications in the model (e.g., assumptions about fast calcium-dependent processes), or variability across recordings. Briefly commenting on this mismatch would help readers interpret the strengths and limits of the model in this regime.

      Because of the statistical nature of data (quantal fluctuations) and simulations (Monte Carlo trials), some differences between data and simulations are unavoidable. The low simulation point at 10 ms ISI in Fig. 3B may in addition result from an imperfect transition between the two time domains (time domains 1 and 2) of the simulation. We have added a sentence in Materials and Methods (p. 22) to explain this.

      (6) Model parameterization and fitting.

      Please clarify how model parameters were estimated, including the fitting procedure, cost function, and any constraints applied. It would be helpful to report confidence intervals or other measures of uncertainty for key fixed parameters, and to indicate how variable these parameters are across cells or recordings. In addition, a brief discussion of how sensitive the main conclusions are to variation in key parameters (such as release probability or transition rates) would help readers assess the robustness and identifiability of the model-derived interpretations.

      In addition, it is not entirely clear how model parameters and transitions differ across the concatenated temporal regimes used in the simulations, nor which parameters are held fixed versus altered or effectively suppressed. Summarizing, for each regime, the parameter values (or ranges) and active transitions-either in a table or schematic-would greatly improve transparency and help readers assess parameter identifiability and the robustness of the model-derived conclusions.

      For each group of experiments, results under control conditions (8-APs at 100 Hz) were averaged together, leading to the determination of one set of parameters (N, ⍴, δ, r, s, p<sup>r</sup>). Next the parameters for the second time domain were obtained by trial and error to optimize the fit for Fig. 1 (PPR) data. The parameters were constrained such the PPR recovered to 1 with a 10-second ISI. Unfortunately, the parameter domain was too complex to make an unsupervised fitting procedure practical. We have now added a paragraph on p. 22 to indicate which model parameters were heavily constrained by data and which ones were less constrained. Individual synapses were not simulated. Regarding the different time domains, the probabilities rb and sb are introduced for the second time domain and rf and sf are changed as shown in Fig. Supp. 3. The kinetic parameters are reset at the beginning of each simulated AP.

      (7) Clarify the scope of the model with respect to the slow component of low-frequency depression.

      The manuscript identifies a slow component of low-frequency depression that persists over long timescales. While this is an interesting observation, it is not fully clear whether this component is intended to be captured by the current model or represents an additional process outside its scope. Making this distinction explicit would help readers better grasp the scope and limitations of the model.

      As stated in our manuscript, modelling the slow component of LFD falls outside the scope of the present work. The set of rate constants in Fig. S3 does not produce any slow component, and we failed to find a combination of rate parameters that would produce a slow component. This is now clearly stated in the Materials and Methods section.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have only the following suggestions to further improve the manuscript.

      (1) It is argued that LFD is alleviated when using doublets rather than singlets (Figure 8), but is the steady-state depression in s1 between singlets and doublets at the end of the experiment statistically different?

      It is unclear what should be considered steady state here. Average s<sub>1</sub> values are smaller for singlets than for doublets over the last 25 points (0.58 +/- 0.05 and 0.74 +/- 0.05, p = 0.02, unpaired t-test).

      (2) I do not understand Supplementary Figure 4. Does the value of zero in this plot indicate that the stimulation does not evoke any release anymore? How can this be differentiated from rundown? Can the LFD be reversed by a high-frequency stimulation?

      We have rewritten the description of this figure. We have also modified the figure labelling. Finally, we have changed the size and color of the symbol at zero delay to stress that the linear fit is constrained to include this point. Altogether we trust that these changes have clarified the presentation of these results.

      (3) The findings are related to Kusick et al., (2020). However, I think that in Kusick et al., (2020) as well as in Watanabe et al., (2013; doi:10.1038/nature12809), all tested time points ranging from a few milliseconds to several seconds after a stimulus show vesicle depletion except the time point of 14 ms in Kusick et al., (2020). I think these findings are, therefore, inconsistent with the much slower observed LFD.

      The increase in docked SV# at 14 ms is reported not only in Kusick et al., 2020 but also in Wu et al., 2023 as well as in Ogunmowo et al., 2025. Later, at 100 ms, the number of docked SVs drops again (Kusick et al., 2020, their Fig. 5 d-e, and Ogunmowo et al., 2025), to finally recover on a time scale of seconds (Kusick et al., 2020). These data fit with our observations if LFD is due to undocking, as we propose.

      (4) Page 13, 4th paragraph:

      Eshra et al., (2021) provide experimental evidence for "a Ca2+ -dependent rate of SV entry into the RRP".

      The Reviewer is right: Eshra et al., actually reported a weak Ca2+-dependence of the replenishment. We have therefore eliminated the Eshra reference in this sentence (note that this paper is mentioned elsewhere in the manuscript).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Complicated terminology: I had a hard time understanding the model due to terms like δ, ρ, IP, DS, RS, RS gate, etc. Anything the authors can do to reduce the number of acronyms and simplify their description/depiction of the model will be helpful for readers.

      This resembles recommendation (4) of Reviewer 1. As stated in our response above, we have entirely revised the manuscript with these issues in mind. In addition, the abbreviation list at the onset of the manuscript should help the readers.

      (2) Figure 5 may represent the strongest evidence in support of an undocking model. This is the smallest figure, and I found it harder to understand. For example, I was initially confused because the blue "fail S1" traces seemed to suggest a very large PPR value. I suggest vastly expanding the size of this figure and the associated results section.

      Thank you for your interest in Fig. 5. We have explained the normalization procedure in more detail in the revised version. Also, we have modified the axis label of Fig. 5B to improve clarity. Finally, we have added a paragraph to explain the reason why the RS/DS model accounts for the results of Fig. 5.

      (3) Given the similar results but differing mechanistic conclusions of Doussau et al., (2017), that study merits more discussion in the manuscript.

      See our response to this point above (main comment (3) by the same Reviewer).

      (4) Several studies of LFD synapses have found a role for kinase activity (Silverman-Gavrila et al., 2005; Doussau et al,. 2010). This mechanism could be discussed or experimentally tested here.

      As mentioned in the Discussion section, the nature of the proteins involved in LFD, or in docking/undocking, remains uncertain. It is not surprising that broad-spectrum kinases and phosphatases affect LFD, as reported in the papers quoted by the Reviewer, but the full implications of these findings will only become clear

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study aimed at replicating two previous findings that showed (1) a link between prediction tendencies and neural speech tracking, and (2) that eye movements track speech. The main findings were replicated which supports the robustness of these results. The authors also investigated interactions between prediction tendencies and ocular speech tracking, but the data did not reveal clear relationships. The authors propose a framework that integrates the findings of the study and proposes how eye movements and prediction tendencies shape perception.

      Strengths:

      This is a well-written paper that addresses interesting research questions, bringing together two subfields that are usually studied in separation: auditory speech and eye movements. The authors aimed at replicating findings from two of their previous studies, which was overall successful and speaks for the robustness of the findings. The overall approach is convincing, methods and analyses appear to be thorough, and results are compelling.

      Weaknesses:

      Eye movement behavior could have presented in more detail and the authors could have attempted to understand whether there is a particular component in eye movement behavior (e.g., blinks, microsaccades) that drives the observed effects.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      Schubert et al. recorded MEG and eye tracking activity while participants were listening to stories in single-speaker or multi-speaker speech. In a separate task, MEG was recorded while the same participants were listening to four types of pure tones in either structured (75% predictable) or random (25%) sequences. The MEG data from this task was used to quantify individual 'prediction tendency': the amount by which the neural signal is modulated by whether or not a repeated tone was (un)predictable, given the context. In a replication of earlier work, this prediction tendency was found to correlate with 'neural speech tracking' during the main task. Neural speech tracking is quantified as the multivariate relationship between MEG activity and speech amplitude envelope. Prediction tendency did not correlate with 'ocular speech tracking' during the main task. Neural speech tracking was further modulated by local semantic violations in the speech material and by whether or not a distracting speaker was present. The authors suggest that part of the neural speech tracking is mediated by ocular speech tracking. Story comprehension was negatively related with ocular speech tracking.

      Strengths

      This is an ambitious study, and the authors' attempt to integrate the many reported findings related to prediction and attention in one framework is laudable. The data acquisition and analyses appear to be done with great attention to methodological detail. Furthermore, the experimental paradigm used is more naturalistic than was previously done in similar setups (i.e.: stories instead of sentences).

      Weaknesses

      While the analysis pipeline is outlined in much detail, some analysis choices appear ad-hoc and could have been more uniform and/or better motivated (other than: this is what was done before).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      I thank the authors for their extensive revision of this paper, and I found some elements greatly improved.

      In particular, the authors do embrace a somewhat more speculative tone in the current version, which I think is fitting for this work, as the data seem (to me) to be not fully conclusive. The data set collected here is clearly valuable and unique (and I would encourage the authors to make it publicly available!), however, my overall impression is that the specific analyses reported here might not fully

      Despite the revised description of methods, results and figures, I still have trouble understanding many of the results and the authors conclusive interpretation of them. These are my main reservations:

      (1) Regarding "individual prediction tendency" - thank you for adding clarifying methodological details and showing the data in a new Figure (#2). Honestly, however, I still can't say that I fully understand the result. For example, why is there also a significant response in the random condition as well? And how do you interpret the interesting time-course (with a peak ~200ms prior to the stimulus, and a reduction overtime from there? Also (I may have missed this, but..) what neural data was used to train the classifier and derive the "prediction tendency" index? Was it just the broadband neural response? Is there a way to know which sensors contributed to this metric (e.g., are they predominantly auditory? Frontal?)? And is there a way to establish the statistical significance of this metric (e.g., how good the decoder actually was in predicting behavioral sensitivity?). I don't see any statistics in the results section describing the individual prediction tendency.

      (2) Regarding the TRF analysis - Thanks for clarifying the approach used to obtain 2-second long "segments" of speech tracking. This is an interesting approach, however I think quite new(?), and for me it raises a whole new set of questions, as well as additional controls and data that I would have liked to see, to be convinced that results are significant. I will elaborate:

      - Do I understand correctly that you segment the real and predicted neural response into 2-second long segments and then calculate the Pearsons' correlation between them to assess the goodness of the model? This is very unclear, since in the methods section you state only that "the same" analysis was performed as for the full data - but what exactly? Clearly, values will be very different when using such short segments. I feel that additional details are still required (and perhaps data shown) to fully understand the "semantic violation" analysis of TRFs.

      - I would like to reiterate my previous comment regarding the use of permutation tests to verify the validity of TRF-based measures derived. This would be especially important when using new approaches (such as the segmentation used here). The authors argue that this is not needed since this was not done in their previously published study. However, this sounds a bit like "two wrongs make a right" argument... why not just do it, and let us know that this 2-second segmentation approach allows estimating reliable speech tracking?

      - Following up on my previous comment that defining "clusters" as at least two neighboring channels (Figure 3) - the fact that this is a default in Fieldtrip is by no means sufficient justification! This seems quite liberal to me, especially given the many comparisons performed. Here too, permutations can help to determine the necessary data-driven threshold for corrections. This is of course critical for interpreting the result shown in Figures 3E&G that are critical "take home messages" of the paper - i.e., that the prediction-index from the first part of the experiment is related to speech tracking in the second part of the experiment. To my eyes, this does not look extremely convincing, but perhaps the authors can show more conclusive data to support this (e.g., scatter plots of the betas across participant?). - A similar point can be made for the effect of semantic violations (though here the scalp-level result is somewhat more clustered). The authors point out that the semantic effect is a "replication" of their result reported in Schubert et al. 2023, but if I am not mistaken the results there were somewhat different (as was the manipulation). It would be nice to explicitly discuss the similarity/difference between these effects.

      (3) Regarding the ocular-TRFs -

      - Maybe this is just me, but I believe that effects that are robust should be clearly visible in the data, without the need for fancy "black-box" statistical models. In the case of the ocular TRFs, it is hard for me to see how these time-courses are not just noise (and, again, a permutation test would have helped to convince me.). The inconsistent results for horizontal and vertical eye-movements vis a vis the experimental conditions (single vs. multi-speaker conditions) don't help either, despite the authors argument that these are "independent" - but why should this be the case, especially if there is nothing really to look at in this task? - I remain with this scepticism for the mediation-portion of the analysis as well... But perhaps replications from other groups or making the data public will help shed further light on this in the future.

      Minor

      - Thanks for adding information about the creation of semantic-violation stimuli. Since the violations and lexical-controls were taken from different audio recordings, it would have been nice to verify that differences between neural responses cannot be attributed to differences in articulations (e.g., by comparing their spectro-temporal properties)

      We are grateful to the Reviewing Editor and the three reviewers for the care and time they have devoted across the review rounds; their input has strengthened the paper. We are happy to confirm that we have carried out the two additional analyses the Assessment identifies as the path to a "solid" rating for methodological rigor. In brief:

      (1) Multiple-comparison correction for the prediction-tendency effect (Figure 3). We would like to be transparent about why our implementation differs from the specific procedure that was suggested. Testing the relationship between prediction tendency and neural speech tracking properly requires a mixed-effects model: the nested, repeated-measures structure of the data demands a per-subject random intercept (1|subject) to absorb the between-subject variability that the fixed effects do not capture. This is a standard and widely recommended approach for nested data, not an exotic one. Crucially, to our knowledge no implementation of a cluster-based permutation test exists for mixed-effects models — so the permutation/cluster procedure that was recommended cannot be applied to the very model the data structure requires. This constraint, rather than preference, is what led us to Bayesian estimation in the first place. We would add that the effect replicates Schubert et al. (2023), with a consistent left-frontal localisation across studies, which further speaks to its robustness.

      We fully share the concern underlying the recommendation, however — that a Bayesian model must equally guard against multiple comparisons across channels — and we have addressed it directly within the framework the data require. We tightened the HDI inclusion criterion to be analogous to a frequentist multiple-comparison correction (with boundaries comparable to a Bonferroni-corrected p-value) and re-estimated the model (encoding ~ prediction tendency * condition + (1|subject)) with 200,000 draws per chain (previously 2,000) to obtain stable posterior tails. The spatial pattern reproduces Figure 3E. At a Bonferroni-comparable per-channel boundary — itself widely regarded as overly conservative, just as the conventional 5% threshold is often criticised as arbitrary — no single channel survives in isolation; but considering the three-channel cluster jointly, the accumulated posterior places only ~0.7% of its mass at or below zero, i.e. a ~99.3% posterior probability of a positive effect (see Author response image 1). Rather than commit to a single arbitrary boundary, we report this accumulated posterior and invite the reviewers and readers to apply whatever criterion they consider appropriate.

      Author response image 1.

      (2) Circular-shift procedure for the mediation analysis (eye movements). Following Reviewer 1's suggestion, we replaced the previous shuffling control with a circularly shifted eye-movement predictor (shifted by half its total duration) as the control model. This isolates the genuine envelope contribution from any reduction in envelope weights that arises simply from adding a second predictor, and provides a stricter test of the specific temporal relationship between eye movements and the speech envelope. The mediation results are robust under this procedure (now Figure 5): vertical eye movements significantly mediate neural tracking of clear speech across all three principal components, and horizontal eye movements mediate tracking of target speech in the multi-speaker condition, with an early, sustained component peaking at ~0.18 s. Importantly, this stricter control did not materially change the interpretations we draw from these results: the pattern of mediation, and the conclusions about ocular speech tracking, remain consistent with those obtained under the previous approach.

      We have chosen to focus this revision specifically on these two points, which the Assessment identifies as what is needed to move the work from "incomplete" to "solid." We are sincerely grateful for the many further suggestions the reviewers raised, several of which we agree are thoughtful and point to worthwhile directions for future work. Since the previous round, however, the circumstances of the two authors who led this work have changed substantially: the corresponding author has since left academia altogether, and the shared first author's professional circumstances have likewise changed considerably. We are therefore not in a position to take on further analyses, or to prepare a point-by-point reply to the remaining comments, beyond the two above; we hope the editors and reviewers will understand that this necessarily defines the final scope of our revision. We remain sincerely grateful for the time and care they have invested in the manuscript.

  5. Aug 2026
    1. Those without free care (particularly the poor and sick) hadworse blood pressure, for instance, which resulted in an increased calculatedrisk of death. Second, though cost sharing seemed to reduce the use of health care,it reduced both “appropriate” and “inappropriate” care, meaning that patientsavoided both important and unimportant health care interventions.

      This seems important because cost sharing may decrease health care spending, but it does not necessarily help patients distinguish between care they need and care they do not need. If people avoid necessary treatment because of deductibles or copays, then lowering health care use could actually worsen health disparities. I think this challenges the assumption that making patients pay more autonomically leads to better or more responsible health care decisions. I feel as though we are seeing this a lot today with individuals not accessing healthcare even when they feel the need to because of cost restraints.

    1. Dr. Valaida Wise makes the important distinction that as a theoretical framework, CRT helps us think about and critically analyze systems; as such, it can help teachers think about the right questions to ask regarding potential or actual inequities that may be present in our classrooms. Our concern at the classroom level, therefore, is not the theoretical work of CRT, but that we have a culturally responsive pedagogy (CRP) in place.

      If CRP is just about making lesson relatable to diverse students why do you think people get so defensive when schools announce they are doing CRP?

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The last several years have seen major advances in our understanding of the basic cell biology of the set of single cell animal relatives, led by the authors and their colleagues. These groups have developed several as models and pioneered remarkable microscopy approaches to examine their cell biology. Here the authors extend this work to the ichthyosporean Sphaeroforma arctica, exploring the fascinating process by which a syncytial life stage cellularizes, and seeking to define the role of microtubules and Golgi trafficking. Their new expansion microscopy delivers impressive images of membrane and the cytoskeleton during this process and has the promise of answering important questions about the roles of microtubules and membrane trafficking. I thus went into my review quite excited. However, as I detail below, while some aspects of the process are carefully quantified, the current manuscript draws multiple broad conclusions that do not seem fully supported by the limited data provided. This substantially reduced my enthusiasm. I'd also note, though I did not take this into account in my evaluation, that many of the images are presented at a size that was difficult to interpret, without my electronically enlarging them, and two of the Figures were mis-labeled.

      The general points raised here are dealt with below. All panels in the main figures are enlarged, zoom-ins are added where they help, and figures that are no longer fitted have been moved to the supplementary figures. Panel labelling has been checked throughout, the two mislabelled figures are corrected, and the labelling is now consistent across the whole figure set. The additional quantification and the associated framework is set out under comment 2.

      1. Interpreting most of their Figures requires understanding the basics of cellularization in this organism. Comparing the diagram in Fig. 1B and the images in 1C left me confused. First, are all the images in 1C and similar images later cross sections? Are nuclei dispersed throughout the cytoplasm at the start or restricted to a region near the cortex. If the former, how do more central nuclei get cellularized? The transition from the unperturbed 20 and 40 minute timepoints left me unclear on the normal process. Panel G may have been helpful in this regard but only shows the treated embryo and no untreated one.

      This comment identified a real shortcoming in how we presented the system, and it prompted the largest single change to the text of the revised manuscript. In writing the original version we took the basic description of cellularization in S. arctica largely for granted, since it has been built up across several previous studies (Dudin et al. 2019, Ondracka et al. 2018, Olivetta et al. 2023 and Shah et al. 2024), and we did not restate it for a reader arriving at the organism for the first time. We have addressed this on three fronts: the imaging planes, the referee's question about nuclei, and the introduction.

      On the images themselves (Figure 1), these panels and the equivalent images throughout the manuscript are equatorial mid-sections. The imaging plane is now explicitly stated in every figure legend, so that single slices, equatorial mid-sections, and maximum-intensity projections can no longer be confused with one another. More usefully, we have added Figure EV1A, which shows an untreated cellularizing coenocyte as both a top view and an equatorial mid-section, at the onset of invagination and 10 minutes later, each at low and high contrast. Figure EV1A makes the two geometries directly comparable, rather than leaving the reader to reconcile the schematic in Figure 1C with a single plane, and it also provides the untreated counterpart to Figure 1G that the referee requested at the end of this comment. All parameters of cellularization measure in the study are now indicated on the sketch in Figure 1C.

      Figure Legend EV1A: (A) Cellularizing control S. arctica coenocytes labelled with FM4-64, shown as a top view and an equatorial mid-section at the onset of invagination (0 min) and 10 min later, each at low and high contrast display. Nuclei are visible as dye-excluded regions (asterisks). Scale bar, 10 µm.

      We would add that an untreated comparison was in fact already available, since Movie EV1 runs a control and an MBC-treated coenocyte side by side through the whole of cellularization at 10-minute intervals. We accept that this was not where the referee would naturally have looked for it, and Figure EV1A now places the comparison in the figures themselves.

      On the referee's central question, we can be unambiguous. Nuclei are not dispersed throughout the cytoplasm From the coenocytic phase through to cellularization, they remain associated with the cortex, and this has been established consistently across the previous work cited above. There are therefore no central nuclei in controls, and the question of how they would be enclosed does not arise. We recognize, however, that the original manuscript never stated this outright, and that a reader had no way of knowing it, and the referee was right to ask. The revised text now says it explicitly and follows it with the geometric consequence.

      Line 70-72: Nuclei divide synchronously and rather than occupying the interior of the coenocyte, associate with the cortex, evenly spacing out along the surface.

      Line 78-82: Recent work has shown that S. arctica cellularization is regulated by the nucleocytoplasmic (N/C) ratio, with cellularization timing tightly coupled to nuclear content relative to cytoplasmic volume. Invaginations initiate at the cell periphery, between adjacent cortical nuclei, and advance inward, carving compartments from the cortex around each nucleus rather than assembling them from the cell interior.

      Finally, the introduction has been substantially expanded so that the process is defined prior to the figures. It now sets out the coenocytic phase, the arrangement of nuclei at the cortex, the direction in which invaginations progress, and the stages through to the end of cellularization, drawing explicitly on the previous characterisations that the original manuscript had assumed the reader would already know. This also addresses the referee's difficulty with the transition between the unperturbed timepoints, which we had described without first establishing what the normal sequence is.

      The authors make a number of conclusions in Figure 1. Some are carefully quantified but others are not. For example, they state "producing uncoordinated ingression with variable rates, diagonal trajectories, and occasional bifurcations, in contrast to the uniform, perpendicular furrows observed in controls". I was not convinced by the single images provided that these were different-for example, spacing in the unperturbed 10 minute time point seems variable and furrows are not "uniformly perpendicular" in the unperturbed 20 minute time point. I also was puzzled by the lack of change in nuclear spacing while furrow spacing was altered. Later on in this section they state "MBC-treated coenocytes displayed significantly decreased and irregular furrow spacing, resulting in some compartments lacking nuclei entirely (Figure 1G & H)", but none of these images visualize nuclei directly-Perhaps the lower level background in H is supposed to indicate this but no parallel wildtype image is shown. Finally, while their TEM images (in the panels that are either I or J due to mislabeling) are lovely, I was not sure what to conclude from them- only the unperturbed images show the embryo surface for orientation and the lefthand unperturbed image is not as straight as they suggest-I certainly don't think these few images support their strong, detailed conclusions here: "MBC treatment resulted in aberrant membrane architecture, with furrows exhibiting bifurcated and convoluted morphology and abnormal fusion at the base of invagination, compared to the smooth, organized structure of control furrows".

      We have considerably expanded both the range and the amount of quantification in the revised manuscript, and every quantity we measure is now sketched out in Figure 1C. These measurements are organised around the four properties of cellularization that the revised manuscript is built on:

      1. Nuclear organisation, measured as inter-nuclear distance and its variability within a coenocyte (Figure EV1G and Figure 1F).
      2. Furrow positioning, measured as furrow spacing, its variability within a coenocyte, and the deviation of the invagination axis from perpendicular to the cortex (Figure 1H, Figure EV1H and Figure EV1I).
      3. Furrow ingression dynamics, measured as ingression rate, its variability, the maximum length furrows reach, its variability, and the duration of cellularization from the onset of invagination to Flip (Figure 1E and Figure EV1B-F).
      4. Developmental outcome, measured as the variability of released cell size (Figure EV1J). The same set of measurements is now applied to every perturbation in the manuscript, so that microtubule depolymerization, centrifugal displacement of nuclei and disruption of membrane trafficking are each characterised against the same quantities rather than described in their own terms. Applied across the whole dataset, these measurements answer the referee's objections directly.

      The descriptors they quote were asserted from single images rather than measured. We have deleted "diagonal trajectories", "occasional bifurcations" and "uniform, perpendicular" from the manuscript, and what remains is carried by measurement.

      Line 113-115: MT loss disrupted furrow ingression dynamics, producing uncoordinated ingression - in contrast to the consistent furrows observed in controls (Fig. 1D, Movie EV1).

      Coordination is now measured within single coenocytes, so that furrows are compared against their own neighbours rather than across the population. This is the comparison the referee implies when looking at a single image and asking whether the furrows within it differ. It is now Figure EV1D.

      Figure Legend EV1D: (C) Variability of furrow ingression rate within a coenocyte, from the rates in (B). DMSO 0.053, MBC 0.111, p = 0.014.

      Perpendicularity is measured in Figure EV1L, on ten furrows per coenocyte at matched ingression depth between conditions. This concedes the referee's specific point: control furrows are not uniformly perpendicular, and deviate by 5.51 degrees on average. We claim only that treated coenocytes deviate roughly twice as far.

      Figure Legend EV1I: (I) Deviation of the invagination axis from perpendicular to the cortex, |angle - 90|, averaged per coenocyte. DMSO 5.51 degrees (n=5), MBC 10.83 degrees (n=4), Ten furrows per coenocyte; p = 0.016. Ingression depth did not differ between conditions.

      On the referee's puzzlement about nuclear spacing, they have identified something we had underplayed. Mean inter-nuclear spacing genuinely does not change, and we do not claim that it does. What changes is its regularity, which roughly doubles. The same pattern recurs for furrow spacing, for the length furrows reach, for ingression rate and for the size of the cells finally released, and it is why the manuscript always argued that microtubules sustain the fidelity of cellularization rather than its execution. However, now it's strengthened by numerical data.

      Line 156-159: While mean inter-nuclear spacing was not significantly different between conditions (6.15 vs 6.22 μm, Fig. EV1G), MBC-treated coenocytes exhibited dramatically increased variability in nuclear positioning (0.143 vs 0.268, Fig. 1F), with nuclei ranging from properly positioned to severely mislocalized.

      On the visualisation of nuclei, we would push back in part. Nuclei are directly visible in FM4-64 as regions from which the dye is excluded, and this is how they were scored throughout; the approach is not introduced here and was used in this same organism in Olivetta and Dudin (2023). We accept that this was never explained and that the display contrast made it difficult to see. The Methods now state the scoring explicitly; Figure EV1A and Figure EV3D show coenocytes at both low and high display contrast, and nuclei are marked with asterisks.

      Figure legend EV1: (A) Cellularizing control S. arctica coenocytes labelled with FM4-64, shown as a top view and an equatorial mid-section at the onset of invagination (0 min) and 10 min later, each at low and high contrast display. Nuclei are visible as dye-excluded regions (asterisks). Scale bar, 10 µm.

      Line 272-274: Throughout these experiments nuclei are resolved in single optical sections as regions from which FM4-64 is excluded and are visible as such at both low and high display contrast (Fig. EV3D).

      The claim about compartment contents has also been moved to data where nuclei are directly labelled rather than inferred. The statement that some compartments lacked nuclei is removed from the furrow spacing sentence, and the observation is now made on U-ExM with a DNA stain, in Figure EV2C and Movie EV5, where it is made on a single section and on the full volume rather than on a projection.

      Figure EV2C: (C) Two MBC-treated coenocytes: a maximum intensity projection of 50 consecutive z-sections (left) and a single z-section of a second coenocyte (right). Tubulin signals persist around a subset of nuclei after MT depolymerization, and individual compartments enclose more than one nucleus. This observation is made on the single section and on the full volume in Movie EV5, not on the projection, since nuclei at different depths overlap in projection. Scale bar, 10 µm. Scale bars are adjusted for expansion factors.

      The mislabelled panels have been corrected throughout, and we thank the referee for catching them.

      TEM images of furrows with visible cell surface marked as yellow asterisks are now included in the main figure. Additional images of furrows (furrow 3 and 4) and zoom-ins of the convoluted membrane at the tip are now included in the supplementary Figure EV1K,L. These are representative images selected from DMSO (n = 25 furrows from 34 tomograms, with cell surface seen in 19), MBC (n = 67 furrows from 72 tomograms, with cell surface visible in 37), total 106 tomograms imaged across different cellularization stages and conditions. This information is now included in the legend of Figure 1J. TEM images of DMSO and MBC-treated full cells are provided in EV1K to provide an overview of furrow consistency in the two conditions. Nuclei are labelled with N to indicate nuclei per compartment.

      The images in Fig. 2B are remarkable and very informative, though as I note above they are presented at such a small size that they require considerable enlargement to appreciate. The surprising accumulation of actin at the invagination front, presumably long before membrane closure begins, was striking, as were the microtubule baskets. However, conclusions drawn again seemed too strong. The authors state "High magnification views further supported that these bundles closely tracked the advancing furrow fronts, with longer MT extensions associated with deeper furrows during later stages (Figure 2D, arrowheads)" (BTW once again this Figure was not labeled in parallel with the text-should be 2C). I did not think the NHS staining provided sufficient resolution of advancing furrow fronts to draw this conclusion. They end this section with some more detailed conclusions, which did not seem to me to be well supported by the single image shown: "Furrows were often misaligned, and compartments frequently enclosed multiple nuclei or, conversely, lacked nuclei entirely. In several cases, nuclei were observed trailing between furrows or located beneath partially formed compartments, suggesting that improper nuclear positioning may interfere with furrow progression and sealing (Figure 2F)." The latter conclusion also seemed to leave me wondering about cause and effect. The final sweeping conclusions in the paragraph on p. 7 top (next time please include page numbers) thus seemed much too broad.

      The descriptive claim has been replaced by a measurement made across the whole dataset, and the causal claim has been removed altogether.

      On presentation, all panels in Figure 2 are enlarged in the revised version. We have also added zoom-ins on a forming compartment in Figure EV2A, and a second late-stage example shown as single channels and merge in Figure EV2B, so that the relationship between the microtubule network and the invaginating membrane can be inspected at a useful magnification rather than inferred from a small panel.

      The sentence the referee quotes has been deleted. Their objection is well founded, since we were reading furrow fronts off the pan-labelling and then drawing a quantitative conclusion about depth from it. In its place, the relationship between microtubule length and furrow depth is now measured directly and reported as a correlation across 68 coenocytes, and we state explicitly what that correlation does not establish.

      Line 209-214: Quantitative analysis of MT networks showed that -MT length scaled with furrow depth (Spearman rho = 0.709, p = 1.3 × 10⁻¹¹, n = 68 coenocytes), consistent with MTs elongating in coordination with plasma membrane invagination (Figs. 2E,F). While this correlation suggests a role for MTs in furrow progression, it remains unclear whether this involves active polymerization at the furrow front or utilization of pre-formed MT tracks.

      On the second part quoted, the speculation that improper nuclear positioning may interfere with furrow progression and sealing has been removed. This addresses the point about cause and effect directly, since we cannot separate the two from these data and we no longer imply that we can. As set out in our response to comment 2, the claim that compartments lacked nuclei is also removed, and what remains of that observation now rests on Figure EV2C and Movie EV5 rather than on a single image, so we do not repeat it here.

      Line 218-221: Furrows were often misaligned, and individual compartments were observed to enclose more than one nucleus (Fig. EV2C, Movie EV5). Nuclei were also seen trailing between furrows or lying beneath partially formed compartments (Movie EV5).

      The panel that should have been cited as Figure 2C is corrected, as part of the labelling pass described under comment 2, and the callouts have been checked so that each panel is cited in the order of its lettering. Line numbers are included in this revised version, as the referee requests.

      Finally, in the closing paragraph of the section, we accept that it drew broader conclusions than the data in that section carried. It has been rewritten so that each claim is tied either to a specific measurement or to a named comparison with another system, and the section now ends on the comparison between our two titratable perturbations across ten measurements in Figure 4F rather than on a general statement about cytoskeletal coordination.

      I thought the use of centrifugation to move nuclei was clever. However, it also is moving many other things-for example it moves whatever organelles are labeled by BODIPY and apparently nuclear associated MTOCs, leading to some caveats and calling into question their claim that it "doesn't disrupt MTs". Once again, broad conclusions were drawn based on an n=1 image: "furrow ingression proceeded with kinetics comparable to controls, confirming that the core machinery for membrane trafficking and actin-driven invagination remained functional (Figure 3B). However, furrow spatial patterning was dramatically altered: in nuclear-depleted cortical regions, furrow initiations were more frequent and closely clustered, but failed to progress deeply. In nuclear-enriched regions, furrows progressed with kinetics comparable to controls but were misaligned, frequently enclosing multiple nuclei per compartment rather than the single nucleus observed in controls" Only one thing was quantified-furrow ingression rate-and this must have been done on the selected set of furrows that progressed, and not, for example, of ones like those at the bottom of the image series presented. None of the other conclusions about spatial patterning were quantified-for example, nuclei are not even visualized in Fig 3C. Finally, they do not even mention the results of the MT perturbation presented in this Figure, and the fact that few differences are apparent calls into question their conclusion that that "nuclei (and their associated MTOCs) serve as spatial landmarks that pattern membrane invagination".

      This comment is well taken on every count, and the centrifugation experiment has been reanalysed accordingly. Every claim in that section is now quantified. The comparisons are paired within single coenocytes (nuclei depleted vs enriched regions) so that each coenocyte serves as its own control. Moreover, the microtubule part of the experiment is analysed and reported rather than left aside. The new quantifications are the following:

      1. Nuclear displacement itself, as the percentage of nuclei in the enriched region per coenocyte before and after centrifugation (Figure EV3B).
      2. The state of the microtubule network after centrifugation, as the length of the longest microtubule of each nuclear aster (Figure EV3C).
      3. Furrow spacing in the nuclei-enriched and nuclei-depleted regions of the same coenocyte and its variability (Figure 3E and Figure EV3F).
      4. Furrow length by region and its ratio (Figure EV3G).
      5. Ingression rate by region and across spin conditions, and the invagination angle by region (Figure 3C, Figure 3D and Figure EV3E). On MTs , we agree that the original claim was not supportable and it has been removed. We now measure the network rather than assert that it is intact. Centrifugation does not leave MTs undisturbed. It relocates them together with the nuclei, and the same sentence reports what is lost from the depleted cortex.

      Line 269-276: Microtubules were relocated with the nuclei as every nucleus retained the associated MTOC and MT network, and the length of the longest microtubule of each network was unchanged by centrifugation (5.97 against 5.08 µm, Fig. EV3C). Throughout these experiments nuclei are resolved in single optical sections as regions from which FM4-64 is excluded and are visible as such at both low and high display contrast (Fig. EV3D). In the nuclei-depleted cortex of the same coenocytes, tubulin was present only as some short fragments, a median of three per coenocyte with a median length of 0.95 µm (Data EV1).

      On the broader point that centrifugation moves more than nuclei, the referee is right and we do not present it as a clean perturbation. The manuscript states that displacement is only partially penetrant (Olivetta et al. 2023), gives the previously reported figures for irregular invagination and lysis under identical conditions, and restricts the analysis to coenocytes with clear nuclear displacement.

      Line 257-263: This approach builds on previous work where we used centrifugation to perturb the spatial relationship between nuclei and the cortex and demonstrate that cellularization in S. arctica is sensitive to local nucleocytoplasmic ratios.26 Centrifugal displacement is partially penetrant, with approximately 40% of centrifuged coenocytes showing irregular plasma membrane invaginations and about 10% undergoing lysis.26 Analyses were therefore restricted to coenocytes showing clear nuclear displacement.

      The observation about selection is also correct, and we have made it explicit rather than leaving it implicit. Measurements were indeed made on furrows that progressed far enough to be traced, and the nuclei-depleted cortex carries many additional small indentations that never sustain ingression. We now state this in the Methods and in the legend of Figure 3C. The failure of those small indentations to progress is part of the phenotype itself.

      Line 308-317: Furrow spatial patterning was dramatically altered: in nuclear-depleted cortical regions, furrow initiations were more frequent and closely clustered but failed to progress deeply (Figs. 3B and EV3D). Among the furrows that did progress, spacing was more variable in the nuclear-free region than in the nuclear-enriched half of the same coenocyte. (Fig. 3E). Since furrow spacing is reliably quantifiable only for furrows that progress, the effective furrow spacing in this nuclear depleted region appeared wider and was abolished upon MBC treatment (Fig. EV3F). Taking into account the high number of furrow initials in the nuclear-depleted region (Figs. 3B and EV3D), and furrow separation in the region enriched with nuclei suggests a minimum furrow exclusion zone around individual nuclei and their MT networks.

      On the visibility of nuclei, and as set out in our response to comment 2, nuclei are resolved in single optical sections as regions from which FM4-64 is excluded. In this figure they are now marked with asterisks * in the time-lapse panel, Figure 3B, and Figure EV3D shows a centrifuged coenocyte at both low and high display contrast, so we do not repeat the general point here.

      The final point is the most important one, and the revised analysis answers it directly. The microtubule part is now reported, and far from showing few differences it reverses the relationship between nuclear position and furrow spacing. In control coenocytes the nuclei-depleted region carries wider gaps than the enriched one, and after MT depolymerization it carries narrower gaps.

      Line 317-322: Furrows in nuclear-depleted regions reached shorter lengths (2.14 against 7.50 µm, Fig. EV3G), forming asymmetrically longer compartments on the nuclear-enriched side. This advantage in nuclear-enriched regions was lost upon MBC treatment confirming the role of nucleus-associated MT networks in maintaining the synchronous invagination and uniform cellular partitioning.

      We have also weakened the conclusion the referee quotes, so that it claims a relationship rather than a mechanism.

      Line 322-326: With centrifugation, though the nucleus-associated MT networks also migrate, the regular spacing of the cytoskeletal network at the cortex was disrupted, and furrows no longer exhibited the uniform spacing characteristic of control coenocytes, suggesting indeed that MT-defined nuclear territories serve as spatial landmarks that define the coordinates of membrane invagination.

      Figure 4 is surprisingly described in a single short paragraph. While some things were quantified, I was not convinced that they could conclude that they observed furrows “mispositioned like those seen upon MT depolymerization”. More broadly, what do we really learn from this?

      This section has been substantially expanded, and the comparison the referee doubted is now made statistically. The section now opens with what is known about membrane supply during cellularization in other systems, including the link between the Golgi and microtubules that makes this perturbation informative in the first place, and it reports a dose series rather than a single condition.

      Line 363-375: While these experiments define how cellularization is spatially patterned, the cellular machinery driving membrane invagination itself remained to be identified. The previous experiments show that furrow invagination proceeds even when furrows are mispositioned. This indicates that the processes of new membrane addition and furrow positioning are controlled independently. To identify the cellular processes driving furrow invagination, we examined the role of membrane trafficking. In early Drosophila embryos, the membrane expands from a reservoir of microvilli localized at the apical cortex.33,34 The first phase of this membrane invagination is supplemented partly by Golgi-derived vesicles. These vesicles are transported in a MT-dependent manner and are stalled with colcemid or colchicine treatment which eventually prevented furrow invagination.18,23,35 It is unclear if such a membrane reservoir is present at the S. arctica cortex where the furrows are first initiated. Brefeldin A treatment in Drosophila embryos inhibits furrow progression in the final stage of cellularization.15,18

      On the dose series, a high dose of Brefeldin A at 3 µg/ml interferes with and in some coenocytes blocks cellularization, which establishes that Golgi-mediated trafficking is required for the process and is shown in Figure EV4A to Figure EV4C. All quantitative measurements are made at 1.5 µg/ml, a dose that leaves ingression intact, and the Methods now state this separation explicitly so that no measurement is read as belonging to the blocking dose.

      On the resemblance to MTs depolymerization, the referee is right that this could not be concluded from the images, and we have therefore tested it. Furrow spacing variability was measured identically in the experiments. They are statistically indistinguishable, and so are their two controls, which is what makes the comparison meaningful.

      Figure 4C: (C) Variability of furrow spacing within a coenocyte, from the same measurements. Methanol 0.212, BfA 0.433, p = 0.0047. Measured the same way in both experiments, the two perturbations are indistinguishable from one another (MBC 0.446 versus BfA 0.433, p = 0.66) and so are the two controls (DMSO 0.213 versus methanol 0.212, p = 0.67).

      On what is learned from the experiment, the answer is that the two perturbations dissociate, and this is now the organising result of the manuscript. Ten measurements are compared between them in Figure 4F, each as a log2 fold change against its own control and grouped by the property it belongs to, and Figure 4G summarises which machinery contributes to which property.

      Line 389-395: Nuclear positioning, by contrast, was not detectably affected as neither inter-nuclear distance nor its variability differed from controls (Figs. EV4E, F). Ingression rate (Fig. 4E), its variability (Fig. EV4G) and the maximum length reached by furrows (Figs. EV4H, EV4I) were likewise comparable to controls. Cellularization nonetheless took longer to complete (from 40 to 50 min, Fig. EV4J), and the cells released at the end were of more variable size (0.140 to 0.266, Fig. EV4K).

      Trafficking is therefore required for cellularization to proceed, since the high dose blocks it, yet at a dose that leaves ingression rate untouched what it contributes is where furrows form and whether cellularization finishes on time. Nuclear organisation is unaffected at that dose, in Figure EV4E and Figure EV4F, which is precisely where the two perturbations part company and is the reason the resemblance in furrow positioning is informative rather than trivial.

      The closing paragraph of this section has been rewritten as described in our response to comment 3, and it now ends on this comparison rather than on a general statement.

      Significance

      As I note in detail in the previous section, Here the authors extend this work to the ichthyosporean Sphaeroforma arctica, exploring the fascinating process by which a syncytial life stage cellularizes, and seeking to define the role of microtubules and Golgi trafficking. Their new expansion microscopy delivers impressive images of membrane and the cytoskeleton during this process and has the promise of answering important questions about the roles of microtubules and membrane trafficking. I thus went into my review quite excited. However, as I detail below, while some aspects of the process are carefully quantified, the current manuscript draws multiple broad conclusions that do not seem fully supported by the limited data provided. This substantially reduced my enthusiasm.

      We are grateful that the referee finds the ExM compelling. The concern that broad conclusions outran the data has driven most of this revision, and every conclusion in the manuscript is now either carried by a measurement made across the dataset or has been removed.

      Reviewer #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary

      This interesting paper is a follow-up from Dudin et al.'s seminal 2019 eLife paper describing cellularization in the ichthyosporean Sphaeroforma arctica. In that earlier story, a role for microtubules (MTs) in cellularization was supported by treatment with the MT-depolymerizing drug MBC, which deeply affected nuclear spacing and the regularity of cellularization. However, the difficulty of imaging microtubules at the time had prevented more in-depth functional studies. This technical barrier has now been lifted by ultrastructural expansion microscopy (U-ExM), and this paper thus picks up where the earlier study left off.

      The study combines live imaging, drug treatments, electron microscopy and ultrastructural electron microscopy to support a role for microtubules, nuclei, and membrane trafficking in sustaining the fidelity of S. arctica cellularization. An extensive live imaging dataset and careful image quantifications reinforce and expand the previously published observation that microtubules, while dispensable for cellularization to occur at all, are necessary for it to occur with proper timing and spacing. UEx-M images support the idea that actin and microtubules guide plasma membrane invaginations, and centrifugation experiments support a role for nuclear positioning in ensuring fidelity of cellularization. Finally, Brefeldin A treatment followed by live imaging and U-ExM supports a role for membrane trafficking in furrow positioning and elongation.

      Major comments

      The conclusions are adequately supported by the data, and their limitations are transparently acknowledged: notably, it is not fully clear by what mechanisms nuclei guide cellularization, and whether those mechanisms depend on microtubules or not. Below are a few points where I feel additional data (or better visualization, or additional verbal caveats) could improve the manuscript.

      We are grateful that the referee reads the work as picking up where the 2019 study left off, and that they find the conclusions supported and the limitations transparently stated. Their four points are addressed below.

      1) After 12,000rpm centrifugation, the authors point out that furrows "were misaligned, frequently enclosing multiple nuclei per compartment". This is not obvious in Figure 3C, where nuclei are only visible as empty spaces and only labelled (by asterisks) at a relatively early stage of furrow ingression. This point could be better supported by more explicit images (with nuclei more evident at late stages, even if only as blank spaces), or maybe by co-staining DNA and either membrane or F-actin in centrifuged samples.

      The co-staining the referee suggests is now provided. Figure 3A and Figure EV3A show centrifuged coenocytes by U-ExM with DNA, membrane, actin and tubulin labelled together, so nuclei are seen directly rather than as gaps. Asterisks now mark nuclei throughout the time-lapse in Figure 3B, and Figure EV3D shows a centrifuged coenocyte at both low and high display contrast. As set out in our response to Ref 1-2, nuclei are scored in live imaging as regions from which FM4-64 is excluded.

      2) In centrifuged samples (Figure 3A), some staining is visible in tubulin channel of the nuclei-free part, but does not correspond to discrete, observable microtubules. Could the authors comment on this? Do they think these represent diffuse, perhaps damaged microtubules (nucleated independently of nuclei?), or perhaps free tubulin, or mere background?

      We have measured it rather than interpreted it. These objects are short tubulin-positive fragments, clearly distinct from nuclear asters in both number and length, and we report them separately for that reason. We do not claim to know whether they are remnants of displaced MTs or independently nucleated, and the manuscript says so by describing them rather than assigning them an origin.

      Figure EV3C: In the nuclei-depleted cortex of the same coenocytes, tubulin was present only as short fragments, a median of three per coenocyte and 0.95 µm long (see Data EV1), which are different objects from an aster and are not tested against it.

      3) Similarly: in centrifuged samples Fig. 3C, the nuclei-free part of the cell does seem to cellularize, albeit slower and forming smaller compartments than the nucleated part. This suggests that nuclei (and microtubules?) guide cellularization, but are perhaps not necessary for it. Could the authors comment?

      We agree, and this is now quantified. In the nuclei-depleted region furrows are more widely and more variably spaced, reach shorter lengths and ingress more slowly than in the nuclei-enriched region of the same coenocyte, yet they form and progress. Nuclei therefore guide cellularization without being required for it, which is also what Referee 3 takes from the same experiment.

      Line 308-317: Furrow spatial patterning was dramatically altered: in nuclear-depleted cortical regions, furrow initiations were more frequent and closely clustered but failed to progress deeply (Figs. 3B and EV3D). Among the furrows that did progress, spacing was more variable in the nuclear-free region than in the nuclear-enriched half of the same coenocyte. (Fig. 3E). Since furrow spacing is reliably quantifiable only for furrows that progress, the effective furrow spacing in this nuclear depleted region appeared wider and was abolished upon MBC treatment (Fig. EV3F). Taking into account the high number of furrow initials in the nuclear-depleted region (Figs. 3B and EV3D), and furrow separation in the region enriched with nuclei suggests a minimum furrow exclusion zone around individual nuclei and their MT networks.

      4) The bottom row of Figure 3C presents a series of experiments combining MBC treatment with 12,000rpm centrifugation, but if I am not mistaken these are not discussed at all in the text. This is unfortunate, as it would be interesting to know what the authors want to conclude from these experiments (whose results are however not quantified, perhaps limiting their scope). In my view, one reason to be interested in this dataset is that it could in principle inform epistatic relationships between nuclei positioning and microtubules, that are otherwise left open: do these guide furrow ingression independently of each others (in which case their effects should be additive) or does one act purely through the other (in which case the combined treatment should not be worse than individual treatments)? In any case, I would suggest either commenting on these data explicitly (perhaps with additional quantification guiding interpretations) or removing them.

      The referee is right that these data were not discussed, and they are now quantified and interpreted. As set out in Ref 1-4, combining centrifugation with MT depolymerization does not add to the effect of nuclear displacement but reverses it, so that the region depleted of nuclei carries narrower gaps rather than wider ones. This is the epistatic test the referee proposes, and it argues against two contributions acting independently and in parallel. The nuclear contribution appears to run through the MT network.

      Minor comments

      • Figure 1 contains two distinct panel H's.
      • Typo p. 6: "actomyosing"
      • Page 7: "longer MT extensions associated with deeper furrows during later stages (Figure 2D, arrowheads)" rather seems to refer to Figure 2B or C.
      • Line and page numbers are missing
      • All corrected.

        Significance

      This paper will be of broad interest to readers interested in the evolution of multinucleated cells and cellularization, and the recurrent involvement of actin and microtubules in these processes (see notably recent papers by the Brugués lab). While it could appear incremental in an ichthyosporean-centric perspective (notably compared to the 2019 eLife paper that had anticipated some of the conclusions), its comparative implications gives it an additional scope in my view. Perhaps this is something the authors themselves could emphasize a bit more in their own conclusion. Finally, although most techniques had been established in earlier papers by the same authors, this study further confirms their robustness and the power of S. arctica as an emerging cell biology model - another nice touch.

      We have followed this suggestion. The closing section now sets our results against cellularization in Drosophila and in chytrids. Also, it compares it against recent work showing that partitioning by MT asters is intrinsically unstable, so that losing its control broadens the distribution of compartment sizes rather than shifting it. That is the pattern we observe in our study. We have hinted at this in the discussion, so that the comparative implications the referee points to are stated rather than left to the reader.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      In their manuscript, Araújo et al. described their investigation into the cellularisation process in Sphaeroforma artica during the multicellular stage of its life cycle. The coenocytes are relatively small at 50 µm in diameter, but the authors developed expansion microscopy and used a new actin probe to provide a detailed description of the ingression of the membrane furrow between adjacent nuclei. They compared the formation of the furrow in the presence or absence of microtubules, as well as in conditions involving regularly spaced or clustered nuclei. They concluded that, while microtubules were not essential to the formation and ingression of the furrow, they were required for the fidelity of the process, as stated in the title of the manuscript.

      A better quantification of the ingression pattern would have improved the data. The centrifugation experiment is particularly interesting, as it forces the accumulation of nuclei on one side of the coenocytes. Surprisingly, this only partially perturbs the position of the furrow. This showed, on the one hand, that nuclei contribute to the positioning of the furrow close to them, and, on the other hand, that an additional mechanism exists independently of them. The analysis does not clarify whether the absence of microtubules in these centrifuged states affects the position of the furrow. Figure 3C seems to suggest partial rescue (suggesting that the contribution of nuclei is microtubule-dependent, but that the peripheral membrane has its own partitioning mechanism), but this has not been quantified.

      The quantification of ingression is considerably expanded, and the framework it now detailed in Ref 1 - 2.

      On the centrifuged coenocytes lacking microtubules, this is now quantified. As set out in Ref 1 - 4, the relationship between nuclear position and furrow spacing does not merely weaken when microtubules are removed, it reverses, which supports their inference that the contribution of nuclei is microtubule-dependent. In the same experiment, the local slowing of ingression where nuclei are absent persists whether or not MTs are present, which is consistent with the second half of their reading, that the cortex retains a partitioning mechanism of its own.

      One minor concern is that it remains unclear whether microtubule disruption affects the positioning of the nuclei, as stated in the text but not confirmed by the quantification (Figure 1F).

      Figure 1F now reports the variability of inter-nuclear distance within each coenocyte, which roughly doubles upon microtubule depolymerization, while the mean is unchanged and is shown separately in Figure EV1G. The claim in the text is therefore about regularity rather than about mean spacing, and it is now matched by the panel that supports it. This is set out in full in Ref 1 - 2.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      The work is primarily descriptive, and the processes determining the position of the furrow and driving its ingression remain unknown. Nevertheless, the work provides beautiful images of a poorly described yet potentially informative system. These are distant relatives of animals with interesting common characteristics, such as the cellularisation process. The conservation of this process may reveal some key fundamental properties of multicellularity. Despite its limited conceptual advances, the manuscript is thus innovative and interesting.

      We thank the referee for their assessment. The revision strengthens what the paper claims. Comparing our two titratable perturbations across ten measurements shows that furrow positioning and furrow ingression dynamics can be disturbed independently of one another, and that neither prevents cellularization from completing (Figure 4F and Figure 4G). What is degraded is fidelity rather than execution of cellularization.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The last several years have seen major advances in our understanding of the basic cell biology of the set of single cell animal relatives, led by the authors and their colleagues. These groups have developed several as models and pioneered remarkable microscopy approaches to examine their cell biology. Here the authors extend this work to the ichthyosporean Sphaeroforma arctica, exploring the fascinating process by which a syncytial life stage cellularizes, and seeking to define the role of microtubules and Golgi trafficking. Their new expansion microscopy delivers impressive images of membrane and the cytoskeleton during this process and has the promise of answering important questions about the roles of microtubules and membrane trafficking. I thus went into my review quite excited. However, as I detail below, while some aspects of the process are carefully quantified, the current manuscript draws multiple broad conclusions that do not seem fully supported by the limited data provided. This substantially reduced my enthusiasm. I'd also note, though I did not take this into account in my evaluation, that many of the images are presented at a size that was difficult to interpret, without my electronically enlarging them, and two of the Figures were mis-labeled.

      1. Interpreting most of their Figures requires understanding the basics of cellularization in this organism. Comparing the diagram in Fig. 1B and the images in 1C left me confused. First, are all the images in 1C and similar images later cross sections? Are nuclei dispersed throughout the cytoplasm at the start or restricted to a region near the cortex. If the former, how do more central nuclei get cellularized? The transition from the unperturbed 20 and 40 minute timepoints left me unclear on the normal process. Panel G may have been helpful in this regard but only shows the treated embryo and no untreated one.
      2. The authors make a number of conclusions in Figure 1. Some are carefully quantified but others are not. For example, they state "producing uncoordinated ingression with variable rates, diagonal trajectories, and occasional bifurcations, in contrast to the uniform, perpendicular furrows observed in controls". I was not convinced by the single images provided that these were different-for example, spacing in the unperturbed 10 minute time point seems variable and furrows are not "uniformly perpendicular" in the unperturbed 20 minute time point. I also was puzzled by the lack of change in nuclear spacing while furrow spacing was altered. Later on in this section they state "MBC-treated coenocytes displayed significantly decreased and irregular furrow spacing, resulting in some compartments lacking nuclei entirely (Figure 1G & H)", but none of these images visualize nuclei directly-Perhaps the lower level background in H is supposed to indicate this but no parallel wildtype image is shown. Finally, while their TEM images (in the panels that are either I or J due to mislabeling) are lovely, I was not sure what to conclude from them- only the unperturbed images show the embryo surface for orientation and the lefthand unperturbed image is not as straight as they suggest-I certainly don't think these few images support their strong, detailed conclusions here: "MBC treatment resulted in aberrant membrane architecture, with furrows exhibiting bifurcated and convoluted morphology and abnormal fusion at the base of invagination, compared to the smooth, organized structure of control furrows".
      3. The images in Fig. 2B are remarkable and very informative, though as I note above they are presented at such a small size that they require considerable enlargement to appreciate. The surprising accumulation of actin at the invagination front, presumably long before membrane closure begins, was striking, as were the microtubule baskets. However, conclusions drawn again seemed too strong. The authors state "High magnification views further supported that these bundles closely tracked the advancing furrow fronts, with longer MT extensions associated with deeper furrows during later stages (Figure 2D, arrowheads)" (BTW once again this Figure was not labeled in parallel with the text-should be 2C). I did not think the NHS staining provided sufficient resolution of advancing furrow fronts to draw this conclusion. They end this section with some more detailed conclusions, which did not seem to me to be well supported by the single image shown: "Furrows were often misaligned, and compartments frequently enclosed multiple nuclei or, conversely, lacked nuclei entirely. In several cases, nuclei were observed trailing between furrows or located beneath partially formed compartments, suggesting that improper nuclear positioning may interfere with furrow progression and sealing (Figure 2F)." The latter conclusion also seemed to leave me wondering about cause and effect. The final sweeping conclusions in the paragraph on p. 7 top (next time please include page numbers) thus seemed much too broad.
      4. I thought the use of centrifugation to move nuclei was clever. However, it also is moving many other things-for example it moves whatever organelles are labeled by BODIPY and apparently nuclear associated MTOCs, leading to some caveats and calling into question their claim that it "doesn't disrupt MTs". Once again, broad conclusions were drawn based on an n=1 image: "furrow ingression proceeded with kinetics comparable to controls, confirming that the core machinery for membrane trafficking and actin-driven invagination remained functional (Figure 3B). However, furrow spatial patterning was dramatically altered: in nuclear-depleted cortical regions, furrow initiations were more frequent and closely clustered, but failed to progress deeply. In nuclear-enriched regions, furrows progressed with kinetics comparable to controls but were misaligned, frequently enclosing multiple nuclei per compartment rather than the single nucleus observed in controls" Only one thing was quantified-furrow ingression rate-and this must have been done on the selected set of furrows that progressed, and not, for example, of ones like those at the bottom of the image series presented. None of the other conclusions about spatial patterning were quantified-for example, nuclei are not even visualized in Fig 3C. Finally, they do not even mention the results of the MT perturbation presented in this Figure, and the fact that few differences are apparent calls into question their conclusion that that "nuclei (and their associated MTOCs) serve as spatial landmarks that pattern membrane invagination".
        1. Figure 4 is surprisingly described in a single short paragraph. While some things were quantified, I was not convinced that they could conclude that they observed furrows "mispositioned like those seen upon MT depolymerization". More broadly, what do we really learn from this?

      Referees cross-commenting

      Unfortunately I remain convinced that this manuscript has significant issues with the match between the data presented and the claims made--I laid these issues out clearly and stand by them

      Significance

      As I note in detail in the previous section, Here the authors extend this work to the ichthyosporean Sphaeroforma arctica, exploring the fascinating process by which a syncytial life stage cellularizes, and seeking to define the role of microtubules and Golgi trafficking. Their new expansion microscopy delivers impressive images of membrane and the cytoskeleton during this process and has the promise of answering important questions about the roles of microtubules and membrane trafficking. I thus went into my review quite excited. However, as I detail below, while some aspects of the process are carefully quantified, the current manuscript draws multiple broad conclusions that do not seem fully supported by the limited data provided. This substantially reduced my enthusiasm.

    1. Cognitive Process Description Example Cognitive accessibility Some schemas and attitudes are more accessible than others. We may think a lot about our new haircut because it is important to us. Salience Some stimuli, such as those that are unusual, colorful, or moving, grab our attention. We may base our judgments on a single unusual event and ignore hundreds of other events that are more usual. Representativeness heuristic We tend to make judgments according to how well the event matches our expectations. After a coin has come up heads many times in a row, we may erroneously think that the next flip is more likely to be tails. Availability heuristic Things that come to mind easily tend to be seen as more common. We may overestimate the crime statistics in our own area because these crimes are so easy to recall. Anchoring and adjustment Although we try to adjust our judgments away from them, our decisions are overly based on the things that are most highly accessible in memory. We may buy more of a product when it is advertised in bulk than when it is advertised as a single item. Counterfactual thinking We may “replay” events such that they turn out differently—especially when only minor changes in the events leading up to them make a difference. We may feel particularly bad about events that might not have occurred if only a small change might have prevented them. False consensus bias We tend to see other people as similar to us. We are surprised when other people have different political opinions or values. Overconfidence We tend to have more confidence in our skills, abilities, and judgments than is objectively warranted. Eyewitnesses are often extremely confident that their identifications are accurate, even when they are not.

      GUIDE ON ALL THIS CHAPTRS VOCAB WORDS!!

    1. are common in our society and significantly impactthose afflicted with the disease. Similarly, Barryet al. (2009) examined how obesity metaphors,such as “obesity as sinful” (gluttony), affect indi-viduals’ support for diff

      I think this discussion is important to keep in mind as we discuss a patient's condition and consider the expeirence of their illness - not only the physical aspects and treatment plans, but the connotations surrounding their disease and how those may impact their incentive to seek care, trust medical providers, and precieve themselves.

    1. It may not directly mention national health insurance,but it is nevertheless a strong political statement advocating government involvement inhealth care at a time when there was little political consensus on precisely this issue

      This idea of "health for all" is fascinatingly contradictory to the rhetoric of the time and even more interesting, still such a point of contention today. The battle between the human right to health care and a fear of communism/socialism is ongoing as the two are contradictory. In order to have health care for all and to truly care for the poor, health care must not depend on one's income, and insurance ought not depend on one's employment status. I think if we deem something to be a human right, the govement is well positioned to fund that. However, this requires the cooporation of all voting members of a democratic society to work well in spite of the structure of healthcare funding. For example, in the US where healthcare is privatized, the quality of care is unmatched, but prices are astronomical. But in countries with socialized healthcare, the price is affordable yet the quality often suffers.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Chen et al. identified a role for the circadian photoreceptor CRYPTOCHROME (CRY) in promoting wakefulness under short photoperiods. This research is potentially important as hypersomnolence is often seen in patients suffering from SAD during winter times. The mechanisms underlying these sleep effects are poorly known.

      Strengths:

      The authors clearly demonstrated that mutations in cry lead to elevated sleep under 4:20 Light-Dark (LD) cycles. Furthermore, using RNAi, they identified GABAergic neurons as a primary site of CRY action to promote wakefulness under short photoperiods. They then provide genetic and pharmacological evidence demonstrating that CRY acts on GABAergic transmission to modulate sleep under such conditions.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors then went on to identify the neuronal location of this CRY action on sleep. This is where this reviewer is much more circumspect about the data provided. The authors hypothesize that the l-LNvs which are known to be arousal promoting may be involved in the phenotypes they are observing. To investigate this, they undertook several imaging and genetic experiments.

      While the authors have made improvements in this resubmitted manuscript, there are still multiple concerns about the paper. I think the authors provide enough evidence suggesting that CRY plays a role in sleep under short photoperiod. The data also supports that CRY acts in GABAergic neurons. However, there are still major issues with the quality of the confocal images presented throughout the paper. In many cases it appears that the images are oversaturated with poor resolution, making it hard to understand what is going on. In addition, none of the drivers used in this study are specific to the neurons the authors aim to manipulate. Therefore, the identity of the GABAergic neurons involved in this CRY dependent sleep mechanism remains unclear. Similarly, whether l-LNvs are the target of this GABA mediated sleep regulation under short photoperiod is not fully demonstrated. The data presented suggests that but does not prove it.

      Major concerns:

      (1) While the authors provided sleep parameters like consolidation or waking activity for some experiments. These measurements are still not shown for several experiments (for example Figures 2E, 3, 4, 5, and 6). These data are essential, these metrics must be reported for all sleep experiments.

      These metrics have now been added to Fig.2 S4 and 5, Fig.3 S1-3, Fig.4 S2 and 3, Fig.5 S2 and 4, as well as Fig.6 S1.

      (2) Line 144 "We fed flies with agonists of GABA-A (THIP) and GABA-B receptor (SKF-97541) (Ki and Lim, 2019; Matsuda et al., 1996; Mezler et al., 2001). Both drugs enhance sleep in WT," The proper citation is needed here, Dissel et al., 2015 PMID:25913403. Both THIP and SKF-97541 were used in that paper.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have modified our manuscript accordingly.

      (3) Figure 2C and 2F: it appears that the control data is the same in both panels. That is not acceptable.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We are now using data from control flies that were monitored in the same experiments as the experimental groups.

      (4) Figure 4A: With the quality of the images, it is impossible to assess whether GABA levels are increased at the l-LNvs soma.

      We apologize for the poor quality. Unfortunately, the GABA immunostaining does not work very well in our hands and thus the background is high. We have now commented on this issue in the fourth paragraph of discussion and have toned down our conclusions regarding the GABAergic s-LNv—l-LNv circuitry in this revised version of the manuscript.

      (5) Fig 4 S1A shows colabeling of l-LNvs and Gad1-Gal4 expressing neurons. They are almost 100% overlapping signals. This would indicate that the l-LNvs are GABAergic themselves, or that there is a problem with this experiment.

      Fig 4 S1A demonstrates the expression pattern of SYT-GFP driven by Gad1GAL4, which should label the synaptic terminals of GABAergic neurons. Therefore, the labeling observed at l-LNvs suggest that GABAergic neurons project to l-LNvs. This is further validated by the GRASP and trans-Tango experiments.

      (6) Fig 4 S1B: Again, I can see colabelling of the GFP and PDF staining, suggesting that Gad1-Gal4 expresses in l-LNvs.

      Fig 4 S1B demonstrates anatomical sites where GABAergic neurons project to and form synaptic connections with PDF neurons. Therefore, GFP signals at the l-LNvs suggest that these cells receive synaptic inputs from GABAergic neurons, echoing the results shown in Fig 4 S1A.

      (7) Line 184: "Consistently, knocking down Rdl in the l-LNvs rescues the long sleep phenotype of cry mutants (Figure 4-figure supplement 1D)." This statement is incorrect as the driver used for this experiment, 78G01-GAL4 is not specific to the l-LNvs, so it is possible that the phenotypes observed are not coming from these neurons.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have modified our manuscript to note this.

      (8) Figure 4G-K: None of these manipulations are specific to the l-LNvs. The authors describe 10H10-GAL4 and 78G01-GAL4 as l-LNvs specific tools, but this is not the case. Why not use the SS00681 Split-GAL4 line described in Liang et al., 2017 PMID: 28552314? It is possible that some of the effects reported in this manuscript are not caused by manipulating the l-LNvs.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have now modified our manuscript to avoid misleading remarks. We have used SS00681 Split-GAL4 to express TrpA1 but did not observe any substantial effect on sleep duration under short photoperiod. Therefore, we did not use this line for further experiments.

      (9) Similarly for the manipulation of s-LNvs, the authors cannot rule out effect that are coming from other cells as R6-GAL4 is not specific to s-LNvs.

      We have now modified our manuscript to avoid misleading remarks.

      (10) The staining presented in Fig 5 S1 is not very convincing. Difficult to see whether Gad1-GAL4 only expresses in the s-LNvs.

      We have now quantified the GFP signal in the l-LNvs and s-LNVs in Fig.5 S1B and D. As can be seen, the s-LNvs show prominent signal above the background while the l-LNvs do not.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In humans, short photoperiods are associated with hypersomnolence. The mechanisms underlying these effects is however, unknown. Chen et al. use the fly Drosophila to determine the mechanisms regulating sleep under short photoperiods. They find that mutations in the circadian photoreceptor cryptochrome (cry) increase sleep specifically under short photoperiods (e.g. 4h light: 20 h dark). They go on to show that cry is required in GABAergic neurons and that the effects of the cry mutation on sleep are mediated by alterations in GABA signalling. Further, they suggest that the relevant subset of GABAergic neurons are the well-studied small ventral lateral neurons that they suggest inhibit the arousal promoting large ventral neurons via GABA signaling

      Strengths:

      Genetic analysis to show that cryptochrome (but not other core clock genes) mediates the increase in sleep in short photoperiods, and circuit analysis to localise cry function to GABAergic neurons.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors' have substantially revised their manuscript, and the manuscript is better for the revisions. However, the conclusion that the sLNvs are GABAergic is unfortunately still not well supported by the data. A key sticking point remains the anti GABA immunostaining, and specific driver lines for sLNvs and lLNvs.

      The authors should tone down their conclusions to reflect the fact that their data, as presented, does not support the model that cry acts in sLNvs to modulate GABA signalling onto lLNvs and thus modulate sleep.

      Thank you for the comments. We have now toned down our conclusions regarding the GABAergic s-LNv—l-LNv circuitry in this revised version of the manuscript in the Introduction, Results and Discussion.

      Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Short photoperiod is an important experimental manipulation in neurobiology, endocrinology, and metabolism studies. However, the molecular mechanisms by which short photoperiod gives rise to behavioral phenotypes that are seen in seasonal affective disorders remain unknown. Using the classic circadian model organism Drosophila, this study examines short photoperiod-induced hypersomnolence and identifies the circadian photoreceptor cryptochrome as a regulator of GABAergic tone within the clock neural circuit to promote wakefulness under short photoperiod conditions. The discovery has broad implications for understanding how short photoperiod modulates neural inhibition in circadian circuits in regulating sleep.

      Strengths:

      The Drosophila model provided a powerful platform to dissect the molecular mechanisms underlying short photoperiod-induced hypersomnolence. A battery of behavioral, imaging, circuit-manipulation approaches was employed to test the novel hypothesis that the circadian photoreceptor cryptochrome modulates GABAergic tone within the clock neural circuit to promote wakefulness under short photoperiod conditions.

      Weaknesses:

      The current model proposed by the authors suggests that the small ventral lateral neurons of the Drosophila clock circuit are GABAergic; however, this remains unclear. At present, the field lacks sufficient data and validated reagents to definitively establish the GABAergic identity of these neuropeptidergic neurons.

      Thank you for the comments. We have now toned down our conclusions regarding the GABAergic s-LNv—l-LNv circuitry in this revised version of the manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      The manuscript has improved after revisions. However, the evidence in support of the claim that the sLNVs secrete GABA onto the lLNvs remains unconvincing. The evidence that loss of cry in GABAergic neurons modulates sleep is solid. However, the authors' claim that the sLNVs are the relevant GABAergic neurons is not sufficiently backed up by the evidence presented. We suggest that the authors tone down their conclusions to reflect this.

      Thank you for the comments. We have now toned down our conclusions regarding the GABAergic s-LNv—l-LNv circuitry in this revised version of the manuscript in the Introduction, Results and Discussion.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor points:

      (1) The authors suggest that the effects of cry on sleep and mediated by the Rdl receptor, and use the GABA agonist THIP as support of this argument. However THIP acts on the Lcch3 and Grd receptors, not Rdl

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have modified relevant discussion accordingly.

      (2) In several instances (e.g. line 66, line 148), the authors use 'consistently' in the sense of 'consistent with previous data'. It would be better if they rephrase this.

      This has been fixed.

      Reviewer #4 (Recommendations for the authors):

      It is my pleasure to serve as a reviewer for this revised manuscript. The authors have carefully revised the manuscript in response to the critiques raised by all previous reviewers and have used all the available reagents to conduct additional experiments to assess the GABAergic properties of the small ventral lateral neurons (sLNv). Although it remains unclear in the field whether sLNvs co-transmit GABA, this study raises this possibility within an interesting biological relevant context. I recommend this manuscript for final publication.

      Thank you for your comments.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors characterize the phospholipid scramblase Xkr in Drosophila. They generate null mutants in both S2 cells and flies and find that phosphatidylserine (PS) exposure is reduced during apoptosis; they show reduced engulfment of apoptotic cells, and that the protein is localized partially within the cytoplasm, overlapping with the ER. They go on to identify Xkr binding partners and show that they overlap with plasma membrane-ER contact sites, suggesting that Xkr facilitates PS transfer from the ER to PM. Overall, this reveals a new role for Xkr and identifies new binding partners, which are valuable contributions to the field.

      Strengths:

      (1) The generation of new Xkr reagents in both S2 cells and flies to analyze its function. Tools are used to quantify both PS exposure and efferocytosis, and the effects of Xkr knockout are significant.

      (2) The discovery of new binding partners of Xkr which also affect PS exposure and efferocytosis.

      (3) The authors demonstrate that the binding partners are conserved in mammalian cells.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Throughout the manuscript (e.g, lines 105, 165, 274 and discussion), the authors describe Xkr as being activated in a caspase-independent manner, and use this as the rationale for identifying binding partners. However, this is never shown in the manuscript or clearly referenced. Interestingly, there is a TEVDA sequence in the fly ortholog at the same location as the caspase cleavage site in C. elegans Ced-8 (Figure S1), suggesting the caspase cleavage site is conserved. This should be further investigated, or the statements regarding caspase independence should be modified. I don't think the N- and C-terminal GFP fusions indicate caspase independence, especially since apoptosis was not induced in Figure 1A, B. If cleavage occurred at the TEVDA site in Figure S1A, it would not lead to a noticeable change on the Western blot, although the size does look a bit smaller in Figure S2B at the 8 h time point.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that, as E/DXXD has been considered a conserved caspase-3 cleavage site, TEVDA has also been validated as a caspase-6 cleavage site, which we have missed. We will further confirm this using site-mutated expression vectors in S2 cells.

      (2) The authors examine overlap between tagged Xkr and cellular compartment markers and find substantial overlap with Lamp (and other vesicle markers to a lesser extent) (Figure S2). This is not addressed in the paper and could indicate engulfment of other cells since S2 cells are macrophages. To test this, the staining could be tested on the mixed cells (vesicle-GFP tagged S2 + apoptotic xkr-mcherry). Similarly, calreticulin is an eatme signal that gets translocated to the PM of apoptotic cells. This could affect interpretation of colocalization (Figure 2J), and ideally another ER marker should be used.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We will attempt to label Xkr-mCherry under apoptosis with other vesicles and change the ER marker to Cnx99A (Calnexin ortholog in Drosophila).

      (3) There are some places where there is over- or incorrect interpretation, and these instances should be corrected.

      We thank the reviewer for their careful reading, and we will correct the mistakes in the revised manuscript.

      Specific examples:

      a) Line 342 "Relative expression analysis by RT-qPCR showed that all three mutants were likely null alleles." This does not make sense since there is still mRNA present. In Figure S7A, the tm9sf4 allele is expressed at 75% of the control. The others show a greater reduction, but this is not proof of a null allele.

      We agree with the reviewer’s opinion. These mutants from the BDSC are not completely deleted but partially deleted; therefore, the RT-qPCR assay may not be very accurate. We will detect the mRNA levels of tm9sf4, dorp9, and sac1 using RT primers from different cDNA regions to make the results more convincing.

      b) Figure S3I - It looks like mCherry-Lact:C2 does get localized to the PM with AcD treatment in the xkr[ko], although the authors conclude "this disrupted PS localization to the PM could not be restored by apoptosis induction". However, the PM localization does look disrupted in the tm9sf4 and sac1 knockdowns.

      We thank you for raising this intriguing hypothesis. Indeed, PM localization of Lact:C2 was reduced in xkr<sup>ko</sup> cells, and the distribution could not be rescued after apoptosis. Unlike xkr<sup>ko</sup>, tm9sf4, and sac1 RNAi-treated cells displayed weak PS disorder, which may be due to the efficiency of knockdown. However, the statistical results indicated that the ratio of PM/Cyto was reduced in tm9sf4 and sac1 RNAi-treated cells.

      c) Figure 3I. The control Lact:C2 staining looks very different from the staining in Figure 2J, with abundant Lact:C2 outside the cell. Given the variability in the staining, were the contact sites quantified? On lines 287-288, it is stated that "fewer ER-PM MCSs were detected in xkrko cells than in WT", but no quantification is provided.

      We thank for the reviewer’s suggestion. We will add the statistical results of Fig. 3I in the revised version.

      d) Line 299-300 - "the interaction between Xkr and dORP9 was enhanced after apoptosis induction". The interaction does not look enhanced in Figure S5F, so this statement should be removed or data supporting the statement should be provided. The interaction between Xkr and dORP2 looks enhanced upon apoptosis induction, but also paradoxically looks even more enhanced when apoptosis is blocked.

      We thank you for raising this intriguing hypothesis. We will delete the relevant statement to eliminate unnecessary misunderstandings.

      e) The data in Figure S6 are highlighted in the abstract. If this is a major conclusion, it would be best to move it to the main text and provide quantification.

      We thank for the reviewer’s suggestion. We will move this to the main text and provide quantification in the revised version.

      f) Lines 392-4. The concluding statement seems overstated given that there was only a modest inhibition of PS exposure in the osbpl5 knockdown (Figure 6A) and no defects in efferocytosis (Figure 6C). The osbpl8 showed a stronger effect on PS exposure but still a very modest effect on efferocytosis.

      We thank for the reviewer’s suggestion. We will weaken the statement in the Results section of Figure 6 and perform osbpl9 knockdown to observe efferocytosis in Raw264.7 cells, as OSBPL9 interacts with Xkr8 strongly.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this study, the authors investigate the mechanisms underlying phosphatidylserine (PS) exposure during efferocytosis in Drosophila. They first show that Xkr promotes PS exposure and apoptotic cell clearance in both S2 cells and Drosophila embryos. As Drosophila Xkr lacks the canonical caspase cleavage site found in mammalian XKR proteins, the authors further explore the underlying mechanism by which Xkr regulates PS externalization. Through protein interaction studies, they identify TM9SF4 as an interacting partner of Xkr that regulates PS distribution and show that non-vesicular PS transport contributes to apoptotic PS exposure and efferocytosis. Using protein interaction studies, they further demonstrate that Xkr interacts with the lipid transfer protein dORP9 at ER-PM contact sites to facilitate non-vesicular PS transport to the plasma membrane. Loss of these proteins affects PS externalization and efferocytosis in Drosophila. Finally, using human cells, they demonstrate that human OSBPL8 interacts with XKR8 to regulate apoptotic PS exposure. Overall, the study supports a model in which Xkr promotes efferocytosis by facilitating lipid transport in addition to its role as a phospholipid scramblase.

      Thank you for your comprehensive and generous assessment of our work and for the time and expertise you have devoted to reviewing our manuscript. We will revise the manuscript accordingly and provide a point-by-point response in the revised version.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript investigates the function of the Drosophila Xkr protein, a homolog of mammalian Xkr8 that lacks the canonical caspase-cleavage motif. The authors show that apoptotic stimuli increase Xkr protein abundance through a post-transcriptional mechanism and that Xkr promotes phosphatidylserine (PS) exposure during apoptosis. Using immunoprecipitation coupled with mass spectrometry, they identify TM9SF4 as an Xkr-interacting protein and further implicate TM9SF4, Sac1, dORP2, dORP9, and Vap33 in regulating apoptotic PS exposure and efferocytosis. Based on these findings, the authors propose that Xkr regulates PS transport at ER-PM contact sites. Similar observations are also presented in human cells.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this is an interesting study. The authors provide convincing evidence that Drosophila Xkr participates in apoptotic PS exposure and employ multiple complementary approaches to support the involvement of several proteins in this pathway. The identification of TM9SF4 as a potential regulator of Xkr-mediated PS exposure is likely to be of broad interest.

      Weaknesses:

      I am less convinced by the evidence supporting the proposed role of ER-PM contact sites, and several mechanistic conclusions appear to extend beyond the data presented. Addressing the following points would substantially strengthen the manuscript.

      We sincerely thank you for your careful reading and accurate summary of our manuscript. We appreciate the time, effort, and expertise you have dedicated to evaluating our work, and we will try our best to improve our manuscript according to your suggestions.

      Major concerns:

      (1) In Figure 2A and related text, it is unclear whether the mass spectrometry analysis was performed using untreated cells or AcD-treated cells. If the objective was to identify apoptosis-associated Xkr interactors, it would be helpful to clarify the experimental condition and explain whether apoptosis-specific interactors were analyzed separately.

      We thank for the reviewer’s suggestion. We used AcD-treated S2 cells and untreated S2 cells to perform mass spectrometry. To clarify this, we will add a detailed method description in the method section.

      (2) In Figure 2B, 2E, and several other co-IP results, a negative control of Flag tag only is required to exclude experimental errors like insufficient washing, etc.

      We thank for the reviewer’s suggestion. We used anti-HA magnetic beads to perform immunoprecipitation, and single HA-TM9SF4 was used as a negative control.

      (3) In Figure S3B, S3F, and several other BiFC results, an mVC-only negative control would be important to exclude nonspecific fluorescence complementation.

      We thank for the reviewer’s suggestion, we will add the negative control for BiFC results in the revised version.

      (4) In Figure 2G, the quantitative values appear inconsistent with the flow cytometry histograms. The peak shift following Sac1 knockdown appears smaller than that of TM9SF4 knockdown, whereas the quantified values suggest the opposite. Please clarify this apparent discrepancy.

      We sincerely thank you for the careful consideration of our statistical results, which were obtained from 3 repeats. We will choose another flow cytometry histogram of tm9sf4 and sac1 to make the data and images more consistent.

      (5) I find the interpretation in Lines 223-227 difficult to reconcile with the data. Knockdown of both tm9sf4 and sac1 impaired apoptotic PS exposure to a similar extent as xkr knockout. However, while xkr deficiency significantly reduced efferocytosis, sac1 knockdown produced only a modest, statistically insignificant effect. These observations suggest that impaired PS exposure alone may not fully account for the efferocytosis phenotype observed in xkr-deficient cells. These results appear difficult to reconcile with the proposed model, which needs careful discussion.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their careful and thoughtful observations. Given the results we have observed, we will add this to the discussion section in the revised version.

      (6) In Lines 274-275, the authors state that 'increased Xkr may accelerate non-vesicular PS transport for efficient apoptotic PS exposure'. However, Xkr protein levels increase only ~8 h after AcD treatment, whereas PS exposure occurs much earlier. Thus, alternative explanations like Xkr relocalization (Figure S5C), rather than increased abundance, may also explain how Xkr mediates PS transport. An Xkr overexpression experiment could be helpful to support this statement.

      We thank for the reviewer’s suggestion. We will overexpress Xkr with or without AcD treatment to observe whether the localization or amount of Lact:C2 changes and to re-evaluate the role of Xkr in PS exposure.

      (7) The interpretation of the MAPPER experiments requires further clarification. In Line 283, the authors refer to "the intracellular proportion of the signal for each protein overlapping with MAPPER." Since MAPPER is designed to label ER-PM contact sites, which are located on the plasma membrane, intracellular MAPPER fluorescence likely represents the ER network rather than bona fide ER-PM contacts. Throughout the manuscript (including Figure S6, etc.), intracellular MAPPER puncta appear to be interpreted as ER-PM contacts, which may not be appropriate. In contrast, the peripheral MAPPER puncta observed along the cell cortex (e.g., Figure S5C after AcD treatment) are more consistent with authentic ER-PM contact sites. It is also not obvious that these cortical MAPPER signals colocalize with Xkr(Figure S5C). Thus, while the data support a role for the ER, they do not yet convincingly demonstrate Xkr clustering at ER-PM contact sites.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion, and we believe that the TIRF technique can help us demonstrate the ER-PM signal. Since our college has no TIRF microscope, we will try our best to seek cooperation from other colleges to achieve this experiment.

      (8) In the Xkr knockout cells, all fluorescence signals appear substantially low in intensity. Differences in protein distribution are difficult to interpret when overall probe expression also appears altered. It would be helpful to demonstrate that probe expression levels are comparable between conditions. Furthermore, as noted above, intracellular MAPPER signal may primarily represent ER rather than ER-PM contacts. Finally, despite the reduced signal intensity, the remaining MAPPER and PS signals still appear well colocalized in the knockout cells, similar to the observations in Figure 2J. The interpretation in Lines 285-288 should therefore be reconsidered.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this careful and thoughtful observation, and we agree that the interpretation in Line 285-288 is overstated. To explain this, we plan to detect the Lact:C2 and MAPPER signals in S2 and xkr<sup>ko</sup> cells with or without AcD to confirm how Xkr regulates PS via ER-PM under apoptotic conditions.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Some of the authors proposed in a PNAS paper in 2016 the occurrence of the EntnerDoudoroff (ED) pathway in cyanobacteria and plants, on the basis of several lines of biochemical and genetic evidence. However, more recent results indicated that one of the two specific enzymes of the ED pathway (EDD) is missing in Synechocystis PCC 6803. The authors carried out additional experiments, which demonstrated that EDD is missing, and one of the enzymes (ED aldolase) is a promiscuous enzyme which seems to be involved in proline metabolism and is not actually participating in the ED pathway as initially believed. The results described in this paper are strong evidence that this new interpretation is appropriate, and therefore, it corrects the previous proposal, providing an honest description of the reasons why the authors had reached the wrong conclusion about the existence of the ED pathway in cyanobacteria and plants.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for the summary and comments. Based on our finding that EDA is a promiscuous aldolase that, in addition to the cleavage of KDPG to GAP and pyruvate (a reaction of the ED pathway) catalyzes other reactions in vitro, we proposed potential in vivo functions of EDA, including its involvement in proline metabolism. However, these assumptions require further experimental testing. We do not yet have definitive findings regarding the function of the promiscuous aldolase EDA in Synechocystis in vivo, but respective studies are currently underway.

      Strengths:

      Thorough reanalysis of the experimental results obtained in previous studies, which led to the publication of the PNAS paper in 2016.

      New experimental evidence to confirm that enzymes previously considered as participating in the ED actually are not catalyzing the ED biochemical reactions, but are involved in other metabolic pathways. Also, the authors completely discarded the occurrence of the GDH/GK shunt in Synechocystis PCC 6803. Generally speaking, the manuscript is very clearly written, with a precise description of the previous findings, the mistakes which took place in the 2016 paper, and the strategies they have used to address those issues, in order to reach a thoroughly revised vision of the glucose metabolic pathways in Synechocystis PCC 6803. In this regard, the drawings shown in Figures 1 and 7 are very helpful for the reader to follow the story and understand the possible metabolic transformations depending on the working hypothesis.

      Also, I commend the authors for openly describing previous mistakes. In this paper, they reassess past observations in light of more recent findings and to integrate the information in this manuscript. The scientific conclusions are solid and very interesting, and besides, they use the opportunity to offer valuable advice to researchers. This is especially focused on the importance of careful biochemical characterization of enzymes, which should always be carried out when studying proteins which have been identified as a specific enzyme on the basis of sequence homology. In a similar way, they found that an insertional mutant was the cause of the absence of specific metabolites, which had been attributed to particularities of a metabolic pathway in that mutant, when it was actually due to a nucleotide insertion; this could have been easily prevented by confirming the correct generation of the mutant by DNA sequencing.

      We thank the reviewer for this kind comment. We agree that biochemical characterization of enzymes as well as DNA sequencing to check deletion mutants, are important and valuable tools. As outlined in the manuscript and additionally in more detail in a recently submitted article, which is available at bioRxiv (Theune et al. 2026, doi: https://doi.org/10.64898/2026.04.08.717167) and is currently under review at PLOS One, we suggest that genome sequencing of deletion mutants in combination with complemented strains as controls are required to minimize the risk of misinterpretation based on secondary mutations (1). During the early stages of our research on the ED pathway, and later as well when we were already trying to resolve the conflicting results that had accumulated concerning the ED pathway, genome sequencing for Synechocystis mutants was not affordable as a routine procedure (2-4). Therefore, we could not have easily prevented this misconception based on this technique at that time. However, we strongly encourage genome sequencing of deletion mutants (in combination with complemented strains) as routine procedures these days (1).

      Weaknesses:

      The authors propose that EDA might be involved in the PEP-pyruvate-OAA node, or in the proline metabolism, but this requires further experimental work for clarification; what their results indicate clearly is that this enzyme is not actually catalyzing the transformation of KDPG to GAP, which is the second specific enzyme of the ED pathway. But the real physiological function in this cyanobacterium is still unconfirmed.

      As stated above and in the manuscript, we agree that the in vivo role of EDA requires further experimental work which is in progress. However, our results demonstrate that EDA splits KDPG into GAP and pyruvate in vitro, but we assume that this reaction does not play a role in vivo due to the absence of its substrate.

      Another aspect which could be improved is that the recombinant expression of some genes was carried out in E. coli; even if this is a useful and valid research strategy, in studies like this (where there is a strong focus on the physiological function of enzymes in the original organism, Synechocystis PCC 6803), I think it would have been more appropriate to express the 6803 genes in another cyanobacterium easily amenable for genetic transformation and gene expression, which would produce the protein in a physiological environment more similar to another cyanobacterium (compared to E. coli, which is an heterotrophic bacterium). I am not sure this would change any of the obtained results, but it certainly would confer additional robustness to the enzymatic results.

      Synechocystis is easily amenable to genetic manipulation, and we agree that expression and purification of all enzymes from this host would have been ideal. However, the first characterization of Synechocystis EDA was performed with proteins that were purified from Synechocystis and showed activity on KDPG at comparable rates as proteins that were purified from E. coli in this study (2). Moreover, most biochemical characterizations of EDAs from archaea, bacteria and plants were performed after recombinant expression in E. coli and yielded highly active enzyme as in the case of Synechocystis is this study (5-7). Therefore, we currently have no reason to worry that the expression in E. coli might affect the enzymatic activity of EDA. The main reason for utilizing E. coli as an expression strain in this study was to gain higher yields of protein for in-depth analyses.

      Bibliography:

      I think the list of papers used in this manuscript is complete and up to date. However, I do miss recent papers which addressed one aspect that was proposed in the original 2016 PNAS paper: the authors wrote, "We therefore suggest that Prochlorococcus might oxidize glucose via the ED pathway under mixotrophic conditions, as shown for Synechocystis." Recent studies checked this hypothesis and have shown that the ED pathway seems to be also missing in Prochlorococcus and marine Synechococcus, and I think this manuscript is a good place to cite them, since these results are consistent with the findings of this paper.

      We will include a references from Moreno-Cabezuelo et a. 2023 (DOI: 10.1128/spectrum.03275-22) in which the proteomes of three marine Prochlorococcus and three marine Synechococcus strains were investigated upon exposure to glucose (8). Protein levels of EDA were either downregulated or not affected while proteins involved in OPP pathway and CBB cycle were upregulated. The authors of this study conclude that this indicates that the latter processes rather than the ED pathway are involved in photomixotrophy in these strains. However, flux analyses are still missing.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study presents novel results on the presence of the Entner-Doudoroff pathway in Synechocystis sp. PCC 6803. In contrast to an earlier study, compelling evidence is given that this strain lacks both an ED pathway and a glucose dehydrogenase/glucokinase bypass but contains a promiscuous aldolase, which also decarboxylates oxaloacetate and cleaves 2-keto-4-hydroxyglutarate (as it occurs in proline degradation). The study concludes with successfully reconciling data from different studies and with lessons learned from the previous misconception.

      Strengths:

      Solid biochemical data are presented to reconcile contradicting data of earlier studies and to serve as a basis for disclosing possible functions of a promiscuous aldolase. Earlier misconceptions and lessons to be learned are well discussed.

      Weaknesses:

      The materials and methods section is rather lengthy, suffering from a lack of conciseness and repetition, and nevertheless misses some specifications.

      We thank Reviewer 2 for the kind summary and comments and will improve the materials and methods part accordingly in a revised version.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Some additional aspects that could be improved:

      (1) L182-184: Are there any known in vitro attempts to determine whether some DHADs can accept 6PG as substrate? If not, did the authors check this possibility in the lab?

      To the best of our knowledge, as mentioned in the manuscript, some DHADs are tested for their activity towards gluconate and some other substrates but not 6PG. It was suggested that since gluconate is smaller it might fit in the catalytic site of DHADs normally occupied by DHIV (7). We discussed this point in the manuscript (Line 177-185).

      In this study we tested the DHAD Slr0452 from Synechocystis and DHAD from Synechococcus with 6PG as substrate but the enzyme did not catalyze 6PG dehydration. The result for Slr0452 is shown in Figure S3.

      (2) L234-241: This paragraph shows how important it is to avoid relying only on sequence alignments to assign functions to proteins (and enzymes in particular). The authors stress this idea elsewhere in the paper, but I think it should receive even more attention in a manuscript like this. Physiological characterization of the protein function is paramount, especially in the case of enzymes. Also, the GDH1 overexpression mutant was done in E. coli; this adds an additional layer of uncertainty, since the protein processing in E. coli might not be entirely identical to that carried out in cyanobacteria, as I mentioned above. This, in turn, could be one of the reasons for not finding the expected enzymatic activity. This comment is also relevant for the results shown in Table 1 (page 12).

      As outlined following lines L234-241 we tested crude cell extracts from Synechocystis WT, a Synechocystis strain overexpressing putative GDH1 (Sll1709) and a Dzwf deletion mutant which can be assumed to upregulate a GDH/GK bypass if present in Synechocystis for GDH activity but did not find any. This strongly indicates that sll1709 does not code for an active GDH in Synechocystis. We thereafter also overexpressed GDH1 in E. coli and again could not detect any GDH activity. In case of GDH1, enzyme activity was therefore tested both in Synechocystis and E. coli and yielded similar results.

      (3) L309-310: "we currently have no explanation for the gluconate that was detected in previous IC-ESI-MSMS measurements in Synechocystis". This is a serious issue, given how important this evidence was for the conclusions of the 2016 PNAS paper and the hypothesis of the ED pathway in cyanobacteria. I would suggest that the authors provide some possible explanations, even if it is based on studies from other teams.

      It would be very speculative and therefore in our eyes not helpful to search for explanations in this case as indeed the measurements were done in another lab. One explanation might be that 6P gluconate got dephosphorylated and yielded gluconate as an artifact. However, as we have no experimental validation for this idea and furthermore cannot test it. We therefore prefer to not further comment on this aspect.

      (4) L347: The presence of an insertion in the sequence of zwf in the ∆gnd mutant is a welcome explanation for the observed results: abolition of 6PG production in this mutant. This is another important message to stress in this manuscript: construction of mutants should always be double checked by DNA sequencing of the relevant genomic regions, to ensure that these kinds of side problems do not appear, leading to confusing results.

      We agree with the reviewer and would get even one step further and rather suggest combining whole-genome sequencing with complemented mutants as it is difficult to know all relevant genomic regions that should be sequenced. We discuss this issue in even more detail in another manuscript that is currently available as online preprint in bioRxiv and is under review (9). This work was now added as a citation in line 566 and the end of the following statement (line 564-566): Routine complementation of deletion mutants and sequencing of selected genes or the entire genome are effective means of identifying secondary mutations that can lead to misleading phenotypes (9).

      (5) L418-419 and Table 2: The results observed for the authors (i.e., that EDA could also catalyze reactions with OAA and KHG, albeit with substantially lower catalytic efficiency than with KDPG), is a matter for concern: if their hypothesis is correct (meaning that this EDA is fundamentally involved in the PEP-pyruvate-OAA node and/or proline metabolism, and not with the ED pathway), then why should it keep in the evolution of these organisms such a strong preference for KPDG, when it is not being used physiologically for the ED pathway)? Furthermore, the Km for KDPG is lower than for OAA or KHG, leading to a very big difference in the Kcat/Km values.

      To solve these questions further respective studies are underway. As EDD is absent from Synechocystis no KDPG should be available in the cells so that catalytic activity on KDPG should be irrelevant in vivo. The in vivo role of Eda requires further clarification.

      Hereafter, I will mention some aspects, following the instructions of eLife, which are related to suggestions for improved experiments/data/analyses, improvements of writing and presentation, and minor corrections to text/figures.

      (1) L81: I would modify the text to "Accordingly, this raises further questions...".

      Thanks for this hint. We modified the text accordingly.

      (2) L189: Add "pages" after "following".

      Thanks for pointing this out. We replaced “following” by “below”.

      (3) Page 7: The whole beginning of the Results section is actually more discussion than description of results, and the first mention of figures appears in L207 of page 8. Given the content of the paper, I think the authors might reconsider using "Results and Discussion" rather than different, specific sections for Results and Discussion. This is one of the papers where I think the combined use of both makes sense and will allow an easier understanding of the message.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion and changed the heading to Results and Discussion.

      (4) L181: Add reference regarding the llvD/EDD superfamily.

      We added the following references in lines 172-176 and 185-189:

      (1) Melse, O., Sutiono, S., Haslbeck, M., Schenk, G., Antes, I., & Sieber, V. (2022). Structure Guided Modulation of the Catalytic Properties of [2Fe− 2S]-Dependent Dehydratases. ChemBioChem, 23(10), e202200088.

      (2) Ren, Y., Vettenranta, E., Penttinen, L., Jänis, J., Rouvinen, J., & Hakulinen, N. (2025). The engineered dimer of L-arabinonate dehydratase from Rhizobium leguminosarum bv. trifolii: The role of intersubunit interactions in IlvD/EDD family. Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 757, 151610.

      (3) Ahmed, H., Ettema, T. J., Tjaden, B., Geerling, A. C., Van Der Oost, J., & Siebers, B. (2005). The semi-phosphorylative Entner–Doudoroff pathway in hyperthermophilic archaea: a reevaluation. Biochemical Journal, 390(2), 529-540. ff

      (4) Bräsen, C., Esser, D., Rauch, B., & Siebers, B. (2014). Carbohydrate metabolism in Archaea: current insights into unusual enzymes and pathways and their regulation. Microbiology and Molecular Biology Reviews, 78(1), 89-175.

      (5) Figure 2: The data shown in column plots in Fig 2A, B and C, and 4B, could be presented in tables, which would save space while providing the same information: basically, very little/no activity in some cases vs high levels of activity in others.

      We would like to keep the column plots as we still think that they visualize our data well.

      (6) L255 "Unfortunately, we were not able to overexpress putative GDH2". It would be interesting to give more details about the possible reasons for this fact.

      We tested different growth conditions for recombinant GDH2 expression. The expression culture was incubated at 37 °C for 3 hours as well as overnight at 18 °C for overnight after induction. Both experiments did not resolve the expression problem.

      (7) L409-410: I think this sentence should include a brief part explaining the kind of essay used to test this activity.

      We added now that the LDH-coupled continuous assay was used (see line 403).

      (8) Figure 6E: Please give the specific activity in U/mg, as in Fig 6F, instead of percents.

      100% is given in U/mg units in the figure legend as “control without effector (100 %; specific activity of 4.3 U/mg)”. For easy comparison of effectors, the relative activity (%) is often used. We would therefore prefer to keep the current data presentation.

      (9) L576: Provide the origin of the utilized PCC 6803 strain, given there is a certain level of variability in this strain (glucose tolerance, etc). Also, even if there are some methods which are very widely used, I think the Materials and Methods section should either properly describe them or else cite the source. For instance, BG11 medium is mentioned, but no further information is given.

      We included the information that the glucose-tolerant Synechocystis strain was utilized and added the receipt of and a citation for BG11 medium (10).

      (10) L582 Generation of mutants: This section mentions the Gibson Assembly cloning method, but I miss further information to allow the reader to reproduce the methodology with as many details as possible, or at least cite papers which do so.

      We added a reference in which Gibson Assembly is described (11). Together with the primers listed in Table S3 the generation of mutants is now reproducible.

      (11) L609 Please give information in g, not rpm, for centrifugation. Also, mention the model and brand of the centrifuge and rotors used. Also, immunoblotting is very loosely described. This is also valid for other sections, for instance, L618, L636.

      We now added the following information: Cells were harvested by centrifugation at an RCF (relative centrifugal force) of 3,992 x g in a Beckman Coulter with a JLA-8.1000 Rotor for 20 minutes at 4°C. We now added a reference (12) in which immunoblotting is described in more detail.

      (12) L613: Describe the "small scale purification".

      We now added the information that the small-scale purification was performed using a 50-ml aliquot of the large culture which was treated as described below for the remaining sample.

      (13) L619-620: Describe the composition of the lysis buffer.

      The composition of the lysis buffer is already described as follows: lysis buffer (50 mM NaPO<sub>4</sub> pH=7.0; 250 mM NaCl; 1 tablet complete protease inhibitor EDTA-free

      (Roche) per 50 mL)

      (14) L691: Specify which amounts of auxiliary enzymes in coupled enzymatic assays were used.

      Thanks for pointing this out. We have now integrated the information that 1U of each of the auxiliary enzymes was utilized in the coupled enzymatic assays.

      (15) L716: The authors mention several times using a "double beam spectrophotometer". Please provide the model and brand.

      Model and brand were now added for the double-beam spectrophotometer (Uvikon 810, Kontron, Augsburg, Germany).

      (16) L717 and 718: define "∆absorption".

      In line 715, the information is given that absorption was measured at 340 nm, "∆absorption" is accordingly the ∆absorption at 340 nm. This information was added.

      (17) L723: "Synechocystis" should be in italics.

      Synechocystis is now written italics.

      (18) L749-759: This section should be described in more detail: preparation of protein extracts, SDS, immunoblotting, etc, or cite references of the same team where these methods were properly described.

      In this section the listed methods are already described in detail.

      (19) 798-799: "frozen cell pellets". Please provide numbers to specify the amount of material used.

      Thanks for pointing this out. We now added the information that frozen cell pellets with a wet weight of 2.4 g wet weight were resuspended.

      (20) L871-872: "It was ensured that auxiliary enzymes were not rate-limiting. One unit (1 U) of enzyme activity is defined as 1 µmol substrate consumed or product formed per minute" is repeated several times in the manuscript (L 907-909, L936-938). I would advise using it the first time, and on other occasions, refer to the same conditions as described above.

      We have accordingly circumvented the repetition of 1 U definition from the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Interpunctuation, especially comma placement, should be improved.

      We improved interpunctuation, especially comma placement to the best of our knowledge.

      (2) Line 63: delete the first "which".

      “Which” was deleted.

      (3) Lines 81/82: revise sentence.

      We revised the sentence to: Accordingly, this raises further questions about the presence of the ED pathway in cyanobacteria and plants.

      (4) Line 164: "presumed" instead of "presumes".

      The word was changed accordingly.

      (5) Line 228: by others? especially in reference 1?

      We deleted by others as the reference is given.

      (6) Line 240: "or" instead of "no".

      “no” was replaced by “or”

      (7) Figure 2: The axes are not well visible, and the explanation for the positive control in panel B is missing in the legend.

      Axes from figures 2, 3 and 4 were enlarged. For Figure 2B the following information was added in the legend: As a positive control, 0.05 U glucose dehydrogenase from Pseudomonas sp. was added to Δzwf cultures and to purified putative GDH1 (Sll1709). Axes from figures 2, 3 and 4 were enlarged.

      (8) The investigation on the general absence/presence of the GDH/GK bypass in cyanobacteria may not be necessary for this study.

      We included this data in this manuscript as the mistaken assumption that the GDH/GK bypass exist in Synechocystis lead among other observations to the misinterpretation of an existing ED pathway in Synechocystis. We would therefore prefer to keep these data in the manuscript.

      (9) Line 316: delete "on".

      “on” was deleted.

      (10) Line 352: delete "or".

      “or” was deleted.

      (11) Lines 352/353: ZWF expression level appears to be reduced accordingly. This should be stated.

      We agree that Zwf expression might be lower, however, we are not entirely sure if this is truly valid and would rather test this assumption further as described in the following lines.

      (12) Figure 4: The axes are not well visible.

      Axes from figures 2, 3 and 4 were enlarged.

      (13) Line 363: values are not only normalized to protein content, but also to activity found for the WT.

      We now added: The values are normalized to Zwf enzyme activity found in the WT based on protein content.

      (14) Line 408: no separate subsection required.

      The title for a new subsection was deleted.

      (15) Lines 437-439: These are results descriptions, which should not be placed in the legend, but in the main text, as is partially done.

      We deleted these result descriptions in the legend.

      (16) Lines 441/442: formatting: one or no bracket pair.

      The brackets were corrected.

      (17) Lines 443/444: refer to Table 2 instead of giving the values in the legend to avoid duplication.

      We deleted the values and now refer to Table 2.

      (18) Line 503: delete "identified".

      We deleted the second “identified” in the sentence and changed the wording to: Apart from four identified cyanobacteria that possess potential EDDs. In addition, we also added the names of the four cyanobacteria that were found including the sequence IDs of the putative EDDs.

      (19) Lines 529/530: revise sentence and format.

      We added one sentence and revised the following sentence: In contrast to Synechocystis EDA, EDA from Synechococcus prefers OAA over KDPG. The catalytic efficiency of Synechococcus EDA on oxaloacetate is rather low (OAA 0.437 s<sup>-1</sup> mM<sup>-1</sup>), however, its activity can be enhanced by NADP<sup>+</sup>(13).

      (20) Line 542: revise sentence.

      We revised the sentence to: It remains to be investigated whether this reaction could play a role in vivo, with KDPG potentially acting as a regulatory metabolite at low concentrations.

      (21) Line 577: The glass tubes used for cultivation should be specified.

      We now added the following information: Custom-made glass tubes were placed in a photobioreactor (manufactured by Willi Hilke, Uslar, Germany).

      (22) Lines 584-585: unclear, was the resistance cassette not placed in the gene to be deleted?

      Yes, the resistance cassette was placed in the gene to be deleted and was fused for homologous recombination to two DNA fragments approximately 200 bp directly upstream and downstream of the gene. This information was now added.

      (23) Line 607: cultivation equipment to be specified.

      The following information was now added: For the purification of GDH1 from Synechocystis, a 6 L photoautotrophic culture of the P3-His-GDH1 overexpression strain was grown in a 10 L glass flask at 28°C, illuminated with constant light (50 µmol m<sup>-2</sup> s<sup>-1</sup>) and gassed with filter sterilized ambient air to an OD<sub>750</sub> of about 1.

      (24) Line 670: GTS should be specified.

      Thank you for this hint. This was a typo. GST was meant not GTS. This was now corrected and GST was specified as Glutathione S-Transferase.

      (25) Line 679: delete "gluconate kinase (GK) and".

      The second gluconate kinase (GK) was deleted and sentence was revised to:

      For gluconate kinase (GK) activity measurements in Synechocystis crude cell extracts the GK reaction was enzymatically coupled to 6-phosphogluconate dehydrogenase (GND) reaction, the latter providing NADP<sup>+</sup> reduction, which was monitored photometrically at 340 nm.

      (26) Line 686: again GK activity? Difference unclear. Was the previously described procedure for GND activity determination?

      GK activity measurements in Synechocystis crude cell extracts and GK activity measurements with recombinant enzyme that was expressed in E. coli were done in two different labs with different protocols. Therefore, the first description refers to measurements with Synechocystis while the second measurement refers to measurements with E.coli. This is now specified more clearly.

      (27) Type/supplier of spectrophotometers and centrifuges used should be given.

      Model and brand were now added for the double-beam spectrophotometer (Uvikon 810, Kontron, Augsburg, Germany). As this study was performed in two different labs over a period of 8 years including one lab moving to a new location, it is now impossible to specify all centrifuges that were utilized. Even though we agree that it would be good to provide this information, we now would have difficulties to be specific.

      (28) Consider the referencing of published methods to streamline the materials and methods section.

      We now streamlined the materials and methods section by deleting repetitions as outlined below. However, as protein expression, protein purification and enzymatic tests were performed in different labs, in some cases several protocols are given.

      (29) Line 757: give specifics of anti-rabbit antibody and define PBS-T and PBS-T Cytiva.

      Specifics were added to the text.

      (30) Lines 761ff: It is not given for all genes used how they were derived. All synthesized?

      We now added detailed information for all genes.

      (31) Line 762: codon-optimized for? E. coli?

      The information was added that genes that were expressed in E. coli were codon-optimized for E. coli.

      (32) Lines 782-786: Rationals for experimental strategies do not belong to materials and methods sections, but to results sections.

      The part was deleted in the materials and methods section and transferred to the results section.

      (33) Lines 818/819: repetitive.

      We removed the repetition and refer to the purification method as stated above in the materials and methods section.

      (34) Lines 847-851: True for all EDA-type assays? Kinetic parameters are shown in Table 2 rather than Table 1.

      Yes, true for all EDA-type assays. We changed the Table number to 2.

      (35) Line 863: delete "in".

      “in” was deleted

      (36) Lines 888-893: sounds repetitive.

      The lines were modified accordingly.

      (37) Lines 908/909: repetitive.

      The repetitive comment on the definition of 1U was deleted.

      (38) Lines 928-938: repetition

      The repetition was deleted.

      References

      (1) M. Theune et al., Easy-to-use whole-genome sequencing workflows and standardized practices to uncover hidden genetic variation in <em> Synechocystis </em> PCC 6803 wild-type and knock-out strains. bioRxiv 10.64898/2026.04.08.717167, 2026.2004.2008.717167 (2026).

      (2) X. Chen et al., The Entner–Doudoroff pathway is an overlooked glycolytic route in cyanobacteria and plants. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 113, 5441-5446 (2016).

      (3) D. Schulze et al., GC/MS-based 13C metabolic flux analysis resolves the parallel and cyclic photomixotrophic metabolism of Synechocystis sp. PCC 6803 and selected deletion mutants including the Entner-Doudoroff and phosphoketolase pathways. Microbial Cell Factories 21, 69 (2022).

      (4) A. Makowka et al., Glycolytic Shunts Replenish the Calvin–Benson–Bassham Cycle as Anaplerotic Reactions in Cyanobacteria. Molecular Plant 13, 471-482 (2020).

      (5) V. Zaitsev et al., Insights into the Substrate Specificity of Archaeal Entner–Doudoroff Aldolases: The Structures of Picrophilus torridus 2-Keto-3-deoxygluconate Aldolase and Sulfolobus solfataricus 2-Keto-3-deoxy-6-phosphogluconate Aldolase in Complex with 2-Keto-3-deoxy-6-phosphogluconate. Biochemistry 57, 3797-3806 (2018).

      (6) J. S. Griffiths et al., Cloning, isolation and characterization of the Thermotoga maritima KDPG aldolase. Bioorg Med Chem 10, 545-550 (2002).

      (7) S. E. Evans et al., Plastid ancestors lacked a complete Entner-Doudoroff pathway, limiting plants to glycolysis and the pentose phosphate pathway. Nature Communications 15, 1102 (2024).

      (8) J. Moreno-Cabezuelo, G. Gómez-Baena, J. Díez, J. M. García-Fernández, Integrated Proteomic and Metabolomic Analyses Show Differential Effects of Glucose Availability in Marine Synechococcus and Prochlorococcus. Microbiol Spectr 11, e0327522 (2023).

      (9) M. Theune et al., Easy-to-use whole-genome sequencing workflows and standardized practices to uncover hidden genetic variation in Synechocystis sp. PCC 6803 wild-type and knock-out strains. bioRxiv 10.64898/2026.04.08.717167, 2026.2004.2008.717167 (2026).

      (10) R. Y. Stanier, R. Kunisawa, M. Mandel, G. Cohen-Bazire, Purification and properties of unicellular blue-green algae (order Chroococcales). Bacteriol Rev 35, 171-205 (1971).

      (11) D. G. Gibson et al., Enzymatic assembly of DNA molecules up to several hundred kilobases. Nature Methods 6, 343-345 (2009).

      (12) M. Boehm et al., Comprehensive study on ferredoxin isoforms in the cyanobacterium Synechocystis sp. PCC 6803. bioRxiv 10.64898/2026.04.08.717189, 2026.2004.2008.717189 (2026).

      (13) N. Xie, C. Sharma, K. Rusche, X. Wang, Phosphoketolase and KDPG aldolase metabolisms modulate photosynthetic carbon yield in cyanobacteria. The Plant cell 10.1093/plcell/koae291 (2024).

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      We provide below a point-by-point response to reviewers’ comments, describing changes that were made to the manuscript. We also uploaded a "Full Revision" file that contains a general statement in addition to these responses to reviewers. We sincerely thank both reviewers for their thorough reading and suggestions that we believe contributed to a better concision and clarity of the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #1

      Major Comments

      1. TDH3 has been a major model in the study of the evolution of gene expression as developed by the authors. While most conclusions derived from this system relate to genetic mechanisms, this study attempted to identify the molecular/cellular mechanisms. Although I greatly appreciate the author's comprehensive efforts, I would suggest that conclusions regarding molecular/cellular mechanisms should be made with greater caution, especially avoiding over-generalized conclusions that may be specific to P_TDH3. Thus, I suggest going over the manuscript again and adjusting some statements if they are over-generalizing, as well as adding an explicit discussion of this limitation.

      As suggested by the reviewer, we went over the manuscript and made sure that we specifically mentioned the TDH3 promoter in conclusions that may be specific to this promoter. In addition, we further addressed this limitation by including new results of an experiment where we measured the effects of yme2, chs1 and msh1 mutations on expression noise of three additional yeast promoters (PFBA1, PACT1, PTEF1). We found that the three mutations had similar effects on expression noise driven by PTDH3, PACT1 and PTEF1, but different or no effect on PFBA1 expression noise. Therefore, some of our conclusions may not be specific to the TDH3 promoter, such as the importance of mitochondrial state in regulating expression noise of nuclear genes. We described these findings in Results, in the new Figure 7 and in associated supplements. We also added a paragraph in the Discussion and we included new co-authors who performed these additional experiments. We believe these new results will increase the impact of the study.

      1. On the surface, it may seem reasonable to ask for changed noise by unchanged mean in order to distinguish independent regulators. However, from a mechanistic perspective, this is quite demanding. In the current prevailing model (transcriptional burst) of noise origination, mutations are not assumed to be noise-specific without affecting the mean. See e.g. PMID: 31320634. If noise and mean are intrinsically coupled, looking for noise-only regulatory mechanisms would imply something very different. This may mean, for example, that we are seeking one single mutation that changes noise and mean through one mechanism, while at the same time reverting mean to its wildtype value through another mechanism. It is likely that this is one of the reasons why causal mutations are difficult to identify.

      This is a very sensible comment. We agree that in the model of noise originating from transcriptional bursts, cis-acting mutations are not expected to alter noise without affecting the mean. However, trans-acting mutations may affect transcriptional bursts of a given gene via different mechanisms that compensate each others at the level of mean expression but not at the level of expression noise. Even though mutations impacting noise without altering mean expression may be less common than mutations affecting both mean and noise, they do exist as we showed here. It is possible that we did not identify mutations in transcription factors known to regulate TDH3 promoter activity because such mutations would affect both mean expression and noise. We added two sentences in the discussion to mention this hypothesis. In addition, while the transcriptional burst model can explain the coupling between intrinsic noise and mean expression, it does not apply to mutations impacting extrinsic noise.

      Regarding the difficulty to identify mutations altering only expression noise, we found a causal mutations in three out of five mutants analyzed. Interestingly, the three successes corresponded to mutations that increase noise, and the two failures to mutations that decrease noise, suggesting that mutations decreasing noise may be particularly difficult to identify. Finally we note that expression noise is a complex genetic trait in natural populations. An interesting case is shown in Fehrmann et al. 2013, where three trans-acting alleles (loci on chr7, 8 & 13) had a strong individual contribution on noise, partially coupled to mean changes. When combined together, their cumulative effect was very strong on both mean and noise, although the wild strain from which these alleles originate showed an elevated noise but no remarkable change in mean as compared to a reference strain. This implies that other (unmapped) loci “buffer” expression mean in this wild strain against the action of the three noise-acting loci, a scenario comparable to the one suggested by the reviewer.

      1. L209-214. The authors state that they selected 254 mutants with the largest noise changes from a library of 1,241 strains (L209-214). However, I cannot match this statement when contrasting figure1-figure supplement 1 (254 mutants) and Figure 1a (1,241 strains). Is this caused by experiments conducted in different labs ? Are there any intuitive ways for the authors to show the strains (and their parameter distribution) that produced consistent results across the two batches of data? E.g. using gray/black dots for un-/repeatable strains. Also, are mean expression levels similarly (un-)repeatable compared to noise ?

      Both fluorescence screens were performed in the same laboratory, using the same instrument and following the same protocol. We clarified in the text and figures how the 254 mutants were selected for the secondary screen. In particular, we colored dots on Figure 1 and on Figure 1 – figure supplement 1 to highlight strains with reproducible or non-reproducible change in expression noise in both assays. The apparent lack of reproducibility between the first screen of 1241 strains and the second screen of 254 mutants is not surprising because the 254 strains were not picked randomly among the 1241 initial strains: they were picked because they showed the largest expression changes (either for mean or noise) in the first screen. Statistically, the most extreme effects on mean expression and expression noise observed among the 1241 strains are expected to be over-estimated on average. This phenomena is similar to the “Winner’s curse” in economy. When measuring a quantitative trait for a large number of samples with a certain degree of uncertainty, values that fall in the tails of the distribution (the most extreme values) are statistically expected to be less accurately estimated than values falling near the mean of all samples. To address the last question of the reviewer, mean expression levels were found to show better repeatability than expression noise, probably because error bars (variation among replicate samples) tended to be much smaller (one order of magnitude) for mean expression than for expression noise.

      1. How were the five strains analyzed chosen? Are they the only strains fulfilling the criteria on L211-214?

      The five strains were picked arbitrarily among nine strains that matched the criteria mentioned in the text. We added a sentence to mention this point. We moved to Supplementary File 5 the section describing how the five strains were chosen to make the main text shorter and easier to read.

      1. L243-247. I didn't understand the logic why m2 is included, please elaborate.

      We modified the text to clarify why we picked mutation m2 as a candidate. The logic is that there was no strong statistical evidence to exclude the mutation (because of lower statistical power relative to other mutations).

      1. The equation for extrinsic noise (L899) seem to be slightly differently from that in Fu and Pachter 2016. The product of mean(RFP) and mean(YFP) is multiplied by 2 here, but not in Fu and Pachter 2016.

      We made a typo in the text and corrected it in the revised version. We verified in our R scripts that we used the correct version from Fu and Pachter (with product of mean(RFP) and mean(YFP) not multiplied by 2), which was the case. We are particularly thankful to the reviewer for the thorough proofreading of the manuscript.

      1. The experimental design to exclude noise from partitioning for yme2 is really nice. It would have been great if we had gotten to the bottom of this. (This is not a question so no response is needed)

      No response requested.

      1. The authors demonstrate that a nonsense mutation in CHS1 increases extrinsic noise via impaired chitin septum reparation in daughter cells. However, glucosamine treatment itself alters cell size (Figure 5-figure supplement 3a), which correlates with noise levels. This raises the question: do the observed changes in extrinsic noise stem from glucosamine-induced changes in cell size or from the impaired chitin repair caused by the CHS1 mutation itself? To disentangle these effects, an alternative approach to modulating chitin synthesis that does not alter cell size should be employed.

      We do not think that glucosamine-induced changes in cell size can explain the effect of glucosamine treatment on extrinsic noise in chs1 mutant. We observed that glucosamine treatment had a stronger impact on cell size in WT cells than in chs1(G1752a) mutant cells (Figure 5 – figure supplement 3a). However, glucosamine treatment had a much stronger impact on extrinsic noise of chs1(G1752a) mutant cells than WT cells (Figure 5g). Therefore, there is no direct correspondence between the effect of glucosamine on cell size and the effect of glucosamine on extrinsic noise. Even though glucosamine drastically reduced cell size in WT cells, it had almost no impact on expression noise in these cells. We added a sentence in the revised Results to clarify this point.

      Our hypothesis is that glucosamine increases chitin synthesis not only during repair of the chitin septum, but more globally at all stages of the cell cycle (as shown by Bulik et al., 2003), which may reduce cell size. The global impact of glucosamine on cell wall chitin levels could rescue defects caused by chs1 mutation on chitin septum repair. Previous studies showed that CHS1 was not involved in global chitin synthesis, but only in the repair of chitin septum in daughter cells.

      1. Why did glucosamine doses not significantly impact cell growth rates during the first phase after addition (Figure5 -figure supplement 4) ? Additionally, I can seem to find the experimental details for glucosamine dosing in the Methods.

      We specified the dose of glucosamine in the revised Methods. We did not observe a significant impact of glucosamine on growth rates during exponential growth either in the first growth phase or in the second growth phase after addition. However, glucosamine increased the duration of the lag phase in the second phase of growth. We do not know exactly why, but we speculate it is because the chitin cell wall becomes thicker after diauxic shift in presence of glucosamine, leading to a delay to resume cell division after cells are exposed to fresh medium with glucose.

      1. Figure 2-figure supplement 2g-l are missing.

      We included the missing panels in the revised figure.

      1. The current manuscript is a bit lengthy (although nicely comprehensive). After deciding the journal, I suggest it would need to be more concised and logically streamlined.

      We agree that the main text is lengthy, with methodological explanations sometime disrupting the main message. For this reason, we included in the revised version a new Supplementary File 5 where we moved these explanations that were important yet not essential for the reader to understand the main conclusions.

      Minor points

      1. P12,L345, "may not only by caused by" should be "may not only be caused by", ,and "YFP an RFP" should be "YFP and RFP" in the same sentence

      We corrected these mistakes.

      1. P19,L565, "sensitivite" is misspelled and should be "sensitive".P21,L630, "mitochondria dysfunction" should be "mitochondrial dysfunction."

      We corrected these mistakes.

      1. Typo in Figure 3's legend "** 0.001 > P {greater than or equal to} 0.001", which should read "0.01 > P {greater than or equal to} 0.001." This error appears again in Figure 4's legend.

      We corrected these mistakes.

      1. P9, L219 "Table 1" should be "Supplementary File 1"?

      We added the number of mutations per strain in Table 1.

      1. Inconsistent tetrad numbers: methods state 22 tetrads (L844) , results mention 21 tetrads ( L262 ) , and figure( figure1 -figure supplement 3) legends indicate 20 tetrads. Please clarify the correct number.

      Thank to the reviewer for mentioning this inconsistency. In fact, we dissected 22 tetrads but only included 21 tetrads that showed the expected segregation of all genetic markers in the fluorescence assay. Finally, we reported fluorescence measurements for 20 tetrads due to a possible contamination for the remaining tetrad. We clarified this in the Methods.

      1. The speculated retrograde response pathway is interesting. Can the authors propose some specific experiments to test that ?

      To test the involvement of the retrograde pathway in PTDH3 intrinsic noise, one could mutate negative or positive regulators of the retrograde signaling in wild-type cells or in chs1 and msh1 mutant cells and quantify the effect on intrinsic noise. We proposed this experiment in the revised discussion. In previous studies, null alleles of rtg1, rtg2 or rtg3 were shown to impair the retrograde response, while specific mutations in rtg2 and deletion of mks1 were shown to activate the retrograde pathway (Garrigos et al., 2024; Jazwinski and Krete, 2012). We expect to observe an elevated intrinsic noise in wild-type cells, but not necessarily in yme2 and msh1 mutant cells, when we activate the retrograde signaling. Conversely, we expect yme2 and msh1 mutations to not alter intrinsic noise anymore when the retrograde pathway activity is impaired by mutation.

      Reviewer #2

      The manuscript by Martin et al. titled 'Trans-acting mutations reveal non-nuclear modulators of both intrinsic and extrinsic gene expression noise in a eukaryote.' identifies genetic mutations in yeast that can has regulate gene expression noise in trans. The manuscript is well written, and the experiments have been performed in replicates. The authors also clearly highlight the experiments where the replicates do not agree in their outcomes.

      However, there are some issues that the authors need to address:

      1. Introduction is too long and needs to be concise

      We have shorten the introduction in the revised version. We have also moved parts of the main text in Supplementary File 5 to be more concise.

      1. Lines 150-153: Do we have enough studies yet for generalizations?

      We do not know other studies/examples that compared the effects of cis-acting and trans-acting mutations on mean expression and expression noise of a target gene. Therefore, we cannot generalize the results obtained for the TDH3 promoter. However, these results show that cis- and trans-acting mutations can significantly differ in their effects on expression noise (but we do not know for how many genes it is the case).

      1. Line 209 - Why 254 strains? Please justify

      We clarified why and how we chose these 254 strains for the secondary screen. We also added colors on Figure 1 to highlight these 254 strains.

      1. Why are the authors choosing median expression and not mean expression (which is usually the norm)?

      We used the median to quantify the average expression among cells as we did in previous studies with the same fluorescent reporter system because median is more robust than mean to rare outliers. However, we found the difference between median and mean fluorescence to be really small. We included a new figure (Figure 2 – figure supplement 4) showing that the effect of yme2, chs1 and msh1 mutations on expression noise were almost identical when using mean and median to calculate the noise. This is because we measured fluorescence from large number of cells for each sample (~5000) and because the distributions of fluorescence levels among cells are always unimodal with very rare outliers (as showed in Figure 3 – figure supplement 1; Figure 5 – figure supplement 1 and Figure 6 – figure supplement 1).

      1. Do EMS mutants have intra-population genetic heterogeneity? This should be discussed in the text.

      We sequenced the genome of the 5 EMS mutants at a coverage of ~100x, but did not find evidence of genetic heterogeneity in these strains: all mutations detected were found at a frequency near 1. In another project, we sequenced the genomes of 288 EMS mutants and detected genetic heterogeneity in 3 strains: mutations were not fixed in these strains, but found at a frequency near 0.75. We therefore expect the number of mutants with genetic heterogeneity from the collection analyzed in figure 1 to be very small. In addition, genetic heterogeneity cannot impact our conclusions because no genetic heterogeneity was detected in the 5 EMS mutants analyzed and because we constructed two independent clones to investigate the effects of each mapped mutation. We added a sentence in the main text mentioning that no genetic heterogeneity was detected in the 5 EMS mutants.

      1. Line 238-240: Shouldn't the change in frequency in low, mid and high- subpopulations be tested relative to the expected distribution from the wild-type strain? This could also alter how mutations are chosen for validation. This should be mentioned in the results section and the text should be rephrased to reflect this point, although it is mentioned in the methods section

      We are not completely sure to understand what statistical test the reviewer has in mind. We could not easily compare the observed frequency of mutant and wild-type alleles in low, mid and high subpopulations to expected frequencies, because these frequencies depend not only on the effect of the mutation on fluorescence among cells but also on the effect of the mutation on growth rate (which is unknown). Our strategy to compare mutation frequency in medium bulk vs low and high bulk was designed to detect mutations changing expression noise independently from their potential effect on mean expression or growth rate.

      1. Line 243: The mutant name YPW2162 suddenly appears in the text - where did this strain come from?

      This is the name of one of five mutants analyzed, as mentioned in Table 2 referenced in the same sentence. We modified the sentence to make it clearer: “For a fourth mutant (YPW2162), ...”

      1. Line 286: 'increase' instead of 'increased' .

      We corrected this error.

      1. Could genomic rearrangements/copy number variation alter expression noise? For example, for m4, m5 and m6 mutants. The authors have genome data of these strains, so this can be checked.

      According to the reviewer’s comment, we performed additional analyses showing that CNVs and rearrangements did not contribute to variation of expression noise in the five EMS mutants included in the mapping experiments. To detect large CNVs and aneuploidies, we computed sequencing depth in 1-kb sliding windows along the genome for each mutant. The profiles were uniform and similar to coverage profiles obtained for the reference strain. To detect rearrangements, we analyzed sequencing data using the GRIDSS module that can detect junctions between non-contiguous parts of the genome from the mapping location of paired-end reads. Using this tool, we only detected 5 rearrangements that were previously known to be present in the genome of all mutant strains relative to the reference genome (deletions at ho and ura3 loci and duplications of TDH3 promoter, CYC1 terminator as well as 41 bases from chromosome I in the PTDH3-YFP transgene inserted at the ho locus). None of these rearrangements can explain variation of expression noise among mutants. Results from GRIDSS analysis are included in Supplementary File 4 and reported in the main text.

      1. Figure 2 - y-axis: What is the measure of expression noise used here? This should be mentioned in the figure captions throughout to avoid confusion.

      We used the same measure of expression noise for all figures, as mentioned in the Methods. We added it in the figure captions as suggested by the reviewer to avoid confusion.

      1. Line 359 - please mention the effect size here and wherever possible throughout the manuscript

      In the sentence mentioned by the reviewer, we used the forward scatter signal (FSC.A) as a relative measure of cell size. A difference of FSC.A between two samples is known to reflect a difference of cell size. However, we cannot estimate the effect size on cell size because the relationship between FSC.A and cell size depends on the instrument and settings, and we have not characterized this relationship empirically. Therefore, we removed “a small effect” from the sentence and we instead only mentioned that the effect on cell size was statistically significant. Indeed, we cannot be sure that the small (and significant) reduction of FSC.A we observed corresponded to a small reduction of cell size. 12. Figure 6 - figure supplement 2 - Please mention the strains represented by grey and orange boxes

      To make it more visible, we moved this information from an inset in panel b to the top of the figure.

      1. One could envisage that there are many more genetic regulators of expression noise which may have not been discovered yet. This point perhaps could be discussed.

      Absolutely. We added a sentence in the discussion to acknowledge that many genetic modulators of noise may still remain unknown.

      1. The figure captions are too long - they should be made concise

      We reduced the length of the longest figure legends. In particular, some of the text from Figure 4 legend was moved to Supplementary File 5.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank you for the time you took to review our work and for your feedback! We have performed the following additional analyses:

      (1) We analyzed the optomotor mismatch response as a function of time spent in the optogenetic closed-loop session.

      (2) We show the correlation between optomotor mismatch response and visuomotor mismatch response for functionally identified PE neurons.

      The main changes to the manuscript are:

      (3) Clarification of our terminology (moved and refined definition of the teaching signals).

      (4) A new figure panel summarizing the functional influence patterns we identified.

      (5) Clarification of our argumentation for the JEPA-inspired proposal.

      All comments are addressed individually in the following.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Vasilevskaya and Keller test different models of cortical function through the lens of predictive processing, a powerful framework for the brain to learn and predict the statistics of the world via generative internal models. The authors use a clever combination of behavioral perturbations in closedloop and open-loop visuomotor virtual reality assays, a paradigm the Keller lab pioneered and used effectively in the past decade, in conjunction with two-photon imaging of neuronal calcium responses and targeted optogenetic perturbations of activity. They specifically put to test proposed hierarchical vs. non-hierarchical circuit implementations of predictive processing by analyzing the logic of inter-lamina interactions (superficial vs. deep; L2/3 vs. L5/6).

      The authors conclude that both versions of predictive processing architectures they analyze are likely invalid, and instead formulate an alternative novel model of cortical function based on a recently developed machine learning algorithm for self-supervised learning (joint embeddings of predictive architectures, JEPA) and its further refinements. JEPA borrows elements from predictive processing, engaging two encoder networks and training the output of one network to predict the output of the other. In their new model of cortical computations, prediction error neurons in L2/3 compare the deep layers (L5/6) activity, which is taken as a teaching signal, to a local, L2/3 prediction of this latent representation.

      Specifically, the authors build on their previous work and reports from other groups that different sets of L2/3 neurons compute positive prediction errors (fire when sensory stimuli appear unexpectedly with respect to the movements of the animal; e.g., grating onsets in the absence of locomotion) and respectively negative prediction errors (fire when sensory stimuli are absent, while the brain expected them to be present; e.g. mice locomote but visual flow is suddenly halted - visuomotor mismatches). These L2/3 positive and negative prediction error neurons exchange messages with neurons in the deeper cortical layers that, the authors propose, build an internal representation (R) of the sensory stimuli given the animals' movements.

      In the hierarchical model, internal representation neurons (R) are supposed to act as a teaching signal for both types of prediction error neurons; the output of the positive prediction error neurons is assumed to suppress activity of R such that the error between the teaching signal and the prediction is minimized; similarly, in the non-hierarchical version, R serves as a prediction for the prediction error neurons, and in turn it receives excitatory drive from the positive prediction error neurons and negative input from the negative prediction error neurons.

      The authors find that the functional impact of L5 neurons on L2/3 neurons is not compatible with the non-hierarchical architecture they and other groups proposed, but rather in accordance with the hierarchical model. At the same time, the functional impact of L2/3 neurons (positive vs. negative prediction error neurons) on L5 neurons (internal representation) appears not compatible with the hierarchical model, but rather in accordance with the non-hierarchical implementation.

      They further hypothesize that L2/3 prediction error neurons don't use sensory input, but rather the L5 activity as a teaching signal, and test it using perturbations (halts) of optogenetic stimulation of L5 neurons coupled with locomotion (Figure 7).

      All in all, the question is topical, and the new model addresses a decades-long quest to develop a unifying model of cortical function. The findings reported here transform our understanding of cortical computations, opening new, exciting avenues for future investigation. The experimental design and execution are rigorous; the arguments are clearly laid out (in spite of ample potential for confusion given the numerous loops and sign flips). These include a discussion of why the non-hierarchical model proposed by the same group does not hold, as well as potential caveats in interpreting the results and novel testable proposed experiments emerging from the JEPA-like model.

      I have several questions about the interpretations of some of the claims and suggestions for potential additional experiments and analyses.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments. We address them below.

      (1) Some of the pieces of the puzzle remain to be identified and demonstrated: the existence of internal representation neurons in L2/3 and ascertaining that the L5/6 neurons analyzed function indeed as internal representation neurons. The authors find that stimulation of L2/3 positive prediction error neurons enhances activity of L5 neurons...If L5 neurons hold a latent representation that serves as a teaching signal for L2/3 neurons (as the authors posit), wouldn't one expect that the input they receive from the positive prediction neurons be suppressive, such that the error is further minimized?

      Not necessarily - this depends on the model one has for how cortex works. In the hierarchical predictive processing model, PE+ neurons are expected to suppress the local internal representation neurons in L5. Our data, however, are not consistent with this model. This is one of the key arguments we build the idea on that JEPA is a better model for cortex than hierarchical predictive processing. In JEPA we would not expect the L2/3 prediction error to update L5 directly, but instead update the prediction of L5 activity (the source of this signal remains to be identified; see our speculations on the origin of prediction signals in the comments to question 3), and drive plasticity in the local L5 encoder network. That something acts like a teaching signal for the L2/3 comparator does not, by itself, determine how the outcome of the comparison influences the source of the teaching signal.

      (2) Do the authors envision any specific differences between the representations of the two encoder networks posited to exist in L2/3 and L5 in the JEPA-like implementation? Are they synchronous/offset in their temporal representations, or any other features?

      Given theoretical work (Mohammadi et al., 2025), one would expect to find differences in learning rates between the predictor and the encoder networks. Assuming the predictor network is also implemented in L2/3, we would expect to see faster learning rates in L2/3 compared to L5. Implementations inspired by related theoretical works also predict differences in learning rate between the two encoder networks (Grill et al., 2020), again with higher learning rates expected in L2/3 compared to L5. Beyond that, however, we are not aware of any experimentally observable differences one might expect to find. We are hoping the computational community will remedy this soon.

      (3) Where is the prediction coming from onto L2/3 neurons? Is it emerging locally in L2/3 from the putative internal representation neurons, or is it long-range - as work from the authors previously proposed? Or a mix of both?

      We expect the predictions to come from long-range inputs. In classical (hierarchical) JEPA one would expect these to be the lateral communication within L2/3. In a non-hierarchical implementation that is capable of operating on arbitrary graphs (as would be necessary for it to work in cortex), we suspect that the L2/3 network will use both long-range L2/3 and long-range L5 input. In JEPA terminology: the encoder A network uses information from non-local sources of both networks to predict local activity of encoder B network (assuming that information is statistically useful in predicting that activity).

      (4) What is the role of the indiscriminate L4 input that appears to enhance activity of both positive and negative prediction error neurons in L2/3?

      The short answer is, we don’t know. We would have indeed expected to find some asymmetry of influence. There are a few options: A) We might be failing to activate a specific interneuron that mediates feedforward inhibition on this pathway by the artificial stimulation of Scnn1a neurons. B) We know that Scnn1a neurons are only a subset of L4 neurons – there are other populations of L4 neurons that might exhibit the opposing influence. C) The Scnn1a population is more than 1 layer of a JEPA away from the comparator and not part of the predictor that forms the actual representation compared against L5 (e.g. L4 could provide an input to L2/3 internal representation neurons, and thus only indirectly influence L2/3 PE neurons). D) The JEPA analogy is wrong.

      (5) Does Figure 7D change in a meaningful manner if the authors plot the correlation between optomotor mismatch response and visuomotor mismatch response specifically for the negative prediction error neurons in L2/3 (Adamts-2) rather than for all L2/3 cells sampled?

      We might be misunderstanding. If the reviewer means genetically identified negative prediction error neurons (Adamts2), we do not have the data to address this question, as we did not perform any recordings of molecularly defined Adamts2 population in L2/3. If the reviewer means functionally identified negative prediction neurons, this would be the two rightmost data points in Figure 7D (the x-axis in this panel is the visuomotor mismatch response strength we use to functionally identify PE- neurons). These two data points on the right-hand side of the plot correspond exactly to what we classify as negative prediction error neurons throughout the rest of the manuscript (15% of the most responsive neurons to visuomotor mismatch).

      Does the reviewer mean, is there also a positive correlation between optomotor mismatch response and visuomotor mismatch response when looking only at neurons that we identify as PE-? If so, the answer is yes (Author response image 1). Interestingly, while there is a positive correlation, there is also nonuniformity in response patterns. We think that this is expected, given that our visuomotor coupling paradigm captures only a very small subspace of stimuli that prediction error neurons are tuned to. Bulk stimulation of L5, in contrast, might work better to separate all PE neurons. In other words, we speculate that L5 stimulation is a better predictor of the functional role of an L2/3 neuron.

      Author response image 1.

      Optomotor mismatch response as a function of visuomotor mismatch response for neurons that are functionally classified as PE. Red line shows a linear fit estimated with a bootstrap approach.

      (6) Do the optomotor mismatch responses in L2/3 neurons depend on how long the closed-loop coupling of optogenetic stimulation of Tlx3 L5 neurons and locomotion speed has been in place for?

      No, not that we can measure. We performed an analysis in which we split the optogenetic closed-loop session into two equal parts, early and late. We then quantified the average optomotor mismatch response independently for early and late parts of the session (Author response image 2A). Based on this quantification, we find no evidence of a change as a function of time in the closed-loop session. We also performed a sliding window analysis on a shorter timescale. While it did look like the responses may be smaller in the first few minutes, we do not have sufficient data to address this. None of the differences in response size were significant (Author response image 2B).

      Author response image 2.

      Optomotor mismatch response as a function of experience with artificial closed-loop coupling. (A) Mean L2/3 population response to optomotor mismatch in the first half (Early MM) and in the second half (Late MM) of the optogenetic closed-loop session. (B) Mean L2/3 population response to optomotor mismatch as a function of time in the optogenetic closed-loop session. Error bars indicate SEM. Differences between the mean values were estimated by hierarchical bootstrap and are not significant.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript reveals the functional connectivity of two different classes of cortical neurons that respond in opposite ways to mismatches between sensory and top-down inputs. These data are very valuable because different theories of information processing in the cortex make different predictions on the patterns of connectivity of these neurons. Therefore, these data strongly constrain possible theories of cortical processing.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments. We address them below.

      General comments:

      (1) The methods of statistical testing are insufficiently described. I did not understand the description in lines 1105-1119. The authors should provide sufficient details so the reader can reproduce their analyses. For example, it may be helpful to provide specific details of the testing procedure for one of the comparisons (e.g. the first comparison in Table S1).

      We assume the reviewer is not familiar with hierarchical bootstrapping in general. If so, the explanation below would summarize the procedure. This is the procedure with particular emphasis on its application to neuroscience data is described in the paper we reference in that part of the methods (Saravanan et al., 2020). Given that the analysis has become relatively standard (and is described in the reference provided), we think it might be an overkill to add the full explanation below to the manuscript. In addition to the general procedure, there are only 2 pieces of information relevant to fully reconstructing the analysis:

      (1) What are the “levels” (mice, recording sites, neurons, trials)?

      (2) What is the number of bootstrap samples used.

      Thus, we think all information is already provided in the methods. We now also explicitly added the levels when describing the nested structure of the data in the manuscript to increase clarity.

      Hierarchical bootstrap analysis:

      Our data are naturally nested: multiple neurons are recorded within a single mouse, and multiple mice are tested within an experimental group. Standard bootstrapping (sampling with replacement from the entire pool of neurons) fails because it assumes all observations are independent. In reality, neurons from the same mouse are more similar to each other than to neurons from a different mouse. The hierarchical bootstrap (or multi-level bootstrap) preserves this nested structure, ensuring your confidence intervals are not artificially narrow due to pseudoreplication.

      To illustrate the problem, assume you have 100 neurons from Mouse A and 10 neurons from Mouse B, a simple bootstrap will be heavily biased toward Mouse A. Furthermore, the simple bootstrap ignores the fact that the true variance in your population comes from two sources:

      (1) Between-mouse variance (differences in surgery, genetics, or behavior).

      (2) Within-mouse variance (differences in tuning or activity between individual cells).

      Hierarchical bootstrap addresses this problem, and is implemented as follows: To estimate the mean response while accounting for different sample sizes per mouse, a two-level resampling scheme is used

      (1) Resample the higher level (Mice)

      First, you account for the variability between animals.

      Suppose you have N mice in total.

      Randomly draw N mice with replacement from your original pool.

      Note: Because this is with replacement, a single mouse’s data might be included multiple times in one bootstrap iteration, while another mouse might be left out entirely.

      (2) Resample the lower level (Neurons)

      For each mouse selected in Step 1, you must now account for the variability within that specific animal.

      Look at the number of neurons actually recorded from that mouse (let’s call it k<sub>i</sub>).

      Randomly draw k<sub>i</sub> neurons with replacement from that mouse’s specific pool of recorded cells.

      This step is crucial: you always resample the same number of neurons that were originally recorded for that specific mouse. This maintains the "weight" or "influence" that animal had in the original dataset.

      (3) Calculate the resampled statistic

      Calculate the mean of all neurons collected in this “bootstrap sample”.

      (4) Iterate

      Repeat Steps 1–3 many times (typically B = 1,000 or 10,000 iterations).

      The distribution of these B bootstrap means represents your sampling distribution and is used to calculate confidence intervals and p-values. 

      (2) The authors should clarify how the problem of multiple comparisons was addressed for comparisons performed in multiple moments of time, where significance is indicated by a black bar (e.g. in Figure 2F).

      There is no family-wise error correction in cases of comparing response time courses implemented in our analysis. If the reviewer has a good suggestion for how to implement family wise error correction, we would be happy to implement it. We are not aware of anything that is better than what we currently do (the time bin-wise comparison). To briefly explain the problem: In most neuroscience papers, response curves are compared by choosing a time window (e.g. 0.5 to 1 s following a trigger) and calculating mean values of the curves in these windows. This hides the problem of multiple comparisons that arises from the fact that the experimenter is free to choose a response window used for analysis. Note, this also creates a strong incentive to “optimize” choice of an analysis window – a part of the analysis that a reader is typically completely blind to. We could of course also choose an analysis window that sounds reasonable and yields significant differences for our analyses. However, to provide a more unbiased image of the data, we have come to do bin-wise comparisons with a fixed p-value (typically 0.05). This is used in all of our papers at the moment. Given that samples from neighboring timepoints are correlated via a combination of actual responses and a subset of noise sources, the samples are not independent. We now also implemented a correction for spurious positive values by requiring at least 2 neighboring bins to have a p-value below 0.05 to be shown. If the samples were independent, this would mean a false positive rate of 0.0025. Given that they are not, this is a lower bound only. Additionally, any family-wise error correction would be a function of the number of time bins we show in the plot. This would mean that our choice of the time window shown in a plot (-1s to +4s, or +5s, etc.) would change the p-value we consider significant. Thus, there is no explicit family-wise error correction, and we have come to the conclusion that the bin-wise comparison with a fixed p-value is the most unbiased representation of the data we can provide. The alternative would be to additionally plot z-scores or the p-values as a function of time, but in our experience these types of plots are even harder to read for readers not used to it.

      (3) It would be helpful to add a figure in the Discussion summarising the functional connectivity suggested by all experiments.

      We now added a panel that summarizes the functional connectivity observed in our experiments to Figure S10. 

      (4) Throughout the manuscript, the authors use the term "teaching signals", but I am unclear what they mean by it: after reading the definition in lines 45-46, I thought that they corresponded to values (as they are compared to sensory signals). Later (428-430), the text suggests that they correspond to error neurons. But then lines 605-607 say it is not an error signal. The authors should define teaching signals very precisely or remove this term.

      The formal definition of the teaching signal was in footnote 1 of the manuscript. We assume the reviewer may have missed this. We now moved this definition into the main text to increase clarity.

      We use the term teaching signal to mean exactly this definition throughout the manuscript. We suspect, a second source of confusion may come from ambiguity in regards to anatomical vs. functional definitions. We have attempted to emphasize that the definition of teaching signal is a functional one, not an anatomical one (as is the case for ‘prediction’ – predictions are functionally defined, not anatomically – hence it makes sense to ask questions of the form “what are the potential sources of predictions” etc.). A teaching signal is a signal that is compared against a prediction (the ‘ground truth’ the prediction is compared and trained against). In different circuit implementations of predictive processing, different inputs function as predictions and teaching signals. In the hierarchical implementation, activity of the internal representation neuron at the lower level serves as a teaching signal for a prediction signal that is formed by the internal representation neuron from the higher level. In the non-hierarchical implementation, external inputs from the thalamus or other cortical areas serve as teaching signals for the respective prediction signals that are formed by internal representation neurons. This terminology is most intuitive when thinking from the perspective of a prediction error neuron, since a prediction error neuron computes the difference between two inputs signals – one of which functions as a teaching input, and the other one as a respective prediction. Hence, lines 428-430 specify that layer 5 input onto prediction error neurons of layer 2/3 serves as a teaching input.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Vasilevskaya and Keller set out to experimentally distinguish between two variants of predictive processing: a hierarchical and a non-hierarchical variant. The hierarchical variant assumes a hierarchical organization in which internal representation neurons (believed to be a subset of layer 5 excitatory neurons) serve as a source of a teaching signal for local prediction error neurons as well as for the next higher level of the hierarchy, while simultaneously providing prediction signals to the preceding lower level. In contrast, the non-hierarchical variant posits that these layer 5 internal representation neurons provide local predictions to layer 2/3 prediction error neurons.

      The interaction between internal representation neurons and prediction error neurons differs fundamentally between the two variants. In the hierarchical variant, internal representation neurons excite positive prediction error neurons and inhibit negative prediction error neurons, while at the same time being inhibited by positive prediction error neurons and excited by negative prediction error neurons. In the non-hierarchical variant, this pattern of connectivity is reversed.

      This work is very exciting, timely, and carefully executed. The authors functionally, and later molecularly, identify layer 2/3 prediction error neurons in V1 and probe their interactions with genetically defined neuron types in cortical layers 5 and 6 using optogenetics. They demonstrate that the functional influence of putative prediction error neurons in layer 2/3 onto layer 5 is incompatible with the hierarchical variant, whereas the influence of layer 5 onto putative prediction error neurons in layer 2/3 is incompatible with the non-hierarchical variant. They then test an alternative hypothesis, in which layer 2/3 responses resemble prediction errors with respect to perturbations of artificial layer 5 activity patterns. To investigate this, they designed an experiment in which optogenetic activation of L5 IT neurons was closed-loop coupled to the mouse's locomotion speed in the absence of visual feedback, allowing them to probe the causal influence of L5 activity on layer 2/3 responses.

      Finally, the authors hypothesize that their data are more consistent with a joint embedding predictive architecture (JEPA) and outline experimentally testable predictions arising from this framework.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments. We address them below.

      While the work is overall convincing and significantly advances our understanding of the circuit-level implementation of predictive processing, there are a few weaknesses that should be addressed or discussed:

      (1) The authors define putative positive prediction error neurons as the 15% of neurons most responsive to grating onset and putative negative prediction error neurons as the 15% most responsive to visuomotor mismatch. While this selection would be expected to overlap with negative and positive prediction error neurons, the criterion is not sufficiently stringent (independent of the exact percentage chosen). In particular, classification of a neuron as a prediction error neuron should ideally be accompanied by evidence that it does not exhibit a significant increase in activity when the prediction matches the sensory input or teaching signal.

      We understand the reviewer’s intuition. We can indeed use other stimuli to identify prediction error neurons, like the relative suppression of responses in closed-loop running onset vs open-loop running onsets. This was the reason behind including Figure S1, to show that our selection results in expected pattern of running onset responses. We don’t typically use the running onset responses as they have an additional confound we have not fully understood. This is that running onset always tends to result in an increase of calcium activity in all neurons. This could have a variety of reasons: A) Contamination of hemodynamic occlusion signals (blood vessels tend to constrict at running onset, making it appear like an increase in calcium activity) – see Yogesh et al., 2025. B) The virtual coupling in our VR is not good enough to provide a true “closed loop” experience. Humans typically notice lags of larger than 30ms – in our VR it is approximately 100 ms. C). Running onset in head-fixed animals is not accompanied by a vestibular input. D) Predictive processing is wrong. We tend to think it is a combination of the three.

      We can also use combinations of the two criteria to select neurons - if the reviewer has a specific selection criteria in mind (top XXX% MM responsive AND top XXX% closed-loop suppressed, etc.) we are happy to repeat the analysis for that specific set of criteria, but the fundamental problem that we are using a functional response to select these neurons does not go away. We know that our functional selection criteria mean we select a population of neurons that is enriched for prediction error neurons. If the enrichment is too weak, we would expect to find no effects in terms of functional influence. It is hard to explain, however, how a weak enrichment could result in a strong effect on functional influence. Our arguments in more lengthy form, for why the visuomotor mismatch is a good stimulus to identify negative prediction error neurons can be found here: Attinger et al., 2017; Jordan and Keller, 2020; Leinweber et al., 2017; O’Toole et al., 2023; Vasilevskaya et al., 2022; Zmarz and Keller, 2016.

      (2) The authors "speculate that the prediction error responses in layer 2/3 may not be computed with respect to sensory input, but with respect to layer 5 activity as a teaching signal." However, it is unclear how this perspective differs from earlier statements in the manuscript. In the Introduction, the authors note that "these signals, typically referred to as sensory signals, we will refer to as teaching signals," and later describe the hierarchical variant as one "in which internal representation neurons act as a source of the teaching signal." Given this framing, it is difficult to identify what is conceptually novel in the updated view. Is the key distinction that layer 2/3 neurons are now proposed to generate predictions in an internal representation space rather than in sensory input space, as briefly suggested in the Discussion? Or are the authors introducing a distinction between an external (sensory) and an internal (cortical) teaching signal? If so, this distinction should be made explicit. Clarifying this point would considerably strengthen the manuscript.

      There might be a misunderstanding regarding our usage of the term teaching signal. In hierarchical predictive processing the teaching signal is typically referred to as a sensory signal, as e.g. in: “prediction error neurons compare predictions to sensory input”. In non-hierarchical predictive processing, or far away from the sensory input (think prefrontal cortex), or for cross-modal interactions “sensory” input is misleading. Also, in non-predictive-processing type models (like JEPA), sensory input has a different functional role. Thus, we operationally define teaching signal as the signal that is compared against the prediction by prediction error neurons.

      The two primary options we are comparing are:

      (1) Is the teaching signal to the L2/3 comparator a bottom-up input to V1 (as one would expect in predictive processing). 

      (2) Is the teaching signal to the L2/3 comparator L5 input (as one would expect in JEPA).

      Our data argue in favor of option 2. We have rephrased parts of the manuscript to try to make this clearer. 

      (3) The authors propose that "L2/3 neurons predict L5 activity, hence making predictions in the internal representation space rather than the input space," and further suggest that, since both deep and superficial cortical layers receive thalamic input, the cortex may function like a JEPA. This idea appears closely related to the model introduced by Nejad et al. (2025), which effectively implements a JEPA-like architecture: L5 activity serves as a target against which L2/3 predictions are compared in a selfsupervised manner, with both L5 and L2/3 (via L4) receiving thalamic input. It would be helpful for the authors to clarify how their framework differs from that model, and to specify the key conceptual or mechanistic distinctions between the present proposal and the approach described by Nejad et al.

      The two proposals indeed share similarities in assuming that bottom-up input for both L2/3 and L5 arrives from thalamus, and that representations formed in L2/3 are used for predicting the activity of L5. However, there are a few important differences between the JEPA implementation proposal formulated here and the Nejad et al. model.

      (1) There is no proposed mapping of computations in the Nejad et al. model onto different JEPA networks. We assume that the suggested mapping would be L4 and L5 as encoder networks, and L2/3 as a predictor network? In that case, it is different to our proposal, in which L2/3 is part of the encoder network.

      (2) Our proposal contains explicit prediction error neuron cell types within L2/3, while prediction errors in Nejad et al. are encoded in the gradients, and the layer origin of these signals is hypothesized to be L5 (‘the learning-driving error signal originates in L5’). Hence, also the role of L5-L2/3 connection is distinct between the two proposals. In Nejad et al. this connection serves the role of error propagation and update for predictions in L2/3, while in our proposal this connection contains teaching signal (target representations) that are compared to predictions within L2/3. Similarly, the functional role of L2/3-L5 connection is also different, since in Nejad et al, it is supposed to carry predictions of L5 activity, whereas in our proposal we expect it to drive plasticity in L5 encoder.

      (3) The difference outlined above also makes it evident that the two proposals should differ in how deep and superficial layers are expected to influence the activity of one another. Indeed, the proposal in Nejad et al. is based on the cortical column idea, and according to eq. 2 and 3 in the Methods, activity in L5 is a function of activity in L2/3, while activity in L2/3 is not a function of activity in L5. Our proposal is based on idea of layers forming parallel networks, where horizontal communication is the dominant mode of cortico-cortical interactions, and activity in deep layers serve as a teaching signal for L2/3. In our case, we expect the opposite - that activity in L2/3 depends on activity of L5, while activity of L5 is not immediately dependent on activity of L2/3 (only via plasticity route). This led us to propose one of direct tests for our framework – silencing L2/3 in a familiar setting should result in no immediate changes to L5 activity and behavior of the animal.

      (4) The proposal in Nejad et al. relies on input reconstruction or variance maximization within the L5 autoencoder network to avoid collapse. Instead, our proposal has no reconstruction objective.

      (5) Lastly, there is a time delay between inputs to L5 and L2/3 that is proposed in Nejad et al., while this is not something inherent to our proposal.

      We expect that the most useful future models should move beyond JEPA, with the emphasis on nonhierarchical models capable of operating on arbitrary graphs. We think cortex functions according to principles of a JEPA (predictions in latent space), and that the role of cell types and the exact computational organization remain to be constrained.

      REFERENCES

      Attinger, A., Wang, B., Keller, G.B., 2017. Visuomotor Coupling Shapes the Functional Development of Mouse Visual Cortex. Cell 169, 1291-1302.e14. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cell.2017.05.023

      Grill, J.-B., Strub, F., Altché, F., Tallec, C., Richemond, P.H., Buchatskaya, E., Doersch, C., Pires, B.A., Guo, Z.D., Azar, M.G., Piot, B., Kavukcuoglu, K., Munos, R., Valko, M., 2020. Bootstrap your own latent: A new approach to self-supervised Learning. https://doi.org/10.48550/arXiv.2006.07733

      Jordan, R., Keller, G.B., 2020. Opposing Influence of Top-down and Bottom-up Input on Excitatory Layer 2/3 Neurons in Mouse Primary Visual Cortex. Neuron 108, 1194-1206.e5. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2020.09.024

      Leinweber, M., Ward, D.R., Sobczak, J.M., Attinger, A., Keller, G.B., 2017. A Sensorimotor Circuit in Mouse Cortex for Visual Flow Predictions. Neuron 95, 1420-1432.e5. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2017.08.036

      Mohammadi, A.G., Halvagal, M.S., Zenke, F., 2025. Understanding cortical computation through the lens of joint-embedding predictive architectures. https://doi.org/10.1101/2025.11.25.690220

      O’Toole, S.M., Oyibo, H.K., Keller, G.B., 2023. Molecularly targetable cell types in mouse visual cortex have distinguishable prediction error responses. Neuron 111, 2918-2928.e8. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2023.08.015

      Saravanan, V., Berman, G.J., Sober, S.J., 2020. Application of the hierarchical bootstrap to multi-level data in neuroscience. Neurons Behav. Data Anal. Theory 3, https://nbdt.scholasticahq.com/article/13927-application-of-the-hierarchical-bootstrap-tomulti-level-data-in-neuroscience.

      Vasilevskaya, A., Widmer, F.C., Keller, G.B., Jordan, R., 2022. Locomotion-induced gain of visual responses cannot explain visuomotor mismatch responses in layer 2/3 of primary visual cortex. https://doi.org/10.1101/2022.02.11.479795

      Yogesh, B., Heindorf, M., Jordan, R., Keller, G.B., 2025. Quantification of the effect of hemodynamic occlusion in two-photon imaging of mouse cortex. eLife 14, RP104914. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.104914

      Zmarz, P., Keller, G.B., 2016. Mismatch Receptive Fields in Mouse Visual Cortex. Neuron 92, 766–772. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2016.09.057

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We sincerely thank the reviewers and the Reviewing Editor for their careful evaluation of our manuscript and for their constructive and insightful comments. Their suggestions have helped us to improve the clarity, rigor, and presentation of our work. In response to these comments, we have substantially revised the manuscript and performed several additional analyses and experiments, as summarized below.

      Major additions and modifications made during revision

      In response to the reviewers' comments, we have substantially revised the manuscript and performed several additional analyses and experiments:

      New analyses

      - Quantification of MyoF recovery following auxin washout using MyoF-mAID-HA immunofluorescence (Figure 8B, Figure S10D).

      - Quantification of maternal MIC2 fluorescence intensity following 24 h MyoF depletion and subsequent redistribution after auxin washout (150 micronemes per condition; Figure S10A,B).

      - Pearson correlation analysis of ANKER1-Halo and HDEL-GFP localization (Pearson's R = 0.92 ± 0.04; n = 30 parasites).

      - Additional probability-based analysis supporting regulated microneme inheritance.

      - Expanded analysis of microneme redistribution across larger replication stages (Figure S5D).

      New figures

      - Figure S6: Dual-labelling analysis of additional Group 2 organelles (ER, apicoplast, glideosome).

      - Figure S10A, B: MIC2 fluorescence intensity analysis following RB retention and redistribution.

      - Figure S10D: Correlation between MyoF recovery and phenotype rescue.

      - Figure S11: Schematic overview of quantification and analysis workflow.

      Additional experimental efforts

      - Generation of a MIC2-Halo / IMC1-mKATE / Cb-Emerald parasite line to improve visualization of RB-associated trafficking.

      - Multiple attempts to perform higher-temporal-resolution live-cell imaging. However, prolonged acquisition resulted in severe phototoxicity, replication arrest, and parasite death, preventing reliable long-term recordings.

      Textual and methodological revisions

      - Expanded Materials and Methods section with detailed descriptions of fluorescence quantification, colocalization analyses, and statistical procedures.

      - Re-evaluation of statistical analyses using two-tailed tests throughout.

      - Revision of manuscript text to clarify the evidence supporting RB-associated trafficking and to better acknowledge current limitations.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work asks the question of how different organelles and structures in the apicomplexan parasite Toxoplasma gondii are recycled and/or segregated to the daughter cells during cell replication. In particular, they consider an unusual cell structure called the residual body that links replicating cells during the intracellular infection stage of this parasite. The residual body has historically been considered a 'dumping ground' for unnecessary relics of the mother cell during division, but this notion is increasingly being revised. Indeed, cell replication in Toxoplasma is often misinterpreted as cell division (cytokinesis), but in fact, the cell replicates its organelles and structures to multiple 10s of copies in seemingly distinctly formed daughter cells, but cytokinesis is delayed for many such cycles and typically only occurs simultaneously with parasite egress from its host cell. The residual body is, in fact, the connection between these pre-cytokinetic replicated daughters, and effectively, this is still a single cell at this stage. The authors have previously shown that an actin network extends through the residual body between these daughter cells, and ER and mitochondria common to all cells are also linked through this structure. This study examining the fates of organelles during cell replication is timely for continuing our understanding of how this fascinating component of the cell participates in these processes. The authors use Halo-tags as their principal tool to track discrete populations of proteins, labelling their organelle locations, and this provides beautiful insight into these processes.

      Strengths:

      Using dyes conjugated to Halo tags, this work elegantly tracks the fates of proteins synthesised by an original 'mother' cell over several replication cycles of pre-cytokinetic 'daughters'. Using this tool, they show that some organelles are made intact just once and that some of these can be subsequently sorted to the daughters (micronemes and rhoptries) while others are dismantled (IMC) and the daughters must make their own. A third set of organelles (largely synthesis, sorting, and metabolic compartments) is divided and inherited, and new daughter-synthesised proteins are added to the preexisting maternal proteins in these structures. A role for actin and myosin is clearly demonstrated for micronemes and rhoptries, and this correlates with their relatively late inheritance into the developing daughters. Overall, this work gives clarity to the behaviours of several cell structures during replication and paves the way to a better understanding of the mechanisms that drive the differences between structures and the universality of these processes in other apicomplexan parasites.

      Weaknesses:

      In addressing the question of residual body participation in sorting of organelles, it would be useful to clearly define this structure and when and where it is delineated from the posterior of a mother cell during the formation of daughter structures. This might seem like a moot point, but it would give clarity to notions of recycling and 'reservoirs'. Mother cells retain their active invasion apparatus until very late in daughter formation, and the need for micronemes and rhoptries to be released from this service late in the process might explain why they are only then trafficked to the cell posterior and then into the daughters. So, is this a distinct 'residual body' body function/reservoir or just a spatial constraint of this sequence of daughter formation? In subsequent cell replications (4, 8, 16... stages), is there a separation between the residual body that links them all and the posterior of each new 'mother cell', and if so, when is this distinction lost? This is important because without a definition, we might be confusing different processes.

      We thank the reviewer for this excellent and thoughtful question. The residual body (RB) emerges at the end of the first replication cycle, where it is delineated by the basal complex and persists as an IVN-associated compartment connecting all daughter parasites through both plasma membrane and cytoplasm. Previous EM and live-cell studies, including ours, have shown that the RB is not a passive remnant but a dynamic structure dependent on F-actin and unconventional myosins, supporting recycling, inter-parasite connectivity, and synchronous growth (Delbac et al., 2001; Muñiz-Hernández et al., 2011; Frénal et al., 2017; Periz et al., 2017).

      In the present study, the MyoF reversibility experiment provides strong support for a model in which RB functions as an active recycling hub. Upon MyoF depletion, maternal microneme and rhoptry proteins accumulate within the RB. Following restoration of MyoF expression, this material is redistributed to daughter organelles. We interpret this reversible phenotype as evidence that the RB represents a distinct and regulated trafficking intermediate rather than simply a by-product of late daughter cell formation.

      We agree with the reviewer that mother cells retain a functional invasion apparatus until very late during daughter formation, and that the delayed release of micronemes and rhoptries likely contributes to their late trafficking toward the cell posterior. However, our data indicate that once released, these organelles transit through a defined RB compartment that actively participates in their recycling rather than merely reflecting positional constraints. This has been previously well illustrated for micronemes, which are trafficked along F-actin filaments within the residual body (Periz et al., 2019).

      At later rounds of replication (4, 8, 16 parasites), previous studies have demonstrated the presence of multiple residual body centres within the same vacuole. However, the precise temporal and structural distinction between the RB linking parasites within the vacuole and the posterior of newly formed mother cells remains insufficiently resolved and is beyond the scope of the present study. Importantly, available ultrastructural and live-cell imaging supports the persistence of shared RB compartments connecting parasites within a vacuole, arguing against a simple conflation of posterior membranes and residual body material.

      While the primary aim of the current work was to investigate the RB's role in organelle recycling, we fully agree that a more precise definition of when and how the RB is formed, remodelled, and ultimately resolved during successive replication cycles will be essential to distinguish recycling from spatial constraints. We have revised the Discussion to better acknowledge this limitation and to avoid overinterpreting the role of the RB in organelle inheritance.

      Are rhoptries/micronemes that originate in one 'mother' able to be sorted to the 'daughters' from a distinct mother in this syncytium? If so, this would make it a sorting centre, but otherwise we could be just capturing the activities at the posterior of any given cell during replication. The authors' further thoughts on this would be very interesting.

      We agree with the reviewer that our current data do not definitively demonstrate whether rhoptries or micronemes originating from one “mother” parasite can be redistributed to daughters derived from another mother within the same syncytial vacuole. Nevertheless, our MyoF chase experiments are consistent with a model in which the RB/IVN functions as an active recycling and sorting hub rather than simply representing posterior trafficking events associated with individual parasites.

      Upon MyoF depletion, maternal micronemes accumulated within the RB. Following restoration of MyoF expression, these accumulated micronemes were subsequently redistributed to daughter parasites. This reversible redistribution is more consistent with an active recycling process than with passive accumulation alone.

      To further support this interpretation, we expanded the analysis presented in Figure S5 by including additional vacuoles and larger replication stages (new panel D). These analyses show that maternal micronemes are redistributed broadly and relatively evenly among daughter parasites. We additionally performed a probability-based analysis demonstrating that the recurrent and homogeneous redistribution patterns observed are highly unlikely to arise from stochastic capture events occurring independently at the posterior end of each parasite during replication. Together, these analyses support the interpretation that microneme redistribution is a regulated process.

      Direct demonstration of recycling between all parasites within a vacuole would require a system allowing simultaneous differential labeling of (i) daughter parasites derived from a specific mother cell and (ii) the maternal organelles originating from that same mother during a subsequent replication cycle. To our knowledge, such an approach is not currently technically feasible. Nevertheless, our live-cell imaging experiments provide additional support for communal redistribution, as microneme material accumulated within the RB was subsequently observed redistributing, albeit unevenly, across multiple tachyzoites within the same vacuole.

      The Group 2 structures are described as those that are divided between daughters and receive newly synthesised proteins that add to the maternal protein of these compartments. While this is a logical conclusion for several that are mentioned, where the maternal protein signal is seen to be depleted with replication (including for the apicoplast, ER, glideosome, and Golgi). Data for the addition of new proteins to these existing structures is actually only presented in direct support of this for the Golgi.

      We thank the reviewer for this important clarification. We initially selected the Golgi as a representative example because its morphology and restricted localization provide the clearest visualization of the dual-labeling dynamics. However, the same experimental approach was applied to all Group 2 organelles analyzed in this study. To address the reviewer's concern more directly, we have now included a new supplementary figure (Figure S6) showing that the same pattern is also observed for the apicoplast, ER, and glideosome.

      We would also like to clarify that the maternal protein signal is not lost during replication but instead becomes progressively diluted as these organelles expand, are partitioned into daughter parasites, and incorporate newly synthesized proteins. The Golgi was originally highlighted because these dynamics are most readily visualized in this compartment; however, the same principle applies to all Group 2 organelles analyzed in this study, as now illustrated in Figure S6.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Toxoplasma gondii is an obligate intracellular parasite and the causative agent of Toxoplasmosis. Parasite invasion into host cells, intracellular replication, and then egress, which results in the destruction of the infected cell, is central to pathogenicity. This manuscript focuses on understanding how maternal resources (in this case, cellular organelles) are shared between daughter parasites during cell division. Many organelles are single copy, meaning that division and inheritance by the daughters is crucial for successful replication. The major strength of this study was the use of a Halobased pulse chase assay to characterize patterns of organelle inheritance. The results show that both microneme and rhoptries (secretory vesicles) previously thought to be synthesized de novo are inherited by daughter parasites. Thus, this paper adds new insight to our understanding of cell division in this important parasite.

      Strengths:

      This study demonstrated that pulse labeling of proteins can be used to monitor protein synthesis, turnover, and movement. This approach will be of great interest to the field. Using this method, the authors demonstrate three main modes of organelle inheritance.

      (1) Organelles, where there are multiple copies (such as secretory vesicles, micronemes, and rhoptries), are divided between the daughter parasites, with additional contribution of newly formed vesicles. New and old material remain as separate entities in the cell.

      (2) Single-copy organelles, which are expanded to include newly synthesized material prior to division, such as the Golgi and apicoplast.

      (3) Cytoskeletal structures that are synthesized anew during each round of division. These studies provide more refined insight into patterns or organelle inheritance and demonstrate that secretory organelles are not made de novo during each round of division as previously thought. The paper has a logical flow, and overall, the data is presented in a clear and organized fashion.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Descriptions of methodology and statistical analysis were incomplete.

      We agree with the reviewer that the description of the methodology and statistical analyses required further clarification. To address this, we have added a new supplementary figure (Figure S11) illustrating the experimental workflow, quantification strategy, and analysis pipeline. We have also expanded the Materials and Methods section to provide detailed descriptions of the experimental design, fluorescence quantification procedures, statistical analyses, and the number of biological replicates. These revisions provide a clearer and more comprehensive description of the methodology and data analysis.

      (2) There are inconsistencies between the data in Figures 1 and 5. In Figure 1, a small amount of maternal IMC is visible in stage 2 parasites. Although this is a ~90% reduction, these parasites should be quantified as parasites with material IMC. However, the graph in Figure 5C indicates that no material parasites have GAPM1a, given that graph 5C is a binary measure (present vs. absent), one would expect a non-zero percent of parasites to have maternal material.

      We agree with Reviewer 2 that, based on the raw fluorescence signal, one might expect a non-zero percentage of parasites to retain maternal IMC material after the first replication. The apparent discrepancy between Figures 1 and 5 reflects our thresholding strategy rather than inconsistent data.

      Figure 5C presents a binary analysis (presence versus absence) using a threshold calibrated from stage 1 parasites and applied uniformly across all markers. Under this criterion, the residual GAPM1a signal after the first replication falls below the detection threshold, resulting in 0% positive vacuoles. Although normalization to stage 2 parasites would detect this weak residual signal, such a protein-specific threshold would compromise direct comparison across the dataset.

      To clarify this point, we have updated the Figure 5C legend to explain the analytical approach and the asterisk associated with GAPM1a. The residual maternal IMC signal visible in Figure 1 represents a rare example selected to illustrate the remaining ~10% signal and is consistent with the absence of detectable maternal IMC1 after replication in Figures 2C and 5E.

      (3) The conclusion from Figure 6 was not justified based on the data. I agree with the author's conclusion that the accumulation of micronemes and rhoptries in the residual body was timedependent. In Figure 6A, the signal observed in the residual body at times 6:30, 13, and 14 hours is not observed in subsequent time points. However, the fate of these micronemes and rhoptries is unclear. It cannot be concluded that these vesicles are recycled back to the mother. They could also have been degraded. In fact, the graphs of microneme inheritance in Figure 2B show a decrease in maternal signal from 100% to 80% between stages 1 and 2, indicating that some microneme degradation is taking place.

      We agree with the reviewer that Figure 6 alone does not definitively establish the fate of micronemes and rhoptries accumulating within the residual body (RB), and that both recycling and degradation remain possible interpretations. Our conclusion that maternal micronemes are predominantly recycled is therefore based on the integration of Figure 6 with our MyoF depletion and recovery experiments, additional quantitative analyses, and previous work demonstrating F-actin-dependent microneme trafficking through the RB (Periz et al., 2019).

      Consistent with this model, MyoF depletion results in the accumulation of maternal micronemes within the RB, whereas restoration of MyoF expression following auxin washout leads to their redistribution across multiple tachyzoites within the same vacuole (Figure 8). Furthermore, maternal microneme signal remains detectable even after prolonged MyoF depletion (up to 48 h) and multiple rounds of replication (Figures 7 and 8), arguing against extensive degradation.

      To further address this possibility, we quantified the fluorescence intensity of individual maternal MIC2-positive micronemes retained within the RB after 24 h of MyoF depletion and following redistribution after auxin washout (150 micronemes per condition). No significant difference in fluorescence intensity was observed compared with control maternal micronemes (Figure S10A,B), indicating that maternal microneme signal is preserved during RB retention and redistribution.

      We therefore interpret the decrease in maternal microneme signal observed between stages 1 and 2 in Figure 2B primarily as a consequence of redistribution and dilution rather than degradation, consistent with the stable fluorescence intensity of individual micronemes (Figure 3). Regarding rhoptries, we note that the majority (~90%) are incorporated into daughter parasites before budding is complete, limiting their accumulation within the RB and suggesting that RB-associated trafficking primarily reflects redistribution rather than bulk degradation.

      (4) To convincingly demonstrate that the redistribution of micronemes and rhoptries was due to recovery of MyoF protein levels after auxin washout, a Western blot should be performed to show MyoF protein levels over time. In addition, the decrease in mMIC2 protein levels in the residual body in Figure 8F should be measured and normalized for photobleaching. Both apical and basal signals appear to be reduced over the time course of imaging.

      We agree with the reviewer that demonstrating MyoF recovery following auxin washout is important. Rather than performing a Western blot, we monitored MyoF recovery by immunofluorescence using the HA tag in the MyoF-mAID-HA strain, allowing direct correlation between MyoF reappearance and microneme redistribution at the single-vacuole level. These data are now included in Figure 8B, with the corresponding MyoF presence–phenotype association analysis presented in Figure S10D.

      Regarding photobleaching, we agree that fluorescence loss during time-lapse imaging is an important consideration. However, in this experiment, changes in fluorescence intensity reflect not only photobleaching but also biological redistribution of micronemes and movement of parasites in and out of the imaging plane. In the absence of a stable internal reference fluorophore, applying a standard photobleaching correction could therefore introduce additional inaccuracies. For this reason, we did not quantify fluorescence intensity during the redistribution phase.

      Instead, to assess whether maternal microneme signal is lost during RB retention and redistribution, we quantified the fluorescence intensity of individual maternal MIC2-positive micronemes following 24 h of MyoF depletion and subsequent auxin washout (Figure S10A,B). No significant difference was observed compared with control maternal micronemes, supporting the conclusion that redistribution occurs without substantial loss of the maternal microneme pool.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Knoerzer-Suckow et al. explore the mechanisms of organelle inheritance during endodyogeny in Toxoplasma gondii using an innovative dual-labeling approach to track the distribution of maternal organelles into daughter parasites. They can clearly distinguish between maternal and daughterderived organelles using their dual-labeling Halo Tag approach. They reveal that different organelles are trafficked to daughter parasites in three broad patterns, which they have binned into groups. Their findings reveal a role for MyoF in the inheritance of micronemes and rhoptries, and notably, they observe that the inner membrane complex (IMC) is not recycled. Instead, the IMC undergoes a pronounced relocalization to the posterior of the maternal cell, where it is likely targeted for degradation.

      Strengths:

      The data surrounding their MyoF knockdown experiments, IMC degradation, and trafficking of MIC2 after auxin washout are compelling. These data add to the knowledge of how organelle inheritance occurs in T. gondii, increasing the field's understanding of endodyogeny.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The evidence provided to support the claim that microneme and rhoptry inheritance specifically traffics through the residual body does not sufficiently substantiate the claim. The temporal resolution of the imaging is inadequate to precisely trace the path of microneme and rhoptry inheritance. From the data shown in the manuscript, it can be concluded that at least some of the micronemes and rhoptries might be recycled through the residual body, but it is unclear whether many or most of these organelles do so.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment and refer also to our response to Reviewer 1 above.

      Previous work has demonstrated F-actin-dependent trafficking of micronemes within the residual body (RB) (Periz et al., 2019). Consistent with these findings, our data support a model in which RB-mediated trafficking contributes to maternal microneme recycling. We acknowledge, however, that the temporal resolution of our imaging does not allow continuous tracking of every individual organelle throughout the entire replication process.

      In contrast, our observations indicate that the majority of maternal rhoptry material is incorporated into daughter cells before replication is complete and therefore does not necessarily transit through the RB under normal conditions (Figure 6). Nevertheless, rhoptry inheritance remains dependent on the actin–MyoF trafficking machinery, as MyoF depletion results in the accumulation of rhoptry material within the RB (Figures 6 and 7).

      Taken together, our data support a model in which the RB serves as an important recycling hub for maternal micronemes and can, under conditions of impaired trafficking, also transiently accommodate rhoptry material. However, our imaging resolution does not allow us to conclude that all microneme or rhoptry inheritance obligatorily transits through the RB, and we have revised the manuscript to reflect this limitation more explicitly.

      (2) The absence of specific markers for the residual body brings into question whether microneme inheritance occurs through a discrete residual body or simply via the basal end of the maternal parasite. The authors need a robust way to visualize and define the residual body to claim that micronemes and rhoptries are specifically transported through this structure.

      We agree with the reviewer that the absence of a dedicated residual body (RB) marker remains a limitation and that such a tool would improve the precision of our analyses. To date, no specific RB marker has been identified (see also our response to Reviewer 1). The most reliable proxy currently available is the F-actin chromobody, which labels the dense F-actin network associated with the RB. Using this approach, previous work demonstrated F-actin-dependent trafficking of micronemes within the RB (Periz et al., 2019).

      Building on these findings, our data support a model in which RB-associated trafficking contributes to maternal microneme recycling, whereas rhoptries are more frequently incorporated directly into daughter cells without obvious RB transit. In addition, functional perturbation of the actin–MyoF transport machinery, through MyoF depletion and subsequent recovery, supports the interpretation that the RB represents a discrete actin-associated compartment involved in organelle redistribution. Nevertheless, we acknowledge that our current imaging resolution does not allow us to determine the extent to which all microneme or rhoptry inheritance occurs through the RB, and we have revised the manuscript accordingly.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Comments for revision where either the clarity or accuracy could be improved:

      (1) The methods could do with some further detail with respect to the fluorescence intensity measurement. For example, where the Z-series was taken, and for measurements, were maximum projects taken or single Z-planes? Were all measurements made on unprocessed images, or was any deconvolution, etc, undertaken?

      We updated the Materials and Methods for better clarity and now read as: “Parasites were labeled as described above and allowed to replicate for 24 h on HFF-coated Ibidi live-cell dishes. Approximately 15 fields of view were imaged using Z-stacks spanning 3 μm centred on the vacuoles. For each replication stage (1, 2, 4, and 8 parasites per vacuole), individual tachyzoites were sampled across multiple vacuoles.

      Maximum-intensity projections were generated from non-deconvolved images. Fluorescence intensity (FI) was quantified as the maximum grey value measured within regions of interest (ROIs) drawn on individual tachyzoites from each vacuole stage. ROIs excluded overlapping parasites, neighbouring vacuoles, and regions with atypical signal intensity. For each biological replicate, up to 25 tachyzoites per replication stage were analyzed, and the mean FI value was calculated for each stage. The highest mean FI observed among the stages within a replicate was defined as 100%, and FI values for the other stages were expressed relative to this maximum. Relative FI values were then averaged across three independent biological replicates. Data are presented as mean ± SD.”

      (2) Line 93: Is more JF549 added at each of stages 2, 4, and 8? I assume so to get the progressive increase, but it would help to clarify this here.

      As illustrated in Figure 1a, the second dye is added only once, after 24 h of replication, and is then washed off before imaging. It is not maintained throughout the replication steps. The observed increase in signal is related to the presence of newly synthesized (de novo) proteins generated during replication. The Halo tags of these new proteins are initially free of ligand, as no ligand is present during replication. During the second labelling step, all free Halo tags can bind the dye. The signal intensity at each replication step therefore reflects the amount of de novo material present, which is higher at step 4 than at step 2, because the proteins generated de novo during stage 2 are also present in stage 4. The signal will be determined by both the number of newly produced molecules and their concentration at the same localization.

      (3) Line 103: Check that the Carruthers and Sibley, 1997, ref for Tic20 in the apicoplast is correct. I don't think this could be correct given the date.

      The reference it will be corrected to G van Dooren et al. 2008.

      (4) Figure legends: It would be useful to state what form of microscopy was used in each figure.

      Following the reviewer's advice the legends has been updated.

      (5) Figure 2, S2: How are single organelles tracked, such as rhoptries? I'd assume that a cell will gain new de novo organelles as well, and that this would reduce the signal per cell. Stage 2 has a rhoptry signal in both daughters, so I'd expect the signal to be roughly half for the whole cell, unless the authors can resolve individual rhoptries (which would surprise me with this microscopy). If individual rhoptries were resolved, how was this done, and what was the confidence in this (were there controls?)

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We do not resolve individual rhoptries with the imaging conditions used in this study. Instead, fluorescence intensity was measured as the maximum grey value within a representative region of interest (ROI) encompassing the apical rhoptry signal while excluding overlapping parasites and regions with atypical fluorescence intensity. The same ROI selection strategy was applied consistently across all replication stages, allowing direct comparison with stage 1 parasites.

      The analyses presented in Figures 3 and S2 show an increasing proportion of tachyzoites lacking detectable maternal rhoptry signal as replication progresses, while the fluorescence intensity of the remaining maternal signal remains relatively stable. Together, these observations are consistent with the redistribution of intact maternal rhoptries rather than a progressive loss of rhoptry fluorescence. 

      (6) Line 150: it is unclear what is meant by 'regulated partitioning'. The more equal inheritance of micronemes versus rhoptries might not indicate a 'regulated partitioning' but just a more uniform distribution, given the larger number of micronemes versus rhoptries.

      We agree with the reviewer that this statement required clarification, and we have revised the text accordingly. Our intention was to emphasize that microneme inheritance appears to be a regulated process, rather than to directly compare it with rhoptry inheritance. The observed differences between these organelles are likely influenced, at least in part, by their different abundances.

      Across successive rounds of replication, daughter parasites consistently inherit comparable amounts of maternal micronemes, even at later replication stages (Figure S4). Given that a single mother parasite contains approximately 30–40 micronemes, whereas successive rounds of endodyogeny can generate up to 32 daughter parasites, a purely stochastic segregation would be unlikely to produce the relatively uniform distribution observed (~1–2 maternal micronemes per tachyzoite). To support this interpretation, we performed an additional probability-based analysis, which indicates that the observed redistribution patterns are unlikely to arise by chance alone. We therefore interpret these findings as supporting the existence of mechanisms that promote balanced microneme inheritance during parasite replication.

      (7) Line 184: How is the maternal signal measured without detecting the internal daughter signal? Is this an average signal for the full parasite, or just for a cross-section of the IMC? And if the latter, how are the different profiles of mother and daughter accounted for? Also, the abbreviation in the brackets doesn't make sense here.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We have revised the Materials and Methods section to provide a clearer description of the fluorescence intensity (FI) measurements and added a new supplementary figure (Figure S11) illustrating the analysis workflow.

      Briefly, FI measurements were performed on maximum-intensity projections generated from Z-stack images without deconvolution. A representative region of interest (ROI) was selected, and the maximum grey value was used for quantification. This approach minimizes variability arising from differences in ROI size and provides a robust metric for comparison across replication stages.

      Daughter cell fluorescence was measured using the same approach while excluding overlapping signals from neighboring daughter cells and the maternal IMC. Maternal and daughter signals were distinguished based on their spatial localization and fluorescence labeling. Finally, the abbreviation in brackets has been corrected for clarity.

      (8) Line 191: Subheading a bit unclear. Distinct from other organelles, or are miconeme and rhoptry pathways distinct from each other?

      We agree with the reviewer and have updated the subheading to “Whole-organelle inheritance of micronemes and rhoptries occurs via distinct recycling pathways”

      (9) Line 193: The site of disassembly of the IMC (suggested RB here) might not be the same as the site of degradation. I suggest using 'disassembly' instead here.

      We agree that “disassembly” is an appropriate term to describe the breakdown of the IMC at the residual body (RB). However, we also believe that the RB represents the primary site of IMC degradation, for two reasons. First, if IMC material were not degraded at this site, we would expect to detect Halo-positive signal elsewhere following IMC collapse, which we do not observe. Second, transport of IMC material to an alternative degradation site would be required, but no IMC-positive vesicles are observed, arguing against significant redistribution. Together, these observations support the conclusion that the RB is both the site of disassembly and degradation of maternal IMC.

      (10) Line 215: The conclusion for a difference in timing of microneme and rhoptry segregation is not clearly supported by the data presented. Also, if there are more micronemes than rhoptries, then the frequency of observing a microneme being trafficked through the RB would need to be higher than for rhoptries if the mechanisms were the same. So, a difference in frequency here cannot be used to argue for a different mechanism.

      We agree with the reviewer and the text have been edited to soften our conclusion. 

      (11) Line 234: 'segregation' might be a better term than 'recycling' here because it is actually the sorting into daughter cells that is the important process.

      The text have been edited

      (12) Line 235: I don't think this can be what the authors intend to say. If the maternally-inherited rhoptries are not trafficked through the RB (every time), then how do they get into the daughters? Perhaps this is a case where a clear definition of the RB is required.

      Our observations indicate that maternally inherited rhoptries are frequently incorporated into daughter cells before collapse of the mother cell and establishment of the residual body (RB). Although F-actin is enriched within the RB, an actin network is also present throughout the parasite cytoplasm, where MyoF is likewise localized. We therefore propose that, unlike micronemes, rhoptries do not necessarily transit through the RB during every replication cycle but can be incorporated directly into developing daughter cells while still relying on the same actin–MyoF-dependent trafficking machinery.

      (13) The MyoF Rescue, the experimental plan is not fully described in order to be clear. If the endomembrane architecture was disrupted by MyoF depletion, and this secondary effect caused the segregation phenotype, restoration of MyoF might also simply restore the endomembrane system. So a direct role for MyoF doesn't seem to have been tested in this case.

      We appreciate the reviewer's concern that the segregation phenotype could, in principle, arise indirectly from disruption of endomembrane architecture following MyoF depletion. However, although Golgi morphology is altered in MyoF-depleted parasites, its core functions appear largely preserved. This is supported by the normal biogenesis of de novo micronemes, their correct targeting to the apical pole, their efficient secretion, and the previously reported preservation of parasite invasion. In addition, Golgi markers are not detected in the residual body, where maternally inherited micronemes accumulate, arguing against Golgi-mediated trafficking as the primary cause of the segregation phenotype.

      Taken together, these observations support the interpretation that the segregation defects are more likely to reflect a direct role of MyoF in organelle trafficking and inheritance than a secondary consequence of generalized disruption of endomembrane organization.

      (14) Line 279: Why call it a checkpoint? What is the evidence for its presence here being sensed before a further process is activated, which is what a checkpoint does?

      We agree the reviewer that checkpoint is a misleading term and have been updated to trafficking hub. 

      (15) Line 287 confuses replication of the daughters from cytokinesis, which only happens when each cell loses cytoplasmic connectivity with the other.

      We will clarify this point. In Toxoplasma gondii, cytokinesis represents the final step of daughter cell formation, during which the two fully assembled daughter parasites separate from the mother cell following collapse of the maternal cytoplasm. Historically, the residual body was proposed to arise simply as leftover material from this process. However, multiple studies have now shown that residual body formation is an active and regulated process, dependent on specific cytoskeletal and trafficking factors. Importantly, although cytokinesis marks the physical separation of daughter cells from the mother, parasites within a vacuole remain connected via the residual body and continue to share cytoplasmic and plasma membrane components until egress. 

      (16) Line 298: I don't think there is direct evidence of degradation in the RB. There might be disassembly, but degradation implies proteolysis, which hasn't been tested for.

      We agree with the reviewer that our data do not provide direct biochemical evidence of proteolysis within the residual body (RB) and primarily demonstrate disassembly of the maternal IMC at this site. However, several observations are consistent with local degradation. Following IMC collapse, we do not detect Halo-positive signal elsewhere in the parasite, nor do we observe IMC-positive vesicles or other structures that would suggest transport to a distinct degradation compartment.

      In addition, previous work identified the E3 ubiquitin ligase CSAR1 as a mediator of protein turnover within the RB, supporting the idea that this compartment is associated with degradation-related processes (O'Shaughnessy et al., 2023). While we cannot formally demonstrate proteolysis, these observations support a model in which IMC disassembly is closely coupled to local degradation within the RB.

      (17) The paragraph structure gets a bit confusing at times. See single sentence paragraph, Line 224. Does this sentence justify its own paragraph?

      The text has been edited.

      (18) Make sure Toxoplasma gondii is in italics throughout.

      The text has been edited

      (19) Line 279 cites Figure 10. But there is none.

      The text has been edited

      (20) I advocate introducing a few new acronyms, like DCs. I find that this ultimately reduces the ease with which readers read the work if they don't learn them all quickly.

      We agree that excessive use of acronyms can negatively impact readability. In the present manuscript, all abbreviations used in the text are introduced at their first occurrence in the Introduction, including DCs (line 32), IMC (line 41), PV (line 35), ER (lines 38–39), RB (line 50), and IVN (line 49). We have carefully limited the use of abbreviations to commonly used terms in the field and to those that recur frequently throughout the manuscript, with the aim of balancing clarity and readability. Nevertheless, we are happy to reduce or remove specific abbreviations if the reviewer feels this would further improve clarity.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Descriptions of methodology and statistical analysis were incomplete as follows:

      (1a) It was unclear how the fluorescence intensity measurements (used to evaluate inheritance vs. new synthesis) were carried out. The y-axis on the graph is labeled average fluorescence intensity (% of max intensity). However, it does not state what was averaged (average fluorescence per vacuole?) and what was max intensity (max pixel intensity in each image or time point with the highest average intensity, relative to the other time points?)

      We agree with the reviewer that the original description of the fluorescence intensity (FI) measurements lacked clarity. We have therefore revised the Materials and Methods section and added a new supplementary figure (Figure S11) illustrating the analysis workflow.

      Briefly, vacuoles were imaged as Z-stacks, and maximum-intensity projections were used for analysis. FI was quantified as the maximum grey value measured within representative regions of interest (ROIs) drawn on individual tachyzoites, rather than as an integrated fluorescence signal across the vacuole. This approach minimizes variability arising from differences in ROI size and allows direct comparison between replication stages.

      For each biological replicate, up to 25 tachyzoites per replication stage were analyzed. The mean FI for each stage was normalized to the highest mean value within that replicate, and data from three independent biological replicates were subsequently averaged.

      (1b) Given the uncertainties with how these measurements were performed, it is difficult to interpret the data. For example, one would expect that the fluorescence intensity of newly synthesized IMC1 in 8-parasite vacuoles would be 4 times higher than that of a 2-parasite vacuole; however, based on the graph in Figure 1B, the measured increase was only 30%.

      We agree that the original description of the fluorescence intensity (FI) measurements required further clarification and have revised the Materials and Methods accordingly. As the reviewer correctly notes, a fourfold increase in FI between 2- and 8-parasite vacuoles would be expected if total IMC fluorescence across the entire vacuole had been measured. However, this was not the parameter quantified.

      Instead, FI was measured as the maximum grey value within representative regions of the daughter IMC, providing a per-cell rather than a whole-vacuole measurement. Using this approach, FI increases between the 2- and 4-parasite stages and then reaches a plateau.

      This behavior is consistent with the biology of IMC biogenesis. Although the total amount of IMC per vacuole increases with parasite number, the amount of IMC protein incorporated into each daughter parasite remains relatively constant. Consequently, once daughter IMCs are fully assembled from de novo-synthesised material, additional rounds of replication increase the total IMC content per vacuole but not the fluorescence intensity measured for individual parasites.

      (1c) T. gondii replicates in an asynchronous manner, so that at the 24-hour time point, a single dish can contain vacuoles containing 2, 4, and 8 parasites. This should be stated explicitly so readers unfamiliar with T. gondii's growth patterns can understand how the experiment was performed.

      We agree with the reviewer and have updated the text line 93. “As Toxoplasma gondii replicates in an asynchronous manner, after 24 of replication, vacuoles containing 1, 2, 4, and 8 parasites can be observed in a single dish.”

      (1d) Colocalization package in Fiji used for ANKER1-Halo with HDEL-GFP and MIC2/RON2 with CbEmeraldFP should be specified.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Following this recommendation, we performed Pearson correlation analysis for the ANKER1–HDEL-GFP experiment using the Coloc 2 plugins of FiJi. ANKER1Halo and HDEL-GFP showed a strong spatial correlation (Pearson's R = 0.92 ± 0.04, n=30 parasites from three independent biological replicates), supporting localization of ANKER1 to the ER.

      We note, however, that this analysis should be interpreted as evidence for co-distribution within the same organelle rather than direct molecular colocalization, as ANKER1 is a transmembrane protein whereas HDEL-GFP labels the ER lumen.

      For all the rest of our analysis, no automated colocalization package or plugin in Fiji was used for the analyses involving ANKER1-Halo with HDEL-GFP or MIC2/RON2 with Cb-EmeraldFP. Colocalization was assessed manually across all experiments by inspecting both full Z-stacks and maximum-intensity projections to ensure robust spatial overlap.

      For MIC2 and RON2, the presence of signal within the Cb-Emerald–positive filament was scored as either cytoplasmic, on the residual body or absence of colocalisation.

      In total, more than 300 and 500 vacuoles were analyzed for MIC2 and RON2–Cb-Emerald colocalization respectively (stable expression of both markers), and more than 150 vacuoles were analyzed for ANKER1-Halo and HDEL-GFP colocalization (transient expression of HDEL-GFP).

      This information has now been added to the Methods section.

      (1e) Statistical methods should be described on an experiment-by-experiment basis. The authors should justify why a one-tailed t-test was conducted. A two-tailed t-test seems more appropriate.

      We agree that statistical methods should be clearly justified on an experiment-by-experiment basis. All the statistical analysis have been performed using two tails and updated in the figures.

      (1f) In Figures 5E and 5F, using boxes to indicate the exact areas of the cell that were used in the fluorescence intensity measurements, rather than arrows, would make this data easier to interpret.

      The figure has been updated.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The current time-lapse images and videos do not clearly demonstrate microneme movement from the maternal parasite apical end to the residual body and back to the apical end of daughter parasites. As such, the route by which micronemes enter daughter parasites remains inconclusive. To strengthen their claims, the authors should employ higher temporal resolution imaging to definitively capture the movement of micronemes from the maternal apical region into the daughters. From the current data, it also seems plausible that the micronemes may be trafficked into the daughters through the conoid as well, as there is no evidence provided showing a movement of micronemes away from the apical end of the maternal parasite before being present in the daughter parasites.

      We agree with the reviewer that higher temporal resolution imaging would provide a more definitive view of microneme trafficking. However, long-term live imaging of replicating Toxoplasma gondii requires a compromise between temporal resolution and parasite viability. In our experiments, images were acquired every 15–30 min over periods of up to 16 h, as more frequent acquisition consistently induced phototoxicity and prevented completion of parasite replication.

      Despite this limitation, our imaging reliably tracked maternal micronemes over successive rounds of endodyogeny and consistently showed microneme signal associated with the residual body. These observations are in agreement with previous high-temporal-resolution studies, which demonstrated F-actin-dependent microneme trafficking within the residual body over shorter imaging periods (Periz et al., 2019).

      We cannot formally exclude the possibility that some micronemes are transferred directly to daughter parasites through the apical end. However, together with previous studies showing enrichment of F-actin at the basal region of developing daughter cells rather than at the apical tip (Periz et al., 2017), our observations support a model in which RB-mediated trafficking contributes to maternal microneme inheritance.

      The lack of a clear residual body marker needs to be addressed, as the distinction between the basal end of the maternal cell and a bona fide residual body must be explicitly defined to substantiate the major claim of the study. As it stands, it remains unclear whether micronemes and rhoptries as a whole travel through the residual body to be transported into the daughter parasites.

      We agree with the reviewer that a marker specific to the residual body would strengthen this study. Unfortunately, no such marker has been identified to date. The F-actin chromobody is currently the best available proxy, as previous studies have shown that the F-actin network is enriched within the residual body (Periz et al., 2017; Kellermeier et al., 2024). Moreover, high-resolution live-cell imaging has previously demonstrated F-actin-dependent microneme trafficking within this compartment (Periz et al., 2019). We have revised the manuscript to more clearly acknowledge this limitation.

      The conclusions drawn from the actin colocalization data in Figure 6C are based entirely on fixed samples, despite all experimental tools being compatible with live-cell imaging. Supplementing the fixed imaging with live cell data would increase its biological relevance. Published studies have shown that fixation of the actin chromobody results in the loss of resolution of an appreciable amount of the cytosolic F-actin network, and while the localizations analyzed here are primarily along the periphery, since the quantification and text make claims about the colocalization within the cytosol, this potential loss of cytosolic F-actin becomes an issue as there may be more actin available for analysis that is lost due to fixation within the cytosol of the parasites.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point and agree that conventional fixation can compromise preservation of the F-actin network. However, we used the same fixation protocol described by Periz et al. (2019), which allows reliable visualization of the RB-associated F-actin network. We have also corrected the description of the fixation protocol in the Materials and Methods.

      Fixation was necessary to image entire vacuoles with sufficient spatial resolution and signal-to-noise ratio for the volumetric analyses presented in Figure 6C. Although some loss of cytosolic F-actin cannot be excluded, this would be expected to reduce, rather than artificially increase, the detection of organelle–actin associations.

      Importantly, previous live-cell imaging studies demonstrated F-actin-dependent microneme trafficking (Periz et al., 2019), and our observations are consistent with these findings. Moreover, the defects observed following MyoF depletion provide independent functional evidence that the trafficking events described here rely on the actin–MyoF transport machinery.

      The statement of colocalization should be backed up by quantitative coefficients like Pearson's coefficient.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. Following this recommendation, we performed a Pearson correlation analysis of ANKER1-Halo and HDEL-GFP using the Coloc 2 plugin in Fiji. ANKER1-Halo showed a strong spatial correlation with HDEL-GFP (Pearson's R = 0.92 ± 0.04, n = 30 parasites from three independent biological replicates), supporting localization of ANKER1 to the ER. As ANKER1 is a transmembrane protein and HDEL-GFP labels the ER lumen, this analysis should be interpreted as evidence of co-distribution within the same organelle rather than direct molecular colocalization.

      In contrast, we do not consider Pearson's coefficient appropriate for evaluating the association of micronemes or rhoptries with F-actin. These organelles are predominantly concentrated at the apical pole and, when associated with F-actin, are typically positioned along rather than directly overlapping the filaments. Consequently, Pearson's coefficient would underestimate these biologically relevant associations. We therefore relied on morphological and spatial criteria, which we consider more appropriate for assessing organelle–cytoskeleton interactions.

      In addition, from the methods and presented figure images, specifically in Figure 6C for RON2, how the cytosolic and residual body actin is separated is difficult to discern, as there is a clear residual body actin signal overlapping a parasite. The methods for how this was separated and analyzed should be clearer to remove doubts about how this area was measured, as the current description raises concerns about the counting of the residual body actin within the cytosol.

      We agree with the reviewer that the distinction between cytosolic and residual body (RB)-associated F-actin required further clarification. All analyses were performed manually, as described in our response to Reviewer 2 (comment 1d). The RB was identified by the presence of thick, bundled F-actin filaments at the basal pole that formed a continuous structure connecting parasites within the vacuole, whereas cytosolic F-actin was defined as the thinner filamentous network within the parasite body.

      No automated or threshold-based segmentation was used because the marked differences in filament morphology and fluorescence intensity make reliable thresholding difficult and prone to misclassification. Manual annotation based on spatial localization and filament morphology was therefore considered the most appropriate approach. We have clarified these criteria in the Materials and Methods section.

      Line comments:

      (1) 113: round to rounds - "did not obtain maternal organelles after successive rounds of replication...".

      The text has been updated

      (2) 146: grammatical, "As consequence a progressive" -> "As a consequence", or "Consequently".

      The text has been updated

      (3) 164-166: "Autonomous duplication" implies the separation and duplication of the Golgi occurs on its own, i.e., without any outside intervention, when we know from Carmeille et al. 2021 and Figure 7C here that the Golgi becomes fragmented over rounds of division in the absence of MyoF. I think this is primarily a word choice error with "autonomous".

      We agree with the reviewer and the word autonomous has been removed

      (4) 184: The wording suggests that DC's refers to daughter IMC's, when DC has already been given as an abbreviation for daughter cells previously.

      The text has been updated to correct this error

      (5) 189: de novo is not italicized.

      The text has been updated

      (6) 192: The data shown so far do not show that the RB plays a selective role in organelle recycling.

      The text has been edited to fit better our results “Our data suggest that the organelles trafficking through the residual body (RB) have different fate”

      (7) 208: State that it depends on F-actin, but never show that it is dependent on F-actin through actin disruption, such as cytochalasin D treatment or a specific conditional disruption of F-actin.

      We agree with the reviewer that we did not repeat F-actin disruption experiments (e.g., cytochalasin D or jasplakinolide treatments) in this study. These experiments were performed in our previous work, where pharmacological disruption of F-actin was shown to impair microneme trafficking (Periz et al., 2019). We therefore chose not to repeat these assays.

      Instead, the present study provides complementary evidence by demonstrating that depletion of Myosin F (MyoF), a motor that uses F-actin as a transport track (Kellermeier et al., 2024), disrupts the trafficking of both maternal micronemes and rhoptries. Together, our previous F-actin perturbation experiments and the MyoF depletion data presented here support the interpretation that these trafficking events depend on the actin–MyoF transport machinery. 

      (8) 209: This suggests that the chromobody was transiently expressed in the RON2-Halo line, but the methods suggest MIC2-Halo and RON2-Halo were integrated into a parasite line stably expressing Cb-Emerald.

      The text has been edited.

      (9) 229: The section is confusing with the mention of (now maternal). If I understand correctly, the point being made is that the de novo synthesized MIC2 at stage 2 is now the maternal MIC2 for stage 4, but coloring-wise within the figure, the now maternal MIC2 at stage 4 from stage 2 would still be green. The methods suggest these images were all taken simultaneously, and not at specific timepoints of the same vacuole, so the now maternal line remains confusing.

      The text has been revised for clarity and now reads: “Because Toxoplasma gondii replicates asynchronously, vacuoles at different replication stages coexist within the same culture after 24 h. The second labeling step marks all proteins synthesized since the beginning of the experiment, allowing discrimination between proteins present in the original mother parasite and those synthesized during subsequent replication cycles. As daughter parasites form, they inherit material from their mother, such that proteins synthesized during one replication cycle become maternal proteins in the next. Under MyoF depletion, these newly synthesized protein pools accumulate within the residual body instead of being redistributed to daughter parasites during subsequent rounds of replication (Figure 7, stage 4).”

      (10) 238: The sentences here indicate that Golgi inheritance occurs without issue: "golgi inheritance remained unaffected by MyoF depletion". But, it is evident from the images shown that the Golgi is extremely fragmented, with many more Golgi fragments by stage 8 than there are parasites. This could be solved by rewording and including a line along the lines of "in accordance with the results found in Carmeille et al. 2021".

      The reference to this article is already stated later in the text now line 299-303 “This active role is further supported by the dependence of RB-mediated recycling on F-actin and the class XXII myosin MyoF, which we show to be essential for retrieval of maternal MIC2 and RON2 but dispensable for Golgi inheritance although we noticed a fragmentation of the Golgi, which has been described to depend on MyoF (Carmeille et al., 2021).”

      (11) 319: missing a comma, "Many of these, particularly...".

      The text has been edited.

      (12) 437: Images -> imaged.

      The text has been edited.

      (13) 439: a fresh media -> and fresh media.

      The text has been edited.

      (14) 439: Replication -> replicate.

      The text has been edited.

      (15) 440: images -> imaged.

      The text has been edited.

      Other grammatical issues within the methods:

      (1) Figure 5C: Within the y-axis label of Figure 5C, there is an asterisk with no asterisk explanation within the legend.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this oversight. The figure legend has been updated to include an explanation of the asterisk, providing a clearer understanding of the results.

      (2) Figure 5E: The addition of an IMC1 label to match the magenta color would be helpful to readers.

      The figure has been updated

      (3) Figure 6D: No statistics showing significance of colocalization.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. In Figure 6D, we report the frequency of observed colocalization between organelles (MIC2 and RON2) and F-actin filaments, based on manual analysis across >300 vacuoles for MIC2 and >500 vacuoles for RON2. Specifically, we observed cytoplasmic F-actin colocalization in 94% of vacuoles for MIC2 and 79% for RON2, and residual body F-actin colocalization in 85% of vacuoles for MIC2 and 11% for RON2. This analysis is descriptive and is not intended to compare MIC2 versus RON2 quantitatively; rather, it illustrates the general association of these organelles with F-actin filaments. Standard statistical measures such as Pearson correlation are not meaningful in this context because the organelles are punctate and primarily localized along filaments rather than overlapping continuously. Importantly, the percentages reported represent the fraction of vacuoles in which colocalization can be observed, not the percentage of colocalization between Cb-Emerald and MIC2/RON2 within individual vacuoles.

      (4) Figure 7: The legend title of Figure 7 is at the end of the legend of Figure 6.

      The text has been edited.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Here, Pinto and colleagues set out to investigate whether the cow udder is a potential mixing site for the influenza virus. The authors have demonstrated that bovine mammary epithelial cells can be infected with both avian and human influenza A viruses, supporting the idea that the cow udder may be a potential site for reassortment. Furthermore, they demonstrate that the bovine-adapted IAV replicates to similar titers in avian epithelial cells when compared to an AIV precursor virus. Thus, suggesting there is no fitness trade-off, and confirms the potential for spill-back of the cattle B3.13 into poultry, which has already been observed. Overall, I believe the authors achieved their aims. However, there are instances in which the results do not entirely support the conclusions (noted in weaknesses). Given the ongoing questions surrounding highly pathogenic avian influenza A virus in dairy cows, this work provides valuable evidence for the potential of the cow udder as a site of reassortment. These findings highlight the need for surveillance of influenza A virus incursions into livestock species, particularly cows. Some specific strengths and questions regarding weaknesses have been outlined below.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors use a diverse range of cell types and influenza A virus strains, as well as a wide range of techniques to address the questions at hand.

      (2) The use of cells from multiple bovine breeds for the MAC-T, bMEC and explants suggests the phenomenon is not unique to a single breed.

      (3) The results suggesting there is no fitness trade-off for Cattle Texas in an avian host are interesting, and confirm the potential for spill-back of the cattle B3.13 into poultry, which has been observed.

      Weaknesses:

      I have listed my complete questions/concerns below. However, there are two main weaknesses of the article in its current state. Firstly, there is no apples-to-apples comparison in terms of determining a preference for IAV to infect the cow udder over other organs (Q4). The mammary gland and respiratory tract are represented by epithelial cells, but for other organs, fibroblasts were chosen. I think the fairer comparison would be to compare epithelial cells from different organs to demonstrate a preference for the mammary gland. Secondly, the main premise of the article relies on bMEC and MAC-T (primary and immortalised mammary epithelial cells), facilitating higher viral growth than the cells from other organs. Yet throughout the article, a 10x higher dose of IAV is used in the bMEC cells compared to everything else (Q6). This raises the question of how much of the results are due to a preference for the mammary epithelial cells, and how much is simply due to the increased dose.

      (Q4) When we set out to test if cow mammary gland cells were particularly susceptible to IAV infection compared to other bovine cell types, we used what was available in the Roslin Institute – a mix of primary and continuous cells from various anatomical sites: three epithelial cell types (two mammary, one respiratory tract) two immune cell types and four sets of fibroblasts from various organs. Given the representation of different anatomical sites, cell types and differentiation statuses, we considered this a suitably diverse panel with which to characterise infection dynamics of a broad range of IAVs, before more focussed investigations using the bMEC and explant tissues. Both mammary epithelial cell types grew our library of influenza challenge strains significantly better than the BAT-II respiratory epithelial cells, as well as the two immune cell types and all four fibroblast populations. Of the fibroblast cells, those derived from the brain grew IAV significantly better than the skin and turbinate fibroblasts, while blood-derived macrophages grew virus significantly better than the lymphocytes and non-brain fibroblasts. So there are “apple-to-apple” comparisons as well as apple-to-pear comparisons that give significant differences. We therefore think that our conclusions (in the abstract) that mammary cells are particularly replication competent for IAV, (at the end of the introduction) that “a wide range of cow-derived cells are susceptible” and that (in the results section) that “mammary cells showed the highest susceptibility” are justifiable. However, we agree that testing a wider variety of epithelial cells would be useful and have added text to the Discussion (lines 224-228) to acknowledge this.

      (Q6) We used a higher MOI for bMECs because test experiments with WT PR8 and the Cattle Texas 6:2 reassortant virus showed that MOI 0.01 infections gave more variable results than those run at MOI 0.1, perhaps because of the intrinsic variability of mixed primary cell populations. However, the end-point titres between the two conditions were not significantly different, so we therefore chose to go with the higher MOI. Accordingly, we do not think this choice is a confounding issue. This explanation (line numbers 340-345) and a new Supplementary Figure 11 showing the results of the two MOI tests have been added to the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors use a library of influenza A viruses from different strains, classified in lab-adapted, human, avian, and swine according to the animal from which they were isolated. They propose that the cow mammary gland serves as a mixing vessel for influenza A viruses. As a first approach, the authors assess susceptibility to infection across different cell types, including continuous and primary cell lines, bovine mammary cells, and mammary explants. All these cells support polymerase activity. Then, they analyzed changes in the bovine virus's viral fitness relative to an avian precursor. The authors use single-gene replacement to study whether and which RNP segments improve viral transcription. As part of this section, they also test IFN-specific antagonism by NS1 to assess the input of segment 8. Quantitative glycomic analysis was performed on the continuous bovine mammary cell line to demonstrate the presence of both a2,3 and a2,6, which is consistent with their observation that these cells can be co-infected with human and avian IAVs simultaneously. The main question, however, is: what is the glycome in the explants, or directly from tissues?

      We report quantitative glycomics for the primary bovine mammary epithelial cells as well as the continuous line the referee highlights. However, we agree with R2 that a detailed glycomic analysis of primary bovine mammary tissue would allow a better understanding of the actual glycosylation status in vivo. This has been undertaken by the authors and is available as a bioRxiv preprint. This is now cited (ref 25) in the relevant part of the results (line 184-185)

      Overall, the manuscript is clearly written and provides new insights into the behaviour of the cattle isolate, now compared with a representative group of model or precursor HAs of different origins.

      It would be great if a consistent nomenclature for the IAV strains could be used in the study. There is a mix of origin (Texas), animal from which the virus was isolated (mallard), or abbreviations that do not follow guidelines (IAV07). Are the USSR and Udorn not lab-adapted?

      We chose the abbreviated names for a variety of reasons. Partly from common usage (e.g. PR8, Udorn), partly for consistency with other already published papers from the FluTrailMap consortia (e.g. Cattle Texas; Dholakia et al 2026), partly to make diversity obvious in certain figures (e.g. H3N1, H5N2 etc) and partly to avoid confusion between viruses that originate from the same geographic area (e.g. AIV07, AIV09, H5N8-20 etc which are all A/Ck/England/isolate numbers). Overall, we found it more confusing to use the expanded nomenclature. Re AIV07 which the referee criticises for not following naming guidelines – if this is a reference to the EURL nomenclature, AIV07 is the abbreviation for the specific virus A/Chicken/England/053052/2021, our representative virus for EURL genotype EA-2020-C, as we say in the text. This nomenclature has now been added to Table 1, to provide a fuller cross-reference for all the names.

      As to whether USSR and Udorn are lab-adapted – that depends on definitions. There is a continuum of adaptive changes and/or sequence drift starting from the very first growth cycle of an isolate in the laboratory. The viruses we define here as lab adapted are ones that have been deliberately adapted to other host species or which have very long passage histories in multiple laboratory systems resulting in known functionally significant changes; for example, one lineage of PR8 was passaged 77 times in mice, 717 times in cell culture, 30 times in chick embryos, 5 times in ferrets and a further 50 times in chick embryos (https://www.medscape.com/viewarticle/812621_3?form=fpf), rendering it unarguably lab-adapted. We admit that A/USSR/77 and A/Udorn/307/1972 are probably further along this adaptive pathway than more recent isolates such as A/Norway/3433/2018, but are unaware of any specific reason that would put them into our lab-adapted category.

      The experimental setup includes bovine mammary primary and continuous cells, as well as mammary explants. Some of the most significant differences, for example, in viral fitness studies and co-infection experiments, are observed in these explants. Perhaps there could be some additional focus on this observation. The implications in comparison to the results obtained in cultured cells could be described. How will the human and other HA subtype viruses fare in the explants?

      We agree that this is an important and interesting question, and had already tested the strains we used for co-infections: human seasonal pdm09 H1N1 “Norway” and low pathogenic avian influenza “H3N1”, in the mammary explants. Both replicate the avian virus to 20-fold higher titres. We have added this information to the revised manuscript as new Figure panels S6E-H, called out on line 200-201 of the results.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This excellent manuscript by Pinto, Sharp, and colleagues examines bovine tissue tropism for influenza viruses. They find that bovine flu, as well as other strains, has strong replication in mammary tissue. They also map the genetic changes to influenza that improve replication in bovine cells. Overall, the study is well designed and executed, and the results are very timely.

      Strengths:

      (1) The experiments are well-controlled.

      (2) The figures are well-constructed and easy to follow.

      (3) The Methods and legends are detailed, with sufficient information.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A comparison to human cells would strengthen the overall impact of the results. Are human mammary cells also uniquely susceptible to influenza? Are bovine mammary cells special in some way?

      This is an interesting question, but we have not tested mammary gland cells from humans (or any other species of mammal). We have however reported elsewhere (Dholakia et al., Nat Commun. 2026 Jan 16;17(1):1603. doi: 10.1038/s41467-026-68306-6.) that Cattle Texas grows well in a variety of human respiratory cells. Here, we are considering the bovine mammary organ as a potential reassortment site for IAVs because of the ongoing viral mastitis epidemic in US dairy cattle; human mammary organs seem unlikely to create a similar opportunity.

      (2) For the virus infection studies with segment 8 swaps, it should at least be noted that some of the phenotypes could be driven by NEP.

      We agree; as Table S1 indicates, NEP has two changes (one shared with NS1) between AIV07 and our B3.13 isolate, so we should not have conflated segment and NS1. We have changed the text to acknowledge this throughout the results (lines 127, 137 and 149) and in the discussion (line 243-244).

      (3) The data demonstrating that bMEC can support co-infection are compelling and important, but would be strengthened with a comparison from a different cell type or species. Do mammary cells uniquely support higher co-infection?

      We have data showing that co-infection also occurs in the continuous MAC-T udder cell line and have now included these data in a revised Figure 4D (described/called out on lines 198-206). We have not tested bovine cells from other organs for co-infection potential as they do not seem to be significant sites of infection in vivo.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) How nasal turbinate and cardiac fibroblasts are acquired/cultures is missing from the methods.

      Apologies for the omissions and thank you, because rectifying this brought to light an error in cell naming. The cells originally called bovine cardiac fibroblasts were in fact a second independent preparation of skin fibroblasts. We have corrected the labelling in Figs 1, 2 and S2. The nasal turbinate cells were bought in from ATCC (code CRL-1390). This information has now been added to the methods (line 310).

      (2) Please specify what cell types make up the 2D enteroids, the mammary explants and the nasal turbinates.

      The composition of the 2D enteroids is described in detail in reference [60]. In precis, they are comprised predominantly of epithelial cells, including Paneth, goblet and enteroendocrine cells, as well as stem cells. This information has been added to the methods (lines 374-376) The mammary explants include duct epithelium, connective and muscle tissue, defined by H&E staining of cut sections (see new Figure S12 and text added to the methods on lines 384-386). We have also added the person who did the histology (Rebecca Ross) as an author and to the credit taxonomy (line 877). The nasal turbinate cells appear to be predominantly fibroblast morphology (Methods line 310-311).

      (3) Epithelial cells are the main target for IAV, so why were fibroblasts chosen as a comparison to mammary epithelial cells? This needs justification in text. Without justification, how much can be attributed to the results being mammary-specific, rather than epithelial-specific? The brain (choroid plexus epithelium), heart (epicardium) and skin all contain epithelial cells.

      We think this query is what the referee calls “Q4’ in the public part of their review. Please see our answer above.

      (4) Figure 1, S1, S2 and S3 seem to suggest that mammary cells are more susceptible to IAV infection than cells from other organs. But Figure 2 demonstrates that when it comes to Cattle Texas and AIV07, most of the cell types show high viral titers. If the question is about whether the cow udder is the primary mixing site, would it not be more relevant to investigate which cell type facilitates the best growth of the potential precursor viruses, similar to Figure 4A?

      Figs 1, S1, 2 and 3 all use “full” viruses whereas Fig 2 uses 6:2 reassortants between PR8 and the HPAIVs for biosafety reasons. WT PR8 replicates well in most of the bovine cells tested (Figs S1-3) so we do not see any contradiction. Figure 2 examines the contributions the internal genes make to replication in bovine cells. Re the question over the udder being a potential mixing site – this is where the virus is replicating in the real world; at least in part because of the transmission mechanism, but also because the mammary gland epithelium is highly susceptible to infection, as we show.

      (5) It is misleading to compare the bMEC infection of MOI 0.1, to all other infections of MOI 0.01. This is a consistent problem throughout the article - Figures 1, S1, 2, 4. Why was the bMEC infection at a 10x greater dose? The main premise of the article relies on bMEC and MAC-T (primary and immortalised mammary epithelial cells), facilitating higher viral growth than the cells from other organs. If we compare the MOI 0.01 experiments alone, then the evidence relies on the immortalised MAC-T cells, compared to primary cell types. In this case, how much can be said about it being mammary specific, rather than immortalised vs primary? I do wonder, for example, how the epithelial nasal turbinates or type II pneumocytes would compare to the primary mammary epithelial cells if they were at the same MOI.

      Please see our answer to this query earlier in the rebuttal.

      (6) Why are the 2D enteroids excluded from Figure 1?

      We had limited supplies of a difficult-to-grow cell model, so we only used them to test the 6:2 viruses (Fig 2).

      (7) The colour scheme for Figure 3 is confusing. In Figure 3A, blue indicates European ancestry, and yellow represents North American ancestry. However, in Figure 3B, these colours now mean something different. To a reader, when there is a colour-coded schematic, it is instinctual to think that this then corresponds to the following panel(s). Since consistently throughout the article, yellow has been used for Cattle Texas, and blue has been used for AIV07, I would suggest choosing different colours to represent European and North American ancestry in Figure 3A

      We’ve changed the figure as the referee suggests and modified the Fig 3 legend accordingly (line 895)

      (8) I am unsure about the conclusions drawn from the results of Figure 3B. In the results, it is framed as trying to determine which segments contributed to the improved activity of Cattle Texas compared to AIV07. In lines 110-111, "... PB2 or PA from AIV07 significantly decreased Cattle Texas minireplicon activity". If PB2 is indeed significant, there is a missing yellow asterisk in Figure 3B.

      Apologies, there was indeed a missing asterisk on the figure; now added.

      Given the significance of PA, why was it not investigated in terms of growth kinetics similar to Figure 3C? Was it overlooked because it doesn't have a North American ancestry? The results of Figure 3B suggest that the 4 amino acid mutation in PA has significantly contributed to changes in polymerase activity.

      The PA changes do indeed matter for minireplicon activity – the key change is K497R, as detailed in our related publication in Nat Comms (citation 17). However, it is less important than changes in PB2, and the PA segment swap by itself has little effect on overall virus replication.

      (9) Similarly, in Figure 3C and lines 116-117, the error bars on the graph are overlapping at 48 hours, suggesting no difference in overall replication. The kinetics are slowed for AIV07 seg1-3, but not for AIV07 seg 1, indicating PB1 does not have an effect. This would then suggest that something in segment 2 or 3 contributes to the slowed kinetics in Figure 3C, which, from the Figure 3B results, is unlikely to be due to PB2. While it was not reassorted, the PA segment is potentially the driver, with its 4 amino acid mutations. I think it is worth performing growth kinetics with and without these 4 amino acid changes in PA.

      We agree that visually on a log<sub>10</sub> scale, the titres of the “WT” 6:2 Cattle Texas and 5:2:1 segment 1 reassortment appear close, but the average titres are 5 and 7-fold different at 24 and 48h respectively, while a 2-way ANOVA with Dunnet’s multiple comparison post-test gives statistical significance at 48h. We have added this information to the figure and its legend (lines 905-906).

      (10) In Figure 3C and E, why did you choose to perform the growth kinetics in the immortalised cell line, when you have access to primary cells? The primary cells would be a more accurate representation of what happens in situ.

      The primary cells were difficult to work with and only available intermittently, so we used what was available at the time.

      (11) In lines 145-147, "thus overall, the reassortment event that replaced segments 1, 2 and 8 alongside drift adaptations in segment 3 may have contributed to the ability of the B3.13 genotype virus to infect cattle". This is not clearly supported by the evidence presented. In terms of segment 1/PB2, the growth kinetics of Figure 3C have overlapping error bars at 48 hours. Where is any evidence presented for the role of segment 2/PB1? There is no change in Figure 3B.

      The referee is correct, calling out seg2 here was an error; we have revised the text (line 144).

      Segment 3 is overlooked in Figure 3 (as highlighted in Q9 and 10), and shows no difference in Figure S4.

      Please see response to Q8; we think segment 3 contributes via PA adaptation, not via PA-X.

      (12) In line 146 "... drift adaptation in segment 3". Make it clear here that you are talking about genetic drift. However, is this likely to be genetic drift? The 4 amino acid mutations are shown to have a significant impact on polymerase activity in Figure 3B, and in Figure 3C, PA potentially contributes to the reduced kinetics. When there are amino acid mutations that correspond to a beneficial phenotypic change, attributing this to drift alone rather than host adaptation is strange.

      Yes, wording clarified (line 145). “Drift” was used to distinguish it from reassortment but we agree this was an incorrect term in the context.

      (13) Figure 4A MAT-C cells: this is ostensibly the same experiment as Figure 3C in terms of the Cattle Texas and AIV07 viruses. If this is the case, how can you explain the difference in kinetics and overall titer? In Figure 3C, Cattle Texas reaches 10^6, and in Figure 4A it reaches almost 10^9. That's almost 3 log difference. Similarly, in Figure 3C Cattle Texas reaches 10^3, but in Figure 4A it reaches 10^6, a 3-log difference. At 24 hrs, they have roughly a 3-log difference between them in Figure 3C, but in Figure 4A this difference is much smaller. As far as I can tell, these are the same viruses, same dose and same cell model. The t0 titer is also vastly different between the two experiments.

      The experiments were done at different times (several months apart, so different cell passage numbers and/or serum batches) and by different people. We have no explanation other than biological variability. However, both groups of experiments include genuine biological replicates done over the course of 2-3 weeks, so in our view represent coherent tests within themselves.

      (14) In Figure 4, why weren't the a-2,6 a-2,3 proportions analysed for the explants and/or used for the co-infection experiment? It showed the greatest difference between the Cattle Texas and precursor viruses in Figure 4A.

      Our data on the proportion of 2,6 and 2,3 SA in bovine udder tissue are now available in a separate preprint (now cited as [25] in our MS). We did not use the explants for co-infection experiments because it would have been technically difficult to read out the outcome by flow cytometry.

      (15) Figure 4D requires a supplementary figure demonstrating the gating strategy, including one of the samples as an example.

      We have compiled a figure of this and added it as new Figure S13 (called out line 556).

      (16) In Figure 4D, why was an MOI of 5 chosen instead of the MOI of 0.01 used throughout the article for MAC-T cell infection? An MOI of 5 (so in a co-infection, a total of 10 virus particles per cell) is completely overloading the cells. At this dose, 10% of the cells were able to be co-infected, but how representative is this of a real co-infection scenario? While it demonstrates it is possible, it potentially remains highly unlikely, similar to the discussion around the swine respiratory tract in lines 235-240.

      We had also performed the co-infections at lower MOI (1) with very similar results – this is now included in Figure 4D. Furthermore, we redid the experiments at a lower MOI of 0.05 and still see co-infection; this now replaces the MOI 5 data in Figure 4D. The text has been revised accordingly (lines 202-205)

      (17) In Figure 4D, why were immortalised cells used when primary bMEC and mammary explants are available? Primary cells would provide more convincing evidence for the potential of the cow udder to be a mixing vessel. Considering that throughout the paper, a 10x higher viral dose is used in the bMEC culture, I wonder if you would need a significantly higher MOI than 5 to produce similar results in a co-infection experiment. The bMEC also has a more even a-2,3 to a-2,6 ratio compared to MAC-T in Figure 4C.

      The bMECs in the original figure are primary cells. In response to other queries, we now include data from the immortalised MAC-T cell line as well.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Figure 1A, the coloured underline to discriminate continuous and primary cells is lost upon printing... perhaps another way is better?

      We have changed the primary cells to italic text to make the distinction clearer.

      We have made some other minor changes to wording to correct grammatical errors or improve clarity as we went through.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors use simulations and empirical data fitting in order to demonstrate that informing a decision model using noisy single-trial estimates of an underlying fixed non-decision time can guide the model to more reliable parameter estimates, especially when the model has collapsing bounds.

      Strengths:

      The paper is well written and motivated, with clear depth of knowledge in the areas of neurophysiology of decision-making, sequential sampling models, and in particular, the phenomenon of collapsing decision bounds.

      Two large-scale simulations are run to test parameter recovery, and two empirical datasets are fit and assessed; the fitting procedures themselves are state-of-the-art, and the study makes use of a very new and well-designed ERP decomposition algorithm that provides single-trial estimates of the duration of diffusion; the results provide inferences about the operation of decision bound collapse - all of this is impressive.

      Weaknesses:

      This is an interesting and promising idea, but a very important issue is not clear: it is an intuitive principle that information from an external empirical source can enhance the reliability of parameter estimates for a given model, but how can the overall BIC improve, unless it is in fact a different model?

      Comment on revised version.

      Thanks to the authors for their responses and inclusion of additional analyses and simulations. Thanks, in particular for clarifying a crucial detail, that the ndt-informed model actually assumes, like the uninformed model, that there is no variability in the non-decision time, and the idea is that the variable single-trial measurements of non-decision time are noisy estimates of an underlying, constant ndt. The revised paper itself has not made this clear - for example, throughout the Intro, there is no statement that the behavioural model assumes a trial-invariant ndt, and line 231 still calls tau the 'mean' non decision time, implying there is a distribution rather than an invariant single value in the behavioural model.

      One implication of the above is that if the lognormal sigma is purely measurement noise that does not relate to actual variation in the underlying decision process generating behaviour, then the HMP latencies should not relate to behaviour, e.g. shorter latencies predicting shorter RT. I assume that even if the authors did find such a relationship, the principle still stands that a model with fixed ndt is more accurately fit when there are single-trial ndt estimates whose mean provides a constraint on that ndt value, than without such measurements. Still, given ndt variability is a core feature of many decision models, the authors could comment on whether the strategy would work in theory for a model with ndt variability (in the behavioural part), where the single trial estimates would then presumably reflect a mix of measurement noise and genuine ndt variability.

      Another more important implication is that since it is in fact the same model being compared with and without the HMP data guiding the fixed ndt estimate, the reason the fit quality improves with HMP-information is not because it is a better model per se (it is the same model) but because without the HMP guidance, the search algorithm somehow gets lost and fails to find the 'optimal' parameter vector. That is, the parameter vector (just the parameters that relate to the behavioural model itself, not the HMP lognormally-distributed noise associated with VEP measurements) identified as optimal in the HMP-informed version of the model exists in the parameter space of the model without HMP information, but it is just not found? I raised this implication before, and it is still not clear whether it applies. I'm sorry to press on it, but it is critical for readers to understand why it is that neural information can improve overall model fit. Again, the enhancement of parameter recovery (like in Nunez 2025) makes sense, but the enhancement of the "model's fit to behavioural data" does not, without pointing to a deficiency in the search algorithm / fitting procedure.

      The authors state in their replies that the onset of bound collapse is set at accumulation onset and imply that setting it instead at stimulus onset could "mathematically resolve the issue" but they don't do it because it is implausible. It is in fact not only plausible but clearly evidenced in empirical data - collapsing bounds are implemented neurally through urgency signals, and these can begin to dynamically build toward threshold well before, let alone at, stimulus onset. There is nothing bizarre about this - we can prepare movements without sensory input, and indeed even if choosing actions based on a sensory discrimination, motor preparation can launch well before the sensory evidence (e.g. Stanford, Salinas et al 2010) and this in effect collapses the bound on cumulative evidence for triggering action before any evidence actually arrives. So, Urgency/bound-collapse does not need to be triggered by a stimulus; it can start in anticipation of the stimulus. It seems critical, therefore, for the authors to clarify this point - does re-defining the onset of the collapse at stimulus onset remove the trade-off and render unnecessary the neurally-informed ndt estimation?

      Related to this, it is still not clear how bias in the estimation of nondecision time would not be a problem. What if, for example, it is the end of the N2 rather than the peak of the N2 that marks accumulation onset, and/or there is an additional fixed motor time that adds to the N2-based marker to make the full nondecision time that applies in the underlying decision process. By definition (and I think this is essentially what the authors' new simulations verify), because of the trade-offs, this bias would simply be absorbed in shifted estimates of theta and lambda describing the bound collapse function. But wasn't the whole point of the exercise to more accurately estimate those parameters? The obvious implication is that the parameter-estimation accuracy of the ERP-informed model is determined by the accuracy with which the proposed ERP marker directly pinpoints the full nondecision time without bias, but this is not at all obvious in the paper as written. Importantly, in the example scenario I describe above where accumulation onsets when N2 ends, there may still be a perfect correlation of N2 peak latency with underlying ndt across trials - they could still be very strongly "linked" statistically, but we can't know what size offset might be involved.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper proposes a non-decision time (NDT)-informed approach to estimating timevarying decision thresholds in diffusion models of decision making. The manuscript motivates the method well, outlines the identifiability issues it is intended to address, and evaluates it using simulations and two empirical datasets. The aim is clear, the scope is deliberately focused, and the manuscript is well written. The core idea is interesting, technically grounded, and a meaningful contribution to ongoing work on collapsing thresholds.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is logically structured and easy to follow. The emphasis on parameter recovery is appropriate and appreciated. The finding that the exponential NDT-informed function produces substantially better recovery than the hyperbolic form is useful, given the importance placed on identifiability earlier in the paper. The threshold visualisations are also helpful for interpreting what the models are doing. Overall, the work offers a well-defined, methodologically oriented contribution that will interest researchers working on time-varying thresholds.

      We appreciate the positive and constructive feedback. We have addressed your comments in the revised manuscript, as detailed in our responses to the specific comments below.

      Weaknesses / Areas for Clarification:

      A few points would benefit from clarification, additional analysis, or revised presentation:

      (1) It would help readers to see a concrete demonstration of the trade-off between NDT and collapsing thresholds, to give a sense of the scale of the identifiability problem motivating the work.

      Thank you for this constructive suggestion. We conducted a new simulation study in which we considered the non-decision time as a fixed parameter and estimated the remaining parameters of the collapsing threshold model. In this simulation study, we contaminated the non-decision time with noise at six levels (i.e., 0%, 2%, 4%, 6%, 8%, and 10%). The simulation results showed that increasing the noise level in non-decision time worsens the estimation of the starting threshold and decay rate parameters, indicating a trade-off between non-decision time and collapsing threshold parameters. The results of this simulation are presented in Appendix 1 in the new version of the manuscript.

      (2) Before moving to the empirical datasets, the manuscript really needs a simulation-based model recovery comparison, since all major conclusions of the empirical applications rely on model comparison. One approach might be to simulate from (a) an FT model with across-trial drift variability and (b) one of the CT models, then fit both models to each of the simulated data sets. This would address a longstanding issue: sometimes CT models are preferred even when the estimated collapse in the thresholds is close to zero. A recovery study would confirm that model selection behaves sensibly in the new framework.

      We are grateful for this constructive comment. The revised manuscript includes a model recovery study (see Simulation study 2, in particular Table 1 and the accompanying text). In this simulation, as the reviewer suggested, we generated data from FT-DDM with across-trial variability in drift rate and CT-DDM with hyperbolic and exponential collapsing thresholds. Then, for each generated dataset, we fitted two models and classified the datasets based on goodness-of-fit and estimated decay rate. The results show that incorporating the decay rate, which can be reliably estimated by the NDT-informed modeling framework, significantly improves the precision of model recovery.

      (3) An additional subtle point is that BIC is defined in terms of the maximised log-likelihood of the model for the data being modelled. In the joint model, the parameter estimates maximise the combined likelihood of behavioural and non-decision-time data. This means the behavioural log-likelihood evaluated at the joint MLEs is not the behavioural MLE. If BIC is being computed for the behavioural data only, this breaks the assumptions underlying BIC. The only valid BIC here would be one defined for the joint model using the joint likelihood.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important methodological point. We agree that, strictly speaking, the behavioral log-likelihood evaluated at the joint maximum likelihood estimates is not guaranteed to be equal to the behavioral maximum likelihood estimate. Therefore, if one were to interpret BIC<sub>Behavior</sub> for joint (NDT-informed) models as a conventional BIC derived from a purely behavioral maximum likelihood fit, this would indeed violate the standard assumptions underlying BIC. Our intention, however, was not to claim that BIC<sub>Behavior</sub> represents a formally valid BIC in the strict information-theoretic sense. Rather, we used it as a diagnostic measure to assess how well the jointly estimated parameters account for the behavioral data relative to the uninformed models. Importantly, in our datasets, the behavioral log-likelihood evaluated at the joint estimates is higher than that obtained from the uninformed models. This suggests that the additional constraint introduced by the non-decision time information helps guide the optimization procedure toward parameter regions that provide a better account of the behavioral data. In other words, uninformed models appear to converge to suboptimal parameter estimates, but the joint modeling framework helps regularize the estimation process and yields better estimates of the optimal parameters. We fully acknowledge that this use of BIC<sub>Behavior</sub> for the joint models departs from standard practice in the cognitive modeling literature. For this reason, we rely primarily on the joint likelihood–based model comparison as the formally valid criterion. The behavioral BIC is reported only to provide additional intuition regarding the goodness of fit on behavioral data and is used exclusively to compare NDT-informed models with their uninformed counterparts under identical evaluation criteria.

      Also, to warn readers about this limitation, we included the following statement in the section where we defined BIC measures:

      “It is worth noting that comparing joint and behavioral models using BIC<sub>Behavior</sub> is uncommon and constitutes a limitation of the model comparison study.”

      (4) Table 1 sets up the Study 1 comparisons, but there’s no row for the FT model. Similarly, Figures 10 and 13 would be more informative if they included FT predictions. This matters because, in Study 1, the FT model appears to fit aggregate accuracy better than the BIC-preferred collapsing model, currently shown only in Appendix 5. Some discussion of why would strengthen the argument.

      In the revised manuscript, we have included the results for NDT-informed FT-DDM in the main text. However, we kept the FT-DDM with drift variability in the appendix, since none of the models in the main text include drift rate variability.

      (5) In Figure 7, the degree of decay underestimation is obscured by using a density plot rather than a scatterplot, consistent with the other panels of the same figure. Presenting it the same way would make the mis-recovery more transparent. The accompanying text may also need clarification: when data are generated from an FT model with across-trial drift variability, the NDT-informed model seems to infer FT boundaries essentially. If that’s correct, the model must be misfitting the simulated data. This is actually a useful result as it suggests across-trial drift variability in FT models is discriminable from collapsing-threshold models. It would be good to make this explicit.

      Regarding the visualization of decay rate estimation in Figure 7, we would like to clarify that, in the data-generating process for the FT model with across-trial drift variability, the decay rate is fixed at zero. That is, unlike the other parameters, there is only a single true value on the x-axis. If we were to present the decay rate recovery using a standard scatter plot (true vs. estimated values), all points would lie vertically above the single true value (zero), resulting in a vertical strip of points. While such a plot would technically be consistent with the other panels, it would not clearly convey the distributional properties of the estimated decay rates, specifically, which values are more likely under model misidentification. For this reason, we chose a density plot to more transparently illustrate the distribution of inferred decay rates when the true generating process is an FT model. We believe this representation more effectively communicates the extent and structure of mis-recovery. To avoid confusion, we have added a clarifying footnote in the revised manuscript explaining why a density plot was used in this specific panel.

      Regarding distinguishing fixed-threshold models from collapsing-threshold models, as suggested in your comment 2, we conducted an additional simulation, and the results showed that when using the NDT-informed diffusion model, we can distinguish between both models with high accuracy. Specifically, we showed that incorporating the estimated decay rate value provided by the NDT-informed modeling approach can significantly improve the model recovery accuracy.

      (6) Given the large recovery advantage of the exponential NDT-informed function over the hyperbolic one, the authors may want to consider whether the results favour adopting the former more generally. Given these findings, I would consider recommending the exponential NDT-informed model for future use.

      Consistent with the reviewer’s argument, we included the following text in the general discussion:

      “Importantly, the exponential collapsing threshold exhibited substantially better parameter recovery and superior model recovery performance, suggesting that this specification may be preferable in future cognitive modeling applications.”

      (7) In Study 2 (Figure 13), all models qualitatively miss an interesting empirical pattern: under speed emphasis, errors are faster than corrects, while under accuracy emphasis, errors become slower. The error RT distribution in the speed condition is especially poorly captured. It would be helpful for the authors to comment, as it suggests that something theoretically relevant is missing from all models tested.

      Thank you for mentioning this point. Because the models considered in the main text do not include across-trial variability in the starting point, the model cannot predict the fast error pattern observed in the speed condition of the second study. In the revised manuscript, we included a note on this point:

      “The NDT-informed models’ predictions are depicted in Figure 13. This figure shows that the FT-DDM overestimates the last RT quantiles for both correct and incorrect responses in both speed and accuracy conditions. However, the qualitative predictions of CT-DDMs align more closely with the empirical data. It is also worth noting that all the considered computational models misfit the incorrect responses in the speed condition. This misfit is to be linked to the presence of fast errors, specifically in the speed condition. Including the starting-point variability parameter in the model enables the model to predict fast errors. However, as the aim here was not merely to fit the data with the best possible model, but to test the NDT-informed modeling framework, we did not include starting-point variability in the model.”

      (8) The threshold visualisations extend to 3 seconds, yet both datasets show decisions mostly finishing by 1.5 seconds. Shortening the x-axis would better reflect the empirical RT distributions and avoid unintentionally overstating the timescale of the empirical decision processes.

      In the new version of the manuscript, we shortened the x-axis in these plots. See Figures 9 and 12 in the new version of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The manuscript should explicitly state how critical the log-normal assumption for NDT is, and whether there are caveats if it doesn’t hold.

      We agree with this suggestion. Therefore, we conducted an additional simulation study in which we assumed a normal distribution for non-decision time measurements and replicated the main results reported in simulation study 1 (see Appendix 8 in the new version of the manuscript). These simulation results reveal that independent of distributional assumptions on non-decision time measurements, constraining non-decision time can improve the estimation of the collapsing threshold.

      (2) On page 14, one paragraph refers to five models and another to six. It is unclear which is correct.

      We are sorry for the confusion. In the new version of the manuscript, we addressed this issue.

      (3) In the Discussion: Hawkins & Heathcote (2021) found that NDT estimates in the TRDM recover well, but the timer-offset parameter does not (and hence is set to a fixed value). It would be interesting to test whether the NDT-informed approach could extend to that parameter. The TRDM can also generate error RT distributions that are faster than correct RT distributions, which is the qualitative pattern that none of the present models capture in the speed condition of Study 2.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion, as it would be another important demonstration of the framework we built in the paper. Nevertheless, given the number of models already considered in the manuscript and the focus on collapsing threshold diffusion models, we believe that this addition would blur the focus of the present manuscript. Therefore, we have decided not to include TRDM in the manuscript. Nevertheless, we have addressed the reviewer’s concern regarding the non-decision time estimation in the TRDM in the revised manuscript:

      “Notably, this model can also predict faster error responses than the correct response, the pattern that is observed in the speed condition of Study 2. However, the authors reported poor parameter recovery for the onset of the timing process (Hawkins and Heathcote, 2021). Thus, the reliability issue here specifically concerns the estimation of the shift parameter of the timing accumulator. Informing the model with external estimates of non-decision time might, therefore, improve parameter recovery in this model as well.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors use simulations and empirical data fitting in order to demonstrate that informing a decision model on estimates of single-trial non-decision time can guide the model to more reliable parameter estimates, especially when the model has collapsing bounds.

      Strengths:

      The paper is well written and motivated, with clear depth of knowledge in the areas of neurophysiology of decision-making, sequential sampling models, and, in particular, the phenomenon of collapsing decision bounds.

      Two large-scale simulations are run to test parameter recovery, and two empirical datasets are fit and assessed; the fitting procedures themselves are state-of-the-art, and the study makes use of a very new and well-designed ERP decomposition algorithm that provides single-trial estimates of the duration of diffusion; the results provide inferences about the operation of decision bound collapse - all of this is impressive.

      We appreciate your feedback and comments. Below, we provided a response for each comment.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) This is an interesting and promising idea, but a very important issue is not clear: it is an intuitive principle that information from an external empirical source can enhance the reliability of parameter estimates for a given model, but how can the overall BIC improve, unless it is in fact a different model? Unfortunately, it is not clear whether and how the model structure itself differs between the NDTinformed and non-NDT-informed cases. Ideally, they are the same actual model, but with one getting extra guidance on where to place the tau and/or sigma parameters from external measurements. The absence of sigma (non-decision time variance) estimates for the non-NDT-informed model, however, suggests it is different in structure, not just in its lack of constraints. If they were the same model, whether they do or do not possess non-decision time variability (which is not currently clear), the only possible reason that the NDT-informed model could achieve better BIC is because the non-NDT-informed model gets lost in the fitting procedure and fails to find the global optimum. If they are in fact different models - for example, if the NDT-informed model is endowed with NDT variability, while the non-NDT-informed model is not - then the fit superiority doesn’t necessarily say anything about an NDT-informed reliability boost, but rather just that a model with NDT variability fits better than one without.

      To respond to this comment, we would like to note that the structural difference between NDT-informed and uninformed models is the assumption about non-decision time. In principle, the behavioral parts (i.e., parameters related to the diffusion part) of both NDT-informed and uninformed models are identical. However, during the estimation, the non-decision time in the NDT-informed model is subject to an additional constraint imposed by the neural data. In other words, in the uninformed model, non-decision time is estimated using the behavioral data by maximizing the likelihood of a CT-DDM. However, the NDT-informed model incorporates an additional data type, resulting in a different likelihood function (see Equation (3)). Specifically, in the NDT-informed model, we make an additional assumption regarding the non-decision time: it is set to the mean of the trial-level non-decision time measurements distribution derived from neural data (Equation (3) specifies the joint model structure). This additional assumption constrains the search space of the non-decision time parameter in the NDT-informed model. As in the main text, we assumed that non-decision time measurements obtained from neural data are log-normally distributed, where sigma is the shape parameter of the log-normal distribution. Therefore, sigma can represent the variability of the non-decision time measurements, and it is not the trial-to-trial non-decision time variability parameter. Indeed, the non-decision time parameter is fixed across trials in both models. Also, it should be clear from Equation (3) that sigma only appears in the second term of the joint likelihood, which corresponds to non-decision time measurements and not the CT-DDM term. Therefore, the behavioral parts of the NDT-informed models and Uninformed models are identical, and the NDT-informed models include one additional parameter (i.e., sigma) corresponding to the variability in non-decision time measurements.

      Also, to explain how constraining non-decision time improves the BIC, we would like to clarify that constraining non-decision time using an additional data source constrains the search space for non-decision time, thereby leading to better parameter identification and, consequently, a better fit to behavioral data. We included the following text in the discussion section to make this explicit.

      “This improvement likely reflects more accurate parameter estimation enabled by the additional information. In other words, constraining the non-decision time using neural measurements led the optimizer to estimate the CT-DDM parameter more accurately and, as a result, improve the fit to empirical data.”

      (2) One reason this is unclear is that Footnote 4 says that this study did not allow trial-to-trial variability in nondecision time, but the entire premise of using variable external single-trial estimates of nondecision times (illustrated in Figure 2) assumes there is nondecision time variability and that we have access to its distribution.

      We are sorry for the confusion. To respond to this comment, we would like to highlight that this modelling approach does not include any mechanism for across-trial variability in the behavioral part, as the likelihood of the choice behavior (see Equation (3)) does not include any variability parameter. As mentioned before, sigma represents the variability in non-decision measurements. However, the model does not propagate the across-trial variability of the neural data on the behavior side (unlike the models in Ghaderi-Kangavari et al. 2023). In other words, in this approach, none of the diffusion model’s parameters include across-trial variability, and we have only considered and estimated neural data variability in the NDT-informed model. Also, to improve the manuscript’s coherence, we removed this footnote.

      (3) It is good that there is an Intro section to explain how the tradeoff between NDT and collapsing bound parameters renders them difficult to simultaneously identify, but I think it needs more work to make it clear. First of all, it is not impossible to identify both, in the same way as, say, pre- and postdecisional nondecision time components cannot be resolved from behaviour alone - the intro had already talked about how collapsing bounds impact RT distribution shapes in specific ways, and obviously mean (or invariant) NDT can’t do that - it can only translate the whole distribution earlier/later on the time axis. This is at odds with the phrasing “one CANNOT estimate these three parameters simultaneously.” So it should be first clarified that this tradeoff is not absolute. Second, many readers will wonder if it is simply a matter of characterising the bound collapse time course as beginning at accumulation onset, instead of stimulus offset - does that not sidestep the issue? Third, assuming the above can be explained, and there is a reason to keep the collapse function aligned to stimulus onset, could the tradeoff be illustrated by picking two distinct sets of parameter values for non-decision time, starting threshold, and decay rate, which produce almost identical bound dynamics as a function of RT? It is not going to work for most readers to simply give the formula on line 211 and say ”There is a tradeoff.” Most readers will need more hand-holding.

      We are grateful for this comment. In response to this comment, which was also partly mentioned by the first reviewer, we first highlight that, in the presence of a nonlinear collapsing threshold, the effect of non-decision time is no longer linear, as it forces the threshold to take a specific value at the final stopping point. To illustrate the tradeoff between imprecise non-decision time estimation and collapsing threshold estimation, we conducted a simulation study. The results for the simulation study are presented in Appendix 1. In this study, we contaminated the non-decision time with noise at six levels (i.e., 0%,2%,4%,6%,8%, and 10%). The simulation results showed that increasing the noise level in non-decision time worsens the estimation of the starting threshold and decay rate parameters, indicating a trade-off between non-decision time and collapsing threshold parameters.

      Regarding the second point, we would like to clarify that in this paper, consistent with other works on collapsing threshold, we assumed that the collapsing starts with evidence accumulation and not with stimulus onset, as the decision makers need a short amount of time for perceiving and encoding the stimulus (i.e., perceptual encoding time). Fixing the collapsing onset to the stimulus onset introduces an ad hoc assumption into the model (that the encoding time is zero), which is cognitively implausible. Therefore, although this assumption can mathematically resolve the issue, it is not cognitively plausible. However, one important point we did not consider in the previous version is the two-stage accumulation process models in which the collapsing onset occurs later than the evidence-accumulation onset. We have discussed the estimation of such models as a limitation in the general discussion:

      “The collapsing threshold dynamics considered in this work (e.g., exponential and hyperbolic) impose a monotonically decreasing threshold over time. Although these dynamics are theoretically well motivated (Fudenberg et al., 2018; Frazier and Yu, 2007) and have been employed in several previous studies (e.g., Olschewski et al., 2025; Milosavljevic et al., 2010; Voskuilen et al., 2016), some research has proposed delayed-collapsing threshold models (e.g., Diederich and Oswald, 2016), in which the onset of threshold collapse does not coincide with the onset of evidence accumulation. Estimating such delayed-collapsing models may require more than simply constraining non-decision time, as the onset of threshold collapse must also be identified. A promising approach for addressing this challenge is the HMP method, which may provide additional temporal information about distinct cognitive processing stages. In particular, HMP may allow the onset of threshold collapse to be estimated as a separate cognitive stage. Future research should therefore investigate the estimation of multi-stage evidence accumulation models (e.g., Diederich and Oswald, 2016; Diederich and Colonius, 2021) within the HMP framework.”

      (4) A lognormal distribution is used as line 231 says it “must” produce a right-skew. Why? It is unusual for non-decision time distribution to be asymmetric in diffusion modeling, so this “must” statement must be fully explained and justified. Would I be right in saying that if either fixed or symmetrically distributed nondecision times were assumed, as in the majority of diffusion models, then the non-identifiability problem goes away? If the issue is one faced only by a special class of DDMs with lognormal NDT, this should be stated upfront.

      We would like to clarify that this assumption is about the non-decision time measurements and not about the across-trial variability parameter of non-decision time. Although for computational convenience, non-decision time is often assumed to follow a normal distribution in diffusion modelling literature, some empirical studies have shown that the perceptual encoding time and total approximated non-decision time follow a right-skewed distribution. Moreover, as HMP estimations of non-decision time are usually right-skewed, we formalized the model with a log-normal distribution. However, we would like to note that the identifiability issue in collapsing-threshold diffusion models is not related to the distributional assumption over the non-decision time measurements, as poor parameter recovery of the collapsing threshold was also reported in Evans et al. (2020). To show that the distributional assumption about the non-decision time measurements does not affect the results, we conducted an additional simulation study in which we assumed a normal distribution for non-decision time measurements and showed that constraining non-decision time improves parameter recovery for collapsing threshold parameters. The results for this simulation are presented in Appendix 8 in the new version of the manuscript. We also revised line 231 as follows (see line 236 in the new version):

      “Empirical studies on non-decision time measurement usually have reported a right-skewed distribution for their measurements (e.g., Weindel, 2021; Weindel et al., 2025). For instance, the measured perceptual encoding time and motor execution time reported by Weindel et al. (2025) are right-skewed. Therefore, we assume that the observed non-decision time measurements Z<sub>n</sub> follow an approximate log-normal distribution, which is right-skewed (we will discuss how this distributional assumption can affect the results later). Thus, we model the non-decision time measurements Z<sub>n</sub>, using a log-normal distribution with parameters µ and σ<sub>z</sub>. The available measurements (i.e., observed data) at trial n can be represented as

      follows:”

      (5) In the simulation study methods, is the only difference between NDT-informed and non-informed models that the non-NDT-informed must also estimate tau and sigma, whereas the NDT-informed model “knows” these two parameters and so only has the other three to estimate? And is it the exact same data that the two models are fit to, in each of the simulation runs? Why is sigma missing from the uninformed part of Figure 4? If it is nondecision time variability, shouldn’t the model at least be aware of the existence of sigma and try to estimate it, in order for this to be a meaningful comparison?

      As mentioned in the response to your first comment, the difference between NDT-informed and uninformed models is the access to an additional source of data related to non-decision time, and sigma represents the shape parameter of the non-decision time measurements distribution. Therefore, sigma belongs only to the NDT-informed model, and, as in the uninformed model, there is no additional data source, so the model does not include sigma.

      (6) I am curious to know whether a linear bound collapse suffers from the same identifiability issues with NDT, or was it not considered here because it is so suboptimal next to the hyperbolic/exponential?

      Thank you very much for this comment. The main reason we did not include linear collapsing threshold models was the assessment by Evans et al. (2020), which indicated that, with sufficient trials, these models can be estimated reasonably well. However, to investigate whether constraining non-decision time can also improve the estimation of linear collapsing threshold models, we conducted an additional simulation study, which is reported in Appendix 3 in the new version of the manuscript. The simulation results confirm those reported by Evans et al. (2020) and show that the parameters of the uninformed linear models can be identified using more than 500 trials. Constraining the non-decision time using the NDT-informed diffusion modeling framework still improves parameter estimation in the linear collapsing threshold model and reduces the required number of trials for reliable estimation to 250. Especially, the estimation of the starting threshold improves significantly.

      (7) The approach using HMP rests on the assumption that accumulation onset is marked by the peak of a certain neural event, but even if it is highly predictive of accumulation onset, depending on what it reflects, it could come systematically earlier or later than the actual accumulation onset. Could the authors comment on what implications this might have for the approach?

      Thank you for mentioning this point. We first would like to point out that Weindel et al. (2024) showed that HMP can predict the underlying generative distribution of cognitive states with high precision and without systematic bias. Second, it is worth highlighting the results reported in Appendix 5 (i.e., “Bias in non-decision time measurements”). In this appendix, we discussed how bias in non-decision time measurements (i.e., systematic underestimation or overestimation) affects the estimation of the collapsing threshold. Particularly, see Figure 3 in Appendix 5. To make these results clearer in the main text, we included the following paragraph at the end of the results section in simulation study 1:

      “Additionally, we examined the effect of systematic bias in non-decision time measurement on parameter recovery. Appendix 5 presents the parameter recovery simulation results in the presence of biased non-decision time measurement (i.e., systematically underestimated or overestimated). The results revealed that, even in the presence of biased non-decision time measurement, the actual generating parameters show a high correlation with the estimated parameters. Underestimation in non-decision time leads to overestimation in the starting threshold and decay rate. Conversely, overestimation in non-decision time leads to underestimation in both the starting threshold and non-decision time.”

      (8) Figure 7: for this simulation, it would be helpful to know the degree to which you can get away with not equipping the model to capture drift rate variability, when the degree of that d.r. variability actually produces appreciable slow error rates. The approach here is to sample uniformly from ranges of the parameters, but how many of these produce data that can be reasonably recognised as similar to human behaviour on typical perceptual decision tasks? The authors point out that only 5% of fits estimate an appreciable bound collapse but if there are only 10% of the parameter vectors that produce data in a typical RT range with typical error rates etc, and half of these produce an appreciable downturn in accuracy for slower RT, and all of the latter represent that 5%, then that’s quite a different story. An easy fix would be to plot estimated decay as a scatter plot against the rate of decline of accuracy from the median RT to the slowest RT, to visualise the degree to which slow errors can be absorbed by the no-dr-var model without falsely estimating steep bound collapse. In general, I’m not so sure of the value of this section, since, in principle, there is no getting around the fact that if what is in truth a drift-variability source of slow errors is fit with a model that can only capture it with a collapsing bound, it will estimate a collapsing bound, or just fail to capture those slow errors.

      Thank you for this comment. We would like to first note that the aim of this section is to illustrate that NDT-informed modeling enables us to distinguish between CT-DDM and FT-DDM with drift variability (i.e., the two competing models that are relatively hard to distinguish). Therefore, we changed the name of this section to “Simulation study 2: Model recovery”. In the new version of the manuscript, we included a cross-model fitting simulation and a model recovery simulation in this section. The estimated decay rates in the cross-model fitting study indicate that, when the underlying generating model is FT-DDM with drift variability, parameter estimation using the NDT-informed approach yields precise inference. This is due to the estimated decay rate, which is very close to zero. The model recovery results also confirmed that incorporating the decay rate value into the model inference improves precision.

      Moreover, to address the concern regarding the slow-error pattern in the simulated data, we examined the relationship between the slow–fast accuracy difference and the estimated decay rate. Specifically, we computed the difference between the accuracy of responses with response times below the median (ACC1) and those above the median (ACC2), and plotted this difference against the estimated decay rate. Author response image 1 presents the resulting scatter plot, with color indicating the drift rate. As shown in Author response image 1, incorrect inferences about the decay rate primarily occur at high drift rates. This pattern emerges because high drift rates produce very fast responses, leaving little time for the threshold to meaningfully collapse. Consequently, the behavioral signatures of collapsing-threshold and fixed-threshold models become increasingly similar under high drift conditions.

      Author response image 1.

      Illustration of the difference between the accuracies of responses with response time below the median and those with response time above the median against the estimated decay rate. Colour shows the drift rate value.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Abstract: improves fit to behaviour in what way? Reliability or absolute quant fit to behavior? I.e., is it just helping constrain it so it finds the global opt?

      (2) Line 72 - Are these “neuroimaging” studies? Perhaps use the broader term “neuroscience.”

      (3) Line 95 - It’s important because it may confuse readers how something dynamic like a collapsing bound could be resolved with, say, fMRI.

      (4) Line 85 – “greater variability”... in what?

      (5) Line 87 -Revise to avoid misconstruing a time on task effect - e.g., “higher error rate for trials with longer RT” is more explicit.

      (6) Line 89-94 - It’s not clear what findings are being referenced here.

      (7) Line 103 - External biases such as priors and relative value?

      (8) Line 175 - Clarify this applies to any ddm, not just ctddm.

      (9) Line 268 - Explain what portion N200 accounts for.

      (10) Line 327 - Is this equation supposed to be for Delta-X, as opposed to X(t+delta-t)? If you want X(t+delta-t) on the LHS, then X(t) must be added to the RHS.

      We are very thankful for such a precise evaluation and constructive comments. We addressed all the comments raised by the reviewer in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The current paper addresses an important issue in evidence accumulation models: many modelers implement flat decision boundaries because the collapsing alternatives are hard to reliably estimate. Here, using simulations, the authors demonstrate that parameter recovery can be drastically improved by providing the model with additional data (specifically, an EEG-informed estimate of nondecision time). Moreover, in two empirical datasets, it is shown that those EEG-informed models provide a better fit to the data. The method seems sound and promising and might inform future work on the debate regarding flat vs collapsing choice boundaries. As an evidence-accumulation enthusiast, I am quite excited about this work, although for a broader audience, the immediate applicability of this approach seems limited because it does require EEG data (i.e., limiting widespread use of the method or e.g., answering questions about individual differences that require a very large N).

      We are very grateful for your positive evaluation and your comments.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      This is a very decent study, very well written and properly executed. Most of my comments below are suggestions for the authors as to how to make the story more compelling.

      (1) I think the authors can do more to explain why the NDT-informed models fit better to empirical data. If the NDT-estimates are equal to the ground truth, then isn’t it possible that such models win simply because they have one parameter less? However, this is not what the authors are claiming, though, on l.567 it says that the fit is better because parameters are better estimated. I think it should be possible to dissociate these two accounts.

      Thank you for this important comment. For clarification, both NDT-informed and uninformed models estimate the non-decision time parameter, and neither treats it as equal to the ground truth. However, the difference between these two models is that, in the NDT-informed model, the non-decision time is subject to an additional constraint; therefore, the number of behavioral parameters (i.e., parameters of the diffusion part) is identical for both NDT-informed and uninformed collapsing threshold models. Although the number of behavioral parameters is identical in the NDT-informed model, one parameter is constrained, thereby limiting the model’s complexity and flexibility compared to uninformed models. Consequently, the improvement in the fit can only be attributed to better parameter estimation in the NDT-informed models, resulting from constraining the non-decision time using neural measurements. To clarify that in the manuscript, we included the following text in the revised version:

      “This improvement likely reflects more accurate parameter estimation enabled by the additional information. In other words, constraining the non-decision time using neural measurements led the optimizer to estimate the CT-DDM parameter more accurately and, as a result, improve the fit to empirical data.”

      (2) Given that so much of the writing focuses on the conclusion that collapsing boundary models ¿ flat models, it is very odd that there is no comparison to a flat boundary model reported in the text. Why is the model in Supplement 5 not just included in the main text (and in Table 1)? This would make it so much easier for the reader.

      To address this comment and also the similar point raised by Reviewer 1, we included the NDT-informed FT-DDM in the results section and compared the FT-DDM with CT-DDMs with respect to BIC<sub>Joint</sub>. However, we retained the other FT-DDM in the appendix because this model includes across-trial variability in drift rate, whereas the models in the main text do not.

      (3) I would have appreciated a bit more background about the importance of the number of trials per participant. Given that the proposed method requires collecting EEG data (which is time and labour-intensive) I wonder to what extent you get similar improvements in parameter recovery by collecting more data per participant (which is usually cheap). Put differently, I would appreciate an additional matrix in Figure 5 for vanilla models.

      The new version of Figure 5 in the revised manuscript now contains the goodness of parameter recovery for the uninformed CT-DDMs for different numbers of trials. As the simulation results suggest, even with 1000 trials, the parameters of the uninformed CT-DDMs are still not reliably identifiable. Therefore, these results suggest that although increasing the number of trials can slightly improve the parameter recovery of the CT-DDMs, it cannot fully resolve the reliability issue in their parameter recovery.

      In addition, it is worth clarifying that, although the paper focuses on extracting non-decision time from the EEG signal using the HMP method, as discussed in the general discussion, the NDT-informed approach can also be employed with purely behavioral methods.

      (4) L116-117: minor detail: I don’t think it’s fair to write that it’s an open question whether or not thresholds collapse. I think it’s fair to say that this is hard to show, and that the conditions under which it appears are unclear; but saying that it’s still unclear whether this occurs at all seems unfair with regard to previous work.

      Thank you for mentioning this point. We revised the mentioned sentence as follows in the new version of the manuscript:

      “This issue is particularly critical given that the conditions under which individuals adjust their decision thresholds during a single trial remain an open question.”

      (5) Figure 5: Minor detail: It would be useful to mention in the figure or caption how many trials underlie these simulations, which is now somewhat buried in the text.

      As Figure 5 shows sensitivity to the number of trials, and the number of trials is explicitly mentioned in the figure, we assume that the reviewer intended Figure 6. In the revised manuscript, we explicitly specify the number of trials for the results reported in Figure 6. We simulated 500 trials for each noise level in this graph.

      (6) Figure 10 and similar figures: I tried to figure out how corrects and incorrects differ, but couldn’t see the difference. Can the authors use something more colorblind friendly (hope I didn’t give up on being anonymous here)?

      We are so sorry for the inconvenience. In the revised manuscript, we used different symbols to distinguish correct and incorrect data.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This important study investigates the peptide-binding principles of promiscuous chicken MHC molecules. The data from crystallography, mass spectrometry, and modeling are convincing. However, the presentation would benefit from streamlining and clear links between data and conclusions. This paper will be of broad interest to immunologists and those interested in vaccine development.

      Overall, we are delighted and grateful to the eLIFE editors and the two reviewers for the careful and thoughtful assessments and reviews of our paper. We are glad that the strengths of the paper were apparent and appreciated. And of course, every paper has weaknesses, especially for a story as complex as this one.

      We made only minor changes to accommodate the reviewer comments, along with additions for which we only became aware upon this submission of a revised manuscript. In particular, we shortened the title and abstract to fit what is usual for an eLIFE paper, added Key Resources table with accompanying references, changed the numbering of the figures throughout the manuscript to ensure that each page represented a figure (rather than panels of a figure), moved the figure legends from the embedded figures to a list near the end of the manuscript, and split the supplemental spreadsheet into two renamed Data Source files.

      Before answering the comments and questions directly, perhaps a few points would help clarify why the paper is as it is.

      First, the experiments cover over three decades of work, with the first gas phase sequencing results done in 1992. Unlike some of the chicken class I alleles which immediately gave completely clear stringent motifs (B4, B12 and B15 in Wallny et al 2006 PNAS, B19 in Han et al 2023 J Immunol), we harvested nothing but confusion from the B21 class I results (Fig. 1). Initially, we thought that the lack of a clear motif for B21 was due to multiple well-expressed class I molecules but only one dominantly-expressed class I molecule was found (Wallny et al 2006 PNAS, Shaw et al 2007 J Immunol) and, to our surprise, bacterially-expressed BF2*21:01 heavy chain and b<sub>2</sub>-microglobulin refolded with two synthetic peptides without sequence in common, and the crystal structures showed that this molecule remodeled the binding site to accommodate two such disparate peptides (Koch et al 2008 Immunity). This was the beginning of our understanding of the spectrum of class I alleles from promiscuous generalists to fastidious specialists, which we have explored in a series of further papers (in particular, Chappell et al 2015 eLIFE, Tresgaskes et al 2016 PNAS, Kaufman 2018 Trends Immunol, Tregaskes and Kaufman 2022 Mol Immunol).

      Second, over these many years, we continued to explore the binding properties of BF2*21:01 in ever more detail, resulting in the current manuscript. We learned only slowly how to probe this unexpected promiscuity, unprecedented in the MHC literature, so that the experiments proceeded with our best understanding at the time, including taking advantage of new approaches as they become available. Each experiment built on the previous set of experiments and each brought us closer to an understanding.

      Third, having amassed a collection of data, we chose eLIFE exactly because it allows us to present the entire story from beginning to end without compromise, not just the highlights with the major points illustrated by a few main figures and with the supporting data in many supplementary figures. We include all the data, because it is all part of the story, and so interested researchers to look at the data from their own perspective. Although mostly we provide bar graphs, we include spreadsheets for the raw data (or close to them) for the final experiments (illustrated by Figs. 10 and 14-22) in the two source data files, so these can be assessed easily by others in the field, perhaps using approaches that we may not feel competent to perform.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Combining in vitro refolding, SEC-based assembly assays, peptide-library screening, MALDI-TOF, LC-MS/MS, structural analysis and immunopeptidomics, this manuscript investigates the peptide-binding principles of the promiscuous chicken MHC-I molecule BF2*21:01.

      Strengths:

      Although the peptide motif of BF2*21:01 is highly complex, this manuscript identified several principles, including a preference for 10-mer peptides, co-variation between P2 and Pc-2, effects of P3 and Pc-3, and a strong cellular preference for Leu at Pc. The results are important for avian MHC biology and poultry vaccine epitope prediction.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript is sometimes difficult to follow because the authors present a large amount of peptide-library, structural and immunopeptidomics data. without always clearly explaining how these datasets support the proposed simplifying principles.

      We are delighted and grateful to the reviewer 1 for the careful and thoughtful comments and questions concerning our manuscript. We are glad that the strengths of the paper were apparent and appreciated, and acknowledge the weaknesses that come with such a complex story with experiments performed over decades.

      Major Issues - Points Requiring Clarification or Additional Support:

      (1) Line 282-301, 537-545)

      The immunopeptidomics conclusions are mainly based on one B21 cell line with one biological replicate and at least two technical replicates. Given the complexity of the BF2*21:01 peptide repertoire, this is a major limitation. The authors should either provide additional biological replicates or clearly state this limitation in the Abstract, Results and Discussion.

      This limitation is clearly stated in lines 537-545, as part of a paragraph covering the various ways in which the data presented in this manuscript could be improved. In fact, we have performed immunopeptidomics of several different B21 cell types, with many replicates and found similar data as presented, giving us confidence in our interpretations. However, these other experiments belong in different stories, so it is not appropriate that the data be reported in this manuscript.

      (2) (Lines 290-313)

      The B21 cell preparations contain both BF2 and the lowly expressed BF1 molecule. Some peptides, especially 8-mers or peptides with atypical motifs, may derive from BF1*21:01. The authors should clarify how BF2*21:01-bound peptides were distinguished from possible BF1-derived peptides, or interpret the immunopeptidomics motif more cautiously. The authors should also provide or cite evidence confirming the B21 haplotype identity of the cell line and chicken materials used for immunopeptidomics.

      The concern about the contribution of BF1*21:01 to the immunopeptidomics is clearly stated in the manuscript, both lines 290-313 and as part of the paragraph describing the limitations of the experiments (lines 542-543). In fact, the expression of BF1 molecules has long been known to be less than 10% of BF2 molecules at the RNA level, and much less at the protein level (Wallny et al 2006 PNAS, Shaw et al 2007 J Immunol). The proportion of 8mers identified by immunopeptidomics is also low (Fig. 14), and it is not impossible that most 8mers are due to BF1*21:01. We have used assembly assays with peptide libraries, immunopeptidomics and a crystal structure to determine the peptide motif for typical BF1 molecules, of which BF1*21:01 is one and found it may contribute to 8mer peptides but very seldom to longer peptides. This work is unpublished but gives us confidence that the characteristics of BF2*21:01 are not misrepresented by the data in this manuscript.

      The sources of the chicken samples and the cell lines are described in detail under Materials and Methods (lines 577-590), citing relevant publications.

      (3) (Lines 217-221, 243-253)

      The authors acknowledge that MALDI-TOF cannot reliably distinguish peptide combinations with identical or similar masses, nor determine residue positions in some cases. Therefore, MALDI-TOF results should not be overinterpreted as precise evidence for residue preference. The authors should clearly indicate which conclusions are supported by LC-MS/MS.

      As described, the experiments follow each other in temporal sequence, so that we started with single peptides, then peptide libraries that varied in one position, then peptide libraries that varied in two positions first analysed by MALDI-TOF and later by LC-MS/MS. The final experiment (Fig. 10, with the original data in the supplementary spreadsheet) directly compares MALDI-TOF and LC-MS/MS results for six peptide libraries, so that the strength of the evidence for residue preference is clear. Throughout the manuscript, we do our best to not to overstate conclusions based on the data of any particular experiment.

      (4) (Lines 297-301, 316-330)

      The authors suggest that longer peptides may bulge in the middle or extend out of the groove at the C-terminal end. The rationale for the C-terminal extension is not clearly explained. Why is the C-terminal extension considered rather than the N-terminal extension? If the binding register is uncertain, long peptides should be analyzed separately from canonical-length peptides.

      When the first sequence of a chicken class I cDNA was determined, an immediate mystery was why one of the so-called invariant residues that coordinate the N- and C-termini of the bound peptide is not conserved (Kaufman et al 1992 J Immunol). In fact, this residue Tyr at position 86 in HLA-A2 and the equivalent position in all mammalian classical class I molecules is an Arg in the classical class I molecules of all non-mammalian vertebrates and is common with class II molecules (Kaufman et al 1995 Semin Immunol). Similar to class II molecules, this Arg in chicken class I molecules allows the peptide to extend out of the C-terminus, as shown by a crystal structure (Xiao et al 2018 J Immunol). The concern that we might be misidentifying the C-terminal amino acid was the basis for the analysis in Figs. 23 and 24, but in the absence of crystal structures, we are not able to provide a final answer this question. Perhaps relevant is the fact that a chicken class II molecule can bind exactly the same peptide in two conformations, one with a canonical 9mer core and the other with an unexpected 10mer core (Goryanin et al 2026 J Virol).

      By contrast, N-terminal extensions are only found for some class I alleles and thus far depend on the substitution of small amino acid sidechains for W166 (Li et al 2011 J Virol for bovine, Ma et al 2020 J Immunol for Xenopus, Wei et al 2022 J Immunol for ovine). Thus far, no chicken BF2 sequences have this substitution, consonant with the many crystal structures, including those for BF2*21:01 (Koch et al 2008 Immunity, Chappell et al 2015 eLIFE, this manuscript). However, in unpublished data, we find that most BF1 sequences have sequence differences that could allow N-terminal extensions, although we have no crystal structures to support this possibility.

      (5) (Lines 406-439)

      In vitro assembly assays show that several hydrophobic residues can be tolerated at Pc, whereas immunopeptidomics shows a strong Leu preference at this position. The authors should clarify whether this Leu preference reflects intrinsic BF2*21:01 binding specificity, TAP-mediated peptide transport, antigen processing, peptide loading, or a cell-line-specific effect. Additional experimental support, such as TAP transport analysis, would strengthen this conclusion.

      The preference for Leu at the final position of the peptide by immunopeptidomics of the B21 cell line is strong but not absolute and is certainly affected at the least by the length of the peptide (Figs. 23 and 24). Unpublished immunopeptidomics results (mentioned above) show that this is not a cell line-specific result. The evidence from assembly assays of various peptides is that several hydrophobic amino acids are tolerated with sufficient stability of BF2*21:01 that they are detected in the assay (Figs. 3, 5, 9 and 10). Thermostability assays (Fig. 6) show that peptides with these same hydrophobic amino acids are stable to at least body temperature of chickens. These experiments show that such stability is peptide-dependent (that is, whether a particular amino acid is tolerated depends on the stability conferred by the rest of the peptide). Finally, peptide translocation assays using B21 cells have been done (Tregaskes et al 2016 PNAS) and show that peptides with several hydrophobic amino acids can be pumped into the lumen of the endoplasmic reticulum. However, the assays are with single synthetic peptides, so the data are not extensive enough to separate the effects of the final amino acid from the rest of the peptide. Certainly, peptides with amino acids other than Leu at the C-terminus can be translocated. So, it is not yet clear at which point the preference for Leu at the C-terminus of the peptide arises.

      (6) (Lines 172-178, 243-279, 442-457)

      The structural analysis explains some residue combinations, such as Arg at P2 with Glu at Pc-2 or Trp at Pc. However, the structural interpretation is not fully integrated with the large-scale peptide library and immunopeptidomics results. Representative high- and low-frequency combinations should be discussed structurally.

      Six crystal structures show that BF2*21:02 remodels the binding to accommodate a variety of anchor residues (Koch et al 2008 Immunity, Chappel et al 2015 eLIFE). These crystal structures are representative of sequences found by the immunopeptidomics from very frequent (H-E at roughly 15% 8-12mers) to moderately frequent (E-L at roughly 6% 8-12mers) to infrequent (N-F, A-D and E-D at roughly 1.5%, 1.6% and 0.7% 8-12mers) based on Fig. 18. All but one of the structures has Leu at the C-terminus, with the last one having Val which is found but not frequently by immunopeptidomics.

      Similar numbers are found by LC-MS/MS of double-substitution libraries of the two original peptide sequences in Fig. 10 with H-E found frequently (8.1% in P390, 3.8% in P498) and the others infrequently (0.1, 0.9, 1.0, 0.3% in P390, 0, 1.4, 1.0, 0.3% in P498), as calculated from the numbers in the Supplementary data spreadsheet. As discussed in the manuscript, for single-substitution peptide libraries of the two original peptides, Ile/Leu at the C-terminus was very frequent but at the same or slightly less level as Phe, with Met less frequent and Val even less so (Fig. 7).

      In addition, there are two more structures along with models explicitly testing some substitutions (Fig. 5). Attempting more current modelling approaches, we found AlphaFold 3 was unable to correctly predict most of the conformations that are found in the crystal structures of BF2*21:01, so we don’t feel confident in using them to predict unknown structures of this kind.

      (7) The inference of co-variation between P2 and Pc-2, as well as the modulatory effects of P3 and Pc-3, should be better explained. At present, some conclusions appear to be based mainly on residue-frequency patterns, and the logical connection between these observations and the proposed binding principles is not always clear. Statistical analyses, such as mutual information, chi-square tests or permutation tests, and representative structural explanations would strengthen this conclusion.

      We endeavored to do our best to explain the data, our interpretations and our reasoning, so we apologise if we have not managed to be as clear as might be desired. We have included as close to raw data as possible for the LC-MS/MS and MALDI-TOF (Fig. 10) and for the immunopeptidomics (Fig. 14 and 18) in the Supplementary Data spreadsheet, exactly so that competent practitioners can carry out further analyses (including the sophisticated statistical tests mentioned).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study presents an in-depth analysis of the peptide repertoire bound by a promiscuous chicken MHC molecule using mass spectrometry, x-ray crystallography and modelling. While the MHC can bind a very diverse set of peptides, the authors have found some new rules that govern peptide binding to this MHC that could help to build a predictive model to study the repertoire of pathogen-derived peptides.

      Strengths:

      The study uses a range of well performed experiment across multiple techniques and provides an in-depth analysis of the peptide repertoire, including peptide sequences, length, preferred residues, stability and MHC presentation.

      Weaknesses:

      The data overall support the analysis and conclusion well. The only caveat is linked to Figure 4, which does not describe the stability of the peptide-MHC complex, but instead shows refold yield, and the two are not always linked.

      We are grateful for the clear understanding of the strengths of the work. With regards to Fig. 4, we agree with the reviewer that there are differences in refold yield but that measure may not be correlated with stability of the peptide-MHC complex. However, we were basing our interpretation of stability on the position and quality of the monomer peak, as illustrated by the trace in Fig. 2, in which a sharp peak at the monomer position represents a stable complex (as seen for the 10 and 11mer peptides) and later peaks represent unstable complexes falling apart during the chromatography (as seen for the 7, 8 and 9mer peptides).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor Issues: Editorial and Data Presentation Modifications

      (1) Lines 53-62, 155-170, 303-314: The terms Pc, Pc-2 and Pc-3 should be clearly defined early in the manuscript and figure legends.

      The Abstract introduces the abbreviations as “peptide positions P<sub>2</sub> and P<sub>c-2</sub>” followed by P<sub>C</sub>, which are standard usage and seem clear. The first usage in the text is “anchor residues at three positions, with co-variation between the anchor residues at P<sub>2</sub> and P<sub>c-2</sub>” which again seems clear, particularly in the context of the text and the figure. However, a parenthetical description has been added to read “…anchor residues at three positions, with co-variation between the anchor residues at P<sub>2</sub> and P<sub>c-2</sub> (position 2 and the position two before the C-terminus) …”. Given these usages, it seems unlikely that the reader will fail to understand P<sub>C</sub> and P<sub>C-3</sub>.

      (2) Lines 255-279: The term "peptide backbone" should be defined as the fixed sequence context outside the randomized positions, if this is what the authors mean. Suggest clarifying the meaning of "peptide backbone".

      The phrase reads “double-substitution libraries based on four peptide backbones”, which in context of the figures seems clear. However, a parenthetical description has been added: “The examination of double-substitution libraries analysed by MALDI-TOF was expanded to other backbones (that is, other sequences in which two positions were randomised): …”.

      (3) Several figures are complex. The authors should add brief take-home messages to figure legends.

      Every figure legend starts with a (sometimes quite long) take-home message. It is not clear what more should be added.

      (4) A concise summary table of the proposed binding rules, including preferred peptide length, P2, Pc-2 and Pc preferences, and the effects of P3/Pc-3, would be useful for readers.

      A concise summary table of binding rules would be very helpful, but the rules are complex, both qualitative and quantitative. For example, immunopeptidomics shows that 10mers are preferred, but that fails to capture the quantitation. The co-variation of P<sub>2</sub> and P<sub>c-2</sub>, which is the strongest and best characterized correlation, nevertheless is complex since the occupancy of P<sub>2</sub> by different amino acids (presumably independently of P<sub>c-2</sub>) varies considerably. At our current level of understanding, it is hard to imagine a table that is both concise and precise. With time and more data, perhaps code for quantitative prediction might be constructed (dare one suggest machine learning…), which is the hope of presenting all the available data in one place.

      (5) The Results section contains a large amount of peptide-library, structural and immunopeptidomics data. The authors should improve the logical flow and add clearer transition sentences to explain how each dataset supports the proposed simplifying principles.

      The reviewer is of course correct that any written text can be improved (although each critic may have a different idea about which part should be fixed), but we have done our best with the material and time available. We could respond productively to a more detailed critique.

      (6) Some statements in the Abstract and Discussion should be softened, especially those related to in vivo peptide preferences, BF2*21:01 promiscuity and peptide prediction, given the limited biological replication and uncertainty in peptide assignment.

      The statements in the both the Abstract and Discussion are very general, reflecting what we believe to be careful interpretations based on the data. We could respond productively to concerns about specific claims.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Overall, the data presented in this study are interesting; however, it is complex, and some results could be merged and simplified, as well as the figures. The data provide an in-depth analysis, using mass spectrometry, of the interplay between the different positions of the peptide and the residues favourable to bind within the antigen-binding cleft.

      (1) From the abstract, the concept of "promiscuous generalists and fastidious specialists" is not explored after or defined within the results.

      The Abstract introduces the concept of promiscuous generalists and fastidious specialists to provide the basis for exploring the peptide-binding specificity of the most promiscuous class I known, BF2*21:01. This overall concept is described in enormous detail in several publications cited in the current manuscript, but it is not particularly germane to the analyses.

      (2) From the abstract "These simplifying principles may eventually allow predictions of pathogen peptides", I'm not sure how "simplifying" the principles are with the data, if anything, it does show a rather complex interplay between the different residues of the peptide that enable the MHC to bind a large and diverse number of peptides.

      Compared to any combination of anchor residues being permitted at equal frequency, there are clear preferences which the experiments identify. Instead of an enormous range of possible peptide lengths, roughly 50% of peptides are 10mers. Of course, the structural reasons behind these results are certainly complex and likely must be understood in detail in order to attempt peptide predictions. 

      (3) Line 48. "less well-expressed". Less than what? Do you mean the level of expression was lower? And if yes, are there values of fold change for comparison?

      The sentence in the Abstract reads “Chicken BF2 alleles … are less well-expressed on the cell surface … while certain human HLA-B alleles … are well-expressed …”. Read as a complete sentence, the meaning is clear. This difference for chicken BF2 alleles has been quantified as reported in several publications cited in the current manuscript, ranging from 3-5 fold for peripheral blood lymphocytes to ten-fold for erythrocytes (Kaufman et al 1995 Immunol Rev, Chappel et al 2015 eLIFE), with similar numbers for a few HLA-B alleles on human peripheral blood lymphocytes and monocytes (Chappell et al 2015 eLIFE).

      (4) Line 149. "with individual peptides" which peptides are we referring to here?

      This introductory sentence to a paragraph outlines the general method used for the experiments in this section of the Results, “refolding in vitro … with individual peptides.” Which “individual peptides” are described in the following paragraphs, with the next section of the Results using “refolding in vitro … with peptide libraries”.

      (5) Line 170. If 9 mers and below are not stable, which is not really quantified or shown with the data on Figure 4, why is refolding material observed for peptides with different lengths of 9 aa and below on Figure 4? A lower yield of refolded material can have a different origin, and there is no association between stability and refold yield. The notion of stability here probably needs to be changed, as it does not apply to the data.

      As described in our response to a similar concern above, we are not basing our interpretation of stability on the quantity of refolded material, but on the position and quality of the monomer peak, as described clearly in the legend to Fig. 4: “The original 10mer (REVDEQLLSV) and 11mer (GHAEEYGAETL) peptides refold with BF2*21:01 to give stable monomers as do 11mer and 10mer derivative peptides, but 9mer, 8mer or 7mer peptides give heavy chain only peaks” and “The peptides 11mer GHAEEYAETL (top panel), 10mer REVDEQLLSV (middle panel), 11mer GHAEAAAAETL and 10mer GHAEAAAETL (bottom panel) gave sharp monomer peaks, while the 9mer GHAEAAETL, 8mer GHAEAETL and 7mer GHAEETL gave a delayed broad peak indicative of unstable binding or heavy chain.” This concept is illustrated by the trace in Fig. 2 (discussed in the text at the beginning of this section of the Results), in which a sharp peak at the monomer position represents a stable complex, and later peaks represent unstable complexes falling apart during the chromatography or free heavy chains.

      (6) Line 175. As the 3BEV structure had a P2-His, is a comparable structure expected?

      This sentence reads “Structures with amino acid substitutions in the 11mer peptide GHAEEYGAETL bind with Asp at P<sub>c-2</sub> and either His or Arg at P<sub>2</sub> (5AD0 and 5ADZ), comparable to the original structure (3BEV) (Fig. 5A).” Minor changes in positions and orientations of individual amino acid sidechains are expected and are clear from the crystal structures presented in Fig. 5A, but are overall comparable to the original peptide in 3BEV, which has a His at P<sub>2</sub> and a Glu at P<sub>c-2</sub>.

      (7) Line 175 "modelling the substituted". How was the modelling done?

      The sentence reads “Modelling the substituted peptide with Arg at P<sub>2</sub> and Glu at P<sub>c-2</sub> shows a steric clash that can explain why this peptide did not refold with BF2*21:01 (Fig. 5A).” The legend to Fig. 5A states that “modelling done as detailed in Materials and Methods”, but apparently that section was omitted. A section has been added now to the Materials and Methods which states “Beginning with known crystal structures, modelling was carried out using PyMol with the protein mutagenesis Wizard, the rotamer toggle, show bumps and show surfaces.”

      (8) Line 176 "shows a steric clash" with what? Figure 5 is too small to see, and there is no label on the residue to follow where the steric clash is coming from.

      As stated in the legend to Fig. 5, “Structures were determined for GHAEEYGAETL (3BEV), GHAEEYGADTL (5AD0) and GRAEEYGADTL (5ACZ), which all refolded successful to give stable monomers, while GRAEEYGAETL did not (see Fig. 3), all models of which showed steric clashes (one depicted, red arrow).” In the model shown, the clash is between R9 of the BF2*21:01 with the Glu at peptide position 9. Parenthetically, this depiction of the key MHC residues for the co-variation has been used repeatedly, starting with Chappell et al 2015 eLIFE. The picture can be zoomed to make it large enough to see.

      (9) Line 247 "many combinations". It is not clear here if combinations are referring to a set of double-substitutions or different peptides?

      Each peptide in the library has a different double-substitution, so the meaning is the same either way. The point of Fig. 10 is to compare the identification of peptides from LC-MS/MS (in which each peptide is identified exactly) with the identification of sets of peptides from MALDI-TOF (in which the order of the double substitution is not clear, as well as the exact amino acid in the cases of I/L and Q/K). As the figure shows, the numbers are generally very similar, but this sentence describes the percentage of cases for which only one method or the other identified a peptide.

      (10) Lines 252-253. The conclusion of the MS data that the LC-MS/NS is more accurate and sensitive than MALDI-TOF is not very surprising. What was the rationale for using both?

      Our examination of the binding properties of BF2*21:01 for peptides and peptide libraries developed over a long time-span, so in the beginning we looked at single peptides with size exclusion chromatography peaks as the measure, then single- and later double-substitution libraries, first by MALDI-TOF and later by LC-MS/MS. Each set of experiments built on the previous work, so that together they tell the story. For example, after we optimized the use of double-substitution libraries, we were worried about the effects of temperature, so we tested that by MALDI-TOF. While repeating the temperature experiment once we optimized the LC-MS/MS approach might have yielded some additional data, there were other questions to answer.

      (11) Line 272-273 "support the idea that P3 is an important position within the peptide (Figures 8-10) despite not contacting the MHC molecule" The structure of 3BEV clearly shows interaction between the P3-Ala and the Tyr156 of the MHC. Residues that are fully or partially buried in the MHC cleft almost all contact the MHC molecule. Maybe I've missed something, but I think this statement is inaccurate.

      We agree with the reviewer that nearly every peptide residue contacts the MHC molecule (but of course some much more than others). The statement is now changed in the text to read “support the idea that P<sub>3</sub> is an important position within the peptide (Figures 8-10) despite not being an anchor residue."

      (12) Line 294. Figure 14 clearly shows that the number of 8 and 9-mer peptides eluted is at the same level as the 11mer and above, so how does the data fit with the statement that 9mer and shorter peptides are not stable with the MHC?

      Fig. 4 shows that 7, 8 and 9mer derivatives of the original 11mer failed to refold to give a single peak of stable monomers, while Fig. 6 shows that the 10mer derivative of the original 11mer was more thermostable than both the 9mer derivative and the original 11mer. The reason why the 9mer yielded so little monomer in Fig. 4 while giving enough to test by thermostability in Fig. 6 is no longer remembered. A key point is that these results are peptide sequence-specific, so it is not impossible to imagine stable binding of an appropriate 8mer (or perhaps even a 7mer). Another uncertainty, mentioned in the Results and Discussion, is that BF1*21:01 molecules bind primarily 8mers, and the contribution of peptides from BF1*21:01 is not known with certainty.

      (13) Line 316. What was the rationale for choosing peptides > 12aa to see if there is some overhang or bulge? As even 11-12mer can exhibit such features.

      We were just looking for any obvious patterns, but we didn’t find any.

      (14) The section starting at line 366 would have benefited from some structure prediction or modelling to illustrate the findings.

      We would have been delighted to model peptides, but we have used AlphaFold3 to compare the models to our crystal structures for seven chicken class I alleles (including BF2*21:01) with one or more peptides. The models sometimes fit the experimental data but they often didn’t, often by a wide margin, and with BF2*21:01 the worst (presumably because the system is not trained on MHC molecules which utilise charge transfer). Therefore, we do not feel confident in using any such modelling approaches except in the most defined situations (such as illustrated in Fig. 5).

      (15) Typo - Alleles should be italic, and in vitro as well.

      Alleles of genes are in italics, but alleles of proteins are not. To write in vitro in italics is customary, which we have corrected.

      (16) Figures

      (a) Some of the figures could be merged together.

      Of course, any presentation can be improved, but which figures we should merge (some already being three pages in length) is not clear. We could productively respond to more detailed suggestions.

      (b) Figure 1. I can't see the different colours mentioned in the figure legend

      Our apologies if the colours are not clear enough, but they are present only as an aid (as elsewhere in the manuscript), with red D and E, blue H, K and R, green N, Q, S and T, and all other amino acids black.

      (c) Figure 12. Is this figure only with 11mer peptides?

      Figure 12 shows the percentage of peptides with particular amino acids at P<sub>2</sub> and P<sub>c-2</sub> for three 11-mer double-substitution peptide libraries, the sequences of which are written on the graphs and described in the figure legends.

      (d) Table 1. The name of the protein should be added to the table.

      OK.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study by Vitar et al. probes the molecular identity and functional specialization of pH-sensing channels in cerebrospinal fluid-contacting neurons (CSFcNs). Combining patch-clamp electrophysiology, laser-based local acidification, immunohistochemistry, and confocal imaging, the authors propose that PKD2L1 channels localized to the apical protrusion (ApPr) function as the predominant dual-mode pH sensor in these cells.

      The work establishes a compelling spatial-physiological link between channel localization and chemosensory behavior. The integration of optical and electrical approaches is technically strong, and the separation of phasic and sustained response modes offers a useful conceptual advance for understanding how CSF composition is monitored.

      Several aspects of data interpretation, however, require clarification or reanalysis-most notably the single-channel analyses (event counts, Po metrics, and mixed parameters), the statistical treatment, and the interpretation of purported "OFF currents." Additional issues include PKD2L1-TRPP3 nomenclature consistency, kinetic comparison with ASICs, and the physiological relevance of the extreme acidification paradigm. Addressing these points will substantially improve reproducibility and mechanistic depth.

      Overall, this is a scientifically important and technically sophisticated study that advances our understanding of CSF sensing, provided that the analytical and interpretative weaknesses are satisfactorily corrected.

      (1) The authors should re-analyze electrophysiological data, focusing on macroscopic currents rather than statistically unreliable Po calculations. Remove or revise the Po analysis, which currently conflates current amplitude and open probability.

      We agree with the reviewer that the Po analysis has strong limitations, particularly in experiments where the recording times are short, like when extracellular pH is changed either by photolysis (Figure 4D) or puff applications (Figure 3Aa). In order to circumvent that problem and not to rely only on Po estimations, we used alternative methods as well, including the analysis of the current membrane charge that we have used extensively during the manuscript (Figures 3A and 4D, for example) or the analysis of the event latencies (Figure 4G). Nevertheless, single-channel recordings clearly contain information that is not included in the macroscopic current analysis. We intend to stress in the revised version that the elementary current amplitude is conserved by manipulations such as pH changes, leaving the total number of channels (N) and the channel open probability (Po) as possible culprits for the current changes. Since these changes are rapid and reversible, it is likely that N stays constant and that Po changes. In order to address the reviewer’s concern, we propose the following changes/reanalysis: i) to report in each condition the minimum N (maximum observed openings; for example, in Figure 3Aa the minimum N goes from 4 in control conditions to 1 during the puff of the pH 6.4 solution). This method (to estimate N by counting the maximum number of open channels), while imperfect, provides a tentative estimate of Po; ii) following the previous point, we propose to reword the text (and images) and use the expression “apparent Po” instead of “Po”; iii) to report the fraction of time that the channels remain open. Also, we acknowledge that some traces are confusing (Figure 3Aa, top) as they seem to show macroscopic currents. We will modify those figures by plotting the amplitude histograms (as in Figure 1Bb) in order to show unambiguously that current recordings from CSFcNs only show single-channel activities.

      (2) PKD2L1-TRPP3 nomenclature should be clarified and all figure labels, legends, and text should use consistent terminology throughout.

      We agree with the reviewer that the nomenclature concerning polycystin members is confusing. In this manuscript we have followed the nomenclature that has been proposed in a recent, comprehensive review on polycystin channels by Palomero, Larmore and DeCaen (Palomero et al. 2023), where the authors refer to the channels by their gene name. In this review, the authors indicate that PKD2L1 channels correspond to TRPP2 (formerly TRPP3, their table 1). In another, recent review on TRP channels, however, the authors refer to the PKD2L1 channel as TRPP3 (Zhang et al. 2023). In order to avoid any confusion we will remove from the text any reference to the TRPP nomenclature and stick to the PKD2L1 name.

      (3) The authors should reinterpret the so-called OFF currents as pH-dependent recovery or relaxation phenomena, not as distinct current species. Remove the term "OFF response" from the manuscript.

      We concur with the reviewer that the term “OFF response” is not very helpful from the biophysical perspective and conveys the idea that it is another current. We will remove the term “OFF response” or “OFF current” in the revised manuscript and replace it by the term “photolysis-evoked PKD2L1 current”. Also, we will condense two sections (“The proton-induced current is an off-current” and “The off-current is mediated by the activation of PKD2L1 channels”) into a single new section (“The photolysis-induced current is mediated by PKD2L1 channels”), as separating the description of the photolysis-evoked PKD2L1 current compromises its description. Finally, we will rewrite the discussion to better describe this current.

      (4) Evidence for physiological relevance should be provided, including data from milder acidification (pH 6.5-6.8) and, where appropriate, comparisons with ASIC-mediated currents to place PKD2L1 activity in context.

      This is partly addressed in Figure 3. The data there indicates that PKD2L1 channels are very sensitive to pH variations around physiological pH. In order to make this conclusion stronger, we will add to the figure the EC50 values drawn from the fittings. In terms of the ASIC-mediated currents, one of our main conclusions is that ASIC channels are not present in the ApPr, as the effects of proton photolysis in the ApPr and are not blocked by ASIC channels blockers. Our results indicate that PKD2L1 channels are the exclusive pH sensitive channels in the ApPr, while ASIC channels are probably the acid-sensitive channels in the soma, although we have not studied the latter in detail. Following this and the editor’s comments, the subsection “the involvement of ASICs” in the Discussion has been modified.

      (5) Terminology and data presentation should be unified, adopting consistent use of "predominant" (instead of "exclusive") and "sustained" (instead of "tonic"), and all statistical formats and units should be standardized.

      Following the suggestions of the reviewer, an exhaustive work will be performed to unify terminology, data presentation and correct the text following the reviewer’s suggestions.

      (6) The Discussion should be expanded to address potential Ca<sup>2+</sup> -dependent signaling mechanisms downstream of PKD2L1 activation and their possible roles in CSF flow regulation and central chemoreception.

      This is indeed a very interesting and currently unresolved point in the physiology of CSFcNs. Published data indicate that calcium flowing into the cell through PKD2L1 channels is a key regulator of apical process physiology: on the one hand, PKD2L1 channels are calcium permeable and at the same time, they are inhibited by intracellular calcium (DeCaen et al. 2016). Also, ultrastructural data indicate that the ApPr is rich in mitochondria and tubulo-vesicular structures resembling the Golgi apparatus (Bjugn et al. 1988; Bruni et Reddy 1987), which are intracellular organelles that contribute to calcium homeostasis. Altogether, this evidence suggests that intraApPr calcium concentration needs to be finely regulated, both in space and in time, in order for the ApPr to fulfil its physiological roles. Based on what has been published in the literature, we can speculate that these calcium signals can be decoded by several systems: i) calcium can act as the second messenger linking the activation of the multimodal PKD2L1 channels to changes in CSFcNs excitability, which in turn regulate spinal neuronal networks controlling locomotor activity; ii) calcium could initiate neurosecretion of different molecules from the ApPr to the central canal (as has been proposed by the Wyart group in the zebrafish in the context of bacterial infections(Prendergast et al. 2023)); iii) calcium could activate the Hedgehog signaling pathways (as has been shown by (Delling et al. 2013)); iv) calcium could modulate CSF flow directly (by modulating ciliary activity) or indirectly (by modulating ependymal cells ciliary activity through paracrine interactions). Resolving these downstream pathways is essential to fully define the role of CSFcNs as integrators of CSF homeostasis. We will expand this issue in the Discussion of the revised ms.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cerebrospinal fluid contacting neurons (CSF-cNs) are GABAergic cells surrounding the spinal cord central canal (CC). In mammals, their soma lies sub-ependymally, with a dendritic-like apical extension (AP) terminating as a bulb inside the CC.

      How this anatomy-soma and AP in distinct extracellular environments relate to their multimodal CSF-sensing function remains unclear.

      The authors confirm that in GATA3:GFP mice, where these cells are labeled, that CSFcNs exhibit prominent spontaneous electrical activity mediated by PKD2L1 (TRPP2) channels, non-selective cation channels with ~200 pS conductance modulated by protons and mechanical forces.

      They investigated PKD2L1 pH sensitivity and its effects on CSFcN excitability. They uncovered that PKD2L1 generates both phasic and tonic currents, bidirectionally modulated by pH with high sensitivity near physiological values.

      Combining electrophysiology (intact and isolated AP recordings) with elegant laser-photolysis, they show that functional PKD2L1 channels localize specifically to the apical extension (AP).

      This spatial segregation, coupled with PKD2L1's biophysical properties (high conductance, pH sensitivity) and the AP's unique features (very high input resistance), renders CSFcN excitability highly sensitive to PKD2L1 modulation. Their findings reveal how the AP's properties are optimised for its sensory role.

      Strengths:

      This is a very convincing demonstration using elegant and challenging approaches (uncaging, outside out patch of the AP) together to form a complete understanding of how these sensory cells can detect the changes of pH in the CSF so finely.

      Weaknesses:

      The following do not constitute weaknesses; rather, they are minor requests that this reviewer considers would complete this beautiful study.

      (1) It would be nice to quantify further the relation in spontaneous as well as in acidic or basic pH between the effects observed on channel opening and holding current: do they always vary together and in a linear way?

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we have performed a Spearman’s rank correlation test, which shows a significant correlation between the changes in the apparent open probability and holding current (paired experiments; ctrl vs pH 6.4 pressure applications; p < 0.05, Spearman r = 0.72 and critical value = 0.67). The Pearson correlation coefficient calculated on the same data set = 0.63 and the critical value is 0.632, which indicates that the correlation is not linear. We will add this analysis to the manuscript.

      (2) Since CSF-cNs also respond to changes in osmolarity (Orts Dell Immagine 2013) & mechanosensory stimulations in a PKD2L1 dependent manner (Sternberg NC 2018), it would be nice to test the same results whether the same results hold true on the role of PKD2L1 in AP for pressure application of changes in osmolarity.

      This is a very important point. As the reviewer mentions, previously published experimental evidence indicates that CSFcNs are also sensitive to osmolarity changes and mechanical stimulation in a PKD2L1-dependent manner. It is therefore reasonable to assume that, as for the pH sensitivity, osmotic and mechanical sensitivity depends on channels segregated to the ApPr. For the mechanosensitivity, the spatial segregation could be tested by “touching” either the ApPr or the soma with a piezo-controlled blunted pipette (see, for example, Hao et al. 2013). However, the sensitivity to osmotic changes is much more difficult to assess, as pressure application does not have enough spatial resolution to discriminate among compartments in such a compact cell such as the CSFcNs. In theory, a highly spatially localized osmotic jump could be reached with photolysis, but a caged compound releasing many osmotic particles simultaneously should be used. In typical photolysis experiments, a localized osmotic jump is produced, but it is very low (in the order of 1 to 2 mOsm).

      In mice, like in fish (Sternberg et al, NC 2018), we can observe throughout the figures that a large fraction of the channel activity occurs with partial and very fast openings of the PKD2L1 channel. I recommend the authors analyse the points below:

      (a) To what extent do these partial openings of the channel contribute to the changes in holding current and resting potential?

      As the reviewer indicates, these partial and very fast openings are a characteristic of PKD2L1 single-channel activity that seems to be present in different species. However, estimating what is the exact contribution of these events to the sustained current would require a detailed model of the channel that it is still lacking. Indeed, the exact mechanism by which CSFcNs show this prominent sustained current is unknown and should definitely being addressed in future works.

      (b) In the trace from the outside out AP, it looks like the partial transient openings are gone. Can the authors verify whether these partial openings are only present in somatic recordings?

      The outside-out recordings from the ApPr also show some partial openings (please look at the upper trace in Figure 4Db). We will specifically mention this important point in the revised version of the ms.

      (3) Previous studies have observed expression of metabotropic Glutamate receptors in CSF-cNs (transcriptome from Prendergast et al CB 2023). The authors only used blockers for ionotropic glutamate receptors in their recordings: could it be that these metabotropic receptors influence the response to uncaging of MNI-Glu when glutamate is co-released with a proton?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the presence of metabotropic glutamate receptors in CSFcNs. However, our evidence indicates that there is no contribution of metabotropic receptors when uncaging MNIglutamate because: i) the response obtained when uncaging MNI-gLGG (where there is no glutamate release; Figure 5Ab) and ii) the response obtained when uncaging protons from DPNIGABA (a GABA cage that has similar photochemistry than MNI cages which also release a proton when photolysed; data not shown), are the same. Indeed, in both experiments (MNI-gLGG or DPNI-GABA uncaging) a clear photolysis-evoked PKD2L1 current can be observed.

      (4) In the outside out patch of the AP, PKD2L1 unitary currents appear rare. Could it be that the disruption in the cilium or underlying actin/myosin cytoskeleton drastically alter the open probability of the channel?

      Although we have not quantified it, the reviewer is right that the opening frequency of PKD2L1 channels in the outside-out patches is lower than in the whole-ApPr recordings. We interpreted this difference as a difference in channel number. However, another plausible interpretation is that, as the reviewer suggests, the biophysics of the channels are affected because the protein is taken out from its normal ionic environment and/or loses important interactions with regulatory proteins.

      (5) Could the authors use drugs against ASIC to specify which ASIC channels contribute to the pH response in the soma?

      As described in the manuscript, we did perform experiments with ASIC channel blockers, although we did not attempt to characterize the specific ASIC channel involved in the somatic response. Based on what has been published in the literature, we used both psalmotoxin-1 (which blocks ASIC1 channels) and APETx2 (which blocks ASIC3 channels). The presence of ASIC1 channels in mice CSFcNs has been shown by (Orts-Del’Immagine et al. 2012; Orts-Del’Immagine et al. 2016), while the presence of ASIC3 in the lamprey CSFcNs has been shown by (Jalalvand et al. 2016). When we puff an acidic solution aiming at the soma, we can record an inward current that is blocked by psalmotoxin-1, although there is always a small component remaining (as originally shown by Orts-Del’Immagine in the aforementioned articles); however, we have not attempted to block this small component that remains after psalmotoxin-1 bath application.

      (6) This is out of the scope of this study, but we did observe in fish a very rarely-opening channel in the PKD2L1KO mutant. I wonder if the authors have similar observations in the conditions where PKD2L1 is mainly in the closed state.

      We have never seen such kind of openings in our recordings (when the channel is closed or in the presence of dibucaine).

      Bjugn, R, H K Haugland, et P R Flood. 1988. “Ultrastructure of the mouse spinal cord ependyma.” Journal of Anatomy 160 (octobre): 117‑25.

      Bruni, J. E., et K. Reddy. 1987. “Ependyma of the Central Canal of the Rat Spinal Cord: A Light and Transmission Electron Microscopic Study”. Journal of Anatomy 152 (juin): 55‑70.

      DeCaen, Paul G., Xiaowen Liu, Sunday Abiria, et David E. Clapham. 2016. “Atypical Calcium Regulation of the PKD2-L1 Polycystin Ion Channel”. eLife 5 (juin): e13413. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.13413.

      Delling, Markus, Paul G. DeCaen, Julia F. Doerner, Sebastien Febvay, et David E. Clapham. 2013. “Primary cilia are specialized calcium signalling organelles”. Nature 504 (7479): 311‑14. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature12833.

      Hao, Jizhe, Jérôme Ruel, Bertrand Coste, Yann Roudaut, Marcel Crest, et Patrick Delmas. 2013. “Piezo-Electrically Driven Mechanical Stimulation of Sensory Neurons”. In Ion Channels, édité par Nikita Gamper, vol. 998. Methods in Molecular Biology. Humana Press. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-62703-351-0_12.

      Jalalvand, Elham, Brita Robertson, Peter Wallén, et Sten Grillner. 2016. “Ciliated Neurons Lining the Central Canal Sense Both Fluid Movement and pH through ASIC3”. Nature Communications 7 (janvier): 10002. https://doi.org/10.1038/ncomms10002.

      Orts-Del’Immagine, Adeline, Riad Seddik, Fabien Tell, et al. 2016. “A Single Polycystic Kidney Disease 2-like 1 Channel Opening Acts as a Spike Generator in Cerebrospinal Fluid Contacting Neurons of Adult Mouse Brainstem”. Neuropharmacology 101 (février): 549‑65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuropharm.2015.07.030.

      Orts-Del’immagine, Adeline, Nicolas Wanaverbecq, Catherine Tardivel, Vanessa Tillement, Michel Dallaporta, et Jérôme Trouslard. 2012. “Properties of Subependymal Cerebrospinal Fluid Contacting Neurones in the Dorsal Vagal Complex of the Mouse Brainstem”. The Journal of Physiology 590 (16): 3719‑41. https://doi.org/10.1113/jphysiol.2012.227959.

      Palomero, Orhi Esarte, Megan Larmore, et Paul G. DeCaen. 2023. “Polycystin Channel Complexes”. Annual Review of Physiology 85 (Volume 85, 2023): 425‑48. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-physiol-031522-084334.

      Prendergast, Andrew E., Kin Ki Jim, Hugo Marnas, et al. 2023. “CSF-Contacting Neurons Respond to Streptococcus Pneumoniae and Promote Host Survival during Central Nervous System Infection”. Current Biology 33 (5): 940-956.e10. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2023.01.039.

      Zhang, Miao, Yueming Ma, Xianglu Ye, Ning Zhang, Lei Pan, et Bing Wang. 2023. “TRP (Transient Receptor Potential) Ion Channel Family: Structures, Biological Functions and Therapeutic Interventions for Diseases”. Signal Transduction and Targeted Therapy 8 (1): 261. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41392-023-01464-x.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      Both reviewers were very impressed with your work and definitely feel it is a scientifically important and technically sophisticated study that advances our understanding of CSF sensing. They, however, request some re-analysis of the data and discussion with minimum new experiments, if any. I think, if feasible, this will improve the quality of the study and would look forward to receiving a revised version.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 1 - Molecular identity and localization of PKD2L1

      Major

      Nomenclature clarity.

      Please clarify the distinction between PKD2L1 and TRPP3. Several parts of the text and figure labels appear to conflate these names. PKD2L1 corresponds to the TRPP3 subfamily member and should not be interchanged with PKD2/TRPP2. Please confirm and update the nomenclature consistently throughout the manuscript (text, figure labels, and captions).

      We have addressed this issue in response to reviewer 1. There seems to be some confusion in the literature concerning the nomenclature of PKD2L1 channels as in some recent publications the PKD2L1 channels are still named as TRPP3. However, the nomenclature of PKD2L1 channels or TRPP2, was updated in 2016 (Wu, Sweet and Clapham, Pharmacological Reviews, 2010). As indicated in response to reviewer 1, we have removed from the text any reference to the TRPP nomenclature and stuck to the PKD2L1 name.

      Physiological meaning of apical restriction.

      Expand the discussion of why apical-restricted localization matters. Specifically, address how segregation to the ApPr could support directional sensing of CSF flow and/or detection of localized pH gradients.

      Following the reviewers and editor’s comments, we have revised the discussion in order to take this and other comments into account.

      Open-state annotation (O3).

      Please include the O3 state in panels Ba and Bb; the figure clearly shows an additional open level consistent with O3.

      The editor is right in that there is another state that presumably corresponds to O3. Following the editor’s recommendation, we now indicate this 3rd level and add a short sentence explaining this in figure 1 legend.

      Minor

      Indicate the ROI definition and background-subtraction method used for fluorescence quantification (ApPr vs soma).

      Not applicable for this figure.

      Ensure the same intensity scale (lookup table and range) is used across panels to enable direct comparison.

      Done.

      (2) Figure 2 - Electrophysiological characterization of ApPr and somatic recordings Major

      Definition of "PKD2L1-dependent current."

      Define this term precisely at its first appearance. Specify whether it denotes currents inhibited by dibucaine, abolished in PKD2L1-knockout preparations, or both.

      Done

      Statistical power of single-channel analysis.

      The number of observed openings (< 1000 events) is too low to estimate open probability (Po) reliably. Please re-analyze the data using macroscopic current traces rather than Po-based kinetics.

      Confounded Po analysis.

      The current Po analysis mixes current amplitude and Po in the same calculation, conflating independent variables. Re-evaluate or remove this analysis.

      Unknown channel count.

      Because the number of channels in each patch is unknown, Po and "closed probability" values cannot be interpreted meaningfully. Focus instead on the averaged macroscopic current density.

      General analytical validity.

      The single-channel analyses in Figure 2 are not interpretable under these experimental conditions. Closed-time distributions and Po-based metrics (e.g., "Po1," "P2") depend critically on channel number and event sampling. Moreover, the manuscript applies essentially the same Po methodology across conditions (Po1 vs P2), which adds no mechanistic resolution and risks circular interpretation.

      Actionable recommendation:

      Remove Po- and closed-time-based analyses from Figure 2 and from the manuscript as a whole. Reanalyze the data using metrics that remain valid when the channel number is unknown:

      Macroscopic current analysis (leak-subtracted current density, I-V relationships, activation time constants).

      Single-channel conductance only (amplitude histograms and unitary slope conductance), without attempting Po or dwell-time inference.

      Report filtering bandwidth and sampling rate, and restrict statistical treatment to these robust parameters.

      Following the reviewers (see above) and editors’ recommendations, we have reanalyzed the data in order to avoid the analysis based on Po and Pc. We have instead calculated from the recordings other 2 parameters, n<sub>max</sub> (the maximum number of channels that open simultaneously during a 500 ms time window) and the total open time of a single channel during the same 500 ms time window. The main text, figures and corresponding figure legends, and the Materials and Methods section have been changed accordingly. Notably, the Po and Pc analysis were removed from Figures 3, 4 and Supplementary Figure 3, and replaced by the above-mentioned parameters. Also, the fact that the recordings are not long enough to calculate Po is now specifically mentioned in the Materials and Methods section, lines 785 to 790. In addition, the analysis in Figure 3Ce has been redone so that the activity of the channel as a function of pH is now plotted as the normalized apparent Po (relative to the apparent Po value at pH 7.4).

      Minor

      State whether input-resistance values (1.8-4.4 GΩ) were leak-subtracted and series-resistance-compensated.

      As already mentioned in the methodology section (line 693), series resistance was not compensated for during the experiments. We have now added a sentence in the methodology section indicating that in the voltage range that was chosen for the analysis of the input resistance, no voltage-dependent conductance was activated (lines 809 to 812).

      Ensure unit consistency: use Po or normalized Po rather than frequency (Hz) throughout.

      (3) Figure 3 - pH-evoked currents and kinetics

      Major

      Invalid Po analysis (Fig. 3Ca-Ce).

      The Po- and Pc-based single-channel analyses in panels 3Ca-3Ce should be deleted. As noted earlier, the event count is insufficient, and the number of active channels in each patch is unknown. Under these conditions, Po and Pc values have no quantitative meaning and could mislead readers. These panels do not contribute additional mechanistic insight beyond the macroscopic current data and therefore, should be removed. If retained for illustrative purposes, they must be explicitly labeled as representative traces without any statistical quantification.

      As we mentioned above, we removed the Po and Pc analysis from the manuscript.

      Minor

      Present regression equations and r<sup>2</sup> values for the linear fits shown in Fig. 3D.

      Done (lines 947951).

      Confirm that all axes include units and identical scaling between conditions for direct comparison.

      Done.

      (4) Figure 4 - Laser photolysis and local stimulation experiments

      Major

      Laser timing annotation.

      Clearly mark laser-pulse timing (e.g., arrow or shaded region) on all current traces to facilitate interpretation.

      We thank the editor for pointing out the inconsistencies in terms of the laser pulse timing. To indicate the laser pulses, we have now added an arrowhead in cases where a single sweep is shown (for example, Figure 3D), and an arrowhead and a dotted magenta vertical line in cases where multiple sweeps are shown (for example, Figure 3C).

      pH calibration within the laser spot.

      Provide quantitative calibration of pH changes induced by laser photolysis, including information on spot size, local diffusion, and estimated pH recovery kinetics.

      This is an important point and we thank the editor for mentioning it. We have now completed the subsection untitled “photolysis” where we provide information on the lateral and axial dimensions of the photolysis laser spot used in this work (lines 734 to 737). We have also rewritten part of Figure 5A legend to highlight the fact that the experiments presented there (photolysis on top of the ApPr and next to it) are compatible with a high spatial resolution of proton release (lines 1023 to 1026).

      On the other hand, we have attempted to perform pH calibrations in the setup using the pH-sensitive dye pyranine (or HPTS: 8-Hydroxypyrene-1,3,6-trisulfonic acid). HPTS is a very useful tool for pH calibrations in the physiological range: its pKa value is close to 7.2, and it can be used as a ratiometric dye (its fluorescence is pH-independent at 405–410 nm and pH-dependent at 450 nm). Unfortunately, when trying to perform a calibration under the conditions of a real experiment,

      where photolysis occurs in a tiny volume (approximately 1 µm³ in a total bath volume of more than 1 ml), we encountered the following problem, which made it impossible to obtain any useful data: the 405 nm uncaging pulse bleaches the dye, and any useful information is lost. Also, our imaging system is not fast enough to follow the pH change. As it is discussed in the Materials and Methods section, subsection “Estimation of the pH drop induced by photolysis” (line 814), the fast protonation of bicarbonate indicates that the pH change induced by the photolysis recovers in the submillisecond time range.

      Repeated stimulation effects.

      Discuss whether repeated photolysis induces adaptation or desensitization of PKD2L1 currents, and indicate whether current amplitude decreases across successive trials.

      This issue is now specifically mentioned in the Materials and Methods section, lines 739 to 741.

      Invalid interpretation of the "OFF response."

      The interpretation of the so-called "OFF response" in Figure 4C is not supported by the presented data. There is no evidence for a bona fide OFF current, and the literature cited does not demonstrate such a phenomenon for PKD2L1 alone. Rather, previous studies implicate PKD1L3-dependent mechanisms in similar biphasic responses. Please reconsider the cited references and remove claims of an OFF current attributed to PKD2L1.

      Done.

      Actionable recommendations:

      Do not use the term "OFF response" throughout the manuscript. Recast these transients as pH dependent recovery or relaxation of current following cessation of acidification.

      Done. We have performed extensive rewriting and reorganization of the Results and Discussion in order to take into account both the reviewer’s and editor’s comments. Please also take a look at comment #3 of Reviewer 1 and point 11 below.

      Include continuous-illumination controls (sustained local acidification) to test whether a steady state current is maintained. This will clarify whether the post-stimulus transient reflects recovery kinetics rather than a distinct current species.

      We thank the editor for suggesting this experiment. However, continuous laser illumination is a difficult manipulation and does not necessarily lead to an acidification of the illuminated volume. Indeed, with continuous illumination the cage is lost from the illumination spot and needs to be replaced by diffusion from the non-illuminated volume, leading to non-homogeneous concentrations. Also, the chances of inducing photo damage are higher. We thus designed a similar experiment where instead of performing continuous illumination we photolysed with short and high frequency trains in order to produce a long-lasting acidification. The results of these experiments have been added to the manuscript as part of the results section and in Figure 5H. Similarly to what is seen with single illuminations, the photolysis trains induce a current that appears almost exclusively at the end of the train, implying that the current is indeed a PKD2L1-dependent recovery current.

      Align the current time course with measured or estimated local pH (or calibrated proxy) to demonstrate causal coupling and avoid implying a separate conductance.

      We have added the calculated pH change to the inset of Figure 4C as an example.

      Revise the schematic/model figure and textual description accordingly, restricting the framework to phasic vs sustained activation modes without invoking a separate OFF current for PKD2L1.

      Done.

      Minor

      Include scale bars, sample numbers (n), and laser parameters (duration, power) in all panels.

      In order not to make the figure and the panels very heavy in the original version, we tried to limit the number of scale bars. We have now performed some modifications, added the missing scale bars, and changed the figure legend in order to take into account the editor’s comments. We have also corrected a few values that were wrongly reported.

      Standardize p-value formatting (e.g., p = 6 × 10 ⁶) throughout the figure and legend.

      Done.

      (5) Figure 5 - Single-channel recordings

      Major

      Mixed parameters (current amplitude and Po).

      The current analysis improperly mixes single-channel current amplitude and Po within the same figure, conflating distinct parameters. These quantities must be analyzed and presented separately, or the Po data should be removed entirely if not independently supported.

      Insufficient event count.

      Given the very limited number of observed openings, Po-based statistics are not meaningful. Please report only representative single-channel traces and corresponding amplitude histograms without attempting quantitative Po estimation.

      Minor

      Convert frequency (Hz) values to Po for consistency with earlier analyses, or remove frequency metrics altogether if Po analysis is omitted.

      Figure 5 does not include Po or event frequency analysis, so we think there must be a misquotation of the figure. However, the Po issue has already been addressed before and alternative analysis have been proposed.

      (6) Introduction

      The introductory paragraph mentions the "five senses" as a framing concept. However, this statement lacks scientific grounding in the context of CSF-contacting neurons and chemosensory physiology. The traditional "five senses" classification is not an evidence-based neurophysiological framework and may be misleading to readers. I recommend removing or rephrasing this part, focusing instead on molecular and cellular mechanisms of sensory transduction (e.g., chemical, mechanical, and pH sensing) rather than on classical sensory categories.

      Following the editor’s recommendation, we have removed this part.

      The manuscript refers to PKD2L1 using the term TRPP2 in some parts of the introduction. This is incorrect, as PKD2L1 corresponds to TRPP3, not TRPP2. Please correct this nomenclature and ensure consistent use of "PKD2L1 (TRPP3)" throughout the entire manuscript to avoid confusion with the distinct PKD2/TRPP2 protein, which belongs to a different subfamily with separate physiological roles.

      We thank the editor for pointing this out. As we mentioned in the responses to the “public reviews”, the literature is confusing, so we decided to remove from the manuscript any mention to TRPP channels.

      (7) Discussion

      The current Discussion reads largely as a descriptive summary of results and lacks conceptual depth. It does not effectively integrate the biophysical properties of PKD2L1 with its physiological role as a neuronal pH sensor, nor does it develop a broader interpretation relevant to CSF homeostasis or chemoreception.

      Following the reviewers and editor’s recommendations, we have now added a new section in the Discussion untitled “PKD2L1 downstream signaling mechanisms”.

      (8) Insufficient biophysical analysis

      The discussion of channel gating and pH dependence is superficial and does not explore the energetic or structural mechanisms underlying proton sensitivity. The authors should analyze their data in the context of known PKD/TRPP family biophysics-for example, protonation sites, subunit composition, or gating kinetics-and explain how these confer bidirectional (acidic vs alkaline) sensitivity within physiological ranges.

      In this work, we studied the pH sensitivity of PKD2L1 channels in the context of CSFcN sensory physiology. From a pure biophysical perspective, the pH sensitivity of PKD2L1 channels has been studied by multiple groups; however, it is still unknown how the gating of the channel responds to pH changes, although it can be proposed that some polar residues in the protein regulate the state of the pore. Likewise, the mechanism of the “off-response” is also unknown. To the best of our knowledge, there is only one article in which the authors have attempted to relate pH, PKD2L1 channel structure, and function. In this work (Su et al., Nature Communications 2018), the authors compare PKD2L1 channels with another pH-sensitive member of the TRP family, TRPML3, whose structures at pH 7.4 and 4.8 are known (Zhou et al., Nature Structural and Molecular Biology, 2017). We have rewritten some sentences of the Discussion in order to be more specific about the pH dependence of PKD2L1 channels and its proposed mechanisms.

      (9) Weak physiological context

      The manuscript does not adequately address how PKD2L1 functions as a true physiological pH sensor. The discussion should connect channel activity to realistic CSF pH fluctuations (6.8-7.6) and to relevant physiological or pathophysiological conditions (e.g., respiratory acidosis, neurogenic regulation of CSF composition). Without this, the relevance of large, artificial acidification (pH 3-3.5) remains unclear.

      We have added a new section in the Discussion where we speculate on how PKD2L1 channels may be activated in physiological and pathophysiological conditions. However, we would like to insist here that the main goal of the photolysis experiments (which induce short and large acidifications) was to assess the spatial segregation of PKD2L1 channels. We now mention this point specifically and also speculate on the conditions that could eventually give rise to the “recovery” current.

      (10) Over-interpretation of unsupported points

      The paragraph describing voltage propagation from the ApPr to the soma/axon is speculative and unsupported by any data in the manuscript. Please delete this section entirely, including the citation to Orts-Del'immagine et al., unless new electrophysiological evidence is added.

      We think this point (the propagation of signals originating from the ApPr to the soma) is important in the context of our work, so we have decided to make new experiments in order measure directly the degree of coupling between the 2 compartments. To do that we made simultaneous, current-clamp and voltage-clamp recordings from the ApPr and the soma. In these conditions we were able to measure experimentally and for the first time both the coupling coefficient and coupling conductance, which confirm that the propagation of voltage signals from the ApPr to the soma is extremely efficient. These new results are now described in a new subsection and in a new Figure 6.

      (11) Clarify the role of "OFF currents."

      The Discussion repeatedly refers to an "OFF response," but this phenomenon is not experimentally demonstrated for PKD2L1 alone. It likely represents pH-dependent recovery rather than an independent current. All discussion of "OFF currents" should be removed or reformulated accordingly.

      Following the editor and reviewer’s comments, we have deleted the term “off response” and “off currents” from the ms and have replaced them with the term “recovery current”. We have also changed the discussion accordingly.

      (12) Integration with ASICs and compartmental sensing

      While the manuscript briefly mentions ASIC involvement, it does not articulate how PKD2L1- and ASIC-mediated signals might complement each other in different compartments (ApPr vs soma). The authors should discuss the potential division of labor between these sensors and how such compartmentalization enhances pH detection in CSFcNs.

      Following the editor’s comments, we have rewritten the part of the subsection ‘the involvement of ASICs’ in the Discussion.

      (12) Broadened physiological perspective

      The Discussion should close by considering Ca<sup>2+</sup> -dependent downstream pathways activated by ⁺ PKD2L1 and their implications for CSF flow regulation, neurosecretion, and central chemoreception. These translational aspects would substantially improve the impact and readability of the manuscript.

      Done

      Overall, the Discussion must evolve from a descriptive narrative to a mechanistically and physiologically integrative synthesis, highlighting why PKD2L1 is not merely present in the ApPr but is a key molecular transducer linking ionic microenvironment to neuronal excitability.

      As it has been detailed above, we have performed several changes in the Discussion that follow the reviewer’s and editor’s recommendations.

    1. Historians have begun to think about the Enlightenment in a newly global way. .ose creaky wooden ships carried ideas across the boundaries of continents, languages, and religions just as the Internet does now (although they were a lot slower and perhaps even more perilous).

      This comment sticks out to me a lot because I feel like a large amount of people like to think of the internet as the first time that humans had contact in such a broad way, and it is very interesting to see that that may not be as true as we have all assumed. Humans seem to be more interconnected than we believed originally, and lots of ideas come from interacting with one another.

    1. Of maybe 40 people who spoke, only two were women, and I got the impression that they were listened to only because of their personal relationships with a couple of the male leaders. A few of the men confidently flexed their intellectual muscles before the crowd, using sarcasm and non-stop rhetoric to bludgeon other people into accepting their ideas. Ironically, these men were able to play such an elitist role precisely because of the anti-leadership tendencies in the room. Since there was no structured presentation of the issues– “We don’t need a lecture,” the line ran, “we need some participation” – only those who already had a grasp of the information could find a way through the chaos.

      Multiple problems are presented here. The first and more obvious being the fact that women were overlooked and given little opportunity to speak at the meeting. I find this especially frustrating as often women are the most victimized and targeted during times of war. Acts of rape and violence from both foreign imperialist/colonizers and countrymen are not uncommon. While western women may not be the best representatives to voice such concerns, I do think acknowledging the realities of the patriarchy are vital in such discussions. The secondary problem and slightly more egregious in regards to the goal of such a meeting is the unwillingness to teach and educate, and have no clear structure. Such groups do not have the luxury of not educating, having no structure, and letting few speak. To speak to a large meeting, with no baseline of where the majority of the individuals are in regards to understanding such rhetoric and theory is foolish and egotistical.

    1. Our self-concept is also formed through our interactions with others and their reactions to us. The concept of the looking glass self explains that we see ourselves reflected in other people’s reactions to us and then form our self-concept based on how we believe other people see us (Cooley, 1902). This reflective process of building our self-concept is based on what other people have actually said, such as “You’re a good listener,” and other people’s actions, such as coming to you for advice. These thoughts evoke emotional responses that feed into our self-concept. For example, you may think, “I’m glad that people can count on me to listen to their problems.”

      this is a pretty interesting topic to me because to be fully honest, none of us truly know who we are. You might have a really strong understanding of your personal beliefs, the things you like and dislike, maybe strong self awareness of how you act, but at the very root of it all, it’s hard to define exactly who we are. Subsequently, it’s even harder for another person to define who they think you are. Even if you do have strong self awareness, if somehow you could play a recording of the internal thoughts of everyone you’ve ever talked to in relation to what they thought about you, you’d probably be really surprised by what you heard. That’s simply because of the fact that no one’s ideologies are identical and no one has lived exactly the same life, and everyone’s opinions are going to change based on the life they’ve lived. So when you internalized something that someone else thought about you, that thought could’ve been polar opposite to what someone else thought about you, and therefore we are left in an infinite paradox of what is true about ourselves and who exactly we are.

    1. Where does ChatGPT fit into the Framework for Information Literacy?

      Introduction

      The above screenshot (figure 1) was what was generated when we asked ChatGPT, the generative AI system that has been the subject of a thousand hot takes about how it’s disrupting academia-as-we-know-it, to describe itself for an academic librarian audience. Perhaps it’s learning a bit too much from the public relations documents that were a part of the vast amounts of data it was trained on, when it describes itself as “highly relevant,” “invaluable,” and “accurate.” It did not, however, bring up the caveat that greets you when you open up ChatGPT itself: that it “may occasionally generate incorrect information,” that it “may occasionally produce harmful instructions or biased content,” or that it has “limited knowledge of the world and events after 2021.”1 In addition, it doesn’t bring up the reddest of academic red flags—that ChatGPT provides an easy way for students to cheat and plagiarize. The Atlantic has claimed that because of ChatGPT and other AI, “the undergraduate essay [which] has been at the center of humanistic pedagogy for generations

      . . . is about to be disrupted from the ground up.”2 A writer at Times Higher Education has suggested that allowing AI to replace a student’s creative voice means “abandoning our responsibilities as educators.”3 For as many handwringing accounts of how generative AI will destroy academia, there seem to be twice as many researchers, teachers, technologists, and pundits embracing what AI (and specifically ChatGPT) can do for teaching and learning. They suggest using it for overcoming writer’s block, generating outlines, creating summaries, generating prompts for discussion, asking for definitions, or generating flawed examples for critique.4 One compelling argument by Christopher Grobe in the Chronicle of Higher Education suggests that what generative AI can help us with is to “provide new starting points for some of the processes we routinely use to think.”5 We agree with Grobe’s argument that ChatGPT can give us a good starting point from which to work. The text generated by ChatGPT in the screenshot at the start of this article is an overly optimistic and idealized view of itself. We hope that in this article we can add the nuance that it lacks. Academic librarians serve their students and faculty to help them navigate the research process. Therefore, when a new technological tool blazes through higher education, as ChatGPT has over the last few months, it becomes increasingly important that librarians are aware of the tool and its uses so that they can serve their students and faculty. After decades of the ACRL Information Literacy Competency Standards for Higher Education, the ACRL Framework for Information Literacy for Higher Education was established with a much more flexible route for integration into curricula. The Framework provides librarians and disciplinary faculty with a customizable way to provide information literacy instruction that meets the needs of students and enables them to become participants in the information that they are producing (not just consuming). Because of the Framework’s flexible nature, librarians can incorporate new technology, like ChatGPT, more easily into their instruction. We have found that the idea of ChatGPT (and generative AI more broadly) can be connected to many of the knowledge practices and dispositions from the six frames of the ACRL Framework. In some places, the Framework enables us to embrace ChatGPT as an exciting new tool that adds value to information literacy instruction. In other places, the Framework’s discussions of evaluating authority and examining bias shines light on the inherent flaws of ChatGPT. In the next section, we will review each of the frames and discuss how ChatGPT fits into each of those Frames.

    2. Research as Inquiry

      Research as Inquiry

      One of the knowledge practices for the Research as Inquiry frame states that “learners who are developing their information literate abilities deal with complex research by breaking complex questions into simple ones, limiting the scope of investigations.”11 We have found that students will often come to research consultations or library instruction sessions with broad or vague research questions that they often do not know how to simplify or narrow down to research writing sufficiently scoped to a level that they can tackle in five to eight pages. While they might be interested in, let’s say, “the problem of poverty” or “the abortion debate,” they cannot digest the enormous amount of research in multiple academic

      disciplines that have attempted to address these types of questions. This is where we believe ChatGPT can help students (and even seasoned researchers) in generating ways to break complex problems down. ChatGPT can help refine research questions, determine search terms, come up with synonyms and related terms or phrases for searching, help decide which databases to search, generate textual concept maps, and even help generate citations. For example, here was the response it gave when we asked it “What search terms should we use for our hypothetical research question, ‘why aren’t college athletes paid?’”

      ChatGPT can also create textual concept maps to help think through various aspects of a research topic. This can be useful for students who need to narrow or refine their topic. Simply asking the AI to help narrow a research topic can be useful as it will give you a variety of ways to explore a topic. For example, we asked it to help us narrow our search on why college athletes aren’t paid, and it gave us detailed options in an easy-to-read format:

      You can see clearly how ChatGPT can help students push past that inquiry threshold. Often, they don’t even know where to start in their search for information, or how to probe the nuances or facets of a large complex question for a scope they can grasp. Instead of typing their entire research question into Google or a database (as we have all seen students do) and having to sift through a mountain of results, they can type it into ChatGPT and ask “How do I start searching? Where could I go from here? What’s manageable?” As students are growing in their information literacy abilities, ChatGPT can help scaffold their skills enabling them to accomplish this task more confidently in the future. One caveat that always bears repeating: ChatGPT has biases. It is trained on a large dataset of material from the internet. It may not produce underrepresented or less well-researched aspects of a topic. Because of this, it is important for students to explore topics holistically, with ChatGPT as one tool in their toolbelt.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The manuscript presents a comparative genomic analysis of chemosensory systems across the order Vibrionales. By combining phylogenetic analyses, genomic context, MCP repertoires, and structural comparisons, the authors investigate the diversity and evolution of chemosensory systems within Vibrionales. The study addresses an interesting question and assembles a substantial genomic dataset. The manuscript is generally well illustrated and contains several potentially useful observations regarding the distribution and organization of chemosensory systems across Vibrionales genomes. However, there are a number of conceptual, methodological, and presentation-related issues that should be addressed before the evolutionary conclusions can be fully supported.

      The claim that F8 represents a novel chemosensory system appears to be incorrect Lines 407-424, as well as several other places throughout the manuscript, describe F8 as a "previously uncharacterized lineage" and a "newly identified" system. However, F8 chemosensory systems were previously described by Wuichet and Zhulin and have been part of the established chemosensory system classification framework for more than a decade. Furthermore, F8 systems are already annotated as such in MiST. For example, the genome GCF_003390675.1 (Vibrio anguillarum), which is included in this study, contains CheA, CheR, and CheB proteins assigned to an F8 system in MiST.

      Consequently, describing F8 as a novel, newly identified, or newly designated system appears inappropriate. This issue requires substantial revision throughout the manuscript. The authors should clearly distinguish between the previously established F8 chemosensory class and any novel observations reported here. If the novelty lies in the distribution of F8 systems within Vibrionales, their genomic organization, their evolutionary history, or some other aspect, this should be stated explicitly.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for appreciating our work and further commenting on the points to improve this study. As correctly mentioned by you, F8 CSS has been discovered by Wuichet and Zhulin and already annotated in the MiST database. Since this study focuses on experimentally studied CSS clusters within Vibrio organisms, where F6, F7, and F9 have already been studied very well; however, the F8 is not studied experimentally at least in Vibrio cholerae in any literature. We have revised the statement about F8 CSS cluster being novel throughout the manuscript. We agree that MiST database reports different Che proteins, such as CheA, CheR, and CheB, assigned to F8 class, but the information about the entire F8 gene cluster in those Vibrio species has not been provided. Following this, we have identified this entire F8 gene cluster in our study and discussed it as an ‘experimentally unexplored CSS’ in the manuscript.

      The conclusions regarding horizontal gene transfer and vertical inheritance are not sufficiently supported. Lines 429-445 contain evolutionary interpretations that appear internally inconsistent. The manuscript interprets the sporadic distribution of F7 as evidence of vertical inheritance coupled with lineage-specific adaptation, whereas several lines later the similarly patchy distribution of F8 is interpreted as evidence of horizontal gene transfer. Similar distribution patterns should not be used to support contrasting evolutionary scenarios without additional supporting evidence.

      More broadly, patchy phylogenetic distributions alone are generally insufficient evidence for horizontal gene transfer. Alternative explanations, including differential gene loss, genome reduction, incomplete sampling, or rapid sequence divergence, should also be considered. Furthermore, the conclusions regarding vertical inheritance and HGT imply reconstruction of deep evolutionary history across broad bacterial groups. Based on the methods presented, these inferences appear to rely primarily on CheA phylogenies and analyses of homologous sequences. While informative, these analyses may not be sufficient to confidently infer ancestral origins. The authors should either provide additional phylogenetic evidence supporting these conclusions or moderate the language throughout the manuscript. In their current form, the proposed evolutionary scenarios would be more appropriately presented as hypotheses rather than demonstrated conclusions.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. We agree that the evolutionary interpretations presented in the original manuscript need additional supporting evidence. Since our inferences regarding vertical inheritance and horizontal gene transfer were primarily based on phylogenetic distribution patterns and CheA-based phylogenetic analyses. In response, we have carefully revised the relevant sections of the manuscript and moderated the language throughout. The previously presented statements as a conclusion have been reformulated as hypotheses or possible evolutionary scenarios. It must be noted that comparative analysis of protein architecture of F9 CSS, along with phylogeny, revealed a high degree of similarity between Vibrionales F9 protein architecture and their Alphaproteobacterial counterparts, putatively suggesting the HGT event-based acquisition of these CSS within order Vibrionales.

      References are frequently missing, incomplete, or potentially inappropriate. One major concern is the quality and completeness of referencing throughout the manuscript. Multiple statements either lack references altogether or appear to cite sources that do not directly support the associated claims. For example, lines 76-78 cite Ulrich et al. (2005) in support of the statement that two-component systems constitute a dominant signaling paradigm in prokaryotes, whereas the cited article is entitled "One-component systems dominate signal transduction in prokaryotes." The text and/or citation should therefore be reconsidered. Similarly, the statement in lines 100-101 that 17 classes of flagellar chemosensory systems have been designated should be accompanied by an appropriate reference. In addition, numerous ecological, physiological, and evolutionary statements throughout the Introduction and Results sections either lack citations or would benefit from more precise supporting references. I recommend that the authors carefully review all references and ensure that each citation directly supports the corresponding statement.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have added the correct reference at the place of Ulrich et al 2005. Along with this we have further checked the references throughout the manuscript and corrected them wherever it is necessary.

      The manuscript would benefit from substantial restructuring and shortening The manuscript is considerably longer than necessary, and several sections appear only loosely connected to the central biological question. In particular, the Introduction contains extensive discussions of Vibrio ecology, virulence, motility, host interactions, and general signal transduction. While these topics are relevant, the overall narrative currently reads more like a broad review article than an introduction to comparative genomics study. I recommend substantially shortening and restructuring the Introduction so that the central biological question and the specific objectives of the study become more apparent to the reader.

      Similarly, the section entitled "Multipartite genome and extensive RNA gene repertoire reflect niche adaptation in Vibrionales" (lines 302-342) contains several observations regarding genome size, tRNA counts, and rRNA copy numbers. However, it remains unclear how these analyses contribute to the primary conclusions regarding chemosensory system evolution. This section should either be shortened substantially and more explicitly connected to the central theme of the manuscript or moved to supplementary material. The manuscript would also benefit from substantial language editing. Numerous grammatical and stylistic issues are present throughout the text, including awkward phrasing, subject-verb agreement errors, and overly long sentences. A thorough language revision would improve readability and help the reader focus on the scientific content.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that this manuscript is considerably larger and we have shortened several parts in the introduction such as Vibrio ecology, virulence, motility, host interactions and focused more on study objectives. We have also moved the result tilted as “Multipartite genome and extensive RNA gene repertoire reflect niche adaptation in Vibrionales” in the supplementary part. We have carefully revised the entire manuscript to address grammatical errors, improve sentence structure, correct subject–verb agreement issues, and eliminate awkward phrasing. We have also streamlined several lengthy sentences and paragraphs to enhance clarity, readability, and the overall presentation of the scientific content.


      Specific comments:

      Line 20: The phrase "28 Vibrio clades" requires clarification. It is not clear what these clades represent, how they were defined, or whether "clades" is the most appropriate term. Please define these groups more clearly. Perhaps the term "genera" would be more appropriate.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that the terms clade and genera can be confusing. Jiang et al., 2022 have given this clade classification for Vibrionaceae family members based on phylogenetic analysis of 8 core genes. We have adopted this classification for our study and cited it wherever it is needed. We have explained this in the introduction section.

      Lines 23 and 39: F8 is described as a "novel lineage" and a "previously uncharacterized system." As discussed above, F8 systems have already been described and are annotated in MiST. Please revise these statements.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have revised this sentence throughout the manuscript.

      Lines 35-36: The statement could be interpreted as implying that the involvement of chemosensory systems in host colonization is unique to Vibrio. Since chemosensory systems are broadly distributed across bacteria and frequently contribute to host interactions, I suggest rephrasing this sentence to avoid overstatement.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. We rephrased this sentence.

      Lines 41-42: The conclusion that CheA and MCP proteins represent promising drug targets is not directly supported by the analyses presented in this manuscript. The study does not evaluate essentiality, druggability, inhibition, or therapeutic feasibility. I recommend removing this statement.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that this study does not directly evaluate the essentiality of CheA/MCP proteins as a therapeutic target. Therefore, we removed this part from the manuscript.

      Line 66: The sentence describing responses to environmental cues via "chemotaxis, quorum sensing, and response to nutrients" is awkwardly phrased, since chemotaxis itself often represents a response to nutrients. Please revise for clarity.

      __Response: __We have revised this sentence.

      Lines 69-70: The statement that signal transduction in Vibrio species is "highly precise" and senses chemical gradients "very accurately" require both a reference and a clearer explanation. Relative to what system or organism is this precision being evaluated?

      __Response: __We removed this sentence.

      Lines 76-78: Please reconsider the citation to Ulrich et al. (2005) and revise the associated statement accordingly.

      __Response: __We have corrected this part.

      Lines 100-101: Please provide a reference supporting the statement that 17 classes of flagellar chemosensory systems have been designated.

      __Response: __We have added reference for this sentence.

      Line 106: The manuscript states that our understanding of CSS architecture and function derives primarily from a limited number of model organisms, particularly Escherichia coli. However, later sections highlight the extensive literature on Vibrio cholerae chemotaxis. Since V. cholerae itself is one of the better-characterized organisms in this field, the rationale for emphasizing E. coli alone is unclear.

      __Response: __We agree with your point. We have removed the part of chemosensory system of Escherichia coli and focused on Vibrio cholerae.

      Lines 278-286: This paragraph appears to contain contradictory statements regarding the number of genera included in the analysis. Please clarify how many genera were included, which were excluded, and the criteria used for inclusion.

      __Response: __We have clarified the criteria for inclusion of genera in our study.

      Lines 289-291: Please provide a reference supporting the statement regarding the mutualistic association between Aliivibrio fischeri and squid.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have provided the necessary reference for this statement.

      Lines 291 onward: Several ecological and physiological statements in this section require appropriate references.

      __Response: __We have provided the necessary references for these statements. Also, we have shortened some parts of it.

      Lines 302-342: This section would benefit from substantial shortening or a clearer connection to the central theme of chemosensory system evolution.

      __Response: __We have moved this part into the supplementary material, since it is not directly related to the central theme of the manuscript.

      Lines 369-371: This statement is difficult to interpret. MCPs are generally much more variable in abundance than core chemotaxis proteins, and conservation of abundance alone does not demonstrate essentiality. Please clarify and revise this conclusion.

      __Response: __We agree with the reviewer. We have revised this statement in the manuscript. MCP protein shows more abundance than other che proteins.

      Lines 429-445: The contrasting interpretations of F7 and F8 distributions require additional supporting evidence or a more cautious presentation.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this insightful observation. We have rephrased the statement in the manuscript.

      Lines 538-541: This sentence is difficult to follow and would benefit from reformulation. In addition, CheA domain architectures, including those associated with Vibrionales F6, F7, F8, and F9 systems, have recently been described in detail by Berry et al., 2023. The authors should discuss their observations within the context of this work.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this insightful observation. We have reformulated this result part in accordance with the Berry et al., 2023 paper. We have mentioned the possible reasons behind the absence of P2 domain in Che-F6 as well as extra structured insertion between F8 and F9.

      Line 545: The phrase "additional insertion domain" is not well defined. If this region corresponds to a recognized domain, it should be identified explicitly. If it represents an insertion or a poorly structured region, more appropriate terminology should be used.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have used the terminology “an insertion” as it is not a recognizable domain.

      Figure 4: It would be helpful to include the identifiers of the proteins used in the structural comparisons.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have added the identifiers for the CheA proteins.

      __

      __

      __ __

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      This article has to be completely rewritten because it is now very confused and difficult to read, starting with the title: landscape, architecture, and bipartite organization are difficult terms to employ when describing the "chemosensory system" of bacteria. Systems, in my opinion, does not refer to assemblies, and chemosensing in bacteria refers to anything that involves quorum sensing. Nevertheless, not all bacteria use quorum sensing for flagellar motility, and if these Che-As (and MCPs) are found in "non-chemosensory" systems and are mapped in the abstract without much explanation, this should probably be thoroughly further discussed before debating the organization of the genome and the division of "chemosensory" genes.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for these comments regarding terminology and conceptual framing. We agree that bacterial signalling encompasses a wide range of signaling mechanisms beyond those involved in flagellar motility. In our manuscript, use of chemosensory system refers specifically to CheA/CheW/CheY/MCP-based signalling pathways as defined by Wuichet & Zhulin, 2010. We have revised the introduction to clarify the difference between chemosensory systems and other bacterial sensory systems such as quorum sensing. We also agree that not all CheA-containing pathways are necessarily associated with flagellar motility and because of this, we have used chemosensory array and chemostaxis in different contexts. Accordingly, we have moderated several statements throughout the manuscript and mentioned that some chemosensory pathways may regulate other cellular functions. We also agree that here wording “driven by bipartite genome architecture” should be changed to distribution of chemosensory systems across different replicons. Overall, following your suggestions, we have significantly changed the title, introduction, results and discussion.

      There are often few attempts to take into account the "modern" literature to describe the evolution of bacteria and vibrionales and their capacity for quorum sensing, particularly in the introduction and discussion. Such two lengthy, in-depth paragraphs about the biology and diversity of Vibrionales that span more than two pages and only include six references are rather inappropriate for a research article, particularly when the topic is chemosensing and genetics. The description of the Che family, whose abbreviation is never explained, is highly ambiguous and very confusing in comparison to very basic understanding about vibrionales. Despite their significance intracellularly, we typically gain little from reading this section of Ches. Without making a distinction between chemotaxis and quorum sensing, the third paragraph is intended to a lesson about one component systems, two component systems, and chemosensory systems. Which kind of audience do the authors hope to reach? Microbiologists? Examples of these systems that are better characterized can be found throughout the literature.

      Bacterial chemosensory systems are then abruptly introduced. "Chemosensory systems are extremely modular (?) and are typically organized as gene clusters within bacterial genomes". Which sensory genes? Which clusters? What families of bacteria? Which references? When it comes to the classification of chemosensory systems, only Gumerov et al. 2021 is cited. However, what role do other groups play in the study of bacterial Ches and their distribution among the vast diversity of bacteria, such as proteobacteria, actinomycetes, and firmicutes? In order to give a more pertinent Introduction, there are fewer acronyms to employ and undoubtedly more efforts to thoroughly analyze the literature.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this detailed and constructive comment. We agree that the earlier introduction was giving more space to the general biology and diversity of Vibrionales and did not provide sufficient context on the development, diversity, and evolution of bacterial CSS. We have therefore substantially revised and shortened the introductory sections describing Vibrionales biology and diversity, while expanding and restructuring the section on bacterial signal transduction and chemosensory systems. Specifically, we have

      • reduced the number of acronyms and simplified the description of OCSs, TCSs, and CSSs;
      • explicitly distinguished chemosensory signaling from quorum sensing, emphasizing that quorum sensing is primarily a population-dependent signaling process, whereas chemosensory systems detect environmental cues and regulate cellular behaviors such as motility;
      • defined the Che (stands for Chemosensory) proteins and introduced the major components of the chemosensory machinery before discussing their organization; and
      • expanded the discussion of the diversity and evolutionary distribution of bacterial chemosensory systems beyond Vibrionales, incorporating additional literature covering their occurrence and diversification across major bacterial lineages. We have also revised the text describing chemosensory systems as “modular” to clarify that this refers to the combinatorial organization and evolutionary diversification of core signaling proteins, accessory components, and sensory receptors, rather than simply the co-occurrence of che genes within a genomic region. We have further added relevant references to provide a broader and more contemporary overview of bacterial chemosensory system diversity and evolution.

      It learns a little bit more about the chemosensory clusters (whose genes?) in V. cholera, but this information is not really helpful for the study's objective, which at the very end of this incredibly long and badly worded introduction is still ambiguous and essentially unknown. The non-chemosensory/chemotactic motile Vibrionale mutants (line 143) were built by which research team? The authors? Every sentence the authors utilize in the introduction, such as "motility and chemotaxis directly or indirectly contribute to the pathogenicity of bacteria, is somewhat disorganized without a citation (lines 152-155). "The complex (?) interaction between chemotaxis and virulence gene expression in pathogenic Vibrio species" is not better to consider. There are no references included, even while discussing the last three decades of V. cholera research. This is not really appropriate for publication. After a lengthy introduction to the many proteins that mediate chemosensing (quorum sensing) in bacteria, the study is restricted to informatics work, see material and methods, and finally limited on CheAs, which is fairly harmful. For correlation analysis, phylogeny, and structure modeling, the authors use previously available information. Therefore, what distinguishes all of these tables and figures from what is currently understood about bacterial genetics and evolution?

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that the original introduction contained excessive discussion of well-characterized chemosensory systems in Vibrio cholerae. We have therefore shortened this section, clarified the study objectives, and added appropriate references to statements concerning motility, chemotaxis, and virulence.

      Regarding the novelty of the study, our objective was not to rediscover individual chemosensory proteins, but to provide a comparative, order-wide analysis of chemosensory system evolution across Vibrionales. Using 116 representative genomes and ~10,000 additional genomes/MAGs, we resolved four distinct CSS lineages (F6-F9), characterized their contrasting genomic distributions and replicon localization, and identified F8 as an experimentally unexplored system. We further provide evolutionary evidence for distinct trajectories of these systems, including probable horizontal acquisition of F9, and reveal a conserved F6 core alongside more dynamic accessory system. We have also revised the introduction to make these objectives, findings, and the significance of the comparative analysis more explicit.


      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      The majority of the figures are too little to make any sense. Additionally, there are some unexpected "surprises". For example, the authors' in silico data on Photobacterium toruni, E. coli, and Vibrio qinghaiensis while Introduction led us to anticipate or pick V. cholera as the primary target (see last part of introduction). Bootstrap analysis and a clear display of the clades are necessary for phylogenetic validation. A well-established protein structure (Che-A? Che-B? Other Ches?) is required as an unambiguous reference in order to validate protein structure modelling.

      I would also add that since Vibrionaceae is a family of g-proteobacteria in the order Vibrionales, it is not surprising that they are common traits in the genomes of proteobacteria and vibrionales. However, I'm not sure what the authors mean when they say that patchy and replicon-flexible groups are vertically inherited from g-bacteria. A set of genes (discrete CSS types?) that would be horizontally acquired from alphaproteobacteria are the subject of the same critical point. What is the duration of the convergence of Alphaproteobacteria and Vibrionales? Please refer to Sonnenberg and Haugen (2023) about "bipartite" genome and horizontal transfer.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. We have improved the readability of a few figures by increasing font size, clarifying clade annotations, and adding bootstrap support values to the phylogenetic trees. We have also revised the introduction to clarify that the study focuses on chemosensory systems across Vibrionales, rather than V. cholerae alone, and have highlighted Photobacterium toruni and Vibrio qinghaiensis because of their unusual CSS distribution across replicons. In order to have a well-established protein structure from AFDB for structures validation, we have used the pLDDT and pTM score for already available and predicted structures, respectively, and we have added this point in our methodology. Finally, we have revised our interpretation of vertical inheritance and horizontal acquisition, moderating the relevant claims. We have further refined the evolutionary interpretation of F6, F7, and F8 by placing their distribution within the broader Gammaproteobacteria context, while F9 is discussed separately based on its close phylogenetic association with Alphaproteobacteria and the evidence supporting its possible horizontal acquisition.

      __ Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):__

      This manuscript by Rawool and Sharma is a comprehensive bioinformatics analysis of the chemosensory systems in Vibrionales, their chromosomal locations, likely evolution and acquisition, and differences in CheA architectures. The Abstract and Discussion sections are beautifully written, but the language in the rest of the paper, especially in the Introduction section, is difficult to follow at times (I have many comments below under minor points). An impressive amount of data was acquired and analyzed for this paper, including the identification of F8 systems in Vibrios, and I commend the authors for filling the knowledge gap with such a comprehensive data set. However, the paper overall is extremely long and very detailed, and it took me a very long time to plow through all of it.

      The Introduction section, for example, reads like a literature review from a dissertation, but without figures, and could be streamlined without losing impact. Lines 132-154, include many details on environmental sensing and virulence studies, but it reads like a long list of disconnected sentences with findings from different studies, rather than an integrated summary of current knowledge. The Methods section is also very detailed, and although I am not a bioinformatician, the level of detail often seems excessive. In the Results section, data sentences are often followed by discussion or qualification sentences, which makes the Results section even longer. So, while the science in this paper and its interpretation is sound, the paper needs reworking to make it more palatable for most readers. I think it will be difficult for most readers to remain engaged through the entire manuscript the way it is currently presented.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for their appreciation of our study. Following their suggestions, we have shortened the introduction part as well as the overall manuscript. In the methods part, we have included the detailed parameters used in our analysis, so that result can be reproducible for others. We agree about the lengthy result part, and we have shortened this part as well.


      Minor points:

      1. General - sometimes clades are written in capitals, sometimes not, and sometimes they are in italics and other times not. Was this intentional? Shouldn't the formatting be consistent throughout?

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for noting down this inconsistency. There should not be variation in the formatting. We have carefully reviewed the entire manuscript and standardized the formatting of clade names throughout the text, figures, figure legends, and supplementary materials to ensure consistency.

      Line 35 - "moving towards nutrients and away from harm" is a very narrow interpretation of chemosensory systems, referring solely to chemotaxis, which only 1 of the 4 chemosensory systems in Vibrio likely supports. The statement here should be more inclusive.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this important clarification. We agree that the original statement focused primarily on chemotaxis and did not adequately reflect the broader functional diversity of bacterial chemosensory systems. The sentence has been revised to emphasize that chemosensory systems mediate the detection of environmental cues and can regulate a variety of cellular behaviors, including but not limited to motility.

      Line 56 and line 702 - "V. cholerae" not "V. cholera" - a common victim of autocorrect

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for identifying this typographical error. "V. cholera" has been corrected to "V. cholerae" at the indicated locations and throughout the manuscript.

      Line 64 - "marine sea"? Marine = of the sea. So, effectively "sea sea" = redundancy.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for noting this. We have corrected this part in the manuscript.

      Lines 67-68 - the English on these lines doesn't make sense to me. Perhaps "...reaching swimming speeds of 40-200 mm/sec, which requires 1-2 orders of magnitude more energy for propulsion than that required for Escherichia coli".

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for noting this point. Since this sentence is not directly related to the chemosensory system, we have removed this line from the manuscript.

      Line 69 - Why mention V. alginolyticus here as an example of a Na+-driven flagellar motor when it's relevant for other Vibrios as well? Also, no reference is provided.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for noting this point. Since this sentence is not directly related to the chemosensory system, we have removed this line from the manuscript.

      Lines 79-95 - While introducing the proteins found in a chemosensory pathway, chemotaxis itself is given as the "pathway", whereas it should be indicated that it is an example pathway. Not all chemosensory pathways have CheYs that interact with FliM. And not all chemoreceptors in Vibrios have periplasmic sensing domains - some are cytoplasmic.

      __Response: __We agree with the reviewer on this point. We have revised the phrasing in the manuscript.

      Lines 91-93 - awkward sentence where the last clause reads like a non-sequitur.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this observation. We have revised and streamlined the relevant paragraph to improve its clarity, organization, and overall flow.

      Lines 110-113 - The "function" of chemosensory systems are determined by their output, whereas the signals recognized determine their specificity. Please correct.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this clarification. We agree that the signals recognized by chemoreceptors determine the specificity of a chemosensory system, whereas its function is defined by the downstream cellular response it regulates. Accordingly, we have revised the text to distinguish between signal specificity and system function.

      Line 111 - Aer is not an MCP as it is not a "methyl-accepting" receptor in E. coli. Change "MCP proteins" to "chemoreceptors" to be accurate.

      Response: We have changed this part.

      Line 115 = 43 MCPs; Line 149 = 45 chemoreceptors; Line 225 = 46 MCPs - there is variation in the total number of MCPS in Vibrios. Perhaps give a number range where appropriate (line 115, V. cholerae in general), and specific numbers where specific strains are mentioned.

      __Response: __We thank reviewer for noticing this variation in MCP gene numbers. We have revised this statement.

      Line 116 - "forms"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 119 - Change "the" to "a" and what is meant by "double-layered membrane structure" since it isn't in the membrane? Please use a more accurate description.

      __Response: __We thank reviewer for this comment. We agreed that it is not a double-layered membrane, rather F9 CSS cluster form a double-layered appearance in the cytoplasm. We have rephrased this in the manuscript.

      Line 121 - Replace the comma with a semi-colon before "overall".

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 124 - You've already told us that F9 is a cytoplasmic array

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 226 - Change "during" to "via"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      1. Line 133 - "which is involved" and "indicating a link"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Lines 137-139 - If V. cholerae shows a chemotaxis response to these chemicals, then it isn't clear why you would say that they sense the environment "through these CSS clusters" - only 1 cluster (F6) is known to be involved in chemotaxis.

      __Response: __We thank reviewer for this comment. We have corrected this statement.

      Line 140 - "for epithelial colonization"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 151 - gene names should be in italics

      __Response: __We have changed this part throughout the manuscript.

      Line 153- "contributes"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 156 - "are associated"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 162 - "Studies" don't perform anything. It is an inappropriate subject. But kudos for using the word "lacuna" so eloquently!

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 179 - "from which a pie chart”!

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 187 - "using the ggsignif"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 209 - "A total of 154"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 219 - "using parameters the same"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 225 - "the 46 MCP proteins were aligned"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 240 - "was converted"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Figure 1 - the labels under parts C, D and E are too small

      __Response: __We have increased the font size of the labels and revised the figures.

      Line 346 - "encodes"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 349 - "with average values"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 352 - defined HK and RR on lines 347-348

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 365 - replace "chemotaxis-associated" with "chemosensory-associated". Chemotaxis is not inclusive.

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 380 - shouldn't "cheA" be in italics?

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 281 - again, "chemosensory proteins" not "chemotaxis proteins"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 382 - "in trends with" makes no sense

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 283 - "an average of 33"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Lines 387-388 - I don't understand the comment in brackets - why was the protein count limited to 40?

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that the rationale for the cutoff value was unclear. Therefore, we have revised the analysis and replaced the previously used cutoff of 40 MCP proteins with the average MCP protein count of 34 calculated from the dataset. The corresponding text has been updated in the revised manuscript.

      Lines 398-405 - It isn't clear which species have lost flagella, and did they also loose the F6 system? Did they retain the other systems? Lines 427-429 doesn't make it any clearer and I am interested to know.

      __Response: __We thank reviewer for this comment. The species from three clades namely Marinum, Rumoiensis, and Halioticoli don’t have any CSS proteins present in it and all these organisms are well-known to be non-motile, suggesting that they don’t have flagellar proteins. These species lost F6 as well as all other F classes.

      Another organism, Vibrio qinghaiensis Q67 does not encode F6 system, however it has F7 system.

      Line 423 - "HubP protein functions" makes no sense

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. The text has been revised to clarify that HubP is a polar landmark protein that acts as an anchoring factor for the localization of chemotaxis arrays through its interaction with the ParC/ParP complex. We have given proper reference for this.

      Line 470 - why are your reporting 2 F7s and then explaining further on on Line 474 that this is a genome assembly artifact? The information is dislocated and should be streamlined.

      __Response: __We thank reviewer for this comment. As per our analysis, two F7 clusters are present in Vibrio qinghaiensis Q67 species. When we checked further, these clusters reside within nearly identical (~99% sequence identity) terminal regions spanning ~20.3 kb at both ends of the replicon. This is artifact during genome assembly process which involves duplicated terminal sequences. We have corrected the order of writing these details in the text.

      Line 499 - "with the smaller"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Lines 536-538 - The F7 system in Vibrios isn't involved in chemotaxis signaling - please correct your language here.

      __Response: __We have revised the statement for clarification and added the figure number.

      Lines 550-551 - "Structural superpositions analyses similarity...." makes no sense. I don't understand what you are trying to say.

      __Response: __We have rephrased this sentence.

      Lines 612 and 630 report the same thing - sensing of bile and mucin. Are both instances necessary?

      Response: We have removed the redundant sentence.

      Figure 6B - "against" not "againts"

      __Response: __We have changed this text.

      Line 634 - "accounting for 69% of sensory inputs"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 659 - Hiremath et al., 2015b isn't an appropriate reference for the sensory repertoire of PAS domains. Please reference a PAS domain review instead, e.g., Stuffle and Watts, 2021. PMID: 33647528; PMCID: PMC8169565.

      __Response: __We thank reviewer for this comment. We agreed that the reference cited was not completely based on PAS domain, but the authors have mentioned about PAS domain in their paper. However, we have also cited paper for PAS domain which you mentioned in the comment.

      Line 664 - "ligand" not "legend"?

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 740 = "chemosensory" instead of "chemotaxis"

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

      Line 744 - "between the extra domain..."

      __Response: __We have changed this part.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We believe that the manuscript has been substantially strengthened through the revision process. The main changes are summarized below:

      We substantially revised the Introduction and Discussion sections to better position our work relative to previous studies on starvation-dependent thermotaxis plasticity, neuropeptidergic modulation, and AWC function.

      We clarified throughout the manuscript the distinction between negative thermotaxis in innocuous thermal ranges and thermonociceptive responses to noxious heat. We now discuss more explicitly that these behaviors involve at least partly distinct molecular, cellular, and circuit-level mechanisms.

      We performed new experiments in ins-1 mutants. Unlike what was previously reported for thermotaxis plasticity, ins-1 does not appear required for starvation-dependent thermonociceptive plasticity in our paradigm (new Figure 6—figure supplement 1).

      We revised the analysis and terminology used for AWC calcium imaging data. We no longer use the “deterministic/stochastic” terminology and instead describe a starvation-induced shift from predominantly excitatory responses to a mixed distribution of excitatory and inhibitory responses. We also added new quantitative analyses and histogram representations of response distributions, as directly suggested by reviewers, to better illustrate this point.

      We performed new genetic interaction experiments using eat-4; flp-6 double mutants. These analyses revealed that glutamatergic and FLP-6 signaling act largely in parallel to mediate heat-evoked reversals after early food deprivation, while prolonged starvation reveals a hierarchical interaction between these pathways.

      We revised and clarified the mechanistic model figures accordingly, particularly regarding the proposed ASI → AWC signaling pathway and the role of ASI-derived neuropeptides.

      We improved the presentation and statistical rigor throughout the manuscript, including:

      - Replacement of heating power values by corresponding temperature increases,

      - Clarification of the rationale for using the 1-hour off-food condition as reference,

      - Expanded statistical reporting and multiple-comparison procedures,

      - Additional methodological details for calcium imaging, rescue validation, and cell ablation approaches,

      - Clarification of replotted datasets in figure legends.

      We also simplified the manuscript by removing experiments whose interpretation remained ambiguous (notably the nsy-1 and nsy-7 analyses).

      Below, we provide a detailed point-by-point response to all reviewer comments.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study by Thapliyal and Glauser investigates the neural mechanisms that contribute to the progressive suppression of thermonociceptive behavior that is induced under conditions of starvation. Several previous studies have demonstrated that when starved, C. elegans alters its preferences for a variety of sensory cues, including CO2, temperature, and odors, in order to prioritize food seeking over other behavioral drives. The varied mechanisms that underlie the ability of internal states to alter behavioral responses are not fully understood; however, there is growing evidence for a role of neuropeptidergic signaling as well as the capacity for functionally distinct microcircuits, formed by distinct internal states, to trigger similar behavior outcomes.

      Within the physiological range of C. elegans (~15-25{degree sign}C), starvation triggers a profound reduction in temperature-driven thermotaxis behaviors. This reduction involves the recruitment of the amphid sensory neuron pair AWC. The AWC neurons primarily act to sense appetitive chemosensory cues; however, under starvation conditions begin to display temperature responses that previous studies have linked to the reduction in thermotaxis navigation. Here, Thapliyal and Glauser investigate the impact of starvation on thermonociceptive responses, innate escape behaviors that are triggered by exposure to noxious temperatures above 26{degree sign}C or rapid thermal stimuli below 26{degree sign}C. They compare the strength of thermonociceptive behaviors, specifically heat-triggered reversals, in worms experiencing either early food deprivation (1 hour off food) or prolonged starvation (6 hours off food). Their experiments demonstrate a progressive loss of heattriggered reversals that is mediated by AWC and ASI neurons, as well as both glutamatergic and neuropeptidergic signaling.

      At the level of neural activity, this study reports that the transition from early food deprivation to prolonged starvation reconfigures the temperature-driven activity of AWC neurons from largely deterministic to stochastic. This finding is interesting in light of previous work that reported the opposite transition (from stochastic to deterministic) in temperature-driven AWC responses when comparing well-fed worms to those kept from food for 3 hours. This study also identifies neural and genetic mechanisms that contribute to differences in thermonociceptive responses at +1 versus +6 hours of starvation; confusingly, these mechanisms are partially distinct from those that contribute to differences in negative thermotaxis behaviors in well-fed and +3 hours of starvation worms (Takeishi et al, 2020). A limitation of this manuscript is that these differences are not particularly acknowledged or addressed, other than the hypothesis that independent mechanisms underlie negative thermotaxis versus thermonociceptive stimuli. However, this suggestion is not experimentally verified.

      We thank this reviewer for pointing to the interest of our work. The difference between previous work focusing on negative thermotaxis in the range of innocuous temperatures and our work focusing on thermo-nociceptive response is important and indeed deserves further clarification and a deeper discussion in the manuscript.

      Two major empirical evidence for a distinction between negative thermotaxis (as assessed in previous studies) and thermonociceptive plasticity (as assessed in our paradigm) were already included in the initial article version. First, we reported a decrease in average response in AWC neurons due to a shift in the distribution of response polarities from mostly up-response to a mix of ‘up-response’ and ‘downresponse’ after starvation, while previous results showed an increase in response probability of AWCs after starvation (Takeishi et al, 2020). Second, contrary to starvation-evoked thermotaxis adaptation, ASI neurons are required to orchestrate starvation-evoked plasticity in thermonociception. These observations already indicate differences at the circuit and cellular level. For the revision, we conducted further experiments to address the molecular level. We tested ins-1 mutants (see also specific point 3 by reviewer 2, below) and deepened this aspect in the discussion section of the revised manuscript. Previous study found that INS-1 signaling from the intestine is a major mediator of negative thermotaxis plasticity. In contrast, our new data show that INS-1 peptide does not seem critical in regulating starvation-dependent thermonociceptive plasticity (see new Figure 6-supplement 1). Taken together these three lines of empirical evidence support the notion that negative thermotaxis and thermonociceptive starvation-evoked plasticity involves at least partially distinct mechanisms and it seems therefore inappropriate to qualify this notion as purely hypothetical.

      Modification in the revised manuscript include extended introduction about the known thermotaxis regulation mechanisms (Introduction section), new Figure 6-supplement 1 about ins-1 and accompanying text in the result section as well as extended discussion about these differences (Discussion section)

      Multiple additional aspects of this study make the results difficult to synthesize with existing knowledge, including

      (1) Differences in - and insufficient discussion of - the magnitude and kinetics of thermal stimuli;

      We have included a better description of the stimuli characteristics in the revised methods section. The discussion section was deepened to better emphasize that different types of thermal stimuli have been used in different studies.

      (2) This study's use of "heating power" rather than temperature values when presenting behavioral results;

      Thanks for noting this point, which was indeed an unnecessary complication in the result display of the initial manuscript. We have changed ‘power values’ to corresponding ‘temperature increase’ in the revised figures.

      (3) The use of +1 hours starvation as a baseline instead of well-fed worms. Indeed, this last point reflects a noticeable experimental result that differs from previous studies, namely that at room temperature, the basal movements of well-fed and starved worms are not different. Such a surprising result warrants further quantification of worm mobility in general and could have prompted a set of experiments directly testing previously published thermal conditions to demonstrate that the new effects reported arise specifically from the use of thermonociceptive stimuli, as hypothesized.

      The consideration of on-food and off-food behavioral state is an important point indeed. We found that, at room temp, worms shift from dwelling on food (a state with high spontaneous reversal rate) to global search off-food (a state with low spontaneous reversal, after 1hr starvation) (see Figure 1B). Therefore, unlike the reviewer’s statement, the reported data highlighted key differences in the basal locomotion of worms in fed and 1hr starved conditions. Furthermore, these behavioral states have been characterized very deeply using high-content worm behavioural tracking in our recent publication: Thapliyal et al. 2023 (PMID: 37236963). Our choice of using 1hr as a baseline is primarily driven by the fact that an elevated baseline of spontaneous reversals on food decreased the dynamic range to monitor changes in heat-evoked reversals. 1-hour early food deprivation reduced spontaneous reversals and led to a mild attenuation of heat-evoked responses at low stimulus intensities, while responses to stronger stimuli remained comparable to those of fed animals. Additionally, we observed a clear progressive decrease in heat-evoked reversals with increased duration of food-deprivation, which we further used to dissect the mechanism underlying this plasticity. The choice of the 1hr food deprivation timepoint as a reference is further justified below.

      Finally, a previous report (Yeon et al, 2021) demonstrated differences in the impact of chronic versus acute neural silencing on starvation-dependent plasticity in the context of negative thermotaxis. We therefore wonder whether similar developmental compensation impacts the neural circuits that contribute to starvation-dependent plasticity in the thermonociceptive responses.

      Indeed, this is an interesting question. Our conclusions are so far based on ablation (with chronic effects). In order to gain insight on this question, future studies could address the impact of chronic vs acute silencing approach in starvation-dependent thermonociceptive responses. We have added an opening on this question in the discussion, as follows:

      “Another open question is whether ASI action takes place during development (prior to starvation), or more acutely with active signaling after starvation.”

      A weakness of this manuscript is that the introduction is insufficiently scholarly in terms of citations and the description of current knowledge surrounding the impact of internal state on sensory behavior, particularly given previous work on the impact of feeding state on thermosensory behavioral plasticity (Takeshi et al 2020, Yeon et al 2021) and chemosensory valence (Banerjee et al 2023, Rengarajan et al 2019, etc).

      To address this weakness, we have revised the introduction section of the manuscript and cited previous relevant research on the impact of internal states on animal behavior, including the papers suggested by the reviewer. We note that 2 out of 4 suggested citations were already present in the initial manuscript (though in the discussion section).

      Similarly, the authors' commanding knowledge of the distinction between thermotaxis navigation (especially negative thermotaxis) and thermonociceptive behaviors could be communicated in more depth and clarity to the readers, in order to contextualize this study's new findings within the previous literature.

      As mentioned above, we have deepened this aspect in the discussion section of the manuscript (with a dedicated paragraph). It is quite clear that starvationinduced plasticity in negative thermotaxis and thermonociceptive behaviors engage distinct mechanisms (at least in part). These differences include distinct alterations in AWC calcium activity, role of ASI neurons and INS-1 neuropeptide.

      Nevertheless, this study represents a solid addition to the growing evidence that C. elegans sensory behaviors are strongly impacted by internal states, and that neuropeptidergic signaling plays a key role in mediating behavioral plasticity. To that end, the authors have provided solid evidence of their claims.

      We thank this reviewer for the efforts in evaluating our manuscript, for the positive assessment of our work, and for highlighting some weaknesses which, we believe, have been addressed through the revision.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this work, Thapliyal and Glauser tried to provide a mechanistic understanding by which animals modulate their neural circuit responses to control nociceptive behavior on the basis of the dynamic internal feeding state. It is an important study that adds to the growing body of evidence coming from multiple model systems. They have used elegant genetics, behavioral, and Ca-imaging experiments to demonstrate how the auxiliary thermosensory neuron pair, AWC, and one of the internal state-sensing interneuron pairs, ASI, respond to dynamic internal starvation state to modulate behavioral response to noxious heat. Interestingly, these neuron pairs use distinct molecular mechanisms along with some other unidentified neurons to suppress heat-induced reversal response under short-term and prolonged starvation. The experiments are well performed, supporting most of the claims and providing an important framework for future studies.

      I have some queries that, if answered, will certainly enhance the study.

      (1) The results suggest that ASI is one of the primary drivers for the starvation-evoked behavioral plasticity, which regulates AWC activity under prolonged starvation. It raises many important questions, including: (a) how starvation modulates ASI response to heat?, and (b) under prolonged starvation, whether ASI also promotes other, non-AWC, glutamatergic inhibitory neurons to suppress heat-induced reversal, and how?

      We agree with this reviewer that the mechanisms by which ASI detects and mediates starvation-evoked changes in our model is a very interesting (unsolved) question. However, addressing these questions empirically represents a substantial body of work that would go beyond the scope of the present report. E.g., is temperature-dependent activity in ASI even relevant? At present, we envision that ASI could either work acutely (during heat stimuli) or be modulated over much longer time frames (hours of starvation) as an internal state sensor. Therefore, there will be quite some exploration needed before we figure out the ASI-level regulation more fully (including the critical temporal aspect regarding cell activity, as well as quantitative and qualitative transmission aspects). It will be very interesting in future work to address these questions.

      (2) How does ASI regulate AWC activity? In the proposed model (Figure 8) authors suggested an independent, unknown signal, other than INS-32 and NLP-18, from ASI to regulate AWC activity. However, from the results, the existence of another signal is not very clear.

      Thanks for raising this point, which reveals a weakness in our graphical representation (in Fig. 8) that was not properly conveying our point. Our current work shows INS-32 and NLP-18 to be important in modulating heat-evoked reversals upon starvation. However, at the moment, we don't know if INS-32, NLP-18, both, and/or other neuropeptides from ASI modulate AWC activity patterns. The calcium imaging experiments in single, double and potentially triple mutants would answer these questions but are not within our current reach, given the time needed to carry out these experiments. However, we acknowledge this point and have changed the figure and its legend to state that the arrow connecting ASI to AWC activity pattern could potentially reflect the action of these neuropeptides.

      (3) Previously, Takeishi et. al. showed that ins-1 dynamically modulates AWC-AIAmediated thermotaxis behavior based on the feeding state of the animal. It raises questions whether ins-1 also contributes to noxious heat-induced reversal behavior.

      We thank the reviewer for this question. We have now quantified the phenotype of ins-1 mutant in our paradigm. Our data shows that INS-1 neuropeptide is not critical in mediating starvation-evoked thermonociceptive plasticity, unlike plasticity in thermotaxis behavior (See Figure 6- Supplement 1). Together with the differential activity patterns in AWC and the differential need for ASI neurons, these new data further consolidate the notion that starvation-evoked thermotaxis adaptation and noxious-heat avoidance engage separable molecular, cellular and circuit-level modulatory mechanisms. A specific discussion paragraph was added too.

      (4) Experiments with AWC fate conversion mutants (nsy-1 and nsy-7) were very good ideas; however, the results obtained were confusing. flp-6 mutant data suggest AWCoff would be essential for heat-induced reversal, especially at the low intensity stimulus level. However, the nsy-1 mutant-forming two AWCon neurons showed complete rescue at the low heat level, which is quite opposite. Similarly, although less prominent, eat-4 rescue experiments suggested both nsy-1 and nsy-7 should behave normally at high heat conditions, which was not the result observed.

      We appreciate this comment and the legit attempt to infer what we should expect from a worm with two AWCon or two AWCoff, respectively. From previous studies so far, it's not quite clear if cellular properties of newly formed AWCs in nsy-1 and nsy-7 mutants, including response to sensory cues, formed synapses and their partners, expression of neuromodulator and gap junctions, synaptic output are similar or different. We think further studies are required to first establish if FLP-6 and glutamate signaling (expression, release and action) from altered AWCs in nsy-1 and nsy-7 mutants are the same or different. Therefore, direct comparison between cell fate conversion mutants with flp-6 and glutamate would rely on too many assumptions at this stage. Considering this comment, the limited additional value of the data with nsy1 and nsy-7 mutants (in the absence of additional analyses) and the confusion it could trigger, we have decided to remove these non-essential data of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Thapliyal and Glauser show that hunger alters how C. elegans responds to noxious thermal stimuli. Using targeted neural ablation, mutant analysis, and live-cell functional imaging, the authors demonstrate that hunger changes the properties of AWC sensory neurons, which sense noxious heat. The authors further show that the effects of hunger on nociception require ASI neurons, which are known to respond to hunger and mediate the effects of food deprivation on behavior. Finally, the study uses mutant analysis to implicate glutamate and specific neuropeptides in thermal nociception and in the modulation of nociceptors by hungerresponsive neurons.

      Strengths:

      The study clearly shows a strong effect of hunger on nociception and documents a striking effect of hunger on the intrinsic properties of AWC sensory neurons, which respond to noxious heat. The study also clearly and compellingly demonstrates that ablation of hunger-responsive ASI neurons blocks the effects of hunger on nociceptive AWCs. These data, which constitute the kernel of the manuscript, are striking and exciting.

      Weaknesses:

      The study has some weaknesses that the authors should address.

      (1) Ablation of AWC neurons alters the basal sensitivity to noxious heat stimuli. This should be clearly noted in the description of the result and warrants some discussion.

      We thank this reviewer for raising this legitimate point. We have clarified this aspect in the results section of the revised manuscript, reading as follows:

      “Removal of AWC nearly abolished heat-evoked reversal behavior across all stimulus intensities and timepoints (Figure 2B and E). While one should keep in mind that potential indirect developmental effects might take place in neuro-ablation lines, this observation suggests that AWC plays an essential role in mediating the thermonociceptive response under both early food deprivation and prolonged starvation. Notably, in AWC-ablated animals, the residual response level was unaffected by starvation, suggesting that AWC might also be required for the expression of starvation-dependent plasticity.”

      The contrast with known function of the best-characterized sensory neurons mediating thermal nociception (AFD and FLP) is discussed as follows:

      “...Therefore, noxious heat-evoked activity in AWC varies widely according to context, which is in line with previous literature [18, 20, 41]. Interestingly, the role of AWC is distinct from that of AFD and FLP neurons, which are canonically linked to thermosensation and nociception [5, 14, 42, 43], but contribute only modestly to heat-evoked behavior in our assay conditions with between 1 and 6 hrs of food deprivation.”

      (2) Throughout the study, it seems that data are replotted in multiple figure panels. The authors should clearly indicate in the figure legends when this occurs. Also, the authors should ensure that statistical tests requiring multiple comparisons are correctly implemented and reflect the number of times experimental data are compared to a single set of control data.

      Thanks for raising this important point. We have clarified this aspect in the revised figure legends of the manuscript, and in the method section. In some instances, we reconducted some analyses to be perfectly rigorous in multiple comparison accounting. This did not lead to significantly different conclusions. The one exception was that the small effect of eat-4 mutation on spontaneous reversal went below significance threshold. We therefore removed this aspect of the result reporting and of the corresponding interpretation scheme, which became slightly simpler (Figure 3). Globally, this makes the story more focused.

      (3) How ASIs modulate AWCs remains unclear. The authors find that loss of INS-6, an insulin-like peptide provided by ASIs, partially recapitulates the effect of ASI ablation. This observation is not further developed, and instead, the authors characterize other secreted factors that seem to mediate sensitization of animals to noxious heat stimuli. While it is interesting that there are multiple opposing inputs into the nociceptor circuit, the essential connection between ASIs and AWCs that underlies the foundational observations in Figures 1 and 2 is not sufficiently characterized.

      Whereas we agree that how ASI modulates AWCs is only partially solved by our study, we should emphasize that our work identified two ASI-expressed neuropeptides that function to decrease reversal response after starvation: INS-32 and NLP-18. We initially set a lower priority on INS-6 because the reversal response level in starved mutants appeared lower than that in nlp-18 and ins-32. It is important to note that ins-32 and nlp-18 are not ‘generally potentiated’ mutants, but display reversal upregulation selectively following starvation, which placed them as strong candidates to selectively mediate ASI regulation. This said, it is also true that these two mutants (and ins-6 too) display reduced responsiveness at the early food deprivation time point. Therefore, none of the neuropeptide mutants was strictly identical to ASI ablated line, suggesting that the peptides might also work via non-ASI cells at the early food deprivation timepoint.

      Following this reviewer’s comment, we have attempted to complement our story with the idea of using a similar approach and rescue ins-6 with its endogenous promoter or ASI-specific promoter. Unfortunately, we failed to obtain rescue effects, and therefore these data (with a negative result) remain inconclusive (as we cannot guarantee that the rescue constructs were functional). We decided to keep these data aside in the revised manuscript. Globally, our point made graphically in Figure 7F remains valid. We have complemented the figure legend to mention that INS-6 could also potentially work from ASI, but it is not depicted as no ASI-specific data are available. In summary, our data suggests that the connection between ASI and AWC(s) might be established by the integrated action of multiple peptides and their receptors. Further calcium imaging experiments in single, double and potentially triple mutant(s) of peptides and receptors would be required go deeper in this question, which could be performed in future work.

      “...Additional neuropeptides (such as INS-6) may also be involved, but in the absence of direct evidence for their origin from ASI, they were not included in this scheme.”

      (4) The assertion that 'starvation reshapes AWC responses from deterministic to stochastic' is not clearly supported by the data. AWC neurons seem capable of showing different responses to thermal stimuli, and the probabilities associated with these responses change after fasting. The different kinds of responses are seen under basal and fasted conditions.

      We thank this reviewer for the comment. There is an activity response shift that is quite solidly described, including with new quantitative analyses of distributions (histograms in new Fig. 4CD and new Fig. 5C-D, accompanied by Kruskal-Wallis tests). Yet, we totally agree that the wording choice was inappropriate. We have furthermore changed our terminology to avoid using the terms “stochastic” or “deterministic” that were indeed a cause of confusion. We now use the terms “stimulus-locked responses” and describe the shift as “shift from mostly excitatory responses to a mix of both excitatory and inhibitory responses”. We have also included detailed methodology for characterization of traces and statistical analysis in the revised method section of the manuscript, together with the new analyses on peak polarity distribution.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      The reviewers agree that the study is clearly presented and makes good use of behavioral, genetic, and imaging approaches to link starvation state with changes in AWC and ASI function. To strengthen the manuscript and ensure clarity for readers, we ask you to address the following points in revision:

      (1) Positioning and citations.

      Clarify how your findings relate to Takeishi 2020, where the opposite trend in AWC activity was reported, and make a clear distinction between thermonociception and thermotaxis. The introduction should also include additional citations in two specific areas: prior work on AWC and noxious thermal stimuli, and studies demonstrating starvation-dependent behavioral changes via altered neuropeptide release (e.g., Banerjee 2023; Rengarajan 2019).

      We have clarified this aspect with extension of the work cited in the introduction and extensive rewriting of the discussion sections.

      Our data shows that mechanisms underlying starvation dependent changes in thermonociception and thermotaxis show differences at the molecular, cellular and circuit levels. First, we see a decrease in average response in AWC neurons due to shift from mostly excitatory to a mix of excitatory and inhibitory responses in response to noxious heat after starvation, while previous study found an increase in response probability of AWCs after starvation (Takeishi et al, 2020). Second, contrary to thermotaxis behavior ASI neurons are required to orchestrate starvation evoked plasticity in thermonociception. And, finally, previous study found that INS-1 signaling from the intestine regulates thermotaxis behavioral plasticity while INS-1 peptide does not seem critical in regulating starvation-dependent thermonociceptive plasticity (new data in Figure 6 supplement 1).

      We have revised the introduction section of the manuscript and cited previous relevant research on AWC and noxious thermal stimuli and studies demonstrating starvationdependent behavioral changes via altered neuropeptide release including the papers suggested by reviewers. The extended discussion section reads as follows:

      “Starvation regulates thermonociceptive and negative thermotaxis plasticity via at least partly different mechanisms

      Previous studies showed that AWC plays an important role in starvationdependent plasticity in the negative thermotaxis behavior in an innocuous thermal range between 15 and 25°C [26, 33]. Negative thermotaxis involves the detection of thermal changes created by animal movement in spatial thermogradient (0.5°C/cm), the magnitude of the expected thermal changes approximating 0.01°C/s [26]. The starvation impact on negative thermotaxis was shown to (i) involve an up-regulation of AWC cell activity, (ii) rely on INS1 neuropeptide produced in the intestine and (iii) to occur independently of ASI neurons. In contrast, our study used thermo-nociceptive stimuli, with faster raising thermal slopes (~0.5-2°C/s, hence 50-200 times faster than those occurring for thermotaxis) and covering noxious temperatures (up to 28°C). Our results indicate that the regulation of thermo-nociceptive response by starvation (i) is linked to a shift in the distribution of AWC activity response polarities from mostly excitatory to a mix of excitatory and inhibitory response, (ii) relies on ASI and specific neuropeptide produced in ASI, and (iii) works independently of INS-1 neuropeptide. Therefore, our study complements our understanding of the modulation of temperature-dependent behavior in C. elegans with previously undocumented mechanisms at the circuit, cellular and molecular levels.”

      (2) ASI → AWC mechanism.

      Because ASI is central to your conclusions, please expand on how ASI is thought to act on AWC and/or other neurons. If an additional ASI signal is proposed beyond INS-32/NLP-18, mark this as speculative unless further rationale can be provided, and adjust the model figure accordingly.

      We have revised Figure 8 and its legend to clarify what is still hypothetical in the way ASI could affect AWC activity patterns and reversals. Note that the figure was also modified to integrate the conclusions made from epistasis analysis of eat-4 and flp-6.

      (3) AWC response description.

      The data support a shift in response distributions rather than a categorical switch from "deterministic to stochastic." Please adjust the language accordingly and provide a clear description of how traces were classified as "up, variable, or down," ideally with a quantification of the distributional shift.

      We agree that the term “stochastic” can convey different things, and because it was used for something different for AWC in the past, we should have avoided it. We have revised the nomenclature. What we observe can indeed be better described as a shift in the response polarity distribution. The article was revised accordingly. We also included the quantitative analysis and histogram representation, suggested in one of the specific comments, and added detailed methodology on the categorization of traces.

      When ASI is intact, we see a shift from mostly excitatory responses to an ~equal mix of excitatory and inhibitory responses (new Figure 4C-D). This effect is lost when ASI is ablated (new Figure 5C-D).

      (4) Presentation and statistics.

      In figure legends, indicate where datasets are replotted across panels and confirm that multiple-comparison corrections take account of repeated comparisons to the same controls.

      We have included these details in the revised figure legends, and a statement in the method section.

      (5) Methods clarity.

      Provide justification for using 1-h off-food as the baseline, with quantification of baseline mobility/reversal rates. Expand the calcium-imaging methods to describe the processing pipeline (ΔR calculation, baseline period, drift correction), and add a brief rationale if the approach deviates from common normalization procedures. Clarify how cell ablations were performed and verified for specificity, and how cell-specific rescues were confirmed. Please also acknowledge the potential for developmental compensation with chronic ablation.

      The justification of using 1hr off-food as baseline was made more prominent in the revised manuscript.

      Revised result section:

      “Starvation downregulates thermonociceptive responses in C. elegans

      To assess how the feeding state modulates thermonociceptive behavior in C. elegans, we compared responses across different durations of food deprivation (Figure 1A). Synchronized first-day adult animals were stimulated with a series of 4-s infrared pulses of increasing heating power (100, 200, 300, 400 W), causing temperature increase of +2°C, +4°C +6°C and 8°C at the surface of the plate (Figure 1A). Fed animals on food produced robust heat-evoked reversal response to heat, but they also displayed a very elevated baseline of spontaneous reversals (~38%). A 1-hour off-food condition reduced spontaneous reversals (from ~38% to ~10%) and led to an attenuation of heat-evoked responses at low stimulus intensities, while responses to stronger stimuli remained comparable to those of fed animals. More prolonged food deprivation led to a striking progressive reduction in thermonociceptive responses at every heating level, with responses after 6 hours of starvation approaching baseline spontaneous reversal rates (Figure 1B and C). This suggests a robust inhibition of nociceptive behavior caused by prolonged starvation. To determine whether this attenuation was due to the absence of nutrients or chemosensory cues, we conducted similar starvation experiments in the presence of food odor, with OP50 bacteria present on the petri dish lid (Figure 1D). The reduction in thermonociceptive response persisted, indicating that the effect is driven by the internal starvation state rather than external olfactory input.

      Although fed animals showed high sensitivity to noxious heat, they also displayed an elevated baseline of spontaneous reversals, which limited their utility as a control group by strongly reducing the dynamic range of heat-evoked reversal quantification and by complicating the quantitative comparison with food-deprivation conditions with much-reduced reversal baseline (Figure 1B). In addition, technical limitations in our calcium imaging setup would have prevented the intended follow-up analyses in fed animals. Based on these observations and technical considerations, we focused subsequent analyses, aiming at dissecting the circuit and molecular underpinnings of starvation-dependent plasticity, to the comparison of two off-food conditions with similar spontaneous reversal baseline: the early food deprivation condition (1-hour off-food, with high responsiveness to noxious heat) and the prolonged starvation (6-hour off-food with almost abolished noxious heat responsiveness).”

      In addition, the method section was modified as follows:

      - Calcium imaging details were added regarding ΔR calculation, baseline period, drift correction.

      - We now explicitly refer to the original respective articles describing the neuroablation lines.

      - We clarify that cell-specific transgene expression for rescue was confirmed using SL2::mCherry co-marker

      In the result section, we now explicitly address potential developmental compensation in genetic ablation backgrounds in the result section as follows: “…one should keep in mind that potential indirect developmental effects might take place in neuro-ablation lines”.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The data availability statement is missing from the reviewed manuscript and should be included.

      Thanks, we have included the data availability statement in the revised manuscript.

      (2) We request additional information on how n's were determined for individual experiments, as well as the inclusion of post-hoc power measurements for all quantification.

      n were determined in agreement with previous studies using similar measures. No a priori power analyses were performed. A posteriori power analyses are not informative beyond the reported effect sizes and p-values (now reported in File S2). We clarified this in the statistical subsection of the method section.

      (3) In many cases, the specific statistical tests used are not clear or justified; more details should be provided, including the non-post-hoc test used. Are all tests one-way ANOVAs? For comparisons across genotype and starvation duration, two-way ANOVAs would likely be more appropriate. Also, the authors switch between Bonferroni post-hoc tests and Holm-Bonferroni post-hoc tests. What determined the use of one versus another?

      We have now clarified the statistical analyses used and provided full details in File S2. We have now more systematically applied two-way ANOVAs across all relevant analyses (with detailed parameters reported in File S2). When particularly relevant (e.g epistasis analysis between eat-4 and flp-6 mutations) the results of the two-way ANOVAs, is also explicitly stated in the result section.

      We also note that all multiple-comparison corrections were performed using the Bonferroni method. Previous mentions of Holm-Bonferroni correction were inaccuracies, and we apologize for this confusion; these mentions have now been corrected throughout the manuscript.

      (4) The use of heating power instead of the temperature experienced by the worms is an unwelcome abstraction. We strongly recommend revisiting that choice.

      We do agree. We have revised the figures to label the axis with temperature increase.

      (5) For calcium imaging, how are the traces categorized into "calcium up", "calcium down", or "no change"? Were those determined blindly - i.e., by individuals unaware of the experimental condition? Did the response direction need to be consistent across different temperatures? Did the change from baseline need to hit a specific threshold, consistent with previous studies in the field (i.e., +/- 3xSD for a minimum amount of time)? We encourage the authors to include these details in their methods section.

      We have complemented the method section to clarify the criteria for the qualitative classification of traces. More importantly, new quantitative peak polarities comparisons were added (see specific points below and above, about histograms).

      (6) For the experiments showing that exposure to food odor does not prevent response reduction, we suggest that feeding worms heat-killed bacteria would be a helpful control for the importance of bacterial nutritional status. In addition, showing that the impact of starvation was reversible with re-feeding would have been a useful experiment in line with standard experimental design in the starvation field.

      Thanks, indeed with our current work we cannot pinpoint the role of additional sensory cues (except food odor) to be mediating starvation-evoked plasticity. Together with refeeding, these are all extremely interesting questions that we aim to answer and potentially link with ASI and AWC activity in our future work.

      (7) For the various AWC rescue experiments, we found it curious that there wasn't an AWCon+off rescue, only each neuron individually.

      Previous studies have identified similar or opposite responses of both AWCs for distinct sensory cues. Though our calcium imaging experiments point to both AWC on and off having similar response patterns to heat, we cannot rule out the possibility that their output (ability of control reversals) is distinct possibly due to recruited neuromodulators. Therefore, in the present work, we examined where these cell types act via the same or distinct combinations of neuromodulators to control reversals.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Experiments suggested:

      (1) The authors should look into the Ca-dynamics in ASI.

      How does the spontaneous and heat-evoked activity of ASI differ in fed, early food-deprivation and prolong starvation and its link to releases of neuromodulators, modified AWC activity to alter output of thermal nociception are very interesting questions. However, these questions are extremely exploratory (see argumentation above in response to the public review) and addressing them goes beyond the scope of our current manuscript.

      (2) The authors should check AWC activity in ins-32 and nlp-18 mutant animals.

      In this study, we focused on the roles of INS-32 and NLP-18 released from ASI in modulating heat-evoked reversals, as these mutants exhibit relatively strong behavioral phenotypes. However, these effects remain less pronounced than those observed following ASI ablation. In addition, we cannot exclude the contribution of additional signaling molecules, including INS-6 and other neuropeptides.

      A comprehensive analysis of AWC activity in this context would require calcium imaging across multiple genetic backgrounds, including single, double, and potentially higher order peptide and receptor mutants, combined with cell-specific rescue experiments. While we appreciate the suggestion, such an approach would represent a substantial extension of the present work and will be important to pursue in future studies to further elucidate the underlying mechanisms.

      (3) Short-term food deprivation completely eliminated heat heat-induced reversal response to 100W stimulus, while the response to 400W stimulus remained unaffected. This suggests fed, short-term starvation, and prolonged starvation are three distinct states, and authors should also test the response of AWC and ASI ablated animals in the fed conditions.

      We agree that analyzing thermal nociception in fed states, in addition to short-term and prolonged food deprivation states is an important and interesting question, as these 3 conditions likely represent 3 distinct internal states that may recruit different neural pathways.

      Several reasons led us to set the fed condition aside for this study, and we realize we insufficiently explain them in the initial manuscript. There are 2 main reasons.

      (1) It is of paramount importance to consider the ‘baseline’ reversal rate (spontaneous reversals not triggered by heat, but visible in our dataset as the first point in the ‘dose-response’ curve). In Fed animals spontaneous reversal rate is very high (~38%) compared to the 1hr and 6hr food-deprivation conditions (>10%). This has two consequences: first a decreased dynamic range for quantify heat-evoked reversal, and, second, the difficulty in judging quantitative differences in heat-evoked reversals with such major differences in baseline reversals.

      (2) Experimentally, assessing calcium responses in truly fed animals presents technical challenges. With our current setup, animals must be removed from food for at least ~5 minutes prior to recording (followed by ~5 minutes of imaging), which effectively corresponds to a “freshly starved” condition rather than a fully fed state. While previous studies have used serotonin to mimic aspects of the fed state, such manipulations can be difficult to interpret in this context.

      A systematic comparison including fully fed animals, as well as AWC- and ASI-ablated conditions across these states, would be a valuable direction for future work, in particular once the methodological barriers associated with point 2, have been overcome.

      We have clarified these choices in the result section as follows:

      “Starvation downregulates thermonociceptive responses in C. elegans

      To assess how the feeding state modulates thermonociceptive behavior in C. elegans, we compared responses across different durations of food deprivation (Figure 1A). Synchronized first-day adult animals were stimulated with a series of 4-s infrared pulses of increasing heating power (100, 200, 300, 400 W), causing temperature increase of +2°C, +4°C +6°C and 8°C at the surface of the plate (Figure 1A). Fed animals on food produced robust heat-evoked reversal response to heat, but they also displayed a very elevated baseline of spontaneous reversals (~38%). A 1-hour off-food condition reduced spontaneous reversals (from ~38% to ~10%) and led to an attenuation of heat-evoked responses at low stimulus intensities, while responses to stronger stimuli remained comparable to those of fed animals. More prolonged food deprivation led to a striking progressive reduction in thermonociceptive responses at every heating level, with responses after 6 hours of starvation approaching baseline spontaneous reversal rates (Figure 1B and C). This suggests a robust inhibition of nociceptive behavior caused by prolonged starvation. To determine whether this attenuation was due to the absence of nutrients or chemosensory cues, we conducted similar starvation experiments in the presence of food odor, with OP50 bacteria present on the petri dish lid (Figure 1D). The reduction in thermonociceptive response persisted, indicating that the effect is driven by the internal starvation state rather than external olfactory input.

      Although fed animals showed high sensitivity to noxious heat, they also displayed an elevated baseline of spontaneous reversals, which limited their utility as a control group by strongly reducing the dynamic range of heat-evoked reversal quantification and by complicating the quantitative comparison with food-deprivation conditions with muchreduced reversal baseline (Figure 1B). In addition, technical limitations in our calcium imaging setup would have prevented the intended follow-up analyses in fed animals. Based on these observations and technical considerations, we focused subsequent analyses, aiming at dissecting the circuit and molecular underpinnings of starvationdependent plasticity, to the comparison of two off-food conditions with similar spontaneous reversal baseline: the early food deprivation condition (1-hour off-food, with high responsiveness to noxious heat) and the prolonged starvation (6-hour off-food with almost abolished noxious heat responsiveness).”

      (4) The authors should test the effect of ins-1 in noxious heat-mediated dynamic reversal behavior.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. We have now tested the phenotype of ins-1 mutants in our paradigm. Our data shows that INS-1 neuropeptide is not critical in mediating starvation-evoked thermonociceptive plasticity unlike plasticity in thermotaxis behavior (New Figure 6 Sup1). This molecular aspect adds to our initially presented evidence at the cell activity and circuit levels, that noxiousevoked reversal and thermotaxis behaviors are regulated in a clearly separable manner.

      (5) Whether Glutamate and flp-6 work in parallel or in the same pathway to regulate reversals?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. We tested eat-4; flp-6 double mutants and found:

      (1) After short-term food deprivation (1hr), flp-6 and eat-4 separately contribute to heat-evoked reversal at high & low heat and they act in parallel pathways to explain ~90% of animal responsiveness (new version of Fig 3)

      Corresponding new text:

      “Next, we focused on eat-4 and flp-6 mutants, showing the strongest phenotype. We addressed whether glutamate and FLP-6 signaling act dependently of each other in controlling heat-evoked reversal, by testing eat-4; flp-6 double mutants. The residual response seen in each single mutant (Figure 3 A and B) was almost entirely abolished in the double mutant (Figure 3C). A two-way ANOVA for the highest heat stimuli with eat-4 and flp-6 genotypes as factors (two levels each: mutant or wild type) showed significant main effects of eat-4 (F<sub>(1,67)</sub> =48.70, p<.001, η<sup>2</sup>p=0.421) and flp-6 (F<sub>(1,67)</sub> =58.50, p<.001, η<sup></sup>p=0.466), respectively, but no interaction effects (F<sub>(1,67)</sub> =0.093, p=.761, η<sup>2</sup>p=0.001). The significant cumulative effect of the two mutations indicates that the two signaling pathways act mostly independently of each other to mediate heat-evoked reversals.”

      (2) After prolong starvation (6hr), flp-6 mutation has a dominant impact on plasticity and eat-4 mutation cannot cause loss of plasticity, pointing to a hierarchy in this context (new version of Fig. 6, including revised hierarchy in the model in panel G, and also revised model in Fig.

      8).

      Corresponding revised text:

      “Second, we tested whether starvation-dependent plasticity was preserved in eat-4 and flp6 mutant backgrounds, which we had suggested to represent the main AWC transmitters controlling heat-evoked reversals under the early food deprivation condition (Figure 3). Even if the heat-evoked response upon early food-deprivation was reduced relative to wild type in flp-6 mutants, a significant further decline was seen after prolonged starvation (Figure 6B). These results indicate that starvation-dependent plasticity can operate independently of FLP-6. In contrast, eat-4 mutants displayed markedly elevated heat-evoked responses after prolonged starvation, even exceeding the response level seen in the early food deprivation condition for low heat stimuli (Figure 6C). This potentiated response in eat-4 mutants was entirely dependent of an intact FLP-6 signaling, since reversal responses in eat-4; flp-6 mutants were entirely abolished, like in flp-6 single mutant (Figure 6C-E, a two-way ANOVA indicating a significant interaction effect between the two mutations: F<sub>(1,70)</sub> =0.093, p<.001, η<sup>2</sup>p=0.247). Moreover, the potentiated response in eat-4 single mutant could not be rescued by expressing eat-4 rescue transgene selectively in either AWC<sup>OFF</sup> or AWC<sup>ON</sup> neurons (Figure 6F). Interestingly, AWC<sup>OFF</sup>-specific rescue produced a further potentiation of heat-evoked reversal response to high heat stimuli (Figure 6F, 6 and 8°C thermal increases), aggravating the phenotype of eat-4 mutants. These results are consistent with a model in which glutamatergic signaling regulates heat-evoked reversals in starved animals via two bidirectional drives (Figure 6G). On the one hand, glutamatergic signaling—originating from AWC<sup>OFF</sup>—up-regulates reversals in response to high heat stimuli, thus contributing to prevent starvation-induced thermonociceptive plasticity. On the other hand, glutamatergic signaling—originating from neurons other than AWC— down-regulates reversals over a broad range of heat intensities, thus promoting starvation-induced thermonociceptive plasticity. The latter glutamatergic signaling inhibitory effect seems to be more dominant and to depend on intact FLP-6 signaling.”

      (6) The authors should perform flp-6 and eat-4 mutant/rescue experiments in the nsy-1 and nsy-7 background to clarify the results.

      Our results indicate that glutamate release via EAT-4 from both AWC<sup>ON</sup> and AWC<sup>OFF</sup>, as well as FLP-6 from AWC<sup>OFF</sup>, contributes to heat-evoked reversals regulation. The experiments suggested by the reviewer would, in principle, provide further insight into the interaction between AWC subtype identity and the respective roles of glutamatergic and peptidergic signaling.

      However, as discussed in more details above in the public review, the extent and nature of AWC<sup>ON/OFF</sup> remodeling in nsy-1 and nsy-7 mutant backgrounds remain incompletely understood. This introduces significant uncertainty in interpreting results obtained from combining these mutations with eat-4 and flp-6 manipulations. As a result, such experiments would be difficult to interpret in a definitive manner at this stage.

      We therefore consider this an important direction for future work, once the roles of nsy1 and nsy-7 in AWC subtype specification and function are more clearly established. As our preliminary results with nsy-1 and nsy-7 mutants added more confusion than clarity, we have chosen to set them aside (former Fig. 3-figure supplement 2 has been removed).

      Minor comments:

      (1) What is food odor? The experiment should be clearly mentioned.

      Thanks for spotting this unintended omission. Food odor experiments were performed by adding OP50 bacteria on the inward side of the petri dish lid instead of the NGM surface. We have added this description in the method section of the revised manuscript.

      (2) Panel 3C is coming before 3B. This should be rearranged.

      Thanks for pointing this out. Panel arrangement was entirely reorganized in revise Fig. 3, with the addition of eat-4 x flp-6 genetic interaction analysis.

      (3) In Figure 6, if the panels are arranged horizontally, it would be easier to follow.

      Thanks for pointing this out. Panel arrangement was entirely reorganized in revise Fig. 6, with the addition of eat-4 flp-6 genetic interaction analysis.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors should consider moving measurements of AFD-ablated animals into the main Figure 1. AFD is a well-known thermosensor, and it is worth showing that responses to noxious thermal stimuli persist in animals lacking AFD.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have moved measurements of AFDablated animals to the main figure (revised Fig. 2).

      (2) AFD ablation does affect responses to noxious heat. The authors could consider ablating/silencing AFDs and AWCs simultaneously to determine whether these two neurontypes account for the behavior.

      We agree that investigating the combinatorial contributions of thermosensory neurons, including AFD and AWC, to thermal nociception is an important and interesting question. In principle, simultaneous ablation or silencing of these neuron types could indeed reveal unexpected interactions.

      In our experimental paradigm, however, we observe only a minimal contribution of AFD neurons to heat-evoked reversals, whereas ablation of AWC nearly abolishes the response. Based on these observations, we chose to focus the present study on AWC, which appears to play a more prominent role in this behavior.

      A more detailed dissection of the potential interactions between AFD and AWC, including combinatorial manipulations, would be a valuable direction for future work. In particular, the possibility that AFD exerts a modulatory influence remains an interesting hypothesis to explore.

      (3) Given that EAT-4/VGLUT and FLP-6 neuropeptides each contribute to nociception, the authors should consider testing an eat-4; flp-6 double mutant to determine whether this combination of neurochemical signals accounts for AWC signaling to downstream circuits.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion, which is similar to point 5 of Reviewer 2 (above).

      We tested eat-4; flp-6 double mutants and found:

      (1) After short-term food deprivation (1hr), flp-6 and eat-4 separately contribute to heat evoked reversal at high & low heat and they act in parallel pathways to explain ~90% of animal responsiveness (new version of Fig 3)

      Corresponding new text:

      “Next, we focused on eat-4 and flp-6 mutants, showing the strongest phenotype. We addressed whether glutamate and FLP-6 signaling act dependently of each other in controlling heat-evoked reversal, by testing eat-4;flp-6 double mutants. The residual response seen in each single mutant (Figure 3 A and B) was almost entirely abolished in the double mutant (Figure 3C). A two-way ANOVA for the highest heat stimuli with eat-4 and flp-6 genotypes as factors (two levels each: mutant or wild type) showed significant main effects of eat-4 (F<sub>(1,67)</sub> =48.70, p<.001, η<sup>2</sup>p=0.421) and flp-6 (F<sub>(1,67)</sub> =58.50, p<.001, η<sup>2</sup>p=0.466), respectively, but no interaction effects (F<sub>(1,67)</sub> =0.093, p=.761, η<sup>2</sup>p=0.001). The significant cumulative effect of the two mutations indicates that the two signaling pathways act mostly independently of each other to mediate heat-evoked reversals.”

      (2) After prolong starvation (6hr), flp-6 mutation has a dominant impact on plasticity and eat-4 mutation cannot cause loss of plasticity, pointing to a hierarchy in this context (new version of Fig. 6, including revised hierarchy in the model in panel G, and also revised model in Fig. 8).

      Corresponding revised text:

      “Second, we tested whether starvation-dependent plasticity was preserved in eat-4 and flp6 mutant backgrounds, which we had suggested to represent the main AWC transmitters controlling heat-evoked reversals under the early food deprivation condition (Figure 3). Even if the heat-evoked response upon early food deprivation was reduced relative to wild type in flp-6 mutants, a significant further decline was seen after prolonged starvation (Figure 6B). These results indicate that starvation-dependent plasticity can operate independently of FLP-6. In contrast, eat-4 mutants displayed markedly elevated heat-evoked responses after prolonged starvation, even exceeding the response level seen in the early food deprivation condition for low heat stimuli (Figure 6C). This potentiated response in eat-4 mutants was entirely dependent of an intact FLP-6 signaling, since reversal responses in eat-4; flp-6 mutants were entirely abolished, like in flp-6 single mutant (Figure 6C-E, a two-way ANOVA indicating a significant interaction effect between the two mutations: F<sub>(1,70)</sub> =0.093, p<.001, η<sup>2</sup>p=0.247). Moreover, the potentiated response in eat-4 single mutant could not be rescued by expressing eat-4 rescue transgene selectively in either AWC<sup>OFF</sup> or AWC<sup>ON</sup> neurons (Figure 6F). Interestingly, AWC<sup>OFF</sup>-specific rescue produced a further potentiation of heat-evoked reversal response to high heat stimuli (Figure 6F, 6 and 8°C thermal increases), aggravating the phenotype of eat-4 mutants. These results are consistent with a model in which glutamatergic signaling regulates heat-evoked reversals in starved animals via two bidirectional drives (Figure 6G). On the one hand, glutamatergic signaling—originating from AWC<sup>OFF</sup>—up-regulates reversals in response to high heat stimuli, thus contributing to prevent starvation-induced thermonociceptive plasticity. On the other hand, glutamatergic signaling—originating from neurons other than AWC— down-regulates reversals over a broad range of heat intensities, thus promoting starvation-induced thermonociceptive plasticity. The latter glutamatergic signaling inhibitory effect seems to be more dominant and to depend on intact FLP-6 signaling.”

      (4) The authors should consider representing AWC responses to thermal stimuli as histograms to illustrate how fasting increases the probability of some responses and decreases the probability of others.

      We thank this reviewer for the suggestion. The proposed histograms nicely convey the concept of “shift in response polarity distribution” that we observed (using the new terminology we now use, instead of using the term “stochastic”). To create such histograms, we computed the magnitude of the peaks on a trial-by-trial basis. When ASI is intact, we see a shift from mostly excitatory responses to an ~equal mix of excitatory and inhibitory responses (new Figure 4C-D). This effect is lost when ASI is ablated (new Figure 5C-D).

      (5) It seems important to better understand the ins-6 mutant phenotype and determine whether ASI-to-AWC signaling involves this insulin-like peptide (ILP). The authors should consider using some of the tools available for disrupting ILP signaling to more clearly demonstrate that a specific neurochemical signal mediates modulation of AWCs by ASIs.

      Our work identified two ASI-expressed neuropeptides that function to decrease reversal response after starvation: INS-32 and NLP-18. We initially set a lower priority on INS-6 because the reversal response level in starved mutants appeared lower than that in nlp-18 and ins-32. It is important to note that ins-32 and nlp-18 are not ‘generally potentiated’ mutants, but display reversal up-regulation selectively following starvation, which placed them as strong candidates to selectively mediate ASI regulation. This said, it is also true that these two mutants (and ins-6 too) display reduced responsiveness at the early food deprivation time point. Therefore, none of the neuropeptide mutants was strictly identical to ASI, suggesting that the peptides might also work via non-ASI cells at the early food deprivation timepoint (as follow up data indicated at least for nlp-18).

      Following this reviewer’s comment (and the similar one in the public review), we have attempted to complement our story with the idea of using a similar approach and rescue ins-6 with its endogenous promoter or ASI-specific promoter. Unfortunately, we failed to obtain rescue effects, and therefore these data remain inconclusive (as we cannot guarantee that the rescue constructs were functional). We decided to keep these data aside in the revised manuscript. Globally, our point made graphically in Figure 7F remains valid. We have complemented the figure legend to mention that INS6 could also potentially work from ASI, but it is not depicted as no ASI-specific data are available. In summary, our data suggests that the connection between ASI and AWC(s) might be established by the integrated action of multiple peptides and their receptors. Further calcium imaging experiments in single, double and potentially triple mutant(s) of peptides and receptors would be required to go deeper in this question, which could be performed in future work.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the three reviewers for their encouraging and constructive comments. We have addressed them by increasing clarity of the writing and adding details to the methods section that were previously missing or not stated clearly enough. We have included additional experimental data. Specifically, we tested how the osmotic effect of lactulose depends on lactulose dosage and colonization state, added data on cecum sizes of mice with different microbiomes, and tested how lactulose treatment in the active phase affects feeding behavior.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Greter et al. provide an interesting and creative use of lactulose as a "microbial metabolism" inducer, combined with tracking of H2 and other fermentation end products. The topic is timely and will likely be of broad interest to researchers studying nutrition, circadian rhythm, and gut microbiota. However, a couple of moderate to major concerns were noted that may impact the interpretation of the current data:

      (1) Much of the data relies on housing gnotobiotic mice in metabolic cages, but I couldn't find any details of methods to assess contamination during multiple days of housing outside of gnotobiotic isolators/cages. Given the complexity of the metabolic cage system used, sterility would likely be incredibly challenging to achieve. More details needed to be included about how potential contamination of the mice was assessed, ideally with 16S rRNA gene sequencing data of the endpoint samples and/or qPCR for total colonization levels relative to the more targeted data shown.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that we have not made the experimental setup clear in the text. One of the unique features of our metabolic cage setup is that the mice do not need to be housed outside gnotobiotic isolators, but that the whole system is placed inside an isolator. We have developed and published this system recently (Hoces et al, PLOS Biol 2022), including extensive testing for sterility/gnotobiosis. We have now adapted the main text to increase clarity on this issue (lines 76ff).

      Given that 16S sequencing of germ-free mice will typically produce false-positive reads, we used Blautia pseudococcoides as an indicator strain for contamination. This strain is present in our SPF mouse colony, forms spores that are highly resilient to decontamination measures, and has been the most likely contaminant in our gnotobiotic system. We have checked for presence of this strain in the cecum content of all our animals at the end of each experiment, and only included experiments which had a B. pseudococcoides signal below threshold level. We have now added this information to the methods section (lines 389ff).

      (2) The language could be softened to provide a more nuanced discussion of the results. While lactulose does seem to induce microbial metabolism it also could have direct effects on the host due to its osmotic activity or other off-target effects. Thus, it seems more precise to just refer to lactulose specifically in the figure titles and relevant text.

      We have adapted all figure legends to not contain interpretations, but rather state what was done in the experiments shown in the figures. We have also adapted the text in multiple places to soften the language and avoid overinterpretation of our experimental results.

      Additionally, the degree to which lactulose "disrupts the diurnal rhythm" isn't clear from the data shown, especially given that the markers of circadian rhythm rapidly recover from the perturbation. It is probably more precise to instead state that lactulose transiently induces fermentation during the light phase or something to that effect.

      We tried to make the argument that what we call disruption of the diurnal rhythm is acute, meaning that it is not disrupting the rhythm "chronically" (i.e., for longer), but that it recovers rapidly from this transient disruption. Given the confusion this wording is causing we are introducing this conceptually in the new version of the manuscript (lines 56ff).

      The discussion could also be expanded to address what methods are available or could be developed to build upon the concepts here; for example, the use of genetic inducers of metabolism which may avoid the more complex responses to lactulose.

      We also appreciate the mention of concepts from our study that can be built on in future studies, and we added a paragraph on potential further research. (lines 301ff).

      Despite these concerns, this was still an intriguing and valuable addition to the growing literature on the interface of the microbiome and circadian fields.

      We thank the reviewer for all their encouraging and constructive remarks!

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to investigate how microbial metabolites, such as hydrogen and short-chain fatty acids (SCFAs), influence feeding behavior and circadian gene expression in mice. Specifically, they sought to understand these effects in different microbial environments, including a reduced community model (EAM), germ-free mice, and SPF mice. The study was designed to explore the broader relationship between the gut microbiome and host circadian rhythms, an area that is not well understood. Through their experiments, the authors hoped to elucidate how microbial metabolism could impact circadian clock genes and feeding patterns, potentially revealing new mechanisms of gut microbiome-host interactions.

      Strengths: 

      The manuscript presents a well-executed investigation into the complex relationship between microbial metabolites and circadian rhythms, with a particular focus on feeding behavior and gene expression in different mouse models. One of the major strengths of the work lies in its innovative use of a reduced community model (EAM) to isolate and examine the effects of specific microbial metabolites, which provides valuable insights into how these metabolites might influence host behavior and circadian regulation. The study also contributes to the broader understanding of the gut microbiome's role in circadian biology, an area that remains poorly understood. The experiments are thoughtfully designed, with a clear rationale that ties together the gut microbiome, metabolic products, and host physiological responses. The authors successfully highlight an intriguing paradox: the significant influence of microbial metabolites in the EAM model versus the lack of effect in germ-free and SPF mice, which adds depth to the ongoing exploration of microbial-host interactions. Despite some methodological concerns, the manuscript offers compelling data and opens up new avenues for research in the field of microbiome and circadian biology.

      We thank the reviewer for their encouraging remarks, specifically on the surprising findings that microbial metabolism seems to affect circadian clock gene expression and behavior differently in EAM and SPF mice.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript, while providing valuable insights, has several methodological weaknesses that impact the overall strength of the findings. First, the process for stool collection lacks clarity, raising concerns about potential biases, such as the risk of coprophagia, which could affect the dry-to-wet weight ratio analysis and compromise the validity of these measurements.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that our description of the specific methods used for collecting feces were presented in a somewhat confusing manner. In short, dry and wet faecal weights were determined based on fecal pellets that were freshly produced and directly collected from restrained mice. To determine total fecal output over time, we collected all fecal pellets produced in a 5-hour window in a cage, determined their dry weight, and then used the water content determined for fresh faeces to calculate wet weight. Using this method, we cannot account for potential differences in coprophagia between the groups. However, this is not likely to affect the dry-to-wet ratio of faecal output in our results. We have now adapted the section in the methods to increase clarity (lines 440ff), and changed the quantity shown in Figure S2C and E to "water content", which is a more intuitive measure for the same thing.

      Additionally, the use of the term "circadian" in some contexts appears inaccurate, as "diurnal" might be more appropriate, especially given the uncertainty regarding whether the observed microbiome fluctuations are truly circadian.

      Similarly to our answer to reviewer 1 above, we appreciate this remark about imprecise language and have addressed this issue in the text and the figure legends. Indeed, we do not think the fluctuations in microbiota activity are truly circadian, but likely a result of the entrainment through the host's food intake.

      Another significant issue is the unexpected absence of an osmotic effect of lactulose in EAM mice, which contradicts the known properties of lactulose as an osmotic laxative. This finding requires further verification, including the use of a positive control, to ensure it is not artifactual.

      This is a good point. We have used this lactulose dosage specifically to induce microbial metabolism without causing osmotic diarrhoea and went to some lengths do demonstrate this (FigureS2C-E). In response to this comment (and one by reviewer 3 below about transit time), we have now performed additional experiments using higher lactulose dosage (new FigureS3). Our results indicate that the effect of lactulose on water content and transit time depends on microbiota complexity, with no change in fecal water content in 3MM mice even when treated with higher lactulose doses, and a stronger change in SPF mice. We now address this in the main text (lines 127ff).

      The presentation of qRT-PCR data as log2-fold changes, with a mean denominator, could introduce bias by artificially reducing variability, potentially leading to spurious findings or increased risk of Type I error. This approach may explain the unexpected activation of both the positive and negative limbs of the circadian clock.

      While we agree that our description of the qPCR method used for measuring circadian clock gene expression was lacking detail, we do not see how our analysis would lead to an increased risk of Type 1 error.

      Briefly, we use the standard ΔΔCt method to analyze our RT-PCR results. We first normalize gene expression values for each gene of interest to an internal housekeeping gene. Then, we use these normalized values to compare gene expression values in treatment vs control groups (or to the control group at time point 0 in the case of Figure 3C). We then use a log2 transformation to convert the logarithmic RT-PCR values to fold changes. We apologize for the confusing labeling in the figures, where we called the values "log2(fold changes)", which we have now changed to "log2(ΔΔCt) of expression" in Figures 3B, C and S4.

      The simultaneous activation of both limbs of the circadian clock is indeed a surprising result and somewhat complicates interpreting the effect of lactulose treatment on clock gene expression. We take it as evidence that it generally interferes with clock gene expression, while a clearer understanding of the effects would require further research.

      Moreover, the lack of detailed information on the primers and housekeeping genes used in the experiments is concerning, particularly given the importance of using non-circadian housekeeping genes for accurate normalization.

      It seems like the resource table describing these important experimental details was omitted in the original submission. We have now included it in the revised version (Table S1).

      The methods for measuring metabolic hormones, such as GLP-1 and GIP, are also not adequately described. If DPP-IV/protease inhibitor tubes were not used, the data could be unreliable due to the rapid degradation of these hormones by circulating proteases.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this omission. We have now added details of how we measured the metabolic hormones to the methods section, including the fact that we have added a DPP-IV inhibitor to the tubes at sampling (lines 469ff).

      Finally, the manuscript does not address the collection of hormone levels during both fasting and fed phases, a critical aspect for interpreting the metabolic impact of microbial metabolites.

      While we agree that it would be interesting to measure hormone levels also in the fed phase, a more thorough examination of hormone levels over the diurnal cycle, as suggested by reviewer 3, would be relevant for a full-scale follow-up. Given our data, we of course cannot exclude that there may be time-point-specific differences and therefore have softened the language around this conclusion to state that hormone levels are not acutely changed after a lactulose intervention at the time-points examined. (lines 318ff).

      These methodological concerns collectively weaken the robustness of the study's results and warrant careful reconsideration and clarification by the authors.

      Because of these weaknesses, the authors have partially achieved their aims by providing novel insights into the relationship between microbial metabolites and host circadian rhythms. The data do suggest that microbial metabolites can significantly influence feeding behavior and circadian gene expression in specific contexts. However, the unexpected absence of an osmotic effect of lactulose, the potential biases introduced by the log2-fold change normalization in qRT-PCR data, and the lack of clarity in critical methodological details weaken the overall conclusions. While the study provides valuable contributions to understanding the gut microbiome's role in circadian biology, the methodological weaknesses prevent a full endorsement of the authors' conclusions. Addressing these issues would be necessary to strengthen the support for their findings and fully achieve the study's aims.

      We thank the reviewer again for their careful and critical reading of our work, and for their constructive input. In the revised version of our manuscript, we address the reviewer's concerns by providing more methodological detail and additional experimental data.

      Despite the methodological concerns raised, this work has the potential to make a significant impact on the field of circadian biology and microbiome research. The study's exploration of the interaction between microbial metabolites and host circadian rhythms in different microbial environments opens new avenues for understanding the complex interplay between the gut microbiome and host physiology. This research contributes to the growing body of evidence that microbial metabolites play a crucial role in regulating host behaviors and physiological processes, including feeding and circadian gene expression.

      We thank the reviewer for their encouraging remarks!

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript by Greter, et al., entitled "Acute targeted induction of gut-microbial metabolism affects host clock genes and nocturnal feeding" the authors are attempting to demonstrate that an acute exposure to a non-nutritive disaccharide (lactulose) promotes microbial metabolism that feeds back onto the host to impact circadian networks. The premise of the study is interesting and the authors have performed several thoughtful experiments to dissect these relationships, providing valuable insights for the field. However, the work presented does not necessarily support some of the conclusions that are drawn. For instance, lactulose is administered during the fasting period to mimic the impact of a feeding bout on the gut microbiota, but it would be important to perform this treatment during the fed state as well to show that the effects on food intake, etc. do not occur.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. In the revised version, we include an experiment where we administer lactulose during the fed state and do not observe a significant change in food intake. We describe this in the text (lines 189ff) and in the new Figure S5C and D.

      To truly draw the conclusion that the current outcomes are directly connected to and mediated via an impact on the host circadian clock, it would be ideal to perform these studies in a circadian gene knock-out animal (i.e., Cry1 or Cry2 KO mice, or perhaps Bmal-VilCre tissue-specific KO mice). If the effects are lost in these animals, this would more concretely connect the current findings to the circadian clock gene network.

      We agree that these would be interesting experiments to follow up on the question how the observed effects are actuated by host functions. However, they would require a large amount of preparatory work (including rederiving the KO mice to get them germ-free in our gnotobiotic facility), we argue that they are beyond the scope of this study.

      Despite these reservations, the work is promising.

      We thank the reviewer for their encouraging assessment.

      Strengths:

      Attempting to disentangle nutrient acquisition from microbial fermentation and its impact on diurnal dynamics of gut microbes on host circadian rhythms is an important step for providing insights into these host-microbe interactions.

      The authors utilize a novel approach in leveraging lactulose coupled with germ-free animals and metabolic cages fitted with detectors that can measure microbial byproducts of fermentation, particularly hydrogen, in real-time.

      The authors consider several interesting aspects of lactulose delivery, including how it shifts osmotic balance as well as provides calculations that attempt to explain the caloric contribution of fermentation to the animal in the context of reduced food intake. This provides interesting fundamental insights into the role of microbial outputs on host metabolism.

      Thank you!

      Weaknesses:

      While the authors have done a large amount of work to examine the osmotic vs. metabolic influence of lactulose delivery, the authors have not accounted for the enlarged cecum and increased cecal surface area in germ-free mice. The authors could consider an additional control of cecectomy in germ-free mice.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the potential effect of the anatomical differences of germ-free and conventionally colonized mice. We agree that when comparing germ-free mice to SPF mice, the enlarged cecum area in germ-free animals could lead to differences in water release or uptake. However, this difference is smaller in gnotobiotic mice colonized with our minimal microbiota, even though their ceca are still slightly smaller than those of germ-free mice (new Figure S2F). While we agree that including control of cecectomy in germ-free mice could be interesting, we do not have the option of doing surgery on germ-free mice given our current experimental setup. We have now added information on cecum weight, a good proxy for cecum size, in the new Figure S2F done.

      The authors have examined GI hormones as one possible mechanism for how food intake is altered by microbial fermentation of lactulose. However, the authors measure PYY and GLP-1 only at a single time point, stating that there are no differences between groups. Given the goal of the studies is to tie these findings back into circadian rhythms, it would be important to show if the diurnal patterns of these GI hormones are altered.

      We fully agree that a deeper investigation of the diurnal fluctuations of hormone levels would be an interesting next step in studying whether perturbations in food intake can disturb these rhythms. Doing this for the whole rhythm would really require a full second study.

      In response to the reviewer's comments, we have changed the statements made around these data to point out just that hormone level fluctuations could not be detected during specific time points after lactulose treatment and therefore do not seem to explain the imminent behavioral changes (lines 318ff).

      Considerations of other factors, such as conjugated vs. deconjugated bile acids, microbial bile salt hydrolase activity, and bile acid resorption, might be an important consideration for how lactulose elicits more influence on ileal circadian clock genes relative to cecum and colon.

      We absolutely agree that investigation of microbial bile acid modification and their metabolism by the host would be an interesting topic for a follow-up study.

      Measurements of GI transit time (both whole gut and regional) would be an important for consideration for how lactulose might be impacting the ileum vs. cecum vs. colon.

      This is also an interesting point. While we did not add an experiment in which we specifically measure transit time to the revised version, we now measure total faecal output in a 5 h time period after PBS or lactulose treatment (Figure S3C). Faecal output is known to be a good proxy for transit time, and we see no significant difference between lactulose treatment (even with a two-fold higher dose than used before, new Figure S3) and PBS treatment.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Line 126 - see the point in the public review, this data argues against disrupting the rhythm.

      See our response above

      (2) Line 156 - the metric used for water content is confusing. Why not just subtract dry weight from wet weight to get water content? The ratio is much harder to think about for me. Perhaps more importantly, this data is very confusing given that colonization seems to impact the activity of lactulose, which complicates the interpretation. Could be an interesting area for future study that you might highlight more in the discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that our presentation of water content could be clearer. We have changed the dry/wet ratio we have used in the previous version to the "water fraction" (new Figure S2C, E; new Figure S3A,B), i.e., the per cent of weight of the wet sample that is made up by water. We would argue that this is a measurement that is easier to interpret than the difference suggested by the reviewer, because it is independent of the absolute sample weight.

      We also agree that it is surprising that colonization state changes the osmotic state of the gut environment and have now added text discussing that (lines 127ff).

      (3) Line 188 - the lack of expression changes in the distal gut (cecum/colon) potentially conflicts with the model, warranting additional discussion/qualifications. Is lactulose getting metabolized in the small intestine? Alternatively, does lactulose have a direct effect on the host? The current text seems to imply that lactulose is fermented in the colon, the fermentation products are absorbed, and then they only impact the ileum through circulation, which doesn't seem physiologically possible.

      It is possible that lactulose affects small intestinal tissue directly, but we show that the effect depends on microbial activity. Microbial activity is much larger in the large intestine than in the small intestine, which is why we hypothesize that it acts through systemic signals rather than locally. These systemic signals might be fermentation products impacting the ileum through circulation. We would argue that this is not implausible, given that there are well-documented systemic effects of fermentation products in circulation (e.g., den Besten et al, 2013). It is, however, also possible that, e.g., metabolism of fermentation products in the liver triggers a secondary signal that acts systemically.

      (4) Line 241 - need to weaken this sub-heading. The experimental design shows that fermentation products impact feeding behavior, but this does not necessarily imply that fermentation products are responsible for the lactulose effect.

      Done.

      (5) Line 256 - The lack of an effect in SPF mice is surprising and potentially conflicts with the model proposed. Given this and other confusing results (gene expression site specificity, osmolarity effects, etc) it seems prudent to be more cautious as to the potential mechanisms through which lactulose supplementation impacts host gene expression and feeding behavior, which would likely require a lot more experiments to provide a definitive answer.

      While the lack of an effect in SPF mice is surprising, we would argue that this is rather points towards the need for a better understanding of host-microbiota-diet interactions than a conflict with our interpretation. We do agree with the reviewer that more work is necessary for providing definitive proof of the underlying mechanisms of the observed effects and have adapted the language throughout the text.

      (6) Line 260 - A lot of text is devoted to the potential caloric effects of the fermentation products and the lactulose itself. Was this in response to a prior reviewer? Either way, it seems too speculative to me and I would recommend trimming it down and moving it to the discussion.

      We have rewritten this section to make it more concise and increase readability (lines 224ff).

      (7) Line 305 - Not fasting, just lower caloric intake, as shown by Figure 1c.

      We have changed the text to reflect that.

      (8) Line 371 - Too definitive given the current data. Need to qualify the interpretation here.

      We have adapted the text and qualified the interpretation.

      (9) Figure 2 - Need to revise the title, no data showing that the rhythm is disrupted.

      Done.

      (10) Figure 3b - Clarify what timepoint is shown in the legend.

      Done.

      (11) Figure 3c - label when the treatment started. Consider changing to 2-way ANOVA which is probably more appropriate than t-tests.

      We have added information on treatment start to the figure legend and have changed the statistical analysis to a two-way ANOVA (time, treatment).

      (12) Figure 4c - move to supplement as this negative data isn't sufficient to rule out an impact on the hypothalamus or liver. Even when only considering transcript levels it's possible that the timepoint is just not ideal.

      We agree that this data only represents a snapshot of gene expression at one timepoint after treatment and does not rule out involvement of hypothalamus or liver in this process. We have now moved the previous Figure 4C to the supplementary information (new Figure S6A).

      (13) Figure 5 - defined the "fermentation products" and their concentrations in the legend. Consider moving panels d, and e to the supplement - negative results with unclear interpretation. Clarify in the legend how many calories/g were assumed for the fermentation products and provide a scientific rationale for this decision. Modify the title to be more cautious - as discussed above.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that this was not clear. We have now added the formulation of the fermentation products to the figure legend and moved panels D and E to the supplement. We have also combined the former Figures 4AB and 5ABC into the new Figure 4.

      (14) Figure S1 - The patterns in panel a are really intriguing and could be discussed more. For example, what do you think is driving the rapid oscillations in E. rectale?

      We agree that the patterns are potentially interesting, but the fact that the patterns we observe do not replicate well between the two light-dark cycles we monitor suggest a large contribution of experimental noise. We therefore refrain from interpreting too much into this dataset.

      (15) Figure S2 - Could changing the metric for water content be more easily interpretable? Modify the title to better match the data shown.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing that out. We have now changed the metric in Figure S2 (and the new Figure S3) to % water in feces/cecum content, which is easier to interpret.

      (16) Figure S3 - need to specify the multiple testing correction used.

      Done.

      (17) Figure S4 title - replace "inducing microbial metabolism" with "lactulose".

      Done.

      (18) Figure S5 title - modify to weaken the causal claim.

      We have adapted all figure titles to conform to this comment.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Greter and colleagues present an insightful manuscript investigating the effects of microbial metabolites, such as hydrogen and SCFAs, on feeding behavior and circadian gene expression at a single time point. Notably, they observed that these metabolites exert a significant influence on behavior in a reduced community model (EAM). However, this effect was not evident in germ-free or SPF mice, highlighting an intriguing paradox. The manuscript is well-written, with experiments that are thoughtfully designed and clearly rationalized. The study contributes valuable data to the poorly understood relationship between the gut microbiome and host circadian rhythms. While I find the manuscript compelling, I believe that providing additional experimental and analytical details would enhance clarity and rigor.

      Major Comments:

      (1) Additional clarity is needed regarding the stool collection process. Were the samples collected as fresh specimens, or was there a possibility of coprophagia before collection? Clarification on this point is important, as it could impact the results, particularly the dry-to-wet weight ratio analysis. Ensuring the collection process did not introduce this bias is crucial for the validity of these measurements.

      Thank you for pointing out that this was not stated clearly. Wherever we assessed water content in faeces, we used fresh samples that were directly collected from a live animal and immediately frozen in a closed container or analyzed. When we assessed total faecal output, we collected the total bedding from a cage, sorted out the faecal pellets, and only measured dry weight. Total wet weight output was then assessed by using the water content of fresh faeces of animals with the same microbiota and the same treatment as a correction factor. We have now made this clear in the methods section (lines 435ff).

      In cases where we performed total output measurements by collecting bedding, there was the possibility for coprophagia. We did not control for this but assumed that coprophagia will have a small effect that is likely similar between groups and should thus not affect the comparison.

      (2) Caution is advised in the use of the term 'circadian,' which is sometimes used when 'diurnal' might be more appropriate. For example, the title of the first results section could be revised to 'Host Feeding [or Diurnal] Rhythms Influence Microbial Metabolic Fluctuations.' Additionally, line 357 should likely use 'diurnal' instead of 'circadian.' It's important to note that 'circadian' implies that cyclical fluctuations would persist without environmental cues (e.g., feeding). Since it's not clear whether most microbiome compositional or functional fluctuations are truly circadian, 'diurnal' is likely the more accurate term.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out our imprecise use of the term circadian. We have now adapted this throughout the manuscript.

      (3) The lack of an osmotic effect of lactulose in EAM mice is quite surprising, given that lactulose is known to be an osmotic laxative. Was this finding specific to EAM mice, or was a similar lack of osmotic effect observed in SPF mice? A positive control is necessary to verify that this unexpected result is not artifactual. If there is no osmotic laxative effect in SPF mice, an explanation is needed as to why this medication is not functioning as expected in these mice.

      This is a good point. While we initially thought that the lack of an osmotic effect was due to the specific lactulose dose we were using, we also did not observe an osmotic effect (measured by the water content of fresh faecal pellets produced after treatment) when we used twice the amount of lactulose in EAM mice (new Figure S3). However, in SPF mice, we did see an increase in faecal water content after treatment. This intriguing result suggests that the effect of lactulose as an osmotic laxative depends on the presence of a complex microbiota. We now show this data in the new Figure S3A and discuss it in the text (lines 127ff).

      (4) The authors state that 'To account for faulty measurements due to disruptive events and for measurement noise, some datapoints were excluded from the raw datasets.' It would be important for the authors to confirm that this data exclusion was unbiased, meaning it did not disproportionately affect one group over another, and that any exclusions affected groups randomly.

      This is a good point, and we analyzed this for the experiments we show in Figs 4A/S5A, 4B/S5E, 4C, and S5F, and discuss this in the methods part (lines 493ff). The resulting statistics is not fully conclusive: using a Chi-square test to check whether the probability of excluding values differs between experiments, we get significant differences (p=3.9 x 10<sup>-18</sup>). We would, however, argue that this is not surprising, as different experiments sometimes different in the number of times we needed to do maintenance work on the isolators, which could lead to actuation of the scales measuring feed values, and thus faulty measurements.

      We face the same problem within experiments: we found a significant difference in the probability to exclude values between treatment and control in the experiment shown in Figs 4A/S5A (p=1.7 x 10<sup>-6</sup>), but no significant differences in the experiments in Figs 4B/S5E and S5F (p=0.71, and p=0.10, respectively). While it is hard to strictly exclude an influence of our data exclusion strategy, these findings speak against a systematic effect of treatment.

      (5) The authors should provide details on the primers and housekeeping genes used in their experiments. It's crucial that the housekeeping gene is not circadian and is stable at all time points (PMID 17878933).

      In the previous submission, the main resources table was omitted by accident. We have now added it (Table S1), including details on the primers and reagents used for all experimental work.

      (6) The presentation of qRT-PCR data as log2-fold change is confusing. It's unclear what the numerator and denominator represent for this ratio or why such normalization was deemed necessary. Ideally, transcripts should be normalized to a housekeeping gene (as noted in a previous comment), not to a baseline measure of other same genes acquired from other mice. Log2-fold change is typically appropriate when comparing two measures from the same mice; however, in this study, the mice were euthanized, and the denominator is a mean of genes measured from other samples. This approach could introduce bias and might explain why both the positive and negative limbs appear to be activated by the microbial metabolites. It would be more rigorous to present these values as absolute gene expression levels.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that this was not described clearly in the previous version of our manuscript. We have now adapted the methods part to explain that all data showing RT-PCR data is normalized to a housekeeping gene. Only after that, we compare the gene expression levels of the treatment group to the control group (or to gene expression of the control group at timepoint 0 in the case of Figure 3C).

      (7) The use of log-ratios, with a mean as the denominator, could artificially reduce the variability in the data, potentially leading to spurious findings or an increased risk of Type I error.

      As pointed out above, we have used internal normalization to a housekeeping gene before comparing the resulting values of the treatment and control groups. This method (commonly known as ΔΔC<sub>t</sub> method) is a standard way of comparing gene expression values obtained by RT-PCR. The use of a log2 transformation is commonly used to convert the logarithmic data resulting from the RT-PCR measurement to a linear fold-change measurement. We do not see that this data analysis strategy should lead to an increased risk for producing false positives. We now explain this better in the methods section of the manuscript (lines 541ff), and have adapted the labels in Figures 3B, C and S4 to avoid confusion.

      (8) It is unusual that both the positive and negative limbs of the circadian clock are overexpressed following lactulose administration. The authors should provide data confirming that these genes are in counter phase to each other at baseline. This clarification would help readers better understand the effects of the experimental interventions. As it stands, this critical part of the results is quite confusing.

      We agree that this result does not allow a clear interpretation of the effect of lactulose on the diurnal rhythm of the host. While we agree that this would be interesting to understand in detail, we are merely taking this as a first indication that actuation of microbial metabolism during the inactive phase of the diurnal rhythm can lead to changes in clock genes. This claim is supported by our data.

      (9) Could the effects of the microbial metabolites be mediated by AMPK, a known nutrient sensor that can influence the post-translational modification of Cry proteins? It would be beneficial for the authors to explore whether these metabolites have a more direct, previously unknown mechanism of affecting the circadian clock, or if their effects are mediated through known signaling pathways such as AMPK.

      We agree that this would be a valuable path to continue investigating the effect of microbial metabolism on clock gene activity.

      (10) The methods section does not specify how the metabolic hormones (e.g., GLP-1, GIP, leptin, ghrelin) were measured in the experiments. It is important for the authors to confirm that DPP-IV/protease inhibitor tubes were used for hormone measurement, as these proteins can be rapidly degraded by circulating proteases. Without the use of appropriate tubes, this data cannot be reliably interpreted. Additionally, it would have been ideal to collect these hormone levels during both the fasting and fed phases, but it appears this was not done. This represents a significant limitation of the study and should be addressed in the discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this omission, we have now added a description of our protocol to measure metabolic hormones to the methods section (lines 469ff).

      (11) If the samples were appropriately collected in DPP-IV/protease inhibitor tubes, the authors should consider measuring active GLP-1, as this would likely provide a more accurate assessment of GLP-1 activity.

      We agree that this would be a valuable next step, in addition to testing the effect of changes in microbial metabolism on the time traces of hormone levels.

      Minor Comments:

      (12) Line 350 appears to have an incomplete sentence, as it seems part of the first sentence in the paragraph has been inadvertently deleted. This should be reviewed and corrected for clarity.

      Done.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comments:

      (1) Could the authors provide a deeper description about what they are referring to in the following statement? "...higher order interactions and microbial metabolism are variable..." it is difficult to interpret as written. Do the authors mean cross-feeding interactions?

      We have changed this sentence to clarify the meaning.

      (2) Could the authors explicitly state their hypothesis in the introduction and provide a brief, but deeper explanation of the intervention prior to the results section?

      This is a good point, we have adapted the text accordingly (lines 53ff).

      (3) Could the authors include a bit more information regarding the diet provided to the mice? If grain-based chow, please provide insights into the fiber source, etc.

      While we agree that it would be interesting to know what part of the mouse diet is available to the microbes, this is hard for the standard mouse chow that we (and most others doing experiments with mice) feed the experimental animals. We have now added more detailed information on the specific type of chow the mice were fed (lines 347f). We would argue that, because the control and treatment groups were always fed the same chow, the effect of the fiber source and other specifics are controlled for, even if we do not know them.

      (4) In figure 1A - cells/g does not seem to be the correct unit - # of copies/g feces perhaps?

      Cells/g is the appropriate unit, but it seems like we have not explained the way we arrive at this unit in sufficient detail. In short, we use a qPCR run on a known standard curve of bacterial counts (known cells/g values) to estimate these numbers from qPCR results from faeces. We have now explained this better in the methods section (lines 385f).

      (5) Figure 1B/C and Figure S1B/C are confusing - the legend states these measurements were taken over two days, however, the plot shows a single 12:12 LD period. Was the data averaged? It might be best to show each day separately (i.e., over a 48-hour period) rather than in one 24-hour plot. Then, the authors could also show the averages in the light period vs. the dark period in a separate, complementary graph.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. The previous figures were indeed averaged over the two days of measurement and projected onto one 24h period for plotting. We have now changed Figures 1B,C and S1B,C to show the full 48h time windows.

      (6) Line 109 - The reviewer concurs that lactulose is a non-nutritive, synthetic disaccharide, however, in theory, lactulose may have a high heat increment, which could cause the animal to undergo metabolic responses to defend core body temperature (which also exhibits diurnal rhythmicity). Have the authors considered core body temperature rhythms, their connection to microbial metabolism, and the core circadian clock gene network in their model?

      This is an interesting thought. We have not measured body temperature in our experiments. As the heat increment from food is typically associated with metabolic activity, and lactulose is not metabolized, we do not expect its heat increment to be high, at least in GF mice. In mice with a microbiota, we agree that metabolic heat will be produced upon lactulose metabolism by the microbes, which could be a contributor the observed effect.

      (7) Figure 2A and corresponding text in lines 121 - 123 - indicate at what time the bar and whisker plots were taken (assuming at ZT8, but please be explicit in the figure and corresponding text). Could the authors also include statistics for these waveforms?

      Done.

      (8) In Figure 2B, the authors state that microbial metabolism had been restored to normal levels by ZT15, however, did this persist into the next light phase? It would be ideal if the authors could present these data in a similar manner to that shown in Figure S2A for SPF mice. Further, what are the statistical considerations here to describe changes in phase, amplitude, periodicity, etc.

      This is a good point. Unfortunately, we do not have H2 measurements for EAM and GF mice over comparable time periods as shown for SPF mice in Figure S2A. However, the food intake data shown in Figure S5BCD is a indicates that the food intake normalized in the second dark phase after treatment.

      (9) In lines 147 - 149 and in Figure S2B figure legend - assuming these measurements are from individual bacteria? Could this be stated clearly in the text or legend? Also, what are the statistical considerations? Were there significant differences in SCFA production between bacteria?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that this was unclear. We have now adapted the legend to explain the way these data were collected and added a statistical analysis.

      (10) The authors have done a large amount of work to examine the osmotic vs. metabolic influence of lactulose delivery - however, have the authors accounted for the enlarged cecum and increased cecal surface area in germ-free mice? Would an additional control be cecectomy in germ-free mice to be more in-line w/ SPF animals? Further, could the authors tie in these findings more explicitly and state how they pertain to the overall goal of the study? Is this simply to draw the conclusion that microbial biomass is increased w/ lactulose?

      We wanted to make sure that the effect we see with lactulose is due to microbial metabolism and not due to the induction of osmotic diarrhoea or other host-dependent effects, and we have added a statement to that effect (lines 127ff). We have not corrected for the change in cecum size between GF and EAM mice, as EAM size (and many other gnotobiotic mouse models) also have enlarged ceca relative to conventionally colonized mice, but have added a dataset showing how cecum size of EAM and GF mice compare and discuss this in the text (new Figure S2F, lines 135ff).

      (11) Is Figure 3A necessary?

      It might not be strictly necessary, but it can help with understanding the relation of the genes tested in B and C, and we would therefore like to keep it in.

      (12) Line 155 - 157 - the authors make the statement that dry/wet feces weight ratio is decreased in GF mice, but this does not appear to be statistically significant. Please adjust to state numerical differences were observed or provide statistics.

      We have changed the statement in the text.

      (13) Could Figure S3A be moved to the main Figure 3 as this may provide a more logical flow? qRT-PCR data is expressed as - log2 (fold expression), but relative to what? Could the authors provide further info about the control?

      The former Figure S3A (new S4A) and Figure 3B show the same data in slightly different ways. We therefore opted to keep only one of those illustrations in a main figure. The fold changes are always relative to the average of the PBS control group, which we now state explicitly in the figure legend.

      (14) The authors state that the qRT-PCR data shows that microbial metabolism of lactulose impacts peripheral circadian gene expression, but this conclusion seems simplified. Lactulose treatment only impacted the ileum circadian gene expression. Additional peripheral tissues (liver, adipose tissue, etc.) could be moved to this figure, i.e., move Figure 4C data. Why do the authors think the ileum was most impacted beyond GI hormones as discussed later in the manuscript? Could changes in bile acid deconjugation (i.e., BSH activity?) and/or bile acid resorption by the host in the distal ileum due to lactulose delivery be involved? Or is it simply due to differences in GI transit time (which was not measured in the current study)? Further, lactulose had minimal impact in SPF ileum, and in fact, shifted Cry1 in the opposite direction relative to EAM mice. Could the authors provide more insight into these disparate observations (line 196 - 200)?

      We agree that the statement "lactulose impacts peripheral gene expression" is oversimplified, and we have now adapted the text to avoid the impression that this is our conclusion. No tested tissues other than the ileum showed significant differences in gene expression at the time point tested, which does not rule out that other tissues would react to the treatment at that time point, or the tested tissues would do so at the tested time point. As we don't have a good enough understanding of what mechanism causes the gene expression changes in the ileum, we refrain from speculating in the text, even though we agree that this is an intriguing question.

      (15) Could the authors provide more insight into the statistical approaches used to assess amplitude, peak, nadir, etc. in Figure 3C? Was the co-sinor waveform tested?

      This is a good question. Even though this was a highly work-intensive experiment using many animals, we would argue that the noise level is too high and the coverage of the time analyzed too sparse to infer meaningful statistics on the fluctuations of gene expression over time. In the new version, we have changed our statistical analysis of this dataset to a two-way ANOVA (treatment, time) to better analyze this dataset.

      (16) The food intake decrease and interpretation following treatment (Figure 4A and S4A) is curious - all animals were gavaged and in EAM mice, many animals, regardless of PBS or lactulose are trending down in food intake rate/total intake. It seems to be more of an impact of gavage and not of treatment, which the authors somewhat acknowledge in Lines 228 - 230.

      We agree that gavage is a possible factor in future food intake of experimental animals, which is precisely why we used the PBS gavage as a control. Even though the difference is not large, we see a significant change in food intake when lactulose is given, but not when PBS is given (Figure 4A, S4A).

      (17) Could the authors provide a deeper rationale for their line of thinking for lines 234 - 240? What is the evidence that systemic effects are likely to occur 3 hours after lactulose delivery? Further, as stated in comment 13, could brain and liver data be moved to Figure 3/Figure S3 as an additional example of peripheral tissue clocks?

      We have added an explanation for the rationale we use to justify the 8h time point (it is 3h after the peak of H2 production, as shown in Fig2AB, which happens 5h after lactulose delivery). While we agree that the brain and liver data would also fit into the Figure 3, we have now moved all negative data to the supplementary information (in response to a comment by reviewer 1, and in a general effort to clean up the data in the manuscript).

      (18) The authors measure PYY and GLP-1 at a single time point and state there are no differences, yet, the goal of the studies is to tie this back to circadian networks. Would it be possible to measure these GI hormones over a 24-hour period to show that the diurnal patterns are altered?

      We fully agree that measuring the metabolic hormones over time would be very interesting. It is possible but would represent a major effort using many animals and a large amount of work. We would therefore argue that it is beyond the scope of this revision, but a good starting point for a follow-up study.

      (19) The authors state that the administration of fermentation products acutely altered circadian food intake, but the studies do not support that this change is connected to the circadian network. Suggest softening the interpretation of the findings.

      We have changed the language there to soften the interpretation.

      Minor comments:

      (1) The authors should consider when it is appropriate to refer to rhythms as diurnal vs. circadian, as each has a distinct meaning. Diurnal follows entrainment cues while circadian is endogenously driven (i.e., line 39, line 58).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this important difference, we have adapted this in the whole text accordingly.

      (2) Circadian rhythm should be plural throughout the manuscript (circadian rhythms).

      Thank you, we have changed that where we refer to host circadian rhythms generally.

      (3) Lines 54 - 63. Fermentation should be capitalized when used at the beginning of a sentence.

      Done.

      (4) Line 289 - This should be Figure 5D and 5E.

      Done.

      (5) Line 290 - heart should be cardiac.

      Done.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      This paper introduces a valuable optical method for simultaneous in vivo multiphoton imaging of the mouse brain combined with DMD-based one-photon patterned photostimulation in different axial planes. The evidence for effective optical separation of excitation and imaging is convincing, although the in vivo data in the olfactory bulb suggest potential confounding factors arising if stimulation not only affects cell bodies but also neuronal processes. The work will be of broad interest to neurobiologists working in circuit and systems neuroscience, as well as to specialists in optical microscopy.

      We thank the reviewers for their constructive feedback. We are planning to address their concerns as detailed below. Specifically, in the revised manuscript, we will streamline and consolidate the text to include:

      (1) An in-depth discussion of the awake recording results in the main text.

      (2) Further discussion of light scattering, photo-stimulation specificity of targeting individual glomeruli and resolution.

      (3) A summary (including also a table) of the operating regime and comparisons with alternative techniques for patterned photo-stimulation and imaging of the ensuing responses. We will highlight the advantages and constraints of the current implementation of ADePT. In particular, here we explored a small set of spatiotemporal parameters to understand the limits of our technique and provide a proof of principle of the strategy. These parameters can be varied further depending on the exact research question.

      (4) Implementation considerations and technical guidelines for calibration and long-term stability of the rig for ADePT (i.e. ‘a how-to guide’).

      (5) A bill of materials and estimated hardware costs.

      Furthermore, we will provide additional controls and rephrase some of the statements in the text as suggested (e.g. replace ‘accessible’ with ‘simple’, etc.). We will correct the unfortunate grammatical errors, improve clarity of text, and update the references accordingly.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this methods paper, the authors introduce a novel and innovative imaging approach for simultaneous in vivo multiphoton imaging of the mouse brain combined with DMD-based one-photon patterned photo-stimulation in different axial planes. This is a highly exciting technique that enables the axial decoupling of optical imaging of deep neural circuits from surface photo-stimulation of spatially precise (tens of micrometres) brain spots. This method builds on previous developments from the same laboratory, combining DMD-based patterned photo-stimulation with in vivo electrophysiological recordings. To my knowledge, this is the first instance in which patterned photo-stimulation has been combined and axially decoupled from two-photon (2P) imaging.

      Beginning with a thorough characterisation of the optical resolution of the photo-stimulation system, the authors applied this method to the olfactory bulb (OB) network, in which sensory inputs are topographically organised at the surface of the OB and thus ideally suited to demonstrate the relevance of this approach. They first showed that this technique can be used to rapidly reveal connectivity patterns of OB output neurons and to identify sister mitral cells. In addition, they manipulated a specific glomerular inhibitory population and demonstrated that these neurons provide spatially heterogeneous long-range inhibition of OB output neurons, with differential effects on mitral and tufted cells (a result previously observed in a paper from the same lab: Banerjee et al., 2015, Neuron). Altogether, the data demonstrate that this technique is well-suited for high-throughput functional mapping of neural circuit properties. The results are compelling and illustrate both the significant advance represented by this method and its feasibility.

      We thank the Reviewer for their constructive input.

      Despite my initial enthusiasm, there are several concerns in the present study that must be addressed in order to rule out confounding observations and to resolve remaining uncertainties regarding photo-stimulation resolution. These include the following:

      (1) Spatial resolution: Although the authors provide convincing data on spatial resolution in vitro, several observations throughout the paper suggest that the effective photo-stimulation precision may be lower than initially reported. For instance, in Figure 2, the authors observe repeated responses in neighbouring glomeruli (e.g., glomeruli #3 & #5, #4 & #6). To what extent could light scattering along the X/Y/Z-axis above the targeted glomerulus recruit en passage axons, resulting in the inadvertent activation of multiple glomeruli?

      Indeed, we cannot rule out this possibility. Fibers of passage are a potential concern. This is why we systematically sample different light intensities and assess their impact on specificity of dendritic mitral and tufted cell responses within the glomerular layer (same axial-plane optical stimulation and imaging experiments, Fig. 2). We identify a range of intensities that on average result mostly in activation of the targeted glomeruli. Within the range of intensities used for identifying sister cells, >90% of responses were on the diagonal (targeted glomeruli) and ~5% pixels that cleared the signal significance criterion used were in off-target glomeruli, as stated in the text and quantified in Fig. 2f. In the revised manuscript, we will further clarify and expand on these points.

      A further observation concerns the presence of "inhibited" sister mitral cells (Figure 3). The authors claim this is reminiscent of the differential spike-timing reported between sister cells (Dwawale et al., 2010, Nat Neuro). However, observing both excitatory and inhibitory responses following stimulation of glutamatergic inputs is an altogether different matter, particularly given that sister mitral cells are reciprocally connected via gap junctions. This observation requires further clarification and raises serious questions about the effective resolution of the stimulation. Could the inhibited cell simply correspond to a non-sister mitral cell receiving disynaptic feed-forward inhibition?

      This is indeed what we think it is happening (i.e. disynaptic feed-forward inhibition as the Reviewer points out). We observe inhibition in some of the mitral cells in the field of imaging when we stimulate not their parent glomerulus, but other glomeruli in the neighbourhood. As the Reviewer points out, sister cells are connected via gap junctions, but they also receive inhibitory chemical synaptic inputs via their secondary (and primary dendrites) from other (not-their-parent) glomeruli mediated by numerous types of interneurons including the DAT+/GABAergic (a.k.a. superficial short axon cells) and granule cells. Our data is consistent with differential inhibitory input from other glomeruli on sister cells getting input from the same parent glomerulus. As it appears that we failed to present this point clearly in the initial submission, we will further expand along these lines in the revised manuscript. Briefly:

      First, we identify a photo-stimulation regime that results mostly in the activation of a given targeted glomerulus (and not of other glomeruli in the field of stimulation). To this end, we photo-stimulate and image ensuing neuronal responses in the same axial optical plane. We strobe (alternate) between monitoring dendritic mitral and tufted cell (enhanced) GCaMP responses within the targeted glomerulus and other glomeruli in the field of imaging, while varying systematically the light intensity (Figs. 2,3a; Suppl. Fig. 4b, Suppl. Fig, 5b-d;h-j). We use as criterion for specificity a condition when >95% of significantly responding pixels (above a statistically defined signal response threshold) lie within the anatomical boundaries of the targeted glomerulus. For each glomerulus (or pixel within a glomerulus) we compared the average light response across trials with the baseline reference distribution in the absence of light stimulation. If this value crossed the 99th percentile of the baseline distribution, the glomerulus/pixel within glomerulus was classified as responsive to the photo-stimulation.

      Second, using the minimal light intensity regime experimentally identified as ‘specific’ for targeting individual glomeruli in the field of photo-stimulation (< 5% significant activation of off-target pixels), we decouple photo-stimulation in the glomerular layer from monitoring responses of mitral and tufted cells in the deeper layers of the olfactory bulb (100-250 µm axial displacement). This approach enables us to map cohorts of sister (daughter) cells associated with any specific target glomerulus in the field of view (1,2,3…n) by monitoring excitatory (enhanced) responses of mitral and tufted cell bodies. A cohort of sister cells associated with glomerulus x<sub>i</sub> (daughters of glomerulus x<sub>i</sub>) is defined by those cells which show statistically significant excitatory responses (4 SD - standard deviations - above their baseline fluctuations) specifically in response to photo-stimulation of glomerulus x<sub>i</sub>.

      Third, in the process, as we photo-stimulate different glomeruli in the field of stimulation, we also observe at times suppressed (inhibitory) responses in a subset of the mitral and tufted cells (exceeding 3 SD in the negative direction their baseline fluctuations). These suppressed responses occur in response to photo-stimulating not the parent glomerulus of a given cell, but other glomeruli in the field. These experiments revealed that within a cohort of sister cells (daughters of glomerulus x<sub>i</sub>), only a subset of cells are suppressed by activation of glomerulus x<sub>j</sub>, and, in a few example cases, different cells are suppressed by activation of different glomeruli (e.g. x<sub>j</sub> vs. x<sub>k</sub>), presumably through disynaptic feed-forward inhibition (Fig. 3b iii; 3d; Suppl. Figs. 5f,g; l,m). These preliminary observations suggest that sister cells receive differential inhibitory inputs from glomeruli in the neighborhood. In the revised manuscript, we will expand to further clarify these points.

      To verify sister cell identity, the authors could confirm that the predicted sister cells share a similar odour receptive field compared to randomly selected mitral cell pairs. In their previous study employing analogous DMD-based photo-stimulation (Dhawale et al., 2010, Nat. Neurosci.), sister mitral cells did not exhibit such opposite response profiles (firing rate correlation of ∼0.7 between sister cells). Could the authors verify that a comparable activity correlation is also observed among the sister cells identified using ADePT in the present study? In Figure S6, the authors show recordings and stimulation of the same neurons co-expressing GCaMP and ChR2. Applying this experimental design to the mitral/tufted cell population (using a Tbet-Cre mouse transduced in the OB with both GCaMP and Chrimson virus) would constitute a valuable control to clarify the nature of these "inhibited" sister cells.

      We thank the Reviewer for the suggestion. We consider that the experiments shown here are proof-of-principle in nature, highlighting the potential of ADePT for mapping functional neural circuit connectivity. In our opinion, further investigating the logic of similarities and differences in the odor responses of sister mitral cells and the nature of inhibitory glomerular interactions forms the focus of future studies. We also note that firing rate correlations can be notoriously difficult to compare and interpret across experimental regimes (spikes vs. calcium imaging).

      An additional concern relates to the 21 out of 162 mitral cells that were activated by two distinct glomeruli - a finding that is incompatible with the established OB wiring diagram and that further challenges the claimed stimulation resolution.

      Indeed, this reflects some degree of non-specific activation of the targeted glomeruli as discussed above. In the revised manuscript, we will further highlight this issue.

      A critical control experiment is also absent: in a Thy1-GCaMP6 mouse lacking any light-sensitive opsin, do the authors observe any unintended side effects of photo-stimulation?

      In the revised manuscript, we will include an additional control as suggested by the reviewer. Within the range of intensities used, we did not observe significant modulation of GCaMP6s activity in mitral and tufted cells in mice lacking light-sensitive opsins.

      Regarding sister cells (Figure 3), tufted cells are not analysed alongside mitral cells in this dataset, whereas this is elegantly performed in Figure 5 using the DAT+ model. Could the authors also demonstrate how the technique can reveal the complete family portrait of sister mitral and tufted cells?

      We thank the Reviewer for the suggestion. We think that the differences between mitral and tufted cells are indeed very interesting to investigate, but in our opinion form the subject of future studies.

      (2) The authors have explored only a limited set of photo-stimulation parameters, primarily varying light intensity. They should present additional tests, such as varying the spot size (which appears to be arbitrarily fixed at 30-50 µm) and the z plane of stimulation. The level of activation can vary considerably: for example, in Figure 3a(iii), identical stimulations elicit responses of markedly different amplitudes (see glom#3 and #4). In Figure 2, 5 out of 15 glomeruli failed to respond - could the choice of z-plane account for this variability? The stimulation duration (50-150 ms) also appears somewhat arbitrary: can the authors demonstrate that the technique is compatible with finer temporal patterns (e.g., 10 Hz stimulation for 500 ms using 20 ms light pulses)? What are the spatiotemporal and axial scanning limits of this approach, and can two or three glomeruli be targeted simultaneously with temporally patterned stimulation?

      Indeed, here we explored a limited set of spatiotemporal parameters to understand the limits of our technique and provide proof of principle. These can be varied depending on the exact question. In the revised manuscript, we will clearly state what the constraints of the current implementation are and provide context for further optimizations. Briefly, in the current version, individual as well as multiple glomeruli can be photo-stimulated together and 20 ms per pulse regime in trains of pulses is feasible.

      (3) One particularly relevant application of this method would be to guide photo-stimulation based on prior functional measurements - for instance, by generating a photo-stimulation mask specifically targeting odour-responsive glomeruli. In the DAT-Cre × Thy1-GCaMP6 experiment shown in Figure 5e, which glomeruli are activated by a given odour, and how does this odor responsiveness influence the efficiency of DAT+ cell-mediated inhibition?

      We thank the Reviewer for the suggestion. We are thinking along exactly the same lines. In particular, we would like to investigate the relationship between the degree of overlap in odor responses of individual glomeruli and the strength and specificity of their inhibitory interactions mediated by DAT+ interneurons. In the revised manuscript, we will further expand on discussing this venue of study. We feel however that this investigation is beyond the scope of this technical report.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Koh and colleagues describe ADePT (Axially Decoupled Photo-stimulation and Two-photon Readout), a modular approach for combining patterned one-photon optogenetic stimulation with two-photon calcium imaging in independently controlled axial planes. The method relies on a digital micromirror device together with a motorized holographic diffuser to generate spatially confined stimulation patterns while imaging deeper neuronal populations. As proof-of-principle applications, the authors use the system to map excitatory and inhibitory functional connectivity in the mouse olfactory bulb by stimulating superficial glomerular circuits and recording responses from mitral and tufted cells in deeper layers.

      This is a well-executed Tools and Resources manuscript. The technical implementation is described in considerable detail, the optical performance is systematically characterized, and the biological experiments provide convincing demonstrations of the types of circuit questions that can be addressed using the method.

      Strengths:

      The greatest strength of the manuscript is the comprehensive technical characterization of the optical system. The authors carefully benchmark the spatial resolution, axial confinement, registration accuracy, calibration procedure, and practical operating limits of the setup. I found the extensive optical benchmarking particularly helpful, as it gives readers a realistic sense of the operating regime and practical limitations of the approach.

      Another strength is the high level of methodological transparency. The optical design, calibration procedures, stimulation strategies, and analysis pipeline are described in sufficient detail that an experienced laboratory could realistically evaluate whether the system is suitable for its own applications. This level of documentation is particularly appropriate for a Tools and Resources article.

      A further strength is the clear positioning of ADePT relative to existing approaches. The authors are transparent about the trade-off between spatial resolution and implementation complexity: ADePT does not provide single-cell photostimulation, but offers flexible axial separation, a large stimulation field, and cellular-resolution two-photon readout in deeper planes without requiring a full holographic stimulation system. This defines a credible and potentially useful experimental niche.

      The biological applications convincingly demonstrate the utility of ADePT. The experiments identifying sister mitral/tufted cells through selective glomerular stimulation and the mapping of heterogeneous inhibitory influences from DAT-positive interneurons illustrate the types of functional connectivity questions that become experimentally accessible with this approach. Importantly, the authors generally avoid overstating these biological findings and appropriately present them as proof-of-principle demonstrations of the technology.

      We thank the Reviewer for their constructive input.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary limitation is inherent to the method itself rather than the execution of the study. Because ADePT relies on one-photon patterned illumination, photo-stimulation remains restricted to relatively superficial structures and does not achieve single-cell spatial resolution. The authors appropriately acknowledge these constraints and clearly position the method within this operating regime. Consequently, ADePT occupies a useful niche for interrogating spatially organized functional units such as olfactory glomeruli or cortical barrels, rather than applications requiring single-cell precision or deeper tissue penetration.

      We agree. In the revised manuscript, we will further expand on these points, highlighting the limitations and advantages of ADePT compared to other techniques in a table discussing various operating regimes.

      Although the manuscript describes the approach as relatively simple and cost-effective, implementation still requires careful optical alignment, registration, calibration, and optimization. This does not diminish the value of the approach, but terms such as modular or accessible may better reflect the practical implementation than simple. Likewise, a brief bill of materials, approximate add-on cost, and indication of which components are essential versus substitutable would help prospective users assess the accessibility of the system.

      We agree. We will change the text accordingly and provide the additional information as suggested.

      Finally, the manuscript provides an impressive level of technical characterization, but much of the practical guidance for adopting the system is distributed across the Results and Discussion. Bringing together the principal limitations, recommended operating regime, expected calibration workflow, evidence for long-term alignment stability, and the circumstances in which ADePT is preferable to alternative approaches would further strengthen the manuscript as a community resource.

      We agree. We will proceed accordingly in the revised manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript asks whether two forms of explicit strategy use in visuomotor adaptation, i.e., algorithmic mental rotation and retrieval of a cached aiming solution, differentially influence implicit recalibration. The question is relevant because much prior work treats explicit strategy as a unitary process, whereas the algorithmic/retrieval distinction is theoretically meaningful and grounded in cognitive theory. Across three experiments, the authors report that algorithmic strategy conditions initially produced broader fitted implicit generalization functions than retrieval conditions, but that this difference was reduced or eliminated when reach variability and sensory prediction errors were more tightly controlled.

      Strengths:

      The paper is clearly written, theoretically well-motivated, and employs a commendably transparent and progressive experimental logic. The three-experiment structure, in which confounds are systematically identified and addressed, represents a strong model of cumulative experimental design (I will certainly use it in teaching courses on experimental methods):

      Experiment 1 establishes an apparent difference in implicit generalization breadth. Experiment 2 attempts to reduce error spillover from Non-Critical targets by increasing angular separation and using delayed endpoint feedback. Experiment 3 uses an error-clamp design to decouple variable reaching from error feedback. This sequence is appropriate for testing whether the initial difference reflects a strategy-dependent change in implicit recalibration or instead follows from the distribution of movement plans and error exposure. The authors also provide reaction-time and performance data that are broadly consistent with the intended distinction between algorithmic and retrieval-like task performance.

      Weaknesses:

      The evidence does not support the strongest claims made in the manuscript, namely that algorithmic and retrieval strategies generally do not reshape implicit recalibration.

      In general, I am skeptical of the authors' interpretation of null results. Several central conclusions depend on non-significant group differences, especially in Experiment 3. Non-significant tests are repeatedly treated as evidence that groups are equivalent or that confounds are absent (e.g., implicit recalibration magnitude (Algorithmic: 11.43 {plus minus} 6.43{degree sign}; Retrieval: 15.49 {plus minus} 8.99{degree sign}; t(38) = −1.65, p = .11), adaptation level before Exclusion probes (F(1,256) = 3.04, p = .08) and Exclusion RT differences (F(1,266) = 3.15, p = .08), whereas a modest model-dependent breadth effect (bootstrap p = .02) is treated as meaningful (for more on the model-dependent breadth effect, see below).

      Without confidence intervals, equivalence tests, or Bayesian analyses, I think that the authors' interpretations comprise an inferential gap. A failure to find a significant difference is not equivalent to evidence of equivalence, particularly given that the implicit recalibration signal gets progressively attenuated across experiments (Experiment 1: ~16-17{degree sign}; Experiment 2: ~11-15{degree sign}; Experiment 3: ~7-8{degree sign}). With a substantially diminished signal in Experiment 3, the null result could partly reflect reduced statistical sensitivity rather than true equivalence.

      My main technical concern is the analysis of generalization breadth already alluded to. The central claims rely on group-level Gaussian fits to only seven Exclusion probe locations spanning −45{degree sign} to +45{degree sign} around the Critical target. In several cases, the fitted centers and widths are poorly constrained by the sampled range. For example, in Experiment 2 the algorithmic group's fitted center is shifted to approximately 29{degree sign}, meaning that the probe range samples the function asymmetrically relative to its own peak. In Experiment 3, fitted centers are near or outside the sampled range, while estimated widths are very broad. Under these conditions, the width parameter may partly reflect extrapolation or parameter trade-offs between center, amplitude, and width rather than a genuine difference in generalization breadth.

      Lastly, I think that the authors' use of an error-clamp paradigm is, from an experimental point of view, quite elegant. By controlling the sensory prediction error independently of reach direction, they can isolate implicit recalibration from the confounds identified in Experiments 1 and 2. However, I see a fundamental problem or question concerning construct validity here: In Experiments 1 and 2, the algorithmic strategy was operationalized as participants computing a counterrotated aiming direction in response to a visible cursor rotation. This is a naturalistic context where mental rotation is both required and meaningfully connected to task success. In Experiment 3, however, there is no visuomotor rotation to compensate for. The error-clamp renders the cursor feedback task-irrelevant. Instead, participants are instructed via text commands (e.g., "move towards 45{degree sign}") to reach invisible locations, rendering the "algorithmic strategy" in this context essentially an instructed spatial navigation toward arbitrary angular locations, not genuine visuomotor mental rotation driven by an error signal.

      To put it differently, are we sure that the cognitive process engaged by the algorithmic group in Experiment 3 is the same as the algorithmic mental rotation strategy in Experiments 1 and 2? If not, then the null result in Experiment 3 may not speak to the original question about how algorithmic strategies interact with implicit recalibration after all. Instead, it may reflect the absence of a genuine strategy manipulation.

      To their credit, the authors report a compelling RT dissociation that mirrors Experiments 1 and 2: The algorithmic group shows slower RT, which is decreasing over training (0.98s → 0.76s), whereas the retrieval group exhibits faster, stable RT (0.52s → 0.45s). While this pattern is consistent with genuine strategy differences persisting in Experiment 3, it could also reflect the greater spatial precision demands of reaching to invisible targets from text instructions, rather than genuine mental rotation per se. Reaching to an invisible location defined by a verbal angular label is inherently more demanding than reaching to a visible target, regardless of strategy type, and this demand is asymmetrically present in the two groups, since Non-Critical targets are invisible for the algorithmic group but visible for the retrieval group.

      Thus, from my point of view, experiment 3 should not be used as definitive evidence that algorithmic and retrieval strategies during standard visuomotor adaptation cannot differentially influence implicit recalibration.

      Overall, the manuscript addresses a meaningful question and the multi-experiment structure is useful. The evidence is incomplete for the broad claim that implicit recalibration is insensitive to strategy type. The study would make a clearer contribution if the authors narrowed the claims, strengthened the generalization analyses, and treated null effects with appropriate inferential tools.

    2. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      A previous study from the same team (McDougle & Taylor, 2019) demonstrated that explicit strategies during visuomotor adaptation can be dissociated into retrieval-based and algorithmic strategies. However, whether these distinct forms of explicit processing differentially influence implicit recalibration has remained unresolved, with previous studies providing evidence both for relatively independent explicit and implicit processes and for interactions between them. This study addresses this question through a series of experiments that used Critical and Non-Critical targets to induce distinct strategic modes while maintaining comparable adaptation at the Critical target.

      Experiment 1 replicated previous findings showing broader implicit generalization under algorithmic strategies. However, this broader generalization could be explained by spillover effects arising from adaptation at the Non-Critical targets. Experiment 2 was designed to reduce such spillover effects by increasing the spatial separation between the Critical and Non-Critical targets. Although broader generalization was still observed in the algorithmic condition, this effect was interpreted as reflecting greater variability in reaching behavior at the Critical target. Finally, Experiment 3 introduced additional controls using an error-clamp paradigm, and the difference in generalization width between the two strategies largely disappeared.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful and comprehensive summary of our study.  One thing we would like to clarify is that the non-critical targets used in Experiment 1 received the same type of online continuous feedback as the critical target.Therefore the extent of implicit recalibration should be comparable between the critical and non-critical targets in Experiment 1. In contrast, for Experiment 2, we tightened the control for implicit recalibration at the non-critical targets by: 1) delivering delayed endpoint feedback for all non-critical targets while keeping the online continuous feedback for the critical target, which is known to suppress implicit recalibration, and 2) we widened the spatial gap between the critical and non-critical targets, to minimize spillover 2) As a result, the implicit recalibration was diminished at the non-critical targets, contributing to the shrinkage of the generalization curve around the critical target. 

      One other issue that we would like to make clear is that Experiment 1 was not a straight replication of a previous study, at least to our knowledge. We believe that the reviewer is referring to our previous study (McDougle and Taylor 2019), which found broader generalization for algorithmic strategies (Experiment 4). However, in that study cursor feedback was always delayed. As such, the observed broader generalization was most likely due to the strategy itself and not implicit recalibration. 

      Together, these findings led the authors to conclude that implicit recalibration is relatively insensitive to the type of explicit strategy employed and is primarily shaped by the statistics of the movement plans on which learning occurs.

      The experimental design using Critical and Non-Critical targets is particularly interesting and represents a creative approach to manipulating strategy use. Reaction times were generally longer in the algorithmic group, even at the Critical target, suggesting that the manipulation was at least partially successful in biasing participants toward algorithmic versus retrieval-based strategies. The results that the implicit recalibration is independent of the explicit strategy (how you aim) but depends on the aiming point by the explicit strategies (where you aim) are basically reasonable.

      We are glad to know that our primary finding and conclusion appears reasonable. While we acknowledge that the finding doesn’t appear to be particularly exciting at face value, it does speak to larger questions regarding the independence of different learning systems and how just statistical or surface-level differences in training can result in relatively large differences in apparent behavior that could be easily misinterpreted as the result of system interactions.

      I would like the authors to clarify two points.

      First, how reasonable is it to infer the use of distinct explicit strategies primarily from reaction time differences? While longer reaction times in the algorithmic group are consistent with greater computational demands, it remains unclear whether the longer reaction times observed at the Critical target necessarily reflect different strategy implementations at that location. In particular, could the increased cognitive demands associated with the Non-Critical targets in the algorithmic condition have carried over to the Critical target, thereby prolonging reaction times without implying qualitatively different strategies at the Critical target itself?

      This is a fair concern, as RT is an indirect marker of strategy use and, by itself, cannot establish that participants used different strategies at the Critical target. Prior work, however, provided guidance for the design of our experimental manipulations. Algorithmic strategies, in which an aiming solution is computed online, are associated with longer RTs, whereas retrieval of a previously cached stimulus–response association produces substantially shorter RTs (McDougle and Taylor, 2019; Velazquez-Vargas and Taylor, 2024). Moreover, caching becomes increasingly difficult as the number of target-specific solutions increases, particularly beyond approximately four targets (Velazquez-Vargas and Taylor, 2024; Bejjanki and Taylor 2026). Our manipulation was designed around these findings: participants in the Algorithmic condition learned the 45° rotation across 10 targets, whereas participants in the Retrieval condition repeatedly encountered the 45° rotation only at the Critical target. As expected with this experimental design, RTs at the Critical target were significantly longer in the Algorithmic condition across all three experiments.

      We agree with the reviewer, however, that this RT difference could in principle reflect a more general carryover of cognitive demands from the Non-Critical targets rather than online computation at the Critical target itself. We can address this possibility more directly by asking whether RT at the Critical target exhibits the parametric signature expected of an algorithmic process. A defining feature of mental rotation is that RT scales with the magnitude of the computed aiming solution (Georgopoulos and Massey, 1987; Bhat and Sanes, 1998; McDougle and Taylor, 2019; Velazquez-Vargas and Taylor, 2024). Although rotation magnitude was fixed in the present experiments, participants’ actual reach angles varied naturally from trial to trial. Indeed, McDougle and Taylor (2019) originally demonstrated this relationship using actual reach angle rather than imposed rotation magnitude. We can therefore test whether trial-by-trial RT covaries with reach angle at the Critical target in the Algorithmic condition but not in the Retrieval condition. Such a relationship would be difficult to explain as a nonspecific carryover of cognitive load and would instead provide direct evidence that preparation time at the Critical target reflects the computation of the aiming solution.

      We also observe a second, independent difference at the Critical target: reach angles are consistently more variable in the Algorithmic condition than in the Retrieval condition across all three experiments (Figure S6). This pattern is consistent with repeated online computation producing variability in the selected aiming solution, whereas retrieval of a cached stimulus–response association produces a more stable response. Importantly, a general carryover account based solely on increased cognitive demands does not readily explain why movements to the Critical target should also be systematically more variable. Nor is this pattern easily explained by a speed–accuracy tradeoff: the Algorithmic group had more preparation time yet nevertheless exhibited greater variability. Consistent with this notion, Velázquez-Vargas and Taylor (2024) found that retrieving cached solutions produced less variable and more precise movements than movements that are not cached in the memory trace. 

      Third, we can conduct additional analysis to compare RT variability between algorithmic and retrieval groups at the critical target location. According to Logan instance theory (Logan, 1988), the retrieval of cached stimulus-response associations produces a stable RT profile, in contrast, trial-by-trial algorithmic computation can result in more variable trial-by-trial RT differences. 

      While we agree that RT differences alone should not be taken as definitive evidence of distinct strategies, our specific experimental design, the longer and more variable RTs at the Critical target, the greater trial-by-trial variability at that same target, and, if confirmed, a parametric relationship between RT and reach angle provide converging evidence that participants in the two conditions relied on different strategy implementations when preparing movements to the Critical target.

      Second, the interpretation of Experiment 3 is not entirely clear to me. The manuscript argues that the algorithmic group continued to exhibit greater reaching variability than the retrieval group. If this variability indeed reflects greater variability in movement plans, one might expect a broader implicit generalization function in the algorithmic group. However, the generalization widths were comparable between groups. Could this result instead suggest that the implicit recalibration process itself generalized more narrowly in the algorithmic group, thereby offsetting the broader distribution of movement plans? More generally, I would appreciate further clarification regarding the relationship between reaching variability, movement-plan variability, and the resulting width of the implicit generalization function.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful comment and agree that this is an important distinction. First, we would like to clarify the relationship among reaching variability, movement-plan variability, and the width of the implicit generalization function. Previous work has shown that when implicit recalibration occurs at a particular target location without an explicit aiming strategy, its generalization across the workspace can be described by a Gaussian-shaped function centered near the trained target location (Morehead et al., 2017). When an explicit aiming strategy is involved, however, implicit recalibration is centered closer to the planned aiming location rather than the visual target itself (McDougle et al., 2017). Thus, implicit recalibration is greatest near the direction in which the movement is planned, and a broader spatial distribution of movement plans can, in principle, produce a broader aggregate implicit generalization function. In the present study, we therefore use trial-to-trial variability in endpoint hand angle as a behavioral proxy for variability in planned movement direction, while recognizing that endpoint variability may also contain contributions from execution-related noise.

      This framework motivated the progression from Experiments 1 to 3. In Experiment 1, participants in the algorithmic condition exhibited substantially greater reaching variability, consistent with the idea that they sampled a wider range of movement plans across trials. Because error feedback associated with these different movement plans can induce implicit recalibration around each planned direction, greater variability in strategy use could contribute to the broader implicit generalization observed in the algorithmic group. In Experiment 2, we imposed stricter controls on spillover from noncritical targets, which reduced the overall breadth of generalization; nevertheless, model fits still suggested a modestly broader implicit generalization function in the algorithmic group, consistent with the remaining difference in reaching variability.

      Experiment 3 was designed to further reduce the direct influence of strategic variability on the induction of implicit recalibration by using a modified error-clamp paradigm. Error-clamp feedback has been shown to elicit implicit recalibration independently of task success and the participant’s explicit strategy (Morehead et al., 2017). We therefore used error-clamp feedback as an incidental signal to induce implicit recalibration while participants implemented either algorithmic or retrieval-based strategies. Importantly, however, Experiment 3 did not completely eliminate between-group differences in reaching variability: the algorithmic group continued to show greater variability around the critical 45-degree location than the retrieval group. We agree with the reviewer that, in principle, comparable generalization widths could arise if this broader distribution of movement plans were offset by a narrower local generalization of implicit recalibration in the algorithmic group. 

      However, not all variability is equivalent—or well described by a Gaussian distribution. Depending on the direction of the skew, variability in aiming can produce different effects on the implicit recalibration function, appearing as either broader generalization or greater amplitude. These effects are difficult to appreciate in Figures 3 and 5 for Experiments 2 and 3, respectively. We therefore sought to illustrate this more clearly in Figure 6, which shows how differences in the underlying aim distributions can shape the resulting implicit recalibration function in directionally complex ways. What complicates matters further is that implicit recalibration can asymptote (Morehead et al., 2017; Kim et al., 2018; Wilterson & Taylor, 2021). As a result, plan-based generalization can distort the implicit recalibration function in different ways depending on which side of the aim the error falls. The block-by-block analysis, suggested by reviewer 2, may shed light on this issue because we can get a sense if implicit recalibration has reached asymptote. 

      At a minimum, in the revised manuscript, we work to make clearer that subtle changes in the reach distribution may have a corresponding impact on the shape of implicit recalibration’s generalization function.  

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study addresses an important question in motor learning: whether algorithmic versus retrieval-based explicit strategies differentially shape implicit recalibration. The progressive experimental logic across three experiments is commendable, and the plan-based generalization account is a plausible and interesting interpretation. However, several methodological concerns limit the strength of the conclusions. I recommend the authors temper their claims accordingly, in the results/discussion section.

      Concerns

      (1) The retrieval group received 5 pre-exposure trials before main training began, which the algorithmic group did not. Faster RTs in the retrieval group could therefore reflect task familiarity from extra practice rather than efficient memory retrieval per se. I might have missed this, but I did not see performance data from these pre-exposure trials. The early training advantage in the retrieval group might be confounded with the 5 pre-exposure trials they received. Unless there is a direct comparison between the pre-exposure trials for the caching group and the first 5 trials of the algorithmic group, the claim that "storing and retrieving a memory from a short-term memory cache confers more rapid performance improvements than executing an algorithmic strategy" seems somewhat unwarranted.

      We appreciate the reviewer raising this potential confound. We agree that the five pre-exposure trials in the Retrieval condition introduce a small difference in initial task familiarity. However, this account makes a straightforward prediction: if the shorter RTs in the Retrieval condition simply reflect five additional trials of general task experience, then the RT difference should disappear once the Algorithmic group has received a comparable amount of practice.

      We can test this directly by comparing the five pre-exposure trials in the Retrieval condition with the first five trials of the Algorithmic condition. We will also compare these pre-exposure trials with a later five-trial window from the Algorithmic condition to determine whether additional practice substantially reduces Algorithmic RTs. Assuming the observed pattern is as expected, RTs in the Algorithmic condition remain substantially longer even after considerably more than five trials of practice. Thus, the group difference cannot be explained simply by the Retrieval group having five additional trials of task familiarity. This persistent RT difference, together with our prior work showing characteristic RT differences between algorithmic computation and retrieval of cached aiming solutions, supports our interpretation that the groups relied on different strategy implementations.

      We are less certain what the reviewer means by the “early training advantage.” If this refers to angular error, we agree that the Retrieval group shows somewhat better performance very early in training, but this difference is not a central focus of the present study and largely disappears by the second or third training block. We will clarify the text so that we do not overinterpret this transient difference.

      If instead the reviewer is referring to RT, then the matched-trial analysis directly addresses the concern. Five additional familiarization trials could plausibly produce a brief initial advantage, but such an effect should dissipate within a small number of subsequent trials. In contrast, the RT difference between the Algorithmic and Retrieval conditions remains robust throughout training. We therefore do not think that general task familiarity provides a sufficient explanation for the observed RT differences.

      The algorithmic group also visited the critical target approximately 40% of trials across 356 trials (about 140 trials?). McDougle & Taylor (2019) showed that 300 trials of practice with 2 targets is enough transition from algorithmic to caching strategies. It seems likely that the number of visits to the critical target here was sufficient for caching to develop in the algorithmic condition. This concern about caching in the algorithmic group has implications for the implicit recalibration measurements. As I understand it, the 7 exclusion blocks were distributed throughout training, and so, implicit recalibration was measured across both early and late practice. If caching emerged in the algorithmic group during late practice, then the generalization functions - averaged across all 7 exclusion blocks - conflate early algorithmic strategy and later caching. The broader generalization function observed in the algorithmic group may therefore be driven primarily by early exclusion blocks, while later exclusion blocks may increasingly resemble the retrieval group as caching develops. This is testable in the data: if generalization breadth in the algorithmic group narrows across the 7 exclusion blocks while remaining stable in the retrieval group, that would be consistent with a strategy transition occurring during training. The authors should either report exclusion block-by-block generalization functions separately for each group, or acknowledge that the averaged generalization functions may obscure a strategy transition in the algorithmic group.

      The reviewer raises an interesting possibility. In McDougle and Taylor (2019), however, the transition from algorithmic computation to retrieval occurred in a condition with only two targets in the task set. With repeated practice, participants needed to retain only two target-specific aiming solutions, making it feasible to replace online computation with retrieval of cached stimulus–response associations. By contrast, the Algorithmic condition in the present study contained 10 target locations. Our prior work suggests that caching becomes increasingly difficult once the number of target-specific solutions exceeds approximately four, at least over the timescale of several hundred trials (Velázquez-Vargas and Taylor, 2024; Bejjanki and Taylor, 2026). Thus, our task was designed to maintain pressure toward an algorithmic strategy throughout training.

      The reviewer nevertheless raises a more specific possibility that is not ruled out simply by the size of the target set: participants might selectively cache the aiming solution for the frequently sampled Critical target while continuing to use an algorithmic strategy at the remaining targets. We think the existing behavioral data argue against such a clear transition.

      First, reaction times at the Critical target in the Algorithmic condition remained substantially longer than those in the Retrieval condition throughout training. If participants had cached the aiming solution for the Critical target, we would expect preparation times at that location to be the same as the Retrieval condition. However, the RTs for the Algorithmic and Retrieval conditions are significantly different in the last block of training. 

      Second, within the Algorithmic condition, reaction times at the Critical target remained similar to those at the Non-Critical targets. Selective caching of the Critical target predicts a different pattern: preparation should become faster at the Critical target than at the surrounding locations, where participants would still need to compute the appropriate aiming solution. However, we do not observe a significant difference between RTs at Critical and Non-critical targets for the Algorithmic conditions at the end of the training block. Taken together, these two observations suggest that the Critical target continued to be treated similarly to the other members of the 10-target set rather than becoming a privileged, cached stimulus–response association.

      Third, participants would have to single out the Critical target as being distinct. All targets had the same visual appearance, the Critical target was never presented on consecutive trials, and participants were not informed that it had a special role in the experiment. However, we acknowledge that its higher sampling frequency, its somewhat greater separation from neighboring targets, and the location of the subsequent exclusion trials could nevertheless have made it more salient. Thus, we cannot rule out selective caching solely from the task structure.

      For this reason, we agree that the reviewer’s proposed analysis provides a useful additional test. If the Critical-target strategy progressively transitioned from algorithmic computation to retrieval, one prediction is that the generalization function in the Algorithmic condition should become narrower across successive exclusion blocks and increasingly resemble that of the Retrieval condition. We will therefore attempt to estimate the width of the generalization functions as a function of the training block between the Algorithmic and Retrieval conditions.

      There is, however, an important limitation to interpreting block-by-block generalization functions in this experiment. Implicit recalibration is both plan-based and temporally labile. Generalization is centered around the planned aiming direction (McDougle et al., 2017), and recent work indicates that implicit adaptation can decay over relatively short intervals (Zhou et al 2017; Hadjiosif et al 2023). Consequently, the first trial of an exclusion block provides the cleanest sample of the current state of implicit recalibration. Across later trials in the block, the measured response can be influenced both by temporal decay and by where the sampled target falls relative to the participant’s current aiming direction.

      To minimize systematic sampling bias, the starting exclusion target was randomized across participants. This means that these effects should average out at the group level, but individual exclusion blocks do not provide equally precise samples of the entire generalization function. A fully balanced estimate of every position within each exclusion block would require substantially more participants than were included in the present experiments. We will therefore present the blockwise analysis while interpreting changes in the estimated breadth cautiously.

      (2) The error-clamp paradigm in Experiment 3 introduces two problems. First, it breaks the relationship between planned movement direction and feedback of movement direction, likely reducing the sense of agency over movement feedback (indeed, typical error clamp study instructions tell participants to ignore the movement feedback). Reduced agency may itself suppress differences between algorithmic and caching conditions. First, if strategy type exerts its influence on implicit recalibration via the explicit plan - as the plan-based generalization account predicts - then severing the link between intended movement and feedback might close off the channel through which strategy could shape the implicit system, regardless of which strategy is used. Second, reduced agency could modify the explicit strategies themselves. For caching, the stimulus-response association might be reinforced by a consistent relationship between intended movement and observed outcome; the clamped feedback may make it more difficult to reinforce the cached response, weakening the stimulus-response association. For the algorithmic strategy, effortful mental rotation may depend on the perception that the computation meaningfully determines the outcome; as participants understand that clamped feedback does not depend on their behavior (although yes, the text-based "Excellent/Good Move feedback) does depend on their behavior, they may engage in somewhat less complete mental rotation. Both possibilities could contribute to convergence between groups in generalization. It is noted that the preserved RT difference between groups in Experiment 3 partially argues against a loss of effort under the algorithmic condition, but it does not rule out weakened formation of stimulation-response associations during caching.

      The reviewer raises an important point. By design, the error-clamp manipulation in Experiment 3 decouples the participant’s planned movement from the visual consequence of that movement. While this gives us precise control over the error driving implicit recalibration, it could reduce agency over the cursor and thereby alter the interaction between explicit strategy and implicit learning in ways that are difficult to rule out completely. In particular, as the reviewer notes, reduced agency could potentially weaken either the influence of the explicit plan on implicit recalibration or the strategies themselves. Because Experiment 3 was intended to test for the absence of a strategy-dependent difference in implicit recalibration, we acknowledge that higher-order interactions of this kind represent an inherent limitation of our study if Experiment 3 is taken in isolation. 

      There are nevertheless several observations that make us think that reduced agency is unlikely to provide the primary explanation for the convergence between groups. First, the progression across Experiments 1–3 is informative. In Experiment 1, where participants retained normal control over the cursor, the broader generalization function in the Algorithmic condition closely mirrored the broader distribution of reach directions. This relationship suggests that the apparent difference in implicit generalization could arise from differences in where participants planned their movements rather than from a direct effect of strategy type on the implicit system. In Experiment 2, we sought to reduce the difference in the distribution of planned movements while preserving normal action–outcome contingencies and, importantly, the generalization functions became correspondingly more similar. Experiment 3 then controlled the error signal itself and again produced similar generalization across strategy conditions. Taken together, this progression favors the interpretation that strategy affects the measured generalization function indirectly, through differences in the distribution of movement plans, rather than directly altering the underlying implicit recalibration process.

      We nevertheless agree that these experiments cannot exclude all possible interactions between explicit and implicit learning systems. Indeed, whether these systems interact directly has been an important and persistent question in the sensorimotor adaptation literature. Several studies have reported evidence consistent with direct interactions (e.g., Albert et al., 2022; Maresch and Donchin 2021; t’Hart and Henriques 2024), whereas our own work has generally pointed toward indirect interactions mediated by factors such as movement planning and the current state of implicit adaptation (Taylor et al 2010; Taylor and Ivry 2011; McDougle et al 2017). Indeed, our recent study was designed specifically to distinguish these possibilities under tighter experimental control (Chen and Taylor, 2026), yet we found that the interaction between explicit and implicit processes is more complex than a simple independent-versus-interacting dichotomy. Going forward, we think it is more cautious to first rule out low-level statistical or distributional differences that could account for apparent effects before invoking higher-order interactions between learning systems.

      Finally, one motivation for the present study was that much of the literature on implicit generalization trains participants at a single target location before measuring generalization across the workspace. Under such conditions, participants have ample opportunity to retrieve a stable target-specific aiming solution. If algorithmic and retrieval strategies fundamentally alter implicit generalization, then many existing estimates of generalization may characterize implicit learning under retrieval-like conditions rather than providing a strategy-independent property of the implicit system. Across the present experiments, we find little evidence for such a fundamental difference once the distribution of movement plans and the experienced error are better controlled. We therefore think the most parsimonious interpretation of the current results is that algorithmic and retrieval strategies primarily influence implicit generalization indirectly through how movements are planned. 

      We plan to revise the manuscript to acknowledge that Experiment 3 cannot completely rule out higher-order effects associated with reduced agency under error-clamp feedback. We will also provide additional validation that participants were implementing distinct strategies, beyond the group-level RT differences, by testing whether RT in the Algorithmic condition scales with the instructed rotation magnitude, and whether RT variability shows group-level difference (Logan, 1988). If present, this relationship would provide stronger evidence that participants continued to engage the intended strategy under the clamp. We agree, however, that confirming distinct strategy use would not by itself rule out the possibility that reduced agency altered how those strategies interacted with implicit recalibration.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript asks whether two forms of explicit strategy use in visuomotor adaptation, i.e., algorithmic mental rotation and retrieval of a cached aiming solution, differentially influence implicit recalibration. The question is relevant because much prior work treats explicit strategy as a unitary process, whereas the algorithmic/retrieval distinction is theoretically meaningful and grounded in cognitive theory. Across three experiments, the authors report that algorithmic strategy conditions initially produced broader fitted implicit generalization functions than retrieval conditions, but that this difference was reduced or eliminated when reach variability and sensory prediction errors were more tightly controlled.

      Strengths:

      The paper is clearly written, theoretically well-motivated, and employs a commendably transparent and progressive experimental logic. The three-experiment structure, in which confounds are systematically identified and addressed, represents a strong model of cumulative experimental design (I will certainly use it in teaching courses on experimental methods):

      Experiment 1 establishes an apparent difference in implicit generalization breadth. Experiment 2 attempts to reduce error spillover from Non-Critical targets by increasing angular separation and using delayed endpoint feedback. Experiment 3 uses an error-clamp design to decouple variable reaching from error feedback. This sequence is appropriate for testing whether the initial difference reflects a strategy-dependent change in implicit recalibration or instead follows from the distribution of movement plans and error exposure. The authors also provide reaction-time and performance data that are broadly consistent with the intended distinction between algorithmic and retrieval-like task performance.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful and constructive assessment of the manuscript. We especially appreciate their recognition of the progressive experimental logic across the three experiments and of the broader theoretical motivation for distinguishing algorithmic and retrieval-based strategies. We are also grateful for the reviewer’s comments on the clarity and transparency of the work.

      Weaknesses:

      The evidence does not support the strongest claims made in the manuscript, namely that algorithmic and retrieval strategies generally do not reshape implicit recalibration.

      In general, I am skeptical of the authors' interpretation of null results. Several central conclusions depend on non-significant group differences, especially in Experiment 3. Non-significant tests are repeatedly treated as evidence that groups are equivalent or that confounds are absent (e.g., implicit recalibration magnitude (Algorithmic: 11.43 {plus minus} 6.43{degree sign}; Retrieval: 15.49 {plus minus} 8.99{degree sign}; t(38) = −1.65, p = .11), adaptation level before Exclusion probes (F(1,256) = 3.04, p = .08) and Exclusion RT differences (F(1,266) = 3.15, p = .08), whereas a modest model-dependent breadth effect (bootstrap p = .02) is treated as meaningful (for more on the model-dependent breadth effect, see below).

      Without confidence intervals, equivalence tests, or Bayesian analyses, I think that the authors' interpretations comprise an inferential gap. A failure to find a significant difference is not equivalent to evidence of equivalence, particularly given that the implicit recalibration signal gets progressively attenuated across experiments (Experiment 1: ~16-17{degree sign}; Experiment 2: ~11-15{degree sign}; Experiment 3: ~7-8{degree sign}). With a substantially diminished signal in Experiment 3, the null result could partly reflect reduced statistical sensitivity rather than true equivalence.

      We agree with the reviewer that our original interpretation of several non-significant effects was too strong, especially without providing some form of equivalence test. Our central hypothesis predicts little or no difference between algorithmic and retrieval-based strategies under conditions in which movement plans and error exposure are controlled, and we therefore face the inherent difficulty of drawing conclusions from an expected null effect. As the reviewer notes, a non-significant conventional hypothesis test does not by itself provide evidence that two conditions are equivalent.

      We therefore plan to supplement the existing analyses with quantitative assessments of the strength of evidence for the null/equivalence, using Bayesian factor analyses to confirm whether two conditions are equivalent. These analyses will allow us to distinguish between effects that are sufficiently small to support our theoretical interpretation and effects for which the data are simply inconclusive. We will also revise the manuscript throughout to avoid treating p > .05 as evidence of equivalence in the absence of such supporting analyses.

      We also now appreciate that the magnitude of implicit recalibration decreases progressively across experiments. This reduction could diminish our sensitivity to differences between the Algorithmic and Retrieval conditions and therefore represents an important qualification on the null result. Because the experiments used similar trial structures and were conducted with the same experimental equipment, the source of this reduction is not immediately clear. The block-by-block analysis suggested by Reviewer 2 may provide useful insight into how implicit recalibration evolves over the course of training and whether this attenuation emerges gradually within experiments.

      My main technical concern is the analysis of generalization breadth already alluded to. The central claims rely on group-level Gaussian fits to only seven Exclusion probe locations spanning −45{degree sign} to +45{degree sign} around the Critical target. In several cases, the fitted centers and widths are poorly constrained by the sampled range. For example, in Experiment 2 the algorithmic group's fitted center is shifted to approximately 29{degree sign}, meaning that the probe range samples the function asymmetrically relative to its own peak. In Experiment 3, fitted centers are near or outside the sampled range, while estimated widths are very broad. Under these conditions, the width parameter may partly reflect extrapolation or parameter trade-offs between center, amplitude, and width rather than a genuine difference in generalization breadth.

      Based on prior work characterizing implicit generalization in relative isolation from explicit strategy (Morehead et al., 2017; Poh and Taylor, 2019), we expected a relatively narrow generalization function, with a full width at half maximum of approximately 30°. We therefore expected probes spanning −45° to +45° around the Critical target to capture most of the function. At the same time, prior work on plan-based generalization predicts that the function should shift toward the participant’s aiming direction (Day et al., 2016; McDougle et al., 2017; Chen and Taylor, 2026), which complicates the choice of where to center the probes. Expanding the range and density of probe locations is also not cost-free, because additional exclusion trials increase temporal decay (Hajiosif et al., 2023) and begin to overlap with trained locations.

      We nevertheless agree with the reviewer that, when the fitted center approaches the edge of the sampled range, estimates of Gaussian width can become poorly constrained and may partly reflect parameter trade-offs or extrapolation beyond the observed data. We therefore plan to test whether the group differences persist when the Gaussian fits are constrained so that their centers fall within the sampled range. We will also examine complementary nonparametric measures of generalization breadth, such as the area between the group generalization curves across the sampled probe locations. Convergence across these approaches would provide stronger evidence that the reported differences reflect the observed shape of the generalization functions rather than instability in the Gaussian parameter estimates. If the results are not robust across approaches, we will revise the manuscript to qualify the interpretation of the fitted width estimates accordingly.

      Lastly, I think that the authors' use of an error-clamp paradigm is, from an experimental point of view, quite elegant. By controlling the sensory prediction error independently of reach direction, they can isolate implicit recalibration from the confounds identified in Experiments 1 and 2. However, I see a fundamental problem or question concerning construct validity here: In Experiments 1 and 2, the algorithmic strategy was operationalized as participants computing a counterrotated aiming direction in response to a visible cursor rotation. This is a naturalistic context where mental rotation is both required and meaningfully connected to task success. In Experiment 3, however, there is no visuomotor rotation to compensate for. The error-clamp renders the cursor feedback task-irrelevant. Instead, participants are instructed via text commands (e.g., "move towards 45{degree sign}") to reach invisible locations, rendering the "algorithmic strategy" in this context essentially an instructed spatial navigation toward arbitrary angular locations, not genuine visuomotor mental rotation driven by an error signal.

      To put it differently, are we sure that the cognitive process engaged by the algorithmic group in Experiment 3 is the same as the algorithmic mental rotation strategy in Experiments 1 and 2? If not, then the null result in Experiment 3 may not speak to the original question about how algorithmic strategies interact with implicit recalibration after all. Instead, it may reflect the absence of a genuine strategy manipulation.

      This concern is closely related to that raised by Reviewer 2. We are fairly confident that participants in Experiment 3 were nevertheless engaging in the intended strategy manipulation. Participants in the Algorithmic condition showed substantially longer RTs than those in the Retrieval condition, and they were able to accurately generate the instructed angular reach directions across trials. The two conditions also differed in the variability of both RT and reach direction, consistent with online computation of an aiming solution in the Algorithmic condition and retrieval of a more stable cached response in the Retrieval condition. We can provide an additional validation by examining the relationship between RT and reach angle and comparing RT variability across two conditions. If RT scales parametrically with instructed reach angle in the Algorithmic condition but not in the Retrieval condition, this would provide stronger evidence that participants were engaging an online mental-rotation-like computation rather than simply following arbitrary spatial instructions. Moreover, RT yielded by the retrieval strategy would tend to be less variable than the algorithmic strategy.

      We agree, however, that this does not fully address the reviewer’s broader concern. Experiment 3 necessarily changed the context in which the strategy was implemented. In Experiments 1 and 2, mental rotation was used to counteract a visuomotor perturbation and was therefore directly tied to successful control of the cursor. In Experiment 3, the error clamp removed this instrumental relationship: participants still had to compute and execute different angular reach directions, but those computations no longer determined the visual cursor outcome. In that sense, the algorithmic process in Experiment 3 was less naturally embedded in the task and could reasonably be viewed as a somewhat different instantiation of the task.

      We therefore acknowledge that Experiment 3 cannot establish with certainty that the same higher-order cognitive process was engaged in exactly the same way as in Experiments 1 and 2, nor can it rule out the possibility that this change in task relevance altered how explicit strategy interacted with implicit recalibration. At the same time, when considered together with Experiments 1 and 2, we think the overall pattern remains informative. The apparent strategy-dependent difference in generalization was largest when movement plans and error exposure differed most, became smaller when these factors were better controlled while normal action–outcome contingencies were preserved, and was eliminated when the error signal itself was experimentally controlled. This progression is more consistent with an indirect influence of strategy through differences in movement planning and error exposure than with a robust direct effect of strategy type on implicit recalibration.

      Nonetheless, we agree that Experiment 3 should not be interpreted as a definitive test of whether algorithmic strategy, in its more relevant visuomotor adaptation context, can lead to different interactions with implicit recalibration compared to a retrieval strategy. We plan to revise the manuscript to make this limitation explicit.  

      To their credit, the authors report a compelling RT dissociation that mirrors Experiments 1 and 2: The algorithmic group shows slower RT, which is decreasing over training (0.98s → 0.76s), whereas the retrieval group exhibits faster, stable RT (0.52s → 0.45s). While this pattern is consistent with genuine strategy differences persisting in Experiment 3, it could also reflect the greater spatial precision demands of reaching to invisible targets from text instructions, rather than genuine mental rotation per se. Reaching to an invisible location defined by a verbal angular label is inherently more demanding than reaching to a visible target, regardless of strategy type, and this demand is asymmetrically present in the two groups, since Non-Critical targets are invisible for the algorithmic group but visible for the retrieval group.

      Thus, from my point of view, experiment 3 should not be used as definitive evidence that algorithmic and retrieval strategies during standard visuomotor adaptation cannot differentially influence implicit recalibration.

      We agree that the RT difference in Experiment 3, by itself, cannot rule out the possibility that the Algorithmic condition imposed greater spatial precision demands because participants were reaching to invisible locations specified by angular instructions. We can, however, test for a more diagnostic signature of algorithmic computation by examining whether RT scales parametrically with the instructed reach angle. A general cost associated with reaching to invisible targets could increase overall RT, but it would not necessarily predict the characteristic increase in preparation time with the magnitude of the required angular transformation.

      We will therefore examine the relationship between RT and instructed reach angle in Experiment 3. If RT increases systematically with angular displacement in the Algorithmic condition, this would provide additional evidence that the longer RTs reflect online computation of the instructed aiming direction rather than simply the greater difficulty of reaching invisible targets.

      We can also compare this RT–angle relationship across experiments. If participants are engaging the same underlying algorithmic computation in Experiments 1–3, we would expect the slope relating RT to angular displacement to be similar across experiments, even if the overall intercept differs because of differences in task structure and spatial demands. A comparable slope would therefore provide converging evidence that the same computational process was engaged despite the altered task context in Experiment 3.

      We acknowledge, however, that similarity of the slopes would itself require yet another inference from a null difference and should therefore be interpreted cautiously. As with the generalization functions, we will use a Bayes factor analysis to quantify the strength of evidence for the null.

      Overall, the manuscript addresses a meaningful question and the multi-experiment structure is useful. The evidence is incomplete for the broad claim that implicit recalibration is insensitive to strategy type. The study would make a clearer contribution if the authors narrowed the claims, strengthened the generalization analyses, and treated null effects with appropriate inferential tools.

      Based on the reviewers’ comments and the additional analyses they have suggested, we think we will be able to place our conclusions on a firmer empirical footing while also tightening and narrowing them. In the revised manuscript, we will strengthen the generalization analyses, use more appropriate inferential tools for interpreting null effects, and temper our broader claims about the insensitivity of implicit recalibration to strategy type. We will also more explicitly acknowledge the limitations of the present experiments, especially Experiment 3.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary and Strengths:

      Shin et al deepen our understanding of high-frequency oscillations in the frontal cortex during REM in a manner that sheds important light on the roles of these events. In particular, they reveal that cortical HFOs are modulated by theta oscillations, occur in chains and recruit cortical neuronal activation patterns in a manner that is distinct from other high-frequency events during non-REM or in the hippocampus. They also show that these events occur during increased oscillatory cross-talk between hippocampus and cortex and may protect cortical neurons from downregulation of firing during sleep. Overall, this is important work with several novel observations pointing towards an important role for these events that will become increasingly understood over time.

      I also wanted to comment that 2D is a beautiful illustration of separate and essentially exclusive communication channels used during HF events in NREM vs REM. They almost perfectly complement each other's frequencies.

      Weaknesses:

      I have only one major scientific critique: I believe we need to see quantification of how phasic REM theta waves with versus without HFOs differ. What do REM HFOs add to the "normal" theta oscillation? Without this comparison, it is more difficult to interpret the meaning of these events. Given that HFO chains have IEIs around the time of a theta cycle duration, are the repeating spiking activities stronger during HFO repeats than during adjacent theta waves without HFOs?

      Here, we provide additional analyses to demonstrate that the phasic, theta-modulated PFC activity that we observe during HFOs is specifically tied to the occurrence of HFOs and not a strong phenomenon during non-HFO-associated theta periods. In Figure S5 M (middle and right), we find that aligning PFC multiunit activity to theta periods in phasic REM but temporally distant from HFOs does not elicit the same degree of theta-modulated activity as aligning to HFOs (as in Figure 2A and Figure S5 M, left).

      Additionally, we provide analyses of the theta periods adjacent to HFOs (at different temporal thresholds) and demonstrate that this theta-modulated spiking activity is largely absent (Figure S5; compare to Figure 2A). Unlike Figure S5, this analysis was not restricted to putative phasic REM.

      We have now added Supplementary Figures S5L-N to the revised manuscript.

      What percentage of theta waves contain HFOs, and what is the firing rate during those theta waves with vs without HFOs? Is there differential firing rate modulation? The authors may even consider that all REM-HFO-specific quantifications should be shown as differential from phasic theta cycles without HFOs.

      Although theta oscillations are continuously expressed during REM sleep, HFOs occur only intermittently, such that only a small subset of theta cycles contain HFOs. Across all animals and epochs included for analysis, we found that ~7.4% of theta cycles contain HFOs. We present an epoch-level quantification of this in Author response image 1, where the proportions were calculated across all, tonic, and phasic theta cycles. As expected, a higher proportion of putative phasic theta cycles contain HFOs.

      Regarding differential firing rate modulation, we refer reviewer to normalized MUA plots in the manuscript (Figures 2A and 4F). We would like the emphasize that what we show is PFC multiunit activity that is normalized by the mean population firing rate during REM sleep. Thus, these figures, specifically the chain HFO aligned figure, indicate that there are peaks in activity around baseline level in the background of an overall decrease in population activity relative to baseline (i.e. the troughs surrounding the peaks have lower activity compared to baseline, as in Figure 9C). While this suggests that there is an overall decrease in firing rates during HFOs as compared to baseline theta periods without HFOs, this simply provides a qualitative account of this difference. In Figure S5N, we present firing rate comparisons during HFO chains versus theta periods during putative phasic REM bouts at least 4 theta cycles away from HFOs. We find that HFO chain-associated PFC neuron firing rates are lower compared to non-HFO theta periods, supporting our finding of activity suppression during HFOs.

      Author response image 1.

      Proportion of theta cycles with HFOs. (A) Proportion of theta cycles with HFOs across all, tonic, and phasic cycles (***p = 4.90e-05, rank sum test).

      Lastly, we appreciate the reviewer's suggestion that REM HFO quantifications could be framed relative to phasic theta cycles without HFOs. We agree that such comparisons are informative and ensure that the results we present are specific to periods with detected HFOs. In response, we have added additional analyses of theta periods outside of HFOs in Figure S5. Furthermore, while we found that a larger proportion of chain HFOs occurred during bouts of putative phasic REM compared to isolated events (Figure S5 and Figure S3C), most of the analyses that we performed were on events pooled across putative tonic and phasic, since putative phasic REM is relatively scarce (<10%).

      We also refer the Reviewer to our response to Reviewer 2’s major comment #1 below where we reiterate several of our findings that demonstrate the HFO-specificity of the reported dynamics, as well as our extended response to Reviewer 3’s Public Review comment #1 where we show that the dynamics associated with REM HFOs are absent during HFOs detected during awake behavior (comparable theta state) on the W-Track (Figure S11). We hope that the additional control analyses we present as well as our expanded explanations adequately address the Reviewer’s concerns.

      As a non-scientific comment on the manuscript itself: unfortunately, the paper is difficult to read and understand at times, requiring great effort by the reader. This is to an extent that communication is hindered. The paper is dense with changing methods, often from panel to panel. Unfortunately, the panel quantifications are not explained in the results section in a manner that readers can understand without going to read the methods, often for each individual panel. These measures should be explained in a way that lets readers understand the conclusions of each panel and what gross calculations were used to reach those. Instead, too much jargon is used rather than clear descriptions of the overall calculations being done for each panel.

      We have now split and updated the figures in a more logical progression of ideas:

      Figure 1: Prefrontal cortical HFOs in REM sleep using spectral analyses.

      Figure 2: Characteristic spiking modulation in PFC during REM HFOs.

      Figure 3: HFO and gamma distinction in theta cycles, and PFC-CA1 coherence (including chain/ isolated HFOs in phasic and tonic REM stages).

      Figure 4: Differential modulation of PFC spiking activity during REM PFC HFOs vs. NREM PFC ripples.

      Figure 5: Characteristic PFC population activity during REM HFO chains.

      Figure 6: Comparison of PFC reactivation during REM PFC HFOs vs. NREM PFC ripples.

      Figure 7: Differential engagement and excitability modulation of CA1 neurons by REM HFOs.

      Figure 8: REM theta phase shifting CA1 neurons preferentially engaged by REM HFOs.

      Figure 9: (Model) Network model with ACh reproduces spiking modulation during REM PFC HFOs vs NREM PFC ripples.

      Figure 10: (Model) Model reproduces restricted REM coactivity vs. widespread NREM coactivity.

      We have also rearranged the figures to parallel the main figures and results section.

      The authors mention in the discussion section that they see increased functional connectivity between mPFC and CA1, but most data suggesting this seems to be based on LFP rather than spiking. Functional connectivity is best defined by spiking-spiking relationships. And these authors have spiking data. So I believe either the descriptive language should be pulled back to something like "oscillatory coupling" or more analyses should be dedicated to showing spike-spike coordination across regions.

      We have updated the manuscript accordingly. Specifically, we have modified the text on Page 13, Lines 23-24:

      “These chains are associated with increased measures of oscillatory coupling between PFC and CA1…”

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Please ensure that analytical methods are presented in the same order in the methods section as they are in the results section - panel by panel. That said, the methods section is well-written and presented.

      We apologize for any confusion this may have caused. We have now reorganized the methods section to ensure they presented in the same order as the panels in the main figures.

      (2) Please specify whether the recordings/behaviors occur during the animal's light circadian phase.

      We have added a statement in the methods under the “Behavior” section on Page 34, Lines 9-12 indicating that the experiments took place during the light phase:

      “During the recording day, animals were introduced to the novel W-maze (~80 × 80 cm with ~7 cm wide tracks) for the first time and learned the task rules over eight behavioral sessions during the animals’ light phase between the hours of 9 AM and 6PM.”

      (3) Please specify how many tetrodes are in mPFC and how many in CA1?

      We have added this clarification on Page 33, Lines 27-28:

      “Tetrodes were split equally between PFC and CA1 (15, 16, or 32 tetrodes in each region).”

      (4) All mentions of "coherence" should have frequency bands specified. "Theta coherence", for example.

      We have now added this information to all relevant mentions of “coherence”.

      (5) The intuitive logic of the phase slope index (2K) should be briefly explained for maybe half a sentence in the results section. The intuition should be explained better in the methods section devoted to it.

      We have added more clarification on the phase slope index method, both in the legend of Figure 3 on Page 21, Lines 22-23:

      “Phase slope index (PSI), which is a measure of phase lag consistency across different frequencies…” and in the methods section under “Phase slope index” on Page 39, Lines 21-26:

      “In practice, PSI is used to assess the consistency of phase lag relationships between two signals across different frequency bands and is a measure that is weighted by oscillatory coherence. We opted to use PSI to estimate the directional flow of information instead of other methods, such as Granger causality, since it has been demonstrated that PSI is less prone to false positives.”

      (6) "Cofiring" and "coactivity" should be defined clearly as measures - preferably in the results section if possible. They sound similar and are somewhat jargon-y without self-explanatory meaning (or difference from each other). How should readers understand and interpret them?

      We apologize for the confusion regarding these two terms, which are both used throughout the manuscript. Here, we specifically used to term “cofiring” to specify the explicit quantification of coincident activity between pairs of neurons (e.g. Figure 4E, left) as described in the Methods section under “Ripple and HFO co-firing”. There were instances where “coactivity” was used to refer to this quantification, and they have been changed to “cofiring”. We have now added a statement to the manuscript to clarify that “cofiring” is a quantification of coincident activity between neurons on Page 7, Lines 34-35:

      “Overall cortical co-firing, which is a measure of coincident activity between neuron pairs during discrete events”

      Additionally, the term “coactivity” in the manuscript is used when describing neuronal activity in the model or when there are mentions of coincident activity other than the explicit quantification described above.

      (7) The temporal threshold for "cofiring" should be stated in the results to enable interpretation of the results.

      We apologize for the lack of clarity regarding the cofiring metric. Here, the temporal threshold that we are imposing is determined by the ripple/HFO event times (see Methods section “LFP event detection”). If both neurons in a pair emit spikes within the defined window of an event, they are considered to have “cofired” (Cheng and Frank 2008, Singer and Frank 2009, Sosa, Joo et al. 2020).

      We have now clarified this in the results section on Page 7, Lines 34-35:

      “Overall cortical cofiring, which is a measure of coincident activity between neuron pairs during discreet events…”

      We have also added a clarifying statement in the Methods section under “Ripple and HFO cofiring” on Page 40, Lines 24-25:

      “Here, cofiring assesses coincident activity between neuron pairs within the start and end times of events, and thus, no explicit temporal threshold was implemented.”

      (8) Please clarify more systematically in which region the NREM ripples were detected. The natural assumption is the hippocampus, but at times it is mentioned that they are detected in the cortex. Are they cortical in all analyses? Readers could easily get confused about this and misinterpret "ripples". To clarify further, if these are always cortical events, I suggest renaming "ripples" in this text to "cortical NREM HFOs".

      We apologize for the confusion. For all mentions of “ripples” in the text, we are referring to PFC ripples specifically in NREM sleep. When hippocampal ripples are mentioned, we differentiate them by explicitly using “sharp-wave ripples” or “SWRs”. Our decision to use “ripples” for NREM sleep was based on previous studies that investigated NREM high-frequency events in cortex (Khodagholy, Gelinas et al. 2017, Helfrich, Lendner et al. 2019, Vaz, Inati et al. 2019, Aleman-Zapata, Morris et al. 2022, Ghosh, Yang et al. 2022, Shin and Jadhav 2024). Furthermore, we elected to use the “HFO” nomenclature for high-frequency events in REM sleep, since it has been used in previous studies to describe these events (Tort, Scheffer-Teixeira et al. 2013, Bueno-Junior, Ruckstuhl et al. 2023). Thus, to remain consistent with the literature, we decided to use these terms to describe these sleep-state-specific events throughout the manuscript:

      Hippocampal sharp-wave ripples (SWRs) in NREM sleep

      PFC ripples in NREM sleep

      PFC HFOs in REM sleep

      We have now added the following statement on Page 5, Lines 1-3:

      “However, to avoid ambiguity, and to conform to previous nomenclature, we refer to cortical NREM events as ripples, cortical REM events as HFOs, and hippocampal sharp-wave ripples in NREM as SWRs throughout.”

      (9) The analysis performed for 4B is not explained clearly. It is somewhat better explained in the methods. I believe the reader should understand that each HFO is treated as an event, and spiking participation per unit was measured, and then the similarity of that pattern was assessed between HFOs. I also find the x-axis being quartiles makes understanding this graph particularly difficult.

      Why not label by raw lag and show a correlation plot rather than break down by quartiles? Alternatively, labeling the millisecond values of these quartiles on the x-axis labels may make comprehension much easier.

      We apologize for the lack of clarity regarding this method. We have added points to clarify the analytical procedure used for Figure 4B (Now Figure 5B) on Page 8, Lines 25-28:

      “We represented each HFO as a binary vector of PFC neurons active during the event, and computed the Pearson correlation between the vectors of every pair of consecutive HFOs” As well as in the Figure 5 legend on Page 24, Lines 7-10:

      “Here, the PFC spiking activity during each HFO was binarized across all neurons and the Pearson correlation coefficient was calculated between adjacent events as a measure of pattern similarity. Then the relationship between pattern similarity and IEI was reported.”

      In addition to the quartile labels, we have now added the average inter-event interval (IEI) of each quartile to the x-axis labels of Figure 5B to improve comprehension as well as a statement in the figure legend on Page 24, Line 11:

      “Below each quartile is the average IEI of that quartile in milliseconds.”

      (10) "Rank order analysis" should be again defined in the results in a manner that the reader can follow the point of the analysis and figure. For example, the goal is to assess the spike sequence across HFO events by looking at the regularity of spike timing rank for each neuron in each HFO event. Also, could this correlation be more simply calculated and presented as just a standard deviation around the mean of that cell's rank?

      We apologize for not including an explanation of this analysis in the results section. We have now added more detail about the rank order analysis to the Figure 5 legend on Page 24, Lines 18-21:

      “The mean rank-order correlation from the leave-one-out cross-validation procedure. Each event’s rank was correlated with the averaged rank across all other events. The average across all events compared to a distribution of means generated by jittering (n = 1000) spike times is shown.”

      We also provided a short description of the procedure in the results section on Page 8, Lines 32-36:

      “Furthermore, we examined whether the order in which individual PFC neurons fired during HFOs within a chain was preserved across chains. For each chain, we extracted each cell's first-spike rank order and compared it to a leave-one-out template constructed from the average normalized rank across all other chains.”

      Regarding the Reviewer’s second comment about the correlation, if we presented the result as the standard deviation around the mean of the cell’s rank, the result would be similar to the example rank order in Figure 5C, which we provided as a visualization of the rank-order template procedure we used. However, this would not necessarily demonstrate the consistency of population activity across HFO chains. To demonstrate consistency in activity across HFO chains, we used a leave-one-out cross-validated approach where each chain event was assessed separately. For each event, the neurons firing during that event was ranked and normalized 0-1. Then, the average rank of each neuron across all other events was calculated. Lastly, the correlation between the ranks of the left-out event and the average ranks of the template was taken to assess similarity in sequential activity. We opted to use this method since it has been demonstrated to be effective for evaluating similarities in sequential across events (Stark, Roux et al. 2015, Valero, Viney et al. 2021).

      (11) In Figure 5B and the related results section, I gather that "spatial" relates to place field location rather than anatomical/tetrode location of the neuron? This was not my original understanding and should be stated clearly.

      We apologize for the lack of clarity regarding this result. Yes, the term “spatial” refers to spatial rate map correlation between CA1 neuron pairs, specifically during the behavioral W-Track session prior to the sleep session where cofiring was assessed. We have updated the y-axis label of Figure 5B (Now Figure 7B) to include “rate map” and have updated the results section on Page 9, Lines 32-33:

      “…we observed a higher degree of spatial rate map correlation for high cofiring pairs…”

      (12) Figure 5E and its caption are almost totally unable to be explained since axes aren't explained well in either. It is only by inference from the results text that meaning can be assumed.

      We apologize for the lack of clarity regarding Figure 5E (Now Figure 7E). We have now updated the y-axis labels on both updated figures (Figures 7E and 8B) and have reworded and added more detail to the figure legend on Page 28, Lines 1-5:

      “High REM PFC HFO cofiring CA1 neurons exhibited a greater degree of suppression during NREM PFC ripples. For a description of modulation index, see Methods section Ripple/HFO aligned modulation. Here, since CA1 neurons exhibit a robust decrease in activity in response to NREM PFC ripples, we refer to the modulation as suppressive.”

      (13) Figure 5F is interesting, supporting the concept that HFOs "protect" neurons from downscaling. However, how can a "neuron" be cofiring? Would cofiring not be defined in a pairwise manner, and so each unit of the cofiring measure would be a pair of neurons? This question applies to other panels in this figure. Please clarify this.

      We apologize for the lack of clarity regarding the exact cofiring metric that we use. For Figures 7D-F and 8A, since we wanted to relate cofiring to changes in firing rate and modulation state during NREM PFC ripples, we calculated single cofiring values for each CA1 neurons by averaging across all pairings with PFC neurons. Thus, this metric gives us an estimate of the overall cofiring strength of each CA1 neuron. We have now added a new section in the Methods under “Calculation of a single cofiring metric and separation into populations of high and low cofiring neurons” on Page 44, Lines 34-43:

      “Since we wanted to relate the above cofiring metric to other measures, we needed to obtain a single-value cofiring metric for each neuron. To do this, we averaged the cofiring values across all pairings for a neuron (e.g. 1 CA1 neuron paired with all PFC neurons) and reported it as the cell’s cofiring. Furthermore, since we observed a bimodal distribution of CA1-PFC cofiring values in REM sleep, we split the population based on whether the average (across all cell-cell combinations) cofiring value or correlation coefficient of a cell was above or below 0 (High cofiring > 0; low cofiring < 0). Also, since the NREM ripple cofiring distribution was unimodal, we additionally split the populations using the mean of the average cofiring or correlation coefficient distributions (High cofiring > mean; low cofiring < mean).”

      We have also clarified this in the Figure 7 legend on Page 27, Lines 25-28:

      “For comparisons between cofiring and other metrics (e.g. firing rate), a single cofiring value was calculated for each neuron by averaging the cofiring metric across all neuron pairings. Additionally, high and low cofiring CA1 neurons were split based on average cofiring values > 0 and < 0, respectively.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors investigate high-frequency oscillations (HFOs) in the prefrontal cortex during REM sleep. They identify a specific pattern where these HFOs occur in "chains" that are phase-locked to theta oscillations, primarily during the "phasic" periods of REM. The study contrasts these events with isolated HFOs and NREM ripples, suggesting a unique role for these chains in coordinating activity between the prefrontal cortex and the hippocampus. Most notably, the authors report that a specific subset of hippocampal cells-those that co-fire with the prefrontal cortex during these HFOs-increase their firing rates over the course of sleep, suggesting a potential mechanism for selective memory consolidation.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses an under-explored area of sleep physiology: the fine-grained temporal coordination between the cortex and hippocampus during REM sleep. The identification of HFO "chains" and their association with higher theta power provides an interesting framework for understanding how the brain might organize information transfer outside of NREM sleep. The observation that specific hippocampal populations show differential firing rate changes based on their participation in these HFO events is a striking finding that warrants further investigation.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary weakness of the study lies in the lack of a clear distinction between global brain states and the specific events being analyzed. Because the authors compare HFOs across different sleep stages (NREM, tonic REM, and phasic REM) without sufficient controls, it is difficult to determine if the observed differences are intrinsic to the HFOs themselves or simply a reflection of the different physiological states in which they occur.

      We would first like to note in case it was unclear – as clearly noted in our manuscript title, state-dependence is an integral part of our results, with the primary comparison in the manuscript being between REM cortical HFOs and NREM cortical ripples, and correspondingly spiking activity patterns observed in prefrontal cortical-hippocampal circuits during these event-types that occur in the two sleep stages. As noted in response to Reviewer 1’s Comment #8 and Reviewer 3’s Comment #1, to avoid ambiguity and to remain consistent with existing literature, we use the following terms to describe these sleep-state specific events throughout the manuscript: Hippocampal sharp-wave ripples (SWRs) in NREM sleep, PFC ripples in NREM sleep, and PFC HFOs in REM sleep.

      We refer the Reviewer to our Response to Reviewer 1’s first comment where we provide additional analyses of theta periods outside of HFO times (i.e. baseline REM periods), including Figure S5. We also further address these comments as a response to Reviewer 2’s major comment #1 below.

      Furthermore, the evidence for "structured reactivation" is not yet convincing. The temporal alignment of these reactivation events appears inconsistent, with peaks occurring well before the HFO itself, and the analysis does not sufficiently control for pre-existing cellular assembly strengths.

      We have now addressed this as a response to Reviewer 2’s major comments #3 and #8 below, including Figure 6.

      Additionally, some of the sleep architecture presented appears atypical, such as very short REM bouts and direct NREM-to-REM transitions that bypass standard progression, raising questions about the consistency of the sleep detection across animals.

      We have now addressed this as a response to Reviewer 2’s major comment #2 below, including Figure S1 and Figure S3. We expect that addition of these figures will mitigate concerns about our sleep staging procedures and will clarify certain points raised by the Reviewer.

      Finally, the study does not account for potential confounds like baseline firing rates when interpreting the behavior of "high-cofiring" neurons, which may simply be the most active cells in the population.

      We have now addressed this as a response to Reviewer 2’s major comment #6 below.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In this study, the authors detect activity periods during REM sleep that feature high-frequency oscillations in the prefrontal cortex. They term these REM HFOs and report that they occur in "chains" phase-locked to theta oscillations. They contrast these with HFOs that appear in isolation and with ripples observed during NREM sleep, either in the PFC or in the hippocampus. The data presented is very interesting in places. The authors show that these HFOs are observed primarily during "phasic REM" periods that have higher theta power. It appears that overall firing is substantially lower surrounding these events. Intriguingly, it appears that CA1 cells that co-fire with the PFC during HFOs increase their firing rates over the course of sleep, whereas other neurons show a firing decrease. This seems to be the most striking finding of this study.

      Major:

      (1) The findings are generally intriguing, but the study makes some choices that are hard to understand. They begin comparing HFOs that occur in chains to HFOs that occur in isolation, even though it appears that chained and isolated HFOs likely occur at different times, some during tonic REM, some during phasic REM, and others during NREM. The lack of control for sleep state makes it difficult to determine if the reported differences are intrinsic to the HFO patterns or merely reflections of the underlying global brain state. Overall, I just didn't quite understand the motivation for comparing isolated and chain HFOs, as it seems natural that chains would occur during periods of greater synchrony.

      We appreciate the Reviewer for raising these points and agree that the properties of ripples and HFOs cannot be interpreted independently of the underlying brain state. As we mentioned in the initial response, we do expect that the generation of these ripples/HFOs in NREM and REM sleep are inextricably linked to global brain state (ex., cholinergic tone, as shown in the model in Figures 9-10), which results in differing patterns of activity across sleep states. We noted in the response to the public review comment #1 above that as clearly noted in our manuscript title, state-dependence is an integral part of our results, with the primary comparison in the manuscript being between REM cortical HFOs and NREM cortical ripples, and correspondingly, spiking activity patterns observed in cortical-hippocampal circuits during these event types that occur in the two sleep stages.

      Sleep state: Our primary goal in comparing isolated and chain HFOs (chain vs. isolated HFOs are only compared in REM periods, not NREM periods) was not to suggest that the differences that we observe are state-independent, but rather to provide evidence that temporal clustering of HFOs underlies distinct PFC dynamics, as well as enhanced CA1 engagement. Rather than attempting to dissociate ripple/HFO occurrence and the differential physiology that underlie NREM and REM sleep states, we view them as complementary—both sleep states are permissive to generation of high-frequency oscillations. Similarly, putative tonic and phasic REM substates (low vs high theta power) are differentially permissive for isolated and chain HFOs (Figure S3C). We add additional detail on tonic vs. phasic REM substages in Supplementary Figure S3, showing that the rate of HFOs and HFO chains is significantly elevated in putative phasic REM. While we would have liked to analyze REM HFOs during tonic and phasic states separately to be able to make more concrete conclusions, the scarcity of phasic REM sleep made it difficult to make accurate comparisons between the two, especially for spiking modulation. We have therefore removed the qualifying term “phasic REM” from the abstract.

      Also, we would like to clarify that while we investigated chains of events (ripples) in NREM sleep as a comparison to REM HFOs, we do not refer to them as HFOs in NREM anywhere in the manuscript. In NREM, while there are PFC ripples that are clustered into chains based on our definition (separation of <200 ms), we do not observe a prominent peak in the IEI distribution that would suggest entrainment by other oscillations (e.g. theta or spindles). This analysis was only to show that associated results are specific to REM HFO chains, and not seen during comparable chains of NREM cortical ripple events.

      Chain vs isolated HFOs: Regarding the Reviewers comment about why we chose to compare isolated and chain HFOs, the motivation is clearly demonstrated by differences in these events in spectral properties (Figure 3H-I) and spiking modulation (Figure 4F-G). Our initial motivation to investigate these chains of events in REM sleep came from our observation that PFC population activity aligned to REM HFOs was theta-modulated (multipeaked, suggesting multiple high-frequency events over a short duration). This led us to hypothesize that there may be chaining of events in REM sleep, which in line with previous studies demonstrating the clustering of events, such as spindles in NREM sleep (Darevsky, Kim et al. 2024). In that study (Darevsky, Kim et al. 2024), the authors showed that reactivation of motor patterns was more persistent during trains of spindle events as compared to isolated spindles. Furthermore, trains/chains of multiple hippocampal SWRs have been shown to underlie the replay of extended experience (Davidson, Kloosterman et al. 2009). Thus, the separation of high-frequency events into isolated and chained events has precedence and may have functional significance. Furthermore, since we see that isolated and chain events have a bias for occurring during putative bouts of tonic and phasic REM sleep, respectively (Figure S3C), characterization of both event types is an important step for understanding potential differences in interregional interactions during REM sleep. Furthermore, a recent appreciation for the role of sleep stage sub-states (Chang, Tang et al. 2025) further emphasizes the importance of investigating these events separately. We expect future studies to further dissect the roles of tonic and phasic REM states in memory and cognition, and our finding provides an account of the existence of different events for future reference.

      HFO chains during periods of greater synchrony: While it may seem natural that chaining would occur during periods of high synchrony (theta synchrony here), we show that our result is HFO-specific, especially for spiking activity modulation (Figures 4F-H and Supplementary Figures S5K-N), which makes it novel and important. Previous studies have focused on theta-gamma cross-frequency phase amplitude coupling, which has been proposed as a mechanism where slower theta oscillations temporally organize faster local population activity, thereby synchronizing neural ensembles within and across brain regions (Belluscio, Mizuseki et al. 2012). Here, we present a comparison of HFOs and gamma events and show that while gamma events can also occur in chains (added to Supplementary Figure S4H), possibly due to increased synchrony as the Reviewer stated above, we do not observe theta-modulated population activity aligned to these events (Supplementary Figure S4J), which is a defining property of HFOs that we propose underlies our results. This indicates that our reported results are unique to periods of synchrony associated with HFOs.

      Control analyses for theta periods: Regarding the comment about lack of control for sleep state, we refer the Reviewer to our response to Reviewer 1’s comments. We have performed additional control analyses comparing PFC activity during REM theta periods adjacent to detected HFOs and demonstrate that phasic PFC population activity is largely absent (Figure S5).

      We are aware that it is difficult to dissociate the generation of ripples and HFOs from the underlying brain state, since they are so tightly linked. However, we do expect that our clarifying points in addition to the REM theta state controls provide strong evidence that the results that we present are intrinsic to HFOs and not general reflections of activity during baseline theta activity in REM. Here, we further reiterate a few of the main results that demonstrate this:

      (1) Phasic spiking modulation of PFC population activity associated with HFOs is not present during baseline theta periods (Supplementary Figure S5K).

      (2) Phasic spiking modulation during HFOs is not linked to extracted gamma events (Supplementary Figure S4J).

      (3) Phasic spiking modulation, as well as activity suppression, is strongest during chains of HFOs (Figure 4F, Supplementary Figure S4J).

      (4) PFC-CA1 theta coherence surrounding HFOs increases relative to baseline (Figure 3E, z-scored relative to baseline coherence).

      (5) Assembly peaks are sequentially organized surrounding HFO chains but not during isolated or shuffled (baseline) HFO times (Figure 6C, Supplementary Figure S7E, and Author response image 2).

      (6) A higher proportion of CA1-CA1 pairs are high cofiring during HFOs as compared to baseline periods (Figure 7B), indicating specific CA1 engagement during HFOs (in addition to coherence).

      Lastly, we show that HFOs detected during periods of active behavior (high theta) on the W-Track are not associated with many of the defining features of HFOs in REM sleep, thus demonstrating the specificity of REM HFOs despite similar background theta activity (Figure S11, in response to Reviewer 3 comment #1).

      (2) It is crucial that the study provides REM-specific sleep examples for each of the data sessions, marking tonic and phasic REM and indicating when isolated and chain HFOs are observed. It remains unclear how interspersed these events are. Do some REM episodes just have isolated HFOs and others chains?

      We thank the Reviewer for raising this point and apologize for the lack of clarity. For additional transparency, we now provide example sleep state plots for each animal (Supplementary Figure S1H-I).

      We also provide hypnograms that show bouts of putative phasic REM on top of REM periods (Supplementary Figure S3). Additionally, as a compact way of demonstrating the validity of our separation of putative tonic and phasic bouts, we provide a plot showing the average velocity and spectrogram surrounding putative phasic REM bouts across all putative phasic REM transitions (Supplementary Figure S3A). Regarding the incidence of HFOs in tonic and phasic REM, we refer the Reviewer to Supplementary Figure S3D, where we show that HFO rate is significantly higher during putative bouts of phasic REM, during which they tend to be organized in chains as compared to putative tonic bouts (Supplementary Figure S3E). In line with this, we additionally report that although both isolated and chain HFOs occur in putative tonic and phasic bouts of REM sleep, the proportion of chain HFOs during phasic REM is significantly higher than that of isolated HFOs (Figure S3), indicating a bias for chains to occur in phasic REM sleep, potentially due to stronger theta input. However, since putative phasic REM accounts for <10% of REM sleep in our dataset, consistent with previous reports using similar methods (Mizuseki, Diba et al. 2011), we were unable to restrict spiking analysis to HFOs in phasic REM. We found that chain HFOs during both putative tonic and phasic REM sleep elicited theta modulated population activity in PFC, thus we pooled HFOs across REM states for analysis.

      While a larger proportion of chain events occur in putative bouts of phasic REM sleep as compared to isolated events (Figure S3), chain and isolated events occur in both putative tonic and phasic substates (Proportion of events in putative tonic REM is (1 - proportion in phasic) shown in Figure S3C, right). Thus, the majority of analyses comparing isolated and chain HFOs, especially for spiking data, were pooled across states. Instead of showing example plots for all 22 sleep epochs (22 out of 36 epochs with >5 s of putative phasic REM), we expect that this analysis will be sufficient to illustrate the distributions of isolated and chain HFOs across putative REM sleep substates. We have also removed the qualifying term “phasic REM” from the abstract.

      To clarify this, we have added a statement to the new “Limitations” section of the manuscript on Page 16, Lines 10-20:

      “Third, we did not record eye movements or ponto-geniculo-occipital (PGO) waves, both of which would have allowed for more accurate segregation of tonic and phasic REM sleep states. (Simor, van der Wijk et al. 2020) Although we observed a bias for isolated and chain HFOs to occur in putative tonic and phasic REM substates, respectively, the scarcity of putative phasic REM bouts made the direct comparison based on substage difficult. Finally, although our model predicts that distinct cell-type activity profiles shape REM sleep HFO dynamics, we did not record a suDicient number of interneurons to test these predictions directly. Future studies using appropriate behavioral tasks, longitudinal sleep recordings, and cell-type specific opto-tagging will be able to resolve these limitations and further clarify the roles of high-frequency oscillations in REM sleep.”

      We have now added Supplementary Figure S3.

      This is also important because some of the REM sleeps detected and shown in Figure S1H seem unusual. For example, in Animal 1, there are multiple bursts of REM that seem very irregular. In some other sessions, animals occasionally appear to enter REM sleep with very little preceding NREM, which goes against existing literature. It's not clear which ones of these meet the 30 s duration threshold. Are the chain events occurring in these periods?

      In reference to the hypnograms shown in Supplementary Figure S1H (Now Supplementary Figure S1I), these were generated by concatenating all 9 sleep epochs regardless of whether they passed the inclusion criterion of > 30 s of total REM sleep. Furthermore, only a subset of the epochs shown were included for analysis based on a secondary, manual inspection that is performed to confirm inclusion. Sleep state plots (e.g. Supplementary Figure S1H) were visually inspected to further confirm the transition into REM sleep, ensuring absence of noisy T/D ratio or spurious detection due to noisy signals – epochs where microarousals or persistent subthreshold fluctuations in animal movement induced noisy TD ratio increases, and thus inaccurate REM designation, were excluded. We thus used a total of 36 sleep sessions from a possible 90 sleep sessions.

      We apologize for not specifying what portions of data represented by the hypnograms were included. We have now provided updated hypnograms only illustrating the sleep epochs included for analysis (Figure S1I).

      We have now added Supplementary Figure S1.

      Regarding the Reviewer’s point “Are the chain events occurring in these periods?”: Yes, all of the chain events (and isolated events) come from these updated epochs that are now shown. No events in the excluded epochs were included, since we wanted to only analyze the data that came from curated REM epochs that we were confident in.

      (3) The analysis supporting structured reactivation was not generally convincing. Figure 4E does not provide convincing evidence of this. Indeed, reactivation strength is lowest around the time of the event, and appears highest 0.5s before. The example panel seems rather anecdotal. It's also not clear why REM reactivations should be compared to NREM ones here. I could not follow what was done in Figures 4F-H. Why should the first half and second half of an HFO event be correlated?

      We appreciate the Reviewer for raising these concerns. We agree that this section is somewhat dense and at time hard to follow, so we will clarify with further explanations and analyses (see also response to Comment #8 with new reactivation figures).

      In Figure 6B (originally Figure 4E), our intention was to show that if you simply align assembly activation to REM HFOs, a relatively flat response is observed when averaged across all assemblies, in stark contrast to assembly reactivation during NREM cortical ripples. This could suggest a couple of things: 1) There is no real assembly activation in response to REM HFOs or 2) Assembly activation is organized differentially (compared to NREM) surrounding HFOs. What we hypothesized, and then quantified based on observations, is that assembly activity is sequentially organized around HFOs. If this were true, it would suggest a consistent temporal relationship between REM HFOs and assemblies (for example, assembly 1 tends to be active 115 ms after the onset of chains, assembly 2 is active 230 ms after, etc.). Of course, the sequential pattern that we show in Figure 6A may arise trivially, especially since these types of sequential visualization plots can simply arise from noise. Thus, a cross-validation method must be utilized to ensure the sequences are indeed reflective of an underlying computation.

      In the methods section “Assembly sequence detection surrounding HFOs” we explain the splitripple/HFO procedure that we used to compare assembly sequences across two halves of the data, similar to methods used in hippocampal place cell sequence cross-validation (Plitt and Giocomo 2021, Sosa, Plitt et al. 2025). For every split and assembly alignment, a sequence similar to Figure 6A, right is generated based on the first half of aligned data. Then the second half of aligned data is sorted based on the peak indices of the first half of data and the correlation between the peak reactivation indices across all assemblies for the two datasets is calculated. A high correlation indicates high sequence similarity across the two halves of data (not two halves of an HFO as the Reviewer mentioned), suggesting temporal consistency of assembly reactivation. By utilizing this method, we show that assembly reactivation sequences across randomly chosen halves of data are most similar for chained HFOs (Figure 6C and Supplementary Figures S7C-F). We have now provided an additional control analysis that investigates this sequential assembly activity for time-shifted chain events (Author response image 2). As in Figure 6, assembly activity was aligned to the first event in each time-shifted chain. In addition to the analyses in Supplementary Figure S7, this control further indicates that sequential assembly activity is preferentially restricted to HFO chains.

      Author response image 2.

      Assembly sequences surrounding time-shifted HFO chains. (A) Distributions of r values calculated from the Pearson correlation between peak reactivation bins across all assemblies for two randomly chosen halves of the shifted HFO-aligned data. There was no difference between r values for time-shifted chains and shuffled data, indicating no structured assembly activity during periods outside of real HFOs chains.

      To further quantify this, we calculated two additional metrics: 1) the slope difference between fitted lines for the two halves of data for each split and 2) the absolute peak difference between assemblies in the two halves of data. First, for the slope difference metric, the slope of the best-fit line between assembly ID and peak reactivation index was taken for the two halves of data and compared. A smaller slope difference compared to shuffled data in Figure 6D indicates that assembly reactivation is structured in a more similar manner across the two halves of the real data. Secondly, Figure 6E is a quantification of the peak reactivation displacement between the two halves of data. If there is a high probability of small peak differences, as in the real data, this indicates that the timing of peak reactivation of assemblies relative to HFO chain onset is similar across the two halves of data.

      We apologize for the omission of the description of the slope and peak difference metrics that we used in Figures 6D,E. We have added information in the Methods section under “Assembly sequence detection surrounding HFOs” on Page 43, Lines 23-33:

      “Furthermore, the slope and peak differences were calculated as additional metrics of sequence and temporal reactivation consistency between the two halves of data, respectively. For the slope difference metric, the slope of the best fit line between assembly ID and peak reactivation index was taken for the two halves of data and compared. A smaller slope difference compared to shuffled data indicates that assembly reactivation is structured in a more similar manner across the two halves of the real data. For peak reactivation difference, the temporal displacement of the peak reactivation index between the two halves of data was calculated and compared to shuffle. A high probability of small peak differences indicates that the timing of peak reactivation of assemblies relative to HFO chain onset is similar across the two halves of data. Shuffling of assembly strength was carried out as above.”

      (4) The authors argue that the occurrence of HFOs, rather than theta power, is the reason for lower MUA activity, but the analysis for this (Figure S4I) is quite confusing. The left panel actually seems to indicate that MUA is indeed lower when theta power is high.

      We apologize for the confusion regarding this figure and appreciate the Reviewer’s point that periods of high theta power can also appear to be associated with reduced MUA. We agree that the original presentation may not have clearly separated the contributions of theta and HFOs. What we convey with Supplementary Figure S5K (originally Supplementary Figure S4I) and new Supplementary Figures S5L-M is that the observed theta-modulated PFC spiking response (Figure 2A) cannot be solely explained by baseline theta periods (outside of HFOs) in REM sleep. Since theta oscillations are ubiquitous during REM sleep, an important control is to demonstrate that the theta-modulated population activity is not simply a consequence of ongoing theta activity. Thus, we aligned PFC activity to theta oscillations of varied power and show that the fluctuating, theta-modulated population activity is absent, indicating that HFOs associated with the theta oscillation are driving this phasic response.

      We are not solely arguing that the presence of HFOs is the driver of decreased PFC multiunit activity. In both the data and model, we show that the magnitude of theta power detected in PFC (possibly input to PFC) is inversely related to multiunit activity (Figure 9E). Our interpretation is not that theta is unrelated to MUA, but rather that HFO occurrence provides additional explanatory power beyond theta alone. Accordingly, we show directly in Supplementary Figures S5L-M, in response to Reviewer 1’s comment #1, that theta periods in phasic REM not associated with HFOs do not elicit the MUA activity suppression similar to HFOs.

      The phase-alignment performed is hard to follow and is not being applied to HFO periods. If the study is trying to argue that high-theta periods without HFOs in the same recording sessions show lower MUA, then perhaps some sort of shuffle or jitter would be more suitable. For example, in Figure 1B, it seems there are some high-theta periods that don't have HFOs and appear to have higher MUA.

      We expect that the new analyses where we provide additional baseline theta controls for periods adjacent to HFOs in Supplementary Figures S5L-M now clarifies this point. Briefly, alignment to theta phases at different temporal distances from detected HFOs does not exhibit the same fluctuating PFC activity as HFO alignment.

      Regarding the phase alignment procedure that we used for the control analysis, since REM sleep is characterized almost entirely by ongoing theta activity, the control condition was not a separate brain state but rather theta periods outside of HFOs. We therefore needed a systematic way to select comparable theta cycles and phase bins in order to make a valid comparison with HFO-aligned PFC population activity. Since we demonstrated that there is significant phase amplitude coupling between theta and HFOs, thus a theta phase preference of HFOs, we used that specific phase bin across multiple theta cycles to align PFC activity. This phase bin selection was performed separately for each epoch to account for inter epoch and animal variability in phase preference. We reasoned that this procedure would allow for a valid comparison as compared to random alignment, since activity was aligned to similar phases in the baseline theta vs HFO conditions.

      (5) As far as I could tell, the study does not distinguish between putative excitatory and inhibitory neurons in the PFC, but only in the CA1, even though these play very different roles in the model. What is the rationale for not separating these? How are reactivations to be interpreted among interneurons?

      We apologize for the lack of emphasis on this point, which was originally highlighted in Supplementary Figure S2G (now in Supplementary Figure S2F), and for omitting the explanation as to why we did not separately analyze putative excitatory and inhibitory neurons. When we plot the average waveform peak-to-trough and mean firing rates of the PFC neurons, we observe a large cluster with moderate mean firing rates and peak-to-troughs consistent with recording primarily from pyramidal neurons (Supplementary Figure S2F, left). We therefore decided to pool and not separate the populations into putative pyramidal cells and interneurons for the spiking analyses presented. To further validate our decision to pool the cells, we separated the population into putative pyramidal cells and interneurons based on peak-to-trough. Putative interneurons were identified as cells with a peak-to-trough <0.3 ms (we obtained similar results when using a hyperplane to separate units based on both peak-to-trough and firing rate, with a smaller subset identified as putative interneurons). When these putative interneurons were excluded from the HFO-aligned multiunit PFC plot, we observed very similar activity to Figure 2A (Supplementary Figure S2F, right). We thus decided to pool the cells into a single population for the purpose of this manuscript, as we did not have enough interneurons to investigate them separately. We are, however, aware that different cell types may contribute to the phenomenon that we report here and attempt to more thoroughly differentiate the contribution of pyramidal cells and interneurons with our modeling result in Figures 9 and 10.

      We have now added the following to the figure legend on Page 51, Lines 21-24:

      “REM HFO aligned PFC multiunit response when spikes from putative interneurons are excluded (compare to Figure 2A). Due to this similarity of the phasic PFC response when putative interneurons are omitted, we decided to pool PFC neurons for all further analyses.”

      Regarding the interpretation of reactivation in the context of interneurons, we expect reactivation reflects coordinated ensemble activity with excitatory neurons encoding task-relevant information, and inhibitory interneurons shaping timing and neural synchronization. We however did not record enough distinct interneurons to test the predictions of the model, which is now noted in the Limitations on Page 16.

      Relatedly, we find that PFC assemblies detected from pooled data have task relevant representations (Figures 5F-G).

      (6) Are the high-cofiring CA1 neurons generally higher-firing than the other cells? Could this perhaps explain why they behave differently?

      We apologize that this information was not more evident in the manuscript, as it is an important control. In Supplementary Figure S9A, we show that there was no difference in baseline firing rate between low and high cofiring CA1 neurons.

      We have now explicitly referenced this figure in the main text on Page 9, Lines 42-45:

      “Analysis of low and high cofiring CA1 neurons during REM HFOs showed that high cofiring neurons exhibited elevated activity during chained events as compared to low cofiring neurons (Figure 7D), independent of baseline firing rates (Figure S9A).”

      (7) It appears that the decreased firing around HFO's could be a consequence of the stronger firing modulation around these periods, related to time averaging, rather than suppression per se. How does the firing rate compare to other periods with similar modulation that might not have HFOs?

      We thank the Reviewer for raising this important point. We expect that the new analyses, where we provide additional baseline non-HFO-associated theta periods, and theta periods adjacent to HFOs at different temporal distance as controls in also Supplementary Figure S5L-N now clarifies this point. These figures show that the decreased firing rate is specific to HFO chains (Supplementary Figure S5N). Indeed, if the suppression that we observe is related to time averaging, or another analytical artifact, our claims of suppression during HFOs would not be valid. We present a number of results and provide further explanations to support the accuracy of our characterization of PFC population suppression.

      First, event-aligned multiunit activity was quantified as baseline-normalized population firing relative to detected events. For both NREM and REM, activity was normalized by the mean population firing rate during a baseline period within the same sleep state in which events were detected. Values are therefore expressed as deviations from baseline. This normalization allows comparison of relative changes in firing around events within each state. Importantly, values below baseline reflect reductions relative to the state-matched baseline period.

      Second, we show that smoothing activity with a larger gaussian kernel preserves the dip in population activity, consistent with suppression of activity surrounding HFOs (Figure 9C, note that this is a data figure presented in the context of the model). However, as raised by the Reviewer, this normalized measure does not on its own distinguish sustained suppression from transient deviations introduced by event-locked temporal structure in firing.

      Third, to address this, we employed an alternative method to demonstrate that HFO chains tend to occur during periods of PFC suppression (Figure 4G). Briefly, we detected events in PFC where activity fell below a threshold and calculated the probability of HFOs surrounding these “suppression” events. We refer the Reviewer to the Methods section under “Detection of population suppression” where we explain this procedure in more detail. We found that chain ripples, during which the strongest suppression is observed (Figure 4F), are associated with decreases in PFC activity (Figure 4G and Supplementary Figure S6).

      Fourth, we refer the reviewer to Figure S5N, where we compare the firing rates of PFC neurons during HFO chains and theta periods outside of HFOs during putative phasic REM bouts. The observed reduction in firing during true HFO chains compared to non-HFO periods therefore reflects HFO event-specific activity suppression rather than a common occurrence during baseline REM periods.

      Lastly, we performed a control analysis complimentary to Supplementary Figure S5K where we aligned PFC activity to the preferred theta phase of HFOs and investigated how distance from detected HFOs modulates PFC activity (Figure S5). We found that there was no consistent theta-modulated activity aligned to HFO-adjacent theta phases.

      Regarding the final comment, if the Reviewer meant “modulation” as in the theta modulation or suppression observed when PFC population activity is aligned to HFOs (Figures 2A and 4F), we are not aware of any other REM periods where this strong theta modulation or suppression of PFC population activity is present. To our knowledge, we are the first to demonstrate such a modulation of PFC population activity in REM sleep. The closest comparison that we can make is PFC activity aligned to gamma events that are coordinated with HFOs (suppression of PFC), but this is explained only with association with HFOs, as shown in Supplementary Figure S4J.

      (8) The assembly reactivation measure does not control for pre-existing assemblies. The term "activation strength" would therefore be more appropriate.

      We thank the reviewer for this important methodological point. The concern that ICA-based reactivation strength does not, by itself, distinguish behavior-induced reactivation from pre-existing assembly activity/structure is well-taken, and we have implemented several complementary analyses that directly address these concerns.

      First, the interleaved structure of our recordings (8 run epochs interleaved with 9 sleep epochs) allows us to investigate the within-session pre/post assembly strength differences (i.e. each W-Track run session has a preceding (pre) and following (post) sleep session). An increase in assembly strength from pre to post is a hallmark of behaviorally relevant assembly reactivation (Kudrimoti, Barnes et al. 1999, Peyrache, Khamassi et al. 2009). For each run epoch, the same run-derived templates were projected onto the preceding and following sleep epochs, and the pre and post strengths were compared. The distribution of post-minus-pre reactivation differences across all epoch pairs is significantly skewed toward positive values (Figure 6F), indicating that templates from the run epochs are more strongly expressed in the post-sleep epochs. This asymmetry cannot be explained by pre-existing assembly structure, which would predict similar assembly strengths.

      Second, reactivation strength in post-experience sleep increases across the experiment, with templates from later running epochs producing the strongest reactivation in the following post-sleep (Figure 6G). This increase in reactivation strength over time cannot be explained by preexisting assembly structure, which predicts similar assembly expression strength independent of experience.

      Third, the detected assemblies carry behaviorally meaningful structure. Assembly activation maps computed during running exhibit spatially organized "assembly fields" similar to single-cell place fields (Figure 6H), demonstrating that the detected assemblies represent specific spatial locations or task variables rather than behavior-independent states. Pre-existing co-firing structure unrelated to ongoing experience would not be expected to produce spatially tuned, task-locked assembly activation. Furthermore, this spatial tuning of assemblies was verified by comparison with surrogates, where assembly maps were generated using circularly shuffled activation times (1000 shuffles). Assemblies with p < 0.05 (z > 1.65) were considered to have significant spatial structure (Figure 6I).

      These results establish that what we measure is the selective re-expression of behaviorally relevant assemblies in subsequent sleep epochs, consistent with the use of "reactivation" in the established literature (Peyrache, Khamassi et al. 2009, Lopes-dos-Santos, Ribeiro et al. 2013). We have therefore retained the term "reactivation strength" and have added text to the manuscript noting these new results that justify the use of “reactivation” strength.

      We have now added Figure 6.

      We have also added the procedure for the calculation of spatial information to the Methods section under “Spatial information of assembly fields” on Page 44, Lines 8-23.

      (9) Can the study rule out that the rank-ordering in Fig 4C is related to firing rates? Higher-firing rates tend to fire earlier, and lower-firing cells later.

      We thank the Reviewer for raising this interesting point. Here, we assume that the Reviewer meant the baseline firing rates of the neurons, not the intra-HFO firing rates of the neurons. Indeed, when we look at baseline REM firing rates of these PFC neurons, we do find that neurons with higher firing rates tend to fire earlier than low-firing-rate neurons (Author response image 3). This is also true when PFC rank and firing rate are assessed for isolated REM HFOs and NREM PFC ripples (Author response image 3). Similarly, we also observe this relationship in CA1 during SWRs, during which rank order correlation is typically assessed as a method for replay detection. In line with this, a previous study has shown that CA1 neurons with high excitability at animals’ current location tend to initiate replay events (Karlsson and Frank 2009). Furthermore, high-firing-rate, rigid CA1 neurons are more active during SWRs than low-rate, plastic neurons (Grosmark and Buzsaki 2016), and there are distinct populations of neurons in both hippocampus and PFC that are preferentially active during immobility in sleep epochs (Jarosiewicz, McNaughton et al. 2002, Kay, Sosa et al. 2016, Tang, Shin et al. 2017), potentially biasing replay activity during high-frequency events. Similar dynamics may underlie activity during PFC ripples and HFOs in NREM and REM sleep, respectively. The critical point here is in the leave-one-out cross-validation that we implemented to determine sequence similarity—each left out event’s cell rank was correlated with the averaged rank of the template that was generated from all other events. This analysis provides a basis for our claim that there is preserved sequential PFC activity across HFO chains. We did not observe neuron firing consistency during isolated HFOs or during pseudo-HFO chains (coherently shifted chain HFO times), which indicates that REM HFO chains are unique temporal windows during which PFC activity proceeds in a more structured manner.

      Author response image 3.

      Firing rate difference of low and high rank neurons (A) Comparison of baseline firing rates of PFC and CA1 neurons split by average rank across all PFC REM HFOs, PFC NREM ripples, or CA1 SWRs. Baseline rates were calculated separately for NREM and REM sleep.

      Minor:

      (1) It gets confusing that the authors sometimes (but not always) refer to HFOs during NREM as "ripples" but not if they occur during REM. The terminology is inconsistent. When they refer to HFO chains, it seems they now pool between REM and NREM periods, as well as across phasic and tonic REM periods, which is confusing.

      We apologize for the confusion regarding the terminology. In the revised manuscript, we now use NREM ripples exclusively for NREM events and REM HFOs exclusively for REM events. We have removed mixed labels such as “ripple/HFO” except where a collective term is explicitly defined. We also clarified that HFO chains refer to REM events only and revised the relevant text/figure legends to avoid any implication that chain analyses pool NREM and REM events.

      (2) P7 L8: It might be helpful to emphasize "broader temporal distribution".

      We thank the Reviewer for the suggestion. We have updated the text on Page 8, Line 18:

      “Since we observed a broader temporal distribution of activity…”

      (3) P8 L9: What do they mean by spatial? Do they mean the place-fields of these same neurons during a previous task period?

      We apologize for the confusion. The Reviewer is correct. Here, we calculated the spatial rate map correlation between CA1 neurons as a measure of place field similarity during the W-Track session prior to the sleep epoch being assessed.

      For clarification, we have added “rate map” to the text on Page 9, Line 33:

      “…spatial rate map correlation…”

      We have also updated the y-axis label for Figure 7B for clarity.

      (4) P8 L27: What do they mean by "coordinated SWRs"? As opposed to what?

      Here, we are referring to our previous study where we investigated ripples in NREM sleep and showed that ripples and SWRs in PFC and CA1, respectively could either be independent from or coordinated with events in the other region (Shin and Jadhav 2024). A main result in the study showed that CA1 neurons are strongly suppressed during independent PFC ripples and that there was a relationship between activity suppression and reactivation during coordinated SWRs (CA1 SWR-PFC ripple coordination in NREM). We specifically mentioned “coordinated” since these are SWRs that are also coupled with SOs and spindles as compared to SWRs that are independent from PFC ripples (Shin and Jadhav 2024). Overall, we wanted to frame this result in the context of oscillatory coupling and mechanisms of memory consolidation.

      (5) P37 L28 says "we observed a bimodal distribution" but L31 says "unimodal". Which is it?

      We apologize for the confusion. We observed a bimodal distribution for CA1-PFC cofiring in REM sleep, but a unimodal distribution in NREM sleep. Because of these two observations, we decided to split the CA1 population into high and low cofiring neurons based on two different thresholds:

      (1) Splitting the population by cofiring values greater than (high cofiring) or less than (low cofiring) 0.

      (2) Splitting the population by cofiring values greater than (high cofiring) or less than (low cofiring) the mean of the distribution of averaged cofiring values.

      Using two separate thresholds to split high and low cofiring CA1 neurons demonstrates the robustness of the firing rate change result in Figures 7F and Supplementary Figures S9B-D.

      We added a statement that clarifies that the bimodal distribution was seen in REM sleep only on Page 44, Lines 37-43:

      “Furthermore, since we observed a bimodal distribution of CA1-PFC cofiring values in REM sleep, we split the population based on whether the average (across all cell-cell combinations) cofiring value or correlation coefficient of a cell was above or below 0. Also, since the NREM ripple cofiring distribution was unimodal, we additionally split the populations using the mean of the average cofiring or correlation coefficient distributions.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Shin et al. examine hippocampal-prefrontal interactions during sleep using simultaneous CA1 and prefrontal cortex recordings in rats performing a spatial memory task. They identify high-frequency oscillation (HFO) events in PFC during REM sleep that occur in theta-modulated chains and are associated with increased CA1-PFC coherence and sequential, sparse reactivation of cortical ensembles. This pattern contrasts with the synchronous reactivation observed during NREM cortical ripples. Together with a simple cholinergic network model, the authors propose that REM HFO chains represent a distinct mechanism for hippocampal-cortical coordination that complements NREM ripple-mediated processing during sleep.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the work is the extensive electrophysiological dataset, which includes simultaneous recordings of large neuronal populations in both hippocampus and prefrontal cortex across behaviour and subsequent sleep. The analyses linking high-frequency events to population dynamics, interregional coherence, and ensemble reactivation are technically sophisticated and provide an incredibly detailed description of REM-associated cortical activity patterns. In particular, the demonstration that REM HFOs occur in chains aligned to theta phase and organise sequential activation of cortical assemblies represents a potentially important advance in understanding the neural structure of REM sleep activity. The integration of experimental data with a computational model further provides a useful framework for interpreting the observed differences between REM and NREM network states in terms of neuromodulatory influences.

      Weaknesses:

      While overall this study provides a highly valuable body of work, there are two primary limitations, which, if overcome, would provide substantially more significance to the overall characterisation of REM HFOs. Specifically:

      (1) Distinction from wake HFOs

      The results largely support the authors' claim that REM HFO chains represent a distinct pattern of neural coordination compared to NREM cortical ripples. The analyses consistently show differences between REM and NREM events in terms of neuronal modulation, ensemble structure, and interregional coupling. However, similar high-frequency events during wake are not examined. Since REM sleep shares several network features with wakefulness, including strong theta oscillations, evaluating whether comparable PFC HFOs occur during wake would provide clarity on whether these events are specific to REM sleep (and its associated functions) or represent a more general theta-associated phenomenon.

      To investigate PFC high-frequency oscillations during running behavior on the W-Track, events were extracted in the same manner as NREM and REM events (Methods). Events during wake were subset by periods where the animals’ velocity was >4 cm/s to provide a comparison of events during periods of high theta. While we were able to detect HFOs during wake that exhibited a similar spectral profile in the high frequency band, we did not observe 1) strong association with gamma or theta oscillations, 2) prominent HFO chaining, 3) HFO aligned theta modulated PFC activity, 4) comparable levels of theta phase amplitude coupling, 5) association with population suppression, or 6) a relationship between peri-event theta power and multiunit activity (Supplementary Figure S11). Many of the defining features of PFC REM HFOs are absent during wake, indicating REM specificity of the results we present.

      (2) Link to memory consolidation

      The manuscript proposes throughout that REM HFO chains may contribute to memory consolidation by coordinating hippocampal-cortical reactivation, but the evidence for this functional role remains indirect. The authors do highlight this as a limitation of the study - the inability to link their findings to learning - but it is not clear why. Further details of the behaviour results should be included. If no learning occurred across the eight behavioural sessions, this should be reported. If learning did occur, but could not be linked to HFO events, this should also be reported.

      To address these concerns, we have now added an explicit “Limitations” section in the main text of the manuscript that includes a statement about learning. We have also added Supplementary Figure S1 in the manuscript, which illustrates the performance of all 10 animals on the W-Track task. Finally, we have also included Figures 6F G in the manuscript, showing that PFC assembly reactivation strength during sleep epochs increases during learning.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Most of my specific comments were related to further clarification that will help the reader's understanding.

      (1) I'd recommend simplifying terminology. Open to debate, but would it not be simpler and clearer to just say NREM HFO vs REM HFO? Obviously, there is a need to mention how NREM HFOs have previously been referred to as cortical ripples, but I'm not sure it is such a helpful terminology to continue for the field, given, as you state, how different cortical ripples are from hippocampal SWRs. If not, I'd at least provide a clearer explanation early in the manuscript, distinguishing NREM ripples from REM HFOs but collectively still calling them 'cortical events'.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s suggestion regarding terminology and agree that it would be simpler and clearer to use a single term, ripple or HFO, to describe these events. Initially, we had used a unified term (ripples across both states) but ultimately decided to switch to state-specific terminology due to previous comments we received on the manuscript and to emphasize the distinctions between NREM and REM events. Ultimately, we decided on calling them ripples in NREM and HFOs in REM since there is precedence for both terms in each respective sleep state (Khodagholy, Gelinas et al. 2017, Vaz, Inati et al. 2019, Bueno-Junior, Ruckstuhl et al. 2023, Shin and Jadhav 2024), but we do agree that this distinction can be confusing if not clearly stated. Thus, we have added an additional statement in the manuscript on Page 4, Line 44 to Page 5, Lines 1-3 for clarity:

      “Similar criteria were used to detect cortical high-frequency events in NREM and REM states; however, to avoid ambiguity and to conform to previous nomenclature, we refer to cortical NREM events as ripples, cortical REM events as HFOs, and hippocampal sharp-wave ripples in NREM as SWRs throughout”

      (2) I assume experiments occurred during the light phase, but it would be good if this could be stated explicitly.

      We have now added text specifying that these experiments took place in the light phase on Page 34, Lines 9-12 of the Methods section under “Behavior”:

      “During the recording day, animals were introduced to the novel W-maze (~80 × 80 cm with ~7 cm wide tracks) for the first time and learned the task rules over eight behavioral sessions during the animals’ light phase between the hours of 9 AM and 6PM.”

      (3) Page 2 Line 14: Rephrase to make clearer, e.g. 'that have a shift in...'.

      We have rephrased the sentence for clarification on Page 2, Lines 13-15:

      “REM HFO chains also preferentially engage CA1 neuronal populations that demonstrate a shift in their preferred theta-phase from behavior to REM sleep.”

      (4) Page 4 Line 36 - 'and find coherent shifts in TD', this is self-fulfilling. I would rephrase to something like 'resulting in...'.

      We have rephrased the sentence on Page 4, Lines 36-38:

      “We separated NREM and REM sleep stages based on theta-to-delta (TD) ratio in CA1, which revealed coherent shifts in TD ratio across CA1 and PFC at the onset and offset of REM sleep…”

      (5) Figure 1H left - clarify how many animals or multiunits this is based on.

      We have now updated Figure 1 legend to specify the number of animals and epochs included on Page 19, Line 4:

      “REM HFO aligned multiunit activity (MUA) in PFC (n = 10 animals, 36 epochs)…”

      (6) Figure 1I (right), it would be useful to see the x-axis frequency start from 0, since you are cutting the peak in power.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. We had initially set the frequency limits to 4 and 12 to specifically illustrate the absence of theta-modulated activity during NREM ripples. However, as suggested by the Reviewer, it is informative to expand the frequency range to ascertain the location of the peak frequency for NREM. Indeed, the peak frequency of NREM ripple-aligned PFC activity tends to be lower than 4 Hz, which is consistent with a single peak of activity that lasts <1 s.

      We have now updated Figure 2C with these new panels.

      (7) Figure 5 E/I - use of ** is confusing, it looks like a significance comparing e.g. quartile 2 to 1, but I think this is the correlation significance. I'd move ** to the top right corner and ideally include rho values.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. We have now added the r values for the correlation to Figures 7E and 8B to resolve any ambiguity. In addition, we updated Figure 7F, right and Figure 5B to maintain consistency across main figures.

      (8) Figure 7D - Why are stimulated and non-stimulated cells so different at baseline? This is not the case for the NREM results.

      The y-axes in Figures 10C,D (Formerly Figure 7) show the fraction of cells with at least one spike per 10ms bin, either for all pyramidal cells or all interneurons. We report in the figure legend that the stimulated cells represent only 30% of the network for any given stimulus (Page 32, Line 18), so at baseline in both the NREM and REM simulations, there are roughly 3x as many non-stimulated cells with a spike per 10ms bin compared to stimulated cells, as these populations are active at roughly equal firing rates per neuron outside of stimulation periods.

      (9) Methods - there is limited info on spike sorting procedure - can you provide a reference with further details (I couldn't find)? Is this method equally valid for identifying PFC units?

      Matclust is a MATLAB-based spike sorting graphical user interface that allows for manual curation of neuron clusters through the visualization of spike waveform amplitude, peak-to-trough, and principal components. Polygons or boxes are drawn around spike data points, and single unit clusters are resolved through refinement in multiple dimensions. It was developed by Mattias Karlsson and was first used in a publication reporting replay of remote experiences in the hippocampus (Karlsson and Frank 2009). Although there is no formal reference, it can be found at https://bitbucket.org/mkarlsso/matclust/src/master/. Other labs have used the software for clustering neurons from cortical areas (Yu, Liu et al. 2018, Proskurin, Manakov et al. 2023), which demonstrates its robustness across multiple brain areas.

      Additionally, examples of clustered neurons in PFC over the course of the experimental paradigm used here can be found in our previous publication (Shin, Tang et al. 2019). In addition to the aforementioned references, we show that PFC neurons can be accurately clustered and that neurons are stable over time, according to a number of cluster metrics.

      (10) Why were there no further analyses of pyramidal cells and interneurons beyond Figure S2?

      We thank the Reviewer for bringing up this important point, which is similar to Reviewer 2, comment #5 above. We repeat our response here. When we plot the average waveform peak-to-trough and mean firing rates of the PFC neurons, we observe a large cluster with moderate mean firing rates and peak-to-troughs consistent with primarily recording from pyramidal neurons (Supplementary Figure S2F, left). All results are similar if we exclude putative interneurons. To validate our decision to pool the cells, we separated the population into putative pyramidal cells and interneurons based on peak-to-trough. Putative interneurons were identified as cells with a peak-to-trough <0.3 ms (we obtained similar results when using a hyperplane to separate units based on both peak-to-trough and firing rate, with a smaller subset identified as putative interneurons). When these putative interneurons were excluded from the HFO aligned multiunit PFC plot, we observed very similar activity to Figure 2A (Supplementary Figure S2F, right). We thus decided to pool the cells into a single population for the purpose of this manuscript. We are, however, aware that different cell types may contribute to the phenomenon that we report here and attempt to more thoroughly differentiate the contribution of pyramidal cells and interneurons with our modeling result in Figures 9 and 10.

      We have now added the following to the figure legend on Page 51, Lines 21-24:

      “REM HFO aligned PFC multiunit response when spikes from putative interneurons are excluded (compare to Figure 2A). Due to this similarity of the phasic PFC response when putative interneurons are omitted, we decided to pool PFC neurons for all further analyses.”

      (11) Looking at Figure S1B, the second to last main block of NREM sleep shown has a clear peak passing TD threshold, but oddly not classed as REM - I can only assume this is due to the duration limits on your classification?

      Yes, this is due to the REM duration threshold that we implement in our sleep scoring algorithm. We used a minimum REM bout threshold criterion of 10 s for inclusion, as in previous reports (Rothschild, Eban et al. 2017, Zhang, Zhang et al. 2020). Additionally, we have included example sleep plots for all 10 animals in Supplementary Figure S1.

      (12) Include details of how head speed was calculated - just based on the 30fps video?

      Yes, the head speed of the animal was determined by tracking the animals’ position and calculating the speed based on cm/pixel values. We have now added more detail on this in the Methods section under “Surgical implant and electrophysiology” on Page 33, Line 44 to Page 34, Lines 1-2:

      “Additionally, the animals’ speed was calculated based on predetermined cm/pixel values and the position displacement between frames captured at 30 fps.”

      (13) Page 31 line 7 - With the reference you cite, they didn't really show tonic and phasic REM can be segregated based on theta frequency - they just defined it as such. You've done it for some, but I'd ensure all references to phasic REM are defined as putative - mostly missed within the discussion - I'd also add this as a brief limitation (without recording of eye movements or PGO waves).

      We thank the Reviewer for these suggestions. We have now ensured that all mentions of “phasic REM” are qualified with “putative” and have added the requested limitation in the Limitations section on Page 16, Lines 10-15:

      “Third, we did not record eye movements or ponto-geniculo-occipital (PGO) waves, both of which would have allowed for more accurate segregation of tonic and phasic REM sleep states.(Simor, van der Wijk et al. 2020) Although we observed a bias for isolated and chain HFOs to occur in putative tonic and phasic REM substates, respectively, the scarcity of putative phasic REM bouts made the direct comparison based on substage difficult.”

      We have also modified the wording in the Methods section under “Theta inter-peak intervals during bouts of high and low theta power” on Page 37, Lines 14-15 to indicate that the referenced article simply used the theta frequency-based method to define tonic and phasic REM – not to explicitly separate the two states:

      “Since previous studies have segregated putative tonic and phasic substages of REM sleep based on CA1 theta frequency…”

      References:

      Abdou, K., M. Nomoto, M. H. Aly, A. Z. Ibrahim, K. Choko, R. Okubo-Suzuki, S. I. Muramatsu and K. Inokuchi (2024). "Prefrontal coding of learned and inferred knowledge during REM and NREM sleep." Nat Commun 15(1): 4566.

      Aleman-Zapata, A., R. G. M. Morris and L. Genzel (2022). "Sleep deprivation and hippocampal ripple disruption after one-session learning eliminate memory expression the next day." Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 119(44): e2123424119.

      Belluscio, M. A., K. Mizuseki, R. Schmidt, R. Kempter and G. Buzsaki (2012). "Cross-frequency phase coupling between theta and gamma oscillations in the hippocampus." J Neurosci 32(2): 423–435.

      Bueno-Junior, L. S., M. S. Ruckstuhl, M. M. Lim and B. O. Watson (2023). "The temporal structure of REM sleep shows minute-scale fluctuations across brain and body in mice and humans." Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 120(18): e2213438120.

      Cairney, S. A., S. J. Durrant, R. Power and P. A. Lewis (2015). "Complementary roles of slow-wave sleep and rapid eye movement sleep in emotional memory consolidation." Cereb Cortex 25(6): 1565–1575. Chang, H., W. Tang, A. M. Wulf, T. Nyasulu, M. E. Wolf, A. Fernandez-Ruiz and A. Oliva (2025). "Sleep microstructure organizes memory replay." Nature 637(8048): 1161–1169.

      Cheng, S. and L. M. Frank (2008). "New experiences enhance coordinated neural activity in the hippocampus." Neuron 57(2): 303–313.

      Darevsky, D., J. Kim and K. Ganguly (2024). "Coupling of Slow Oscillations in the Prefrontal and Motor Cortex Predicts Onset of Spindle Trains and Persistent Memory Reactivations." J Neurosci 44(43). Davidson, T. J., F. Kloosterman and M. A. Wilson (2009). "Hippocampal replay of extended experience." Neuron 63(4): 497–507.

      Ellenbogen, J. M., P. T. Hu, J. D. Payne, D. Titone and M. P. Walker (2007). "Human relational memory requires time and sleep." Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 104(18): 7723–7728.

      Foster, D. J. and M. A. Wilson (2006). "Reverse replay of behavioural sequences in hippocampal place cells during the awake state." Nature 440(7084): 680–683.

      Ghosh, M., F. C. Yang, S. P. Rice, V. Hetrick, A. L. Gonzalez, D. Siu, E. K. W. Brennan, T. T. John, A. M. Ahrens and O. J. Ahmed (2022). "Running speed and REM sleep control two distinct modes of rapid interhemispheric communication." Cell Rep 40(1): 111028.

      Grosmark, A. D. and G. Buzsaki (2016). "Diversity in neural firing dynamics supports both rigid and learned hippocampal sequences." Science 351(6280): 1440–1443.

      Helfrich, R. F., J. D. Lendner, B. A. Mander, H. Guillen, M. PaD, L. Mnatsakanyan, S. Vadera, M. P. Walker, J. J. Lin and R. T. Knight (2019). "Bidirectional prefrontal-hippocampal dynamics organize information transfer during sleep in humans." Nat Commun 10(1): 3572.

      Jarosiewicz, B., B. L. McNaughton and W. E. Skaggs (2002). "Hippocampal population activity during the small-amplitude irregular activity state in the rat." J Neurosci 22(4): 1373–1384.

      Ji, D. and M. A. Wilson (2007). "Coordinated memory replay in the visual cortex and hippocampus during sleep." Nat Neurosci 10(1): 100–107.

      Karlsson, M. P. and L. M. Frank (2009). "Awake replay of remote experiences in the hippocampus." Nat Neurosci 12(7): 913–918.

      Kay, K., M. Sosa, J. E. Chung, M. P. Karlsson, M. C. Larkin and L. M. Frank (2016). "A hippocampal network for spatial coding during immobility and sleep." Nature 531(7593): 185–190.

      Khodagholy, D., J. N. Gelinas and G. Buzsaki (2017). "Learning-enhanced coupling between ripple oscillations in association cortices and hippocampus." Science 358(6361): 369–372.

      Kudrimoti, H. S., C. A. Barnes and B. L. McNaughton (1999). "Reactivation of hippocampal cell assemblies: effects of behavioral state, experience, and EEG dynamics." J Neurosci 19(10): 4090–4101. Lee, A. K. and M. A. Wilson (2002). "Memory of sequential experience in the hippocampus during slow wave sleep." Neuron 36(6): 1183–1194.

      Leemburg, S., V. V. Vyazovskiy, U. Olcese, C. L. Bassetti, G. Tononi and C. Cirelli (2010). "Sleep homeostasis in the rat is preserved during chronic sleep restriction." Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 107(36): 15939–15944.

      Lopes-dos-Santos, V., S. Ribeiro and A. B. Tort (2013). "Detecting cell assemblies in large neuronal populations." J Neurosci Methods 220(2): 149–166.

      Mizuseki, K., K. Diba, E. Pastalkova and G. Buzsaki (2011). "Hippocampal CA1 pyramidal cells form functionally distinct sublayers." Nat Neurosci 14(9): 1174–1181.

      Nitsche, M. A., M. Jakoubkova, N. Thirugnanasambandam, L. Schmalfuss, S. Hullemann, K. Sonka, W. Paulus, C. Trenkwalder and S. Happe (2010). "Contribution of the premotor cortex to consolidation of motor sequence learning in humans during sleep." J Neurophysiol 104(5): 2603–2614.

      Peyrache, A., M. Khamassi, K. Benchenane, S. I. Wiener and F. P. Battaglia (2009). "Replay of rule-learning related neural patterns in the prefrontal cortex during sleep." Nat Neurosci 12(7): 919–926.

      Plitt, M. H. and L. M. Giocomo (2021). "Experience-dependent contextual codes in the hippocampus." Nat Neurosci 24(5): 705–714.

      Proskurin, M., M. Manakov and A. Karpova (2023). "ACC neural ensemble dynamics are structured by strategy prevalence." Elife 12.

      Rothschild, G., E. Eban and L. M. Frank (2017). "A cortical-hippocampal-cortical loop of information processing during memory consolidation." Nat Neurosci 20(2): 251–259.

      Shin, J. D. and S. P. Jadhav (2024). "Prefrontal cortical ripples mediate top-down suppression of hippocampal reactivation during sleep memory consolidation." Curr Biol 34(13): 2801–2811 e2809.

      Shin, J. D., W. Tang and S. P. Jadhav (2019). "Dynamics of Awake Hippocampal-Prefrontal Replay for Spatial Learning and Memory-Guided Decision Making." Neuron 104(6): 1110–1125 e1117.

      Siapas, A. G. and M. A. Wilson (1998). "Coordinated interactions between hippocampal ripples and cortical spindles during slow-wave sleep." Neuron 21(5): 1123–1128.

      Simor, P., G. van der Wijk, L. Nobili and P. Peigneux (2020). "The microstructure of REM sleep: Why phasic and tonic?" Sleep Med Rev 52: 101305.

      Singer, A. C. and L. M. Frank (2009). "Rewarded outcomes enhance reactivation of experience in the hippocampus." Neuron 64(6): 910–921.

      Sosa, M., H. R. Joo and L. M. Frank (2020). "Dorsal and Ventral Hippocampal Sharp-Wave Ripples Activate Distinct Nucleus Accumbens Networks." Neuron 105(4): 725–741 e728.

      Sosa, M., M. H. Plitt and L. M. Giocomo (2025). "A flexible hippocampal population code for experience relative to reward." Nat Neurosci 28(7): 1497–1509.

      Stark, E., L. Roux, R. Eichler and G. Buzsaki (2015). "Local generation of multineuronal spike sequences in the hippocampal CA1 region." Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 112(33): 10521–10526.

      Tang, W., J. D. Shin, L. M. Frank and S. P. Jadhav (2017). "Hippocampal-Prefrontal Reactivation during Learning Is Stronger in Awake Compared with Sleep States." J Neurosci 37(49): 11789–11805.

      Tort, A. B., R. Scheffer-Teixeira, B. C. Souza, A. Draguhn and J. Brankack (2013). "Theta-associated high-frequency oscillations (110-160Hz) in the hippocampus and neocortex." Prog Neurobiol 100: 1–14.

      Valero, M., T. J. Viney, R. Machold, S. Mederos, I. Zutshi, B. Schuman, Y. Senzai, B. Rudy and G. Buzsaki (2021). "Sleep down state-active ID2/Nkx2.1 interneurons in the neocortex." Nat Neurosci 24(3): 401–411.

      van de Ven, G. M., S. Trouche, C. G. McNamara, K. Allen and D. Dupret (2016). "Hippocampal Offline Reactivation Consolidates Recently Formed Cell Assembly Patterns during Sharp Wave-Ripples." Neuron 92(5): 968–974.

      van der Helm, E. and M. P. Walker (2011). "Sleep and Emotional Memory Processing." Sleep Med Clin 6(1): 31–43.

      Vaz, A. P., S. K. Inati, N. Brunel and K. A. Zaghloul (2019). "Coupled ripple oscillations between the medial temporal lobe and neocortex retrieve human memory." Science 363(6430): 975–978.

      Wilson, M. A. and B. L. McNaughton (1994). "Reactivation of hippocampal ensemble memories during sleep." Science 265(5172): 676–679.

      Yang, S. R., H. Sun, Z. L. Huang, M. H. Yao and W. M. Qu (2012). "Repeated sleep restriction in adolescent rats altered sleep patterns and impaired spatial learning/memory ability." Sleep 35(6): 849–859.

      Yu, J. Y., D. F. Liu, A. Loback, I. Grossrubatscher and L. M. Frank (2018). "Specific hippocampal representations are linked to generalized cortical representations in memory." Nat Commun 9(1): 2209.

      Zhang, L. B., J. Zhang, M. J. Sun, H. Chen, J. Yan, F. L. Luo, Z. X. Yao, Y. M. Wu and B. Hu (2020). "Neuronal Activity in the Cerebellum During the Sleep-Wakefulness Transition in Mice." Neurosci Bull 36(8): 919– 931.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      We appreciate the authors have provided answers to many of the points we raised, and the changes made to their manuscript, which we think strengthen the overall evidence presented. However, we find that some important controls are still missing across experiments.

      Major comments:

      (1) Shortcomings in Immunofluorescence experiments:

      a. Antibody cross-reactivity was only tested against CK1ɛ, but should also be tested against CK1α, which is abundant in U2OS cells, and is also known to be involved in cell-cycle regulation.

      b. Fig. 1: Statistical analyses are missing from the analysis.

      c. Fig. 2: No colocalisation analysis shown for figure 2, only some arrowheads pointing to puncta. Appropriate colocalisation statistics are important since for practical reasons, only a few representative images can be shown on the figure.

      d. Fig. 6: Even if the figure is illustrative, it is important to show centrosome staining to visualise CK1ẟ's recruitment to the centrosome in G2/prophase, especially since this information is used to propose the model in figure 7.

      e. For all figures: Please mention the number of independent biological replicates in the figure legends (1, 2, 6). For figure 1, if there are 3 independent biological replicates, the quantification should take all of them into account (as opposed to the data points corresponding to 10 cells), and statistics must be done appropriately, taking those independent replicates into account. Same for the colocalisation analysis in figure 2 once you include it.

      (2) Shortcomings in biochemistry experiments:

      On CalA control, this is not a matter of confirming that CalA treatment works in principle, but rather to confirm that CalA treatment worked in this specific replicate. Aliquots may lose potency (e.g. with freeze-thaw cycles / exposure to light), hence checking for enrichment of phospho-proteins is essential to confirm the treatment was successful in this particular instance. In the worst-case scenario, the company may have sent the wrong compound altogether! A positive and a negative control is the basis for every experiment to make meaningful interpretation. On a separate note, many experiments have control and siRNA or compound treatments on two different gels - this should be rectified as they are meaningless if different exposures have been selected for different immunoblots.

      (4) As the authors mention, the kinase is not fully inactive when tail phosphorylated. Recent research has also suggested that tail-phosphorylated CK1ẟ may show increased catalytic activity for a few select, specific substrates, in the co-occurrence of pT220 (Cullati et al., 2022; Cullati et al., 2024). It is thus tricky to directly infer that phosphorylated CK1ẟ is inhibited, when no positive control for CK1ẟ inhibition was shown in the evidence presented. It would be necessary to either nuance your claim or include a positive control for CK1ẟ inhibition. Please revise statements in the manuscript accordingly.

      (5) It would be important to include statistical analyses for the immunofluorescence data in Fig. 1 and 2.

      (9) The authors mentioned "In the eLife study, we show that inhibition of kinase activity by PF670462 stabilizes CK1δ and that the overexpressed kinase-dead mutant CK1δ-K38R is stable." Unfortunately, the data from biochemical analyses presented in the eLife publication is uninterpretable due to a lack of loading controls.

      (10) While the data presented in Penas et al. strongly suggests a link between CK1ẟ stabilisation and the APC/C-Cdh1 complex, it is the only study to have shown it. Given that (1) science relies on data reproducibility and (2) your proposed model relies heavily on the relationship between CK1ẟ stabilisation and the APC/CCdh1 complex, it would be appropriate to include the investigations mentioned in our original comment.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This important study identifies a non-canonical essential role for acyl carrier protein in maintaining apicoplast metabolism and blood-stage survival in Plasmodium falciparum. The main conclusions are largely supported by strong genetic and biochemical evidence, although some claims regarding the dispensability of fatty acid synthesis pathways remain incomplete. The work provides novel mechanistic insight into ACP-mediated stabilization of pyruvate kinase II and will be of broad interest to the malaria and apicoplast biology communities.

      We note that the major and most important conclusion of our manuscript is that apicoplast ACP has an essential stabilizing interaction with pyruvate kinase II that is required for organelle function and biogenesis. This conclusion is entirely independent of our growth experiments with ∆ACP and ∆FabD parasites in low-lipid conditions, which in principle could be removed from the manuscript without weakening the major conclusions. Nonetheless, we feel that these findings in low-lipid conditions have merit, especially since they contrast with a prior study in the literature regarding P. falciparum growth in low-lipid conditions. We hope that these contrasting results and the questions they raise will stimulate future studies to fully test and understand FASII function under different conditions, including low-lipid conditions.

      We kindly ask that the editorial assessment be revised to focus on the major conclusions. Alternatively, we would respectfully suggest revising the second sentence to something akin to “The main conclusions are largely supported by strong genetic and biochemical evidence, while function of fatty acid synthesis pathways in low-lipid conditions will require future studies to fully resolve.”

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study provides evidence that the apicoplast-locaized isoform of acyl-carrier protein (ACP) has acquired important non-enzymatic functions in the malaria parasite. Previous studies have shown that the apicoplast-located FASII-dependent pathway of fatty acid synthesis is not essential in Plasmodium blood stages. In contrast, genome-wide knockout studies suggested that ACP, a key protein in this pathway, is essential in these stages, indicating that it may have additional non-canonical functions. In this study, the authors confirm that ACP is essential in Pf blood stages (using both apicoplast IPP rescue and conditional knockdown); show that this essential function requires modification with 4-phosphopantetheine and use proximity biotinylation and complementary immunoprecipitation pull-down approaches to provide compelling evidence that ACP binds to and stabilizes the apicoplast-located isoform of pyruvate kinase II. Notably, these interactions appear to differ from those associated with the binding of mitochondrial isoforms of ACP to proteins involved in Fe-S biosynthesis. Loss of ACP was shown to lead to a decrease in PKII levels and apicoplast DNA/RNA synthesis, consistent with loss of NTP synthesis in this organelle. The data are clear and very well described, and the findings represent a significant advance in our understanding of metabolic regulatory mechanisms in apicomplexan apicoplast studies.

      Strengths:

      The study uses a variety of complementary genetic approaches to demonstrate the essentiality of ACP and the enzyme involved in its activation with 4-PP in Pf blood stages, demonstrating that the ascribed non-enzymatic function is mediated by holo-ACP. Similarly, a number of complementary biochemical approaches, including proximity biotinylation, immunoprecipitation, and co-expression of PfACP and PK-II in a heterologous bacterial expression system, are used to confirm the physiological significance of the PfACP and PK-II interaction. The study also reports additional findings, such as the independence of P. faciparum blood stages on exogenous (media) fatty acids, indicating that intracellular stages can salvage all of their requirements from the red blood cell.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, this is a very strong study. While questions remain around the function of other apicoplast ACP-interacting proteins detected in this study, I don't have any suggestions for significant improvements.

      We thank the reviewer for these positive comments.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study focuses on revealing the essential divergent function of the Acyl Carrier protein (ACP) in the deadliest human malaria parasite, Plasmodium falciparum. More precisely, using inducible KO, cellular and biochemical approaches, the authors determined that instead of a canonical role for ACP allowing the de novo synthesis of fatty acids in the apicoplast (essential relict plastid) of the parasite, the enzyme couples with pyruvate kinase II to generate nucleoside triphosphate to maintain parasite survival during blood stages. The study is novel, well-designed, providing interesting new data on Plasmodium and apicomplexa biology. The results convincingly support the major claim of the study. However, it is currently incomplete to support some claims on the essentiality of some apicoplast pathways.

      In this study, Geher et al. focused on deciphering the role of the Acyl Carrier Protein (ACP) present in the relict non-photosynthetic plastid, i.e. the apicoplast of the most lethal human malaria parasite, Plasmodium falciparum. More particularly, they determined an essential function of ACP independent of its usual/typical function as the central protein for the normal function of the apicoplast Type II fatty acid synthesis (FASII) pathway. Rather, the protein seems to associate with the apicoplast Pyruvate Kinase II, together generating an essential nucleoside triphosphate (NTPs) source to fuel the apicoplast and parasite survival instead.

      By generating a TetR-DOZY-based inducible KD line for ACP, they confirmed that the protein is indeed essential to maintain apicoplast integrity and parasite survival during asexual blood stages, as previously predicted and experimentally shown. They showed that ACP requires a biochemical modification, typically activating the protein for its function in the FASII pathway, i.e. binding of the 4-PP group by holoACP synthase. Then, they showed that the other enzymes of the FASII pathway are likely dispensable during the blood stage, as they were able to generate a KO line of the first enzyme of the pathway, FabD (which was predicted to be essential in P. falciparum). Based on a cell culture approach in a controlled culture medium, they further claimed that, unlike current evidence-based hypotheses, the FASII pathway (and thus a potentially FASII-linked ACP) has no role/activity during blood stages. Using a proximity biotinylation approach, they determined that ACP associates with the apicoplast pyruvate Kinase II (PKII), previously shown to generate NTPs in the apicoplast for energy and DNA/RNA maintenance (Xia et al. 2019), and not to fuel the FASII pathway as its main function in blood stages. Finally, they showed that the disruption of ACP induces the reduction of the presence/content in PKII in the parasite, as well as the drastic reduction of the apicoplast DNA and RNA content. Together, they concluded that the main function of ACP is indeed the NTP formation via its association with PKII, rather than its canonical role for the generation of fatty acids in the apicoplast.

      To clarify, we conclude that the essential function of ACP in blood-stage P. falciparum parasites includes a critical stabilizing interaction with pyruvate kinase II. Apicoplast ACP presumably still plays a central biochemical role in FASII pathway function, but that role in FASII is dispensable for blood-stage parasites.

      This study is novel and focuses on a topic of particular interest in malaria biology, but also for most of the apicomplexa-related diseases, and beyond for plastid bearing orgnaisms and this unusual role for ACP. The study is well thought out with proper biochemical approaches that convincingly point to this association of ACP with PKII for NTP synthesis as a major function during P. falciparum blood stages. However, there are currently some important experimental issues/flaws, missing experiments that induced wrong interpretations and thus do not support some important claims of the study, notably for the role of FASII and the interaction between ACP and PKII.

      We note that the major and most important conclusion of our manuscript is that apicoplast ACP has an essential stabilizing interaction with pyruvate kinase II that is required for organelle function and biogenesis. This conclusion is entirely independent of our growth experiments with ∆ACP and ∆FabD parasites in low-lipid conditions, which in principle could be removed from the manuscript without weakening the major conclusions. Nonetheless, we feel that these findings in low-lipid conditions have merit, especially since they contrast with a prior study in the literature regarding P. falciparum growth in low-lipid conditions. We hope that these contrasting results and the questions they raise will stimulate future studies to fully test and understand FASII function under different conditions, including low-lipid conditions.

      We elaborate on these points and address the reviewer’s critiques below.

      Therefore, at this point, the study is only partial and would require major additions and/or important text edits/revisions before being considered for acceptance.

      We note that the manuscript has already been accepted for publication in accordance with the current eLife publishing model.

      Major points:

      From the graph of P. falciparum growth, we can see that in the lipid-rich condition, where both FabH KO and ACP KO can survive, the addition of mevalonate was essential for the growth of ACP KO. Along with the other evidence (PKII association, DNA levels...), we therefore agree that PfACP is involved in the mevalonate pathway.

      To clarify, our model is that ACP supports IPP synthesis by the apicoplast nonmevalonate/MEP pathway indirectly by stabilizing and thus supporting function by pyruvate kinase II that supplies the pyruvate and NTPs required for IPP synthesis by the MEP pathway.

      The authors claim that the FASII pathway is inactive/not essential in the P. falciparum blood stage. However, the authors have not shown any evidence on whether ACP is or not involved in the FASII pathway during the asexual blood stage.

      To clarify, there is overwhelming data in the prior published literature that we cite (including refs. 13, 14, and 32) to establish that FASII is dispensable for blood-stage Plasmodium growth in vivo in rodent parasites and in vitro culture in human parasites. Prior studies also strongly support a role for apicoplast ACP as the central scaffold for FASII-mediated acyl chain synthesis. However, our and prior studies support the conclusion that essential ACP function in blood-stage parasites is independent of its role in FASII.

      As currently designed, the experiments presented cannot conclude on that point for several reasons. Indeed, it was previously shown that (i) the expression of the protein from the FASII pathway are all present in blood stages and are significantly upregulated in patients that are under under "nutrient starvation" (Daily et al. Nature 2007), (ii) that, growing parasites under similar low lipid conditions in vitro induces an activation/upregulation of FASII, which can be measured by stable isotope precursor labelling and lipidomics (Botté et al. 2013).

      We are aware of these prior studies and cite and discuss the Botté et al. 2013 reference in our manuscript, which provided isotope-labeling evidence to support FASII activity in low-lipid growth conditions for P. falciparum. We note that neither study addresses whether FASII activity is required for growth in low-lipid conditions.

      (iii) that growing the PfFabI KO line under deprived lipid conditions leads to parasite death (Amiar et al. 2020), indicating that the FASII pathway can become critical, if not essential, depending on the host nutritionnal content together correlating patients' data and metabolic adaptation for the same reasons in the related parastie Toxoplasma gondii (Amiar et al. 2020, Krishnan et al. 2020, Liang et al. 2020, Primo et al. 2021, Charital et al. 2024, Dass et al. 2024, Bitew et al. 2025).

      All of the studies cited by the reviewer focus primarily or exclusively on Toxoplasma gondii parasites. We agree with the reviewer that these and other studies provide strong evidence that FASII activity contributes to growth of T. gondii parasites, including roles for apicoplast ACP that appear to differ from what we have unveiled for P. falciparum malaria parasites. We acknowledge and discuss these differences from T. gondii in the final section of the Discussion section and think that exploring these differences will be a fascinating area for future study.

      The Amiar et al. 2020 paper cited by the reviewer is the only study we are aware of that has directly tested the ability of a ∆FASII parasite (in this case, ∆FabI) to grow in low-lipid conditions. We acknowledge that they observed little to no growth of ∆FabI parasites in these conditions. Our growth assays with ∆ACP and ∆FabD parasites indicated a different outcome in which both WT and ∆FASII parasites grew similarly in low-lipid conditions. Our results thus contrast with the prior study. As noted below, the minimal lipid growth conditions explicitly reported in the methods section of the Amiar et al. paper are identical to those used in our study: fatty acid-free BSA, 30 µM palmitic acid, and 45 µM oleic acid (all sourced from Sigma) with daily media changes. Thus, the basis for these differences is unclear and additional follow-up work will be needed to explore and resolve these differences.

      We have revised the final paragraph of the second results section of our manuscript to incorporate this perspective:

      “These results contrast with the prior study [49] of ∆FabI parasites and the proposed model that blood-stage P. falciparum requires FASII activity for growth in low-lipid conditions and suggest that parasites can rely on scavenging host-derived fatty acids over a wide range of lipid conditions. Future studies involving tandem growth and isotope-labeling experiments of WT and ∆FASII parasites will be required to fully test and understand FASII function and the dependence of P. falciparum growth on this pathway in low-lipid conditions.”

      Here, the authors are expecting to show that FabH (and thus the FASII pathway) is not essential in an experiment that is not designed to be in low lipid conditions but rather in lipid rich conditions: Such high lipid conditions of culture in this study is granted by daily feedings with high fatty acid supplement (30-90 uM palmitic acid and 30-60 uM oleic acid). These fatty acid concentrations were used previously by Mitamura et al. (2005) and Miichi et al.(2007) to replace non-determined supplements such as Serum or Albumax supplement to grant similar growth by a completely controlled culture medium.

      This means the concentrations above do not represent limited fatty acid concentrations, especially not with daily feeding (representing an excess supplied amount of lipids, unlike regular 48h feedings) that allowed the authors to easily reach very high non-physiological parasitaemia of more than 20%!! Amiar et al. previously showed essentiality of FabI in P. falciparum in the limited fatty acid culture at a lower concentration (<30uM 16:0, <45um 18:1), than the Mi-Ichi et al. controlled medium with regular 48 h culture feeding. Therefore, with the current experimental settings, the FAH KO is placed in high lipid conditions, thus preventing any conclusion on its essentiality under low lipid conditions.

      The basis for the reviewer’s statements here is unclear, as this critique and the conditions it describes do not conform to the published conditions reported in the Amiar et al. 2020 paper. The methods section of that study for “Plasmodium falciparum growth assays” explicitly states (page e7):

      “Media was replaced daily, sub-culturing were performed every 48 h when required, and parasitemia monitored by Giemsa-stained blood smears. Growth assays in lipid-depleted media were performed by synchronizing parasites before transferring trophozoites to lipid-depleted media as previously reported (Botte ´ et al., 2013; Shears et al., 2017). Briefly, lipid-rich AlbuMAX II was replaced by complementing culture media with an equivalent amount of fatty acid-free bovine serum albumin (Sigma), 30 µM palmitic acid (C16:0; Sigma) and 45 µM oleic acid (C18:1; Sigma).”

      We used identical culture conditions to those described above: fatty acid-free BSA in place of lipid-rich AlbuMAX, 30 µM palmitic acid, and 45 µM oleic acid. We thus obtained growth results that contrast with the prior study and suggest that additional, future studies will be required to understand and resolve these differences.

      Furthermore, it is too uncertain to conclude that ACP is only essential for the mevalonate pathway.

      Please see our response above that clarifies our model for ACP function in supporting pyruvate kinase II and the many apicoplast pathways that appear to depend on PKII.

      This would be a similar discussion to the Yeh et al. 2011 and the Swift et al., where induced Apicoplast knockout caused parasites to require IPP to survive, but there were always remnant apicoplast vesicles and thus the putative presence of an active FASII in the parasite, where de novo fatty acid synthesis could be maintained.

      It is extremely unlikely that FASII remains active upon apicoplast disruption and loss of the apicoplast genome. The apicoplast-encoded SufB is lost upon apicoplast disruption and can no longer participate in making Fe-S clusters. Without Fe-S synthesis, the apicoplast lipoate synthase (LipA) cannot make lipoate to activate pyruvate dehydrogenase (E2 subunit) and produce the acetyl-CoA needed for FASII activity. There is no experimental evidence that FASII remains active upon apicoplast disruption and loss of the apicoplast genome.

      Amiar et al. (2020) and Krishnan et al. (2020) showed that disruption of FASII and absence of de novo FA synthesis in T. gondii could be compensated by the exogenous supplementation of myristic acid, C14:0.

      As explained above, we acknowledge that FASII contributes to Toxoplasma gondii growth and includes functions that appear to differ from P. falciparum.

      Here, high fatty acid supplementation using commercially available fatty acids may include unexpected fatty acid species such as myristic acid in palmitic acid or oleic acid, since all commercially available fatty acids guarantee only >99% but not 100%. If P. falciparum requires a very, very low amount of myristic acid to survive, the amount of possible contamination, like 1 nM, may be sufficient to maintain their survival. Thus, ACP and FabH might be very important to generate de novo fatty acids within parasites, but this was not shown by the authors.

      As noted above, we used identical culture conditions and commercial sources of defined fatty acids to those reported in the Amiar et al. study. We do not see a basis for the reviewer’s critique that the two studies utilized differing culture conditions. Nevertheless, we agree that future studies are needed to understand and resolve these differences.

      Therefore, the manuscript currently contains incorrect conclusions on the potential essentiality/use of FASII, against current experimental evidence.

      As explained above, we do not see a basis for the reviewer’s critique here or for viewing one study as more or less definitive than the other, as identical culture conditions were used yet contrasting results were obtained for reasons that remain uncertain. Future studies beyond the scope of the present manuscript will be required to fully understand and resolve these differences.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      We either request more solid experimental evidence showing the absence of fatty acid synthesis at low fatty acid conditions by re-doing the growth assay in the lower fatty acid feeding conditions without daily feeding to clarify if the ACP and FabH are essential in the blood stage growth, or not; as well as showing the absence of fatty acid synthesis at low fatty acid conditions using isotope labelled precursor. Without these, the authors cannot conclude on this important point. Alternatively, toning down the text to acknowledge the possibility of FASII being active and critical under certain conditions would be acceptable.

      We note that the Amiar et. al 2020 study cited by the reviewer reported growth assays for WT and ∆FabI NF54 P. falciparum in low-lipid conditions that similarly lacked direct tests of FASII activity by isotope labeling.

      We agree that our results, which utilized distinct ∆ACP and ∆FabD NF54 (PfMev) lines, contrast with the results and conclusions of the Amiar et al. study. We fully agree with the reviewer that future studies, utilizing tandem growth assays and isotope-labeling metabolic flux assays (e.g., mass spectrometry), will be required to fully test and understand the dependence of FASII activity on the lipid content of the growth medium and the functional dependence of P. falciparum growth on FASII activity in low-lipid conditions.

      We have revised the final paragraph of the second results section of our manuscript to incorporate this perspective:

      “These results contrast with the prior study [49] of ∆FabI parasites and the proposed model that blood-stage P. falciparum requires FASII activity for growth in low-lipid conditions and suggest that parasites can rely on scavenging host-derived fatty acids over a wide range of lipid conditions. Future studies involving tandem growth and isotope-labeling experiments of WT and ∆FASII parasites will be required to fully test and understand FASII function and the dependence of P. falciparum growth on this pathway in low-lipid conditions.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      We again thank the editor and reviewers for their detailed attention to our work. In our previous revisions we endeavored to address the principal concerns raised by reviewers that we were capable of addressing. We recognize that asymptomatic pertussis transmission represents a particularly thorny area of epidemiology and public health, where multiple (and sometimes overlapping) mechanisms have been proffered even as empirical evidence remains thin, particularly in low-resource settings such as sub-Saharan Africa. A key finding of our work is that prospective surveillance in such a low-resource setting revealed abundant evidence of otherwise unobserved asymptomatic incidence. Moreover, as we note in our prior revisions, this finding is supported by recent work in South Africa and elsewhere (Kayina et al., 2015; Moosa et al., 2019, 2025). As such, we believe that further prospective surveillance in similar settings would be highly informative, a point that we have sought to emphasize in our present manuscript (and associated commentary).

      While we broadly agree with many of the concerns raised by the reviewers, we believe that we are unable to significantly strengthen the present work through further revisions. We do, however, wish to respond to several points raised in these reviews. Of note, a reviewer raises the possibility of a "breakthrough strain" without reference to existing literature. We agree that we cannot test this hypothesis, and though it is not incompatible with our own findings, it is, however, not consistent with recent molecular surveillance in South Africa (Moosa et al., 2023). The reviewer also raises the potential of low adult vaccination coupled with recent reintroduction. This hypothesis relies on our investigation looking "at the right place and the right time", and further does not explain how immunologically naive adults would have escaped morbidity. We have adopted what we believe is a more parsimonious interpretation of our results (i.e., that asymptomatic infection represents evidence of previous immune exposure), though we agree that a more thorough exploration of this particular issue is warranted, particularly in light of our persistently colonized mothers. In addition, we have noted similar studies in sub-Saharan Africa that also found widespread evidence of asymptomatic pertussis, which we believe is inconsistent with a “right time, right place” interpretation.

      A reviewer also pointed to the work of Warfel et al. (2014) and Althouse and Scarpino (2015). We are familiar with both of these studies and agree with their broad relevance to the field (our apologies for omitting Warfel et al.). The reviewer states that, "If the mechanism underlying the results in Zambia is that either WP or natural infection does not block transmission (in the absence of a breakthrough strain), that would upend many of the assumptions in pertussis research." Critically, we believe that our prospective field study of human patients in a real-world public health system complements previous research, including animal trials and simulation studies. Simply put, given that our study was unable to establish the prior vaccination or exposure status of participants, we do not claim to have shown evidence for transmission despite wP vaccination or prior infection.

      Regarding Althouse & Scarpino (2015), we believe that, for the majority of readers, the most compelling analysis in their paper was the examination of genome sequences that pointed to substantial asymptomatic transmission in the US. This conclusion emerged from their population model, which required that “births” (representing transmission events) exceeded “deaths” (representing recovery of infectious individuals) in order to be consistent with the sequence data. Unfortunately, this paper does not provide a detailed explanation of their methods and data sources, nor is this work directly reproducible through, for example, an open-access code/data repository. We have explored the availability of US genome sequences over the time period of their study and were able to find only 36 sequences: 2 from the pre-vaccine era, 8 from the wP vaccine era, and 26 from the aP vaccine era. Given this notable imbalance in the number of sequences (and thus sequence diversity) that was biased in favour of the most recent time period, is it then surprising that the “birth rate” in their model had to exceed the “death rate” in order to match the genetic diversity in the data? Based on a careful inspection of this work, we do not consider its conclusions to represent a gold standard against which all subsequent studies should be judged. We also note that genomic surveillance and analysis of pertussis remains sparse relative to other fields, though recent works have added dramatically to the corpus of available sequences (Bridel et al., 2022).

      Finally, we note that our previous revisions addressed several concerns raised in the present reviews. For example, we previously sought to address reviewers' about our presentation of the strength of our evidence. In this regard, we broadly agree with the reviewers, and we now state that our results "suggest that pertussis transmission occurs between minimally symptomatic mothers and their newborn infants." We believe this largely addresses a present reviewer's concern that 'the mother-to-infant transmission pathway should be framed as "highly suggestive" rather than "confirmed"'. We also note that our results examine three different threshold Ct values (survival analysis, Fig 4), a point that we believe partially addresses a reviewer's suggestion to "including a sensitivity analysis using a stricter cut-off" and concerns about "the decision to use a Ct<45 threshold, as this is higher than standard clinical cut-offs". Indeed, we discuss the issue of clinical cut-offs (and their appropriateness) at some length in the section, "Test reliability, disease surveillance, and public health where we state, "We recognize that such weak and potentially ambiguous signals may not be appropriate for clinical diagnosis. However, our results demonstrate that they nonetheless contain valuable information about pathogen presence and infection intensity that can (and should) be leveraged for disease surveillance." We have also included in the present work a detailed discussion of qPCR sensitivity and efficiency that we believe should interest others working in pertussis surveillance.

      We do not view our own research as the "last word" in this rather controversial subject. In this spirit, we have attempted to present our work transparently, state our claims carefully, and underscore future activities that we believe would benefit the pertussis research community going forward. For example, we agree that further attention to shared exposure and functional immune data among low-resource communities could provide valuable insights into epidemiology and ecology of pertussis. However, we also believe the trade-offs of including one set of activities over another should be clearly acknowledged by researchers, clinicians, and public health officials. To simply state that we must measure more fails to account for the very real resource constraints that we all face.

      Althouse, B. M., & Scarpino, S. V. (2015). Asymptomatic transmission and the resurgence of Bordetella pertussis. BMC Medicine, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12916-015-0382-8

      Bridel, S., Bouchez, V., Brancotte, B., Hauck, S., Armatys, N., Landier, A., Mühle, E., Guillot, S., Toubiana, J., Maiden, M. C. J., Jolley, K. A., & Brisse, S. (2022). A comprehensive resource for Bordetella genomic epidemiology and biodiversity studies. Nature Communications, 13(1), 3807. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-022-31517-8

      Kayina, V., Kyobe, S., Katabazi, F. A., Kigozi, E., Okee, M., Odongkara, B., Babikako, H. M., Whalen, C. C., Joloba, M. L., Musoke, P. M., & others. (2015). Pertussis prevalence and its determinants among children with persistent cough in urban Uganda. PLoS One, 10(4), e0123240.

      Moosa, F., du Plessis, M., Weigand, M. R., Peng, Y., Mogale, D., de Gouveia, L., Nunes, M. C., Madhi, S. A., Zar, H. J., Reubenson, G., & others. (2023). Genomic characterization of Bordetella pertussis in South Africa, 2015–2019. Microbial Genomics, 9(12), 001162.

      Moosa, F., du Plessis, M., Wolter, N., Carrim, M., Cohen, C., von Mollendorf, C., Walaza, S., Tempia, S., Dawood, H., Variava, E., & others. (2019). Challenges and clinical relevance of molecular detection of Bordetella pertussis in South Africa. BMC Infectious Diseases, 19, 1–11.

      Moosa, F., Kleynhans, J., Makhathini, L., du Plessis, M., Tempia, S., McMorrow, M. L., Moyes, J., Buys, A., Maake, L., Smit, S., & others. (2025). Bordetella pertussis infection and antibody dynamics in household cohorts in two South African communities, 2016–2018: Findings from the PHIRST study. Journal of Infection, 106550.

      Warfel, J. M., Zimmerman, L. I., & Merkel, T. J. (2014). Acellular pertussis vaccines protect against disease but fail to prevent infection and transmission in a nonhuman primate model. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 111(2), 787–792. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1314688110


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study investigates the role of asymptomatic pertussis carriage in transmission between mothers and their infants, in particular. The authors used a longitudinal cohort study that involved 1,315 mother-infant dyads in Lusaka, Zambia, and they utilized qPCR-based detection of IS481 to track Bordetella pertussis transmission over time. Insights from the study suggest that minimally symptomatic or asymptomatic mothers may act as a reservoir for B. pertussis transmission in the infants, thus challenging the traditional surveillance methods that focus on symptomatic cases. Additionally, the study also identified a subgroup of persistently colonized individuals where mothers were majorly asymptomatic despite sustained bacterial presence.

      The authors aimed to improve comprehension of pertussis transmission dynamics in high-burden low-resource settings, and they advocated for enhanced molecular surveillance strategies to capture full pertussis infection, including those that might have gone undetected.

      Strengths:

      The strengths are the use of innovative study design, especially the longitudinal approach and routine sampling, rather than symptom-driven testing that minimizes bias in the study. The methodology was also rigorous and transparent by evaluating the IS481 signal strength to classify pertussis detection and conducting retesting to assess qPCR reliability. There were also important epidemiological insights, and the findings challenge the traditional wisdom by suggesting that pertussis transmission may frequently occur outside of symptomatic cases. The findings also showed its relevance to global health and policy by arguing for the incorporation of molecular tools like qPCR for surveillance of pertussis in low-resource settings.

      Weaknesses:

      These include reliability on qPCR-based detection without additional validation measures like confirmatory culture or serology. There are also potential alternate explanations for transmission patterns observed in the study such as shared environmental exposure or household transmission. Additionally, there is limited generalizability as the study was done in a single urban site in Zambia. There is also a lack of functional immune data.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors describe the results of a longitudinal study of pertussis infection in mother/infant dyads in Lusaka, Zambia. Unlike many past studies, the authors assessed the infection status of individuals independently of whether they were symptomatic for a respiratory infection. As a result, this work represents one of the first studies specifically designed to assess asymptomatic transmission of pertussis. Using qPCR, the authors find strong evidence for the role of asymptomatic transmission from mothers to infants and also evidence for long-term bacterial carriage. This work represents an important contribution to our understanding of the global burden of pertussis. Also, it highlights the still under-appreciated role of asymptomatic transmission across many infectious diseases (including vaccine-preventable ones).

      Strengths:

      Unlike many past studies, the authors assessed the infection status of individuals independently of whether they were symptomatic for a respiratory infection. As a result, this work represents one of the first studies specifically designed to assess asymptomatic transmission of pertussis. Using qPCR, the authors find strong evidence for the role of asymptomatic transmission from mothers to infants and also evidence for long-term bacterial carriage.

      Weaknesses:

      While I am quite enthusiastic about the work, I am concerned that a number of likely relevant confounders were not discussed and that the broader implications of their findings were not well grounded in the existing literature. For example, I could not find information on the vaccination status of the mothers in the study. Given the conclusions about asymptomatic transmission and the durability of immunity, it is important to know the vaccination status of the mothers. Moreover, did the authors have other metadata on the mother/infant dyads, e.g., household size, vaccination status of household members, etc.? Given the potential implications of more widespread asymptomatic transmission associated with pertussis infection, I believe the authors should better couch their results in the context of the broader debate around asymptomatic transmission.

      We appreciate the reviewers' detailed feedback. We provide an overview of our responses here and we address specific recommendations below. In light of reviewers’ comments, we have revised our manuscript in order to improve the clarity of our presentation and to better situate our results within the context of the existing literature. Unfortunately, as the field study has been concluded, many of the reviewers’ recommendations are not possible. These include additional testing (i.e., culture or serology) or sequencing. We have updated the manuscript to more clearly indicate our knowledge regarding maternal vaccine status and immunological immunity of study participants. We have also provided a more comprehensive overview of existing pertussis studies, including genomic surveillance and details regarding sub-Saharan Africa and Zambia in particular. Finally, we have revised the formatting of Figure 4 (survival analysis) to more clearly highlight differences between mothers and infants and to better align with the text, and note that the underlying results are unchanged.

      A particular concern raised in the reviews that we wish to address is the recommendation of culture- or serology-based tests as "confirmatory". We have revised the manuscript in light of this feedback to better reflect our own position on this matter. We believe these recommendations do not adequately account for important trade-offs between testing sensitivity and specificity that are widely recognized in both clinical practice and epidemiology (Enøe et al., 2000; Florkowski, 2008; Swift et al., 2020). When the results of different testing methodology disagree, rarely is one method, a priori, correct. Rather, the disagreement may point to specific test limitations or important biological questions about the study system.

      In the case of pertussis detection, cell culture is recognized for its very low sensitivity, while serological detection is complicated by debate around appropriate threshold levels and time horizons for seroconversion and subsequent decay (Lee et al., 2018; van der Zee et al., 2015). Furthermore, while anti-PT antibodies are a common target of serological detection, these are not reliable correlates of protection (Mills, 2001; Wilk et al., 2019), nor are they reliably generated in response to colonization (de Cellès & Rohani, 2024; Graaf et al., 2020). Overall, the detailed relationship between exposure, carriage, transmissible infection, and the dynamics of anti-PT serology remains poorly characterized (Craig et al., 2020; de Cellès et al., 2025).

      While we agree that these are important questions in epidemiology and public health, we nonetheless wish to highlight that there is no “free lunch": each additional test and protocol comes with additional cost and complexity that should be evaluated based on the specific goals of the intended surveillance. In our case, the repeated sampling of longitudinal surveillance serves as a low-cost "confirmatory" testing regime. We disagree that cell culture would have added value to the present study and would not recommend its addition to future studies (primarily due to low sensitivity). While we agree that before-and-after serology of mothers would have added important context to the present study, we nonetheless expect that significant ambiguity would have surrounded any such results (e.g., Moosa et al. (2025)).

      One area that we strongly agree warrants further attention is the household dynamics in pertussis transmission, particularly in low-resource settings where crowding is common. In our study we were not able to rule out environmental and/or shared transmission events, though our survival analysis did demonstrate a greater impact of mothers on infants than vice versa, results which suggest a causal mechanistic role. In previous studies we detailed the demographics of household size, number of children, and mothers' age (Gill et al., 2021; Gunning et al., 2020), though we have not conducted formal analyses of these important covariates here. We also note that the code and data are freely available, allowing for others to build on our work.

      We believe that future prospective studies are an invaluable tool for directly tracking pertussis disease transmission, including both community and household studies. We have argued here for the value of qPCR-based community surveillance, which could integrate into existing public health activities. Regarding household studies, we note that a key challenge in implementing these studies is selecting an appropriate sampling interval and duration to best capture epidemiological linkages. Our results suggest that qPCR-based real-time population-level surveillance could be used to initiate such a prospective household study during a pertussis outbreak so that a higher sampling frequency (e.g., weekly swabs) could be gainfully employed over a shorter time period.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Enhance Validation of qPCR Findings:

      We address these comments above at greater length. We also note that the term “false positive” is rather ambiguous here, as we lack a clear distinction between carriage and transmissible infection. We note that our manuscript includes a considerable discussion of qPCR validation, including negative controls and sample retesting. We agree that test sensitivity and specificity remains an important question, and have endeavored to clearly indicate these concerns throughout the manuscript.

      (2) Clarify Transmission Dynamics:

      While we agree that this is an important question, we lack the relevant sequence data to test it. Notably, we suspect that any such phylodynamic linkage would require genomic sequencing due to the relatively low genetic diversity observed in pertussis (see, e.g., population-level estimates of time to most common ancestor in Lefranc et al., (2022). However, sequencing pertussis genomes remains resource-intensive, and we expect that the deployment of such sequencing at scale would be cost-prohibitive in low-resource settings.

      We have revised our manuscript to underscore uncertainties around shared/household exposure. We also direct the reviewer’s attention to our survival analysis, where a notable asymmetry exists between mothers and infants. Here, mothers’ prior qPCR signals exhibit a larger impact on their infants than infants on their mothers (Fig 4). If shared exposure was the principal cause of the observed increase in hazard in ego from alter, then we would expect no such asymmetry between mothers and infants.

      (3) Expand Discussion on Public Health Implications:

      As noted above, we have revised our introduction and expanded our discussion to better account for the existing literature. And, while we are hesitant to put forward specific recommendations based on our study, we feel confident in stating that active pertussis surveillance in low-resource settings is A) almost entirely absent B) possible to achieve, and C) necessary to resolve long-standing questions about pertussis epidemiology at regional and national levels. We have endeavored to clarify these points, particularly within the discussion.

      (4) Address the Role of Immunity More Directly:

      While we lack such immune data, we have pointed to recent work from the notable PHIRST study in South Africa, as well as highlighted ambiguities surrounding these data.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Do we know the vaccination status of the mothers in the study? … If these data are not available, I think that the paper must be re-framed to acknowledge that all the conclusions are statistical in nature, based on publicly available vaccine coverage data from Zambia.

      We do not have information on the immunization status of mothers, though we cite national rates for Zambia across the relevant time period. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript. We have endeavored to clearly acknowledge that many of our conclusions are statistical in nature and to clearly quantify the strength of evidence.

      We strongly disagree that anomalously low vaccination rates amongst mothers (i.e., relative to national averages) would materially alter the interpretation of our findings.

      Overall, our findings strongly suggest ongoing pertussis transmission in this population. Based on this, we expect that mothers in our study who were not vaccinated would likely have some degree of infection-derived immunity. Indeed, some have argued that the preponderance of mild/asymptomatic infections in mothers is, of itself, evidence of prior immunological exposure (Fine & Clarkson, 1982).

      (2) Do we know anything about rates of pertussis in Zambia, especially in the study site?

      We address this important question in the discussion. In particular, we state that: “As a populous, middle-income and primarily urban country, Zambia offers an evocative example of pertussis surveillance, where no cases have appeared in official WHO reports since 2009”.

      (3) I couldn't find information in the paper related to the severity of infection in the infants. It's mentioned in the section describing results in Figure 5, but I only saw analyses with symptoms (as opposed to severe symptoms). Do you have outcome data from infants testing positive?

      This question was addressed in more detail in our previous work (Gill et al., 2021), which we briefly summarize in the Introduction. We also show the frequency of severe symptoms in Fig 5 (bottom panel), and detail mild versus serious symptoms in our subgroup analysis (Fig 7D).

      (4) Do we know anything about vaccine-resistant strains of pertussis in Zambia?

      We are not aware of any such work. As we noted above (and now address in our Discussion), widespread genomic surveillance and microbiological characterization of pertussis are sorely lacking across Africa.

      (5) While I believe sequencing is beyond the scope of the current study, the authors should comment on the potential utility of sequencing elements of the pertussis genome and use that to demonstrate causality and direction of transmission more strongly.

      We believe that existing literature has addressed the potential of sequence data and phylodynamics to infer transmission, particularly for pathogens with high mutation rates such as RNA viruses. To date, research into the phylodynamics of pertussis has focused exclusively on population-level dynamics (Lefrancq et al., 2022), where estimates of time to most recent common ancestor (TMRCA) are long, indicating low genomic variability at the scale of countries and years. To our knowledge, no work on pertussis has directly inferred transmission chains from sequence data. Given the existing evidence, we expect that any such work would require genome-level sequencing, which would likely be cost-prohibitive in low-resource settings.

      (6) … However, it would be helpful to understand more about how your results fit into the broader story around pertussis resurgence. … if the infant cases were all mild, they might never have been captured in surveillance data sets.

      We believe that a key result of our study is the remarkable mismatch between country-level symptoms-based surveillance and prospective surveillance, which demonstrates that such mild cases have almost certainly not been captured. These findings are mirrored by recent work in South Africa (now addressed in our Discussion, see Moosa et al. (2025)). We believe that prospective surveillance, particularly in under-surveilled regions, is critical to understanding pertussis transmission writ large, which we have attempted to communicate throughout our discussion.

      (7) Relatedly, if there are still high rates of asymptomatic mother-to-infant transmission with whole cell vaccination, then why is there an observed drop in infant pertussis following whole vaccination in most countries?

      In previous work, we demonstrated that some infants in this cohort exhibited asymptomatic infection (Gill et al., 2021). We note that a drop in pertussis incidence amongst infants after the roll-out of the whole-cell vaccine is not contradictory with our findings. We want to clarify that our results, and evidence that mother-to-infant transmission can occur, does not imply that the whole-cell vaccine fails to protect against transmission.

      We have previously used epidemiological evidence to infer the population-level impacts following the roll-out of whole-cell pertussis infant immunization. For example, we observed an increase in the inter-epidemic period that, together with the drop in infant cases, are consistent with a reduction in transmissible infections (Broutin et al., 2010; Rohani et al., 2000).

      References

      Broutin, H., Viboud, C., Grenfell, B. T., Miller, M. A., & Rohani, P. (2010). Impact of vaccination and birth rate on the epidemiology of pertussis: A comparative study in 64 countries. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 277(1698), 3239–3245.  https://doi.org/10.1098/rspb.2010.0994  

      Craig, R., Kunkel, E., Crowcroft, N. S., Fitzpatrick, M. C., Melker, H. de, Althouse, B. M., Merkel, T., Scarpino, S. V., Koelle, K., Friedman, L., Arnold, C., & Bolotin, S. (2020). Asymptomatic Infection and Transmission of Pertussis in Households: A Systematic Review. Clinical Infectious Diseases, 70(1), 152–161. https://doi.org/10.1093/cid/ciz531

      de Cellès, M. D., & Rohani, P. (2024). Pertussis vaccines, epidemiology and evolution. Nature Reviews Microbiology, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41579-024-01064-8

      de Cellès, M. D., Wong, A., Dalby, T., & Rohani, P. (2025). Natural immune boosting biases pertussis infection estimates in seroprevalence studies. Nature Communications, 16(1), 8883. 

      Enøe, C., Georgiadis, M. P., & Johnson, W. O. (2000). Estimation of sensitivity and specificity of diagnostic tests and disease prevalence when the true disease state is unknown.  Preventive Veterinary Medicine, 45(1–2), 61–81.

      Fine, P. E. M., & Clarkson, JacquelineA. (1982). The recurrence of whooping cough: Possible implications for assessment of vaccine efficacy. The Lancet, 319(8273), 666–669.  https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(82)92214-0 

      Florkowski, C. M. (2008). Sensitivity, specificity, receiver-operating characteristic (ROC) curves and likelihood ratios: Communicating the performance of diagnostic tests. The Clinical Biochemist Reviews, 29(Suppl 1), S83.

      Gill, C. J., Gunning, C. E., MacLeod, W. B., Mwananyanda, L., Thea, D. M., Pieciak, R. C., Kwenda, G., Mupila, Z., & Rohani, P. (2021). Asymptomatic Bordetella pertussis infections in a longitudinal cohort of young African infants and their mothers. eLife, 10, e65663. https://doi.org/10.7554/elife.65663

      Graaf, H. de, Ibrahim, M., Hill, A. R., Gbesemete, D., Vaughan, A. T., Gorringe, A., Preston, A.,  Buisman, A. M., Faust, S. N., Kester, K. E., Berbers, G. A. M., Diavatopoulos, D. A., & Read, R. C. (2020). Controlled Human Infection With Bordetella pertussis Induces Asymptomatic, Immunizing Colonization. Clinical Infectious Diseases: An Official Publication of the Infectious Diseases Society of America, 71(2), 403–411.  https://doi.org/10.1093/cid/ciz840

      Gunning, C. E., Mwananyanda, L., MacLeod, W. B., Mwale, M., Thea, D. M., Pieciak, R. C., Rohani, P., & Gill, C. J. (2020). Implementation and adherence of routine pertussis vaccination (DTP) in a low-resource urban birth cohort. BMJ Open, 10(12), e041198.

      Lee, A. D., Cassiday, P. K., Pawloski, L. C., Tatti, K. M., Martin, M. D., Briere, E. C., Tondella, M. L., Martin, S. W., & Group, C. V. S. (2018). Clinical evaluation and validation of laboratory methods for the diagnosis of Bordetella pertussis infection: Culture, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and anti-pertussis toxin IgG serology (IgG-PT). PLoS One, 13(4), e0195979.

      Lefrancq, N., Bouchez, V., Fernandes, N., Barkoff, A.-M., Bosch, T., Dalby, T., Åkerlund, T.,  Darenberg, J., Fabianova, K., Vestrheim, D. F., Fry, N. K., González-López, J. J.,  Gullsby, K., Habington, A., He, Q., Litt, D., Martini, H., Piérard, D., Stefanelli, P., … Brisse, S. (2022). Global spatial dynamics and vaccine-induced fitness changes of Bordetella pertussis. Science Translational Medicine, 14(642), eabn3253.  https://doi.org/10.1126/scitranslmed.abn3253 

      Mills, K. H. G. (2001). Immunity to Bordetella pertussis. Microbes and Infection, 3(8), 655–677. https://doi.org/10.1016/s1286-4579(01)01421-6 

      Moosa, F., Kleynhans, J., Makhathini, L., du Plessis, M., Tempia, S., McMorrow, M. L., Moyes, J., Buys, A., Maake, L., Smit, S., & others. (2025). Bordetella pertussis infection and antibody dynamics in household cohorts in two South African communities, 2016–2018:  Findings from the PHIRST study. Journal of Infection, 106550. 

      Rohani, P., Earn, D. J., & Grenfell, B. T. (2000). Impact of immunisation on pertussis transmission in England and Wales. The Lancet, 355(9200), 285–286. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(99)04482-7 

      Swift, A., Heale, R., & Twycross, A. (2020). What are sensitivity and specificity?  Evidence-Based Nursing, 23(1), 2–4.

      van der Zee, A., Schellekens, J. F., & Mooi, F. R. (2015). Laboratory diagnosis of pertussis.  Clinical Microbiology Reviews, 28(4), 1005–1026.

      Wilk, M. M., Allen, A. C., Misiak, A., Borkner, L., & Mills, K. H. G. (2019). The immunology of Bordetella pertussis infection and vaccination. In Pertussis: Epidemiology, Immunology & Evolution. Oxford University Press.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Fisher et al describes the molecular mechanism underlying how G beta gamma subunits engage with the beta 3 isoform of PLC. The paper used a combination of cryo EM, BRET assays, and biochemical assays of PLC beta activity. A key discovery is that G beta gamma is not sufficient to drive membrane binding by itself, and instead promotes G alpha activation. The work is important, but suffers slightly from some ambiguity in the actual interface that is present in their cryo EM model, as crosslinkers could stabilise a transient and non-native complex. This is somewhat abrogated by the careful mutational analysis, which shows that mutation of any of these three sites does somewhat block PLC beta G beta gamma activation. However, there could be some improvement in the presentation of this data, as well as possible mutant selection. Overall, this paper is a nice complement to the Falzone et al paper, showing the membrane-bound complex of PLCB3 on membranes, with this work building on this work, highlighting the importance this will have in our full understanding of PLC beta activation.

      Thank you for the positive feedback.

      Major concerns:

      My biggest concern is the potential that this interface is artefactual based on the crosslinking strategy utilised. Here are thoughts on how this could be better validated, presented in a more convincing way.

      (1) The authors' main claim is that there is a degree of plasticity of G beta gamma binding to the PLC beta 3 isoform, with three possible binding sites. The main complication of this is, of course, the possibility that the crosslinking stabilises a non-native complex, driven by a mutated cysteine.

      Because of this, any other additional details about this interface are going to be critical for the scientific audience to judge if this is accurate.

      What would greatly help Figure 1 is an evolutionary conservation analysis of the novel Gbg interface in PLC, to see how well this is conserved, and compare this to the conservation of the previously annotated sites. Conservation of these sites on both the G beta gamma and PLC side would help justify this as a native complex.

      This will also help orient the reader to the identity of the mutated residues assayed in Figure 3.

      We agree that crosslinking can capture non-physiologically relevant interfaces. However, because we do not observe any crosslinking between Gβγ and a PLCβ3 variant that retains a cysteine in the X–Y linker or between PLCβ3 and any other cysteine in the Gβγ heterodimer, we believe it is site-specific.

      The question about sequence conservation in the Gβγ–PLCb3 interfaces is interesting and we have included this information in Figures S8 and S9.

      (2) The g beta gamma orientation is also different than what I have observed in previous g beta gamma effector structures. Is there any precedent for this as an effector interface? A supplemental figure comparing this structure to other g beta gamma interfaces from other enzymes, for example recent Tesmer structure with PI3K.

      We agree that the orientation of Gβ in the crosslinked structure is different. We include a comparison of this reconstruction to other published Gβγ–effector complexes as Figure S6.

      (3) The mutational analysis in Figure 2D-G seems to give some strange results, and I have some question why certain residues were chosen rather than others. Mutation of the Gbg side will be more complicated, as of course that can affect any of the three surfaces. My main question is that, from the way Figure 2A is oriented, the main salt bridge in their novel interface to me looks like R199-D228, with K183 being in the wrong orientation to E226, and D167 being far from any charged residues. Why did the authors not make the corresponding R199 to D or E mutation?

      Thank you for pointing this out, and we expanded our analysis to include this residue. The R199A and R199E mutations had no defects in basal or Ga<sub>q</sub>-stimulated activities. However, R199A had 3-fold lower activation by Gβγ, while R199E was not activated in this assay. The R199E mutation also had significantly decreased agonist-dependent BRET with Gβγ and decreased PI(4,5)P2 hydrolysis, while retaining robust recruitment to the plasma membrane by Gα<sub>q</sub>. These data is included in the main text and Figures 2-4.

      (4) To help the reader's interpretation of Figure 2A, I would recommend a supplemental figure showing the density for interfacial residues, as that also would increase confidence in the interface.

      Thank for the suggestion. In revised Figure S3, we show the Gβγ–PLCb3 D892-PH<sub>cys</sub> complexes determined in this study at different contour levels.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, the authors dissect how Gβγ potentiates PLCβ3 signaling in cells. Using engineered crosslinking to stabilize a Gβγ-PLCβ3 complex, single particle cryo-EM, and cell-based functional assays, they identify and map multiple putative Gβγ interaction surfaces on PLCβ3, including a previously unrecognized binding mode. Structure-guided mutagenesis supports the functional relevance of these interactions and suggests that Gβγ potentiation is not primarily mediated by PLCβ3 membrane recruitment, but instead enhances PLCβ3 activity after the lipase is already at the membrane.

      Previous reconstitution work on the membrane surface (Falzone & MacKinnon, 2023) proposed a recruitment/partitioning-centric model in which Gβγ increases PLCβ3 output largely by elevating its membrane surface concentration, whereas Gαq primarily increases catalytic turnover; under those reconstitution conditions, the two inputs can combine approximately multiplicatively. In receptor-driven cellular signaling, however, PLCβ3 is robustly recruited to the plasma membrane upon Gαq activation, which raises the question of whether Gβγ contributes mainly through additional recruitment or through a post-recruitment mechanism once PLCβ3 is already at the membrane.

      This manuscript helps address that gap by using membrane-anchored PLCβ3 and complementary cellular readouts to separate "getting PLCβ3 to the membrane" from "boosting activity once PLCβ3 is already there." Their results argue that, in cells, membrane recruitment is largely dominated by Gαq·GTP, while Gβγ can further potentiate PIP2 hydrolysis after membrane association, consistent with a modulatory role at the membrane rather than primary recruitment.

      Overall, the work provides a structural and mechanistic framework for Gβγ-PLCβ3 cooperation and helps clarify the basis of Gq pathway amplification. The manuscript is generally strong, but some issues need to be addressed.

      Thank you for the positive comments.

      Major comments:

      (1) BMOE/BM(PEG)2 crosslinking may enforce a non-native docking geometry, potentially compromising the physiological relevance and precision of the Gβγ-PLCβ3 interface as described. Although a >50% 1:1 crosslinked complex is formed and remains active, the solution maps show lower local resolution for Gβγ, consistent with a dynamic, potentially heterogeneous, interface. One interface is captured via a single engineered cysteine pair (PLCβ3 E60C-Gβ C271), which could potentially bias the pose. It would be helpful if the authors could provide additional orthogonal support (e.g., alternative crosslinked sites) and bolster the clarification of its uniqueness and relevance.

      We did attempt to isolate other crosslinked complexes. PLCβ3-D892 self-crosslinked under all reaction conditions, while PLCβ3-D892 XY<sub>Cys</sub>, which retains an endogenous cysteine within the X–Y linker (C516), did not result in any crosslinked product when incubated with Gβγ. Only the PLCβ3-D892 E60C crosslinked to Gβγ. With the exception the C68S mutation at the C-terminus of Gg to eliminate its prenylation site, all endogenous cysteines were retained in both Gβ and Gγ. Indeed, Gβ contains two solvent-exposed cysteines in its canonical effector binding surface (C204 and C271), but we did not observe any crosslinker density involving C204. While we cannot exclude the possibility that crosslinking occurred between PLCβ3-D892 E60C and other residues in Gβγ, we were unable to identify any 2D classes corresponding to these alternative conformations. These observations, together with the high efficiency of crosslinking, are consistent with a stable and persistent interaction.

      (2) In the crosslinked structure, the authors report that GβD228 interacts with PLCβ3 R199 and K183. In Figure 2A, R199 appears closer to Gβ D228 than K183, yet only K183 is functionally tested. Testing R199 (e.g., R199E/R199A) would strengthen the structure-guided validation of this interface.

      We agree, and functional analysis of PLCb3 R199E is included in the revised manuscript (see Figures 2-4).

      (3) The mutagenesis strategy appears inconsistent across figures/assays, which makes it difficult to interpret phenotypes and directly link the functional data to the proposed interfaces. For example, in Figure 2E, we see R185L but R215E, while residue L40 is mutated to Gly in the IP accumulation assays but to Glu/Lys (L40E/K) in the BRET assays (Figures 3B/3D/3F). The authors should (i) clearly justify the rationale for each substitution (conservative vs charge-reversal, interface disruption, etc.) and (ii), where possible, test the same mutants across assays (or provide evidence that alternative substitutions yield consistent conclusions).

      Mutagenesis experiments were initially carried out independently in the Lambert and Lyon Labs. As the study progressed, additional mutants were identified and/or designed based on results from both groups. The residues subject to mutagenesis are overall consistent across the different assays, with differences in the identity of the mutation varying in some cases. The L40G mutation is one such example, where given its modest impact on Gβγ-mediated activation in the IP accumulation assay, more impactful changes were made (L40E and L40K) for the BRET and signaling assays. In the revision, we now state that mutations were designed to maximally disrupt the three observed interfaces, such as by changing the size of the side chain and/or introducing charge reversal mutants.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      PLCβ3 is activated by both Gαq and Gβγ subunits. This paper follows previous solutions and cryoEM studies of PLCβ3 / Gβγ, trying to understand the molecular details of activation using cellular BRET assays and cryoEM.

      Strengths:

      The authors find evidence for multiple binding sites on PLCβ3 for Gβγ and suggest that Gβγ is not bone fide activator per se but enhances Gαq activation by positioning the catalytic site towards substrate, although this is not completely convincing. Although these sites may not naturally be operative, the authors might want to develop the potential role of these sites.

      The authors also find that this activation is not through recruitment of the enzyme to the membrane by Gβγ released upon G protein activation, in accord with other PLCβ enzymes, but not for PLCβ3, and again, the authors might want to develop this point further.

      Thank you for the suggestions. We are investigating whether the other PLCb isoforms contain multiple Gβγ binding sites and the relative importance of preactivation by Ga<sub>q</sub> for a manuscript in preparation.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) I'm confused as to why the authors feel that their mechanism is distinct from the two-state enzyme, the synergistic activation proposed by Ross in 2011, using a primarily thermodynamic argument. As written, the authors appear to be very reliant on structural and BRET studies that do not give the details that would disprove this interpretation. The main issue is that the author's mechanism does not fully explain how Gβγ activation occurs for PLCβ2 in reconstituted systems in the absence of Gαq subunits.

      The reconstitution experiments are under extremely artificial conditions, using nM-µM of purified proteins and liposomes that contain up to 30% PI(4,5)P2. Under these conditions, we think the increased activity is due to interfacial activation promoted by Gβγ binding to the lipase once it is associated with the liposome surface. This would be sufficient to account for the dose-dependent increase in both PLCb2 and PLCb3 activity as a function of Gβγ concentration. Given the higher basal activity of PLCβ2 and its decreased sensitivity to activation by Ga<sub>q</sub>, one possible explanation is that this isoform differs in its autoinhibition and/or structure of its proximal CTD that Ha2’ displacement is not a prerequisite for activation. In addition, Gβγ may also be a direct activator of PLCβ2. Further studies, ideally in cell-based systems, are needed to answer these questions.

      (2) In a recent study, McKinnon presents a model showing that Gαq and Gβγ activate PLCβ3 by two distinct pathways and that activation by Gβγ occurs through membrane recruitment. It is not surprising that the authors find that this is not true since the pelleting method used by McKinnon is subject to error. The authors should directly address the limitations of this previous work and the changes in proteoliposomes with sedimentation that alter partition coefficients. Although the inability of Gβγ to drive membrane binding is in accord with the quantitative studies of Scarlata, showing that the affinity of PLCβ3 to Gβγ is fairly weak as compared to the intrinsic membrane partition coefficient.

      We have added some of the limitations of proteoliposome sedimentation experiments to the discussion.

      (3) It was proposed many years ago that in signaling complexes Gαq - Gβγ may not have to fully dissociate when binding PLCβ, but rather shift their relative orientation when binding to PLCβ to allow activation. Is their model consistent with this? Is it possible that PLCβ3 keeps Gβγ from diffusing to enhance the rate of Gq / Gβγ re-association?

      Our crosslinked complex is compatible with simultaneous binding of a Gα<sub>q</sub>-Gβγ heterotrimer to the PLCb3, without disrupting the observed interface. If Gαq were to interact with the Gβγ molecules bound to the PH or EF hands, the interaction would be mediated by the N-terminal helix of Gα<sub>q</sub>. It is possible Gβγ–PLCβ3 interactions may slow heterotrimer reassociation, but this may be complicated by the intrinsic GAP activity of the lipase.

      (4) The authors find that Gβγ binds multiple sites, and it is clear that the PH domain site is the primary one in accord with previous work. Could these weaker sites be an artifact of the elevated concentrations used in cryoEM and BRET assays?

      While more studies have focused on the PH domain as a Gβγ binding site, our data does confirm the EF hands are also functionally relevant. To our knowledge, the role of the EF hands has not been investigated in this capacity until very recently, and so we hesitate to label them primary or secondary. It is possible the EF hands may be a lower-affinity site for Gβγ and the protein concentrations needed in cryo-EM drive complex formation. However, it is also possible the concentration of free Gβγ adjacent to an activated receptor may be high enough to saturate the PH and EF hand binding sites.

      (5) Although their assays infer differences in binding affinities, it would strengthen the paper if the authors could estimate the association energies of these different binding sites. This estimation would also address the concern stated above.

      We appreciate this suggestion and quantifying the affinities of the Gβγ–PLCβ3 interactions is the subject of future studies.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Please correct PIP2 to the correct PIP2 (many examples throughout).

      These have been corrected.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor comments:

      (1) Figure S1B: The lane-condition labels above the third gel appear to be incorrect, as both lanes are marked identically (Gβγ +/+, PLCβ variant +/+, BMOE +/+) despite clearly different banding patterns. Please confirm.

      We have confirmed the markings above the gels are correct.

      (2) In Figure S2, the authors show three fitted models, but the helical density for Gβγ cannot be seen in two of them at the displayed contour level. The authors should provide views of the map at different contour levels (thresholds) to better support the model fitting. Otherwise, it is difficult to assess whether the Gβγ subunit could adopt alternative orientations (i.e., whether it may be rotated) within the density.

      We have included a new figure (Figure S3) that provides images of the maps at different contour levels.

      (3) Page 5: "where PLCβ3 is increased by the overexpression of either Gβγ or Gαq" should be revised to "where PLCβ3 activity is ...".

      This sentence has been corrected.

      (4) Figure 2: Please label residue R215 in Figure 2A/2B (or the relevant structural panel), since R215E is tested in 2E but the position is not shown.

      R215 is now included in Figure 2C.

      (5) Page 19, Figure 2 legend: "Changes ... Figure S3" should be "Changes ... Figure S5".

      We have corrected this figure call.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The studies seem well carried out, although more details regarding the BRET controls and the significance of the values should be included.

      We have revised the captions to provide more details about the experimental controls and a brief description of significance. Individual p-values are included in the supplemental tables.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      I thank the authors for the revised manuscript and for the detailed responses.

      I think the main points raised in the review have now been addressed. In particular, the new experiment with TbPLK inhibition and mass spectrometry is an important addition, as it provides direct evidence that phosphorylation of KIN-G at Thr301 and Ser569 depends on TbPLK activity in cells.

      I also appreciate that the authors have toned down the interpretation of the Golgi phenotype. The revised text now makes clear that the fluorescence data show altered Golgi/ERES organization or duplication, but do not prove a structural defect in Golgi biogenesis.

      The added discussion of the T301A result is also helpful. The finding that only a small fraction of KIN-G is phosphorylated at Thr301 in asynchronous cells makes the lack of a strong T301A phenotype more understandable.

      Overall, I am happy with the revision of the beautiful manuscript.

      Thank you for your critical review and insightful comments.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors identify KIN-G as an in vitro substrate for phosphorylation by TbPLK and show that several of the in vitro P-ated sites, including T310, overlap with P-ation sites seen in live cells. The authors further show that PLK-mediated P-ation inhibits KIN-G binding to microtubules in vitro, as does a KIN-G-T301D mutant, and that expression of a KIN-G-T301D Phospho-mimic in T. brucei phenocopies KIN-G RNAi knockdowns, producing defects in cell division, morphogenesis of the centrin arm, FAZ and other cellular structures, as well as misplaced cytokinesis furrow.

      Understanding cytoskeletal rearrangements that drive cell division in T. brucei is an important and unresolved problem, so the work addresses important questions that are of great interest. PLK and KIN-G have previously been shown to be important for cell division and morphogenesis of cytoskeletal structures that drive cell division in T. brucei. The current work advances our understanding by suggesting a potential mechanism by which PLK and KIN-G might participate, namely through PLK-dependent P-ation to control KIN-G MT binding activity.

      Strengths:

      The authors use a rigorous combination of biochemistry, phosphoproteomics, cell biology, and mutant analysis to support their conclusion that PLK-mediated P-ation of KIN-G negatively regulates KIN-G microtubule binding and this may explain the observation that a KIN-G T301 phosphomimic mutant blocks cell division and perturbs biogenesis of cytoskeletal structures that drive cell division and morphogenesis. Combining rigorous and informative in vitro studies with mutant analysis in live cells is a great strength. The work is solid and important, though a few pieces are needed to fully connect the in vitro findings with the in vivo observations, as detailed below.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, I find this work to be solid, and to provide an important addition to our understanding of mechanisms controlling cell division in T. brucei. The biochemistry, in particular, is rigorous and convincingly demonstrates PLK can P-ate KIN-G, altering its MT-binding ability. Analysis of phospho-mutants of KIN-G in live T. brucei support the conclusion that P-ation of KIN-G at T301 negatively affects KIN-G function in vivo. I think, however, that the results fall short of supporting the title, because, although the data convincingly show that PLK can phosphorylate KIN-G at T301 in vitro, and that T301 is P-ated in vivo, they do formally demonstrate (nor even test) whether PLK is the kinase responsible for this phosphorylation in vivo (experiments to address this seem quite feasible). I also do not see where the authors try to reconcile the absence of phenotype for KIN-G-T301A with the implied importance of KIN-G phosphorylation by PLK in cell division, which calls into question the need for P-ation of KIN-G-T301 in cell division. Suggestions for addressing these concerns are provided below.

      My two main questions are:

      (1) What is the biological relevance of KIN-G P-ation at T301?

      (a) The authors report no defect for the KIN-G-T301A mutant, so what then is the need for T301 P-ation, if the cell gets along fine without it? One step toward addressing this would be to ask what fraction of KIN-G shows P-ation at T301. Although published studies indicate P-ation at T301, it isn't known what percentage of KIN-G in the cell is P-ated. One might anticipate, for example, that T301-P is a small minority of the population in asynchronous cultures and that T301 P-ation increases at specific cell cycle stages.

      (b) Published work links PLK to cell division, FAZ elongation, etc... The current work suggests that one role of PLK is to P-ate KIN-G at T301. In contrast, however, the current work also indicates that P-ation of KIN-G at T301 is unnecessary for normal cell division, FAZ elongation, etc....

      (c) Some experiments or at least commentary on points a and b above would strengthen the paper.

      - The authors have now addressed this question by assessing what % of KING is phosphorylated at T301 and adding commentary on this point in the revised paper.

      - I would suggest that the model (new figure 8) include a dephosphorylation step, as that is proposed by the authors in the text. Also include in the legend some commentary on the role of phosphorylation, which is the center point of this paper, but not currently mentioned.

      We have modified the model in Figure 8 to include dephosphorylation by an unknown protein phosphatase and a statement about the role of TbPLK phosphorylation on KIN-G function. Thank you.

      (2) Is PLK the kinase that P-ates Kin-G T301 in vivo?

      (a) The authors show PLK P-ates T301 (and other residues) in vitro, and that T-301 is P-ated in vivo. To bring the analysis full circle, it would be informative to examine KIN-G P-ation in a PLK mutant or upon inhibition of PLK with published inhibitors. This seems to be a very doable experiment with the tools available.

      - The authors have addressed this question by demonstrating that T301 phosphorylation is reduced upon treatment with a PLK inhibitor, thus supporting that PLK phosphorylated T301 in vivo. It is noted that one might consider an alternate kinase is also able to phosphorylate T301 in absence of PLK activity, as that could explain the relatively low (~27%) reduction in phosphorylation by PLK inhibitor treatment.

      Thank you.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Here the authors investigate the role of the Trypanosoma brucei polo-like kinase TbPLK in the function of flagellum-associated cellular structures in trypanosomes. They set out to test the hypothesis that a key substrate of TbPLK is the kinesin protein KIN-G, and that TbPLK phosphorylation of KIN-G regulates its functions in cells.

      Strengths:

      Using in vitro biochemistry with purified proteins, the authors convincingly demonstrate that TbPLK phosphorylates KIN-G at 29 sites. Moreover, they convincingly show that phosphorylation at one site, T301, impairs the binding of purified KIN-G to purified microtubules. They further confirm that inhibition of TbPLK in cells reduces KIN-G phosphorylation at T301 (and S569). Using immunofluorescence-based imaging approaches, they also show that TbPLK colocalizes with KIN-G at centrin arms during early S-phase of the cell cycle. Centin arms are structures that are located near the basal body and flagellum and are important for new flagellum biogenesis, Golgi positioning, and cell division. To evaluate the function of KIN-G phosphorylation in cells, they depleted KIN-G by RNAi, simultaneously expressed phospho-mimetic (T301D) and phospho-ablative mutant proteins, and used immunofluorescene to examine the impact on flagellum-associated cellular structures. They show that expression of the phospho-mimetic mutant KIN-G-T301D causes the following defects: reduced cell proliferation, disruption of centrin arm and Golgi biogenesis, impairment of FAZ elongation and flagellum positioning, and misplacement of the cell division plane. The data convincingly support the conclusion that KIN-G phosphorylation on T301 plays an important role in regulating the cellular functions of this kinesin motor protein.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have addressed prior weaknesses in the manuscript through additional experimentation and rewording of the conclusions.

      Thank you for your critical review of our manuscript and for the very constructive comments and suggestions to improve the manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (There is some redundancy below with my comments in the public review, but I've included here for clarity and further explanation.)

      The authors have addressed my primary concern, as treatment with PLK inhibitor reduces phosphorylation of T301, while also providing some comment on relative impact of PLK-mediated KIN-G phosphorylation.

      It is notable that phosphorylation of T301 was reduced by only ~27%, while phosphorylation of S569 was reduced by ~100% in the presence of PLK inhibitor. The authors note that this might be explained by slower dephosphorylation of T301. In the absence of a phenotype, and with cell doubling continuing unabated in presence of the inhibitor, it is intriguing that more loss is not observed. An alternative explanation is that an alternate kinase might also be able to phosphorylate T301 in the absence of PLK activity, and the authors should consider that possibility.

      We added a sentence in the main text to suggest an alternative explanation.

      The model shown in figure 8 should include a dephosphorylation step, per the authors comments in the text regarding the small fraction of T301 that is phosphorylated and proposal of a phosphorylation/dephosphorylation cycle. The Fig 8 legend needs to have some commentary on the role of phosphorylation, as phosphorylation is the center point of this paper.

      We have modified the model in Figure 8 to include dephosphorylation by an unknown protein phosphatase and a statement about the role of TbPLK phosphorylation on KIN-G function.

      Minor comments for improving the text are:

      (1) The paper overall is clearly written. However, the Discussion starts with a solid sentence, then becomes a bit diffuse in discussing a wide range of PLK activities that were not addressed in the current work. That detracts attention a bit from the central contributions of this paper.

      (2) At least two places in the text state apparent contradictions.

      (a) p.5 and Fig 2C. The authors say microtubule gliding speed was "...insignificantly reduced..." by the TbPLK-K70R mutant, yet they then state that motility was "interfered with". If the effect is "insignificant", why do they claim there is an effect?

      (b) p6 and Fig 3C. The authors report KIN-G-T301A impact on microtubule gliding activity is insignificant, but then say this mutation reduces motility of KIN-G. These statements are contradictory.

      (3) p. 8, and Fig 7. "ventral side" and "leading edge" are not defined but are used to describe the KIN-G RNAi phenotype.

      (4) Fig 7B. Please explain labeling - the new flagellum daughter is indicated as having the old posterior, while the old flagellum daughter cell is indicated as having the new cell posterior. This is counterintuitive to a reader not intimately familiar with the T. brucei cell division process.

      (5) Fig 4, 5, and 7: "% Cells" is reported. Please indicate what number of cells total were examined.

      These minor comments have already been addressed in the previous revision.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Marconcini et al. report results of an ambitious study on the genetic mechanisms that contribute to resistance of Drosophila flies to the toxin octanoic acid (OA). This study was motivated by two observations: first, Drosophila sechellia, a close relative of D. melanogaster, has evolved specialized feeding on fruits of Morinda citrifolia, which contain high concentrations of OA and second, that artificial selection on Drosophila simulans, a sister species of D. melanogaster, can generate higher resistance to OA. Previous studies had performed genetic mapping studies between D. simulans and D. sechellia that implicated certain genomic regions in resistance to OA and, in particular, implicated several Osiris gene paralogs as contributing to resistance, though the molecular mechanisms of resistance remain unclear. In this study, Marconcini et al. performed two major experiments. First, they performed evolution-and-resequence on Drosophila simulans populations exposed to OA for 50 generations and identified candidate regions with excessive shifts in allele frequencies as candidate regions containing OA resistance genes in D. simulans. Second, they performed a CRISPR knock-out screen in a D. melanogaster cell line to identify genes that contribute to OA resistance and susceptibility.

      Evolve-and-resequence yielded many candidate genomic regions with extreme allele frequency shifts, which may be regions containing OA resistance genes, or linked genes, or regions that happen to show a strong shift in all replicate populations by chance. As the authors note, detecting significant shifts in allele frequencies is a challenging problem, and the authors use two measures of allele frequency shifts (the Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel method and Bait-ER) and perform simulations under neutrality to estimate a reasonable significance threshold. I am not entirely convinced by this method of estimating significance levels, because the simulations involve assumptions that may not be met by the real populations. I would think that a permutation test would provide an assumption-free method of estimating significance levels. I have tried to think whether there is something about the design of these experiments that would preclude the use of permutation tests (which are used widely for genome-wide studies, such as QTL), but I can't think of one. Perhaps the authors are aware of a reason permutation tests would be invalid here, and if so, they should state this reason.

      Significance thresholds have been estimated using a variety of approaches in the literature, including false discovery rate (FDR) control, simulations under neutral drift with predefined cut-offs, arbitrary significance thresholds, haplotype-based analyses, permutation tests, amongst other methods. Our choice was guided by a review (doi:10.1186/s13059-019-1770-8), which compared the performance of several of these approaches and found that the relatively simple assumptions underlying the Cochran–Mantel–Haenszel (CMH) test often performed as well as, or better than, more complex alternatives. As with most significance thresholds used in genome-wide analyses, the CMH threshold applied here is ultimately based on a degree of arbitrariness, although we aimed to be as stringent as possible. As a complementary method, we used Bait-ER; here the threshold used followed the recommendations provided in the original publication describing this method (doi:10.1111/jeb.14134).

      One reason that permutation-based approaches may be less widely adopted than theoretical null models is the extensive linkage disequilibrium among SNPs, which results in large blocks of correlated variants that cannot be considered independent observations (and therefore not shuffled). In principle, permutations could be performed at the haplotype-block level; however, defining haplotype blocks itself requires selecting thresholds or criteria that are often user defined or based on significance cut-offs. Although several tools are available for this purpose, our experience has been that the resulting block definitions remain sensitive to these choices and therefore introduce a comparable degree of arbitrariness. In reality, there is not yet a standard method in the field that has emerged as the “best” one.

      There is overlap between regions detected by the two methods, but the methods disagree for many regions. The authors state that a "majority of prominent peaks were found by both methods," but I am unclear on what "prominent" means here. It would be more helpful to be more quantitative about the extent of overlap.

      To quantify the agreement between the two methods, we calculated the overlap in genomic coverage (base pairs) between CMH and Baiter candidate regions. For G25, the two methods shared 1.90 Mb of candidate regions. The overlap encompassed 65.3% of the genomic span identified by CMH and 64.1% of the span identified by Bait-ER. For G50, the methods shared 4.77 Mb of candidate regions. The overlap encompassed 63.6% of the CMH candidate span and 99.9% of the Bait-ER candidate span. We have now replaced the admittedly qualitative statement the reviewer highlighted ("majority of prominent peaks were found by both methods”) with this information.

      The authors hypothesized that the response would be at similar genomic loci in all populations (line 222). It seems at least possible that epistatic interactions would lead to different combinations of alleles evolving in each population. I wonder if it would be possible to test whether there is heterogeneity in the responses across the replicate populations.

      We agree that epistatic interactions could lead to different allelic combinations being favored in different replicate populations. However, both BaitER and the CMH test are designed to detect parallel evolutionary responses across replicates, which was the focus of our study. One approach for testing population-specific responses is the LRT-2 test (doi:10.1534/genetics.118.301824). We did not pursue this analysis because it would likely generate many additional candidate loci, making interpretation more challenging, while providing limited additional insight into the repeatable genomic responses that were the primary focus of this work.

      The evolve-and-resequence method yielded many possible regions contributing to OA resistance in D. simulans, but perhaps too many regions to test directly or even to build sensible hypotheses about the genes involved. Thus, the authors performed a second experiment to try to narrow down the list of possible candidate genes. They performed a CRISPR knockout screen in a D. melanogaster cell line for genes that contribute to resistance or susceptibility to OA. The authors identify several limitations of this experiment, but they nonetheless identified several genes where knockouts contribute to OA susceptibility or resistance. Intersecting top hits with regions that experienced selection identified two "resistance" genes: kraken and Alkbh7. The selection hit at kraken is quite compelling, whereas the evidence at Alkbh7 is less strong because only two SNPs were marginally significant. Further functional assays, including gene knockouts in D. melanogaster and D. sechellia, provide some support for the claim that both of these genes can contribute to resistance to OA in flies.

      Beyond the few issues raised above, I do not have significant questions about methodology or the results. I do think, however, that the authors should be more conservative about the implications and significance of their results. For example, on line 139, the authors claim that this intersection approach provides a "powerful paradigm to investigate ecotoxicology." I am not sure I agree that the identification of two genes that may contribute to OA resistance, after a seemingly heroic selection experiment and CRISPR screen, suggests that this method is all that powerful. It seems that most of the genes that contribute to the selection response remain unidentified.

      We agree with the reviewer and have modified the sentence accordingly. While we believe that integrating the approaches discussed in this paper can provide valuable insights into the genetic basis of ecotoxicological traits, these approaches are not a panacea for traits with highly complex genetic architectures, such as OA resistance. Nevertheless, the identification of two candidate genes with some evidence of contributing to the trait represents a meaningful advance toward understanding its underlying genetic basis.

      Finally, given that one motivation of this project was to identify genes that contribute to evolved resistance to OA, I am surprised that the authors did not generate CRISPR alleles of kraken and Alkbh7 in D. simulans and then use these together with the existing alleles in D. sechellia to perform reciprocal hemizygosity tests to determine if these two genes actually contribute to evolved resistance in D. sechellia. This test is simpler to perform and may be more sensitive than the allelic replacement that the authors propose (lines 446-449).

      While generating null alleles for the candidate genes in D. simulans is beyond the scope of this revision, we note that we did attempt reciprocal hemizygosity tests using the mutants available in D. melanogaster. However, the resulting hybrids were recovered in low numbers, and these animals were rather weak, making them unsuitable for the severe OA exposure conditions employed in our assays. We agree that, where feasible, future studies should incorporate reciprocal hemizygosity tests, as they represent a powerful approach for validating the contribution of candidate genes to the trait of interest. We have revised the final sentence of the Results section accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors studied the resistance against octanoic acid, a compound of the noni fruit, in D. simulans, using experimental evolution and resistance/susceptibility in D. melanogaster cells. They identified novel candidate genes and performed functional tests.

      Strengths:

      The idea of using experimental evolution of a non-resistant species to develop resistance is interesting, and the idea of narrowing down a large list of candidate loci by CRISPR-based gene knockout in cell culture is innovative. The reviewer also liked the (easy) follow-up experiments to validate the results.

      Weaknesses:

      The reviewer is not convinced of the conceptual idea behind their approach: the intersection of the two approaches implicitly assumes that null alleles (or at least compromised alleles) should be selected during experimental evolution. The reviewer considers this unlikely, and the authors made no attempt to test this implicit hypothesis in their data.

      We respectfully disagree with the reviewer’s interpretation of the conceptual idea behind our approach. Our strategy did not assume that experimental evolution selects for null alleles, but rather for any type of variant that could contribute to the trait being selected for (i.e., increases in OA resistance), pointing to candidate genes contributing to the trait. Like many evolve-and-resequence experiments, this approach identified hundreds of candidate genes. This is why we took an orthogonal, genome-wide CRISPR screening approach, where loss-of-function mutations could lead to increases or decreases in OA tolerance of cultured cells. However, we stress that the naturally selected alleles – which could be gain or loss of function – may have much subtler phenotypic effects than the null alleles used for functional validation.

      Along the same lines, it is not clear how to reconcile an upregulation of candidate genes in resistant flies with the knockout experiments.

      We respectfully disagree that these findings are difficult to reconcile. The observed upregulation of the candidate genes in the selected, resistant D. simulans is consistent with a role in promoting OA resistance, while the knockout experiments (whether in cultured cells or in whole animals) demonstrate that loss of gene function reduces resistance. These observations are complementary: increased expression is associated with enhanced resistance, whereas complete loss of function impairs it. The knockout experiments of kraken and Alkbh7 were intended as functional validation of gene involvement and do not imply that the alleles selected during experimental evolution are loss-of-function alleles (we rather hypothesize that the selected alleles are gain-of-function through some, as yet undetermined, mechanism).

      The experiments to validate the effect of candidate genes did not match the experimental evolution conditions.

      This is correct. As our results suggest that the phenotype is shaped by multiple genes, such that the effect of any individual gene is likely modest compared to their combined contribution. Consequently, detecting and validating the effect of a single gene requires more stringent OA conditions than those needed to observe the overall phenotypic response over the course of several generations. In addition, the shorter-term plate assay was more practical for higher temporal resolution of the analysis of mortality in the presence of OA.

      The statistical analysis suffers from some problems and an insufficient description of the analyses performed.

      Although D. simulans GWAS data are available, the authors did not make an attempt to estimate the effect of selected variants in the candidate genes in the GWAS data set.

      We agree that comparing the experimental evolution and GWAS results (from our previous work, doi:10.1093/g3journal/jkag032) is of considerable interest. We have now expanded the Discussion to explicitly discuss the relationship between the two datasets. Overall, the overlap between the approaches was limited, although two GWAS candidate genes, bez and CG13003, fall within genomic regions exhibiting significant CMH signals at generation 25 (but not generation 50) of the evolve-and-resequence experiment. (We note that these genes could not have been identified in our CRISPR screen, as they are not expressed in S2R+ cells). More broadly, differences between the GWAS and evolve-and-resequence results likely reflect the distinct evolutionary processes captured by each approach: GWAS maps standing phenotypic variation among isofemale lines, whereas experimental evolution tracks allele frequency changes under sustained selection. Understanding why some signals are shared whereas others are not – whether due to effect size, genetic background, epistasis, pleiotropic costs, or the contribution of initially rare variants – remain important open questions.

      The reviewer would have liked to see more connection between the experimental evolution and the GWAS data. As some D. simulans genotypes have similar resistance to D. sechellia, it would have been interesting to test whether this genotype contributed to the observed resistance.

      While D. simulans genotypes displayed a range of OA resistance levels, none approached D. sechellia levels of resistance (see Figure 2e from our previous work, doi:10.1093/g3journal/jkag032) (The reviewer might have conflated the data from our GWAS of D. melanogaster strain, shown in Figure 2b of that paper, where some lines of that species exhibit comparable resistance to D. sechellia under the conditions of that assay). Regardless, our experimental evolution data do not provide sufficient resolution to identify the specific favorable alleles underlying the response to selection. Instead, we detect genomic regions containing many linked variants whose frequencies change under selection. Consequently, a direct comparison between evolved genotypes and GWAS-associated genotypes is currently difficult. We note, however, that expression of the D. sechellia kraken allele in D. melanogaster did not produce a significant effect on resistance, suggesting that even the most promising candidate alleles might not have strong effects in isolation.

      At several places, the authors discuss the challenge of studying a polygenic trait, but at the same time, they claim to have detected and validated candidate genes. It would be helpful if the authors could discuss why they consider that their assays could really detect the contribution of single loci to the polygenic trait. In particular, when GWAS did not detect their candidate genes.

      Our results do not imply that kraken and Alkbh7 are major-effect loci or that they explain a substantial proportion of the phenotypic variation. Rather, our data indicate that these genes make measurable contributions to OA resistance, consistent with the expectation that complex traits are influenced by many loci of individually modest effect. The absence of these genes among the top GWAS candidates does not preclude their involvement, as GWAS and experimental evolution interrogate different aspects of the genetic architecture and differ in their power to detect loci of varying effect sizes and allele frequencies.

      It is not clear to the reviewer why the authors did not pay more attention to the highly significant peaks emerging from the experimental evolution study. Their functional validation would have been biologically more plausible.

      We agree that the significant peaks identified in the evolve-andre sequence experiment represent promising targets for future investigation. However, these peaks typically span large genomic regions containing tens to hundreds of genes, making it difficult to prioritize individual candidates based on the experimental evolution data alone. In this work, we focused our functional validation on genes independently supported by the CRISPR screen, which provided gene-level resolution. We fully acknowledge that additional causal genes are likely to reside within the selected regions and remain to be functionally characterized.

      Impact:

      Given the obvious challenges of functional testing of polygenic traits and the clear limitations of the interpretation of the results, the study will be helpful for future studies aiming to characterize polygenic traits. Unfortunately, the results are just another piece of controversial results regarding resistance against octanoic acid, a trait that is rather easy to evaluate.

      The reviewer appears to imply that a trait being straightforward to phenotype necessarily implies that its genetic basis should also be straightforward to resolve. Many classic complex traits, such as human height, are simple to measure yet have an extraordinarily complex, highly polygenic genetic architecture. We believe that OA resistance represents a similar challenge: while the phenotype is readily assayed, differences in assay conditions, genetic backgrounds, and the contribution of many loci of individually modest effect make its genetic basis difficult to dissect. We have strived to be cautious in our conclusions, in particular the evolutionary interpretations; nevertheless, to our knowledge, this is the first study to provide functional evidence supporting the contribution of specific genes to OA resistance in D. sechellia, combining both loss-of-function phenotypes and expression data. As emphasized by the title of our manuscript, we view the principal contribution of this work as demonstrating how complementary experimental approaches (both of which are fairly novel for study of toxin susceptibility/resistance genetics) can be integrated to prioritize and functionally evaluate candidate genes underlying complex adaptive traits.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      Both reviewers propose to include additional statistical and quantitative measures to strengthen the results. Furthermore, certain parts of the manuscript could be rephrased to make sure that the readers can understand more clearly the implications and significance of the results. To test whether the genes identified in the present manuscript (as contributing to octanoic acid resistance) are also involved in the evolution of the resistance, reciprocal hemizygosity tests using CRISPR alleles of kraken and Alkbh7 in D. simulans would be a plus, but such experiments are not required because the main focus of the paper is on the genetic basis of octanoic acid resistance, and not on evolution.

      We thank the Reviewing Editor for these constructive comments. We have revised the manuscript to clarify the interpretation and significance of our findings and have addressed the reviewers’ comments throughout. Regarding reciprocal hemizygosity tests, we agree that they would provide a valuable means of assessing the evolutionary contribution of candidate genes. However, generating the necessary reagents in D. simulans represents a substantial undertaking beyond the scope of the present study, particularly given the expected modest effects of individual loci underlying this highly polygenic trait. We have nevertheless revised the end of the Results section to mention reciprocal hemizygosity tests as an important direction for future work.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Provide more details about the selection tests: which sequences were used? Please report p-values. It would also be important to discuss the possibility of false positives caused by a bottleneck in D. sechellia. A genome-wide analysis could help to see if the bottleneck increased the signal of positive selection.

      We are not entirely sure what additional analyses are being suggested. The sequences and methods used for the selection analyses are described in the Methods, and the statistical support for these analyses is reported in the Supplementary Material (MK test p-values and FUBAR posterior probabilities). We are also unclear as to how a genome-wide analysis would address the interpretation of the gene-specific selection analyses presented here. If the reviewer intended a different analysis, we would appreciate further clarification.

      (2) The significance level of the CMH test needs to be determined with the effective population size, not with the census size, as done by the authors. This is important, as it is not clear if the candidate genes remain significant after significance adjustment based on the effective population size.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. In our analyses, effective population sizes were explicitly incorporated by Bait-ER to model the effects of genetic drift. The CMH significance thresholds, however, were obtained from neutral forward simulations following the recommended workflow for the method, which requires census population sizes rather than effective population sizes as input. To make these simulations as realistic as possible, we therefore used the observed census population sizes at each generation of the experimental evolution. Estimating generation-specific effective population sizes for use in an alternative simulation framework would require substantially more temporal data than are available here (e.g., sequencing many additional time points) and is beyond the scope of the present study.

      (3) Include the allele frequency trajectory across time for the candidate genes.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. However, plotting allele frequency trajectories for the candidate genes is not straightforward because the evolve-and-resequence analysis identified broad linked genomic regions rather than individual causal variants. Each candidate region contains numerous SNPs spanning several kilobases, with each SNP exhibiting its own allele frequency trajectory across the 10 replicate populations. Consequently, there is no single representative trajectory for a given candidate gene, and plotting all SNPs within each region would be difficult to interpret. For kraken, however, we identified seven candidate regulatory SNPs and have plotted their individual allele frequency trajectories, which we include in Author response image 1 to illustrate the diverse patterns observed:

      Author response image 1.

      (4) Estimate the effect of candidate loci in the GWAS data (independent of significance).

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. However, we are not entirely sure what analysis is being proposed. In particular, it is unclear which variants the reviewer is referring to, as our candidate genes are associated with multiple linked variants rather than a single causal SNP. Consequently, we are unsure how the effect of a candidate locus should be estimated in the GWAS dataset. Moreover, there is no guarantee that the same variants are represented in both datasets. For example, variants filtered out during the GWAS because of low allele frequency may subsequently have increased in frequency during experimental evolution and therefore contributed to the evolve-and-resequence signals. We would appreciate further clarification of the analysis the reviewer has in mind.

      (5) Discuss the challenge of false positives (see: 10.1016/j.cub.2020.12.023).

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that false positives (as well as false negatives) are an important consideration when studying complex polygenic traits, both through the initial “screening” efforts (e.g., GWAS, experimental evolution) and follow-up functional validation (e.g., RNAi, mutant, overexpression analyses). We believe this issue is already addressed in the manuscript through our discussion of the limitations of the individual approaches, the polygenic nature of OA resistance, and our cautious interpretation of the functional validation results. Our conclusions are limited to identifying candidate genes that contribute to OA resistance, rather than claiming to have identified all of the loci or variants underlying the evolution of this trait. We are therefore not sure what additional discussion the reviewer has in mind and would appreciate further clarification if a specific point from the cited study is intended.

      (6) The figures with the Manhattan plots should be improved to indicate the overlapping genes in the Manhattan plots, rather than in the circle figures below. By using different colors this should be quite easy and clean.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. However, we believe Author response image 2 more appropriately illustrate the overlap between the CMH and BaitER analyses. Although the Manhattan plots display individual SNPs, our candidate loci are defined by broader genomic regions comprising blocks of linked significant SNPs rather than by single variants. Simply highlighting SNPs within overlapping regions would therefore add visual complexity without providing additional biological insight beyond that already captured by the circos plots. As an illustration, we provide here an example of the generation 50 Manhattan plot with overlapping SNPs highlighted in red:

      Author response image 2.

      (7) A more focused discussion of the assumption that functional data from D. melanogaster can explain resistance in D. simulans or D. sechellia. At some places, epistatic interactions are mentioned, but the reviewer feels that the entire screen is based on the idea that similar effects are found across species, hence, this needs to be adequately reflected in the discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We would like to emphasize that our study was not based on the assumption that functional effects identified in D. melanogaster or D. simulans necessarily explain the evolution of OA resistance in D. sechellia. Rather, our motivation stemmed from the longstanding difficulty of identifying individual genes underlying this highly polygenic trait using mapping approaches alone. We therefore sought to combine orthogonal experimental approaches to identify genes contributing to OA susceptibility (of D. melanogaster and D. simulans) and resistance (D. sechellia). We hoped, but did not assume, that genes supported by multiple independent lines of evidence would be informative for understanding the natural evolution of OA resistance in D. sechellia. Indeed, we acknowledge in the manuscript that the cell-based CRISPR screen, experimental evolution, and the natural evolution of D. sechellia occurred under very different selective contexts and timescales. As reflected in the title of our manuscript, our conclusions are intentionally framed around the identification of novel toxin resistance loci, while remaining cautious about their evolutionary interpretation.

      (8) Discuss that the controls in the RNAi test were quite variable. Could this reflect some problems with the assay?

      We do not believe that the variability among the control lines reflects a problem with the assay. Rather, the different controls (Gal4, UAS-RNAi etc.) represent distinct genetic backgrounds, each of which may exhibit a different baseline level of OA resistance. Indeed, in our recent GWAS of OA resistance (doi:10.1093/g3journal/jkag032), we observed substantial natural variation in OA resistance among D. melanogaster and D. simulans lines. Importantly, each RNAi line was compared with its corresponding genetic background control, so differences among control lines do not affect the interpretation of the individual RNAi experiments.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examines Müller glia (MG) reprogramming in the uninjured mouse retina through a combination of Notch signaling inhibition and AAV-induced proliferation. Building on their prior work showing that Cyclin D1 overexpression and p27^Kip1^ knockdown (CCA) promotes MG proliferation with very limited neurogenesis, the authors now demonstrate that Rbpj deletion alone induces a modest degree of MG-to-neuron conversion without proliferation, in agreement with recent work in the field. However, combining Rbpj deletion with CCA-mediated proliferation substantially enhances MG dedifferentiation and the generation of retinal neuron-like cells. Through genetic lineage tracing, histological analyses, and single-cell transcriptomics, the authors provide evidence that MG-derived cells acquire molecular features of bipolar (ON, OFF, and rod bipolar) and amacrine neurons. Most MG-derived cells appear to survive long-term (up to 9 months).

      Strengths:

      Overall, the study is carefully designed and executed, and the manuscript is clearly written with well-presented figures. While the work does not significantly expand the repertoire of neuronal types generated from mammalian MG beyond what has been previously reported in the field, it provides a valuable and improved strategy for inducing robust MG proliferation and neurogenesis in the mammalian retina.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It would be better to include a negative control AAV when evaluating the effect of CCA AAV in the Rbpj KO background. This could help distinguish the specific contribution of the CCA construct from potential effects of intravitreal AAV injection itself, which can induce mild inflammation, known to influence MG reprogramming.

      To address this concern, in the revised manuscript we included the result from Rbpj KO eyes injected with a negative control AAV (AAV<sub>7m8</sub>-GFAP-GFP) (Fig. S14a). MG reprogramming efficiency, quantified as the proportion of tdT<sup>+</sup>Otx2<sup>+</sup> cells among total tdT<sup>+</sup> cells, was then compared between the AAV-GFP–treated and Rbpj KO–only eyes. At 4 months post-injection, the percentage of tdT<sup>+</sup>Otx2<sup>+</sup> cells in the AAV-GFP–treated eyes was comparable to that of Rbpj KO alone (Fig. S14b–c), and substantially lower than in the CCA-treated eyes. Together, these results indicate that the enhanced MG reprogramming observed in the Rbpj KO+CCA group is driven by transgenes expressed rather than by nonspecific effects of AAV or injection.

      (2) The extent of MG transduction by the CCA AAV is not clear. As quantifications are normalized to total MG (GFP^+^ or TdTomato^+^) or retinal length, it would be useful to clarify whether near-complete transduction is assumed, or if additional information on transduction efficiency can be provided.

      In our previous study (Wu, Liao, et al., 2025, eLife), we have demonstrated that high-dose (4E10vg/injection) AAV7m8 effectively transduced the whole retina, with near-complete MG transduction observed in the vicinity of the injection site, as evidenced by virtually all MG expressing GFP in these regions. In the revised manuscript, we clarified the transduction efficiency in Line 108-110 on Page 5 and Line 625-626 on Page 27.

      (3) In Figure S10, the reduced MG proliferation observed in the CCA + Rbpj deletion group could also potentially reflect decreased GFAP promoter activity in dedifferentiated MG following Rbpj deletion. Alternatively, MG-derived cells may be more fragile under these conditions.

      We thank the reviewer for these excellent insights. We agree that a down-regulation of GFAP promoter activity following Rbpj-mediated dedifferentiation is a highly plausible explanation for the moderate reduction in proliferation, as lower promoter activity would diminish AAV transgene expression. We have included this possibility in the data interpretation (Line 176-178, page 8). Regarding the alternative possibility of increased cell fragility, we agree that cell death cannot be ruled out, but occasional apoptotic cells over a long period of time are difficult to capture experimentally.

      (4) In the CCA + Rbpj deletion condition, do MG undergo single or multiple rounds of cell division?

      We have previously demonstrated that MG typically undergo a single round of cell division in wild type mouse retina following CCA treatment (Wu, Liao, et al., 2025, eLife). Given our observation that Rbpj deletion suppresses CCA-induced MG proliferation (Fig. S11), it is unlikely that the addition of Rbpj deletion would trigger multiple or continuous rounds of cell division beyond the single-round baseline established by CCA alone. While we did not re-evaluate cell division kinetics in the current study, we reason that CCA similarly drives MG to undergo a single round of division in the Rbpj KO context.

      (5) What fraction of neuron-like cells (bipolar- and amacrine-like) arises from proliferation versus direct transdifferentiation? Quantification of MG-derived cells expressing neuronal markers (e.g., Otx2, HuC/D), with and without EdU labeling, would help distinguish these mechanisms.

      The percentages of MG-derived cells expressing neuronal markers with and without EdU labeling, were shown in Fig 3d-e and Fig S19d-e. In the Rbpj KO-only group, neuron-like cells arise exclusively through direct transdifferentiation without cell division, as no EdU incorporation was detected in Rbpj-deficient MG. In this group, a small fraction of MG-derived cells expressed the neuronal marker Otx2 or HuC/D (Fig 3e, Fig S19e). In contrast, the Rbpj KO+CCA group achieved a substantially higher neurogenesis rate, with a significant proportion of Otx2+ or HuC/D+ MG-derived cells also being EdU+ (Fig. 3d, Fig. S19d), indicating that they arose through de novo neurogenesis. By subtracting the contribution of direct transdifferentiation observed in the Rbpj KO-only group, we estimate that majority of MG-derived neuron-like cells in the Rbpj KO+CCA group were generated through proliferation-mediated de novo neurogenesis.

      (6) In Figure S18a, the authors state that "while the neuron-like clusters were best classified as BC-like and AC-like based on their distinct marker gene expression, they also exhibited mixed expression of genes associated with other retinal neuronal types, including RGC markers (e.g., Tubb3, Myt1l, Grin1) and photoreceptor markers (e.g., Crx, Prom1, Epha10, Gucy2e, Scg3) (Fig. S18a), suggesting that the regenerated cells exist in a hybrid state" and "MG derived neuron like cells also expressed genes characteristic of RGCs and photoreceptors, indicating enhanced lineage". However, many of these genes are not specific to RGCs or photoreceptors and are instead broadly expressed in retinal neurons or enriched in bipolar/amacrine populations. Therefore, it is unclear whether these cells exhibit hybrid RGC or photoreceptor identity.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment and for pointing out the need for greater precision in our terminology regarding these markers. While individual markers may lack absolute, 100% cell-type exclusivity, genes such as Tubb3 and Gucy2e serve as widely accepted lineage-associated genes that characterize RGC and photoreceptor programs, respectively (Soto et al., 2008; Sato et al., 2018; Sotani et al., 2024). We have revised the manuscript to replace terms "RGC-specific genes" and "photoreceptor-specific genes" with "RGC signature genes" and "photoreceptor signature genes", respectively. Furthermore, these RGC- and photoreceptor-signature genes are co-expressed across the entire Otx2+ MG population rather than being segregated into distinct, specialized subpopulations (Fig. 4d, Fig. S20). This uniform distribution indicates that these cells possess a hybrid transcriptional program that concurrently incorporates elements of both RGC and photoreceptor identities.

      (7) The authors provide a thorough molecular characterization of MG-derived cells through immunostaining and single-cell sequencing. However, their morphological features, synaptic connectivity (e.g., synaptic marker expression), and electrophysiological properties remain largely uncharacterized. While these experiments may be technically challenging, this limitation should be discussed.

      We agree with the reviewer that characterizing the precise morphological features, synaptic connectivity, and electrophysiological properties of MG-derived cells is a crucial step for any neuronal regeneration study, and we acknowledge that this represents an important limitation of our current study.

      As demonstrated by snRNA-seq data, the MG-derived neuron-like cells exhibit an incompletely mature state, characterized by hybrid transcriptomic signatures. By immunostaining, we did not observe any MG-derived cells with photoreceptor outer segment or typical RGC morphology. Therefore, it is highly likely that these cells have not established functional synaptic connectivity or acquired mature electrophysiological properties. Performing functional or circuitry assessments at this stage would be premature.

      We have added a comprehensive discussion regarding this limitation, along with future directions for long-term functional validation, in the revised manuscript (Line 502-515 on Page 22).

      (8) The conclusion that CCA + Rbpj deletion induces neurogenesis without compromising MG supportive functions or retinal homeostasis appears somewhat oversold. This claim is primarily based on gross retinal morphology and ZO-1 staining. Given the extent of MG dedifferentiation and ectopic cell generation in the ONL and INL, it is likely that retinal function is affected. Functional assessments (e.g., ERG) would be required to support this conclusion. The authors should consider tempering this statement.

      To address the concern raised by the reviewer, we performed electroretinography (ERG) to evaluate both scotopic and photopic retinal function in the Rbpj KO+CCA-treated eyes compared to contralateral untreated controls (Supplementary figure S23e-h). In addition, we conducted optomotor response testing to assess whether visual behavior is affected following treatment (Supplementary Figure S23d). The results demonstrate that combined Rbpj KO and CCA treatment achieves neurogenesis without compromising retinal function.

      (9) Regarding the mechanism by which CCA-induced proliferation enhances MG reprogramming in the Rbpj knockout background, one plausible explanation is that chromatin states (e.g., histone modifications and DNA methylation) are transiently reset during DNA replication and cell division. While this alone may be insufficient to activate neurogenic programs, it could synergize with Rbpj deletion to allow neurogenic transcription factors (such as Ascl1, Otx2, NeuroD1, and NeuroD2) to access previously inaccessible chromatin regions, thereby promoting MG reprogramming.

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful suggestion on the model, which aligns well with our experimental findings. Our snATAC-seq data demonstrate that CCA-induced proliferation broadly increases chromatin accessibility at key neurogenic loci, including Neurod2, Dll1, and Otx2, in active MG compared to resting MG (Figure 6f–h). This chromatin remodeling alone is insufficient to drive neurogenesis, as CCA-only treated MG largely revert to a quiescent glial state. However, when combined with Rbpj deletion, which derepresses downstream neurogenic transcription factors such as Ascl1 and Neurog2 by relieving Notch-mediated transcriptional repression, these newly accessible chromatin regions can be effectively occupied and activated by the available neurogenic factors. The concept that cell division facilitates epigenetic resetting to enhance reprogramming efficiency is well established in the somatic cell reprogramming field, where proliferation rate is directly proportional to reprogramming success by promoting the erasure of lineage-restrictive epigenetic marks and the re-establishment of new transcriptional circuits. In the revised manuscript, we incorporated this mechanistic discussion to provide a more comprehensive interpretation of how proliferation and Notch inhibition converge to promote MG neurogenesis in Line 462-477 on Page 20-21.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The inability of the mammalian retina to regenerate poses a major clinical challenge. Much has been learned about the regenerative potential of the retina from teleost fish, where Müller glia (MG) are able to proliferate and produce new neurons after injury. However, MG do not retain this potential in the mammalian retina. The authors showed previously that forcing MG to re-enter the cell cycle by downregulating p27 and upregulating cyclin D1 could induce MG to dedifferentiate, but the results were transient, and these cells eventually reverted back to MG and did not form neurons. Here, they expand on this to show that in MG, coupling forced cell cycle re-entry with deletion of Rbpj, which inhibits the transcriptional effects of Notch signaling, induces some MG to proliferate and take on features of multiple cell types, including MG precursor cells, amacrine-like cells, and bipolar-like cells. This work lends valuable insight into the regenerative potential of mammalian MG, particularly when Notch signaling is manipulated.

      Strengths:

      The major claims of the authors are well-supported. They show convincingly - and through multiple methods including immunostaining, single-nucleus RNA sequencing, and in situ hybridization - that coupling notch inhibition with cell cycle reactivation induces the expression of neuronal markers in mammalian MG. The snRNA-seq data are particularly valuable in demonstrating the induction of bipolar-cell subtypes. Edu labeling is effective in demonstrating the induction of proliferation, and the long-term viability of the generated neuron-like cells is intriguing.

      Weaknesses:

      Whether the newly generated neurons are functionally integrated remains unclear, and the effect of the manipulation on the function of the retina was not tested. Imaging data suggests that many of the newly generated neurons persist for months, but often appear mislocalized. It is also not clear if the manipulation of MG affects long-term MG function. Cell death was not evaluated, and although the authors evaluated the long-term effect on tight junctions, this data was not quantified, and further analysis on morphology or function was not done. Control eyes were untreated, not vehicle-injected.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The transgenic line may be Glast-CreERT, not Glast-CreERT2.

      We appreciate the reviewer for bringing this to our attention. The formal allele symbol for this transgenic line is Tg(Slc1a3-cre/ERT)1Nat, while this strain is generically classified as "Cre/ERT2" by the Jackson Laboratory. Some published studies referred to this line as Glast-CreERT and others as Glast-CreERT2. To maintain consistency with the formal allele symbol, we have adopted "Glast-CreERT" throughout the revised manuscript.

      (2) For snATAC data in Figure 6 e,f, and Figure 19b. It is most likely gene activity, not gene expression, since these are snATAC, not snRNA data.

      For this inaccurate terminology, we have corrected all relevant figure labels and associated text in the revised manuscript to clearly state "gene activity" instead of "gene expression."

      (3) Some text in Figure 6 is a bit too small to read.

      We have increased the font size of the text elements in Figure 6 to ensure readability and have also reviewed all other figures for consistency. Revised figures with improved legibility have been included in the updated manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) There are multiple instances where further elaboration of methods or tools in the test would improve readability and comprehension by a broader audience. It would be helpful to (early, often, and clearly) explain precisely which cell types are labeled in your mouse line and how. Someone unfamiliar with the mouse line may struggle to understand what is labeled by the tdT or GFP. Likewise, it would help to consistently define what cell types are labeled by tdT+ vs. Sox9+, tdT+, etc.

      We have added a clear and detailed description of the mouse lines and labeling strategy early in the Results section, specifying which cell types are labeled by tdT and GFP and how the labeling is achieved. We have also ensured that the definitions of cell type identifiers (e.g., tdT<sup>+</sup> for MG-derived cells, Sox9<sup>+</sup>/tdT<sup>+</sup> for MG remaining in a glial state) are consistently stated upon first use and maintained throughout the manuscript to improve readability for a broader audience. In addition, we added headings for the quantification graphs to improve readability in all quantification figures.

      (2) It is unclear what the difference is between Figure 1c and S1c, and these should be quantified as the % of positive cells, as described in the text.

      We have removed Figure S1c and moved Figure 1c to supplementary figure 1. The MG labeled by EdU and Sox9 or Otx2 were quantified as % of the EdU+ MG.

      (3) S2e: Clarify what pixel level means, is this pixel intensity?

      Yes, "pixel level" in Figure S2e refers to pixel intensity. We apologize for the ambiguous wording and replaced "pixel level" with "pixel intensity" in the revised figure legend to ensure clarity.

      (4) Figure 2: In the magnified image of the GFP+, Sox9- cell, the GFP is also very faint. Could these cells be dying? Analysis of the expression profile of these cells (or ruling out apoptosis) would better support a dedifferentiation argument.

      The faint GFP signal observed in GFP<sup>+</sup> Sox9<sup>-</sup> cells is a sign of ongoing dedifferentiation rather than cell death. This is likely due to chromatin remodeling during reprogramming. A similar decrease in reporter signal intensity during MG dedifferentiation has been previously reported by Le et al. 2024, 2025, supporting the interpretation that reduced fluorescence is a characteristic feature of this process. It is possible that a small fraction of GFP<sup>+</sup> Sox9<sup>-</sup> cells may undergo cell death over an extended period, which would be difficult to detect using apoptosis assays. Our long-term survival experiments demonstrate that more than 80% of MG-derived neuron-like cells survive for at least 9 months following treatment (Figure 7), indicating that majority of these cells are viable. The discussion is included in line 112-114 on page 5.

      (5) Figure 3: The Crx labeling appears everywhere except the identified cell. This seems the opposite of the point you are making.

      Crx signal of the MG-derived cell (tdT<sup>+</sup> Crx<sup>+</sup>), which is pointed out by arrowhead, is in a ring-like pattern. This pattern is consistent with the euchromatin region in inverted nucleus of rod. Crx labeling appears in other cells in the image as Crx is highly expressed in native photoreceptors.

      (6) I think it would be nice to address, in the discussion, the apparent disorganization and mislocalization of cells in the long-term images.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this critical observation. During retinal development, precise laminar positioning of neurons is guided by a coordinated interplay of cell-intrinsic transcriptional programs and extrinsic cues including cell adhesion molecules, guidance factors, and interactions with neighboring cells. In the adult retina, many of these developmental cues are no longer present or active, which likely contributes to the failure of MG-derived neurons to migrate to their appropriate laminar positions. Interestingly, the vast majority of our divided MG cells remained localized within the outer nuclear layer (ONL). Because the ONL is the physiological location of photoreceptors, this preferential position could serve as an advantageous baseline layout for driving targeted photoreceptor differentiation in future work. To address reviewer’s feedback, we have expanded our discussion section (Line 543-559, page 23-34) to cover the mechanisms underlying this structural disorganization and its downstream implications for functional circuit integration.

      (7) I'm not convinced that ZO1 alone is sufficient to suggest MG function normally or that retinal homeostasis is maintained. I suggest tempering that conclusion in the text.

      For the revision, we have performed additional experiments to address this concern. The optical coherence tomography (OCT) images revealed that retinal layer organization and ONL thickness were comparable among the uninjected eyes, GFP AAV-injected control eyes, and CCA-treated eyes, demonstrating that overall retinal architecture was well-preserved (Fig. S23a–c). Optomotor response testing revealed no significant differences in visual acuity across groups, suggesting that visual function remained intact (Fig. S23d). Furthermore, electroretinography (ERG) demonstrated that scotopic and photopic a- and b-wave amplitudes were unaffected by the treatment, confirming that light responses from photoreceptor and inner retinal neuron were preserved (Fig. S23e–h). Taken together, these findings demonstrate that combined Rbpj KO and CCA treatment achieves neurogenesis without compromising retinal structure and functional visual circuitry.